Arctic Bibliography: Volume 13 9780773593992

Citation preview

ARCTI C BI BLI OGRAPHY PREPAREDBY

THEARCTI CI NS TI TUTEOF NORTHAMERI CA EDI TEDBY

MARI ETREMAI NE VOL. XI I I

ARCTIC BIBLIOGRAPHY PREPARED BY

THE ARCTIC INSTITUTE OF NORTH AMERICA

EDITED BY

MARIE TREMAINE

VOL. XIII

McGill University Press Montreal 1967

SUPPORTING AGENCIES U.S. Atomic Energy Commission Dept. of the Army National Institutes of Health Office of Naval Research

Canada Council Defence Research Board of Canada Dept. of Indian Affairs & Northern Development

III

DIRECTING COMMITTEE DR. A. L. WASHBURN, Yale University, New Haven, Conn., Chairman DR. HENRY B. COLLINS, Smithsonian Institution MISS MoIRA DUNBAR, Defence Research Board of Canada MR. MARVIN W. MCFARLAND, Library of Congress DR. J. M. HARRISON, Dept. of Energy, Mines and Resources, Canada MR. LACHLAN F. MACRAE, Guelph University, Canada

Representative, Atomic Energy Commission Representative, Dept. of the Air Force Representative, Dept. of the Army Representative, National Institutes of Health Representative, Office of Naval Research MR. GRAHAM ROWLEY, Dept. of Indian Affairs and Northern Development,

Canada DR. WALTER A. WOOD, American Geographical Society, New York, N.Y.

N

FOREWORD The present volume of Arctic Bibliography marks the 20th year of the Arctic Institute's continuing effort to systematize, abstract, and index the vast body of scientific literature on the arctic and subarctic regions of the world. The first few volumes in the series were of necessity mainly retrospective in nature, covering materials published prior to 1952. As succeeding volumes steadily decreased the backlog of important earlier works, the major problem became one of keeping abreast of the ever-increasing flow of more recent publications resulting from the rapidly expanding settlement, research, and development occurring throughout the North — in Eurasia, northern Canada, Alaska, and Greenland. Volume 13 has been prepared under the direction of Marie Tremaine, who as Editor and Director has guided the Bibliography project since its inception in 1947; assisting her has been a staff of skilled workers including scientists and analysts with long experience on the project and competence in the subject fields and a dozen or more foreign languages. The present volume contains 8,011 abstracts, in English, of publications appearing originally in Russian (3852), English (3350), Scandinavian (374), German (229), French (132), and other languages (74). The abstracts appearing in this volume of Arctic Bibliography make a total of 84,737 publications in all fields of science and in all languages pertaining to arctic and subarctic regions that have been abstracted and indexed beginning with Volume 1. Of the papers abstracted here 3680 were published in 1963, 1963 were published in 1962, 1428 in 1960-61, 777 in 1950-59, 57 in 1940-49, and 106 prior to 1940. The Arctic Institute, the Editor, and the Directing Committee are indebted to the Library of Congress which from the beginning has made its resources available and provided working space for the staff, to the many other libraries in the United States and Canada and the specialized polar libraries in England, Norway, Denmark, and France whose resources have been utilized, and to the Government agencies of the United States and Canada that have generously provided support for the work. With the retirement of the present Chairman on January 1, 1967, Dr. A. L. Washburn who had conceived the idea of the Arctic Bibliography, became Chairman of its Directing Committee. V

Volumes 1 through 12 of this Bibliography have been printed and distributed by the U.S. Government Printing Office. Beginning with Volume 13, in keeping with the international character of the project, the work continues with the support of United States and Canadian Government agencies and the printing and distribution of the volumes by the McGill University Press. Henry B. Collins, Chairman, Directing Committee Arctic Bibliography

ATI

CONTENTS Foreword Introduction

v ix

Journals cited in the Arctic Bibliography

xiii

Libraries in which works in this Bibliography are located

LXI

Translations

LXIV

Bibliography

1

Language symbols used in the Index

1285

Index

1287

Vii

INTRODUCTION This volume of the Arctic Bibliography, the first published in Canada, reflects the research interests of northward-oriented countries in the immediate post-IGY years. Seventy percent of it represents publications of 1962-1963, 88.5 percent of it those of 1960-1963. Evaluation of data assembled from the polar areas in the world-wide geophysical programs, new discoveries and cosmophysical theories are reported. Solar radiation studies expand into such on solar effects phenomena, aeronomic magnetism, outer atmosphere including the magnetosphere, corpuscular precipitation in the auroral and polar cap regions with resulting disturbances and blackouts in radio communication and radar operations, and into long-term meteorological forecasting of weather and ice conditions. The cosmic relationships of the earth are studied in conjugate auroral, geomagnetic, and other phenomena recorded simultaneously at paired arctic and antarctic stations. Papers on generalized synoptic geophysical phenomena begin to increase in number and significance as the IGY-IGC data are analyzed and correlated. Since man's activities are largely controlled by the arctic environment despite some adaptations gained, his efforts at overcoming it increase. Schemes are still advanced to augment the warm inflow into the Arctic Basin, and thus ameliorate its climate. The practicality of such schemes has been challenged by Canadian as well as Russian scientists. Now the adverse effects gain more attention. Proposals are made to divert certain northern streams southward into the Volga River and Caspian Sea and thus irrigate steppes and augment hydropower. Disturbance of the local balance of nature, resource utilization and economic life is stressed in the case of such stream diversions in Komi ASSR and West Siberia as it has been in connection with river regulation for electric power developments in northern Sweden and elsewhere. This is an impetus to conservation studies, and there are others. Preserves and sanctuaries increase and offer natural conditions for research. Diminishing population of certain birds and mammals, and the changing economy of both native and kabloona in the North show the need for further protection and renewal of wildlife, also for changes in its utilization. Reestablishing beaver Ix

and muskrat in some hunted-out regions of the USSR is considered successful. Elk in the Pechora-Ilych preserve, like buffalo in Wood Buffalo Park have increased beyond their food resources, and the population is controlled by planned hunting. Wildlife and fisheries research and acclimatization increase in both Eastern and Western Hemispheres. Work of member nations in the International Commission for North Atlantic Fisheries and in the International North Pacific Fisheries Commission are elucidating the stocks, movements and catch in some of the principal fishing areas of the world. The Russians' attempt to introduce Pacific salmon into the Atlantic has not fulfilled hopes, apparently because of the ill effects of cold upon the waters of Kola Peninsula, but it ultimately may benefit warmer areas, e.g. those of the Norwegian salmon fisheries. Russian fishing and research extend from home waters west to the Grand Banks and Greenland, and east across the North Pacific to Alaska. Mineral exploration and development continues to be the most widespread and intensive interest in the North and is so reflected in the literature of these years, with papers in the field of geology the most numerous of all. Significant natural gas discoveries in the USSR, and oil and gas drilling in Alaska are reported, as are iron mining and metallurgy and further prospecting in Quebec and Labrador, and the exploration of diamond deposits, gold placers and rare metals in Yakutia and Magadan; oil exploration in the Canadian Arctic Islands however is levelling off. Of particular interest is the development of planned communities in support of mining operations, e.g. at Gagnon, Thompson, etc., in Canada, Mirnyy, Noril'sk, Vorkuta, etc., in the USSR. The literature on new methods in town planning, architecture, and construction adapted to conditions of the arctic environment increases, with some even on plantings for parks and gardens. It is expected that well established communities with modern facilities will help counteract labor turnover. Other efforts to increase and stabilize manpower are also described, such as raising wage rates in hardship areas, curtailing work in wind and cold, reducing occupational hazards in mines, increasing mechanization, and training local population including aborigines for local employment. The livelihood of aborigines is increasingly the study of scientists and concern of government. In some localities in Canada, pilot projects of a "cottage-industry" type are being started to utilize traditional skills of Indian women. Among Canadian Eskimos, cooperatives have become well established and productive in fish, handicrafts, and art for the southern market. Health service in the North generally as well as its industrial hazards and acclimatization problems have more attention than formerly. New hospital facilities and an interest-

x

ing native sanitation aide program are reported from Alaska as well as results of work at the Arctic Health Research Center in Anchorage and the Arctic Aeromedical Laboratory near Fairbanks. A broad conspectus of the status of research in the early 1960's is provided in the proceedings of the eight or more public health and medical symposia, nearly all of them international in scope. Study of hypothermia is now largely overshadowed in the literature by its medical applications, but continues indirectly through the increasing interest in hibernation. Although the latter is not an arctic phenomenon and occurs even in the temperate zone, its common denominator is the drop in body temperature (hypothermia). Alaska in territorial status from 1867 became a state in 1958, as Newfoundland -- Labrador became a province of Canada in 1949 and Greenland an integral part of Denmark in 1953; and in each case, papers on anticipated benefits or disadvantages from change of status were succeeded by assessments of its effects and problems. The setting up and functioning of the state government in Alaska, its administrative departments, agencies, court systems, etc., the increase in local responsibilities and powers, the establishment of policies and operating procedures, are all reflected in the official publications of 1960-1963. Surveys of the state's natural and human resources, industries, transportation facilities appear, as do forecasts of their development potential. State plans and programs for health services, education, local government, capital improvement, etc., are set forth. Some of Alaska's experience and problems are common with those of many underdeveloped areas, though harder in a subarctic and arctic region. Some of Alaska's problems are unique however, and its efforts experimental, and that enhances the value of this literature. April 1967

Marie Tremaine, Director, Arctic Bibliography Project

XI

ARCTIC BIBLIOGRAPHY STAFF MARIE TREMAmE, MARET MARTNA, MARGARET

Director, Editor

Assistant Director

R. ALLEN, Editorial assistant

L. ALAN EYRE, Research analyst in Geography, Geology, Meteorology, Oceanography NATALIE FRENHLEY, Research SYLVA GETHIN,

Research analyst in Scandinavian materials

ERNEST HARWOOD,

Research analyst in Geology

DR. EMIL LIEBMAN, DR. CLARA

analyst in Archeology, Anthropology, Sociology

Research analyst in Biology, Physiology

ROM LOUGEE, Research analyst in Geography, Geology

ANIA SCHEININ,

Editorial assistant

ANATOL J. SHNEIDEROV, DR. VLADAS STANIiA,

Research analyst in Geophysics, Engineering

Research analyst in Exploration, Geography, Economics

DR. VLADAS VILIAMAS,

Research analyst in Geography, Geomorphology,

Geology DAVID B. WASHINGTON,

Chief Clerk

JOURNALS CITED IN THE ARCTIC BIBLIOGRAPHY 0 Abo, Finland. Akademi. Acta .. . Humaniora. *Åbo, Finland. Akademi. Acta .. . Mathematica et physica. ArbØger for nordisk oldkyndighed og historie. København. Abisko naturvetenskapliga station. Observations meteorologiques Abisko. Uppsala. d *Academie de Chirurgie, Paris. Memoires. *Académie de Medecine, Paris. Bulletin. *Academie des Sciences, Paris. Comptes-rendus. Académie Polonaise des Sciences. See Polska Akademia Nauk. Académie Royale des Sciences, des Lettres et des Beaux-Arts de Belgique, Bruxelles. Classe des sciences. Bulletins. Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. Notulae naturae. Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. Proceedings. Accademia dei Fisiocritici, Siena. Atti. Accademia medica lombarda, Milano. Atti. Accademia nasjonale dei Lincei, Roma. Classe di scienze fisiche, matematiche e naturali. Atti .. . Rendiconti. *This list is revised from that in vol. 8 to include journals cited above four-five times in vol. 1-13 of the Arctic Bibliography. Of current journals, those regularly searched, as more important for arctic studies, are indicated:*. This is the third (and last) comprehensive list; after this, each volume will include a list of the journals cited in it.

*Acoustical Society of America. Journal. Menasha, Wisc. Acta agralia fennica. Helsinki. Acta agriculturae scandinavica. Stockholm. Acta anaesthesiologica. Padova. Acta anaesthesiologica scandinavica. Arhus. Acta anatomica. Basel. Acta archaeologica. Kobenhavn. *Acta arctica. Kobenhavn. Acta biochimica polonica. Warszawa. *Acta biologica et medics, germanica. Berlin. *Acta borealia. Tromso. Acta botanta, fennica. Helsinki. *Acta chemica scandinavica. København. *Acta chirurgica scandinavica. & Supplementum. Stockholm. Acta endocrinologica. Kobenhavn. *Acta entomologica fennica. Helsinki. *Acta ethnographica. Budapest. Acta florae Sueciae. Stockholm. d *Acta forestalia fennica. Helsinki. *Acta geographica. Helsinki. Acta geographies. Paris. *Acta geologica polonica. Warszawa. *Acta geophysics polonica. Warszawa. *Acta horti Bergiani. Stockholm. Acts horti Gothoburgensis. Göteborg. Acts lapponica. See under Stockholm. Nordiska museet .. . *Acta lapponica fenniae. Rovaniemi. *Acta linguistics. Budapest. *Acta medics hungarica. Budapest. *Acta medics, iugoslavica. Beograd. Acta medics polonica. Warszawa. XIII

*Acta medica scandinavica. Stock- Air-sea safety. Wash., D.C. d holm. Air University quarterly review. Acta neurologica. Napoli. Montgomery, Ala. Acta neurovegetativa. Wien. *Aircraft. Toronto. Acta odontologica scandinavica. Akademie der Wissenschaften, BerStockholm. lin: Acta ophthalmologica. Kobenhavn. Monatsberichte. Acta oto-laryngologica. Stockholm. Sitzungsberichte. d *Acta paediatrics. Uppsala. Physikalisch-mathematische *Acta pathologica et microbiologica Klasse. Sitzungsberichte. d scanclinavica. Kobenhavn. Akademie der Wissenschaften, LeipActa pharmacologica et toxicologica. zig: Kobenhavn. Berichte über die Verhandlungen. *Acta physiologica. Budapest. Mathematisch-naturwissenActa physiologica et pharmacologica schaftliche Klasse. Berichte. neerlandica. Amsterdam. Akademie der Wissenschaften, Mün*Acta physiologica polonica. Warchen. Mathematisch-naturwissenszawa. schaftliche Abteilung. Abhand*Acta physiologica scandinavica. lungen. Stockholm. *Acta phytogeographica suecica. Akademie der Wissenschaften, Wien: Mathematisch-naturwissenUppsala. schaftliche Klasse. Denkschrif*Acta psychiatrica scandinavica. ten. Kobenhavn. Mathematisch-naturwissenActa tuberculosea scandinavica. schaftliche Klasse. SitzungsKobenhavn. berichte. Acta veterinaria scandinavica. KoPhilosophisch-historische Klasse. benhavn. Sitzungsberichte. *Acta zoologica fennica. Helsinki. *Akademia medi£sinskikh nauk. *Actualitd economique. Montreal. Moskva. Vestnik. *Aetna scientifiques et indusAkademifä, nauk SSR. Moskva: trielles. Paris. Bulletin. d Advancement of science. London. Comptes rendus. d. Advances in biological and medical *Doklady. Novaß series. physics. N.Y. *Izvestia. Otdelenie literatury i *Advances in marine biology. Lonazyka. don. Izvestia. Otdelenie matematicheAero digest. N.Y. d skikh i estestvennykh nauk. d Aeronautics. London. d Izvestüå. Otdelenie obshchest*Aerospace medicine. Wash., D.C. vennykh nauk. d Aerospace safety. Wash., D.C. Izvestia. Otdelenie tekhnicheÄrztliche Forschung. Bad Wörishoskikh nauk. fen. *Izvestia. Series biologicheskafa. Ärztliche Wochenschrift. Berlin. d Izvestüå. Series fizicheskaa. *Agricultural Institute review. Ottawa. *Izvestia. Serifs geofizicheskaa. Agrobiologißa. Moskva. *Izvestia. Series geograficheskaa. Air affairs. Wash., D.C. *Izvestia. Sera geologicheskaa. Air force and space digest. Wash., Mélanges russes. d Memoires. d D.C.

Memoires ... par divers savants. d Nova acta. d *Vestnik. Zapiski. d Biogeokhimicheska1å laboratoriiå. Trudy. Botanicheskil institut: Gerbaril. Botanicheskie materialy. Materialy po istorii Hory i rastitel'nosti SSSR. *Otdel sporovykh rastenu. Botanicheskie materialy. Sbornik nauchnykh rabot. d Trudy: Serif. 1, Flora i sistematika vysshikh rastenu. Serif. 2, Sporovye rastenif.. Serif 3, Geobotanika. Serif. 4, Eksperimental'nafa botanika. Serif. 5, Rastitel'noe syr'e. Seriia 6, Introdukfssifå rastenu i zelenoe stroitel'stvo. Seriiå 7, Morfologifå i anatomifor rastenu. Seriß 8, Paleobotanika. See also Botanicheskil zhurnal. Botanicheskii muzel. Trudy. d Classe historico-philologique. Memoires ... Zapiski. d Classe physico-mathematique. Memoires. d Dal'nevostochnyi filial, Vladivostok: Soobshchenifå. Trudy. Serif. botanicheskafa. Trudy. Serif. geologicheskafa. Trudy. Serif. istoricheskafa. Trudy. Serifs khimicheskafä. Trudy. Seriiå zoologicheskafa. Vestnik. d Gornotaezhnafa stantsiia. Trudy. d *Gel'mintologicheskaia laboratoriß. Trudy. *Geologicheskil institut. Trudy.

*Geologicheskii muzei. Trudy. Geomorfologicheskil institut. Trudy. fAkutskil filial, Yakutsk: *Nauchnye soobshchenifå. Trudy. *Trudy. Seriså ekonomicheskaia. *Trudy. Seriiå fizicheskafå. *Trudy. Serif's geologicheskada. *Institut biologii. Trudy. *Ikhtiologicheskaf. komissifa. Trudy soveshchanii. See also Voprosy ikhtiologii. Institut antropologii, arkheologii i etnografii. Trudy. d Institut arkheologii: *Kratkie soobshchenii .. *Materialy i issledovanifa po arkheologii SSSR. Institut etnografii: *Kratkie soobshchenifå. *Trudy. I. P. Institut fiziologii im. Pavlova. Trudy. Institut genetiki. Trudy. Institut geografii: *Materialy glfaCiologicheskikh issledovanii. *Materialy issledovanil. Khronika, obsuzhdeniIa. *Trudy. Institut geologicheskikh nauk. Trudy. d. *Institut geologii I razrabotki gorfüchikh iskopaemykh. Trudy. *Institut geologii rudnykh mestorozhdenu, petrografii, mineralogii i geokhimii. Trudy. Institut gornogo dela. Trudy. Institut fazykoznanifa: Doklady i soobshcheniiå. d Trudy. Institut istorii: Problemy istochnikovedenifi. Trudy. Vestnik drevnei istorii. Institut istorii estestvoznanifa. Trudy. d XV

Institut istorii material'noi kul'tury. See Ak. n. Institut arkheologii .. . Institut lesa: *Soobshchenifa. Trudy. *Institut merzlotovedenifå. Trudy. *I arskafl. merzlotnai, stantsifå. Trudy. *Severnoe otdelenie. Syktyvkar. Trudy. *Severn-Vostochnoe otdelenie. Yakutsk. Trudy. *Institut mineralogii, geokhimii i kristallokhimii redkikh elementov. Trudy. Institut nauchnol informafsii. See Referativnyl zhurnal. *Institut okeanologii. Trudy. Sbornik sta*Institut tes. *Institut zemnogo magnetizma, ionosfery i rasprostranenifa radiovoln. Trudy. Karel'skii filial. Petrozavodsk. Izvestif, Karel'skogo i Kol'skogo filialov. d Materialy po kompleksnomu izuchenüü Belogo more. *Trudy. Kol'skaia baza. Trudy. d Kol'skii filial. MurmanskaIå biologicheskafa stantsiß. See Ak. n. Murmanskii .. . Selsmicheskaf, stantsiiå Apatity. Bfilleten'. *Komi filial. Syktyvkar. Trudy. Institut geologii. Trudy. See also Istoriko-fiIologicheskii sbornik. Komissifå ekspedifsionnykh issledovanil. Materialy. d Komissåå po izuchenh'ü chetvertichnogo perioda: *Bfülleten'. *Trudy. See also Materialy po chetvertichnomu periodu SSSR.

Komissiiå po izucheaifl estestvennykh proizvoditel'nykh sil SSSR. Estestvennye proizvoditel'nye sily Rossii. d Materialy. d Komissifå po izuchenifü fAkutskoI avtonomnol sovetskol sorsialisticheskol respubliki: Materialy. d Trudy. d Komissia po izuchenilil plemennogo sostava naseleniiå SSSR i sopredel'nykh stran. Trudy. d *Komissiiå po opredelenifü absolfütnogo vozrasta geologicheskikh formafsii. Bfülleten'. Trudy sessii. *Laboratorifa evolfüfsionnol i ekologicheskol fiziologii. *Laboratorif, geologii dokembri1 .. Trudy. Laboratoriiå geologii uglfå. Trudy. *Laboratoria, gidrogeologicheskikh problem. Trudy. *Laboratoria vulkanologii. Trudy. *Mezhduvedomstvennafa komissif, po izuchenifü geologii i geografii karsta. Informa£sionnyl sbornik. Mezhduvedomstvennyl geofizicheskii komitet. Sbornik statel. *II razdel programmy MGG: meteorologia,. *III razdel programmy MGG: geomagnetizm i zemnye toki. *IV razdel programmy MGG: polfårnye sia,nia, i svechenie nochnogo neba. *V razdel programmy MGG: ionosfera. *VII razdel programmy MGG: kosmicheskie luchi. *VIII razdel programmy MGG: shiroty i dolgoty. *IX razdel programmy MGG: gla,tsiologia,.

*X razdel programmy MGG: okeanologicheskie issledovanii&. *XII razdel programmy MGG: selsmologicheskie issledovaniß . *Mineralogicheskii muse!. Trudy. *Morskol gidrofizicheskiT Institut. Trudy. *Murmanskii morskol biologicheski! institut. Trudy. *Muzel antropologii i etnografii. Sbornik. *Muzel istorii religii i ateizma. Ezhegodnik. *Okeanograficheskafa komissi1 . Bit311eten'. *Okeanograficheskaa komissiß. Trudy. Otdelenie fiziko-matematicheskikh nauk. Zapiski. d Otdelenie geologo-geograficheskikh nauk. Referaty nauchnoissledovatel'skikh rabot. Otdfelenie russkago iåzyka i slovesnosti. Sbornik. d *Paleontologicheskil Institut. Trudy. Petrograficheskil institut. Trudy. d Pochvennyl institut. Problemy sove£skogo pochvovedenifä. d Trudy. Poliarnafa komissi1 . Trudy. d Severna, baza. Trudy. d Novosi*Sibirskoe otdelenie. birsk. Izvestifa. *Biologicheskif institut. Trudy. *Institut geografii Sibiri i Dal'nego Vostoka. Doklady. *Institut geologii i geofiziki. Trudy. *Institut zemnol kory. Trudy. *Severo-Vostochnyl kompleksnyl nauchno-issledovatel'ski! institut. Trudy. Sovet po izuchenifii proizvoditel'nykh sil SSSR. Trudy: Serifs dal'nevostochnaf&. d

Serifs f&kutskaiä. d Serifa kamchatskaI . d Serif& karel'skaf&. d Serif& kol'skafa. d Serifs sibirskaf&. d Serif& ural'skaf . d Serifs severnai&. d Sovet po selsmologii. Bfülleten'. Tikhookeanskil komitet. d Br11eten'. d Trudy. d Ural'skil filial. Sverdlovsk: *Institut biologii. Trudy. *Institut biologii. Nauchna1 konferen siß molodykh spefsialistov-biologov. Doklady. *Institut geofiziki. Trudy. *Institut geologii. Trudy. *Institut gornogo dela. Trudy. *Salekhardskil sta£sionar. Trudy. *Vostochno-Sibirskil filial. Irkutsk. Trudy. *Vulkanologicheskafå stanGif&. Bfülleten'. Zapadno-Sibirskil filial. Novosibirsk. Gorno-geologicheski! institut. Trudy. Transportno-energeticheskii institut. Trudy. Zoologicheskil institut. *Opredeliteli po faun SSSR. *Trudy. *Trudy problemykh i tematicheskikh soveshchanil. See also Fauna ASSR, also Parazitologicheskil sbornik, also Issledovaniiå dal'nevostochnykh morel SSSR. Zoologicheskil muse!. Ezhegodnik. A.kademifå nauk URSR, Kiev. Instytut botaniky. Botanichnyl zhurnal. Akademifå nauk URSR, Kiev. Iustytut zoologii. Trudy. Akademii navuk BSSR, Minsk. Instytut melif&ratsyi, vodnal i balotnal haspadarki. Trudy. Instytut torfa. Trudy. XVII

Akademia pedagogicheskikh nauk RFSFR: Doklady. Izvestia. *Akademia stroitel'stva i arkhitektury SSSR, Moskva. Izvestiß.. *Institut osnovanil i podzemnykh sooruzhenii. Trudy. *Institut stroitel'noi fiziki i ograzhdaiÜshchikh konstruktsii. Trudy. Akusherstvo i ginekologiß.. Moskva. Alaska. Agrictultural Experiment Stations: Administrative report. d *Bulletin. *Circular. Experiment station circular. d Mimeograph circular. d Special report. d *Alaska. Dept. of Administration. Division of Finance. Report, State of Alaska financial statements of condition for all funds. Alaska (Terr.) Dept. of Agriculture. Circular. d *Maska. Dept. of Commerce. Directory of manufacturers. Alaska. Dept. of Fish and Game: *Informational leaflet. *Report. *Statistical leaflet. Alaska (Tarr.) Dept. of Fisheries. Research report. d Alaska (Terr.) Dept. of Health. Annual report. d Alaska. Dept. of Health and Welfare: *Annual revision construction plan; Alaska hospital and medical facilities. *Hydrological data series. Alaska. Dept. of Highways: *Alaska highways bridge inventory rating report. *Alaska highways sufficiency rating report. *Highway condition bulletin. *Truck weight report. Alaska. Dept. of Labor. News.

Alaska. Dept. of Law. Opinions of the Attorney General. Alaska (Terr). Dept. of Mines. Pamphlet. d Report. d *Maska. Dept. of Public Safety. Report. Alaska (Tarr). Development Board. Alaska agriculture circular. d *Alaska. Division of Agriculture. Report. *Alaska. Division of Game. Annual report of progress; Federal Aid in Wildlife Restoration Project. Alaska. Division of Health. Sanitation aide services; quarterly activity report. *Alaska. Division of Insurance. Report. *Maska. Division of Lands. Report. Alaska. Division of Mines and Minerals: *Mines and petroleum bulletin. *Miscellaneous paper. *Report. *Alaska. Division of Sport Fisheries. Report of progress; Federal Aid in Fish Restoration Project. Alaska. Division of Tourism and Economic Development: Alaska passenger traffic survey. d Consumer price index in seven Alaskan cities. d Financial data regarding the incorporated towns and cities of Alaska. d *Alaska. Division of Water and Harbors. Report. Alaska. Employment Security Division: *Alaska employment trends. Alaska statistical quarterly. *Annual report. Characteristics of the insured unemployed in Alaska. Alaska (Tarr). Governor. Annual report. d Alaska. Legislative Council. Publications.

Alaska. Local Affairs Agency. Newsletter. Alaska. Local Boundary Commission. Report to ... State Legislature. Alaska (Terr). Resource Development Board: Biennial report. d Estimate of Alaska population. d Alaska. University: *Anthropological papers. *Biological papers. Miscellaneous publications. d Publications. d Cooperative Extension Service: *Bulletin. *Circular. *Dept. of Anthropology and Geography. Studies of northern peoples. Extension Service. Leaflet. d Geophysical Institute: *Contributions. *Geophysical research report. Geophysical Observatory. Research report. d Institute of Business, Economic and Government Research: *Alaska monthly review of business and economic conditions. *Economic series; publication. School of Mines. Bulletin. d Alaska call. Anchorage. *Alaska construction. Seattle, Wash. *Alaska Cooperative Wildlife Research Unit. Quarterly report. Alaska education news. Anchorage. *Alaska farm production. Palmer. Alaska hunting and fishing guide. Anchorage. Alaska land lines. Anchorage. Alaska life. Seattle, Wash. d *Alaska local government. Juneau. Alaska market news. Palmer. *Alaska medicine. Anchorage. *Alaska review. Anchorage. *Alaska sportsman. Ketchikan. *Alaskan Science Conference. Proceedings. *Alaska's health and welfare. Juneau.

*AIauda; revue internationale d'ornithologie. Dijon. Albert I, Prince of Monaco, 18481942. Resultats des campagnes scientifiques accomplies sur son yacht. Monaco. d Alberta. Univ. Boreal Institute. Occasional publication. Albrecht von Graefe's Archiv für Ophthalmologie. Berlin. All hands. Washington, D.C. Allergie and Asthma. Leipzig. Allgemeine Forst- and Jagd-Zeitung. Frankfurt am Main. Allgemeine schweizerische MilitärZeitung. Basel. *Alpen. Bern. *Alpine journal. London. American Academy of Arts and Sciences, Boston: Memoirs. Proceedings. American Academy of Political and Social Science, Philadelphia. Annals. *American alpine journal. N.Y. American Anthropological Association. Bulletin. Superseded by its: Fellow newsletter. *Memoirs. *American anthropologist. *American antiquity. American Association for the Advancement of Science. Proceedings. *American Association of Petroleum Geologists. Bulletin. American aviation. American Breeders' Association. Annual report. American city. American Climatological Association. Transactions. American College of Surgeons, Chicago. See Surgical forum. American Concrete Institute. Journal. American Dental Association. Journal.

American Entomological Society. Memoirs. Proceedings. Transactions. American Ethnological Society. Publications. American Federation for Clinical Research. Proceedings. *American fern journal. American Fisheries Society. Transactions. *American forests. American Game Conference. Transactions. American Game Protective Association. See American wildlife. American Geographical and Statistical Society. Bulletin. d American Geographical Society of New York: Bulletin and Journal. d Research series. *Serial atlas of the marine environment. Special publications. See also Geographical review. American geologist. d American Geophysical Union. *Geophysical monograph. *Transactions. *American heart journal. American helicopter. American Indian. American Institute of Chemical Engineers. Transactions. See also Chemical engineering progress. American Institute of Crop Ecology, Washington, D.C. International agro-climatological series. Study. American Institute of Electrical Engineers. Transactions. American Institute of Mining and Metallurgical Engineers: Technical publications. Transactions. *American Institute of Mining, Metallurgical and Petroleum Engineers. Transactions.

*American Institute of Physics. Temperature, its measurement and control... American journal of anatomy. *American journal of archaeology. *American journal of botany. American journal of clinical nutrition. American journal of clinical pathology. American journal of digestive diseases. *American journal of diseases of children. *American journal of hygiene. American journal of international law. American journal of medicine. American journal of nursing. American journal of obstetrics and gynecology. *American journal of ophthalmology. American journal of pathology. *American journal of physical anthropology. *American journal of physiology. American journal of psychiatry. American journal of psychology. *American journal of public health. American journal of roentgenology and radium therapy. *American journal of science. American journal of surgery. American journal of syphilis, gonorrhea and venereal diseases. American journal of the medical sciences. American journal of tropical medicine and hygiene. *American Medical Association. Journal. American Meteorological Society: *Bulletin. *Meteorological monographs. *American Microscopical Society. Transactions. *American midland naturalist. *American mineralogist. See American Museum journal. Natural history.

American Museum of Natural History, New York: *American Museum novitates. Anthropological papers. Bulletin. Handbook. Memoirs. d American naturalist. American Neptune; a quarterly journal of maritime history. Salem, Maas. American Neurological Association. Transactions. N.Y. American Philosophical Society, Philadelphia: Memoirs. Proceedings. *Transactions. American political science review. *American potato journal. American practitioner and Digest of treatment. American review of Soviet medicine. d *American-Scandinavian review. *American scientist. American Slavic and east European review. American Society for Testing and Materials. Bulletin. American Society of Civil Engineers. Proceedings. American Society of Civil Engineers. Construction Division. Journal. Engineering Mechanics Division. Journal. Sanitary Engineering Division. Journal. *Soil Mechanics and Foundations Division. Journal. Surveying and Mapping Division. Journal. American Society of Heating and Air-Conditioning Engineers. Transactions. American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Engineers. Transactions. *American Society of Naval Engineers. Journal.

American surgeon. American Veterinary Medical Association. Journal. American Water Works Association. Journal. American wildlife. d *American zoologist. *Amerindian. Chicago. Among the deep sea fishers. N.Y. Amsterdam. Universiteit. Geologisch Instituut. Mededeeling. *Anadyr'. Chukotskil kraevedcheskii muzef. Zapiski. Anaesthesia. London. Anaesthesist. Berlin. Anatomical record. Baltimore. Anesthesia and analgesia. Current researches. Elmira, N.Y. Anesthesie et analgØie. Paris. Anesthesiology. Lancaster, Pa. Angiology. Baltimore. Anglo-Soviet journal. London. Annalen der Hydrographie und maritimen Meteorologie. Berlin. *Annalen der Meteorologie. Hamburg. Annalen der Physik. Halle. Annales biologiques. See International Council for the Exploration of the Sea. København. Annales bryologici. The Hague. d Annales d'endocrinologie. Paris. Annales d'hygii ne publique, industrielle et sociale. Paris. Annales de biologie clinique. Paris. Annales de chimie et de physique. Paris. *Annales de chirurgie. Paris. Annales de cryptogamie exotique. Paris. *Annales de geographie. Paris. *Annales de geophysique. Paris. Annales de 1'ACFAS. See Association canadienne-francaise pour l'Avancement des Sciences. Annales de la nutrition et de l'alimentation. Paris. Annales de physiologie et de physicochimie biologique. Paris.

Annales des sciences naturelles. Paris. d Annales des sciences naturelles: Botanique. Paris. Annales des sciences naturelles: Zoologie. Paris. Annales hydrographiques. See France. Service hydrographique. Annales medicinae internae fenniae. Helsinki. Annali di medicine navale e tropicale. Roma. Annali italiani di chirurgia. Napoli. *Annals and magazine of natural history. London. *Annals of botany. London. *AØals of internal medicine. Ann Arbor, Mich. *Annals of occupational hygiene. London. Annals of physical medicine. London. *Annals of surgery. Philadelphia. Annual review of medicine. Stanford, Calif. *Annual review of physiology. Stanford Univ., Calif. *Anthropologica. Ottawa. Anthropological records. See California. Univ. Berkeley .. . Anthropological Society of Washington. Transactions. See also American anthropologist. Anthropologie. Paris. *Anthropologische Gesellschaft in Wien. Mitteilungen. *Anthropology in British Columbia. Victoria, B.C. *Anthropos. Wien. *Antiquity. Gloucester, Eng. Antropologicheskil zhurnal. Moskva. d *Appalachia. Boston. Applied anthropology. Boston. Applied hydraulics. Cleveland. Aquila. Budapest. Archiv för mathematik og naturvidenskab. Oslo. Archiv für Anthropologie. Braunschweig.

Archiv für Dermatologie und Syphilis. Wien. Archiv für die gesamte Psychologie. Leipzig. Archiv für experimentelle Pathologie und Pharmakologie. See NaunynSchmiedeberg's .. . *Archiv für Hydrobiologie. Berlin. *Archiv für klinische Chirurgie. Berlin. Archiv für Meteorologie, Geophysik und Bioklimatologie. Wien: *Ser. A: Meteorologie und Geophysik. *Ser. B: Allgemeine und biologische Klimatologie. Archiv für Mikrobiologie. Berlin. Archiv für Naturgeschichte. Berlin. d *Archiv für physikalische Therapie. Leipzig. Archiv für Protistenkunde. Jena. Archiv für Religionswissenschaft. Leipzig. Archiv für Völkerkunde. Wien. Archiv für wissenschaftliche Kunde von Russland. Berlin. d Archives des sciences physiques et naturelles. Geneve. Archives des sciences physiologiques. Paris. *Archives internationales de pharmacodynamie et de therapie. Paris. Archives internationales de physiologie et de biochimie. Paris. Archives neerlandaises de physiologie de l'homme et des animaux. The Hague. Archives of biochemistry and biophysics. N.Y. Archives of dermatology and syphilology. Chicago. *Archives of environmental health. Chicago. *Archives of internal medicine. Chicago. Archives of neurology and psychiatry. Chicago. Archives of pathology. Chicago. Archives of pediatrics. Philadelphia.

Archives of physical medicine. Iowa City. Archives of physical therapy. Iowa City. *Archives of surgery. Chicago. Archivio di fisiologia. Firenze. Archivio di ortopedia. Milano. Archivio di scienze biologiche. Napoli. *Archivio italiano di chirurgia. Bologna. Archivio italiano di scienze farmacologiche. Milano. Archivio per l'antropologia e l'etnologia. Firenze. Archivio per le scienze mediche. Torino. Archivum chirurgicum neerlandicum. Arnhem. *Arctic. Montreal. *Arctic anthropology. Madison, Wis. *Arctic circular. Ottawa. Arctic Institute of North America: *Anthropology of the North: Translations from Russian sources. Research papers. *Special publications. *Technical papers. See also Arctic. Arctic Research Laboratory, Pt. Barrow, Alaska. Progress report. Arctic Research Laboratory newsletter. Pt. Barrow, Alaska. Arctica. Leningrad. d Ardea. Leyden. Arizona. University. Laboratory of Tree-ring Research. Bulletin. Arkhangel'sk. Nauchno-issledovatel'skii institut epidemiologii, mikrobiologii i gigieny. Sbornik nauchnykh rabot. Arkhangel'skoe obshchestvo izuchenift russkago sfcevera. Izviestifit. d *Arkheograficheskil ezhegodnik. Moskva. *Arkhitektura SSSR. Moskva. Arkhiv anatomii, gistologii i embriologii. Moskva. Arkhiv biologicheskikh nauk. Leningrad.

Arkhiv patologii. Moskva. *Arkiv för botank. Stockholm. Arkiv för fysik. Stockholm. *Arkiv för geofysik. Stockholm. Arkiv för matematik, astronomi och fysik. Stockholm. *Arkiv för zoologi. Stockholm. See Arkticheskil institut SSSR. under Leningrad. Arktis. Gotha. d *Arktisk Institut, København. Report. *Armor. Washington, D.C. Army aviation digest. Camp Rucker, Ala. Army combat forces journal. Washington, D.C. Army information digest. Washington, D.C. Army medical bulletin. Washington, D.C. Arnold Arboretum. See under Harvard University. Arnoldia. Jamaica Plain, Mass. Asa Gray bulletin. N.Y. *Asian perspectives. Tucson, Ariz. Association canadienne-francaise pour l'Avancement des Sciences, Montreal. Annales de 1'ACFAS. Association de gdographes francais, Paris. Bulletin. Association for Research in Nervous and Mental Disease. Research publications. N.Y. Association francaise pour l'Avancement des Sciences. Compte rendu. *Association of American Geographers. Annals. Association of American Physicians. Transactions. *Astarte. Tromsø. *Astronautics and aeronautics. Easton, Pa. Astronomical journal. Cambridge, Mass. Astronomicheskii tsirkulf r. Kazan'. *Astronomicheskii zhurnal. Moskva. Atlantis: Länder, Völker, Reisen. Berlin. Atomel. Paris.

Berge der Welt. Zürich. See Atomkernenergie. München. Mountain world. *Atuagagdliutit: GrØnlandsposten. Bergen, Norway. Christian MichelGodthåb. sens Institutt for Videnskap og *Audubon magazine. N.Y. Åndsfrihet. Beretninger. *Auk. Boston. Australian geographer. Bergen, Norway. Universitet: Årbok; historisk-antikvarisk rekke. Australian journal of biological sciÅrbok; naturvidenskapelig rekke. ences. Melbourne. Australian journal of experimental Jordskjelvstasjonen. Seismological biology and medical science. Adebulletin. laide. Skrifter. Austria. Zentralanstalt für Meteoro- Bergen, Norway. Vestlandets forstlogie und Geodynamik. Jahrlige forsoksstation. Meddelelse. bücher. Bergielund. See Acta horti Bergiani. Automotive industries. N.Y. Berlin. Zoologisches Museum. MitAviation. N.Y. teilungen. *Aviation week. N.Y. Berliner entomologische Zeitschrift. Aviation week and space technology. Berliner medizinische Zeitschrift. N.Y. *Beten, vallar, mossar. Uppsala. Avtomobil'nafå promyshlennost'. *Bezopasnost' truda v promyshlennosti. Moskva. Moskva. *Avtomobil'nye dorogi. Moskva. *Bibliotekar'. Moskva. *Avtomobil'nyi transport. Moskva. Bidrag till Finlands naturkännedom, etnografi och statistik. Helsinki. d Baessler-Archiv. Beiträge zur Völkerkunde. Berlin. Bidrag till kännedom of Finlands *Baikal. Ulan-Ude. natur och folk. Helsinki. Baltic and Scandinavian countries. Biennial review of anthropology. Stanford, Calif. Leyden. Bartonia. Philadelphia. Bijdragen tot de dierkunde. Amsterdam. *Beaver. Winnipeg. Beiträge zur Biologie der Pflanzen. Bildmessung and Luftbildwesen. Breslau. Berlin. Cambridge, Beiträge zur Entomologie. Berlin. Biochemical journal. Beiträge zur Fortpflanzungsbiologie Eng. der Vögel mit Berücksichtigung der Biochemical pharmacology. London. Oologie. Berlin. Biochimica e terapia sperimentale. Beiträge zur Geophysik. Stuttgart. Milano. Beiträge zur Kenntnis des russischen Biochimica et biophysica acta. Reiches. S. Peterburg. d Amsterdam. Beiträge zur pathologischen Anatomie *Biodynamica. Normandy, Mo. und zur allgemeinen Pathologie. Biogeographical Society of Japan, Jena. Tokyo. Bulletin. Beiträge zur Pflanzenkunde des rus- *Biokhimifå. Moskva. sischen Reiches. S. Peterburg. d Biological bulletin. Boston. *Beiträge zur Physik der freien *Biological Society of Washington. Atmosphäre. Strasbourg. Proceedings. Bell Telephone magazine. N.Y. Biologie medicale. Paris. *Belomorskafå biologicheskafå stan- Biologisches Zentralblatt. Leipzig. fsifå. Trudy. See under Moskva. *Biology colloquium. Corvallis, Ore. Univ. Biometrika. Cambridge, Eng.

Biophysical journal. N.Y. *Bird-banding. Boston. Bird-lore. N.Y. Superseded by Audubon magazine. *Bird study. Oxford, Eng. *Biuletyn peryglacjalny. L6dz. Bfülleten' eksperimental'noi biologii i medifsiny. Moskva. Pub. also in French. *Bfülleten' stroitel'nol tekhniki. Moskva. *Blyttia. Oslo. Boeing magazine. Seattle. Bolletino delle scienze mediche. Bologna. Boston Society of Natural History: Memoirs. Proceedings. Botanical gazette. Chicago. Botanical review. Lancaster, Pa. Botanical Society of Edinburgh. Transactions. Botanicheskii institut im. V. L. Komarova. See under Akademifå nauk SSSR. *Botanicheskil zhurnal. Moskva. Botanicheskil: zhurnal. S. Peterburg. Botanische Jahrbücher für Systematik, Pflanzengeschichte und Pflanzengeographie. Leipzig. Botanischer Verein der Provinz Brandenburg. Abhandlungen. Botanisches Zentralblatt. Beihefte. Leipzig. Botanisk tidsskrift. Kobenhavn. *Botaniska notiser. Lund. *Breslau. Uniwersytet. Zescyty naukowe ser. B. Warszawa. British Association for the Advancement of Science, London. Reports. d *British birds. London. British Columbia. Provincial Museum. See Anthropology in British Columbia. British Columbia historical quarterly. Victoria. British Columbia mining record. Vancouver. d

*British Glaciological Society. Ice, news bulletin. Cambridge, Eng. *British heart journal. London. British journal of anaesthesia. Manchester. British journal of dermatology and syphilis. London. British journal of nutrition. Cambridge, Eng. British journal of pharmacology and chemotherapy. London. British journal of surgery. Bristol. *British medical bulletin. London. *British medical journal. London. Brittonia. N.Y. Brooklyn Entomological Society. Bulletin. Bruns Beiträge zur klinischen Chirurgie. Tübingen. Brussels. Jardin botanique de l'6tat. Bulletin. Brussels. Musee royal d'histoire naturelle de Belgique. Bulletin. Brussels. Observatoire royal de Belgique. Monographie. *Bryologist. Brooklyn. BuDocks technical digest. Washington, D.C. *Building research in Canada. Ottawa. Bulletin de biologie et de m6decine experimentale de l'URSS. Moskva. Bulletin m6t6orologique du Nord. Kobenhavn. d *Bulletin of Canadian Petroleum Geology. Calgary, Alta. fly Alberta Society of Petroleum Geologists. Journal. Bulletin of entomological research. London. *Byggeindustrien. Kobenhavn. Byggnadsindustrien. Stockholm. CADO technical data digest. Dayton, Ohio. C.I.L. oval. (Canadian Industries, Ltd.) Toronto. CRREL. See U.S. Army. Cold Regions Research and Engineering Laboratory. Cahiers d'histoire mondiale. Paris.

*Cabiers de geographie de Quebec. *Cahiers du monde russe et sovietique. Paris. California. University. Berkeley: Anthropological records. Publications in botany. Publications in culture and society. Publications in entomology. Publications in history. Publications in the geological sciences. Publications in zoology. California. University. Scripps Institution of Oceanography, La Jolla: Bulletin. d Bulletin; technical series. California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco. Proceedings. California fish and game. Sacramento. California Institute of Technology, Pasadena. Division of the Geological Sciences. Contribution. Cambridge Philosophical Society, Cambridge, Eng.: Biological reviews. Formerly its Proceedings. Canada: *Advisory Committee on Northern Development. Government activities in the North. *Bedford Institute of Oceanography. Reports. Biological Board. Contributions to Canadian biology. Bureau of Statistics. Monthly review of Canadian fisheries statistics. Defence Research Board, Ottawa: *Arctic reports. *Reports. *Translations. Defence Research Board, Ottawa. Directorate of Physical Research: *Reports (G). *Reports (G) ; Operation Hazen. *Defence Research Medical Laboratories. Report.

*Defence Research Northern Laboratory, Fort Churchill, Man.: DRNL technical memorandum. DRNL technical notes. DRNL technical papers. Reports. *Pacific Naval Laboratory. Technical memorandum. Dept. of Agriculture. Division of Botany and Plant Pathology. Contributions. Dept. of Agriculture. Division of Entomology. Contributions. Entomology Research Institute. Studies on arctic insects. Dept. of External Affairs. Information Division: Reference papers. Reprints. Statements and speeches. See also Canadian weekly bulletin. Dept. of Fisheries: *Annual report. *Trade news. *Dept. of Mines and Technical Surveys. Annual report. Dept. of Mines and Technical Surveys. Geographical Branch: *Bibliographical series. Canadian geography information series. *Geographical papers. *Memoirs. See also Geographical bulletin. Dept. of Mines and Technical Surveys. Mineral Resources Division: *Annual mineral reviews. *Mineral information bulletin. Continues Mineral resources info. tire. of Mines Branch. *Mineral reports. Mineral surveys. Supersedes Memorandum series of Mines Branch. *Operators lists. Dept. of Mines and Technical Surveys. Mines Branch: *Information circulars.

*Monographs. Supersedes its Reports. Technical papers. d Dept. of Northern Affairs and National Resources: *Northern Administration Branch. Mining in the North. *Northern Co-ordination and Research Centre. NCRC reports. Water Resources Branch: *Bulletin. *Water resources paper. Dept. of the Interior. Annual report. d Dept. of Transport: Marine activities in the North. d *Navigation conditions on the Hudson Bay Route... Dominion Observatory, Ottawa: *Publications. *Seismological bulletin. Fisheries Research Board: *Annual report. *Bulletin. *Journal. *Manuscript report series (oceanographic and lirnnological). Progress reports of Pacific Biological Station, Nanaimo, B.C., and Pacific Fisheries Experimental Station, Prince Rupert, B.C. Arctic Unit. Circular. Atlantic Biological Station. Circular. General series. Geodetic Survey. Publications. Geological Survey: Annual report. New series. d *Bulletin. *Economic geology series. Information circulars. d *Maps preliminary series. *Memoirs. *Papers. Formerly Summary reports. *Topical reports.

Hydrographie Service. *Pilot of arctic Canada. *Tidal publications. Meteorological Branch: *Canadian meteorological memoirs. *Circulars. Monthly records of meteorological observations. National Advisory Committee on Research in the Geological Sciences. Reports. National Museum: Annual report. *Anthropology papers. *Bulletin. *Natural history papers. Wildlife Service: *Occasional papers. *Wildlife management bulletin. *Canada lumberman. Canada month. Montreal. Canada's mental health. Ottawa. *Canadian aeronautics and space journal. *Canadian alpine journal. Canadian Army journal. *Canadian art. *Canadian audubon. Toronto. *Canadian aviation. Canadian banker. *Canadian business. Canadian consulting engineer. Don Mills, Ont. Canadian controls and instrumentation. Toronto. Canadian cooperative digest. Ottawa. Canadian engineer. See Roads and engineering construction. *Canadian entomologist. *Canadian field-naturalist. *Canadian fisherman. Gardenvale, Que. Canadian food journal. Canadian forest and outdoors. See Forest and outdoors. Canadian forum. *Canadian geographer. XXVII

*Canadian geographical journal. *Canadian geophysical bulletin. *Canadian geotechnical journal. Toronto. Canadian historical review. *Canadian Institute of Mining and Metallurgy. Transactions. *Canadian journal of animal science. *Canadian journal of biochemistry and physiology. *Canadian journal of botany. Canadian journal of chemical engineering. Canadian journal of chemistry. Canadian journal of comparative medicine. Canadian journal of economics and political science. *Canadian journal of microbiology. *Canadian journal of physics. *Canadian journal of plant science. Canadian journal of psychology. *Canadian journal of public health. Canadian journal of research. *Canadian journal of soil science. *Canadian journal of zoology. Canadian library. Ottawa. Canadian literature. Vancouver. Canadian magazine. Toronto. *Canadian Medical Association. Journal. Canadian medical services journal. See Medical services journal, Canada. *Canadian mineralogist. Toronto. *Canadian mining and metallurgical bulletin. Ottawa. *Canadian mining journal. Toronto. Canadian municipal utilities. Toronto. Canadian naturalist. Montreal. Canadian nature. Toronto. Succeeded by Canadian audubon. Canadian nuclear technology. Toronto. Canadian nurse. Winnipeg. *Canadian Oceanographic Data Centre. Ottawa. Data record series. XXVØ

*Canadian oil and gas industries. Gardenvale, Que. Canadian Physiological Society. Proceedings. Canadian public administration. Toronto. Canadian Radio Wave Propagation Committee. Publications. Canadian record of science. Montreal. *Canadian shipping. Toronto. *Canadian surveyor. Ottawa. Canadian textile journal. Montreal. *Canadian transportation. Toronto. Canadian Tuberculosis Assoc. Bulletin. Ottawa. Canadian weather review. Toronto. *Canadian weekly bulletin. Ottawa. *Canadian welfare. Ottawa. *Canadian wildlife series. Ottawa. Cancer. N.Y. Cancer research. Chicago. *Cardiologia. Basel. Carnegie Institution of Washington. Dept. of Terrestrial Magnetism. Researches. Carnegie magazine. Pittsburgh, Pa. Carnegie Museum, Pittsburgh. See under Pittsburgh. Catholic University of America. Washington, D.C. Anthropological series. *Arctic Institute. Contributions. Centre d'Etudes Aretiques et FinnoScandinaves. Ecole Pratique des Hautes Etudes. Sciences Economiques et Sociales. See Inter Nord. *eskoslovenskå etnografie. Praha. *Chekhoslova£skafå fiziologiiä. Praha. *Chemie der Erde. Jena. Chicago. Natural History Museum. See Field Museum... Child development. Baltimore. Chirurg. Berlin. Chirurgia italiana. Belluno. Chukotskii ... muzei. See under Anadyr'. Ciba symposia. Summit, N.J. Circulation. N.Y.

*Circulation research. Baltimore. Civil engineering. Easton, Pa. Civil engineering and public works review. London. Clinical orthopaedics. Philadelphia. *Clinical science. London. Collectanea meteorologica. København. d Colorado School of Mines. Golden. Quarterly. Columbia University. Lamont Geological Observatory: *Contributions. Technical reports on seismology. *Commercial fisheries review. Washington, D.C. Committee for whaling statistics. See uØ Hvalrådet. Compressed air magazine. N.Y., &c. Concours mescal. Paris. *Condor. Santa Clara, Calif. *Conference on Cold Injury (Josiah May Jr. Foundation, N.Y.). Congr6s international des sciences anthropologiques et ethnologiques. See International Congress of Anthropological and Ethnological Sciences... Connaissance du monde. Paris. Construction methods and equipment. N.Y. Construction world. Vancouver, B.C. *Contractors and engineers. N.Y. *Copeia. N.Y. Crowsnest. Ottawa. Culture. Quebec. *Current anthropology. Chicago. *Current geographical publications. N.Y. *Current problems of Soviet medicine. Berlin. Current researches in anesthesia and analgesia. Columbus. See Anesthesia and analgesia... Curtiss magazine. London. Cushman Foundation for Foraminiferal Research. Sharon, Mass.: Contributions. Special publications. *Czasopismo geograficzne. Lödz.

Dalhousie review. Halifax. *Dal'nyi Vostok. Khabarovsk. *Dal'strol. Materialy po izuchenn Kolymsko-Indigirskogo krafs. Serifå, 2. Leningrad. *Dal'stroi. Materialy po izuchenifü Okhotsko-Kolymskogo krafå. Serifs I. Moskva. Danish Foreign Office journal. København. *Dansk botanisk arkiv. København. *Dansk geologisk forening. København. Meddelelser. *Dansk naturhistorisk forening. København. *Dansk ornithologisk forening. København. Tidsskrift. *Dansk teknisk tidsskrift. København. Danske arktiske station, Disko, Greenland. Arbejder. Danske Videnskabernes Selskab, København: *Biologiske meddelelser. *Biologiske skrifter. Historisk-filologiske meddelelser. Mathematisk-fysiske meddelelser. Skrifter. d Dartmouth alumni magazine. Hanover, N.H. *Deep-sea research. London. *Dekorativnoe iskusstvo SSSR. Moskva. Denison University, Granville, Ohio. Scientific laboratories. Journal. Denmark: Danmarks fiskeri- og havundersøgelser: *Meddelelser, ny serie. Skrifter. Geodaetisk Institut. København: Bulletin of the Seismological Station Ivigtut. d *Bulletin of the Seismological Station Nord. *Bulletin of the Seismological Station Scoresbysund. Meddelelser. Skrifter. Geologiske Undersøgelse. Skrifter.

Grønlandsdepartementet. København: Report on Greenland. d. Meteorologisk Institut: *Isforholdene i de arktiske have. (Nautisk-meteorologisk årbog. Supplement.) *Magnetisk årbog. *Meddelelser. Meteorologisk årbog. *Nautisk-meteorologisk årbog. Ministeriet for Grønland: *Beretninger vedrørende Grønland. *Udvalget for samfundsforskning i Grønland. Publikation. Nationalmuseet. See under København. Dermatologische Wochenschrift. Leipzig. Design news. Detroit, Mich. Destination international. Montreal. Detroit, Michigan. Alexander Blain Hospital. Bulletin. Deutsche geographische Blätter. Bremen. Deutsche Gesundheitswesen. Berlin. *Deutsche hydrographische Zeitschrift. Hamburg. Deutsche Luftwacht, Berlin. Luftwelt. d Deutsche medizinische Wochenschrift. Leipzig. Deutsche Militärarzt. Berlin. d Deutsche Morgenländische Gesellschaft. Leipzig. Zeitschrift. Deutsche Wehrmacht. Oldenburg. *Deutsche wissenschaftliche Kommission für Meeresforschung, Berlin. Berichte. Deutsche Zeitschrift für Chirurgie. Leipzig. *Deutscher Alpenverein, München. Jahrbuch. Deutscher Geographentag. Berlin, etc. Verhandlungen. Deutscher Seefischerei-Verein, Berlin. Mitteilungen. d

Deutscher Wetterdienst in der US Zone. Bad Kissingen. Berichte. See also Grosswetterlagen Mitteleuropas. Deutsches Archiv für klinische Medizin. Leipzig. *Dialektologicheskie materialy po govoram evenkov fAkutskoi ASSR. Leningrad. Diesel power. N.Y. *Discovery. London. *Dock and harbour authority. London. *Doshkol'noe vospitanie. Moskva. *Dresden. Staatliches Museum für Völkerkunde. Abhandlungen und Berichte. *Drottningholm, Sweden. Statens undersöknings- och försöksanstalt för sötvattensfisket. Reports. *Druzhba narodov. Moskva. Eastern Canadian anthropological series. Montreal. *F.agtern Snow Conference. Proceedings. *Eclogae geologicae Helvetiae. Lausanne. *Ecological monographs. Durham, N.C. *Ecology. Brooklyn, N.Y. *Economic geography. Worcester, Mass. *Economic geology. Lancaster, Pa. Edinburgh. Royal College of Surgeons. Journal. Edinburgh medical journal. See Scottish medical journal. Edinburgh new philosophical journal. d Edinburgh philosophical journal. d Eiszeitalter und Gegenwart. Hanover. *Ekonomika stroitel'stva. Moskva. *Eksperimental'nafå khirurgifå i anesteziologiiå. Moskva. Electronics. N.Y. Elektricheskie stanfsii. Moskva. Elektrichestvo. Moskva. Elektroteknikeren. København. Elektroteknisk tidsskrift. Oslo.

Elisha Mitchell Scientific Society, Chapel Hill, N.C. Journal. Empire survey review. London. *Endeavour. London. *Endocrinology. Los Angeles. *Energeticheskoe stroitel'stvo za rubezhom. Moskva. *Engineering. London. *Engineering and contract record. Toronto. Engineering and mining journal. N.Y. *Engineering Institute of Canada, Montreal. Transactions. *Engineering journal. Montreal. *Engineering news-record. Chicago, &c. *Enisei. Krasnoyarsk. *Entomological news. Philadelphia. Entomological Society of America. Annals. Entomological Society of London. Transactions. Entomological Society of Washington. Proceedings. *Entomologicheskoe obozrenie. Leningrad. *Entomologisk tidskrift. Uppsala, & c. *Entomologiske meddelelser. KØbenhavn. Entomologist. London. Entomologiste. Paris. Entomologists' monthly magazine. London. Erdball. Berlin. Erde. Berlin. Erdkunde. Bonn. Erdkundeunterricht. See Zeitschrift für den .. . Ergebnisse der Physiologie. München. *Eskimo. Churchill, Man. Eskimo bulletin. Ottawa. Superseded by Inuktitut. *Esso air world. N.Y. Estestvoznanie v shkole. Moskva. *Ethnographia. Budapest. Ethnographie. Paris. Ethnographisch-archäologische Zeitschrift. Berlin.

Ethnolog cranmorensis. Chislehurst, Eng. d Ethnological Society of London: Journal. d Transactions. d Ethnologische Mitteilungen aus Ungarn. Budapest. d Ethnologischer Anzeiger. Stuttgart. d Ethnologisches Notizblatt. Berlin. d *Ethnology. Pittsburgh, Pa. Ethnos. Stockholm. *Etnograficheskil sbornik. than Ude. Etnograficheskoe obozrienie. Moskva. d Etnograf la. Moskva. d Etnograf-issledovatel'. Leningrad. d Ett år i luften, flygets årsbok. Stockholm. Etudes entomologiques. Helsinki. d Etudes sovidtiques. Paris. Eurasia septentrionalis antiqua. Helsinki. d European shipbuilding. Oslo. *Evolution. Lancaster, Pa. Excavating engineer. Milwaukee, Wis. Exide topics. Philadelphia. Expedition. Philadelphia. *Expeditions polaires francaises. Paris: Bulletin d'information. Publications. *Experientia. Basel. Experimental cell research. N.Y. Experimental eye research. N.Y. Experimental medicine and surgery. Brooklyn, N.Y. Experimental neurology. N.Y. Exploration review. London. Explorations. Toronto. Explorers journal. N.Y. Explosives engineer. Wilmington, Del. External affairs. Ottawa. Falco. Leipzig, &c. d Farlowia. Cambridge, Mass. *Farmakologiiå i toksikologilå. Moskva. XXXT

Fataburen, kulturhistorisk tidskrift. Fischwirtschaft. Bremerhaven. d Stockholm. *Fish boat. New Orleans. *Fauna och flora. Uppsala. *Fishing news international. London. Fauna SSSR. Moskva. Fiskeritidskrift för Finland, ny serie. *Federation [of American Societies Helsinki. for Experimental Biology] Pro-. *Fiskets gang. Bergen, Norway. ceedings. Baltimore. *Fiziologicheskii zhurnal SSSR. *Fel'dsher i akusherka. Moskva. Moskva. *Fennia. Helsinki. Fizioterapiiå. Moskva. Field Museum of Natural History, *Fizkul'tura i sport. Moskva. Flight. London. Chicago: Flight magazine. Dallas, Texas. *Fieldiana anthropology. Flora. Jena. *Fieldiana geology. Flora og fauna. København. *Fieldiana zoology. Publications series superseded by *Flying. N.Y. Flying models. Springfield, Mass. d Fieldiana. Focus. N.Y. Finland: *Geodetiska Institutet. Julkai- Folic endocrinologica. Pisa. *Folk. København. suja. Folkliv. Stockholm. Geologinen Tutkimuslaitos: Folk-lore. London. Annual report. *Folklore fellows, Helsinki. FF com*Bulletin. munications. *Geoteknillisiä julkaisuja. Folklore studies. Tokyo. Hydrologinen Toimisto: Foreign affairs. N.Y. *Tiedonantoja. *Forest and outdoors. Ottawa. Vuosikirja. *Forschungsdienst. Augsburg. Ilmatieteellinen keskuslaitos. *Forskning og forsøk i landbruket. Maamagneettisia tutkimuksia. Oslo. *Suomen meteorologinen vuoForze sanitarie. Roma. sikirja. Fra Nationalmuseets arbejdsmark. *Toimituksia. See under København. NationalFinlands bank, Helsinki. Monthly museet .. . bulletin. France. Direction de la documentaFinlands natur. Helsinki. tion. Notes documentaires et *FiØSCh-ugrische Forschungen. HelEtudes. sinki. France. Service hydrographique. *Finnisch-ugrische Studien. Berlin. Annales hydrographiques. Finska mosskulturföreningen, Hel- *Franklin Institute. Philadelphia. sinki. Årsbok. Journal. Finska Vetenskaps-societeten, Hel- Friesia. København. sinki: Fur trade journal of Canada. Årsbok, Vuosikirja. Oshawa, Ont. Acta. d Gazette medicale de France. Paris. Commentationes biologicae. Gazovoc delo. Moskva. *Commentationes physico-mathe- Gazzetta degli ospedali e delle maticae. cliniche. Milano. Ofversigt af förhandlingar. d Gazzetta medics italiana. Milano. See also Bidrag till kännedom af General and comparative endocrinolFinlands natur och folk. ogy. N.Y.

Genie civil. Paris. . Geochimica et cosmochimica acta. London. *Geodezifis i kartografifa,. Moskva. Geodezist. Moskva. d *Geoe..ploration. Trondheim. Geofisica pura e applicata. Messina, & c. *Geofizicheskafa razvedka. Moskva. *Geofizicheskii bfülleten'. Moskva. Geofizicheskil sbornik. See under Leningrad. Glavnafå geofizicheskaiå observatorifä. Geofysiske publikasjoner. See under Norske videnskaps-akademi, Oslo. Geograficheskoe obshchestvo SSSR, Moskva: *Geograficheski1 sbornik. *Izvestiiå. VIestnik. d Zapiski. d *Zapiski. Novafä serifi. Zapiski ... po obshchei geografii. d Zapiski po otdfelenifl etnografii. d fAkutskii otdel, Yakutsk. Izvestiß. d *Komi filial. Izvestifä. *Otdelenie etnografii. Materialy. *Otdelenie istorii geograficheskikh znanü. Materialy. Otdielenie statistiki. Zapiski. d Priamurskil otdel, Vladivostok. Zapiski. d *Ural'skiI filial. Zapiski. Vladivostokskil otdel. Zapiski. d Vostochno-Sibirskii otdel, Irkutsk: Izvestiß. d Zapiski. d Zapizki po etnografii. d Zapadno-Sibirskii otdel, Omsk. Zapiski. d See also Voprosy geografii. *Geografifå i khozfäistvo. Moskva. *Geografiß v shkole. Moskva. *Geografisk tidsskrift. KØbenhavn. *Geografiska annaler. Stockholm. Geografiska Foreningen i Finland. Meddelanden. d

Acta geographica; Fen-. nia; Terra. *G6ographia. Paris. *Geographica. Uppsala. Geographica helvetica. Bern. *Geographical bulletin. Ottawa. *Geographical journal. London. *Geographical magazine. London. *Geographical review. N.Y. Geographical Society of Philadelphia. Bulletin. d Geographical Society of the Pacific. Transactions and proceedings. d Geographical studies. London. d Geographie. Paris. d Geographische Berichte. Berlin. Geographische Gesellschaft, Bern. Jahresbericht. Geographische Gesellschaft, Hamburg. Mitteilungen. d Geographische Gesellschaft, Wien. Mitteilungen. d Geographische Rundschau. Braunschweig. Geographische Zeitschrift. Leipzig. Geographischer Anzeiger. Gotha. d Geographisches Jahrbuch. Gotha. *Geography. London. *Geokhimifä. Moskva. *Geologi. Helsinki. *Geological Association of Canada. Proceedings. *Geological magazine. London. Geological Society of America, New York: Bibliography and index of geology exclusive of North America. *Bulletin. *Memoirs. *Special papers. Geological Society of London: *Proceedings. *Quarterly journal. Geologie. Berlin. *Geologinå i geofizika. Novosibirsk. *Geologifå i geokhimilä. Leningrad. *Geologifit nefti i gaza. Moskva. *Geolognå rudnykh mestorozhdenii. Moskva. Geologische Rundschau. Leipzig. See also

*Geologiska Foreningen, Stockholm. Förhandlingar. Geologists' Association, London. Proceedings. *Geomagnetizm i aeronomia. Moskva. *Geophysica. Helsinki. *Geophysical journal. London. *Geophysics. Houston, Texas. Georgetown University Medical Center, Washington, D.C. Bulletin. Germany. Meteorologisches Amt für Nordwestdeutschland. Beiträge zum Wettergeschehen in den nordeuropäischen Gewässern. Hamburg. Gerontologia. Basel. Gesellschaft für Erdkunde zu Berlin: Verhandlungen. d Zeitschrift. Gesellschaft für Erdkunde zu Leipzig. Mitteilungen. Gesellschaft naturforschender Freunde, Berlin. Sitzungsberichte. Gidrobiologicheskii zhurnal SSSR. Saratov. d *Gidrotekhnicheskoe stroitel'stvo. Moskva. Gidrotekhnika i melioratsifå. Moskva. *Gigiena i sanitariI .. Moskva. Giornale di clinica medica. Bologna. Giornale di medicina militare. Roma. Giornale italiano di chirurgia. Napoli. Giornale italiano di dermatologia. Milano. Globus. Hildburghausen. Merged in Petermanns geographische Mitteilungen. Göteborg, Sweden. Museum. Etnografiska Museet. Etnologiska studier. Göteborgs K. Vetenskaps- och Vitterhets-samhälle. Handlingar, tidsföljd. *Gornyi zhurnal. Moskva. Gospital'noe delo. Moskva. d Gosudarstvennaß. akademia istorii material'noI kul'tury. Leningrad. Izvestia.

Gosudarstvennyl okeanograficheskii institut. See under Moskva .. . Grana palynologica. Stockholm. *Grazhdanskafi aviatsia. Moskva. Great Britain. Meteorological Research Committee. Meteorological research papers. Great Britain. Royal Air Force. Institute of Aviation Medicine. Flying Personnel Research Committee. FPRC reports. Greenland. Geologiske undersøgelse: *Bulletin. *Miscellaneous papers. *Grønland. Charlottenlund. Grønlands kirke og skole. Godthåb. Grønlandske Selskab, København: Årsskrift. Succeeded by Grønland. *Skrifter. Grønlandsposten. Godthåb. Combined with Atuagagdliutit. Grosswetterlagen Mitteleuropas. Bad Kissingen. Growth. Menasha, Wis. Grundförbättring. Uppsala. *Habitat. Ottawa. Hamburg. Deutsche Seewarte: Aus dem Archiv der Deutschen Seewarte and des Marineobservatoriums. d Harper's magazine. N.Y. Harvard mountaineering. Cambridge, Mass. Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass.: Arnold Arboretum. Journal. Center for International Affairs. Occasional papers. Gray Herbarium. Contributions. Museum of Comparative Zoology. Bulletin. Peabody Museum of American Archaeology and Ethnology. Papers. *Heating, piping and air conditioning. Chicago. Hedwigia. Dresden. d Helminthological Society of Washington. Proceedings.

Helsinki, Finland. Metsätieteellinen Tutkimuslaitos. Julkaisuja. Helsinki, Finland. Universitet. Meteorologisches Institut. Mitteilungen. *Hereditas. Lund. Highway magazine. Chicago. Historical and Scientific Society of Manitoba. Transactions. d History of religions. Chicago. Hokkaido University, Sapporo, Japan: Faculty of Fisheries. *Bulletin. Data record of oceanographic observations and exploratory fishing. Memoirs. Faculty of Science. Journal. Ser. VI (Zoology). *L'Homme. Paris. Houille blanche. Grenoble. *Hovercraft and hydrofoils. Human biology; a record of research. Baltimore. Human organization. N.Y. Humanistiska Vetenskapssamfundet i Uppsala. Skrifter. Hvalfangstliv. Tønsberg. Hvalrådet, Oslo: International whaling statistics. Scientific results of Skrifter. marine biological research. *Hydrobiologia. Den Haag. Hydrographie review. Superseded by International hydrographic review. Hygeia. Chicago. Superseded by Today's health. IGY World Data Center A: *Glaciology. Glaciological notes. Oceanography. IGY oceanography report. *Rockets and Satellites. Rocket report series. IRE transactions. N.Y. fAzyk i myshlenie. Moskva. *Ibis. London. Ice. See British GIaciological Society.

Igarskala merzlotnafa stan£sifå. See under Akademiß. nauk SSSR. Institut merzlotovedeniI .. Illinois State Academy of Science, Springfield. Transactions. *Imperial oil review. Toronto. Indian affairs. N.Y. Indian truth. Philadelphia. Indiana University: Publications in anthropology and linguistics. Uralic and Altaic series. Industrial Canada. Toronto. Industrial refrigeration. Chicago. Infantry journal. See Army combat forces journal. Information geographique. Paris. Ingeniøren. København. d Ingeniørens ugeblad. København. Institut für Menschen- und Menschheitskunde, Augsburg. Abhandlungen und Aufsätze. Institut für natur- und geisteswissenschaftliche Anthropologie, Berlin. Studien. Institut oceanographique, Monaco: Annales. Bulletin. Institut Pasteur, Paris. Annales. Institut zur Erforschung der U.d.S.S.R., München. Bulletin. *Institute of Navigation, London. Journal. Institute of Petroleum, London. Journal. *Institute of Radio Engineers, New York. Proceedings. *Instituttet for sammenlignende Kulturforskning, Oslo. Publikasjoner. *Interavia. Geneve. International anthropological and linguistic review. Miami, Fla. International Association for Quaternary Research: [Conferences. Actes.] *International Association for Quaternary Research. Trudy SovetskoT sektsii ... (INQUA). *International Association of Geodesy. Bulletin geodesique.

*International Association of Geomagnetism and Aeronomy. Bulletin. *International Association of Meteorology and Atmospheric Physics. Publications. *International Association of Physical Oceanography. Publication scientifique. International Association of Scientific Hydrology: *Bulletin. *Publications. *General Assembly. Comptes rendus. International Association of Seismology and Physics of the Earth's Interior. *Travaux scientifiques. Serie A. *Comptes rendus. International Botanical Congress: *Proceedings. *Recent advances in botany. International College of Surgeons, Chicago. Journal. International Commission for the Northwest Atlantic Fisheries, Halifax, N.S.: *Annual Proceedings. *Research bulletin, Dartmouth, N.S. *Special publication. *Statistical bulletin. International Conference on Soil Mechanics and Foundation Engineering. Proceedings. International Conference on Trichinellosis. Proceedings. International Congress of Americanists. Proceedings. International Congress of Anthropological and Ethnological Sciences. Compte rendu. International Congress of Anthropology and Prehistoric Archeology. Proceedings. *International Congress of Entomology. Proceedings. *International Congress of Zoology. Proceedings.

International Council for the Exploration of the Sea: *Annales biologiques. *Journal du Conseil. *Rapports et procbs-verbaux. Statistical news letter. International Fisheries Commission (U.S. and Canada). Superseded by International Pacific Halibut Commission. *International Geographical Congress. Reports of proceedings, &c. *International Geological Congress. Reports of proceedings, &c. *International Geophysical Year, 1957-58. Special Committee. Annals. See also IGY ... ; also Akademifå nauk SSSR. Mezhduvedomstvennyl ... ; also Mezhdunarodnyl geofizicheskil god. *International hydrographic review. & Supplement. Monaco. *International journal. Toronto. *International journal of American linguistics. N.Y. *International journal of radiation biology. London. *International North Pacific Fisheries Commission: Annual report. Bulletin. Proceedings. *International Ornithological Congress. Proceedings. *International Pacific Halibut Commission (U.S. and Canada). Report. International Seaweed Symposium. Bulletin. International Union of Geodesy and Geophysics. *Monographie. News letter. d *International Volcanological Association. Bulletin volcanologique. International whaling statistics, Oslo. See under Hvalrådet.

Internationale Revue der gesamten Hydrobiologie und Hydrographie. Leipzig. Internationale Zeitschrift für Vitaminforschung. Bern. Internationales Archiv für Ethnographie. Leyden. *Inter-Nord. Paris. *Inuktitut. Ottawa. *Iowa Academy of Science, Des Moines. Proceedings. Iowa State College journal of science. Ames. Ipek; Jahrbuch für prähistorische und ethnographische Kunst. Leipzig. Iris. See Deutsche entomologische Zeitschrift "Iris". Irkutsk. Irkutskii gosudarstvennyl protivochumnyl institut Sibiri i Dal'nego Vostoka. Doklady. *Irkutsk. Universitet. Trudy. Supersedes its Sbornik. Biologo-geograficheskil institut. Izvestii . d Issledovanifi dal'nevostochnykh morel SSSR. Moskva. d *Issledovaniaå fauny morel. Leningrad. Supersedes Issledovanifå dal'nevostochnykh morel SSSR. *Issledovanifå lednikov i lednikovykh ralonov. Moskva. Issledovanifå morel SSSR. See Leningrad. Gosudarstvennyl gidrologicheskil institut. Istoricheskie zapiski. Moskva. *Istoricheskii arkhiv. Moskva. *Istorjß SSSR. Moskva. *Istoriko-filologicheskil sbornik. Syktyvkar. IUnyl naturalist. Moskva. Izvestifit vysshikh uchebnykh zavedenii, Moskva: Geodezifå i aerofotos"emka. *Geologifå i razvedka. *Lesnol zhurnal. Neft' i gaz. råvetnafa metallurgifa. J. L. news: J. Lauritzen Lines, KØbenhavn.

Jacobsen-McGill Arctic Research Expedition to Axel Heiberg Island: *Preliminary report. *Research report: Geology. *Research report: Meteorology. Jahrbuch der Hamburgischen wissenschaftlichen Anstalten. Hamburg. d Japan: Fisheries Agency. Report on whale marking in Japan. Hydrographic Dept. Kaizo iho. d. *Radio Research Laboratories. Journal *Science Council. Report of ionosphere and space research in Japan. Japanese journal of medical sciences. Tokyo. d Japanese journal of physiology. Nagoya. Japanese Society of Scientific Fisheries, Tokyo. Bulletin. Jet age. Toronto. d Jökull. Reykjavik. *Jorden runt. Stockholm. Jornal do medico. 0 Porto. Joseph B. Ward and Associates, Seattle. Ward index of consumer prices ... in Alaskan cities. See Alaska. Division of Tourism and Economic Development. Consumer price index .. . Josiah Macy, Jr., Foundation, New York. See Conference on Cold Injury. *Journal de physiologie. Paris. Journal des voyages, decouvertes et navigations modernes. Paris. d *Journal far Ornithologie. Kassel. Journal of American folk-lore. Boston. *Journal of animal ecology. Cambridge, Eng. *Journal of applied meteorology. Lancaster, Pa. *Journal of applied physiology. Washington, D.C. *Journal of applied psychology. Worcester, Mass. XXXVII

*Journal of atmospheric and terrestrial physics. London. *Journal of bacteriology. Baltimore. Journal of biological chemistry. Baltimore. Journal of botany. London. d Journal of Canadian petroleum technology. Calgary, Alta. Journal of cardiovascular surgery. Torino. *Journal of cellular and comparative physiology. Phila. *Journal of clinical investigation. Baltimore. Journal of comparative and physiological psychology. Baltimore. Journal of dairy science. Lancaster, Penna. Journal of dental research. N.Y. *Journal of ecology. London. Journal of economic entomology. Menasha, Wis. Journal of endocrinology. London. Journal of experimental biology. Edinburgh. Journal of experimental medical sciences. Calcutta. Journal of experimental psychology. Princeton, N.J. Journal of experimental zoology. Baltimore. *Journal of forestry. Washington, D.C. Journal of general microbiology. Cambridge, Eng. Journal of general physiology. N.Y. *Journal of geography. Lancaster, Pa. *Journal of geology. Chicago. *Journal of geomagnetism and geoelectricity. Kyoto. *Journal of geophysical research. Chicago. *Journal of glaciology. London. Journal of histochemistry and cytochemistry. Baltimore. Journal of hygiene. Cambridge, Eng. Journal of infectious diseases. Chicago. Journal of laboratory and clinical medicine. St. Louis. XXXVIII

*Journal of mammalogy. Baltimore. *Journal of marine research. New Haven, Conn. Journal of meteorological research. Tokyo. Journal of meteorology. Lancaster, Pa. Journal of morphology. Phila. Journal of nervous and mental disease. Chicago. Journal of neurology, neurosurgery and psychiatry. Bristol, Eng. Journal of neuropathology and experimental neurology. Baltimore. Journal of neurophysiology. Springfield, Ill. Journal of neurosurgery. Springfield, Ill. *Journal of nutrition. Phila. *Journal of occupational medicine. Chicago. Journal of paleontology. Bridgewater, Mass. *Journal of parasitology. Urbana, Ill. Journal of pathology and bacteriology. Cambridge, Eng. *Journal of pediatrics. St. Louis. Journal of petroleum technology. Dallas, Texas. Journal of pharmacology and experimental therapeutics. Baltimore. *Journal of physiology. London. *Journal of protozoology. Utica, N.Y. *Journal of soil and water conservation. Baltimore. *Journal of soil science. Oxford. Journal of surgical research. Phila. *Journal of the atmospheric sciences. Lancaster, Pa. Supersedes Journal of meteorology. Journal of the West. Los Angeles. *Journal of thoracic and cardiovascular surgery. St. Louis. *Journal of wildlife management. Menasha, Wis. *Kandalakshskii gosudarstvennyl zapovednik, Murmansk. Trudy. Kansas. University. Museum of Natural History: *Miscellaneous publication.

Publication. Karelo-Murmanskil kral. Leningrad. d Karstenia. Helsinki. Kauchuk i rezina. Moskva. Kazan'. Universitet: Uchenye zapiski. Obshchestvo arkheologii, istorii i etnografii. Izvestifå. Obshchestvo estestvoispytatelei. Protokoly zasiedanii. Prilozhenie. d *Khirurgiaå. Moskva. *Khudozhestvennaaå samodefatel'nost'. Moskva. Kiel. Universität. Geographisches Institut. Schriften. Kieler Meeresforschungen. Kiel. *Kfserletes orvostudomainy. Budapest. Klimat i pogoda. Leningrad. d *Klinicheskaiå meditsina. Moskva. *Klinische Wochenschrift. Berlin. *Klub. Moskva. København. Nationalmuseet: *Fra Nationalmuseets arbejdsmark. Skrifter. Etnografisk raekke. København. Universitet: Mineralogisk-geologiske Museum. Communications geologiques. Mineralogisk-geologiske Museum. Communications palContologiques. Koleopterologische Rundschau. Wien. Kolkhoznoe proizvodstvo. Moskva. "Konowia"; Zeitschrift für systematische Insektenkunde. Wien. *Kora vyvetrivanifä. Moskva. Kormovafa baza. Moskva. Superseded by Zhivotnovodstvo. *Kosmicheskie issledovaniaå. Moskva. *Kosmos. Stuttgart. Krakow. Uniwersytet Jagiellonski. Prace geograficzne. Krasnodar. Kubanskil gosudarstvennyi meditsinskii institut im. Krasnoff Armii. Trudy.

*Krasnoyarsk. Sel'skokhozfåistvennyi institut. Trudy. Krasnoyarsk. Vostochno-Sibirskafå nauchnaaå rybokhozfålstvennafå stantsiaå. Trudy. cl Kroeber Anthropological Society. Papers. *Krolikovodstvo i zverovodstvo. Moskva. Formerly Karakulevodstvo i zverovodstvo. *Kryl'I , rodiny. Moskva. *Kul'tura i zhizn'. Moskva. *Kulturgeografi. Kobenhavn. *Ku1'turno-prosvitel'nafa rabota. Moskva. Labor market news. Anchorage. Laboratory investigation. N.Y. *Lancet. London. *Lapin tutkimusseura, Rovaniemi. Vuosikirja. Lappväsendet. Renforskningen. Danderyd: *Mcddelanden. *Småskrift. *Laval medical. Quebec. *Laval Universite, Quebec. Centre d'etudes nordiques. Travaux et documents. Leaflets of western botany. San Francisco. Lectures on the scientific basis of medicine. London. Legkaaå promyshlennost'. Moskva. Leipzig. Universität. Geophysikalisches Institut. Veröffentlichungen. Serie 2, Spezialarbeiten. Leningrad. Arkticheskil i antarkticheskii nauchno-issledovatel'skii institut : Ballleten. d Materialy po izuchenia3 arktiki. d Posobifa i rukovodstva. *Truly. See also Problemy Arktiki .. . *GidrometeorologicheslciT institut. Trudy. Glavnaaå geofizicheskafä, observatoria: Geofizicheskii sbornik. d IzvestiI.. Bulletin. d

Lfetopisi. Annales. d *Trudy. Glavnyl botanicheskil sad: Izvestifa. d Trudy. d Gerbaril. Botanicheskie materialy gerbarißa. d Institut sporovykh rastenil. Botanicheskie materialy. d See also Akademifa nauk SSSR. Botanicheskil institut .. *Gornyl institut. Zapiski. Gosudarstvennyl gidrologicheskil institut: Issledovanifå lednikov SSSR. d Issledovaniß morel SSSR. d Issledovanif ozer SSSR. d Issledovanifa rek SSSR. d Izvestifa. d *Sbornik rabot. *Trudy. *Gosudarstvennyl nauchno-issledovatel'skil institut ozernogo i rechnogo rybnogo khozfaistva. Izvestifa. *Gosudarstvennyl pedago 'cheskii institut im. A. I. Gertsena. Uchenye zapiski. Institut narodov Severa. Nauchno-issledovatel'skaiå assoaiaf ifa: Izvestif . d Materialy po etnografii. d Trudy. d Trudy po etnografii. d Trudy po fol'kloru. d Trudy po istorii. d Trudy po lingvistike. d Institut po izuchenifii Severn. Trudy. d Leningradskil nauchnyl institut im. P. F. Lesgafta. Izvestif. d Nauchno-issledovatel'skii institut geologii Arktiki: *Informafionnyl bflleten'. *Sbornik statel po paleontoIogii i biostratigrafii. *Trudy. *Uchenye zapiski.

*Nauchno-issledovatel'skil institut gidrometeorologicheskil priborostroenifa. Trudy. Nauchno-issledovatel'skil Institut polfarnogo zemledelifa, zhivotnovodstva i promyslovogo khozfalstva: Trudy. Sernå olenevodstva. d Trudy. Serifå promyslovogo khozfalstva. d *Sanitarno-gigienicheskil mediisinskil institut. Trudy. Severnyl nauchno-issledovatel'skil institut gidrotekhniki i meliorafØii. Trudy. ffSentral'nyl nauchno-issledovatel'skil geologo-razvedochnyl institut: Materialy. Obshchai serifa. d Materialy. Poleznye iskopaemye. d Trudy. d See also Len. Vsesoftiznyl geologicheskil institut. Universitet: Izvestif'a. Nauchnyl bftlileten'. *Uchenye zapiski. *Vestvik. Botanicheskil sad. Botanicheskie zapiski. Scripta botanica. d Voenno-mediainskaf akademifa. Antropologicheskoe obshchestvo. Trudy. d Vsesoftznyl geologicheskil institut : *Bfillleten'. *Informa£sionnyl sbornik. *Materialy. Novar. serifa. Materialy. Chetvertichnaf geologiiå i geomorfologifa. d Materialy. Geofizika. d Materialy. Petrograficheskil sbornik. d Materialy. Poleznye iskopaemye. d *Trudy.

Vseso Tlznyl neftf not nauchnoissledovatel'skiI geologorazvedochnyl institut: *Trudy. Novaiä serifå. Vysshee arkticheskoe morskoe uchilishche. Uchenye zapiski. d Leningradskafa oblast'; politiko-ekonomicheskii zhurnal. Leningrad. d *Leningradskoe obshchestvo estestvoispytatelel. Trudy. Lepidopterists' news. Cambridge, Mass. *Lesnafa promyshlennost'. Moskva. *Lesnoe khozfnilstvo. Moskva. *Letopis' Severn. Moskva. Life. Chicago. *Life sciences. Oxford. *Limnology and oceanography. Baltimore. Lingua. Haarlem. Linnean Society of London: Journal; botany. Journal; zoology. Proceedings. Transactions. Listener. London. d *Literatura o Komi ASSR. Syktyvkar. *Litologifå i poleznye iskopaemye. Moskva. Living wilderness. Washington, D.C. Lloydia; a quarterly journal of biological science. Cincinnati. *Lödzkie. towarzystwo naukowe. Acta geographica. Lodz. Low temperature science. See Teion kagaku. Luftfahrtmedizin. Berlin. Lund. Universitet: *Årsskrift. Geografiske Institution. See Lund studies .. . *Mineralogisk och paleontologiskgeologiska institutionerna. Skrifter. Lund studies in geography: *Ser. A: Physical geography. *Ser. B: Human geography. Luonnon tutkija. Helsinki.

Lyon chirurgical. Paris. McGill news. McGill University. Arctic Meteorology Research Group: *Publication in meteorology. Scientific report. d *Dept. of Civil Engineering and Applied Mechanics. Soil Mechanics Laboratory. Soil mechanics series. *Dept. of Geography. Miscellaneous papers. *Macdonald Physics Laboratory. Ice Research Project. Report. Museums. Publications. *Sub-Arctic Research Laboratory. Research papers. *Maclean's magazine. Toronto. *Magadan. OblastnoI kraevedcheskil muzel. Kraevedcheskie zapiski. Magadan. Vsesofüznyl nauchno-issledovatel'skil institut zolota i redkikh metallov: *Sbornik referatov. *Trudy. *Man. London. Manitoba. Dept. of Mines and Natural Resources: *Publications. *Report. Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, Plymouth. Journal. *Marine Corps gazette. N.Y. Marine engineer. London. *Marine engineering and shipping review. N.Y. *Marine observer. London. Mashino-traktornafå stanfsifa. Moskva. Massachusetts Institute of Technology. Planetary Circulations Project. Report. *Master lesa. Moskva. Master uglfa. Moskva. Superseded by Sovet—skil shakhter. Materials research and standards. Easton, Pa. XLI

*Materialy k osnovam uchenilå o merzlykh zonakh zemnol kory. Moskva. *Materialy k poznanifa fauny i Hory SSSR. Otdel zoologicheskil. Moskva. *Materialy po arkheologii Evropeiskogo severo-vostoka. Syktyvkar. Materialy po chetvertichnomu periodu SSSR. Moskva. Materialy po etnografii. Leningrad. d *Materialy po geologii i poleznym iskopaemym IAkutskoi ASSR. *Materialy po geologii i poleznym iskopaemym Krasnoff .rskogo krafå. Krasnoyarsk. *Materialy po geologii i poleznym iskopaemym Severo-Vostoka Evropeiskol chasti SSSR. Moskva. *Materialy po geologii i poleznym iskopaemym Severo-Zapada RSFSR. Leningrad. *Materialy po geologii i poleznym iskopaemym Urala. Moskva. *Materialy po geologii Zapadnol Sibiri. Novosibirsk. *Materialy po laboratornym issledovanif .m merzlykh gruntov. Moskva. *Materialy po mineralogii Kol'skogo poluostrova. Kirovsk. *Materialy rybokhozfialstvennykh issledovanii Severnogo basseina. Sbornik. Murmansk. *Meddelelser om GrØnland. København. *Medical journal of Australia. Sidney. Medical press. London. *Medical services journal, Canada. Ottawa. Medicina experimentalis. Basel. Medicina panamericana. Buenos Aires. *Mediisinskafä radiologiß. Moskva. Meclitsinskafå sestra. Moskva. Medizinische. Stuttgart. Medizinische Klinik. Berlin. *Medizinische Welt. Berlin. XLII

Mekhanizatsifå i avtomatizaf ifå proizvodstva. Moskva. Supersedes Mekhanizafsif'a trudoemkikh i tfizhelykh rabot. Mekhanizatsiiå stroitel'stva. Moskva. *Merzlotnye issledovanifå. Moskva. Merzlotovedenie. Moskva. d Messager ornithologique. Moskva. d *Mestnafä promyshlennost' i khudozhestvennye promysly. Moskva. *Metabolism; clinical and experimental. N.Y. *Meteoritika. Moskva. Meteorological and geoastrophysical abstracts. Lancaster, Pa. *Meteorological magazine. London. Meteorologie. Paris. *Meteorologei , i gidrologica. Moskva. Meteorologische Rundschau. Berlin. Meteorologische Zeitschrift. Wien. d Metsätaloudellinen aikakauslehti. Helsinki. Mezhdunarodnaiå asso£siatsh% po izuchenifil chetvertichnogo perioda. See International Association for Quarternary Research. Mezhdunarodnyl geofizicheskii god. Informatsionnyi biülleten'. Superseded by Geofizicheskil bfülleten'. Michigan. University. Museum of Zoology. Occasional papers. Michigan Academy of Science, Arts and Letters. Papers. *Micropaleontology. N.Y. *Migrafsii zhivotnykh. Moskva. *Mikrobiologifå. Moskva. Militaerlaegen. København. Militärteknisk tidskrift. Stockholm. *Military engineer. Wash., D.C. Military medicine. Wash., D.C. *Military review. Fort Leavenworth, Kans. *Mineralogical magazine. London. Mineralogische and petrographische Mitteilungen. Wien. *Mineralogist. Portland, Oreg. *Minerva anestesiologica. Torino. Minerva cardioangiologica. Torino. Minerva chirurgica. Torino. Minerva ginecologica. Torino.

Minerva medica. Torino. Minerva nucleare. Torino. *Mining engineering. N.Y. Supersedes in part Mining and metallurgy. *Mining magazine. London. Mining symposium. Minneapolis. Mirovedenie. Moskva. Mitteilungen über Biochemie. Lage. Modern plastics. N.Y. Molodol kolkhoznik. Moskva. Superseded by Sel'skafå molodezh. Molodol kommunist. Moskva. Molotov. See Perm'. Montreal. Botanical Garden. Memoirs. *Morskol flot. Moskva. Morskol i rechnol flot. Moskva. d Morskol nauchnyl institut. Superseded by Moskva. Gosudarstvennyl okeanograficheskii institut. *Morskol sbornik. Leningrad. Moskovskoe obshchestvo ispytatelel prirody: *Bflleten'. Otdel biologicheskil. *Bfü11eten'. Otdel geologicheskü. Bulletin. d Sredi prirody. d Trudy. d See also Materialy k poznanifü fanny i flory SSSR. *Moskva. Moskva: Avtomobil'no-dorozhnyi institut. Trudy. Glavnyl botanicheskil sad: *Brülleten'. *Trudy. Gosudarstvennyl istoricheskil muzel: *Ezhegodnik. *Trudy. *Gosudarstvennyl istorikoarkhivnyl institut. Trudy. Gosudarstvennyl nauchno-issledovatel'skil institut zemleustroIstva i pereselenifa. Trudy. d

*Gosudarstvennyl okeanograficheskil institut. Trudy. Institut neftekhimicheskol i gazovol promyshlennosti. Trudy. Institut radioelektroniki i gornol elektromekhaniki. Nauchnye trudy. Moskovskafit sel'skokhozfalstvennafa akademili. Doklady. Moskovskil geologorazvedochnyl institut. Trudy. Moskovskil gosudarstvennyl pedagogicheskil institut im. V. I. Lenina. Uchenye zapiski. *Moskovskil oblastnol pedagogicheskil institut. Uchenye zapiski. *Nauchno-issledovatel'skii institut aeroklimatologii. Trudy. *Nauchno-issledovatel'skil institut muzeevedenifå. Trudy. Nauchnyi institut rybnogo khozftlstva. Trudy. d *Ttentral'nyl institut prognozov. Trudy. Tentral'nyl nauchno-issledovatel'skil institut ekonomiki i ekspluata sii vodnogo transporta. Trudy. Universitet: *Uchenye zapiski. *Vestnik. *Belomorskafä biologicheskaiå stantsiiå. Trudy. Geograficheskil fakul'tet. Informaüsionnyl sbornik o rabotakh po mezhdunarodnomu geofizicheskomu godu. Gosudarstvennyl zoologicheskil muzel. Sbornik trudov. *Khibinskafa geograficheskafa stantsifå. Trudy. *Vsesoitnznyi nauchno-issledovatel'skii geologorazvedochnyl neftranol institut. Trudy. Vsesofüznyi nauchno-issledovatel'skil institut mineral'nogo syr'få. XLIII

*Bftlllaten' nauchno-tekhniche- National Research Council of Canada: *Associate Committee on Soil skoT informaf ii. and Snow Mechanics. Technical Trudy. memorandum. *Vsesofüznyl nauchno-issledovaDivision of Building Research: tel'skiT institut morskogo ryb*Bibliography. nogo khoziaistva i okeanografii. *Canadian building abstracts. Trudy. *Research paper. *Vsesofüznyi nauchno-issledova*Technical paper. tel'skil institut zhivotnogo syr'få See also Building research in i pushniny. Trudy. Formerly Vses. n.-issled. inst. okhotnich'Canada. evo promysla. Natur und Volk. Frankfurt am Main. *Mosquito news. New Brunswick, *Natural history. N.Y. N.J. *Naturaliste canadien. Quebec. *Mountain world. N.Y. English *Nature. London. language edition of Berge der Welt. *Nature. Paris. Münchener medizinische Wochen- *Nature magazine. Baltimore. schrift. München. *Naturen. Bergen. Murmansk. Poli rnyl nauchno-issle- *Naturens verden. KØbenhavn. dovatel'skil institut morskogo ryb- Naturforschende Gesellschaft, Schaffnogo khoziåistva i okeanografii: hausen. Mitteilungen. *Nauchno-tekhnieheskii bfi~lle- Naturforschende Gesellschaft, Zürich. ten'. V i ertel j ahrsschrif t. *Trudy. Naturhistorisk tidende. KØbenhavn. Murmanskaß biologicheskafa Naturwissenschaften. Berlin. stan{ifii. See under Akademif'a *Naturwissenschaftliche Rundschau. Stuttgart. nauk SSSR. Murmanskil .. . Naturwissenschaftlicher Verein, *Murrelet. Seattle. Hamburg. Abhandlungen aus dem Museum. Paris. Gebiete der Naturwissenschaften. *Mycologia. N.Y. d *Na rubezhe. Petrozavodsk. *Nauchno-issledovatel'slciT institut *Na Severe dal'nem. Magadan. sel'skogo khozfilstva Krainego se*Na stroTkakh Rossii. Moskva. vera. Leningrad, Noril'sk. Trudy. *Narodnoe obrazovanie. Moskva. Nauchnye doklady vysshel shkoly, *Nash sovremennik. Moskva. Moskva: *Biologicheskie nauki. *National Academy of Sciences. Filologicheskie nauki. Washington, D.C. Proceedings. *Geologo-geograficheskie nauki. *National geographic magazine. *Nauka i religift. Moskva. Wash., D.C. Nauka i zhizn'. Moskva. National Geographic Society. ConNaumannia. Stuttgart. Merged in tributed technical papers. Katmai Journal für Ornithologie. series. d *Naunyn-Schmiedeberg's Archiv für *National parks magazine. Wash., experimentelle Pathologie und D.C. Pharmakologie. Leipzig. *National Research Council, Wash., *Nautical magazine. London. D.C. Highway Research Board. *Nautilus. Philadelphia. Bulletin. *Nautisk tidskrift. Stockholm. XLIV

*Naval research. Wash., D.C. Supersedes Research reviews. *Navigation. Los Angeles. *Navy. Wash., D.C. *Nederlandsch aardrijkskundig genootschap, Amsterdam. Tijdschrift. *Nederlandsch tijdschriftvoorgeneeskunde. Amsterdam. Nedra arktiki. Moskva. d *Neftegazovafå geologifå i geofizika. Moskva. Nervnafä sistema. Leningrad. Neues Jahrbuch für Mineralogie. Abhandlungen. Stuttgart. *Neva. Leningrad. Nevropatologifil i psikhiatrifå. Moskva. d *New England journal of medicine. Boston. New Mexico. University, Albuquerque. Publications in anthropology. *New scientist. London. New York. Museum of the American Indian. Heye Foundation. Indian notes and monographs. New York Academy of Sciences: *Annals. *Transactions. *New York Entomological Society. Journal. New York State journal of medicine. N.Y. New Zealand medical journal. Dunedin. Newfoundland. Geological Survey: Information circular. Report. Newfoundland quarterly. St. John's. News. Moskva. d Niva. Petrograd. d Nord. KØbenhavn. *Norden. Bodo, Norway. Nordens tidning. Stockholm. *Nordenskiöld-samfundet i Finland. Helsinki. Tilskrift. Nordisk jordbrugsforskning. Kobenhavn. *Nordisk kontakt. Stockholm. *Nordisk medicin. Helsinki.

*Nordkalotten. Overtorneå. *Norois. Poitiers. *Norrbotten. Norrbottens läns hembygdsförening. Årsbok. Luleå. *Norrbottens lantmannablad. Luleå. *Norrlands skogsvårdsförbund. Tidskrift. Stockholm. *Norseman. Oslo. *Norsk entomologisk tidsskrift. Oslo. *Norsk geografisk tidsskrift. Oslo. *Norsk geologisk tidsskrift. Oslo. *Norsk hvalfangst-tidende ... Norwegian whaling gazette. Sandefjord. *Norsk institutt for tang- og tareforskning, Oslo. Report. Norsk laegeforening, Oslo. Tidsskrift. *Norsk myrselskap. Meddelelser. Oslo. Norsk ornithologisk tidsskrift. Stavanger. d Norsk Polarinstitutt. See under Norway. Norsk Polarklubb. See Polarboken. Norsk polar-tidende. Oslo. d *Norsk skogbruk. Oslo. *Norsk skogindustri. Oslo. Norske geografiske selskab, Oslo. Årbok. *Norske institutt for kosmisk fysikk, Bergen. Publikasjoner. Norske skogplanteskoler. Arsskrift. Stavanger. See also Norway. SkogAr for .. direktoratet. sskrift Norske videnskabers selskab, Trondheim: *Forhandlinger. *Skrifter. Museet. Årbok. Norske Videnskaps-akademi, Oslo: *Årbok. Forhandlinger. d *Geofysiske publikasjoner. Historik-filosofisk klasse: *Avhandlinger. *Skrifter. Matematisk-naturvidenskapel i g klasse: *Avhandlinger. XLV

*Skrifter. See also Hvalrådet. Skrifter .. . *North. Ottawa. Formerly Northern Affairs bulletin. *North American Wildlife and Natural Resources Conference. Transactions. *North Atlantic Treaty Organization. Advisory Group for Aeronautical Research and Development. AGARDograph. *Northern Canada Power Commission. Ottawa. Report. Supersedes Northwest Territories. Power Commission. Report. *Northern miner. Cobalt, Ont. *Northwest medicine. Seattle. *Northwest science. Cheney, Wash. *Northwest Territories. Commissioner. Annual report. Ottawa. Norveg. Tidsskrift for folkelivsgransking. Oslo. Norway: Fiskeridirektoratet: Arsberetning vedkommende Norges fiskerier .. . *Skrifter. Serie havundersøkelser. Report on Norwegian fishery and marine investigations. *Geofysiske kommisjon. Annual report. *Geologiske undersøkelse, Oslo. Skrifter. Meteorologiske Institutt: Arsberetning. *Meteorologiske annaler. Norsk Polarinstitutt: *Arbok. *Meddelelser. *Skrifter. Skogdirektoratet. Årsskrift for norske skogplanteskoler. *Notulae entomologicae. Helsinki. Novyi khirurgicheski arkhiv. Dnepropetrovsk. *Novyl mir. Moskva. *Nutrition reviews. N.Y. *Ny jord. Oslo. *Nytt magasin for botanikk. Oslo. XLVI

Nytt magasin for naturvidenskapene. Oslo. d *Nytt magasin for zoologi. Oslo. Obshchestvo lfübitelel estestvoznanitå, antropologii i etnografii, Moskva: Izviestif .. d Zoologicheskoe otdelenie. Memuary. d *Oceanographical magazine. Tokyo. *Oceanus. Woods Hole, Mass. Österreichische botanische Zeitschrift. Wien. Office scientifique et technique des 'Aches maritimes, Paris. Revue des travaux. d *Ogonek. Moskva. Ohio. State University. Columbus. Institute of Polar Studies: *Contributions. *Report. Ohio journal of science. Columbus. *Oikos. København. *Oil and gas journal. Tulsa, Okla. *Oilweek. Calgary, Alta. Incorporating Oil in Canada. Oiseau et la revue francaise d'ornithologie. Paris. *Okeanologiiå. Moskva. *Okhota i okhotnich'e khoziaistvo. Moskva. *Okhotnich'i prostory. Moskva. *Okhrana prirody i zapovednoe delo v SSSR. Biülleten'. Moskva. *Okhrana prirody na Urale. Sverdlovsk. *Okhrana prirody Sibiri i Dal'nego Vostoka. Novosibirsk. *Okhrana truda i so£sial'noe strakhovanie. Moskva. *Oktfåbr'. Moskva. Ontario. Dept. of Mines: Annual report. Geological report. Ontario field biologist. Toronto. *Opera botanica. Lund. *Opuscula entomologica. & Supplementum. Lund. *Opyt izuchenifå regulatsü fiziologi. cheskikh funk£sii ... Moskva.

*Orbis. Louvain. Orion. München. d *Orbis fennica. Helsinki. *Ornitolognå. Moskva. Ortopedifa, travmatologiiå i protezirovanie. Moskva. Oryx. Hertford, Eng. Oslo: Norsk Folkemuseum. By og bygd. Universitet. Etnografiske Museum: Nordnorske samlinger. Skrifter. Studies. *Osnovaniiå, fundamenty i mekhanika gruntov. Moskva. Osteuropa. Königsberg; Stuttgart. *Ottar. TrØmso. Our public lands. Wash., D.C. Oxford. University. Pitt Rivers Museum. Occasional papers on technology. Oxford University Exploration Club, Cowley, Eng. Bulletin. *Pacific builder and engineer. Seattle. *Pacific discovery. San Francisco. *Pacific fisherman. San Francisco. *Pacific Northwest quarterly. Seattle. *Pacific Science Congress. Proceedings. *Paideuma. Frankfurt. *Palaeontology. London.. *Paleontologicheskil zhurnal. Moskva. Pan-Pacific entomologist. San Francisco. Pansar, teknik, underhall. See Militärteknisk tidskrift. *Papers in meteorology and geophysics. Tokyo. Papers on game research. See Suomen Riistanhoito-Säätiö. *Parassitologia. Roma. *Parazitologicheskii sbornik. Moskva. *Paris. Museum national d'histoire naturelle. Bulletin. Pathologie et biologie. Paris. Patologia polska. Warszawa.

*Patologicheskafå fiziologiiå i eksperimental'nafå terapifa. Moskva. *Pechoro-Ilychskii gosudarstvennyl zapovednik, Syktyvkar. Trudy. Pediatrics. Springfield, Ill. *Pediatrüå. Moskva. Pennsylvania. University. University Museum: Anthropological publications. d Bulletin. Superseded by Expedition. Discoveries. d Museum journal. d Museum monographs. Pennsylvania archaeologist. Philadelphia. Perm'. Universitet. Biologicheskil nauchno-issledovatel'skii institut. Izvestifa. d Permskil kraevedcheskil sbornik. Perm'. d *Petermanns geographische Mitteilungen. Gotha. Petermanns geographische Mitteilungen, Gotha. Ergänzungshefte. Petrodvorefs. Biologicheskil institut. Trudy. d Petrozavodsk: *Karel'skii pedagogicheskil institut. Uchenye zapiski. Universitet: *Sbornik nauchnykh rabot studentov. *Uchenye zapiski. *Pflügers Archiv für die gesamte Physiologie. Bonn. Phillips Academy, Andover, Mass. Robert S. Peabody Foundation for Archaeology. Papers. *Photogrammetric engineering. Wash., D.C. *Physical review. N.Y. *Physical review letters. Freeport, N.Y. *Physics in Canada. Toronto. Physics today. Lancaster, Pa. & c. KØben*Physiologia plantarum. havn. *Physiological reviews. Baltimore. *Physiological zoology. Chicago. XLVII

Physiologist. Wash., D.C. Phyton; annales rei botanicae. Horn, Austria. *Pioner. Moskva. Pittonia; a series of papers relating to botany and botanists. Berkeley, Calif. d Pittsburgh. Carnegie Institute. Museum: Annals. Memoirs. d *Planetary and space science. London. Planovoe khozialstvo. Moskva. Plastic and reconstructive surgery. Baltimore. Plovuchil morskol nauchnyl institut. See Morskol nauchnyl institut. Pobezhdennye vershiny; ezhegodnik sovetskogo al'pinizma. Moskva. *Pochvovedenie. Moskva. Polar notes; occasional publication of the Stefansson Collection. Hanover, N.H. *Polar record. Cambridge, Eng. *Polar times. N.Y. *Polarboken. Oslo. *Polarforschung. Kiel. Policlinico, Roma. Sezione pratica. *Politicheskoe samoobrazovanie. Moskva. Polska Akademia Nauk: *Bulletin. Serie des sciences chimiques, geologiques et geographiques. Supersedes in part its Bulletin. Serie des sciences chimiques, geologiques .. . Polski przeglad chirurgiczny. Warszawa. *Polski tygodnik ledarski. Warszawa. Popular mechanics magazine. Chicago. Popular science monthly. N.Y. Postgraduate medical journal. London. *Pozharnoe delo. Moskva. Practitioner. London. Praxis. Bern. *Precambrian. Winnipeg. XLVW

*Presse medicale. Paris. *Priroda. Leningrad. *Problemy. Warszawa. Problemy Arktiki. Leningrad. 19371946 ? d *Problemy Arktiki i Antarktiki. Sbornik statel. Leningrad. 1957- . *Problemy botaniki. Moskva. Problemy Ødokrinologii i gormonoterapii. Moskva. Problemy fizicheskol geografii. Moskva. Problemy fiziologicheskol optiki. Moskva. Problemy gematologii i perelivanifå krovi. Moskva. *Problemy ispol'zovanii promyslovykh resursov Belogo morel i vnutrennikh vodoemov Karelii. Moskva. Problemy istorii dokapitalisticheskikh obshchestv. Leningrad. d *Problemy Severa. Moskva. Problemy sovetskol geologii. Succeeded by Sovetskaiå geologifå. Problemy tuberkuloza. Moskva. Progr&s mØcal. Paris. Progress in neurobiology. N.Y. *Promyshlennoe stroitel'stvo. Moskva. *Przeglad geofizyczny. Warszawa. *Przeglad geograficzny. Warszawa. *Psyche; a journal of entomology. Cambridge, Mass. Psychological bulletin. Lancaster, Pa. Public works. N.Y. Purdue University, Lafayette, Ind. Engineering Experiment Station. Research series. *Put' i putevoe khozfålstvo. Moskva. Quarterly journal of experimental physiology. London. Quarterly journal of studies on alcohol. New Haven, Conn. *Quarterly review. Ann Arbor. Quarterly review of biology. Baltimore. *Quartermaster review. Wash., D.C. *Quebec (Province). Dept. of Fish and Game. ActualitEs marines.

Quebec (Province). Dept. of Natural Resources. Geological Survey Branch. *Geological reports. Preliminary reports. RCEME quarterly. Ottawa. Radiation research. N.Y. Radio. Moskva. *Rasprostranenie pechati. Moskva. Rassegna di fisiopatologia clinica e terapeutica. Pisa, & c. Rassegna internazionale di clinica e terapia. Napoli. *Rastitel'nost' Krainego Severa SSSR i ee osvoenie. Moskva. *Raionalizatsifa okhotnich'ego promysla. Moskva. *Razvedka i okhrana nedr. Moskva. *Razvedochnatå i promyslovaiå geofizika. Sbornik states. Moskva. *Rechnos transport. Moskva. Redkie metally. Moskva. d Referativnys zhurnal; ser.: Fizika; Geografifå; Geologic ; etc. Moskva. Refrigerating engineering. N.Y. d Repertorium specierum novarum regni vegetabilis. Leipzig. Research reviews. Wash., D.C. Revista de la sanidad militar argentina. Buenos Aires. Revista medica de Chile. Santiago. Revoliütsionnoe dvizhenie v Sibiri i na Dal'nem Vostoke. Tomsk. Revue bryologique et lichenologique. Caen. *Revue canadienne de biologic. Montreal. Revue canadienne de geographie. Montreal. Revue d'ethnographie et des traditions populaires. Paris. d *Revue de geographie alpine. Grenoble. *Revue de geographie de Lyon. *Revue de geomorphologie dynamique. Paris. *Revue de l'Universite d'Ottawa. *Revue de l'Universite Laval. Quebec.

Revue de pathologie generale et comparee. Paris. Revue du Corps de Sante militaire. Paris. Revue francaise d'etudes cliniques et biologiques. Paris. Reykjavik. Håsköli Islands. Fiskideild. Fjölrit. *Rhodora. Boston. *Rivista aeronautica. Roma. Rivista di medicina aeronautica. Roma. Rivista di patologia nervosa e mentale. Firenze. *Rivista geografica italiana. Firenze. *Roads and engineering construction. Toronto. *Rocks and minerals. Peekskill, N.Y. Rocky Mountain medical journal. Denver. *Roundel. Ottawa. Royal Aeronautical Society, London. Journal. Royal Air Force quarterly. London. Royal Anthropological Institute of Great Britain and Ireland, London. Journal. *Royal Astronomical Society of Canada, Toronto. Journal. Royal Canadian Institute, Toronto: Proceedings. Transactions. Royal Canadian Mounted Police quarterly. Ottawa. Royal Engineers journal. Chatham, Eng. Royal Geographical Society, London: Journal. d New geographical literature and maps. Proceedings. d See also Geographical journal. *Royal Meteorological Society, London. Quarterly journal. Royal Meteorological Society. Canadian Branch. Papers. Royal Naval Medical Service, London. Journal. XLIX

Royal Society of Canada: *Proceedings and transactions. *Special publications. *Studia varia series. Royal Society of Edinburgh: Proceedings. Transactions. Royal Society of London: Philosophical transactions. Proceedings. Royal Society of Medicine, London. Proceedings. Rubber age. N.Y. Rubber world. Philadelphia. Russia. See U.S.S.R. Russian Geographical Society. See Geograficheskoe obshchestvo SSSR. Russkil arkhiv protistologii. Moskva. d Russkitt botanicheski! zhurnal. S. Peterburg. d Russkil fol'klor. Materialy i issledovanifa. Moskva. *Russkitt fäzyk v naaional'no1 shkole. Moskva. Russkoe botanicheskoe obshchestvo. Tomskoe otdelenie. Izvestifå. d *Rybnoe khozfi stvo. Moskva. Rybnoe khoziattstvo Dal'nego Vostoka. Vladivostok. d *Rybovodstvo i rybolovstvo. Moskva. *SAE journal. N.Y. *SAE transactions. N.Y. SIPRE. See under U.S. Army. Corps of Engineers. Sad i ogorod. Moskva. d *Saeculum. München. St. Louis, Mo. Missouri Botanical Garden. Annals. Samefolket. Uppsala. Formerly Samefolkets egon tidning. *Sameliv; Såmi aellin. Oslo. *Samiske samlinger. Oslo. Sapporo, Japan. Hokkaido University. See under Hokkaido. Saturday night. Toronto. Sbornik rabot po sinoptike. Leningrad. L

Scandinavian journal of clinical and laboratory investigation. Oslo. *Schiff and Hafen. Vetersen. Schweizerische medizinische Wochenschrift. Basel. *Schweizerische mineralogische and petrographische Mitteilungen. Frauenfeld. *Science. N.Y. Science of man. Mentone, Calif. *Scientific American. N.Y. Scientific monthly. Wash., D.C. Scott Polar Research Institute, Cambridge, Eng. Special publication. See also Polar record. *Scottish geographical magazine. Edinburgh. Scottish medical journal. Glasgow. Scottish Mountaineering Club journal. Edinburgh. *Sealift magazine. Wash., D.C. *Seewart. Hamburg. *Seismological Society of America. Bulletin. Selekf iß i semenovodstvo. Moskva. Superseded by Zemledelie. Sel'skaiå molodezh'. Moskva. *Sel'skoe khoziålstvo severo-zapadnoI zony. Leningrad. *Sel'skokhoziattstvennoe proizvodstvo Sibiri i Dal'nego Vostoka. Omsk. Supersedes Sel'skoe khozraistvo Sibiri. Semaine des höpitaux de Paris. *Sem'få i shkola. Moskva. Seppyö. Tokyo. Severnyl morskol put'. Leningrad. d Sewage works journal. N.Y. *Shakhtnoe stroitel'stvo. Moskva. *Shell aviation news. London. *Shipbuilder and marine engine builder. London. *Shipbuilding and shipping record. London. *Shkola i proizvodstvo. Moskva. *Shkola-internat. Moskva. Sibirskalå tematicheskafa komissifå. Materialy. Novosibirsk. Sibirskaiå zhivaf starina. Irkutsk. d *Sibirskie ogni. Novosibirsk.

*Sibirskii geograficheskii sbornik. Moskva. *Sibirskii nauchno-issl edovatel'skii institut geologii, geofiziki i mineral'nogo syr'fa. Trudy. Leningrad. Sibirskii sbornik. Irkutsk. d Sibirskii viestnik. S. Peterburg. d Sierra Club bulletin. San Francisco. Sievernyi arkhiv. S. Peterburg. d Sievernyi viestnik. S. Peterburg. d *Signal. Wash., D.C. Silva. fennica. Helsinki. Skandinayskii sbornik. Tallin. Skid och friluftsfrämjandet. Arsbok. Stockholm. *Skogeieren. Oslo. Skogen. Oslo. *Skogen. Stockholm. *Skogs Norrland. Stockholm. *Skogs- och lantbruksakademien, Stockholm. Tidskrift. *Skogsbruket. Oslo. *Sky and telescope. Cambridge, Mass. *Skytteanska samfundet. Umeå, Sweden. Handlingar. Skyways. N.Y. Sluzhba byta. Moskva. Smena. Moskva. Smithsonian Institution: Annual report. Explorations and field-work. d Smithsonian contributions to knowledge. d *Smithsonian miscellaneous collections. War background studies. d See also U.S. National Museum. Snø og ski. Oslo. Societå geografica italiana, Roma. Bollettino. Societå italiana di biologia sperimentale, Napoli. Bollettino. Societas pro fauna et flora fennica, Helsinki: *Acta. *Fauna fennica. Supersedes its Memorandum. Meddelanden. Notiser ur ... förhandlingar. d

Societas scientiarum fennica. See Finska Vetenskaps-societeten. Societas zoologico-botanica Vanamo. See under Suomalainen .. . *Society d'anthropologie de Paris. Bulletin. *Society de biologie, Paris. Comptes rendus. Society de gyographie, Paris. Bulletin. Superseded by Annales de gyographie. Society de pathologie exotique, Paris. Bulletin. *Society des amyricanistes de Paris. Journal. Society entomologique de France, Paris: Annales. Bulletin. Society francaise de dermatologie et de syphiligraphie, Paris. Bulletin. Society francaise de photogrammytrie, Paris. Bulletin. Society gyologique de France, Paris: *Bulletin. *Comptes rendus. Society neuchateloise de gyographie, Neuchatel. Bulletin. Society neuchateloise des sciences naturelles, Neuchatel. Bulletin. Society zoologique de France, Paris. Bulletin. Society for American Archaeology. Memoirs. *Society for Experimental Biology and Medicine, New York. Proceedings. Society of Naval Architects and Marine Engineers, New York. Transactions. Søens verden. København. *Søfart. København. *Soil science. New Brunswick, N.J. Soil Science Society of America. Proceedings. Soiüznafa geologopoiskovafa kontora. Trudy. Moskva. *Sofsial'noe obespechenie. Moskva. *Southwestern journal of anthropology. Albuquerque. LI

*Southwestern lore. Boulder, Colo. Soveshchanie po podzemnym vodam i inzhenernoT geologii VostochnoT Sibiri. Trudy. Irkutsk. Sovetskafå agronomhå. Moskva. Superseded by Zemledelie. *Sovetskafå antarkticheskafå ekspedi{sifå. Informaf ionnyr bfülleten'. Leningrad. Sovetskaia antropologifå. Moskva. See Voprosy antropologii. *Sovetskafa arkheologifå. Moskva. Sovetskafå, Arktika. Leningrad. d Sovetskafå Azifå. Moskva. d Sovetskafå botanika. Moskva. Superseded by Botanicheskil zhurnal. *Sovetskafa etnografifå. Moskva. *Sovetskafå geologicå. Moskva. *Sovetskafå mediina. Moskva. *Sovetskaa muzyka. Moskva. *Sovetskafå pechat'. Moskva. Sovetskafå pedagogika. Moskva. *Sovetskafå zhenshchina. Moskva. *Sovetskie profsomzy. Moskva. Sovetskil fol'klor. Moskva. d Sovetskil krasnyl krest. Moskva. *Sovetskil morfåk. Moskva. Sovetskü Sever. Moskva. d *Sovetskil shakhter. Moskva. *Sovetskil sol-i i z. Moskva. *Sovetskil voin. Moskva. Sovetskil vrachebnyd zhurnal. Moskva. d Sovetskoe gosudarstvo i pravo. Moskva. Sovetskoe kraevedenie. Moskva. d Sovetskoe olenevodstvo. Leningrad. d Sovetskoe zdravookhranenie. Moskva. Sovkhoznoe proizvodstvo. Moskva. *Sovremennye dvizhenifå zemnol kory. Sbornik stater. Moskva. Sperimentale. Firenze. *Sportivnafå zhizn' Rossii. Moskva. Spravochnik po vodnym resursam SSSR. Leningrad. Srpska Akademija Nauka, Beograd. Odeljenje medicinskih nauka. Glas. LII

Srpski arkhiv za tselokupno lekarstvo. Beograd. Stanford ichthyological bulletin. Stanford medical bulletin. Stanford Research Institute, Stanford University. Report. d Stanford University. Dudley Herbarium. Contributions. Starshina-serzhant. Moskva. Stavanger, Norway. Museet: *Årbok. *Sterna. Stettiner entomologische Zeitung. Stettin. Stockholm: Högskolan. Geologiska Institutet. Meddelanden. Nordiska Museet: *Acta lapponica. Handlingar. Institutionen Skogshögskolan. för virkeslära. Oppsatser. Statens etnografiska Museum: Monograph series publication. Smärre meddelanden. Statens Skogsforskningsinstitut. Meddelanden. Stockholm contributions in geology. Strany i narody Vostoka. Moskva. *Stroitel'. Moskva. Stroitel'nafå promyshlennost'. Moskva. Succeeded by Promyshlennoe stroitel'stvo. Stroitel'nye materialy. Moskva. Studia ethnographica Upsaliensia. Uppsala. Studia fennica. Helsinki. Studia geologica polonica. Warszawa. Studia geophysica et geodaetica. Praha. Studia norvegica. Oslo. Studia septentrionalia. Oslo. Studia varia series. See Royal Society of Canada. Studies in North-European archaeology. Stockholm. Stuttgart. Museum für Länder- and Völkerkunde. Jahrbuch des Linden-Museums. Neue Folge. See Tribus.

*Sudostroenie. Moskva. Suomalainen eläin- ja kasvitieteellinen seura Vanamo, Helsinki: *Eläintieteellisiä julkaisuja. Annales zoologici. Julkaisuja. d *Kasvitieteellisiä julkaisuja. Annales botanici. Suomen eläimet. Animalia fennice. *Tiedonannot: Archivum. See also Luonnon tutkija. Suomalainen Tiedeakatemia, Helsinki: *Sitzungsberichte. *Toimituksia: Annales. Petsamo Observatorium. Veröffentlichungen (spezielle Untersuchungen von dem internationalen Polarjahre 1932-33). Sodankylä Observatorium. Veröffentlichungen. Suomalais-ugrilainen Seura, Helsinki: *Aikakauskirja. Journal de la Societ6 finno-ougrienne. Kansatieteellisiä julkaisuja. Travaux ethnographiques. d Lexica Societatis fenno-ugricae. d *Toimituksia. Memoires. Suomen geologinen Seura, Helsinki. Julkaisuja. *Suomen hyönteistieteellinen aikakauskirja. Annales entomologici fennici. Helsinki. Suomen maataloustieteellinen Seura, Helsinki. Aikakauskirja. Suomen muinaismuistoyhdistys, Helsinki: Aikakauskirja. Suomen museo. Finskt museum. *Suomen riista. Helsinki. (Finnish Foundation for Game Preservation.) *Suomen riistanhoito-säätiö. Riistatieteellisiä julkaisuja. (Papers on game research.) Helsinki. *Surgery. St. Louis, Mo. *Surgery, gynecology and obstetrics. Chicago. *Surgical forum. Philadelphia.

*Surveying and mapping. Wash., D.C. *Svensk botanisk tidskrift. Stockholm. Svensk faunistisk revy. See Zoologisk revy. *Svensk geografisk årsbok. Lund. Svensk kemisk tidskrift. Stockholm. Svensk lantmäteritidskrift. Stockholm. Svenska läkartidningen. Stockholm. *Svenska landsmål och svenskt folkliv. Stockholm. *Svenska skogsvårdsföreningen, Stockholm. Tidskrift. *Svenska turistföreningen, Stockholm. Årsskrift. Svenska vägföreningen, Stockholm. Tidskrift. Svenska växtgeografiska sällskapet, Uppsala. See Acta phytogeographica suecica. Svenska växtsociologiska sällskapet, Uppsala. Handlingar. d Svenska Vetenskapsakademien, Stockholm: Årsbok. Avhandlingar i naturskyddsärenden. Handlingar. Handlingar. Bihang. d Ofversigt of ... förhandlingar. d Skrifter i naturskyddsärenden. See also Arkiv för Botank, etc. Sveriges flotta. Stockholm. Sveriges natur. Stockholm. Sweden: *Geologiske undersökning: Årsbok. Afhandlingar och uppsatser. *Landsmåls- och folkminnesarkivet i Uppsala. Skrifter. Meteorologiska och hydrologiska institutet: Årsbok. Meddelanden. Statens meteorologiska Centralanstalt: Meteorologiska iakttagelser i Sverige. d

Lm

Meteorologiska iakttagelser i Tidsskrift for hermetikindustri. Oslo. Tidsskrift for kjemi, bergvesen og Vassijaure. d metallurgi. Oslo. Statens naturvetenskapliga forskTidsskrift for skogbruk. Oslo. ningsråd. Årsbolt. *Tidsskrift for søvaesen. KøbenSydowia, annales mycologici. Horn. Syktyvkar. Komi gosudarstvennyi havn. pedagogicheskiü institut. Uchenye Tieteellisiä julkaisuja. Helsinki. zapiski. Till fjälls. Svenska Fjällsklubbens årsbok. Stockholm. Symbolae botanicae upsalienses. Times review of industry. London. Uppsala. *Szeged. Tudomånyegyetem. Acta Tohoku journal of experimental mediUniversitatis Szegediensis. Sectio cine. Sendai, Japan. ethnographica et linguistica. Nå- *Tokyo. Whales Research Institute. prajz 6s nyelvtudomåny. Scientific reports. Tandlaegebladet. København. Tomsk. Tomskii kraevoi muzel. Trudy. d *Teatral'naa zhizn'. Moskva. Tomsk. Universitet: Technology review. Boston. Trudy. *Teion kagaku [Low temperature Biologicheskii nauchno-issledovascience]. Sapporo, Japan. tel'skü institut. Trudy. d *Tekhnika-molodezhi. Moskva. Gerbaril. Sistematicheskie zametTekhnika zheleznykh dorog. Moskva. ki po materialam gerbariiå. d d *Torffånafå promyshlennost'. Teknillinen aikakauslehti. Helsinki. Moskva. Teknisk tidskrift. Stockholm. *Tornedalica. Luleå. *Teknisk ukeblad. Oslo. Toronto. Royal Ontario Museum: Tekniska föreningen i Finland. FörDivision of art and archeology. handlingar. Helsinki. Occasional papers. *Tellus. Stockholm. Life Sciences Division. ContribuTeoriiå i praktika fizicheskol kul'tury. tions Moskva. Toronto. University: Studies; biological series. Terapevticheskil arkhiv. Moskva. Studies; geological series. d *Terra. Helsinki. Torrey Botanical Club, New York. Terre et la vie. Paris. Bulletin. Terrestrial magnetism and atmoTorreya. N.Y. d spheric electricity. Chicago. Texas reports on biology and medi- Transplantationbulletin. Great Falls, Mont. d cine. Galveston. *Transportnoe stroitel'stvo. Moskva. *Thoraxchirurgie and vaskuläre Chi*Tree ring bulletin. Flagstaff, Ariz. rurgie. Stuttgart. Tribus. Heidelberg. Thought from the learned societies Tromsø, Norway. Museum: of Canada. Toronto. Årshefter. Tidning för byggnadskonst. Stock*Skrifter. holm. See also Acta borealia; Astarte. Tidskrift i militär hälsovård. Stock- Trudy po prikladnol botanike, geneholm. tike i selekisii. Leningrad. *Tidskrift i sjöväsendet. Karlskrona. TSentral'naßa aerologicheskafa obserTidsskrift for det norske landbruk. vatoria. Trudy. Leningrad. Oslo. Titologifå. Moskva. LIV

Øvetnye metally. Moskva. Tulsa Geological Society, Tulsa, Okla. Digest. Tyumen': Gosudarstvennyl pedagogicheskü Kafedra russkogo institut. fåzyka. Uchenye zapiski. *TiØenskil oblastnol kraevedcheskil muzel. Ezhegodnik. Udobrenie i urozhai. Moskva. Ugeskrift for laeger. Kobenhavn. *Ugol'. Moskva. Ukrains'kyi biokhimichnyl zhurnal. Kiev. Umeå, Sweden. Vetenskapliga biblioteket. Skrifter. *Umschau. Frankfurt am Main. Ungarische Jahrbücher. Berlin. Superseded by Ural-altaische Jahrbücher. Ungarische Revue. Budapest. d U.S.S.R.: Armria. Upravlenie voenno-vozdushnykh sil. Sbornik materialov po stroitel'stvu i eksploatatsii aerodromov. Departament zemledfeliiå. Materialy k poznanifü russkago rybolovstva. d Geologicheskil komitet: Izvestiia. d Materialy po obshcheI i prikladnol geologii. Trudy. d Vestnik. d Dal'nevostochnoe otdelenie. Materialy po geologii i poleznym iskopaemym Dal'nego Vostoka. Gidrograficheskii dpartament. Zapiski. d Gidrograficheskoe upravlenie. Zapiski po gidrografii. d Glavnoe upravlenie geologicheskikh fondov. Izvestifa. d Glavnoe upravlenie gidrometeorologicheskoi sluzhby. Trudy nauchno-issledovatel'slikh uchrezhdenii. Seriia I: Meteoro-

logiß; Serifs V: Gidrologira mona. d Glavnoe upravlenie po delam okhotnich'ego khozfålstva. Pushnye bogatstva SSSR. Glavnoe upravlenie Severnogo morskogo puti: Serifs; posobia i rukovodstvo. Gorno-geologicheskoe upravlenie. Trudy. d Pohårnoe upravlenie. Materialy gidrometeorologicheskikh nablfüdenil polfärnykh stanasil. d Sluzhby pogody i ledovoi informatsii. Brülleten'. d Ministerstvo vnutrennikh diel. Zhurnal. d U.S.. *Air Force. Cambridge Research Laboratories: *Air Force surveys in geophysics. *Geophysical research paper. Research note. Air Weather Service. Technical report. Antarctic Projects Officer. Bulletin. Arctic Aeromedical Laboratory. Fort Wainwright, Alaska: *Technical documentary report. *Technical note. *Technical report. Army. Cold Regions Research and Engineering Laboratory. Hanover, N.H. *Research report. *Special report. *Technical report. Army. Corps of Engineers: Arctic Construction and Frost Effects Laboratory. Hanover, N.H. Technical report. Snow, Ice and Permafrost Research Establishment. Wilmette, Ill. Redesignated: Cold Regions Research and Engineering Laboratory. LV

*Army. Transportation Environmental Operations Group. Report. Army Air Forces. Weather Research Center. Publication. d Army Electronics Research and Development Lab. Fort Monmouth, N.J. Technical report. Army Engineer Waterways Experiment Station. Vicksburg, Miss. Technical report. Army Medical Research Laboratory, Fort Knox, Ky. Report. Army Polar Research Support Fort Belvoir, Va. Group. Operations report. Army Signal Research and Development Laboratory. Fort Monmouth, N.J. Technical report. Biological Survey. North American fauna. See under U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service. Board on Geographic Names. Gazetteer. Bureau of American Ethnology: Bulletin. d Bureau of Mines: *Information circular. Report of investigations. Bureau of Ships. Journal. Bureau of Soils. Field operations. d Bureau of Yards and Docks. See BuDocks technical digest. Coast and Geodetic Survey: Annual report. Current tables. Publications. Special publications. Special report. Technical bulletin. Supersedes its Journal. Tide tables. Coast Guard. Bulletin. (Int. Ice Patrol). *Congress. Congressional record. House: Documents; Hearings; Reports. LVI

Senate: Documents; Hearings; Reports. Dept. of Agriculture: Bulletin. d Miscellaneous publications. Technical bulletin. Yearbook. Dept. of State. International boundary study. Treaty series. Fish and Wildlife Service: Circular. Fishery bulletin. Formerly its Bulletin. Fishery leaflet. North American fauna. Report of the U.S. Fish Commissioner. d *Special scientific report. Statistical digest. Wildlife leaflet. Forest Service: Forest Products Laboratory, Madison, Wis. Research paper FPL. Northern Forest Experiment Station, Juneau. Formerly Alaska Forest Research Center: Research note NOR. Resource bulletin NOR. Station paper. Geological Survey: Annual report. *Bulletin. *Circular. *Geologic quadrangle maps. *Miscellaneous geologic investigations. *Professional papers. *Reports, open file series. *Trace elements investigations report. *Water-supply papers. Surface Water Branch. Surface water records. Hydrographic Office. Redesignated: Naval Oceanographic Office.

Interagency Committee on Oceanography. ICO pamphlet. Military Sea Transportation Service. MSTS magazine. Superseded by Sealift magazine. *National Aeronautics and Space Administration. NASA technical note. *National Bureau of Standards. Journal of research. National Museum: *Bulletin. *Proceedings. *National Oceanographic Data Center. General series. Publication. *National Weather Records Center, Asheville, N.C. Climatological data for Arctic stations. *Naval Civil Engineering Laboratory, Port Hueneme, Calif. Technical memorandum. Naval Oceanographic Office: *Informal oceanographic manuscripts, reports. *Publications. Miscellaneous publications. *Special publications. *Technical publications. Naval Pacific Missile Range, Point Mugu, Calif. Report. Navy. Civil Engineer Corps. Bulletin. Navy Electronics Laboratory, San Diego, Calif. Reports. Public Health Service. Public health reports. Quartermaster Corps. Environmental Protection Research Division: Research study reports. Technical reports. *Quartermaster Research and Engineering Center. Natick, Mass. Earth Sciences Div. Technical report ES. Quartermaster Food and Container Institute, Chicago. Activities report.

Weather Bureau: *Climatological data: Alaska. *Climatological data; national summary. *Monthly climatic data for the world. *Monthly weather review. *Special reports. *Technical papers. *Meteorological Satellite Laboratory. Report. United States Armed Forces medical journal. Wash., D.C. d *United States Naval Institute, Annapolis, Md. Proceedings. *Universo. Firenze. Uppsala. Universitet: Arrskrift. Geografiska Institutionen. Meddelanden. Institutionen för nordistra språk. Skrifter. Mineralogisk-geologisk Institut. Bulletin. Uppsala humanistiska Vetenskapssamfundet. See under Humanistiska .. . Uppsala läkareförening. Förhandlingar. Ural. Sverdlovsk. *Ural-altaische Jahrbücher. Wiesbaden. *Ural'skiT sledopyt. Sverdlovsk. Ural'skoe obshchestvo estestvoznanifå v Ekaterinburgie. Zapiski. d Uspekhi sovremennol biologii. Moskva. *Vår fågelvärld. Stockholm. *Vårt yrke. Oslo. Våsterbotten. Umeå. Vestnik derrnatologii i venerologii. Moskva. Vestnik istorii mirovod kul'tury. Moskva. Vestnik khirurgii. Leningrad. Vestnik mikrobiologii, epidemiologii i parazitologii. Saratov. d Vestvik oftal'mologii. Moskva. Vestnik oto-rino-laringologii. Moskva. LVII

Vestnik sel'skokhozfäistvennoi nau- *Voprosy geografii. Moskva. ki. Moskva. Voprosy geografii Dal'nego Vostoka. Vestnik vysshei shkoly. Moskva. Khabarovsk. Vetenskaps-societeten i Uppsala. *Voprosy geografii Kamchatki. Nova acta. Petropavlovsk. Veterinaria. Moskva. *Voprosy geologii i mineralogii Kol'*Vie del mondo. Milano. skogo poluostrova. Moskva. Vienna. See Wien. *Voprosy gidrogeologii i inzhenernoi Vierteljahrsschrift für schweizerische geologii. Moskva. Sanitätsoffiziere. Basel. *Voprosy fåzykoznaniiå. Moskva. Vfestnik estestvoznanifä. S. Peter- *Voprosy ikhtiologii. Moskva. burg. d Voprosy istorii. Moskva. Vfestnik obshchestvennoi gigieny, Voprosy istorii religii i ateizma. sudebnol i prakticheskoi meditsiny. Moskva. S. Peterburg. d Voprosy istorii sovetskogo Dal'nego Vfestnik obshchestvennoi veterinarii. Vostoka. Vladivostok. Voprosy kurortologii, fizioterapii i S. Peterburg. d Veestnik russkoi flory. Dorpat. d lechebnol fizicheskoi kul'tury. MoViking Fund. Publications in anthroskva. pology. N.Y. *Voprosy magmatizma i metamorVirchows Archiv für pathologische fizma. Leningrad. Anatomie und Physiologie und für *Voprosy meditsinskoi khimii. klinische Medizin. Berlin. Moskva. *Virittäjä. Helsinki. Voprosy mikropaleontologii. Moskva. Vitaminnye resursy i ikh ispol'zo- Voprosy okhrany materinstva i detvanie. Moskva. stva. Moskva. *Vladivostok. Dal'nevostochnyi na- Voprosy onkologii. Moskva. uchno-issledovatel'skii gidrometeo- *Voprosy pitanifa. Moskva. rologicheskii institut. Trudy. *Voprosy tekhnologii razrabotki rudnykh mcstorozhdenii Kol'skogo *Vladivostok. Tikhookeanskii nauchno-issledovatel'skii institut P-ova. morskogo rybnogo khozfälstva i *Voprosy virusologii. Moskva. okeanografii. Izvestifä. Vrachebnoe delo. Kharkov. Vodosnabzhenie i sanitarnaiå tekh- Vsesofüznoe botanicheskoe obshchenika. Moskva. stvo. Sverdlovskoe otdelenie. ZaVoenno-medi€ inskii zhurnal. Mopiski. Vsesofüznoe entomologicheskoe obskva. Voennye znanifå. Moskva. shchestvo. Trudy. Voennyi vestnik. Moskva. Vsesofüznoe geograficheskoe obVojenske zdravotnicke listy. Praha. shchestvo SSSR. See under GeograVojno-sanitetski pregled. Beograd. ficheskoe ob-vo. *Vokrug sveta. Moskva. Vsesofüznoe geologo-razvedochnoe ob"edinenie, Leningrad. Trudy. d Volfä. München. *Voprosy antropologii. Moskva. Vsesofüznoe gidrobiologicheskoe Voprosy arkhivovedenifå. Moskva. obshchestvo, Moskva. Trudy. *Voprosy ekologii. Kiev. *Vsesofüznoe mineralogicheskoe obshchestvo, Leningrad. Zapiski. *Voprosy ekonomiki. Moskva. Voprosy ekonomiki Dal'nego Vosto- *Vsesoiüznoe nauchnoe meteorologicheskoe soveshchanie, Leningrad. ka. Blagoveshchensk. Trudy. Voprosy fiziologii, Kiev. LVIII

Vsesoiüznoe obshchestvo po rasprostraneniftt i politicheskikh i nauchnykh znanil: Serif , 8: biologifa i meditsina. Serifå 12: geologifa i geografiß.. Vsesofüznyl aerogeologicheskii trest. Trudy. *Vsesofüznyl nauchno-issledovatel'skil institut metodiki i tekhniki razvedki. Trudy. Vsesofüznyl uauchno-issledovatel'skii institut p'ezoopticheskogo mineral'nogo syr'ß.. Trudy. Vsesofüznyi neftegazovyl nauchnoissledovatel'skil institut. Nauchno-tekhnicheskii sbornik po dobyche nefti. WMO bulletin. See under World Meteorological Organization. Warszawa. Pafistwowe muzeum zoologiczne. Prace (Annales). d Warszawa. Wojskowy instytut geograficzny. Wiadomofici sluiby geograficznej. Washington. State University, Pullman. Research studies. (Formerly State College.) Washington (State). University, Seattle: Publications in anthropology. *Publications in oceanography. *Dept. of Meteorology and Climatology. Occasional report. Dept. of Oceanography: *Contribution. *Special report. *Technical report. Fisheries Research Institute. Publication. Washington Academy of Sciences, Washington, D.C. Journal. Wasmann journal of biology. San Francisco. Water and sewage works. Chicago. Water and water engineering. London. Water power. London. Water works engineering. Albany, N.Y. Weather. London.

Weatherwise. Boston. Wehrwissenschaftliche Rundschau. Darmstadt. Wenner-Gren Foundation for Anthropological Research. See Yearbook of anthropology. Western business and industry. Vancouver, B.C. Western construction. San Francisco. *Western miner and oil review. Vancouver, B.C. Wetter und Leben. Wien. Wetterlotse. Hamburg. Wien. Naturhistorisches Museum. Annalen. Wiener Beiträge zur Kulturgeschichte und Linguistik. Wiener entomologische Monatschrift. d Wiener entomologische Zeitung. d Wiener klinische Wochenschrift. Wiener medizinische Wochenschrift. Wiener völkerkundliche Mitteilungen. Wiener Zeitschrift für innere Medizin und ihre Grenzgebiete. *Wildfowl Trust. Slimbridge, England. Annual report. Wilson bulletin. Oberlin, Ohio. Wisconsin. University : *Dept. of Meteorology. Technical report. *Geophysical and Polar Research Center. Research report series. Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts and Letters. Transactions. Wisconsin Natural History Society. Bulletin. Woods Hole, Mass.: Marine Biological Laboratory. See Biological bulletin. Oceanographic Institution: Contributions. *Technical reports. Word. N.Y. World affairs. Toronto. World Meteorological Organization, Geneva: WMO bulletin. WMO publications. LIX

World oil. Houston, Texas. World petroleum. N.Y. Yakutsk. Universitet. Uchenye zapiski. *Yale journal of biology and medicine. New Haven. Yale University. Dept. of Anthropology. Yale University publications in anthropology. Yearbook of anthropology. N.Y. Formerly Yearbook of physical anthropology. *Ymer. Stockholm. Zakonomernosti razmeshchenifå poleznykh iskopaemykh. Moskva. *Zdravookhranenie Rossiiskoi Federafsii. Moskva. Zeitschrift für Biologie. München. Zeitschrift für den Erdkundeunterricht. Berlin. Zeitschrift für die gesamte experimentelle Medizin. Berlin. Zeitschrift für Ethnologie. Berlin. Zeitschrift für Geomorphologie. Berlin. Zeitschrift für Geophysik. Braunschweig. Zeitschrift für Gletscherkunde. Berlin. cl Zeitschrift für Gletscherkunde und Glazialgeologie. Innsbruck. Zeitschrift für Haut- und Geschlechtskrankheiten. Berlin. Zeitschrift für Kinderheilkunde. Berlin. Zeitschrift für Meteorologie. Berlin.

LX

Zeitschrift für praktische Geologie. Berlin. Zeitschrift für slavische Philologie. Heidelberg. Zeitschrift für vergleichende Physiologie. Berlin. *Zeitschrift für Vermessungswesen. Stuttgart. Zeitschrift für Weltforstwirtschaft. Neudamm. Zeitschrift für Wirtschaftsgeographie. Hagen. Zemledelie. Moskva. Zemlevedenie. Moskva. *Zentralblatt für Chirurgie. Leipzig. Zheleznodorozhnyi transport. Moskva. Zhilishchnoe stroitel'stvo. Moskva. Zhivafå starina. S. Peterburg. d *Zhivotnovodstvo. Moskva. *Zhurnal mikrobiologii, epidemiologii i immunobiologii. Moskva. Zhurnal obshchei biologii. Moskva. *Zhurnal vysshel nervnoi defåtel'nosti. Moskva. *Znanie-sila. Moskva. Zoological Society of London. Proceedings. *Zoologicheskii zhurnal. Moskva. Zoologisch-botanische Gesellschaft, Wien. Abhandlungen. Zoologische Jahrbücher; Abt. für Systematik, Geographie und Biologie der Tiere. Zoologischer Anzeiger. Leipzig. Zoologisk revy. Stockholm. Zvezda. Moskva.

LIBRARIES in which works in ARCTIC BIBLIOGRAPHY have been used by the staff of the ARCTIC INSTITUTE OF NORTH AMERICA AIKØbenhavn—Arktisk Institut, KObenhavn. AMAU—Air University, Maxwell Field, Montgomery, Ala. AkA—Z. J. Loussac Public Library, Anchorage, Alaska. AkAbF—Fisheries Research Library, US Fish & Wildlife Service, Auke Bay, Alaska. AkAH—Arctic Health Research Center, Anchorage, Alaska. AkS—Public Library, Sitka, Alaska. AkU—University of Alaska, College, Alaska. CSt-H—Hoover Memorial Library, Stanford University, Stanford, Calif. CU—University of California, Berkeley, Calif. CaAU—University of Alberta, Calgary, Canada. CaBV—Vancouver, B.C., Public Library. CaMAI—Arctic Institute of North America, Montreal, Canada. CaMM—McGill University, Montreal, Canada. CaO—Library of Parliament, Ottawa. CaOA—Dept. of Agriculture, Ottawa. CaOAr—Public Archives of Canada, Ottawa. CaOCU—Carleton University, Ottawa, Canada.

CaOF—Dept. of Forestry and Rural Development, Ottawa. CaOG—Geological Survey, Ottawa. CaOGB—Geographical Branch, Dept. of Energy, Mines and Resources, Ottawa. CaOH—Dept. of National Health and Welfare, Ottawa. CaOM—Dept. of Energy, Mines and Resources, Ottawa. CaON—National Research Council of Canada, Ottawa. CaON-B—National Research CounciI of Canada, Division of Building Research, Ottawa. CaONA—Dept. of Indian Affairs and Northern Development, Ottawa. CaONI1—National Library of Canada, Ottawa. CaONM—National Museum of Canada, Ottawa. CaOS—Dominion Bureau of Statistics, Ottawa. CaOT—Dept. of Transport, Ottawa. CaOUS—University of Ottawa, St. Joseph's Scholasticate, Ottawa. CaT—Public Library, Toronto, Canada. CaTU—University of Toronto, Toronto, Canada. CaWH—Hudson's Bay Company, Winnipeg. LXI

CoDBR—U.S. Bureau of Reclamation, Denver, Colo. CtY—Yale University, New Haven, Conn. DA—See DNAL DAI—Arctic Institute of North America, Washington, D.C. DAS—U.S. Atmospheric Sciences Library, Silver Spring, Md. DAWS—Air Weather Service, Technical Information Files, Andrews Air Base, Washington, D.C. DBC—U.S. Bureau of the Census Library, Washington, D.C. DBRE—Bureau of Railway Economics, Washington, D.C. DBS—National Bureau of Standards, Washington, D.C. DCE—Carnegie Endowment for International Peace, Washington, D.C. DOGS—U.S. Coast & Geodetic Survey, Washington, D.C. DCT—Carnegie Institution of Washington, Dept. of Terrestrial Magnetism, Washington, D.C. DCU—Catholic University of America, Washington, D.C. DES—U.S. Corps of Engineers, Engineer School, Fort Belvoir, Va. DF—U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Washington, D.C. DGS—U.S. Geological Survey, Washington, D.C. DGU—Georgetown University, Washington, D.C. DH—National Institutes of Health, Bethesda, Md. DI—U.S. Dept. of the Interior, Washington, D.C. DIC—Interstate Commerce Commission, Washington, D.C. DLC—Library of Congress, Washington, D.C. DM—U.S. Bureau of Mines, Washington, D.C. DN-HO—U.S. Naval Oceanographic Office, Suitland, Md. DN-RL—U.S. Navy, Naval Research Laboratory, Washington, D.C. LXII

DN-Sh—U.S. Navy, Bureau of Ships, Washington, D.G. DN-YD—U.S. Navy, Bureau of Yards and Docks, Washington, D.C. DNAL—U.S. National Agricultural Library, Washington, D.C. DNG—National Geographic Society, Washington, D.C. DNLM—National Library of Medicine, Washington, D.C. DNO—U.S. Naval Observatory Washington, D.C. DNR—U.S. Office of Naval Records and Library, Washington, D.C. DP—U.S. Army Library, Pentagon, Washington, D.C. DPHS—U.S. Public Health Service Library, Bethesda, Md. DPR—U.S. Bureau of Public Roads, Washington, D.C. DSI—Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C. DR—U.S. Dept. of State, Washington, D.C. DWB—U.S. Weather Bureau, changed to Atmospheric Sciences Library, Silver Spring, Md. ExPF—Expeditions Polaires Frangaises, Paris, France. GB-MO—Great Britain, Meteorological Office, Harrow, England. ICRL—Center for Research Libraries, Chicago, Ill. IEN—Northwestern University, Evanston, Ill. IU—University of Illinois, Urbana, Ill. InU—Indiana University, Bloomington, Ind. MB—Public Library, Boston, Mass. MH—Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass. MWC—Clark University, Worcester, Mass. MdBJ—Johns Hopkins Univ., Baltimore, Md. MiD—Public Library, Detroit, Mich. MiU—University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Mich.

MnU—University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, Minn. MoU—University of Missouri, Columbia, Mo. NBuG—Grosvenor Library, Buffalo, N.Y. NN—Public Library, New York, N.Y. NNA—American Geographical Society, New York, N.Y. NNAAI—American Alpine Club, New York, N.Y. NNBG—New YorkBotanical Garden, New York, N.Y. NNC—Columbia University, New York, N.Y. NNC-M—Columbia University, Medical Library, New York, N.Y. NNE—Engineering Societies' Library, New York, N.Y. NNM—American Museum of Natural History, New York, N.Y.

NNN—New York Academy of Medicine, New York, N.Y. NhD—Dartmouth College, Hanover, N.H. NhD -Stef—Stefansson Library, Dartmouth College, Hanover, N.H. NPOslo—Norsk Polarinstitutt, Oslo, Norway. OCl—Public Library, Cleveland, Ohio. 00—Oberlin College, Oberlin, Ohio. OU—Ohio State University, Columbus, Ohio. PP—Free Library of Philadelphia, Philadelphia, Pa. PU—University of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia, Pa. SPRI—Scott Polar Research Institute, Cambridge, England. TU—Univ. of Tennessee, Knoxville. ViU—University of Virginia, Charlottesville, Va.

TRANSLATIONS English translations of Russian and other foreign language papers are listed in Arctic Bibliography as feasible, but these listings are by no means complete. The central source of information on the location and identification of translated materials, completed or in process by or for U.S. government agencies is Clearinghouse for Federal Scientific and Technical Information, Springfield, Va. 22151. The Special Libraries Association Translations Center, John Crerar Library, 35 West 33rd St., Chicago, Ill., 60616, provides similar service on translations of non-government origin. Both Clearinghouse and the SLA Translations Center provide information on request about the availability of a translation of a specific paper, and about how to order it. Clearinghouse also issues the twice-monthly Technical translations listing translations available and those in process, also the periodicals, regularly translated coverto-cover. Technical translations may be subscribed for at $12.00 a year, $16.00 outside the United States. The National Research Council of Canada Library also maintains an author index of completed scientific translations in Canada, other countries of the Commonwealth, and the United States, and provides information on request as to the existence and location of specific papers. Enquiries should be addressed to Translations Section, The Library, National Research Council, Ottawa, 7, Canada. Editor, Arctic Bibliography

LXIV

ARCTIC BIBLIOGRAPHY 76726. ÅGREN, P. U. Bord och vriinger, båtar och båtbyggeri i Kalixdalen. (Norrbotten. Årsbok 1963, p. 175-200, maps, illus.) In Swedish. Title tr.: Boards and ribs, boats and boat-building in Kalix valley. Describes the Kalix system in former times, a river highway in its northern parts, and from the 1840's used throughout for floating timber. Most farms had two or three boats, one 7-8 m. long used for longer trips, floating and fishing, the others 4-6 m. for local use. They were rowed downstream and punted upstream. Boatbuilding usually combined with farming, is described in some detail; pine was used, SPRI. latterly fir as well.

effects were observed for nine days by many stations, including Kiruna and College. DLC. 76728. AARSETH, B. Forsøk med reindriftsfag i skolen. (Sameliv 1961-63, p. 151-67, illus.) In Norwegian. Title tr.: Experiments with teaching reindeer husbandry in school. Describes the first attempt at Karasjok in 1956, and the course available from 1958 during the last three of the nine school years; curriculum includes practical work and field study; details are given for the SPRI. 1961-62 school year.

ABAKUMOV, R. A., see No. 81856. ÅGREN, P. U. see also No. 84378. 76727. AARONS, J. Solar effects on propagation, with special reference to the November 1960 cosmic ray flares. (NATO Advanced Study Institute 1961. Proceedin..: pub. 1963. NATO conference series v. 3, p. 1-26, graphs, illus.) 17 refs. Discusses changes and flaring actions superimposed on the periodic variation of the sun's activity, and their effects on radio wave propagation and the ionosphere generally. Specific reference is made to flares of Nov. 12, 15, and 20, 1960 on the sun's surface, optical plage region 5925 seen on a spectroheliogram as a bright beach or sandy region standing out from the darker background. Effects of the particle and radiation emission comprising this flaring action include sudden ionospheric disturbances resulting from the ionizing action of the X-ray radiation, polar-cap absorption following arrival on earth of the protons, magnetic storms accompanying the corpuscular streams, also unusual low-frequency propagation and electron-distribution conditions resulting from arrival of high energy particles. The passage of plage 5925 across the disc of the sun, and the solar-terrestrial

76729. ABDEL'-MALEK, S. A. 0 sutochnom ritme pitanifa trekhiglol kolflshki, Gasterosteus aculeatus L., Kandalakshskogo zaliva Belogo more i. (Voprosy ikhtiologii 1963. v. 3, no. 2 (27), p. 326-35, tables, illus.) 18 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Diurnal feeding-rhythm of the threespined stickleback, Gasterosteus aculeatus L. in Kandalaksha Bay of the White Sea. Reports study of stomach contents made at three-hour intervals June 21-22, 1961. This species, common in the area, and considered to feed on eggs and young of commercial fishes, was found to be omnivorous, consuming a great deal of its own as well as other species' eggs. Its feeding maxima are at 7 a.m. and p.m. DLC. 76730. ABDEL'-MALEK, S. A. Pitanie vzroslol trekhiglol polll shki, Gasterosteus aculeatus L., v Kandalakshskom zalive Belogo moria. (Nauchnye Doklady visahel shkoly. Biologicheskie nauki 1963, no. 3, p. 31-36, tables.) 14 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The diet of the adult threespiced stickleback Gasterosteus aculeatus L. in Kandalaksha Bay of the White Sea. Reports on examination of some two

1.

hundred stomachs from fish caught at six stations during June-July 1961. Degrees of filling and of occurrence of some 40 kinds of animal and plant food (including eggs and young of sticklebacks) are tabulated. Observations on periods and intensity of feeding, and its diurnal rhythm are also included. DLC. 76731. ABELE, G. A correlation of unconfined compressive strength and ram hardness of processed snow. Hanover, N.H. 1963. iv, 14 p. graphs, illus. (U.S. Army. Cold Regions Research and Engineering Laboratory. Technical report 85.) 17 refs. Describes the purpose, methods used, and results of 1958-1960 tests carried out at Site 2 on the Greenland Inland Ice and at Keweenaw field station, Houghton, Michigan, in connection with this agency's snow road and runway construction project. The unconfined compressive strength of dry processed snow (a) is found to be a function of the logarithm of the ram hardness number (R); the relationship may be expressed: a (kg./cm.2) = 4.078 1 n R-14.720 but this correlation should be used with caution; results also indicate that the rammsonde should be modified for use on snow of over 800 hardness number (approx. 180 psi unconfined strength). Introduction of a screw-action principle as on a core auger, instead of an impact load may be feasible. DLC. 76732. ABELE, G. Trafficability in snow trenches. Hanover, N. H. 1963. iv, 13 p. graphs, illus. (U.S. Army. Cold Regions Research and Engineering Laboratory. Technical report 88.) 3 refs. Describes the 1960 test season results near Site 2, Greenland Inland Ice, using rail traffic on a natural snow floor, also heavy wheel-load traffic on both natural snow and snow processed by a Peter snow miller. Aluminum landing mats and a neoprene-coated nylon membrane were tried as well. A natural-snow trench floor cannot support heavy, standard wheel-load traffic, though a processed-snow floor can support 7,000-lb. wheel loads for at least 500 coverages. Use of landing mats appears to be unnecessary, and the nylon membrane is too slippery. The natural-snow floor can support mine rail traffic and, pending further study, may support a full-size railroad system. Further study is also needed on heavy wheel-load traffic in a curved trench and at higher speed. DLC. 76733. ABEZGAUZ, V. D., and M. I. GAL'PERIN. Razrabotka merzlykh grun2

toy pri mekhanizirovannom ryt'e transhel. Moskva, Gostoptekhizdat, 1962. 95 p. tables, graphs, illus. 46 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Working frozen ground by mechanized trench cutting. Reviews the physical and mechanical properties of frozen ground, and the methods of cutting it according to theory and experiment. Among the ground-cutting machines, the Dmitrovo excavator plant's milling cutter is described and compared with a similar machine of German production. The KMP-2 sawbar cutter has two bars; it gave good performance at Intaugol', Komi ASSR in 1959-60, and was still in use in 1962. The ETU-353, a 3-bar cutter for heavier duty is described, and its operation discussed. Rotor type excavators ER-5A, 7A, and 10A, are found preferable for work in ground seasonally frozen to 0.3-1.5 m. depth. For splitting great chunks of frozen ground, cleavers proved to be 5-8 times more economical in energy consumption than sawmill and sawbar cutters. The theoretical basis of each process is considered and machine specifications are given. DLC. 76734. ABRAHAMSON, G. Canada's reindeer. (Canadian geographical journal 1963. v. 66, no. 6, p. 188-93, map, illus.) Reviews the Canadian government reindeer-herding project for Eskimos in northem Mackenzie District. The herd purchased from Alaska in 1929, is now approx. 7000 head. The movement of the reindeer and their herders throughout the year over a large area of the Mackenzie Delta is outlined. Although the country is suitable for reindeer and the meat is in demand, herding does not appeal to the Eskimos. DGS. 76735. ABRAHAMSON, G. TuktoyaktukCape Parry area economic survey. Ottawa, Dept. of Northern Affairs and National Resources, Industrial Div. 1963. 109 p. maps, tables, graphs, illus. 24 refs. Reports on the physical and human setting in pt. 1, and in pt. 2 the economy of this northern Mackenzie District area investigated during summer 1962. The physical geography, past and present settlement, and Eskimo populations of Tuktoyaktuk and the Parry Peninsula are described with pertinent statistics, as are migration, churches, education, health, law enforcement, housing, community facilities and services, transportation, and communication. Sources of cash income from wage employment, trapping, handicrafts, government aid, etc. are examined, also such

capital equipment as boats, rifles, dogs, etc. and patterns of expenditure. The natural resources and their utilization are surveyed in turn: fur bearers, game, reindeer, fish, marine mammals, timber, coal, soapstone, and tourist attractions. The Eskimos have mostly Mt the outlying areas to concentrate in settlements at Tuktoyaktuk and Cape Parry. A diversified economy is possible with increased wage employment, development of local specialties, and opportunities for sale of local food to the wage earners. Various recommendations are made on resources, harvesting and utilization, market outlets, potential development projects, use of local labor, research studies, etc. CaMAI. 76736. ABRAHAMSSON, T. Det vita Lappland. (Svenska turistföreningen. Årsskrift 1963, p. 119-30, illus.) In Swedish. Title tr.: White Lapland. Describes a week-long, late-winter journey in the mountain region of Swedish Lapland, with journal record of visibility, hazards, shelters, (sparse) wildlife, snow depth, and temperature which ranged —13° C. to +5°C., including that in overnight shelter huts. DGS.

lithologic composition and fauna. ICRL. 76739. ABRAMOV, I. I. Mkhi Novosibirskikh ostrovov. (Leningrad. Arkticheskil i antarkticheskil n.-i. inst. Trudy 1963. v. 224, p. 206-221, tables, illus.) 6 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Mosses of the New Siberian Islands. Describes 81 species collected in 1958 on Kotel'nyy, Bennet and Stolbovoy Islands, mostly true mosses: 67 in Bryales, one each Sphagnales and Andreaeales; 12 are hepatics. A new variety is distinguished Didgmodon rufiss Lorentz var. gorodkouii. It is close to forms widespread in the Eurasian DLC. and North American Arctic. ABRAMOV, V. F., see No. 79194. 76740. ABRAMOV, V. I. NablIldenifa nad vodoplavaf9shchimi pti£sami nizov'ev Obi. (Ornitologifå 1959. v. 2, p. 109-110.) In Russian. Title tr.: Observations on aquatic birds of the lower Ob. Reports June-Aug. 1957 observations in the Shuryshskary region and northward: the nature and vegetation of the area, order of occurrence of common forms of ducks (about ten), grebes, and loons, their habitat, nests, etc.; predation of crows is noted. DLC.

76737. ABRAMOV, B. S. Stratigrafifa kamennougoI'nykh i permskikh otlozhenil IÜzhnogo Verkhofanfå. (Leningrad. N.- 76741. ABRAMOVA, L. N. Nakhodka issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Uchenye zapiski paporotnika Bllia v triasovykh otlo1963, no. 1, p. 5-25.) In Russian. Title tr.: zhenifåkh Sibiri. (Leningrad. N:isel. Stratigraphy of the Carboniferous and inst. geologii Arktiki. Sbornik state! po Permian deposits of the southern Ver- paleontologii i biostratigrafii 1960, no. 22, khoyansk region. p. 68-70, illus.) 7 refs. In Russian. Title Reports results of 1956-1961 investiga- tr.: A find of Barnoullia fern in the Triassic tions in the Tyry, Dyby River basins, Sette- deposits of Siberia. Daban Range, and other areas. Tournaisian, Describes this genus as found in MiddleVisean and Namurian stages are established Upper Triassic deposits of the Tumara in the lower Carboniferous. Middle and basin, right tributary of the Aldan. It was Upper Carboniferous, Lower and Upper first described by 0. Heer in 1877 in Permian deposits are described on the basis Switzerland. The Siberian form most of the foram, coral, brachiopod, and other resembles B. aktiubensis Brick in Kazakhfauna. DLC. stan. DLC. 76738. ABRAMOV, B. S. Stratigrafifa 76742. ABRAMOVA, Z. A. Pamfätniki karbonovykh i permskikh otlozhenil sever- paleoliticheskogo iskusstva na territorii (In: SSSR. (Leningrad. Univ. Issledovanifä po no! ehasti khrebta Sette-Daban. Mezhvedomstvennoe soveshchanie...Trudy arkheologii SSSR, 1961, p. 17-33, tables, 1959, p. 148-52.) In Russian. Title tr.: map, illus.) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Stratigraphy of Carboniferous and Perm- Monuments of paleolithic art in the USSR. ian deposits in the northern part of Sette-. Lists among others, sites on the Angara Daban Range. River including Mal'ta and Buret', and the Lower Carboniferous deposits are divided Shishkino rock paintings on the Lena. Art into three horizons: limestone, limestone- objects, statuettes, ornamentation pattern, schist, and sandstone. Distribution, occur- stylized design, etc. are discussed. DLC. rence, and fauna of each horizon are characterized. Permian deposits are divided 76743. ABRAMOVICH, A. Poet bol'shol, into four series and each is described noting mnogogrannyl. (Angara 1963, no. 2, p.

3

49-53.) In Russian. Title tr.: Great and versatile poet. Biographical sketch of Anatolil Sergeevich 01'khon, best known as translator and collector of Yakut, Tungus, Chukchi, etc. folklore. Three of his own poems are DLC. appended. 76744. ABRAMOVICH, D. I., and others. Zapadno-Sibirskafa nizmennost', ocherk prirody. Moskva, Geografgiz 1963. 262 p. tables, maps, illus. 74 refs. In Russian. Other authors: G. V. Krylov, V. A. Nikolaev and D. V. Ternovskil. Title tr.: The West Siberian lowland, a nature outline. Describes the physical geography, geologic structure, relief, climate, waters, soils, vegetation, and animal life of this vast area. Its natural zones are treated in turn including (p. 179-229) the taiga and tundra. Relief, climate, lakes and rivers and wildlife of these zones between the Ob and Yenisey are characterized. DLC. 76745. ABRAMSON, M. G., and T. F. KHARLAMOV. Tekhnike-ekonomicheskie pokazateli burenifå vzryvnykh skvazhin na podzemnykh rudnikakh SSSR. (Gornyl zhurnal 1963, no. 5, p. 34-38, tables.) In Russian. Title tr.: Technical and economic data on drilling blasting holes in underground mines of the USSR. Presents tabulated data and discussion on the effectiveness of various types of pneumatic-percussion and rotary bit drilling in various areas including Kola Peninsula: Kirov apatite mine. DLC. ABRASHEV, K. K., see No. 78337. 76746. ABUSHIK, A. F. Dva novykh vida pozdnedevonskikh leperditiid Sibirskol platformy. (Paleontologicheskil zhurnal 1963. no. 1, p. 100-104, tables, illus.) 2 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Two new species of Late Devonian Leperditiidae of the Siberian platform. Describes: Moelleritia trassa and M. tenuis n.spp., the genus having been defined by the author in 1958. These new ostracods are found in the Kotuy, Kureyka, central Taymyr and other areas of Krasnoyarsk Province, and elsewhere. DLC. 76747. ABUSHIK. A. F., and A. B. WANOVSKII. 0 granitle nizhnego i verkhnego silura na severe Sibirskol platformy. (Akademifä nauk SSSR. Doklady 1963. v. 153, no. 1, p. 158-61.) 9 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: On the boundary of the Lower and Upper Silurian in the north of the Siberian platform.

4

Describes sections of these deposits in the Kureyka, Moyero and Noril'sk regions, noting their lithologic properties and paleontologic characteristics. Deposition conditions are analyzed. The boundary between the Wenlockian and Ludlovian stages must be along the layer with Schrenckia mulla. In the Kureyka and Noril'sk region this boundary is within limestone-dolomite strata. In the Moyero River region, Lower Silurian carbonate deposits are immediately covered by Ludlovian gypsum and variegatDLC. ed rocks. 76748. ACHKASOVA, T. A. Izmenenie gazoobmena u zhivotnykh pri mestnom vozdelstvii kholoda. (Opyt izuchenifå regulßf it fiziologicheskikh funkGsil 1963. v. 6, p. 193-96, table, graphs.) 14 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Changes in gas metabolism of animals during local hypothermia. Report of experiments with rabbits and cats, having their hind limbs cooled with ice bags of —15 to 16° C. for two hours. Ot-consumption first increased with the drop in temperature of the limb; after an hour 02-consumption remained stationary or dropped, but not to initial levels. Cold injuries from the cooling are also noted. DLC. 76749. ACKERMAN, R. E. Culture contact in the Bering Sea: Birnirk-Punuk period. (Arctic Inst. of North America. Technical paper 1962. no. 11, p. 27-34, illus.) Refs. Describes the author's 1958 excavations at S'keliyuk ten miles north of the Kukulik site on St. Lawrence Island. The typology and decorative treatment of harpoon-, dart-, and arrow-heads, dart shafts, pottery, etc. are discussed. The artifacts are essentially Punuk; Birnirk traits occur as an intrusive element indicating a cultural overlap. Punuk-ornamented Birnirk harpoon heads may be S'keliyuk modifications, or Siberian imports as similar ones are known from Chukchi Peninsula. CaMAI. 76750. ACKMAN, R. G., and It. D. BURGER. Component fatty acids of the milk of the grey (Atlantic) seal. (Canadian journal of biochemistry and physiology 1963. v. 41, no. 12, p. 2501-2505, tables.) 12 refs. A gas-liquid chromatographic examination confirmed earlier findings, viz: that the general composition of milk fats of marine mammals resembles their depot fat. DSI. ACKMAN, R. G., see also No. 79735.

ADAM, N. V., see No. 79605. 76751. ADAMENKO, V. N., and L. A. ZHIVKOVICH. K prognozu klimata i evolfüisii oledenifa Urala. (Moskva. Univ. Vestnik 1963. ser. 5, geografifå, no. 3, p. 45-50, graphs.) 10 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: On forecast of climate and the evolution of Ural glaciation. Reviews Russian and foreign (esp. No. 67154) literature on present and future climatic fluctuations and their possible effects upon glaciers. Possible changes in the Ural glaciers and the Pechora runoff are considered. Salekhard temperature and precipitation during 1890-1963 are analyzed and other scientists' predictions taken into account. Climatic changes to be expected in the near future in northeastern Europe are: a decrease in precipitation and in Pechora runoff, a weakening in intensity of the positive anomaly in winter air temperature and a strengthening of negative The expected decrease in anomalies. accumulation of Ural glaciers is noted. There are still insufficient data however, for forecasting their further regime. DLC. 76752. ADAMENKO, V. N. On the similarity in the growth of trees in northern Scandinavia and in the Polar Ural Mountains. (Journal of glaciology 1963. v. 4, no. 34, p. 449-51, graph.) 6 refs. The similarities in the growth of tree rings (and trees) since the beginnings of the 18th century are claimed to indicate similarities of thermal conditions and glacial ablation in the two areas. A lag of 20-30 years observed in the Scandinavian area, optimal growth, and general climatic DLC. conditions are also discussed. 76753. ADAMENKO, V. N. Opyt izuchenifa uslovil sushchestvovanifå lednikov Polfarnogo Urala za 260-letniT period po dannym dendrokhronologicheskogo analiza. (Akademifå nauk SSSR. 111ezhduvedomstvennyl geofizicheskil komitet; IX razdel programmy MGG: glfårsiologilii. Sbornik statel 1963. no. 9, p. 103-118, graphs.) 59 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: An attempt at study of the life conditions of Polar Ural glaciers during a 260-year period according to data of dendrochronological analysis. ,Studies the reactions of glaciers to different orders of climatic change: seasonal, several-year, secular, and intra-secular. The variations in climatic conditions were determined by the analysis of the thickness of the annual rings on the trunk of Larix sibirica and by the variation of the range of

species sensitive to fluctuations of climate. The most favorable conditions for glacier formation in Polar Ural within the last 260 years were found to be in the mid-18th century, and in the beginning and the latter half of the 19th. The rest of the time, glaciers of the region were in recession and degradation. DLC. 76754. ADAMS, C. M., Jr., and others. Field solidification and desalination of sea ice. (In: Kingery, W. D. Ice and snow... 1963. p. 277-88, graphs, tables.) 11 refs. Other authors: D. N. French, and W. D. Kingery. Describes methods and results of field studies at Point Barrow, Alaska in Feb.Mar. 1960, and laboratory tests at Eglin Air Force Base in July-Aug. 1960, to determine the solidification rate and the degree of desalination obtainable under arctic conditions. It is desired to obtain low salinity ice quickly from sea water for construction purposes. Ice rapidly solidified by the processes studied however, showed high salt content in all cases. No practical solidification process effectively forms ice having salt content as low as the natural ice of the Arctic Ocean; though spray solidification is effective in rapid formation of sea ice. Salt migration phenomena are important in flooded ice and other ice structures; they lead to a decreased salt content in flooded ice and may provide the best opportunity for effective field desalinaDLC. tion. 76755. ADAMS, J. I. Laboratory compression tests on peat. (Ontario hydro research news 1962. v. 14, no. 3, p. 35-40, graphs, illus.) 8 refs. Describes work in the Ontario Hydro Commission soils laboratory; discusses its and others' test results. The samples were from Abitibi Canyon and Mattagami River sites. Cover classification (Radforth system) was chiefly Al; the peat classification was mostly woody fine fibrous (categories 9 & 11); 2-in. OD Shelby tube samplers were used. Results of typical classification tests: moisture content ranged 375-430% of dry weight; pH values 4.8-6.3; specific gravity 1.62-1.70; and ash content 12.2-22.5% of dry weight. Consolidation was mainly due to the expulsion of water under excess hydrostatic pressure; a large part of the settlement took place very rapidly. Compression tests resulted in a. very high drained strength on axial loading accompanied by large axial compression. Total strength of the peat is likely to range from very low to fairly high values, depend-

5

ing on the pore pressures set up during DLC. consolidation. ADAMS, R. J., see No. 83233. 76756. ADAMS, T. Body temperature regulation in the normal and cold-acclimatized cat. (Journal of applied physiology 1963. v. 18, no. 4, p. 772-77, table, illus.) 15 refs. Cats adapted to 5° C. as well as controls, showed greater peripheral vasomotor changes following hypothalamic heating than cooling. No difference in these reactions was noted between the cold acclimatized and control animals. The temperaturesensitive areas of the anterior hypothalamus seem more effective in protecting against hyperthermia than hypothermia. DLC. 76757. ADAMS, T. Hypothalamic temperature in the cat during feeding and sleep. (Science 1963. v. 139, no. 3555, p. 609-610, Ulm.) 6 refs. In unanesthetized cats, resting at room temperature, drinking of cold (5° C.) milk produced a prompt drop in hypothalamic temperature, vasodilation in peripheral areas (ear, toe-pads) followed by a drop in rectal temperature. Drinking milk of body temperature produced no such changes. During sleep, hypothalamus temperature is ca. 0.5°C. lower and not precisely controlled. DLC. 76758. ADAMS, T. Mechanisms of cold acclimatization in the cat. (Journal of applied physiology 1963. v. 18, no. 4, p. 778-80, tables, illus.) 11 refs. Cats acclimatized to 5° C. showed redistribution of body heat when acutely exposed to 23° C., improved peripheral vascular defense at 10°C. and increased heat production with more labile peripheral vasomotion at 0° C. DLC. 76759. ADHAV, R. S. A thermograph for use in the Arctic. (Arctic 1963. v. 16, no. 3, p. 200-202, illus.) Ref. Canada. Dept. of Agriculture. Engineering Research Service. Contribution no. 42. Describes a portable, battery-operated instrument designed to record long-term temperate variation of the permafrost. The four-part unit can operate unattended, on a one-hr./day basis for up to 240 days. Temperatures in four ranges from —25° to +25° C. can be recorded at six depths with an accuracy of two percent of the range. DL 76760. ADOLPH, E. F. How do infant mammals tolerate deep hypothermia? (American Inst. of Physics. Temperature,

6

its measurement and control ... v. 3. 1962-63. pt. 3, p. 511-15, table, graph.) 28 refs. From own and others' studies, author found three main factors favoring survival of infant rats after prolonged hypothermia, viz: lower biological-zero temperatures for processes studied, endurance of long periods without or with restricted oxygen, and ability to resume spontaneous breathing DLC. upon rewarming. 76761. Ä1MÄ, F. G. Lapin laiwask. (Tromsø. Museum. Skrifter 1928. v. 2, p. 354-55.) Refs. In Finnish. Title tr.: Lappish laiwask. Etymologie and semantic analysis of this DSI. word meaning whetstone. 76762. AERO-LLOYD, COPENHAGEN. Air-travels to Greenland: South Greenland, South and East Greenland; the Disko Bay. Copenhagen 1962? 27 p. map, illus. Describes four summer 1962 tours of about 16 days duration: one in the Julianehßb district with visits to Narssaq, Kagssiarssuq, Igaliko, and HvalØ; another is a sport-fishing expedition out of Narssarssuaq; the third by boat from Nanortalik up the west coast also offers hunting and fishing, the fourth tour includes visits to major west coast towns. Costs (2100-5300 Kr.) are given. All tours offer an optional eight-hour walk into the inland ice. CaMAI.

a.

76763. AFANAS'EV, A. Obuchenie ehkol'nikov professifiim rybnol promyshlennosti. (Shkola i proizvodstvo 1963. v. 7, no. 5, p. 25-29.) In Russian. Title tr.: Training of high-school students for the fishing industry. Discusses advantages of combining classroom studies in the 9-11th grades with on-the-job training. The program, treated in detail (author is a faculty advisor at Magadan Teachers' College), can be applied in schools of Kamchatka, Murmansk, and other provinces with a big fishing industry; and it will ensure a continuous supply of skilled labor reserves. DLC. 76764. AFANAS'EV, A. P. 0 gidrobiotitvermikulite iz kory vyvetrivanifa granatobiotitovykh gnersov. (Materialy po mineralogii Kol'skogo poluostrova 1962, no. 3, p. 211-17, table, graphs.) 9 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: On hydro-biotitevermiculite from crustal weathering of garnet-biotite gneisses. Reports study of preglacial crust weathering of the Kovdor massif in Kola Peninsula. Hydration of micas is discussed. Biotite from

weathering of biotite gneisses is found to be hydrated and transformed into hydrobiotitevermiculite. X-ray and chemical analyses of this new product are reported. DLC.

proved beneficial only if employed 4-5 days after irradiation and the peak of radiation sickness. At all other times hypothermia proved detrimental. DNLM.

76765. AFANAS'EV, A. P., and M. T. KOZLOV. 0 sostave glinistykh produktov vyvetrivanifå iz kontakta porod osnovnogo i kislogo sostava. (Materialy po mineralogii Kol'skogo poluostrova 1962, no. 3, p. 204-210, graphs, map, illus.) 8 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Composition of clayey products of weathering from contact of rocks of basic and acid composition. Describes such weathering products from the contact zone of gabbro-norites with alkaline granites and dikes of diabases with microcline granites on Kola Peninsula. Data from optical, thermal, X-ray and microscopic investigations are given. Vermiculite is the main mineral of the clayey products. Iron hydroxide, quartz, etc. Kaolinite and appear as admixtures. minerals of the kaolinite group are absent. DLC.

76768. AGAFONOV, I. Rybakam Murmanska, peredovufil tekhniku. (Okhrana truda i soaial'noe strakhovanie 1959, no. 8, p. 36-39.) In Russian. Title tr.: Murmansk fishermen should get advanced technological equipment. Discusses out-of-date facilities in relation to performance and accident rate aboard trawlers and fishing boats: some 60% are still fuelled by coal and conversion to oil proceeds slowly, fish-storage capacity is restricted, conditions for work are poor, and too much of it is done manually; fish piers provide insufficient docking space, etc.; processing and canning plants have similar problems; and the trade union administration of Murmansk Province is held responsible. DLC.

AFANAS'EV, A. P., see also No. 80752. AFANAS'EV, P. S., see No. 76793. 76766. AFANAS'EV, V. Izmenenifå v krovi teltåt severnykh olenel. (Sel'skokhozfålstvennoe proizvodstvo Sibiri i Dal'nego Vostoka 1963. no. 8, p. 72.) In Russian. Title tr.: Blood changes in reindeer calves. Reports on three calves up to 20 days old and five 1-12 months old. Amount of albumin and residual nitrogen in the blood serum, number of erythrocytes and leukocytes and the hemoglobin in the blood were determined and compared periodically. During May-Sept. the biochemical properties of the blood improved steadily, and this is attributed to the natural improveDLC. ment of the forage. AFANAS'EVA, M. A., see No. 82177. AFFIFI, R., see No. 84361. 76767. AFRIKANOVA, L. A., and others. Vlifånie gipotermii na razvitie ostrogo luchevogo nekroza kozhi. (Medifiinskafa radiologifå 1960. v. 5, no. 9, p. 43-47.) In Russian. English summary. Other authors: E. F. Vlasova and E. F. Uratkov. Title tr.: The effect of hypothermia upon the development of acute radiation necrosis of the skin. Account of experiments with rats given whole body and local X-irradiation (250 or 400 r. -1- 5,000 r.). General hypothermia

76769. AGAFONOV, R. Po severnym motivam. (Dal'nil Vostok 1963, no. 4, p. 191, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: Northern motifs. Reports an exhibit of pictorial and applied art of northern peoples at Khabarovsk in Mar.-Apr. 1963. Work of Natal'ß. Varfolomeevna Kasatkina of Krasnoyarsk drew great acclaim for her use of native motifs in carpets, handbags, gloves, etc. A plant in Krasnoyarsk is planned for reproduction of tundra peoples' artifacts. DLC. 76770. AGRANAT, G. A., and others. Naselenie i resursy Amerikanskogo Severs. Moskva, Izd-vo Akademii nauk SSSR 1963. 230 p. tables, maps. Approx. 200 refs. In Russian. Other authors: A. B. Kuprifånov and V. F. Puzanova. Title tr.: The population and resources of the American North. In sequence to No. 69508 and 69511. Informative sketch of Alaska and northern Canada, ecology, geology, natural resources, actual and potential industrial development, etc. based mainly on American and Canadian literature to 1962. Vital statistics are given on the immigrant (white) population; incomes, major occupations, labor problems, urban and rural development are described. Traditional aboriginal cultures and recent social and economic changes adversely affecting Eskimos and Indians are discussed, with criticism of so-called colonial treatment degrading aborigines to cheap unskilled labor. Rehabilitation policies are noted. The Canadian North, its exploration and settlement from the 17th century through

7

the 1940's, is dealt with similarly but more DLC. briefly, p. 158-218. 76771. AGRANAT, G. A. Ob izuchenii osvoenifå uovykh ralonov razvitykh kapi(Akademifå nauk talisticheskikh stran. SSSR. Izvestifå 1963, ser. geog. no. 3, p. 112-21,) 18 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: On study of the conquest of new regions in well developed capitalistic countries. Reviews the development of pioneer areas by the United States, Canada, Australia, and other so-called new countries, with special attention to the opening-up of Their northern Canada and Alaska. exploration, settlement, mineral resources, economic progress and prospects generally are reviewed in some detail and largely from foreign sources. Study of these regions is considered of significance for Russians. DLC. 76772. AGRANAT, G. A. Zarubezhnye raboty v oblasti akklimatizafsii cheloveka na Severe. (Problemy Severa 1962, no. 6, p. 91-102.) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Foreign work in the field of acclimatization of man in the North. Strategic considerations and natural resources have attracted interest and activity to Alaska, arctic Canada and GreenSeveral military and scientific land. organizations are noted, as are achievements in housing, power engineering, heating, vegetable growing, etc. Mechanization of work, insect control and the general trend toward amelioration of living conditions in the North are discussed. DLC. 76773. AGRELL, I. The influence of the temperature upon the nuclear changes during syngamy in the sea urchin egg. (Arkiv för zoologi 1959. ser. 2, v. 12, no. 18, p. 291-300, illus.) 9 refs. Low temperatures (2° or 4° C.) produced excessive increase of basophilic material in the non-fused sperm and egg nuclei, and embryos consisting of one male and one female part. Cytoplasmic and nuclear cleavage was not synchronous in the two parts. Cold also produced supernumerary cytasters with cytoplasmic segmentation. DLC. AHLMANN, H. W., see No. 81695. 76774. AHNERT, F. The physical environment of Nyeboe Land, North Greenland. Fort Eustis, Va. 1962. ix, 85 p. maps, table, illus. (U.S. Army. Transportation

8

Corps. Arctic Projects. Greenland 1959 Report, Suppl.) 14 refs. Records observations made during the 1959 phase of the U.S. Army Transportation Corps Project Lead Dog 1958-1960, supplemented by study of aerial photography and published reports. The physical geography of this peninsula is described, especially the landforms or terrain features. The three major landform regions: plateau and canyon in the south, plateau and valley the middle part, and the folded mountain region in the north, are treated in turn, their characteristic features indicated to show the differences between them. The entire area is considered in 26 terrain sections, with detailed analysis of each, stressing accessibility and traversibility, recommending access routes and means by ship, air, or surface transport. The main routes and camp sites within the peninsula are reported and shown on a medium-scale map. DLC. 76775. AHNERT, F. The terminal disintegration of Steensby Gletscher, North Greenland. (Journal of glaciology 1963. v. 4, no. 35, p. 537-45, maps, illus.) 4 refs. French and German summary. Describes the location and dimensions of this glacier at 81°12' N. 52°35' W. between Nyeboes and Warming Lands. It is one of the few arctic ice streams with a floating tongue and differs from other floating glaciers of the Arctic in that it discharges into a fjord with open water in the summer, also in the presence of crevasses on its floating tongue, and in the way its terminus disintegrates areally into sublobes rather than shedding arctic-type icebergs by simple calving. Terminal disintegration is ascribed to the slight northward bend of the fjord stretch which contains the floating tongue. Procedure of disintegration is described. DLC. 76776. AHO, A. E. Silver in the Yukon. (Canadian mining and metallurgical bulletin 1963. v. 56, no. 611, p. 232-39, maps.) 12 refs. Outlines the geologic conditions affecting silver deposition in the three major regions of the Yukon, and suggests districts that warrant further exploration. The Mayo district, in the McQuesten mineral belt has special attention. Within the three regions or broad metallogenic provinces, gold-silver veins, silver-lead-zinc veins, lead-zinc replacements with silver, and intermediate types of deposits, all typical of the Cordillera, occur in certain districts. Examples include the Mt. Nansen-Freegold district occurrence

of an epithermal gold-silver prospect explored in 1962 and the Klondike gold district, as well as the Mayo, largest single district northeast of the Tintina Trench. In it the predominant phyllite and quartzite rocks are so intensely deformed that stratigraphic relationships are uncertain, though formations probably range from Proterozoic to Mesozoic in age. The pattern of faulting which controls the mineralization can be related to the mechanics of the doming or arching of the McQuesten anticline, exemplified in the Keno and Galena Hills area; the productive veins occur mainly in northeast-striking, southeast-dipping, tensional vein-fault systems in competent quartzites or greenstones of the Central DGS. Quartzite formation. AHO, J., see No. 81475. 76777. ANTI, T. The open boreal woodland subzone and its relation to reindeer husbandry. (Suomalainen elain- ja kasvitieteellinen seura Vanamo. Tiedonannot: Archivum 1961, no. 16 suppl. p. 91-93.) 8 refs. Reports the actual and the Iegal southern limits of reindeer husbandry to be almost identical with the southern boundary of the open boreal woodland of northern Finland. The lichen woodlands where the herds feed mainly in winter are either Scotch pine or mountain birch; no true shrub layer of secondary vegetation is present, although several species are identified which form a discontinuous field cover. In the coniferous woodlands, herbaceous and grassy vegetation is rare, the ground layer being dominated by Cladonia lichens, of which three main cover types are distinguished: C. alpestris predominates in climax phase where grazing is lowest; C. rangiferina and C. milis are predominant among the several constant species of another cover type, the height of the lichens decreasing with grazing; and in the third type Stereo melon paschale predominates. The reindeer lichens are constant but sparse. These divisions vary from south to north. Dominant bushes are found irrelevant criteria of classification. Climatic and edaphic factors are considered in relation to the main types DLC. of vegetation cover. 76778. AIDIN'1AN, N. KH., and others. O raspredelenii rtuti v porodakh i mineralakh Khibinskogo massiva. (Akademifa nauk SSSR. Inst. geologii rudnykh mestorozhdenil, petrografii, mineralogii i geokhimii. Trudy 1963. no. 99, p. 16-25, tables.) 15 refs. In Russian. Other authors: L. L.

Shilin and G. A. Belayskafa. Title tr.: Distribution of mercury in rocks and minerals of the Khibiny massif. Reports on 179 rock samples and 70 samples individual minerals of this alkaline massif. The average mercury content is found to be 5.3.10-5%. Mercury content of the minerals varies substantially, .being higher in Mn-lamprophyllite 2.2.10-5%, calcium rinkite 9.10-Øo, sphalerite 1.6.10-5% etc. Its form of occurrence in rocks and minerals is also outlined. DLC. 76779. AIRFORCEANDSPACEDIGEST. Alaskan Air Command. (Its: v. 46, 1963. no. 9, p. 148-50, table, illus.) Outlines mission, organization, functions, and main 1962-63 activities of this air component of the unified Alaskan Command (ALCOM), and the Alaska Region of the North American Air Defense Command (NORAD); its headquarters at Elmendorf AFB, near Anchorage. Support, rescue, and supply missions are noted. Military aircrew members were trained at the Alaskan Command Arctic Survival Training School at Eidson AFB, in cooperation with the USAF Arctic Aeromedical Laboratory at Fort Wainwright. NORAD regional airdefense operations are to be automated beginning Oct. 1963. DWB, 76780. AIRCRAFT. Successful launch of Alouette puts Canada in orbit with US. and USSR. (Its: v. 24, 1962. no. 11, p. 36+, map, illus.) Describes the 320-1b. satellite designed and built in Canada for the Defence Research Board. It was launched on Sept. 28, 1962 from Vandenberg AFB in California, atop a Thor-Agena rocket, into a nearcircular orbit of 80° inclination (10° from the poles) at an altitude of about 600 mi. Topside sounder instrumentation carried on the satellite examines the ionosphere above the F, layer, because radio soundings from the ground cannot penetrate this layer. DLC. 76781. AITKEN, G. W., and C. W. FULWIDER. Ground temperature observations, Aniak, Alaska. Hanover, N.H. 1962. vi, 14 p. maps, tables, graphs, illus.. (U.S. Army. Cold Regions Research and Engineering Laboratory. Technical report 101.) Summarizes climatological, ground-temperature, and soil data at this small Kuskokwim River village in southwestern -Alaska, in connection with the military construction investigations program. Climatological data 1944-1958 were drawn from U.S. Weather Bureau records, ground-temperature data

9

at nine depths from 0.0 to 22.0 ft. from daily observations 1947-1958, and soil data from samples taken in drilling two 22.5-ft. wells, in Aug. 1946 and July 1958. Mean or average climatological data are tabulated, as are max., min. and average ground temperatures, also ground temperatures recorded on the first day of each month. Ground-temperature gradients for a typical thaw and freeze season (1952-53) are graphed, and the max. and min. temperatures at each depth are presented. Seasonal freezing varied slightly from year to year; the average depth of freeze was about 3.5 ft. No permafrost was found at the temperature-well location to a depth DLC. of 22.5 ft. 76782. AITKEN, G. W. Ground temperature observations, Galena, Alaska. Hanover, N.H. 1963. vi, 15 p. maps, graphs, tables, illus. (U.S. Army. Cold Regions Research and Engineering Laboratory. Technical report 102.) Summarizes climatological, ground-temperature, and soil data collected in a program of one Canadian and 20 Alaskan stations. The Galena climatological data are for 1944-1957, ground temperature 1947-1958, soil data from two samples, drilled in 1946 and 1958. Data are given similar to those for Aniak (supra). Seasonal freezing varied, the average depth of freeze being about 5.5 ft. No permafrost was found to 22.5 ft. depth, but it probably exists in the flood plain at greater distances from the Yukon River. DLC. AKADEMIIÄ MEDIßINSKIKH NAUK SSSR, see No. 80748. 76783. AKADEMIfA NAUK SSSR. A. A. Polkanov. (Its.: Vestnik 1963. v. 33, no. 3, p. 97.) In Russian. Title tr.: A. A. Polkanov. Obituary of an outstanding geologist and petrologist, academician Aleksandr Alekseevich Polkanov, 1888-1963. His explorations in Karelia and Kola Peninsula and his over 150 publications are noted. DLC. 76784. AKADEMICÅ NAUK SSSR. Meksandr Alekseevich Polkanov. (Its: Izvestifa 1963, ser. geol. no. 9, p. 99-101, illus.) In Russian. Obituary of this well known petrologist and geologist and academician who died Jan. 10, 1963. His life and scientific activities are summarized. He was born 1888 in Kostrama, completed studies at St. Petersburg Univ. in 1911, and began his petrographic investigations in Kola Penin-

10

sula. He was an authority on Precambrian rocks and developed methods of absolute age determination. His teaching and other activities are also noted. DLC. 76785. AKADEMIfA NAUK SSSR. Dal'nevostochnyf filial. Materialy po prirodnym resursam Kamchatki i Kuril'skikh ostrovov. Magadan, Magadanskoe knizhnoe izd-vo 1960. 167 p. tables, illus. Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Materials on the natural resources of Kamchatka and the Kuril Islands. Collection of twelve papers presented at the May 1957 session of the Commission for the North in Petropavlovsk; three on Kamchatka are abstracted under their authors' names: A. V. Stoisenko and A. F. Klimenkov, A. A. 'Svid, G. M. Vlasov, q.q.v. DLC. 76786. AKADEMTa NAUK SSSR. Dal'nevostechnyf filial. Geologicheskii institut. Geologißa i metallogenifå Sovetskogo sektora Tikhookeanskogo rudnogo pofisa. Moskva, Izd-vo Akademii nauk SSSR 1963. 660 p. tables, cross-sections, maps. Refs. Title tr.: Geology and In Russian. metallogeny of the Soviet sector of the. Pacific ore belt. Contains more than 60 papers delivered at this All-Union conference in Vladivostok, Sept. 26—Oct. 2, 1960. Geology and metallogeny, problems of magmatism, mineralization, genesis of ores, etc. were discussed. Papers specifically of arctic interest are abstracted in this Bibliography under their authors' names (titles tr.) viz: KRASNYT, L. I., and others. Main features of the geologic structure of the northwestern part of the Pacific ore belt. PUSHCHAROVSKIT, M. M. Some peculiarities of the tectonics of the northern part of the Pacific ore belt. I'rSIKSON, M. I. Main features of the metallogeny of the Pacific ore belt within the limits of the USSR. VLASOV, G. M., and others. Main features of the magmatism of the northwestern part of the Pacific ore belt. NEKRASOV, I. 11. Metallogenic specialization of Mesozoic magmatic complexes as exemplified in northeastern Yakutia. MATVEENKO, V. T. Main features of the endogenic metallogeny of northeastern USSR. ROZHKOV, I. S., and others. Main features of the metallogeny of northeastern Yakutia. FIRSOV, L. V. On some problems of the gold-bearing ores of the Yana-Kolyma folded belt.

BORODtNSKIT, A. I., and B. A. LEMKOVA. Some features of the metallogeny in the Yana and lower Indigirka River basins. ZARUDNYI, N. N. Main features of the tectonic development of northeastern USSR in the Upper Paleozoic and Mesozoic. AVER'ØOV, A. G., and others. Deep structure of the earth's crust in the transition zone from the Asiatic continent to the Pacific. NABOKO, S. I., and B. I. PITP. Present volcanism of Kamchatka and mineral formation. VLASOV, G. M., and M. M. VASILEVSKII. Metallogenic characteristics of the Kuril-Kamchatka arch. VLASOV, G. M., and M. M. VASILEVSKII. Principles of the metallogenic zoning of Kamchatka. EGIAZAROV, B. KH., and I. M. RUSAKOV. Magmatic cycles of the Koryak Range and the mineral resources DLC. connected with them. 76787. AXADEMIfA NAUK SSSR. leikutskit filial. Geokhimicheskie issledovania zolota i redkikh elementov v fAkutii. Moskva, Izd-vo Akademii nauk SSSR 1963. 80 p. tables, graphs, maps, illus. (Its: Trudy, ser. geol. no. 16.) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Geochemical investigations of gold and rare elements in Yakutia. Presents six papers dealing with results and methods of these investigations, each paper abstracted in this Bibliography under the author's name, viz (titles tr.): RAZIN, L. V., and I. S. ROZHKOV. Geochemistry of gold in the weathering crust and biosphere of the permafrost region of the Aldan shield. NEKRASOV, I. IA., and M. A. TIMOFEEVA. Mercury in rocks and minerals of northeastern Yakutia. FLEROV, B. L., and D. A. DOROFEEV. Indium in lead-zinc deposits of the southern Verkhoyansk region. NEKRASOV, I. IA., and K. S. PAKHOMOVA. Rhenium distribution in rocks, and in molybdenite skarns and hydrothermal deposits in northeastern Yakutia. KOSOLAPOVA, M. N. Microconstituents in the natural waters of the Olenek River basin. PAKHOMOVA, K. S., and T. A. VYSO'IIKAfA. Determination of gold by a complex geochemical investigation. DLC. 76788. AKADEMØ NAUK SSSR. lAkulskit filial. Skhema raspolozhenifa apparatury, registrirufüshchel kosmicheskie luchi, v Laboratori fizicheskikh problem fÅkut-

skogo filiala Sibirakogo otdelenifå AN SSSR. (Its: Trudy 1960. ser. fiz. no. 3, p. 166, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: Diagram of the arrangement of the apparatus for recording of cosmic rays in the Laboratory of Physical Problems of the Yakut Branch of the Academy of Sciences' Siberian section. Shows a three-dimensional diagram of the cosmic ray station with four observatories, a stratospheric station and stratospheric radiosonde counting telescope at Yakutsk. DLC. 76789. AKADEMIfA NAUK SSSR. Øutskit filial. Voprosy ekonomiki promyshØnosti fAkutii. Yakutsk, fAkutskoe knizhnoe izd-vo 1962. 115 p. tables, maps, illus. Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Economic problems of industry in Yakutia. V. G. Mel'nikov, ed. Collection of ten papers, nine of them pertinent to northern regions, are abstracted in this Bibliography under their author's names, viz (titles tr.): MEL'NIKOV, V. G., and G. G. EGOROV. Problems in the full mechanization of mining operations in Yakutia. EFIMOV, I. K. Ways of developing personnel stability in industry and transportation in Yakut ASSR. EGOROV, G. G. Productivity of the dredges of the fAkutzoloto Trust. EGOROV, G. G. National cadres in the industry of Yakutia. BEZRUKOVA, T. I. Contribution to the history of local industry in Yakutia. BELINSKIT, B. V. The Yana River as a waterway. LI, G. S. Electric power in northeastern Yakut ASSR. PAN'SHIN, S. D. Conditions and prospects for the industrial utilization of forests in tin-mining areas of northeastern Yakut ASSR. SHTYREV, I. N. Ways of reducing costs of the motor transport of goods in DLC. Yakutsk. 76790. AKADEMJfA NAUK SSSR. &hutskit filial. Institut geologii. Prinfåipy sostavlenifå minerageneticheskikh kart territorii Yakutsk, fAkutskoe lAkutakol ASSR. knizhnoe izd-vo 1962. 70 p. tables. (Its: Trudy no. 13.) In Russian. Title tr.: Principles for compiling mineral-genetic maps for Yakut ASSR territory. Presents a handbook, the collective work of various specialists, for preparing special tectonic maps linked with mineral resources, paleogeographic and metallogenic maps, maps of placers, prospects for oil and gas,

11

coal, non-ferrous mineral resources, etc. Their arrangement, scale, legend, required data, and other features are outlined. An extensive appendix gives detailed information on the composition of the various DLC. maps. 76791. AKADEMIfA NAUK SSSR. t t kutInstitut iazyka, literatury i skit filial. istorii. Bor'ba za ustanovlenie i uprochenie Sovetskol vlasti v fAkutii; sbornik dokumentov i materialov, chest' II, kniga 1-2. Yakutsk, fAkutskoe knizhnoe izd-vo 19611962. 2 v.: 405, 393 p. Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Struggle for the establishment and consolidation of Soviet power in Yakutia; collection of documents and materials, part 2, v. 1-2. In sequence to No. 56339. The truce interlude and civil war events of June 1920—July 1922 are covered in v. 1 by the texts of 256 documents and press reports, predominantly from Soviet sources. The July 1922—June 1923 period of postcivil war reconstruction is dealt with similarly in v. 2. Commentaries, chronology of main events, personalia and geographic indices, lists of cited documents and archive DLC. sources are appended. 76792. AKADEMIfA NAUK SSSR. ØkutInstitut iizyka, literatury i skit filial. istorii. Istorif . IAkutskol ASSR, t. 3; Sovetska it fAkutiia. Moskva, Izd-vo Akademii nauk SSSR 1963. 364 p. tables, map, illus. Approx. 100 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: History of Yakut ASSR, v. 3; Soviet Yakutia. Final version of No. 49168, and in sequence to No. 36584, 49168. Collective work by 15 Russian and Yakut scientists, based on No. 56340, one part dealing with the post-Revolutionary and early socialist construction period 19171937, the other with completion of socialist reconstruction and transition to communism 1937-1961. Social and economic reforms, collectivization, industrial development, expansion : of transport and communication facilities, cultural growth, urban construction, public health and education, participation in World War II, etc. are outlined. Specific socio-economic and cultural problems of the North and its aborigines, the Eveny, Evenki, Chukchis, Yukaghirs, and northern Yakuts are presented in four chapters of 3-10 pages. Administrative changes approved by the Yakut plenum in Dec. 1962 are stated: fusion of the Yakut and Magadan National Economic Councils into the Northeast Sovnarkhoz based on Magadan, regrouping of collective and state farm administration according to main industries, reorganization of party corn-

12

mittees, etc. Appended is a bibliography of approx. 350 pub. covering all three vols. DLC. of this history. 76793. AKADEMIß NAUK SSSR. 1kulskil filial. Institut fäzyka, literatury i istorii. Sbornik dialektologicheskikh materialov fåkutskogo fåzyka. Yakutsk, akutskoe knizhnoe izd-vo 1961. 132 p. tables. Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Collection of materials on dialects of the Yakut language. Editor-in-chief L. N. Kharitonov. Six papers on classification, and features of the phonetics, morphology and syntax of localisms around Moma, Sredne-Kolymsk, Allaikha, Abyy, and the Verkhoyansk District. N. K. Antonov and P. P. Barashkov contribute two papers each, P. S. Afanas'ev and E. I. Korkina one. DLC. 76794. AKADEMIIÄ NAUK SSSR. Institut etnagrafai. Chislennost' i rasselenie narodov mira. Moskva, Izd-vo Akademii nauk SSSR 1962. 484 p. tables, maps. Approx. 700 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Numerical strength and distribution of the peoples of the world. Exhaustive statistical study of world populations by continent, country, ethnic and linguistic family, reduced to a mid-1959 average. Theories on racial and linguistic classification and ethnic mingling processes are discussed. Tabulated data include the Finnish (Lapps, Zyryans), Ugric (Ostyaks, Voguls), Turkic (Yakut-Dolgans), and Tungus-Manchu families (seven northern groups); the Ket Yeniseians, Paleosiberians, Eskimo-Aleuts, and American Indians; among the last are the Athapaskan, Tlingits, Haidas, and Algonkians. Additional comparative figures 1926: 1959 are given for the ethnic groups of the USSR; the northern minorities totals are 602, 100:650, 600, and over one third of them are Yakuts. DLC. 76795. AKADEMIfA NAUK SSSR. Institut etnografi. Karta narodov Kital, MNR i Korei, a pofi nitel'noT zapiskoT. Moskva, Glay. upr. geodezii i kartografii 1961. Col. map 90 x 114 cm. scale 1:5 million; with 41 p. text. Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Map of the peoples of China, the Mongolian People's Republic, and Korea; with explanatory pamphlet, E. A. Shishkin editor. Includes some sparsely populated spots of less than 50/km.2 occupied by semi-nomadic Evenki and Orochony Tungus in the north of former Inner Mongolia, and Nanaets Gold groups in northern Manchuria. Their distribution and economy are noted in accompanying booklet by S. I. Bruk. DLC.

76796. AKADEMIA NAUK SSSR. Institut eftografci. Karta narodov mira. Moskva, Olav. upr. geodezii i kartografii 1961. col. map 146 x 227 cm. on 6 sheets; scale 1:15 million. In Russian. Title tr.: Map of the peoples of the world. I. A. Balanfseva, editor. Differentiates 35 ethnic families, including the Uralian (Lapps, Zyryans, Ostyaks, Voguls, Samoyeds), Altayan (Yakuts, Dolgans, Tungus, Golds), Yeniseian (Keia), Paleosiberian (Chukchis, Koryaks, Kamchadals, Yukaghirs, Gilyaks), Eskaleuts (Eskimos, Aleuts), American Indians, (NaDene i.e. Athapaskans, Tlingits and Haidas; Algonkin-Wakashi; etc.) The Laponoids are shown as major intermediate race on insert map of worldwide distribution of the eight basic and intermediate race types. DLC. 76797. AKADEM NAUK SSSR. Institut etnograf i. Kul'tura indelfsev; vklad korennogo naselenifii. Ameriki v mirovufü kul'turu. Moskva, Izd-vo Akademii nauk SSSR 1963. 328 p. illus. Refs. In Russian. Tit le tr.: Culture of the Indians; contributions of the aboriginal American population to world culture. Collection of seven papers; A. I. Dobrinskil, on Indian elements in the languages and toponymics of the New World, includes words borrowed from north Algonkian Indians (e.g. Eskimo, caribou, moose) and from Eskimo: the name Alaska as well as numerous Alaskan place names. L. A. FAINBERG's paper on Eskimo contributions to the settlement of the Arctic is abstracted under his name, q.v. DLC. 76798. AKADEMIIA NAUK SSSR. Institut geografii. Geografifft snezhnogo pokrova. Moskva, Izd-vo Akademii nauk 1960. English translation, Geography of the snow cover, U.S. Dept. of the Army, Intelligence translation no. H-6769. Washington, D.C., U.S. Dept. of Commerce, Office of Technical Services 1961. Translation of No. 62918. DGS. 76799. AKADEMIll NAUK SSSR. Institut geografii. Vostochnafa Sibiri', ekonomikegeograficheskafa kharakteristika. Moskva, Geografgiz 1963. 888 p. tables, maps, illus. Approx. 500 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Eastern Siberia, an economic-geographic characterization. Presents an extensive work by many specialists on this vast region including Krasnoyarsk, Irkutsk, and Chita Provinces, and the Yakut, Tuva and Buryat ASSR. In two main parts, it deals in the first with

the area as a whole, its geographic position, natural conditions and resources, its history, population, and economy: production, agriculture and transport. Pt. 2 deals with economic-geographic regions individually, including those of Krasnoyarsk Province p. 418-578, and Yakut ASSR p. 793-865. Northern areas of both these regions are especially characterized. DLC. 76800. AKADEMIØ NAUK SSSR. Institut geografii. Zapadnafa Sibir'. Moskva, Izdvo Akademii nauk SSSR 1963. 488 p. tables, maps, illus. Approx. 475 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Western Siberia. Presents a collective study on the natural conditions and resources of the territory between the Urals and roughly the Yenisey River. It is the first of 14 volumes planned to cover the entire USSR. Relief and geo-. logic structure, climate, waters, soils, vegetation, swamps and animal life are dealt with by various specialists in consecutive chapters. A regional part is included, in which the tundra, forest-tundra, forest, foreststeppe and steppe zones are treated. Tyumen Province, its tundra and foresttundra are described in their different aspects: the tundra soils, climate, vegetation, fauna, etc. Yamal-Gydan and Taz Peninsulas are also described. DLC. 76801. AKADEMIA NAUK SSSR. Institut azykoznaniC. Issledovanifa po sintaksisu tiürkskikh fazykov. Moskva, Izd-vo vostochnol lit-ry 1962. 219 p. Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Study of the syntax of Turkic languages. Includes a morphological analysis by E. I. Ubrfå tova: Soglasovanie v iakutskom fazyke (Grammatical agreement in Yakut), DLC. p. 101-188, 57 refs. 76802. AKADEMI& NAUK SSSR. Institut iazykoznaniia. Issledovanifå po sravnitel'nol grammatike tiarkskikh fazykov; chast' chetvertafi, leksika. Moskva, Izd-vo Akademii nauk SSSR 1962. 128 p. tables. Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Research on comparative grammar of the Turkic languages; pt. 4, vocabulary. In sequence to No. 62919. Collection of four papers; one, by F. G. Iskhakov, "Experimental comparative dictionary of modern Turkic languages" is a tabulated analysis of anatomical, zoological, botanical, geographic, etc. terminology, including Yakut. DLC. 76803. AKADEMIfI(A NAUK SSSR. Institut 1dzykoznanirå. Istoricheskoe razvitie leksiki tfiirkskikh fazykov. Moskva, Izd-vo Aka-

13

demii nauk SSSR 1961. 467 p. Approx. 150 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Historical development of the vocabulary of Turkic languages. Comparative discussion of Yakut linguistics is contained in all six papers of this collection: Kinship terminology by L. A. Pokrovskatä; Names of domestic and wild animals by A. M. Shcherbak; Lexic survey of adjectives by F. G. Iskhakov; and three papers on verbs by E. R. Tenishev, A. A. ffldashev, and N. Z. Gadzhieva and A. A. DLC. Koklfanova. 76804. AKADEMØ NAUK SSSR. Institut merzlotovedeniC. Mnogoletnemerzlye gornye porody razlichnykh rafonov SSSR. Moskva, Izd-vo Akademii nauk SSSR 1963. 240 p. tables, graphs, maps, illus. Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Permafrost in various regions of the USSR. Contains 20 papers dealing with permafrost and cryopedology in the USSR, 19 of them abstracted in this Bibliography under their authors' names, viz (titles tr.): KACHURIN, S. P., and A. I. EFIMOV. Development of M. I. Sumgin's ideas in cryopedology. VTüRINA, E. V. Main patterns of formation of cryogenic texture of rocks of the seasonally thawing layer and the cryotextural method for determination of its thickness. FOTTEV, S. M. Seasonal freezing and thawing of rocks in the southern part of the Aldan upland. TYRTIKOV, A. P. Boggy vegetation as indicator of unfrozen deposits in the northern taiga of Western Siberia. NEKRASOV, I. A. Structural features of the seasonally freezing layer in floodplain taliks. STREMIAKOV, A. Si. On the origin of • oriented lakes. SHLEINIKOV, V. A. Some patterns in transfer of waste material on slopes of medium steepness. KONSTANTINOVA, G. A. On cryogenic phenomena in the region of Bol'shoy Khantayski Rapids. VTIRIN, B. I. Materials from injected ice investigations. VTfORINA, E. A. Structure of segregated ice in frozen rock in the region of Anadyr settlement. SOLOMATIN, V. I. Subsurface ice in peat bogs in the subpolar regions of the Ob-Taz interffuve. MINAEV, A. N. Large hydrolaccoliths in the West Siberia lowland. KATASONOVA, E. G., and A. N. TOLSTOV. Geocryologic features of the

14

blowing sands on the right bank of the Vilyuy River. EFIMOV, A. I. Some features of frosthydrogeologic conditions of Lena River valley in the region of the Vilyuy mouth. IVANOVA, T. F. Some data on permafrost in Pechora-Kolva interfiuve. ZHESTKOVA, T. N., and V. A. SHLEfNIKOV. Composition, structure and genesis of the friable stratum of permafrost deposits of the Vorkuta region. BELOPUKHOVA, E. B. Features of permafrost development in the northwest of Western Siberia in the late Holocene. SHMELEV, L. M. Climate in the beginning of upper Pleistocene in the north of Western Siberia. KACHURIN, S. P. Geocryologic and hydrogeologic investigations in Siberia and the Far East. DLC. 76805. AKADEMIGI NAUK SSSR. Institut merzlotovedeniØ Voprosy kriologii pri izuchenii chetvertichnykh otlozhenil. Moskva, izd-vo Akademii nauk SSSR 1962. 122 p. tables, profiles, illus. Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Problems of cryology in the investigation of Quaternary deposits. Contains nine papers prepared for the 1961 INQUA Congress in Warsaw, analyzing the geologic-geographic conditions for formation of Quaternary deposits. Five of the papers concern arctic areas and are abstracted under their authors' names: I. Baranov, V. V. Baulin and L. M. Shmelev, E. M. Katasonov, K. L. Mitt, DLC. and V. L. Sukhodrovskii, q.q.v.

a.

76806. AKADEMIa NAUK SSSR. Institut zemnogo magnetizma, ionosfery i rasprostraneniØ radiovoln. Materialy ionosfernykh issledovanil: Bukhta Provideniä, ifül' 1957dekabr' 1958. Moskva 1960. 4 v.: 89, 71, 83, 64 p. tables, graphs. In Russian. Title tr.: Data on the ionospheric investigations: Provideniya Bay, July 1957— Dec. 1958. Presents qualitative and quantitative data on vertical sounding of the ionosphere over this far northeastern station in accordance with the IGY program. The four volumes cover July—Dec. 1957,. Jan.—Apr., May—Aug., and Sept.—Dec. 1958. Explanations of the ionospheric terms and symbols DLC. used in the tables are given. 76807. AKADEMIfA NAUK SSSR. Institut zemnogo magnetizma, iØSferj i rasprostranenifd radiovogn. Materialy ionosfernykh issledovanil: n.kutsk, ifill' 1957—avgust 1958. Moskva 1960. 3 v.: 64, 60, 76 p. tables, graphs. In Russian. Title tr.:

Data on the ionospheric investigations: Yakutsk, July 1957-Aug. 1958. Presents data (as in item above) from central Yakutia, July-Dec. 1957 in v. 1, Jan.-Apr., and May-Aug. 1958 in v. 2-3. DLC. 76808. AKADEMIA NAUK SSSR. Institut zemnogo magnetizma, ionosfery i rasprostraneniiä radiovoln. Materialy ionosfernykh issledovanil: Murmansk, iiül'-august 1957; fånvar'-fevral', mal-avgust, nofabr-dekabr' 1958. Moskva 1960. 5 v.: 48, 72, 80, 94, 73 p. tables, graphs. In Russian. Title tr.: Data on the ionospheric investigations: Murmansk, July-August 1957; JanuaryFebruary, May-August, November-December 1958. Presents data (as in items above) from DLC. the Murmansk station. 76809. AKADEMIA. NAUK SSSR. Institut zemnogo magnetizma, ionosfery i rasprostranenita radiovoln. Materialy ionosfernykh issledovanil: Salekhard, ifill' 1957-dekabr' 1958. Moskva 1960. 6 v.: 68, 69, 61, 68, 60, 57 p. tables, graphs. In Russian. Title tr.: Data on the ionospheric investigations: Salekhard, July 1957-Dec. 1958. Presents data as in items above from the lower Ob station, July-Dec. 1957, Jan.Apr., May June, July-Aug., Sept.-Oct. and Nov.-Dec. 1958 in consecutive volumes. DLC. 76810. AKADEMIA NAUK SSSR. Karel'skil filial. Severnyl olen' v Karel'skol ASSR; morfologifit, sistematika, ekologi1 , fiziologiia, voprosy olenevodstva. MoskvaLeningrad, Izd-vo Akademifa nauk SSSR 1962. 180 p. tables, graphs, maps, illus. About 175 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The reindeer in the Karelian ASSR; morphology, systematics, ecology, physiology, problems of raising them. Study aimed at fostering local reindeer farming which suffered considerable losses during World War IL The study is of considerable general importance as little is known on the physiology and ecology of these animals. An extensive bibliography is included and the individual articles are abstracted in this Bibliography under the authors' names, viz (titles tr.): LOPATIN, V. D. Physico-geographical conditions of northern Karelia as a factor in the life of reindeer. SOKOLOV, I. I., and F. B. CHERNOAVSKII. Taxonomic position of the Karelian wild reindeer. SEGAL', A. N. History of reindeer and reindeer breeding in Karelia.

SEGAL', A. N. Experiment in acclimatization of tundra reindeer transferred from Murmansk Province into Karelia. SEGAL', A. N. Form and pedigree of domestic reindeer of the Karelian ASSR. DRURI, S. M. Interrelationships between the reindeer and the animal world of Karelia. SEGAL', A. N. Pasture conditions and the periodicity of physiological functions of the reindeer. SEGAL', A. N. Physiological characteristics of grazing. LOPATIN, V. D. Grazing possibilities for reindeer farming in Karelia. DA. 76811. AKADEMIA NAUK SSSR. Kol'skaå filial. Voprosy geologii Kol'skogo poluostrova. Moskva-Leningrad, Izd-vo Akademii nauk SSSR 1962. 148 p. tables, maps, illus. Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Geology problems of the Kola Peninsula. Contains twelve original papers, all abstracted in this Bibliography under their authors' names, viz (titles tr.): KHARITONOV, L. A. Main features of the geologic structure of the Baltic shield. TOKAREV, V. A. On the geology of islands in the Por"yavr and Kolym"yavr lakes. TOKAREV, V. A. Absolute age of rocks of the Kolm"yavr-Voron'ya zone and the genetic connection of its pegmatites with granites. ZAGORODNYI, V. G. Stratigraphy of the Pechenga series. GEDOVIUS, E. A. Geologic bases of a prospecting method for ferruginous quartzites in northwestern regions of the USSR. MAKIEVSKII, S. I., and K. A. NIKOLAEVA. Some notes on the stratigraphy and tectonics of the Kola gneiss complex and its interrelations with the White Sea gneiss complex. TROFIMOV, V. S. Stages in formation of placers and their facies. GARIFULIN, L. L. Characteristics of fragmental material in diatomaceous deposits of postglacial time in the NizhnePesochnaya River basin, Magazin-Musyur, Kola Peninsula. KOLESNIKOVA, A. M. Tuff breccia dikes in Neblo Mountain muscovite deposits. PETERSIL'E, I. A., and V. A. PRIPACHKIN. Gases in rocks of the Olenegorsk iron-ore deposits. BUSSEN, I. V., and A. S. SAKHAROV. Geologic position of Luyavrart pegmatoids. PANASENKO, G. D. Conductivity determination of rock samples by the

15

method of comparison with a standard DLC. electrolyte. 76812. AKADEMØ NAUK SSSR. Komi filial. Materialy po pochvam Komi ASSR i sopredel'nykh territoril; k izuchenifii pochv severo-vostoka evropefskol chasti SSSR. Moskva-Leningrad, Izd-vo Akademii nauk SSSR 1962. 132 p. tables, graphs, illus. Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Materials on the soils of Komi ASSR and adjacent areas; contribution to knowledge of the soils of the northeastern European part of the USSR. Contains six papers of 1955-1960 by scientists of the soil laboratory of the Academy of Sciences' Komi Branch. All are abstracted in this Bibliography under the authors' names, viz (titles tr.): BELfAEV, S. V., and others. Soil of the Inta industrial region. RUB'tOV, D. M. Soils of the northern part of middle Timan. KREIDA, N. A. Soils of the lower Pechora River. KUZIVANOVA, A. V. Study of soils and the effectiveness of top dressing in the Kos'yu River floodplain. ZABOLO1KA1A, T. G. Study of the moisture and air properties of soil under bare and used fallow. VERKHOLANiEVA, L. A. Soils of concentrated cutting areas of pine-lichen forest and ways of improving their vegetation properties. DLC. 76813. AKADEMIfA NAUK SSSR. Komi filial. Opredelitel' vysshikh rastenil Komi ASSR. Moskva-Leningrad 1962. 359 p. tables, illus. In Russian. Title tr.: A key to the higher plants of the Komi ASSR. A. I. Tolmachev, editor. Covers seed plants and ferns, including cultivated and introduced forms. A key for determining the families is given (p. 9-27); keys and description of taxa within the 99 families follow. Each species is briefly described as to general and organ morphology, duration of life, phenology, habitats, and geographic occurrence. Appended are alphabetic lists of Russian, Latin and Komi names of the plants. DLC. 76814. AKADEMIfA NAUK SSSR. Komi filial. Ryby basselva r. Usy i ihk kormovye resursy. Moskva-Leningrad, Izd-vo Akademii nauk SSSR 1962. 276 p. tables, graphs, maps, illus. Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The fishes of the Usa River basin and their food resources. Contains 15 papers which give a comprehensive limnological and fisheries-biological

16

account of this river, main right tributary of the Pechora in northern Komi ASSR, its tributary streams and lakes. Physicalgeographic and chemical aspects are outlined, hydrobiological and ichthyological surveys given and followed (p. 212-268) by a series of monographic studies of the invertebrates which serve as food for local fishes, including both the important and the secondary resources. Concluding review stresses the rich fauna of the Usa as compared with the Pechora, and the fisheries potential of the Usa basin. The individual papers are abstracted in this Bibliography under the authors' names, viz (titles tr.): ZVEREVA, 0. S. The basin of the Usa River. VLASOVA, T. A. Chemistry of the surface waters... ZVEREVA, 0. S. Hydrobiological character of the Usa River and of the lakes in its valley. SOLOVKINA, L. N. The fishes of the middle and lower course... POPOVA, E. V. Results of hydrobiological investigations in the tributary system... KUCHINA, E. S. The fish fauna of the ... tributaries. KIR'ØOVA, E. S. Nematodes and nematomorphs in the food of fishes. FINOGENOVA, N. P. A study of oligochaetes .. . LUKIN, E. L Leeches ... and their significance as fish food. POPOVA, E. I. Materials to the fauna of fresh-water molluscs... BORUISKII, E. V. Harpacticoida and Calanoida .. . ZAKHARENKO, V. B. Aquatic beetles... and their significance in the fish diet. ZVEREVA, 0. S. Tentipedid larvae... RUBfSOV, I. A. Midges in the food of

fish...

ZVEREVA, 0. S., and others. Hydrobiological characteristics of the Usa River basin and its significance for fisheries. DA. 76815. AKADEMIIA NAUK SSSR. Loboratoriia geologii dokembriia. Granity Kol'Moskvaskogo poluostrova i Karelii. Leningrad 1963. 338 p. tables, maps, cross-sections, illus. (Its: Trudy no. 15.) Approx. 60 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Granites of Kola Peninsula and Karelia. The two granite areas of northeastern Kola and southern Karelia are treated separately. On the former, a collective study, using structural-geologic and petrographic methods and absolute-age determination by radio-chemical dating, is presented. Precambrian granites are divided into four groups: granitoids of the lower

Kat-Archean with absolute age of 36003060 millions years; those of the upper Kat-Archean, 2800-2740 m.y.; intrusive complex of the Lower Archean, 2600-2300 m.y.; and Proterozoic granites, 1800-1600 m.y. Each group is treated in detail. DLC. 76816. AKADEMIØ NAUK SSSR. Loboratoriid gidrogeologicheskikh problem. Termal'nye vody SSSR; voprosy ikh teploenergeticheskogo ispol'zovanifä. Moskva, Izdvo Akademii nauk SSSR 1963. 292 p. tables, graphs, maps, illus. Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Thermal waters of the USSR and utilization of their heatenergy. Presents a regional appraisal of the country's hydrothermal resources, European USSR, Caucasus and Transcaucasus, Central Asia and Kazakhstan, and Siberia and the Far East treated in turn. Three papers deal with plans for the thermal waters development in the national economy. The paper on Western Siberia by B. F. Mavrifskil (p. 163-75) includes the lower Yenisey region and Tyumen Province. Six geothermal zones with water temperatures below 0° C., 0-25°, 25-50°, 50-75°, 75-100° and 100-125° C. are distinguished, their distribution, thickness and depths are reported. Usti-Port, Tyumen, KhantyMansiysk and other northern areas are found well suited for development of thermal waters for heating purposes in towns and for agriculture and health baths, etc. Eastern Siberia is dealt with (p. 175-90) by S. V. Lysol( and L. M. Razumovskii who review thermal waters of the Siberian platform. Temperatures of the AngaraLena artesian basin are given from data of 47 wells. Geothermal gradient, depths of measurements and ground-water temperature are reported. The Tungusskiy, Yakut, Khatanga artesian basins are also treated. Several hot springs of the Sayan-Baykal region and the Angara-Lena region already in use are listed and their temperature, chemical composition and type of use are noted. Most interest is shown for the Baykal region, Aldan shield and Chita Province, whither further studies are directed. Regions of Northeastern USSR are treated by A. A. Zelenkevich, I. F. Shvetsov and F. A. Makarenko (p. 205-215), who review the ground waters and hot springs of the Anadyr, Chauna, Kolyma-Indigirka and other artesian basins, the Kolyma platform, Yana-Kolyma folded zone, Chukotka folded zone, Koryak zone and the Okhotsk-Chukotka volcanic belt. For all

these regions, 18 hot springs are listed, noting source, geologic characteristics, water temperature, chemical composition, gas composition, whether utilized or not, and heat transport. Among others, the Talaya resort is noted. The Kuril-Kamchatka region is dealt with (p. 215-28) by V. V. Aver'ev and six collaborators. They outline the geologic development of this volcanic region. Its hydrothermal resources are extensive, and the sprin:o of Pauzhetka in southern Kamchatka, Petropavlovsk, and other regions are described in some detail, noting geologic conditions, temperature, chemical composition of the water, depths, and other properties. Their use for electric power, heating and therapeutic purposes are briefly mentioned. The Kamchatka geyser DLC. region is characterized. 76817. AKADEMIIÄ NAUK SSSR. Mezhduvedomstvennyi geofizicheskil komitet. Soobshchenie o nauchnykh rabotakh po glfå£isiologii 1960-1962 gg. Moskva 1963. 112 p. Approx. 1000 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Report on scientific work in glaciology in 1960-1962. Presented to the International Association of Scientific Hydrology and the International Snow and Ice Commission for the 13th General Assembly of the IUGG. Characterizes investigations in Franz Joseph Land, the Polar Ural, and the Antarctic among other regions. Studies of snow cover and avalanches, of sea, river, and lake ice, ground ice and permafrost are also summarized. Specific problems studied, the investigators, and organizations concerned are noted, p. 3-29. The published results as listed include approx. 500 on glaciers, 180 on snow cover, and 300 on sea, river, lake and ground ice and permafrost. DLC. 76818. AKADEMIIA NAUK SSSR. Sibirski'l institut zemnogo magnetizma, ionosfery i rasprostraneniid radiovoln. Issledovanifa po geomagnetizmu i aeronomii. Moskva, Izd-vo Akademii nauk SSSR 1963. 152 p. tables, graphs, maps. Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Geomagnetic and aeronomic research. Contains 18 papers presented at the first Siberian conference on geomagnetism and aeronomy, held at Irkutsk Nov. 20-27, 1961, and dealing with coordination and development of research of the earth geomagnetic field, the ionosphere, propagation of radiowaves, solar activity, and cosmic rays, in Siberia and the Far East. Five papers pertinent to arctic areas are

17

abstracted in this Bibliography under their authors' names, viz: V. M. Mishin and A. D. Shevnin, V. A. Troifskaiä and 0. M. Barsukov, A. I. Kuz'min and others, G. V. Skripin and N. P. Chirkov, G. V. Skripin DLC. and others, q.q.v. 76819. AKADEMIA NAUK SSSR. Sibirskoe otdelenie. Problemy sibirskol nefti. Novosibirsk, Izd-vo Sibirskogo otd-iß AN SSSR 1963. 214 p. tables, graphs, maps. Refs. In Russian. English foreword. Title tr.: Problems of Siberian oil. Contains 15 papers dealing with petroleum geology and appraisal of prospects for oil and gas accumulation in Siberia and the Soviet Far East. The papers on northern areas are abstracted in this Bibliography wider their authors' names viz (titles tr.): KRUGLIKOV, N. M., and others. Search for oil and gas in Mesozoic deposits of the West Siberian lowland... MARKEVICH, V. P. Features of geologic development and prospects for oil and gas in the West Siberian lowland. KAZARINOV, V. P. Stages of oil- and gas-bearing layers in Mesozoic sediments .. . CHERNIKOV, K. A., and K. A. SHPIL'MAN. Prospects of oil and gas in the Ob-Irtysh interfiuve .. . MIKU'KII, S. P. Prospects of oil and gas in the northwestern part of the Siberian platform. OLLI, I. A., and R. S. RODIN. The Mesozoic sedimentary series of the Lena depression and distribution of reservoir rocks... BROD, I. 0., and others. Known and possible oil- and gas-bearing basins of the Soviet Far East, Northeast, and adjacent regions of Yakutia and Alaska. DLC. 76820. AKADEMIfA NAUK SSSR. SibirSibir' perioda feodalizma, vyp. 1: Sibir' xvii—xviii vv Novosibirsk, Izd-vo Sibirskogo otd-iß, AN SSSR 1962. 258 p. tables. (Materialy po istorii Sibiri.) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Siberia in the era of feudalism, no. 1: Siberia in the 1718th centuries. Presents the first of a series of source

skoe otdelenie.

studies intended to provide a reliable basis for a five-volume history of Siberia. No. 1 deals with the early contact period: Russian influence on aboriginal cultures, social and economic changes, problems of colonization, trade relations, exploitation of natural resources, etc. Seven of the twelve papers concern the North and are abstracted under their authors' names, viz: V. A. Aleksandrov, V. M. Kabuzan and S. M. Troi{skil, I. I. Komogorfev, A. S. Parni-

18

kova, P. N. Pavlov, F. G. Safronov, 0. N. DLC. Vilkov. 76821. AKADEMIfA NAUK SSSR. Sibir-

skoe otdelenie. Institut ekonomiki i organizalsii promyshlennogo proizvodewa. Vnerabochie vremiå trudishchikhsfä. Novosibirsk, Izd-vo Sibirskogo otd-ifa Akademii nauk SSSR 1961. 256 p. tables. Refs. In Title tr.: Leisure time of Russian. workers. G. A. Prudenskil, editor. Includes, p. 115-23, a paper by D. F. Fedorov on leisure activities in Krasnoyaiak Province: time spent on studies, reading, sports, recreation and hobbies, e.g. men at the Noril'sk mining combine devote 6.9 hrs./wk. to studies, women 4.5 hrs. DLC. 76822. AKADEMIfA NAUK SSSR. Sibir-

skoe otdelenie. Institut geografii Sibiri i Dal'nego Vostoka. Geografiß naselenifå Vostochnol Sibiri. Moskva, Izd-vo Akademii nauk SSSR 1962. 163 p. tables, maps. Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Geography of the population in Eastern Siberia. Collection of 14 papers of which six deal at least in part with the North, and are abstracted under their authors' names, viz (titles tr.): VOROB'EV, V. V. Changes of population distribution in Eastern Siberia in 1939-1959. D'IAKONOV, F. V. Geographic changes in population distribution. EFIMOV, I. L., and others. Contribution to the study of population in Yakut ASSR. MEL'NIKOV, V. G., and G. G. EGOROV. Features of building up and utilizing labor resources in the mining industry of Yakutia. KOSMACHEV, K. P., and A. A. NEDESHEV. Some features of building up the network of mining towns. KOSMACHEV, K. P. The "economic types of distribution" of rural population. DLC. 76823. AKADEMIfA NAUK SSSR. SibirInstitut merzlotovedeniia. akoe otdelenie. Mnogoletnemerzlye porody i soputatvufushchie im favlenifa na territorii Akutskol ASSR. Moskva, Izd-vo Akademii nauk SSSR 1962. 127 p. tables, maps, illus. Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Permafrost and associated phenomena in the territory of Yakut ASSR. Presents ten papers, of which nine concern northern areas and are abstracted in this Bibliography under their authors' names, viz (titles tr.): SHVE1OV, P. F. Geocryologic condi-

tions of the Verkhoyansk Kolyma mountainplain country. SOLOV'EV, P. A. Depression relief... MEL'NIKOV, P. I. Change of temperature of rocks over a century in the Shergina shaft Yakutsk ... GRIGOR'EV, N. F. Role of cryogenic factors in sea coast ... GRAVIS, G. F. Frost cracking ... soil tongues. ANISIMOVA, N. P. Geothermic investigation in taliks KLIMOVSKII, I. V., and Z. G. USTINOVA. Temperature regime features of permafrost . BAKHMAN, V. I., and A. I. EFIMOV. Chemical composition of water and bottom sediments in thermokarst lakes... TOLSTOV, A. N. Peat mounds in the DLC. lower Indigirka River region.

.. .

76824. AKADEMIIA NAUK SSSR. SibirInstitut merzlotovedenild. skoe otdelenie. Teplo- i massoobmen v merzlykh tolshchakh zemnol kory. Moskva, Izd-vo Akademii nauk SSSR 1963. 215 p. tables, graphs, maps, illus. Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Heat- and mass-exchange in the frozen strata of the earth's crust. Presents a collection of 23 papers dealing with theoretical, experimental, and field research on the thermal regime of frozen strata of the earth's crust and ice cover. Nine of the papers referring to northern areas, are described under their authors' names, viz: F. F. Aptikaev, V. T. Balobaev (2 papers), G. E. Chistfakov, M. K. Gavrilova, N. S. Ivanov (2 papers), B. I. Korennov, and S. E. Mostakhov, q.q.v. DLC. 76825. AKADEMIIÄ NAUK SSSR. SØrInstitut merzlotovedeniiå. skoe otdelenie. Uslovifå i osobennosti razvitifå merzlykh tolshch v Sibiri i na Severo-Vostoke. Moskva, Izd-vo Akademii nauk SSSR 1963. 119 p. profiles, graphs, maps, illus. Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Conditions and features of the development of frozen strata in Siberia and the Northeast. Contains 11 papers dealing with permafrost in the USSR. Ten papers bear on arctic areas and are abstracted under their authors' names, viz (titles tr.): V. R. ALEKSEEV and G. N. FILOSOFOV, Present long-term ice veins ... ; N. P. ANISIMOVA, Chemical composition of ground ice ... ; N. S. DANILOVA, Primary ground veins ... ; G. F. GRAVIS, Structural features of solifluction deposits ... ; E. M. KATASONOV, Frozen fades analysis ... ; E. G. KATASONOVA,

Role of thermokarst in dell development ... ; E. G. KATASONOVA, Present permafrost and older analogs ... ; I. V. KLIMOVSKII, Ground veins ... ; P. A. SOLOV'EV, Depression valleys ... ; V. A. USOV, Quaternary permafrost ... DLC. 76826. AKADEMIfA NAUK SSSR. Sibirskoe otdelenie. Institut zemnol kory. Bratskoe vodokhranilishche; inzhenernafa geologifa territorii. Moskva, Izd-vo Akademii nauk SSSR 1963. 275 p. tables, crosssections, maps. Approx. 75 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The Bratsk reservoir; engineering geology of the territory. A collective work presenting results of investigations carried out for construction of the Bratsk hydroelectric station. The physical-geographic conditions of the region, geologic conditions, engineering-geologic properties of rocks, and hydrogeologic conditions are treated in consecutive chapters. Physical-geologic phenomena such as landslide, karst, permafrost, bank formation, etc., are dealt with in some detail. An engineering-geologic appraisal of the territory is given and construction materials are discussed. DLC. 76827. AKADEMIfI NAUK SSSR. Sibirskoe otdelenie. Nauchnyl sovet po tektonike Sibiri i Dal'nego Vostoka. Tektonika Sibiri, t. 1. Tektonika mezozolskikh i kalnozolskikh i kalnozolskikh vpadin Sibiri i sopredel'nykh territoril. Novosibirsk, Izd-vo Sibirskogo otdelenifa AN SSSR 1962. 398 p. tables, cross-sections, maps, illus. Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Tectonics of Siberia, v. 1, tectonics of the Mesozoic and Cenozoic depressions of Siberia and adjacent territories. Contains about 40 papers delivered at the session of the Scientific Council on Tectonics held Feb. 8-13, 1960 in Novosibirsk. They deal with West Siberia, Kazakhstan, the Arctic, East Siberia, Transbaykal, Far East and China. Council resolutions and study program on Mesozoic and Cenozoic deposits are appended. The papers on arctic and closely related regions are abstracted in this Bibliography under their authors' names, viz (titles tr.): ATLASOV, I. P. Tectonic map of the Mesozoic-Cenozoic downwarps of the northern part of the Siberian platform at 1:2 million and the method of preparing it. STRELKOV, S. A. Main features of recent tectonics and development of the endogenous relief of the arctic part of Mesozoic depressions of middle Siberia. MOKSHAN ßEV, K. B., and V. V. ELOVSKIKH. Main features of the

19

tectonics of the Mesozoic and Cenozoic deposits of Yakutia. LETPIG, A. V., and V. V. PANOV. Tectonic structure and formation stages of the Verkhoyansk downwarp. FRADKIN, G. S. Tectonics of the western part of the Vilyuy depression. ZABALUEV, V. V. Recent tectonics of the Vilyuy syneclise and its relation to DLC. ancient structures. 76828. AKADEMIØ NAUK SSSR. Sibirskoe otdelenie. Nauchnyl sovet po lektonike Sibiri i Dal'nego Vostoka. Tektonika Sibiri, t. 2, tektonika Krasnof irskogo krafå. Novosibirsk, Izd-vo Sibirskogo otd-ifü AN SSSR 1963. 386 p. tables, profiles, maps. Refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Tectonics of Siberia, v. 2, tectonics of Krasnoyarsk Province. Contains papers delivered at the second session of the Scientific Council on Tectonics of Siberia and Far East of the USSR, held in Krasnoyarsk in Apr. 1961. The papers dealing with arctic regions or containing substantial arctic material are abstracted in this Bibliography under their authors' names, viz (titles tr.): KOSYGIN, M. A., and I. V. LUCHI'KIf. Structures bordering the Siberian platform. POL'KIN, [A. I. Development history of structures in the northwestern part of Siberian platform. DRENOV, N. V. Tectonic structure of the western part of the Siberian platform. KIRILLOV, A. S. Structure problem of the Yenisey margin of Siberian platform. MALICH, N. S. Tectonics of the Bakhta and Uchami River basins. PLOTNIKOV, L. M. Mechanism of horst formation in the Tungusskiy synclinorium. BOGOLEPOV, K. V. Forms of structural contact of the Siberian platform and the West Siberian plateau. SOBOLEVSKAØ, V. N. Basement structure of eastern margin of the West Siberian plateau in relation to its general tectonic zoning. ATLASOV, I. P. Tectonic map of northern Siberia at 1:2.5 million scale. KØSHINA, M. T. Map of recent tectonics of northern Siberia at 1:2.5 million scale. VAKAR, V. A., and B. KH. EGIAZAROV. Tectonic-magmatic development stages of the Taymyr-Severnaya Zemlya folded province and useful minerals connected with them. POGREBIT3KIi, fÜ. E. Precambrian basement of Taymyr and its deformation

20

in the period of folded zone formation. LEVCHENKO, S. V. Structural-metallogenic zoning of Eastern Siberia and the Northeast of the USSR. VILENSKI1, A. M., and G. I. KAVARDIN. Tectonic control of trap ore-bearing intrusions in the northwestern part of the Siberian platform. MASLOV, G. D. Tectonics of the Igarka-Noril'sk region and ore-controlling structures. EGOROV, V. N. Distribution patterns of ore deposits in the Noril'sk-Igarka region. DLC. 76829. AKADEMIfA NAUK SSSR. Sibirskoe otdelenie. Severo-Vostochnyl kompleksnyl nauchno-issledovatel'skit institut. For mirovanie rel'efa rykhlykh otlozhenil i rossypel Severo-Vostoka SSSR, sbornik 1. Magadan 1963. 125 p. tables, graphs, maps, illus. (Its: Trudy no. 3.) Refs. In Russian. English summaries. Title tr.: Relief formation, unconsolidated deposits and placers of northeastern USSR, no. 1. Presents eight papers mostly on Magadan Province, and they are abstracted under their authors' names, viz: L. V. Firsov, Sh. Sh. Gasanov, I. P. Kartashov, A. V. Lozhkin, Z. V. Orlova, N. A. Shilo, A. A. Sidorov, A. P. Valpeter, q.q.v. DLC. 76830. AKADEMIIA NAUK SSSR. Sovet po izuchenif proizvoditel'nykh sit. Pochvenno-geograficheskoe raionirovanie SSSR. Moskva, Izd-vo Akademii nauk SSSR 1962. 422 p. tables, graphs, maps. Approx. 485 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Soilgeography zoning of the USSR. Presents an extensive study by group of specialists, and two maps in color at 1: 12,500,000 scale. All USSR is divided into soil belts, provinces, zones and regions according to territorial distribution of climatic factors and agricultural resources. The polar belt (p. 23-47) comprises the arctic and subarctic tundra and includes soils of Kola Peninsula, Chukotka-Anadyr, Kanin-Pechora, northern Siberia, and mountainous areas of Ural-Novaya Zemlya, Chukotka and Taymyr. The belt of soils (p. 48-175) includes Onega, Timan, TimanPechora, West Siberia and Putorana, Verkhoyansk, and other mountain areas. All northern regions of the USSR are included and characterized. More southerly regions are subsequently treated under sub-boreal and sub-tropic belts. DLC. 76831. AKADEMIfA NAUK SSSR. Sivet po izucheni uu proizvoditel'nykh sil. Problemy

razvitifå proizvoditel'nykh sil Magadanskol oblasti. Moskva, Izd-vo Akademii nauk SSSR 1961. 304 p. tables, maps. Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Problems of development of the productive powers of Magadan Province. Outlines the economy of Province stressing its size: 1,199,100 km.2, and sparse population: 235,500, 81% in the town of Magadan and other urban-like communities. The problems of this remote and almost entirely arctic-subarctic province are outlined for a first time in considerable detail. The 12 chapters on specific areas of the economy are abstracted in this Bibliography under their authors' names as below. A final chapter by S. V. Slavin (p. 289-302) presents general conclusions on development prospects and objectives, also their applications to non-ferrous metallurgy, Anadyr petroleum, fisheries, fur industry. Economic zoning is discussed, including the Kolyma-Magadan and Chukotka zones, various subregions, and their potential growth in the next 7-10 or 15-20 years. SLAVIN, S. V. Features of the economic conquest and further development of productive powers in Magadan Province. AVAKØ, M. I., and B. F. SHAPALIN. Natural conditions and resources. CHUGUNOV, B. I., and V. P. LOGINOV. Main branches of the mining industry. MIKHAILOV, S. V. The fishing industry. FAERSHTE!N, R. I., and T. L. KOGAN. The coal industry. MESHKOVSKAIA, L. V., and N. I. TITOVA. The power economy. ZAKHAROV, G. A. The metal working industry. LUKIN, I. I. The local construction materials industry. SHAPALIN, B. F. The forest economy and forest industry. KAMENIf ER, L. S. Production of consumer goods. TlURDENEV, A. P. The farming, animal husbandry and fishing industries. DLC. GRANIK, G. L Transport. 76832. AKADEMIIA NAUK SSSR. Seed po selogii. Atlas zemletrfasenil v SSSR; rezul'taty nablfüdenil selsmicheskikh stant it SSSR 1911-1957 gg. Moskva, Izd-vo Akademii nauk SSSR 1962. 338 p. tables, col. maps incl. fold. Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Atlas of earthquakes in the USSR; observational results of seismic stations of the USSR 1911-1957. Editors: E. F. Savarenskil, S. L. Solov'ev, and D. A. Kharin.

Basic reference work, presenting the main parameters of approx. ten thousand earthquakes of 1911-1957 (also some of 1957-1959) recorded by the network of some eighty seismic observation points. The moment of origin, location of source, intensity, and magnitude are given in tables and maps. Among earthquakes recorded for the Baykal region in 18141957, two had catastrophic (I or II) intensity, that at Selenga in 1862, and the Muya earthquake in 1957, the latter of 7M points magnitude. In the considerably more seismic region of the Far East, most of the earthquakes (1911-1956) were of intensities III-IV or higher, and 16 of intensity I. Two of the latter, both on Kamchatka, in 1918 and 1952 had 83 points magnitude, and nearly identical foci, viz: 53° N. 161° E. and 52.3° N. 161° E. The 1737-1958 Tsunami record of 27 events, includes a score which affected the Kurils and Kamchatka, and in three of these, the waves reached 20-30 m. height. In the Arctic, the earthquakes recorded are not numerous nor higher than intensity II, and magnitude 6M; and of the 102 for 1908-1958, only six had these values of intensity and magnitude. In the Northern Urals, one of intensity IV occurred at 63.1° N. 51.7° E. in 1939. The extensive literature lists of some 760 works include about 280 on seismicity of various parts of the USSR; the rest are on various topics of DLC. seismology. 76833. AKADEMIIA STROITEL'STVA I ARKHITEKTURY SSSR. Institut organizaLsii i mekhanizaf, ii stroitel'stva. Instruklsiiå po proizvodstvu betonnykh i zhelezobetonnykh rabot v promyshlennom i grazhdanskom stroitel'stve v zimnikh uslovifakh. 3-e izd. ispravl. i dopol. Moskva, Gosstrolizdat 1957. 91 p. graphs, tables, map, illus. In Russian. Title tr.: Instructions for concrete and reinforced concrete work in industrial and general construction, under winter conditions; 3d ed. rev. & enl. Deals with the preparation, transportation, and pouring of the concrete mixture under winter conditions, without warmingup practice. Duration of the winter period is depicted for the entire country between the latitude of the Trans-Caucasus and DLC. that of Novaya Zemlya. 76834. AKADEMIIÄ STROITEL'STVA I ARKHITEKTURY SSSR. Institut organizaCsii, mekhanizal. ii i tekhnicheskol pomoshchi stroitel'stvu. Proizvodstvo zemlfanykh rabot v zimnikh uslovitäkh; spravochnoe posobie. Moskva, Gosstrolisdat 21

1961. 151 p. graphs, tables, maps, illus. 18 refs. In Russian. Title etc., tr.: Conducting excavation work under winter conditions; information handbook. Prepared by the Academy of Building and Architecture's Institute on organization, mechanization and technical aids for building. Deals with the physical and mechanical properties of frozen ground, methods of breaking it up for excavation, and of thawing it; also methods of preventing ground freezing. Specific features of excavation using explosives, and mechanical means are discussed. The technical characteristics and economic factors are indicated for the various means of excavating at low temperatures. DLC. 76835. AKADEMIIA STROITEL'STVA I ARKHITEKTURY SSSR. Institut organiza~siå, mekhanizalsii i tekhnicheskoi pomoshchi stroitel'stvu. Spravochnoe posobie po stroitel'nym rabotam v zimnee vremfå. Moskva, GosstroIizdat 1961. 213 p. illus., tables, graphs, maps. In Russian. Title tr.: A manual for building work in winter time. Provides basic information for the preparation, transportation and work with concrete, ferroconcrete, and other filler aggregates; laying large blocks and stone of regular form; and interior plastering at low ambient temperatures. Tables and charts, which include arctic and subarctic areas, show dates and duration of winter for the USSR in 177 divisions; also for 103 communities, the monthly air temperature to be used in building estimates. Snow cover is shown for the entire country. DLC. 76836. AKADEMIIA STROITEL'STVA I ARKHITEKTURY SSSR. Institut osnovanii i podzemnykh sooruzhenaå. Instrukrsifå po opredelenifii otnositel'nogo szhatifa merzlykh gruntov pri ottaivanii ikh pod de-vieniece. Moskva, Gosstrolizdat 1958. 16 p. tables, illus. Ref. In Russian. Title tr.: Instructions for determination of the relative compression of frozen ground thawing under pressure. Deals with the compression of permafrost thawing beneath foundations. The method recommended for its determination requires no field investigation by load tests nor laboratory test on a compression machine. Formulas and the method of using them are given for calculating relative compression of frozen and thawed ground of various composition and saturation by ice and water. A numerical example is offered of estimating the total subsidence of perma-

22

frost thawing beneath the weight of a DLC. construction. 76837. AKADEMIØ STROITEL'STVA I ARKHITEKTURY SSSR. Institut osnovanil i podzemnykh sooruzhenii. Ukazanifa po proektirovanifd osnovanil i fundamentov dlf. filzhnol zony rasprostranenifa vechnomerzlykh gruntov. Moskva, Gosstrolizdat 1962. 78 p. tables, graphs, fold. map. In Title tr.: Instructions for Russian. designing bases and foundations for the southern zone of permafrost occurrence. Gives physical and thermophysical ground characteristics for the zone south of the —3° C. isotherm at the depth of zero amplitude of temperature variation over a permafrost layer 60-120 m. thick. Instructions are given for base design by the deformation method. Specific requirements are stated for base and foundation construction, and for maintenance of the structure. Seven examples on how to estimate various parameters of permafrost ground are given in the concluding chapter. A map of the southern zone of permafrost is given. The zone includes Vorkuta, Salekhard and Igarka in its western part, Lake Baykal and the Amur region in the center, and Okhotsk, Magadan, etc. in a narrow strip along the Sea of Okhotsk. DLC. 76838. AKASOFU, S. I. The auroral rays. (Journal of atmospheric and terrestrial physics 1963. v. 25, no. 3, p. 163-65, illus.) 11 refs. Examines the ray structure by study of an auroral band over College on the night of Mar. 24, 1962. Photographs of the bottom edge of the band suggest that the rays are small-scale folding structures produced by a positive space charge within the electron sheet-beam. It seems unlikely that the auroral draperies are related to the same type of instability. DLC. 76839. AKASOFU, S. I., and S. CHAPMAN. The development of the main phase of magnetic storms. (Journal of geophysical research 1963. v. 68, no. 1, p. 125-29, graphs.) 12 refs. Reviews theoretical works pertinent to causes of magnetic storm changes in the ring current belts, and examines development of the main phase and of auroral activities during magnetic storms observed at the College, Alaska, and Honolulu stations. The main phase was found to vary far beyond what should be expected from a mere difference between the pressures of the solar streams, suggesting some intrinsic differences between the streams. DLC.

76840. AKASOFU, S. I. The dynamical morphology of the aurora polaris. (Journal of geophysical research 1963. v. 68, no. 6, p. 1667-73, maps.) 10 refs. Studies the simultaneous changes of auroral form, brightness, and motion over the polar region, using IGY all-sky camera records from widely distributed stations in Eastern Siberia, Alaska, Canada, Greenland, and the United States. During very quiet magnetic periods, and sometimes for brief intervals during magnetic storms, the aurora may consist of faint, diffuse, quiet arcs extending along the entire auroral zone that is in darkness. With the onset of a polar magnetic substorm, this quiet state changes suddenly: the auroras become active but in different ways, and at different local (magnetic) time. Active displays last for a few hours in an interThe displays are mittent succession. mapped for the circumpolar zone, and the auroral break-up, large loop formation, DLC. and drift motions are discussed. 76841. AKASOFU, S. I., and S. CHAPMAN. The lower limit of latitude (US sector) of northern quiet auroral arcs, and its relation to Dst (H). (Journal of atmospheric and terrestrial physics 1963. v. 25, no. 1, p. 9-12, table, graphs, illus.) 3 refs. Reports a study of the lower limit of these auroral arcs during the IGY, in relation to 16 magnetic storms, and the intensity of the magnetic field produced by the ring current. The equatorial shift of quiet arcs is shown to be closely related to the growth DLC. of the ring current. 76842. AKASOFU, S. I., and W. C. LIN. The magnetic moment of model ring current belts and the cut-off rigidity of solar protons. (Journal of geophysical research 1963. v. 68, no, 4, p. 973-77, graphs.) 13 refs. Calculates the magnetic moment of the ring current for model ring current belts of trapped charged particles. The cutoff rigidity is discussed, and its value determined for College, Alaska to be 0.48 by. It is shown that the ring current alone cannot produce the observed reduction of the DLC. cutoff rigidity. 76843. AKASOFU, S. I. On the electric field of the polar magnetic storm. (Japan. Science Council. Report of the ionosphere research in Japan 1958. v. 12, no. 3, p. 268-72.) 9 refs. Examines the origin of the electromotive force of the polar magnetic storms in

relation to auroral and polar blackout phenomena. It is suggested that the proton and solar streams rushing into the ionosphere have a common and intense polarization electric field which might produce between their narrow impact zones in the ionosphere, currents responsible for the polar magnetic storms. It is found that the e.m.f. origin is correlated to the differential acceleration of charges in the drift of neutral plasma or to the Hall effect. DLC. AKASOFU, S. I., see also No. 79605. 76844. AKBULATOV, SH. Raf ional'nyI tip zhelezobetonnol svai. (Na strolkakh Rossii 1962, no. 10, p. 8-9, tables, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: The efficient type of reinforced concrete piles. Discusses the four forms of cross-section for piles used as foundations in frozen ground. Experimental investigations were carried out at Noril'sk with double-T-square piles and square-cross cross-sections, and at Yakutsk with the triangular and triangularT types. Bearing capacity of a pile depends mainly (more than 70%) on its side area. The triangular-T type pile has a greater side area than any other type of the same cross-section area. Besides, the triangular and triangular-T piles are easier to manufacture. Therefore, the author considers these two types of piles more efficient and economical for use in permafrost and slightly thawed ground than the double-T-square and the square-cross types of piles. * DLC. 76845. AKHNAZAROV, E. B., and V. G. 0 novykh napravlenifakh VAULIN. razvitifa priiskovogo stroitel'stva na SeveroVostoke SSSR. (Akademifå nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Izvestifå 1963, no. 9, p. 3-10, diagr.) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: New building trends at mining installations in northeastern USSR. Gold mining in Magadan Province has a significant role in the economy of Soviet Union; its development, however, is hampered by unproductive investment in housing, schools, etc. which are abandoned after 5-7 years when the deposit is exhausted. A plan for "expeditionary" mining is advanced, with temporary movable dwellings, which reduces the capital investment to 33-26% of the present; i.e. 1.9-1.5 million rubles instead of six million to provide community facilities for a labor DLC. force of one thousand. *The author does not mention that triangular types of piles require a borehole of greater diameter to be drilled in permafrost, involving more time and labor. The caption of fig. 2 is erroneous.

23

AKPABIO, I. I. U., see No. 78242. 76846. AKRAMOVSKII, I. I., and S. P. LEVSHUNOVA. Perspektivy neftenosnosti Nizhne-Anadyrskol vpadiny. (Geologifa i geofizika 1963, no. 6, p. 3-10, table, map.) 13 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Prospects for oil in the lower-Anadyr depression. Summarizes geologic and geophysical investigations in this area of Magadan. Structural-facies analysis is given, gravity and other investigations are interpreted, and bitumens analyzed. Bitumen and heavy hydrocarbon content indicate prospects for Cenozoic and Senonian-Danian deposits. DLC. 76847. AKULOV, B. I. Verkhnetriasovye otlozhenifå basselna r. El'gi. (In: Mezhvedomstvennoe soveshehanie ... Trudy 1959, p. 217-19.) In Russian. Title tr.: Upper Triassic deposits of the El'gi River basin. Describes the Carnian and Norian deposits of this river, left tributary to Indigirka. Distribution, lithologic properties, thickness and faunal characteristics are sumICRL. marized. 76848. ALABYSHEVA, N., and A. VAS'KOVSKII. Unifikatsißå termicheskogo soprotivlenifa sten zdanii i klimaticheskoe ralonirovanie. (Zhilishchnoe stroitel'stvo 1963, no. 8, p. 23-26, tables, map.) In Russian. Title tr.: Standardization of thermal resistance in building walls and climatic divisions. Discusses regional division of the far North not on the basis of mean temperatures of the coldest and the hottest months and the general severity of climate, but on transportation-economic factors, natural boundaries, and relative positions of administrative-cultural centers. The measures for effective thermal insulation applicable to different climatic conditions are outlined. The annual heat loss, the consumption of fuel in standard units, and the cost of heat supply to compensate heat loss per .n2/yr. are calculated for 35 towns. The time required for savings on fuel (as consumption drops below the standard) to cover cost of additional insulation (as needed) is estimated: 8-13 years average for the far North. The optimum coefficients of thermal insulation in dwellings and public buildings with different insulators are shown for four thermal insulation divisions. Approximately delineated these regions are: the Lena basin from Tiksi to the Aldan; Kamchatka and the coastal region of Bering Sea; the area west of the Lena

24

watershed, including the Yenisey basin, Ob Bay with Vorkuta, Dikson, Igarka, Turukhansk, Khatanga, Sukhana, Vitim, and other towns, roughly to 60° N.; the fourth region is that east of the eastern watershed of the Lena, including the Yana, Indigirka and Kolyma basins, and the towns of Verkhoyansk, Nel'kan, Ambarchik, Sredne Kolymsk, Omolon, Omsukchan, DLC. Markovo, Penzhino, and others. 76849. ALADYSHKIN, A. S. Novye dannye po nekotorym vidam mineral'nogo (Materialy syr'få Krasnofilrskogo krafä. po geologii i poleznym iskopaemym Krasnolarskogo kraß . 1962. no. 3, p. 3-8.) In Russian. Title tr.: New data on certain kinds of mineral resources in Krasnoyarsk Province. Summarizes the information obtained in 1961 on the iron ores, nickel and bauxites. Iron ore prospecting was done in the middle Angara region and iron ore mineralization found in limestones of the Lower Cambrian; prospects are estimated at some hundred million tons. Preliminary appraisal is given of the Talnakhskoye nickel deposits in the northern part of the province. Bauxites are found also in the Angara basin and especially in the Chadobets upheaval. DLC. 76850. ALASKA. Agricultural Experiment Station. Farm and consumer research in Alaska. Palmer 1959, in progress. Annual report of about 35 p. on research sponsored jointly since 1948 by the Univ. of Alaska and the U.S. Dept. of Agriculture. Background of the program, its organization and financing are outlined, as are facilities at the Palmer station and the College, Matanuska, and Petersburg experimental farms. Resultant publications, about forty a year, staff, etc. are noted. The research projects are summarized individually; there are about sixty a year; most continue for two years or more; they concern agricultural engineering, farm development, soils, plant diseases, insects, grains, forages, animal industry, potatoes, vegetables, fruits, fertilizers, fur production, and control, marketing, etc. DA. 76851. ALASKA. Air National Guard. Annual report of the Chief of Staff. Anchorage 1961, in progress. Reviews in approx. 25 p. & illus., activities of the Headquarters Detachment and the 144th Air Transport Squadron at Kulis Air National Guard Base in Anchorage. Personnel, training, flight operations, aircraft (C-123 J's) and other maintenance, supply and financial operations, construction, etc. are reported, with pertinent statistics. DLC.

76852. ALASKA. Board of Engineers and Architects Examiners. Roster through January 1963. Juneau 1963. 57 p. Alphabetic listing, with address, professional classification, date of registration in Alaska, and certificate number. DLC. 76853. ALASKA. Board of Fish and Game. 1959 annual report. Juneau 1960. 116 p. tables, graphs, maps, illus. Eleventh and last of the series initiated for Territory of Alaska in 1949, and the first in which the State Dept. of Fish and Game participated. Reports activities during the calendar year in biological research, fish and game Several protection and management. studies of birds and mammals (sea otters, beluga, sea lions, etc.) are summarized by C. J. Lensink. Studies of king salmon sport fish and lake salmon in Southeast Alaska are described by G. Finger, and of king crab at Kodiak by G. C. Powell. Investigations of salmon and lake productivity at the Kitoi Research Station are reported by W. A. Smoker, A. Gibor, and R. C. Dugdale. Commercial fisheries management areas in the southeastern, central and westward regions are described, including their 1959 fisheries and Dept. surveys and programs. Work of the hatcheries at Anchorage, Fairbanks, and Kodiak is outlined, also lake rehabilitation and the Federal Aid in Fish Restoration program; lakes stocked with trout are listed. Game Division investigations of walrus, seals, moose, caribou, etc. are summarized. Biographical sketches of staff members are included, also statistics on salmon catches and canneries, fish and shellfish production. DLC. 76854. ALASKA. Courts. Alaska rules of court procedure and administration. Charlottesville, Va., Michie Co. 1963. Various pagings. Prepared and promulgated by order of the Supreme Court of the State of Alaska. Contains text of 57 rules on the court administration and about 250 rules of procedure for the supreme (cf. No. 56410), superior (cf. No. 56409), magistrate, and probate courts, also judicial and ethical canons. Annotations are included, as are subject indexes for each group of rules, and illustrative forms for use with the rules of civil and criminal procedure. Development of law and procedure in Alaska is reviewed DI. briefly. 76855. ALASKA. Dept. of Administration. Personnel rules. Juneau 1962. Various pagings. Contains text of 14 rules for state employ-

ment, approved by the Personnel Board through Feb. 1962. Job classification, recruitment, appointment, training, personnel evaluation, work schedules, salaries, retirement, dismissals, disputes, appeals, etc. are dealt with. Amendments of Oct. DLC. 1962 are attached. 76856. ALASKA. Dept. of Administration. State revenue sources actual and estimated fiscal years 1960-1967. Juneau 1962. 38 p. Detailed tabulation of amounts received in 1960 and 1961 and anticipated through 1967 from taxes, licenses and permits, state and federal lands and resources, court receipts, federal transitional grants, special fund earnings, international airports, etc. Rate, allocation, and citation are given for each revenue source, also the basis on which the amounts to be derived from it were estimated. Among factors influencing the estimates are potential population or economic changes, anticipated resource harvests or developments, changes in tax rates, etc. Total revenue, $69,627,113 in 1962, is expected to decrease to $53,776,995 in 1963 and increase progressively to DLC. $59,914,829 by 1967. 76857. ALASKA. Dept. of Commerce. Domestic corporations April 25, 1962. Juneau 1962. 2 pt.: 195, 70 p. Lists firms incorporated in Alaska and out-of-state firms qualified to operate in Alaska; current address and agents are DLC. stated. 76858. ALASKA. Dept. of Economic Development and Planning. A capital improvement program for the State of Alaska 19631969. Juneau 1963. 99 p. tables. In sequence and similar to No. 69631. Reports on 339 public works projects proposed, sources of financing, population and employment factors considered. A 1963-64 capital budget of approx. $62 million is recommended, to derive from state and federal funds, bond issues, etc. and to use mostly on transportation, DLC. education and health. 76859. ALASKA. Dept. of Economic Development and Planning. Industrial opportunities in Alaska. Juneau 1962. 12 p. Prepared by its Div. of Industrial Development. Summarizes reports of A. D. Little Inc. (q.v.) on agriculture, forest, energy and mineral resources, the resource potentials and specific investment opportunities. A fifth report, on tourism, is in preparation. DLC.

25

76860. ALASKA. Dept. of Education. Alaska educational directory school year 1960-1961. Juneau 1960, in progress. Annual listing an about 70 p.) of the schools in five systems: incorporated communities, U.S. military bases, unincorporated, private, and denominational. For each school, the teachers are listed with their subjects or grades; kindergarten, elementary, and high school enrollments are indicated; school board members and superintendents are named where applicable. State education officials, members of DLC. committees, etc. are also listed. 76861. ALASKA. Dept. of Education. Organization of the small school library. Juneau 1962. 8 1. illus. Prepared by H. Dirtadian. Instructions for ordering, processing, accessioning and cataloging the books, their arrangement (classification), shelving, and DLC. circulation among readers. 76862. ALASKA. Dept. of Fish and Game. Alaska commercial fishery operators 1961. Juneau 1962, in progress. (Its: Statistical leaflet.) Annual listing, approx. 20 pages, of salmon canneries, and plants for fresh, frozen, and cured fish; shellfish processing; miscellaneous (salmon eggs, etc.) products; and herring reduction. Company, plant location, and type of product, etc. are DLC. given. 76863. ALASKA. Dept. of Fish and Game, and others. Forecast of Bristol Bay red salmon run in 1962. Juneau 1962, in progress, tables, graphs. In sequence to 69613. (Its: Informational leaflet.) Refs. U.S. Bureau of Commercial Fisheries and Fisheries Research Institute of Univ. of Washington participated in compilation. Annual forecasts of approx. 20 p. based on: parent cycle catch and/or escapement, smelt outmigration, relation of returns after three yrs. in the ocean to those after two yrs., and abundance of immature salmon at sea. The freshwater data are presented separately for each major spawning area in the Nushagak, Naknek-Kvichak, Egegik, and Ugashik systems. The high seas data, to which double weight is given in the forecast, are obtained from purse seine and gill net sampling in Aleutian waters. Runs are estimated of 9.7 million fish in 1962 and of 15.6 million in 1963. Distribution of the run is estimated for each of the four systems in 1962. DLC. 76864. ALASKA. Dept. of Fish and Game.

26

1961 Alaska commercial fisheries catch and production statistics. Juneau 1962, in progress, tables. (Its: Statistical leaflet.) In sequence to No. 70729. Annual compilation, approx. 20 pages, of data on the quantity and value of the fish catch and of processed fish products. Catches of salmon and shellfish and average weights of salmon are compared with those in previous years. In 1961 all species of salmon were larger than in 1960, and catches of pink salmon, king crab, and DLC. shrimp increased. 76865. ALASKA. Dept. of Fish and Game. Progress report for the years 1960-19611962. Juneau 1963. 77 p. tables, illus. (Report no. 12.) Refs. Summarizes Dept. activities during the first three years of State control of Alaskan fish and game. Resource harvesting and income, research studies, development projects, regulatory, management and other functions are reported. Over 200 research investigations were in progress, three fishways constructed, 132 public access sites acquired, 15 sport-fishing lakes rehabilitated, two million fish stocked, and several game transplants made. Statistics on commercial fisheries, big game, and fur harvests are appended, also data on development projects, lists of Dept. publications and films, annual revenues and expenditures. DLC. 76866. ALASKA. Dept. of Health and Welfare. Alaska's health plan, 1963-1965. Juneau 1963. various pagings, maps, illus. Outlines a coordinated state-wide program under the Dept.'s Divisions of Public and Mental Health, which are described as to organization, purposes, functions, problems, financing, etc. and plans. Functions include programs for control of diseases, accident prevention, poison, water and air pollution, dental, occupational, maternal, child, mental, environmental, and radiological health, also vital records. Special projects relating to the chronically ill and aged, crippled and mentally retarded children, tuberculosis, vaccination, etc. are described, as are plans for national emergency or natural disaster. Workloads of the Public Health Div. are estimated; health regions, also distribution of State services and personnel, are mapped. More professional personnel, laboratories, local facilities and services, public education in health and sanitation, funds, etc. are needed, also research on water supply, food preservation, infant mortality, radioactivity, epidemic diseases, etc. Problems are due mostly to the large size, sparse population,

and lack of development of this new state. DLC. 76867. ALASKA. Dept. of Health and Welfare. Greater Anchorage water pollution survey July 17, 1961—November 30, 1961. Juneau 1963. Approx. 30 1. map, graphs, tables. (Its: Hydrological data ser. no. 20.) 12 refs. Attempts to establish the chemical, physical, biological, bacteriological and hydrological characteristics of seven creeks near Anchorage from field studies and data on record, also inventories of the principal storm drains and sanitary sewer outfalls. No major sewage pollution was detected in six, but Fish Creek had many small sources of it. Treatment by the salt water dilution method, a study of Knik Arm, Turnagain Arm and Cook Inlet to establish basic data, and a 12-month sampling program on the five major streams (Ship, Chester, Campbell, Rabbit, and Hood Creeks) are recomDLC. mended. 76868. ALASKA. Dept. of Health and Welfare. Sanitation aide services. Juneau 1958, in progress. Issued quarterly from July-Aug. 1958 as Native village sanitation program in approx. 75 p. & illus. maps, by the Territorial Dept. of Health, Sanitation and Engineering Section, subsequently by the State Dept. of Health and Welfare's Bureau of Environmental Health, and later by its Division of Public Health under title supra. Contains a summary of the program initiated in the late 1950's* and reports by its supervisors in the Bethel, Kotzebue, Nome, Northern, Aleutians, and Southeastern areas. Their work and that of the native (Aleut, Eskimo, and Indian) sanitation aides (cf. No. 55653, 49211, etc.) are outlined: mostly training villagers in rudiments of water supply, body waste and garbage disposal, food preparation and storage, personal sanitation, dog tethering, etc. Physical settings of villages, their economic and living conditions, community cooperation, villagers' attitudes, etc. are dealt with, as are technical problems of digging wells, and purifying drinking water, difficulties of native-white mutual understanding, etc. Conferences and training methods for native aides, and the latters' communications are included in the reports. DLC.

Dept. of Health and Welfare. Bureau of Environmental Health, see No. ALASKA.

76868. And to be discontinued according to information received, May 1965.

76869. ALASKA. Dept. of Health and Welfare. Division of Public Health. Accidents. Juneau 1962. 14 p. maps, graphs, tables, illus. Surveys accidents reported by Alaskan hospitals during Nov. 1960 and July 1961, and projects the two month totals to a full year for fatal (246) and non-fatal (13,800) injuries. Accidents are tabulated by types, election districts, age groups, sex, place of occurrence, activity at the time, and the reporting hospitals. 37% happened at home, 17% to children under 5 yrs.; falls and cuts were leading cause of injury; rates ranged from 137.9/1000 population, in Kodiak district, to 3.3, in Prince of Wales. DLC.

Dept. of Health and Welfare. Division of Public Health, see also No.

ALASKA. 76868.

76870. ALASKA. Dept. of Health and Welfare. Division of Youth and Adult Authority. State jail manual, by M. B. Ricks, chief probation officer. Juneau 1962. 88 1. Compiled under the direction of P. Winsor, commissioner, and C. W. Pfeiffer, director. Outlines duties and responsibilities of jailers, including procedures for: booking the prisoner, security, food services, sanitation, fire and other emergencies, releases from jail, etc. Instructions for inmates are included, also personnel provisions for jail employees. Forms in use are appended. DLC. 76871. ALASKA. Dept. of Highways. Alaska highways bridge inventory report. Juneau 1963, in progress, tables. Prepared by its Planning and Research Section. Annual report, approx. 40 pages, describing and rating the condition of bridges. Location, length, structure and deck materials and design are stated for State highway bridges, also moveability, roadway width, vertical clearance, load capacity, adequacy, various deficiencies, etc. Other public and military bridges are reported in less detail; proposed new structures are indicated. Of 267 primary system bridges inspected in 1963, 108 were substandard as were 41-65% of those in the secondary DLC. system. 76872. ALASKA. Dept. of Highways. Alaska highways sufficiency rating report 1962. Juneau 1962? 51 p. maps. Prepared by its Planning and Research Section in cooperation with Bureau of Public Roads of the U.S. Dept. of Commerce.

27

Reports on 13 rural road routes of the Federal-Aid Primary System. Condition of each is rated by sections (mapped) for structural and functional adequacy; foundation, surface and drainage are considered, as are existing traffic, surface and shoulder widths, opportunity for passing, sight restrictions, terrain, commercial use, etc. DLC. 76873. ALASKA. Dept. of Highways. Highway condition bulletin. Juneau 1962,

in progress. Monthly publication of 5-6 p. & maps, on travel conditions over routes in the Anchorage, Nome, Fairbanks, Juneau, and Valdez districts, the Alaska Highway and other access roads in Yukon Territory and British Columbia. Condition of pavement or gravel, road and bridge construction and repair, traffic restrictions, detours, ice and snow, winter maintenance, etc. are noted, also Alaska speed limits and temperature DLC. conditions affecting driving. 76874. ALASKA. Dept. of Highways. Truck weight report. Juneau, 1962, in progress, map. Prepared by its Planning and Research Section. Annual compilation, approx. 20 p., of statistics from rural and urban stations (nine in 1962) during July-Sept. Number of vehicles including passenger cars, buses, average weights and loads, axle loads, gross weights, number and percentage in excess of recommended weights, etc. are tabulated. Data are given by type and size of truck, and comparisons made with the preceding year. Loading regulations of Feb. 1961 are DLC. charted. 76875. ALASKA. Dept. of Labor. Alaska's manpower. Juneau, Employment Security Div. 1963. 29 p. graphs, tables. Refs. Estimates workforce requirements and employment opportunities to 1970, from recent (since 1950) and probable economic and social trends. The level and composition of population, labor force, income, and of employment by industry and occupation are considered. A population of 295,000, per capita income of $3,281, are anticipated by 1970, with a civilian labor force of 98,700, 90% employed, and more older, younger, and women workers. Wage and salary employment (agriculture excluded) is expected to increase by 53% over 1960 with gains in major, especially service, industries, and in local government. Substantial growth is expected in the clerical and service occupations, relative decline in professional and technical employment.

28

Training needs and programs are discussed. DLC. 76876. ALASKA. Dept. of Labor. News. Juneau 1963, in progress. Bulletins of 1-3 p. issued as needed to announce Dept. activities, e.g. Employment Security Division releases on unemployment insurance benefit payments, fund balance, rate of insured unemployment; Employment service releases on job placements, vacancies, etc.; notice of Workmen's Compensation Board hearings, Dept. personnel changes, publications, legislation, etc. Anchorage, Fairbanks, Juneau, Ketchikan, Petersburg, Soldatna, Nome, and DLC. Sitka regions are represented. 76877. ALASKA. Dept. of Labor. A study of unemployment insurance for Alaska State government employees, prepared by Research and Analysis Section, Employment Security Division. Juneau 1962. 40 1. tables. Investigates the feasibility of this insurance with 7.6% of Alaskan workers state employees in 1962. Growth, turnover, seasonality, average income, etc. are discussed and potential costs and benefits of an insurance program calculated from data appended. On the basis of 1960 and 1961 statistics, cost is estimated as $381,000, coverage 7000 employees, benefits averaging $29.50/wk. for 19 weeks to 500-600 unemployed. DLC. 76878. ALASKA. Dept. of Labor. Workforce estimates Alaska by area 1961-1962. Juneau 1963, in progress. Issued by its Employment Security Div. Tabulates (25 p.) by month and annual average, the total available civilian workers, the number unemployed, and employed in each of the 24 (election) districts of the state. Employment data are broken down into nine major-industry groups; nonagricultural wage and salary employment is indicated. In 1962, the work force increased in 14 districts and the percentage unemployed decreased in all except seven northern and western areas; unemployment was lowest (5.9%) in the Juneau, Kodiak, and Aleutian Islands districts and highest (27.8%) in Bethel, Kobuk and WadeHampton; total employment was highest at Anchorage and Fairbanks. Publication of these data are continued, combined with estimates by industry infra. DLC. 76879. ALASKA. Dept. of Labor. Workforce estimates Alaska by industry, 19501962. Juneau 1963, in progress. Issued by its Employment Security Div.

Tabulates (15 p.) monthly and average annual employment in nine industrygroups, viz: mining, construction, manufacturing-logging, transportation, communications-public utilities, trade, financeinsurance-real estate, services, government; fisheries and agriculture are excluded. Data are given also on unemployment and total civilian work force. Civilian work force increased: 56,600-75,000 1950-1962; employment increased 52,500-68,000, and increased in all but three industries; in all years it was lowest in Jan.-Feb. and highest in July-Aug. Publication of these data is continued by the Dept. of Labor in Workforce estimates Alaska by industry and area 1963, Juneau 1964 (15 p.). DLC. 76880. ALASKA. Dept. of Law. 1962 manual of law for use by the police departments in the State of Alaska. Juneau 1962. 126 p. Refs. Prepared by L. J. Barker. Explains responsibilities, duties, rights, and limitations of police officers in the enforcement of criminal law; legal authorities are cited. Conduct of officers in regard to search and seizure, arrest, arraignment, confessions and admissions, wire tapping and eavesdropping is discussed, also civil and criminal liability of policemen, and DLC. rights of arrested persons.

76883. ALASKA. Dept. of Natural Resources. Mines and petroleum bulletin. Juneau 1953, in progress. Issued by its Division of Mines and Minerals, formerly by Territorial Dept. of Mines and, until 1961, as Mines bulletin. Monthly newsletter in approx. six pages for and about the Alaskan mining industry. Current activity in exploration, development, production, etc., drilling-permit applications, status of oil and gas wells and production of the fields, are stated. Mining publications, conferences, legislation, also Federal and State programs and field studies are noted. Items are included on mining safety, oil and gas lease sales, technological developments, mining claims, transportation, also on discoveries and developments in Yukon Territory. DLC. 76884. ALASKA. Dept. of Natural Resources. Report by Division of Lands for 1962. Anchorage 1963, in progress, tables,

graphs, maps, illus. Reports in approx. 50 pages work of Administration, Lands, Cadastral Engineering, Minerals, and the Forestry, Parks and Recreation Branches. In 1962: revenue from State lands reached a max. $29,400,000; land selection decreased as more remote areas were reached; lands leased, homesteads sold, roadside camps installed, surveys 76881. ALASKA. Dept. of Law. Opinions made, forest inventories started are noted. DLC. of the Attorney General. Juneau 1962, in progress. 76885. ALASKA. Dept. of Public Safety. Annual publication of correspondence Annual report 1961. Juneau 1962, in from the Attorney General's office to state progress. Various pagings, maps. Contains calendar-year reports of 10-40 officials in response to inquiries as to the legality of various actions. Opinions, pages each, by the Divisions of State mostly about six pages, are expressed from Police, Fire Prevention, and Civil Defense. interpretation of federal and state constitu- Statistics are presented in detail on police tions, statutes, etc. and from court decisions personnel, criminal activities, and traffic on similar cases; authorities are cited. The enforcement in the Southeastern, Western, 24 opinions of 1962 concerned extension of and Northern Districts, also data on public works contracts, motor vehicle criminal records and identification, police insurance, salmon processing for interstate services, training, drivers' Iicenses, autoshipment, bids on contracts and leases at mobile accidents, etc. Traffic fatalities are international airports, the Alaska Ferry listed by month and locality, and the System, public health powers of boroughs, incidence of crime, by category, is compared taxable property within a school district, with the previous year. An analysis of DLC. crime trends since 1954 is given in the etc. 1961 report. Fire inspections, etc. and 76882. ALASKA. Dept. of Natural Re- investigation activities are summarized sources. Annual report by Division of Agri- and enumerated. Fatalities from fire are culture for 1961. Palmer 1962, in progress. listed by age groups and causes; property Summarizes in 8-10 pages with pertinent losses (1962 total: $2,529,851) by localities statistics, activities in promotion and and causes, with comparison with earlier regulation of the animal and plant in- years. Civil Defense program for natural dustries, administration of the Agricultural and wartime emergencies is described Revolving Loan Fund, in soil conservation, as to warning and communications, radiopest and disease control, aid to fairs, etc. logical defense, fallout shelters, training in DLC. DLC. medical self-help, etc.

29

76886. ALASKA. Dept. of Public Safety. Natural disaster report, 1962. Juneau 1963. 44 p. Reports disasters, mostly floods, in each of 14 Alaskan communities; also work and expenditures of Federal, State, and other agencies in combatting and/or alleviating them. Need for State legislation to coordinate natural-disaster relief efforts and provide financial support, is discussed. Appended are suggestions on flood control DLC. by the U.S. Corps of Engineers. 76887. ALASKA. Dept. of Public Works. Division of Water and Harbors annual report 1962. Juneau 1962, in progress. Reports in about five pages surveys, construction, maintenance and repair during the calendar year. In 1962, 22 capital improvement projects were completed, locations, scope, and contract expenditures are given, total cost: $750,543. Harbor facilities at Valdez and Cordova were redesigned. A new float design developed primarily for small pleasure craft was DLC. copied widely. District Magistrate 76888. ALASKA. Courts. Magistrates handbook. Juneau, Supreme Court 1959. 288 p. Manual explaining magistrates' powers and duties, also qualifications and compensation; sample forms are shown. The Alaskan court system is described: Supreme, Superior, and Magistrate (District and Deputy) DLC. Courts. 76889. ALASKA. Governor's Advisory Committee on Economic Development. Alaska overall economic development plan. Juneau 1962. 247 p. maps, tables. Refs. Five planning regions are delimitid and described: southeast, southcentral, southwest, interior, and northwest. Population and economy are examined mostly from Rogers and Cooley's report, No. 75171, the natural resources mostly from the U.S. Alaska International Rail and Highway Commission study, q.v., and development feasibility from A. D. Little Inc. reports on energy, forest, and agricultural resources, q.q.v., and on minerals. High costs and other obstacles to economic growth are discussed. Increases in employment, value of product, and population to 1980 are projected. Total increase in natural resource extraction and manufacture is estimated at $369.4 million, $205.5 million in the southwest, $117.2 million in the southcentral, etc. Employed labor is expected to reach 150,000 and population 450,000. Develop-

30

ment programs are suggested on state-wide and regional bases. The former through Dept. of Economic Development and Planning, includes market research, attraction of capital, federal-state cooperation, etc. Regional resource studies also are recommended, e.g. diversification of fisheries, timber surveys, projects for native villages in the southeast and southcentral, interior, and the northwest and southwest DLC. regions respectively. 76890. ALASKA. Laws, statutes, etc. Alaska employment security act as amended, chapter five, first extraordinary session laws of Alaska 1955, as amended by chapters 62, 75 and 169, Session laws of Alaska, 1957; chapters 46, 64, and 97, Session laws of Alaska, 1959 and chapter 60. Session laws of Alaska, 1960. Prepared by Employment Security Division, Alaska Dept. of Labor. Juneau 1960. 102 p. Contains text of the basic act (as amended to 1960) to maintain public employment offices and to provide for unemployment insurance. Its ten articles deal with: purpose and policy, definitions, organization and administration, funds, contributions, experience rating, coverage, benefit entitlement, appeals, penalties, and miscellaneous provisions. Subject index. For subsequent amendments, see Alaska sessions laws, e.g. 1962 ch. 13, 156. DLC. 76891. ALASKA. Laws, statutes, etc. Alaska game regulations 1961-62 edition. Juneau, Dept. of Fish and Game 1961. 33 p. maps. (Game regulatory announcements no. 2.) Supersedes 1960 edition (14 p.). Contains regulations on license fees, hunting seasons and bag limits for the various species; methods and means of taking game; closed areas, refuges and sanctuaries; possession and transportation of game; permits, etc. Map shows 26 game management units. DI. 76892. ALASKA. Laws, statutes, etc. Alaska laws and traffic regulations relating to motor vehicles and their operation on the streets and highways. Juneau, Dept. of Public Safety 1961. vi, 103 p. Contains regulations in force: definitions, rules of the road, vehicle equipment, inspection, size, weight, and load; and the principal Alaska statutes dealing with vehicle registration, dealer registration and bonding, safety responsibility, driver's license, driving offenses, accidents, and injury or obstruction to highways. Appended is a subject index. DLC.

76893. ALASKA. Laws, statutes, etc. Session laws, resolutions and memorials, 1959, passed by the First Session of the First State Legislature. Juneau 1959, in progress. Supersedes Session Laws, etc. of the Alaska Territorial Legislature. Presents text of legislation in chronological order as passed at each session. Additions, amendments, and repeals of Alaska statutes, No. 69625, are included, also appropriations of State funds, Senate and House resolutions and memorials. Subject indexes are added, as are uniform rules adopted by each Legislature, directories of State officials, and members of each Legislature. Pending publication of the Session Laws, the Alaska Legislative Council issues annually a summary of the legislation, cf. No. 69629. DI. 76894. ALASKA. Legislative Council. Biennial report. Juneau 1963. 12 p. In sequence to No. 69630. Reports work of the Council Feb. 1961— Jan. 1963. Revision of the Alaska statutes No. 69625 and a major report on Alaskan revenue and taxation No. 69628, were completed. Studies and/or reports were also made on the business license tax, eminent domain, fishery economics, inheritance and gift taxes, the juvenile code, laws on age, legislative apportionment, licensing boards, temporary tax incentives, workmen's compensation, etc. DLC.

76896. ALASKA. Legislative Council. A final report on the study devoted to revenue and taxation. Juneau 1959. 78 p. tables. (Its: Publication no. 23-7.) Refs. Examines and makes recommendations on the Alaskan revenue structure. Actual and estimated taxes, revenues, and expenditures July 1957—June 1960 are reviewed. Some possible new taxes are considered, and revenues compared with those of other states. Revision of the Business License Tax, fishing gear license fees, and other minor changes are recommended. Appended is an economic projection prepared by the U.S. Bureau of the Budget, Office of Budget Review. It estimates Alaskan income from 13 industries (separately) for the years 1951-1957, 1961, 1965, and 1970. The average annual rate of growth in private industry is expected to increase after statehood from 2M% (in 1951-1957) to 5M%; income from government is expected to decline until 1961, then increase about 1%/yr. An Alaskan income of $1,075, million is anticipated by 1970; this would yield approx. $38 million in annual revenue at a tax rate of 3.5%, $54 million at 5%, and $75 million at 7%. DLC. 76897. ALASKA. Legislative Council. The law and age in Alaska. Juneau 1962. 17 p. Lists 37 age requirements for the protection of the young, 25 for protection of the public, and four provisions for the aged. Statutory context is cited for each. DLC.

76895. ALASKA. Legislative Council and Local Affairs Agency. Final report on 76898. ALASKA. Legislative Council. borough government. Juneau 1961. 107 p. Legislative handbook on Alaska State Government. Juneau 1962. 61 p. charts. Refs. Outlines the organization, functions, and Considers the implementation of this type of local government in Alaska. The programs of the Office of the Governor, 14 background of American local government executive departments, University of Alasand the intent of the Alaska Constitution ka, the court system, Legislature, Legislaare reviewed. Maximum self-government tive Council and Legislative Audit Comis to be obtained from a minimum of local mittee. Duties of the various executive units (boroughs, cities) with prevention of agencies are listed under pertinent departduplicate functions, taxes, etc. Various ments, viz: Dept. of Administration, aspects of establishing organized boroughs Commerce, Economic Development and are examined: incorporation, classification, Planning, Education, Fish and Game, powers and duties, relationship with cities, Health and Welfare, Highways, Labor, merger, dissolution, governing body (as- Law, Military Affairs, Natural Resources, sembly), its election and apportionment, Public Safety, and Public Works. Conchief executive, boundary changes, financ- stitutional and statutory citations are ing, provisions for schools, use of service noted, and a subject index included. DLC. areas. Unorganized boroughs, i.e. non- Annual revisions are planned. functioning areas for which the state provides services, are discussed, as is the 76899. ALASKA. Legislative Council. integration of existing special service Legislator's manual 1962. Juneau 1961. districts into organized boroughs. Append- Various pagings, charts. Compilation of data: the basic law on ed are bibliographic notes, constitutional provisions on local government, and glossary the legislature (SLA 1959 ch. 157 as DLC. amended 1961); membership and cornof terms.

31

mittee assignments in the Second Legislature, legislative apportionment schedules, steps in the legislative process, research and drafting facilities, directory of executive officials, executive and judicial organization and functions. Uniform rules of the Second Legislature are appended, as are the Alaska Constitution (No. 43539) and DLC. some other basic documents. ALASKA. Legislative Council. 76900. Memorandum report on legislative organization and operation; revision of -SLA ch. 157 1959. Juneau 1961. 6, 7 p. Reviews this basic law on the Alaska Legislature (text appended) and SLA 1960 eh. 17 on the Legislative Council. Changes are recommended in sections on officers, employees, space, supplies, printing and distribution of session laws, expenses, also routine procedures for bills and constitutional amendments. Proposed changes are embodied in senate bills 12-13 for 1961 DLC. Legislature. 76901. ALASKA. Legislative Council. Report on eminent domain in Alaska. Juneau 1962. 32 p. Reports on this power to take private property for public use, the law and its operation in Alaska through condemnation proceedings and the declaration of taking. Trends in other states are noted, as are limitations on exercise of the power, and its use by various agencies in Alaska. DLC. 76902. ALASKA. Legislative Council. Report on standard building design for schools and other state buildings. Juneau 1962. 22 p. Investigates the feasibility of using mass production techniques in public-building construction. Stock plans, drawn specifically for reuse, are described, evaluated, and experience with such elsewhere reviewed, as are current trends in school construction and design. School stock plans, found generally not successful, are not recommended (by the Depts. of Education and Public Works) for Alaska, where the slow rate of new construction is a negative factor also. Prefabrication of small school buildings, some standardization of school interiors, and occasional reuse of plans for other state buildings are suggested. DLC. 76903. ALASKA. Legislative Council. Study on the proposed Alaska probate code. Juneau 1961. 121 p. Examines the eight articles in the state Øe and suggests various revisions and classifications in provisions on wills, descent 32

and distribution, estate administration, partnership interests, guardianship, etc. DLC. 76904. ALASKA. Legislative Council. Taxes in Alaska, 1963, a handbook. Juneau 1963. 77 p. Prepared by D. Spragg and T. C. Manyak. Supersedes part one of No. 69628, incorporating changes due to 1962-1963 tax legislation and administration; also new data to show the predictability of yield of DLC. the various taxes. 76905. ALASKA. Local Affairs Agency. Juneau Village incorporation manual. 1960. 23 p. Prepared by its Div. of Local Affairs and the Attorney General's office. Contains instructions for setting up selfgovernment in a community of at least 25 people over 18 years of age under the 1957 act. Qualifications for incorporation and the procedures are outlined: petition, public hearing, village meeting, and election; powers of the village and of the elected council are stated; examples of legal forms shown. DLC. 76906. ALASKA. Office of the Governor. Newsletter no. 1, Oct. 1962- . Juneau 1962, in progress. Issued irregularly by the Local Affairs Agency in 2-3 pages. Reports mostly on new and proposed boroughs: size, boundaries, name, powers, etc. and on efforts toward incorporation. DLC. 76907. ALASKA. State Bond Committee. State of Alaska, 813,975,000 general obligation bonds. Juneau 1961. 63 p. maps, illus. Describes Alaska's economy and finances, as aid to potential investors in bonds dated July 1, 1961. The area's economic development, geography, population, industries, and natural resources are surveyed with pertinent statistics, as are military construction, transportation, personal income, banking, employment, gross volume of business, etc. State and local government organization is outlined, and state finances considered: indebtedness, revenues, expenditures, investments. The bonds are intended to finance a proposed ferry system, roads, a University of Alaska gymnasium, and airfields; these projects are described, and provisions stated for security, issuance, etc. of the bonds. DLC. 76908. ALASKA. State Centennial Commission. North to the future! Juneau 1963. 5 p.

First annual report of preparations for the 1967 Centennial of the Alaska purchase. A central exposition is planned, also local celebrations and exhibits mostly commemorating historic events. Activities of local committees, publicity, federal participation, publications, etc. are described. Selected motto or slogan is "North to the future!" and a totem the emblem of the Centennial. DLC.

Collins, J. L. Giddings, W. N. Irving, W. S. Laughlin, R. S. MacNeish, F. H. West, and H. M. Wormington. Appended is a comprehensive list of pertinent publications through 1962. DSI.

76913. ALASKA. University. Geophysical Institute. Radio properties of the auroral ionosphere, part 1-3. College, Alaska 1962. 3 v.: vii, 89; iii, 61; v, 76 1. graphs, tables, map, illus. (Its: Final report, no. AF 30 76909. ALASKA. State Chamber of Com- (635)-2887; also issued as: RADC-TR-61merce. Legislative letter. Juneau 1963, 217). Refs. in progress. Part 1, edited by Leif Owren, reviews the Newsletter of approx. 5-7 p., issued theory of single scattering of radio waves in several times during the session of the weak anisotropic irregularities, extends it to Legislation affecting the multiple scattering, and explains observed Legislature. economy is discussed from the business radio star visibility reductions in terms of man's point of view; bills supported or this multiple scattering process, based on opposed by the Chamber are indicated. interferometer measurements at Ithaca, DLC. N.Y. and College, Alaska 1957, 1959. The extended theory provides a satisfactory tool 76910. ALASKA. State Commission for for analysis of scattering phenomena in the Human Rights. 1963 report of progress. auroral ionosphere for the VHF and UHF Anchorage 1963. 20 p. radio wave spectrum, except perhaps the Reports activities of this civil rights lowest VHF decades. Several possible agency enacted by the 1963 State Legisla- autocorrelation functions are noted to ture. Its powers and purposes are listed: describe electron density irregularities adeto foster intergroup and interracial under- quately. standing by an educational program; and Part 2 is: High latitude observations of to investigate and act upon complaints of radio star scintillations, by C. G. Little and discrimination. During the five-month G. H. Reid, reporting a 1958 study from report period, 24 cases were reported College, of fluctuations in intensity and including 19 in employment, four in public in position of Cassiopeia and Cygnus. These accommodations, and one in housing. Some phenomena, termed respectively amplitude examples, mostly concerning Negroes, are and angular scintillation, are analogous to DLC. the twinkling of optically visible stars. A cited. phase-switch interferometer (mainly) was 76911. ALASKA. Slate Housing Authority. used, latterly the more stable phase-sweep Annual report 1961-62. Juneau 1962, in type. Output graph shows the sinusoidal trace of the former replaced by the constantprogress, map, illus. Outlines in approx. 10 p. activities to level trace of the latter; the amplitude provide "decent homes and proper social scintillations are superimposed on the trace environments" for Alaskan families. Low pattern. Scintillation of radio stars is much income housing projects, long-range (to more intense in this region than in temperate 1980) community planning, urban renewal, latitudes, largely because of the aurora and and a rental referral service are described, associated terrestrial effects. Time variamostly in Anchorage, Fairbanks, and other tion of scintillation activity appears to be cities of southeast and south-central Alaska. under geomagnetic control; diurnal variaBalance sheets of federally aided programs tion is relatively slight, about 2:1 as for fiscal year 1961-62 are included, also a compared with 20:1 at temperate latitudes. sample planning map. DLC. The finite angular dimensions of the radio stars may be important in determining 76912. ALASKA. University. Early man intensity of scintillation, especially under in the western American Arctic. College, disturbed conditions. Measurements of Alaska 1963. 134 p. illus. (Its: Anthropo- the angular scintillation are consistent with logical papers, v. 10, no. 2.) Approx. 200 accepted diffraction theory. Thus angular refs. scintillation limits the accuracy with which Symposium of ten papers on northern a distant transmitter can be located. prehistory, abstracted in this Bibliography Part 3 contains five reports (no. 3-7) under their authors' names, viz: H. G. from this investigation: Observations of Bandi, J. M. Campbell, C. S. Chard, H. B. radio star scintillations during aurora, by

33

R. P. Benson, p. 1-10. Interferometer and all-sky camera data for Nov. 26 and 30, 1959 show that presence of aurora in the line of sight to the radio star can directly affect the observed scintillations of the radio signal. Radio star scintillations and spread F, by Z. A. Ansari, p. 11-15. No definite correlation was found between these two phenomena when scintillation data of Apr.-Sept. 1958 were compared with spread F indices. Scintillation of satellite radio signals in the auroral zone, by R. P. Basler and R. N. Dewitt, p. 16-29. Cites the violent fluctuations in the Soviet 1958 8, satellite radio signal strength recorded in College, and presents evidence that the irregularities responsible range 145-1000 km. though relatively scarce above 600 or 700 km. Satellite radio signal determinations of upper F region electron densities in the auroral zone, by W. B. Murcray and J. H. Pope, p. 30-44. Soviet satellite 1957 ß soon after launch transmitted only continuous wave signals and these were well adapted to observations requiring frequency measurement. Profiles of electron density vs. height were made on Nov. 4-8, 1957; they show two distinct ionized layers with a pronounced minimum between; all are above the F layer. Observations of high latitude radio aurora, by L. Owren, p. 45-72. Surveys by text and graphs, radio aurora observer tions over nearly a decade in Alaska, especially at College, and reviews briefly results of IGY studies of the visual aurora. Pattern of auroral alignment and motion is deduced for the Northern Hemisphere; diurnal distribution, range in hundreds of km., azimuth distribution, and several other characteristics of auroral echos are graphed. Appended is list of earlier reports (10) and papers (3) from this investigation. DWB. ALASKA CONSERVATION SOCIETY. Bulletin, see No. 81738. 76914. ALASKA hunting and fishing guide. Anchorage, Rhodes and Fortier 1960. 69 p. maps, illus. First issue, ed. by E. Fortier, of a planned annual pub. Contains short articles describing sportsmen's experiences, good fish and game areas (mapped), and suggesting guides, etc. DLC. 76915. ALASKA, land of promise. Rev. ed. Anchorage, Holiday Publications 1963. 103 p. maps, illus. M. Roberts, ed.

Photographs and descriptive text for tourists. Landscape, recreational activities, towns and geographic regions are described, and the history 1725-1959 outlined. Transportation facilities, highways, the Alaska Ferry System, climate, people, natural resources, industries, annual events, hunting and fishing, communications are dealt with. Clothing for travelers, customs requirements, accommodations, tours, etc. are DLC. stated. 76916. ALASKA MARKET NEWS. Palmer 1951, in progress. Issued by the Dept. of Natural Resources, Division of Agriculture, prior to 1959 by the Territorial Dept. of Agriculture. Monthly report of 2-4 pages, on farm product prices, etc.: wholesale and retail prices in Anchorage and Fairbanks for potatoes, eggs, vegetables, occasionally milk produced in Alaska or imported. Production and market conditions in the Anchorage-Matanuska Valley area are usually noted. State and federal legislation, programs pertinent to agriculture, conferences, crop and weather conditions, etc. DA. are noted. 76917. ALASKA MEDICINE. United States Public Health Service news. (Its: v. 5, 1963. no. 1, p. 15.) Reports a medical officers' conference at Anchorage, Feb. 18-25, 1963. It considered high infant mortality, crippling diseases of childhood, TB, and means of improving conditions; approval (by American Medical Assoc.) of a chest surgery residency at the PHS hospital in Anchorage, its value, CaMAI. especially for TB patients. 76918. ALASKA PETROLEUM DIRECTORY. The 49th State's oil and gas industry guide, 1962-1963 edition. Anchorage, Petroleum Publications Inc. 1962. x. 130 p. maps, illus. (Its: v. 4.) Lists some 40 resident and about 100 non-resident companies active in Alaska; federal and state agencies concerned with the industry; state and federal lease requirements. Exploration is reviewed: the early history of oil in Alaska, geologic surface mapping, and current drilling activity. Service, supply, consultants, and air carriers associated with the industry are listed, as are members (approx. 200) of the Petroleum DGS. Club of Anchorage. 76919. ALASKA REVIEW. Anchorage, Alaska Methodist University 1963, in progress. Literary journal pub. irregularly in

approx. 65 pages, containing articles on Alaskan cultural, and historical topics, natural phenomena, economy, etc. as well as poems, stories, folk-tales, book reviews, DLC. etc. of interest to Alaskans.

in transportation and tourism. The Alaska marine highway system was considered at some length. The first of these conferences was at Victoria, B.C. in July 1960, the third at Whitehorse in June 1962. DLC.

76920. ALASKA SPORTSMAN. Alaska Highway map supplement. (Its: v. 29, 1963, no. 7-9.) In sequence to No. 69642; by S. and H. Barrow. Three parts of 15 p. each deal with: the Alaska Highway between Haines Junction in the Yukon, and Fairbanks in Alaska; the Dawson-Mayo loop in the Yukon and Taylor Highway in eastern Alaska; the Steese, Elliott, Richardson, Denali, etc. Highways in the Fairbanks and central Alaska area, and the Glenn, Sterling, etc. Highways in the Anchorage area and on Kenai Peninsula. Travel conditions and facilities, landscape, etc. are described and DI. illus.

76924. ALASKAN SCIENCE CONFERENCE, 13th. Juneau, Aug. 22-26, 1962. Science in Alaska 1962; proceedings, edited by G. Dahlgren. College, Alaska, American Association for the Advancement of Science, Alaska Div. 1963. 210 p. graphs, maps. Refs. Contains some of the papers presented at the Conference and abstracts of most of the others as listed below. Those printed in fulls are described in this volume of Arctic Bibliography under their authors' names. General session. *VAN CLEVE, R. Northeast Pacific fisheries program planning. Anthropology. Nokes, J. Natural radiocarbon dating by liquid scintillation counting. Gunther, E. Resources for the ethnohistory of the northwest coast and techniques for their use. Keithahn, E. L. Origin of the "chief's copper." *RAY, D. J. The Eskimo and the land: ownership and utilization. Biology. Weeden, R. B. Mortality and recruitment in a rising ptarmigan population. Geist, V. Observations on the habitatdirected behavior of Stone's sheep (Oois dalli stonei) and the mountain goat (Oreamnos montanus). Siniff, D. B. and R. 0. Skoog. Aerial censusing of caribou populations through the use of stratified random sampling. Distad, J. Sequential analysis as a tool for testing statistical hypotheses. MacPherson, A. H. A study of Canadian arctic fox populations. Viereck, L. A. Lenses of frozen ground under white spruce growing on a river terrace in Mount McKinley National Park, Alaska. *MERRIAM, H. Preliminary report of immobilization technique for Sitka blacktailed deer in Southeast Alaska. Fisher, A. K. The oxygen quotients of tissues of arctic mammals of different body sizes. Skoog, R. 0. A gross method for estimaing current size and status of caribou herds. Veghte, J. H. Thermal and metabolic response of the Alaskan jay to a cold stress. Mullen, D. A. Physiologic correlates of population change in the brown lemming, Lemmus trimucronatus.

76921. ALASKA SPORTSMAN. The Alaskan camp cook. Juneau, Alaska Northwest Pub. 1962. 88 p. illus. Recipes for Alaskan game, fish, wild fruit and vegetables, and sourdough; collected by the Territorial Sportsmen's Council. DLC. Drawings are by Rio Munoz. 76922. ALASKA SPORTSMAN. Another Dalton trail. (Its: v. 29, 1963, no. 7, p. 16, -I-, illus.) Describes a trail opened by teamster Jack Dalton to haul coal from the Chickaloon River area to tidewater during the 1913-14 winter, utilizing in part the ice of the Matanuska River. This trail was influential later in deciding the route of the DI. Alaska Railroad. 76923. ALASKA-YUKON-BRITISH COLUMBIA CONFERENCE, 2nd, Juneau, June 1961. Minutes of the conference. 22 p. Reports discussion among 65 participants on mattem of common interest to the three jurisdictions. R. A. Downing, Commissioner of Public Works of Alaska, reported on the proposed Alaska-Yukon-British Columbia connecting roads and ferry; he noted the forecast of 500,000 population in Alaska by 1970, one-and-a-half million in 1980, five million by 2012, and the need for comparable growth in adjacent jurisdictions. P. A. GagIardi, Minister of Highways for British Columbia, discussed paving of the Alaska Highway, that of the remainder of the Canadian section unlikely in the near future. Commissioner F. H. Collins discussed Yukon Territory as between two more developed areas, and having a key position

35

Blair, E. Some effects of hypothermia on pulmonary function. Miller, L. K. and L. Irving. Alterations in peripheral nerve function in the rat following outdoor cold exposure. Economics and social sciences. *GELLERT, H. J. Economic development in northern and western Alaska. Cooley, R. A. Aboriginal use of the Alaska salmon resource. Fischer, V. Economic development planning and policies for Alaska. Rogers, G. W. The place of recreation in the Alaska economy. *BOWMAN, W. A plan for developing Alaska's recreation and tourist potential. Lang, H. C. Private-public recreation, costs and considerations on state lands. Engineering. Parker; F. D. Some search problems on a digital computer. *WADE, M. D. Flood potential from glacier held lakes. Mathur, S. P. Water supply at Nome. Fisheries. Sheridan, W. L. and W. R. Meehan. The effects of toxaphene treatment on Big Kitoi Creek, Afognak Island, Alaska. Gray, G. W. Loss of isthmus loop tags Paralithodes camtschatica (Tilesius). Bevan, D. E. An experiment to improve an Alaskan salmon spawning area. *REVET, L. A preliminary study of the migration and growth of the Dolly Varden char in Kitoi Bay, Alaska. Powell, G. C. Growth of king crabs Paralithodes carntschatica (Tilesius) in the vicinity of Kodiak Island, Alaska. Forestry. Harris, A. S. Tree reproduction development on a mile-square clear cutting. Embry, R. S. Prescribed burning for seedbed improvement. Weisgerber, J. F. Soil and cover conditions after Wyssen skyline and high-lead logging. Bishop, D. M. and S. P. Shapley. Effects of log-debris jams on Southeast Alaska salmon streams. Bones, J. T. Alaska wood production for 1961. Geology—geography. *OSTENSO, N. A. Physiography of the Arctic Ocean basin. *OSTENSO, N. A. Aeromagnetic survey of the Arctic Ocean basin. Mayo, L. R. Regimen of Gulkana Glacier, central Alaska Range, Alaska. MacKevett, E. M. and M. C. Blake. Jurassic stratigraphy in the McCarthy C-5 quadrangle, Alaska.

36

Stanley, K. W. Tidal characteristics of Cook Inlet. Walker, H. J. and L. Amborg. The nature of the Colville River during the late winter and breakup periods, 1962. *HOGUE, D. W. and others. 24-hour duration of low temperatures in North America. Andresen, M. J. and others. Sedimentology of unfrozen large scale patterned ground, Donnelly Dome area, Alaska. Brown J. An organic terrain from a glaciated valley, northern Alaska. Pews, T. L. Glaciology and glacial geology studies of Gulkana Glacier, Alaska. Geophysics. Romick, G. J. and A. E. Belon. The effects of path length on the determination of the spacial position of auroral forms. Heacock, R. R. Auroral zone telluric current micropulsations. Leinbach, H. and R. Basler. Cosmic noise absorption at magnetically conjugate auroral zone stations. Benson, C. S. Reconnaissance snow studies on the Arctic Slope of Alaska. Little, E. M. Winter salinity profiles in Teller tidal basins. Bucknam, D. B. The prediction of high frequency radio propagation conditions for North Pacific radio paths. Flock, W. L. Radio aurora over Barrow. Hunsucker, R. D. Preliminary results of a HF step-sounding investigation of transpolar propagation path. *MERRITT, R. P. The NASA data acquisition facility at Gilmore Creek. Wescott, E. M. Telluric currents at auroral zone conjugate stations. Kelly, S. F. Nuclear detonations in the atmosphere may initiate earth current disturbances. Hakura, Y and J. V. Lincoln. Polar cap blackouts on transpolar HF circuits and application to radio disturbance warnings. Wilson, C. R. Random sudden commencement polarizations at high latitudes and the distant disordered geomagnetic field. Little, E. M. Day length graph at Arctic Circle is a sawtooth curve. Medicine and public health. Baker, A. Paralytic shellfish poisoning in southeastern Alaska. Miller, L. K. and L. Irving. Response to local hand cooling in native and white children accustomed to cold. Vaughan, L. N. and others. Effect of a high fat diet on thiamine excretion and plasma cholesterol. Barnett, P. W. Responses of clothed human subjects to cold water immersion.

Duncan, I. W. A dihydrolipoic acid dehydrogenase from human erythrocytes. Wilson, W. R. and G. L. Hubbs. Studies on Alaskan native housing. *SHEPARD, B. L. Chemotherapy and the laboratory diagnosis of tuberculosis. Reinhard, K. R. Bacteriological findings in the McGrath, Alaska, ear, nose, and throat project. Graves, H. What about schizophrenia? Alter, A. J. Alaska plan for control of ionizing radiation. Wicks, E. O. Mechanisms for provisions of health services in Alaska. Booth, F. O. Water quality and radioactivity. •KFSTER, F. E. Alaska's population as seen through its death rates. Griffin, W. The development of visual aides as an activity of the Native Village CaMAI. Sanitation Aide program. ALASKAN SCIENCE CONFERENCE, 14th, Anchorage, 1963— , see No. 84413. 76925. ALASKA'S HEALTH AND WELFARE. Alaska has many accidents; rate is highest in summer. (Its: v. 20, June 1962. p. 1-3, illus.) Notes hunting, boating, camping, etc. mishaps, and mosquito infections. Highest incidence is among children below 5, adults of 20-24 yes.; percentage of hospitalization, death rate from accidents (highest in the DLC. U.S.) are given. 76926. ALASKA'S HEALTH AND WELAlaska Psychiatric Institute FARE. completes its first year of operation. (Its: v. 20, Dec. 1963. p. 2-3, illus.) Describes the activities of this hospital in Anchorage, the number of admissions (231) and discharges (94), out-patient and grouptherapy work, day-patient unit, age and origin of patients, infirmary, pediatric ward, gymnasium, library, staff, etc. DLC. 76927. ALASKA'S HEALTH AND WELFARE. Children of working mothers daytime care program begins. (Its: v. 20, Oct. 1963. p. 3, illus.) Notes increased care facilities in the Juneau area, age and number of children, financing, fees, hours of care, plans for CaMAI. statewide care, administration. 76928. ALASKA'S HEALTH AND WELFARE. Fairbanks eye clinics benefit children and adults of region. (Its: v. 20, Apr. 1963. p. 7, illus.) Notes the activities of these clinics, initiated in Jan. 1962 at the Fairbanks

Health Center: participating organizations, number and residence of patients, children and adults, funds. etc. DLC. 76929. ALASKA'S HEALTH AND WELFARE. Patients from over Alaska are seen at two heart clinics. (Its: v. 20, Dec. 1963. p. 4-5, illus.) Notes the sponsoring and cooperating bodies, the clinics held in Alaska Native Service hospitals at Anchorage and Mt. Edgecumbe, patients (240 and 51, mainly children); staff, Californian and local; DLC. symposia; etc. 76930. ALASKA'S HEALTH AND WELFARE. Plan for "exceptional" camp. (Its: v. 20, Oct. 1963. p. 2.) Notes the 1963 "camp" for exceptional children, and its success; plans for 1964, including enlarging the number of children and attendants, outdoor activities, funds, etc. DLC. 76931. ALASKA'S HEALTH AND WELFARE. Poison clam project yields large and highly toxic harvest. (Its: v. 20, Oct. 1963. p. 4.) Reports on 1963 research activities and yield of poison; present, expensive, detection methods and search for cheap and simple ones; toxicity and safety standards. CaMAI. 76932. ALASKA'S HEALTH AND WELFARE. Wesleyan hospital receives "breathing machine" gift. (Its: v. 20, Oct. 1963. p. 5, illus.) Explains the uses of the machine both for improving breathing in pulmonary diseases and for resuscitation. Work of the Wesleyan Hospital for Chronic Diseases at Seward since its opening in 1958; its capacity, setting, sponsors, finances, etc. CaMAI. are stated. ALBERS, C., see No. 82717. 76933. ALBERTA SOCIETY OF PETROLEUM GEOLOGISTS. Medal of Merit Award for 1963. (Bulletin of Canadian petroleum geology 1963. v. 11, no. 4, p. 419-20, illus.) Reports award to D. E. Jackson and A. C. Lenz, for their paper Zonation of Ordovician and Silurian graptolites ... (No. 72503); biographical data of the authors are DGS. included. 76934. AL'BREKHT, V. G., and others. Osobennosti proektirovanifä dorog v Zapolfar'e s uchetom trebovanil snegobor'by. (Transportnoe stroitel'stvo 1963. v. 13,

37

no. 10, p. 48-51, illus.) 3 refs. In Russian. Other authors: A. A. Komarov and M. F. Kokovikhin. Title tr.: Peculiarities of road designing for the Arctic, requirements for snowdrift protection included. Discusses present methods of protecting rail and motor roads from snowdrift in far northern regions. Snow fences, shelter belts, snow removal, etc., adequate to protect roads in Siberia and European Russia are considered impractical in the arctic and subarctic areas. This conclusion is corroborated by examples from the Norilsk-Dudinka and Kozhva-Vorkuta railroads, forced to disrupt their regular schedules during the latter half of the Theoretical investigations of winter. snowdrift hazards in the USSR have developed special profiles for roads in areas where snowdrift reaches 700-800 m.3 per running meter. Though special crosssection profiles for such roads require additional outlay, this expense is recovered in one year by the economy in eliminated fencing and snow removal. Further, the land hitherto idle between the road and fencing may be used for agriculture and other purposes. DLC. 76935. ALCOCK, F. J. Rudolph Martin Anderson 1876-1961. (Royal Society of Canada. Proceedings 1962. ser. 3, v. 56, p. 159-61, illus.) Obituary of this authority on Canadian mammalogy, noting his work in northern Canada and Alaska including participation in the Canadian Arctic Expedition of 1913-1918. DLC. ALDINGER, E. E., see No. 83529. 76936. ALEKHIN, V. V., and others. Geografite rastenil a osnovami botaniki. 2oe izd. Moskva, Uchpedgiz 1961. 532 p. tables, maps, illus. 43 refs. In Russian. Other authors: L. V. Kudrfeshov and V. S. Govorukhin. Title tr.: Plant geography and principles of botany. 2nd ed. Revised edition of No. 62984, with about two-thirds of the book rewritten, and the sections on marshes, vegetation of cold zones, and of mountains enlarged. Illus. also are increased. DLC. 76937. AI.F.KSANDROV, B. A. Struktura i dinamika magnitnykh variafsii v Arktike i Subarktike. (Leningrad. N: issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Trudy 1962. v. 132, Geofizicheskie metody razvedki v Arktike, no. 4, p. 10-20, charts.) 7 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Structure and dynamics of magnetic variation in the Arctic and Subarctic.

88

Reports study of irregular magnetic variations and storms based on analyses of 69 polar magnetic observatories and magnetic variation stations. 16 or more magnetic disturbances analyzed are depicted on synoptic maps with 100 or 50 y isolines. Changes of the magnetic field for July 21, 1958 are demonstrated on 28 synoptic charts showing distinctive features of a magnetic storm between 5:10 and 11:30 PM with distribution patterns of the magnetic field at 10 min. intervals. Laws of irregular magnetic variations are sumDLC. marized. 76938. ALEKSANDROV, V. A. Nachalo khozfälstvennogo osvoenifa i prisoedinenie k Rossii severnol chasti Eniselakogo krafa. (In: Akademifa nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Sibir' perioda feodalizma 1... 1962, p. 7-29, table.) Approx. 30 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Early economic development and annexation by Russia of the northern part of the Yenisey territory. Outlines the structure of trade and administration in Mangazeya District (1601-1669), comprising the basins of the Taz, Turukhan, lower Yenisey, Nizhnyaya and Podkamennaya Tunguska, Pyasina, Khatanga, and Anabar Rivers and the Taymyr Peninsula. The rise of Mangazeya to chief trading center is sketched, and its decline with changing conditions in the fur trade, notably local extermination of sable and the opening of new hunting tracts with Turukhansk a more accessible market. Contributing factors of food supply, hostility of indigenous tribes, and gradual abandonment of the sea route for overland transport across the Ural are also dealt with. Temporary closing of the sea route to commercial shipping in 1616-1619 is considered a political move of minor economic importance. Regional exploration and Russian penetration of aboriginal hunting grounds, relations with Zyryans, Samoyeds, Ostyaks, and Tungus are described. Introduction of the fur tax (tåsak), military expeditions to quell uprisings against it, protective measures for Russian trappers and fur traders, search for better and shorter trade routes, etc. are discussed. DLC. 76939. ALEKSANDROV, V. N. K voprosu Avitaminnor obespechennosti cheloveka v Zapolfår'e. (Arkhangel'sk. N: issl. inst. epidemiologii, mikrobiologii i gigieny. Sbornik nauchnykh rabot 1960. no. 4, p. 89-92, table, illus.) 5 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The problem of vitamin-A provision of man in the Arctic.

Reviews earlier finding.: on levels and requirements of this vitamin in three arctic localities (not identified), and presents own studies of 139 subjects, 20-24 years old during summer and fall. The subjects were 1-4 years resident in the Arctic and had their normal diet supplemented with 100 mg ascorbic acid per day. In the majority of the examined serum vitamin-A was 15-25 y %, which is considered a medium level. Steps to improve the condition are suggested. DLC. ALEKSANDROV, V. N., see also No. 77334. ALEKSANDROVA, E. N., see No. 80471. 76940. ALEKSANDROVA, N. M., and L. M. GORIiNOVA. Vlifånie gibberellina na rost i razvitie nekotorykh derev'ev i (In: kustarnikov na Kralnem Severe. Polfarno-al'pilskil botanicheskil sad. Voprosy ... 1962, p. 204-209, table, illus.) 5 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The influence of gibberellin on growth and development of some trees and shrubs in the Far North. Reports on experiments with young apple trees, lilac and rhododendron. The last did not respond to gibberellin; lilac was most responsive, showing general growth increase, but a reduction in the quantity and quality of bloom. In four-year apple trees, internodular parts and shoots became shorter but leaves increased in area; English gibberellin increased in some cases the height of trees and the internodular length. DLC. ALEKSANDROVA, V. A., see No. 80265. 76941. ALEKSANDROVA, V. D. 0 podzemnol strukture nekotorykh rastitel'nykh soobshchestv arkticheskol tundry na o. B. L`khovskom. (Problemy botaniki 1962. no. 6, p. 148-60, illus.) 15 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Subterranean structure of some plant associations of the arctic tundra on Bol'shoy Lyakhovskiy Island. Describes five types of root-aggregations in the polygonal ground and six in the hummocky spotted-tundra. Their biology, physiology and role in soil formation are also discussed. The greatest accumulation of subterranean plant organs was found in the upper 3 cm. of the soil, the lowest just DLC. above the permafrost. 76942. ALEKSANDROVA, V. D. Ocherk flory i rastitel'nosti o. Bol'shogo Lfiikhovskogo. (Leningrad. Arkticheskil i antarkti-

cheskil n.-i. inst. Trudy 1963. v. 224, p. 6-36, tables, map, illus.) 28 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Outline of the flora and vegetation of Bol'shoy Lyakhovskiy Island. Reviews earlier work and reports own studies of May 29—Aug. 25, 1956. The 111 species of vascular plants known on the island are listed (Latin and Russian names); 53 are arctic, 42 arctic-alpine, 12 hypoarctic, and four boreal in distribution. Choripetalous plants predominate with 68 species, leguminous are absent. Vegetation of tundra, thermokarst complexes, marshes, hills and other natural zones are described. The position of Bolshoy Island vegetation is discussed and considered a northern variety of arctic tundra. Comparison is made with the vegetation of Yamal, Novaya Zemlya and other arctic areas. DLC. 76943. ALEKSANDROVA, V. D., and '4. G. ZHADRINSKAIA. Smena aspektov v tundrakh o. Bol'shogo Lfakhovskogo. (Leningrad. Arkticheskil i antarkticheskil n.-i. inst. Trudy 1963. v. 224, p. 37-53, tables, graphs, maps, illus.) 28 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Succession of aspects in the Bol'shoy Lyakhovskiy Island tundra. Discusses aspection, i.e. the periodic changes in the appearance of tundra plant communities, noting various opinions on their presence or absence, and reporting own observations of 1956. General features of the phenology of plant life are characterized noting the vegetation period, temperature changes, snow cover, etc. Six phenological seasons are distinguished and characterized: pre, early and late spring, early and late summer, and autumn; and the successive changes in appearance of the plant communities as studied June 10— Aug. 20 are reported. Three sites were selected as typical: Salix polaris—moss tundra, polygonal moss—mixed grass tundra, and grassy—bog cotton marsh. Phenological spectra for each site are drawn and a succession of aspects or periods of different appearance or makeup of the plant comIn the polygonal munity established. moss—mixed grass tundra, seven such periods are distinguished and their duration, prevailing color and blooming plants noted. Such periods are characterized for the other sites also. In the Arctic, these periods are of short duration and they change more rapidly than in the temperate zone. DLC. 76944. ALEKSEENKO, E. A. Der Bärenkult der Keten, Jenissei-Ostjaken. (In: Diöszegi, V., ed. Glaubenswelt ... 1963, p. 191-208, illus.) 13 refs. In German.

39

Title tr.: The bear cult of the Kets, Yenisey-Ostyaks. Translation of No. 62996. DLC. 76945. ALEKSEENKO, E. A. Starinnye obychai ketov, sviazannye s rozhdeniem rebenka. (Akademifa nauk SSSR. Inst. etnografii. Kratkie soobshchenif 1963. no. 38, p. 70-76.) 6 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Ancient customs of the Kets connected with childbirth. Describes the taboos, isolation and ritual cleansing during menses, the special vegetarian diet during pregnancy, and the procedures to ease and accelerate parturition. Role of the midwife, post-delivery practices, mortuary rites for stillborn infants, etc. are also outlined. Few if any of these traditional customs are still in use. The information was collected from living informants, however, among Yeniseians of the Turukhansk District in 1958-1960. DSI. 76946. ALEKSEEV, A. P., and others. Hydrographic conditions in the Norwegian and Greenland Seas in the summer of 1960. (International Council for the Exploration of the Sea. Annales biologiques 1960 pub. 1962. v. 17, p. 23-24, map, illus.) Other authors: B. V. Istoshin and L. R. Shmarina. Reports on routine survey of temperature conditions in June 1960, with comparison to three preceding and some earlier years. The thermal level of the area "exceeded on the whole the level of almost all the years" studied. DSI. 76947. ALEKSEEV, A. P., and others. Soviet hydrological investigations in the Norwegian and Greenland Seas in 1961. (International Council for the Exploration of the Sea. Annales biologiques 1961 pub. 1963. v. 18, p. 24-26, graphs, map.) Other authors: B. V. Istoshin and L. R. Shmarina. Study of temperature and salinity between 63° and 76°30' N., with comparisons to conditions since 1957, and emphasis on parameters in currents. In the major part of the Norwegian Sea, 1961 was a warm year; on the section along 63° N. it was normal; on the northern sections along 72°50' and 74°30' N. it was cold. DSI. 76948. ALEKSEEV, .ff1. V., and others. Osvoenie obzhiga nikelevogo konGentrata v kipiashchem sloe na kombinate "Severonikel'." (fSvetnye metally 1963. v. 36, no. 7, p. 35-42, tables, graphs.) 6 refs. In Russian. Other authors: A. F. Astaf'ev and 0. A. Popov. Title tr.: Mastery of the

40

roasting of nickel concentrate in a boiling layer at the Severonikel' combine. Discusses the nickel-roasting method introduced into the Severonikel combine at Monchegorsk after the experience of the mining-metallurgical combine of Noril'sk (reported by Nadzhar'i n, q.v.). The installation of the pilot plant is described, and its modification from the construction design explained. A formula for the loss in burning is derived. The processing of nickel concentrate by roasting is analyzed. Suggestions are made for an intensification of the process by reconstructing the gaspassage system, and for reducing the loss of nickel dust by granulating the concentrate in cold and hot state. DLC. 76949. ALEKSEEV, K. Po sledam morskikh okhotnikov. (Okhrana truda i sof ial'noe strakhovanie 1961. v. 4, no. 7, p. 44.) In Russian. Title tr.: On the trail of the sea hunters. Describes a documentary "Safety control in marine fishing" filmed in the Pacific aboard the whaler Aleut and the crabprocessing vessel Vsevolod Sibirfsev. DLC. 76950. ALEKSEEV, M. N., and others. Stratigrafia i korrelf £sifts neogenovykh i chetvertichnykh otlozhenil severo-vostochnol chasti Sibirskol platformy i ee vostochnogo skladchatogo obramlenif. Moskva 1962. 128 p. tables, map, illus. (Akademiß. nauk SSSR. Geologicheskil inst. Trudy no. 66.) Approx. 180 refs. In Russian. Other authors: N. P. Kuprina, A. I. Medfän£sev, and I. M. Khoreva. Title tr.: Stratigraphy and correlation of Neogene and Quaternary deposits in the northeastern part of the Siberian platform and its eastern folded frame. Presents a single and correlated scheme of the stratigraphic division of these deposits for the northeast Siberian platform and the Verkhoyansk mountain area, based on studies in the Lena, Vilyuy, Aldan, Yana, Tumara basins and other regions. The mammalian fauna, paleobotany, lithology and other features were utilized. The Quaternary system is divided into the Eopleistocene and the Pleistocene consisting of three stages. Glacial deposits are characterized. The Zyryanka glaciation in West and East Siberia is correlated with the Wisconsin of North America. DLC. 76951. ALEKSEEV, M. N. Stratigrafii kontinental'nykh neogenovykh i chetvertichnykh otlozhenil Vilflskol vpadiny i doliny nizhnego techenia reki Leny. Moskva 1961. 120 p. tables, maps, illus.

(Akademifå nauk SSSR. Geologicheskil inst. Trudy no. 51.) Approx. 120 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Stratigraphy of continental Neogene and Quaternary deposits of the Vilyuy basin and the lower Lena River valley. Reports own study of Upper Triassic and Quaternary deposits in the Vilyuy, Lena, Markha, Muna, Molodo and Aldan basins during 1950-1959. Others' studies are also reviewed. Paleontologic, paleobotanic, geomorphic and lithologic methods used are outlined. The Vilyuy basin and the lower Lena are treated in turn; the morphology of their regions and the stratigraphy of their Tertiary and Quaternary deposits are described. Pleistocene deposits are divided into three stages: lower, middle and upper. In the lower Lena valley, one glaciation of several stages is established. DLC. 76952. ALEKSEEV, N. I. Arkhangel'skil (Vestnik narodnyl iskusstvovedcheskil. vysshel shkoly 1963. v. 21, no. 5, p. 73-77.) In Russian. Title tr.: The Arkhangelsk folk art research department. Describes the department's curriculum, field trips, etc. It has been part of the Arkhangel'sk Pedagogical Institute since DLC. 1960. 76953. ALEKSEEV, V. L. Ferma golubykh (Sel'skokhozfiistvennoe proizpesfov. vodstvo Sibiri i Dal'nego Vostoka 1963. no. 6, p. 73-74.) In Russian. Title tr.: Blue fox farm. Notes work of the Olenek State Farm in Yakutia, which raises reindeer, does hunting and fur farming. At the beginning of 1962, it had 140 blue and almost as many silver Methods of breeding, seasonal foxes. changes in diet, pen maintenance, etc. are described. The main sources of feed are reindeer and fisheries byproducts. DLC. 76954. ALEKSEEV, V. R., and G. N. FILOSOFOV. TAcheistyl kompleks ozer v fIlznol Øutii i ego proiskhozhdenie. (Geograficheskoe obshchestvo SSSR. Isvestifä 1963. v. 95, no. 5, p. 446-48.) 8 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: A cellular complex of lakes in southern Yakutia and its origin. Describes lakes of the Aldan-Chul'man region in old peneplain areas 1000-1300 m. above sea level. They occur in river valleys also in watersheds. Their forms, depressions and other features (described) show them similar to lakes in tundra zones. They are of thermokarst origin and appear in areas of permafrost. Ice veins in the peat layer play important role in their formation. DLC.

76955. ALEKSEEV, V. R., and G. N. FILOSOFOV. Sovremenn a povtomozhil'nye l'dy v filzhnol IAkutii. (In: Akademifä nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Inst. merzlotovedenifä. Uslovi l ... 1963, p. 72-75, illus.) 9 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Present long-term ice veins in southern Yakutia. Reviews the area and describes the longlasting ice veins of the Timpton basin (57° N.). They range 1.5-2.5 m. in length and 0.7-2.5 m. in width. Their mode of occurrence, enclosing rocks and other features are briefly noted. The distribution limit of such veins is not 61° N. as stated by P. A. Shumskil (No. 61636) but 56° N. DLC. ALEKSEEVA, G. G., see Nos. 80440, 80441. 76956. ALEKSEEVA, L. Rasisvetaet iskusetvo narodov Severe. (Khudozhestvennafå samodefatel'nost' 1963, no. 12, p. 18-19, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: Art is flourishing among the peoples of the North. Reports on a recent congress at Khabarovsk on creative and performing arts; the Yakuts, Golds, Ul'chis, Eskimos, Yukaghirs, Chukchis, Koryaks, etc. participated; their music and dance recitals, poetry readings, arts and crafts exhibits, etc. are described. Certain archaisms should give way to modern artistic trends however, and guidance by progressive party workers is DLC. needed. ALEKSEEVA, N. P., see No. 83699. ALEKSEEVA, O. A., see No. 78899. 76957. ALEKSINA, I. A. Mineralogifå krupnoalevritovol frakf ii donnykh osadkov Kronofåkogo i Avachinskogo zalivov. (Akademifa nauk SSSR. Inst. okeanologii. Trudy 1962. v. 61, p. 104-154, tables, graphs, maps.) Approx. 70 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Mineralogy of coarse-aleurite fractions of the bottom sediments of Kronotskiy and Avachinskiy Bays. Reports on the aleurite fractions (0.05-0.1 min.) of sediments collected by the Vitiaz' in 1952-1955 in an area belonging to a Their main recent geosynclinal zone. content is effusive complex minerals such as monoclinic and rhombic pyroxenes, amphiboles, magnetite, plagioclases and volcanic glass; and their content, if any, of such minerals as quartz, epidote, zirconium, garnet, etc. is insignificant. Sediment types of the shelf and continental slope are out-

41

lined. Three mineralogical provinces are established and characterized: Avachinsk, northern, and southern Kronotskiy. DLC. ALEKSINA, I. A., see also No. 79605. 76958. ALESHINSKAIA, Z. V., and L. G. PIRUMOVA. Raspredelenie diatomovykh v allfiivial'nykh otlozhenifakh rek Enisefå i Leny. (Merzlotnye issledovanifa 1963, no. 3, p. 172-82, map, graphs.) 7 refs. In Title tr.: Distribution of Russian. diatoms in alluvial deposits of the Yenisey and Lena Rivers. Presents preliminary results of diatom analyses on 36 samples from the lower reaches of these rivers. The 279 forms distinguished belong to 33 genera, 178 species and 100 varieties. Each facies is characterized by individual complexes of diatoms, which in turn are described. This is to be explained by the hydrologic regime of rivers and morphologic structure of DGS. flood plains. ALESHINSKAIA, Z. V., see also No. 77099. 76959. ALEXANDER, G. Future Tiros launches to include elliptical and nearpolar orbits. (Aviation week 1963. v. 78, no. 25, p. 38.) Notes program for the next eight Tiros meteorological satellites. Two are to be placed in near-polar orbits, viz: the ninth Tiros, of the new "wheel" configuration, will give a complete photographic coverage of the earth every three days; the twelfth Tiros, another "wheel" spacecraft, is to have an APT (automatic picture transmission) camera in place of the regular TV. DLC. 76960. ALEXANDER, S. E., and .1. G. FRASER. Fundamental concepts in RCAF arctic survival training. (NATO. Escape and survival, clinical and biological problems of aerospace medicine, AGARDograph no. 52, 1961, p. 30-43.) 5 refs. French summary. Notes some physical characteristics of the Canadian Arctic, the RCAF Survival School established in 1949, and discusses in some detail its arctic section: its principles of training, the ten-day survival concept, including causes of death, diet, etc.; the individual's reaction to disaster, role of leader, mental "set" for survival, common fears of the Arctic and ways of eliminating them; the significance of the Eskimo way of life. DLC. 76961. ALFER'EVA, M.

42

aa., and

G. V.

POPOV. Lechenie chingi psefaificheskol diplokokkovol syvorotkol. (Arkhangel'sk. N: issl. inst. epidemiologii, mikrobiologii i gigieny. Sbornik nauchnykh rabot 1960. no. 4, p. 72-76, tables.) 7 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Therapy of spekk finger with specific diplococcus serum. Describes etiology and forms (three) of this infection (sealers' finger); common, largely useless, remedies; the new serum DLC. and its evaluation on 71 cases. ALHA, A., see No. 82646. 76962. ALIAVDIN, F. A., and others. Osohoe mnenie po voprosam stratigrafii chetvertichnykh otlozhenil Zapadno-Sibirskol nizmennosti. (In: Mezhvedomstvennoe soveshchanie po dorabotke ... 1961, p. 45459.) In Russian. Title tr.: Separate opinion on problems of the stratigraphy of Quaternary deposits of the West Siberian lowland. Sets forth the critical view of eleven geologists, on the unified and corrected stratigraphic division of Quaternary deposits, adopted at the Novosibirsk 1960 conference. This division substantially changes the scheme of 1956 (No. 60197, 60199); it disregards established glaciations and terminology in use as well as some factual data; and therefore it should be DLC. rejected. 76963. AL1AVDIN, V. F. Alflskitovyl massiv porfirovidnogo granita v basselne verkhnego techenifä r. Indigirki. (LeninTrudy grad. Vses. geologicheskil inst. 1963, v. 98, p. 32-52, tables, graphs, maps, illus.) 10 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The Alyaskitovyy massif of porphyritic granite in the upper Indigirka River basin. Describes the geologic structure and petrographic characteristics of this massif in the Alyaskitovyy Creek region of the basin of the El'gi, a left tributary to the Indigirka. It lies in the Yana-Kolyma folded region and occupies an area of 0.6 knit. The granite intrusion is genetically connected with several dikes of granitoid composition. Petrophysical and petrochemical characteristics of the massif are given. The main mass of granite rock is composed of plagioclase, feldspar, quartz, biotite and muscovite. Fracturing tectonics of the massif are analyzed. This study was made in connection with search for tungsten deposits. DLC. ALIMUKHAMEDOV, A., see No. 79681. 76964. ALISHEV, N. V. 0 funk£aional'nom

sostofånii reflektornogo apparata pri glubokom okhlazhdenii. (Fiziologicheskil zhurnal SSSR 1961. v. 47, no. 3, p. 362-66, table, illus.) 7 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The functional state of the reflex apparatus in deep hypothermia. Reports on experiments with cats cooled to an average of 22° C. The sensitivity of the reflectory responses to alternating currents of 20-2000 cycle frequency was tested prior to, during, and after cooling. Results are tabulated and mathematically formulated. DLC. 76965. ALCUKHIN, ID. S. Aktivnost' degidrogenaz skeletnol myshfsy krysy pri nizkikh temperaturakh. (Akademifå nauk SSSR. Inst. feitologii. Sbornik rabot 1963, no. 4, p. 27-33, table.) 11 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Dehydrogenase activity of rat skeletal muscle at low temperatures. Account of homogenate studies at temperatures of +20° to —78° C. Dehydrogenase activity was found to drop with falling temperature and disappeared cornpletely at —78° C. At —21° C. homogenates, despite freezing, still showed significant DLC. activity. 76966. ALIÜSHINSKAfA, N. M., and others. Vesennil stok rek basselna Severnol Dviny i ego prognozy. (Leningrad. Gos. gidrologicheskil inst. Trudy 1962, no. 97, p. 3-137, tables, graphs, maps.) 68 refs. In Russian. Other authors: N. A. Aniskina and L. D. Ivashin£ova. Title tr.: Spring runoff of the Severnaya Dvina basin and its forecasting. Reports on the formation conditions for spring runoff; the physical-geography of the basin and runoff regime are analyzed, and data reported for various parts of the river system. Snow cover is treated in detail as the main factor in spring floods. Maximal reserves of water before thawing, distribution of the reserves and changes according to years are reviewed; the beginning, intensity and duration of thawing are characterized. Flood formation conditions are described with snow-, rain-, and groundwater taken into consideration. Synoptic conditions also are evaluated. Types of spring are established and used as prevailing patterns for runoffs and flood forecasting, in which the weather conditions of the preceding spring have an important role. DLC. 76967. ALLCOCK, E. A., and others. Structural changes following gastric freezing. (Surgery 1963. v. 53, no. 6, p. 764-77,

illus.) 7 refs. Other authors: A. M. Carpenter, E. F. Bernstein, E. T. Peter, and O. H. Wangensteen. Study of structural and functional changes following freezing of the intact canine stomach or of isolated gastric pouches. Metaplasia of the mucosa and changes in the mucous lining cells, in the chief and parietal cells, occurred in all cases. Fibrosis in the lamina propria was especially noted after repeated freezing. The muscle and serous coats of the gastric wall were also affected. Multiple freezes had more severe structural and functional effects. Recovery and regeneration after weeks and months are also discussed. DLC. 76968. ALLEN, A. A. Birds of timberline and tundra. (National geographic magazine 1946. v. 90, no. 3, p. 313-39, illus.) Describes with photo illus., 24 in color, Hudsonian and arctic birds nesting in the Churchill, Manitoba, area in June 1944: willow ptarmigan, Hudsonian curlew, golden and semi-palmated plovers, arctic loon, arctic tern, black-poll warbler, Harris's sparrow, dowitcher, . and northern shrike among others. First records for the area of starlings and six other southern species are included. Nesting sites, eggs, migrations, and abundance are noted, as are vegetation, weather conditions, etc. DLC. 76969. ALLEN, A. A. Stalking birds with color camera. 2d ed. Washington, D.C., National Geographic Society 1963. 351 p. illus. Collection of articles and photographs, mostly in color, from National geographic magazine. Included are his Birds of timberline and tundra, q.v. and The curlew's DLC. secret revealed at last, No. 284A. 76970. ALLEN, C. C. Nickel. (Canadian mining journal 1963. v. 84, no. 2, p. 85-86.) Reviews 1962 production, development, and exploration: Thompson and Sherritt Gordon mines in northern Manitoba totalled 62,099 tons. The Ungava area of northern Quebec is estimated to have 6.4 million ton reserves averaging 1.60% nickel and .80% copper; the Rankin Inlet mine in Keewatin District closed, its minable grade ore DGS. exhausted. 76971. ALLEN, E. S. Arctic odyssey, the life of Rear Admiral Donald B. MacMillan. N.Y., Dodd, Mead 1962. 340 p. map, illus. Recounts the experiences of this American explorer and naturalist, during expeditions to Labrador, Greenland, Ellesmere, Baffin, and the Canadian Arctic Islands 1908-1957.

43

MacMillan participated in the Peary Expedition of 1908-1909, led the Crocker Land Expedition of 1913-1917, and the MacMillan Expedition in 1925, cf. No. 10671A-10677. During 1921-1954 he took various research and collecting parties north on his schooner Bowdoin. A chronology of his expeditions, with sponsors, area, purpose, etc. and a subject index to the DLC. biography are included. 76972. ALLEN, E. W. Fighting for fish. (Sea frontiers 1962. v. 8, no. 2, p. 109-115, illus.) Discusses the background of international competition and cooperation for salmon and ground fish in the North Pacific: the abstention principle by which the United States and Canada claim exclusive rights to fisheries in the Gulf of Alaska and eastern Bering Sea; the U.S.-Canadian Commission on halibut since 1923; and the International North Pacific Fisheries Commission since DI. 1951. 76973. ALLEN, G. M. Dogs of the American aborigines. (Harvard. Univ. Museum of Comparative Zoology. Bulletin 1920. v. 63, no. 9, p. 431-517, illus.) Refs. Includes description of the Eskimo dog, p. 442-49: general and cranial characteristics and measurements, distribution, origin. It is probably akin to the Siberian sled-dog, and its differences in size are ascribed to extensive crossing with EuroDLC. pean dogs. ALLEN, 3., see No. 84515. 76974. ALLEN, L. A bunker silo of farmtreated native posts and rough-cut lumber for Alaska dairy farms. College, Univ. of Alaska 1961. 11 p. illus. (Alaska. Agricultural Experiment Station. Bulletin 31.) 3 refs. Describes, with instructions for building, a low cost silo of about 100-ton capacity used at the Matanuska Experiment Station Farm. Local cottonwood or spruce is suggested for posts, and directions are given for treating them with chemical preservatives. CaMAL 76975. ALLEN, R. The last explorers. (Maclean's magazine 1962. v. 75, no. 21, p. 34-37, -1-, illus.) Describes the 19th century field parties of the Geological Survey of Canada. Explorations in northern and western Canada by Sir Wm. Logan, J. B. Tyrrell, A. R. C. Selwyn, G. M. Dawson, and A. P. Low are discussed and some of their photographs

44

of native peoples and settlements are reproduced. The highly informative field journals of these and other travelers and scientists are preserved at the Geological Survey Museum in Ottawa, along with extensive photographic records. CaOCU. ALLEN, R., see also No. 83342. 76976. ALPAT'EV, A. M., and F. F. PERCHENOK. Summarnoe isparenie s poverkbnosti snezhnogo pokrova na evropel'skot territorii SSSR. (Geograficheskoe obshchestvo SSSR. Izvestifa 1963. v. 95, no. 6, p. 496-503, tables, maps.) 18 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Total evaporation of the snow cover in the European USSR. Discusses the problem of obtaining data on it. Such measurements are lacking in meteorological stations, and A. R. Konstantinov's method is used by which snow-cover evaporation is calculated from the data of air temperature and air moisture. Three maps are presented to show snow evaporation in European USSR, including Kola Peninsula, Arkhangelsk Province and Komi ASSR. DLC. 76977. ALPATKIN, M. Stroitel'stvo dorog v uslovifakh mnogoletnel merzloty. (Avtomobil'nye dorogi 1963. v. 26, no. 10, p. 10-12, tables, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: Road building in permafrost. Discusses different methods of thawing permafrost in the far Northeast and northern USSR, with cross-section profiles of road beds under unfavorable ground conditions and geology of the permafrost substrate. The trench method of filtration and drainage of a large area using the abovefreezing air temperature during the summer season is discussed in detail. It is shown to be effective and economical when bulldozers and scrapers are available in sufficient number. DLC. AL'PEROVICH, L. V., see No. 83667. 76978. ALTER, A..1. Water-use recommendations are object of joint action. (Alaska's health and welfare 1963. v. 20, p. 1-2, illus.) Discusses inter-departmental and Legislative-Council meetings, also public hearings on this problem. Importance of pure water for health and industry, water rights, etc. are set forth. CaMAL 76979. ALTMAN, E., and others. Modificaciones fisicoquimicas de la sangte en hypetermin profunda. (Semana medica 1961. v. 19, no. 24, p. 932-36, graphs.) 9 refs.

In Spanish. English summary. Other authors: E. Murga, R. Roweder and I. Perianes. Title tr.: Physico-chemical changes of the blood in deep hypothermia. Reports on experiments with dogs cooled to 15°-5° C. with ice or by extracorporeal circulation. Heart rate and arterial pressure, red and white cell numbers, electrolytes, prothrombin, clotting and platelet numbers, hematocrit, and Os-content are considered. Five patients made hypothermic for surgery showed similar condiDNLM. tions of the blood. ALTRASHENOK, L. IA., see No. 80370. ALTSCHULE, M. D., see No. 82544. 76980. ALTUKHOV, K. A. Issledovanife. BelomorskoT biologPicheskoi stanfsii. (In: Sovetskie ekspedifåii 1959 goda 1962, p. 167-74, map, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: Investigations of the White Sea Biological Station. Outlines the 1959 work: ichthyological and hydrographic cruises of the Professor MesØsev and Ispytatel' in the White Sea; ichthyological studies in coastal areas; aqualung observations in Kandalaksha Bay in 1958-1960; herring, navaga, etc. population studies. The low temperature and salinity of White Sea waters and their effects upon the reproduction of fishes of DLC. long life cycle are stressed. 76981. ALTUKHOV, H. A. Meroprifatifü po vosproizvodstvu belomorskoT sel'di. (Rybnoe khozf.1stvo 1963. v. 39, no. 7, p. 13-17, maps, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: Ensuring the spawning of herring in the White Sea. Due to the recent disappearance of eelgrass (Zostera marina), local herring have been deprived of their favorite spawning substrate. To prevent decline of stock (and catches), author recommends a limited closed season, prohibition of seaweed gathering, also provision of artificial spawning substrates, like old nets, conifer branches, and a special "device" designed. DLC. by himself. ALVERSON, D. L., see No. 82287. 76982. AMBACH, W. In der grönländischen Eiswüste. (Deutscher Alpenverein. Jahrbuch 1963, no. 88, p. 99-103.) In German. Title tr.: In Greenland's ice desert. Describes impressions of Greenland as participant in the International Glaciological Expedition of 1959, visit to Camp

Century, Jakobshavn glacier, reconnaissance trips, Ata-Sund station, etc. DGS. 76983. AMBACH, W., and H. L. HABICHT. Untersuchungen der Extinktionseigenschaften des Gletschereises and Schnees. (Archiv für Meteorologie, Geophysik and Bioklimatologie, ser. B 1962. v. 11, no. 4, p. 512-32, graphs, tables, illus.) 20 refs. In German. English and French summary. Title tr.: Studies of the extinction coefficient in glacier ice and snow. Describes measurements made by the junior author during the summers of 1958 and 1959 and in the spring of 1960 in the Austrian Alps. Small-sized receivers were used; the extinction coefficient for shortwave radiation as a function of depth (to 50 cm.) and wave-length is given. The spatial distribution of scattered radiation in wavelengths 650, 825, and 950 it was measured by directional receivers; the extinction coefficient depends greatly on the direction of measurement down to 25 cm., but is independent of direction below that depth. In snow it had no relation to the direction of measurement. From these results the porosity of the upper ice layer and the internal ablation were calculated. Formation of a porous surface layer may consume as much as 200 cal./cm2. A new explanation of the daily variation of the albedo of ice is presented, utilizing the spatial distribution of scattered radiation, measured in Greenland by the senior DWB. author. 76984. AMBACH, W. Untersuchungen zum Energieumsatz in der Ablationszone des Grönländischen Inlandeises, Camp 4-EGIG, 69°40'05" N. 49°37'58" W. København, Reitzel 1963. 311 p. map, (Meddelelser om graphs, tables, illus. Grønland. v. 174, no. 4; Expedition Glaciologique Internationale au Groenland 19571960. v. 4, no. 4.) 105 refs. In German. English summary. Title tr.: Investigations of the energy exchange in the ablation zone of the Greenland Inland Ice. Reports 1959 observations in western Greenland during the International Glaciological Expedition; methods and instruments are described. The radiation budget was determined; hourly sums of long- and short-wave radiation are given. From radiation extinction measurements in ice and snow, the porosity of near surface ice layers and the internal ablation are estimated. From the wind velocities at four heights, the friction velocity, roughness parameter, and exchange coefficient are calculated. 45

Air temperature and vapor pressure gradients, flows of positive and negative latent heat and of sensible heat and temperature fluctuations in air layers near the ice are determined, as are ice temperatures down to eight meters, winter cooling and free water content in the snow cover. The formation of superimposed ice was examined, and optimum conditions for such formation are given. The heat balance is synthesized from separate determinations of energy contributions. The energy excess on the ice surface was caused by radiation exchange and consumed for melting (92%) and heating the ice; that on the snow surface was caused by radiation exchange (102%) and consumed for heating (29%) DGS. and melting (71%). 76985. AMERICAN ALPINE JOURNAL. Climbs and expeditions. (Its: v. 13, 1963, no. 2, p. 467-528.) Six 1962 expeditions reached the summit of Mt. McKinley; a two-man British party ascended Moose's Tooth and Mt. Dan Beard, Alaska Range, July 4-24; an eightman group from the Juneau Icefield Research Program climbed 8,000-ft. Mt. Bressler in Aug; the Icefield Ranges Research Project carried out glaciological, meteorological, and seismological studies on a broad accumulation area between the Hubbard and Kaskawulsh Glaciers; Mt. Raleigh, 66°34' N. 62°13' W., 5700 ft. high, on Exeter Sound, on the east coast of Baffin Island was first climbed by a twoman party; the third Club Alpino Italiano Greenland expedition sent a party of five to the top of Devil's Thumb 74°35' N. 57° 10' W. Aug. 6; an Austrian-German party of seven made 38 first ascents of peaks 4250-6800 ft. high in unexplored mountains above the Sermelikfjord near Nanortalik, in June-July; a group of eight Swiss, on a four-week expedition to Kong Håkons llalvøy, Vestspitsbergen, 79°10' N. 11°30' E., made 60 ascents, many of them firsts. DGS. 76986. AMERICAN AUTOMOBILE ASSOCIATION. Alaska and the Alaska Highway. Washington, D.C. 1963-in progress. Annual guide as described in No. 20174; recent issues of approx. fifty pages indicate the increase in traffic and facilities for motorists along the Highway. Restaurants, motels, public camp sites, gasoline stations, etc., are noted. Suggestions are given for making travel safe and comfortable. Strip maps and route logs are included for principal state roads, the Alaska Highway and

46

for approaches from conterminous United DLC. States. AMERICAN GEOGRAPHICAL SOCIETY, see Nos. 78146, 82726. 76987. AMERICAN GEOPHYSICAL UNION. Soviet Geophysical Committee. (Its: Transactions 1963. v. 44, no. 3, p. 709-720.) Notes the reorganization in Feb. 1961 of the Soviet IGY Committee into an Interdepartmental Geophysical Committee of the Presidium of the Academy of Sciences of the USSR, or the Soviet Geophysical Committee, with V. V. Belousov as its head. It has 13 sections, covering a wide range of geophysical studies over the world, and the Arctic in particular. Names of 13 members of the Committee's directorate, sections and working groups are listed. About 150 acronyms of Soviet institutions, in/or connected with the field of geophysics are DLC. given. 76988. AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF PHYSICS. Temperature, its measurement and control in science and industry, volume 3. New York 1962-1963. 3 pt.: 848, 1094, 683 p. tables, graphs, illus. Refs. Papers presented at its fourth symposium on temperature, Mar. 27-31, 1961, in Columbus, Ohio, J.D. Hardy, ed. Pt. 1, Basic concepts, standards and methods includes: Measurement of ocean temperatures, by T.M. DAUPHINEE and H. PRESTONTHOMAS. Temperatures in permafrost, by A. H. LACHENBRUCH and others. Atmospheric temperature measurements by aerodynamic and sound propagation techniques, by J. W. PETERSON. Pt. t?, Applied methods and instruments includes: Low-temperature thermocouples, by R. L. POWELL and others. Measurement of low temperature with thermistors, by H. B. SACHSE. A versatile system for calibration ... in the range 2° K. to 400° K., by M. G. HOLLAND and others. The accuracy ... of bimetallic temperature measuring elements, by W. D. HUSTON. Pt. 3, Biology and medicine includes: Temperature effects in plants, by J. LEVITT. Criteria of physiological responses to cold, by L. D. CARLSON.

The pattern of response to cold in ani- transport 1962. v. 21, no. 8, p. 43-44.) In mals and the evolution of homeothermy, by Russian. Title tr.: River boats in the A. C. BURTON. Arctic Ocean. Physiological responses to cold in nonReviews development of shipping between hibernating homeotherms, by J. S. HART. the Lena and Kolyma estuaries, a 700 mile Shivering in man and animals, by A. trip made by the double-propeller Lenin in HEMINGWAY and D. G. STUART. 1931. The next year two others made the Metabolic response to cooling in the Kolyma from Vladivostok via Bering human: role of body composition and par- Strait. Other attempts in the next two ticularly of body fat, by E. R. BUSKIRK navigation seasons are recounted, some and others. vessels successful, others lost; since 1934, Acclimatization to cold in man, by T. river fleet vessels have been transferred R. A. DAVIS. from the Lena to Kolyma with complete Homeostasis in hibernation, by C. P. success. DLC. LYMAN. Physiological resistance to cooling in 76991. ANABTAWI, I. N., and S. K. hypothermia, by A. D. KELLER. BROCKMAN. Protective effect of hypoCellular mechanisms in the metabolic ac- thermia. on total occlusion of the cerebral climatization to cold, by J. P. HANNON. circulation, a quantitative study. (Annals . "Cardiac arrest" in relation to hypo- of surgery 1962. v. 155, no. 2, p. 312-15, table, illus.) 7 refs. thermic state, by J. HUNTER. Complete occlusion of cerebral circulaTechniques for inducing hypothermia, by tion (described) when combined with mild G. B. SPURR. How do infant mammals tolerate deep hypothermia of 29-30° C. for a period up to 15 minutes had no injurious effect on dogs. hypothermia? by E. F. ADOLPH. Neural regulation of the rhythm of shiver- Occlusion of 16-19 min. produced transient neurological damage; such of 20 min. proing, by D. G. STUART and others. Temperature regulation disturbances in duced death in some animals, and such of do:.- following hypothalamic ablations, by 24 min. death of all. DLC. A. D. KELLER. Calorimetric measurements of thermo- 76992. ANAN'EV, E. Rabochif meridian. regulatory responses of the unanesthetized (Ural 1962, no. 5, p. 122-39; no. 6, p. 116dog to hypothalamic heating at various 33, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: Busy environmental temperatures, by M. M. meridian. Describes a trip in the Yamal-Neuets and FUSCO. The human thermostat, by T. H. BEN- Khanty-Mansi National Districts, from Tazovskoye to Salekhard, Berezovo, and ZINGER and others. All these cited papers are abstracted in Khanty-Mansiysk; survey work and prosthis bibliography under their authors' pecting in progress, industrial potentials, names, q.q.v. DLC. cultural and economic activities, urban growth; views of the scientists, the Samoyed, 76989. AMERICAN METEOROLOGICAL Ostyak, and Vogul intellectuals and kolkhoz SOCIETY. Third TIROS ground station representatives encountered; etc. DLC. in operation. (Its: Bulletin v. 44, 1963. 76993. ANAN'EV, E. Tret'e Baku bydet! no. 10, p. 641.) Reports the third command and data (Ural'skil sledopyt 1961, no. 9, p. 33-39, acquisition (CDA) station opened in Sept. illus.) 6 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: 1963 at Fairbanks, Alaska. Cloud-cover There will be a third Baku. pictures and other data received from the Sketches gas and oil prospecting in the orbiting satellites TIROS VI and VII are West Siberian lowland and the strike near sent to the U.S. Weather Bureau's National Megion on the middle Ob. DLC. Weather Satellite Center at Suitland, Md., supplementing data furnished by the CDA 76994. ANAN'EV, E. V poiskakh Zolotol stations at Wallops Island, Va., and Point Baby. (Nauka i religifå 1963. v. 4, no. 6, Mugu, Cal. The Fairbanks station is to be p. 29-33, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: In the primary CDA facility for the proposed search of the golden idol. polar-orbiting meteorological satellites. It Notes the Ob Ugric legends about the furnishes operational experience at a remote Golden Woman and describes the discovery site useful in later programs. DLC. by Vogul hunters of an ancient sacred hut in the Kazym taiga. Besides female idols, 76990. AMUSIN, M. Rechnye suds, v it contained sacrificial gifts including a Severnom Ledovitom okeane. (Rechnol casket of old gold coins. The search (to

47

counteract superstition) was instituted by the party secretary of the Kazym reindeer sovkhoz in the Khanty-Mansi National DLC. District. 76995. ANANIAN, A. A. Issledovanie glubiny promerzanifi i protaivanifå gornykh porod v estestvennykh uslovifkh pri pomoshchi elektromerzlotomorov. (Merzlotnye issledovanifä 1963. no. 3, p. 118-26, tables.) 3 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Investigation of the freezing and thawing depth of rock in natural conditions with the aid of electrofreezometers. Outlines several methods of determining the phase state of water in frozen ground. The Danilin, RatomskiT, Zil'berman, Lfilbimov, Bazhenov, Belokrylov, also several research institutes' freezometers are noted, and that designed by V. A. Rymsha described in detail. It is in the form of a heatinsulating pipe with several copper-wire electrodes on its outer surface, and currentconducting wires inside. It is inserted into a drill hole and the electrodes pressed 35 mm. into the walls of the hole establishing good ground contact. A Øammeter outside the drill hole shows the variation in resistivity of the ground, due to change of water into ice and vice versa. When tested at Igarka, Rymsha's electrofreezometer could differentiate liquid, plastic, and solid DGS. states of water in permafrost. 76996. ANANIAN, A. A. Issledovanie profsessov peremeshcheniß vlagi i obrazovanifå segregafaionnogo I'da v zamerzafdshchikh i merzlykh gornykh porodakh. (Moskva. Vses. proektnoizyskatel'skil i n: issl. inst. Gidroproekt. Trudy 1960. no. 3, p. 121-48, tables, illus.) 17 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Investigations of processes of moisture transfer and segregated ice formation in freezing and frozen rocks. Discusses the mechanism of moisture migration and ice formation in fine dispersal rocks, with the laboratory investigations at the Igarka and Salekhard permafrost stations reported in detail. In freezing and frozen rocks, transfer of water from warm to cold spots depends upon migration of water molecules. The intensity of the process depends on the temperature gradient and orientation of water in the rock. Segregated ice is considered to be epigenetically formed. This process also is demonstrated. Such processes occurring under influence of temperature gradient can be controlled by measuring the electric conductivity of the rock. DLC. 76997. ANAN'fAN, A. A. Osobennosti

48

fazovykh perekhodov vody v zamerzafilshchikh i merzlykh gornykh porodakh. (In: International Conference on Permafrost. Doklady ... 1963, p. 223-28.) 25 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Peculiarities of phase transition of water in freezing and frozen rocks. Discusses water crystallization and bound non-frozen water in finely dispersed rock soils. The properties of the bound water differ from those of free water in vapor elasticity, viscosity, dielectric permeability and crystallization. Water structure, molecular motion, ion hydration and interdipolar effect are characterized and shown to explain bound water properties in unfrozen soils and phase transition of water in ice in freezing and frozen rocks. DLC. 76998. ANAN'IN, B. P. Gidromekhanizaisifa vskryshnykh rabot na kar'erakh Krasnofirskogo krafs. Moskva, Gosgortekhizdat 1963. 115 p. tables, diagrs. 7 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Hydraulic mechanization of stripping in the open-cut mines of Krasnoyarskiy Kray. Reviews improvements in hydraulic stripping methods over the last ten years. Recommendations are given for optimum parameters in the mechanized hydraulic stripping of open-cut mines. Selection of the form and location of tailings and of efficient hydraulic transportation of the stripping rock are discussed. Experience at the Nazarovo brown coal deposits, under temperatures from —45° to -I-30° C. is analyzed in detail. DLC. ANAN'INA, N. 0., see No. 82122. 76999. ANAN'INA, V. M. 0 nekotorykh svo!stvakh kolloidnol sistemy rastenff, ustolchivykh i neustolchivykh k nizkim temperaturam. (Botanicheskil zhurnal 1963. v. 48, no. 8, p. 1196-1200, tables. illus.) 9 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Some properties of the colloid system of plants, resistant and not-resistant to low temperatures. Reports a study of pairs of plants with dissimilar response to cold. It was found that cold-resistant forms have a more stable colloid system. These plants also have a higher content of sugars of the maltose and oligosaccharose types. The practical application of the findings is noted. DLC. ANDEREGG, I. A., see No. 84299. ANDERSEN, B. G., see No. 83841. ANDERSEN, E. J., see No. 80684.

77000. ANDERSEN, F. Record of observations at Baker Lake Magnetic Observatory 1959. Ottawa, Queen's Printer 1963. p. 367409, tables. (Canada. Dominion Observatory. Publications, v. 28, no. 8) 2 refs. Contains tables of hourly values of magnetic components X, Y, and Z (northward, eastward, downward), for this observatory at 64.3° N. 96.0° W. Their base-line values are listed, also the annual mean values of H, D, X, Y, and Z for 1951-1959. Accuracy of the hourly mean values recorded is expected to be about ± 10 gammas. The site, equipment, and observing procedure are described by E. I. Loomer and F. Andersen in No. 73586. DLC. ANDERSEN, F., see also No. 80563. 77001. ANDERSEN, 11. E. Silvical characteristics of Alaska cedar Chanuzecypaxis nootkatensis. Juneau 1959. 10 p. map, table, illus. (U. S. Forest Service. Alaska Forest Research Center. Station paper 11.) 22 refs. Describes the distribution, habitat conditions, and life history of this western conifer ranging northward to Prince William Sound. It occurs in discontinuous isolated groups, probably remnants of more extensive stands destroyed by glaciation. Despite its useful properties, little is cut because of its inaccessibility, apparently the result of inability to compete with Sitka spruce and western hemlock in the more favorable sites. It is comparatively slow growing and long lived, possibly to 3500 yrs. of age. Relatively free of insect enemies, it seems especially susceptible to winter drying in Alaska. Some 15 varieties DA. are recognized. ANDERSEN, H. E., see also No. 83834. ANDERSEN, H. T., see No. 79243. 77002. ANDERSEN, K. L., and J. S. HART. Aerobic working capacity of Eskimos. (Journal of applied physiology 1963. v. 18, no. 4, p. 764-68, tables, illus.) 14 refs. Study of eight young Eskimo hunters from Baffin Island. Their maximal Os-uptake averaged 2.6 liter/min., which is considerably lower than in young Caucasians. The heart rate - oxygen uptake relationship, and heart rate at the end of maximal work, were also lower, and so was the pulmonary ventilation efficiency during exercise. DLC. 77003. ANDERSEN, K. L., and others. Combined effect of cold and alcohol on

heat balance in man. (Journal of applied physiology 1963. v. 18, no. 5, p. 975-82, tables, illus.) 13 refs. Other authors: B. Hellstrøm and F. V. Lorentzen. Study of heat production, core and skin temperature during an 8-hr. night. Moderate alcohol intake had no deteriorating effect on heat balance during mild cold exposure; its only noticeable effect was hypnotic, producing more comfort and sleep. Under severe cold stress, an insufficient metabolic compensation was noted in one subject, resulting in a greater drop in rectal temperature. DLC. 77004. ANDERSEN, K. L. Comparison of Scandinavian Lapps, arctic fishermen, and Canadian arctic Indians. (Federation proceedings 1963. v. 22, no. 3, pt. 1, p. 834-39, tables, graphs.) 10 refs. Author finds no evidence for a metabolic type of acclimatization in these groups, and their higher BMR difficult to interpret as an effect of long-term exposure. Meager or no evidence was found for acclimatization through hypothermia or increased body insulation. The only positive indications were of psychological and local types of acclimatization. . DLC. 77005. ANDERSEN, K. L., and others. Metabolic and thermal response of Eskimos during muscular exertion in the cold. (Journal of applied physiology 1963. v. 18, no. 3, p. 613-18, table, illus.) 11 refs. Other authors: J. S. Hart, H. T. Hammel and H. B. Sabean. Study of Eskimos and whites in a neutral and cold (5° C.) environment, with three work loads. Working in the cold required greater energy only at low levels of work. No higher heat production was found in Eskimos than in Caucasians. Rectal temperature rose to a certain level at high work rate but dropped when this rate became low. In Eskimos, onset of rewarming of the hands was quicker than in Caucasians, suggesting a different vasomotor control of blood supply to the skin. DLC. 77006. ANDERSEN, K. L. Physical working capacity of arctic people. 12 p. illus. (In: WHO Conference on medicine . . . 1962) 10 refs. Study of aerobic capacity of nomadic Lapps, Eskimos, and arctic Indians as measured during strenuous muscular exercise on a bicycle ergometer. For children there was no difference noted between arctic and non-arctic subjects; no sex difference was noted among Lapps to the age of 15. Arctic-native men occupied a position

49

intermediate between white athletically trained men and those of sedentary occupations. Ages of increase, peak and decline in physical fitness of arctic-native men and CaONA. women are also determined. ANDERSEN, K. L., see Nos. 83314, 84468. 77007. ANDERSON, D. L., and C. S. BENSON. The densification and diagenesis of snow. (In: Kingery, W. D. Ice and snow ... 1963. p. 391-411, graphs, table.) 15 refs. Deals with diagenetic processes occurring within the sedimentary veneer of the Greenland and Antarctic ice sheets, causing evolution of loose snow to glacier ice. A depth-density relation, general and with few parameters, is attempted. Seven or more mechanisms of material transport may lead to densification; any or all may act simultaneously in new snow; some may also be eliminated during the diagenetic process. Change in rate of densification at critical density is significant: one or more mechanisms are either greatly reduced in effectiveness or eliminated as critical density is exceeded. Seismic data indicate a discontinuity at .about 14 m. depth in non-soaked snow in northwest Greenland; 0.57 g./cm.3 is critical density at this depth. Below it further densification must proceed by changes in size and shape of grains. Stress is relieved by the closely-packed ice particles growing together. Recognition of the critical density leads to a possible physical distinction between snow and firn, or ndve. Snow is essentially an unconsolidated sediment; firn is snow wetted by melt water and having survived at least one complete summer melt season, it is distinguishable from the new snow overlying it; nev6 is essentially consolidated snow or fim. Critical porosity or critical density may serve to distinguish between unconsolidated and consolidated sediments in general, as well as between DLC. snow and nev6. 77008. ANDERSON, G. Volunteers enrich the lives of HNH patients at Valdez. (Alaska's health and welfare 1963. v. 20, p. 1-3, illus.) Describes the Harborview Nursing Home and its fifty young patients in physical comfort but in need of music, play, work and fun. Prompt aid was given by local individuals and organizations who donated materials (record players, tricycles, piano, basketballs, etc.), instruction, entertainment, etc. DLC. 77009. ANDERSON, G. J. Distribution

50

patterns of Recent foraminifers of the Bering Sea. (Micropaleontology 1963. v. 9, no. 3, p. 305-317, maps, graphs, tables, illus.) 23 refs. Describes results of study of material collected by J. F. Tibbs during the July-Aug. 1960 cruise of the Hugh M. Smith for the U.S. Naval Electronics Laboratory. Foraminiferal distribution in Bering Sea is related to the physiography of the adjacent land mass, to sea-floor topography, sediment type and oceanography. Deltaic, transitional, inner shelf, central shelf, outer shelf and upper bathyal biotopes are recognized. Arenaceous foraminifera are extremely abundant throughout the region, porcelaneous types rare. Few planktonic forms occur and these at the deeper stations. Water mass is a prime factor in the distribution. The new generic name Aslerillina is DGS. proposed. 77010. ANDERSON, G. S., and K. M. HUSSEY. Alluvial fan development at Franklin Bluffs, Alaska. (Iowa Academy of Science. Proceedings 1962. v. 69, p. 310-22, map, graph, illus.) 5 refs. Outlines the development of this geomorphic feature, setting up a theoretical sequence and exemplifying its stages with results of a summer 1961 field study. Five examples illustrate characteristics of the various stages in the sequence; difference between the general slope and that of the fan itself, is stressed, as is the fan-size vs. drainage-size ratio. Also, as mass wasting decreases in intensity, the amount and size distribution of surficial rock material and the amount and type of vegetation change accordingly. The sequence is completed when the fan is generally covered with vegetation and is nearly stabilized. DI. 77011. ANDERSON, G. S., and K. M. HUSSEY. Preliminary investigation of thermokarst development on the North Slope, Alaska. (Iowa Academy of Science. Proceedings 1963. v. 70, p. 306-320, maps, illus.) 46 refs. Contains an extensive survey of the literature on this phenomenon of permafrost areas, and finds Mukhin's definition (No. 66881) inadequate, because it fails to include positive relief forms. Prerequisites for thermokarst development are noted, as are studies in Alaska, most of them dealing with thaw lakes, such as the oriented lakes of the Arctic Coastal Plain. Other thermokarst features noted by a two-man field party in the northern foothills in 1962 included non-oriented lake basins both drained and occupied, thermokarst ravines, beaded

streams, and ice-wedge intersection ponds. Intensified and detailed studies of thermokarat processes and features are required, and should benefit climatologists by indicating present and past climatic trends. DGS. ANDERSON, G. S., see also No. 79486. 77012. ANDERSON, J. E., and C. F. MERBS. A contribution to the human osteology of the Canadian Arctic. (Toronto. Royal Ontario Museum. Division of Art and Archaeology. Occasional paper 4, 1962, p. 65-94, tables, graph, map, illus.) 14 refs. Reports on 13 skulls and three partial skeletons (now at the Museum) recovered by L. A. Learmonth from Thule and Netsilik sites on Boothia Peninsula and Somerset Island and culturally unidentified Eskimo burials on King William Island. Comparisons are made with 145 Dorset to recent Eskimo crania found at different sites between the Mackenzie delta and Labrador. All the osteological material is of homogeneous physical type: long rugged skull with flattened facial region, prominent zygomatic arches, continuous brow ridge, narrow orbital margins, nasal bones and aperture. A sagittal keel, palantine and mandibular tori, gonial eversion, etc. are frequent. Male stature ranges 156-167 cm. Evidence of arthritis and of ritual dental ablation is present. Favorably reviewed by M. S. Maxwell in American antiquity 1963. DSI. v. 28, no. 4, p. 564-65. 77013. ANDERSON, K. A., and R. N. DeWITT. Space-time association of auroral glow and X rays at balloon altitude. (Journal of geophysical research 1963. v. 68, no. 9, p. 2669-75, graphs, illus.) 7 refs. Reports on the night of Mar. 4-5, 1962 observations from a balloon launched at College, Alaska, carrying a scintillation detector and pulse discrimination circuits designed to measure breØtrahlung X-rays in the energy region 20-100 key. The height of the balloon was maintained at about 32 km. Intense X-ray fluxes were encountered during the time of a magnetic bay, and a variety of visible auroral forms occurred. The auroral luminosity recorded by an allsky camera on the ground is compared with X-ray flux at balloon altitude. About 1% of the luminosity is estimated as contributed DLC. by electrons above 25 key. ANDERSON, K. A., see also Nos. 77711, 78532, 79604, 77018. ANDERSON, R. J., see also Nos. 80518, 83766, 84468.

77014. ANDERSON, R. T. Lapp racial classifications as scientific myths. (Alaska. Univ. Anthrop. papers 1962. v. 11, no. 1, p. 15-31.) 18 refs. Discusses various studies leading to two ethnogenetic theories, to show the problems of interpretation and speculation. One hypothesis, now abandoned, held the Lapps to be related to the Finns and both of Asiatic or Mongoloid origin. The other considers the Lapps a remnant of a race ancestral to modern Mongoloids and Caucasoids. DSI. 77015. ANDERSSON, B., and others. Blocking of the thyroid response to cold by local warming of the preoptic region. (Acta physiologica scandinavica 1962. v. 56. no. 1, p. 94-96, illus.) 4 refs. Other authors: L. Ekman, C. C. Gale and J. W. Sundsten. Reports on experiments with a goat. Cooling (rumen) performed during warming of the preoptic region, produced a drop of plasma-PBI"', suppression of shiver and a continuous drop in body temperature to 31°C. Stoppage of preoptic warming produced onset of shivering and a rise of DNLM. plasma-PBI"'. 77016. ANDERSSON, B., and others. Suppression by thyroxine of the thyroidal response to local cooling of the "heat loss center." (Acta physiologica scandinavica 1963. v. 59, no. 1-2, p. 67-73, graphs.) 18 refs. Other authors: C. C. Gale and A. Ohga. Intravenous administration of thyroxine blocked completely the thyroid response to cooling of the heat loss center, but not before 15-20 min. elapsed after administration. This delay suggests that an accumulation of thyroxine has to occur at some site before a full inhibition of TSH release is obtained. DNLM. 77017. ANDERSSON, B., and others. Thyroidal response to local cooling of the pre-optic "heat loss center." (Life sciences 1962. v.-1, no. 1, p. 1-11, graphs, illus.) 10 refs. Other authors: L. Ekman, C. G. Gale and J. W. Sundsten. Cooling of this center activated the thyroid of unanesthetized goats, the maximal response taking place during the first six hours. Pre-optic cooling stimulated the thyroid more than cold exposure or hypothermia produced by ruminal cooling. DNLM. 77018. ANDERSON, K. A., and others. Simultaneous electron precipitation in the northern and southern auroral zones. (Journal of geophysical research 1962.

51

v. 67, no. 10, p. 4076-77, graphs.) Other authors: C. D. Anger, R. R. Brown, and D. S. Evans. Compares results from six pairs of simultaneous balloon launchings on Mar. 5, 1962, at College, Alaska and at Macquarie Island, Australia, respectively 64.5° N. 255.4° E. and 61.1° S. 243.1° E. geomagnetic coordinates. The detectors in both hemispheres encountered fluxes of X-rays from the time the balloons reached ceiling altitude, 1,200-1,230 universal time until shortly before 1,500 UT. The large-scale process of the electron precipitation is considered to occupy a volume of at least 10* km. in width and 3 x 10' km. in depth. DLC. 77019. ANDERSSON, J. S. The occurrence of some invertebrate animal groups in the south bluffs in northern Sweden. (Oikos 1961. v. 12, no. 1, p. 126-56, tables, graphs, maps.) 28 refs. Study of 19 bluffs, 62°21'-65°51' N. facing W-S-E, with introductory outline of ground and vegetation, temperature, insolation, frost, wind and precipitation. Species collected and listed as to frequency and locality include 28 molluscs, 2 isopods, 4 diplopods, 5 chilopods, 1 pseudoscorpion and 6 Opiliones. The finds are evaluated as to dominance, abundance and constancy; comparisons are made with those in northern locations and in other mountains. The main body of the fauna studied consists of very widespread Fennoscandian species or northern elements. DLC. 77020. ANDIK, I., and others. Ambient temperature and survival on a proteindeficient diet. (British journal of nutrition 1963. v. 17, no. 2, p. 257-61, graphs.) 14 refs. Other authors: S. Donhofer, M. Farkas and P. Schmidt. Rats fed ad lib. a diet containing 4.3% protein, and kept at room temperature ceased to gain weight and died during, or shortly after the sixth week. When transferred after three weeks to the cold (5°C.) they began to gain weight and all survived while in the cold. Retransfer to room temperature stopped growth and death ensued. The food (and protein) intake doubled in the cold. DNLM. ANDJUS, R. K., see No. 81974. ANDREASEN, G. E., see No. 79096. 77021. ANDREEV, A. I. Ekspedifsii na vostok do Beringa; v svfåzi s kartografiel Sibiri pervol chetverti XVIII veka. (Mosk-

52

va. Gos. istoriko-arkhivnyT inst. Trudy 1946. v. 2, p. 182-202.) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Expeditions to the East before Bering; based on Siberian cartography of the first quarter of the 18th century. Describes the geographic and geodetic expeditions sponsored by Peter the Great: Ivan Evreinov and Fedor Luzhin's voyage in 1719-1722 to Kamchatka and the Kuril Islands. Petr Miller and Petr Chichagov's exploration of Ob and Taz Bays in 17201721 (7) in an abortive attempt to find a northeast passage to the Pacific, etc. Early 18th century maps drafted by the explorers or based on their reports are discussed. DLC. 77022. ANDREEV, A. I. Trudy Semena Remezova po geografii i etnografii Sibiri XVII—XVIII vv. (Akademifä nauk SSSR. Inst. istorii. Problemy istochnikovedenil 1940. v. 3, p. 85-126.) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Semen Remezov's works on the geography and ethnography of 17-18th century Siberia. Biographical study with discussion of his notable 1701 atlas and regional maps, also his History of Siberia and Description of the peoples of Siberia, of which fragments of various length have survived. Their study and publication are urged. DLC. ANDREEV, A. V., see No. 77988. 77023. ANDREEV, E. N., and M. F. SHCHEPETOV. Sostof .nie i perspektivy usileni1. bor'by s tuberkulezom v fAkutskol ASSR. (Zdravookhranenie RossilskoT Federal ii 1962. v. 6, no. 2, p. 17-22.) In Russian. Title tr.: Status and prospects of intensified anti-tuberculosis drive in the Yakut ASSR. Authors discuss plans for 1961-1965, anti-TB institutions in the area, early diagnosis in mass drives. Availability of drugs and vaccines, surgery and chemoprophylaxis are outlined. Public enlightenment, seminars, courses are reviewed, as are conditions in villages. DLC. 77024. ANDREEV, G. N., and B. N. GOLOVKIN. Novye dekorativnye mnogoletniki dlfå Murmanskol oblasti. (In: Polfirno-al'pilskil botanicheski! sad. Dekorativnye rastenifa ... 1962, p. 79-86.) In Russian. Title tr.: New decorative perennials for Murmansk Province. Notes new grasses and flowering plants introduced from different areas and countries. Appearance of plant and blossom, origin, planting care, blooming, etc. are discussed. DLC.

ANDREEV, G. N., see also No. 77159. 77025. ANDREEV, fU F., and O. N. fAKOVLEV. Gidrogeologicheskil ocherk mezozolsko-kalnozolskikh otlozhenil severozapadnol chasti Zapadno-Sibirskol neftegazonosnol provinfsii. (Leningrad. Vses. neftfånol n: issl. geologorazvedochnyl inst. Trudy 1963, no. 225, p. 303-310, map, profile.) Ref. In Russian. Title tr.: Hydrogeologic outline of Mesozoic-Cenozoic deposits in the northwestern part of the West Siberian oil-gas province. Reports a 1962 study of 11 wells. Jurassic and Barremian-Aptian water-bearing complexes are distinguished and described, noting type of ground-water circulation, mineralization, gas saturation, depths, and other features. Ground waters of Paleogene, Neogene and Quaternary deposits, are briefly characterized. Surface water of the DLC. area also noted. ANDREEV, fü. F., see also No. 77988. 77026. ANDREEV, V. N. Nauchno-prakticheskie rekomendafsii po pro izvodstvu olen'ego mfisa. (Problemy Severa 1962, no. 6, p. 229-33.) In Russian. Title tr.: Practical recommendations for production of reindeer meat. Notes the nutrient qualities of reindeer meat as higher than those of beef and nearly as high as mutton. It is an important part of the diet of natives in the North. The herds can be increased from the current two million head to 4.5 million in 4-5 years' time. The decline of reindeer raising is noted in Alaska, where the stock of one million has dropped to 30,000. The Vorkuta reindeer farm with its herd of 20,000 supplies 200 tons of meat a year. Successes of similar farms in Magadan, Murmansk and Kamchatka are also reported. DLC. ANDREEVA, A. A., see No. 81529. 77027. ANDREEVA, K. S. Kul'turnoe stroitel'stvo u malykh narodnostel Obskogo Severs. (In: Sibir' v period ... 1962, p. 154-69.) Approx. 20 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Cultural development of the small peoples of the Ob North. Describes educational progress of 19201960, among the Samoyeds, Ostyaks, and Voguls of Tyumen Province, with selected statistics on schools and students. Creation of the Yamal-Nenets and Khanty-Mansi National Districts in 1930 is discussed. It aided acculturative progress and eased acceptance of a standard literary language, compulsory schooling, adult education,

spread of boarding schools, cultural bases, etc. The growth of an aboriginal intellectual class, its art and literature are reviewed. DLC. 77028. ANDREWES, Sir C. Cold and colds. (In: Symposia on arctic biology and medicine. Proceedings 1963, p. 301-317.) 16 refs. Presents a many-sided discussion on the relation between cold weather, its elements of temperature, humidity, etc. and the common cold. Evidence is that colds are commoner in the winter. Low temperature in itself is not proven to produce colds but rather the drop in temperature. Otherwise, research is "frustrated at every turn." Pioneering work in progress at Salisbury in England by the Common Cold Research Unit however, is expected to unravel some of the many-knotted problems of colds CaMAI. and influenza. 77029. ANDREWS, J. T. The analysis of frost-heave data collected by B. H. J. Haywood from Schefferville, LabradorUngava. (Canadian geographer 1963. v. 7, no. 4, p. 163-73, maps, graphs, table.) 12 refs. Describes the so-called bedstead apparatus developed and tested by Haywood at the McGill Sub-Arctic Research Laboratory in 1959-1960 on a variety of cover types. Four main periods were distinguished in the annual cycle of soil movement: the first began in late Aug. with grass min. temp. below 0° C. and formation of needle ice; mid-Oct.—late Dec. was the effective frostheave period; Jan.—mid-May had no recordable movement; the fourth period was characterized by rapid settling. Methods of predicting soil movement from climatic data at shelter level are found unrealistic; e.g. in Oct.—Dec. ten freeze-thaw cycles occurred, but only two soil fluctuations were observed. A series of "isoheave" maps for 5-day periods Oct. 15—Nov. 10, reveal that the bare earth centers sometimes, but not always, represent high cells and are centers of ice segregation. The pattern of the thaw is determined by the melt of snow, and freeze-thaw action appears to be non-existent under a thin snow cover. No soil fluctuations were recorded in the spring of 1960. Test results from this apparatus suggest its usefulness in numerous soil-movement experiments. Haywood unfortunately died in 1960. DGS. 77030. ANDREWS, J. T. The cross-valley moraines of north-central Baffin Island: a quantitative analysis. (Geographical bul-

53

letin 1963. no. 20, p. 82-129, maps, tables, graphs.) 39 refs. Reviews data collected in 1961-62 in connection with the Canadian Geographical Branch studies near Barnes Ice Cap. Three studies are presented re-examining the five possible hypotheses on the genesis of these moraines. First, the sediments of the moraines and kames are respectively coarse, unsorted, sandy till, and bedded and sorted sand and gravel. Second, orientation and dip of included particles appear to depend upon the type of slope: proximal, distal, or lateral. Third, spacing of the moraines is related to distance from the Isortoq watershed and effective stress at the base of a glacier ending in a glacial lake. From there studies it seems that the moraines were formed by the flow of saturated till into a system of basal crevasses when a critical hydraulic condition was reached. Similarity between the De Geer moraines, certain washboard moraines, and crossDGS. valley moraines is pointed out. 77031. ANDREWS, J. T. Cross-valley moraines of the Rimrock and Isortoq River valleys, Baffin Island NWT, a descriptive analysis. (Geographical bulletin 1963. no. 19, p. 49-77, maps, illus.) 17 refs. Describes in detail, moraines initially observed on air photographs as a series of cross-valley ridges near Barnes Ice Cap margins, and examined in 1961. These moraines are known to occur widely (though virtually absent from some parts) in the Cockburn Land area as well as to the north and south. The probability of their association with former glacial lakes suggests a relationship with other moraines and ridges, and possibly former lake shorelines. Five working hypotheses of origin are advanced, to provide a basis for a quantitative analysis of the moraines. Consideration is invited for the theory that these moraines are frontal features emplaced under deepwater conditions, similar to the Generator Lake cross-valley moraines (No. 22154). DGS. 77032. ANDREWS, J. T. End moraines and late-glacial chronology in the northern Nain-Okak section of the Labrador coast. (Geografiska annaler 1963. v. 45, no 2/3, p. 158-71, maps, graphs, illus.) 19 refs. Reports a reconnaissance field study in a hitherto unexamined area, particularly on a series of complex massive end moraines in the Tasiuyak Bay—Umiakovik Lake Trough approx. 57°10' N. 62°10' W. They are taken to represent a major glacial phase, referred to as the Tasiuyak phase. A chronology is

54

suggested for the development of the various end moraines. Tentative dates for nearby phases indicate that the advances and recessions (described in the report) occurred at the end of the last glaciation. A major period of late-glacial end moraine construction along this part of the Labrador coast is recognized; air photo interpretation of glacial forms shows that Tanner's original conclusions (No. 17407) were overDWB. simplified. 77033. ANDREWS, J. T. Estimating the strength of lake ice. (New scientist 1963. v. 17, no. 332, p. 702-705, graphs, illus.) Discusses factors of temperature, snow cover, etc. which affect the growth of lake ice, and regional variation in its quality due to location, total snowfall, etc. according to observations made in 1959-1960 around Schefferville in northern Quebec. Empirical formulas devised to provide an estimate of ice-thickness from meteorological data are discussed; long- but not shortterm predictions of growth may be made, a fact of practical value for aircraft landing and hydroelectric power facilities. CaOGB. ANDREWS, 3. T., see also No. 79718. 77034. ANDRIANOV, V. N. Stratigrafifi triasovykh otlozhenil füzhnol chasti Zapadnogo Verkhofiin'fa. (In: Mezhvedomstvennoe soveshchanie...Trudy 1959, p. 198— 202.) In Russian. Title tr.: Stratigraphy of Triassic deposits of the southern part of the western Verkhoyansk region. Reports study of these deposits in the Tumara-Tompo interfiuve. Indskiy, Olenek, Carnian, and Norian-Rhaetic stages are distinguished and divided into local stratigraphic series and layers. Lithologic properties and fauna are reported. ICRL. 77035. ANDRIENKO, D. A. Opredelenie vysot polfårnykh sifanil po bazisnym snimkam Tiksi-Muostakh. (Geomagnetism i aeronomifa 1963. v. 3, no. 4, p. 762-64, graphs.) 3 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Altitude determination of auroras from Tiksi-Muostakh base photographs. Discusses one of the possible methods of treatment of the negatives of auroras taken parallactically with C-180 cameras, to obtain the altitude of the aurora. The behavior of the aurora observed simultaneously at Tiksi and Muostakh on Nov. 10, 1958 under IGY-IGC programs is described. The up-and-down variation of altitude was determined to be 76-173 km. DLC. 77036. ANDRIENKO, D. A., and A. G. CHIRIAEV. Parallakticheskafa s"emka

polfarnykh sifånil v ralone Bukhte Tiksi. (Geomagnetizm i aeronomiTh. 1963. v. 3, no. 6, p. 1135-36, diagrs.) In Russian. Title tr.: Parallactic photography of aurora in the Tiksi Bay region. Presents the technique of simultaneous (± 0.5 sec.) photography of auroras from two points, 5.1 km. apart. The photographs are obtained on 18 x 24 cm. film and show details clear enough for accurate determination of the aurora's altitude. DLC. ANDRIENKO, V. I., see No. 77612. ANDRfi)SHANOV, B., see No. 84605. ANDRYSHAK, R. J., see No. 79343. 77037. ANGELL, .1. K. A catalog of 100 FCC-positioned transosonde flights. Washington, D.C., U.S. Govt. Print. Office, 1962. 201 p. maps, tables. (U.S. Weather Bureau. Technical paper no. 44.) Refs. Summary of 100 constant level balloon flights made during Apr. 1953-May 1959 under the auspices of the U.S. Navy at 300, 250, and 150 mb. The balloon trajectory is shown superimposed upon appropriate 12-hr. segments of U.S. National Weather Analysis Center maps. Data on position, etc., variation with time of the transosondederived wind speed and ageostrophic speed, as well as pressure contour and isotherm configuration along the flight trajectory, are shown. A flight launched Mar. 9, 1958 reached 75.5° N. 134.7° W., north of Alaska on Mar. 12, 19 others crossed parts of Alaska or northern Canada. DWB. 77038. ANGELL, J. S., and J. HORSHOVER. Harmonic analysis of the biennial zonal-wind and temperature regimes. (U.S. Weather Bureau. Monthly weather review 1963. v. 91, no. 10-12, p. 537-48, graphs, tables.) 5 refs. Describes 26-month wind and temperature oscillations observed in the tropical stratosphere, and investigates their northward and upward extensions. Dates of west wind and temperature maxima at various pressure surfaces at North Pacific stations to 71° N., including six in Alaska, are examined for Mar. 1956-Aug. 1962; latitudinal variations are discussed. The wind oscillation can be traced into the polar stratosphere and troposphere; and the temperature oscillation, at least as far as the 200-mb. surface, is pronounced at polar latitudes. Wind and temperature oscillations seem related to each other and to temperature changes which, in polar and temperate latitudes, might be due to vertical motions associated DOS. with a reversible meridional cell.

77039. ANGER, C. D., and others. Auroral zone X-ray pulsations in the 1- to 15-second period range. (Journal of geophysical research 1963. v. 68, no. 4, p. 1023-30, graphs.) 8 refs. Other authors: J. R. Berms, lt. R. Brown and D. S. Evans. Reports balloon observations during a series of simultaneous launchings at, and flights between College in Alaska, and Macquarie Island of Australia. They provided data on the similarity and simultaneity of electron precipitation in the northern and southern auroral zones, and recorded the X-ray pulsations on Mar. 5, 1962 at Macquarie Island and on June 29, 1962 at College. Observations at both indicated that the time intervals between the X-ray bursts are not unique, averaging to 7.8 and 8.8 seconds at Macquarie and College respectively. The lack of uniqueness of time intervals between the X-ray peaks indicates that the X-ray pulsations are determined by acceleration or pitchangle redistribution process, rather than by any fundamental, periodic motion of the electrons along lines of force of the geomagnetic field moving against the solar wind. DLC. 77040. ANGER, C. D., and others. Longperiod pulsations in electron precipitation associated with hydromagnetic waves in the auroral zone. (Journal of geophysical research 1963. v. 68, no. 10, p. 3306-3310, graphs.) 9 refs. Other authors: J. R. Barcus, R. R. Brown, and D. S. Evans. Compares the observation data on geomagnetic variation associated with electron bombardment of the atmosphere at College with the data obtained during a highaltitude balloon flight launched from Macquarie Island on Jan. 10, 1962. Experimental studies of the latitude variation of geomagnetic pulsations in 360 see. period indicate that the pulsations attain their maximum amplitude in the auroral zone and thus are transmitted predominantly along the same field lines that control the motion of electrons precipitating on DLC. the auroral zone. ANGER, C. D., see also No. 77018, 77711. 77041. ANGERE, J. Einige uralische Etymologien. (Uppsala. Universitet. Lsskrift 1954, no. 10. Språkvetenskapliga sållskapets i Uppsala. Forhandlingar 19521954, p. 119-24.) Refs. In German. Title tr.: Some Uralic etymologies. Discusses, among others, the Lappish noun-verb gpd'de and its different meanings: wild reindeer, also to kill, slay, fish. Am-

55

bivalent stems, structurally both verb and noun, are known in most Uralic languages. Comparisons are made with CtY. Samoyed forms. ANGERE, J., see also No. 83412. ANGERVO, J. M., see No. 78680. 77042. ANGLURE, B. S., d'. Discovery of petroglyphs near Wakeham Bay. (Arctic circular 1962 pub. 1963. v. 15, no. 1, p. 6-13, map, illus.) 2 refs. Describes carvings observed in a soapstone quarry in northern Quebec during summer 1961, and considers their age (possibly Dorset) and interpretation. The petroglyphs, up to eight in. wide and 12 in. high, represent human and animal faces or masks. They are of two types: one in relief, and oblong or round in shape; the other scratched upon the rock. The general locality contains several archeological sites CaMAI. (noted). 77043. ANGRESS, S., and C. A. REED. Annotated bibliography on the origin and descent of domestic mammals, 1900-1955. Chicago, Natural History Museum 1962. 143 p. (Its: Fieldiana: Anthropology, v. 54, no. 1.) Lists over four hundred publications, with annotations of about 150 words on average; subject and systematic indices are appended. Some 15 of the works deal with the domestication of reindeer and/or sledge dogs. Included is a sketch of the senior author, who compiled the work, which, after his death, was completed by Reed. DSI. ANIKEEVA, L. I., see No. 78539. 77044. ANISIMOV, A. F. Öb istinnom i illt3zornom v pervobytnykh vozzrenifakh (Voprosy istorii religii i na prirodu. ateizma 1958. v. 5, p. 363-78.) 14 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The factual and the illusory in primitive concepts of nature. Discusses empirical observations and their fanciful embellishment in the mythology and cosmology of northern aboriginals: Kamehadals, Chukchis, Tungus, and Aleuts. DLC. 77046. ANISIMOV, L., and A. CHIZHOV. 90 proiaentov domov na "khorosho" i "otlichno." (Na stroikakh Rossii 1962, no. 10, p. 2-3, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: 90% of houses rated "good" and "excellent." Describes apartment house construction at Noril'ak under the conditions of a nine-

s6

month winter, low air temperature (to —51° C.), high wind (to 40 m/sec.), frequent snowstorms, polar night, and permafrost ground. To prevent foundations from settling, the buildings have open basements of considerable height, to maintain the ground beneath in its frozen state. Because freezing of mortar precludes bricklaying, prefabricated structural wall panels are used. 76.5% of the houses built in 1959 were rated good or excellent. In 1960 this rating was given to 85.4% of the houses, DLC. and in 1961 to 89.7%. 77046. ANISIMOVA, N. P. Ftor v pit'evykh vodakh '.entral'nol fAkutii. (Akademifa SSSR. Inst. merzlotovedenifa. Severo-Vostochnoe otd-ie. Trudy 1958, no. 1, p. 125-33, tables, graph.) 3 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Fluorine in potable water of Central Yakutia. Reports study of 200 surface and ground water samples. The fluorine content of surface water ranges 0.01-0.8 mg./l. Lowest concentration is found in basins of Precambrian crystalline rock and Paleozoic carbonate rock. The Aldan, Olekma, Amga, Vitim and tributaries are such river basins. The fluorine content in Jurassic and partly Paleozoic deposits is also reported. The most suitable water for drinking purposes is found in the Lena and its tributaries and fresh ground water of Upper Paleozoic deposits. DLC. 77047. ANISIMOVA, N. P. Geotermicheskie issledovanifå v talikakh pod nekotorymi vodoemami i vodotokami 'nentral'nol li t kutii. (In: Akademifa nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Inst. merzlotovedenilä. Mnogoletnemerzlye ... 1962, p. 89-95, tables, profiles.) 8 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Geothermic investigations in taliks under some water basins and channels in central Yakutia. Reports a 1958-1959 study in the terraces of the Lena between the mouths of the Tatta and Menda, 63°-61°31' N. Temperature measurements made in taliks (unfrozen ground within permafrost) beneath lakes, thermokarst depressions and channels of streams are reported. Conditions of tslilr formation are analyzed. The highest temperature (4-6° C.) is found in the stratum of water-bearing Quaternary deposits. As lakes dry out, the temperature of taliks decreases. DLC. 77048. ANISIMOVA, N. P. Khimicheskil sostav podzemnykh l'dov v allfitvial'nykh peskakh srednego techenia r. Leny. (In: Akademilk nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie.

Inst. merzlotovedeniI . Uslovi1 ... 1963, p. 101-110, tables.) 11 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Chemical composition of ground ice in the alluvial sands of the middle Lena River. Presents tabulated results from analysis of ground ice in the fifth terrace of the Lena, as studied in the region between Bestyakh and Pokrovsk (61°29' N.). Its mineralization and chemical composition depends mainly on the waters from which it formed. The least mineralization (40-75 mg/1.) appears in the ice veins formed in the seasonal thawing layer; high mineralization (110-330 mg/1.) is a feature of ice veinlets of hard-frozen layer. Mineralization of other types of ground ice also is noted. DLC. ANISKINA, N. A., see No. 76966. ANKUDINOV, L. A., see No. 80801. ANNENKOV, lit. N., see No. 79684. 77049. ANNENKOVA, G. A., and V. A. MOLEVA. 0 redkozemel'nom evkolite iz Khibin. (Aka.demifA nauk SSSR. Mineralogicheskil muzel. Trudy 1963, no. 14, p. 201-204, tables.) 4 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: On rare earth eucolite from the Khibiny. Describes yellow eucolite from Rischorr mountain; it has high content of TR, Ti, Mn, and differs from eucolites of other alkaline massifs. Its physical, optical and chemical properties are described. A deficit of Ca, Na and Fe is compensated by TR, Mn and partly by Zr. Comparison with brown eucolite shows differences in optical, physical and chemical properties. The yellow is a secondary mineral possibly formed by alteration of the brown. DLC. 77050. ANNERSTEN, L. Bildserie, Labradors malmfält. (Ymer 1962. v. 82, no. 4, p. 263-69, illus.) In Swedish. Title tr.: Picture series, the Labrador mines. Contains 12 photos of different areas and a few development data. SPRI. 77051. ANNERSTEN, L. Permafrost investigations in the Ferriman area, Schefferville, P.Q., a progress report December 1962. (McGill Univ. Sub-Arctic Research Laboratory. Research paper no. 15, 1963. p. 86-91.) Summarizes the overall permafrost research program and some results of Aug. 1961-Sept. 1962 studies made in this area of Northern Quebec, where the permafrost is restricted to exposed places with thin

snow cover. Attention is directed to the interaction between surface cover, exposure, and soil temperature. Local snow-accumulation areas usually create distinct depressions in the permafrost table; no direct effect of vegetation cover upon permafrost has been found. CaMAI. ANNERSTEN, L., see also No. 81521. 77052. ANODIN, T. I., and N. I. NENASIIEV. Novye dannye o vozraste trappov nekotorykh almazonosnykh ralonov [Akutskol ASSR. (Akademia nauk SSSR. Komissia po opredelenia absolfiltnogo vozrasta geologicheskikh formaf il. Trudy 1963, 11th session, p. 272-83, tables, maps.) 3 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: New data on the age of traps of some diamond-bearing regions of Yakut ASSR. Reports potassium-argon determinations for traps of the Mirnyy, Vilyuy, Markha, Daldyn regions. Absolute age of trap magmatism is found to range 522-120 million years; its formation extended from Cambrian to Lower Cretaceous. It manifested itself in intrusives and in phases. The chemical and mineralogic composition of traps varies greatly and independently of the age of the rock. Five phases of trap magmatism are distinguished: 522-450, 365-280, 270-218, 201-170, and 141-120 m.y. DLC. 77053. ANONIMOV, G. Ot vyborov do vyborov; Murmanskafå oblast' za chetyre goda semiletki. Murmansk, Murmanskoe knizhnoe izd„yo 1963. 68 p. illus. In Russian. Title tr.: From elections to elections; Murmansk Province in four years of the seven-year plan. Depicts the considerable economic, industrial and cultural growth achieved in 19581962 and that projected for 1963, with data on apatite mining, iron smelting, fishing, poultry raising, dairying, fur farming, consumer goods production, trade turnover, etc. Expansion of hospital and school systems, increases in the student body, housing and urban development, social progress generally are indicated. DLC. 77054. ANSARI, Z. A. Drift speed estimates from large moving irregularities in the F-region at College, Alaska. (Journal of atmospheric and terrestrial physics 1963. v. 25, no. 4, p. 210-12, tables, graphs.) 7 refs. Presents the horizontal components of the speed of these irregularities derived from ionograms. Estimates of the drift speed are made for July-Sept. 1960. DLC.

57

77055. ANSARI, Z. A. The spatial and temporal vibrations in high latitude cosmic noise absorption and their relation to luminous aurora. College, Alaska 1963. xviii, 217 1. graphs, tables, illus.) Alaska. Univ. Geophysical Inst. Geophysical research report no. UAG-R138.) About 70 refs. Describes 1962-1963 investigations into these phenomena carried out at College where night-time radio-wave absorption observed between 2000 and 0200 hrs. correlates well with the intensity fluctuations of A 5577A, and is limited to luminous regions of the sky; and where that observed only after midnight, does not correlate with the intensity fluctuations of X 5577A, and probably is not limited to luminous sky regions. The close association between radio-wave absorption and luminous aurora during absorption events of 2000-0200 hrs. category suggests that the primary particles responsible for the absorption are in the energy range 10-20 key. The absorption associated with the quiet phase of the auroral display is explained by flux of 107•-108 electrons/cm.-2/sec.-1 in this energy range. Transition from the quiet phase to the bright and active phase is shown to be result of a momentary 10-100 fold increase in the flux of low energy electrons. The lack of correlation between absorption and X 5577A intensity fluctuations and the pronounced increase in the ratio of absorption to A 5577A intensity observed during transition from events of 2000-0200 hrs. to the post-midnight category are also explained. DGS. ANSARI, Z. A., see also No. 76913. 77056. ANSIMOV, V. V., and others. Tfilmenskafå Oblast'. (In: Vasil'ev, V.G., ed. Gazovye mestorozhdenia SSSR 1961, p. 485-517, tables, maps.) In Russian. Other authors: S. G. Belkina, L. I. Rovnin and f? L. G. Erv'e. Title tr.: Tyumen Province. Gas and oil deposits are found in Berezovo-Shaim region. Prospecting is described. Three structural-stratigraphic stages are distinguished: Cambrian-Carboniferous, Permian-Lower Jurassic and Middle Jurassic-Quaternary. Each is analyzed in respect to oil and gas. The main deposits: Berezovo, Deminskoye, Yuzhno-Alyasovskoye, Severo-Alyasovskoye, Chuel'skoye Pakhromskoye, Severo-Igrimskoye, YuzhnoIgrimskoye, and two others are described, their location, geologic structure, reservoir rocks, gas yield, properties, reserves, etc. Prospective reserves for the entire Province DLC. are estimated at 2450 billion m3.

58

ANSTEY, R. L., see No. 79410. ANTANAITIS, P., see No. 83764. 77057. ANTHROPOLOGICA. In memoriam R. P. Arthur Thibert, O.M.I., 18981963. (Its: n.ser. v. 5, 1063, no. 2, text & port. on flyleaf.) In French. Obituary to this missionary to the Hudson Bay Eskimos during 1926-1949. His ethnographic and linguistic contribuDSI. tions are noted. ANTILA, S., see No. 82142. 77058. ANTONI-OK, E. S. Anatozovyl leTkoksen iz gneTso-granitov £sentral'nol chasti Kol'skogo poluostrova. (Materialy po mineralogii Kol'skogo poluostrova 1962, no. 2, p. 149-51, tables.) 2 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Anatase leucoxene from gneissgranites in the central part of Kola Peninsula. Describes crystals, color, specific weight, powder patterns and chemical analyses of anatase leucoxene, a variety of sphene. Its crystals are rhombic-like in form; its color is yellowish, specific weight 2.87; TiO2 amounts to 56%. The metasomatic origin of the leucoxene is discussed. Comparison is made with other associated minerals. DLC. 77059. ANTONI K, E. S. Gips i opal, produkty sovremennogo khimicheskogo vyvetrivani1 . amfibolitov v ralone oz. Bol'shol Lapot'. (Materialy po mineralogii Kol'skogo poluostrova 1959. no. 1, p. 127-29.) 4 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Gypsum and opal, products of present chemical weathering of amphibolites in the Bol'shoy Lapot' Lake region. Describes the form of segregation and properties of gypsum and opal so produced near Murmansk in Kola Peninsula. Surface and ground waters penetrate through fissures of amphiboles and bring about the disintegration of hornblendes and sulfides. Arctic conditions of this type of weathering are noted. DLC. 77060. ANTONOV, A. Tvo! novyl dom, severf nin. Murmansk, Murmanskoe knizhnoe izd-vo 1961. 60 p. illus. In Russian. Title tr.: New homes for northerners. Outlines main features of anticipated community development in Murmansk Province, with new methods of town planning and of large-scale domestic construction with prefabricated parts. Expansion of Murmansk by building apartment houses in the north section, also of Kirovsk,

Monchegorsk, Kandalaksha, OIenegorsk, Severomorsk and Polyarnyy, also plans for new towns, such as Nikel', Zapolyarnyy and Kovdor, for reconstruction of Kola and other smaller older towns are discussed. DLC. 77061. ANTONOV, A. A. 0 gidrogeokhimicheskom metode poiskov medno-nikelevykh sul'fidnykh mestorozhdenil na Kol'skom poluostrove. (Razvedka i okhrana nedr 1962. v. 28, no. 3, p. 15-19.) 5 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: On the hydra-geochemical method of searching for coppernickel sulfide deposits on the Kola Peninsula. Discusses studies made in 1960 in the Tsaga River region and elsewhere, with a view to ascertaining the validity of this method. Geologic and hydrogeologic conditions should be considered carefully before applying it. Under conditions of Kola Peninsula, hydrochemical anomalies of Ni and Cu content in the ground water are direct signs of the presence of sulfides of nickel and copper. Mg and Ca are also of importance as these elements disclose ultrabasic and basic igneous rocks with which are connected nickel-copper sulfide ores. Conditions of Kola Peninsula are suited to the hydro-geochemical method for individual localities as well as for regional studies of nickel-copper ores at DLC. various depths. ANTONOV, N. K., aee No. 76793. 77062. ANTONOV, V. S. Energifil sibirskikh rek i SevernyT morskol put'. (Priroda 1963. v. 52, no. 6, p. 25-33, illus., maps.) In Russian. Title tr.: The energy of the Siberian rivers and the Northern Sea Route. Discusses the amount of fresh water carried into the Arctic Ocean by the Siberian rivers and its effects on the coastal waters. The water regimen of the Ob and power projects planned are noted, as are similar projects planned for the Yenisey and Lena, and future river transport as affected by hydro-electric reservoirs is considered. Anticipated climatic effects and effects upon the sea are outlined. DLC. 77063. ANTONOV, V. S. Opredelenie granis sezonov dlfa nizov'ev arkticheskikh rek. (Problemy Arktiki i Antarktiki 1963, no. 13, p. 13-18, graphs, tables.) 11 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Determination of the limits of the seasons on the lower reaches of arctic rivers. Discusses influence of the winter cold air

mass in Central Siberia, the heat of spring runoff carried by rivers flowing south-tonorth, and other hydrological and meteorological factors in changes of the seasons. Data are given on the average, early and late beginnings of water rise in the main rivers emptying into the Kara, Laptev and East Siberian Seas. Average beginning and end of spring, summer, fall, and winter also are tabulated for the lower Ob, Yenisey and Lena areas. Seasonal variation in discharge on the lower reaches of northern rivers in Siberia is considered. The warm seasons are noted to become shorter and the cold seasons longer from west to east. DLC. 77064. ANTONOV, V. S. Problema urovne Kaspi!skogo more, i stok severnykh rek. (Leningrad. ArkticheskiT i antarkticheskil n.-issl. inst. Trudy 1963. v. 253, p. 232-49, tables, graphs.) 19 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The Caspian Sea level and the discharge of northern rivers. The level of the Caspian is 28 m. lower than that of the World Ocean. During the last 30 years it has gone down 2.5 m. and the drainage area has diminished from 401,000 to 366,600 km2. The Volga does not supply enough water for the sea, and diversion of part of the Pechora River discharge will not solve the problem. Diversion of Ob and Yenisey water is under consideration. River drainage into the Kara Sea is outlined and the arctic drainage basin area generally discussed in some detail. Possible results, some catastrophic, from diversion of the Yenisey-Ob are considered, as are possible changes in the Caspian; and an opinion is given that Siberian rivers should not be used to supply the Caspian Sea. DLC. ANTONOVA, T. F., see No. 82284. 77065. ANUCHIN, D. N. 0 geograficheskom raspredfelenii rosta muzhskago naselenifä Rossii, po dannym o vseobshchel voinskol povinnosti v Imperii za 1874-1883 gg., sravnitel'no s raspredieleniem rosta v drugikh stranakh. S. Peterburg 1889. 185 p. tables, maps. (Vsesoft1znoe geografiOtd. statistiki. cheskoe obshchestvo. Zapiski t. 7, vyp. 1.) Offprint. Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Geographic distribution of the male population of Russia by height, based on data of compulsory military service for 1874-1883, compared to height distribution in other countries. Statistical study of recruits in European Russia. Kola Peninsula, Arkhangel'sk Province and the present Komi ASSR show the

59

largest percentage of rejections for shortness of stature i.e. less than 1.53 m. (2.1%), for sickness or physical defects (12-17%), and for immaturity (over 17%). Average height of recruits varied: 1.64 m. in the west (Kola to Onega Peninsula), 1.65 m. in the Arkhangel'sk area (Una Bay to the Kuloy River), and 1.61-1.62 m. east to the Urals. Shortness and physical defects in the alien (Lapp, Karelian, Zyryan), the mixed, and the Russian population of the North are attributed mainly to ethnic and dietary DSI. factors. 77066. ANUFRIEV, I. Ledokol'nafit praktika i polfarnye ledovyc plavanifa v Severnom Ledovitom okeane. (USSR. Gidrograficheskoe upr. Zapiski po gidrografli 1925. v. 50, p. 143-56, maps.) In Russian. Title tr.: Ice-breaking practice and polar ice navigation in the Arctic Ocean. Outlines the difficulties of ice navigation in the White Sea and adjacent waters prior to 1907-1908 when ice-breaking vessels were introduced in the area. By 1917, 15 were assigned to Arkhangelsk shipping but the 450-mile ice-jammed route from the harbor through the White Sea Narrows continued to impede navigation. The difference between marine navigation with ice-breaking vessel aid, and ice navigation itself, is stressed. For navigators in polar seas, practical knowledge is required on how to pass through the ice field using minimum fuel, etc. and ice-breaking effort; how to protect the hull, the propeller, and the rudder from damage; how to utilize the data on ambient air and see-water temperature, sea currents, and winds, to judge the navigational quality of ice seen from the crow's nest; also when possible, how to avoid ice; how to determine the sea depth and the distance traversed through ice without measurement, etc. Author's experience drifting with the Solovef Buchmirovich fast in ice for five months in 1920 is recounted, and the navigational errors analyzed. DLC. 77067. ANUFRIEVA, T. A. Anomal'noe pogloshchenie i uchet ego pri raschetakh NPCh. (Akademifa nauk SSSR. Mezhduvedometvenny! geofizicheskil komitet, V razdel programmy MGG: ionosfemye issledovanifil. Sbornik state! 1962. no. 10, p. 21-26, graphs.) 6 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Anomalous absorption and its effect in calculating the lowest usable frequency. Presents an analysis of the diurnal changes and latitude distribution of radio 60

wave absorption at high latitudes (Resolute Bay, Baker Lake, and Churchill). Absorption is found somewhat higher in the auroral zone than north or south of it, on both magnetically disturbed and quiet days. The values of lowest usable frequencies as calculated by the Kazanfsev method were found considerably different from recorded observations on quiet and disturbed days. DLC. 77068. ANUKHINA, A. M. Biologicheskie osnovy regulirovanifä promysla navagi. (Rybnoe khozfalstvo 1963. v. 39, no. 2, p. 26-31, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: Biological bases for regulating the fishing of Eleginus navnga. Outlines the biology of this White Sea cod and discusses the parameters obtained during 1949-1959, essential to the problem. Water temperatures, growth and sexual development, fertility, age composition, etc. are considered in turn. An annual catch quota is recommended. DLC. ANUKHINA, A. M., see also No. 80383. APARIN, V. P., see No. 84144. 77069. APENCHENKO, LU. Ivdel'-Ob', doroga k sibirskim kladam. (Sovetskil sofilz 1963, no. 3 (157), p. 8-11, illus. In Russian. Title tr.: Ivdel'-Ob, the road to the treasures of Siberia. Depicts progress of this 400-km. railroad started in 1960. At the Ob, it is to branch north to the gas-, and south to the oilbearing regions, and construction of a gas pipe line is planned for 1963. The railroad crosses over 100 km. of peat bog and a corduroy service road was laid. The 220km. completed section of the new line carried over 250 thousand m.3 lumber in 1962. Pionerskiy, the railroad-construction town has gotten 6000 population since 1961. DLC. 77070. APENCHENKO, fti. Zoloto. (Sovetskil sofüz 1962, no. 12 (154), illus. incl. col.) In Russian. Title tr.: Gold. Photo-reportage on the Kolyma gold industry, noting the difficult mining conditions: permafrost, severe climate, etc. Educational and health facilities including the Talaya hot-spring resort are mentioned and selected 1961 statistics given on urban population (80%), schools (203), students (over 28,000), adults at night schools (about 7,400), physicians (42/10,000 inhabitants), etc. DLC. 77071. APENKO, M. A., and others. Otkrytie almazov na Timane i perspektivy ego ahnazonosnosti. (Leningrad. Vses.

geologicheski! inst. Materialy 1960, n. ser. no. 40, p. 5-13, maps, illus.) 9 refs. In Russian. Other authors: G. V. Matveeva and M. I. Plotnikova. Title tr.: Discovery of diamonds in Timan and prospects of its diamond-bearing properties. Reviews geologic-morphologic studies and prospecting done during 1955-1959. Though Timan placers are poor in diamonds, one diamond was found in Northern Timan; also, pyrope and other minerals considered satellites of diamonds were found. Devonian clastic strata and partly quartz sandstones, gravel, conglomerates of Givetian stage seem most prospective for diamonds. Devonian clastic strata and zones of deep faults should be closely studied. DLC. 77072. APLONOV, V. S. Khrustalenosnye kvaraevye zhily basselna verkhov'ev reki Nblon, Verkhofihnskafå khrustalenosnafa zone. (Leningrad. N: issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Trudy 1961. v. 125, sbornik stater po geologii i neftegazonosnosti Arktiki, no. 17, p. 179-94, tables, graphs, map, illus.) 8 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Crystal-bearing quartzitic veins in the upper Nelon River basin, Verkhoyansk crystal-bearing zone. This zone extends from Buorkhaya Bay south to the Nblon River. The crystalbearing quartzitic veins are analyzed. They are connected with strike joints, transversal fissures and cross joints. Crystal occurs in the mode of nests of which the mineralic composition is outlined. Crystals of mountain crystal are described and the morphology of gas-liquid inclusions in the quartz noted, with conclusion that the crystal formed in temperatures of 130DLC. 257° C. 77073. APLONOV, V. S., and V. A. PREOBRAZHENSKII. Novye dannye o stratigraf i verkhnechetvertichnykh otlozheni! na zapadnom sklone khrebta Orulgan. (Leningrad. N: issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Sbornik state! po paleontologii i biostratigrafii 1960, no. 21, p. 5-10, table.) 5 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: New data on the stratigraphy of Upper Quaternary deposits in the western slope of the Orulgan Range. Reports a 1959 study in the Nblon River region, giving a lithologic and genetic description of Quaternary deposits. Two glaciations, maximal and Zyryanka, are recognized and characterized. Spore-pollen properties of the deposits also are outlined DLC. and interpreted. APOLLONIO, S., see No. 80146. 77074.

APPLETON, E. V., and others.

British radio observations during the Second International Polar Year 1932-33. (Royal Society of London. Philosophical Transactions 1937. Ser. A, v. 236, p. 191-259, plates 3 & 4, maps, graphs, tables.) Refs. Other authors: R. Naismith and L. J. Ingram. Describes the program, equipment, and experimental results of observations made at Tromsø (receiver) and Simavik (transmitter) in Norway Aug. 1932—Aug. 1933. The international program of observations was supplemented by a national program attempting to check ionospheric conditions by automatic recordings on the frequencies of 2 and 4 Mc./sec. Parallel observations were made at three sites in England. Results furthered understanding of the ionospheric. structure, specifically the nocturnal division into E and F regions and the existence in daytime of the F1 region and of a considerably ionized intermediate region between E and F. Effects of disturbed and quiet magnetic conditions and the importance of ultra-violet light as an ionizing agent are discussed. Critical frequency measurements are shown graphically. Observed seasonal variations of these measurements agree substantially with theoretical curves, lending support to the view that the ionization at noon varies with solar altitude. Extreme variability of the day-to-day results appears to be connected with magnetic activity. Ionospheric echoes at Tromso are more complex and variable in intensity than those at the sites in England; the complexity is enhanced just before the most intense magnetic perturbations. Abnormal reflections from region E are discussed in some detail, shown graphically, and correlated with magnetic activity, which included a moderate magnetic storm. Variation of the solar ultra-violet light during the sunspot cycle seems confirmed by results of these measurements; thus variation of ionization in the normal ionosphere may also be DLC. related to the sunspot cycle. 77075. APRELKOV, S. E. Vulkan Vilfüchinaki! na Kamchatke. (Akademifä nauk SSSR. Vulkanologicheskafä stanfsifä. Bf01leten' 1963, no. 34, p. 44-47, table, illus.) 3 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Vilyuchinskiy Volcano on Kamchatka. Describes this extinct volcano 2183 m. high on east coast of the peninsula, 45 km. south of Petropavlovsk. Geomorphology and geology of the area are outlined and data on chemical composition of the lava tabulated. The volcano, formed prior to the second glacial epoch, was active till the DLC. post-glacial epoch.

61

77076. APTIKAEV, F. F. Nekotorye osobennosti rasprostranenifa selsmicheskikh vole v tolshche mnogoletnemerzlykh gornykh porod. (In: Akademi& nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Inst. merzlotovedenifs. Teplo ... 1963, p. 89-91, graphs.) 6 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Certain features of seismic wave propagation in permanently frozen strata. Analyzes data obtained for different regions of the Yakut ASSR. The amount of explosive needed for a reliable record of reflected and refracted seismic waves is tens-to-hundreds of times that normally needed in geologically analogous but nonThe extended cophasal frozen rock. reflected waves are almost absent. Travel time curves have an excessively complex form. Some other features also are mentioned. The author tries to explain them by the velocity gradient of the waves in lithologically identical layers of the permafrost stratum, because seismic velocity increases with decreasing temperature. Therefore a steep velocity gradient in the permafrost layer distorts the normal passage of seismic waves in it, and affects the reliability of interpretation of the records obtained. DLC. 77077. ARBAT, ft. Kargopol'skie igrushki. (Dekorativnoe iskusstvo 1959, no. 6 (19), p. 31-33, illus. incl. col.) In Russian. Title tr.: Kargopol toys. Describes colored clay figurines, human and animal, of the 19th-20th century: a traditional local craft in Arkbangel'sk Province, now almost extinct. DLC. 77078. ARBEN'EV, A., and A. ZOBNIN. Effektivnyl metod zimnego betonirovanifa. (Na strolkakh Rossii 1962, no. 10, p. 23-24, table, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: An effective method of laying concrete in winter. Describes a method of laying concrete foundations under temperatures to —50° C. Common salt 0.5-1.0% of the cement weight is added to the mixture which is then heated electrically to 70° C. before pouring into the mold. In Jan. 1962, this method was tested under air temperature of —30° C. Reinforced concrete girders of 0.16 x 0.22 x 6 m. were produced. They tested to 50% standard strength after 24 hrs., and in three days, 70%. A girder kept frozen for one month, then two months at positive centigrade temperature had 150% the standard strength requirement. An estimate on laying 8,000 ma of concrete in winter by the method described showed an economy of 1 million kw.h. electric power,

62

80 tons of electrodes, and 2 tons of electric conductors used for heating concrete elecDLC. trically in the construction. 77079. ARBIEV, K. K. Opyt burovzryvnykh rabot na kar'erakh Noril'skogo kombinata. (corny! zhurnal 1963, no. 7, p. 15-20, tables.) In Russian. Title tr.: Drilling and blasting work in Noril'sk Combine open-cut mines. Discusses working conditions, performance and ways to increase productivity and lower costs; difficulties of mining in permafrost at 260 m. depth because of rock resistance and combination of underground with open mining; classification of Noril'sk rock by resistance to drilling and blasting; types of cable and pneumatic percussion drills used; tabulated data on work efDLC. ficiency. ARBUCKLE, F., see No. 80960. 77080. ARCHIBALD, D. C., and others. Aerial ice observing and reconnaissance in Athabaska River, Lake Athabaska, Slave River, and Great Slave Lake, 1962. Toronto 1963. ii, 33 p. maps, table. (Canada. Meteorological Branch. Circular 3820, TEC-461.) Ref. Other authors: M. N. Monsinger and T. B. Kilpatrick. Describes, in text and maps, conditions during breakup on this water system of Mackenzie District, Alberta and Saskatchewan. Data are given on ice coverage, age, topography, puddling, snow cover, and water features during Apr. 28—June 20, 1962. Thirteen reconnaissance flights were made from Fort Smith at about 5-day intervals; general description for each period is supplemented by the chart of conditions on the days of the flights. A belt of more than 0.9 coverage persisted on June 20 along the central south shore of Great Slave Lake, with smaller areas of close concentration in the western part of the lake. The 1961 breakup was reported in Circular 3551, TEC-375, pub. 1961. DWB. 77081. ARCHIBALD, D. C., and others. Aerial sea ice observing and reconnaissance, St. Lawrence River, the Gulf of St. Lawrence, and coastal waters of Newfoundland 1961. Toronto 1962. 157 p. maps, tables. (Canada. Meteorological Branch. Circular 3591.) 3 refs. Other authors: M. N. Monsinger, and T. B. Kilpatrick. Includes maps and descriptions of ice conditions along the Labrador coast on ten days during May 25 June 27, as observed on medium-range flights out of Gander,

Nfld. Various concentrations of winter and polar ice formed a belt adjacent to the coast; bergs were general. Open water was observed along the coast and along the eastern ice edge in late June. DWB. 77082. ARCTIC. Notes in its: v. 16, 1963. no. 1-4 include: New polar ship (no. 1, p. 47, illus.) describes the ice strengthened M. S. Raila Dan, acquired by J. Lauritzen Lines, Copenhagen, in Oct. 1962, storage and loading facilities, engine, navigational equipment, etc. Governors of the Arctic Institute, 1963 (no. 1, p. 53-56) states professional affiliations, arctic experience, contributions, etc. Award of Institute grants. (no. 2, P143-44) reports recipients (20) of research grants, subjects and areas of investigation. Commodore O. C. S. Robertson receives honorary degree (no. 4, p. 278) notes award by McGill Univ. Obituary notes: Royal E. Shanks, American botanist who studied tundra vegetation in Alaska since 1925 (no. 1, p. 48); no. 4, p. 178-79: G. M. Douglas, Canadian engineer who led mineral explorations in Mackenzie District; O. J. Murie, American zoologist and conservationist who worked in Labrador and Alaska; and E. L. Borden, medical officer of the first Canadian Arctic Expedition. DGS. 77083. ARCTIC CIRCULAR. Unsigned items. (Its: v. 15, 1962 pub. 1963, nos. 1-3.) Includes: Point Barrow conference on native rights: Inupiat Paitot (no. 1, p. 13-14): states policy and recommendations of this Nov. 15-18, 1961 conference of Alaskan Eskimos; The Tundra times (no. 1, p. 14-15): notes this semi-monthly eight-page newspaper by and for Alaskan native peoples, pub. at Fairbanks from Oct. 1, 1962; Institute of Low Temperature Science, Hokkaido University (no. 1, p. 15): describes this Japanese institute, established in 1941, its facilities, research, publications, etc; Ward Hunt Ice Shelf, new breakaway and recent movements of ice island WH 5 (no. 2, p. 20-21): notes calving during 1961-62 winter of about 200 sq. mi. of this ice shelf off Ellesmere Island, and the southeasterly drift of one of the resulting ice islands to Feb. 1963; Jacobsen-McGill Arctic Research Expedition: permafrost investigations at Winter Harbour (no. 3, p. 45-46): notes July 1962 installation of a thermistor cable for measuring permafrost temperatures down to 2000 ft. in a dry well on Melville Island. CaMAI.

77084. ARCTIC INSTITUTE OF NORTH AMERICA. The Arctic Basin. Washington, D.C., Arctic Institute of North America 1963. 319 p. maps, illus. Approx. 600 refs. Comprehensive survey of knowledge achieved and needed research, coordinated by John E. Sater from contributions of some eighty consultants. The region considered is roughly that north of the tree line. In four parts, the survey first reviews definitions of the region, its exploration, sovereignty, and organizations active in research there; its last part lists approx. 600 publications, mostly of the 1940's1960's and in English, and grouped by subject. Pt. 2, p. 27-222, deals with the status of environmental knowledge: oceanography, and sea ice, its physics, distribution, behavior; the land masses, their geology, geodesy and seismology, geomorphology, glaciology, permafrost, limnology; biological research is reviewed and needs appraised, that involving both plant and animal life, and each, in turn; the atmospheric sciences: meteorology, micrometeorology, and climatology, ionospheric physics, geomagnetism and telluric currents are treated in some detail, as to scope, achievement and gaps in knowledge of their polar-area phenomena. Man in the Arctic is briefly reviewed, his prehistory, adjustment to the environment, present populations, research needs in the social sciences; work in the medical sciences, psychiatric problems. Pt. 3, p. 225-87, outlines operational knowledge achieved in transportation, communications, construction, and living in the arctic region. Main sea routes (three), types of vessels, with special attention to the Northern Sea Route, icebreakers, submarines, their use, and navigation; overland and over-ice vehicles; aircraft types, use, navigation, planning and supply of a polar operation are discussed; as are radio telecommunications systems, modes of propagation, use of artificial earth satellites, etc. Main construction problems are stated: site selection, permafrost, foundation design, etc. for buildings, airfields, ports. Finally research and requirements are noted for shelter, clothing, acclimatization, hygiene, and selection of personnel. Numerous graphs, sections, photos, and other illustrative matter, polar station data etc. augment DLC. the text. 77085. ARCTIC INSTITUTE OF NORTH AMERICA. Prehistoric cultural relations between the arctic and temperate zones of North America. J. M. Campbell, editor. Montreal 1962. 181 p. tables, maps, illus.

63

(Its: Technical paper no. 11.) Approx. 350 refs. Contains 18 papers, most of them presented to the Society for American Archeology meeting, New Haven, 1960. Twelve deal with new-found evidence bearing upon ties between the two zones, the last six discuss relations between them. All are abstracted in this Bibliography under their authors' names, viz: C. E. Borden, R. S. MacNeish (2 papers), R. E. Ackerman. J. L. Giddings. J. M. Campbell, W. N. Irving, E. Harp, G. I. Quimby, W. E. Taylor, J. Meldgaard, W. A. Ritchie, W. S. Laughlin (2 papers), H. B. Collins, D. S. Byers, J. B. Griffin, F. de Laguna, q.q.v. CaMAI. 77086. ARCTIC INSTITUTE OF NORTH AMERICA. Proceedings of Arctic Basin Symposium October 1962, held at Hershey, Pa., under auspices of the AINA and the Office of Naval Research, U.S. Navy. Washington, D.C. 1963. 313 p. maps, illus. Refs. Reports a symposium to appraise current knowledge of the Arctic Basin and exchange information on research programs, some 125 scientists participating; 17 papers were presented, most followed by prepared comment of a discussant and/or discussion of the participants, in the four sessions, viz: The sea floor and below. Submarine structure of the Arctic Ocean from earthquake surface waves, p. 3-8. K. Hunkins applies the earthquake surface wave method to the Arctic Ocean in an effort to determine average crustal thickness. Four 1959-1960 earthquakes were recorded at Resolute from epicenters on the Arctic Basin seismic belt; Rayleigh waves were investigated from seismograms recorded on Columbia Univ. long-period instruments. Two central Alaska 1958-1959 earthquakes were recorded along a different azimuth at Uppsala; Love waves were investigated. Inconclusive data suggest that crustal thickness is between six and 15 kin., where water depth exceeds 2000 m. The deeper arctic basins are underlain by a crust similar to that generally found beneath other ocean basins. Geomagnetism and gravity of the Arctic Basin, p. 9-45. N. A. Ostenso summarizes available data and presents two generalized crustal models based upon Bouguer anomalies; these show good agreement between Woollard's and Demenifåkarå's* values for crustal thickness. Demenifskafa's map developed from gravity data for the entire Basin, shows considerable variation in 64

*No. 50990.

structure. The unique Great Arctic Magnetic Anomaly, extending from Taymyr Peninsula to the North Magnetic Pole, is described. The closely related Lomonosov Ridge appears to divide the Arctic Ocean Basin into the magnetically different Canada and Eurasia Basins, the former active, the latter quiescent. Total intensity of the earth's magnetic force is mapped with a contour interval of .01 Oersted. J. R. Weber's discussion compares Ostenso's findings with those of the Canadian Polar Continental Shelf Project. The abyssal fauna of the sea floor of the Arctic Ocean, p. 46-66. R. J. Menzies gives a general outline of the fauna, mainly from depths of 1000-2000 m. He deals with the concept of the abyss, the arctic abyss and its topography, extent of benthos sampling in the Arctic. Zoogeographic aspects are considered, generic and species distribution of the abyssal benthos in the Arctic are reviewed, with quantitative comparisons to the Antarctic. It is suggested that the polar abyssal benthos represents distinct regions of the world ocean. Hydrosphere. Water, salt and heat balance in the north Polar Sea, p. 69-89. H. Mosby estimates mean annual values of water volume, salt, and heat transport, based on 18 factors expressing: flow of water, into or out of the polar sea; outflow of ice, receipt and loss of fresh water, and gain and loss of heat. Specific heat capacity of the water has been set at one cal./gm./° C. and density at one gm./cm'. Volume transport values determined only by dynamical computations are avoided as unreliable. Results are tabulated, volumes being expressed in 106m.3sec.-r, salinities in °boo, and energy gain or loss in 105 kcal. sec.-'. Nearly 90% of the total heat loss is conducted through the ice cover. The loss is 30% covered by net radiation income to the ice-free surface in summer; the rest of the heat gain is mainly due to currents and melting of ice outside the polar sea. E. Vowinckel's discussion elaborated on some of Mosby's sampling, analyzing difficulties, and suggested avenues of further research. Some features of ice movement in the Arctic Basin, p. 90-108. Moira Dunbar and W. Wittman reviewed the collection of data on ice drift, the circulation pattern, drift components and speed_ Main features of ice movement are the transpolar drift stream and the Pacific gyral. The first carries ice from the East Siberian Sea and from Bering Strait across the North Geographic Pole and down the east coast of

Greenland; the second is a closed clockwise drift between Alaska and the Canadian Arctic Islands, which contains the oldest and heaviest ice in the Arctic. Pattern of ice drift is governed chiefly by the combination of a wind drift component and a permanent current component. Mean annual drift rates range 0.2-2.6 naut. mi./ day. Net rates in the transpolar drift stream tend to increase toward the Greenland Sea, but actual rates show a definite decrease along with a reduced coefficient of meandering. Data from the Pacific gyral confirm its varying pattern and rate of drift. Tidal phenomena, bottom contours, and broad-scale relative movement are also noted as affecting ice drift. Dr. Wittman added information on the Birds Eye ice reconnaissance flights and further discussed analysis of data, fluctuations, etc. Interaction between the polar basin and peripheral seas, particularly the Atlantic approach, p. 109-121. Dr. Mosby expands the discussion of several factors noted in his previous paper treating 13 major and 10 minor factors affecting the Norwegian and Barents Seas; their values are compiled under the three categories: inflow, outflow, and evaporation. Main loss of heat is due to evaporation. Net gain of heat by radiation is 31%. Total effect of the East Greenland Current is nearly negligible, but the heat brought by the Atlantic Current through the Faroe Shetland Channel supplies 56% of the total. Results suggest that about 21.0 109 kcal./sec.-' will be transferred to the atmosphere from an ice-free area of 2.7 million km.2, or 67.2 g.cal./cm:2/day-'. This would permit a temperature increase of about 0.28° C. per day in the overlying atmosphere. Active discussion started . by W. G. Metcalf included the problem of overflow from the Norwegian (Greenland) Sea into the Atlantic. Some aspects of turbulence in the Arctic, p. 122-27. R. W. Stewart notes that despite some understanding of turbulence, one cannot estimate quantitatively such effects as winter instability, location of the main halocline and its relation to penetrative convection, surface mixing in summer, etc. Theoretical solutions to some of these problems are presented, comparing turbulence in an ice-free and ice-covered surface. The waters of the Canadian Arctic Archipelago, p. 128-42. A. E. Collin summarizes the geographic dimensions, depths, ice conditions, circulation and five or six masses of these waters. Estimated volume transports through Lancaster Sound, Jones Sound, and Smith Sound for 1928, 1954 and 1957 are tabulated. The total volume

transport from the Arctic Ocean through the Arctic Islands and Smith Sound may be estimated at 0.67-1.74 million cu.m./sec. E. L. Lewis in discussion suggests another interpretation of the data, in view of probable seasonal changes. Water masses of the Arctic, p. 143-72. L. K. Coachman describes the three water masses, based mainly on temperature distribution: the surface layer or arctic water (0-200 in.), Atlantic water (200-900 m.); and bottom water. Arctic water is generally cold, relatively dilute at the surface, with salinity increasing sharply below 50 m. Atlantic water temperature is above 0° C., reaches maximum values in the 300-500 m. level then decreases; salinities increase down to the 400 in. level, then become uniform at about 34.9-35.0°/00. Bottom water temperatures are below 0° C., with uniform salinities between 34.93-34.99°/a,. Certain features of the distribution of properties and of mixing and circulation, peculiar to the Arctic include: maximum Coriolis' force value; the ice cover which controls surface water characteristics, though wind stress affects surface flow; the submarine canyons, which form preferred pathways supplying deep water to the peripheral mixing areas. M. J. Dunbar's discussion suggests a new approach to Arctic Ocean studies, regarding the water as gradually changing with depth rather than consisting of three separate layers. Arctic Ocean plankton, p. 173-83. M. W. Johnson reviews early plankton studies of this area, and discusses the copepods of the sector extending north of Eurasia and Alaska. Number of their forms known, predominant and expatriate species, and Pacific forms are dealt with. Recruitment and maintenance of the Arctic plankton are also considered. Arctic submarine acoustics, p. 197-211. K. Hunkins deals with the propagation, natural sources, and applications of underwater sound. The permanent pack ice cover generates acoustic noise at times, modifies long-range propagation, and makes possible reception techniques different from those in other oceans. Temperature- salinity relationships result in sound velocity which increases with depth, and this velocity gradient leads to propagation peculiar to the polar oceans. The Arctic Ocean Sofar axis lies at the surface; directly above the arctic Solar channel is an atmospheric sound channel which during inversion conditions comprises an inverted version of the arctic Sofar channel. Wave motion is limited by the ice; thus background noise in the Arctic Ocean is often at a very low level,

65

interrupted by ice cracking and growling. Permanence and efficiency of the arctic Sofar channel indicates it may be useful for the navigation of future drifting research stations, or for positioning downed aircraft in the Arctic Ocean. Discussion by A. It. Milne and others pointed out that frequencies above 33 cycles/s. are lost by scattering from the rough ice-water boundary; recording of biological sounds also was noted. The hydrosphere, p. 212-16. Chairman C. A. Barnes, summarizes this session, as a representative sampling of present-day knowledge of Arctic Basin waters, noting the close relations of the various water types, stressing local differences, indicating unsolved problems, etc. Precise quantitative measurements are needed, particularly in Bering Strait, the Canadian Arctic Islands waters, and during winter.

ence between surface radiation from the earth and radiation from the atmosphere). Available data are summarized briefly, and several methods of calculating the distribution of the various components of radiation and their seasonal changes are noted. Calculations based on cloud observations give a positive net total radiation of about 10 kcal./cm2/yr. Need for further data is stressed. N. Untersteiner in discussion confirms that the 10 kcal/cm2/yr. result, is questionable and notes studies required to elucidate or modify it. Ecology of ice substrates, p. 245-52. J. L. Mohr and J. Tibbs discuss the physical effects of the floating ice upon the water below it, blooms and factors possibly producing them, salinity below the ice and its biological effects, effects of ice on kelp growth. N. J. Wilimovsky in discussion deals further with the relation of the biota and ice substrate.

Ice. Ice budget of the Arctic Ocean, p. 219-30 by N. Untersteiner. Heat budget and the horizontal movement of ice determine the ice budget. Total volume of ice present in the Arctic Ocean is 30,000-35,000 km2. Export, mostly between Greenland and Svalbard, is about 3100 km.', but varies from year to year. Annual export represents about 10% of the total ice volume and corresponds to about half of the total heat loss from the Arctic Ocean. The ice budget of an individual floe is shown graphically and the climatic equilibrium thickness is expressed mathematically. Horizontal movement or ice drift is best known from ship, drifting station, or drifting radio beacon observations; additional data on deformation of the ice cover best obtained from atomic-powered submarines or from a meteorological satellite in polar orbit. W. I. Wittman's discussion notes the value of aerial reconnaissance, specifically Project Birds Eye, the U.S. Naval Oceanographic Office year-round coverage of the Arctic Basin by Super Constellation aircraft. Energy exchange, air-ice-water, p. 231-44. S. Orvig examines each term in the heat balance equation R-1-LE -VP -FA =0, where R is the so-called radiation balance of the earth's surface, LE the expenditure of heat through evaporation, P is turbulent heat exchange between the earth's surface and the atmosphere, and A heat exchange between the surface and subsurface layers of land or sea. The radiation balance of the surface R, is also expressed as R= (Q-1-q) (1-x)-J, where (Q-1-q) is the sum of direct (Q) and diffuse (q) solar radiation, x= albedo, and J the effective radiation (differ-

The atmosphere and above. Notes on arctic weather, p. 256-72. H. P. Wilson discusses for workers in fields other than meteorology some of the physical processes or factors most difficult for meteorologists to understand, among them: solar radiation, absorption and reflection, longwave radiation, turbulent exchange, heat storage, horizontal advection, geostrophic wind, vertical wind shear, storm tracks, general circulation. B. W. Boville's discussion indicated the types of studies and data needed for small-scale, synoptic, largescale, and specialized meteorological problems. Research on the polar upper atmosphere, p. 273-90. W. L. Godson outlines results of recent studies on the arctic stratosphere. Included are those on the nature and development of the synoptic regimes and dynamic and thermodynamic explanations for them; purely physical studies (radiation, water vapor, ozone, etc.) to solve some of the complex mechanisms in operation. Need is recognized for consideration of the entire atmosphere, as well as tropospheric— stratospheric relations. W. S. Hering in discussion notes the development of mathematical-physical models which can account for the complex interaction between various scales of motion and between various layers of the atmosphere; also extends Godson's remarks on stratospheric circulation with illus. from balloon and rocket observations. The arctic ionosphere, aurora and airglow, p. 291-301. S. Chapman defines aeronomy as the science of that part of the upper atmosphere where dissociation and ionization are important, i.e. from the

66

outermost levels of the atmosphere down to the ozone layer at about 40 km. Special arctic solar influences and the information they provide on the distant magnetosphere are described; opportunities provided by the IGY for study of strong geophysical disturbances, and by the IQSY for study of ionizing wave radiation, are noted. Investigations and problems on the aurora and airglow are reviewed, noting the IGY allsky camera program and the wide distribution of airglow emission. H. Carmichael in discussion pays tribute to Chapman, and notes effort to install cosmic ray neutron monitors at high geomagnetic latitudes in Canada for the IQSY and the next solar cycle. Appended, p. 305-313, are supplementary papers on drifting stations Alpha, Bravo (T-3), Charlie, ARLIS I and II by M. C. Brewer; remarks by H. Mosby on the water masses and their interaction with the air through the ice cover; and a suggested research program derived from the Hershey DLC. Symposium by M. J. Dunbar. ARCTIC INSTITUTE OF NORTH AMERICA, see also Nos. 80660, 81233, 83656. 77087. ARE, F. E. Izmerenie temperatury v termicheskikh skvazhinakh pri iskusstvennom zamorazhivanii gruntov. (Akademifa nauk SSSR. Inst. merzlotovedenifå. SeveroVostochnoe otd-ie. Trudy 1958, no. 1, p. 62-70, tables, graphs.) 4 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Temperature measurement in thermal boreholes during artificial freezing of ground. Discusses the accuracy necessary in measuring temperature in holes where cold air or brine is circulated to freeze the ground. Antifiltration screens of frozen ground were made by this method in the fill of the Arkagala River dams near Noril'sk, and elsewhere. The accuracy recommended is ± 0.1° to ± 0.2° C. Probable error is calculated as ± 0.8° and t 0.9° C. respectively for platinum and copper thermometers used in the borehole, and as ± 0.7° C. for thermistors. Mercury thermometers used at present are found to give better accuracy, and to be simpler in operation than those designed on the electric resisDLC. tance principle. 77088. AREMBOVSKII, I. V., and L. N. IVAN'EV. Paleoliticheskafil masterskafa "Kl1IIchevafäa pad' " v okrestnostfiikh goroda Irkutska. (Irkutsk. Univ. Trudy 1958, v. 14, p. 185-89, illus.) 5 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The Klyuchevaya pad', paleolithic workshop in the vicinity of Irkutsk.

Outlines the geology of this site disclosed in a survey of Quaternary deposits in the suburb Martovskiy in 1952-1953. Bone fragments with saw marks from Elephas primigenius Blum and Rhinoceros lichorhinus Fish are described, also stone artifacts of late paleolithic aspect similar to the Verkholenskaya gora finds on the upper Lena. DLC. 77089. ARENDT, ID. A. Krona morskol lilii is srednego ordovika r. Podkamennol Tunguski. (Paleontologicheskil zhurnal 1963. no. 4, p. 131-35, illus.) 8 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: A crown of a crinoid from the Middle Ordovician of the Podkamennaya Tunguska River region. Presents a systematic description of a member of superfam. Homocrinicae. A new family Tunguskocrinidae is established, represented by Tunguskocrinus n. gen. and T. ivanovae n. sp. DLC. 77090. AR'EV, T. IA. Otmorozhenie. (Voenno. medi£sinskil zhumal 1962, no. 1, p. 25-30.) 32 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Frostbite. Discusses incidence of frostbite in peace and war, pathology, degrees and classification, diagnosis, therapy in Russia and abroad, healing process, prognosis. DNLM. ARGENTOV, A. A., see No. 83948. 77091. ARIMA, E. Y. Report on an Eskimo umiak built at Ivuyivik, P.Q., in the summer of 1960. Ottawa, Dept. of Northern Affairs and National Resources, 1963. vi, 83 p. illus. (Canada. National Museum. Bulletin no. 189, Anthrop. ser. no. 59.) 50 refs. French summary. In two parts, one a comparative study of umiak types, economic and religious uses, etc., the other, account of the construction stages of the boat built for the National Museum by three Eskimo craftsmen with native and introduced tools. Materials, driftwood frame, skin covering, accessories, launching, etc. are dealt with in turn. Economic and social aspects are also considered: the feat was backed by cooperative effort of the Ivuyivik Eskimo community (99 persons); proceeds from the construction helped buy a community whale boat (cf. No. 69983). A psychological character analysis of the building group is included. DSI. 77092. ARISTOVA, L. B. Nekotoiye dannye o sostave i raspredelenii amfipod vostochnol chasti Beringova morß. (Moskva. Vses. n: issl. inst. morskogo rybnogo 67

khoz. i okeanografti. Trudy 1963. v. 48, p. 219-22, map.) 4 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Some data on the amphipod composition and distribution in the eastern part of Bering Sea. Reports on these crustaceans collected from bottoms 20-500 m. deep in 1958 and 1959. Some 89 species are listed, common forms noted, and distribution of arctic eleDLC. ments mapped. 77093. ARISTOVA, T. F. Vladimir Klavdievich Arsen'ev, 1872-1930. (Sovetskafä etnografifa 1963, no. 1, p. 139-43, port.) 2 refs. In Russian. Biographical sketch of this prominent ethnographer and geographer of the Russian Far East, based primarily on unpublished memoirs and data supplied by his wife, Margarita Nikolaevna Arsen'eva. Of 29 of his publications listed, about two DLC. thirds on the Tungus. ARITA, S., see No. 79635. 77094. ARKAD'EV, D. Vtorafa molodost' Maklakovki. (Master lesa, 1961, no. 8, p. 5, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: Rejuvenation of Maklakovo. Sketches operations of the new sawmill on the Yenisey at Maklakovo (58°16' N. 92°29' E.), starting exploitation of the northern Krasnoyarsk taiga. It is expected to produce at least 1,141,000 m.3 of lumber in DLC. 1961, partly for export. 77095. ARKHANGEL'SK. Oblastnaia liblioteke. Pisateli i poety Arkhangel'skol oblasti: bibliograficheskil spravochnik. Arkhangel'sk, Arkhangel'skoe knizhnoe izdvo 1962. 59 p. In Russian. Title tr.: Writers and poets of Arkhangel'sk Province: bibliographic guide. Lists about 30 modern writers and folklorists including four Nenets Samoyeds, with biographic sketch and publications of each. DLC. 77096. ARKHANGEL'SKII, A. M., and others. Fizicheskafii geografifä SSSR, chast' pervafå .obshchaR. Moskva, Izd-vo "Vysshafå ahkola" 1962. 315 p. tables, maps, illus. 70 refs. In Russian. Other authors: A. M. Alpat'ev and N. Ø. Podoplelov. Title tr.: Physical geography of the USSR; part one, general. Textbook for state universities and pedagogical institutes. Geographic position and boundaries of the USSR, history, geographic exploration, geologic structure and stages of development, relief, seas, climate, waters, soils, flora and fauna are

68

described. All seas of the arctic basin, permafrost areas, and areas of glaciation DLC. are included. 77097. ARKHANGEL'SKII, V. L. Puty i skorosti peremeshchenifå isiklonov i antif iklonov v Vostochnol Sibiri i na Dal'nem Vostoke. (Vladivostok. Dal'nevostochnyl n: issl. gidrometeorologicheskil inst. Trudy 1956. no. 1, p. 97-113, tables, maps.) 9 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Routes and velocity of cyclone and anticyclone transfer in Eastern Siberia and the Far East. Analyzes the recurrence and trajectories of cyclones and anticyclones in the area from the Yenisey east to Chukotka and the Aleutians, and from the Arctic Basin coastal regions south to Ryukyu Island; synoptic charts of 1945-1954 were used. The cyclonic courses are grouped and each of the five groups is characterized. Seasonal changes of cyclones are treated. Four groups of anticyclones are distinguished and their spatial and seasonal courses are outlined. DLC. 77098. ARKHIPOV, S. A. K materialam po izuchenifü molodykh tektonicheskikh dvizhenil v Prieniselskol chasti ZapadnoSibirskol nizmennosti; v predelakh basselna nizhnego i srednego techenifa r. Enisefa. (Sibirskil n: issl. inst. geologii, geofiziki i mineral'nogo syr'fa. Trudy 1960. no. 9, p. 97-110, profiles, map.) 5 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: On materials for investigation of young tectonic movements in the Yenisey part of the West Siberian lowland; within the lower and middle Yenisey River basin. Reports field study in 1954-1959 and discovery of several large morphostructures such as the Yenisey depression, massifs, etc. A geomorphic and geologic method is used for interpretation of the Quaternary cover. Three groups of deposits are described: marine-glacial, Samarovo glacial horizon, and pre-Samarovo complex of rocks. The method is found suitable for interpreting young tectonic movements. They are briefly characterized and comparisons made with geophysical and magnetic studies and deep drillings. DLC. 77099. ARKHIPOV, S. A., and Z. V. ALESHINSKAIÄ. 0 morenopodobynkh otlozhenifåkh Eniseiskogo allfuvifa v svfazi s nekotorymi voprosami stratigrafii chetvertichnykh otlozhenil prieniselskot Sibiri. (In: Markov, K. K., ed. PerigI1 f ial'nye fävelenifa ... 1960, p. 220-30, illus.) 7 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Moraine-like deposits of Yenisey alluvium in connection

with some stratigraphi problems of the Quaternary deposits of Yenisey Siberia. Describes Holocene alluvial deposits (tentatively termed moraine-like) as found in sections of the Yenisey flood plain and on the lower Yeloguy, Bakhta, Nizhnyaya Tunguska, etc. They occur in large lenses with max. thickness 4-5 m. Composition of the diatom algae indicate that they should be considered an independent complex. Their origin is discussed and opinion expressed that they were formed by river ice during flood periods. Investigation of Yenisey alluvium is of importance for the stratigraphy of Quaternary deposits. DLC. 77100. ARMAND, A. D. Konechnomorennye obrazovanifå Khibinskogo gornogo massive. (Akademifä nauk SSSR. Komissifa po izuchenifil chetvertichnogo perioda. Trudy 1963. v. 21, p. 15-20, map, illus.) 5 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Terminal morainic formations of the Khibiny mountainous massif. Outlines the morphology, structure, composition of these terminal moraines distributed in Kola Peninsula. They are recognized as upper, middle, and lower aocording to position of the valleys, and are characterized. The origin of terminal moraines, glaciers, types, movement and melting, and development of marginal formation are discussed. DLC. 77101. ARMAND, A. D., and others. Osobennosti istorii poslednego oledenifa na severo-vostoke Fennoskandii. (Akademiß nauk SSSR. Izvestifä 1962, ser. geog. no. 2, p. 55-60, map.) 11 refs. In Russian. Other authors: N. N. Armand and A. A. Nikonov. Title tr.: Features of the history of the last glaciation in northeast Fennoscandia. Reviews the stages, thickness of ice cover, directions of ice movements and other features of the last glaciation in Kola Peninsula. The glacial shield in the Ponoy River basin, and the shrinkage of the Scandinavian ice cover in mountain and plain areas are outlined. Activity and extent of last glaciation are characterized. DLC. ARMAND, N. N., see No. 77101. ARMELAGOS, G., see No. 79958. 77102. ARMSTRONG, J. F. Helicopters, what are they? what are they doing? what can they do? (Oil in Canada 1963. v. 15, no. 22, p. 30-36, illus.) Describes the features of this type aircraft

uniquely adapted to exploration, pipelining, surveying, drilling and inspection, for the oil and gas industry. Only cost, $60—$300 per hr. retards its wider use, but in rough terrain the savin..: more than offset costs. Seven Bell models, two Sikorsky, a Brantly, a Hiller, and a Hughes, are illus. with main characteristics cited. Some 16 western Canadian helicopter operators are listed, one, Klondike Helicopters Ltd., based in Whitehorse. DLC. 77103. ARMSTRONG, R. L. K-Ar dates from West Greenland. (Geological Society of America. Bulletin 1963. v. 74, no. 9, p. 1189-92. map. table.) 12 refs. Reports potassium-argon dates for samples from the Precambrian: biotite from gneiss at the northeast end of Søndre Strømfjord gave 1.65 billion years as a minimum age for the Nagssugt8gidian fold belt; another biotite from Godthåb gave 2.7 b.y for a pre-Nagssugt6gidian fold belt. A pegmatite feldspar from Ivigtut gave a date of 560 m.y., indicating a late thermal event. Samples were collected in 1956 by K.K. Turekian in connection with geochemical studies by Lamont Geological Obsy. Precambrian orogenic periods in Greenland are correlated with the Kenoran, Hudsonian, and Grenville orogenies of the Canadian DGS. Shield. 77104. ARMSTRONG, T. E. Northern affairs in the Soviet Union. (International journal 1963-1964. v. 19, no. 1, p. 41-49, map.) Reviews the development from the early 20th century when the economy was based on the fur industry, to the present based on systematic exploitation of mineral resources, with major mining and industrial centers at Noril'sk, Pechenga, Mirnyy, and Vorkuta, in Chukotka and the Yana, Kolyma and Aldan basins. River transport, the Northern Sea Route, and connecting road, rail, and air transport have facilitated progress. Fur and timber are also exploited, as are fishery and some agriculture, and about one quarter of the local food requirements are supplied in the area. An adequate labor force has been maintained through forced labor in the past, and recently through persuasive incentives and appeals to patriotism. Large scientific research bodies are active in the North; military activity undoubtedly is present but not dominant. Comparison of methods and approaches with those used in northern Canadian development shows that while Canada benefits from economic advantages of the private enterprise system, the USSR

69

benefits from good centralized planning and the ability to attract workers and to train large numbers of long-term specialists. Comparison between these two northlands is difficult due to their great differences, but each could learn from the other. CaOGB. 77105. ARMSTRONG, T. E. Oil and gas in the Soviet Arctic. (Polar record 1063. v. 11, no. 73, p. 431-34, map.) 8 refs. Reviews search and discoveries since 1933, the exploration mostly in the Ust'-Yenisey, Anabar-Khatanga, and Lena-Olenek areas. Gas was found at Berezovo on the lower Ob in 1953 and at the Vilyuy-Lena confluence in 1956. Finds of oil and gas on the middle Ob in 1961 prove that the petroliferous region of the West Siberian Lowland is not restricted to the western edge; it may be about 750,000 km.2 in extent. Also, parts of the Siberian platform between the Yenisey and Lena Rivers may be promising. DGS. Production at Ukhta is noted. ARMSTRONG, T. E., see also No. 78236. 77106. ARMY INFORMATION DIGEST. Alaskan Air Command. (Army information digest 1961. v. 16, no. 10, p. 56-57, ilhus.) Describes the U.S. Air Force organization and installations in Alaska, its role in defense, the low temperature research on equipment at Eielson, and the Arctic AeroMedical Laboratory at Ladd Air Base, the logistics support of IGY stations, etc. The recently developed White Alice System is noted as providing a reliable communication system for civilian and military needs. DLC. ARNDT, N., see No. 77192. 77107. ARNE, T. J. In memoriam. Gustaf Hallatröm. (Ymer 1963. v. 83, no. 1-2, p. 144-45, illus.) In Swedish. Obituary of this Swedish archaeologist and ethnographer, 1880-1962, the state historical museum expert on the archeology and ethnography of Norrland, who also made contributions to knowledge of Lapp civilization. DLC. 77108. ARNELL, S. V., and H. PERSSON. Notes on Lophozia pellucida Schuster. (Svensk botanisk tidskrift 1961. v. 55, no. 2, p. 376-78, illus.) 3 refs. This hepatic, hitherto known only from Ellesmere Island, is reported from Tome Lappmark and Alaska. Perianths, not found before, are described and illus. DLC. 77109. ARNKIL, J. E. Puun hankinnan ajankohtaisista kysymyksistri Pohjois- Suo-

70

messa. (Lapin tutkimusseura. Vuosikirja 1962. v. 3, p. 36-52, map, graphs.) In Finnish. English summary. Title tr.: Present problems of timber production in north Finland. Discusses changes in lumbering with its mechanization, and its seasonal work becoming a year-round occupation requiring trained skills. To maintain a competitive position, Finland must obtain the raw material at the lowest cost by utilizing the total forest area and the timber of smaller dimensions which needs more expensive preparation. Some long-term measures are recommended: research, continued development work, extension of the highway and floating-channel networks, etc. The fragmentation of forest land should cease, vocational training should be organized for CaMAI. men in the lumber industry. ARNOLD, C. A., see No. 79582. ARNOLD, E. W., see No. 82224. 77110. ARNOL'DI, I. A., and others. Gigiena truda gornorabochikh v uslovifakh Zapolfitr'fa. (In: Moskva. N.-issl. inst. sanitarii i gigieny. Gigienicheskie ... 1961, p. 142-208, tables, graphs, illus.) 31 refs. In Russian. Other authors: P. I. Gumener, P. I. Tal'fanaev, k. A. Belkina and M. S. Kaaenel'baum. Title tr.: Labor hygiene among miners under arctic conditions. Reports comprehensive study made during the arctic summer of 1957 and winter 1958 in a coal mine, an ore mine, and in an open cut, at Noril'sk. The local climate, geology and permafrost are outlined as introduction. The high humidity and low temperature, combined with insufficient clothing put a high stress on the miners. Dust content of the air was found high except in the open cuts; silicosis hazards were unequal, some areas containing over 10% of free SiO,. In the main production processes, noise and vibration were far above allowable limits. Illumination was insufficient. Morbidity among the miners showed a prevalence of diseases caused by cold. Among those working in the permafrost strata, there was a high incidence of hypo- and hypertonia. Preventive measures for some anomalies are suggested. DLC. 77111. ARNOL'DI, I. A. Gigienicheskie voprosy akklimatizaGii naselenifa na Kralnem Severe. (In: Moskva. N.-issl. inst. sanitarii i gigieny. Gigienicheskie ... 1961, p. 7-22, tables, graphs.) 12 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Problems in acclimatization hygiene of the population of the Far North.

Discusses temperature and light (including UV) conditions in the Arctic; winds, and heat loss; ion concentration of the air. Differences in conditions of several Russian arctic areas are considered, as are microclimate, acclimatization, its loss and reacclimatization, physiology of acclimatization, clothing. DLC. 77112. ARNOL'DI, I. A. Gigienicheskie voprosy akldimatizafiii naselenifii v Zapoliar'e. (Problemy Severa 1962, no. 6, p. 49-58.) In Russian. Title tr.: Hygienic problems in the acclimatization of population in the Arctic. Reviews acclimatization under specific conditions of the North: weather fluctuations, radiation, wind, etc.; need of gradual and planned adaptation; sanitation, nutrition, housing, clothing. Problems of air pollution, and mineral-deficient water, and school construction are considered, as are occupational hazards in mining, fisheries, etc., use of leisure, influence of large population centers in the Arctic. 77113. ARNOL'DI, I. A. Nekotorye gigienicheskie voprosy akklimatizaf ii naselenifa na Severe. (Voenno-medit inski1 zhurnal 1962, no. 3, p. 51-53.) In Russian. Title tr.: Some problems of acclimatization hygiene of the population in the North. Discusses unequal seasonal distribution of sunlight in the Arctic; "storage" of solar energy in the organism and spring incidence of vitamin-C deficiency; vitamin-D deficiency; effects of low temperatures; factors determining weather severity; effects of polar night on health and diseases. DNLM. 77114. ARNOL'DI, I. A. Osobennosti gigienicheskikh uslovi! truda v vedushchikh otraslfskh narodnogo khozis!stva na Kralnem Severe. (In: Litvinov, N.N., ed. Zdorov'e cheloveka . 1963, p. 37-52, graphs.) In Russian. Title tr.: Characteristics of work hygiene in the leading branches of the national economy in the Far North. Outlines the environmental conditions in mines, including permafrost, dust, gases, etc.; conditions in open pits; means of combatting the ill effects of the environment, especially those of cold; conditions in the copper and nickel smelter, with sharp temperature differences and frequent colds. Working conditions in fishing, its hazards, etc. are also described. The importance of work rotation and rest is stressed. DNLM. ARSANOV, A. S., see No. 82138.

77115. ARSEN'EV, A. A. Treshchinnafå tektonika i almazonosnost' vostochnol chasti SibirskoT platformy. (Akademifå nauk SSSR. IÅkutskil filial. Trudy 1963. ser. geol. no. 9, p. 39-44, map.) 11 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Jointing tectonics and diamonds in the eastern part of Siberian platform. Reports study of the platformic Paleozoic cover of this area. Five regional disjunctive zones of northeastern direction are distinguished: the Angara-Muna, MarkhaKotuy, Molodo-Popigay, Kotuy-Popigay and Markha-Olenek, and three northwestern: the Muna-Angara, Chara, and Chuga-Lena. Each is characterized. Traverses of the Molodo-Popigay, MarkhaKotuy, and Angara-Muna are considered to be the most prospective for detection of new DLC. kimberlite pipes. ARSEN'EV, V. K., see No. 84011. 77116. ARSHENEVSKIT, IU. DolgosØ chny! prognoz i arkticheskafa navigafsi1 . (MorskoT flot 1963, no. 10, p. 18-19, diagr.) Ref. In Russian. Title tr.: Long-term forecasting and arctic navigation. Notes that this forecasting has made no qualitative advance in recent years. The navigation period however, has been extended from two-and-a half to four months with aid of powerful icebreakers. Forecast of the natural breakup of fast ice is considered less important than knowledge of potential ice resistance in regions of icebreaker operation. The long-term forecasts tend to impede rather than expedite shipping under escort by such icebreakers as the DLC. Moskva. ARTAMANOV, V. N., see No. 77371. 77117. ARTEM'EV, G. V. Osnovnye voprosy razvitifä ovoshchevodstva zashchishchennogo grunta na Kralnem Severe. (Problemy Severn 1962, no. 6, p. 164-71.) In Russian. Title tr.: Basic problems of the development of vegetable growing in protected ground in the Far North. Vegetable growing in hot houses and hot beds began in the 1930's at Dikson Island, Tiksi Bay, Provideniya Bay, Pechora, etc. and spread during the war to Monchegorsk, Khibiny, Ukhta, Vorkuta, Noril'sk, Magadan Province, etc. Success with cucumbers in Ukhta, Vorkuta and Noril'sk is noted. Use of heat from big industrial plants for hot houses is discussed, also artificial irradiation; the best tomato strains for DLC. the North are listed.

71

77118. ARTHUR, P. Canadian Christmas cards. (Canadian art 1963. v. 20, no. 6, p. 333-35, illus.) Includes note on cards designed by artists of the West Baffin Eskimo cooperative and pub. by the Queen's Printer, Ottawa, on recommendation of the Canadian Eskimo Art Committee, etc. DSI. ARTfiUSHIN, B. I., see No. 83168. 77119. ARfSYBASHEVA, T. F., and others. K voprosu o klassifikaisii kimberlitov fAkutii. (Sovetskafå geologifii. 1963, no. 1, p. 70-81, illus.) 20 refs. In Russian. Other authors: V. A. Blagul'kina, V. S. Rovcha, and N. N. Sarsadskikh. Title tr.: Classification of Yakutia kimberlites. Discusses previous classifications and offers a new one for the Alakit-Daldyn region, based on composition of the binding mass, relative content of fragmental material, and its composition. Each type of kimberlite is described and illus. DLC. 77120. ARffSYBASHEVA, T. F. Massivaylkimberlit basselna r. Alakit. (Leningrad. Vses. geologicheskil inst. Materialy 1960. u. ser.,no. 40, p. 29-35, illus.) 10 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The massive kimberlite of the Alakit River basin. Describes the rock color, texture, mineral composition, inclusions and other features of so-called massive kimberlites, as exemplified by the Nachal'naya, Iskorka, Snezhnaya, and other, pipes. The fragmental material inclusions are about 25%, and peridotite widely distributed. Phenocrysts and xenocrysts of serpentized olivine are described. DLC. 77121. ARUTfONOV, A. I., and N,. E. LEGEZIN. Tekhnologicheskie skhemy gazodobyvafiishchikh promyslov Kralnego Severs. (Gazovoe delo 1963, no. 4, p. 8-11, diagr.) In Russian. Title tr.: Technological schemes for gas production in the far North. Proposes a technique for the collection and primary processing of natural gas which may reach —58°C. The raw gas could be channeled from the boreholes to a central collecting installation, and by the external cold air freeze-dried for transport Thermo-insulation and to -consumer. automatic heating or antifreeze are suggested to protect gas conduits from freezing and hydrates forming inside the conduits. A general installation scheme is presented for separation and desiccation of gas, and a pilot-test proposed at one of the arctic gas deposits. M. A. Bernshtein discusses

72

this technological scheme in Gas000e deco 1963, no. 5, p. 65-66, offering generally favorable criticism, suggesting several variants, and referring to the experience of gas-producing fields in the arctic regions of the USSR and abroad. PLC. 77122. ARUTfUNOV, S. A., and others. Drevnie mogil'niki Chukotki. (Akademifa Kratkie nauk SSSR. Inst. etnografii. soobshchenifå 1963. no. 38, p. 56-69, illus.) 14 refs. In Russian. Other authors: M. G. Levin and D. A. Sergeev. Title tr.: Ancient burials of Chukotka. Describes the Institute of Ethnography's excavations in 1957-1960 at the Uelen and Ekven cemeteries. Analysis of toggled harpoon heads, predominantly Old Bering Sea and Okvik, corroborates H. B. Collins' typological classification (No. 3332). Uelen inventories suggest that Old Bering Sea antedated or was coeval with Okvik. The Ekven artifacts are rich, unusually diversified, almost grotesque in ornamentation. Skulls from both sites are longer and higher than those of present-day Eskimos in Chukotka and Alaska, and are morphologically closest to those in Labrador and Greenland, supporting the thesis that the dolichocephalic type preceded the mesocephalic even in western Eskimo territory. DSI. 77123. ARVOLA, A., and others. On the aggressive behaviour of the Norwegian lemming, Lemmas lemmus, with special reference to the sounds produced. (Suomalainen eläin- ja kasvitieteellinen seura Vanamo. Tiedonannot: Archivum 1962. v. 17, no. 2, p. 80-101, illus.) 9 refs. Other authors: M. Ilmen and T. Koponen. Comprehensive study, including aggression towards enemies and between members of the same or opposite sex. Successive movements of threat and attack, with boxing, biting, fighting, and of response to aggression are described in detail and illus. Circumstances leading to aggression are also considered. Extensive recordings of vocalization accompanying aggressive behavior are analyzed and fitted with the movements. The study was made on captive animals. DLC. 77124. ASAHINA, E., and K. TANNO. A protoplasmic factor of frost resistance in sea urchin egg cells. (Teion kagaku 1963. ser. 13, no. 21, p. 61-69, graphs, illus.) 29 refs. In Japanese. English summary. Account of experiments with eggs of Strongyrocentrotus nudus showing a rapid

increase of cold resistance (to —20° to —25° C. for 3-24 hr. with slow towing) immediately after fertilization. Maximum resistance is reached in 5 min., then decreases. Cytochemical staining suggests that protein-bound S-H groups are responsible for increased frost-resistance. DLC. 77125. ASHENKAMPF, L. Opory dlfa nadzemnykh vodovodov. (Na strolkakh Rossii 1962, no. 10, p. 19, table, illus. In Russian. Title tr.: Supports for surface conduits. Discusses the engineering problems of laying water and central-heating system lines, over permafrost. Free thermal expansion of the pipes must be provided for, and the frozen ground below the conduit protected against thaw. Several methods of supporting heavy pipes of 900-1,600 mm. diam. are described. That developed at Noril'sk in 1961 has supports made of reinforced concrete plates at about 10 m. intervals for 1,100 mm. diam. pipe, or 15 m. for 1,200 mm. pipe. The plates are set on a layer of crushed stone upon the ground surface, the thickness of the stone layer determined according to the bearing capacity of the ground. The pipe rests freely on two narrow, circular steel ribs supported by two steel legs set into the plates. The method proved to be economical and DLC. efficient. ASHFORD, T. P., see No. 77762. 77126. ASHWELL, I. Y. Air movements in the foothills of Finnish Lapland. (Geografiska. annaler 1963. v. 45, no. 2/3, p. 152-57, graphs.) 3 refs. Analyzes observations made by the 1957 expedition of the British Schools Exploring Society (cf. No. 56605) on the 14 days when inversions occurred, particularly close to such features as frost hummocks, patterned ground, and palses i.e. ice-cored hummocks in peat bogs. Conditions accompanying the inversions are described, and the two types experienced on Aug. 15 and 23, are treated in detail as to their extremes, including temperature differences between the shelter and at 10 cm. depth in the soil. On both occasions the low air temperature at the lowest of five stations was caused by conduction in combination with clear skies, DWB. radiation, and wet soil. 77127. ASHWOOD-SMITH, M. J., and G. F. LEONG. Protective effect of deepbody hypothermia on X-ray-induced mitotic aberrations of regenerating rat liver. (Nature, Oct. 5, 1963. v. 200, p. 46-48, illus.) 22 refs.

Account of study on the protective effects against radiation injury affecting growth rate, regenerative capacity of the liver and mitotic anomalies in parenchymal cells. Irradiations were carried out at the age of four weeks, hepatectomy at 11 weeks, and body temperature was reduced to ca. 1° C. Radiation plus hypothermia further reduced the rate of growth, lowered by each of these factors alone. Hypothermia increased the mitotic index lowered by irradiation but considerably reduced mitotic aberrations in the regenerating liver. DLO. 77128. ASHWORTH, M. A., and R. E. HALST. A method for automatically maintaining the body temperature of rats at a constant level. (Canadian journal of biochemistry and physiology 1963. v. 41, no. 4, p. 1081-83, graph, illus.) Ref. Description of equipment and its operation for maintaining an even body temperature below normal levels in up to 12 rats. The equipment is placed in constanttemperature room of 50-60° F. and cools the rats to 20 or 25° C. DSI. ASHLUND, B. H. V., see No. 80983. 77129. ASLANOVA, G. D., and T. N. GREVØOVA. Ukazatel' k izdanifam Institute Okeanologii AN SSSR, 19461962. List of publications of the Institute of Oceanology of the USSR Academy of (Akademifa nauk Sciences, 1946-1962. SSSR. Inst. okeanologii. Trudy 1962. v. 61, p. 155-213.) In Russian and English. Lists the papers publ. in Trudy, with DLC. author index appended. ASMOUS, V. C., see No. 84282. ASPHATIE, J., see No. 78076. ASSENMACHER, 83585.

I., see Nos. 83584,

77130. ASSUR, A. Breakup of pack-ice floes. (In: gingery, W. D. Ice and snow... 1963. p. 335-47, graph.) Discusses the basic relations and structure of equations governing the breakup of pack-ice due to long waves, noting the potential danger of long-wave cracks to the occupants of an ice floe, also the significance of these cracks to surface or subsurface navigation. Three examples of breakup: of a refrozen lead vs. a natural floe, a natural floe vs. a natural ice island, and a pack-ice floe vs. an artificial ice island are given, with their respective stresses calculated. DLC.

73

77131. ASSUR, A., and W. F. WEEKS. Growth, structure, and strength of sea ice. (In: Int. Assoc. of Scientific Hydrology. Pub. 61, p. General Assembly 1963. 95-108, graphs.) 25 refs. Theoretical study of the basic characteristics of salt ice, supported by data from Hopedale in Labrador and Thule in Greenland. Plate spacing decreases with increasing growth rate; the physical constants are the diffusion coefficient of salt in water and the roughness of the freezing interface. An exact growth equation is obtained which considers surface heat transfer and develops and expression for the plate spacing as a function of depth within the ice sheet. Plate spacing affects the strength of sea ice because it determines the distribution of the liquid brine, which weakens the ice. Strength of sea ice also depends upon past weather history, and may be determined in terms of easily measurable or known parameters, including air temperature and snow thickness. Explanation of observed differences in sea ice properties in various DWB. areas is thus possible. ASSUR, A., see also Nos. 79605, 84346. ASTAF'EV, A. F., see No. 76948. 77132. ASTAKHOV, S. N. Pozdnepaleoliticheskafa stofånka u der. Fedtaevo na Angare. (Sovetskaß arkheologifå 1963. v. 7, no. 3, p. 209-215, cross sections, illus.) 4 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: A late paleolithic site near Fedyayevo village on the Angara. Describes test digging in 1959 along the third terrace at the confluence of the Kamenka and Angara: geologic strata, faunal and archeological remains. Flaked and retouched cores, spells, lamellar blades, etc., also microtools were found at 0.5-0.6 m. depth in a loess-like sandy loam layer formed probably between the end of the Zyryanka and the end of the Sartan glaciations. The implements are typologically younger than those of Mal'ta and Buret' and may be dated to the last stage of the late paleolithic. The absence of scrapers, burins, awls, and bone artifacts is noted. DLC. 77133. ASTAKHOVA, A. M. Soveshchanie po voprosam sobiranifa i izucheniiå fol'klora Severs. (Russkil fol'klor; materialy i issledovanifa 1959. t. 4, p. 412-16.) In Russian. Title tr.: Conference on problems in the collection and study of the folklore of the North. Reports the conference at Petrozavodsk,

74

Karelian ASSR, Oct. 7-9, 1957: expeditionary work and publications since the 1930's are reviewed; projects are outlined for the study of north Russian and FinnoUgric folklore and linguistics, including DLC. Zyryan and Samoyed. 77134. ASTRAKHANI EV, V. I. Angara i ee basseln. Moskva, Izd-vo Akademii nauk SSSR 1962. 91 p. tables, graphs, maps. (Akademifa. nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Vostochno-Sibirskil geologicheskil inst. Trudy no. 12.) 90 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The Angara and its basin. Reviews relief, climatic conditions, geologic structure and other features of the region of this major right tributary of the upper Yenisey. Runoff and its distribution are analyzed. Features of the hydrological regime such as temperature and ice cover, ground waters, chemical characteristics of the river water, etc. are outlined. Utilization of the Angara system resources for hydroenergy, transport and reclamation purposes are discussed. DLC. 77135. ASTROLOGOV, E., and M. LIASHED'KO. Aviaf ifs prikhodit na pomoshch'. (Pozharnoe delo 1959. v. 5, no. 12, p. 17-18.) In Russian. Title tr.: Aviation to the aid. Describes the use of helicopters in forestfire control in Arkhangel'sk Province; 1959 was a bad year, summer rainfall was 80% below average. DLC. 77136. ASTROVA, G. G. Aleksandr Aleksandrovich Chemov, 1877-1963. (Paleontologicheskil zhumal 1963. no. 3, p. 138-39, illus. In Russian. Reviews the life, scientific and teaching activities of this Russian geologist, explorer of the Ural, Pechora region, Komi ASSR and other areas. He is known for his discovery of the Pechora coal basin. DLC. 77137. ATHERTON, D. L. Comparisons of ogive systems under various regimes. (Journal of glaciology 1963. v. 4, no. 35, p. 547-57, tables, profiles, map, illus.) 6 refs. French and German summary. Describes dark and light bands associated with a wave ogive system developed in glaciers as studied in Iceland, Greenland and Alaska. The three regions have different climatic conditions and the ogive systems different characteristics, some of which are briefly described. The relationship between dark bands and waves is analyzed. Dark bands normally occur on the down-glacier slopes of the waves. Theories of wave-forming are discussed.

Multiple irregularities are believed to produce multiple wave systems and the colder the glacier the greater is the amplitude of the waves. DLC. 77138. ATKINSON, D. J. Tertiary rocks of Spitsbergen. (American Association of Petroleum Geologists. Bulletin 1963. v. 47, no. 2, p. 302-323, maps, sections, tables.) 33 refs. Summarizes present knowledge of these clastic sediments from the literature as well as own observations on Prins Karls Forland, Kings Bay and central Vestspitsbergen; the most important research yet to be done or completed is also indicated. These rocks range from coarse conglomerates to shales; they cover much of the southern half of Vestspitsbergen and occur in small areas along both shores of Forlandsundet, at Kings Bay, Kapp Lyell, and Øyrlandet. The 6000-ft. sequence of sandstones and shales in the central basin of southern Vestspitsbergen consists mostly of marine and estuarine deposits but includes important coal seams at the base and top. The 700-ft. sequence at Kings Bay contains thick coal seams; correlation is suggested with the lowest part of the central basin sequence. The Tertiary rocks of Forlandsundet, more than 6000 ft. thick, contain the coarsest Tertiary conglomerates in Spitsbergen; they show no correlation with Tertiary rocks of Kings Bay and the central basin. Nor do the 1000 ft. of sandstones and shales at Kapp Lyell have clear correlation with the other Tertiary sequences. Apparent fault contact with Permian rocks at the southwest and with Mesozoic or Carboniferous rocks at the northeast suggests that the Øyrlandet Tertiaries represent an outlier of those of the central basin. Molluscan faunas in the central basin indicate a Paleocene or Eocene age; paleobotanical and other evidence signify an equivalent or younger position for the Forlandsundet and Kapp Lyell rocks. Structural evidence also shows the Forlandsundet rocks to be younger than the entire central sequence, since the creation of the Forlandsundet graben ended Tertiary diastrophism in Spitsbergen. DLC. 77139. ATKINSON, E. L. Access to Alaska. (National defense transportation journal 1963. v. 19, no. 3, p. 38-40, 50-51, illus.) Reviews development of transport facilities at Anchorage, and describes the new deep-water cargo terminal maintained by the US. Army. Its facilities include a

600 x 271 ft. marginal wharf with a 350 x 150 ft. transit shed, four dockside traveling cranes, Alaska Railroad tracks, an access roadway, and limited POL handling facilities. Direct ship-to-rail cargo loading is possible for 2000 tons/day general cargo. 30-ft. depth at low tide is provided despite a 40-ft. tidal range; foundations are strengthened against winter ice floes. Year-round operation is feasible; in 1962, 592 vessels called, 97,464 tons of cargo were handled, estimated revenue was $257,500. DLC. 77140. ATLASOV, I. P. K tektonike severnoT chasti Leno-Eniselskol neftenosnol oblasti. (Sovetskafa geologic 1963, no. 9, p. 105-112, fold. map.) 8 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: On tectonics of the northern part of Lena-Yenisey oil-bearing province. Analyzes tectonic structure of the area north of the Arctic Circle and from the Yenisey and east to Verkhoyansk Range. Seven structural stages are distinguished, of which Archean and Proterozoic were formed in geosynclinal conditions and five others, from Sinian to Cenozoic, in plat-. formic conditions. Each structural stage is treated, noting composing rocks, their spatial distribution and structures. Tectonic regions are outlined as structural elements such as the Siberian platform, Verkhoyansk and Taymyr foredeeps and other smaller structures. A tectonic map of the area is included which summarizes the main data. DLC. 77141. ATLASOV, I. P. Tektonicheskafa karta Mezoka!nozolskikh progibov severs Sibirskol platformy v masshtabe 1:2,500,000 i metod ee sostavlenif t. (In: Akademifa nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie ... Tektonika Sibiri, v. 1, 1962, p. 151-56, map.) In Russian. Title tr.: Tectonic map of the Mesozoic-Cenozoic downwarps of the northern part of the Siberian platform at 1:2.5 million and the method of preparing it. Reports the map constructed at the Institute of Geology of the Arctic in 1960. Structural stages and substages were put in as background. Four main stages of formation of Mesozoic-Cenozoic downwarps are distinguished and characterized: Jurassic, Lower and in part Upper Cretaceous, Cretaceous-Paleogene, and Neogene to the present. They extend from the Yenisey to the Lena. The presentation of these downwarps on the map, its historical-morphologic principles, and its arrangement are summarized. DLC. 77142. ATLASOV, I. P. Tektonicheskafå karta severa Sibiri masshtaba 1:2,500,000.

75

(In: Akademii tI nauk SSS}t. Sibirskoe otd-ie ...Tektonika Sibiri, v. 2, 1963, p. 261-70, illus.) 30 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Tectonic map of northern Siberia at 1:2M million scale. Notes sources and methods for this map compiled in 1960 by the Institute of the Geology of Arctic. It takes in areas north of the Arctic Circle and includes the Polar Ural, Pay-Khoy, and Novaya Zemlya in the west, the northern Verkhoyansk and New Siberian Islands in the east. Several tectonic regions are distinguished and characterized: the Verkhoyansk-Chukotka, Taymyr-Severnaya Zemlya, and Pay-KhoyNovaya Zemlya folded systems; the zone of Mesozoic troughs, West Siberian Paleozoic platform, Siberian old platform and Barents-Kara platform. DLC. ATTAR, S., see No. 77507. 77143. ATTWELL, M. Marc Hanna champion of the Chilkoot trail. (Alaska sportsman 1963. v. 29, no. 10, p. 23, +, illus.) Recounts experiences driving an ox over the trail from Dyea, Alaska, to the Chilkoot Pass en route to the Klondike gold fields in 1898. DLC. 77144. ATUAGAGDLIUTIT: GRØNLANDSPOSTEN. Bevaege de dage under den første anholdelse i grØnlandsk farvand. (Its: v. 102, 1962. no. 24, p. 6-8, 16-17, illus.) In Danish and Eskimo. Title tr.: Exciting days at the time of the first arrest in Greenland waters. Describes the patrol service initiated in 1922-1923 along the West Greenland coast by Danish inspection vessels Fylla and Islands Falk. Norwegian whalers were found bringing catch in for processing, taking water on board, etc. against regulations. After warnings, the Veslekari was impounded at Godthåb for several weeks, and the Norwegian foreign office notified. DLC. 77145. ATWOOD, G. H. Along the Alcan. New York, Pageant Press 1960. x, 212 p. maps, illus. Recounts experiences while working as carpenter on airports and hangars along the Alaska Highway during two winters and one summer; and on line camps and pumping stations for the WhitehorseFairbanks Canol pipeline project, 19421944. From his diary and other sources, author describes his own activities, frontier life and conditions in Canada and Alaska during World War II. DGS.

76

AUSTEN, W. G., see No. 77390. 77146. AUSTERLITZ, R. P. Gilyak nursery words. (Word 1956. v. 12, no. 2, p. 260-79, tables.) 2 refs. Reports on the phonetics and morphology of 64 words in the southeast Sakhalin dialect, known to a Gilyak woman resident in Hokkaido since 1949. Simplification of final consonant clusters, reduplication, nursery elements, consonant alterations, phonology, suppletive words, etc. are CtY. discussed. 77147. AUSTERLITZ, R. P. The metrical structure of Ob-Ugric folk-poetry. Ann Arbor, Mich., Univ. Microfilms 1956. 428 p. tables. 34 refs. Ph. D. dissertation to Columbia Univ. Qualitative and quantitative metrical analysis of Ostyak and Vogul song-texts based mainly on Steinitz (cf. No. 26421). Nineteen Ostyak texts are quoted in full with literal English translation and the melodies of 15 discussed. Ob-Ugric folksongs and language structure are reviewed. DLC. 77148. AVAKfAN, M. I., and B. F. SHAPALIN. Prirodnye uslovia i resursy. (In: Akademifå nauk SSSR. Sovet po izucheniiü proizvoditel'nykh sil. Problemy ... Magadanskol oblasti 1961, p.27-48, map.) 6 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Natural conditions and resources. Outlines the physiography of Magadan Province, 58°-70°N. 145°-170°E. including Chukotka. Relief, climate, permafrost, seas, rivers, hot springs, vegetation, animal life, and geologic structure of the area are characterized. Useful minerals, gold, tin, tungsten, etc., and their distribution are described. Coal reserves are estimated at 136 billion tons. The province has two main economic regions, Kolyma-Magadan and Chukotka, which are distinguished, characterized and divided into subregions. The province is rich in various resources and has good development possibilities. The resources at present utilized are gold, tin, tungsten, coal, construction materials, forests, and fisheries. DLC. 77149. AVDONIN, A. N. Opredelenie prirody nazemnykh magnitnykh anomald pri pomoshchi skvazhinnol magnetorazvedki na Srednem i Sevemom Urale. (Geofizieheskafå razvedka 1963, no. 14, p. 97-111, tables, graphs.) 3 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Determination of the nature of surface magnetic anomalies by means of borehole prospecting in the Middle and Northern Urals.

Points out that such anomalies may be 90% deceptive with regard to the actual presence of the ore, and discusses several magnetite-bearing localities, the Lebyazhinsk (approx. 63°N. 57°E.) magnetite deposits, etc. Characteristics of the intrusive massifs in the region are described, and suggestion made for magnetic prospecting in shallow (20 m.) boreholes, instead of drilling several hundred meters in search of magnetite which may not be present at the location. DLC. AVDZEIKO, G. V., see No. 80370. AVER'EV, V. V., see Nos. 76816, 79605. 77150. AVER'ßNOV, A. G., and others. Glubinnoe stroenie zemnol kory v perekhodnol zone of Aziatskogo kontinenta k Tikhomu okeanu. (In: Akademiß. nauk SSSR. Dal'nevostochnyl filial. Geologicheskil inst. Geologifa i metallogenifå .. . 1963, p. 546-56, charts, cross-sections.) Ref. In Russian. Other authors: P. S. Velfaman, E. I. Gal'perin, S. M. Zverov, L P. Kosminskafa, P. M. Krakshina, G. G. Mikhota and M. V. Tulina. Title tr.: Deep structure of the earth's crust in the transition zone from the Asiatic continent to the Pacific. Reports preliminary results of the geologicgeophysical observations of 1957-1958 in connection with the IGY, in the Okhotsk Sea, Kamchatka, Kuril Islands and adjacent areas. Seismic, gravimetric, aerial magnetic methods were used, with special attention to deep seismic sounding. Three types of earth crust were distinguished: oceanic, continental, and transitional. Each is characterized noting composition and thickness, also velocity of the seismic waves. Individual profiles are analyzed as well. DLC. 77151. AVER'IANOVA, I. M. K mineralogii prof essov izmenenifå berilla. (Materialy po mineralogii Kol'skogo poluostrova 1962, no. 2, p. 140-42.) 7 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Mineralogy of beryl alteration processes. Reports a study of beryl found as an accessory mineral in non-differentiated plagioclase-microcline pegmatite veins, in southeastern Kola Peninsula. Its physical and optical properties and chemical composition are described. Muscovite, hydromica, bertrandite, opal, and other admixtures present are characterized. Hydrothermal processes and weathering are noted as causing alteration and disintegraDLC. tion of the beryl.

AVER'IANOVA, V. N., see No. 79605. 77152. AVERIN, f 1. V. Krono£skil zapovednik. (In: Zapovedniki SSSR 1951, v. 2, p. 257-78, map, illus.) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Kronotskiy Preserve. This extensive nature preserve contains Kronotskoye Lake, 212 sq. km. in area and 141 m. deep, and the 16 volcanoes around it; five of them including 3,750 m. Kronotskaya Sopka are active, emitting vapors and gas. The preserve is covered with birch forest from the lake shore to 600 m. altitude, with shrubby growth 600-800 m. and above that tundra and snow. The fauna is represented by wild reindeer, bear, sable, ermine, foxes and numerous bird species. The most unusual features of this preserve are the hot springs and geysers discovered in 1941 in the Geyzernaya River valley, and the assemblage of glaciers dis-. covered during 1940-1946. DLC. 77153. AVERKIEVA, fit. P. Razlozhenie rodovol obshchiny i formirovanie ranneklassovykh otnoshenil v obshchestve indeltsev severo-zapadnogo poberezh'fa Severnol Ameriki. Moskva, Izd-vo Akademii nauk SSSR, 1961. 272 p. maps, illus. (Akademifå nauk SSSR. Institut etnografi. Trudy t. 70.) Approx. 170 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Decline of the clan community and formation of early class relations in the society of the northwest coast Indians of North America. A socio-economic study of the 18th and 19th centuries, following the precepts of Marxist historical evolution, from the matrilineal totemic clan to the patriarchal family unit. The initial phase of this transition is illustrated by analysis of the northern group: Tlingit, Heide and Tsimshian, p. 15-46. Further evolutionary steps are exemplified by the Kwakiutl, Nootka, Coastal Salish, and Bella Coola. Tribal and clan divisions, fratries, family commune, totemism, slavery, division of labor, and ownership forms are dealt with in turn, as well as potlatch, intertribal relations, religious beliefs, rise of patriarchal rights, inheritance and marriage laws, etc. DLC. 77154. AVGEENKO, P. U zverovodov Severe. (Sel'skoe khozfålstvo Sibiri 1961. v. 6, no. 11, p. 73.) In Russian. Title tr.: Fur farmers in the North. Notes activities in collectives of the Khanty-Mansi National District: feeding silver foxes at the Stalin collective in the Kondinskiy rayon and breeding silver and blue fox on the Kirov collective at the

77

mouth of the Var-Yegan River, 61°58'N. DLC. 76°45'E. 77155. AVGEVICH, V. Vperedi samoleta. (Grazhdanskafå avia£siiå 1963, no. 8, p. 22-23, Mus.) In Russian. Title tr.: Ahead of the airplane. Recounts a coastwise reconnaissance along Chukotka from Inchoun on Bering Strait to the Kolyma estuary. Two 10 m. motor boats made the 2200 km. trip, in 55 days in July-Sept. 1931 as part of a program of the Air Service Eastern Arctic Expedition to chart the littoral. After wintering at Srednekolymsk reducing their data, the party proceeded to the Lena on the motorsailboat Pioner and reached Yakutsk in DLC. late fall 1932. 77156A. AVGEVICH, V. I. Deshifrirovanie po aerosnimkam snezhnogo pokrova morskikh l'dov i dal'nelshie perspektivy primenenifä agrofotos"emki v snegovedenii. (In: Akademifå nauk SSSR. Inst. geografii. Rol' snezhnogo pokrova ... 1961, p. 243-57, illus.) 13 refs. In Russian. No. 69563 describes the volume as a whole. Title tr.: Interpretation of air photographs of the snow cover of sea ice and further prospects for the use of aerial photos in snow studies. Notes the importance of sea-ice study and that of its snow cover for navigation in the arctic seas. Various features of the accumulated snow and their transformation may reveal the direction of surface winds, relief and age of the ice beneath, its disintegration and other properties. In certain cases (examples given) the form of the snow upon the ice may also indicate the character of the bottom relief below the ice. The role of aerial photography in snow studies on land surfaces is also DLC. outlined. 77156B. AVGEVICH, V. I. Nekotorye osobennosti morskikh l'dov, deshifriruemye po aerofotosnimkam. (Voprosy geografii. Sbornik 1963, no. 62, p. 155-65, illus.) 5 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Some features of sea ice interpreted from air photos. Reports a study in the Vil'kitskogo Strait, where thread-like fractures were detected in fast ice; they are described, their extent, distribution, etc. Waves are considered the cause. Use of air photography in study of drift ice is discussed; methods of mosaic assembly and control and reconstruction of trajectories are outlined. DLC. 77157. AVIATION WEEK AND SPACE TECHNOLOGY. Disabled lights cited in

78

Alaska DC-6 crash. (Its: v. 77, 1962. no. 19, p. 129-41.) 6 refs. Reports on investigation by the Civil Aeronautics Board of the crash of a Douglas DC-6A on July 21, 1961 at Shemya Airport about 200 ft. short of the runway. Probable causes of the accident were the lack of approach and runway lights and of guidance by the Ground Controlled Approach controller during the last stage of the plane's approach. Contributing factors included the 100-300 ft. ceiling, visibility of onehalf to one mile, and lack of advance information on the lighting deficiencies at DWB. Shemya. 77158. AVIATION WEEK AND SPACE TECHNOLOGY. Weather satellite system due by 1965-66. (Its: v. 77, 1962. no. 1, p. 300-306, illus.) Describes plans of U.S. National Aeronautics and Space Administration and Weather Bureau for a National Operational Meteorological Satellite System (NOMSS), an outgrowth of the TIROS program of infrared radiation photography. Two Nimbus satellites are to be launched in 1964, in a near-polar orbit, and to have a data acquisition facility near Fairbanks. Complete photo coverage of the earth's surface twice every 24 hrs. is to be provided by the system. Aeros satellite is planned to complement Nimbus, in a synchronous DWB. equatorial orbit. 77159. AVRORIN, N. A., and others. Proekt obfiizatel'nogo assortimenta rastenil dill ozelenitel'nykh pitomnikov i teplichnopamikovykh khozfiilsty Kralnego Severs. (In: Polarno-al'pilskil botanicheskil sad. Dekorativnye rastenifi ... 1962, p. 87-94, tables.) In Russian. Other authors: G. N. Andreev, L. N. Gori3nova, L. I. Kachurina, T. A. Kozupeeva, L. M. Kuz'mina, and Z. F. Shimanovskaiå. Title tr.: A reliable assortment of plants suggested for park nurseries and hothouses of the far North. Presents some 150 species: trees, shrubs, outdoor, indoor, and hothouse plants, which do well in arctic areas, according to trials by the Polar-Alpine Botanical Garden. Russian and Latin names, mode of propagation, planting, and use for parks, DLC. avenues, etc. are noted. AVRORIN, N. A., see also Nos. 79582, 82160, 60940. 77160. AVRORIN, V. A. IAzyki narodov Sibiri v period razvernutogo stroitel'stva Kommunizma. (Akademifa nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otdelenie. Isvestia 1963, no. 1,

ser. obshchestvennykh nauk, no. 1, p. 102-112.) 2 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The languages of the peoples of Siberia in the period of expansion and development. Describes the natural evolution of communist language exemplified mainly by those of northern minorities: absorption of local speech by the vernacular of a dominant or numerically superior group, enrichment of vocabulary by Russian or dialect loan words, structural and semantic changes reflecting cultural growth, etc. Criteria are discussed for selecting the written language from the extant dialects: functional development, richness of literary traditions, extent of use, hospitality to new concepts, etc. Yakut spoken by 237 thousand is classified as functional, the vernacular of the various small peoples of the North from the 24,700 (Evenki) to the 1,100 Asiatic Eskimo as functionally restricted. Literacy is almost 100% among school-age children. The Khanty-Mansi National District has 216°/oo individuals with secondary, and 100/00 with higher education by the 1959 census; the Yamal-Nenets 199 and 11, the Evenki District 239 and 17 per mill. respectively. DLC.

before sudden commencements of geomagnetic storms. (Journal of geophysical research 1963. v. 68, no. 7, p. 1793-1803, graphs.) 21 refs. Presents evidence from the satellites Explorer 12 and Injun 1 that the enhanced radio signal absorption prior to SC magnetic storm is due to an increase in the flux of low-energy solar cosmic rays. Riometric measurements made at College, Fort Yukon, and Churchill of the cosmic noise absorption Feb. 10-11, 1958, are noted, as are those at Coral Harbour, Churchill, and Cape Jones on May 8, 1960, and at Resolute Bay, Coral Harbour, Churchill, Cape Jones, Val d'Or, and Ottawa Sept. 30— Oct. 1, 1961. These data are corroborated by the variation in intensity of 9-31 Mev protons measured over Churchill by Explorer 12 on Sept. 30, 1961. A possible cause of the proton flux variation is seen in solar flares, and the variation in the cosmic radio noise absorption may be attributed to the changed configuration of the earth's magnetic field. DLC.

77162. AXELSON, J. Zooplankton and impoundment of two lakes in northern Sweden: Ransaren and Kultsjön. (DrottStatens undersöknings- och ninghohn. föraöksanstalt för sötvattensfisket. Reports 1961. no. 42, p. 84-168, tables, graphs, map.) 65 refs. Discusses the location, approx. 65°N. 15°E., size, and general characteristics of the lakes; methods and the composition of the zooplankton, horizontal, vertical and seasonal distribution of its 37 species. Yearto-year fluctuations of some common forms are also considered. Impoundment of Lake Ransaren improved the condition for the plankton and consequently for the fishes. The water discharge however, especially during the growth season, acted in the DLC. opposite direction.

77164. AYRTON, S. N. A contribution to the geological investigations in the region of København, Ivigtut, SW Greenland. Bianco Lunos Bogtrykkeri 1963. 139 p. maps, graphs, tables, illus. (Greenland. Geologiske undersøgelse. Bulletin no. 37.) 104 refs. Also pub. as Meddelelser om Grønland 1963. v. 167, no. 3. French and Russian summary. Describes results of 1957-1958 geological mapping of the zone 61°22'5"-61°31'0" N., from Sermiligfirssuk south to TigssalQp ilua; the laboratory work was carried out in the Geological Institute of the Univ. of Lausanne. This peneplain, where glacial abrasion and other Quaternary erosion have been important, is part of the CanadianGreenlandic shield. In addition to the Ketilidian and Gardar periods or phases of its geologic history, two intermediate periods are now known: the Kuanitic with intrusions of dolerites, and the Sanerutian characterized by a rise of the thermal front, emplacement of diffuse post-tectonic bodies, and metamorphism of basic dikes. Emplacement of two generations of dolerites, more or less parallel to the coast took place a long time after the close of the Gardar. Chief tectonic events of the Ketilidian and Gardar periods are reviewed, largely from the work of C. E. Wegmann (No. 19255). Many illus. and nine fold. maps at 1 in.: DGS. 2 km. scale augment the text.

77163. AXFORD, W. I., and G. C. REID. Increases in intensity of solar cosmic rays

77165. AYRTON, S. N., and M. BURRI. Granitisation selective de filons basiques

77161. AVRORIN, V. A. Ein nanajisches, goldisches, Märchen vom vierzigsten Bruder and seiner Frau, der Waschbärin. (In: Didszegi, V. ed. Glaubenswelt ... 1963, p. 405-414.) In German. Title tr.: A Nanaets Gold tale of the fortieth brother and his wife, a raccoon. This animistic-shamanistic tale, given in translation only, was recorded in 1948 at Dayerga in the Nanayskiy District of DLC. Khabarovsk Province.

79

dans la region de Qagssimiut, SW du Groenland. (Eclogae geologicae helvetiae 1963. v. 56, no. 2, p. 809816, illus.) 3 refs. In French. Title tr.: Selective granitization of basic veins in the Qagssimiut region, southwest Greenland. Attempts to chronicle the phenomena during formation of the Julianehåb granite, particularly on one of a group of islands about mid-way between Ivigtut and Julianehåb. A. sequence of events following the Ketilidian orogeny is also indicated in 1959 Greenland Geological Survey studies, including two or more periods of deformation, a major granitization phase, then the placing of the basic veins and their subsequent granitization. The Gardar period of volcanic and magmatic activity witnessed the formation of most valleys and fjords. The most recent doleritic veins were not affected by any faulting; they may be of Tertiary age. DGS. 77166. AZAROV, V., and V. KUZNE'FSOV. Kamchatka, shchedrafå zemlfs. (Oktfäbr' 1962. v. 39, no. 5, p. 216-19.) In Russian. Title tr.: Kamchatka, the bountiful. Describes the cultural and artistic life of Petropavlovsk: the plays, recitals, etc., the poetry by Kamchadals, Koryaks, and local Russians on themes drawn from nature and the life of the area. DLC. AZBELEV, S. N., see No. 81321. 77167. AZBELEV, V. V., and B. V. ISTOSHIN. K voprosu o prichinakh raznovremennovo sozrevanifå proizvoditelel gorbushi v 1960-1962 gg. (Materialy rybokhozfalstvennykh issledovanil Severnogo basselna. Sbornik 1963, no. 1, p. 32-34, table.) In Russian. Title tr.: Causes of irregular maturation of gorbusha spawners in 19601962. Studying the claims that late maturation of this pink salmon, transplanted from the Pacific, is due to low summer temperatures in the Norwegian and Barents Seas, author found that temperature had no relation to late maturation and spawning. The only early and abundant spawning during the period studied however, followed a warm year. DLC. 77168. AZBELEV, V. V. Nerestovafå migrafiifä gorbushi v 1961 g. (Murmansk. Polfiirnyl n: issl, inst. morskogo rybnogo khozialstva i okeanografii. Nauchnotekhnicheskil bfülleten' 1962, no. 1(19), p. 16-18, tables, map.) In Russian. Title tr.: Spawning migration of pink salmon in 1061. 80

Registers dates of appearances of 0. gorbusha at the river mouths of the Kola Peninsula, the first on June 23. Comparisons are made with the 1960 runs, as to numbers (much lower), size and weight (smaller), dates of spawning, etc. This fish was introduced into European waters from the North Pacific. DLC. 77169. AZBELEV, V. V., and others. 0 povtornom nereate semgi. (Akademifa pack SSSR. Karel'skil filial. Trudy 1956, no. 5, p. 131-40, tables.) 3 refs. In Russian. Other authors: G. D. Gromov and I. I. Lagunov. Title tr.: Repeated spawning of salmon. Reports a study of material collected since 1943 in several rivers of Kola Peninsula and in the Pechora. Repeated migrations and their sex composition, repeated spawning and its efficiency, growth of the different salmon tribes in the sea, and results of tagging, are analyzed and evaluated. The percentage of fish spawning a second time in the season was generally low, and in the subsequent spawninge, it declined to insignificance. DLC. 77170. AZBELEV, V. V., and S. S. SURKOV. Opyt akklimatizafiii gorbushi i kety v basselne Barenf'sova i Belogo morel. (In: Konferenf'sifä po akklimatizaf'sii zhivotnykh ... 1963, p. 210-11.) In Russian. Title tr.: Experiment in acclimatization of pink salmon in the Barents and White Sea basins. Reviews the agencies participating in the project, and the originators and activators of the idea. Survival and returns of Oncorhynehus gorbuscha to rivers, variations in spawning periods, and adaptations to new conditions are summarized; an assessment of the project is given. DLC. 77171. AZBELEV, V. V. Results of investigations on the Kola Peninsula in (International Council for the 1960. Exploration of the Sea. Annales biologiques 1960 pub. 1962. v. 17, p. 242, tables.) Notes yields of the salmon fishery in 1955-1960 compared to long-term mean, age groups of recruits and catches, age groups of spawners in 1960, age groups of catadromous fish, prospects for 1961. DSI. 77172. AZBELEV, V. V., and others. The results of Soviet investigations into acclimatization of pink salmon, Oncorhynchus gorbusha, in the waters of the Barents Sea and White Sea. (International Council for the Exploration of the Sea. Annales biologiques 1960 pub. 1962. v. 17, p.

240-42, tables, map. Other authors: E. L. BakshtanskiTi_ S. S. Surkov, R. Sh. Khuzin and M. fÄ. Utkovenko. Account of the first appearance of spawning migrants (June 1960) in the inshore waters of the Kola Peninsula, their age, size and weight (similar to those in Sakhalin), extent of upstream migrations, breeding period and places, egg developDSI. ment, breeding, failures. 77173. AZBELEV, V. V., and others. Rezul'taty estestvennogo neresta gorbushi v rekakh Kol'skogo poluostrova v 1961 g. (Murmansk. Polili,rnyl n: issl. inst. morskogo rybnogo khozialstva i okeanografii. Nauchno-tekhnicheskil bfdlleten' 1962, no. 4(22), p. 24-25, tables.) In Russian. Other authors: I. N. Grinak, E. I. Surkova, and S. S. Surkov. Title tr.: Results of natural spawning of pink salmon in the rivers of Kola Peninsula in 1961. Reports causes of spawning failure in 1960, mainly low water temperature; favorable conditions in 1961, seaward migration, summer 1962; size and weight DLC. of migrants. 77174. AZHAZHA, V. G. 0 sredstvakh podvodnykh issledovanil i oblastakh ikh (Akademifa nauk SSSR. primenenia. Okeanograficheskafå komissi1.. Trudy 1962. v. 14, p. 13-17, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: Means of underwater investigations and areas of their application. Lists depth-zones (5, 40, 100, 300, 1000, 11,000 m.) and equipment or vessels used for their exploration; Russian contributions in this field are reviewed, especially the research submarine Severfdnka and the hydrostat and their work in the Barents DLC. Sea; foreign work also is noted. 77175. AZHAZHA, V. G. "Severranka" ukhodit v okean. Moskva. Ges. izd-vo geograf. lit-ry 1961. 112 p. map, illus. In Russian. Title tr.: The Severfanka sets out for the ocean. Describes experiences as head of the scientific team aboard this submarine reconditioned in 1957-1958 to serve as research vessel of the All-Union Research Institute of Marine Fisheries and Oceanography (VNIRO). Equipment, personnel, trial voyage in Barents Sea, Dec. 14-23, 1958, and (in detail) the voyage of Dec. 29, 1958-Jan. 21, 1959 are described, as are others subsequently to Motovskiy Bay, Jan Mayen, etc. Observations of herring, underwater filming of cod, new possibilities in fisheries research and reconnaissance are discussed. Plans for a new specially built DLC. research submarine are noted.

BAADE, R. T., see No. 81138. BAADSGAARD, H., see No. 77781. BÅRDSEN, K., see No. 83654. BATH, M., see Nos. 79605, 82630. 77176. BABAKOV, G. Severnoe sifiinie. (Ural'skil sledopyt 1962, no. 12, p. 34-37.) In Russian. Title tr.: Northern lights. Describes socio-economic progress in Tyumen Province and Vogul and Samoyed participation; fish processing at Tol'ka, a Sel'kup Samoyed village, truck farming in Aday-Yale kolkhoz, a new town on the Ess River alongside the Ivdel-Ob railroad construction site, etc. DLC. 77177. BABBOTT, F. L., Jr. Aspects of arctic epidemiology. (In: Symposia on arctic biology and medicine. Proceedings 1963, p. 25-45.) 42 refs. From own three years' experience in the Arctic and from other sources, author claims that only few human pathogens are peculiar to this area, though some parasites are. The variety of infectious agents is smaller than in temperate or warm climates. Person-to-person transmission is the predominant route of spread. There is little evidence of direct effect of cold on the ability of man to react to antigenic stimuli. CaMAI. 77178. BABLITIK, B. T. Komi. (Sibirskie ogni 1961. v. 40, no. 2, p. 88-107.) Ref. In Russian. Title tr.: Roots. Story of a gas and oil survey in Yakutia and the discovery in 1956, of the first natural gas deposits in the Ust'-Vilyuysk region. DLC. BACON, W. W., see No. 81857. 77179. BADER, H. Theory of densification of dry snow on high polar glaciers, II. (In: Kingery, W. D. Ice and snow ... 1963. p. 351-76, graphs, tables.) 5 refs. Also Ø. as No. 69956, q.v. 77180. BADING, H., and P. BADING. We found our new world in the Arctic. (Maclean's magazine 1957. v. 70, no. 26, p. 24-25, -E-, illus.) Remi experiences of a year's (1955-56) sojourn in a log cabin at Walker Lake, northern Alaska, living mainly off the land. CaOCU. BAGAEVA, O. I., see No. 79032. BAGARfA'KII, B. A., see No. 79605.

81

BAGDASAROV, E. A., see No. 80399. 77181. BAGGIO, G. F., and others. Ipotermia sperimentale cerebrale net cane mediante perfrigerazione diretta delle strutture nervose centrali. (Rivista di patologia nervosa e mentale 1961. v. 82, p. 486-94, graphs, illus.) 10 refs. In Italian. English summary. Other authors: G. F. Lombard, R. Urcioli, F. Sibour, F. Margaglia, R. Pattone and G. Orione. Title tr.: Experimental brain-hypothermia of the dog by direct cooling of the central nervous structures. Describes a method of cooling the brain with saline via perfusion of the cerebral cavities and subdural spaces. Some observations following the application of the method as well as its advantages and disDNLM. advantages, are discussed.

fafåii vostochnol okrainy Zapadno-Sibirskol nizmennosti v fdrskoe i nizhnemelovoe vremfå. (Sibirskil n.-issl. inst. geologii, geofizike i mineral'nogo syr'fä. Trudy, ser. nefti nafå geol. 1962. no. 26, Materialy po geologii, gidrogeologii, geofizike i poleznym iskopaemym Zapadno! Sibiri, p. 40-47.) 2 refs. In Russian. Other authors: N. Kh. Kulakhmetov and N. N. Poplayskil. Title tr.: History of the geologic development and facies in the eastern margin of West Siberian plain in Jurassic and Lower Cretaceous times. Outlines the distribution, lithology and facies of Middle and Upper Jurassic and Lower Cretaceous deposits in the Yenisey area from analyses of Yeloguy, Turukhan and other stratigraphic wells. Fluctuation of sea and land, tectonic movements, sedimentation conditions and other features of these deposits are characterized. DLC.

BAGGIO, G. F., see also Nos. 78316, 81076. 77182. BAGIRIØ, G. V., and others. Resursy nefti i gaze Sibiri, real'nafå baza dlfå sozdanifå krupnol neftegazodobyvaf3shchel bazy strany. (Geologifit nefti i gaza 1963. v. 7, no. 7, p. 1-5.) In Russian. Other authors: V. G. Vasil'ev and Grishin. Title tr.: Oil and gas resources of Siberia and creation of a new major oil and gas production base for the country. Notes discovery of 30 oil and gas deposits in Siberia, including the Berezovo, Taz, Ust'Vilyuysk areas in arctic regions. These deposits are briefly reviewed noting yield, reserves, oil and gas properties, etc. Gas supply to large population centers is discussed: Igrim to Serov, Ust'-Vilyuysk to Yakutsk, Taz to Norilsk, etc. Tasks for establishing a large oil and gas base are discussed. DLC. 77183. BAGROV, O. N., and Z. G. BOROVIK. Uskorit' podgotovku k priemu gaze. (Stroitel'stvo truboprovodov 1963. v. 8, no. 3, p. 4-5.) In Russian. Title tr.: Preparations for receiving gas must be speeded up. Discusses the economic-industrial development of Sverdlovsk Province possible by supplying the southern part with natural gas from Bukhara, and the northern by a Berezovo-Igrim-Serov-Nizhniy Tagil pipeline. Cost of the gas will be a third that of the coal used now. DLC. BAHN, C. H., see No. 79618. 77184. BAIBARODSKKH, N. I., and others. Istorifh geologicheskogo razvitiiå i

82

77185. BAIBARODSKIKH, N. I. Raschlenenie ffirskikh otlozhenil basselna r. Turukhana i blizlezhashchikh ralonov. (Leningrad. N: issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Trudy 1962. v. 130, sbornik state! po geologii i neftegazonosnosti Arktiki, no. 19, p. 3-11, map, illus.) 4 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Separation of Jurassic deposits in the Turukhan River basin and adjacent regions. Describes the stratigraphy of deposits uncovered by wells of various types. Fauna, microfauna, spore-pollen complexes, electric logging results and lithology are analyzed. Lower, Middle and Upper Jurassic are distinguished and their sections described. Upper Jurassic deposits are divided into stages. DLC. 77186. BAIBARODSKIKH, N. I., and others. Stratigrafifå fiirskikh otlozhenil prieniselskol chasti Zapadno-Sibirskol nizmennosti. (Geologifit i geofizika 1963, no. 2, p. 44-54, map.) 5 refs. In Russian. English summary. Other authors: N. Kh. Kulakhmetov and N. N. Poplayskil. Title tr.: Stratigraphy of Jurassic deposits in the Yenisey part of the West Siberian lowland. Reviews data of new deep and core drillings, lithologic-mineralogic properties, and paleontologic characteristics of these deposits. Their stratigraphic division is given. Upper Jurassic deposits are divided for first time into Callovian-Oxfordian and Kimmeridgian-Volga stages, mainly on the basis of macrofauna, foraminifers and spore-pollen complexes. DLC.

77187. BAIBARODSKIKH, N. I. Stratigrafia melovykh otlozhenil TurukhanEniselskogo mezhdurech'fa. (Geologitå i geofizika 1963, no. 10, p. 129-40, map.) 5 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Stratigraphy of the Cretaceous deposits of the Turukhan—Yenisey interfluve. Presents a stratigraphic subdivision of these deposits based on recent data of deep and core drillings. The Neocomian deposits are subdivided into stages for the first time; Cenomanian and Turonian stages are distinguished. Cretaceous deposits of this region are correlated with those of the Yeloguy and Ust'-Yenisey depression. For paleontologic substantiations, spore-pollen analysis is mostly used. DLC. 77188. BAILEY, D. K. Ionospheric "forward" scattering. (In: Int. Sci. Radio Union. Monograph ... 1962, p. 189-99.) French summary. Reviews the observational findings of investigators throughout the world, including United States, Canada, Norway, Greenland. Eclipse effects (June 30, 1954), solar cycle dependence, magnetic activity effect, polar cap absorption events, frequency dependence, and other effects that produce "forward" scattering are discussed. The scattering height determination, production of electrons in the ionosphere, and F region scattering in it are the problems suggested DLC. for further study. 77189. BAILEY, D. K., and J. M. HARRINGTON. The occurrence of polar cap absorption. (In: NATO. The effect of disturbances . . . 1963, p. 21-24, tables.) 4 refs. Presents preliminary statistics of PCA occurrence over radio communication links between points in Labrador, Greenland, and Iceland during 1952-1960; 21 events of medium and greater intensity were discovered by using the field strength recordings of very high frequency ionospheric forward scatter. Simultaneous observations of concurrent ground-level solar cosmic ray events revealed no direct relationship between the size of the PCA and the magnitude of the solar cosmic ray effect. Evidence for solar-cycle dependence of the occurrence of PCA events is noted. DLC. 77190. BAIN, G. W. Climatic zones throughout the ages. (Society of Economic Paleontologists and Mineralogists. Special pub. no. 10, 1963. p. 100-130, maps, table.) 62 refs.

A polar axis is an axis of rotary symmetry, whereas an equator is a plane of reflection symmetry. The "climatic pole" axis corresponds to the earth's geographic axis and has a relatively constant position throughout any gradation cycle. Shift of pole position causes either acceleration or deceleration of most parts of the earth and is accompanied by orogeny in the major continental and oceanic blocks. Positions of the North Pole are estimated for selected geologic periods by remanent magnetism, and climatic zones (including polar icecap and tundra) are mapped and described. The earth maintains its axis of rotation unless a force in excess of a critical value is applied; thus a force applied along its equator causes precession at right angles, i.e. along a meridian. At present the forces imposed by denudation are asymmetrical; they may accumulate to cause excessive precession, and shift of the rotational axis. This polar shift introduces stresses which cause orogeny and a new erosion process in a new area. Only uniform land-mass distribution or nearly complete balance of moment redistribution could inhibit polar precession. Changes in climatic zone position and resultant climatic modifications are probably inevitable. DGS. 77191. BAIRD, A. Days of the big rush (Alaska sportsman 1960. v. 26, no. 9, p. 40-41, -I-; no. 10, p. 30-31, -1-, illus.) Recounts experiences during the Klondike Gold Rush, including the trip to Dawson over Chilkoot Pass in 1898, and (in Oct. issue) work as a miner, later mine owner, in the Yukon gold fields. Mining innovations, e.g. thawing permafrost with steam points, hoisting with steam-driven, selfDI. dumping buckets, etc. are described. 77192. BAIRD, A. Sixty years on the Klondike. (Western miner and oil review 1961-1963. v. 34, no. 12; v. 36, no. 10, illus.) Relates, in 19 installments, his experiences and observations in Yukon Territory since 1898. Among topics dealt with are the journey over the White Pass; Dawson during the Gold Rush; life in the settlements on the placer mining creeks; methods of extracting the gold; the North West Mounted Police; well-known individuals; the Yukon Order of Pioneers; some rich gold strikes; the W. D. MacBride Museum at Whitehorse; Bear Creek, the Yukon Consolidated Gold Corp. townsite; the 1962 Festival at Dawson; and a suggested exhibit of Yukon placer mining in the museum at Dawson. Incorporated into the series are:

83

a letter on the Gold Rush from H. Arndt (Jan. 1963 issue), an account of the White Pass and Yukon Route by W. D. MacBride (Mar. 1963), and a poem, The sourdough, DGS. by T. B. Caulkin (June 1963). 77193. BAIRD, I. Land of the lively arts. (Beaver 1961. no. 292, p. 12-21, illus.) Reproduces 11 atonecut and sealskin prints, and describes the development since 1959, of this new art form by Eskimos at Cape Dorset, Baffin Island. Work of 23 local artists was sold through the- West Baffin Eskimo Co-operative in 1960 for DI. $63,000. BAIRD, M., see No. 83121. BAKAEVA, O. A., see No. 77947. 77194. BAKAKIN, V. P., and A. N. ZELENIN. Razrabotka merzlykh gruntov. (In: International Conference on Permafrost. Doklady ... 1963, p. 145-57, tables, graphs, illus.) 7 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Mining work in frozen ground. Increase of energy consumption in breaking down frozen ground by percussion, cutting, vibration and other mechanical methods depends upon the temperature, ice content, structure, dispersion and other characteristics of the ground mass. Russian investigations are outlined which enable these cause-and-effect relationships to be taken into account when designing new mining machinery for northern areas; they also show possibilities for artificial decrease of specific energy consumption in the disintegration process when water is used in melting of ground. DLC. 77195. BAKER, B. E., and others. Polar bear milk 1, gross composition and fat constitution. (Canadian journal of zoology 1963. v. 41, no. 6, p. 1035-39, tables.) 12 refs. Other authors: C. R. Harington and A. L. Symes. Presents data on gross composition and the composition of milk fat from an animal in its 16-17th month of lactation. Similarities with milk of the whale, porpoise, seal and other wild animals, are noted. DSI. 77196. BAKHMAN, V. I., and A. I. EFIMOV. K voprosu o khimicheskom sostave vody i donnykh otlozhenil nekotorrkh termokarstovykh ozer 'fentral'nol iAkutii. (In: Akademifil nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Inst. merzlotovedenifå Mnogoletnemerzlye . 1962, p. 114-22, tables.) 10 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Chemical composition of water and bottom

84

sediments in some thermokarst lakes of central Yakutia. Presents tabulated results of this study made in Chay-Kyuyel' Lake, 8 km. from Bestyakh, and in others. Thermokarst lakes were formed by thawing of ground ice and their waters were of hydrocarbonatesodium or hydrocarbonate-chloride-sodium composition. Chemical composition of the water is determined by the lithologic composition of Quaternary deposits, presence of permafrost, and climate. Many thermokarst lakes have a high sodium mineralization, and are of interest for therapeutic baths. DLC. 77197. BAKSHTANSKII,E. L. Gorbusha v ozere. (Murmansk. Polfiirnyl n: issl. inst. morskogo rybnogo khozfålstva i okeanografii. Nauchno-tekhnicheskil bftilleten' 1962, no. 4(22), p. 46-47, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: Pink salmon in a lake. Notes his release in summer 1959 of thousands of young into two landlocked lakes on the Kola Peninsula, and reports a male, marine form caught in one of the lakes in 1961, its length 37 cm., weight 545 gm. This species very rarely matures in DLC. fresh water. BAKSHTANSKII, E. L., see also No. 77172. 77198. BALABANOVA, T. F. Ob ob" eme khatyrykskol svity 1 entral'nol lAlcutii. (Leningrad. Vses. neftfiinol n -issl. geologorazvedochnyi inst. Trudy 1963. v. 220, p. 222-38, cross-sections, map, illus.) 14 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Size of the Khatyrykskaya series in Central Yakutia. Analyzes the upper part of Lower Cretaceous deposits in the Vilyuy depression and Western Verkhoyansk region, from study of cores of several drillings. Stratigraphy of the Lower Cretaceous is discussed. The Khatyrykskaya or Namskaya series is variously interpreted by others, and suggestion is made that Lower Cretaceous deposits should be divided into four rather than three lithologic strata, and the Khatyrykskaya into two subseries. DLC. 77199. BALAKHTINA, N., and it. BLINKOV. Pis'ma s dalekogo Severe. (Sovetskafå muzyka 1963. v. 27, no. 11, p. 15-22, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: Letters from the far North. Describes their tour of Magadan, Ola, the Kolyma and Chukotka with Moscow Conservatory student orchestra: daily life on the road, talks with natives, concert attendance, musical activities in urban centers and reindeer herder camps, etc. DLC.

77200. GALAKIN, N. Primenenie radiolokatorov pri sudovozhdenii. (Rechnol transport 1962. v. 21, no. 1, p. 42.) In Russian. Title tr.: Application of radar to navigation. Discusses river navigation with radar beacon guidance under conditions of fog and snow storm in northern USSR. Current regulations for inland waterways should be amended to allow vessels proceeding upstream in fog or blizzard to have right-ofway over those moving down stream; and the latter should pause at narrow channels to let the former pass. DLC. BALAKINA, L. M., see No. 79399. 77201. BALAKSHIN, G. D. Razrabotka ra fsional'nogo kompleksa geofizicheskikh metodov dlßa poiskov i razvedki almaznykh mestorozhdenil. (Akademifa nauk SSSR. lAkutskil filial. Trudy 1963. ser. geol. no. 9, p. 172-77.) In Russian. Title tr.: Development of an effective combination of geophysical methods for diamond-deposit searching and prospecting. Reports the experience of the Amakinskaya expedition in western Yakutia in 1957-1960. Magnetic and gravity surveys, electric logging and the induction method were used in the Daldyn, Markha, Malaya Botuobuya and Alakit regions. Author discusses which kinds of method were found necessary in each region. DLC. 77202. BALANDIN, A. I. Opredelitel'nye predlozhenißa v obsko-ugorskikh i zykakh. (Leningrad. Gos. pedagogicheskil institut. Uchenye zapiski 1955. v. 111, Materialy Gerfsenovskikh chtenil, p. 149-51.) In Russian. Title tr.: Attributive phrases in Ob-Ugrian languages. Discusses three types of syntactic structure characteristic for Ostyak and Vogul. DLC. 77203. BALANDIN, A. N. Perevod uchebnika mansilskogo 1 zyka dlfå podgotovitel'nogo klnasa mansilskol nachal'nol shkoly. Leningrad, Gos. uchebno-pedagog. izd-vo 1949. 27 p. In Russian. Title tr.: Translation of a Vogul primer for the preparatory grade of the Vogul elementary school. Teacher's aid: simple sentence structure, phonetics. DLC. 77204. BALASHOV, D. M. Novye zapisi fol'klora na poberezh'e Belogo mora. (Russkil fol'klor. Materialy i isaledovanifä 1959. v. 4, p. 418-21.) In Russian. Title tr.: New transcriptions of folklore materials on the White Sea coast.

Reports a summer 1957 field trip to the Kem District of Karelian ASSR, and the Terskiy Coast of Arkhangelsk Province, to complement the collections of north Russian folklore made around 1900 by Markov, Maslov, and Bogoslovskil (No. 66572). Some nine hundred texts were recorded: epic poems, ballads, tales, etc. and 59 songs taped. DLC. 77205. BALASHOV, Z. G. Nautiloidei ordovika Sibirskol platformy. Leningrad, Izd-vo Leningradskogo universiteta 1962. 206 p. tables, illus. In Russian. Title tr.: Ordovician nautiloids of the Siberian platform. Monographic account (the first), outlining the stratigraphic position and taxonomy of Ordovician cephalopod molluscs from the Podkamennaya Tunguska, Angara, Lena, and other basins; 98 species are described, 63 of them new; 41 genera are represented of which six are new. Nautiloids of the Siberian platform are of six orders: Ellesmeroceratida, Actinoceratida, Michelinoceratida, Discosorida, Oncoceratida and Tarphyceratida. Stratigraphic division of the Ordovician is correlated with North America and Western Europe. The nautiloids are illus. on 52 plates. DLC. 77206. BALÅZS, J. t)ber die Ekstase des ungarischen Schamanen. (In: Di6szegi, V. ed. Glaubenswelt ... 1963, p. 57-83.) 65 refs. In German. Title tr.: Ecstasy of the Hungarian shaman. Comparative etymological study. Hungarian shamanistic terminology derived mainly from the Vogul, Ostyak, and Samoyed languages. Ob-Ugrian and Samoyed shamanistic performances, trance, and rituals are described and terminology interpreted. DLC. 77207. BALCH, T. W. The Hudsonian Sea is a great open sea. (American journal of international law 1913. v. 7, p. 546-65.) Documents the case for retention of the open-sea status of Hudson Bay citing precedents in international law. This was to controvert a claimed right for Canada's extending territorial limits beyond the traditional three miles, to include all of Hudson Bay as a closed sea, thereby reserving exclusive fishing and navigation rights. The basis for such a claim was the "historic bay" doctrine, and evidence is presented that this doctrine was never applied to Hudson Bay. DLC. 77208. BALCH, T. W. Is Hudson Bay a closed or open sea? (American journal of international law 1912. v. 6, p. 409-469.)

85

Investigates the validity of Canada's claim, on the basis of a closed-sea policy, that American vessels should be licensed for fishing in Hudson Bay. The meaning of freedom of the seas, and the extent of a nation's sovereignty over adjacent waters are analyzed; pertinent theory and practice in international law are reviewed from early times. It is contended with extensive documentation that Hudson Bay is historically an open sea; the interest of all nations including Canada requires that the Bay remain an open sea, subject to international law of territorial limits on water. DLC. BALES, G. A., see No. 84502. 77209. BALIKCI, A., and R. COHEN. Community patterning in two northern trading posts. (Anthropologica 1963. n. ser. v. 5, no. 1, p. 33-45.) 10 refs. French summary. Analyzes the causes of divergent acculturative processes despite an almost identical socio-economic background, as observed among the Eskimos around Povungnituk on Ungava Peninsula and the Athapaskan Indians of Fort Good Hope on the Mackenzie River. An occupational homogeneity, strengthening of community ties and native leadership developed with the soapstone carving industry at Povungnituk. At Fort Good Hope, partial wage employment divided the group into two occupationally distinct categories, slackened native authority, and acted adversely on adjustment and integration. DSI. 77210. BALIKCI, A. Family organization of the Vunta Kutchin. (Arctic anthropology 1963. v. 1, no. 2, p. 62-69.) 6 refs. Study of connubial relations in this Athapaskan-speaking group on the Crow River in Yukon Territory, based on the author's field work at Old Crow in 1961. Pre- and extra-marital sex experiences, outof-wedlock pregnancies, marriage preferences, husband and wife tensions marked by overt restraint and covert hostility, etc. are discussed. Influence of alcohol on family life,

negative yet non-aggressive ingroup relations, conjugal strife and causes of separation are dealt with. The comparatively large number of matrifocal in relation to nuclear families (11:20) is considered the result of permissive female behavior. A certain amount of economic independence among the women, with their family allowance, relief, gifts for sexual favors, etc. is also considered a factor.

DSI.

77211. BALIKCI, A. Le regime matri-

86

monial des esquimaux Netsilik. (L'homme 1963. v. 3, no. 3, p. 88-101.) 10 refs. In French. Title tr.: Marriage customs of the Netsilik Eskimos. Study of the behavior of the Pelly Bay Arviligjuarmiut in early contact times, i.e. till about 1935, based mainly on the recollections of 13 elderly informants interrogated in 1960. With infanticide of girls and

consequent scarcity of women, wives were prized. There were five main forms of wife acquisition, including engagement in childhood, abduction of married woman, murder of husband. The prime criteria of marriage were common residence, economic collaboration and sexual relations. Monogamy predominated, polygamy was rare and mostly a status symbol; polyandry proved usually unstable. Pre- and extra-marital relations and wife-borrowing were common; incest was not tolerated. The preference for close consanguineous marriages is interpreted as expression of hostility toward strangers. Fist and drum contests as well as homicide were frequent; shamanistic or magic techniques were often substituted for DSI. overt aggression. 77212. BALIKCI, A. Shamanistic be-

havior among the Netsilik Eskimos. (Southwestern journal of anthropology 1963. v. 19, no. 4, p. 380-96.) 14 refs. Study of past social phenomena based on data collected in winter 1960 among the Arviligjuarmiut of Pelly Bay. Their particular forms of magical-religious practices were characterized by a fusion of good and evil elements and protective spirits' capacity to undergo ethical metamorphosis. This ambivalent character created an atmosphere of suspicion and was a contributive factor to social maladjustment: isolation of the individual, high suicide rate, interpersonal hostilities, preferred cousin marriage due to fear of strangers, etc. Counteracting these anti-social tensions were the seal-meat sharing rules and a complicated taboo system providing society with a collective means to control evil forces. DSI. 77213. BALIKCI, A. Vunta Kutchin social change. Ottawa 1963. 161 p. graphs, tables, maps, illus. (Canada. Dept. of Northern Affairs and National Resources. Northern Co-ordination and Research Centre, NCRC-63-3.) 24 refs. Reviews changes through the 19th century in the life of Indians involved in fur trade, and analyzes those in process in this band of Kuchins and metis, some 200 in number at the village of Old Crow in Yukon Territory. To their subsistence oc-

cupations, some wage employment is being added and rudimentary money consciousness is appearing. The decrease in ecological pressures, the federal day school, health services, new economic activities (logging), government aid, etc. affect communal life, family organization, and settlement. Annual migrations are being discontinued and habitations cluster around the school. Church is well attended, sports (ski club) popular. In this new social pattern, weakening of marital ties, sexual permissiveness, and interpersonal hostility aggravated by drinking and gambling are evident, as is some relaxation of native leadership. These trends may be negative results of semiacculturation or a process inherent in Athapaskan culture. A disorienting influence on the young generation is anticiDSI. pated. BALILES, M. D., see No. 83877. 77214. BALL, G. E. The distribution of the species of the subgenus Cryobius (Coleoptera, Carabidae, Pterostichus). (In: Gressitt, J. L. ed. Pacific Basin biogeography 1963. p. 133-51, maps, tables.) 45 refs. Discusses and maps the distribution of eight groups and subgroups of these tundra beetles mostly in North America, to elucidate hypotheses of a Bering land bridge and of Pleistocene ref ugia. Symmetrical distribution in the Bering area and the occurrence of most of the groups and subgroups on both sides of the Strait indicate a Pleistocene land connection; and subspecific differences between mainland and island forms suggest more than one at different times. The evidence further indicates glacial refugia in Beringia, in northern Mackenzie District, also farther east, and in the south. Distribution in the Aleutians shows these islands were not important for dispersal. DSI. 77215. BALL, T. K., and others. A preliminary geological survey of the Loppen district, west Finnmark. (Norsk geologisk tidsskrift 1963. v. 43, no. 2, p. 215-46, maps, sections, tables, illus.) 7 refs. Other authors: C. B. Gunn, P. R. Hooper, and D. Lewis. Maps at 1 in.:1.5 mi., this coastal area about 70° N. 21°30' E. in northwest Norway, showing distribution of a dozen rock types, also foliation, from a six-man survey by the University College of Swansea fdksfjord Expedition, 1961. This first published work on the area also describes the principal rock types and structures and discusses the origin of the meta-igneous rocks. Quartizites

are overlain by pelitic schist, then by metalimestones; these comprise the meta-sedimentary succession in the west. Three structural stages are recognized, with trends of N20°, N340° and N90°. Towards the east, the western extremity of the Seiland petrographic province consists of a gabbro complex, chiefly a hypersthene gabbro found in a half dozen areas. A banded and granulated type of hypersthene gabbro which contains bands of meta-limestone and syenite is believed to be part of the intrusive hypersthene gabbro, granulated by penetrative deformation. There is broad agreement with earlier Norwegian reconnaissance work, though a few different conclusions DGS. are offered. 77216. BALOBAEV, V. T. Protaivanie merzlykh gornykh porod pri vzaimodelstvii s atmosferol. (In: Akademifa nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Inst. merzlotovedenifa. Teplo ... 1963, p. 105-116, graphs.) 13 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Thawing frozen rock in interaction with the atmosphere. Discusses correlation of the thermal state of permafrost with thermal processes in the atmosphere, considering solar radiation as the only source of energy. Analysis based on a system of thermal conductivity equations leads to a heat balance formula in terms of turbulent heat flow into the atmosphere, heat of evaporation from the earth's surface, and heat flow into the ground. Comparison is made with records of temperature vs. depth in thaw-freeze processes in sandy loam at Mirnyy; the derived formulas show good agreement with DLC. the observation data. 77217. BALOBAEV, V. T. Raschet tafänifå lednikov i naledei. (In: Akademif t nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Inst. merzlotovedenifå. Teplo ... 1963, p. 117-23, graphs.) 8 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Estimating the thaw of glaciers and naleds. Investigates the dynamics of thawing in glaciers of the Cherskogo and Verkhoyanskiy Mts. and in naleds and taryns (icesills) elsewhere in Yakutia. The mathematical analysis of the problem, in connection with the IGY program, resulted in several formulas by which thawing intensities for varying coefficients of turbulent exchange at the ice-air interface, air temperature, and radiation balance, can be deterDLC. mined. 77218. BAL'TERMAN'f, D. Pokorenie Enisefå. (Sovetskoe foto 1963. v. 23, no. 9, p. 23, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: The Yenisey subdued.

87

Night color-photo of the Krasnoyarsk power installation and dam across the Yenisey. Exposure, lighting, etc. are noted. DLC. 77219. BALZOVSKII, G. Pevßy novo! zhizni. (Khudozhestvennafa samodefatel'nost' 1959. v. 2, no. 11, p. 5-6, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: Bards of a new life. Describes the rapid growth of amateur theatrical groups in Buryat ASSR noting, among others, the Evenki chorus from the Baunt District. DLC. BAMBER, E. W., see No. 78224. 77220. BANCROFT, H. H. History of Alaska, 1730-1885. New York, Antiquarian Press 1959. xxxviii, 775 p. maps. Reprint of No. 1023 with a new introducDLC. tion by E. Gruening. BANDEEN, W. R., see Nos. 79248, 83319. 77221. BANDI, H. G. The burins in the Eskimo area. (Alaska. Univ. Anthrop. papers 1963. v. 10, no. 2, p. 19-28, illus.) Refs. Comparative study of the typology, manufacturing technique, and terminology of Eurasian and Eskimo burins and related tools. Their occurrence, frequency, and type development in Eskimo sites are disDSI. cussed. 77222. BANDI, H. G. Überlegungen zur Frage des Ursprunges steinzeitlicher Felsbilder im skandinavisch-karelischen Raum. (Anthropologische Gesellschaft in Wien. Mitteilungen 1962. v. 92, p. 1-11, map. illus.) 35 refs. In German. Title tr.: Speculations on the origin of stone age cliff drawings on Scandinavian and Karelian territory. Discusses the typology, affinities, and naturalistic style of north Norwegian petroglyphs, considered the oldest in Fennoscandia. Their roots are traced to the Siberian late paleolithic of the upper Lena basin; penetration into northwest Europe is linked to the diffusion of the so-called Arctic paleolithic culture. A west European Aurignacian origin is disclaimed despite certain stylistic analogies. DSI. 77223. BANDMAN, M. K. Proizvodstvermafa spe(sializa£ifa i puti kompleksnogo razvitifa khozfiirstva Krasnofarskogo (Sibirskil geograficheskil sbornik krafa. 1962. no. 1, p. 54-68, table.) 15 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Industrial specialization and lines of broad economic development in Krasnoyarsk Province.

88

Reviews the growth of industry in this area during the Soviet period. Concentration has been on the nonferrous metallurgy, the forest and machine industries. Further development is summarized for the fuel, electric power, nonferrous metal, chemical, and forest industries, also for heavy industry, manufacture of machinery, agriculture and transport. Industrial specialization should be based on the rational utilization of natural resources. Arctic regions are included in the further plans. DLC. 77224.. BANDMAN, M. K. Transportnoakonomicheskie svfazi Krasnofarskogo krafa i perspektivy ikh razvitifa. (Voprosy geografii 1963, Sbornik 61, p. 104-121, tables, charts.) In Russian. Title tr.: Transport and economic interrelations in Krasnoyarsk Province and their development prospects. Presents an economic survey of this province: its 1955 and 1958 production, imports and exports are reported. Its shipment of forest products to various parts of the USSR is analyzed. A division of the province into economic regions is presented, their internal and external ties are discussed with analysis of the transport of coal and other goods. Industrial growth and increase of construction are outlined as are the prospects for increasing transportation. Road construction is reviewed. DLC. 77225. BANFIELD, A. W. F. A selection of neotypes for subspecies of Rangifer tarandus (Linn4), Mammalia-Cervidae. (Canada. National Museum. Bulletin 1963. no. 185, Contributions to zoology 1962, p. 60-71, illus.) 16 refs. French summary. Deals with five reindeer taxa of Scandinavia, Greenland, northern Canada, and Svalbard, previously described but without specifying type specimen whence arose confusion between closely related taxa. Neotypes in accordance with the 1961 International Code of Zoological Nomenclature are presented for sap. tarandus (Linné) 1758, groenlandicus (Linné) 1767, arctic= Richardson 1829, platyrhynchus (Vrolik) 1829, and caribou (Gmelin) 1788; photo of each, also of the fennicus Lonnberg 1909 holotype DLC. are included. 77226. BANG, C., and others. Fra Svalbards dyreverden 2, Norsk Ornitologisk Spitsbergen Ekspedisjon sommeren 1962. (Norway. Norsk Polarinstitutt. Årbok 1962 pub. 1963, p. 93-119, map, tables, illus.) 10 refs. In Norwegian. English summary. Other authors: N. Gullestad, T.

Larsen, and M. Norderhaug. Title tr.: Notes on the Svalbard fauna 2, the Norwegian Ornithological Spitsbergen Expedition in the summer of 1962. Reports work in the Hornsund area of seven Oslo Univ. students led by Thor Larsen: 24 species were observed, several did not breed; specimens of 10 species were ringed, mostly barnacle geese and little auks. The biology of the latter, development of the young, and diet were studied, as were diet of the glaucous gull, some insects and ectoparasites on birds shot. DLC.

77230. BANK, T. P. Medicinal plant lore of the Aleut. (Pacific Science Congress 9th, 1957. Proceedings v. 4, pub. 1962, p. 281-84.) 13 refs. cf. No. 49516 from the Congress abstracts. Lists 150 plants with common, scientific Aleut or Russian names. Origins of Aleut use: independent invention, contact with other Alaskan natives, or after 1741 with Kuril Ainus, are considered, also method and purpose. Use of Aconitum as harpoon poison in whaling is recalled by one Aleut. DI.

77227. BANG, G. Developmental microstructure and fluorine content of Alaskan Eskimo tooth samples. (American Dental Association. Journal 1961. v. 63, no. 1, p. 67-75, tables, illus.) 27 refs. Histological and chemical study of contemporary material and such from skulls of Eskimos who had no contact with whites. The "primitive" diet was not found to be necessarily adequate for a perfect tooth structure. Caries-free teeth were found in imperfectly formed dentitions. Fluorine content showed no differences between persons with and without caries, or between front and back teeth. DLC.

77231. BANK, T. P. The past ages of Unalaska. (Explorers journal 1963. v. 41, no. 3, p. 32-42, map, illus.) 10 refs. Describes archeological work on Unalaska Island during the University of Michigan's 1954 expedition to the Aleutians. Excavations at two sites dated to about 1900 yrs. ago disclosed no major population change, in contrast with findings by Laughlin (No. 23685) and others of a large-scale replacement about 1000 yrs. ago. Reconnaissance for new sites along the northern coast of the island was made in an 18 ft. boat; weather, sea, and terrain conditions are noted. Some possibly significant finds of Aleut burial caves and off-shore fortress rocks are discussed and sketched. DLC.

BANG, G., see also No. 82470. 77228. BANG, J. Grønland igen. København, Spectator 1961. 156 p. illus. In Danish. Title tr.: Greenland again. Describes visit to 16 communities in West Greenland, from Djaevelens Tommelfinger to Julianehåb; present conditions among the Greenlanders are contrasted with those prior to World War II. The author is a photographer. AlKøbenhavn. 77229. BANK, T. P. How man came to the New World. (Explorers journal 1962. v. 40, no. 2, p. 8-19, illus.) Discusses a hypothesis of the peopling of America via Bering Strait in correlation with glacial cycles. It is theorized that the first migrants were Caucasoids who crossed the land bridge over the Strait 40,00060,000 yrs. ago. During the Wisconsin glaciation, the Mongoloid race, with superior physical adaptation to cold, evolved in Asia. Some of these people, prototypes of the Eskimos, arrived toward the end of the ice age and some migrated south, probably about 11,000 yrs. ago, along an ice-free corridor east of the Rocky Mts. Other Mongoloids came during the thermal maximum in the present interglacial period. A new glacial advance is probable in a few thousand yrs.; its possible effects on human population are considered. DLC.

77232. BANK OF MONTREAL. The challenge of the North. (Its: Business review, Sept. 30, 1963, p. 1-4, map.) Presents a general discussion of present development and future possibilities in Yukon Territory and Northwest Territories. The historical importance of the fur trade Large-scale commercial is emphasized. development is not expected in agriculture, lumbering, hydroelectric power, and fisheries. Mineral exploration and development are reviewed and their present handicaps in high production costs and inadequate transportation are discussed. CaONA. 77233. BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA. Spotlight on iron ore. (Its: Monthly review, Apr. 1963, p. 1-4, map.) Discusses mineral production in Canada, with emphasis on Labrador Trough iron ore development in northern Quebec and Labrador. Production from three areas, Lac Jeannine near Mt. Reed, Carol Lake, and Schefferville, is 27 million tons per year. Schefferville, Gagnon, Labrador City, Witbush City, Sept-Iles, Port Cartier and Pointe Noire, all recently built as mining towns or St. Lawrence River ports, are briefly described, as are the hydroelectric

89

power sites at Twin Falls and Hart Jamie River. The 360 mi. Quebec North Shore & Labrador Railway from Sept-Iles to Schefferville, with branch lines to other mining areas, also the Port Cartier—Lac Jeannine railway are discussed. Capital expenditure for ore development required a guaranteed long-term market, mainly in the United States; future markets seem CaONA. assured. 77234. BANKS, G. N., and others. Iron ore pelletizing, a literature survey. Ottawa, Queen's Printer 1963. 23 p. (Canada. Alines Branch. Information circular 152.) 165 refs. Other authors: R. A. Campbell and G. E. Viens. Most of the next 10-yr. increase in Canadian iron ore production is expected to be in the form of high-grade pelletized ore concentrates. Theoretical and practical considerations involved in pelletizing are discussed. Blast furnace tests show the superiority of pellets over raw ore. Standard methods are needed for testing pellets however, and for correlation of test results with pellet performance during shipment, DI. in the blast furnace, etc. 77235. BANNIKOV, A. G. Tritony v rechnoT merzlote. (Priroda 1963. v. 52, no. 6, p. 115-16, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: Salamanders in the permafrost. Describes the species Hyrwbius keyserlingi, noting its distribution (northern Siberia), its tolerance of cold, including eggs and larvae. Their presence in the permafrost is mentioned and the duration of their survival there considered probably not more than several years. DLC. BANNISTER, J. L., see No. 77450. BAR, N., see No. 83963. 77236. BARABASH-NIKIFOROV, I. I. The sea otter. Jerusalem, Israel Program for Scientific Translations 1962. 227 p. tables, graphs, illus. Approx. 300 refs. English translation of his: Kalan, Enhydra lutris L., ego biologiia i voprosy khoziä'lstva Moskva 1947 (The sea otter, Enhydra lutris L., its biology and economic problems of breeding) in Russian (not seen). German translation also in DLC. Comprehensive study based on sources beginning with Steller (No. 37598), and on author's extensive observations. Consecutive sections deal with the otter research program and methods of work; geographic distribution, past and present; taxonomy, including subspecies; morphology and morphometry, anatomy and development. Cur-

90

rent condition of the Kamchatka and Commander Islands herds is discussed, also the climatic and biotic factors of these habitats. Sea otter habitats, behavior, movement and migration, and the role of wind in them are dealt with, as are its diet, reproduction, and molt; its relationship to other animals, competitors, enemies, diseases, and relationship to man. Effects of hunting on the sea otter population, its breeding in captivity, and its acclimatization on the Murman coast are outlined. The bibliography lists some 140 Russian and 160 non-Russian publications. Appended p. 175-224, is: Acclimatization of sea otters, by V. V. Reshetkin and N. K. Shidlovskafå, who report study of two males from the Commanders on Kola Peninsula, comparing the two habitats, noting food, enemies, and competitors. The maintenance and behavior of the animals, first in cages and then in enclosures are described in detail, with emphasis on food and feeding; molt, diseases and parasites, response to man, etc. are also dealt with. Shidlovskafa's Directions for the feeding and care of the male sea otter, p. 225-27, complete the account, giving brief instructions on the feeding of, and food for captive animals, their drinking water, cleanliness and care of quarters, DLC. weighing, health, etc. 77237. BARAGAR, W. R. A., and E. H. HORNBROOK. Mineral industry of District of Mackenzie, 1962. Ottawa, Queen's Printer 1963. 44 p. table. (Canada. Geological Survey. Paper 63-9.) 9 refs. Contains mainly reports on 1962 activity at mine properties, most of those visited engaged in significant work. Shipping costs are compared, Edmonton—Yellowknife by truck and bus, Waterways—Yellowknife by barge; and Edmonton—Yellowknife and return by air. Reorganization of the Northwest Territories mining district is outlined; and general prospecting is discussed. Detailed remarks are given on a score of properties or groups, including the Con gold mine at Yellowknife, the Discovery gold mine at Giauque Lake, the Giant mine near Yellowknife Bay on Great Slave Lake, and the Taurcanis mine, a developing gold property in the Courageous Lake area, 64°02' N. 111°11' W.). DLC. 77238. BARAGAR, W. It. A. Wakuach Lake map-area, Quebee-Newfoundland. Ottawa, Queen's Printer 1963. 4 p. map. (Canada. Geological Survey. Paper 62-38, incl. prelim. map 48-1962.) 3 refs. Map legend in English and French.

Describes Archean and Proterozoic rocks in this cross-section of the Labrador Trough 13-63 mi. north of Schefferville. A 5,400 sq. mi area, 55°-56° N. 66°-68° W., is mapped at scale 1 in.:4 mi. Labrador Trough here refers to the western, lessmetamorphosed fringe of the Labrador geosyncline; it is bounded unconformably on the west by Archean banded gneisses and on the east by Proterozoic biotite schists. Its rocks consist broadly of a lower, mostly sedimentary division, and an upper, mostly volcanic division; the lower contains the iron-bearing Knob Lake Group, and the upper the Doublet Group. Iron ore-bodies occur within the ironformation on the southwestern side of the Trough. Sulfide deposits, largely pyrite and pyrrhotite, are abundant in its eastern part. The Quebec—Newfoundland boundary had not been established at publication time. DLC. 77239. BARANENKOVA, A. S., and Z. P. BARANOVA. Kolichestvennye pokazateli rezul'tatov ucheta molodi treski i pikshi v Barenf evom more zimol 1961-1962 gg. (Murmansk. Polfärnyl n: issl. inst. morskogo rybnogo khozfaTstva i okeanografii. Nauchno-tekhnicheskil bffllleten' 1962, no. 4(22), p. 9-13, tables, maps.) Ref. In Russian. Title tr.: Quantitative indices from estimates of cod and haddock young in the Barents Sea in winter 1961-1962. Reports on conditions in the southern and northwestern areas of that sea. Average catch per hour, its age composition, distribution of yearlings over the area, and percentage of cod and haddock in the catches are given. Comparisons are made with previous years. General character of DLC. the findings are discussed. 77240. BARANENKOVA, A. S. Soviet investigations on small cod of age groups 0, I, II, and III in the Barents Sea. (International Council for the Exploration of the Sea. Annales biologiques 1960 pub. 1962. v. 17, p. 122-24, tables.) Account of investigations carried out during autumn-winter of 1959-60. Results are tabulated, distribution of age groups according to areas indicated, and comparisons with previous years offered. DSI. 77241. BARANENKOVA, A. S. Soviet investigations on small haddock in the Barents Sea. (International Council for Annales the Exploration of the Sea. biologiques 1960 pub. 1962. v. 17, p. 145-46, tables.) Reports on activities in autumn-winter

1959-60, including mean number (low), age and year-class of fish taken per hour's trawling in different parts of the sea. DSI. 77242. BARANENKOVA, A. S. Soviet investigations on young cod in the Barents Sea. (International Council for the Exploration of the Sea. Annales biologiques 1961 pub. 1963. v. 18, p. 105-107, tables, map.) Reports on experimental fishing in the fall-winter of 1960-1961, and compares with the previous season and the long-term averages. In the northwestern areas young cod was twice as abundant as in the southern areas. Per-hour's trawling showed large numbers of the 1960 and 1958 year classes. DSI. 77243. BARANOV, A. M. Ob oblakakh verkhnego iarusa nad Arktikof. (Leningrad. Arkticheskil i antarkticheskil n.-issl. inst. Trudy 1962. v. 239, p. 111-20, tables, graphs, map.) 4 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: On the upper layer clouds in the Arctic. Discusses cirrus (C) and cirrostratus (Cst) clouds over the Laptev Sea along the 125° E. meridian and part of the Arctic Basin to 83° N. from flying observatory data. Their recurrence frequency in Aug.— Sept. 1959 is determined. Cirrus predominate in the upper atmospheric layer, recurrence 64%, Cst 29%, cirrocumulus 7%. The upper and lower limits of these clouds vary in altitude annually, with maximum in summer, and minimum in winter. Vertical thickness of C and Cst vary from a few hundred meters to 4 km.; a maximum recurrence (63.6%) has 1.1-3.0 km. thickness. In most cases the clouds were obTheir served below the tropopause. horizontal extent has a highly variable range, which depends, in general, on the synoptic conditions of their formation. DLC. 77244. BARANOV, A. M. Vysota i vertikal'nafå protfazhennost' oblakov nizhnego i srednego fårusov nad morem Laptevykh. (Leningrad. Arkticheskit i antarkticheskil n: issl. inst. Trudy 1962. v. 239, p. 85-94, tables.) 6 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Altitude and vertical extent of clouds of the lower and middle layers over the Laptev Sea. Reports the characteristic mean altitude for eight types of cloud recorded by the flying observatory Aug. 22—Sept. 20, 1959 along the route Tiksi Bay—Dunay Island125°-77° E. 83° N. and return. Synoptic conditions during the flight period are briefly described. The mean altitude of

91

the upper and lower boundaries of stratofractus clouds was found to be 160 M. and 210 m. respectively, stratus 180 and 620 m., stratocumulus 680 and 980 m., cumulus 430 and 590 m., cumulofractus 280 and 620 m., nimbostratus 400 m. lower boundary, altostratus 2,350 and 2,600 m., and altocumulus 2,430 and 2,720 m. The recurrence correlation between these loud genera at different altitudes is tabulated. Their average, maximum, and minimum thickness (vertical extent) and recurrence of same are given. An 84% recurrence of stratus clouds in the middle and lower layers was established. DLC. 77245. BARANOV, I. IA. Kriometamorfizm gornykh porod i ego znachenie dlfa paleogeografii chetvertichnogo perioda. (In: Akademifa nauk SSSR. Inst. merzlotovedenifa. Voprosy kriologii ... 1962, p. 6-36, tables, map.) 21 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Cryometamorphism of rocks and its importance for paleogeography of the Quaternary period. Distinguishes three classes of cryogenic phenomena. Cryogenic destruction and cryogenic alteration are discussed. Cryometamorphism of bedrock and unconsolidated rock is reviewed. Zonal distribution of these phenomena in the USSR is described and mapped. A classification of them is DLC. given. 77246. BARANOV, I. IA., and V. A. KUDRfAVØEV. Mnogoletnemerzlye gornye porody Evrazii. (In: International Conference on Permafrost. Doklady .. . 1963, p. 5-14.) Ref. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Permanently frozen rocks of Eurasia. Reviews the distribution of permafrost in the USSR. from Kola Peninsula east to Kamchatka. Its southern limit is outlined. Five permafrost-temperature zones are distinguished and characterized. The heterogeneity of cryogenous texture and structure of permafrost layers is analyzed and related to the geologic and geographic conditions. Genetic types of permafrost, epigenetic, syngenetic, polygenetic, are established and their occurrence discussed. Zonal, regional and local features of cryogenic phenomena and their forms are reviewed, such as frost cracking, stone polygons, ground veins, thermokarst depression, ice veins, etc. DLC. 77247. BARANOV, I. IA. Nekotorye voprosy zonal'nykh zakonomernostel raz-vitifa mnogoletnemerzlykh porod. (In: International Conference on Permafrost.

92

Doklady ... 1963, p. 15-23.) In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Some problems of zonal regularities in development of permanently frozen rock. Author aims at establishing a basic theory of general geocryology in relation to planetary phenomena and deals with general principles in development of cryogenic phenomena in the earth's lithosphere. Among problems discussed are: the nature and causality of cryogenic phenomena, their dependence on space and over-all planetary conditions, specific feature in distribution of the earth's cooling near the polar zones, the nature and peculiarities of latitudinal geocryological zonation and attitudinal belt division, their interaction; problems of extrazonation of perennially frozen rocks as related to other zonal phenomena are also considered. DLC. 77248. BARANOV, I. Ø. Osnovnye zadachi merzlotnykh (geokriologicheskikh) issledovanil v Vostochnol Sibiri. (Soveshchanie po podzemnym vodam i inzhenernol geologii Vostochnol Sibiri. Trudy 1959. no. 2, p. 24-32.) In Russian. Title tr.: Main tasks of geocryological investigations in Eastern Siberia. Reviews permafrost studies and outlines the existing needs and a program; such problems as deformation of foundations, mapping of permafrost, are reviewed, also the establishment of research institutions, training of specialists, etc. DLC. 77249. BARANOV, N. Kartofel' v Magadanskol oblasti. (Sel'sko khozß!stvennoe proizvodstvo Sibiri i Dal'nego Vostoka 1963, no. 4, p. 62-64.) In Russian. Title tr.: Potato in Magadan Province. Reports on the Tauysk state farm experiments with various strains of potato: the best ones, growing methods, etc. Crops averaged 86 cwt./hectare, some farmers harvested 200-300 cwt./ha. DLC. BARANOVA, E. N., see No. 81845. 77250. BARANOVA, it. P., and S. F. BISKE. Opyt geomorfologicheskogo ralonirovanifa Severo-Vostoka Sibiri. (Sibirskil geograficheskil sbomik 1962. no. 1, p. 131-58, map, table, profiles.) 28 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Attempt at a division of northeast Siberia into geomorphic regions. Presents a map showing such division of the area between the Lena River and Bering Sea, based on analysis of geologic material. Endogenous and exogenous factors affecting relief formation are analyzed, and the vast

area is divided into two great geomorphic "countries": the Verkhoyansk-Chukotka Mesozoic folding country and OkhotskChukotka Cenozoic folding country. The former is subdivided into seven geomorphic provinces and 18 regions; the latter into two provinces and seven regions. Characteristics of these provinces and regions are briefly stated. DLC. BARANOVA, fit. P., see also No. 77489. BARANOVA, Z. P., see No. 77239. BARASHKOV, P. P., see No. 76793. 77251. BARASHKOVA, E. A. Pitanie kladonii olen'el cherez mertvufti chest' podeisiev. (Botanicheskil zhurnal 1963. v. 48, no. 4, p. 588-91, tables.) 15 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Nutrition of reindeer moss through the dead part of the podetia. Describes the living and dead part of the podetium, the chemical composition of the latter and the problem involved. Experi-

ments with water cultures and chemical treatment are reported: the results indicate that this lichen takes up nutritive matter through the dead podetia. DLC. 77252. BARASHKOVA, E. A. Uskorennoe vosstanovlenie zapasov kormovykh lishalnikov s pomoshch'fü stimulßtorov rosta.

(Problemy Severs 1963, no. 7, p. 135-39, tables.) 9 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Rapid restoration of forage lichen resources by means of growth stimulants. Notes the depletion of Cladonia rangiferina and C. alpestris (up to 80% in Nentsy National District) and own tests with 11 fertilizers in 56 variants at the Loparskaya agricultural station in 1958-1960. Three proved promising: thiamine +(NIL) SO, and KH,PO,, 2.4-D (butyl acetate) + gibberellic acid, and (NIL) SO4 + KH2PO4. Data are given on applications, increase in growth (137-160%) and effects on the chemical composition of the lichens. DLC. BARCUS, J. R., see Nos. 77708, 77710,

77039, 77040.

catering accounted for 15% of the 1960

turnover, equivalent to 10-11 million Danish kroner. Private enterprise is increasing in the service and construction industries also; it was responsible for 60% of the house building in 1960-61. More Greenlanders have taken trade licenses than Danes but the latter do twice as much business, probably because the Greenlanders lack capital and business experience. The establishment of Danish private enterprise in Greenland has opened more training opportunities to Greenlanders in construction, etc. and has brought many Danes to settle in the country. CaMAI. BARFOD, P., see also No. 78233. 77254. BARGETON, D. L'adaptation au froid, reactions a long terme de la thermordgulation. (France. Centre national de la recherche seientifique. Colloques nationaux 1955. p. C47-C62, illus.) 36 refs. In French. Title tr.: Adaptation to cold, long-term reactions of thermoregulation. Discusses the meaning of the term adapts.-

tion as differentiated by the time factor; adaptation to cold and heat production, cold-adaptation and heat loss, resistance to cold, and acclimatization; cold adaptation in man, and criteria for it. DLC. BARKER, F., see No. 83839. BARKER, L. J., see No. 76880. 77255. BARKHATOV, G. V. Tretichnye otlozhenifa doliny r. Aldana. (In: Mezhvedomstvennoe soveshchanie ... Trudy 1959, p. 403-406.) In Russian. Title tr.: Tertiary deposits in the Aldan River valley. Reports study in the valleys of Tatta, Tanda and Zapadnaya Gradyga rivers. Three strata of Tertiary deposits are established: sandy, sandy-clayey-lignite, and sandy. Each is described noting mineralogic composition, lithology and spore-pollen analyses. These deposits are ICRL. of Neogene age. 77256. BARKOV, O. A. Nekotorye itogi osvoenifå promysla v raTone Devisova pro-

Private enterprise in Greenland. Reviews the status of trade and industry, since 1950 open to any resident in Greenland for six months who obtains a trade license. Development in the production

liva. (Materialy rybokhozfi!stvennykh issledovaniT Severnogo basseTna. Sbornik 1963, no. 1, p. 21-22.) In Russian. Title tr.: Some results of mastering the fisheries in Davis Strait. Reports on reconnaissance and experimental fishing conducted by two Soviet trawlers for about a month in the beginning of 1963. Equipment, fishing activities, and

and export sectors is slow, but in the retail trades, independent businesses including

catches per net, unit time, and total are DLC. considered.

77253. BARFOD, P. Private virksomheder i Grønland. (Grønland 1963. no. 11, p. 413-22, table, illus.) In Danish. Title tr.:

93

77257. BARHOVA, M. V. Nekotorye dannye o palinologicheskikh spektrakh Karginskikh otlozhenil ralona Ust'-Porta. (Leningrad. n:isel. inst. geologii Arktiki. Sbornik stater po paleontologii i biostratigrafii 1963, no. 31, p. 79-89, illus.) 8 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Some data on palynological spectra of Karginskiy deposits in the Usti-Port region. Reports a 1958-1961 study of upper Quaternary deposits from samples collected in three drillings. Each drilling is described and the palynological spectra are distinguished and diagrammed. Prevailing trees and properties are analyzed. Three phases in vegetation are recognized and DLC. characterized.

77261. BARNER, H. B., and others. Survival of the canine ureter after freezing. (Surgery 1963. v. 53, no. 3, 344-47, table, illus.) 15 refs. Other authors: R. J. Rivers, Jr., B. Cady, and E. Watkins, Jr. Canine ureters perfused with dimethyl sulfoxide were stored at —9° and —70° C. for 24-72 hrs. Autotransplantation resulted in viability of the ureter in five of 11 surDLC. viving animals. 77262. BARNER, J. Doctor on dog sled. (Military medicine 1963. v. 128, no. 10, p. 1000-1004, illus.) Describes a boat trip from Gambell to Savoonga (St. Lawrence Island) on a mission to stem an outbreak of hepatitis; the work there; dental aid; return by sled; experience in an Eskimo home; medical DLC. work at Gambell.

77258. BARHOVA, M. V. Palinologicheskafå kharakteristika chetvertichnykh otlo(Leningrad. zhenil ralona Ust'-Porta. N: issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Trudy 1961, 77263. BARNES, A. A. Analysis of the no. 124, p. 177-87, table, profiles, illus.) U and V fields in the vicinity of the Poles. 5 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Palynologic (U.S. Weather Bureau. Monthly weather characteristics of Quaternary deposits of review 1963. v. 91, no. 1, p. 37-40, maps.) 2 refs. the Ust'-Port region. Reports a mathematical investigation of Reports study of interglacial (Messo, Sanchugovka and Kazantseva horizons) the fields of the eastward U and northward and Recent Quaternary deposits. The V components of the wind over a small Messo horizon differs only slightly from neighborhood centered at the North Pole; the Sanchugovka; but the spore-pollen from the investigation, 11 rules are formulatcomplexes of the Kazantseva horizon ed to aid in analyzing polar coordinate indicate significant melioration of climatic charts on which these quantities are used conditions. Paleobotanic study of Recent to represent the horizontal wind field. DGS. deposits reveals an advance of forest to the north in the period of postglacial BARNES, C. A., see No. 77086, 78038A. DGS. thermal maximum. 77259. BARHOVA, M. V. Palinologiche- 77264. BARNETT, D. M. Former proskie spektry iz torffånika karginskol terrasy glacial lake shorelines as indicators of the v ralone poselka Malafa Kheta. (Leningrad. pattern of deglaciation of the LabradorN: issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Sbornik Ungava peninsula. (McGill Univ. Substatel po paleontologii i biostratigrafii 1960, Arctic Research Laboratory. Research no. 20, p. 65-71, illus.) 6 refs. In Russian. paper 1963, no. 15, p. 23-33, maps.) 14 refs. A tilt of 1.75 ft. per mi. was calculated Title tr.: Palynological spectra from a peat bog of the upper Quaternary terrace for level N-2 of glacial Lake Naskaupi from measurements near Lac Brisson; in the Malaya Kheta village region. Describes a cross-section of this peat bog isobases were drawn; the location of the and its pollen and spores. The palynological final Labradorean ice dispersal center was data disclose preexistence of a coniferous plotted between 54°-55° N. 68°-69° W. forest with rich moss ground cover. Phases Five stages are traceable for both the in development of this vegetation are Naskaupi and McLean glacial lakes; recognized and briefly characterized. DLC. though close to each other, they never combined. McLean overflowed into NaskauCaMAI. 77260. BARLAUP, A. Widerøe's Flyvesel- pi during certain stages. skap gjennom 25 år. Oslo 1959. 60 p. illus. In Norwegian. Title tr.: Widerøe 77265. BARNETT, D. M. Snow depth Aviation Co. during 25 years. and distribution in relation to frozen Reviews the organization and activities ground in the Ferriman Mine and Denault of this Norwegian firm engaged primarily Lake areas, Sehefferville. (McGill Univ. in aerial mapping and photography, local Sub-Arctic Research Laboratory. Research routes in North Norway, polar expeditions. paper no. 15, 1963. p. 72-85, maps.) 15 NPOslo. refs. 94

Describes physical setting of these two areas; the former a windswept upland, the latter a fairly level tract mostly stripped for iron ore mining; both underlain by discontinuous or sporadic permafrost. Tentative results of Jan.-Feb. 1962 observations at Denault indicate only a slight insulating effect of snow on permafrost, especially if snow depth and drifting vary appreciably. Micro-features of relief and vegetation largely determine snow distribution, the least accumulating on the stripped area, the most in undisturbed vegetated areas. No critical snow depth in permafrost development can be determined, nor is decreased depth followed by a fall in ground temperature. CaMAI. 77266. BARNETT, F. Unalaska summer. (Alaska sportsman 1963. v. 29, no. 5, p. 28-31, -I•-, illus.) Recounts experiences while mapping this Aleutian Island for the U.S. Geological Survey in 1954. Unalaska landscape, weather, wild plant and animal foods, geologic history, topography, and Makushin volcano are described. DI. 77267. BARNETT, P. W., and K. R. SKRETTINGLAND. An experimental winter flying glove. Fort Wainwright, Alaska 1963. 7 p. table, graphs. (U.S. Arctic Aeromedical Lab. TN-63-1.) 8 refs. Reports on trials with a mountain glove. Though it compared favorably with the MA-1 glove and the N-4B arctic mitten, it possessed no additional advantages to merit consideration. CaMAI.

BARON, L. I., see No. 83896. 77268. BARR, M. E. Northern pyrenomycetes 1, Canadian Eastern Arctic. Montreal 1959. 101 p. illus. (Montreal Univ. Inst. botanique. Contributions no. 73.) 63 refs. Reports on these fungi in collections made by several botanists in northern Ellesmere Island, north central Baffin Island, Labrador, northern Quebec, and Newfoundland. Both sphaeriaceous and dothideaceous forms are included, 28 genera and 94 species arranged alphabetically within 12 families; descriptions include synonyms, host-plant community, illus., and data on distribution in the Canadian Eastern CaMAI. Arctic. 77269. BARRINGTON, R. E., and others. Diurnal and seasonal variations in D-region electron densities derived from observations of cross modulation. (Canadian journal of

physics 1963. v. 41, no. 2, p. 271-85, graphs.) 7 refs. Other authors: E. V. Thrane and B. Bjelland. Discusses the method and experimental technique in which pulsed cross modulation, arising in the region 60-80 km. above Kjeller, was observed during undisturbed days in the spring, summer, and fall of 1960. Average electron-density profiles deduced for each hour of the spring days show most rapid changes in electron density to occur within one hour of ground sunrise and sunset. Around sunrise a rather uniform layer of about 100 electrons/cm3 is created almost simultaneously throughout the entire 60-80 km. region. As the day progresses, the average electron density at 70-80 km. changes by a factor about 10, that at 60-70 km. by a factor of only 2. These features of the D ionospheric region are attributed to its normal ionization by cosmic rays and Lyman-alpha radiation. The cross-modulation measurements obtained in the summer and winter showed greater seasonal variations, and are uncertain, due to high atmospheric noise level in summer, and to weak and irregular character of the wanted radio echo during winter. DLC. 77270. BARRINGTON, R. E., and others. Electron density profiles in the D region deduced from observations of ionospheric cross-modulation. (In: Maehlum, B. ed. Electron density ... 1962. p. 8-23, graphs.) 14 refs. Other authors: B. Landmark and E. Thrane. Presents results from observation of electron density and collision frequency. The ionospheric cross-modulation was determined on the basis of experimental data obtained at Kjeller and TromsØ by O. Holt and others, q.v. DLC. BARRY, R. G., see No. 80932. 77271. BARSK1 , T. A., and others. Osobennosti rosta i razvitifå kartofelfä na kholodnykh pochvakh. (Akademifå nauk SSSR. Karel'skil filial. Trudy 1960. no. 28, p. 70-76, tables.) 8 refs. In Russian. Other authors: ID. E. Novif kafå and Z. F. Sycheva. Title tr.: Characteristics of the growth and development of potatoes in cold soils. Reports on experiments with plants grown in soil of 10-12° C. and 15-20° C. In the main, low temperature of the soil was responsible for slow development, low yields, and starch content of the tubers, associated with increased N and proteins. DLC.

95

77272. BARSKAIA, T. A., and A. A. EGOROVA. Vlifanie temperatury pochvy na aktivnost' fermentov katalazy i peroksidazy u kholodostolkikh i teplonbivykh rastenil. (Akademifå nauk SSSR. Karel'skil filial. Trudy 1960. no. 28, p. 25-30, tables.) 9 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Effect of soil temperature upon the activity catalase and peroxidase in cold-resistant and thermophilic plants. Reports investigations on strains of wheat and barley grown in soil of 6-10° C., and corn at 10-12° C., with controls raised in soil of 15-20° C. In the hardy strains (wheat and barley) catalase and peroxidase activities were higher than in the corn. Peroxidase activity was higher in all plants grown on cold soil, indicating that this enzyme plays a paramount role in coldDLC. adaptation. BARBS, M. S., see No. 82113. 77273. BARSUKOV, G. G., and R. S. PERMfAKOV. lksplautafsifä bul'dozera D-384 na Olenegorskom kar'ere. (Gorily! zhurnal 1963. no. 3, p. 47-48, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: Using D-384 bulldozers at the Olenegorsk open-cut mine. Two D-384's built by the Chelyabinsk tractor plant were used at the Olenegorsk iron ore deposits in Kola Peninsula for moving morainic layers and blasted rock for road and railroad construction, to clear sites for machinery installation, and to cope with snow storms. Merits and defects of this model are discussed and some improvements recommended. DLC. BARSUKOV, O. M., see No. 83668. 77274. BARTH, J. Die Bevölkerung Russisch-Asiens seit 1939. (Osteuropa 1958. v. 8, no. 10-11, p. 679-93, map, tables.) Refs. In German. Title tr.: Population of Russian Asia since 1939. Comparative statistical study of population changes, 1939:1956 with urban and rural breakdown. Except in Western Siberia, increases were characteristic, e.g. Krasnoyarsk Province 1.9 > 2.5 million, Yakut ASSR 400 > 500 thousand. Provincial capitals grew more than secondary towns, e.g. Magadan city had 55,000 population, the other 22 towns of Magadan Province together 127,000; Yakutsk had 63,000, with 140,000 in 36 other towns and settlements of Yakut ASSR. DLC. 77275. BARTH, J. Schülerzahlen und Geburten -entwicklung in den einzelnen Regionen der Sowjet-union seit 1939. 96

(Osteuropa 1959. v. 9, no. 11, p. 717-28.) Refs. In German. Title tr.: Student body and birth increases in individual districts of the Soviet Union since 1939. Includes tables for 1950/51 and 1955/56 showing ratio to total population, of children in grades 1-4, i.e. those born in 1940-1943 and in 1945-1948. In all of the northern districts except Murmansk and Magadan Provinces, the proportion of children declined. These data are said to indicate a birthrate adversely affected in early post-war years, by economic hardship, resettlement policy, and punitive camp isolation. Author's data are computed from published statistics (No. 55594). DLC. 77276. BARTHOLOMEW, M. A., and others. Silver pike, an atypical Esox lucius, in Alaska, a first record. (Copeia 1962, no. 2, p. 449-50.) Other authors: J. Divall and J. E. Morrow. Describes three unusually pigmented fish taken in Aug. 1961 at the mouth of the Kandik River on the Yukon. They are identical with "silver" pikes first described from Minnesota in 1943 and since reported from North America and Sweden. DSI. 77277. BARTLETT, E. L. Action, not words, needed to protect our fishery resources. (U.S. Congress. Congressional record, Senate 1963. v. 109, no. 120, p. 13348-49.) Speech in the U.S. Senate, introducing bill S. 1988 (text given) to prohibit and penalize foreign vessels from fishing in U.S. waters or taking fishery resources of the U.S. continental shelf. Russian and Japanese intrusions are cited, and King crabs taken in Bering Sea are claimed resources of the continental shelf. Later intrusions and interference with crabbing operations were reported in ibid, v. 109, no. 141, p. 15683-87. DI. 77278. BARTLETT, E. L. Danger in the Arctic as radioactivity mounts. (U.S. Congress. Congressional record, Senate 1963. v, 109, no. 50, p. 5420-27.) Refs. Text of a speech before the U.S. Senate on contamination of the lichen-caribouman food chain with radionuclides, especially its application to Alaskan Eskimos and Indians. Lack of knowledge on amount and effects of the contamination and need for investigation and control measures are stressed. Appended are data prepared by L. A. Viereck on concentrations of strontium 90 and cesium 137 in plants, caribou and reindeer, and humans in northern areas;

also text of articles by W. O. Pruitt (No. 74980) and A. R. Schulert (No. 75425), and correspondence from the U.S. Atomic Energy Commission on Pruitt's article. DI. 77279. BARTLETT, E. L. Straight baselines and fishing zones imperative for United States. (U.S. Congress. Congressional record, Senate 1963. v. 109, no. 94, p. 10689.) Advocates straight headland-to-headland baselines for measuring U.S. territorial waters and an exclusive fishing zone for 12-mi. from the baseline. Reprinted, substantially, in Fish boat, July 1963. DI.

BASHARIN. Tektonicheskoe razvitie Vostochnogo Verkhofin'fil v paleozoe. (Geologifä i geofizika 1962. no. 5, p. 34-43.) 35 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Tectonic development of eastern Verkhoyansk in the Paleozoic. Reports field observations and evaluation of the literature. Stratigraphy of the Cambrian, Ordovician, Silurian, and Carboniferous in Sette-Daban, northern slope of the Aldan shield, and other areas is outlined. Tectonics of eastern Verkhoyansk are analyzed, with conclusion that during Paleozoic time it was a platformic downwarp, and in the Carboniferous it began to develop into a geosynclinal stage. DLC.

BARTLETT, W. L., see No. 77904. BARTMAN, F. L., see No. 83319. BARTONER, .1. C., see No. 78080. 77280. BASEVICH, V. V. Po dal'nevostochnym morfåm, kratkil putevoditel'. Moskva, Izd-vo Morskor transport 1962. 159 p. maps, illus. In Russian. Title tr.: On Far Eastern seas, a short guide. 2nd, rev. and enl. edition of No. 56768. Sketches the Okhotsk and Bering marine industries, coastal features, port facilities, etc. Eleven passenger lines are described including three northern. The West and East Kamchatka lines operate from Petropavlovsk respectively to Penzhino, and to Lavrova Bay via Bering Island, and the Chukotka line, Vladivostok-Provideniya via Anadyr and Egvekinot. Local shipping connects Uelen and other coastal points with Provideniya, the largest transshipment port in the Russian eastern Arctic. DLC. 77281. BASHARIN, A. K. Soveshchanie po stratigrafii otlozhenil pozdnego dokembriß Sibiri i Dal'nego Vostoka. (Geologiiå i geofizika 1963. no. 2, p. 138-40, tables.) In Russian. Title tr.: Conference on the stratigraphy of Late Precambrian deposits of Siberia and the Far East. Reviews this conference held in June 1962 at Novosibirsk, with 180 participants and 60 papers presented. New methods of stratigraphi investigations, regional stratigraphic schemes, problems of the Upper Precambrian, etc. were discussed. Main attention was directed to regional stratigraphy and correlation of the Late Precambrian. Arctic areas of Siberia and Far East were considered among others. DLC.

77283. BASHENINA, N. V. K voprosu o delstvii letal'no! nizkol temperatury na melkikh polevok, preimushchestvenno Microtus arealis Pall. pri estestvennom zanierzanii. (Zhurnal obshchel biologii 1963. v. 24, no. 5, p. 366-73, table, illus.) 19 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: The problem of the effects of lethal low temperatures upon small voles, mainly Microtus arvalis Pall. during natural freezing. Study of survival in animals exposed to —14° to —24° C. At a body temperature of 28*-29° C., a reversible reduction of gas exchange took place; at 16*-18° C. the animals could not by themselves restore normal body temperature. In animals 12-17 days old death rate was maximal A and individual variations largest. straight correlation between heart weight and death rate was found. DLC. BASKAKOV, N. A., see No. 82075. 77284. BASKOV, E. A. Nekotorye voprosy paleogidrogeologii fAkutskogo artezianekogo basselna. (Leningrad. Vses. geologicheskil inst. Materialy 1960. n. ser. no. 44, p. 99-110, maps.) 14 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Some problems of paleohydrogeology of the Yakut artesian basin. Reviews geologic conditions and hydrochemical zonality of this basin, which includes the northern slope of the Aldan shield, Angara-Lena trough, Vilyuy syncline, Verkhoyansk trough, and other areas. A hydrochemical map of it is presented and interpreted. Main features of the paleohydrogeology are analyzed beginning with the Precambrian and ending with the Mesozoic. Distribution of brines, bromine and other components is discussed. DLC.

BASHARIN, A. K., see also No. 77282. 77282. BASHARINA, N. P., and A. K.

77285. BASKOV, E. A. Novye dannye o podzemnykh vodakh basselna r. Nii v

97

Vostochnol Sibiri. (Leningrad. Vses. n: issl. geologicheskil inst. Informaf ionnyl sbomik 1962. no. 56, p. 15-39, tables.) 5 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: New data on the ground waters of the Nyuya River basin in Eastern Siberia. Reviews the physical-geographic and the geologic conditions of ground-water formation of this part of southern Yakutia. Ground water is analyzed from terrigenous unconsolidated Quaternary and Jurassic deposits, from terrigenous deposits of the Lower Silurian, Ordovician, and Upper Cambrian, and from Lower Cambrian carbonate rocks. The data are given in tables. The possibilities of oil accumulation, of developing water supply, etc. are briefly DLC. discussed. 77286. BASKOV, E. A., and A. A. REZNIKOV. 0 rudoprofåvlenifakh v kernbrilskikh otlozheniiakh doliny r. Aldana. (Leningrad. Vses. geologicheskil inst. Materialy 1960. n. ser, no. 44, p. 139-43, tables.) 5 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Ore occurrences in Cambrian deposits in the Aldan River valley. Reviews the geologic features of Lower and Middle Cambrian carbonate deposits between Tommot and Ust'-Maya. Spectral analyses were made and the presence of Al, Fe, Mn, Ti, Pb, etc. established. Attention is given to the high Pb content: 0.03 to 0.1%. Chemical analyses and analysis of ground water are also presented. Special study is suggested to prove mineralization of lead. DLC. BASKOV, E. A., see also No. 84544. 77287. BASKOVICH, R. A. Sporovopyl'fsevye kompleksy chetvertichnykh otlozhenil Severo-Vostoka SSSR. (In: Mezhvedomstvennoe soveshchanie . Trudy 1959, p. 434-50, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: Spore-pollen complexes of Quaternary deposits in northeastern USSR. Reports study of over two thousand samples from Magadan Province, Kamchatka Peninsula, the Indigirka, El'ga and other regions. Besides the palynological analyses, geomorphic and lithologic data were taken into consideration. Lower Quaternary, Middle Quaternary interglacial (7), Upper Quaternary interglacial, Upper Quaternary glacial and Recent deposits are distinguished; their spore-pollen complexes are outlined and illus., their vertical and latitudinal zonality characterized. ICRL. 77288. BASLER, R. P., and others. Highlatitude ionization associated with the July 9 explosion. (Journal of geophysical re-

98

search 1963. v. 68, no. 3, p. 741-43, graph, map.) Other authors: R. B. Dyce and H. Leinbach. Discusses the results of observations of ionization of the lower ionosphere over Alaska recorded riometrically at the Kotzebue, Fort Yukon, College, and Healy stations on July 9, 1962 within two seconds after the detonation of a high-altitude device over Johnston Island in the South Pacific. The ionization was evidenced by a 1.5 x 3.5 db increase in ionospheric absorption of 30 Mc/s cosmic radio noise. DLC. 77289. BASLER, R. P. Radio wave absorption in the auroral ionosphere. (Journal of geophysical research 1963. v. 68, no. 16, p. 4665-81, tables, graphs, map.) 27 refs. Describes the time and space morphology of the aurorally associated ionospheric absorption of cosmic radio noise, using riometer data collected in Alaska over a five-year period. The observed daytime and winter maxima are interpreted as reflecting the temporal variation of the bombardment of the upper atmosphere by primary auroral particles. The auroral absorption zone, defined with a maximum at College, is found to be south of the visual auroral zone. It is believed to represent the latitude variation of energy flux of the incoming streams of auroral particles. Many similarities in temporal and spatial variations are observed between auroral absorption and visual aurora, but there is a lack of detailed correspondence in the behavior of these two phenomena for discussion and interpretation. DLC. BASLER, R. P., see also Nos. 76913, 80613. 77290. BASOV, V. A., and V. D. DIBNER. Faunisticheskafa kharakteristika otlozhenil 120-140-metrovol morskol terrasy v nizov'fØ reki Lenivol; bereg Kharitona Lapteva. (Leningrad. n.-issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Sbornik state po paleontologii i biostmtigrafii 1962, no. 28, p. 42-50, map, tables.) 8 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Faunal characteristics of deposits of the 120-140 meter marine terrace on the lower Lenivaya River, Khariton Laptev coast. Reports a study of macrofauna and invertebrates consisting of about 20 species of crustaceans and molluscs, in which arctic-boreal forms prevail. Foraminifer fauna consist of 17 species in which gen. Elphidium predominates. Ecologic conditions of this northwestern Taymyr coast are noted. Analyses indicate the deposits to be of Kazantseva age (upper Quaternary). DLC.

77291. BASOV, V. A. Sostav i raspredelenie foraminifer v donnykh osadkakh ralona ZØ Franfsalosifa. (Leningrad. N: issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Trudy 1961, no. 124, p. 61-65, tables, map.) 4 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Composition and distribution of foraminifers in bottom sediments of the Franz Joseph Land region. Reports study of 14 ground samples and four cores 29-38 cm. in length, collected in 1956-1957. 47 foram species are established and their horizontal and vertical distribution discussed. Significant influence of Atlantic water is noted upon the organic life in bays and seas around the archipelago. DGS. BASOV, V. A., see also Nos. 82641, 82857. 77292. BATEMAN, J. D., and A. W. JOLLIFFE. Special report: the uranium investigation of 1944, Eldorado Mines Canada, area, Northwest Territories. Geological Survey 1944. 22 p. typescript & fold. map. Reports the Canadian Geological Survey work for the Eldorado Exploration program to develop pitchblende. The authors were part of a 33-man geophysical exploration and prospecting party in the vicinity of Eldorado Mine at La Bine Point on the east coast of Great Bear Lake, Mackenzie District, Apr.-Sept. 1944. Geological mapping, 1:4800, was done for a 5 sq. mi. area between Glacier Bay and the shore of the lake. General geology, geology of the Eldorado Mine area, folding, faulting, fracturing, metamorphism, mineralization and details of the mine are discussed. Geological prerequisites for the formation of pitchblende ore-bodies are considered; mineralization is structurally controlled and confined to stratified rocks and feldspar porphyry of the lower part of the Echo Bay Group. In the 5 sq. mi. area, over 50 pitchblende discoveries were made with a Geiger-Müller counter; two were likely ore bodies. The satisfactory development of the portable Geiger-Müller counter and its application to use in conjunction with geological mapping were a major result of the work. CaOG. 77293. BATEMAN, R. Northern volunteer. (North 1962. v. 9, no. 4, p. 28-31, illus.) Records observations and experiences during a day's sailing by cabin cruiser along the Keewatin coast of Roes Welcome Sound in summer 1961. Author was one of ten students participating in an IndianEskimo Association—Dept. of Northern

Affairs program, to assist Dept. personnel working among northern natives. CaMAI. 77294. BATENCHUK, E. N. Novye trebovania k mekhanizafsii stroitel'stva na Severn. (Energeticheskoe stroitel'stvo 1962, no. 31, p. 63-70.) In Russian. Title tr.: New requirements for mechanized construction in the North. Stresses need for mechanized construction equipment capable of operating at —50 to —61° C. air temperature. Such equipment would reduce construction cost in these regions by 20-30%. Performance is analyzed of excavators, tractors, bulldozers, trenching plows, scrapers, and other machinery under the specific summer and winter conditions of the North. Suggestions are made to enable them to meet requirements. Mechanization of stripping and blasting work, softening of rock and permafrost ground by electromagnetic wave; and steam needles, the specifics of welding techniques, concrete mixing, vertical transport, trucking, etc. are discussed, with references to IÄkutalmaz Combine, Vilfillgcsstrol, experience at Magadan and DLC. Irkutsk. BATES, C. C., see No. 78236. 77295. BATES, H. F. Study of the arctic ionosphere by means of step-frequency backscatter sounding. College, Alaska. June 1963. 15 1. graphs, tables. (Alaska. Univ. Geophysical Institute, Geophysical research report UAG-R139.) 2 refs. Describes installation and operation of a Grainger step-sounder and related equipment at College in 1963. Two months' observations indicate that direct backscatter echoes from the E and F regions predominate when sounding north. A southerly motion of radio auroral echoes as sunset approaches, similar to that observed optically, is reported; thus the proposed comparison of the radio and the visual auroral data seems promising. Plans for a combined forward and backscatter sounding DWB. program are discussed. 77296. BATESON, P. P. G., and J. L. CUTBILL. Notes on birds observed in Wahlenbergfjord, Spitsbergen. (Stavanger. Museet. Sterna 1960. v. 4, no 4, p. 141-52, illus.) 11 refs. Norwegian summary. Reports briefly on 1958 bird observations by a party of four Cambridge (England) undergraduates, mainly on Nordaustlandet. On snow-free ground near land glaciers by a sea never wholly free of pack ice in 1958, the vegetation varied from sparse to ver-

99

dant. Reindeer were common in some places. Nesting birds suffered from vicious predation by foxes. The 27 bird species observed are listed systematically. DLC. 77297. BATfAEVA, T. F., and L. S. MININA. Osobennosti pogody i f irku1fii.Gsii atmosfery zimoi 1960-61 goda. (Meteorologifii i gidrologifü. 1962, no. 2, p. 51-57, graphs, maps.) In Russian. Title tr.: Special features of the winter 1960-61 weather and atmospheric circulation. Analyzes synoptic processes in the Northern Aemisphere, and shows the meteorological conditions in its various regions 30°-70° N., including Alaska, the East Siberian Sea, Chukotka, Barents and Kara Seas, Novaya Zemlya. The usual winter anticyclone did not form or was weak over the Arctic Basin, but developed into a branch of the Siberian anticyclone directed toward the European USSR. In contrast, deep and extensive cyclones were active over the Atlantic and Pacific Oceans, and penetrated Europe and Siberia, and Bering Sea and Alaska respectively. From these abberations ensued the unusually warm weather during the 1960-61 winter in the Northern Hemisphere. DLC. 77298. BATIEVA, I. D. Avgitovye i pikrit-porfirity v raione Zapadnykh Keiv na Kol'skom poluostrove. (Materialy po mineralogii KoPskogo poluostrova 1962, no. 3, p. 200-203, table, illus.) 4 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Augite- and picriteporphyrites in the western Keyvy region of Kola Peninsula. Describes a dike composed of these rocks which are characterized as to color, mineral and chemical composition. Comparison is made between rocks of the Keyvy and Lovozero regions. The age problem is discussed. DLC. 77299. BATIEVA, I. D. Na vostoke Kol'skogo poluostrova. (In: Sovetskie ekspeditsii 1959 goda, 1962, p. 62-68, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: In eastern Kola Peninsula. Two mineralogical geological parties of the Academy of Sciences' Kola Branch worked on granites in 1959. The eastern party headed by I. V. Bel'kov (q.v.) left Khibiny on July 11 for Krasnoschel'ye (67°22' N. 37°02' E.) in the Ponoy basin, and went down the river by boat, making petrographic and mineralogic investigations, etc. as far as Purnach then returned to Kanevka and Khibiny on Aug. 20. The party found that the oldest and basic

100

geologic formation on the middle Ponoy, plagiogranites, is disrupted by microcline (Archean) granites, which under contact action were transformed into aplitic and pegmatoid (Proterozoic) granites, and that the two groups of granites are the same in age. The western party was headed by DLC. I. A. Bergman, q.v. 77300. BATIEVA, I. D., and I. A. BERGMAN. 0 kolichestvennom mineral'nom sostave shchelochnykh granitov Zapadnykh Keiv. (Materialy po mineralogii Kol'skogo poluostrova 1962, no. 2, p. 143-48, tables.) 7 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Quantitative mineral composition of alkaline granites of the western Keyvy region. Reports on average samples of 93, 105, 102 and 63 kg. collected at four profiles. Results are tabulated for phase analysis (division samples into mineral components), chemical analysis, and calculation of mineral composition according to thin sections. Content of quartz, microeline, albite, aegirine, arfvedsonite, aenigmatite, zirconium and other minerals is reported. The three methods used are compared. DLC. BATTELLE MEMORIAL INSTITUTE, Columbus, Ohio, see No. 83766. BATUTIN, fil. A., see No. 80486 77301. BAUDE, H. Classified list of Swedish periodicals in the fields of agriculture, fishery, forestry, veterinary medicine, and allied subjects. Uppsala 1959. 341. Mimeographed. Lists 300 periodicals alphabetically under 31 subjects, with cross references and alphabetical index. For each, the title (many with English translations), first year of publication, and frequency are given, also the publisher, and address for subscription DA. purposes. 77302. BAUER, A. Application des recherches isotopiques it la glaciologie, renseignements de bibliographie. Strasbourg 1961. 7 1. Mimeo. In French. Title tr.: Application of isotopic research in glaciology, bibliographic survey. Lists 65 papers. ExPF. 77303. BAUER, H. Ein Leben für die Eskimo; das Schicksal des Forschers Knud Rasmussen. Leipzig, Brockhaus 1960. 209 p. map, illus. 36 refs. In German. Title tr.: A life for the Eskimos; the fate of the explorer Knud Rasmussen. Biography of this Danish explorer, his

expeditionary work, life among the Eskimos, humanitarian activities, etc. DLC.

conditions in which the Upper Pleistocene was deposited. DLC.

77304. BAUER, 0. N., and E. A. BOGDANOVA. Protozolnye i gribkovye zabolevanifa pri vyrashchivanii lososevykh. (Leningrad. Gos. n: issl. inst. ozernogo i rechnogo rybnogo khozfalstva. Izvestifå 1963. no. 54, p. 7-14, tables.) 30 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Protozoan and fungus diseases in reared salmonoids. Study of hatcheries in various areas of the USSR, including Murmansk Province and Karelia. No bacterial or virus diseases have been found. High mortality of salmon and trout is caused by Costia necatrix, Ichthyophtirius multifilius, Trichodina sp. sp., and by fungi. Chemical control measures are noted. DLC.

77307. BAULIN, V. V., and others. 0 sledakh drevnikh merzlotnykh profaessov v srednechetvertichnykh otlozheniiakh nizhnego techenifa r. Obi. (In: Markov, K.K., ed. Perigla@ial'nye favlenifa .. . 1960, p. 206-219, ills.) 10 refs. In Russian. Other authors: L. M. Shmelev, and V. I. Solomatin. Title tr.: Traces of old permafrost processes in middle Quaternary deposits in the lower Ob region. Describes soil or ground veins at three sites which are considered pseudomorphs of long-lasting ice veins. Such veneering frost structures of three horizons are described and dated as Salemal or Sanchugovka (upper Quaternary) in age. Ground veins form in a place of polygonal ice veins and therefore are indicators of cold climate and permafrost in this span of the Quaternary period. DLC.

BAUGH, C. W., see No. 77700. 77305. BAULIN, V. V. 0 moshchnosti merzlykh porod v ralone g. Salekharda. (Merzlotnye issledovanifa 1963. no. 3, p. 37-43, profiles.) 9 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Thickness of permafrost in the Salekhard region. Reports a study on the right bank of the Ob River where the permafrost consists of two layers, separated by unfrozen rocks. Special attention is paid to the depth of the second layer. The geologic development of the region in the Quaternary is analyzed and climatic changes are reviewed. The bottom of the second layer of permafrost is found at 190 m. in the watershed area, at 130-150 m. in the lacustrine plain, and at 110 m. depth in the terrace above flood plain. These differences in the depth reflect the history of permafrost development which is DGS. briefly interpreted. 77306. BAULIN, V. V., and L. M. SHMELEV. 0 sledakh drevnikh kriogennykh prodiessov v verkhneplelstofsenovykh otlozhenifilkh nizhnego techenifa Obi. (In: Akademifa nauk SSSR. Inst. merzlotovedenifa. Voprosy kriologii ... 1962, p. 66-82, profiles, illus.) 14 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Traces of old cryogenic processes in Upper Pleistocene deposits on the lower Ob. Reports a 1959-1960 study in the Ob valley between Salekhard and Berezovo. Development of pseudomorphs in longlasting ice veins was studied to verify paleogeographic conditions of the Upper Pleistocene. A lithologic-stratigraphic profile was drawn and pseudomorphs in various horizons are described. These traces of cryogenic processes reveal the paleographic

77308. BAULIN, V. V. Sledy sushchestvovanifa, mnogoletnemerzlykh porod v verkhnechetvertichnufü epokhu v ralone p. Labytnangi. (In: Markov, K.K., ed. Perighåiåial'nye favleniiå ... 1960. p. 201-205, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: Traces of the existence of permafrost in the upper Quaternary in the Labytnangi village region. Reports a 1959 study of soil veins west of Labytnangi on the lower Ob. They are described as pseudomorphs of polygonal ice veins and their stratigraphie position is established as between the Sangompan horizon and Zyryanka glaciation moraine. Hence they are considered evidence of permafrost in this span of Quaternary time. DLC. 77309. BAUMANN, G. The Arctic, strategic center of the world. (Military review 1962. v. 42, no. 12, p. 85-97, maps, illus.) 5 refs. Translated and condensed from Strategisches Weltzentrum Arktis pub. in Wehrkunde Jan. 1962. Discusses the four main factors in the strategic importance of the Arctic: relative proximity of the United States and USSR, operational advantage offered by the ice pack to modern submarines, expanded transportation and communication facilities, rapid economic development, particularly in the USSR. Demilitarization efforts are noted, and the geography, climate, natural resources, and population as they affect war potential are dealt with briefly. Russian military strength in the Arctic is estimated, as are such problems as the independent attitude of settlers, inefficient

101

administration of new projects, primitive DLC. living conditions, etc.

first group; no significant differences were seen between the second and third group. DNLM.

BAUMANN, R. C., see No. 79343. 77310. BAUMBER, J., and A. DENYES. Acetate-I-C11 metabolism of white fat from hamsters in cold exposure and hibernation. (American journal of physiology 1963. v. 205, no. 5, p. 905-908, tables.) 17 refs. Report of in vitro studies of epididymal fat from golden hamsters kept at room temperature, at 5° ± 1° C., in hibernation, or arousing from it. Summer and winter series were also compared. In addition to metabolic differences (detailed), many acclimated and all hibernating animals had DLC. involuted testes. BAUMGARTNER, D. J., see No. 84298. 77311. BAXTER, D. V., and J. T. MIDDLETON. Geofungi in forest successions following retreat of the Alaskan glaciers. (In: International Botanical Congress 1959. Recent advances ... 1961, v. 2, p. 1514-17, h us.) 9 refs. Reports on the incidence and kinds of fungi occurring in and about roots of trees in areas recently vacated by glaciers near Juneau and on the Kenai Peninsula, also in muskeg forests of Southeast Alaska. The fungi increased with distance from the receding ice-fronts and with successive stages in the revegetation sequence of willow, alder, poplar, spruce, and hemlock, Pythium occurred in all the forest types and exhibits widespread tolerance to different soils. DLC. BAXTER, D. V., see also No. 79582. 77312. BAY NEWS. Winnipeg, Jan. , in progress. v. 1, no. 11957House organ of the Hudson's Bay .Co. pub. monthly in approx. 4 p. with illus., to familiarize employees with company activities, including such in the past. CaONA. 77313. BAZAROY, V. G. Zazhivlenie ran posle tonsilektomii v uslovifkh Severe. (Voenno-lnedif inskil zhurnal 1962, no. 6, p. 73-75.) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Wound healing following tonsilectomy, under conditions of the North. Reports on a four-year study of operations without special treatment, such with physiotherapeutic and vitamin C and B1 pretreatment, and operations in non-arctic areas. Effects of operation, and healing and recovery processes lasted longer in the

102

77314. BEACH, F. K. The early days, the Norman Wells discovery. (Canadian oil and gas industries 1959. v. 12, no. 11, p. 121, illus.) Recounts the start of Norman Wells, the site selected by T. A. Link, in 1920 drilled (by A. W. P. Patrick) to 783 ft. and producing an estimated 100 bbl./day. The well blew (photo) and the valve was closed; cavings later choked off the flow and in 1922 the well was deepened to 951 ft., getting 60-70 bbl./day. In 1923, it was deepened to 1025 ft. for 100 bbl./day. The Imperial Oil refinery was built in 1932, cutting the local cost of gasoline to onethird of the previous price. The shortlived pipeline to Whitehorse delivered over a million barrels of oil during World War II; the present outlet for the field is the local refinery which supplies an area of a DGS. few hundred miles radius. 77315. BEALL, G. H., and others. Comparison of KAr and whole-rock Rb-Sr dating in New Quebec and Labrador. (American journal of science 1963. v. 261, no. 6, p. 571-80, maps, graph, tables.) 5 refs. Other authors: P. M. Hurley, H. W. Fairbairn, and W. H. Pinson. Also issued as: Massachusetts Inst. of Technology. M I.T. age studies no. 33. Compares age determinations of a dozen rock samples from the eastern half of the Cape Smith—Wakeham Bay belt with such from the northern part of the Labrador Trough; also two samples from the Cape Manvers—Cape Kiglapait area (approx. 57° N. 61°30' W.) on the Labrador coast. Collection was made during a program of field mapping 1956-1959 for the Quebec Dept. of Mines. In the Cape SmithWakeham Bay belt, stratigraphic and structural features are outlined of the Povungnituk and Chukotat series. K-Ar age determinations showed values of 14501650 m.y. and 1450 m.y. respectively, and on nearby basement gneiss, values of 16001800 m.y., whereas whole rock Rb-Sr age measurements on the gneisses gave values of 2300-2700 m.y. In the Labrador Trough samples, similar results were obtained, indicating that in both areas the younger, folded, belt-Trough strata are bordered on both sides by rocks of genran age, extensions of the Superior Province of the Canadian Shield. DLC. 77316. BEALS, C. S. The Dominion

Observatory's contribution to Canadian geophysics. (Canadian Inst. of Mining and Metallurgy. Transactions 1963. v. 66, p. 194-97.) Summarizes the Observatory's work in geomagnetism, gravity, and seismology. Two main tasks in geomagnetism are mapping and monitoring the changes in the earth's magnetic field, including position of the north magnetic pole. Gravity studies include one of isostatic equilibrium in the vicinity of Hudson Bay which indicates continuing uplift; observations near Ellef Ringnes Island suggest the possibility of oil. Seismological determination of crustal thickness in the Polar Continental Shell and near Schefferville is in progress. Another project involves the identification and examination of ancient meteoritic craters like the New Quebec (Chubb) crater. DGS. 77317. BEATON, J. R. Administration of anterior pituitary growth hormone to rats during cold exposure. (Canadian journal of biochemistry and physiology 1963. v. 41, no. 6, p. 1449-53, table.) 16 refs. Rats injected daily with this hormone were exposed for a week to 2-3° C. with controls at 22° C. Body weight, N-retention, and four liver enzymes showed that the hormone did not eliminate the effects of DSI. cold. 77318. BEATON, J. R. Metabolic alterations in the hypothermic rat. (U.S. Army Medical Research Lab. Report 1961. no. 474, p. 105-114, graphs, tables.) A study of the beneficial effects, on resuscitation and survival from hypothermia, of acetazoleamide or urea. The influence of the latter on blood metabolite levels, pH, hematocrit, electrolytes and water is analyzed in detail. The effects of urea on blood, muscle, and liver lactic-acid, and on serum proteins, in cooled and control groups, are also described and discussed. DNLM. 77319. BEATON, J. R. Metabolic effects of dietary protein level in cold-exposed rats. (Canadian journal of biochemistry and physiology 1963. v. 41, no. 1, p. 139-47, tables, graphs.) 20 refs. Account of study on rats fed isocaloric diets containing 5, 20, or 40% protein and Significant 10% corn oil, by weight. metabolic differences were found between the three groups when kept at 22 ± 2° C. These differences were reduced when the animals were exposed for approximately the DSI. same time to 2 1- 1° C.

77320. BEATON, J. R. Metabolic effects of dietary protein level with caloric restriction in cold-exposed rats. (Canadian journal of biochemistry and physiology 1963. v. 41, no. 1, p. 149-SO, tables, graphs.) 18 refs. Study of rats fed restricted amounts of isocaloric diets (5,20,40% protein with 10% corn oil). Metabolic effects were apparent at room temperature, the effects being approximate to the protein level in the diet. Cold exposure reduced the metabolic differences among the groups, the higher protein level seemingly having a beneficial, and the lower level a deleterious effect. DSI. 77321. BEATON, J. R. Nitrogen metabolism in cold-exposed rats. (Canadian journal of biochemistry and physiology 1963. v. 41, no. 5, p. 1169-79, tables, graphs.) 15 refs. Male rats exposed for seven days to 2-3° C. showed increased animo-acid catabolism, in part to meet increased energy requirements, and a reduced protein synthesis, despite a rise in food intake. No effect on protein absorption was noted, but after 24. hr. exposure urine-N increased from ca. 55% (at 22° C.) to about 76% of the amount DSI. of N absorbed. 77322. BEATON, J. R. Note on blood metabolite and electrolyte levels in the hypothermic hamster. (Canadian journal of biochemistry and physiology 1961. v. 39, no. 7, p. 1207-1208, table.) 6 refs. Hamsters cooled to 14° C. rectal showed a lower pH of the blood with increased packed-cell volume, lactic acid, and inorganic P. In contrast to a non-hibernator (rat), no increase in plasma chloride nor decrease in blood glucose was noted. DLC. 77323. BEATON, J. R. Note on liver enzyme activities in thyroid-fed and in cold-exposed rats. (Canadian journal of biochemistry and physiology 1963. v. 41, no. 9, p. 2041Ø, table.) 13 refs. Reported experiments indicate that though thyroid feeding simulates cold-induced, increased activity of liver glucose-6phosphatase, it does not simulate similar activity of liver arginase, alanine-glutamic transaminase or phosphate-activated glutaDSI. minane. 77324. BEATON, J. R., and T. ORME. A note on the effects of hypothermia on enzyme activities in the rat. (Canadian journal of biochemistry and physiology 1961. v. 39, no. 10. p. 1649-52, table.) 13 refs.

103

Reports study of four enzymes and of glucose utilization in normal and hypothermic (15° C.) rats. Enzyme activity was the same in both groups at incubation temperature of 15° C.; at 37° C. liver glucose-6-phosphatase, plasma alkaline phosphatase activities and glucose utilization were lower in the hypothermic group. DLC. 77325. BEATON, J. R. Phosphorus metabolism in cold-exposed rats. (Canadian journal of biochemistry and physiology 1963. v. 41, no. 11, p. 2209-2214, table, graph.) 10 refs. Rats exposed for a week to 2-3° C. showed increased urinary excretion of P, which was compensated by intake of food, including P. Cold stress had no significant effect on blood-phosphorus concentrations studied. DSI. 77326. BEATON, J. R. Protein repletion in rats during cold exposure. (Canadian journal of biochemistry and physiology 1963. v. 41, no. 9, p. 1865-70, tables, graphs.) 9 refs. Protein-depleted rats given dietary protein showed rapid increase in serum- and liver-protein, when kept at 22° C. or 2-3° C. for seven days. In the cold-exposed group, the proportion and amount of liver protein during repletion exceeded those in DSI. rats of the control group. 77327. BEATON, J. R. The relation of dietary protein level to liver enzyme activities in cold-exposed rats. (Canadian journal of biochemistry and physiology 1963. v. 41, no. 9, p. 1871-77, tables.) 13 refs. Reports on experiments with animals kept on diets containing 5%, 20% or 40% casein for a week, at temperatures of 22° C. or 2-3° C. It is concluded that increased activities of liver enzymes during coldstress result from increased catabolism of substrates necessary to meet greater energy requirements. DSI.

design considerations, actual building requirements, provision for streets, services, electricity, etc. are dealt with. Drawings and specifications were started in 1958; construction activity reached a peak in Sept. 1961 with 1100 men at the site, and the project for a community of 3000 was DI. completed that fall. 77329. BEAVER. Children in the North. (Its: 1962. no. 293, p. 40-47, illus.) Presents 26 photographs and descriptive text of children of Eskimo, Indian, and European descent in northern Canada; a couple of landscape drawings by L. Simoens DI. are included. BECKER, A. H., see No. 77393. 77330. BECKER, E. A. Little girl in the Klondike gold fields. (Alaska sportsman 1962. v. 28, no. 11, p. 22-24 -i-, illus.) Recounts childhood experiences of 18981902; the trip to Dawson in Yukon Territory, living on Eldorado Creek, etc. DI. BECKER, R. E., see No. 82712. 77331. BE(VAB, A. Atlas borealis 1950. 0. Praha, Nakladatelstvf Oeskoslovenske akademie vØ 1962. xxiv p. maps. 11 refs. In Czech, Russian, English and German. Contains stars of known precise position without Iimitation as to magnitude, in the declination zone + 30° to the North Pole. Stellar magnitudes are indicated in the photographic scale ranging by half magnitudes; stellar spectra are represented by six colors. Double and multiple stars down to the joint magnitude of the components 10.0 are included. Stars with the distance not exceeding 60" are plotted as binaries, but the components of binaries with distance greater than 60" are plotted individually. Variable stars down to photographic magnitude 10.00 at max. brightness are included. Spectroscopic binaries and eclipsing variable stars are indicated in the same way. Constellation boundaries have been reduced DLC. to 1950, the equinox of the atlas.

BEATON, J. R., see also Nos. 80902, 81147, 81850.

BEERY, W. M., see No. 80131

77328. BEATON, W. H., and E. FISET. Gagnon, a new town. (Engineering Institute of Canada. Division paper 1963. v. 1, no. 14, p. 1-10, map, graph, illus.) Describes the planning and construction to house the work force of the Quebec Cartier Mining Co. Lac Jeannine iron ore project in Northern Quebec. Factors determining choice of site, survey methods,

77332. BEFU, H. Classification of unilineal-bilateral societies. (Southwestern journal of anthropology 1963. v. 19, no. 4, p. 335-55.) 41 refs. Challenges the theory "that bilateral and unilineal forms of kinship are mutually exclusive." A purely bilateral structure is found mostly among tribes at the simplest economic level, e.g. Copper Eskimos; uni-

104

lineal organization usually develops in response to favorable ecological conditions and technological advances. Four types of society following both the bilateral and unilineal principles of descent are discussed. One, associated with a hunting and gathering economy slightly above the simplest form, includes the patrilinealbilateral St. Lawrence and Nunivak Island Eskimos. The other three: the mobile pastoral or horticultural, the settled intensive horticultural, and the industrial, seem to have no representative among DSI. northern peoples. BEGLEY, R. T., see No. 78748. 77333. BERN, F. Zur Problematik der Felsbilder. Berlin, Akademie-Verlag 1962. 89 p. illus. (Sächsische Akademie der Wissenschaften, Leipzig. Philologischhistorische Klasse. Abhandlungen. v. 54, no. 1.) Refs. In German. Title tr.: Problems of cliff drawings. Includes work of the neolithic west Scandinavian or Arctic group, p. 16-20, its engraving and pictorial techniques, typology, style, and subject matter. Animals depicted in naturalistic style predominate over the phallic stick-figures of men, indicating the hunting-magic character of the DLC. pictoglypbs. 77334. BEILIN, G. B., and V. N. ALEKSANDROV. Ob A i C vitaminnot" obespechennosti bol'nykh piodermitami na Severe. (Voenno-mediainskil zhurnal 1962, no. 7, p. 78-79, table.) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: A- and C-vitamin safety for pyoderma patients in the North. Tests on 52 patients showed a lowering of vitamin A, and a moderate drop in ascorbic acid in the blood. A corresponding vitamin DNLM. administration is advised. 77335. BEKKER, V. E. Severotikhookeanskie vidy rods Protomyclophum, Myctophidae, Pisces. (Akademifå nauk SSSR. Inst. okeanologii. Trudy 1963. v. 62, p. 164-91, map, tables, illus.) 22 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: North Pacific species of the genus Photomydophum (Myctophidae, Pisces). Exhaustive study preceded by outline of earlier work on these deep-sea fishes. Electron rissoi (?), P. crockeri and P. thompsoni are dealt with as to occurrence and body length, taxonomy and variation, characteristic morphological marks, incl. photophores, similarities and differences of the two species; geographic distribution. P. thompsoni occurs throughout the entire

subarctic area of the Pacific: Bering Sea, Aleutian waters, Gulf of Alaska. DLC. 77336. BEKKER, V. E. Taksonomifä i rasprostranenie tarletonbinii, Tarletonbeania crenularis, Myctophidae, Pisces. (Akanauk SSR. Inst. okeanologii. Trudy 1963. v. 62, p. 145-63, tables, map, illus.) 31 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Taxonomy and distribution of the blue lantern fish Tarletonbeania crenularis (Myctophidae, Pisces.) Extensive taxonomic and morphological study, including synonymy, history of its investigation, morphometry, variations, occurrence in North Pacific (including Aleutian waters and Gulf of Alaska), luminescent organs, etc. Comparisons with T. taylori of the eastern Pacific leads the author to the conclusion that both should be considered as subspecies, viz: Tarletonbeania DLC. c. crenularis and taylori. 77337. BEKLEMISHEV, V. N. Zashchita zhitele! Severa of gnusa. (Problemy. Severe 1962, no. 6, p. 92-94.) 5 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Protection of inhabitants of the North from blood-sucking insects. Notes depredations of mosquitoes, midges, woodlice, gadflies, etc., the discomfort and loss of efficiency they cause. Individual protection with netting, tight clothing, smudges, sleeping curtains, etc. was long used. In the last 20 years repellants have been developed, especially dimethylphthalate, for areal application; and stronger and longer-lasting repellants are now known. Collective protection is feasible in settled or semi-settled localities by destruction of larvae in nearby breeding places. DLC. BELAVSKAIA, G. A., see No. 76778. 77338. BELCHER, A. T. The Arctic Institute of North America. (In: International Symposium on Arctic Geology. Proceedings 1961. v. 2, p. 1193-96.) Describes the work, publications, organization, and plans for 1960 of this inDGS. ternational research organization. 77339. BEL'CHUSOVA, M. V dalekoT (So£sial'noe obespechenie 1963. v. 24, no. 6, p. 11-13.) In Russian. Title tr.: In far-off Yakutia. Reports labor regulations implemented in 1962 and violations disclosed in workers' compensation and pension rights. Work of district bureaus is noted and . criticized where officials culpable. Some statistical data included. Author is Minister of Social Welfare of Yakut ASSR. DLC.

105

77340. BELEVICH, A. M. Diatomovye vodorosli chetvertichnykh otlozhenil ralona (Leningrad. N: issl. inst. Ust'-Porta. geologii Arktiki. Trudy 1961, no. 124, p. 188-97.) 2 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Diatom algae of Quaternary deposits in the Ust'-Port region. Reports analyses of material collected from various horizons mostly in 1957 in the Malaya Kheta region of the lower Yenisey. Distribution of diatom algae according to stratigraphic horizons is described. DGS. 77341. BELEVICH, A. M. K voprosu ob odnoT osobennosti sostava diatomovvy~kh vodoroslet iz sanchugovskikh i kazantåevskikh otlozhenil tral'no1 chasti Severe SSSR. (Leningrad. N: issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Sbornik state! po paleontologii i biostratigrafü 1960, no. 20, p. 71-74.) 6 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: On one feature of the diatom algae composition in the Sanchugovka and Kazantseva deposits in north-central USSR. Reports study of the Upper Quaternary deposits in Pay-Khoy, Polar Ural, the Yamal and Taymyr Peninsulas and Novaya Sibir' Island. Diatom algae are not present in the Sanchugovka and Kazantseva marine horizons and possible causes are discussed. Low temperature, insufficiency of silicic acid may account for it, but further studies are needed. DLC. 77342. BELFORD, R. A. In the footsteps of Captain James. (Beaver 1962. no. 293, p. 38-41, illus.) Describes a visit in 1961 to Charlton Island in James Bay where Capt. Thomas James and crew of the Henrietta Maria wintered in 1631-1632. Landmarks are traced from James' narrative Dangerous voyage ... London, 1633. DI.

BELØEV, fil. I., see Nos. 78916, 78917. 77343. BELØV, S. V., and others. Pochvy Intinskogo promyshlennogo uzla. (In: Akademifii, nauk SSSR. Komi filial. Materialy po pochvam ... 1962, p. 5-56, tables.) 13 refs. In Russian. Other authors: I. V. Zaboeva, V. A. Popov and T. A. Stenina. Title tr.: Soil of the Inta industrial region. Outlines the natural conditions for soil formation: the climate, geomorphology, soil-forming rocks and vegetation of this Ural foothill region of northeastern Komi. Its main soil types are distinguished as tundra, tundra boggy-gleisolic, boggy cryo= genic, podsolic, podsolic-boggy, swamp, and flood plain. Each is described noting

108

its distribution, thickness, chemical and mechanical properties, etc. The Bol'shaya Inta state farm and kolkhozes of the region are primarily concerned with livestock and have little arable land. The use and suitability of various soils are characterized. Flood plain is considered best for cultivation. Microflora data are given DLC. for various soils. 77344. BELIAEV, V. G. K faune ettoparazitov Magadansko! oblasti. (Irkutsk. Irkutski! gos. protivochumny! inst. Sibiri i Dal'nego Vostoka. Doklady 1963. no. 5, p. 180-85, table.) 9 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Ectoparasite fauna of Magadan Province. Lists fleas, lice and ticks collected in summer 1962 from domestic and wild rodents (mice, voles, etc.) with notes on biotopes, frequency, geographic distribution, etc. DLC. 77345. BELfAEVA, A. V. Fol'klor narodOblastnol nostel Severs. (Magadan. kraevedcheskil muzel. Kraevedcheskie zapiski 1960. no. 3, p. 138-43, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: Folklore of the peoples of the North. Four Lamut-Tungus tales recorded at Yamsk in 1958 by an archeological party of the Magadan Regional Studies Museum. MH. 77346. BELßEVA, A. V. Kul'tura i byt evenov v xix-xx vekakh; o rabote etnograficheskogo otrßde. (Magadan. Oblastno! kraevedcheskil muzeT. Kraevedcheskie zapiski 1959. no. 2, p. 78-88. illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: Culture and way of life of the Eveny in the 19-20th centuries; work of the ethnographic team. Reports on the reindeer-herding Lamut Tungus whose exchange and barter activities centered at Yamsk on the Magadan coast near the mouth of Shelekhov Bay. Some 300 ethnographic objects and folkloristic materials were collected. Habitations, furnishings and utensils, diet, clothing, etc. are described. Yamsk is now a kolkhoz fishing settlement, with a Lamut population of about 300 in 1959, boarding- and dayschools, library, club, administrative buildings, etc. MH. 77347. BELIAEVA, A. V. Nekotorye dannye ob evenakh sela Takhtotåmska. (Magadan. Oblastnol kraevedcheskil muzeT. Kraevedcheskie zapiski 1962. no. 4, p. 11940, tables, illus.) 3 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Some data on the Evens of Takhta, yamsk villages

Ethnographic study based on field work in the central settlement of Pobeda kolkhoz in Ola District of Magadan Province. Origin of the local Lamut Tungus (Evens), their past and present economy, habitations, (iiirta hutstill preferred) furnishings, and clothing, arts and crafts are described. Kolkhoz income derives from reindeer husbandry and fishing, with some subsidiary sea-mammal and fur hunting, stock raising; arctic blue fox farming was introduced in 1958. Acculturative and socio-economic progress as observed in 1959 is described. MH. BELIAEVA, A. V., see also No. 82313. 77348. BELIAK, . Ispol'zovanie sudov na smeshannykh perevozkakh. (RechnoT transport 1963, no. 8, p. 26-27.) In Russian. Title tr.: Utilization of ships for seariver transportation. Suggests class 0 and M diesel river boats, which can navigate 2 x 20 and 3 x 30 m. swells, as suitable for both river and sea duty. Data including probabilities for successful voyage are given for various DLC. routes, some in northern seas. 77349. BELßNKINA, E. D. Ocherki po mineralogii Enskikh pegmatitovykh zhil. (Akademiß nauk SSSR. Inst. geologii rudnykh mestorozhdenil, petrografii, mineralogii i geokhimii. Trudy 1961. no. 48, p. 40-16, tables.) 5 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Mineralogic notes on the Yena pegmatite veins. Reports a study of the distribution and composition of garnets. Four samples are analyzed and the chemical composition, spectral analyses and garnet component given. Correlation is made with garnets of other areas in Kola Peninsula and elsewhere. Those of Yens, are considered garnets of the enclosing rocks altered by pegmatite solutions. Later formation of microcline in pegmatite veins of Kola Peninsula and Karelia is described and properties of feldspars are analyzed. DLC. 77350. BELINOVICH, N. S. Krasavifsa Para. (Sovetskaa zhenshchina 1962, no. 3, p. 38-39, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: Para, the beautiful. DLC. Nenets Samoyed fairy tale. 77351. BELINSKII, B. V. Reka fAna kak voØ put'. (In: Akademii nauk SSSR. lAkutakil filial. Voprosy ekonomiki ... 1962, p. 64-76, tables.) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The Yana River as a waterway.

Discusses problems of transportation in relation to tin-mining operations in the Yana basin and the Yana—Indigirka interfluve. Batagay and Ege-Khay are centers for the middle group, Deputatskiy for the northern group. The most convenient, dependable and economic way is to ship to the Yana River mouth by Northern Sea. Route from Murmansk and Vladivostok, or by the Lena from Osetrovo, and up the Yana and/or its tributaries the Bytantay, Adycha, Sartang and Dulgalakh, to a point near the mine. Results of author's 19591960 study of Yana hydrology while on the Northeastern Expedition of lAkut Branch of Academy of Sciences, are outlined. Data are tabulated on distances to the main settlements, on the catchment basin, runoff, water level and depths, etc. and on utilization of the waterway by river boats. Stream and port improvement required for navigation and cargo handling are discussed. DLC. 77352. BELIf8ER, V. N. Iskusstvo komipermfakov i komi-zyrl .n. (In: Narodnoe dekorativnoe ... 1957, p. 143-46, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: Art of the KomiPermiaks and Komi-Zyryans. Includes description of decorative carving on wooden buildings, etc. of the Zyryans, their carved and painted utensils, textile and rug weaving. Geometric and stylized animal motifs are favored. Fur appliqué work is popular in the northern districts of DLC. Komi ASSR. 77353. BELKIN, N. I. Zimostolkost' rasteniT faktory zimostolkosti. Kishinev, Izd-vo "Shtiin£sa" Moldayskogo filiala Akademii nauk SSSR 1961. 279 p. tables. Approx. 850 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Winter-hardiness of plants; factors of hardiness. Comprehensive monograph based on own studies as well as earlier Russian and foreign work, with introductory account of some Russian losses in agriculture and forests, due to killing frosts. Successive chapters deal with: causes of plant death in the winter, including low temperature, freezing, soaking, etc.; internal factors of winter-hardiness and their indications: morphological and cytological, physicochemical, colloidal and biochemical; external factors, viz: temperature, humidity, light, and quality of soil; plant condition and age and frost resistance. Though concerned mainly with conditions in more southern regions, the study has considerable value for subarctic and arctic plant growers. DLC.

107

77354. BELKIN, V. I. 0 neogenovykh otlozhenifiikh Bol'shezemel'skol tundry. (Akademifå nauk SSSR. Doklady 1963. v. 149, no. 3, p. 660-62, table, map.) 3 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Neogene deposits of the Bol'shezemel'skaya Tundra. Reports a 1961 geologic study and stratigraphic division of these deposits. The so-called "gray stratum" widely known in the North is named the Bol'shezemel'skaya series and is divided into three cycles of sedimentation. Each succession is described, noting foram fauna and spore-pollen Bol'shezemel'skaya series is analyses. DLC. considered Neogene in age. BELKINA, E. A., see No. 77110. BELKINA, S. G., see No. 77056. 77355. BEL'KOV, I. V. Akfsessornafå mineralizafsifa shchelochnykh granitov Zapadnykh Keiv. (Materialy po mineralogii Kol'skogo poluostrova 1962, no. 3, p. 5-19, tables, illus.) 15 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Accessory mineralization of the alkaline granites of western Keyvy. Reports preliminary results on qualitative composition and quantitative content of the accessory minerals; 25 were identified in eight samples of the granites. Each, zirconium, sphene, astrophyllite, magnetite, etc. is described. Influence of enclosing rocks on accessory mineralization was not DLC. observed. 77356. BEL'KOV, I. V. Kianit iz kianitovykh slanfsev Kely. (Materialy po mineralogii Kol'skogo poluostrova 1962. no. 2, p. 5-45, tables, illus.) 13 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Cyanite from the Keyvy cyanite shales. Distinguishes the following morphogenetic types: cyanite paramorphous to andalusite, slender-prismatic cyanite oriented aggregates, fine-fibered cyanite concretion aggregates, idioblastic cyanite from the contact zone with metabasites, and cyanite of composite aggregates from a zone of repeated recrystallization. Each type is treated in detail noting its physical and optical properties, chemical composition and other mineralogic features. Formation of cyanite shales and the process of regional metamorphism are outlined. The Keyvy cyanites with their morphogenic diversity and forms of crystallization have no analogy with other cyanite deposits. DLC. 77357. BEL'KOV, I. V. Kianit iz kontaktnykh zon Kelvskikh kianitovykh slanfsev s metabazitami. (Materialy po mineralogii

108

Kol'skogo poluostrova 1959. no. 1, p. 135-42, tables, illus.) 5 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Cyanite from the contact zone of Keyvy cyanitic schists and metabasites. Describes the crystallography and mineralogy of this idioblastic cyanite in Kola Peninsula. Its morphology, physical and optical properties, and chemical composition are analyzed. The deformation observed is connected with the general deformation of rocks by late processes of DLC. folding. 77358. BEL'KOV, I. V. Raspredelenie titana v shchelochnykh granitakh ralona Zapadnykh Ke[v. (Materialy po mineralogii Kol'skogo poluostrova 1962, no. 3, p. 46-49, tables.) 8 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Distribution of titanium in alkaline granites of the western Keyvy region. The main mass of titanium is found in such rock-forming minerals as arfvedsonite, ilmenite and enigmatite. The data obtained on its distribution do not confirm the prevailing view that ilmenite, sphene and rutile play the leading role in its distribution in granitoids. DLC. 77359. BEL'KOVICH, V. M., and A. V. IABLOKOV. Molodost' drevnel nauki i morfologia zhivotnykh zakhüchaet sofüz s tekhnikol. (Priroda 1963. v. 52, no. 8, p. 20-30, tables, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: Rejuvenation of an old science; animal morphology makes an alliance with technology. Outlines the physical and "technical" aspects of certain functions and organs in seals and whales. Sounds and sound receptors, orientation in blindfolded animals, sound perception, smell, temperature regulation through the skin, etc. are included. The article is based chiefly on American research with captive animals. DLC. BEL'KOVICH, V. M., see also No. 79501. BELL, J., see No. 84515. 77360. BELL, W. A. Catalogue of types and figured specimens of fossil plants in the Geological Survey of Canada collections. Ottawa, Queen's Printer 1962. viii, 154 p. Refs. Lists approx. 1200 types and specimens including many Canadian specimens given specific status during the 19th century. The plant remains are listed in alphabetical order under the various geological systems, and the microplant remains (chiefly palynological specimen) are dealt with apart from the megaplants. More than 100

specimens were collected in the North, many from Ellesmere and Melville Islands. Type invertebrate fossils are catalogued in DGS. No. 63536.

the solar constant as determined are reported. The tide was measured by the foot-rule method and harmonic constants as calculated are given. DLC.

77361. BELLOWS, L. A., and V. E. BOMME. Athabasca oil sands. (Journal of petroleum technology 1963. v. 15, no. 5, p. 479-83, map, graphs, illus.) 10 refs. Describes the location, reserves, and general geology of these oil sands in northeastern Alberta, with a short review of exploration, research and development to date. In a 21,000 sq. mi. area, they have the world's largest reserve of economically recoverable oil, estimated at more than 300 billion bbl. Methods of separating the oil from mined sands, the oil companies concerned, their programs, government DGS. regulation, etc. are considered.

BELOGORSKII, V. fA., see No. 78936.

77362. BELOBROV, A. K voprosu o rasprostranenii polusutochenol prilivno volny v Karskom more. (USSR. Gidrograficheskoe upr. Zapiski po gidrografii 1925. v. 50, p. 235-40, maps.) 2 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: On the propagation of the semi-diurnal tidal wave in the Kara Sea. Maps show cotidal lines for the coastal regions of the sea and its bays. The highwater, full, change, and cotidal hour are DLC. given for 15 stations. 77363. BELOBROV, A. Obrabotka prilivov v Mare-Sale na zapadnom beregu fAmala. (USSR. Gidrograficheskoe upr. Zapiski po gidrografii 1925. v. 50, p. 229-35, tables.) 3 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Treatment of tides at Marre-Sale on the west coast of Yamal. Discusses the mathematical treatment of tides observed and measured at the MarreSale hydrometeorological station in July 1921. The harmonic constants of the eight main waves of the tide are calculated from measurements by the foot-rule method. DLC. 77364. BELOBROV, A. Obsledovanie ust'fi, reki Palndte na zapadnom beregu IÄmala. (USSR. Gidrograficheskoe upr. Zapiski po gidrografii 1925. v. 50, p. 267-74, table.) In Russian. Title tr.: Investigation of Payndte River estuary on the west coast of Yamal. Discusses exploration of this region by an eight-man party from the Hydrographie Administration in Aug. 1924 to select a site for a radio station. The geology and topography, flora, fauna, native population and the astronomical point established in 1904 are described. Magnetic declination and

77365. BELOKRYLOV, I. D. and A. I. EFIMOV. Mnogoletnemerzlye porody zony zhelezorudnykh i ugol'nykh mestorozhdenil füzhnol IAkutii. Moskva, Izd-vo Akademii nauk SSSR 1960. 75 p. tables, graphs, maps. 50 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Permafrost in the iron ore and coal deposit zone of southern Yakutia. Reports results of the 1951-1954 study to clarify problems in the exploration of the Aldan -iron ores and Chul'man coal deposits. Relief and vegetation, geologic structure and climatic conditions of the region 56°-59°N. are outlined. Methods of permafrost investigation, temperature of rocks, seasonal thawing and freezing, prevailing patterns and distribution of Structure of permafrost are outlined. buildings and construction in the region DLC. are also treated. 77366. BELOMESTNYKH, V. A., and others. Issledovanie variaisil intensivnosti kosmicheskikh luchel v stratosfere. (Akademifå nauk SSSR. Ikutskil filial. Trudy 1960. ser. fiz. no. 3, p. 15-21, table, graphs.) 3 refs. In Russian. Other authors: B. S. Nedzvedskil and M. G. Shafer. Title tr.: Variation study of cosmic ray intensity in the stratosphere. Reports on the investigations at Yakutsk with a counting telescope and an individual counter flown on sonde-balloons in the stratosphere, and an appropriate recording apparatus on the earth's surface. Line and block diagrams illus. all the apparatus. Intensity vs. altitude curves of the ionizing component of cosmic rays are given as obtained Dec. 1957-Apr. 1958, and Dec. 1958-May 1959 for the IGY program. A correlation between 1957-1959 drop in solar activity, and cosmic ray intensity is established, which does not contradict the concept of a decrease in solar corpuscular emission with magnetic fields frozen in them, when solar activity declines. DLC. BELON, A. E., see No. 78566, 78707. 77367. BELOPUKHOVA, E. B. K voprosu ob osobennostfåkh razvitifii mnogoletnemerzlykh porod na severo-zapade Zapadnol Sibiri v pozdnem golo£sene. (In: Akademifil nauk SSSR. Inst. merzlotovedenifa. Mnogoletnemerzlye gornye ... 1963, p. 218-

iØ

24, illus.) 10 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Features of permafrost development in the northwest of Western Siberia in the late Holocene. Reports some data on cryogenic and postcryogenic phenomena in the PoluyNadym interfluve in Recent time. An unseparated sandy loam-clayey stratum of alluvial, alluvial-lacustrine, and deluvial deposits formed from the middle of the upper Pleistocene to the present is analyzed. Thermokarst processes, thawing of ice veins in peat bogs, formation of polygonal relief, etc. are analyzed. Development of thermokarst is concluded to have been more intense in the late Holocene than at present. This and other signs indicate a warming of the climate or increase of its continentality. An increase in the thawing of permafrost in the 5-8th centuries A. D. DLC. is also considered. 77368. BELOPUKHOVA, E. B. L'distost' i temperature mnogoletnemerzlykh pored loga Khabardina. (Akademi& nauk SSSR. Inst. merzlotovedenifå. Trudy 1961. v. 17, p. 58-62, graphs, map.) 4 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Iciness and temperature of permafrost in the Khabardina ravine. Reports geocryologic investigations along Khabardina creek, left tributary to the Iireleekh River in Yakutia. According to the ice content in the upper horizon, the permafrost temperature, and the thickness of the active layer, three areas are distinguished (map): the ravine bottom, slopes with thick cover of eluvial-deluvial deposits, and slopes with thin cover of unconsolidated deposita. Each area is characterized, their differences in the permafrost temperature regime and ice content are noted. DLC. 77369. BELORUSOVA, ZH. M. Mnogoletnfafa merzlota na Tazovskom poluostrove i istoritä ee razviti& v chetvertichnoe vremfå. (Leningrad. Univ. Vestnik 1963, no. 12, p. 79-89, map.) 14 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Permafrost in Taz Peninsula and history of its development in Quaternary time. Describes the active layer and permanently frozen substrate. Depths of the thawing layer are analyzed. Permafrost averages 250-300 m. thick; its temperature, texture, ice content and other features are characterized. Evolution of permafrost in the lower, middle and upper Pleistocene is outlined. The Zyryanka glaciation period is considered to have been the most favorable time for development of permafrost. DLC.

110

77370. BELORUSOVA, ZH. M. 0 nagornykh, soliflfük£sionnykh, terrasakh o. Bol'shogo Lfåkhovskogo. (Leningrad. Arkticheskil i antarkticheskil n.-i. inst. Trudy 1963. v. 224, p. 88-92, illus.) 6 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: On the altiplanation, solifluction terraces of Bol'shoy Lyakhovskiy Island. Describes these terraces in the Emiy-Taas and Khaptagay-Taas massifs from geomorphic study in 1956. Five are distinguished in the western and eastern slopes of Emiy-Taas and their vegetation briefly noted. In Khaptagay-Taas the terraces, two-four in number, are less clearly expressed. The formation of altiplanation terraces is explained by two interrelated factors: frost weathering and solifluction. DLC. 77371 BELOSTOf8KAIÅ, E. M., and others. Gigienicheskafå oEenka tipovykh shkol Noril'ska. (In: Moskva. N: issl. inst. sanitarii i gigieny. Gigienicheskie .. . 1961, p. 83-90, tables.) In Russian. Other authors: V. N. Artamanov and V. A. Title tr.: Assessment of Teleshev. hygiene in typical schools of Noril'sk. Study of two secondary schools concerning temperature and light conditions. The main floor showed very low temperatures causing extreme chilling of feet. Southern and eastern orientation of the buildings gave the best natural light for work and study. In building new schools, special attention should be paid to these factors, and provision should be made for solaria and kitchens in quarters of their own. DLC. 77372. BELOSTO'F$KA1Å, E. M., and others. Materialy k of enke sostofini& zdorov'fä i fizicheskogo razvitifå shkol'nikov Noril'ska. (In: Moskva. N: issl. inst. sanitarii i gigieny. Gigienicheskie ... 1961. p. 91-100, tables, graphs.) 2 refs. In Russian. Other authors: N. V. Brava&. and L. A. Kulagina. Title tr.: Materials for appraisal of the health and physical condition of school children in Noril'sk. Report based on survey of 3062 children aged 8-18 living and attending school in the new section of the town, over half residents there for over five years and about one-third born there. Age and weight, nutrition (lowered), cardiovascular disseases, TB, goiter, eye disorders, etc. are evaluated and discussed. Health and physical condition were found to be on an DLC. "insufficiently high level." BELOTELOV, V. L., see No. 79605.

77373. BELOUSOV, A. P. Novoe v geologii Kharamatolouskol depressii na. Polfårnom Urale. (Sovetskafd geologifa 1963, no. 2, p. 130-35, map.) In Russian. Title tr.: New data on the geology of Khara-Matolou depression in Polar Ural. Reports a 1957 study of this depression approx 66°34' N. 65°22' E., between the Pay-Yer and Pay-Iz peridotite massifs. Contacts between various rocks, stratigraphic division and fauna are summarized. The geologic and tectonic structure are described and depicted on map. The fieldwork indicates among other things that the Nyaroveyskaya series has a more extensive distribution than previously believed. DLC. 77374. BELOUSOV, G. E., and V. I. KUDRØSHOVA. Zeleny! apofillit s reki Nidym. (Akademi@ nauk SSSR. Mineralogicheskil muzeL Trudy 1963, no. 14, p. 205-208, tables, illus.) 11 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Green apophyllite from the Nidym River. Describes this hydrothermal mineral, found in large crystals of tetragonal prism form up to 3-4 cm. in length and 2-2.5 cm. diam. Physical, optical and chemical properties are characterized. Besides the main elements Na, Mg, Si, Al, Ca and CaF2, some others Mn, Ti, Fe, Sr, Ba and V are also found. Spectrum analyses for white and green apophyllite are given and compared. Formation conditions, color, and association with other minerals are DLC. discussed. BELOUSOV, V. I., see No. 81784. 77375. BELOUSOV, V. V. 0 geologicheskom stroenii i razvitii okeanicheskikh vpadin. (Akademifa nauk SSSR. Izvestifa, ser. gcologicheskafå 1955, no. 3, p. 3-18.) 68 refs. In Russian. English translation by E. R. Hope pub. by Canada Defence Research Board 1958, its T284R. Copy at CaMAI. Title tr.: The geological structure and evaluation of the oceanic depressions. Summarizes the geology, history and geographic conditions of the oceans. Bottom topography, distribution of major depression, elevated portions, and submerged volcanic and coral islands are discussed. Changes in volume of water on the earth's surface during geologic history, differentiation of the lithosphere, and progressive decrease in areas of continentality are also considered. Mediterranean seas are suggested as an initial stage in the formation of the oceanic depressions. The data and

methods of geophysics, geochemistry and astronomy as well as geology should be utilized in any further investigations. The geologic nature of the Gulf of Alaska is described; and reference is made to the existence in Paleozoic time of a land mass northwest of Scandinavia which provided sediments presently found in the Scandinavian Caledonides; also to the Lomonosov Range as possibly an extension of the North Atlantic ridge; to the dislocation of Cretaceous rocks in East Greenland; and to the geologic nature of the West Siberian plain. DLC. BELOV, see No. 84081. 77376. BELOV, M. I. Oborona porta Dikson v avguste 1942 g. (Problemy Arktiki i Antarktiki 1963, no. 13, p. 8995.) 8 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Defense of Dikson harbor in August 1942. Describes operation Wunderland in which German vessels under the Admiral Sheer attempted to disrupt Northern Sea Route operations by destroying Kara Sea bases including Dikson harbor installations. Adverse ice conditions aided the defense; the enemy inflicted slight damage on Dikson and sank the icebreaker Sibiriakov. DLC. 77377. BELOV, N. A., and N. N. LAPINA. Donnye otlozhenißa Arkticheskogo basselna. Leningrad, Izd-vo ` 1Morskol transport" 1961. 150 p. tables, charts, graphs, illus. 43 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Bottom deposits of the Arctic Basin. Outlines the dynamics of the present sedimentation process and its relationship to the physical geography and physical chemistry conditions. Materials collected during 1948-1959 including those of drifting stations 1-7 are utilized, some 10,000 measurements, 500 bottom samples, etc., and investigations of 1821-1824 are reviewed. Methods of core collection and bottom sediment study are summarized. Arctic Basin relief is characterized. Sedimentation conditions are analyzed. Types of sediments are reported according to grain size; their mineralogic and petrographic composition, distribution of their main chemical components and microelements, their microfauna, and stratification are treated in turn. Development history of the Arctic Basin in late Quaternary time is characterized. In the appendix, core samples are described, X-ray and spectrum analyses tabulated and foraminifers found are listed according to families. DLC. 77378. BELOV, N. A., and P. N. EROFEEV. 0 vzveshennykh veshchestvakh

111

morfü Laptevykh. (Leningrad. ArtkticheskiY i antarkticheskil n: Øl. inst. Trudy 1963. v. 264, p. 76-79, maps.) 4 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: On suspended matter in the Laptev Sea. Reports on a 1961-1962 study with special filters, which disclosed diatomaceous algae among the suspended matter. They were of three types: marine, river, and freshwater-marine, and indicate the origin of the matter in suspension. Its color was analyzed as light-gray, brown, yellow-gray, and Its distribution also is greenish-gray. DLC. described. 77379. BELOV, N. A. Opyt primeneni1 . porshnevo! gruntovo! trubki na drelfufüsheheY stanisii "Severny! polflis-7" v 1958/ 1959 g. (Leningrad. Arkticheskit i antarkticheskiY n.-issl. inst. Trudy 1963. v. 248, p. 85-91, illus.) 2 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Use of a piston ground tube on North Pole-7 drifting station in 19581959. Notes that cores taken by drifting stations hitherto were only 80-90 cm. long, not sufficient for extensive investigation of bottom sediments. A new winch and piston corer is described in detail, noting arrangement, sampling techniques, etc. 14 cores 175-357 cm. long were obtained from the bottom between Mendeleyev and Lomonosov submarine ranges. Sedimentation rate of bottom sediments, climate fluctuations, age of deposits and other features are summarized. DLC. BELOV, N. V., see No. 81578. 77380. BELOZEROV, V. P., and G. N. SADOVNIKOV. Stratigrafifa korvunchanskol serii v basse!ne nizhnego techenifa r. Nizhnel Tunguski. (Vses. aerogeologicheskiY trest. Trudy 1962. no. 8, p. 24-42, map, cross-sections.) 15 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Stratigraphy of the Korvunchana series in the lower Nizhnyaya Tunguska River basin. Reviews previous studies and outlines new material collected during 1956-1960 concerning tuffs, tuffites, lavas and other deposits of the southwestern limb of the Tungusskiy syneclise. The former Korvunchana subseries is raised to series rank. Three subseries: Tutonchana, Uchami and Bugarikta are established and described. DOS. 77381. BEL'SKII, M. S. Novye dannye o stratigrafii drevnikh metamorficheskikh tolshch pripolfiirnogo Urals v svete novykh dannykh. (Moskovskoe obshchestvo ispy-

112

tateleY prirody. Biülleten' 1963. Otd. geol. v. 38, no. 5, p. 38-46, illus.) 3 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: New data on the stratigraphy of old metamorphic strata of the Subpolar Ural in the light of new finds. Notes that the stratigraphy of Proterozoic and Lower Paleozoic deposits first worked out by K. A. L'vov (No. 59918) requires changes in view of recent studies by the author and others. Upper Proterozoic? Cambrian, and Ordovician deposits of the Lyapin and Shchugor River basins, and other areas are analyzed, another division is offered, and changes from L'vov's division are indicated. DLC. 77382. BEL'SKII, M. S. Stratigrafifa drevnikh metamorficheskikh tolshch Liåpinskogo krafa v svete novykh dannykh. (Leningrad. Inst. geologii Arktiki. Informa£sionnyl sbornik 1962. no. 31, p. 25-36, cross section.) 2 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Stratigraphy of old metamorphic strata of the Lyapin region in light of new data. Reports on the last three years' studies in the Lyapin and upper Shchugor basins in the Subpolar Ural, where the metamorphic complex was analyzed. Two structural stages of this complex are recognized and a stratigraphi division is given. Upper Proterozoic? Cambrian? and Ordovician deposits are distinguished and divided into series, noting distribution, thickness, composition, and other features. DLC. 77383. BELSON, L. Fledging of the murres. (Pacific discovery 1962. v. 15, no. 6, p. 12-15, illus.) Describes the murre chick's departure from the bird cliffs at Imnatpuk near Cape Thompson, northwest Alaska, where it was hatched. The fledgling jumps from the ledge, eludes the predatory glaucous gulls on the beach, and makes its way through rough surf; finally, claimed by an adult murre, the chick swims for the open sea. DGS. 77384. BELYI, V. F. Vulkanogennye obrazovanifil Chaun-Chukotki. (In: Mezhvedomstvennoe soveshchanie ... Trudy 1959, p. 379-82.) In Russian. Title tr.: Volcanic formations of Chaun-Chukotka. Lavas and tuffs of Cretaceous age are widely distributed, especially in the southern and eastern part of the region. The two series in the Cretaceous volcanic formations are divided, the lower into three subseries, the upper into five. Each is described noting distribution, composition, thickness and paleontologic characteristics, when such are present. ICRL.

77385. BELYK, V. I. K voprosu o lin'ke fakutskol belki. (Moskva. Vses. n: issl. inst. zhivotnogo syr'f . i pushniny. Trudy 1962. no. 19, p. 181-86.) 11 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The problem of molt in the Yakut squirrel. Discusses the importance for the fur industry of knowing the molting periods. Fall molt in squirrels of this area is described in some detail. Regional differences in molting periods are noted. Relation of molt to age is considered, as is spring molt. DLC. 77386. BELYK, V. I. Materialy po zimnemu pitanifii filkutskogo gornostaft. (Moskva. Vses. n.-issl. inst. zhivotnogo syr'fa i pushniny. Trudy 1962. no. 19, p. 221-29, tables.) 14 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Materials on winter food of the Yakut ermine. Discusses the exploitation of this most numerous predator of its area. The stock is described. Stomach contents in the winter comprised mammals (mainly rodents) 81.4%, fish 10.5%, birds 5.7%, insects 2.4%. Regional and periodic differences in the winter diet are outlined. DLC. 77387. BfME, R. L. Opyt ornitogeograficheskogo raTonirovania vysokogoriT palearktiki. (Ornitologifa 1963. no. 6, p. 22734, map.) 9 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Attempt at ornitho-geographic zonation of the high-mountains of the Palearctic. Presents a general review and characterization of the bird fauna dwelling above the tree line in mountain regions, with an introduction on earlier studies in this field. The arctic mountains of Eurasia are included and the birds living above their DLC. timberlines, listed. BEME, R. L., see also Nos. 82269, 83905, 83910. 77388. BENCE, A. E., and L. C. COLEMAN. Temperatures of formation of the Chisel Lake sulphide deposit, Snow Lake, Manitoba. (Canadian mineralogist 1963. v. 7, no. 4, p. 663-66, section, tables.) 4 refs. Summarizes results of 1961-62 study of the ore mineralogy of this deposit, based on specimens provided by Hudson Bay Mining and Smelting Co. A general sequence of events for the formation of the metallic components of the ore body is postulated, beginning with the crystallization of arsen pyrite and ending with the formation of marcasite by the alteration of pyrrhotite. Description is given of the two geother-

mometers used and of procedures employed in analysis of sphalerite and pyrrhotite. Pyrrhotite formed at a higher temperature than the sphalerite. Assuming the normal decrease in temperature with time, the pyrrhotite also formed earlier than the sphalerite, an idea supported by textural evidence. DGS. 77389. BENDEBERI, V. Velikie prava: trud, obrazovanie, otdykh. (Grazhdanskafa avia£sifit 1961. v. 18, no. 12, p. 11, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: Basic rights: work, education, rest. Notes work, correspondence-course education, and club activities of flight and airfield personnel at the Yakutsk airport. Photo of club house built in 1961 is included. DLC. BENDEFY, Låszlb, see No. 81114. 77390. BENDER, H. W., and others. Effects of hypothermia on myocardial contractile force. (Archives of surgery 1963. v. 87, no. 3, p. 464-67, graphs, illus.) 4 refs. Other authors: W. G. Austen, T. Tsunekawa and P. A. Ebert. In order to locate the site of cardiac action of hypothermia in dogs, the temperatures of the heart, lungs and systemic system were independently lowered. The results indicate that the site of cardiac action of hypothermia is the heart itself. DLC. BENDER, J. A., see No. 84505. 77391. BENERT, R. Penetration of shaped charges into frozen ground. Wilmette, Ill. 1957. iv, 19 p. map, sections, graphs, tables, illus. (U.S. Army. Snow Ice and Permafrost Research Establishment. Technical report 45.) 8 refs. Progress report on a long-term study on excavations by use of explosives to form a crater adequate for use as a foxhole. During Mar.—Apr. 1955 and Feb.—Mar. 1956, six types of shaped charges weighing 2% oz.-40 lb., were fired into permanently frozen ground, rock, and ice at Fort Churchill, Man. Three standard U.S. Army shaped charges (10 lb. M2, 15 lb. M2A3 and 40 lb. M3) gave satisfactory holes of at least five ft. depth and two-in. diam., but the M3 is undesirable because of weight, noise, blast effect, and shrapnel-throwing tendency. Both experimental charges gave holes too small for the purpose, as did the jet tapper (a small Dupont product) but its good results suggest that the same manufacturing method should be tried for the experimental charges to reduce weight.

113

Parameters suggested for investigation are cone material, angle, and thickness; a good size charge would be four in. diam. and DGS. about five lb. weight.

migration, schools, feeding, etc., a forecast is given of the age and size of the 1963 summer herring, its distribution and yield. DLC.

77392. BENERT, R. Penetration of shaped charges into frozen ground, part II. Hanover, N. H. 1963. iv, 10, 6 p. map, sections, graphs, tables, illus. (U.S. Army Cold Regions Research and Engineering Laboratory. Technical report 130.) 5 refs. Studies the effect of various parameters (cone angle, material, and thiclmess, charge weight) in designing a charge of the same effectiveness but lighter weight than the U.S. Army M2A3 (15 lb.) shaped charges. Results of firing shaped charges of 4 in. diam. and 2.5-3.5 lb. weight into frozen ground at Fort Churchill, in Feb.-Mar. 1957 showed that a hole of 5 ft. depth and 1.7 in. diam. can be obtained with a 2.8 lb. charge. Aluminum cones are found superior to copper or steel, and the machined aluminum gives greater penetration than the rotary extruded aluminum type. A 75° cone angle gives best results, 0.2 in. thickness meets the minimum weight requireCaMAI. ments.

77395. BEN-MENAHEM, A., and M. N. TOKSÖZ. Source mechanism from spectrums of long-period surface waves. (Journal of geophysical research 1963. v. 68, no. 18, p. 5207-5222, tables, graphs, map.) 20 refs. California Institute of Technology. Div. of Geological Sciences. Contribution 1146. Analyzes Love and Rayleigh waves from the source of the Kamchatka earthquake of Nov. 4, 1952. Benioff linear strain seismograph records indicate that the earthquake resulted from a unilateral fault of 700 km. in the earth crust, rupturing with a speed of 3 km/sec in the direction N 146° W. DLC.

BENGTSSON, G., see No. 80689. BEN-ISHAI, Z., see No. 77530. 77393. BENJAMIN, H. B., and others. The effect of severe hypothermia on the central nervous system and on peripheral nerves. (Revue canadienne de biologie 1963. v. 22, no. 3-4, p. 433-36, illus.) 9 refs. French summary. Other authors: P. Jochimsen, W. Jochimsen and A. H. Becker. Histological study of brains and sciatic nerves from rats cooled 25-90 min. to 45°-55° F. No gross or microscopical changes were found in the material from the stressed animals as compared with controls. DLC. 77394. BENKO, It. K. Promysel sel'di v lethil period 1962 g. v Norvezhskom more i perspektivy na ifün'-avgust 1963 g. (Matorialy rybokhozßistvennykh issledovanil Severnogo basselna. Sbornik 1963, no. 1, p. 10-13. tables.) In Russian. Title tr.: Herring fishery in the Norwegian Sea during the summer of 1962 and prospects for June-August 1963. Analyzes size and age composition of the June-Aug. 1962 catches, also shifts in catches and in size-composition over the same period in the different subareas of this sea. From these, and considerations of 114

BEN-MENAHEM, A., see No. 79605. 77396. BENNETT, G. F., and C. W. SABROSKY. The nearctic species of the genus Cephenemyia, Diptera, Oestridae. (Canadian journal of zoology 1962. v. 40, no. 3, p. 431-48, tables, map, illus.) 32 refs. Describes adults and larvae of five species of deer-nose hots, one of them Cephenemyia trompe circumpolar arctic-subarctic in distribution; hosts: caribou, reindeer, whitetailed deer. DLC. 77397. BENNINGTON, K. O. Some chemical composition studies on arctic sea ice. (In: Kingery, W. D. Ice and snow... 1963. p. 248-57, graphs, table, illus.) 7 refs. Normal sea water of 35°/,, salinity begins to freeze at —1.9° C.; after the ice thickens and provides some insulation, it continues to grow at an open-system constant freezing point as long as circulation is unrestricted and there are no salinity changes in the liquid. Young sea ice growing below the 90-cm. level retains approx. 4°/oo salt as a minimum; above this level the salinity increases toward the surface to 8-10°/00. Analysis was made to determine whether any fractionation takes place among the cations at temperatures such that only the "pure" ice platelets should be separating, or that some salts should be precipitated and retained while the remaining brine is expelled. Sampling and procedures are described. The ratios between the more abundant sea-ice components seem not very different from those of sea water and remain essentially constant as they do in sea water during freezing or slow leaching.

The salts continue in constant ratio, so that only the total amount of salt varies. Chemical analyses by N. H. Suhr and C. O. Ingamells. DLC. 77398. BENNINGTON, K. O. Some crystal growth features of sea ice. (Journal of glaciology 1963. v. 4, no. 36, p. 669-88, illus.) 30 refs. French and German summaries. Contribution no. 77, Dept. of Atmospheric Sciences, Univ. of Washington. Describes laboratory studies of the supercooling and freezing of sea water, and compares features of natural sea ice as observed on drifting stations Charlie and ARLIS I. By using dyes, the convection cells in the sea-water test baths were studied, and the growth of crystals relative to this cell structure observed. Brine expelled by the separation of ice from the system commonly followed the pre-existing convection channels. Sections of sea ice are interpreted in the light of these observations, and sea ice is shown to inherit drainage channels and banding features from the characteristics of the parent liquid DLC. system. BENSON, C. S., see No. 77007. 77399. BENSON, R. F. The cross modulation of cosmic noise: a technique for investigating the disturbed D region. College, Alaska 1963. xii, 142 1. graphs, tables. (Alaska. Univ. Geophysical Inst. Geophysical research report UAG-R137.) 62 refs. Reviews earlier experiments (cf. No. 67889-67892), and describes equipment used which employed higher frequencies. The observed cross modulation of cosmic noise in the lower D region is found to agree more closely with the alternate theory of cross modulation proposed by L. G. H. Huxley in 1953 than with the current theory. The College electron collision frequency determinations agree with the 1959 Fort Churchill rocket measurements and with an equation derived from recent laboratory studies with nitrogen. These collision frequency results are based on the original theory of cross modulation; an analysis based on the alternate theory of cross modulation would only slightly alter DGS. these results. BENSON, R. F., see also No. 76913. 77400. BENT, A. C. Life histories of North American marsh birds. New York, Dover Pub. 1963. xii, 392 p. illus. Unabridged reprint of U.S. National Museum bulletin no. 135, Ø. 1926. See No. 1341. DLC.

77401. BENTLEY, C. R. Crustal studies in polar regions. (American Geophysical Union. Transactions 1963. v. 44, no. 2, p. 342-44.) 11 refs. Preliminary results from an unreversed profile across the continental shelf of the Chukchi Sea show a crustal thickness of about 30 km. Three short profiles done on drifting station A indicate for Alpha ridge, 0.4 km. of low-velocity sediment, 2.8 km. with velocity 4.7 km./sec., and in one place, a crustal velocity of 6.4 km. /sec. at a depth of 5 km. below sea level. Seismic refraction data reinterpreted suggest a crust nearly 50 km. thick in the Prince William Sound region of Alaska, with an average crustal velocity over 7 km./sec. Similarity of structure under the Greenland Sea to that of the mid-Atlantic ridge suggests that the ridge extends into the Arctic Ocean. DLC. 77402. BENVENUTO, R. Sensibilitå dei ratti alle radiazioni X a temperature (Minerva corporee inferiori ai 10° C. nucleare 1962. v. 6, p. 178-80, graphs.) 10 refs. In Italian. English summary. Title tr.: Sensitivity of rats to X-radiation at body temperatures below 10° C. Reports on experiments with rats exposed to 800 and 1500 r. While all controls died within four weeks, animals irradiated with 800 r. showed a survival of 83.3%, and those receiving 1500 r. a survival of 60%. DNLM. BENZING, J., see No. 82075. 77403. BENZINGER, T. H. The diminution of thermoregulatory sweating during (National cold-reception at the skin. Academy of Sciences. Proceedings 1961. v. 47, no. 10, p. 1685-88, illus.) 11 refs. Study of certain correlations between skin temperature above and below 33° C. and intensity of thermoregulatory sweating. The results, expressed in quantitative terms, confirm that sweating originates from a terminal sensory organ in a central, DLC. not a peripheral, organ. 77404. BENZINGER, T. H., and others. The human thermostat. (American Inst. of Physics. Temperature, its measurement and control ... v. 3. 1962-63. pt. 3, p. 637-65, table, graphs, illus.) 97 refs. Other authors: C. Kitzinger and A. W. Pratt. Comprehensive quantitative study based on continuous recordings of human heat production and loss, aimed at elucidating the mechanisms of thermoregulation in cold and warm environments. Both physical

115

and chemical thermoregulation and their elements are considered. The new experimental findings require a revision of the classical experimental-surgical findings and of the concept of a single anatomically established organ in the brain, in which all central sensory functions for temperature are vested. The function of this so-called temperature-eye in the human thermostat DLC. is formulated. 77405. BENZINGER, T. H. Peripheral cold- and central warm-reception, main origins of human thermal discomfort. (National Academy of Sciences. Proceedings 1963. v. 49, no. 6, p. 832-39, graphs, illus.) 8 refs. Account of experiments on conscious sensation of cold or warmth. That of cold in man is concluded to be elicited by peripheral receptors. It is not inhibited by central warm-reception and central receptors for conscious sensation of cold seem DSI. not to exist in the range studied. 77406. BENZINGER, T. H., and others. The thermostatic control of human metabolic heat production. (National Academy of Sciences. Proceedings 1961. v. 47, no. 5, p. 730-39, illus.) 40 refs. Other authors: A. W. Pratt and C. Kitzinger. Reports experiments with volunteers using cranial thermometry combined with direct and indirect calorimetry. Chemical and physical temperature regulation were thus resolved in terms of reproducible, metabolic, sudomotor and vasomotor responses to cold stimulation at the nerve endings of the skin, and warm stimulation of a central organ. The functioning of these heat centers is discussed. DLC. BERAKHA, G. J., see No. 77715. 77407. BERDICHEVSKAfA, T. M., and N. A. ZHUKOVSKAfA. K voprosy o sushchestvovanii zvezdno-sutochnol variaali mezonnol intensivnosti kosmicheskikh luohel. (Akademifå nauk SSSR. Øutskil filial. Trudy 1960. ser. fiz. no. 3, p. 140-44, tables, graphs.) 2 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: On the existence of sidereal-daily variation of meson cosmic ray intensity. Compares the cosmic ray intensity variation by stellar- and solar-day time at Tikhaya Bay, Yakutsk, and other stations during periods of high and low solar activity. The existence of both sidereal- and solarday variation is established, the former predominant during minimum, and latter during maximum solar activity. An aniso-

116

tropy in the primary cosmic ray intensity outside of the earth's atmosphere and geomagnetic field is suggested, subject to a DLC. more extensive investigation. 77408. BERDICHEVSKII, M. N., and others. Izuchenie geologicheskogo stroenilå severnol chasti Zapadno-Sibirskol nizmennosti metodom magnito-telluricheskogo profilirovanifå. (Leningrad. N: issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Trudy 1962. v. 132, Geofizicheskie metody razvedki v Arktike, no. 4, p. 133-39, graphs, illus.) In Russian. Other authors: ID. S. Kopelev and A. E. Lantaov. Title tr.: Investigation of the geologic structure of the northern part of West Siberian plain according to the magnetic-telluric profiling method. Describes this method, called MTP, as developed in 1958-1960 and tested in 1959-1960 from Salekhard 650 km. east to Urengoy. It involves studies of the average periodic variations of the natural electric field of the earth associated with a certain electrical phenomenon in the ionosphere. The electric exploration equipment is described and illus. The test results of MTP are reported and geologic interpretation is given. The method is recommended for analyses of tectonic structure of areas to 3-4 km. depth. It is found well suited to localities difficult of access and to permafrost areas. DLC. 77409. BERENCSI, G., and S. KROMPECHER. Über die Entwicklung and histochemische Darstellung neutraler Mukopolysaccharide nach Brand- and Kälteschädigung der Haut. (Acta biologica et medica germanica 1963. v. 10, no. 1-2, p. 147-53, table.) 34 refs. In German. English summary. Title tr.: Development and histochemical presentation of neutral mucopolysaccharides following skin injury by heat or cold. Reports on rats and guinea pigs with local frostbite or heat injury. In the affected skin, the quantity of neutral polysaccharides increased and so did the hexosamine level of the serum. The mucopolysaccharides are considered as non-specific products of anoxybiosis. DNLM. 77410. BEREZKIN, V. A. Prilivy na Novol Zemle. (USSR. Gidrograficheskoe upr. Zapiski po gidrografii 1925, v. 50, p. 189-218, tables, graphs, maps.) In Russian. Title tr.: Tides at Novaya Zemlya. Treats in detail tides at both ends of Matochkin Sher strait, at Cape Uzkiy and Chernaya Bay. A review of tidal information for the area as from 1676 introduces the report. DLC.

77411. BEREZKIN, V. A. Prilivy Pechorskogo limana. (USSR. Gidrograficheskoe upr. Zapiski po gidrografii 1925. v. 50, p. 219-27, tables, maps.) In Russian. Title tr:. Tides of the Pechora estuary. Reviews briefly study of the Pechora tides from 1851 to own calculation of the harmonic constants in 1924. A map of cotidal lines is drawn, and the approx. maximum amplitude determined to be 3.9 ft. DLC. 77412. BEREZOVSKII, B. I. Nekotorye osobennosti stroitel'stva v usIovifakh Krafnego Severs. Moskva, Gosstrotizdat 1963. 159 p. tables, maps, illus.) 35 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Some features of construction under conditions of the far North. Revised edition of No. 70147 with added chapters on construction planning, drying of buildings under construction, and construction in the far North abroad. The original chapter on foundations is expanded to two with an emphasis on construction of pile foundations. Experience in Vorkuta, Noril'sk, Yakutsk, Magadan, and Chukotka DLC. is cited. 77413. BERG, G. The wall of isles. (Norseman 1962. no. 3, p. 4-7, illus.) Describes the Lofoten Islands of northern Norway: their scenery, cod fisheries, climate, settlements, birds, people, etc. DLC. 77414. BERG, H. C., and D. W. HINCKLEY. Reconnaissance geology of northern Baranof Island, Alaska. Washington, D.C., U.S. Govt. Print. Office 1963. p. 0-1-0-24, (U.S. Geological Survey. maps, illus. Bulletin 1141-0.) 19 refs. Stratigraphic and structural study of this Southeast Alaskan area, based on field mapping June-Aug. 1960, and on photointerpretation. A basis is provided for geologic mapping of all of Baranof and Chichagof Islands. Rocks are best exposed along the beaches; 300 mi. of the northern shoreline was examined, about 200 mi. of it in detail. Tightly folded, intricately faulted, and regionally metamorphosed, these rocks range from Paleozoic (?) to Mesozoic in age. Kruzof Island to the west has Mesozoic rocks unconformably overlain by volcanic rocks extruded from dormant Mt. Edgecumbe and other vents (57°05' N. 135°45' W.) during Quaternary time. Structural grain trends generally northwest; many well-defined lineaments are probably faults and shear zones. Bedded rocks are shown on map (scale 1 in.: 2 mi.) as seven lithologicstratigraphie types; including the Nakwasina, Kelp Bay, and Sitka Groups. In

absence of fossils, age was determined for some units by correlation with better dated rocks on neighboring Chichagof Island. DGS. BERG, H. C., see also No. 80792. 77415. BERG, M. Laks og laksefiske. (Naturen 1963. v. 87, no. 1, p. 3-56, maps, illus.) In Norwegian. Title tr.: Salmon and salmon fishing. Distinguishes: Salmo salar from S. trutta and S. lapinus in appearance at various stages and in migratory habits. S. salar favors the mean temperature range 2°-15° C. and is widely distributed, including northern Norway where some 200 rivers serve as spawning grounds. The migration to sea at two-five years age, return to spawn, the reserve at sea continuously, and life span (nine years) are discussed. The return from the sea, physical aspects of the spawning grounds, the autumn spawning, protection of eggs through the winter, spring hatching, etc. are discussed in relation to river bed conditions, streamflow, nutrients, development of hydroelectric facilities, and polution. Fish ladders, predators, and other hazards are noted. Most salmon are taken by net just off the coast, and foreigners' sport fishing is claimed to be this species' main value to Norway. Norwegian fishermen should distinguish S. salar in its various stages, take it only at peak of growth and in such quantity as to protect the stock of this national asset. This recommendation is criticized by B. DGS. Rasmussen, q.v. 77416. BERG, M. Pink salmon Oncorhynchus gorbuscha in northern Norway in the year 1960. (Acta borealis 1961. A. Scientia, no. 17, 24 p. graph, illus.) 6 refs. Norwegian summary. Presents a summary of observations on Oncorhynchus gorbuscha obtained in connection with other studies supported by the Norwegian Agricultural Research Council. None of the five species of the commercially valuable Oncorhynchus were caught in the area prior to 1960. Following Russian transplants of 0. gorbuscha and 0. keta from the Pacific coast into rivers of the Murmansk and White Sea area, some forty thousand sexually mature 0. gorbuscha approached the Kola and White Sea coasts by Aug. 12, 1960, and spread over a large area of the North Atlantic to Varanger Fjord and Bergen. Catches are analyzed (numbers, dates, spawning condition, weight and sex) and discussed. The stock declines to the west-southwest; the north Norway

117

catch estimated at 20,000-25,000 kg. is largest June 25—end July. Pink salmon have ascended 40 rivers in Norway (15 listed), but whether permanently established is uncertain. DLC. BERG, O. E., see No. 81200. 77417. BERG, R. Y. Disjunksjoner i Norges fjellflora og de teorier som er framsatt til forklaring av dem. (Blyttia 1963. v. 21, no. 4, p. 133-77, tables, maps.) 69 refs. In Norwegian. English summary. Title tr.: Disjunction in Norwegian mountain flora and theories proposed in explanation. Reviews the arctic-alpine vascular plant species with discontinuous distribution in Scandinavia, generally around the southern and northern mountain areas, and analyzes their distribution. When the species are arranged in a series from those of extremely discontinuous to those of nearly ubiquitous distribution, the difference from species to species is barely perceptible. Therefore the sharp distinction postulated between bicentric and ubiquitous species does not exist. No correlation is evident between size of the distributional gap in central Scandinavia and position of the northeastern distributional limit. Therefore a classification based only on size of the distributional gap carries no information about the size and shape of the northern areas. Although general patterns of distribution can be recognized, extreme and apparently inexplicable diversity exists in distributional details. It is proposed that three categories of disjunction be recognized: bicentric, northeastern, and aberrant. Several species are noted reaching to Kola and Rybachiy Peninsulas and eastern Finnmark. Possible late- or post-glacial extermination or survival of disjunctive species is discussed, as are certain soil-chemistry relationships. No single explanation is considered to account for the distribution; each species should be studied as an individual problem, and more exact data are needed. DLC. 77418. BERG, R. Y. Nye utbredelsesdata for norske karplanter. (Blyttia 1962. v. 20, no. 2, p. 49-82.) 40 refs. In Norwegian. English summary Title tr.: New records of vascular plants in Norway. Reports on 221 plants in alphabetic order. The records represent extensions of area, considerable in some cases, and reductions or eliminations of discontinuities in distribution; also some new garden escapees and one adventitious weed (Lagoecia curninoides)

118

new to Norway. Northern areas are well DLC. represented in the records. 77419. BERGDAHL, S. G., and I. JANELID. Present situation and trend in Swedish (Canadian mining and metalmining. lurgical bulletin 1963. v. 56, no. 616, p. 604-609, graphs, illus.) Surveys current methods and research in Swedish underground mining. Mechanization and automation are increasing because of rising labor costs; multiple drills and equipment for drilling long blastholes, trackless mining methods, traffic control, and hoisting of rock are among the mechanized or automated processes. Central track control, the tractor-shovel, the auto-feed drill system, and improved sub-level caving, are illus. as carried out at Kiruna, Malmberget, Haggruvan, Ställberg, and by the Boliden Mining Co. The Swedish Mining Association's Mining Research Branch carries on research in cooperation with the Royal Institute of Technology, mining companies and manufacturers. DGS. 77420. BERGE, S. Protein/fat in milk from different species of domestic animals. (Acta agriculturae scandinavica 1963. v. 13, no. 2, p. 220-26, table, graph.) 15 refs. Discusses research on protein content of milk of 14 different animals, especially in its varying relation to fat content within milkings, within lactation, and between lactation. Because the synthesis of fat and of protein require different raw materials, correlations and regression factors of any importance in composition of milk were not found, but for selected breeds there are proportional percentages. Among the tabulated data are 1895 and 1962 figures for reindeer from HinnØy at 68°35' N. in Norway. A protein/fat regression diagram shows that the milk of reindeer deviates little from the normal for other milk producers. DLC. BERGERON, R., see No. 82251. 77421. BERGERUD, A. T. Aerial winter census of caribou. (Journal of wildlife management 1963. v. 27, no. 3, p. 438-49, tables, illus.) 8 refs. Account of a strip census conducted in 1957-1961 over Newfoundland and Labrador in 400 hours flying time, with two rearseat observers, in addition to the pilot. The snow cover and its depth were found primarily to affect herd structure and distribution. DLC. 77422. BERGERUD, A. T. Sex determiner tion of caribou calves. (Journal of wildlife

management 1961. v. 25, no. 2, p. 205, illus.) 4 refs. Describes method of sexing from a distance of up to 800 ft. of alerted herds, using a 20x spotting scope. An unbalanced sex ratio in adults, favoring females, and noted in many areas, requires early sexing for its elucidation. DLC. 77423. BERGFORS, G. Ett par nordsvenska varianter till H. C. Andersens "Lille Claus og Store Claus". (Tromsø. Museum. Skrifter 1928. v. 2, p. 1-7.) 3 refs. In Swedish and Finnish. Title tr.: Two north-Swedish variations of H. C. Andersen's "Little Claus and Big Claus." Presents two folk tales, one in Finnish the other Swedish, both written in Sweden about Lappish characters, and directly comparable to a tale in Andersen's 1835 publication. These stories are considered about coeval with the Danish, derived from a common much earlier source, and transmitted into Lapland orally. Seven other variations of the same tale were included in one of Qvigstad's early volumes. DLC. 77424. BERGGRAV, E. J. Land der Spannungen, Besuche im nördlichsten Bistum der Welt. Berlin, Evangelische Verlagsanstalt 1960. 131 p. illus. In German. Title tr.: Land of suspense, visitations to the northernmost bishopric of the world. 2nd ed. Translation of No. 43982 by A. O. Schwede with author's comments on church construction in the Tromsø diocese through 1957. His portrait and an obituary by D. F. W. Krummach are included. Berggrav (1884-1959) was Bishop of Tromsø in 19291937 and Primate of Norway 1937-1950. An English translation Land of suspense, visitation-glimpses of North Norway was pub. in Minneapolis, Minn., Augsburg pub. DLC. house 1943. 77425. BERGMAN, I. A. Akisessornafå mineralizaan granitoidov plutona "Gremtakha-Vyrmes." k (Materialy po mineralogii Kol'skogo poluostrova 1962, no. 3, p. 20-35, tables, maps.) 3 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Accessory mineralization of granitoids of Gremyakha-Vyrmes pluton. Reports the qualitative composition and quantitative content of the accessory minerals. In three samples of alkaline granites and three of alkaline granosyenites from this Kola Peninsula site, the average accessory mineral content was 0.09% and 0.60% respectively. Most widely distributed are sphene, zirconium, apatite, magnetite, etc. Each is described. Formation of acDLC. cessory minerals is outlined.

77426. BERGMAN, I. A. Titanovafå mineralizafsifii i osobennosti raspredeleni1 titana v granitoidakh plutona "Grem1 khan Vyrmes." (Materialy po mineralogii Kol'skogo poluostrova 1962, no. 3, p. 50-56, tables.) 6 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Titanium mineralization and distribution features of titanium in granitoids of the Gremyakha-Vyrmes pluton. Describes this pluton in the Tuloma River region of Kola Peninsula, consisting of alkaline granites and granosyenites. Distribution of TiO2 content in rock-forming and accessory minerals is analyzed. Titanium is mostly distributed in six minerals, viz: aegirite, alkaline amphibole, enigmatite, ilmenite, sphene, and anatase. Its mode of occurrence and variation in different rocks and minerals are outlined. DLC. BERGMAN, I. A., see also No. 77300. 77427. BERGSTROM, U. SkogslämmeIn funnen i norm Lappland. (Fauna och flora 1963, no. 5-6, p. 191-95, illus.) In Swedish. English summary. Title tr.: The wood lemming found in northern Lapland. Contains observations of wood lemming in north Sweden by author and others in 1960; the previously known Swedish distribution of Myopus schisticolor: the central part of the country, with only one record from south Lapland. 1960 was a prolificrodent year and the observations indicate lemmings in several new localities as far north as Vittangi, 67°40' N. 21°40' E. and further east near the Finnish border. The distribution in Sweden is concluded continuous with the lemming range through Finland. DLC. BERKOVICH, E. S. see No. 80005. BERKOVICH, S. A., see No. 80904. 77428:- BERLfAND, T. G. Raspredelenie solnechnol radia£sii na kontinentakh. Leningrad, Gidrometeorologicheskoe izd-vo 1961. 227 p. graphs, tables, maps, illus. (Glavnoe upravlenie gidrometeorologicheskol sluzhby. Glavnafä geofizicheskaiå observatorifå.) 421 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Distribution of solar radiation on the continents. Presents the basic laws of its geographic distribution as it depends upon astronomical factors. Climatological estimates of radiation and their methods are discussed; the relationship between solar radiation, cloudiness, and duration of sunshine is considered and observational data given. The investigation is based on actinometric work

119

at 361 world stations of which 13 are in arctic and subarctic areas. Tables show station coordinates, elevation, and the monthly and annual mean values of total solar radiation. The radiation regime of the Arctic and Antarctic is discussed on p. DLC. 187-90. BERMAN, F. R., see No. 79801. 77429. BERNARDIS, L. L., and D. G. MONTEMURRO. The response of male and female rats with hypothalamic lesions to low and high environmental temperatures. (Experentia 1963. v. 19, no. 1, p. 2627, table, graph.) 7 refs. German summary. Account of experiments indicating that female rats are less resistant to cold than males of the same age and breed. This also applies to females with electrolytic lesions in different loci of the hypothalamus. DLC. 77430. BERNAT, R., and others. Wplyw plytkiej hipotermii na niekt6re skladniki azotowe i bialka surowicy krwi i watroby. (Acta physiologica polonica 1963. v. 14, no. 1, p. 37-44, tables, graphs.) 24 refs. In Polish. English summary. Other authors: L. Hryniewiecki and G. Straburzyfiski. Title tr.: Effect of shallow hypothermia upon some nitrogen compounds and proteins of blood serum and liver. In guinea pigs cooled to 25° C. there developed an increase in concentration of serum albumins and a decrease of globulin. In the liver there was a drop in total N and of the fast moving fractions I, II, and III. No significant changes were found in the amino nitrogen of serum or liver. DNLM. 77431. BERNEI, I. I. Prochnost' i morozostolkost' asbestofementnykh listov v zavisimosti of ikh ob"emnogo vesa. (Stroitel'nye materialy 1962. v. 8, no. 2, p. 6-9, graphs, tables.) 4 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Strength and frost resistance of asbestos-cement sheets as a function of their volume weight. Describes the production process and mechanical properties of asbestos-cement sheets. Their bending strength (Rigs) is determined: Rizg = 62.27,1 kg/cm2, when yo is the sheet weight in gm/cm3. Frost resistance tests showed manufactured asbestos-cement sheets of yo < 1.6 gm/cm3 to disintegrate completely after 100-200 cycles of freezing and defrosting; those of yo = 1.80 gm/cm3 and To _ 1.90 gm/cm3 to withstand 100 and 200 cycles. DLC. 77432. BERKING, W. W. IGY upper air

120

research at the Ballistic Research Laboratories. (IGY World Data Center A: rockets and satellites. Report series, July 1958, no. 1, p. 220-35, tables, illus.) Presented at the 5th General Assembly of CSAGI, Moscow 1958. Presents a summary of specific studies at the Aberdeen Proving Ground, Md., with background, the scheduled rocket firing dates and preliminary results. Instrumentation of the rockets is described and illus. Studies of the earth's horizon from high altitudes, the ionospheric electron density, water vapor, and the magnetic field at high altitudes were made at Fort Churchill (ten flights), and White Sands, New Mexico DLC. (two). BERNSEN, S., see No. 80512. BERNSHTEIN, M. A., see No. 77121. BERNSTEIN, E. F., see Nos. 76967, 82026. 77433. BERREMAN, G. D. Drinking patterns of the Aleuts. (Quarterly journal of studies on alcohol 1956. v. 17, no. 3, p. 503-514.) 8 refs. Discusses conditions in Nikolski, specifically kinds of drink (virtually all homebrewed), drinking occasions and parties; degree of drinking, and attitudes towards it (fun), response and attitudes of children; countermeasures. For comparison, general conditions in Atka (worse) and Akutan (better) are noted. DLC. BERRY, L. G., see No. 79328. 77434. BERRY, L. J. Effect of exposure to low temperature on blood clearance of carbon and bacteria in mice. Fort Wainwright, Alaska 1963. 12 p. tables. (U.S. Arctic Aeromedical Lab. TDR-63-1.) 17 refs. Mice exposed to 5° C. for 2, 18, or 72 hrs. cleared carbon from the blood slower than animals at 25° C., rate of clearance being uniform at the three time intervals. Virulent S. typhimurium also cleared uniformly at the two temperatures, but not the lowvirulence strain. Survival after infection with either strain was lower in the 5° C. group. CaMAI. 77435. BERRY, L. J. The implication of tryptophan pyrrolase in endotoxin poisoning. Fort Wainwright, Alaska 1963. 21 p. tables, graphs. (U.S. Arctic Aeromedical Lab. TDR-63-13.) 24 refs. Mice maintained at 5° C. could not be protected by diphosphopyridine against

death from endotoxin, in contrast to controls kept at 25° C. Cortisone and nicotinamide were also less effective in the cold group, and mice of this group died sooner, and with different symptoms, than controls. CaM AI. BERRY, L. J., see Nos. 81298, 81299, 81300, 82265, 82266, 83391. 77436. BERRY, W. Kingnarmut. (North 1962. v. 9, no. 2, p. 21-23, map.) Title tr.: To Cape Dorset. Northern Service Officer recounts experiences during a West Baffin Eskimo Cooperative project to retrieve a stranded tractor and drill rig for a mining company. CaMAI. 77437. BERRYHILL, R. V. Reconnaissance of beach sands, Bristol Bay, Alaska. Washington, D.C. 1963. 48 p. maps, tables. (U.S. Bureau of Mines. Report of investigations 6214.) Reports results of reconnaissance mapping, sampling, and laboratory tests of deposits in 11 shoreline areas during 1958 and 1959. Spot samples from the northern part of the Alaska Peninsula indicate small deposits of up to 10% recoverable titaniferous magnetite and some larger ones of 1-2% combined iron and titania. Significant amounts of other commercial minerals were DGS. not detected. BERTHAN, J., see No. 80475. 77438. BERTHELSEN, A., and others. On the so-called wildmigmatites. Copenhagen 1962. 20 p. maps. (Greenland. Geologiske Undersøgelse. Miscellaneous papers no. 37.) 24 refs. Russian summary. Reprinted from Krystalinikum 1, 1962, p. 3150, Prague. Contributions to the geology and petrology of crystalline complexes. Other authors: E. Bondesen, and S. B. Jensen. Attempts to explain an apparent lack of structural order in certain migmatitic rocks (composite gneisses) called wildmigmatites, by the complex superimposition of individually orderly structure systems. Three examples are given of detailed and regional structural analysis as a means of understanding even very complex regions, viz: Tovqussaq nuns (64°50' N. 52°10' W.), a well-exposed region near Godthsb, described by senior author in No. 63397; the Tbrnftrssuk-Sermersut area near Ivigtut, southwest Greenland; and the Qipisarqo area 27 km. south of Ivigtut. These examples also illustrate different types of superimposed structure. DGS.

77439. BERTIN, L. Peak Russian fall-out expected by mid-year. (Canadian nuclear technology 1962, no. 3, p. 16-18, map, illus.) Discusses the 80 fission products which contribute to fall-out, mainly those five potentially dangerous to man: strontium90, strontium-89, cesium-137, iodine-131, and carbon-14. Biologically, two distinct hazards are involved: possible production of "mutations" in germ cells that will be passed on to future generations, and damage from tumors or leukemia in persons now alive. Amount of radiation stemming from fall-out to date is still small compared to that to which all life has been exposed. Calculations by NATO scientists suggested no significant immediate fall-out from the 30-megaton or the 60-megaton devices set off on Novaya Zemlya in Oct. 1961. Experience indicates however, that the atmospheric circulation around this testing ground causes fairly rapid fall-out: most of the atmospheric debris from the Oct. 1958 series was deposited in temperate latitudes the following spring, heaviest in north temperate areas of heaviest rainfall, e.g., Gulf of Alaska and the North Atlantic near Iceland. DLC. 77440. BERTON, P. Gold Rush writing; the literature of the Klondike. (Canadian literature 1960, no. 4, p. 59-67.) 36 refs. Reviews this literature which includes over 100 books and several hundred magazine articles. Few are comprehensive; many are sensational, fantastic, inaccurate. ThirtyCaOCU. six are selected for comment. 77441. BERTON, P. A Klondike bibliography. Kleinsburg, Ont. 1958. 23 p. Mimeo. Lists, with annotations, 125 books, 104 magazine articles, newspaper sources, Canadian and U.S. documents, used in preparat tion of his book on the gold rush of 1898, DLC. (No. 56881). 77442. BERZIN, A. A., and others. Ischezla li stellerova korova? (Priroda 1963. v. 52, no. 8, p. 73-75, illus.) In Russian. Other authors: E. A. Tikhomirov and V. I. Trolnin. Title tr.: Is the Steller sea cow extinct? Describes marine mammals seen on two successive days near Cape Navarin, approx. 62° 20' N. 179° E. They were observed from the research vessel Buran by experienced whalers who had never seen such animals before and whose description fits Steller sea cow. The former wide distribution of these animals in the North Pacific is

121

noted, and reports of their existence in 1910 DLC. cited.

11.

77443. BERZINA, M. Pervoe vsesofüznoe mezhduvedomstvennoe soveshchanie po geografii naselenifd. (Sovetskafå etnografifa 1962, no. 3, p. 193-96.) In Russian. Title tr.: First All-Union Interdepartmental Conference on Population Geography. Reports meetings in Moscow Feb. 1962. The man-power resources of the small peoples of the far North, was one of the topics under discussion. 0. R. Nazarevskil considered northern minorities to have evolved past the stage of nomadic herding. It B. Strakach favored utilizing the inherited experience of native peoples in local resource development projects and opposed indiscriminate resettlement of these peoples. DLC. BERZON, 0., see No. 78469. 77444. BESCHEL, R. E. Observations on the time factor in interactions of permafrost and vegetation. (National Research Council of Canada. Technical memorandum 1963. no. 176, p. 43-56, table, illus.) 22 refs. Summarizes observations made in connection with botanical-glaciological studies during three summers in the Canadian Arctic Islands and West Greenland. The value of repeated photography, of dendrochronology and liehenometry as time indicators is suggested; vegetation patterns may last for centuries under arctic conditions, and may accentuate environmental differences. Illus. are given of vegetation in 1898 and 1961 on Disko, also an abandoned airstrip on EIlesmere Island. DGS. BESCHEL, R. E., see No. 79582. 77445. BESKOW, H. The Lapps and their culture, some notes on the Lapp encampment at Abisko. Stockholm, Svenska Turistföreningen 1959. 18 p. illus. 2 refs. Translated from Swedish by W. Cameron. Descnöes this camp-reconstruction at Abisko tourist station in northern Sweden and discusses the cultural history of the Lapps. Housing types, drying racks, storage boxes, clothing, handicrafts, religion, etc. are dealt with. The four traditional economies of the fell, forest, river or coast, and farms are discussed. The present-day life of settled Lapps is also noted. SPRI. 77446. BESPALOVA, I. D., and E. I. SEMENOV. Ob absolfütnom vozraste Lovozerskogo i drugikh shchelochnykh

122

massivov Kol'skogo poluostrova. (Akademi& nauk SSSR. Komissifå po opredelenif6 absolfütnogo vozrasta geologicheskikh formafü. Bfülleten' 1961, no. 4, p. 77-80, tables.) 9 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Absolute age of the Lovozero and other alkaline massifs of Kola Peninsula. Presents tabulated data on determinations by the lead method, and comparison with others' results by the lead, argon and helium methods. Alkaline massifs of Kola and northern Karelia are found to have originated 350 m.y. ago, perhaps simulAccording to stratigraphic taneously. scheme, they belong to the Lower Paleozoic and Caledonian tectonic phase. Detailed DLC. studies are still needed. 77447. BESPROZVANNAIA, A. S. Dva tipa ionosfemykh bur'. (Problemy Arktiki i Antarktiki 1963, no. 13, p. 67-78, graphs, tables, map.) 7 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Two types of ionospheric storm. Reviews observations of 22 polar and drifting stations during the IGY to check author's conclusions pub. in No. 63404. Dates, types and intensity of magnetic and ionospheric storms: one in 1957, 12 in 1958, and 21 in 1959, are tabulated and discussed; the prevailing coincidence of Se magnetic storms with F ionospheric storms, and G magnetic with FD ionospheric is recognized, confirming earlier conclusion. DLC. 77448. BESPROZVANNAfÄ, A. S. Svfaz' vozmushchennosti slofa F2 s planetarno! magnitnoT aktivnost'fd. (Geomagnetizm i aeronomifå 1963. v. 3, no. 2, p. 262-68, tables, graphs.) 5 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The correlation of variability of F2 layer with global magnetic activity. Analyzes the Apr.-Sept. 1958 records from 30 stations north of 55° geomag. lat. A time and latitude variation is shown in the correlation coefficient between the global magnetic activity, K5, and the disturbance in the ionospheric layer F2, mainly in the morning hours in the latitudes above the auroral zone, and in the night hours below the auroral zone. The correlation coefficient between Kp and the disturbed area of F2 was found to be 0.8-0.9 Improved geomagnetic latitudes (Ø') are given for 30 DLC. stations. BESPROZVANNAfA, A. S., see No. 79605. 77449. BESSONOVA, T. D. Vidimafå chastota pofävlenif serebristykh oblakov po nabhüdenifåm stan1 i1 seti gidrometeorologicheskol sluzhby SSSR za 1957-1959 gg.

(Akademiß nauk SSSR. Mezhduvedomstvennyl geofizicheskil komitet, II razdel programmy MGG: meteorologifa.. Sbornik state 1963. no. 6, p. 23-63, tables, graphs, maps.) 10 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Apparent frequency of noctilucent cloud appearance according to observations of the USSR Hydrometeorological Service network during 1957-1959. Reports observations at 213 stations including Shelagontsy 66° N. 114° E., Berezovo, Vilyuysk, Syul'dyukar 63° N. 114° E., Suntar-Khayata 62° N. 141° E., Okhotsk, Karaginskiy Island 59° N. 164° E., and Icha 56° N. 156° E. Organization and methods of observations and data reduction are given. 340 cases of noctilucent cloud visibility were recorded between 45°.5 and 71°.5 N., 92 in 60°-65° N., 21 in 65°-70° N., and only one case north of 70° N. The nine stations above 60° N. recorded more than 30% of the total number observed at 204 stations south of 60° N. These data indicate that most noctilucent clouds appear in northern areas with a maximum in 60°65° N.; most appear during Apr.-Oct. (no records were made outside the Mar. 5—Oct. 24 period); the number of cases during morning twilight is 1.6 times that of evening twilight. DLC. 77450. BEST, P. B., and J. L. BANNISTER. Functional polyovuly in the seiwhale Baleenoptera borealis Lesson. (Nature July 6, 1963. v. 199, p. 89, illus.) 8 refs. Record of two fetuses, male and female, taken from a sei whale 50 ft. long, with only one corpus luteum of pregnancy in the ovaries. This apparent ease of polyovuly is discussed, and compared with conditions in other mammals, including whales. DLC. BEVAN, D. E., see No. 81893. 77451. BEYER, R. E., and others. Coenzyme Q (ubiquinone) levels of tissues of rats during acclimation to cold. (Canadian journal of biochemistry and physiology 1962. v. 40, no. 4, p. 511-18, tables, illus.) 54 refs. Other authors: W. M. Noble and T. J. Hirschfeld. In rats exposed to 0-2° C. this enzyme remained unaffected in the brain, but was elevated in the liver, skeletal and heart muscle, and kidney. It reached a peak in a month and remained elevated for six months, the duration of study. DLC. 77452. BEYER, R. E. Regulation of energy metabolism during acclimation of laboratory rats to a cold environment. (Federation proceedings 1963. v. 22, no. 3, pt. 1, p. 87480, tables, illus.) 35 refs.

Review of the biochemistry of shivering thermogenesis followed by a tentative outline of the non-shivering kind. Common to both types is either a bypass or alteration of a rate-limiting step in the sequence between substrate and oxygen in the mitochondrial electron transport chain. Extensive discussion following presentation of DLC. the paper is included. BEYERS, N. J., see No. 81238. 77453. BEZRUKOV, P. L., and others. Karta donnykh osadkov mirovogo okeana. (In: Soveshchanie po sovremennym morskim osadkam 1960. Trudy pub. 1961, p. 73-85, map.) 29 refs. In Russian. Other authors: A. P. Lisi£syn, V. P. Petelin, and N. S. Skornfäkova. Title tr.: Map of the bottom sediments of the world ocean. Presents a 1:60 million map in color, with review of previous maps and recent expeditionary results. Terrigenous, organic, polygenous, chemogenic, and volcanic deposits are distinguished, their main features and distribution described. Arctic and Antarctic waters are included. The 1:5 million and 1:10 million maps of bottom sediments in preparation are to be ready in DLC. 1963-1965. 77454. BEZRUKOV, P. L. Nekotorye osnovnye voprosy osadkoobrazovanitå v severo-zapadnol chasti Tikhogo okeana. (In: Komissilä po rybokhozfalstvennomu issled ... 1962, p. 52-62.) In Russian. Title tr.: Some fundamental problems of sediment formation in the northwest Pacific. Reviews the recent revolution in concepts on the nature of deep-sea sediments, brought about by extended and improved research; and describes such sediments in the Bering, Okhotsk and other seas of the area. Formative factors, geologic including volcanic, climatic, biogenic, chemical and others are stressed. The paper is based on material assembled by investigations on cruises of DLC. the VitCaz'. 77455. BEZRUKOV, P. L. Sediments of trenches in the north-western Pacific. (Eclogae geologicae Helvetiae 1959. v. 51, no. 3, p. 500-505.) 15 refs. Paper presented at the Fifth International Congress of Sedimentology, Geneva and Lausanne, Switzerland, June 2-7, 1958. Reports, as in No. 63419, on the composition and distribution of sediments in six trenches, including the Aleutian and KurilKamchatka, as investigated by the Vitfaz' DGS. in 1953-1955.

123

77456. BEZRUKOV, P. L., and others. Sovremennoe osadkoobrazovanie v severnol chasti Tikhogo okeana. (In: Soveshchanie po sovremennym morskim osadkam 1960. Trudy pub. 1961, p. 98-123, maps.) 67 refs. In Russian. Other authors: A. P. LisiI yn, E. A. Romankevich, and N. S. Skornfdkova. Title tr.: Present formation of sediments in the northern part of the Pacific Ocean. The area treated includes Aleutian waters, Gulf of Alaska, Kamchatka-Kuril trench, etc. and the materials studied derive mainly but not exclusively from investigations of the R/V Vit%az', which collected about 500 samples including some 200 cores 1-12 m. in length. Factors affecting sediment formation, morphology of relief, climate, volcanic and seismic activity, etc. are outlined. Types and composition of bottom sediments are analyzed. Distribution of organic carbon, manganese, iron, DLC. and other matter is reported. BEZRUKOV, P. L., see No. 79605. 77457. BEZRUKOVA, T. I. K istorii razvitifå mestnol promyshlennosti v flkutii. (In: Akademifil nauk SSSR. akutskil filial. Voprosy ekonomiki . 1962, p. 52-63, tables.) 13 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Contribution to the history of local industry in Yakutia. Outlines development of local crafts from 1732 when a foundry was set up on the Tamga River 32 km. from Yakutsk to supply the Bering expedition, till the early decades of the 20th century. Fragmentary data are given on woodworkers, carpenters, smiths, painters, silversmiths, shoemakers, tailors, stovemakers, barbers, binders, etc. and on small industrial plants. Commodities, prices and wages in various periods are discussed. Development in Yakutia compares unfavorably with other parts of DLC. Russia. 77458. BEZUGLOV, A. Devochka s krafa zemli. (Sovetskafa zheushchina 1963, no. 5, p. 30-31, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: Girl from the end of the world. Describes a Chukchi girl's studies and social life at the Khabarovsk Medical Institute, which has a special department for the peoples of the North and a six-year training course including three top-grades of secondary school. The girl's earlier years at a boarding school in Tilichiki, Koryak National District, and a midwife training school in Petropavlovsk are sketched. DLC. 77459. BEZUMOV, K. iL

124

Bogatstva

Okhotskogo moria. Magadanskoe khizhnoe izd-vo 1960. 63 p. illus. In Russian. Title tr.: The riches of the Okhotsk Sea. Describes for general readers the discovery and exploration of the coasts and the sea, its physiography, fauna, climate, physical oceanography, plankton, etc. Subsequent chapters deal with the seaweeds, their biology and ecology; the invertebrates; fishes, including herring and salmon; seals and walruses; whales. The economic and practical values of the described forms are stressed. No scientific names are supplied. DLC. 77460. BGATOV, V. I. Alliilvial'nye otlozhenifü drevnel rechnol seti basselna srednego techenifä r. Markhi. (Saratov. Univ. Ucheniye zapiski 1960. v. 74, p. 237-42, table.) In Russian. Title tr.: Alluvial deposits of the old river net in the middle Markha River basin. Reports a 1953 study: on the left bank, where gravel is distributed in watershed areas of 200-230 m. elevation. Crosssections of these deposits are described, grain size and composition analyzed. They are considered alluvial in origin, their age Upper Tertiary—Lower Quaternary. DLC. 77461. BHAGAT, B., and M. F. LOCKETT. The failure of the adrenals to respond to cold stress during thiamine deficiency. (Journal of endocrinology 1961. v. 23, no. 3, p. 237-41, illus. tables.) 14 refs. Reports that adrenal glands of thiaminedeficient mice responded to adrenocorticotrophic hormone, but not to cold stress, by further hypertrophy. Injections of adrenocortical extract prolonged the life of thiamine-deficient animals exposed to cold (± 0° C.). DNLM. BHATTACHARJI, S., see No. 79605. BHAVSAR, P. D., see No. 84445. 77462. BIALUKHIN, G. I., and others. 0 vozraste furskol uglenosnol tolshchi vostoch(In: nogo sklona Pripolfrnogo Urals. Mezhvedomstvennoe soveshchanie po dorabotke ... 1961, p. 125-27.) 8 refs. In Russian. Other authors: V. I. Romanova and E. P. Samigulina. Title tr.: Age of the Jurassic coal-bearing stratum in the eastern slope of the Subpolar Ural. Reports studies along tributaries of the Severnaya Sos'va and in Salekhard region; faunal and palynological data are reported; and the coal-bearing deposits of the Severnaya Sos'va basin concluded to be of

Bathonian-Callovian age not BathonianOxfordian as adopted at the Novosibirsk Conference in 1960. DLC. 77463. BIANCHI, E. R. Arctic air base repair. (Military engineer 1961. v. 53, no. 352, p. 101-102, illus.) Describes solutions to problems of loading and spreading asphaltic mix and locating depressions in the runway pavement at Bluie West 8 (SØndre StrØmfjord), West Greenland, during construction and repair work in 1948. DLC. 77464. BIANKI, V. V. RusskiT sokol v Kandalakshskom zalive. (Ornitologifii. 1960. no. 3, p. 71-79, tables, map. illus.) 6 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The Russian falcon in Kandalaksha Bay. Reports on ecological study of Falco peregrines Tunst., a rare bird in this area. Nesting, eggs, and development of young are described. Diet during 1955-1958 is outlined, and the species of birds and the few mammals consumed are cited in order of frequency. Age of these falcons and their foraging flights in the area are discussed. DLC. 77465. BIAYS, P. Nouvelles entreprises minieres sur le Bouclier laurentien, provinces de Quebec et Terre-Neuve. (Annales de geographie 1963. v. 72, no. 392, p. 497-503, map.) In French. Title tr.: New mining ventures in the Laurentian Shield, Provinces of Quebec and Newfoundland. Surveys mining activity, as of summer 1962, in the Lac Jeannine and Wabush Lake districts, near Lake Mattagami, and in the extreme north near Hudson Strait. Most important venture is the Quebec Cartier Mining Co. iron ore complex near Lac Jeannine, containing probably a billion tons of specular hematite of 30% iron. Extraction began in 1960 and concentrate was first shipped in July 1961; the modern town of Gagnon has developed nearby to over 4000 people; a 191-mi. railroad connects the mine with Port Cartier. About 90 mi. northeast of Gagnon, is the Iron Ore Co. of Canada's Carol Project in Labrador, consisting of mines, smelters, the town of Labrador City, power from the Twin Falls hydroelectric plant, and a branch line to the Schefferville—Seven Islands railroad. The nearby Wabush Project is under construction; the settlers of Wabush City are expected in Oct. 1962; with problems in use of the Schefferville—Seven Islands railroad and port facilities, the Wabash Iron Co. built its own port at Pointe-Noire, and plans its own rail line. Copper-zinc produc-

tion is expected from the Lake Mattagami area in early 1963, and a model town for 5000 people is under construction; both mines and town are reached by an allweather road from Amos. In the planning stage are projects at Asbestos Hill near Hudson Strait, and several railroads. DGS. 77466. BIBB, E. Rehabilitation program offers work and training to inmates. (Alaska's health and welfare 1963. v. 20, p. 4-5, illus.) Discusses status and operation of the State Jail in Juneau; its library and education facilities, commissary, movies, chaplain, workshops, outdoor work, and rehabilitation. DLC. BICKEL, R. S., see No. 78244. 77467. BIDZHIEV, R. A., and 111. I. MINAEVA. Istochniki snosa v period formirovanifü fürskikh otlozheni! severs Priverkhoiånskogo progiba i prilegaiüshchel chasti Vih1Tskol sineklizy. (Vses. aerogeologicheskiT trest. Trudy 1962. no. 8, p. 42-49.) 6 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Sources of dispersal in the formation period of Jurassic deposits in the northern Verkhoyansk foredeep and the adjacent area of the Vilyuy syneclise. Reports petrographic-mineralogic study, examination of thin sections and heavy concentrates and immersion analyses of the Jurassic clastic and sandy-aleurite deposits, to determine the direction from which the components came and the distance they traveled. Markhino-Linde, and MunaEyekit provinces are distinguished, representing two different sources of dispersal. The view of other scientists (No. 63154, 65871) on the source of dispersal on the Baykal-Patomsk region is considered unconvincing. This problem is of importance for determining diamond placer prospects. DGS. BIDZHIEV, R. A., see also No. 81292. 77468. BIGGAR, J. R. New life for the Davidson ditch. (Alaska sportsman 1963. v. 29, no. 6, p. 20-22, -F, illus.) Describes this 90-mi. aqueduct from the Chatanika River to Fairbanks, its conception by James M. Davidson in the early 1920's as a means of supplying water for large-scale placer gold mining; construction over difficult terrain; and use as a source of hydroelectric power since 1958. DI. 77469. BIGGAR, J. R. Permafrost vs. road builders. (Pacific builder & engineer 1062. v. 68, no. 10, p. 66-67, illus.)

125

Describes the conditions of paving a road from Easter siding to Easter, approx. 7 mi. west of Fairbanks, Alaska. The road passes over a section of permafrost which thaws and becomes sticky gumbo beneath working caterpillar-tread vehicles, threatening to mire them. Thus muck cannot be used as filler for the roadbed; it must be taken out by large earth movers, and dumped beyond the permafrost section. DLC. 77470. BINDMAN, L. J., and others. Comparison of the effects on electrocortical activity of general body cooling and local cooling of the surface of the brain. (Electraencephalography and clinical neurophysiology 1963. v. 15, no. 2, p. 238-45, graphs, illus.) 17 refs. Other authors: O. C. J. Lippold and J. W. T. Redfeam. Surface cooling of the somato-sensory cortex of the rat increased the size of the second positive and negative waves of the evoked potential. Background electrical activity of the sensory cortex diminished in total hypothermia, but increased by local cooling. The latter produced a more negative potential level of the cortex surface. DNLM. 77471. BIÖRCK, G., and others. Blood coagulation studies in hedgehogs, in a hibernating and non-hibernating state, and in dogs, hypothermic and normothermic. (Acta physiologica scandinavica 1962. v. 56, no. 3-4, p. 334-48, tables, illus.) 59 refs. Other authors: B. J. Johansson and I. M. Nilsson. Prolonged coagulation and recalcification times and increased antithrombin activity were characteristic of the hibernating hedgehog as compared with non-hibernating animals. The prothrombin two-stage test and the prothrombin and factor VII values were lower in late August than in MayJune. No circulating anticoagulant and no fibrinogen were found in the hedgehog. Some of these parameters were also deterDNLM. mined in dogs. 77472. BIRD, C. The fur and fish frontier. (Explorers journal 1962. v. 40, no. 4, p. 2-12, map, illus.) Ref. Recounts experiences during a summer 1961 canoe trip in the Rupert River—Lake Mistassini area of northern Quebec. The countryside and wildlife are described, also meetings with the Mistassini Cree Indians. DLC. BIRD, G. S., see No. 77700. BIRCUKOVA, Ii7. M., see No. 78387.

126

77473. BIRKENMAJER, K., and W. NAREBSKI. Dolerite drift blocks in marine Tertiary of Sporkapp Land and some remarks on the geology of the eastern part of this area. (Norway. Norsk Polarinstitutt. Årbok 1962 pub. 1963, p. 68-79, graphs, maps, tables.) 26 refs. Reports on observations under auspices of Norsk Polarinstitutt in 1962. A geologic and petrographic description (by Narebski) is given of a variety of dolerite known as "white trap" and found within the marine upper black shale series (lower Paleogene) of Hedgehogfjellet. The blocks were probably brought hither by driftwood or by floating islands of tangled growth from inner Storfjorden, at that time the eastern boundary of the Tertiary sedimentary basin of central Vestspitsbergen. DLC. 77474. BIRKENMAJER, K., and S. SKRESLET. Fra Svalbards dyreverden 3, notes on the Svalbard fauna 3, breeding colony of ivory gulls in Torell Land, Vestspitsbergen. (Norway. Norsk Polarinstitutt. Årbok 1962 pub. 1963, p. 120-26, map, illus.) 6 refs. Reports 1962 observations of about 20 ivory gulls; 10 of the 16 nests were examined, seven with one, three with two eggs, which were about 58 mm. long, max. diem. 42 mm. The nests are described as to materials, size, distance apart, etc.; breeding-places ranged 7-21 km. from the sea. Earlier observations by Birkenmajer and others are mentioned. DLC. 77475. BIRKENMAJER, K., and E. TURNAU. Lower Carboniferous age of the so-called Wijde Bay series in Hornsund, Vestspitsbergen. (Norway. Norsk Polarinstitutt. Årbok 1961 pub. 1962, p. 41-61, map, tables, illus.) 37 refs. Reports investigations during the 1958 and 1960 Polish Spitsbergen expeditions. The dark shales in inner Hornsund, hitherto tentatively attributed to the Devonian, were found to be Lower Carboniferous separated by unconformities from both Devonian and Middle Carboniferous. In the lowest part of the shaly sequence are plantbearing sandstones and conglomerates, termed Adriabukta series. Geological relations in this area and the succession and character of geological events during the Lower Carboniferous are considered, as is the relation of this to other Lower Carboniferous series of the period in Svalbard. Turnau gives systematic descriptions of the microspores found. They confirm the Lower Carboniferous age of the rocks. DLC.

77476. BIRKENMAJER, K. Report on the geological investigations of the Hornsund area, Vestspitsbergen in 1958; 1, the Hecla Hoek formation. (Polska Akademia Nauk. Bulletin 1959. v. 7, no. 2, ser. des sciences chimiques, gdologiques et geogran phiques, p. 129-36, map.) 14 refs. Russian summary. Reports work of the Polish Spitsbergen Expedition including mapping at 1:50,000 scale. Stratigraphic description of this formation extending from Precambrian to Ordovician is given and compared with previous studies of Norwegian scientists. The Vimsodden series which reveals glacial climate in the Proterozoic era has attention. The formation is also described in Sørkapp Land and some stratigraphic corrections are made. DLC. 77477. BIRKENMAJER, K. Report on the geological investigations of the Hornsund area, Vestspitsbergen in 1958; part 2, the post-Caledonian succession. (Polska Akademia Nauk. Bulletin 1959, v. 7, no. 3, ser. des sciences chimiques, giologiques et geographiques, p. 191-96.) 20 refs. Russian summary. Reports stratigraphic study of Devonian, Carboniferous, Permian, Triassic, Jurassic and Cretaceous deposits. Some new fossil fauna as Devonian fishes, Carboniferous corals and brachiopods, Lower Permian brachiopods, Jurassic ammonites, and others are identified. Sedimentation conditions of these deposits are analyzed. DLC. 77478. BIRKENMAJER, K. Report on the geological investigations of the Hornsund area, Vestspitsbergen in 1958; part 3, the Quaternary geology. (Polska Akademia Nauk. Bulletin 1959. v. 7, no. 3, ser. des sciences chimiques, geologiques et geographiques, p. 197-202, map.) 29 refs. Russian summary. Two generations of glacial deposits are distinguished, the older corresponding to the late Würm stage. During that time Hornsund was filled entirely with the glacier. About 2500 years ago a general glacier advance developed and lasted till the 19th century. In the 20th century, the glaciers in the Hornsund area have gone into marked retreat. Uplift in Svalbard during the last 350 years is discussed. DLC. 77479. BIRKENMAJER, K., and S. CZARNIECKI. Stratigraphy of marine Carboniferous and Permian deposits in Hornsund, Vestspitsbergen, based on brachiopods. (Polska Akademia Nauk. Bulletin 1960. v. 8, no. 3, ser. des sciences giolo-

gigues et geographiques, p. 203-208, table.) 15 refs. Russian summary. Reports field investigation of these deposits during the Polish Spitsbergen Expedition and determination of the brachiopod fauna collected. A new interpretation of the stratigraphy of Carboniferous and Permian deposits is given. The fauna from Hornsund strikingly resembles that described by C. O. Dunbar from Greenland (No. 39619). Comparison is made also with brachiopod fauna of the Ural, Timan, and Pay-Khoy. Tentative correlation is presented of the Carboniferous and Permian in the Kopernikusfjellet—Hornsund area and the West European and Russian stages. DLC. 77480. BIRKET-SMITH, K. Eskimo prehistory. (Scientia 1959. ser. 6, v. 53, v. 94, no. 4 (614), p. 89-92.) Sketches the geographic spread and development of Eskimo culture from its earliest manifestations (Denbigh, Sarqaq) to recent. A heterogeneity is noted in its territorial forms (coastal arctic, high arctic, sub-arctic and inland arctic), as well as in chronological sequences. Old World roots of Eskimo culture may be accounted for by continuous cultural contacts across the Bering Strait, not necessarily by migration from Asia. DLC. 77481. BIRKET-SMITH, K. Eskimoerne. Rhodos 1961. 301 p. map, illus. (Grønlandske selskab.) Over 400 refs. In Danish. Title tr.: Eskimos. New edition of No. 1609, and Danish version of No. 55919, with numerous photoillus. in color and black-and-white, and with some revision of text and bibliography. DLC. 77482. BIRKET-SMITH, K. Kaj BirketSmith. (Folk 1963. v. 5, p. 21-31.) Selected list of his publications of 19111962, together with some about this Danish DLC. anthropologist, in all 208 titles. 77483. BIRKET-SMITH, K. Nationalmuseets Etnografiske Samling 1960. (Folk 1962. v. 4, p. 165-77, illus.) 9 refs. In Danish. Title tr.: The ethnographic Collection of the National Museum, 1960. Includes, p. 172-73, a description of several ancient Eskimo objects, from recent finds in Greenland, Canada and Alaska. DSI. 77484. BIRKET-SMITH, K. Traek of Etnografisk Samlings historie. (Nationalmuseets arbejdsmark 1962, p. 35-55, illus.) In Danish. Title tr.: Outline of the history of the ethnographic collection.

127

Account of the ethnographical museum opened in 1841. Its collections from Greenland in Copenhaven started in 1839, and Eskimo and Indian objects from North America are reviewed. Gustav Holm's collections from Angmagssalik acquired in 1881 form the core of its holdings from East Greenland. Collections from Roald Amundsen's GjØ expedition, Knud Rasmussen's fifth Thule expedition (15,000 objects) and others have made the museum a center for Eskimo research. Its Eskimoarcheological investigations in Greenland from 1929 and in North America from 1933, still in progress, are noted. It became part of the Danish National Museum in 1892. SPRI. BIRKET-SMITH, K., see also No. 79282. BIRRON, A., see No. 81457.

77485. BIRSHTEIN, IA. A. Glubokovodnye ravnogie rakoobraznye, Crustacea, Isopoda severo-zapadnot chasti Tikhogo okeana. Moskva, Izd-vo Akademii nauk SSSR 1963. 214 p. tables, maps, illus. Approx. 150 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Deep-sea isopod crustaceans, Crustacea, Isopoda, of the northwest Pacific. Study of material collected in 1949 and 1953-1958 by the R(V Vitiaz' in the waters east of Japan, the Kurils and Kamchatka (24°-57° N. lat.) from depths 1000-8430 m. Eighty-six forms are described (p. 10-167) in taxonomic order, 70 of them and one genus, new; synonyms, location and depth of catch, etc. are noted. Chapters following the descriptive part deal with vertical distribution, morphological characteristics of deep-sea isopods, deep-sea gigantism, food, reproduction, epiphytes, zoogeographical origins, and evolution of the group. The number of Asellota, the most primitive isopod, increased with depth reaching their highest percentage below the 4000 in. level. List of stations with positions is appended. DLC. BIg5AN, J., see No. 83562.

77486. BISEROVA, A. G. 0 znachenii myshechnol deiåtel'nosti v khimicheskot termoregulfilaii pri intensivnom okhlazhdenii u krys. (Opyt izuchenifa regulfatsil fiziologicheskikh funkisil 1963. v. 6, p. 205-210, graphs.) 6 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The significance of muscle activity in chemical thermoregulation of intensively cooled rats. Rats made to swim in water of 19-20° C.

128

showed lack of coordination in movements after 15-21 min. and a drop of body temperature to 21-20° C. Gas exchange first rose sharply, then fell, independently of muscle activity. Swimming rats showed a sharper drop in temperature than nonswimming ones. DLC.

77487. BISK. , G. S. Marginal'nye formy poslednego lednika v Karelii. (Akademifa nauk SSSR. KomissiI po izuchenifü chetvertichnogo perioda. Trudy 1963. v. 21, p. 30-40, maps, illus.) 26 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Marginal forms of the last glacier in Karelia. Dependence of the ice cover upon the Precambrian crystalline shield is emphasized. Development of glacial accumulative forms of relief such as terminal moraines, kames, eskers and other forms is outlined. Formation of lakes and lacustrine deposits is characterized. Role of dead ice is noted. Tectonic structure of the region and structure of the Precambrian surface is of great importance for development of glacial relief forms. Northern parts of Karelia are included in the study. DLC.

77488. BISSE, G. S., and others. Opyt analiza vzaimosvtazi mezhdu tektonikol, rel'efom i urochishchami Karel'skol ASSR. (Riga. Universitite. Geogrfifijas ziniitnes. Zingtniskie raksti 1961, v. 4, p. 407-413.) In Russian. English summary. Other authors: 0. N. Kazakova and K. 0. Kra(. Title tr.: Results of analyzing the interconnection between tectonics, relief, and minor natural regions in Karelia ASSR. Reviews the main structures of Karelia formed in Archean and Proterozoic times. Two geomorphic provinces are distinguished, one with denudation-tectonic forms, the other Quaternary-period forms. Relief of the first type has direct correlation with minor natural regions. DLC.

77489. BISSE, S. F., and M. P. BABANOVA. Pozdneplelsto1enovye periglfa£sial'nye uslovifå osadkonakoplenitå na nizmennostfakh Severo-Vostoka SSSR. (Geologifil i geofizika 1963, no. 2, p. 66-74.) 24 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Late Pleistocene periglacial conditions of sedimentation in lowlands of northeastern USSR. Outlines a paleomorphologic analysis of sedimentation patterns of the East Siberian, Chauna, Val'kanay and Anadyr lowlands. Periglacial regime for Quaternary deposit formation was characterized by the interaction of climatic and tectonic factors, especially in the contact zone of lowlands

and adjacent mountains. At the end of the late Pleistocene there was subsidence of lowlands which caused accumulation of alluvial and lacustrine-alluvial deposits. In the Recent period, an active process of thermokarst formation is noted. DLC. BISKE, S. F., see also No. 77250. 77490. BISSETT, D. N. An album of northern drawings. (North 1963. v. 10, no. 1, p. 35-39.) Six drawings of Fakimos and wildlife. CaMAI. 77491. BISTRICKAS, S., and V. MINIOTAS. 40000 kilometru. Vilnius, Valstybine grolines literatfrros leidykla 1962. 248 p. map, illus. In Lithuanian. Title tr.: Forty thousand kilometers. Two Lithuanian journalists report their 40,000 km. trip around the Soviet Union in 1958. Their itinerary included Magadan, Oymyakon, Yakutsk, Mirnyy, Tiksi, Dikson, Murmansk, Belomorsk, Petrozavodsk. Conditions of travel by railroad, air, bus, ship, dog and reindeer sleds, features of the places visited, growth of industry, outstanding individuals, etc. are described and illus. by numerous photographs. Brief notes are given on the civil war, and on Lithuanians who took part in it and in exploration (Bulatas, Cherskrl). DLC. 77492. BISWAS, S., and others. Hydrogen, helium, and heavy nuclei from the solar event on November 15, 1960. (Journal of geophysical research 1963. v. 68, no. 10, p. 3109-3122, tables, graphs.) 27 refs. Other authors: C. E. Fichte!, D. E. Guss and C. J. Waddington. Reports on the measurements of the flux and energy spectra of solar hydrogen, helium, and heavy nuclei produced by this solar flare and recovered in nuclear emulsions from three rockets launched at Ft. Churchill 42, 52 and 74 hours after the flare's onset. The results obtained are compared with those from rocket flights for the Sept. 3 and Nov. 12, 1960 solar ØØc ray events. It was found that the energetic solar nuclei coming from the sun with charges ranging from that of helium through at least about 18 seem to reflect the composition of the solar surface. The average helium to medium nuclei ratio for all the flights was determined to be 60 ± 7, permitting to evaluate the hydrogen to helium ratio to be 11. DLC. 77493. BITERMAN, I. M., and E. R. GORSHKOVA. 0 plikativnykh narushenifakh v illrskikh otlozhenifakh vostochnoT

okrainy Sibirskol platformy. (Vase. aerogeologicheskil treat. Trudy 1962. no. 8, p. 77-78.) In Russian. Title tr.: On plicated dislocations in the Jurassic deposita on the eastern margin of the Siberian platform. Reports a study in the Molodo basin and adjacent areas by photointerpretation. Gently sloping plicated dislocations with axes parallel to the Verkhoyansk foredeep are observed. The Usunku (tributary to Molodo) anticline is distinguished and DGS. described. BJELLAND, B., see No. 77269. 77494. BJORH, V. O. Blood gases and metabolism in profound hypothermia. (Annales de chirurgie 1962. v. 16, no. 7-8, p. 579-84, table, graphs.) 24 refs. Reports study of 27 cases with hypothermia applied for medical purposes. Os-transport in blood, effects of temperature on pH and various aspects of metabolism are discussed. The cooled tissue was not found to accumulate an oxygen debt, blockage of vascular areas by leucocytes and thrombocytes caused brain damage. This could not be prevented by administration of high DNLM. heparin doses or dextran. 77495. BJÖRHMAN, E. Den nya skogshögskolan, ur den gamlas synvinkeL (Skogen. Stockholm 1961. v. 48, no. 21, p. 378-79, port.) In Swedish. Title tr.: The new forestry college, from the viewpoint of the old. Reviews consolidation of the Forestry College and Forest Research Institute, to facilitate student research. Administrative, research and teaching arrangements are outlined. With improved status and broader program the new school continues DA. in the framework of the old. 77496. BJÖRSJO, N. Professor Fredrik Enquist 1885-1963. (Svensk geografisk årebok 1963. v. 39, p. 164-66, illus.) In Swedish. Obituary of the Swedish geographer, geologist and glaciologist, professor of geography at Göteborg, 1938-1951. DLC. 77497. BJORNSGAARD, D. We dug gold. (Alaska sportsman 1961. v. 27, no. 9, p. 28-31; no. 10, p. 23-25; no. 11, p. 14-15, +; no. 12, p. 18-19, illus.) Recounts experiences as wife of a placer gold mine operator in the Fairview Mts. near Talkeetna, Alaska, from 1946 to 1956. Mining procedures and problems of equipment, personnel, weather, etc. are described, also daily life at the gold camp. DLC

129

77498. BLACHtJT, T. 1. Photogrammetric determination of glacier movement, rate of ablation, and profiles. (Canadian surveyor 1963. v. 17, no. 2, p. 112-22, graphs, tables, illus.) Describes procedures used on the Jacobsen-McGill Arctic Research Expedition and discusses their feasibility, accuracy, and utility in comparison with terrestrial and other aerial methods to determine these three quantities. Selection of a proper time interval between photographic missions is most important in determining glacier movement; identification of points used in velocity measurements is probably the chief difficulty. Ablation is best measured by means of photogrammetrically established longitudinal profiles, each end of which must be a well-defined point. Longitudinal or transverse profiles of the glacier surface may be an inexpensive and useful complement to large-scale glacier maps, particularly in quantitative studies of changes DGS. of many glaciers. 77499. BLACK, R. F. Les coins de glace et le gel permanent dans le Nord de l'Alaska. (Annales de gdographie 1963. v. 72, no. 391, p. 257-71, maps, section, illus.) 18 refs. In French. Title tr.: Ice wedges and permafrost in North Alaska. Summarizes results of 1945-52 field work at most of the sites studied earlier by Leffingwell (No. 9835) and Taber (No. 17381), as well as quantitative studies carried out in 1949-50, and other work on permafrost. Climatic conditions in North and north-central Alaska are compared as to their effect on permafrost and ice wedges. Studies on terrain types and their origin on soil contraction (patterned ground), and on ice-wedge structure carried out from bases at Barrow and Fairbanks are outlined. Results tend to support Leffingwell's theory in which the origin of ice wedges is ascribed to soil contraction. Most ice wedges are formed in less than 4,000 yrs., though some are nearly 10,000 yrs. old. They also contribute to the formation of ice-melt lakes. In North Alaska, permafrost is adapted to the actual climate: near Barrow the ground temperature is often 1-2° C. above the mean annual air temperature, near Fairbanks 2°-4° C. above. The repeated freeze-thaw cycles of temperate regions do not occur; the freezing process confines the water between the surface ice and the permafrost, creating considerable cryostatic pressure. Chemical processes are less effective because of low temperatures and the prevailing DLC. quartziferous material.

130

77500. BLACK, W. A. A suggested program of economic rehabilitation in the Mackenzie delta area. Ottawa 1959. Dept. Mines and Technical Surveys, Geographical Branch, 38 p. Typescript photocopy. Assesses resources of the delta, and recommends a program to help the local Eskimos and Indians make efficient use of them. Fur-trapping for muskrat, white fox, marten and mink is their main occupation, but major revisions are required to make it economic, viz: regulation of trapping areas, improved equipment and pelt preparation, as well as adherence by the natives to a yearly cycle of trapping, fishing, and wood-cutting on a seminomadic basis. Mining has limited possibilities for these people. Specialized industries are discussed with recommendations for improvement or extension: furgarment making, local tanning industry, handicrafts, wild-fruit processing, fish canning and freezing, whale-oil rendering, also boat building, repair and maintenance. Recreational industries, mainly hunting and fishing and possibly skiing could be promoted. The need for native housing and community planning is emphasized. CaONA. 77501. BLACKADAR, R. G. Fury and Hecla Strait, Foxe Basin north, District of Franklin, Northwest Territories. Ottawa, Surveys and Mapping Branch 1958. 2 map sheets, 25 x 31 in. and 30 x 23 in., both at scale 1 in.: 4 mi. (Canada. Geological Survey. Preliminary series, map 3-1958, and 4-1958.) Refs. Additional notes to accompany map 3-1958: Fury and Hecla Strait map-area, and map 41958: Foxe Basin North map-area. Ottawa 1963. 24 p. tables. (Canada. Geological Survey. Paper 62-35.) 22 refs. Presents results of 1956 and 1957 field work on Melville Peninsula and Baffin Island. The rugged Southampton, Melville, and Baffin uplands stand in marked contrast to the pond-strewn lowlands bordering northern Foxe Basin. Some half-dozen geological map-units on each sheet, are treated in the notes provided. They range from Archean to Quaternary in age. The entire area was probably glaciated. Postglacial marine submergence appears to DGS. decrease from south to north. 77502. BLACKADAR, R. G., and R. L. CHRISTIE. Geological reconnaissance, Boothia Peninsula, and Somerset, King William, and Prince of Wales Islands, District of Franklin. Ottawa, Queen's

Printer 1963. 15 p. maps. (Canada. BLAGUL'KINA, V. A., see No. 77119, Geological Survey. Paper 63-19.) 14 refs. 82671. Describes transportation, previous exploration and geological work, also the 77506. BLAIR, E. Cold therapy in bactertopography and settlement of the region emic shock. (In: Symposia on arctic biology covered by this five-man airborne project and medicine. Proceedings 1963, p. 419-46, of June-Aug. 1962, Operation Prince of tables, illus.) 33 refs. Wales. Precambrian rocks were mapped by Describes a clinical and experimental Blackadar and F. C. Taylor. Paleozoic study. The rationale of hypothermia is stratigraphy was studied by Christie, directed primarily to the metabolic requireassisted by W. Nassichuk. The surficial ment (MR) and secondarily at circulatory deposits are reported separately by B. G. delivery (CD) of 02 to the cells. IlypotherCraig, q.v. Map 36-1963 shows at scale mia of 32° C. produced a 50% salvage in 52 1 in.: 8 mi. the geologic features of Boothia patients. The experimental study shows Peninsula and King William Island, 68°- that hypothermia has no direct effect on 72° N. 91°-101° W.; map 37-1963 Somerset the infecting organism or on host mechaand Prince of Wales Islands, 71°-74°30' N. nisms but acts by reducing MRO2 to a level 90°-102° W. A possible Paleozoic intrusion, commensurate with a reduced CDO2. probably post-Ordovician in age, is shown CaMAI. at 73°08' N. 94°07' W. and described in the text. DGS. 77507. BLAIR, E., and others. The effect of hypothermia on circulatory reflexes in BLACKADAR, R. G., see also No. 78738, the human. (Surgery, gynecology & obstet80621, 82150. rics 1963. v. 117, no. 5, p. 553-58, illus.) 8 refs. Other authors: R. A. Cowley, S. 77503. BLACKETT, R. F. Some phases in Attar and W. G. Esmond. the life history of the Alaskan blackfish, Reports a study of patients cooled to 30Dallis. pectoralis. (Copeia 1962, no. 1, 25° C. Baroceptor depression appeared at p. 124-30, graphs, tables.) 9 refs. a more moderate level of cooling than Reports a Mar.-Aug. 1960 study on Big sympathetic vasomotor depression. Below Eldorado Creek near the Univ. of Alaska 28° both were significantly depressed and a new inland distribution record. though probably not abolished. The level Length-weight-age relationships, ovarial and of 28° C. appears to be a critical physiologiegg developments, estimated spawning cal limit in clinical application of hypoperiod (May-Aug.) and parasites, are thermia. DLC. DSI. considered. 77508. BLAIR, J. R. Treatment of cold BLACKIE, W. V., see No. 81370. injury. (US. Army Medical Research Lab. Report 1961. no. 474, p. 123-29.) 77504. BLAGODAROV, V. E. V Arktike. Report based on experience in Korea and Minsk, Gos. izd-vo BSSR 1962. 220 p. animal experiments. Initial treatment, illus. In Russian. Title tr.: In the Arctic. hospital and late treatment are dealt with. Second edition of No. 56946. DLC. Details are presented largely in the form of DNLM. what to do and not to do. BLAGOSKLONOV, K. N., see No. 79857. BLAIR, R. G., see No. 82330. BLAGOVA, G. F., see No. 78241. 77509. BLAIS, R. A., and J. B. STUB77505. BLAGOVOLIN, N. S., and D. A. BINS. Role of mine geology in the exploitaTIMOFEEV. Soveshchanie po geomorfo- tion of iron deposits of the Knob Lake logii Sibiri. (Akademifå nauk SSSR. range, Canada. (American Institute of Izvestifå 1962. ser. geog. no. 4, p. 120-22.) Mining, Metallurgical, and Petroleum EnIn Russian. Title tr.: Conference on gineers. Transactions 1962. v. 223, p. geomorphology of Siberia. 15-23, map, tables, illus.) 5 refs. Reports the meeting of May 7-8, 1962 Describes geological operations connected organized by the geomorphological com- with the Iron Ore Co. of Canada's developmission of the Moscow branch of the ment of the Knob Lake deposits, including Geographical Society of the USSR. Prob- mapping at 1,000, 200, and 100 ft. to the lems of Siberia were discussed including inch; test pitting 500,000 ft. of trench; arctic areas of Yakutia. Geomorphic drilling to obtain accurate picture of the mapping and mapping of diamond-bearing structure, ore distribution, and estimate of areas were considered. DLC. the ore grades. Underground workings,

131

volume factor and structure tests, and the calculation of ore grades and tonnages are outlined. Development is carried ahead of mining to enable reliable tonnage and grade estimates and mine planning. Duties of geologist and mining engineer are combined in the pit engineer. Detailed geological interpretation is required because of the complex structure and Ethology of these deposits. Several operations are illus.; formations are listed, as are the members of the Sokoman iron formation, and typical properties of the main ore types. DGS. BLAKE, M. C., Jr., see No. 80949. 77510. BLAKE, W., Jr. Notes on glacial geology, northeastern District of Mackenzie. Ottawa, Queen's Printer 1963. 12 p. map, table. (Canada. Geological Survey. Paper 63-28.) 23 refs. Describes glacial features and evidence of marine submergence in a 55,000-sq.-mi. area 65°-69° N. 102°-112° W. centered about Bathurst Inlet, from 1962 Operation Bathurst data, air-photo interpretation, and ground traverses. Precambrian rocks underlie most of the map-area; the gently sloping land surface is broken by steepwalled valleys near Bathurst Inlet. Abundant, well-developed glacial features include numerous drumlins, eskers, large areas of outwash, and numerous drainage channels and abandoned gorges. Former shorelines are well developed about 100 ft. above the present level of Contwoyto Lake. Evidence of marine submergence 700-750 ft. above sea-level is noted near Bathurst Inlet. Radiocarbon dates for marine shells are summarized; they suggest the highest beaches 10,200 yrs. B.P., the end moraine near MacAlpine Lake 8,200 yrs. B.P., and the rate of land uplift presumably less than 1.5 ft./100 yrs. at present. DGS.

Reviews the contributions of Hammarstedt, 1861-1939, of the Nordic Museum, Stockholm. His interest was primarily folk beliefs and the distinction between borrowed traditions and original forms. He considered many cultural features regarded as purely Lappish to have been borrowed from neighboring Scandinavians. Examples DLC. are given. 77513. BLßKHOV, L. Lookut i Nfilrgusun. (Kul'turno-prosvfatitel'nafa rabota 1962. v. 23, no. 7, p. 14-16, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: Lookut and Nf>3rgusun. Describes this drama based on Yakut legends and written by the Yakut playwright Timofel Egorovich Smetanin (19191947). Its recent performance in Moscow by the Yakut Tattinakil Theater is favorably reviewed. DLC. 77514. BLIND, E. Valle renar. (Svenska turistföreningen. Årsskrift 1963, p. 105118, map, illus.) In Swedish. Title tr.: Tending reindeer. DesØes herders' Dec.-Jan. activities into the mountain region south of Kebnekajse to round up strays and drive them to winter pasture south of Kiruna: daily journeys on foot, changing weather, camping in mountain huts, predators, and the problems of men and dogs with 3,000 DOS. reindeer. BLINKOV, lU., sec No. 77199.

77511. BLANCHET, G. H. The letter. (Beaver 1963, no. 293, p. 41-44, illus.) Describes a misunderstanding over a letter between John Hornby and CritchellBullock, while crossing the Barren Grounds in 1924-25. Each thought the other mad. The story is related from accounts of the two men and Bullock's diary. DI.

77515. BLINOV, N. I. Okeanograficheskie issledovanifa v entral'no1 Arktike. (Problemy Arktiki i Antarktiki 1963, no. 14, p. 53-59, maps.) 11 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Oceanographic investigations in the Central Arctic. Reviews achievements of the drifting stations and aerial high-latitude expeditions since 1937: specific equipment in tents, portable winches, current meters, etc.; discovery of the Lomonosov submarine range; new data on composition and speed of sedimentation; studies of ice drift, growth, and melting; collecting data on water masses and their physical and chemical properties, tidal phenomena, and hydrobiological characteristics, etc. DLC.

77512. BLEHR, O. Nils Edvard Hammarstedt og hans betydning for nordisk etnologi. (Norveg; tidsskrift for folkelivsgransking 1960. v. 7, p. 247-60.) In Norwegian. English summary. Title tr.: Nils Edvard Hammarstedt and his significance to Scandinavian ethnology.

77516. BLINOVA, E. I. Materialy po izuchenifü raspredelenifa donnol rastitel'nosti v raTone Belomorskol biologicheskoT stanreii MGU. (Moskva. Univ. BelomorTrudy skafa biologicheskafa stanf ifa. 1962. v. 1, p. 22-34, tables, graphs, map.) 7 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Materials

BLAKE, W. Jr., see also No. 81830.

132

on the distribution of bottom vegetation in the area of the White Sea Biological Station of Moscow State University. Report on study of the littoral (and sublittoral) made in July-Aug. 1954 from the base on Velikaya Sanna Strait; 69 seaweeds and two higher plants are recorded; distribution of species on different bottoms is outlined and their biomass The dependence of the determined. various biocenoses on environmental factors DLC. is discussed. 77517. BLINOVA, E. I. Zapasy laminarievykh vodoroslel ostrova Kil'dina. (Murmansk. Polß.rnyl n:isel. inst. morskogo rybnogo khozfalstva i okeanografii. Nauchno-tekhnicheskil bfülleten' 1962, no. 4 (22), p. 36-38, tables, map, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: The reserves of laminarian algae off Kil'din Island. Discusses earlier work on these seaweeds; present study of quantitative distribution (biomass) of five species, their zonal distribution, area and total biomass in this DLC. southern Barents Sea locality.

map.) 7 refs. In Russian Other authors: F. G. Gurari, T. V. Dolinina, and L. fl. Trushkova. Title tr.: Characteristics of the Lokosovo series of the middle Ob Region. Describes, from 1960-61 drillings and laboratory study, the Lokosovo Jurassic (Bajocian-Oxfordian) which extends into northern Tyumen Province. Lithologic composition, facies, thickness, and the gasoil accumulation prospects are reviewed. A paleogeographic reconstruction is given. The northern part of West Siberia plain is DLC. expected to yield ore deposits. BLOCH, I., see No. 83816. 77520. BLOK, V. V stolifse naroda komi. (Sovetskafå muzyka 1961. v. 25, no. 2, p. 147-49, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: In the Zyryan capital. Reviews Dekhtfarov's Storm over Ust'Kulom, first Zyryan opera. It celebrates the peasant uprising in Ust'-Kulom in the 1840's, and includes numerous folk melodies. Its lyrical and symphonic parts are effective, but the heroic and epic episodes lack emotional impact. Musical life in Syktyvkar is sketched, several Zyryan composers and libretto writers are mentioned. DLC.

77518. BLISS, H. Die Entwiklungspolitik der Sowjetregierung innerhalb der Sowjetunion; Massnahmen der Sowjetregierung bei den Völkern Nordostsiberiens. (Saecu- 77521. BLOKH, Il. L., and others. Issledolum 1962. v. 13, no. 2, p. 179-210, map.) vanie prirody effekta kosmicheskikh luchel Approx. 70 refs. In German. Title tr.: vo vremfa magnitnol buri 29 avgusta 1957 The Soviet government's policy on accul- g. po materialam mezhdunarodnol seti turation within the Soviet Union; the stanfsi! MGG. (Akademifa nauk SSSR. Soviet government's measures for the Mezhduvedomstvennyl komitet po provepeoples of northeast Siberia. denia Mezhdunarodnogo geofizicheskogo Reviews administrative steps toward goda, VII razdel programmy MGG: kosraising the socio-economic and cultural micheskie luchi. Sbornik state! 1959. no. level of Chukchis, Koryaks, Kamchadals, 1, p. 7-36, graphs, tables.) 16 refs. In Tungus, and Lamuts. The activities of the Russian. Other authors: E. S. Glokova and Committee for the North, organization of L. I. Dorman. Title tr.: Investigation of cultural bases, tribal (abortive) and terri- the nature of cosmic ray effect during the torial councils in the 1920's; establishment magnetic storm of August 29, 1957 accordof National Districts, rural and nomadic ing to the data of the international network Soviets, collectivization, reduction to writ- of IGY stations. ing of aboriginal languages, and introduction Analyzes cosmic ray intensity during this of compulsory education in the 1930's; storm, to detect the fine structure of economic, cultural, and industrial progress variations usually smoothed out in the through the 1950's, etc. are outlined in mean values data. Records were drawn laudatory style. The aborigines' primitive from 50 IGY stations throughout the world, way of life before the Revolution is contrast- including Resolute Bay, Ft. Churchill, ed with the current high standard. DLC. Murmansk, Loparskaya, Yakutsk, and Cape Shmidta. The data utilized consisted of bi77519. BLIZNICHENKO, S. I., and hourly values of cosmic ray intensity for others. K kharakteristike lokosovakol svity Aug. 20-Sept. 10, 1957. A drop in the Srednego Priob'fa. (Sibirski! n: issl. inst. intensity during several days prior to the geologii, geofiziki i mineral'nogo syr'fa. storm, and a moderate increase immediTrudy, ser. neftfånafå geol. 1962. no. 26, ately before its commencement were deterMaterialy po geologii, gidrogeologii, geo- mined and the main effect of the magnetic fizike i poleznym iskopaemym Zapadnol storm studied. A comprehensive interpreSibiri, p. 62-76, tables, cross-sections, tation of the results is given. DLC.

133

77522. BLOKH, IA. L., and others. Meteorologicheskie effekty kosmicheskikh luchel pod zemlel. (Akademifa nauk SSSR. Mezhduvedomstvennyl geofizicheskil komitet, VII razdel programmy MGG: kosmicheskie luchi. Sbornik state! 1961. no. 3, p. 166-69, table.) 7 refs. In Russian. English summary. Other authors: L. I. Dorman and M. M. Dubrovin. Title tr.: Meteorological effects of cosmic rays underground. Analyzes the effects of atmospheric conditions on cosmic ray intensity and spectrum. The air temperature measured by radio-sounding provided data for a computation of the correlation of cosmic ray intensity with the barometric pressure and air temperature at high altitude over Yakutsk during Dec. 1957-Mar. 1958. The data obtained are tabulated. DLC. 77523. BLOKH, IÅ. L., and others. 0 barometricheskom effekte kosmicheskikh luchel. (Akademifil nauk SSSR. Ikutskil filial. Trudy 1960. ser. fiz. no. 3, p. 74-77, table.) Ref. In Russian. Other authors: E. S. Glokova and N. S. Kaminer. Title tr.: On the barometric effect of cosmic rays. Shows from data obtained at Yakutsk by the Yakut Branch of the Academy of Sciences' Siberian division that the formula commonly used for calculating barometric corrections in data on cosmic ray intensity at different altitudes, is satisfactory when applied to the hard component of cosmic rays. Intensities of the neutron component calculated with the same formula were found to contain an error of 0.6-1.1%, which is above the value of observation DLC. error. 77524. BLOKH, IA. L., and others. 0 superpoziGii effektov Forbusha v ifille 1959 g. (Akademifil nauk SSSR. Mezbduvedomstvennyl komitet po provedenifil Mezhdunarodnogo geofizicheskogo goda. VII razdel programmy MGG: kosmicheskie luchi. Sbornik statel 1961. no. 4, p. 84-95, tables, graphs.) 12 refs. In Russian. English summary. Other authors: L. I. Dorman and N. S. Kaminer. Title tr.: The superposition of Forbush effects in July 1959. Presents the results of an investigation of the character of superposition of Forbush effects associated with several geo- and heliophysical phenomena. Solar activity and its geophysical manifestations July 10-20 are described; observation data and general regularities in the phenomena are analyzed from the records of a world network of 40, including seven arctic and 134

subarctic stations. analysis are discussed.

The results of the DLC.

77525. BLOKH, IA. L., and others. Predvaritel'nye rezul'taty issledovanila variafsi1 kosmicheskikh luchel pod zemlel. (Akademifå nauk SSSR. Mezhduvedomstvennyl komitet po provedenifü Mezhdunarodnogo goda, VII razdel programmy MGG: kosmicheskie luchi. Sbornik statel 1959. no. 1, p. 37-47, graphs, tables, illus.) 14 refs. In Russian. Other authors: S. N. Vernov, I. I. Dorman, and M. M. Dubrovin. Title tr.: Preliminary results of the research on underground variations of cosmic rays. Describes experimental continuous measurements of cosmic ray intensity at 40 m. water equivalent depth made at Moscow Univ. with aid of a cubic telescope, and those at 60 m. w.e. depth made in Yakutsk with aid of a semi-cubic telescope. A decrease in intensity at 40-60 m. w.e. cannot have a greater amplitude than a few tenths of one percent, if such a decrease is real; a substantial solar-diurnal effect was noticed prior to and after magnetic storms, if this result is not due to substantial statistical errors. DLC. 77526. BLOKH, LA. L. Standartnyl kubicheskil teleskop. (Akademia nauk SSSR. Mezhduvedomstvennyl geofizicheskil komitet, VII razdel programmy MGG: kosmicheskie luchi. Sbornik statel 1961. no. 3, p. 80-104, tables, graphs.) 39 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: The standard cubic telescope. Mentions those installed on Ostrov Kheysa in Franz Joseph Land and at Yakutsk for recording the hard component of cosmic rays in the IGY. The one at Yakutsk has been converted into a semi-cubic telescope. DLC. BLOKH, fA .L., see also No. 79604, 79849.

77527. BLOKH, S. S., and others. Nekotorye geologicheskie osobennosti produktivnykh plastov srednego devona neftfilnogo mestorozhdenia Zapadny! Tebuk. (Vses. neftegazovyl n: issl. inst. Nauchno-tekhnicheskil sbornik po dobyche nefti 1963. no. 21, p. 13-19, illus.) 4 refs. In Russian. Other authors: V. V. Voinov and K. G. Trushina. Title tr.: Some geologic features of the productive seams of Middle Devonian oil deposits of Zapadnyy Tebuk. Describes these oil deposits east of Ukhta in Komi ASSR. The productive beds are found mostly in Eifelian and Givetian stages. Composing rocks, tectonic structure, and properties of the oil beds are characterized. Oil and gas properties

are also analyzed. The most productive are terrigenic deposits of Middle Devonian with two main oil-rich formations in lower beds III—II b and upper beds IIa and Ic. These have been under trial exploitation since Aug. 1961. DLC. 77528. BLOKH, S. S., and others. Nekotorye osobennosti tekhnologicheskogo profåessa razrabotki neftfiinogo mestorozhdenifå Zapadnyl Tebuk v Komi ASSR. (Moskva. Vses. neftegazovyl n: issl. inst. Nauchno-tekhnicheskil sbornik po dobyche nefti 1963. no. 21, p. 54-58, chart, table.) In Russian. Other authors: A. N. Buchin, B. N. Krifichkov, G. It. Reltenbakh, and N. D. Sint vskafä. Title tr.: Certain features of the technological process of exploiting the oil deposit at Zapadnyy Tebuk in Komi ASSR. Points out that only 14% of the oil can be extracted by the elastic action of the reservoir strata. Therefore reservoir pressure is to be maintained by pumping water into the producing layers through boreholes along the periphery of the deposit. Three rows (700 m. apart) of delivery boreholes at 600 m. intervals were found most efficient and economical. Water pressure at the periphery is kept at 194 atm., which produces 147 atm. pressure at the bottom DLC. of the oil boreholes.

(Imperial oil review 1963. v. 47, no. 1, p. 11-13, illus.) Reprinted in North 1963. v. 10, no. 6, p. 43-47. Recounts experiences of mechanic Bill Hill in summer 1921, repairing airplanes at Fort Simpson, Mackenzie District, for Imperial Oil Co. flights to a discovery (which became the Norman Wells oilfield). The flights were the first in the Northwest Territories; photos of the planes are shown. DGS. 77532. BLOZOVSKI, D., and M. BLOZOVSKI. tlectrocardiogramme du jeune animal sous hypothermie et sous hyperthermie. (Journal de physiologie 1963. v. 55, no. 7, p. 115-16, graph.) In French. Title tr.: Electrocardiogram of the young animal in hypothermia and hyperthermia. Reports on experiments with 1-10 day old, and 1.5-2 month old rabbits and chickens. In moderate hypothermia (limit 25° C.) there was no great difference in the ECG between the very young and young groups. Deep hypothermia, down to 15° C., produced discharges which were spaced proportionately to the drop in temperature: in the very young their limit was lower. DNLM. BLOZOVSKI, M., see No. 77532. BOAS, F., see No. 84163.

77529. BLOND, G. Operation Aurora, la Kriegsmarine joue et perd. (Geographia 1963, no. 144, p. 56-67, maps, illus.) In French. Title tr.: Operation Aurora, the navy gambles and loses. Describes this German attempt (unsuccessful) to cut off two allied convoys to Murmansk in late 1942; the cruiser Hipper was damaged and the Lltzow missed DGS. contact with the convoys. 77530. BLONDHEIM, S. H., and others. Relationship between ambient temperature and acetylating capacity of human blood. (Journal of applied physiology 1963. v. 18, no. 5, p. 955-958, table, illus.) 11 refs. Other authors: G. Neumann, E. Kott and Z. Ben-Ishai. The ability of human blood to acetylate p-aminobenzoic acid, determined in vitro, varied directly with the ambient temperature to which the subject was exposed before the blood was drawn. This was demonstrated by determinations on 49 subjects, and by experimental exposure to 6 and 37° C. Thermal homeostasis may be DLC. involved in this phenomenon. 77531. BLOOM, C. The pessimist.

77533A. BOBOV, N. G. Temperaturnyl rezhim verkhnikh gorizontov merzlol tolshchi v zavisimosti of rel'efa v ralone Khal'mer-ID na vostoke Bol'shezemel'skol tundry. (Geograficheskoe o-vo SSSR. Komi filial. Izvestiiå 1963. no. 8, p. 23-31, tables, graphs, illus.) 21 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Temperature regime of the upper horizons of the frozen layer in relation to relief in the Khal'mer-Yu region in eastern Bol'shezemel'skaya Tundra. Reports temperature measurements made in 1959 on hill tops, gentle slopes and in drainage depressions. Relief is found to have the most important role in the temperature regime of the upper horizons of frozen stratum, and the lowest temperature is found on the summits of hills slightly covered with vegetation. Other relief forms also are characterized. DLC. 77533B. BOBOV, N. G. Vliiånie mnogoletnemerzlol tolshchi gornykh porod na razvitie rel'efa. (Akademiiii nauk SSSR. Izvestiiå 1963, ser. geog. no. 4, p. 47-53, illus.) 19 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Influence of the permafrost layer of rock on development of relief.

135

Discusses the ice in permafrost rock, its formation and thawing. Thermokarst relief forms which result from thawing ground ice are outlined. The effects of weathering in permafrost are analyzed. Formation of pingos, of stone nets and other kinds of patterned ground is reviewed. Development of slopes and process of erosion in areas of permafrost are discussed, and some examples are given from Bol'shezemel'skaya Tundra and other arctic areas. The direct link between relief and permafrost is noted. DLC. 77534. BOBOV, N. G. Znachenie razvitifa obosoblennykh zhilok l'da v uvelichenii 1'distosti mnogoletnemerzlykh pored. (AkademØ nauk SSSR. Inst. merzlotovedenifå. Trudy 1961. v. 17, p. 63-69, graphs.) 16 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Significance of the development of isolated ice veinlets for increase of the ice content in permafrost. Evaluates the literature on ice veins in permafrost and reports own observations of 1951-52 in the Anadyr region, Penzhina basin. Its climate, geologic structure, seasonal freezing, and depths of permafrost are reviewed. Ice veinlets form epigenetically: frost fissures to 1.5 cm. fill during the summer season with water; it later freezes in fine veinlets which increase ice content in DLC. the upper layer of permafrost. 77535. BOBRIEVICH, A. P., and others. Les gisements de diamants de Yakoutie. Paris 1060. 109 p. tables. (France. Bureau de Recherches geologiques et minieres, Service d'Information geologique, Trad. no. 2524.) In French. Pietresson de St.-Aubin, translator. Title tr.: Diamond deposits of Yakutia. Translation of parts of No. 62245, viz: p. 42-130, on deep-seated diamond-bearing lodes, alluvial diamond-bearing lodes, and importance of satellite minerals for prospecting; also conclusions for pt. 3, p. 513-14, on the mineralogy of kimberlites. CaOG. 77536. BOBRINSHII, N. N. 0 eolovoallfilvial'nykh obrazovanif .kh v basselne nizov'ev r. Leny. (Vses. aerogeologicheskil trest. Trudy 1962. no. 8, p. 57-66, maps.) 2 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: On the eolian-alluvial deposits in the lower Lena basin. DescnIes the distribution, thickness, lithologic properties, mineralogic composition, grain size, spore-pollen analyses and other features of these deposits in Lena-Olenek interffuve. They are Quaternary, are called the Eyk deposits, and consist mostly of sands. Distribution of pyroxene and amphibole in these deposits is determined. Relief,

138

river net, and paleographic conditions are analyzed to characterize their deposition. Finds of Equus Øallus and Elephas primigenius Bl. are noted. Age of the deposits is DGS. discussed. 77537. BOBROV, A., and B. FILONOVICH. Progrev merzloty elektroiglami. (Na atrolkakh Rossii 1962, no. 10, p. 13, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: Warming of frozen ground by electric needles. Describes a method of winter excavation at Noril'sk. Boreholes of 70 mm. diam. are drilled 2-3 m. deep where a trench is to be dug. Electrodes of 38-50 mm. diam. steel pipe sharpened at the lower end, the electric needles, are inserted in the holes, and 2 kw. electric energy is impressed in each by 65 v. potential. Sandy ground of —10° C. thaws in 8-14 hrs., other types of ground take up to 30 hrs. The labor reDLC. quired is 0.33 man hr./ms. BOBROV, E. G., see No. 80176. 77538. BOBROV, M. S. Magnitnye vozmushchenifå v soprfazhennykh tochkakh kak istochnik dannykh o vneshnel atmosfere i solnechnom korpuskulß.rnom izluchenii. (Geomagnetizm i aeronomifå 1963. v. 3, no. 3, p. 537-45, table, graphs.) 22 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Magnetic variations at conjugate points as a source of data on the outer atmosphere and solar corpuscular emission. Compares the magnetograms at Murchison Bay on Nordaustlandet and Mirnyy, at Uelen on Chukotka and Macquarie Island. A good correspondence in the pattern of simultaneous variations in the two hemispheres was observed through 24 hours daily IGY observations Aug.—Oct. 1958. The results suggest use of observations at conjugate magnetic observatories in the Arctic and Antarctic for obtaining information on the exosphere and the solar corpuscular emission reaching the earth at different times and under different sun-surface conditions. DLC. 77539. BOBROV, N. I. 0 energotratakh matrosov pri plavanii v severnykh shirotakh. (Voenno-medifsinskil zhurnal 1962. no. 1, p. 68-70.) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Energy losses of sailors during arctic voyages. Study of sailors on duty aboard small vessels cruising at 79° N. with temperatures near freezing and winds of 7-9 m/sec. An energy of 3500-3700 cal. in fair and 38003900 in stormy weather was established. The significance of proper caloric intake is discussed. DNLM.

77540. BOBROV, N. I. Ob izmenenii slizistol obolochki nosa pri adaptafåii k kholodu na Severe. (Gigiena i sanitari1 1963. v. 28, no. 1, p. 97-99, illus.) 8 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Changes in the nasal mucosa during cold adaptation in the North. Recent arrivals in the area showed, upon immersion of the lower extremities in cold water, changes in the nasal mucosa not found in long-time residents. Such changes may indicate a breakdown of the mucosal barrier, and explain the high incidence of respiratory diseases among recent immigrants. Repeated immersion in cold water abolished the peculiar reaction in newcomers after two months of treatment. DLC. 77541. BOBROVA, N. N. Sibirskafå rfåpushka Coregonus sardinella Valenciennes. (Leningrad. Gos. n: issl. inst. ozernogo i rechnogo rybnogo khozfestva. Izvestilh. 1958. v. 44, p. 179-89, tables.) 8 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The Siberian cisco Coregonus sardinella, Valenciennes. Discusses the Yenisey races and geographic distribution (circumpolar) of the species; its migrations in the Yenisey basin, growth of the two local races, their maturation and spawning. The fishery is reported: catches and their composition in size, age and sex. DLC. 77542. BOCH, M. S. Ob aapa-bolotakh na severo-vostoke evropelskol chasti SSSR. (Botanicheskil zhurnal 1963. v. 48, no. 12, p. 1818-22, map, illus.) 17 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The aapa bogs in northeastern European USSR. Discusses the southern limits of these bogs in Fennoscandia and the Kola Peninsula, their probable circumpolar occurrence, their characteristics and study. Author's own work on those of the Usa River area is outlined, their flora, peat, special traits, etc. DLC. noted. 77543. BOCHAROV, A. Chukotka, kral sveta. (Sovetskil sofüz 1961, no. 5 (135), p. 12-19, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: Chukotka, world's end. Photo-sketch of present-day life in towns and settlements, where 64% of the population of the Peninsula now dwell. Economic and industrial growth, urban development, modernization of kolkhoz settlements are dealt with, also the expansion of air transportation hitherto used mainly for resupply, mercy flights, etc. Achievements of individual Chukchis are noted and the new culture centers described: theater in Anadyr, uni-

versity in Lavrentiya village, houses of culture at Iul'tin and Anadyr, the Uelen polar station, a teacher-training institute to be opened soon in Magadan. DLC. 77544. BOCHKOVSKII, I., Trevozhnye vesti. (Sofaial'noe obespechenie 1963. v. 24, no. 9, p. 51.) In Russian. Title tr.: Disquieting news. Reports irregularities in labor card records adversely affecting pension rights, etc. of hospital employees and shipyard workers in Yakutsk. DLC. 77545. BODDINGTON, L. Air cushion vehicle development and improvement. (Hovering craft (1r hydrofoil 1963. v. 3, no. 1, p. 14-20, graphs, illus.) Traces development of the ACV or hovercraft since the British research ACV, the Westland Saunders Roe N1, was built Attention has been directed in 1959. largely to use as a high-speed, low-density cargo transport for overwater traffic. The N2 model has been tested over pack ice, and the N1 improved to operate in 4-5 ft. seas and clear 3-4 ft. land obstacles. Current effort at Westland Aircraft Ltd. is on the reliability of long flexible skirts to increase DLC. clearance. 77546. BODSWORTH, F. An interim report on the next ice age. (Maclean's magazine 1960. v. 73, no. 25, p. 20-21, -F, illus.) Describes organization and program of the Jacobsen-McGill Arctic Research Expedition on Axel Heiberg Island 1959-61, its work in basic earth sciences, with glaciology the specialty as the icecap on the island seems to be waning. CaOCU. 77547. BODYLEVSKII, V. I. 0 nekotorykh faunakh iz melovykh otlozhenil Kolymyskogo krafä i zapadnol Kamchatki. (Dal'strol. Materialy po izuchenifii Okhotsko-Kolymskogo krafs 1937. ser. 1, no. 5, p. 51-66, illus.) 27 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Some Cretaceous fauna of the Kolyma region and western Kamchatka. Describes: Aucella fauna from the Seymchan River, left tributary to the Kolyma, and from Penzhina Bay in Kamchatka. Several forms are new: Inoceramus lamarcki Park. var. subradiatis n. var., I. gibberosus, Hyphanloceras(?) penschinkensis, and Gaudryceras aff. denseplicatum Jimbo, n. app. DLC. 77548. BOE, C. A. Is i fjorder og havneområder. (Teknisk ukeblad 1960. v. 107, no. 43, p. 963-70, tables, maps, illusa) In

137

Norwegian. English summary. Title tr.: Ice in fiords and harbors. Ice formation under natural forces is conditioned by stable stratification of the surface layer. Variations in water density depend on variation in salinity. Increased influx of fresh water in winter may easily produce a surface layer of salinity 5 Mc/s against the yearly average sunspot number was found to be —0.68. The negative sign of the correlation indicates that the greater the number of sunspots, the lower is the number of cases for DLC. fEe > 5 Mc/s. 77904. CHAFFEE, R. R. J., and others. Some effects of cold-acclimation on the biochemistry and histology of the hamster kidney. (Society for Experimental Biology and Medicine. Proceedings 1963. v. 113, no. 1, p. 115-21, tables, illus.) 30 refs. Other authors: R. T. Clark, B. Reynafarje; M.D. Cunningham and W. L. Bartlett. Reports a comprehensive study of golden hamsters, kept at 4° C. for 4-10 weeks. Changes are assayed in total renal DNA and protein; microsomal N ;and DPNH= cytochrome c reductase; and succinoxidase, succinic dehydrogenase and traisaminase of homogenates. Wet weight of kidney in acclimatized animals is much increased after two, days of cold stress, mitoses and multinucleate cells appear, vanishing only, DLC,, at the eighth week. 77905. CHAFFEE, R. R. J., and others. Studies on thermogenesis in cold-acclimated birds. (Canadian journal of biochemistry and physiology 1963. v. 41, no. 11, p. 2215-20, tables.) 24 refs. Other authors: W. W. Mayhew, M. Drebin and Y. Cassuto. Injection of L-noradrenaline in coldacclimatized and control chickens produced no effects in either. No cold-induced changes in two liver enzymes of sparrows were noted. In sparrows, the kidney and heart became enlarged in response to DSI: cold.

193

CHAIKA, V. M., see No. 84238. CHAIKIN, S., see No. 79527. 77906. CHAIKOVSKII, V. K., and A. A. STEPANOV. Nekotorye osobennosti endogennogo rudnogo pro tsessa. (Sovetskafa geologiiå 1963, no. 6, p. 3-19, cross-sections, maps, table.) 18 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Some features of the endogenetic ore process. Reviews the connection between endogenous mineralization and development of geosynclinal zones, as exemplified in various regions of northeastern USSR. At different stages of geosynclinal development, different magmatic complexes and different kinds of mineralization appear. The connection between mineralization and fracturing is analyzed. Ways of solution migration are noted. Development of Kolyma gold, tin and other deposits of Yakutia and Magadan DLC. Province is discussed. 77907. CHAKRABORTY, K. L. Relationship of anthophyllite, cummingtonite and mangano-cummingtonite in the metamorphosed Wabush iron-formation, Labrador. (Canadian mineralogist 1963. v. 7, no. 5, p. 738-50, tables, illus.) 20 refs. Compares the chemical composition, optical properties and X-ray patterns of these high temperature silicate minerals. The first two are shown to be different series with limited isomorphism. Anthophyllite from No. 6 and No. 7 Wabush deposits and from the Smallwood mine contains appreciable amounts of magnesium, iron, aluminum, and manganese; cummingtonites from both upper and lower Wabush ironformations are mainly ferromagnesian silicates, similar to cummingtonites from other parts of the Labrador Trough as noted in No. 66877. Mangano-cummingtonite is monoclinic; its chemical composition and optical properties however, are more like orthorhombic anthophyllite than the cummingtonite-grunerite series, and manganocummingtonite is regarded as the manganiferous analog of anthophyllite. Unusual chemical and optical properties of manganocummingtonite are also explained. Identification of the minerals was confirmed by X-ray diffraction. DGS. CHAL'IÅN, A. S., see No. 82121. 77908. CHALMERS, J. W. A family affair. (Alberta historical review 1960. v. 8, no. 2, p. 1-5, illus.) Notes the fact that many men in the Hudson's Bay Co. service in Canada were

194

related by blood or marriage. Two, Sir George Simpson and his cousin Thomas Simpson, are discussed in detail, their lives, CaONL. careers, and deaths. 77909. CHALMERS, J. W. Fur trade governor: George Simpson, 1820-1860. Edmonton, Alberta, Institute of Applied Art, Ltd. 1960. 190 p. maps, illus. 50 refs. Outlines the life and activities of Simpson, for forty years overseas governor for the Hudson's Bay Co., with appraisal of his achievements and failures. The company organization is depicted in some detail, and Simpson's numerous journeys through Hudson's Bay Co. lands, and one up the Alaskan coast to Sitka in 1841 are described with quotations from his journals. DLC. CHALOV, N. V., see No. 80486. 77910. CHALYSHEV, V. I. K stratigrafii verkhnel permi i triasa severnogo Priural'fa. (Moskovskoe obshchestvo ispytatelel prirody. Billeten' 1963. Otd. geol. v. 38, no. 3, p. 45-59, table, map, illus.) 19 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: On stratigraphy of Upper Permian and Triassic in the Northern Ural region. Outlines the stratigraphy and age of deposits overlying coal-bearing strata of Komi ASSR. Deposits in the Bol'shaya Synya River basin are described in detail, with spore-pollen analyses and summary of other paleontological characteristics. The lower part of the red-colored stratum is substantiated by new paleontologic data, as Tartarian (Upper Permian) and the upper part as Lower Triassic. DLC. 77911. CHALYSHEV, V. I. Novye predstaviteli roda Comia iz Pechorskogo basselna. (Leningrad. N: issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Sbornik statel po paleontologii i biostratigrafii 1960, no. 21, p. 73-76, illus.) 4 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: New representatives of genus Comia from the Pechora basin. Describes and illus. two species and one form of this Upper Permian plant Conde dobrolubovae, C. lalifolia, n. spp., and C. enisejevensis f petschorensis n.f. DLC. 77912. CHAMBERLAIN, J. W. Plasma instability as a mechanism for auroral bombardment. (Journal of geophysical research 1963. v. 68, no. 20, p. 5667-74.) 17 refs. Contribution 37 from the Kitt Peak National Observatory. Presents the results of a theoretical investigation of the mechanism of aurora production in a two-step process. The first involves injection of solar plasma into

the magnetosphere, the second is the dumping (bombardment) of trapped plasma particles from flux tubes into the auroraproducing ionosphere. The theory of magnetosphere plasma instability to lowfrequency transverse waves is developed. It explains such auroral characteristics as ray structure, north-south thinness of auroral formations, simultaneous occurrence over the sky of proton and electron bombardment, and angular and velocity dispersions of auroral primaries. Auroral motions and the concomitant ionospheric currents are thought to be associated with the macroscopic electric fields due to asymDLC. metric particle drifts. 77913. CHAMBERLIN, F. D. Second woman up Mt. McKinley. (Canadian alpine journal 1963. v. 46, p. 61-65.) Describes ascent via the West Buttress route, June 10, 1962, by party of seven, led by R. E. McGowan. Two other women who made earlier ascents are noted in American alpine journal 1963, v. 13, p. DOS. 467. 77914. CHAMBERLIN, J. L., and F. STEARNS. A geographic study of the clam, Spisula polynyma (Stimpson). New York 1963. 12 p. maps, graphs, table. (American Geographical Society. Serial atlas of the marine environment, folio 3.) About 100 refs. Discusses, and maps on a scale of 1:4,000,000 and 1:10,000,000 the geographic distribution of this reef clam, also bottom temperatures and bottom sediments in the western North Atlantic regions postulated as suitable for its survival and/or reproducSpisula polynyma occurs in the tion. continental shelf regions of Bering and Chukchi Sess, Aleutian waters and the Gulf of Alaska; also in the Gulf of St. Lawrence and southward to Georges Bank. Examined specimens (110 from the Pacific waters noted) are located and identified, including pertinent data. Partial analysis of the distribution of its Pacific locality records indicates temperatures 5.5*-13° C. and medium-grade sediments suitable for survival and reproduction. This species is reportedly palatable, commonly dug for food in southern Alaska (pink neck clam), but is of no commercial importance. DI. 77915. CHANCE, N. A. Notes on culture change and personality adjustment among the North Alaska Eskimos. (Arctic 1963. v. 16, no. 4, p. 264-70.) 15 refs. Discusses the effects of rapid transition to western culture, as investigated at

Kaktovik on Barter Island since 1958. Due to various factors, noted, this community adjusted to wage labor at a nearby DEW Line radar installation without undue disruption. The effects on individual mental health, as indicated by the Cornell Medical Index questionnaire, were examined in 1960. Results suggest that individuals whose knowledge of white culture was less than their degree of identification with it tended to be more emotionally disturbed than those whose knowledge matched or exceeded their identification. Women showed more symptoms of disturbance than men; other demographic factors (age, education, etc.) had no apparent DGS. influence. 77916. CHANCE, N. A., and J. TRUDEAU. Social organization, acculturation, and integration among the Eskimo and the Cree. (Anthropologica 1963. n. ser. v. 5, no. 1, p. 47-56.) 6 refs. French summary. Comparative study of different adjustments to similar extraneous pressures, based on field investigation in 1958 at the north Alaskan Eskimo village of Kaktovik and at Winisk, an Indian settlement in northern Ontario on Hudson Bay, where natives were employed on, respectively, DEW-Line and Mid-Canada Line construction projects. Eskimo internal stability, traditional patterns of cooperation and leadership were hardly affected by the economic change, and they furthered good mutual relations with the whites. When construction finished, continued employment of Eskimos in maintenance jobs stabilized incomes and increased acceptance of the new way of life. An opposite trend is observed among the Indians. The social and economic self-sufficiency of the Cree family unit, poorly developed community awareness, and weak leadership pattern together with racial job discrimination and preference for young labor had a disruptive effect on relations between Indians and whites and between the generations of Indians. This negative process was intensified by the major lay-off of Indians after completion of the radar site in 1957. New trade, in fresh meat and firewood, however, DSI. may modify the process. 77917. CHANCE, N. A., and D. A. FOSTER. Symptom formation and patterns of psychopathology in a rapidly changing Alaskan Eskimo society. (Alaska. Univ. Anthrop. papers 1962. v. 11, no. 1, p. 32-42, tables, graph.) 19 refs. In sequence to No. 63851 and 70649. Discusses findings of the Cornell Medical

195

Index. health questionnaire (CMI), a psychiatric test concerning the respondents past and present physical condition, family health history, and feelings of the individual's own perception of his state of mind and health. It was given to over 90% (31 males, 22 females) of the adult population of Kaktovik, Barter Island. The women scored considerably higher than men, including frequency of responses except concerning habits. Their high score in the "physical" and "fatigue" sections may be attributable to organic ailments. Anemia is" 'prevalent prevalent especially among women. Eskimos ranking low on Western contact and high on identification show the highest symptom rate. The overall pattern shows similarities with CMI tests of white (hospital patients and random groups in New York) except where cultural factors are involved. DSI. 77918. CHAPIN,• J. L., and J. L. R. EDGAR. Cooling of rats in carbon dioxide. (American journal of physiology 1963. v. 204, no. 4, p. 723-26, tables, hlus.) 9 refs. Rats breathing an atmosphere with high CO3-content became hypothermic when the ambient temperature was 12-41° C. The cooling was found to be due to lowered metabolic rate, lack of shivering, and DLC. hyperventilation. 77919. CHAPLYGIN, E. I. Mnogoletnie izmenenifå gidrologicheskikh kharakteristik Atlanticheskogo techenifå. (Leningrad. Arkticheskil i antarkticheskil n -issl. inst. Trudy 1963. v. 253, p. 210-14, table, graphs.) 4 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Long-term changes in the hydrological characteristics of the Atlantic Current. Reports study of temperature and salinity in the 100-200 m. layer of waters flowing into the Arctic Ocean through the FaeroeShetland Strait in 1902-1913, 1924-1939 and 1946-1954. Changes in temperature and salinity are present in 5-7 year cycles. Effects of atmospheric circulation, temperature and salinity of water are briefly discussed. DLC. 77920. CHAPLYGIN, E. I. 0 strukture techenil Karakogo mora. (Leningrad. Arkticheskil i antarkticheskil n-issl. inst. Trudy 1963. v. 248, p. 49-51.) In Russian. Title tr.: On the structure 'of Kara Sea currents: ' Reports on the dynamics and the physical and chemical properties of the • Novaya Zemlya and Yamal currents along the Cape Vykhodnoy-Belyy Island section. The Novaya Zemlya current flows south and

I96

the Yamal north. Their speed, temperature, salinity, and other features are reported. The Ob-Yenisey current along the Belyy Island-Dikson Island section is also charDLC. acterized. 77921. CHAPLYGIN, E. I. 0 teplovom stoke techenil morfä Laptevykh. (Leningrad. Arkticheskil i antarkticheskil n. issl. inst. Trudy 1963. v. 248, p. 25-28, graphs.) In Russian. Title tr.: On thermal discharge of currents in the Laptev Sea. Analyzes surface currents of this sea: the Lena warm and flowing northward, the Taymyr cold and flowing southward. Their discharge of water, . heat and salt for September and for various years is estimated and graphed along a section. Effects of atmospheric circulation upon these currents DLC. are discussed. 77922. CHAPLYGIN, E. I. Zavisimost' mezhdu zimnimi i letnimi gidrologicheskimi uslovifami mores Laptevykh. (Leningrad. Arkticheskil i antarkticheskil n: issl. inst. Trudy 1963. v. 264, p. 5-9, graph.) In Russian. Title tr.: Relation between the winter and summer hydrological conditions of the Laptev Sea. Notes that the intensity of ice formation in the arctic seas is generally established as preconditioned by meteorological and hydrologic factors current in the preceding winter and fall. Warm Atlantic water flowing into the Arctic Basin and Laptev Sea and atmospheric circulation which result in outflow of ice from Laptev Sea are discussed as factors also and some data presented. When these factors are more pronounced in winter, ice conditions in the ensuing navigation period are favorable; when these factors are not intense, the ice conditions next summer are not favorable for navigation. DLC: CHAPMAN, C. B., see No. 79724. 77923. CHAPMAN, R. M., and others. Placer tin deposits in central Alaska. Washington, D.C. 1963. ii, 53 p. tables, maps. (U.S. Geological Survey. Reports, open file series, no. 675.) 22 refs. Other authors: R. R. Coats, and T. G. Payne. Describes cassiterite (SnO2) or tinstone deposits in four central Alaska (mainly gold-producing) areas, 120-240 mi. west of Fairbanks. The Morelock Creek deposits (65°15' N. 151°20' W.) produced sampleconcentrates averaging 57% tin; the placer tin deposits are small and of low grade, greater value is indicated for the gold. The Moran Dome deposits (65°23' N. 152°45'

W.) contain tin-bearing samples which also produced gold 835 fine. Cassiterite has been reported in the Mason Creek area (65°12' N. 153°20' W.). Appreciable concentrations of ea' iterite are known in the gold-bearing placers of Midnight, Birch, and Big Creeks (approx. 64°20' N. 155°30' W.) in the Ruby-Long area. No economic importance is indicated for these placer tin deposits under present economic conditions. DGS, CHAPMAN, It. M., see also No. 83839. 77924. CHAPMAN, S. Geomagnetic nomenclature. (Journal of geophysical research 1963. v. 68, no. 4, p. 1174.) Proposes to replace the terms: geomagnetic equator, geomagnetic pole (axis), and geomagnetic coordinates (latitude, longitude, north polar angular distance) by the terms respectively: dipole equator, dipole pole (axis), and dipole coordinates (latitude, etc.); and the terms: magnetic equator, magnetic latitude, and magnetic poles by: dip equator, dip coordinates (latitude, etc.), and dip pole respectively. DLC. 77925. CHAPMAN, S. Magnetic storms, their geometrical and physical analysis, and their classification. (Studia geophysics et geodaetica 1961. v. 5, no. 1, p. 30-50, graphs, tables.) 27 refs. Russian summary. Presents a global investigation on the earth's magnetic field under twelve topics, viz: types of geomagnetic change; study of the D field; geometrical analysis of the D field (Dst and DS); D equipotential charts and possible electric current lines; solar streams and their interaction with the geomagnetic field; the DO' (corpuscular flux) part of the D field; the DP part of the D field: generated in polar regions; the ring current part DR of the D field; the time development of the parts DCF, DP, and DR of the D field; magnetic storm development and the pre-storm belts; physical classification of magnetic storms, particular magnetic storms, including magnetograms of the observatory at College, Alaska. The paper explains three types of geomagnetic field variations: secular, regular transient, and irregular transient, most expressly represented by geomagnetic storms. The synoptic study of average properties of the D (for disturbance) geomagnetic field made by the author and his collaborators at the Univ. of Alaska (1958) is analyzed and discussed. Data from 346 geomagnetic disturbances over a period of 43 years (1902-1945) were used DLC. in the analysis.

77926. CHAPMAN, S. The theory of magnetic storms and the aurora polaris. (NATO Advance Study Institute, Corfu 1960. Advances in upper atmosphere research 1963, p. 1-5.) Describes the geomagnetic field as consisting mainly of a dipole field originated by. electric current flowing in the core of the earth. The motion of ionospheric air in the presence of the main field produces variable electric current there, and, by induction, an irregular magnetic field at the earth's surface. This additional, mainly external, temporary magnetic field causes magnetic disturbances and storms. It seems to result from streams of neutral ionized gas emitted by the sun, and spreading from it with a speed of the order of 1,000 km./sec. A magnetic storm is accompanied by displays of auroras as a visible sign of the entry into the earth's atmosphere of solar gas particles, electrons and protons, from space. These particles excite the air particles to luminescence which manifests itself in auroras of various forms. Analysis of the magnetic variations in the auroral zone shows that currents of the order of a million amperes may flow along part of it, completing their circuit mainly over the polar cap enclosed by the zone. The magnetic variations due to variation in intensity of the current are known as polar storms and substorms. The geomagnetic disturbances produced by solar activity in lower latitudes DLC. are also discussed. CHAPMAN, S., see also Nos. 76839, 76841, 77086. 77927. CHARD, C. S. Check-stamped pottery in northern and eastern Asia. (Pacific Science Congress 1957. Proceedings v. 3 pub. 1963, p. 3-7.) 31 refs. cf. No.. 50169 from the Congress abstracts. Traces the origin in north-central China and diffusion of this technique, its spread to the Lena (about 1600 B.C.), Kolyma, Bering Strait, northern Scandinavia and Kola Peninsula, all on a late NeolithicBronze Age level; the technique may accompany or just precede local introduction of metal. The size of the check impressions apparently has no chronological significance in Eurasia. 77928. CHARD, C. S. Kamchadal culture and its relationship in the Old and New Worlds. Berkeley 1954. 235 p. Approx. 250 refs. Ph.D. dissertation to Univ. of Calif.; a part was previously listed as No. 34102. Describes the material, social, and spiritual

197

culture of the Itelmen (Kamchadal) prior to their virtual extinction as ethnic entity in the latter 18th century. Traits widespread, regional, and those peculiar to Distinctive themselves are discussed. Eskimo elements suggest a close contact once between the two peoples. An ancient Eskimo population of the KamchatkaBering Strait-Northwest America was penetrated by the Paleosiberian ChukchiKoryak-Kamchadal group from northcentral Siberia in the early first millennium A.D. Ancestral Itel'men mixed with aboriginal Eskimoids but were not affected by later Eskimo influences responsible for formation of the Maritime Chukchi and Koryak cultures. Itel'men culture is considered an amalgam of North Pacific, Paleosiberian, Eskimo, and southern traits enriched by indigenous specializations. DLC. 77929. CHARD, C. S. The Nganasan: wild reindeer hunters of the Taimyr Peninsula. (Arctic anthropology 1963. v. 1, no. 2, p. 105-121, map, illus.) 5 refs. Study of the traditional aspects of the material culture and nomadic huntingfishing economy preserved by this Samoyed people through the 1930's based mainly on A. A. Popov (No. 25216). Data on the kinship system and spiritual culture of the Nganasans are compiled from Narody Sibiri, No. 43522. DSI. 77930. CHARD, C. S. Northeast Asia. (Asian perspectives 1962 pub. 1963. v. 6, no. 1-2, p. 8-18.) In sequence to No. 70666. Summarizes major field work of 1960-61, including: A. P. Okladnikov's discovery of a distinctive bronze age culture as well as several neolithic sites along the Vilyuy River. Excavations in the ancient Eskimo cemetery at Uelen by D. A. Sergeev and S. A. Arutfünov yielded additional artifacts of Old Bering Sea and later types, also boomerang-like wooden implements similar to tools used by the Chukchis and Yukaghirs. An annotated list of some 50 Soviet and Western archeological publications is included. DSI. 77931. CHARD, C. S. The Old World roots: review and speculations. (Alaska. Univ. Anthrop. papers 1963. v. 10, no. 2, p. 115-21.) Refs. Revises own earlier speculations and evaluates theories of Soviet and Western scientists. The classical Siberian paleolithic is considered too recent to have been ancestral to the earliest New World cultures,

198

which antedate the so-called Mal'ta stage. Two basic movements from the Far East (northern China, Japan) are postulated: one along the Pacific coast in WØ I times about 40,000 B.P., carried an industrial tradition of choppers, etc. and probably Levallois-Mousterian technology. The other, by the same route, brought an embryonic blade technique during WØ II, i.e. about 25,000 years ago; an interior Siberian origin of the second movement is conceivable though unlikely. The next migration, some 5,000 years ago, was Arctic Mongoloids whose connection with the small tool traditions is not yet established. Considerable two-way cultural exchange took place in the Bering Sea area in subsequent times. DSI. 77932. CHARD, C. S. The western roots of Eskimo culture. (International Congress of Americanises, 33rd, San Jose, Costa Rica 1958. Proceedings pub. 1959. v. 2, p. 81-87.) 13 refs. Presents a case, based on Russian fieldwork of the 1950's, against the American hypothesis of a northwest Siberian origin of Eskimos: no typically Eskimoid artifacts were found west of the Kolyma River mouth, while cultural parallels abound southward along the Pacific coast. DSI. 77933. CHARD, C. S. Wurzeln der amerikanischen Frühkulturen. (Saeculum 1963. v. 14, no. 2, p. 170-78, map.) 22 refs. In German. Title tr.: Roots of American primitive cultures. Outlines his latest theory on the origin and migration routes of the initial settlers of New World as supra. Alternative routes along the Pacific and Arctic Oceans are indicated on map showing also present and ice-age coastlines. DLC. CHARD, C. S., see also No. 78270. CHARDON, G., see No. 81030. 77934. CHASOVITIN, M. D. Novye dannye o vnutrikontinental'nykh chetvertichnykh vulkanakh Severo-Vostochnol Azii. (Akademitå nauk SSSR. Doklady 1963. v. 152, no. 3, p. 703-705, map.) 4 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: New data on intercontinental Quaternary volcanoes of northeast Asia. Describes a group of old volcanoes in the Aluchin River basin. Geology of the area, craters, structure of volcanic domes, explosive products, and other features are described. Bilibin Volcano, in the Bol'shoy Anyuy basin, is also described. The age

and development of these volcanoes are discussed. DLC. 77935. CHASSAIN, A., and E. FLORENTIN. Sur le mecanisme de l'hyperpnee au froid chez le rat. (Journal de physiologie 1963. v. 55, no. 3, p. 413-23, graph, table.) 20 refs. In French. English summary. Title tr.: The mechanism of cold-hyperpnea in the rat. Reports study of alveolar Pco2 in animals kept at constant temperatures. The results indicate it greater at 20° C. than at 30° C., but considerably lower at 10 and 5° C. Thus alveolar Pco2 is inadequate to explain the rise in respiratory debt in terms of chemical regulation, and a physical stimulation of respiratory centers by peripheral receptors, on exposure to cold is suggested. DNLM. 77936. CHATONNET, J. Nervous control of metabolism. (Federation proceedings 1963. v. 22, no. 3, pt. 1, p. 729-31, illus.) 23 refs. A sketch, with discussion, of the coordinating action of the nervous system on metabolism during cold-exposure, acting through three kinds of innervation, which Hormonal control, and are described. changes in nervous control during acclimaDLC. tion, are also noted. CHATONNET, J., see also Nos. 83429, 83430, 83431, 83432, 83433. 77937. CHATTERTON, C. V. Alaska, oil, and forget-me-nots. (Journal of petroleum technology 1963. v. 15, no. 5, p. 471-78, maps, illus.) 4 refs. Surveys the unusual geographic, economic, and regulatory conditions of the Alaskan oil industry, and the contribution of this industry to the state. Current and prospective production, markets, etc. are discussed. DLC. 77938. CHEBOTAREVA, N. S. Granisa maksimal'nogo rasprostranenifa poslednego lednikovogo pokrova i nekotorye problemy stratigrafii i paleogeogralii verkhnego plelsto%ena severo-zapada Evropelskol chasti SSSR. (Akademiß nauk SSSR. KomissiI po izuchenifil chetvertichnogo perioda. Trudy 1962. v. 19, p. 148-69, map, illus.) 64 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The maximal distribution limit of the last glacial cover and some problems of upper Pleistocene stratigraphy and paleogeography in the northwestern part of European USSR. Describes the glaciation, termed Valday

in this area and Winn in Western Europe, as demarcated by various authors. It has existing marginal zones, which are interpreted differently by various investigators. Its border is recognizable by young relief forms, abundance of glacial lakes and other features. The extent of this glaciation in Arkhangel'sk Province is also reviewed. Stratigraphy and paleogeography problems are discussed. DLC.

a.

77939. CHEKIN, V. Osobennosti akklimatiza{sii naselenifa na Kol'skom poluostrove. (In: Litvinov, N.N., ed. Zdorov'e cheloveka ... 1963, p. 28-37.) In Russian. Title tr.: Features of acclimatization of the population on Kola Peninsula. Discusses three successive phases in acclimatization; the role of ascorbic acid; its deficiency and special requirements in the Arctic. Results are described from study of over 12,000 (men and women) railway employees as to the course of acclimatization: fitness for work (absenteeism, tiredness, types of illness), effect of sharp weather changes, effect of summer visits to the south, vitamin deficiencies, rheumatism, pulmonary and heart diseases. DNLM. 77940. CHEKIN, V. IA. Osobennosti Cvitaminnogo obmena u zhitelel severnol polosy. (Problemy Severs 1962, no. 6, p. 120-29, tables.) In Russian. Title tr.: Characteristics of vitamin-C metabolism in residents of the arctic zone. Discusses seasonal changes in vitamin-C content of the blood of adults, children, and pregnant women; achlorhydria and vitaminC deficiency, effects of light, including UV, cold and warmth on ascorbic acid content in men and rabbits; vitamin-C requirements of arctic residents. The study was made for the medical service of the Oktyabr'skaya (Murmansk-Kirovsk) railroad. DLC. 77941. CHELISHCHEV, N. F. 0 vzaimootnoshenii pegmatitov s medno-nikelevym orudeneniem v massive NittisKumuzh'få-Travfanaf5 na Kol'skom poluostrove. (Akademifa nauk SSSR. Inst. mineralogii, geokhimii i kristallokhimii redkikh elementov. Trudy 1963, no. 16, p. 189-95, illus.) 7 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: On the interrelationship of pegmatites and copper-nickel mineralization in the Nittis-Kumuzh'ya-Travyanaya massif on Kola Peninsula. Distinguishes two genetic groups of pegmatites, one associated with continuous 199

sulfide ores, the association not only spatial, but also genetic. The alteration of primary minerals of pegmatites is analyzed. Association of chalcopyrite with galenite, sphalerite and bornite reveals the hydrothermal character of this process. DLC. 77942. CREMEKOY, It. F. Drevnie oledenenifa Dal'nego Vostoka SSSR. (Leningrad. Vses. geologicheskil inst. Materialy 1961. n. ser. no. 42, p. 139-75, tables, maps.) 52 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Old glaciations of the USSR Far East. Describes old glaciations from the Aldan shield eastward to Kamchatka, China and Japan. The Aldan. highland, Dzhugdzhur Range, Sea of Okhotsk areas, and Kamchatka are included in this general review. Stratigraphic comparison of the Quaternary is made. Signs of four glaciations are recognized. Further tasks are summarized. DLC. 77943. CHEMEZOV, V. N. Ob ekonomieheskol pomoshchi -russk~,ogo rabochego klassa. trudßshchimsfa akutii v 19201923 godakh. (Akademifa nauk SSSR. fAkutskil filial. Institut fåzyka, literatury i .istorii. Sbornik statel po istorii IAkutii sovetakogo perioda 1955. no. 1, p. 44-55.) 10 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Economic aid of the Russian working class to the workers of Yakutia in the years 19201923. Describes the rehabilitation of Yakut economy in the early post-Revolutionary period: food relief to famine-stricken regions, agricultural machinery, trade and consumer goods, cash appropriations for road construction, electrification, industrial enterprises, etc., dispatch of Russian administrative personnel, technicians, political instructors, educators, etc. DLC. CHEPKII, L. P., see No. 81867. CHEPLYGINA, A. S., see No. 78842. 77944. CHERCHENKO, I. I. Brufselleznaia infektsia v ralonakh KraTnego Severe, 1; o bruselleze severnykh olenel. (Zhurnal mikrobiologii, epidemiologii i immunobiologii 1961. v. 32, no. 3, p. 135-39.) Approx. 30 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Brucella infection in the Far North, 1; brucellosis of reindeer. Reviews earlier findings and reports own study made during May-June 1960 on a large range in the lower Indigirka basin. A serious brucellosis epizootic was found, some herds with over 50% infection. Most infected animals showed no clinical symp-

200

toms during the summer, and attempts to isolate the agent from the blood were DLC. negative. 77945. CHERCHENKO, I. I. Bruisellezna b.. i.nfektsiffi v ralonakh Kralnego Severa, 2; k epidemiologicheskol kharakteristike (Zhurnal ochaga olen'ego brufselleza. mikrobiologii, epidemiologii i immunobiologii 1961. v. 32, no. 4, p. 118-23, table.) In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Brucella infection in the Far North, 2; epidemiological characteristics of the focus of reindeer brucellosis. Reports a study conducted in May-July 1960 in a kolkhoz in Yakutia occupied mainly in reindeer raising. Of 189 subjects examined, 46 aged 2-88 years were found to be infected with brucellosis. Infection was found to be mainly by contact: twothirds of the herders were infected, oneeighth of those with less contact. Clinical manifestations of brucellosis in man were rare. DLC. 77946. CHERCHENKO, I. I., and N. I. SAMSONOVA. Brufselleznafå infekisifil v raTonakh Kralnego Severe, 3; klinicheskie profavlenifa "olen'ego" bruf elleza u cheloveka. (Zhurnal mikrobiologii, epidemiologii i immunobiologii 1961. v. 32, no. 7, p. 51-56, tables.) In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Brucella infection in the Far North, 3; clinical manifestations of "reindeer" brucellosis in man. Reports on 189 cases from the kolkhoz noted supra, including serological, bacteriological, blood and skin allergy tests. The clinical picture resembled that of brucellosis. In the majority of cases manifestations of the disease were mild, but in some it was of long duration leading at times to loss of working capacity. Reindeer are considered the source of infection. DLC. 77947. CHERCHENKO, I. I., and O. A. BAKAEVA. Brufselleznafa infekfsifa v ralonakh Kralnego Severs, 4; k izucheniiü kul'tur bruf ell, vydelennykh of severnykh olenel. (Zhurnal mikrobiologii, epidemiologii i immunobiologii 1962. v. 33, no. 3, p. 69-76, tables, illus.) 25 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Brucella infection in the Far North, 4; study of Brucella cultures isolated from reindeer. Study of 16 cultures isolated during 19551959 in various areas showed them to be in a stable S-phase. They were not identical with any of the three existing types of Brucella, but had some properties indicating a similarity to the goat-sheep type. Epidemiological observations indicate _ their DLC. low pathogenicity to man.

77948. CHEREMENSKII, G. A. Geotermicheskie izmerenifä v skvazhinakh Kotsel'vaary. (Akademifå nauk SSSR. Doklady 1963. v. 150, no. 2, p. 375-77, graph.) 6 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Geothermal measurements in the Kotsel'vaary wells. Reports measurements in this massif 6 km. southeast of Nikel' in Kola Peninsula. Temperature data are graphed as measured with an ETMI thermometer in wells over 400 m. deep and with stationary regime. Thermal gradient for this region is 1.02° C. per 100 m. Physical-geographic, climatic, hydrologic, and geologic factors affecting DLC. the thermal regime are discussed.

77951. CHEREMNYKH, E. Merzlotorykhlitel' udarnogo delstvifit. (Na strolkakh Rossii 1962. v. 3, no. 11, p. 28, diagr.) In Russian. Title tr.: A machine for loosening frozen ground. Describes a three-wedge shock-action ground loosener introduced into the building industry in 1962. The 3-ton working part of the machine makes 5-10 drops per minute upon the ground. Its striking force is 7,000 kg., and the depth of loosening is 0.5-1.1 m. for wedges 0.7-1.1 m. long. An S-100 tractor coupled with this new loosener doubles production by the bar method, and lowers the cost from 1.01 r. to 0.55 r. per ma. DLC.

77949. CHEREMENSHII, G. A. Termicheskie osobennosti mezozolskikh otloz(Izvestifå henil Berezovskogo ralona. vysshikh uchebnykh zavedenil. Geologifå i razvedka 1962, no. 12, p. 112-16, tables, illus.) 7 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Thermal features of Mesozoic deposits of the Berezovo region. Describes the geologic profile of this region in the northwestern part of the West Siberian lowland, and analyzes data obtained in several boreholes with resistance and maximum thermometers. A geothermogram (depth vs. temperature) plotted for measurements in all the boreholes came out as a straight line, indicating absence of localized thermal anomalies on the anticline and limbs of the Berezovo structure. The extrapolated and averaged geothermogram however, intersects the depth axis not at the layer of constant year mean temperature, but at 200 m. from the earth's surface, suggesting that permafrost islands still exist in the region to 800-850 m. depth. The excessive average geothermal gradient value obtained (4.9° C./100 m.) may be due in part to instrumental measurement DLC. errors.

77952. CHEREMNYKH, G. D. Novye vozmozhnosti ispol'zovanifå materialov aerofotos"emki pri glil. iologicheskikh issledovanifäkh. (Akademifå nauk SSSR. Izvestifå 1963, ser. geog. no. 6, p. 89-94, tables, maps, illus.) 4 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: New possibilities in using aerial photography in glaciological investigations. Describes the SD-1 stereograph, a new instrument for obtaining large-scale planes. It was used in the Polar Ural, and planes of Obrucheva and Instituta Geograf i Glaciers are presented, with data on area of the glaciers, that of ablation and accumulation, changes during a seven-year period, etc. Instrument and method are found good for studying rate of glacier movement. DLC.

77950. CHEREMKHIN, S. S. Lesa verkhnego techenifä reki Vilfiitä. (Akademifä nauk SSSR. Øutskil filial. Inst. biologii. Trudy 1961. v. 7, p. 243-59, tables.) In Russian. Title tr.: Forests of the upper course of the Vilyuy River. Reports a study of forest growth along a 3 km. belt on each side of the Vilyuy between the Ulakhan-Vava and the Chona, 64°51' N. 109°13' E. - 62°54' N. 111°06' E., altogether 554,400 hectares, 78.4% forestcovered. Three types and nine-sub-types of larch forest, two of pine, and two spruce are distinguished, their composition, surface Vegetation) quality, etc. given in detail. DLC.

77953. CHEREPANOV, A. I., and others. Novoe sredstvo bor'by s gnusom. (Lesnafä promyshlennost' 1963. v. 41, no. 6, p. 12.) In Russian. Other authors: N. P. Gomofünova, N. P. Bogomfäkova and Z. S. Darilchuk. Title tr.: New means for controlling blood-sucking insects. Reports test results with diethyltoluamide produced in the Kemerovo chemical plant. Hoods soaked in the repellent and dried give 4-12 days' protection to loggers; applied to exposed parts of the body, it is effective for 3-6 hrs. The efficiency and reliability of diethyltoluamide warrant its DLC. industrial production. CHEREPANOV, S. K., see No. 80176. 77954. CHERKASHIN, V. A. Opyt bor'by s vypuchivaniem malonagruzhennykh fundamentov v ralone rasprostranenifå vechnomerzlykh gruntov. (Osnovanifä, fundamenty i mekhanika gruntov 1961. v. 3, no. 2, p. 11-12, diagrs., table.) 5 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Prevention of heaving of light-load-bearing foundations in the region of occurrence of permafrost grounds.

201

Reviews the problem of heaving due to frost action on unbound water in the ground adjacent to foundations, and measures for preventing damage to the buildings. Application of sodium, calcium or magnesium chloride to the contact ground was found to prevent it from freezing at air temperatures of —21 to —55° C. An experimental salination of the telecenter fence in Vorkuta in 1958 showed positive results: no damage from ground heaving was observed through 1960. Resalination is required every 2A-3 years, as the salt is washed out by surface and ground water, a DLC. drawback to the method. 77955. CHERMNYKH, V. A. 0 transportirulllshchel roll l'da na reke Shchugore. (Geograficheskoe o-vo SSSR. Komi filial. Izvestifå 1963, no. 8, p. 76-79, map, illus.) 7 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The transport role of ice in the Shchugor River. Describes the transportation of boulders, gravel and other material by river ice as observed in June 1959 in the Verkhniye Vorota area in Komi ASSR. The ice erodes material from the banks and carries it downstream or deposits it on tow paths along the way. Unconsolidated material is observed in transport beneath the ice and above its surface, and the material may be borne along for some tens of kilometers. Measurements of some boulders and ice cakes are given. DLC. 77956. CHERMNYKH, V. A. Sopostavlenie razrezov kamennougol'nykh otlozhenil Timano-Ural'skol oblasti. (Leningrad. N: issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Trudy 1962. v. 130, Sbornik state' po geologii i neftegazonosnosti Arktiki, no. 19, p. 12-26, illus.) 17 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Correlation of sections of Carboniferous deposits in the Timan-Ural province. Presents a correlation of Lower, Middle and Upper Carboniferous deposits, divided into stages and substages. The Pechora depression, Pechora hills, southern Timan and western slope of the Ural are represented. This stratigraphic division is based mainly on lithologic composition of the deposits. Platformic deposits in the west and miogeosynclinal deposits in the east DLC. are noted. CHERNEßOV, V. N., see No. 80836. 77957. CHERNETZ, I. B. Density distribution in the Northern Hemisphere. Fort Monmouth, N.J. Oct. 1963. 56 p. maps, graphs. (U.S. Army Electronics Research and Development Laboratories. Technical report 2393.) 9 refs.

2Ö2

Contains charts showing the distribution of the mean air-density values (kg./m.3) over the Northern Hemisphere for Jan. and July, based on U.S. Weather Bureau data 1956-1959. Also shown is the distribution of one standard deviation of these mean density values for the same periods. Air-density profiles for 11 stations (four arctic) show the percent deviations from the 1959 ARDC model atmosphere of the mean and the ± 3 o- values of the air density. Lower surfaces (0.910 and 0.660 kg./m.3) in winter have closed centers of high density over Siberia and the polar regions; in summer highest densities are still found over the polar regions. The lower stratosphere in winter has a twolobed center of low density on the 120 kg./m.3 surface with one lobe over northeastern Siberia, the other over Greenland. In summer two lobes of low density are located over roughly the same areas as in winter. Density variation is small around the 8-km. level; this region of almost constant density appears to be a boundary layer separating the lower-middle troposphere regime (where temperature variations outweigh pressure variations in determining the density distribution) from the upper troposphere-lower stratosphere regime (where pressure is at least as important as temperature). Below this isopycnic level, highest densities are found in the polar regions and air density is higher in winter than in summer. Above the 8-km. level, reverse conditions are found. DWB. CHERNIAD'EV, V. P., see No. 78867. CHERNIAK, E. I., see No. 84691. CHERNIÄK, G. E., see Nos 77577, 83915. CHERNIAVSKAIA, M. A., see No. 83265. CHERNfAVSKII, F. B., see No. 83147. 77958. CHERNIGOVSKII, N. T. 0 radial ii pronikshel v verkhnil slot vody arkticheskikh morel. (Problemy Arktiki i Antarktiki 1963. no. 13, p. 51-57, graph, tables.) 3 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Radiation penetrating the upper water layer of arctic seas. Reports a 1954-1959 investigation by ice patrol vessels using a photo-pyranometer. Data on penetration of solar radiation are given for 30 stations in Chukchi Sea, 23 in Barents and 23 in Kara Seas. In Chukchi Sea, the upper 0-10 cm. layer absorbs 20-25% of radiation, 0-1 m. layer 60%, 0-5 m. layer 80-85%; only 1.5-2% of

radiation reaches 25 m. depth and only 0.5% 35 m. Similar results are given from Barents and Kara Seas. Absorption varied in different areas of these seas; it also varied according to water transparency and color and to cloudiness: data are presented. DLC. 77959. CHERNIGOVSKII, N. T. Predvaritel'nye rezul'taty aktinometricheskikh nablfudena v Arktike v period MGG. (USSR. Glavnoe upr. gidrometeorologicheskol sluzhby. Materialy konferenf iY po itogam MGG, 1960... pub. 1961, p. 9197, tables, chart.) In Russian. Title tr.: Preliminary results of actinometric observations in the Arctic during the IGY period. Reports observations of 1957-1959 at 14 polar stations and two drifting stations. Three zones are established on the basis of radiation regime: a western including Barents and Kara seas, an eastern from the Chelyuskin meridian to the Alaska coast, and a central zone comprising the central part of the Arctic Basin. Spatial and monthly variations of total radiation are characterized. Results of direct, dispersed, and total radiation, and radiation balance for 1957 and 1958 are tabulated for twelve stations. The obtained data are interpreted. DLC. 77960. CHERNIGOVSKII, N. T. Radiat ionnye svolstva ledfanogo pokrova fSentral'no1 Arktiki. (Leningrad. Arkticheskil i antarkticheskil n: issl. inst. Trudy 1963. v. 253, p. 249-60, tables, graphs.) 8 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Radiation properties of the ice cover in the Central Arctic. Reports study of albedo on the surface of pack ice and thawing ice as obtained by drifting stations North Pole-2 to —7. Average monthly values of albedo of the snow on the pack ice varies insignificantly, but albedo of ice without snow changes more evidently. Changes of albedo depend upon the character of the surface and on meteorological factors. Radiation beneath snow and under pack ice is also dealt with. Beneath snow it varies slightly in amount DLC. according to month. 77961. CHERNIKIN, E. M. Zimovka gornogo dupelfa Capella solitaria Hodge. na Kamchatke. (Ornitologifa 1963. no. 6, p. 483.) In Russian. Title tr.: Wintering of Capella solitaria Hodgs. in Kamchatka. Describes the area where this snipe winters in the Kronotskiy Preserve: the valleys of the Trukhinka and Bogachevka

Rivers with many warm springs and swamps are not frozen in the winter. DLC. 77962. CHERNIKOV, K. A., and K. A. SHPIL'MAN. Perspektivy neftegazonosnosti Ob'-Irtyshskogo mezhdurech'fa po dannym kompleksa geologorazvedochnykh rabot Novosibirskogo geologoupravleniß. (In: Akademifa nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Problemy ... 1963, p. 58-76.) 10 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Prospects of oil and gas in the Ob-Irtysh interfluve according to exploration work of the Novosibirsk geological survey. Reviews recent geologic, geochemical and hydrogeologic investigations for oil and gas in this broad area. Manifestations in the Pudino, Kolpashevo, Novo-Vasyugan, Megion and other wells are reported, noting mode of occurrence, reservoir rocks, their properties and other features. Prospective structures are characterized, and the entire region is divided into some according to prospects. The Khanty-Mansiysk depression, Megion, Pudino, and other uplifts are considered highly prospective areas. DLC. 77963. CHERNOUS'KO, L. Soviet Institute beyond the Arctic Circle. (Sea frontiers 1961. v. 7, no. 3, p. 161-64, illus.) Outlines fishery research projects of the Polar Research Institute of Marine Fisheries and Oceanography in Barents Sea and the North Atlantic. Bathyspheres, the research submarine Severfanka, and surface vessels are used. Over 100,000 fish have been tagged as aid to compiling migration DI. charts. 77964. CHERNOV, A. A. Na severe sovetskol zemli. (Moskva 1957. v. 1, no. 11, p. 8-14.) In Russian. Title tr.: In the north of Soviet land. Sketches A. P. Pavlov's geologic survey of the Pechora region in the 1900's, own discovery of coal on the Kos'yu River in 1924 and that by his son (G. A. Chernov) at Vorkuta in 1930. The mineral resource potential of the Ural-Pechora and Timan complexes and their industrial exploitation in the last 25 years are discussed. DLC. 77965. CHERNOV, G. A. Devonskie otlozhenifå vostochnol chasti Bol'shezemel'skol tundry. Moskva, Izd-vo Akademii nauk SSSR 1962. 117 p. tables, maps, illus. 100 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Devonian deposits in the eastern part of Bol'shezemel'skaya Tundra. Reports field work in 1958 and 1959 in Ayach-yaga, Usa, Lek-Yelets, and other

203

river basins of Komi ASSR, with analysis of the coral, gastropod, ostracod, brachiopod, and other fauna. Stratigraphy of Devonian deposits is treated in detail. Main types of rocks and conditions of their formation are outlined. Paleogeography and tectonics are characterized. Appraisal is given of Devonian deposits in respect to DGS. oil and gas occurrences.

tive development of the forest, coal and oil industries in Arkhangel'sk and Vologda Provinces and in Komi ASSR. Lumbering is considered of great importance. Organization of cutting and logging, and development of a large-scale wood industry is suggested. The growth of Syktyvkar, Pechora, and other towns is discussed. DLC.

77966. CHERNOVA, O. Sled, ostavlennyl (Ural 1962, no. 5, p. 12-51, v tundra. illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: Trace left in the tundra. Sketches her medical work among Nenets Samoyeds, and efforts in connection with hygiene, child care, and vestigial remains of shamanistic influence. DLC.

77970. CHESKIS, I. S. Proektirovanie nadshakhtnykh sooruzhenil v uslovifakh vechnol merzloty. (Shakhtnoe stroitePstvo 1962, no. 10, p. 6-8, diagrs.) In Russian. Title tr.: Planning of structures built over mines in permafrost. Discusses measures to protect such structures from deformation in the Vorkuta region. Surface mine installations prevent the ground, subject to seasonal thaw, from regaining negative temperatures during the cold season. This, and summer air penetrating the shafts, cause the permafrost to thaw to a deeper level each year. The ground settles as the local soil consists mostly of deluvial and upper morainic. accumulations which lose bearing strength when thawed. Heat insulation measures, and construction allowing negative-temperature air circulation between the building and the ground surface are suggested. DLC.

77967. CHERNYI, A. V. Geologicheskoe istolkovanie geofizicheskikh anomalil Tu-. rukhan-Eniselskogo mezhdurech'fa. (Leningrad. N: issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Trudy 1961. v. 125, Sbornik statel po geologii i neftegazonosnosti Arktiki, no. 17, p. 102-112, maps, illus.) 4 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Geological interpretation of geophysical anomalies in the Turukhan-Yenisey interfiuve. Reports his 1957-1958 gravimetric investigations, and according to anomalies distinguishes three structural stages, Precambrian, Paleozoic and Mesozoic-Cenozoic. Regional zones of gravity force are identified and interpreted. DLC. CHERNYI, A. V., see also No. 83421. 77968. CHERNYSHEV, B. B. Verkhnesilurilskie i devonskie Tabulata basselna reki Kolymy. (Dal'strol. Materialy po izuchenifil Okhotsko-Kolymskogo kraß 1936. ser. 1, no. 4, p. 39-48, illus.) In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Upper Silurian and Devonian Tabulate of the Kolyma River basin. Describes ten species of these corals, mostly gen. Faoosites; most of the species or varieties are described as new. DLC.

77971. CHESNOKOV, N. Chto pokazala praktika okhotustrolstva na Severe. (Sel'skokhozfalstvennoe proizvodstvo Sibiri i Dal'nego Vostoka 1963, no. 2, p. 74-75.) In Russian Title tr.: What is demonstrated by the practical organization of hunting in the North? Two methods of organizing the hunting industry by assignment of hunting grounds to certain collectives are outlined. One based on distribution from above is advanced by V. N. Skalon; the other based on expeditions is defended by V. D. Skrobov. Advantages of the former are stressed, and defects of the latter illustrated from the Pura region in Yamal-Nentsy National. District. DLC.

CHERTOK, S., see No. 78325. 77969. CHERTOV, L. G. 0 nekotorykh putfakh povyshenifå proizvoditel'nosti obshchestvennogo truda v vostochnykh ralonakh Severo-Zapada. (Leningrad. Univ. Vestnik 1962. no. 18, p. 63-76.) 7 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: On some ways of increasing the productivity of socialist labor in the eastern regions of the Northwest. Reviews the present status and prospec-

204

77972. CHESNOKOV, N. Davat' bol'she deshevol produkf ü; v Khanty-Mansffskom ukrupnennom koopzveropromkhoze. (Okhota i okhotnich'e khozfiilstvo 1963. v. 9, no. 10, p. 10-11, table.) In Russian. Title tr.: Greater and more economical production, on the Khanty-Mansi enlarged cooperative fur farm. Outlines achievements of a hunting and fur-farming collective organized in . 1962 by merger of 15 hunting farms and two fur

farms. It has 25,418 hectares of hunting grounds; with headquarters in KhantyMansiysk, it has : 15 sections, the nearest 100 km., the farthest 1,000 km. distant. Production data are tabulated for furs, game, small fruits, mushrooms and fish; value in 1961 was 976,400 rubles, and DLC. 1,296,000 rubles in 1962. 77973. CHEVILLARD, L., and others. Action de la reserpine sur les changes respiratoires du rat adapt å basse temperature. (Journal de physiologie 1963. v. 55, no. 2, p. 230-31.) 4 refs. In French. Other authors: R. Portet, M. Cabady and M. Cadot. Title tr.: Action of reserpine upon respiratory exchange of the rat adapted to low temperature. Administration of reserpine tended to eliminate some metabolic adaptations produced by cold. Values obtained in adapted animals at 30° C. or 10° C. after reserpine, were statistically comparable to those in DNLM. non-acclimated rats. 77974. CHEVILLARD, L., and others. Growth rate of rats born and reared at 5 and 30 C. (Federation proceedings 1963. v. 22, no. 3, pt. 1, p. 699-703, graphs.) 19 refs. Other authors: R. Portet and M. Cadot. Animals born and reared at 5° C. showed slower growth and lower weight than controls of 30° C. Tail length was the function of temperature of rearing. Percentage of fertilization was less at 5° C., and less in animals born and kept at 5° or 30° C. than in those merely adapted to these temperatures. The number of offspring and their sex ratio were not influenced by the temperature during pregnancy. DLC. 77975. CHIGIR, V. G. 0 ramose oblomoØogo materials alsbergami i morskimi l'dami. (Moskva Univ. Vestnik 1963. ser. 5, geografifå no. 5, p: 50-52.) In Russian. Title tr.: Dispersion of fragmental material by icebergs and sea ice. Reports on transport of such material as observed in 1957.-1959 in Severnaya Zemlya. This archipelago, 37,000 km.44 in area, is 45%. ice-covered, and Universitetskiy Glacier on southern Oktyabr'skaya Revolyutsiya Island was studied particularly, including the calving of icebergs. Its bergs are- up to 80-100 m. long, and in the sea, they show 10-12 m. some up to 20 m. above the. surface. The number of bergs, their behavior from season to season, thawing, and other features are briefly reported. Their content of fragmental material is

found significant: that.left as they thaw in northern seas possibly equals the biogenic and chemogenic deposits. Sea ice also has a significant capacity . for carrying loose materials and for boulder transport. DLC. 77976. CHIKACHEV, S. M. 0 nikelenosnosti Panskogo gabbro-noritovogo massive na Kol'skom poluostrove. (Sovetskafh geologifå 1963, no. 6, p. 100-107, map, table, illus.) 6 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Nickel-bearing properties of the Panskaya gabbro-norite massif on Kola Peninsula. Outlines the geologic structure, morphology, and other features of this massif, in the central part of the Peninsula, from own studies of 1957-1959 and 1960-1961, when a primary concentration of nickel in the norite part of the massif was found. Primary aureole of nickel dispersion, typical association of minerals, satellites of nickel, and petrochemical analyses reveal presence of copper-nickel mineralization. DLC. 77977. CHIKHAREV, N. I. K voprosu o burenii merzlykh gruntov dlfa obrazovanil kotlovanov pod kontaktnol seti. (Transportnoe stroitel'stvo 1962, no. 9, p. 45-47, graphs.) Ref. In Russian. Title tr.: Drilling in frozen ground to make trenches for the supports of a contact network. Describes drilling experiments in various kinds of ground within the -16° to —20° C. temperature range. An analogy is found with the drilling process in rocks, brittle metals, and other isotropic materials. Efficiency : formulas are developed for DLC. frozen ground drilling. 17978. CHIKOV, B. M., and V. K. IVANOV. Magnitnoe pole i nekototye cherty geologicheskogo stroenifå &aftel'nol chasti Korfaksko-Kamchatskol skladchatol oblasti. (In: Leningrad. N: issl. inst. geol.-Arktiki. Geologifå Korfåkskogo nagor'få 1963, p. 200-211, maps.) 10 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The magnetic field . and some features of the geologic structure of the central part of KoryakKamchatka folded province. Outlines structure of the anomalous magnetic field, and nature of individual anomalies. Kamchatka-Vivnik and Penzhina-Pekul'ney belts are treated from airborne studies; the main features of the anomalous magnetic field are reported and geologic interpretation given. Individual anomalous zones are described. Lineal structures of the magnetic field indicate deep-seated fractures, of which a scheme DLC. is presented and described.

205

77979. CHING, H. L. Three trematodes (Canadian from the harlequin duck. journal of zoology 1961. v. 39, no. 3, p. 373-76, illus.) 3 refs. Describes such worms from the digestive tract of two birds shot at Friday Harbor, Wash. They include two microphallids, and Paramonostornum histrionici n. sp., DLC. described in detail. 77980. CHINNICK, R. F. Upper atmosphere and space research in Canada. (Canadian aeronautics and space journal 1962. v. 8, no. 8, p. 198-213, graphs, tables, illus.) 63 refs. IZeiriews activity since 1957, noting data obtained from Nike-Cajun, Aerobee, and Black Brant rocket firings at Fort Churchill, and the Tirec satellite project. Numerous pub. and unpub. sources are listed. DLC. CHIPPINDALE, N. K., see No. 78313. CHIRCAEV, A. G., see No. 77036. 77981. CHIRKOV, N. P., and f17. G. SHAFER. Ob effekte frontov vozdushnykh mass v intensivnosti kosmicheskikh luchel i roll nizhnikh sloev stratosfery. (Akademifa nauk SSSR. fÅkutskil filial. Trudy 1960. ser. fiz. no. 3, p. 78-83, graphs.) 6 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The effect of air mass fronts on cosmic ray intensity stratosphere. Analyzes the effect of 48 warm and 49 cold fronts, from data of investigations at Yakutsk and those of the Central Aerological Observatory. Intensity of the hard component of cosmic rays is found reduced 0.48 ± 0.10% by a warm front passing over, and variations in the lower stratosphere are found to make both the cold and the warm front effect on cosmic ray intensity appear greater. The relationship is established between the meteorological front effects on cosmic ray intensity and DLC. solar activity in 1949-1952. CHIRKOV, N. P., see also No. 83065. 77982. CHIRVA, S. A. 0 kaolinizirovannykh otlozheni1 kh severa Zapadnol Sibiri. (Leningrad. Vses. neftß.nol n: issl. geologorazvedochnyl inst. Trudy 1963, no. 225, p. 93-96, table, map.) 3 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Kaolinized deposits in the north of Western Siberia. Discusses the origin of kaolin in the West Siberian lowland, with special attention to the Korlikovskaya stratum of the Nekrasovo Oligocene series. It is found on left tributaries of the Pur such as the Khadutte 206

and Tab-Yakha. Mineralogie composition of this stratum is analyzed. Presence_ of kaolin in various forms is noted; two stages of kaolinization, Cretaceous-Paleogene and Oligocene, are indicated. Kaolin occurrence by crust weathering is recognized. DLC. 77983. CHIRVA, S. A. Paleogenovye otlozhenifå fIlzhnoI chasti Tazovskogo poluostrova. (Leningrad. Vses. neftfdnol n.-issl. geologorazvedochnyl inst. Trudy 1963. v. 220, p. 70-79, map.) 6 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Paleogene deposits of the southern part of Taz Peninsula. Describes these deposits from drilling cores taken along the Numgi-Samburg profile. According to the forams, radiolarians, diatoms, algae, and spore-pollen, the Paleogene is divided into a marine stratum containing Eocene and lower Oligocene deposits, and a continental containing Oligocene. These deposits are treated in detail and divided in series, each of which is described noting distribution, composition, fauna, and flora. DLC. CHIRVA, S. A., see also Nos. 78830, 78832. 77984. CHISKAN (ZABOLOßKI!), N. Belyl potok. (Druzhba narodov 1962, no. 6, p. 27-45.) In Russian. Title tr.: The white torrent. Short story on kolkhoz life: rescue of cows stranded during the Lena River breakup. Translated from Yakut by ItTril Kazakov. DLC. 77985. CHISTfAKOV, G. E. Temperaturnyl i ledovyl rezhimy rek i nekotorykh vodoemev fAkutii. (In: Akademifli nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Inst. merzlotovedenifå. Teplo ... 1963, p. 92-104, tables, graphs.) 13 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Temperature and ice regimes of the rivers and some reservoirs of Yakutia. Correlates data obtained earlier by various investigations. The June—Sept. average temperature of water and air is given for eight points on the Lena, three on the Olenek, five on the Vilyuy, and three on the Yana River. The maximum mean monthly water temperature is recorded as over 20° C. for July, and the minimum less than 5° C. (no month indicated). Temperature distribution at different depths is given for several lakes, and the Irelyakh River. Ice formation on rivers and its thickness both snow-covered and -free are discussed. Thickness of the snow cover at Suntar is stated. Spring breakup on rivers, and its duration on the Lena, Aldan, Vitim,

Vilyuy, Yana and Indigirka are reported. The period of floating ice in the fall-stable ice cover-spring breakup ranges from 197 days for the Lena at Zhigalovo to 256 days for the O1'chan River in the Indigirka basin. DLC. CHISTIAKOV, G. E., see also No. 78011. CHIZHOV, A., see No. 77045. 77986. CHIZHOV, O. P. Balans massy l'da novozemel'skogo lednikovogo pokrova po nablfildeniiam na lednike Shokal'skogo v 1957-1959 gg. (Akademifa nauk SSSR. Mezhduvedomstvennyl geofizicheskif komitet, IX razdel programmy MGG: glfåfsiologifä. Sbornik statel 1963. no. 9, p. 72-81, tables, graphs, map.) 8 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: The ice mass balance of the glacier cover of Novaya Zemlya according to observations of Shokal'skogo Glacier in 1957-1958. Reports on work of the Novaya Zemlya Glaciological Expedition of the Institute of Geography in 1957-1959 as part of the IGY program. The observations included snow accumulation and ablation measurements from which the mass budget and discharge of the glacier ice were calculated. The measurements of flow velocity and thickness at the glacier front provided data for estimating volume of the icebergs formed. Evaporation and liquid discharge values were derived from actinometric and gradient observations at the glacier stations, and from discharge measurements in the glacier DLC. streams. 77987. CHIZHOV, O. P. Lednikovyl i vnelednikovyl stok v ralone Russkol Gavani, Severnyl ostrov Novo! Zemli. (Issledovanilä lednikov i lednikovykh ralonov 1963. no. 3, p. 199-225, tables, graphs, maps. 5 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Glacial and nonglacial runoff in the region of Russkaya Gavan', North Island of Novaya Zemlya. Reports runoff measurements and other hydrologic observations made in 1957-1959 in connection with the IGY program. Hydrology of the region is characterized noting the main features of Shokal'skogo and other glaciers and the regime of rivers and lakes in the periglacial zone. The runoff is computed for glacial streams as well as rivers and smaller streams. It is compared with the ice and snow melt on the surface of glaciers, and with the precipitation and snow melt in the zone. Turbidity of rivers, evaporation, and other DLC. features are also discussed.

77988. CHOCHIA, N. G., and others. Strukturno-tektonicheskafå skhema severe Zapadno-Sibirskol neftegazonosnol provin@ii. (Leningrad. Vses. neftfånol n: issl. geologorazvedochnyl inst. Trudy 1963, no. 225, p. 206-255, table, maps.) 23 refs. In Russian. Other authors: A. V. Andreev, fü. F. Andreev, G. P. Evseev, V. N. Kislfakov, and I. M. Pasumanskil. Title tr.: Structural-tectonic scheme of the northern West Siberian oil-gas-bearing province. Presents map of the area between the Ural Mts. and Pur River based on recent studies; their scope and type are summarized, the geologic, geomorphic and geophysical investigations indicated. Structure and composition of the basement are outlined; four tectonic regions different in age are noted as the Ob-Shchuch'ya, Kazym, Yamal-Nadym, and Pur; each is characterized. The second structural stage and the Mesozoic-Cenozoic cover are also described. The Severnaya-Sos'va arch, Shchuch'ya subarch, Nadym depression, Nenetskiy arch, Pur depression, and other smaller structures are treated. Structures of Taz Peninsula are characterized. DLC. CHOCHIA, N. G., see also No. 80451. 77989. CHOCHIA, N. S. Put' uchenogo. (Leningrad. Univ. Uchenye zapiski 1962. no. 317, ser. geograficheskikh nauk, no. 8, p. 5-20, port.) In Russian. Title tr.: The way of a scientist. Reviews the life and scientific activity of Stanislav Vikent'evich Kalesnik, an outstanding Russian geographer, on the occasion of his sixtieth birthday and 35 years' scientific work and teaching. Kalesnik obtained his doctorate in 1937 at Leningrad Univ. with a dissertation on alpine glacial regions of the USSR, and in 1939 became professor of physical geography there. His expeditions in the Arctic, Khibiny tundras, and elsewhere are noted, and his more than 200 publications are DLC. listed. 77990. CHOQUE, C. Nunassiaq. (Eskimo 1963. v. 64, p. 5-8, illus.) Discusses the choice of this name, meaning "the Beautiful Land" for the more easterly of the two divisions to be formed from the present Northwest Territories. Some difficulties caused by the official spelling are noted in the Dec. issue of CaMAI. Eskimo, v. 66, p. 18. 77991. CHOQUE, C. R.I.P. Father Paul Pioger, o.m.i. (Eskimo 1963. v. 65, p. 14.)

207

Obituary of an . Oblate missionary who worked in 1918-1920 among the Eskimos at Chesterfield Inlet, Keewatin District. CaMAI. 77992. CHOQUETTE, L. P. E. Importance of zoonotic diseases in subarctic and arctic regions. 14 p. (In: WHO Conference on medicine... 1962.) 57 refs. Reviews the animal-borne diseases, both parasitic and bacterial-viral. Trichinosis, echinococcosis, diphyllobotrias and capillariasis of the first group are covered, and brucellosis, rabies, tularemia and some suspected forms of the second group. Incidence in the area as a whole and elsewhere, hosts, epidemiology, ways of transCaONA. mission, etc. are considered. CHOQUETTE, L. P. E., see also No. 77814. 77993. CHORBAJIAN, J., and others. Radiowave absorption coefficients based on Sen-Wyller magneto-ionic formula. College, Alaska 1962. 5, 54 p. tables. (Alaska. Univ. Geophysical Inst. Geophysical research report UAG-R132.) 8 refs. Other authors: M. Sugiura and R. Parthasarathy. Tables of the absorption (in decibels per km. path) parameter are computed for values of propagation angle 0-80°, and for the height range of about 20-100 km. in the upper atmosphere, based on magnetic field value (0.57 gauss) for College, Alaska. The parameter is used in deriving the complex refractive index of a medium for electromagnetic waves. Sen and Wyller's formula takes into account the dependence of the collision frequency on the electron velocity; from their expression one can derive the attenuation coefficient. Relation of this coefficient to the absorption parameter is given; both quantities were calculated for electron density values 1, 10, 100, 1,000, and 10,000, and were found proportional for all values. DGS.

site is proposed instead of ignimbrite, or tufolava as suggested by Vlodavefs. DGS. 77995. CHOW, B. F. The absorption of calcium, iron and vitamin B12 during alterations in environmental temperature. Fort Wainwright, Alaska 1963. 5 p. tables. (U.S. Arctic Aeromedical Lab. TN-62-10.), Exposure of adult rats to 4° C. for 4-5 days produced increased absorption of Ca and decreased absorption of Fe and no change in uptake of P. Overnight exposure to cold, resulted in a significant increase of vitamin B12 absorption. CaMAI. 77996. CHOW, B. F. The effect of cold on some aspects of protein metabolism. Fort Wainwright, Alaska 1963. 8 p. tables. (U.S. Arctic Aeromedical Lab. TN-62-11.) Rats fed protein-free diets (PFD) until excretory N stabilized showed increased urinary-nitrogen excretion when exposed to cold. This was not due to additional caloric requirements as further experiments showed but is due to increased and independent tissue catabolism in the cold. N-distribution in the urine and the effects of cortisone are also considered_ Ca.MAI. 77997. CHOWN, B., and M. LEWIS. The blood groups and secretor status of three small communities in Alaska. (Oceania 1962. v. 32, no. 3, p. 211-18, tables, graphs.) Ref. Paper presented under the title Genetic drift in blood group frequencies in the Alaska Peninsula at a symposium on blood genetics at the 10th Pacific Science Congress, Honolulu, 1961. Study of three neighboring, hybrid, Eskimoid-Caucasian populations when supplemented by what each knew of its genealogy, produced three conflicting answers. The impossibility of deducing gene frequencies of ancestral populations in small communities is noted and explained. DLC. CHOWN, B., see also No. 80672.

77994. CHOUBERT, G. Essai de mice am point du problbme des "ignimbrites." (IUGG. Association of Volcanology. Bulletin volcanologique 1963. v. 25, p. 123-40, table.) 52 refs. In French. Title tr.: Contribution to solution of the problem of "ignimbrites." Surveys the literature on this type of tuff-lava; questions the validity of P. Marshall's theory concerning its formation; agrees with V. I. VlodaveG that the process imagined by Marshall is hardly possible on a scale evident in the Katmai 1912 and several other eruptions. The term ignimul208

CHRENKO, F. A., see No. 82291. CHRISTENSEN, F. E., see No. 78985. 77998. CHRISTENSEN, P. B. Bare en jagttur. (Grønland 1963, no. 11, p. 423-32, illus.) In Danish. Title tr.: Only a hunting trip. Recounts experiences with a one-day hunting party in West Greenland, noting some of the differences in mentality and outlook of . the Danes and Greenlanders, etc. CaMAI.

77999. CHRISTENSEN, P. B. En spaendende skole, den nyoprettede skole for indiansk og eskimoisk kunst i Santa Fe, U.S.A. (Grønland 1963, no. 5, p. 179-84, illus.) In Danish. Title tr.: An exciting school, the newly established school for Indian and Eskimo art at Santa Fe, U.S.A. Describes this school opened in 1962, its scope and aims; five Eskimos enrolled. CaMAI. 78000. CHRISTIANSEN, B. Grønlandshval, og hval som sover. The Greenland right whale, and whales which sleep. (Norsk hvalfangst-tidende 1962. v. 51, no. 2, p. 5.5-56.) In Norwegian and English. Reports a 1958 observation of Balaena myslicetus, now extremely rare, at 79°48' N. I0°07' E., off northern Vestspitsbergen; also of a sleeping whale near Bjørnøya in DLC. 1960. 78001. CHRISTIANSEN, H. C. Grønland og de internationale markedsdannelser. (GØnland 1963, no. 4, p. 121-38, tables.) In Danish. Title tr.: Greenland and the international markets. Discusses implications for Greenland if Denmark should join the European common market organization. Foreign trade is essential, particularly in fisheries, and it is doubted that Greenland could hold markets in free competition. A transition period would be necessary to stabilize the Greenland economy; special conditions might be CaMAI. obtained for that purpose. 78002. CHRISTIANSEN, M. E. Geirfuglen. (Ottar 1963, no. 1 (35), p. 5-8, illus.) In Norwegian. Title tr.: The great auk. Describes this large flightless auk, now extinct, and notes last records of it: one shot off Issand in 1844, probably one shot at Vardø, Norway in 1848, perhaps one observed in southwest Norway in 1904. DLC.

Tribute to Nils Lid, 1890-1958, a leader in professional ethnological studies in Norway. His main interests are outlined; that in the interplay of various elements in folk tradition is discussed; and exemplified from the culture of Lapps, Scandinavians, and Finns. A brief biographical sketch is appended. DLC. 78005. CHRISTIANSSON, H. Norrbottens forntid. (Nordkalotten 1962. v. 2, p. 6-7, +, illus.) In Swedish. Title tr.: The prehistoric age in Norrbotten. Sketches the prehistory of northernmost Sweden, describes some finds, and discusses immigration from southern Scandinavia, CaMAL and contacts with Russia. 78006. CHRISTIE, H. J. Mining in the North, 1962. Ottawa. Dept. of Northern Affairs and National Resources, Resources Div. 1963. 53 p. maps, tables. Reports mineral exploration, develop-. ment, and production in each of four mining districts in the Yukon and three in Northwest Territories. Mining legislation, access roads and airstrips, federal assistance to prospectors, and mining safety are also discussed. Exploration as evidenced by recorded mineral claims, increased in both territories over 1961, especially in the Mayo and Mackenzie Mining Districts. Discoveries included jasper-hematite in the Snake River area, gold at Contwoyto Lake, high grade magnetite in northern Baffin Island, and silver-lead-zinc near Watson Lake. Production commenced at Canada Tungsten in the Flat River valley, and is scheduled for Mar. 1964 at Taurcanis (Tundra Gold Mines, Ltd.) in eastern Mackenzie District; production quantitatively decreased from 1961, for all minerals in the Northwest Territories and for all except zinc and coal in the Yukon. CaMAI.

78003. CHRISTIANSEN, R. T. The dead and the living. Oslo, H. Aschehoug & Co., 1946. 96 p. (Studia Norvegiaa, no. 2.) Refs. Discusses the northern pagan origin of some Norwegian Christian mortuary customs and beliefs: fear of the spirit or soul of the dead, appeasement of malignant ghosts, contacts between the deceased and the living, the wake, etc. Some parallels are cited from Lappish traditions. DLC.

78007. CHRISTIE, H. J. Yukon treasure chest. (North 1963. v. 10, no. 3, p. 2-7, map, illus.) Discusses mineral resource potentialities in Yukon Territory. A 1961 iron ore discovery in the Snake River area on the Yukon-Mackenzie District boundary is described. The deposit contains an estimated 20-43 billion tons of jasper-hematite ore with a 35-50% iron content. Earlier reports of iron ore in the area are noted. Mineral deposits not economic at present, CaMAI. may become so in the future.

78004. CHRISTIANSEN, R. T. Nils Lid in memoriam. (Norveg; tidsskrift for folkelivsgransking 1958. v. 6, p. 1-6, port.)

CHRISTIE, R. L., see Nos. 77502, 77844, 83528.

209

78008. CHRISTOFFERSEN, F. Lidt om grønlandske jagttrofaeer og om hvordan (Atuagagdliutit: man bedømmer dem. Grønlandsposten 1962. v. 102, no. 3, p. 14-15; no. 5, p. 16-17, tables, illus.) In Danish and Eskimo. Title tr.: Note on Greenland hunting trophies and how to judge for them. Stales standards for judging musk ox, reindeer, polar bear and walrus; also gives some advice on preparing the carcass for DLC. judging. CHRISTOFFERSEN, G., see No. 78232. 78009. CHUBUKOV, L. A. Bioklimaticheskafa kharakteristika osnovnykh zon osvoenilli Severe. (Problemy Severs 1962, no. 6, p. 59-62.) 5 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Bioclimatic outline of the main development zones of the North. Summarizes the climatic studies of the Institute of Geography assembling data for the adaptation of introduced population in Murmansk, Mezen', Tikhaya Bay, Russkaya Gavan', Dikson Island, Salekhard, Cape Chelyuskin, Turukhansk, Tiksi, Yakutsk, Verkhoyansk, Sredne-Kolymsk, Chetyrekhstolbovoy Island and Anadyr'. DLC. 78010. CHUBUKOV, L. A. Klimat arkticheskikh ralonov Sovetskogo Soullza v pogodakh. (Soveshchanie po voprosam teoreticheskogo i prikladnogo ispol'zovanifn metodov kompleksnol klimatologii 1960. Voprosy kompleksnol klimatologii, pub. 1963, p. 109-119, tables, graphs, illus.) 10 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Climate of the arctic regions of the Soviet Union by weather types. Characterizes climate of the Arctic according to the main climate-forming factors. Heat loss during the long polar night is analyzed. The anticyclonic and cyclonic regime over the area is described. Prevailing weather types in winter, spring, summer and autumn are analyzed from observations at the Russkaya Gavan', Dikson Island, Cape Chelyuskin, Tiksi Bay and Chetyrekhstolbovoy Island stations, and from evaluation of the literature. DLC. 78011. CIIUDINOV, G. M., and others. Energeticheskie resursy fAkutskol ASSR. Yakutsk, IAkutskoe knizhnoe izd-vo 1962. 266 p. tables, map, illus. Refs. In Russian. Other authors: R. A. Popov, G. E. Chistfzikov, B. V. Chugunov and G. S. Li. Title tr.: Power resources of Yakut ASSR. Comprehensive monograph based chiefly on unpublished materials which are cited,

210

together with those pub., for each chapter. Seven main sources of power are dealt with in turn: coal, oil and gas, burning shales, peat, wood, water and wind. For coal, 284 deposits are described and evaluated, p. 21-180; in the Lena, eastern Tungusskiy, southern Yakutia, and Kolyma-Indigirka coal basins and in other isolated areas; their total reserves are estimated at 2790 billion tons; sources of information: 105 unpub., 9 pub. are listed. Oil (24 deposits or occurrences) and natural gas (13 deposits) are briefly discussed, p. 181-200; gas is estimated to amount to 2290 billion m.3 Oil-shales, p. 201-205: notes on 14 deposits with 111.0 billion m'. Peat, p. 207-219: description of 34 deposits with 1.5 billion m'. Timber resources, p. 221-31: a brief general outline of forests covering 125 million hectares, with data on dominant species (Daurian larch, pine, spruce, cedar, dwarf cedar, birch and other deciduous trees) and on quantity 5,428 million rn.3 merchantable timber, 3,985 million m.' fire-wood, and 1,496 million m.' of waste. Water power, p. 233-51: data on runoff 750 km.' discharge/yr. into the Laptev and East Siberian Seas, its distribution among the Anabar, Olenek, Lena, Yana, Indigirka and Kolyma, hydrological characteristics of 30 streams, development prospects; the water-power potential amounts to 66 million kw. with annual production of 575 billion kw-h.; 38 hydroelectric stations proposed for construction are listed. Wind power, p. 253-57: data on average monthly wind velocity are given for 13 main towns, the average exceeds 3 m./sec. in only a few areas, which limits the utilization of wind power. A general summary of these sources of power by Chudinov introduces this work, which has also a useful index and a folded map, scale approx. 1:5,300,000, showing the deposits of coal, oil, gas, oil-shales and peat, also the existing and planned hydroelectric stations. DLC. 78012. CHUDINOV, ID. V. 0 drevnikh poperechnykh sdvigakh na Polfirnom Urale. (Moskovskoe obshchestvo ispytatelel prirody. Bfillleten' 1963. Otd. geologicheskil, v. 38, no. 4, p. 128.) In Russian. Title tr.: Old transversal displacement in the Polar Ural. Notes that the main Ural fault has not a northeast but a meridional extension. The age of transversal displacements (discussed) is considered Cambrian or Riphean. DLC. 78013. CHUGONOV, B. I., and V. P. LOGINOV. Osnovnye otrash gornodobyvafüshchel promyslennosti. (In: Akademifa

nauk SSSR. Sovet po izucheniiü proizditel'nykh sil. Problemy ... Magadanskol oblasti 1961, p. 49-80, tables.) 5 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Main branches of the mining industry. Outlines the mining of gold and tin in Magadan Province. The Kolyma and the so-called Polyarnyy or arctic gold-bearing regions are characterized. Mining, primarily of gold placers, began in the Kolyma in 1930; the Polyarnyy extending from Polousnyy Ridge to the Chukotsk Peninsula, is subdivided into the Anyuy and Chauna subregions, and mining of gold started in the Chauna in 1958. Mining methods, costs, and returns from production, and related economic and technical problems are discussed, as are further prospects and plans. The tin deposits are concentrated in the Chukotsk National District, and the most important are the Pevekskiy, Iul'tinskiy and Tamnekvun'skiy. The present status of the industry is appraised and its DLC. prospects discussed. 78014. CHUGUNOV, B. V. Vozobnovlenie lesa v ago-zapadnol Øutii. (AkademiØ nauk SSSR. fAkutskil filial. Inst. biologii. Trudy 1961, v. 7, p. 260-323, tables, map, illus.) 19 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Forest regeneration in southwestern Yakutia. Study of forests of the upper Aldan and upper Lena basins, including the taiga adjacent to the part of Mukhtuya on the Lena. Ecological and biological properties of the main trees are outlined: larch (Larir czekanovskii Szaf.), pine (Pines silvestris and P. slbirica), spruce and birch. The stages of natural regeneration of coniferous forests are described; means of fostering growth of the more valuable species are discussed; leaving groups of seeding trees, and uniform dispersal (not burning!) of waste in felling areas are recommended, as are soil preparation and sowing of seed. Distribution of main forest types is mapped DLC. for all Yakutia. CHUGUNOV, B. V., see also No. 78011. CHUGUNOVA, R. V., see No. 82875. CHUKANIN, K. I., see No. 82331. CHUKICHEV, M. P., see No. 83043. 78015. CHUKOVSKII, N. K. Bering. Moskva, Izd-vo "Molodafå gvardifå" 1961. 128 p. map, illus. (Zhizn' zamechatel'nykh ladel. Serifit biografil, no. 19). Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Bering.

Popular biography of Vitus Jonassen Bering, 1681-1741, with main attention to the two phases of his Great Northern Expedition 1725-1743. His voyages on the Sv. Gavriil in 1728, when he crossed the strait between Asia and America, and on Sv. Petr in 1741, when he reached the coast of Alaska are described in detail. Notable participants in his expeditions, Chirikov, Shpanberg, Steller, Waxell, Plenisner, and others are characterized. Map of the Sv. Petr and Se. Pavel 1741-42 voyage and a chronology of Bering's life and activities are included. DLC. 78016. CHUKREEV, V. K. 0 fenotermicheskol sezonnosti i zime na Severo-Vostoke SSSR. (Problemy Severa 1963, no. 7, p. 217-23, graph, tables.) 7 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Phenothermal seasons and winter in northeastern USSR. Distinguishes three cold and three warm seasons, viz: pre-winter with 0° to —15° C. air temperature, winter with —15° C. or lower, the Iight spring of —15° - 0° C., the warm spring 0°-15° C., summer 15° C. and above, and fall 15° - 0° C. Data are given on the average duration of each in the northern coastal area of Russkoye Ust'ye, Ambarchik Bay, Vrangel Island, Vankarem and Dezhnev Post, the Cold Pole area of Delyankir, Oymyakon airport, Oymyakon, and Nera, and the southern coastal area of Magadan, Okhotsk, Nagayeva Bay, Taygonos and Cape Navarin. Comparisons are made with data of five meteorological stations in the Far East. Correlation is noted between thermal seasons and phenological phenomena, and the convenience of a six-season division for conditions of Siberia and Far North is stressed. DLC. 78017. CHUKSINA, E. F. Pervy! Selmchanskil raionnyl s"ezd Sovetov. (Magadan. Oblastnol kraevedcheskil muzel. Kraevedcheskie zapiski 1962, no. 4, p. 94-98.) Ref. In Russian. Title tr.: First Congress of the Seymchan District Soviets. Descnöes proceedings at the Jan. 1931 congress in Srednikan (probably Ust'Srednikan), a gold-mining settlement in the Kolyma region, now part of Magadan Province. Discussions centered on propagating education and party politics among the regional Tungus and Yakuts, setting up reindeer kolkhozes, introducing new branches of agriculture, expansion of gold MH. mining, administrative measures. 78018. CHUMAK, K. I. K voprosu o pnevmokonioze i tuberkuleze u gornorabochikh Zapolfar'is. (In: Moskva. N: issl.

211

inst. sanitarii i gigieny. Gigienicheskie .. . 1961, p. 245-50, tables.) In Russian. Title tr.: The problem of pneumoconiosis and tuberculosis among miners in the Arctic. Reports on X-ray study among miners working on most "dusty" jobs. Over two thousand persons, engaged at least three years in this kind of work were examined. Pneumosclerosis and pneumoconiosis were found among these workers. Incidence of active pulmonary TB was higher among old residents than among newcomers. DLC. 78019. CHUMAK, P. liA. Opyt khirurgicheskol raboty v lazarete chasti v uslovifdkh Severn. (Voenno-medi£'sinskiT zhurnal 1962, no. 11, p. 63-64.) In Russian. Title tr.: Experience with surgical work in a field hospital, under conditions of the North. Description of a surgical and dressing block of tents, including equipment for blood typing, oxygen breathing, sterilization of instruments, etc. Staff, number and kind of operations are also noted. DNLM. 78020. CHUNIHHIN, S. P. 0 geograficheskoT izmenchivosti lesnykh kon'kov. (Ornitologifa 1962, no. 4, p. 453-57, tables.) 23 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Geographic variability of tree pipits. Reports a study of variability over the Soviet Union in Anthus trivialis and A. hodgeoni, both birds reaching into the Arctic in their distribution. In the first, a clinal shortening of wings and bill from north to south and from west to east was found. In the second species, the wings showed no variability while the beak shortened from east to west. DLC. 78021. CHURCH, W., and M. NELSON. Abundance, size and age of red salmon smolts from the Wood River system, 1961, 1962. Juneau 1963. 2 v.: 13, 11 p. tables, graphs. (Alaska. Dept. of Fish and Game. Informational leaflet no. 32, 33.) Reports the annual smolt enumeration and sampling, previously (since 1951) conducted by the Fisheries Research Institute. In 1961 smolt abundance was the highest recorded in this western Alaska system, and age-2 fish averaging 102.1 mm. in length predominated. In 1962 smolt abundance was below average and smaller than expected; the smolts were small in size and age-1 fish predominated. DLC. 78022. CHURCH, W. Red salmon smolts Kvichak River system 1961. Juneau 1963. 10 p. tables, graphs. (Alaska. Dept. of

212

Fish and Game. Informational leaflet no. 31.) Reports the annual smolt enumeration, size and age sampling conducted as supra. The 1961 enumeration was among the smallest recorded in this system, and age-1 fish predominated. Average size, 91 8 min. for age-1 and 117.2 mm. for age-2, decreased as the season progressed. DLC. 78023. CHURCH, W. Red salmon spawning ground survey in the Nushagak and Togiak Districts, Bristol Bay 1960, 196L Juneau 1963. 2 v.: 14, 23 p. maps, tables. (Alaska. Dept. of Fish and Game. Informational leaflets no. 29, 30.) Reports annual survey by the Dept., previously conducted by the Fisheries Research Institute. Abundance and distribution of spawners are estimated for seven systems (five in 1960) of western Alaska. Ground and aerial survey methods are described, and results presented by spawning areas within the systems. Data for each area include: estimated number of spawners, comparison with the previous year, percent of the total population of the system and of the District. DLC. 78024. CHURCHILL, F. C. Reports on the condition of educational and school service and the management of reindeer service in the District of Alaska. Washington, D.C., U.S. Govt. Print. Office 1906. 176 p. map, tables. (U.S. 59th Congress, 1st sess. Senate. Document no. 483.) Reports a 1905 survey of this special investigator for the U.S. Dept. of the Interior. School service for white and native children outside of incorporated towns is examined: management, personnel, enrollment, buildings and equipment, expenses, etc. Problems of securing teachers, of supervision, and the transport of supplies in this remote area are described; and some recommendations are made, including amendments to the Nelson Act of 1905. The reindeer program, established in 1890, is analyzed: costs, background of importing the animals, management, methods of handling, Eskimo apprentices, use of reindeer in transportation, ownership of the animals, loans of reindeer to missions that teach herding and to Lapp herders, condition and number of animals at the various stations, etc. The idea of establishing a reindeer industry for Alaskan Eskimos is considered good, but the small proportion (38%) of animals owned by natives after 15 years is considered bad, as is herd ownership by other than government and Eskimos; loans to missions should cease. Specific

cases of mismanagement in the school and reindeer services are cited in correspondence and other exhibits, and their annual reports (No. 18277) criticized for inaccuracy and lack of pertinent data. W. T. Harris's commentary (unfavorable) on Churchill's report p. 152-76, gives data on the July 1905 status of the 10,241 reindeer in Alaska as 2003 directly under government control, 1070 on loan, 2127 owned by missions, 3817 by Eskimos, and 1224 by Lapps. DI.

78026. CLARK, G. R. INPFC Commission, chairman of Canadian section outlines reasons for decisions and recommendations of commissioners. (Canada. Dept. of Fisheries. Trade news 1963. v. 15, no. 7, p. 7-10.) Statement, by the Deputy Minister of Fisheries, on the proposed removal of eastern Bering Sea halibut from abstention by Japan under the International Convention for the High Seas Fisheries of the North Pacific Ocean. DI.

CHURINA, A. A., see No. 78892.

CLARK, J. F., see No. 80969.

CHUSOV, f1U. N., see No. 79682.

78027. CLARK, R. E., and C. F. FLAHERTY. Contralateral effects of thermal stimuli on manual performance capability. (Journal of applied physiology 1963. v. 18, no. 4, p. 769-71, tables.) 10 refs. Cooling of the performing hand to 40° F. reduced its efficiency irrespective of the temperature of the other hand. When the performing hand was warm, cooling of the contralateral hand reduced the former's efficiency by 33% average. When one hand was cooled to 55° F. or below, the temperature of the other dropped by an average of 2° F. below normal. DLC.

CHYLINSKI, .1., aee No. 84487. CIER, A., see No. 78076. CIOCATTO, E., see No. 78316. CIRPILI, E., see No. 78529. 78025. CLAIRMONT, D. H. J. Deviance among Indians and Eskimos in Aklavik, N.W.T. Ottawa 1963. ix, 84 p. map, tables. (Canada. Northern Co-ordination and Research Centre, NCRC-63-9.) 26 refs. In sequence to No. 70761. Comparative study of the effects of acculturation pressure on the behavior pattern of settlement Eskimos (mostly Alaskan), settlement Indians (LoucheuxKutchin), and bush Eskimos (Mackenzie), with attention mainly to those 16-29 years of age and those over 30. The demographic structure of the settlement at Hudson's Bay Co. trading posts, the traditional economy, wage labor, family organization, status, inter-ethnic relations, social problems and control are discussed in turn. Four major infractions of middleclass white behavior standards were selected as criteria indicative of deviance: workinstability, criminal code offenses, excessive drinking, and illegitimacy. The disparity between aspirations toward the white man's cultural goals and the legitimate means available for their achievement produce a stress affecting primarily settlement youths: on all four criteria they scored highest. Older people and young Eskimos in traditional occupations showed no resentmentinduced deviances. Development is noted of delinquent gang.: which provide settlement youths with a modicum of social recognition denied them, individually, by CaMAI. the community. CLARK, E., see. No. 81367.

CLARK, R. T., see No. 77904. 78028. CLARKE, A. H. Annotated list and bibliography of the abyssal marine molluscs of the world. Ottawa 1962. vi, 114 p. maps. (Canada. National Museum. Bulletin no. 181.) Lists 1152 species of molluscs recorded from 1000 fm. or more depth with known bathymetric and geographic ranges, number of published records for each ocean basin, and literature sources. Among basins are the Labrador including Baffin, and Norway including Greenland in the North Atlantic; the North Pacific including Aleutian; and North Canadian and North Eurasian Basins in the Arctic Ocean. Appended is list of rejected records, also a bibliography (p. 85-98) and index to molluscs. SuppleDI. ments are planned. 78029. CLARKE, A. H. Arctic archibenthal and abyssal molluscs II, molluscs dredged from drifting station Charlie, Alpha II. (Canada. National Museum. Bulletin 1963. no. 185, Contributions to zoology 1962, p. 90-109, tables, illus.) 20 refs. French summary. In sequence to No. 63946. Reports the 1959 and 1960 collections, 2068 specimens, dredged near the western flank of the Chukchi Rise about 800 mi.

213

north of Bering Strait. Included are one scaphopod, 12 gastropod, and 11 pelecypod species, one gastropod, Alvania karlini n. ap., described as new; other finds represent substantial bathymetric and geographic range extensions. Some samples also eight species described by Gorbunov (No. 5939) DLC. are illus. 78030. CLARKE, D. IL, and J. ROYCE. Rate of muscle tension development and release under extreme temperatures. (Internationale Zeitschrift für angewandte Physiologie 1962. v. 19, no. 5, p. 330-36, graphs, table.) 0 refs. Dynamometer and ergograph studies of hand-squeeze and -release, following its immersion in hot or cold water. Slight differences from the normal were found after immersion in hot water; but following cold immersion parameters were markedly slowed, including the release phase. DNLM. 78031. CLARKE, H. G. Two probes for localized intracerebral cooling. (Journal of physiology 1963. v. 169, no. 3, p. 70P-72P, illus.) lief. Description of two instruments one activated by liquid N, the other by liquid Freon. Lowest temperatures obtained were —28° and —20° C. respectively. Their performance is evaluated. DLC. 78032. CLARKE, P. J. Preliminary report on Ft lix Lake area, Saguenay County. Quebec 1962. 9 p. map. (Quebec. Dept. of Natural Resources. Geological Surveys Branch. P. R. no. 491.) 5 refs. Describes and maps at 1 in.:1 mi. the stratigraphic, glacial, structural, and economic geology of this 400 sq. mi. area; investigated in 1961, it lies approx. 52°15' -30' N. 66°30'-67° W., in the headwaters of the Moisie River east of and about halfway between Mt. Reed and Mt. Wright. The Precambrian rock sequence begins with probable Archean granulitic gneisses succeeded upward by: quartzfeldspar-biotite-hornblende paragneisses, marble, quartzite, ferriferous rocks of the so-called Wabash Lake iron formation, mica-kyanite schist, and hornblende-garnet; the paragneisses and overlying types represent metamorphosed equivalents of the Labrador Trough sediments. Gabbros of various types, ultrabasics, and granite intrude the other rocks. Folding and faulting are indicated, and the Moisie apparently lies along a major fault. Iron, copper, nickel, zinc, and kyanite are DGS. present.

214

78038. CLARE, P. J. Preliminary report on Normanville area Saguenay Electoral District. Quebec 1960. 14 p. map. (Quebec. Dept. of Mines. Geological Surveys Branch. P. R. no. 413.) 7 refs. Outlines and maps at 1 in.:1 mi. the lithology, structure, and mineral potential of this 180 sq. mi. area, 52°45'-53°00' N. approx. 67°00'-30' W., north of Mt. Wright, investigated in 1959. The Precambrian rocks are probably, in part, the metamorphosed equivalents of the Labrador Trough sediments. They include 11 units in an amphibolite facies in the southeast, and six units in a granulite facies in the southeast, and six units in a granulite facies in the northwest. Both facies contain ironstones and are tightly folded, though less complex in the north. Quartz-specularite and magnetite-oxide ironstone, each averaging 25-35% iron, are exposed in the south. Occurrences of sulfides and pyrites were found, also a showing of sphalerite. DGS. CLAYTON, L., see No. 82408. 78034. CLEAVER, F. C. Bering Sea king crab, Paralithodes camtschatica, tagging experiments. (International Commission for the Northwest Atlantic Fisheries. Special publication 1963, no. 4, p. 59-63, tables, map.) 5 refs. Describes the fishery and the object of it as well as the tagging experiments conducted from 1956 to 1958 in the southeastern Bering Sea. Tentative conclusions are given for growth rates, fishing rate (5-10%), and natural mortality 31-43% per annum. No mixing of these crab with the stock south of the Alaska Peninsula is indicated. CaMAI. 78035. CLEMENS, W. A., and G. V. WILBY. Fishes of the Pacific coast of Canada. Ottawa 1961. 443 p. illus. (Canada. Fisheries Research Board. Bulletin no. 68, 2d. ed.) Approx. 260 refs. Comprehensive monograph for both scientific and non-scientific persons brought up-to-date since the 1946 edition. Introductory sections deal with elements and new forms of this fauna, a history of marine fish collections from the Canadian Pacific, fish morphology and recording it, identification and identification keys. Account follows (p. 65-403) of the species in taxonomic order, with excellent illus., some in color. Descriptions include morphology, size and color, early records of captures, distribution, reproduction and young, fishery, geographic range, etc. Many arctic

forms extending into this area are included. Appendixes contain a glossary of terms used and an index of scientific and common names. DLC. 78036. CLEMMESEN, C. Om åndssvaghet på Grønland. (Grønland 1963, no. 2, P. 62-64.) In Danish. Title tr.: Mental deficiency in Greenland. Describes briefly its incidence, about 200 cases known among children and adults; the more severe are cared for in Denmark, but for the less serious cases, special training facilities in Greenland are advocated. CaMAI. CLOGSTON, J. I., see No. 84052. 78037. GLOSS, A. Das Religiöse im Schamanismus. (Kairos 1960. v. 2, no. 1, p. 29-38.) 32 refs. In German. Title tr.: Religious nature of shamanism. Considers shamanism a religious phenomenon rooted in soul ideology. The ecstatic trance in north Eurasian shamanism is not a form of arctic hysteria but simply a means of communicating with the spirit world. Magic, mysticism, and prophecy also are functional not integral parts of shamanism. Leading topical studies including those of Findeisen, Friedrich and Eliade are critically reviewed. DLC. 78038. CLOUGH, G. C. Biology of the arctic shrew, Sore. arclicus. (American midland naturalist 1963. v. 69, no. 1, p. 69-81, tables, graphs.) 13 refs. Reports a three-year field and laboratory study of a population of this little known species in southern Wisconsin. The study area (grass-sedge marsh), population changes, age groups, reproduction, body and skull morphometry, color, diurnal activity, and behavior are described. DSI. 78038A. COACHMAN, L. K., and C. A. BARNES. The movement of Atlantic water in the Arctic Ocean. (Arctic 1963. v. 16, no. 1, p. 8-16, maps, graph.) 22 refs. Also issued as: Washington. State. Univ. Dept. of Oceanography. Contribution no. 261. Re-evaluates sixty years' oceanographic data from the Arctic Ocean, examining nearly 300 deep-water stations, and using the "core-layer" method of Wüst to interpret the movement of the Atlantic layer. Stations are grouped in 16 areas and the average curve for each group plotted on a temperature-salinity diagram. Temperature and salinity changes which take place in the Atlantic water while an entity

in the Arctic Basin are graphed. The temperature maximum is reduced by about 3.5° C., and the salinity at max. temperature is reduced by about 0.2%. Superimposed on the T-S relationship is an arbitrary scale indicating percentage retention of the original characteristics. The velocity of the Atlantic layer is found (from current velocity, eddy coefficients and station data) to range 1-10 cm/sec. and values of KZ (vertical eddy coefficient) generally to range 1-20 cm.2/sec. Percentage retention of characteristics from the T-S diagram is mapped to suggest a relation between the flow of Atlantic water and bathymetry, distance, time, as well as the T-S features. Assuming the velocity along the core to be 3 em./sec., the constant vertical eddy coefficient to be 10 cm.a/sec., and with other assumptions on temperature distribution, an estimate of 8 x 108 cm.2/sec. is obtained for the constant lateral eddy coefficient. DOS, COACHMAN, L. K., see also Nos. 77086, 81746A. COATS, R. R., see No. 77923. 78039. COBB, E. H. Lode gold and silver occurrences in Alaska. Washington, D.C. 1962. map 56 x 39 in. (U.S. Geological Survey. Mineral investigations resource map MR-32.) Refs. Compilation on a scale of 1 in.: 40 mi. of deposits which have produced gold or silver and areas of gold or silver occurrence with no recorded production. Inset map shows production data for 19 areas; four categories are distinguished; the lowest, 10,000-50,000 fine oz. e.g. Fairbanks, Ester Dome; the highest, over 1,000,000 fine oz. e.g. Juneau. Deposits and occurrences (277 as of Dec. 31, 1960) are listed and mapped according to U.S. Geological Survey quadrangles; publications containing data on each deposit are cited. Seward quadrangle has 16 deposits and 10 occurrences, the greatest number; Juneau had the greatest gold production with nine Other deposits and four occurrences. concentrations of mining activity are shown in the Chichagof, Willow Creek, Craig, Fairbanks, and Valdez areas. DGS. COBB, N. A., see No. 81431. 78040. COBLE, R. L., and W. D. KINGERY. Ice reinforcement. (In: Kingery, W. D., Ice and snow ... 1963. p. 130-48, graphs, tables, illus.) 9 refs. Reviews practical requirements in a

215

reinforcing material for use in the Arctic, and reports on analysis and tests at —20° C. of ten materials, including fiberglas, wood fiber, asbestos fiber, etc. With reinforcement to a strength value of 1300 p.s.i. and use at Thule assumed, newspaper is the least expensive material, fiberglas the most costly; greatest strength can be DLC. achieved with fiberglas, however. COBLE, R. L., see also Nos. 78120, 80029. 78041. CODY, W. .1. A contribution to the knowledge of the flora of southwestern Mackenzie District, N.W.T. (Canadian field-naturalist 1963. v. 77, no. 2, p. 108123.) 25 refs. Reports plant collections made in summer 1961, assisted by K. W. Spicer, along the Liard from the British Columbia border to South Nahanni River, in the Fort Simpson area, up Mackenzie River to 61°17' N. 119°47' W., and on short visits to Cli Lake and Little Doctor Lake adjacent to the Nahanni Range, the easternmost range of the Mackenzie Mts. 70 mi. northwest of Fort Simpson. The annotated list contains 31 genera with 112 species; about ten of them are introductions to the area, two represent northward and . one southeastward extensions, and several are previously unrecorded in the area but not unexpected. Site conditions, location, soil, and relation to other vegetation are commented upon. CaONA. 78042. CODY, W. J. Some rare plants from the Mackenzie Mountains, Mackenzie District, N.W.T. (Canadian field-naturalist 1963, v. 77, no. 4, p. 226-28.) 10 refs. Reports on 22 species taken in summer 1962 by E. W. Johnson and D. Munro from the sparsely collected interior of these mountains. The area, 62°30'-63°15' N. 126°30'-127°05' W., 3,000-7,000 ft. above sea level, is a band up to 15 mi. wide along Redstone River, south from Dal Lake to 8 mi. south of Little Dal Lake. Most of the species were adapted to a wide variety of habitats, hence had considerable variation in size and flowering dates. Abundance and relation to known range are indicated CaONA. for each species. 78043. COFFEY, L. S. Wilds of Alaska big-game hunting. New York, Vantage Press 1963. 172 p. illus. Recounts experiences during a trip to Alaska in 1960. Author and husband traveled by car with trailer over the Alaska Highway to Fairbanks, thence to Mount McKinley Park, Anchorage, Kenai l'enin-

216

sula, Valdez, Talkeetna and Chickaloon Mts., etc. Scenery and road conditions, also hunting, fishing, guide services and accommodations for hunters are described. DLC. 78044. COFFIN, T. P. Indian tales of North America: an anthology for the adult reader. Philadelphia, American Folklore Society 1961. 157 p. (Bibliographical and special series v. 13.) Refs. Presents 45 annotated tales including two Tahltan and one Eskimo. DLC. COHEN, B. J., see No. 77883. 78045. COHEN, M. Polar ice and arctic sovereignty. (Saturday night 1958. v. 73, no. 18, p. 12-13, +, map, illus.) Discusses the question of sovereignty in view of the advent of nuclear submarines: Canadian Arctic Islands waters should be considered territorial waters, pack ice of the Arctic Basin should be considered land with Canada's share established according to the "sector" principle, and the water beneath it under Canadian control. CaOCU. COHEN, R., see No. 77209. COLAW, K. S., see No. 84307. COLE, Z. S., see No. 81457. COLEMAN, L. C., see No. 77388. 78046. COLINVAUX, P. A. The environment of the Bering land bridge. Ann Arbor, Mich. University Microfilms 1963. 260 p. maps, tables, illus. 55 refs.. Ph.D. thesis to Duke Univ. 1962. Establishes this environment by means of pollen analysis of ancient lake sediments from Imuruk Lake on Seward Peninsula, Flora Lake on St. Lawrence Island, and estuarine sediments of the former KobukNoatak River system, Alaska. A modified piston sampler driven and pulled by a mechanically generated hammer was developed for coring stiff lake sediments from the winter ice (described p. 133-42). About a hundred taxa were analyzed from the sediments. The climatic record of Imuruk Lake is inferred from a twelve zone pollen sequence evident in the 8 m. sediment core and correlated with Pleistocene chronology. The lake probably appeared during the interglacial which preceded the Nome River glaciation. Evidence from Flora Lake also supports the conclusion that migration routes between Asia and the Yukon glacial refugium lay across arctic

tundras and existed only at the low sea level accompanying glacial periods; therefore men and animals which crossed the land bridge were equipped for life in an arctic environment. Appended (p. 147CaOG. 258) are pollen analysis sheets. 78047. COLINVAUX, P. A. A pollen record from arctic Alaska reaching glacial and Bering land bridge times. (Nature 1963. v. 198, p. 609-610, table, illus.) 5 refs. Preliminary report on study of bottom cores from Imuruk Lake on Seward Peninsula. The pollen analysis indicates that during the time-span of the core the region supported a tundra vegetation but no DLC. forests. 78048. COLLIN, A. E. Oceanographic activities of the Polar Continental Shelf Project,. (Canada. Fisheries Research Board. Journal 1961. v. 18, no. 2, p. 253-58, table, map, illus.) 6 refs. Summarizes results of 1959-1960 procedures and observations in the waters off IsaØen on Ellef Ringnes Island. During the 1959 summer, equipment and techniques were developed for making precise observations on the ice, using air transport. Four oceanographic stations were occupied in the Prince Gustav Adolf Sea in May 1959; 17 stations were completed in 1960 between Axel Heiberg and Prince Patrick Islands besides a traverse northwestward across the continental shelf. The shelf profile off northwest Ellef Ringnes Island consists of three zones; a gently sloping, six-mi. inshore section; an extensive, plateau-like area about 1600 ft. deep; the continental slope where depths increase abruptly to about 6500 ft. Temperature and salinity graphs are shown for the traverse across the continental shelf; an interesting thermal gradient appears at about 250 ft. DLC. COLLIN, A. E., see also No. 77086. 78049. COLLINDER, B. Der Akkusativ im"Wogulischen. (Nyelvtudomånyi közlemenyek 1958. v. 60, p. 17-22.) 15 refs. In German. Title tr.: The accusative case in Vogul. Comparative morphological study of Vogul, Lappish, Zyryan, Ostyak, Samoyed, etc. The Vogul accusative suffix -m is considered of ancestral Uralic origin, despite its disappearance in certain Finno-Ugric languages and the North-Vogul dialects. DLC,

78050. COLLINDER, B. Survey of the Uralic languages. Stockholm, Almqvist & Wiksell 1957. 539 p. tables. 80 refs. Preliminary study to No. 63964, discussing the phonology and morphology of, among others, Lappish of Finnmark and Härjedalen, Zyryan, Vogul, Ostyak, and Samoyed : Yurak i.e. Enets, Sel'kup, and Kamasian, an almost extinct vernacular in the Sayan Mts. Dialectal variants are considered; text samples are cited with translations and linguistic analyses. An appendix to author's Fenno-Ugric vocabulary (No. 39319) is included, p. 517-36; it revises the etymology of over 300 words and adds some 25 new ones. DLC. 78051. COLLINDER, B. Die Wörter für fünf, sechs und sieben im Lappischen. (TroØØ Museum. Skrifter 1928. v. 2, p. 356-74.) Refs. In German. Title tr.: Lappish words for five, six, and seven. Etymological and phonetic analysis of cardinal and ordinal numbers and their derivatives. DSI. 78052. COLLINDER, B. Zur indouralischen Frage. (Uppsala. Univ. Årsskrift 1954, no. 10, Språkvetenskapliga sällskapets i Uppsala. Forhandlingar, Jan. 1952-Dec. 1954, p. 79-91.) Refs. In German. Title tr.: The Indo-Uralian problem. Discusses various theories pro and con, and rejects the idea of original kinship between the Indo-European and UralCtY, Altaic language families. 78053. COLLINGWOOD, C. A. Some ants Hym. Formicidae from North-East Asia. (Entomologisk tidskrift 1962. v. 83, no. 3-4, p. 215-30, illus.) 25 refs. Lists species and describes specimens in the Naturhistoriska Riksmuseum collections in Stockholm, including Camponotus herculeanus L. which ranges to 65°50' N. in central Siberia and 70° N. in Norway, also C. jdponicus Mayr. collected at 60°25' N. and known from west Norway at 66°20' N. Distinctions between the two are noted. Myrmica angulinodis Ruzsky and Lasius niger L. are reported from Kamchatka. DLC. The Iatter is said to be holarotic. COLLINS, C., see No. 79743. 78054. COLLINS, D. H., and others. Electronic components and apparatus for use in polar field operations. (Polar record 1963. v. 11, no 74, p. 578-91, tables, graphs.) 6 refs. Other authors: G. W. A. Dummer and S. Evans. Discusses effects of low temperatures,

217

abrupt changes in temperature, drift snow, etc. on: resistors, capacitors, insulated wire, coaxial cables, connectors, transformers, chokes and magnetic materials, primary and storage batteries. Because of difficulty in obtaining spare parts, repairs, etc., average failure rates are estimated for various types of components. Valves, transistors, etc. are to be considered in a DGS. sequel. 78055. COLLINS, H. B. Bering Strait to Greenland. (Arctic Inst. of North America. Technical paper 1962. no. 11, p. 126-39, illus.) Refs. Discussion of the diffusion and evolution of Eskimo cultures with a critical evaluation of papers in this symposium by C. E. Borden, D. S. Byers, J. L. Giddings, J. B. Griffin, W. N. Irving, J. Meldgaard, W. A. Ritchie, and W. E. Taylor q.q.v. A basic continuity existed in the eastern Arctic with the Dorset culture derived from the pre-Dorset of eastern Canada, rooted in turn in the pre-Eskimo Arctic Small Tool tradition. No such clear cultural linkage is traceable at present in the west. Two routes of migration are indicated: one across the Bering land bridge and along the Arctic Slope (the unglaciated foot hills north of the Brooks Range were habitable throughout Wisconsin time); the other route was along the southern margin of a land bridge which, in Wisconsin time, connected the Gulf of Anadyr with southwest Alaska. Traveling along the coast to Bristol Bay, man occupied the salmonrich Nushagak basin, ice-free during the last glaciation. Salmon fishing was probably not an adaptation to local food resources, but had been developed earlier by riparian and maritime groups in the Amur-Anadyr region of Siberia and in southwest Alaska. DLC.

implement typology. A mesolithic origin of Eskimo culture is supported by recent Alaskan finds. DSI. 78057. COLLINS, H. B. Recent trends and developments in arctic archaeology. (International Congress of Anthropological and Ethnological Sciences 1960. Comptes rendus v. 2, Ethnologie pt. 1 pub. 1963, p. 373-77.) Reviews culture sequences in the Bering Strait—Greenland area as revealed by field work since the 1930's and speculates on the probable ancestral role of the pre-Eskimo Arctic Small Tool Tradition in the formation of early Eskimo cultures: Okvik-Old Bering Sea, Ipiutak, Kotzebue Sound, and particularly the Dorset who perpetuated a mesolithic way of life. The disparity in age between the Arctic Small Tool Tradition and its paleolithic and mesolithic counterparts in Eurasia is explained by the DSI. culture lag in the Arctic isolate. COLLINS, H. B., see also No. 83254. 78058. COLYAR, A. B. Some problems of disease prevention and control in subarctic and arctic areas. 27 p. table. (In: WHO Conference on medicine ... 1962.) 46 refs. Discusses conditions in the North American Arctic, particularly in Alaska. Tuberculosis and phlyctenulosis, respiratory diseases, intestinal disorders, helminthic infections, and brucellosis are dealt with. For each in turn, incidence among natives and whites, mortality, comparisons with other United States areas, prophylaxis, therapy, sequels, epidemiology, animal hosts, control, etc. are considered. Problems of accidents and violence, leading causes of death in the Arctic are also discussed. CaONA. COLYAR, A. B., see also No. 84468.

78056. COLLINS, H. B. Paleo-Indian artifacts in Alaska: an example of cultural retardation in the Arctic. (Alaska. Univ. Anthrop. papers 1963. v. 10, no. 2, p. 13-18.) Refs. Discusses reasons for the time lag between Plano-type artifacts discovered at Cape Krusenstern and their occurrence 5,000 years earlier in the Plains. Similarly, paleolithic ånd mesolithic traits were preserved in pre-Eskimo and Eskimo cultures, thousands of years after their disappearance in Europe. Retention is considered primarily a culture phenomenon, and the Arctic a refuge area for early traditions; ecological considerations are of little importance in the development of

218

78059. COMMERCE CLEARING HOUSE, INC. Alaska tax reporter. Chicago 1963, in progress. 12,104 p. looseleaf. Tax law service, covering state and local laws and changes in them; emphasis is on business interests: organization fees for corporations, income, property, business licenses, alcoholic beverages, gasoline, minerals, oil and gas, fisheries, motor vehicles, cigarettes, gross receipts, city taxes, and insurance companies; administrative provisions for taxes are included. Texts of the laws are accompanied by explanatory comments, historical notes, interpreting regulations, also digests of court decisions, attorney-general opinions, etc. Unemploy-

ment compensation, inheritance and estate tax laws are summarized, as is legislation on taxes during recent sessions of the state legislature. Excerpts are given from the Federal Constitution, United States Code, Alaska Constitution, and Alaska Statutes as pertinent to state or local taxation. Topical and cumulative indexes are added, also an outline of the Alaska tax system with due dates, yields, etc. DLC. COMMONER, B., see No. 81738. 78060. CONDE, B. Paul Remy, 18941962. (Académie et Societe Lorraines des Sciences. Bulletin 1963. v. 3, no. 1, p. 41-47, illus.) In French. Obituary of this French zoologist, who served as naturalist on the Pourquoi-Pas? from 1926, and made voyages to Jan Mayen and East Greenland. DGS. CONDON, W. IL, see No. 80791. 78061. CONFERENCE OF ATHABASCAN CHIEFS OF INTERIOR ALASKA, Tanana, Alaska, June 1962. Dena nenå henash: Our land speaks. (Indian affairs Aug. 1962. no. 47, p. 1-2, illus.) Statement of policy and program adopted at this conference sponsored by the Association on American Indian Affairs. Land rights, hunting and fishing, employment, and education problems are outlined, with examples cited from various villages, and Role of the recommendations made. newly established organization, Dena Nena DSI. Henash, is indicated. 78062A. CONFERENCE OF THE ARCTIC CO-OPERATIVES. 1st, Frobisher Bay, N.W.T. 1963. Minutes. Ottawa, Dept. of Northern Affairs and National Resources, Industrial Division 1963. 65 p. Presents reports by delegates from 16 cooperatives in the Northwest Territories and Northern Quebec, the first of which Organization was established in 1959. (with aid from the Dept.), activities, and problems of each coop are given in some detail. Their main activities are Iogging, milling, canoe and boat building, hunting, trapping, stone carving, making of prints from atone or copper plates, sewing of fur garments and sealskin rugs; also tourist operations, fishing, processing of char and salmon for southern markets and of food and dog feed for local use, trading, retail stores, and house building. Each report promoted discussion and exchange of ideas and information among the mainly Eskimo delegates, supplemented by remarks from

the seven representatives of the Industrial Division. Probable expansion of the coops to include additional activities and more people is outlined. Marketing value of their products (mainly fish, fur, and handicrafts) in 1962 was $360,000, of which $135,000 in direct receipts went to the members. Total membership is about 500, about 20% of the Eskimos of the area are connected with a coop. The 44 delegates and observers are listed. An address by W. Dinsdale, Minister of Northern Affairs and National Resources is included. CaONA. 78062B. CONFERENCE OF THE ARCTIC CO-OPERATIVES. 1st, Frobisher Bay, N.W.T. 1963. Program prepared by A. Sprudzs, Canada, Dept. of Northern Affairs and National Resources, Industrial Division, Ottawa 1963. 21 p. In English and Eskimo. Lists some 14 topical reports on progress and aims, with introductory discussion of the growth and economic value of the 16 existing Canadian Eskimo cooperatives. CaMAI. CONFERENCE ON MEDICINE AND PUBLIC HEALTH in the Arctic and Antarctic. See under World Health Organization. CONIFF, R., see No. 79271. 78063. CONNELL, J. R. Winterizing process instruments. (Canadian controls & instrumentation 1963. v. 2, no. 6, p. 24-30, illus.) Discusses protection against failure of instruments in outdoor installations under winter-weather conditions, and protection against freeze-up of process material brought to the instrument through a pressure lead line. Some general rules and suggestions are given; auxiliary winterizing materials, processes, and instruments such as liquid seals, meter housing, hot tracers (steam and electrical) are proposed for improving DLC. reliability. 78064. CONNELLY, D. Winter road north. (Alaska sportsman 1963. v. 29, no. 12, p. 14-18, -I-, illus.) Describes a motor trip over the Alaska Highway in January; offers suggestions for DLC. winter travel. 78065. CONRAD, G. R., and others. Small military utility engine built to "weather" —65 F. weather. (SAE journal 1962. v. 70, no. 1, p. 88-89, illus.) Other authors: R. F. Dennis and W. A. Summerson.

219

Describes components, operation, and arctic testa of this 20 continuous h.p. engine, developed by the U.S. Army Engineer Research & Development Laboratories and Continental Motors to operate in temperatures from —65° to 4-125° F. The special winterization system, consist. ing of thermostatically controlled vanes at the fan outlet into the plenum chamber above the cylinders, maintains normal engine operating temperatures regardless DI. of outside cold or windehill. CONRATH, B. J., see No. 79248. 78066. CONTRACTORS AND ENGINEERS. Communications antenna is founded on permafrost. (Its: v. 60, 1963. no.. 7, p. 109-110, illus.) Describes equipment, materials, and transport and excavation methods used by GHEMM Co. of Fairbanks in building a tropospheric communications station at Fort Yukon, Alaska in 1961. Excavation was carried to 11 ft. depth, a 2.5-ft. blanket of gravel laid down in thin courses and Antenna compacted to 95% density. footin_.: and pier forms used 1500 yds. of concrete. Besides the required orientation of the antenna, the anchor bolts on the footing had to be set within ' in. tolerance. Also noted is a similar facility on Barter Island on the arctic coast. DLC. 78067. CONTRACTORS AND ENGINEERS. A new dock for high seas and high winds. (Its: v. 60, 1963, no. 1, p. 94-96, illus.) Describes restoration of runway, taxiways, roads, pier, etc. at Shemya Air Base in the Aleutian Islands. The dock has been strengthened and a 200 x 25-ft. section of hangar roof raised six ft.; weather was favorable. Project workmen were paid the Anchorage scale (world's highest); on the dock, they worked 10-hr. shifts, seven days a week; others worked 9-hr. shifts, six days a week. Advance planning kept transportation moving smoothly. DI. 78068. COOCH, F. G. Recent changes in distribution of color phases of Chen c. caerulescens. (International Ornithological Congress 13th. Proceedings 1962, Ø. 1963, v. 2, p. 1182-94, tables, graphs.) 32 refs. Account of investigation centered on the penetration of the blue phase of this goose into regions where apparently there were, until recently, only white phase birds. At present climate and rate of change, it is estimated that by 1980 most of the Hudson

220

Bay colonies will consist in 75% of bluephase geese. Recent warming of the Eastern Canadian Arctic is suggested as responsible for this change in distribution. DLC, COOK, F. A., see No. 81521. COOK, H. K., see No. 81516. 78069. COOLEY, R. A. Politics and conservation. N.Y., Harper and Row 1963. 230 p. map, graphs, tables, illus. Refs. Study in three parts, of the decline of Alaskan salmon under federal government management prior to statehood, roughly 1867-1960. The fishery resource and its utilization for subsistence by local natives are depicted, as is the commercial salmon industry, its concentrated and absentee ownership and control of the canneries and fishing operations. The pattern of exploitation is analyzed from trends in production of canned salmon, regional-species composition of the pack, number of canneries vs. size of pack, fishing effort by four types of gear, catch per fisherman, and cost-price relationships. Economic factors in overfishing and the problems due to the common-property status of the resource are discussed. In pt. 2, the legislative and managerial history of its conservation, is examined in detail, with emphasis on controversy over fishing restriction, and conflict of interest between packers (Fish Trust), fishermen, federal and territorial officials. Political as well as economic control is found centered in the absentee businessmen, whose interests dominated federal policies. In pt. 3, the biological, economic, political, and social factors affecting conservation are reviewed. Federal policies aimed at decreasing the efficiency of men and gear, the management agency's confusion of its promotional and regulatory roles, and the political imbalance caused by federal rather than local management are found harmful. More scientific knowledge of salmon and a broad concept of conservation are needed. Some of the state government's problems in its effort now to rehabilitate the depleted resource are noted. DI. 78070. COOMBS, C. I. Alaska bush pilot. Evanston, Ill., Harper & Row 1963. 256 p. maps, illus. Biography, for young people, of Carl DLC. Ben Eidson. 78071. COOMBS, C. I. Bush flying in Alaska. New York, Morrow 1961. 95 p. illus.

Outlines the beginnings of pioneer charter flying in Ben Eielson's time, 1922, and its development into the Alaskan commercial services, scheduled and charter, of the present time. Fish reconnaissance, wildlife management, mineral prospecting, resupply, health, and rescue missions are among activities for which charter flights are required. Alaska is claimed to have 30 times more per capita flights than the rest of continental United States combined. DLC.

COOPER, T., see No. 81465. 78072. COPLAND, A. D. The first census. (North 1961. v. 8, no. 3, p. 25.) Recounts experiences as an interpreter during the 1931 census of the Eskimos in southern Baffin Island, with examples of Eskimos' answers to the enumerator's questions. DI. 78073. COPLAND, A. D. The first Northern Council. (North 1961. v. 8, no. 6, p. 24-27, illus.) Reconstructs the shipboard meeting of the Council of Captains and Masters in Frobisher Bay, Aug. 2, 1578, to regulate behavior in a projected colony, Meta Incognita. The eight regulations passed are listed. DLC. 78074. COPLAND, A. D. Graded low "a particularly wormy parcel". (Beaver 1962. no. 293, p. 14-18, map, illus.) Describes a journey from Repulse Bay to Chesterfield Inlet in the Canadian Arctic, about 30 yrs. ago by whale boat, dog sled, and schooner; The Hudson's Bay Co. men carried white fox pelts to be picked up by the SS. Nascopie. Heavy rain, a sled overturned on melting ice, and a schooner foundering caused wetness in the furs and their low grading at the Company's warehouse in London. DI. 78075. COPPOCK, C. L. Alaska's flag designed by 13-year-old. (Polar times 1963, no. 56, p. 27, illus.) Notes the state flag, eight gold stars (the big dipper and the north star) on a field of blue originally designed for a contest in 1927 by Benny Benson, when a student at the Jesse Lee Mission Home in Seward. He later became an airways mechanic on Kodiak Island. The flag was adopted in 1927, and the official song, Alaska's Flag, in 1955. DGS. COPPOLA, A., see No. 82643.

78076. COQUET, B., and others. Ipreuve de nage chez le rat et la souris. (Societe de Biologie. Paris, Comptes rendus 1962. v. 156, no. 8-9, p. 1403-1407, tables, illus.) 11 refs. In French. Other authors: B. Drevon, A. Cier, G. Roche and J. Aphatie. Title tr.: Swimming test of the rat and mouse. Reports experiments on the effects upon duration of swimming, of different burdens with water temperature at 30° C., and of a fixed burden with water temperatures at 16°-35° C. In both animals, the shortest swimming time was at the lowest temperature of the test. DLC. CORDON, W. A., see No. 81516. 78077. CORGAN, J. X. Lower Devonian (Onesquethawan) marine faunules of Yukon and Northwest Territories, Canada. (American Association of Petroleum Geologists. Bulletin 1963. v. 47, no. 1, p. 150-57, maps, illus.) 11 refs. Reports for the first time the presence of a diverse fauna of Lower Devonian fossils, collected from four localities in the Peel and Cranswick River basins, by a 1960 Sinclair Canada Yukon field party. Two collections contain Onesquethawan fossils, chiefly trilobites; one other probably does, and one is indeterminate. Marine faunules of this age have long been known from eastern Alaska, and other Lower Devonian correlations are suggested. Photographs (x4) of three trilobite specimens are shown. DGS. 78078. CORLETT, J. Redfish larvae from Ocean Weather Station A in 1960 and 1961. (International Council for the Exploration of the Sea. Annales biologiques 1961 pub. 1963. v. 18, p. 80, table.) Tabulates number and length of S. marinas larvae caught in April and May at this weather ship in Denmark Strait. No hauls were made in those months in DSI. 1959. 78079. CORLEY, N. T. The Institute Library: annual report for 1962. (Arctic 1983. v. 16, no. 1, p. 49-52.) Describes library accommodations at the new Arctic Institute quarters, and reports 1962 circulation, acquisitions, meetings held in the library, etc. DGS. CORMACK, M. W., see Nos. 79582, 80578. 78080. CORNWELL, G. W., and J. C. BARTONEX. Pseudo-sleeping attitude of

221

the canvasback. (Condor 1963. v. 65, no. 5, p. 444 46, illus.) Refs. Detailed description of pseudo-sleeping in a whole brood of young Aythya valisneria. This is a "sleeping" posture, except that the eyes are open and, in this case, watching the Similar earlier disturbance (author). observations, and in other birds, are noted. DSI. 78081. CORONITI, S. C., and others. The problem of arctic communications following solar disturbances. (In: NATO. The effect of disturbances ... 1963, p. 207-228, tables, graphs, maps.) 13 refs. Other authors: G. E. Hill and R. Penndorf. Presents a statistical study of five solarinduced ionospheric storms during Sept. 1957. Data analysis showed that reflecting and absorbing ionospheric layers vary in a fixed, predictable, and complex pattern. This spatial-temporal pattern in behavior permits to design hypothetical hf polar communication links for radio-transmission College, Alaska—Resolute Bay—Kiruna, Sweden, and College—Thule, Greenland, operative under conditions of "quiet" and "disturbed" days, and even under those of polar blackouts. A special frequency and link-switching technique, consisting of a single or a triple reflection of radio communication beam from F and Es ionospheric layers, make possible radio-hops over the radio absorbing D layer of the ionosphere, and secures a stable hf radio communication between these stations. The technique is discussed, and its effectiveness confirmed by field observations. Discussion follows p. DLC. 223-28. 78082. CORONITI, S. C., and others. Research concerning forecasting anomalous propagation at high latitudes. Wilmington, Mass. 1963. 100 p. maps. (AVCO Corp. Research and Advanced Development Div.) Other authors: J. R. Herman, G. E. Hill, R. B. Penndorf and G. F. Rourke. Summarizes recent years' work on variations in the arctic ionosphere and polar radiopropagation. Detection techniques, characteristics, and causes of anomalous high-latitude absorption are discussed to aid forecasting anomalous propagation conditions and improving communications in the high-frequency band at high latitudes. Abstracts of the progress reports and papers, 56 in all, are given and an extensive bibliography on polar cap absorption (PCA), auroral zone absorption, and related geophysical phenomena is appended. A list of PCA events during the first six months of

222

IGY, and synoptic charts of minimum frequency are included. DLC: microfilm. 78083. CORTE, A. E. Particle sorting by repeated freezing and thawing. (Science 1963. v. 142, p. 499-501, graph, illus.) 14 refs. Account of laboratory study aimed at elucidating similar phenomena observed in regions with severe winters. The movement of the particles was found to depend on the amount of water between the ice-water interface and the particle, the rate of freezing, the distribution of the particles by size, and the orientation of the freezethaw plane. DLC. 78084. CORTE, A. E. Vertical migration of particles in front of a moving freezing plane. Hanover, N. H. 1963. iv, 8 p. graphs, illus. (U.S. Army. Cold Regions Research and Engineering Laboratory. Research report 105.) 2 refs. Presents a principle of particle segregation by freezing, demonstrating experimentally the use of a transparent freezing cabinet in which a sample of distilled water freezes from the bottom upward; thus the freezing front line travels vertically and the particles are carried against gravity. Shape of the particle or its contact area with the interface is an important factor in the migration; as are particle size and rate of freezing. Fine particles migrate under a wide range of freezing rates, coarser particles at lower and more limited ranges. Freezing from the bottom upward is a more reliable test than the reverse for determining soil behavior in permafrost regions, as it resembles freezing of the active layer which takes place from both top and bottom. Friction with the cylinder testing wall is also eliminated. CaMAI. 78085. COSLER, A. S., Jr. The Kamchatka Peninsula of the USSR and some of its North American geographical analogs. Stamford, Conn. Dunlap and Associates Inc. 1963. v, 167 1. maps, tables. (U.S. Army Engineer Research and Development Laboratories. DRE 63-7.) 27 refs. Selects North American analogs to the topography, vegetation, soils, and climate of Kamchatka. Five geographic regions are shown on Kamchatka: the Sredinnyy Khrebet, eastern volcanic region, central valley, the west coast hilly lowlands and littoral, the east coast and eastern coastal plain. Respective analogs were found in the Rocky Mts. of British Columbia and Yukon Territory, southern Cascades, Finlay and Parsnip valleys in British Columbia,

the littoral and coastal plain of northern Alaska and Canada, and the Pacific coast of conterminous U.S. The flora of Kamchatka is adequately represented in Alaska and the Yukon. The agricultural yield of Kamchatka is found in the Tanana and Matanuska valleys, and counterparts of most Kamchatkan soils are found also in Alaska; good North American analogs for Kamchatkan climatic stations are not readily available however. DGS. 78086. COSTES, N. C. Confined compression tests in dry snow. (In: Kingery, W. D. Ice and snow ... 1963. p. 594-612, graphs, illus.) 9 refs. Describes procedures, data, and preliminary results of a series of these tests at Camp Fistclench (Site 2) and DYE 3 in Greenland, and in the cold rooms of the former U.S. Army CRREL Laboratory in Wilmette, Ill., in 1959 and 1960. An analytical expression describing snow densification under lateral confinement appears to agree with experimental data from these tests in the stress range 50 z Qz Z 400 lb./in.2 The snow densification process during these tests can be described mainly by two parameters: C, primarily a function of stress, temperature, and time; and P, a function of snow structure. Research toward eight parameters is recommended to clarify and amplify present results. DLC. 78087. COSTES, N. C. On the process of normal snow densification in an ice cap. (In: Kingery, W. D. Ice and snow ... 1963. p. 412-31, graphs, table, illus.) 6 refs. Designates the uniaxial densification of the underlying snow layers along a vertical direction as the normal snow densification process, and seeks a mechanical model and the parameters describing this process. Results of a series of confined compression tests carried out by the U.S. Army Cold Regions Research and Engineering Laboratory include formulas for densification rate (high-stress) and for compactive strain rate (low stress). A rheological model is proposed, consisting of several modified Kelvin units, acting in compression only. Parameters to describe the normal snow densification process were obtained for three inland ice stations in Greenland (Site 2, Camp Century, and DYE-3) and for five Antarctic stations. These parameters can be extracted from depth-density profiles in which the age of the stratigraphic layers has been determined; they are summarized in a table. Assumptions, and recommendations for further research are given. DLC.

COSTES-SODIGNle, G., see No. 82339. 78088. COTTLE, W. H. Calorigenic response of cold-adapted rabbits to adrenaline and to noradrenaline. (Canadian journal of biochemistry and physiology 1963. v. 41, no. 5, p. 1334-37, table.) 5 refs. Cold-acclimatized rabbits showed a greater response to adrenaline than to identical doses of noradrenaline. Both responses were weaker than in rats due apparently to the larger size and better insulation of the rabbit. DSI. COTTLE, W. H., see also No. 79294. 78089. COURT, A., and H. A. SALMELA. Measurement range required of meteorological equipment. L. G. Hanscom Field, Mass. 1962. v, 11 p. (U.S. Air Force Cambridge Research Laboratories, Meteorological Development Laboratory Project 8624; Instrumentation for geophysics and astrophysics, Research note no. 22; AFCRL-62-825.) Ref. Summarizes an investigation of the required operating ranges for surface instruments measuring temperature, pressure, atmospheric moisture, air movement, etc. U.S. military equipment is designed to operate within a broad range of environmental conditions: probable extremes. This report offers some improbable extremes, physically possible, highly improbable, which should be measured if they occur. Four temperature ranges, each of 180° F., are proposed for meteorological thermometers, viz: —20° to +160° F.; —60° to +120° F.; —100° to +80° F.; —140° to +40° F. The improbable extreme dewpoint Td, at any air temperature Ta, may be estimated as Td =

—80; rainfall during t min. 2a as 2f in.; winds up to 250 mph., and air pressure from 506 to 1062 mb. Arctictype temperatures may be experienced by the —60° to +120° F. thermometers. DWB. 2

78090. COURTRIGHT, A. M. Range management and the genus Rangifer, a review of selected literature. College, Alaska 1959. xii, 172 1. tables. 85 refs. MS thesis to Univ. of Alaska. Reviews from pub. and unpub. sources, present knowledge on foods and food habits of reindeer and caribou and their relation to general range management in the North. Section 2 discusses 85 selected works, mostly of the 1920-1930's, and dealing with specific aspects as well as the subject 223

generally. Section 3 consists of 11 tables of data on chemical composition of plants, lichen successions, etc. All the essential nutrients are supplied by plants other than lichens, and need for the latter in the diet has not been proved. The slow growth potential of the so-called lichen forests and tundra and the nomadic disposition of these animals create special problems in range management. Adequate food supply seems the best deterrent to nomadism. DI. COWAN, I. McT., see No. 80324. 78091. COWIE, .7. W. The CambroOrdovician geology of East Greenland. (Experientia 1963. v. 19, no. 6, p. 281-84, table.) 5 refs. French summary. Reviews the Precambrian, Cambrian and Ordovician stratigraphic successions of the region 72°-75° N., noting fossil characteristics, lithology, sedimentation and paleoclimatic conditions. Mountain building processes are discussed which occurred between the Middle, possibly the early Upper, Ordovician and the Middle Devonian. Unconformities in sedimentation of Cambrian-Ordovician deposits are noted. DLC. 78092. COWLEY, C. W.. and others. Ultra rapid cooling techniques in the freezing of biological materials. (Biodynamica 1961. v. 8, no. 170, p. 317-29, tables, graphs.) 7 refs. Other authors: W. J. Timson and J. A. Sawdye. Deals in turn with the physical principles of the techniques; effects of insulating coats and their application to low temperature study of whole organs or blood. The results demonstrate that coating such material with thermally insulating substances (glycerol, ' vaseline) considerably increases the rate of cooling in liquid N as well as the rate of survival. DLC. COWLEY, R. A., see No. 77507. 78093. COX, D. C. Potential tsunami inundation areas in Hawaii. Honolulu, 19627 26 p. maps, graphs, tables. (Hawaii. Univ. Institute of Geophysics, Tsunami research program, Report no. 14.) 16 refs. Delineates areas likely to be inundated by tsunamis along the shores of the Hawaiian Islands, and discusses some nine factors affecting the height to which the waves run up a shore as well as the probable area of inundation along selected coastal regions. Estimates of runup and inundation are based on tsunamis of Apr. 1, 1946 in

224

eastern Aleutian Islands, magnitude 7.5; Nov. 4, 1952 in Kamchatka, magnitude 8.5; Mar. 9, 1957 in central Aleutians, magnitude 8; and May 23, 1960 in Chile, DWB. magnitude 8.5. 78094. CRAIG, B. G. Surfieial geology of Boothia Peninsula and Somerset, King William, and Prince of Wales Islands, District of Franklin. Ottawa, Queen's Printer 1964. 10 p. tables, map. (Canada. Geological Survey. Paper 63-44.) 13 refs. Supplements Blackadar and Christie's Main Geological reconnaissance ... q.v. bedrock features are noted; chief attention is to glacial deposits, extent of glaciation, pattern of ice retreat, and post-glacial history. Deposits are shown on the 1 in.:16 mi. map, with glacial flow direction indicated on a small-scale inset. A collection of Pleistocene fossils (24 pelecypods, 13 gastropods, 3 barnacles, and one worm) is tabulated and keyed to the map. Appended is: Palaeontological remarks on shells collected on Operation Prince of Wales, by DGS. F. J. E. Wagner. CRAIG, R. A., see No. 83764. 78095. CRAIGHEAD, F. C., and others. Radiotracking of grizzly bears. (Inter-. disciplinary Conference on the use of telemetry in animal behavior and physiology in relation to ecological problems, New York, 1962. Proceedings pub. 1963, p. 133-48, graphs, illus.) 6 refs. Other authors: J. J. Craighead and R. S. Davies. A study of field requirements and field tests, the initial results, and evaluation of a radiotracking system for Ursus arctos horribilis. The apparatuses on the animal and the whole system are described in detail, and their working explained. Since the effective radius of the system was half a mile, not much concerning the animal's movement was gained, but indications were gleaned for improvements and for extension of the operating radius. DLC. 78096. CRAIGHEAD, J. J., and D. S. STOCKSTAD. Evaluating the use of aerial nesting platforms by Canada geese. (Journal of wildlife management 1961. v. 25, no. 4, p. 363-72, tables, illus.) 6 refs. Account of observations on 73 artificial, elevated, nesting platforms, made over a period of five years. The percentage of birds using these platforms increased 1-9% in 1954-1958. There was no evidence however, that the platforms increased the number of geese nesting in the study area. Several other aspects of the scheme are DLC. discussed.

CRAIGHEAD, J. J., see also No. 78095. 78097. CRAMER, T. Samernas rätt till land och vatten i rättshistorisk belysning. (Sameliv 1961-63, p. 15-27.) In Swedish. Title tr.: The land and water rights of the Lapps from the viewpoint of legal history. Acts of the 17th century indicate that in the so-called lappmarks of Sweden, the Lapps had had a general long-established right to the land. Regulations of 1673, 1695 and 1749 granted equal rights for pioneer settlers in these regions, and controversies developed when land was granted to settlers on a large scale during the 19th century. The interests of the Lapps and the state also clashed over ownership of the forests. SPRI. 78098. CRAMER, T. Synen på samerna. (Samefolket 1963, no. 5-6, p. 94-96.) In Swedish. Title tr.: The attitude to the Lapps. Reviews this attitude in former times in Sweden. Till the 18th century, the Lapps' position was generally satisfactory, with considerable legal protection and general respect except where their interests clashed with mining interests. During the 18th century, their legal security gradually broke down as the state fostered pioneer farming in the North, and supported Swedish settlers' interests against the Lapps'. SPRI. 78099. CRANNA, M. Eskimo church of the Arctic. (North 1963. v. 10, no. 5, p. 22-27.) Describes the Eskimo design and sealskin furnishings of the Roman Catholic Church at Coppermine, Mackenzie District, with illus. of religious scenes (15) sewn on the sealskins. CaMAI. CREAN, P. B., see No. 79605. 78100. CRESCENT, H. C. Anchorage Alaska metropolitan area general plan 1980. (Alaska construction 1962. v. 4, no. 1, p. 11, +, maps.) Ref. Outlines the background, main provisions, and participating agencies of this 20-year program, for a unified urban community of 225,000 inhabitants in a 130 sq. mi. area. Zoning, five major centers of employment, and nine unified and self-contained residential areas are considered; as are 1961-1965 estimates in capital outlay for public works. DLC. 78101. CRESCENT, H. C. The Rampart. (Alaska construction 1962. v. 4, no. 2, p. 6, -I-, map, illus.)

Describes a hydroelectric project, including a concrete gravity dam approx. 550 ft. high and 3000 ft. long at the crest, to be located near the upstream end of Rampart Canyon, about 100 mi. northwest of Fairbanks; the dam would create a 10,700 sq. mi. reservoir, and permit annual power generation of 32,720,000 kwh. Preliminary geological and hydrologic studies, also design and feasibility estimates, are to be completed in 1963. Growth trends in Alaska and potential market costs, etc. are discussed. DLC. 78102. CRESCENT, H. C. Snow & ice in construction. (Alaska construction news 1961. v. 3, no. 3, p. 8-9.) Outlines the 1955 revisions and amendments to the Anchorage building code, declaring that city an Earthquake Zone 3 and requiring roofs to hold 40 lb.fsq. ft. above their own weight. Effects of wind, frost, snow, ice, and low temperatures on foundations and buildings, as well as code provisions and construction practices for counteracting the same are described by C.N. Epps. Methods and materials used in water, sanitary and storm sewer facilities to prevent freezing are described by J. D. Moore. In general, prevention of ice formation in walls and on roofs, control of condensation, protection of utilities against freezing and thawing, and conservation of heat are the winter problems directly affecting building planning in Anchorage. DLC. 78103. CRESSMAN, L. S., and D. E. DUMOND. Research on Northwest prehistory, prehistory of the Naknek drainage, southwestern Alaska; final report. Eugene, Ore., Univ. of Oregon 1962. 54 p. tables, maps, illus. 47 refs. Describes the 1960-1961 excavations along the Brooks and lower Naknek Rivers. Ten sequential phases from approx. 2,000 B.C. (affinal to the Arctic Small Tool tradition) to the mid-19th century A.D. reveal a relative continuity of local protoEskimo and Eskimo manifestations and a cultural orientation to the Bering Sea and northeast along the arctic coast. The results discredit a Naknek southern origin and a cultural unity between Cook Inlet, Alaska Peninsula, Kodiak and Aleutian Islands. No positive evidence was found for the hypothesis that the runs of salmon in the rivers of the Pacific Northwest were cyclical in quantity, adverse ecological conditions having destroyed fish bone and scale remains. DLC.

225

78104. CRESSWELL, R. H. S. Inland trail to the Klondike. (Alaska sportsman 1963. v. 29, no. 2-3,5-8,10-11, illus.) Diary and photos of the trip via the allwater trail from Edmonton to Dawson during the 1898 Gold Rush. The party traveled in small boats from Athabasca Landing down the Athabasca, Great Slave, and Mackenzie water systems to the Peel River, up the Peel and Wind Rivers to the Great Divide, thence down the Stewart and Yukon to Dawson. Details of life and travel are given in an almost day-to=day record May 12, 1898-Oct. 7, 1899. Landscape, weather, rapids and portages, settlements in Mackenzie District etc. are described. The party built and wintered in a log cabin at the junction of the Peel DI. and Beaver Rivers. 7810&. CRISP, D. T. The effect of whale length and post-mortem time on ease of removing earplugs from fin whales. (Norsk hvalfangst-tidende 1963. v. 52, no. 5, p. 121-23, tables.) Ref. Demonstrates that ease of earplug extraction increases with the body length and post-mortem time. The latter is randomly distributed among whales caught, hence should not affect the representativeness of any earplug sample; but there is a significant difference in the success of earplug collection from whales of 50-64 ft. and those of more than 64 ft., hence in a random sampling small whales are under-representDLC. ed. 78106. CRISP, W. G. The casual Kogmoliks. (Beaver 1963. no. 294, p. 50-53, illus.) Recounts experiences while serving as a wireless operator 1926-1928 mostly at Cambridge Bay on Victoria Island. The Copper Eskimos of the area, their encounters with the law, their shamans, etc. are described. These people are known to the Mackenzie Eskimos as Kogmoliks, i.e. people to the east. DI. 78107. CROAL, J. R., and J. P. LOTZ. Armed forces serve science. (North 1963. v. 10, no. 1, p. 26-34, illus.) Reprinted from Canadian army journal Spring 1961. Describes logistic support to Operation Hazen on northern Ellesmere Island in 1957 and 1958. The Canadian Army and Air Force provided expedition rations, clothing, etc.; aided in establishing camps at Lake Hazen and on Gilman Glacier; flew in men, dogs, supplies; and transported parties to outlying areas. U.S. Coast Guard and Navy icebreakers aided in evacuating the expedition. CaMA1.

226

78108. CROFT, F. The changeling Eskimos of the Mountain. (Maclean's magazine 1958, v. 71, no. 3, p. 22-23, +, illus.) Describes tuberculosis patients at Mountain Sanatorium in Hamilton, whither Eskimos of the Eastern Arctic are flown when the federal government physicians' X-ray indicates TB. Their reaction to hospital environment in the southern Ontario city is described. In general, they desire to return home. Since 1950, some four hundred, recovered, have returned and readjusted well to arctic conditions. CaOCU. CROKER, R. S., see No. 79080. 78109. CROMIE, W. J. Secrets from cold storage. (Natural history 1963. v. 72, no. 8, p. 20-26, illus.) Outlines deep-ice research in the Arctic and Antarctic, methods used, and results obtained. The latter include information on past climate and precipitation, composition and particle contents of the atmosphere. The thickness of polar icecaps, possible results of their shrinking, and the relief of the earth beneath them are also considered. DLC. CRONE, B., see No. 77706. CRONE, C., see No. 79016. CROWE, P. F., see No. 79449. 78110. CROXTON, L. W. Alaska's wild mink. (Alaska sportsman 1963. v. 29, no. 3, p. 26-27, illus.) Alaska Wildlife Library no. 34. Describes these fur-bearing mustelids: distribution and subspecies (three) in Alaska, diet, breeding, and economic importance. DI. 78111. CRUM, H. A. Encalypta brevicolla and E. longicolla in North America. (Canada. National Museum. Bulletin 1963. no. 186, Contributions to botany 1960-61, p. 36-44, maps, illus.) 14 refs. Discusses and maps the occurrence of these mosses in Greenland, Alaska, and Canada. The 42 E. brevicolla specimens examined are cited in full, several of them representing first records and range extensions. E. longicolla is described in detail from specimens in northern British Columbia and the White Mts. of interior Alaska. Ecological requirements of the two species are presumably similar, both probably survived the Pleistocene in situ and are

found in relatively unglaciated localities with an abundance of calcareous habitats. DI. CRUM, H. A., see also No. 82225. CRUTCHER, H. L., see No. 83113. 78112. CSABA, B., and others. Anaphylactic shock and peptone shock of the dog, 4; effect of hypothermia on anaphylactic shock and peptone shock. (Acta physiologica 1963. v. 23, no. 4, p. 387-95, tables, illus.) 17 refs. Other authors: T. Szilågyi, S. Damjanovich and A. Köver. Hypothermia of 26°-22° C. afforded no protection against peptone shock or the effects of compound 48/80 and had no influence on histamine liberation. During peptone shock in hypothermic dogs, liver histamine decreased and plasma histamine increased just as in normothermic animals Injection of compound 48/80 increased plasma histamine equally in hypothermic as in normothermic dogs. In parts 1-3 of the study, low temperatures are not involved. DLC. 78113. CSABA, B., and others. Effect of hypothermia on phosphorylase activity in the liver. (Acts physiologica 1960. v. 18, no. 1, p. 31-35, illus.) 10 refs. Other authors: T. Szilågyi, E. Szab6, and G. Bot. In rats cooled to about 20° C. phosphorylase activity decreased with the depth and duration of hypothermia. The decrease was reversible, and is considered due to lack of adrenaline, and presumably, of glucagon. DLC. CSABA, B., see also Nos. 83397, 83398, 83399. 78114. CUDBIRD, B. S. V. Means, standard deviations, tendencies and extremes of pressure and temperature at selected Canadian stations. Toronto 1963. 44 p. tables. (Canada. Meteorological Branch. Circular 3787. TEC-448.) 5 refs. Consolidates in tabular form the results to data of Project no. 00261, a machine study of average station pressure and temperature, using punched card archives for 40 of the 60 stations scheduled, and for most stations for the decade 1951-1960. Computing methods are outlined; format of the tables is described. Nine northern stations are included: two in Yukon Terr., five in Northwest Terr., and one each in DWB. Manitoba and Labrador. CUMMING, G. L., see No. 77781.

78115. CUNDY, R. Search for Cairn Six. (C.I.L. Oval 1963, v. 32, no. 1, p. 3-9, map, illus.) Describes the trip of a four-man British party headed by the author, from Yellowknife by plane to Beechey Lake, then 718 mi. down Back River in three kayaks to Chantrey Inlet and Cape Britannia July 17—Aug. 31, 1962. The party searched for a message, believed by Noel Wright (q.v.) to have been left by a Franklin Expedition party in 1847 at cairn six built by Thomas Simpson and Peter Dease in 1839 on Cape Britannia. The cairn half ruined was found, but no message. Minor scientific work was carried out for the Canadian Dept. of Mines and Technical Surveys, and a sound and moving picture record was made of the trip. CaOGB. CUNNINGHAM, M. D., see No. 77904. 78116. CURRENT ANTHROPOLOGY. Associates in Current Anthropology. (Its: v. 4, 1963, no. 3, p. 409-476, map.) Lists some 2,500 scientists throughout the world active in physical and social anthropology, prehistoric archeology, and linguistics; for each, the address and major disciplines and/or geographic area of interest DSI. are given. 78117. CURRY-LINDAHL, K. DvärgsparvenEmberiza pusilla anträffad häckande i Sarek, Lappland. (Vår fågelvärld 1962. v. 21, no. 3, p. 161-73, illus.) 45 refs. In Swedish. English summary. Title tr.: The little bunting Emberiza pusilla found nesting in the Sarek National Park, Lapland. Reports a second find: on June 21, 1958 in Rapadalen at 620 m. elevation on damp, gently sloping ground, a nest of six eggs. It was made of dry grass and surrounded by meter-high willows and scrub birch. The biotope, nest, eggs, and other birds nesting nearby are noted. This bird is common in northern USSR from the Pacific Ocean to Arkhangel'sk, and recently several nests have been found farther west, in Finland and Sweden, e.g. as reported in No. '61965. DLC. 78118. CURRY-LINDAHL, H. I Sveriges nordligaste hörn. (Svenska turistföreningen. Årsskrift 1963, p. 178-96, illus.) In Swedish. Title tr.: In the northernmost corner of Sweden. Discusses the abundant bird life in the Lainio drainage basin, breeding ground of many species, some rare, some abundant, if rodents are plentiful. The variety of natural habitats is stressed, with streams,

227

bogland ponds, and lakes, the coniferous, birch and willow woodlands, treeless heaths, rock-strewn uplands, and sandy, desertlike sections. The area is almost uninhabited, difficult of access, and the nearest settlement Karesuando. DGS. 78119. CURRY-LINDAHL, K. New theory on a fabled exodus. (Natural history 1963. v. 72, no. 7, p. 47-53, map, illus.) Discusses recent and historical exaggerations about L. lemmas, its habits and habitats in Scandinavia, winter breeding and other factors instrumental in population explosions. Normal and mass lemming migrations, and the "panic" migrations are discussed, also river crossings, and mass death on the way. The possibility of a brain disease or endocrine imbalance is considered as cause of the "panic" migraDLC. tions or mass death. CUTBILL, J. L., see No. 77296. 78120. CUTCLIFFE, J. L., and others. Elastic and time-dependent deformation of ice sheets. (In: Kingery, W. D. Ice and snow ... 1963. p. 305-310, graphs.) Other authors: W. D. Kingery, and R. L. Coble. Outlines results of an analytical study of a section of ice loaded with a constant moment and shear, indicating that the maximum longitudinal stress on the hightemperature side decreases with time, and on the low-temperature side it increases with time. The maximum unit shear stress increases with time; the effective rigidity modulus decreases with time. Tests were carried out at Thule, Greenland in Mar. 1961; temperature of the bottom surface of the ice was approx. 28° F., the top surface was near the ambient air temperature, —20° to —30° F. Temperature gradient was nearly linear through the ice. General conclusions of the analytical study were confirmed: after deformation in a loaded ice sheet, and removal of load, residual stresses caused surface cracking corresponding to a stress distribution after unloading similar to that obtained analyDLC. tically. CUTCLIFFE, J. L., see also No. 79396. CZARNIECKI, S., see No. 77479. 78121. CZEPPE, Z. Annual course and the morphological effect of the vertical frost movements of soil at Hornsund, Vestspitsbergen. (Polska Akademia Nauk. Bulletin 1960. v. 8, no. 2, ser. des sciences goologiques et gOographiques, p. 145-48,

228

table, graph.) 10 refs. Russian summary. Reports an investigation while participating in the Polish Spitsbergen expedition. The soil movements were measured during July 1957-Aug. 1958 by means of five gaging devices, four installed on typical sorted circles. Five phases are distinguished in the annual course of the ground movement and each is characterized. The dominant changes in soil volume are shown to be caused by freezing and thawing of water in the active layer. Formation of sorted circles is briefly discussed. DLC. 78122. CZEPPE, Z. Roczny przebieg mrozowych ruchow gruntu w Hornsundzie, Spitsbergen, 1957-1958. (Krakow. Uniwersytet Jagiellofiski. Prace geograficzne 1961. n.ser. no. 3, 78 p. maps, tables, illus.) 64 refs. In Polish. English and Russian summaries. Title tr.: Annual regime of frozen ground movements at Hornsund, Vestspitsbergen, 1957-1958. Reports on work with the Polish IGY expedition July 1957-Aug. 1958 to elucidate the formation process of ground structures as affected by temperature changes positivenegative-positive. The topography and hydrography of the Fuglebergsletta plain are described and data given on its climatic elements, air and ground temperatures, winter retention and summer flow of water. The observations made on ground movements are presented, and the movement curves interpreted. The vertical, morphogenically significant, displacement of the ground was found to be caused by the change of its volume caused by the frost. DLC. 78123. CZEPPE, Z. Thermic differentiation of the active layer and its influence upon the frost heave in periglacial regions, Spitsbergen. (Polska Akademia Nauk. Bulletin 1960. v. 8, no. 2, ser. des sciences goologiques et gOographiques, p. 149-52, graph.) 11 refs. Russian summary. Reports ground temperature measurements and frost heave observations during a 14-month stay in the Hornsund area in 1957-1958. Temperature was recorded at ground level and at 5, 10, 20, 50 and 100 cm. depths; frost heave checked by means of wooden pegs. The temperature curves for various depths show important differences which allow the distinguishing of thermic zones in the vertical profile of the active layer. Each zone is characterized. The thermic differentiation of these zones determines the course of frost heaving of stones and larger objects within the active layer. DLC.

78124. DAHL, E. Plant migrations across the North Atlantic Ocean and their importance for the paleogeography of the region. (In: Å. and D. Lave, ed. North American biota ... 1963, p. 173-88, tables, maps.) 18 refs. Stresses the great similarity of the arcticalpine floras on the two sides of the North Atlantic and the gradual transitions in this whole floristic area. Transport of plants by man across the Atlantic, western amphiAtlantic elements in Europe and eastern amphi-Atlantic elements in America are discussed. Dispersal hypotheses are analyzed with conclusion that most amphiAtlantic plants dispersed via a land connection across the North Atlantic. Geological evidence of such a connection is discussed. DLC. 78125. DAHL, E. PIeistocene history of the flora of the North Atlantic region with (In: special reference to Scandinavia. International Botanical Congress 1959. Recent advances ... 1961, v. 1, p. 919-25, table.) 6 refs. Discusses problems of the distribution of amphi-Atlantic plants, mostly arctic and alpine species, and of their survival in Scandinavia during the last ice age. Three hypotheses to explain the floristic similarities between western Europe and eastern North America are considered, and that of a land bridge between the two areas during the Pliocene or Pleistocene found in best accord with phytogeographic and geologic evidence. This connection probably was broken first between Iceland and Greenland. The arctic-alpine element of Scandinavian plants probably survived in ice-free refugia during DLC. the glacial age. DAHL, IL, see No. 77649. 78126. DAHL, R. Shifting ice culmination, alternating ice covering and ambulant refuge organisms? (Geografiska annaler 1963. v. 45, no. 2/3, p. 122-38, maps, profiles, illus.) 30 refs. Discusses the question of supposed icefree areas along the Norwegian west coast during the last ice age, from several years' study in the Skjomen area near Narvik. The theory of ice-free areas presupposes insufficient time since the Wtirm glaciation for the formation of the weathering forms and material now present in the localities The Håkvik accumulation concerned. southwest of Narvik seems from field study to have originated in a protected, only slightly ice-eroded locality. Formation of block fields on the higher mountain areas

may still be in progress above 1200 m. elevation. Favorable conditions for frost weathering during late-glacial as well as post-glacial time probably existed in the Skjomen area. Erratics on Sandvikfjell, east of Skjomen, show the area to have been glaciated to at least 1550 m.; that only two peaks in the area could have been nunataks during the last glaciation however, seems strange. Solution of the refuge problem may be hampered by over-simplification of the problems of ice divides and ice culmination. Glaciation of all of Scandinavia seems likely, though bio-geographical factors indicate presence of refuges. Thus, several centers of radiation instead of one general ice divide, and different times of maximum glaciation at different places, are postulated to explain the possible existence of refuges. DWB. 78127. DAHLBÄCK, E., Editor. 54 years in Lapland; Luossavaara-Kiirunavaara Aktiebolag 1903-57. Stockholm, Nordisk Rotogravyr 1957. Approx. 140 p. photos, maps, graphs, table. English edition of No. 57505. Also pub. in German. DLC. 78128. DAHLSTEDT, K. H. Trois termos exprimant la parent; Etude ethno-semantique des relations suEdo-laponnes. (Orbis 1963. v. 12, no. 1, p. 241-48, map.) 20 refs. In French. Title tr.: Three terms indicating kinship; ethno-semantic study of Sveco-Lappish relations. Discusses cultural intercourse implied by the idiomatic use of Lappish kinship terms borrowed or translated literally into Swedish and encountered in the Swedish vernacular of Norrland. DLC. 78129. DAHLSTROM, C. D. A. Snake River iron deposit. (Western miner and oil review 1963. v. 36, no. 5, p. 24-25, illus.) Paper presented at the Northern Development Conference, Whitehorse 1963. Notes discovery in 1961 and exploration of a deposit on the Yukon-Mackenzie District boundary. Several billion tons of hematite jasper ore, much of it open-pit, are indicated, with 45-50% iron content. Problems of beneficiation, transportation, and markets are under investigation. DGS. 78130. DAHM, A. G. Taxonomy and ecology of five species groups in the family Planariidae. Malmö, Nya litografen 1958. 241 p. tables, illus. Approx. 155 refs. Comprehensive study of these superspecies, based on living and preserved material. Each of the five groups is treated as to: synonymy, distribution, morphology,

229

ecology, reproduction and zoogeography. One of the superspecies, Crenobia alpin, has a Palearctic distribution and is common on the Lofoten Islands and in northern FeØOSCandian localities. The special part is followed, p. 109-139, by a general discussion dealing with the concept of species, polyploidy and reproduction, zoogeographical patterns, population and environment. Appendices present in tabular form the population localities, number of chromosomes and modes of reproduction of the species groups. DLC. 78131. DAINELLI, G. La gars verso il Polo Nord. Torino, Unione tipograficoeditrice Torinese 1960. 404 p. maps, illus. (La conquista della terra, v. 7.) In Italian. Title tr.: The struggle for the North Pole. General description of arctic regions and review of exploration from early times to NPOslo. the present. 78132. DALGAARD, S. A. Det grønlandske postvaesens 25 års jubilaeum og flere nye grønlandske frimaerker. (Grønland 1963, no. 9, p. 358-60, illus.) In Danish. Title tr.: The 25th anniversary of the Greenland postal service and several new Greenland stamps. Brief historical survey, noting the first (1873) official regulations concerning dispatch of mail to Greenland and the independent Greenland postal service set up in 1938. In the last 25 years letters between Greenland and Denmark increased from 52,000 to 1,375,000, and parcels 5,100 to 167,000. New stamps issued in 1963 also CaMAI. are noted. 78133. DALGAARD, S. A. Nye grønlandske frimaerker. (Grønland 1963, no. 3, p. 11718, illus.) In Danish. Title tr.: New Greenland postage stamps. Describes three new series issued in 1963: all are the same size but different motifs have been used for different groups of denominations, and three new denominaCaMAL tions have been added. 78134. DALMATOV, B. I., and V. M. KARPOV. 0 glubine zalozheni1 . fundamentov v ralonakh glubokogo sezonnogo promerzanifa.. (Osnovaniß, fundamenty i mekhanika gruntov 1961. v. 3, no. 4, p. 3-5, graphs, table, illus.) 4 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: On the depth for laying foundations in the regions of deep seasonal freezing. Discusses effects of ground freezing on buildings erected upon foundations of various depths in the Angara and Bratsk developments and the Tayshet-Lena Rail-

230

road. The damage showed that foundations in Eastern Siberia should be not less than 1.5 m. deep. DLC. 78135. DALMATOV, B. I., and V. M. KARPOV. Ustolchivost' fundamentov v glinistykh gruntakh pri glubokorn sewnnom promerzanii. (Osnovaniiii, fundamenty i mekhanika gruntov 1963. v. 5, no. 4, p. 4-7, tables, graphs.) 7 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Stability of foundations in clay ground during deep seasonal freezing. Discusses results of investigations at seven sites in the Bratsk power-andindustry region, and along the TayshetLena Railroad. Frost heaving continues in clay until the ground is frozen to 1.2-1.3 m. depth. It begins to affect two-story building foundations when the ground freezes to 0.8 m. Solid loans and those of solid-plastic consistency become more moist near building foundations and develop frost heaving to 1.5 m. depth. DLC. DAL'NII VOSTOK. Bol'shol 78136. uspekh rybakov Dal'nego Vostoka. (Its: no. 6, 1963, p. 3-4.) In Russian. Title tr.: Great success of Far East fishermen. Notes a nine-month catch of 13.7 million cwt. fish and other marine products in 1963, 531,000 cwt. over the annual plan and a 1.5 million cwt. increase on 1962. The best vessels are cited, outlook discussed. DLC. 78137. DAMAS, D. Igluligmiut kinship and local groupings: a structural approach. Ottawa, Queen's Printer 1963, 216 p. tables, maps, illus. (Canada. National Museum. Bulletin no. 196, Anthrop. ser. no. 64.) Approx. 85 refs. French summary. Study of the social and economic structure pattern and kinship terminology of the Igloolik Eskimos, based primarily on 19601961 field work in the Melville PeninsulaBaffin Island area. The two principal social groups are the extended family and the village community composed of extended family groups with bilateral kinship affiliation. Kin ties between heads of nuclear families are also a factor in the pattern. Three major economic units based partly on kinship are the extended family, the whale-boat crew, and the community as a whole. The nuclear and extended family structure, kin behavior, and social life are discussed. The seasonal hunting cycle, group associations, cooperation and leadership, diffusion of authority, etc. are considered in turn. Technological and ecological changes and acculturative factors seem hardly to have affected social structure and kinship terminology. They belong,

except for minor variations, to the classic DSI. Eskimo type. DAMAS, D., see also No. 80963. DAMJANOVICH, S., see Nos. 78112, 83398. DAMMAN, A. W. H., see No. 79582. 78138. DANIEL, T. With a camera on St. Paul Island. (Alaska sportsman 1963. v. 29, no. 4, p. 9, -F-, illus.) Six photos of this Pribilof Island in Bering Sea, with sketch of its fur seals, bird DI. cliffs, wildflowers, etc. 78139. DANIELO, E. First Greenlander to be ordained a priest in 500 years. (Eskimo 1963. v. 65, p. 3-6, illus.) Notes ordination of Finn Lynge as an Oblate missionary in Mar. 1963, first priest of Eskimo ancestry; his life prior to ordination is described. He is the first Catholic from Greenland since the Norse colony disappeared; the episcopal see of Gardar during the Middle Ages is sketched. CaMAI. 78140. DANIELSEN, A., and T. OUREN. Om spredningen av piggeple Datum stremonium L. i Norge. (Blyttia 1961. v. 19, no. 3, p. 69-108, maps, graphs, illus.) 55 refs. In Norwegian. English summary. Title tr.: On the invasion of jimsonweed Datura ammonium L. in Norway. Discusses this rank weed found throughout the country but only as a cultivated plant in arctic locations. It is believed to have come to Norway in soya bean and grain shipments from the United States. Its biology, spread, and narcotic effects are noted. Its known localities are listed for each province, including Steigen in Nordland, Målselv in Troms, Alta, Karasjok, and Måsøy in Finnmark. DLC. DANIL'C ENBO, V. N., see Nos. 83630, 83631. 78141. DANILOV, A. A., and others. Schetchikovyl teleskop dlf izmerenifå zhestkol komponenty kosmicheskikh luchel pod zemlel. (Akademifä nauk SSSR. 1 .kutskil filial. Trudy 1960. ser. fiz. no. 3, p. 40-45, illus.) 4 refs. In Russian. Other authors: S. N. Druzhinin, I. N. Kapustin and G. V. Skripin. Title tr.: Counting telescope for underground measuring of the hard component of cosmic rays. Describes the apparatus installed underground at 60 M. water equivalent by the

Yakutsk cosmic ray laboratory in 1958. The installation was made to improve the reliability, accuracy and continuity of recording the n-meson component of cosmic rays underground, in fulfillment of the IGY assignment. Recording data were increased 1.7 times, compared with those of previous years, and continuity increased to 92% of the total time. DLC. DANILOV, A. A., see also No. 80458. DANILOV, G. D., see No. 83152. 78142. DANILOV, I. D. K voprosu o genezise plelstoG enovykh otlozhenil vostochnol chasti Bol'shezemel'skol tundry. (Leningrad. Inst. geologii Arktiki. Informaisionnyl sbornik 1962. no. 31, p. 46-53, table.) 7 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: On the genesis of Pleistocene deposits in the eastern part of Bol'shezemel'skaya Tundra. Reports a three-year investigation in the Vorkuta and lower Pechora regions, also the southwestern slope of Pay-Khoy. Sections of these deposits are described. Spore-pollen data, lithologic-morphologic analyses, chemical analyses of water extracts, fauna, and other features are discussed. Results indicate that all the main strata of these Pleistocene deposits were formed under conditions of an arctic sea shelf in the presence of icebergs and fast ice. DLC. 78143. DANILOV, I. D. Osobennosti litogeneza morenopodobnykh plelsto£senovykh otlozhenil vostoka Bol'shezemel'skol tundry. (Akademifa nauk SSSR. Izvestie 1963, ser. geog. no. 6, p. 70-75, table, illus.) 6 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Lithogenesis features of moraine-like Pleistocene deposits in the eastern Bol'shezemel'skaya Tundra. Reports study of concretions of 1-2 mm. to 4 cm. in moraine-like gray loams. Their structure, composition, chemical analyses, and water extracts are characterized. The moraine-like deposits are concluded to be not of glacial origin but formed in a shallowsea shelf area with active participation of icebergs and fast ice. DLC. 78144. DANILOV, I. D. Plelstof enovye otlozhenifa vostoka Bol'shezemel'skol tundry i uslovifå ikh obrazovanifä. (Akademifå nauk SSSR. Izvestifa 1962. ser. geog. no. 6, p. 74-80, table.) 7 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Pleistocene deposits of eastern Bol'shezemel'skaya Tundra and conditions of their formation. Ice-marine deposits of 40-60 cm. average

231

thickness are distinguished from field study of 1959-1961; sections are described, noting lithologic properties and other features. The 33 species of marine fauna found in then are identified and the types analyzed. The paleogeography is characterized for the marine basin in which these deposits were laid. DLC. 78145. DANILOV, N. N., and V. A. TARCHEVSKAØ. Geograficheskafa izmenchivost' razmnozhenitå rfahinnika i belobrovika na Urale. (Ornitologifå 1962, no. 4, p. 142-53, tables.) 34 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Geographic variability in reproduction of fieldfare Turdus pilaris and redwing T. musicus in the Ural. Reviews earlier work, and presents own studies on Turdus pilaris and T. musicus in the southern and Polar Urals. Biotopes and associations(colonies), location of nests, their size and materials are described, as are oviposition, and reproductive season, including incubation periods, hatching, feeding, etc. Comparisons are made between the two areas. Mortality of the young is also considered. In the North, nests are larger and reproduction begins later and its duration is shorter. DLC. 78146. DANILOV, S. P. Amerikanskie matrosy. (Moskva 1962. v. 6, no. 12, p. 183.) In Russian. Title tr.: American sailors. Poem translated from Yakut by R. Moran. DLC. 78147. DANILOV, S. P. Devushka is Moskvy. (Sibirskie ogni 1961. v. 40, no. 5, p. 19, port.) In Russian. Title tr.: Girl from Moscow. Poem translated from Yakut by K. Lisovskif. DLC. 78148. DANILOV, S. P., and others. Stikhi fiikutskikh poåtov. (Okti br' 1962. v. 39, no. 6, p. 122-28.) In Russian. Title tr.: Poems by Yakut poets. Translation of 12 poems by 12 contemporary writers. DLC. 78149. DANILOVA, N. S. Pervichnogruntovye zhily v chetvertichnykh otlozhenifåkh r. VITAL (In: Akademifå nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Inst. merzlotovedenifä. Uslovifå ... 1963, p. 25-40, illus.) 7 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Primary ground veins in Quaternary deposits of the Vilyuy River. Describes the distribution, forms, mode of occurrence, enclosing rocks and other features of ground veins which are not

232

pseudomorphs of ice veins. Composition, grain size, and lamination are also described. Origin of these veins is discussed and it is demonstrated that they form in frost cracks concurrently with the accumulation of Climatic conditions of their deposits. formation are discussed; the climate is considered to have been colder than the DLC. present. DANILOVA, V. M., see No. 80468. 78150. DANISIIEVSKII, G. M. 0 napravlenii razvitifa sel'skogo khozfålstva na Severe v svete zadach ozdorovlenifa vzroslogo i detskogo naselenii . severnykh ralonov Sovetskogo Softlza. (Problemy Severn 1962, no. 6, p. 150-57, table, illus.) 7 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Development of agriculture in the North in the light of health improvement among adults and children in northern areas of the Soviet Union. Reports a study by the Research Base of the Pechora Railroad to find out food and vitamin sources in native and introduced plants; vitamin and starch content were checked at various stages of growth. 43 species including 14 yielding fruit, were found in the middle Pechora area, some spreading beyond the Arctic Circle. 30 medicinal plant species successfully grown in the North are also noted. Data are tabulated on the best time to harvest these plants; and the problem of vegetable and small DLC. fruit development is discussed. 78151. DANISHEVSHII, G. M. Voprosy akklimatizafaii i ozdorovlenifii naselenifa Sovetskogo Severs v svfazi s novym etapom ego osvoenifå. (Problemy Sever& 1962, no. 6, p. 25-33, tables, map, diagrs.) 14 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Acclimatization and improvement of health of the population in the Soviet North in connection with its new level of utilization. Reviews foreign and Soviet studies of acclimatization, public health studies in Murmansk and Noril'sk in 1946-1954, and the seven-year plan of further studies. They are required for establishing standards of nutrition, sanitation and housing, and for avoiding the mistakes made in Noril'sk. Acclimatization of newcomers in the North takes place in three stages: an initial period of strong reaction of the organism against effects of climate; development of a tendency to adjust, or of inability to do so; finally acclimatization, or complete organic disarray. Map shows climatic zones of the Soviet Union for purposes of construction and DLC. architecture.

78152. DANISHEVSKII, G. M. Voprosy

serdechno-sosudistoT patologii na Severe. (In: Litvinov, N.N., ed. Zdorov'e cheloveka ... 1963, p. 146-64, map, illus.) 15 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Problems of cardiovascular pathology in the North. Account of earlier studies in the course of own work in the Pechora area. during 1942-1954. Successive sections deal with the arctic climate and its influence on the organism; characteristics of rheumatism in the North; acclimatization in persons with heart diseases; evolution of rheumatism in the Far North; acclimatization in persons with arteriosclerosis, coronary insufficiency, DNLM. hypertension.

and opportunities at five stations in the central and western North American Arctic, as well as participation in a two-day symposium on the Canadian Arctic, in Montreal. Fort Churchill, Inuvik, Barrow, Fairbanks, and Yellowknife were visited in

turn; a fly-over of ice island T-3 was made from Barrow. The relative accessibility of much of the Arctic, by telephone, radio, aircraft, ship, even rail and highway, is noted, and the administrative and logistic advantages of this accessibility are stressed. The Arctic Research Laboratory at Barrow staff (about 64 in summer, 54 in winter, some 35 of them natives) carry out 59 projects, 13 of which could not be carried out in the Antarctic. CaMAI.

DANITSHEVSKA1A, A. I., see No. 83223. DANSEREAU, P. M., see No. 79582. DANSGAARD, W., see No. 79605. D'ARCY, R. G., see No. 77712. 78153. DARDEL, G. Regards sur Part esquimau. (Connaissance du monde. Mar.

1962. n.ser. 40, p. 19-26, illus.) In French. Title tr.: Glimpses of Eskimo art. Depicts modern and ancient Eskimo sculptures and engravings and Tlingit masks, also women's crafts, sewing, fur mosaics, pottery and basket work, etc. DLC. DARIICHUK, Z. S., see No. 77953.

78156. DATNOV, A. G. Obledenenie samoletov na zemle i sposoby bor'by s nim. Moskva, Voennoe izd-vo Ministerstva oborony SSSR 1962. 52 p. tables, graphs, maps, illus. 13 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Airplane icing on the ground and its prevention. Discusses the general problem, and the effect of icing on aerodynamic and flight characteristics of grounded aircraft. Physical conditions of icing, and ice adhesion to wing and fuselage surfaces are considered from the viewpoint of flight safety. Various experimentally tested methods to forestall icing are systematically presented, also to DLC. remove ice if formed. DAI%KO, V. G., see No. 81016.

DASGUPTA, M. K., see No. 81319. 78154. DASMANN, R. F. The last horizon. N.Y., Macmillan 1963. 279 p. maps, illus. Refs. Examines from the conservationists' viewpoint, the earth's remaining wild lands. Tundra and taiga are dealt with (p. 144-57, 21 refs.); the natural environment characterized by three-four year lemming and 10-yr. hare cycles is described, also the

78157. DAUPHINEE, T. M., and H. PRESTON-THOMAS. The measurement of ocean temperatures. (American Inst. of Physics. Temperature, its measurement and control ... v. 3, 1962-63. pt. 1, p. 739-49, graphs, tables, illus.) 20 refs. Describes briefly the well known deepsea reversing thermometer and the Spilhaus bathythermograph, and compares them with an ideal thermometer. Features

effects of encroaching civilization seen in decline of caribou, increase of forest fires, etc. and the potentialities (not great) for agriculture and forestry. Importance of understanding the region's ecology before attempting modification is stressed. Hazards to the food chain from nuclear experiments is noted. DI.

needed in such an instrument include: on-deck presentation of data during the cast, —2° to 30° C. range, accuracy of 0.01° C., depth range of 0 to 5 km. at an accuracy of ± 10 cm. + 0.1% of -the depth, cable to parent vessel with single or multiple conductors, and compatibility with sample collecting. Operating characteristics

78155. DATER, H. M. Impressions of the Arctic. (U.S. Antarctic Projects Office. Bulletin 1963. v. 5, no. 3, p. 8-13, illus.) Describes a ten-day, 8300-mile survey (Sept. 15-25, 1963) of research activities

of ten new instruments are tabulated; high costs, performance limitations, and reluctance of oceanographers to try unproved equipment have prevented any new instrument from achieving general acceptance. DWB.

233

DAVID, G., see No. 77754. 78158. DAVID, M. Railroad through a snowbound hell. (True, Jan. 1963, p. 54-55, 100-109, h us.) Describes the building of the White Pass & Yukon Railroad from Skagway, Alaska to Whitehorse, Yukon Territory in 18981900 for the Øondike Gold Rush. The White Pass & Yukon Co. was formed by Sir Thomas Tancrede, S. H. Graves, and M. Heney, respectively English, American, and Canadian engineers, who combined talents to finance and implement construction. The extreme difficulties of climate and terrain are emphasized; the Whitehorse and Skagway rails met at Caribou Crossing on July 29, 1900. CaONA. 78159. DAVIDOVICH, N. V. Vlifånie korotkoperiodicheskikh kolebanil klimata na tip l'doobrazovanifå v fsentral'nykh ralonakh Novo! Zemli. (Akademifä nauk SSSR. Mezhduvedomstvennyl geofizicheskil komitet, IX razdel programmy MGG; glfiifsiologifå. Sbornik state! 1963. no. 9, p. 82-93, table, graphs.) 6 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: The influence of short-term changes of climate on the type of ice formation in the central regions of Novaya Zemlya. Analyzes climatic factors affecting the alimentation and ablation of the ice sheet from the observations of 1957-1959 and earlier. Air temperature, wind, precipitation, solar radiation, etc. data are reported. At the present time, mainly ice alimentation obtains. Conditions are discussed under which firn alimentation may prevail. With a short-term (several years) change in climate, ice alimentation can give way to fire alimentation. DLC.

and advancement of Canadian Indians. Ottawa, Dept. of Citizenship and Immigration 1962. 11 p. An address to the IndianEskimo Association Conference, Oct. 1962, by the then Deputy Minister of Citizenship and Immigration. Discusses present forms of service provided by public and private agencies for Indian advancement. Provincial, municipal, and federal governments cooperate in educational and welfare services. Treatment of Indians under separate treaty acts, has been inadequate. The trend toward improvement requires time. Work of non-government voluntary agencies is commended. CaONA. DAVIDSON, J. F., see No. 83831. 78162. DAVIDSON, M., and fÜ. PUZYREV. Opyt proizvodstva zimnikh rabot s primeneniem potasha. (Na strolkakh Rossii 1962, no. 10, p. 20-22, graphs, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: Carrying out winter work using potash. Discusses potash used as an additive to mixtures of concrete, plaster, and mortar for preserving their plasticity under temperatures to --30° C. The method tested. and proved successful in Leningrad is applicable for Murmansk, Vorkuta, and other places. DLC. DAVIDSON, W., see No. 79414.

DAVIDOVICH, R. L., see also No. 78638.

78163. DAVIES, G. E. Iron ore developments in Quebec and Labrador. (Mine and. quarry engineering 1963. v. 29, no. 3, p. 94-103, maps, illus.) 3 refs. Reviews the status of developments in this mining area. Geology of the iron formation in metamorphosed Proterozoic sediments, and types and distribution of ore from Lac Je'nnine (near Mt. Reed) to the west coast of Ungava Bay are discussed. Concentration methods to upgrade the 30-38% Fe ores are described. Iron Ore Co. of Canada (IOCC) operations at Schefferville are discussed in detail: mining and production techniques, research on beneficiation and ore preparation methods, the town of 5,500 people, the Quebec North Shore & Labrador Railway, and the dock terminal, port and administration center at Seven Islands. IOCC production at Carol Lake, Quebec Cartier Mining Co. production in the Mt. Reed area, and development activities of several other companies in the Labrador Trough are discussed. CaONA.

78161. DAVIDSON, G. F. A desirable pattern of co-operative effort for the service

78164. DAVIES, J. A. Albedo'iØeitigations in Labrador-Ungava (ArcIiiv filri

78160. DAVIDOVICH, R. L. Gidrokhimicheskie cherty flzhno! i 11 go-vostochnoi chaste! Beringova more. (Moskva. Vses. n.-issl. inst. morskogo rybnogo khoz. i okeanografii. Trudy 1963. v. 48, p. 8595, table, graphs, maps.) 5 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Hydrochemical traits of southern and southeastern Bering Sea. Reports a summer 1958 survey, including map of stations; water layers (4); t°C, S, 0,, P, Si, N-NO,' at horizons down to 2031 m.; 0, and P along a southeastern profile; horizontal distribution of chemical components in the top and bottom water layers (with maps). DLC.

234

Meteorologie, Geopi ysik and Biokiimatologie, ser. B, 1963. v. 13, no. 1, p. 137-51, maps, graphs, tables, illus.) 19 refs. German and French summary Presents a reduced generalization of a series of albedo maps on a scale of 1 in.: 8 mi., based on Hare's vegetation map (No. 58542) and results of estimates of albedo obtained from airborne measurements of incoming and reflected solar radiation. Resulting map shows the summer albedo of the Labrador-Ungava peninsula with isopleths at intervals of 1%. The range of albedo between cover-types is small, and albedo values are generally low, though they increase northward. The richer vegetation of the Labrador Trough stands out clearly. A companion map for the winter months together with distribution maps of the effective outgoing radiation in summer and winter are recommended. DWB. 78165. DAVIES, J. A. Net radiation studies in the ScheffervilIe area. (Arctic 1963. v. 16, no. 1, p. 41-46, tables, graphs.) 4 refs. Describes summer 1961 radiation measurements in northern Quebec-Labrador. The study was made (methods noted) to test a correlation established by Orvig (No. 74547) from data obtained in 1958, viz a correlation coefficient of 0.777 between the mean daytime net flux and the daily total short-wave radiation. The 1961 measurements showed a close similarity to the 1958, as did the correlation coefficient of 0.736; data for the two years are tabulated. DI. DAVIES, R. S., see No. 78095. 78166. DAVIES, W. E., and others. Geology of the North Star Bugt area, northwest Greenland. København, C. A. Reitzel 1963. 68 p. maps, sections, tables, illus.) Meddelelser om Grønland, v. 162, no. 12.) 32 refs. Other authors: D. B. Krinsley, and A. H. Nicol. Describes and maps the results of 1953 field work in this 500-sq. mi. ice-free area, 76°-76°38' N. 68°-70°15' W. It was formerly known as the Thule area, and previous work on the geology had been limited to short visits and small-scale, generalized maps. Ground traverses were made out of several bases, and helicopter traverses supplemented by photointerpretation covered areas not accessible on foot. Physiography and drainage are described by Davies; topographic features reflect bedrock conditions in three-fourths of the area, and glaciation

has modified the gross forms very little. The land surface is a high plateau, locally dissected into broad ridges. Three rivers and many minor streams have developed extensive drainage systems; the rivers, Siorqap Kfla, Pitugfiup Kdgssua, and Narssfirssuk Ely, are fed by meltwater from the icecap, and the smaller streams are nourished by the melting of large perennial snowbanks along their valleys. Numerous lakes occur, mostly shallow, though Crescent Sø is 45 ft. deep. Davies and Nicol deal with the bedrock geology. Most of the area is underlain by Precambrian metamorphic rocks; sedimentary rocks of the Thule Group are second in extent, the diabase sills and dikes probably underlie less than 5% of the area. Bedrock geology and surficial features are mapped on a scale of 1:100,000. Five structural profiles are included. Glacial geology is discussed by Krinsley; although the area was probably glaciated several times during the Pleistocene, evidence was found of only one major glaciation and several minor recent fluctuations. Surficial deposits cover more than 90% of the area, but they have been structurally disturbed and mechanically altered by frost action. Eight types of materials are shown on the surficial deposits map. Glacial features, raised beaches, icedammed lakes, etc. are also mapped on the same scale. Glacial chronology is diagrammed in seven phases, from the glaciation more than 32,000 yrs. ago to the current ice position at the front of Harald Moltke Brae. DGS. 78167. DAVIES, W. E. Rillenstein in northwest Greenland. (National Speleological Society. Bulletin 1957, no. 19, p. 40-46, map, illus.) 9 refs. Reports 1953 observations of solution ("micro-karst") features on limestones and dolomites in the North Star Bay area. Two types of rillenstein were found: one etched into gypsiferous dolomites, the other, more uniform, following lines of weakness on the purer dolomites and limestones. Its various forms (grooves, pits, flutings, etc.) are described with measurements and illus. Its probable origin from solution is indicated; patterns are controlled by rock structures. DGS. 78168. DAVIS, C. B. The nagoon berry. (Alaska sportsman 1961. v. 27, no. 9, p. 20, 44, illus.) Describes three species of this raspberry found in Alaska: Rubes stellatus, R. arcticus, and R. alaskensis. Use of the berries for food by Tlingit Indians is described. DI.

235

DAVIS, E. L., see No. 791?8, DAVIS, L. R., see No. 81200. 78169. DAVIS, P. A. An analysis of the atmospheric heat budget. (Journal of the atmospheric sciences 1963. v. 20, no. 1, p. 5-22, sections, graphs, tables.) 34 refs. Derives a complete heat budget for the atmosphere alone (apart from land and oceans) 20°-70° N. and below the 25-mb. level, aided by recent climatological and radiation transmission data. The significant components and balance requirements of the budget are presented as a function of height, latitude, and season. Components include infrared radiative cooling, solar heating, net latent heating, the heat flux across the lower boundary, and the rate of heat storage. Balance requirements are those demanded solely of the atmospheric motions. Each item of the budget is discussed; comparisons are made with related studies. Heat sources produced widespread excessive heating in the lower layer except in the arctic winter region, but the total atmospheric columns revealed thermal deficits almost everywhere within the model. Comparison of the deduced balance requirements with the large-scale isobaric eddy beat transports determined by others indicates that the convergence of the eddy heat flux would compensate for the thermal deficits north of 50° N. lat. DWB. 78170. DAVIS, P. H. Blast off in Alaska. (Army information digest 1961. v. 16, no. 11, p. 39-41.) Describes the 4th Missile Battalion's annual service practice at Anchorage since 1959, with Nike-Hercules missiles fired from three sites. Climatic conditions of the test area are noted: wind up to 150 mph., annual temperature extremes of +90° F. DLC. and —50° F. 78171. DAVIS, T. N. Negative correlation between polar-cap visual aurora and magnetic activity. (Journal of geophysical research 1963. v. 68, no. 15, p. 4447-53, tables, graphs.) 10 refs. Reports on the relationship between the Iocal (K) and planetary (Kr) magnetic indexes, and the occurrence of visual auroras inside the auroral zone in Alaska, Canada and Greenland. They are found to be negatively correlated with the values of K and Kr,; nearer the auroral zone the correlation is positive. Approx. 75-80° geomag. lat. is a border zone across which the relationship between K indexes and

236

the morphological features of visual aurora is more complex and transitory in character. DLC. 78172. DAVIS, T. R. A. Acclimatization to cold in man. (American Inst. of Physics. Temperature, its measurement and control ... v. 3. 1962-63. pt. 3, p. 443-52, tables, graphs.) 56 refs. Study of shivering as the only measurement that has any degree of precision in determining cold acclimatization. Experimentally and seasonally or naturally induced acclimatization, are considered and compared. The effect of heat acclimatization upon cold acclimatization, and retention of the latter are also discussed. DLC. 78173. DAVIS, T. R. A., and R. J. T. JOY. Natural and artificial cold acclimatization in man. (International Bioclimatological Congress 1960. Proceedings pub. 1962, p. 286-303, table, graphs.) 63 refs. French and German summary. Study of acclimatization by a standard exposure of 2 hr. to 12-14° C., with shivering, 02-consumption, rectal and skin temperatures recorded. Kentucky soldiers residing 52 days in Alaska, subjects exposed for 30 days, 8 hr. daily to 12° C., and seasonal acclimatization, in a third group, were tested. Only skin temperature remained unchanged in all three groups, other parameters varying according to group. Loss of cold-acclimatization was also studied. DLC. 78174. DAVIS, T. R. A., and R. J. T. JOY. Natural and artificial cold acclimatization in man. (US. Army Medical Research Lab. Report 1961. no. 474, p. 62-84. graphs, table.) 63 refs. Following an introduction on earlier studies and criteria of acclimatization, authors present their own, varied investigations on experimental cold exposure (to 12-14° C. for 1 or 2 hr. nude) and natural cold-acclimatization. Shivering, 02-consumption, basal metabolism, core and skin temperatures are recorded, and studies on hand cooling reported. Natural and artificial acclimatization are compared, the effects of heat- or cold-acclimatization, and the retention of cold acclimatization discussed. It is concluded that a true acclimatization to cold does exist. DNLM. 78175. DAVIS, T. R. A. Nonshivering (Federation proceedings thermogenesis. 1963. v. 22, no. 3, pt. 1, p. 777-82, table, graphs.) 28 refs.

Study of non-acclimatized and acclimatized laboratory animals and man. The results indicate similarity of acclimatization in both, and that man can acclimatize to cold and does so by a decrease in shivering and by an enhancement of existing, non-shivering thermogenic mechanisms or by its induction as an altogether new DLC. mechanism. DAVIS, T. B. A., see also Nos. 79801, 82135. 78176. DAVISON, K. Cook Inlet gas finds are important. (World oil 1963. v. 157, no. 7, p. 92-98, maps, section, tables.) 4 refs. Outlines exploratory and development activity in the Cook Inlet basin of Alaska, with gas discovered since 1959 in nine different locations. The Kenai field, about 75 mi. southwest of Anchorage, is the largest gas area developed. Discovery well was spudded May 28, 1959, blew out at a depth of 4232 ft., was controlled, drilled to 15,047 ft., and completed in the interval 4453-4590 ft. for an open flow potential of 142 MMcfd. Four of the five wells completed are shown on an area map; production and reservoir data for the field are tabulated. Exploratory activity in 1962 is cited: 23 wells spudded in the Cook Inlet basin, six in the Gulf of Alaska area, and two in the Copper River basin. Use of offshore drilling equipment at Cook Inlet had encouraging results despite difficult operating conditions. A tenderplatform arrangement, a drilling barge, and a floating drillship were used as bases. DLC. 78177. DAVISON, K. Swanson River finishes first year. (Oil and gas journal 1963. v. 61, no. 11, p. 166-67, graph, table, illus.) Outlines performance record of this large oil-gas field on the Kenai Peninsula, Alaska. Field and reservoir data are tabulated. It has large reserves (100 million bbl.), and produces 10 million bbl./yr. from only 52 wells. Production problems are rare, partly because of preventive programs and proThe gas-injection tective equipment. project started in Nov. 1962, may make production possible without artificial lift. After gas-injection, the oil is transferred to lease automatic custody transfer units, then piped 19 mi. to the Nikiski marine terminal. Forty-eight wells continue producing oil while two are on gas lift. DI. DAVISON, W. L., see No. 77841.

78178. DAVSON, H., and E. SPAZIANI. Effect of hypothermia on certain aspects of the cerebrospinal fluid. (Experimental neurology 1962. v. 6, no. 2, p. 118-28, graphs, table.) 22 refs. Rabbits cooled to, and maintained at 25° C. for 2 hrs. showed no change in water-content or chloride-space of the brain. Chloride concentration of the cerebrospinal fluid remained unchanged. Rates of penetration, diffusion and secretion of a series of substances are also studied. DNLM. 78179. DAVSON, H., and E. SPAZIANI. The effect of hypothermia on intraocular dynamics. (Experimental eye research 1961. v. 1, no. 2, p. 182-92, table, illus.) 23 refs. The rate of penetration of ethyl alcohol, ethyl thiourea and 24Na into the aqueous humor and vitreous body of rabbits cooled to 25° C. was studied. In general, the effects of lowered temperature could be explained on the basis of a slowed peripheral circulation rather than any serious interference with secretory mechanisms. DNLM. 78180. DAVYDOV, A. F. 0 rezhime myshechnoT defätel'nosti severnykh ()lend pri dobyvanii korma iz-pod snega. (Opyt izuchenifä regulfäfsil fiziologicheskikh funkGil 1963. v. 6, p. 35-40, tables.) 20 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Muscular activity of reindeer, foraging from under the snow. Reports on investigation in forest and mountain tundra grazing areas in Kola Peninsula. Muscle activity was shown to depend upon the thickness and physicomechanical properties of the snow cover. Digging deep and loose snow produced earlier exhaustion than that in hard and shallow snow. More energy was spent foraging under hard snow however, and the animals feeding in forest tundras lost weight on average 60 g./day as compared with 320 g./day lost by those in mountain DLC. tundras. 78181. DAVYDOV, M. M. Akklimati zafsifa ondatry v IAkutii. (In: Konferenf ifå po akklimatizafaii zhivotnykh .. . 1963, p. 82-83.) In Russian. Title tr.: Acclimatization of the muskrat in Yakutia. Reviews introductions: since 1930, 6188 animals; and present distribution: up to 70° N. The exceptional population growth in the middle Kolyma area and the economic value of the muskrat are stressed. Its ecology, and freedom from diseases are noted. DLC.

237

78182. DAVYDOV, V., and B. PONOMARENKO. Spefaodezhda dlfå truzhenikov lesa. (Okhrana truda i sofsial'noe strakhovanie 1959, no. 6, p. 80-81, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: Special clothing for lumberjacks. Describes a two-piece suit with attached hood and removable wadded lining. Cut, material, water-repellent and insulating qualities, also care, etc. are discussed. The garment is washable and wear-and-tear resistant, affords protection against mosquitoes and light occupational injuries. It has been tested in logging camps in Arkhangel'sk Province and elsewhere. A new kind of reversible mitten is under consideration. DLC. 78183. DAVYDOV, V. I. Poluavtomati cheskil shtangoukladchik "Sever-1." (Razvedka i okhrana nedr 1962, no. 5, p. 54-56, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: The Sever-1 semi-automatic boring-bar installer. Describes the device which can be used in core drilling with ZIF-300, ZIF-650A, ZIF-1200A, BS-1200, and similar stands. It was tested for many months on an experimental derrick by a Vorkuta explore, tion party with completely satisfactory performance. It costs 75-80 rubles to manufacture; mass production is in progress. DLC. 78184. DAVYDOV, V. N. Komi kral v period perekhoda na mirnufü rabotu po vosstanovlenifd narodnogo khozelstva, 1920-1921 gg. (Istoriko-filologicheskil sbomik 1956. no. 3, p. 3-19.) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Komi Territory during the period of transition to peace-time restoration of the national economy, 19201921. Describes its industrial, agricultural, socioeconomic, and cultural rehabiilitation including northern regions. Suppression of counter-revolutionary and nationalistic movements, political and administrative reforms are outlined to the establishment of Komi (Zyryan) Autonomous Province. Selected statistics are given. DLC. 78185. DAVYDOV, V. N. Kul'tumoe stroitel'stvo v Komi Avtonomnol oblasti v gody vosstanovitel'nogo periods 19211925 gg. (Istoriko-filologicheskil sbornik 1956. no. 3, p. 20-29.) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Cultural development in Komi Autonomous Province during the restoration period of 1921-1925. Describes with selective data the educational and cultural progress as evidenced in creation of a written language, increase in

238

schools, adult education, book publishing and library facilities, health services, organization of party-political study groups, growth of trade union membership, etc. DLC. 78186. DAVYDOV, V. T. Kamchatka, putevol al'bom. Moskva, Sovetakil khudozhnik 1963. 48 p. illus. In Russian. Title tr.: Kamchatka, a traveler's sketchbook. Impressions from two trips to Kamchatka and Commander Islands, illus. by 39 drawings: Petropavlosk, Valley of Geysers, Bering Island and seals, Mednyy Island and Preobrazhenskoye, etc. DLC. 78187. DAVYDOVA, N. A. Vlifanie uYtrafioletovol nedostatochnosti na komplementarnufa aktivnost' krovi u lfiidel na Severe. (Gigiena i sanitariß. 1963. v. 28, no. 5, p. 9-12, tables.) 12 refs. In Russian. English summary Title tr.: The effect of ultraviolet deficiency upon blood-complement activity in people of the North. Reports study of 120 healthy men who showed seasonal changes in complement titer, its drop preceding the polar night period. UV irradiation increased the titer considerably during this period; vitamin C administration was less effective. A rise in complement was noted in spring (May). DLC. DAWE, A. R., see No. 80506. 78188. DAWES, G. S., and G. MESTYÄN. Changes in the oxygen consumption of new-born guinea-pigs and rabbits on exposure to cold. (Journal of physiology 1963. v. 168, no. 1, p. 22-42, graphs, tables.) 19 refs. Experiments with anesthetized and unanesthetized newborn animals showed that guinea pigs maintain their body temperature better than rabbits; methane anesthesia caused but a small reduction in metabolic response to cold. The effects of adrenaline and noradrenaline, of hexamethonium, of D-tubocurarine and gallamine are also DLC. analyzed. 78189. DAWKINS, M. J. R., and D. HULL. Brown fat and the response of the new-born rabbit to cold. (Journal of physiology 1963. v. 169, no. 3, p. 101 P.) . Notes on occurrence and histochemistry of brown fat; location, percentage and fate in the newborn rabbit. These, its high temperature and R.Q., suggest that it may be a facultative site of heat production. DLC.

78190. DAWSON, C. B. Yukon goldseekers first staked Pine Point but deposits remained ignored until 1920. (Northern miner 1963. v. 48, no. 50, p. 18, -i-, illus.) Descrtbes experiences in 1920-1921, with J. M. Bell exploring and staking the Pine Point lead-zinc deposits, noting the rejection of a 1907 claim by Yukon gold seekers; a staking and drilling program carried out in 1928-29 proved the presence of a very large tonnage of lead-zinc ore; development was delayed by the financial collapse of 1929, but current activity confirms the judgment of the first exploration parties. DGS. 78191. DAWSON, E., and E. I. LOOMER. The north magnetic dip pole. Ottawa, Queen's Printer 1963. p. 195-208, maps, (Canada. Dominion graphs, tables. Observatory. Publications, v. 28, no. 5.) 11 refs. Describes preparations, procedures, and results of an Aug. 1962 survey of the north dip pole area. Six field stations were occupied within a 100-mi. radius of its Observations for predicted position. 1962.5 were used to compute a pole position of 75.1° N. 100.8° W. at the southern end of Bathurst Island. The 1948 position was recomputed to 73.9° N. and 100.9° W. Secular motion of the dip pole has been chiefly northward, an average 5 naut. mi. per yr. over 58 yrs. In the same period, it moved westward 2 naut. mi. per yr. till in the last 15 yrs. motion has shifted to the east. The diurnal motion, produced by current systems in the ionosphere, may displace the pole position 50-100 mi. during a severe magnetic storm; this in marked contrast to the average yearly drift of about 5 mi. north and one mi. east produced by the secular variation field of DGS. internal origin. DAWSON, E., see also No. 79605.

78193. DEARBORN, C. H. Chemical sprout control of Alaska potatoes. Palmer, Alaska 1963. 11 p. tables, illus. (Alaska. Agricultural Experiment Station. Bulletin 33.) 10 refs. Reports 1955-1958 tests of various sprout inhibitor chemicals at the Matanuska Farm. Their effectiveness on Alaskan potato varieties, effects on yield and grade, rate and timing of application were studied as were the effects of prestorage washing and of various storage temperatures on market quality of treated potatoes. Foliar sprays of maleic hydrazide (MH-40) at 6.3 and 10 lb./acre applied Aug. 31—Sept. 16 gave the most satisfactory sprout control. Treated potatoes chipped well after being stored for six months at 46° F. DA. 78194. DEARBORN, C. H. Stately, a high quality home gardener's potato for Alaskans. (American potato journal 1961. v. 38, no. 7, p. 244 48, table, illus.) Describes this variety selected and tested by the Agricultural Experiment Station at Palmer in the 1950's: its appearance, yield, growing conditions, response to fertilizers, storage and cooking qualities, disease susceptibility, etc. It is considerably higher in quality than other Alaskan varieties, but its low yield limits commercial production. DA. 78195. DEARBORN, C. H. "Stitched end," "giant hill" and fasciated stem of potatoes in Alaska. (American potato journal 1963. v. 40, no. 10, p. 357-60, table, illus.) 7 refs. Discusses occurrence of these defects in commercial varieties, especially observed in 1962. Their cause is not known, but may be a hitherto unsuspected virus complex. Since the defective types tend to produce oversized or rough tubers, use of seed from medium-sized tubers is suggested to prevent the abnormalities from increasing. DA.

78192. DAY, J. H. Pedogenic studies on soils containing permafrost in the Mackenzie River basin. (National Research Council of Canada. Technical memorandum 1963. no. 76, p. 37-42.) 9 refs. Defines the limits of the Mackenzie basin in this context and notes its main geologic and glaciological features. Soil investigations are outlined, and characteristics of about six main soil groups and their distribution are given. The effects and extent of permafrost are mentioned in the ensuing discussion. DGS.

DEARBORN, C. H., see also No. 80543.

78196. DEBAROV, D. G. "Kogda fotoapparat i pero ponimaf0t drug druga ... " (Sovetskoe foto 1960. v. 20, no. 4, p. 2224, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: "When camera and pen go hand in hand ... " Presents a selection of his photographs of arctic subjects taken in 1931-1949 with commentary and analysis by L. Aksel'rod. DLC.

DEAL, P., see No. 84515.

78197. deBOW, D. There's no down pay-

DE BAIE, B. F. C., see No. 79586.

239

ment on an igloo. (Maclean's magazine 1950. v. 63, no. 24, p. 18-19, +, illus.) Explains how an Eskimo builds a snow house, as observed in the Port Harrison area of northern Quebec in 1946. CaOCU. 78198. DECKART, H. Fluoreszenzmikroskopische Untersuchungen an Rattennieren nach Kältekonservierung, —79° C. (Acta biologics et medica germanica 1961. v. 7, no. 6, p. 602-608.) 33 refs. In German. English summary. Title tr.: Fluorescencemicroscopic investigations of rat kidneys following storage at —79° C. Study of non-fixed sections from frozen kidneys showed autolythical changes, mainly in the cortical area. Extent of changes depends on duration of freezing, with minor ones after 15 min. to 6 hrs., and a maximum DNLM. after 8 days. 78199. DEDfi7SHINA, N. A. Iz istorii organza£ ii i defatel'nosti Zapadno-Sibirskogo filiala Akademii nauk SSSR. (In: Sibir' v period ... 1962, p. 143-53.) 4 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Organization and activities of the West Siberian Branch of the Academy of Sciences, USSR. Describes the geological survey work in the 1930's which led to founding of the Branch at Novosibirsk in 1944. Its exploration of mineral and resource potentials, efforts toward economic and industrial growth of the region, scientific activities, etc. are critically reviewed. The Branch closed Jan. 1959, on establishment of the Siberian Division. DLC. 78200. DEDOK, T. A. Brakhiopody nizhnego karbonn ostrova Valgach. (Leningrad. N: issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Sbornik statel po paleontologii i biostratigrafii 1960, no. 22, p. 5-30, table, illos.) 35 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Brachiopods of the Lower Carboniferous of Vaygach Island. Presents systematic description of 31 species. Five age complexes are distinguished, early and late Tournaisian, middle and late Visean, and early Namurian. These Vaygach brachiopods have great similarities with deposits of the same age on Novaya Zemlya, and also with the Ural and other areas. Some of them are notable for their very great dimensions. DLC. 78201. de GROSBOIS, R. Road to the top of the world. (Saturday night 1959. v. 74, no. 10, p. 18-19, +, illus.) Describes the scenery, points of interest, accommodations, and services on the Alaska Highway, a 1523 mi. gravel road 240

from Dawson Creek in British Columbia via Whitehorse in Yukon Territory, to Fairbanks, Alaska. CaOCU. 78202. DEGTI'AR, N. Inifsiativu lorinfsev vsem kolkhozam Kralnego Severn. (Pozharnoe delo 1957. v. 3, no. 8, p. 6.) In Russian. Title tr.: The initiative of Lorino should be imitated by all kolkhozes of the far North. Describes the making of adobe bricks from local loam, sand, cement, dry grass, etc., and their use in farm buildings at Lorino, a kolkhoz center in Chukotka. Use of local resources fosters economic growth in this district which has to bring construction materials from distant points. DLC. 78203. DEGTIARENKO, IÜ. P. Osnovnye cherty geomorfologicheskogo stroenifa KorfikskoT gornol sistemy. (In: Leningrad. N: issl. inst. geol. Arktiki. Geologifå Korfåkskogo nagor'a 1963, p. 169-84, illus.) 17 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Main features of geomorphic structure of the Koryak mountain system. Distinguishes three categories of relief: sculptured relief on the folded basement with intensely differentiated recent movements; relief of the intermountain downwarp; and that of adjacent areas of the Bering Sea bottom. Each category is analyzed. Alpine-type relief, and that of medium-sized and of low mountains are reviewed. Accumulative volcanic relief, erosion-accumulative, glacial relief, lake and marine terraces, shelf relief, relief of continental slope, etc. are characterized. DLC. DEGTIAREV, V. V., see No. 82301. 78204. DEGTfAREVA, A. A. Plankton investigations in the Barents Sea 1960. (International Council for the Exploration of the Sea. Annales biologiques 1960 pub. 1962. v. 17, p. 80.) General outline of phyto- and zooplankton conditions in April-July and September. Frequent forms and concentrations as well as warm water organisms are noted. DSI. 78205. DEGTIÄREVA, A. A., and E. A. PAVSHTIKS. Results of Soviet investigations on plankton in the Norwegian Sea and Barents Sea 1961. (International Council for the Exploration of the Sea. Annales biologiques 1961 pub. 1963. v. 18, p. 60-62, table, graphs.) Study with emphasis on forms making up the food of fishes. Beginning of bio-

logical spring (earlier than in 1960), common phytoplanktonts, components of spring and summer zooplankton, its development stages, and its biomass (for 1958-1961) in the herring feeding-areas, are considered. DSI. DEISHER, M. E., see No. 78695. DE JONG, P., see No. 79012. 78206. DEKORATIVNOE ISSUSSTVO. Shkole nuzhno pomoch'. (Its: no. 5 (18), 1959, p. 17, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: Schools should be helped. Letter to the editor on arts and crafts instruction in Soviet schools. Illus. show bead embroidered fur rug and boots by Chukchi girls, students at the Naukan and Uelen primary schools. DLC. 78207. DELACOUR, J. Studies of drillability and drilling bits in the U.S.S.R. (Journal of petroleum technology 1963. v. 15, no. 10, p. 1080-1086, tables.) Final report in a series dealing with Russian achievements in petroleum research, drilling and production operations; translated from Revue de l'Inetitut Frangais du Petrole, Jan. 1962. Outlines Russian studies in rock mechanics, including the work of the diamond bit laboratory, recently established for the development of bits and diamond crowns destined ultimately for very deep drilling. The diamonds come from Yakutia; the stones are hard but brittle. Sorting is in three stages: manually, by sieve, and by classifier, the last stage determining 50 fractions by weight, 0.1-0.5 carat. Matrix technology, bit design, orientation and exposure of diamonds are also studied, as is the use of diamond bits in USSR. Diamond bits of 4-8 in. diam. are being made for use at depths below 3000-4000 m. DGS. 78208. DE LAGUNA, F. Alaska's "Great Flood." (Science of man 1961. v. 1, no. 4, p. 137.) Ref. Recounts an aboriginal flood myth known to the Xutsnuwuwedi, a Tlingit Indian tribal group of southwestern Alaska. DSI. 78209. DE LAGUNA, F. Intemperate reflections on arctic and subarctic archeology. (Arctic Inst. of North America. Technical paper 1962. no. 11, p. 164-69.) Refs. Critical review of the one-way, south to north, cultural diffusion thesis, set forth at the symposium (cf. No. 77085). It is over-dependent upon radiocarbon dating;

inaccuracies of this method and archeological evidence contradictory to C-14 ratings are discussed and exemplified from Eskimo and Paleo-Indian inventories. The too-minute taxonomic differentiation of local manifestations is also criticized: it mars significant distinctions and obscures cultural continuities. CaMAI. 78210. DE LAGUNA, F. Yakutat canoes. (Folk 1963. v. 5, p. 219-29, map, illus.) 11 refs. Study of Eyak 18-19th century dugouts and present-day plank boats, based on No. 1641 and field work in 1949-1954 at Yakutat. Shape, manufacturing techniques, carrying capacity, use for hunt or war, also paddles, bailers, etc. are discussed. DLC. 78211. DELANEY, G. F. Problems in cartographic nomenclature. (Canadian surveyor 1962. v. 16, no. 5, p. 254-63, table.) Points out the disadvantages of local usage in choosing place names, noting the confused toponymy of Labrador due to overlapping name structures and duplication. Efforts of the Canadian Permanent Committee on Geographic Names to resolve such problems are complicated by the country's two official and two native languages. Eskimo names offer the greatest difficulty; most should be ignored in favor of imposed designations from modern languages. DOS. 78212. deLAPPARENT, A. F. D6couverte de traces de pas de dinosauriens dans le Cr6tac6 du Spitzberg. (Académie des Sciences, Paris, Comptes rendus 1960. v. 251, no. 14, p. 1399-1400.) 2 refs. In French. Title tr.: Discovery of dinosaur footprints in the Cretaceous of Spitsbergen. Describes nine prints in a Lower Cretaceous bed exposed near the entrance of GrØnfjord, 78°06' N. 13°57' E. The two largest measured 68 x 60 cm., the stride between two steps of the same foot nearly 2 m. Though certainly made by a dinosaurian biped, positive identification is difficult; resemblance is noted to a large ornithopod, like the iguanodon. This discovery extends the range of dinosaurs 2800 km. northward. The observations were made on the Spitsbergen excursion of the 21st International Geological Congress. DLC. DeLAURIER, J., see No. 80563. 78213. DeLEONARDIS, S., and H. C. LANG. Planning for Alaska's resources.

241

(U.S. Dept. of Agriculture. Yearbook 1983, p. 509-518.) 8 refs. Describes work of the Alaska Division of Lands: its problems, policies, programs, and achievements. Patterns of federal, state, and private landownership are outlined, as are changes when Alaska, with statehood, acquired ownership of 64 million acres of tidelands and submerged lands, also authorization to select 105 million acres from the public domain. Management problems caused by federal government's lack of control over the public domain and unrealistic land settlement laws are considered. The Division's programs of land selection and land use classification are discussed; provisions of the 1959 Alaska Land Act are reviewed in connection with tidelands, minerals, land disposal, timberlands, and DA. homesteading. DeLEUCHTENBERG, C., see No. 82185. 78214. DELSOL, M., and .1. FLATIN. Arr@t de la metamorphose du tetard d'Alytes obstetricans par le froid et l'obscurit6 pendant 2 ans. (Societe de Biologie. Paris, Comptes rendue 1962. v. 156, no. 1, p. 53-55.) Ref. In French. Title tr.: Arrest of metamorphosis in the tadpole of Alytes obstetricans for two years by cold and darkness. Tadpoles of this species with only front legs developed survived a temperature of 4° C. and darkness without development for a period of up to two years. When returned to normal environmental conditions, they resumed regular development. DLC. 78215. DEMEL, K., and S. RUTKO W ICZ. Morse Barentsa: oceanografia, biologia, rybolowstwo. Gdynia, Wydawnistwo Morskie 1958. 310 p. tables, maps, illus. 66 refs. In Polish. Title tr.: Barents Sea: oceanography, biology, fisheries. Summarizes information on the geography, geology, climate, hydrography, water dynamics; plankton, benthos, birds, mammals; ichthyofauna, fisheries, fisheries research. An index to 61 fish species is added, giving their Polish, Latin, Russian, English, German, and Norwegian names. SPRI. 78216. DEMENI1 KAß, R. M., and N. N. TRUBfATCHINSKII. Akvageofizicheskie metody issledovanifä okeanov. (Leningrad. N.-issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Trudy 1962. v. 132. Geofizicheskie metody razvedki v Arktike, no. 4, p. 3-6.) In

242

Russian. Title tr.: Aqua-geophysical methods for investigation of oceans. Reports present methods for investigation of water temperature, salinity, density, and currents of the seas. Geophysical methods for ocean studies, bottom relief, currents, etc. are summarized; measurement of water temperature at any depth and from a moving vessel is noted. DLC. DEMENITIKAf1, R. M., see also No. 79605. 78217. DEMENT'EV, A. I. Aktivnyl sposob bor'by s deformafsifami zdanil, vyzyvaemymi pucheniem gruntov. (Osnovanifä, fundamenty i mekhanika gruntov 1961. v. 3, no. 1, p. 8-10, table, diagr.) In Russian. Title tr.: A practical method of preventing building deformation caused by ground heaving. A pipe line connected to the central heating system is laid along the building parameter. It warms the outer surface of the foundation and the adjacent ground enough to prevent them freezing together. The ground heaving in its freeze-thaw cycle is claimed not to affect the stability of the building. The cost of this arrangement does not exceed 0.4% that of the building construction, and the maintenance cost is negligible. DLC. DEMENT'EV, A. I., see also No. 83891. 78218. DEMENT'EV, G. P., and M. I. LEBEDEVA. 0 pereletakh punochek. (Ornitologifa 1960. no. 3, p. 112-13.) 8 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Migrations of snow buntings. Reports four of these birds banded in northeast Greenland retrieved in the Arkhangel'sk, Komi, and Kanin areas of European Russia. Flights across the Arctic Ocean from and to northeast Greenland are indicated. DLC. 78219. DEM'ØNOV, N. I., and M. M. NIKITIN. K voprosu o glubinnykh techeniOkh Arkticheskogo basselna. (Leningrad. Arkticheskil i antarkticheskil n.-issL inst. Trudy 1963. v. 248, p. 42-48, tables, graphs.) 3 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Deep currents of the Arctic Basin. Reports on observations in the 750-1000 m. layer at 29 locations from drifting stations North Pole 3-5. The currents were found to be insignificant in that layer, no more than 2.0 cm./sec. The observation method is described; the so-called comparison method worked out by MakarovNansen was found best for the calculation. DLC.

78220. DEM'ßNOV, V. Etogo prostit' nel'zfa. (Okhota i okhotnich'e khoz1 rstvo 1961. v. 7, no. 8, p. 57.) In Russian. Title tr.: Unforgivable. Reports the slaughter of a flock of exhausted ducks which alighted aboard the trawler Angren during a storm off Kamchatka. The sailors who sold the birds in Petropavlovsk were fined 1,800 rubles and the captain of the vessel was indicted for breaking the game laws. DLC. 78221. DEMIDOV, N. F. Faasial'nye tipy proterozo!skikh kompleksov severnol Karelii i WI geologicheskoe sootnoshenie. (Akademifa nauk SSSR. Karel'skil filial. Trudy 1960. no. 26, p. 81-92, map, illus.) 8 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Types of facies of the Proterozoic complexes of northern Karelia and their geological relationship. Outlines the stratigraphy of supercrustal formations in the Kukas and Chelozero lakes region. Lithologie-stratigraphic sections are analyzed and composing rocks described. Comparison is made between the Kukas Lake and the Chelozero subzones of Proterozoic deposits. A new stratigraphic division is offered and explained. DLC. 78222. DEMOKIDOV, K. K. Stratigrafia nizhne- i srednepaleozorskikh otlozhenil v nizov'e r. Leny. (In: Mezhvedomstvennoe soveshehanie ...Trudy 1959, p. 3135.) In Russian. Title tr.: Stratigraphy of the Lower and Middle Paleozoic deposits on the lower reaches of the Lena River. Distinguishes the Sinian complex and deposits of Cambrian, Ordovician, Silurian, Devonian and Carboniferous systems. Their stratigraphy is characterized by some paleontological data and correlation. ICRL. 78223. DEN' CHUKOTKI. Magadan, Magadanskoe knizhnoe izd-vo 1962. 128 p. illus. In Russian. Title tr.: A typical day in Chukotka. B. M. Rubin, editor. Collection of some forty sketches and many illus. depicting routine activities on Feb. 1, 1962 in several communities of the Anadyr, Bilibino, Iul'tin, Chain, Beringovskiy, Provideniya, and Chukotskiy Districts, all in the Chukchi National District. Sovkhoz and kolkhoz life, reindeer herding, fur and truck farming, fishing, fur and sea-mammal hunting, coal, gold, etc. mining, are sketched. Automotive and air transport, electrification, medical services, education and cultural progress of Chukchis and Eskimos are described. Military patrol and polar station work also are dealt with.

Some statistical data on farm and industrial achievements are included. DLC. 78224. DENISON, R. H., and others. New Silurian Heterostraci from southeastern Yukon. (Chicago. Natural History Museum. Fieldiana, geology, 1963. v. 14, no. 7, p. 105-141, maps, section, illus.) 8 refs. Introduction by H. R. Ilovdebo, A. C. Lenz, and E. W. Barober. Geographical and geological settinga are noted for these ostracoderm remains, collected in 1959-1960 by California Standard Co. field parties in the Beaver River area, approx. 60°27' N. 125°47.5' W. Systematic description is given of three new genera and seven new species among others, also four types of undetermined forms. Commonest in this Yukon sequence is Vernonaspic of Late Silurian age. Ariaspis, a specialized genus, suggests a Devonian rather than Silurian age. Ecological interpretation of this occurrence would be based upon little information; the remains appear in marine sediments and are abundant and varied, in contrast to the scarcity of Heterostraci in most Silurian marine DGS. sediments. DENISOV, A. P., see No. 82117. 78225. DENISOV, A. S., and A. O. SHPATKHER. Okeanograficheskoe patrulirovanie v arkticheskikh morfakh. (In: Sovetakie ekspedifsiii 1959 goda, 1962, p. 160-66, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: Oceanographic patrolling in the arctic seas. Reviews the development of this service in the Soviet seas, from the ice patrol in Barents and Kara Seas in 1938 by the Murmane(s, and in the Chukchi Sea 1940 by the Snnol'nyl. These old ships were superseded by modern hydrographic vessels, the 380 t. Toros, PolØik and Lomonosov, and the patrol extended to the Laptev Sea (PolØik) in 1952, the East Siberian Sea (Prim) in 1959. The 1959 program in all the seas is stated. The early expeditions were limited to ice reconnaissance on the edge of the pack. Later this was done chiefly by aircraft and the vessels carry out systematic oceanographic and hydrographic observations. DLC. 78226. DENISOV, A. S. Zavisimost' temperatury vody na poverkhnosti ftiüzhno! chasti Chukotskogo mora ot ego teplosoderzhanifa. Arkticheskil i (Leningrad. antarkticheskil n.-issl. inst. Trudy 1963. v. 264, p. 59-60, table.) In Russian. Title tr.: Dependence of surface water

243

temperature in the southern part of Chukchi Sea upon its heat content. Reports calculation by statistical method of the water temperature (in kcal/cm.2) in the surface 0-25 cm. and 0 m. bottom layers for each month July—Oct. Correlation coefficients for both layers and each month are established and compared. It is evident that the dependence of surface water temperature upon the heat content of the sea is a seasonal phenomenon. It reflects the heat content well in winter and summer, DLC. but poorly in spring and fall. 78227. DENISOVA, M. N. Sutochnafä aktivnost' nekotorykh kulikov na severe. (Ornitologifri 1962, no. 4, p. 423-26, table, graph.) 4 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Diurnal activity of some shore birds of the North. Reports a study of the breeding song of two sandpipers and one curlew species (Tringa nebularia, T. glariola, Numenius pØopus) made during May 20-25, 1959, on two points of the White Sea coast. Number of "songs", total duration during 24 hours, and during day or night were recorded. Singing was reduced at night to 11.6-1.4%, depending on the species. The effect of weather is also discussed. DLC. Boligministeriet. 78228. DENMARK. Housing in the northern countries. Copenhagen, S. L. Mollers Bogtrykkeri 1960. 148 p. illus. 24 refs. Produced by the Finnish State Housing Board, the Norwegian Housing Directorate, and the Swedish National Housing Board, along with the Danish Ministry of Housing. Translated into English by Eve M. Wendt. Discusses domestic construction in Denmark (p. 24-57), Finland (p. 58-84), Norway (p. 85-117), and Sweden (p. 11846) in relation to topography, climate, settlement, and population. Social aspects, structure of the building market, production and demand, housing standards, building regulations, town planning, etc. are dealt with in turn. Particular towns or areas are not treated specifically, but many of the considerations discussed generally apply to building in subarctic and arctic climates. CaONA. 78229. DENMARK. Ministeriet for Grønland. Kalatdlit-nunitne pissåinut titartaivit 1. april 1958—imit 31. marts 1962imut katiternegarnere Amalo piniarnerup autdlainiarneruvdlo 1. Aug. 1963—imit frgigssessiviginegarneranik maligtarØagssat.

244

København 1960— in progress. 4 v.: 58, 63, 51, 55 p. tables. In Eskimo, Danish and English. Title tr.: Hunting statistics based on the Greenlanders' lists of game killed in Greenland in the period Apr. 1, 1958 to Mar. 31, 1962, and regulations respecting game hunting in force to Aug. 1, 1963. Tabulates data similar to and in sequence to No. 64152. The mammals reported are the minke, humpback, and pilot whales, beluga, narwhal, porpoise, walrus, the ringed, harbor, bearded, harp and hooded seals, arctic fox (blue and white), reindeer, polar bear. The report for 1959-60 includes a survey of hunting and catching gear. In West Greenland, catch records of each hunter have been kept by his community since 1862, and summaries printed for the southern part since 1876, and for the northern from 1903 till 1957 when they were pub. in the present form. In East and North Greenland the keeping of catch CaMAI. records began in 1949. DENMARK. Ministeriet for 78230. Grønland. Udvalget for samfundsforskning i Grønland. Befolkningssituationen i Vestgrønland; bebyggelsespolitik og befolkningsudvikling. København 1963. 129 p. tables. (Its: Report 7, by J. Kronborg and G. Nellemann. In Danish. Eskimo and English summary. Title tr.: The population situation in West Greenland; settlement policy and population development. Reports an investigation into policy pursued since 1950, in general the concentration of population in fewer, larger communities and depopulation of some places and districts, though with some modifications: intensified development of the southern townships but large-scale resettlements discouraged. During the last hundred years, population rose from 9,650 to 27,650, nearly half of the increase in the decade 1951-1960, greatest at Godthåb (75% in 1949-60) and smallest (5%) at Upemavik. Only Godthåb and Narssaq had a net immigration in this period, and only the northern region was a genuine emigration area. Essential change took place in population distribution, the townships' inhabitants increased 7,100 or more and trading stations' more than 1,600, whereas the population of the settlements was reduced by 1,400. In recent years however, immigration has been tapering off in almost all expanding communities, due in part to housing shortage. About 10% of the inhabitants move once a year; well over half the present adult population live elsewhere than their birthplace, but

of these 50% remain in their native municipality, and another 25% dwell in one adjacent. Difficulties which have arisen among migrants in some places are discussed. Summary account of these findings also in Danish is given by the authors in DLC. Grønland 1963, no. 7, p. 241-57. 78231. DENMARK. Ministeriet for Grønland. Udvalget for samfundsforskning i Grønland. Kriminalloven og de vestgrønlandske samfund: 1, samfundsvidenskabelige undersøgelser; 2, kriminallov for Grønland af 5. marts 1954 med kommentarer. København 1962. 2 v. tables, graphs. (Its: Publikation 5 and 6, V. Goldschmidt ed.) 34 refs. In Danish. English and Eskimo summary in v. 1. Title tr.: The criminal law and the West Greenland community: 1, social investigations; 2, the March 5, 1954 criminal law for Greenland with comments. Reports on the effects of this law. Its purpose was to give directions to the legal authorities in Greenland, establish legal equality between Greenlanders and Danes there, and to provide for individual treatment of offenders. It is in good agreement with Danish criminal law, and its concepts are in accord with the legal authorities and the population on what constitutes a crime. The number of cases in Greenland, correspond relatively to the number in Danish provincial towns, though there is numerical increase in cases. Fines are imposed on offenders more than compulsory labor and training mainly because of practical considerations. On the whole the population has a positive attitude to the new law. Certain amendments to the code are proposed and the establishment of an open prison tentatively suggested. Vol. 2 contains the text of the law, with detailed commentary, frequency of offence, etc. Revised Eskimo translation of the law is CaMAI. included. DENMARK. Ministeriet for 78232. Grønland. Udvalget for samfundsforskning i Grønland. Samarbejdsproblemer mellem grønlaendere og danskere i Vestgrønland. København 1963. 142 p. tables. (Its: Rapport 9, by V. Goldschmidt, G. Christoffersen and F. Rasmussen.) 55 refs. In Danish. Eskimo and English summary. Title tr.: Co-operation problems between Greenlanders and Danes in West Greenland. Contains results of the 1958 and 1959 investigations by the Committee for Community Research in Greenland. Some of the two groups' differences in regard to

race, language, culture, legal status, social and vocational conditions, etc. are stated. Each group has misconceptions and prejudice against the other, and both feel disMutual language criminated against. difficulties in political negotiations are discussed. Both groups think that more jobs should be accessible to Greenlanders and that this can be achieved by improving their vocational qualifications and knowledge of Danish. Contact between Greenlanders and Danes outside their places of work is slight. The Committee recommends that a coordinating planning agency be established, that Greenland have the same status as other parts of Denmark in the appropriation acts, and that self-government be increased for the Greenlanders who might decide independently whether to employ Danish labor and to make their own arrangements concerning wages. Education and employment programs in some fields could usefully be given priority over the technical construction program, it is suggested. DLC. 78233. DENMARK. Ministeriet for Grønland. Udvalget for samfundsforskning Uddannelsessituationen i i Grønland. Vestgrønland 3; de unges valg af erhverv. København 1963. 97 p. graphs, tables. (Its: Rapport 8, by P. Barfod.) 14 refs. In Danish. Eskimo and English summary. Title tr.: The educational situation in West Greenland 3; young peoples' choice of occupation. In sequence to No. 70972. Reports on a 1957, 1959-1960 study: no consistent vocational guidance is offered; boys favor fisheries or shipping (40%), crafts (many), teaching (few); girls favor nursing, midwifery, or teaching (40%), many favor household, shop, or office work; few favor skilled work. Most occupations available are not cited by young people, especially those which require long training. Less than half enter the occupation favored; far more enter than favor the unskilled occupations. Young Greenlanders generally are interested in education and training; hence introduction of vocational guidance concurrently with improved educational Condensed facilities is recommended. version (in Danish) by P. Barfod pub. in Grønland 1963, no. 10, p. 375-83. CaMAI. DENMARK. Natsionalmuseet. See under København. 78234. DENMARK. Søkort-Arkiv. Katalog over søkort og sejlhåndbøger; Catalogue of charts and sailing directions. København,

245

J. H. Schultz Bogtrykkeri 1962. 33 p. + 11 maps. In Danish and English. Lists, p. 20-26, charts and plans to 1962 for Greenland waters and harbors; index DLC. charts no. 5-11 show coverage. DENNIS, R. F., see No. 78065. DENY, J., see No. 82075. 78235. DENYES, A., and J. HASSETT. A study of the metabolism of liver, diaphragm and kidney in cold-exposed and (Harvard Univ. hibernating hamsters. Museum of Comparative Zoology. Bulletin 1960. v. 124, International Symposium... Hibernation 1959. Proceedings, p. 437-56, tables, illus.). 14 refs. Study of oxygen uptake and relevant problems in the tissues of golden hamsters. Specifically, the metabolism of liver slices and of diaphragm from non-fasting coldexposed or hibernating animals was traced, as well as the effects of fasting on the metabolism of these tissues during cold exposure. In the kidney, the metabolism of the cortex in cold-exposed and hibernating hamsters was followed. Changes in body weight as related to the O,consumption of the three tissues are also discussed. DLC. DENYES, A.,

888

also No. 77310.

78236. DERIÜGIN, K. K., Editor. Issledovanifd morskogo l'da za rubezhom. Leningrad, Gimiz 1962. 165 p. tables, graphs, maps. Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Investigations of sea ice abroad. Collection of papers by foreign scientists translated into Russian, e.g. No. 38575 by Armstrong, No. 40892 by Kusunoki, No. 29159 by Fukutomi, No. 39624 by Moira Dunbar, No. 47430 by Post, No. 32940 by Winchester, No. 33480 by Bates, Kaminski and Mooney, No. 40396 by Holtsmark, also some others dealing with ice in the antarctic, Baltic, and other seas. DLC. 78237. de RÖMER, H. S. Zunehmende Regional-metamorphose im NE-Teil des Labrador-Beckens, westlich von Fort Chi(Eclogae rac', New-Quebec, Kanada. geologicae Helvetiae 1963. v. 56, no. 1, p. 183-92, maps, profile, table.) 34 refs. In German. English summary. Title tr.: Progressive regional metamorphism in the northeastern part of the Labrador Trough, west of Fort Chimo, New Quebec, Canada. See also No. 82478. Contains results of a detailed petrogenetic study incorporated in an unpub. MSe. thesis to McGill Univ. 1956. Mapping of a

246

70 km.' area near Lake R4nia, 58°05' N. 69°12' W., was carried out for the Quebec Dept. of Mines; the area crosses the eastern edge of the Labrador Trough at its contact with the gneisses of the so-called Labrador Orogeny. Metamorphism increases eastward from the green-schist facies through the lowermost, middle, and uppermost subfacies of epidote-amphibolite to the amphibolite assemblage. Biotite and garnet isometric lines or zones offer further evidence of eastwardly increasing regional metamorphism. DGS. 78238. DERTEN, A. K. 0 paleogenovykh otlozhenifØ na territoria Bol'ahezemel'skoi tundry. (Leningrad. Vses. neftfanol n: issl. geologorazvedochnyl inst. Trudy 1963. v. 220, no. 8, p. 65-69.) 2 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Paleogene deposits of Bol'shezemel'skaya Tundra. Reports on a 346 to 62.1 m. core from a drill hole in the Laya River basin. It is divided into two beds, the lower, 346-186.4 m. Valanginian, the upper, 186.4 to 62.11 m., Paleogene in age, as established by the pelecypod fauna, foraminfers, spore and pollen, and diatom algae. These Paleogene deposits hitherto had been considered Cretaceous. DLC. 78239. DERVIZ-SOKOLOVA, T. G. Morfologicheskoe i anatomicheskoe stroenie odnoletnego pobega Salix reticulata L. (Moskovskoe obshchestvo ispytatelel prirody. Otdel biol. Bfitlleten' 1963. n. ser. v. 68, no. 4, p. 64-71, illus.) 11 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The morphological and anatomical structure of the annual shoot of Salen reticulata, L. Reports observations on the netted willow made in the Øbiny mountains, supplemented with some from eastern Chukotka. Distribution (circumpolar, alpine), vegetative and generative shoots, their anatomy and histology, their growth rates and those of their tissues and organs are described and illus. DLC. 78240. DESCOTES, J., and others. L'hypothermie rØale. (Annales de chirurgie 1961. v. 15, no. 23-24, p. 1583-90, table, graphs, illus.) 28 refs. In French. English summary. Other authors: D. Fries, P. George, C. Quincy and Y. Tsoukalas. Title tr.: Renal hypothermia. Reports on selective hypothermia of 10-12° C. obtained by direct cooling, with the renal pedicle clamped. Histological check showed that clamping of up to five hours is permissible; a moderate depression

of tubular function was noted however, following protracted clamping. DNLM. DESCOTES, J., see also No. 84372. 78241. DESHERIEV, M. D., and others. Obsuzhdenie problem razvitifa literaturnykh fazykov. (Akademifå nauk SSSR. Izvestiiå, otd-ie literatury i fazyka 1963. v. 22, no. 3, p. 257-63.) Refs. In Russian. Other authors: I. F. Protehenko and M. I. Isaev. Title tr.: Discussion of development problems in literary languages. Summarizes proceedings at the conference held Nov. 20-25, 1962 in Alma-Ata, Kazakhstan. The section on languages recently reduced to writing, p. 262, discussed the need for a unified socio-political terminology and spelling of Russian and international loan words, adjustment of local alphabets to the phonetics of the vernacular, etc. Examples of Yakut orthography with resulting errors in pronunciation are cited. Another review of G. F. Blagova appeared in Voprosy %zykozhaniid, 1963, no. 2, p. 151-57. DLC. DE SINNER, F., see No. 77706. DESLAURIERS, C. E., see No. 84411. 78242. Des MARAIS, A., and I. I. U. AKPABIO. Effects of cold exposure and ascorbate administration of ascorbic acid biosynthesis and thyroid secretion rate of the Wistar rat. (Revue canadienne de biologie 1963. v. 22, no. 1, p. 27-31, tables, graph.) 13 refs. French summary. Administration of ascorbic acid to rats kept at 2° ± 1° C. lowered thyroid secretion rate during the first week of exposure, had no effect on the decrease of liver biosynthesis observed after one week in the cold, but prevented increased biosynthesis observed after six weeks of cold exposure. DLC. 78243. Des MARAIS, A., and P. A. LACHANCE. Influence of diet composition and caloric intake on body weight of warm- and cold-acclimated rats. (Canadian journal of biochemistry and physiology 1963. v. 41, no. 11, p. 2225-35, tables.) 23 refs. In rats fed Lab chow or a high-fat diet, reduced growth rate in the cold depended on reduced gain in body fat. With a high carbohydrate diet (unrestricted or restricted) or a calorie-restricted fat diet, coldexposure had no effect on gain of total body weight or lean body weight. DSI.

78244. DETTERMAN, R. L., and others. Geology of the Chandler River region, Alaska. Washington, D.C., U.S. Govt. Print. Office 1963. 2 v. p. 223-324, maps, sections, tables, illus.; plates 27-42 in separate vol. (U.S. Geological Survey. Professional paper 303-E. Exploration of Naval Petroleum Reserve No. 4... 194453, pt. 3, areal geology.) 24 refs. Other authors: It. S. Bickel, and G. Gryc. Maps at 1 in.:2 mi. and describes the geologic features and the petroleum and coal prospects of this 4,600 sq. mi. region adjacent to the Reserve; it extends from the Colville River and lat. 69°30' south to roughly 68°40' N. and from 150° W. and the Itkillik eastward to the Killik River. Morainal remnants from two glacial advances cover about 290 sq. mi. along five rivers. Terrace and loess deposits of Quaternary age cover about 760 sq. mi. along the Colville and the lower Chandler and Anaktuvuk Rivers. Exposed rocks range from Early Cretaceous (lower Albian) to Quaternary; the beds have a maximum total thickness of 16,300 ft. and represent ten mapped formations, of which four are included in the Nanushuk and three in the Colville Group. Exposed rocks include sandstone, conglomerate, siltstone, shale, and coal. Deposition of the Cretaceous sedimentary rocks took place in a shallow, geosynclinal trough north of the present Brooks Range. Angular discordance is present at the base of the Nanushuk group, a Late Cretaceous major unconformity between the Nanushuk and Colville groups; another major unconformity occurs at the top of the Colville Group, between Late Cretaceous and Quaternary beds. Late Jurassic-Early Cretaceous orogeny formed the geosynclinal trough, local uplift and subsidence during much of the Cretaceous; Late Cretaceous orogeny formed most of the existing structures, though some modification took place; the last orogeny was during Tertiary time. Main structural feature is an east-plunging synclinorium, 100 mi. long, 30-35 mi. wide along the Chandler River. Two gasproducing test wells have been drilled on the south flank of Gubik anticline on the Chandler west bank (cf. No. 54346); another was completed as a dry hole on Grandstand anticline (No. 54345). Coal beds are widely distributed in the Chandler and the Prince Creek formations. DGS. DETTERMAN, R. L., see also No. 83841. 78245. DETTMANN, M. E., and G. PLAYFORD. Sections of some spores from

247

the Lower Carboniferous of Spitsbergen. (Palaeontology 1963. v. 5, no. 4, p. 679-81,

illus.) 5 refs. Discusses and illus. sections (x500, x1000) of four such dispersed-spore species, viz: Labiadensites fimbriatus (Waltz) Hacquebard and Barss, Cristatisporites echinatus Playford, Camptozonotriletes velatus (Waltz) Playford, and $pinozonotriletes uncatus Hacquebard. These species are among those described by the junior author, q.v. DGS. 78246. DEUTSCH, E. R. Polar wandering and continental drift: an evaluation of recent evidence. (Society of Economic Paleontologists and Mineralogists. Special pub. no. 10, 1963. p. 4-46, maps, graph, tables.) Approx. 160 refs.

Concludes that continental drift, perhaps at a few centimeters per year, is the more likely mechanism to occur on a grand scale and to cause major displacements of the earth's axis of rotation relative to the crust. Precambrian and Tertiary pole positions are indicated from paleomagnetic evidence. Occurrence of continental drift during the Paleozoic and Mesozoic eras is supported by facts, though evidence for drift in more recent times and during the Precambrian is inconclusive. Most of 28 Tertiary pole positions shown are within the Arctic Circle. Climatic upheaval resulting in ice ages is considered in relation to rapid polar wandering. DGS. DEUTSCH, E. R., see also No. 79605. DEVELOPMENT AND RESOURCES CORPORATION, New York, see No. 79605. 78247. DEVfATKIN, V. V., and A. I. MERKULOV. Bashennye kopry s mno-

gokanatnymi mashinami dlfa Severoural'skikh boksitovykh rudnikov. (Gornyl zhurnal 1963, no. 9, p. 32-35, table, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: The tower head frames with multiple-cable engines for Northern Ural bauxite mines. Several new 500 m. shafts are planned for these mines during the seven-year period. Special tower hoists, one for men, another for ore, are described in detail. DLC. 78248. DEVfATOVA, E. I. 0 kraevykh obrazovanifåkh valdalskogo lednika na territorii Arkhangel'skol oblasti. (Akademifa nauk SSSR. Komissifå po izuchenifil ehetvertichnogo perioda. Trudy 1963. v. 21, p. 21-29, map.) 10 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: On marginal formations of the

248

Valday glacier on Arkhangel'sk Province territory. Outlines the limits of this glacier and its accumulative and erosional activity. Morainic relief characterized by hillocks and rolling-ridges, terminal moraine and other forms of relief are discussed, their character and distribution noted. Stages of the Valday glaciation are outlined. Melting of glaciers and development of marginal formations are analyzed. Effects of socalled dead ice are noted. DLC. 78249. DEVIK, O. M. Minnetale over Professor Harald U. Sverdrup. (Norske Årbok 1958 Videnskaps-akademi, Oslo. pub. 1959, p. 49-58, plate.) In Norwegian. Title tr.: Memorial lecture on Professor Harald U. Sverdrup. Summarizes the scientific life and achievements of this scientist, internationally

known in the fields of ; meteorology and oceanography: Vilhelm Bjerknes's influence, Sverdrup's training to a doctorate in meteorology, 1917; his participation in the Maud Expedition as assistant leader 19181921; and during 1922-1925 as leader. In 1931 he was with Sir Hubert Wilkins on the submarine Nautilus, in 1934 with H. W. Ahlmann on the Norsk-Svensk Expedition to Spitsbergen, and in 1948 he became head of. the Norsk Polarinstitutt. His role in international scientific organizations also is noted. DLC. 78250. DEVOLD, F., and O. J. ØSTVEDT. Investigations in the Norwegian Sea and around Iceland in 1960. (International Council for the Exploration of the Sea. Annales biologiques 1960 pub. 1962. v. 17, p. 166.) Reports on a Jan., June-July and Dec. study of location and migrations of herring schools to the Norway coast. Age groups of sample catches, temperatures and depth of DSI. water are noted. 78251. DEVOLD, F., and 0. J. ØSTVEDT.

The Norwegian winter herring fisheries in 1961. (International Council for the Exploration of the Sea. Annales biologiques 1961 pub. 1963. v. 18, p. 148-49, tables.) Reviews forecasts as to location and size of this fishery, hydrographic research and movement of the herring shoals, length and age composition of winter herring, distribution of spawning groups, maturity stages, and races. DSI. DeVOS, G. A., see No. 80964. De-VREEZE, A., see No. 83622.

DEWITT, R. N., see Nos. 76913, 77013. DHRUHA, A. J., see No. 81947. 78252. D'fAKONOV, F. V. Geograficheskie sdvigi v razmeshchenii naseleniia IAkutii. (In: Akademifa nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie ... Geografif' ... 1962, p. 21-32, tables, maps.) In Russian. Title tr.: Geographic changes in population distribution in Yakutia. The population of Yakutia grew from 227,900 in 1862 to 260,200 in 1917, or 14% in 55 years; after the Revolution it increased to 488,600 in 1959, or 87% in 42 years. Even so, it was sparse: 0.2/km.2 as compared with the USSR average of 9.4/km.2 1959 data on the density of population, on the ratio of natives to the total, and that of females to the total population are presented by districts (maps) and discussed. The decline in population in the rural districts of central DLC. Yakutia is stressed. 78253. D'IAKONOV, F. V. Proizvoditel'nye lily i proizvodstvenno-territorial'nye kompleksy Severo-Vostoka SSSR. (Akadernia nauk SSSR. Izvestifa 1963, ser. geog. no. 4, p. 35-46.) 6 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The productive forces and productiveterritorial complexes of northeastern USSR. Discusses the economic problems, development, and conquest of the remote, thinly populated and richly endowed regions of the Northeast, viz: Yakut ASSR and Magadan Province. The mining regions are reviewed: western Yakutia with its diamonds, Aldan with gold, mica and piezoquartz, Deputatskiy with tin, etc. The organization of agriculture, fuel, transport and other areas of the economy is considered. Planning problems, the organization of industry, specialization, export and import of various commodities, and related matters are treated. DLC. 78254. DIAMOND, M., and O. M. ESSENWANGER. Statistical data on atmospheric design properties to 30 km. (Astronautics and aeronautics 1963. v. 1, no. 11, p. 68-69, graphs, table.) 7 refs. Estimates probable values of air temperature, density, scalar wind speed, and vector wind shear (velocity change per km. of altitude), that may be exceeded 1% and 10% of the time at altitudes up to 30 km. (approx. 100,000 ft.) Three climatic zones are established, from meteorological data, viz: tropical, temperate (25°-60° N.), and polar (60°-North Pole.) Polar zone stations were Thule, Fairbanks, Barrow, Nome,

Keflavik, Adak, and Alert. Temperature and density extremes, (K) and (g./m.') are tabulated at 5-km. intervals; maximum scalar wind speed in m./sec. and maximum vector wind shears in m./sec./km. are also tabulated at 5-km. intervals. These data are presented to show the probable conditions to which satellites and other space vehicles will be exposed while operating in this part of the atmosphere. DWB. 78255. DIBNER, A. F. Korrelfåfsifå razrezov permskikh otlozheni! gor Byrranga po sporovo-pyl'£sevym dannym. (Leningrad. N: Øl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Trudy 1962. v. 130, Sbornik state! po geologii i neftegazonosnosti Arktiki, no. 19, p. 7682, cross-sections, map.) 11 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Correlation of Permian deposit sections of Byrranga mountain according to spore-pollen data. Reports a study of the terrigenous upper Paleozoic deposits. Three spore-pollen complexes are recognized, two Lower and one Upper Permian. Correlation of sections, and comparisons with Nordvik, Kuzbas, and other regions are made. Permiantime Taymyr belonged to the Tungusskiy DLC. floristic province. 78256. DIBNER, A. F. 0 dvukh sporovopyl'f evykh kompleksakh iz otlozheni! Pechorskol serii. (Leningrad. N: issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Uchenye zapiski 1962, no. 3, p. 74-82, table, map, illus.) 12 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: On two sporepollen complexes from the Pechora series deposits. Reports study of Permian deposits in the Shar'yu-Zaostrenskiy brown coal region. More than 60 spore and pollen samples were investigated and the distribution of various plant species is reported. In late Permian time, coniferous forests prevailed with cordaites and ferns having an imDGS. portant role. 78257. DIBNER, A. F. 0 pozdnepaleozolskol rastitel'nosti na severe Tungusskof floristichesko! oblasti. (Paleontologicheski! zhurnal 1963, no. 3, p. 108-112.) 17 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: On late Paleozoic vegetation in the northern Tungusskiy floristic province. Reviews spore and pollen studies of recent years for the Nordvik and Noril'sk region, Taymyr Peninsula, Vilyuy basin, and other areas of the Siberian platform. They indicate that a moderately warm and humid climate prevailed. The Upper Paleozoic flora comprises about 150 species, with Bryophyte, Lycopodiales, Sphenop-

249

sida, Filicinae, and others present. Changes of this flora during Carboniferous and Permian times are analyzed. DLC. 78258. DIBNER, A. F. Raschlenenie verkhnepaleozoiskikh otlozhenil srednego techenifå reki Angary po dannym sporovopyl'fsevbgo analiza. (Leningrad. N: issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Trudy 1961, no. 124, p. 66-69, map, profile.) 7 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Separation of Upper Paleozoic deposits on the middle Angara River according to spore-pollen analysis. Reports study of 51 samples; 19 had spore and pollen in good preservation, from which three complexes are established, characterized, and geologically interpreted. Stratigraphic position of Upper Paleozoic DGS. deposits is discussed. 78259. DIBNER, A. F. Sopostavlenie opornykh razrezov permskikh nef tenosnykh otlozhenil Leno-Khatangskogo progiba po palinologicheskim dannym. (Leningrad. N:Ø1. inst. geologii Arktiki. Sbornik state! po paleontologii i biostratigrafii 1963. no. 32, p. 5-23, cross-sections, map, table.) 18 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Correlation of the main sections of Permian oil-bearing deposits of the Lena-Khatanga Trough according to palynological data. Reports the correlation of the Nordvik, Ust'-Olenek, Tyumyati, Anabar and Kotuy sections. According to paleontologic-stratigraphic data, the Permian system is divided into two orders, two suborders, and several series. Each stratigraphic unit is described and the palynological characteristics given. DLC. 78260. DIBNER, V. D. Melovye otlozhe(Leningrad. nifå Zemli Franfsa-Iosifa. N.-isst. inst. geologii Arktiki. Trudy 1961. v. 125, Sbornik state! po geologii i neftegazonosnosti Arktiki, no. 17, p. 61-74, cross-sections, table, illus.) 12 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Cretaceous deposits of Franz Joseph Land. Reviews previous and reports new data on the effusive strata of the archipelago. IIauterivian-Aptian and Aptian-Albian deposits are analyzed, their sections, spore and pollen, plant imprints described. Correlation of sections of the Lower Cretaceous is given. Also Upper Cretaceous (Cenomanian) deposits, identified in 1957, are briefly characterized. Younger Upper Cretaceous deposits are found on the sea bottom, east of Franz Joseph Land. DLC. 78261. DIBNER, V. D. Mezozolskie otlozhenia Novol Zemli. (Leningrad.

250

N: teal. inst. geologii Arktiki. Trudy 1962.

v. 130, Sbornik state! po geologii i neftegazonosnosti Arktiki, no. 19, p. 58-75, map.) 36 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Mesozoic deposits of Novaya Zemlya. Describes their stratigraphy and paleogeography from own study and the literature, including in part, Vaygach and Kolguyev Island. The problematic Upper TriassicLower Jurassic, Jurassic and Cretaceous deposits are analyzed and divided into stages and substages. Bathonian, Callovian, Oxfordian, Kimmeridgian and Volga stages of the Jurassic, and Valanginian, Hauterivian-Barremian (7), Aptian and Albian stages of the Cretaceous are recognized and described. Paleogeographic conditions for the developing of Mesozoic deposits are briefly reviewed. DLC. 78262. DIBNER, V. D. Neotektonicheskie kontury rel'efa arkticheskogo shel'fa Evrazii. (Problemy Arktiki i Antarktiki 1963. no. 12, p. 39-46, map.) 22 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Neotectonic contours of the relief of the arctic shelf of Eurasia. Outlines the border of the shelf and neotectonic disruptions in its structures, viz. six elevations and five trenches: SpitsbergenBjØrnØya shallows, Franz Joseph Land and Novaya Zemlya with adjacent shallows, central Kara Sea elevation, Severnaya Zemlya elevation, New Siberian elevations and shallows which are the continuation of the Lomonosov Range, Vrangel Island elevation; also the Western (BjØrnøya), Franz-Victoria, Svyataya Anna, Voronina and Chukotskiy trenches. These disruptions are located on the map, their stratigraphy is noted, and the age of their formation discussed. DLC. 78263. DIBNER, V. D., and N. M. KRYLOVA. Stratigraficheskoe polozhenie i veshchestvennyl sostav uglenosnykh otlozhenil i ugol'nykh plastov na ostrovakh Zemli Franl a-Iosifa. (Sovetskafå geologiia 1963, no. 7, p. 77-89, map, illus.) 17 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Stratigraphic position and material composition of coal-bearing deposits and coal seams on islands of Franz Joseph Land. Distinguishes and describes Carboniferous-Permain (7), Upper Triassic and Lower Liassic, Middle-Upper Jurassic, and Lower Cretaceous deposits. Thirteen coal seams are found, and their age, chemical and microscopic analyses are reported. Sedimentation conditions of the coalbearing deposits and formation of coal are summarized. DLC.

DIENER, V. D., see also No. 77290. 78264. DICHAROV, Z. L. V stranu taezhnykh sledopytov. Moskva, Geografgiz 1962. 104 p. maps, illua. In Russian. Title tr.: Land of taiga pioneers. Describes the Evenki National District, its geographic setting, animal and plant life, climate, economic development, industrial potential, etc. Its rich mineral resources include graphite, coal, Icelandic spar, iron, nickel, and precious metal ores. Its kolkhoz economy is based on fur hunting and fur farming; stock breeding and agriculture are increasing. Reindeer are raised mainly for transport as rivers are navigable only in summer. Two power plants on the Nizhnyaya Tunguska are being planned for Kochumdek and Bol'shoy Porog. Present social and cultural achievement among the Tungus with educational and health facilities, literature, arts, eta is noted as advance from their former backward state. DLC. 78265. DICHEK, M. S. Stratigrafifi Alazelakogo ploskogor'fii. (In: Mezhvedomstvennoe soveshchanie ... Trudy 1959. p. 173-76.) In Russian. Title tr.: Stratigraphy of the Alazeya plateau. Reports on volcanic and sedimentary rocks 7,300-8,400 m. thick. Lower Permian, Upper Permian, Permian-Upper Triassic, Triassic, Lower- , Middle- and Upper Jurassic, Upper Cretaceous-Paleogene deposits are distinguished and described. Some are divided into stages. ICRL. 78266. DICKIE, F. Synthetic igloo. (Forest and outdoors 1959. v. 55, no. 5, p. 17.) Describes a snowhouse-type hut designed by James A. Houston of the Dept. of Northern Affairs and National Resources: it is made of 6 in. blocks of styrofoam, a petroleum chemical product 30 times lighter than water. A laboratory model was built in Ottawa by an Eskimo, dismantled and rebuilt at Cape Dorset, Baffin Island. It is 18 ft. in diameter, 9 ft. high, can withstand 85 mph. wind and 360 lb. pressure; it is easy to heat, fireproof, sun-resistant, and costs 8450. The 120 styrofoam blocks are bonded with styrolok. The floor is two layers of plywood with styrofoam between. CaOA. 78267. DIE1'RICH, G., and U. STEFANSSON. Hydrographic conditions in the northern North Atlantic in April-May 1961. (International Council for the

Exploration of the Sea. Annales biologiques 1961 Ø. 1963. v. 18, p. 18-23, maps, illus.) Study of temperature and salinity in the upper 500 m. in the area 50°-67° N. 10°-42° W., forming part of investigation on redfish spawning areas and distribution of larvae. A large eddy, not known before, was discovered around 55° N. 32° W.; it may be important in the distribution of larval redfish. DSI. 78268. DIETRICHSON, B. Malmdannelse i Sulitjelma-feltet i lys av moderne verifikasjoner av J. H. L. Vogts observerte kjensgjerninger i geologisk forskning. (Tidsskrift for kjemi, bergvesen og metallurgi 1963. v. 23, no. 7, p. 141-45, map, illus.) Refs. In Norwegian. English summary. Title tr.: Ore development in the Sulitjelma region in the light of modern verification of J. H. L. Vogt's observed facts in geologic research. Discusses comments of Tor Christoffersen in No. 70747 on geologic research and the theories of J. H. L. Vogt regarding physical chemistry of magmatic differentiations; considers Vogt's work in the Sulitjelma region confirmed by recent developments. Also, superheating by radio activity is believed wholly unfounded as an important DLC. geologic process. 78269. DIGBY, P. S. B. The vertical distribution and movement's of marine plankton under midnight-sun conditions in Spitsbergen. (Journal of animal ecology 1961. v. 30, no. 1, p. 9-25, tables, graphs, map.) 11 refs. Reports a study in two localities and occasions (1948, 1956) with an introductory section on hydrography. Four plankters showed an increase in the proportion at the surface during July and August. But this increase was related to the date rather than to light intensity. Calanus and Sagitta showed limited vertical migration when changes in light intensity were adequate. DLC. 78270. DIKOV, N. N. Archaeological materials from the Chukchi Peninsula. (American antiquity 1963. v. 28, no. 4, p. 529-36, illus.) 2 refs. Translation of No. 78271, 78272, edited by C. S. Chard and J. B. Griffin. The latter considers the Ust'-Belaya material to represent the same cultural traditions as DSI. Norton in Alaska. 78271. DIKOV, N. N. 0 raskopkakh Ust'-Bel'skogo mogil'nika po dannym 1958

251

gods. (Anadyr'. Chukotskil kraevedcheskil muzel. Zapiski 1961. no. 2, p. 10-14, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: State of excavations at the Ust'-Bel'skiy cemetery according to 1958 data. Describes four human skeletons (one on top of another) and associated inventories in a burial mound on Ust'-Bel'skiy knoll, at the confluence of the Belays and Anadyr Rivers. The most significant find was a pointed bronze implement, probably a graver, wrapped in birch bark discovered under the lowest-lying skull. A typological dating of stone tools and thin-walled pottery to the late second—early first millennium B.C. is confirmed by radiocarbon analysis of charcoal from an adjacent burial: 2,860 ± 95 yr. b.p. DLC (microfilm). 78272. DIKOV, N. N. Pervafli arkheologicheskafa kollek£sifa iz vnutrikontinental'(Anadyr'. Chukotskil nol Chukotki. kraevedcheskil muzel. Zapiski 1961. no. 2, p. 3-10, illus.) 6 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: First archeological collection from the interior of Chukotka. In sequence to No. 78275. Describes some fifty objects collected in 1904-1907 along the Anadyr River by N. P. Sokol'nikov. Theories on the archeology of Chukotka are summarized: bronze was known from the late second—early first millennium B.C.; the area was then occupied by semi-settled reindeer hunters, fishers, and gatherers linked culturally and ethnically to the pre-Eskimo arctic cultures of America and Greenland. Inventories show features of three culture foci: Pacific South Asia, the neolithic stage of arctic Yakutia, and pre-Eskimo America. Chukotka is part of the area where both Yukaghir, Chukchi types rose in the late neolithic DLC (microfilm). and bronze ages. 78273. DIKOV, N. N. Pervye arkheologicheskie issledovanifä na ostrove Mon. (Anadyr'. Chukotskil kraevedcheskil muzel. Zapiski 1961. no. 2, p. 38-42, illus.) 9 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: First archeological investigations on Ayon Island. Reviews chance finds and surveys since 1957, and own Oct. 1959 field trip: surface finds of stone implements, pottery, mammoth bones. The artifacts are typologically akin to the late neolithic or early bronze age of interior Chukotka, for which two neolithic traditions are postulated: one (Ayon Island and Amguyema River sites) linked to the lower Lena region and the arctic coast west to Taymyr Peninsula; the other (Ust'-Bel'skiy and middle Anadyr

252

River finds) spread over the forest tundra zone of the Northeast, showing so-called Eskimoid features, also traits of the preEskimo American cultures. This culture extends to Greenland, over the area of Eskimo diffusion. It may be considered proto-Eskimo and proto-Chukchi. The Ust'-Bel'skiy skull described by Gokhman supports the thesis of Chukchi ancestry. DLC (microfilm). 78274. DIKOV, N. N. Po sledam drevnikh kostrov. (Vokrug sveta 1963, no. 7, p. 54-57, map, illus.) In Russian. Title tr .: On the track of ancient campfires. Condensation of No. 71033 describing the search for and eventual discovery of archeological sites on Chukotka by field parties of the Chukchi Regional Museum. DLC. 78275. DIKOV, N. N. Predvaritel'nye dannye o rabote arkheologicheskol ekspedi~sii Chukotskogo kraevedcheskogo muzefii v 1958 godu. (Magadan. Oblastnol kraevedcheskil muzel. Kraevedcheskie zapiski 1959. no. 2, p. 89-93.) 4 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Preliminary data on the field work of the archeological expedition of the Chukotka Regional Studies Museum in 1958. In sequence to No. 64189-64190. Reports its third field season: excavations at the Vakernaya and Chikayevo neolithic sites, and the Ust'-Bel'skiy and Uelen cemeteries. Finds at the two habitation sites were mainly lithic artifacts: flake tools, scrapers, burins, etc., also hearth spots; they belong to a slightly later period than previous discoveries in interior Chukotka at Lake Chirovo and Amguyema. In a Ust'-Bel'skiy grave, a Glazkovo culture type bronze implement was found; indicating bronze imports to Chukotka as early as the late second—early first millennium B.C., probably from the Cis-Baykal region. At Uelen, 24 burials were surveyed. MH. 78276. DIKOV, N. N. Predvaritel'nye dannye ob arkheologicheskikh rabotakh na Chukotke v 1959 godu. (Anadyr'. Chukotskil kraevedcheskil muzel. Zapiski 1961. no. 2, p. 21-36, maps, cross-sections, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: Preliminary data on archeological field work in Chukotka in 1959. Reviews the fourth season mainly along the Anadyr: seven burial mounds and three grave pits were excavated at the Ust'Bel'skiy cemetery, terraces on the lower river surveyed, and test digging begun at a

neolithic site on Lake Chirovoye. Skeletal remains, stone artifacts, geological data are noted. A structure containing ritually buried human skulls was discovered in 1957 at the Anadyr estuary: the 1959 excavations uncovered additional skulls grouped around a hearth spot, animal bones (worked and unworked), stone artifacts, DLC (microfilm). and pottery sherds. 78277. DINSDALE, W. G. Message to arctic cooperatives. (Canadian cooperative digest 1963. v. 6, no. 1, p. 42-47.) Address by the then Minister of Northern Affairs and National Resources, to delegates from 16 cooperatives meeting at Frobisher Bay on Baffin Island, Mar. 16, 1963. Expansion of co-ops and increasing local control are expected. Their economic and CaONA. social value is stressed. 78278. DINSDALE, W. G. The Northwest Territories. (Western miner and oil review 1963. v. 36, no. 3, p. 115-22, tables, illus.) Reviews mineral administration and activities during 1962. Production was similar to 1961; quantity and value of gold, silver, copper, and nickel are tabulated. A tungsten mine near Flat River, Mackenzie District, came into production; the North Rankin Nickel Mines in Keewatin District closed down. A large iron ore deposit was discovered on Baffin Island; in Mackenzie District, the Pine Point lead-zinc and Taurcanis gold properties were under development for production in 1966 and 1964 respectively. Oil and gas explorations are also noted, including a discovery of oil DOS. sands on Melville Island. DINSMORE, R. P., see No. 83790. 78279. DIONNE, J. C. Pour im emploi rationnel des terenes g6ographiques appliqués aux littoraux de l'Arctique canadien. (Canadian geographer 1963. v. 7, no. 3, p. 116-30, tables.) 48 refs. In French. Title tr.: For a rational use of geographic terms applied to the coast of the Canadian Arctic. Points out with examples such misuse of terms as bay (Baillarge Bay on north coast of Baffin Island, etc.) for fjord; inlet, found with five different meanings; sound, strait, and channel for such diverse waters as Lancaster, Exeter, and Oliver Sounds, Davis, and Bellot Straits, McClintock, Foxe, Canso, and Anderson Channels. Gulf is appropriate for Amundsen Gulf, a direct extension of Beaufort Sea, but is improperly used for Boothia, Queen Maud, and Coronation Gulfs, which have no

direct connection with the ocean. Similarly, harbour is appropriate for small estuaries like Dundas, and for small structural bays like Arctic, and Maud Harbours, but not for Erik or Dexterity Harbours, which are like fjords. Past efforts to clarify terminology are reviewed, and appointment is recommended of an International Geographical Union committee to establish definitions, and publish a dictionary. DGS. 78280. D16SZEGI, V. Denkmbler der samojedischen Kultur im Schamanismus der ostsajanischen Völker. (Acta ethnographica, Budapest 1963. v. 12, no. 1-2, p. 139-78, map, illus.) 23 refs. In German. Title tr.: Relics of Samoyed culture in the shamanism of East Sayan peoples. Comparative study of shamanistic clothing, paraphenalia, symbolism, and rituals in an attempt to prove a Samoyed ethnogenesis of the heterolingual (Turkic- and Mongolian-speaking) tribes of the eastern Sayan region. Shamanistic beliefs and rites are uniform throughout that region, and identical with those of the taiga Tuvinets, and this is adduced as proof of a former ethnic entity. The taiga Tuvinets themselves are identified as a southern branch of Samoyeds whose splinter groups lost their original (Samoyed) language under the influence of numerically or culturally stronger Turkic and Mongolian groups. A similar paper in Hungarian with Russian and German summaries appeared in Ethnographic 1963, v. 74, no. 3, p. 435-65, illus. DLC. 78281. D16SZEGI, V., editor. Glaubenswelt and Folklore der sibirischen Völker. Budapest, Akad6miai Kiad6 1963. 534 p. illus. Refs. In German. Title tr.: Religious world and folklore of Siberian peoples. Collection of 31 papers in tribute to Antal Reguly 1819-1858, translated from the Hungarian by G. Engl with a foreword by B. Gunda; 24 of the papers dealing with northern traditions are abstracted under their authors' names, q.q.v.: E. A. Alekseenko, V. A. Avrorin, J. Balåzs, V. Didszegi (translation of A nanajok ... infra) L. Gåldi, P. Hajdti, B. Kålmån, J. Kodolånyi (2 papers), L. Måndoki, E. M. Manker, G. A. Menovshchikov, V. I. Moshinskafå, 0. Nahodil, V. Z. Panfilov, I. Paulson, A. A. Popov, E. I. Rombandeeva, W. Steinitz, Ch. M. Taksami, G. M. Vasilevich (2 papers), G. D. Verbov, E. Vertes. DLC. 78282. D16SZEGI, V. Golovnol ubor nanalskikh, gol'dskikh shamanov. (Nepraj-

si örtesftö 1955. v. 37, p. 81-108, illus.) Approx. 70 refs. In Russian. Hungarian summary. Title tr.: Headdress of Nanaets Gold shamans Comparative study of a shaman's cap from the Cis-Amur Province, now at the Its Budapest Ethnographic Museum. distinguishing feature, two iron horns 20-cm. long, with six tines, is considered to symbolize the shaman's ancestral spirit, an antlered animal. The cult of elk and reindeer among Tungus and Samoyed tribes and the use of antlers in shamanistic zoomorphic DLC. attributes are discussed. 78283. DI $SZEGI, V. A nanajok (goldok) (N6prajzi hårmas fokozatd amulettjei. 4rtesft6 1957. v. 39, p. 183-202, illus.) 25 refs. In Hungarian. German summary. Title tr.: Three-phase amulets of the Nanaets Golds. Discusses the origin and use of three therapeutic zoomorphic amulets portraying a bear, tiger, and leopard. They were used always in this sequence, for different kinds and stages of respiratory disease, the tutelary bear, oldest healing spirit, the other two combatting sickness-inducing spirits outside the bear's sphere of activity. The tiger and leopard images worked by sympathetic name magic, their names in Gold being similar to those of the main sickness spirits. German translation in author's Glaubenswelt ... p. 415-36, infra. DLC. 78284. DIÖSZEGI, V. Såmånok nyomåban Szib6ria földjen; egy n6prajzi kutat6tit törtknete. Budapest, Magvetö Könyvkiad6 1960. 278 p. illus. In Hungarian. Title tr.: On the trail of shamans in the land of Siberia; story of an ethnographic study trip. Recounts experiences of his travels in 1957-1958, planned for observing religious and shamanistic traditions surviving among the Ostyaks, Voguls, Samoyeds, Tungus, Yakuts, and other Siberian peoples. DLC. 78285. DIÖSZEGI, V. Die Typen and interethnischen Beziehungen der Schamanentrommeln bei den Selkupen, OstjakSamojeden. (Acta ethnographica, Budapest 1960. v. 9, no. 1-2, p. 159-79, maps, illus.) 11 refs. In German. Title tr.: Types and inter-ethnic relations of the shaman's drum among the Sel'kups i.e. Ostyak-Samoyeds. Typological study of drums with vertical, cross- and Y-shaped handle, based on museum collections in Leningrad, Krasnoyarsk, Helsinki, and Budapest. The shape, structure and ornamentation of these

254

three basic types and their numerous local variants are described and compared with drums used by neighboring tribes. The geographical diffusion of the Sel'kup drum types among the Turukhan, Taz, Tym', and Ket River Sel'kups and among the Yeniseians, Ostyaks and Evenki Tungus is DLC. discussed and mapped. DIRTADIAN, H., see No. 76861. 78286. DISHER, A. L. The long march of the Yukon Field Force. (Beaver 1962. no. 293, p. 4-15, map, illus.) Describes the 203-man military reinforcement for the North-West Mounted Police maintaining order in the Klondike gold rush area. The force was accompanied by four women nurses and a newspaperman; it traveled from Ottawa to the west coast, thence by boat to Wrangell, Alaska, and up the Stikine River to Glenora, British Columbia; it marched overland (approx. 150 mi.) to Lake Teslin where it embarked DI. for Fort Selkirk and Dawson. DISHINGTON, I. W., see No. 82766. DISNEY (WALT) PRODUCTIONS, see No. 77674. DISTEL, R., see No. 81028. 78287. DITMAR, A. V., and A. N. USPENSKII. K voprosu o vzaimootnosheniiakh mezhdu vatynsko! i il'pilskol serifimi v basselnakh rek Ukelafta, Achalvafiüna i Matyskena. (In: Leningrad. N.-issl. inst. geol. Arktiki. Geologia Korfakskogo nagor'f 1963, p. 106-108.) 4 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Interrelation between the Vatyna and f'pi series in the Ukelayat, Achayvayam and Matysken River basins. Reports study of these two Lower Cretaceous series in the central part of the Structural position, Koryak highland. presence of basal conglomerates, lithologic composition, deposition conditions and microfauna reveal that the Il'pi series is the younger in age, and overlies the Vatyna possibly at an angle of non-conformity. DLC. 78288. DITMAR, A. V. 0 novom vykhode triasovykh otlozhenil v ientral'nol chasti Korfakskogo khrebta. (Leningrad. N: issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. SborØ state! po paleontologii i biostratigrafii 1960, no. 20, p. 9-11.) 4 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: A new outcrop of Triassic deposits in the central part of the Koryak Range. Reports this find in the Mukarylyan

River basin. Lithologic properties, occurrence and some fauna indicate Upper Triassic deposits. Other outcrops of these DLC. deposits are noted. DIVALL, J., see No. 77276. 78289. DMITRIEV, A. A. Usilenie vetra v nekotorykh ralonakh Arkticheskogo basselna. (Leningrad. Arkticheskil i antarkticheskil n -iss1. inst. Trudy 1963. v. 255, p. 169-83, tables, graphs, maps.) 7 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Intensified wind in some regions of the Arctic Basin. Reports a study of winds of 10 m/sec. or more in the summer-fall according to 19541960 data from the drifting stations North Pble-4 to -7, above 83° N. termed the polar region, and 74°-83° N. 140° E.-160° W.: the eastern region. In all, some 495 cases are established and their distribution is outlined. These winds occur mainly in the fall months especially October, and have their maximum intensity in the polar region under meridional circulation, and in the eastern region under eastern circulation. Storms are more frequent in the Eastern Arctic than in the Central Arctic. DLC. 78290. DMITRIEV, A. N. Stratigrafifil mezozolskØ otlozhenil basselva reki Amgi. (Leningrad. Vses. neftfiinol n: issl. geologorazvedochnyl inst. Trudy 1963. v. 220, p. 185-200, map.) 7 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Stratigraphy of Mesozoic deposits of the Amga River basin. Upper Triassic, Jurassic and Lower Cretaceous deposits are distinguished and stratigraphically described from work of 1959-1960. Pelecypod fauna, microfauna, flora and spore-pollen analyses were used for substantiation. The marine deposits can be divided into stages; the continental deposits can hardly be divided into series. DLC. DMITRIEV, A. N., see also No. 84239. 78291. DMITRIEV, It. I. Osobennosti stroenif . i formirovanifå plastovol intruzii palagonitovykh trappov na r. Chone; Vostochnafa Sibir'. (Akademifå nauk SSSR. Inst. geologii rudnykh mestorozhdenil, petrografii, mineralogii i geokhimii. Trudy 1962. no. 77, Osnovnye gorody i problemy ikh genezisa, p. 19-34, tables, map, illus.) 27 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Structure and formation features of an intrusive sill of palagonitic traps on the Chona River, eastern Siberia. Describes this intrusion between the

Kuchaky and Dzhekinde, left tributaries of the Chona; it is about 120 m. thick and more than 500 km.2 in area. It is in a contact zone between terrigenous deposits of the Upper Carboniferous-Lower Permian and a pyroclastic stratum of the Lower Triassic. Its petrographic and mineralogie composition is analyzed. Chemical analyses of palagonite traps also are given. Formation process of this intrusion is outlined; differentiation noted. DLC. 78292. DMITRIEV, 1I?. I. Trappy i islandskil shpat reki Chony; fAkutskafå ASSR. Moskva, Izd-vo Akademii nauk SSSR 1963. 135 p. tables, graphs, maps, illus. (Akademifil nauk SSSR. Inst. geologli rudnykh mestorozhdenil, petrografli, mineralogii i geokhimii. Trudy no. 88.) 98 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Traps and Iceland spar of the Chona River, Yakut ASSR. Outlines the stratigraphy, tectonics, and morphology of trap intrusive bodies. Petrography of traps is analyzed in detail, and three series are distinguished: normal, palagonite and subalkaline. The Dzhekinds Iceland spar deposits are connected with subalkaline traps. Comparisons are made with those of the Vilyuy, Markha, and South Africa. Dzhekinda, Markha and Alamdzhakha IØand spar are all connected with unconformable intrusions of traps. DLC. DMITRIEV, M. V., see No. 80148. 78293. DMITRIEV, N. A. 0 biologicheskom obosnovanii regulirovanilil promysla belomorskol sel'di. (Rybnoe khozfil stvo 1963. v. 39, no. 8, p. 20-24.) 2 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The biological basis of management of the White Sea herring fisheries. Discusses the necessity of regulation due to sharp drop in catches, biological peculiarities of White Sea herring, including great differences in spawning, growth and development, migrations etc. DLC. 78294. DMITRIEVA, E. A., and A. S. KOVTUN. Rol' treshehinovatosti karbonatnykh porod nizhnego paleozoI. füzhnogo sklona Anabarskol anteklizy pri poiskakh kollektorov nefti. (Leningrad. Vses. neftfiinol n.-issl. geologorazvedochnyl inst. Trudy 1962, no. 193, p. 77-95, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: The role of the Lower Paleozoic carbonate rock fracturing in the southern slope of Anabar anteclise in prospecting reservoirs for oil. Reports own 1960 studies in the Udach-

nays kimberlite pipe region, where three core drillings were made at 504, 363 and 283 m. depths. Large tectonic and small microscopic fractures were analyzed and their distribution, forms, filling and other properties are reported. Some 14 zones with increased fracturing in cores are recognized and each is characterized in turn. This type of study is found of value in appraisal of reservoir rocks for oil. DLC. DMITRIEVA, G. A., see No. 83152. 78295. DOBROKHVALOV, V. Belomor'e. (Pioner 1962, no. 9, p. 32, illus. on insert.) In Russian. Title tr.: White Sea region. Sketch of its fisheries and hatcheries, wildlife preserves, etc. DLC. 78296. DOBROLF L1 BOVA, T. A., and N. V. KABAKOVICH. Elizaveta Dmitrievna Soshkina; 1889-1963. (Paleontologicheskil zhurnal 1963, no. 3, p. 140-42, illus.) In Russian. Describes the life and scientific activity of the Russian paleontologist and geologist, noting her work in the Polar Ural, Pechora region and other areas of Komi ASSR. Her many expeditions, some forty published papers (not listed), discovery of the Inta coal deposits are noted. The latter part of her life was devoted to study of corals on which she became an authority. DLC.

Moscow Institute of Hygiene. The Samoyeds generally maintain their traditional diet, though they now use potatoes, fresh vegetables, milk, dairy products and canned foods as well. They are not affected by avitaminosis, because they use raw meat and fish, but they are sometimes affected by hypovitaminosis. Fishermen with sail or row boats were found to need 5600 cal. daily, those working with motorized boats 4280 cal., and on work-less days 3200 cal.; their food intake ranges from 3500 to 6500 cal. DLC. 78299. DOBRONRAVOVA, N. P. Voprosy gigieny pitanifa naselenifå v Zapolfär'e. (In: Moskva. N.-issl. inst. sanitarii i gigieny. Gigienicheskie ... 1961, p. 101111, tables.) 5 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Problems of dietary hygiene among people in the Arctic. Study of conditions in Noril'sk, with consideration of sources of the food supplies brought in, and special emphasis on diet of miners. While caloric intake was found sufficient, the proportions of proteins, fats and carbohydrates were irregular and vitamin supply insufficient. Artificial vitamin supplement to the diet is not common. BM was 15% higher during the arctic summer than through the winter. Miners should have a 1000 cal. breakfast and a daily diet of 4985 cal. The diet of the native population is also discussed, and DLC. its weakness in vitamins stressed.

78297. DOBROMYSLOVA, 0. P. Vlifitnie temperatury na funk£sional'noe sostofänie rei eptorov kholodnokrovnykh zhivotnykh. (Nauchnye doklady vysshel shkoly. Biologicheskie nauki 1963, no. 4, p. 49-53, tables, illus.) 10 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Influence of temperature upon the functional condition of receptors of poikilotherms. Reports on the response of frogs acclimatized to 11-13° C. to thermal stimuli in the range 0-40° C. The results indicate that heating the receptor field shortens the time of the reflex, while cooling (to 15-0° Spontaneous afferent C.) prolongs it. oscillographic impulses dropped from a maximum of 220/sec. at 30° C. to 75/sec. DLC. at 0° C.

78300. DOBROVOL'SKII, A. D., and others. Glubokovodnye gidrologicheskie issledovanifå Tikhogo okeana. (Akademifa nauk SSSR. Institut okeanologii. Trudy 1962. v. 60, p. 13011, tables, maps.) 5 refs. In Russian. English summary. Other authors: M. A. Radzikhovskafä and V. V. Leont'eva. Title tr.: Deep-sea hydrographic investigations of the Pacific. Reviews studies of the period 1925-1960, serving as basis for a monograph. Six charts of temperature and salinity at 0, 500, and 2000 m. depth for the four seasons are presented, also tables of monthly conditions. The Aleutian waters and the Gulf of Alaska are included. DLC.

78298. DOBRONRAVOVA, N. P., and N. N. KUINDZHI. Pitanie i nekotorye storony obmena veshchestv u korennogo naselenifa Kralnego Severa. (Problemy Severn 1962, no. 6, p. 112-14.) In Russian. Title tr.: Nutrition and some aspects of the metabolism of natives of the Far North. Reports some dietary studies in YamalNentsy National District by the Erisman

78301. DOBROVOL'SKII, A. D. Nikolai Nikolaevich Zubov, odin iz krupnelshikh sovetskikh okeanologov, 24 mara' 1885-11 noCabrfä 1960. (Okeanologi1 1961. v. 1, no. 2, p. 355-59, illus.) 12 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Nikolai Nikolaevich Zubov, one of the most outstanding Soviet oceanologists, May 24, 1885-Nov. 11, 1960. Obituary and brief biography of Zubov;

256

his work in the Arctic began with the Floating Marine Institute (Plovmorin) in 1921. His main achievements, teaching activities, and chief publications (12) are noted. DLC. 78302. DOBROVOL'SKII, A. D. 0 vodnykh massakh severo-zapadnol chasti Tikhogo okeana. (In: KOmissifä po rybokhozfiilsØnomu issled ... 1962, p. 2531, maps.) 5 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The water masses of the northwest Pacific. Discusses significant aspects of this area and earlier studies of it, water masses and their structure, currents, pending problems. DLC. 78303. DOBROVOL'SKII, V. P. Elektrorazvedochnye issledovanifa pri inzhenernogeologicheskikh izyskanifåkh v uslovifakh "sploshnogo" rasprostraneniß. mnogoletnemerzlykh gomykh pored, Talon Ust'Botuobskikh stvorov Vilfillskol GES. (Merzlotnye issledovanifa 1963, no. 3, p. 204-214, graphs.) 3 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Electric prospecting investigations in engineering-geology exploration under the conditions of "continuous" occurrence of permafrost rock, in the region of the Ust'-Botuobuya range of the Vilyuy hydroelectric station. Presents an interpretation and analysis of electrical prospecting data specific to many regions in central Yakutia. The main task of the exploration was to select an optimal range for the dam on the Vilyuy. Geologic structure of the region is described. The temperatures of permafrost were found to vary 0-6° C., electric resistivity of friable alluvium 80-1,100 ohm, of igneous rocks 500-2,000 ohm, and sedimentary rocks 50-5,000 ohm. The exploration work was carried out by the vertical electric sounding method, supported by geomagnetic and gravimetric methods, and by drilling control:. holes. Special attention was given to determination of ice content associated with the weathered marl under friable alluvium deposits. DGS. 78304. DOBROVOL'SKII, V. P. 0 kharakternom "merzlotnom" vide krivykh vertikal'nogo elektricheskogo zondirovanifa. (Merzlotnye issledovaniiå 1963, no. 3, p. 198-203, graphs.) 4 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: A characteristic "frozen ground" shape of vertical electric sounding curves. Investigates theoretically the shape of electric profiling and vertical electric sounding (VEZ) curves in the intermediate high resistivity layer in frozen ground.

Variation of temperature and ice content in this layer make for the protracted, slowslanting maximum VEZ curves, characteristic of the intermediate layer of permafrost, and frozen ground generally. Formulas, from which the curves are plotted, are derived. A similar protracted maximum occurs in VEZ curves of non-frozen ground. The purpose of this investigation was to show that such curves may be due to permafrost and frozen ground. DGS. 78305. DOBROVOL'SKII, V. P. 0 prinf ipakh ralonirovanifa oblasti rasprostranenifa mnogoletnemerzlykh gomykh porod dlfa Qelel elektrorazvedki pri izyskanifäkh pod gidrostroitel'stvo. (Merzlotnye issledovanifa 1963, no. 3, p. 231-35, map.) 3 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Principles for zoning the area of permafrost occurrence to facilitate electrical prospecting in exploration for water-power construction. Such zoning is based on lithological composition and moisture, temperature at the bottom of the permafrost layer of annual temperature variation, and its annual variation amplitude on the .surface of the ground, maximal possible thickness of the seasonal freeze-thaw layer, depth of permafrost affected by annual temperature variation, and thickness of the permafrost stratum. The permafrost area of the USSR is depicted in a schematic map and divided into zones of continuous and insular permafrost formations. These zones are subdivided into regions, according to occurrence of: friable, comparatively thick, Quaternary deposits; predominant sedimentary rocks; intrusive and metamorphic rocks; and regions of permafrost with varying temperatures. Each of these zones and regions has specific features according to which one or another method of electrical prospecting is preferable. DGS. 78306. DOBROVOL'SKII, V. P. Ob osobennostfakh stroenifa geoclektricheskogo razreza, vyzvannykh nalichiem mnogoletnemerzlykh gomykh porod, merzlotnye geoelektricheskie razrezy. (Merzlotnye issledovanifå 1963, no. 3, p. 215-30, table, graphs.) 7 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Peculiarities in the structure of a geoelectric profile due to the presence of permafrost, geocryological electric profiles. Discusses the dependence of the electric resistivity of permafrost of various composition upon its temperature, describing the general characteristics of its geoelectric profiles. The finely dispersed permafrost of various lithologic composition at the lower Ob hydroelectric station project is noted;

257

as is the country rock permafrost at the Erbeyek range of the Vilyuy project. Effects of temperature and ice content are analyzed in both eases. Knowledge of the degree of ice content and the type of ice inclusions is shown to be essential for correct interpretation of geoelectric profiling data in terms of geology and hydrogeology of the region. DGS. 78307. DOBROVOL'SKII, V. V. Landshaftno-geokhimicheskie osobennosti nagornykh tundr Kol'skogo poluostrova. (Pochvovedenie 1963, no. 2, p. 25-32, tables, graphs, illus.) 10 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Landscapegeochemical features of mountain tundras of Kola Peninsula. Reports study of the material composition of bedrocks and friable deposits of the Khibiny, Lovozero, and Monche tundra, Their geochemical features differ etc. substantially in content of dispersed chemical elements in the covering deposits and soils. These elements accumulate selectively in the peaty horizon. Different plants take them up in different quantities; Zn, Cu, Pb, Ni, Sn and Sr however are very actively absorbed in all plants. DLC. 78308. DOBRUßKAØ, N. A. Stratigrafifa kontinental'nykh tretichnykh otlozhenif nizhnego Priob'tä. (In: Mezhvedomstvennoe soveshchanie po dorabotke ... 1961, p. 295-307.) 18 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Stratigraphy of continental Tertiary deposits of the lower Ob region. Reports study of these deposits of the lower Ob and Severnaya Sos'va regions in 1957-1959. A stratigraphic division is proposed based on spore-pollen, lithologic and petrographic properties, and diatom flora. The deposits, considered Oligocene, are divided into three zones. Each series is described noting lithology, facies, sporepollen analyses, etc. Five spore-pollen spectra are distinguished and characterized noting prevailing flora during their formation. DLC. DOBSON, F. W., see Nos. 78313, 78718. 78309. DOCK & HARBOUR AUTHORITY. Hovercraft and hydrofoil vessels, review of recent developments. (Its: v. 44, 1963. no. 511, p. 9-12, illus.) Refs. Surveys projects of four companies in the United Kingdom, three in Scandinavia, two in Canada, three in the United States, etc., and Japan's five regular hydrofoil passenger services. The Saunders-Roe SR-N2 hovercraft was successfully tested over pack ice

258

and ice floes, encountered six-ft. waves, and set down satisfactorily in rough seas. Vickers-Armstrong's Land-rovers, are specially modified to hover above soft marshes too wet for ordinary tractors. Tests of the SR-N2 over snow, ice and muskeg in Canada are noted. DLC. 78310. DOCKSTADER, F. J. Indian art in America. Greenwich, Conn., New York Graphic Society 1961. 224 p. map, illus. Over 100 refs. Picture book of North American arts and crafts: carvings-in-the round, masks and charms, pottery, wearing apparel, etc. Eskimo (14), Haida (11), Tlingit (26), Naskopi and Chipewyan (2 each) objects are included. Eskimo-Indian culture and craftsmanship in pre-contact and modern times are outlined. DSI. DODD, A. V., see No. 79410. 78311. DODDS, S. We kept house in the Arctic. (Maclean's magazine 1948, v. 61, no. 19, p. 21, +, illus.) Describes life and work in the meteorological station at Arctic Bay on northern Baffin Island, 1947-48. Surface and upper atmosphere observations are transmitted outside to aid weather forecasters in the south. The settlement consists of a Hudson's Bay Co. post, seven white people, three Eskimo families. A typical day is described. CaOCU. 78312. DODGE, E. S. Northwest by sea. New York, Oxford University Press 1961. xiv, 348 p. maps. Refs. Recounts attempts to make a complete transit of Canadian Arctic waters: the successful trips of the nuclear submarines Nautilus and Skate, the Canadian icebreaker Labrador, the RCMP vessel St. Roch, Amundsen's Crjoa in 1903-1906, the Seadragen. Eastbound and westbound routes are described. Earlier explorers' experiences are cited from the literature beginning with the Cabots. Franklin's voyages, the Franklin search voyages, M'Clure's eastward transit, M'Clintock's confirmation of a route, and Amundsen's successful westward passage, are included. Three small-scale maps are provided; no routes are shown. DLC. 78313. DODIMEAD, A. J., and others. Oceanographic data record, North Pacific survey, May 23 to July 5, 1962. Ottawa, Queen's Printer 1962. 384 p. map, graphs, tables, illus. (Canada. Fisheries Research Board. Manuscript report series oceano-

graphic and limnological no. 138.) 7 refs. Other authors: F. W. Dobson, N. K. Chippindale, and H. J. Hollister. Includes serial observations of temperature, salinity, and dissolved oxygen made at about 25 stations in the northern Gulf of Alaska; also bathythermograms to a depth of 270 meters, as well as vertical and horizontal zooplankton hauls, made by a seven-man party from the CNAV Oshawa. The Oshawa data in chronological order, May 23—June 23, comprise the first section of the report; the second deals with adjoining waters to the south. Introductory note is included on program procedures, methods of analyses, personnel, and data obtained. DLC. 78314. DODIMEAD, A. J. Some features of the upper zone of the sub-arctic Pacific (International North Pacific Ocean. Fisheries Commission. Bulletin 1961. no. 3, p. 11-24, graphs, maps.) 25 refs. Analysis of salinity conditions in the upper t 100 m. zone, based on extensive data from various sources for the period 1956-1959. It is concluded that at the 100 m. ("D") level in the eastern sub-arctic Pacific, temperature and salinity distributions in the summer reflect very closely those of the previous winter in the whole upper (100 m.) zone. DLC. 78315. DOEBBLER, G. F., and A. P. RINFRET. Survival of microorganisms after ultrarapid freezing and thawing. (Journal of bacteriology 1963. v. 85, no. 2, p. 485.) Five species of microorganisms suspended in their growth media were subjected to ultrarapid freezing and thawing. E. coli and S. aureus were uninjured, while A. vinelandii was markedly injured or killed. Two other forms showed low survival. DLC. 78316. DOGLIOTTI, A. M., and others. Extracorporeal circulation in deep hypothermia, an experimental study. (International College of Surgeons. Journal 1961. v. 35, no. 3, p. 302-318, illus.) About 70 refs. Other authors: E. Ciocatto, M. Querci, F. Margaglia, G. F. Baggio, G. Orione and Calezzi. Comprehensive study of the hypothermic blood, including circulating erythrocytes and leucocytes, non-protein N, blood sugar, acid-base and electrolyte balances, plasma protein, 02-saturation, and hemolysis. Electrocardiographic data, systemic blood pressure, and venous cerebral blood flow are also discussed. The study was made by

two methods which are described and compared. DNLM. DORMEN, M., see No. 79389. 78317. DOKLADY NA EZHEGODNYKH CHTENIGKH pamfitti V. A. Obrucheva I—V, 1956-1960. Moskva, Izd-vo Akademii nauk SSSR 1961. 163 p. maps, illus. (Geograficheskoe o-vo.) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Papers delivered in annual commemoration of V. A. Obruchev I—V, 1956-1960. Contains seven papers dealing with the life and work of this well known geologist and with pertinent geologic problems. Several concern arctic regions and are abstracted in this Bibliography under their authors' names: B. A. Fedorovich, S. V. Obruchev, V. N. Saks, and T. N. Spizharskil, q.q.v. DLC. DOKUCHAEVA, V. S., see No. 80294. 78318. DOLAN, E. F. White battleground, the conquest of the Arctic; with maps by James MacDonald. New York, Dodd, Mead 1961. 303 p. maps. Relates the arctic experiences of ten explorers considered representative: Willem Barendsz who extended the Northeast Passage halfway to completion in his third voyage 1596-97; Frobisher and his early probing of the Northwest Passage in 1576-78; the discovery of Smith, Jones, and Lancaster Sounds by Wm. Baffin in 1614; Parry's navigation of half of the northern perimeter of the Passage 1819; the disappearance of and search for Sir John Franklin 1846-1859. Nordenskjöld's traverse of the Northeast Passage, 187879, and the loss of the Jeannette in 1881, are followed by Nansen's voyage on the Fram 1893-96, and Amundsen's successful Northwest Passage 1903-1906. Peary's achievement of his 24—year ambition to reach the North Pole 1909, Andree's unsuccessful flight in 1897; and Byrd's flight to the Pole and back to Spitsbergen in 1926, conclude the volume. DLC. DOLGANOV, L. V., see No. 78321. 78319. DOLGIKH, B. O. Proiskhozhdenie dolgan. (Akademifa nauk SSSR. Inst. etnografii. Trudy 1963. n. ser. v. 84, p. 92-141, tables, maps, illus.) Approx. 50 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Origin of the Dolgans. Exhaustive study of the ethnic affiliations, economy, movements, intermarriages, etc. of Tungus, Yakut, and Samoyed clans,

259

from which the Dolgans derived around the end of the 18th century. They are now the most numerous aboriginal group of the Taymyr National District: approx. 3,900 in 1959. Ethnically the group is 50-52% Tungus, 30-33% Yakut, 3-4% Samoyed, and about 15% Russian. Yakut cultural influence is dominant, though certain Tungus traits persist; the language is a Yakut dialect. Despite proximity, there is surprisingly little cultural and ethnic mixing with Nganasan Samoyeds. DSI. DOLGIKH, B. 0., see also No. 83933. 78320. DOLGIN, I. M. Issledovanifä oblakov v Arktike. (Leningrad. Arkticheskil i antarkticheskil n.-issl. inst. Trudy 1962. v. 239, p. 5-10, tables, graph.) 21 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Cloud studies in the Arctic. Summarizes results of the Flying Observatory observations for 1959-1960, and reviews earlier work from 1948. Average height of the lower limit of stratus clouds was found to be 250 m. and they extend upward 350 m; stratocumulus: 300 m. and 540 m., the cloud layer becoming thinner towards the North Pole. The horizontal spread of the clouds is on the average 850-890 km., and reaches 2000 km. or more. A narrower spectrum was established for water droplets in the Arctic, than in lower latitudes. The liquid water content of altocumulus and nimbostratus clouds is 0.154 gm/m.3 on the average, 0.77 gm/m.3 maximum; in lower level stratus it is 0.10 gm/m.3, which is 40% less than in midlatitude. The routes Murmansk-North Pole-Tiksi, and Tiksi-North Pole-eastern arctic coast were found the most acceptable. DLC. 78321. DOLGIN, I. M., and L. V. DOLGANOV. Nekotorye rezul'taty rabot v Arktike i Antarktike v oblasti meteorologii v period Mezhdunarodnogo geofizicheskogo goda. (Leningrad. Arkticheskil i antarkticheskil n.-issl. inst. Trudy 1963. v. 253, p. 152Ø, tables, graphs.) 6 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Some results of meteorological work in the Arctic and Antarctic during the period of the International Geophysical Year. Summarizes the atmospheric investigations, in the Arctic by 34 meteorological and 22 aerological stations. Actionometric observations were made at 11 stations. All three types of observations were also made by drifting stations North Pole —6 and —7. Ozone studies made on Dikson Island and on Kheysa in Franz Joseph Land are

260

noted as well. Altogether in the 30 month period, over 117,000 meteorological, some 40,000 radiosonde and about 133,000 actinometric observations were made in the Arctic. Temperature inversion, annual change and amplitude, intrusion of warm air masses, etc. are briefly characterized. DLC. 78322. DOLGIN, I. M., and S. I. SOKOLOV. Sravnitel'naili kharakteristika vetrovogo rezhima v Mirnom i na drelfufi shche! stanf il "Severnyl polfiss-7." (Sovetskafa antarkticheskafå ekspedi1 ifil. Informafsionnyl bfülleten' 1960, no. 19, p. 26-30, table, illus.) 3 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Comparative characteristics of the wind regime at Mirnyy and on drifting station North Pole-7. Compares wind direction and speed to 26 km. altitude at this antarctic station Mar. 1956-Jan. 1958, with the •arctic drifting station data for July-Aug. 1957 and Jan.Feb. 1958. Winter and summer data are diagrammed for both stations. In the antarctic winter season, near-surface wind is mostly (87% of cases) easterly or southeast; at North Pole-7 the same winds are much less frequent (17% of cases). Westerly winds, rare at Mirnyy, are frequent at North Pole-7 (64% of cases). Changes with altitude and velocity are also compared. DLC. DOLGIN, I. M., see also No. 80624. DOLGORUKOV, E. M., see No. 84081. DOLGOV, O. A., see No. 81047. 78323. DOLGOVA, V., and others. Thyroid hormone synthesis during hypothermia in rats. (Experientia 1963. v. 19, no. 2, p. 103-104, table, illus.) 5 refs. Other authors: N. Serafimov and G. Sestakov. Study of animals cooled to 31-28° C. or 20-18° C. Both mild and deep hypothermia reduced uptake of Ilan by the thyroid. Changes in (specified) intraglandular compounds also took place. DLC. 78324. DOLf1, T. G. 0 nekotorykh osobennostfa'kh bespredlozhnogo i predlozhnogo upravlenilit v govorakh Zaonezhskogo ralona Karel'skol ASSR. (Petrozavodsk. Univ. Uchenye zapiski 1957. v. 7, no. 1, pub. 1958, p. 247-60.) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Some peculiarities of prepositional and non-prepositional government in speeches of the Zaonega District, Karelian ASSR. Linguistic study of Russian idioms spoken

in the White Sea region based on 1951-1954 DLC. field work. DOLININA, T. V., see No. 77519. 78325. DOLINSKII, M., and S. CHERTOK. V prazdnik i budni. (Sovetskatit muzyka 1963. v. 27, no. 8, p. 103-107, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: Festive occasions and workdays. Describes musical life in Murmansk, Severomorsk, Polyarnyy, etc.: amateur concerts by orchestral and choral groups of local clubs, ballets and musicals performed at the Kirov Palace of Culture in Murmansk. Poor attendance at guest concerts is attributed to lack of advance notice DLC. and advertising. 78326. DOMANSKII, IA. V., and A. D. STOLFAR. Po besovym sledam. Leningrad, Izd-vo Gos. Ermitazh 1962. 247 p. map, illus. 16 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Retracing the devil's footprints. A. P. Okladnikov, editor. Popular account of neolithic and early metal age periods in northwest Russia to the first millennium B. C. Petroglyphs of the Onega and White Sea region, popularly called devil's footprints, are included. Economy, way of life, technology, material and spiritual culture are discussed and compared with those of present-day minoriDLC. ties in the Siberian North. 78327. DOMBROVSKAFA, A. V. Raspredelenie kustistykh i listovatykh lishalnikov v osnovnykh tipakh rastitel'nogo pokrova Khibinskogo gornogo massive. (Botanicheskil zhurnal 1963. v. 48, no. 9, p. 132131, tables.) 22 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Distribution of bushy and leafy lichens in the main types of plant cover of the Khibiny ma-ssif. Reviews the extent and characteristic of the communities in the forest, subalpine and alpine vegetation zones of the central and western parts of the massif in central Kola Peninsula, and outlines the main lichen communities of each in turn. Further, their occurrence in subzones and in different habitats and substrates is also considered. The most common forms at different attitudinal zones are discussed and the extreme scarcity of epiphytic forms noted. DLC. 78328. DOMBROVSKAFA, A. V. VWånie nekotorykh ekologichØkh faktorov na raspredelenie i rost kustistykh i listovatykh lishalnikov v Khibinakh. (Botanicheskil zhurnal 1963. v. 48, no. 5, p. 742-48, tables, illus.) 15 refs. In Russian. Title

tr.: The influence of certain ecological factors on distribution and growth of bushy and leafy lichens in the Khibiny. Reports a study of lichens in the Khibiny massif during the summers of 1960-1962, with particular consideration of . their ecology. The effects of light and heat, humidity and wind, and those of the substrate are recorded and analyzed. Species preferring or avoiding one or another of these elements are listed. Some 80 lichens are included. DLC. 78329. DOME PETROLEUM LTD. The story behind the world's most northerly drilling project. (World petroleum 1963. v. 34, no. 3, p. 46-53, map, section, tables, illus.) Describes preliminary research on supply operations, weather conditions encountered, and results obtained from drilling Dome et al Winter Harbour No. 1 on the south coast of Melville Island. Spudded on Sept. 10, 1961 and abandoned at 12,543 ft. on Apr. 7, 1962, it was the first test in a new geologic basin; it proved efficient drilling operations feasible in the arctic winter darkness, and disclosed stratigraphic information. An Oilwell 76 rig with rated 12,000 ft. capacity of 4.5-in. drill pipe ' was used. The on-site crew of Peter Bawden Drilling Ltd. had direct radio communication with Edmonton and Calgary offices of Bawden and Dome. Operations were suspended for 5.5 of the total 208 days due to high wind. Permafrost melting was avoided by setting 12 ft. of 36-in. conductor pipe in beach aggregate and cement. Six cores, totalling 156.5 ft., were cut during the drilling. After the wire line and completion tests, the well was plugged and turned over to the Jacobsen-McGill Arctic Research Expedition to use the hole for scientific tests during the next 10 yrs. Rig, equipment, and camp buildings were left at the wellsite. Total cost was about $1,550,000, $990,000 to drill to the 10,000 ft. originally planned and $560,000 for deepening the well to 12,543 ft. DGS. 78330. DOMOKHOTOV, S. V. Stray tigrafifa verkhnego paleozofa i mezozofa Vostochnogo Verkhoian'fa. (In: Mezhvedomstvennoe soveshchanie ... Trudy 1959, p. 152-56.) In Russian. Title tr.: Stratigraphy of the Upper Paleozoic and Mesozoic of the eastern Verkhoyansk region. Reports study in the Vostochnaya Khandyga, Tyry and Allakh-Yun' River basins. Lower and Upper Permian, Lower, Middle and Upper Triassic and Jurassic deposits

261

are distinguished and divided into stages and subseries. Each subseries is analyzed noting the distribution, lithologic properties and paleontologic characteristics. ICRL. 78331. DONALD, D. E., and R. J. WHITE. Selective brain perfusion in the monkey; effects of maintained cerebral hypothermia. (Journal of surgical research 1962. v. 2, no. 3, p. 213-20, tables, graphs.) 12 refs. Detailed description and evaluation of the method and the results of its application. This hypothermia produced profound depression of heart rate and systemic blood pressure despite the body being at normal temperature. A cerebral temperature of 15° C. sustained for 30 min. produced no neurologic sequelae. Lower temperatures (11.5-11°, 9-8°), produced increasingly severe and lasting damage or death. DNLM. 78332. DONALDSON, J. A. Stromatolites in the Denault Formation, Marion Lake, coast of Labrador, Newfoundland. Ottawa, Queen's Printer 1963. 33 p. maps, section, table, illus. (Canada. Geological Survey. Bulletin 102.) 77 refs. German and Russian summary. The Denault Formation is a distinctive lithologic unit of the Knob Lake Group, a Proterozoic assemblage of sedimentary rocks and minor volcanic interbeds that forms more than half the sequence within the Labrador Geosyncline; Marion Lake is at 54°49' N. 65°55' W., about 35 mi. east of Schefferville. Stromatolitic dolomite composes more than 45% of the Formation; the remainder consists of finely laminated siliceous dolomite, massive dolomite, and intraformational conglomerate. Six distinct stromatolite forms are recognized, and five zones of stromatolites may be correlated in sections more than two mi. apart. A descriptive, non-biologic classification is introduced, and four possible inorganic origins are considered as is an organic origin. Comparison with modem algal structures suggests that both sedimentbinding and carbonate-precipitating algae contributed to the formation of the Denault stromatolites. DGS.

Describes and reproduces atmospheric pressure records for 21 cases during 19521961, of multimegaton nuclear explosions (eight on Novaya Zemlya) in which acousticgravity waves were detected by microbarovariographs and long-period vertical seismographs at ten sites including Resolute Bay, and drifting station B. Records usually commence with a dispersive wave train in which the period decreases from a maximum of about nine minutes to as low as 0.5 min. Short period waves characterize the latter part of the records and often overlap the dispersive train. Empirical dispersion curves of group velocity are compared with theoretical curves constructed from different model atmospheres, using a seismological method. These empirical dispersion curves indicate that the atmospheric thermal structure controlling this wave dispersion varies significantly along different profiles and probably along different segments of the same profile. Those waves traveling the longest routes (meridional), or routes which tend to cancel the varying wind effects from different zones, seem most applicable to the study of average atmospheric structure. The Novaya Zemlya tests studied occurred Oct. 12-24, 1958, Sept. 10, and Oct. 30, 1961. DWB. DONN, W. L., see also No. 78588. 78334. DOORE, J. G. Efforts of many were coordinated in anti-rabies campaign. (Alaska's health and welfare Apr. 1963. v. 20, p. 4-5, illus.) Describes cooperation between U.S. Air Force, Dept. of Agriculture, Fish and Wildlife and Public Health Services personnel, combating the severe and widespread outbreak of rabies in the winter of 1962. Sanitation aide John Thomas's diary entries are quoted to illustrate the scope and intensity of the campaign. DLC.

DONHOFER, S., see No. 77020.

78335. DOORE, J. G. Shaktoolik residents build village water system. (Alaska's health and welfare Feb. 1963. v. 20, p. 1-3, illus.) Describes financial aid to the project at this Eskimo village on Norton Sound; its well, pump, reservoirs and distribution system; waste disposal; similar projects in other villages. DLC.

78333. DONN, W. L., and M. EWING. Atmospheric waves from nuclear explosions, part I. Palisades, N.Y. 1962. 17 1. + 12 1. of tables, refs., graphs. (Columbia Univ. Lamont Geological Observatory. Atmospheric microoscillation project, Scientific report no. 1.) 21 refs.

78336. DORFMAN, M. D., and T. A. BUROVA. GipergennyI barit v Khibinskom shchelochnom massive. (Akademifil nauk SSSR. Mineralogicheskit muse!. Trudy 1963, no. 14, p. 219-25, tables, illus.) 7 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Supergene barite in the Khibiny alkaline massif.

262

Describes this barite as a weathering product of lamprophyllite. It has three varieties of crystal which are distinguished and described. Its growth in anatase is noted. Powder patterns of barite are analyzed. Its formation is discussed. DLC. 78337. DORFMAN, M. D., and K. K. 0 gipergennom fosfate ABRASHEV. natriw v Khibinskom massive nefelinovykh sienitov. (Akademifa nauk SSSR. Mineralogicheskil muse!. Trudy 1963, no. 14, p. 226-30, tables, illus.) 3 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: On supergene sodium phosphate in Khibiny massif of nepheline syenites. Describes this white powdery mineral found in rischorrites of Rasvumchorr mountain, Kola Peninsula. Its rhombohedral crystals, physical properties, chemical composition and formation conditions are described. Its source is considered to be lomonosovite. Sodium phosphate is a water-soluble mineral formed in superDLC. genetic conditions. 78338. DORION, H. La frontiere QuebecTerreneuve, contribution a !'etude systematique des frontibres. Quebec 1963. 316 p. maps, graphs, tables. (Laval Univ. Centre d'etudes nordiques. Travaux et documents no. 1.) 189 refs. In French. Title tr.: The Quebec-Newfoundland boundary, contribution to a systematic study of frontiers. Analyzes this boundary problem in the Labrador Peninsula, reviewing the prerequisites of frontier settlement, the Labrador situation, basic concepts in the problem, main conclusions, and some suggestions. Arguments heard by the Privy Council in 1926 were those of the Crown Colony of Newfoundland and the Dominion of Canada; Quebec Province per se had no voice in the proceedings. Inconsistencies in the Newfoundland proposition and technical difficulties in the Dominion proposal are considered, as are several alternative solutions: a band about 39.5 mi. wide parallel to the coast, theoretically sound; the Atlantic drainage, with or without the Hamilton River basin, geographically reasonable but hypothetical; a line from Blanc Sablon on the Gulf of St. Lawrence to Sandwich Bay is not reasonable and has no factual basis; the 52° N. parallel-64° W. meridian is considered the least objectionable of all DLC. proposals. DORMAN, J., see No. 79605. 78339. DORMAN, L. I., and L. KH. SHATASHVILI. Issledovanie 27-dnev-

nykh variafail kosmicheskikh luchel po dannym mirovol seti stantsii MGG za period ifill'-dekabr' 1957 g. (Akademifa nauk SSSR. Mezhduvedomstvennyl komitet po provedenifil Mezhdunarodnogo geofizicheskogo gods, VII razdel MGG; kosmicheskie luchi. Sbornik state! 1961. no. 4, p. 179-201, tables, graphs.) 31 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: An investigation of 27-day variations of cosmic rays according to data of the IGY world network of stations for the period of July—December 1957. Studies the variations from records of 39 IGY stations both in the stratosphere and underground, using neutron monitor data, and those of magnetic and solar activity. Geographic and magnetic coordinates, altitudes and geomagnetic threshold are tabulated together with the instruments used at each station, including five in the arctic and subarctic regions. Methods of the investigation and data analysis are explained, and the results discussed. It was found that the tendency of 27-day recurrence is far better manifested in cosmic radiation than in solar and geomagnetic activity. DLC. 78340. DORMAN, L. I. Opredelenie energeticheskogo spektra pervichnykh varia£sil v oblasti ochen' malykh energi! po raznosti effektov v Evro e i Amerike. (Akademia nauk SSSR. lkutski! filial. Trudy 1960. ser. fiz. no. 3, p. 155-57, graph.) 3 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Determination of energy spectrum of primary variations in the very small energy range from the difference of their effects in Europe and America. Proposes to determine such a spectrum by using the average difference of primary variation effects from a number of stations on the two continents which have continuous record of cosmic ray intensity. The mathematical treatment is illus. by a diagram of dependence of the reduction amplitude of cosmic ray intensity upon geomagnetic latitude (approx. 83° N.-77° S.) and longitude, as observed during the geomagnetic storm of Aug. 29, 1957. By using variations data from the high latitude stations, the spectrum of cosmic ray energies lower than 1.5 Bev can be determined. DLC. 78341. DORMAN, L. I., and O. I. INOZEMßEVA. Vozmushchennafä solnechnosutochnafa variatsifa i anomal'noe vozrastanie intensivnosti kosmicheskikh luche! v period magnitno! buri 11 fevrali 1958 g. (Akademifa nauk SSSR. Mezhduve-

263

domstvennyl geofizicheskil komitet, VII razdel programmy MGG: Kosmicheskie luchi. Sbornik state! 1963. no. 5, p. 62-81, table, graphs, illus.) 10 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: The disturbed solar-diurnal variation and the anomalous increase of cosmic-ray intensity during the period of the magnetic storm of February 11, 1958. Studies the variation from observational records of 40 cosmic ray stations with neutron monitors throughout the world, six of them in the North, viz: Yakutsk, College, Churchill, Murchison Bay, Resolute Bay and Thule. The nature of the variation is sought by experiments and harmonic analysis. The results show a dependence of the maximum effect of the increase in cosmic ray intensity upon geographic longitude. Two graphs are given for finding the expected effect of the intensity increase at any time of day at any longitude with and without geomagnetic effect on the DLC. longitude anisotropy. DORMAN, L. I., see also Nos. 77521, 77522, 77524, 77525, 79604, 79849. DOROFEEV, D. A., see No. 78704. 78342. DOROFEEV, P. I., and L. N. TIULINA. Materialy k iskopaemol flore Mamontovol gory na Aldane. (Problemy botaniki 1962, no. 6, p. 46-54, table, illus.) 22 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Materials to the fossil flora of Mamontovaya mountain on the Aldan. Reviews earlier studies on this site and describes material collected in 1949 by the junior author who also presents an outline of the horizons. Some 38 forms from horizon II are listed with notes on location, nature of remain, taxonomy, (living) relatives, and general character the flora. Two species are listed from horizon III; no plant remains were found in horizon IV. DLC. 78343. DOROFEEV, P. I. Tretichnye flory Zapadnol Sibiri. Moskva-Leningrad. Izd-vo Akademii nauk SSSR 1963. 346 p. map, illus. (Akademif l nauk SSSR. Botanicheskil inst.) Approx. 160 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Tertiary flora in Western Siberia. Presents systematic description of fossil seeds of Oligocene and Miocene floras from twenty localities mostly in the Tomsk and Omsk regions, but including also some in Tyumen Province. Altogether 332 forms are described, 240 of them down to species, many of them new; 129 genera and 72

284

families are represented. The development of Tertiary flora is analyzed. It was mainly autochthonous, but each stage was characterized by the simultaneous participation of European-Siberian, Siberian-Japanese, Siberian-American, or in general temperateHoloarctic elements. Its stratigraphic distribution is given. DLC. 78344. DOROFEEV, P. S. Burenie na rekakh Sibiri. (Razvedka i okhrana nedr, June 1962, no. 6, p. 49-51, diagrs.) In Russian. Title tr.: Drilling on the rivers of Siberia. Describes an installation for drilling 400-600 m. under the river bed in exploration of a polymetallic field in the Angara region. The ZIF-650A drilling rig and ZhlS-60 electric station are on a floating bilge barge mounted on a 5 x 5 m. 4 mm. thick welded metal deck supported by 108 mm. diam. pipes. The drilling, which can be done under an angle of 80-90° to the horizon, was tested satisfactorily on both quiet and stormy (waves 0.5-0.7 m. high) trips. Prior to this innovation, the Angara underbed was drilled from the winter ice crust, a costly operation, not always dependable. DLC. 78345. DOROFEEV, S. V. K probleme ispol'zovanifå zapasov morskikh kotikov. (Zoologicheski! zhurnal 1963, v. 42, no. 7, p. 1111-13, table.) In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: The utilization of fur-seal stock. Age and sex composition of the kill on Tyuleniy Island in 1958-1960 when compared to the initial population indicates that some 16-17% of males aged 2-6 years could be included in the kill. The fur of the latter, especially that of the three-year olds, is very valuable. DLC. 78346. DOROGOSTAISKAL , E. V. Opyt kharakteristiki ruderal'nol i sorno! rastitel'nosti goroda Vorkuty i ego okrestnestel. (Botanicheskil zhurnal 1963. v. 48, no. 7, p. 1015-21, tables.) 6 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: A tentative characterization of the ruderal and weed plants of the town of Vorkuta and its environs. Discusses the general character of the ambient vegetation and its dominant species; changes in it produced by man: plants in over-moist and moist localities; forms on vacant lands, along roadsides, and railways and on dung-hills; plants in cultivated soils. A final section deals with introduced plants, over a hundred. DLC. 78347. DOROGOSTAISKAfA, E. V. Sfagnovye mkhi verkhov'ev Maio! Sosvy

i Kondy, Zapadnafå Sibir'. (Akademiß. Botanicheskil inst. Otd. nauk SSSR. sporovykh rastenil. Botanicheskie materialy 1963. v. 16, p. 178-88, map.) Ref. In Russian. Title tr.: Peat mosses of the upper Malaya Sosva and Konda, Western Siberia. Describes the area and forests of the study made in 1941-1944 in the KondoSosvinskil state preserve, approx. 61°-63° N. 62°-64°30' E. General character of the local sphagnal vegetation is outlined and 26 forms treated in some detail. Location and habitat, date(s) of find(s), frequency, DLC. associated plants, etc. are noted. 78348. DOROKHOV, M. I. Puti sovershenstvovanifii burovzryvnykh rabot na rudnike "Zapol1 rnyI". (Gorny! zhurnal 1963, no. 5, p. 31-34, table, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: Ways to improve the drilling and blasting work in the Zapolyarnyy mine. Describes methods of extracting polymetallic ores in this mine at Noril'sk by artificial caving in five levels, three of them at 201, 220 and 240 m. depth in permafrost. Efficiency of the work is discussed and recommendation made to improve it by decreasing the diameter of the holes, distributing them more effectively, and DLC. using better explosives. 78349. DORONIN, ft. P. 0 teplovom balanse 'tentral'nol Arktiki. (Leningrad. Arkticheskil i antarkticheskil n: issl. inst. Trudy 1963. v. 253, p. 178-84, table, graph.) 12 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: On heat balance of the Central Arctic. Evaluates the heat balance calculations of G. N. fAkovlev (No. 58792), M. K. Gavrilova (No. 71612), and others. Drifting station North Pole —2, —3, —4, and —6 data are studied to determine heat balance components such as air temperature, evaporation, turbulent heat exchange, inflow of Atlantic waters, etc. Yearly radiation balance in ice-free areas is negative. Further study of heat balance is suggested as is its broadening so that the entire surface of various regions is studied rather than selective aspects as ice-free areas, or DLC. sea-ice spots. 78350. DORONIN, f17. P. Raschet staivanifå 1'da pri iskusatvennom izmenenii al'bedo. (Problemy Arktiki i Antarktiki 1963, no. 13, p. 45-49, graphs.) 3 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Calculation of ice melting upon artificial change of albedo. Radiation is the main factor in ice melting in the Arctic. The albedo amounts

to 73% for snow and 44% for ice in MayJuly however, when 85% of sea surface is covered by ice, including 60% covered by snow. Artificial coloration of the surface: a belt 17 m. wide and 260 m. long covered with coal dust by a party working in the Yenisey estuary in spring 1960, had the albedo reduced to 20-15% and the icemelt rate doubled. This is in good agreement with the theoretical computation. DLC. 78351. DORONINA, N. A. Nekotorye nieteorologicheskie kharakteristiki severovostochnoT chasti o. Faddeevskogo. (Leningrad. Arkticheskil i antarkticheskil n.-i. inst. Trudy 1963. v. 224, p. 133-42, tables, graphs.) 4 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Some meteorologic characteristics of the northeastern part of Faddeyevskiy Island. Reports observations in July-Sept. 1958, at a station set up in the lower UlakhanYuryakh basin 75°56' N. 144°55' E. on this central island of the New Siberian group. Air and ground temperature, cloudiness, wind, turbulent heat exchange, evaporation, and other results are tabulated and diagramDLC. med. 78352. DOROSH, J. T. The Alaskan Russian church archives. (U.S. Library of Congress. Quarterly journal 1961. v. 18, no. 4, p. 193-203, illus.) Refs. Describes the collection, approx. 150,000 mainly 18-19th century ecclesiastical and secular documents, in the Library's Manuscript Division. They deal with religious life in Russian America, missionary work among Alaskan aborigines, early Russian DLC. colonization and settlement, etc. 78353. DOROSHIN, M. Na lovisa i les plyvet. (Master lesa 1963, no. 3, p. 13.) In Russian. Title tr.: The timber snatcher. Notes depredations of riverside people along the Angara and Yenisey, who filch logs adrift from wrecked rafts, reassemble them in small rafts which they float down to Krasnoyarsk and sell. This activity is source of substantial loss to the lumbering industry. DLC. 78354. DORPH, CHR. Om Grønland, dets natur og klimatiske forhold; et uddrag fra Kongespejlet, oversat fra islandsk og med forord of Chr. Dorph. (Grønland, 1962, no. 10, p. 393-98.) In Danish. Title tr.: On Greenland, its nature and climatic conditions; an extract from the Speculum regale, translated from Icelandic and with a foreward by Chr. Dorph. Characterizes this work written about

268

1250 in the form of a conversation between father and son, and quotes the part summarizing contemporary knowledge of natural conditions in Greenland. It is largely DLC. accurate.

as precipitation accumulates in alluvial plains under cold-climate conditions. Morphologic features of the veins are analyzed, paleoclimatic and geologic-conclusions are drawn. DLC.

78355. DORST, J. Les immenses migrations des oiseaux de mer naguere insoupgonn6es. (Nature science-progres 1962. no. 3322, p. 56-62, maps, illus.) In French. Title tr.: The great migrations of sea birds recently revealed. Describes migrations including those of the arctic terns (Sterna macrura) and the short-tailed shearwaters (Puffin= tenuirostris) which travel between the Arctic and Antarctic. Migration routes are traced of the former, in the Atlantic, and the latter circuiting the Pacific. Recoveries from tagging indicate that terns nesting in the American Arctic cross to Europe before journeying southward. Effects of prevailing winds on migrations are considered, also the relation between migrations DLC. and the reproductive cycle.

78358. DOSTOVALOV, B. N. Zakonomernosti razvitifii tetragonal'nykh sistem lediänykh i gnmtovykh zhil v dispersnykh porodakh. (In: Markov, K. K., ed. PeriglfäGial'nye favlenifa ... 1960, p. 37-65, illus.) 16 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Development patterns of tetragonal systems of ice and soil veins in dispersed rocks. Discusses theoretical problems of fissure development predetermining formation of ice and soil polygon veins. Physical and thermal-physical conditions are analyzed for frost fracture development and forms. Size and thickness of ice veins are analyzed in relation to fissure depth, width, and changes in rate of sedimentation. Development of ice veins near Chokurdakh on the lower Indigirka and elsewhere in arctic regions is demonstrated by illus. of sections and account of development conditions. Formation of soil veins in a tetragonal system is also described and classification of such veins is discussed. DLC.

78356. DOSTAL', V. G. Novafa lesopromyshlennafå baza strany. (Lesnafa promyshlennost' 1963. v. 41, no. 1, p. 23-25, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: New woodindustry base of the country. Discusses problems connected with construction of the Ivdel'-Ob' (Narymkary) railroad in Tyumen' Province, and developing a new wood-industry center in the virgin taiga with 2,000 million m.8 timber resources. Decent living conditions must be provided and plans for various types of communities for one, three, and four-six thousand inhabitants are outlined. Discovery of natural gas and oil in the same area is a favorable factor. Timber output may rise to 3.7-4 million m.3 /yr. DLC. 78357. DOSTOVALOV, B. N., and A. I. POPOV. Poligonal'nye sistemy zhil'nykh l'dov i uslovifa ikh razvitia. (In: International Conference on Permafrost. Doklady ... 1963, p. 54-61, illus.) 3 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Polygonal systems of ice veins and conditions of their development. Characterizes such ice veins at the base of frost cracking in permanently frozen rock and cementation of fissures, under the combined influence of thermal, mechanical and geological factors. A theory of vein ice development accounting for these factors is suggested, and on the basis of it, the morphology of actual vein ice exposures as exemplified in the Yana River basin is explained. The growth of vein ice proceeds

266

DOTSON, W. A., see No. 84307. 78359. DOUGLAS, R. J. W., and D. K. NORRIS. Dahadinni River and Wrigley map-areas, District of Mackenzie, Northwest Territories. 95 N,O. Ottawa, Queen's Printer 1963. ii, 34 p. maps, tables. (Canada. Geological Survey. Paper 62-33.) 13 refs. This report and its maps 44-1962, 451962, at 1 in.:4 mi. scale complete the preliminary series covering the geological investigations on Operation Mackenzie 1957 (No. 57237). These two map-areas 63°Ø° N. 122°-126° W. include a small part of the northern Interior Plains in the east, extend across the southern Franklin Alts. and Mackenzie Plain, and enclose the Canyon Ranges and a small part of the Mackenzie Mts. in the west. Physical geography is outlined; stratigraphy of 28 map-units, ranging from Proterozoic sandstones and shales to Recent sands, silts, and muds of the Mackenzie River, is described, summarized in a table, and shown in cross-sections on the map margins. The Middle Devonian Nahanni Formation is widely distributed in both map-areas, and extends into adjacent map-areas to the south. Main structural elements trend north or slightly west of north; most abundant, oldest, and most significant are

the folds; then the north-trending faults and cross-faults. Most prominent anticline is the Wrigley; the complex Dahadinni Range structure contains numerous faults, including one of the same name along its eastern flank. Prospective oil and gas reservoir rocks are known in the Nahanni Formation; minor amounts of hematite are noted in the Proterozoic sandstones. Appended is the log of Imperial Redstone no. 1 well, near the Mackenzie River some 10 mi. north of Dahadinni River map-area. DGS. 78360. DOUGLAS, R. J. W., and others. Geology and petroleum potentialities of northern Canada. Ottawa, Queen's Printer 1963. 28 p. tables, maps & sections. (Canada. Geological Survey. Paper 63-31.) 85 refs. Other authors: D. K. Norris, R. Thorsteinsson, and E. T. Tozer. Notes 465,000 sq. mi. north of 600 N. underlain by sedimentary rocks considered potential sources of oil and gas; the known occurrences: one producing oil field at Norman Wells and four gas wells of possible economic value. The geological features of these sedimentary rocks are summarized as related to oil and gas possibilities; factors of terrain, climate and transportation that affect development and marketing are noted. A series of generalized isopach and facies maps complement the geologic and tectonic maps and the restored stratigraphic crosssections to elucidate some aspects of the regional stratigraphy. Estimates of the volumes of sediment and gross fades are tabulated, based in some areas on meager and preliminary data. DGS. DOW, R. S., see No. 81050. 78361. DOWNES, J. A. What is an arctic insect? (Canadian entomologist 1962. v. 94, no. 2, p. 141-62, tables.) 77 refs. An essay aimed at discussing the many interesting and significant fields of inquiry rather than a body of established fact and proven interpretation. Recent Canadian field work in the North is reviewed as are subarctic insect fauna, its economic aspects, and the arctic fauna. Competition, interaction, and adaptation are discussed. Effects of temperature, wind and light, adaptive reduction in the arctic insects, evolution and dispersion, parthenogenesis and polyploidy are considered. Factors instrumental in selection and formation of DSI. this insect fauna are analyzed. DOWNING, G. L., see No. 83832.

DOWNING, R. A., see No. 76923. DOYLE, D. J., see No. 79803. DRABKIN, I. E., see No. 77687. DRACHEV, S. M., see No. 79650. 78362. DRACHEVSKII, K. Agrotekhnika vyrashchivanifa lesnykh kul'tur v uslovifiikh Karelii. (Lesnoe khozi'a!stvo 1963, v. 16, no. 8, p. 64.) In Russian. Title tr.: Agrotechnical methods of cultivating forest trees under conditions of Karelia. Notes experiments over the last five years by a group of silviculturists of the Karelian Forestry Institute to establish optimal methods for growing seedlings of the more valuable trees: 20-60 t./hectare peat-manure compost with admixture of 20-30 kg. ash and phosphate fertilizers is recommended. DLC. 78363. DRAGESUND, O. Norwegian fat and small herring investigations in 1960. (International Council for the Exploration of the Sea. Annales biologiques 1960 pub. 1962. v. 17, p. 160-61, graphs, tables, map.) Reports catches in 1960 and their yearclasses; Sept.-Oct. investigations off northern Norway and in the Barents Sea. The investigations concerned the distribution of 0- and I-groups of herring. DSI. 78364. DRAGESUND, O. Norwegian small and fat herring investigations in 1961. (International Council for the Exploration of the Sea. Annales biologiques 1961 pub. 1963. v. 18, p. 140-41, table, map, graphs.) Reports landings of immature herring from waters off northern Norway with comparisons to 1950, size and age composition, and research on distribution of immature in this area and in adjacent strip of the Barents Sea. DSI. 78365. DRAGESUND, O. Norwegian tagging experiments in 1960. (International Council for the Exploration of the Sea. Annales biologiques 1960 pub. 1962. v. 17, p. 168-70, tables.) Reports herring tagging in Norwegian waters and the Barents Sea; also number of returns in 1958-60 from different experiments, and returns of Icelandic tags in Norwegian waters since 1953. DSI. 78366. DRAGESUND, O. Norwegian tagging experiments in 1961. (International Council for the Exploration of the Sea. Annales biologiques 1981 pub. 1963. v. 18, p. 149-51, tables.)

267

Reports herring tagging in 1981, including locality, dates, numbers and categories of fish tagged. Also, number of returns in 1958-1961 from different taggings, beginDSI. ning with 1948. 78367. DRAGUNOV, V. I., and others. Doverkhnepaleozolskie rify i rifoobrazovateli kak pokazateli tektonicheskogo rezhima severo-zapadnol okrainy Sredne-Sibirskogo ploskogor'f3. (Geologifa i geofizika 1963, no. 1, p. 72-84, graphs, map, illus.) 40 refs. In Russian. English summary. Other authors: V. E. Egorov and L. F. Shteln. Title tr.: Pre-Upper-Paleozoic reefs and reef-builders as indicators of the tectonic regime in northwestern margin of the Middle Siberian upland. Reports investigations of 1953-1960 on the lower Sukhaya Tunguska, Nizhnyaya Tunguska, Kureyka, and other parts of the Yenisey basin. Reef structures and reef-builders of the Late Cambrian, Lower and Middle Paleozoic are analyzed: •the latter are algae, corals and stromatoporoids. The distribution of reefs and reef-builders is considered important for detection of DLC. tectonic phases of the area. 78368. DRAGUNOV, V. I. 0 transsibirakol poperechnol disloka£sii. (Leningrad. Vses. geologicheskil inst. Materialy 1960, n. ser. no. 44, p. 61-68, map, illus.) 37 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Transsiberian transversal dislocation. Reviews the peculiar assemblage of structures of varied age and character extending along 61-62° N. from the Ural east to Verkhoyansk. The conjugation of the Ural and Timan, Yenisey area of Baykal folding, Yenisey foredeep, Tungusskiy synclinorium, Baykal folded zone, and Verkhoyansk foredeep is analyzed and grouped in a so-called Transsiberian transversal dislocation and lineament. This lineament is linked with the general zonality of the earth and its rotation. DLC. 78369. DRAGUNOV, V. I. Transsibirskil lineament. (Geograficheskoe obshchestvo SSSR. Geograficheskil sbornik 1962. no. 15, astrogeologiiä p. 47-70, cross-sections, maps.) 148 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The Transsiberian lineament. Notes this very significant feature in the geologic structure of Siberia, called Transsiberian lineament or dislocation, extending, between 61° and 62° parallels, from the Ural to the Verkhoyansk folded zone. Development of various structures along it is outlined, such as the Ural and Timan, Yenisey zone of Baykal folding, Yenisey 268

foredeep, Tungusskiy basin, taykal zone, Tectonic and Verkhoyansk foredeep. interpretation of these structures is given. Position of the Transsiberian lineament in the general structure of Siberia is characterized. Recent movements and paleogeography of the Quaternary confirm this lineament. A possible planetary origin of DLC. it is discussed. 78370. DRAVIIV§, K. Kuka oli samojedikielten tutkija A. Sprogis? (Virittäjä 1961, no. 1, p. 81-84.) In Finnish. German summary. Title tr.: Who was A. Sprogis, student of Samoyed linguistics? Attempts to identify this Latvian philologist who collected the Nenets linguistic material used by I. N. Sebestyen in No. 68048: perhaps a political deportee to Siberia in tsarist times, who later became a wealthy landowner and perished in the Soviet regime. The speculation is based on personal information from a former Latvian, resident in Sydney, Australia. DLC. DREBIN, M., see No. 77905. 78371. DRENOV, N. V. Tektonicheskoe stroenie zapadnol chasti Sibirskol platformy. (In: Akademifa nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie ... Tektonika Sibiri v. 2, 1963, p. 21-29, map.) In Russian. Title tr.: Tectonic structure of the western part of the Siberian platform. Outlines structure of the basement of this part of platform from geologic and aeromagnetic survey. Five independent blocks are recognized: Anabar, North Tungusskiy, Vel'mo, South Tungusskiy, and Angara-Taseyeva. Each is characterized, noting structures, boundaries and other features. Tectonic control of coal, phosphorites and bauxites is briefly noted. DLC. DRENOV, N. V., see also No. 80016. DREVON, B., see No. 78076. 78372. DREWERY, E. M. Seven small pots of paint. (North 1963. v. 10, no. 1, p. 6-8, illus.) Describes murals painted by Erwin C. Flaig in the Anglican Hostel at Inuvik, Mackenzie District. CaMAI. 78373. DRGIKHLOVA, E. A., and A. A. ROZ1N. Pokurskafa opornafa skvazhina. Leningrad. Gostoptekhizdat 1961. 112 p. tables, cross-sections, maps. (Leningrad. Vses. neftfänol n: issl. geologorazvedochnyl inst. Trudy, v. 169.) 18 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Pokur key well.

Describes this 2360.42 m. well completed in 1954 on the left bank of the Ob in Surgut district of Tyumen Province. A section is reported, noting lithologic properties of uncovered deposits, foram and radiolarian fauna, porosity, rock density and permeability, etc. Valanginian deposits were reached. Stratigraphy of the well is outlined by describing the Quaternary, Tertiary and Cretaceous deposits. Tectonics are interpreted. Hydrogeologic characteristics are given. Direct signs of oil were not detected. DLC. 78374. DRIP, V. A., and A. G. KOSSOVSKAIA. Sangarit, novyT glinistyl mineral s uporiadochenno1 smeshannosloTnol strukturol. (Akademifä nauk SSSR. Doklady 1963. v. 151, no. 4, p. 934-37, tables, graphs.) 9 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Sangarite, a new argillaceous mineral with regular composite-layered structure. Describes this mineral found in the Sangar region of Yakut ASSR. Microscopic investigations, physical properties, chemical composition, heat tests and other features are described. Structure of the mineral is analyzed. Comparison is made with chlorite and vermiculite. DLC. DRIBS, V. A., see also No. 80265. 78375. DRIVER, H. E. The contribution of A. L. Kroeber to culture area theory and practice. Baltimore, Waverly Press, 1962. 28 p. (Indiana University. Publications in anthropology and linguistics. Memoir 18.) 113 refs. Evaluation of Kroeber's fundamental contributions to the classification of primitive culture areas including North American Indian. The bibliography includes 30 of his DSI. major publications. 78376. DRIVER, H. E. Indians of North America. Chicago, Univ. of Chicago Press 1961. 685 p. maps, illus. Refs. Comprehensive comparative study of aboriginal material and spiritual culture including Eskimos and the Alaskan and north Canadian Indians. Arranged by topic, e.g.: subsistence trades, housing, transportation, social organization, family structure and kinship terminology, religion, arts and crafts. Culture areas, dominant economic pursuits, population density, clothing, house and utensil types, ownership and residence pattern, language families, etc. are mapped, including the Arctic, sub-Arctic, and Northwest Pacific areas. DLC.

78377. DROBICHEVA, S. S. Recherches sur la biologie des euphausiac6s dans la partie sud de la mer de Barenz. (International Council for the Exploration of the Sea. Annales biologiques 1961 pub. 1963. v. 18, p. 62-63, table, map.) In French. Title tr.: Investigation into the biology of euphausids in the southern part of the Barents Sea. Describes distribution of 7'hysanoessa raschii and T. inermis in various areas in 1961 and factors determining distribution, and abundance. Two less important forms DSI. are also noted. DROUET, F., see No. 78920. 78378. DROZDOV, O. A., and A. S. GRIGOR'EVA. Vlagooborot v atmosfere. Leningrad. Gimiz 1963. 314 p. tables, graphs, maps. Approx. 320 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Moisture balance in the atmosphere. Monograph based on the last 15 years' investigations in the USSR and other countries. Moisture transfer, formation of precipitation, and other aspects are discussed. Moisture balance in various regions of the USSR is analyzed, including Western Siberia, Eastern Siberia, Barents and Kara Sea and the eastern Arctic Basin. Changes of precipitation in temperate latitudes affected by atmospheric circulation and temperature in the arctic zone are disDLC. cussed. 78379. DROZDOV, S. N., and others. Vliianie zamoroskov na urozhal i nekotorye fiziologicheskie proCsessy u fårovol psheniisy. (Akademifa nauk SSSR. Karel'skiT filial. Trudy 1960. no. 28, p. 86-94, tables, illus.) 6 refs. In Russian. Other authors: f? i . E. NoviI kafii, A. A. Komulalnen, and V. K. Kure& Title tr.: The effect of frosts upon the yield and some physiological processes of spring wheat. Account of experiments imitating local conditions, with temperature lowered below freezing for several hours at night. Temperatures of —3° to —5° C. had very adverse effects upon the yield; the extent of damage is specified for different growth phases. Main physiological changes caused by these nightfrosts are outlined. DLC. DROZDOV, S. N., see also No. 82051. 78380. DROZDOVA, I. N. 0 vozmozhnosti opredelenifa drevesiny kordaitovykh v shlifakh i anshlifakh iskopaemykh ugle!. (Leningrad. n: issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Sbornik state! po paleontologii i biostratigra-

269

flu 1962, no. 28, p. 90-92, table, illus.) Ref. In Russian. Title tr.: On the possibility of determining cordaitean wood in sections and polished sections of fossil coal. Reports a petrographic study of Permian coal of Taymyr Peninsula. Thin-sections are analyzed; the coal microstructure reveals the anatomy of Cordaitales wood of Carboniferous and Permian age. Contrary to others' opinion, author claims that highly carbonificated coal is suitable for systematic study of plants. DLC. 78381. DROZDOVA, I. N. 0 vtorichnykh pokrovnykh tkanakh v mezozolskikh ughåkh. (Litologii . i poleznye iskopaemye 1963, no. 2, p. 297-300, illus.) 8 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: On secondary epidermic tissues in Mesozoic coals. Discusses the preservation of cork in Cretaceous and Jurassic coal as observed in Novaya Sibir' Island, Kansk-Achinsk basin, Chay-Twnus of the Lena basin, and the Aldan-Chul'man region. Preservation of cortical tissue, which forms the outer DLC. bark is described. DROZNES, M. A., see No. 82563. 78382. DRUCKER, W. R., and others. The effect of hypothermia on intermediary (Metabolism: clinical and metabolism. experimental 1962. v. 11, no. 10, p. 10871097, graph, tables.) 58 refs. Other authors: B. Kingsbury and L. Graham. Study of anesthetized dogs submitted to 4 hrs. of 30° C. hypothermia, produced by surface cooling. Arterial blood pressure and pH, respiratory rate, blood lactic acid, glucose, etc. were recorded. The results showed that 4 hrs. of cooling did not cause a disparity between tissue oxygen supply and the amount of Os required by energy1)NLM. yielding cellular processes.

DRURY, W. H., see No. 83973. 78384. DRUSHCHIf , V. V., and M. A. PERGAMENT. Rod Nipponites iz verkhnego mela Kamchatki i Sakhalina. (Paleontologicheskil zhurnal 1963, no. 2, p. 38-42, illus.) 5 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The Upper Cretaceous genus Nipponites from Kamchatka and Sakhalin. Presents a systematic description of this ammonite of Lytoceratida suborder and fam. Nostoceratidae Hyatt. Nipponites mirabilis earlier described by Yabe in Hokkaido is described from northeast Kamchatka noting form, sculpture, lobe line and other anatomic features. DLC. DRUZHININ, N. S., see No. 83063. DRUZHININ, S. N., see No. 78141. DRUZIN, V., see No. 79044. DRYER, R. L., see No. 83086. DUBIK, 1Ü. M., see No. 81094. 78385. DUBIKOV, G. I. Nekotorye dannye po klimata verkhnego plelsto£sena na severe Zapadnol Sibiri. (Akademifi nauk SSSR. Izvestifa 1962. ser. geog. no. 6, p. 80-85, map, illus.) 7 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Some data on climate of the upper Pleistocene in the West Siberian North. Reports find of syngenetic multiple ice veins on Yamal Peninsula, and their pseudomorphs in the Yarudey River valley in second terrace above floodplain. These features are described and illus. Climatic conditions during the formation of this terrace are considered and found to have been much colder than the present. DLC. DUBOIS, R., see No. 83254.

78383. DRURI, S. M. Vzaimootnoshenii severnogo olenfä s zhivotnym mirom Karelil. (In: Akademia nauk SSSR. Karel'skil filial. Severnyl olen' ... 1962. p. 105-129, table, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: Interrelationships between the reindeer and the animal world of Karelia. Discusses interrelationships with protozoans, helminths, and insects including mosquitoes, blackflies, flies, etc., losses caused, and defenses. Ticks, birds, and mammals are similarly treated including enemies like the bear, wolverine, lynx, and food competitors like wild reindeer and DA. elk. DRURY, H. F., see No. 84033. 270

DUBOIS, R. L., see No. 79605. DUBOVIK, M. M., see No. 83098. 78386. DUBOVIKOV, L. K., and V. K. LEZHOEV. Stratigrafia paleozolskikh i mezozolskikh otlozhenil khrebta TasKhafnkhtakh. (In: Mezhvedomstvennoe soveshchanie ... Trudy 1959, p. 27-31.) In Russian. Title tr.: Stratigraphy of the Paleozoic and Mesozoic deposits of the Tas-Khayakhtakh Ridge. Presents a first attempt to divide Cambrian, Ordovician, Silurian, Devonian, Carboniferous, Permian, Triassic and Jurassic deposits; some fauna are noted. ICRL.

DUBROVIN, M. M., see Nos. 77522, 77525. 78387. DUBROVSKAf_A, F. I., and others. Zagrfaznenie atmosfernogo vozdukha Noril'(In: ska promyshlennymi vybrosami. Moskva. N:Ø1. inst. sanitarii i gigieny. Gigienicheskie ... 1961, p. 62-67, tables, illus.) In Russian. Other authors: V. A. Khrustaleva and fi7. M. Birfilkova. Title tr.: Air pollution in Noril'sk by industrial discharges. Describes an investigation made during June—July 1957. Conditions were found bad, especially in the old town; air pollution with sulfur gases and with dust was manytimes above allowable limits. The dust contained lead, cobalt and other potentially harmful substances. DLC. 78388. DUBROVSKAIÄ, N. F. 0 zone s Trochammina polymera v otlozheniflkh valanzhina na severo-zapade Tfi menskogo Priural'fa. (Sibirskil n: isst. inst. geologii, Trudy geofiziki i mineral'nogo syr'fa. 1962. no. 23, p. 68-73, table, illus.) 4 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Zone with Trochammina polymera in Valanginian deposits in the northwest Tyumen Ural. Reports study of microfauna uncovered in various drilling cores in the BerezovoChuel'sk region, Tyumen Province. The foraminifer Trochammina polymera n. sp. is described and found typical for the zone of Valanginian deposits. Two other forams, Recurvoides paucus and Verneuilinoides perexiguus n. spp., are also described belong-. ing to the same zone. DLC. 78389. DUBROVSKII, V. G. 0 morfologii magnitno-ionosfernykh vozmushchenil. (Akademiis nauk SSSR. Mezhduvedomstvennyl geofizicheskil komitet, V razdel programmy MGG: ionosfernye issledovaRita. Sbornik statel 1962. no. 10, p. 58-66, tables, graphs.) 15 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: On the morphology of magnetic-ionospheric disturbances. Attempts to determine the dependence of diurnal ionospheric disturbance upon the sign of the disturbance and the degree of intensity of geomagnetic activity. Data of nine ionospheric and magnetic stations of the USSR, Bukhta Tiksi included, were Peculiarities of the ionospheric used. activity during geomagnetic disturbances, and regularities of temporal shift between commencements of magnetic and ionospheric storms are discussed. DLC. 78390. DUCHARME, L. Reminiscences. (Eskimo 1962. v. 63, p. 3-7 -i-, illus.)

Oblate missionary recounts his early experiences 1921-1923, among the Eskimos at Chesterfield Inlet, Keewatin District. CaMAI. 78391. DUCHARME, L. Two old-timers speak about the past. (Eskimo 1962. v. 63, p. 8-11, illus.) Reminisces with an Eskimo woman, Margaret Qalalak, who was among the first group of converts at the Chesterfield Inlet Mission in 1917. CaMAI. 78392. DUDA, S. I. Phänomenologische Untersuchung einer Nachbebenserie aus dem Gebiet der Aleuten-Inseln. (Freiberger Forschungshefte 1962. no. C132, Geophysik p. 5-90, profiles, graphs, tables.) 35 refs. In German. Title tr.: Empirical investigation of a series of aftershocks in the Aleutian Islands region. Describes some physical bases for an understanding of the mechanics of an earthquake series, explaining the actual conditions on which this research is based. The geologic-tectonic features of the Pacific area are outlined. Results of a study of the aftershocks of the Aleutian quake of Mar. 9, 1957, epicenter at 51.3° N. 175.8° W. are discussed, their characteristic features interpreted and comparison made with earthquakes in Kamchatka 1952, and in other Pacific areas, noting the deformation and seismic parameters of each. Finally, the instrumental measurements of AleutianAlaskan earthquakes of 1898-1958 are considered. Deformation features showed a sharp increase 1898-1911; graphically they show a logarithmic curve 1898-1929; for 1929-1958 the curve is linear. DGS. 78393. DUDKIN, 0. B. Fli lorit v zone ilolit-urtitov i rischorritov Khibinskogo massiva. (Materialy po mineralogii Kol'skogo poluostrova 1962, no. 3, p. 156-59, tables, graph.) 4 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Fluorite in the zone of ijolites-urtites and rischorrites of the Khibiny massif. Describes mode of occurrence, chemical composition, X-ray analyses, physical properties and other features of fluorite. Khibiny fluorite does not have admixtures of rare earths, but has some Sr0 (1.09%). DLC. 78394. DUDKIN, 0. B. 0 melkikh profävlenifakh apatitovol mineraliza£sii v ilolit-urtitakh i rischorritakh Khibinskogo (Materialy po shchelochnogo massiva. mineralogii Kol'skogo poluostrova 1962, no. 3, p. 140-50, table, map, illus.) 8 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The small manifestation of apatite mineralization in ijolites-

271

urtites and rischorrites of Khibiny alkaline massif. Reports this mineralization found mainly as fine-grained veinlets and schlieren or as apatite accumulations in pegmatites. Both groups are described in detail, noting mode and place of occurrence, chemical composition and other features. This small apatite mineralization in ijolites-urtites and rischorrites helps to explain the genesis of DLC. apanaite in the Khibiny massif. 78395. DUDKIN, O. B. 0 stron£sievom apatite Khibinskikh tundr. (Materialy po mineralogii Kol'skogo poluostrova 1959. no. 1, p. 107-111, tables.) 4 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Strontium-apatite of the Khibiny tundras. Reports a mineralogic study of apatite containing Sr as accessory mineral. Two varieties are identified: rare earth-strontiumapatite, and strontium-apatite. Chemical analyses, molecular composition, optical properties and other features are described and correlated for both varieties. The former should be called saamite. DLC. 78396. DUDKIN, O. B. and R. A. KRAVCHENKO-BEREZHNO. Ob oisenke okraski mineralov s pomoshch'fil spektrofotometra SF-2M. (Materialy po mineralogii Kol'skogo poluostrova 1962, no. 2, p. 15963, graphs.) 6 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: On determination of mineral color with the aid of the SF-2M spectrophotometer. Describes arrangement and functioning of this spectrophotometer automatically registering absorption and reflection spectra, and its use for determining the color of minerals in thin sections. Sphene and apatite of the Khibiny massif are studied, and the pleochroism and reflection spectra are demonstrated. DLC. 78397. DUDKIN, O. B. Osobennosti stroeniiå gigantskoPo pegmatitovogo tela v ilolit-urtitakh g. lUkspor. (Materialy po mineralogii Kol'skogo poluostrova 1959. no. 1, p. 14-19, graphs.) 4 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Structural features of the gigantic pegmatite body in the ijoliteurtites of Yukspor mountain. Outlines the composition and structure of pegmatite extending 400 m., largest in the Khibiny alkaline massif. Its marginal and interior parts are described, noting the composing rocks and minerals. Its characteristic features are: presence of relics of the composing rocks, sharp variation of crystal measurements of all minerals, all its mineral-admixtures are of large crystals; it is dissected by veins, etc. Recrystallize272

tion processes are considered to have had an important role in formation of this pegmatite. DLC. 78398. DUDKIN, O. B. ShchelochnoT magnezial'nyl amfibol iz Khibinskikh tundr. (Materialy po mineralogii Kol'skogo poluostrova 1962. no. 2, p. 107-110, tables, illus.) 5 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Alkalic magnesian amphibole from the Khibiny tundras. Describes optics, chemistry, and X-ray analysis of this amphibole found in a pegmatite vein of Iujavrite composition in the Yukspor mountain region of Kola Peninsula. This amphibole is black, specific weight 3.27. According to chemical composition, it resembles the magnesian variety of arfvedsonite. According to the aluminum and calcium content it is intermediate between arfvedsonite and hastingsite. DLC. DUDKIN, O. B., see also No. 77789. 78399. DÜRNBERGER, T., and others. Erlebnisbericht fiber die österreichischDeutsche Grönland-Expedition 1962. (Deutscher Alpenverein. Jahrbuch 1963, no. 88, p. 104-120, map, illus.) In German. Other authors: S. Rausch, E. Herzinger and A. Häusl. Title tr.: Report on the Austrian-German Greenland Expedition of 1962. Reports activities of a six-man mountaineering party in the Sermilik Fjord area, near Nanortalik in southern Greenland. The area was studied in detail; 38 first ascents were made and peaks named, etc. The actual climbing period was June 23— July 8. DGS. 78400. DUFF, R. S., and others. Spontaneous periodic hypothermia. (Quarterly journal of medicine 1961. v. 30, no. 120, p. 329-38, illus.) 19 refs. Other authors: P. C. Farrant, V. M. Leveaux and S. M. Wray. Description of two young adults, male and female, who exhibited over a number of years periodic reductions in body temperature. No endocrine or other cause was found. The possible cause of these and two earlier described cases is suggested. DNLM. 78401. DUFFELL, S., and others. lied Lake—Lansdowne House area, northwestern Ontario, bedrock geology, geophysical and geochemical investigations (parts of 42, 43, 52, 53); report, map 2-1963, map 3-1963. Ottawa 1963. 15 p. maps, table. (Canada.

Geological Survey. Paper 63-5.) 29 refs. Other authors: A. S. MacLaren and R. H. C. Holman. Summarizes the 1959-1962 investigations to assess the mineral potential of this 50,000 sq. mi. area for the Roads to Resources Program. Results of aeromagnetic investigations as outlined by MacLaren are shown on the 1 in: 8 mi. map 3-1963. Relief of magmatic intensity is greater than for other areas surveyed; data show: low to medium magnetic areas, position of faults, and long, linear anomalies indicating iron-formation. Bedrock geology is described by Duffell and mapped also on scale of 1 in.: 8 mi., subject to considerable extrapolation because of the widespread drift cover. Both of these surveys indicate the best mineral potential in the eastern part near Fort Hope. An experimental lithogeochemical study, described by Holman, included analysis of about 10,000 samples for copper and zinc. DOS. 78402. DUFRESNE, F. North America's grouchiest beast. (Alaska sportsman 1963. v. 29, no. 12, p. 24-25, +.) Discusses grizzly bears, particularly as observed in Alaska, and need for their conservation. About 20,000 are left in Alaska, and 500 in the rest of the U.S. To prevent their extinction, more stringent game laws are necessary; hunting by airplanes is considered reprehensible. DLC.

the sequence of events for the entire month. DGS. DUGGAL, S. P., see also No. 82179. 78405. DUGUID, H., and others. Accidental hypothermia. (Lancet 1961. no. 7214, p. 1213-19, tables, illus.) 28 refs. Others authors: R. G. Simpson and J. M. Stowers. Describes 23 cases of accidental hypothermia in elderly persons. In six of them (including three with myxedema), hypothermia developed without excessive exposure to cold. Seven patients survived; most of the remainder died within 24 hours of admission. ECG and laboratory findDNLM. ings are also reported. 78406. DUKHANIN, S. F., and B. G. LOPATIN. K voprosu o profavlenifåkh sinilskogo vulkanizma na severo-vostoke Sibirsko! platformy. (Leningrad. N: issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Informa iionnyT bfiil leten' 1961, no. 25, p. 45-48.) In Russian. Title tr.: Manifestation of Sinian volcanism in the northeast of the Siberian platform. Describes some pyroclastie-volcanic rocks in the eastern slope of the Anabar uplift. Dikes of dolerites and kimberlite pipes are noted and their stratigraphic position discussed. The volcanic occurrences have an unusual alkaline character. DLC.

DUGDALE, R. C., see No. 76853.

78407. DULOV, V. I. Zabastovochnoe dvizhenie na Lene v nachale 1900-kh godov. Irkutsk 1961. 37 p. tables. (Irkutsk. IrkutskiT gos. pedagogicheskil inst. Uchenye zapiski no. 18, pt. 9.) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Strike movements on the Lena in the early 1900's. Study of discontent among gold miners which led to the labor strikes of 1900-1907 and the 1912 riots. Results of the strikes at 28 Lena River mines are tabulated citing dates and number of participants. Some additional information is provided by G. A. TeriTishkov in a paper on labor strike movements in eastern Siberia during the first Russian Revolution 1905-1907, pub. in the same issue of same journal, pt. 7. DLC.

78404. DUGGAL, S. P., and M. A. POMERANTZ. The cosmic ray storm of July 1961. (Franklin Institute. Journal 1962. v. 273, no. 4, p. 322-29, graphs, table.) 11 refs. Expands remarks by Pomerantz and Duggal (q.v.) on injection of solar cosmic rays on July 18 and 20, 1961, to outline

78408. DUL'ZON, A. P. Ketskie skazki i drugie teksty. (Tomsk. Gos. pedagogicheskiT institut. Uchenye zapiski 1962. v. 20, no. 2, p. 144-80.) In Russian. Title tr.: Ket tales and other texts. Presents 27 tales collected in 1955-1960 among Yeniseians of the Yeloguy and Kureyka River regions. Russian transla-

78403. DUGAL, L. P. Environmental physiology research supported by the Canadian Defence Research Board. (U.S. Army Medical Research Lab. Report 1961, no. 474, p. 7-15, tables, illus.) 9 refs. Reviews the work of the Environmental Physiology Group, Defence Research Medical Laboratories and of the Defence Research Board Arctic Medical Research Unit at Manitoba University. Research on the physiological effects of low temperature conducted in author's laboratory (as well as some other institutions) is reported in DNLM. greater detail. DUGAL, L. P., see also No. 82010.

273

tions are included but glossary and commentary to the texts are to be pub. later. The linguistic isolation of Ket, its structural peculiarities, possible affinities to Yukaghir and other aboriginal tongues of the Far East, etc. are discussed. DLC. DUMMER, G. W. A., see No. 78054. 78409. DUMOND, D. E. Two early phases from the Naknek drainage. (Arctic anthropology 1963. v. 1, no. 2, p. 93-104, map, illus.) 19 refs. Preliminary study of second millennium B.C. culture sequences in the Alaska Peninsula based on 1960-1961 excavations along the Brooks and Naknek Rivers. Topography and inventories of the sites are described. Two cultural assemblages distinguished: the Brooks River Gravels, 2,000-1,500 B.C., and the Brooks River Hilltop phase, around 1,200 B.C. Though some basically characteristic tools are lacking, the Gravels phase shows affinities to the Arctic Small Tool tradition; the Hilltop phase may be akin to a culture descended from this tradition. Ethnically, the inhabitants of the Naknek basin could have been Eskimos, Aleuts or of ancestral DSI. Eskaleut stock. DUMOND, D. E., see also No. 78103. 78410. DUNAK, IA., and A. LICHKO. Promysel smelykh. (Na Severe Dal'nem 1960, no. 2 (17), p. 120-22, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: Job of courageous men. Describes the capture of polar bear cubs on Wrangel Island in vicinity of the Rassvet Severa collective farm; two were taken by Chukchi hunters for the Moscow Zoological Garden. DLC. 78411. DUNBABIN, T. Captain Lyon in the Arctic. (Beaver spring 1963. no. 293, p. 45-51, illus.) Relates his experiences during expeditions with Parry in 1821-23 and as captain of the Griper in 1824. Meetings with Eskimos, including the Sadlermiut of Southampton Island are described. Excerpts from Lyon's journals (cf. No. 10530 and 10531) and eight of his drawings are included. DI. 78412. DUNBAR, C. 0., and others. Faunas and correlation of the late Paleozoic rocks of northeast Greenland; part 1, general discussion and summary. København, C. A. Reitzel 1962. 16 p. map, sections, illus. (Meddelelser om Grønland v. 167, no. 4.) 17 refs. Other authors: J.

274

Troelsen, C. Ross, J. P. Ross, and B. Norford. Describes the source materials (from the 1906-1908 Danmark and the 1938-1939 Dansk NordØstgrØnland expeditions), also scope of the entire report. These fossiliferous beds dip gently eastward from the Caledonian basement in the interior, especially in Holms and Amdrups Lands. Their stratigraphy is summarized. Lower is correlated with the Upper Marine Group, and both with other areas, including Vestspitsbergen, central East Greenland, and the Grinnell Peninsula on Devon Island. Some relation is found with corresponding groups in Vestspitsbergen, but it is doubtful elsewhere. DLC. 78413. DUNBAR, C. O. Faunas and correlation of the late Paleozoic rocks of northeast Greenland; part III, Brachiopoda. København, C. A. Reitzel, 1962. 14 p. illus. (Meddelelser om Grønland v. 167, no. 6.) Contains taxonomic description of nine species of brachiopods which are sufficiently represented to be identified with the fauna in Spitsbergen, and which indicate close correlation of Profiles G and H in the Upper Marine group of Amdrup Land with the branchiopod cherts of Spitsbergen, probably lower Permian. DLC. 78414. DUNBAR, M. Ice conditions in the areas visited by C. M. S. John A. Macdonald in the summer of 1961. Ottawa 1962. 15 p. 9 maps, illus. (Canada. Defence Research Board. D Phys R (G). Report no. Misc. G-9.) 7 refs. Describes and maps ice as observed Aug. 13—Sept. 13, in Lancaster and Jones Sounds, Hell Gate, Norwegian Bay, Glacier Fiord, Eureka Sound, Greely Fiord, Wellington Channel, Barrow Strait, Queen's Channel—Penny Strait; also results of four reconnaissance flights, Aug. 6—Oct. 13. Main events of the trip are noted. DWB. DUNBAR, M., see also Nos. 77086, 78236. 78415. DUNBAR, M. J. Ecological adaptation to the glacial climate. (Royal Society of Canada. Transactions 1963. ser. 4, v. 1, no. 3, p. 433-40.) 24 refs. Discusses effects of the Pleistocene ice age, in progress for the last 800,000 years, on arctic fauna. The paucity of species is noted and reasons for it considered. Difficulty of physiological adaptation to cold is rejected as an explanation, and some examples are cited of adaptation among fishes. Nor is low productivity of arctic

biota the reason, though lack of niche and habitat diversity might be. This lack is caused by the youthfulness of the environment and unevolved condition of the ecosystems which periodically are levelled and extinguished by glaciation. DGS. 78416. DUNBAR, M. J. The purpose and significance of the Serial Atlas of the Marine Environment. (Royal Society of Canada... Special pub. 1963, no. 5, p. 3-9, map.) 10 refs. Outlines the plan for this joint Canadian— United States—United Nations project, to consist of a series of double-spread, 25% x 16 in. folios, and to include seven arctic and subarctic areas of a total of 19. The American Geographical Society has prepared worksheets or outline maps, built upon a single oblique stereographic conformal projection centered at 54° N. 38° W. 14 sheets on 1:2,500,000 scale, two on 1:5,000,000, one each on 1:10,000,000 and 1:20,000,000. Sheet 19 covers the Northern Hemisphere, including the Arctic Ocean and part of the North Pacific. DGS. DUNBAR, M. J., see also No. 77086. 78417. DUNCAN, B. A letter on the fur seal in Canadian-American diplomacy. (Canadian historical review 1962, v. 43, no. 1, p. 42-47.) Presents text of a recently found letter, dated Sept. 24, 1897, from William T. Stead, English friend of Lyman Gage, U.S. Secretary of State, to Lady Aberdeen, wife of the Governor-General of Canada. It relays opinion of Gage that Canada should consent to a closed season for several years and $500,000 compensation, or risk U.S. retaliation by extermination of the seal herd; it represents an effort to influence Canada indirectly. Background history of the controversy is given. The 1957 convention between Canada, Japan, U.S., and USSR. is noted: it established the North Pacific Fur Seal Commission and a six-year cooperative seal research program to determine fair harvesting practices and ensure continuance of the herd which breeds on the Pribilof Islands in Bering Sea. CaOCU. 78418. DUNDAS, G. S. Research objectives in reducing rock drill costs at Yellowknife. (Precambrian 1962. v. 35, no. 4, p. 12-15, graphs, illus.) Reports tests of four types of new drills at Giant Yellowknife mine July—Oct. 1959, when the 59 drills in service (three types) were reconditioned or scrapped. After tests,

two old types were retained (31 drills), and 32 of a new type introduced. Test methods, maintenance, record-keeping, lubrication, checking, etc. are outlined. Before the changeover, parts costs were 1.08 cent per foot drilled for 2,200,000 ft. In 2.5 yrs., the new type machines have drilled almost equal footage at 0.70 cent/ft. with penetration increased to 16 in./min. Other benefits related to the drill program also are cited. DGS. 78419. DUNDO, O. P., and A. I. ZHAMOIDA. Stratigrafifa mezozolskikh otlozhenil basselna r. Velikol i kharakternyl kompleks valanzhinskikh radiolfåril. (In: Leningrad. N.-issl. inst. geol. Arktiki. Geologifå. Korfakskogo nagor'få 1963, p. 64-86, map, illus.) 25 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Stratigraphy of the Mesozoic deposits of Velikaya River basin and a characteristic complex of Valanginian radiolaria. Describes the etratigraphy of Cretaceous deposits from Valanginian to Danian stage, also Upper Jurassic deposits. Lithologie properties and faunal characteristics of each stratigraphic unit are outlined. Correlation of these deposits is given. In the second part of the paper, the Valanginian complex of radiolaria is described for the first time in the northern Pacific ring. They are found with Aucela. Some new forms are systematically described. DLC. DUNN, E., see Nos. 78420, 78421. 78420. DUNN, S. P., and E. DUNN. Sibirskil etnografieheskil sbornik: III, IV. (American anthropologist 1963. v. 85, no. 5, p. 1162-66.) In English. Title tr.: Siberian ethnographic collection: 3, 4. Summarizes and reviews 20 Russian papers, pub. in 1961-1962 in vols. 64 and 78 of the transactions (Trudy) of the Ethnographic Institute, Academy of Sciences, USSR. All the papers were abstracted in this Bibliography, viz (from v. 64): Nos. 69678, 69690, 73021, 76072, and 76360; from v. 78, 15 papers as listed in No. 69545 and abstracted under their authors' names. DSI. 78421. DUNN, S. P., and E. DUNN. The transformation of economy and culture in the Soviet North. (Arctic anthropology 1963. v. 1, no. 2, p. 1-28.) 43 refs. Study in acculturation and westernization of north Siberian peoples, except the Yakuts, based on Russian publications through 1961. The cultural and economic background is sketched and present-day

275

technological advances are analyzed. Attempts (generally abortive) to diversify the kolkhoz economy, changes in living standards, education, revitalization of aboriginal languages, then their abandonment as cultural media are considered, as is the application of national policy to northern minorities. A new (post-Stalin) approach in solving socio-economic problems is discussed, and Soviet scientists' views on the efficacy of various schemes are presented, e.g. on kolkhoz industries, abandonment of nomadism, mechanization, educational and linguistic policies, training of native labor and intellectual elite, etc. DSI. 78422. DUNSTAN, W. Canadian Indians today. (Canadian geographical journal 1963. v. 67, no. 6, p. 182-93, map, graphs, illus.) Discusses the economic, social, and legal status of the Indians, also federal government programs and policies through its Indian Affairs Branch. Problems of northern Indians making the transition from hunting and trapping to wage employment, hazards of accelerating the process, etc., are noted. DI. 78423. DUPUY, G., and others. Effets respiratoires et circulatoires precoces de l'immersion du chien en eau froide. (Journal de physiologie 1963. v. 55, no. 2, p. 138-39.) Ref. In French. Other authors: R. Joly and G. Rougier. Title tr.: Early respiratory and circulatory effects of dogs immersed in cold water. Reports on observations minutes before and up to 20 min. after immersion in water of 15*-16° C. Three phases are distinguished and described as to respiration, cardiovascular responses, and heat loss. DNLM. 78424. DURANGO, S. Om fåglarnas val av hiickningsbiotoper. (Svensk faunistisk revy 1953. v. 15, no. 3, p. 58-69, illus.) 29 refs. In Swedish. English summary. Title tr.: On birds' choice of nesting biotopes. Discusses the habitats of several species: specific features of landscape or vegetation, food supply, and animal life are the important factors in choice. Some typical biotopes in arctic Sweden are noted. DLC. DURDEN, C. J., see No. 82416. DURRER, J. L., see Nos. 79254, 79255.

Bale James, Qlbec-Ontario. Washington, D.C., Catholic Univ. of America Press 1963. 199 p. maps, (Catholic Univ. of America. Arctic Institute. Contribution no. 12F.) 69 refs. In French. Title tr.: Contribution to the flora of the south coast of James Bay, Quebec-Ontario. Deals with the area from the Albany River eastward to the Broadback in Quebec and south to the Canadian National Railway line, linking own previous studies, cf. No. 34485, 50664. The itinerary covered some 800 miles travel on four main rivers, the Bell-Nottaway, Harricanaw, MissinaibiMoose, and Pagwa-Kenogami, also more than 200 miles along the James Bay coast, all by light canoe. Transportation, climate, physiography, geology, drainage, natural resources, and agriculture are briefly summarized. Eight forest types are distinguished: Pied mariana, Larix laricina, Abies balsamea, Pinus banksinna, Betula papyri/era, Populus tremuloides, P. balsamifera, and Ulmus americans Fraxinus nigra. Three plant associations of the meadows are noted: the Festuca rubra grasses, Juncus balticus, var. littoralis rushes, and From the Hierochloe odorata grasses. extensive collections made: 277 genera, 777 species, 249 subspecies and varieties, National Herbarium, material, etc., an annotated list of plants is presented. Station locations are given from east to west, and collections obtained at each are listed chronologically. Distribution of about a dozen species is shown on small-scale maps. CaMAI. 78426. DUTKIEWICZ, L. Congelifluction lobes on the southern Hornsund coast in Spitsbergen. (Biuletyn peryglacjalny 1961. no. 10, p. 285-89, cross-sections, illus.) 9 refs. Polish and Russian summaries. Reports a study in 1957-1959 in northern SØrkapp Land, Vestspitsbergen, where this most typical periglacial form occurs on surfaces sloping 30-200. An attempt is made to determine the annual value of the displacement and its character. Two categories of congelifluction lobes are distinguished, one comprising poorly or non-sorted formations, and the other well sorted lobes. All these observations indicate the preponderant role of congelifluctional mass-movement in the modeling of the surface. DLC. DUTRO, .1. T., Jr., see No. 80791.

DURYEA, W. J., see No. 77718. 78425. DUTILLY, A. A., and E. LEPAGE. Contribution b. la flore du versant sud de la

276

78427. DVORNIKOV, E. Experimental fishbreeding in the Soviet North. (North 1963. v. 10, no. 1, p. 9-12, illus.)

Describes experiments of PINRO, the Polar Research Institute of Fishery and Oceanography at Murmansk, transplanting Far Eastern salmon into Kola Peninsula: nearly 50 million roe of Siberian and humpbacked salmon flown to hatcheries and released since 1957. The first mature salmon returned to spawn in 1960. To increase potential survival, the young fish are to be kept in the breeding grounds up CaMAI. to two years before release. DYCE, R. P., see No. 77288. 78428. DYCK, W., and J. G. FYLES. Geological Survey of Canada, radiocarbon dates I and II. Ottawa, Queen's Printer 1963. 31 p. tables. (Canada. Geological Survey. Paper 63-21.) 48 refs. Reports ages determined in the C14 Dating Laboratory Jan. 1961-Nov. 1962. Sample preparation, counting procedure, and interlaboratory date checking are described by Dyck, list of dates was compiled by Fyles. Pt. I includes dates of DGS. 22 northern Canadian samples. 78429. DYDINA, L. A. Nekotorye kharakteristiki rezhima sil'nogo vetra v Arktike v svfazi s tipami sinopticheskikh pro£sessov. (Leningrad. Arkticheskil i antarkticheskil n.-issl. inst. Trudy 1963. v. 253, p. 85108, tables, graphs, map.) 8 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Some characteristics of strong wind regime in the Arctic in regard to types of synoptic processes. Outlines 3-10 day forecasts of wind 12 m./sec. and stronger along the Northern Sea Route during the navigation period (June-Nov.), using data of 1939-1958, from 30 stations in 13 regions. Wind recurrence data, form of atmospheric circulation and patterns of synoptic processes are combined, analyzed and applied to forecasting. 25 types (six groups) of synoptic processes are determined, each group is analyzed in detail, and the data given in tables and diagrams. Recurrence of strong winds in the Arctic depends upon type of synoptic processes, form of atmospheric circulation, and cyclones and anticyclones in temperate latitudes. Wind regime in Kara, Laptev, East Siberian and Chukchi Seas is characterized. Forecasting possibilities are found favorable. DLC. 78430. DYDINA, L. A. Ob uslovifakh vozniknovenifa sil'nogo vetra v Arktike. (Leningrad. Arkticheskil i antarkticheskil n.-issl. inst. Trudy 1963. v. 255, p. 158-68, tables, graphs, illus.) 7 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Formation conditions of strong wind in the Arctic.

Analyzes winds of 11-12 m./sec. and more which occurred in June-Oct. of 1955-1957: 94 cases, 75% of which developed along the axis joining adjacent high centers of cyclone and anticyclone. Other cases are also analyzed, and the possibility is shown of making 3-4 day forecasts of strong wind. DLC. 78431. DYDINA, L. A., and T. M. KHOREVA. Obosnovanie terminologii, formulirovok i kriteriev of enok opravdyvaemosti prognozov meteorologicheskikh elementov na 3-10 sutok dliå Arktiki. (Leningrad. Arkticheskil i antarkticheskil n: issl. inst. Trudy 1963. v. 255, p. 213-30, tables.) 5 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Fundamentals of terminology, formulations and criteria for verifying 3-10 day forecast of meteorological elements in the Arctic. Explains a handbook recently prepared and evaluates the time range, content, techniques, performance and other features of forecasting for the Arctic. Collection of materials and methods used are described. Forecast of wind direction and speed and that of air temperature are treated in some detail with illustrative data for 1939-1958 from some 15 polar stations. The forecast verification is checked and the new manual found suitable for practical tasks. DLC. 78432. DYGERN, B. M. Ob ispol'zovanii osnovnykh proizvodstvennykh fondov v promyshlennosti nerudnykh stroitel'nykh materialov. (Stroitel'nye materialy 1963, no. 2, p. 4-6, tables.) In Russian. Title tr.: On using the main production equipment in the non-metallic constructionmaterials industry. Discusses the degree to which available funds are utilized for technological equipment in the mining and processing of rock products for construction work. Data for the northwest and east Siberian economic regions are given. DLC. 78433. DYGERN, B. M. Vyrabotku ekskavatorov na kar'erakh mozhno uvelichit'. (Na strolkakh Rossii 1962. v. 3, no. 9, p. 9-10, tables.) In Russian. Title tr.: Productive capacity of excavators at quarries can be increased. Discusses the mining and processing of nonmetallic building materials in the RSFSR. A 420-million m.1/yr. production of quarrystone, gravel-sand, and sand is expected by 1965, a substantial part of it in the northwestern and the east-Siberian economic regions. Distribution of 2894 excavators among the 11 economic regions of the RSFSR is tabulated, the northwest

277

has 442, the east-Siberian region 161. A considerable increase is needed in quantity and improvement in quality of the excavating equipment, auto-transport included. Single-bucket excavators of 2-3 m.3 capacity and rotor-excavator of 250-500 m.3/hr. for dry gravel-sand quarries are recomDLC. mended to increase production. 78434. DYGIN, V. P. K voprosu o gernoliticheskikh anemifakh of okhlazhdenifii. (Voenno-mediGinskil zhurnal 1962, no. 1, p. 37-43.) Refe. In Russian. Title tr.: On the problem of hemolytic anemias from cold. Following an introduction about the basic nature, discovery and earlier work on these syndromes, as well as their diagnosis and therapy, author presents two cases, female, 8 and 38 years old, including laboratory findings and therapy. Circumstances leading to the illness are also discussed. DNLM. 78435. DYKINS, J. E. Construction of sea ice platforms. (In: Kingery, W. D. Ice and snow ... 1963. p. 289-301, graph, illus.) 7 refs. For successful development of these platforms, proper construction techniques and ice properties should be understood as well as the environmental force systems that determine platform design. Research is needed in ice properties and environmental force systems to equal the results of the U.S. Navy free-flooding experiments (described) near Point Barrow, Alaska, and Thule, Greenland. DLC. 78436. DYKINS, J. E., and others. Point Barrow trials-FY 1960; free flooded and ice-aggregate-fill. Port Hueneme, Calif. 1962. 74 p. tables, illus. (U.S. Naval Civil Engineering Laboratory. Technical report no. R-218.) Other authors: N. S. Stehl, and K. O. Gray. Outlines results of winter 1959-60 tests to further develop techniques for increasing the bearing strength of ice by increasing its thickness. A confined flooded test plot was compared with a free flooded plot and several ice-aggregate plots for temperature, salinity, density, and strength. Approx. one week after construction, the average ice temperatures of all plots were the same ± a few degrees. Four ice-aggregate-fill plots were weaker, and three ice-aggregatefill plots were stronger than the flooded ice. During the thaw period, aggregate-fill ice deteriorated faster than the free flooded or the confined flooded ice. DN-HO.

278

DYKINS, J. E., see also No. 83852. 78437. DZEVANOVSKII, I'D. K. Aldanskil shchit. (In: Stratigrafifil SSSR. v. 1, 1963. p. 181-92, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: The Aldan shield. Outlines the stratigraphy of Archean deposits consisting of gneisses, crystalline schists, quartzites, marbles, etc. The various series and subseries are distinguished and their sections described. Magmatic complexes of rocks are also described. DLC. DZHORDZHIO, N. V., see No. 83667. 78438. DZIUBENKO, N. I. 0 sutochnom drelfe polfärnykh sifanil po shirote. (Geomagnetizm i aeronomifa 1963. v. 3, no. 2, p. 240-45, tables, graphs, maps.) 11 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: On the diurnal

drift of auroras in latitude. Reports study of the drift on a global scale, using IGY data of 1957-1959 from 27 arctic-subarctic and 12 antarctic stations, their geomag. lat. and observation periods given. From analysis of the data, the

north-south drift of auroras is explained by a shift of the auroral zone from the magnetic pole to the sunlit side of the earth. Differing from the circular auroral zone of constant radius proposed by O. V. Khorosheva, q.v. the actual form of the zone is considered to vary in radius, distorted by geomagnetic anomalies. DLC. DZfIBENKO, N. I., see also No. 79605. 78439. E., Kr. E. Grana trives pa Senja, 66 n. br. (Skogen, Oslo 1960. v. 25, no. 2, p. 21, illus.) In Swedish. Title tr.: Spruce thrives on Senja at 66° (i.e. 69°) N. Notes the poor quality of indigenous birch and pine in coastal areas of Senja Island (69°15' N. 17°20' E.) because of storms and harsh climate; and in contrast the tall erect trees developed in sheltered areas from seed planted by farmers since

1906. Several species of birds with a northern limit formerly at 66° N. are now found on Senja. DA. EADE, K. E., see No. 77837. 78440. EADIE, W. J., and T. R. MEE. The effect of dry-ice pellet velocity on the

generation of ice crystals. (Journal of applied meteorology 1963. v. 2, no. 2, p. 260-65, graphs, illus.) 12 refs. Proposes the theory that when cloud temperatures are warmer than about —5° C., ice crystals produced by a dry-ice pellet falling at terminal velocity decrease

rapidly in number as the temperature rises toward 0° C. In contrast, it is shown that the ice-crystal productivity of a slowly moving pellet remains high up to 0° C. This predicted dependence upon pellet velocity is verified experimentally, data are presented, and the possibilities of the tethered-blimp method or the use of lowdensity, highdrag flakes or pellets of dryice in cloud seeding operations are suggestDWB. ed. EADIE, W. J., see also No. 81166. 78441. EAGAN, C. J. Local vascular adaptations to cold in man. (Federation proceedings 1963. v. 22, no. 3, pt. 1, p. 947-52, table, graphs.) 17 refs. Report of study on standardized, recurrent or chronic, cold-exposures of a finger, with simultaneous and subsequent bilateral comparisons. It is concluded that local cold-adaptations, if they occur, are the product of manifold factors: habituation, vascular adaptation, physical training, protein diet, etc. A lengthy discussion DLC. follows the paper. 78442. EAGAN, C. J., and others. Rectal temperature of the working sled dog. Fort Wainwright, Alaska, 1963. 8 p. tables. (U.S. Arctic Aeromedical Lab. TDR-63-40.) 7 refs. Other authors: J. L. Durrer and W. M. Millard. Rectal temperature of sled-pulling huskies in below-freezing weather, was seldom above the resting temperature range of 38.5°-38.9° C. by more than 1° C., in exceptional cases by 2° C. It is concluded that dissipation of heat produced during heavy work in the cold, does not impose a physiological strain on the sled dogs. CaMAI. EALES, J. G., see No. 79395. 78443. EASTMAN KODAK COMPANY. Photography under arctic conditions. Rochester, N.Y. 1959. 8 p. (Its: pamphlet no. C-9.) 17 refs. Provides information on pre-conditioning and operation of still- and movie cameras, also auxiliary equipment at temperatures to —70° F. The camera should be selected with care, winterized, and protected against cold and wind during field use; small heaters may be installed. An airtight bag is advantageous for inside storage of the camera to avoid moisture condensation. Brittleness of film, shattering of flash bulbs, run-down batteries, and other problems SPRI. are noted.

78444. EATON, G. P. Volcanic ash deposita as a guide to atmospheric circulation in the geologic past. (Journal of geophysical research 1963. v. 68, no. 2, p. 521-28, graphs, maps.) 37 refs. Infers information on the direction of upper air winds for various periods from deposits of windborne volcanic ash. The direction of the long axis of a given deposit is approximately parallel to the vector resultant wind experienced by the falling ash. A map of 24 Recent ash deposits, both terrestrial and marine, from the eruptions of Mt. Spurr, Mt. Katmai in Alaska, Bezymyannyy in Kamchatka, and others shows excellent agreement with the observed circulation of the lower atmosphere. Studies of Ordovician, Permian, Cretaceous, and Tertiary ash deposits probably would yield data for construction of a planetary circulation map for those periods. DLC. 78445. EATON, R. M. Airborne hydrographic surveys in the Canadian Arctic. (International hydrographic review 1963. v. 40, no. 2, p. 45-51, graph, illus. Describes environmental conditions and methods used on the Polar Continental Shelf Project surveys since 1960 in the Canadian Arctic Islands waters: echo sounding through ice; helicopter-towed echo sounding in ice-free water, successfully tested in 1962; position fixing in airborne survey which used a Decca Iii Fix throughout the five-month 1962 season in Penny DLC. Strait. EBERT, P. A., see No. 77390. 78446. ECKBLAD, F. E. Contributions to the Geoglossaceae of Norway. (Nytt magasin for botannik 1963. v. 10, p. 137-58, illus.) 26 refs. Presents accounts of 27 species of these fungi, including two new ones Corpnetes geoglossoides and Geoglossum alpinum. Microscopical details of some forms are considered and records (mostly new) of occurrence. Distribution is listed according to areas, including arctic-alpine (3 forms), mountain-alpine (3 forms), and North European (1 form). Introductory review of earlier work and taxonomy is included. DLC. 78447. ECKERBOM, E., and E. PALOSUO. A study of ice crystals at Storglaciären, Kebnekajse. (In: Kingery, W. D. Ice and snow ... 1963. p. 56-62, map, tables, illus.) 7 refs. Summarizes results of a study of ice

279

crystal cross sections, volumes, and of air bubbles in the ice, carried out on this large glacier in north Sweden, July 16-25, 1961. Mean area of crystal sections ranged from 24 mm.2 in the upper snow-covered portion to 184 mm.2 near the ice front. To estimate the third dimension, an attempt was made to measure the crystal volumes. Mean weight (50 crystals), dimensions, and the relation between the three dimensions are tabulated. Photos of samples show the orientation, etc. of air bubbles. DLC. 78448. ECROYD, L. G. What Alaskan statehood means to Canada. (Saturday night 1958. v. 73, no. 17, p. 8-9, +, map, illus.) Discusses possible effects in relation to British Columbia export of fish, mining and forest products; and to the transportation: the shortest land link between Alaska and the other states is through British Columbia; proposed extension of highway and railroad access to Alaska would promote development in adjacent areas of that province and Yukon Territory; the greatest amount of new business will derive from tourists passing through Canada to Alaska. CaOCU. 78449. EDDY, A. Kinematic divergence and large-scale energy conversion. Montreal 1963. xiii, 93 p. map, graphs, tables. (McGill Univ. Arctic Meteorology Research Group. Publication in meteorology no. 60. Also issued as: U.S. Air Force. Cambridge Research Laboratories. AFCRL 63-840.) 21 refs. Extends this Research Group's application of the Fourier series to subjectively analyzed hemispheric charts. Experimental evidence is offered to support the hypothesis that real, large-scale divergence and energy conversion processes can be analyzed from the winds and temperatures reported by the present North American rawinsonde network. The J. C. Bellamy triangle method is used to produce divergence; this divergence is shown to have continuity in the horizontal, the vertical, and time. Energy conversion processes associated with an individual weather system, a threeday case history of a low from its development, Jan. 21, 1959, over southern United States to its position on Jan. 23 over central Labrador-Ungava, are mapped for comparison with other synoptic features, viz: divergence, temperature, and vertical motion, at 850, 700, 500, 400, and 300 mb. Another objectively analyzed independent parameter, the divergence of the wind field, is hereby added to geopotential height

280

and temperature, to aid in the evaluation of large-scale hydrodynamic and thermodynamic processes. The analysis area can be expanded to cover the whole Northern CaMAI. Hemisphere. 78450. EDDY, A. A statistical model for the mid-latitude tropopause and jet stream layer. (Journal of applied meteorology 1963. v. 2, no. 2, p. 219-25, maps, graph, tables.) 7 refs. Applies simple and direct synoptic methods to obtain a statistically useful, objective representation of the tropopausejet stream layer. Charts of the tropopause and the level of maximum wind show major features implied by current forecast models of the jet stream. Correlation coefficients given by May 1959 North American data were high; subjective and objective tropopause analysis corresponded best in regions of strong gradients (west of Hudson Bay, etc.); the level of maximum wind chart showed good correspondence in the same DWB. regions. EDDY, R. W., see No. 77718. 78451. EDELMAN,.N. Structural studies in the western part of the Skellefte District, northern Sweden; a preliminary report. (Geologiska Foreningen, Stockholm. Förhandlingar 1963. v. 85, no. 2 (513), p. 185-211, maps, profiles, graphs, illus.) 18 refs. Contains results of unfinished geologic mapping and an airborne electrical and magnetic survey, 1962, made for Bolidens Gruvaktiebolag near the Kristineberg and Rävliden mines, also in the Rudtjebäcken mine, about 65° N. 18° E. At least two generations of cleavage are distinguished in the Kristineberg area, caused by stresses at 90° angle to the cleavage. The stress direction turned 30° clockwise between the two stages of folding. Slight evidence is seen of a third stage of deformation connected with the Revsund granite and at right angles to the first two. Dragfolds at the contacts of the Rudtjebäcken ore suggest that it was intruded in a highly viscous state moving towards the southeast in relation to the overlying and underlying rocks. The ore deposits were evidently dewatered and concentrated during their upward motion in the dome. At the time of emplacement, the ore was a mixture of sulfide crystals and a hydrothermal solution. Dragfolds on the flanks of the dome indicate that it formed by cross folding. As in the Kristineberg area, the stresses of the first deformation form nearly a right angle with

those of the last. Structural and stratigraphic similarities are seen in the two areas, but deformation was stronger in the Kristineberg. Correlation with other Skellefte areas requires further investigaDGS. tion. EDGAR, J. L. R., see No. 77918. EDGERTON, M. T., see No. 82658. 78452. EDHOLM, 0. G. Acclimatization to cold. 7 p. (In: WHO Conference on medicine ... 1962.) 20 refs. Discusses local adaptation (acclimatization) in man; and general acclimatization through increased subcutaneous fat or physiological change in natives (Eskimos, Lapps, etc.) and in whites. It is concluded that "behavioral and technological" adaptation still plays a paramount role in the struggle against cold. CaONA. 78453. EDHOLM, 0. G. Food intake of men at polar bases. 1 p. table. (In: WHO Conference on medicine ... 1962.) Note and data table based on eight sources and on conditions during fallspring inclusive. The average daily intake is established at about 4000 kcal. CaONA. 78454. EDHOLM, 0. G. Man against the cold. (Discovery 1963. v. 24, no. 10, p. 16-21, maps, illus.) Discusses the increasing importance of cold-environment research as the polar regions become centers of activity with increased population. Following a brief description of the arctic region, and general problems of permafrost, poor drainage, sanitation, insects, etc., three major health problems are discussed: the psychological disturbances such as insomnia, depression, and apathy produced by winter inactivity in crowded quarters; the adaptation to cold climates, which seems to be mainly behavioral and technological rather than physiological except for local acclimatization to cold in the fingers; and the accidents and disease caused by hunting, fishing, and fire hazards, rabies, trichinosis, and tuberCaOG. culosis. 78455. EDSMAN, C. M. Studier i jägarens religion. (Vetenskapssamhället i Uppsala. Årsbok 1958. v. 2, p. 33-94.) In Swedish. German summary. Title tr.: Studies of the religion of hunters. In four parts: the first is an appeal to increase the study of ancient northern hunting religions, rites, especially bear hunt and bear cult of Lapps and Finns.

Pt. 2 deals with religious and magic means used by Eskimos to supplement own hunting skill and ensure luck: shamanistic rites, sacrifices and prayers are discussed on the basis of Eskimo tales, The Finnish bear ceremonial is treated in the third part, and an 18th century runic text described in the fourth: an incantation to the bear to spare the livestock of Finns and pass on to richer pastures in Lapland, etc. DLC. 78456. EDWARDS, L. Prince Albert Radar Laboratory. (Canadian geographical journal 1963. v. 66, no. 1, p. 14-17, illus.) Describes the facilities and program to study auroras at this laboratory in Saskatchewan, especially their effects on radar detection of aircraft, missiles, etc. Work of the Univ. of Saskatchewan, Fort Churchill rocket range and the Alouette topside sounder satellite is noted, also correlation and mapping of data at a center in Ottawa. DLC. 78457. EDWARDS, R. L. Observations on the small mammals of the southeastern shore of Hudson Bay. (Canadian fieldnaturalist 1963. v. 77, no. 1, p. 1-12, map, diagr, illus.) 10 refs. Presents results of field studies in the Richmond Gulf area of northern Quebec during summers of 1950, 1953 and 1954. 1950 was a poor year, but 1953 a peak year with 158 small mammals of seven species captured. The five trapping localities are described in terms of topography and vegetation. An annotated list of 17 species observed and/or collected contains information on size, habitat, and location where seen or trapped; most extensive information is about three species of voles and two of lemmings. Condylura cristata, the starnosed mole, represents a northern extension CaOGB. of known range. 78458. EFIMENKO, P. P. Pervobytnoe obshchestvo; ocherki po istorii paleoliticheskogo vremeni. Izd. 3, perer. i dop. Kiyev, Izd-vo Akademii nauk Ukrainskol SSR 1953. 663 p. tables, maps, illus. (Akademifil nauk Ukrainskol SSR. Institut arkheologii.) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Primitive society; outlines of the history of the paleolithic era. 3rd. ed. rev. and enl. A study of the evolution of man and human society from the primitive herd to the specialized socio-economic clan structure of the terminal paleolithic. The sites and their inventories are described: dwellings, tools and artifacts, hunting implements and art. The Mal'ta, Buret' and Irkutsk

2$1

hospital sites are placed into the Magdalenian era; the old stone age sites on the Yenisey, Angara (Verkholensk), upper Lena Rivers and in Transbaykal are included in discussion of the late paleolithic. Author, geographic, and subject indices are appendDLC. ed. 78459. EFIMOV, A. I. Gidrogeologicheskie osobennosti ralona mestorozhdeniiå almazov trubki "Mir" v fi)go-zapadnoT f'Akutii. (Soveshchanie po podzemnym vodam i inzhenernol geologii VostochnoT Sibiri. Trudy 1959. no. 2, p. 79-87, graph, profile.) 6 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Hydrogeologic features of the region of the Mir pipe diamond deposits in southwest Yakutia. Reviews the geologic structure, relief and permafrost distribution of this region. Hydrogeologic conditions, ground water, its depths, mineralization, temperature, etc. have special attention. Water supply problems are considered and some drillings and explorations are reported, with conclusion that ground water, circulating in Paleozoic deposits cannot be used at present to supply the town of Mirnyy and the mining activities there. By regulating the Irelyakh River runoff however, a sufficient water supply can be obtained DLC. for these purposes. 78460. EFIMOV, A. I. Nekotorye osobennosti merzlotno-gidrogeologicheskikh uslovit doliny r. Leny v raTone ust'iå r. Vihül. (In: Akademnå nauk SSSR. Inst. merzlotovedenifa. Mnogoletnemerzlye gornye .. . 1963, p. 179-92, table.) 15 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Some features of frost-hydrogeologic conditions of the valley of the Lena River in the region of the mouth of the Vilyuy. Presents some results of preliminary investigations in 1959-1960. Geologic structure and hydrochemical conditions of the area are characterized. Distribution of ground water, water mineralization, brackish and saline waters, and other features are described. Permafrost distribution, depths, and temperature are treated. Subpermafrost and suprapermafrost waters and taliks are outlined. DLC. EFIMOV, A. I., see also Nos. 77196, 77365, 79814, 83611, 83891. 78461. EFIMOV, I. K., and others. K izuchenii3 problemy naselenifl, tAkutskol ASSR. (In: Akademifå nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie ... Geografiß ... 1962, p. 33-37, tables.) In Russian. Other authors:

282

IA. T. Vasil'ev and

K. M. Ignat'ev. Title tr.: Contribution to the study of population in Yakut ASSR. Yakutia has 42.9% of the area of Eastern Siberia, but only 7.2% of its population. Severe climate, with 100° C. temperature range from —70° in winter to +38° in summer, and permafrost throughout hamper the economic and demographic development. Data are given on the distribution of population in the central, western industrial, Aldan mining, Yana-Indigirka mining, and maritime tundra areas; also on the urban and rural population, ethnic composition, recent growth (2.2% in 1959) and immigration. DLC. 78462. EFIMOV, I. K. 0 putiskh sozdaniiå postofännykh kadrov v promyshlennosti i transporte IAkutskol ASSR. (In: Akademifå nauk SSSR. fAkutskiT filial. Voprosy ekonomiki ... 1962, p. 12-21, tables, map.) 7 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Ways of developing personnel stability in industry and transportation in Yakut ASSR. Yakutia has 13% of the area of the USSR, but only 0.2% of the population. Of its 489,000 inhabitants, 49.2% is urban; 46.4% are Yakuts, and 44.2% Russian. A marked feature of the working population is its fluidity: during 1955-1958, approx. 17,000 workers a year came into Yakutia from other parts of the Soviet Union, and almost the same number left. Data are given on the distribution of labor in various branches of the economy. Food supply and health facilities are discussed with data on the potato, vegetable, meat, milk and egg production, and on medical care as well. The 20 districts of Yakutia should be on a par with areas of the far North in matters of food supply, health services, etc. Improvement of housing, nutrition and hygienic conditions, also specialized local education facilities are required as prerequisites for establishing a stable labor force in this area. DLC. 78463. EFIMOV, I. K. Trudovye resursy Aldanskogo gomopromyshlennogo ralona. Yakutsk, Øutskoe knizhnoe izd-vo 1962. 58 p. tables, illus. 12 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Labor resources of the Aldan mining region. Reviews the mining industry, mainly production of gold, mica-phlogopite, piezoquartz, etc. Natural and climatic conditions, local agriculture, population and available work force are discussed. The Ural, central and southern Siberia are the best areas for recruiting more manpower.

Professional training, mechanization of work, living facilities, acclimatization, etc. are discussed in relation to the problem of maintaining and increasing adequate work force in this region with its growing industry. DLC. EFIMOV, N. N., see No. 80456. 78464. EFIMOV, P. I. Russkoe gradusnoe izmerenie na Shpifsbergene v 1899-1901 gg. Moskva, Geodezizdat 1958. 84 p. tables, map, illus. Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The Russian arc-of-the-meridian measurement on Spitsbergen in 1899-1901. Reviews work of the expedition described by its leader in No. 3099-3100; its scientific results: No. 11534. DLC. 78465. EFIMOV, V. I. Vyzhivaemost' gorbushi v period embrional'nogo razvitifa. (Murmansk. Polfarnyl n: issl. inst. mor-. skogo rybnogo khozialstva i okeanografii. Nauchno-tekhnicheskil biulleten' 1962, no. 4 (22), p. 25-26.) In Russian. Title tr.: Survival of pink salmon during embryonic development. Notes conditions in the Kandalaksha hatchery in fall 1960: collection of eggs, water temperatures (low), incubation, mortality (high). Experiments are described which demonstrated dependence of survival during early embryonic development on water temperature. DLC. 78466. EFIMOV, V. I. Vyzhivaemost' molodi gorbushi v pervoe leto zhizni i puti povysheniiå ee zhiznestolskosti. (Materialy rybokhozfslstvennykh issledovanil Severnogo basselna. Sbornik 1963, no. 1, p. 34-35, table.) In Russian. Title tr.: Survival rate of pink salmon fry during the first summer and means of increasing its hardiness. Experiments reported showed that the main losses of pink salmon fry is due to predators, including other salmon. To increase survival of this Pacific transplant, it is suggested to release the fry into rivers earlier when the number of predators is not high; to warm the water in the rearing ponds, so that the fry grows quicker, and is bigger when released, and to use the Williamson method of hatching. DLC. 78467. EFIMOVA, A. F. Stratigrafifa verkhnemelovykh otlozhenil Severo-Vosto(In: Mezhvedomstvennoe ka SSSR. soveshchanie ... Trudy 1959, p. 318-27, table.) In Russian. Title tr.: Stratigraphy of Upper Cretaceous deposits in northeastern USSR.

Describes these deposits from the Lena east to Bering and Okhotsk Seas, most distributed in the northern part of the Pacific including Koryak and Anadyr provinces, northern coastal areas of Okhotsk Sea, Arkagala and Silyap River basins, and the Chaun Bay region. CenomanianTuronian, Senonian, Danian, etc. are distinguished, their fauna and flora described, correlations made. ICRL. 78468. EFREMENKO, O. Zavod sbornogo zhelezobetona dliä promyshlennogo stroitel'stva. (Na strolkakh Rossii 1962. v. 3, no. 4, p. 22, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: The plant for prefabricated reinforced concrete for industrial construction. Describes plant no. 2 at Krasnoyarsk. The production area of the facility is 20,770 m.2 The mixing capacity is high: 240,000 m.' prepared concrete, above the needs of the plant. It is planned for annual production of 160,000 m.' prefab. concrete, sufficient for 800,000 m.2 industrial construction per year. DLC. 78469. EFREMOV, S., and O. BERZON. Voprosy opredelenifa smetnol stoimosti stroitel'stva. (Na strolkakh Rossii 1963, no. 3, p. 23, table.) In Russian. Title tr.: Determining the estimated cost of constructions. Shows for 115 cities in the RSFSR, the cost of domestic and public buildings per m.2 living/working area. The cost ranges from 114.3 r./m.2 at Ivanovo in central Russia to 336.9 r. at PetropavlovskKamchatskiy. Only cities with a minimum of 25,000 m.2/yr. construction are considered. For six such in the North, costs are 173 r./m.2 at Arkhangel'sk, 234 Vorkuta, 220 Kirovsk on Kola Peninsula, Magadan 292, Murmansk 211, and Noril'sk 303. DLC. 78470. EFREMOV, V. V. Gigienicheskoe obosnovanie i puti postroenifå ral ional'nogo pitanifa naseleniiå Kralnego Severe. (Problemy Severn 1962, no. 6, p. 103-111, tables.) In Russian. Title tr.: Hygienic principles and ways of organizing the nutrition of the population in the Far North. Three possible methods are: to adopt the native diet, to maintain the accustomed diet of the newcomers, and to combine the native diet with introduced vegetable, cattle, and poultry raising. The problem of nutrition as studied since 1946 in Dikson Island, Tiksi and other places by the Academy of Medical Sciences, is outlined, the recommended diet and vitamin intake

283

tabulated and discussed. The daily nutrients include 90 gm. animal and 60 gm. vegetable protein, 145 gm. animal, 25 gm. vegetable fat, and 550 gm. carbohydrates, providing altogether 4,470 calories. DLC.

the state government would be relieved of problems usually dealt with at a local level. DLC.

78471. EFREMOV, V. V. Rannfåfa diagnostika, terapifil i profilaktika gipovitaminoznykh sostofinil vstrechaiushchikhsfå na Severe. (In: Litvinov, N. N., ed. Zdorov'e cheloveka ... 1963, p. 82-93.) In Russian. Title tr.: Early diagnosis, therapy and prophylaxis of vitamin deficiencies found in the North. Discusses general effects of these deficiencies; vitamin C, symptoms and pathology of its deficiency, diagnosis, therapy and prophylaxis. Vitamins A, D, B,, Be and PP and deficiencies in them, are discussed DNLM. in a similar manner.

78474. EGELAND, A., and others. The influence of solar disturbances on very low frequency radio wave propagation over a long high-latitude path. (In: NATO. The effect of disturbances ... 1963, p. 79-100, table, map, graphs.) 38 refs. Other authors: B. Hultqvist and J. Ortner. Discusses the effects of solar and terrestrial disturbances on the propagation conditions of 16 kc./s. radio waves along the 2,100 km. path between Rugby, England, and Kiruna, Sweden. During Sept. 1958—Mar. 1961, 14 periods occurred in which the signal strength of vlf radio waves showed little or no diurnal variation. From the solar activity, geomagnetic disturbances, ionosondes, and auroral activity data obtained at Kiruna and other stations, sudden ionospheric disturbances were found not to influence the signal strength. The vhf and If propagation conditions are even better than normal during the existence of polar cap absorption layers which interrupt radio communication over almost the entire frequency range used for long distance communication. No direct correlation between sunspot numbers and the yearly average vhf field strength was observed. No definite correlation was established between augmentation or diminution of 16 kc./s. signal strength and magnetic storms not associated with PCA. DLC.

78472. EGAN, R. D. Thule to College 12 Mc. propagation during the April and May 1960 intense polar cap absorption events. (In: NATO. The effect of disturbances .. 1963, p. 47-58, map, graphs, tables.) 4 refs. Continuous signal-strength measurements of pulse signals from Thule, Greenland were made at College, Alaska during seven months 1959-1960. At least five significant PCA events were recorded during Apr. and May 1960 on Univ. of Alaska riometer equipment. The southward spread of the PCA may be traced in successive drops of the 12 Mc. signal strength on the Thule— College path. During these periods of intense PCA, the 12 Mc. Thule-to-College signals did not drop out completely as would be expected, but showed only 35 dB attenuation during the peak of the absorption. Attenuation reaches a surprisingly low maximum value shortly after the beginning of a PCA event, then remains constant throughout the event. Discussion recommended caution in comparing attenuation values from widely separated points. DLC. 78473. EGAN, W. A. Keynote address, Alaska Municipal League Convention. (Alaska local government 1963. v. 3, no. 9, p. 1-8.) States need for forming units of local government intermediate between the state and municipalities, somewhat analogous to counties in other states. Such a unit, termed "borough," an area of common interest, boundary to be determined locally, could economically provide for education, planning and other services; borough government would alleviate costly duplication of functions, tax inequities, etc.; and

284

EGAN, W. A., see also No. 83810.

78475. EGGERS, J. Mylius Erichsens "arbejdsplan". (GrØnland 1962, no. 11, p. 425-34, ports, illus.) In Danish. Title tr.: Mylius Erichsen's work plan. Contains a biographical note on this Danish explorer, who perished on the 19061908 Danmark expedition to northeast Greenland. He was also a writer with social interests, and during the literary expedition to North Greenland in 19021904 he drafted a detailed plan for his literary activities. This is quoted. DLC. 78476. EGIAZAROV, B. KH., and G. A. ZAKRZHEVSKII. Kai'nozohski1 vulkanizm vostochnol chasti Korfilkskogo khrebta. (Vsesofüznoe vulkanologicheskoe soveshchanie 1959. Voprosy vulkanizma, 1962, p. 364-65.) In Russian. Title tr.: Cenozoic volcanism in the eastern part of the Koryak Range. Describes the Tertiary volcanic rocks

500-1100 m. thick, consisting of effusive andesites and basalt separated by various tuffs. Early Quaternary volcanism also is characterized by andesites and pyroclastic materials, the thickness varying between 600 and 1000 m. Tectonic conditions of volcanism and stratigraphy of volcanic DLC. rocks are briefly summarized. 78477. EGIAZAROV, B. KH., and A. D. MIKLUKHO-MAKLAI. Kamennougol'nye i permskie otlozhenifä Korfåkskogo nagor'fa i Penzhinskogo krfazha. (USSR. Gos. geologicheskil komitet. Materialy po regional'nol stratigrafii SSSR 1963, p. 12433, map, table.) 6 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Carboniferous and Permian deposits of the Koryak highland and Penzhina Ridge. Outlines the Carboniferous and Permian stratigraphy from own recent studies and evaluation of the literature. Sections are analyzed in the Khatyrka River, Pekul'neyskoye Lake, and Opukha River basins, the Penzhina Mts., and elsewhere; their lithologic properties and foraminifer and other fauna are described, The Penzhina Ridge and Koryak highland Carboniferous fauna belong to one biogeographic province, their Permian to two provinces. Both the Carboniferous and Permian are closest to the coeval fauna of Japan. DLC. 78478. EGIAZAROV, B. KH., and I. M. RUSAKOV. Magmaticheskie Korfåkskogo khrebta i svfazannye s nimi poleznye iskopaemye. (In: Akademifa nauk SSSR. Dal'nevostochnyl filial. Geologicheskil inst. Geologifa i metallogenifa .. . 1963, p. 588-95.) In Russian. Title tr.: Magmatic cycles of the Koryak Range and the mineral resources connected with them. Outlines the tectonic structure of this range which developed in several stages. Proterozoic, Paleozoic, Mesozoic and Cenozoic stages are distinguished as differing in sedimentation, tectonic movements, manifestation of magmatism and metallogeny. Each is treated in some detail. Endogenic mineralization associated with the Paleozoic magnetic cycle is characterized and occurrence noted of chromite, nickel, cobalt, sulfides, and asbestos. Mineralization connected with the early Mesozoic magmatic cycle is not detected. The stage which lasted from the Upper Jurassic to the Pliocene is analyzed and divided into four substages; of most interest in it, is mercury mineralization. DLC. 78479. EGIAZAROV, B. KH. Osnovnye cherty geologicheskogo stroenifä Korfa.ksko-

go nagor'fä. (In: Leningrad. N: issl. inst. geol. Arktiki. Geologifå Korfakskogo nagor'ffi 1963, p. 5-37.) 27 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Main features of the geologic structure of Koryak highland. This highland which includes the Mayaskiye mountains, Rarytkin ridge and southern part of the Anadyr lowland, is about 250,000 km.2 in area. Study of the region is reviewed. From upper Proterozoic (?) to Quaternary, almost all systems are represented; Cretaceous and Tertiary deposits are especially noted, their stratigraphy is described. Tectonics is analyzed, six structural stages and their development are described. DLC. 78480. EGIAZAROV, B. KH., and others. Paleogenovye i neogenovye otlozhenifa, vostochnol chasti Olflltorskogo progiba. (In: Leningrad. N.-issl. inst.. geol. Arktiki. Geologifa Korfäkskogo nagor'få 1963, p. 109-121, illus.) 5 refs. In Russian. Other authors: L. V. Krishtofovich and G. K. Pichugina. Title tr.: Paleogene and Neogene deposits in the eastern part of Olyutorskiy downwarp. Outlines the stratigraphy of these deposits. Oligocene-lower Miocene, middle and upper Miocene, and Pliocene are distinguished and described noting distribution, lithologic properties, flora and fauna. DLC. EGIAZAROV, B. KH., see also Nos. 82590, 82591, 83937. 78481. EGLER, F. E. The nature of naturalization. (In: International Botanical Congress 1959. Recent advances ... Ø. 1961, v. 2, p. 1340-45.) Discusses definitions and usages of the term "naturalization" by botanists; and analyzes five criteria he considers essential in judging a plant as naturalized (acclimatized); they are: individual persistence, type of reproduction, number of generations, time of existence in the new area expressed in decades or centuries, and agencies of introduction. DLC. 78482. EGOROV, A. D., and E. P. POLONSKArA. Soderzhanie medi v kormovykh travakh i kormakh doliny reki Amgi. (In: Konferenfsifä po mikroelementam .. . Trudy 1961, p. 69-74, table.) 10 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Copper content in feed grasses and fodder of the Amga River valley. Copper content in this area of central Yakutia was found to be above average; it varied according to habitat, growth stage and plant group, being highest in cereals,

285

particularly during fruition. Winter hay prepared late in the season also had a DLC. high Cu content. 78483. EGOROV, A. V. Izmenchivost' fachmene1 v uslovifakh Eniselskogo severs. (Krasnoyarsk. Sel'skokhozralstvenny! inst. Trudy 1961. v. 8, p. 102-132, tables.) 14 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Variability of barley under conditions of the Yenisey north. Account of experiments conducted by the Igarka agricultural experiment station, with northern and southern varieties of barley. Variability was found to be greater in the latter. The direction of variability, under local conditions, as to the number of kernels per ear, compactness and uniformity of ears, changes in beardlessness, etc. are considered. The effect of soil melioration on variability is also analyzed. DLC. 78484. EGOROV, A. V., and L. A. PIOTRASHKO. Silosnye kul'tury dlfi EniseTskogo severa. (Krasnoyarsk. Sel'skokhoz(åTstvennyl inst. Trudy 1959. v. 3, no. 1, p. 232-37, tables.) 5 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Silo crops of the Yenisey north. Account of experiments conducted by the Turukhansk experimental station and on a kolkhoz at 65°47' N. 87°57' E. Cabbage, sunflowers and corn were tried with methods detailed. The three-year trial showed suitability of cabbage and sunflowers only. Planting produced a 50% higher yield, but sowing produced a cheaper feed. DLC. 78485. EGOROV, D. F. Skhema stratigrafii permi (7) i triasa Amifilskol skladchato! zony. (In: Mezhvedomstvennoe soveshchanie ... Trudy 1959, p. 176-80.) Title tr.: Stratigraphic In Russian. scheme of the Permian (7) and Triassic of the Anyuy folded zone. Distinguishes the Anyuy series and divides it into Keperveyem and Pauktuvaam subseries, the first considered Permian, the second Triassic-Norian. Both are A described, and further subdivided. Norian deposit section is described in ICRL. detail. 78486. EGOROV, G. G. 0 nafsional'nykh kadrakh v promyshlennosti Øutii. (In: Akademifa nauk SSSR. rAkutskil filial. Voprosy ekonomiki ... 1962, p. 45-51, tables.) 14 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: National cadres in the industry of Yakutia. Reviews the increase of Yakuts in industry: when the republic was established in 1922, there were only 35; in 1957, they

286

were 2.6% of the labor force, in 1958, 4.0%. By 1960, there were 60,000 Yakuts in industry, of whom 1913 with higher or medium education had some specialty. At the Yakut University Dept. of Engineering and Technology, 40% of the students are Yakuts; and at the Aldan Technical School, 97 of the 576 students are Yakuts. Education and training should be increased and more local population drawn into industry. DLC. 78487. EGOROV, G. G. 0 proizvoditel'nosti drag tresta "rAkutzoloto". (In: Akademifå nauk SSSR. lakutekiT filial. Voprosy ckonomiki ... 1962, p. 22-36, tables, illus.) 4 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Productivity of the dredges of the rAkutzoloto Trust. Outlines the replacement of manual operations in the gold mining industry, from 1926 when the first steam-powered dredge was introduced at the Nezametnyy gold placer. Construction of the AmurYakutsk highway and the Seligdar and Yakokut electric stations created favorable conditions for extension of dredging, as electric power superseded steam. Data on bucket capacity (50-380 liters), increase in output per dredge and per worker, and decrease in costs in 1953-1958 are tabulated and discussed. Dredging operations at the rAkutzoloto (Leninskiy and Nizhniy Kuranakh) gold fields in 1959 compare favorably with those in Krasnoyarsk, Magadan and other areas of Siberia (table 3). Plans for extending use of dredges in Yakutia are DLC. noted. EGOROV, G. G., see also Nos. 81184, 81185. 78488. EGOROV, L. S., and N. P. SURINA. Karbonatity ralona intruzii Changit na severe Sibirsko! platformy. (Leningrad. N: issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Trudy 1961. v. 125, Sbomik state! po geologii i neftegazonosnosti Arktiki, no. 17, p. 160-78, table, maps, illus.) 18 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Carbonatites of the Changit intrusion region in the north of the Siberian platform. Describes the geologic position of carbonatites found in Middle Cambrian dolomites near the Changit intrusion in the Maymecha-Kotuy region. They are south and southwest of the intrusive massif and occur in two types of body, one dike-like, the other tabular. Petrographic and mineralogic characteristics of the carbonatites are outlined. The main rock-forming mineral Typomorphic minerals are is calcite.

described. Genesis of carbonatites is analyzed. They are considered intrusive rocks. Mode of occurrence is discussed. DLC. 78489. EGOROV, N. E. Na KraTnem Severe. (Narodnoe obrazovanie 1963, no. 12, p. 30.) In Russian. Title tr.: In the far North. Describes a teacher-training project for a group of 7th-grade pupils, approx. 15 years old, from a residential school of Bulun sovkhoz in northern Yakutia. They practiced teaching in an outlying reindeerherders' camp with classes for illiterate and semi-illiterate adults; they tried preparing 7-year-old children for the school entrance test, and making a statistical survey of school-age children and 6-year olds. DLC. 78490. EGOROV, N. E. Programmy proizvodstvennogo obuchenifa shkol'nikov Kralnego Severn. (Shkola i proizvodstvo 1963. v. 7, no. 7, p. 30-32, tables.) In Russian. Title tr.: Vocational training programs for students in schools of the far North. Discusses the need to adapt the 1961 vocational curricula of the RSFSR Ministry of Education to practical requirements of the far North, e.g. fur farming should be combined with fur hunting rather than reindeer raising. Three-year training programs, are discussed; they involve 614 study hours for a trades course in addition to the regular 9-11th grade curricula: tabular data are presented for the reindeer, fur farming-fur hunting, and fishing industry programs. DLC. 78491. EGOROV, 0. V. Ekologifå i promysel fakutskol belki. Moskva, Izd-vo Akademii nauk SSSR 1961. 268 p. tables, graphs, illus. Approx. 110 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The ecology and exploitation of the Yakut squirrel. An introduction on the high quality of its fur, yields and their fluctuations is followed by results of a 1953-1957 study in the main squirrel-hunting areas of Yakutia. Morphology, size, color and growth, habitats and numbers, geographic areas and variants, food and nutrition in different areas are reported. Food competitors, enemies, diseases, also migrations, reproduction, and nest-building are described. Rate of reproduction is given for central Yakutia: the Markha, Vilyuchan, central Vilyuy basins, the Verkhoyansk Range and Adycha River plateau in the northeast, also southern localities. Molt, numerical fluctuations and their forecast are

considered. Hunting, trapping and processing are dealt with in conclusion. DLC. EGOROV, P. I., see No. 83134. EGOROV, V. E., see No. 78367. EGOROV, V. I., see No. 78600. 78492. EGOROV, V. N., and E. N. SUKHANOVA. Talnakhskil rudonosnyl intruziv na severo-zapade Sibirskol platformy. (Razvedka i okhrana nedr 1963. v. 29, no. 1, p. 17-21, tables, map, illus.) 2 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Talnakhskiy orebearing intrusive in the northeastern Siberian platform. Describes the geologic position, form, copper-nickel mineralization and mineralogic composition of this intrusive in the Noril'sk ore region, as studied in 1959-1960. This intrusive is divided into northeastern and southwestern parts. The main morphologic type of mineralization is impregnation; its mineral composition is pyrrhotite, chalcopyrite, cubanite, etc. Formation conditions, differentiation, petrochemical and other features are characterized. DLC. 78493. EGOROV, V. N. Zakonomernosti razmeshchenifa rudnykh mestorozhdenil v Noril'sko-Igarskom ralone. (In: Akademifa nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie ... Tektonika Sibiri. v. 2, 1963. p. 351-55.) In Russian. Title tr.: Distribution patterns of ore deposits in the Noril'sk-Igarka region. All ore deposits and sulfide occurrences are linked with differentiated intrusions of gabbro-diabases. Seven such intrusions are characterized. Copper-nickel deposits occur in Triassic-Devonian deposits and are DLC. controlled by old deep faults. EGOROVA, A. A., see No. 77272. 78494. EGOROVA, V. V. Ekonomicheskafå @ffektivnost' stroitel'stva pionernykh zheleznykh dorog vo vnov' osvaivaemykh ralonakh; na primere Lenskol zheleznol dorogi. (Voprosy geografii 1963, sbornik 61, p. 122-32, table, maps.) In Russian. Title tr.: The economic efficiency of pioneering railroad construction in new development regions, as exemplified by the Lena railroad. Describes the 4342 km. line to run from Tayshet to the Lena at Ust'-Kut, thence to Angarsk — Tynda — Zeya — Komsomol'sk on the Amur — Sovetskaya Gavan'. The 700 km. Tayshet — Lena section has been completed and in use since 1958. Its importance and that of other railroads for freight transport, for growth of industry and population are outlined, and some data given. DLC.

287

78495. EICIHNER-LARSEN, I. Grønlands nyeste frimaerker. (Grønland 1962, no. 1, p. 34-35, illus.) In Danish. Title tr.: Greenland's newest stamps. Describes a 1959 issue with King of Denmark illus., a 1960 with Knud Rasmussen, and a 1961 with a drum-dance. DLC. 78496. EINARSSON, E. The elements and affinities of the Icelandic flora. (In: Å. and D. Löve, ed. North American biota .. . 1963, p. 297-302.) 24 refs. Outlines floristic research of this area during the past 200 years and offers a phytogeographic classification. According to author, out of some 440 vascular plants, half have a boreal and one-third arctic, with practically none high-arctic. Eastern species are more than nine times as numerous as western; typical continental forms are practically absent. DLC. 78497. EINARSSON, T. Some chapters of the Tertiary history of Iceland. (In: Å. and D. Löve, ed. North American biota . . . 1963, p. 1-9, map, profiles.) 13 refs. Begins Tertiary history with plateau basalts the oldest rocks in Iceland grouped with similar rocks of Greenland, Spitsbergen, Franz Joseph Land and other areas of North Atlantic. Volcanism, tectonic and erosional history of the Tertiary is interpreted. Climatic changes from Lower Tertiary to Pleistocene are briefly characterized based on floristic evidence. Icelandic lignites with some 50 pollen species are described. Connection of Iceland with a northern land is also discussed. DLC. 78498. EISENMANN, E. Bear Island murre colony. (Natural history 1963. v. 72, no. 1, p. 26-31, illus.) Richly illus. description of Bjornøya; birds breeding on it, including the common, and thick-billed murres, Uria aalge, U. lomvia. Their distribution (circumpolar), locomotion, breeding grounds and habits are described, as are the eggs, incubation, development and care of the young, etc. Predators and life span of these birds are also dealt with. DLC. EISENSTAT, S., see No. 84458. 78499. EISENTRAUT, M. Heat regulation in primitive mammals and in tropical species. (I-larvard Univ. Museum of Comparative Zoology. Bulletin 1960. v. 124, International Symposium ... Hibernation 1959. Proceedings, p. 31-43, illus.) 23 refs. Considering the heat economy, author found higher and lower warm-blooded

288

animals. The former have an activity ternperature above 36° C. and its variability is small; the latter have an activity temperature below 36° C. and generally a variable body temperature. Many phylogenetically old mammals belong to the second group, including the hibernators. Bats stand on the lowest level of homeotherms in their heat economy. DLC. EKBLAW, W. E., see No. 79311. 78500. EKLUND, J. E. Kiruna, drag us samhällets, socknens och gruvbrytningens historia med ledning av namnen på Kirunas gator. Kiruna, Wallerströms bokhandel 1946. 133 p. illus. In Swedish. Title tr.: Kiruna, contribution to the community, parish and mining history with respect to the origin of Kiruna street names. Presents accounts of some score or more street names, most of them commemorating early settlers of the area. Location and history of the street are given, as are the life, family history, community and other activities of the man honored. Some were recorders of Lappish history, miners, and prominent social workers and community leaders of their day. DLC. EKMAN, L., see Nos. 77015, 77017. EKMAN, S. R., see No. 79444. 78501. EKONOMIKA STROITEL'STVA. Prelskurantnye fseny na ob"ekty zhilishchnogo i kul'turno-bytovogo stroitel'stva. (Its: no. 3, 1963, p. 69-71, table.) In Russian. Title tr.: Price list for housing and communal-building construction. Gives construction costs for 106 localities in the RSFSR; among others: Arkhangel'sk 173 rubles per m.2 of floor space, Inta in Komi ASSR 181.50, Kirovsk 220, Magadan 292, Murmansk 211, Noril'sk 303, Petropavlovsk-Kamchatskiy 336.90, and Syktykvar 147.60. DLC. 78502. EKSTRAND, R. E. G. Phytopathological aspects of the overwintering of cereals and grasses and some other crops in northern Europe. (In: International Recent adBotanical Congress 1959. vances ... 1961, v. 1, p. 536-39.) Deals with four genera and some two dozen species of these fungi in Fennoscandia. Some of them are more common in its northern, arctic part. Plants or parts affected, relationships to host (parasitic, saprophytic), temperature effect on development, and host resistance, are noted. DLC.

EKSTRAND, It E. O., see No. 79582. 78503. ELAGIN, I. N. Pervye itogi lesokul'turnykh rabot v doline r. Kamchatki. (Okhrana prirody Sibiri i Dal'nego Vostoka 1962, no. 1, p. 61-70, tables, graphs, illus.) 5 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: First results of silvicultural work in Kamchatka River valley. Reports results of planting pine, cedar, larch, birch, etc. for reforestation. In all, 41.4 hectares were planted since 1951, including 19.49 ha. with pine and 8.35 ha. with dwarf pine. Data on growth of young trees in conditions of Kamchatka climate are given; need for fire protection and extension of the planting program are stressed. DLC. ELDRED, E., see No. 83325. ELFORD, L. W., see No. 79414. 78504. ELIADE, M. Mythologies asiatiques et folklore sud-est europeen. (Revue de l'histoire des religions 1961, no. 2, p. 157-212.) Refs. In French. Title tr.: Asiatic mythology and southeast European folklore. Includes, p. 178-88, the cosmogonic myths of the Ob Ugrian, Samoyeds, DLC. Yakuts, and Yeniseians. 78505. ELIADE, M. Naissances mystiques. Paris, Gallimard 1959. 275 p. Refs. In French. Title tr.: Mystic births. Includes, p. 188-206, a description of Yakut, Tungus, Samoyed, and Eskimo shamanistic initiation rites. Translated into English by W. R. Trask as Birth and rebirth, New York, 1958. DLC. 78506. ELIADE, M. Recent works on shamanism. (History of religions 1961. v. 1, no. 1, p. 152-86.) Refs. Discusses various interpretations of this phenomenon of religious ecstasy: origin, connection with tutelary clan animal, magic paraphernalia, animation and transformation rites, etc. The studies reviewed from the 1950's include some 25 on northern North American and Eurasian aborigines. DLC. 78507. ELIADE, M. Techniques de (Istituto l'extase et langages secrets. italiano per it Medio ed Estremo Oriente. Conferenze 1955. v. 2, p. 57-79.) 23 refs. In French. Title tr.: Techniques of ecstasy and secret languages. Study of practices preparatory to the shamanistic trance, especially the imitation of bird and animal calls enabling the shaman

to identify himself with the animal and communicate with animal spirits. A reversion of the shaman to a paradisiacal stage of man-animal egality by means of a secret cant is known, amonggothers, to the Lapps, Ostyaks, Yakuts, Tungus, ChukDLC. chis, and Eskimos. 78508. EL'IANOV, M. D. Stratigrafirå chetvertichnykh otlozhenil verkhov'ev Kolymy i Indigirki. (In: Mezhvedomstvennoe soveshchanie ... Trudy 1959, p. 458-64, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: Stratigraphy of Quaternary deposits on the upper Kolyma and Indigirka. Reports study in the Sanga-Tolon, Nera, Taskan and other regions. Three glaciations are established. Lower, Middle, Upper and Recent Quaternary deposits are determined according to macroflora, mammal bones and spore-pollen analyses. The Lower Quaternary are divided into preglacial and glacial layers; Middle into interglacial and glacial, and the Upper Quaternary also in interglacial and glacial. Some cross-sections are described in considerable detail. Gold placers of Kolyma and Indigirka are of ICRL. Recent age. 78509. ELIASEN, E. Den almindelige cirkulation i den nedre atmosfaere. (Naturens verden July 1961. v. 45, p. 193-204, +, maps, illus.) In Danish. Title tr.: The general circulation in the lower atmosphere. Reviews present knowledge of the lower 20 km. of the earth's atmosphere in the Northern Hemisphere. The circulation is centered around the north polar region. Meridional and vertical variations and their seasonal changes are described. Importance of the low pressure area southeast of Greenland, and high pressure areas over Siberia and Canada is noted, as is the nature of hydrospheric and atmospheric transfer of heat toward the polar region. DLC. 78510. ELIASOV, L. E. Russkil fol'klor Vostochnol Sibiri; chest' 2. Ulan-Ude 1960. 480 p. Over 300 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Russian folklore of Eastern Siberia, pt. 2. In sequence to No. 64370. Discusses genre, style, geographic origin, and typological classification of folk legends of the 17-19th century. They deal with the origin and way of life, aborigines, their contacts with Russian settlers, local topoDLC. nymics, notable individuals, etc. 78511. ELIASSEN, E., and I. HJELMTVEDT. The loss of water in wind drifted 289

migratory birds: Bergen 1958. 20 p. tables, graphs, maps. (Bergen. Univ. Årbok. Naturvitenskapelig rekke, no. I1.) 6 refs. Theoretical analysis of loss of weight (water) in land birds stranded on the weathership Polarfront I some 450 km. east of Cape Farvel, Greenland. It is concluded that heat loss by evaporation accounts for 35-40% of the total water loss; some 25-30% originates from fat metabolism, the rest from the interstitial water reservoir. The 16 species examined DLC. normally do not drink sea water. ELIN, S. N., see No. 79194. ELINA, N. A., see No. 82117. ELINA, V. N., see No. 80636. ELIOT, G., see No. 81028. 78512. ELISEEV, E. N., and S. I. SMIRNOVA. 0 rastvorimosti pentlandita. (Materialy po mineralogii Kol'skogo poluostrova 1959. no. 1, p. 176-79, tables, graph.) 2 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: On the solubility of pentlandite. Reports tests of pentlandite, from Monche and Pechenga tundras of Kola Peninsula, to obtain its monomineralic fraction: pentlandite samples were put in hydrochloric acid of 5% concentration and exposed for some time to 20°, 60°, and 100° C. temperature. Effects upon its composition, specific weight, structure, and other features are reported. At 60° C. partial, and at higher temperature complete solubility was obtained. Its monomineralic fraction under exposure to hydrochloric acid is considered unobtainable, because of the changes in composition and physical properties. DLC. 78513. ELISEEV, N. A., and others. Aleksandr Alekseevich Polkanov. (Vsesoillznoe mineralogicheskoe ob-vo. Zapiski 1963. ser. 2, v. 92, no. 3, p. 381-83, photo.) In Russian. Outlines the life and scientific activities of this well known geologist, paleontologist and mineralogist. He taught at Perm and Leningrad Universities. His studies on Kola Peninsula, the Baltic Shield and other areas of the USSIt and Fennoscandia are characterized. He was organizer and chairman of the Precambrian laboratory at the Academy of Sciences of the USSR. Absolute age determination of rocks and minerals by the K-Ar, Rb-Sr and other methods was one of his major contributions. DLC.

290

78514. ELISEEV, N. A. Novye dannye po strukture Lovozerskogo massive. (Leningrad. Univ. Vestnik 1961. no. 12, p. 161-63.) 10 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: New data on the structure of the Lovozero massif. Reviews No. 57188, 63698, 63700, 67949 and other works on the geologic structure and petrology of this massif in central Kola Peninsula. Certain errors are corrected, and the origin of primary lamination, map compilation, interpretation of sections, etc. DLC. are discussed. ELIZABETH CLARE, Sister. 78515. The Sisters of Providence in the Northwest, an historical survey. (Alaska medicine 1962. v. 4, no. 3, p. 60-61, port.) Reviews hospital work by this Roman Catholic Order, including Alaska since 1902. Hospitals in Fairbanks and Anchorage are operated by the Sisters. CaMAI. 78516. ELIZAROV, A. A. Ob okeanologicheskikh uslovifakh, opredelfafushchikh urozhalnost' pokolenil vazhnelshikh promyslovykh ryb v severo-zapadnol chasti Severnol Atlantiki. (Okeanologifå 1963. v. 3, no. 6, p. 1065-78, graphs, tables, map.) 40 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: On the oceanologic conditions determining the yield of generations of the most prominent commercial fishes in the northwestern part of the North Atlantic. Discusses environmental factors affecting fish population conditions in the Labrador and Newfoundland areas. Water temperature, main indicator of the oceanologic regime, is analyzed for the 0-200 m. layer. Influence of temperature conditions on development of spawn and larvae is dealt with, as are the fluctuations in yield of cod and haddock according to water temperature regime. Possibilities of forecasting commercial fishes from temperature conditions DLC. are discussed. ELKAIM, P., see No. 83432. 78517. ELKIN, K. F. Vydati shØfa defåtel' sibirskogo okhotovedenifa; k 60letifü prof. V. N. Skalona. (Sel'skokhozislstvennoe proizvodstvo Sibiri i Dal'nego Vostoka 1963, no. 5, p. 8586, illus.) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Outstanding promoter of the hunting industry in Siberia, Prof. V. N. Skalon's 60th birthday. Tribute to Vasilil Nikolaevich Skalon, noting his expeditions to study hunting from 1924, including those to Narym 1927, Taz 1929, Angara 1931, and Taymyr 1932-34. He worked in 1935-38 at the Yakut zone station of the Arctic Institute,

and in 1938-41 in the Konda Sos'va Preserve; since 1950 he has headed the Hunting Science Division of Irkutsk Institute of Agriculture. His main works out of nearly 230 publications are listed. DLC. 78518. ELLIOT, J. Special sonar transducers for use on nuclear submarines under the polar ice cap. San Diego, Cal. 1962. 18 p. graphs, illus. (U.S. Navy Electronics Laboratory. Research and development report, NEL/Report 980.) Ref. Describes design and development of a projector-hydrophone ensemble with which USS Sargo, Skate, and Sea Dragon were equipped. In later models, a parasitic projector-hydrophone ensemble, the polynya delineator, was incorporated. Work of Feb. 1959-1961 on the transducers to be incorporated in a new sonar system called the "ice suit" is reported. The projector is designed to withstand abrasive force of the sail breaking through ice and impact forces due to floe ice encountered when surfacing and diving. The transducers are to be operational at hydrostatic pressures up to 750 p.s.i. and to withstand temperatures from 100° to —65° F. Results of tests are DN-HO. graphed. 78519. ELLIOTT, F. E. Mean monthly cloud cover over the USSR. Ithaca, N.Y., General Electric Advanced Electronics Center at Cornell University 1960. v, 98 p. map, tables. (General Electric Advanced Electronics Center at Cornell Univ. Technical information series no. R60 ELC 31.) Ref. Small-scale folded map indicates location of about 150, including 26 arctic stations, which provided data for the monthly overlays, showing the cloudiness in tenths of sky cover over the USSR. Also shown are areas of least and greatest cloud cover for the year: greatest in winter months in the northeast, in summer least in the northwest and along the arctic coast. Tables give length of record (2-50 yrs.), location, and mean monthly cloud cover in percent, for each station. DWB. 78520. ELLIOTT, F. E. Physical types and regional patterns of the marine surface waters of the earth. Ithaca, N.Y. 1960. iii, 32 I. table, maps. (General Electric Advanced Electronics Center at Cornell Univ., Ithaca, N.Y. Technical information series no. R60 ELC45. Condensed from No. 57866. DI. ELLIOTT, H. W., see Nos. 84331, 84332.

78521. ELLIOTT, L. Feel like climbing Mt. McKinley? (Alaska sportsman 1963. v. 29, no. 5, p. 8-9, +, illus.) Biographical sketch of Don Sheldon, noted Alaskan bush pilot, describing especially his aid to climbers on Mt. McKinley. DI. 78522. ELLIS, B. M. Engineers thaw permafrost problem. (Western business and industry 1962. v. 36, no. 5, p. 81-84, diagr.) Describes the water system developed by Underwood, McLellan and Associates Ltd. for International Nickel Co. of Canada in Thompson, Manitoba. In this area on the fringe of the permafrost zone, ice layers up to six inches thick are horizontally interbedded with solidly frozen clay, sand, and silt soils. The system consists of three loops, under 1800 house lots on crescent shaped streets, to allow continuous water pipe with no dead ends. Water is pumped from Burntwood River into the treatment plant, its temperature is raised to 50° F. by added hot water, then it is circulated. Details of pipe materials, dimensions, etc. are given. The pipes insulated with copper wire and Styrofoam are nine ft. underground. Heat from the system is breaking down permafrost, causing pipes to break. Building and house foundaCaONL. tions are sinking also. 78523. ELLIS, C. D. Spoken Cree, west coast of James Bay. Toronto, Anglican Church of Canada, Dept. of Missions 1962. 26 parts, together 426 p. Typescript. 19 refs. Presents a course of instruction for use with recordings or a native speaker as model, primarily to suit the needs of Anglican missionary personnel. The Swampy Cree dialect is spoken in Manitoba and northern Ontario; Cree is the largest single language of the Algonquian family, spoken from northern Quebec to the Rocky Mts. The 25 lessons in a sequence roughly following the yearly round of community activity at Fort Albany, deal with greetings, names, useful expressions; weather, health; finding the way, relatives; village activities; counting; geese and ducks; the trading-post, sizes, prices; fall fishing; canoe loading; the old folks; nurse; a visit; the clinic; engine troubles; hunting and guides; getting married; several lessons, grammar, vocabulary, etc. are included. CaOGB. 78524. ELMANOV, I. P. Burenie a produvkol vozdukhom trekhsharosheØymi dolotami pri razvedke korennykh

291

mestorozhdenil almazov v lAkutR. (Moskva. Moskovskil geologorazvedochnyl inst. Trudy 1963, no. 39, p. 112-20, tables, graph.) 13 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Air drilling with a three-cone bit for prospecting primary diamond deposits in Yakutia. This type of drilling with air-flush is widely used in the USSR for prospecting of coal, oil, gas and other minerals. It is full-hole drilling and replaces core drilling. Tests were made to find if it could be used for search of diamond deposits; the results are reported: it is found progressive, effective and less expensive. The technolDLC. ogy is described in detail. 78525. ELOVSKAKA, A. G. Kratkie itogi issledovanifil pochvennogo pokrova !Akutii. (In: Sibirskaiå konferentsifå pochvovedov 1961. Trudy pub. 1962, p. 225-38, table.) 25 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Short account of the investigation of the Yakutia soil cover. Reviews the literature. Podsolic soils are almost absent, and soddy-forest soils They are characterized predominate. generally and according to subtypes, as are the humous-carbonate, soddy carbonate, etc., their distribution, composition, and other features indicated. The first requirement is completion of a 1:1 million soil map for the entire Yakut ASSR. A systematic list of its soils is given, noting DLC. the various cryogenic types. ELOVSKAKA, L. G., see No. 84691. ELOVSKIKH, V. V., see Nos. 81348, 82561. 78526. ELSNER, R. W. Comparison of Australian aborigines, Alacaluf Indians, and Andean Indians. (Federation proceedings 1963. v. 22, no. 3, pt. 1, p. 840-42, graphs.) 4 refs. Review of cold-responses during sleep. When compared to those of Caucasians, they were found to be generally related to core temperatures, insulation as indicated by skin temperatures, and to heat producDLC. tion and distribution. 78527. ELSNER, R. W., and A. BOLSTAD. Thermal and metabolic responses to cold of Peruvian Indians native to high altitude. Fort Wainwright, Alaska 1963. 25 p. tables, illus. (U.S. Arctic Aeromedical Lab. TDR-62-64.) 15 refs. Metabolic rate of eight Peruvian Indians during nightlong exposure to 2-5° C. did not differ significantly from that of Caucasian controls. Differences however were

292

found in the higher hand and foot temperature, and lower rectal temperature of the Indians. Chewing coca had no effect CaMAI. on their responses. ELSNER, R. W., see also Nos. 81266, 83314. • 78528. ELVER, R. B. The Canadian iron ore industry in 1962. Ottawa, Queen's Printer 1963. vii, 100 p. maps, graphs, tables, illus. (Canada. Dept. of Mines and Technical Surveys. Mineral information bulletin MR67.) Refs. Similar in treatment to earlier reports (No. 71258 etc.). Producers included the Iron Ore Co. of Canada, Carol Lake, Schefferville, and Sept-Iles operations, and the Quebec Cartier Mining Company's Lac Jeannine and Port Cartier developments. Wabash Mines is developing a deposit near Wabash Lake in Labrador, with production to start in 1965. Eight other companies are carrying out exploration and development in Northern Quebec-Labrador. Maps show producers, by-product producers, prospective producers, and exploration areas. Summary report by the same author pub. in Canadian mining journal 1963, v. DGS. 84, no. 2, p. 91-96. EMBRY, R. S., see No. 83835. 78529. EMIROGLU, F., and others. The sensitivity of chemoreceptors of the dog during progressive hypothermia. (Archives internationales de physiologie et de biochimie 1962. v. 70, no. 1, p. 41-48, illus.) 6 refs. Other authors: N. Gökhan and E. Cirpili. Anesthetized dogs cooled by immersion showed in the majority of cases increased discharge of chemoreceptors. But the onset of response to hypoxia was somewhat delayed, when compared to normothermic DNLM. controls. 78530. EMMANUEL, M. La France et l'exploration polaire, de Verrazano å La Perouse, 1523-1778. Paris, Nouvelles Editions Latines 1959. 396 p. maps. In French. Title tr.: France and polar exploration from Verrazano to La Perouse, 1523-1778. The section on the Arctic (p. 39-187) deals with searches for the Northwest and Northeast Passages, the 17th century Spitsbergen whalers, and the principal explorations of fur traders, missionaries, and soldiers between 1650 and 1760 on the St. Lawrence River, in Labrador, Hudson Bay, and northwestern Canada. CaOG.

78531. EMSLIE, R. F. Michikamau Lake, east half, Quebec-Newfoundland 23-1 (EM). Ottawa, Queen's Printer 1963. 4 p. fold. map 31-1963. (Canada. Geological Survey. Paper 63-20.) 2 refs. Maps on a scale of 1 in.:4 mi. eight Precambrian rock types, also structural and glacial features of this relatively inaccessible area about 100 mi. east-southeast of Schefferville. Fine- to medium-grained, gray foliated granodiorite and granite underlie a large part of the map-area, the western part of a large anorthositic intrusion underlies the east-central part; magnetite-rich, probably titanium-bearing bands and zones occur in the anorthositic rocks on the west shore of Michikamau Lake; these are too small to be of economic importance, but may indicate larger deposits nearby. This map area adjoins that of No. 69324. DGS. EMSLIE-SMITH, D., see No. 82397. ENDOVI'nKA11, I. S., see No. 77597. ENDRÖCZI, E., see No. 84500. 78532. ENEMARK, D. C., and K. A. ANDERSON. Instrumentation for auroral zone balloon experiments and summary of field operations. 1959. 11, 17 1. tables, diagrs. (Iowa. State Univ. Technical report 59-17.) 4 refs. Describes balloons, cosmic ray detectors, construction methods, and circuits used in constant level balloon flights made from Fort Churchill, Man. in Aug.-Sept. 1958, and from Fairbanks, Alaska in Apr. 1959. Results of observations are tabulated; instruments and circuits are shown in diagrams. None of the 26 payloads launched from Fort Churchill during 1957 and 1958 or the five from Fairbanks was recovered. DWB. ENEMARK, D. C., see also No. 79604. 78533. ENEQUIST, G. Norrbottens rikedomar, kommentarer till fem kartverk. (Svenska turistföreningen. Årsskrift 1963, p. 9-35, illus.) In Swedish. Title tr.: Norrbotten's wealth, commentary on five maps. Summarizes five ages of cartography as exemplified in the Carla marina of northern Europe by Olaus Magnus, a pictorial map pub. 1539 during the age of geographical exploration. Andreas Buren's Laponiae, pub. in 1626 was the first real map of northern Europe, the land elements quite recognizable. In 1796 the Swedish land

survey map of Samuel Gustaf Hermelin first presented results of Norrbotten surveys carried out by mining engineer Anton Schwab and cartographer Clas Wellman; it includes current place names, mines, sawmills, and communication routes. The 19th century series of topographic and economic maps include northern Sweden at 1:200,000 scale as compared with 1:100,000 elsewhere. Present-day airphoto maps are also noted, their accuracy, efficiency, etc. DGS. ENGLISH, T. S., see No. 77086. 78534. ENQUIST, F. K. Die glaziale Entwicklungsgeschichte Nordwestskandinaviens. Stockholm 1918. 143 p. maps, illus. (Sweden. Geologiska undersökning. Avhandlingar och uppsatser, ser. C, no. 285.) 115 refs. In German. Title tr.: The history of glacial development in northwest Scandinavia. Second of Enquist's two main publications (cf. No. 4634), contains a detailed description of the Pleistocene ice sheet, its extent and thickness, location of the icedivide and direction of ice movement. Full discussion of the events and localities involved in the late glacial interval is followed by an outline of the ice retreat and local glaciation in post-glacial time. Glacial geology of northern Norway and Sweden 65°-69° N. is mapped at 1 in.:16 mi. Small-scale maps show Late Quaternary uplift, observation stations for local glaciation, extent of the ice sheet, the ice-divide, local glacier moraines, arctic fossil plant collection sites, also glacier-covered peaks during the post glacial warming and at DGS. present. EPIFANOV, P. P., see No. 83098. 78535. EPSHTEIN, A. L'goty dlf. rabotaf0shchikh na Kral/1m Severe. (Sovetskie profsofilzy 1963. v. 19, no. 18, p. 44-45.) In Russian. Title tr.: Hardship allowances for people working in the far North. Letters to the editor on grievances in connection with compensation rates, salary adjustments, housing allowances, leave and sickness benefits, etc. from northern areas including Noril'sk, Magadan, northern Tyumen Province, the Nenets National District, and Murmansk. Editor's answers are based on recent Soviet labor provisions for work in the far North. DLC. 78536. EPSHTEIN, E. Daleko ot Moskvy. (Sovetskafä muzyka 1963. v. 27, no. 9, p. 95-99.) In Russian. Title tr.: Far from Moscow.

293

Describes, among others, a visit to Noril'sk and a tour of its mining combine: it school for music has been built recently, and the Krasnoyarsk Philharmonic comes regularly to give concerts in its auditorium. DLC. 78537. EPSHTEIN, E. M. Avtoreakf.sionnye skarny ul'traosnovnykh-shchelochnykh kompleksov, novafå forma£sifå flogopitovykh mestorozhdeniL (Akademifä nauk SSSR. Nauchnyl sovet po izuchenifii zakonomernostel razmeshchenifa poleznykh iskopaemykh. Zakonomernosti razmeshchenifå poleznykh iskopaemykh 1962. v. 6, p. 441-54, tables, maps.) In Russian. Title tr.: Auto-reaction skarns of ultrabasic-alkaline complexes, a new formation of phlogopite deposits. Reports discovery of a new genetic type of phlogopite deposits connected with zones with metasomatic intensively altered ultrabashes, occurring in intrusive formations of ultrabasic-alkaline rocks. Such phlogopite deposits are found in Gulinskiy pluton, in the Kotuy-Maymecha River region. Geology and petrology of magmatic rocks of the Gulinskiy pluton are described. Among rocks connected with phlogopite occurrence, so-called auto-reaction skams have the main place; they are skam-like rocks formed without reaction relation with limestones as a result of calcium metasomatosis of ultrabasic, alkaline-ultrabasic, and basic rocks. Further search of these large phlogopite deposits is suggested. DLC. 78538. EPSHTEIN, E. M. Del tel'nost' V. V. Krestinina po izuchenifd russkogo Severs,. (Petrozavodsk. Universitet. Uchenye zapiski 1957. v. 7, no. 1, pub. 1958, p. 152-66.) Approx. 20 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: V. V. Krestinin's contributions to the study of the Russian North. Discusses the work of this 18th century amateur-scientist: geographic description and economic appraisal of Kolguyev Island, Novaya Zemlya, the Pechora and Mezen regions, ethnographic sketches of the Nenets Samoyeds, etc. His papers are based on expeditionary reports and information from fur traders, whalers, and travelers. He published the first sailing directions for the Novaya Zemlya waters and correctly surmised the archipelago to be a northern spur of the Ural Mts. He also wrote a book on the history of the city of ArkhanDLC. gel'sk, pub. in 1792. 78539. EPSHTEIN, E. M., and L. I. ANIKFEVA. Nekotorye voprosy geologii

294

i petrologi kompleksa ul'traosnovnykh shchelochnykh intruzivnykh porod. (Akademifa nauk SSSR. Inst. geologii rudnykh mestorozhdenil, petrografii, mineralogii i geokhimii. Fiziko-khimicheskie problemy formirovanifa gornykh porod i rud 1963. no. 2, p. 182-95, tables, graphs, map.) 16 In Russian. English summary. refs. Title tr.: Some problems of the geology and petrology of an ultrabasic,-alkaline intrusive rock complex. Describes a complex on the northern margin of the Siberian platform, the juncture zone of the Anabar anteclise with the Tungusskiy syneclise and Khatanga depression. Lower Paleozoic sedimentary rocks and overlying traps and effusives are cut by differentiated intrusions of ultrabasic-alkaline rock series. Most completely differentiated is the Gulya plutonic plug revealing four stages of magmatic activity, which are described in turn. The intrusive rocks are comagmatic; the sequence in the replacement of mineral parageneses is determined by the alkali regime in the melt as well as by the content of alumina, silica and magnesium. The carbonatites are probably of hydrothermal origin. DLC. EPSHTEIN, I., see No. 82494. EPSTEIN, E. S., see No. 84513. 78540. EPSTEIN, V. S. Shaft raising and sinking in Sweden. (Symposium on Shaft Sinking and Tunneling, London 1959. Proceedings pub. 1960. p. 119-38, sections, illus.) 11 refs. Describes the chief methods used for driving raises (passage-ways between work places at different levels in mine) including two-compartment and single-compartment raises; use of the steel ladder platform and the drilling platform; raising with long holes and the development of the drilling platform elevator. Merits of each method are discussed and operational results are given. Some features of Swedish shaftsinking methods are described, with special reference to the shaft loading equipment developed at the Kiruna mine. DGS. EREMENKO, I. V., see No. 80990. 78541. EREMIN, D. Drevnee russkoe more. (Moskva 1963. v. '7, no. 6, p. 16272.) In Russian. Title tr.: Ancient Russian sea. Describes the hydrological regime of the White Sea narrows and main basin and the economic development of coastal Karelia,

Murmansk and Arkhangel'sk Provinces. Fisheries, mineral, chemical, and lumber industries, power projects, reindeer raising in Lappish kolkhozes, etc. are dealt with in turn. Work at the agricultural experiment stations, nature preserves, and the White Sea Biological Station, are discussed. The station, on Kartesh Bay near Chupa and headed by Nikolai Andreevich Perisov, has two research vessels, the 22-ton Lornonosov, 5-ton Biolog, and several smaller craft. DLC. 78542. ERICKSON, A. W., and L. H. MILLER. Cub adoption in the brown bear. (Journal of mammalogy 1983. v. 44, no. 4, p. 584-85.) Describes a case observed at the McNeil River, Alaska, resulting from a temporary separation of the dam from her three cubs, and her apparent inability to track two of them; the latter joined another dam with own three cubs. Cub adoption is not DLC. common among bears. 78543. ERIKSSON, G. A. Der Bergbau, die Eisen- and Stahl-Industrie im Norden. (Geographische Rundschau 1960. v. 12, no. 6, p. 233-43, 3 text maps.) 16 refs. In German. Reprinted as: Uppsala. Universitet. Geografiska Institutionen. Meddelanden ser. A, no. 150. Title tr.; Mining and the iron and steel industry in Scandinavia. Discusses three periods of this industry, the first two of significance only in the south. After casting of iron became practical, the industry began in the sparsely settled northern region. Its development is traced, and present dependence on transportation costs and world marketing practices discussed. Industrial sites are DLC. mapped. 78544. ERISTIN, E. Marykchanskie parni; perevod s likutskogo: A. Ol'khon. Irkutsk, Irkutskoe knizhnoe izd-vo, 1948. 220 p. In Russian. Title tr.: Lads from Marykchan; translated from Yakut by A. Ol'khon. Novel depicting Yakutia during the civil war, with an obituary of the author by the DLC. translator. 78545. ERLIKH, E. N. Tektonika Anabarskol anteklizy i zakonomernosti profiivleniIå kimberlitovogo i trappovogo vulkanizma. (Akademifa nauk SSSR. fAlcutskii filial. Trudy 1963. ser. geol. no. 9, p. 22-38.) 17 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Tectonics of the Anabar anteclise and manifestation patterns of kimberlite and trap volcanism.

Distinguishes three stages in platformic development of the region. Each is analyzed, noting age, main events and developed structures. Manifestation of kimberlite volcanism is treated and various opinions are reviewed. Kimberlite volcanism is connected with distribution of faults, and the role of structures favoring it is discussed. Its main zones in the Anabar-Olenek region are described. Tectonic conditions for formation of kimberlite bodies are characterized. Distribution of trap volcanism is also outlined. DLC. ERLIKH, E. N., see also Nos. 81269, 84218. ERMAKOV, V., see No. 80403. 78546. ERMAKOVA, I. Uskorennye tempy zapolfiirnol strolki. (Na stroikakh Rossii 1963, no. 10, p. 5-6, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: Acceleration of arctic construction. Discusses progress on the second part of the Apatit combine's apatite-nepheline plant in Khibiny. The Tsentral'nyy mines are planned to begin operation in 1964 with an output of many million tons of apatite ore concentrate. DLC. 78547. ERMOLOV, A. Saamskie skazki. Murmansk, Murmanskoe knizhnoe izd-vo, 1959. 133 p. illus. 6 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Lappish tales. Contains about 70 Lappish legends and tales mainly from the Lake Imandra region and eight Zyryan stories. Lappish folklore, religious beliefs including the seida cult, etc. are discussed and folkloristic studies since the late 19th century reviewed. A glossary of 36 Lappish words is appended. DLC. 78548. ERMOLOVA, N. M. Nekotorye adaptivnye osobennosti konechnostil severnogo oleni . (Moskovskoe obshchestvo ispytatelel prirody. Otd. biol. Bitilleten' 1963, n. ser. v. 68, no. 3, p. 46-60, illus. tables.) 20 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Some adaptive features of reindeer extremities. An anatomic-functional study of the reindeer extremities, especially the mechanistics of their phalanxes as compared to those of deer and elk. The greater lateral spread of the first phalanxes and hoofs, and the greater areas of the latter in contact with the ground are considered as beneficial adaptations to the snow cover, in the reindeer. Paleoclimatological conditions favoring the development of the DLC. reindeer extremity are suggested. 295

EROFEEV, P. N., see No. 77378. EROKHINA, A. A., see No. 78780. 78549. ERSHOV, B., and others. Osobennosti planirovki i zastrolki Vorkuty. (Arkhitektura SSSR 1963, no. 3, p. 24-29, illus.) In Russian. Other authors: L. Ralkin and N. Savchin. Title tr.: The special features of Vorkuta planning and housing. Reviews construction at Vorkuta since 1943, considering the administrative, cultural, and economic functions of the town serving coal-mining settlements along the perifery of the Vorkuta syncline in the Vorkuta, Yun'yaga, Khalmer-Yu, and Vorga-Shor river valleys. The major construction project approved in 1956 was greatly influenced by the specific cryogeological conditions of the region situated as it is where the areas of uniform and island permafrost meet, each requiring a different building technique. The low temperatures and stormy weather require the dwellings and service buildings to be erected in compact self-sustaining units, oriented to secure maximum protection against prevailing winds, and arranged to shield the streets of such urban microregions from drifting snow accumulation. The child care centers are planned to be no more than 200-300 m. from the dwellings and the schools 400-450 m. Perspective drawings, photographs, and plans of three micro-regions, and of the city center are given. The authors' attitude is critical though with constructive suggestions. DLC. ERSKINE, R. P., see No. 82251. 78550. ERSKINE, W. F. Captain Niebaum of Alaska. (Explorers journal 1962. v. 40, no. 3, p. 5-12, illus.) Biographical sketch of G. F. Niebaum, a Finn formerly in Russian American Co. service, who in 1867 formed the Alaska Commercial Co. Its activities included fur sealing on the Pribilof and Commander Islands, salmon canning through its subsidiary Alaska Packers Association, trading by the Northern Commercial Co., steamship lines, etc. DLC. 78551. ERSKINE, W. F. Katmai, a true narrative. London, New York, AbelardSchuman 1963. 223 p. illus. Reconstructs, mostly from contemporary accounts in family diaries, letters, etc., events in the town of Kodiak, Alaska, during the eruption of Katmai volcano in June 1912. DLC.

296

78552. ERSKINE, W. F. White water. London, Abelard-Schuman 1960. 256 p. map, illus. Recounts thirty years' (to 1955) experience seafaring off the Alaskan coast, mainly in the vicinity of Kodiak Island. The author operated small trading vessels till 1941, and after the war piloted a refrigerated freighter from Seattle to Port Williams, Shuyak Island. Life among whites and natives is depicted in some detail. A 1933 whaling trip in Bering Strait for the filming of "The Eskimo" is described, as is U.S. Navy duty through the Labrador Sea to Thule, Greenland, CaONA. etc. ERV'E, ft. G., see No. 77056. 78553. ESHKIN, V. ft. Gidrotermal'nye izmenenifä karbonatnykh porod okolo khrustalenosnykh zhil. (Vsesolllznoe mineralogicheskoe o-vo. Zapiski 1963. ser. 2, v. 92, no. 1, p. 3-14, tables, illus.) 12 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Hydrothermal alteration of carbonate rocks near crystalbearing veins. Reports a seven-year study in the subpolar Ural, with emphasis on mountain crystal veins. The two recognized stages in their formation are described. These differ in tectonics, mineralization and alteration of enclosing rocks. Special attention is given to the hydrothermal alteration of carbonate enclosing rocks. Alteration of marbles of predominantly calcite composition and those of dolomitic composition is described. Alteration of rocks near crystal veins is determined not only by chemical activity of primary rocks, but also by such physical features as porosity and jointing. DLC. 78554. ESIPOVA, R. F., and others. K etiologii ostrykh kishechnykh zabolevanil detel rannego vozrasta v Arkhangel'ske. (Arkhangel'sk. N: issl. inst. dpidemiologii, mikrobiologii i gigieny. Sbornik nauchnykh rabot 1960. no. 4, p. 21-27, tables.) 7 refs. In Russian. Other authors: L. P. Vakhrameeva, N. D. Polfåkova and O. G. Kolpachnikova. Title tr.: Etiology of acute intestinal diseases in young children, in Arkhangelsk. After reviewing briefly earlier work on intestinal baccilli, authors present their own work of isolating intestinal pathogens in Arkhangelsk and determining their role in disorders of children up to the age of two. In about 20% of cases, coli baccilli were the pathogens and the most susceptible were

babies less than a year old. In 1958 serological types 0-111 and 0-55 were most common. DLC. 78555. ESKIMO. Chesterfield Inlet fifty years later. (Its: v. 63, 1962, p. 12-18, illus.) Describes ceremonies in May 1962, marking the 50th anniversary of the Oblate Mission for Eskimos at Chesterfield Inlet, CaMAI. Keewatin District. 78556. ESKIMO. Speaking of Eskimo orthography. (Its: v. 66, 1963. p. 18-19, illus.) Notes confusion caused by oversimplification in the new orthography sponsored by Canadian government; suggests using the spelling adopted by the Oblate missionaries in Aug. 1963, which retains certain groups of consonants; their elimination from the new orthography results in identical spelling of many words of different meaning. CaMAI. ESMOND, W. G., see No. 77507. 78557. ESPING, L. E. Fluktuationer inom smågnagarpopulationer, orsaker och verkninger. (Svensk faunistisk revy, 1953. v. 15, no. 4, p. 111-21, graph, illus.) 21 refs. In Swedish. Summary in English. Title tr.: Fluctuations in small rodent populations, causes and consequences. Discusses fluctuations in numbers of mice, lemmings, hares, squirrels, etc. The genesis and nature of population maxima, external and internal causes of periodicity, diseases, and predators are considered, as is the possible over-exertion of the adrenaline-hypophysis-system. Examples circumpolar in scope are given, and specific cases are cited from arctic Fennoscandia. DLC. ESPMARK, Y., see No. 82649. ESSENWANGER, 0. M., see No. 78254. 78558. ESSLER, W. 0. Radiotelemetry of heart rate and temperature with subdermally implanted sensors. (Interdisciplinary Conference on the use of telemetry in animal behavior and physiology in relation to ecological problems, New York, 1962. Proceedings pub. 1963. p. 341-51, hus., graphs.) Describes the apparatus including transmitters implanted in or attached to the body of the animal under study. Temperature, ECG, and heart rate were studied in unaware, freely moving, or sleeping animals. Included in the study are the arctic fox and arctic ground squirrel. DLC.

ESSMAN, W. B., see Nos. 83327, 83328. 78559. ESSO AIR WORLD. Pacific Northern, the Alaska flag line. (Its: May— June 1963 issue. v. 15, no. 6, p. 142-46, illus.) Outlines the development of this airline which began as Woodley Airways in 1932 with one plane; it has a fleet of Boeing 720 jets, Lockheed Constellations, and Douglas DC-3's, and connects southern Alaska towns with Portland-Seattle. DLC. 78560. ESZTERGÅR, M. Words pertaining to housing and dwelling in the Altaic languages. (Indiana Univ. publications. Uralic and Altaic ser. 1963. v. 23, p. 33-43.) 24 refs. Semantic study including 19 Tungus (Evenki, Eveny) words and 11 Russian loan-words used also in Tungus. DLC. 78561. ETHNOLOGY. Ethnographic atlas. (Its: v. 2, 1963, no. 4, p. 541-48; v. 3, 1964, no. 1, p. 107-116, tables.) Over 100 refs. Presents the eighth and ninth installments of a classification code for a hundred sample societies initiated in the first issue of this journal in 1962 as supplement to G. P. Murdock's World ... sample, q.v. The social structure and kinship terminology of North American tribes, including the Indians and Eskimos of the arctic and North Pacific Coast, are tabulated and correlated in these final installments DSI. of the series. 78562. ETTINGER, I. L., and others. Usilenie sorbaionnol aktivnosti uglel Noril'skogo mestorozhdenifa pod vlifaniem rudonosnol intruzii. (Akademifå nauk SSSR. Doklady 1963. v. 148, no. 4, p. 925-28, table, illus.) 6 refs. In Russian. Other authors: N. G. Matvienko and V. V. Shershukov. Title tr.: Increase of the sorption activity of Noril'sk coal under influence of ore-bearing intrusion. Reports investigation of the coal seams in the Noril'sk deposits which are in the sedimentary stratum and at various distances from a large ore-bearing intrusion. The samples studied disclosed visible changes effected by chemical and physical metamorphism. Invasion of the magmatic mass increases sorption activity of coal. Laboratory tests show activation of the coal at 800-900° C., but deactivation at higher temperatures. DLC. 78563. EUROLA, S., and R. RUUHIJÅRVI. Über die regionale Einteilung der

297

finnischen Moore. (Suomalainen elain- ja kasvitieteellinen seura Vanamo. Tiedonannot: Archivum 1961, no. 16 suppl. p. 49-63, maps, illus.) 28 refs. In German. Title tr.: On the regional distribution of Finnish moors. Reviews recent investigations of moors and their vegetation. Four varieties of moor are common, three of them, aapamoors, are differentiated according to the amount and nature of water, and the distinctive vegetation; the fourth is the palsamoor, common under conditions of climate extremes as in northern Fennoscandia. For each, the hydrology and DLC. vegetation are briefly outlined. 78564. EVANG, K. Factors to be considered in delineating "Arctic" and "Antarctic" in terms of health problems and services. 24 p. (In: WHO Conference on medicine ... 1962.) 47 refs. Discusses size and distribution of arctic populations; delineation and character of the areas; environmental factors encountered by man: cold and acclimation, diet, animal carriers of disease, sunlight, "dilution of life," human and social factors in the settled populations and among newcomers, mental disorders. Final parts deal with medical services for the local and expeCaONA. ditionary populations. 78565. EVANS, D. S. A pulsating auroralzone X-ray event in the 100-second period range. (Journal of geophysical research 1963. v. 68, no. 2, p. 395-400, graphs.) 7 refs. Describes the observation of 100-second periodicity in X-ray intensity at balloon altitudes. The peaks of X-ray intensity are attributed to variations in the flux of electrons and their bombardment of the atmosphere, rather than to the motion effect of the electron precipitation. The conclusion is based on the data recorded by a number of constant level balloons, launched in June 1961 from College, Alaska, carrying scintillation counters as radiation detectors. The relation of periodic bombardment of the atmosphere by electrons to pulsating DLC. aurora is considered. EVANS, D. S., see also Nos. 77018, 77039, 77040, 77711. EVANS, H. E., see No. 79343. 78566: EVANS, J. E., and A. E. BELON. ?reliininary results from coordinated measurements of auroras. (American Geophysical Union. Transactions 1963. v. 44, no: 4, p. 1073-83, graphs map.) 298

Reports investigations aiming at determining the relationship between incident fluxes, energy spectra, and angular distribution of particles (mainly electrons and protons) coming into the region of aurora. Data are given on vertical distribution of the auroral luminosity, the time and space uniformity of the luminosity over the ranges pertinent to the coordinated particles and ionization measurements, and on the electron concentration and the locations and shapes of ionized regions in the vicinity, of the aurora. Observations were made from ground stations at College, Ft. Yukon, Betties, Kotzebue, and Pt. Barrow, from aircraft, and a satellite launched in Feb. 1962. DLC.

78567. EVANS, S. Radio techniques for the measurement of ice thickness. (Polar record 1963. v. 11, no. 73, p. 406-410, tables.) 7 refs. Describes some experimental work since 1957 with radar systems: A. H. Waite of the U.S. Army Signal Laboratory used a radar altimeter type SCR 718 of 440 Mc./s. frequency for measuring ice in the Antarctic and to 300 m. depth at Tuto in Greenland. At the Scott Polar Research Institute, workers are developing an instrument of 30 Mc./s. frequency and accuracy of ± 5 m. range in ice. It contains a continuous chart recorder and is to be mounted externally on a Muskeg snow vehicle; its chief defect is in collecting too much information. Parameters for both systems are tabulated. DGS. EVANS, S., see also Nos. 78054, 82150. 78568. EVANS, V. J., and others. Recovery from liquid-nitrogen temperature of established cell lines frozen in chemically defined medium. (National Cancer Inst. Journal 1962. v. 29, no. 4, p. 749-57, graph, tables.) 22 refs. Other authors: Montes de Oca, J. Bryant, E. L. Schilling and J. E. Shannon. Human skin epithelium, monkey kidney epithelium and mouse fibrosarcoma cells, frozen in the medium + 6% or 12% glycerol and stored at liquid-N temperature, proliferated when thawed. However they survived freezing only when stored at specific concentrations of glycerol, and after individual procedures of its dilution, following thawing. DNLM. EVDOKIMOV, F. I., see No 79070. EVDOB IMOV, fl?. S., see No. 84091: EVDOKIMOVA, T. I., see No: 79582.

X18569. I:VENTOV, I. M. Snegooehistiteli. Moskva-Leningrad, Gos. nauØo-tekhnieheskoe izd-vo mashinostroitel'nol i sudostroitel'nol lit-ry, 1954. 144 p. illus. 28 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Snowclearing equipment. Describes snowplows, blowers, and loaders used on the roads of the Soviet Union. Maintenance problems and work organization are discussed. Classification of the snow cover and physical and mechanical properties of snow are outlined in the first DLC. chapter. 78570. EVERETT, B. N., Jr. The southeast spur of Mount McKinley. (American alpine journal 1963. v. 13, no. 2, p. 381-89, illus.) 2 refs. Describes the first ascent over this route by a six-man party, a "heavy" or "slow" expedition, whose ten high-altitude campsites were placed close together, food rations were 2.5 lb. per man/day, packs 50 lb., etc. Two of the party reached the summit June 29; the three-day descent was completed without incident. Eight photos show some difficulties. DGS. 78571. EVERETT, N. B., and S. J. WEBER. Cell proliferation in the adrenal of control and cold exposed rats. Fort Wainwright, Alaska 1963. 8 p. table, illus. (U.S. Arctic Aeromedical Lab. TDR-63-7.) 12 refs. Mature rats exposed to 5° C. showed an increase of new cell formation in the glomerular and fasciculate zones of the adrenal but not in the reticular zone. This indicates a functional independence of these zones. The chromaffin cell of the medulla had a low rate of renewal which CaMAI. seemed unaffected by cold.

Mednyy Island and 11likol"skoy/e, eehler of the Aleut National District, on Beringa Island; Petropavlovsk and the boat trip up the Kamchatka River; Ust'-Kamchatsk with its fisheries and canneries, NizhneKamchatsk, Klyuchi and its volcanological station, the lumber camps at Kozyrevsk, the mineral water and mud sanitarium of Nachiki, etc. Experimental drilling for steam in the Paratunka and Pauzhetka hot-spring regions, is noted, the steam to be used for heating and power projects. The first try in 1959 a failure, the second to 234 m. depth brought steam and water of 177° C. under pressure of 3 atm. DLC. 78574. EVGEN'EV, B. S. Strela nad okeanom; iz zapisok o poezdke na Kamchatku. Moskva, Gos. izd-vo geograficheskoT lit-ry 1961. 200 p. illus. Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Arrow over the ocean; from notes on a trip to Kamchatka. Describes his summer 1959 travels: a 20-hr. flight from Moscow to Petropavlovskin-Kamchatka, voyage to the Commander Islands, visiting Preobrazhenskoye on Mednyy and Nikol'skoye on Beringa Island; a boat trip to Usti-Kamchatka and up the Kamchatka River with stops in Klyuchi and Kozyrevsk; flight to Petropavlovsk, and trips to Nachiki and Paratunka hot springs. Natural resources were examined en route, fur seals and foxes in the Commander Islands, fishes, timber, coal, peat, hot springs, etc. Collective and state farms and their activities are described, as are the forestry undertakings, lumber mills, fish-canneries observed. Scientific institutions are sketched and achievements recognized in various fields of economic development and research. DLC.

78572. EVERETT, N. B., and R. W. CAFFREY. Rate of red cell formation in rats at 24° C. and at 5° C. (Anatomical record 1962. v. 143, no. 4, p. 339-44, illus.) 18 refs. Account of experiments with rats exposed for 4, 5 and 6 weeks to 24° or 5° C. using Fe" for red cell labelling. The rate of erythrocyte formation was the same in the experimental animals as in controls, in DNLM. younger as in older groups.

78575. EVGEN'EV, I. B., and L. I. KUZNE'I!SOVA. Chelovek, kotoryl iskal... (Nash sovremennik 1957, no. 2, p. 278-92.) In Russian. Title tr.: He who searched... Sketch of L. A. Kulik and his expedition of 1927-1930 to search for the 1908 Tunguska meteorite. V. Sytin, a member of his second abortive expedition in 1937-1939, adds statement of the hypothesis that the meteorite exploded before impact and its fragments were strewn hundreds of km. beyond the assumed area of fall. DLC.

78573. EVGEN'EV, B. S. Strela nad okeanom. (Moskva 1960. v. 4, no. 4, p. 126-69; no. 6, p. 113-52, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: Arrow over the ocean. Sketches some features of the trip described infra. The life of sea-mammal hunters and fur farmers of Preobrazhenskoye on

78576. EVGEN'EV, V. Kladovafå soli. (Sibirskie ogni 1962. v. 41, no. 8, p. 122.) In Russian. Title tr.: Salt treasure-trove. Sketches a 17th century discovery of a salt spring on the Kempendyay River in the Vilyuy basin of Yakutia, also later finds along the Vilyuy. Salt deposits

299

revealed in the course of oil surveys in the Lena basin are noted: the Olekminsk, Namana, Ust-Biryuk, Bulguntyakhtakh, and Solyanovskoye deposits, the last alone estimated at about a billion tons. DLC. 78577. EVLASHIN, L. S. Nekotorye zakonomernosti povedenifå vodorodnol emissü v poltxrnykh sitäniläkh. (Geomagnetism i aeronomifa 1963. v. 3, no. 3, p. 496-501, table, maps.) 14 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Certain regularities in the behavior of hydrogen emission in auroras. Reports on the results of observations at Murmansk, with a C-180-S camera used during four seasons, 1957-1961. It was found that an intrusion of hydrogen atoms may take place in form of a wide ring-like band near the zone of maximum auroral frequency of occurrence. In 24 hours the entire band is displaced over the nearpolar region, depending on the position of the earth with respect to the sun. References are made also to observations at Churchill and College. DLC. 78578. EVOLA, K. Psychiatric-psychological observations in arctic areas of FennoScandia inhabited by Lapps and Finns. 8 p. table. (In: WHO Conference on medicine ... 1962.) Comments on the geography, climate and population of the area; arctic hysteria, most typical in women over 40; alcoholism; arctic psychosis; depression of the long night; overstrain. CaONA. 78579. EVONUK, E., and J. P. HANNON. Cardiovascular and pulmonary effects of noradrenaline in the cold-acclimatized rat. (Federation proceedings 1963. v. 22, no. 3, pt. 1, p. 911-16, graphs.) 8 refs. Account of experiments indicating that cold-adapted rats show a superior response to noradrenaline than non-adapted controls, as far as cardiovascular and pulmonary activities are concerned. This is largely due to increased cardiac output and preferential reduction of systemic resistance thus increasing the blood flow to the DLC. tissues. 78580. EVONUK, E., and J. P. HANNON. Cardiovascular function and norepinephrinethermogenesis in cold-acclimatized rats. (American journal of physiology 1963. v. 204, no. 5, p. 888-94, table, ill us.) 11 refs. Norepinephrine infusion caused greater increase in cardiac output, heart rate, stroke volume and right atrial pressure in cold-adapted than in warm-adapted rats.

300

The former showed a greater maximumresponse in arterial pressure, up to the 25% level of increased metabolism, but beyond DLC. that level, it declined sharply. 78581. EVONUK, E., and J. P. HANNON. Pulmonary effects of cold acclimatization Fort and norepinephrine calorigenesis. Wainwright, Alaska 1963. 10 p. illus. (U.S. Arctic Aeromedical Lab. TDR-6257.) 4 refs. Norepinephrine infusion produced an 85% increase of pulmonary minute volume in both warm- and cold-acclimatized rats. In the latter the increase was largely achieved by increasing the tidal volume with a slight increase in respiratory rate. Cold acclimatization was also found associated with a greater "efficiency of oxygen CaMAI. extraction." 78582. EVONUK, E., and J. P. HANNON. Pulmonary function during norepinephrineinduced calorigenesis in cold-acclimatized rats. (Journal of applied physiology 1963. v. 18, no. 6, p. 1213-16, graphs.) 4 refs. Norepinephrine infusion produced an 85% increase in the pulmonary minute volume of cold- or warm-acclimatized rats. In the cold-adapted group, this increase was achieved mainly by elevated tidal volume and a slight raise in respiratory rate. DLC. EVONUK, E., see also Nos. 79256, 81265, 84034. 78583. EVSEEV, G. P. Perspektivy neftegazonosnosti severs Zapadno-Sibirskol nizmennosti. (Leningrad. Vses. neftflinol n: issl. geologorazvedochnyl inst. Trudy 1963, no. 225, p. 285-302, map.) 12 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Prospects for oil and gas in the northern West Siberian lowland. Reviews recent prospecting between the Ural Mts. and Taz Peninsula. Oil and gas occurrences in the Paleozoic and MesozoicCenozoic cover are reported in some detail noting productive structures, type of manifestation, reservoir rocks, depths, and other features. A schematic map of oil and gas prospects is included and explained. Promising regions are distinguished and appraisal given. DLC. EVSEEV, G. P., see also No. 77988. 78584. EVSEEV, P. Partilno-komsomol'skie gruppy na tralovom flote. (Partilnafa zhizn' 1962, no. 15, p. 46-49.) In Russian. Title tr.: Komsomol-party groups of the trawler fleet.

Describes political training of Murmansk trawler personnel by communist youth and party groups: propaganda assignments, lectures, competitive drives toward economy and production increase, etc. Advantages of group work over that achieved by individual party members is stressed. DLC. 78585. EVTEEV, S. A. 25 let sovetskol dreifuiüshchel stanf'sii "Severnyl polfis-1." (Akademifa nauk SSSR. Izvestifa 1962. ser. geog. no. 4, p. 118-20.) In Russian. Title tr.: 25 years of the Soviet drifting station North Pole-1. Describes organization, activities and scientific results of the first ice-floe drifting station, May 21, 1937—Feb. 19, 1938. Celebration of this anniversary in Moscow DLC. is also reported. 78586. EVTIKHIEV, A. L. Raboty nulevogo isfikla na stroitel'stve v uslovifakh Krahnego Severe. Leningrad, Gosstrofizdat 1962. 107 p. tables, illus. Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Zero cycle construction work under conditions of the Far North. Generalizes from experience in work at Noril'sk. Brief description is given of the physical-geographic conditions; advance preparation of the construction area: geodetic survey, temporary structures, communication and transportation lines, storage facility, etc. Excavating, blasting, drilling, cutting and thawing of permafrost are dealt with in consecutive chapters. Water, central heating, steam and sewage lines, telephone and electric power cables are laid in one- and two-decker conduits. The single conduit without pipes and cables costs 107-219, and the double 222-322 rubles per running meter. Construction of foundations (spot, pile, and other) has DLC. major attention. EVZEROV, V.

a., see No. 79097.

78587. EVZIKOVA, N. Z. Chetverniki shchelochnogo akermanita iz mestorozhdeniiå Odikhincha, sever Krasnoisrskogo krafå. (Vsesofuznoe mineralogicheskoe o-vo. Zapiski 1963. ser. 2, v. 92, no. 3, p. 322-27, illus., table.) 10 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Fourlings of alkaline akermanite from the Odikhincha deposits; northern Krasnoyarsk Province. Reports a chemical study of melilite from the Odikhincha intrusion on the right bank of the Kotuy River. This melilite is shown to be a variety of akermanite Ca, Mg [Si, 07]. The inner structure of akermanite is analyzed: it occurs in fourlings, i.e. twin crystals consisting of four indi-

viduals. The fourlings, it is concluded, were formed under high pressure. DLC. 78588. EWING, M., and W. L. DONN. Polar wandering and climate. (Society of Economic Paleontologists and Mineralogists. Special pub. no. 10, 1963. p. 94-99, map.) 16 refs. Also issued as: Columbia Univ. Lamont Geological Observatory. Contrib. 472. Abundant evidence indicates an open Arctic Ocean during the Wisconsin glacial stage; the ice-free ocean is believed directly responsible for this glaciation. Alternating ice-free and ice-covered states of the Arctic would account for oscillations of Pleistocene climate. Climatic oscillations in the Northern Hemisphere produced similar variations in the Southern Hemisphere; the Antarctic icecap however, probably persisted through the entire Pleistocene. The cooling which began in the Oligocene and culminated in the Pleistocene is attributed to a shift of the geographic poles from an open, freely circulating ocean environment to their present thermally isolated positions. DGS. EWING, M., see also No. 78333. 78589. EXPLORERS JOURNAL. Explorers Club supports exploration. (Its: v. 41, 1963. no. 2, p. 45-47.) Lists field expeditions, including 16 to Alaska and northern Canada, aided by the Explorers Club June 1952—Apr. 1963. For each are noted the date and amount of grant, name and affiliation of recipient, locality and subject of investigation. DGS. 78590. EXTERNAL AFFAIRS. Eskimo art travels abroad. (Its: v. 11, 1959, no. 4, p. 85-86, illus.) Reports on the western European tour of a collection of Canadian Eskimo carvings assembled by Dept. of Northern Affairs and National Resources. The exhibit, shown in 14 countries and 28 cities during Jan. 1956—Apr. 1959, was well received. The display techniques, accompanying films, etc. are described. Other similar collections shown elsewhere are noted. CaOCU. 78591. EXTERNAL AFFAIRS. Protecting the North Pacific fur seal. (Its: v. 14, no. 3, 1962, p. 90-92, illus.) Reports on the fifth annual meeting of the North Pacific Fur Seal Commission held in Ottawa, Feb. 7-9, 1962. It was decided to continue research on migration and sustained yield harvesting launched by the 1957 Interim Convention for the

301

Conservation of North Pacific Fur Seals. The conservation problem and its history are discussed; in 1961 the U.S. captured 96,000 seals, and the USSR. 12,000 on their respective rookeries on the Pribilof Islands and Komandorskiye Ostrova in Bering Sea; Canada and Japan, the other Commission members received approx. 15% of the take as compensation. Some killing by natives and scientists is permitted. CaOCTJ. 78592. EZRUKH, E. N. K morfologofiziologicheskol kharakteristike azotobakteria Kol'skogo poluostrova. (In: PolØoal'pilski! botanicheskil sad. Voprosy .. . 1962, p. 143-48, tables, illus.) 7 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Morphologic-physiological characteristics of Azotobacter from the Kola Peninsula. Describes two forms of the soil bacterium Azotobacter chroococcum Beijerinck. One of them deviates considerably from type in morphological, physiological and culture properties. It is considered a new form: A. chroococcum Blijerinck var. chibinense, var. nova. DLC. 78593. EZRUKH, E. N. Rasprostranenie i prizhivaemost' azotobaktera v pochvakh Kol'skogo poluostrova. (In: Polfarnoal'pilskil botanicheskil sad. Voprosy .. . 1962, p. 148-54, tables.) 18 refs. In Title tr.: Distribution and Russian. reproduction of Azotobacter in the soils of the Kola Peninsula. Reports investigations indicating that azotobacter introduced with azotabacterin into podsol soil survives in the rhizosphere of oats, potatoes and a series of bushes and trees. Five local strains survived 1-3 years in iron or saline podsols having a pI21 (in water extracts) of 3.72-5.3; southern strains did not survive in podsols. DLC. 78594. FAAS, R. W. Foraminiferal paleoecology of the Gubik (Pleistocene) Formation of the Barrow area, northern Alaska. (Iowa Academy of Science. Proceedings 1962. v. 69, p. 354-61, graphs, table.) 11 refs. Describes and interprets a group of seven samples collected in Aug. 1957 in the side walls of a 32-in. diam. auger hole 1.5 mi. south of the cliffs at Pt. Barrow village; they comprise a total section of 22 ft. Possible water depth changes can be observed in the fossil assemblages. Correlation of these assemblages with existing particle-size distribution data reveals the sediments to have been deposited in shallow water under near-shore conditions.

302

Temperatures during this time apparently became colder. No pelagic genera or DGS. arenaceous forms were found. FADEEV, M. G., see No. 84078. 78595. FADEEV, N. S. Zheltoperafa kambala vostochnol chasti Beringova morfa. (Moskva. Vses. n: Øl. inst. morskogo rybnogo khoz. i okeanografii. Trudy 1963. v. 48, p. 281-91, tables, graphs, maps.) 2 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Yellowfin sole of the eastern part of the Bering Sea. Describes the nature of the area including temperature and ice conditions; seasonal movements, and catches of this flounder in 1959 and 1960; fishing grounds; size and age composition of catches; maturation and spawning, fertility, estimated size of population in the area. DLC. 78596. FADEEV, V. A. Ritmichnost' vulkanicheskikh pro£sessov kak osnova raschlenenifa lavovol tolshchi. (Leningrad. Inst. geologii Arktiki. Informafsionnyl sbornik 1962. no. 31, p. 36-45, graphs, illus.) 9 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Rhythmicity of volcanic processes as basis of separation of the lava stratum. Describes a study in the Putorana Mts., where the lava stratum, according to petrologic and geologic data, consists of alternate bands of basalts, called tentatively "a" and "b". They differ clearly in amount of hydrous minerals, structure, texture, and other features. These differences are analyzed in some detail, and different content of volatile material is found to be the main factor in formation of the two DLC. distinct types of basalt. 78597. FAEGRI, K. Nato-Øvelse i Sagaland. (Naturen 1963. v. 87, no. 5, p. In Norwegian. 259-95, tables, illus.) Title tr.: NATO activity in Sagaland. Presents account of a NATO-sponsored meeting of scientists, chiefly botanists and geologists, to consider the natural relationships between the two sides of the North Atlantic. Brief summaries are given of discussions on the Bering land bridge theory, migration of continents, plant migration, and overwintering during the glacial period. Survival may have occurred in certain non-glaciated areas including parts of Alaska, Peary Land in northern Greenland, etc. The refugee theory for arctic Europe is based on less acceptable evidence however; nunataks are ice-sculptured landforms, and raised shorelines found on Scandinavia are much higher than the coastal refuges postulated. DGS.

78598. FAEGRI, K. Problems of immigration and dispersal of the Scandinavian flora. (In: A. and D. Love, ed. North American biota ... 1963. p. 221-32.) 24 refs. Study dealing in the main with the origin and route of immigration of this flora; dispersal, conditions in Scandinavia during immigration and history of the plants in Scandinavia after their immigration. The role of man in these processes is also considered. The arctic-alpine and conditions in northern Scandinavia are discussed in the final section. DLC. 78599. FAERSHTEIN, R. I., and I. L. KOGAN. Ugledobyvafi shchaß promyshlennost'. (In: Akademifa nauk SSSR. Sovet po izuchenifü proizvoditel'nykh sil. Problemy ... Magadanskol oblasti 1961, p. 100-115, tables.) In Russian. Title tr.: The coal industry. Reports its present status in Magadan Province, specifically exploitation of the Arkagala, Galimovskiy, and Bukhta Ugol'naya (Beringovskiy), hard coal deposits and the Anadyr brown coal region. Production in tons is tabulated for 1938-1959. Coal resources and distribution throughout the province are reviewed. They are far from the town of Magadan, the main population center, which depends entirely upon coal brought in. Costs, labor, returns on outlay, etc. are discussed, as are the development prospects in Kolyma-Magadan, Chukotka, Anadyr, Anyuy and other regions of the province. Capital investment, road construction, mechanization of the industry and other problems are reviewed; and a seven-year plan in coal production is outlined. DLC. FAHRIG, W. F., see No. 79605. 78600. FAIBICH, M. M., and others. 0 vyzhivaemosti mikroorganizmov pri zamorozhivanii. (Zhurnal mikrobiologii, epidemiologii i immunobiologii 1962. v. 33, no. 5, p. 68-72, graph, illus.) 3 refs. In Russian. English summary. Other authors: V. I. Egorov and M. S. Pisarevskil. Title tr.: Survival of microorganisms from freezing. Discussion of the problem with report on Bacillus prodigioscus frozen to —40° C. The protective effect of glycerol is noted. DNLM. 78601. FAIKO, L. I. Novoe perenosnoe zhilishche. (Moskva. N: issl. inst. sel'skogo stroitel'stva. Sbornik nauchnykh rabot 1960. no. 3, p. 3-6, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: A new portable shelter.

Depicts its structure, furnishings, heating and ventilation systems: 22 mm.-thick duraluminum pipes support the 16-sided tent wall (1.1-1.4 m. high) and the conical roof. The roof pipes are connected at the apex to the chimney of the centrally located heating unit. The dwelling for four, has 18 m.2 floor space. The skin or tarpaulin cover has up to five windows of transparent plastic and an inset door. The heating unit of 2 mm. steel has a cook oven, burns coal or shale, and maintains a uniform temperature for 8-10 hours without refuelling. Over 150 of these shelters were tested with satisfactory results by Yakut reindeer herders and hunters. The author (Yakut Agricultural Research Institute), and I. M. Popov, an engineer, designed the unit. DLC. 78602. FAINBERG, F. S. Ob anomal'nol namagnichennosti trappov v nizhnem techenit r. Chuny. (Leningrad. Universitet. Uchenye zapiski 1960. no. 286, p. 107-409, graphs.) 4 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: On the anomalous magnetization of traps on the lower Chuna River. Reports study of the magnetic properties of traps by taking 300 samples from ten large outcrops. Use of the magnetometer and method are described and results are graphed on magnetization curves. Traps of all ten outcrops showed anomalous magnetization, but evaluation of its causes and mechanism is withheld as these traps should undergo laboratory study. " DLC. FAINBERG, F. S., see also No. 81214. 78603. FAINBERG, L. A. Vklad amerikanskikh eskimosov v osvoenie Arktiki. (In: Akademifa nauk SSSR. Inst. etnografii. Kul'tura inde!fsev ... 1963, p. 271-87, illus.) 17 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Contribution of American Eskimos to the settlement of the Arctic. Notes Eskimo participation in polar expeditions of the 19th century; survival techniques, snow-house construction, protective clothing, etc. adopted from Eskimos by whites, also traditional Eskimo features incorporated into the design of military and civilian installations in Canada and Alaska, clothing, etc. DLC. 78604. FAIR, G. M. Sanitary engineering in polar regions. 21 p. table, illus. (In: WHO Conference on medicine... 1962.) 19 refs. Reviews the environment, including climate, permafrost, water resources, light and darkness, insect pests and main

303

Then follows discussion of diseases. environmental control: permafrost and the technical aspects of drinking water for communities, its purification and distribution; sewage and waste disposal and treatment; insect and rodent control. Appended are ten full-page graphs and plans in CaONA. elucidation of these problems. FAIR, G. M., see also No. 84468. FAIRBAIRN, H. W., see No. 77315. 78605. FAIRBANKS (ALASKA) City directory 1963. Seattle, Polk 1963. Various pagings, illus. Residents, business firms, streets, and telephone numbers in Fairbanks and adjacent communities of College, and North Pole are given in consecutive sections. Addresses, officials, and type of business are stated for the firms, and for the residents: the address, marital status, and occupation. Listings by street number are also given. A 47-page introductory section has accounts of the area's historical background, schools, utilities, library, churches, transportation facilities, housing, communications, trade, industries, employment, sports, military activities, etc., also of the University of Alaska, and the Rampart Dam project. DL 78606. FAIRFIELD, D. H. Ionosphere current patterns in high latitudes. (Journal of geophysical research 1963. v. 68, no. 12, p. 3589-3602, tables, graphs.) 16 refs. Reports a study of current systems that produce magnetic disturbances. Magnetograms from 25 observatories were examined for successive hours on 28 quiet and moderately disturbed days of the IGY. Vectors corresponding to Sq, the solar quiet current system, were often found below the auroral zone, high latitude stations gave evidence of currents flowing in the double system (DS) pattern, even on the most quiet days. Changes in polar cap current direction suggest a change in orientation of the DS pattern with respect to the sun direction which is occasionally Iarge and rapid. DLC.

5° C. and normothermic controls. Leucocyte count was depressed in all animals, experimental and controls, with complete recovery at the end of study. Hypothermic protection of lymphopoietic tissue is concluded to be dependent upon anoxia. DNLM. 78608. FANT, A. E. With a teacher on St. George Island. (Alaska sportsman 1963. v. 29, no. 4, p. 10-11, +, map, illus.) Recounts experiences in 1960-1962 on this Pribilof Island in Bering Sea. Its landscape and Aleut customs are described. DI. 78609. FANTIN, M. Der Ewigkeitsfjord. (Atlantis 1962. v. 34, no. 7, p. 418-24, maps, photos.) In German. Title tr.: Evighedsfjord. Describes day-by-day an Italian mountaineering expedition to this West Greenland area, the base camp set up in Kangiussaq Bay, ascent of Sisbrartat and other summits. DLC. 78610. FANTIN, M. Il fiordo dell' Etermitå. (Universo 1962. v. 42, no. 1, p. 6590, illus. maps.) In Italian. Title tr.: Eternity Fjord. Recounts experience of a nine-man party of Italian alpinists in West Greenland in 1960, their flight to Sukkertoppen, thence aboard the Franz Terzo to Evighedsfjord and Söndre Strömfjord. They achieved several peaks in the Evighed glacier area, collected a few geological specimens and found an ancient Eskimo burial site on Kangiussaq, an inlet of Evighedsfjord. Cranial indices of one of the skulls are given; local Eskimo crafts are illus. DLC. 78611. FANTIN, M. Grönland, grünes Land. (Atlantis 1962. v. 34, no. 7, p. 405417, map, photos.) In German. Title tr.: Greenland, a green land. Describes its geographic position, area, nature, land and marine animals, people, colonization, history, government, and other features. Its hunting and fisheries are discussed; its importance in world communications noted. Development of industry is also reported. DLC.

FALEVSKAfA, E. A., see No. 79988. 78607. FALLOWFIELD, T. L. The influence of hypothermia involving minimal hypoxia on the radiosensitivity of leucocytes in the rat. (International journal of radiation biology 1962. v. 4, no. 5, p. 457-64, graphs, table.) 15 refs. Reports on experiments with rats irradiated with 357 rads of gamma-rays cooled to

304

78612. FANTIN, M. Il Pollice del DiavoIo; tre viaggi in Groenlandia. (Universo 1963. v. 43, no. 6, p. 1151-78, illus. map.) In Italian. Title tr.: Devil's Thumb; three trips to Greenland. Describes Italian mountaineering expeditions of 1961-1962, to the KarratsfjordUmanak region: ascents of Snepyramiden and, further north, Djaevelins Tommel-

finger, a 580-m. peak on Kuvdlorssuaq Boat and helicopter trips to Island. Upernavik, Umanak, Holms Island, Egedesminde, etc., visits with Eskimos, day-to-day life, fishing industry, arts and crafts are DLC. depicted. FARBEROV, A. I., see No. 83036. 78613. FARENGOL'TS, I. V. 0 plavanii ledokola "Atka" v Arkticheskikh vodakh. (Okeanologiß 1963. v. 3, no. 5, p. 943.) Ref. In Russian. Title tr.: Cruises of icebreaker Atka in arctic waters. Notes oceanographic studies of 1962 in Greenland, Norwegian, and Labrador Seas, DLC. Davis Strait and elsewhere. 78614. FARKAS, E., and E. KOMAN. Hibernation artificielle et maladies infectieuses. (Acta paediatrica, Budapest 1961. v. 2, no. 2, p. 99-108.) 13 refs. In French. Title tr.: Artificial hibernation and infectious diseases. Reports successful use of hypothermia in grave conditions of infectious disease. These include shock conditions of streptococcal and staphylococcal diseases or infections; respiratory diseases with breathing difficulties and hypoxia, and paralysis of respiration, convulsions, etc. A number DNLM. of case reports are presented. 78615. FARKAS, J. von. Die gesellschaftliche Organization der finnisch-ugrischen Völker im Lichte der Wortkunde. (Saeculum 1954. v. 5, no. 3, p. 329-35.) 17 refs. In German. Title tr.: Social organization of the Finno-Ugrian peoples in the light of linguistics. Study of Iranian, Germanic, and/or Turkic loanwords indicating ancient changes in the social structure of the Lapps, Zyryans, Ostyaks, and Voguls, among others. DLC. FARKAS, M., see No. 77020. 78616. FARMANFARMAIAN, A., and A. C. GIESE. Thermal tolerance and acclimation in the western purple sea urchin, Strongglocentrotus purpuratus. (Physiological zoology 1963. v. 36, no. 3, p. 237-43, tables, graph.) 10 refs. Experiments reported indicate a temperature tolerance of 5° to 23.5° C., with 25° C. being lethal. When transferred into cold water, the animals become essentially immobile and respond very slowly to stimuli. After 15-35 days, acclimation takes place and the urchins become active and responsive in spite of low water temperature. No acclimation to higher temDLC. peratures was obtained.

FARRAND, W. R., see No. 80438. FARRANT, P. C., see No. 78400. FASMER, M. R., see Vasmer,

M.

78617. FATKULLIN, M. N. 0 prirode irregulf.rnykh fluktuaf it v sutochnykh magnitnykh variafsitäkh. (Geomagnetizm i aeronomifa 1963. v. 3, no. 6, p. 1065-72, graphs.) 15 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The nature of irregular fluctuations in daily magnetic variations. Studies analytically the irregular deviations of the quiet solar-diurnal variations, Sit of the geomagnetic field in middle and high latitudes. These irregularities can be produced by the local intensification or weakening of the anisotropic conductivity of the inhomogeneities of the upper atmosphere, and by the perturbations of the velocities field of the tides by such inhomoDLC. geneities. FAUL, P. J., see No. 81459. FAUR, N., see

No. 84047.

FAVORSKALL M. A., see Nos. 84154, 84178. 78618. FAY, F. H., and F. S. L. WILLIAMSON. Studies on the helminth fauna of Alaska, XXXIX; Echinococcus multilocularis Leuckart 1863, and other helminths of foxes on the Pribilof Islands. (Canadian journal of zoology 1962. v. 40, no. 5, p. 767-72, table, map.) 21 refs. Reports examination of five foxes killed in July 1961 on St. George Island. Seven species of intestinal helminths were found, four of them are new to that locality and three to the Pribilofs. DLC. 78619. FAY, SPOFFORD & THORNDIKE and TRYCK, NYMAN & ASSOCIATES. Preliminary evaluation of air terminal facilities and requirements at Anchorage International Airport, Anchorage, Alaska. Anchorage 1960. 36, 46 p. tables, maps, illus. Reports to the Alaska Dept. of Public Works on Oct.—Dec. 1960 study of needed improvements and expansion to 1985. Existing service facilities are analyzed as to location, adequacy and convenience, utilization of space, and room for expansion. Space requirements by 1965, 1970, and possibly 1985 are estimated from traffic forecasts made in an appended report (infra). 91,000 sq. ft. additional floor space will be needed by 1970; an addition to the

305

existing terminal building, at $4,500,000 cost, is recommended. Appended (46 p.) is a report by Kimball Eastburn & Associates: Future air traffic at the Anchorage International Airport Alaska, Nov. 1960. It presents estimates of mostly passenger traffic for 1965, 1970, and possibly 1985, based on population and economic activities in Alaska, Anchorage, and Fairbanks. Trends since 1950 and seasonality in Alaskan air transportation are examined; proposed transpacific routes, and potential effects of technological improvements, are reviewed. Air travel as projected through 1985 is possibly four times that of 1960. Service at the Anchorage airport, passenger and cargo volumes since 1953, and future prospects are considered and projected. Domestic passenger traffic is expected to increase over 100% by 1970, and international traffic, 107%. Passengers at the airport during a typical peak hour are estimated as 210 (domestic) and 180 (international) in 1960; projections are made for the other years. DLC. 78620. FAY, SPOFFORD & THORNDIKE and TRYCK, NYMAN & ASSOCIATES. Preliminary evaluation of air terminal facilities and requirements at Fairbanks International Airport, Fairbanks, Alaska. Anchorage 1960. 33, 44 p. tables, maps, illus. Similar to the report for the Anchorage airport, supra. To handle increased traffic forecast in appendix, 70,000 sq. ft. floor space will be needed by 1970. Construction of a new terminal, at 32,800,000 cost is recommended, with conversion of the existing building into administrative and air cargo space. Appended (44 p.) is a report by Kimball, Eastburn & Associates: Future air traffic at the Fairbanks Internatiönal Airport, Alaska, Nov. 1960. The first three chapters are identical with the report on the Anchorage Airport, supra. Final chapter presents annual passenger and cargo volumes at Fairbanks since 1953, use of Fairbanks as an alternate for Anchorage during adverse flight conditions, and future prospects. Continuing growth in domestic passenger traffic is projected, with increases over 1960 of 49% in 1965, 105% in 1970, and International possibly 285% in 1985. passenger traffic will probably reach 38,000 by 1965, 50,000 in 1970, etc. Growth in cargo traffic is unpredictable. Domestic and international passengers at the airport during a typical peak hour are estimated as 190 and none respectively in 1960, 240 and 180 in 1965, etc. DLC.

306

FEDCIiENKO, K. K., see No. 70604. 78621. FEDfAKINA, N. I. Anomal'noe pogloshchenie II tipa i ego svtaz' s vozmushchennost'fü magnitnogo peal (Geomagnetizm i aeronomifa 1963. t. 3, no. 3, p. 479-83, graphs, table.) 8 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Type II anomalous absorption and its relation to magnetic field variation. Discusses this on the basis of cosmic radio-noise intensity recorded at the Tiksi Bay station during certain months of 1958-1959. A significant correlation was found between the absorption and the negative bays of the horizontal component of geomagnetic field during night hours. During the morning hours, the absorption was observed either simultaneously with, or a little later than the variation in magnetic field intensity at the night side of the earth. DLC. FEDfAKOVA, Z. G., see No. 83099. 78622. FEW-OKRA, F. R. Nado khorosho trudifs%. (Okhrana truda i sof'sial'noe strakhovanie 1959, no. 3, p. 18-20.) In Russian. Title tr.: Apply yourself to your work. Describes current and planned improvements at the Noril'sk metallurgical combine: technical innovations, automation, safety and sanitary measures, trade union activities. Poor ventilation of the shops is discussed. DLC. 78623. FEDORENKO, V. S. Znachenie geologo-strukturnykh issledovanil pri inzhenerno-geologicheskom obosnovanii proektov vysokonapornykh plotin; na primere Krasnofårskol GES. (Izvestifa vysshikh uchebnykh zavedenil. Geologifå i razvedka 1963, no. 6, p. 103-113, illus., maps.) 10 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Importance of structural geology studies for the engineering-geology bases of high-pressure dam projects; as exemplified by the Krasnoyarsk hydroelectric station. Reviews the search for a site for this station from 1953. Special attention was given to geologic structure and dislocations with a break in continuity. Large, middle and small dislocations were studied; their extent, direction and range are discussed and demonstrated on map. This type of survey is a basic requirement; drillings and geophysical investigations should provide additional data for the selection of a site. DLC.

78624. FEDORIN, L. Staranifiimi iskateloT. (Na stroIkakh Rossii 1962. v. 3, no. 8, p. 6-8, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: A search effort pays off. Descrsöes search for better methods of winter excavating for foundation trenches at Vorkuta prior to utilization of the coalcutting machines discarded from mines of the Pechora basin. Two narrow slits were cut along the edges of the trench, also across it, separating the frozen earth into blocks which were lifted out by cranes. A further improvement consists of driving reinforced concrete piles by striking not the metallic head cap of the pile, but the wedged side clamp installed on the excavator. This speeds pile-driving by almost DLC. five times.

78627. FEDOROV, A. F., and V. P. HILEZHENKO. Radioaktivnost' nekotorykh donnykh organizmov Norvezhskogo morfå. (Okeanologifå 1963. v. 3, no. 1, p. 123-26, tables, map.) In Russian. Title tr.: The radioactivity of some bottom organisms in the Norwegian Sea. Reports on collections made in 19601961 at seven stations, three of them 70-74°30' N. The concentration coefficient of the organisms when dried ranges 1.147.25. Their radioactivity as determined is tabulated. Its greatest concentration was found to be in echinoderms. Comparative data are given on the radioactivity of some bottom organisms of the Barents Sea. DLC. FEDOROV, A. I., see No. 80636. FEDOROV, K. N., see No. 77574.

78625. FEDOROV, A. Zhilol kompleks dlfä Kralnego Severe. (Akhitektura SSSR 1963, no. 6, p. 26-29, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: A housing project for the far North. Presents architectural drawings in perspective, and plans for a housing project at the Aykhal diamond deposits in northern Yakut ASSR. The project is based on the self-sufficient community unit: the inhabitants' requirements served by facilities within the unit, such as residential school, hospital, hot-house, laundry, stores for shopping, etc. The 65,082 m.2 of housing is to be concentrated on 3.5 of the 18.75 hectares allotted to the project. There are to be two groups of five-story, eight-section apartment houses interconnected by a 220 m. long corridor with windows on one side. The entire project is to be built of a local structural material, silicalcite. This gives 30-60% economy, compared with concreteor wood-construction costs. The buildings are to be electrically heated, to have water and sewage systems, trash and garbage disposal ducts, and air conditioning. DLC. 78626. FEDOROV, A. F., and N. I. BUTANOV. Estestvennafa radioaktivnost' osnovnykh promyslovykh ryb BarenCseva morfå. (Voprosy ikhtiologii 1963. v. 3, no. 4 (29), p. 734-37, tables.) 4 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Natural radioactivity of the main commercial fishes from the Barents Sea. Presents determinations of radioactivity in the muscle, skeleton, skin, fins, intestines, etc. of the seven most common species. Radioactivity of the tissues fluctuates within 0.5.10-9 and 3.104 curie/kg. and is different in the very old and very young. DLC.

78628. FEDOROV, M. K. Vliffinie energeticheskogo ispol'zovanilä Enise@ na urovennyT rezhim ego nizov'ev. (Problemy Arktiki i Antarktiki 1063, no. 12, p. 131-32, tables.) In Russian. Title tr.: Effects of the Yenisey power development upon the water level of its lower reaches. Analyzes the sources of Yenisey waters and some results to be expected from building the Bratsk and Krasnoyarsk power stations especially on a water level at the Verkhoy (Lipatnikovskiy) and Nizhniy (Turushinsky) shallows 130 and 504-510 km. below Igarka, where the water is so low in summer that shipping is sometimes disrupted. The large reservoirs on the Angara and Yenisey however, can provide control of the lower river Ievel, as demonstrated by data given on the Bratsk reservoir Nov. 1961—Dec. 1962: it had a 37.0 km.' increase (from 19.15 to 56.71 km.') in the 14 months. DLC. 78629. FEDOROV, S. S., and V. I. KOPYTOV. Nekotorye dannye o raspredelenii letnenerestufilshchikh sel'del v Norvezhskom more. (Rybnoe khozfITstvo 1963. v. 39, no. 7, p. 11-12, map, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: Some data on the distribution of summer-spawning herring in the Norwegian Sea. Reports investigations during Mar. 10-19, 1962 in the area 0°-7°30' W. 62°40'-64° N. Surface water, temperatures, composition and fatness of catch, etc. as well as the results of experimental catches are noted. DLC. FEDOROVA, L. V., see No. 81322. 78630. FEDOROVA, N. I. Issledovanifå po fizike verkhneT atmosfery; soveshchanie

307

v Moskve. (Akademifå nauk SSSR. Vestnik 1963. v. 33, no. 8, p. 113-15.) In Russian. Title tr.: Exploration of physics of the upper atmosphere; conference in Moscow. Reports this All-Union conference of May 21-23, 1963, with some forty papers presented on recent Soviet work, including use of rockets and satellites, studies of auroras, etc. DLC. 78631. FEDOROVA, Z. P., and Z. S. IANKINA. Postuplenie Tikhookeanskol vody cherez Beringov proliv v Chukotskoe more. (Okeanologifå 1963. v. 3, no. 5, p. 777-84, tables, graph.) 12 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Inflow of Pacific water through Bering Strait into Chukchi Sea. Reviews this inflow as calculated by different methods by others, and presents own calculation for 1941-1961. Average monthly and yearly inflow are given, the latter as 29,997 km.' Heat transfer at the section Peyek-Prince of Wales is calculated also. Effects of heat transfer upon the circulation and water regime of Chukchi Sea are described. DLC. 78632. FEDOROVA, Z. P. Raschet summarnol radiafsii i effektivnogo izlucheniia v more Laptevykh. (Leningrad. Arkticheskil i antarkticheskil n.-issl. inst. Trudy 1963. v. 248, p. 29-36, tables, graph.) 9 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Calculation of total and effective radiation in the Laptev Sea. Reports calculations according to a derived formula and according to 19451955 data from seven polar stations. Total radiation values decrease from June to October with maximum in June. Effective radiation is similarly analyzed, and the data tabulated and characterized. Total effective radiation for the navigation period ranges 3204-6421 cal/cmp. DLC. 78633. FEDOROVA, Z. P. Turbulentnyl teploobmen i isparenie v more Laptevykh. (Leningrad. Arkticheskil i antarkticheskil n.-issl. inst. Trudy 1963. v. 253, p. 185-96, tables, graphs.) 7 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Turbulent heat exchange and evaporation in Laptev Sea. Reports turbulent heat exchange as calculated by various formulas from standard hydrometeorological observations at seven polar stations (Malyy Taymyr Island, Andreya Island, Preobrazheniya Island, Tiksi Bay, Cape Kigilyakh, Sannikova Strait and Kotel'nyy Island). Tenday and monthly values depend upon the temperature regime of sea and atmosphere, wind velocity, ice clearance of the sea, etc. 308

Negative and positive turbulent heat exchange are noted. Spatial distribution of heat exchange is reported according to shipboard data for 1948-1956. Evaporation is also treated and data reported for the DLC. same stations and period. 78634. FEDOROVA, Z. P., and Z. S. fÄNKINA. Turbulentnyl teploobmen poverkhnosti Chukotskogo morfå s atmosferol. (Leningrad. Arkticheskil i antarkticheskil n.-issl. inst. Trudy 1963. v. 264, p. 44-51, tables, graphs.) 6 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Turbulent heat exchange between the Chukchi Sea surface and the atmosphere. Reports calculations using data from eight polar stations and three groups of ships. Monthly charts of turbulent heat exchange with the atmosphere are presented for June—October, and zones of heat gains and losses are plotted and described for each month. Two maxima and two minima are distinguished in the annual course of turbulent heat exchange. It is found to be twice as high in Chukchi Sea as in the DLC. Central Arctic. 78635. FEDOROVICH, B. A. Nekotorye cherty tvorchestva Akademika V. A. Obrucheva. (Doklady na ezhegodnykh chtenifåkh pamfäti V. A. Obrucheva 195660, pub. 1961, p. 5-19.) In Russian. Title tr.: Some features of the scientific activity of Academician V. A. Obruchev. Reviews the work of this noted geologist and explorer of Siberia and other parts of the USSR. His methods in research, writing, and teaching, etc. are discussed. His studies on sands and loess are mentioned particularly. The extraordinary length of DLC. his productive life is noted. 78636. FEDOROVSKII, E. "Ob etom fn rasskazhu " (Sovetskie profsofilzy 1963. v. 19, no. 12, p. 14-16, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: "Let me tell it." Sketches urban development and economic progress of Chukotka: Markovo, Anadyr, Pevek, Iul'tin, their cultural, educational, and health facilities. Rise of a mining industry is noted: the Krasnoarmeyskoye and Iul'tin tin mines and the Komsomol'skiy gold mine in the Ichuveyem valley which started operations in Aug. 1959. DLC. Author is an airplane pilot. 78637. FEDOSEEV, G. Ded Agel. (Sibirskie ogni 1963. v. 42, no. 3, p. 119-27.) In Russian. Title tr.: Grandpa Agel. Short story about a geological survey party in the Aldan highlands and their scout, a former labor camp inmate. DLC.

78638. FEDOTOV, M. V., and R. L. DAVIDOVICH. Nekotorye osobennosti gidrokhimicheskogo rezhima Beringova morfa. (Moskva. Vses. n: issl. inst. morskogo rybnogo khoz. i okeanograffii. Trudy 1963. v. 48, p. 77-83, tables, profile.) 4 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Some characteristics of the hydrochemical regime of the Bering Sea. Presents data of 1957-1959 on area, volume, and mean depth of this sea; O r conditions, water-bodies and -turnover, fresh-water sources, phosphate and silicate content, organic matter, and productivity. DLC. 78639. FEDOTOV, E. Brodfachie medvedi. (Okhota i okhotnich'e khozfålstvo 1961. v. 7, no. 7, p. 54.) In Russian. Title tr.: Vagrant beam. Notes abnormal behavior in bears despite normal conditions in the 1960 winter on the Turukhansk taiga: the bears did not hibernate but roamed the taiga, devouring trap bait, catch, stored fish, and even attacked humans. DLC. 78640. FEDOTOV, S. A. 0 pogloshchenii poperechnykh seTsmicheskikh voln v verkhneT mantii i energeticheskof klassifikaf ii blizkikh zemletriaasena s promezhutochno! glubinol ochaga. (Akademifa nauk SSSR. Izvestifå 1963. ser. geofizicheskafa, no. 6, p. 829-49, graphs, map.) 40 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: On the absorption of transverse seismic waves in the upper mantle and energy classification of local earthquakes of intermediate depth of foci. Using data on local undercrust earthquakes in the Kurils, author found the transverse wave energy absorption to increase at 60-110 km. depth. This may be considered the probable location of magma sources or formation under the Kuril-Kamchatka-Japan island arc. The data obtained on velocities and absorption of S waves in the crust and upper mantle are used for construction of nomograms for energy classification of earthquakes in this and similar seismic regions. DLC. 78641. FEDOTOV, S. A., and I. P. KUZIN. Skorostnol razrez verkhne! mantii v oblasti i zhnykh Kuril'skikh ostrovov. (Akademifa nauk SSSR. Izvestifa 1963, ser. geofizicheskaiå, no. 5, p. 670-86, tables, graphs, map.) 26 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Velocity profile of the upper mantle in the region of the southern Kuril Islands. Offers an improvement on the method of ft. V. Riznichenko for determining the velocity profile of direct P and S seismic

waves in the epicentral zone. The arrival times of the waves to the station on the earth's surface are transformed into the time they arrive beneath the station, on a level near the lower boundary of the crust. DLC. 78642. FEDOTOV, S. I. Melovye i nizhnetretichnye vulkanogennye obrazovanifå Okhotskogo ralona. (In: Mezhvedomstvennoe soveshchanie ... Trudy 1959, p. 340Ø.) In Russian. Title tr.: Cretaceous and Lower Tertiary volcanic formations in the Okhotsk region. Reports a study from Aldoma Bay to Lisyanskogo Peninsula. The deposits are divided according to paleontologic data and petrographic composition into four local stratigraphic units: Lower Cretaceous paleotypal effusives, Upper Cretaceous acid effusives, Lower Tertiary acid effusives, and Lower Tertiary basic effusives. Each formation is characterized noting distribution, composition, thickness and flora. ICRL. 78643. FEJER, J. A. Theory of auroral electrojets. (Journal of geophysical research 1963. v. 68, no. 8, p. 2147-57, graphs.) 17 refs. Describes two mechanisms for the formation of electrojet currents in the auroral zone. Both require the existence of magnetospheric convection of low energy particles only. In one mechanism, the convection in the magnetosphere is considered to be of tidal origin, driven by the electric polarization fields associated with the dynamo current systems. In the other mechanism, the convection in the magnetosphere is considered due to its co-rotation with the earth. In both, the ionospheric currents arise because of the relative motion of low energy particles of the magnetospheric convection and the more energetic particles drifting independently of the electric field due to the convection. It is assumed that the energetic particles are trapped protons, which should produce variations of ± 50 y in the horizontal component of geomagnetic field at auroral DLC. latitudes. 78644. FEKLICHEV, V. G. Opticheskie svo!stva Khibinskikh i drugikh evdialitov. (Akademifa nauk SSSR. Inst. mineralogii, geokhimii i kristallokhimii redkikh elementov. Trudy 1963, no. 15, p. 121-35, tables, graphs, illus.) 19 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Optical properties of the Khibiny and other eudialytes. Three types of eudialytes are recognized. 309

Light refraction and birefringence of eudialytes in rocks and pegmatites of the Khibiny alkaline massif are reported; color of the mineral is analyzed. Zonality of the crystals and optical anomalies are discussed. Fe, and Mn content is deterDLC. mined. 78645. FELDBERG, W., and R. D. MYERS. A new concept of temperature regulation by amines in the hypothalamus. (Nature 1963. v. 200, p. 1325.) 9 refs. Adrenaline or noradrenaline injected into the cerebral ventricles of cats made feverish by a pyrogen, or by 5-HT, promptly brought temperature down to normal. Since adrenaline, noradrenaline and 5-HT are normally present in the hypothalamus, it is suggested that maintenance of body temperature is achieved by a delicate balance in the release of these substances. DLC. 78646. FEL'DMAN, I., and others. Vorkuta krupnopanel'nafa ... (Na strolkakh Rossii 1962, no. 10, p. 4-5, illus.) In Russian. Other authors: S. Luban and M. Fil'gus. Title tr.: Vorkuta, the large-panel town. Discusses a new process for making large structural wall panels to use in domestic and industrial construction at Vorkuta. Ashes from the central heating station are utilized, and a mixture of 600 kg. ashes, 280 kg. Portland cement (500), 30 kg. ground lime, 10 kg. semi-hydrous gypsum, 5 kg. calcium chloride, 0.18 kg. aluminum powder, and 400-420 1. water was used for panels 400 mm. thick. The bubbles and layers of air in the panels were found to improve considerably their thermal insulation quality. An industrial building constructed with these ash panels cost 20-25% less than if brick had been used. A 26-man team completed construction of a 48-unit apartment house in 20 days. Electric cooking stoves installed in the apartments, and hot water supplied from the central station to the construction areas eliminate need for fire-wood storage, a considerable economy. DLC. 78647. FEL'DSHTEIN, Il. I. Morfologii polfarnykh siianil i geomagnetizm. (Akademifå nauk SSSR. Mezhduvedomstvennyl geofizicheakil komitet, IV razdel programmy MGG: polfarnye sifinifå i svechenie nochnogo neba. Sbornik state! 1963. no. 10, p. 121-25, maps.) 16 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Morphology of auroras and geomagnetism. Investigates diurnal regularities in occurrence frequency of auroras. Zenith aurora

310

of the IGY period are most frequent at geomagnetic latitude of ca 65° around midnight, and at ca 78° around midday. Isoauroral lines are drawn in the form of ovals which spread toward midlatitude in evenings and contract toward the Pole after midnight. From data on the Q-index of geomagnetic activity at 12 polar and subpolar stations around the world, the region of maximum geomagnetic activity, and the isoauroral ovals were found to be displaced towards higher magnetic latitudes during daytime hours. Magnetic disturbance vector recorded at the same 12 stations can be explained by a westward 200,000 ampere electric current flow along the oval of the auroral DLC. zone. 78648. FEL'DSIØ, IA. I. Nekotorye voprosy morfologii polfarnykh sifanil i magnitnykh vozmushchenil v vysokikh shirotakh. (Geomagnetizm i aeronomifå 1963. v. 3, no. 2, p. 227-39, tables, graphs, maps.) 31 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Certain problems of auroral morphology and magnetic variations in high latitudes. Analyzes the orientation of the extended forms of auroras in the Northern and Southern Hemispheres, using observation data from Thule, Nord, Resolute Bay, Godhavn, Arktika II, i.e. drifting station North Pole 7, 1957-1958, Cape Tobin, Murchison Bay, Piramida, Baker Lake, Julianehåb, Aklavik, Arktika I, Point Barrow, Vrangel Island, College, Murmansk, Farewell (Alaska), Dikson Island, Arkhangelsk, Verkhoyansk, etc. in the North, and ten antarctic stations. A comparison of their orientation with the variation vector of the geomagnetic field shows that geographic distribution given by isochasms on maps of H. Fritz, and E. H. Vestine represent nighttime auroras only. According to the author the auroral zone has an oval form fixed in orientation with respect to the sun. The earth rotating under this fixed oval produces the observed distribution in daily variation of auroral frequency. DLC. 78649. FEL'DSHTEIN, IA. I. Prostranstvenno-vremennoe raspredelenie magnitnol aktivnosti v vysokikh shirotakh severnogo polusharifa. (Akademifa nauk SSSR. Mezhduvedornstvennyl geofizicheskil komitet, III razdel programmy MGG: geomagnetizm i zemnye toki. Sbornik state! 1963. no. 5, 63 p. tables, graphs, maps.) 44 refs. In Russian. English summary Title tr.: Space-time distribution of magnetic activity at high latitudes of the North Hemisphere.

Studies the morphology of geomagnetic activity from data of 1957-1959, giving a detailed review of the literature prior to IGY. Daily and latitude variations of the magnetic disturbances at 33 stations, including a score in the North, are analyzed by a statistical method. The daily variations in the Q-index of magnetic activity for magnetically disturbed and quiet days confirm the existence of day, night and morning maxima in activity. A spiral distribution of the appearance time of magnetic disturbances in the coordinates of reduced magnetic latitude-local geomagnetic time is noted. The latitude distribution of geomagnetic activity, and its intensity are shown in 96 charts of Q-index for every DLC. hour of universal time. 78650. FEL'DSHTEIN, IA. I., and N. P. SHEVNINA. Rezul'taty vizual'nykh nablfüdenil za poliarnymi sifånifåmi v 19571958 gg. (Akademia nauk SSSR. Mezhduvedomstvennyl geofizicheskil komitet, IV razdel programmy MGG: polfårnye sifånifa i svechenie nochnogo neba. Sbornik state! 1963. no. 10, p. 91-120, tables, graphs, maps.) 21 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Results of visual observations of auroras in 1957-1958. Reviews global results of auroral observations during IGY-IGC, and reports on analysis of visual observation data from 620 stations in the USSR. The southern boundary of zenith appearance of aurora in the Northern Hemisphere, and the latitude distribution of occurrence frequency of such auroras are discussed. The calculation shows that among the auroras which appeared at zenith in the auroral zone practically every night of the 1957-1958 winter, those that occurred on magneticallydisturbed days were of longer duration. The southern boundaries of northern auroras were found to move farther away from the North Pole during the middle of the night, and nearer toward it in evening and morning DLC. hours. 78651. FENN, R. W., and others. Measurements of the sulphur and ammonium component of the arctic aerosol of the Greenland icecap. (Journal of the atmospheric sciences 1963. v. 20, no. 5, p. 466-68, graphs.) 6 refs. Other authors: H. E. Gerber, and D. Wasshausen. Outlines results of 1961 measurements of the sulfate content, also of (NH4)-1- to determine the presence of (NH4)2 SO4 particles in airborne aerosol particles at Camp Century. Measurements were made with a General Electric nucleus counter

and a Casella impactor; the latter collected the so-called large nuclei. Sulfate concentration was found to be constant over the 18-day period; about 40% of the total aerosol mass consisted of sulfate particles. Concentrations of ammonium NH4 varied considerably during the 34-day period; the ratio of NH4/SO4 also varied greatly. DWB. 78652. FEOKTISTOV, A. T., and M. F. SHUBNIKOVA. Zn vysokufü kul'turu truda na podzemnom transporte rudnikov. (Bezopasnost' truda v promyshlennosti 1963, no. 1, p. 19-20, table.) In Russian. Title tr.: For high-standard underground transportation in mines. Reports results from the inspection of safety conditions. In the Zapolyarnyy mines in Krasnoyarskiy Kray a successful signalling system, centralization, and blocking with two-color signals, automatic control of rail switches and aeration doors, and high frequency communication between the dispatcher and the electric tractor machinists were found. The greater part of chute drawers are pneumatically operated at these mines, also at Pechenganikel' and Apatity on Kola Peninsula. Inspection and repair of rolling stock is reported inadequate in mines of the Yakutsk, Magadan, Murmansk, and some other economic administrative districts. A 170hour training period for electric tractor machinists was noted at Noril'sk. DLC. 78653. FERDINAND, L. En fugleekskur: sion til Lapland. (Naturens verden 1963, p. 296-307, illus. incl. col.) In Swedish. Title tr.: A bird trip to Lapland. Describes experiences and observations in 1961 near Tjålmejaure 66°15' N. 16°11' E. at about 750 m. elevation and above treeline in the Svaipa mountain region of Swedish Lapland. The valley is about 20 km. long and up to 6 km. wide with willow thickets, mountain heaths, lakes and bogs, one-third of the area under water, The nesting habitat of scores of birds is briefly summarized. Waterfowl are predominant. Gnats infest the valley and the Lappish reindeer herds desert it in summer. Plans for a large reservoir and power station are noted. DLC. FERRIANS, O. J., Jr., see No. 83841. 78654. FETISOV, A. P. Iz istorii Okhotskol partilnol organizafsii. (In; Nauchnafa konferenfsifa ... Materialy 1963, p. 102107.) 5 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: History of the Okhotsk party organization. Describes mutual military aid rendered

311

by the Okhotsk and Yakutsk party committees in 1918-1923, including the abortive attempt to dislodge White Russian forces from Yakutsk in winter 1921-1922. DLC.

accompanying the figures, superstitions concerning the games, also their probable origin around Bering Strait are noted. Several examples of figures are shown. DI.

78655. FEULNER, A. J. Data on wells in the King Salmon area, Alaska. Juneau 1963. 18 1. maps, tables. (Alaska. Dept. of Health and Welfare. Hydrological data ser. no. 24.) Refs. Presents basic data relating to groundwater development in this area, on the north side of the Naknek River about 14 mi. east of Bristol Bay, on the upper Alaska Peninsula. Data indicate that supplies in excess of 100 gal./min. are available at depths ot 97-228 ft. The entire area consists of outwash plain material at least 315 ft. thick. Tabulated data on depth, diameter, and yield of 26 wells, logs and chemical analyses of 18 are given. Water quality varied greatly within a DLC. small area.

78658. FIELD, E. C. On geomagnetic fluctuations in regions remote from highaltitude nuclear bursts. (Journal of geophysical research 1963. v. 68, no. 4, p. 1172-73.) 6 refs. Suggests that ionospheric ionization caused by ß particles (which result from the decay of neutrons produced by high altitude nuclear detonations) is capable of causing an artificial geomagnetic solarflare effect. Magnetic field fluctuations after the Orange detonation were observed in Southern California and Resolute Bay. These stations were far enough from the place of the nuclear burst to preclude the possibility of effects due to direct and scattered radiation transported by slowly propagating hydromagnetic phenomena. Moreover, fluctuations were recorded in the Arctic several tenths of a second after the moment of detonation, too short an interval for arrival of the scattered radiation. The typical onset times of ionization due to neutron-decay ß particles can be estimated as of the order of tenths of a second for the few thousand kilometers distance between observers of solar-flare effect. Besides, investigations show that neutrons originating in excess of approx. 20 or 30 km. above Johnston Island would have access to geomagnetic field lines passing through the Southern California and Resolute Bay stations. DLC.

78656. FEULNER, A. J. Water-supply potential in the Ohlson Mountain area, Kenai Peninsula, Alaska. Juneau 1963. 16 1., maps, tables. (Alaska. Dept. of Health and Welfare. Hydrological data ser. no. 22.) 16 refs. Outlines previous work in this six-sq. mi. area five mi. north of Homer, methods used, the geographic features, and (in more detail) the geology and hydrology. Bedrock consists of successive beds of sandstone, siltstone, shale and coal of the EoceneOligocene Kenai Formation; this is covered on the upper slopes and summit of Ohlson Mt. with a coating of glacial deposits. Two deep wells were drilled in 1955 and 1960, on the southeast flank of Ohison Mt. Pumping tests indicate yields of 20-25 gpm. Shallow wells along stream courses may yield sufficient water for domestic supplies; larger supplies may be available from gallery-type wells along the larger streams. Water quality is good, except for the iron content. Treatment of water from the two wells is by aeration and the addition DLC. of chlorine. FEULNER, A. J., see also No. 83841. FICATIER, M. E., see No. 84030. FICHTEL, C. E., see No. 77492. 78657. FIDLER, V. String figures. (Beaver winter 1963. no. 294, p. 18-21, illus.) Describes Eskimo string games in which figures of various objects are made by looping sinew through the fingers. Stories

312

78659. FIELD, F. J. Effect milk import pact. (Alaska's health and welfare 1963. v. 20, p. 4.) Milk and its products must come into Alaska only from sources in the Interstate Milk Shippers List, issued by the U.S. Public Health Service; and since July 1962 must be only of grade A. The health rules for inclusion in the list are enumerated. DLC. 78660. FIGENSCHAU, J. G. Variations of atmospheric ozone and advections in northern Norway. Oslo 1963. p. 463-538, map, graphs, tables. (Norway. Meteorologiske Institutt. Meteorologiske annaler 1963. v. 4, no. 18.) 23 refs. Summarizes previous research into the nature of ozone, as well as the optical methods used to determine total amount and vertical distribution of atmospheric ozone. Meteorological conditions causing variations in total ozone above Tromsø

during 1952-1956 are investigated; comparison is made with some ozone readings Monthly at Longyearbyen, Svalbard. means of 100 mb., tropopause, and 600 mb. observations of the Skattøra radiosonde station and surface observations of the auroral observatory at Tromsø, were analyzed. Ozone variations seem to be caused by advection in the upper troposphere and the lower stratosphere, and to some extent by variations in the northern frontal systems. Winter ozone readings appear to indicate the probable weather pattern during spring and summer in northern Norway. Theoretical considerations suggest a relation between ozone variations and those of the polar jet stream. A 2.5-month period in atmospheric advections is considered capable of influencing DLC. the meteorological conditions. FIGENSCHAU, J. G., see also No. 79578. 78661. FILATOV, S. I. Stratigrafifil basselnov rek Viligi i Sugoih. (In: Mezhvedomstvennoe soveshchanie ... Trudy 1959, p. 236-39.) In Russian. Title tr.: Stratigraphy of Viliga and Sugoy River basins. Reviews the Upper Triassic, Lower, Middle and Upper Jurassic, Cretaceous, and Tertiary deposits of this area of Magadan Province. Their distribution, lithologic properties and fauna are briefly characterized. ICRL. 78662. FILATOVA, L. G., and L. SPRYGINA. K voprosu o vlifinii temperatury sredy i gormonov na vynoslivost' zhivotnykh k ostro razvivafushchelsfa gipoksii. (Opyt izuchenifå regulfafsil fiziologicheskikh funktsil 1963. v. 6, p. 73-77, table, graphs.) 2 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The effect of environmental temperature and of hormones upon the tolerance of animals toward quickly developing hypoxia. Reports on experiments with mammals and pigeons, submitted to simulated altitude change of 1000 m./min. at temperatures of 5*-35° C. Maximal tolerance to hypoxia did not always coincide with the critical temperature point. In pigeons temperature had no effect on altitude ceiling, although they possess a well developed chemical thermoregulation. Thyroidin and adrenaline somewhat lowered the altitude tolerance, folliculine significantly raised it. DLC. 78663. FILATOVA, Z. A., and A. A. NEIMAN. Biofsenozy donnol fanny Beringova modi. (Okeanologiia 1963. v. 3, no. 6, p. 1079-84, map.) 8 refs. In

Russian. Title tr.: Biocoenoses of bottom fauna of the Bering Sea. Reports a study of quantitative distribution based on 173 bottom-grab and 64 trawl samples collected at 8-4820 m. depth in the western part of the sea, and 280 samples at 20-540 m. in the eastern part. Sublittoral and abyssal biocoenoses are reported and mapped. Spatial distribuDLC. tion is described. FIL'GUS, M., see No. 78646. 78664. FILICE, F. P. Biography of the Gjela. (Pacific discovery 1962. v. 15, no. 3, p. 2-9, illus., map.) Reviews Amundsen's expedition through the Northwest Passage in 1903-1906, describing especially his ship; her specifications, modifications for the arctic voyage, and subsequent treatment in San Francisco. Plans to place the Gjøa in a maritime museum at Aquatic Park are noted. DGS. FILIN, V. R., see No. 80587. 78665. FILIPENIN, M. A. Gde skhodfatsfi. meridiany. (Grazhdanskafi avia£siå 1962, no. 10, p. 22-25, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: Where the meridians converge. Sketches increasing use of aircraft in setting up and resupply of stations, ice reconnaissance, etc.; advent of helicopters; DLC. Iife of aircraft personnel. 78666. FILIPENIN, M. A. Na severnykh dorogakh. (Grazhdanskaiå. avia(ifa 1963, no. 5, p. 27, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: On northern ways. Sketches air support to Northern Sea Route transportation by the Sever-15 high-latitude expedition: the ice reconnaissance by AN-2, Li-2, I1-14, An-12 airplanes and Mi-4 helicopters which accompany freighter convoys with icebreaker escort; the resupply of drifting stations; the first landings made in areas of active ice movement; and the air-freight DLC. transport. 78667. FILIPENIN, M. A. Nagrady polfårnikam. (Grazhdanskafå avial ifå 1961. v. 18, no. 12, p. 11.) In Russian. Title tr.: Awards to polar workers. Notes awards to some fifty members of the Polar Aviation group for participating in the North-13 high-latitude expedition. DLC. 78668. FILIPEfKII, N. Iz redkikh fotosnimkov. (Dal'nil Vostok 1963, no. 6, p. 188, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: From rare photographs.

313

Photo of the whaler Trudfront, first vessel of the Aleut whaling fleet returning to Vladivostok with her catch in 1932. The Aleut fleet celebrated its 30 years' activity in 1962, and the Sovetakard RossiIa whaling fleet began operations in 1961. DLC.

enlightenment of once backward tribes, shamanistic and animistic superstitions can still be traced in isolated groups of the DLC. far North and Northeast. FILIPPOVA, E. L., see No. 83437. FILONOVICH, B., see No. 77537.

FILIPPENKOV, A. I., see No. 82622. 78669. FILIPPOV, A. K. Na ostrove Faddeevskom. Moskva, Izd-vo "Morskor transport" 1962. 100 p. illus. In Russian. Title tr.: On Faddeyevskiy Island. Describes work of a six-man (including a girl) geographical party in 1958; it was sponsored by the Arctic Institute and headed by the ornithologist G. L. Rutilevski!. The party left Leningrad May 5, flew to Tiksi, and after a delay due to bad weather, on to Temp Bay (75°45' N. 137°35' E.) May 29, and thence to Faddeyevskiy in the New Siberian Island group. Camp (three tents) was set up on the bank of Ulakhan-Yuryakh River. The party's sojourn on the island from June 15 to Oct. 25 is described, as is the work carried out around camp and on trips covering the central and northeastern part of the island: hydrology, arctic fox and wild reindeer, 31 species of birds, soil and DLC. botanical investigations. 78670. FILIPPOV, B. V. K voprosu ob usloviiakh zaleganifa promyshlennykh skoplenü gaza v Berezovskom ralone. (Leningrad. Vses. neft1 no! n: issl. geologorazvedochnyl inst. Trudy 1963, no. 225, p. 281-84, table, profile.) 4 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Occurrence conditions of productive gas accumulation in the Berezovo region. Reports study of gas permeability, the lithologic-petrographic composition of the Jurassic and Valanginian rocks of the region and the composition of their clay minerals. Productive and not-productive structures are correlated. The more prospective structures are large uplifts clearly defined DLC. morphologically. 78671. FILIPPOV, M. Relikvii vymiraii shchikh shamanov. (Nauka i religifii 1961, no. 2, p. 39-42, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: Relies of the disappearing shamans. Sketches former shamanistic beliefs of north Siberian tribes and describes traditional vestments and attributes of the Yakut, Tungus, Chukchi, and Koryak shamans. Despite the pressure of the Soviet regime since the 1920's and growing

314

FILOSOFOV, G. N., see Nos. 76954, 76955. 78672. FINDEISEN, H. Gesundheit and Kraukheit bei einem nordsibirschen Urwaldstamm. (Forschungsdienst 1950. no. 2, p. 8-10, tables.) 7 refs. In German. Title tr.: Health and sickness of a north Siberian forest tribe. Statistical study based on D. A. Kytmanov's 1926 survey of 229 Ket Yeniseians (cf. No. 23570). Poor hygiene is a factor in the high child mortality (approx. 50%) and prevalence of parasitic and infectious disease. Venereal diseases are rare and found only among settled, strongly Russified, aborigines. DLC. 78673. FINDEISEN, H. Mensch und Tier als Liebespartner in der volksliterariachen Überlieferung Nordeurasiens und der amerikanischen Arktis, unter besonderer Berücksichtigung der Schwanenfrauerzählung und ihrer Genese. (Naturwissenschaftlicher Verein für Schwaben. Abhandlungen 1956. no. 11, p. 37Ø.) 25 refs. In German. Title tr.: Man and animal as love partners in the folkloristic traditions of north Eurasia and the American Arctic, with special consideration of the Swan-woman tale and its genesis. Considers these widely-diffused myths to be rooted in the paleolithic hunting culture which also produced totemism. The endowment of the animal with human properties and superhuman powers was carried over into shamanism and is reflected in the belief of an animal ancestry of the shaman. Numerous tales of abduction or willing co-habitation of humans with animals and birds are cited from the mythology of the Yeniseians, Yakuts, Tungus, Gilyaks, Koryaks, Lapps, Eskimos, etc. Several versions are given of the swan-woman legend, considered to be of Alaskan Eskimo origin. DSI. 78674. FINDEISEN, H. Mythologische Spiegelungen des soziologischen MannWeib-Problems und damit Zusammenhängendes. (Forschungsdienst 1951. no. 3, p. 3-7, illus.) 20 refs. In German. Title tr.: Mythologic reflections of the sociolog-

ical man-woman problem and related topics. Study of female earth and sky divinity types in Eurasia and northern North America. The transference of human hus-. band-wife, parent-children, and sibling conflict to the behavior pattern of chthonic deities is exemplified from Ket Yeniseian and Eskimo tales. Suffering tyranny or abuse from male gods, female dieties may exhibit a vindicative sternness alien to the normal maternal nature. DLC. 78675. FINDEISEN, H. Die "Shamanenkrankheit" als Initiation; eine völkerund sozialpsychologische Untersuchung. (Naturwissenschaftlicher Verein für Schwaben. Abhandlungen 1957. v. 12, p. 103-139, illus.) Refs. In German. Title tr.: Shaman's "sickness" as initiation; a folkand socio-psychologic study. Compares the north Asiatic shaman's traumatic behavior to the initiation pattern of primitive Australian and African tribes and to the hazing of apprentices and students in European societies. The "sickness" of the shaman candidate is not a nervous disorder as generally considered by 19th-early 20th century scientists; it is a self-induced trance phenomenon needed for the eradication of the initiate's personality and his re-birth as a full-fledged shaman. DLC. 78676. FINDEISEN, H. W. G. Bogoras' Schilderung zweier schamanischer Seåncen der Küsten-Tschuktschen, Nordostsibirien. (Naturwissenschaftlicher Verein für Schwaben. Abhandlungen 1956. no. 11, p. 137-40.) Ref. In German. Title tr.: V. G. Bogoraz's description of two shamanistic performances of the coastal Chukchis, northeast Siberia. Psychological analysis of two tales pub. in No. 28221. One deals with a shaman's control of a storm, the other describes a male shaman's transformation into a woman. The sex mutation motif in Chukchi, Kotyak, Kamchadal, and Asiatic Eskimo folklore is discussed. DSI. FINDEISEN, IL, see also Nos. 78679, 83289. 78677. FINGER, F. G., and others. Synoptic analysis based on meteorological rocketsonde data. (Journal of geophysical research 1963. v. 68, no. 5, p. 1377-99, graphs, maps.) 20 refs. Other authors: S. Teweles and R. B. Mason. Delineates the isotherm and contour patterns at 2 mb (approx. 42 km. altitude) and 0.4 mb (approx. 55 km.) using data

collected by the meteorological rocket network including Point Barrow, Fort Greely, and Fort Churchill. Thermal wind fields and observed rocketsonde temperatures are used in the construction of the isotherm synoptic analyses presented in 22 charts of North America; the procedures are explained. Knowledge of the circulation in the stratosphere up to the 10 mb (31 km.) surface is used as the basis for upward extension of the analyses, serving as the foundation for height buildup and the vertical continuity of the systems. The circulation patterns obtained for selection periods during summer 1960-early 1962 confirm the monsoonal nature of atmospheric circulation in the 20-69 km. layer. There is clear evidence however, that great anomalies occur in the circulation of the colder months, also that the wintertime vortex of polar low, and the summertime polar high develop earlier and more rapidly in the higher atmospheric strata, penetrating downward and southward with the season's advance. The charts also show that the Aleutian anticyclone exists to at least 55 km. level. DLC. FINGER, G., see No. 76853. 78678. FINLAND. Geologiska kommissionen. Suomen geologinen yleiskartta, lehdet B7, C7, D7: Muonio, Sodankyhi., Tuntsajoki; kivilajikartan selitys, kirj. Erkki Mikkola. The general geological map of Finland, sheets B7, C7, D7; explanation to the map of rocks, by Erkki Mikkola. Helsinki, 1941. 286 p. maps, tables, illus. 16 refs. In Finnish and English. Finnish text describes the rock exposures of southern Lapland on an areal basis, explaining the details of their distribution and boundaries. These three sheets cover pre-1939 Finland 67°-68° N., distinguishing ten sub-areas, some of which are further subdivided. English text deals with the petrology and other geological features of the Precambrian rocks of southern Lapland. Sederholm's three-fold division of the Archean rocks of east and north Finland is abandoned, but his proposed Lapponian system is used for the extensive older series of quartzites and mica schists as well as the greenstones and other basic rocks. The Tuntsa-Savokoski series is considered older than the Lapponian; the syenite series in West Lapland, the KumpuOraniemi series, the Hettagranite, the Granulite series, the gabbros, dolerites and diorites, and the youngest granites are discussed in turn. Chemical analyses and photomicrographs comprise the petrologic

315

discussion: 11 analyses of meta-sedimentary rocks, 17 of basic types, five of syenites, and four of granites. In addition, ten analyses of carbonates are given. Distribution of the ten rock types, petrology and structural features is shown on maps. DG S. 78679. FINDEISEN, H. Zur Geschichte sozialer Strukturwandlungen bei den Völkerschaften Sibiriens. Augsburg 1959. 22 p. map, illus. (Naturwissenschaftlicher Abhandlungen. Verein für Schwaben. Beiheft no. 2.) Approx. 50 refs. In German. Title tr.: History of social-structure changes among the peoples of Siberia. Discusses the social organization mainly of northern tribes in pre-contact, tsarist, and Soviet times through the 1940's. The intensive russification policy in the last threatens survival of minority groups. As collectivization is enforced, the traditional social structure and intellectual culture are suppressed, especially shamanism and its spiritual guidance, and ethnic identity disappears. Biographical sketch of the author is included. DSI. 78680. FINLAND. Ilmatieteellinen keskuslaitos. Sade-ja lumihavaintoja. Precipitation and snow cover data, 1952-1962. Helsinki 1961-1963. 11 v. approx. 80 p. each. maps, tables. (Its: Suomen meteorologinen vuosikirja. v. 52 pt. 2, 1952v. 62 pt. 2, 1962.) In Finnish and English. Edited by J. M. Angervo. Contains the rainfall observations for these 11 years and the snow observations for the winters 1951-52 to 1961-62. Daily precipitation data are included from 12 northern of a total 120 stations. Monthly and yearly summaries and special data are tabulated for about 65 northern of total 478 stations. Snow cover data, i.e.; annual course of depth and density and Mar. 15 depth (usually max.) are given for 55 northern of about 420 stations. Maps show monthly and annual rainfall distribution, also depth of snow cover on Mar. 15. DLC. 78681. FINNIE, R. S. George Mellis Douglas. (Explorers journal 1963. v. 41, no. 4, p. 54-55.) Obituary of this Canadian-American engineer, 1875-1963, who investigated mineral deposits in the Coppermine River area of Mackenzie District in 1911-1912 and in the Great Slave and Great Bear Lakes DLC. areas 1928-1938. FINOGENOVA, N., see No. 80155.

316

78682. FINOGENOVA, N. P. K izuchenifil maloshchetinkovykh chervol basselna r. Usy. (In: Akademia nauk SSSR. Komi filial. Ryby ... 1962, p. 219-24, tables, illus.) 12 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: A study of oligochaetes of the Use River basin. Reports on these worms collected during the summers of 1955-1956 in the Usa and its main tributaries in Komi ASSR. Some 43 species are listed, with notes on location(s) of find(s), distribution, etc. This fauna resembles that of neighboring freshwaters and that of Central Russia in general. DA. 78683.FINSKII TORGOVY! ZHURNAL. Sdacha polfårnogo ledokola "Leningrad." (Finkil torgovyl zhurnal 1962, no. 41, p. 12, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: Delivery of the polar icebreaker Leningrad. Describes this vessel ordered in 1956 from A/O Wärtsilä Koncernen in Finland, and delivered in 1962. It has 22,000 shaft hp., eight main diesel engines, and seven auxiliary diesel generators. Specifications include 25,360 t. max. displacement, 122.1 m. length, 24.5 m. max. beam, and 18 knots max. speed. It carries a helicopter aft, and fuel lubricant and water supplies in side and deep tanks. The Leningrad is of the same type as the Moskva (cf. DLC. No. 68195). 78684. FIRSOV, L. V. Istochniki i osobennosti shlikhovogo pirita v fAno-Kolymskom zolotonosnom pot se. (Akademifä nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Severo-Vostochnyl kompleksnyl n: issl. inst. Trudy 1963. no. 3, p. 107-123, tables.) 21 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Sources and peculiarities of heavy concentrate pyrite in the Yana-Kolyma goldbearing belt. It is established that in heavy fractions of alluvial deposits, pyrite predominates Sedimentary over other ore minerals. rocks with diagenetic pyrite is the main source of this mineral; but it has numerous sources of great variety. Amount, form and size of pyrite in alluvial deposits and the presence of gold and minor elements in DLC. it are described. 78685. FIRSOV, L. V. 0 nekotorykh voprosakh rudnol zolotonosnos. fAnoKolymskogo skladchatogo poiasa. (In: Akademifå nauk SSSR. Dal'nevostochnyl filial. Geologicheskil inst. Geologifh i metallogenifa ... 1963, p. 290-304.) 35 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: On some problems of the gold-bearing ores of the Yana-Kolyma folded belt.

Discusses the geologic position, age, genesis, scale and other problems of this region. The gold-bearing belt extends more than 1000 km. northwest from the Buyunda to the Adycha River basin. Geosynclinal position and small intrusions are characterized. Age of the gold deposits is considered not Jurassic, but Lower Cretaceous. Character of the connection between gold mineralization and small intrusions is analyzed. Structural-morphologic classification of gold-ore deposits is given noting gold mineralization in sedimentary rocks, in dikes, and transitional type deposits. Gold occurrence in gold ore deposits and placers is outlined. DLC. 78686. FIRSOV, L. V. Opyt parallel'nogo opredelenifä absolfütnogo vozrasta redkometal'nol kvarGevo-polevoshpatovoT zhily po Ar40/K40 i He4/ThYE2. (Akademifå nauk SSSR. Komissifis po opredelenifil absolfiitnogo vozrasta geologicheskikh formafsii. Bil lleten' 1961, no. 4, p. 81-86, table, illus.) 4 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Attempt at parallel absolute-age determinations of a rare-metal quartz-feldspathic vein by Ar40/K40 and by He4/Th" . Describes procedures etc. for testing quartz-feldspathic rocks from a vein of rare metal deposits in northeastern Yakutia. By the argon method, the samples are determined as Upper Triassic; by the helium, they are on the border between Triassic and Jurassic. A combination of the two methods is found suitable for pegmatite veins and in general for igneous rocks. DLC. 78687. FIRSOV, L. V. Pentagon-dodekacdricheskie mikrokristally zolota v kontakto-metamorfizovannykh perekristallizovannykh zhilakh na Severo-Vostoke SSSR. (Akademifis nauk SSSR. Doklady 1963. v. 148, no. 3, p. 681-83, table, illus.) 6 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Pentagondodecahedral microcrystals of gold in contact-metamorphosed recrystallized veins in northeastern USSR. Analyzes gold-ore bearing deposits of the Yana-Kolyma belt, and outlines the recrystallization of vein quartz in connection with contact metamorphism. With this recrystallization, a partial or total recrystallization of gold is observed which manifests itself in the breakdown of gold into microcrystals. Their main features such as form, face, content of gold, silver, etc. are described. These crystals are mostly of pentagon-dodecahedral form and in individual cases rhombic-dodecahedral. DLC.

FISCHBACH, F. F., see No. 79788. FISCHER VON WALDHEIM, G., see No. 78955. FISCUS, C. H., see No. 84405. FISET, E., see No. 77328. 78688. FISH, R. "Esenin" idet k N'füfanndlendu. (Moskva 1963. v. 7, no. 3, p. 173-87.) In Russian. Title tr.: The Esenin sails to Newfoundland. Describes life aboard the SergeI Esenin, refrigerator trawler of the Murmansk herring fleet, operating in the North Atlantic and off Newfoundland. DLC. FISH, W., see No. 81285. 78689. FISH BOAT. Articles (unsigned) of northern interest in its v. 8, 1963. no. 1-13, include: Possible opening of East Bering Sea to Japan angers halibut fishermen. (no. 1, p. 22-23, -F, map.) Discusses reaction of U.S. fishermen to the International North Pacific Fisheries Commission recommendation on removal of halibut stocks off Alaska from abstention by the Japanese. Expanded factoryship operations in king crab industry (no. 2, p. 27, illus.) Describes expedition by three factoryships of Pan-Alaska Fisheries in Aleutian waters Jan.-Apr. 1963; advantages and potential expansion of such operations. Fishing industry battles INPFC on E. Bering halibut opening (no. 4, p. 23-27, -i-, map, illus. Summarizes comments at U.S. Congressional hearings at Seattle in Feb. 1963, q.v. World fisheries in review (no. 5, p. 35-38, -1-, map, tables.) Covers 1961-1962, including Alaskan production of crabs, halibut, herring, salmon, and shrimp, also Japanese operations in Bering Sea by kind of vessel. Near expiration of Pacific treaty poses new threat to U.S. (no. 8, p. 28-30.) Summarizes statements on renegotiation of the international North Pacific fisheries treaty by Japanese, Canadian, and U.S. officials at a conference in Washington, D.C., June 1963. Auke Bay lab. center of widespread research. (no. 8, p. 39-40.) Describes the U.S. Bureau of Commercial Fisheries center in Southeast Alaska for studies of Alaskan fisheries biology, its program and facilities. North Pacific fisheries questions remain unresolved after Tokyo meet. (no. 12, p. 19 + . Discusses negotiations for a new

317

North Pacific fisheries treaty, complicated by Japanese rejection of the abstention principle; possible U.S. change in fishery DI. policy. 78690. FISHEL, N. Hydrographie survey of Melville Bay, West Greenland, in 1959 using two range Raydist. (International hydrographic review, Supplement 1962, v. 3, p. 15-27, maps, table.) From author's thesis to the Ohio State University. Describes equipment, installation, methods, and results of this precise survey of the area from Red Head to Kap Melville, roughly 75°-76° N. 58°-64° W., conducted from the USS Edisto, July—Sept. 1959. The two-dimensional 100-watt system utilized one mobile and two shore stations. Depths and coastal configuration were charted in considerable detail; a ship in distress was tracked at 210 mi. range. Raydist electronic navigational DM system was found accurate and reliable. DN-HO. 78691. FISHER, J. The changes in the distribution of the fulmar, Fulmar-us glacialis. (International Ornithological Congress, 10th, 1950. Proceedings, pub. 1951. p. 449-62, illus., tables, maps.) Describes populations (2) and geographic distribution of this arctic bird; population increase and its spread to Iceland, the Faroes, and Great Britain; breeding and breeding colonies in these areas, and distribution density in Britain. The great rise in population and southward spread is attributed to the whaling and fishing offal available in increasing quantities in the sea as food for these birds. DLC. FISHER, K. C., see No. 81998. 78692. FISHER (L.) ASSOCIATES, INC. State of Alaska: air trade study and master plan: Anchorage International Airport. San Francisco 1962. 351. maps. Refs. Reports to Alaska Dept. of Public Works on the physical development to 1975 of this aviation complex, including the Lake Hood float plane facilities, international airport, and general aviation strip. To estimate foreseeable traffic, economic and population trends in the State and the Anchorage area are analyzed; as are air passenger originations and destinations, recent air passenger, mail, cargo, and aircraft operations; projections are made for 1965, 1970, and 1975. Total operations are expected to increase 93,721-136,500 in 1961-1975 at the airport, and 46,75067,000 at the seaplane base; civil aircraft based at the complex could increase from

318

275 (in 1961) to 450. Present facilities are appraised, and a master plan proposed for development. The plan as shown would cost $10,437,900, and be implemented in three stages; the various improvements: runway and taxiway extensions, Lake Hood excavations, etc. are itemized. DLC. 78693. FISHER (L.) ASSOCIATES, INC. State of Alaska: air trade study and master plan: Fairbanks International Airport. San Francisco 1962. 28 1. illus. Refs. Presents report similar to that for Anchorage, supra. Total operations at the Fairbanks Airport are expected to increase 54,540-116,000 in 1981-1975; an estimated 32% by air carrier, 3% by military planes and 65% by civil itinerant aircraft. The master plan offered is estimated to cost $3,407,000; its recommendations include construction of a new general aviation strip, and dredging of the float plane basin. DLC. 78694. FISHER (L.) ASSOCIATES, INC. State of Alaska: financial and operational review and lease policy recommendations: Anchorage St Fairbanks International Airports. San Francisco 1962. 35 p. tables, maps. Reports to the Alaska Dept. of Public Works on fiscal and management procedures at these two state-operated airports. Their administrative organization, accounting system, operating expenses and revenues in fiscal years 1960 and 1961, and personnel schedules are analyzed. Leases and contracts (itemized) with the airlines and others for terminal building space, airfield use, concessions, etc. are examined. Recommendations are made for administration of the airports by a proposed Alaska Dept. of Aviation, for standardized leases, zoning of building areas, etc. Proposed capital improvements at the two airports through 1975 will cost approx. $25 million which should be obtained mostly from selfliquidating general obligation bonds. Operating expenses and revenues are estimated by year through 1971 to indicate feasibility of such financing. DLC. 78695. FISHER, P. D. The Alaskan wild game cookbook. Anchorage, Alaska 1961, 104 p. illus. Includes recipes for fish, game, mushrooms (by M. E. Deisher), and berries native to Alaska, also for sourdough breads. Illus. by J. W. Hafting. DLC.

FISHING NEWS INTERNATIONAL. Mackenzie Delta fish processing

78696.

pilot plant. (Its: v. 1, 1961. no. 1, p. 11112, illus.) Describes the Dept. of Northern Affairs' plant near Aklavik for processing of local fish and marine mammals. It is run by diesel power and contains a conveyer, jacketed steam pressure cooker, percolator, and oil and dewatering press. The products, blended with cereal grains or other additives, are to be used as Eskimo dog food. Some might be developed as mink food or for human consumption. DL

movements and volcanism of the area are outlined. Four intrusive phases of granitoid formation corresponding to tectonic-magmatic stages are distinguished: Baykal, Late Ordovician-Early Silurian, Devonian, and Early Carboniferous. Granitoids are connected genetically and spatially with ore occurrences of Pb, Zn, Cu, Mo, W, and Sn. Asbestos and talc occurrences are also noted. DLC.

78697. FISHMAN, E. G. Iz opyta raboty obshchestvennogo soveta protivotuberkuleznogo dispansera Noril'ska. (Zdravookhranenie Rossilskol Federa£sii 1963. v. 7, no. 12, p. 25-26.) In Russian. Title tr.: Experience from work of the community council at the anti-tuberculosis dispensary of Noril'sk. Discusses founding of the council in 1960, its members and program. Work in care and housing of TB patients, and in their isolation is outlined, as is the work among miners, consultation in surgical DLC. cases, visiting the sick, etc.

78700. FLANAGAN, R. T. The forests of northern Canada. (North 1963. v. 10, no. 5, p. 28-34, map, illus.) Discusses the forest resources of Yukon Territory and Mackenzie District: extent, species, utilization, administration, and protection from fires. Merchantable timber is estimated at approx. 14 billion cu. ft. in the Northwest Territories and nine billion in the Yukon, with white spruce the main species; 1961 production is noted. It is used in mining, as piling for structures in permafrost areas, for Eskimo and Indian housing, etc. CaMAI.

78G98. FISHMAN, M. V., and others. Granitoidnye intruzii verkhovil Bol'shogo Patoka, Malogo Patoka i Torgovol, Pripolarnyl Ural, i svazamioe s nimi orudenenie. Syktyvkar, Komi knizhnoe izd-vo 1960. 99 p. tables, profiles, maps, illus. Komi filial. (Akademia Hauk SSSR. Inst. geologii. Trudy no. 1.) 50 refs. In Russian. Other authors: G. V. Simakov and B. A. Goldin. Title tr.: Granitoid intrusions on the upper Bol'shoy Patok, Malyy Patok, and Torgovaya in the Subpolar Ural, and associated mineralization. Reports results of a study in 1953, 1955 and 1956 in the northeastern Pechora region of Komi ASSR. Its geologic structure and tectonics are reviewed. The geology and petrography of the granite massifs and metamorphic rocks, and new data obtained for stratigraphic division are outlined. Signs for molybdenum mineralization, discovery of asbestos and mineralization of copper sulfides are reported. DLC.

78701. FLANAGAN, R. T. A history of the Department of Northern Affairs and National Resources in its various manifestations since 1867 with special reference to its role in the existing Northwest Territories. Ottawa 1963. 86 p. Typescript. 6 refs. Reviews activities of the Dept. of Interior 1874-1035, Mines and Resources 19361949, Resources and Development 19501952 and Northern Affairs and National Resources 1953-1962, from annual reports of these federal departments successively responsible for development of lands tributary to Hudson Bay and the northern ocean. Active administration began in Yukon Territory in 1897 with the appointment of a Gold Commissioner and staff; the Klondike discoveries and ensuing rush hastened development. Administration in Mackenzie District was set up in 1920-21. Present policy and development are elucidated by extracts from the reports. Department responsibilities since 1873 are depicted on chart; principal officials are listed, and annual expenditures since 1937 given at CaONA. end.

78699. FISHMAN, M. V., and B. A. GOLDIN. Granitoidy { entral'nol chasti Moskva, Izd-vo Pripolarnogo Urala. Akadcmii nauk SSSR 1963. 107 p. tables, graphs, illus. 31 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Granitoids of the central part of Subpolar Ural. Reports on 1958-1960 investigations in the Kozhim and Naroda River basins of Komi ASSR. Geologic structure, tectonic

FLAHERTY, C. F., see No. 78027.

78702. FLANNERY, R. Infancy and childhood among the Indians of the east coast of James Bay. (Anthropos 1962. v. 57, no. 3-6, p. 475-82.) Describes traditional beliefs and practices connected with childbirth and childrearing through adolescence, as gathered

319

in 1937-1938 from Algonkian-speaking informants at Rupert House, Eastmain, and Fort George. Few beliefs of supernatural import or ritual prohibitions were associated with childbirth, considered a purely natural phenomenon. Some symbolic ceremonials celebrated the first un-aided walking of the infant. Observances connected with successful food quest were of prime importance in the training of children DSI. and adolescents.

78706. FLINCH, If. E., and B. HYLMÖ. On two recently described species of Cotoneaster of northwestern Europe. (Botaniska notiser 1962. v. 115, no. 3, p. 343-50, illus.) 13 refs. Discusses: C. cinnabarinus and C. Antoninae of the Kola-White Sea region and Fennoscandia, with some revisions and corrections in identification and nomenDLC. clature.

FLATIN, J., see No. 78214.

78707. FLOCK, W. L., and others. Geomagnetic agitation and overhead aurora. (In: International Conference on the Ionosphere 1962. Proceedings pub. 1963. p. 143-50, graphs, table, illus.) 7 refs. Other authors: A. E. Belon and R. R. Heacock. In Alaska during 1961-1962 winter, telluric currents and overhead optical aurora were simultaneously recorded at College, and telluric currents at Barrow were compared with overhead radio aurora as observed with a 41 Mc./s. radar at Kotzebue 540 km. distant. Study of records shows that onsets of telluric current micropulsations accompany sudden increases in auroral luminosity. Telluric current and luminosity micropulsations show closely corresponding periods ranging from three to 15 sec. Correlations are highest under overcast sky conditions, indicating that the telluric currents respond to ionospheric currents throughout much of the sky. Onsets and other major features of these three phenomena correspond closely, often to the nearest minute, and this suggests the same cause for all three under certain conditions. DLC.

78703. FLATT, A. E. Frostbite of the extremities, a review of current therapy. (Iowa Medical Society. Journal 1962. v. 52, no. 2, p. 53-55.) 4 refs. Reviews pathology, immediate treatment (rapid rewarming in water of 42° C.); therapy, useful and doubtful; surgery; late DNLM. care. FLEISHMAN, D. G., see No. 77778. FLEMING, A. M., see Nos. 83478, 83479. FLEROV, A. I., see No. 79857. 78704. FLEROV, B. L., and D. A. DOROFEEV. Indil v svin£sovo-ainkovykh mestorozhdenifåkh ffzhno-Verkhof inskogo ralona. (Akademifä nauk SSSR. fAkutskil filial. Trudy 1963. ser. geol. no. 16, p. 3948, tables, graph, illus.) 9 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Indium in lead-zinc deposits of the southern Verkhoyansk region. Characterizes these deposits. The main mineral containing indium is sphalerite. Its indium, cadmium and iron content is determined from geochemical study. Its variation in In indicates that the latter occurs not only as isomorphic admixture but also as independent mineral. The In-containing lead-zinc and tin-lead deposits extend from the southern Verkhoyansk region into the Okhotsk Chukotka volcanic DLC. belt. FLEROV, G. B., see No. 84199. 78705. FLETCHER, R. J. Afoot across an arctic desert. (North 1963. v. 10, no. 4, p. 4-12, map, illus.) Reports a north-south traverse of eastern Prince of Wales Island in central Canadian Arctic Aug. 1961. The physical geography, arid weather conditions, soils, plant and animal life are described, also Thule Eskimo tent rings. Temperatures ranged 30°-50° F.; musk oxen were encountered but few CaMAI. birds or insects seen.

320

FLINT, R. F., see No. 84313.

78708. FLODMAN, B. F. Arbetsstudieorganisationerna. (Skogen 1961. v. 48, no. 9, p. 177-78.) In Swedish. Title tr.: Work-study organizations. Notes activity of three such organizations in relation to problems in the lumbering industry. Mechanization has effected some improvements but does not touch the basic factors of climate, terrain, and distances. Large capital investment for research and development, further mechanization, and improved living conditions for loggers and other forest workers are required. A new type of expert is needed with knowledge of biology, economics, management and engineering. Higher education in forestry should be broadened and reorganized. DA. 78709. FLOR, H. Aage Gitz-Johansen: a Danish Audubon. (American-Scandinavian review 1962. v. 50, no. 2, p. 125-32, illus.)

Describes work of this artist, noted for his paintings and wood carvings of Greenland subjects, especially birds (six shown). DLC.

localities and the incidence of the disease are outlined. It is shown that incidence is directly proportional to the thickness of the permafrost. DLC.

78710. FLORENSKII, K. P. Predvaritel'nye rezul'taty TungusskoT meteoritnol kornpleksnol ekspedifsii 1961 g. (Meteoritika 1963. no. 23, p. 3-29, tables, graphs, maps, illus.) 17 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Preliminary results of the Tunguska meteorite complex expedition in 1961. Reviews previous studies of this meteorite which fell in 1908, and objectives in 1961. Organization and composition of this expedition headed by author are described and personnel (78) listed. Studies of the consequences of the fall are outlined: destruction of the forest, the 1908 forest fire, effects of the meteorite upon the swamp, biological effects, search of meteorite material, etc. DLC.

FLORENTIN, E., see No. 77935.

78711. FLORENSKII, K. P. Problema kosmicheskol pyli i sovremennoe sostofanie izuchenila Tungusskogo meteorite. (Geokhimifa 1963. no. 3, p. 284-95, table, graphs, maps.) 37 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Cosmic dust and the present state of knowledge on the Tungusskiy meteorite. Reviews material on place of fall, forest destruction, energy of explosion, trajectory, nature of explosion, of this meteorite. It was destroyed at about 6 km. height with strong dissemination of matter. All the investigations indicate that this meteorite was the head of a little comet. Hence study of cosmic dust is considered of great importance. DLC. FLORENSKII, K. P., see also No. 84713. 78712. FLORENSOV, A. A. Vechnala merzlota pochvy i es znachenie v etiologi i patogeneze endemicheskol urovskol, Kashina-Beka, Bolezni v Vostochnom Zabalkal'e. (Soveshchanie po problemam medikogeograficheskogo izuchenitü Sibiri i Dal'nego Vostoka, Irkutsk 1960. Voprosy medif'sinskol geografii Sibiri i Dal'nego Vostoka pub. 1961, p. 56-59, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: Permafrost and its significance in the etiology and pathogenesis of osteoarthritis deformans in the eastern Transbaykal. Description of this joint and bone disease affecting young children in the valleys of the Urov and several other rivers. The severe climate of these valleys, due to underlying permafrost and the relation between the permafrost thickness in four

78713. FLORKIEWICZ, L., and K. KOZLOWSKI. Symmetrical epiphyseal destruction by frostbite. (Archives of disease in childhood 1962, v. 37, no. 191, p. 51-52, illus.) Describes symmetrical changes in the bones of both hands of a boy, 5 yrs. old; the changes were claimed due to frostbite suffered 2% yrs. earlier. DNLM. 78714. FLOYD, C. J. Svalbard: crossroads of the Arctic. (American-Scandinavian review 1962. v. 50, no. 2, p. 153-60, map, illus.) Describes this archipelago, its strategic importance, resource development, relations between the Norwegian and Russian residents, living conditions in their settleDLC. ments. 78715. FLUCKE, A. F. Ordeal by cold. (North 1963. v. 10, no. 3, p. 8-12, illus.) Recounts experiences after a forced landing in northern Quebec in Jan. 1963: author (Northern Administrator at Fort Chimo) and several Eskimos awaited rescue in a small tent for 15 days. Ca1MAI. 78716. FLUCKE, A. F. Whither the Eskimo? (North 1963. v. 10, no. 1, p. 17-23, illus.) Presents opinion that to compete for wage employment and improve living standard the Eskimo must adopt some white but preserve some native attitudes and values. Government subsidized employment in Frobisher Bay, Churchill, and other large centers would aid the acculturaCaMAI. tion process. FLÜHMAN, G., see No. 84044. 78717. FLUG, K. Dereviånnyt nekropol' na fAmale. (Ural'skil sledopyt 1963, no. 1, p. 59.) In Russian. Title tr.: Wooden necropolis on Yamal. Describes the chance rediscovery of Ton-Pugol, an abandoned 18-19th century Ob-Ugric (?) settlement, 35 km. north of Labytnangi, with open box-like coffins, human skeletons and mortuary gifts insideDLC. the houses. 78718. FOFONOFF, N. P., and F. W. DOBSON. Transport computations for the North Pacific Ocean 1950-1959; 10-year

321

means and standard deviations by months; wind stress and vertical velocity, annual means 1955-1960. Nanaimo, B.C. 1963. 179 p. maps, tables. (Canada. Fisheries Research Board. Manuscript report series, oceanographic and limnological, no. 166.) 16 refs. Transport charts are presented showing atmospheric pressure, meridional- and zonalcomponent of Ekman transport, meridional component of total mass transport, integrated total transport, and integrated geostrophic transport for this period. Annual means of wind stress and vertical velocity are given for the years 1955-1960. The area considered includes Bering Sea, Aleutian waters, Sea of Okhotsk, and Gull of Alaska. DN-HO. 78719. FOGED, N. Observation of the freshwater diatom flora in the neighbourhood of TromsØ in North Norway. (Acta borealis 1960. A, Scientia, no. 16, 39 p., tables, maps, illus.) 27 refs. Discusses 33 samples collected in June 1958 from nine freshwater localities on the north and south islands and adjacent mainland, and tested for diatom content. Physical geography of the area is described. The six island localities are in the birch forest region i.e. temperate flora zone, the mainland sites in a mountain area above the tree line i.e. arctic flora zone. Chemicoecological conditions of these freshwaters are related to local geological characteristics. The diatom flora has a variety of types, many of the forms first records for north Scandinavia, and its dependence on the pH and electrolyte content of the surroundings is demonstrated, pH and DLC. halobion spectra are tabulated. 78720. FOGELBERG, P. Finlands tåtorter 1960. (Terra 1963. v. 75, no. 3, p. 257-68, maps, tables.) 23 refs. In Swedish. English summary and captions. Title tr.: The urban settlements of Finland 1960. Describes an investigation by the Finnish Central Statistical Office (Statistika centralbyrån), which was basis for map of the 1137 urban settlements. Mean center of urban population moved northward during Northern Finland has 31 1950-1960. urban settlements; Rovaniemi the largest, with 23,579 inhabitants, having increased more than 60% during 1950-1960. Total population of these 31 places is 78,155, which is 22.9% of the total for the area. It represents 2.3 urban settlements per 100 km.2, compared with 34.6 per 100 km.2 in southwest Finland, and 13.0 per 100 km.2 DGS. for the country as a whole. 322

FOHL, E., see No. 81213. 78721. FOIGEL', D. Pul'sirufdshchie opory truboprovodov. (Na strolkakh Rossii 1962, no. 10, p. 29.) In Russian. Title tr.: Pulsating supports for conduits. Describes peculiarities of permafrost at Vorkuta, a comparatively high temperature of -0.2° to -0.5° C., and a "gopher" structure of its ceiling which rises to the ground surface then dips to 30 m. below it. Under these conditions, surface conduits are laid on so-called pulsating supports. Hillocks and sod are removed from the support sites along the line for the pipes and bases trapezoid in form, of ballast and washed gravel, are laid on the graded sites. The slopes of the trapezoid are sodded again. Concrete supports of the conduit are placed on these bases. The network of water- and heat-supply pipes constructed on such pulsating supports gives 25% economy, as compared with the reinforced concrete pillar supports, and no deformation has been reported during four years' use of the network. DLC. 78722. FOKOS, D. R. Aus der Syntax der ural-altaischen Sprachen. (Acta linguistics 1960. v. 10, no. 3-4, p. 423-56, tables.) Refs. In German. Russian summary. Title tr.: From the syntax of UralAltaic languages. Disputes the assumption of syntactic discrepancies between Turkic, Mongolian, and Tungus. DLC. 78723. FOKOS, D. R. Etymologisches, Semasiologisches. (Finnisch-ugrische Forschungen 1951. v. 30, p. 312-39.) Refs. In German. Title tr.: Etymological, semasiological notes. Comparative linguistic analysis of several Vogul, Zyryan, and Ostyak words: origin, phonetic and semantic changes, dialectal forms, etc. CtY. 78724. FOKOS, D. R. Der Komparativ und Superlativ in den finnisch-ugrischen Sprachen. (Finnisch-ugrische Forschungen, 1951. v. 30, p. 147-230, tables.) Refs. In German. Title tr.: The comparative and superlative in Finno-Ugric languages. Comparative morphological analysis of adjectives, including Vogul, Ostyak, Zyryan, Lappish, and Samoyed. The use of the ablative, partitive, and elative constructions, functions of suffixes, etc. are discussed. Criticized by Dr. Alo Raun, q.v. CtY. 78725. FOKOS, D. R. Über den Ursprung

einer syrjänischen Konjunktion. (Acta linguistics, 1981. v. 11, no. 3-4, p. 273-99.) Refs. In German. Russian summary. Title tr.: Origin of a Zyryan conjunction. Study of a semantic change from then (expressing time sequence) to if (doubt) of an enclitic particle of the Uda dialect. DLC. FOKOS, D. R., see also No. 82709. FOLINSBEE, R. E., see Nos. 77781, 79605. 78726. FOLK, G. E., Jr. Day-night rhythms and hibernation. (Harvard Univ. Museum of Comparative Zoology. Bulletin 1960. v. 124, International Symposium ... Hibernation 1959. Proceedings, p. 209-232, tables, illus.) 17 refs. Following an introduction on diurnal rhythms and "time clocks" of plants and ectothermic animals, the author presents an account of three years' study of the problem in ground squirrels and bats. Specifically: general activity, body temperatures, heart rate, and the response to stimuli, were investigated. No physiological evidence of a 24—hour rhythm was found during deep hibernation in either animal. DLC. 78727. FOLK, M. A. The daily distribution of sleep and wakefulness in the arctic ground squirrel. (Journal of mammalogy 1963. v. 44, no. 4, p. 575-77, table, graphs.) Ref. Reports on midsummer observations, both direct and by implantable radio capsules. Peak activity lasted from noon to 5 p.m.; on average, approx. 70% of the time was spent sleeping, despite continuous DLC. daylight. 78728. FOLKESTAD, K., and B. LANDMARK. A note on HF communications during polar radio blackouts. (In: NATO. The effect of disturbances ... 1963, p. 59-64, map, graphs, table.) Presents some preliminary results of a Norwegian Defence Research Establishment study begun in 1961, of 12 and 18 Mc./s. signals from College, Alaska, monitored at Kjeller, Norway. Riometer observations from five Norwegian stations on both disturbed and quiet days were also studied. The possibility of reducing the effect of polar blackouts by a direct mode and an alternate or relay mode of propagaDLC. tion are discussed. FOLKESTAD, K., see also No. 81880.

78729. FOLKOW, B., and others. Studies on the reactions of the cutaneous vessels to cold exposure. (Acta physiologica scandinavies. 1963. v. 58, no. 4, p. 342-54, illus., graphs.) 26 refs. Other authors: R. H. Fox, J. Krog, H. Odelram and O. Thoren. Study of vascular responses to intense cooling in man and cats. Results suggest that the initial vasoconstriction and the following dilatation are of a complex nature, each depending on different mechanisms, discussed. Further complicating the problem is the circumstance that they are sometimes additive and sometimes counteracting in their effects. DNLM. 78730. FOMIN, L. Vesennil gul. (Ural 1962, no. 7, p. 174-75, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: Springtime. Sketches arrival of spring in a Vogul settlement in the Polar Ural, nature, floods, work routine, etc. DLC. FONAREV, G. A., see No. 81733. 78731. FONTAINE, M., and F. LACHIVER. Thyroide et thermoregulation chimique. (France. Centre national de la recherche scientifique. epilogues nationaux 1955, p. C63—C81.) 105 refs. In French. Title tr.: The thyroid and chemical thermoregulation. Review of this field comprising seasonal fluctuations of thyroid activity in hibernating and non-hibernating mammals; experimental evidence of thyroid role in thermoregulation; mechanism of thyroid activation by cold; heat-producing function of this gland during rewarming. The involution of the thyroid prior to hibernation and its recovery prior to, or during arousal are stressed and its prompt response to cold and place in the nervous-endocrine system summarized. DLC. 78732. FONTAINE, R., and C. BOLLACK. Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Erfrierungen. (Wiener medizinische Wochenschrift 1960. v. 110, no. 24-25, p. 509-514, illus.) 43 refs. In German. Title tr.: Contribution to the knowledge of frostbite. Following an introduction on earlier work, author describes and discusses two cases of primary acute muscle injury due to cold exposure, with rapidly spreading venous thrombosis and gangrene of the affected limb. The injury was found to depend on the intensity and duration of cold and on the response of the tissue, muscle being less resistant than skin. Early and late thromboses are also discussed. Rapid rewarming is preferred to slow one. DNLM.

323

FONTAINE, R., and others. 78733. Clinical and experimental contribution to the study of frostbite. (Journal of cardiovascular surgery 1961. v. 2, no. 6, p. 449-55, graph, illus.) Ref. Other authors: M. Klein, C. Bollack, N. Kuhlman and I. Sapicas. Describes two cases of frostbite, one of them with a serious bullet wound, also experimental frostbite in rats. The study indicates that in addition to indirect lesions caused by vascular mechanisms, tissues were directly affected by cold. Far and foremost muscle was affected. Of indirect effects, increased venous oxygen content which may persist for several years, is discussed in detail. Quick rewarming DNLM. gave better results than slow. FOOTE, D. C., see No. 81738. FOOTE, J., see No. 77694. 78734. FORBES, J. D. The prehistory of Siberia and its significance for America. (Masterkey for Indian lore and history 1959. v. 33, no. 3, p. 84-94, map.) 12 refs. Summarizes archeological investigations in the Lake Baykal—Lena River region and disputes a recent Siberian origin of American Indian cultures. The American Indians are considered descendants of pre-Mongoloid Asians who migrated via the Bering Strait prior to the fourth glacial period (i.e. over 40,000 years ago) and developed an independent autochthonous culture on American DLC. soil. 78735. FORMOZOV, A. N. Snezhnyl pokrov severnol Evrazii i ego znachenie v ekolog6ii i rasprostranenii mlekopitafashchikh i ptits. (Naaional'nyl komitet sovetskikh geografov. 19 Mezhdunarodnyl geograficheskil kongress ... 1961, p. 225-33, table, maps.) 6 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The snow cover in northern Eurasia and its importance in the ecology and distribution of mammals and birds. Reviews the thickness and duration of the snow, noting three regions with more than 70 cm., viz: the European northeast and west slopes of the Ural, the Ob-Yenisey interfluve, and the coastal area of northe .st Siberia. Its ecological aspects are discussed. The adaptation and migration of certain mammals and birds are described, such as squirrel, reindeer, etc. Northern limits are noted for the roe deer, musk deer, etc. Conservation aspects of the snow cover are also considered and animals living on the snow surface e.g. grouse, and beneath the snow, shrew, weasel, ermine, etc. are noted.

324

Snow depth and environmental conditions of such animals and birds are compared and DLC. evaluated. 78736. FORMOZOV, A. N. Snow cover as an integral factor of the environment and its importance in the ecology of mammals and birds. Edmonton 1963? 176 p. maps, illur. (Alberta. Univ. Boreal Inst. Occasional paper no. 1.). English translation by W. Prychodko and W. 0. Pruitt of No. 21870. CaOGB. FORREST, L. A., see No. 78860. 78737. FORSSLUND, K. H., and K. MULLER. Trichopterenfunde in Lule Lappmark and Norrbotten, Schweden. (Entomologisk tidskrift 1962. v. 83, no. 3-4, p. 231-36, map.) 2 refs. In German. Title tr.: Trichoptera finds in Lule Lappmark and Norrbotten, Sweden. Reports on caddis fly populations from 1952-1955 collections made prior to development of power plants and reservoirs with resulting changes in biogeography in the region. Identifications are made by Forsslund of materials collected by Müller; 52 species belonging to 11 families are listed with date and location of find; five species are new to Norrbotten, and six to Lule Lappmark. Some nomenclature changes are discussed. DLC. FORSYTH, P. A., see No. 81597. FORTIER, E., see No. 76914. 78738. FORTIER, Y. 0., and others. Geology of the north-central part of the Arctic Archipelago, Northwest Territories, Operation Franklin. Ottawa, Queen's Printer 1963. xviii, 671 p. maps, sections, tables. Box contains 11 maps, 87 sections on 12 sheets, and one table. (Canada. Geological Survey. Memoir 320.) 165 refs. Contributors: It. G. Blackadar, B. F. Glenister, H. R. Greiner, D. J. McLaren, N. J. McMillan, A. W. Norris, E. F. Roots, J. G. Souther, R. Thorsteinsson, and E. T. Tozer. German and Russian summary. Presents the results of this helicoptersupported project which investigated the potential mineral fuel resources of a 200,000 sq. mi. area with extensive study of air photographs, and field work by eight-nine parties, June-Sept. 1955. The 1 in.:8 mi. geological maps compiled accompany this report. Area studied extends roughly from Axel Heiberg and Ellesmere Islands on the north to Somerset Island on the south, and

from Melville and Ellef Ringnes Islands on the west to Devon Island on the east. Introduction and a general geologic summary by Fortier is followed by outline of the systematic stratigraphy by Blackadar, Norris, Thorsteinsson, McLaren, and Tozer; widespread outcrops of Ordovician, Silurian, and Devonian rocks are noted, as are two groups of basic dikes and sills. Areal geology is discussed for six main mapareas, each a major island or group: exploration, physiography, and the bedrock geology are summarized, then individual reports are given on local areas, by the ten conCommercial exploration for tributors. petroleum in recent years is noted; no oil concentration is known to date, but possible occurrences are indicated in the lower Paleozoic miogeosyncline and in the upper Paleozoic to Tertiary Sverdrup Basin. Coal is widespread geographically and stratigraphically, most appears to be lignite to bituminous. Gypsum ranging Precambrian to Permian in age occurs in all major geologic regions, most extensively in the Ordovician Cornwallis Formation and the Permo-Carboniferous of the Sverdrup Basin. Maps and sections, also correlation and analysis tables amplify the text. Maps 1098A-1103A in separate box show in color at 1 in.:8 mi., the geology of the six main island groups. General geology, geological regions, main structural features, etc. are mapped in color on scale 1 in.:32 mi.; two traverses and local areas on larger scales. The 87 sections are distributed throughout a dozen islands. Analyses of 21 coal specimens collected during Operation DGS. Franklin are tabulated. FOSTER, D. A., see No. 77917. 78739. FOSTER, E. O. The collection and recovery of gold from roaster exit gases at Giant Yellowknife Mines Limited. (Canadian mining and metallurgical bulletin 1963. v. 56, no. 614, p. 469-75, graphs, tables, illus.) 2 refs. Also pub. in Canadian Institute of Mining and Metallurgy Transactions 1963, v. 66, p. 245-51. Deals with the development of methods for the selective recovery of arsenic and gold-bearing dust from these gases at the Giant Yellowknife roaster, and discusses processes for recovery of gold from the dust. The arsenic collection problem was solved by installation of both electrostatic and baghouse collectors, thus measurement of loss in gold-bearing dust became possible. Research programs on dust treatment began in 1958; the current process was started in May 1960. Two electrostatic precipitators,

operated at temperatures above 600° F., collect the gold-bearing dust. The gases are cooled and the condensed arsenic is collected in the baghouse. The dust from the electrostatic precipitators is washed, and cyanided in the presence of activated, carbon. At present, about 800 oz. of gold per month are recovered thus, about 3.4% of the all recovered. Recognition of costs of gas cleaning in the metallurgical industry may lead to metal recovery sufficient to justify the expense for equipment. DGS. 78740. FOTIADI, E. E. Geofizicheskie issledovanifå v Sibiri i na Dal'nem Vostoke. (Akademifä nauk SSSR. Vestnik 1963. v. 33, no. 1, p. 16-20.) In Russian. Title tr.: Geophysical investigations in Siberia and the Far East. Notes the coal, iron, tin, polymetallic ore, diamond, etc. resources in these regions including the northern areas. Aerogeomagnetic, gravimetric, electric and seismic methods are widely used for their exploration. Better coordination of such work is needed and a network of geophysical field stations should be developed. DLC. 78741. FOTIADI, E. E., and others. Pfatalä Vsesofaznafa nauchno-tekhnicheskafå geofizicheskafa konferenf ifii. (Geologifa i geofizika 1963, no. 11, p. 151-52.) In Russian. Other authors: L. L. Van'fin and D. Puchkova. Title tr.: The fifth All-Union applied geophysics conference. Describes the conference of May 31-June 5, 1963 in Novosibirsk; 280 papers were presented; prospecting of oil-bearing regions, ores, drillings, methods, mechanization and automation of geophysical work, etc. were discussed. Kola Peninsula, Karelia, Western Siberia and Yakutia were among the regions dealt with. DLC. 78742. FOTIADI, k. E., and G. I. KARATAEV. Stroenie zemnol kory Sibiri i Dal'nego Vostoka po dannym regional'nykh geofizicheskikh issledovanil. (Geologiia i geofizika 1963, no. 10, p. 5-19, table, graph, map.) 50 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Structure of earth's crust in Siberia and the Far East according to the data of regional geophysical work. Presents a schematic map showing thickness of the crust: large forms of the Mohorovi6ii discontinuity, and their grouping into various structural types, based on data from magnetic and gravity observations and deep seismic soundings. Continental and oceanic crust are distinguished as are the various types of each. Seismic-wave velocity, crust thickness and other features are discussed briefly. DLC.

325

78743. FOTIEV, S. M. Sezonnoe promerzanie i protaivanie gornykh porod v füzhnol chasti Aldanskogo nagor'fii. (In: Akademifa nauk SSSR. Inst. merzlotoveMnogoletnemerzlye gornye .. . denifa. 1963, p. 31-61, tables, graphs, map.) 10 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Seasonal freezing and thawing of rocks in the southern part of the Aldan upland. Reports a study in the Chul'man coal region. Depths of seasonal freeze-thaw vary from 0.3 to 6 m. Position in relief, absolute height, vegetation, and lithologic composition are the effective factors in the freeze-thaw. Removal of the peat-moss cover significantly increases rock temperature and seasonal thawing. Removal of snow cover in April increases thawing up to 50-80 cm. DLC. 78744. FOURNIER, L. Arctic co-ops. (Eskimo 1963. v. 65, p. 10-13, illus.) Describes the first Eskimo Cooperative Conference held at Frobisher Bay, Baffin Island in Mar. 1963. Advantages of the cooperatives (17) for the Eskimos are sketched, and the Canadian government commended on its work for them. CaMAI. 78745. FOWLER, H. W. Taxonomic notes on fishes of the interior of the Ungava. (Elisha Mitchell Scientific Peninsula. Society, Chapel Hill, N.C. Journal 1961. v. 77, no. 2, p. 309-311, illus.) Deals with 11 species of fishes from the collection made by Francis Harper (q.v.) in 1953. Size, time and location of catch, scale count, coloration, etc. are noted. CaMAI. FOX, R. H., see No. 78729. 78746. FRADKIN, G. S. Tektonika zapadnol chasti Vilfalskol vpadiny. (In: Akademifä nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie .. . Tektonika Sibiri, v. 1, 1962, p. 189-96, maps, profiles.) 18 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Tectonics of the western part of the Vilyuy depression. Reviews this structure from recent data. Its limits and its content are outlined. Special attention is given to the western part with the Suntar arched uplift, Ygyatta depression and Kempendyay downwarp, as main structure. Each is analyzed. Appraisal of oil and gas prospects is given. DLC. 78747. FRÄMLING, K. Tornedalen i litteraturen. (Norrbotten 1962, p. 223-42.) In Swedish. Title tr.: Tornedalen in the literature. Lists about 750 works on this area of north

326

Sweden along the Finnish border, approx. 65°45'-69° N. It has an extensive literature, the earliest work dating from 1555. The list is not exhaustive on the natural sciences, on Lapp conditions and the Lapland mining communities. The most important collections are in the Tornedalen Library of more than 30,000 volumes, at Övertorneå, the Luleå town library, and the Norrbotten SPRI. Museum. 78748. FRANCE, L. L., and others. Apparatus for hardness testing at low temperatures. (Materials research & standards 1961. v. 1, no. 3, p. 192-94, graphs, illus.) 11 refs. Other authors: R. T. Begley and H. Kohute. Describes a test chamber designed to overcome the disadvantages normally encountered in the use of low-temperature baths, particularly the problem of continuously varying the temperature. A view of the test chamber in position on a standard Vickers hardness tester is given, as is a plan of the refrigerant (nitrogen vapor) transfer and temperature control system. An excellent correlation is found between low-temperature flow stress and hardness for columbium in the temperature range from +20° to —196° C., though a poor correlation is found between low-temperature hardness and ultimate tensile strength. DGS. FRANCESCHETTI, A. P., see No. 83790. 78749. FRANCIS, A. Muktuk on the menu. (Canadian food journal 1963. v. 4, no. 9, p. 24-26, illus.) Reports developments in preparation and preservation of arctic food products. A whale processing plant was established in summer 1962 in Keewatin District at the Hudson Bay outlet of Tha-Anne River; 300 belugas captured and butchered by 44 Eskimos yielded 50,000 tins of whale meat, 60,000 cans of muktuk, 20,000 lbs. smoked sausage, and 150,000 lbs. dog food. Most of the plant's output is for use by Eskimos, but surpluses are to go to southern markets. The specialty food officer of the Dept. of Northern Affairs' Industrial Division directs this operation. CaONA. 78750. FRANCIS, H. S., Jr., and others. Some views concerning the development of Mount McKinley National Park. (National parks magazine 1963. v. 37, no. 192, p. 18-19, +.) Comments by Francis, W. 0. Pruitt, Jr., and A. Van Sinderen on the area as unique for study of subarctic ecology. Some

essential characteristics, e.g. delicate plant and animal communities and slow revegetation, would be harmed by traditional construction and park management techniques. Suggestions are given as to type and location of roads, tourist facilities, DL used by visitors. 78751. FRANKCOM, C. E. N. Ocean weather ships, some navigational and (International oceanographical aspects. hydrographic review 1963. v. 40, no. 2, p. 141-53, maps, illus.) Ref. Summarizes operating system used by the nine ocean stations under the North Atlantic Ocean Station Agreement, including Alfa in Denmark Strait, Bravo in Labrador Sea, and Mike in Greenland Sea. Duties include meteorological observations, search and rescue, communications, radio navigational aids to aircraft, etc. Under average conditions the position of ships A, B, and M can be determined within two miles; various position-fixing devices are being tested by all the weather ships. Oceanographic observations carried out on the British weather ships A, I, J, and K are outlined. Other work occasionally performed includes seismic observations, micro-observations to study the sea and air temperature near the surface, ship motion trials, and wave recording. DLC. FRANK-KAMENEfKIi, V. A., see No. 82452. 78752. FRANKLAND, B., and P. F. Changes in endogenous WAREING. gibberellins in relation to chilling of dormant seeds. (Nature 1962. v. 194, no. 4825, p. 313-14, illus.) 10 refs. Account of biochemical and biological tests of hazel and beech nuts, chilled at near-freezing temperatures for 12 or 6 weeks, with unchilled seeds as controls. In the hazel seeds, an increase in gibberellins was found after cooling; in beech nuts, gibberellins were present in both seeds, but a chromatographic difference between the DLC. two was noted. 78753. FRANßESSON, E. V. Termo6lektrieheskie svolstva prirodnykh tverdykh rastvorov na primere il'menitov is kimberlitov fAkutii. (Geologii i geofizika 1963, no. 3, p. 95-106, graphs.) 15 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Thermoelectric properties of natural solid solutions as exemplified by ilmenites from kimberlites of Yakutia. Reports study on ilmenites, paragenetic satellites of diamonds from the Mir,

Dal'naya, Ukukit, Chomur and other kimberlite pipes. A relationship is found to exist between thermo-electric properties and number of trivalent iron ions in the unit cell of ilmenites. High alkaline kimberlites contain more magnesium ilmenite. Experience of this investigation shows that a similar one can be effective for determination of composition patterns of a variety of mineral-semiconductors. DLC. 78754. FRASER, B. What the North really looks like. (Maclean's magazine 1959, v. 72, no. 23, p. 19, 113-14, -E, map, illus.) Reports a three-week trip in Aug. 1958, by an eight-man party retracing routes of the voyageurs in Mackenzie District. They traveled by canoe down the Camsell River from Sarah Lake to Great Bear Lake, visited Port Radium with its abandoned uranium mines, crossed the lake by barge to Fort Franklin, and thence by canoe down the Great Bear and Mackenzie Rivers to Norman Wells. The landscape and natives of the area are described. CaOCU. 78755. FRASER, D. B., and J. W. DATTERSON. Lead and zinc in Canada, 1961. Ottawa, Queen's Printer 1963. viii, 90 p. maps, graphs, tables, illus. (Canada. Dept. of Mines and Technical Surveys. Mineral information bulletin MR 70.) Refs. Outlines this industry and production methods, mine production by province and territory, exploration and development, reserves, metal output, trade, etc. Maps of the Flin Flon—Snow Lake, and Mayo Districts are included; as are prospective producing areas: Mattagami Lake, Great Slave Lake, Watson Lake and Pelly River, etc. as well as the principal producers, Hudson Bay Mining and Smelting Co. Ltd., and United Keno Hill Mines Ltd. in the North. DGS. FRASER, G. D., see No. 83131. 78756. FRASER, J. A. Geological notes on northeastern District of Mackenzie, Northwest Territories. Ottawa, Queen's Printer 1964. 20 p. map 45-1963. (Canada. Geological Survey. Paper 63-40.) 10 refs. Outlines preliminary results of Operation Bathurst, a reconnaissance mapping project in the Bathurst Inlet area June 5—Aug. 17, 1962: five geologists, using two helicopters, mapped the bedrock of a 55,000-sq. mi. area from 65° N. to the coast, 100°-112° W. Geological coverage was achieved by east-

327

west helicopter traverses run at six-mi. intervals; detailed ground observations were made every 5-10 mi. along the traverses; these were supplemented by air observations from cruising altitude (above 300 ft.) or from hover positions within 30 ft. of the ground. The area is underlain by massive granitic rocks and gneisses (70%), by Archean metasediments and metavolcanic rocks of the Yellowknife Group (10%), by Proterozoic sediments and flows and younger sediments (20%), and by diabase, diorite, gabbro, and anorthosite, all mapped on a scale of 1 in.:8 mi. Most prominent structural and topographic feature is the Bathurst fault, which extends from Coronation Gulf, 170 mi. southeast to Western River, which it follows for more than 30 mi., beyond the southern boundary of the map-area. Gossans and rusty zones, in Archean rocks, drew prospecting activity -in 1962 around Contwoyto Lake, mainly DGS. for gold. FRASER, J. G., see No. 76960. 78757. FRASER, R. J. Early Canadian icebreakers. (Arctic 1963. v. 16, no. 1, p. 2-7, illus.) Reminisces on icebreaking vessels used in charting the Hudson Bay Route prior to World War I. Several were sold to the Russians for war service in arctic waters, and one, the Earl Grey, subsequently became well known as the Fedor Litke. DGS. 78758. FREBOLD, H. Illustrations of Canadian fossils, Jurassic of western and arctic Canada. Ottawa, Queen's Printer 1963. 107 p. table, illus.) (Canada. Geological Survey. Paper 63-4.) 38 refs. Contains photographs of most of the stratigraphically important Jurassic index fossils of these areas, designed for use in the field. Relative stratigraphic position and age can be seen from the descriptions accompanying illus., and from the table. About 20 species of ammonites are shown from the Richardson and British Mts. region; 19 from the Arctic Islands, 11 from southern Yukon. DGS. 78759. FREDEEN, F. J. H. A trap for studying the attacking behavior of black flies, Simulium areticum Mall. (Canadian entomologist 1961. v. 93, no. 1, p. 73-78, tables, graph, illus.) 7 refs. Following notes on earlier traps, and the behavior of this black fly, a simple, collapsible trap for the blood-seeking females is described and evaluated. Not as effective

328

as a light trap, its catch is more representative of the attacking population and may be used in research. It operates in daylight. DLC. 78760. FREEMAN, A. A. The case for Doctor Cook. New York, Coward-McCann 1961. 315 p. map. Refs. Reviews Frederick A. Cook's claim to have traveled to the North Pole in 1908, prior to Peary's trip. DLC. FREEMAN, V. L., see No. 83839. 78761. FREIDIN, I. L., and L. S. MONAKHOVICH. Nekotorye problemy razvitifä promyshlennosti i transporta Evropelskogo Severe SSSR. (Problemy Severa 1963, no. 5, p. 19-31.) 17 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Some development problems in industry and transportation in the European North of the USSR. Reviews the resources of the area: the coal of the Pechora basin, oil and natural gas in Komi ASSR, peat, water power, iron ores, apatite and nickel in Kola Peninsula, timber of Karelia, Arkhangel'sk Province and Komi ASSR, fisheries based on Murmansk, Arkhangel'sk and Belomorsk. Transport is considered: railroads, automobile roads and river shipping, and efforts to expand it are noted: construction plans for the Khal'mer-Yu-Yugorskiy Shar and Ural-Pechora railroads, of redirecting Pechora waters to the Kama and Volga. DLC. 78762. FREIDMAN, G. I., and G. V. SHAFER. Nekotorye rezul'taty sravnenifå varial it neltronnol i zhestkol komponent sa period avgust-oktfabr' 1957 g. (Akademifä nauk SSSR. akutskil filial. Trudy 1960. ser. fiz. no. 3, p. 116-20, table, graphs.) 3 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Some results of comparing the variations of neutron and hard components for the period of Aug.-Oct. 1957. Reports considerable variation in cosmic ray intensity recorded at Yakutsk Aug. 3Oct. 21, 1957. Both gradual and sudden variations were recorded in the energy range 80-300 Bev, differing up to 130 Bev between their maximum intensities for different geomagnetic storms. Cosmic ray intensity variations are analyzed for three very strong, one strong, and one moderate storm. Two-four days after the sudden drop of intensity, the character of its diurnal variation is found to change sharply compared with that of variations on quiet days. The variation in cosmic ray intensity with increasing and decreasing solar activity was established by comparing the observed

data with similar records in 1951. The apparatus and the methods of recording, DLC. and data treatment are given. 78763. FREIMAN, E. V. Paleo£senovye kompleksy foraminifer Zapadno-Sibirskol nizmennosti. (Sibirskil n: issl. inst. geologii, geofiziki i mineral'nogo syr'iå. Trudy 1962. no. 23, p. 52-67, tables, illus.) 11 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Paleocene complexes of foraminifers in West Siberian lowland. Reports on some foraminifers collected in drilling cores in northeastern, northwestern and central regions of the West Siberian lowland, including the Malyy Atlym, Tym and other areas. All are listed with indication of horizontal and vertical distribution. Some species, two of them new, are systematically described from gen. Anomalina, DLC. Cibicides. 78764. FREINDLING, V. A. Ledovye uslovii . delstvufüshchikh i proektiruemykh energeticheskikh vodokhranilishch Karelii. (Akademila nauk SSSR. Karel'skil filial. Trudy 1961, no. 31, p. 89-125, tables, graphs, profiles, maps.) 41 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Ice conditions in active and projected water-power reservoirs of Karelia. Study of conditions in the major lakes, some of them in the northern part of the republic. Earlier literature, hydrometric and other materials are reviewed; hydrological conditions of the lakes, and basic climatic and hydrometeorologic conditions are outlined. From the data of these freezing dates, periods and their fluctuations, the ice cover and its changes, the breakup and clearing of the water surface are considered for a number, in some cases DLC. fifty, of years. 78765. FREMOUW, E. J. Radio-star visibility fades observed in the auroral zone. College, Alaska 1963. v, 53 1. map, graphs. (Alaska. Univ. Geophysical Inst. Geophysical research report UAG-R134.) 26 refs. Describes instrumentation, data analysis techniques, and results of this empirical study, carried out in conjunction with L. Owren's theoretical work. The operation of a phase-switch interferometer is analyzed to show that reductions in output may be interpreted as reductions in correlation of the star signals arriving at two interferometer antennas. The reduced correlation results in at least 50% reduction in radiostar visibility for 3 min.; it may reduce visibility to zero for several min. and last more than an hour. Visibility fades of Cygnus A and Cassiopeia A radio stars,

observed on 223 megacycles in the aurora zone during one year of maximum sunspot activity (1957-1958), are analyzed. Fadeoccurrence distributions in time and space are presented and comparisons with other phenomena are discussed. Fades observed on 456 mc. during Dec. 1957 and those on 223 mc. are compared. The visibility fades on 223 mc. appear to be caused by scattering irregularities whose geographical distribution peaks near the maximum of the visual auroral zone. Contributions from both E- and F-layer are evident. Primary occurrence maxima appear in autumn and at magnetic midnight. DGS. FRENCH, D. N., see Nos. 76754, 80031. 78766. FRENKEL, R. E. Adak, Alaska. Riverside, Cal. 1960. 23 p. tables, maps, illus. (U.S. Naval Pacific Missile Range, Point Mugu, Cal. Report no. 17. 26 refs. Similar in outline to his report on Anchorage infra. Adak is a U.S. Naval Base at the head of Kuluk Bay in the northern part of Adak Island, the largest of the Andreanof subgroup of the Aleutians. The harbor is about 1,039 naut. mi. west-southwest of Anchorage and 906 naut. mi. west-southwest of Kodiak. Southern Adak has rugged topography; in the north are two inactive volcanoes. A fine harbor in Kuluk Bay and its branch Sweeper Cove, and a fully equipped airport serve the U.S. Naval Base. Weather on treeless Adak, as on all the Aleutians, is characterized by cold rain, frequent fog, continual wind. DN-H0. 78767. FRENKEL, It. E. Anchorage, Alaska. Riverside, Cal. 1960. 26 p. maps, tables, illus. (U.S. Naval Pacific Missile Range, Point Mugu, Cal. Report no. 5.) 28 refs. Outlines physical features of a 150 sq. mi. area around Anchorage, ownership and extensive government control of land, administration, population, its rapid growth. Transportation, communications, and utilities are discussed as factors in urban development; water supply, sewage, electricity, and police protection are deficient. Housing is in short supply, as are construction materials and labor. DN-HO. 78768. FRENKEL, R. E. Attu, Alaska. Riverside, Cal. 1960. 21 p. maps, tables, illus. (U.S. Naval Pacific Missile Range, Point Mugu, Cal. Report no. 14). 25 refs. Describes the main physical features, the administration, settlement, population and facilities of this westernmost of the Aleutian Islands, as for Anchorage supra. Attu

329

village at the head of Chichagof Bay has been razed, and some buildings on Chichagof Point are presently designated as Attu. The rugged island is about 410 naut. mi. east of Kamchatka Peninsula and about 900 naut. mi. west of the Alaska Peninsula near Kodiak Island. Harbor facilities, some installations remaining from World War II activities, and weather conditions (cold rain, frequent fog, continual wind) are DN-HO. noted. 78769. FRENKEL, R. E. Fairbanks, Alaska. Riverside, Cal. 1960. 29 p. maps, tables, illus. (U.S. Naval Pacific Missile Range, Point Mugu, Cal. Report no. 7.) 26 refs. Similar in outline to the report on Anchorage supra. Fairbanks second in size only to Anchorage, about 260 mi. to the south, lies athwart the Chena River near its confluence with the Tanana. Its central location is a factor in its prominence as a military, transportation, and commercial center, and site of the University of Alaska; its location however makes problems of short winter daylight, permafrost, and spring floods. Like Anchorage, Fairbanks depends upon the military bases for its growth as well as upon commercial and transportation activities. Water transport is declining; the city has access to the Alaska Highway via Richardson Highway, and by the Alaska Railroad to Anchorage and to the ports of Whittier and Seward; air transport is served by two civilian and two military air fields. Fairbanks is headquarters for the "White Alice" UHF radio system, and has other communications facilities. The city also has problems of construction, water supply, sewage, police and fire protection, and like Anchorage, has a critical DN-HO. housing shortage. 78770. FRENKEL, R. E., and R. I. GATES. Ketchikan, Alaska. Riverside, Cal. 1960. 29 p. maps, tables, illus. (U.S. Naval Pacific Missile Range, Point Mugu, Cal. Report no. 25.) 22 refs. Similar in scope to the report on Anchorage, supra. The physical features of the Ketchikan area on Revillagigedo Island, 580 naut. mi. northwest of Seattle and 206 naut. mi. southeast of Juneau, are described. The city of 7500 has developed from a small salmon cannery and saltery established in 1888 to one of the largest fish-packing communities in Alaska. A high-grade pulp mill built in 1954 has attracted more population and competes with the fish industry for first place in the economy. Rugged Revillagigedo Island is typical of

330

the Alexander Archipelago of Southeast Alaska, in topography, climate, and coastal features. The area surrounding the city is part of the large Tongass National Forest, and much of the unused land in the entire area is federal reserve. The city has facilities for ships and small craft, and a seaplane service from Annette Island Airport 30 mi. to the south, but no airport; land transportation is limited. Utilities are provided by a municipal company. Food, and building materials except lumber are brought in at heavy shipping cost. Other development problems are labor shortage, remoteness from supply sources, poor drainage, and lack of level terrain in the vicinity. DN-HO. 78771. FRENKEL, R. E. Nome, Alaska. Riverside, Cal. 1960. 26 p. maps, tables, illus. (U.S. Naval Pacific Missile Range, Point Mugu, Cal. Report no. 11). Geography research contract N123 (81756) 20599A (PMR) 33 refs. Similar in outline to the report on Anchorage, supra. This survey depicts Nome on Norton Sound as a transportation, administrative, and commercial center for northwestern Alaska. The physical characteristics of the 5 mi.-radius Nome area are typical for the entire Seward Peninsula. A distinctive feature is the very straight boulder-strewn shoreline, broken only by the mouths of the Nome and Snake Rivers. A coastal plain rises gradually about 200 ft. to the rounded hills which constitute most of the Peninsula. Evidence of permafrost is widespread and striking; the lower Snake and Nome Rivers have winding, braided courses, with numerous small lakes on the flood plain; placer mining has greatly modified the natural drainage system. Access is hampered by the Sound being ice-blocked mid-Nov. to mid-June, and by lack of harbor at Nome where the large ships anchor offshore and send passengers and cargo ashore by lighter. Weather, generally bad and changeable, is influenced mainly by the position of the Aleutian Low. Nome City, incorporated in 1901, is still the only incorporated community on Seward Peninsula. Some twenty thousand people swarmed the area in the gold rush of 1900. The present population of two thousand is about one-third white, onethird full-blood and one-third mixed-blood Eskimos. Labor supply is variable and unemployment common. Mining is important in the economy: heavy supplies, bulky building materials, fuel, and staple foods are brought in by three ships per summer from Seattle. Several hundred

Mike of gravel road connect the city with communities and mining camps on the Peninsula. Two airports serve the flights between Nome and other Alaskan points; there are no scheduled flights to points outside of Alaska. Water supply, heat, and fire are major problems; housing, as in every Alaskan town, is in critical demand. DN-HO. 78772. FREUCHEN, P. Adventures in the Arctic. New York, J. Messner 1960. 383 p. illus. Presents excerpts from his writings to recount in chronological sequence his experiences since 1906 in Greenland, Canada, and Alaska. His participation in the Danmark expedition to East Greenland and life at the Thule trading post in northwest Greenland are described from Arctic advertDLC. lure (No. 5271.) 78773. FREUCHEN, P., and F. SALOMONSEN. The arctic year. New York, Putnam's 1958. 438 p. maps, illus. 64 refs. Danish edition pub. as Det arktiske år, KØbenhavn Gyldendal 1961. 382 p. Classic and comprehensive account of the nature and life of the Arctic. An introduction deals with the several definitions and limits of the Arctic, and its subregions; with ice, icecaps and permafrost; climate, present and past; indigenous populations and their past. Following it, this unique world and its changes are described, month-by-month, beginning with dark January: natural phenomena are dealt with, the climate and weather, their effect upon plants, animals and man. Effect of climate is followed on land and sea, both in a general way and as it affects common or outstanding species of plants and animals; their physiology, migrations, reproduction, development and growth, and preparations for survival during the approaching winter. Activities and behavior of man during the annual cycle are also included, as are celestial phenomena DLC. such as the aurora. 78774. FREUCHEN, P. Book of arctic exploration. New York, Coward-McCann 1962. 384 p. illus., maps. Popular account of notable explorations from Pytheas (330-325 B.C.) to the presentday drifting stations. Miscellaneous selections from Freuchen's journals, mostly on Greenland and the Greenlanders, are added. Edited by Dagmar Freuchen. DLC. 78775. FREUCHEN, P. Book of the Eskimos. Cleveland, World Pub. Co. 1961. 441 p. illus. Popular autobiographical account of the

mode of life and customs in northwest DLC. Greenland prior to 1920. 78776. FREUCHEN, P., and D. LOTH. Peter Freuchen's book of the seven seas. N.Y., Messner 1957. 512 p. maps, illus. Popular description of the sea, its physical characteristics, fauna, ships, famous voyages and battles, etc. Of northern interest are accounts of Greenland Eskimos' skin boats p. 141-49, Barendsz's search for a Northeast Passage, p. 247-57, and voyages of DeLong on the Jeannette, Nansen on the Fram, etc. p. 265-74; also descriptions of ocean tides and currents, winds, Viking voyages to Vinland, author's life in Greenland, etc. DLC. 78777. FREUND, M., and J. WIEDERMAN. Controlling and recording rates of freezing and defrosting of human semen. (Journal of applied physiology 1963. v. 18, no. 2, p. 407-409, illus.) 10 refs. Reviews earlier methods of fast and slow freezing of semen, followed by description of a setup which makes possible a wide range of freezing and defrosting rates. The equipment is applicable to bull semen, ascites or tissue culture cells. DLC. 78778. PRICKER, P. E. Geology of the expedition area, western central Axel Heiberg Island, Canadian Arctic Archipelago. Montreal, Dec. 1963. x, 156 p. maps, graphs, sections, tables, illus. (McGill Univ. Axel Heiberg Island research reports, geology no. 1; Jacobsen-McGill Arctic Research Expedition 1959-1962.) 74 refs. Describes with little interpretation, results of 1960-1961 field work, mainly in the 900 km.2 expedition area, with some studies at the head of Strand Fiord and in the northern part of the island. Previous investigations are noted, and regional geology is outlined. The stratigraphic sequence in this axial part of the Sverdrup Basin consists of more than 11,000 m. of Upper Paleozoic to Tertiary deposits. These are described in detail and mapped on a scale of 1 in.:1 mi. An index map of the expedition area at 1 in.:0.8 mi. is provided, as is one of structural provinces of the Canadian Arctic Archipelago at 1 in.:100 mi. Thirteen formations are described, from the Triassic Blind Fiord Formation to the Upper Cretaceous and Lower Tertiary Eureka Sound Formation. Preliminary results indicate four groups of basic igneous rocks which have intruded the Mesozoic deposits as sills and dikes. Main structural features are folds, faults and diapiis, shown on 15 sections. Some nine fossils are noted and CaMAI. illus.

331.

78779. FRICKER, P. E., and H. P. TRETTIN. Pre-Mississippian succession of northernmost Axel Heiberg Island, Canadian Arctic Archipelago. Montreal, Dec. 1963. 27 p. maps, sections, tables. (McGill Univ. Axel Heiberg Island research reports, geology no. 3; Jacobsen-McGill Arctic Research Expedition 1959-1962.) 21 refs. Combines results of 1955 and 1958 field work by Canadian Geological Survey personnel with those of 1960, 1961 by this The succession comprises expedition. about 11,000 m. of sedimentary, volcanic, and metamorphic strata, subdivided stratigraphically into the Rens Fiord Complex, a Lower Silurian siltstone, the Stallworthy Group, and the Svartevaeg Group, of Silurian-Devonian age. They form part of the Franklinian eugeosyncline. Regional structure is characterized by northwesterly trends and moderate to steep, mainly northeasterly dips. Several major strike faults were delineated but only one fold recognized. Geologic features are mapped at 1 in.:1 mi. Three stratigraphic sections are tabulated, and selected thin sections CaMAI. described. 78780. FRIDLAND, V. M., and A. A. EROKHINA. Sravnitel'nafii geneticheskafa kharakteristika pochv Severnol Ameriki, SSSlt i Zapadnol Evropy. (Vsesoiulznoe obshchestvo pochvovedov. Issl. v oblasti genezisa pochv 1963, p. 216-66, maps.) Approx. 150 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Comparative genetic characteristic of the soils of North America, USSR, and Western Europe. Reviews the main soil types of Canada and the United States including Alaska (mostly from the Canadian and American literature), and compares them with those of Eurasia. Polar desert, tundra and boreal zone soils are characterized. A regional division of soils is outlined. A new map of North American soils at scale 1:20,000,000 is included. DLC.

78782. FRIED, J. Settlement types and community organization in northern Canada. (Arctic 1963. v. 16, no. 2, p. 93-100, map.) 4 refs. Summarizes 1961-1962 field studies of settlements resulting from post-World War II development in the Northwest Territories. On criteria of community planning, function, and social structure, seven settlement types are distinguished: isolated technical, e.g. weather stations; military; outpost service, e.g. Dorset; serviced native enclave, e.g. Akudlik at Churchill; regional administrative; frontier; and mining. Each type is characterized as to social organization and population. Civil servants, white settlers, and aboriginals are noted as to their reaction to settlement life, as is the danger of arrested cultural transition DI. among the aboriginals. 78783. FRIED, J. White-dominant settlements in the Canadian Northwest Territories. (Anthropologica 1963. n. ser. v. 5, no. 1, p. 57-67, graph.) French summary. Study of integration processes in northern communities where the economy depends primarily on government and private industries, and the white population is a transient one. The 19th century fur trade and post-World War II construction in the North have created two types of semi-acculturated aborigine: a marginal man adapted to the white trapper's ways, and the semi-skilled worker with gradeschool education who has lost kinship ties but is not part of the white community. Marked differences in economic and cultural standards tend to enlarge the division within the indigenous group as well as the gulf between aborigines and whites. To prevent moral degradation in the newly semi-acculturated, their participation in economic development should be fostered rather than dependence on government aid. DSI.

FRIDLAND, V. M., see also No. 79699.

FRIEDLANDER, M. W., see No. 81738.

78781. FRII)RIKSSON, A. The Icelandic north coast herring in 1960. (International Council for the Exploration of the Sea. Annales biologiques 1960 pub. 1962. v. 17, p. 161-66, graphs, tables, maps.) Account of 1960 fisheries, with comparisons to 1959: age and length distribution of catches and tribes, relative strength of tribes, age composition of spawners, vertebral numbers of tribes, volume of Calanus in stomachs, and feeding conditions. Results of tagging experiments are also noted. DSI.

FRIES, D., see No. 78240.

332

78784. FRIETSCH, R. Järnmalmsförekomster inom Norrbottens Län. Stockholm 1963. 35 p. map, table. (Sweden. Geologiska undersökning. ser. C, v. 57, no. 3 (592).) 45 refs. In Swedish. English summary. Title tr.: Iron ore occurrences in Norrbotten. Reviews current literature on the nonproducing iron ore deposits of this northernmost county of Sweden. Non-titanifer-

ous iron ore reserves of Norrbotten are estimated at 2,720 million tons, or 81% of the Swedish total; they contain 1,586 million tons of iron, or 86% of the Swedish total. The producing mines Kiirunavaara, Luossavaara, Tuollovaara and Malmberget, etc. contain more than 2,000 million tons of ore, 77% of the Norrbotten reserves, and are not considered in this paper. Brief descriptions are given of some 14 apatitic iron ores, 18 skarn deposits, and three sedimentary deposits, collectively estimated at more than 600 million tons. Finally a description is given of the Ruoutevare deposit near Kvikkjokk, only titaniferous iron ore in Norrbotten. A small-scale map shows distribution of the 45 deposits. DLC. 78785. FRIHAGEN, J. A study of smallscale irregularities in the ionosphere by (In: International satellite techniques. Conference on the Ionosphere 1962. Proceedings pub. 1963, p. 271-76, graphs, tables.) 11 refs. Discusses results of satellite scintillation observed Sept. 1959—Dec. 1960 from Kjeller and Tromsø at 20 and 108 Mc/s. The results were obtained from amplitude recording of signals from Satellite of 1958 8 II (Sputnik III) and 1960 n II (Greb). The horizontal extent of the regions giving rise to the scintillation is of the order of several hundred kilometers; the height of the irregularities responsible for the scintillation is almost always 300-500 km.; the structure of the diffraction pattern over the ground is highly elongated. DLC. FRIIS, H. IL, see No. 81894.

American research on the Greenland ice CaMAI. sheet. 78788. FRITZ, M. H. A Yukon clinic. (Northwest medicine 1961. v. 60, no. 12, p. 1175-80, illus.) Describes sessions held in eight selected villages during June 1961 by author, his wife, an optician and general practitioner. General examinations, T & As, tonsillectomies, tooth extractions, were made, eyeglasses prescribed, etc. Health services in DNLM. the area are stated. 78789. FROELICH, A..1 , comp. Arctic island drilling proposal. n.p. Dominion Explorers Group 1962. 16 p. maps, illus. 61 refs. Describes the general geology of the Canadian Arctic as a sedimentary basin considered a major potential source of oil and gas, with emphasis on the regional geology of the Parry and Sverdrup Islands. Prince of Wales, Ellef and Amund Ringnes and Bathurst Islands are described in some detail with regard to the Dominion Explorers Group properties. The Group is a major landholder with permits totalling over four million acres, including 21 dome and anticlinal structures on several islands. Drilling of a well in the Caledonian River dome, 1500 ft. of middle-upper Silurian calcite, dolomite, limestone, and siltstone on southeast Bathurst is proposed for 1963 to evaluate a major closed structure underlain by an untested sequence of rocks in a petroliferous part of a major sedimentary area. Some aspects of the economics of arctic oil exploration, exploitation, and marketing are discussed. CaMAI.

FRIIS, J. A., see No. 82427. FRIKH-KHAR, D. I., see Nos. 84178, 84199. 78786. FRISKE, K. F. Tourism, the Yukon and Alaska. (In: Northern Resources Conference ... 1963. 4 p.) Discusses the need for active competition with other tourist areas, increased promoSeveral tion, and improved facilities. associations formed to promote the tourist industry in Canada and Alaska are menCaOGB. tioned. 78787. FRISTRUP, B. Hvad ved vi om indlandsisen? (Grønland 1963, no. 2, p. 41-61, maps, illus.) In Danish. English summary. Title tr.: What do we know about the inland ice? Summarizes recent, mainly French and

78790. FROGNER, E. Temperature changes on a large scale in the arctic winter stratosphere and their probable effects on the tropospheric circulation. Oslo 1962. 83 p., maps, graphs. (Norske Geofysiske videnskaps-akademi i Oslo. publikasjoner, v. 23, no. 5.) 50 refs. Monthly mean maps of Northern Hemisphere stratospheric pressure and temperature were drawn, according to the international Climat-Temp material. Monthly departures from the 1949-53 mean of the 100/300 mb. thickness pattern are used as indicators of stratospheric changes; monthly mean departures from the normal values of 500 mb. heights Material . is represent the troposphere. presented from the 1957-58 and 1958-59 winters, both characterized by great changes in the stratosphere. Maps indicate that

333

changes from month to month and monthly anomalies of the 100/300 mb. thickness pattern are succeeded by similar anomalies of the 500 mb. contour heights. Explanation is attempted of the strong stratospheric winter warmings and the breakdown of the circumpolar vortex, based on the combined effects of baroclinic stratospheric waves and disturbance of an annual cycle of vertical movement in the stratosphere and Possible relation of lower ionosphere. stratospheric temperature changes to later fall and winter anomalies in Norway is DGS. discussed. 78791. FROGNER, E. Vaeret i 1962 med noen kommentarer. (Naturen 1964. v. 88, no. 2, p. 109-125, table, charts.) In Norwegian. Title tr.: The weather in 1962 with some comments. Summarizes monthly features of weather in Norway with comments on broad aspects of the atmospheric patterns in the Atlantic region. Explanations are given of locations of high pressure regions, wind directions over the several geographic regions of the country, of pressure, temperature, precipitation and jet stream characteristics. The stratosphere over the Arctic during the 1961-62 winter was colder than normal and spring temperature increase was slower. Average temperature throughout Norway was below normal for the third consecutive year; —43° C. was registered at Karasjok on Feb. 16. Weather over Greenland, Svalbard, and the Norwegian and Barents DGS. Sea regions is also noted. 78792. FROHNE, W. C. Another snipe fly pest in Alaska. (Mosquito news 1953. v. 13, no. 1, p. 25.) Notes on Symphoromyia kincaidi in Southeast Alaska, its biting habits, appearDLC. ance on the wing, status. 78793. FROHNE, W. C. Ecological bylines of an Maskan mosquito worker. (California Mosquito Control Association. Conference, 23rd 1955. Proceedings, p. 98101.) 6 refs. Outlines some ecological aspects, mainly of "life cycle, distribution, and habits" based on own work. Types of hibernation and hibernators are considered in particular, as well as the arctic, subarctic and maritime distribution, swarms and swarming, predators on swarms and pupae. DLC. 78794. FROHNE, W. C. The egg and identity of Alaskan Anopheles. (Mosquito news 1956. v. 16, no. 4, p. 308.) Notes on variations in the appearance of

334

the eggs of A. earlei Vargas, the identity of Alaskan anophelines with that species, biological differences between A. earlei from Montana and from Alaska. DLC. 78795. FROHNE, W. C. A factor influencing male mosquito and midge swarms. (Mosquito news 1953. v. 13, no. 1, p. 27.) Darkening the area under a swarm of Ades punctor resulted in a shift of the swarm, lightening it by spreading a bed sheet promptly broke up the swarm. The midge Anatopynia algens however formed swarms over bright spreads, followed them as moved and broke up upon their removal. DLC. FROLOV, A. I., see No. 79605. FROLOV, I. I., see No. 84644. FROLOV, V. A., see No. 81865. FRUMSON, V. I., see No. 80250. 78796. FRY, F. E. J., and V. LEGENDRE. Ontario and Quebec. (Frey, D. G., ed. Limnology in North America 1963, p. 487-519, tables, maps.) Approx. 275 refs. Authors discuss water area(s), climate and regions, including the subarctic, exploration. Past limnological, biological, and fisheries research, present developments, institutions, funds, publications, projects and problems are outlined. Maps show regions, and biological stations; tables list institutions and publications concerned with freshwater research, and dates of their beginning, duration, etc. DLC. FUCHS, D. R. See under Fokos, D. R. FUENTE, L., see No. 84044. FUHRMAN, F. A., see No. 78797. 78797. FUHRMAN, G. J., and F. A. FUHRMAN. Utilization of glucose by the hypothermic rat. (American journal of physiology 1963. v. 205, no. 1, p. 181-83, illus.) 9 refs. Fasted rats given a small glucose load at a body temperature of 18° C. showed hyperglycemia for several hours. Control experiments indicated that no endogenous glucose is added during hypothermia. It is concluded that slow removal of glucose from the blood combined with failure to convert glucose to glycogen is the cause of hyperglycemia during hypothermia. DLC. 78798. FUJINO, K. Immunogenetic and marking approaches to identifying sub-

populations of the North Pacific whales. (Tokyo. Whales Research Inst. Scientific reports 1960. no. 15, p. 85-142, tables, maps, illus.) Over 50 refs. Account of "aerological basic studies" conducted since 1952, aimed at elucidating raciation in the North Pacific finback population; these studies are supported and compared with marking investigations. Study of ovaries and ear plugs is also included. Different local populations are concluded to exist in the North Pacific, two populations in its arctic region, an eastern and a western, with overlapping migration areas. The stock of the eastern population is considered to be the larger. In addition to these two populations, one in the East China Sea and one in British Columbia— California waters, appear to exist. Blood type antigens and some other serological constituents in four species of baleen whales and three species of toothed whales, DLC. are also dealt with. 78799. FUJITA, T. Disturbances observed in the vicinity of Okhotsk Sea anticyclone. (Kyushu Institute of Technology, Fukuoka, Japan. Bulletin 1951. ser. B, no. 1, p. 6573, maps, graphs.) 6 refs. Describes several phenomena noted in connection with the passage over Japan of Typhoon Della, June 1949, in support of contention that the Okhotsk Sea anticyclone must be of high type, with anticyclonic circulation up to the vicinity of the tropopause. Cold air masses reaching Japan in summer come from the Arctic Basin region, passing the western part of the Aleutian Low. A trough from central and eastern Siberia was blocked by the Okhotsk Sea anticyclone; warming took place, followed by development of a low pressure area west of the anticyclone; also a cold low developed in the upper troposphere over the Aleutian Low, its cold air being supplied DGS. from the Arctic Basin. FUKUDA, Y., see No. 79593. 78800. FUKUHARA, F. M., and others. Continental origin of red salmon as determined from morphological characters. (International North Pacific Fisheries Commission. Bulletin 1962. no. 8, p. 15-109, tables, graphs, maps, illus.) 73 refs. Other authors: S. Murai, J. J. LaLanne, and A. Sribhibhadh. A study of seven meristic characters in red salmon material collected from numerous locations in northern Asia and America and the North Pacific, Bering and Okhotsk Seas. High-sea samples were classified as

being of western Alaska or southwestern Kamchatka origin. The east-west extension of these two populations varied from year to year, within the period of study 19551957. DLC. 78801. FUKUSHIMA, N., and others. Extra-terrestrial corpuscular streams and polar magnetic disturbances. (In: International Conference on the Ionosphere 1962. Proceedings Ø. 1963, p. 223-29, maps.) 25 refs. Other authors: T. Nagata and T. Oguti. Interprets the systematic solar-daily variation of the order of 100 y on geomagnetically quiet days in summer seasons of IGY. This variation, named Sq-P, appears only in the sunlit polar cap. The polar-cap geomagnetic disturbances and auroral zone phenomena are considered to be caused by energetic charged particles of extra-terrestrial origin. From the spherical harmonic analysis of worldwide geomagnetic observations made at ground level, the deformation of the lines of magnetic force in the earth's magnetosphere can be estimated. Aeronomical disturbance in the auroral zone of 60°-70° geomag. lat. is interpreted as being caused mainly by electrons brought to the earth in neutral plasma of the solar stream. Trapped in the exospheric region, these electrons are accelerated to about 10 Key energy and precipitating into the ionosphere, produce auroras. A method is given of estimating the form of the geomagnetic cavity in the earth's magnetosphere during the early stage of magnetic storms. DLC. 78802. FUKUSHIMA, N. Geomagnetic disturbance in the polar region. (Japan. Science Council. Report of ionosphere research in Japan 1950. v. 4, no. 3, p. 174-75.) Studies Second International Polar Year 1932-1933 data concerning the intensity of polar parallel currents and direction of their flow, and the auroral zone current intensity in both European and American sides. Chapman's S» current system is confirmed by SSW flow of the polar parallel current when it is intense. Intensity of the polar and the auroral zone currents varies during magnetic storm, and the currents flow in opposite directions. DLC. FUKUTOMI, T., see No. 78236. 78803. FULLER, O. The mariners at Sloop Cove. (Beaver, summer 1963. no. 294, p. 44-53, illus.) Biographical notes on 21 men whose names appear on rock in a cove of Churchill

335

Harbour as carved during 1740-1780. They were in Hudson's Bay Co. service as seamen, shipwrights, carpenters, etc. when the Company held the second Fort Prince of Wales. The cove was used as a wintering place and anchorage for small craft. DI. FULWIDER, C. W., see No. 76781. FUNAI, A.

I., see No. 83852.

78804. FUNTIHOV, B. A. Adekvatometrifa i diskretometrifå zritel'nogo analizatora cheloveka v razlichnykh geografi(Nervnafå sistema cheskikh shirotakh. 1962, no. 3, p. 139-44, graph, table.) 17 English summary. refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Changes in visual adequacy and discretion of man at different latitudes. Reports on study of sailors during a long voyage. Visual excitability dropped at high (70°-81°) and low latitudes. It was DNLM. lowest in the Tropics. 78805. FURCHNER, J. E., and C. R. RICHMOND. Effect of environmental temperatures on retention of cesium 137 by mice. (Journal of applied physiology 1963. v. 18, no. 4, p. 786-88, table, illus.) 16 refs. Following intraperitoneal injection of Cal", groups of mice were kept at temperatures of 34, 22, and 5° C. Periodic essay of activity of the body and excreta showed that excretion of Csi7 increases as ambient temperature decreases, probably due to increased metabolic rates at low DLC. temperatures. FURLONG, C. W., see No. 83349. 78806. FUSCO, M. M. Calorimetric measurements of thermoregulatory responses of the unanesthetized dog to hypothalamic heating at various environmental temperatures. (American Inst. of Physics. Temperature, its measurement and control ... v. 3. 1962-63. pt. 3, p. 589-96, table, graphs, illus.) 14 refs. Reports an investigation to elucidate the relative importance of peripheral and central control in thermoregulation. The results suggest that body temperature is kept relatively constant by the summative action of the effects of stimulation of the central and peripheral components of the DLC. nervous system. 78807. FUTERGENDLER, S. I. Rentgenograficheskoe izuchenie tverdykh vklfdcheniI v ural'skikh i fåkutskikh almazakh. (Leningrad. Vses. geologicheskil inst.

336

Materialy 1960. n. ser. no. 40, p. 73-87, tables, illus.) 19 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: X-ray investigations of hard inclusions in Ural and Yakutia diamonds. Discusses the method and techniques and analyzes inclusions of garnet, olivine, diopside, enstatite, chrome-spinel and diamond. Parameters of crystal lattices are determined. DLC. FUTERGENDLER, S. 82551.

I.,

see also No.

FUTTER, B. I., see No. 81440. 78808. FYLES, J. G. Surficial geology of Victoria and Stefansson Islands, District of Franklin. Ottawa, Queen's Printer 1963. 38 p. map, illus. (Canada. Geological Survey. Bulletin 101.) 14 refs. German and Russian summary. Summarizes results of 1959 and 1980 ground and air reconnaissance, also airphoto data on these islands of Canadian Western Arctic. Both were overridden by the Laurentide ice-sheet during the Wisconsin glaciation; the ice moved generally northwestward, the movement pattern highly complex. Distribution of moraines, drumlins, eskers, etc. indicates progressive glacial retreat southward and eastward. Various glacial, glacio-fluvial, glacio-lacustrine and marine features are described, illus. and mapped at 1 in.:1578 mi. Nearly all these features and deposits originated after the climax of the Wisconsin glaciation which was approx. synchronous with the Wisconsin in southern Canada and northern U.S. Events of deglaciation are recounted; the low ground along the east and southeast coasts seems to have been the last iceProminent marine features covered. indicate large-scale post-glacial submergence: 250-300 ft. in the north, 600 ft. in the southeast. Radiocarbon dates indicate that much of the uplift of the land from the initial maximum submergence took place early in post-glacial time; the sea level has fallen little during the last 2000 yrs. DGS. FYLES, J. G., see also Nos. 78428, 83528. 78809. FYNBO, J. Søndre Strømfjord, Grønlands trafikknudepunkt. (Grønland 1963, no. 11, p. 401-412, illus.) Li Danish. Title tr.: Søndre Strømfjord, Greenland's traffic center. Describes establishment of the air base during World War II; a temporary air terminal was opened in 1954 when regular great circle flights began to land there, and when this arrangement proved inadequate

a civilian area was established within the base, and a new air terminal building opened in 1960. Polar route passengers landing in transit rose from 275 in 1955 to 7000 in 1962. Domestic flights started in 1959. CaMAI. 78810. GABYSHEV, L. V krafü almazov, k sorokaletifü fAkutskol ASSR. (Khudozhnik 1982. v. 5, no. 11, p. 29-32, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: Land of diamonds, on the 40th anniversary of Yakut ASSR. Discusses progressive trends in recent Yakut art: portrait, landscape, and genre paintings, sculpture, engravings, applied arts. The more prominent artists and their DLC. principal works are mentioned. GABYSHEV, N. A., see No. 82842. 78811. GADSDEN, M., and D. W. SIDA. Polar-cap airglow and the terrestrial ambium. (Geophysical journal 1963. v. 8, no. 1, p. 102-118, tables, graphs.) 27 refs. "Considering a steady-state model of the interplanetary medium in the neighborhood of the earth (the terrestrial ambium), it is shown that this medium may make an appreciable contribution to the [011 6300 Å emission from the night sky near the Estimates of the geomagnetic poles. magnitude of this contribution are derived, making allowance for space-charge effects produced by electrons ducted into the earth's atmosphere along tubes of magnetic force. It is therefore suggested that measurements of the enhanced emission in polar cap regions will provide useful data on the product of electron density and temperature in the ambium."—Author's summary. DLC. GADSDEN, R. H., see No. 83529. 78812. GAERTNER, H. It. von. Gedanken zur Tektonik der "Lappländischen Granulite." (Finland. Geologinen Tutkimuslaitos. Bulletin de la Commission geologique de Finlande 1962, no. 204, p. 207-218, maps, profile, illus.) 18 refs. In German. Title tr.: Thoughts on the structure of the "Laplandic granulite." Outlines the structural features of this granulite complex, a series of granitic, gabbroid, and granulitic formations, resting unconformably on the basement gneisses in northernmost Finland and adjacent Norway and northern Karelia, roughly 680-70° N. 26°-32° E. This series antedates the Karelian orogeny, and is probably as old as the White Sea orogeny. Faulting which caused the placing of the Monche Tundra ultra-

basite extended to the Arctic Ocean and the Pechenga region. Comparison is made with the Carpathian structure, especially the Karelian and Danube gaps. DLC. 78813. GÄRTNER, W., and G. UTZ. Symmetrische thermoregulatorische Effekte bei asymmetrischer Abkühlung des Menschen durch Abstrahlung. (Pflügers Archiv für die gesamte Physiologie 1963. v. 278, no. 1, p. 59-60.) In German. Title tr.: Symmetric thermoregularity effects from asymmetric cooling of man by radiation. Partial cooling of half of the body facing a cold wall of 10° C. produced local thermoregulatory responses in the skin. A drop in room temperature caused a slower drop of temperature in these local areas; a consensual, symmetric response was only noticed on hands and feet. DLC. GAEVSKIT, E. I., see No. 77607. 78814. GAFAROV, R. A. Stroenic dokembrilskogo fundamenta severs Russkol platformy, po dannym regional'nykh geofizicheskikh issledovanif. Moskva, Izd-vo Akademii nauk SSSR 1963. 212 p. maps, illus. (Akademifå nauk SSSR. Geologicheskil inst. Trudy no. 85.) Approx. 150 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Structure of the Precambrian basement in the north of the Russian platform; according to data, from regional geophysical investigations. Reviews recent aerial magnetic and gravity measurements in the Baltic shield, Timan Pechora province, Volga-Ural and adjacent areas. From geophysical work and deep drillings, a broad outline is given of the Precambrian folded structures, main features of the gravity and magnetic fields and their geologic interpretation, the Precambrian folded basement and tectonic structure of the platform. Various structures of Kola Peninsula and Karelia, Arkhangel'sk Province, and Komi ASSR are analyzed and appraisal given as to oil and gas occurrences. DLC. 78815. GAGINA, T. N. Zaletnye ptifsy Vostochnol Sibiri. (Ornitologifa 1962, no. 4, p. 367-72, table.) 20 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Transient birds crossing East Siberia. Of 438 forms known in Eastern Siberia, 30 are transients. The most, eight species (listed), from any one direction cross over from the Arctic. They are all aquatic. Location(s) and time(s) at which all of these visitors were observed are presented. DLC.

337

GAGLARDI, P. A., see No. 76923. 78816. GAGNE, R. C. Tentative standard orthography for Canadian Eskimos. Ottawa 1963? Approx. 72 p. & 35 refs. 2nd rev. ed. Presents six Eskimo texts in Roman letter transcription using the four word-final consonants p, t, k, g, favored by Eskimos. Appendices (10) include reprints of No. 58126 and 64606, phonemic charts, an Eskimo-English glossary of approx. 550 root-words, and an 11-page paper On establishing a standard Roman orthography and literary language for Canadian Eskimo; it describes the selection of the phonemic spelling standards and the choice of the literary language based on the Pond Inlet, Fort George, and Port Harrison dialects. CaMAI. 78817. GAHBAUER, S. F. Cold weather is an asset on this job. (Engineering and contract record 1963. v. 76, no. 5, p. 4246, illus.) Describes special equipment and methods used by Paul Braun Construction Co. of Winnipeg in building 19 mi. of the road to Thompson, Man., over muskeg and permafrost. Earthmoving equipment worked through the 1962-63 winter, does trim work and clearing in summer; actual construction begins after the 1963 freeze-up; 54,000 tons of traffic gravel and 110,000 tons of aggregate are quarried and stockpiled by A. M. Kelly & Son Ltd. of Winnipeg. Engineering costs are about 10 times, construction costs about three times, as DLC. high as in normal road building. 78818. GAIGEROV, S. S. K dvadfsatipfåtiletifü nachala raboty pervol v mire nauchno-issledovatel'skol drelfueüshchel stanfsii SP-1. (Meteorologifa i gidrologifa 1962, no. 6, p. 48-50, map.) Ref. In Russian. Title tr.: On the 25th anniversary of operations of the world's first scientific drifting station, North Pole-1. Reviews work of Papanin's party in 1937-38, and outlines later work in the Arctic Basin on depths, currents, temperature, salinity, chemistry, ice drift, and aerological regime. The Russian effort in arctic exploration prior to Papanin's drift is reviewed from 1882/1883. Several outstanding individuals are cited from the 410 "polyarniks" who participated in work of the ten drifting stations of 19371961, whose tracks are shown on a schematic map. The 10,000th radiosonde was launched on March 30, 1961. North Pole-11 was DLC. set up in April 1962.

338

78819.. GAIGEROV, S. S. Nekotorye dannye o lokal'nykh kharakteristikakh troposfernykh strum kh techenil v entral'nol Arktike. (TSentral'nafa aerologicheskafä observatorifå, Leningrad. Trudy 1962. no. 41, p. 47-61, tables, graphs, maps.) 11 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Some data on local features of tropospheric jet streams in the Central Arctic. Discusses the strong high altitude circumpolar tropospheric depression in June 1956, and the passage of its crests and occlusion fronts accompanied by intensive jet streams. The tropospheric jets with axis wind velocity more than 25-30 m./sec. were studied. 51 jet streams were recorded for May-Oct. and Dec. 1956 by drifting station North Pole-4, and 48 during JuneDec. 1957 and Jan.-Apr. 1958 by North Pole-7. Their average thickness at the isotach 25 m/sec. were respectively 4,868 and 3,273 m., the average height of their axes 8,707 m. and 7,938 m., the average duration of jets was 29.6 and 21.9 hr., the average wind velocity maxima on the axis were 43 and 40.6 m./sec., and the average lengths of jet streams at 300 mb altitude were 6,117 and 4,330 km. Jet streams in the Central Arctic are related to high cyclones during summer, and to crests and anticyclones during winter. DLC. 78820. GAIGEROV, S. S. 0 zimnikh poteplenifakh v stratosfere 'FSentral'nol Arktiki. (1entral'nafa aerologicheskafa observatoria., Leningrad. Trudy 1962, no. 41, p. 3-11, graphs, maps.) 11 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Winter-warming in the stratosphere of the Central Arctic. Discusses cases of warming in the stratosphere recorded on drifting station North Pole-4 in Feb. 1957, North-Pole-7 and North Pole-6 in Jan. 1958, and at Mould Bay in Canada. Warming of the arctic stratosphere occurs in mid-winter, and is conspicuous in the central Arctic where in the midst of polar night the stratospheric air temperature rises rapidly by 30-400 C. This phenomenon is usually associated with an intensive development of an anticyclone over the Pacific Ocean, and its spreading to and over the central Arctic. A hypothesis is offered of the great influence of ozone, transported from the Arctic and Subarctic, upon the formation of stratospheric anticyclones. DLC. 78821. GAIGEROV, S. S., and others. Profsessy v troposfere 'f entral'nol Arktiki. ('entral'nafi. nerologicheskam. observatoria, Leningrad. Trudy 1962, no. 41, p.

12-37, tables, maps.) 27 refs. In Russian. Other authors: L. M. Kolomilfseva and R. A. Britvina. Title tr.: Processes in the troposphere of the Central Arctic. Analyzes seasonal characteristics of tropospheric circulation, using data of the drifting stations of 1955-1959 and some other sources. Charts of cyclone and anticyclone frequency for sea level and 500 mb level are drawn for Apr., July, Oct. 1957 and Jan. 1958. Tabular data of the North Pole-4 drifting station on the number of days of different types of basic formations are given. The probabilities of cyclone and anticyclone circulation in the Central Arctic are found to be almost equal. A maximum recurrence of high cyclones in summer, and a minimum in winter were observed. Maximum recurrence of anticyclonic circulation and minimum of the cyclonic are observed for middle and sea-level troposphere in spring and beginning of winter. Mobile baric formations are found to be twice as frequent as the immobile ones. DLC. GAIGEROV, S. S., see also No. 79605. 78822. GAINANOV, A. G., and O. N. SOLOV'EV. 0 prirode magnitnykh anomali! v oblasti perekhoda of Aziatakogo materika k Tikhomu okeanu. (Akademifå nauk SSSR. Doklady 1963. v. 151, no. 6, p. 1399-1401, profiles.) 4 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: On the nature of magnetic anomalies in the transition area from the Asiatic continent to the Pacific Ocean. Reports an aerial magnetic survey of 1957-1958 made in connection with the IGY. It was flown at 2000 m. over the Sea of Okhotsk, southern Kamchatka, the Kurils and adjacent areas. Two types of anomalous field are distinguished. Profiles are constructed noting curve of magnetic anomalies, relief of bottom, Moho surface boundary, lower and upper boundaries of magnetic masses, and other features. Structure of the earth's crust and upper DLC. mantle is interpreted. 78823. GAINF3EV, F. M. 0 vozmozhnom korennom istochnike almazov v basselne r. ffzhnol Chuni. (Materialy po geologii i poleznym iskopaemym Krasnofarskogo krafit 1962. no. 3, p. 237-39, map.) In Russian. Title tr.: A possible primary source of diamonds in the Yuzhnaya Chunya River basin. Reports the find of diamond placers near this stream in southeastern Krasnoyarsk Province. The geologic structure of the area is examined, and the find concluded to

be limited to Permian coal-bearing deposits. In the nearby Yaduli basin, pyrope and almandine were discovered, and the possibility is considered of finding primary diamond deposits. DLC. GARNEL',

a. a., see No. 84219.

78824. GALABALA, R. O. 0 tektonike Predverkhofånskogo kraevogo progiba. (Uses. aerogeologicheskil treat. Trudy 1962. no. 8, p. 72-77, map.) 3 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: On the tectonics of the Verkhoyansk foredeep. Presents a tectonic map and interpretation of the Lena basin between the Kyulenke River in the south and Chekurovka village in the north. The development of this foredeep, transition from Siberian platform to foredeep, dislocations with break in continuity are outlined. Its formation began in the Lower Cretaceous period. Large plicated and shifting dislocations and other structural forms are characterized. DGS. 78825. GALABALA, R. O. Proiskhozhdenie i vozrest elkskikh otlozhenil. (Vses. aerogeologicheskil treat. Trudy 1962. no. 8, p. 50-55, map.) 5 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Origin and age of the Eyk deposits. Describes the lithology, age and genesis of these deposits, from new data obtained in 1957-1959. They are distributed in the Eyk Lake (66° N. 117°24' E.) area, the Tyung, and Muna River basins, and other areas of Verkhoyansk foredeep and Vilyuy syneclise; and they consist of clays, Warns, and silts, their thickness varying from 2-3 to 5-6 m. and depending on the relief forms. Grain size, mineralogic composition, and spore-pollen analyses are reported. They are considered to be Quaternary deposits formed in the glaciation period. DGS. 78826. GALABURDA, S. G. Mednal svinisovo-Oinkovafå mineralizafsifa v osar dochnykh otlozhenifiikh Sibirakol platformy. (Akademifil nauk SSSR. Nauchnyl sovet po izuchenifü zakonomernoste! razmeshchenifå poleznykh iskopaemykh. Zakonomernosti razmeshchenifa poleznykh iskopaemykh 1962. v. 5, p. 415-22.) 11 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Copper and leadzinc mineralization in sedimentary deposits of the Siberian platform. Discusses the Angara-Ilim iron-ore region, the upper Lena and Podkamennaya and Nizhnyaya Tunguska regions. Copper mineralization in the upper Lena is con-

339

trolled by depression structures extending northeast; lead and zinc have no practical importance at present. Lead in Podkamennaya and Nizhnyaya Tunguska regions is associated with disjunctive structures and possibly it can be found at greater depths. DLC. 78827. GALAKHOV, A. V. Osobennosti sostava porodoobrazufi shchego nefelina Khibinskogo shchelochnogo massiva. (Materialy po mineralogii Kol'skogo poluostrova 1962, no. 3, p. 107-125, tables, illus.) 8 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Composition features of rock-forming nepheline of the Khibiny alkaline massif. Reports the geologic-petrographic and petrologic study of nepheline syenites of the massif. The chemical composition of nepheline was examined in several varieties: fine-grained nepheline syenites, trachytoids, granitoid khibinites, rischorrites, mediumgrained aegirine nepheline syenites, and foyaites. Results are reported and interpreted. Evolution of alteration of nepheline composition in various phases of intrusive activity is analyzed. DLC. 78828. GALBAS, P. A. Neue Erkenntnisse bei der Erforschung polarer Gebiete. (Naturwissenschaftlichen Rundschau 1960. v. 13, no. 3, p. 103-106.) 3 refs. In German. Title tr.: New knowledge from the study of polar regions. Reviews some facts now recognized: disease transmittal, new methods of photogrammetry, work in aerology, atmospheric optics, and related fields, also behavior of expeditionary personnel, food infection, carbon-monoxide poisoning, etc. Applications of air photography, new geodetic instruments, and use of radiosondes for study of the atmosphere and stratosphere, are discussed. The problem of whiteout is briefly noted. DLC. 78829. GØI, L. Zu einigen Problemen des Versbaus in den samojedischen Schamanengesiingen. (In: Diöszegi, V. ed. Glaubenswelt ... 1963, p. 135-47, illus.) 17 refs. In German. Title tr.: Certain problems of verse structure in Samoyed shamanistic songs. Discusses the rhythm and metrical pattern, scansion and beat, melodies (airs included), etc. The mode of recitation, role of audience, trance-inducing drum play, etc. are described. The heterometric songs of Samoyed shamans represent an early stage in Finno-Ugric poetic development. DLC.

340

GALE, C. C., see Nos. 77015, 77016, 77017. 78830. GALERKINA, S. G., and others. Itogi izucheniß faisiT i paleogeografii mezokainozofa dlf& prognoza neftegazonosnykh tolshch na severe ZapadnoT Sibiri. (Leningrad. Vses. neftfanol n.-issl. geologorazvedochnyl inst. Trudy 1963, no. 225, p. 121-68, maps.) 5 refs. In Russian. Other authors: T. A. Vereninova, S. A. Chirva, I. P. Krokhin, I. V. ReTnin and G. I. Lazukov. Title tr.: Results of investigation of the facies and paleogeography of the Mesozoic-Cenozoic for prognosis of oil-gasbearing strata in northern West Siberia. Presents 21 maps of the area north of 64° N. from the Ural east to Taz Peninsula, showing facies and paleogeography of the Jurassic, Cretaceous, Paleogene and Quaternary periods. Distribution of seas and continental areas, types of deposits, distribution of fauna and flora, and other features of various stages are outlined and illus. DLC. 78831. GALERKINA, S. G. Melovye otlozhenifä severo-zapadnoT chasti ZapadnoSibirskol neftegazonosnoT provin£sii. (Leningrad. Vses. neftfinoT n:Ø1. geologorazvedochnyT inst. Trudy 1963, no. 225, p. 21-90, tables, profiles, maps.) 9 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Cretaceous deposits of the northwestern part of the West Siberian oil-gas-bearing province. Outlines stratigraphy of Cretaceous deposits between the Ural and Taz Peninsula north of 64° N., as found in more than 180 bore holes and natural exposures. Macroand microfauna and spore-pollen analyses were used to substantiate stratigraphic divisions. Valanginian, Hauterivian, Barremian, Aptian, and Albian deposits are described from the Lower Cretaceous, and Cenomonian, Turonian, Coniacian, Santonian, Campanian, Maestrichtian, and Daniarv from the Upper Cretaceous, noting distribution, lithologic proportion and paleontologic characteristics. DLC. 78832. GALERKINA, S. G., and S. A. CHIRVA. 0 nakhodke makrofauny v liiilinvorskom gorizonte severe ZapadnoT Sibiri. (Leningrad. Vses. neftfano! n: issl. geologorazvedochnyl inst. Trudy 1963, no. 225, p. 91-92.) 2 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Find of macrofauna in the Lyulin Vor horizon in northern West Siberia. Reports: Nuculana cf. similis, Astarte aff. pygmae, Telling (?) sp., and other Eocene molluscs found in the Lyulin Vor horizon of a Poluy well. Some radiolarians

also are reported. Comparison is made with diatom analysis. Stratigrapbic division is discussed; the macrofauna are considered to be in the lower part of the upper Eocene. DLC. 78833. GALERKINA, S. G., and V. N. SARSADSKIKH. 0 vydelenii triasovykh otlozhenil na vostochnom sklone Polfarnogo Urals. (Leningrad. Vses. neftfånol n: issl. geologorazvedochnyl inst. Trudy 1963. v. 220, p. 115-19.) Ref. In Russian. Title tr.: On separation of Triassic deposits in the eastern slope of the Polar Ural. Reports the find of Triassic deposits in the Laborovaya depression in southern Yamal, uncovered by drillings at 153 and 160 m. depths. Petrographic study establishes three (clayey-sandy, sandy, and sandy-clayey) strata, together 262 m. thick. The clays and marls are described in detail. Some spore-pollen analyses indicate Triassic age of these deposits. DLC. GALIBIN, V. A., see No. 80642. 78834. GALINSKAa, L. 11. EkonomicheskaI effektivnost' primeneniI. shtangovol krepi na ugol'nol shakhte "Noril'skain." (Moskva. Gornyl inst. Nauchnye trudy 1962. no. 43, p. 57-62, tables.) In Russian. Title tr.: The economy of roof bolting in the Noril'skaya coal mine. Discusses the roof support materials in this underground mine in the Noril'sk region. Since 1955, the wooden supports have been being replaced with metal bars and bed plates. The method and progress to 1960 in installing this roof bolting are reported; it is 86.5% complete. Costs of the former use of wood and the current use of metal bolts are compared. The latter increases mining efficiency by 20% and Other saves 33.5 rubles/linear meter. DLC. advantages are also noted. 78835. GALKIN, fÜ. I. 0 prodolzhitel'nosti mezhlinechnogo perioda u kamchatakogo kraba. (Zoologicheskil zhurnal 1963. v. 42, no. 5, p. 763-66, tables.) 6 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Duration of the period between molts in the Kamchatka crab. Review of catches made in 1954-1957 indicates that molting in males on the west coast of Kamchatka takes place at different intervals, depending on the water temperature. This explains the differences in molting frequency between the south and north of the area, and between cold DLC. years and warm.

78836. GALKIN, I. I. Temperatura morsko! vody i produktivnost' zooplanktona v fbzhnol chasti BarenCseva morfd. (Okeanologifä 1963. v. 3, no. 2, p. 324-36, tables, graph, map.) 26 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Marine water temperature and zooplankton productivity in the southern part of the Barents Sea. Evaluates M. M. KaØliilov's work (No. 65554) on zooplankton of the Murman coast, and using the same data, draws different conclusions: variation of the zooplankton biomass usually corresponds to fluctuation of the temperature regime. Temperature has a substantial influence on the process of biological productivity. In warm years, the zooplankton biomass increases, in cold it decreases. The direct connection between temperature and productivity allows temperature to be used for forecasting zooplankton quantity. Galkin's article is followed (p. 330-36) by Kamshilov's reply, with 15 literature refs., stating in effect that he has been misunderstood and that opinions are ascribed to him which he does not in fact hold. DLC. GALKIN, f17. I., see also No. 81839. 78837. GALKINA, E. A. Bolotnye landshafty Karolii i prinfaipy ikh klassifika{ ii. (Akademifå nauk SSSR. Karel'skil filial. Trudy 1959, no. 15, p. 3-48, tables, maps.) 91 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Marshy landscapes in Karelia and principles of their classification. Marshy micro- , meso- , and macro-landscapes are distinguished and their division into types or classes is discussed. Karelia has eight classes of marshy meso-landscape, including the marshy delta meso-landscapes on the coast of the White Sea (p.40); these are illus. by description of a typical Karelian marsh with cross-sections, etc. and characterization of the vegetation. Karelian marshes elucidate the structure of marshes in Kola Peninsula, Arkhangel'sk Province and Komi ASSR. The extensive literature cited (91 items) includes nine foreign publications. DLC. 78838. GALKINA, L. A., and others. Guba Kanda i ee obitateli. (Okeanologifa 1963. v. 3, no. 5, p. 898-906, tables, graph, map.) 5 refs. In Russian. Other authors: L. E. Pozdn1akova and T. IA. eeb. Title tr.: Banda Bay and its inhabitants. Reports a study of this White Sea area by a group of scientists in 1959. Its hydrologic and hydrochemical characteristics are outlined, noting water temperature, salinity, distribution of chemical elements, etc.; 341

its zooplankton . is analyzed, the fishes described. Kanda Bay is transitional in character between sea and lake. It is suitable for herring, salmon, etc. acclimatizaDLC. tion. GALLET, R. M., see No. 79791. 78839. GALLOWAY, J. L. The ThreeFront Model and the thunderstorm. (Weather 1963. v. 18, no. 2, p. 42-54, maps, illus.) 12 refs. Discusses the application of the Canadian Three-Front Model to thunderstorm analysis. Standard map analysis nomenclature is used and examples of Nov. 1959 and Mar. 1960 thunderstorms involving all three fronts, Arctic, Maritime, and Polar, are given. Both trowal (a trough of warm air aloft) and airmass thunderstorms occur in the Canadian Arctic, though thunder has not been reported at Eureka or Alert. DWB. GAL'PERIN, E. I., see No. 77150. 78840. GAL'PERIN, fi?. I. Vtorzhenie protonov v poliärnykh sifanifakh. (Akademifa nauk SSSR. Mezhduvedomstvennyl geofi.zicheski! komitet, IV razdel programmy MGG: polfarnye sifanifå i svechenie nochnogo neba. Sbornik state! 1963. no. 10, p. 70-79, graphs.) 45 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Precipitation of protons in auroras. Reports the morphology of proton precipitation in auroras as derived from the broadening of Ha, Ho, and Hy hydrogen lines, resulting from the Doppler effect of moving protons. A theory of the luminosity of hydrogen lines in aurora is discussed. Dependence of the luminosity on the speed of protons, and their role in exciting auroral luminosity are considered. The theory of proton flux anisotropy, and the corresponding cross sections are briefly reviewed. The idea of local mechanisms of geoactive corpuscle acceleration in the earth's magnetosphere is suggested. A displacement of the southern boundary of proton precipitation from the auroral zone towards lower latitudes was measured at College. Hydrogen spectrum lines observed during the night of Feb. 16-17, 1958 at Loparskaya station showed an anomalous broadening of the Ha line. DLC. 78841. GAL'PERIN, V. "Groza nad Ust'-Kulomom." (Teatr 1961. v. 22, no. 5, p. 105-106, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: Storm over Ust'-Kulom. Discusses this Zyryan opera by G. Dekhtiärov based on a peasant uprising in the 1840's. Music and orchestration, solo

342

parts and crowd scenes are favorably reviewed. It is in the repertory of the Komi Theater of Music and Drama at Syktyvkar. DLC. 78842. GAL'FgOV, A. P., and A. S. CHEPLYGINA. Vtoroe soveshchanie po probleme preobrazovanifa klimata. (Akademifå nauk SSSR. Izvestifå 1962. ser. geog. no. 5, p. 184-87.) In Russian. Title tr.: Second conference on the question of transforming the climate. Reviews the main papers of this conference in Leningrad, June 11-13, 1962, organized by the Main Geophysical Observatory. Four of some 15 papers deal with Arctic Ocean ice. Various climatic changes of sea ice and possible melting were discussed. Changes in snow cover were also considered. DLC. 78843. GALUSHKIN, V. Kholmogorskil rezeG. (Kul'tura i zhizn' 1963. v. 7, no. 12, p. 48, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: Kholmogory chisel. Depicts art objects produced in the bone-carving shop at Lomonosovo in Kholmogory District of Arkhangel'sk Province; episodes in Samoyed life provide motifs. DLC. 78844. GAM, M. Nekrolog, Medicinalkonsulent, laege Sylvester Mathias Saxtorph, 8. august 1890-28. januar 1963. (Grønland 1963, no. 3, p. 119-20, illus.) In Danish. Title tr.: Obituary, medical adviser, Dr. Sylvester Mathias Saxtorph, Aug. 8, 1890—Jan. 28, 1963. Tribute to this Danish doctor, a pioneer combatting TB in Greenland where he was active from 1923, at Jakobshavn latterly at Godthåb; he was district medical officer for North Greenland 1927-1941, head of the medical administration in Greenland 1941-1945, and medical adviser to Grønlands Styrelse from 1948 until his death. CaMAI. 78845. GANANDER, C. Mythologia Fennica 3. pains. Helsinki, Suomalaisen Kirjallisuuden Seura 1960. x, 112 p. In Swedish. Title tr.: Finnish mythology, 3rd ed. Originally pub. in 1789. Dictionary of over 400 main terms, explained in context, often with quotations from the original Finnish. Although Lappish terms are not generally included, the foreword (in Finnish) explains the Lappish classification of gods into four groups: those in stellar space, the lower atmosphere, on the earth, and in the underworld. Some of these names are included and discussed in the text. DLC.

78846. GANESHIN, G. S. Problemy geomorfologii Severo-Vostoka i Dal'nego (Nat ional'nyl komitet Vostoka SSSR. sovetskikh geografov. 19 Mezhdunarodnyl geograficheskil kongress ... 1961, p. 13943.) 18 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Problems of geomorphology of the Northeast and Far East of the USSR. Reviews the geologic structure, tectonics, volcanism, relief formation, glaciations, and other geomorphic aspects of Kamchatka, Koryak Mts., Chukotka, Kuril Islands, Sikhote-Aline, and other regions. Eustatic and tectonic factors in relief formation are briefly noted. Main problems for further study are stated. DLC. 78847. GANKIN, M., and L. KNØZHINSKII. Reznafa kost'. (Sovetskafa zhenshchina 1963, no. 11, p. 19.) In Russian. Title tr.: Carved bone. flus. of carvings: a sea-lion hunt by two Chukchi artists, a Samoyed mother-andchild from the Tobol'sk craftshop, a covered urn from Kholmogory, with openwork ornamentation depicting tundra life. DLC. 78848. GANKINA, E. "V Malozemel'skol tundre" A. Borodina. (Khudozhnik 1962. v. 5, no. 5, p. 5-6, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: A. Borodin's In the Malozemel'skaya Tundra. Describes a series of linoleum cuts (three reproduced) depicting Samoyed reindeer herders of the Nenets National District. DLC. 78849. GAN'KOV, A. A., and O. N. KISELEV. Obnaruzhenie rybnykh skoplenil cherez led. (Rybnoe khozfiilstvo 1963. v. 39, no. 3, p. 40-42, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: Detection of fish shoals through the ice. Outlines authors and others' experiments in 1961 to enable the use of echo-sounding through ice, up to 85 cm. thick. Special handling of apparatus in severe cold, behavior of different kinds of ice, and difficulties inherent in sounding through ice are noted. The results were put to use in March 1962 in some lake fishing on Lovozero and others on Kola Peninsula. DLC. 78850. GAN'KOV, A. A., and O. N. KISELEV. Primenenie ekholota pri podlednom love. (Murmansk. Polfarnyl n: Øl. inst. morskogo rybnogo khozfalstva i okeanografii, Nauchno-technicheskil biülleten' 1962, no. 4 (22), p. 33-36, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: Application of echo-sounding for under-ice fishing.

Describes experiments with three models in determining depth of water and presence of fish, through ice. Echoes from single fish were poor, but satisfactory from shoals and through ice up to 85 cm. thick and a water column of 4-5 meters. Do's and do-not's with the method are listed. DLC. 78851. GAN'KOV, A. A., and others. Spravochnik po rybopoiskovym gidroakusticheskim priboram. Murmansk, Murmanskoe knizhnoe izd-vo 1961. 144 p. tables, illus. 38 refs. In Russian. Other authors: V. E. Platonov, M. D. Truskanov and M. N. Shcherbino. Title tr.: A guide to hydro-acoustic, fish-detection apparatus. Describes the elements and technicaaI details of these instruments: types of echo-sounders (8) and of hydrolocators (3); reading the graphs and detecting different fish, including arctic forms; search characteristic in different regions, including arctic areas. DLC. 78852. GANSCHOW, G. Paavo Ravila zum 60. Geburtstag. (Ural-altaische Jahrbücher 1963. v. 35, no. A, p. 77-78.) In German. Title tr.: Paavo Ravila, on his 60th birthday. Reviews the academic career and major linguistic publications of this Finnish philologist, whose studies include Lappish dialects, phonology, and ethnography. DLC. 78853. GANSCHOW, G. Zur Frage des reduzierten Auslantvokals im Ostostjakisohen. (Ural-altaische Jahrbücher 1962. v. 34, no. 1-2, p. 4-7.) Refs. In German. Title tr.: Reduced end vowels in east Ostyak. Comparative study of the Surgut, Salym, and Vakh-Vas'yugan dialects. DLC. 78854. GAPONENKO, L. S., and others.

O chislennosti i sostave naselenifå Rossii nakanune Velikol Oktfabr'skol sofsialisticheskol revol1i1f ii. (Istoricheskil arkhiv 1962. v. 8, no. 5, p. 57-82, tables.) Refs. In Russian. Other authors: V. M. Kabuzan and T. F. Kuz'mina. Title tr.: Numerical strength and composition of the population of Russia on the eve of the Great October Socialist Revolution. Presents data of Jan. 1, 1917 on the rural and urban population, including five northern governments: Arkhangel'skaya: 360,500 and 135,000; Tobol'skaya: 1,866,900 and 159,000; Yeniseyskaya: 886,400 and 112,000; Yakutskaya: 258,300 and 13,100; and Kamchatskaya: 38,100 and 3,300. The latter four cover roughly the area of

343

the present Tyumenskaya Oblast', Krasnoyarskiy Kray, Yakut ASSR, Magadanskaya and Kamchatskaya Oblast'. DLC. 78855. GARAGULIA, L. S., and others. Merzlotnafa s"emka drazhnykh poligonov Severo-Eniselskogo ralona s primeneniem (Merzlotnye geofizicheskikh metodov. issledovanifa 1963, no. 3, p. 44-55, maps.) 9 refs. In Russian. Other authors: N. I. Trush and A. N. Bogolfilbov. Title tr.: Cryogenic survey of dredged polygons in the northern Yenisey region using geophysical methods. Reports a combined cryogenic-geophysical survey of 1960 in the Yeruda River area (approx. 60° N. 93° E.) in the northeastern Yenisey Range. The climatic, geologic and geomorphic conditions are characterized. Methods used are described, noting division of the area in micro-regions, electric profiling, vertical electric sounding, test drilling, etc. Results of this study are described and a cryogenic map of the area is presented. Thickness of permafrost, temperature regime, seasonal freeze-thaw layers, and other features are characterized. DGS. 78856. GARBER, G. L., and others. Effect of perfusion hypothermia on cardiovascular reflexes. (Surgical forum 1962. v. 13, p. 133-35, table.) Other authors: R. Gruys and W. D. Kelly. Reports on dogs cooled to 10° C. A progressive loss in activity of two cardiovascular reflexes was noted with decrease in temperature, and all activity ceased between 15° and 10° C. A progressive uptake of blood from the arterial reservoir was also noted during cooling. DLC. 78857. GARBOE, A. Grønlandsmineralogen K. L. Giesecke og hans danske venner. (Grønland 1963, no. 12, p. 441-51, illus.) In Danish. Title tr.: The Greenland mineralogist K. L. Giesecke and his Danish friends. Biographical note on his years 18061813 in Greenland, and correspondence with Danish friends he made there, particularly the bishop Fr. Münter. CaMAI. 78858. GARDI, R. Sotto le tende coi Lapponi. (Vie del mondo 1961. v. 23, no. 10, p. 958-73, illus.) In Italian. Title tr.: In tents with the Lapps. Pictorial account of a summer 1961 sojourn with Lappish reindeer herders of the Miekusjavri region of Finland, and an attempt to correct popular fallacies about Lapps. Only some three thousand or 10%

344

of all Fennoscandian Lapps are seasonal nomads, including 100-120 in Finland. Intermarriage with Finns and Scandinavians is extensive and prevents inbreeding. Acculturation is far advanced, and the mode of life of most Lapps is similar to that of the Finns, Swedes, and Norwegians. The language is threatened with extinction and efforts to revive Lappish in northern Finland are considered likely to fail. DLC. 78859. GARDNER, A. G. Glaciering & maintenance of drainage facilities in Alaska. (Alaska construction news 1961. v. 3, no. 3, p. 7, -I-, port.) Describes the five general methods used to control or combat icing or "glaciering" on Alaskan highways. General area drainage is especially important but seldom completely effective in areas of permafrost. The freezing belts method, though effective, has been discontinued because of high maintenance cost, and the surface barriers method adapted from the Russians and known as the ice fence, is in general use. Widening of cuts is difficult and expensive. Transfer of the facility or relocation, is a last resort when icing control methods are not effective. In culverts, icing is prevented by the Standard Culvert Fire Pot; those which are allowed to freeze solid in winter, but must be opened in the spring, are helped by a small pipe full of antifreeze hanging from the top of the culvert. In spring the antifreeze is removed and a steam line is attached to melt the ice. DLC. 78860. GARFIELD, V. E., and L. A. FORREST. The wolf and the raven; totem poles of southeastern Alaska. Seattle, Univ. of Washington Press 1961. 154 p. illus. 25 refs. Rev. ed. of No. 45037, with refs to publications through 1958 added. DLC. 78861. GARfAEV, S. V. I. Lenin i fåkut• skata bol'shevistskafä politssylka. (Sibirskie ogni 1961. v. 40, no. 4, p. 90-93.) 7 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: V. I. Lenin and political exile of bolsheviks in Yakutia. Describes Lenin's activities during May 1897—Jan 1900, and subsequent interest in Yakutian affairs while abroad. Excerpts from his correspondence with other political DLC. exiles in Yakutia are cited. 78862. GARIFULIN, L. L. K kharakteristike oblomochnogo materiala v diatomovykh otlozhenifilkh poslednikovogo vremeni r, Nizhne-Pesochnafa; Magazin-Musfür, Kol'økil poluostrov. (In: Akademifa nauk SSSR. Kol'skil filial. Voprosy ... 1982, p. 116-25,

illus.) 5 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Characteristics of fragmental material in diatomaceous deposits of postglacial time in the Nizhne-Pesochnaya River basin, Magazin-Musyur, Kola Peninsula. Reports petrographic-mineralogic investigations in this southeastern part of the Magazin-Musyur Range, Sukhaya River basin (67° N. 38° E.). Two mineral groups are distinguished in the diatomaceous deposits: cyanite, staurolite, and ihnenite transported from the Keyvy nits., and DLC. minerals of local origin. GARIFULIN, L. L., see also Nos. 83598, 83599. 78863. GARKUSHA, S. A. 0 nakhodkakh tretichnykh diatomel v basselnakh rek (Vses. Khan'i, Tfünga i Tiungkeena. aerogeologicheskil trent. Trudy 1962. no. 8, p. 49-50.) Ref. In Russian. Title tr.: On the find of Tertiary diatoms in the Khan'ya, Tyung and Tyungkeen River basins. Reports on two varieties of Actinocyclus Ehrenbergii, five other species, and some fragments of genus Hemiaulus Ehr. Ecologic conditions, preservation and stratigraphy DOS. of the diatoms are discussed. 78864. GARKUSHA, S. A. Paleoekologicheskil analiz diatomovol flory elkskikh otlozhenil. (Vses. aerogeologicheskil trent. Trudy 1962. no. 8, p. 56-57.) 2 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: A palcoecologic analysis of the diatom flora of the Eyk deposits. Reports on some six hundred samples from deposits distributed in the Tyung and Khan'ya River basins and the Eyk Lake area. Predominant are Pinnularia viridis, P. brevicostata, P. major, etc. These diatoms are found to have lived in lakes of low temperature; littoral and bog species also are reported. The climate of the period was similar to the present. DGS. 78865. GARRETT, T. The Arctic and Antarctic Scientific Research Institute, Leningrad. (Arctic 1963. v. 16, no. 4, p. 215-18.) Describes the organization and functions of this institute under the Northern Sea Route Board. Its duties, eight departments, laboratories, staff, library, museum, etc. are noted as visited in 1963; work of its North Pole drifting stations 1-11 mentioned. About 70% of the Institute's research DGS. effort is devoted to the Arctic.

78866. GARRIDO, C. M. Thyroide et resistance au froid. (Socidtd de Biologie, Paris. Comptes rendus 1960. v. 154, no. 12, p. 2378.) In French. Title tr.: The thyroid and resistance to cold. Rats with destroyed thyroid when exposed to cold survived less than half the time controls did. Survival-time of the experimental group was prolonged by administration of L-thyroxine or triiodothyronine. DNLM. 78867. GARUGULfA, L. S., and V. P. CHERNfAD'EV. Prognoz izmenenifå merzlotnykh uslovil drazhnykh poligonov Severo-Eniselskogo ralona v rezul'tate provedenifii teplovol i vodno-teplovol meliorafäd. (Merzlotnye issledovanifå 1963, no. 3, p. 56-62, tables, graph.) 4 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Forecast of changes in the cryogenic conditions of dredged polygons in the northern Yenisey region, as result of heat and aqueous-heat melioration. Reports a 1960 project in the Yeruda and Noyba River regions of the Yenisey Range, where the alluvial deposits of the first terrace above floodplain were examined for ice content, temperature regime of permafrost, heat exchange, and other features. Heat melioration was achieved by removing the vegetation cover to allow the substrate full action of solar radiation and warm summer precipitation. At summer's end, the areas so treated had thawed to 1.9-2.3 m. depth, but, in areas with vegetation, thawing had penetrated only 0.9-0.7 m. Aqueous-heat melioration was tried to accelerate the thawing process by flooding dredged areas during the summer months. Results of the two methods are evaluated in respect to forecasting cryogenic conditions of the ground. DGS. 78868. GARUSOY, I. S. Uchastie korennogo naselenifii. Severo-Vostoka v bor'be za vlast' Sovetov, 1917-1923 gg. (In: Nauchnafå konferentsifa ... Materialy 1963, p. 97-101.) 5 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Participation of the aborigines of the Northeast in the Soviets' struggle for power, 1917-1923. Describes partisan warfare by Chukehis, Eskimos, Kamchadals, and Tungus on White Russian and Allied forces; activities of the First Revolutionary Committee of Chukotka; rise of Workers' Councils (Soviets) in the Anadyr District and Kamchatka Province, etc. DLC. 78869. GASANOV, SH. SH. Morfogeneticheskafft klassifikai'siiå kriogennykh tekstur rykhlykh otlozhenil. (Akademifä nauk

345

SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Severo-Vostochnyl kompleksnyl n: issl. inst. Trudy 1963. no. 3, p. 53-62, tables, illus.) 15 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Morphogenetic classification of the cryogenic textures of loose deposits. Discusses such classifications offered by others and presents own classification based on the formation mechanism. Massive and Massive taxitic types are recognized. texture is divided into: contact-, pellicular-, pore- , and basal-massive; and the taxitic type into: ataxitic, net-like, layer-net, netDLC. layer, and other kinds. GASANOV, SH. SW, see also No. 84256. 78870. GASKONSKIl, A. A. Teplovodnye ryby v severnykh morfåkh. (Priroda 1963. v. 52, no. 12, p. 118.) In Russian. Title tr.: Warm-water fishes in northern seas. Notes the occurrence in the Barents and White Sea during the past 10-12 years, of several southern fishes, B. betane (five records), and single records for: Lophius piscatorius, Chimaera monstrosa, Lam pris guttatus. DLC. GASSMANN, G. J., see No. 81698. 78871. GATES, G. 0., and G. GRYC. Structure and tectonic history of Alaska. (American Association of Petroleum Geologists. Memoir 1963, no. 2, p. 264-77, maps, graphs.) 20 refs. The dominant tectonic elements developed in the geanticlines and geosynclines that originated from Middle Jurassic to early Tertiary time. Brooks Range, northernmost mountain barrier and a counterpart of the Rocky Mt. system, is thrust north over the edge of the east-west-trending Colville geosyncline. South of it is an irregular array of low mountains, uplands and flat lowlands. Several tectonic elements have been traced, though some trends are oblique or normal to the main Mesozoic and Cenozoic arcuate pattern. The Pacific Mountain system in Alaska consists of two major chains, the Aleutian-Alaska Ranges and the Pacific Border Ranges; they are divided by a line of depressions in an arc around the North Pacific Ocean. This mountain system shows the greatest igneous activity, including a belt of granitic batholiths bordering the Matanuska geosyncline, and a chain of recently active volcanoes. Few igneous rocks are known within and north of the Brooks Range. Three main stages are evident in Paleozoic and Mesozoic tectonic history, involving a broad geosynclinal tract between the

346

Pacific and a stable platform region to the north and east: Cambrian—Silurian, Middle Devonian—Permian, and Triassic—Early The geosyncline expanded Cretaceous. northward until by mid-Mesozoic time eugeosynclinal conditions prevailed over Subsequently diverse most of Alaska. tracts of erosion and deposition were maintained through the rest of the Mesozoic. Basins of known Tertiary marine deposition are limited to northern and southernmost Alaska; inland, Tertiary basins collected continental sediments. Small scale maps show stratigraphic and tectonic features; age ranges of Mesozoic DGS. structural features are graphed. 78872. GATES, R. I. Dutch Harbor, Alaska. Riverside, Cal. 1960. 22 p. maps, tables. (U.S. Naval Pacific Missile Range, Point Mugu, Cal. Report no. 22.) 38 refs. Describes this U.S. Naval base on little Amaknak Island and nearby Unalaska Island in the eastern Aleutians, 692 naut. mi. southwest of Anchorage. Formerly a key base, it has declined in relative importance with development of the Adak Island base further west. Across Unalaska Bay from the base is Unalaska town, a fur-trading center in the early days of Russian settlement and currently a village DN-HO. of about 218 Aleuts. 78873. GATES, R. I. Kodiak, Alaska. Riverside, Cal. 1960. 27 p. maps, tables, illus. (U.S. Naval Pacific Missile Range, Point Mugu, Cal. Report no. 16.) 34 refs. Describes the physical features, administration, population, settlement., and various facilities of this city and island in the Gulf of Alaska, 219 naut. mi. southwest of Anchorage. Founded in 1791 by Russian traders, Kodiak is the first permanent settlement in Alaska and the site of a U.S. Naval base. Topographic features of the island are similar to those of the Alaska Peninsula, with an irregular coastline, rugged relief, and, near Kodiak City, a coastal plain. A small-boat anchorage has been built in the harbor, to which approaches are well marked. Cool summers and mild winters characterize the climate, also high humidity, frequent fog, and abundant precipitation. Shrub zone vegetation flourishes: alder, birch, rose, berries, etc. Marine life is abundant, varied, and (chiefly salmon) a major factor in the economy, as is the Naval Reservation. Four canneries and a lumber mill comprise the local industry; the district population is about nine thousand, with a thousand

more summer cannery workers. Sea- and air-transport facilities are available; Kodiak is the focal point of commercial air service to the Aleutian Islands. There are no roads to distant parts of the island. The city and the Naval Reservation have separate utilities and facilities. DN-HO. 78874. GATES, R. I. Sitka, Alaska. Riverside, Cal. 1960. 23 p. maps, tables, illus. (U.S. Naval Pacific Missile Range, Point Mugu, Cal. Report no. 9.)* Describes this city of 2,000 people on Baranof Island, an important center since 1799. It occupies 25 sq. mi. region of narrow coastal plain on the west side of Baranof, and is surrounded by the Tongass National Forest. Mountains 2,300-3,000 ft. high rise abruptly to the east; to the west is Japonski Island, level except for a small hill. Several short, rapid streams, and four small lakes are in the area. Both approaches to Sitka harbor are at least 60 ft. deep and the harbor has been dredged to 22 ft. The climate is characterized by cool summers, mild winters, abundant rainfall and summer winds to 70 m.p.h. Baranof Island has dense forest to 2,500 ft., low vegetation above that, and along the coast. Population, includes nurses and teachers at the Mt. Edgecumbe Native Hospital and School on Japonski Island. When the Territorial capital was moved from Sitka to Juneau in 1912, the population declined, fishing became the leading industry, till a Japanese-owned pulp mill was built in 1959; government still controls much of the land. Transport is by sea as Sitka lies off the main air-traffic routes and land transport is limited. Supplies and most construction materials are brought in. Utilities are adequate generally, medical facilities among the best in Alaska; transient housing is limited. DN-HO. GATES, R. I., see also No. 78770. 78875. GAVELIN, S. Variations in isotopic composition of carbon from metamorphic rocks in northern Sweden and their geological significance. (Geochimica et cosmochimica acta 1957. v. 12, no. 4, p. 297-314, maps, tables, graphs.) 19 refs. Reprinted in: Stockholm. Högskolan. Mineralogiska institutet. Meddelanden 1956-59 pub. 1959. new ser. v. 11, no. 218.) Summarizes investigation of 0=/C13 ratios determined in 108 samples of graphites from metamorphic Precambrian and Cale*R. I. Gates' papers and those of R. E. Frenkel. q.v., were prepared on a geography research contract with Univ. of California, Riverside.

donian sediments; about half the samples were from arctic localities. The aim was to ascertain whether variations in the isotopic composition of carbon can contribute to solution of petrogenetic problems when conventional petrographic methods fail. Variations in isotopic values possibly developed in connection with the origin of. the sediments and were dependent of specific sedimentogenic conditions. No correlation could be established between the 12C/13C ratio and the degree of kinetometamorphism, thermal or regional metamorphism. Hence no definite statement can be made concerning the mechanism of isotopic fractionation in sedimentary processes. DGS. 78876. GAVRIKOV, S. I. Stratigrafif nizhne-srednefarskikh otlozhenil In'fali-Nerskogo srednegor'fa. (In: Mezhvedomstvennoe soveshchanie ... Trudy 1959, p. 29193.) In Russian. Title tr.: Stratigraphy of the Lower-Middle Jurassic deposits in In'yali-Nera upland. Describes the lower, middle, and upper Liaasic and Dogger deposits in this northeast Yakutia locality, noting their distribution, lithologic properties and fauna. Some sections are described in detail. Sedimentation probably occurred under coastalshallow water conditions. ICRL. 78877. GAVRIKOV, S. I., and V. P. ZHAROVA. Struktura rudnogo pola i mineralizafsifa mestorozhdenife zolota "Zhdannoe." (Vsesofilznoe mineralogicheskoe o-vo. Zapiski 1963. ser. 2, v. 92, no. 1, p. 26-32, map, illus.) 4 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Structure of the ore field and mineralization of the Zhdannoye gold deposits. Describes these gold ore deposits in the El'gi basin of the upper Indigirka. Geology, tectonics, and lithology of the area are outlined. The 13 ore bodies discovered and some veins are characterized. Mineralization of the ore bodies is treated, quartz, ankerite, albite, and other minerals are described. Native gold is characterized. Four stages of mineralization are distinDLC. guished. GAVRIKOV, S. I., see also No. 82475. 78878. GAVRILfIK, V. A. Ritm razvitifa rastenil na vostoke Chukotki. (Botanicheskil zhurnal 1963. v. 48, no. 1, p. 123-26, illus.) 16 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Rhythm of plant development in eastern Chukotka. Discusses earlier studies, environmental

347

factors, and (in detail) the phenological aspects and development of the underground parts in a number of plants. The relationship of changes in the above- and DLC. below-ground organs, is included. GAVRILOV, A. P., see No. 82117. GAVRILOV, E. IL, see No. 83446. 78879. GAVRILOV, F. N. Kompleksnye rekognostsirovochno-stroitel'nye brigady v uslovifiikh Zapolfår'få. (Geodeziffå i kartografifä 1963, no. 5, p. 66-67.) In Russian. Title tr.: Construction survey of parties and conditions above the Arctic Circle. Reports reconnaissance for construction handicapped by inadequate second and third order triangulation markers is forested floodplains. A 1961-1962 project found some of these markers quite invisible because the position needed clearing, and additional markers needed. Suggestions are made for expediting the work of survey parties to avoid unnecessary expense. DLC. 78880. GAVRILOV, N. Bol'she vnimanifa lesarn Kol'skogo poluostrova. (Lesnoe khozfalstvo 1963. v. 16, no. 6, p. 76.) In Russian. Title tr.: More attention to the forests of Kola Peninsula. Three vegetation zones are distinguished: tundra some 47,000 km.2 in the north, forest tundra with stunted growth of dwarf birch and poor quality pine and spruce covering 45,000 km.2, and forest zone of 44,800 km.2 in the southwestern part of peninsula. The annual yield of timber, chiefly pine, amounts to 2 million me. Cutting (25-30,000 hectares/yr.) is too great and reforestation (2-3,000 ha./yr.) too little; other features of poor management, damage by forest fire, etc. are noted. DLC. 78881. GAVRILOVA, L. A. Vertikal'naa, protfazhennost' frontov v 'entral'nol Arktike. (Problemy Arktiki i Antarktiki 1963, no. 13, p. 27-33, tables, graphs, map.) 5 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Vertical extent of fronts in the Central Arctic. Presents data from polar and drifting stations on 195 fronts, 92 in January and 103 in July, their distribution, temperature and number of occlusions. These fronts mostly extend very high, to the upper troposphere and lower stratosphere; the movement of cold fronts toward the south and warm fronts to the North causes strong inter-latitude heat exchange. DLC. GAVRILOVA, L. A., see also No. 80468.

348

78882. GAVRILOVA, M. K. Klimat 'åentral'nol fAkutii. Yakutsk, fAkutskoe knizhnoe izd-vo 1962. 62 p. tables, graphs, maps. 13 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Climate of central Yakutia. Outlines climate of the area 60-64° N. 120-135° E. which includes the Lena, Vilyuy and Aldan basins. Climate-forming factors, and seasonal characteristics are reviewed. Such elements as radiation, air temperature, wind, moisture, precipitation, snow cover, are analyzed. Main phenomena of weather are characterized. A useful summary for nonspecialists, illus. by charts and tables. DLC. 78883. GAVRILOVA, M. K. Radia£sionnyl klimat Arktiki. (Vsesofdznoe nauchnoe meteorologicheskoe soveshchanie. Trudy 1963. v. 6, p. 365-66.) In Russian. Title tr.: Radiation climate of the Arctic. Reviews the geographic distribution of radiation in the area, and the radiation balance and its components. Absorbed radiation, albedo, distribution of temperature and humidity are briefly noted. Yearly total radiation is about 70 kcal./cm.' near the Arctic Circle, and about 60 kcal./cm.' at 80° N. Most of the solar heat is obtained in the American-Canadian sector, and least in the Atlantic-European sector. Monthly variations are also noted. DLC. 78884. GAVRILOVA, M. K. Teplovol rezhim poverkhnosti i pripoverkhnostnogo slots gornykh porod po raschetam i nablitldeni1 ni na vysokogornol stan£sii Suntar-Khafata v 1959 g. (In: Akademifa nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Inst. merzlotovedenifa. Teplo ... 1963. p. 56-63, tables, graphs.) 5 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Thermal regime of the surface and subsurface rock layer according to computations and observations at the Suntar-Khayata high-altitude station in 1959. Determines the components of heat balance of the surface and rock at the station, and compares the data with those obtained at Oymyakon. Thermal flux from surface to the soil was calculated, and the evaporation rate measured. The 1959 radiation balance was found to be 10.4 kcal./cm.2, 1.5 times that for 1958, and about one-third that at Oymyakon. Monthly sums of the balance components for 1959 are tabulated for both Suntar-Khayata and Oymyakon, and those of heat balance for Suntar-Khayata only. DLC. 78885. GAYET, J., and J. L. DAVRAINVILLE. L'activit6 respiratoire et la repartition des ions potassium et sodium du

cortex cerebral isold aprbs sejour å basse temperature. (Journal de physiologie 1963. v. 55, no. 2, p. 255-56.) 2 refs. In French. Title tr.: Respiratory activity and potassium- and sodium-ion distribution in the isolated brain cortex, after a sojourn at low temperature. Reports a study of cortex slices kept in modified Krebs-Ringer of 0° C. for 24 hrs. No measurable relation was found between the drop of respiratory activity and the penetration of K+ ions into the slices. It appears that such a drop is connected with an increased permeability to Na+ DNLM. ions. 78886. GAZAWAY, H. P., and C. F. MARSH. Delivery routes sell more milk in Anchorage. Palmer, Alaska 1960. 12 p. illus. (Alaska. Agricultural Experiment Station. Mimeo circular 25.) 5 refs. Reports a summer 1958 survey of dairy products consumers. Purchase from delivery route or from stores and various characteristics of the two types of purchaser were compared. One third of the households used route delivery, but generally purchased more products and consisted of larger Nearly families with higher incomes. half of those interviewed favored home delivery however, hence routes and sales DA. could be increased. 78887. GAZAWAY, H. P. Facts and observations on agricultural development in Alaska. Juneau. Prepared for the Alaska Div. of Lands 1960. 56 p. tables, graphs. 24 refs. Discusses mostly economic and marketing problems and development prospects to 1975. Population increase and commodity demands are estimated for the south-central (Anchorage) and interior (Fairbanks) market areas served by the Alaska Railroad, as are the farms, cropland, and livestock units necessary to supply varying percentages of this demand; the military market is assumed to remain stable; potentialities of the southeastern and southwestern areas are noted. Most of the cropland needed in the Railbelt by 1975, about 50,000 acres, can be obtained from more intensive use and expansion of existing farms, especially for milk, eggs, vegetables, etc. now produced locally. Meat production and processing have the best potential for new farms. Lack of transportation, processing, storage, and marketing facilities however, hamper development, as do the high costs. For 12 different types of commercial farming or ranching, the minimum requirement in

size, annual production, sales, and investment, are calculated. State land policies are considered; and priority suggested for settling areas where markets and market organizations are available. Other recommendations to foster development are given, also pertinent statistics on production, cost-price relationships, etc. DA. GEDGAFOVA, E. N., see No. 84123. 78888. GEDOVIUS, E. A. Geologicheskoe obosnovanie metodiki razvedki zhelezistykh kvar1 itov v severo-zapadnykh ralonakh SSSR. (In: Akademifa nauk SSSR. Kol'skil filial. Voprosy ... 1962, p. 89-99.) In Russian. Title tr.: The geologic bases of a prospecting method for ferruginous quartzites in northwestern regions of the USSR. Reviews the search for ferriferous quartzites in Kola Peninsula and Karelia since 1932. They are considered Precambrian, of primary-sedimentary origin, and containing magnetite and hematite. The Olenegorsk deposits have been in production since 1955. Kirovogorsk, Mezhozerka, Kostomuksha and Olenegorsk deposits are described. The present prospecting method based on magnetometry and core-drilling is criticized because methods based on the geologic-structure and geomorphology have been to some extent ignored. Recommendations are summarized for better and more promising prospecting of ferruginous quartzites. DLC. 78889. GEIGER, S. R. Ophiopluteus ramosus between Iceland and Newfoundland. (Nature 1963. v. 198, p. 908-909, map.) 10 refs. Reports on continuous plankton sampling on a cruise including parts of the Labrador Sea. Periods and locations of appearance of this ophiuroid larva and its probable origin are noted. DLC. 78890. GEILING, E. M. K., and L. L. ROBBINS. The posterior lobe of the pituitary gland of the whale; and pituitrin and its fractions, pitressin and pitocin. (Association for Research in Nervous and Mental Diseases. Research publications 1938. v. 17, p. 437-62, graphs, tables, illus.) 39 refs. Discusses the parts and cellular elements of the pituitary and the functions ascribed to them, and continues with account of own study on the anatomy, histology and functions of pituitaries from six species of whales. The study of function consisted in following the pharmacodynamie action of

349

extracts from defatted and dehydrated powdered parts of the gland. A discussion of pituitrin, pitressin, pitocin and their clinical uses concludes the account. DNLM. 78891. GEIRO, S. S. Geokhimicheskie osobennosti neftel Timano-Pechorskol propo infrakraanym spektram pogloshchenifå. (Leningrad. Vses. neftfanol n.-isst geologo-razvedochnyl inst. Trudy 1963. v. 212, Geokhimicheskil sbornik no. 8, p. 138-61, tables, graphs.) 10 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Geochemical features of Timan-Pechora province oils according to infrared absorption spectra. Reports an analysis of Devonian, Carboniferous and Permian oils and bitumen from various cores. Their physical and chemical properties are given. Infrared absorption spectra are presented and interpreted; they are not connected with the physicalchemical characteristics of the oils nor with geologic conditions such as age of enclosing rocks or depth of their occurrence. DLC. 78892. GEL'FAND, rt. S., and others. K analizu rasshirennol navigafaü 1961 g. v nizov'filkh Enisefä. (Problemy Arktiki i Antarktiki 1963, no. 12, p. 127-30.) In Russian. Other authors: M. T. Portnova and A. A. Churina. Title tr.: Analysis of the extended 1961 navigation season on the lower Yenisey. In 1960 the Yenisey was open to Igarka July 15-Oct. 17, and this 95-day navigation season was the longest known. In 1961 however, the ice bar in Yenisey Bay was broken by icebreakers, and shipping could move in and out for 114 days, July 6-Oct. 27. Timber loading data are given; they DLC. are 7% behind the plan. GELINAS, L., see No. 82251. 78893. GELLERT, H. J. Economic development in northern and western Alaska. (In: Alaskan Science Conference ... 1962. Proceedings pub. 1963, p. 44-53.) 5 refs. Reviews government efforts to foster regional enterprise with reindeer, cooperative stores, handicrafts, loans, etc., and considers potentialities and needs. The population, predominantly Eskimos and Aleuts, is increasing rapidly, but regional employment as projected to 1980 by Battelle Memorial Institute q.v., and by Rogers and Cooley No. 75171, has unfavorable prospect. The Canadian government's community development program to meet similar problems in northern areas is described, and some of its features, e.g. self-help, area research, etc. are recommendCaMAI. ed for use in Alaska.

350

78894. GEL'MAN, M. L. Fai ii glubinnosti i fazy stanovleni& granitoidnogo kompleksa Anfillskol zony. (Akademifå nauk SSSR. Doklady 1963. v. 149, no. 8, p. 1397-1400, illus.) 11 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Abyssal facies and formation phases of the granitoid complex of the Anyuy zone. This zone, the western part of the Mesozoic Chukotka structure, takes in the Malyy and Bol'shoy Anyuy basins and adjacent areas. Late Mesozoic granitoids together with dikes and effusives are widely distributed and building one magmatic complex. Facies of granitoids caused by the depth factor are noted. Several phases in granitoid complex formation are recognized. Gold and tin mineralization is DLC. reported. 78895. GEL'MAN, M. L. Triasovafä diabazovafa formafsifa Anfdlskol zony, Chukotka. (Geologifh i geofizika 1963, no. 2, p. 127-34, tables, illus.) 8 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Triassic diabase formation of the Anyuy zone, Chukotka. Outlines the petrographic, mineralogic, and chemical composition, geologic age, form of occurrence, and other features of these diabases. They are compared with traps of the Siberian platform. Alteration of the Anyuy diabases is discussed. Their DLC. gold manifestations are noted. 78896. GEMPEL', G. G. Ob odnom iz priznakov rudonosnosti intruzi! Noril'skogo ralona. (Leningrad. Inst. geologii Arktiki. Informa(ionnyT sbornik 1962, no. 31, p. 65-66, diagrs.) Ref. In Russian. Title tr.: One of the signs of the ore-bearing quality of intrusions in the Noril'sk region. Suggests that local gravity anomalies extended in or near the direction of the dip of the country rock of this area be considered prospective for ore content. Anomalies extended along the strike of the country rock should be considered as DLC. indicating barrenness of ore. 78897. GENDRIN, R. Sur une theorie des pulsations rapides structurees du champ magndtique terrestre. (Annales de geophysique 1963. v. 19, no. 3, p. 197-214, graphs, tables.) 45 refs. In French. Title tr.: On a theory of the structure of some rapid oscillations in the earth's magnetic field. Deals with the motion of bunches of trapped particles designated "P.R.S." Correct orders of magnitude of the particles are obtained only for protons which have energy between 4 (high latitudes) and 35

Mev (middle latitudes). Number and distribution of the particles agree with recent satellite and rocket measurements on the low energy component of the first Van Allen zone. Frequency as a function of latitude is illus. by data from Chambon (50.4° N.), College (64.6° N.), and Tromsø (67.1° N.). The injection mechanism is not specified, but the diffusion helps explain the form and duration of recorded emissions. Expected consequences of this theory are discussed and other experiments suggested. DGS. GENKIN, A. D., and others. 78898. Moncheit i kotul'skit novye mineraly i sostav malchenerita. (Vseso1I znoe mineralogicheskoe o-vo. Zapiski 1963. ser. 2, v. 92, no. 1, p. 33-40, tables, illus.) 16 refs. In Russian. Other authors: N. N. Zhuravlev and E. M. Smirnova. Title tr.: The new minerals moncheite and kotulskite and the composition of michenerite. Describes these minerals as found in the copper-nickel sulfide ores of the Monchegorsk deposits, Kola Peninsula. Moncheite, platinum telluride (Pt, Pd) (Te, Bi)2, is white in color, occurs in very small grains, has 60% reflectivity, is anisotropic, and of Kotulskite is a a hexagonal system. palladium tellurobismuthite, Pd (Te, cream-colored, has 66% reflectivity, is even more anisotropic than moncheite and also Michenerite of a hexagonal system. (Pdo.25 Pto.ss Bi Te) is white, has 56% reflectivity, a cubic system, isotropic; it resembles very much the michenerite DLC. found in Sudbury, Canada. 78899. GENKIN, A. D., and others. 0 soderzhanii nikelfa v porodoobrazuIi shchikh mineralakh rudonosnykh gabbro-diabazov Noril'skogo mestorozhdenifä. (Geokhimifå 1963, no. 11, p. 1044-49, tables, illus.) 11 refs. In Russian. English summary. Other authors: R. L. Teleshova and 0. A. Alekseeva. Title tr.: The nickel content in the rock forming minerals of ore-bearing gabbrodiabases of the Noril'sk deposits. Reports results of nickel content determination in the olivines, monoclinic pyroxenes, rhombic pyroxenes, biotites, hornblendes and chromites. In ore-bearing pieritic gabbro-diabases, a series of increasing nickel content is established from monoclinic pyroxene to rhombic pyroxene and to olivine. Of great interest is the increased content of nickel in chromite up to 0.2%. DLC. 78900. GENNO, R. R. J. Helicopters play vital support role in polar survey. (Aircraft 1961. v. 23, no. 1, p. 26-27, illus.)

Outlines performance of two Bell and one S-55 Sikorsky helicopters completing nearly 1000 hrs. of accident-free flying, for the first year of the Polar Continental Shelf Project. Fifty scientists were transported from Isachsen on Ellef Ringnes Island and other bases to numerous work areas, despite sudden storms, whiteout, navigation problems, etc. The Sikorsky machine moved the oceanographers and echo-sounding equipment for the 300 soundings recorded in 4.5 months; and carried "leap-frog" the men making the topographic survey of the Queen Elizabeth Islands. The Project made greater use of helicopters (4000 hrs. flying time) in its 1961 field season as described by H. G. Halford in the same journal 1962, v. 24, no. 2, p. 22-26. DLC. 78901. GENSBØL, B. Den kortnaebbede gås. (Naturens verden 1963, p. 338-45, map, illus.) 6 refs. In Danish. Title tr.: The short-billed goose. Discusses the pink-footed goose which is distinguished from the bean goose of similar habitat by its short bill and flesh-colored feet. It nests in East Greenland and Spitsbergen, in areas with average July temperatures under 5° C., the nests generally in colonies on sea cliffs beyond reach of foxes. The young hatch in early July, and in barely two months are able to migrate, commonly to northern Germany and the British Isles where 50-60 thousand geese overwinter. DLC. 78902. GEOGRAFICHESKOE OBSHCHESTVO SSSR. Zhiznennyl put i nauchnafä del tel'nost' M. M. Shokol'skogo. (Its: Geograficheskil sbornik 1957. no. 12, p. 11-59.) In Russian. Title tr.: The life and scientific activity of M. M. Shokal'skil. Presents six papers delivered at the centenary session in honor of this noted geographer, oceanographer, cartographer and explorer of the Arctic, who died in 1940. Z. M. Shokal'skafä describes his life, E. E. Shvede his activity in the Russian Geographical Society, P. S. Aban'kin his work in hydrography, B. P. Orlov in oceanography and meteorology, I. D. Zhongolovich in physical geography, and A. P. fÜshchenko in cartography. DLC. 78903. GEOGRAFIØ V SHKOLE. Novye ekonomicheskie ralony RSFSR. (Its: no 2, 1963, p. 66-67, map.) In Russian. Title tr.: New economic regions in RSFSR. Lists 24 economic regions to replace the

351

former 67 by decree of the Presidium of the Supreme Soviet of RSFSR Dec. 25, 1962. Seven are at least partly, in the Arctic or Far North, viz: Murmanskiy; Severo-Zapadnyy including Karelia and Arkhangel'sk Province; Komi; SredneUral'skiy including Sverdlovsk and Tyumen' Provinces; Krasnoyarskiy; SeveroVostochnyy including Yakutia and Magadan Province; and Dal'nevostochnyy including Kamchatka, Sakhalin, etc. Another article (by A. A. Adamesku and others) in same journal 1963, no. 3, p. 7-13, map, reviews the 47 economic regions of all USSR, noting fields of production etc. DLC. 78904. GEOGRAPHICAL JOURNAL. Expeditions in the field during 1962. (Its: v. 129, 1963, no. 1, p. 125-26; no. 3, p. 377-78.) Lists over 30 British expeditions assisted by the Royal Geographical Society, including several to Greenland, Jan Mayen, Svalbard, Finnish Lapland, and northern Scandinavia; leader and purpose are stated; reports are on file in the Society's library. DGS. 78905. GEOLOGIf . SSSR, v. 2; Arkhangel'skafa, Vologodskafa oblasti i Komi ASSR, chast' 1: geologicheskoe opisanie. Moskva, Gosgeoltekhizdat 1963. 1079 p. tables, cross-sections, maps, illus. Approx. 950 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Geology of the USSR, v. 2; Arkhangel'sk, Vologda Provinces and Komi ASSR, pt. 1: geologic description. Presents a study by various specialists on the area 58°30'-68°30' N. 34°30'-66° E., which includes the northern part of the Russian platform, Kanin-Timan folded region, Pechora depression, and western slope of Subpolar and Polar Urals. Data available to Jan. 1, 1960 were utilized. Geologic investigation of the area is reviewed, its physical geography and economic characteristics are summarized. The main structural features are outlined. Stratigraphy of the Archean, Upper Proterozoic, Ordovician, Devonian, Carboniferous, Permian, Triassic, Jurassic, Cretaceous and Quaternary systems is analyzed in detail, p. 66-720. Magmatism and metamorphism are treated; tectonics, geomorphology and history of geologic development are dealt with. Status of research and problems outstanding are noted. DLC. GEORGE, P., see Nos. 78240, 84372. GEPTNER, V. G., see No. 81783.

352

78906. GERASIMENKO, V. I. Neo(Problemy bychnoe svechenie neba. Arktiki i Antarktiki 1963, no. 13, p. 12930, table.) Ref. In Russian. Title tr.: Unusual airglow. Reports a phenomenon observed at the Druzhnyy Geophysical Observatory on Kheysa Island, Franz Joseph Land, Nov. 27, 1959: at 1:21 a.m. mean Greenwich time, a shining point like Venus appeared in the southeast, increasing in size as it rose, at 15° above the horizon reaching the dimensions of a moon; then moving eastward, it continued to increase in size but the brightness diminished and at 1.39 it disappeared. Data are given on time, position in the sky, and brightness of the airglow. DLC. GERASIMOV, E. K., see No. 77577. 78907. GERASIMOV, I. P. Samobytnost' geneticheskikh tipov pochv Sibiri. (Sibirskil geograficheskil sbornik 1963, no. 2, p. 7-27, tables.) 18 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The originality of genetic types of Siberian soils. Notes that since V. V. Dukuchaev, Siberian soils have been treated according to European standards and the intrinsic characteristics of samples have been rather neglected. Soils of the taiga-steppe region around Irkutsk and those of the Siberian cold pole area are analyzed and sections described. In formation of Kolyma soils, the main factors noted are a peaty humus surface horizon, presence of permafrost, and periodic moistening of the soil masses. The effects of such factors in soil formation DLC. are considered. 78908. GERASIMOV, I. P. Sekai.fa geografii polfarnykh i subpolfarnykh stran. (Natsional'nyl komitet sovetskikh geografov. 19 Mezhdunarodnyl geograficheskil kongress... 1961, p. 296-99.) In Russian. Title tr.: The polar and subpolar region geography section. Reviews the activity of this section during International Geographical Congress in Stockholm 1960. The 13 papers delivered DLC. are briefly summarized. 78909. GERASIMOV, I. P. Sovremenafa priroda Sibirskogo poliüsa kholoda. (Naf ional'nyl komitet sovetskikh geografov. 19 Mezhdunarodnyl geograficheskil kongress ... 1961, p. 28-32.) 4 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Present nature of the Siberian cold pole. Describes this low air temperature region within the geodetic trapezium, 62°-68° N.

94-160° E. Climatic conditions at the Oymyakon and Verkhoyansk stations are reported. Physical-geographic features such as permafrost, naleds, fossil ice, present glaciation in the Suntar-Khayata massif, etc. are characterized. Four types of natural landscape are distinguished and described: bare mountain tundra, wet larch taiga of permafrost, dry frozen larch DLC. ,taiga, and cold forest steppe. 78910. GERASIMOV, L. M. Stratigrafiiii tufolavovof tolshchi mezhdurech'a Kurelki i Nizhnel Tunguski. (Leningrad. Inst. geologii Arktiki. Informafsionnyl sbornik 1962. no. 31, p. 5-11.) 2 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Stratigraphy of the tuff-lava stratum of the Kureyka-Nizhnyaya Tunguska interfluve. Reports study and mapping of this stratum by a group of scientists, and offers a stratigraphic division based on lithologicpetrographic properties of rocks. Six series are recognized and. characterized. Four tectonic-magmatic cycles in formation of the tuff-lava stratum are distinguished: one Permian and three Triassic. Each is DLC. briefly described. 78911. GERASIMOV, V. Transportnoe ispol'zovanie rek Sibiri v zimnee vremfa. (Rechnol transport 1963. v. 22, no. 12, p. 16-17, table.). In Russian. Title tr.: Utilization of Siberian rivers for transportation in winter time. Advocates such transport as feasible and efficient, particularly in Yakutia where some 2,500 rivers, their combined length 400,000 km. represent travel routes of practically zero grade, 6-8 months a year. Air-cushioned land-and-water craft (of hydrofoil or hovercraft type) are suggested for year-round service along the Lena, Yana, Kolyma, etc. Average cost of frozen-river transport is estimated as 200-300% less than by river fleet, and almost ten times more economical than trucking. DLC. 78912. GERASIMOVA, A. S., and E. M. SERGEEV. Nekotorye voprosy metodiki sredne- i krupnomasshtabnogo inzhenernogeologicheskogo kartirovanifa. (Sovetskafå geologifa 1963, no. 11, p. 141-44.) In Russian. Title tr.: Some problems of method in medium- and large-scale engineering-geology mapping. Discusses two types of map for the Krasnoyarsk region. One represents the status of engineering-geologic knowledge; five categories are recognized: areas utilized earlier, or at present; territory well, inade-

quately, or poorly investigated. The other map concerns the engineering-geologic zoning of the region. Composing of such a map is also explained. DLC. GERASIMOVA, A. S., see also No. 84214. 78913. GERASIMOVA, T. D., and N. N. SKOKOVA. Ornitogeograficheskafa kharakteristika Alnovykh ostrovov. (Ornitologiiå 1959. v. 2, p. 91-98, table.) 6 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Ornitho-geographic character of the Aynovskiy Islands. Describes the location and physiography of these two tiny isles off northwest Kola Peninsula, and lists 53 species of birds observed during five recent summer seasons. Their number, number of nests, etc. are noted. Of 20 common forms, eight are bound to the sea as their source of food. DLC. 78914. GERASIMOVA, T. D. Sostofanie ptich'ikh bazarov Murmanskogo poberezh'fa (Ornitologifa 1962. no. 4, p. 11-14, table, map.) 3 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Condition of bird rookeries on the Murman coast. Reports results of a survey by boat during June 22—July 14, 1960. Number of colonies (18 mapped), location and area occupied, number and species of birds, etc. are estimated and tabulated. DLC. 78915. GERASIMOVSKII, V. I. K geokhimii ftora v nefelinovykh sienitakh. (Geokhimifå 1963. no. 3, p. 237-44, tables.) 22 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: On the geochemistry of fluorine in nepheline syenites. Outlines its content and form of occurrence, in nepheline syenites of the Lovozero and Khibiny massifs of Kola Peninsula, etc. The fluorine in nepheline syenites is determined by the history of petrogenic elements, first of all by the ratio of alkalies and aluminum. The typomorphic fluorinecontaining minerals of agpaitic and miaskitic syenites differ greatly. In the minerals of agpaitic rocks, fluorine is typically associated with sodium, in minerals of miaskitic DLC. rocks with calcium. 78916. GERASIMOVSKII, V. I., and it. I. BELIAEV. 0 soderzhanii khroma nikelfå, vanadiß. i medi v shehelochnykh porodakh Kol'skogo poluostrova. (Geokhimifä 1963, no. 1, p. 23-34, tables.) 11 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: On the chromium, nickel, vanadium and copper content in alkaline rocks of the Kola Peninsula.

353

Determines these elements in the Lovozero and other massifs to clarify the changes of concentration of these elements in respect to the evolution of magmatic melt. Results are tabulated and interpreted. The concentration of these elements in nepheline syenites of the agpaitic series is higher than in miaskite syenites. Toward the end of the magmatic process, an accumulation of chromium, nickel, vanadium and iron was established. High concentration of copper is characteristic for ultrabesic DLC. alkaline rocks. 78917. GERASIMOVSKII, V. I., and Ifs. I. BELIaEV. 0 soderzhanii marganisa, barifa i stron£sifa v shchelochnykh porodakh Kol'skogo poluostrova. (Geokhimifa 1963, no. 12, p. 1111-23, tables.) 17 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: On content of manganese, barium, and strontium in alkaline rocks of Kola Peninsula. Reports results of determination of these elements in Lovozero massif and for comparison in the Khibiny, Sakhariokskiy, Kontozero, Afrikanda and other massifs. Manganese content in agpaitic nepheline syenites is higher (0.037-0.322% Mn 0) than in nepheline syenites of miaskite series (0.098-0.154% Mn 0.) Manganese accumulation increases from the first intrusive phase to the third phase. The barium concentration varies widely. Average strontium content in nepheline syenites of different massifs ranged 0.0013-0.083% Sr O. The Lovozero rocks are characterized by the highest strontium-calcium ratio. The value of Sr/Ca•103 is about 61. DLC. GERBER, H. E., see No. 78651. 78918. GERBURT-GE[BOVICH, A. A., and V. K. LI ßKEVICH. Novoe klimaticheskoe ralonirovanie SSSR dlfa zhilishchnogo stroitel'stva. (Akademifa stroitel'stva i arkhitektury SSSR. Izvestifa 1963. no. 3, p. 109-114, table, map.) Ref. In Russian. Title tr.: New climatic division of the USSR for housing. Reviews research on the relationship between environmental conditions and domestic architecture and construction design, and presents its results: a re-districting of the entire country. A chart shows four climatic regions and 13 subregions determined on the basis of mean January and July air temperatures, mean wind velocity for the three winter months, and the mean relative air humidity in July. The entire arctic and subarctic area of the USSR is included in region I, which is

354

divided into four subregions. Definitions of the climate within each subregion are given, along with the typological features of the dwellings appropriate. DLC. 78919. GERD, S. V. Opyt biolimnologicheskogo ralonirovanifa ozer Karelii. (Akademifa nauk SSSR. Karel'skil filial. Trudy 1956, no. 5, p. 47-75, tables, maps.) 29 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Tentative. bio-limnological zoning of the Karelian lakes. Discusses earlier works on zoogeography of Karelia and types of its lakes, and describes 15 lacustrine areas, including five in the White Sea basin: the Vygozero, Segozoro, Kem, northern and Kola areas. The classification is built on hydrographic principles, each area being dealt with as to boundaries, precipitation, relief, soils, river and lake system(s) and general hydrobiology (biomass of benthos, elements of it, etc.). The biological poverty of the lakes of the North is noted. DLC. GERD, S. V., see also No. 84620. 78920. GERDEL, R. W., and F. DROUET. The cryoconite of the Thule area, Greenland. (American Microscopical Society. Transactions 1960. v. 79, no. 3, p. 256-72, table, map, illus.) 7 refs. Account on the appearance, nature, and earlier studies of cryoconite holes and the authors' investigation of these formations on the Nuna and Thule ramps. The mineral matter of the drip-free, gelatinous cryoconite consists largely of sand. The organic matter was found to be algae, some fungi and a rotifer, all of which are described and reproduced. It is assumed that the cryoconite holes are at least partly the product of energy and metabolic release of these organisms and not solely the effect of solar radiation. DLC. 78921. GERDEL, R. W. The simulation of a blowing snow environment in a wind tunnel. (Western Snow Conference 29th. Proceedings 1961. p. 106-115, illus.) 4 refs. Summarizes the problems encountered by the U.S. Army Cold Regions Research & Engineering Laboratory in making wind tunnel studies, the favorable features of the New York Univ. tunnel, criteria considered in selecting commercial borax as a snow-simulating material, operational procedures, also tests on scale models of the DYE Site building (DEW Line) in the central icecap in south Greenland. Snow accumulation patterns at the field installa-

tion were found similar to those developed in the 1:100 scale model. This evidence of highly localized accumulation led to decision to level the main drifts with a bulldozer at least once a year, prolonging the period before the building would have to be raised. Appended discussion by C. G. DGS. Warnick. 78922. GERHARDT, D. Syrjånisches aus dem 18. Jahrhundert. (Ural-altaische Jahrbücher 1962. v. 34, no. 3-4, p. 21113.) Approx. 20 refs. In German. Title tr.: 18th century Zyryan text. Discusses a manuscript written in the Cyrillic alphabet about 1710-1720, now in the Academy of Sciences' archives. It deals with a variety of medical, astronomical, geographic and historical topics. Its language is a peculiar mixture of Zyryan and Russian, no code, as was assumed at its publication in 1935, but a kind of jargon intended for a few initiates. DLC. GERIN, M., see No. 84372. 78923. GERINAS, A. U lesnykh bogatyre!. (Sovetskoe foto 1963. v. 23, no. 5, p. 25-27, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: Among the strong-men of the forest. Photo reportage on lumberjacks and their winter work in the dense forests near Melent'yevo (63°55' N. 48°34' E.) on the Data are Arkhangel'sk-Komi border. given on exposures, and techniques for landscape with strong contrast (bright snow, dark underbrush) are discussed. DLC. 78924. GERKE, A. A. Lingulinelly i linguliny (Foraminifera) iz permskikh i nizhnemezozolskikh otlozheniT severe f8entral'noI Sibiri. (Leningrad. N: issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Sbornik state' po paleontologii i biostratigrafii 1960, no. 21, p. 29-70, illus.) 43 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Lingulinella and Lingulina, foraminifers from Permian and Lower Mesozoic deposits in north-central Siberia. Part of a monograph in preparation on Permian, Triassic and Lias forams from the Nordvik, Olenek and other regions of Siberia above the Arctic Circle. Sixteen forms in these two genera are systematically described and illus. Some are new species DLC. or varieties. 78925. GERMAN, E. V., and others. Geologifä i geomorfologifa p-ova areal, novogo ralona perspektivnogo dlf poiskov nefti i gazes. (Leningrad. Vses. neftlano1 n: issl. geologorazvedochnyl inst. Trudy 1963, no. 225, p. 311-29, maps, profiles,

illus.) 4 refs. In Russian. Other authors: V. N. Kislfakov and I. V. ReTnin. Title tr.: Geology and geomorphology of Yamal Peninsula, a new prospective region for oil and gas search. Reports 1960-1962 studies in the southern part of the Peninsula. Geomorphology, stratigraphy, and tectonics of the area are outlined. Geomorphic surfaces, various terraces, are distinguished and described. Quaternary deposits are treated in some detail, their lithology, facies, stratigraphy, and other features. No glacial deposits Sedimentation have been discovered. factors are sea and rivers. A structuraltectonic map is presented and interpreted. DLC. 78926. GERMANY. HEER. GENERALSTAB. Militär geographische Einzelbe schreibung der Gewässer N-Norwegens and Finnisch Lapplands and deren Übergänge. 2nd ed. Berlin(?), Mil Geo-Gruppe Norwegen 1944. 52 1. maps. 2nd. edition. Title tr.: Military-geoIn German. graphic detailed description of the waters of northern Norway and Finnish Lapland, and their crossings. Describes briefly, with reference to the Norwegian 1:100,000 map sheets, about 40 rivers and 15 lakes north of 65° in Norway and north of 69° in Finland. Roads and winter trails, railroads, bridges, fords, ferries, river barriers, dams, etc. are also DGS. shown on scale of 1 in.:10 mi. 78927. GERNGARDT, N. E. 0 novykh nakhodkakh zolota na fi zhnom Timane. (Razvedka i okhrana nedr 1962. v. 28, no. 3, p. 9-10.) 3 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: New finds of gold in southern Timan. Reports a score or more points of gold occurrence found incidentally to oil and coal prospecting activities in the Yarega, Pizhma Mezen', Ukhta, Och-Pazma, and other areas. The mode of occurrence and geologic conditions are briefly characterized. Metamorphic rocks of the Middle Devonian DLC. attract most interest. 78928. GERNGARDT, N. E. Titanovafif. i redkometal'nafa mineralizafsifå v peschanikakh-kollektorakh nekotorykh neftfanykh mestorozhdenlli ltzhnogo Timana. (Sovetskata geologiiå, 1963, no. 5, p. 115-18, table.) 3 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Titanium and rare-metal mineralization in sandstone reservoirs of some oil deposits in southern Timan. Reports the find of a secondary mineral of titanium, viz: rutile loucoxene. Two varieties of it are distinguished and de-

355

scribed. Beside the main components TiO2 and SiO3, they have also Nb, CaO, Fes 03, etc.; and may have niobium and tantalum and rare earths. DLC.

relief, especially of the island shelves and of the upper continental shelf are noted, and the impediment they pose to trawling is pointed out. DLC.

78929. GERSHANOVICH, D. E. Kompleksnye okeanologicheskie issledovanilä v severnol chasti Tikhogo okeana. (Okeanologifå 1963. v. 3, no. 6, p. 1119-23.) In Russian. Title tr.: Complex oceanological studies in the northern part of the Pacific Ocean. Reports 1962 work aboard the Zhemchug: 176 stations were made along the 6000 mi. cruise. Surface-water temperature, currents, distribution of water masses, content of oxygen, phytoplankton, geomorphology of the shelf and continental slope were studied and results are briefly characterized. Observations were made in DLC. Alaska Bay Aug. 5—Sept. 4.

78932. GERSHANOVICH, D. E. Shel'fovye otlozheniiå saliva All ska i uslovifa ikh obrazovanitii. (Akademifå nauk SSSR. Komissifa po osadochnym porodam. Del'tovye i melkovodno-morskie otlozhenifå 1963, p. 32-38, maps.) 7 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Shelf deposits of the Gulf of Alaska and their formation conditions. Characterizes the bottom topography and hydrologic regime. Bottom sediments of the shelf areas are analyzed, noting the content of carbonates, organic hydrocarbon, and the organic composition. Types of shelf deposits are reported; their mineralogic provinces are outlined. Content of iron is noted. DLC.

78930. GERSHANOVICH, D. E. Nabllüdenifå nad poverkhnost'Iü morskogo dna v geologicheskikh Cseliakh. (Akademifa nauk SSSR. Okeanograficheskafå komissiiå. Trudy 1962. v. 14, p. 109-115, illus.) 18 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Observations on the surface of the sea bottom for geological purposes. Discusses general aspects and potential of the method; importance of proper illmination and illumination angles, and observations on the bottom and sediments of the Barents Sea down to a depth of 170 m. Relief and the size and distribution of deposits are noted and compared with conditions in other areas: Bering Sea, Gulf DLC. of Alaska, etc.

GERSHANOVICH, D. E., see also No. 79605.

78931. GERSHANOVICH, D. E. Rel'ef osnovnykh rybopromyslovykh ralonov (shel'f, materikovyl sklon) i nekotorye cherty geomorfologii Beringova morfå. (Moskva Vses. n: issl. inst. morskogo rybnogo khoz. i okeanografii. Trudy 1963. v. 48, p. 13-76, tables, maps, profiles.) 103 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Relief of the main fishing areas (continental shelf and slope) and some outlines of Bering Sea geomorphology. Comprehensive study based on expeditions of 1958-1959 with introductory review of earlier work. Successive sections deal with the general morphometry of this sea, its bottom relief, including: general traits, structure of adjacent land and coasts, the continental shelf, its sectors, microrelief, and features pertinent to fishing; geomorphology of the sea. The study puts special emphasis on the new fishing ground in the eastern part of this sea. Variations of the

GERSHENOVICH, Z. S., see also No. 84057.

356

78933. GERSHENOVICH, Z. S., and

a. I. VEKSLER. Zashchitnyl effekt arginine pri gipotermii. (Biokhimifi, 1963. v. 28, no. 6, p. 937-41, tables.) 25 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Protective effect of arginine in hypothermia. Arginine administered parenterally to rats prior to cooling actively interfered with the ammonia metabolism of the brain, keeping it a normal level. Excitation was lower at the beginning, and the experimental group was more active at the end of cooling; recovery was quicker, survival higher and sequels lower. DLC.

78934. GERSHKOVICH, S. M., and others. K voprosu o fizicheskom razvitii detel pervogo goda zhizni g. Murmanska. (Voprosy okhrany materinstva i detstva 1962. v. 7, no. 1, p. 77-79, table.) 8 refs. In Russian. Other authors: L. A. Tarasov, V. ISA. Zakrevskatä, M. N. Gorshenina and M. A. Stanislavova. Title tr.: The problem of physical development of babies during their first year of life in Murmansk. Report on basic anthropometric and other studies of over four thousand children. In the first months of life, indicators of physical development were somewhat higher than those for Moscow or Leningrad; in the second half-year a slow-down in growth and in some cases lag, were noted. The latter was due to qualitative food deficiencies and rickets. DLC.

78935. GERSHKOVICH, S. M. 0 rakhite u grudnykh detel v ZapolIår'e. (In: Litvinov, N. N., ed. Zdorov'e cheloIn Russian. veka ... 1963, p. 93-97.) Title tr.: Rickets among breast-fed babies in the Arctic. Reports a clinical, biochemical and X-ray study of 1100 infants in Murmansk. Over 90% of breast-fed babies suffered from rickets, with 25% showing recurrence in the first year of life. The percentage of severe cases was 4-8, those of second degree 27-38. Examination of the mothers showed a high degree of vitamin D-deficiency, the latter being considered as foreDNLM. runner of rickets. 78936. GERSHKOVICH, S. M., and V. IA. BELOGORSKII. Sezonnye i vozrastnye osobennosti rakhita u dote! Zapoliar'Iä. (Pediatritå 1962. v. 40, no. 4, p. 54-58.) In Russian. Title tr.: Season and age characteristics of rickets in children in the Arctic. Reports a study in Murmansk of 260 babies 1-12 months old, including blood and X-ray examinations. Morbidity was 89.3% in babies born during the light season and 90.5% those born during the dark season. Differences in clinical X-ray and other symptoms between the two groups are analyzed. It is concluded, that for practical purposes no seasonal fluctuations in rickets should be considered and anti-rachitic measures should be applied continuously during the first year of life. DNLM. 78937. GERSTER, G. Augenschein in Alaska; Eindrücke von einer Reise durch den 49. Staat der USA. Bern, A. Scherz 1961. 112 p. map, illus. In German. Title tr.: Alaska evaluated; travel impressions of the 49th state of the USA. Reviews its history, economic development, research and military activities, wildlife protection and game laws. Transportation, population and Eskimo acculturation problems, etc. are discussed. Selected statistical data to 1960 are included. DLC. 78938. GERSTER, G. Caccia al bisonte nelle brughiere del Canada. (Vie del mondo 1961. v. 23, no. 9, p. 886-98, illus.) In Italian. Title tr.: Buffalo hunting in the Canadian bush. Illus. account of a hunt in the Fort Smith—Slave River area of Wood Buffalo Park; the American bison and its indiscriminate slaughter in the 19th century. DLC.

78939. GERSTER, G. Inuvik cittå sul ghiaccio. (Vie del mondo 1961. v. 23, no. 11, p. 1059-1071, illus.) In Italian. Title tr.: Inuvik, a city on ice. Photosketch of this new settlement in the Mackenzie delta, its construction on permafrost, heating and sanitation, supply, etc. The study program and activities at the ten-grade boarding school are described: built in 1957, it has six hundred pupils (50% Eskimo) and 34 teachers (white). Canadian efforts to maintain a balance between Eskimo traditions and the white man's civilization are discussed: the superficial acculturative processes in dress and habits fostered by the young, and the fundamental changes in the social and economic pattern. DLC. GESELEVICH, E. L., see No. 83266. 78940. GESSAIN, M. Recherches critiques sur les ml thodes de notation des dessins papillaires digitaux. (International Congress of Anthropological and Ethnological Sciences 1960. Comptes rendus v. 1, Rapport general et anthropologie, pub. 1962, p. 171-74, table.) 10 refs. In French. Title tr.: Critical survey of recording methods of papillary fingerprint patterns. Comparative study including dermatoglyphs of 49 Angmagssalik Eskimos. DSI. 78941. GESSAIN, R. La methode genes logique appliquee aux Eskimo d'Angmassalik; premiers rEsultats, le coefficient moyen de consanguinity. (International Congress of Anthropological and Ethnological Sciences 1960. Comptes rendus v. 2, Ethnologie pt. 1, pub. 1963, p. 107-109.) 2 refs. In French. Title tr.: Genealogical method applied to the Angmagssalik Eskimos; first results, mean coefficient of consanguinity. Study of the inadvertent consanguineous marriages in this isolated community, based on cousinhood ties determined for 480 children, 0-15 years old in 1935. With intermarriage forbidden between kin including fourth cousins, the mean coefficient of probable consanguineal change-unions is between 110 x 10-6 and 131 x 10-5. DSI. 78942. GESSAIN, R. Variations morphologiques, du squelette facial, attestdes en moires d'une g6n6ration dans on groups humain, sous l'influence de changements importants des conditions de milieu. (Académie des Sciences, Paris. Comptes rendus 1958. v. 247, no. 17, p. 1391-94, table.) In French. Title tr.: Morphological variations of the face skeleton, observed in

357

less than one generation among a group of people under the influence of strong ecological changes. Attributes the notable decrease of face width among the Angmagssalik Eskimos, as measured in 1934 (by author) and 1950 (by E. Skeller) to diminishing use of masticatory muscles. Use of soft and canned food increased during this period, and rubber boots began to replace those of seal skin which was softened (for sewing) by chewing. DLC.

hypothermie. (Socidtd de Biologie, Paris. Comptes rendur 1963. v. 157, no. 5, p. 1142-46, illus.) 16 refs. In French. Title tr.: Action of protoveratrin A and of cevadin on isolated, cooled rat diaphragm. Reports on experiments with preparations perfused at 37° and 22.5° C. At the latter temperature, the diaphragm responded energetically to electric stimulation and was very sensitive to the two chemicals. DNLM. GIBBONS, J. E., see No. 77706.

78943. GHYS, R. Radioprotection by acclimatization to cold. (Nature 1963. v. 198, p. 603, table.) 6 refs. Reports experiments with rats irradiated with cobalt —60 y -rays after a month's exposure to about 5° C. A marked increase in radio-resistance was found in the acclimatized animals. At the LD° level, a protection factor of 2 is obtained; this is as good, or even better than that obtained from the best radio-protective drugs. DLC. 78944. GIAJA, J., and L. MARKOVIeGIAJA. Le spectre de la thermogenese de l'organisme refroidi. (France. Centre national de la recherche scientifique. Colloques nationaux 1955, p. C23-C34, illus.) 23 refs. In French. Title tr.: The spectrum of thermogenesis in the cooled organism. From experiments with rats, authors discuss heat production under conditions of euthermia, shallow hypothermia (2320° C.) and deep hypothermia (below 15° C.). The similarity of the latter to poikilothermic is noted and its differences from shallow hypothermia stressed. Metabolic ratio between euthermia and hypothermia may reach a ratio of 1:25. DLC. 78945. GIAMBRA, S. P. Start-up of the Iron Ore Company of Canada's Carol (Canadian mining and concentrator. metallurgical bulletin 1963. v. 56, no. 613, p. 377-86, graph.) Describes this 50,000 ton-per-day concentrator and crushing plant, its water supply, tailings disposal and concentrate handling systems; the organization, procedure, and transition from construction to operation. Start-up was accomplished in five months (June-Oct. 1962); the plant produced one million tons of concentrate and reached its design-rated tonnage less than six months after the first ore was treated. DGS. 78946. GIAO, J. M., and T. RICO. L'action de la protovcratrine A et de la c6vadine sur le diaphragme isold du rat en

358

GIBOR, A., see No. 76853. 78947. GIDDINGS, J. L. Kobuk River people. College, Univ. of Alaska 1961. 166 p. map, illus. (Alaska. Univ. Dept. of Anthrop. and Geog. Studies of northern peoples, no. 1.) 8 refs. Monographic study of this Malemiutspeaking inland Eskimo group of some 500 individuals mainly the Shungnak, Kiana, and Noorvik villages. Folktales and mythology, shamanism, religious and ceremonial practices, and the annual economic cycle of activities are outlined on the basis of informants' accounts recorded by the author in the 1940's. The former distribution of the Kobuk River people, their relations with other Eskimo and Indian groups, traditional culture, economy, social organization, etc. are dealt with in turn. Their material culture seems more akin to that of Athapaskan Indians and other circumboreal inland peoples than to coastal Eskimos. Their location between seamammal hunting Eskimos and woodland Indians may have contributed to their retention of traits once characteristic for most Eskimos. Critically reviewed by C. Osgood in American anthropologist 1963, v. 65, no. 2, p. 451-52. DLC. 78948. GIDDINGS, J. L. Side-notched points near Bering Strait. (Arctic Inst. of North America. Technical paper 1962. no. 11, p. 35-38, illus.) Refs. Discusses and correlates the time sequence of Cape Krusenstern beach ridge sites occupied in succession from 5,500-6,000 years ago. A period of extensive whaling resembling in intensity Western Thule preceded Choris and Norton which were followed in turn by an Ipiutak culture. The distribution of side-notched points is described and those of the Palisades site likened to finds on the Denali Highway, to the Tuktu assemblage of Anaktuvuk Pass, etc. An airphoto of Cape Krusenstern shows beach ridges and the site locations. CaMAI.

78949. GIDDINGS, J. L. Some arctic spear points and their counterparts. (Alaska. Univ. Anthrop. papers 1963. v. 10, no. 2, p. 1-12, illus., table.) Refs. Comparative study of large projectile points of the Bering Strait region by site and culture phase, from before 5,000 B.C. (Palisades I) to the turn of the Christian era (Ipiutak). Points and knife blades typical for a given period are described and correlated with similar forms from the inland zone: Great Plains or paleo-Indian DSI. Plano sites. GIESE, A. C., see No. 78616. 78950. GIL', L. T. Vlifånie gipotermii na fago%sitarnufa aktivnost' lelkofsitov krovi i poglotitel'nuiü sposobnost' retikulo-endotelial'noT sistemy. (Zhurnal mikrobiologii, epidemiologii i immunobiologii 1961. v. 32, no. 12, p. 125.) In Russian. Other authors: E. S. Levina, A. S. Vovki and F. F. Posledov. Title tr.: The influence of hypothermia on the phagocytic activity of the blood leucocytes and the reticuloendothelial system. Cooling rabbits to 33-34° C. sharply reduced phagocytosis by leucocytes, which remained depressed for 6-8 days, though body temperature returned to normal. Phagocytosis by the R-E system recovered DLC. somewhat quicker. 78951. GILBERT, B. F. Arts and sciences in Alaska: 1784-1910. (Journal of the West 1962. v. 1, no. 2, p. 135-48, illus.) Approx. 50 refs. Outlines educational developments: Russian pioneer work, establishment of lay and mission schools for aborigines, American reforms, growth of the industrial and general education school system since the 1880's, etc. Beginnings of newspaper publication in the 1860's, libraries, historical society and museum are described, as are the early American scientific explorations, by Robt. Kennicott in 1859-1862, and subsequently by the Western Union Telegraph Co., U.S. Coast Survey, National Geographic Society, etc. DLC. 78952. GILGEN, A., and others. Essential role of catecholamines in the mobilization of free fatty acids and glucose after exposure to cold. (Life sciences 1962. v. 1, no. 12, p. 709-715, graphs, table.) 10 refs. Other authors: R. P. Maickel, O. Nikodijevic and B. B. Brodie. Account of experiments with rats exposed individually to 4° C. Chemical or functional sympathectomy prevented in these animals

mobilization of free fatty acids and glucose. These and complementary experiments indicate that catecholamines are essential for increasing heat production. DNLM. 78953. GILIAROV, M. S. Resemblance of biocoenoses in eastern Europe and northern America as a sign of recent biogeographic connections between the Palearctic and Nearctic. (In: Gressitt, J. L. ed. Pacific Basin biogeography 1963, p. 179-83, table.) 11 refs. Describes a biocoenotical approach to the problem of faunal connections between the Old and New Worlds, as part of a symposium on Bering Arc relationships. Close similarities are found between insect pests of wheat in the United States and the Soviet Union. These, with other evidence, indicate that isolation of the Palearctic and Nearctic took place after the establishment of biocoenoses similar to recent ones, in both regions. DSI. 78954. GILfAROVA, M. A. Bazal'nye obrazovani1 Karelifa (nizhnil proterozol) ralona Parandovo-Nadvoi(y Karel'skol ASSR. (Leningrad. Univ. Vestnik 1963, no. 18, p. 15-27, map, illus.) 12 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Basal formations of the Karelian system (Lower Proterozoic) in the ParandovoNadvoytsy-region of Karelian ASSR. Presents a geologic map of this region and description of basal formations: monomict granite conglomerates, polymict conglomerates, beds of quartzite-sandstones and the crust weathering, all present in the Voitskoy syncline. Pre-Karelian and Karelian rocks are considered. To basal formations of the latter belong the granitic and polymictic conglomerates and the DLC. crustal weathering. GIL'KIN, V. N., see No. 83242. GILL, A., see No. 80146. GILL, G., see No. 84044. 78955. GILL, T. N. On Eleginus of Fischer, otherwise called Tilesia or Pleurogadus. (U.S. National Museum. Proceedings 1891, Ø. 1892. v. 14, p. 303-305.) Contains notes on the taxonomy and synonymy of Eleginus navnga (= Gad us gracilis-Gadus wachna) from Bering Sea; and cites the designation of gen. and sp. by G. Fischer von Waldheim pub. in Moskovskoe obschestvo ispytatelel, Memoires 1812-1813, v. 4. repr. 1830, p. 252-64 (DLC). DLC. GILLAIN, P. R., see No. 82416.

359

78956. GILLESE, J. P. It's a rugged business up on Canada's farthest north farm. (Canadian business 1956, v. 29, no. 9, p. 20-26, 28.) Describes a 400-acre farm in Yukon Territory, five miles from the confluence of the Pelly and Yukon Rivers. On rich alluvial soil, it has been worked sporadically since the 1903 gold-rush days, and since 1953 by four men from the province of Alberta. Livestock and poultry are raised; oats, barley, cabbage, cauliflower and onions are grown on an alternate summer fallow system. The market served is local: the United Keno mine workers 110 mi. away, and the town of Whitehorse. CaOCU. 78957. GILLETT, J. M. Flora of Goose Bay, Labrador. (Canadian field-naturalist 1963. v. 77, no. 3, p. 131-45, map.) 15 refs. Records plants collected by the author and W. E. Findlay in summer 1950, on the shores of Goose Bay and up the Hamilton River to Muskrat Falls. 34 species of bryophytes were identified, also 297 higher plants of which 56 are additions to the native flora of western Lake Melville and 22 are additional adventives. The annotated list includes small collections by others deposited in the Plant Institute Herbarium in Ottawa, reported for the first time. 30 species of Musci, 4 of Hepaticae, 18 Pteridophyta, 5 Gymnospermae, 110 Monocotyledonae, and 164 Dicotyledons are CaOGB. listed, with location and site. 78958. GILLETT, J. M. The gentians of Canada, Alaska, and Greenland. Ottawa, Queen's Printer 1963. 99 p., map. illus, (Canada. Dept. of Agriculture. Pub. 1180.) 41 refs. Presents a synopsis of f am. Gentianaceae and subfam. Menyanthaceae. Full descriptions are given for nine genera and 22 species, also three subgenera and eight subspecies of gen. Genlianella, with illus. and locations (map). Three species of three genera of fam. Menyanthaceae, the buckbeans, are included. The ornamental value of such native plants is stressed. CaOGB. 78959. GILLMOR, C. S. Cosmic-noise absorption at conjugate stations on the polar caps. (American Geophysical Union. Transactions 1963. v. 44, no. 3, p. 816-21, graphs.) Compares results of riometric measurements of absorption events, Mar. 1961Jan. 1962 at the antarctic station Mirnyy with those at Longyearbyen, Vestspitsber-

360

gen. About half the Mirnyy events of 0.3 decibels or greater, and three-quarters of those exceeding 10 decibels, were accompanied by observable events at Longyearbyen, 450 km. from the Mirnyy conjugate point at 82.0° N. 23.3° E. Though there is good correlation in the events, the details of their form and magnitude do not correlate so well. High-latitude cosmic noise absorption events are studied in terms of photo-detachment of electrons in the ionosphere by longwave solar energy. Combination of the results in two major areas in the short-event analysis, seasonal distribution and conjugacy, indicates that at high latitudes the time of maximum activity varies with geomagnetic longitude, and that the occurrence patterns of highlatitude absorption events are relatively DLC. complex. 78960. GILLMOR, C. S. The day-tonight ratio of cosmic noise absorption during polar cap absorption events. (Journal of atmospheric and terrestrial physics 1963. v. 25, no. 5, p. 263-66, tables, graphs.) 5 refs. Analyzes the riometer observations at a pair of nearly conjugate stations within the north and the south auroral zones, during periods of polar cap absorption in 1961. The absorption of cosmic radio noise was found nearly the same provided the stations are under similar conditions of solar illumination, which indicates similarity of the incoming particle flux at conjugate points. From data of Longyearbyen, 78.2° N. 15.6° E., and Mirnyy, the day/night absorption ratio is found to have a median value of 5.3 during magnetically quiet DLC. periods. 78961. GILLSÄTER, S. Spetsbergen, en bildsvit. (Till fjälls 1960-61. v. 32-33, p. 36-45, illus.) In Swedish. Title tr.: Spitsbergen, a series of pictures. SPRI, Reports a visit in 1960. 78962. GILMORE, R. M. A pelagic immature northern fur seal. (Journal of mammalogy 1961. v. 42, no. 4, p. 549-50.) Describes a young female of 14 kg. caught in a. fishing net some 400 miles south of the eastern Aleutians with remnants of large squid in the stomach. Earlier records indicate scattered occurrence of individuals in the central North Pacific. DLC. 78963. GILMORE, R. M. Whales without flukes or flippers. (Journal of mammalogy 1961. v. 42, no. 3, p. 419-20, illus.) 3 refs. Records own observations, and those of

others, on various whales. The cause of these mutilations are suggested and the fact stressed that despite defective or missing flukes, little or no impediment in DLC. movements was noted.

position in hornblende. The actinolite position among amphiboles also is discussed. Occurrence metagabbro-anorthosites and these minerals is interpreted. DLC.

78964. GIMPEL, C. Camera eye on the Arctic. (North 1963. v. 10, no. 1, p. 42-47.) 12 photos of Canadian Eastern Arctic CaMAL landscapes and Eskimos.

78968. GIPPENREITER, V. Vulkan Karymskiy, Kamchatka. (Sovetskoe foto 1961. v. 21, no. 9, illus. at p. 24 and 25.) In Russian. Color photo of the Karymskiy Volcano (southern Kamchatka) in action. DLC.

78965. GINDIN, A. Krupnelshil lesopromyshlennyl kompleks segodnfa i zavtra. (Na strolkakh Rossii 1963, no. 12, p. 3-5, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: The largest wood industry complex today and tomorrow. Describes the multi-purpose plant being developed at the Bratsk power station reservoir. It is planned to process four million m.3/yr. of timber from the surrounding 32,000 km.2 taiga, 3.2 million m.2 floated down and 800 thousand m.2 brought by railroad. The plant complex is expected to cost 290.18 million rubles; construction is to be carried on for eight months a year, and the pulp-cardboard component of the project is to be ready in 1965. The methods and equipment used in construction are discussed, and certain DLC. deficiencies criticized. 78966. GINDIN, A. Opyt betonnykh rabot na stroitel'stve Bratskol GES. (Na strolkakh Rossii 1960, no. 3, p. 5-8, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: Concrete work in the construction of Bratsk hydro-electric power station. Describes the 1,500 m. long and 125 m. high dam requiring 5 million m.3 of concrete. Construction began in 1955; 716.6 thousand m.3 of concrete were poured during July 1959-June 1960. Methods of mixing and reinforcing, equipment used, preparation DLC. of the forms, etc. are discussed. GINI, C., see No. 82548. 78967. GINZBURG, I. V., and V. M. NEKRASOVA. Magnezial'nyl gastingsit i aktinolit iz metagabbro-anortozitov severovostochnol chasti Kol'skogo poluostrova. (Akademia nauk SSSR. Mineralogicheskil muzel. Trudy 1962. no. 13, p. 161-68, tables, map.) 15 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Magnesian hastingsite and actinolite from metagabbro-anorthosites in the northeastern part of Kola Peninsula. Analyzes the crystallo-chemical formulas, optical and physical constants, and chemical composition of hastingsite and defines its

78969. GIRS, A. A. K voprosu o napravlennosti i koordinaisii issledovanil po probleme dolgosrochnykh meteorologicheskikh prognozov. (Problemy Arktiki i Antarktiki 1963, no. 14, p. 5-15.) 16 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The trend and coordination of research in the field of long-range meteorological forecasting. Outlines the development of long-range forecasting, work of B. P. Mul'tanovskd and G. IA. Vangengelm, general principles, and own Principles of long-range weather forecasting (Osnovy dolgosrochnykh prognozov pogody) pub. 1960. Participation of the Arctic Institute in this work is noted and the value of 45 years' experience of the meteorological service for the Northern Sea Route is stressed. DLC. 78970. GIRS, A. A. Nekotorye osobennosti vnutrigodovykh preobrazovanil form atmosfernol £ irkulfi3£Sii i ikh prognosticheskoe znachenie. (Leningrad. Arkticheskil i antarkticheskil n: issl. inst. Trudy 1963. v. 253, p. 33-56, tables, graphs, maps.) 15 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Some features of interannual transformation of atmospheric circulation forms and their importance in forecasting. Discusses long-range (to 9-10 months) hydro-meteorological and ice forecast in arctic seas. Atmospheric circulation forms in the Atlantie-Eurasiatic sector (W, C, E) and the Pacific-American sector (Z, M, and M2) were studied for Aug.-Dec. of one year to make predictions for Jan.-Oct. of the next year. Data of 15-month (Aug.Oct.) periods for 1900-1959 were analyzed, and these years found to fall into seven distinct groups by analogy of atmospheric circulation. The role of solar activity is also considered. A concrete case is explained of how to make a forecast from Aug.-Dec. 1959 data for Jan.-Oct. 1960. Process, value and effectiveness of this forecasting are described in detail. DLC. 78971. GIRS, A. A. 0 vzaimosvf .zi mezhdu Girkuhåtsiel atmosfery v Arktike i

361

Antarktike. (Sovetakafa antarkticheskatil ekspediGifa. Informsfsionnyl bculleten 1958, no. 2, p. 21-24.) 17 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: On the interrelation between arctic and antarctic atmospheric circulation. Reviews recent studies. Synoptic processes of the Arctic and Antarctic are involved in the processes of their respective hemispheres. On the other hand, processes of Northern and Southern Hemispheres are connected with each other and show significant mutual influence. Hence investigation of synoptic processes in the Arctic requires study of these processes in the Southern Hemisphere and in particular DLC. the Antarctic. 78972. GIBS, A. A. Vnutriepokhal'nye preobrazovanifa form i atmosfernol fsirkultäfsii i ikh prichiny. (Leningrad. Arkticheskil i antarkticheskil n.-issl. inst. Trudy 1963. v. 255, p. 16-46, tables, graphs.) 17 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Interepoch transformations of atmospheric circulation forms and their causes. Analyzes the recurrence during 19001960 of the W (western) E (eastern), and C (meridional-central) circulation forms in Atlantic-European sector and the Z (zonal), M,, and M, (meridional) forms of PacificAmerican sector. Data are given on their prevalence and persistence, and on their variation in relation to the secular and 11year cycles of solar activity. Observation data reveal two secular cycles, an 80 year cycle followed by another 87 years; a new one began after 1957. Prevailing forms of atmospheric circulation during secular and 11-year cycles are calculated and predictions made for 1970 and 1975-1976, etc. DLC. 78973. GIRSHGORN, L. SH., and A. G. KRAEV. Uslovifa primenenifil selsmicheskol razvedki dhå neftepoiskovykh rabot na severe Zapadno-Sibirskol nizmennosti. (Leningrad. Vses. neftßnol n: issl. geologorazvedochnyI inst. Trudy 1963, no. 225; p. 184-91, tables, graphs.) 2 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Conditions for seismic survey in oil prospecting in the north of the West Siberian lowland. Reviews the reflection method used in the Ob-Kunovat-Poluy region for mapping subsurface structures. Geologic structure of the region, presence of permafrost, depths of wells, and other specie features are described. Seismic logging is reported, noting computed average of wave velocities. It is found that the reflected wave method is effective for regional and local tectonic 362

structures of a platformic complex of rocks. DLC. 78974. GITERMAN, R. E. Etapy razvitifa chetvertichnol rastitel'nosti lAkutii i ikh znachenie dlfå statigrafii. Moskva, Izd-vo Akademii nauk SSS1t 1963. 192 p. tables, maps, illus. (Akadernia nauk SSSR. Geologicheskil inst. Trudy no. 78.) Approx. 130 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Development stages of the Quaternary vegetation of Yakutia and its importance for stratigraphy. Reports spore-pollen analyses about 2000 samples collected in the Vilyuy, Aldan, Lena, Yana, Indigirka and other basins. Sections of some Neogene and Quaternary deposits are correlated and stratigraphically interpreted. Faunal data and macroscopic vegetation remains are also utilized. Three stages of the Quaternary system are established and the vegetation of each described. The importance of such study for the division of Quaternary deposits is emphasized. Some species of fossil spores and pollen are systematically described and illus. DLC. 78975. GITERMAN, R. E., and others. Osobennosti rastitel'nogo pokrova kazanfsevskogo mezhlednikov'fa Sibiri. (Akademifa nauk SSSR. Doklady 1963. v. 152, no. 4, p. 937-40, table, map.) 15 refs. In Russian. Other authors: L. V. Golubeva, E. D. Zaklinskaf 1, E. V. Koreneva and O. V. Matveeva. Title tr.: Features of the vegetation cover of the Kazantseva interglacial of Siberia. Reports spore-pollen analyses of Quaternary deposits on the lower Ob, Yenisey, Lena, Vilyuy, Aldan, Indigirka, Yana and other regions of Siberia. Several changes from cold to warm periods are recognized, as corresponding to glacial and interglacial periods. The most complete paleobotanical data are collected for the Kazantseva interglacial. Characteristic phases and floral provinces are described for this period, considered the warmest of the Pleistocene interglacial. The northern limit of forest extended farther north than at present. Paleogeography of the period is discussed. DLC. 78976. GJAEREVOLL, O. Survival of plants on nunataks in Norway during the Pleistocene glaciation. (In: Å. and D. Leve, North American biota ... 1963, p. 261-83, maps illos.) 26 refs. Discusses the probable location of coastal refugia, the centric distribution of the Scandinavian alpine flora, west arctic

forms, endemic and rare species. Distribution in southern Norway, the possibility of inland nunataks in Norway, and genetic evidence from poppies are considered. Author's conclusions strongly support glacial survival in nunataks and not in coastal DLC. survival areas. 78977. GJELSVIK, T. Norsk Polarinstitutts virksomhet i 1961, 1962. Norway. Norsk Polarinstitutt. Årbok 1961 pub. 1962, p. 133-52; ibid. 1962 pub. 1963, p. 160-84; illus.) In Norwegian. English summary. Title tr.: The activities of the Norsk Polarinstitut in 1961, 1962. Reviews in some detail the organization, administration, expeditions (mainly Svalbard), the working up of results, publicaDLC. tions, etc. 78978. GJELSVIK, T. Remarks on the structure and composition of the Sverrefjellet volcano, Bockfjorden, Vestspitsbergen. (Norway. Norsk Polarinstitutt. Årbok 1962 pub. 1963, p. 50-54, map, illus.) 3 refs. Reports 1962 and 1963 observations of this extinct volcano, 79°20' N. 13° E. An unusual type of lava bands with columnar structure and rich in olivine nodules is described. Solidification of the lava took place probably under inhomogeneous temperature conditions, according to the structure of the volcano, whose outbreak may have occurred in a shallow sea or Extrusion under subglacial conditions. from a. number of small openings may also account for the phenomenon. The origin of the olivine nodules and breccia "dikes" DLC. is discussed. GJELSVIK, T., see also No. 84446. 78979. GJESSING, G. Prehistoric social groups in North Norway. (Prehistoric Society. Proceedings 1955 pub. 1956, n. ser. v. 21, p. 84-92,) 43 refs. Study of social organization as deduced from the location and size of summer camps and winter villages and from house dimensions; based mainly on field work in the 1930's. The emerging pattern is that of a clanless exogamous society leading a seminomadic way of life with a subarctic economy: inland hunting and freshwater fishing in winter and coastal fishing and seamammal hunting in summer. A few dozen nuclear families dwelt in one settlement forming a loose political organization not exceeding the village level. Cooperation in hunting and fishing probably produced a headman with administrative authority

within the group. The prehistoric population of North Norway is considered directly ancestral to the present Lapps, a thesis confirmed by osteological materials recoverDSI. ed from burials. 78980. GJESSING, J. Werner Werenskiold 28. april 1883-2. august 1961. (Norsk geografisk tidsskrift 1961, v. 18, no. 1-2, p. 1-7, port.) In Norwegian. Title tr.: Werner Werenskiold, April 28, 1883—Aug. 2, 1961. Obituary of this noted Norwegian geographer and geologist, a student assistant to Nansen and from 1904 working for the Norwegian Geological Survey. In 1917 he became first director of the Geographical Institute in the Univ. of Oslo and remained so until 1953. He was professor of geography from 1925, and during 1917-1924 he undertook surveying in Spitsbergen every summer. DLC. 78981. GLADENKOV, fil. B. Ofiolitovye formaf ii nizhnego techenißa r. Khatyrki, (Akademia nauk Korakskoe nagor'e. SSSR. Geologicheskil inst. Trudy 1963. no. 89, p. 120-30, profiles.) 8 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: An ophiolite formation on the lower Khatyrka River, Koryak upland. Reviews the geology of the region as composed of sedimentary, volcanic and intrusive rocks of the Mesozoic and Cenozoic. An ophiolite formation of Upper JurassicValanginian age is treated in detail, noting the composing rocks and formation conditions. It is concluded that volcanicsiliceous and terrigenous rocks do not differ in age, but were formed under different structural-facies conditions. DOS. 78982. GLADKOV, N. A. Materialy po pti ,fram okrestnostel Vorkuty, vostok Bol'shezemel'skol tundry. (Ornitologiß 1962. no. 4, p. 15-28.) 7 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Materials on birds in the vicinity df Vorkuta, eastern Bol'shezemel'skaya Tundra. Reports midsummer 1958 observations, with description of the area and notes on 41 species. Occurrence, habitat, nest, eggs and young, behavior, etc. are noted. Summer in the area was late that year, and the effects of this upon nesting and reproduction are analyzed. Proportion of nesting species in the main bird groups is also discussed. DLC. 78983. GLADKOV, N. A., and IA. A. SELIVONIN. Die Ornithogeographischen Unterschiede des östlichen und westlichen

363

Teiles der Taigazone. (International Ornithological Congress 13th. Proceedings 1962 pub. 1963, v. 2, p. 1109-1116.) In German. English summary. Title tr.: Ornitho-geographic differences between the eastern and western part of the taiga belt. Presents a comparative avifaunal study of the environs of Yakutsk, and the Kama River area of the Ural foothills (60° N.). Discounting the widely distributed species, authors found in the first area 45% of nesting birds belonging to the Siberian fauna, i.e. taiga species; in the western area only 23% were taiga, the others predominantly European. DLC. 78984. GLADHOVA, T. D. Antropologicheskil otdel Obshchestva hübitelel estestvoznani1 , antropologii i etnografii. (Akademifå nauk SSSR. Inst. etnografii. Trudy 1963. n. ser, v. 85, p. 175-96.) Approx. 40 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The Anthropological Section of the Society of Friends of the Natural Sciences, Anthropology, and Ethnography. Reviews the Section's exhibits, publications and sponsorship of research in the latter 19th and early 20th centuries, including such on northern aborigines. The activities of D. N. Anuchin, a member from 1874 and president in 1890, are particularly DSI. noted. 78984A. GLASCOCK, H. W., Jr. The ground soldier in a cold climate. (U.S. Army. Medical Research Lab. Report 1961, no. 474, p. 21-31.) Presents report from Exercise Ice Cap, covering the experiences of a platoon in summer 1960 in northwest Greenland. Temperatures, winds, and problems of shelter, weather and terrain, ammunition and weapons, land navigation, communications, sanitation, subsistence, and military operations are considered, as are medical and psychological aspects. Text of ensuing DNLM. discussion is appended. GLASCOCK, H. W.,

83778.

Jr., see also No.

orbits are discussed; the advantages of two satellites are shown; daytime coverage extends north to about 70° lat. except over the northern Urals. The Nimbus Command and Data Acquisition (COA) station under construction near Fairbanks, Alaska, is to be capable of interrogating Tiros on about four passes daily. DWB. 78986. GLASER, E. M., and R. J. SHEPHARD. Simultaneous experimental acclimatization to heat and cold in man. (Journal of physiology 1963. v. 169, no. 3, p. 592-602, graphs, tables.) 24 refs. Men spending 3 hr. each morning at 35° C. and 3 hr. each afternoon at 3-6° C. for 9 days showed evidence of simultaneous acclimatization to both environments. In the cold, hands and fingers became warmer each day and shivering diminished; responses of blood pressure and heart rate to cold (or hot) immersion diminished, etc. The acclimatizations appear to have been brought about by the central nervous system. DLC. GLAZUMOV, V. V., see No. 77778. 78987. GLEESON, C. F. Reconnaissance heavy-mineral study in northern Yukon Territory. Ottawa, Queen's Printer 1963. 10 p. map, table. (Canada. Geological Survey. Paper 63-32.) 3 refs. Describes heavy-mineral products obtained from 26 samples taken as part of the Survey's Operation Porcupine 1962 mapping project. Most samples were from stream and river gravels; four groups are distinguished as from the Mt. Sedgwick 69° N. 139° W., Mt. Fitton 68°30' N. 138° W., Old Crow Range 67°30' N. 140°30' W., and Empire Mt. 69° N. 140°30' W. areas. Results are tabulated. Chromite, magnetite, clinopyroxene, and some epidote derived from the serpentinized mafic rocks of Empire Mt. The small amount of scheelite in the unconcentrated soil and gravel samples indicates presence of tungsten and probably associated mineralize, tion in the nearby granitic bodies. DGS.

GLASCOCK, M., see No. 83736. 78985. GLASER, A. H., and F. E. CHRISTENSEN. TOSS: Tiros operational satellite (Astronautics and aeronautics system. 1963. v. 1, no. 3, p. 38-41, maps, graphs.) Ref. Outlines proposal to provide picture coverage of much of the earth's surface each day, by using two Tiros satellites in orbits in phase apposition. Tiros and its

364

78988. GLEN, J. W. Variations of the regime of existing glaciers. (Journal of glaciology 1963. v. 4, no. 34, p. 485-88.) Reviews the 1962 Obergurgl symposium: participants, main problems discussed in the 38 papers presented, glacier budget, flow, variation, etc.; several arctic glaciers DLC. included. GLENISTER, B. F., see No. 78738.

78989. GLOKOVA, E. S. Godovye variafsii intensivnosti kosmicheskikh lucheT i ternperaturnye popravki. (Akademifa nauk SSSR. fAkutskil filial. Trudy 1960. ser. fiz. no. 3, p. 84-91, tables, graphs.) 8 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Annual variations in cosmic ray intensity, and temperature corrections. Investigates the problem of residual annual variation of the hard cosmic ray intensity component which remains after its reduction of the total flux to a constant barometric pressure. Comparison of records at Yakutsk 1953-1957, Moscow, and Cheltenham, disclosed an inverse variation wave of the non-meteorological component, with a maximum in summer and minimum in winter. This residual variation in the hard component, and its phase reversal are explained by the difference between the screens of lead used for the cosmic ray meters and the screening effect by the structure of buildings at different cosmic ray observatories in which the meters are DLC. installed. GLOKOVA, E. S., see also Nos. 77521, 77523. 78990. GLUKHOVA, V. M. Krovososushchie mokrefsy (Diptera, Heleidae) Karelii. (Akademifa nauk SSSR. Zoologicheskil inst. Trudy 1962. v. 31, p. 197249, tables, illus.) Approx. 85 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Biting midges (Diptera, Heleidae) of Karelia. Studies of the punkies of Karelia and Murmansk Province in two parts: the general part (p. 198-215) deals with the morphology of adults, egg, larva, pupa, phenology, flight and blood-suckling activities, food, reproduction, and control. The taxonomic part has keys and account of 17 species; synonyms, morphology and anatomy, similar forms, geographic distribution, DLC. ecology, etc. are considered. GLUSHINSKII, P. I., see No. 84573. GLUSHKOVSKII, I. B., see No. 82125. 78991. GLUSHNEV, M. P. Kletochnoe zverovodstvo, molodafå otrasl' sel'skogo khozfiilstva na Chukotke. (Anadyr'. ChuZapiski kotskil kraevedcheskil muzel. 1961. no. 2, p. 88-89.) In Russian. Title tr.: Penned fur farming, a young branch of the rural economy in Chukotka. Notes introduction of this industry at the Stalin collective near Anadyr', and its spread in the Chukchi National District. Silver foxes are raised, but conditions are

good for arctic fox, and mink as well. By 1965, a stock of some 25,000 yielding 3 million rubles income is expected. Byproducts of the fish and reindeer industries are the main feed sources. Activities of the Chukchi Agricultural Experiment Station DLC (microfilm). are noted. GMOSHINSKII, V. G., see No. 84100. 78992. GNEVUSHEV, M. A. fAkutskie almazy. Moskva, Uchpedgiz 1963. 103 p. illus. 11 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Yakutian diamonds. Describes in popular form the natural conditions and population of western Yakutia, properties and uses of diamonds, and the search for them. Discovery of diamond placers in 1948, the organization and work of the Amakinskafå expedition, and discovery of the Zarnitsa and later the Mir kimberlite pipes are outlined, as are the development of Mir: the mining operations and town, Mirnyy, of over twenty DLC. thousand population, etc.

a. M.

78993. GNEVUSHEV, M. A., and KRAVT-gOV. Nekotorye dannye o sostave primeseT v ural'skikh i t kutskikh almazakh. Vses. geologicheskil inst. (Leningrad. Materialy 1960, n. ser. no. 40, p. 89-99, tables, graphs.) 15 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Some data on the composition of admixtures in Ural and Yakutia diamonds. Reports spectrographic investigation of minor elements in diamonds of the Middle and Northern Ural and of the Vilyuy and Markha regions of Yakutia. Presence and content of Si, Al, Ca, Mg, Fe, Ti and Cu are determined. The first five are considered constant. No traces of nickel and chrome were found. Pigmentation and color of DLC. diamonds are discussed. 78994. GOBBETT, D. J. Carboniferous and Permian brachiopods of Svalbard. 203 p. maps, tables, illus. Oslo 1963. (Norway. Norsk Polarinstitutt. Skrifter no. 127.) 242 refs. Presents a study based on collections of British, Norwegian and Swedish expeditions over the last century, with a systematic list of 143 species, 19 new, descriptions, distribution, etc. The stratigraphy is reviewed. Correlation of the Carboniferous and Permian is based partly on three brachiopod faunas; the oldest occurs in the dominantly red-bed and evaporite sequences which locally succeed the continental Lower Carboniferous; the succeeding thick limestones contain Sakmarian brachiopods;

3135

a third brachiopod fauna occurs in the uppermost beds of the Svalbard Permian, and this is briefly compared with corresponding faunas of the USSR, arctic North America and Greenland. DLC. 78995. GODFREY, H. Method used to distinguish between immature and maturing sockeye and chum salmon taken by Canadian exploratory fishing vessels in the Gulf of Alaska. (International North Pacific Fisheries Commission. Bulletin 1961. no. 5, p. 17-25, graphs.) 2 refs. To distinguish between the two groups, the author developed an index of maturity, which is "the ratio of the weight of the gonads to the total body weight." In fish classified as immature the index is low and constant, the opposite being the case in mature fish. Limitations of the method DLC. are noted. 78996. GODLEVSKIT, M. N., and L. N. GRINENKO. Nekotorye dannye ob izotopnom sostave sery sul'fidov Noril'skogo mestorozhdenifi. (Geokhimifii 1963, no. 1, p. 35-39, table, diagrs.) 10 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Some data on the isotopic sulfur composition of sulfides from the Norilsk deposits. Reports analyses of 15 samples obtained by a MS-2M mass-spectrometer. Measurement results are tabulated and the ratio S32/S34 is diagrammed. The investigation reveals that the Norilsk deposits have a narrow variation range in isotopic sulfur composition. To explain this anomaly, a hypothesis is advanced for proof by further DLC. investigations. 78997. GODLEVSKIT, M. N., and others. Poiski zakrytykh nikelenosnykh intruzil gabbro-doleritov v Noril'skom ralone. (In: USSR. Gos. geologicheskil komitet. Voprosy izuchenifa i metody poiskov skrytogo orudenenifå, Moskva 1963, p. 106-118.) 9 refs. In Russian. Other authors: V. N. Egorov, P. I. Kasatkin and T. N. Sirotkina. Title tr.: Search for enclosed nickelbearing intrusions of gabbro-dolerites in the Noril'sk region. Discusses structural-tectonic relations of the area. Special attention is given to differentiated gabbro-dolerites with which copper-nickel and sulfide mineralization is connected. Ore bodies of this mineralization are covered with Quaternary deposits or are enclosed by bedrock. Methods used in the search (visual, boulder, metallometry, heavy concentrate, geophysical and petrographic) are described. Methods of induced polarization and radio prospecting are

366

found especially suitable. Search for coppernickel deposits of the hydrothermal type is also noted. DLC. 78398. GODLEVSKIT, M. N. Trappy i rudonosnye intruzii Noril'skogo ralona. Moskva, Gosgeoltekhizdat 1959. 68 p. tables, graphs, profiles, Approx. 100 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Traps and orebearing intrusions of the Noril'sk region. Reports results of a ten-year investigation. Trap volcanism is analyzed and four cycles, one in Permian and three in Triassic are distinguished and characterized. Trap formation is divided into two facies: intrusive and effusive. Main attention is paid to differentiated intrusions of orthopyroxene gabbro-diabases which are connected with sulfide mineralization. These intrusions were formed by magma from great depths and rich in volatile matter. Their composition is analyzed. Crystallization of sulfide magma is outlined. Main components of the sulfide ores are iron, copper, nickel, cobalt, etc. DLC. 78999. GODLUND, S., and O. WÄRNERYD. Vattenkraf ten och dess utbyggnad i Norge i jämförelse med motsvarande förhållanden i Sverige, ett bidrag till resursernas och investeringarnas geografi. (Ymer 1963. v. 83, no. 3-4, p. 221-58, graphs, maps, tables.) 63 refs. In Swedish. English summary. Title tr.: Hydroelectric power and its development in Norway compared with corresponding conditions in Sweden, a contribution to resource and investment geography. The potential water power in Norway, 16.5 million kw. in an average year, represents about 152 billion kwh.; that of Sweden, 15.8 million kw., about 165 billion kwh. Approx. 100 billion kwh/yr. would be practicable for Norway to develop and 1962 85-87 billion kwh. for Sweden. production was 37.3 billion kwh. in Norway, 40.6 billion in Sweden. The location of existing power plants (maps) and data, their developed and potential power indicate that Norway has much water power still undeveloped in the south. Swedish undeveloped power resources are in the north, consumption is concentrated in the middle and southern part of the country, and transfer of northern power, it is estimated, would cost one-and-a-half to two times as much per kwh. as imported Norwegian power. DLC. 79000. GODSELL, 7. W. I was no lady. Toronto, Ryerson 1959. 212 p. map, illus. Recounts experiences as the wife of a

Hudson's Bay Co. trader during the 1920's, including a two-year sojourn at Fort Smith in southern Mackenzie District, and a trip down the Mackenzie River to Fort McPherson. The Cree Indians, fur trade rivalries, white northerners etc. are deDLC. scribed.

opposed to the symmetry which would be associated with a cold polar cap, the direct outcome of seasonal radiation conditions. The four main events are summarized and mapped; regional characteristics are briefly described, during the 11-winter period. DWB.

79001. GODSON, W. L. Final report of the WMO Aerological Committee Working Group on the high atmosphere. (IUGG chronicle 1961. no. 39, p. 261-82.) Refs. Notes meteorologists' interest in the atmosphere above 30 km.; arbitrary subdivision of the atmosphere on basis of temperature, and the importance of such non-meteorological properties as ionization, aurora, airglow, etc., in high-atmosphere research. Problems of the movement, temperature, density and composition of the atmosphere are discussed for levels above those currently attainable by sounding balloons. Auroras are of interest chiefly to astronomers, although their bases below 120 km. permit observations of the high Problems of atmospheric atmosphere. composition are ozone, water vapor, hydroxyl, hydrogen, and sodium, as they appear in the airglow. Observational techniques include those by vehicle (balloon, rocket, satellite, etc.) or by parameter (wind, temperature, composition, etc.). Parameters to be measured depend more on rocket technology than on any other factor, and network extension toward the DGS. North Pole is also important.

GODSON, W. L., see also Nos. 77086, 79578.

79002. GODSON, W. L., and C. V. WILSON. The structure of the arctic winter stratosphere over a ten year period. Toronto 1963. iii, 193 p. maps, graphs, tables. (Canada. Meteorological Branch. Canadian meteorological memoirs no. 11.) 23 refs. Contains results of map analysis for 1949-1959; two major patterns exist, both highly persistent, viz.: an asymmetric or single wave pattern with a warm ridge over east Siberia-Alaska, and an elliptical cold core vortex over Eurasia; also an eccentric two-wave circumpolar distribution, the trough line extending from central Canada to central Siberia. The Aleutian ridge and the Eurasian trough are quasistationary features, common to both regimes; the Canadian and North Atlantic sectors undergo considerable change, alternating warm ridge and cold trough. Evidence is found in the literature for the characteristic assymmetry of the polarnight stratospheric circulation and an eccentric bi-polarity in mid-winter, as

79003. GODT, P. First conference of Arctic Co-operatives. (North 1963. v. 10, no. 4, p. 39-41, illus.) Describes the March 1963 meeting of Canadian Eskimo cooperatives delegates at Frobisher Bay, Baffin Island, under sponsorship of the Dept. of Northern Affairs and National Resources' Industrial Division. The delegates' discussions and questions, their understanding of the purposes and benefits of cooperatives, etc. are noted. A proposed cooperative agency for marketing Eskimo arts and crafts in the south is under CaMAI. study. GODWIN, C. I., see No. 79112. GÖKHAN, N., see No. 78529. 79004. GOETZE, C. The Wickersham wall. (Appalachia 1963. v. 34, no. 4, p. 643-55, illus. ) Describes preparations by the seven-man party, first to reach both summits via this so-called unclimbable wall on the north side of Mt. McKinley. Daily events June 25— July 22, 1963, are recounted, including the problems of soft snow, avalanches, and bad weather (except on the south summit). DGS. 79005. GOGINA, N. I., and others. Novye dannye o kharaktere graniay nezhdu sredne- i verkhnekembrilskimi otlozhenifami severo-vostoka SibirskoT platformy. (Vses. aerogeologicheskil Crest. Trudy 1962. no. 8, p. 16-20.) In Russian. Other authors: L. M. Izrailev and B. N. Leonov. Title tr.: New data on the character of the boundary between Middle and Upper Cambrian deposits in northeast of the Siberian platform. Reports study of deposits in the Muna, Tyung and other river basins in the southern slope of Anabar anticline. Structuraltectonic analysis, interpretation of aerial photos and study of fauna revealed the existence of an angular unconformity between Middle and Upper Cambrian deposits and an important part of the stratigraphic section to have been washed out by erosion. The size and extent of this angular unconformity are outlined. DGS.

367

GOH, T., see No. 79225. 79006. GOKHMAN, I. I. Drevnil cherep s Chukotki. (Anadyr'. Chttkotskil kraevedcheskil muzel. Zapiski 1961. no. 2, p. 14-18, table, illus.) 6 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Ancient skull from Chukotka. Describes skull of a 35-40 year male excavated in 1958 at the Ust'-Bel'skiy cemetery on the Anadyr by N. N. Dikov (q.v.). It is dolichocephalic and has a higher brain case and longer face than coeval crania from Yakutia and the Trans-Baykal region. Comparison is made with Cis-Baykal and the Arctic Mongoloid types. The Anadyr skull shows a mixture of Arctic (dominant) and Baykal elements, with closest affinities to the reindeer Chukchis. Racial traits of the latter and this skull may be result of mixing between the ancestral Arctic and Yukaghir types. DLC (microfilm). 79007. GOKHMAN, I. I. Materialy k antropologii elogufskikh ketov. (Akademi1. nauk SSSR. Inst. etnografii. Kratkiesoobshchenifii 1963. no. 38, p. 100-113.) 28 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Contributions to the anthropology of the Yeloguy Kets. Discusses and tabulates indices of 20 skulls (6 adult male, 11 female, 3 juvenile) discovered during the 1960 excavation of six Yeniseian cemeteries on the lower Yeloguy River by the Turukhansk field party of the Northern Expedition, the author participating. The skulls are of two types, one more Mongoloid, the other more Europoid, and similarities with Samoyed especially Sel'kup crania are noted. 17-18th century Ket, Samoyed, and Ostyak skulls show greater differences than do modern osteological materials. Uralian characteristics were probably acquired from recent admixture with Samoyeds, Mongoloid traits from the Yeniseians' Baykal type component, and the Europoid factors from the Tagartsy southern neighbors in the first millennium B.C. An ABO and MN blood typing of 99 Kets selected for ethnic purity is noted, but lack of comparative data from neighboring tribes precludes evaluation. DSI. GOL'BERT, A. V., see No. 79914. GOLD, L. W., see Nos. 80932, 84411. 79008. GOL'DBERG, I. S., and G. R. MIRKIN. K istorii razvitißa struktury Turukhanskogo ralona. (Leningrad. Vses. neftanof n. -issl. geologorazvedochnyl inst. Trudy 1963. v. 220, p. 166-84, cross-sections,

368

table, map, illus.) 13 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: History of development of structures of the Turukhansk region. Gives a structural-tectonic interpretation of geologic development of this region. Sinian, Lower and Upper Paleozoic tectonic movements are reviewed. The Turukhansk horst, Nizhnyaya Tunguska downwarp and other structures are analyzed. Rock fracturing is treated in detail. Trap intrusions are considered, development of Turukhansk region ended in Kimmeridgian or possibly later time. DLC. 79009. GOLDIN, B. A. Avtometasomaticheskie proisessy v granitoidakh NerolskoPatokskogo massiva, Pripolfiirnil Ural. (Akademifil nauk SSSR. Izvestifit 1963, ser. geol. no. 1, p. 66-76, tables, illus.) 10 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Autometasomatic processes in granitoids of the Neroyka-Patok massif, Subpolar Ural. Outlines the processes of self-replacement of potash-sodium spar of early generation by late generation minerals. The most favorable conditions are in endocontact zones. Processes of greisenization are also analyzed. In autometasomatic altered granites the connection is clearly evident between concentration of rare-metal minerals and activity of post-magmatic solutions. DLC. 79010. GOLDIN, B. A., and G. A. MARKOVA. Nekotorye dannye o fergf3sonite iz granitoidov Pripoliarnogo Urala. (Vseso►üznoe mineralogicheskoe o-vo. Zapiski 1963. ser. 2, v. 92, no. 3, p. 353-54, table, illus.) 2 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Some data on fergusonite from granitoids of the Subpolar Ural. Describes fergusonite as an accessory mineral found in biotite granites. It consists of feldspar (40-45%), quartz (20-22%), plagioclase (20-22%), biotite (6-8%). Its absolute age tested by argon method is 350 m.y. Occurrence, some optical and physical properties are reported, and X-ray analyses made. DLC. GOLDIN, B. A., see also Nos. 78698, 78699. 79011. GOLDINA, L. P. Udel'nyl vodosbor i uslovnyl vodoobmen Vashutkinykh ozer. (Geograficheskoe o-vo SSSR. Komi filial. Izvestifa 1963. no. 8, p. 79-83, tables, map.) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Unit drainage and water-exchange conditions of the Vashutkiny Lakes. Reports a hydrologic study of these nine lakes of northeastern Bol'shezemel'skaya Tundra in Arkhangel'sk Province. Data

are tabulated on their drainage area and water exchange. The water of Lake Yurto makes a complete change in the course of 1.5 yrs., Vanyukty changes each month, Pernaty every seven days, etc. Other features also are briefly characterized. DLC.

1959. The increase is ascribed to more effective law enforcement and to intensified cultural and social conflicts. DLC.

79012. GOLDING, M. R., and others. Protection from early and late sequelae of frostbite by regional sympathectomy: mechanism of "cold sensitivity" following frostbite. (Surgery 1963. v. 53, no. 3, p. 303-308, graph, illus.) 9 refs. Other authors: P. deJong, P. N. Sawyer, G. R. Hennigar, and S. A. Wesolowski. Description of a follow-up of ten cases of frostbite on hands or feet sustained in New York during the winter of 1960-1961 and subjected to regional sympathectomy. Six additional cases with acute frostbite and sympathectomy are also reported. The manifold benefits in both the acute and DLC. older cases are stressed.

79015. GOLDTHWAIT, R. P. Dating the Little Ice Age in Glacier Bay, Alaska. (International Geological Congress, 21st, 1960. Pt. 27, pub. 1963. p. 37-46, map, graphs, table.) 8 refs. Reprinted as: Ohio State Univ. Inst. of Polar Studies, Contrib. no 31. Hypsithermal accumulation and glaciation during the Little Ice Age are dated by 39 or more radiocarbon dates in this area. Wisconsin Age glaciers 2500 yrs. ago withdrew further back than present-day glaciers. About 7000 yrs. ago gravel and lacustrine deposits filled the upper bays to the present sea level; they reached 100 m. above it by 1700-2500 yrs. ago, killing a mature spruce and hemlock forest on rusty soil in Wisconsin Age till and on weathered bedrock slopes. More youthful forests of spruce and poplar spread from time to time over these outwash and lacustrine plains, recording accumulation of sand, silt, or gravel at 1-5 m./century. The spasmodic glacial advance of the Little Ice Age devastated some upper forests as long ago as 2735 B.P. Outwash masses were eroded from the mid-valleys; in protected lateral areas, remaining outwash was streamlined to drumlinoid forms, and a coating of silty gray till up to 30 m. thick was deposited on the eroded top. Some buried forests at the south grew until 760 yrs. ago, and forests buried by the terminal moraine indicate a glacial maximum 200300 yrs. ago. Glaciers of Lynn Canal to the east or on the Pacific coast to the west indicate climaxes centuries earlier and later. Rapid recession up to 100 km. is being documented. CaMAI.

79013. GOLDMAN, C. R. Primary productivity and limiting factors in three lakes of the Alaska Peninsula. Ann Arbor, Mich. Univ. Microfilms 1959. 103 p. maps, tables, illus. Refs. Ph.D. thesis to Univ. of Michigan, abstracted in Dissertation abstracts 1959. v. 19, no. 12, p. 3420. Reports June-Oct. 1957 algae investigation in Brooks, Naknek, and Becharof Lakes, with radioactive carbon-14 technique utilized for measuring productivity and in bioassay of nutrient limiting factors. Productivity per unit volume in Naknek was over three times that of Brooks, but the difference was not great on a surface area basis. Decreased light on cloudy days and with decline in day length was a limiting factor. Also, magnesium, nitrate, and phosphorus deficiencies were evident at different times in the different lakes. DLC.

GOLDSCHMIDT, V., see also Nos. 78231, 78232.

GOL'DOVSKAIA, V., see No. 77588. 79014. GOLDSCHMIDT, V. New trends in studies on Greenland social life. (Folk 1963. v. 5, p. 113-21.) 11 refs. Describes the results of his research on unwritten criminal law in West Greenland communities, leading to its codification, in 1954, in preference to Danish law. Evaluation of the effects during 1954-1959, showed that application of traditional rehabilitating sanctions which do not involve the culprit's isolation, are better suited to small Greenlandic communities. Imprisonment is favored by larger communities with more Danish influence. Criminal cases prosecuted increased threefold from 1949 to

79016. GOLDTHWAIT, R. P., and others. Fluctuations of Crillon Glacier system, Southeast Alaska. (International Association of Scientific Hydrology. Bulletin 1963. v. 8, no. 1, p. 62-74, maps, profile.) 13 refs. Also issued as: Ohio State Univ. Inst. of Polar Studies. Contrib. no. 35. Other authors: I. C. McKellar, and C. Cronk. French summary. Traces the historical and prehistoric changes of the South and North branches of this glacier 58°37' N. 137°23' W., terminating respectively in Crillon Lake and Lituya Bay. 1961 field study data indicate that the 10 m./yr. advance of South Crillon 1929-1961 may have been due to increased

369

snowfall in the mountains, and the North Crillon advance of 28 m./yr. 1894-1933 caused by consolidation of two long calving ice cliffs into one deep-water front. Slow expansion of Crillon during the last 200 yrs. is unlike most Northern Hemisphere glaciers, though its prior history resembles that of most large Southeast Alaskan glaciers. Prehistoric advances of the Crillon system include the maximal push of the Little Ice Age 400-1000 yrs. ago, also the advance of 1500-1800 yrs. ago. In hypsithermal time, the Crillon termini were probably as retracted as at present; many outcrops of buried forest 3000-9000 yrs. old occur in alluvial deposits in Lituya Bay. Underneath is outwash gravel and till recording the last push of Wisconsin ice, ending at DGS. least 9000 yrs. ago. 79017. GOL'DTMAN, V. G. Zadachi merzlotovedeniß. na Severo-Vostoke SSSR. (Problemy Severe 1963, no. 7, p. 47-54.) 7 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Tasks of permafrostology in northeastern USSR. General discussion of the geocryological problems hampering development of industry in Magadan Province and Yakutia. Geographic distribution of permafrost areas, rock erosion in permafrost layers, engineering principles, physical properties of rocks and their mining technology are dealt with, as are methods of electric heating and thawing the frozen ground and artificial thawing of placers, water supply in permafrost areas. Thawing the ground prior to construction is stressed as the main problem of great practical importance. DLC. 79018. GOLENCHENKO, A. P. Nekotorye dannye o raspredelenii belukhi v Belom more. (Rybnoe khozfalstvo 1963. v. 39, no. 11, p. 28-31, table, maps.) In Russian. Title tr.: Some data on the distribution of belugas in the White Sea. Reports on an aerial survey made in 1960 and 1961 to determine the periods and location of big herds, with a view to developing whaling. The best period was found to be June-August when these whales regularly came close to the coast. DLC. 79019. GOLENHOFEN, K. Das Reaktionsmuster der menschlichen Muskulatur bei Kältebelastung. (Pflügers Archiv für die gesamte Physiologie 1963. v. 278, no. 1, p. 59.) In German. Title tr.: Scheme of reaction of human musculature during cold stress. Action potentials from different muscles showed that the first to respond to sudden cold are the peripheral muscles (lower arm,

370

calf), their activity moves to the core of the body. The latter region is essential in heat production and thermoregulation. DLC. 79020. GOLENHOFEN, K. Umstellungen in den Muskulären Reaktionen des Menschen während Kiilteeinwirkung. (International BioØatological Congress 1960. Proceedings Ø. 1962, p. 315-18, graph.) 5 refs. In German. English and French summary. Title tr.: Reversal of muscle reactions in man during cold exposure. During exposure to 10°C. peripheral muscles (calf and forearm) initially were more affected than proximal ones. Prolonged exposure brought about a reversal, the tonus of proximal muscles (quadriceps femoris) becoming increased, that of the others decreased. DLC. GOLIAKOV, V. I., see No. 82138. 79021. GOLIKOV, A. N. Novye vidy brfdkhonogikh molliuskov roda Neptunea Bolten (Gastropods, Prosobranchiata) iz dal'nevostochnykh morel SSSR. (Akademifor nauk SSSR. Zoologicheskil inst. Trudy 1962. v. 30, p. 3-10, maps, illus.) 5 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: New species of gastropod molluscs of genus Neptunea Bolten (Gastropods, Prosobranchiata) from the Far Eastern seas of the USSR. Describes three new species and one subspecies; in two of the forms only the chonch is described. All except one species are recorded from the Okhotsk Sea and off the DLC. southern tip of Kamchatka. 79022. GOLLAN, F. The role of capillary flow in deep hypothermia. (Annales de chirurgie 1962. v. 16, no. 7-8, p. 539-43, graphs.) 21 refs. Discusses increased blood viscosity during hypothermia, blood pressure and heart rate, decrease in tissue oxygen, CO2 as vasodilator, pH, rewarming, role of oxygenation, etc. DNLM. 79023. GOLLOP, J. B. Autumnal distribution of young mallards banded at Kindersley, Saskatchewan. (International Ornithological Congress 13th. Proceedings 1962, Ø. 1963, v. 2, p. 855-65, tables, map.) 11 refs. Analyzes direct, first-year recoveries of banded flightless birds. 35% were shot in Canada, the others in the United States. Of Canadian recoveries 35% were within ten miles of the banding sites, 70% within 50 miles. In the United States 50% were recovered from the Mississippi Flyway,

40% from the Central, 9% from the Pacific and less than 1% from the Atlantic Flyway. Recoveries are also listed by months. DLC. 79024. GOLOSOV, N. Ozdorovlenie severnykh olenel of brutselleza. (Sel'skokhozfålstvennoe proizvodstvo Sibiri i Dal'nego Vostoka 1963, no. 3, p. 85-86.) In Russian. Title tr.: Control of brucellosis of reindeer. Describes methods of combatting this disease in Taymyr National District: clinical and serological investigation of herds, quarantine etc., with decline in number affected from 15% to 0.4% in 1962. Its epizootic character in Magadan Province, Yakutia and Yamal—Nentsy National District is noted. DLC. 79025. GOLOVACHEV, A. S. Prakticheskoe obuchenie v Noril'skom tekhnikume mekhanizafsü sel'skogo khoziblstva. (Srednee spefsial'noe obrazovanie 1962. v. 9, no. 3, p. 36-38.) In Russian. Title tr.: Applied instruction at the Noril'sk Technical School of Farm Mechanization. Describes an on-the-job training project started in Spring 1960: after an introductory course at the school shop, students in groups of two-three go to the tractor repair shops at the local kolkhoz for training and experience under qualified school instructors. Besides its educational value, the project has proved of service in the collective's DLC. tractor maintenance. 79026. GOLOVIN, P. N., and P. A. POPOV. Novye tretichnye Microthyriaceae Zapadno-Sibirskol nizmennosti. (Akademifä nauk SSSR. Botanicheskil inst. Otd. sporovykh rastenil. Botanicheskie materialy 1963. v. 16, p. 88-91, illus.) 17 refs. In Russian and Latin. Title tr.: New Tertiary Microthyriaceae from the West Siberian plain. Noting earlier work on these fungi, authors describe two new species from middle-upper Oligocene sands on the Yenisey River, Krasnoyarskiy Kray. DLC. 79027. GOLOVKIN, A. N. 0 vyedanii ryby kalrami i moevkami v gnezdovol period v Barenfsevam more. (Zoologicheskil zhurnal 1963. v. 42, no. 3, p. 408-416, tables, illus.) 17 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Eating-up of fish by guillemots and by the kittiwakes during their nesting period in the Barents Sea. Reports on some feeding experiments made on the Murman Coast, with an introductory outline of earlier work. The optimal ration for guillemots was established as 300

gm. of fish per 24 hr.; that of the young at 120 gm; those of the kittiwake as 120 and 80 m. respectively. The amount of fish consumed by these birds during four months of nesting on the Murman and Novaya Zemlya was calculated to equal the catch of commercial fisheries in the coastal zone DLC. during the same period. 79028. GOLOVKIN, B. N. Ispol'zovanie dikol flory dlfit ozeleneniß naselennykh punktov Kralnego Severe. (Problemy Severe 1963, no. 7, p. 128-34.) In Russian. Title tr.: Utilization of wild plants for landscaping settlements in the Far North. Reports a Polar Alpine Botanical Garden study of native local decorative plants for use in Murmansk Province. Some 122 species were found: they are listed (Latin names) with indication of the towns where they were used, mostly Murmansk, SeveroDLC. morsk and Polyarnyy. 79029. GOLOVKIN, B. N. Sozdanie assortimenta rastenil dla ozeleneni1 Sovetskogo Zapolfår'fä. (Problemy Severn 1962, no. 6, p. 214-17.) In Russian. Title tr.: Plant selection for landscaping in the Soviet Arctic. Summarizes results of 29 years' work of Polar Alpine Botanical Garden, founded in 1927 at Kirovsk on Kola Peninsula. Nearly 4,000 tree, shrub, and herbaceous species from various areas of the Soviet Union and abroad have been tested, in all some 10,000 specimens, and those suitable for landscaping in the North are listed. Seeds are distributed throughout Murmansk and the other northern provinces. The Polar Alpine Garden works closely with the Research Institute of Agriculture in the Far North and the Chuchur-Murran biological station in Yakutia, to establish regional types of landscaping suited to different local condiDLC. tions. GOLOVKIN, B. N., see also No. 77024. 79030. GOLOVNYKH, V. Pushnol promysel v Evenkü. (Sel'skokhozfslstvennoe proizvodstvo Sibiri i Dal'nego Vostoka 1963, no. 5, p. 81.) In Russian. Title tr.: The fur industry in the Evenki country. Hunting and trapping, fur farming and reindeer raising are the main sources of income for collective farms in Evenki National District. Hunting is the largest and requires the least outlay, but fur farming has the main attention of farmers, though when cheap feed is lacking reindeer meat is used and the fur farm is unprofitable, while DLC. hunting remains neglected.

371

79031. GOLßEV, V. Arctic odyssey. (Soviet Union today 1963, no. 4 (98), p. 22-23, illus.) Reports a trip of an atomic submarine, Leninskii komsonwi, Capt. Lev Zhilisov, under ice to the North Pole, surfacing there. Date, duration of voyage, or port of origin CaONA. are not stated. GOLUBEVA, L. V., see No. 78975. 79032. GOL'ZAND, Z. L., and others. Izuchenie reaktogennosti koklfüshno(Arkhangel'sk. N. difterilnol vakrsiny. -issl. inst. epidemiologii, mikrobiologii i gigieny. Sbomik nauchnykh robot 1960. no. 4, p. 49-56, tables, graphs.) 3 refs. In Russian. Other authors: A. V. Skroznikova, R. P. Kulåvskaß and 0. I. Bagaeva. Title tr.: Study of reactions produced by whooping cough-diphtheria vaccine. Study of 1668 infants 5-6 months old in Arkhangelsk following 1, 2 or 3 injections of a mixed vaccine prepared at the Gamalea Institute of the Academy of Medical Sciences. Most reactions, both local and general reached a peak 10 hrs. and almost disappeared 24 hrs. after injection. The number of reactions dropped with frequency of injections; they should not be considered as counterindicating mass application. DLC. 79033. GOMMEL, W. R. Mean distribution of 500 mb. topography and sea-level pressure in middle and high latitudes of the Northern Hemisphere during the 1950-59 decade, January and July. (Journal of applied meteorology 1963. v. 2, no. 1, p. 105-113, maps, tables.) 12 refs. Presents circumpolar 500-mb. mean maps and data for 30°-90° N. lat. based largely on recent upper-air observations. The 500mb. Jan. map is the first long-period mean for that month to show a splitting of the jet stream over the North Pacific with a secondary branch passing north of Alaska. In July, the polar vortex is rather symmetrically centered over the North Pole at 500 mb. Sea-level pressure data for Jan. supports the tendency for Aleutian and Icelandic Lows to form winter auxiliary cells east of the parent cells. Relatively low sea-level mean pressures near the North Pole are confirmed for July. July mean virtual temperatures from the surface to 500 mb. have been underestimated previously by about 3° K. over the Polar Basin; January estimates were better. DLC. GOMOMNOVA, N. P., see No. 77953.

372

79034. GONCHAROV, ID. M., and others. 0 klassifikaisii metodov stroitel'stva v ralonakh rasprostranenifå vechnomerzlykh gruntov. (Osnovanifa, fundamenty i mekhanika gruntov 1962. v. 4, no. 2, p. 26, table.) In Russian. Other authors: V. M. Kim, O. V. Snezhko and G. V. Shishkanov. Title tr.: On the classification of construction methods in regions of occurrence of permafrost ground. Criticizes the four-method classification recommended in the SN91-60 technical manual for designing foundations and preparing substrate in permafrost. One method requires the ground to have thawed; the second is for construction on ground permanently frozen either naturally or artificially; the third method is for building on non-subsiding frozen ground which may thaw under exploitation; and the fourth method is to proceed without considering the permafrost condition of ground. This last method is challenged on the basis that a designer cannot estimate the bearing capacity of the ground without data on its filtration, strength, and other parameters. DLC. 79035. GONCHAROV, fil. M. Svalnye fundamenty v vechnol merzlote. (Na strolkakh Rossii 1962, no. 10, p. 7-8, table, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: Pile foundations in permafrost. Describes the pile construction used at Yakutsk since 1946. The piles range 250700 cm. in length and 25 x 25-40 x 80 cm. in cross-section; the pay-load ranges 50-200 tons per pile. The steam-point method is used for inserting the piles into permafrost. A pipe (termed steam needle) of 25-50 mm. inside diam. and the same length as the pile, is inserted vertically in 0.5 m. deep hole at the spot for the pile. Steam from a transportable boiler is forced (3-8 atm.) through the pipe into the frozen ground. As the permafrost thaws, the steam point penetrates further and to the depth required. Two to four needles are used simultaneously in one hole and they penetrate at the rate of one meter in 20-30 min. The steam-needle technique cannot be used in a coarse-grained soil. DLC. 79036. GONCHAROV, f17. M. Zhilye zdanifå na svalnykh fundamentakh v uslovifåkh vechnol merzloty. (Zhilishchnoe stroitel'stvo 1962, no. 4, p. 13-15, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: Dwellings on pile foundations under permafrost conditions. Discusses construction methods used at Yakutsk and Noril'sk in particular: thawing the frost with steam points (needles) to

Insert the pile, and sinking the pile into a hole drilled in the permafrost, etc. The second method is considered the most proficient. It costs 92 rubles 39 kopeks, for a 30 cm. diam. pile, or 136 rubles 89 kopeks for one of 40 cm. diam. as against 172 rubles to install a 30 x 30 cm. pile by the first method. The importance of having the cellar of the dwelling well ventilated throughout the year is stressed. That keeps the active layer of ground beneath the building thinner, which preserves the building from deformation. DLC. 79037. GONCHAROVA, E. E., and M. V. KISELEVA. Ob usloviia.kh radiosvfazi v vysokikh i srednikh shirotakh. (Geomagnetizm i aeronomifå 1963. v. 3, no. 1, p. 94-103, tables, graphs.) 14 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: On the radio communication conditions at high and middle latitudes. Investigates such conditions along the lines Winnipeg—Washington, Winnipeg— Hawaii, Churchill—Washington, Baker Lake—Washington, Baker Lake—Hawaii, Resolute Bay—Washington, and Resolute Bay—Hawaii, as they depend on conditions in the ionosphere. Prolonged disturbances in the communications were observed during intensive magnetic-ionospheric disturbances. Along the more distant lines, radio fadeouts and blackouts were observed even when the ionosphere was quiet. The radio communication was found to deteriorate with increased reflection point of the radiowave. DLC. GONCHARUK, IÜ. K., see No. 82055. 79038. GONDA, F. S. Christmas in the big igloo. (North 1963. v. 10, no. 6, p. 28-29.) Describes the Eskimos' 1962 Christmas celebration at the Roman Catholic mission at Pelly Bay in Keewatin District, and the large snowhouse (kadget) built for the CaMAI. festivities. 79039. GONIKMAN, I. G. Plavuchafil akademifa. (Rybnoe khozfäistvo 1963. v. 39, no. 8, p. 65-69, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: A floating academy. Describes the trawler Lokator of the Murman herring fleet: its catch in 1962, captain and pilots, equipment and working methods (but not tonnage, hp. or size of crew). Treatment of fish and salting in barrels are outlined. Political organization and discipline are discussed. DLC. 79040. GONIKMAN, I. G., and I. D. KOVALKIN. Vo imfa vysokol £seli. Mur-

mansk, Murmanskoe knizhnoe izd-vo 1960. 35 p. illus. In Russian. Title tr.: In the name of high goals. Two stories on the rehabilitation of a few Murmansk fishing trawlers with substandard performance ratings: management, DLC. morale, production records. 79041. GONIN, G. B., and D. A. IANUTSH. Mikrofotometrirovanie kak ob"ektivnyl metod deshifrirovanifa aerosnimkov morskikh l'dov. (In: USSR. Gos. geologicheskil komitet. Lab. aerometodov. Voprosy deshifrirovanifä i fotogrammetricheskol obrabotki aerosnimkov 1963, p. 4357, tables, graphs, illus.) 8 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Microphotometry as an objective method in airphoto interpretation of sea ice. Notes application of air photography to geobotany, soil and forest study, as well as that of objects. Use of microphotometry for study of arctic sea ice is discussed, noting that morphologic signs of ice such as hummocks, cracks, and thawed patches reveal not only age but also thickness, structure, specific weight and other features of the ice. Air photos at 1:10,000 scale of old and young ice are shown, compared, and differences pointed out. A statistical approach for use of air photos is outlined; and microphotometry concluded to be of value in photoDLC. interpretation of sea ice. 79042. GONOR, A. L., and L. M. MARMORSHTEIN. Metod rascheta poristosti gornykh porod v usloviiåkh gornogo davlenitå. (Leningrad. N. -Øl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Trudy 1962. v. 132, Geofizicheskie metody razvedki v Arktike, no. 4, p. 143-51, graphs.) 6 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Method of calculating rock porosity under rock pressure conditions. Gives theoretical account of processes occurring in rocks under residual and elastic deformation. Calculation is outlined of the deformation of prismatic and cylindric form rock under various types of pressure, and formulas are given. The porosity of rocks under pressure is analyzed. It varies inversely with the Young's modulus coDLC. efficient. 79043. GOODMAN, K. S., and R. M. HARDY. Permafrost occurrence and associated problems at Thompson, Manitoba. (National Research Council of Canada. Technical memorandum 1963. no. 76, p. 140-48, graph, table.) 5 refs. Detailed study of soil strength data from unconfined compression, shear vane, and penetration tests carried out at Thompson, where permafrost was encountered during

373

townsite construction, though not during preparations for the mine and smelter sites. Unconfined compressive strength tests showed shear strength values too low for credibility; thus composite results of the three tests from several test holes at two typical sites in the townsite area, are shown graphically. These indicate the greater reliability of in situ vane tests in assessing true soil strengths below permafrost or in the zone of recently thawed permafrost. Foundations of most buildings at Thompson have proved stable; where settling has taken place, evidence indicates that permafrost is disappearing rapidly. DGS. 79044. GOR, G., and V. DRUZIN. Molodost' Kralnego Severs. (Oktfiibr' 1961. v. 38, no. 5, p. 191-95.) In Russian. Title tr.: Youth of the far North. Sketches the development of aboriginal literature from the autobiographic type of tales in the 1930's to the biographic-psychological, historical, and epic novels of the 1950's. Choica of subject, style, social implications, acculturative trends, etc., are discussed in the work of some twenty present-day writers. M. Rytkheu (Chukchi), G. Khodzher (Gold), and I. Istomin, a Zyryan writing on the Nenets Samoyeds, are considered the most outstanding of this generation. DLC. 79045. GORBOVEß, A. N. K izuchenifü radiolßril melovykh i paleogenovykh otlozhenil Zapadno-Sibirskof nizmennosti. (Sibirskil n.-issl. inst. geologii, geofiziki i mineral'nogo syr'få. Trudy 1960. no. 8, p. 216-22, tables.) 9 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Investigations of radiolarians of Cretaceous and Paleogene deposits of the West Siberian lowland. Reports on radiolarians from the Berezovo, Leushi, Khanty-Mansiysk, and other wells. Two strata are distinguished, a lower: Santonian-Campanian, and upper: Eocene. For each the radiolarians are listed, noting their systematic position and vertical distribution. DLC. 79046. GORBOVE'ßS, A. N. 0 novykh nakhodkakh verkhneftlrskikh radiolfåril. (Sibirskil n. -issl. inst. geologii, geofiziki i mineral'nogo syr'fs. Trudy 1962. no. 23, p. 98-100, illus.) 4 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: New finds of Upper Jurassic radiolarians. Reports finds in the West Siberian Lowland, including the Berezovo, lower Ob and other regions. Histiastrum, LithostroØ, and Stychocapsa spp. indet., also Lithomitra sp. and others are mentioned. DLC. 374

79047. GORBUNKOV, A. L. Iskusstvo narodov Obskogo Severs. (In: Narodnoe dekorativnoe ... 1957, p. 210-15, illus.) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The art of the peoples of the Ob North. Metal, reindeer antler and bone were widely used by the Samoyeds, Ostyaks, Voguls, and Zyryans of the Yamal-Nenets National District. Fur and felt mosaic work and birchbark objects were generally made by women. Accessories of painted deer hide (rovduga) are typical of the Selkup Samoyeds who also excelled in fine wood carvings and relief ornamentation with reindeer, human, plant motifs. Ostyaks and Voguls developed spinning and weaving of sack-cloth from nettle fibers; figured embroideries in red-black and brown from sheep wool were popular among the Ob Ugrians and Zyryans. Modern craft shops specialize in fur, leather, and felt appliqués and mosaics, embroidery and bead work, antler and fur toys, etc. DLC. 79048. GORBUNOV, B. P., and L. I. KUDRENKOV. Elektricheskil metod predpostroechnogo ottaivaniI. i uplotnenia vechnomerzlykh gruntov osnovanil. (Akademifa stroitel'stva i arkhitektury SSSR. Institut osnovanil i podzemnykh sooruzhenil. Sbornik trudov 1962. no. 50, p. 5371, tables, illus.) 9 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Electric method of thawing and of increasing the density of a permafrost base prior to construction work. Describes the electric heating, drainage, and electro-osmosis of permafrost, and from mathematical and engineering viewpoint, construction of the foundation in accordance with SN91-60 building code. The method was tried at Vorkuta in 1959-1960. Metal pipes 2.5-3 m. or longer, are inserted into the permafrost, electrodes connected to the electric power source close the circuit through the permafrost, and the current flowing between the electrodes heats the ground, melting its ice. Osmotic pressure is established between electrodes, forcing the melt water from anode to cathode, and through the filter at the base of the cathode pipe from which it is pumped out. With ice and melt-water eliminated, the ground settles firmly. The three-story domestic structure erected upon permafrost thus prepared was observed for six months after completion: it settled at a gradually diminishing rate to a total 10 cm. DLC. 79049. GORBUNOV, B. P., and L. I. KURENKOV. f lektricheskil sposob predpostroechnogo ottaivanifä i uplotneniia vechnomerzlykh gruntov osnovanil. (Osno-

vani(å, fundamenty i mekhanika gruntov 1961. v. 3, no. 4, p. 31.) In Russian. Title tr.: An electrical method of pre-construction thawing and condensation of a permafrost base. Proposes to thaw by using an alternating three-phase current with a variable voltage of 380-50 v., the permafrost rock serving as a semiconductor of the current. The subsequent condensing of the thawed ground is accomplished by reducing its water content by a filtering process and simultaneous electroosmosis impressing a constant electric current into the ground circuit between the electrodes. This method was tested and found to be highly satisfactory. DLC. GORBUNOV, B. P., see also No. 82616. 79050. GORBUNOV, E. Z. Nekotorye zakonomernosti razmeshcheni& razlichnogo sostava zolota v fügo-vostochnol chasti tAno-Kolymskogo zolotonosnogo poi .se. (Akademifå nauk SSSR. Nauchnyl sovet po izuchenifd zakonomernostel razmeshcheni1 poleznykh iskopaemykh. Zakonomernosti razmeshchenißa poleznykh iskopaemykh 1962. v. 5, p. 423-33, map, table.) 11 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Some distribution patterns in gold of various composition in the southeastern part of the Yana-Kolyma gold-bearing belt. Describes the upper Kolyma gold-ore deposits in the Buyunda, Orotukan, Debin and other basins of Magadan Province. Three phases of gold mineralization are distinguished and described: Upper Jurassic, Lower Cretaceous and Upper Cretaceous. Tectonic conditions, mode of occurrence, and mineral associations of each phase are outlined. Purity of gold is discussed and some data are given. Four gold-bearing zones are differentiated and each is characDLC. terized. 79051. GORBUNOV, E. Z. Osobennosti razviti& gidroseti i voprosy rossypno! zolotonosnosti na Severo-Vostoke SSSR. (Sovetskafa geologic 1963, no. 4, p. 73-84, maps.) 9 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Features of drainage system development and problems of gold placers in northeastern USSR. Knowledge of the old and present river net is stressed for detecting gold placer accumulation. Formation history of the drainage system in the Kolyma, Indigirka, Berelekh, and other basins is treated, and the geologic conditions, tectonic movements and other factors are analyzed. The old drainage system especially is not enough studied and recommendations are offered. DLC.

79052. GORBUNOVA, N. N. Razmnozhenie i razvitie ryb semelstva tepugovykh, Hexagrammidae. (Akademifå nauk SSSR. Inst. okeanologii. Trudy 1962. v. 59, p. 118-82, tables, maps, illus.) 30 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Reproduction and development in fish of the Hexagrammidae family. Reports on field and experimental work carried out over the North Pacific during 1949-1959; thirteen species of these greenlings are included. Period (s) of appearance of shoals and their composition are stated. Development and growth of the fish, fertility, spawning temperatures, seasonal growth cycles and sexual differences in growth are dealt with, and the developmental stages lavishly illus. by drawings. Spawning and fishing areas, geographic distribution of larvae, etc. are considered. DLC. 79053. GORBUNOVA, Z. N. Glinistye mineraly v osadkakh Tikhogo okeana. (Litologifa i poleznye iskopaemye 1963, no. 1, p. 28-42, tables, map.) 29 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Clay minerals in sediments of the Pacific Ocean. Reports analysis of upper-layer bottomsediment samples collected in 1955 by the R/V Vit%z' and Ob', their cruises including the Okhotsk Sea, Kuril-Kamchatka Trench, Aleutian waters, and Gulf of Alaska. The distribution of minerals is connected with climatic zonality, and the highest content of the hydromica, vermiculite and chlorite group minerals is found in zones of cold climate. Ocean currents disturb this climatic zonality, however. The montmorillonite group of minerals is connected with weathering of volcanic products. DLC. 79054. GORBUSHINA, G. N. K voprosu anomal'nogo pogloshchenifå v zone polfårnykh sifiinil. (Nauchnyl simpozium po ionosfere, Rostov 1960. Doklady 1961, p. 62-71, graphs.) 9 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Study of anomalous absorption in the auroral zone. From established correlation between seasonal variations of magnetic activity and radio-wave absorption close to or within auroral zones, the auroral zone aborption may be considered caused by solar corpuscles. Analysis of the Oct. 1957—Mar. 1958 observations on Dikson Island however, showed that the anomalous absorption may occur or not during day time, independently of geomagnetic field conditions and the nighttime absorption. This suggests that the anomalous absorption in daytime, and

375

magnetic activity at night are produced by different causes. This divergence was investigated at Dikson Island, Tikhaya Bay, and North Pole-6 drifting station on July 27-28, 1959, and the anomalous absorption at all three found similar to the time and space distribution of X-ray occurrence Apr. 14-15, 1959 as reported from balloon observations at Fairbanks (No. 63056). This corroborates Matsushita's hypothesis (No. 53187) of two types of anomalous absorptions in the ionosphere: the daytime and the nighttime polar blackouts, observed in auroral zones during both disturbed and quiet magnetic field. DLC.

i tantala v gruppe rutila. (Materialy po mineralogii Kol'skogo poluostrova 1962. no. 2, p. 133-39, tables, illus.) 6 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Find of ferric ilmenorutile and some features of isomorphism of titanium, iron, niobium and tantalum in the rutile group. Reports this mineral found in quartzmicrocline-albite pegmatites in central Kola Peninsula. It belongs to the rutile group, has high content of Fe203 and A1203, and therefore is called ferric ilmenorutile. X-ray, and chemical analyses are presented. Alteration is discussed and isomorphic replacement of titanium, iron, niobium and DLC. tantalum noted.

GORBUSHINA, G. N., see also No. 79605. 79055. GORCHAKOVSKII, P. L. 0 nazvanii krupnelshe! vershiny Urala gory Narodnol. (Geograficheskoe obshchestvo SSSR. Izvestifü 1963. v. 95, no. 1, p. 83.) 4 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: On the name of highest peak of the Ural, Mount Narodnaya. Discusses the name given by A. N. Aleshkov to this 1899 m. summit. It is derived not from the name of the Naroda River but from the word "narod" meaning people, with stress on the second syllable: DLC. Nar6dnaya. 79055A. GORDEEVA, L. N. Osobennosti zooplanktona Noril'skikh ozer svfiizi s ikh (Voprosy geograficheskim polozheniem. ekologii 1962. v. 5, p. 37-39.) In Russian. Title tr.: Peculiarities of the zooplankton of the Noril'sk lakes as related to their geographic location. Discusses depth of Lakes Melkoye, Glubokoye, Sobach'ye, Lama, and Kita, approx. 680-700 N. 850-92° E. in the upper Pyasina basin. The great paucity of their vegetation is noted. Their common zooplankton forms, biomass, and zoogeographic DLC. aspects are reported. 79056. GORDIENKO, P. A. Arkticheskie byli. (Ural'skil sledopyt 1963, no. 12, p. 47-50, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: Arctic true-life tales. Deputy director of the Arctic and Antarctic ' Institute, Leningrad, reminisces: rescue of shipwrecked scientists from the Shmidta polar station, accident while blasting for under-ice observations, etc. DLC. 79057. GORDIENKO, V. V., and E. A. KUL'CH1f KA1A. 0 nakhodke zheleznogo il'menorutila i nekotorykh osobennostrikh izomorfizma titana, zheleza, niobif .

376

79058. GORDIENKO, V. V. OsobyT tip perekristallizat"sii v pegmatitakh. (Materialy po mineralogii Kol'skogo poluostrova 1959. no. 1, p. 20-24, illus.) 10 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: A singular type of recrystallization in pegmatites. Describes processes of recrystallization in pegmatite veins observed in microcline and some other silicate minerals, most likely in Kola Peninsula. Microclines of first and second generation are described noting composition, specific features, and crystals. Mechanism and thermodynamic conditions are discussed. It is said to be a case of DLC. idioblastic recrystallization. 79059. GORDON, P. The Yukon and the future. (Saturday night 1949. v. 64, no. 44, p. 1-3, +, illus.) Discusses the economic future of Yukon Territory as it depends on: expansion of the mineral industry which to be profitable must have a local smelter; the fur industry which needs better conservation and harvest techniques; and increased tourism. Improved transportation is necessary for any economic expansion. CaOCU. 79060. GORDON, R. R. Neonatal cold injury and hypothyroidism. (Lancet 1962. no. 7227, p. 460-61, illus.) 2 refs. Case history of an infant, male, with neonatal hypothermia, and later noted hypothyroidism. The possibility of the latter being a cold injury, is discussed. DNLM. 79061. GORE'nKI, IA., and A. PIVKOVA. K metodike selektivnogo okhlazhdenifii golovnogo mozga. (Eksperimental'nafii khirurgifå i anesteziologifa 1963. v. 8, no. 1, p. 7-12, graphs, illus.) 10 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: A method of selective cooling of the brain. Describes a method checked on dogs which

consists of perfusing the arterial cerebral bed with the animal's own cooled arterial blood. Rewarming is also performed with the animal's own blood. Merits of the method, effects on brain, heart, etc. are noted. DNLM. 79062. GORIÅCHEV, A. V. Strukturnotektonicheskie raTony Kamchakki i Kuril'skikh ostrovov. (Akademifå nauk SSSR. Doklady 1963. v. 153, no. 4, p. 899-902, map.) 7 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Structural-tectonic regions of Kamchatka and the Kuril Islands. Presents and explains a structural-tectonic map based on recent geological and geophysical work. Types of crust: continental, transitional, oceanic, and their depths are reported. Zones of Mesozoic and Cenozoic folding are characterized. The main anticlinoriums and synclinoriums are reviewed. Horsts, grabens and other strucDLC. tures are noted. 79063. GORIUNOVA, L. N. Biologicheskoe obosnovanie peresadki vzroslykh derev'ev v Murmanskol oblasti. (In: Polfarno-al'pilskil botanicheskil sad. Dekorativnye rastenilä ... 1962, p. 95-134, tables, illus.) Approx. 140 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Biological principles of transplantation of adult trees in Murmansk Province. Discusses the value and beginning (1930) of transplanting fully developed trees in this area, and the investigations conducted in 1950-1952 (near Apatity and Kil'dinstroy and at the Polar Alpine Botanical Garden) to find the best methods of transplanting, the kind of trees, and their optimum age for best results. Thirteen species and hybrids used for parks are dealt with, including their phenology, growth and distribution of roots in different soils, and in the case of transplanted trees. Detailed description follows of the transplantation methods and experiments for each kind of tree, and the resulting growth of roots and DLC. crown. 79064. GORfÜNOVA, L. N. Derev'iå dlfå ozeleneni1. Murmanskol oblasti. (In: Polfårno-al'pilskil botanicheskil sad. Dekorativnye rasteniiä ... 1962, p. 5-18, illus.) 12 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Shade trees for Murmansk Province. Notes the small number of native trees suitable, and describes the acclimatized species proven successful under local conditions. Conifers, willows and birches predominate, various shrubs also do well. For each, the Latin name, size and general appearance, origin, growth in the new DLC. habitat, etc. are noted.

GORIÜNOVA, L. N., see also Nos. 76940, 77159. 79065. GORIZONTOV, B. B., and A. I. ZUBKOV. V krafd bol'shogo budushchego. Moskva, Izd-vo "Sovetskafå Rossifii" 1961. 189 p. map, illus. In Russian. Title tr.: In the country of the great future. Popular outline of development of industry in Krasnoyarsk Province based on immense resources of coal, aluminum, iron, timber and water power. Discovery of coal and polymetallic deposits in Taymyr Peninsula, development of mining around Noril'sk and lumbering around Igarka are DLC. recounted, p. 157-76. 79066. GORLENKO, V. F. Ukrainskil ekzemplfär rukopisi sochinenilå Georgia Noviakogo "Kratkoe opisanie o narode ostfäiskom i vogul'skom i o kreshchenii ikh." (Sovetskafa etnografifä 1963, no. 6, p. 11213.) 4 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Ukrainian copy of the manuscript by Georgil Novi(kil entitled "Brief description of the Ostyaks and Voguls and their Christianization." Describes manuscript at the State Public Library, Academy of Sciences, UkSSR, one of the earliest copies of an ethnographic treatise written in 1715 by this Ukrainian exile, and published in 1884 by L. N. DLC. Malkov (No. 24746.) GORODE'FSKII, S. E., see No. 84100. GORODEßSKII, V. I., see No. 80246. 79067. GORODINSKII, M. E. Skhema stratigrafii mezozolskikh otlozhenil zapadnol chasti Chaunskogo ralona. (In: Mezhvedomstvennoe soveschanie ... Trudy 1959, p. 242-45.) In Russian. Title tr.: Stratigraphic scheme of Mesozoic deposits in the western part of the Chaun region. Describes Carnian, Norian, Lower and Upper Jurassic deposits noting their distribution, lithologic properties, fauna and flora. Local stratigraphic division is offered. These deposits are covered by a volcanic series of ICRL. rocks. 79068. GORODNI' SKII, A. M. Kompleks geofizicheskikh metodov dial krupnomashtabnogo geologicheskogo kartirovanifd pri poiskakh sul'fidnogo medno-nikelevogo orudenenifit v fllzhnol chasti Eniselskogo rudnogo pohü. (Leningrad. N. -issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Trudy 1962. v. 132, Geofizicheskie metody razvedki v Arktike, no. 4, p. 125-32, illus.) In RlØian. Title tr.: Combined geophysical methods for

377

large-scale geologic mapping in the sulfide copper-nickel mineralization searches in the southern part of the Yenisey ore field. Reports geophysical investigations of 1959-1960 by the Institute of Geology of the Arctic in the Kureyka River region. Their purpose was to clarify and trace orecontaining structures beneath friable deposits, especially dislocations with a break in continuity; depths of ore-bearing intrusions, copper-nickel ore bodies; etc. Magnetic survey, electric logging, and geochemical methods were used to solve the mapping problem. Their utilization is DLC. outlined. 79069. GOROKHOV, V. A. Kondo-Sos'vinskii zapovednik. (Zapovedniki SSSR 1951. v. 2, p. 103-124, map, illus.) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The KondaSos'va Preserve. The preserve is on the Konda-Sosva interiluve between the Ob River and the Ural Mts. roughly 60°-62° N. 61°ß65° E. in Khanty-Mansi National District. It was set up in 1929 as the Northern Ural State beaver and sable preserve, 800,000 hectares in area. Its climatic conditions, landforms, drainage, vegetation and fauna are outlined. It has 17 lakes, sable, beaver, elk, bear, wild reindeer, 22 species of birds, etc. Muskrat has been introduced since 1932 and mink since 1930, both successfully. DLC: photocopy. 79070. GORSHENIN, ft. D., and others. IAkutskafa ASSR. (In: Vasil'ev, V. G., ed. Gazovye mestorozhdenifa SSSR 1961, p. 517-34, tables, maps.) In Russian. Other authors: F. I. Evdokimov, G. A. Padva, M. B. Pershutkin, and fit. P. Tikhomirov. Title tr.: Yakut ASSR. Outlines the search for gas and oil in Yakutia. Appraisal is given of the Cambrian, Ordovician, Silurian, Devonian, Carboniferous, Permian, Triassic, Jurassic, and Cretaceous deposits. Main tectonic structures such as Anabar-Olenek and Aldan anneclises, Vilyuy and Tungusskiy syneclises, are characterized. The known deposits, Ust'-Vilyuy (Tas-Tumus) and Sobo-Khaya, are treated in detail noting completed prospecting, stratigraphic position, reservoir rocks, gas occurrence, properties, reserves, etc. DLC. 79071. GORSHENIN, K. P. Osnovnye prinf ipy klassifika£sii pochv Sibiri. (Pochvovedenie 1963, no. 1, p. 21-29.) In Russian. Title tr.: Main principles of soil classification in Siberia. Discusses principles on which soil classifi-

378

cation should be based. Genesis of soils, soil as natural formation, soils as zonal phenomena, and other features are summarized. The following soil zones in Siberia are recognized and characterized: podsolicforest, forest-steppe, chernozem-steppe, and dry steppe zone. The tundra zone is only mentioned. DLC. GORSHENINA, It. N., see No. 78934. 79072. GORSHKOV, G. S. On the classification and terminology of Pelee and Katmai type eruptions. (IUGG. Association of Volcanology. Bulletin volcanologigue 1962. v. 24, p. 155-65, table.) 28 refs. Reports that the literature on the 1912 eruption of Katmai and field examination of Bezymyannaya after its 1956 eruption show that the Katmai eruption may be related to the Bezymyannaya-type. Probably the term Katmai-type should be abolished and three others established: -Bezymyannaya. type: a powerful directed explosion followed by destruction of the volcanic edifice; the Pelee-type: a directed explosion without destruction of the volcanic edifice; and the Merapi-type: descending incandescent avalanches, depressions of relief, formation of DGS. extrusive domes, etc. 79073. GORSHKOV, G. S. On the origin of ignimbrites in relation to the study of recent eruptions. (IUGG. Association of Volcanology. Bulletin volcanologique 1963. v. 25, p. 33-37.) 25 refs. Reviews explanation of the origin of these welded tuff-lavas, from Kalkowski's hypothesis of 1878 to C. Fenner's ideas on Mt. Katmai in 1923 (No. 4886), P. Marshall's conclusions on North Island of New Zealand, and others, all assuming the eruptions to be associated with hypothetical fissures, none of which were actually discovered. New material, including details on the Mar. 30, 1956 eruption of Bezymyannaya leads author to suggest the source of these ignimbrites is a large, central volcanic orifice, and not a network of hypothetical fissures. Other ignimbrite deposits including such in the Kronotskaya Sopka region on Kamchatka also appear to be associated with caldera. All ignimbrites are of pyroclastic origin and are genetically related and synchronous with the formation of calderas. DGS. GORSHKOV, G. S., see also No. 84157. GORSHKOVA, E. R., see No 77493.

79074. GORSKII, V. P. 0 vozraste skladchatosti zapadnogo sklona PripolIi rnogo Urala i Pechorskol depressi. (Leningrad. Vses. geologicheskil inst. Materialy 1960, n. ser. no. 39, p. 3-10, profile.) 12 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: On age of folding of the western slope of the Subpolar Ural and Pechora depression. Reviews this problem from evaluation of the literature, and reports own studies in the middle Pechora and Bol'shaya Synya River regions. Age and deposition conditions of the "variegated" and "brown" strata are outlined. The final phase of Ural folding is concluded to have extended between the Upper Triassic and Upper Jurassic. Tectonic evolution of the region is discussed. DLC. 79075. GORßEVSKAIA, V. A. Ocherk istorii izuchenifå tunguso-man'chzhurskikh fazykov. Leningrad, Gos. uchebno-pedagog. izd-vo Ministerstva prosveshchenifa RSFSR 1959. 79 p. (Istorifa otechestvennogo fazykoznanifå no. 2.) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Historical outline of the study of Tungus-Manchu languages. Describes research of the 17—early 20th century (sparse) and that of the Soviet period (voluminous), mainly on the northern group: Evenki, Lamut, Gold, Negidalets, U1'chi, Oroki, Orochi, and Ude. Over 350 Russian and western works to 1959 are listed as well as thirty by aborigines and/or DLC. in the vernacular. 79076. GORfUEV, B. K. K stratigrafii farskikh osadochnykh otlozhenil basselna srednego techenii r. Vilihfå. (Saratov. Universitet. Uchenye zapiski 1960. v. 74, p. 39-41.) Ref. In Russian. Title tr.: On the stratigraphy of Jurassic sedimentary deposits on the middle reaches of the Vilyuy River basin. Reports study of Jurassic deposits along the Vilyuy from Kommunist Kolkhoz south to a little stream called Tass-Yurekh. Lower (continental) and upper (marine) series are distinguished. The former according to pollen and spores is considered lower Liassic, the latter from its fauna, middle and DLC. upper Liassic. 79077. GOR'F$UEV, B. K. K voprosu o vozraste porod pestrotsvetnol tolshchi basselnov srednego techeniiä rek Khann'i i IUllegileen, fAkutskafa ASSR. (Saratov. Univ. Uchenye zapiski 1959. v. 65, p. 6164.) In Russian. Title tr.: Age problem of rocks of the variegated stratum in the middle Khann'ya and Yullegiyeen River basins, Yakut ASSR.

Reports a 1954-1955 geologic study along these left tributaries of the Markha, where this stratum consists mainly of limestones with thin layers of marls, clays, dolomites, etc. Some trilobites and brachiopods are noted. All evidence indicates this variegated stratum to be Upper Cambrian—Lower DLC. Ordovician in age. 79078. GOTSKII, M. V. Opyt ledovogo plavanifå.; izd. 2, dop. i perer. Moskva, Izd-vo "Morskol transport" 1961. 368 p. map, tables, graphs, illus. In Russian. Title tr.: Experience in ice navigation; 2nd ed. rev. and enl. Similar in scope to No. 51313, with text brought up-to-date throughout and a new introductory section (p. 8-74) on icebreakers (including specifications of some), and other vessels, preparation of vessel for ice navigation, sea ice, ice reconnaissance and DLC. plotting, etc. GOUGH, K. R., see No. 82397. GOULD, L. M., see No. 83254. 79079. GOVERNMENTAL STATISTICAL CORP. Alaska economic and fiscal data 1963. Anchorage, Alaska State Development Corp. 1963. 88 p. tables, maps, illus. Contains description and statistics, mostly post-1958, summarized from government sources, as aid to businessmen and investors. History and economic geography of the state, government organization and finances, population, cities, education, research, transportation system, natural resources, and industries are surveyed. Real and personal property assessments, state and federal land holdings, Japanese markets, growth of banking and finance, insurance, investments in Alaska by insurance companies, and personal income are also considered, as is the impact of the federal government on the economy. The purposes and procedures of the Alaska State Development Corp. are noted. The state's population is increasing, but at a lower rate since 1960. Industrial production based on natural resources is increasing generally, and military construction decreasing. Business activity, as indicated by number of licenses, is growing. Largest employer is the federal government, but its employment is declining in relation to total population. Appended are data on registered aircraft, volume of business by area and kind since 1958, municipal finances, newspaper circulation, banks, agricultural DLC. loans, etc. 79080. GOVERNORS' CONFERENCE ON PACIFIC SALMON, 2d, Seattle,

379

Jan. 7-10, 1963. Report. Olympia, Washington State Printing Plant 1963. 166 p. tables, illus. Refs. R. S. Croker and D. Reed, ed. Achievements are reviewed, and background papers given on: regulations to provide maximum sustained yield, maintenance and improvement of natural production, artificial propagation, economic utilization of the resource, and coordination of research. A Pacific Salmon Inter-Agency Council is recommended to appraise and coordinate research and its application to management. Some papers deal specifically with the North, e.g. W. A. Noerenberg discusses (p. 51-52) Alaskan efforts to achieve maximum sustained yield of pink and chum salmon by catch statistics analysis, optimum escapement data, and run forecasts; A. M. Gross (p. 60-62): Alaska statutory regulations to maintain salmon spawning habitat. W. J. McNeil reports, p. 111 abstract only, on research to improve salmon spawning beds in Alaska. DLC. 79081. GOVERNORS' CONFERENCE ON SALMON, Juneau, Alaska, Feb. 15-17, 1961. Pacific salmon rehabilitation. Juneau 1961. 34 p. illus. H. D. Tait ed. Reports a meeting to consider coordination of salmon research and management on the U.S.-Canadian Pacific coast. Problems of the industry and of fisheries management, research programs of government agencies and universities, and the role of hatcheries, fish farming, and fishways, are summarized as discussed. Need for basic research on factors controlling salmon abundance is emphasized; topical studies required are outlined. More coordination of research, annual conferences, oceanographic studies, etc. are recommended, as are central files for bibliographic data, project plans and reports. DI. 79082. GOVORUKHA, L. S. Sovremennye uslovifa nakoplenifa osadkov v ozerakh Zemli FranIsa-Iosifa. (Problemy Arktiki i Antarktiki 1963, no. 13, p. 119-122, table.) 5 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Present-day conditions of sediment accumulation in the lakes of Franz Joseph Land. Reports extensive studies in 1957, 19601962 of 13 lakes on eight islands of the archipelago, viz: Greem-Bell, Tsiglera, Dzheksona, IU►arli, Artura, Gokhshtettera, Kheysa and Zemlya Aleksandry. Most of the lakes were formed by the separation of former lagoons from the sea. The upper layers of sediments are analyzed and data are given on composition and distribution, and on the rate of sedimentation: very

380

slow, approx. 0.04 mm./yr. The physical and chemical properties of the lake water show it suitable for technical purposes and for use by polar station personnel. DLC. 79083. GOVORUKHIN, V. S. Lesotundra kak fiziko-geograficheskafa zonal'nafii Oblast'. (Problemy Severn 1963, no. 7, p. 188-98, tables.) 28 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Forest tundra as a physiographic zonal province. The forest tundra extends as a belt 20-200 km. wide from Scandinavia to northern Yakutia; its northern limit coincides roughly with the July 10° C. average temperature isoline and the southern with the July 14° (or 14.5°) isoline. Climatic, geographic, geomorphic and soil features peculiar to this zone are exemplified in a description of the forest tundra in Western Siberia, based in part on author's studies. DLC. GOVORUKHIN, V. S., see also No. 76936. 79084. GRABURN, N. H. H. Lake Harbour, Baffin Island. Ottawa 1963. 34 p. (Canada. Dept. of Northern Affairs and National Resources, Northern Co-ordination and Research Center, NCRC-63-4.) 4 refs. Reports on the social and economic problems of a small resource-oriented Eskimo community, from a 1960 field study. The economic cycle, household ownership, and income from subsistence occupations, wages, relief are sketched. Health and education, marriage and adoption, organization and leadership at both winter camp and settlement are dealt with in turn. The community is described: it flourished through the first half of this century, then the amenities (analyzed) of Frobisher Bay some 80 mi. north drew people away and the population declined 300-120 in 19501960; this trend changed with social discrimination at Frobisher and improving conditions, especially sea-mammal hunting, at Lake Harbour. Establishment of a government-supported store or Eskimo cooperative, revival of the mission, nursing station and other stable facility is suggested, as is development of a steady-income producing industry (e.g. boat building) or art. These together with traditional subsistence occupations would restore confidence and hasten rehabilitation of Lake Harbour. CaMAI. 79085. GRACHEV, R. I. Prinf ipial'nafa metodicheskafå skhema poiskov i razvedki zalezhel nefti i gaza v Zapadno-Sibirskol nizmennosti. (Leningrad. Vses. neftfanol

n. -issl. geologorazvedochnyl inst. Trudy 1963. v. 220, p. 320-26, table.) 3 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Principal methodical scheme for search and prospecting of oil and gas pools in West Siberia. Presents critical evaluation of methods and types of prospecting in the Berezovo, Severnaya Sos'va, Tyumen and other regions during 1948-1960. 98 of 143 structures were studied, and extent of the drillings, the seismic, electric and other prospecting are reported. A detailed program is presented for further investigations. DLC. GRACHEV, R. I., see also No. 77582. 79086. GRADOV, M. N. Okhrana prirody vsenarodnoe delo. (Magadan. Oblastnol kraevedcheskil muzel. Kraevedcheskie zapiski 1960. no. 3, p. 126-32.) In Russian. Title tr.: Nature conservation is everybody's concern. Reviews forest fire control in Magadan Province, the hunting, fishing, and logging regulations, silviculture and reforestation of suburban areas, etc. Worst threat to natural resources is man's carelessness with fire; clear cutting, poaching, and stream pollution come next. Enforcement of existing restrictions and a program of public education on conservation problems are urged. MH. GRAHAM, L., see No. 78382. 79087. GRAINGER, E. H. Copepods of the genus Calanus as indicators of eastern Canadian waters. (Royal Society of Canada ... Special pub. 1963, no. 5, p. 68-94, maps, graphs, tables.) 35 refs. Deals with three species: C. finmarchicus (Gunnerus), C. glacialis Jaschnov, and C. hyperboreus Krøyer; particularly with their distribution in arctic and subarctic waters off eastern North America. C. finmarchicus is shown to be an Atlantic boreal species; the other two are arctic species in all stages. Arctic water is indicated by the presence of C. glacialis without C. finmarchicus, boreal by C. finmarchicus without C. glacialis, and subarctic (mixed arctic and Atlantic) by the presence of both species. Variations in breeding times and in development rates of populations may be used to indicate water movements (map). Material used for the study was collected mainly during 19541961 cruises of the Labrador, Theta, Sackville, Verna, and Calanus. Apparent restriction of C. finmarchicus to northeastern Hudson Bay and presence of the other two species in the remaining parts of the bay, suggest dominance of arctic water and no Atlantic

water intrusion into the main part of Hudson Bay. DGS. 79088. GRAINGER, E. H. Zooplankton of Foxe Basin in the Canadian Arctic. (Canada. Fisheries Research Board. Journal 1962. v. 19, no. 3, p. 377-400, tables, maps, illus.) 31 refs. Account of investigations made during summers of 1955-1957 at a hundred stations, with introduction on physical oceanography of the area. Forty-eight species of this zooplankton are recorded and dominant forms listed. Its quantity in the upper 50 m. is estimated at 50 mg./m.3 The plankton composition and apparent water movements of Foxe Basin are assumed to be effected by Polar and mixed Polar-Atlantic water DLC. masses. 79089. GRAKOV, N. N. Filf'roidoz i skrfiibingilez lesnol kunifay, Marks mantes L., i ikh vlifanie na sostofänie populfätsil etogo vida. (Moskva. Vses. n. -issl. inst. zhivotnogo syr'fä i pushniny. Trudy 1962. no. 19, p. 298-314, tables, graphs.) 10 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Filaroidosis and skriabingilosis of the pine marten Manes manes, L. and their influence on the population of this species. Study of infections with Filaroides bronchialis, Skrjabingylus nasicola and S. petrowi in Arkhangelsk Province and Komi ASSR during 1946-1958. Incidence and intensity of infections in killed animals, mortality, sexual differences in infection etc. are analyzed. Females showed a 15% lower frequency of infection, and a higher mortality. Even during periods of high infection the marten population suffered DLC. less than did the ermine. 79090. GRAKOV, N. N. K voprosu o rasprostranenii sobolfä v Komi ASSR. (Moskva. Vses. n. -issl. inst. zhivotnogo syr'fä i pushniny. Trudy 1963. no. 20, p. 34-37, map.) 5 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Distribution of sable in Komi ASSR. Discusses its western limits of distribution in Komi, occurrence in its different areas (sparse), and local variants. Food conditions in the winter of 1953-54 are noted: poor. DLC. 79091. GRAKOV, N. N. Rol' belki v pitanii kuni£sy na evropelskom Severe. (Moskva. Wes. n. -issl. inst. zhivotnogo syr'ß i pushniny. Trudy 1962. no. 19, p. 154-63, tables, graphs.) 8 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The place of squirrel in the diet of marten in the European North. Report based upon examinations of some

381

450 stomachs of animals shot during 19491958 in Arkhangel'sk Province and Komi ASSR, also upon over fifty feeding experiments (excrement analysis). Year-to-year and seasonal fluctuations were studied. In no case did squirrel exceed 17.5% of the total consumed, its average was 6.7% of the DLC. diet. 79092. GRAMBERG, I. S. Opyt ispol'zovaniØ geokhimicheskikh metodov izuchenifa osadochnykh porod dlfå reshenifå stratigraficheskikh voprosov. (In: Mezhvedomstvennoe soveshchanie ... Trudy 1959, p. 185-90, graphs.) In Russian. Title tr.: Attempt at using geochemical methods in the investigation of sedimentary rocks to solve stratigraphic problems. Reports a method, worked out during the last five years by the Institute of Geology of the Arctic, and used for studying various samples of different age from various regions of the Arctic, with positive results. Stratigraphic study of Permian deposits in the Nordvik area and Cape Tsvetkova on northeastern Taymyr by this method is reported and correlation made. Composition of absorbed cations and composition of difficult soluble salts are compared and grouped. Results confirm applicability of this method ICRL. in stratigraphy. 79093. GRANIK, G. I. Osnovnye problemy razvitifå vazhneTshikh otraslel promyshlennosti Severo-Vostoka SSSR. (Problemy Severa 1963, no. 5, p. 32-46.) 10 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Basic development problems in the main branches of industry in the Soviet Northeast. Reviews the origin, earlier development and present industrial utilization of resources of this area. Local power resources, local repair facilities and transportation are discussed: all require fuller development. Plans are sketched for eleven main industrial areas: the Aldan mining district in southern Yakutia: gold, mica, piezo-electric crystal, coal; western Yakutia: diamonds of Mirnyy and Daldyn basin; central Yakutia: building materials, coal, natural gas, and probably oil; northeast Yakutia: gold, tin, polymetallic deposits; Kolyma in Magadan Province: gold, tin, fisheries, metallurgy; Chukchi National District: tin, tungsten gold, coal; western Kamchatka: fisheries, building materials, geothermic electric station at Pauzhetka; Petropavlovsk-Elizovo in Kamchatka: fisheries, ship repair, building materials, agriculture; Ust'-Kamchatka industrial district: fisheries, lumbering; Kerfskl industrial district: fisheries, mercury mining; Penzhinsk Koryak industrial

382

district: fisheries, reindeer raising, hunting. DLC. 79994. GRANIK, G. I. Transport. (In: Akademifil nauk SSSR. Sovet po izuchenifi] proizvoditel'nykh sil. Problemy ... MagadanskoT oblasti 1961, p. 245-88, tables, maps.) In Russian. Title tr.: Transport. Outline the development of motor, sea, river, and air transport in Magadan Province. As of Jan. 1960, it had 4,300 km. of motor roads, 3,300 km. of them for yearround use. The longest are the 864 km. Megad an-Berelekh-Kadykchan-Delyankir road, 425 km. Palatka-Kulu-M. Raskovoy, 118 km. Kulu-Neksikan, 254 km. GerbaOmaukchan, etc. Motor freight for 1959 is estimated at 13.4 million tons. Organization and operations of truck transport are described and data given. Marine transport is similarly treated and port activity reported for Nagayevo, Egvekinot, Anadyr, Pevek, Bukhta UgoPnaya, and Provideniya. Nagayevo, the most important port, is accessible 190-200 days a year without use of icebreakers. Transport on the Kolyma, Anadyr and other rivers is characterized. Air facilities and their use are discussed. Further development of all types of transport in the province is summarized. DLC. 79095. GRANIK, G. I. Transport Magar danekol oblasti; sovremennoe sostofsnie i problemy razvitifä. Magadan, Magadanskoe knizhnoe izd-vo 1960. 63 p. tables, map. 23 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Transportation in Magadan Province; its present status and development problems. Outlines the building up of automotive, marine, river and air transport in Magadan Province, the current operations, also the improvement and expansion of the existing facilities by railroad and pipeline construction. Since the Nagayevo-Magadan-Yagodnoye highway was built in 1932-38, motor transport has become the backbone of the system. The province has 4,300 km. in (seven) highways. 73% of the motorized vehicles are trucks, which carry over 13 million tons/yr., i.e. 98% of the local freight. Goods from other parts of the Soviet Union come to Magadan mainly by sea through the ports of Nagayevo, Egvekinot, Anadyr', Provideniya, Bukhta UgoPnaya and Pevek. Despite the numerous rivers, only the Kolyma, Anadyr' and some of their tributaries, are regularly used for shipping. Air transport, the most convenient, is also the most expensive. In general, this system falls far short of requirements, and needs drastic reconstruction, improvement and I]LC. expansion.

GRANT, C. L., see No. 83744. 79096. GRANTZ, A., and others. An aeromagnetic reconnaissance of the Cook Inlet area, Alaska. Washington, D.C., U.S. Govt. Print. Office 1963. p. 117-34, maps, section, profiles. (U.S. Geological Survey. Professional paper 316-G.) 27 refs. Other authors: I. Zietz, and G. E. Andreasen. Forty-two east-west magnetic lines were flown in 1954 and 1958 across the Cook Inlet-Susitna Lowland between Chelatna Lake and Seldovia at about 2,500 ft. altitude. These lines traverse five Mesozoic tectonic elements that dominate the structure of the area; each tectonic element has a characteristic magnetic pattern. Data compiled as total intensity magnetic profiles, are graphically shown on 1 in.: 8 mi. scale. Aeromagnetie profiles across Cook Inlet are compared with similar profiles across the Copper River lowlands, Alaska, and the Great Valley of California. Many major and some minor geologic structures are delineated; areas with significant thicknesses of non-magnetic rocks (assumed to be sedimentary) and in places the estimated depth to the magnetic basement beneath the nonmagnetic rocks are determined. Large areas where sedimentary rocks form only a thin or sporadic cover also are outlined, e.g., over and east of the Knik Arm anomaly. The magnetic basement appears to be deepest and hence sedimentary rocks are thickest, within the large area between the Knik Arm anomaly and the Moquawkie magnetic conDGS. tact at approx. 61°30' N. 150° W. GRANTZ, A., see also No. 83841. 79097. GRAVE, M. K. and V. IA. EVZEROV. Novelshie i sovremennye tektonicheskie dvizhenifå v Øntral'noT chasti Kol'skogo poluostrova. (Sovremennye dvizhenifä zemnol kory. Sbornik stater 1963. no. 1, p. 326-33, map, profile.) 11 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Recent and present tectonic movements in the central part of Kola Peninsula. Reports a 1959 study of Lovozero tundra where late glacial and postglacial lake sediments are analyzed and their distribution at 162 m. absolute level established. In eastern slope of the tundra however, these deposits are at the 172-3 m. level, indicating a tectonic uplift of about 10 m. The Seydozero depression in the central part of the tundra is found to be a subsidence area. Tectonic movements in central Kola are characterized by differentiation. DLC. 79098. GRAVE, N. A. Fiziko-geograficheskie uslovi(å razvitifå sovremennogo olede-

nifü i vechnol merzloty v VostochnoT Sibiri. (Naiaional'nyl komitet sovetskikh geografov. Mezhdunarodnyi geograficheskil kongress ... 1961, p. 133-38, graphs, illus.) 4 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Physicalgeographic conditions for development of present-day glaciation and permafrost in Eastern Siberia. Reviews the glaciological, geocryologic and meteorological investigations in the Suntan-Khayata Mts. 1957-1959 in connection with the IGY-IGC. Results are briefly summarized, noting the wind regime, precipitation, radiation balance, and other features. Permafrost is characterized. Glacier balance, heights, accumulation and ablation are DLC. stated. 79099. GRAVE, N. A. Voprosy glfii£siologii i merzlotovedeni1.. (Naf ional'nyI komitet sovetskikh geografov. 19 Mezhdunarodnyi geograficheskil kongress ... 1961, p. 32730.) In Russian. Title tr.: Problems of glaciology and cryopedology. Summarizes these problems as discussed at International Geographical Congress in Stockholm 1960, noting the papers delivered on glaciological and permafrost studies in DLC. Spitsbergen, Alaska, USSR, etc. GRAVE, N. A., see also No. 82195. 79100. GRAVIS, G. F. Morozobolnoe rastreskivanie gruntov i obrazovanie gumusovykh potekov. (In: Akademifå nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Inst. merzlotove. 1962, p. denifa. Mnogoletnemerzlye 79-88, profiles, illus.) 29 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Frost cracking of ground and formation of soil tongues. Reports a permafrost study in the Malaya Botuobuya, Indigirka, Vilyuy and other areas of Yakutia. Patterns of polygonal microrelief and soil tongues (humus flow) are described in detail. This microrelief is considered a consequence of frost cracking; the soil tongues occur only in zones of cracking between polygons. The mixing of DLC. soil matter is described. 79101. GRAVIS, G. F. Nekotorye osobennosti ploskostnogo snosa i akkumulfåfäii produktov vyvetrivania v vysokogornykh ralonakh severo-vostochnol Sibiri, na primere khr. Suntar-KhaIåta. (Issledovani1 lednikov i lednikovykh ralonov 1963. no. 3, p. 138-47, illus.) 10 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Some features of surface removal and accumulation of weathering products in the mountain regions of northeastern Siberia, as exemplified in the Suntar-Khayata Range.

383

Describes the microrelief forms on slopes in this range in eastern Yakutia, from field observations during the IGY. On southern exposures frost weathering is active during seven months, and on northern for 2-2.5. Evidence is presented that frost heaving and needle-ice formation play the principal role in removal of surface, and the solifluctional processes are of no importance. Neve fields buried in ice-bound colluvium have a considerable role also. Intensive developDLC. ment of thermokarst is noted. 79102. GRAVIS, G. F. Osobennosti stroenifå soliflfükisionnykh otlozhenil tundry. (In: Akademifi nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Inst. merzlotovedenifa. Uslovifa ... 1963, p. 61-68, profiles.) 6 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Structural features of solifluction deposits in the tundra. Reports a study on- 15-20° slopes in the lower Lena basin and the Udokan Ridge of the Transbaykal region. The structure of solifluction deposits and development of lobes, streams and terraces are described. Two genetic varieties are recognized: deposits permanently moistened by solifluction streams, and those which form on the margin of the streams and on less DLC. flooded slopes. 79103. GRAY, G. W. Jr. Loss of isthmus tags from king crabs Paralithodes canttschatica (Tilesius). Juneau 1963. 4 p. illus. (Alaska. Dept. of Fish and Game. Informational leaflet no. 22.) 4 refs. Reports a spring 1962 experiment in the Alitak Bay—Kodiak Island area. The plastic loop tags, inserted through the isthmus tissues, are used to obtain crab growth, migration, etc. data needed for fishery management. With use of proper methods and materials (flexible plastic tubing), tag losses were found negligible, DI. even during ecdysis. GRAY, K. 0., see No. 78436. 79104. GRAY, R. W. Peterhead and the Greenland Sea. (Buchan Club. Transactions 1935-1942. v. 15-16, p. 99-127, illus.) Describes 19th century whaling and sealing from ships built and based at Peterhead, Aberdeenshire, Scotland. In 1857 a fleet of 28 vessels was engaged in Greenland Sea, and the last whaling ship sailed in 1893. Specifications of several vessels are given. Whaling techniques are discussed: whales were chased and harpooned west of Spitsbergen in early May.

384

Young seals, born on pancake ice at 73° N. near Jan Mayen, were taken with their mothers in mid-March and April for blubber and skins, sometimes three thousand in a day by a single vessel. Old seals were taken at the edge of heavy ice 74-77° N. in early May; two thousand was considered a fair season's catch. The bottlenose or toothed whale Hyperoodon rostratus was taken on the ice margin north of the Shetland Islands; this activity, started by Peterhead ships in 1877, was taken over by Norwegians after the 1883 drop in oil price. The author describes voyages in which he took part in 1883, 1887-1890. Appended (p. 123-26) are data on Peterhead ships, giving ship name, tonnage, master, month and day of voyage, number of seals and whales taken, and tons of oil produced, for 1799, 1838, 1847, 1856, 1866, 1872, and 1883. DLC. 79105. GRAY, T. I., and S. F. SINGER. An investigation of meteorological satellite characteristics for continuous earth coverage. Washington, D.C. 1963. 39 p. graphs, tables, illus.) U.S. Weather Bureau. Meteorological Satellite Laboratory Report no. 19.) 9 refs. A systems analysis of orbital, optical, and meteorological characteristics of weather satellites in polar orbits shows that the ratio of the area viewed to the total earth area, in one day, becomes greatest in the altitude range of 1000 to 2400 naut. mi. (0.3 to 0.7 earth radii). Frequency of viewing is greatest at high latitudes; in principle, complete coverage could be obtained through a multiple satellite system, e.g. two satellites in perfect synchronization; in practice, with non-synchronous orbits, only a maximum probability of coverage can be obtained. Various expressions are presented in graphical and tabular form showing the "worth" of a picture, as well as the uniformity of resolution, location errors and similar operational parameters, as a function of satellite altitude and picture format. The highest "worth" is obtained from a satellite in a 1500 naut. mi. polar DWB. orbit. 79106. GRAYSTONE, P., and M. P. LANGLEBEN. Ring tensile strength of sea ice. (In: Kingery, W. D. Ice and snow ... 1963. p. 114-23, graphs, tables.) 9 refs. Presents results of a winter 1960 study carried out on Button Bay near Fort Churchill, and at Resolute Bay on Cornwallis Island. Part of a Defence Research Northern Laboratory program, these smallscale tests were made to verify the theory of

D. L. Anderson, and A. Assur (No. 49414) which predicts the tensile strength to vary as the square root of the brine content, decreasing with increasing brine. Results of in situ and stored-sample tests of ultimate ring tensile strength v are tabulated. The latter type of test appears valueless unless very low storage temperatures are used, though data from samples tested immediately indicate the soundness of the Anderson-Assur theory. Analysis of data leads to the empirical equation a=29.053.3 vu2 (o tensile strength, v brine content), predicting a no-strength condition when the brine content as a fraction of the volume is v =0.296. DLC. 79107. GRECHINA, O. N. Obraz Lenin& v fol'klore narodov SSSR. (Leningrad. Universitet. Uchenye zapiski 1958. no. 254, p. 30-45.) 16 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Lenin in the folklore of the USSR. Discusses the introduction of Lenin as a semi-mythological hero figure into folk tales and songs of the 1920-1930's. Excerpts from Chukchi, Ostyak, Samoyed, Tungus, etc. ballads are cited. DLC. 79108. GRECHUKHIN, V. V., and others. Metodika primenenifil bokovogo karotazha na ugol'nykh mestorozhdenif .kh Pechorskogo basselna. (Geofizicheskaia razvedka 1963, no. 12, p. 74-100, graphs.) 8 refs. In Russian. Other authors: E. A. Neiman and f). P. tAnshevskil. Title tr.: Application of the lateral logging technique to coal deposits in the Pechora basin. Explains the theory of lateral logging and use of the seven electrode (BK-7) and three electrode (BK-3) methods in coal deposits of complex structure. The two methods are compared, and BK-3 preferred for its simplicity in production and operation. Its assembly diagram and circuit scheme are given and discussed. The BK-3 method of electric sounding procedure and results are analyzed. The resistivity diagram of the deposit explored can be plotted from the potential, current and BK curves, then used for lithological differentiation of the deposit profile. The current curve of BK-3 can be used to determine thickness of the deposit and of the coal seams in it. Ash content of coal can also be determined from the resistivity, as tested on coals of Pechora DLC. Basin. 79109. GRECHUKHIN, V. V. Sostofinie promyslovol geofiziki v uglerazvedke Pechorskogo basselna i problemy ee darneishego razvitifå. (Nauchno-tekhnicheskafii geofizicheskafil konferen££ifii, Moskva

1959. Sostorenie i perspektivy razviti1 geofizicheskikh metodov poiskov i razvedki poleznykh iskopaemykh. Materialy konferenisii, pub. 1961, p. 595-96.) In Russian. Title tr.: The status of applied geophysics in coal prospecting of Pechora basin and problems of its further development. Notes electric logging and other geophysical methods used in coal prospecting: lithologic separation of sections, determination of seam thickness, structure, angle of dip and other features; the importance of such methods and their further application. DLC. 79110. GREEN, I. J. The preservation of selected mammalian cells by freezing and storage at -64° C. 1: studies on the shortterm preservation of eight mammalian cell strains; 2: the long-term preservation of eight mammalian mil strains. (Formosan Medical Association. Journal 1962. v. 61, no. 6, p. 527-44, tables.) Refs. Stored in nutrient media without glycerol for one day at -64° C., 97% or more of these cells died. 5 or 10% glycerol with serum was found to be the most effective preservative for a variety of cell strains stored at the low temperature for short periods. Pt. 2 reports on cells adequately stored at -64° C. in serum plus glycerol, for periods of two years or longer. Adequately stored means maintenance of at least 5% viability for one In some cases, year's frozen storage. preineubation in a glycerol medium, or older cultures produced better survival. DNLM. 79111. GREEN, J. How freshwater animals survive arctic winters. (New scientist 1962. v. 13, no. 273, p. 310-11, illus.) Discusses the decrease poleward in the number of freshwater species; adaptation to being frozen in the blackfish; overwintering as eggs in some crustaceans; protection by thick eggshells; suspended animation of eggs in cold vs. dry climate; effect of cold DLC. on speed of hatching. GREEN, J. E., see No, 77706. 79112. GREEN, L. H., and C. I. GODWIN. Mineral industry of Yukon Territory and southwestern District of Mackenzie 1962. Ottawa, Queen's Printer 1963. 71 p. tables. (Canada. Geological Survey. Paper 63-38.) 38 refs. In sequence to: No. 75689. The mineral industry has formed the economic backbone of Yukon since discovery of the Klondike gold fields in 1896; value of mineral production has exceeded $10 million each year since 1952. During 1962, United

385

Keno Hill Mines Ltd. silver-lead-zinc operation on Galena Hill remained the only large lode producer; Yukon Consolidated Gold Corp. Ltd., largest placer producer, operated five dredges and two bulldozersluicing plants in the Klondike area. Exploration was substantial, helicopter transport extending activity into areas formerly inaccessible. The 1962 season was marked by Crest Exploration Ltd. staking of the Snake River iron deposit, approx. 65°15' N. 133° W. The Nahanni Mining District was established in Mackenzie District on Apr. 27, 1962, with the mining recorder's office at Watson Lake, Y.T. Within the district, near Flat River 61°57' N. 128°15' W., Canada Tungsten Mining Corp. Ltd. built a mill and townsite and mined approx. 85,000 tons of tungsten ore from an open-cut. Detailed account of operations, production, etc. is given for DGS. about 135 operators. 79113. GREENBANK, .1., and P. R. NELSON. Life history of the threespine stickleback Gasterosleus aculeatus Linnaeus in Karluk Lake and Bare Lake, Kodiak Island, Alaska. (U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service. Fishery bulletin 1959. v. 59, no. 153, p. 537-59, tables, graphs, map, illus.) 36 refs. Reviews previous work on this fish, and reports on waters studied, including their physical aspects, flora and fauna; appearance of the stickleback, its local variations, numbers, habitat; its life span (2% yrs.), growth and size, reproduction (1-2 spawnings in its lifetime); its parasites, behavior, food (insects, plankton), enemies, relation to red salmon (food competitor of young salmon). Comment by A. H. Stenger, q.v. DLC. GREENE, G. W., see No. 80479. GREENHOUSE, J. P., see No. 80146. 79114. GREENMAN, E. F. The upper palaeolithic and the New World. (Current anthropology 1963. v. 4, no. 1, p. 41-91, map, illus.) Approx. 200 refs. Discussion of the possibility of a late Pleistocene ethnic diffusion across the Atlantic from the Bay of Biscay area of France and Spain. Evidence is suggested, among other, in the Magdalenian character of the now-extinct Beothuk Indian culture of Newfoundland and the Mousterian, Solutrean, and Magdalenian traits in Eskimo cultures. A crossing of the North Atlantic in skin boats during the last glacial period is considered probable, and an east-to-west

386

movement across the Bering Strait suggested also. Author's argument is based primarily upon the shape of the Beothuk canoe as far better adapted to travel in ice-infested seas than on the shallow rivers of Newfoundland, and upon the antiquity of New World biface projectile points characteristic of the Biscayan region but lacking in upper paleolithic sites of Siberia. Appended are comments of 19 other scientists, most of them rejecting the presented thesis as inconclusive and methodologically questionable. In conclusion, Greenman replied DSI. to the objections. 79115. GREGERSON, L. F. Problems of astronomic control in high latitudes. (Canadian surveyor 1963. v. 17, no. 5, p. 418-31, graphs, tables.) 4 refs. Discusses the most convenient means of determining the geodetic azimuth and the deviation of the vertical, in the plane of the prime vertical, in northern latitudes. The geodetic azimuth pertaining to a given geodetic longitude can be determined with the same accuracy at any latitude, thus any weakness in the control must originate in the geodetic longitude, which can be determined by triangulation. The method is described of determining longitude in the long northern day by observing stars both on the meridian and at certain known distances on either side, thus making possible many determinations from a single star. Field results from three northern stations and from Ottawa are compared for the standard and the daylight methods. DLC. 79116. GREGORY, A. Lakes of Revilla. (Alaska sportsman 1963. v. 29, no. 8, p. 9-11, map, illus.) Describes public camping and boating facilities provided by the U.S. Forest Service at 19 trout-fishing lakes on Revillagigedo and adjacent islands in the Tongass National Forest of Southeast Alaska. The lakes are mapped; and their facilities (cabin, sanitary system, skiff, etc.), accessibility, and distance by air from Ketchikan are indicated. DI. 79117. GREGORY, J. B. Particle influx at high latitudes. (Journal of geophysical research 1963. v. 68, no. 10, p. 3087-96, graphs.) 21 refs. Analyzes the hourly f min data for 1960 from ionosondes at Resolute Bay, Point Barrow, Anchorage and six other stations in the two polar regions. Simultaneous variations in time series of 5-day averages are disclosed. These variations are explained by a continuous influx of particles, mainly

solar protons whose ionizing effect below 100 km. altitude is more important at high latitudes than solar wave radiation. The radiation belt precipitation was found to contribute little to the influx, and cosmic ray intensity to vary inversely as the particle influx during quiet periods. DLC. GREGORY, R. A., see No. 79733. GREINER, H. R., see No. 78738. 79118. GRENQUIST, P. Hatching losses of common goldeneyes in the Finnish archipelago. (International Ornithological Congress 13th. Proceedings 1962 pub. 1963, v. 2, p. 685-89, tables.) 6 refs. Reports losses of Bucephala clangula studied in about 50 boxes during 1954-1961. Clutches averaged 10.3 eggs where brooding was concluded and mean size of brood was 9.6. Of 1554 eggs, 50.6% hatched, 6.2% had incubation interrupted, 1.9% were not fertilized, and 40.4% unincubated. DLC. 79119. GRESSITT, .1. L., ed. Pacific Basin biogeography. Honolulu, Bishop Museum Press 1963. 563 p. Symposia papers presented at the 10th Pacific Science Congress at Honolulu in 1961. Includes a symposium on Bering Arc relationships, p. 7-183, with the following papers, each abstracted under the author's name: HULTTN, E. The distributional conditions of the flora of Beringia. TATEWAKI, M. Phytogeography of the islands of the North Pacific. RAUSCH, R. L. A review of the distribution of Holarctic Recent mammals. HOLLAND, G. P. Faunal affinities of the fleas (Siphonaptera) of Alaska. SHTEGMANN, B. K. The problem of the Beringian continental land connection in the light of ornithogeography. KESSEL, B. West-east relationships of the birds of northern Alaska. UDVARDY, M. D. F. Zoogeographical study of the Pacific Alcidae. KUREN fSOV, A. I. Entomological fauna of Kamchatka and the Bering Arc problem in zoogeography. LINDROTII, C. H. The Aleutian Islands as a route for dispersal across the North Pacific. BALL, G. E. The distribution of the species of the subgenus Cryobius. TOWNES, H. K. Evidence among the Ephialtine Ichneumonidae for a Bering migration route. LINSLEY, E. G. Bering Arc relationships of Cerambycidae and their host plants.

GIL1AROV, M. S. Resemblance of biocoenoses in eastern Europe and northern America ... DSI. GREV'FSOVA, T. N., see No. 77129. 79120. GREZE, V. N. Nevodnye peski Enisefa i ikh promyslovoe ispol'zovanie. (Leningrad. Gos. n. -issl. inst. ozernogo i rechnogo rybnogo khozfiXfstva. Izvestifii 1958. v. 44, p. 215-39, tables, maps, illus.) 7 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Seining grounds of the Yenisey and their exploitation. Stresses the lack of information on these fishing grounds (sands), and presents the results of own topographic, hydrological and biological survey in 1949 and 1952. The river area surveyed begins opposite the mouth of the Nizhnyaya Tunguska. Nature of bottom, benthos and its biomass and composition, the fishes caught, etc. are considered. A general characterization of these bottoms is given in conclusion. DLC. 79121. GRIBBE, P., and others. Cineangiographic observations in hypothermic dogs. (Cardiologia 1961. v. 39, no. 6, p. 341-62, tables, graphs, illus.) 24 refs. Other authors: L. Hirvonen, J. Lind, and C. Wegelius. During hypothermia of 29 to 19° C., stroke volume increased and the left ventricle emptied more completely. The minute volume decreased by about 50% at a drop of 10° C. in body temperature. The number of cardiac cycles through the pulmonary circulation also decreased. A new phase was detected during hypothermia and called DNLM. "postejectional systole." 79122. GRICHUK, M. P., and V. P. GRICHUK. 0 prilednikovol rastitel'nosti na territory SSSR. (In: Markov, K. K., ed. PeriglfiGialnye I .vleniI .... 1960, p. 66100, maps, illus.) 35 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Periglacial vegetation on USSR territory. Reports development of vegetation in the periglacial zone during Quaternary glaciations. Fossil flora from various sites is outlined, and changes in climate and vegetation are analyzed, some arctic regions included. Distribution is mapped of typical plants during the Pleistocene and present time, Selaginella selaginoides L., Botrychium boreale, Milde; Salix polaris Wahlb, etc. Stages of vegetation development are characterized. DLC. GRICHUK, V. P., see No. 79122. 79123. GRIEG, S. Hans Egedes sØlvkanne. (Norveg, tidsskrift for folkelivsgransking

387

1953. v. 3, p. 97-114, illus.) Refs. In Norwegian. English summary. Title tr.: Hans Egede's silver cup. Describes a silver cup presented by his parishioners in Vägan, North Norway in 1715, to vicar Hans Egede and his wife. The ornamentation depicts events of a current quarrel between Egede and the church rector. The cup made by Johannes J. Reimers, Jr. of Bergen, and now in the Frederiksberg Museum, Hiller0d, Denmark, is the prototype of three other baroque cylinder cups by the same goldsmith in DLC. Norwegian museums. GRIFFIN, B. I., see No. 81904. 79124.. GRIFFIN, J. B. A discussion of prehistoric similarities and connections between the arctic and temperate zones of of North America. (Arctic Inst. of North America. Technical paper 1962. no. 11, p. 154-63.) Refs. Evaluates archeological evidence of the 8th-1st millenia B.C. No major culture spread from the Arctic is indicated; a southern origin predominated in the bilateral exchange of useful tools and concepts. No prehistoric complexes from the western Plains to the Atlantic can be traced back through the American Arctic to northeast Asia. The Athapaskans were the latest Indian-stock people to migrate across the Bering Strait before the diffusion of Eskimo culture and are more Mongoloid than other Indian groups. Proto-Athapaskans may have been responsible for the introduction of pottery to Alaska and northern Canada. CaMAI. GRIFFIN, J. B., see also No. 78270. 79125. GRIFFIN, W. Health Mobilization Program enters 2nd phase. (Alaska's health and welfare 1963. v. 20, p. 6-7, illus.) Discusses the Program's areas of interest especially medical self-help, and the number trained in it, actual and planned. Its second phase, designed to prepare Alaskan communities to meet medical needs in case of disasters, etc. is outlined. DLC. GRIGGS, R. F., see No. 81515. 79126. GRIGORENKO, M. N. Vlifanie razryvov i treshchinovatosti v gornykh porodakh na raspredelenie erozionnoT seti v füzhno-Tigil'kom ralone Zapadnol Kamchatki. (Leningrad. Vses. neftßnol n. -issl. geologorazvedochnyT inst. Trudy 1962. no. 193, p. 219-23, maps, illus.) 2 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Effects of faults and

388

fractures of rocks upon erosion network distribution in the south Tigil' region of western Kamchatka. Characterizes the Tigil' antielinorium as a basic tectonic element. Two types of fault are recognized and described as cross-faults and longitudinal fractures. Rock density and fracturing is treated. The erosion network is analyzed and the rivers and their tributaries are found to follow fractures. Erosional forms of relief reveal the structural-tectonic arrangement of the region. DLC. 79127. GRIGOR'EV, A. Metodom elektroosmosa. (Na strolkakh Rossii 1962, no. 10, p. 12, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: By the method of electro-osmosis. Describes a method of thawing ice lenses and crystals in partially thawed ground prior to construction at Vorkuta. In an experimental case in 1960, 244 electrodes made of pipe links were sunk into boreholes 5 m. below the substratum of the foundation for a two-story, six-apartment building. In 480 m.3 of ground, the temperature was raised from —0.2° to +10° C., the ice lenses and crystals thawed, the melt water was collected osmotically in 92 filter-pipe electrodes and pumped out. This process required 31,400 kwh. electric energy of 170100 volts from 50 kw. power supply, and was completed in 950 working hours. The treated ground settled irregularly (60-225. mm.) and became firm, ready for construction. In another experiment, the electrode network had 50% lower density, 380, 220, and 110 volts potential difference from , power supply units of 315 and 110 kw. was used, and the process proved to be more economical. This method was approved by Vorkuta building design administration for use at a number of other building sites. DLC. 79128. GRIGOR'EV, A. A. 0 novelshikh uspekhakh izucheniiä 'fentral'nol fÄkutii. (Problemy Severa 1963, no. 7, p. 172-87, map.) 20 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Recent achievements in exploration of central Yakutia. Reviews work of 1925-1959 in tectonics and paleogeography of the western part of the upper Yana basin and adjacent areas, on permafrost thickness and origin of large masses of ground ice in central Yakutia, on the origin of former lake-bed depression ("alas") landscapes, and on the geographic distribution of soils and flora in the plains. Publications are listed for each field of work, and a schematic tectonic map of central Yakutia is included. DLC.

GRIGOR'EV, G. G., see No. 83154. 79129. GRIGOR'EV, L. AvtoIesovoz T-80 m. (Master less 1963, v. 7, no. 6, p. 23, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: The T-80 m. timber truck. Describes with illus. a new seven-ton truck for timber developed by the Solombala Mechanical Plant at Arkhangel'sk. DLC. 79130. GRIGOR'EV, N. F. Nekotorye osobennosti merzlotno-geologicheskikh uslovil Ust'-fAnskogo ralona IÄASSR. (Akademifa nauk SSSR. Inst. merzlotovedeniiä. Severo-Vostochnoe otd-ie. Trudy 1958, no. 1, p. 139-52.) 12 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Some features of cryologicgeologic conditions of the Ust'-Yansk region of Yakut ASSR. Reviews the climate, geomorphology and geology of this Yana delta region, with permafrost at least 300 m. thick. The active layer, permafrost temperature, vertical range of the geothermic gradient, heat exchange, fossil ice, permafrost distribution and other features are treated in turn. DLC. 79131. GRIGOR'EV, N. F. Rol' kriogenn,yykh faktorov v dinamike poberezh'i fAkutii. (Okeanologifå 1963. v. 3, no. 3, p. 477-81, illus.) 4 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Role of cryogenic factors in the dynamics of Yakutia coasts. Reports a 1951-1953 study in the Yana delta. Accumulation and wearing-down processes in the gentle slope of its coasts are analyzed. The formation of accumulative forms of relief is ascribed to the river debris and the presence of permafrost 300-700 m. thick. Continental—coastal and shelf types of permafrost are discussed in relation to coastal dynamics. The advance and retreat of coasts are characterized. DLC. 79132. GRIGOR'EV, N. F. Rol' kriogennykh faktorov v formirovanii morskikh beregov fAkutii. (In: Akademia nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Inst. merzlotovedenifa. Mnogoletnemerzlye ... 1962, p. 6878.) 13 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Role of cryogenic factors in the formation of the sea coasts of Yakutia. Reports a study during 1947-1960 in the Lena delta and other areas on the Laptev and East Siberian Seas, where the twofold role of cryogenic processes is recognized. In coastal regions having finely dispersed deposits highly mixed with ice, a retreat of the coast is observed; whereas in regions having deposits with little ice and agradation of permafrost, the active advance of coasts is evident. Both phenomena are described DLC. in detail and exemplified.

79133. GRIGOR'EV, S. V. Vodoemy Karelii kak energeticheskie vodokhranilishcha. (Akademi1 . nauk SSSR. Karel'skil filial. Trudy 1958, no. 18, p. 3-28, graphs, tables, map.) 6 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Water reservoirs of Karelia as water-power resources. Karelian water-power resources are estimated at 1,530,000 kw. with a possible average annual yield of 13.4 billion kw. h. River banks are low as a rule, and lakes are the natural reservoirs. Hydrological data are given for the main Karelian lakes, 14 in the White and seven in the Baltic Sea basin, both in their natural conditions and ultimately with dams. Prospects for building a network of hydro-electric stations are discussed. DLC. GRIGOR'EVA, A. S., see No. 78378. GRIGOR'EVA, V. G., see No. 84100. 79134. GRIGORfAN, G. A. Muzykal' (In: natä kul'tura fAkutskol ASSR. Muzykal'nafa kultura avtonomnykh respublik RSFSR. Moskva 1957, p. 331-48, illus.) 14 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Musical culture of Yakut ASSR. Analyzes the melodic structure and rhythms of folk and dance songs and ballads in epic style. Current musical activity is discussed and work of the more prominent composers reviewed: the first Yakut opera "N'fdrgun Bootur" by M. M. Zhirkov, author's "Lokut and Nfiirgusun," (both based on epic tales), F. Argunov's vocal DLC. compositions, etc. 79135. GRIM, N. J. Unusual feeding behavior of the fulmar. (Condor 1962. v. 64, no. 5, p. 438.) Describes close observations of, and "experiment" with a fulmar which indicate that food is retrieved from the water on the beak. The anatomy of the nares makes it possible to apply suction in order to keep the food in place on the beak. DLC. 79136. GRIMÅS, U. The bottom fauna of natural and impounded lakes of northern Sweden: Ankarvattnet and Blfsjön. (Drottningholm. Statens undersöknings- och försöksanstalt för sötvattensfisket. Reports 1961. no. 42, p. 183-237, tables, graphs, illus.) 39 refs. Reports a study of two adjacent, subarctic lakes, one regulated. Their dimensions, temperature, transparency, chemistry, bottom conditions and vegetation are given. The bottom fauna is dealt with as to seasonal changes of its total and of its leading de-

389

ments. The reaction of individual species to the regulation has special attention. Regulation produced quantitative reduction of the bottom fauna amounting to 70% in the zone of fluctuations and 25% in the DLC. rewarming area. 79137. GRIMÅS, U. The effect of increased water level fluctuation upon the bottom fauna in Lake Blåsjön, northern Sweden. (Drottningholm. Statens undersökningsoch försöksanstalt för sötvattensfisket. Reports 1962. no. 44, p. 14-41, tables, graphs, map, illus.) Approx. 55 refs. Study of this subarctic lake prior to and following impoundment, and of an adjacent unregulated lake, for comparison. General conditions, temperature, transparency, chemistry and nature of bottom are reviewed. A quantitative and qualitative analysis of the bottom fauna is given with special consideration of changes produced by impounding. These were found to be detrimental, amounting to a 50% loss at 6 m. annual amplitude in the water level in the first ten years and a 40% loss in the following two years at a level fluctuation of 13 m. DLC.

fields. In the resulting representation, the volume of data may be reduced to onequarter while retaining 80% of the original variance. Study of seasonal variation shows that continentality and zonal thermal advection are throughout the year the most important factors in shaping the 30-day anomaly fields. Arctic areas mapped include Denmark Strait, Greenland Sea, and northern Scandinavia and Finland. DGS. 79140. GRINBERG, G. A., and N. I. NENASHEV. GeologicheskiT i absolfütnyl vozrast vulkanogennykh obrazovanil bas(Akademiiå nauk selne reki Ketandy. SSSR. Komissiiå, po opredelenifü absolfltnogo vozrasta geologicheskikh formatsil. Trudy 1963, 11th session, p. 284-87.) 5 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Geologic and absolute age of volcanic formations in the Ketanda River basin. Reports a comparison of age for effusives in this basin of Magadan Province, with special attention to andesite rocks. Both the vegetation remains and the potassiumargon determination show these rocks to be of Lower Cretaceous age. DLC. GRINBERG, G. A., see also No. 82561.

79138. GRIMINGER, P., and others. Coagulation of blood in temperature acclimatization. (Nature 1963. v. 197, p. 1118, table.) 10 refs. Other authors: H. S. Weiss and K. G. Hollands. Reports an experiment with chickens kept at 32, 20, or 0° C. over three months. Both the heat- and cold-exposed birds lost in weight and in egg production. Hematocrits (measured only in females) increased with decreasing ambient temperature. Core temperature remained unaffected in all three groups. DLC. 79139. GRIMMER, M. The space-filtering of monthly surface temperature anomaly data in terms of pattern, using empirical orthogonal functions. (Royal Meteorological Society. Quarterly journal 1963. v. 89, no. 381, p. 395-408, maps, tables.) 5 refs. In statistical long-range forecasting, the large volume of data makes sonic form of filtering necessary to reduce handling and exclude irrelevant random elements. Author reports filtering of fields of 30-day surface temperature anomaly for the years 18811960 for a large portion of the Northern Hemisphere, in terms of sets of patterns specific to each calendar month. The anomalies are specified in ° C. at 32 climatological stations (including three arctic). The patterns are derived empirically, and reflect the characteristics of the original 390

GRINENKO, L. N., see No. 78996. 79141. GRINfUK, I. N. Ob öffektivnosti estestvennogo neresta semgi. (Materialy rybokhozß stvennykh issledovanil Severnogo basselna. Sbornik 1963, no. 1, p. 4346, tables, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: Efficiency of natural spawning of salmon. Reports an investigation of spawning mounds in several rivers of Kola Peninsula. Size of mound, number of eggs deposited and developed were established. In the majority of samples, survival was 80-100% in two of 18 cases survival was around 50%. DLC. GRIN OK, I. N., see also No. 77173. 79142. GRISHIN, G. L. Izuchenie neftegazonosnosti Zapadno-Sibirskol nizmennosti, pervoocherednaa zadacha geologovneftfiinikov. (Razvedka i okhrana nedr 1963. v. 29, no. 1, p. 13-16, map.) In Russian. Title tr.: Investigation of the oil-gas properties of the West Siberian lowland, the most important task of oil-geologies. Discusses the 14 gas and 7 oil deposits discovered in Tyumen Province, their distribution, structure, age and other features. Current investigations proceed slowly, various places and structures

(indicated) require further study. Deep drillings, probing drillings, new techniques, and their effectiveness are briefly summaDLC. rized. GRISHIN, G. L., see also No. 77182. 79143. GRISENKO, O. F. Vozrast i temp rosta tikhookeanskogo morskogo okunfii Beringova morfa. (Moskva. Vses. n: issl. inst. morskogo rybnogo khoz. i okeanografii. Trudy 1963. v. 48, p. 313-16, tables.) In Russian. Title tr.: Age and rate of growth of the Pacific Ocean sea perch in the Bering Sea. Reports an investigation based largely on scale readings. This fish was found to grow very slowly, reaching a length of 40 cm. in 17 years. Growth rate drops sharply in the eighth- ninth-year. Commercial catches consist largely of fish 14-17 yrs. old. DLC. 79144. GRIfSEVSKAG, G. L. Gidrologicheskie uslovifa v Karel'skikh rekakh, vpadatIlshchikh v Beloye More. (Materialy rybokhozfilstvennykh issledovanil Severnogo basselna. Sbornik 1963, no. 1, p. 3639, tables, graphs.) In Russian. Title tr.: Hydrological conditions of Karelian rivers emptying into the White Sea. Describes the physiographic and hydrologic character of 17 streams, bottoms and currents in four rivers presently studied, water level and temperature fluctuation during the year; the biology of pink salmon DLC. as affected by these conditions. GRIFSKEVICH, I., see No. 83452. 79145. GRØTTLAND, K. L. Matstell hos overvintrerne. (Oslo. Norsk folkemuseum. By og bygd. ok Arb 1961 pub. 1962. v. 15, p. 139-41.) In Norwegian. Title tr.: Food preparation for overwintering. Reports on a fisher-hunter's account of provision for two-man parties wintering on BjornØya and Svalbard in the early 20th century: game, and sea mammals were hunted, eggs, feathers and down collected. Supplies brought in from outside are enumberated. Preparation of various meats is described. Fresh blood was prized and eggs were plentiful in spring. Fresh foods DLC. were sought to prevent scurvy. GROMOV, G. D., see No. 77169. 79146. GROMOV, L., and K. SAENKO. Ogni Angary. (Okhrana truda i sotsial'noe strakhovanie 1960, no. 1, p. 21-29, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: Angara lights. Describes dam construction for the Bratsk power station, work efficiency, labor-saving

devices, high degree of mechanization and automation. The initial accident rate (high) is reduced with stricter enforcement of safety regulations and inspection by trade union officers. Cases in criminal court of foremen and sections heads charged (by trade union) with safety regulation infringement are noted. DLC. 79147. GROMOVA, G. G. Osobennosti isirkulfafsii atmosfery nad Vostochnol Sibir'fii i prilegafiishchel chast'f l Tikhogo okeana. (Meteorologia i gidrologilå 1962, no. 6, p. 28-32, graphs, tables.) 7 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Special features of the atmospheric circulation in Eastern Siberia and the adjacent part of the Pacific Ocean. Studies the circulation on the basis of its zonal (Iz) and meridional (Im) indices, and the general index I„ =I applying them within 25-75° N. 90° E. —160° W. Monthly variations of Iz, I m, and the corresponding temperature gradients Gz and G m during a year are given. The calculated values of Iz at the earth's surface, and on the isobaric surfaces of 850 and 700 mb. are tabulated for different latitudinal zones for the continental and the oceanic parts of the area. DLC. 79148. GROMOVA, L. F. Katalog nablfüdenif serebristykh oblakov na terri.torii nashel strany s 1885 po 1956 g. (Akademifa nauk SSSR. Mezhduvedomstvennyl geofizicheskil komitet, II razdel programmy MGG: meteorologifa. Sbornik state! 1963. no. 6, p. 64-83, tables.) 47 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Catalog of noctilucent cloud observations in our country 1885-1956. Lists 529 cases, each observable from within an area of 111 km. radius. Only one observation was made north of 60° N., and that is not included in the catalog. The absence of noctilucent cloud observations in the North is attributed to paucity of population, especially in the earlier (18851925) part of the period. The lack of such cloud appearances south of 40° N. is considered due to physical-meteorological DLC. causes. 79149. GROSHEV, ZH. Kladovafn "na zamke." (Sibirskie ogni 1962. v. 41, no. 11, p. 153-54.) In Russian. Title tr.: Larder under lock and key. Describes the food resources of the Nizhnyaya Tunguska basin: fish, game, edible wild plants, etc.; criticizes their poor exploitation, lack of processing industries, etc. DLC.

391

GROSS, A. M., see No. 79080.

GROTTER, 0., see No. 84365.

79150. GROSVAL'D, M. G. Drevnie beregovye linii Zemli Franfsa-Iosifa i pozdneantropogenovafi istorifa ee lednikovykh pokrovov. (Akademifa nauk SSSR. Mezhduvedomstvennyl geofizicheskil komitet, IX razdel programmy MGG: glfilfsiologifå. Sbornik state! 1963. no. 9, p. 119-44, table, profiles, maps, illus.) 46 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: The ancient shore lines of Franz Joseph Land and late Quaternary history of its ice sheets. As accumulative glacial and aqueousglacial deposits are inadequate in the archipelago, reconstruction of its paleogeography is based on study of marine terraces and raised shore lines. Such studies are reviewed and compared with similar work on Greenland and Spitsbergen. Radiocarbon measurements reveal that Franz Joseph Land has risen 330-370 m. in the last 14,000 years. The uplift is glacial isostatic. The present ice sheets are not Pleistocene survivals as hitherto believed. The first postglacial stage is considered to have begun simultaneously with the Fennoscandian glacial stage and Sartan glaciation of Siberia. Subsequent stages also are reviewed. DLC.

79153. GRUM-GRZHIMA!LO, S. V., and V. S. ROVSHA. Ob okraske mineralov (Leningrad. Vses. sputnikov almaza. geologicheskil inst. Materialy 1960. n. ser. no. 40, p. 57-64, graphs.) 18 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Color of mineralsatellites of diamonds. Deals with garnet, pyrope, chromediopside and olivine in the kimberlites in the Daldyn-Alakit region of Yakutia, and presents curves of spectrum absorption. The yellow and red of these minerals are DLC. discussed.

GROTE, G., see No. 82711. 79151. GRUENING, E. H. Lonely wonders of Katmai. (National geographic magazine 1963. v. 123, no. 6, p. 800-831, map, illus.) Describes Katmai National Monument on the Alaska Peninsula, as seen on a summer 1962 visit; the volcanic eruption of June 1912, present landscape of the Valley of Ten Thousand Smokes, other park scenery, tourist facilities and attractions, the new 2234-mi. trail from Brooks River Lodge. Photos in color (29) are by W. Parks. DI. 79152. GRUENING, E. H. The Rampart Canyon Dam on the Yukon. (U.S. Congress. Congressional record. Senate 1963. v. 109, no. 141, p. 15638-43.) Comments on this proposed hydroelectric development and introduces speeches of G. Sundborg and I. Ryan at Mount McKinley National Park Sept. 7. Sundborg's What Øt for Rampart? discusses progress on the project, anticipated benefits to the economy, and opposition from conservationists. Mrs. Ryan in A report on Rampart, reviews engineering and marketing investigations, shows low-cost power attracting new industry to Alaska. DI. GRUENING, E. H., see also Nos. 83804, 83816.

392

79154. GRUNDSTRÖM, H., ed. Lapska singer, texter och melodier från svenska Lappland fonografiskt upptagna av Landsmåls- och Folkminnesarkivet i Uppsala; II, singer från Arjeplog och Arvidsjaur. Musical transcription by Sune Smedeby. Uppsala, Lundequistka Bokhandeln 1963. 85 p. illus. (Sweden. Landsmåls- och Folkminnesarkivet i Uppsala. Skrifter, series C:2.) In Lappish, Swedish and German. Title tr.: Lappish songs, texts and melodies from Swedish Lapland phonographically recorded by the Archives for dialect and folklore research at Uppsala; 2, songs from Arjeplog and Arvidsjaur. In sequence to No. 55141. Recorded in 1943 in these settlements in Pite Lappmark, northern Sweden. SPRI. 79155. GRUNDSTRÖM, H. Ett lapakt ordståv om pesten. (Tromsø. Museum. Skrifter 1928. v. 2, p. 59-62.) In Swedish Title tr.: A Lappish and Lappish. proverb concerning pestilence. Analyzes a proverb known among the Jokkmokk Lappa of northern Sweden as a spell to ward off epidemic disease. Its literal meaning is no longer clear but it indicates the association of rats with spread of contagion, use of angelica root as preventative, etc. Disease as such was not understood; pestilence was believed to roam as a man whose soul was the disease-causing DLC. death to whom he contacted. 79156. GRUSHEVSKII, I. I., and L. N. MEDVEDEV. Predvaritel'nye dannye primeneniiä koleopterologicheskogo analiza pri izuchenii chetvertichnykh otlozhenil Severnol llkutii. (Leningrad. N. -issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Sbornik state! po paleontologii i biostratigrafii 1962. no. 28, p. 38-42, tables.) 2 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Preliminary data on the use of coleopterological analysis in study of Quaternary deposits in northern Yakutia. Considers how insects and especially the

order Coleoptera elucidate Quaternary deposits, their climatic conditions and stratigraphy. A prospecting pit was made in the Udzha-Sektelyakh interfiuve and a section of Upper Quaternary and Recent deposits analyzed according to distribution of various genera. Sediments of the 8.0-11.6 m. horizon were deposited in a freshwater basin with light waves, possibly a lake; sediments of the 0.25-8.0 m. horizon reveal mesophytic meadow. This method was found to yield DLC. valuable data. GRUYS, R., see No. 78856. GRYC, G., see Nos. 78244, 78871. 79157. GUALCO, G. L'isolaverde assediata dai ghiacci. (Vie del mondo 1961. v. 23, no. 2, p. 117-33, map, illus.) In Italian. Title tr.: Green island besieged by ice. Photo report on the Italian alpine expedition to Southwest Greenland in 1960 (?) headed by the late Piero Ghiglione: ascents in the Umanak-Upernavik region, visits DLC. with Eskimos, etc. 79158. GUBBELS, G. H. Gardening in the Yukon. Ottawa, Queen's Printer 1963. 29 p. tables, illus. (Canada. Dept. of Agriculture. Pub. 1192.) 11 refs. Discusses soil composition, cultivation time, types of fertilizer, and garden planning. Directions are given for growing transplants, seeding in the field, and transplanting trees and shrubs. Recommended varieties of vegetables are listed with advice on cultivation. Fruits are similarly treated; only gooseberries, raspberries and saskatoons survive the winter. Flowers are discussed with suggestions for growing and layout of 23 annuals and 13 perennials. Pest controls are considered. Based on author's and others' experience at the Experimental Farm on Mile 1019, Alaska Highway, Yukon Territory. CaONA. 79159. GUDINA, V. I. Novye dannye po stratigrafii morskikh chetvertichnykh otlo(Geologifi i zhenil nizhnego Priob'lå. geofizika 1963, no. 12, p. 153-56, map.) 6 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: New data on the stratigraphy of marine Quaternary deposits in the Iower Ob region. Reports a foraminifer study of these deposits in Muzhi-Ural, Poluy, and southern Yamal Peninsula. Three microfaunal complexes are established and characterized in the Yamal series. They do not correspond however, to its divisions, the Poluy, Kazym and Salekhard subseries. Stratigraphy of DLC. these deposits is considered.

79160. GUDKOV, V. M. 0 svfazakh v raspredelenii zooplanktona, morskikh ptifs i usatykh kitov. (Akademifa nauk SSSR. Inst. okeanologii. Trudy 1962. t. 58, p. 298-313, tables, maps, illus.) 5 refs. In Russian. Summary in English. Title tr.: Connections between the distribution of zooplankton, marine birds and whalebone whales. Outlines the distribution of these fauna in the central and western Bering Sea and describes the birds common in the area. Since both birds and whales feed on plankton, swarms of birds can serve as indicators of presence of whales. DLC. 79161. GUDKOV, V. M. Ob osobennostrakh okraski kashalotov vod Dal'nego Vostoka. (Akademiß nauk SSSR. Inst. okeanologii. Trudy 1963. no. 71, p. 207-222, tables, illus.) 11 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Features of the coloration of sperm whales in Far Eastern waters. Tabulates the incidence, in males or females, of homogeneous gray to black or brown; also, reticular, marbled or spotted animals, and those with areas of spots on white background. Discoloration caused by squids or wounds is also noted. DLC. 79162. GUDKOVICH, Z. M., and E. G. NIKIFOROV. Eksperimental'noe issledovanie skhemy postoffinnykh techenil v Arkticheskom basselne. (Leningrad. Arkticheskil i antarkticheskil n. -issl. inst. Trudy 1963. v. 254, p. 129-55, graphs, maps, illus.) 18 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Experimental investigation of the constant current scheme in the Arctic Basin. Account of study using a model basin of modest dimensions and data accumulated from field observations. The experiments confirmed the idea that in the formation of surface and deep currents in central Arctic, winds play a dominant role, while the deflective forces of the earth's rotation show no effect. Problems of water balance, inand out-flow of Pacific and Atlantic waters are also considered. DLC. 79163. GUILDAY, J. E. Pleistocene zoogeography of the lemming, Dicrostonyx. (Evolution 1963. v. 17, no. 2, p. 194-97, maps.) 20 refs. Explains, on the basis of Pleistocene fossil records, the modem distribution of D. hudsonius Pallas found only in northern Quebec and Labrador. The species is believed to be a relict of a former holaxctic pre-Wisconsin distribution. DI.

393

79164. GUIMOND, R. Exciting iron ore discovery on the Baffin Island. (Precambrian 1963. v. 36, no. 1, p. 6-8; no. 2, p. 48, table, illus.) Describes operations of British Ungava Explorations Ltd. following discovery in July-Aug. 1962 of four large high-grade iron ore deposits 45 mi. from Milne Inlet and 600 mi. north of Frobisher: aerial observation of extensive massive greenstone scarred by rusty streaks, low level exploration, and sampling, detailed exploration in 1963, and tentative classification of the deposits as "low-grade" banded iron formations, and "high-grade" massive bodies. Year-round quarrying operations and a two-month shipping season are planned. Eight partiDGS. cipating companies are named. 79165. GUKOV, V. Otogrevafiishchie Arktiku. (Ogonek 1961. v. 39, no. 23, p. 8-9, col. plates.) In Russian. Title tr.: People who warm up the Arctic. Sketches life on Soviet polar stations from a three-month stay in various parts of the DLC. Arctic. 79166. GULO EV, E. S. Redkie sluchai upotrebleniß iskhodnogo padezha v komi fäzyke. (Istogko-filologicheskil sbornik 1962. no. 7, p. 55-59.) Ref. In Russian. Title tr.: Rare uses of the dative case in the Komi language. Sequel to No. 64926. DLC. GULLESTAD, N., see No. 77226. 79167. GUMENER, P. I. Izuchenie termoregulfåisii v gigiene i fiziologii truda. Moskva, Medgiz, 1962. 229 p. tables, graphs, illus. Approx. 164 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The study of thermoregulation in hygiene and work-physiology. A composite, methodological study based on physiological, physical and health sources. Successive sections deal with body temperatures, the changes and responses to cold, skin temperatures, means and apparatus of their measurement, methods of studying heat loss by observation. Observational methods of measuring heat production, calculating heat production and heat balance, studying heat receptors are discussed, as is peripheral circulation as indicator of thermoregulation. Techniques of studying meteorological factors, and the protective value of clothing are outlined as are some hygienic aspects of microclimate. DLC. GUMENER, P. I., see also No. 77110.

394

79168. GUNDA, B. Kaj Birket-Smith, zum 70. Geburtstag. (Acta ethnographica, Budapest 1963. v. 12, no. 3-4, p. 407-409, port.) Refs. in text. In German. Title tr.: Kaj Birket-Smith, for his 70th birthday. Eulogy with an outline of his studies of Eskimos and of other primitive cultures. His main works (10) are cited in text. DLC. 79169. GUNDRIZER, A. N. Biologifs i promysel fåzfit Zapadnol Sibiri. (Leningrad. Gos. n. -issl. inst. ozernogo i rechnogo rybnogo khozfalstva. Izvestif l 1958. v. 44, p. 49-60, illus., tables.) 16 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Biology and fishery of chub in Western Siberia. Deals with Leuciscus ides, one of the main commercial fishes of this area, which inhabits the middle and lower Ob basin. Distribution, reproduction and development, food and fatness, age and growth are considered; exploitation is described. DLC. 79170. GUNENKO, V. I., and others. Effektivnost' promyslovo-geofizicheskikh i geokhimicheskikh issledovanil v produktivnykh otlozhenifåkh Zapadno-Tebukskogo mestorozhdenifa. (Razvedka i okhrana nedr 1962. v. 28, no. 10, p. 20-26, illus.) 6 refs. In Russian. Other authors: V. I. Slivkov and V. I. Sheptunov. Title tr.: Effectivity of applied geophysical and geochemical investigations in the Zapadnyy Tebuk productive deposits. Describes these oil deposits 60 km. east of Ukhta in the Timan-Pechora province, in a 12 x 4 km. brachianticline. Productive oil is found in Devonian and Silurian carbonate rocks and the flow is 100-300 tons/day. Geophysical and geochemical investigation of the deposits is summarized, and properties of the oil, porosity and permeability of the reservoir rocks, seismic and electric logging data, etc. are analyzed. DLC. GUNN, C. B., see No. 77215. 79171. GUNTHER, E. West Coast Indian art goes to the Fair. (Beaver 1963. no. 293, p. 4-13, illus.) Describes Indian art of the Pacific Northwest region, including Southeast Alaska, and the selecting of representative examples for exhibit at the Seattle World's Fair in 1962. Several photographs, with descriptive captions, of Tlingit, Tsimshian, and Haida art objects are included. DI. GURARI, F. G., see No. 77519, 82542. 79172. GURENOVA, E. I., and T. A. IAKOVLEVSKAIA. Povellit iz mestorozh-

denia islandskogo shpata na Nizhnel Tunguske. (Akademia nauk SSSR. Mineralogicheskil muzel. Trudy 1962. no. 13, p. 169-71, tables, illus.) 4 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Powellite from the Iceland spar deposits on the Nizhnyaya Tunguska. Reports a find of powellite occurring in individual black crystals in basic effusive rocks. Occurrence, crystallography, physical and optical properties are described. Besides its usual formula, Ca Mo O,, some content of Sr, Fe, W, and other admixtures is found. The hydrothermal origin of powellite is noted. DLC. 79173. GUR'fANOVA, A. P. 0 primenenii laboratornogo interferometra ITR-2 dlfa opredelenifa solenosti vody arkticheskikh morel. (Leningrad. Arkticheskil i antarkticheskif n. -issl. inst. Trudy 1963. v. 248, p. 79-84, tables, graphs.) 3 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Use of the ITR-2 laboratory interferometer for determining salinity of the arctic seas. Describes the optical interferometer as an instrument for salinity determinations and compares this method with the silver nitrate titration method developed by Knudsen and others. Salinity determinations by both methods on 33 water samples from Greenland Sea are tabulated and correlated. Some Kara Sea and Ob-Yenisey Bay samples are also included. The new method is found very good though improvements are still necessary. DLC. 79174. GUR'IANOVA, E. F. Bokoplavy severnol chasti Tikhogo okeana, Amphipoda-Gammaridea; chest' 1. Moskva-Leningrad, 1962. 441 p. tables, illus. (Akademifii nauk SSSR. Zoologicheskil inst. Opredeliteli po faun SSSR, no. 74.) Refs. in text. In Russian. Title tr.: Amphipoda of the northern part of the Pacific Ocean; Amphipoda-Gammaridea, part 1. Study of these crustaceans from the open waters including North American shores. An introductory part (p. 11-26) discusses concepts on the evolution of the group, and gives identification keys for the families (p. 27-42). Keys and descriptions of the lower taxa, and forms occupy the rest of the monograph. Species and their variations are considered as to morphology, vertical and horizontal distribution, with emphasis on the North Pacific. Numerous line drawings illus. the details of morphology. An alphabetical list of scientific names is DLC. appended. 79175. GURIN, G. F. Stratigrafifå Idrskikh otlozhenil Taskano-Lyglykhtakhskogo

talons,. (In: Mezhvedomstvennoe soveshchanie ... Trudy 1959, p. 287-90.) In Russian. Title tr.: Stratigraphy of the Jurassic deposits of the Taskan-Lyglykhtakh region. Reports a 1944-1945 study north of Magadan, from which these deposits are divided into six local stratigraphic units, lithologic properties and paleontologic data established. Each unit is described noting distribution, composition, thickness and fauna and flora. ICRL. 79176. GURIN, M. A. Effektivnost' chastoudarnogo zabolnogo organa pri razrushenii merzlogo grunta. (Sverdlovsk. Ural'skil politekhnicheskil inst. Trudy 1963. no. 128, p. 15-23, graphs, illus.) 5 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Efficiency of a highfrequency hammering cutter in breaking up frozen ground. Examines the estimated efficiency and optimal performance regime of the ChZO (high-frequency hammer cutter) excavator in field tests on frozen ground. It achieved 2.23 m3./hr./kw. on frozen loam at -8.5° C., working at an optimal frequency of 565 percussion/min. The corresponding efficiency coefficient 35 was obtained. The method of calculating optimal parameters for ChZO operation on loam and other types of ground is given. DLC. 79177. GURIN, M. A. Voprosy izucheni►å effektivnosti razrusheniiå merzlykh gruntov i gornykh porod na eksperimental'noi chastoudarnol ustanovke. (Sverdlovsk. Ural'skil politekhnicheskil int. Trudy 1963. no. 128, p. 24-33, graphs, illus.) 6 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Study of the efficiency of breaking up frozen ground and rock with an experimental high-frequency hammercutter machine. Reports tests of a higher-frequency percussion excavator of own design and construction on vertical and sloping clay and sandy loam of 24 and 26% moisture content respectively, at -4 to -15° C. air temperature. Performance is examined in relation to parametric values of the mechanism, type of ground, and ambient temperature. The excavator performs satisfactorily on ground of strength up to 4 in the M. M. Protod'fäkonov scale. Minimum energy of 1-2 kg./ cm. of cutting edge is required. No significant dynamic load was observed on any parts except the cutting wedge. DLC. 79178. GURVICI3, I. S. Current ethnic processes taking place in northern Yakutia. (Arctic anthropology 1963. v. 1, no. 2, p. 86-92.) 10 refs.

395

Translation of No. 64938 by Emma L. Davis with abridged footnotes and bibliogDSI. raphy.

79179. GURVICH, I. S. Letni! chum Alla!khovskØ evenov i narta-volokushka. (Akademifa nauk SSSR. Inst. etnografii. Kratkie soobshchenia 1963. no. 38, p. 9093, illus.) 3 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The summer tent and draw-sled of the Allaykha District Lamuts. Describes a hut of unusual construction as seen in 1959 in an Eveny hunting and fishing camp near Oyotung on the lower Indigirka. Termed locally a boi, it has a hide-covered frame approx. 6 x 5 m. with two openings, and a roof 2-4 m. high, tapering to a central vent. The boi is used also by reindeer herders of nearby Lenin kolkhoz. On breaking camp, it is disassembled and drawn away on a reindeer sled shaped like a flat-iron: with pointed bow it is 45-50 cm. long, 30 cm. wide at the open stern, and 20 cm. deep, sides and bottom are 3-4 cm. DSI. thick.

79180. GURVICH, I. S. Polevye dnevniki V. I. Iokhel'sona i D. L. iokhel'sonBrodskol. (Akademifa nauk SSSR. Inst. etnografii. Trudy 1963. n. ser. v. 85, p. 248-58.) Approx. 40 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Field diaries of V. I. Jochelson and D. L. Jochelson-Brodskaiå. Describes, with excerpts, the Jochelson mss in the archives of the Institute of the Peoples of Asia, Leningrad, among them his field notes made while on several trips in 1895-1897 to the Kolyma, Verkhoyansk, Indigirka, and lower Lena regions. They deal with the customary law, religion, mode of life, language, etc., mainly of northern Yakuts and Yukaghirs. Of particular interest are his observations on the aftermath of the 1885-1886 small-pox epidemic which decimated the Chukchis: they migrated into Yukaghir territory, with result that the wild reindeer stock was depleted and part of the Yukaghirs turned from hunting to reindeer raising. Journals kept in 1900-1901 by Mrs. Jochelson-Brodskafa were dictated in part by her husband; they record his Koryak studies with the Jesup Expedition; her 1909-1911 notes record his work in the Aleutian Islands and Kamchatka on the expedition sponsored by F. Rfabushinskil. DSI.

79181. GURVICH, I. S. Russkie na severo-vostoke Sibiri v xvii v. (Akademifa nauk SSSR. Inst. etnografii. Trudy 1963. n. ser. v. 84, p. 71-91.) 30 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Russians in northeast Siberia in the 17th century. 338

Analyzes, mainly from archival materials, the initial penetration of northern Yakutia by Kozaks, military personnel, trappers, traders, etc., and their relations with aborigines. Wife purchase and concubinage, baptism of children and prisoners, hunting partnerships and feuds are considered. Some hunting grounds were despoiled by marauders, game depleted, and the fur trade declined. Gradual change took place in the second half of the century as stable settlements of trappers developed, and the Russians came to have closer contacts with Yakuts, Tungus and Yukaghirs, adapting to their way of life, etc. The fur trade came under stricter supervision, fur-tax levies were introduced, etc. The Russian trapper population of northern Yakutia ranged from 1200 males at the height of the sable trade in 1630-1650 to about 200-250 in the 1670's. By the close of the century, some seven hundred (men and women) are estimated to have settled along northern rivers. DSI.

79182. GURVICH, I. S. Russkie starozhily doliny r. Kamchatki. (Sovetskafå etnografifa 1963, no. 3, p. 31-41.) 17 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Russian old-time settlers of the Kamchatka River valley. Study, based on 1962 fieldwork, of the ethnic processes among the old Russian colonists, here termed "Kamchadals", though not aborigines. Increased settlement of Kamchatka since the 1930's, mainly in urban industrial centers, has affected the Russian rural (kolkhoz) population. The relationship, mostly amicable, between the new-corners and old colonists is discussed. An amalgamative trend is evident despite the assimilated aboriginal (Itel'menUdmurt) culture traits displayed by Russian old-timers. Kolkhoz economy based mainly on river fisheries is described. IntroduØ agriculture, dairy and poultry farming, also plan for a large-scale fur-hunting DLC. industry are noted. 79183. GURVICH, IA. Kogda zabyvafilt o (Okrana truda i soisial'noe kontrole. strakhovanie 1959, no. 9, p. 55-58.) In Title tr.: When control is Russian. forgotten. Criticizes the Yakut trade union administration for not enforcing labor laws and safety regulations in industry and the building trades. Safety measure infringements at the Yakutstrol project and the increase of injuries especially among young workers show laxity of inspection and DLC. management.

79184. GUSAK, N. Trekhslolnye stenovye paneli dlfä promyshlennykh zdanil. (Na strolkakh Rossii 1962 v. 3, no. 4, p. 23, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: Three-layer wall panels for industrial buildings. Describes the production method and technique of these panels, to be used instead of brick construction for the wood-working departments of sawmills no. 3, 4, and for the Krasnoyarsk Wood-working Combine. The panel is made of two thin reinforced concrete plates joined by ribs, around the edge of the panel and the edge of its window aperture. The space between the plates is filled with cellular concrete of 500 kg./m.3 volume weight. The panels thus produced proved of good quality. DLC. 79185. GUSEV, A. I. Stratigrafi1 . chetvertichnykh otlozhenil Leno-Indigirskol pribrozhnol ravniny. (In: Mezhvedomstvennoe soveshchanie ... Trudy 1959, p. 456-68.) In Russian. Title tr.: Stratigraphy of the Quaternary deposits of the Lena-Indigirka coastal plain. Characterizes this coastal plain, which was not covered by glaciation except some valleys and glaciers in mountainous areas. Old, Middle, and Upper Quaternary and Recent deposits are distinguished and their lithologic properties, thickness and paleontologic characteristics given. The fossil ice is not relict of glaciation; but developed along with permafrost. Oscillating movements of the area are briefly characterized. ICRL. 79186. GUSEV, B. V. Prichiny otrif'satel'nykh magnitnykh anomalil MalmechaKotulskogo ralona. (Leningrad. N. -isal. inst. geologii Arktiki. Trudy 1962. v. 132, Geofizicheskie melody razvedki Arktike, no. 4, p. 35-52, graphs, tables, maps, illus.) 23 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Causes of negative magnetic anomalies in the Maymecha-Kotuy region. In aerial magnetic survey of 1954-1958, over 20 isometric intensive magnetic anomalies were discovered connected with ultra-basic and alkaline rock intrusions. These are divided into three groups according to a character of the magnetic field, and the magnetic properties of each group are characterized. Special attention is given to the rocks polarized opposite to the present direction of the local magnetic fields. The problem and causes of reversed polarity of the earth in recent geologic times is discussed, and various hypotheses considered. DLC. GUSEV, G. S., see No. 83566.

79187. GUSEV, N. Eat', dat' vodul (Pozharnoe delo 1961. v. 7, no. 9, p. 24, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: Water on! Depicts training of volunteer firemen in Noril'sk. DLC. 79188. GUSEV, N. M., and N. A. TEMCHIN. Svetoklimaticheskoe ralonirovanie territorii SSSR. (Akademiiå stroitel'atva i arkhitektury SSSR. Izvestifil 1962, no. 4, p. 91-101, tables, graphs, map.) 6 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Zonation of Soviet territory according to the illuminationclimate relationship. Discusses the condition of natural illumination as a function of climate and geographic zone. The coefficient of natural illumination is defined as a combined effect of diffuse light from sky, and the light of the sky and the sun, reflected from the earth's surface. From theoretical considerations set forth in detail, a formula is drawn for yearly mean effective illumination (Ee. year) in six zones of the USSR. Ee.year is determined at 105 points and isolines drawn, primarily for use in building design and construction. The first zone, the Arctic, extends south to approx. 65° N., the second zone thence to approx. 58° N. The value of Ee.year increases with geographic latitude about 2% per degree, and rises slightly with increasing eastern longitude, because of change in cloudiness. DLC. 79189. GUSEV, O. V. Perepravy po l'du. Leningrad, Gimiz 1961. 18 p. tables, graph, illus. In Russian. Title tr.: Ice crossings. Presents basic information and sample calculations for establishing transport routes over river and lake ice. Measurement of ice thickness and bearing strength, calculation of load, its rate of movement, snow cover, and other factors are discussed. Practical measures are given. DLC. 79190. GUSEVA, I. S. 0 vzaimosvfilzi nazomaliärnogo i zigomaksillfarnogo uglov gorizontal'nogo profilfa lifsevogo skeleta u nekotorykh sovremennykh antropologicheskikh tipov. (Voprosy antropologii 1962. no. 12, p. 31-54, tables, graphs.) 32 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Interrelationships between the naso-malar and the zygomaxillary angles in the horizontal profile of the facial skeleton of some present-day anthropological types. Comparative craniometric study of the orbital and sub-nasal sections of male skulls, including a large number of northern ethnic groups. IndiØ of "balanced" flattening and general face flatness are discussed and a morphological grouping into

397

four basic types according to the correlation of prognatic angles proposed: the Aleuts, Tlingit Indians and Voguls are classified as mesoprosopic i.e. with similar medially developed naso-malar and zygo-maxillar angles; of platyprosopic type (both angles large or very large) are the Orochi, Ul'chi and Negidelits Tungus, Golds, reindeer and coastal Chukchis, Yukaghirs, and Yakuts, among others; the heteroprosopic type showing a marked difference between the two angles includes the Gilyaks, Naukan and southeastern Eskimos, Nenets and Sel'kup Samoyeds, Dolgans, and Ostyaks. DLC. 79191. GUSEVA, L. A. Izmenenie soderzhanifa glikogena v pecheni i myshCzakh u adaptirovannykh i ne adaptirovannykh k kholodu zhivotnykh. (Voprosy medif inskoT khimii 1962. v. 8, no. 2, p. 199-204, table, graphs.) 19 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Changes of glycogen content in liver and muscles of cold-adapted and non-adapted animals. Cold-adapted mice showed greater resistance to cold stress than controls kept at room temperature. Adapted animals, when cold-stressed, showed a glycogen loss of 29%, against 75% in non-adapted controls. Cooling reduced the glycogen content of muscle to a lesser degree than of liver. DLC. 79192. GUSEVA, L. A. Soderzhanie adenozintrifosfornoT kisloty i kreatinfosfata v mozgu i myshf'sakh u adaptirovannykh i neadaptirovannykh k kholodu zhivotnykh. (Voprosy meditsinskoT khimii 1963. v. 9, no. 2, p. 180-84, graph, tables.) 15 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Content of ATP and creatine phosphate in brain and muscle in cold- adapted and notadapted animals. In adapted mice cooling at —5° C. for four hours produced a drop of the two substances in both organs; body temperature however did not change. In non-adapted mice an accumulation of the two substances in brain and muscle was noted; at the same time body temperature dropped by 6°. DNLM. 79193. GUSHCHENKO, I. I. Khrarakteristika part ial'nogo davleni1 . kisloroda v kanale vulkana Bezymfånnogo v pro£sesse izverzhenifå. (Akademifa nauk SSSR. Doklady 1963. v. 148, no. 1, p. 191-93, graphs.) 2 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: A characteristic of the partial oxygen pressure in the chimney of Bezymyannyy volcano in the process of eruption.

398

Analyzes the FeOfFe202 ratio in the Bezymyannyy ashes collected during 19551961. Only ash from the 1955 eruption could be used to show the character of the qualitative changes of partial oxygen pressure in the chimney. Analysis of its composition establishes that increases in explosive force are associated with the DLC. decrease of partial 02 pressure. 79194. GUSHCHIN, V. V., and others. Novafii tekhnologia podzemnoT dobychi rudy na apatitovykh rudnikakh. (corny! zhurnal 1963, no. 1, p. 35-40, tables, illus.) In Russian. Other authors: S. N. Elin, A. V. StekhnovskiT and V. F. Abramov. Title tr.: New technology of underground ore extraction in apatite mines. The apatite-nepheline deposits of the Apatit Combine in Kola Peninsula consist of four parts: Kukisvumchorr, Yukspor, Rasvumchorr Tsirk, and Rasvumchorr Plateau; the first two are worked by the S. M. Kirov mining concern, the latter in the preparation stage. The artificial block caving system was introduced in 1936; in 1956, all phases of mining, from cutting to hoisting the ore were studied, improvements by mechanization, automation, and better coordination were worked out and introduced. Each element is discussed in some detail and data are given on increase of efficiency. DLC. 79195. GUSLIT$ER, B. I., and V. I. KANIVEß. Arkheologicheskie nakhodki v Kaninskor peshchere na verkhne! Pechore. (Akademifa nauk SSSR. Komi filial. Trudy 1960. no. 9, p. 118-29, table, illus.) 13 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Archeological finds in the Kanin cave on the upper Pechora. Describes the animal bones, stone, bone, and metal implements, and pottery discovered in 1958 during geomorphic survey of the Kanin Nos outcrop near the confluence of the Pikhtovka and Pechora. Bronze age artifacts of late second millennium B.C. predominate. Affinity is noted with cultures of the East European taiga, also with the Trans-Baykal and lower Ob. Typical for the last are figure-stamped vessels of the first millennium'A.D. in the upper horizons. The cave was evidently a sacrificial place. Local Voguls used it as such as late as the mid-19th century. Further studies might elucidate the ethnic origin of ancestral upper Pechora tribes: Ob Ugrian or Permiak. DLC. 79196. GUSS, D. E., and C. J. WADDINGTON. Observations on the solar particle events of July 1961. (Journal of geophysical

research 1963. v. 68, no. 9, p. 2619-25, tables, graphs.) 9 refs. Reports on two high altitude balloons flown in July 1961 and Apr.-May 1960 from Ft. Churchill, both carrying nuclear emulsions while large intensities of energetic particles associated with solar flares were arriving at the earth. Results are presented from analysis of the data obtained on the proton intensities, and spectra recorded during major polar-cap aurora events. The spectra of solar protons of 77.5-290 Mev energy measured on July 13, were found consistent with a power law of kinetic energy having an exponent y = 5.6 1- 0.3, a power law of total energy over rest energy having an exponent y = 47 ± 3, and an exponential law of rigidity with Po = 52 ± 3. The intensity of particles having energies equal or more than 77.5 Mev was found to be 1.69 ± 0.14 particles per cm.s star sec., and for particles with energy more than 100 Mev (July 18) the intensity was 40 ± Sp/cm.' ster sec. DLC. GUSS, D. E., see also No. 77492. GUSSOW, W. C., see No. 81439. 79197. GUSTAVSSON, A. Studies on Nordic peronosporas. Stockholm, Almqvist & Wiksell 1959. 2 v.: 271, 61 p. illus. (Opera botanica. v. 3, no. 1-2.) 500 refs. Reports field and museum studies, 19521958, of these parasitic fungi on plants in the Nordic countries, including the northern parts of Sweden, Norway, and Finland. Taxonomic revision and distribution (by province) of the known forms are dealt with in the first volume, and the species are listed according to host families (30). Problems of ecology, distribution, biometry, and taxonomy are discussed in v. 2. Host DLC. indexes are included. 79198. GVIZD', D. I., and A. N. PLATONENKOV. Opytnye issledovanifa po magnitno-telluricheskomu profilirovanifd v Ust'-Eniselskol vpadine. (Leningrad. N. -issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Trudy 1962. v. 132, Geofizicheskie metody razvedki v Arktike, no. 4, p. 140-42, graphs, map.) In Russian. Title tr.: Attempt at magnetic-telluric profiling in the lower Yenisey depression. Reports study of the geologic structure of the Malaya Kheta uplift by a new method which involves the average periodic variations of the natural electric field of the earth. In 1960, a 35 km. profile along the Malaya Kheta was examined. Telluric

current measurements were made at nine points. In 1961, 400 km. profiles were taken, with observations at 40 points. This method was found suitable for clarifying geologic structure of depths of the areas studied. DLC. 79199. GVOZDE'FSKII, N. A., and N. I. MIKHAILOV. Fizicheskafa geografifa SSSR, Aziatskafa chast'. Moskva, Geografgiz 1963. 571 p. maps, illus. 140 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Physical geography of the USSR, Asian part. Handbook on: Middle Asia and Central Kazakhstan, West Siberian lowland, Middle Siberia, mountains of southern Siberia, northeast Siberia, and the Far East. Each broad region is described as to general characteristics, geologic structure, relief, climate, rivers and lakes, soils, vegetation, animal life and natural resources. Each area is then considered in its natural zones: tundra, forest tundra, forests, forest-steppe and steppe. Arctic regions are dealt with such as the Taz, Yamal, and Gydan Peninsulas, the Ob, and Yenisey provinces, Severnaya Zemlya, Byrranga and Putorana Mts., Verkhoyansk province, the YanaOymyakon lowland; Chukotka-Koryak province, and Kamchatka. DLC. 79200. GZOWSKI, P. Journey down the railway that couldn't be built. (Maclean's magazine 1963. v. 76, no. 22, p. 30-31, illus.) Describes a trip on the Quebec, North Shore, and Labrador Railway from Wabash to Seven Islands. The line was built in 1950-1954 for the Iron Ore Co. of Canada, and the author, a chain-man on one of survey parties in 1952, depicts dismal working and living conditions. It has a single track with 30 sidings. Four diesels pull 115 open cars, each carrying 85 long tons of iron ore from Schefferville and Labrador City to the port of Seven Islands. Seven to nine ore trains per day in season make the 15 hour, 356 mi. run; there are two passenger trains weekly. CaOCU. 79201. GZOWSKI, P. The new soft life on the last frontier. (Maclean's magazine 1963. v. 76, no. 21, p. 24-27, +, illus.) Describes the town of Wabash in Labrador 200 mi. north of Seven Islands, Quebec, under construction since 1960, for the Wabash Mines iron ore production. About 1700 workers and 300 family members live there. Three miles away, in Labrador City, Iron Ore Co. of Canada is producing concentrated iron ore. The two towns are linked by a 38 mi. joint spur to the Quebec,

399

North Shore, and Labrador Railway. Iron mining in Labrador is reviewed briefly, and present working conditions compared with CaOCU. those of 1952. 79202. HAACK, P. M. Evaluating color, infrared, and panchromatic aerial photos for the Forest Survey of interior Alaska. (Photogrammetric engineering 1962. v. 28, no. 4, p. 592-98, tables.) 11 refs. Reports June 1957(7) tests of these three kinds of film in flights over sample strips of boreal forest. The ease with which vegetative types and stand-sizes could be recognized and tree heights measured is reported for each and comparisons made. From the results (tabulated), infrared film with a minus-blue filter was selected for DLC. use in the survey. HAACK, P. M., see also No. 83835. 79203. HAAG, W. G. The Bering Strait land bridge. (Scientific American 1962. v. 206, no. 1, p. 112-23, maps, sections.) Presents geological, botanical, and zoological evidence for a broad land bridge between Asia and North America, making possible the large-scale migration of animal and plant life during Tertiary and Pleistocene time. Recent studies indicate that the Bering-Chukchi plain was as much as 1300 mi. wide, was above water throughout most of the Tertiary as well as during maximum glaciation in the Pleistocene. Neither the Chukotsk Peninsula in Siberia nor the Seward Peninsula in Alaska was blocked by ice; much of central Alaska remained icefree during the ice age. The theory on the causes of glaciation, requiring a warm Arctic Ocean to provide moisture for precipitation over the Hudson Bay area, postulates also conditions favorable for life on the land bridge. Zoological and botanical evidence suggests a wide bridge: the animals that crossed it were not typical cold-climate species, and a bridge 700 mi. wide is believed necessary to account for the present distribution of plants in Alaska and northeastern Siberia. DLC. 79204. HAARTMAN, L. von. The nesting times of Finnish birds. (International Ornithological Congress 13th. Proceedings 1962 pub. 1963. v. 2, p. 611-19, table, graphs.) 5 refs. Study of passerine birds by mass inquiry methods, and from literature. It is concluded that both migratory and non-migratory species are "about equally influenced" in their nesting times by temperature conditions. The further northward, the

400

later the birds begin to lay, the differential being most pronounced in the early layers. DLC. HAAVE, C. R., see No. 84686. HABICHT, H. L., see No. 76983. 79205. HABITAT. Hay River. (Its: 1963. v. 6, no. 4, p. 18-21, illus.) Discusses the evaluation of rebuilding possibilities for this town, made by the Central Mortgage and Housing Corporation for Dept. of Northern Affairs and National Resources. Hay River is a community of approx. 1,300, at the mouth of the Hay on Great Slave Lake in Mackenzie District; it is fishing town and transshipment point for Mackenzie River Transport System; it was devastated by spring 1963 floods at the estuary. Tentative decision, was made to relocate the residential community two mi. from the existing townsite. The industrial area, on the present site, is to have flood protection. Overall development of Hay River on a sound economic basis is being planned. CaONA. 79206. HADAt, E. On the history and age of some arctic plant species. (In: Å. and D. Love. North American biota... 1963, p. 207-219, tables, maps.) 24 refs. Presents an extensive paleogeographic and paleobotanic sketch of the arctic and temperate zones, then analyzes the age and development of arctic plant groups and some individual species. Thirteen such groups are dealt with, including four circumpolar belts, two amphi-Atlantic belts, and European-alpine Atlantic, Eurasiatic, Beringian, East Siberian, Greenland-Spitsbergen, and Spitsbergen endemic groups. The arctic flora is considered as largely preglacial, formed during the Neogene and Pleistocene from local stock and from plants of the American and Eurasian mountains. DLC. HADFIELD, R. G., see No. 84396. 79207. HAEFELI, R. A numerical and experimental method for determining ice motion in the central parts of ice sheets. (In: Int. Assoc. of Scientific Hydrology. General Assembly 1963. Pub. 61, p. 253-60, graphs, table, illus.) 6 refs. Calculates the flow lines in the central portions of ice sheets, assuming the basic geometric requirements appropriate to elongated and to circular ice sheets. A simple formula is derived for calculating the age of the ice from its position and the

accumulation rate, and a method is noted for reproducing experimentally the flow lines for deformation in plane, first used in connection with the International Glaciological Expedition to Greenland 1957-1960. The flow phenomenon encountered on central Greenland and Antarctica is easily treated theoretically, but is almost inaccessible to direct observation, hence the kineDWB. matic formulation. HAEFELI, R., see also No. 79605. 79208. HAEKEL, J. Prof. P. Wilhelm Schmidts Bedeutung für die Religionsgeschichte des vorkolumbischen Amerika. (Saeculum 1956. v. 7, no. 1, p. 1-39.) Refs. In German. Title tr.: Importance of Prof. Wilhelm Schmidt's work for the study of American pre-Columbian religions. Includes his research on the totemism, shamanism, social organization, etc. of northern North American aborigines. Indian ancestral culture is considered linked to the late paleolithic or mesolithic hunting stages of Eurasia as well as to the paleolithic chopping tool complex of southThe initial penetration of east Asia. America occurred during times of maximum glaciation, across the Bering land bridge to Alaska, radiating north along the coast to the Mackenzie River and by an ice-free land route south to the Great Plains. Caribou-hunting Eskimos of the interior derived from mesolithic cultures of arctic DLC. Alaska and north Eurasia. 79209. HÄKLI, A. Distribution of nickel between the silicate and sulphide phases in some basic intrusions in Finland. Helsinki 1963. 54 p. graphs, tables, illus. (Finland. Geologinen tutkimuslaitos. Bulletin no. 209.) 52 refs. Discusses the distribution of nickel between olivine, pyroxene and amphibole and the co-existing sulfide phase, based on samples collected from 25 Finnish subsilicic intrusions during 1960-1962 and studied in the Outokumpu Co. Laboratory. Comparison is given of distribution coefficients from Finnish material with a few determinations from Rankin Inlet, Thompson, and Mystery Lake, Canada, Yakobi Island, Alaska, etc. The chemical equilibrium prevailing in the partition of nickel between the different phases in basic and ultrabasic rocks is established, e.g.: in olivines K = 0.000344; for pyroxene K = 0.00755; for amphiboles K ranges DLC. 0.0134-0.00755. 79210. HÄRÖ, A. S. Suomen kuntien väestii v. 1960 pinta aladiagrammana.

(Terra 1963. v. 75, no. 3, p. 245-56, maps, illus.) 7 refs. In Finnish. English summsty and captions. Title tr.: The population of the communes of Finland in 1960 as area-cartograms. Contains cartograms showing the Finnish communes proportionate in size to the 1950 and 1960 population figures. Communes are grouped by provinces (no. 9 Lapin lääni), and economic areas (no. 41 PohjoisPohjanmaa, no. 43 Lappi). Maps and cartograms indicate more than 21% of the working population in northern Finland were engaged in forestry and associated industries in 1950. Housing conditions in 1960 are shown; nearly all of northern Finland is included in the communes where occupancy exceeds the national average of 130 persons per 100 rooms by 25% or by DGS. 50%. HÄUSL, A., see No. 78399. HAFLING, J. W., see No. 78695. 79211. HAGBERG, S. Roentgen stereophotogrammetry in studies of liver-volume variations in the dog under the effect of haemorrhagic shock and hypothermia. (Acta chirurgica scandinavica 1961. Suppl. 279, p. 1-74, graphs, tables.) Approx. 75 refs. Description and evaluation of an improved method reported earlier by this author. Its application showed no effect of hypothermia on liver volume, but a decrease of 5% on rewarming. Liver volume after bleeding and after administration of adrenaline or noradrenaline, under conditions of normo- and hypothermia, are also described. DNLM. 79212. HAGE, C. 0. Geology and petroleum exploration, western arctic islands. (American Association of Petroleum Geologists. Bulletin 1963. v. 47, no. 2, p. 358-59.) Abstract. Summarizes the geology of the main structural features of the Queen Elizabeth Islands considered favorable for petroleum exploration: the Parry Island fold belt is a conformable sequence of Ordovician to Upper Devonian beds, the age of folding Hercynian; the Ordovician-Upper Devonian succession to the south, a gently dipping homocline, is broken by the north-south trending Boothia Arch on which movement took place during the Caledonian; the Sverdrup Basin north of the fold belt is a conformable sequence of Pennsylvanian to Tertiary strata, most noticeably folded in the eastern part. The Winter Harbour

401

anticline on the south side of the Parry Island fold belt was drilled by Dome et el in 1961-1962 to 12,543 ft., good reservoir beds were not encountered, but valuable DLC. information was obtained. 79213. HAGLUND, D. K. The Alaska marine highway referendum: a case study in sectionalism. (Social science 1962. v. 37, no. 2, p. 85-95.) Analyzes geographically the political struggle in Alaska over a proposition to acquire, construct, equip, and make necessary capital improvements to state ferries, ferry facilities, roads, and highways. Of a principal sum of $23 million, $15 million was specified for a 473 mi. marine highway through the Alexander Archipelago from Prince Rupert, B.C. to Skagway in Southeast Alaska. The proposition was approved at the Nov. 8, 1960 general election; analysis of the voting pattern and the apparent rationale of the electorate indicates the south-central section surrounding Anchorage with 50% of the electorate opposed on the grounds that 100% of the taxpayers supply a service for 25% of the population; the remainder of the state approved more or less, on grounds of general benefits; logrolling also is suggested as a factor. CaMAI. 79214. HAGLUND, D. K. Teaching northern geography in U.S. high schools and colleges. (North 1963. v. 10, no. 2, p. 36-39.) Discusses the paucity of instruction on the Arctic and Subarctic. Student enrollments in courses dealing with northern areas are enumerated by college, course, and academic year for 1959/60-1961/62: total enrollment was 1430 or .0014 of all geography enrollments. Of the 1430, 637 were in courses dealing with all of Canada. DLC. 79215. HAHN, P., and others. Temperature adaptation during postnatal development. (Federation proceedings 1963. v. 22, no. 3, pt. 1, p. 824-27, graphs.) 18 refs. Other authors: O. Koldovsky, J. Kr6c6k, J. Martinek and Z. Vacek. Report on experiments with newborn rats exposed, with mother and nest, to 3'-33° C., at first for brief periods and from the 12th postnatal day permanently. Animals raised in one environment were also tested in the other. Rectal temperature, Or consumption, organ weight, etc. indicate different mechanisms of adaptation in young and adult animals. DLC. 79216. HAINES, D. A., and J. S. WINSTON. Monthly mean values and spatial

402

distribution of meridional transport of sensible heat. (U. S. Weather Bureau. Monthly weather review 1963. v. 91, no. 7, p. 319-28, charts, graphs.) 20 refs. Examines latitudinal, longitudinal, and temporal variations in northward heat transport by the atmosphere. Data for each 5° of latitude 20°-80° N. and for each 5° of longitude at 45° N. and 60° N. are computed geostrophically for the 850-500 mb layer during Oct. 1958—Mar. 1962. The latitudinal values indicate an annual cycle of transport showing a strong maximum at 45°-50° N. in the cold season with maximum heat convergence at 55°-65° N. and maximum divergence at 30°-40° N. Annual differences in transport are greatest during December. At 60° N., a heat transport maximum appears occasionally over the eastern Atlantic and western Europe; apparently the amount of heat advected into the Arctic depends strongly upon the DGS. state of circulation in this area. HAIST, K. E., see No. 77128. 79217. HAJDÜJ, P., and T. MIKOLA. Az 1962. F°v finnugor nyelveszeti munkåssåga. (Szeged. Tudomånyegyetem. Acta Universitatis Szegediensis. Sectio ethnographica et linguistics. Na prajz es nyelvtudomåny 1963. v. 7, p. 163-78.) In Hungarian. Title tr.: Finno-Ugric linguistic literature published in 1962. Lists with annotations some 300 books and papers, about half of them on Lapps, Zyryans, Samoyeds, Voguls, and Ostyaks. A similar bibliography for 1961 by the senior author (pub. in the same journal 1962, v. 5-6, p. 121-34) has about 50 items on northern Finno-Ugrians. DLC. 79218. HAJDÜ, P. Die Frage des Stufenwechsels in den samojedischen Sprachen. (Ural-altaische Jahrbücher 1962. v. 34, no. 1-2, p. 41-54.) Refs. In German. Title tr.: The problem of stage shift in Samoyed languages. Argues against its being of proto-Samoyed origin; it is considered a secondary phonological phenomenon in Nganasan and Sel'kup. DLC. 79219. HAJDÜ, P. The Samoyed peoples and languages. Bloomington, Ind. 1963. 114 p. (Indiana Univ. publications, Uralic and Altaic series, v. 14.) Approx. 450 refs. Monographic study of the Yurak, Tavgi, Yenisey and Ostyak Samoyeds, known respectively as the Nenets: 25,000 in number by the 1959 census, 85.7% speaking the mother tongue, the Nganasans: 700, 93.4%,

the Enets: 300, and the Sel'kups: 4,000, 50.6%. Their distribution, physical characteristics, traditional economy, social structure, material culture, folklore, religion and shamanism are described and an outline of tribal -history is given. Present-day conditions in the Nenets, Yamal-Nenets, and Taymyr National Districts, kolkhoz economy, education, etc. are sketched. The phonology and grammatical structure of the two best known languages (Nenets and Sel'kup) with dialects and subdialects are discussed and basic linguistic studies since the 18th century reviewed. The exhaustive bibliography (to 1960) includes about 60 publications in Samoyed, mostly of educaDLC. tional and economic character. 79220. HAJDÜ, P. A szelkup locativust6l ~s ablativustbl a magyar visszahat6 nhvmØig. (Szeged. Tudoms;,nyegyeten. Acta Universitatis Szegediensis. Sectio ethnographica et linguistica. NSprajz 6s nyelvtudomåny 1963. v. 7, p. 5-18, tables.) Refs. In Hungarian. German summary. Title tr.: The locative and ablative in Sel'kup and Samoyed correspondences to the Hungarian reflexive pronoun. Comparative etymological and morphological study of Sel'kup Samoyed dialects. Only in the Taz River dialect is a functional and structural difference between the two DLC. cases preserved.

Highway between Whitehorse and Big Delta, Alaska. The so-called glaciers consist of sheets, terraces, domes and cones of ice, in spots more than 20 ft. thick, and in some cases covering thousands of acres. Conditions favoring this kind of ice formation, especially as connected with highway construction in permafrost areas, as well as various types of occurrence are described and illus. Distribution of the 56 examples studied and related geological features are mapped, partly in color, on fairly large scale. Suggestions are offered for eliminating or minimizing their occurrence on the Ilighway, and relocation is shown on maps. Actual prevention of icings is considered impossible; practical measures consist in good route selection, and efforts to confine the icing or to cause the water to cross the road before freezing. If eliminative measures fail, ice must be removed from the road bed. DLC.

79221. HAJDÜ, P. Von der Klassifikation der samojedischen Schamanen. (In: DiØ zegi, V. ed. Glaubenswelt ... 1963, p. 161-90, table.) Approx. 75 refs. In German. Title tr.: Classification of Samoyed shamans. Comparative linguistic study of Nenets, Enets, Nganasan, and Sel'kup terms applied to different categories of shamans, helperspirits, and paraphernalia. Shamans are differentiated according to abilities and powers, and three major classes recognized: those who consort with spirits and work miracles, those primarily healers and soothsayers, and those who merely interpret dreams and heal minor ailments. Each of these classes has many sub-groups including white (good) and black (bad) shamans. Their powers, fields of activity, degree of spirit control, etc. are discussed. DLC.

79223. HAKURA, Y., and others. Polar blackouts associated with severe geomagnetic storms on Sept. 13th, 1957 and Feb. 11th, 1958. (Japan. Science Council. Report of ionosphere and space research in Japan 1958. v. 12, no. 4, p. 459-68, graphs, maps.) 18 refs. Other authors: Y. Takenoshita and T. Otsuki. Reprinted in: Japan. Radio Research Laboratories. Journal 1959. v. 6, no. 27. Investigates these worldwide ionospheric disturbances, using data of several arctic and a few antarctic stations. A distinct region of abnormal ionization (blackout) appears in the polar region about 20 hr. before the onset of geomagnetic storms. Such an ionized region builds up in the polar cap by the time of the sudden commencement of the storm, then spreads toward lower latitudes as the storm develops. During its main phase, spiral-like abnormal ionization region is formed. Patterns of these spirals are deduced from .fmin (minimum ionospheric frequency) data of Tikhaya Bay and other stations, and illus. in eight diagrams of the Arctic region. The tops of such spirals face the sun, their tails extend to lower latitudes on the nighttime hemisphere. Polar blackout is considered to be caused by the clouds of electrically charged particles erupted by the sun. DLC.

79222. HAKE, B. F. "Glaciers" on Alcan Highway; Whitehorse, Y. T., to Fairbanks, Alaska, 1943. 241. illus., maps. Reports a survey carried out Feb. 14-23, 1943, for the Northwest Service Command, of 56 occurrences of icing along the Alaska

79224. HAKURA, Y. Polar cap blackout and auroral zone blackout. (Japan. Radio Research Laboratories. Journal 1960. v. 7, no. 34, p. 583-97, tables, graphs, maps.) 29 refs. Analyzes statistically data on typical

403

disturbances recorded on ionograms at Thule, Resolute Bay, Baker Lake, Ft. Churchill, and other northern stations during IGY period of 1957-1958. Characteristic patterns of the polar cap and auroral zone blackouts are obtained. Interpretation of the dynamics of polar blackouts is attempted by correlating them with the corpuscular ejection from the flares on the surface of the sun. Two-step attack of solar corpuscles on the polar ionosphere is proposed, and some evidence shown in favor of this hypothesis. According to it, the polar cap blackout is caused by the high energy protons of 10-100 mew which are produced in the agitated solar plasma cloud at its passage through the solar coronal region; the auroral zone blackouts are related to the auroral particles trapped in the cloud responsible for a geomagnetic storm. DLC. 79225. HAKURA, Y., and T. GOH. Pre-SC polar cap ionospheric blackout and type IV solar radio outburst. (Japan. Radio Research Laboratories. Journal 1959. v. 8, no. 28, p. 635-50, graphs, maps, tables.) 36 refs. Attempts to explain the pre-SC polar cap blackout as caused by solar plasma cloud ejected by the sun during solar flares, accompanied by radio outburst type IV. This outburst is due to synchrotron radiation by relativistic electrons in helical motion around the lines of the magnetic field frozen into the plasma cloud. Some high energy protons escape from the cloud, and reach the earth approx. 20 hr. before the parent cloud responsible for the geomagnetic storm. These fast protons enter the lower ionosphere and ionize it, increasing the electron density which causes polar cap blackout to occur hours before the sudden commencement (SC) of the storm. Outstanding solar-terrestrial phenomena during the ICY are presented in tables, from data of 11 stations 58.8°-82° N. DLC. 79226. HAKURA, Y., and J. V. LINCOLN. A suggestion for improving forecasts of geomagnetic storms. (Journal of geophysical research 1963. v. 68, no. 5, p. 1563-64, graph.) Proposes a technique based on monitoring HF (high frequency) transmissions from within the north polar cap. These transmissions can be used as indicators of polar cap absorption events (PCA) by observing the sudden short-wave fadeouts (SWF) which mark the time of PCA onset. A PCA event signals as SC (sudden commencement) geomagnetic storm in 24-48

404

hours from the onset time with 70% or more probability. HF stations such as that operating on 9.9195 and 12.0365 Mc(s at Thule could give warning of an approaching SC storm to middle latitude stations which would broadcast the time of expected geomagnetic storms and auroral zone radioDLC. propagation disturbances. HAKURA, Y., see also No. 79604. 79227. HALDENBY, A. The Anglican Church in Yukon, an address delivered at Dawson Kiwanis Club in May, 1963. 1963. 14 p. Typescript. Presents notes on the development of the Church in Yukon Territory and Northwest Territories, from 1859 when a church, mission house, and school were built at Fort Simpson. Expansion under Bishop Bompas, churches built, succession of ministers at various settlements, activities of synods, etc. are recorded. No statistical information is included. CaONA. 79228. HALE, H. B., and R. B. MEFFERD, Jr. Thermal spectrum analysis of thyroid-dependent phases of nitrogen and mineral metabolism. (Federation proceedings 1963. v. 22, no. 3, pt. 1, p. 766-71, graphs.) 12 refs. Study of rats acclimatized to 2, 24 or 30 C. Inverse and essentially linear variations with temperature were found in all groups for urine output, urea, certain amino-acids, inorganic phosphate, K, Mg, Ca and weight loss in fasting animals. The similarity of thyroid secretion as effected by these temperatures is noted, and taken to indicate thyroid regulation of the studied functions. DLC. SALFORD, R. G., see No. 78900. 79229. HALL, H. S., Jr. Dora Keen (American alpine Handy, 1871-1963. journal 1963. v. 13, no. 2, p. 465-66.) Obituary of this American mountaineer, first person to climb 16,140-ft. Mt. Blackburn in Alaska in 1912. DGS. 79230. HALLIDAY, E. M. The ignorant armies, the Anglo-American Archangel expedition 1918-19. London, Weidenfeld and Nicolson 1961. 232 p. maps, illus. 41 refs. Account of this abortive attempt with some five thousand infantry and engineers to combat the Bolshevik forces. Arkhangel'sk Province, physical conditions and peasant life in the area are described in some detail, as is the Red Army campaign

on the Dvina and Vaga Rivers, the dayto-day struggle, eventual withdrawal of the allied troops. DLC. HALLIDAY, G., see No. 82150. 79231. HALLWACHS, 0., and others. Die Bedeutung der tiefen Körpertemperatur für die Auslösung der chemischen Temperaturregulation 1-2. (Pflügers Archiv für die gesamte Physiologie 1961. v. 274, no. 2, p. 97-124, tables, illus.) 39 refs. In German. Other authors pt. 1: H. Hupfer and R. Thauer; pt. 2: R. Thauer and W. Usinger. Title tr.: The significance of low body temperature in effecting chemical thermoregulation, 1-2. Dogs made hypothermic by direct or indirect cooling of the blood, with skin temperature kept normal or above normal, always showed cold shivering when rectal temperature dropped below. Chlorpromazine suppressed this shivering for a long period. The results suggest the existence of cold receptors inside the body. Pt. 2 (p. 115-24) reports cold shivering in dogs with reduced body temperature, the skin temperature kept normal or above normal and brain temperature also elevated. This further suggests the existence of central, DLC. non-cerebral, cold-receptors. 79232. HALLWACHS, 0., and W. BRENDEL. L'hemodynamique peripherique dans l'hypothermie par circulation extracorporeale. (Annales de chirurgie 1962. v. 16, no. 7-8, p. 574-75, graphs.) In French. Title tr.: Peripheral hemodynamics in hypothermia through extra-corporeal circulation. Reports on experiments with dogs in staged hypothermia, down to 10° C. With circulation constant, arterial blood pressure dropped with falling temperature. This implies a reduction in peripheral resistance due apparently to a drop in vascular tonus, produced by direct or indirect influence of DNLM. cold.

Claire. (Cahiers de *graphic! de Quebee 1963. v. 7, no. 14, p. 193-209, illus.) 34 refs. In French. English summary. Title tr.: Geomorphological mapping applied to periglacial phenomena. Study prepared for the Canadian committee of the Commission on periglacial geomorphology of the International Geographical Union. Proposes a simple and practical set of some hundred or more symbols for use in the preparation of periglacial maps; examples suitable for a 1:50,000-scale base map are shown on a folded sheet. Four types of symbols are distinguished: designs for phenomena e.g. patterned ground, lines and curves for conditions, line patterns for regions, and letters to indicate aspects of applied periglacial studies. The symbols are also grouped according to eight types or processes: ge lisolation (frost action), gelifraction (frost splitting), gdlifluction (periglacial solifluction), nivalisation (snow proceases), action of floating ice, gelifluviation (soaking under periglacial conditions), wind action, and polygonation (patterned ground). A glossary explains a dozen DGS. periglacial terms. 79235. HAMELIN, L. E. Notice necrologigue, Andre Grenier. (Cahiers de geSographie de Quebec, Oct. 1960—Mar. 1961. v. 5, no. 9, p. 90-91, port. ) In French. Obituary notice of this 25-yr.-old member of the McGill Subarctic Research Laboratory, who lost his life in Aug. 1960, on the Korok River, southeast of Ungava Bay. DLC.

79233. HALTSONEN, S. Finnische linguistische und volkskundliche Bibliographie für die Jahre 1959-1961. (Studia fennica 1963. v. 10, no. 4, p. 2-67.) In German. Title tr.: Finnish linguistic and folkloristic bibliography for 1959-1961. Lists over 2,000 titles: about 20% on Lapps, Zyryans, and Ob-Ugrians. Similar bibliographies for 1935-1958 appeared in DSI. Ø. v. 3-7, 9.

79236. HAMILTON, A. C. Gravity measurements in Canada, January 1, 1960 to December 31, 1962. Ottawa 1963. 34 p. maps, graphs, illus.) (Canada. Dominion Observatories. Publications v. 28, no. 3.) 49 refs. Submitted to the 13th General Assembly of the International Association of Geodesy, IUGG, Berkeley, Cal. 1963. Summarizes non-commercial research in gravity as in previous triennial reports, cf. No. 65004. Developments in the North include: extension of the national primary network of gravity control stations to the arctic coast, underwater measurements across Hudson Bay, measurements on sea ice on the Polar Continental Shelf Project, mapping of about 540,000 sq. mi. in some four northern areas; gravity in glaciological, fossil crater, structural geology, geodetic investigations, etc. Publications (49) are DLC. listed.

79234. HAMELIN, L. E. Cartographic i e omorphologique appliquee au perigla-

79237. HAMILTON, C. L. Hypothalamic temperature records of a monkey. (Society 405

for Experimental Biology and Medicine. Proceedings 1963. v. 112, no. 1, p. 55-57, illus.) 3 refs. Study of little known conditions by continuous recording. Distinct diurnal fluctuations were found in non-isolated rhesus monkeys, which however were attenuated in isolation. Feeding sessions were accompanied by a rise in temperature, which was DLC. larger in isolation. 79238. HAMILTON, L. D. Century: secret city of the snows. New York, Putnam 1963. 96 p. illus. 15 refs. Describes for general readers this subsurface research station 138 mi. east of Tuto on the Greenland Inland ice, the construction techniques, installation of the nuclear power plant, transportation, etc. Personnel, clothing, supplies, recreation, are sketched and the snow and ice research is outlined and illus. A prefabricated structure 16 x 70 x 9 ft. high was developed which can be built and installed in an ice tunnel in 17° F. in less than 1000 hrs. Project Thermal Drill is noted which proposes to date the inland ice and determine past climates, etc. Earlier experiments in subsurface housing by Wegener, Victor, and by U.S Army Engineers at Site II and at Mile 218 are also sketched. DGS. 79239. HAMILTON, W. G. Transportation in the Yukon. (In: Northern Resources Conference ... 1963. 5 p.) Discusses its key role in resource development. The primary task is to assemble mineral products to Whitehorse for shipment to port in Alaska. Whitehorse is also the distribution point for supplies from outside. The roles of various carriers are considered: trucking and winter roads, aircraft, pipeline, railway, and coastal freighter. Competitive rates and reliability encourage future expansion in transport. CaOGB. HAMILTON, W. L., see No. 84343. 79240. HAMMEL, H. T. Effect of race on response to cold. (Federation proceedings 1963. v. 22, no. 3, pt. 1, p. 795-800, table, graphs.) 20 refs. Using a variety of sources, author distinguishes and describes three types of responses to whole-body exposure to moderate cold, those of urban Europeans or Americans, of Australian aborigines, and of Alacaluf Indians. Eskimos' and Arctic Indians' responses are between the first and third. Further variants found are Koreans, Andean Indians, etc. Body conductance in these groups is calculated

406

and analyzed, and the effects of diet, physical fitness, etc. on cold-responses are DLC. noted. 79241. HAMMEL, H. T. Summary of comparative thermal patterns in man. (Federation proceedings 1963. v. 22, no. 3, pt. 1, p. 846-50.) Ref. Presents a hypothetical, historical reconstruction of man's movement and adaptation to the subtropical climate by mastering the handling of fire, and into the moderate and arctic zone, by inventing clothing and housing. Primitive groups in the cool climate who have not developed so-called thermal technology still retain a degree of cold habituation, as outlined. Following this paper (p. 848-50) is a general discussion of several papers on temperature regulatory patterns in man. DLC. 79242. HAMMEL, H. T., and others. Temperature regulation by hypothalamic proportional control with an adjustable set point. (Journal of applied physiology 1963. v. 18, no. 6, p. 1146-54, graphs.) 28 refs. Other authors: D. C. Jackson, J. A. J. Stolwijk, J. D. Hardy and S. B. Strømme. Comprehensive study on the role of the hypothalamic and skin temperatures in controlling the thermal response of dogs and monkeys at rest. Results indicate that in the cold they shiver with the same or higher hypothalamic temperatures as in a neutral environment; that the hypothalamus is strongly responsive to a rise or fall of 1° C.; the rate of heat loss increases at the onset of sleep, while hypothalamic temperature is 1-2° C. lower, with conditions reversed upon awakening. The thesis of set-point in temperature regulation is discussed in connection with the results. DLC. 79243. HAMMEL, H. T., and others. Thermal and metabolic response of the Kalahari bushmen to moderate cold exposure at night. Fort Wainwright, Alaska 1963. 29 p. tables, graphs, illus. (U.S. Arctic Aeromedical Lab. TDR-62Ø.) 16 refs. Other authors: J. A. Hildes, D. C. Jackson and H. T. Andersen. Reports study of ten bushmen and four Europeans exposed at night, lightly covered, to about 6° C. Rectal and foot temperature as well as calculated mean body temperature fell lower in the bushmen than in the Europeans. Mean skin temperature started higher in the natives but was identical at nights' end. Heat production started the same but rose half as high in the natives. The bushmen shivered less and slept more continuously than the Europeans. CaMAI.

HAMMEL, H. T., see also No. 77005. 79244. HAMMER, M. A few more oribatids from Greenland and Lapland. (Entomologiske meddelelser 1960. v. 29, no. 7, p. 360-63.) 18 refs. Records four species of these non-parasitic mites living mostly in wet moss. Some have a wide distribution, being reported from mountains in Europe and South America. DSI. 79245. HAMMERICH, L. L. An arctic hunting method mentioned in the Bible? (Folk 1963. v. 5, p. 133-42.) 11 refs. Daniel's killing a dragon by lumps of tallow with iron core in the apocryphal tale of Bel and the dragon resembles and old Eskimo and Lappish hunting method. It involves an instrument known as the "wolf-killer," folded spring-spits encased in hard fat. When swallowed, the fat melts and the baleen spits pierce the intestines. DLC. 79246. HAMMOND, R. Foundations and soil properties, a practical guide to the methods of improving the physical properties of ground to increase its strength. London, Macdonald & Co. 1961. 181 p. graphs, tables, illus. Refs. Includes, p. 100-104, description of freezing process used to strengthen fine silt or fine sand while sinking shafts for foundations. Apparatus consists of a cold-producing circuit; no preparatory work is required and other work can be carried on during the process. As freezing takes place, a wall of ice is formed through which shaft sinking can proceed. Two to five months later, the frozen cylinders of ground surrounding each borehole combine, forming a protective watertight cylinder. The Denis-Foraky teleclinograph is described in some detail as is its method of determining a given borehole direction. Examples of successful use of the Foraky process are given. DLC. HANAMURA, H., see No. 79594. 79247. HAN(5AR, F. Aus dem Arbeitsbereich der sowjetischen Ur- and Frühgeschichtsforschung. (Saeculum 1960. v. 11, no. 1-2, p. 64-88.) Over 100 refs. In German. Title tr.: Soviet studies in the field of archeology and early history. Reviews trends in ethnographic theories and recent field activities, including studies of the paleolithic sites at Mal'ta, Buret' and the upper Angara valley. DLC. 79248. HANEL, R. A., and others. The

infrared horizon of the planet Earth. (Journal of the atmospheric sciences 1963. v. 20, no. 2, p. 73-86, graphs, tables.) 17 refs. Other authors: W. It. Bandeen, and B. J. Conrath. Horizon sensors are essential elements in the orientation systems of many space vehicles and satellites. Evaluation of their capabilities and limitations requires a knowledge of the spectral radiance emitted by the earth. The discontinuity between the surface, the atmosphere, and outer space is investigated for various latitudinal, seasonal, climatic, and meteorological conditions, including arctic. Calculations are carried out for five spectral intervals: the water vapor band 6.33-6.85 A, the ozone band 8.9-10.1 a, the atmospheric window 10.75-11.75 µ, the carbon dioxide band 14-16 p, and the rotational water vapor band 21-125 Ei. Superior properties of the last two bands for horizon sensor purposes DGS. are shown. 79249. HANNA, G. D. Oil seepages on the arctic coastal plain, Alaska. San Francisco 1963. 18 p. map, plate. (California Academy of Sciences. Occasional papers no. 38.) 37 refs. Summarizes information on the U.S. Naval Petroleum Reserve no. 4 and areas to the east, from the first record of oil by J. Murdoch of Lieut. P. H. Ray's Expedition for the First International Polar Year 1881-1883. Private investigations in the early 1920's, the Reserve set up in 1923, and subsequent U.S. Geological Survey work, particularly during 1944-53 are sketched. Eskimos' methods of gathering residue at the Cape Simpson seepages, animals and birds trapped in the seepages, DOS. etc. are also noted. 79250. HANNA, W. C. Second specimen of the dovekie from Alaska. (Condor 1961. v. 63, no. 4, p. 338.) Notes a second find of the anklet Plautus alle, adult, unsexed, on Little Diomede, on July 8, 1948. Size, weight, flight, etc. of this locally very rare, east-arctic species, DLC. are recorded. 79251. HANNON, J. P. Cellular mechanisms in the metabolic acclimatization to cold. (American Inst. of Physics. Temperature, its measurement and control... v. 3. 1962-63. " pt. 3, p. 469-84, tables, graphs, illus.) 118 refs. Defines insulative acclimatization and metabolic acclimatization, elaborating on the latter as to non-shivering thermogenesis, acclimatization and tissue respiration of the

407

liver, muscle, etc.; biological basis of chemical thermogenesis, including the tricarboxylic acid cycle, glycolysis, lipid and protein catabolism. The effects of duration of cold exposure are also discussed, followed by description of the three acclimatization stages and the harmonic processes governing DLC. them. 79252. HANNON, J. P. Current status of carbohydrate metabolism in the coldacclimatized mammal. (Federation proceedings 1963. v. 22, no. 3, pt. 1, p. 856-61, graphs, illus.) 40 refs. Review of the problem based on own work and other sources, with emphasis on the role of the enzyme system in intermediary metabolism. It is indicated that prolonged cold-exposure elevates the catalytic capacity of the system and many of its components. Changes in electron transport also appear to contribute to heat production of the acclimatized mammal DLC. 79253. HANNON, J. P., and A. ROSENTHAL. Effects of cold acclimatization on liver di- and triphosphopyridine. (American journal of physiology 1963. v. 204, no. 3, p. 515-16, table.) 15 refs. Liver tissue from cold-exposed rats showed 65% more reduced and total triphosphopyridine nucleotides, than tissue from controls kept at room temperature. The significance of these changes to the efficiency of oxidative phosphorylation is discussed. DLC. 79254. HANNON, J. P., and J. L. DURRER. Seasonal variations in blood volume and circulating metabolite levels of the husky dog. (American journal of physiology 1963. v. 204, no. 3, p. 317-19, table.) 21 refs. Total blood volumes of dogs living outdoors in the subarctic were about 25% greater in the winter than in the summer. Winter also produced an increase of all plasma lipids studied, a sizable elevation of plasma protein concentration, and a smaller elevation of plasma non-protein nitrogen. DLC. 79255. HANNON, J. P., and J. L. DURRER. Seasonal variations in the blood volume and circulating metabolite levels of the husky dog. Fort Wainwright, Alaska 1963. 8 p. table. (U.S. Arctic Aeromedical Lab. TDR-62-53.) 21 refs. Study of six huskies living in the open under subarctic conditions showed a 25% increase of blood volume in the winter

408

(erythrocytes 38%, plasma 14%). Blood plasma showed increases in total lipids (44%), phospholipids (40%), proteins (28%), cholesterol (24%), and non-protein N CaMAI. (14%). 79256. HANNON, J. P., and others. Some physiological and biochemical effects of norepinephrine in the cold-acclimatized rat. (Federation proceedings 1963. v. 22, no. 3, pt. 1, p. 78388, tables, graphs.) 18 refs. Other authors: E. Evonuk and A. M. Larson.) Account of investigation (with following discussion) on adult rats acclimatized for 2-4 months to 4 ± 1° C. It is concluded that epinephrine is probably not the sole mediator in non-shivering thermogenesis and that its calorigenic action might predominate during transition from one metabolic stParly state to another, thus serving to raise quickly metabolism during severe cold stress. DLC. HANNON, J. P., see also Nos. 78579, 78580, 78581, 78582, 81265, 84037. 79257. HANSEN, H. H. Canada geese of coastal Alaska. (North American Wildlife Conference 27th. Transactions 1962. p. 301-320, tables, maps, illus.) 15 refs. Discusses the number of living and extinct subspecies of Branfa canadensis, distribution and migration, breeding range and winter range. Population estimates, harvest and mortality, are reported. Conservation implication and suggestions given. Text of ensuing discussion is included. DLC. 79258. HANSEN, H. P. Cycles and geochronology. San Francisco 1961. 24 p. tables. (California Academy of Sciences. Occasional papers no. 31.) 67 refs. Discusses several dating methods, e.g. radiocarbon, verve clays, pollen analysis, peat stratigraphy, volcanic ash and pumice; and presents a general chronology of the Pleistocene and correlations of late-glacial and postglacial stratigraphy in European and North American areas (including North and Southeast Alaska), as determined by these methods. The Bering land bridge is discussed: by glaciation and deglaciation, a way for man into North America and for plant and animal migration, possibly 10,000-15,000 years ago, previously about 50,000 years ago. The so-called little ice age, about 1600-1750 A.D., glacial advances in Alaska and Northern Europe, pronounced retreat 1750-1800, readvance till 1850, then general retreat till the present are traced. Marked climatic changes during

the million-year Pleistocene resulted in four-five major glaciations in the Northern Hemisphere, with displacement of biota by advancing ice and extinction of many species of megafauna. The record indicates the occurrence of more glacial stages within the next 10,000 years. DGS. 79259. HANSEN, P. M. Cod fry and small cod in coastal waters and on the offshore banks of West Greenland in 1960. (International Council for the Exploration of the Sea. Annales biologiques 1960 pub. 1962. v. 17, p. 121-22, map, illus.) Reports on catches between 62° and 68° N. during Jan.—June. In general, number of eggs and larvae was small, larvae being abundant only at 65°-66° N. Small fish were abundant, except age group I (1959 DSI. year-class). 79260. HANSEN, P. M. Cod fry and small cod in coastal water and on the offshore banks of West Greenland in 1961. (International Council for the Exploration of the Sea. Annales biologiques 1961, pub. 1963. v. 18, p. 104-105, map.) Reports on occurrence of eggs, larvae and cod of age-group I-III during Jan.—July. Eggs and larvae were scarce, as in the previous two years, and so, in general, were young fish in the inshore waters. DSI. 79261. HANSEN, P. M. Cod investigations in the coastal waters and on the offshore banks of West Greenland in 1960. (International Council for the Exploration of the Sea. Annales biologiques 1960 pub. 1962. v. 17, p. 125-33, tables, graphs, maps, illus.) Study of age composition of over 3000 fish caught by hand-line or long-line with size (length) given in 5 cm. groups. Results indicate that hand-lines yielded younger and smaller cod than long-lines. Monthly differences in age-length composition of catches are presented, as well as similar differences between sexes. Age at first maturity is also determined and tagging DSI. activities in 1960 summarized. 79262. HANSEN, P. M. Cod investigations in the coastal waters and on the offshore banks of West Greenland in 1961. (International Council for the Exploration of the Sea. Annales biologiques 1961 pub. 1963. v. 18, graphs, maps, table.) Reports age composition, length, weight and year classes of catches from different banks, inshore waters, and fiords. Dominant year-classes on different areas are noted;

conditions are compared with previous years. DSI. 79263. HANSEN, P. M. Danish investigations in West Greenland. (International Council for the Exploration of the Sea. Annales biologiques 1961, pub. 1963. v. 18, p. 80-81, table.) Reports on trawling experiments for small redfish made in Godthåb Fjord every month, except in June. Tagging activities were not carried out but recaptured redfish DSI. are recorded. 79264. HANSEN, P. M. Rddfish, Danish investigations in Godthåb Fjord. (International Council for the Exploration of the Sea. Annales biologiques 1960 pub. 1962. v. 17, p. 96, table.) Record of length frequencies of (small) fish caught with shrimp trawl. Hauls were made every month except May, June and DSI. August. 79265. HANSEN, P. M. En sjaelden fisk i grønlandske farvande. (Grønland 1963, no. 10, p. 393-95, illus.) 4 refs. In Danish. Title tr.: A rare fish in Greenland waters. Describes a longnose lancetfish caught by handline 8-10 mi. west of Faeringehavn in 1957 at 40-50 m. depth. Four previous records of Alepisaurus feror are known from West Greenland 1884-1930; all the specimens were sent to Zoologisk Museum in CaMAI. Copenhagen. 79266. HANSEN, P. M. Sjaeldne hajer i grønlandske farvande. (Grønland 1963, no. 5, p. 161-72, illus.) 8 refs. In Danish. Title tr.: Rare sharks in Greenland waters. Presents biological descriptions of Centroscyllium fabricii found north to Holsteinsborg on the west coast and Angmagssalik on the east, Squalus acanthias found more rarely, and Cetorhinus maximus of which one certain record, though probably giving rise to the local tales of sea monsters, cf. CaMAI. No. 47671. 79267. HANSEN, P. M. Tagging experiments with the Greenland shark, Somniosus microcephalus (Bloch and Schneider), in Subarea 1. (International Commission for the Northwest Atlantic Fisheries. Special publication 1963. no. 4, p. 172-75, tables, map.) Describes the fishing and handling of sharks destined for tagging, the types of tags used, and the ways and places of attaching them. Rates of return, and distances traveled are also considered. Tagging was conducted in 1936, 1939, 1948

409

and 1949; recaptures are reported up to 16 CaMAI. or more years after tagging.

wave radio known as the Hals-Stßrmer DLC. long period echo.

HANSON, W. C., see No. 81904.

79271. HARDENBERGH, E., and others. Venous pressure in the rabbit foot before and after freezing injury. (Angiology 1963. v. 14, no. 10, p. 497-505, tables, illus.) 24 refs. Other authors: R. Coniff and J. B. Roberts. Reports study of cold injury by measuring pressure changes in small veins. After freezing to -20 to -30° C. and five minutes thawing in warm water, venous pressure rose slowly or suddenly and remained high for at least several hours. The increased pressure contributes considerably to the swelling and cyanosis of the affected area. DLC.

79268. HANTKE, G. Übersicht über die vulkanische Tätigkeit 1957-1959. (IUGG. Association of Volcanology. Bulletin volcanologique 1962. v. 24, p. 321-48, illus.) 64 refs. In German. Title tr.: Summary of volcanic activity 1957-1959. Includes eruptions of: Vsevidof on Umnak Island in the Aleutians Mar. 1957; Shiveluch, Klyuchevskaya, Bezymyannaya, Tolbachik, Karymskiy, Koryakskaya, and other Kamchatka volcanoes; also evidence of a submarine volcano on the Lomonosov Range at about 88°16' N. 65°36' W. and depth of 1463 m., observed from the drifting station North Pole-3 in 1957 (cf. No. 51050). DGS. 79269. HARANG, L. M. Drift of the ionosphere at high latitude determined from radio star scintillations. (Journal of atmospheric and terrestrial physics 1963. v. 25, no. 3, p. 109-119, graphs.) 9 refs. Corroborates that the uniform drift westward of the 350-500 km. high region causing the scintillations, is in accord with the view of a non-rotating part of the polar ionosphere. This result was obtained by observing the radio-noise emission from the Cassiopeia source on 45 Mc/s recorded simultaneously at three points, and by studying the drift of the diffraction pattern in the three phase-switching interferometers. The three points correspond to corners of a right-angled triangle with the Tromsø Auroral Observatory at the right angle of two 600-m. bases, about 300 km. south of the "normal" auroral zone. DLC. 79270. HARANG, L. M. Minnetale over Professor Carl Størmer. (Norske Videnskaps-akademi, Oslo. Årbok 1958 pub. 1959, p. 81-85, port.) In Norwegian. Title tr.: Memorial lecture on Professor Carl Størmer. Tribute to Fredrik Carl Mülertz Størmer, 1874-1957, with comment on some theoretical aspects of his auroral investigations. Størmer, a mathematician, became interested in this field through Kristian Birkeland; he formulated the plans for photographing auroras simultaneously at stations some distance apart, and set up the station at Bossekop in northern Norway. On a baseline of 27 km. he successfully photographed and determined the height of auroras up to 800-1000 km. He was one of the first to study the phenomena in short-

410

79272. HARDING, R. Foundation problems at Fort McPherson, N.W.T. (National Research Council of Canada. Technical memorandum 1963. no. 76, p. 159-66, illus.) Describes conditions encountered, structures built, types (four) of foundations, and methods used by the Canadian Dept. of Public Works in its 1955-1958 construction project at Fort McPherson on the Peel River. From the engineers' experience in placing foundations in permafrost, three points are emphasized: test-pit or boring information must be obtained by a qualified person; sufficient equipment of the right type must be available to maintain the construction schedule; and delivery of DGS. material must be expedited. 79273. HARDY, J. D. Physiology of (Physiological temperature regulation. reviews 1961. v. 41, no. 3, p. 521-606, tables, graph, illus.) 566 refs. Reviews the problem in homoiotherms, particularly in laboratory animals and man, covering mainly the period since 1952. The three sections deal with physiological responses to cold (p. 522-37) including metabolic responses, insulation, and body temperature; physiological responses to heat; and temperature regulation (p. 550-91). The last section also covers central nervous structures for thermoregulation, temperature sensation and action of DLC. the temperature regulator. HARDY, J. D., see also No. 79242. HARDY, R. M., see No. 79043. 79274. HARE, F. K., and others. Landform studies in the middle Hamilton River area. Montreal, McGill Univ. Dept. of Geogra-

phy, 1962. 8 p. Mimeo. Other authors: A. Morrison and N. Oesterreich. Presents a preliminary report based on summer 1962 field work by the junior authors near Grand Falls and Twin Falls in Labrador. The purpose was to determine and explain the sequence of events which led to the development of the system of canyons occupied by the middle part of the Hamilton River and many of its tributaries. In addition to the traditional methods of examining landforma, field work was carried out for analysis of till-fabric, grain size, and pollen, also for radiocarbon dating. Results indicate that minor landforms were produced by the downwasting of stagnant ice; little post-glacial erosion has occurred in the canyons; and the ice movement from the northwest was apparently preceded by a movement from the southwest. CaOGB. 79275. HARE, F. K., and others. Relation between albedo and air photographic tone in Canadian sub-arctic regions. Montreal, McGill Univ. Dept. of Geography 1962. 17 p. graphs, tables. Other authors: A. Morrison and N. Oesterreich. Presents raw numerical results and commentary from summer 1962 field work by the two junior authors, done around Grand Falls, Labrador, in conjunction with landform studies. Mean tone values are tabulated for RCAF vertical air photographic images of more than thirty classes of ground-cover type. A relationship exists between the tone values and the albedo values for some of the same cover types as measured by J. A. Davies, q.v., but the present values are not entirely consistent. CaOGB. HARE, F. K., see also No. 79582. 79276. HARGREAVES, J. K. An experimental method of estimating F-region collision frequencies. (Journal of atmospheric and terrestrial physics 1963. v. 25, no. 5, p. 300-304, graphs.) 6 refs. Presents a refinement of the analysis of radio signal loss due to restriction of radio iris with increasing critical frequency, fo. The process by which experimental values of the effective collision frequency can be studied by comparing ionosonde and riometer observations at College, Alaska, is illustrated. The F-region critical frequency is shown to approach the operating frequency of the riometer when deviative absorption in the F-region is important. DLC. 79277. HARINGTON, C. R. The life of

the polar bear. (Arctic circular 1962 pub. 1963. v. 15, no. 3, p. 37-42.) Describes life of a typical family: the cubs' birth in the maternity den in Dec., their care and training by the mother for 21 months, food and hunting habits, denning, mating, injuries and infections, and predators (primarily man). From 10 in. length and 1M lbs. weight at birth, the male cub may grow to 11 f t. and 1000 lbs. CaMAI. at eight years of age. 79278. HARINGTON, C. R. Polar bear study: east coast of Baffin Island, 1961. (Arctic circular 1962 pub. 1963. v. 15, no. 2, p. 21-24.) Describes observations of winter activity, especially denning, as part of a three-year Canadian Wildlife Service investigation of polar bear numbers and distribution. Females are more likely to den than males, also for longer periods and at higher (approx. 1200 ft.), less accessible sites. Some ways of CaMAI. discovering dens are noted. HARINGTON, C. R., see also No. 77195. 79279. HARKER, P. Carboniferous and Permian rocks, southwestern District of Mackenzie. Ottawa, Queen's Printer 1963. ix, 91 p. tables, map, illus. (Canada. Geological Survey. Bulletin 95.) 25 refs. Describes in detail results of field and literature study on these rocks in Operation Mackenzie 1957, the Bell helicopter-Beaver aircraft-supported survey of the area 60°61°30' N. 122°-126° W. These rocks form the northern extension of strata of similar age in British Columbia; their stratigraphy has significance for oil and gas search. The total thickness of 6,000 ft. contains two major components: the lower is shale, limestone, and minor sandstone of the Mississippian Yohin, Clausen, and Flett Formations; the upper is the thick Mattson sandstone of Mississippian and Pennsylvanian age, overlain by Permian chert and sandstone, named the Fantasque Formation. Geologic features are mapped on a scale of 1 in.: 8 mi. on map 1141 A. A reasonable degree of faunal control serves to establish the overall age relationships of all the formations. Stratigraphic sections, including four type sections, are appended. DGS. 79280. HARKNESS, D. J. The Great Lakes States and Alaska and Hawaii in literature. Knoxville 1959. 59 p. Tennessee. Univ. Newsletter. v. 33, no. 5-6. Surveys the regional literature, mostly for school and club use. About a hundred works on Alaska are briefly described;

411

fiction, description, biography, natural history, native life, pioneer settlement, personal experiences, etc. TU. 79281. HARLAND, W. B. The Cambridge Spitsbergen Expedition, 1961. (Norway. Norsk Polarinstitutt. Årbok 1961 pub. 1962, p. 131-32, illus.) Notes this 19-man expedition under P. F. Friend, working in five parties with a main base at Biskayerhuken, 79°50' N. 12° E., Vestspitsbergen. Some details are given on the geological field work. The 1962 field work of thirty men in eight parties is noted in Arbok 1962 pub. 1963, p. 159-60. DLC. HARLAND, W. B., see also No. 82150. 79282. HARP, E. Archaeological evidence bearing on the origin of the Caribou Eskimos. (International Congress of Anthropological and Ethnological Sciences 1960. Comptes rendus, v. 2, Ethnologie pt. 1, pub. 1963, p. 409-413.) 12 refs. Reviews cultural sequences in the central Barren Grounds of Canada, and discusses the ethnic origin of its present population. The Caribou Eskimos are considered to have descended from the Thule people; they represent a resurgence of the ancestral inland aspect of the Eskimo hunting economy, caused by a post-glacial change in local ecological conditions: shoaling of seas restricted whaling grounds thus fostering exploitation of inland caribou resources. Appended is K Birket-Smith's statement against a Thule origin of the Caribou DSI. PAkimos. 79283. HARP, E. The culture history of the central Barren Grounds. (Arctic Inst. of North America. Technical paper 1962. no. 11, p. 69-75, map, illus.) Refs. Analyzes the cultural implications of the finds (No. 72035) and suggests a five-phase sporadic occupation sequence of the Thelon site: Early Indian after 3,000 B.C.; preDorset Eskimo in the first millennium B.C.; Archaic Indian (Chipewyan?) of the first millennium A.D.; Thule Eskimo ca. 12001400 A.D.; Caribou Eskimo from recent or protohistorical times. The location of habitation areas near caribou crossings, and the absence of middens suggest a small population and nomadic life pattern. The artifacts of each phase are described, dated, and correlated. The central Barren Grounds are considered a marginal area without significant cultural development; but occupation sequences and population contacts there may be responsible for the

412

diffusion of southern Archaic Indian traits CaMAI. to Dorset Eskimos. 79284. HARPER, F. Field and historical notes on fresh-water fishes of the Ungava Peninsula and on certain marine fishes of the north shore of the Gulf of St. Lawrence. (Elisha Mitchell Scientific Society, Chapel Hill, N.C. Journal 1961. v. 77, no. 2, p. 312-42, illus., tables, maps.) About 100 refs. Contains detailed account of earlier (from 1826) work on these fishes, their distribution (by drainage basins), and utilization. This is followed by records on 20 individual species, primarily those of central Labrador Peninsula as studied in summer 1953. Range, sizes and weight, location of finds, economic value, food, etc. are stated. Local (French and Montagnais) as well as the Latin and English names are also supplied. The distribution of the species is shown on 20 small maps; some specimens are illus. by photos. CaMAI. HARRINGTON, J. M., see No. 77189. 79285. HARRINGTON, L. Tourist trek to Yellowknife. (Canadian geographical journal 1963. v. 66, no. 5, p. 164-69, map, illus.) Describes features of interest around this town on Great Slave Lake in Mackenzie District gold mines, Eskimo and Indian handicrafts, Museum of the North etc.; it is a center for sport fishing and charter flights. The town is accessible via the Mackenzie Highway extension completed DGS. in 1961. 79286. HARRINGTON, M. F. Who owns Labrador? (Atlantic advocate 1960. v. 51, no. 1, p. 97-99.) Discusses a claim to ownership of Labrador by descendents of Joseph de la Penha, a wealthy Dutch-Jewish diplomat to whom William III and Mary of England deeded Labrador in return for financial support for their "invasion" of England in 1688. The legality of this claim is considered questionable. Since Mar. 1, 1927, the territory of Labrador has been part of Newfoundland, CaOCU. now a province of Canada. 79287. HARRINGTON, R. Eskimo snowman. (Saturday night 1952. v. 68, no. 9, p. 1, +, illus.) Describes the Canadian Eskimo method of building a snowman: a block of hard snow several feet high is sculptured into the

Eskimo's own image. The resulting figure may be used for harpooning practice. CaOCU. HARRIS, A. S., see No. 83832. HARRIS, W. T., see No. 78024. HARRIS, Z. S., see No. 84163. 79288. HARRISON, D. A. The snow survey in the Schefferville vale, winter 1961-1962. (McGill Univ. Sub-Arctic Research Laboratory. Research paper 1963. no. 15, p. 61-71, map, graphs.) 5 refs. Describes procedure and results of one of three intensive surveys carried out. Snow depths were measured on 11 stakes placed in seven vegetation types in both exposed and sheltered sites. Daily readings were made Nov. 1, 1961—June 4, 1962. Total snowfall Sept.—June was 125.3 in., 7.7 in. below average, because of heavy drifts producing the greatest depth on the ground recorded at Schefferville. Snow depth appears to be related to height and density of vegetation; occurrence of rain, drizzle, or freezing rain is another factor Water in snow profile development. equivalent data are compared for exposed and sheltered sites; average density for the former was 0.30 gm./cm.', for the latter 0.25 gm./cm'. Water equivalent of the sheltered site was always greater than that of the exposed site, in contrast to 19591960 winter conditions, when light winds caused little compaction. Snow depth, etc. at the other two survey areas are described by Barnett, q.v. CaMAI. 79289. HARRISON, D. A. The tilt of the abandoned lake shorelines in the WabushShabogamo Lake area, Labrador. (McGill Univ. Sub-Arctic Research Laboratory. Research paper 1963. no. 15, p. 14-22, map, graph.) 10 refs. Outlines results of 1962 field work, in which author measured elevation of visible shoreline features, calculated the tilt of two abandoned lake shorelines of the Wapussakatoo glacial lakes, constructed isobases. Maximum thickness of the Laurentide ice sheet in the later stages of the Wisconsin is concluded to have been near 54°25' N. 68°15' W. Its radius at the time these glacial lakes were formed was 125-150 mi., though the isostatic recovery indicated by the tilt of the shorelines reflects ice thickness of a slightly larger ice sheet, because of the time lag between the release of the ice load and the isostatic recovery. CaMAI.

79290. HARRISON, R. J. Seals as divers (New scientist 1962. v. 14, no. 286, p. 274-76, illus.) Reports investigations of common seals three months to three years old. Older seals dived deeper and longer than young ones. Anatomical adaptations in the circulatory system, high COI-tolerance, slowing of heart beat during diving, and control of the passage of gases from the lungs to the blood are described as enabling these animals to remain submerged up to 30 min. DLC. 79291. HARRISON, T. J. Preliminary studies on seal oil lipid pneumonia in Eskimo children. (Alaska medicine 1963. v. 5, no. 3, p. 59-60.) Draws attention to the high incidence of pneumonia with pulmonary scarring and bronchiectasis along the arctic coast, and the great role of seal oil in Eskimo diet, also to the hypothesis (proposed by author) that these pneumonias are produced by aspiration of seal oil. An inquiry revealed that this oil is given to infants, often from birth, and as remedy against cough. This fact strongly supports the hypothesis. Clinical and laboratory findings also supCaMAI. port the idea. 79292. HARRY, W. T., and T. C. R. PULVERTAFT. The Nunarssuit intrusive complex South Greenland, part 1, general description. København, Reitzel 1963. 136 p. maps, illus. (Meddelelser om Grønland v. 169, no. 1.) 35 refs. Discusses and maps (1:100,000) the geology of this complex exposed on Nunarssuit and other islands and sherries of the southwest coast, as investigated in 1957 and 1958. Its regional setting in the Precambrian Gardar Alkaline Province is described, as are the rock units consisting of a gabbro, granites, syenites, and a biotite-granite. Its external and internal contacts, also xenolithic inclusion zones, and mafic mineral layering are considered. The complex presents the features of an igneous intrusion; metasomatic replacement of older rocks was not important in its formation. This conclusion is contrary to the view expressed by Wegmann (No. 19255). Stoping of large blocks was, apparently, the main means of emplacement. DGS. HART, J. F. L., see No. 77796. 79293. HART, J. S. Comparison of response to cold in Eskimos with those of Caucasians, Alakulufe Indians, and Austra-

413

Tian aborigines. (17.S. Army Medical Research Lab. Report 1961. no. 474, p. 51.) Summary of study indicating that the thermal pattern of Eskimos differs from that of Caucasians and Australians but is similar in some respects to that of Indians at Old Crow in Yukon Territory and those of Tierra del Fuego. No notable indications of cold adaptation were found. DNLM. 79294. HART, J. S., and others. The influence of climate on metabolic and thermal responses of infant caribou. (Canadian journal of biochemistry and physiology 1961. v. 39, no. 6, p. 845-56, tables, illus.) 9 refs. Other authors: O. Heroux, W. H. Cottle, and C. A. Mills. Account of study made in June of 1958 and 1959 in the Mosquito and Beverly Lake areas of the Barren Grounds, Northwest Territories. Weather conditions are given. Temperature regulation was found to be well established at birth. The metabolic rate was doubled when ambient temperature dropped to 0° C. and quintupled when cold combined with wind and precipitation. When left unprotected in such conditions, the calves became hypothermic and died. DLC.

ed; but within the species the correlation between the two is quite precise. DLC. 79297. HART, J. S., and L. JANSKY. Thermogenesis due to exercise and cold in warm- and cold-acclimated rats. (Canadian journal of biochemistry and physiology 1963. v. 41, no. 3, p. 629-34, table, graph.) 12 refs. In both acclimated groups, heat production during exercise did not exceed the maximum at rest in extreme cold. In the cold-adapted rats, heat from exercise added to non-shivering thermogenesis above —20° C. ambient temperature; below —20° C., exercise substituted for shivering and DSI. the rats became hypothermic. HART, J. S., see also Nos. 77002, 77005, 79375, 79737.

79295. HART, J. S. Physiological responses to cold in nonhibernating homeo(American Inst. of Physics. therms. Temperature, its measurement and control ... v. 3. 1962-63. pt. 3, p. 373-406, tables, graphs.) 269 refs. Comprehensive review of postwar re-. search in this field, in three parts; the first deals with responses to cold in different species, including body temperature responses and their speed and continuity; heat production and regulation at different ambient temperatures; the role of food and exercise in thermogenesis. Pt. 2 deals with adaptations to cold including cold acclimation and acclimatization. Finally the mechanisms of adaptation are considered including thermogenesis by different organs and tissues, hormonal mechanisms, and non-shivering thermogenesis. DLC.

79298. HARTT, A. C. Movement of salmon in the North Pacific Ocean and Bering Sea as determined by tagging, 1956-1958. Vancouver, B.C. 1962. ix, 157 p. tables, graphs, maps, illus. (International North Pacific Fisheries Commission. Bulletin no. 6.) Account based on comprehensive tagging operations during summer of 1956-1958, within 100 miles north and south of the Aleutians 160° W.-170° E., also some in the north-central Bering Sea and in the Gulf of Alaska. Over 36,000 fish were marked, the majority red, chum, and pink salmon. A strong westward movement along the south side of the Aleutians was shown for all species with some variations according to location, date, maturity, or species. Aleutian passes served as avenues for maturing salmon moving into the Bering Sea tributaries. Most mature fish passed through the area between late May and late June. Returns of red salmon originated from Bristol Bay, those of Asian origin were few. Chum returns were of mixed Asian and American origin. Tagging returns of pink salmon in 1957 were overwhelmingly east Kamchatkan, in 1958 mostly Alaskan, as far west as 177° E. Some of the other species tagged showed great distances traveled, up DLC. to 2,400 miles.

79296. HART, J. S. Surface cooling versus metabolic response to cold. (Federation proceedings 1963. v. 22, no. 3, pt. 1, p. 940-43, graphs.) 14 refs. Reviews own studies on caribou and seals, those of others on man, etc. He demonstrates that there are large differences between species in the level of surface cooling at which heat production is stimulat-

79299. HARTT, A. C. Problems of tagging salmon at sea. (International Commission of the Northwest Atlantic Fisheries. Special publication 1963, no. 4, p. 144-55, tables, graphs, map, illus.) 11 refs. Account of tagging operations conducted during 1955-1960 in the Gulf of Alaska, the Aleutian waters and the western Bering Sea, under the auspices of the International

414

North Pacific Fisheries Commission. The numerous factors affecting survival and return are analyzed and discussed. One of them, presently requiring solution, is mortality in the holding tanks. Investigations to elucidate this problem are outlined CaMAI. and suggested. 79300. HARTZ, T. R., and others. A study of auroral absorption at 30 Mc/s. (Canadian journal of physics 1963. v. 41, no. 4, p. 581-95, table, graphs.) 21 refs. Other authors: L. E. Montbriand and E. L. Vogan. Discusses the absorption at Resolute Bay, Coral Harbour, Ft. Churchill and other three Canadian stations to the south. On the average the zone of maximum occurrence of auroral absorption is near 63° geomag. lat. but tends to shift several degrees south during periods of strong magnetic activity. The resulting pattern in the occurrence-frequency contour plotted against geomagnetic latitude shows a principal maximutn near 0800 hrs. mean geomagnetic time, and a secondary maximum an hour or two before geomagnetic midnight. No indication was found of an inner zone of auroral absorption activity north of the auroral maximum zone. The pattern appears to fit the theoretical model of high-latitude disturbances developed by Axford and Hines in 1961 (No. 69933). DLC. HARVA, U. Skoltelapparnas 79301. "följeslagare". (Tromsø. Museum. Skrifter 1928. v. 2, p. 65-67.) In Swedish. Title tr.: The Skolt Lapps' "companions". Describes an old belief that each adult has an alter ego or companion known as a kaddz, generally in faunal form, a combination of guardian and personality trait. The kaddz was hereditary and sometimes the same form common among a family group. DLC.

and mobility in muskeg. (National Research Council of Canada. Technical memorandum 1963. no. 77, p. 51-66.) 21 refs. Characterizes vehicle mobility, and notes topography, soil conditions, and mechanical features as major factors influencing efficient field operation, i.e. terrain obstacles which limit mobility and affect vehicle design. Bogs are a serious obstacle, are also of strategic and tactical importance. Four main categories of topographic features are discussed. Various vehicles are noted, the fully articulated Musk Ox developed by Imperial Oil, the tractor-trailer type Nodwell Transporter of Shell Oil, etc. The mobility of tracked vehicles has been improved by articulation, and several Canadian models use this principle. Special muskeg vehicles are estimated to cost 84,000-86,000 per ton of capacity. Ground effect machines (GEM) or hovercraft are DGS. also noted. RASSETT, J., see No. 78235. 79304. HATA, K. The report of drift bottles released in the North Pacific Ocean. (Oceanographical Society of Japan. Journal 1963. v. 19, no. 1, p. 6-15, maps, graphs, tables.) 6 refs. In Japanese. English abstract and captions. Reports 22 drift bottles released during 1932-1959 off northern Japan, the Kurils and Kamchatka; two released in the Japan Sea, and two off eastern Japan were recovered on the coast of Alaska. Tabulated data indicate that the northern limit of the surface water of the south-flowing Oya-shio in spring and summer is near Kita-Uruppu Strait in the Kuril Islands; and that the destinations of the bottles were determined by the water masses in which they were released. DN-HO. HATANAKA, T., see No. 84511.

79302. HARVEY, J. G. Hydrographie conditions in Greenland waters during August 1960. (International Council for the Exploration of the Sea. Annales biologiques 1960 pub. 1962. v. 17, p. 14-17, maps, illus.) Reports on temperature, ice, and salinity conditions in Denmark Strait and southwest of Cape Farvel. Surface, bottom and section parameters are presented. Major changes on the Iceland-Greenland section took place in less than two days, indicating the little value of "observations at one point of time." DSI. 79303. HARWOOD, T. A. Trafficability

79305. HATFIELD, S. S. Hydro builds 5-mi. earth dyke. (Engineering and contract record 1963. v. 76, no. 4, p. 64-67, map, illus.) Describes equipment and methods used by the Perini Corp. for Ontario Hydro on the Little Long Rapids generating project on the Mattagami River in the James Bay basin. The earth dike is roughly V-shaped, extending back from each end of a concrete dam across the river. It is five-mi. long, 60-ft. high, and was built during Apr. 1961— Dec. 1962, despite freezing temperatures in spring and fall and persistent summer rains. In winter, work on the clay was stopped,

415

and crews shifted to stripping muskeg and excavating drainage ditches. Problems of excavation below ground-water level and variable flow of the river, are also noted. Little Long station is to produce 114,000 kw. in 1962, Harmon 110,000 kw., and Kipling 132,000 kw. in 1965 and 1966. DLC. 79306. HATHEWAY, M. The Canadian Ø fishery and the world market. (Canada. Dept. of Fisheries. Trade news 1963. v. 15, no. 10-11, p. 7-9.) Discusses marketing patterns of Atlantic cod, caught inshore in Labrador and offshore on the Grand Banks of Newfoundland. The former area (north of 48° N.) supplies the salting industry, and the latter, the frozen fish trade. Shortage of offshore cod in 1960-1962 and expansion of the freezing industry, led to competing demands for Labrador fish from freezing and salting plants, also to a possible revival of the saltfishing fleet, which numbered seven in 1960, 31 in 1962. DI. 79307. HATT, E. D. Offerforestillinger og erindringer om troldtrommen hos nilevende lapper. (Tromsø. Museum. Skrifter 1928. v. 2, p. 47-58.) 13 refs. In Danish. Title tr.: Concepts of offerings and changes in belief in expiation among present-day Lapps. Discusses accounts of former Lappish customs of making offerings to the hearthfire, to the earth, water, specific sites, and upon special occasions, such as Christmas. Lappish terms are given for the offerings (personal possessions, animals, etc.) and for the individual in whose behalf they were made. The earlier Lapps believed ill fortune sometimes followed investigation of offering places by non-Lapps, hence certain sites were kept secret. Some referenØ to sources and informants are inDLC. eluded. 79308. HATTERSLEY-SMITH, G. F. Climatic inferences from firn studies in northern Ellesmere Island. (Geografiska annaler 1963. v. 45, no. 2/3, p. 139-51, map, graphs, table, illus.) 15 refs. Presents results of studies made in 1958 and 1961 on Gilman Glacier and on the northern Ellesmere icecap, as part of the Canadian IGY and subsequent programs. The firn stratigraphy is described for an elevation which is close to the boundary between the dry snow and the percolation facies. Evidence of increased summer melting on the icecap in the last 35 yrs. is correlated with a 2° C. increase of mean summer temperature at Upernavik on the

416

west coast of Greenland, to show that the climatic warming of the late 1920's and the 1930's in central West Greenland and elsewhere also affected northern Ellesmere Island, where no continuous meteorological records were kept before 1948. The Upernavik record, on the other hand, goes back to 1874, with minor gaps, and is a useful indicator of conditions over a fairly wide area. DWB. 79309. HATTERSLEY-SMITH, G. F. Geomorphological studies in northwestern Ellesmere Island. Ottawa 1961. 19 p. map, illus. (Canada. Defence Research Board. Report no. D Phys R (G) misc. G-5.) Describes the main geomorphic features of the Ellesmere Island coast from Cape Aldrich to Lands Lokk, from aerial photographs and ground observations made by the Canadian—U.S. Ellesmere Ice Shelf expeditions of 1953 and 1954. Geology of the area is outlined; low icecaps come down to sea level and under winter snow seem to merge with the sea ice or ice shelf, though separated by a narrow tide crack. Glaciological features are dealt with in some detail; thinning and recession appear to be taking place in the outlet glaciers and in small, low-level ice masses. DLC. 79310. HATTERSLEY-SMITH, G. F., and others. Proposed programme for recording the variations of existing glaciers in Canada. (Canadian alpine journal 1963. v. 46, p. 128-34.) 2 refs. Other authors: J. D. Ives, F. Müller, E. F. Roots, and M. Marsden. Presents modification of procedures recommended by the Sub-Committee on Variations of Existing Glaciers to the Commission of Snow and Ice of the International Association of Scientific Hydrology, resulting from meetings of the Sub-Committee on Glaciology of the National Research Council of Canada. Basic observations include: general, photographs, position of snout, height of snow line (temperate glaciers) or equilibrium (arctic glaciers), surface heights, accumulation, ablation, density, and ice temperatures. Selected glaciers include ten arctic or subarctic, suitDGS. able for observations in 1963. 79311. HATTERSLEY-SMITH, G. F. Reconnaissance of Tanquary Fiord, Ellesmere Island, N.W.T. in 1962. Ottawa 1963. 12 p. map, illus. (Canada. Defence Research Board. D Phys R (G). Operation Hazen 21.) 5 refs. Presents a revised map and three air

photos of the upper part of this arm of Greely Fiord, from a four-day visit in May 1962. Hard, wind-packed snow covered about 10% of the adjacent land and about 30% of the fiord ice at that time. Ice thickness, geological features, geomorphology, old Eskimo sites, and wildlife are noted; reference is made to similar observations in 1915 by Ekblaw, whose map stands corrected. DWB. 79312. HATTERSLEY-SMITH, G. F. The Ward Hunt Ice Shelf: recent changes of the ice front. (Journal of glaciology 1963. v. 4, no. 34, p. 415-24, map, illus.) 9 refs. French and German summary. Reports air-photo reconnaissances and field observations on the massive calving of this ice shelf off northern Ellesmere Island which occurred between Aug. 1961 and Apr. 1962. An estimated 596 km.2 with a volume of 18-24 km.3 became detached and formed ice islands. Five of them are very large with areas ranging 70-140 km2. The fracture pattern and the subsequent drift of these ice islands are discussed. DLC. HATTERSLEY-SMITH, G. F., see also No. 82150. 79313. HATTORI, T. Gilyak kinship terms. Translated by Kern O. Hymn and V. Carroll. (Anthropology tomorrow 1963. v. 9, no. 1, p. 1-12.) 3 refs. Originally pub. in Japanese in Jinruigaku-zasshi 1942. v. 57, p. 51-60. Study of family structure and associated terminology based on field work in 1937-1941 in northern Sakhalin. The Gilyaks are patrilineal and have a conDSI. sanguineous exogamous system. 79314. HAUMANN, D. Surveying glaciers on Axel Heiberg Island. (Canadian surveyor 1963. v. 17, no. 2, p. 81-93, tables, maps, illus.) 7 refs. Describes the field survey, aerial photography, also computations and plotting done by the Photogrammetric Research Section of the National Research Council of Canada, for the Jacobsen-McGill Arctic Research Expedition to Axel Heiberg Island in 1960. The two-man field-survey team established 110 control points during the May—Aug. season; measurements were made with a Wild T2 theodolite, transportation was by Piper Super Cub aircraft. Aerial photography prior to this expedition (1949-1959) included trimetrogon coverage at 1:40,000 scale, and complete vertical coverage at 1:60,000 scale. The 1960

program consisted of 12 separate flights on Aug. 2, four of them repeated on Aug. 15, covering all areas under consideration. The NRC camera RC5a, with a camera constant of 150 mm. and a picture size of 23 x 23 cm. was used by the RCAF flight team. The more accurate results were obtained from observations made with high sun; the most contradictory, between midnight and 4 a.m. Windy and gusty weather generally gave better results than calm; higher temperatures seemed more favorable than low. Photogrammetric evaluation was done on a Zeiss stereoplanigraph C-8. Results of program are: the Thompson Glacier Region map in nine colors on a scale of 1:50,000, with shaded relief, the first of its type in Canada; also 1:5,000 scale maps of the Baby, Crusoe, White, and Thompson Glaciers. Signalization material used in this operation is recommended for future expeditions, though signalization on icecaps and snow-covered areas is still an unsolved problem. Quality of final map product is directly proportional to the quality and completeness of the photographic coverage. Large-scale mapping is time-consuming, and relative value of scales larger than 1:5,000 is doubtful. Maps of glaciated areas produced primarily for glacier studies should show precisely all characteristic features, and the plotting operator should be familiar with such DGS. features. 79315. HAVENS, J. M. With an expedition to the high Arctic. (Middlebury College news letter, summer 1962. 4 p. map, illus. Reprint.) Describes glaciological and meteorological observations made in summer 1960 with the Jacobsen-McGill Arctic Research Expedition to Axel Heiberg Island in the Canadian Arctic Islands. Scope of the expedition, exploration in the area, and character of the island are outlined. CaOG. 79316. HAY, D. R., and W. M. REID. Radar angels in the lower troposphere. (Canadian journal of physics 1962. v. 40, no. 1, p. 128-38, tables, graphs, illus.) 27 refs. Reports a year's study (1960) of the phenomenon at 6,800 Mc/s in Canada. It signifies an image on radar obtained by reflection of radiowaves from a sensibly clear region of the troposphere. Physical origin of these anomalous reflections, a frequent source of annoyance to radar operators, remains obscure. Examination of the clear-air reflections during this microwave study showed that between 300

417

and 1,500 M. above the vertically directed radar, persistent angels occur with relative frequency of 43%, 75%, and 88% in the continental arctic, maritime arctic, and maritime polar air masses respectively with reference to 100% of the maritime tropical air mass. The transitory angel duration taken as that interval during which the signal is above the mean noise level of the receiver, is up to 4 seconds, and up to one hour for persistent angels. A suggestion is made that transitory radar angels are associated with eddy of the air well below freezing, and the persistent angels originate as reflections from more stable air irregularities in the troposphere. DLC. HAYES, F. R., see No. 79397. 79317. HAYES, M. L. King crab tagging methods in Alaska. (International Commission for the Northwest Atlantic Fisheries. Special publication 1963, no. 4, p. 26265, illus.) 5 refs. Contains information on Alaskan fisheries of this crab, and their growth since World War II, its occurrence in Alaskan waters, its biology and research. Tagging principles and methods are stated with appraisal of the method currently used (spaghettitype tag). Recovery and analysis are also CaMAI. considered. HAYMES, R. C., see Nos. 79604, 80224. 79318. HAYNES, J. W., and J. M. MAUR. A note on metabolic effects of sustained hypothermia in rats. (Canadian journal of biochemistry and physiology 1962. v. 40, no. 10, p. 1343-46, table.) 9 refs. Non-fasted, unanesthetized rats were cooled to 15° C. rectal temperature without artificial ventilation. Maintenance at that temperature for 30 or 60 min. accentuated the changes noted during cooling or caused no further change in the metabolites of blood and liver studied. DLC. HAYNES, J. W., see also No. 81147. HAYWOOD, B. H. J., see No. 77029 79319. HEACOCK, R. R. Auroral-zone telluric-current micropulsations, T < 20 seconds. (Journal of geophysical research 1963. v. 68, no. 7, p. 1871=84, tables, graphs.) 24 refs. Discusses micropulsations recorded at Point Barrow, College, Fort Yukon, Meanook and Palmer. Diurnal variations of occurrence for the aurorally associated

418

micropulsations of 3-20 sec. periods, suggest a spiral pattern of occurrence. Many pearltype micropulsations (PP) having sudden onsets and very large amplitudes were found to be well correlated with simultaneous cosmic radio-noise absorption. The occurrence of PP at College seems to be negatively correlated with that of aurora. Simultaneous pearl "necklaces" were recorded, and evidence was found of increased ionization in the F layer at times of oversize amplitude pearls. Work of other scientists also is reviewed. DLC. 79320. HEACOCK, R. R. Notes on pearltype micropulsations. (Journal of geophysical research 1963. v. 68, no. 2, p. 589-91, graphs.) 15 refs. Reviews recent work suggesting that the equally spaced pearls might represent a bunch of trapped particles drifting about the earth in 1-5 minutes, the pearls being formed as the bunch drifts over the recording station, the bounce frequency being the pearl pulse frequency. The pearl-type micropulsation frequently appears in the few minutes after and/or the several hours preceding a magnetic storm's sudden commencement, the after occurrence corroborated by the College, Alaska records. If the particles responsible for pearls are trapped in the solar storm plasma, they must be assumed to leak from the plasma front, to account for the pearls being recorded prior to the storm. DLC. 79321. HEACOCK, R. R., and V. P. HESSLER. Telluric current micropulsation bursts. (Journal of geophysical research 1963. v. 68, no. 3, p. 953-54, graphs.) 4 refs. Points out the spectral similarity between the bursts of telluric current micropulsations recorded at College, Alaska at the time of the July 9, 1962 thermonuclear detonation in the South Pacific, and many natural bursts of telluric current micropulsations. The College tellurogram recorded in the first minute following the detonation, and those of natural telluric current micropulsations at 0737 and 0850 universal time on Sept. 4, 1960 at the same station are presented, corroborating the suggested similarities. DLC. HEACOCK, R. R.,

see also No. 78707.

79322. HEBARD, J. F. Currents in southeastern Bering Sea. (International North Pacific Fisheries Commission. Bulletin 1961. no. 5, p. 9-16, table, graphs.) 8 refs. Report based on records of four current stations in June 1957. On two offshore

stations, dextrally rotating tidal currents occurred, while on the inshore stations compressed rotary tidal currents, varying in direction of rotation, were detected. The flow of the average current indicated a counter-clockwise circulation. The possible effect of the currents on the movements of planktonic king crab larvae, is discussed. DLC. HEBARD, J. F., see also No. 80955. 79323. HEDBLOM, E. E. Snowscape eye protection. (Archives of environmental health 1961. v. 2, no. 6, p. 685-704, tables, graphs.) 22 refs. Comprehensive study of the problem with a review and subjective evaluation of eyewear used on ten antarctic expeditions. Of the 20 different types tested by author in three ways during austral summer in Antarctica, only the Deep Freeze dark glasses gave "complete protection from photophthalmia, glare, and calorophthalgia." This eyewear combines an almost "neutral" gray glass with a double gradient, nickelalloy metallic coating, and can be ground DLC. to prescription, including bifocals. 79324. HEDLIN, R. City man's diary on an Eskimo seal hunt. (Maclean's magazine 1962. v. 75, no. 17, p. 20-21, -I-, illus.) Describes a three-man party's trip to Whale Cove, Keewatin District in summer 1962, to assess possibilities of a tourist industry based on seal hunting with Eskimos on Hudson Bay. The main handicap for the project proved to be the poor weather conditions for flying, then for sealing. Several days were lost. Cost is 8400-3500 exclusive of transportation to Whale Cove. Opinion of the party (a journalist, a testtourist, and a government tourist officer) was, on the whole, favorable: tourism based on seal hunting should be tried. CaOCU.

North American biota ...1963, p. 21-27, table, map.) 21 refs. . Columbia Univ. Lamont Geol. Observatory. Contribution no. 577. Discusses former land connections across the deep and the shallow seas (greater and less than 4000 m.), from study of bottom sediments, seismic-wave velocity, etc. A mid-oceanic ridge, the Norwegian and Land Labrador Seas are considered. connections across the deep basins of the Atlantic are concluded not to have existed in the form of sunken continents, isthmian links, or closely spaced "stepping stones." But it seems probable that a displacement of Europe and North America occurred and that at some time in the Paleozoic or Early Mesozoic, part of Europe and America lay adjacent to one another without an intervening ocean. DLC. 79327. HEIDERSDORF, S. Rise in levels of radioactive iodine in milk investigated. (Alaska's health and welfare 1963. v. 20, p. 8. Notes sharp increase of I-131 in milk during the past year; drop in levels following. use of stored feed for cattle; reasons for using milk as indicator radioactive eolith,. DLC. mination; safety levels. HEIM, T., see No. 81213.

79325. HEDLIN, R. Last chance for the deer people. (Maclean's magazine 1963. v. 76, no. 4, p. 42-43, illus.) Discusses the decline of the Barren Ground caribou in northern Canada, estimated. at over two million before 1940, 700,000 in 1949, and 225,000 in 1955; the decline is attributed to over-hunting and wolf predation. The Eskimos, dependent on caribou for food and clothing, are being educated to less wasteful hunting practices; many have moved to coastal areas to CaOCU. make a living.

79328. HEINRICH, E. W., and $.. H. QUON. Neptunite from Seal Lake, Labrador. (Canadian mineralogist 1963. v. 7, no. 4, p. 650-54, tables.) 13 refs. Also issued as: Michigan, Univ. Dept. of Geology and Mineralogy, Mineralogical Laboratory Contribution no. 245. Identifies and describes a bright red mineral, noted in 1962 by the senior author and R. W. Deane (No. 72094); it is the rare titanium silicate, neptunite Na'e Ti Si, Ou. It occurs as anhedral grains ranging 0.10-2 mm. in size. Optical properties and X-ray powder diffraction data are tabulated; the former are compared with those of three other specimens including one Russian (No. 4924). Geological information on other neptunite occurrences, in Greenland, Kola Peninsula and elsewhere, is also tabulated. Host rocks of the Seal Lake specimens are metasomatio syenitic gneisses (fenites), representing amphibolites altered by alkalic hydrothermal solutions in the contact zone of an intrusivehody of alkalic syenite. L. G. Berry discusses the unit cell and X-ray DGS. powder data on p. 679-81.

79326. HEEZEN, B. C. and M. THARP. The Atlantic floor. (In: Å. and D. Lave.

79329. HEINTZ, A. The Downtonian and Devonian vertebrates of Spitsbergen,. XII;

419.

new investigation on the structure of Arctolepis from the Devonian of Spitsbergen. (Norway. Norsk Polarinstitutt. Årbok 1961 pub. 1962, p. 23-40, illus.) 27 refs. Describes some specimens of the extinct fish Arctolepis decipiens collected in 1960: the rostral plates, very broad, compose the front part of the dermal head-roof; the postnasal, not part of the head-roof, is probably a minute independent plate. The large suborbital, small postsuborbital and sclerotic ossifications are described. The last, four plates, protected almost the entire eyeball. As no traces of the gnathal elements are found in these well preserved forms, they are concluded to have been composed of DLC. cartilage only. 79330. HEINTZ, A. Professor dr. Thorolf Vogt som polarforsker. (Norway. Norsk Årbok 1962 pub. 1963, Polarinstitutt. p. 153-56, illus.) In Norwegian. Title tr.: Professor Dr. Thorolf Vogt as polar explorer. Sketches the life and work of this Norwegian geologist who died in 1958, noting his two expeditions to Svalbard in 1925 and 1928 to study the Devonian and its fossils; also his small expedition to East Greenland in 1932 for isostatic studies. Appended is a list of his works (11) on Svalbard and East Greenland, but most of his observations DLC. were never pub. 79331. HEINTZ, A. Svalbard. Spitsbergen. Bergen, J. W. Eide 1961. Unpaged (chiefly illus.), maps; captions in Norwegian and English. Contains about 75 photos of landscape, vegetation, wildlife, human activities, etc. DLC. 79332. HEINTZ, N. Dinosaur-footprints and polar wandering. (Norway. Norsk Polarinstitutt. Årbok 1962 pub. 1963, p. 35-43, map, illus.) 27 refs. Discusses the survival of gen. Iguanodon in Svalbard indicated by footprints discovered in 1960. Its presence denotes abundant vegetation in the region in the Lower Cretaceous and probably a land bridge between Svalbard and the Eurasian continent. These large animals are unlikely to have survived the dark season, hence Svalbard may have been in a more southerly latitude in their DLC. time. 79333. HEINTZ, N. Fra Svalbards dyreverden 1, iakttagelser over dyrelivet på Svalbard sommeren 1962. (Norway. Norsk Polarinstitutt. Årbok 1962 pub. 1963, p. 80-92, map, tables, illus.) 3 refs. In Norwegian. English summary. Title tr.:

420

Notes on the Svalbard fauna 1, observations of animal life in Svalbard in the summer of 1962. Summarizes observations of all Norsk Polarinstitutt and one other field parties: about 400 reindeer, 28 musk oxen, 10-15 polar bears were recorded, also polar fox (Alopex lagopus) in all areas, a (dead) hare, first seen since 1954, and in early summer large numbers of ringed seal along the west coast but only scattered individuals later. Ducks, gulls, geese, and ptarmigan were observed, and, more rarely, red-throated diver, scaup, whimbrel, and ringed plover. DLC. 79334. HEIZER, R. F. Alfred Louis Kroeber: 1876-1960. (Man 1961. v. 61, no. 133, p. 107, port.) Obituary of this prominent American anthropologist. His interest in the genetic classification of languages and glottochronology is noted. His nine main publications DSI. are listed. 79335. HEIZER, R. F. Domestic fuel in primitive society. (Royal Anthropological Inst. of Great Britain and Ireland. Journal 1963. v. 93, pt. 2, p. 186-94.) Approx. 80 refs. Notes among others the use of animal fat and bones for fuel in the Arctic and subArctic in prehistoric and recent times. Cited examples include Eskimos and maritime Chukchis. DSI. 79336. HELA, I. The hydrographical features of the Baltic Sea and the disposal of radioactive wastes. (Scientific Conference on the Disposal of Radioactive Wastes 1959. Proceedings pub. 1960. v. 1, p. 573-87, maps, graphs.) 2 refs. French, Russian, Spanish summary. Points out some distinguishing features of the Baltic with reference to radioactive waste disposal; it is like an estuary, with an entrance depth of only 18 m. in the Danish Sounds; mixing is much more restricted than in the oceans. Water volume of the Arctic Ocean is 738 times that of the shallow (mean depth 55 m.) Baltic. Thus recommendations for the disposal of radioactive waste in such seas as the Arctic, Baffin Bay, and the Mediterranean, could not apply to the Baltic. DGS. HELLAND, J. J., see No. 81889. 79337. HELLBOM, A. B. The creation egg. (Ethnos 1963. v. 28, no. 1, p. 63-105.) Approx. 80 refs. Presents a preliminary survey of oral lore

on World Egg myths. Though such tales are rare among northern peoples, a cosmic egg myth with the world conceived as an egg is known to Greenland Eskimos and a hero egg myth about the birth of a shaman from an eagle's egg exists among the Yakuts. The magic egg motive appears in an Iglulik Eskimo tale about giant caribou-like beasts born from eggs, and in a Nenets Samoyed legend on the death-bringing properties of a rolling egg. DLC. HELLE, S. G., see No. 84446. 79338. HELLER, C. A. Poisonous plants in Alaska. (Alaska medicine 1963. v. 5, no. 4, p. 94-99, illus.) 4 refs. Describes over a dozen of these plants with illus. of the common ones and states their effects on man and domestic animals. Their local names, habitats, and differences from similar but non-poisonous species are CaMAI. noted. HELLER, C. A., see also No. 82737. 79339. HELLON, R. F. Local effects of temperature. (British medical bulletin 1963. v. 19, no. 2, p. 141-44.) 41 refs. Includes a review of responses to local cooling of hand and foot, other skin areas, and forearm. The need of elucidating low thermal changes act upon smooth muscle of the blood vessels, and how these actions are combined with those of the sympathetic DLC. vasomotor fibers, is noted. HELLSTRØM, B., see No. 77003. HELSLEY, C. E., see Nos. 79605, 83256. 79340. HELWIG, W. Norwegen. (Atlantis 1962. v. 32, no. 7, p..373-90, map, photos.) In German. Title tr.: Norway. Gives account of a trip describing natural conditions, coasts, fjords, inhabitants, economic conditions, etc. The itinerary included Narvik, Hammerfest, and Kirkenes in the north. DLC. 79341. HEMINGWAY, A. Shivering. (Physiological reviews 1963. v. 43, no. 3, p. 397-422, table, illus.) 163 refs. Reviews the literature of this process, one of the essentials in temperature regulation, with general introduction on its physiological significance and center, definitions, methods, etc. Successive sections deal with its measurement, non-shivering thermogenesis, distribution of shivering among muscles, threshold temperatures, nervous control, and the role of drugs; finally shiver-

ing in hypoxia, hypercapnia and hypothermia is considered. DLC. 79342. HEMINGWAY, A., and D. G. STUART. Shivering in man and animals. (American Inst. of Physics. Temperature, its measurement and control ... v. 3. 196263. pt. 3, p. 407-427, tables, illus.) 83 refs. Review of physiological processes and anatomical sites of the central nervous system involved in shivering, with an introductory chapter on techniques of measuring it. Successive sections deal with shivering and non-shivering thermogenesis, effect of central nervous lesions on shivering, including removal of hemispheres, lesions of the spinal cord, brain stem, and hypothalamus. Experiments with electrical means and such aimed at localizing shivering centers and pathways are included. DLC. HEMINGWAY, A., see also Nos. 83323, 83325. 79343. HEMPFLING, G. L., and others. Arctic meteorology photo probe, polarized light experiment; continuation of Project AMPP. Washington, D.C. 1963. iv, 16 p. map, graphs, tables, illus. (U.S. National Aeronautics and Space Administration. NASA technical note D-1449.) Ref. Other authors: H. E. Evans, R. C. Baumann, and R. J. Andryshak. In sequence to No. 71309. Describes requirements, instrumentation, operational sequence, environmental testing, summaries of the two flights on May 17 and 19, 1961, and photographic results obtained by two Aerobee-100 rockets launched from Fort Churchill, Man. One flight unit descended without parachute and disintegrated upon impact; the other descended in snow, also without parachute. Limited information was obtained from the photos, but the effect of the polarizing filter was evident in the distinction between clouds, snow, and ice: it was clearer than that shown on properly exposed unpolarized black and white photographs. Payload programming called for apogee at 45.4 st. mi. at approx. 150 sec., cameras to start at 123 sec. and stop at 198 sec., and impact at approx. 750 sec. The payload, which landed with hard impact, damaging the SARAH antenna and causing weak signals was located the day after flight. One photo frame showed the western Hudson Bay shoreline, also Churchill River and Button Bay, through the clouds. DWB. 79344. HENDERSON, C. Machines for snow-tunnel maintenance. (Military engineer, Mar.—Apr. 1963. v. 55, no. 364, p. 104-105, illus.) 2 refs.

421

Describes equipment developed by U.S. Army Engineer Research and Development Laboratories to eliminate manual maintenance at Camp Century, Greenland Inland ice. Features of cutters, conveyors, ete. are described and some are illus. DLC. 79345. HENDERSON, G. T. D. Sebastes in continuous plankton records in 1960. (International Council for the Exploration of the Sea. Annales biologiques 1960 Ø. 1962. v. 17, p. 81-83, map, illus.) Reports on catches of planktonic stages of S. marinus at 10 m. depth and monthly intervals, on a route IØand-Irminger Sea-Greenland-Newfoundland. Catches occurred in April-July. Frequency and stage of fry are noted. No mentale forms DSI. were caught. 79346. HENDERSON, K. A. North American notes. (Alpine journal 1962. v. 67, no. 305, p. 355-60.) Reports summer 1961 activities in the mountains of Alaska and northern Canada: including climb of the south peak of Mt. McKinley via the south face, by a sevenman Italian party in 19 days, other ascents at south and north peaks since the first in 1913; first ascent of Mt. Queen Mary, 13,000 ft., in the St. Elias Mts., was made in June-July by a party of seven. DGS. HENDRICKSON, J. A., see No. 84433. 79347. HENNIG, R. Die ältesten literarischen Zeugnisse far eine Kenntnis des Eisbären. (Natur and Volk 1941. v. 71, no. 7, p. 361-64.) In German. Title tr.: Oldest literary sources for knowledge of the polar bear. Notes as the earliest reference, Japanese imperial annals (Nihongi) of the year 658, mentioning two live animals and 70 skins brought as war booty from northeast Asia; the next one was to a Norwegian in Iceland, who presented his king with a female and two •cubs, in 880. The saga of Erik the Red, approx. 1000 A.D., mentions bears in what may have been Newfoundland; and since the 11th century polar bears became known outside Norway. A. Hoel in the same journal 1943, (v. 75, no. 3-4, p. 7980,)'`questions the information that polar bears were found on land, claiming that they are (now) living on drift ice, and are much easier to kill in the sea than on land. DLC.

German. Title tr.: The original discovery of America by the Norsemen. Reviews archeological evidence and literary source materials relating to Leif Erikson's subsequent colonization attempts in the 10th-14th century A.D. Vinland is identified as Cape Cod, Mass. DLC. HENNIGAR, G. R., see No. 79012. 79349. HENRIKSSON, J. Health services in the arctic regions of Sweden. 13 p. table. (In: WHO Conference on medicine... 1962.) Describes Norrbotten County, its area, population and climate; the Lapps and health services provided for them, their exclusive disease: echinococcosis. Special arctic problems are discussed as distance, transportation, high costs, etc. Hospital bed use according to disease classes, personnel, and individual medical service are reported, as are maternal and child welfare, vaccination, epidemics, dental care. CaONA. HENRIKSSON, J., see also No. 84468. 79350. HENSCHEL, A. Environmental protection research program of the U.S. Army Quartermaster Corps. (U.S. Army Medical Research Lab. Report 196L no. 474, p. 16-20.) Outlines, with discussion following, the soldier-environment-equipment research conducted by the Corps. Included are problems of polar environments and interrelationships, predictions and operational significance of environments, their effects on the soldier, machine storage, and humad engineering. DNLM. 79351. HENSCHEL, A. Environmental research by the U.S. Army. (US. Army Medical Research Lab. Report 1961. no. 474, p. 3-6.) Notes on the Applied Environmental Research Program of the Army (annual reports); factors studied; climatic and environmental forecasts and their use; data gathered for civilian use, as utilized DNLM. by the Army. HEPPNER, J. P., see Nos. 79771, 81200. HERING, W. S., see Nos. 77086, 79605, 83764. HERMAN, J. R., see No. 78082.

79348. HENNIG, R. Zur normannischen (Saeculum Erstentdeckung Amerikas. 1950. v. 1, no. 2, p. 306-317.) Refs. In 422

79352. HERMANN, F. Hydrographit conditions off West Greenland, July 1960.

(International Council for the Exploration of the Sea. Annales biologiques 1960, pub. 1962. v. 17, p. 18-19, map, illus.) Reports on temperature distribution on three sections and at the 50 m. level: the temperatures were probably the highest DSI. found during the last ten years. 79353. HERMANN, F. Hydrographic conditions off West Greenland 1961. (International Council for the Exploration of the Sea.' Annales biologiques 1961 pub. 1963. v. 18, p.16-17, map, illus.) Reports temperature on sections during April—July and for the whole year at the standard station at the entrance to Godthåb Fjord. As compared with earlier years temperature was considerably higher all DSI. over the area. 79354. HEROUX, O. Adjustments to constant low temperatures in white rats living in groups. (Canadian journal of biochemistry and physiology 1963. v. 41, no. 3, p. 587-95, tables, graphs.) 13 refs. Study of similarities and differences in adaptation physiology between rats exposed to cold in groups of ten, and individually cold—acclimatized animals or groups exposed to winter weather. The problem of continuity of cold stress in these experiments is ' DSI. analyed and discussed. 79355.. HEROUX, O. Comparison between seasonal and thermal acclimation in white rats, 5; metabolic and cardiovascular response to noradrenaline. (Canadian journal of biochemistry and physiology 1961. v. 39, no. 12, p. 1829-36, illus.) 8 refs. Account of experiments with rats kept outdoors, or indoors at temperatures of 6, 19,; 25.. or 30? C. Measurements of Osconsiimption, blood pressure and heart rate in the first group showed a much greater sensitivity to noradrenaline in winter than in summer. Conditions similar to those in the outdoor rats were observed in the indoor group. DLC.

phological, physiological, and endocrinological adjustments under different environmental conditions of cold. (Federation proceedings 1963. v. 22, no. 3, pt. 1, p. 789-94, tables, graphs.) 14 refs. Comparative study of cold adaptation in wild vs. white rats, of laboratory cooling vs. winter-exposure, and of group vs individual exposure. The results indicate that chronic exposure to cold, of different breeds of rats in different environments, produced essentially similar mechanisms of metabolic adaptation. This consists essentially in increased non-shivering thermogenesis. Extensive discussion following the paper, is included. DLC. 79358. HEROUX, 0., and J. S. WILLIAMS. Respiratory rate (Qo2) of liver slices from summer- and winter-captured wild rats Rattus norwegicus. (Canadian journal of biochemistry and physiology 1962. v. 40, no. 5, p. 687-88, table.) 5 refs. Reports average body weight and liver weight similar in winter and summer. Respiratory rate of liver slices, from both sexes, was higher in the summer, with statistical significance at the 1% level. DLC. 79359. HEROUX, O. Seasonal adjustments in captured wild Norway rats 1; organ weights, ear vascularization, and histology of epidermis. (Canadian journal of biochemistry and physiology 1961. v. 39, no. 12, p. 1865-70, tables.) 11 refs. Male wild rats had different organ weights in winter and summer. These organ weights were also different from those of white rats acclimatized to cold outdoors or in the cold room. Similarities between white and wild rata and some additional dissimilarities are DLC. also described.

79360. HEROUX, O. Seasonal adjustments in captured wild Norway rats, 2; survival time, pelt insulation, shivering, and metabolic and pressor responses to noradrenaline. (Canadian journal of biochemistry and 79356. '> H3 ROUX, .O. Mast cells in the physiology 1962. v. 40, no. 4, p. 537-45, skin; of tlfe ear of the rat exposed to cold. tables, illus.) 7 refs. (Canadian journal of biochemistry and During the winter, metabolic adjustments physiology 1961. v. 39,.no. 12, p. 1871-78, in wild rats were similar to those in laboratable, illus.) 11 refs. tory-acclimated white rats. Rate of Describes changes in these cells of animals shivering in the former is lower in winter exposed:to 6° C. for 0-16 weeks. Degranula- than in summer; their metabolic response , tion and disappearance of the mast cells to adrenaline is enhanced. The wild rats was greater in regions more affected by cold developed a greater pelt insulation in the -(tip, periphery). Upon return to 30° C. the -winter like white rats kept outdoors, but number of Feast cells began to increase only unlike white rats kept at a constant low after seven'days. DLC. temperature in the laboratory. DLC. 79357„ . HbibOUX, O. Patterns. of mor-

HEROUX, 0., see also No. 79294.

42,3

79361. HERRINGTON, H. B. Mollusks of Astray Lake, Labrador, and Lac Aigneau, Ungava. (American 14falacological Union. Annual report 1961. p. 9-10, table.) Lists 24 sphaeriid molluscs collected by D. R. Oliver in 1955-1957 from these lakes and from Nettilling Lake on Baffin Island. The percentage in the collection is compared with similar figures from Great Slave, Athabaska and Nipigon Lakes. DLC. 79362. HERRON, E. A. Dimond of Alaska, adventurer in the far North. N.Y., Messner 1957. 190 p. 11 refs. Biographical account of Anthony J. Dimond, 1881-1953, legislator and jurist who served as delegate to Congress 19331945. His early years in Alaska, 1905-1920, are mostly dealt with: his experiences as prospector-explorer in the Copper River valley, in mining camps, and as a lawyer and DLC. mayor in Valdez. Index. 79363. HERRON, E. A. Dynamite Johnny O'Brien, Alaska's sea captain. N.Y., Messner 1962. 189 p. 9 refs. Biography of this Irish-born skipper who made voyages between Seattle and Alaska during 1896-1918. Dangers of sailing the Inside Passage and in Alaskan waters, and O'Brien's efforts to obtain navigation aids are described; as is the 1898 gold rush traffic. Subject index is DLC. included. 79364. HERRON, E. A. First scientist of Alaska, William Healey Dall. N.Y., Messner 1958. 192 p. 11 refs. Biographical narrative, especially of Dall's experiences in Alaska carrying out explorations in the Yukon River and delta area with the Western. Union Telegraph Co. Expedition in 1866-1867 and for the Smithsonian Institution in 1867-1868 (cf. No. 3575), charting the coast line for the U.S. Coast Survey 1871-1880, etc. His association, in Alaska, with the outlawed Confederate sea captain, Tonso McCrae, is described. Subject index is included., DLC. 79365. HERRON, E. A. Wings over Alaska, the story of Carl Ben Eielson. N.Y.; Messner 1959. 192 p. 9 refs. Biography with main attention to his pioneer commercial and air mail flights at Fairbanks in 1923-1924, participation in the Detroit Arctic Expedition under Wilkins in 1926-1927, transpolar flight with Wilkins from Alaska to Vestspitsbergen in 1928, etc. DLC. Subject index is included. HERZINGER, E., see No. 78399.

424

79366. HESTER, B. The future of placer (In: Northern mining in the Yukon. Resources Conference ... 1963. 4 p.) Notes the historical importance of placer gold mining, formerly the principal industry of the Yukon Territory, though at present, only 1%% of Canada's annual gold supply is produced here. Dredging, the major means of production, requires a high capital investment. Physical difficulties such as permafrost and inadequate water supply restrict operations to 200 days/yr. maximum. Artificial thawing and adaptations of earth-moving vehicles have improved operations. The industry has been aided since 1948 with a $3/ounce subsidy under the Emergency Gold Mining Assistance Act. Large scale operation of gold dredges is likely to cease in the 1960's CaOGB. unless the price of gold rises. 79367. HETZEL, T. B. Alaskan Indians (Indian caught between two cultures. truth 1963. v. 40, no. 3, p. 1-6, map, illus.) Analyzes problems discussed at the Tanana conference (infra): land claims, effects of the proposed Rampart Dam project, hunting and fishing regulations in relation to a subsistence economy, construction of a residence school at Fairbanks, labor training, job opportunities, etc. A traditional festival held after the conference and a visit to the village of Minto are DSI. described. 79368. HETZEL, T. B. Indians of Alaska interior meet at Tanana. (Indian truth 1963. v. 40, no. 2, p. 1-4, illus.) Reports on the second annual meeting, in June 1963, of representatives of 23 villages of the Yukon valley. Natives' problems in relation to statehood, to industrial and military projects encroaching on aborigines' hunting grounds, etc. were discussed. Administration officials (Indian and white) spoke on vocational training DSI. programs and civil rights. 79369. HEUSSER, C. J. Pollen diagrams from Ogotoruk Creek. Cape Thompson, Alaska. (Grana palynologica, Stockholm 1963. v. 4, no. 1, p. 149-59, map, table, illus.) 12 refs. Discusses the significance of these diagrams in the postglacial vegetational history at Cape Thompson and in relation to pollen diagrams from other places in arctic Alaska. Eriophorum or cotton-grasstussock-type vegetation occupies nearly 40% of the Ogotoruk Creek drainage system; the Dryas-fellfield-type over 30%, and theEriophorüm-Caren-wet-meadow-type

about 12%. Sites investigated are in an eroding or thermokarst area between Ogotoruk Creek and Kukpuk River at approx. 75 m. elevation. Samples were collected from fresh cuts in the north side of frozen mounds; most samples were found barren of microfossils. Pollen diagrams of the three main sections indicate prominent profiles for birch, sedge, willow, and grass species. Profile fluctuations in the lower two zones are interpreted as result of major climatic and edaphic changes; in the upper two zones changes are minor. Spectra in the lowest zone appear closely identified with two vegetation types occupying the terrain at present. The increase and dominance of Betula in the uppermost zone is thought to indicate increased stabilization and amelioration. From correlation with Nome and Umiat (radiocarbon-dated) sites, the lowest zone is dated as before 13,000 to 10,000 yrs. B.P. The overlying zone endured until about 6,000 B.P., the middle sub-zone where evident dates from about 8,000 B.P. DGS.

species of rockfish: Sebastodes rubrivinclus, S. aurora and S. helvomaculalus. (Copeia 1962, no. 4, p. 847-48, graph.) Record of northward range-extension of all three forms, the first one into the Gulf of Alaska, 60°02' N. 144°41' W. in 110 DSI. fathoms of water. 79373. HEYDEN, F. J. Maps as the heritage of mankind. (Photogrammetric engineering 1963. v. 29, no. 4, p. 573-79, illus. ) Notes the accuracy of some primitive maps, e.g.: one of northern Canada by an Eskimo, one of Alaska showing a muddy glacier and lava beds, now non-existent; two probably published by Zeno showing Greenland and Labrador, one apparently showing Greenland as two separate land masses. DGS. HIDAKA, K., see No. 81893. HIGASHI, A., see No. 79605. HIGUCHI, K., see No. 81419.

79370. HEUSSER, C. J. Postglacial palynology and archaeology in the Naknek River drainage area, Alaska. (American antiquity 1963. v. 29, no. 1, p. 74-81, map, diagrs.) 10 refs. Analysis of samples aimed at reconstructing environment sequences. Birch and alder were principal arboreal types for muskeg: alder predominated during a late interval of hypsithermal time, about 5,500 B.P.; birch gained thereafter attaining its maximum 5,000-2,500 B.P. Spruce migrated from the interior within recent centuries. A cooler and drier climate than at present existed from about 4,000 (earliest culture phase) to 2,500 B.P., turning gradually warmer and more humid. At first however, temperature remained lower and precipitation was greater than now, causing presumably heavy snow accumulations in the Aleutian Range which resulted in glacial DSI. advances during recent centuries. 79371. HEWITT, J. M. The Alaska vagabond. N.Y., Exposition Press 1953. 284 p. Recounts experiences in Alaska: as a prospector for gold on the Allenkakat and Koyukuk Rivers in 1898-1899; as a physician in Nome in 1900; and as an army doctor during construction of the U.S. military telegraph line in the Yukon-Tanana DLC. River area 1900-1902. 79372. HEYAMOTO, H., and C. R. HITZ. Northern range extensions of three

79374. HILDES, J. A. Comparison of coastal Eskimos and Kalahari Bushmen. (Federation proceedings 1963. v. 22, no. 3, pt. 1, p. 843-45, tables, graphs.) The comparisons are supplemented with data on Whites and Australian aborigines. The differences in response to standard cold-stress between the two groups studied were considerable as are those in clothing and shelter, diet, and anthropometry. DLC. 79375. HILDES, J. A., and others. Some observations on the estimation of heat flow from the hands of Eskimos by calorimetry. (US. Army Medical Research Lab. Report 1961. no. 474, p. 52-61, graph, tables.) 4 refs. Other authors: L. Irving and J. S. Hart. Reviews earlier methods and describes a new one, giving improved estimates of circulatory heat flow from hands. The assumed direct relationship between hand size and heat or blood flow is considered non-valid. This makes comparisons between racial groups with different body build more complex than hitherto underDNLM. stood. HILDES, J. A., see also Nos. 79243, 80599, 84677. 79376. HILL, C. E. A multi-level study of heat transport. 14[ontreal 1963. v, 50 p. graphs, tables. (McGill Univ. Arctic

425

Meteorology Research Group Pub. in meteorology no. 58. Also issued as: U.S. Air Force. Cambridge Research Lab. AFCRL 63-678.) 23 refs. Dynamical investigations of this Research Group are largely concerned with the Northern Hemisphere circulation for the period 1958-1961. The resoliitions in time and in the vertical are rather crude: every five days and at three levels, 500, 100, and 25 mb. More selective studies are reported however: the poleward transport of sensible heat by atmospheric waves, computed on a daily basis during Jan. 12-16, 1959, at every five degrees of latitude from 30° to 80° N. at 850, 700, 500, 300, 200, 100, and 25 mb. Fourier analysis was employed to determine the spectral distributions of heat transport. Intense cyclogenesis occurred during the period, and significant changes were produced in both the spectral distributions and the total transports. Behavior of the heat transports suggests a high degree of interrelation between the troposphere and the stratosphere. Tentative conclusion is also offered that large-scale cyclogenesis will produce decreased stratospheric transport, followed by increased tropospheric transCaMAI. port. HILL, C. E., see also No. 78082. 79377. HILL, G. E. Sudden enhancements of : F-layer ionization in polar regions. (Journal of the atmospheric sciences 1963. v. 20, no. 6, p. 492-97, maps.) 21 refs. Large sporadic enhancements of F-region electron density in the darkened portions of the polar regions appear to involve a 'close connection between sporadic F and ionospheric current systems. The connection arises from electric fields set up by these currents then transferred to the Fregion along a mostly vertical magnetic field. These electric and magnetic fields may cause. a horizontal drift of ionization strong enough to create sporadic''. , Main features of a typical polar sporadic F development on Oct. 12, 1957 are shown on three consecutive hourly charts of fobs: Another sporadic F event on Dec. 19, 1957 is shown at its peak. Possibly the main supply of F-region ionization in darkened regions of the polar cap is to be found in the frequent occurrence of these F-region disturbances. DWB. HILL, G. E., see also No. 78081. 79378. HILL, M. L. Cook Inlet $åsin may have. several more large fields. (World oil

428

1963. v. 157, no. 2, p. 77-80, maps, sections, Mini.) 2 refs. Describes the geology of this south Alaskan region; and outlines the develØ ment of the Swanson River oil. -field since 1957, also the Kenai gas field since 19$9. Separate sources of ges and oil are Indicated in the area: the 'dry methane gas occurs principally in the upper part of the Tertiary Kenai formation and probably is generated therein; the Swanson River oil occurs near the base of the $enai formation in association with salt water and undersaturated in gas. Upper Jurassic shale lies unconformably below the Kenai formation in the Swanson River area; the same shale on the Alaska Peninsula contains many oil seeps, probably the oil in the lower Kenai formation has migrated from the underlying marine Mesozoic strata, though marine Tertiary rocks may be the source. Alaska drilling and survey activities, exploration and development in 1961 are summarized. Gas is delivered to Anchorage, and oil shipped to Pacific Coast refineries. A 20,000 bpd. refinery is being built on the Kenai Peninsula to make fuel and heating DGS. oils for the Alaska market. 79379. HILL, M. L. Here's how Alaska's search for oil is going at Cook Inlet. (Oil and gas journal 1963. v. 61, no. 26, p. 19498, maps, sections.) Abstract of paper, "Occurrences of petroleum in the Cook Inlet area, Alaska," presented at the Sixth World Petroleum Congress, Frankfort-am-Main, 1963. Sketches the geology of the Kenai Peninsula-Cook Inlet area, emphasizing the Tertiary Cook Inlet Basin as the source of the Swanson River oil and the Kenai gas fields. Discovery, development, and production of these two fields are outlined; a structural contour map and a typical log of the Swanson River field are included. DGS. HILL, H. H. W., see No. 81092. HILLIARD, D. K., see No. 79616. 79380. HILLS, G. A. Comparison of forest ecosystems (vegetation and soil) in different climatic zones. (In: International Botanical Congress 1959. Recent ' advances ... 1961, v. 2, p. 1581-87, tables.) 10. refs. Outlines a classification of ecosystems based on combined macroclimate-landform units, and demonstrates its applicability to Ontario. Regional patterns of vegetation and soil type are presented for the Province, and the northward reduction in biological

The classification activity. illustrated. proves workable for comparing ecosystems in different climates and evaluating forest productivity. DLC. HILLS, G. A., see also No. 79582. HILPERT, J. M., see No. 80015. 79381. HILSCHER, H. H., and M. HILSCHER. Alaska, U.S.A. Boston, Little Brown 1959. 243 p. map, illus. Popular presentation of information on the 49th state, especially its economic and development potentialities. History, geography, living conditions and costs, employment opportunities, farming, livestock raising, homesteading, oil exploration, minerals, and tourism are described, in turn. Sketches are given of a drive over the Alaska Highway, some successful Alaskans, the DEW (Distant Early Warning) Line, and the statehood movement. Future development is considered. Indexed. DLC. HILSCHER, M., see No. 79381. 79382. HILTY, R. E. Measurements of ice • tunnel deformation Camp Red Rock, Greenland. Wilmette, Ill. 1959. iii, 12 p. tables, illus. (U.S. Army. Corps of Engineers. Snow, Ice and Permafrost Research Establishment. Special report 28.) Ref. Describes the 1956 excavation of this ice tunnel in the terminus of the North Ice Cap (Nunatarssuaq) . about 40 mi. northeast of Thule Air. Base; and. the network of pegs installed. In 1957 the pegs in . the tunnel were resurveyed. ` The resultant deformation vector was in general directed principally forward (south), slightly, downward, and inward to the void. The rate of forward motion increased rapidly upward from the base; flow of ice into the tunnel was essentially uniform over the span of the walls with a sharp decrease just above the floor; the downward component of movement was relatively small but erratic over the height of the wall. The basal few cm. of ice blanketing the subglacial surface had virtually no motion. Rate of deformation was uniform, without backward motions, discontinuities or significant ice cracks. DG S. HINCKLEY, D. W., see No. 77414. 79383. HINCKLEY, T. C. Punitive action at Angoon. (Alaska sportsman 1963. v. 29, no. 1, p. 8-9, +; no. 2, p. 14-15, -F, illue.) Recounts destruction of Hoochinoo-Tlin-

git Indian homes and canoes by a U.S:. Naval force at Angoon, Southeast Alaska, in the fall of 1882; the background of Indian-white relationships, and the circumstances under which the incident DL occurred. 79384. HINCKLEY, T. C. Rustlers of the North Pacific. (Journal of the West 1963. v. 2, no. 1, p. 22-30, map.) Historical sketch of the Pribilof Islands' fur trade conflicts. Fir seal rookeries discovered by G. Pribilof in 1786 were placed under management of the Russian American Co. Slaughter by -competitive traders reduced the herd and all killing was suspended in 1834. Measures to regulate natural reproduction are described, as are hunting restrictions imposed by Russians, and after 1870 by the Alaskan Commercial Co. The rise of wasteful pelagic hunting by American and foreign. sealers in 1880's, the Bering Sea controversy, American efforts under Comdr. R. D. Evans to curb seal piracy, and encounter between the cutter Corwin and the (British) Coquillan in 1892 are depicted. The terms of the international accord of 1893 and American demands for its revision are discussed. Persistent pelagic sealing, threatened extinction of the herd, and control by the settlement ratified in 1912 are sketched. DLC. 79385. HINCKLEY, T. C. Sheldon. Jackson and Benjamin Harrison: Presbyterians and the administration of Alaska. (Pacific northwest quarterly 1963. v. 54, no. 2, p. 66-74, illus.) 36 refs. Recounts attempts of the Presbyterian missionary Sheldon Jackson to improve education and prohibit liquor in Alaska,. DLC. 1877-1893. 79386. HINDS, B. ..The last salute to M. V. Rupertsland. (Beaver 1962. no. 293, p. 28-33, illus.) Describes the cannon salute fired by an Eskimo . at . Pangnirtung, Baffin Island, in Oct. 1960 on the last arctic voyage of DL this vessel. 79387. HINES, J. Q. Birds of the Noatak River,. Alaska. (Condor 1963. v. 65, no. 5, p. 410-25, tables, map, illus.) 17 refs. Reports a summer 1960 and 1961 study on the lower courses of the Noatak and Kelly Rivers in northwest Alaska. The physiography of the area, vegetation . and climate are outlined. Eight bird habitats are distinguished and their dwellers listed. 83 species are recorded from the Noatak

427

River drainage, with notes on earlier observations, frequency, habitat, behavior, etc. This avifauna is compared with that of the neighboring Kobuk River. DSI. HIRAMATHU, S., see No. 84512. 79388. HIRAO, K. Geomagnetic latitude dependence of electron temperature in the ionosphere. (Journal of geomagnetism and geoelectricity 1963. v. 14, no. 4, p. 208-212, graphs.) 7 refs. Reprinted in: Japan. Radio Research Laboratories. Journal 1963. v. 10, no. 49. Reports on the joint United States-Japan experiment in rocket sounding of the ionosphere to determine electron temperature in terms of altitude, and compare the experimental values obtained with the molecular and ion temperatures at the same altitudes. The experiment was carried out at Akita, Wallops Island, and Ft. Churchill, Apr. 26, 1962. Isothermal lines were drawn for electron temperature at 100-200 km. altitude, and 29°, 49°, and 69° N. geomag. lat. on both magnetically quiet and disturbed days. Charged particles penetrating into the ionosphere were found to affect the electron temperature, and, to smaller degree the molecular temperature, especially over Ft. Churchill latitude. DLC. 79389. HIRSCH, H., and others. Über Krampfpotentiale in Hypothermie. (Pfiügers Archiv für die gesamte Physiologie 1963. v. 277, no. 3, p. 251-69, tables, graphs.) 43 refs. In German. English summary. Other authors: M. Breuer, K. G. von Buch, M. Dohmen, K. Körner and H. Rümmele. Title tr.: Seizure potentials during hypothermia. Study of isolated cats' heads perfused with blood from a donor cat. Shape of potentials at different brain temperatures, with and without narcotics, is described. Origins of these potentials in the different brain regions under above condition, as well as injury potentials are traced. Epileptic activity similar to that in isolated heads could also be produced in intact animals by DLC. hypothermia. HIRSCHFELD, T. J., see No. 77451. HIRVONEN, L., see No. 79121. 79390. HISDAL, V. The weather in Svalbard in 1961-1962. (Norway. Norsk Polarinstitutt. Årbok 1961 pub. 1962, p. 127-30; ibid 1962 pub. 1963, p. 156-58, tables.)

428

Presents tabular description of some salient features of the large scale atmospheric circulation pattern, and notes paucity of data on local variations because the main meteorological stations are concentrated in the Isfjorden area. Preliminary monthly mean temperatures for Isfjord Radio are given and their deviation from the 19471959 means indicated. 1962 was colder than normal, particularly during FebruaryMay and in December. DLC. 79391. HITCHCOCK, C. B. Richard J. Lougee. (Geographical review 1961. v. 51, no. 1, p. 141-42.) Obituary of this American geomorphologist, 1905-1960, professor of geomorphology at Clark University, who proposed reinterpretation of the classic evidence for multiple , glaciation. He was exponent of a DGS. single great ice age. 79392. HITCHCOCK, K. Egg production in Alaska. (Poultry tribune 1960. v. 66, no. 1, p. 12, -i-, illus.) Discusses economic problems of the industry, especially high production costs and competition of lower-priced eggs from 199,000 to 444,000 dozen in 1950-1958; but seven-eighths of the eggs consumed in the state are purchased through the Seattle market. The high costs are due mostly to high freight rates for feed supplies, chicks, and other equipment. Recent attempts to reduce costs by expanding operations, forming a purchasing and marketing DA. association, etc. are described. HITZ, C. R., see No. 79372. 79393. HJELLE, A. Contribution to the geology of the Hecla Hoek formation in Nordenskiöld Land, Vestspitsbergen. (Norway. Norsk Polarinstitutt. Årbok 1961 pub. 1962, p. 83-95, maps, tables, illus.) 11 refs. Reports 1958 and 1959 summer field work, and presents a preliminary map of the area between Bellsund and outer Isfjorden. The rocks are mainly of the Hecla Hoek formation except for small areas of Carboniferous sandstone. Because of the lack of fossils, the beds are presumed to be of Precambrian or Eocambrian age and correlation with the middle and upper Hecla Hoek of Ny Friesland is suggested. Ore mineralization occurs at several places and is considered mainly Tertiary. DLC. HJELMTVEDT, I., see No. 78511. 79394. HJORTH, A. K. Lärarinnan. (Norrbotten. Årsbok 1963, p. 105-128,

illus.) In Swedish. Title tr.: The schoolmistress. Reminiscences by a well-known resident of Kiruna, her first years as a teacher in the area, life in this mining town during its pioneering stages, etc. SPRI. 79395. HOAR, W. S., and J. G. EALES. The thyroid gland and low-temperature resistance of goldfish. (Canadian journal of zoology 1963. v. 41, no. 4, p. 653-69, tables, illus.) 21 refs. Though mammalian thyrotropin (TSH) increased thyroid secretion and cold resistance in these fish, no evidence was found that acclimation or photoperiod control of cold resistance operate by way of the thyroid. Similarly no indication was found for increased release of thyroid hormone during cold stress. DLC. 79396. HOBBS, H. A., and others. Effect of creep and temperature gradients on long(In: time deformation of ice sheets. Kingery, W. D. Ice and snow ... 1963. p. 311-21, graphs.) 4 refs. Other authors: J. L. Cutcliffe, and W. D. Kingery. Derives the differential equation for an anisotropic flat plate symmetrical about an axis perpendicular to the plate. This equation applies to a floating ice sheet having a rigidity modulus that is a function of the radius, the rigidity modulus being assumed to change as a result of creep. Finite difference relationships were used to transform the differential equation into a difference equation, and a computer program was written to give a numerical solution to the problem for any parameters. Relationships were established, such as: with time an ice sheet loaded with a concentrated load deforms into a shape corresponding to a lower modulus of elasticity; this results in deflections under the load which continually increase with time but at a reduced rate. Earlier measurements of creep deformation at long times were made as part of Project Ice Way at Thule Air Force Base, Greenland in 1961. DLC. 79397. HOCHACHKA, P. W., and F. R. HAYES. The effect of temperature acclimation on pathways of glucose metabolism in the trout. (Canadian journal of zoology 1962. v. 40, no. 2, p. 261-70, tables, illus.) 22 refs. Study of warm- and cold (4° C.)-adapted Øelinus fonlinalis. In the latter, respiration of muscle homogenates was higher and less sensitive to iodoacetate; less of C"O, incorporated in liver glycogen appeared in carbon atoms 3 and 4, discrimination be-

tween metabolism of Cl- and C6-labelled glucose was sharp; acetate -1-C" oxidation was lower but incorporation into fat was higher than in the warm-adapted fish. DLC. 79398. HOCK, R. J. Seasonal variations in physiologic functions of arctic ground squirrels and black bears. (Harvard Univ. Museum of Comparative Zoology. Bulletin 1960. v. 124, International Symposium... Hibernation 1959. Proceedings, p. 155-71, table, illus.) 21 refs. Outlines the annual life cycle in both animals then deals in detail with: seasonal variations in body weight, in body temperature, and in metabolic rate. The breeding cycle also is outlined and the differences between the squirrel, a hibernator, and the bear, which becomes only lethargic in winter, is stressed. The account is based on five years' observations in Alaska. Notes on conference discussion are DLC. appended. HOCK, R. J., see also No. 83116. 79399. HODGSON, J. H., Editor. A symposium on earthquake mechanism. Ottawa, Queen's Printer 1961. p. 299-397, (Canada. maps, graphs, tables, illus. Dominion Observatory. Publications v. 24, no. 10.) Refs. Contains 15 papers presented at this symposium at the International Union of Geodesy and Geophysics, Twelfth General Assembly, Helsinki 1960. One by J. N. BRUNE, on the Alaska earthquake of July 10, 1958, was abstracted as No. 70419 in this Bibliography; five other contain some arctic material, viz: Analytical calculation of the fault-plane problem by L. Knopoff, p. 309-315. Also issued as: California. Univ. Los Angeles, Institute of Geophysics, Pub. no. 203. An example of machine calculation of a certain probability function (correct sign of first motion) is given for the Alaska earthquake of July 10, 1958. The machine solution is compared with that obtained by visual means. Statistical accuracy of the fault-plane problem by L. Knopoff, p. 317-19. Also issued as: California. Univ. Los Angeles, Institute of Geophysics, Pub. no. 204. The statistics of the probability function used in the calculation of the fault-plane problem is shown to approximate that of a Gaussian distribution function. A numerical example is given for the Alaska earthquake of July 10, 1958. Study of stresses and ruptures in earth429

quake foci with the help of dislocation theory by L. M. Balakina and others, p. 321-27. Reviews own work mainly since 1957, and applies a proposed method to earthquakes in three regions, one the northwest Pacific Ocean. Here the pressure axes for most foci are oriented perpendicular to the geological features; tension axes seem 'to have no predominant direction; also the orientation of possible fault planes and the direction of movement on them vary considerably. Other authors: KH. I. Shirokova and A. V. Vvedenskafå. An application of S waves to focal mechanism studies by W. Stauder, p. 343-53. Develops two methods for relating the polarization of S waves to the mechanism at the focus of an earthquake, and applies these methods to two Alaska and three Kamchatka quakes. In the former, the S wave data agree with the P wave solution; in the -latter group, the same methods of analysis indicate a new type of focus, represented by a single force. Principal horizontal stress directions as an aid to -the study of crustal deformation by G. J. Lensen, p. 389-97. The ratio of horizontal to vertical displacement can be used to determine the direction of the principal horizontal stress and the character of the fault,. Examples are included, from the northeast and northwest Pacific: Alaska, the Aleutians, Kamchatka. Shallow earthquakes occur all around the Pacific, while intermediate and deep quakes occur mainly in the western part. DLC. 79400. HODGSON, J. H. The Dominion Observatory seismograph station at Beliefferville. (McGill Univ. Sub-Arctic Research Lab. Research paper no. 15 1963. p. 11828, map, graphs, illus.) Refs. Describes current status of the Canadian seismograph station network, 14 first-order stations completed, 6 of them in the North; 12 proposed, 7 in the North. Instnrmenta, tion is noted: a short-period and a longperiod set of seismometers, tuning-fork chronometer, standard recorders, and skilled operators. Temporary installation of a single short-period instrument at Schefferville in 1956- proved unsatisfactory; a permanent station two miles east of the town site began recording in early August 1962. CaMAI. 79401. HODGSON, J. H. The Upper Mantle Project. (Canadian surveyor 1962. v. 16, no. 3, p. 149-59, maps, graph, sections.) Discusses Canadian participation in this project 1959-1964, with a map of some 30

430

seismological stations, a dozen of them in the North; also brief descriptions of zones of ultrabasic rock such as the Muskox Intrusion near Coppermine, and near Thompson, Man. Studies at meteorite craters near Clearwater Lake, Que. and along the Nastapoka Island arc on Hudson DGS. Bay are noted. HODGSON, J. H., see also No. 79605. 79402. HOLIER, B. E. Malmbanan. (Svenska turistforeningen. Årsskrift 1963, p. 36-54, illus.) In Swedish. Title tr.: The ore road. Describes a trip along the railroad from Lulea in Sweden to Narvik in Norway, which mainly carries ore from the Kiruna region to seaport. Most of the ore goes at present to ice-free Narvik, facilities briefly noted; but the new Lulea ore port will offer competition though the sea is frozen about five months a year. Present condition of the electric railway, towns along its route, the building of the road, and individuals connected with it are sketched. DGS. 79403. HOEL, A. Isfjell på kysten av Øst-Finnmark. (Norsk geografisk tidsskrift 1961-62. v. 18, no. 5-6, p. 228-38, maps, table, illus.) 2 refs. In Norwegian. Title tr.: Icebergs off the east Finnmark coast. Discusses the unique occasion in MayJune 1929 when icebergs drifted in to the coast east of Nordkapp, north Norway. Contemporary observations are quoted. The bergs were usually 6-8 m. max. above sea level, 60-80 m. long and 30 m. wide. The possibility of drift ice is excluded. The bergs probably originated on east Svalbard and were brought to the Norwegian coast by exceptionally strong winds. 'DLC. 79404. HOEL, A. Svalbards, historie. (Forskningsnytt 1958. v. 3, no. 4, p. 15-18, map.) In Norwegian. Title tr.: History of Svalbard. Comments on and background of author's forthcoming book, ,Svalbards historie, to deal with the history of claims, scientific exploration, geology, coal mining, adminisSPRI. tration, etc. HOEL, A., see also No. 79347. 79405. HØYRUP, F. På slaederejse med solen. (Grgnland 1961, no. 7, p. 270-80, illua.) In Danish. Title tr.: Sledge trip with the sun. Describes short sledging trips in the Thule district, North Greenland, with CaMAI. Eskimo companions.

79406. HØYRUP, F. Rejee til Djaevleøen. (Grønland 1963, no. 8, p. 307-316, illua.) In Danish. Title tr.: Journey to Devil's Island. Describes visit to the Qutdleq loran station near Kap Cort Adelaer (61°46' N. 42°15' W.) on southeast Greenland. The isolation and its psychological effects were discussed CaMAI. with the station personnel. 79407. HOFER, E. Land of silence, fascination and beauty. (Natural history 1963. v. 72, no. 3, p. 46-55, illus.) Contains selected photographs from No. 51747, 58677, with excerpts from the preface by Lauge Koch; they depict the fjord country of northeast Greenland. DLC. 79408. HOFMANN, D. J., and J. R. WINCHLER Simultaneous balloon observations at Fort Churchill and Minneapolis during the solar cosmic ray events of July 1961. (Journal of geophysical research 1963. v. 68, no. 8, p. 2067-98, tables, graphs.) 41 refs. Reports on solar terrestrial phenomena of July 12-20, 1961. Besides these simultaneous observations, data from Kiruna, Sweden balloons and Injun 1 satellite are compared and analyzed to evaluate the effects of three solar flares of importance 3 or greater. Gamma rays. observed at Ft. Churchill on July 13 .and 14. are found to have their origin in nuclear reactions of low-energy solar cosmic rays. An increase in geomagnetic cutoff rigidity, and an intense flux of electrons, - coincident with the geomagnetic storm sudden commencement, were found during the storm of DLC. July 13.

Jan. temperatures during 1945-1960•• at weather stations in the. U.S. including Alaska, and in Canada. Effects of water bodies, latitude, solar radiation, and relief. are considered. At high latitudes, . the lowest temperatures and longest periods of cold occur in low-lying areas where cold collects. Areas of —50° F. are delimited in interior Alaska, and Yukon, northwest of Hudson Bay, and interior Ellesmere Island; and of —60° F. in the Yukon and 'Tanana valleys and the Brooks Range. Data from the Greenland icecap (not mapped) indicate —60° F. occurs over much of that area. CaMAL 79411. HOHLE, P. Nature's anvil in arctic Norway. (Norseman 1962. no. 4, p. 18-21, illus.) Describes the Stetind, an alpine peak.in the Lofoten Islands, and attempts to climb . DLC. it since 1882, some successful. • 79412. HOHN, E. O. Roderick MacFarlane of Anderson River and Fort. (Beaver. 1963. no. 294, p. 22-29, map, illus.) Account, partly from. No. 10614, of the activities of this Hudson's Bay Co. trader in northern. Mackenzie District. In 1857, he. explored the Anderson River and in= instigated possibilities of trading with Mackenzie Eskimos (described) who inhabited the lower Anderson—Liverpool Bay area. In 1861, MacFarlane established a trading post, Fort . Anderson, which he operated until it was closed in 1866. Illus. include sketches by Father E. Petitot who visited Fort Anderson in 1865. DL HOIDER, D. J., see No. 83119.

79409. HOGNESTAD, P. T. The dealfish Trachypterus arcticus Brünnich, in North Norway. (Astarte 1962, no. 21, p. 1-14, tables, illus.) 11 refs. Discusses earlier records of this arctic species, 'records and occurrence off Norway, periodicity of occurrence in this area, morphology and morphometry of live specimens, dolor, age determinations, estimated growth rate, comparison with data of DA. other authors.

79413. HOIDER, H. Linguistic subgroupings by glottochronology and by the comparative method: the Athapaskan .languages. (Lingua 1962. v. 11, p. 192-98, map, tables.) 3 refs. Attempt at classification including the Alaskan and north Canadian groups. Discrepancies between the results obtained by the two methods are attributed to the fact that glottochronology does not differentiate between cognate retention and DLC. interborrowing.

79410. HOGUE, D. W., and others. 24hour duration of low temperatures in (In: Alaskan Science North America. Conference ... 1962. Proceedings pub. 1963, p. 152-58, map, graphs.) Other authors: A. V. Dodd and R. L. Anstey. Maps and discusses isotherms of low temperature duration, based on daily max.

79414. HOIDER, H., and others. Studies in the Athapaskan languages. Berkeley 1963. 154 p. tables. (California. Univ. Publications in linguistics, v. 29.) Refs. Presents nine papers resulting from a seminar in Aug. 1958 at the Summer Institute of Linguistics, Univ. Oklahoma. Five are on northern languages, viz:

431

Athapaskan languages by H. Hoijer (p. 1-29, tables, 30 refs.) Comparative phonological study of the development of stem consonants derived from ProtoAthapaskan in twenty dialects of Athapaskan groups of Alaska and the Canadian Northwest. Athapaskan classification of verbs, by W. Davidson, L. W. Elford, and H. Hoijer (p. 30-41, tables, 6 refs.) Morphological study of neuter and active verb categories, including Chipewyan (data gathered at Buffalo Narrows and Churchill in 19521957) and Dogrib (at Yellowknife, 19571958). A preliminary presentation of Slave phonemes by P. G. Howard (p. 42-47). Phonetic analysis based on material of the Liard dialect gathered in 1953-1958 at Ft. Liard and along the river. A preliminary analysis of active verbs in Dogrib, by W. Davidson (p. 48-55, tables, 7 refs.) Discusses morphological structure, syntactic function, use of prefixes and postpositions, etc. Paradigmatic prefixes in Chipewyan, by M. Richardson (p. 56-61, table, 4 refs.) Morphophonemic study of verb prefixes denoting person, number, tense, mood, and voice. DSI. HOLCOMB, J. W., see No. 83766. HOLDEN, R. P., see No. 83254. 79415. HOLGERSEN, H. 25 års ringmerkingsrapporter. (Stavanger. Museet. Årbok 1955 pub. 1956. p. 141-51, tables.) In Norwegian. English summary. Title tr.: Twenty-five years' bird-banding reports. Reviews activities of 1931-1955 in Norway. Attempts at banding date from the 18th century, but they became widespread after aluminum bands were introduced in Denmark in 1899. Work of Stavanger Museum personnel is cited. Numbers banded and recovered during 1914-1953, and those of 1954 and 1955 are tabulated; in the latter years more than 20,000 birds were banded in Norway. Over 150 species are represented, many of them common to the Arctic. DLC. 79416. HOLLAND, G. P. Faunal affinities of the fleas (Siphonaptera) of Alaska. (In: Gressitt, J. L. ed. Pacific Basin biogeography 1963, p. 45-63, maps.) 4 refs. Discusses the distribution patterns, mostly of fleas which infest mammals, as an elucidation of Bering Arc relationships. Those in Alaska derive from two main sources: species mostly of Palearctic origin

432

that survived the glaciation in northern refugia; and those mostly Nearctic that migrated into the area after the ice receded. On the basis of present distribution, the amphiberingian species are divided into six and the postglacial invaders into four subgroups. A list of most of the 46 known Alaskan fleas is included, with their distribution, host-relationships, and taxonomic affinities noted. DSI. 79417. HOLLAND, G. P. Summary of entomological activities in the Arctic and sub-Arctic by the Canada Department of Agriculture. 8 p. map. (In: WHO Conference on medicine ... 1962.) Describes the origins, objectives and activities of three projects: Northern Insect Survey 1947-1962, Biology and Control of Northern Biting Flies 19471954, and Ecology of a Selected Arctic Environment 1961- . Material collected, studied and published; chemical and other control, and general characteristics of the arctic insects are considered. CaONA. 79418. HOLLAND, M. G., and others. A versatile system for calibration and automatic measurement of temperature in the range 2° K. to 400° K. (American Inst. of Physics. Temperature, its measurement and control ... v. 3. 1962-63. pt. 2, p. 795-800, plans, graph.) 13 refs. Other authors: L. G. Rubin, and J. Welts. Describes an apparatus built by the Raytheon Co., Waltham, Mass., consisting of a gas thermometer bulb, a high resistance (1300 ohms) platinum resistance thermometer (PRT), and a carbon resistance thermometer (CRT), to cover the 2-400° K. range. These units were integrated with a six-point, self-balancing potentiometer recorder and a stable, adjustable, constant current source to measure the output of the "working" thermometers, i.e., the CRT for 2-8° K. and the PRT for 8-400° K. The apparatus has been in use for two years; its advantages and possible improvements are noted. DLC. HOLLANDS, K. G., see No. 79138. HOLLISTER, H. J., see No. 78313. 79419. HOLM, G. F., ed. Grønlandske sagn. København, Foreningen Fremtiden 1959. 58 p. illus. In Danish. Title tr.: Greenlandic folklore. Foreword by E. Holtved. Fifteen Eskimo tales selected from Holm's collection of 1883-1885 Sagn og fortaellinger fra Angnaagssalik (No. 7279). DLC.

79420. HOLM, J. L. Deltagelse, produksjon og prisforhold i småhvalfangsten 1938-1960. Participation, production and price conditions in the small-whale fisheries 1938-1960. (Norsk hvalfangst-tidende 1962. v. 51, no. 6, p. 225-49, map, graphs, tables.) In Norwegian and English. Reviews the Norwegian fishery of little piked, bottlenose, killer and pilot: whales in coastal and Svalbard waters and in Barents Sea. During 1938-1949 concessions were granted freely, in 1949 to 384 whalers; but the number, gradually reduced to prevent over-production and depletion of little piked whale stocks, has been about 200/yr. since 1954. A three-week closed season in July was established in 1950, in 1952 the whaling season restricted to six months, and in 1955 small-whale catching north of 70° N. prohibited after June 30. The production of shore stations declined after 1952, but average production from combined operations remained at approx. 6,400 tons of whale meat/yr. The price of little piked whale meat had a regulative influence on production during 1949-1957; but since 1958, prices have been high and production below average. This is assumed to reflect a decline in little piked whale DLC. stocks. HOLMAN, R. H. C., see No. 78401. 79421. HOLMEN, H. Chromosome studies in some arctic Alaskan Leguminosae. (Botaniska notiser 1962. v. 115, no. 1, p. 87-92, illus.) 11 refs. Presents chromosome numbers and description for four species of Astragalus, five Oxytropis sp., and one each of Hedyserum and Lupines, all from the arctic slope of Alaska. Seven of these counts seem not previously known. DLC. HOLMES, G. W., see No. 83841. HOLMES, J. C., see Nos. 79771, 83643. HOLMES, R., see No. 82397. HOLMES, R. T., see No. 80986. 79422. HOLMQUIST, C. M. Dags att onvärdera de s.k. maringlaciala relikterna? (Fauna och flora 1963, no. 1, p. 30-42, maps.) 22 refs. In Swedish. English summary. Title tr.: Time for a reappraisal of the so-called marine glacial relicts? Suggests that these relicts in northern Europe, Asia, and America are euryhaline species which have invaded new areas and thus become more widely distributed.

Mysis relicta, cited as an example, is known in some 300 freshwater, but only 14 salt-water localities, the former rapidly increasing in number, the latter only occasionally; 1961 investigations in Alaska indicate this opossum shrimp is not commonly found in the sea but prefers inland DLC. waters. 79423. HOLMQUIST, C. M. Some notes on Mysis reticle and its relatives in northern Alaska. (Arctic 1963. v. 16, no. 2, p. 109-28, maps, graphs, table, illus.) 40 refs. Reports studies of mysids on the Arctic Slope and adjacent continental shelf off Barrow in summer 1961. Several localities, their physical and chemical properties and faunal compositions described, were investigated as possible habitats of Mysis. M. relicta were found in abundance in a freshwater lake, a marine lagoon, and a metahaline pond; the species apparently prefers shallow inland waters to the open sea. The absence of mysids from several freshwater lakes is attributed to isolation. Dispersal in this unglaciated area is considered, also possible interspecific competition between M. reticle and litoralas. DL 79424. HOLOBUT, W., and W. ST4ZBA. 0 sprawnotci dynamicznej serca w hipotermii. (Acta physiologica polonica 1962. v. 13, no. 5, p. 621-29, tables, illus.) 7 refs. In Polish. English summary. Title tr.: Cardiac dynamic efficiency during hypothermia. Study of heparinized and anesthetized dogs made hypothermic to 25° C. The experiments, conducted by two methods (described) indicate that the heart's adaptive functional reserve diminishes in hypothermia; as the overall functional level of the circulatory organ diminishes. DNLM. 79425. HOLOBUT, W. zawarto.46 hormon6w katecholowych, adrenaliny i noradrenaliny krwi obwodowej w umiarkovanej hipotermii. (Acta physiologica polonica 1963. v. 14, no. 6, p. 601-611, tables, graphs.) 7 refs. In Polish. Russian and English summaries. Title tr.: Levels of the catechol hormones, adrenaline and noradrenaline in the peripheral blood during moderate hypothermia. Cooling of dogs to 25° C. under Evipan anesthesia raised the level of catechol amines from 2.87 µg/1 at 37° C. to 61.64 pg/I. Both adrenaline and noradrenaline accounted for the rise. Adrenalectomized animals reacted to hypothermia with an

433

increase of noradrenaline only, in amounts equal to that of both catechol hormones in intact dogs. DLC. 79426. HOLT, M. H., and F. J. LEWIS. Internal cooling for general hypothermia. (Archives of surgery 1963. v. 87, no. 3, p. 471-74, illus., tables.) 3 refs. Description of successful use and further improvements of the method of intragastric (balloon) cooling, originally devised by the authors. It is used as adjunct to external cooling, when the aim is to induce general DLC. hypothermia. 79427. HOLT, 0., and others. Observation of electron density in the D region during (In: polar radio blackout conditions. Maehlum, B. ed. Electron density... 1962, p. 37-50, tables, graphs.) 5 refs. Other authors: B. Landmark and F. Lied. Presents results from observations of electron density and collision frequency. Measurements of ionospheric cross-modulation, according to the method of R. E. Barrington, and others, q.v. and partial reflections from the lower ionosphere were carried out near Tromsø, close to the auroral zone. During a number of periods when the strength of 2.7 Mc./s. signals from the-ionosphere was of the order of 60 dB. below the normal level, the electron density DLC. in the D region was deduced: 79428. HOLT, 0., and B. LANDMARK. Some properties of polar radio blackouts. (NATO Advanced Study Institute 1961. Proceedings Ø. 1963. NATO conference series, v. 3, p. 67-81, graphs, maps.) 4 refs. Describes polar cap absorption of radio waves, from the May 11-18, 1959 event as observed at Longyearbyen (Spitsbergen), Bjørnøya, Skibotn, Trondheim, and Kjeller (Norway). Diurnal and seasonal variations in auroral-type absorption, and variations with geomagnetic latitude are discussed as is the correlation between magnetic K index"and auroral absorption values. Correlation between observed absorption and auroral activity, duration of the disturbances and their structure are studied. DLC. 79429. HOLT, O. Some results concerning the sunrise and sunset variation of absorption during polar radio blackouts. (In: Maehlum, B. ed. Electron density ... 1962, p. 110-15, graphs.) 9 refs. Shows that the difference from day to night in polar cap and auroral absorption may be due to the different rate at which electrons are detached from negative oxygen

434

ions. The sunrise and sunset behavior of such absorption may be explained by Rayleigh scattering in the lower atmosphere of the visible and infrared radiation which is responsible for photo-detachment. Riometer observations of absorption during the polar cap event of Nov. 1960 at Longyearbyen on Vestspitsbergen, and at the ionospheric stations at Alta, approx. 70° N. 23° E., and Harstad, approx. 69° N. 16° E. are analyzed, and results presented graphically. The absorption was measured for 0 to 10° of solar depression angles. The dayto-night ratio of 4.3 was obtained for the absorption. DLC. 79430. HOLTEDAHL, O. Annen "Fram" -ferd og dens forskningsinnsats. (Naturen 1963. v. 87, no. 7, p. 407-429, maps, illus.) Ref. In Norwegian. Title tr.: The second Fram trip and its research influence. Reviews this Norwegian expedition of 1898-1902 to the Canadian Arctic, its itinerary, personnel, and scientific contributions, cf. No. 12543. It explored and mapped, geographically and geologically, parts of Ellesmere and the Sverdrup Islands. The geologic investigations and rock collections from Precambrian to Mesozoic led to recognition of the Franklin geosyncline. Anhydrite dome structures in the region are of special interest in the present-day search for oil deposits. DGS. 79431. HOLTEDAHL, O. Fridtjof Nansen. (Norsk geografisk tidsskrift 19591960. v. 17, no. 5-8, p. 197-99, port.) In Norwegian. Title tr.: Fridtjof Nansen. Commemorative note for the centenary of Nansen's birth. DLC. HOLTSMARK, B. A., see No. 78236. 79432. HOLTVED, E. T6rnhrssuk, an Eskimo deity. (Folk 1963. v. 5, p. 157-72.) 38 refs. Study of Eskimo mythology connected with this once powerful deity eclipsed by the Sedna cult. Originally the grand teacher or primordial shaman known from the Bering Strait to Greenland, he became the "master of assistant spirits" as attested from Greenland. 18th century missionaries identified him with the Devil, Eskimos applied his name to the white man's God. DLC. HOLTVED, E., see also No. 79419. HONDA, M., see No. 79605. 79433. HONDA, N., and others. Effects of adrenaline and noradrenaline on the ear

vessel in cold- and warm-adapted rabbits. Fort Wainwright, Alaska 1962. 3, 16 p. illus. (U.S. Air Force. Arctic Aeromedical Laboratory. Technical documentary report 62-23.) Other authors: W. V. Judy and L. D. Carlson. Both substances reduced the inflow of blood less conspicuously in the coldadapted rabbits than in warm-adapted. Venous pressure fell during the infusion of adrenaline or noradrenaline and rose after infusion above the initial level. Compliance of capacitance vessels was conspicuously reduced in the warm-adapted group, when compared with the cold group. CaMAI. 79434. HONEYMAN, H. C. Recent surveys in the polar regions, part 1; a control survey on the Canadian Arctic Islands. (Chartered surveyor 1962. v. 95, no. 4, p. 192-96, map.) Describes operations in 1959-1961 by the Surveys and Mapping Branch and by the Army Survey Establishment, particularly that of 1961 in the Queen Elizabeth Islands to provide horizontal and vertical control for compilation of 1 in.: 4 mi. maps. Shoran, helicopter transport, tellurometer, and oblique and vertical photography were used. Base was established at the Resolute Bay RCAF station, with field camps sited to cover work within a radius of 100 mi. Bad weather restricted activities to 11 full working days and 25 days of short-period flying, of a total of 100 days in the field. Part 2 deals with the Antarctic. DLC. 79435. HONG, S. H. Comparison of diving and nondiving women of Korea. (Federation proceedings 1963. v. 22, no. 3, pt. 1, p. 831-33, graphs.) 4 refs. Study showed in the divers a BMR inversely related to the sea temperature. Their oral temperature was lowered by 2-4° C. during the dive, with reduction greatest in the winter; maximal tissue insulation was noted in the winter. Shivering threshold was more above normal in the women divers than in non-divers and higher in women than in men. DLC. HONG, S. K., see also No. 79862. 79436. HONIGMANN, J. J. Community organization and patterns of change among north Canadian and Alaskan Indians and Eskimos. (Anthropologica 1963. n. ser. v. 5, no. 1, p. 3-8, illus, insert at p. 33-34, map.) 10 refs. French summary. Introduction to a symposium on sociocultural evolution, reviewing the six papers presented by J. H. MacNeish and D.

Dames, W. H. Oswalt and J. A. VanStone, A. Balikci and R. Cohen, N. A. Chance and J. Trudeau, J. Fried, C. C. Hughes, q.q.v. The symposium, pub. as a special issue of this journal results from a conference in DSI. Montreal in spring 1962. Social 79437. HONIGMANN, J. J. control and the regulation of diversity. (International Congress of Anthropological and Ethnological Sciences 1960. Comptes rendus, v. 2, Ethnologie pt. 1 Ø. 1963, p. 133-37.) Discusses the behavioral pattern and social pressures (shaming, withdrawal, etc.) applied by primitive societies, including the Eskimos, to prevent and control transDSI. gressions. 79438. HONIGMANN, J. J. The world of man. New York, Harper & Bros. 1959. 971 p. tables, graphs, maps, illus. Over 1,000 refs. Exhaustive study of cultural anthropology: methodology of approach, analysis of ethnographic data, processes involved in the rise and decline of primitive cultures, including Eskimos, Alaskan and north Canadian Indians. Technology and subsistence technique3, social organization, kinship and family relationship, administration and social pressure are discussed, as are communication and language, ideology and cosmology, culture conflicts and acculDLC. turation, etc. 79439. HOOD, J. M., Jr. Optical properties of the Bering Sea naval environment, January February 1960. San Diego, Cal. 1962. iii, 41 p. graphs, table, illus. (U.S. Navy Electronics Lab. Research and development report, NEL/Report 1150.) 10 refs. Describes sea-level arctic optical conditions, based on optical and meteorological data collected from the USS Staten Island between Unimak Pass and St. Lawrence Island. Most significant for predicting visibility and delectability of targets are: the nearly continuous recording of horizontal (down-welling) illumination Jan. 23-Feb. 23, 1960; a series of about 130 photometric photographs of the sea surface made from a helicopter; and a series of luminance distributions with the sun at zenith angles between 75° and 96° under both clear and overcast conditions. Equipment is noted; methods of analysis are outlined; results are reported in some detail, with isoluminance diagrams and photos illustrating various conditions. These data supplement a program of optical studies under way at DN-HO. Barrow, Alaska.

435

79440. HOOK, .1. L. Electron content variations in the auroral ionosphere determined from satellite radio observations. College, Alaska 1963. vii, 621. map, graphs. (Alaska. Univ. Geophysical Inst. Geophysical research report UAG-R136.) 23 refs. Describes a joint Univ. of Alaska-Lockheed Missiles and Space Co. experiment carried out in Mar. 1962, using a polar orbiting satellite 1962—epsilon, which made 12 passes over Alaska during its operational This report emphasizes the lifetime. determination by radio techniques of the variation of electron content in the ionosphere connected with incident particle fluxes. Detailed discussion of the differential Doppler method of determining the electron content is given. Experimental results show that increases in electron content are morphologically correlated with regions of auroral luminosity and incident particle fluxes. Also shown is the value of conducting coordinated simultaneous, radio, optical, and direct particle measurements. DGS. HOOPER, P. R., see No. 77215. HOPE, E. R., see Nos. 77375, 77572, 77766, 79854, 81646. 79441. HOPKINS, D. M. Geology of the Imuruk Lake area, Seward Peninsula, Alaska. Washington, D.C., U.S. Govt. Print. Office 1963. p. C1—C101, maps, sections, tables, illus.) U.S. Geological Survey. Bulletin 1141-C.) 54 refs. Describes results of 1947-1952 geologic mapping in this 1,100 sq. mi. area a hundred mi. northeast of Nome. Geographic features are noted, including evidence of human occupation 6000 to a few hundred years in age. The area includes parts of five physiographic regions and contains the north-south drainage divide of Seward Peninsula. Geologic features mapped on a scale of 1 in.: 2 mi. include metamorphic rocks of Paleozoic age, Mesozoic granitic rocks, and sediments and lava flows of late Cenozoic age. Lake deposits are found in the many existing lakes, and in the basins of several large filled or drained lakes. Three systems of abandoned shoreline features on Imuruk Lake represent the Illinoian, Wisconsin, and a Recent glaciation. Smallscale maps show glaciated areas, also volcanic and structural features of the Seward Peninsula; another map at 1 in.: 5 mi. shows volcanic vents, faults, and warped surfaces near Imuruk lake. Permafrost is present everywhere except

436

beneath large streams and lakes; it generally extends to depths of 200 ft. in this part of Alaska, though one drill-hole reached unfrozen rock at 70 ft. Ground water distribution is complicated by permafrost, by variable permeability of rocks and sediments, and by the uneven surface of the lava flows. Mineral resources include auriferous stream gravel, lignite, and diatomaceous earth. DGS. 79442. HOPPE, G., and I. OLSSONBLAKE. Palsmyrar och flygbilder. (Ymer 1963. v. 83, no. 1-2, p. 165-68, map.) 4 refs. In Swedish. English summary. Title tr.: Palsa bogs and air photographs. Reports a 1961 field study in northeast Sweden, approx. 68°-68°30' N. 21°-23° E., with air-photo analysis by the junior author. Palsas (small frost mounds) can be recognized on the basis of morphology; they always occur in bogs, often near small streams, and as winding and anastomosing ridges, or more or less straight ones. No significant differences in palsy size and shape were detected on photos taken at a four-five year interval, but there was a considerable eastward and southwestward extension in distribution as compared with previously known localities. The lower altitudinal limit for palsy bogs is now nearer 300 m. than 350 m. above sea level, but all those newly mapped are found within the area with negative temperature for upward DLC. of 200-210 days a year. 79443. HOPPE, G. Some comments on the "ice-free refugia" of northwestern Scandinavia. (In: Å. and D. Love. North American biota ... 1963, p. 321-35, maps, profile.) 54 refs. From study of an oasis in the Antarctic and the main features of the Würm glaciation in Europe, author denies the possibility of existence of biotic refugia in Scandinavia during that glaciation. Though the presence of nunataks is not excluded, their climate is believed to have been too harsh for them to DLC. serve as refugia. 79444. HOPPE, G. Subglacial sedimentation, with examples from northern Sweden. (Geografiska annaler 1963. v. 45, no. 1, p. 41-51, maps, profiles, graph, illus.) 19 refs. Describes sediment plateaus of unusual appearance at two localities in the southeastern part of Jokkmokk township, one near Rahanilive hill, the other at Pälkåive hill. They are morphologically alike and seem related genetically, but differ from the more common Veiki moraine plateaus.

These sediment plateaus seem to consist of stratified drift; ice-contact features, including kettles, indicate that sedimentation took place in proximity to glacier ice. Thus the stratified drift in the sediment plateaus must have been deposited in large subglacial cavities; some englacial deposition also may have occurred. Seismic investigations are outlined by S. R. Ekman p. 49-51: two profiles show sediment layers about 60 m. thick. DLC. 79445. HOPPING, G. R. Two new species of Ips De Geer, Coleoptera: Scolytidae, from western Canada and Alaska. (Canadian entomologist 1963. v. 95, no. 2, p. 213-17, illus.) Describes: Ips semiroslris n. sp. from Alaska and the Northwest Territories, and I. amiskwiensis, n. sp. from western Canada. Hosts (species of PØ), related forms, etc. are noted. DLC.

during deposition of the second layer were unlike those today; the water was cooler, and faunal content is less in that part of the offshore cores. Data on inshore and offshore core samples are tabulated. Sub-. marine topography is interpreted on a map 1 in.: 10 mi. A longitudinal and four transverse profiles are included. DGS. 79448. HORNBAEK, H. Tidal observations in Svalbard. (Norway. Norsk Polarinstitutt. Årbok 1962 pub. 1963, p. 146-48, table.) Notes the first important observations by A. E. Nordenskiöld's expedition to Mosselbukta in 1872-73, and the comprehensive investigations started in Adventfjorden by Norsk Polarinstitutt in 1956 and continued subsequently except for minor interruptions. The gage is described in detail. Results are pub. in Tidevannstabeller ... (No. 60568). DLC.

HORDEN, JOHN, Bishop of Moosonee, 1828-1893, see No. 84580.

HORNBROOK, E. H., see No. 77237.

79446. HORMIA, O. Varhaisia sanakirjatietoja suomen ja lapin kielestä. (Virittäjä 1963, no. 3, p. 253-56.) In Finnish. German summary. Title tr.: Early Finnish-Lappish dictionary notes. Discusses vocabulary listed in the Thesaurus pol glottus by Hieronymos Megiser pub. in Frankfurt, 1603; most of the Lappish words are in the Kildin dialect recorded by Cpt. S. Borough (cf. No. 20027) and pub. in Hakluyt's The principal navigation ... , London 1589. DLC.

79449. HORNSTEIN, I., and others. Flavor of beef and whale meat. (Nature 1963. v. 199, p. 1252-54, tables, illus.) 17 refs. Other authors: P. F. Crowe and W. L. Sulzbacher. A chemical and organoleptic comparative study of beef and meat of the sei whale. Earlier work indicated that an identical meaty aroma of beef, pork and lamb is associated with the lean parts, and that flavor differences reside in the fat. The present investigation showed that, in the whale, the basic flavor resides in the lean meat. The food of the whale is probably the origin of the (poor) flavor of its meat. DLC.

79447. HORN, D. R. Marine geology, Peary Channel, District of Franklin. Polar Continental Shelf Project. Ottawa, Queen's Printer 1963. 33 p. maps, profile. (Canada. Geological Survey. Paper 63-11.) 16 refs. Reports the 1961 survey of Hassel and Massey Sounds and Peary and Sverdrup Channels in a 10,000 sq. mi. area in the Queen Elizabeth Islands, east of that reported by Marlowe and Vilks, q.v. Main features of sea-floor morphology are noted and their significance indicated; sources and characteristics of the fluvial and recent marine sediments, some of them unique to arctic regions, are discussed. Most of the 44 cores taken offshore consist of a surface layer of dark brown silty clay underlain by dark gray to black interbedded silt and clay; it averages 34 cm. thick. The second layer at less than 190 m. depth has oxidized soil, coarse sands at 200 m., grading downward into coarse silt at about 400 m., and below that, clay. Environmental conditions

79450. HORODENSKI, J. Wplyw mieszaniny litycznlj na cilnienie wewnatizgalkowe w ostrym ataku jaskry. (Klinika oczna 1961. v. 31, no. 4, p. 365-66.) In Polish. English summary. Title tr.: Effect of "lytic cocktail" on intrabulbar pressure in acute attack of glaucoma. Notes earlier use of hypothermia in eye diseases and surgery, and describes 12 cases of acute and three cases of secondary glaucoma treated with this method. A decrease in bulbar pressure to 18-20 mm. Hq (in seven cases), to 30 min. (in six cases), and to 35 mm. (in one) was recorded. DNLM. 79451. HOROWITZ, L. Allergic reactions to low environmental temperature: "cold allergy." (Oklahoma State Medical Association. Journal 1962. v. 55, no. 3, p. 82-86, illus.) 28 refs.

437

Reports a case in a 19-year old male, white, including causative mechanism and therapy. The conditions in which cold urticaria occurs are also discussed. DNLM. 79452. HORSTED, S. Aa. On nonreported recaptures from Danish tagging experiments on cod, Subarea 1. (International Commission for the Northwest Atlantic Fisheries. Special publication 1963, no. 4, p. 22-25, tables.) 3 refs. Author expounds a theory of estimating fishing mortality from tagging returns. He further suggests a way of correcting the most serious error of the method; the nonreported part of recaptures. The corrections are based on Portuguese fishing in this Subarea, waters southwest of Greenland. Ca.MAI. 79453. HOSPITALS. Hospital in the Arctic. (Its: v. 36 1962. no. 10, p. 38-41, illus.) Describes with good illus. the new U.S. Public Health Service hospital at Kotzebue, northwest Alaska. Capacity: 50 beds, serving 7000 Eskimos in 28 villages scattered over an 85,000 sq. mi. area. The use of radio in serving the area is also noted. DNLM. 79454. HOUGH, E. Encouraging Women's Institutes in the North. (North 1963. v. 10, no. 3, p. 13-17. illus.) Relates experiences visiting 14 settlements in Mackenzie District to inspect and foster local units of the Federal Women's Institutes of Canada. Their activities, mostly in homemaking and handicrafts, also Eskimo and Indian participation are described. CaMAI. 79455.. HOUSE, M. R., and A. E. H. PEDDER. Devonian goniatites and stratigraphical correlations in western Canada. (Palaeontology 1963. v. 6, no. 3, p. 491-539, map, tables, illus.) About 110 refs. Contains a systematic description of Devonian ammonoids from Alberta, Mackenzie District, and Yukon Territory, and combines the evidence they provide toward correlations within the Canadian Devonian. A nearly complete ammonoid sequence from equivalents of the Emsian to the lower Famennian, is established; it shows considerable affinity with the well-known European ammonoid faunas. Its main components are identified. Nine genera are recorded for the first time from Canada. A new genus, Sellagoniatites, is erected, with S. discoides Waldschmidt as type

438

species. Two new species, Sellagoniatites jacksoni and Teicherticeras lenzi, are described. About 30 specimens are illus. A correlation chart of Devonian rock units in western Canada indicates the ammonoid occurrences. DGS. HOVDEBO, H. R., see No. 78224. 79456. HOVI, V., and L. NIEMELÄ. Measurements of the mean beta disintegration energies of P32 and P71147 at low temperatures. Helsinki _1962. 10 p. tables. (Suomalainen Tiedeakatemia. Toimituksia: Annales Academiae scientiarum Fennicae, ser. A. VI, Physica, no. 103.), 12 refs. Determines the mean beta disintegration energies of P22 and Pm147 at liquid nitrogen temperatures by using the microcalorimetric method proposed by the authors previously. The value of 691 ± 20 KeV was obtained for the mean beta disintegration energy of Pas, in good agreement with Fermi's theoretical value. In the case promethium 147, the measured mean beta disintegration energy was 70.4 ± 4 KeV which is about 10% higher than the value obtained from the beta spectrum and Fermi's theory. DLC. 79457. HOWARD, F. The Alaska-B.C. boundary. (North 1963. v. 10, no. 6, p. 22-25, map.) Discusses settlement of the boundary location by a six-man British-American commission in 1903, and its adverse effect upon development of northern British Columbia. The commission interpreted the Anglo-Russian treaty of 1825 as placing the heads of all inlets in U.S. territory. The treaty is claimed to have geographic inaccuracies, and its interpretation biased in favor of the United States. Negotiations to obtain tidewater ports for Canada in the border area are proposed. CaMAI. HOWARD, P. G., see No. 79414. HRYNIEWIECKI, L., see No. 77430. 79458. HUBBS, G. L. Water-supply and waste disposal in northern Canada and Alaska. 19 p. map, illus. (In: WHO Conference on medicine ... 1962.) About 120 refs. Reviews recent developments, those soon to be undertaken, or still under study, in the Yukon and Northwest Territories, and in Alaska. Water supply is dealt with as to surface sources, wells, reservoirs, and urban water systems; the problems of permafrost and high iron content of the water are also

considered. Eight or more methods of waste disposal are described, some with plans or illus. Research needs and possibilities are also outlined. CaONA. 79469. HUBER, L. R. Alaska CoastalEllis Airlines. (Esso air world, July-Aug. 1963. v. 16, no. 1, p. 2-7, illus.) Describes the 400-by-100-mi. area in Southeast Alaska served by these airlines merged in 1961. The aircraft based on Juneau, Annette, Haines, Skagway, are mostly amphibious, serve remote and coastal points without landing fields. DLC. 79460. HUBERT, J. Le desastre de l'exp&Iition Nobile. (Geographic 1961. no. 116, p. 59-64, map, illus.) In French. 'itle tr.: The Nobile Expedition disaster. Popular account of the loss of the Italian dirigible Italia of the Nobile Expedition of 1928; events of the rescue of the survivors northeast of Spitsbergen; comments on the international rescue effort, Nobile's losa of authority, and the abandonment of Finn Malingren. DOS. 79461. HÜLSEMANN, K. Radiolaria in plankton from the arctic drifting station T-3, including the description of three new species. Montreal 1963. 52 p. tables, maps, illus. (Arctic Institute of North America. Technical paper no. 13.) 75 refs. German summary. Presents a taxonomic and morphological study of 32 radiolarian species (three new) collected by Charles Howard during three periods in 1952-1955. In addition to the description of the forms, depth distribution, zoogeographic character, differential morphology, etc. are considered. A review of earlier work, outline of materials and methods, and a brief account of the oceanography and ecology of the Arctic Basin north of Ellesmere Island introduce the study. CaMAL HUGHES, B., see No. 82420. 79462. HUGHES, C. C. Observations on community change in the North: an 'attempt at summary. (Anthropologica 1963. n. ser., v. 5, no. 1, p. 69-79.) 6 refs. French summary. Analyzes socio-political and socio-economic factors responsible for population concentrations and discusses the influence of :cash money on Indian and Eskimo psychology. The general preference for wage-paying jobs over subsistence occupations and the centralization of schools, medical facilities and relief agencies have

furthered stabilization in northern settlements. Use of money, especially for commodities other than bare necessities' is a new experience for the aborigine, and often disruptive. It involves him in decisionmaking for which he lacks skill and selfconfidence. Anxiety, instability, and social division are some of the symptoms of this maladjustment. DSI, 79463, HUGHES, O. L., and J. TERASMAE. SIPRE ice-corer for obtaining samples from permanently frozen bogs. (Arctic 1963. v. 16, no. 4, : p. 270-72, illus.) Discusses the effectiveness of sampling devices demonstrated by summer 1962 field use in northern Yukon and laboratory tests in Mar. 1963. Hand drilling in Yukon Territory produced excellent cores, but the cutting teeth in the ice-corer were quickly dulled from mineral matter; holes 7-8 ft. deep required three hrs. drilling. Tests with power drives indicated that a two-man team could core a frozen bog 8 ft. deep in 30-45 min. The two types of power units tested: a McCulloch chainsaw motor, and a Haynes earth drill, were both adequate; details are given. DOS. 79464. HUHTA, J. Shallow seismic ex(Geoexploration, periments in Kolari. Trondheim 1963. no. 1, p. 50-55, graphs, diagr.) Ref. Describes the Refraction Hammer-Seismograph Model MD, made by Geophysical Specialties Co. of Minneapolis, noting the pulse techniques of its operation. Field tests are reported as made by OtanmAki Oy in Kolari District of Finland, 67°20' N. 24°10' E. Depths to bedrock were determined in glacial till with big bqulders, some sand, and some weathered rock; four profiles 100 m. apart were carried out. Results were good to 10 m. depth, errors reasonably small to 30 m.; but this restricted effectiveness as well as sensitivity to weather are considered limitations of the instrument, as is its lack of a second channel DGS. or geophone. HULL, D., see No. 78189. 79465. HULSE, J. H. Food for men in the Arctic. (Canadian food industries 1956. v. 27, no. 11, p. 40-45.) 3 refs. Discusses caloric requirements of man in the Arctic; effect of cold on food, especially fresh fruit, vegetables and eggs; effects of thawing; water needs and supply; bulk rations; dehydrated foods; ration packs; indigenous foods, including food in emerDA. gencies.

439

79466. HULT, J. Der Einfluss der Zentren auf die Bevölkerungsdichte ihrer Verkehrsgebiete. (Fennia 1962 pub. 1963. v. 87, no. 1, 49 p. graphs, maps, tables.) 25 refs. In German. Title tr.: The effect of the center upon the population density of its transportation district. Presents statistical analysis of the mutual influence of population centers of various size and the nature and extent of their various transportation districts. Larger centers absorb into their area of influence, the smaller centers nearby. Data are tabulated for 75 centers in Finland. External influences on population density and on size of district are noted, including topography, bus route networks, surfacewater systems, and local climate. The last two are important for Kuusamo. Salle, Sodankylä, Kemijärvi, Rovaniemi, and Tornio are also considered, and the distribution types found to vary more in the northern part of the country than in the more DLC. heavily populated areas. 79467. HULTFN, E. The distributional conditions of the flora of Beringia. (In: Gressitt, J. L. ed. Pacific Basin biogeography 1963, p. 7-22, maps.) Discusses and maps the distribution of vascular plants in this area between the Mackenzie River in Canada and the Aldan in Yakut ASSR. Some 18 types of distribution are found including continental and coastbound species with continuous ranges or with gaps in America, Asia or the Aleutians, also those restricted mostly or entirely to Asia or America, endemics, southern and arctic coastbound plants. The number and areal concentration of species are indicated for each distribution type. This evidence supports the assumption of a former land connection in the northern Bering Sea area, and also indicates glacial survival by many species in the unglaciated Alaska-Yukon and IndigirkaKolyma valleys. DSI. 79468. HULTEN, E. Phytogeographical connections of the North Atlantic. (In: Å. and D. Löve. North American biota... 1963, p. 45-72, maps.) Study of the known plants of an area which includes Greenland in the west and Svalbard in the east. It consists of 23 double-maps with their explanations and analyses. These maps correspond to the 23 groups of plants classified according to their geographic distribution, e.g. circumpolar, American, European, amphi-Atlantic. One of the double-maps indicates the world

440

range of all species of the group dealt with. DLC. 79469. HULT$N, E. Ranges of circumpolar arctic-montane plants. (In: International Botanical Congress 1959. Recent advances ... 1961, v. 1, p. 907-911, maps.) Discusses forms of arctic-montane distribution: geographical and local races and the problem of phytogeographic mapping; double-ring-shaped geographic distribution of arctic-montane species, and its implications; variants of this distribution; continuous arctic-boreal distribution. DLC. 79470. HULTEN, E. Two Pedicularis species from NW America, P. albertae n. sp. and P. sudetica sens. lat. (Svensk botanisk tidskrift 1961. v. 55, no. 1, p. 193-204, maps, illus.) Describes, with color photographs, these two forms of lousewort, the first from the Rocky Mts. in Alberta. The different races of the second form, are considered in detail and their distribution, circumpolar arctic and subarctic is outlined. DLC. 79471. HULTQVIST, B. On the height distribution of the ratio of negative ion and electron densities in the lowest ionosphere. (Journal of atmospheric and terrestrial physics 1963. v. 25, no. 5, p. 225-40, graphs.) 41 refs. Studies the height distribution of this ratio from very small variations of an auroral type absorption during the twilight periods. No experimental data are found to prove that the electron density is appreciably increased when the 70-100 km. altitude range is lit by the visual of the near-ultraviolet light but not by the ionizing far ultraviolet radiation. Possible interpretations are discussed under the conditions of aurora and geomagnetic storms at Fort Churchill in Canada, Alta (70° N.) in Norway, and Kiruna in Sweden. Variations of polar cap absorption with solar zenith angle at sunrise and sunset, and variation of radio propagation conditions during twilight periods are considered. DLC. HULTQVIST, B., see also No. 78474. HUMAN RELATIONS AREA FILES, see No. 81450. 79472. HUME, J. D., and M. S. SCHALK. The effects of ice-push on arctic beaches. (American journal of science 1964. v. 262, no. 2, p. 267-73, maps, profiles, illus.) 10 refs.

Describes observations of the senior author 1959-1961 and the junior author 1954-1959, along the Alaskan coast near Barrow and between Point Lay and Tangent Point. Loose pack or solid winter ice forced upon the beach by wind or currents usually gouge some beach material, push and deposit it in irregular mounds or ridges, commonly two feet but in places up to 15 ft. high, as measured near Barrow in 1960-1961. Profiles of the 1961 ridge system are shown. Ice core samples taken were found to be about 20% sediment; and this debris would form an irregular ridge two ft. high after the ice had melted. A five-foot ridge complex near Cooper Island without ice core is presumed to be several years old. Such deposits commonly constitute 1-2% of the sediment above sea level, in this area. DGS. 79473. HUME, R. M. Eskimo carver or Canadian sculptor? (North 1963. v. 10, no. 1, p. 2-5, illus.) Considers the potential effects of cultural transition of the high quality of Canadian Eskimo • sculpture. The Eskimo's unusual creativity is attributed to his need for improvisation in a harsh physical environment. While alleviating the difficult living conditions, care should be taken to preserve CaMAI. his artistic ability. 79474. HUMPHREY, P. S., and G. A. CLARK, Jr. Pterylosis of the mallard duck. (Condor 1961. v. 63, no. 5, p. 36585, graphs, illus.) 31 refs. Preliminary attempt to describe the general pterylosis of Anas platyrhynchos, based on material observed alive and preserved, clipped and unclipped, and soft-X-rayed. All feather tracts as well as feather orientation, arrangement, shape, size and color are considered. The relationship of some wing feathers to the underlying skeleton was elucidated by dissection. DLC. 79475. HUNFALVY, P. A kondai vogul nyelv. Pesten, Hoffman 6s Molnar 1872. x, 194, 214 p: In Hungarian. Title tr.: The Konda Vogul language. One of the first linguistic studies of a major dialect of Khanty Mansiyskiy National District. It contains a grammatical, morphological and phonetic outline, G. Popov's translation of St. Matthew's Gospel as sample text, and a semantic dictionary of over two thousand words in the separately-paged appendix. DLC. HUNFALVY, P., see also No. 83263.

HUNKINS, K. L., see Nos. 77086, 82463. 79476. HUNSUCKER, R. D., and L. OWREN. Auroral sporadic-E ionization. (U.S. National Bureau of Standards. Journal of research 1962. v. 66D, no. 5, p. 581-92, graphs, illus.) 10 refs. Compares auroral type sporadic-E ionization recorded with C-3 ionosonde at College, Alaska during the IGY winters 1957-1958, with simultaneous all-sky camera observations and auroral activity indices. A statistical study of this type of data for Dec. 1957—Mar. 1958 and Oct.—Dec. 1958 gives a qualitative relation between high auroral activity and high foEs (the ordinary wave top frequency corresponding to the highest frequency at which a mainly continuous trace is observed). The correlation coefficient for the auroral activity index and foEs is 0.544. An "atlas" of frame-byframe comparison of 19 C-3 soundings with 19 simultaneous all-sky camera photographs reveals a striking relationship between the passage of an auroral band through the zenith, and an increase of foEs. The correlation coefficient between the local DLC. geomagnetic K-index was 0.012. 79477. HUNSUCKER, R. D. The northern lights. (Alaska sportsman 1963. v. 29, no. 3, p. 8-11, +, map, illus.) Describes the auroras, cause, occurrence, and frequency distribution, height, colors, forms, seasonal and daily variations, also auroral sound (if any) and effect on radio signals. Suggestions are given for photoDI. graphing them. HUNSUCKER, R. D., see also No. 81880. 79478. HUNT, A. D. In search of Arctic Island development. (North 1963. v. 10, no. 2, p. 2-9, map, illus.) Discusses especially the potentialities for oil development in the Canadian archipelago. Geological structures in the Parry and Sverdrup Islands are favorable for oil accumulation; and oil sands on Melville Island prove oil present. Methods of transporting the oil are considered, also effect of such an industry on the developDLC. ment of the islands. 79479. HUNT, A. D. Oil and gas prospects of the Yukon Territory. (In: Northern 16 p. Resources Conference ... 1963. maps, graphs, tables.) Assesses the development prospects to determine a rate of return on investment. Oil and gas have been discovered in the Eagle Plains basin and in southeastern

441

Yukon Territory. If found in quantity, the oil and gas could compete on the world market, specifically in the Pacific region. Potential profit margins are lower than those experienced in Alberta ($.90—$1.00/ bbl. vs. $1.30/bbl.) but could alter with changes in cost of tanker rates, exploration, etc. Supporting data are mapped, graphed, CaOGB. and tabulated. 79480. BUNTEN, D. M., and A. V. JONES. Basic research on aurora and airglow. Apr. 30, 1963. 48 I., graphs. (Saskatchewan. Univ. Dept. of Physics. Final report FRC under contract no. AF 19(604)-7265.) Refs. Also issued as: U.S. Alr Force. Cambridge Research Laboratories. AFCRL-63-609. Supplements No. 65258. Principal instruments and facilities are described, including a spectrograph at Churchill, Man. Abstracts of 20 scientific reports and 12 theses produced under the contract are reprinted. The twilight airglow and dayglow measurements, observations of auroral emissions, of the night airglow and of auroral temperatures are discussed, and most notable results are mentioned, including the effects of high altitude nuclear explosions on DWB. twilight observations of lithium. 79481. BUNTEN, I). M:, and others. Rapid measurement of N2+ rotational temperatures in aurora. ` (Canadian journal of physics 1963. v. 41, no. 2, p. 258-70, table, graphs, illus.) 10 refs. Other authors: E. G. Rawson and J. K Walker. Describes a photoelectric temperature photometer which gives a temperature reading from aurora in about one second. It collects auroral light from a small region of the sky, and passes it through one of the three filters. Two are narrow-band interference filters to measure the intensity of two parts of the bright N2+ band at 3914Å, the third is for a background measurement; head and tail filters have a band-width of less than 10Å, the background filter 23Å-3955Å. The reading is presented on a meter, and is independent of the light intensity over a wide range. Since rotational temperatures are considered equal to kinetic temperatures of the atmosphere, aurora observations with this temperature photometer enable construction of a temperature profile for the atmosphere from 95 to 170 km., showing a gradient of 6.0° K/km. The range of temperatures observed in auroral rays is 300°-850° K, draperies 320°-760° K, and arcs 260°-630° K. The lowest temperature

442

observed during several minutes was 140° ± 20° K. DLC. 79482. HUNTER, C., and H. LARKINS. North Pacific and Bering Sea winter gillnetting. (Pacific fisherman 1963. v. 61, no. 6, p. 7-9, illus.) Describes Jan.—Mar. 1963 research by two vessels for the U.S. Bureau of Commercial, Fisheries at ten Bering Sea stations along 175° E. and 180°, seven south of the Aleutians (180°), and eight in the western Gulf of Alaska (165° W.). Catch by species of salmon, age and size distribution of reds, also water temperatures, are indicated. In the Bering Sea area, salmon had not been considered present but reds were caught at all ten locations and chums at one. Large (approx. 23"), -three-winter-at-sea reds were dominant at the northern stations in DI. all three areas. 79483. HUNTER, J., and D. A. HURLEY. The influence of respiratory and renal factors on cardiac activity during deep hypothermia. (Canadian journal of biochemistry and physiology 1963. v. 41, no. 3, p. 551-60, tables, graphs, illus.) 7 refs. Apcount of experiments on hypothermic rats with the kidney in situ, or exteriorized and warmed, ligated, or first adrenaleotomized. The experiments, and substances administered to the rats, indicate that maintenance of renal circulation improves blood pressure and heart function irk hypothermia below 22° C. Adequate ventilation however, is a necessary condition for this DSI. effect. 79484. HUNTER, J. Methods of induction and effects of "cardiac arrest" in relationship to hypothermic state. (American Inst. of Physics. Temperature, its measurement and control ... v. 3. 1962-63. pt. 3, p. 485-94, graphs.) 7 refs. Study of hypothermia in rats treated with acetazoleamide or CO2, with untreated controls. Hearts in the treated groups continued to function down to nearly 0° C. The and hundreds were resuscitated. controls could not be resuscitated; their heart beat stopped at 7-8° C. against DLO. 0-3° C. in the treated groups. HUNTER, J. R., see No. 82231. 79485. HUNTINGTON, C. E. Population dynamics of Leach's petrel, Oceanodroma leucorhoa. (International Ornithological Congress, 13th. Proceedings .1962 pub. 1963, v. 2, p. 701-705.) 9 refs. Progress report on a study since 1955

of a single colony in the Bay of Fundy. It is concluded that this bird "cannot ordinarily find food enough to rear more than one nestling and sometimes not even one", at least near the Iimits of its range. The population decline on these limits is apparently partly due to change in food supply. DLC. HUFFER, H., see No. 79231. HURLEY, D. A., see No. 79483. HURLEY, P. M., see No. 77315. 79486. HUSSEY, K. M., and G. S. ANDERSON. Environment and distribution of thermal relief features in the northern foothills section, Alaska. Ames, Iowa 1963. iv, 76 1. maps, cross-sections, tables, illus. 77 refs. Deals with these aspects of such features as patterned ground, thermokarst, etc., specifically the interrelationship of eight known environmental factors (climate, regolith, degree of slope, drainage, slope exposure, depth to permafrost, vegetation, and time) which control such features, also their areal distribution. Selected areas of North Alaska, were studied (46 days in 1962) mainly near the Ikpikpuk and Meade Rivers, and aerial reconnaissance of the region between the Itkillik and Utukok Rivers. General geology of the area also main features of climate, soils, and vegetation are outlined. Environmental prerequisites of the various features studied are summarized. Individual factors controlling thermal relief development are evaluated, with numerous illus. The causeeffect relationships are found consistent throughout the northern foothills section, and may be applicable in a wider geographic extent. Local climatological data for three stations, the 1962 season temperature record, and mechanical analyses of regolith CaMAI. samples, are appended. 79487. HUSSEY, K. M. Ground patterns as keys to photointerpretation of arctic terrain. (Iowa Academy of Science. Proceedings 1962. v. 69, p. 332-41, illus. 9 refs. Data based on 1955-1961 summer field observations indicate that angle of slope is the principal factor in determining the type of ground pattern found regionally or locally in the Arctic. Other factors are the rock texture, type and thickness of vegetation mat, amount of surface and subsurface water, and thickness of the active layer. In the Franklin Bluffs and Barrow areas, close relationships between the various

surface factors were evident and between them and the ground pattern. Equidimensional ground patterns, circular frost scars, hummocks, ice-wedge polygons, and sorted stone nets were found to develop on slopes of less than two degrees. With increase in slope to four degrees, these patterns become elongated but not aligned or continuous, i.e. not stripes. Slope increased to six degrees is characterized by such linear features as stripes (both sorted and non-sorted), and by development of steps. Steps become more pronounced on steeper slopes, and solifluction lobes characterize slopes steeper than eight degrees. Understanding the significance of the different types of ground patterns enables the photo-interpreter readily to determine terrain conditions of an unknown area. CaMAI: HUSSEY, K. M., see also Nos. 77010, 77011, 77889, 82398. 79488. HUSTICH, I. A comparison of the floras on subarctic mountains in Labrador and in Finnish Lapland. Helsinki 1962. 24 p. map, table, illus. (Acta geographies 1963. v. 17, no. 2.) 24 refs. Lists 151 species of vascular plants from the Gerin mountain region northwest of Schefferville, and 166 species from Ounastunturi at 68°15' N. 23°48' E.; 62% of those on Gerin occur also on Ounastunturi, in fact 77% if closely related species are included. Only 3-5% of the species of either area are entirely alien taxonomically to the other. Some comments are included on tree species on the mountain slopes, as similar in the subalpine region but different below the timberline in the two areas. DLC. 79489. HUSTICH, I. Forest and tree lines in northernmost Fennoscandia. (Suomalainen elain- ja kasvitieteellinen seura Vanamo. Tiedonannot: Archivum 1961, no. 16 suppl. p. 111-13, map, illus.) Distinguishes the subalpine region, a vertical belt of low mountain birch on the mountains, and the subarctic region, horizontal, characterized by pines where habitats are suitable, and low sparse birch over wide areas, with possibly either climatic, human, or fire controls. The polar forest limit . is determined by the Norway spruce PØ abies or by P. obovala (Kola Peninsula and eastward). Effects of grazing are noted. So is the recent reexpansion of pine, northward and toward isolated mountain summits. DLC. 79490. HUSTICH, I. A preliminary inventory of the vascular plants in the

443

eastern part of central Labrador peninsula. Helsinki 1963. 38 p. maps. (Acta geographica 1963, v. 17, no. 3.) 59 refs. Lists flora of the boreal and subarctic part of Newfoundland-Labrador, from Battle Harbour north to Hebron. The 612 species represent the material collected by the Finnish expeditions to Labrador in 1937 and 1939 and by the author in 1948 and 1952. Only about 50 species are of frequent occurrence but they cover over 95% of the area where higher plants grow. DLC. 79491. HUSTON, W. D. The accuracy and reliability of bimetallic temperature measuring elements. (American Institute of Physics. Temperature, its measurement and control ... v. 3. 1962-63. pt. 2, p. 949-57, graphs, plans.) 12 refs. Usual form of bimetallic thermometer is illus.; basic components are the helical coil, pointer shaft, pointer, and graduated dial. Useful temperature range is from -300° to +800° F.; minimum scale span is nominally 100° F. Temperature measuring elements are commonly made of alloys of 20-24% nickel with 2-4% chromium additions as one component. This is bonded to an equal thickness of Invar (a nickel alloy) with 36-50% nickel content as the low expanding component. The mechanics of bimetallic materials shows that the deflection is proportional to the difference in the expansion coefficients, the difference in temperature and the square of the length for cantilever members, and is inversely proportional to the thickness. Stability at sustained temperatures and during thermal cycling (one cycle -20° to +212° F., others from 212° to -109°, -X210°, and -320° F.) was satisfactory. Recommended design criteria and treatment techniques include a dry atmosphere in a sealed case for below-freezing temperatures. The bimetallic element provides a conservative, stable, and reliable method in thermometry; unlimited precision or sensitivity seems possible between -300° and +800° F. DLC. HUTTON, I., see No. 80921. 79492. HUTTUNEN, M., and B. W. JOHANSSON. The influence of the dietary fat on the lethal temperature in the hypothermic rat. (Acta physiologica scandinavica 1963. v. 59, no. 1-2, p. 7-11, table, graphs.) 6 refs. Rats fed a diet with 50% unsaturated fat (corn oil) or saturated fat (cocoanut oil) were cooled and the esophagus temperature

444

at the last heart beat registered. Hearts of the unsaturated series stopped beating at a considerably lower temperature (7.2° C.) than the other series (12.9° C.) It is suggested that the tolerance to hypothermia in the first group is due to the physical properties of the myocardial cells, especially the 1)NLM. cell membranes. 79493. HVARFNER, H. SØrkok vid Holmajärvi. (Norrbotten. Årsbok 1963, p. 215-22, map, illus.) 2 refs. In Swedish. Title tr.: Large-scale cooking by Holmajärvi. Describes four pits on a promontory in this lake at 67°49' N. 19°44' E. as investigated in 1954. They had stones heaped upon charcoal at the bottom and were C-14dated to the tenth century. These pits had been used repeatedly for cooking game, and some experiments showed this heating method efficient and economical. SPRI. 79494. HVINDEN, T., and A. LILLEGRAVEN. Caesium-137 and strontium-90 in precipitation, soil and animals in Norway. (Nature, Dec. 23, 1961. v. 192, p. 1144-46, graphs, tables.) 4 refs. Reports measurements of fallout during 1957-1960 in various localities including Bodø and TromsØ, also of concentrations of these radioactive substances in five animal groups. The geographical differences in fallout seem less significant than the differences in uptake among reindeer, sheep, cow, pig, and horse. The high uptake in reindeer is attributed to their grazing on lichens, borne out by measurements indicating a high fallout retention by these plants. Some differences in concentration of Sr-89 were found between reindeer from the north and south. DLC. HYLMÖ, B., see No. 78706. 79495. HYMES, D. H. Notes toward a history of linguistic anthropology. (Anthropological linguistics 1963. v. 5, no. 1, p. 59-103.) Approx. 50 refs. General survey including (p. 73-77), the 19th-early 20th century genetic classifications of North Amerindian and Eskaleut language, primarily theories developed by DSI. Sapir, Boas, and Powell. HYNDMAN, R. D., see No. 80146. 79496. HYTONEN, E. Beobachtungsergebnisse der Finnischen Triangulationen in den Jahren 1953-1962. Helsinki 1963. 59 p. maps, tables. (Finland. Geodetiska Institutet. Julkaisuja: Veröffentlichungen

no. 56.) 13 refs. In German. Title tr.: Observations results of Finnish triangulation surveys in the years 1953-1962. Reports work of the Finnish Geodetic Institute in three main nets, the East Lapland, Inari, and Enontekiö, containing 37 tiepoints in northern Finland. Observations are tabulated by site and chronologically. Sites are described, instrumentation is noted. DGS. 79497. IGY WORLD DATA CENTER A: Glaciology. Glaciological activities 1962. (Its: Glaciological notes 1963. no. 13, p. 9-31; no. 14, p. 9-11.) Summarizes field and laboratory studies carried out during the year. Included are at least 15 projects in Alaska, a dozen in northern Canada, three in northern Sweden, two in Svalbard, and several laboratory studies on snow and ice. DGS. 79498. IGY WORLD DATA CENTER A: Oceanography. Catalogue of data, data received by WDC-A during the period 1 July 1957-31 December 1962. Washington, D.C. 1963. 120 p. maps, tables. Refs. Supersedes previous catalogs. Contains ship reports, sea-level and steric sea-level, and long period wave records, from 42 countries. Included are data from 17 arctic and subarctic seas (index map, p. 10), most of the ship programs carried out in the Norwegian, Labrador, and Greenland Seas, by Russian, British, and Norwegian vessels; the sealevel data obtained by the USSR, United States, Canada, etc.; long-period wave records at Sitka and Unalaska. Ship programs included the standard oceanographic observations, also bottom sediments, surface features, meteorological and biological observations. DWB. IGY WORLD DATA CENTER A: Oceanography, see also No. 83850. 79499. 9BLOKOV, A. V., and D. E. SERGEANT. Izmenchivost' kraniologicheskikh priznakov grenlandskogo tfillenfa Pagophilus groenlandicus Erzleben, 1777. (Zoologicheskil zhurnal 1963. v. 42, no. 12, p. 1857-65, tables, maps, illus.) 10 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Variation of craniological traits in the harp seal Pagophilus groenlandicus, Erzleben, 1777. Study of 19 parameters of adult animals, males and females, from the White Sea, Greenland Sea and Newfoundland populations. The first two were found to differ in only a few characters, while the New-

foundland was smaller than the other two in most measurements. These conditions are attributed to the greater isolation of the Newfoundland herd. DLC. 79500. IABLOKOV, A. V. Kosatki v Grenlandskom more. (Priroda 1963. v. 52, no. 3, p. 113-15, illus.) 2 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Killer whales in the Greenland Sea. Reports sighting several herds of Orcinus orca from a whaler, in drift ice. The presence of killer whales on the ice edge is generally denied, although confirmed by Nansen, who observed them diving under ice floes and throwing off the resting seals. DLC. 79501. IABLOKOV, A. V., and V. M. BEL'KOVICH. Nabllildenie morzhel na lezhbishchakh v Anadyrskom zalive i Chukotskom more. (Magadan. Oblastnol kraevedcheskil muzel. Kraevedcheskie zapiski 1962. no. 4, p. 156-74, illus.) 7 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Survey of walruses in harems of the Anadyr Gulf and Chukchi Sea. Reports observations on over half-adozen harems. Location and nature of the areas occupied by the animals, general aspects of the harem(s), color of the walruses, their movements, and numbers in 1959, 1960 are given. Their movement in coastal waters, behavior, sleep, fights, relation to man, vocalization, shape of tusks, etc. are considered. Some notes on occasional other visitors are included. MH. 79502. IABLOKOV, A. V. 0 tipakh okraski kitoobraznykh. (Moskovskoe o-vo ispytatelel prirody. Otd. biol. Bfülleten' 1963. v. 68, no. 6, p. 27-41, tables, illus.) 25 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Types of cetacean coloration. Distinguishes three types: animals of a single color, those with clear-cut, light spots, and those colored according to the countershadow principle of G. H. Thayer. The first group consists of animals which are either planktophagous or get their food under conditions where vision is of minor importance. The second type is mainly in gregarious forms, the spots apparently serving mutual recognition. The third group includes predators of the DLC. upper, well illuminated waters. fABLOKOV, A. V., see also Nos. 77359, 80010. IABLOKOV, K. V., see No. 81253. 79503. IAKHONTOV, V. D. Lastochki v fAlcutii. (Priroda 1963. v. 52, no. 4, p.

445

114-15, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: Swallows in Yakutia. Describes the nests and nest building of Delichan urbica Sw. and Riparia riparia L. along the Kolyma River. The first confined to towns builds in a variety of locations, hence its nest varies in shape. The second digs a nest and tunnel in the clay batik of a river. Contrary to others' claims, author has not sighted a single DLC. Hirundo rustica L. in the area. 79504. fAKHONTOV, V. D. Okhotskil ulit na beregakh Okhotskogo mori. (Ornitologifa 1962, no. 5, p. 284-85.) In Russian. Title tr.: Tringa guttifer Nordm. on the shores of the Okhotsk Sea. Notes from field observations of this sandpiper, including times of arrival on the island, nests, eggs, habitat, weight and DLC. morphometry, food. 79505. lAKHONTOV, V. D. Sobol'na Kolyme. (Magadan. Oblastnol kraevedcheskil muzel. Kraevedcheskie zapiski 1957. no. 1, p. 92-93.) In Russian. Title tr.: Sable on the Kolyma. Describes ecological conditions of the middle Ozhogina River, left tributary to the Kolyma, where dark sables from south Yakutia were released in 1951 and 1955. They have multiplied and spread to adjacent valleys; but squirrel, ermine, and partridge are less numerous than formerly MA. according to local hunters. 79506. ßK1MOV, V. P. Semidesfatiletie so dnfa rozhdenifa prof. V.V. Bunaka. (Voprosy antropologii 1962. v. 10, p. 15455, 168-73.) In Russian. Title tr.: For the 70th birthday of Prof. V.V. Bunak. Reports on the joint session of the Institute of Ethnology and the Institute of Anthropology, Oct. 24, 1961 in honor of this noted physical anthropologist. His principal publications, approx. 160, spanning the years 1922-1961 are listed, a score or more on northern tribes. Tribute to Bunak was pub. also in Arkhiu anatomii, giØlogii i embiologii, Apr. 1962, t. 42, vyp. 4, p. 12426, port., with a list of 14 of his more important publications. DLC. 79507. IAKOVENKO, M. fA., and f 1. I. NAZARENKO. Rezul'taty issledovanil promysla i vozrastnogo sostava belomorskogd lysuna v 1960-1961 gg. (Murmansk. Poliarnyf n: issl. inst. morskogo rybnogo khozfalstva i okeanografii. Nauchno-tekhnicheskil bfülleten 1962. no. 1 (19), p. 19-22, tables, h us.) -In Russian. Title tr.: Results of investigations on the hunting and

448

the age composition of the White Sea harp seal in 1960-61. Discusses the extent of this sealing in the 20th century, conditions and kill of Histriophoca groenlandica in 1960-61, age composition of kill, sex composition, population dynamics on the rookeries, etc. DLC. fAKOVENKO, M. IA., see also No. 77172. 79508. fAKOVLEV, A. V. Nekotorye materialy k mediko-geograficheskol kharakteristike Kamchatki. (Geograficheskoe obshchestvo SSSR. Geograficheskil sbornik 1961. no. 14, p. 86-97, chart.) 33 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Some materials on the medical-geographic characteristics of Kamchatka. Reviews the relief, climate, geologic structure and soil, water basins, vegetation and animal life as factors in health and disease in this area. Acclimatization problems are discussed and found soluble. Volcanic dust and ash are considered as to their effects upon health. Medicinal plants of Kamchatka are listed. Certain rodents, the suslik (Cilellus versmanii), marmot (Marmota camIschatica), squirrels, rats, etc. are noted as transmitters of epidemic disease. Distribution of ticks and horseflies is sketched. The most common diseases are influenza, dysentery, mumps and tuberculosis. Health services are briefly noted. DLC. 79509. IAHOVLEV, B. A. Izbytok i defifeit osadkov na Kol'skom poluostrove v estestvennykh sinopticheskikh periodakh teplogo polugodifå. (Sbornik rabot po sinoptike 1959, no. 3, p. 77-91, tables, maps.) 3 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The precipitation surplus and deficit on Kola Peninsula in natural synoptic periods of the warm half of the year. Discusses forecasting for the May-Sept. period which has 70% of the annual precipitation. The 1943-1953 records of 11 meteorological stations are analyzed and prevailing patterns of natural synoptic periods established. Excess precipitation coincides with the appearance of southern cyclones and its deficit with warm and high anticyclones. These data can be utilized for several-day forecasts. DLC. 79510. IAKOVLEV, B. A. Klimat Murmanskol oblasti. Murmansk, Murmanskoe knizhnoe izd-vo 1961. 200 p. tables, graphs, maps. 23 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The climate of Murmansk Province. Monograph with the main sections on physical-geographic characteristics of the region; main factors in its climate formation;

the climatic elements: atmospheric pressure, wind, temperature of soil and air, humidity, cloudiness, precipitation, etc. Individual regions are treated in turn; and an account of long-term cycles and trends completes the work. The text is amplified by charts, diagrams and tables; and an appendix is added giving some features of the climate in tabular form. DLC. IÄKOVLEV, B. P., see No. 82925. 79511. IAKOVLEV, G. N. 0 formakh rel'efa poverkhnosti drelfufdshchikh l'dov. (Problemy Arktiki i Antarktiki 1963, no. 12, p. 61-68, table, illus.) Ref. In Russian. Title tr.: Relief forms of drift ice surface. Two sets of morphogenetic processes attive on drift ice are distinguished: one is currents, wind, and drift which disrupt the ice cover and produce small, medium or large relief forms; the other set includes solar radiation, atmospheric heat, thaw and melt water, precipitation, evaporation, condensation, and freezing processes which tend to level the surface (four forms) or produce microrelief forms. Each of these relief forms is discussed in detail, chiefly from drifting station observations. The great variety of relief forms and of their DLC. combinations is stressed. 79512. IAKOVLEV, I. K. Zakonomernosti rasprostranenifå uglel rozlichnol stepeni metamorfizma v predelakh zapadnol okrainy Tungusskogo basselna. (Sovetskafå geologifå 1963, no. 12, p. 58-67, tables, map.) 11 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Distribution laws of coals of different degrees of metamorphism on the western margins of the Tungusskiy basin. Reports a 1957-1962 study by a group in the Bakhta, Nizhnyaya Tunguska, Kureyka, Gorbiachin, Chuna and other basins. Geologic structure of the region is outlined and coal sedimentation, coal plants, micropetrographic properties of coal are analyzed. The degree of metamorphism varies substantially. A coal classification according to technological properties is given. The main factors affecting metamorphism are temperature and pressure. Thermal and regional metamorphism are characterized. The northwestern part of the Tungusskiy basin is the most prospective for coking coal. DLC. IAKOVLEV, O. N., see No. 77025. 79513. IAKOVLEV, S. A. Faunisticheskafa kharakteristika chetvertichnykh morskikh otlozhenil Bol'shezemel'skol tundry i

Pat Khofii. (Leningrad. Vses. geologicheski! inst. Materialy 1961, n. ser. no. 42, p. 54-74, tables.) 15 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Faunal characteristics of Quaternary marine deposits of the Bol'shezemel'skaya Tundra and Pay-Khoy. Compiles a table of the fossils found in various localities in this northeasternmost part of Arkhangelsk Province. Arctic, boreal, boreal-arctic, and subarctic forms are distinguished and evaluated. This fauna is correlated with the Quaternary of the Severnaya Dvina and Yenisey River mouths and the Taymyr. Whether the marine molluscs belong to one or to several transgressions is found difficult to determine. Hence this type of paleontologic method is concluded to be useless for stratigraphic separation of marine Quaternary deposits. DLC. AKOVLEVA, S. V., see No. 83220. 79514. IAKOVLEVSKAIÅ, T. A., and E. I. SEMENOV. Nekotorye novye dannye o chkalovite. (Akademifa nauk SSSR. Mineralogicheskil muzel. Trudy 1963, no. 14, p. 265-67, tables, illus.) 5 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Some new data on chkalovite. Reports chkalovite (Na2Be Si:Oe) crystals found in the Lovozero alkaline massif. Pseudodipyramidal, they are analyzed and optical axes determined. Chkalovite is found in mass ussingite in association with schizolite, neptunite, murmanite, etc. Chemical analyses of chkalovite and other beryllium minerals are given. DLC. fAKOVLEVSKAIA, T. A., see also No. 79172, 81486. 79515. IAKUBA, V. N. MokreQy isen. tral'nol flkutii. (Irkutsk. Irkutskil gos. protivochumnyl inst. Sibiri i Dal'nego Vostoka. Doklady 1963. no. 5, p. 215-17, graph.) 4 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Punkies of central Yakutia. Notes on six species of Culicoides, collected during summers of 1960-1962. Frequency, diurnal rhythm of activity (feeding) and factors governing it, also possible role (slight) of the midges in transmitting tularemia, are DLC. considered. 79516. IÅKUBA, V. N. Moshki polmennol chasti £sentral'nykh ralonov fÄkutii. (Irkutsk. Irkutskil gos. protivechumnyl inst. Sibiri i Dal'nego Vostoka. Doklady 1963. no. 5, p. 209-214.) 4 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Blackflies from the flood-plains of central Yakutia. Reports on material collected in the sum447

mers of 1960-1962, mostly in the pre-imago stage. Frequency, phenology with weather, periods of activity and role as carriers of DLC. tularemia, are considered. 79517. fAKUPOV, V. S. Ispol'zovanie metoda VEZ pri izuchenii sovremennykh rykhlykh otlozhenil Severo-Vostoka SSSR. (In: Mezhvedomstvennoe soveshchanie .. . Trudy 1959, p. 475-79, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: Use of the vertical electric sounding method for investigation of present unconsolidated deposits in northeastern USSR. Lower or higher resistivity of unconsolidated deposits may indicate not only their thickness but also their lithologic composition and genetic types. A section obtained by this method in the Bol'shoy Taryn basin is interpreted. Its wider use in geomorphic ICRL. survey is recommended. 79518. fAKUSHEV, I. R. Stratigrafifa mezozolskogo effuzivno-tufovogo kompleksa poberezh'få Taulskol-guby. (In: Mezhvedomstvennoe soveshchanie ... Trudy 1959, p. 280-87.) In Russian. Title tr.: Stratigraphy of the Mesozoic effusive-tuff complex of the coast of Tauyskaya Bay. Describes Upper Triassic (Rhaetic), Lower, Middle and Upper Jurassic and Lower Cretaceous deposits. Their lithologic properties, thickness, and organic remains are characterized. Effusive activity in this region began in Upper Triassic time and proceeded through the Lower Cretaceous. ICRL. 79519. fAKUSHEV, I. R. Stratigrafifä verkhneü3rskikh otlozhenil basselna r. Zyrianki. (In: Mezhvedomstvennoe soveshchanie ... Trudy 1959, p. 293-99.) In Russian. Title tr.: Stratigraphy of Upper Jurassic deposits in the Zyryanka River basin. These, consisting of volcanic, terrigenous and sedimentary rock, are divided according to facies, lithologic properties, mode of formation, and fauna, into two subseries: Pintas and Bastakh. Each is described and divided into horizons noting brachiopod, pelecypod and other fauna and flora. ICRL. 79520. fALDYGINA, Z. S., and others. Rol' liamblil i gel'mintov v etiologi ostrykh kishechnykh zabolevanil u detel rannego vozrasta g. Arkhangel'ska. (Arkhangel'sk N. -issl. inst. epidemiologii, mikrobiologii i gigieny. Sbornik nauchnykh rabot 1960. no. 4, p. 42-48, tables.) 8 refs. In Russian. Other authors: N. D. Polfiikova, O. G. Kolpachnikova and P. A. Burkova. Title

448

tr.: The role of Lamblia and helminths in the etiology of acute intestinal diseases of young children in Arkhangel'sk. Study of 361 patients, indicating a high incidence of lambliasis. It is recommended that in cases when Lamblia only is found as pathogen to apply specific treatment; the same is recommended for helminthoses. DLC. 79521. fAMPOL'SKAfA, M. L., and N. E. PETROV. Kratkil ocherk istorii fiikutskol detskol literatury. Yakutsk, Øutskoe knizhnoe izdvo 1959. 116 p. Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Short sketch of the history of Yakut juvenile literature. Reviews trends in educational and recreational reading matter: translations from Russian in the 1920's, increased reliance on native work since the 1930's, patriotic and ideologic literature of the war years and postwar decade. Major prose works and poetry are discussed, and the leading Yakut writers of juvenilia characterized. DLC. fANDOVSKAIA, N. I., see No. 80618. 79522. CANES, A. V. V Grenlandskom more. (In: Sovetskie ekspediisii 1959 goda, 1962, p. 247-55, map, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: In the Greenland Sea. Russian investigations in this sea, started in 1932, have been carried on since 1955 by special cruises: the icebreakerLitke in Sept.— Oct. 1955, the diesel-electric Ob Aug.—Oct. 1956, diesel-electric Lena Oct.—Nov. 1957, all headed by L. L. Balakshin; in 1958 the Lena in March (V. A. Shamont'ev) and the Toros in June—July (A. S. Denisov) worked there, and in 1959 three expeditions under V. A. Shamont'ev on the 810 t. hydrographic vessel Shtorm, in April—May, June, and Sept.—Oct. Their main results are cited as discovery of a 3,000 m. deep channel across the Nansen Rise between 0° and 3° E., comparative and quantitative studies of the eastern (Spitsbergen) current, carrying warm Atlantic waters into Arctic Basin, and the western (Greenland) current, carrying cold arctic waters into Atlantic. A new northing 83°21' N. was achieved by the Litke at 53°11' E. in 1955, and by the Lena at 1°40' W. in 1957. DLC. 79523. fANISHEVSKII, M. E. Fauna paleozolskikh otlozhenil Verkhnekolymskogo kraiå. Leningrad, Gonti 1938. 90 p. illus. (Dal'strol. Materialy po izucheni►ü Kolymsko-Indigirskogo kraiå. Ser. 2, no. 11.) 90 refs. In Russian. French summary. Title tr.: Paleozoic fauna of the upper Kolyma region.

Describes systematically the Silurian, Devonian, and Carboniferous fauna collected in 1933-1935 on the upper Zyryanka, Rassokha, Omulevka, Kolyma and elsewhere. Brachiopods predominate, followed by molluscs, gastropods, arthropods (trilobites and ostracods), etc. Some of this fauna is represented by new species which are described in greater detail and are illus. DLC. fANKINA, Z. S., see Nos. 78631, 78634. 79524. IANKOYSKII, K. V poiskakh diva. (Ural'ski! sledopyt 1963, no. 5, p. 62-72; no. 6, p. 40-51, map, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: Search for a marvel. Reviews seven Tunguska meteorite expeditions 1928-1962: the search headed by L. A. Kulik till 1939, resumed in 1958 under K. P. Florenskil, meteoritic nodules discovered in 1961-1962 in a taiga bog approx. 61° N. 102° E., hypotheses on their DLC. origin, etc. 1Ä ANSHEVSKI1, 1017. P., see No. 79108. 79525. IANULOV, K. P. Pitanie okunfåklf3vacha, Sebastes mentella Travin, v vodakh N'fiifoundlenda i Labradora. (Voprosy ikhtiologii 1963. v. 3, no. 4 (29), p. 708-725, tables, map, illus.) 12 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The diet of the redfish Sebastes mentella Travin in Newfoundland and Labrador waters. Presents a quantitative analysis of 40 species of zooplankton and pelagic fishes found in the stomachs of these fish. Diet according to size groups and seasonal and diurnal fluctuations in the feed are also considered. Comparisons are made with the food of S. marinus and of cod; area differences in food are noted. A review of earlier work, and outline of methods and areas of investigation introduces the account. DLC. IANUTSH, D. A., see No. 79041. ßPRYNfi$EV, V. N., see No. 77612. 79526. IARKOV, S. P. Pochvy Lesolugovol zony SSSR. Moskva, Izd-vo Akademii nauk SSSR 1961. 318 p. tables, illus. Approx. 300 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Soils of the forest-meadow zone of the USSR. This study in two parts is concerned in its first part primarily with the formation of podsolic soils. The forest-meadow zone of the USSR includes forest tundra and taiga, hence most of the arctic-subarctic

regions. The soil formation process is delineated for the Kola Peninsula, Arkhangelsk Province, Komi ASSR, western and eastern Siberia, and Kamchatka among other regions. DLC. IARMOLIÜK, V. A., see No. 84152. 79527. fAROPOLOV, N., and S. CHAIKIN. V uzlakh sosredotochennogo stroitel'stva. (Na strolkakh Rossii 1962. v. 3, no. 7, p. 28-31, graphs, map, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: At centers of concentrated building. Describes the east Siberian economic region, its mineral, timber, and power resources. The building industry and production of construction materials are outlined. The industry represents a billionruble outlay a year, to rise to 1.7 billion rubles by 1965. Building in Krasnoyarskiy Kray and Yakutia, and the wood-fiber plate (700,000 m.'), wood-shaving plate (1400 m.'), and mineral wool supplies from Tayehet and Irkutsk are briefly discussed. DLC. 79528. IASHNOV, V. A. Vodnye massy i plankton, 2; Calanus glacialis i Calanus pacificus kak indikatory opredelennykh vodnykh mass morel Tikhogo okeana. (Zoologicheskil zhurnal 1963. v. 42, no. 7, p. 1005-1021, maps, illus.) 44 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Water masses and plankton 2; Calanus glacialis and C. pacificus as indicators of definite water masses in Pacific seas. Continuation of No. 72323, based on extensive collections and sources. C. glacialis is found not to differ from the typical form of the Arctic Basin; it is common in northeastern Bering Sea and in the Okhotsk Sea, and penetrates with the cold current into the Japan Sea. The centers of C. pacificus distribution are the East China and Yellow Seas; center of its eastern distribution seems to be related to the gyral in Gulf of Alaska. DLC. 79529. fASTREBOV, A. L. Deformaf ii nasypnykh sooruzhenil pri stroitel'stve na mnogoletnemerzlykh gruntakh. (Akademifa, stroitel'stva i arkhitektury SSSR. Izvestifä 1962, no. 1, p. 76-89, maps, illus.) Ref. In Russian. Title tr.: Deformation of fill installations in building on permafrost ground. Discusses deformation of embankments, causeways, filled excavations, etc., due to thawing of frozen ground and of the ground ice in it beneath the fill installation: Basic formulas for construction design on permar

449

frost are given. The method of calculating depth of seasonal thaw in arctic and subarctic regions is explained. Isolines of seasonal thawing of the sand, clay, and organic ground components are shown for Vorkuta, Salekhard, Dikson, Dudinka, Noril'sk, Igarka, Mirnyy, Tikai, Zhigansk, Yakutsk, Pokrovsk, Chokurdakh, Magadan, Seymchan, and Anadyr. Formulas are derived for calculating the seasonal thawing depth for multilayered (rubble, gravel, earth, sand, etc.) fill, and the allowable subsidence of embankments built on permafrost determined for different types of substratum (loam, sand, organic matter, etc.), and for different kinds of fill. DLC. IASTREBOVA, T. A., see Nos. 77581, 80295. 79530. IAf ENKO, A. A. ilIorfologicheskafa struktura Chukotskogo poluostrova. (Akademifä nauk SSSR. Doklady 1963. v. 151, no. 5, p. 1150-52.) In Russian. Title tr.: Morphologic structure of Chukotsk Peninsula. Reviews the relief and morphologic features of Chukotka brought about by denudation, tectonics, erosion and Quaternary glaciation. Relicts of peneplain, planation surfaces, development of river valleys and their terraces, marine terraces, coast forms, etc. are briefly characterized. DLC. 79531. fAfgENKO, A. A. Osnovnye zakonomernosti stroenifii rel'efa Chukotskogo poluostrova. (Akademifå nauk SSSR. Izvestifä 1963, ser. geog. no. 4, p. 79-85, profile.) In Russian. Title tr.: Main pattern of the relief structure of Chukotsk Peninsula. Characterizes the relief brought about by tectonic movements, erosion, and glaciation. Development of peneplain and river valleys is analyzed. PIanation surfaces and their dissections are outlined. Interfluves, watersheds and uplands are described in terms of typical relief. Coastal areas of Chukotka are dealt with noting evidence of tectonic activity and action of the sea. DLC. 79532. fAßKO, V. IA. Otvet rybakov Severnogo basselna na prizyv dal'nevostochnikov. (Rybnoe khozfiilstvo 1963. v. 39, no. 7, p. 7-9.) In Russian. Title tr.: Response of the northern basin fishermen to the call of those in the Far East. Compares catches and other data from the two areas since "emulation" began

450

between them in 1962. Vessels and equipment, record catches, planning of catches and otherwise, professional organization, etc. are noted. DLC. 79533. fA'f8KO, V. L. Oporno-pokazatel'nye korabli Severnogo basselna. (Rybnoe khozi !stvo 1963. v. 39, no. 5, p. 60-61.) In Russian. Title tr.: Guide boats of the northern basin. These boats, of which there are 39 in the area, have the most experienced skippers and crews, highest catches, etc. They advise and assist other fishing craft in technical problems, management, etc. Some of their activities are detailed. DLC. 79534. IAßKOVSKII, A. I. Frit'of Nansen na Dal'nem Vostoke; k stoletiiii an dnfa rozhdeni1 . (Dal'nil Vostok 1961. v. 29, no. 6, p. 144-48, port.) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Fridtjof Nansen in the Far East; the centenary of his birth. Notes the last phase of the expedition on the Korrekt in 1913, as described in No. 41535. Nansen's arctic explorations and his humanitarian activities are stressed; as is his recognition of the potentials of Russia and the Far East. DLC. 79535. f ZAN, ft. P. Biologicheskie osobennosti i puti khozfaalstvennogo osvoenifa populfafsii migrirufüshchikh loser Pechorskol talgi. (Pechoro-Ilychskit gosudarstvennyl zapovednik. Trudy 1961, no. 9, p. 114-201, maps, tables, graphs, illus.) 74 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Biological features and means of economic utilization of the migrating elk population in the Pechora taiga. General description is given of the elk migration southward in Nov.—Feb. and northward in April—May in Komi ASSR, including its northern parts. Ecological factors such as climatic conditions, snow cover in the upper Pechora basin and biological features of propagation, etc. are analyzed. The elk, it is concluded, is not game for amateur hunting in which most animals are only wounded. Its population control must be left to systematic professional hunting. Methods of making population counts are discussed. In the area considered, some two million hectares, the elk are estimated at 6,900 head. DLC. 79536. fAZAN, M. P. Klassifikaf is bobrovykh ugodil basselna verkhnel Pechory. (Pechoro-Ilycbskil gosudarstvennyl zapovednik. Trudy 1959. no. 7, p. 241-67, tables, illus.) 7 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Classification of beaver grounds in the upper Pechora basin.

Reports a five-year (1953-1957?) survey of beaver sites in the upper reaches of the Pechora, chiefly in the Pechora-Ilych Preserve. By airplane, boat and afoot, he examined 613 km. of stream banks in mountains, foothills, forest and flooded valleys; he found 62 beaver settlements ("poselenifå"), noted 43 families (average four to a family) and seven individuals, altogether 179 beaver. The rivers and lakes occupied are characterized as to size, depth, rate of flow, etc., the structure and vegetation of the banks, especially the occurrence of willow, birch, aspen and alder. The beaver lodges generally are built in the bank with ingress and egress beneath the water surface. The structure of the beaver dams (29 observed) and canals is described. The sites surveyed are evaluated as excellent, fair, or satisfactory for lodge building and food supply; 40, 90, and 49 occupied such sites, whose utilization is rated as 48, 28, and 13% respectively. DLC. 79537. IAZAN, ID. P. Novyl aktograph dlfa izuchenifa povedenifa bobra i rabota s nim. (Pechoro-Ilychskil gosudarstvennyl zapovednik. Trudy 1959, no. 7, p. 277-83, tables, illus.) 2 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The new actograph for study of beaver behavior and its use. Describes a device installed at a certain place in the beaver lodge which records automatically the comings-in and goingsout of the animals, and supplies data on the number of beaver in the family and their activities by day and night. Successful trials of its use in the Pechora-Ilych Preserve are noted. DLC. 79538. rAZAN,f0. P. Opyt kolichestvennogo ucheta bobrov v uslovifåkh PechoroIlychskogo zapovednika. (Pechoro-Ilychskil gosudarstvennyl zapovednik. Trudy 1959, no. 7, p. 268-76, maps, table.) 5 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Attempt at a quantitative study of beaver under the conditions of the Pechora-Ilych Preserve. Discusses various methods of counting beaver: by number and size of their sites, by number of lodges, of gnawed trees, amount of food taken, or other traces of activities. From own work in the PechoraIlych Preserve, author finds summer the best time for counting by lodges, and fall for traces of activities. The beaver dwell singly, or in families (of four on average); colonies are rare, and the two observed had each two families. The 1951 estimate of 456 beaver in the Preserve is rejected, as even in 1958 the number in the upper Pechora basin could not exceed 250. DLC.

IÄZAN, ftl. P., see also No. 82966. 79539. fAZMIR, M. M. 0 prirode nizhnekembrilskikh biogermov poberezh'få srednego techenia r. Aldana. (Saratov. Universitet. Uchenye zapiski 1960. v. 74, p. 157-66, illus.) 5 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: On the nature of Lower Cambrian bioherms in the banks on the middle reaches of the Aldan River. Outlines the stratigraphy of Lower Cambrian deposits in the Bol'shoy Yunikan, Tommot and other areas along the Aldan. Bioherms (lime-secreting organisms such as algae, archaeocyathids, etc. of the old sea) in these deposits are described, noting the existing forms, growth and sea environments in which they were formed. Their study is considered important for the stratigraphy of the deposits. DLC. 79540. IÄZMIR, M. M., and 0. P. VIDISHCHEVA. 0 sledakh Vermes v otlozhenifakh nizhnego kembrifa raiona srednego techenifa r. Aldana. (Saratov. Universitet. Uchenye zapiski 1960. v. 74, p. 167-68.) 5 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: On worm traces in Lower Cambrian deposits in the middle course of the Aldan River. Describes remains found on the left bank of Aldan near the mouth of the Burak River. They are in too poor state of preservation for conclusive identification; they are a polychaete of subclass Sedentaria, and resemble somewhat Anthrophicus harlani Hall. DLC. 79541. ICHETOVKIN, N. V., and R. L. SKHOL'. Mineral'nafa voda na Aldanskom sklone Vostochnogo Verkhofån'fa. (Akademifa nauk SSSR. Inst. merzlotovedenil . Severo-Vostochno otd-ie. Trudy 1958, no. 1, p. 134-38, table.) In Russian. Title tr.: Mineral water in the Aldan slope, eastern Verkhoyansk region. Describes climatic conditions, permafrost and geologic structure in the Dyby basin in Yakut ASSR. Mineral water was obtained from a 252 m. drilling, and its chemical analysis is reported. It is of ferruginous acidulous-hydrocarbonate-magnesium-calcium type, and is found of value for treatment of several cardiovascular diseases. DLC. 79542. IGISHEV, S. Domostroenie v Magadanskol oblasti. (Zhilishchnoe stroitel'stvo 1963, no. 1, p. 17-19, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: Domestic construction in Magadan Province. Describes the development of Magadan,

451

its industry, and housing in particular. New power stations, ore mines, concentration plants, highways, and electric transmission lines, the fishing industry, etc. are noted, as is the . production of building materials at Magadan, in Chukotka, and at Cape Zelenyy in Yakutia. A number of three-story, forty-unit apartment houses have been built of prefab metal-ceramicconcrete panels made at the Magadan plant. Piles are being used instead of the conventional strip foundations. The building industry: program through 1965 in different parts of the province is given. Insufficient appropriations are considered to handicap DLC. development. 79543. IGLAUER, E. Conclave at Frobisher. (New Yorker Nov. 23, 1963, p. 188-232.) Describes impressions at the First Conference of the Arctic Cooperatives in March 1963 at Frobisher. It was attended by. delegates Eskimo and/or white from the 18 Eskimo co-ops set up in the Eastern Canadian Arctic since 1959. Progress in production, problems of marketing and price control, prospects for new marketable products, etc. were discussed. The decision to create a central marketing outlet in the Canadian South for carvings, prints and handicraft is noted, as is the Eskimo delegates' articulate expression of purpose and needs, including that for inter-co-op cooperation. The town of Frobisher is described: housing, industrial installations, community facilities, Eskimo-white relaDLC. tions, etc. 79544. IGNATENKO, I. V. Pochvy arkticheskol tundry lügorskogo poluostrova. (Pochvovedenie 1963, no. 5, p. 26-40, tables.) 25 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Arctic tundra soils of Yugorskiy Peninsula. Characterizes natural conditions such as climate, relief and vegetation as studied in 1959. Mechanical composition of soilforming rocks, forms of microrelief, and other features of soils are analyzed. Various soil sections are described in detail; chemical and other analyses are presented. Humus formation is described. The morphology and chemical composition of arctic tundra soils exhibit a slight development of the soil-forming process and pulverization of salts from the sea surface. DLC. 79545. IGNATOVICH, A., and B. VAKKER. Norka na Talmyre. (Sel'skokhozfillstvennoe proizvodstvo Sibiri i Dal'nego Vostoka 1963, no. 1, p. 83-84, table.) In Russian. Title tr.: Mink in Taymyr.

452

Though mink was never native to Taymyr, 15 females and five males _ were introduced in Oct. 1961. Three died at once, but the rest adjusted on a diet of 70% meat, 15% grain, 10% dairy products, and 5% vitamin supplement; they produced 62 young which developed normally. DLC. 79546. IGOSHEV, V. 0 dalekikh i blizkikh druz'i'akh. (Pioner 1963, no. 2, p. 33, illus. incl. col. on insert.) In Russian. Title tr.: Friends, near and far. Describes his annual visits to the KhantyMansi National District; illus. with own pen drawings, etc. DLC. 79547. IKORSKII, S. V. 0 nekotorykh vklfOcheni@kh v nefeline gomykh porod Khibinskogo i Lovozerskogo shcheloØykh massivov. (Materialy po mineralogii Kol'skogo poluostrova 1962, no. 2, p. 80-83, illus.) 4 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: On some inclusions in nepheline of rocks of the Khibiny and Lovozero alkaline massifs. Reports a microscopic study of nepheline collected in Khibiny rischorrites and Lovozero foyaites: 0.1-0 2 mm. thin sections enlarged 340-1200 times were examined with special attention to the gas inclusions. Nepheline crystals were found to have numerous and various inclusions many too small for determination. Solid, gas phase and multiphase inclusions are characterized. DLC. 79548. ILATOVSKAIA, T. A. Pobezhdennyl Adamas. Moskva, Izd-vo "Molodafa. gvardifii" 1962. 144 p. illus. In Russian. Title tr.: Conquest of diamond. Journalist's informative sketch of diamond searches and exploitation in Yakutia, based on 30,000 km. flights and travels chiefly in the Vilyuy basin: founding, building up and supply of Mirnyy, 62°33' N. 113°33' E., the diamond-mining center; search for kimberlite pipes on the upper Markha, left tributary of the Vilyuy, discovery in Feb. 1960 of an exceedingly rich diamantiferous pipe (the Aykhal) in the Daldyn basin near the Arctic Circle, decision to develop a second diamondmining center. DLC. 79549. ILATOVSKAfA, T. A. Pobezhdennyl edemas. (Ural'skil sledopyt 1962, no. 4, p. 1-23; no. 5, p. 46-61, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: Diamond conquest. Story of the search and the discovery in 1960 of kimberlites, founding of Aykhal, a few hundred km. north of Mirnyy, mine development, processing plant, daily life, etc. DLC.

79550. IL'I SHENKO, P. V novom gorode Zapolf3.r'1.. (Shkola-internat 1961, no. 3, p. 92-95.) In Russian. Title tr.: In a new town beyond the Arctic Circle. Describes the boarding school built by Intaugol' on a future town site outside Inta, Komi ASSR: the curriculum, study methods, leisure activities, etc.; students (Zyryans and other) come from urban and rural areas, mining settlements, survey camps, etc. DLC.

okeanologifa. Sbornik state! 1961. no. 3, p. 151-61, tables, graphs, map.) 4 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Some hydrochemical characteristics of the northern Norwegian and Greenland Seas. Reports a survey made in June 1958 between 68° and 80° N. Everywhere the photic layer was found to be overoxygenated, reaching in some areas 134%. Phosphates decreased with depth and also, in the photic layer, with the advancing season. Nitrates were only observed in warm waters. DLC.

79551. 1L'IN, K. M. 0 syr'evykh resursakh keramzita v Krasnoiärskom krae. (Materialy po geologii i poleznym iskopaemym Krasnofärskogo kralå 1962. no. 3, p. 197-202.) In Russian. Title tr.: Sources of raw materials for keramsite in Krasnoyarsk Province. Describes this new construction material, a porous clay filler for cement. The raw materials required for it are clays, limestones, argillaceous shells, etc. of specific properties. Loams of the Achinsk, Krasnoyarsk and Noril'sk regions have been studied for possible use in its production, and their chemical composition and other characteristics are given. Properties of keramsite are also described: its volume weight, structure, color, etc. DLC.

79554. IL'INSKIf, G. A. 0 tverdosti shüd iz massiva Vuori-fArvi. (Materialy po mineralogii Kol'skogo poluostrova 1962, no. 3, p. 218-21, tables.) 4 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Hardness of micas from the Vuori-Yarvi massif. Reports a mineralogic study of micas of phlogopite composition on Kola Peninsula. Micro-hardness was studied under diamondpyramid pressure with a PMT-3 instrument. It ranged from 200 to 5-10 kg./mm.2 Refraction data are also given. The PMT-3 is considered well suited to this purpose. DLC.

IL'IN, P. A., see No. 82279.

IL'IUTKIN, G. I., see No. 80990.

79552. IL'INA, A. P. Mollfüski neogena Kamchakki. Moskva, Gostoptekhizdat 1963. 126 p. tables, illus. (Leningrad. Vses. neftfanof n. -issl. geologorazvedochnyl inst. Trudy no. 202.) 81 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Neogene molluscs of Kamchatka. Presents a monographic account of pelecypod (mostly) and gastropod molluscs, with systematic description of 180 species and varieties, many of them new and described for the first time. The majority were found in the western areas of the Peninsula. Their extensive distribution and rate of variation makes these molluscs useful for stratigraphic division of the Neogene deposits, and these are divided into series, horizons and zones. An alphabetic list of the genera and species is included and the DLC. forms are well illus. on 54 plates. IL'INA, A. P., see also No. 83081. IL'INA, I. V., see No. 80241. 79553. IL'INA, N. L. Nekotorye cherty gidrokhimii severnol chasti Norvezhskogo i Grenlandskogo morel. (Akademifå nauk SSSR. Mezhduvedomstvennyl geofizicheskil komitet, X razdel programmy MGG:

IL'INSKIL, G. A., see also No. 80304.

79555. ILLICH-SVITYCH, V. M. Al'taisskie dental'nye: t, d, 6. (Voprosy fazykoznanifa. 1963. v. 12, no. 6, p. 37-56.) Over 50 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Altaic dentals: t, d, 6. Phonetic study of changes in speech sounds including such in the Yakut and DLC. Tungus languages. ILMEN, M., see No. 77123. 79556. ILUPIN, I. P. K voprosu o svazi mezhdu khimicheskim i mineralogicheskim sostavom kimberlitov. (Moskva. Moskovskil geologorazvedochnyl inst. Trudy 1963, no. 39, p. 73-76, tables.) Ref. In Russian. Title tr.: The connection between the chemical and mineralogie composition of kimberlites. Reports the main components of kimberlites from two Udachnaya pipes in Yakut ASSR, as silica, ferrous iron, magnesium, calcium and water. The behavior of titanium, ammonium, chromium, potassium, sodium and phosphorus is analyzed. The content of these minerals varies in different kimberlites, is higher in those of northern than of southern regions. DLC.

453

79557. ILUPIN I. P. Millerit v kimberlitakh Zapadnol (Akademifå nauk SSSR. Mineralogicheskil muzel. Trudy 1962, no. 13, p. 191-97, tables, illus.) 6 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Millerite in kimberlites of western Yakutia. Reports a find of this mineral in three kimberlite pipes in the Daldyn-Alakit, and two in the Olenek region. It occurs in needle-like microcrystals. X-ray analysis is given. Formation conditions of this nickel sulfide are discussed. Its association with other minerals is noted. Millerite is considered a pseudomorph of olivine serDLC. pentine.

Argentina. (Semana medica, July 2, 1959. v. 115, p. 1-19, tables, illus.) 79 refs. In Spanish. Title tr.: Human biologicalfunctional adaptation in South Patagonia, Terra del Fuego and Argentine Antarctic. A comparative hematological-chemical study made at two stations of this combined area, one antarctic, and the other a milder, so-called eolian station. Introductory outline of their climate is given; pH, general and erythrocyte volume, leucocyte picture, differences and changes in lipids are reported, as are sugar, nitrogen and plasma minerals; coagulation and bleeding times, prothrombine values and times, etc. are DNLM. considered.

ILUPIN, I. P. 79558. Osobennosti mineralogicheskogo sostava kimberlitov iz raznykh almazonosnykh ralonov Zapadnol akutii. (Akademifi nauk SSSR. Akutskil filial. Trudy 1963. ser. geol. no. 9, p. 54-64, tables.) 6 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Features of the mineralogic composition of kimberlites from various diamond-bearing regions of western Yakutia. Reviews the distribution of ilmenite, pyrope, olivine and other minerals of the Malaya Botuobuya, Daldyn-Alakit, upper Muna, middle Olenek and other regions. For each diamond-bearing region, there are characteristic features in the mineralogic composition of kimberlites. Hence in each region, there were different conditions for kimberlite formation. Most of the olivine, part of the pyrope, all the ilmenite and mica have crystallized from kimberlite magma and have not come from enclosure. DLC.

79561. IMLAY, R. W. Succession and speciation of the pelecypod Aucella. Washington, D.C., U.S. Govt. Print. Office 1959. p. 155-69, 4 plates, diagr., table. (U.S. Geological Survey. Professional paper 314—G, Shorter contributions to general geology.) 30 refs. Presents a diagram of the stratigraphie distribution of the common species of Aucella (re-named Buchia, 1957) in western United States and Alaska. Seven zones, ranging from Upper Jurassic to Lower Cretaceous, based on species of Aucella, are clearly defined. Aucella species could probably be reduced in number from the present hundred or more, with recognition of variation. Nine species from Alaska are described and twenty specimens shown on plates; 18 U.S. Geological Survey Mesozoic localities in Alaska are listed. DGS.

79559. ILUPIN, I. P., and A. A. LEBEDEV. Subvulkanicheskafa faaifa kimberlitov. (Sovetskafi geologifi 1963, no. 9, p. 51-61, tables, illus.) 9 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Subvolcanie facies of kimberlites. Discusses classification of Yakutia kimberlites as offered by V. V. Koval'skil (Nos. 73046, 73047). "Dike" facies are examined in detail from the Chomurdakh and Daldyn-Alakit region with various examples, chemical analyses, form and structure of bodies, etc. "Dike" facies is found not sufficiently substantiated, and a new classification is offered in which it is replaced by subvoleanic facies. DLC. ILUPIN, I. P., see also No. 82691. 79560. IMBRIANO, A. E. Adaptation biologica funcional humane en la Patogonia Austral, Tierra del Fuego y Antartida

454

79562. INCE, S. Winter regime of a tidal inlet in the Arctic and the use of air bubbles for the protection of wharf structures. (Conference on Coastal Engineering 8th 1962. Proceedings pub. 1963. p. 521-32, maps, graphs.) 4 refs. Describes 1961 investigation of bubbler system and oceanographic conditions at Cambridge Bay on Victoria Island, and 1962 study of those at Tuktoyaktuk on the Mackenzie delta. The system which failed to prevent damage to the wharf at Cambridge Bay has proved effective at Tuktoyaktuk for three years. Several types of air bubbler systems (widely used in lakes) are portrayed, as used in homogeneous and stratified liquids. In sea water with salinity a factor as well as temperature, success of the system depends on the size of the heat reservoir and its efficient utilization. The harbor side bubbler line appeared to be more effective in keeping the Tuktoyaktuk wharf clear of ice, while approx. 5 ft. of

ice formed on the shore side. Further study of the estuarine dynamics and the energy budget is required. Also reported in: Dock and harbour authority 1964. v. 44, no. 519, p. 291-95. DGS. 79563. INCO. The awakening North. (Its: v. 28, 1962. no. 4, p. 8-11, illus.) Discusses the opening up of northern Canada by defense and mineral activities in the last decade, and its effects (mostly beneficial) on the Eskimos. Their previous way of life is described, also some improvements and problems from contact with DI. whites. 79564. INCO. Modern medicine and modern materials in the northern frontier. (Its: v. 28, 1963. no. 8, p. 31-33, illus.) Describes use of nickel stainless steel in the construction and equipment of Thompson Hospital at the International Nickel Co. townsite in northern Manitoba. Prefabricated nickel stainless steel curtain wall panels were used for most of the exterior. The panels, designed to withstand winds up to 100 mi./hr., are each backed by two-in. fiberglass and quarter-inch asbestos board for insulation. Hospital facilities are noted; a second story (planned) will increase the capacity from 32 to 65 beds. DI. 79565. INDEPENDENT PETROLEUM ASSOCIATION OF AMERICA. The oil producing industry in your state, 1960-62. Tulsa, Okla. 1961-63. 3 v. each about 100 p. maps, graphs, tables. Refs. Annual report including summary of oil and gas production in Alaska. Statistics are given in three categories: extent and economic value of the industry, production and reserves, exploration and development. In Alaska: value, total production, and average depth per well, increased each year; crude petroleum in 1962 replaced gold (1960) and coal (1961) as the leading mineral product in order of value. DGS. 79566. INDIAN AFFAIRS. New York, Association on American Indian Affairs, Mar. 20, 1954, no. 8 in progress, illus. Newsletter of 2-8 pages issued irregularly, since 1960 about five times a year, Association policy and actions on Indian problems, legislation, court decisions, and government programs, conferences, publications, speeches, etc. Occasional references to Alaskan Indians appear and from 1961, when the Association took an active interest in Alaskan Eskimos, numerous items on land claims, native activities, etc. DSI.

79567. INDREBØ, G. Tjuvholmen. (Tromso. Museum. Skrifter 1928. v. 2, P. 68-76.) Refs. In Norwegian. Title tr.: Tjuvholmen. Discusses Norse place names with prefix of Tjuv-, Galge-, Stegle-, and Hang-, as probable sites of judicial proceedings, usually Iandmarks along traveled routes. The prefix Tjuv- meaning thief, is also associated with hideaway sites. These place names appear throughout northern as well as other parts of Norway. DLC. INENLIHEI, P. I., see No. 84480. INGAMELLS, C. 0., see No. 77397. INGRAM, L. J., see No. 77074. 79568. INGSTAD, H. M. Discovery of Vinland. (Arctic circular 1962 pub. 1963. v. 15, no. 1, p. 2-6, map.) Reprinted in North 1963, v. 10, no. 2, p. 17-20. Notes discovery and excavations in 19611962 of the probable site of this Viking colony at L'Anse aux Meadows, northern Newfoundland. Evidence that the location is that of Vinland is cited from the Icelandic Sagas and a 16th century Icelandic map (shown). A smithy and eight house-sites similar to Viking remains in Greenland were excavated. Carbon dates from the house sites are approx. 1000 A.D. CaMAI. 79569. INGSTAD, H. M. I hjertet of indianernes land. (Atuagagdliutit GrØnlandsposten 1961-1962. v. 101, no. 23, p. 4-5; no. 24, p. 4-5, 10-11; no. 25, p. 16-17; v. 102, no. 3, p. 4-5; no. 4, p. 4-7; no. 5, p. 8-11; no. 6, p. 12-15; no. 7, p. 6-9; no. 8, p. 14-17; no. 9, p. 6-9; no. 10, p. 6-9; no. 11, p. 6-9, illus.) In Danish and Eskimo. Title tr.: In the heart of the Indian country. Describes experiences in 1961 looking for remains of Norse colonization in eastern Canada: along the north shore of the Gulf of St. Lawrence to Strait of Belle Isle, along the Labrador coast to Hamilton Inlet, and south to Newfoundland. Investigations at various places, meetings with Indians, wildlife, etc. are noted, as is the air reconnaissance from Hamilton Inlet to Cape Chidley. An effort was made to identify the route, landmarks and places described in the sagas. Labrador is considered to have offered opportunities for hunters and fishermen but not for the Norsemen who bred cattle and needed extensive pastures. Seven sites of unmistakably Nordic character were found at L'Anse aux Meadows on northernmost

455

Newfoundland; they have been dated to about 1000 A.D. The area is considered the most likely one for the Norse settlement. DLC. 79570. ENGSTAD, H. M. Landet under leidaratjernen; en ferd til Grønlands norrøne bygder. Oslo, Gyldendal, 1959. 592 p. maps, diagrs., illus. About 250 refs. In Norwegian. Title tr.: The land beneath the pole star; a journey to Greenland's Norse settlements.* Describes his trip in 1953 with wife and companion to southwest Greenland, to study the basis of Norse settlement and culture in Vestribygd and Eystribygd and the causes of these colonies' subsequent decline. Each farm, church, etc. is described in turn, and its history outlined. Major archeological finds are illus. and described. On the ultimate disappearance of the two settlements, several theories are evaluated; that of emigration is considered the most likely explanation: the Vestribygd settlers to North America, those of Eystribygd to North America or the British Isles. This well documented account cites over 500 specific refs. to original source materials; a name and topical index is appended. SPRI. 79571. ININA, K. A. Dalki diabazovykh porfiritov ralona Eletozera, Severnafa Karelia. (Akademia nauk SSSR. Karel'skil filial. Trudy 1960. no. 26, p. 119-32, tables, illus.) 6 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Dikes of diabasic porphyrites of the Yeletozero region, northern Karelia. Discusses formation of magmatic rocks under crystallization differentiation of magma. To test N. L. Bowen's reaction principle, dikes of diabasic porphyrites were studied. Dikes of plagioclase porphyrites, diabases, and augite-plagioclase porphyrites are described. Chemistry of rocks of the Yeletozero dike complex is outlined. Bowen's principle is found suitable for the explanation of crystallization from magmatic solution. DLC. ININA, K. A., see also No. 77553. 79572. INNES, M. J. S. Gravity measurements in Canada, January 1, 1954 to December 31, 1956. Ottawa, Queen's Printer 1957. 14 p. maps. (Canada. Dominion Observatories. Publications v. 19, no. 1.) 58 refs. Submitted to the 11th General Assembly of the International Association of Geodesy, IUGG, Toronto 1957. *English translation Land under the Pole Star... London, Cape 1908, 381 p. DLC.

456

Summarizes work of this three-year period. Establishment of a line of precise pendulum stations from Mexico to Alaska was completed in 1953. The primary gravity network had been extended to Fairbanks, Alaska and to Churchill and Resolute; the regional gravimeter survey coverage is mapped on a scale of 1 in.: 440 mi., including parts of Yukon and Northwest Territories as well as northern Manitoba, Ontario, Quebec, also Labrador. Publications are listed. DGS. 79573. INNIS, II. A. The fur trade in Canada; an introduction to Canadian economic history, rev. ed. Toronto, Univ. of Toronto Press 1956. 463 p. Refs. New edition, prepared by S. D. Clark and W. T. Easterbrook, of a classic study (No. 7733) of the fur trade and its influence on Canadian history. Author's marginal notations in the original text are included in footnotes and in appendix H; some minor corrections, rearrangements are made; the literature references include about 50 new (post-1930) titles; a preface by Mrs Innis is added. Reprinted in 1962 by Yale Univ. Press as a 446 p. Yale Western Americana paperbound; the prefaces and appendices, except H, omitted. DLC. 79574. INNUKPUK, J. Story in stone. (Beaver 1963. no. 294, p. 30-31.) Stone carving by an Eskimo from Port Harrison, northern Quebec, with its legend translated from syllabics on the carving. DI. INOZEMFSEVA, O. I., see No. 78341. 79575. INSTITUTE OF RADIO ENGINEERS. Geoscience and geoengineering. (Its: Proceedings 1962. v. 50, no. 11, p. 2179-2363, maps, graphs, tables, illus.) Refs. Special issue containing some 23 papers dealing with electronic aspects of geophysics, particularly instruments and techniques used in measuring physical parameters of the solid earth, the oceans, and the atmosphere. Reference is made to arctic techniques by J. C. Ulwick and others, Firing of an Astrobee 200 rocket with a multiple ionospheric experiment, p. 2272-86 (Fort Churchill); also by W. E. Scull and G. H. Ludwig, The orbiting geophysical observatories, p. 2287-96 (Polar Orbiting Geophysical Observatory). Other instruments and techniques noted are also DLC. suitable for arctic research. INSTITUTO GEOGRAFICO POLARE, see No. 84588.

79576. INSTITUTO PANAMERICANO DE GEOGRAFIA E HISTORIA. Comitk Panamericano de Ciencias Geofisicas. La exploration del Oceano Artico, con especial referencia al extremo norte del continente Americano. Sobretiro del (Boletin bibliografico de geofisica y oceanografia Americanas 1962. v. 2, parte oceanografica, p. 365-488, maps.) Refs. In Spanish. Title tr.: The exploration of the Arctic Ocean, with special reference to the far North of the American continent. Prepared by Manuel Maldonado-Koerdel, Secy. of the Panamerican Committee on Geophysical Sciences, Mexico. Traces the history of arctic exploration, and man's knowledge of the Arctic Ocean (from Ptolemy) to 1860, then to the IGY, p. 365-409. Canadian and American oceanographic research are surveyed in turn and references given for pertinent International, Canadian and results. American publications on arctic oceanography, also a list of aeronautical charts on the Arctic Ocean in the Institute's map collection, conclude (p. 437-88) the volume. DN-HO. INTERNATIONAL ASSOCIATION OF GEOMAGNETISM AND AERONOMY, see Nos. 79605, 81597. 79577. INTERNATIONAL ASSOCIATION OF GEOMAGNETISM AND AERONOMY. Auroral committee. International auroral atlas. Edinburgh, Scot. University Press 1963. 21 p. illus. (IAGA publ. no. 18.) 3 refs. Presents a new classification of auroras according to form, structure, condition, brightness index, and color class. The system of descriptive notations drawn up by Carl Störmer in 1930 is modified. Auroral condition is indicated as quiet, active (four types), pulsing (four types), multiple (with multiplicity degree), fragmentary, coronal. Structure is shown as homogeneous, striated, and rayed (three types). Form is arc, band, patch, veil, rays, and not identifiable. Five indexes of brightness are given, and six for color. The atlas consists of four colored and 32 black-and-white plates selected to illustrate auroral forms and other characteristics. Twenty plates represent all-sky photographs taken at 20 auroral stations (coordinates given). Maps with both polar auroral zones, and isoaurores (isolines of zenithal auroral frequency) for aurora borealis and aurora australis are included. DLC. 79578. INTERNATIONAL ASSOCIA-

TION OF METEOROLOGY AND ATMOSPHERIC PHYSICS. Symposium on atmospheric ozone, II, Arosa, August 1961. Paris, Institut Geographique National 1963. viii, 79 p. maps, graphs, tables. (International Union of Geodesy and Geophysics. Monograph no. 19.) Refs. In sequence to No. 65339. Abstracts and discussion of some 60 papers presented at seven sessions, dealing with the considerable amount of data obtained since the Oxford Symposium in 1959. Several of arctic interest are included, viz: London, J. The distribution of total ozone over the Northern Hemisphere, p. 46-48. Godson, W. L. Total ozone and the middle stratosphere in high and temperate latitudes, p. 49. Paetzold, H. K. Large- and small-scale variations of the vertical ozone distribution, p. 49-50. Godson, W. L., and C. L. Mateer. The vertical distribution of ozone at Canadian stations, p. 51-52. Figenschau, J. G. Variation of total atmospheric ozone over Tromsø ... and the local climatic situation, p. 54-58. Machta, L., and H. Lucas. Radon in the upper atmosphere, p. 63-64. Scherhag, R., and others. The yearly changes of stratospheric circulation, p. 66-68. Boville, B. W. The stratospheric polar DGS. vortex, p. 70-73. INTERNATIONAL ASSOCIATION OF METEOROLOGY AND ATMOSPHERIC PHYSICS, see also No. 79605. 79579. INTERNATIONAL ASSOCIATION OF PHYSICAL OCEANOGRAPHY. Monthly and annual mean heights of sea level, up to and including the year 1936.. . 1959-1961. Paris 1940-1963, in progress. 6 v. about 60 p. each, tables. (Its: Publication scientifique nos. 5, 10, 12, 19, 20, 24.) Contains tables (arranged by country) of authorities, stations, conditions, and of monthly and annual mean heights of sea level. Data from 26 arctic stations maintained by five nations are included among some 575 stations in about 50 countries. Continuity of presentation is preserved throughout the years of record. The six numbers of the series cited above cover the years: 1807-1936, 1937-46, 1947-51, 195256, 1957-58, 1959-61. No. 23 of the same series summarizes the data for the 150-yr. DWE. period 1807-1958,

457

INTERNATIONAL ASSOCIATION OF PHYSICAL OCEANOGRAPHY, see also No. 79605. 79580. INTERNATIONAL ASSOCIATION OF SCIENTIFIC HYDROLOGY. General assembly of Berkeley Aug. 1963, Commission of snow and ice. Gentbrugge, Belgium 1963. 286 p. maps, graphs, tables, illus. (Its: Publication no. 61.) 239 refs. Contains text or abstract of 31 papers dealing with heat exchange, sea ice, permafrost, glaciology and glaciological instruments and methods. Several deal with arctic conditions or are based on arctic data, and these are abstracted under their authors' names, q.v. CAISLEY, B., and others. Measurement of profiles of wind speed, temperature and vapour pressure near to the ground. YEN, Y. C., and others. On the isothermal flow of air through a snow pack with variable permeability. ASSUR, A., and W. F. WEEKS. Growth, structure, and strength of sea ice. SCHWERDTFEGER, P., and E. R. POUNDER. Energy exchange through an annual sea ice cover. MOCK, S. J. Tellurometer traverse for a surface movement survey in N. Greenland. MULLER, F. Englacial temperature measurements on Axel Heiberg Island... ORVIG, S., and It. W. MASON. Ice temperatures and heat flux, McCall Glacier, Alaska. LANGWAY, C. C., Jr. Sampling for extra-terrestrial dust on the Greenland ice sheet. LLIBOUTRY, L. Regime thermique .. . (Thermal regime and deformation at the bottom of polar ice caps). WEERTMAN, J. Profile and heat balance at the bottom surface of an ice sheet fringed by mountain ranges. HAEFELI, R. A numerical and experimental method for determining ice motion in the central parts of ice sheets. WILHELM, F. Beobachtungen über Geschwindigkeitsänderungen ... (Observations on changes in velocity of glacier flow and types of ice mass movement ... ). DWB. INTERNATIONAL ASSOCIATION OF SCIENTIFIC HYDROLOGY, see also Nos. 76817, 79605. INTERNATIONAL ASSOCIATION OF SEISMOLOGY, see No. 79605. INTERNATIONAL ASSOCIATION OF VOLCANOLOGY, see No. 79605.

458

79581. INTERNATIONAL BIOCLIMATOLOGICAL CONGRESS, 2d London 1960. Biometeorology; proceedings. Edited by S. W. Tromp. London, New York, Pergamon Press 1962. 687 p. tables, graphs, illus. Refs. In English, German and French. Includes five papers on low temperature problems, by T. R. A. Davis and R. J. T. Joy, K. Golenhofen, R. A. I41cCance, H. E. Ross, and O. Wilson, q.q.v. DLC. 79582. INTERNATIONAL BOTANICAL CONGRESS. 9th, Montreal 1959. Proceedings v. 2, abstracts. Toronto, Univ. of Toronto Press 1959. 444 p. In English, French or German. Abstracts in approx. 100-300 words, papers presented; about 35 as listed below are of northern interest, and some * are abstracted in this Bibliography. Arnold, C. A. and J. S. Lowther. The age of the Cretaceous Nanushuk flora of northern Alaska. Avrorin, N. A. The introduction of plants into the subarctic zone. *Baxter, D. V. and J. T. Middleton. Geofungt in forest succession following retreat of Alaskan glaciers. Besehel, R. E. Glacier-foreland succession in West Greenland. Damman, A. W. H. Problems in classifying the vegetation of the boreal forest. Dansereau, P. M. La vegetation du Canada. (In French). *Ekstrand, H. E. G. Phytopathological aspects of the overwintering of cereals and grasses in northern Europe. Evdokimova, T. I. The biological circulation of elements under coniferous-mossy forests. Hare, F. K. One-to-one-million vegetation maps of the Labrador Peninsula. *Hills, G. A. Comparison of forest ecosystems (vegetation and soil) in different climatic zones. Kuprif nova, L. A. Palynological data contributing to the history of Liquidambar. Latin, I. V. The vegetation of natural grasslands of the USSR. *Lebeau, J. B. and M. W. Cormack. Snow mold of legumes and grasses in Western Canada. *Ledingham, G. F. Chromosome numbers of Astragalus and Oxytropis (Leguminosae). Lukas, E. The relation of osmotic value to the drought and frost resistance of various plants. McGregor, D. C. Spores and pollens from some Mesozoic deposits of northern Canada.

Mirov, N. T. Biochemical geography of the genus Pinus. Moir, D. R. Floristic aspects of the Severn River drainage basin of northwestern Ontario. *Prescott, G. W. Fresh-water algal ecology with special reference to the Arctic. *Purvis, 0. N. The effect of vernalization applied at various stages of development in winter rye. Ritchie, J. C. Mapping the major zones of vegetation in northern Manitoba. *Savile, D. B. 0. Evolution of Saxifragaceae from a mycologist's viewpoint. Shakhov, A. A. Photothermal hypothesis and plant ecology in the North. Senfsninova-Korchagina, M. V. An ecological investigation in the boreal Ericales. Smetannikova, A. I. A comparative ecologico-physiological investigation of medick under the conditions of the northwest of the USSR. Soper, J. H. and J. M. Powell. Botanical studies in the vicinity of Lake Hazen, northern Ellesmere Island. Sochava, V. B. Résumé de l'dtude botanico-gdographique de la taiga sibdrienne. (Summary of the botanico-geographic study of the Siberian taiga.) Steemann-Nielsen, E. Light adaptation in marine phytoplankton. Terasmae, J. Palynological designation of interglacials and interstadial intervals. Tikhomirov, B. A. Thermophyte flora of Chukotka: its peculiarities and origin. Tolmachev, A. I. Sur l'origine de la flore arctique; quand, oil, et comment surgit la Sore arctique? (On the origin of the arctic flora; when, where, and how arose the arctic flora?). Tolmachev, A. I. Der autochtone Grundstock der arktischen Flora and ihre Beziehungen zu den Hochgebirgsfloren Nordund Zentralasiens. (The indigenous plants of the arctic flora and their relation to the high mountain floras of north and central Asia.) *Vaartaja, 0. L. Photoperiodic ecotypes in trees. *Weber, W. A. Some features of the distribution of arctic relicts at their austral limits. Zurbicki, Z. I. Dependence of mineral composition of plants on the environmental conditions. DLC. 79583. INTERNATIONAL BOTANICAL CONGRESS. 9th, Montreal 1959. Recent advances in botany. Toronto, Univ. of Toronto Press 1961. 2 v.: xvi, 1766 p. maps, illus. Refs.

Contains the public and general lectures delivered at the Congress, also 2000-word résumés of sectional lectures and symposium papers. The following pertinent to arctic or subarctic areas, are abstracted in this Bibliography under their authors' names: SAVILE, D. B. 0. Evolution of Saxifragaceae from a mycologist's viewpoint. PRESCOTT, G. W. Ecology of freshwater algae in the Arctic. EKSTRAND, H. E. G. Phytopathological aspects of the overwintering of cereals.,. LEBEAU, J. B. and M. W. CORMACK. Development and nature of snow mold damage in Western Canada. LEDINGHAM, G. F. Chromosome numbers in Aslragalus and Oxytropis. REFSE, G. Karyotype and plant geography. HULTRN, E. Ranges of circumpolar arctic-montane plants. WEBER, W. A. Some features of the distribution of arctic relicts at their austral limits. DAHL, E. Pleistocene history of the flora of the North Atlantic region... BÖCHER, T. W. The evolution of arctic and montane plant taxa ... PURVIS, 0. N. The effect of vernalisation ... winter rye. VAARTAJA, 0. L. Photoperiodic ecotypes in trees. EGLER, F. E. Nature of naturalization. BAXTER, D. V. and J. T. MIDDLETON. Geofungi in forest successions... HILLS, G. A. Comparison of forest ecosystems ... DLC. 79584. INTERNATIONAL COMMISSION FOR THE NORTHWEST ATLANTIC FISHERIES. Annual proceedings v. 13, for the year 1962-63. Dartmouth, N.S. 1963. 44 p. Contains four parts: an administrative report for the year ending June 30, 1963, with financial statements for that period; report for the 13th annual meeting by the Chairman, Mr. K. Sunnanaa (p. 11-26) with list of participants, agenda, including financial, technical and general research problems. Pt. 3 (p. 27-40) with summaries of research in 1962, by subareas, contains brief notes on countries and vessels participating, lines of research in hydrography, eggs, larvae, plankton and commercial fish. Pt. 4, lists scientists and laboratories engaged in the Commission's work. CaMAI.

459

9'95$5. INTERNATIONAL COMMISSION FOR THE NORTHWEST ATLANTIC FISHERIES. North Atlantio fish marking symposium, 1961. Dartmouth, N.S. 1963. 370 p. tables, graphs, maps, illus. (Its: Special pub. no. 4.) Refs. Contains 62 papers presented in the symposium at the Woods Hole Fisheries Laboratory; it was devoted to practical and theoretical advances in tagging and marking techniques, and the ten papers dealing with northern areas or methods used in the Arctic are abstracted in this Bibliography under their authors' names, viz: F. C. Cleaver, P. M. Hansen, A. C. Hartt, M. L. Hayes, S. Aa. Horsted, R. J. Myhre, J. Nielsen, G. J. Paulik, E. J. Sandeman and E. I. S. Rees, and W. R. Templeman and A. M. Fleming, q.q.v. DLC. 79586. INTERNATIONAL COMMISSION FOR THE NORTHWEST ATLANTIC FISHERIES. Statistical bulletin v. 11, for the year 1961. Halifax, N.S. 1963. 90 p. map, tables. Contains, in pt. 1, p. 6-10, a review (by B. F. C. De Baie) of landings from the convention area during 1952-1962 by countries, subareas, and species, with list of common and Latin names of the fishes. Pt. 2 (p. 10-90) comprises detailed tables of landing for 1961 in metric tons of round, fresh fish. All member countries fished in the area during 1961 and total landings increased by 5.3% over 1960. Some additional species are included and minor changes made in the content and arrangements of the tables from previous bulletins. CaMAI. 79587. INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON PERMAFROST, Lafayette, Ind., 1968. Doklady na mezhdunarodnol konferenf ii po merzlotovedenit 1. Moskva, Izd-vo Akademii nauk SSSR 1963. 259 p. tables, graphs, maps, illus. Refs. In Russian. English summaries. Title tr.: Proceedings of the International Conference on Permafrostology. Contains 26 papers presented at this Conference by the Russians who attended it.' They deal primarily with current engineering problems and physical properties of frozen ground. All are abstracted under their authors' names, viz: A. A. Anan'fli.n, V. P. Bakakin, I. II. Baranov (two papers), P. A. Bogoslovekil, B. N. Dostovalov, V. A. KudrfiivGev (2), V. S. *Conference Proceedings, 102 papers incl most of the Russian, are pub in English by National Academy of Sciences - National Research Council, Washington, D.C. 1506. 863 p.

460

Luk'i nov, G. I. Man'kovskill, P. I. Mel'nikov, Z. A. Nersesova, N. F. Poltev, A. I. Popov, M. M. Porfir'ev, G. V. Porkhaev, B. A. RzhaniGin, B. A. Savel'ev, P. A. Shumakil, P. F. Shvefsov, I. A. Tfiitfilnov, N. I. ToLstikhin, N. A. ,nytovich, V. P. Ushkalov, S. S. Vfi lov, K. F. Voltkovskil, q.q.v. DLC. 79588. INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON THE IONOSPHERE, London 1962. Proceedings. London, Institute of Physics and Physical Society 1963. 528 p. graphs, tables, maps, illus. Refs. Contains some 80 papers presented to the various sections of this Conference held at Imperial College, London, July 2-6, 1962. Ten papers pertinent to the Arctic are abstracted in this Bibliography under their authors' names, viz: W. L. Flock and others, J. Frihagen, N. Fukushima and others, S. W. Lichtman and E. J. Andersen, H. Maeda, K. B. Mather and E. M. Wescott, L. Owren, T. Sato, L. Thomas, and J. W. Wright, q.q.v. DLC. INTERNATIONAL CONGRESS OF SEDIMENTOLOGY, 5th, Geneva and Lausanne, Switzerland, June 9-7, 1958, see No. 77455. 79589. INTERNATIONAL GEOGRAPHICAL CONGRESS, 19th, Norden 1960. Na£sional'nyl komitet sovetskikh geografov. XIX Mezhdunarodnyl geograficheskil kongress v Stokgol'me. Moskva, Izd-vo Akademii nauk SSSR 1961. 438 p. tables, graphs, maps, illus. Refs. In Russian. Title etc., tr.: National Committee of Soviet Geographers. 19th International Geographical Congress in Stockholm. Presents text of the 46 papers delivered by the Soviet delegates as well as reports on various Congress committees and postCongress field trips, etc. Thirteen papers deal with arctic areas and are abstracted in this Bibliography under their authors' names, viz: A. N. Formozov, G. S. Gameshin, I. P. Gerasimov (2 papers), N. A. Grave (2 papers), P. A. Kaplin, V. P. Kovalevskil, V. A. Krotov, A. P. Lisifsyn, V. S. Preobrazhenskil, S. V. Slavin, and A. P. Zhuze. DLC. 79590. INTERNATIONAL GEOGRAPHICAL UNION. Spitzbergen Symposium. (Its: Newsletter 1961. v. 12, no. 2, p. 83-84.) Reports a symposium of some 30 scientists at the Geographical Institute of, Würzburg Univ., West Germany, Apr. 3-6, 1961, observing the centenary of Nansen's birth; 20 papers dealt with frozen soil problems such as cryoturbation and solifluction, Pleistocene and current glaciation, and tectonic movements. DLC.

79591. INTERNATIONAL GEOPHYSICAL YEAR, 1957-1958. Special committee. Geographical distribution of the IGY stations, according to information received by the General Secretary to March 24, 1957. Uccle, Belgium 1957. Approx. 195 1., tables. Lists nearly 1200 stations prior to the beginning of the IGY, about 125 in the area covered by this Bibliography; they are classified by region: arctic, northern subauroral, etc., and by discipline; geomagnetism, aurora and airglow, ionosphere, etc. DLC. 79592. INTERNATIONAL NORTH PACIFIC FISHERIES COMMISSION. Annual report 1954-1961. Vancouver, B.C. 1954-1963, in progress. 8 v. maps, graphs, tables, illus. Refs. Summarizes, in approx. 100 pages each volume, activities of the organization established under the International Convention for the High Seas Fisheries of the North Pacific Ocean (No. 83860). The Commission's main functions are to make studies and recommendations for conserving fishery resources, especially salmon, herring, and halibut off the coasts of Alaska, Canada, and the Aleutians. Its meetings, research programs, publications, administrative and fiscal affairs, etc. are reported. Annual reviews are given of investigations by each member nation: Canada, Japan, and the United States. During the .19541 period, Commission research dealt mainly with salmon, especially to determine the most equitable dividing line between stocks originating in North America and in Asia, including Kamchatka etc. in northeastern USSR. Several methods were used to identify and distinguish salmon from the various river systems, also fish were tagged and/or sampled at sea. Studies of physical oceanography and of king crab stocks in eastern DLC. Bering Sea are also reported. 79593. INTERNATIONAL NORTH PACIFIC FISHERIES COMMISSION. The exploitation, scientific investigation and management of halibut, Hippoglossus stenolepis Schmidt, stocks on the Pacific coast of North America in relation to the abstention provisions of the North Pacific Fisheries Convention. Vancouver 1962. 93 p. tables, graphs, map. (Its: Bulletin, no. 7.) Refs. Contains eight reports and comments concerning halibut originating along the coast of North America, by American, Canadian and Japanese contributors. They were submitted to the Commission during

1956-1960 to provide information as to whether the halibut stocks in question continued to meet the requirements for abstention given in the Convention. The papers deal with the North American stocks, management of certain of them, those jointly managed by Canada and the United States in the Bering Sea, inclusive of catches and research; stocks of halibut and their fisheries in the northeastern Pacific (by Y. Fukuda, p. 39-50.); yields per recruit; conditions for abstention; etc. DLC. 79594. INTERNATIONAL NORTH PACIFIC FISHERIES COMMISSION. The exploitation, scientific investigation and management of herring, Clupea palled, on the Pacific coast of North America in relation to the abstention provisions of the North Pacific Fisheries Convention. (Its: Bulletin 1961. no. 4, p. 1-100, graphs, maps, tables, illus.) 66 refs. Contains 16 papers submitted to the Commission during 1956-1961; they are of American, Canadian and Japanese authorship, and include comments, clarifications, etc. of earlier documents, aimed at elucidating the problem whether the herring fisheries of southern Alaska and Canada should be controlled. Major issues discussed are: U.S. (Alaskan) and Canadian herring stocks, their status, and condition of exploitation; management of certain stocks; variations of fishing effort in recent years, with regard to Alaskan herring; the relation between the number of spawners and resulting recruitment; differences in mortality estimates; year class fluctuations in U.S. herring stock. The conclusion of the major contribution (p. 63-85) by H. Hanamura is that it is biologically meaningless to control the stock and that further increase in catch may be achieved by intensified fishing. Several sources claim that the Alaskan herring does not meet the requirement for continuous abstention from fishing. DLC. 79595. INTERNATIONAL NORTH PACIFIC FISHERIES COMMISSION. The exploitation, scientific investigation and management of salmon, genus Oncorhynchus, stocks on the Pacific coast of Canada in relation to the abstention provisions of the North Pacific Fisheries Convention. Vancouver 1962. 112 p. tables, graphs, maps. (Its: Bulletin no. 9.) Refs. Contains five papers submitted 19561960 from Canadian and Japanese sources to aid the Commission in determining annually whether the salmon stocks originat-

461

ing in the rivers of Canada continued to meet the requirements of abstention given in the Convention. Consecutive sections deal with Canadian salmon fisheries, their past landings and canning, exploitation of individual species, conservation and study; Pacific salmon stocks of the U.S. and Canada (Japanese view); reproduction, including Bristol Bay and Karluk River sockeye; status of sockeye in Canadian rivers; reproduction curves and optimum escapements, including sockeye stocks of the Bristol Bay, and pink salmon of Alaska. DLC. 79596. INTERNATIONAL NORTH PACIFIC FISHERIES COMMISSION. The exploitation, scientific investigation and management of salmon, genus Oncorhynchus, stocks on the Pacific coast of the United States in relation to the abstention provisions of the North Pacific Fisheries Convention. Vancouver 1962. viii, 160 p. tables, graphs. (Its: Bulletin, no. 10.) Refs. Contains 17 reports and supplementary information, comments, etc. submitted to the Commission 1956-58, to enable it to determine annually whether the salmon stocks originating in the rivers of the United States, including Alaska, continued to meet the requirements for abstention given in the Convention. Problems discussed include salmon stocks of Alaska and their management, with reports on individual species, catches and their age composition, spawners and seaward migrants, fishing intensity, reproduction and DLC. reproduction curves, etc. 79597. INTERNATIONAL NORTH PACIFIC FISHERIES COMMISSION. Proceedings 1954-1962. Vancouver, B.C., 1954-1963, in progress. 9 v. maps, tables, graphs. Refs. Contains, in 50-300 pages, the official documents of each year's meeting. The sessions are summarized, agenda and participants listed, and texts of some speeches given. Reports of committees, executive director, and auditors are included. The major part of the proceedings during 1954-1962 consists of progress and planning reports by the Committee on Biology and Research and its several subcommittees. They dealt mostly with distribution, migration, and continental origin of salmon as indicated by catch data, sampling, tagging, etc. and by comparison of scales, blood, parasites, morphology, etc. Physico-chemical oceanography and plankton studies are also reported, as are data

462

on the size, abundance, growth, migrations, catch, etc. of king crabs in eastern Bering Sea. Occasional reports on topics of special interest include that of 1958 on penalties for violating conservation treaty regulations, and that in 1962 on halibut concentration in the Gulf of Alaska. DLC. 79598. INTERNATIONAL NORTH PACIFIC FISHERIES COMMISSION. Statistical yearbook. Vancouver, B.C., 1952 in progress, tables, maps. Annual summaries and tabulations in approx. 40-70 pages of American, Canadian, and Japanese fisheries for salmon, herring, halibut, and king crab in Bering Sea, the Gulf of Alaska, Aleutian waters, etc. Each country's catches during the year are given in pounds and number of fish by monthly or other fishing periods, area, species, and type of gear used. Salmon and king crab packs and utilization of herring for oil, meal, etc. are indicated, as are data on production effort: units of fishing gear, vessels, canneries, persons employed, also size and composition of Japanese mothership fleets. Statistics are given separately for Alaska, and include average weights of salmon caught by species and area. Annual catches for the earlier years are cumulated in each volume. DLC. 79599. INTERNATIONAL POLAR YEAR COMMISSION. British National Committed for the Polar Year. British Polar Year Expedition, Fort Rae, N. W. Canada 1932-33. London 1937. 2 v.: 336, 228 p. tables, graphs, maps, illus. Refs. Vol. 1 contains detailed discussion of the data from the four main subdivisions of the program: meteorology, terrestrial magnetism aurora, atmospheric electricity. A general introduction describes the preparations and course of activity of this six-man party under J. M. Stagg May 1932—Aug. 1933. Main base was at Fort Rae Indian settlement 62°49.8' N. 116°4.1' W., 25 km. northwest of the First Polar Year base of 1882-1883 (No. 7748). Meteorology is dealt with by W. R. Morgans, with information on the 1882-83 station, the new site, instrumentation, exposures and methods; also discussion of the observations of temperature, pressure, wind including records of two meteorographs recovered, clouds, precipitation, and other elements. Diagrams are provided to show temperature and pressure variations as well as wind direction and velocity, and other phenomena observed. Terrestrial magnetism and aurora are discussed by J. M. Stagg. Instrumentation, control observations, val-

ues of D, H, and Z obtained, observations on disturbed and quiet days, also noninstrumental auroral observations are treated in some detail. Stagg concludes that magnetic disturbance and auroral activity, though frequently agreeing in time and scale, are only loosely associated. Atmospheric electricity is reported by P. A. Continuous registration of Sheppard. potential gradient was carried out, whereas air-earth current, conductivity, and small ion content were observed each morning and afternoon when conditions were favorable. Potential gradient on "quiet" days is at max. in summer and min. in winter, apparently caused by atmospheric turbulence; diurnal variation has a min. at about 0400 hrs. and a max. at about 2000 hrs. GMT. The other three elements (airearth current, etc.) appear to decrease with increased wind velocity and to be affected by turbulence. Their annual and diurnal variations seem to be related to similar changes of wind speed. Vol. 2 contains 159 meteorological tables, giving hourly, diurnal, monthly, and seasonal values of the elements observed; 111 tabular summaries of H, D, and Z values and derived components; also 17 tables of atmospheric electricity elements, mostly on potential gradient. The autographic records, not reproduced, are stored in the archives of the Royal Society, DWB. London. 79600. INTERNATIONAL SCIENTIFIC Commission III on RADIO UNION. Ionospheric Radio. Monograph on ionoAmsterdam-New York, spheric radio. Elsevier Pub. Co. 1962. 264 p. maps, illus. Refs. Contains 18 papers presented during the 18th General Assembly of URSI, London, Sept. 1960. Five of arctic interest are abstracted in this Bibliography under their authors' names, viz: D. K. Bailey, C. G. Little, L. Owren, J. C. Seddon, J. 0. Thomas. DLC. 79601. INTERNATIONAL SYMPOSIUM ON NATURAL MAMMALIAN HIBERNATION. 1st, Dedham, Mass. 1959. Proceedings. Cambridge, Mass. 1960. 549 p. tables, illus. (Harvard Univ. Museum of Comparative Zoology. Bulletin, v. 124.) Refs. Contains text of papers presented and summaries of discussions following them. A panel discussion and the general discussion conclude (p. 507-549) the proceedings. Twenty of the 26 papers have direct or indirect bearing on arctic problems and are

abstracted in this Bibliography under their authors' names, viz: R. W. Bullard, and others. A. Denyes and J. Hassett. M. Eisentraut. G. E. Folk, Jr. R. J. Hock. B. Johansson. N. Kalabukhov. C. Kayser. T. H. Kehl and P. Morrison. B. R. Landau and A. R. Dawe. C. P. Lyman and R. C. O'Brien. W. V. Mayer. M. P. Meyer and P. Morrison. V. Popovic. 0. P. Pearson. M. L. Riedesel. H. S. S. Sarajas. D. E. Smith. F. Strumwasser. M. L. Zimny. DLC. 79602. INTERNATIONAL SYMPOSIUM ON TEMPERATURE ACCLIMATION, Leiden 1962. Proceedings, R. E. Smith editor in chief, pub. as Federation proceedings, Baltimore, Md. 1963. v. 22, no. 3, pt. 1, p. 687-960, tables, graphs. Refs. Contains text of papers, followed by discussions, presented at the Symposium held at Leiden, Holland, Sept. 5-7, 1962. It was sponsored jointly by the National Academy of Sciences and the Federation of American Societies for Experimental Biology and also supported in various forms by the host and participating countries. Thirty-five papers dealing with low temperature effects and acclimation are abstracted in this Bibliography under their authors' names, viz: Acclimatization to heat in animals. CHEVILLARD, L., and others. Growth rate of rats born and reared at 5 and 30 C. Neurohumoral responses to cold. CHATONNET, J. Nervous control of metabolism. SLONIM, A. D. Nervous mechanisms of cold acclimation. IVANOV, K. P. Energetic equivalent of muscle activity during thermoregulation. SMITH, R. E. Cofactor operators under neurohumoral control. JOHNSON, G. E., and others. Interrelationship of temperature on action of drugs. BOULOUARD, R. Effects of cold and starvation on adrenocortical activity of rats. KNIGGE, K. )V1. Thyroid function and plasma binding during cold exposure of the hamster.

463

KODAMA, A. M., and N. PACE. Colddependent changes in tissue of fat composition. HALE, H. B., and R. B. MEFFERD. Thermal spectrum analysis of thyroiddependent phases of nitrogen and mineral MTB. Effects of chronic cold exposure on organ function. KLEIBER, M. Trophic responses to cold. DAVIS, T. R. A. Nonshivering thermogenesis. HANNON, J. P., and others. Some . . effects of norepinephrine in cold-acclimatized rat. HLROUX, O. Patterns of morphological, physiological and endocrinological adjustments ... Factors of age, sex, and race. HAMMEL, H. T. Effect of race on response to cold. Climatic adaptation of the newborn. HAHN, P., and others. Temperature adaptation during postnatal development. Temperature regulatory patterns in man. RENNIE, D. W. Comparison of nonacclimatized Americans and Alaskan Eskimos. HONG, S. K. Comparison of diving and nondiving women of Korea. ANDERSEN, IL L. Comparison of Scandinavian Lapps, arctic fishermen, and Canadian arctic Indians. ELSNER, R. W. Comparison of Australian aborigines, Alacaluf Indians, and Andean Indians. HILDES, J. A. Comparison of coastal Eskimos and Kalahari Bushmen. HAMMEL, H. T. Summary of comparative thermal patterns in man. Intermediary metabolism and electron transport. STONER, H. B. Carbohydrate metabolism in some pathological conditions and in the cold. HANNON, J. P. , Current status of carbohydrate metabolism in the coldacclimatized mammal. KLAIN, G. J., and D. A. VAUGHAN. Alterations of protein metabolism during cold-acclimation. MASORO, E. J. Role of lipogenesis in nonshivering thermogenesis. BEYER, R. E. Regulation of energy metabolism during acclimation of laboratory rats to a cold environment. Catecholamines in cold adaptation. SELLERS, E. A., and E. SCHONBAUM. Catecholamines in acclimation to cold . EVONUK, E., and J. P. HANNON. 464

Cardiovascular and pulmonary effects of noradrenaline in the cold-acclimatized rat. SCHONBAUM, E., and others. Heat production and noradrenaline. Habituation and peripheral tissue adaptations. NELMS, J. D. Functional anatomy of skin related to temperature regulation. LeBLANC, J. Peripheral tissue adaptation to cold. HART, J. S. Surface cooling versus metabolic response to cold. KEATINGE, W. R. Habituation to hot and cold stimuli. EAGAN, C. J. Local vascular adaptations to cold in man. DLC. 79603. INTERNATIONAL SYMPOSIUM ON ROCKET AND SATELLITE METEOROLOGY, 1st, Washington, D.C., 1962.

Proceedings. Ed. by H. Wexler and J. E. Caskey, Jr. Amsterdam, North-Holland Pub. Co. 1963. ix, 441 p. maps, graphs, tables, h us. Refs. In English or French; English and Russian abstracts. Includes six papers of arctic interest; four review research programs, viz: Report on symposium on meteorological rockets p. 3-14, by W. W. Kellogg; Review of U.S. Meteorological Rocket Network activities and results p. 15-33, by H. J. Kampe and M. Lowenthal; Investigation of the stratosphere by means of meteorological rockets in the USSR p. 34-41, by I. A. Khvostikov and others; The status of the program in meteorological satellites p. 437-40, by M. Tepper. Two papers with more northern data are abstracted under their authors' names, viz: NORDBERG, W., and W. SMITH. Grenade and sodium rocket experiments at Wallops Island, Virginia. WARK, D. Q., and R. W. POPHAM. The development of satellite ice surveillance techniques. DLC. 79604. INTERNATIONAL UNION OF GEODESY AND GEOPHYSICS. Symposium on geophysical aspects of cosmic rays, Helsinki 1960. Paris, Oct. 1961. 183 p. maps, graphs, tables. (Its: Monographie no. 12.) Refs. Contains an introduction by A. Ehmert and text or abstract of 34 papers presented. Two papers based on considerable arctic data are abstracted under the authors' names, viz: KORFF, S. A., and R. C. HAYMES. Cosmic ray fluctuations observed in Alaska. MAEDA, K., and V. L. PATEL. Seasonal variations of cosmic ray intensity in polar

regions. Other papers of arctic interest include: McCracken, K. G., and R. A. R. Palmeira. The magnetic fields in interplanetary space as derived from observations of cosmic ray solar flare effects p. 10-17. Anderson, K. A., and D. C. Enemark. Observations of solar cosmic rays near the North Magnetic Pole p. 30 (No. 63059). Obayashi, T., and Y. Hakura. Polar ionospheric blackouts associated with intense solar flares p. 38-47. Sarabhai, V., and U. R. Rao. Anisotropy and non-meteorological local source responsible for solar daily variation of cosmic ray intensity p. 58-65. Ohl, A. I., and M. I. Tiasto. On relation of cosmic ray intensity to magnetic activity and solar radio noise p. 65-67. Dorman, L. I., and others. Probing of electromagnetic conditions in the vicinity of the earth by high energy cosmic rays p. 68-83. Dorman, L. I., and L. KH. Shatashvili. The 27-day variation of cosmic rays and geomagnetic disturbances and the problem of the sun-earth relation p. 87-103. Fedchenko, K. K. On the connection of cosmic ray intensity with sunspot and flocculae areas p. 103-104. Maeda, K., and V. L. Patel. A note on solar flare cosmic rays p. 105-106. Patel, V. L., and K. Maeda. Short-term variations in meson and nucleon component of cosmic rays p. 140-41. Singer, S. F., and others. Solar flare cosmic ray on May 4, 1960 p. 142-45. Kodama, M. Cosmic-ray increase on July 17, 1959 p. 152-58. Blokh, L., and others. Investigations of geophysical phenomena associated with the magnetic storm of mid-May 1959 by DGS. means of cosmic rays p. 158-77.

a.

INTERNATIONAL UNION OF GEODESY AND GEOPHYSICS. Association of Geodesy, see No. 79236. INTERNATIONAL UNION OF GEODESY AND GEOPHYSICS. Committee on the Problems of Geochemistry, see No. 79605. INTERNATIONAL UNION OF GEODESY AND GEOPHYSICS. General Assembly 1Øh, 1960, see No. 79399. 79605. INTERNATIONAL UNION OF GEODESY AND GEOPHYSICS. General Assembly 18th, 1963. Abstracts of papers. Berkeley, Calif. 1963. 9 v. In English, French, German. Contains abstracts of some 1375 papers, presented to the nine divisions of the

IUGG at its 1963 meeting; 92 are of arctic interest, viz: v. 1. Upper mantle symposium. Ushakov, S. A. and A. I. Frolov. The isostatic state of the regions of Quaternary glaciation, p. 11. Tryggvason, E. Arrival times of P waves and upper mantle structure, p. 23. Shelnmann, ID. M. Duration of the earth's crust transformation from NorthAtlantic data, p. 24. Folinsbee, R. E., and others. Time of intrusion of mantle generated diabase and gabbro dikes, Yellowknife continental nucleus, Canada, p. 34. Wilson, J. T. New evidence for a specific pattern of movement of continents probably due to currents in the upper mantle, p. 36. Steinberg, G. S., and M. I. Zubin. On relation of volcanicity to the development of geological structures as shown at Avacha volcano, p. 39. Zwartkruis, C. J. and C. H. Smith. Petrology and geochemistry of the "feeder dyke" to the Muskox Intrusion, p. 41. Bhattacharji, S. and C. H. Smith. Experimental studies of flowage differentiation applied to the "feeder dyke" of the Muskox Intrusion ... p. 42. Brune, J. N. and J. Dorman. Seismic waves and earth structure in the Canadian Shield, p. 62. Kondorskafi, N. V. The peculiar distribution of Kurile-Kamchatka's Ridge earthquakes with focal depth, p. 63. Whitham, K. Anomalies in geomagnetic variations in the Arctic Archipelago of Canada, p. 69. v. 2. International Association of Geodesy. (no arctic). v. 3. International Association of Seismology. Hodgson, J. H. Etudes de la croate terrestre exi cutkes par le Ministere des Mines et des Relevcs Techniques (Studies of the earth's crust ... Dept. of Mines and Technical Surveys), p. 41. Kosminskais, I. P. and others. Results of crustal deep seismic sounding in transition zone from Asian continent to the Pacific during IGY, p. 47. Kosminska.iä, I. P. and others. Some results of complex interpretation of geophysical data in Okhotsk Sea and the KurilKamchatka zone of Pacific, p. 48. Demenit ,skafil, R. M. and others. Crustal structure in the Arctic and Antarctic, p. 51. Kutschale, H. W. and others. A long refraction profile on the arctic continental shelf, p. 54. Shechkov, B. N. Crustal structure of Eurasia from dispersion surface seismic waves, p. 81.

465

Bath, M. Oscillation patterns of strain release, p. 103. Ben-Menahem, A., and M. N. Toksoz. Source mechanism from spectra of long period surface waves, p. 106. Belotelov, V. L., and N. V. Kondorskafa. The spectra of body waves of Kamchatka's earthquakes, p. 120. Bath, M. Seismic records of nuclear explosions, some characteristic features, p. 166. Toksoz, M. N. and A. Ben-Menahem. Radiation of surface waves from atmospheric and underground nuclear explosions, p. 168. Taylor, H. P. Oxygen isotope variations during magmatic differentiation, p. 174. Aver'fanova, V. N. and others. Some investigations of seismic conditions of tsunami generation and improvement of equipment of tsunami warning system, p. 181. v. 4. Int. Assoc. of Meteorology and Atmospheric Physics.

Young, C. Atomic oxygen as a tracer in the upper mesosphere and lower thermosphere, p. 37. Newell, R. E. Transport processes and energy transformations in the 25-60 km. layer, p. 42. Boville, B. W. Some dynamical aspects of energy exchange processes in the atmosphere, p. 45. Nordberg, W. and W. Smith. Mesospheric circulation derived from simultaneous rocket-grenade experiments at Churchill, Canada ... p. 47. Khrgian, A. Kh. A few results of atmospheric ozone observations during IGY-IGC, p. 59. Hering, W. S. On the measurement and analysis of the vertical ozone distribution over North America, p. 61. Paetzold, H. K. Stratospheric warmings and vertical ozone distribution, p. 63. Kumai, M. Electron-microscope study of ice-fog and ice-crystal nuclei in Alaska, p. 144. Higashi, A. Solid state of ice crystals with special reference to problems of cloud physics, p. 147. Deutsch, E. R. and F. L. Staplin. Palaeomagnetism, palaeoclimatology and the distribution of oil fields, p. 181. Vitvif kit, G. N. On the nature of the summer precipitation of eastern Siberia, p. 199. GaTgerov, S. S. Some problems of temperature and wind regime of polar regions, p. 245. 466

v. 6. Int. Assoc. of Geomagnetism and Aeronomy.

Symposium on paleomagnetism and paleoclimatology included (p. 35-39) papers by: S. K. Runcorn, the interrelation of palaeomagnetism and palaeoclimatology; C. E. Helsley and F. G. Stehli, Comparison of Permian paleontologic and paleomagnetic data concerning climate; R. L. Dubois, Some paleomagnetic results and their evidence of paleolatitudes; E. R. Deutsch and F. L. Staplin, Palaeomagnetism, palaeoclimatology and the distribution of oil fields. Khorosheva, O. V. Investigating planetary propagation of solar auroraes, p. 52. Vsekhsvfafskil, S. K., and N. I. Dzfilbenko. Some results of polar lights structure studies, p. 53. Samsonov, V. P., and N. S. Zaret kil. The spatial and time distribution of auroras over the territory of Yakutya, p. 54. Nadubovich, ID. A. The auroral "coast effect," p. 55. Ivanchuk, V. I. On the classification of polar aurora spectra, p. 56. Bagarfaaki1, B. A. Auroral radioechoes and their dependence on the constant and variable magnetic fields, p. 59. Akasofu, S. I. The dynamic morphology of the aurora polaris, p. 60. McNamara, A. G. An analysis of IGYIGC auroral radar observations in Canada, p. 61. Kuz'min, A. I. and others. Main results of the research in the variations of cosmic rays in Yakutsk, p. 64. Besprozvannafå, A. S. and G. N. Gorbushina. Irregular phenomena and disturbances in the polar ionosphere, p. 105. Nikol'skil, A. P. About existence of three sporadic ionized regions in high latitudes, p. 106. Obayashi, T. Widespread ionospheric disturbances due to nuclear explosions during October 1961, p. 108. Adam, N. V. and others. Spherical analysis of a constant magnetic field and of secular variations, p. 112. Stockard, H. P. Project Magnet progress, p. 134. Dawson, E., and E. I. Loomer.: The north magnetic dip pole. p. 136. Knapp, D. G. Some notes on field patterns in relation to dip poles, p. 137. Pudovkin, M. I. The nature of geomagnetic disturbances in high latitudes, p. 154. Pudovkin, M. I. The origin of geomagnetic disturbances in the auroral zone, p. 155. Sato, T. Periodic geomagnetic variations in high latitudes, p. 167.

Troif kaIh, V. A. and others. Characteristic features of rapid variations in polar regions, p. 168. Mather, K. B., and E. M. Wescott. Relationships at geomagnetically conjugate points, p. 169. Shand, J. A. and others. Micropulsations in conjugate auroral zones and associations with some other ionospheric phenomena, p. 170. Ohl, A. I. Long periodical giant pulsations of the geomagnetic field, p. 181. Troitskaiå, V. A., and others. The morphology and nature of geomagnetic micropulsations with periods from 10 to several minutes, p. 182. Troiiskaiå, V. A., and others. The fine structure of magnetic disturbances, p. 183. Skrinnikov, R., and N. F. Mal'%eva. Earth electro-magnetic field micropulsations in the aurora zone, p. 196. v. 6. Int. Assoc. of Physical Oceanography. Aver'finova, V. N., and others. Some investigations of seismic conditions of tsunami generation and improvement of equipment of tsunami warning system, p. 41. Pattullo, J. G. Distribution of mass in the Pacific Ocean during the IGY, 19571958, p. 59. Bezrukov, P. L., and others. Map of the Pacific Ocean sediments, p. 73. Petelin, V. P., and I. A. Aleksina. Mineralogical provinces of the Pacific Ocean, p. 75. Zhuze, A. P. Biostratigraphy of bottom sediments and paleoclimate of the Quaternary period in the North Pacific on the basis of a study of diatoms, p. 77. Resultats des Gershanovich, D. E. recherches en gdologie marine dans la partie nord-est du Pacific (Results of investigations in marine geology in the northeast Pacific), p. 78. Crean, P. B. Oceanographic mechanisms in Dixon Entrance, B.C., p. 101. Stepanov, V. N. General regularities of structure of the world ocean waters, p. 135. v. 7. Int. Assoc. of Volcanology. Taylor, H. P. Oxygen isotope variations during magmatic differentiation. p. 38. Wilson, J. T. The eruptive and posteruptive history of some chains of volcanic islands. p. 45. Naboko, S. I. Metasomatism and vertical zonality in areas of active volcanicity, p. 46. Aver'ev, V. V. Some quantitative features of the recent hydrothermal process in volcanic areas, p. 51. Wanless, IL K., and W. F. Fahrig. The age and tectonic significance of diabase dyke swarms of the Canadian Shield, p. 75. v. 8. Int. Assoc. of Scientific Hydrology.

Somov, N. V. Asynchronism and cyclic recurrence of variations in the runoff of the USSR great rivers, p. 47. Yen, Y. C. and others. On the isothermal flow of air through a snow pack with variable permeability, p. 54. Assur, A., and W. F. Weeks. Growth, structure, and strength of sea ice, p. 62. Schwerdtfeger, P., and E. R. Pounder. Energy exchange through an annual sea ice cover, p. 63. Porkhaev, G. V. and I. V. Shelkin. On the formation of temperature regime of frozen zones in the lithosphere, p. 64. Mock, S. J. Tellurometer traverse for a surface movement survey in N. Greenland, p. 91. Müller, F. Englacial temperature measurements on Axel Heiberg Island, Canadian Arctic Archipelago, p. 112. Langway, C. C. Jr. Sampling for extraterrestrial dust on the Greenland ice sheet, p. 113. Lliboutry, L. Le regime thermique de la base des calottes polaires (The thermal regime at the base of the polar ice caps), p. 130. Weertman, J., and others. Profile and heat balance at the bottom of an ice sheet fringed by mountain ranges, p. 148. Haefeli, R. Anumerical and experimental method for determining ice motion in the central parts of ice sheets, p. 149. Wilhelm, F. Observations of variations of glacier velocity and types of movement by transport of ice masses of arctic glaciers, p. 150. Dansgaard, W. Stable isotopes in precipitation collected under the IAEA tritium project, p. 224. v. 9. Committee on the problems of Geochemistry. Honda, M. Cosmic-ray produced radioactivity in the atmosphere, p. 9. Oeschger, H. and others. Tritium deposition in Greenland ice during pre-bomb era, DLO. p. 14. INTERNATIONAL UNION OF GEODESY AND GEOPHYSICS. International Snow and Ice Commission, see No. 79605. INTERNATIONAL UNION OF GEODESY AND GEOPHYSICS. Upper Mantle Symposium, see No. 79605. INTERNATIONALE PFLANZENGEOGRAPHISCHE EXKURSION, see No. 83711. 79606. INVERARITY, R. B. Art of the Northwest Coast Indians. Berkeley, Univ.

467

of California Press 1950. xiv, 243 p. illus. Approx. 140 refs. Study, with 280 photos, of the realistic, abstract, and symbolic art of the Tlingits, Haidas, Tsimshians, etc: Masks, sculptures in wood, stone and ivory, also weaving, painting, etc. are dealt with. Material culture, social structure, religious beliefs and mythology are analyzed as prime factors in artistic expression. DLC.

. 1963, p. 9-13.) In Russian. Title tr.: Scientific fundamentals of animal acclimatization. Theoretical analysis with definitions and concepts concerning acclimatization as adaptation. Forms of acclimatization, its stages, requirements and scale are outlined. Role of age is discussed, as are rates, types, DLC. methods of acclimatization, etc. IOHANCA, fr., fl. 14 c., see No. 81114.

79607. IODKO, G. B. Lesnymi tropami; o rabote protivoepidemicheskikh ekspediiail v Sibiri. Moskva, Medgiz 1962. 132 p. illus. In Russian. Title tr.: On forest trails; the work of anti-epidemic expeditions in Siberia. Describes (as background of a story) the expeditions into the Krasnoyarsk taiga by scientists of the E. I. Mar£sinovskil Institute of Medical Parasitology and Tropical Medicine. They studied distribution of disease-carrying insects and means of their control. Their work was part of the struggle against carriers of tick encephalitis and against mosquitoes. DLC. 79608. IOFFE, A. F. Chto mogut dat' Severu sovremennafå nauka i tekhnika? (Problemy Severa 1962, no. 6, p. 95-97.) In Russian. Title tr.: What can modern science and technology do for the North? Notes the main problems of inhabitants of the North as protection against low temperature and supply of fresh vegetables. They are to be solved by developing communities of multi-storied apartment houses and 200-300 m. long covered roadways; such buildings house 10-20,000 persons. Vegetables can be grown under artificial light, tomatoes require 240 kw-h/kg. and cost 30-40 rubles (old currency), but with cheap power in Siberia the price can drop to 3-5 rubles; 5,000 Øs of protected ground is needed to grow vegetables to supply a large apartment house. DLC. 79609. IOFFE, A. E. Ustanovlenie i uprochenie Sovetskol vlasti v Komi krae. (Istorifå SSSR 1957. v. 1, no. 5, p. 152-65.) Approx. 30 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Establishment and consolidation of Soviet rule in Komi territory. Sketches the events of 1917-1919 in the region now called Komi ASSR: revolution, conflict with Allied interventionists, changes in administration, social and economic DLC. reforms. 79610. IOGANZEN, B. G. Nauchnye osnovy aklØatizaf ii zhivotnykh. (In: Konferent ifii po akklimatiza£ii zhivotnykh

468

79611. IONESCO, M., and others. Les variations du milieu ionique de la contraction cardiaque au tours de l'hypothermie profonde. (Annales de chirurgie 1962. v. 16, no. 7-8, p. 555-58, graphs.) 28 refs. In French. Other authors: P. Pausesco, A. Papahagi and S. Negreanu. Title tr.: Variations in the ionic condition of heart contraction during deep hypothermia. Study of changes in Na, K, Mg, Ca, Cl and CO,H of the myocard before and at the end of cooling, and at the beginning and after rewarming. Deep hypothermia (510° C.) and cardiac arrest were obtained, in dogs, by extracorporeal cooling. DNLM. 79612. IONIN, A. S., and others. Podvodnye geomorfologicheskie issledovanifa v SSSR. (Moskva. Universitet. Vestnik 1963. ser. 5, geografifii, no. 3, p. 17-23.) 6 refs. In Russian. Other authors: P. A. Kaplin and V. S. Medvedev. Title tr.: Submarine geomorphic investigations in the USSR. Reviews the recent investigations including such in the White, Bering, Okhotsk, and other seas: coastal slope studies and bottom mapping, collection of ground samples, topographic survey of bottom areas, etc. In 1962 in the White Sea at Kandalaksha Bay, the relief forms of the DLC. coastal slope were studied. 79613. IONOVA, O. V. Sozdanie seti kraevedcheskikh muzeev RSFSR v pervye clesfät' let Sovetskol vlasti. (Moskva. N. -issl. inst. Muzeevedenifä. Trudy 1957. no. 1, p. 37-72, tables.) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Creation of a net of regional studies museums of the RSFSR during the first decade of Soviet rule. Discusses the purpose, aims, cultural functions, etc. of such collections. The list of museums founded in 1918-1927 includes two in Arkhangel'sk and one each in Murmansk, Ust'-Sysol'sk (now Syktyvkar), Berezovo, Obdorsk (Salekhard), Tyumen, Vilyuysk, Yakutsk, and Petropavlovsk-onKamchatka. DLC.

79614. IOSIPENKO, N. Sovkhoz "Susuman" za chetvert' veka. (Sel'skokhozfalstvennoe proizvodstvo Sibiri i Dal'nego Verstoka 1963, no. 9, p. 92.) In Russian. Title tr.: Quarter of a century at the Susuman Sovkhoz. Notes development and activities of the state farm founded in 1936 at Susuman in Magadan Province. In 1963, it had 400 hectares under cultivation, 1230 head of cattle. The milk yield of 18,000 cwt./yr. from 670 cows is to be increased to 30,000 cwt., etc. DLC. 79615. IPATOV, P. P., and others. Vlie.nie pochvenno-klimaticheskikh uslovil Krasnofnrskogo krafe. na mineral'nyl sostav kormov. (Krasnoyarsk. Sel'skokhozfiilstvennyl inst. Trudy 1959. v. 3, no. 1, p. 39-47, tables.) 2 refs. In Russian. Other authors: N. A. Tokovol and G. E. Zolotukhin. Title tr.: Influence of the soil and climatic conditions of Krasnoyarskiy Kray on the mineral components of feeds. Reviews the physiography and climate of the area and its zones, including the taiga and Arctic. Content of macro- and microelements in natural hay, sown hay, and straw from cereals in these zones is analyzed. The results indicate a considerable increase of macroelements in feeds from south to north, and a drop in microelements. DLC. IRBE, N. A., see No. 81243. 79616. IRENEE-MARIE, Frkre, and D. K. HILLIARD. Desmids from southcentral Alaska. (Hydrobiologia 1963. v. 21, no. 1-2, p. 90-124, table illus.) 8 refs. Lists, with measurements and localities, 367 types of algal flora collected in Sept. 1963 from 42 stations along the Steese, Richardson, Glenn, and Sterling Highways; for each station, the altitude, pH, water temperature, habitat type, and locality are noted. Two new species, Arthrodesmus alaskensis and aenatum (probably gen. Euastrum), are described, also some new varieties and forms. Several desmids new to Alaska or to North America are indicated. Because of the senior author's death, some questions of taxonomy remain unresolved. DLC.

from paper presented at Sixth World Petroleum Congress, Frankfort-am-Main, June 19-26, 1963. A technical appraisal of drilling operations on Dome et al Winter Harbour no. 1, 196162, by the drilling engineer and the general manager of Peter Bawden Drilling Ltd. This well, located at 74°48'06" N. 110°30' 37" W., on southern Melville Island, was spudded Sept. 10, 1961, and abandoned Apr, 7, 1962 at a depth of 12,543 ft. Total cost was about $1.5 million. Assembling equipment and supplies at Edmonton, Montreal, etc., their conveyance to Winter Harbour, and the effect of arctic weather on operating practice are discussed in detail. Matters of personnel, fresh-water supply, radio communications and airlift are also considered. Logistics were major problems in planning the operation: finding transportation facilities capable of moving all equipment and supplies to Winter Harbour, unloading from ship to shore, moving from shore to site, rigging up, and maintaining supply lines. Critical timing caused further complications. Results indicate that drilling is feasible on Melville Island even during severe winter weather; careful long-range planning is essential to cut costs; personnel should be mechanically ingenious, compatible, experienced, and adaptable to long periods of isolation. No major drilling problems were encountered, and aluminum drill pipe was successfully substituted for steel drill pipe when drilling was continued DLC. below 10,000 ft. 79618. IRVING, L., and others. Action of the heart and breathing during the development of fur seals, Callorhinus ursinus. (Physiological zoology 1963. v. 36, no. 1, p. 1-20, tables, graphs, illus.) 21 refs. Other authors: L. J. Peyton, C. H. Balm and R. S. Peterson. Comprehensive study preceded by outline of the land-to-sea development of the young and cardiac adaptations to diving. The experiments reported indicate that young pups cannot dive over 2 min. without losing consciousness, adults not beyond 5 min. Arrhythmia is a normal phenomenon in the seals and changes, after 30 seconds of diving, into bradycardia with beats separated 3-5 seconds. DLC.

IRIS", M., see No. 82373. IRVINE, G. W., see No. 79803. 79617. IRVINE, R. R., and R. E. SPARROW. First Arctic Islands drilling project. (Oil in Canada, 1963. v. 15, no. 41, p. 34-40, maps, graph, tables.) 2 refs. Condensed

79619. IRVING, L. Effect of temperature on sensitivity of the finger. (Journal of applied physiology 1963. v. 18, no. 6, p. 1201-1205, table, graphs.) 14 refs. The sensitivity of fingers to standard impacts of falling objects increased rather regularly in each person tested, when finger

469

temperature fell 35°-20° C. Variations in sensitivity were large however, between individuals with Qio ranging 2-10. DLC. IRV ING, L., see also Nos. 79375, 81281.

79620. IRVING, W. N. Northwest North America and central United States: a review. (Alaska Univ. Anthrop. papers 1963. v. 10, no. 2, p. 63-71.) Refs. Comparative study of pre-pottery complexes in central North America and in the Mackenzie—Yukon drainage basins: Arctic Small Tool, Northwest Microblade, and Plano (Yuma) traditions. Typology, diffusion, correlation, and dating are dealt with. Evidence is seen for some specialized technological traits to have been shared by central and far northwestern cultures rather than spread by large-scale migrations. DSI. 79621. IRVING, W. N. A provisional comparison of some Alaskan and Asian stone industries. (Arctic Inst. of North America. Technical paper 1962. no. 11, p. 55-68.) Refs. Presents a trial taxonomy, based on MacNeish (No. 59981), of Alaskan and northwest Canadian collections of 10,0001,000 B.C. artifacts. The major New World traditions: Arctic Small Tool, Northwest Microblade, Yuma and other Paleo-Indian complexes, and the Aleutian core and blade industry are described, correlated, and compared to contemporary, or otherwise similar manifestations in Siberia and Japan. An autochthonous development of New World traditions is suggested, no convincing evidence having been found for an Asian prototype of northern North American preceramic cultures. A gradual diffusion of traits along the Pacific and Bering Sea coasts may account for typological similarities as well as a reverse spread of American traits to Asia. CaMAI. 79622. IRZHAK, L. I. Novye dannye po fiziologii losfa Pechoro-IlyØkom zapo(Geograficheskoe o-vo SSSR. vednike. Komi filial. Izvestifä 1963. no. 8, p. 88-89, table.) 7 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: New data on physiology of elk in the PechoraIlych preserve. Reports day-old, one month, and year-old elks, also fully grown animals studied in May—June 1961; data on blood volume and composition are presented and compared. DLC. 79623. ISAAKIÄN, L. A., and others. Dykhatel'nyl gazoobmen i bioelektriche-

470

skaf aktivnost' myshü u cheloveka pri sochetannom vlifanii na organizm temperatury i myshechnol defatel'nosti. (Opyt izuchenifå regulfaf'siI fiziologicheskikh funk 1963. v. 6, p. 171-79, tables, graphs.) 23 refs. In Russian. Other authors: R. P. Ol'nCaanskafa and G. A. Trubifsyna. Title tr.: Respiratory gas exchange, and bio-electric activity of the human muscle, during combined influence upon the organism of temperature and muscular activity. Reports on experiments with five young subjects having hand and forearm cooled with ice-packs (or warmed) while or before the other arm performed a standard lifting The intricate results of the exercise. experiments are tabulated and discussed. DLC. 79624. ISAAKIÄN, L. A., and others. 0 znachenii temperaturnykh razdrazhitelel pri myshechnol defiitel'nosti. (In: Nauchnafa konferent,sifa po fiziologii ... 1963, p. 16263.) In Russian. Other authors: R. P. Ol'nfanskafa and G. A. Trubitsyna. Title tr.: Significance of temperature stimulants during muscular activity. Reports on the effects of cooling (or warming) of the right hand, performing a standard task, with subject at room temperature. In cooling, energy expenditure in work fell or remained unchanged, integrated electrical activity of the active muscles fell by 14-43% and the alpha-rhythm was less lowered than in controls. DLC. 79625. ISACHSEN, F. E. Christian Ieden, 17. juli 1882— 19. november 1957. (Norsk geografisk tidsskrift 1959-60. v. 17, no. 5-8, p. 339-40.) In Norwegian. Title tr.: Christian Leden, July 17, 1882—November 19, 1957. Obituary of this Norwegian musician and ethnographer, noting his studies of Eskimo music in the Smith Sound area in 1909, and at Angmagssalik in 1910 and 1926. He also studied the music of Plains Indians in Canada in 1911 and lived among Canadian Eskimos in the Hudson Bay area during 1913-16. One of his main theories was that the music of the Eskimos indicates a cultural affinity with the North American DLC. Indians. 79626. ISACHSEN, F. E. Fridtjof Nansen (Norsk geografisk og polarforskningen. tidsskrift 1961. v. 18, no. 1-2, p. 33-38.) In Norwegian. Title tr.: Fridtjof Nansen and polar research. Contains text of lecture to the Norwegian Geographical Society in 1961 to celebrate the centenary of Nansen's birth. DLC.

79627. ISACHSEN, F. E. Et mite med William Herbert Hobbs. (Norsk geografisk tidsskrift 1959-60. v. 17, no. 5-8, p. 34041.) In Norwegian. Title tr.: Meeting William Herbert Hobbs. Recounts his visit to this American geologist-explorer in 1952, with brief notes on his life and work. DLC. 79628. ISAEV, A. I. Okhrana rybnykh (In: KomØifä po zapasov v SSSR. rybokhozfalstvennomu issled ... 1962, p. 264-68.) In Russian. Title tr.: Protection of fish reserves in the USSR. Reviews causes of depletion of stock; earlier protective measures in Russia as from the 17th century, including arctic freshwater and marine fisheries; present regulations and their aim(s); organization DLC. and organs of control. 79629. ISAEV, A. S., and A. I. UTKIN. Nizovye pozhary v listvennichnykh lesakh Vostochnol Sibiri i znachenie stvolovykh vreditelel v poslepozhamom sostwånii drevostof t. (In: Akademitä nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Inst. lesa i drevesiny. Zashchita lesov Sibiri of nasekomykhvrediteleT 1963. p. 118-82, tables, illus.) 77 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Underbrush fires in larch forests of eastern Siberia and the effect of trunk-pests on the subsequent composition of the stand. Study of conditions including those in Yakutia. Successive chapters deal with the features of these fires, nature of the burning material, critical fire-periods, intensity of the brush fires, their damage, classification of after-fire vegetation. Stem-pests are treated in some detail as to their role in the death of stands after fires, the species involved (70-80 in all, bark, snout, woodboring beetles and some horntails), the biology and ecology of those which infest the Daurian larch, after-fire associations of these insects, etc. The drying-up process in trees following fires also is dealt with. DLC. ISAEV, M. I., see No. 78241. 79630. ISAEV, S. I. Pohårnye sifånifä. Moskva. Izd-vo Glaysevmorputi 1952. 63 p. tables, graphs, maps, illus. 6 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Auroras. Presents a non-technical discussion on auroras, their form, classification, and their geographic and altitudinal distribution. Relationship between auroras, magnetic storms, and solar activity is discussed. Emphasis is on description of auroral spectra, and derived composition and tem-

perature of the upper atmosphere. Auroral origin is explained in detail by the effects of solar corpuscular emission in the earth's magnetic field, noting also the "ultraviolet" theory of origin. Ionospheric phenomena and their investigation by "radio-echo" method are discussed in connection with deterioration of radio communication during auroral displays. DLC. 79631. ISAEV, S. I. Soveshchanie podkomiteta also{ ia{ ii geomagnetizma i aeronomii MGGS po izdanifd novogo atlasa polfiirnykh snånil. (Geomagnetism i aeronomifii 1963. v. 3, no. 1, p. 178-80, table.) In Russian. Title tr.: Conference of the IGY Committee's Subcommittee of the Geomagnetism and Aeronomy Association on publication of a new atlas of auroras. Reports the Subcommittee's resolution approving publication, and the new classification of auroras. The old classification is clarified, and supplemented with the characteristics of auroral activity and pulsation, and a five-degree (0-4) visual brightness DLC. scale. 79632. ISAEVA, L. L. Sledy chetvertichnogo oledenenifä v severo-zapadnol chasti Sredne-Sibirskogo ploskogor'fä. (Akademifä nauk SSSR. Izvestifä 1963, ser. geol. no. 2, p. 90-98, map.) 12 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Traces of Quaternary glaciation in the northwestern part of Middle-Siberian plateau. Maps and describes the glacial deposits of the region east of the Yenisey and roughly from the Podkamennaya Tunguska north to the Kureyka. Relief forms, types of glacial deposits, their limits, and other features are described. The Zyryanka and Samarovo glaciations are recognized, the Zyryanka in three stages. Stratigraphy of DLC. glacial deposits is also treated. 79633. ISAKSSON, B. Kalixbygden i litteraturen. (Norrbotten. Årsbok 1963, p. 247-54, illus.) In Swedish. Title tr.: The Kalix region in literature. Lists about 215 works on subjects connected with Nederkalix and Üverkalix SPRI. parishes in northern Sweden. 79634. ISAKSSON, O. Folklig gravkont, en notis. (Svenska landsmål och svenskt folkliv 1962. v. 85, no. 1-4 (281), p. 159-62, illus.) In Swedish. French summary. Title tr.: Popular grave art, a note. Describes a late 19th century monument of wood (now demolished) at Korpilombolo (66°52' N. 23°02' E.) north Sweden; it exhibited the rich sculpture and decorative

471

painting characteristic of local furnituremaking. Similarity to Russian mortuary style and Russian influence in building construction in this border region are noted. DLC. 79635. ISHIDA, R., and others. Criteria for the differentiation of mature and immature forms of chum and sockeye salmon in northern seas. (Int. North Pacific Fisheries Commission. Bulletin 1961. no. 5, p. 27-47, tables, graphs, illus.) 17 refs. Other authors: K. Takagi and S. Arita. Reports an investigation based largely on histological observation of male and female gonads. It enables to determine in its marine phase of life, whether a fish would be a spawner of the year. Material east and west of Kamchatka was used, with landlocked sockeye used for comparison. DLC. ISHMAEV, I., see No. 80140. ISKANDEROVA, A. D., see No. 81301. 79636. ISRAEL, H. Alaskische Spielbretter aus Walrosszähnen. (Dresden. Staatliches Museum für Völkerkunde. Abhandlungen and Berichte 1963. v. 22, p. 15-24, illus.) 22 refs. In German. Title tr.: Alaskan walrus-ivory gaming boards. Describes several ornamented tusks with plug-hole checker board used for a cribbagelike Eskimo game: two are in the Musee de l;Homme in Paris, three at the Städtisches Museum of Frankfurt-Am-Main, and one in private hands. The human floral engravings range in style from stick-figures to complete hunting scenes in perspective. The traditional motifs have the individual interpretation of unique rather than massproduced objects. A late 19th century DSI. dating is suggested. 79637. ISRAEL, H. Bemerkungen zu einigen verzierten Walrosszähnen aus Südwest-Alaska. (Leipzig. Museum für Völkerkunde. Veröffentlichungen 1961. no. 11, p. 303-311, illus.) 15 refs. In German. Title tr.: Notes on some ornamented walrus tusks from southwest Alaska. Describes five ivory objects from the Dresden and Herrnhut/Oberlausitz museums. Style and workmanship of the naturalistic engraved and sculptured decorations are discussed. The objects are prob. ably Eskimo gaming boards made on Nunivak at the turn of this century. One has a fish skin casing with rich appliqué work in red and blue cloth and seems to be machine-sewn. Additional photo-illus. are on plates 65-70 of accompanying volume. DSI.

472

79638. ISRAEL, H. Ein grönländischer Singstreit.. (Dresden. Staatliches Museum Abhandlungen and für Völkerkunde. Berichte 1963. v. 22, p. 1-13, illus., facsim., map.) 29 refs. In German. Title tr.: A Greenlandic song contest. Cites an anonymous, late 19th century (?) Moravian missionary manuscript, now at the Unitätsarchiv Herrnhut, Oberlausitz. It depicts a mid-19th century event at the settlement on Kangek Island in Godthåbsfjord: two Eskimos competing for the favor of one woman. Such contests are discussed as to purposes, customary law, social implications, and diffusion throughout Eskimo territory. The "song cousins" institution with its gift and occasional wife exchange, drum contests, etc. also is noted. DSI. ISSALENE, P., see No. 80646. 79639. ISTOMIN, I. V. Vskhodit solnae ned fAmalom. (Ural 1962, no. 5, p. 140-45.) In Russian. Title tr.: Sunrise over Yamal. Writer sketches homecoming to YamalNenets National District after long absence; the current state of fishing, reindeer, fur hunting and fur farming, the complaints in the kolkhozes on lack of implements and machinery, the advances in urban construction and settling of nomadic herders, etc. DLC. 79640. ISTOMIN, P. Na goru Kamennykh Idolov. (Ural'skil sledopyt 1962, no. 12, p. 5-11, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: Mountain of stone idols. Describes a trip to Man'-Pupy-N'yer and Torre-Porre-Iz, legendary abodes of Vogul heroes at the source of the Pechora River; the route from Ust'-Man'ya, a Vogul village in Tyumen Province, the ascent, the stone pillars (result of erosion) etc. Vogul legends associated with these mountains are given. DLC. ISTOSHIN, B. V., see Nos. 76946, 76947, 77167. ISTRATOV, V. V., see No. 80435. 79641. ITJEN, M. The story of the tour on the Skagway, Alaska street car. n.p. 1962. 100 p. illus. Reprint of No. 7847, with addition of comments by passengers on the tours conducted by Itjen before his death in 1942. DLC. 79642. ITKONEN, E. E. Eräistä Knud Leemin lapin sarrakirjoissa mainituista sanoista. (VirittAjä 1962, no. 3, p. 261-67.)

Refs. In Finnish. German summary. Title tr.: On a few words in Knud Leem's Lappish dictionaries. Etymological discussion of several words in the now extinct Sea-Lappish dialect of the Porsangerfjord. They appear in two 18th century dictionaries compiled by this Norwegian missionary. DLC.

Etymological study of about 130 geographic names in Finnish, Swedish, Norwegian, and Russian Lapland. All are of Lappish origin, despite their Finnish aspect; except those for a few Lappish winter settlements mentioned in 16th-century tax registers, these place names originated DLC. within the last two centuries.

79643. ITKONEN, E. E. Lappische Chrestomathie mit grammatikalischen Abriss and Wörterverzeichnis. Helsinki, Suomalais-ugrilainen seura 1960. x, 188 p. Refs. In German. Title tr.: Lappish reader with grammatical sketch and word list. Textbook containing 32 Lappish texts and a 1718-word glossary. Reviewed by W. Schlachter in an exhaustive discussion of the linguistic research since Wiklund, in Ural-altaische Jahrbücher, 1962. v. 34, p. 145-59. DLC.

79647. ITKONEN, T. I. Lappalaisia henkilönnimiä 1500- ja 1600 luvulta. (Viritttijä 1962, no. 4, p. 368-81.) Refs. In Finnish. German summary. Title tr.: Lappish personal names from the 16th and 17th centuries. In sequence to No. 29822. Study based mainly on a tax list of 15931596, covering six communities now in Norwegian and Finnish territory and 14 in the USSR. Some of the aboriginal names survive as family names, particularly in DLC. Finnish Lapland.

79644. ITKONEN, E. E. Die Laut- and Formenstruktur der finnisch-ugrischen Grundsprache. (Ural-Altaische Jahrbücher 1962. v. 34, no. 3-4, p. 187-210.) Approx. 40 refs. In German. Title tr.: Phonetic and morphological study of the ancestral Finno-Ugric language. Translation of D. Stroebke of the enlarged version of a paper originally pub. in Virittäjlt 1957, p. 1-23 (not seen). Stage shifts in the Balto-Finnish-Lappish and the Samoyed languages are considered to he independent developments, not a linguistic process going back to proto-Finno-Ugric. Vowel and consonant values, grammar, etc. in the parent and daughter Ianguages are discussed. DLC.

79648. I1IKSON, M. I. Glavnelshie cherty metallogenii Tikhookeanskogo rudnogo pofåsa v predelakh SSSR. (In: Akademiiå nauk SSSR. Dal'nevostochnyl filial. Geologicheskil inst. Geologi1. i metallogenifa ...1963, p. 62-68.) In Russian. Title tr.: Main features of the metallogeny of the Pacific ore belt within the limits of the USSR. Reviews the concentration of tin, gold, lead, zinc, and other mineral resources, and discusses the time of mineralization. For the Kolyma-Verkhoyansk province, it ranges between Upper Jurassic and Upper Cretaceous. In metallogenic provinces of the Pacific belt, the extent and duration of lineament-type structures are important. Faults of metallogenic importance are analyzed, noting transgressional, regional, DLC. and others.

79645. ITKONEN, T. I. Fennoskandiaskienes oprinnelse. (Tromsø. Museum. Skrifter 1928. v. 2, p. 77-87.) Refs. In Swedish. Title tr.: Origin of the Fennoscandian ski. Discusses reports on the ski and its modifications. There may have been two original types. A Scandinavian type had the right ski ungrooved, the left longer and grooved, the groove possibly a natural feature from the tree split to form a pair. The equallength, grooved pair supposedly came from the east with migrant Lapps and Finns. Etymology of related words from Norway to the Kola Peninsula is considered in detail. DLC. 79646. ITKONEN, T. I. Kvasisuomalaisia Lapin paikanniniiä. (Virittiljü 1961, no. 1, p. 1-13.) 12 refs. In Finnish. German summary. Title tr.: Pseudofinnish toponymics in Lapland.

79649. IßIKSON, M. I. Svfåz' metallogenii s glubinnymi razlomami v severozapadnol chasti Tikhookeanskogo rudnogo poiasa. (Geologifü rudnykh mestorozhdenil 1963. v. 5, no. 2, p. 28-45, maps.) 47 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Tile connection of metallogeny with deep fractures in the northwestern part of the Pacific ore belt. Outlines the transregional, long-lasting, deep fracture-lineaments in the KolymaKamchatka, IØchatka—Kuril and other regions of the Pacific belt. Regional deep fractures also are analyzed. Development of such fractures is discu.ssed according to time. Those of both transregional and regional types are shown to be closely related to the metallogeny of the Pacific belt. Conditions for occurrence of tin, copper and other ores are briefly summarized. DLC.

473

I~§IHSON , M. I., see also No. 84148. 79650. IßHOVA, A. I., and S. M. DRACHEV. Gigienicheskie trebovanifa k organizaf ii khozfalstvenno-pit'evogo vodosnabzhenifii na Kralnem Severe. (Problemy Severn 1962, no. 6, p. 66-70.) In Russian. Title tr.: Hygienic requirements for industrial and potable water supply in the Far North. Reports recent studies of 16 northern communities including Yakutsk, Vorkuta, Inta, Pechora, Ukhta, Salekhard, Murmansk, Noril'sk, Magadan. Ten of them drew their water from rivers, three from lakes and three used underground sources. The water generally is low in minerals and microelements, but high in humic substances and iron. The ground water from subpermafrost layers used in Yakutsk shows high mineralization, up to 1550-2000 mg./ liter with high content of fluorine. Utilization of heated water of the Vorkuta and Noril'sk electric stations is noted. In several of the towns, water consumption including industrial use, reaches 180-250 liters per DLC. head. 79651. fIDAEV, S. V. Opyt vedenifå podgotovitel'nykh rabot pri drazhnol razrabotke almazonosnykh rossypel. (Corny! zhurnal 1963. no. 3, p. 27-28.) In Russian. Title tr.: Preparation of diamantiferous placers for dredging. Describes preparation to dredge Aykhal placer in permafrost of a gently sloping valley: removing the upper layer of peat which covers the diamantiferous sand, by bulldozers or by a hydraulic suction dredge; thawing the ground; etc. Removal of the peat layer in 1961 is reported in detail. DLC. 79652. fiIDANOV, I. G. Effektivnost' neresta atlantichesko-skandinayskikh sel'del i otsenka ikh urozhalnosti v 1961 g. (Voprosy ikhtiologii 1963. v. 3, no. 3 (28), p. 497--505, tables, map.) 5 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Spawning efficiency and yield estimate of Atlanto-Scandinavian herring in 1961. Reports a study based on catches of larvae on the spawning grounds of western Scandinavia and the Faroes, and of young fish in the Barents Sea. A preliminary estimate considers the 1961 fertility as not below average. Based on this estimate and those of the two previous years, a favorable forecast for the 1964 crop is made. DLC. 79653. flDANOV, I. G. Obshchie rezul'taty issledovanil po ofsenke sostofänifit

474

zapasa atlantichesko-skandinayskikh sel'del. (Materialy rybokhozfilstvennykh issledovanil Severnogo basselna. Sbornik 1963, no. 1, p. 3-6, tables, graphs.) Ref. In Russian. Title tr.: General results of estimates concerning the stock of Atlanto-Scandinavian herring. Study conducted during Dec. 11-20, 1962, as result of a sharp drop of Soviet catches in the Norwegian Sea since 1961. The aim was to establish the reserves of the 1960, 1959 and other year-classes and the fishing prospects for 1963-1966. While the stock of older fish was found to be half that of 1961, the 1959, 1960 and 1961 yearclasses promise high catches from the DLC. second half of 1963 through 1965. 79654. ØANOV, I. G. Prognoz sostofånifå syr'evol hazy promysla sel'di v morfakh Severnol Atlantiki na 1963 g. (Murmansk. Poll-amyl n:Ø1. inst. morskogo rybnogo khozfalstva i okeanografii. Nauchno-tekhnicheskil bftilleten' 1962, no. 4 (22), p. 6-8, tables.) In Russian. Title tr.: Forecast of the condition of herring resources in the North Atlantic for 1963. Referring to preliminary and corrected earlier forecast for 1963, author anticipates even smaller catches than in 1962. This he attributes to poor recruitment of the 19521958 classes, which are insufficient to replenish losses due to catch. The survey concerns the Norwegian Sea. Size of stock and estimated catch by Russian and Norwegian vessels are tabulated. DLC. 79655. IÜDANOV, I. G. Les recherches Sovietiques concernant le stock, la distribution et la conduite des harenos AtlantoScandinaves. (International Council for the Exploitation of the Sea. Annales biologiques 1959, pub. 1961. v. 16, p. 176-78, illus.) In French. Title tr.: Soviet research on the stock, distribution and behavior of Atlanto-Scandinavian herring. Discusses recruitment of commercial stock in 1959 as predictable from earlier rich year classes; Russian research and its area in the southeastern Greenland, Norwegian, and northern North Seas; activities in hydrography, plankton and herring fisheries; herring dock, movement and aggregations; year-to-year catch-fluctuations and their DI. causes. 79656. fDDANOV, I. G. Results of Soviet investigations on Atlanto-Scandian herring in 1961. (International Council for the Exploration of the Sea. Annales biologiques 1961 pub. 1963. v. 18, p. 151-52.) Discusses late arrival and shift of spawn-

ing ground of herring in the Norwegian Shallows; conditions in Lofoten Shallows; hydrographic conditions in the Norwegian Sea, Soviet research and fisheries in this DSI. area. 79657. IUDANOV, I. G. Soviet investigations of the Atlanto-Scandian herring stock. (International Council for the Exploration of the Sea. Annales biologiques 1960 pub. 1962. v. 17, p. 170-71.) Discusses the factors instrumental in the sharp decline of the herring stock in the Norwegian Sea during the past three years, due mainly to overfishing. Fishing conditions in 1960, and a prognosis for 1961 (poor) DSI. are also discussed. 79658. I1DIN, B. S. Ekologifå burozubok, rod Sorer, Zapadnol Sibiri. (Akademifå nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Biologicheskil inst. Trudy 1962. no. 8, p. 33-134, tables, graphs, maps, illus.) Approx. 95 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Ecology of shrews, genus Sorer, of Western Siberia. English translation available from U.S. Joint Publications Research Service, Washington 25, DC. Study based on numerous collections and observations including such from taiga and tundra areas. Introductory review is given of recent Russian and foreign literature. Successive chapters deal with the distribution of the seven species studied on various landscapes; biotopes in coniferous forests, in larch and birch stands, and along water bodies; distribution of each species (including Sorer arcticus) over various biotopes; burrows, nests and refuges; diet, discussed according to groups of foods, and diet of each species (all in great detail); reproduction in general, and of each species; enemies and parasites; practical value of DLC. shrews. 79659. MINN, K. A. 0 mekhanizme nizhnel cheliusti rzhankoobraznykh, trubkonosykh i nekotorykh drugikh ptiG. (Akademiß nauk SSSR. Zoologicheskil inst. Trudy 1961. no. 29, p. 257-302, illus.) 19 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Mechanism of the maxilla in Charadriiformes, Procellariiformes and some other birds. Study of the jaw and also the skull and muscles, based on anatomical collections and field observations in the eastern Murman and other areas. Earlier studies are reviewed. The general relation between food, its uptake and the beak, its structure and functioning is discussed, and this problem is elucidated in a great array of shore and sea birds. DLC.

fL DINA, V. V., see Nos. 81485, 81486. 79660. ØOVICH, L. A. Magnitnafa aktivnost' v soprfåzhennykh tochkakh. (Geomagnetism i a8ronomifa 1963. v. 3, no. 4, p. 723-27, table, graph.) 18 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Magnetic activity at conjugate points. Reports on comparison of the Q-index of magnetic activity by seasons during Sept. 1957—Oct. 1958 for three arctic and antarctic pairs of stations, viz: Murchison Bay and Mirnyy, Uelen and Macquarie, and College and Macquarie. The correlation for the near-pole pair, Murchison BayMirnyy, was found better during the night than daytime. The reduction in the correlation coefficient during the day hours is explained by the effect of a solar agent, possibly solar wind, on the upper strata of the magnetosphere, approximately 20 earth's radii from the equatorial plane. DLC. 79661. fÜDOVICH, L. A. Vremennye zakonomernosti pofävlenifå anomal'nol ionizafsii v sloe F2 v vysokikh shirotakh. (Geomagnetism i aeronomifa 1963, v. 3, no. 6, p. 1048-52, graphs.) 17 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Temporal regularities of appearance of anomalous ionization in the F2 layer in high latitudes. Discusses time regularities in the shadowed area of the ionosphere of the Northern and Southern Hemispheres. Diurnal variations in the critical frequency, fo of the F layer is explained by assuming two maxima: one due to waves at and near noon universal time, and the other, varying in time and geomagnetic latitude, due to corpuscular action. The fo F maximum in the auroral zone is observed during early morning hours, and is displaced to the midnight and early evening time with an increasing magnetic DLC. latitude. fOFEREV, O. V., see No. 77577. 79662. IÜKHNIN, V. V. Alaß lenta. Moskva. Sovetskil pisatel' 1957. 444 p. In Russian. Title tr.: Scarlet ribbon. Novel depicting pre-Revolutionary political and social tensions in rural communities of the present Komi ASSR. Translated from Zyryan by the author in cooperation DLC. with A. Dmitrieva. IUKSIP, A. IA., see No. 80176. fLTN, V., see No. 80424. 79663. IURASOV, V. F. Dinamika temperaturnykh reak£sil razlichnykh organov 475

pri perfuzii okhlazhdennol zhidkosti cherez zheludochki mozga i subarakhnoidal'noe prostranstvo spinnogo mozga. (Fiziologicheskil zhurnal SSSR 1961. v. 47, no. 4, p. 436-41, table, illus.) 9 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Dynamics of temperature reactions of various organs following perfusion, with cool liquid, of the ventricles and the subarachnoidal space of the spinal cord. Reports on experiments with dogs, their brains perfused with a liquid of 27° to 17° C. Cooling of different brain areas affected differently the temperature of various body organs (muscle, liver, skin, etc.). There were also differences in reaction when the DLC. same brain area was cooled. 79664. fbRASOV, V. F. Osobennosti dykhanifå i gazoobmena pri okhlazhdenii razlichnykh otdelov fsentral'nol nervnol sistemy. (Fiziologicheskil zhurnal SSSR 1963. v. 49, no. 6, p. 711-18, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: Peculiarities of respiration and gas exchange during cooling of different parts of the central nervous system. Account of experiments on dogs with the following parts cooled by perfusion: fore-, and inter-, and mid-brain, mesencephalon, and the conductive paths of the spinal cord. The effects of cooling the whole brain are also studied. Breathing is recorded pneumographically; gas exchange spirographiDLC. cally. 79665. fORASOVA, M. K. Na beregakh Irtysha. Moskva, Izd-vo "Sovetskafä. Rossifit," 1959. 144 p. illus. In Russian. Title tr.: On the banks of the Irtysh River. Includes, p. 113-41, a description of Khanty-Mansiyak, center of Khanty-Mansi National District and the largest regional fisheries combine. The founding of the town in 1931, its urban and industrial growth, its place in the cultural and economic development of the Ostyak and Vogul minorities, are sketched. The economic potential of the District is discussed with data on the fishing and lumber industries, fur trade, natural gas production, kolkhoz agriculture, including truck farming at Khanty-Mansiysk experiment station, etc. DLC. 79666. IIURCHENKO, O. T. Patrul'nye nablfüdenif. konturov linii Ha. (Akademifa nauk SSSR. Mezhduvedomstvennyl geofizicheskil komitet, IV razdel programmy MGG: Polfürnye sifanita i sveehenie nochnogo neba. Sbornik state! 1963. no. 10, p. 65-69, table, graphs.) 3 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Patrol observations of the Ha line contours.

478

Reports the processing of auroral spectra from observations at the Loparskaya station since the beginning of the IGY. Of 80 contours of this hydrogen line observed during 1957-1959, 50 are tabulated and presented in 50 graphs normalized to unity. DLC. ftR'EVA, I. A., see No. 80570. 79667. ftRKOVSKAß, T. K. K ekologii i geografii Sphagnum subfulvum Sjörs v Karel'skol ASSR. (Botanicheskil zhurnal 1963. v. 48, no. 12, p. 1837-38, map.) 5 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Ecology and geography of Sphagnum subfulvum Sjörs in the Karelian ASSR. Notes earlier records, soil preference (aapa bogs), ecology, and distribution: largely northern Karelia up to the Arctic Circle. DLC. 79668. fl7RLOV, K. T., and G. S. ZOLOTARENKO. Vtoroe soveshchanie zoologov Sibiri. (Akademifa nauk SSSR. Sibirakoe otd-ie. Izvestifå 1963. no. 8, p. 134-36.) In Russian. Title tr.: Second conference of zoologists of Siberia. Reports the Dec. 17-21, 1962 meeting at the Biological Institute of the Academy of Sciences' Siberian Division, with 230 representatives of 86 institutions present and 129 papers delivered. The main papers, including A. I. Kurenisov's on Beringia, q.v., acclimatization of muskrat and other fur-bearers, eta are noted. DLC. 79669. fURf8EV, B. A. Botaniko-geograficheskie nablfddenifä u severnogo predela rasprostranenifa listvenniisy na r. Olenek. (Problemy botaniki 1962. no. 6, p. 208-218, map.) 19 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Botanical-geographic observations . on the northern distribution limits of the larch along the Olenek River. Reports a study made by boat and plane Aug. 1-13, 1960. About 100 km. of the area upstream from Taymylyr (72°36' N.) is described as to vegetation, dominant forms and vertical zonation; northern outposts of larch, with physical and environmental aspects in some detail; appearance of transitional larch forests. DLC. 79670. fÜSHKO-ZAKHAROVA, O. E. Tipomorfnye mineral'nye assofsiafsii v medno-nikelevykh mestorozhdenifiikh Monchegorskogo ralona i mesto selena i tellura v obshchel skheme rudoobrazovanifå. (Akademii nauk SSSR. Inst. mineralogii, geokhimii i kristallokhimii redkikh elementov. Trudy 1961. no. 5, p. 126-35, tables.) 4 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Typomorphic

mineral associations in the copper-nickel deposits of the Monchegorsk region and the place of selenium and tellurium in the general scheme of ore formation. Reports a detailed mineralogio-geochemical study of these copper-nickel ores to determine distribution patterns and behavior features of Se and Te. Five mineral associations are distinguished and characterized. Content and behavior of selenium and tellurium in each is described. Their behavior can be of help in explanation of the genesis of the copper-nickel deposits. DLC. 79671. IVANCHENKO, A. S. ZolotoT materik. Magadan, Magadanskoe knizhnoe izd-vo 1962. 219 p. illus. In Russian. Title tr.: Golden continent. Description and photographs of Magadan Province from a trip in 1960, stressing development of gold mining in the upper Kolyma basin. Sketches of early prospecting are included, with excerpts (p. 136-60) from the diaries of V. A. ftaregradskil and S. D. Rakovskil 1928-1929, who discovered gold placers. DLC. IVANCHIN-PISAREVA, N. A., see No. 79989. IVANCHUK, V. I., see No. 79605. IVAN'EV, L. N., see No. 77088. 79672. IVANOV, A. I. Konsonantizm starozhil'cheskogo govora severo-zapadnol chasti Eniseiskogo ratona Krasnoyarskogo krafa. (Yeniseysk. Gos. pedagogicheskil inst.. Uchenye zapiski 1959. no. 3, p. 12860.) Approx. 50 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Consonantism in the speech of the old-time settlers of the northwest part of the Yeniseysk District, Krasnoyarsk Territory. Study of the phonetic peculiarities of Russian spoken along the Ket-Yenisey interfiuve. The area was originally populated by Ostyaks, Yeniseians, Sel'kup Samoyeds, and Evenki Tungus, and was colonized by Russian trappers and farmers in the 17th century. Phonetic similarities between this and dialects spoken in northeast European Russia as well as in a variety of old-time speech in Siberia, indicate a common origin. Any substantial influence of aboriginal languages on the phonetic structure of the Yeniseysk speech is rejected. DLC. 79673. IVANOV, A. I. Stratigraficheskoe polozhenie i nekotorye osobennosti shchelochno-ul'traosnovnykh vulkanogennykh ob-

razovani! severe SibirskoT platformy. (Izvestifa vysshikh uchebnykh zavedenil. Geologifå i razvedka 1963, no. 4, p. 56-65, table.) 9 refs. In Russian. Title tr.; Stratigraphic position and some features of the alkaline-ultrabasic volcanic formations in the north of the Siberian platform. Reports a: 1956-1958 study of effusive and tuff rocks in the Kotuy River basin. The Kotuy Lower Permian, Potok Upper Permian, and Ary Dzhang-Lower Triassic series are recognized and their stratigraphy described. Petrographic characteristics of alkaline-ultrabasic effusives are given. The main stages and features of volcanism developing these effusives are outlined. DLC. 79674. IVANOV, A. P. Novye dannye o rasprostranenii na Zapadnom Talmyre eredne-verkhnekamennougol'nykh otlozhenil. (Leningrad. N. -isel. inst. geologii Arktiki. Sbornik stater po paleontologii i biostratigrafii 1960, no. 20, p. 5-7.) In Russian. Title tr.: New data on the distribution of Middle-Upper Carboniferous deposits in western Taymyr. Describes a cross-section of the Makarovo series as studied in the Yefromova basin, 12 km. east of Yenisey Bay. The deposits are 240 m. thick. The layers are described, DLC. identified foraminifers noted. 79675. IVANOV, A. V. Pogonophora. New York. Consultants' Bureau 1963. xvi, 479 p. tables, maps, illus. 104 refs. D. B. Carlisle translator and editor. English version of No. 65410, greatly enlarged from the Russian original however, by addition of new species and of recent information on geographic distribution and biology. Eve C. Southward adds the description of a new species and notes from observations of both dead and living material. DLC. 79676. IVANOV, B. G. Nekotorye dannye o biologii krevetok zapadnoT chasti saliva Alaska. (Moskva. Vses. n. -issl. inst. morskogo rybnogo khoz. i okeanografii. Trudy 1963. v. 48, p. 207-218, tables, graphs, maps.) 20 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Some data on the biology of shrimps from the western part of the Gulf of Alaska. Reports on investigations into the biology and distribution of Pandalus borealis with intoduction concerning the economic value of this North Pacific and North Atlantic shrimp. Size, weight and sex composition of catches from different areas are analyzed, and prolific fishing grounds disclosed. DLC.

477

79677. IVANOV, B. V. 0 transportnom osvoenii severnykh raTonov Sibiri. (Akademifå nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Izvestifå 1963, no. 5, p. 53-59, table.) In Russian. Title tr.: Organization of transport in the northern areas of Siberia. The great distances to the main northern industrial areas and small amount of freight 400,000-800,000 tons/yr. in and 200,000500,000 tons/yr. out, preclude the building of railroads and highways. The transport problem should be solved by use of rivers in summer and winter autoroads, chiefly along the valleys. Advantages of air-cushioned vessels (hydrofoil, hovercraft) and monorail railroads are discussed, and their suitability to conditions of North pointed DLC. out. IVANOV, E. F., see No. 80679. 79678. IVANOV, G. T. Nekotorye materialy k mediko-geograficheskol kharakterisike evropelakogo Severa RSFSR. (Geograflcheskoe obshchestvo SSSR. Geograficheskil sbomik 1961. no. 14, p. 57-72.) 50 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Some materials on the medical-geographic characteristics of the European North of the RSFSR. Reviews the area from the White, Barents and Kam Seas south to the Volga-Sukhona watershed. Contamination of soils and surface waters is described. Effects of cold, solar radiation and polar night upon the human organism are discussed. Polar asthma, muscular pain, neuralgia, laryngitis and various other ailments are characterized. Climate of the tundra and taiga are compared. Low air temperature, high humidity and changeable weather are the main factors adversely affecting humans. Tundra vegetation, animals and biting insects, the lack of vegetables and fruits, etc. are discussed as to effects upon health. Preventive measures are outlined, as are other ways of improving living and working DLC. conditions. 79679. IVANOV, K. A., and S. D. ZAMYSLOVA. Sanitarno-gigienicheskafa ofsenka vodosnabzhenia naselenifa Noril'ska. (In: Moskva. N. -issl. inst. sanitarii i gigieny. Gigienicheskie ... 1961, p. 68-82, tables.) In Russian. Title tr.: Sanitaryhygiene appraisal of the water supply of Noril'sk population. Discusses the sources of water for the town; the active layer of permafrost; the present, central, plan of water supply, and its hygienic and bacteriological aspects. It is concluded that the Noril'sk River which does not freeze in the winter meets all

478

demands, in both quantity and quality, as the sole water source of Noril'sk. Its low content in iodine and fluorine could be easily remedied. DLC. IVANOV, $. E., see No. 80634. 79680. IVANOV, K. P. Energetic equivalent of muscle activity during thermoregulation. (Federation proceedings 1963. v. 22, no. 3, pt. 1, p. 737.) 5 refs. Distinguishes three types of muscle activity serving thermoregulation: motor activity, shivering, and muscle tonus. The two latter, especially the last, are described as to their electrical activity, frequency of contraction and oxygen consumption. Muscle tonus was highly effective in slight cooling, and altogether considered an important factor in heat production. DLC. 79681. IVANOV, K. P., and A. ALIMU$HAMEDOV. 0 fiziologicheskikh mekhanizmakh khimichesko! termoregulfåfsii v ontogeneze. (Fiziologicheskil zhurnal SSSR 1963. v. 49, no. 4, p. 482-88, illus.) 6 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Physiological mechanisms of chemical thermoregulation in ontogenesis. Study of an altricial (rat) and a precocial (guinea pig) animal. In the former, the early means of thermoregulation is muscular activity; at the age of 3-4 days, specific thermoregulators appear: shiver and thermoregulatory tonus. In the guinea pig thermoregulation in these two forms is operative from birth. DLC. 79682. IVANOV, K. P., and others. 0 fiziologicheskikh sdvigakh v organisme cheloveka pri povtornom vozdelstvii kholoda. (Opyt izuchenifa regulfåisil fiziologicheskikh funkGiil 1963. v. 6, p. 199-204, tables, graphs.) 8 refs. In Russian. Other authors: A. R. Makarova, N. I. Nasledova, S. 0. Ruttenburg, and lU. N. Chusov. Title tr.: Physiological changes in the human organism during repeated exposure to cold. Study of winter bathers at near-freezing water temperatures. Skin temperatures dropped by 0.5*-3.0° C. depending on the duration of bathing. The main defense reaction to cold appeared to be a sharp (400-500%) increase of gas exchange, its main means being muscular activity (swimming), shivering, and thermoregulatory tonus. DLC. 79683. IVANOV, N. Puti razviti1 Ob'Irtyshskogo basseins. (Rechno! transport

1962. v. 21, no. 10, p. 10-11.) In Russian. Title tr.: Ways of Ob-Irtysh Basin development. Estimates transport on these waterways to increase threefold after 1965. For such a traffic load the number of river craft should be increased, both tow boats and selfpowered vessels, including 2,400 and 1,000 hp. diesel ships with underwater wings. The expected economy from such measures is DLC. also estimated. 79684. IVANOV, N. S., and It. N. ANNENKOV. Avtomaticheskil mnogokanal'nyl fotoregistrator dliä geokriologicheskikh nablfildenil. (Akademiis, nauk SSSR. Inst. merzlotovedenia. SeveroVostochnoe otd-ie. Trudy 1958. no. 1, p. 101-110, illus.) 4 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: An automatic multi-channel photorecorder for geocryological observations. Describes in detail apparatus for recording cryogenic processes, such as heat and mass exchange in the earth's crust, with application to Yakutia in particular. The apparatus can record photographically signals from 100 pickups at once. The pickups can be commutated automatically, regulated for impulse duration and for current direction and intensity in the galvanometer circuit. The description is illus. by block- and DLC. circuit diagrams. 79685. IVANOV, N. S. 0 teplovom rezhime verkhnego sloss zemnol kory v ralone 1 .kutska. (In: Akademiis nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Inst. merzlotovedenifa. Teplo ... 1963, p. 9-55, tables, illus.) 60 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Thermal regime of the upper layer of the earth's crust in the Yakutsk region. Summarizes systematic thermophysical investigation by others and own studies of 1946-1948 and 1952-1960. The formation and development of permafrost is considered to depend on heat exchange between the subsurface horizons of the lithosphere and the cosmic and subcrustal sources of energy. Solar heat (1.76. x 1004), reflected heat from the moon (3.09 x 1019), lightning (1.60 x 1019) are the main sources supplying (in cal/year) heat to the surface of the earth from space. The sub-crustal heat component is considered to be 2 x 10R0 cal/year. A statistical prevalence of heat losses by the surface of the earth, over the heat supply from above and from beneath the earth is the condition for existence of the cryolithozone in the earth's crust. Observational data on temperature, moisture, thermophysical characteristics of the ground at Yakutsk are analyzed and cor-

related with the radiation and heat exchange at the earth's surface. Data are given on the heat regime in the 200 m. permafrost layer, and in its individual components. DLC. 79686. IVANOV, N. S. Termicheskil rezhim kriolitozony s uchetom ee termoanizotropnosti. (In: Akademiih nauk SSSR 1963, p. 124-30, graphs.) 4 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Thermal regime of the cryolithozone, its thermal anisotropy taken into account. Discusses deviation of the calculated from the observed parametric values of the frozen layer (rock) that retains a liquid solution in its pores, even when the (rock) temperature is negative. This makes the thermal conductivity coefficient a function of temperature, depth, and barometric pressure and interferes with determination of the frozen-layer thickness, its geotemperature gradient, and heat flow, introducing errors up to 17%. Formulas are developed which take into account the variation due to these conditions. When applied to records of temperature distribution in frozen rock with depth, the formula was found to interpret correctly the anomalous geothermal profiles taken in the Verina valley (63°29' N. 148°19' E.), and other DLC. places. 79687. IVANOV, N. V. 0 sviåzi uglenosnosti s osobennost1 mi fa£sial'no-geotektonicheskikh ritmov osadkonakopleniw. (Akan demifa nauk SSSR. Doklady 1963. v. 153, no. 5, p. 1140-41, graph.) 7 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Relation of coal content to facies tectonic rhythms of sedimentation. A paragenetic connection is established between a single rhythm and the coal content. The thickness of coal beds and that of rhythms are correlated using examples from the lower Aldan coal region, and the possibility is demonstrated of determining coal bed thickness from such relationship. In rhythms 40-50 in. thick workable coal beds can be expected. DLC. 79688. IVANOV, P. N. Razvitie kul'tury nerusskikh narodov Sibiri, 1920-1925 gg. (In: Sibir' v period ... 1962, p. 83-103.) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Cultural evolution of non-Russian peoples of Siberia, 1920-1925. Describes the drive to wipe out illiteracy including northern minorities: development of day- and boarding-schools, cultural bases, adult education, teacher training, public health and hygiene services, etc. DLC.

479

79689. IVANOV, S. V. Ornament narodov Sibiri kak istoricheskil istochnik; narody Severa i Dal'nego Vostoka. Leningrad, Izd-vo Akademii nauk SSSR 1963. 500 p. illus. & tables incl. fold., maps. (Akademifa nauk SSSR. Inst. etnografii. Trudy n. ser. v. 81.) Over 600 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The ornament of the peoples of Siberia as historical sources; peoples of the North and the Far East. Comparative ethnographic study of the origin and evolution of decoration patterns and their component elements based primarily on museum collections. The structure and development of geometric, floral and animal designs, adaptation of borrowed elements, cross-cultural influences, and the techniques are discussed; as are the arts of embroidery, knitting, bead, and appliqué work. Four major groups are treated in turn: the Ob-Ugrians and Samoyeds, peoples of the far northeast including Asiatic Eskimos and Aleuts, the northern Tungus and Dolgans, and the Tungus-Manchus. Ten basic ornament types are distinguished. Four are indigenous: the northeastern or Paleosiberian, central Siberian Tungus, Ob-Ugrian, and lower Amur Tungus. Six are large complexes infiltrating most Siberian groups: north Asiatic, north Siberian, TurkicMongolian, Manchu-Dahurian, east European, and Eurasian. The typology and development of the curvo-linear Old Bering Sea style, p. 228-38, its simplification in Punuk times, its survival and diffusion are dealt with. It is considered of Eskimo and Paleoasiatic origin, unrelated to the curvolinear designs of the Ainus and Amur peoples. The extensive bibliography is approx. 25% pre-1930 foreign (English, German, etc.), publications and about 35% Russian work of 1940-1962. Mus., mostly drawings,- include a thousand or more designs which enhance the value of this DSI. study. 79690, IVANOY, V. G. Nasypnafa plotina a merzlotnym fadrom. (Energeticheskoe stroitel'stvo za rubezhom 1963, no. 14, p. 38-40, diagrs.) Ref. In Russian. Title tr.: A fill dam with a frozen core. Based on article by R. Monson, No. 74101. Describes the dam with gravel fill on the Chatanika River 37 km. from Fairbanks, Alaska. It is 427 m. long and 44 m. or less high, it filters the river water freely; and along its central line is a wall of frozen ground. Ten centimeter steel pipes are driven through the 7.5 m. thick gravel layer and 1.5 m. into the permafrost beneath. There are three rows of pipes, the

480

rows and the pipes themselves 3. m. apart; both ends of each pipe are sealed. Plastmass pipes of 2.5 cm. diam. inserted in each steel pipe, are connected to the conduit of refrigerating liquid of ethylene glycol type. Water filtering through the dam freezes in passing through the core, and forms a wall of frozen ground and ice 10-11 m. thick. A number of thermocouples are in the wall for temperature measurements. DLC. 79691. IVANOV, V. G. Stroitel'stvo gidrouzla Kelsi v ralone veØoT merzloty, (Energeticheskoe stroitel'stvo Kanada. za rubezhom 1962, no. 12, p. 31-36, illus.) 2 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Construction of the Kelsey hydroelectric power station in the permafrost region of Canada.Reviews construction of Kelsey dam on the Nelson River 1957-1960 at a cost of 40 million dollars, and illus. methods of building stone- and sand-filled dams on permafrost by profiles. Based on Nos. DLC. 57880, 66450. IVANOV, V. K., see No. 77978. 79692. IVANOV, V. N. Novoe o priob= shchenii fakutov k zemledelifil, 1683-1684 gg. (Istoricheskil arkhiv 1962. v. 8, no. 6, p. 195-97.) 5 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: New data on the Yakuts' adoption of agriculture, 1683-1684. Presents four documents on land allotments to several Amga River Yakuts, thus increasing from 10 to 15 the Yakuts known to settle as tillers of the soil during 1678DLC. 1684. 79693. IVANOV, V. V. Indic v nekotorykh izverzhennykh porodakh SSSR. (Geokhimia 1963, no. 12, p. 1101-1109, tables, graph, map.) 8 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Indium in some igneous rocks of the USSR. Reports the indium content in rocks of the Polousnyy Range, Yana-Borulakh, and other regions of Yakutia. It decreases from the more basic to the more acid rocks: granodiorites 0.092 gm/t., granites 0.059 gm/t., alaskites and aplites 0.021 gm/t. The highest concentration is in kersantite dikes: 0.17 gm/t.; the average for all varieties of Yakutia granitoids is 0.057 gm/t. The average general indium content in granites of the USSR is 0.17 gm/t. DLC. 79694. IVANOY, V. V. Mineralogo-geokhimicheskie cherty i nekotorye fiziko-khimicheskie osobennosti formirovanifä kassiterito-silikato-sul'fidnykh mestorozhdenil, se-

verno! fAkutii. (Geokhimifii 1963, no. 9, p. 830-42, graphs, table, illus.) 30 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Mineralogic-geochemical features and some physico-chemical peculiarities of the formation of the cassiterite-silicate-sulfide deposits of northern Yakutia. Reports analyses of this formation, typical for tin mineralization in the Deputatskiy, Ilintas, Alys-Khaya and other areas. Physico-chemical conditions at the time of their formation are examined. Paragenetic mineral associations of ores and altered enclosing rocks are shown to have been formed at different pH values. DLC. 79695. IVANOV, V. V. Novye dannye po geokhimii aktsessornykh elementov v kassiteritØul'fidnykh rudakh. (Akademiiä nauk SSSR. Inst. mineralogii, geokhimii i kristallokhimii redkikh clementov. Trudy 1961, no. 7, p. 26-49, tables.) 56 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: New data on the geochemistry of accessory elements in cassiterite-sulfide ores. Reports a study of the Deputatskiy cassiterite-sulfide deposits in Yakutia to clarify geochemical features of Li, Rb, Cs, Tl, Be, TR, Y, Zr, Sc, Nb, Se, In, Ga, Ge, Cd, Bi, and Ag in the hydrothermal process. The important role of iron in the process of concentration is established. The natural minerals of these ores are Be, Y, Zr, Ag, Bi, and Ni. The most widely distributed DLC. rare element is indium. 79696. IVANOV, V. V. Vskrytie lediånogo pokrova v nizov'fakh i ust'e Eniseifit. (Problemy Arktiki i Antarktiki 1963, no. 12, p. 141-47, graphs, tables.) In Russian. Title tr.: Breakup of the ice cover in the lower reaches and mouth of the Yenisey River. Presents detailed data on stages of snow thaw and ice breakup on the river and bay, at Turukhansk, Kureyka, Igarka, Lopatnikovo, Dudinka, Ust'-Port, Kermit, Nasonovskiy Island, and at Capes Sopochnaya Korga, Shaytanovskiy, Kuznetsovskiy and Brazhnikova. Opening of navigation over 27 years ranged between June 14 and 24, but shipping could begin earlier with icebreaker aid. The breakup observations are outlined. DLC. IVANOV, V. V., see also No. 77687. IVANOV, VASILII, fi. 18th century, see No. 84538. 79697. IVANOV-KHOLODNYI, G. S., Editor. Issledovanifii verkhne! atmosfery s

pomoshch'I i raket i sputnikov. Moskva, Izd-vo inostrannol lit-ry, 1961. 473 p. tables, graphs, illus. ltefs. In Russian. Title tr.: Study of the upper atmosphere by means of rockets and satellites. Contains Russian translations of some 35 American papers on solar shortwave and particle emission and their effect on the upper atmosphere. Eight pertinent to arctic areas are abstracted in this Bibliography under their authors' names, viz: C. Y. Johnson and others, Nos. 58973, 79771; J. E. Knpperian and others, No. 59498; C. E. Mcllwain, Nos. 66462, 80938; L. H. Meredith and others, q.v.; J. C. Seddon and J. E. Jackson, q.v.; J. W. DLC. Townsend and others, q.v. 79698. IVANOV-KHOLODNYI, G. S. Rol' i istochnik korpuskul, nablf3daullshchikhsa v ionosfere i polfarnykh sifanifakh. (Akademifä nauk SSSR. Mezhduvedomstvennyl geofizicheskil komitet, VII razdel programmy MGG: Kosmicheskie luchi. Sbornik state! 1963. no. 5, p. 154-70, graph.) 99 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: The role and the source of corpuscles observed in the ionosphere and in auroras. Reviews studies of electron fluxes penetrating deep into the upper atmosphere from above. Nine topics are considered in turn, viz: experimental data on a relationship between the radiation belts and auroras, experimental data on corpuscles in auroras and in the ionosphere, measurements of electron streams in auroras with the aid of rockets and satellites, the problem of corpuscle accelerations in the atmosphere, energy spectrum of electrons, X-ray radiation in the upper atmosphere, the intensity of corpuscular streams, are the captured particles a source of auroras? and the mechanism of the escape of corpuscles DLC. from the radiation belts. 79699. IVANOVA, E. N., and others. Novafa skhema pochvenno-geografichesko(International go ralonirovanii SSSII. Congress of Soil Science. 7th, 1960. Delegation from the USSR. Doklady sovetskikh pochvovedov, p. 307-311, tables, map. In Russian. English summary. Other authors: P. A. Letunov, N. N. Rozov, V. M. Fridland, and S. A. Shuvalov. Title tr.: New scheme of dividing the USSR into soilgeography regions. Presents a schematic map of soil distribution, with the USSR subdivided into belts, regions, zones, subzones and provinces. The division is based on physico-chemical and bioclimatic features. All arctic regions

481

are included in the large polar and boreal belts. Soils of plains and mountain zones are distinguished. DLC. 79700. IVANOVA, K. S. Bor'ba za ukreplenie Sovetov Arkhangel'skol gubernii v kon£se vosstanovitel'nogo periods. (Arkhangel'sk. Cos. pedagogicheskil institut. Sbornik trudov, 1959. no. 3, p. 3-16, table.) Refs. In German. Title tr.: Struggle for the consolidation of Soviets in Arkhangel'sk Province at the end of the reconstruction period. Discusses the propaganda, administrative, and economic measures used to stimulate the population, especially in rural and northern areas, to more active participation in political life. The reasons for the exceptionally low vote returns in 1924 and sharp increase in 1925 are analyzed. Provincial returns averaged 27.8% in 1924, 46% in 1925, the Pechora District 18% and 56.5%, Kholmogory 12.3% and 45.6%; economic aid to northern fishing villages, devastated during the civil war, and the growing political alertness of women are considered prime factors. DLC. 79701. IVANOVA, S. "lag-Mort." (Teatr 1962. v. 23, no. 7, p. 129-31, illus.) In Russian. Describes this first Zyryan ballet. recently presented by the Komi Theater of Music and Drama at Syktyvkar, commending the choice of themes from national folklore, but criticizing the stereotype musical phrasing and unimaginative choreography. DLC.

Ortina River regions in western Bol'shezemel'skaya Tundra, Arkhangel'sk Province. Relief is outlined. Distribution of the seasonal layer, permafrost, and composing rocks is described, as is the distribution of ice veins in peat bogs. They are considered relict. Ground veins also are described. DLC. 79704. IVANOVA, V. A. Novyl rod ostrakod Martinssonopsis iz srednego ordovika Severo-Vostoka SSSR. (Paleontologicheskil zhurnal 1963. no. 2, p. 54-59, illus.) 4 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Martinssonopsis, a new ostracod genus from the Middle Ordovician of northeastern USSR. Presents a systematic description of the genus from specimens collected in 1959-1960 in the Indigirka basin. It belongs to fam. Primitiopsidae and subfam. Anisocyaminae, described by A. Martinson from Oklahoma. It is represented by M. multifaria and M. indigirkensis n. app. which are also described. DLC. 79705. IVANOVSKAII, A. V. Sledy verkhnego volzhskogo fårusa v nizov'fåkh r. Leny. (Geologifå i geofizika 1963, no. 12, p. 151-53, cross-section.) 5 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Traces of the upper Volga stage on the lower Lena River. Outlines a section of Upper Jurassic deposits of the Volga (Tithonian =Portlandian) stage in the Mengkene River basin, in the Zhigansk region of Yakutia. Its lithology, also some belemnite and pelecypod fauna are described. The atratigraphy and distriDLC. bution are discussed.

79702. IVANOVA, T. F. Kamennye mnogougol'niki v ralone Khal'mer-IU. (Akademifii nauk SSSR. Inst. merzlotovedenifa. Trudy 1961. v. 17, p. 73-75, illus.) 6 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Stone polygons in the Khal'mer-Yu region. Describes the patterned ground in the floodplain of Nom'ya-shor Creek, 6 km. from Khal'mer-Yu in Arkhangelsk Province. The polygons are oval in form, 1-3 m. in size, and their surface is lightly covered with turf. Their origin is briefly discussed. A vein of boulder-pebble material is also described. DLC.

79706. IVANOVSKII, A. B. Dva novykh roda silurilskikh rugoz. (Sibirskil n: issl. inst. geologii, geofiziki i mineral'nogo syr'fil. Trudy 1962. no. 23, p. 126-33, illus.) 11 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Two new genera of Silurian rugosa. Describes rugose corals found in the Moyero and Gorbiachin River basins of Krasnoyarsk Province: gen. Crassilasma of fam. Streptelasmatidae represented by typical C. simplex, n. sp., and gen. Dentilasma of fam. Ketophyllidae with D. Ørabilis and D. coatempta, n. spp. DLC.

79703. IVANOVA, T. F. Nekotorye dannye o mnogoletnemerzlykh porodakh na meshdurech'e Pechora-Kolva. (In: Akademi1. nauk SSSR. Inst. merzlotovedenifå. Mnogoletnemerzlye gornye ... 1963, p. 193200, map, profiles.) 10 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Some data on permafrost in the Pechora-Kolva interfluve. Reports study in the Laya-Ty Lake and

79707. IVANOVSKII, A. B. Elementy devonskol fanny v silure Sibirskol platformy. (Sibirskil n:isel. inst. geologii, geofiziki i mineral'nogo syr'fil. Trudy 1962. no. 23, p. 120-25.) 4 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Elements of Devonian fauna in the Silurian of the Siberian platform. Reports on Silurian corals in the Noril'sk, Bakhta, Letnyaya and other regions. Three

482

species are described as new: Tabulaphyllum siluriense of fam. Endophyllidae, Hapsiphyllum tesienkoi of Hapsiphyllidae and Tripiephylum tetrafossulum of fam. Protozaphrentidae (?). DLC. 79708. IVANOVSKII, A. B. Novye vidy roda Dinophyllum Lindström iz silura SibirskoY platformy. (Sibirskil n-iset. inst. geologii, geofiziki i Øeral'nogo syr'fä. Trudy 1960. no. 8, p. 92-94, illus.) 5 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: New species of genus Dinophyllum Lindström from the Silurian of the Siberian platform. Presents systematic description of two Silurian corals: D. breviseptatum, and D. ? irregulare found in the Gorbiachin and Letnyaya River basins, Krasnoyarsk ProvDLC. ince. 79709. IVANOVSKII, A. B. Razvitie i geneticheskie svfäzi predatavitele! rodov silurilskikh rugoz Entelophyllum Wdkd i Evenkiella Soshk. (Geologifä i geofizika 1963, no. 11, p. 80-86, illus.) 21 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Evolution and genetic relationship of representatives of Silurian rugosa genera Entelophyllum Wedekind and Evenkiella Soshkina. Reports investigation of the ontogenetic development of these corals, known also in the Siberian platform. Their course of evolution is described, and their relationship with contemporary forms of similar Enteloskeletal morphology discussed. phyllum medius n. sp. is identified and described from the Moyero River basin; it is Upper Llandoverian in age. DLC. IVANOVSKII, A. B., see also Nos. 76747, 84575. 79710. IVANOVSKII, A. I. Nauchnoprakticheskie rekomendafsii po vyrashchivaniAi sel'skokhozfå!stvennykh rastenil na Kralnem Severe. (Problemy Severa 1962, no. 6, p. 158-63.) In Russian. Title tr.: Practical recommendations for growing agricultural plants. States the disadvantages (climate, poor soils, etc.) as well as some advantages (long summer days, intensity of photosynthesis) of growing vegetables in the North. Activities of the Research Institute of Agriculture in Far North are outlined. The 500 km. northward advance of potato and vegetable growing in recent decades is stressed, disease and pest control is discussed. In Kola Peninsula the area under cultivation increased during 1926-1960 from 14 to 6,160 hectares; northern Komi ASSR has

14,000 h. under cultivation, Khanty-Mansi National District 8,800 h., Yakutia 96,000, and Magadan Province 5,600 h. DLC. 79711. IVANOVSKII, A. L Preobrazovanie prirody i puti razvitifå zemledelißa na Kralnem Severe. (Problemy Severe 1963, no. 7, p. 5-21, tables, graphs.) 17 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Reconstruction of nature and development of agriculture in the Far North. Outlines results of many local agricultural stations' work on soil improvement (p. 6-14) and plant selection (p. 14-20). Artificial heating of soil at Yamal and Noril'sk, and raising its humidity by snow retention and irrigation in northern Yakutia are noted; increasing the microorganisms in the soil was done in Kola Peninsula, Yamal, Khanty-Mansiysk, Igarka, and Yakutia. Vegetable strains tested include cabbage, potatoes, cucumber, onion, carrots, tomato, collard, turnips, rape, beans, sugar beet, radish, etc. Stations at Nar'yan-Mar, Yartsevo, Tiksi, etc. as well as those mentioned above were successful in selections. DLC. 79712. IVANTER, E. V. Teterev v Karelii. (Ornitologifå 1963. no. 6, p. 68-80, tables, graphs, illus.) 24 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The black grouse in Karelia. Reports a study of Lyrurus telrix tetrix L. in the area including its northern part, with introductory notes on earlier work. Distribution and numbers, size and weight, and biotopes at different seasons are outlined. Reproduction (late in the North), growth, development and molt, are described. Food is treated in some detail, and population dynamics are considered. DLC. 79713. IVASHIN, M. V. Sluchal vnematochnoY beremennosti u kita.-seTvala Balae(Zoologicheskil noptera borealis Lesson. zhurnal 1963. v. 42, no. 8, p. 1275-77, illus.) In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: A case of extra-uterine pregnancy in a sei-whale, J3alaenoptera borealis Lesson. Describes such a pregnancy, a lithopedion 387 cm. long, in a female of 17.5 m. Its tail portion was surrounded by the posterior plate of the greater omentum, and showed several defects. DLC. IVASHINT-SOVA, L. D., see No. 76966. IVASHKINA, I. N., see No. 81133, 79714. IVASHKO, L. A. Zaimstvovannye slova v pechorskikh govorakh. (Leningrad. 483

Universitet. Uchenye zapiski 1958. no. 243, p. 84-103.) 30 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Loanwords in Pechora dialects. Etymological analysis of about ninety words of Zyryan, Lappish, Ostyak, Vogul, and Samoyed origin used in Russian as spoken in the Pechora basin. Most of them are the names of local plants or animals or features of the landscape; some are connected with such local activities as reindeer raising, fishing, hunting, etc. DLC. 79715. IVES, .1. D. Determination of the marine limit in eastern arctic Canada. (Geographical bulletin 1963. no. 19, p. 117-22, map.) 16 refs. Proposes a modification of an initial map compiled by Farrand and Gajda (No. 71342) which closed the reconnaissance phase of a Geographical Branch study of late- and post-glacial marine submergence in Canada. Second phase is a detailed survey of raised shore features in selected areas, including Melville and Bathurst Islands, Foxe Basin—Baffin Island, and Hudson Strait—Ungava Bay. The validity of Farrand and Gajda's 500-foot "isobase," which roughly parallels the east Baffin coast, and the 400-ft. interpolation drawn farther west through Eclipse Sound, is questioned, as resulting from misinterpretation of terraces seen off shipboard and from inappropriate selection of data. It is suggested that the 500-ft. isobase be deleted; maximum submergence of 85 ft. is indicated for the Cape Dyer vicinity, and 100 ft. for the coast north of Cape Adair. Problems connected with evaluation of diverse data are discussed as they relate to this study; author's proposal would clarify knowledge on marine submergence in eastern Baffin Island and resolve some problems in the Ungava Bay—Hudson Strait area. DGS. 79716. IVES, J. D. Field problems in determining the maximum extent of Pleistocene glaciation along the eastern Canadian seaboard, a geographer's point of view. (In: Å. and D. Löve, ed. North American biota.... 1963, p. 337-54, maps, illus.) 25 refs. Discusses physical conditions of the area as four sectors: maritime Newfoundland, Labrador, Baffin Island, and Devon— Ellesmere. Climate, type of coast, rock types, and other features are considered. Available evidences of glaciation in Labrador and elsewhere are presented, and correlated with Baffin Island. Conclusion is drawn that large areas in northern Labrador and Baffin remained ice-free at

484

the maximum of the last glaciation (Wisconsin). Wide areas of the high Arctic may have been covered by only thin, stagnant ice. DLC. 79717. IVES, J. D., and R. B. SAGAR. Return to the ice age. Geographical Branch research in Baffin Island. (Canadian geographical journal 1963. v. 67, no. 2, p. 38-47, map, illus.) Describes the 1961 reconnaissance and 1962 studies, part of a long-term project. The glaciology of the Barnes Ice Cap and geomorphology of the icecap margins and the surrounding area were examined; a 900-lb. ice sample was removed from a glacier moraine for radiocarbon dating. DI. 79718. IVES, J. D., and J. T. ANDREWS. Studies in the physical geography of north-central Baffin Island, N.W.T. (Geographical bulletin 1963. no. 19, p. 5-48, maps, table, illus.) 35 refs. Presents the first in a series of terrain analysis maps of Baffin Island: glacial features on the Cockburn Land sheet 1 in.: 8 mi., and the Isortoq River quadrant., 1 in.: 4 mi. as compiled from 1961 reconnaissance field data and intensive photointerpret.ation. Text provides detailed description and suggests the probable course of deglaciation of the Baffin Island—Foxe Basin area. Mountain glaciers played a minor part in the glaciation of the Island; late in the last glacial stage a large inland ice mass occupied most of western Baffin and extended into Foxe Basin. Ice lobes persisted in the valleys which tended to resist encroachment of the late-glacial sea. The interior uplands rather than the eastern mountain rim have been the chief locality for glaciers and glaciation; Flint's concept of initiation of glaciation (No. 21847) is discarded in favor of instantaneous glacierization across wide areas of the plateau (No. 52022). Other conclusions are summarized in a chronological table. Graphic and hypothetical interpretation of data is shown on four small-scale maps. DOS. IVES, 3. D., see also Nos. 79310, 80932. 79719. IVUSHKINA, L. Politicheskoe vospitanie shkol'nikov. (Shkola-internat 1963, no. 3, p. 8-10.) In Russian. Title tr.: Political education of students. Describes party training methods at the boarding school in Kesten'ga, in northern Karelia. Far from political centers and museums, the teachers use radio, television, and other propaganda media. DLC.

IZAKOV, M. N., see No. 80011. 79720. IZBEKOVA, A. A. Primåtie novol konstitutsii v lAkutskol ASSR. (Akademilå fAkutskil filial. Institut nauk SSSR. fiizyka, istorii i literatury. Sbornik statel po istorii 1 kutii sovetskogo perioda 1955. no. 1, p. 104-123, table.) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Adoption of the new constitution in Yakut ASSR. Describes the drafting and approval of the amended constitution by the 9th AllYakut Congress in 1936-1937 and election of delegates to the Supreme and local soviets in 1938 and 1939. Electioneering among farmers and laborers, including the far North, voter participation, election results, etc., are discussed: 1110 Yakuts, 175 Russians, and 143 representatives of northern minorities were elected in 1939 to DLC. the local soviets of Yakut ASSR. 79721. IZRAILEV, L. M., and B. N. LEONOV. Metod strukturnogo deshifrirovanifä acrofotosnimkov i rezul'taty ego polevol proverki. (Uses. acrogeologicheskil trest. Trudy 1962. no. 8, p. 136-41, map, illus.) Ref. In Russian. Title tr.: Method of structural interpretation of air photographs and results of their field checking. Reports on terrigenous-carbonate lower Paleozoic deposits in the Vilyuy, Muna and Olenek basins. Air photographs of this region clearly show banding, slopes, valleys, watersheds and other structural features. Therefore the so-called structural method, developed since 1956, was used in the photointerpretation. The results showed some changes which should be made in the previous presentation of the geologic structure of this region: there are no large areas with horizontal deposition of layers; thickness of some series and strata are different from that previously indicated; etc. Work by ground parties in the Olenek basin confirmed the precision and effectiveness of this structural method. DGS. IZRAILEV, L. M., see also Nos. 79005, 82279. 79722. JACKSON, C. I. Surface weather observations at Lake Hazen 1961. Ottawa 1963. 5 p. graph, table. (Canada. Defence Research Board. Report DPhysR (G), Hazen 19.) 6 refs. Summarizes the three-hourly observations of surface temperature, precipitation, sunshine, ceiling and visibility, carried out during May—Aug. 1961 to supplement the IGY data (No. 65438) and the pilot balloon program of 1961. Seven rules and criteria

for forecasting seasonal conditions at Lake Hazen are reappraised. The daily minima to be expected should be modified to rarely exceed 40° F.; estimates of the usual maxima and minima were inaccurate, though 1961 CaMAI. was a very cool summer. JACKSON, D. C., see Nos. 79242, 79243. JACKSON, D. E., see No. 81758. JACKSON, J. E., see Nos. 79861, 82748, 82749. 79723. JACKSON, R. I. Aims, work and achievements of the International North (Fishing Pacific Fisheries Commission. news international 1961. v. 1, no. 1, p. 113-14, illus.) Reviews progress since 1953 in research and conservation of salmon, halibut, and herring under the treaty by the U.S., Canada and Japan. The work consists mostly of annual reviews of the fish stocks to determine their qualification for continued protection, and of studies on the distribution, origin, abundance, and movements of salmon on the high seas to determine the line dividing those of Asian and of American origin. Resultant publications DI. are noted. 79724. JACOB, S. W., and C. K. CHAPMAN. Effects of deep hypothermia on learned behavior. (Surgical forum 1962. v. 13, p. 143-44.) Ref. Rats were cooled to, and kept for 30 min. at 1° C. One week after reanimation there was a difference between these animals and controls, in running time to traverse a maze; differences disappeared on the fourteenth day. A second series of experiments with the same animals produced DLC. similar results. 79725. JACOBI, H., ed. En grønlandsrejse 1899. (Grønland 1963, no. 1, p. 17-24, illus.) In Danish. Title tr.: A Greenland voyage in 1899. Contains extracts from a young Danish governess' diary of a two-month voyage from Copenhagen to Umanak on the bark CaMAI. Thorvaldsen. 79726. JACOBI, H., ed. Laererinde i Umanak efteråret og vinteren 1899-1900, Lisbeths grønlandsdagbog; andet afsnit. (Grønland 1963, no. 10, p. 384-92, illus.) In Danish. Title tr.: Teacher at Umanak in the autumn and winter of 1899-1900, Lisbeth's Greenland diary; pt. 2. Governess in a Danish family records her CaMAL impressions of life at Umanak.

485

79727. JACOBI, H. Storbliden "Signe"s forlis ved Tartunaq 1890. (Grønland 1963, no. 5, p. 185-94, illus.) In Danish. Title tr.: The wreck of the longboat Signe off Tartunaq in 1890. Describes the loss of this Ritenbenk boat off a now abandoned settlement 10 km. west of Sarqaq (70° N. 52° W.), West Greenland; based on information from the son of one of three survivors of the seven CaMAI. aboard. JACOBSEN, G., see No. 82150. 79728. JACOBSSON, J. The Icelandic herring fishery in 1961. (International Council for the Exploration of the Sea. Annales biologiques 1961 pub. 1963. v. 18, p. 142-47, tables, graphs, map.) Account of fisheries and research in the waters east, and north through southwest of the island. Quantities of catch (high), and size of herring, relative strength of the tribes, year-class composition, age and length distribution, stomach fill, tagging and tagging returns are considered. DSI. 79729. JAEGER-LEIRVIK, P. Namdalslabbar. (Oslo. Norsk folkemuseum. By og bygd. Årbok 1961 pub. 1962. v. 15, p. 69-76, illus.) In Norwegian. Title tr.: Namdal wool boots. Discusses the type of footgear long in use in Nordland, Norway, and adjacent regions. The boots are generally knitted of yarn for good fit and wearing qualities, the foot or slipper part made separately. Their comfort and hygienic features are stressed. DLC.

lakes rich in macroflora or reindeer manure. The most important fish are coregonids and CaMAI. salmonids. 79731. JAHN, A. A. Quantitative analysis of some periglacial processes in Spitsbergen. Warszawa 1961. 54 p. tables, graphs, illus. (Breslau. Uniwersytet. Zeszyty naukowe 1961, ser. B, no. 5.) 25 refs. In English and Polish. Russian summary. Reports on the rate and intensity of periglacial processes as studied by the Polish Spitsbergen expedition during the IGY 1957-1959 north of the Hornsund Fjord area. At the 14 observation sites established, systematic measurements were made of frost action, upfreezing (i.e. frost-caused upthrust) of stones, solifluction, effects of precipitation, supranival processes and some others. Methods and observation data are reported. Changes in microrelief and soil structure are described. Downwash is believed to play an important part. Weathering within the littoral belt proceeds at a rapid rate. DLC. 79732. JÄKUPSSTOVU, K. I. Fisheries of the Faroe Islands. (Fishing news international 1963. v. 2, no. 4, p. 477-80, illus.) Describes a main industry of these North Atlantic Islands, including activities in Greenland waters by trawlers and longliners; also small boats from Greenland shore stations, on which 658 Faroese fishermen worked in 1960, and the number is increasing. Most of the catch is cod for the salt fish market. DI. JAMBOR, J. L., see No. 77650.

79730. JÄRNEFELT, H. Lapin järvien limnologiasta erityisesti kalataloutta silmallapitäen. (Lapin tutkimusseura. Vuosikirja 1962. v. 3, p. 5-14, graph.) In Finnish. English summary. Title tr.: The limnology of the lakes of Lapland. Reports a study of about 15 lakes in Finnish Lapland. Their water is relatively transparent (6-10 m.). Summer surface temperature ranges 10°-16° C., near the bottom 4°-8° C. in the deep lakes and 7°-11° C. in the shallow. The 02 content is 9.4-11.7 mg/1 at the surface and 9.3-12.5 mg./1 near the bottom; mean CO2 is 1 mg/I and 1.4 mg/1 respectively, pH 7 and 6.85. Phytoplankton (dearnids typical) and zooplankton (Bythotrephes, Daphnia longispina) are poorly developed. The macroflora is mostly underwater plants. The bottom fauna is scarce, in larger and deeper lakes with steep shores; but abundant, particularly Pisidium and midge larvae, in shallow

486

79733. JAMES, G. A., and R. A. GREGORY. Natural stocking of a mile-square clear cutting in Southeast Alaska. Juneau 1959. 9 p. map, tables, graph, illus. (U.S. Forest Service. Alaska Forest Research Center. Station paper no. 12.) 3 refs. Reports studies to determine seed dispersal distance and the development of reproduction at the Maybes() Experimental Forest on Prince of Wales Island in 1955, 1957, and 1958. A 700-acre area was divided into strata according to distance from seed source; and sample plots in each stratum were rated as stocked or =stocked according to the number, age, and condition of seedlings found. Many seedlings established prior to the logging survived despite severe ground disturbance, and the entire cutting seemed to be satisfactorily stocked with acceptable species. The amount of dispersed seed decreased

rapidly with distance from the uncut timber however, and in the event of light seed crops, mortality, or depletion of seedlings by fire, small mammals, etc., understocking could result. A smaller size cutting is recommended. DA. 79734. JAMES, G. A. The physical effect of logging on salmon streams of Southeast Alaska. Juneau 1956. 49 p. maps, graphs, tables, illus. (U.S. Forest Service. Alaska Forest Research Center. Station paper no. 5.) 21 refs. Reports on conditions prior to logging in four streams on Prince of Wales Island, as part of a continuing study begun in 1949 to determine the effects of timber harvesting on salmon spawning. Detailed data are presented on precipitation, streamflow, floods, base flow, air and water temperatures, and sedimentation. Stream channel changes from natural causes are mapped The (considerable) and/or measured. movement of fragmental debris in an intertidal zone at the confluence of two of DA. the streams is analyzed. JAMES, G. W., see No. 83766. JAMES, THOMAS, 1593(?)-1635, see No. 77342. JANELID, I., see No. 77419. 79735. JANGAARD, P. M., and others. Component fatty acids of the blubber fat from the common or harbor seal, Phoca vitelina Ølor De Kay. (Canadian journal of biochemistry and physiology 1963. v. 41, no. 12, p. 2543-46, tables.) 10 refø. Other authors: R. G. Ackman and R. D. Burger. Presents earlier findings on the subject, and own determinations of minor components by gas chromatography. The composition was found broadly similar to fish DSI. and whale oils known. 79736. JANSKY, L. Body organ cytochrome oxidese activity in cold- and warmacclimated rats. (Canadian journal of biochemistry and physiology 1963. v. 41, no. 9, p. 1847-54, tables, graphs.) 36 refs. Investigation of this activity in homogenates of the whole body and organs showed that while warm-adapted rats do not utilize the full capacity of the cytochrome system, those adapted to cold are capable of doing so. In the latter group, utilisation in the muscle comprised 57% of the total, in the liver 22.5%, and skin 6%. DSI.

79737. JANSKY, L., and J. S. HART. Participation of skeletal muscle and kidney during nonshivering thermogenesis in coldacclimated rats. (Canadian journal of biochemistry and physiology 1963. v. 41, no. 4, p. 953-64, tables, graphs, illus.) 20 refs. Study of the partly isolated leg muscles, and kidney in situ, in anesthetized and curarized rats. During cold exposure and noradrenaline infusion, Or-consumption of the animals approximately doubled, including the leg muscles which did not show an increase in blood flow; no increase in oxygen consumption was noted in the kidney. This indicates a significant participation of striated muscle in non-shivering thermoDSI. genesis. JANSKY, L., see also No. 79297, 79738. JARVIS, E. The fossil vertebrates from East Greenland and their zoological importance. (Experientia 1963, v. 19, no. 6, p. 284-89, illus.) 26 refs. Short review of, and main conclusions from the collections of the Lauge Koch Expeditions of 1929-1957 to East Greenland, collections consisting of some 10,000 vertebrate specimens. Recent studies on evolution, especially of the tetrapod tongue, based on the Greenland material, indicate a diphyletic origin of the tetrapods: the urodeles arising from porolepiform fishes, the anuran, reptiles and birds, and mammals from osteolepiform fishes. DLC. 79739. JASPERSEN, P. Über die Ursachen der Richtungsänderungen der Eisströme im nordeuropäischen Inlanders. (Neues Jahrbuch für Geologie and Paläontologie. Monatshefte 1957, no. 12, p. 541-53, illus.) 12 refs. In German. Title tr.: Causes of direction changes of the ice streams in the north European ice sheet. Reviews formation, extent and movement of Scandinavian Pleistocene Ice Sheet, possibly embracing Lapland and Finland. Phases and directions of ice streams are discussed. Their changes in direction are attributed to the difference of climatic development in the northern and southern parts of the glaciation area. DLC. JAVERI, P. M., see No. 81947. 79740. JEANNET, J. C., and A. VASSY. Mesures interferomt triques sur la raie verte des aurores polaires. (Annales de geophysique 1963. v. 19, no. 1, p. 80-81.) 10 refs. In French. English and Russian summaries. Title tr.: Interferometric

487

measurements of the green line of polar auroras. Width of the auroral green line was measured Feb.—Mar. 1962 at Kiruna geophysical observatory; a 15-min. record made on Mar. 2 showed a line width of about 0.0186 A, which indicated an equivalent temperature of 330° K t 20° K. Other observations seem to show rapid changes of line width; other investigators DGS. have obtained similar results. 79741. JEFFREY, W. W. Notes on plant occurrence along lower Liard River, NorthNational west Territories. (Canada. Museum. Bulletin 1961. no. 171, Contributions to botany 1959, p. 32-115, tables, map, illus.) 18 refs. Reports a June—Sept. 1959 investigation in Mackenzie District south of the confluence of the South Nahanni with the Liard. The physical setting of the area is outlined: 24 vegetation types occurring in four topographic divisions are divided into categories according to layered physiognomy and described. Primary, secondary, or occasional species within the layers are indicated according to records from 195 stations. Plants collected, especially those of the accessible forested lowlands, are listed with notes on topography and vegetation where collected, distribution and abundance in the study area: 354 taxa are represented including a lichen, three bryophytes, and 25 vascular plants new to the District; 12 significant range 1)I. extensions are noted. 79742. JELLINEK, H. H. G. Ice adhesion. (Canadian journal of physics 1962. v. 40, no. 10, p. 1294-1309, tables, graphs, illus.) 27 refs. Presents results of shear tests of the system ice-stainless steel, and ice-optically flat fused quartz as a function of the rate of shear and roughness of the steel surfaces. Adhesive strength was found to decrease with decreasing roughness of steel surfaces, and the force versus time curves for smooth steel plates resembled those of two solids sliding over each other with a liquid layer between them. The adhesive strength as a function of rate of shear was linear in both systems but there were indications of yield values. The results support the assumption of liquid-like layer on ice. Ratios of viscosity coefficients are estimated. Shear experiments on thin water film between glass plates also support the assumption of a liquid-like layer on ice. DLC. JELLINEK, M., see No. 81465.

488

79743. JELLY, D. H., and C. COLLINS. Some observations of polar-cap absorption in the Northern and Southern Hemispheres. (Canadian journal of physics 1962. v. 40, no. 6, p. 706-718, tables, graphs, illus.) 17 refs. Examines deviations of minimum frequencies (L)if min) recorded by ionosondes at the Resolute Bay, Baker Lake, Ft. Churchill and other high latitude stations. Simultaneous occurrence of polar-cap absorption (PCA) of radio signal in the Northern and Southern Hemispheres is investigated synoptically. Occurrence is noted of periods of weak absorption which have the characteristics of the large PCA features, such as commencement time, duration, etc. The characteristic features and morphology of the Apr. 10, 1958 weak PCA events are discussed in some detail. DLC. 79744. JENDYKIEWICZ, Z., and others. Wply►► hipotermii na zanartofiE glutationu i kwasu askorbinowego we krwi, miggniach i w>ltrobie swinki morskiej. (Acta physiologica polonica 1962. v. 13, no. 6, p. 807-813, illus.) 31 refs. In Polish. English summary. Other authors: W. Rozynek-tukanowska, G. Straburzyfiski and S. Szulc. Title tr.: Effect of hypothermia on the glutathione and ascorbic acid contents of guinea pig blood, muscle and liver. Reports experiments with animals made hypothermic to 16° C. It was confirmed that cooling raises the glutathione content in blood and muscle, and lowers it in liver. Ascorbic acid increased in blood, muscle and liver. DNLM. JENKINS, K. R., see No. 84334. 79745. JENNESS, D. America's Eskimos; can they survive? Waterloo, Ont., Waterloo Lutheran Univ. 1962. 15 p. Discusses prospects for economic and racial survival. The qualities which enabled the Eskimos to adapt to the Arctic are outlined, as are changes in their environment since contact with whites: decimation of game by rifles, dependence on purchased goods, growth and decline of trapping. 51500-2000/yr. is required to support a family in the North, this amount might be obtained from mining in the future, but present means of livelihood are not adequate. It is suggested that the younger people be encouraged to migrate south. Survival of Eskimos as a separate race is not considered possible. CaMAI. 79746. JENNESS, D. The people of the twilight. Chicago, Univ. of Chicago Press 1959. 251 p. illus.

Paper-back reprint of No. 8048, with epilogue on several individuals and their descendents, and on negative aspects of the white man's influence on Eskimo life. DLC. 79747. JENNESS, R. A. Great Slave Lake fishing industry. Ottawa 1963. 41 p. map, tables. (Canada. Northern Co-ordination and Research Centre, 63-10.) 7 refs. Reports on problems and prospects of commercial fishing based at Hay River, Mackenzie District. Summer and winter operations by the fishing companies are described, with data on 1959-1962 catches of whitefish, lake trout, and coarser species; the take is considerably less than the nine million lb./yr. quota set by federal government. Markets, monopolized by two U.S. buying firms, and varying prices of the fresh (i.e. not processed) fish are examined, as are the Saskatchewan government's cooperatives and marketing service to aid fishermen. Future production, demand and difficulties of the industry are considered. In view of the declining demand for whitefish, the buying monopoly, and competition from other northern lakes, it is concluded that the fishing is at maximum of the fresh-fish market, and that filleted products are non-competitive with those of southern areas. Technical assistance for local Indians and Mdtis is recommended, also cooperatives working in conjunction with the fishing companies. Ultimately, the Territorial and adjacent provincial governments may work together to break the buying monopoly. CaMAI. JENNESS, S. E., see No. 77846. 79748. JENNING, W. Långnäbbad beckasinsnäppa Limnodromus scolopaceus (Say) anträfiad i Sverige. (Vår fågelvärld 1962, v. 21, no. 4, p. 285-91, map, illus.) 18 refs. In Swedish. English summary. Title tr.: First record of the long-billed dowitcher Limnodromus scolopaceus in Sweden. Reports observations of a juvenile female of this species in southern Sweden. Its appearance, measurements, feeding, flight, and resemblances to other similar birds are summarized. It summers in the Bering Strait region, Chukchi Peninsula, Anadyr plain, North and West Alaska, and winters from southern United States to Ecuador. DLC. 79749. JENSEN, A. E. Mythos und Kult bei den Naturvölkern. Wiesbaden, F. Steiner Verlag 1951. 423 p. (Studien zur Kulturkunde, v. 10.) Over 150 refs. In

German. Title tr.: Myth and cult among primitive peoples. Study of primitive religions, totemism, shamanism, animism, ancestor and animal worship, magic, etc.: Eskimo, northern North American Indian, and Tungus beliefs are referred to. The myths and dual role of Sedna among the Eskimos are discussed, p. 141-46. Translated into English by M. Tax Choldin and W. Weissleder, Chicago 1963 (in DLC). DLC. 79750. JENSEN, B. Notes on an Eskimo "Thanking act." (Folk 1963. v. 5, p. 187-98, illus.) 13 refs. Describes the little known West Greenlandic performance qutsaserneq, as observed in 1959 and 1961 in the Umånak District. It is done mostly by disguised female solo dancers to honor a successful hunt. Its origin, the social and behavioral meanings are discussed, as are the parallels in Alaskan and Siberian hunting ceremonies, and the East Greenlandic mitdrneq mummery. DLC. 79751. JENSEN, G. B. La Fennoscandia; sintesi monografica della regione. (Universo 1962-1963. v. 42, no. 5, p. 889-918; no. 6, p. 1137-60; v. 43, no. 1, p. 15-44, maps, illus.) 5 refs. In Italian. Title tr.: Fennoscandia: monographic synthesis of the region. Popular account of the geology, geomorphology, glacial erosion and fjords of the Scandinavian countries and Finland, their climate and vegetation, original settlement, Vikings, present-day population and economic development. The northern areas are considered throughout. The Lapps are treated briefly, their origin, numbers, distribution, reindeer and fishing economy, diminishing nomadism, etc. Numerous illus., some in color, embellish the text. DLC. 79752. JENSEN, S. From Jennies to jets. (Alaska sportsman 1963. v. 29, no. 3, p. 20-23, illus.) Describes Noel Wien's bush flying experiences in the 1920's, and recent purchase of a Swiss-built, eight-passenger Pilatus Porter for Wien Alaska Airlines. It has wide cargo doors and combination wheel-ski landing gear, and is outstandingly suited to Alaskan conditions. DI. JENSEN, S. B., see No. 77438. 79753. JERNSLETTEN, L., and N. JERNSLETTEN. Hva er samisk kultur i dag? (Sameliv 1961-63, p. 28-47.) In Norwegian and Iauppish. Title tr.: What is Lapp culture today?

489

Discusses some of the problems connected with the preservation of Lapp culture in Norway. Viable aspects of this culture are analyzed, and language considered the most important. Efforts to preserve and revive knowledge of Lappish among the Lapps are noted. SPRI. JESPERSEN, B., see No. 81806. 79754. JIRLOW, R., and E. WAHLBERG. Jordbruket i Tornedalen genom selelen, redskap och metoder. (Skytteanska Samfundet. Handlingar 1961. no. 1, p. 41-95, maps, illus.) 49 refs. In Swedish. German Title tr.: Agriculture in summary. Tornedalen throughout the centuries, implements and methods. Describes the agricultural implements and techniques used by the Finnish farmers in this part of north Sweden (44,113 individuals in 1934). Burn-beating was disappearing by the 19th century; spades were used on smaller farms but for centuries the larger ones were worked with wooden ploughs. Different types are described, their age, origin and distribution discussed. They support the theory that the Finns in this region came not from adjacent northern but (by ship) from southwestern Finland in the earlier Middle Ages, the majority probably from the parish of Birkkala in Satakunta; cf. the Swedish term bircarl for certain traders in Lapland. SPRI. JOCHELSON, V.

I., see No. 79180.

JOCHELSON-BRODSKAIA, D. No. 79180.

L.,

see

JOCHIMSEN, P., see No. 77393. JOCHIMSEN, W., see No. 77393. 79755. JØRGENSEN, J. B., and W. S. LAUGHLIN. Growth studies on a hybrid population of Eskimo-white origin in Southwestern Alaska. (Folk 1963. v. 5, p. 199-208, graphs, tables.) 14 refs. Presents results of physical anthropological investigations at Old Harbor, Kodiak Island. Its Koniag Eskimo population, now 206, had experienced extensive Russian admixture in the 19th century, also Scandinavian and American in the 20th. Measurements on 47 males and 35 females 2-27 years of age indicate a growth curve intermediate between pure white and pure Eskimo, and a growth period longer than the whites'. Frequencies of palatal and mandibular torus and color blindness are 490

low. Blood-group patterns show 0 higher and A lower than among Eskimos and whites; they are identical however, with the 0-A figures in Julianehåb District, DLC. Greenland. 79756. JØRGENSEN, T. S., and E. UNGSTRUP. Direct observation of correlation between aurorae and hiss in Greenland. (Nature 1962. v. 194, p. 462-63, graph, illus.) Ref. Notes very low geomagnetic frequency phenomena recorded at the ionospheric station at Godhavn during the IGY, comparing geomagnetic variations to the radio-hiss on 825 c/s and 8 kc/s, and to the occurrence of auroras. Observations in Jan.-Feb. 1961 on 8 Ws frequency established a clear correlation between steady background hiss and auroral intensity of light and activity. In the 30 cases, the strength of the hiss showed second-tosecond and minute-to-minute variations similar to those of the auroral luminosity and activity. Hiss was recorded when auroras were low and high in the sky; but ionospheric absorption and magnetic disturbance only when auroras were near the zenith. No correlation between auroral display and radio-hiss on 825 c/s frequency was observed. DLC. 79757. JØRSTAD, F. A. Vaccinium vitisidaea L. var. ovata J. Henriksson funnet i Nord-Norge. (Blyttia 1962. v. 20, no. 2, p. 93-99, graphs.) 2 refs. In Norwegian. English summary. Title tr.: Vaccinium vitis-idaea L. var. ovata J. Henriksson found in northern Norway. Reports find in Saltdal, 67°04' N., of an oblong variety of red whortleberry, believed to be the variety described by J. Henriksson in Sweden in 1923. Known locally as the longberry, it differs markedly from the main type of whortleberry, ranging 8-13 mm. in length, 6-9 mm. in width and length-width ratio 1.3-1.6; but the seed resembles that of the main type in size. Similar longberries have been found elseDLC. where in northern Norway. 79758. JÖRSTAD, I. Ustilaginales of Norway. (Nytt magasin for botanikk 1963. v. 10, p. 85-130.) 45 refs. Monographic account of all smuts of Norway except the species of Cintractia on Carex. Key to genera is given; behavior on hosts and differences between smuts of the same genus living on the same species are outlined. Record of genera and species follows with notes on earlier records and synonyms, distribution, taxonomy, etc.

Final section deals with phytogeography and lists 37 alpine smut-host combinations, and 74 from the far North of which 22 are exclusively northern. A host index is appended. DLC. 79759. JOHANNSEN, U. Versuch einer Analyse dokumentarischen Materials über die Identitiitsfrage and die kulturelle Position der Eyak-Indianer Alaskas. (Anthropos 1963. v. 58, no. 5-6, p. 868-96, tables.) 60 refs. In German. Title tr.: Attempt at an analysis of documentary materials on the problem of identity and cultural position of the Eyak Indians of Alaska. Discusses the conflicting opinions on their ethnic and linguistic classification as Indians or Eskimos. Tlingit Indians penetrated into the Eyak-held Yakutat region in late proto-historical or early historical times. Part of the Eyaks were absorbed, others moved to the Eskimo-occupied Copper River delta. By the end of the 19th century however, this isolated Eyak group also was assimilated by the Tlingits in their spread westward. Eyak movements are described from prehistoric times, their contacts with Eskimos, (mostly inimical), relations (friendly) with Ahtena, Tlingit, and Haida Indians, social organization, etc. The Eyak language belongs probably DSI. to the Na-Den6 stock.

Tungus and Yakut examples in both groups. DLC. 79762. JOHANSSON, B. J. Brown fat and its possible significance for hibernation. (Harvard Univ. Museum of Comparative Zoology. Bulletin 1960. v. 124. International Symposium ... Hibernation 1959. Proceedings, p. 233-48, table, illus.) About 50 refs. Reviews the gross and microscopic appearance, biochemistry and hormonal response of this tissue. It is found in all hibernators and its presence in some non-hibernators is considered not to be evidence against its role in hibernation. Its differences from the white fatty tissue are sufficiently great to mark it as a different tissue. DLC. JOHANSSON, B. J., see also No. 77471. 79763. JOHANSSON, B. W. Intramyocardial temperature gradients in dogs during hypothermia by surface cooling. (Acta physiologica scandinavica 1963. v. 58, no. 4, p. 355-58, graph, illus.) 11 refs. Temperature gradients in the myocardium were found to be small during cooling and did not increase with decreasing temperature. It is concluded that the ST-T changes during hypothermia are not DNLM. caused by these gradients. JOHANSSON, B. W., see also No. 79492.

79760. JOHANSEN, H. C. Zoogeographical aspects of the birds of the subarctic. (International Ornithological Congress 13th. Proceedings 1962 pub. 1963. v. 2, p. 111723, map, illus.) 5 refs. Author distinguishes and describes: the High Arctic, Low Arctic and Subarctic. The last, the circumpolar area between treeless tundra and boreal-forest zone, is considered to have the richest avifauna, consisting of high proportions of both arctic and boreal, and a few (13) endemic species. The latter are noted as well as those arctic forms breeding in the subarctic. This zone is considered responsible for many adaptive peculiarities in arctic birds. Based on own recent work in the Churchill area as well as that earlier in Europe and DLC. Asia. 79761. JOHANSEN, U. The cradle and hearth as source for the cultural history of Altaic peoples. (Indiana Univ. publications. Uralic and Altaic ser. 1963. v. 23, p. 205218, illus.) Approx. 60 refs. Describes typology and terminology of suspended, portable and free-standing cradles, also fireplaces for tents; including

79764. JOHANSSON, C. Nomadliv. (Svenska turistföreningen. Årsskrift 1963. p. 65-104, illus.) In Swedish. Title tr.: Nomadic life. Describes many and varied aspects of Lappish life, changes in reindeer husbandry, and natural conditions in northern Fennoscandia. Education, handicrafts, etc., are dealt with. Adaptation to a money economy is discussed, as is the gradual accommodation of a people and their way of life to the cultural changes current in northern Sweden. Of special interest are the descriptive Lappish words and the activity with which each is connected; also the excellent illus. of Lapp art. DGS. 79765. JOHANSSON, C. Vildrensfångst (Norrbotten. inom Gällivare socken. Årsbok 1963. p. 255-58.) 12 refs. In Swedish. Title tr.: Hunting wild reindeer in Gällivare parish. Notes wild reindeer still seen sporadically in northern Sweden till the mid-19th century, but no large-scale hunting since the early 18th. The meat was stored in pits, on elevated wooden platforms, or under the

491.

ice in a lake. Snares and pit traps were used in hunting. A pit trap system in Gällivare parish is mentioned. SPItI. 79766. JOHLER, J. R. On the analysis of LF ionospheric radio propagation phenomena. (U.S. National Bureau of Standards. Journal of research 1961. v. 651), no. 5, p. 507-529, tables, graphs.) 36 refs. Discusses the mathematical formulas used for prediction of low frequency radiocommunication via the ionosphere at or close to grazing incidence. A type of analysis of the modal and the total calculated field data (amplitude and phase) suitable for large-scale electronic computers was used for calculating the transmission from Adak to Kodiak and Adak to Nome under quiescent., disturbed, and blackout geomagnetic conditions. Analysis of these data demonstrates the applicability of magnetoionic theory for a special model of the ionosphere to the prediction of LF phenomena observed in ordinary radio-communication. LF seems to be reliable since the high absorption characteristic for HF (high frequency) waves does not appear to exist in this case. DLC. 79767. JOHN, B. S., and D. E. SUGDEN. Oxford University Expedition to East Greenland, 1962. (Oxford. Univ. Exploration Club. Bulletin 1962, no. 12. 15 p. map, illus.) Outlines the July 17-Sept. 11 program in the Schuchert valley and coastal area north and west of Syd Kap, 120 mi. inland from the mouth of Scoresby Sund. The eight-man party under authors' leadership walked 100 mi. from Mestersvig to the base camp. Geomorphic studies included survey of five pingos, description of a karst area, determination of soil structure, and a transect of raised beaches at the head of Nordost Bugt to form a basis for the recent isostatic recovery rate in this area. Glaciological studies included measurement of ice temperatures, borings, transects, etc. on Uranus Glacier flowing south from the Syd Staunings Alper. Routine ornithological observations were made, and 140 higher plants collected. No scientific conclusions are presented. A geographical survey of Scores-. by Sund settlement and taped recordings of Eskimo songs were made. Equipment and rations are discussed in some detail. DLC. 79768. JOHNELS, A. G. Sniitäcket och smådäggdjuren. (Fauna och flora 1963, no. 2-3, p. 49-59, graphs, illus.) 21 refs. In Swedish. Title tr.: The snow cover and the smaller mammals.

492

Discusses, mainly from 1962 observations in central Sweden, the importance of the subnival space for the survival of smaller mammals. Under a 20 cm. thick snow cover, temperature was remarkably stable, never below 0° C. during a two-week observation period when the minimum ten cm. above the surface was —22.5° C. Fluctuations were not more than 2° compared with the above surface max. 25°. At night temperatures in the small-mammals range just above the surface is often considerably lower than at the 1.5 m. standard height, whereas the subnival space remains at approx. 0° C. On fields where part of the vegetation was cut down to prevent formation of a subnival space, numerous traces of small-mammal activity were found after snow melt in the uncut part but none in the cut part. DLC. 79769. JOHNSEN, O. A. Norsk-Dansk handelsforbindelse med Nord-Russland under Kristian IV. (Tromsø. Museum. Skrifter 1928. v. 2, p. 88-06.) Approx. 54 refs. In Norwegian. Title tr.: NorseDanish commercial connections with north Russia under Kristian IV. Reviews trade practices and agreements of the late 16- early 17th centuries, during Danish commercial penetration of the Kola and Dvina regions. Tolls were collected for a time at Vardø in an attempt to control shipping in the adjacent sea. Request to establish commercial rights at Pechora in 1619 was rejected, Archangel however, was an open port, from which after 1620 grain was shipped to Denmark. Kristian IV claimed equal rights with Russia in the Kola area, and in his day a basis was laid for continued commercial connections with north Russian ports. DLC. JOHNSON, A., see No. 83841. 79770. JOHNSON, A. W., and L. A. VIERECK. Some new records and range extensions of arctic plants for Alaska. Lancaster, Pa. 1962. 32 p. maps, illus. (Alaska. Univ. Biological papers no. 6.) 15 refs. Reports observations made over a threeyear period in the Cape Thompson area, northwestern Alaska, with introductory sections on earlier work, climate, geology, vegetation and its associations. Thirty-five forms are newly listed for the area (68°08' N.), with notes on distribution in Alaska, location (s) of present find (s), substrate, etc. DLC. 79771. JOHNSON, C. Y., and others. Results obtained with rocket-borne ion spec-

trometers. (IGY World Data Center A: rockets and satellites. Report series 1958, no. 1, p. 123-30, graphs, illus.) 8 refs. Other authors: J. P. Heppner, J. C. IIolmes and E. B. Meadows. Russian translation pub. in Ivanov-Kholodnyi, G. S. Issledovanif... 1961, q. v. Describes and illus. the instrumentation for Aerobees NRL 23 and 24, also the Aerobee-IIi NN 3. 17 (NRL-48) flown from Ft. Churchill Nov. 20, 1956, carrying approx. 160 lb. payload to 251 km. altitude. Spectra in the mass range of 53 to 6 atomic mass units (AMU) were obtained for 375 sec. while the rocket was above 90 km. During this period of time the mass number of six positive ion peaks were identified. They are masses 14+(N), 16+(0), 18+(H20), 28+ (N2), 30+(NO), and 32 (02) AMU. In addition a negative ion peak was observed DLC. continuously above 120 km. JOHNSON, C. Y., see also No. 83643. 79772. JOHNSON, G. E., and others. Interrelationship of temperature on action of drugs. (Federation proceedings 1963. v. 22, no. 3, pt. 1, p. 745-49, tables, graphs.) 19 refs. Other authors: E. A. Sellers and E. Schönbaum. Study, with following discussion, of metabolic rate and core temperature in rats and mice exposed to 2° or 30° C. and administered reserpine, chlorpromazine, noradrenaline or sodium salicylate, with controls kept at room temperature. In general, it was found that cold exposure influenced the action of these drugs; there was a significant difference however, between the effect of cold stress upon cold-acclimated and not DLC. acclimated groups.

200-25,950 in 1957-1975 is anticipated in the industries concerned, and a total employment increase 114,500-155,000 in a population increasing 211,000-350,000. In pt. 3, land management., the history and problems of rural settlement and urban development are reviewed, land ownership (99.7% federally owned in 1958) and use are discussed. Problems of private vs. public ownership, conflicting uses, conservation vs. development, transfer of 102, 550,000 acres of federal lands to the state, etc. are considered. Various management techniques are suggested including a land use plan to coordinate federal and state activities. In pt. 4, obstacles and opportunities of development are summarized, and recommendations made to the state government. Industries are concluded to be mainly extractive, at least until 1975. A land use inventory is needed, also a Resources Development Planning and Advisory Committee. Authors' knowledge of Alaska derives in part from experience there on missions for U.S. Depts. DLC. of Agriculture and Interior. JOHNSON, H. D., see No. 80013.

JOHNSON, G. E., see also Nos. 82720, 82721.

79774. JOHNSON, L. The relict fauna of Greiner Lake, Victoria Island, N.W.T., Canada. (Canada. Fisheries Research Board. Journal 1962. v. 19, no. 6, p. 110520, table, maps, illus.) 33 refs. Account of a survey including water analysis and list of animals. The lake is in an area that has risen from the sea within the last 1300 years. It has four species considered relicts of marine or glacial events, all crustaceans: Mysis relicla, Limnocalanus rraacnartes, Gammaracanthus loricatus aestuarivna and Mesidothea (Saduria) entoman. Their morphology, related forms, geographic distribution, etc. are discussed in detail. DLC.

79773. JOHNSON, H. A., and H. T. JORGENSON. The land resources of Alaska. New York pub. for the Univ. of Alaska by Univ. Publishers 1963. xiv, 551 p. maps, tables. Study of known resources, their prospects to 1975, and problems of development and management, in four parts. Political, historical, and geographical background is outlined in pt. 1, and the resources analyzed in pt. 2. Farmlands, range forests, petroleum and natural gas, coal, minerals, and recreation are treated in turn. Quantity, quality, uses, factors controlling development, also potential market demand and technological advances are indicated, and pertinent action recommended. Employment increase of 15;

79775. JOHNSON, M. W. Zooplankton collections from the high polar basin with special reference to the Copepoda. (Limnology and oceanography 1963. v. 8, no. 1, p. 89-102, tables, map, illus.) 27 refs. Analyzes material from layers down to 2000 m. along the Pt. Barrow meridian (150°20' W.) approx. 81°14'-85°16' N. Three species of cyclopoid copepods and 31 species of calanoids are recorded as to freThe quency, vertical distribution, etc. most abundant species were Calanus glacialie, C. hyperboreus and Metridia longa, and most common in the upper 100-200 m. A number of expatriates from the Bering and Chukchi Seas were also taken. Reproduction was noted over a wide period. DLC.

493

JOHNSON, M. W., see also No. 77086. 79776. JOHNSON, 0. W. Reproductive cycle of the mallard duck. (Condor 1961. v. 63, no. 5, p. 351-64, tables, graphs, illus.) 18 refs. Study of little investigated, gonadal changes associated with the reproductive cycle. Yearling, and probably adult birds retained vestigial bursae Fabricii. Microscopic appearance as well as size and weight of testes throughout the cycle are described and paralleling changes of the penis considered. Cyclic size and weight changes of ovaries and oviducts are also studied and, as in the male, correlated with secondary and tertiary sexual phenomena. The great variability in sexual maturity of both sexes during recrudescence is discussed. The study was made in southern WashingDLC. ton State. 79777. JOHNSON, R. H., and others. Oxygen consumption of paralysed men exposed to cold. (Journal of physiology 1963. v. 169, no. 3, p. 584-91, graphs, illus.) 20 refs. Other authors: A. C. Smith and J. M. K. Spalding. Cooled normal or unconscious subjects showed increased Oz-consumption and COsoutput. When subjects paralyzed by disease or drugs were cooled, their Or consumption and COroutput were not increased. These observations indicate that, in man, increased metabolism during cold exposure takes place only in skeletal DLC. muscle. 79778. JOHNSON, R. H., and J. M. K. SPALDING. Whole body metabolism of a paralysed man during surface cooling. (Journal of physiology 1963. v. 166, no. 1, p. 24P-25P, graphs.) Cooling a polio victim `virtually deprived of skeletal muscle" produced a drop in skin temperature to 17.6° C. (24° C. in controls) and in esophagus temperature by 1.8° C. (0° in controls). 02-consumption and COr production did not change, against a rise of both in the controls. DLC. 79779. JOHNSTON, D. W. Timing of annual molt in the glaucous gulls of northern Alaska. (Condor 1961. v. 63, no. 6, p. 474-78, illus.) 12 refs. In the Cape Thompson region Larus hyperboreus was observed to begin molting before or soon after the eggs are laid, i.e. by the end of May. This early molt is believed to be an adaptation enabling the bird to complete breeding and molt during the short arctic summer. Observations on location of nests are also noted. DLC. 494

79780. JOHNSTON, G. H., and R. J. E. BROWN. Effect of a lake on distribution of permafrost in the Mackenzie River delta. (National Research Council of Canada. Technical memorandum 1963. no. 76, p. 218-25, maps, graphs, illus.) Summarizes results of a 1961 drilling program under and near a lake about 4.5 mi. southwest of Inuvik on the Mackenzie delta, carried out by NRC Div. of Building Research personnel. Drilling and sampling were done at four locations, classification and analysis on two cores, and other studies were made in the vicinity. Sediments beneath the center of the lake were unfrozen to bedrock at 230 ft. depth, whereas permafrost occurred in the full depth (115-260 ft.) of the three holes west of the lake. Hand probings showed that the permafrost table extended out from shore under the edge of the lake and sloped down steeply, producing a deep thaw basin under this small, shallow lake. The thawing effect is confined to the ground beneath the lake, though the thermal effect of the partly unfrozen lake extends for some distance beyond its perimeter. Several methods for estimating location of permafrost, such lakes are noted by W. G. Brown, q.v. DGS. 79781. JOHNSTON, G. H. Instructions for the fabrication of thermocouple cables for measuring ground temperatures. Ottawa 1963. 22 1., graphs, illus. (National Research Council of Canada. Division of Building Research. Technical paper no. 157.) 2 refs. Describes this complete thermocouple assembly developed by the Division. Its cable consists of copper-constantan duplex wires placed in an oil-filled plastic pipe for protection against damage and moisture. It is used in studies of frost penetration, permafrost, and construction problems. Temperatures accurate to ± 0.5° F. may be obtained. DLC. 79782. JOHNSTON, G. H., and others. Permafrost investigations at Thompson, Manitoba; terrain studies. Ottawa 1963. 51, 4 p. & 421. tables, maps, graphs, illus. (National Research Council of Canada. Division of Building Research. Technical paper no. 158.) 31 refs. Other authors: R. J. E. Brown, and D. N. Pickersgill. Presents results of the first phase of these investigations, including air temperature, precipitation, snow cover, vegetation, relief, drainage and soils in the Thompson area. Permafrost is defined exclusively on a temperature basis, thus a

preliminary assessment of the local ground thermal regime is included. Brief exploratory visits were made in 1959, detailed studies begun in 1960. Main climatic and geologic features are outlined; special note is made of the Pleistocene glaciation and its effects on this area. Terrain observations are discussed, a number of surface and subsurface features are considered on a macro-scale and micro-scale basis. The complex distribution pattern and insufficient data preclude delineation of exact permafrost boundaries; data to Oct. 1962 are summarized, and a general discussion is given of permafrost occurrence at Thompson and its engineering implications. Problems connected with design and construction in this southern fringe area of permafrost are different and more difficult than those encountered in the zone of continuous permafrost. Thawing may cause substantial settlement and differential movements. Adequate site investigations are needed. DLC. JOHNSTON, G. H., see also No. 82086. JOKELAINEN, A., see No. 81240. 79783. JOKI, A. J. T. Lehtisalo, 18871962. (Finnisch-ugrische Forschungen 1962. v. 34, no. 2-3, p. 148-65.) In German. Obituary of this prominent Finnish philologist describing his contributions to Finno-Ugric, mainly Samoyed, linguistics and folklore. His publications of 1909-1962, about fifty in number, including some 35 on the Samoyeds, are listed by S. Sola, DLC. iØ., p. 166-70. JOLIFFE, A. W., see No. 77292. JONES, A. V., see No. 79480. 79784. JONES, D. L. Upper Cretaceous (Campanian and Maestrichtian) ammonites from southern Alaska. Washington, D.C., U.S. Govt. Print. Office 1963. iv, 53 p. + 41 plates, maps, sections, tables. (U.S. Geological Survey. Professional paper 432.) 81 refs. Describes and illus. 24 ammonites, including six new species, collected mainly in the Matanuska Valley-Nelchina area, also in the Cape Douglas, Chignik Bay, and Herendeen Bay areas of the Alaska Peninsula, as part of a larger study of Cretaceous fossils from the region. The stratigraphic sequence is most continuously developed in the Matanuska Valley-Nelchina area where two faunal zones are recognized: a lower zone of Inoceramus schmidti, con-

taining few ammonites, and an upper zone of Pachydiscus kamishakensis, containing an abundance of ammonites, found respectively in the lower and upper parts of member 3 of the Matanuska formation. Characteristic fossils of the lower zone are of Campanian, those of the upper zone latest Campanian or early Maestrichtian age. The Chignik formation of Chignik Bay and Herendeen Bay areas is also assigned to the Inoceramus schmidti zone, and the Kaguyak formation of the Cape Douglas area to the Pachydiscus kamishakensis zone. Maps show the generalized geology and fossil localities of these areas, tables the zonal classifications and stratigraphic correlation of Campanian and Maestrichtian rocks, and plates (mostly in natural size) the 24 species described. DLC. 79785. JONES, F. Alaska's white sheep. (Alaska sportsman 1963. v. 29, no. 1, p. 18-20, illus.) AlaskaWildlifeLibrary, no. 32. Describes: Orris dalli: distribution in Alaska, physical characteristics, breeding, and factors affecting abundance. Substantially over 10,000 Dall sheep are estimated in Alaska, with an annual kill of 700-800 by hunters. DI. 79786. JONES, J. H. The safe period of hypothermia. (British journal of anaesthesia 1962. v. 34, no. 5, p. 294-95, table.) 11 refs. Rats were cooled to 17-22° C. for up to 28 hrs. 91% and 95.5% were successfully rewarmed after 0-6 and 7-14 hrs. of hypothermia. Only 27% survived after 15 DNLM. hrs. of cooling. 79787. JONES, J. H. Tissue change following prolonged hypothermia in the rat. (British journal of experimental pathology 1962. v. 43, no. 3, p. 257-63, tables, illus.) 21 refs. Material from animals cooled to 20-22° C. for up to 17 hrs. was studied before or after rewarming. In 14 tissues examined histologically, the following changes were found: focal myocardial necrosis, pneumonia, fatty metamorphosis of the liver, and thymico-lymphatic involution. DNLM. 79788. JONES, L. M., and others. Seasonal and latitude variations in upper-air density. (IGY World Data Center A: rockets and satellites. Report series 1958, no. 1, p. 47-57, tables, graphs, illus.) 11 refs. Other authors: F. F. Fischbach and J. W. Peterson. Presented at the 5th General Assembly of CSAGI, Moscow 1958. Reports the results in 13 falling-sphere

495

flights, five of them over Fort Churchill, and three at latitudes higher than 57° N., comparing 1955-1958 data on upper-air (347,339-594,665 ft.) density in the arcticsubarctic and the temperate zones. Fallingsphere experiments since 1952 are reviewed, the instrumentation described and illus., and data obtained on a trend of decreasing density at 50 km. altitude with increasing latitude are discussed. Variations equally large were found on later flights at 59° N. to occur at a single latitude in a four-day DLC. period. JONES, L. M., see also No. 84368. 79789. JONES, R. D., Jr. An overland migration of fur seals. (Journal of mammalogy 1963. v. 44, no. 1, p. 122.) Notes earlier records of these seals crossing, partly through streams, an eightmile stretch, from the north to south of Alaska Peninsula; and reports own observations on two seals crossing the three-mile isthmus between Izembek Bay and Cold Bay, exclusively overland, on the same peninsula. DLC. 79790. JONES, T. O. An approach to polar research. (Arctic 1963. v. 16, no. 3, p. 151-57.) Discusses role of the National Science Foundation in U.S. research in the Arctic and Antarctic. For the latter NSF has fostered a coordinated basic research program. Some features of it and techniques developed might be utilized in a bipolar program on problems of common interest, e.g. conjugate phenomena of the upper atmosphere, international cooperation, etc. Proposals for basic research in the Arctic are welcomed. DI. 79791. JONES, W. B., and R. M. GALLET. Methods for applying numerical maps of ionospheric characteristics. (U.S. National Bureau of Standards. Journal of research 1962. v. 66D, no. 6, p. 649-62, tables, graphs, maps.) 5 refs. Explains how to use the numerical map of the function r (ln, 0, t) of three variables, geographic latitude (X) and longitude CO), and the local mean hour angle (t). This function represents an ionospheric characteristic, including its diurnal variation at any desired location and instant of time. A paragraph is included on polar maps in universal time of the critical frequency Jo in Fz ionospheric layer, and the north-pole maps of monthly median foPz (Mc/sec) at 00 and 12 universal time drawn from the function r (A, 0, t). 1)LC.

496

79792. JONSGÅRD, Å. Om artene av springere ved kysten av Nord-Norge og i tilstøtende havområder. On the species of dolphins found on the coast of northern Norway and in adjacent waters. (Norsk hvalfangst-tidende 1962. v. 51, no. 1, p. 1-13, map, illus.) 11 refs. In Norwegian and English. Reports summer 1961 observations from shipboard. Four species are known in the region from the literature, which is reviewed: Lagenorhynchus albirostris, L. acutus, Tursiops truncates and Delphinia delphis; but only the white-beaked dolphin L. albirostris has been identified conclusively and this is probably the only species commonly occurring in these waters. DLC. 79793. JÖNSSON, J. The spawning stock of cod in 1960. (International Council for the Exploration of the Sea. Annales biologiques 1960 pub. 1962. v. 17, p. 139-40, table.) Examination of age composition in longline and gill-net catches from the Icelandic stock, made in Jan.—May. Mature fish, first-time spawners and immature groups are considered. DSI. JONSSON, S., see No. 82735. 79794. JORDAL, L. 11. A floristic and phytogeographic survey of the vegetation on the southern slopes of the Brooks Range, Alaska. 1951. Typescript. 428 1. maps, graphs, illus. Approx. 150 refs. Presents results of surveys in 1949 and 1950 in a remote area, south of the crest of the Brooks Range, chiefly near Wiseman and in the upper Sheenjik and Kobuk River basins. Exploration of the area, its general geography and physiography, geology and paleogeography, glaciation, paleoclimate, and present climatic conditions are outlined. More than 550 species and subspecies in about 175 genera and 53 families of vascular plants and stone-worts are enumerated with brief notes. Most species are widely distributed throughout the Arctic; many have a spotty distribution and are regarded as glacial relicts. Also listed are the collection data and specimen records for all plants known to the author from the region, arranged as in the floristic report. General phytogeography of the Brooks Range, is discussed, though data inadequate. Chief constituents of the flora are wide-ranging boreal and arcticmontanes; strong Asiatic, west American and arctic affinities are also apparent. Certain patterns appear in the local phyto-

geography, e.g. eastern, western, and oceanic elements. Sixteen photos are DI. appended. 79795. JORDAN, A. T. Iron near Inuktorfik. (North 1963. v. 10, no. 4, p. 21-27, map, illus.) Describes the Mary River iron ore deposits, discovered in Aug. 1962 near Inuktorfik Lake on northern Baffin Island. The four deposits contain hematite, specularite, and magnetite minerals; average value of 23 samples was 68% iron. If proved economic, the iron ore could be shipped from Milne Inlet on Baffin Bay to possible markets in Europe. Exploration and development by Baffinland Iron Mines, Ltd. are planned, with initial production CaMAI. probably one million tons/yr. 79796. JORDAN, M. PAF, Petersburg. (Pacific fisherman 1963. v. 61, no. 1, p. 7-9, illus.) Describes the 1962 operations of the Pacific American Fisheries salmon cannery at Petersburg, Southeast Alaska. The cannery is served by 11 refrigerated tenders. Recent innovations to cut costs and to extend the operating season by utilizing salmon eggs, viscera, etc., and freezing king DI. crab in winter, are noted. JORGENSON, H. T., see No. 79773. 79797. JOSEPH, E. J., and J. M. KIPPER, Jr. Wave climatology as an aid to ship routing in the North Atlantic Ocean. Washington, D.C. 1963. vi, 7 p. maps, graphs. (U.S. Naval Oceanographic Office. Technical report TR-148.) 11 refs. Climatological charts are presented for use by mariner or forecaster as first approximation in avoiding adverse seas. Severe wave activity is centered between 50° and 60° N. in winter, with extensions of intense seas into Davis and Denmark Straits, and the Greenland Sea. Charts show percent of time ship-speed reduction is expected for specified headings in the North Atlantic to about 65° N., based on Victory-type ship performance. Comparison of routes indicates that regions of severe seas requiring ship-speed reduction are to be encountered more often and for longer duration when traveling the standard shipping lanes (great circle routes) than for the routes based on the climatic charts. Travel time and probable risk of damage are less on DWB. the climatic routes. JOSEPH, E. J., see No. 77767.

79798. JOSEPH, L. M., and S. N. KOLMEN. The influence of hypothermia on thoracic duct lymph. (Texas reports on biology and medicine 1961. v. 19, no. 4, p. 784-800, graphs, tables.) 42 refs. Cooling dogs to about 28° C. produced a reduction of lymph flow from the thoracic duct and an increase of total protein concentration in lymph and serum. There was no evidence of a protein-fraction deficiency. Leucocyte counts of lymph and blood declined linearly with temperature. DNLM. 79799. JOY, It. J. T. Responses of coldacclimatized men to infused norepinephrine. (Journal of applied physiology 1963. v. 18, no. 6, p. 1209-1212, table, graph.) 26 refs. Reports on a study of nine men infused with norepinephrine before and after five 40-hr. weeks of semi-nude exposure to 5° C. The results showed a changed sensitivity to epinephrine in the exposed men with a decrease in vasopressor response, and development of a calorigenic response. DLC. 79800. JOY, R. J. T. Some medical problems of arctic operations. (Military medicine 1963. v. 128, no. 12, p. 1184-89, illus.) 17 refs. Account with emphasis on "forward medical treatment of troops engaged in tactical operations." Terrain, weather, transportation, shelter, clothing, frostbite and its degrees, whiteout, CO-poisoning, and maintenance of clothing are considered. DLC. 79801. JOY, It. J. T., and others. Some physiological responses to arctic living. (Archives of environmental health 1962. v. 4, no. 1, p. 22-26, graphs, table.) 20 refs. Other authors: R. H. Poe, F. R. Berman and T. R. A. Davis. Shivering, Os-consumption, heart rate, skin and rectal temperatures were studied in seven soldiers living 52 days in Alaska and in ten living 43 days in Greenland. The only significant indication of acclimatization was a decrease in shivering activity. DNLM. JOY, R. J. T., see also Nos. 78173, 78174. JUDY, W. V., see No. 79433. 79802. JULIN, E. Järnviigsfloran i Haparanda. (Botaniska notiser 1961. v. 114, no. 2, p. 145-52.) 19 refs. In Swedish. German summary. Title tr.: Railroad flora at Haparanda. Summarizes observations of plant occur-

497

rence, about a hundred species on the railroad property near this border city station on the Gulf of Bothnia. No botanical evidence remains of the German transloading activities during World War II necessitated by the difference between Swedish and Finnish railroad gauges. Nevertheless about thirty of the species cited occur only, or almost only, in this area; about half of these are indigenous species. Latin names DLC. are given for all. 79803. JULL, G. W., and others. Frequency sounding techniques for HF communications over auroral zone paths. (Inst. of Radio Engineers. Proceedings 1962. v. 50, no. 7, p. 1676-82, maps, graphs, table.) 11 refs. Other authors: D. J. Doyle, G. W. Irvine and J. P. Murray. Presents evidence that systematic oblique incidence channel sampling transmissions are valuable for improving the reliability of air-ground HF communications when propagation conditions are marginal. Results are given of air-ground radio trials, supplemented by frequency sounding transmissions over flights into auroral zone latitudes over the Labrador Sea, from a Nova Scotia ground station. Use of a wide selection of aeronautical frequencies, and repetition of channel sampling measurements every five minutes, resulted in greater reliability than would have been possible with other techniques. DLC. 79804. JUNEAU (ALASKA) City directory 1963. Kansas City, Missouri, Polk 1963. Various pagings, illus. Content similar to the Fairbanks (q.v.) directory; includes Juneau, Auke Bay, and Douglas. DLC. 79805. JUPP, D. M. Iron men of Labrador. (Newfoundland quarterly 1960. v. 59, no. 2, p. 21-22.) Describes the difficult life of the Labrador coast fishermen and their families. In the next issue (no. 3, p. 40-41) of this journal, author describes visits to the coastal settlements, as nurse of the Moravian mission at Battle Harbour. CaONL. 79806. KABANOV, N. E. 0 nekotorykh zadachakh okhrany prirody na Kamchatke. (Okhrana prirody Sibiri i Dal'nego Vostoka 1962, no. 1, p. 52-60, illus.) 5 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Some tasks of nature conservation in Kamchatka. Reviews the natural features of the peninsula, the landforma, volcanoes, hot springs and geysers; the forests of birch, fir, pine, alder; flooded meadows with poplar, willow,

498

etc.; the fauna includes Kamchatka sable, brown bear, snow sheep, etc. Regulations for nature conservation and management are needed, especially in forest cutting; a network of preserves should be established. DLC. KABANOV, V. V., see No. 83032. 79807. KABUZAN, V. M., and S. M. TROIFSHI . Dvizhenie naselenifa Sibiri v xviii v. (In: Akademifä nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Sibir' perioda feodalizma 1 ... 1962, p. 139-57, tables.) Approx. 50 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Population movements in 18th century Siberia. Statistical study of census and tax-book data on Russians (including exiles) and aborigines with ethnic origins and occupations shown in absolute figures and percentage of total Siberian male population. In 1719-1795 (first-fifth census) Russian settlers increased from 169,000 to 412,000, aborigines 72,000 to 183,000, an approx. 2.5-fold increase for each group, with a progressively greater majority of Russians however, especially in West Siberia. Yakuts, Evenki-Tungus, Ostyaks, Voguls, Samoyeds, Kamchadals, Lamuts, Koryaks, Yukaghirs, and Meuts are included in the count. The marked decrease in aborigines between the late 17th and early 18th century is attributed to smallpox epidemics. The discrepancy is noted between 69,000 in the ten groups supra according to the 1762 census, and Dolgikh's estimate of approx. 100,000 northern aborigines in . the late 17th century (No. 64230); inaccurate records are suggested as accounting for the gap. DLC. KABUZAN, V. M., see No. 78854. 79808. KACHURIN, L. G. K teorii obledenenifå samoletov. (Akademifil nauk SSSR. Izvestifa 1962, ser. geofizicheskafä, no. 6, p. 823-32, tables, graphs.) 20 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: On the theory of airplane icing. Develops a kinetic theory of aircraft icing in overcooled clouds. The kinetic theory of crystallization is applied to determine the speed of freezing of water particles precipitating on the plane flight through a cloud of certain parameters. The regime of icing, and the structure of the ice crust formed for clouds of different parameters and different speeds of the airplane are 'analytically derived for a monodimensional case. DLC. 79809. KACHURIN, N. P. Nekotorye voprosy stroitel'stva zemlfänogo polotna

avtomobil'nykh dorog v raTonakh rasprostranenia mnogoletnemerzlykh gruntov. (Akademifa nauk SSSR. Inst. merzlotovedenifå. Trudy 1958. no. 1, p. 88-100, tables, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: Certain problems in building an earth bed for highways in regions of permafrost occurrence. Describes the terrain, 55-65° N. 100-135° E., including part of Yakutia, the vegetation, hydrology, geology, geocryology, and climate as pertinent for designing and building roads. Construction preserving the permafrost completely, and partially, disregarding it, and lowering its upper limit beneath the road is analyzed and discussed in detail. Mechanical equipment, its functions and required performance are described. Selection of construction methods suited to working conditions in the fax DLC. North is discussed. 79810. KACHURIN, S. P. Alasy central' noT 1 .kutii. (Akademiiå nauk SSSR. Inst. merzlotovedenifa. Severo-Vostochnoe otdie. Trudy 1958, no. 1, p. 167-78, tables.) 37 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Kettle depressions of Central Yakutia. Discusses the origin of the peculiar depressions termed "alas" by Yakuts; they range in size from a few meters to several km. in diameter. They are frequently found occupied by ponds or lakes and in some regions cover 30-40% of the surface. Those of the Lena-Amga and Lena-Vilyuy interfluves are analyzed. The prevailing opinion that they are always of thermokarst origin is considered questionable. Geologic structure, loess-like deposits and other features are discussed. Karst processes, solifluction and other phenomena are considered as possible causes for the origin of these depressions. DLC.

en oteplenii. (In: Ocherki po istorii geologicheskikh znanil 1963. no. 12, p. 197-205, illus.) 22 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Geologic riddles of the Arctic and the problem of its artificial warming. Reviews climatic changes, development of glaciation, permafrost, and other ideas advanced by V. A. Obruchev. Existence of the hypothetical continent of Atlantida is discussed. Warming of climate in the arctic zone under natural conditions is reviewed. Artificial warming of the Arctic Ocean by constructing dam along Bering Strait is considered and found unrealistic. Artificial melting of surface and ground ice are also considered and possible consequences are discussed. Projects for the artificial warming of the North should be forgotten and the efforts to combat cold redoubled because these have better prospects in science and technology. Cold should be utilized to serve man. DLC. 79813. KACHURIN, S. P. Kriogennye obrazovanifa na territorii VostochnoT Sibiri. (Akademifä nauk SSSR. Inst. merzlotovedenifå. Trudy 1962. v. 18, p. 28-38, illus.) Approx. 100 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Cryogenic formations in the East Siberia area. Reviews literature data on the processes and phenomena connected with freezing and thawing of friable rocks throughout this broad area including Yakutia, the Transbaykal, Aldan and other regions. Geologic, geophysical and physico-geographic processes are outlined. Temperature of frozen ground, cryogenic texture, frost heaving, frost weathering, solifluction, thermokarst, ground ice and other cryogenic processes DLC. and relief forms are discussed.

79811. KACHURIN, S. P. Geokriologicheskie i gidrogeologioheskie issledovani1 v Sibiri i na Dal'nem Vostoke. (In: Akademia nauk SSSR. Inst. merzlotovedenißa. Mnogoletnemerzlye gornye ...1963, p. 23239.) Ref. In Russian. Title tr.: Geocryologic and hydrogeologic investigations in Siberia and the Far East. Reviews the third conference on ground water and engineering geology of Siberia and the Far East. It was held in Krasnoyarsk in 1961, with 265 participants representing 85 organizations. Some of the 103 papers delivered are reported, with emphasis on permafrost and further work upon it. DLC.

79814. KACHURIN, S. P., and A. I. EFIMOV. Razvitie idel M. I. Sumgina po merzlotovedenifü. (In: Akademiß nauk SSSR. Inst. merzlotovedenifii. Mnogoletnemerzlye gornye ...1963, p. 3-7.) In Russian. Title tr.: Development of M. I. Sumgin's ideas in cryopedology. Describes Sumgin's works and ideas in this field. Heat exchange between atmosphere, soil and lithosphere; temperature regime in frozen rocks, fossil ice, cryogenic texture of frozen rocks, geographic distribution of permafrost, seasonal freezing and thawing of soils, physical and mechanical properties of freezing rocks, and other problems treated by Sumgin and others are reviewed. His organizational work in this field also is noted. DLC.

79812. KACHURIN, S. P. Geologicheskie zagadki Arktiki i vopros ob iskusstvennom

NACHURIN, S. P., see also Nos. 82195, 83695.

499

79815. KACHURINA, L. I. Razmnozhenie kustarnikov zelenymi cherenkami v uslovifiikh Murmanskol oblasti. (In: Polfarnoal'pilskil botanicheskil sad. Dekorativnye rastenifii ... 1962, p. 135-47, tables.) 9 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Propagation of shrubs by softwood cuttings under conditions of Murmansk Province. Account of experiments with over 70 kinds of shrubs at the Polar-Alpine Botanical Garden. Results indicate that plants differ greatly in their suitability for this kind of propagation. Success further depends on the age of the shrub, method of cutting and cultivation and on meteorological conditions. Use of hotbeds is indispensible under local conditions; a sand and peat mixture gave the best results as substrate. DLC. KACHURINA, L. I., see also No. 77159. 79816. KACHURO, O. fil. Novye vidy ostrakod iz filrskikh otlozhenil ChulymoEniselskol vpadiny. (Materialy po geologii Zapadnol Sibiri 1962. v. 63, p. 203-207, illus.) 2 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: New species of ostracods from Jurassic deposits of the Chulym-Yenisey depression. Reports study of Jurassic deposits and a Bathonian-Callovian complex of ostracods. Systematic description is given of Clinocypris data, Timiriasevia bbarzasensis and Mandelstamia ampalykensis n. spp. They belong to fam. Cypridae and Cytheridae. DLC. 79817. KÄÄRIÄINEN, E. Suomen toisen tarkkavaaituksen kiintopisteluettelo 1. Bench mark list 1, of the second levelling of Finland. Helsinki 1963. 164 p. tables, maps. (Finland. Geodetiska Iustitutet. Julkaisuja: Veröffentlichungen no. 57.) In Finnish and English. Contains the results for the part of the network northward to the AavasaksaRovaniemi-Kemijärvi (66°23' N. 23°43' E. Ø°30' N. 25°42' E.-66°40' N. 27°25' E.) line. Reduction calculations for the first time take into account the land uplift, a significant factor in this area. Elevations relative to the land uplift are computed for the beginning of 1960 starting from the mean sea level at Helsinki, and a unified elevation system, entitled N60, is created. Lapland bench mark elevations are available as duplicated copies in the temporary NL system, the starting values of which are the N60 elevations. After the land uplift has been determined for this part of Finland, the N60 elevation system is to be expanded to include the entire network. Main features of the first levelling (1892-1910) 500

and its NN elevation system, the intermediate N43, and the second levelling (1935-1955) and its N60 are outlined. Corrections for transfer of NN and N43 figures to the N60 system are shown as lines of equal change in cm. and mm. on the maps. Maximum corrections are noted along the Gulf of Bothnia and in Lapland. Bench marks are listed in numerical order, with the position in relation to the kilometer posts, side distance from road or track, approx. height above the road surface, character of the bolt foundation, additional information on bench mark location, and the N60 elevation of the highest point of the bolt. DGS. 79818. KARLA, M. Bibliografinen luettelo Neuvostoliitossa vuosina 1918-1959 julkaistusta suomalais-ugrilaisesta kielitieteellisestä kirjallisuudesta, osa 11. (Suomalais-ugrilainen seura. Aikakauskirja 1962. v. 63, no. 7, p. 1-155.) In Finnish and Russian. Title tr.: Bibliographic index of FinnoUgric linguistic literature published in the USSR, 1918-1959, pt. 2. In sequence to No. 72612. Lists some 1,700 works: dictionaries, glossaries, grammars, textbooks, studies of phonology and orthography, book reviews. They are grouped by language treated: one on Lappish, 199 Zyryan, 34 Ostyak, 24 Vogul, 50 Samoyed, etc. and most have brief note on content. Addenda and corrigenda to pt. 1 are appended. Pertinent journals, serials (predominantly Russian) and their dates are noted. DLC. 79819. KAHLA, M. Neuvostoliitossa suomalais-ugrilaisilla kielillä julkaistua kirjallisuutta Suomen ja Unkarin kirjatoissa. (Suomalais-ugrilainen seura. Aikakauskirja 1963. v. 64, no. 5, p. 1-162.) In Finnish, Hungarian and Russian. Title tr.: Soviet publications in Finno-Ugrian languages available in libraries of Finland and Hungary. Lists approx. 2,000 original and translated literary works of fiction, poetry, folklore, and dialectal texts, also primers, text-books, etc. pub. 1922-1962 (cf. No. 72612). The titles are cited in the vernacular and Russian: a dozen in Lappish, about forty each in Ostyak, Samoyed, and Vogul, about 280 Zyryan. Also included is a list of Soviet Finno-Ugrian literary and social science journals and newspapers held by Finnish and Hungarian Libraries. DLC. 79820. KAIGORODf8EV, G. G. Skhema stratigrafii mezozolskikh otlozhenil srednego techenifi r. Anadyr .. (In: Mezhvedomst-

vennoe soveshchanie ... Trudy 1959, p. 299-304.) In Russian. Title tr.: Stratigraphic scheme of Mesozoic deposits on the middle course of the Anadyr River. Describes Upper Triassic, Lower-, Middle-, and Upper-Jurassic, Valanginian, Aptian-Albian, Cenomanian Turonian, Campanian and Damian deposits, noting their lithology and paleontologic data. ICRL.

ated fat deposition and growth of the young, storage of vitamins C and E, all in preparation for hibernation. Vital activities during hibernation, e.g. preparation for breeding, and the role of "signals" like snow-fall or ice formation, in triggering dormancy, are also discussed. Finally, the effects of cold and heat upon different species of hibernators, are noted. DLC.

79821. KAIKOV, N.M. Ftor v prirodnykh vodakh i vodoistochnikakh Kol'skogo poluostrova, ispol'zuemykh dlfå vodosnabzhenifii naselenifit. (In: Litvinov, N. N., ed. Zdorov'e cheloveka ... 1963, p. 101-105, table.) In Russian. Title tr.: Fluorine in natural waters and springs of Kola Peninsula used for water supply of the inhabitants. Reports a study of water from 85 lakes, rivers and brooks. The fluorine content, like mineralization was, as expected, low. The high incidence of caries (over 30%) in Murmansk is discussed as a possible result DNLM. of the low F contents.

79824. KALASHNIKOV, N. V. 0 rode Davidsonina iz karbona Severnogo Urala. (Paleontologicheskil zhurnal 1963, no. 2, p. 43-53, map, illus.) 11 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: On genus Davidsonina from the Carboniferous of the Northern Ural. Reviews the literature concerning this brachiopod genus, first described by Schuchert et Le Vene, 1929. Several species found in 1961 in the Usa basin are systematically treated; two are new: D. cornpressa, and D. obtusa. The genus is represented in Novaya Zemlya, Vaygach, Timan and other areas. The northeastern Russian platform is a possible center of Davidsonina distribution. DLC.

79822. KAISILA, J. Immigration and Expansion der Lepidopteren in Finnland in den Jahren 1869-1960. (Acta entomologica fennica. 1962. no. 18, 452 p. graphs, maps.) Approx. 550 refs. In German. English and Finnish summary. Title tr.: Immigration and spread of Lepidoptera in Finland during 1869-1960. Study based on numerous sources and dealing with the northward expansion of some 150 species. Two periods of this process are noted, one in the 1910's; the other much better known, began in 1930 and still continues. The main causative factor in the phenomenon is the warming climate. As with other insects but not mammals and birds, warm summers and springs are most decisive. Periods of extensive spread were also periods of high population densities. Itelatively few of the species extend into the Arctic, and their locations, like those of other forms, are mapped. DLC. KAITA, H., see No. 80672. 79823. KALABUKHOV, N. I. Comparative ecology of hibernating mammals. (Harvard Univ. Museum of Comparative Zoology. Bulletin 1960. v. 124, International Symposium ... Hibernation 1959. Proceedings, p. 45-74, tables, illus.) About 250 refs. Reviews the peculiar physiology of hibernators during the active period: increased basal metabolism and food intake, acceler-

79825. KALELA, AA. Mauno Johannes Kotilainen. (Suomalainen tiedeakatemia. Sitzungsberichte 1962 pub. 1963, p. 27-37, illus.) In German. Tribute to this Finnish botanist, 18951961, with review of his education, professional work, research interests, and scientific papers. DGS. 79826. KALELA, AA. Waldvegetatiouszonen Finnlands and ihre klimatischen Paralleltypen. (Suomalainen elain- ja kasvitieteellinen seura Vanamo. Tiedonannot: Archivum 1961, no. 16 suppl. p. 65-83, maps, illus.) 21 refs. In German. Title tr.: Forest vegetation zones of Finland and their climatic parallel types. Summarizes some twenty years' observations and outlines the several forest belts on the basis of vegetation. The southern mixed, the coniferous, and the northern birch forests are distinguished, as are, within the arctic—subarctic area, six forest and one treeless (along the northern Norwegian coast) zones. The main mixed and coniferous forests of Lapland are subdivided into dry and fresh heath forests and the grassand-herb-rich forests. The mountain Lapland birch forest is similarly subdivided. In mountain regions, the Scotch pine forest types are found in stream valleys. In parts of northern Finland, the forest limit is no longer the natural one, because of man's encroachments upon the pine stand area. DLC.

501

79827. KALENDOV, A. A. K voprosu o prognoze letnikh advektivnykh tumanov na dal'nevostochnykh morfakh. (Vladivostok. Dal'nevostochnyl n. -issl. gidrometeorologicheskil inst. Trudy 1957, no. 2, p. 96-117, maps.) 3 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The problem of forecasting summer advection fogs on the Far Eastern seas. Reports analyses of synoptic charts and charts of baric topography for April-Sept. during 1948-1952, 1927-1929, and 19361940. Advection of temperature is outlined as a factor of fog formation. Summer advection fogs are closely linked with summer monsoon circulation. Synoptic processes which bring about the formation of fogs are also characterized. For forecasting one day or more in advance, bans topography, a synoptic map and kinematic maps for the two previous days should be analyzed. Prevailing patterns of fog advection in the Japan, Okhotsk and Bering Seas are characterized. DLC. 79828. KALERT, A. A., and others. Issledovanie oblegchennykh usovershenstvovannykh pokrytil avtomobil'nykh dorog severozapadnol chasti SSSR. Moskva, Avtotransizdat 1982. 126 p. tables, graphs. 56 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Investigations on the improved surfacing of automobile roads in the northwestern part of the USSR. A composite work in six chapters, each by a specialist. Reviews the last ten years' experiments on hard-surfaced roads in the region including Karelian ASSR and Arkhangelsk Province. Special attention is given to bituminous material for a durable surface. Composition and properties of various asphalt and tarlike emulsions are described in detail. Admixtures of mineral materials with bituminous binders are outlined and experiments described. Investigation is reported of physical-mechanical properties of bituminous admixtures of less than 0.071 mm. grain size. A technical and economic appraisal of improved surfacing is given. Construction, technology, frost effects, repair and other problems are discussed. DLC. 79829. KALGANOVA, 0. P. Ochistka nikelevykh rastvovorov of medi v kipfåshchem sloe nikelevogo poroshka. (fevtnye metally 1960. v. 33, no. 10, p. 84-86, diagrs.) In Russian. Title tr.: Separation of nickel solution from copper in a boiling layer of nickel powder. Describes the apparatus, and the process tested experimentally in 1957 at the Severonikel' combine in Monchegorsk on Kola Peninsula. The efficiency of the

502

separation was established after repeated experimental and pilot tests, and the process introduced into production in 1959. The same process can be used for separation of copper and cadmium from zinc electrolyte, for precipitation of gold from cyanide solutions, etc. DLC. 79830. KALIKHMAN, A. A. Vlifanie obshchego okhlazhdenifa na predpochitaemuf0 temperaturu, termopreferendum, u belykh krys. (Opyt izuchenifii regulfåfsil fiziologicheskikh funkfail 1963. v. 6, p. 19899, graphs.) 6 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Effect of general hypothermia on preferred temperature of white rats. Report on experiments with animals made hypothermic prior to being tested in a thermal gradient apparatus, in a range of approx. 3°-50° C. In early hypothermia (27° C.) the rats moved towards the warm end, and settled, like the controls, in an area of 20°-28° C. At hypothermia of over 20°, choice of warm area was more limited, but below 18° C. no movement was observed. Conditioned responses to a temperature gradient are also noted. DLC. KALINICHENKO, L. P., see No. 83067. 79831. KALININ, A. A. Chaun-Chukotka zhdet arkheologov. (Anadyr'. Chukotskil kraevedcheskil muzel. Zapiski 1961. no. 2, p. 37-38, map, cross-section.) In Russian. Title tr.: Chaun-Chukotka awaits archeologists. Describes chance finds made on the Ryveyem River on Ayon Island: the site shows similarities to a late stage of the hunting culture of interior Chukotka. DLC (microfilm). KALININ, A. I., see No. 81254. 79832. KALININ, Ill. K. Shungitosoderzhashchie slanfsy, syr'e dlfa poluehenifå poristykh zapolnitelel. (Stroitel'nye materialy 1963, no. 8, p. 12-14, graphs, h us.) 2 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Shungite-containing schist, a raw material for manufacturing porous fillers. Describes the properties of this typically Karelian schist. The shungite has a high ash content, 2,500-2,800 kg./m.; volume weight, 1,050-1,800 kg./cm. compression strength, and 0.3% open porosity. Feldspar, chlorite, and carbonaceous substances are the mineral components of the Nig Ozero shungite schist deposits (62°14' N. 34°17' E.). When heated rapidly, shungite in the schist swells, forming a light porous filler of 400 kg./m.3 volume weight, 13.3% water

absorptivity, and 6 kg./cØ,2 strength of type 250 standard filler for light concrete. DLC. 79833. KALININA, L. I. Khantylskie toponimy Vasfilgana. (Tomsk. Gos. pedagogicheskit institut. Uchenye zapiski 1962. v. 20, no. 2, p. 127-43.) In Russian. Title tr.: Ostyak toponymics of the Vasyugan basin. Morphological and semantic study of over one hundred compound names of streams and water bodies. They are made up of a term for the stream etc., and one-three other descriptive words, inflected or noninflected. About 43% of these descriptive words represent phyto- or zoogeographic features, the rest indicate size, depth or color of the water, strength of current, memorable events, cult objects, etc. DLC.

cited. Stony acid soils are also an important factor; and where amphibolite and diabase are found, the petrographic factor is significant. Differences between fjeld and valley plant growth are apparent, and in the higher northern part of Utsjoki district there is a limited, continuous arctic flora. Characteristic species are cited for the more exposed and drier parts and, in contrast, for the sheltered and better watered sites. Certain introduced grasses and herbs are common to pasture lands, and potatoes are grown near Lapps' dwellings. The Kevo valley is interesting because its gradient, exposures, soil geology and moisture accommodate many southern plant elements and arctic species also. Early spring growth and high summer temperatures are noted, and aquatic plants of the Utsjoki described. The wide variety of species is related to distinctive DLC. local factors.

KALININA, M. I., see No. 81089. 79834. KALINKO, M. K. Rezul'taty poiskov nefti i gaza na AlEsske. (Leningrad. N. -issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Trudy 1961. v. 125, Sbornik stater po geologii i neftegazonosnosti Arktiki, no. 17, p. 126-34, map.) 18 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Results of oil and gas search in Alaska. Reviews explorations of 1901-1960, noting various drillings, their depths, and registered gushers. The Colville basin, Brooke Range, Yukon valley, South Masks, Kenai Peninsula and other structures and areas are described noting types of deposits, wells, and results. The Alaska resources and prospects are discussed, and the conclusions applied to the prospects for oil and gas occurrence in the Soviet Northeast. Search in the Üst-Yenisey, Khatanga and Lena depressions, it is suggested, should be inDLC. creased. 79835. KALLIO, P. Zur floristisch-ökologischen Charakteristik des östlichen Teiles von Finnisch-Fjeldlappland. (Suomalainen slain- ja kasvitieteellinen seura Vanamo. Tiedonannot: Archivum 1961, no. 16 suppl. p. 98-111, illus.) 13 refs. In German. Title tr.: On the floristic-ecological characteristics of the eastern part of Finnish Lapland fjeld. Discusses basic factors in the floral environment of Inari Lapland for which the limit of pine no longer is distinctive because of cutting. Increasing elevation and northerly climate are responsible for the principal differences in the environment; and the oceanic climate is an important influence in the north and west, as indicated by the presence of certain plant species, which are

79836. KALLIOLA, R. Ober die fjeldvegetation. (Suomalainen slain- ja kasvitieteellinen seura Vanamo. Tiedonannot; Archivum 1961, no. 16 suppl. p. 113-20, map, illus.) 16 refs. In German. Title tr.: On the fjeld vegetation. Divides the Finnish Lapland field into four regions: the few southerly mountains 66— 68° N.; the main interior, or northern Lapland; the Ounas-Pallastunturi region where amphibolite and lime-rich minerals are common; and the Enontekiä "arm" extending to the far northwest. Each region is characterized as to elevations and sub= alpine or subarctic character; forest and other significant plant species are cites. DLC. 79837. KALMAN, B. Über die wogulische Schriftsprache. (Ural-altaische Jahrbucher 1962. v. 34, no. 1-2, p. 128-33, tables.) 8 refs. In German. Title tr.: Vogul written language, Vogul is spoken by some 3,400, or 59,2% of the 6,000 aborigines of the 1959 census. Orthography and phonetics of the literary language are discussed, as are school curricula; textbooks, linguistic publications, original literature and translations, about 45 in all, are listed and described. DLC. 79838. KALMAN, B. Zwei Reinigungsriten im Bärenkult der Obugrier. (In: Di6szegi, V. ed, Glaubenswelt ... 1963, p. 93-100.) 13 refs. In German. Title tr.: Two purification rites in the bear cult of the ObUgrians. Discusses sprinkling with water or snow, and building a smudge, rituals practiced by Ostyaks and Voguls symbolically to cleanse

the hunter of his sin of bear killing. Snow is thrown also to confuse the bear by a simulated snowstorm however; it is one of the numerous deceptions aimed at protecting the hunter and participants in the feast from the wrath of the bear spirit. Smokemaking or fumigating is also an act of worship as well as purification and exorcism. DLC. KALMÄN, B., see also No. 81435. 79839. KALUGIN, KH. I. Stratigrafifa permskikh otlozhenil zapadnol chasti Okhotsko-Kolymskogo kraiä. (In: Mezhvedomstvennoe soveshchanie ... Trudy 1959, p. 169-72.) In Russian. Title tr.: Stratigraphy of Permian deposits in the western Okhotsk-Kolyma region. Reports a study in the Khinike, Chelomdzha, Yana, Kolyma and other river basins. The Permian deposits are divided into three subseries, shales, tuffs and cordaites, and each is described as to distribution, thickness, lithologic properties and fauna. ICRL. 79840. KALUGIN, KH. I. Stratigrafifå triasovykh otlozhcniT basselna r. Kulu. (In: Mezhvedomstvennoe soveshchanie .. . Trudy 1959, p. 214-17.) In Russian. Title tr.: Stratigraphy of Triassic deposits in the Kulu River basin. Describes these deposits northwest of Magadan as divided into Indskiy, Olenek, Aniziyskiy, Ladinskiy, Carnian and Norian stages. Each stage is considered in turn as to distribution, thickness, lithologic properties and fauna. The fauna consists of ammonites, brachiopods, gastropods, etc. ICRL. 79841. KALUZY1 SKI, S. Mongolische Elemente in der Jakutischen Sprache. Warszawa, Pa>fstwowe Wydawnictwo naukowe 1961. 170 p. (Prate orientalistyczne, v. 10.) Refs. In German. Title tr.: Mongolian elements in the Yakut languages. Phonetic study of loanwords and analysis of morphological formants considered of Mongolian origin. Yakut-Mongolian cultural contacts were closest and linguistic borrowing heaviest during the periods of Mongolian expansion in the 12-13th and 15-16th centuries. A list of over 2,000 and an additional glossary of about 400 words are appended. Favorably reviewed by L. Ligeti in AØ orientalia, Budapest, 1963, v. DLC. 16, no. 3, p. 325-29. 79842. KAMCHATNOV, V. P. Issledovanie vysshel nervnol defåtel'nosti u lfüdel,

504

rabotafüshchikh v absolfiltnol temnote i na svetu. (Zhurnal vysshel nervnol defåtel'nosti 1962. v. 12, no. 2, p. 208-212, graphs, tables.) 7 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Investigation on higher nervous activity in persons working in complete darkness and in light. Reports study of 40 women working in the dark, with 29 doing identical work in the light as controls. The group working in darkness showed increasing latencies, more disinhibited differentiations, and a pronounced successive inhibition. DLC. 79843. KAMCHATNOV, V. P. 0 kozhnol chuvstvitel'nosti u rabotafilshchikh v absolfiitnoT temnote i na svetu. (Zhurnal vysshel nervnol defittel'nosti 1962. v. 12, no. 1, p. 37-39, graph, tables.) 7 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Cutaneous sensitivity of persons working in total darkness or light. Tests made with the Weber esthesiometer, with data submitted to dispersion analysis, showed a much lower skin sensitivity in persons working in the darkness. The subjects were women of nearly the same age and working experience. DNLM. 79844. KAMCHATNOV, V. P. Vlifånie uslovil truda v absohütnol temnote na zdorov'e rabotaiushchikh. (In: Nauchnaiå konferenf ifa po fiziologii ... 1963, p. 16768.) In Russian. Title tr.: Effect of work in absolute darkness on the health of workers. Study of 2828 subjects occupied in darkroom work showed considerably increased morbidity. Number of errors was higher than among daylight workers; skin sensitivity was lower and so were higher and vegetative nervous responses. DLC. 79845. KAMENEßKII, E. Na krafil zemli. (Kul'tura i zhizn' 1963. v. 7, no. 10, p. 16-21, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: Edge of the world. Popular account of the Kamchatka fishing industry and its main centers, Petropavlovsk and Seroglazka; current progress as compared with 1947; fishing kolkhozes; the Klyuchi volcanological stations; etc. DLC. 79846. KAMENEVA, T. A., and P. M. KHAUSTOV. Bogatsva Murmana narodu. Murmansk, Murmanskoe knizhnoe izd-vo 1961. 70 p. illus. Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Resources of Murman for the people. Outlines the political and economic history of Kola Peninsula in the early period of the Soviet rule from the October Revolution in

1917 till the death of Lenin in 1924; based in part on unpublished materials. The role of Lenin is stressed in development of fisheries, shipping (Kara expeditions), transportation (Murmansk railroad) and agriculture in this area. DLC. 79847. KAMENI'f ER, L. S. Proizvodstvo tovarov narodnogo potrebleniia. (In: Akademinå nauk SSSR. Sovet po izuehenifü proizvoditel'nykh sil. Problemy ... Magadanskol oblasti 1961, p. 179-93.) In Russian. Title tr.: Production of consumer goods. Reviews the development of local light industry in Magadan Province since 1953. The number of enterprises, production in rubles, and number of workers employed are given for 1954-1959. Food, clothing, leather, and furniture industries are treated in detail and data given. The prospects and their economic conditions are analyzed. DLC. 79848. KAMINER, N. S. Vlirånie malykh khromosfernykh vspyshek na intensivnost' zhestkol kompouent.y kosmicheskikh luchel. (Akademia' nauk SSSR. IÄkutskil filial. Trudy 1060. ser. fiz. no. 3, p. 92-98, graphs.) 7 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Effect of small chromospheric flares on the intensity of the hard component of cosmic rays. Investigates a meteorological origin of this flare effect, using data recorded at Yakutsk and other cosmic ray observatories in the USSR. They show that small solar flares result in 0.04-0.08% increase of the hard component intensity. Such an increase may be produced by an additional ultra-violet solar radiation during the flare, and by absorption of this radiation in the ozone layer above 20 km. (0-25 mb) altitude. This would lower the temperature of the ozone layer by 4-8° C., and produce the recorded increase in the hard component intensity. DLC. 79849. KAMINER, N. S., and others. Vspyshka kosmicheskikh luchel 4 mafii 1960 g. (Akademiiå nauk SSSR. Mezhduvedomstvennyl komitet po provedeninü Mezhdunarodnogo geofizicheskego goda, VII razdel programmy MGG: kosmicheskie luchi. Sbornik statel 1961. no. 4, p. 146-67, tables, graphs.) 32 refs. In Russian. English summary. Other authors: IA. L. Blokh and L. I. Dorman. Title tr.: The cosmic ray flare of May 4, 1960. Uses data from 41 cosmic ray stations of the world network (including six in arcticsubarctic regions), and some from stratosphere observations, arriving at the spatial

distribution of a cosmic-ray flux from the sun, and the character of the flux variation with time. The spectrum of solar particles, the scattering range in interplanetary space, and its dependence on the particle energy are investigated. The dimensions of scattering inhomogeneities were estimated, and the magnetic field intensity in them was found to be 2 .10-6 gauss approx. The results obtained permit to construct a preliminary scheme of cosmic ray generation in the solar atmosphere, and their propagation in DLC. the interplanetary medium. 79850. KAMINER, N. S. Zony popadanifa solnechnykh chastits (1-10 Bev) na zernlIti. (Akademia nauk SSSR. iIkutskil filial. Trudy 1960. ser. fiz. no. 3, p. 148-54, graphs.) 8 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Precipitation zones of solar particles (1—it) Bev) on the earth. Calculates the values of geomagnetic latitude and of the westward drift of precipitation zone boundaries for different values of the sun's magnetic latitude. Construction of graphs for determination of the time for which a given point on the earth will remain in the zone of precipitation of solar particles is explained. Graphs for Yakutsk, Tikhaya Bay, Cape Stimidt, Murmansk, Climax (USA), and other cosmic ray stations are DLC. given. KAMINER, N. S., see also Nos. 77523, 77524. 79851. KAMINSKI, D. A trot in der Arktik; di poilishe polar-ekspedi(sie oifn Bern-Indzl. Vilno, faring "Der Khaver" 1939. 56 p. table, illus.) 3 refs. In Yiddish. Title tr.: A step in the Arctic; the Polish Arctic Expedition to Bjørnøya. Popular account based on the original reports of Lugeon and C. J. Centkiewicz, of this expedition, part of the Second International Polar Year. The party spent 13 months on Bjørnøya, making meteorological, geomagnetic, etc. observations. Genesis of the Polar Years and of this expedition, its itineraries, life and work on the island, etc. are recounted, in part as in No. 10416, DLC. 50156. KAMINSKI, H., see No. 78236. 79852. KAMIYAMA, H. The spiral distribution of the sporadic E ionization in the polar region. (Japan. Science Council. Report of ionosphere and space research in Japan 1962. v. 16, no. 4, p. 415-19, graphs.) Presents diagrammatically the diurnal variations in critical frequency of sporadic E

505

layer in the ionosphere (foEs) during geomagnetic storms at Eureka, Resolute Bay, Clyde River, Baker Lake, Ft. Churchill, Kiruna, and other stations in a worldwide distribution. fo Es variations on magnetically quiet and disturbed days are given separately for the European and American zones. The local geomagnetic time is given for the maximum activity in Es ionization for storms, moderate geomagnetic disturbances, and for the difference AfoEa (disturbedquiet). Spiral distribution of the difference between the median and observed values of foEs is the post-SC stage of a geomagnetic DLC. storm is shown, KAMMER, C. G., see No. 81204. KAMMERER, J. C., see No. 80951.

Reports work of a 19-man party with two aircraft installing 26 drifting automatic radio-meteorological stations in the area from the Franz Joseph Land waters east to 170° W. including 10 above 80° N. (map). Development of DARMS or Alekseev's automaton by the Arctic Institute, and setting up one in southwest Kara Sea Apr. 28, 1959 are described, as are the oceanographic observations carried out during a brief stay on drift ice. The DARMS consists of four main parts: the red-painted radio-mast with a system of guy-ropes and anchors, radio-transmitter, electric-current supply block with control assembly, and the meteorometer which measures and codes for the radio-transmitter on the values of the four basic weather elements; air temperature, atmosphere pressure, wind velocity and direction, DLC.

KAMSHILOV, M. M., see No. 78836. 79853. KAMYSHNA1 , M. S. Gibrid kety s gorbushel v rekakh Severn. (Rybnoe khozfaYstvo 1963. v, 39, no. 4, p. 24-26, tables. 3 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Hybrid of chum and humpback salmon in northern rivers. Describes crosses between Oncorhynchus kela x 0. gorbuscha as studied in 1961 in the Kola and Umba Rivers. Both species are introductions from the Pacific and similar hybrids were observed on Sakhalin Island. Considerable difference in egg size, and some physiological peculiarities of the hybrids of DLC. Kola Peninsula are noted. 79854. KANAEV, V. F. Novetshie vertikal'nye dvishenifå na dne dal'nevostochnykh morel, (Okeanologifå 1963. v. 3, no. 4, p. 669-73, map.) 25 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The recent vertical movements of the Far Eastern sea floors. Reports recorded echo soundin by the R/V Vitiz' in Bering, Okhotsk and Japan Seas and adjacent areas of the Pacific. Distribution of average depths in shore shoal areas was determined. Vertical movements were calculated upon the deformation in the planation surface. Their velocity and amplitude are briefly characterized. English translation by E. R. Hope pub. by Defence Research Board of Canada, Ottawa 1964, its T407R. DLC. KANAEV, V, F., see also Nos. 83736, 84584. 79855. KANAKI, V. G. Avtomaticheskie (In; drelfufiishchie stanfaii v Arktike. Sovefskie ekspedi£eii 1959 goda, 1962, p. 153-59, map, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: Automatic drift-stations in the Arctic.

506

79856. KANDALAKSHSKII GOSUDARSTVENNYI ZAPOVEDNIK. Murmansk, Murmanskoe knizhnoe izd-vo 1961. 88 p. map, illus. Over 100 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Kandalaksha State Preserve. A. P. Kas'fbnov, editor. Describes the five units, three in the White and two in the Barents Sea which comprise this water-fowl (especially eider) sanctuary. Their landscape, climate, vegetation, shores, and accessibility are outlined. The common and unusual birds, their nests, young, habitats, etc. are described and illus. with good photographs. The five protected areas are described in counter-clockwise order from the tip of the Kandalaksha Bay, viz: Kandalaksha skerries, Velikiy Island, the Kem'-Ludy, Sem', and Aynovskiye DLC. island groups. 79857. KANDALAKSHSKII GOSUDARSTVENNYI ZAPOVEDNIK, nauchnopopullürnyl ocherk. Murmansk, Murmanskoe knizhnoe izd-vo 1961. 88 p. maps, illus. 106 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Kandalaksha State Preserve, popular scientific sketch. This preserve consists of five groups of islands, three in the White Sea, two off the Murman coast of the Barents Sea. It was formed in 1951 by combining the Sem' Ostrovov in Barents Sea, set up as a preserve in 1938, and the Kandalakshskil Preserve (1939). Its main function is the protection, study and recovery of eider stock, the most valuable bird of the Soviet North; the other birds and animals on the islands are also protected however, as well as characteristic natural features. The establishment, present status, and main tasks of the preserve are outlined by V. N.

Karpovich in a preface which is followed by seven papers, viz (titles tr.): The Kandalaksha skerries, by K. N. Blagosklonov, p. 8-23, illus. Some 450 islets called Kandalakshchiye shkhery (67° 00' N. 32°36' E.) occur in Kandalaksha Bay, of which the fifty northernmost near the town of Kandalaksha are part of the preserve. Their climate, the two main islands, Lodeynyy and Ryazhkova, the coasts, vegetation, avifauna (arctic tern, eider, etc.), seals, dolphins, etc. are noted. On the Arctic Circle, by A. I. Flerov, p. 24-32, illus. Describes Velikiy Ostrov in Kandalaksha Bay, the largest island in the preserve 22 km. long and up to 6.5 km. wide. It is taiga with several lakes and conditions favorable for abundant birdlife: capercaillie, hazel-grouse, swan, etc., also elk, bear, wolverine, marten, lynx. Their life conditions and seasonal migrations are noted. Kem'-Ludy Islands, by A. I. Flerov, p. 33-37, illus. Describes a group of nine islands, (66°26' N. 33°50' E.) 18 km. southeast of Velikiy, off Cape Krasnyy in Karelia, which are included in the preserve. They are covered with birch and pine, but the scarcity of fresh water limits fauna, which is birds: arctic tern, snipe, ducks, eider, common scoter, etc. The white hare is almost the only mammal present. Sem' Ostrovov Islands, by T. V. Koshkina, p. 38-53, illus. Describes these seven islands off the Murman Coast (68°47' N. 37°27' E.), their precipitous coasts, tundra vegetation, countless bird colonies; Kuvshin Island has an auk colony of 15,000 pairs, the most valuable bird is the eider which remains throughout the winter; fish are abundant, otter occurs, but few others. Aynovskiye Islands an arctic oasis, by N. N. Skokova, p. 54-68, illus. Describes the two westernmost Soviet islands (69°50' N. 31°36' E.) in Varangerfiord, together about 317 hectares in area. They have a relatively mild climate, due to influence of the Gulf Stream, and an unusual geological formation of sedimentary rocks; their stony coasts enclose an exuberant growth of grass, and of their 66 species of birds, 30 or more nest on the ground, among them approx. 15,000 gulls, also arctic tern, eider, etc. Field work, by T. V. Koshkina and N. N. Skokova, p. 69-79, illus. Describes work of the Kandalaksha State Preserve staff: hardship of living under canvas on these uninhabited islands in severe weather, participation of students in the work, activities to protect valuable avifauna from predators, especially foxes; methods of trapping and hunting the foxes and of catching and ringing young and adult birds; also collecting

eider down in the fall; the yield averages 18 gm./nest. Scientific activities of the preserve, by V. N. Karpovich, p. 80-88. Outlines the recording of meteorological, ecological and phenological data, and events relating to vegetation and fauna on all parts of the preserve; the observation of individual species of birds and mammals, especially eider, the study of wintering eider on the Murman coast, some 10-12 thousand did not migrate in 1959. Bird colonies generally, on the Murman are studied; some 180,000 birds have been ringed, lately as many as 20-30 thousand a year. In 1958, the Northern Ornithological Station (of the Academy of Sciences' Zoological Institute) was established in the Kandalaksha Preserve; its functions are broader than those of the preserve, and its bird study extends beyond the White Sea and Murman coasts up to Vaygach Island. Appended is a list of 106 papers, etc. on work at the Kandalaksha and Sem' Ostrovov DLC. Preserves. 79858. KANDROR, I. S. Fiziologicheskie sdvigi v organizme cheloveka v prof ese akklimatizafsii na Kralnem Severe. (In: Litvinov, N. N., ed. Zdorov'e cheloveka .. . 1963, p. 13-27, graph, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: Physiological changes of the human organism during acclimatization in the Far North. Discusses basal metabolism in explorers, and in immigrant settlers in the North, as studied by author. Metabolism, heat production and body temperature during work are considered, as are respiration, blood and blood pressure, capillary resistance, and electric resistance of skin. Some effects of seasonal changes and of the arctic day or DNLM. night are described. 79859. KANDROR, I. S. Funkf ional'noe sostofånie organizma v pro€sesse akklimatizafsü v Arktike. (Problemy Severe 1962, no. 6, p. 34-48, diagrs.) In Russian. 28 refs. Title tr.: Functional condition of the organism in the process of arctic acclimatization. Reports results of studies since 1946 in many towns (not identified) of the Arctic by the Dept. of Polar Medicine of the North Sea Route Administration. Changes in thermoregulation, basal metabolism, gaseous exchange during work, respiration, blood and circulation, central nervous tons, endocrine regulation, phosphorus-calcium turnover and immuno-biology were studied. Comparison is made with conditions among natives and with findings of foreign investigators. A final section notes the physical

507

condition of newborn and babies under three years. A series of recommendations concerning diet, clothing, housing, work, rest, etc. concludes the paper. DLC. 79860. KANE, J. A. Electron densities in the E region deduced from rocket observations. (In: Maehlum, B. ed. Electron density ... 1962, p. 67-79, graphs.) 8 refs. Reports on the 1949-1956 investigation at White Sands, New Mexico and the 19571959 measurements from rockets launched from Ft. Churchill, Canada in the IGY program. Methods of observation are discussed at length. Effects of irregularities in the ionosphere are considered, and an attempt is made at interpreting the effect of the ion sheath which encloses the rocket body and antennas. An electron density profile deduced from a propagation experiment performed in an aurora is given. DLC. 79861. KANE, J. A., and others. RF impedance probe measurements of ionospheric electron densities. (U.S. National Bureau of Standards. Journal of research 1962. v. 661), no. 6, p. 641-48, table, graphs.) 13 refs. Other authors: J. E. Jackson and H. A. Whale. Reports on the values of vertical electron density in the ionosphere over Ft. Churchill on Sept. 14, 1959, as measured simultaneously from an Aerobee-Hi rocket by the Seddon CW propagation technique, and by an RF impedance technique. It was found that the effect of geomagnetic field on the measurement of electron density by the RF method may be disregarded because of its relative smallness. The RF impedance probe is considered sufficient to determine electron densities to an accuracy of the order of 25% when the vehicle potential is measured separately. DLC. KANEDA, E., see No. 81491. 79862. BANG, B. S., and others. Changes in body temperature and basal metabolic rate of the ama. (Journal of applied physiology 1963. v. 18, no. 3, p. 483-88, tables, illus.) 12 refs. Other authors: S. H. Song, C. H. Suh, and S. K. Hong. In Korean diving women, average oral temperatures declined to 35° C. after 70 min. work in the summer and to 33° C. after 15 min. work in the winter. Average body temperatures dropped to 34.6° C. in the summer and to 30° C. in the winter. Their BMR ranged from +5 of the Dubois standard in summer to +35 in winter. The elevated BMR of amas in winter is considered as cold-adaptation induced by repeated immersion in cold water. DLC.

508

KANIVEß, V. I., see No. 79195. 79863. KANNISTO, A. Wogulische Volksdichtung; bearbeitet and herausgegeben von Matti Liimola: Bd. 6, Schicksalslieder, Klagelieder, Kinderreime, Rätsel, Verschiedenes. Helsinki 1963. 335 p. graph, illus. (Suomalais-ugrilainen seura. Toimituksia, v. 134.) Refs. In German. Title tr.: Vogul folklore; rev. and ed. by Matti Liimola: v. 6, Fate songs, laments, nursery rhymes, riddles, miscellany. In sequence to No. 65560. Posthumous publication of materials collected by Kannisto in 1901-1906: 80 texts in Vogul and German. Extensive linguistic and topical commentaries with data on informants and graphed intonation curves are appended. DSI. KANNISTO, A., see also No. 80699. 79864. KANNISTO, T. Artturi Kanniston tutkimusmatkat Siperiassa vuosina 19011906. (Suomalais-ugrilainen seura. Aikakauskirja 1963. v. 64, no. 1, p. 1-161, illus.) In Finnish. Title tr.: Study trip conducted by Artturi Kannisto in Siberia in 1901-1906. Selections from his journals and correspondence pub. posthumously by his daughter. Included are linguistic and ethnographic data gathered by Kannisto during his sixyear sojourn among the Ostyaks and Voguls of the Loz'va, Sos'va, Pelym, upper Tavda, and Konda River regions. DLC. 79865. KANTER, G. S. Bicarbonate excretion during hypothermia. (Canadian journal of biochemistry and physiology 1963. v. 41, no. 1, p. 91-96, tables.) 18 refs. Study of five infused (6% creatinine in saline) and five not-infused dogs, made hypothermic to 26-27° C. Rectal temperature, heart rate, hematocrit, urine flow, arterial and urine pH, etc. were recorded in both groups and compared with normothermic conditions. The relatively small increase in bicarbonate excretion in the experimental group (significant only at 27° C. in the infused group) indicates an effective reabsorption of bicarbonate by the hypothermic kidney. DSI. 79866. KANTER, G. S. Regulation of extracellular potassium in hypothermia. (American journal of physiology 1963. v. 205, no. 6, p. 1285-89, tables, illus.) 25 refs. Cooling of dogs produced a drop in plasma potassium in spite of a fall in arterial pH. Bilateral nephrectomy, or ligation of urethers did not produce an expected change. Hence it is concluded that in the absence of

renal function, intracellular metabolism controls the extracellular K. DLC. 79867. KANTER, G. S. Renal clearance of sodium and potassium in hypothermia. (Canadian journal of biochemistry and physiology 1962. v. 40, no. 1, p. 113-22, tables, illus.) 37 refs. Study of the process during progressive cooling of dogs down to approx. 25° C. Sodium and potassium of plasma and urine, glomerular filtration rate, and tubular reabsorption of water, sodium and potassium are included. The dissimilar effect of hypothermia on particular renal regulations is noted. DSI. 79868. KANTER, G. S. Renal regulation of bicarbonate loads during hypothermia. (American journal of physiology 1963. v. 204, no. 5, p. 953-56, table.) 21 refs. Study of hypothermic dogs given intravenously, at a rate of 4.0 ml./min. 2.6% NaHCO3 plus 0.75% creatinine plus 0.1% PAH. A progressive increase in the clearance ratio for bicarbonate, from a normothermic value of .15 to .34 at hypothermia of 27° C. was noted. Hence it is concluded that cold has a depressing effect on tabular transport of bicarbonate. DLC. 79869. KANTER, G. S. Urine titrable acidity and ammonia excretion during hypothermia. (Canadian journal of biochemistry and physiology 1963. v. 41, no. 5, p. 1201-1206, table, graph. ) 20 refs. In dogs cooled to 27° C. urinary pH remained at control levels of approx. 6, 8. Total acid excretion fell from 0.011 meq/min. to 0.005 meq/min.; ammonia excretion, after a mild increase, dropped to 0.006 meq/min. Results suggest a temperature dependence of the renal acidification mechanism. DSI. 79870. KANTOROVICH, R. A. Materialy po ekologii "dikovaniI " zhivotnykh v Zapolfår'e. (Moskovskoe ob-vo ispytatelel prirody. Otd. biol. Bfillleten' 1963. n. ser. v. 68, no. 4, p. 3-12, tables.) 10 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Materials to the ecology of "rabies" in animals of the Arctic. Reports studies made in northeastern Neneis national district, north of 69° N. Fifty-seven strains were isolated from wild animals and proved to be pathogenic to laboratory animals. Negri bodies were for the first time found in the nerve cells of diseased material. A leading role as carriers of the pathogen (virus) is attributed to arctic foxes, with outbreaks of epidemics frequent in years of their abundance. DLC.

79871. KANTOROVICH, V. tA. Sezonniki. (Oktfåbr' 1963. v. 40, no. 6, p. 162-77.) In Russian. Title tr.: Seasonal workers. Criticizes the use of young Russian factory workers and students in the fishing industry of the Far East including Kamchatka. Their irresponsibility causes breakdown of discipline, and morale among regular workers; their short-term employment does not justify the cost of training them. DLC. 79872. KAPITONOV, V. I. Novye dannye po biologii lemmingovidnol polevki Alticola (Aschizomys) lemminus Miller. (Moskovskoe o-vo ispytatelel prirody. Otd. biol. Biülleten' 1963. v. 68, no. 6, p. 14-26, tables, illus.) 6 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: New data on the biology of the lemming-vole Alticola (Aschizomys) lemminus Miller. Account of field and limited laboratory observations of this denizen of the Kharaulakh Mts. of Yakutia. Summer and winter nests, plants and lichens found in the nests (74 species listed), plant parts eaten, and stomach contents are described. Sex, weight, and sizes, reproduction, growth and maturation, coloration, moult., and parasites DLC. are also reported and discussed. 79873. KAPITONOV, V. I. Ornitologicheskie nabh idenifii v nizov'fåkh Leny. (Ornitologiiå 1962, no. 4, p. 40-63, no. 5, p. 35-48, table, illus.) 13 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Ornithological observations along the lower Lena. Study of non-passerine birds made during 1955-1957, with data on plan of work and route, and physiography. The birds encountered are dealt with as to distribution, habitat, behavior, sexual development, nests, eggs, young, diet, behavior in the fall, vocalization. The second part of the paper treats some 22 species mostly of aquatic and predatory habits. Periods of migration, frequency, nests and nesting, food, habitats, etc. are noted. The passerine birds were dealt with earlier: No. 7.2649. DLC. 79874. KAPLIN, P. A. Fiordovye poberezh'Ih SSSR. (Natsional'ny1 komitet sovetskikh geografov. 19 Mezhdunarodnyl geograficheskil kongress ... 1961, p. 179-83, illus.) 11 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Fjord coasts of the USSR. Reviews the fiords of Chukotka, Koryak Mts. eastern Kamchatka, Kola Peninsula, Novaya Zemlya, Franz Joseph Land and Severnaya Zemlya. Tectonic and erosion fiords are distinguished and analyzed. Effects of glaciers on their formation are discussed. Their age is considered and

509

found mostly Tertiary. Deepening of fiords DLC. is outlined. 79875. KAPLINA, T. N., and N. N. ROMANOVSKII. 0 psevdomorfozakh po poligonal'no-zhil'nomu l'du. (In: Markov, K. K., ed. Periglß ial'nye fiivlenifB, .. . 1960, p. 101-129, illus.) 28 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Pseudometamorphoses in poly-

gon-veined ice. Processes and conditions of pseudomorph formation are analyzed and examples shown from the Yana-Indigirka lowland, Severnaya Dvina, and other arctic regions. Melting of polygonally veined ice may occur not only in zones of permafrost degradation, but also in stable-permafrost regions as result of

increased depths of seasonal thawing. Also under conditions of combined action of thermokarst and erosion, pseudomorpbs DLC. may develop. 79876. KAPLIIK, L. F. Pochvy Noril'skol doliny. (In: Sibirskafå konferenisifa pochvovedov 1961. Trudy pub. 1962, p. 81-94, tables, illus.) 10 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Soils of Noril'skaya valley. Reports a 1958 study of soils along the

Norilka River on the outskirts of Noril'sk for agricultural purposes. The nature of the northern forest tundra is described. Seven types of soil are distinguished of which cryptopodsolic humous, clay-loamy, and peaty-humous soils prevail. Their composition and horizons, chemical analyses, humus formation, structure, and other features arc described and compared. Profiles DLC. are illus.

features are outlined. Kovdor wadeite has formula K2ZrSia09. Mode of formation is reported. DLC. 79879. KARAGIN, A. Progressivnye prig £sipy planirovki gorodov Federat ii. (Na

strolkakh Rossii 1981, no. 11, p. 35-36, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: Progressive planning principles for cities of the Federation. Refers to Arkhangel'sk and Magadan among 61 cities of the RSFSR for which general development plans were worked out and approved in 1961 by the Leningrad Institute for City Planning (Lengiprogor). DLC. KARAKHANOVA, M. L., see No. 84187. 79880.

KARA-MURZA, E. N. Palino-

logicheskie kompleksy mezozofs isentral'nykh i vostochnykh ralonov Arktiki. (In: Mezhvedomstvennoe soveshchanie

Trudy 1959, p. 262-67.) In Russian. Title tr.: Palynological complexes of the Mesozoic in central and eastern regions of the Arctic. Reports on spore-pollen complexes from the Anabar-Khatanga interfluve, LenaOlenek region, eastern Taymyr and other areas. Lower, Middle, and Upper Tertiary, Lower, Middle, and Upper Jurassic, and Lower and Middle Cretaceous are represented. The differences between the Mesozoic palynologic complexes of the Soviet Arctic and those of other regions are explained by the different geologic history. ICRL.

KAPPEY, F., see No. 82717. 79877. KAPUNOV, A. Obshchezhitie, dom rodnol. (Komsomol'skafa. zhizn' 1963, no. 5, p. 29-30.) In Russian. Title tr.: The dormitory is our home. Sketches the young railroad workers' life and recreational activities at Kern' in

79881. KARASIK, A. M., and others. Faktory maloT vysoty pri aerogrammamagnitno!

KAPUSTIN, I. N., see Nos. 78141, 83063.

s"emke. (Leningrad. N.-issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Trudy 1962. v. 132, Geofizicheskie metody razvedki v Arktike, no. 4, p. 172-79, graphs, diagrs.) In Russian. Other authors: S. M. Krfükov, D. V. Levin, and V. G. Shchelovanov. Title tr.: Low altitude factors in airborne aerogamma-magnetic survey.

79878. KAPUSTIN, fÜ. L. 0 novoT nakhodke vadeita v SoiSize. (Akademi& nauk SSSR. Doklady 1963. v. 151, no. 6,

Analyzes the factors which affect the results of combined radiometric and magnetic surveys in low altitude flights, streamlining the surface relief at a deviation allow-

Karelia.

DLC.

p. 1410-12, tables.) 4 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: New find of wadeite in the USSR. Reports finds of this mineral in carbonatites of the Kovdor massif and in a pegmatite vein of Yukspor mountain, both in Kola Peninsula, Occurrence, physical and optical properties, composition and other

510

ance of 20-30 m. vertical. Difficulties in linking the traverses are due mainly to deviation from the assigned intervals between the traverses, to streamlining of the flight, and to the "low altitude factors" which in flights of 25-50 m. over the surface contour may result in omission of small local magnetic anomalies. DLC.

79882. KARASIK, A. M., and V. E. VOLK. Nekotorye osobennosti kolichestvennol interpretaisii vysokotochnol aeromagnitnoT s"emki. (Leningrad. N. -issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Trudy 1962. v. 132, Geofizicheskie metody razvedki v Arktike, no. 4, p. 18086, graphs.) 5 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Certain peculiarities of the quantitative interpretation of high-frequency airborne survey. Points out the necessity of considering the deviation and zero-point slip of the aeromagnetometer, and the variations and normal gradient of the geomagnetic field, when wide, flat slopes of magnetic anomalies in the Arctic and Antarctic are flown. Assuming the total effect of these factors to have a linear character, the author analyzes the values on the calculated elements of the recorded anomalistic bodies. The methods of tangents, and of the first and higher derivatives are used in the analysis, showing that errors of 14 km. and more in determination of the depth of the anomaly may result, if the corrections suggested are DLC. neglected. 79883. KARASIK, A. M., and M. Kli. RUBINCHIK. Ob odnol osobennosti poporavki za variaf ifü pri aeromagnitnoT s"emke. (Leningrad. Inst. geologii Arktiki. InformaiäionnyT sbornik 1962, no. 3, p. 81-83, graph.) 2 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: About a particular feature of corrections for variation in an airborne magnetic survey. Points out that corrections for variation of survey records obtained with AT aeromagnetometer in relation to the zero point established during control flights remain reliable insofar as the relative value of the magnetic field is sought with this instrument. In surveys with nuclear-resonance T-aeromagnetometers, all magnetic variations must be excluded, and the absolute zero level determined from the average value of quiet variations for the season, and all traverses are reduced to the middle of the season. DLC. 79884. KARASIK, A. M. Rabochafå zona dal'nomernol UKV sistemy pri razlichnykh tochnostfitkh radiogeodezicheskikh opredeleni!. (Leningrad. N. -issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Trudy 1962. v. 132, Geofizicheskie metody razvedki v Arktike, no. 4, p. 166-71, tables, graphs.) 3 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Operating zone of the ultra short-wave telemetering system for different degrees of precision of radiogeodetic determinations. Analyzes the optimal relationship between the ultra short wave radio telemeter range and the base length of the system for a wide

diapason of the angle of vision of the base. Operation area of the telemeter effective range is determined with the aid of formulas derived by the author earlier (cf. supra or infra). The telemeter is used in low-altitude aeromagnetic surveys. DLC. 79885. KARASIK, A. M. Sposob osrednennogo kontrol'nogo marshruta pri ae romagnitnoT s"emke. (Leningrad. Inst. geologii Arktiki. Informa£sionny! sbornik 1962, no. 31, p. 77-81.) Ref. In Russian. Title tr.: Method of the averaged control traverse in airborne magnetic survey. Discusses the method for establishing the zero level to which the traverses flown by aircraft in magnetic survey are to be referred, and the drift of the zero point of the magnetometer checked. A mathematical procedure for averaging the control traverse from several flights is presented and explained. The method was tested in reconnaissance magnetic surveys and proven effective. DLC. KARATAEV, G. I., see No. 78742. 79886. KARAVAEV, M. N. Opyt drobnogo geobotanicheskogo ralonirovanifa vostochnol chasti '1;Sentral'no-l1.kutskol ravniny; soobshchenie 1. (Moskva. Univ. Vestnik, ser. biologii, pochvovedenifå, geologii, geografli 1957, no. 2, p. 3916, map.) 21 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Attempt at a detailed geobotanical division of the eastern part of the Central Yakutia plain; report no. 1. Analyzes the vegetation cover throughout the area 59°-64° N. 124°-136° E., with a brief account of the relief, climate, permafrost and soils. The prevailing patterns in vegetation distribution are summarized. The main forms are: larch, mountain cranberry (Vaccinium vitis-Idaea)-grassy, or grassy forest. The forest types are distributed according to vertical zonality. Meadow and steppe landscapes also are described. Fourteen vegetation regions are distinguished, DLC. characterized and mapped. 79887. KARDOPOL'ßEVA, O. I., and others. Novye dannye o "vodorazdel'nykh galechnikakh" mezhdurech'fa Markhi i Tfünga. (Leningrad. Vses. geologicheski! inst. Trudy 1961, no. 66, p. 117-33, tables, map, illus.) 7 refs. In Russian. Other authors: V. A. Moreva, M. I. Plotnikova, O. G. Saltykov and V. N. Umaneis. Title tr.: New data on the "watershed shingles" of the Markha-Tyung interfluve. Reports a four-year study of these deposits to determine their origin and age. Lithologie,

511

geomorphic and palynologic studies were made and five types distinguished ranging from Upper Cretaceous-Paleogene to Lower Quaternary age. Each type is analyzed in turn by describing sections, grain size, petrographic and mineralogic composition, spore and pollen characteristics, and other feaDLC. tures. KARDOPOL'ßEVA, O. I., see also Nos. 82124, 82125. 79888. KARIMOVA, G. U. Nekotorye rezul'taty nablfildenil za soderzhaniem ozona v Arktike. (USSR. Glavnoe upravlenie gidrometeorologicheskol sluzhby. Materialy konferenf i1 po itogam MGG (1960) i meteorologicheskogo izuchenifa Antarktidy (1959) pub. 1961, p. 173-78, graphs.) 4 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Some observation results on ozone content in the Arctic. Reports 1958 and 1959 work on Dikson and Kheysa Islands and North Pole-6 and -8 drifting stations. Total amount of ozone was measured by the optical method and by different instruments at each station; the results are graphed and interpreted. The variation in total amount diminishes from spring to autumn, but by a different percentage at each station. There is marked variability from day to day and from year to year. Vertical distribution also is noted, and correlation of ozone with other meDLC. teorological elements is reviewed. 79889. KARIMOVA, G. U. Stratifikafsifii atmosfery v dni so sloistol oblachnost',ü nizhnego farusa. (Leningrad. Arkticheskil i antarkticheskil n: issl. inst. Trudy 1962. v. 239, p. 75-84, tables.) 10 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Atmosphere stratification during the days of stratified cloudiness of the lower layer. Discusses selected radiosounding data on the stratus and stratocumulus clouds in the regions of Dikson Island, Chetyrekhstolbovoy Island, and drifting station North Pole-6 in the Arctic Basin, also the summerfall data recorded in the Arctic by the socalled flying observatory during 1948-1959. The lower boundary of stratus clouds was at 200 m. altitude in 65% of the cases analyzed, the upper boundary 401-500 m. and 9011,000 m. in 17% and 19% respectively. The lower boundary of stratocumulus clouds has no definite maximum frequency of recurrence, but on the average, 78% was in the 201-1,000 m. interval. A 44% recurrence frequency of stratocumulus was recorded at DLC. 1,300-1,500 m. altitude. 79890. KARKALIfSKII, I. M. K voprosu

512

o vitaminnoT obespechennosti lifide! v Arktike. (Problemy Severn 1962, no. 6, p. 13440, tables.) In Russian. Title tr.: The problem of vitamin requirements in arctic residents. Comprehensive study of some 1500 men aged 19-22 and residing over a year in the Arctic. Vitamins B,B2B6, C and D excretion prior to and following food vitaminization, as well as basic phosphatase of the blood in those conditions, and following UV irradiation were studied. Physical condition, and complaints (of 100 subjects) concerning shortness of breath, colds, insomnia, etc. are DLC. also noted. 79891. KARKALY SKIT, I. M. 0 profilaktike chastichnogo D-gipovitaminoza na Severe v period polfårno1 nochi. (Voennomedi£sinskil zhurnal 1962, no. 2, p. 52-53). In Russian. Title tr.: Prophylaxis of partial hypovitaminosis-D in the North during the polar night. Notes the effects of arctic climate, paucity of sunshine, and those of full clothing (except the face) upon this deficiency; and reports an examination of 500 young subjects residing 1-3 years in the area. Ilypovitaminosis-D was found to increase with the duration of a sojourn in the North. Prophylactic experiments are also discussed. DNLM. 79892. KARLBERG, P., and others. The thermogenic response of the newborn infant to noradrenaline. (Acta paediatrica 1962. v. 51, p. 284-92, tables, illus.) 19 refs. Other authors: R. E. Moore and T. K. Oliver. Nine infants, aged 2-8 days given intravenously NAd responded with an increase of respiratory metabolism. In four, this was accompanied by increased physical activity. The possible role of NAd in thermoregulaDNLM. tion is discussed. KARLBERG, P., see also No. 81814. 79893. KARLEMO, B. Calculation of terrain corrections in gravity studies using the electronic computer. (Geoexploration 1963. no. 1, p. 56-66, maps, diagrs.) Describes program devised at the Geological Survey of Sweden for these corrections with the FACIT EDB computer. Elevation data were used from two quadratic nets, one denser for the nearby terrain, the other wider to correct for more distant features. The data entering the formula are picked out along eight symmetrically radial directions. The calculations are made separately, using the same program in principle for each net. Results are demonstrated from calculations

of two test areas Sahavaara north of Pajala (67°12' N. 23°20' E.), and Gruvberget near Svappavaara (67°41' N. 21°05' E.). Terrain corrections based on Baranov's graphical methods are given for comparison. DOS. 79894. KARPACHI':VSKII, L. 0., and N. A. VZNUZDAEV. K kharakteristike lesnykh vulkanicheskikh pochv 'f entral'noT chasti doliny r. Kamchatki. (In: Sibirskafå konferenaia pochvovedov 1961. Trudy pub. 1962, p. 239-54, tables.) 19 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Characteristics of volcanic forest soils in the central part of Kamchatka River valley. Reports a 1959-1960 study of the interrelation between vegetation and soils based on samples from the larch, birch, and aspen forest of the Kozyrevsk region. The geographic position, climate, geology, geomorphology, and vegetation generally are reviewed. The moisture and temperature regime, and the reaction, mechanical composition, physical and chemical properties, specific weight, moisture capacity, etc. of the soils reported. According to the soilforming conditions, morphologic and chemical properties, and mineral composition, the soddy-forest type prevails in the soils (volcanic) of the area. A systematic classificrtion of them is offered. Soils of mountains and valleys are distinguished. DLC. KARPACHEVSKII, L. 0., see also No. 84708. 79895. KARPEVICH, A. F., and E. N. BOKOVA. Peresadka ryb i vodnykh bespozvonochnykh, provedennaa v SSSR za 1960-1961 g. (Voprosy ikhtiologii 1963. v. 3, no. 2 (27), p. 366-95, tables.) In Russian. Title tr.: Transplantation of fish and aquatic invertebrates carried out in the USSR during 1960-61. Comprehensive report, mostly in tabular form, covering 45 kinds of fish and 42 invertebrates. Fishes include 16 species of salmonids, which occupy the first place in arctic-subarctic acclimatization activities. Kind of fish, numbers transplanted, origin, and area of introduction, state of transplants (eggs, young, etc.), and dates are specified. DLC. 79896. KARPOV, R. V. 0 vpolne podvizhnom povedenii glinozema i inertnosti Si02 pri metasomaticheskom obrazovanii plagioklazov v pegmatitakh osnovnogo sostava Monche-Tundry. (Akademia nauk SSSR. Doklady 1963. v. 148, no. 3, p. 686-87, illus.) 5 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The completely mobile behavior of alumina and the

inertia of SiC, in the metasomatic formation . of plagioclase in Monche Tundra pegmatites of basic composition. In the zone where the Nittis sulfide veins adjoin coarse-grained pegmatoidic formations, metasomatic formation of plagioclase is observed, and its petrographic formation conditions are briefly described. Mobile components of Na20, CaO, and Al:0,, and inert behavior of Si%% are the formative factors. DLC. 79897. KARPOV, R. V. Zonal'nye radonosnye gabbro-pegmatity Monche-Tundry. (Izvestifil. vysshikh uchebnykh zavedenil. Geologic i razvedka 1962, no. 12, p. 63-72, tables, illus.) 17 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Zonal ore-bearing gabbro-pegmatites of the Monche Tundra. Outlines the mineralogy and petrography of these pegmatites. A horizontal section is analyzed and the mineral associations periphery-to-center are characterized. The zonality is established and described as metasomatic in character. Chemical analyses are presented of monoclinic pyroxene found in the pegmatites. Their genesis is considered. DLC. KARPOV, V. M., see Nos. 78134, 78135. 79898. KARPOVA, L. A. Osnovnye cherty klimata Beringova mora. (Moskva. Vses. n.-issl. inst. morskogo rybnogo khoz. i okeanografii. Trudy 1963. v. 48, p. 97-110, maps.) 6 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Main features of the Bering Sea climate. Survey based on Russian and some American sources, recent weather maps and reports, ship and shore observations, etc. The material is presented season by season. The following elements are included: barometric pressure, winds and storms, air temperature, visibility and fog, cloudiness and precipitation. Cyclonic activity over the sea is also DLC. considered. KARPOVICH, V. N., see No. 79857. 79899. KARPUKHIN, I. P. Materialy po biologii i khozalstvennomu ispol'zovanifii (Irkutsk. Sel'skobelki v PribaTkal'e. khoza!stvennyT inst. Izvestilii 1960. v. 18, p. 111-41.) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Materials on the biology and economic exploitation of squirrels in the Cis-Baykal region. The last of the three sections, p. 131-41, is on the age-class composition of this population, and includes comparative data for the Nizhnyaya Tunguska, Upper Vychegda, and Tokko (now part of Olekma) Districts, 513

all areas of intensive hunting in Krasnoyarskiy Kray, Komi and Yakut ASSR. Percentage of adult and young, and number of young in annual litters per adult pair are given. Percentage of young animals is higher in areas with intensive hunting, where the life span of game is shorter, hence the over-age animals are relatively less, and the DLC. fecund relatively more numerous. 79900. KARPUKHIN, L. Samye bystrye gruzy. (Grazhdanskafd aviaisifa 1963, no. 3, p. 20-22, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: The fastest freight. Sketches development of air freight service in the USSR since its beginning about 1923; some 500,000 tons were so shipped in 1961, and three million tons a year are the aim for 1965. Besides "rush" goods, considerable perishable products are shipped by air: fruit and vegetables, some livestock, bees, medical supplies, etc. and frozen fish to markets in the South. Main routes are noted. Air parcel-post is also discussed, some basic DLC. rates given. 79901. KARSTENS, A. I. Effect of weather factors on aircraft maintenance crews in arctic areas. Fort Wainwright, Alaska 1963. 10 p. (U.S. Arctic Aeromedical Lab. TDR63-18.) 5 refs. Text of article written ten years earlier. Maintenance effectiveness was found to drop insignificantly when temperature was above 0° F. with no wind. Below 0° F., performance falls off until it may reach zero in poorly motivated groups. A 10 mph wind and temperature —15° F. makes maintenance ineffective. Winds over 30 mph interfere with visibility due to blowing snow. Motivation and experience widen the limits of perCaMAI. formance. 79902. KARTASHEV, N. N. Kolichestvennafa kharakteristika avifauny Solove£skikh ostrovov. (Ornitologifi. 1963. no. 6, p. 2336, tables.) 9 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Quantitative characteristic of the bird fauna of the Solovetskiye Islands. Discusses location, relief, vegetation and coasts of these islands of the White Sea; the frequency of birds observed at sea, and birds observed on the shores, meadows, marshes, lakes, and forests in June-July 1961 are reported, altogether 112 species. General nature of the avifauna, including coastal zone is characterized. Frequency of appearance in all zones and over the whole area is tabulated in absolute numbers and in perDLC. centages. 79903. KARTASHOV, I. P.

514

Edina1

geneticheskafå klassØaf ifa rel'efa, rykhlykh otlozhenil i rossypel. (Akademifa nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Severo-Vostochny! kompleksnyl n. -issl. inst. Trudy 1963. no. 3, p. 63-82, tables.) Approx. 40 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: A single genetic classification of relief, unconsolidated deposits and placers. Discusses the search for placers in northeastern areas of the USSR. For the endogenic formations, connections are determined between genetic types of relief and loose deposits only. For exogenic processes, the classification determines connections between development stages of relief, facies of deposits, and varieties of placers. DLC. 79904. KARTASHOV, I. P., and Z. V. ORLOVA. Geologicheskoe stroenie rechnykh polm Zapadnol Chukotki. (Akademie. nauk SSSR. Doklady 1963. v. 153, no. 6, p. 1400-1403, illus.) 16 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Geologic structure of the fluvial plains of western Chukotka. Reports spore-pollen diagrams of alluvial deposits of Sredniy Ichuveyem, a river flowing into Chauna Bay. Fluvial plains of western Chukotka are found to be not all the same age. In the Sredniy Ichuveyem alluvium, several horizons are established and their stratigraphic position is interpreted. Influence of climatic changes in relief formation of rivers is discussed. DLC. KARTASHOV, I. P., see also No. 84094. KARTASHOVA, G. G., see No. 84024. 79905. KARTINA, A. I. Suffiksial'noe slovoobrazovanie imen v sovremennom mansilskom fazyke. (Yoshkar-Ola. Mari% ski! n. -issl. inst. iäzyka, literatury i istorii. Trudy 1959, Ø. 1960. no. 13, p. 79-99.) Approx. 20 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Suffixal noun-building in modern Vogul. Describes the use of old and newly developed (so-called secondary) formants to build compound nouns and adjectives. DLC. 79906. KARTUSHIN, V. M. Fiziko-geograficheski! ocherk ostrove. Benneta. (Sibirski! geograficheskil sbornik 1963, no. 2, p. 69-99, tables, profiles, maps.) 11 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Physical-geographic outline of Bennet Island. Reports field studies in 1956 by a group of scientists on this island in the De Long group in the East Siberian Sea. Its geographic position, size, geologic structure, tectonics, and relief forms are described. Climate and glaciation are discussed and some data given on air temperature, solar

radiation, precipitation etc. Its present glaciation is described, noting glacier domes, alimentation and ablation, and other features. Vegetation and fauna are outlined. Natural complexes such as glaciers and nave basins, basalt glaciers, etc. are also treated. DLC.

Reports own observations of three birds on Kola Peninsula, and other sources, which indicate that during the 24 hr. daylight period, activity is 3-4 hr. longer in arctic than in temperate zone conditions. With decreasing length of day, activity decreases too. DLC.

79907. KARTUSHIN, V. M. 0 rastitel'nosti o. Benneta. (Leningrad. Arkticheskil i antarkticheskil n.-i. inst. Trudy 1963. v. 224, p. 177-79.) In Russian. Title tr.: The vegetation of Bennet Island. Lists 20 species of vascular plants, mostly in the grass, mustard and saxifrage families. Distribution, soils and vegetation conditions of some are briefly noted. DLC.

79911. KASATKINA, N. V. Pis'mo iz Zapolf .r'få. (Dekorativnoe iskusstvo 1983, no. 8, p. 38-40, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: Letter from the Arctic. Describes a visit to Tura, administrative center of the Evenki National District, with side trips to Yessey and a reindeer herders' camp on the Sikocban River. Author, an artist from Krasnoyarsk, exhibited North Siberian aboriginal art objects, also her own handiwork (wearing apparel, furnishings, ornament patterns) based on aboriginal art motifs, and it was favorably received by the local Tungus. Craft skills now used only by oldsters, seem likely to disappear soon. DLC.

79908. KARTUSHIN, V. M. Oledenenie o. Benneta. (Leningrad. Arkticheskil i antarkticheskil n. i. inst. Trudy 1963. v. 224, p. 166-76, tables, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: The glaciation of Bennet Island. Reports climatic and glaciological observations of May 20 — Oct. 22, 1956 on this northwest island of the De Long group. Air temperature, humidity, precipitation and prevailing wind are briefly characterized. At present the island has three glacial domes and some relict and winnowed glaciers. The domes, 55.5 km.2 Tollya, 11.6 km.2 De Longa, and 4.04 km.3 Malyy are described in considerable detail. The alimentation and ablation are discussed from snow measurements of June 23-24 and Sept. 10. P. A. Shumskil's opinion that Bennet Island glaciers are in progressive retreat is questioned: more extensive studies are needed. DLC. 79909. KARTUSHIN, V. M., and A. P. Voprosy geobotanicheskol SHVEDOV. kartografii na soveshchanii v Novosibirske. (Sibirskil geograficheskil sbornik 1962, no. 1, p. 225-30.) In Russian. Title tr.: Problems of geobotanical cartography at the conference in Novosibirsk. Reviews the conference of Nov. 14-18, 1960 under the Siberian Branch of the Academy of Sciences; 159 from 35 places were present. Some fifty papers were delivered on methods, scope, scale and types of geobotanical maps, of which 280 were on exhibit. DLC. 79910. KASATKIN, V. I. 0 sutochnol aktivnosti pas v gnezdovol period v usloviiåkh Zapolfar'fa. (Zoologicheskil zhurnal 1963. v. 42, no. 2, p. 303-306, table, illus.) Ref. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Diurnal activity of birds during the nesting period under arctic conditions.

79912. KASHIN, K. I., and T. S. PAGAVA. Significant monthly anomalies of air temperatures over the European territory of the USSR. Jerusalem, Israel Program for Scientific Translations 1962. 116 p. tables, maps. Refs. Translation by S. Kots DLC. of No. 59098. 79913. KASHIR'1 EV, A. S. Biostratigrafifa otlozhenil permskol sistemy SeveroVostoka SSSR. (In: Mezhvedomstvennoe soveshchanie ... Trudy 1959, p. 107-109, table.) In Russian. Title tr.: Biostratigraphy of the Permian system in northeastern USSR. Suggests division of Permian into five stages as in the Russian platform and Ural is not suited to the Northeast, where brachiopod and other fauna show two complexes for Lower and two for Upper Permian. Kharaulakh, Verkhoyansk, Kolyma and Omolon stages are proposed and briefly ICRL. characterized. 79914. KASHTANOV, V. A., and A. V. GOL'BERT. 0 geologicheskom stroenii mineralogii i perspektivnol of enke mezozolskikh i kalnozolskikh otlozhenil Eniselskol vpadiny. (Geologifä i geofizika 1963. no. 4, p. 88-99, map, illus.) 12 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Geologic structure, mineralogy and appraisal of the prospects of the Mesozoic and Cenozoic deposits of the Yenisey depression. Reports a study in the Turukhan, Yeloguy, Vakh and Taz River basins. Mineralogic composition of Jurassic and Cretaceous

515

deposits is analyzed. Three main mineral associations are distinguished as femic and ore mineral, salic, metamorphogenetic; the prevailing minerals of each are noted; their sources are considered. Middle and Upper Jurassic deposits are found prospective for iron ore, placers, and other useful minerals. DLC. KAS'fANOV, A. P., see No. 79856. 79915. KAS'fANOV, N. Morakie kotiki. (Ogon6k, Apr. 1961. v. 39, no. 14, p. 32, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: Fur seals. Describes briefly the breeding grounds on the Commander Islands, especially Orlov Kamen' on Mednyy; and those on Tyuleniy DLC. Island in the Sea of Okhotsk.

Himmel; Teil 2, Messungen von meteorologisch-optischen Grössen im Zusammenhang mit der Sichtweite, insbesondere im Polargebiet. (Beiträge zur Physik der atmosphäre 1961-1962. v. 34, no. 3/4, p. 234-57; v. 35, no. 1/2, p. 18-42, graphs, tables.) 40 refs. In German. Title tr.: Visual range and albedo, especially in the polar regions part 1, theory of the horizontal visual range of non-luminescent objects under an overcast sky; part 2, measurements of meteorological-optical elements in connection with the visual range, especially in the polar regions. Includes in pt. 2 measurements of ground albedo, distribution of luminance in the sky and on snow surface, extinction coefficient of the air, and contrasts of artificial visibility markers, at the border (near Camp Tute) and on the Greenland Inland Ice (near Site II). Results support the theory, e.g. in a whiteout, the horizon can be "seen" in the near-infrared spectral range though not in the visible one. Pt. 1 has no specifically arctic data. DLC.

79916. KASPAROVA, E. A., and D. S. RYVIN. Rezul'taty aeromagnitnykh issledovanil v zapadnol i severnol chastfakh Sibirskol platformy i Prieniselskol chasti Zapadno-Sibirskol nizmennosti. (Nauchnotekhnicheskatä geofizicheskafä konferenfsifä, Moskva 1954. Sostofanie i perspektivy razvitifä geofizicheskikh metodov poiskov i razvedki poleznykh iskopaemykh. Materialy konferenl ii Ø. 1961, p. 523-26.) In Russian. Title tr.: Results of aeromagnetic investigations in the western and northern parts of the Siberian platform and the Yenisey part of the West Siberian plain. Reports survey at 1:200,000 scale in four large regions of the West Siberian plain, Taymyr trough, Siberian platform and folded frames of Baykal age. Distribution and density of the magnetic anomalies are reviewed. A detailed (1:50,000) aerial survey of the Noril'sk plateau and regions of the Kureyka, Gorbiachin and Severnaya Rivers is reported and the local magnetic anomalies are geologically interpreted for copper-nickel deposit search. Intensive magnetic anomalies reveal differentiated intrusions and anticlinal uplifts. DLC.

79919. KASUYA, I. Statistical study in the occurrence of polar blackouts. (Japan. Radio Research Laboratories. Journal 1960. v. 7, no. 33, p. 451-65, tables, graphs, maps.) 10 refs. Treats data of 1957-1958 from some 30 ionospheric stations in arctic and ten in antarctic regions. Polar radio blackouts are found observable at latitudes higher than 50°, mostly in the auroral belt (60°-70°), and at the polar cap, with the submaximum at 84°. Auroral frequency and amplitude of diurnal variations are pronounced at the equinoxes. This amplitude varies little, and frequency is higher in summer. Auroral frequency peak occurs, on local time, earlier in lower than in higher latitudes. Average duration of auroral display increases with increasing geomagnetic latitude, being longest in summer and shortest in winter. DLC.

79917. KASSEL, B. M. Soviet oceanography. (United States Naval Inst. Proceedings 1963. v. 89, no. 7, p. 58-69, illus.) 2 refs. Reviews the general programs, main scientific institutions, and about a score of research vessels engaged in oceanographic work mostly in arctic waters. The vessels are described in turn as to equipment, and principal activities; several are illus. DLC.

79920. KATAJA, E. Magneettisen kentän häiriöistl. (Lapin tutkimusseura. Vuosikirja 1963. v. 4, p. 30-39, graphs.) In Finnish. English summary. Title tr.: Magnetic disturbances. Reviews disturbances since 1914 from Sodankylä geophysical observatory data. Magnetic activity has been considerably higher in recent decades than at the beginning of the century. Ca.MAI.

79918. KASTEN, F. Sichtweite und Albedo, insbesondere im Polargebiet: Teil 1, Theorie der horizontalen Sichtweite nicht selbstleuchtender Objekte unter bedecktem

79921. KATASONOV, E. M. Kriogennye tekstury, ledfanye i zemlfilnye zhily kak geneticheskie priznaki mnogoletnemerzlykh chetvertichnykh otlozhenil. (In: Akademifä

516

hauk SSSR. Inst. merzlotovedenifå. Voprosy kriologii... 1962, p. 37-44, profiles.) 21 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Cryogenic textures, ice and ground veins as genetic signs of perennially frozen Quaternary deposits. Reviews formation conditions of various cryogenic textures. Syngenetic ice veins in the Yana Iowland, Vilyuy and other regions are described. Ground veins as pseudomorphs of ice veins are characterized and DLC. illus. 79922. KATASONOV, E. M. Merzlotnofafsial'nyl analiz chetvertichnykh otlozhenil nizhnel chasti basselna r. Tumary. (In: Akademi& nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie, Inst. merzlotovedenie.. Uslovi& ... 1963, p. 5-24, map, profiles, illus.) 25 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Frozen facies analysis of Quaternary deposits in the lower Tamara River basin. Reviews the geologic structure and relief of this part of the Aldan basin. In the glacial and periglacial deposits, various cryogenic textures and ice veins are analyzed and this analysis is used for distinguishing facies of these deposits. Flood plain, aqueousmoraine, and small basin facies are established and described. Glacial deposition conditions are discussed. DLC. 79923. KATASONOVA, E. G. Formirovanie tekstury mnogoletnemerzlykh pored v predelakh sezonnomerzlogo slofå. (Akademifå nauk SSSR. Inst. merzlotovedenifii. Trudy 1961. v. 17, p. 25-33, table, map, illus.) 15 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Formation of permafrost fabric within the seasonally frozen layer. Reports study of cryogenic fabrics, formation conditions and genetic varieties of the alluvial, deluvial, and eluvial deposits of the active layer in the Daldyn basin of northwestern Yakutia. Attention is given to the mode of ice inclusions. Cryolithologic varieties or facies of the seasonally frozen layer in the Daldyn region are compared with those of the Tireleekh 600 km. south. A genetic approach to the seasonal layer is used in geocryologic mapping and such a map is compiled for the Daldyn basin. Cryogenic fabrics are formed in the lower part of the seasonally frozen layer, then transferred into the permafrost. DLC. 79924. KATASONOVA, E. G., and A. N. TOLSTOV. Geokriologicheskie osobennosti razvevaemykh peskov (tukulanov) pravoberezh'fä r. Vilfill. (In: Akademi& nauk SSSR. Inst. merzlotovedeni&. Mnogoletnemerzlye gornye ... 1963, p. 166-78, tables,

graph, illus.) 8 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Geocryologic features of the blowing sand on the right bank of the Vilyuy River. Presents preliminary data on the relief, composition, and geocryologic conditions of the Khotugu-Ulakhan blowing-sand area as studied in 1961. In general aspect., it resembles the hummocky semi-deserts of Middle Asia, partly covered by dunes and dwarf Siberian pine. From six drill holes and 12 surface penetrations, sections of the deposits are described and temperature measurements reported. Seasonal thawing ranges 2.8-5.0 m. in depth. Frost cracking and formation of polygonal relief is the most developed cryogenic process. DLC. 79925. KATASONOVA, E. G. Rol' termokarsta v razvitii dellel. (In: Akademifa nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Inst. merzlotovedenifa. Uslovifa ... 1963, p. 91-100, tables, illus.) 13 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The role of thermokarst in development of dells. Reports a permafrost-geologic survey in the Daldyn region of Yakutia. It has smooth, elongated depressions occurring on slopes, little ravines up to 30 m. in length and 2-2.5 m. deep. They are present in areas of sparse forest and gentle declivities covered with thick talus and ice-bearing deposits. Thermokarst processes favor development of these dells. Permafrost and geologic conditions of slopes are discussed in relation to it; three development stages are recognized. DLC. 79926. KATASONOVA, E. G. Sovremennye mnogoletnemerzlye otlozhenifa i ikh bolee drevnie analogi v severo-vostochnol chasti Leno-Vilftllskogo mezhdurech'få. (In: Akademifa nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Inst. merzlotovedenifa. Uslovifa ... 1963, p. 41-60, profiles, illus.) 15 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Present permafrost deposits and their older analogs in the northeastern part of the Lena-Vilyuy interffuve. Reports 1960-1961 permafrost—geologic investigations in the Lungkha-Tyugene basins. The geomorphic features of the region are described noting the floodplain and five terraces above. The cryogenic structure of present Quaternary deposits is outlined, alluvial, thermokarst depression, peat-boggy, eolian, etc. and the old Quaternary deposits treated similarly, though briefly. DLC. 79927. KATENIN, A. E., and V. F. SHAMURIN. Vozobnovlenie nekotorykh drevesnykh i kustarnikovykh porod na gariakh v ralone zaliva Korfa, Korfåkska&

517

zemlfa. (Botanicheskil zhurnal, 1963. v. 48, no. 9, p. 1282-97, tables, illus.) 22 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Renewal of some trees and shrubs on burned areas in the vicinity of Korfa Bay, Koryak Land. Reports study of an approx. 25 km.2 area in Kamchatka burned-over three years earlier. Normal vegetation, general appearance at time of study (1960), and renewal of five common forest trees and shrubs and their plant associations are outlined. Overgrowth was found to proceed slowly with reed Calamagrostis and fireweed ChamaeneDLC. rion predominating.

health condition of the Noril'sk population. Analyzes conditions in Noril'sk as compared with Murmansk and other arctic towns, Minsk and other non-arctic towns. Size and weight at birth, premature and still births, incidence of children's diseases, hospitalization statistics of adults, are in the main considered. Among young children a high percentage of "arctic" diseases (hypovitaminoses, pneumonia) was noted. In new residents a tendency to high blood pressure and cerebral symptoms was found. DLC.

79928. KATO, Y., and T. WATANABE. Studies on p.s.c. (Japan. Science Council. Report of ionosphere research in Japan 1956. v. 10, no. 2, p. 69-80, tables, graphs.) 18 refs. Discusses the sudden commencement-like ionospheric disturbances in polar regions (psc). Analysis is given of psc data recorded at ionospheric stations in the Northern Hemisphere. Theoretical treatment of the data leads to the conclusion that the psc disturbances originate outside the ionosphere, provided the electric conductivity of equatorial and auroral regions is not high, and the earth's surface conductivity is taken into account. The systematic daily variation in the azimuthal angle of the psc perturbing vector can be explained by the shielding effect of a non-uniform ionosphere. DLC.

79931. KATZMAN, J., and D. C. ROSE. Changes in the intensity level of cosmic rays at four stations in Canada. (Canadian journal of physics 1962. v. 40, no. 10, p. 1319-31, tables, graphs.) 10 refs. Reports on the variation of cosmic-ray intensity during the present solar cycle (Jan. 1955—June 1961) at Ottawa, Sulphur Mountain, Ft. Churchill, and Resolute Bay. Intensity measurements show the well known relationship between solar activity and the intensity of the nucleon and meson components of cosmic rays. The measurements indicate a closer inverse correlation to the interplanetary magnetic index Kp than to solar activity. Intensities recorded at Ft. Churchill are slightly different from those at the two southern stations; Resolute Bay records are anomalous, having a second minimum about two years after the solar maximum, when Kp was at its second maximum, the anomaly attributed to a combination of spectral differences and directional effects. DLC.

a.

79929. KA'FS, N. Bolota i bolotnye provin1äii ravnin u merenno! zony severnogo polusharifå. (International Congress of Soil Science 7th, 1960. Delegation from the USSR. Doklady sovetskikh pochvovedov, p. 342-48, maps.) 5 refs. In Russian. Germany summary. Title tr.: Swamp and swamp provinces of the plains of the moderate zone of the Northern Hemisphere. Shows (maps) the distribution of swamp types in the cold and temperate regions of Europe, Asia and North America. Swamps of the plains in tundra, forest-tundra and northern taiga are characterized. Permafrost influence on development of swamp areas and their prevailing vegetation are briefly noted. DLC. KAØ, S. A., see No. 77678. 79930. KA'ESENEL'BAUM, M. S. Materialy k o{enke sostofinifii zdorov'fa naselenifa Noril'ska. (In: Moskva. N: issl. inst. sanitarii i gigieny. Gigienicheskoe .. 1961, p. 112-22, tables.) 6 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Materials for an appraisal of the

518

KAßENEL'BAUM, M. S., see also No. 77110.

79932. KAUKONEN, V. Elias Lönnrot als Förderer der Kenntnis der nahe Verwandten Völker FinnlanØ (Acta ethnographica, Budapest 1962, v. 11, no. 3-4, p. 263-72.) Refs. In German. Title tr.: Elias Lönnrot who advanced knowledge of closely related peoples of Finland. Describes the ethnographic and linguistic studies of this 19th century Finnish scientist and associate of M. A. Castren. His field work among the Lapps and studies of the Inari Lappish dialect are discussed. DSI. 79933. KAVARDIN, G. I. Kersutit iz ul'traosnovnykh porod nekotorykh massivov Kol'skogo poluostrova. (Materialy po mineralogii Kol'skogo poluostrova 1959. no. 1, p. 55-61, tables, illus.) 8 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Kaersutite from ultrabasic rocks of some Kola Peninsula massifs. Reviews distribution and mode of occur-

rente of this mineral in peridotites and pyroxenites in several massifs of the Pechenga ore field. Its optical properties, chemical composition, and X-ray analysis are reported. Its formation conditions are discussed and the mineral considered formed DLC. by late magmatic process. 79934. KAVARDIN, G. I. Khlority iz 'faginskogo titanomagnetitovogo mestorozhdenila. (Materialy po mineralogii Kol'skogo poluostrova 1959. no. 1, p. 49-54, tables, graph, illus.) 3 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Chlorites from Tsaga titanomagnetite deposits. Reports mode of occurrence, composition, and genesis of these Kola Peninsula chlorites, the processes of chloritization evident in ore bodies and enclosing rocks. Optical properties and chemical composition of the chlorites are analyzed. Three varieties are recognized, different in genesis, but similar in composition, each is characterized. DLC. 79935. KAVARDIN, G. I. Struktury raspada tverdogo rastvora v rudnykh mineralakh Däaginskogo massiva. (Materialy po mineralogii Kolskogo poluostrova 1959. no. 1, p. 62-68, tables, illus.) 7 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Texture of solid solution disintegration in ore minerals of the Tsaga massif. Reports microscopic study of polished surfaces in titanomagnetite ore of this region of Kola Peninsula. Exsolution textures in the main minerals, titanomagnetite and ilmenite, are analyzed. In titanomagnetite, exsolution of ilmenite and spinel are observed and characterized; in ilmenite, exsolution of spinel and magnetite. Heat tests established that homogenization of titanoDLC. magnetite occurs at 700-1200° C. KAVARDIN, G. I., see also Nos. 84112, 84113. KAWAMURA, Y., see Nos. 83323, 83325. 79936. KAYSER, C., and A. MALAN. Central nervous system and hibernation. (Experientia 1963. v. 19, no. 9, p. 441-52, tables, illus.) 63 refs. Comprehensive review dealing with the basic differences between hibernation and hypothermia; specific differences in the physiology of hibernators and non-hibernators; biochemistry of cerebral metabolism in hibernators, and peculiarities in the behavior of hibernators due to the persistence of nervous excitability during hypothermia in hibernation. Resistance to hypoxia in both DLC. kinds of animals is also analyzed.

79937. KAYSER, C., and A. PETROVIC. Effet de la greffe intratesticulaire de surrEnale de hamster nouveau-n5, Cricetus cricelus sur l'hibernation du hamster adulte, Cricelus cricetus surrdnaleetomise. (Societe de Biologie, Paris. Comptes rendus 1962. v. 156, no. 3, p. 501-502, illus.) 4 refs. In French. Title tr.: Effects on the hibernation of adult, adrenalectomized hamsters, Cricelus cricetus, produced by intratesticular grafts of adrenals from newborn C. cricetus. Such grafts taken from five-day old animals fully re-established hibernation in adrenalectomized adults. Their mean survival was 196 days against 30 days of controls without implants. DLC. 79938. KAYSER, C. Effet du s6jour d basse temperature associ5 it l'obscuritd sur 1'apparition precoce de 1'hibernation chez le hamster, Cricelus cricetus. (Societe; de Biologie, Paris. Comptes rendus 1962. v. 156, no. 3, p. 498-500, illus.) 4 refs. In French. Title tr.: Effect of sojourn in low temperature and darkness upon the early appearance of hibernation in the hamster Cricetus cricetus. Hamsters placed in cold (5° C.) and darkness towards the end of June showed hypothermia and dormancy during 8% of the time in Aug., 55% in Sept., 72% (maximum) in Oct., and 33, 24, 8% during the following three months. Normally hibernation appears in Oct. DLC. 79939. KAYSER, C. Hibernation versus hypothermia. (Harvard Univ. Museum of Comparative Zoology. Bulletin 1960. v. 124, International Symposium ... Hibernation 1959. Proceedings, p. 9-29, tables, illus.) About 60 refs. Presents a comprehensive, comparative study of physiological hibernation and experimental hypothermia in mammals. Two extremes of the problem are considered: the response to artificial cooling in summer of homeothermic mammals and active hibernators, and the differences, in hibernators, between their active (summer) and hibernating (winter) state. The fundamental differences between these responses are bridged by intermediate conditions found in the effects of climate on some hibernators in the summer, and in some incomplete homeotherms. DLC. KAZAKOVA, M. E., see Nos. 82772, 82782. 79940. KAZAKOVA, N. N., and L. T. MATVEEV. Meted ika i osnovnye rezul'taty rascheta vertikal'nykh dvizhenil vozdukha: po dannym dreffufilshchel stanfiii

519

"SevernyT polfils-7". (Leningrad. Arkticheskil i antarkticheskil n: issl. inst. Trudy 1963. v. 253, p. 161-71, tables, graph.) 9 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Methods and main results of calculating vertical air movements from the North Pole-7 drifting station data. Discusses methods and approaches for determining vertical velocities. A theoretical explanation of the vertical velocity distribution and divergence is outlined. A formula is presented to determine the vertical velocity parameter. Radio soundings from the drifting station to the 18 km. level for July 1958 and Jan. 1959 are analyzed and the velocity parameters determined. In the troposphere the vertical velocities are greater than in the stratosphere. Two or more independent methods should be combined for calculating of vertical velocities. DLC. 79941. KAZAKOVA, O. N. Landshafty i urochishcha Karel'skol ASSR. (Riga. Universitate. Qeografijas zinatnes. Zinatniskie raksti 1961, v. 4, p. 399-406, map.) Ref. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Landscapes and minor natural regions of the Karelian ASSR. Reviews the relief, climate and other components of the landscape, with attention to their zonal nature. Minor natural regions are analyzed and a landscape map is drawn at 1:1 million scale. Six zones and 25 landscapes are distinguished and characterized, DLC. including those of North Karelia. KAZAKOVA, O. N., see also No. 77488. 79942. KAZANSKII, ft. P. Del'tovye faaii v mezozolskikh i paleogenovykh otlozhenitäkh Zapadno-Sibirskol nizmennosti. (Akademifa nauk SSSR. Komissii8 po osadoØym porodam. Del'tovye i melkovodnomorskie otlozheni it 1963, p. 34-38, maps.) 12 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Deltaic facies in Mesozoic and Paleogene deposits in the West Siberian lowland. Reviews the spatial distribution, age, types, and composition of deltaic deposits in this wide region including the Lar'yak and other areas in Tyumen and Krasnoyarsk Provinces. In West Siberia, large deltas developed in coastal areas of marine basins in the regression epochs. DLC. 79943. KAZANf-SEV, A. Ivdel'-Ob'. (Ural'skiT sledopyt 1961, no. 9, p. 40-45, illus.) In Russian. Presents pencil sketches of the Ivdel-Ob railroad construction project when some 130 km. had been completed from the western end. DLC.

520

79944. KAZARINOV, V. P. Etazhi neftegazonosnosti v mezozolskikh osadkakh Sibiri. (In: Akademia nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Problemy ... 1963, p. 46-57, illus.) 16 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Stages of oil- and gas-bearing layers in Mesozoic sediments of Siberia. Discusses the question of oil and gas occurrences in connection with Mesozoic sedimentation in Western and Eastern Siberia. Manifestations are grouped as Triassic — Lower Jurassic, Middle Jurassic, and Upper Jurassic — Valanginian; and each is characterized. Sedimentary series of the West Siberia lowland are of the same age as similar series of the Lena and Vilyuy depressions. Oil and gas stages also are of similar age. DLC. 79946. KEATINGE, W. R. Habituation to hot and cold stimuli. (Federation proceedings 1963. v. 22, no. 3, pt. 1, p. 944-46.) 19 refs. Defines habituation as used in various disciplines and reviews habituation produced by repeated cold or heat stress, the diminished responses (the essence of habituation) and limits of this diminution. The physiological basis of habituation is also reviewed. DLC. KEDROV, V. D., see No. 80735. KEELER, W. W., see No. 83859. 79946. KEHL, T. H., and P. MORRISON. Peripheral nerve function and hibernation in the thirteen-lined ground squirrel, Spermophilus tridecemlinealus. (Harvard Univ. Museum of Comparative Zoology. Bulletin 1960. v. 124, International Symposium... Hibernation 1959. Proceedings, p. 387-403, tables, illus.) 7 refs. Study of conditions in an obligate hibernator, in relation to temperature functions of conduction, excitation, and refractory period. The first two were found to be linear functions of temperature, hence suggestive of a physical reaction while refractory period was represented by a logarithmic function hence probably chemical in nature. Summary of conference discussion is appended. DLC. 79947. KEHOE, A. B. A hypothesis on the origin of northeastern American pottery. (Southwestern journal of anthropology 1962. v. 18, no. 1, p. 20-29.) 31 refs. Suggests a transmission of the Woodland pottery tradition from Europe at the end of the third millennium B.C. Northwest Europeans crossed the Atlantic Ocean in plank-

built ships or skin boats using the Faroe Islands, Iceland, and Greenland as stopovers. The sighting of kayaks of "Finnmen", now identified as Greenland Eskimos, off the coast of Scotland in the 17th century A.D., substantiates the feasibility of transAtlantic voyages in such primitive craft. Similarities between the Boreal Archaic and Woodland cultures of northeast America and the late mesolithic of Fennoscandia are DLC. discussed. 79948. KEIM, C. J. Arctic fossil exploration. (Explorers journal 1962. v. 40, no 2, p. 41-43, illus.) Describes field collecting of vertebrate fossils in northern Alaska by O. W. Geist in 1959 and 1960. He worked along the Ikpikpuk, Kokolik, Kuk, and Meade Rivers. The fossils are similar to those in interior Alaska, and include specimens of three species of muskox. DLC. 79949. KEIM, C. J. Otto Geist. (Explorers journal 1963. v. 41, no. 4, p. 55-56.) Obituary of the pioneer Alaskan archeologist, paleontologist, and naturalist who died in 1963. His early life in Alaska is noted, and his professional activities summarized. DLC. KEIM, C. J., see also No. 81857. 79950. KEITH, C. W. Nursing in the North. (Canada's mental health 1963. v. 11, no. 6, p. 8-11.) Discusses mental health in northern Canada, and role of the nurse. Along with the ordinary health services, she assists in prevention of mental disease, and arranges for diagnosis, treatment and rehabilitation of the mentally handicapped. A main function is preparing the families for removal of a sick member for treatment, and for his return, and assisting in adjustment of natives to changes in a modernizing society. CaONA. 79951. KEITHAHN, E. L. Burial customs of the Tlingits. (Alaska sportsman 1963. v. 29, no. 4, p. 18-19, -I-, illus.) Describes, partly from accounts of explorers and missionaries since 1787, mortuary customs and structures of these Southeast Alaska Indians. The dead, except shamans, were usually cremated and their ashes deposited in boxes or Chinese camphorwood chests. These, with the dead person's possessions, were placed in structures which evolved from the tall cache through the low cache to the dead house. The last boxlike, on the ground, often with

windows, was sometimes elaborate, and after 1900, many were surrounded by ornate fences. White influence caused modifications in the structures, and replacement of cremation by burial. DI. 79952. KEITHAHN, E. L. Eskimo adventure. Seattle, Superior Pub. Co. 1963. 170 p. map, illus. Popular account of a two-year sojourn in Shishmaref on Sarichef Island, where author and wife had a teaching engagement in 1923-1925. Eskimo life, social activities, the economic cycle, teaching problems, organization of cooperatives, etc. are outlined. DLC. 79953. KEITHAHN, E. L. Monuments in cedar. Seattle, Superior Pub. Co. 1963. 160 p. illus. 45 refs. Popular study of totem poles and related art forms in the Pacific Northwest, including Tlingit, Heide, and Tsimshian; illus. by about 150 photos, some in color. Origin, types and styles, carving techniques, social and religious aspects, problems of restoration, etc. are dealt with. The carved and painted heraldic screens or wall panels of northern Tlingits living beyond the red cedar limits are also discussed. DLC. 79954. KELLER, A. D. Physiological resistance to cooling in hypothermia. (American Inst. of Physics. Temperature, its measurement and control ... v. 3. 1962-63. pt. 3, p. 461-68, graphs.) 10 refs. Discusses artificial hibernation and limits of spontaneous rewarming from it in laboratory animals and man; hypothermic activation of O,-consumption and types of the latter; remnantal shivering and non-shivering activation thresholds; resistance to cooling; effective rewarming, and the elimination by hypothermia of the endocrine contribution to basal metabolism. DLC. 79955. KELLER, A. D. Summarization of the state of the art with respect to physiology in cold environments and goals for future investigation. (US. Army Medical Research Lab. Report 1961. no. 474, p. 13035, tables.) 4 refs. A systematized bird's-eye view of the problem of man, military or civilian, in cold environment. Response to it, general or individual; adaptation, and future military research proposed, are outlined. DNLM. 79956. KELLER, A. D. Temperature regulation disturbances in dogs following hypothalamic ablations. (American Inst. of Physics. Temperature, its measurement and

521

control ... v. 3. 1962-63. pt. 3, p. 571-84, graphs, illus.) 15 refs. Reports effects of various kinds of ablations in animals exposed to a cold stress of 3° C. or a heat stress of 38° C. A relative functional and anatomical independence of the mechanisms which subserve physiological resistance-to-core-cooling and over-heatDLC. ing is demonstrated. KELLER, B. M., see No. 83306. 79957. KELLEY, T. E. Geology and hydrocarbons in Cook Inlet basin, Alaska. (American Association of Petroleum Geologists. Memoir 1963. no. 2, p. 278-96, maps, sections, illus.) 16 refs. Describes the setting and topography of this intermontane structural basin, comprising most of the northern part of the Matanuska geosyncline, an arcuate Mesozoic trough at the northwest end of the Pacific Cordilleran mobile belt. The basin began in the mid-Jurassic as a half graben created by complex faulting on the east flank of the Talkeetna geanticline. Marine and non-marine sediments were deposited during the late Mesozoic and early Tertiary. Major structural trends are preserved in the grain of local structure; intense folding and faulting are exhibited on the north, east, and west flanks; several large buried anticlines extend through the interior. Mesozoic hydrocarbon accumulations on the western side of the Tuxedni Formation have produced minor amounts of oil, gas, and condensate. Most oil is from the Hemlock zone of the Tertiary Kenai Formation, and significant quantities of gas are present in the upper Kenai. Regional isopach maps of the interval between the Mesozoic beds and the base of the Hemlock zone are suggested DGS. for locating old basin highs. KELLY, W. D., see No. 78856. 79958. KELSO, J. Dietary differences: a possible selective mechanism in ABO blood group frequencies. (Southwestern lore 1962. v. 28, no. 3, p. 48-56, tables, maps.) 7 refs. Suggests that distribution of ABO frequencies is related to gross cultural differences, specifically differences in diet. The prevalence of A factor is noted in populations with a high animal protein and fat diet, that of the B factor in groups subsisting on a largely cereal diet. Though not without exceptions this theory makes, in author's opinion, some sense in contrast to others. It is based on large North and South America groups including the Eskimos. Supplementary supporting data are offered by

522

J. Kelso and G. Armelagos, ibid. 1963, v. 29, no. 2, p. 44-48, 15 refs. 79959. KELTON, L. A. A new species of Gerris F. from Yukon and Alaska, Hemiptera: Gerridae. (Canadian entomologist 1961. v. 93, no. 8, p. 663-65, illus.) 3 refs. Describes Gerris nearcticus, n. sp. males and females. This water-strider is most closely related to a European form G. rufoscutellatus, Latr., external and genitalic characters distinguishing them are given. DLC. KEMENY, T. T., see No. 84047. 79960. KEMMERIKH, A. O. Lednik poluchaet imfi.. (Ural'akil sledopyt 1962, no. 6, p. 65-67, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: Glacier gets a name. Popular account of an IGY field trip to the Oche-Nyrd range in the Polar Ural, discovery of various glaciers and two glacier lakes, naming two of the glaciers Bocha and Dolgushina after the explorers S. G. Boch and L. D. Dolgushin, and the two lakes Mertvykh Komarov (Dead Mosquitoes) and Podkova (Horseshoe). Dolgushina is the third largest glacier in the Polar Ural. DLC. 79961. KEMP, V. A. M. Without fear, favour or affection. Toronto, Longmans, Green 1958. 264 p. Recounts experiences as a member of the Royal Canadian Mounted Police, including (p. 85-147) duty as Inspector of the Western Arctic area from Herschel Island, Yukon Territory, in 1927-1929. The Copper Eskimos and their reactions to white law and culture are described, as are the first patrol of the St. Roch, etc. DLC. 79962. KEMPPINEN, I. Lappi suomalaisessa mytologiassa. (Lapin tutkimusseura. Vuosikirja 1963. v. 4, p. 40-51.) In Finnish. English summary. Title tr.: Lapland in Finnish mythology. Discusses Finnish legends about the realm of the dead, which became identified in popular imagination with the Lapland region. In these legends the sorcerers became identified with the Lapps, and the latter came to be depicted as dangerous magicians. CaMAI. KENDALL, L., see No. 83298. 79963. KENNEDY, T. C. Arctic Aeromedical Library, U.S. Air Force. (Special Libraries Association. Geography and Map Div. Bulletin 1963. no. 53, p. 9-12.) Describes the library organized in 1947 at Randolph Air Force Base, Texas, and trans-

ferred to Ladd Field, near Fairbanks, Alaska. The Arctic Aeromedical Laboratory there conducts research on arctic human factors problems; establishes Air Force requirements for arctic clothing, personal equipment, procedures, and training; evaluates under arctic conditions, items of clothing and equipment developed in other Air Force laboratories; and provides laboratory facilities, logistic support and technical assistance to visiting research teams or field parties. Personnel, facilities, publications and the technical library are also discussed. DLC. 79964. KENT, R. Greenland journal. New York, I. Obolensky 1962. 302 p. map, illus. Records experiences while living at Igdlorssuit (approx. 71° N.) on Ubekendt Island off West Greenland July 1931—Sept. 1932. Day-to-day life and relations with the Greenlanders, observations of landscape, seasons, and weather at the settlement and on trips throughout the area by dog sled and boat are noted. The Greenlanders' way of life, dependent on sea mammal hunting and trade with the Danes, is described; with comment on their characteristics, equable disposition, etc. and caution against reckless introduction of western cultural attributes. The artist includes 75 of his sketches of local DLC. scenes. 79965. KENYON, K. W. Recovery of a fur bearer. (Natural history 1963. v. 72, no. 9, p. 12-21, illus.) Reviews the tagging of sea otters and its value. Their taxonomy, appearance, fur, reproduction and behavior are described. Their exploitation, near-extinction and rehabilitation are outlined. Their food, care of the young, enemies, etc. are dealt with, as are chances of transplantation and limited DLC. exploitation. 79966. KERBLAI, T. S. Izmenchivost' kharakteristik Es. (Akademifå nauk SSSR. Mezhduvedomstvenny1 geofizicheskil komitet. V razdel programmy MGG: ionosfernye issledovanifil. Sbornik state! 1962. no. 10, p. 48-57, tables, graphs.) 2 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: The variability of Es characteristics. Reports an analysis of variations in the critical frequency fo, and in the blanketing frequency fb Es of the sporadic ionospheric layer Es, based on the records of nine stations, Thule, Fairbanks, Dikson, and Salekhard included. The distribution curves of f0E8 and f aEs are plotted, and compared with the normal distribution curves. Variations in fbEa are found more moderate than in f oEs. The data resulting from this study

may help in determining the maximum frequencies usable for the reflection of radio waves from Ea layer of different types, and in estimating the stability of such radio communication. DLC. 79967. KERNS, O. E., Jr. Enumeration of red salmon smolt migration. Juneau 1963. 18 p. tables, graphs, illus. (Alaska Dept. of Fish and Game. Informational leaflet no. 25.) 3 refs. Reports the 1962 work in the Kvichak system of the Bristol Bay area, Alaska, as part of annual investigations since 1955. Smolt abundance, size, age, and condition (weight per average length) are determined as one basis for predicting red salmon runs. Methods, including recommendations for 1963, are described in detail; results are tabulated and compared with previous DI. years. KERR, J. W., see No. 77844. 79968. KERVRAN, L. L'eau de mer dessalee par congelation conserve ses qualites vitales. (l'Eau 1960. v. 47, no. 4, p. 98-101.) 3 refs. In French. Title tr.: Sea water desalted by freezing preserves its vital qualities. Describes obtaining fresh water of 2.4 g./1. salinity by freezing sea water of 37 g./1., stressing the value of this method in Spitsbergen, Greenland, northern Canada, northern Siberia, or Antarctica, where distribution of fresh water is restricted by freezing temperatures. Each habitation may have its own desalination apparatus; large storage facilities are not needed; cost is about 2000 francs per metric ton of desalted ice. DLC. 79969. KERZHENß—SEV, N. Les shumit. (Ural 1962, no. 6, p. 143-47.) In Russian. Title tr.: Whispering forests. Discusses generally the forest industry and conservation measures. In the far North ecological conditions and regeneration rates are little known, management inadequate and cutting excessive. Hence large tracts especially around new settlements in the taiga are practically denuded. A protected zone should be set up between 60° N. and the Arctic Circle, roughly along the Mezen—Salekhard—Turukhansk—YakutskDLC. Okhotsk line. 79970. KESSEL, B. West-east relationships of the birds of northern Alaska. (In: Gressitt, J. L. ed. Pacific Basin biogeography 1963, p. 79-84, table.) 19 refs. Presents ornithogeographic evidence to support the hypotheses of a land connection 523

and unglaciated refugia in the Bering Sea area during the Pleistocene. In Alaska north of the tree line, 89 species, mostly water and shore birds, representing four faunal elements occur regularly. Of these species, 73 occur across the area; ten Aleutian species are restricted to the extreme western portion; four Old World species extend east to about 151° W.; and two North American species extend west to about 152° W. Most (71) of the 89 species are also found in northeastern Siberia, but 40% of the panboreal birds are subspecifically different in the DSI. two areas. 79971. KESSELER, K. Zur Frage jahreszeitlicher Schwankungen des Ruhe-Nüch(Pflügers ternumsatzes des Menschen. Archiv für die gesamte Physiologie 1963. v. 276, no. 4, p. 325-35, tables.) 46 refs. In German. Title tr.: On the question of seasonal fluctuation of basal metabolism in man. Reports a study of 37 students over a period of five years. Statistical evaluation did not show evidence of an endogenous periodicity, or of such a periodicity with exogenous synchronization. Neither was there evidence of a purely exogenous periodicity. DLC. 79972. KESTER, F. E. Alaska's population as seen through its death rate. Juneau, State of Alaska, Dept. of Health and Welfare, Office of Statistical Services 1962. 13 p. tables. Also printed in Alaska Science Conference ... 1962. Proceedings pub. 1963, p. 194-209. Compares 1959-1961 death rates of white and non-white Alaskans by cause and sex, and with 1959 rates by cause of the U.S. population as a whole. Average death rates per yr. per 1000 population were 4.60 for white Alaskans (reflecting the youthfulness of this group), 9.01 for non-white Alaskans, and 9.39 for the U.S. Both preventable and violent deaths, due respectively to disease and to accidents, suicides, etc., were considerably higher among non-white Alaskans. Death from chronic diseases and old age was considerably higher for the U.S. population than for Alaskans. Deaths from cancer were surprisingly high among the non-white AlasDLC. kan females. KESZTYItS, L., see No. 83398. 79973. BETTELKAMP, D. B., and W. J. MILLS, Jr. Single track vehicle injuries. (Alaska medicine 1963. v. 5, no. 4, p. 87-90, illus.) Describes one-man vehicles used by trappers, guides, homesteaders, etc. in areas

524

where there are no roads: the Sno-traveler, Arctic cat, Sno-go, Eskimotor, etc., powered from a gasoline engine by belt and chain to the track, but not snow tractors or caterpillars. Four case reports are given on injuries of all degrees, sustained in use of these vehicles for towing, etc. Three cases were children of 5-11. Safety measures are suggested; also different throttle mechanism, CaMAI. and another stopping method. 79974. KIIABAROV, I. A. Na rodine Lomonosova segodnfå. (Vestnik vyssheT shkoly 1961. v. 19, no. 11, p. 85-86.) In Russian. Title tr.: Lomonosov's home town, today. Sketches the village Lomonosovo, formerly Denisovka, birthplace of M. V. Lomonosov; its museum, library, etc. visited regularly by students of the Arkangel'sk Teachers' College. DLC. 79975. KHABYRYYS, B. Rys'ßa, dokha Mi nika Mfanigifana. (Pioner 1962, no. 11, p. 28, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: Lynx coat of Mfiinik Mfanigißan. Modern ballad about a Yakut legendary hero, translated by N. Glazkov. DLC. 79976. KHAIKINA, S. L. Verkhnemelovykh i tretichnye sporovo-pul'fsevye kompleksy Severo-Vostoka SSSR. (In: Mezhvedomstvennoe soveshchanie ... Trudy 1959, p. 327-32, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: Upper Cretaceous and Tertiary spore-pollen complexes in northeastern USSR. Reports study of the Arkagala coal basin, northwest coast of Kamchatka, Anadyr basin and other areas. Albian-Cenomanian, Turonian-Senonian, Senonian, Upper Cretaceous, Eocene, Oligocene, Miocene, Pliocene and Paleogene complexes are determined and characterized. The palynological data show that coniferous forests prevailed in the Northeast and climate was warmer than at ICRL. present. 79977. KHAITUN, D. E. Der Totemismus bei den Völkern der Alten Welt. (Ethnographisch-archäologische Zeitschrift 1962. v. 3, no. 2, p. 139-70.) Approx. 80 refs. In German. Title tr.: Totemism among the peoples of the Old World. Ethnographic study aimed at proving that the tracing of ancestral descent from an animal, plant, or inanimate object is an evolutionary phase of religion and that it existed at a certain culture stage in all primitive societies. Totemic legends, animal worship and connected rites, beliefs in reincarnation and rebirth, etc. are discussed for, among others, the Paleosiberian and UralAltaic peoples. DSI.

KHAKHLOV, V. A., see No. 84253. KHALANSKII, A. S., see No. 80252. 79978. KHALIN, G. A. Vliß.nie rezhimov zakalivaniiä na morozoustoTchivost' kormovykh zlakov. (Botanicheskiil zhurnal 1963. v. 48, no. 9, p. 1385-89, tables.) 12 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Effect of hardening methods on the frost resistance of food grasses. Reports on adaptation experiments with timothy and brome grasses. Slow lowering of temperature from —1 or —6° C. to —10° C. in the winter, produced significant frost resistance. Best results were obtained by a combination of this method and a short autumn day. Quick lowering of temperature was injurious to the plants. Introductory DLC. review of earlier work is included. KHANTULEV, A. A., see No. 84586. 79979. KHARAKHINOV, M. K. Gigienicheskie voprosy planirovki i zastrolki zhilykh kvartalov Noril'ska. (In: Moskva. N: issl. inst. sanitarii i gigieny. Gigienicheskie ... 1961, p. 23-30, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: Problems of hygiene in planning and building living quarters in Noril'sk. Discusses the difficulties of multi-storied construction in an area of permafrost, severe winds, and snowfall. Problems of insolation and arrangement of the buildings in blocks, orientation of windows, location of day nurseries, and kindergartens, etc. are conDLC. sidered. 79980. KHARCHENKO, G. I. Petrograficheskafa kharakteristika osadochnykh porod tungusskol serii; Kalerkanskoe i Daldykanskoe mestorozhdeniiå. (Leningrad. N.-issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Trudy 1962. v. 130, Sbornik stater po geologii i neftegazonosnosti Arktiki, no. 19, p. 127-39.) In Russian. Title tr.: Petrographic characteristics of sedimentary rocks of the Tungusskiy series, the Kayerkan and Daldykan deposits. Presents a petrographic analysis of the Kayerkan and Daldykan sedimentary coalbearing deposits in the Noril'sk region. They belong to Tungusskiy coal basin and series, and divide into the subseries: Apsekan, Rudnaya, Shmidta, Kayerkan and Ambarnaya. The mineral and fragmental composition of the series generally is discussed. Source rocks, physical-geographic conditions and sedimentation of the deDLC. posits are treated. KHARIN, D. A., see No. 76832.

79981. KHARITONOV, L. a. 0 1 vleniakh shchelochnogo metasomatoza paragnelsakh vostochnol chasti £sentral'nogo vodorazdela Kol'skogo poluostrova; grada Kely. (Leningrad. Univ. Uchenye zapiski 1960. no. 291, p. 179-201, tables, maps, illus.) 6 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: On phenomena of the alkaline metasomatosis of paragneisses in the eastern part of the central watershed of Kola Peninsula, Keyvy Ridge. Outlines main features of the petrology of this gneiss complex. Biotite-garnet gneisses, phorphyroblastic alkaline gneisses, and amphibole alkaline gneisses are analyzed, and their origin is discussed. Concerning the origin of alkaline granites, different views are noted as held by various scientists. Phenomena of alkaline metasomatism are observed and its process described. DLC. 79982. KHARITONOV, L. IA. Osnovnye cherty geologicheskogo stroenifa Baltilskogo shchita. (In: Akademia nauk SSSR. Kol'skil filial. Voprosy ... 1962, p. 5-66, crosssections, table, maps.) 65 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Main features of the geologic structure of the Baltic shield. Reviews and correlates Proterozoic stratigraphy of this shield, including areas of Finland, Sweden, Norway and Kola Peninsula and Karelia. The Karelian and White Sea complexes are treated in detail; the Svecofennides are also analyzed. The Kola zone of the Karelides and Svecofennides is described in detail. Tectonic zoning of the Baltic shield is discussed and summarized on map; distribution of ore deposits is analyzed. Protozeroic basic and alkaline intrusions bear titanomagnetite mineralization; Caledonian basic, ultrabasic and alkaline intrusions: apatite-magnetite and rare metal mineralization; Hercynian: apatite-nepheline and rare metal mineralization. DLC. 79983. KHARITONOV, L. IA. Tipy razrezov, stratigrafia i nekotorye voprosy struktury i magmatizma karelid. (Sovetskafa geologic 1963, no. 4, p. 24-53, cross-sections, maps, diagrs.) 34 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Type of sections, stratigraphy and some problems of structure and magmatism of the Karelides. Describes and correlates sections of this system, from central, eastern and northern Karelia. Four genetic types are recognized and characterized. Stratigraphy is analyzed. Main sedimentary formations are described. Absolute age of the Karelian formation is estimated at 1700-1900 m.y. Structural features of Karelian massif are reported. Manifestation of magmatism is analyzed. Prospecting for sulfide ores is noted. DLC. 525

79984. KHARITONOV, L. N. Sovremenn~T fiikutskil fazyk. Yakutsk, Gosizdat IAASSR 1947. 311 p. tables. In Russian. Title tr.: Contemporary Yakut language. Textbook designed for students in teachers' colleges and for secondary-school teachers. This, first, part deals with phonetics and morphology. Pt. 2 by E. I. Ubrfåtova, on syntax has not been seen. DLC.

E. A. Falevskafa. Title tr.: Clinical and epidemiological characteristics of salmoneloses in Arkhangel'sk. Study based on 183 cases, mostly adults, which occurred in 1957-1958. Clinical aspects were varied, mostly of the "mouse" type; no seasonal fluctuations; nearly all cases, even sporadic ones, due to food infection. DLC.

79985. KHARITONOV, L. N. Zalogovye formy glagola v fiikutskom fåzyke. Moskva, Izd-vo Akademii nauk SSSR 1963. 126 p. 26 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Voice forms of the Yakut verb. Discusses voice formation, structure, inflexion, and phonetics of active, cooperativereciprocal, causative, reflexive, and passive DLC. verbs.

79989. KHERASKOV, N. P., and D. M. KOLOSOV. Geologifå i geomorfologifa Zapadnogo Verkhofån'fa.. (Moskva. Vses. n: issl. inst. mineral'nogo syr'få. Trudy 1938. v. 116, Materialy akutsko! ekspeditsii IMS, no. 3, 116 p. tables, profiles, maps, illus.) 113 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Geology and geomorphology of the western Verkhoyansk region. Presents studies of the Yakut expedition organized in 1934. Stratigraphy and lithology of Paleozoic and Mesozoic deposits, petrographic description of the rocks and tectonic structure of the region are reported. Geomorphology from the Lena upland to the Yana slopes of the Verkhoyansk Range is also treated in detail. Physical weathering, naleds and permafrost are outlined. Two short articles are included, one by D. M. Kolosov on a geomorphic study made in connection with road construction; and the other by N. A. Ivanchin-Pisareva and D. D. PeninskiT on hard coal deposits in the Chochuma (Chechuma) River region. These coals, humic, of clarain type, have 10 million tons estimated reserves. DLC.

KHARITONOV, L. N., see also No. 76793. 79986. KHARITONOVSKII, A. Komissar, poet, zhurnalist. (Dal'niT Vostok 1963, no. 6, p. 165-69, illus.) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Commissar, poet, journalist. Sketches the life and activity of Vita ll Mikhallovich Kruchinin, d. 1924, a leading communist in Kamchatka during the civil war 1920-23, and editor of the first communist paper PoltdrnaIa zvezda pub. since DLC. 1923 in Petropavlovsk. KHARLAMOV, T. F., see No. 76745. 79987. KHASKIN, V. V. VliCanie temperaturnykh ulsoviT embrional'nogo razvitifå na termoregulfiiL'sit3 vylupivshikbsfa £syplfät. (Fiziologicheskil zhurnal SSSR 1963. v. 49, no. 10, p. 1254-59, graphs.) 17 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Effect of temperature conditions during embryonic development upon thermoregulation of the hatched chick. Account of experiments with eggs incubated at 37.6° ± 0.1° C. and exposed twice daily for one hour to 2Z'-25° C. This treatment produced increased oxidative metabolism of the embryos and the appearance of chemical thermoregulation on the 16th day of incubation. After hatching, thermoregulation is more effective and homeothermy develops quicker. DLC. KHAUSTOV, P. M., see No. 79846. 79988. KHEIFEß, L. B., and others. Kliniko-epidemiologicheskafa kharakteristika sal'monellezov v Arkhangel'ske. (Arkhangel'sk. N.-issl. inst. epidemiologii, mikrobiologii i gigieny. Sbornik nauchnykh rabot 1960. no. 4, p. 3-10, tables.) 3 refs. In Russian. Other authors: L. V. Kolobova and

526

79990. KHITARIAN, M. G. Razvitie shkoly v zapadnoT Sibiri v period savershenifit stroitel'stva soisializma v SSSR, 1953-1958. (In: Sibir' v period ... 1962, p. 200-214, tables.) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Growth of the school system in Western Siberia during the final stage of building up socialism in the USSR, 19531958. Statistical survey of elementary, secondary and higher schools, attendance, dropouts, vocational training, etc. including Tyumen Province. DLC. 79991. KHI.EBOVICH, I. A. Mediko-geograficheskoe izuchenie Sibiri i Dal'nego Vostoka v dorevolf1l ionnyI period. (SibirskiT geograficheskil sbornik 1963, no. 2, p. 237-47.) 35 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Medical-geography investigations of Siberia and Far East in the pre-Revolution period. Reviews some expeditions to Siberia, Kamchatka, and other areas since the 17th century which included observations in the medical sciences broadly considered. The

work of Bering, V. F. Zuev, Middendorf, and others is noted. A plan for a medicaltopographic description of areas in Siberia, worked out in 1864 is included. Other sources are briefly summarized. DLC. 79992. KHLOPUSHIN, G. A. 0 distanfsionnykh aktinometricheskikh nablfildenifakh. (Problemy Arktiki i Antarktiki 1963, no. 13, p. 101-103.) In Russian. Title tr.: Remote actinometric observations. Discusses methods tested in 1960-61 in the Antarctic, and Oct.—Dec. 1961 by drifting station North Pole-10, using an actinometer, pyranometer, pyrgeometer and radiometer. Sensitivity of all the instruments was affected by rime and hoar-frost on the drifting station. DLC. 79993. KHMELEVSKAIA, L. V. 0 temperaturnom rezhime Norvezhskogo i Grenlandskogo morel. (Akademia nauk SSSR. Inst. okeanologii. Trudy 1963. no. 72, p. 167-77, table, graphs, maps.) 9 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: On the temperature regime of the Norwegian and Greenland Seas. Discusses heat balance of these seas with special attention to so-called radiation balance, constituting direct and diffuse solar radiation, albedo and effective radiation. In the south, positive radiation balance lasts about seven months, in the north only 4.5 months. Advection and convection factors are analyzed. Changes in the temperature during 1951-57 are characterized. The coldest region of these seas throughout the year is in the northwest, the warmest in the southeast. Other factors of the temperature regime such as cloudiness, air circulation, currents are also briefly interpreted. DLC. 79994. KHOBOTOV, fÜ. Neopravdannye ozhidanifa. (Sovetskil shakhter 1963. v. 12, no. 1, p. 9-10.) In Russian. Title tr.: Unfulfilled hopes. The Pechora coal basin has large resources of the high quality coking coal needed by metallurgical plants in Cherepovets, Leningrad and elsewhere. The best coal occurs in layer K-14, to be mined by Yun'-Yaga(?) mine no. 1 and produce 1,200,000 t. annually. Construction of the mine started in 1959, has been delayed for blueprints, construction machinery shaft equipment, etc. The Komi national economic council and Leningrad Giproshakht (state institute for planning mine construction) are blamed for the delay. DLC. 79995. KHOCHOLAVA, G. M. Anomal'noe pogloshchenie v polfärnol shapke, obu-

slovlennoe bol'shimi khromosfernymi vspyshkami. (Geomagnetism i a@ronomißa 1963. v. 3, no. 5, p. 914-21, tables.) 9 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Anomalous absorption in the polar cap, resulting from intensive chromospheric flares. Studies the anomalous absorption of cosmic radio-noise and radar signals upon five solar flare occurrences during Aug. 1957— July 1959, as observed in the arctic polar cap. Its two types, simultaneous and gradual, are discussed; its duration and diurnal variation are analyzed, and their connection with sudden commencement geomagnetic storms is investigated. An interpretation of the absorption phenomenon is given in terms of solar effects and aeronomic magnetism. DLC. 79996. KHODAKOV, V. G. Ob izmerenii snegonakoplenifä v uslovi1.kh gornykh ralonov Zapolfår'f t. (Akademi a nauk SSSR. Mezhduvedomstvennyl geofizicheskil komitet. IX razdel programmy MGG: glf t ologifts. Sbornik statel 1963. no. 9, p. 192-94, table.) 7 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Measurements of snow accumulation under conditions of the mountain regions of the Arctic. Analyzes the peculiarities of winter precipitation measurements in the Khibiny, Polar Ural, Putorana, etc. In a 135 km.2 experimental area in the Polar Ural, snow precipitation was measured for 1958-1962 by gauges, snow-points, snow surveys, and spring runoff. The results obtained by precipitation gauges were almost 50% lower than yearly precipitation measured by the runoff method. This difference was found to be due to snowdrifts. The results obtained are analyzed, wind and drift errors corrected, and water stored in the snow cover in valleys, on plateaus, and on Obruchev GIacier is given in tabular form. DLC. 79997. KHODZHER, G. G. Amur, reka rodstvennikov. (Druzhba narodov 1963, no. 1, p. 141-210, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: Amur, river of kinfolk. Sketches his return to his native (Nanaets National) District after nine years' absence, his reminiscences with family, kinsmen, and friends; observations of cultural and social progress, etc. Several young Gold intellectuals are described, who like the author, a writer, were graduated from the Iierzen State Pedagogical Institute's Dept. for the Peoples of the North, in Leningrad. DLC. 79998. KHOMICHEVSKAß , L. S. 0 favlenifakhsolifluükf ii v ralone oz. Fssel. (Akademia nauk SSSR. Inst. merzlotove-

527

denifa. Trudy 1961. v. 17, p. 70-72, table.) 7 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: On solifluetion phenomena in the Lake Yessey region. Reports solifluction processes as studied from air photos and route observations. A slow flow of material is observed as a rule on limestone slopes of 2-6° gradient. Grain size of the eluvial-deluvial deposits is calculated. Forms of solifluction streams are noted. Air photography is considered of substantial value in such study. DLC. KHOREVA, I. M., see No. 76950. 79999. KHOREVA, T. M. Osobennosti atmosfernykh prof essov i rezhim pogody v Arktike v periody odnorodnol tsirkulfaisii v zavisimosti of predshestvovayshego im razvitifå vostochnol i meridional'nol form. (Leningrad. Arkticheskil i antarkticheskil n: issl. inst. Trudy 1963. v. 255, p. 86-107, tables, graphs, maps.) 6 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Features of atmospheric processes and the weather regime in the Arctic in periods of homogeneous circulation preconditioned by development of eastern and meridional forms. Reviews the development of atmospheric processes during two periods of homogeneous circulation. 1939-1959 daily synoptic and boric charts of the Northern Hemisphere for June—November were analyzed as well as data on air temperature and wind regime at 12 polar stations. Processes in the Arctic depending upon meridional and eastern atmospheric circulation are characterized noting air pressure, prevailing wind, temperature anomalies and other features. Analysis of processes developing during two periods of homogeneous circulation indicates that these features can be used for 8-10 day and more (up to 20-day) forecasts in the Arctic. DLC. KHOREVA, T. M., see also No. 78431. 80000. KHOROSHEVA, O. V. Protiåzhennost' dug poli'arnykh sifanil i ikh prostranstvennafa orientaaifa. (Geomagnetizm i aeronomifa 1963. v. 3, no. 2, p. 363-66, map.) 4 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Extension of auroral arcs and their spatial orientation. Reports study of C-180 photographs at the Murmansk and Piramida stations for the western sector of the Arctic, and those at Dikson, Olenek, AIostakh Island, Cape Shmidta, and Vrangel Island for the central and eastern sectors. Auroral arcs over 5,000 km. in length were often observed. In their spatial orientation, the arcs tend to be displaced to the night side of the earth. DLC.

528

KHOROSHEVA, 0. V., see also No. 79605. KHORTOVA, L. K., see No. 80240. 80001. KHRABROV, I., and G. BOGDANOV. 0 nedostatkakh deldvudnogo ustrolstva teplokhoda "Murmaneta" (Morskol flot 1963, no. 2, p. 33, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: Deficiency in the stern tube attachment of the diesel vessel Murnuzneds. Discusses the poor design features of this passenger boat built at Batumi in 1961. After eight months service at Murmansk she was put into dock because leaksge developed in the screw shaft pipe attachment. The defects are analyzed, and recommendations are made for a better design of the attachment. DLC. KHRGIAN, A. KH., see No. 79605. 80002. KHRIANINA, L. P. Trappovyl magmatizm basselna r. Bakhty i nizov'ev Podkamennol Tunguski i svfaz' s nim magnetitovogo orudenenifn Moskva 1962. 88 p. tables, maps, tables. (Akademifå nauk SSSR. Inst. geologii rudnykh mestorozhdenil, petrografii, mineralogii i geokhimii. Trudy no. 71.) Approx. 120 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Trap magmatism in the Baklita and lower Podkamennaya Tunguska River basins and the related magnetite mineralization. Presents a petrographic monograph based on collections made during the Evenkilskafa expedition in 1950-1954 and subsequent field trips. Geologic structure and tectonics of the region, approx. 62-63° N. 92° E., is characterized. Geologic and petrographic descriptions are given of the intrusive traps. Chemistry and differentiation of the trap magma are analyzed. Besides a great many non-differentiated intrusions, three complexes of rocks are recognized as formed by differentiation of a local deep magmatic chamber of trap magma. The Baklita group of magnetite deposits consisting of the Komdal and Suringdakon deposits is described and genesis discussed. The Kondromo deposits also are treated. DLC. 80003. KHROL, V. P. Uchet torosistosti pri opredelenii ob"ema l'da v more, na primere Baffinova moda. (Leningrad. Gidrometeorologicheskil inst. Trudy 1961. v. 10, no. 1, p. 56-60, tables.) 5 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Calculation of hummocking in determining the volume of ice on the sea as exemplified from Baffin Bay. Presents tabulated results from calculating the hummocking ice component in the total ice cover, using Kaminski's data on ice dis-

tribution (No. 35519), Prik's monthly distribution of air temperature over the sea (No. 67575), and Zubov's formula for calculation of ice thickness (No. 19979). Results indicate hummocking ice to constitute 26% of the total ice volume. The parts of Baffin Bay used as example are those where stable DLC. polynyas exist. KHROMCHENKO, S., see No. 82763. 80004. KHROMOV, N. S. Nablfüdenifa za planktonom s podvodnol lodki "Severfånka." (Akademifa nauk SSSR. Okeanograficheskafa komissißa. Trudy 1962. v. 14, p. 105-108, table.) 4 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Plankton observations from the submarine Severldnka. Describes the direct observations and studies of plankton catches in the Norwegian Sea, during Dec. 1960. Conditions, down to a depth of 150 m. are followed both in their qualitative and quantitative aspects. Water temperatures and feeding are noted. DLC. KHROMOV, V. T., see No. 82623. 80005. KHRUSHCHOV, M. M., and E. S. BERKOVICH. Izuchenie tverdosti l'da. Moskva, Izd-vo Akademii nauk SSSR 1960. 50 p. illus. 25 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: A study of ice hardness. Reviews differences in hardness as determined by various scientists for ice at -0.6° to —78.5° C. At —40° C. its hardness was found by the first Thule expedition in 1912-1913 to be like that of fluorite, but much lower by others. Methods of measurements are compared, e.g. indentation by diamond pyramid, and by steel ball under different pressures and temperatures, by scratching of various materials of known hardness. Experiments with natural ice crystals disprove the notion that ice at —50° C. cannot withstand a steel file; they give lower values and demonstrate a general tendency of hardness increasing with decreasing temperature of ice. DLC. KHRUSTALEVA, V. A., see No. 78387. 80006. KHUDOVEKOV, F. P. Poliomielit v Arkhangel'skol oblasti. (Arkhangel'sk. N.-issl. inst. epidemiologii, mikrobiologii i gigieny. Sbornik nauchnykh rabot 1960. no. 4, p. 66-71, table, graph.) In Russian. Title tr.: Polio in Arkhangel'skaya Oblast'. Study extending through 1951-1958 shows increasing incidence since 1955. Most affected were children up to 3 years of age (46.6-50.1%). The high percentage of paralytic cases, late hospitalization and the high percentage of non-hospitalized cases are

interpreted. Highest incidence was in JulyDLC. September. 80007. KHUZIN, R. SH., and V. A. POTELOV. Issledovanie tfulenei v ralone Ø-Malena. (Materialy rybokhozfalstvennykh issledovanil Severnogo basselna. Sbornik 1963, no. 1, p. 48-51, tables, graphs, map.) In Russian. Title tr.: Study of seals in the Jan Mayen area. Reports a spring 1962 investigation of Greenland and hooded seals, with data on weather and ice conditions, locations of rookeries and their composition, molting, rookeries, age composition of kills, maturity DLC. and maturation, etc. 80008. KHUZIN, R. SH. Issledovanifa grenlandskogo tfulenfa u N'füfaundlenda. (Murmansk. Poll-amyl n.-issl. morakogo rybnogo khozfalstva i okeanografil. Nauchno-technicheskil biulleten' 1962, no. 4 (22), p. 26-28, table, map.) In Russian. Title tr.: Study of harp seal off Newfoundland. Reviews the history of harp sealing in these waters, Canadian research and population surveys. Soviet prospects, and activities in the area are discussed. The spring 1961 cruise of the Indigirka and the Russians' research are outlined, especially on location and locating of rookeries, development and reproduction of the Newfoundland herd, and its diet. DLC. 80009. KHUZIN, R. SH. Materialy po morfologicheskol kharakteristike trekh stad grenlandskogo talenta Pagophilus groenlandicus Erxl. 1777. (Materialy rybokhozfel stvennykh issledovanil Severnogo basselna. Sbornik 1963, no. 1, p. 51-54, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: Materials to the morphology of three herds of Greenland seal, Pagophilus groenlandicus Erxl. 1777. Discusses earlier studies on the Newfoundland, Jan Mayen and White Sea herds and describes own morphometric investigations conducted in 1957-1962. Differences increased with distance between the herds, being minimal between those of Jan Mayen and the White Sea. DLC. 80010. KHUZIN, R. SH., and A. V. l BLOKOV. 0 nekotorykh chertakh funkf ionirovanitt pishchevaritel'nogo trakta khokhlacha Cystophora cristata v period molochnogo pitann3. (Zoologicheskil zhurnal 1963. v. 42, no. 8, p. 1273-75, illus.) 4 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Some features in the function of the digestive tract of the hooded seal, Cystophora cristala during its suckling period.

529

Suckling animals of up to two occasionally three weeks of age were found to have their large intestine plugged with dense masses of feces and embryonic molt hair. It is assumed this plug provides for a complete utilization of the milk taken up. DLC. KHUZIN, R.

SH., see also No. 77172.

80011. KHVOSTIKOV, I. A., and others. Issledovanie stratosfery a pomoshch'fil meteorologicheskikh raket v SSSR. (Meteorologifa i gidrologifa 1963. no. 1, p. 3-8, table, graph.) 14 refs. In Russian. Other authors: M. N. Izakov, G. A. Hokin, ID. V. Kurilova and N. S. Livshiss. Title tr.: Investigation of the stratosphere by meteorological rockets in the USSR. Reports the results of work since 1951, and the launching during the IGY from Kheysa Island in Franz Joseph Land and from lower latitude sites. The seasonal, latitude and longitude variation of temperature in the stratosphere, its sudden warming in the Arctic, and its stratification are discussed. The temperature regime of the upper stratosphere during the 19571959 polar night periods is tabulated from measurements on Kheysa. Stratispheric winds up to 50 km. altitude are recorded. DLC. 80012. KIBANOV, G. A. Skhema stratigrafii mezozolskikh otlozhenil vostochnoT chasti basseTna r. Anadyr'. (In: Mezhvedomstvennoe soveshchanie ... Trudy 1959, p. 304306.) In Russian. Title tr.: Stratigraphic scheme of Mesozoic deposits in the eastern part of the Anadyr River basin. Describes Jurassic, Cretaceous and Tertiary deposits noting their distribution, thickness, lithologic properties and paleontologic characteristics. Some deposits are divided into local subseries and horizons. Effusive rocks are also described. ICRL. 80013. KIBLER, H. H., and H. D. JOHNSON. Metabolic rate and aging in rats during exposure to cold. (Journal of gerontology 1961. v. 16, no. 1, p. 1316, table, illus.) 5 refs. Rats kept at 48° C. drank significantly more than controls (kept at 83°), increased their Orconsumption by 40% and food intake by 65%, but gained weight more slowly. Life span in the cold-exposed group was shorter. DNLM. 80014. KIDNEY, W. Hypothermia or cold injury. (Irish journal of medical science 1962. ser. 6, no. 437, p. 228-31, table.) 9 refs.

530

Brief review and own notes on infant hypothermia as it occurs indoors. Male prevalence (2:1), underweight, onset, symptoms and signs, blood picture, physiology, prognosis, and treatment are discussed. DNLM. 80015. KIELY, V. R., and J. M. HILPERT. Tourist industry in Alaska, prepared by the University of Alaska under the Small Business Administration management research grant program. College? Alaska 1961. 240 p. maps, graphs, tables. Study of potentialities, problems, visitors, and facilities, based on a survey of June— Sept. 1960 visitors by questionnaire. Data of 4790 returns are given for visitors' origin, occupation, income, age, sex, duration and purpose of trip, places visited, lodging, mode of travel, costs, etc. Most spent about $17/day for 20 days. Some 22 localities of interest are described, and their facilities indicated. High prices, inadequate facilities, poor service, short season, and other handicaps to developing the tourist industry are noted. Ways recommended to offset them include camping accommodations, guide book, use of local labor, training personnel. DL 80016. KIEVLENKO, E. IA., and N. V. DRENOV. Primenenie aerogeologicheskikh metodov pri poiskovykh rabotakh. (Razvedka i okhrana nedr 1962. v. 28, no. 1, p. 41-43.) In Russian. Title tr.: Application of aerial geological methods to prospecting work. Reports on the use of air photography in the search for Iceland spar in the Siberian platform, Nizhnyaya Tunguska, Vilyuy, and other regions. Iceland spar is connected with Lower Mesozoic trap formation; it is formed in zones of fractures and crushing of tuff breccias and agglomerate tuffs. To separate tuffs from sandy coal-bearing deposits, and to clarify zones of fractures and crushing, air photography is found of great value. DLC. KIKUCHI, K., see No. 81420. KILEZHENKO, V. P., see No. 78627. 80017. KILLIN, A. F. The Canadian copper industry in 1962. Ottawa, Queen's Printer 1963. vi, 108 p., maps, graphs, tables, illus. (Canada. Dept. of Mines and Technical Surveys. Mineral Resources Division. Information bulletin MR 68.) Refs. Provides detailed information on the sources of primary production, trade and

consumption in 1961-1962. Northern producers listed are: Hudson Bay Mining and Smelting Co. Ltd. at its Flin Flon, Coronation, Schist Lake and Chisel Lake mines; Sherritt Gordon Mines Ltd., Lynn Lake; Stall Lake Mines Ltd. at Snow Lake in Manitoba; Dominion Explorers Ltd., Kathleen Lake in Yukon Territory; and North Rankin Nickel Mines Ltd., which closed its Rankin Inlet mine in Oct. 1962. Estimates are given of the tonnage of ore and the percent of copper, zinc, nickel, also the gold and silver content, at the principal mines. DLC.

filled with a mud and sand mixture which freezes under the —2° C. or lower temperature of the permafrost Iayer. The piles thus secured fast in the permafrost, support the inner and outer walls of the dwellings. A reinforced-concrete grillage between the piles serves as girders. This method of foundation construction was used for a 5-story, 80-unit apartment house at Noril'sk. It gave a 26% economy in building costs and 87.2% in man-days of labor. Still greater economy, 32% in costs and 89.3% in labor, was achieved by using piles of 400 m. diameter, 9-11 m. length. DLC.

KILPATRICK, T. B., see Nos. 77080, 77081.

80021. KIM, M. V. Noril'sk gorod na svaekh. (Na strolkakh Rossii 1962, no. 10, p. 5-6, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: Noril'sk, a city on piles. Describes a newly introduced method of making building foundations on piles inserted into holes drilled in permafrost. The borehole of 45 cm. diam. is filled with a warmed sand-and-clay mud solution to one-third its depth. The inserted pile (32 cm. each side) displaces the mud which then fills the ambient space up to the ground surface. In 3-10 days during December— May, and 10-30 days during June—November, the pile is solidly frozen into permafrost to 10 m. depth; and the building is constructed upon the piles. A squaredouble-T pile 320 x 320 mm. can support a 75-80 ton load. An 80-unit apartment building requires 103 such piles. The method described gives 46% economy in cost, and takes one—tenth the man-days' labor required for the concrete and reinforced concrete foundations built at Noril'sk previously. The pile method is used also DLC. at Dudinka.

80018. KIM, H. Y., and J. S. KIM. Atmospheric conductivities over Fort Churchill. (Journal of atmospheric and terrestrial physics 1963. v. 25, no. 9, p. 481-94, tables, graphs.) 17 refs. Considers models of the ionosphere for the height distribution of electron density over Ft. Churchill. The total integrated conductivities at winter-night-time were found in the "normal" ionosphere to be 1/15 of the corresponding values at White Sands at summer-day-time in the sunspot maximum year. The height-integrated conductivities of "aurora-excited" ionosphere are found to be approx. 200 times greater than those of quiet ionosphere. DLC. 80019. KIM, J. S., and R. A. VOLKMAN. Thickness of zenithal auroral arc over Fort Churchill, Canada. (Journal of geophysical research 1963. v. 68, no. 10, p. 3187-90, table, graphs.) 7 refs. Reports on forty independent homogeneous auroral arcs studied in 1958: their thickness measured by means of all-sky photographs ranged 3.5 to 18.2 km. with the average 9.1 km. The thickness was found to increase with geomagnetic activity, but no significant daily or seasonal variation DLC. was found. KIM, J. S., see also No. 80018. 80020. KIM, M. V. Fundamenty zhilykh domov v Noril'ske. (Zhilishchnoe stroitel'stvo 1962, no. 2, p. 11-12, table, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: Foundations of dwellings at Norilsk. Discusses the method for permafrost areas of building upon piles, mass-produced, of reinforced concrete 300 mm. in diameter and 7-10 m. long. The piles are sunk into drilled holes, the space around the pile

KIMBALL, EASTBURN & ASSOC., Westport, Conn., see Nos. 78619, 78620. 80022. KIMMEY, J. W. Cull factors for Sitka spruce, western hemlock, and western red cedar in Southeast Alaska. Berkeley, Calif. 1956. 31 p. tables, graphs, illus. (U.S. Forest Service. Alaska Forest Research Center. Station paper no. 6.) Presents a method and values for estimating the percentage of defective, unmerchantable tree volume, based on studies at eight locations 1953-1954. Felled trees of various diameters were examined for extent and types of cull, causal fungi, and various indicators (listed) of decay. Brown or white rot was found to have caused most of the cull. Correlations were found between percent of cull and tree age, but not between cull and altitude of timber DA. stands.

531

80023. KINDLE, E. D. Copper and iron resources, Whitehorse Copper Belt, Yukon Territory. Ottawa, Queen's Printer 1964. 46 p. maps, tables. (Canada. Geological Survey. Paper 63-41.) 13 refs. Describes the general geology and main features of the copper-iron deposits of this 17 x 6 mi. belt in southern Yukon. Exploration was revived in 1956 at the Best Chance property, and diamond drilling was begun at the Arctic Chief property in 1963, both about four mi. southwest of Whitehorse. Some 28 deposits are shown on a 1 in.:1 mi. scale map, and described in the text; some descriptions accompanied by plans. DGS. 80024. KINDLE, E. D. Whitehorse copper belt, Yukon Territory. Ottawa, Surveys and Mapping Branch 1963. Map sheet 20 x 23 in. (Canada. Geological Survey. Preliminary series map 49-1962.) 2 refs. Sheets 105D/10, W and 11.E. Maps, at scale i in.:1 mi., contour interval 100 ft., the geologic features and 28 mining properties according to 1961 data. The approx. 6 x 16 mi. area trends northwest from about 60°35' N. to 60°45' N. along the Yukon River. Besides copper, the principal metals include molybdenum, iron, DGS. tungsten, gold, gallium. KINDLE, E. D., see also No. 77839. 80025. KING, G. A. M. The night-E layer. (In: Smith, E. K., and S. Matsushita, ed. Ionospheric . . . 1962, p. 219-31, graphs.) 17 refs. Discusses the properties of the night-E layer observed as a thick layer in the Eregion of the ionosphere, common at auroral latitudes. It should not be mistaken for the B-layer at night, because the night -B phenomenon can be observed during daylight hours, and has high correlation with overhead auroras. Its behavior suggests a close connection between night-E and the ionization responsible for variations in magnetic field intensity. Literature data used as basis for the discussion were interpreted and supplemented from analysis of ionograms taken at Kiruna, Adak, Point Barrow, Hallett (Antarctica) and other DLC. ionospheric stations. KING, H., see No. 82460. 80026. KING, J. E. Trekk av selenes tilpasning til livet i vann. Some of the aquatic modifications of seals. (Norsk hvalfangst-tidende 1962. v. 51, no. 3, p. 104-120, illus.) In Norwegian and English.

532

Discusses various factors involved: streamlined shape for swimming, temperature regulation, adaptation of senses, especially sight and hearing, and of the respiratory system, kidneys, and vascular system, as well as physiological processes connected with diving. DLC. 80027. KING, J. J. Duck banding in arctic Alaska. (Journal of wildlife management 1963. v. 27, no. 3, p. 356-62, table, illus.) Report on banding during the first two weeks of Aug. 1962 on Ohtig Lake, 40 miles east of Fort Yukon, on the Arctic Circle. Over 5,000 ducks were banded, primarily lesser scaups and some other divers. Equipment, transportation, manhours, etc. are specified. DLC. 80028. KING, S. L'arca di Noe nel parco McKinley. (Vie del mondo 1963. v. 25, no. 2, p. 144-57, map, illus.) In Italian. Title tr.: Noah's ark in McKinley Park. Photographic study of mammals and birds, with account of their seasonal life, feeding, reproduction, etc. Establishment of the National Park access, ascents of Mt. McKinley, glacier activity, vegetation and climatic conditions are sketched. DLC. 80029. KINGERY, W. D., and R. L. COBLE. Cracks in sea ice and their effect on operations. (In: Kingery, W. D. Ice and snow ...1963. p. 322-34, table, illus.) 10 refs. Describes the open wet and the superficial type of ice cracks. The latter is exemplified by results of ice deformation and aircraft landing tests at North Star Bay, Thule, Greenland, in Mar. 1961. They indicate that unless open wet cracks are present in the immediate area, ice is remarkably insensitive to presence of cracks. This characteristic in its loadbearing resistance is attributed to infrequent occurrence of such cracks, to buoyancy, and other factors. Recommended operational loadings, buoyant forces and other features are tabulated for ice 15-40 ft. thick. DLC. 80030. KINGERY, W. D., Ed. Ice and snow; properties, processes, and applications. Cambridge, Mass., M.I.T. Press 1963. xv, 684 p. maps, graphs, tables, illus. Approx. 400 refs. Proceedings of a conference held at the Massachusetts Institute of Technology, Feb. 12-16, 1962, sponsored by the U.S. Air Force Cambridge Research Laboratories, and the U.S. Naval Civil Engineering Laboratory.

Contains 46 papers together with pertinent discussion on physical and mechanical properties of ice, glacier flow, solidification phenomena and sea ice, sea-ice bearing capacity, snow properties, and ablation. Most of the papers as listed below are on theoretical or experimental aspects; several, * based on research carried out in the Arctic, are abstracted in this Bibliography under the authors' names. The rheology of ice, by J. W. Glen. Deformation mechanisms in ice, by L. W. Gold. The Eshelby-Schoeck ... mechanism applied ... creep of ice, by J. Weertman. Studies of ice etching and dislocation etch pits, by D. Kuroiwa and W. L. Hamilton. *ECKERBOM, E., and E. PALOSUO. A study of ice crystals at Storglaciären, Kebnekajse. Use of long-period surface waves .. . properties of ice masses, by D. L. Anderson. *LANGLEBEN, M. P., and E. It. POUNDER. Elastic parameters of sea ice. *BROWN, J. H. Elasticity and strength of sea ice. *PEYTON, H. R. Some mechanical properties of sea ice. *GRAYSTONE, P., and M. P. LANGLEBEN. Ring tensile strength of sea ice. *KINGERY, W. D., and D. N. FRENCH. Stress-rupture behavior of sea ice. *COBLE, R. L., and W. D. KINGERY. Ice reinforcement. Theory of glacier variations, by J. F. Nye. Observations in ice tunnels and the flow law of ice, by R. Haefeli. *RÖTHLISBERGER, H. Ultrasonic measurements of deformation around a rectangular ice tunnel. Controlled freezing of water, by J. D. Harrison and W. D. Tiller. Crystal growth rates as a function of orientation, by E. R. Pounder. Crystal orientation in salt-water ice, by E. Palosuo and M. Sippola. Brine migration in salt ice, by W. D. Kingery and W. H. Goodnow. *BENNINGTON, K. 0. Some chemical composition studies on arctic sea ice. *WEEKS, W. F., and A. ASSUR. Structural control of the vertical variation of the strength of sea and salt ice. *ADAMS, C. M., Jr., and others. Field solidification and desalination of sea ice. *DYKINS, J. E. Construction of sea ice platforms. *CUTCLIFFE, J. L., and others. Elastic and time-dependent deformation of ice sheets. *HOBBS, H. A., and others. Effect of

creep and temperature gradients on longtime deformation of ice sheets. *IONGERY, W. D., and R. L. COBLE. Cracks in sea ice and their effect on operations. *ASSUR, A. Breakup of pack-ice floes. *BADER, H. Theory of densification of dry snow on high polar glaciers, II. No. 69956. On the metamorphism of snow, by M. R. deQuervain. *ANDERSON, D. L., and C. S. BENSON. The densification and diagenesis of snow. *COSTES, N. C. On the process of normal snow densification in an ice cap. Ice comminution, by W. D. Kingery and others. *WUORI, A. F. Snow stabilization studies. *MOSER, E. H., Jr. Navy cold-processing snow-compaction techniques. Physical properties of snow, by Z. Yoshida. *MELLOR, M. Polar snow, a summary of engineering properties. Stress transformations ... rupture processes of the snow cover, by It. Haefeli. *WATERHOUSE, R. W. On the permeability of snow in the accumulation zone of polar regions. The chemical modification of depth hoar, by E. R. LaChapelle. *COSTES, N. C. Confined compression tests in dry snow. Cut-and-fill technique ... on the Jungfraujoch, by R. Haefeli. *WATERHOUSE, IL W. Plastic distortions of undersnow cavities and excavations. *MAYO, L., and T. L. PEW);. Ablation and net total radiation, Gulkana Glacier, Alaska. Dissolution or prevention of ice crusts, by M. R. deQuervain. Protection of ground from thawing beneath surface buildings, by W. H. Ward. The theory and use of aqueous foams for protection of ice surfaces, by C. S. Grove and others. DLC. 80031. KINGERY, W. D., and D. N. FRENCH. Stress-rupture behavior of sea ice. (In: Kingery, W. D. Ice and snow... 1963. p. 124-29, graph, tables.) 10 refs. Describes techniques and results of this part of Project Ice Way (cf. No. 72796) at Thule in 1961. Stress-rupture data show a large amount of scatter; this is typical of sea ice strength measurements and results from the heterogeneous character of sea ice as well as from the 17-day storage of the

533

specimens. Average rupture stress decreases from 258 p.s.i. for 0.1-second loading to about 175 p.s.i. at 100-hour loading. Thus it is essential to define the loading time duration as one of the parameters fixing the load-bearing capacity of sea ice. DLC. KINGERY, W. D., see also Nos. 76754, 78040, 78120, 79396.

Mahan basins and other upper lolyma areas in Magadan Province; some Gizhiga basin fauna are also included. From Cape Astronomicheskiy and Penzhina Bay on west Kamchatka, some Triassic lamellibranchiates and gastropods are described. Upper Triassic stratigraphy and paleogeography of the two broad regions are discussed. DLC.

KINGSBURY, B., see No. 78382.

KIPARSKY, V., see No. 84459.

80032. KINNEY, W. A. Operation Eclipse (National geographic magazine 1948. 1949. v. 95, no. 3, p. 325-72, map, illus.) Reports observations of a National Geographic Society party of an annular eclipse of the sun along a track from Burma to the Aleutians. Critical sun-moon contacts were photographed from ground stations, including two on Adak where it snowed, and from U.S. Air Force B-29's based at Shemya. The planes, with Shoran control from Amchitka and Tanaga, obtained good results by climbing to 27,000-29,000 ft. Problems encountered in the Aleutians from weather, terrain, and radio storms are DLC. described.

KIPPER, J. M., see Nos. 77767, 79797.

80033. KINSMAN, D. J. J., and J. W. SHEARD. The glaciers of Jan Mayen. (Journal of glaciology 1963. v. 4, no. 34, p. 439-48, graph, map, illus.) 16 refs. French and German summary. Describes these glaciers as studied on two recent University of London expeditions. Evidence of three post-Pleistocene glacier stands on Jan Mayen is presented. The first probably occurred about 4000 B.C., the second about 2500 B.C.; the third during last 350 yrs., is still running its course. Climatic interpretation is given. The discovery of massive tillite deposits low down in the volcanic sequence is thought to confirm the post-Pleistocene origin of Beerenberg. The geologic and topographic evolution of the mountain is outlined and related to the history of its glaciation. DLC. 80034. KIPARISOVA, L. D. Fauna triasovykh otlozhenil Okhotsko-Kolymskogo kraß i zapadnogo poberezh'få Kamchatka. (Dal'stroT. Materialy po izuchenifil Okhotsko-Kolymskogo krafs 1937. Ser. 1, no. 5, p. 3Ø, maps, illus.) 42 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Triassic fauna from the Okhotsk-Kolyma region and the west coast of the Kamchatka Peninsula. Describes cephalopod and lamellibranch fauna collected in the Bokhapcha, Gerba,

534

KIRBY, R. P., see No. 80932. 80035. KIRCHNER, G. Observations at bore holes sunk through the Schuchert Gletscher in north-east Greenland. (Journal of glaciology 1963. v. 4, no. 36, p. 817-18.) Ref. Reports thickness and composition of the ice, temperature measurements, thickness of permafrost and other observations at eight drill holes through the glacier ice to bedrock made for the purpose of exploring molybdenum ore. Spectrographic analysis from nearby Arcturus Gletscher is presented and its origin interpreted. Some support is found for J. Weertman's theory of catastrophic glacier advances (cf. No. 76511). DLC. 80036. KIREENKO, I. A. Betonnye kamennye i shtukaturnye raboty na morote. Kiyev, Gosstrolizdat USSR 1962. 271 p. tables, illus. Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Concrete, masonry, and plastering work during frost. Discusses in detail the technological properties of concrete, and compares its setting processes under positive and negative ambient temperatures on the C° scale. Frost effects on the physical-chemical processes in hardening are analyzed, as is strength increase under negative temperatures, and the texture of cement and concrete mixtures hardened under low temperatures. The feasibility of laying concrete under frost conditions, is discussed and a case is cited of 500 m.3 concrete laid under -41° C. air temperature at Kandalaksha in 1955. Masonry and plastering work are similarly treated, to show the feasibility of construction during the winter season. DLC. 80037. KIREEVA, E. A. Opyt ispol'zovanifa dannykh ekogenii dlfå detal'nogo stratigraficheskogo podrazdelenifa osadochnykh otlozhenil. (Saratov. Univ. Uchenye zapiski 1959. v. 65, p. 13-19.) 6 refs. In

Russian. Title tr.: An attempt at using ecogenesis for detailed stratigraphic subdivision of sedimentary deposits. Ecogenesis is understood as the emergence of new organisms in new environments. Middle Carboniferous deposits in the Kel'tma River region of southern Timan, Komi ASSR were studied and divided into horizons and subhorizons, using the distribution of crinoidal, foraminifer, fusulinid and DLC. some other microfauna. 80038. KIREEVA, M. S. Rol' vodolaznykh rabot pri izuchenii raspredelenifa i zapasov vodoroslel v morfåkh SSSR. (Akademifa nauk SSSR. Okeanograficheskafa komissifå. Trudy 1962. v. 14, p. 69-72, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: The role of diving operations in the study of distribution and reserves of seaweeds in USSR waters. Discusses Soviet resources in common and utilizable seaweeds. Diving activities in the White and Barents Seas aimed at determining their reserves are outlined, as is similar work in the Baltic and the Sea of Japan. DLC. 80039. KIR'IÅNOVA, E. S. Nematody, Nematodes, i volosatiki, Nematomorpha v pishche ryb. (In: Akademif nauk SSSR. Komi filial. Ryby ...1962, p. 212-18, tables, illus.) 13 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Nematodes and nematomorphs in the food of fishes. Noting the paucity of earlier studies on this problem, author presents a study of some thousand worms from the alimentary tract of Usa River fishes of Komi ASSR. The more common forms are dealt with in some detail. Parasitic species are distinguished from those serving as food. DA. 80040. KIRICHENKO, G. I. K stratigrafii otlozhenil nizhnego paleozot . na r. Podkamennol Tunguske. (Leningrad. Vses. geologicheskil inst. Trudy 1950. v. 1, p. 87-99, illus.) 8 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: On the stratigraphy of Lower Paleozoic deposits in the Podkamennaya Tunguska River region. Describes Upper Cambrian, Lower and Upper Silurian deposits. Their stratigraphic cores are analyzed and divided into series and horizons, noting lithologic properties and, if available, paleontologic characteristics. DLC. 80041. KIRICHENKO, G. I. K voprosu o vodoroslfikh Conophyton Masl. (Leningrad. Vses. geologicheskil inst. Trudy 1961, no. 66, p. 55-69, illus.) 5 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Conophyton Masl. algae.

Describes systematically five species of Proterozoic and Lower Paleozoic stromatolites from the Siberian platform including Turukhansk region. C. metula, C. cucurbita, and C. baculus are n. sp. DLC. 80042. KIRILLOV, A. A., and E. G. NIKIFOROV. Konferenfsifa. nauchnykh rabotnikov arkticheskikh observatoril. (Problemy Arktiki i Antarktiki 1963, no. 12, p. 139-41.) Iti Russian. Title tr.: Conference of arctic observatory scientists. Reports the conference at Tiksi, May 7-9, 1962 with 76 present from the Arctic and Antarctic Institute, the Tiksi, Dikson and Pevek observatories, and various local organizations, and A. F. Treshnikov chairman. The 15 papers (listed) dealt with ice forecasting, sea-level, currents, and observatory activities. DLC. 80043. KIRILLOV, A. A., and I. M. KUZNEØOV. Novye trebovanifå k ledovym nabliadenietm na polfarnykh stan£sifakh. (Problemy Arktiki i Antarktiki 1963, no. 12, p. 15-19.) 6 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: New requirements from polar station ice observations. In the last 20-30 years, mathematical methods of forecasting by use of computing machines have been worked out, but the polar stations which collect the raw data use methods suitable only for descriptive material. For example, polar and drifting stations collecting data on ice drift, include none relating to regularities of drift, its relation to current and wind, to features of the beginning and cessation of drift, its relation to the form, size and thickness of ice, or to its distance from shore. Similarly with observations on ice growth and melting and on the state of ice cover. The existing instructions for polar station observations need to be revised to bring them in line with present-day science. Appended is editor's note that a Permanent Commission on the scope and content of observations (Postolhnnafä komissiiä po sostavu i soderzhanif0 nabhüdenil) has been set up by the Arctic and Antarctic Institute. DLC. 80044. KIRILLOV, A. S. K voprosu o poiskakh almazov v Krasno(årskom krae. (Materialy po geologii i poleznym iskopaemym Krasnol .rskogo kraiii 1962. no. 3, p. 223-30, map.) 24 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Search for diamonds in Krasnoyarsk Province. Reviews this prospecting in the river beds and terrace deposits of the Siberian platform and Yenisey Ridge. The greatest quantity of diamonds has been found on the western

535

limits of the Tungusskiy syncline, in the Tychany and Vel'mo River basins. Their properties are briefly characterized. The genesis and geology of diamonds are analyzed. In this province several regions warrant attention: the western margin of the Anabar massif, the Vel'mo and Chadobets uplands, Yenisey Ridge, and some others. The main prospects are in the Siberian DLC. platform. 80045. KIRILLOV, A. S. K voprosu o strukture prieniseIskol okrainy Sibirskol platformy. (In: Akademig nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie ... Tektonika Sibiri. v. 2, 1962, p. 30-39, map, profiles.) 16 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Structure of the Yenisey margin of the Siberian platform. Outlines the age, development history, and main structures of this part of the platform. The age is pre-Sinian. Origin of Yenisey Ridge is discussed. Lower Mesozoic structures such as Vel'mo uplift, Angara-Kansk trough, and Chuna-Biryusa uplift are characterized. Other structures are noted. DLC. 80046. HIRILLOV, A. S. 0 tektonicheskikh razryvakh Tungusskol sineklizy. (Sovetaka& geologifa 1963, no. 11, p. 58-67, map.) 22 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: On tectonic fractures of the Tungusskiy syneclise. Reviews abyssal fractures of the Siberian platform as characterized by various scientists, and outlines genetic types of abyssal fractures from recent geologic and geophysical studies. Marginal faults of the Siberian platform, dislocations with a break in continuity of the Tungusskiy syneclise, and so-called dead fractures in the basement of the platform are distinguished and characDLC. terized. 80047. HIRILLOV, A. S., and V. S. RYLOV. Ob istochnikakh magnifå v karbona(Vsesofiitznoe mineralogicheskoe titakh. o-vo. Zapiski 1963. ser. 2, v. 92, no. 2, p. 228-31, table.) 13 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: On the source of magnesium in carbonatites. Reviews the disputed problem of carbonatite genesis and sources of its material. The isotopic composition of magnesium, as studied in carbonatites of the Kovdor, Vuoriyarvi and Sallanlatvi massifs of Kola Peninsula and Karelia, is presented in tabular form. The main source of magnesium is concluded to have been ultrabasic rocks DLC. under metasomatic processes. 80048. KIRILLOV, F. N. Ikhtiofauna basselna reki VMS. (Akademig nauk SSSR.

536

fAkutskil filial. Inst. biologii. Trudy 1962, no. 8, p. 5-71, tables, map, illus.) 43 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The fish fauna of the Vilyuy River basin. Account of conditions in the middle and lower Vilyuy with introductory review of earlier fisheries investigations and the physiography of the area. Twenty-six species of fish are described, including taxonomy and morphology, reproduction, growth and life span, habitats, movements, etc., and the fisheries. Zoogeographic aspects, stocks and protective measures are covered in the final DLC. sections of the study. 80049. KIRILLOV, M. V., Editor. Krasnofiirskil kral. Krasnoyarsk 1962. 404 p. tables, illus. Approx. 400 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Krasnoyarsk Province. Presents a collective work on the natural and economic divisions of the province. Its geographic position, relief, climate, waters, soils, vegetation cover are summarized. Zones of tundra, forest tundra, taiga and forest steppe are outlined. Four economic-. geographic regions are distinguished and described; one is the Northern region, situated north of the Angara-Podkamennaya Tunguska watershed. DLC. 80050. KIRILLOV, M. V., and P. D. SOLONEßKII. 0 vozmozhnom vlifiinii zatoplennykh pochv na gidrokhimicheskil rezhim Krasno1 rskogo vodokhranilishcha. (In: Sibirskafä, konferenfsifa pochvovedov 1961. Trudy pub. 1962, p. 315-26, tables.) 6 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Possible influence of flooded soils on the hydrochemical regime of the Krasnoyarsk water reservoir. The Krasnoyarsk hydroelectric station when constructed is to have a water reservoir and flood certain nearby areas. A soil map of these areas is made, and chemical properties of the soils are analyzed. Yenisey water was artificially exposed to these soils to determine possible chemical changes in the new water reservoir under influence of the flooded soils. The experiments show that the Shumikha-Derbino area influence will make no change. In the Derbino-DaurskNovoselovo area however, a possible change of gas composition and increase in content of biogenic elements (P,N.) are expected, at least in the first year of flooding. DLC. 80051. KIRILLOV, M. V., and P. S. BUGAKOV. Skhema pochvennogo ralonirovanifa territorii Krasnofärskogo kraft. (Krasnoyarsk. Sel'skokhozfalstvennyl inst. Trudy 1959. v. 3, no. 1, p. 218-31, table, map.) In Russian. Title tr.: A scheme of soil zonation for the territory of Krasnoyarskiy Kray.

Authors present and illus. a division of the tundra, taiga, and subtaiga into sub-. zones and provinces. The physiography, climate, relief, soil, vegetation and the agricultural potential of each of these areas is discussed in some detail. DLC. KIRILLOV, M. V., see also No. 82876.

ical study of this massif in Kola Peninsula, with attention particularly to these two minerals. Apatite is characteristic of all kinds of rock despite variation in content. Three varieties of apatite are recognized: white granular, yellow prismatic, and orange prismatic. Each is described, its chemical composition, X-ray analysis, and other features. Two types of sphene similarly are distinguished and described. Apatite and sphene are mineral concentrators of rare earths, and sphene also of niobium. DLC.

80052. HIRIS, I D Chislennost' belki i meropriatia po uvelichenifli ee zapasov i promysla. (Moskva. Vses. n: issl. inst. zhivotnogo syr'a i pushniny. Trudy 1962. no. 19, p. 3-153, tables, graphs, maps.) 80055. KIRNARSKII,fi?. M. Pirokhlor iz Approx. 40 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The porod Egirinovogo navoloka. (Materialy po number of squirrels and measures to increase mineralogii Kol'skogo poluostrova 1959. their reserves and exploitation. no. 1, p. 84-90, table, section.) 10 refs. In Comprehensive study of this important Russian. Title tr.: Pyrochlore from rocks fur animal, distributed throughout Eurasia of Egirinovyy nappe. to approx. 70° N. The literature and methThis nappe is part of the Gremyakhaods of study are reviewed. Population Vyrmes massif in northeast Kola Peninsula. dynamics are outlined for the northern race, Pyrochlore is found in fine-grained aegiri occupying Arkhangel'sk Province, Komi mites and amphibole biotite-aegirine alkaASSR, Kola Peninsula and areas southward, line syenites. Morphologically two varieties also for the population in Tyumen and Kras- are established: small isometric grains and noyarsk Provinces, Yakutia, etc. Popular large grains irregular in form. Both are tion changes of squirrel races generally are analyzed and their physical properties and characterized. A final section (p. 101-141) chemical composition described. DLC. deals with the geographic distribution of population densities in Russia during 1934- 80056. KIROVA, O. A. Mineral'nyl sostav 1959 with maps for each year. Recom- i struktura zheleznogo meteorita Susuman. mendations, aimed at increasing the stock (Meteoritika 1962. no. 22, p. 61-70, illus.) are given, as are ways of expanding the 6 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Mineral hunting trade generally in squirrels. DLC. composition and structure of the Susuman iron meteorite. 80053. KIRIÜSHINA, M. T. Karta noDescribes the form, surface and other feavelshel tektoniki severs Sibiri masshtaba tures of this meteorite, found in 1937 in the 1:2 500 000. (In: Akademia nauk SSSR. basin of the Berelekh, tributary to the Sibirskoe otd-ie ... Tektonika Sibiri. v. 2, Kolyma in Magadan Province. It weighs 1963, p. 271-80, map.) 47 refs. In Russian. 18.8 kg. and consists mainly of nickeliferous Title tr.: Map of recent tectonics of north- iron represented by komacite and taenite. ern Siberia at 1:2.5 million scale. Secondary minerals are shreibersite, troilite, Describes arrangement, legends, and other chromite, etc. These minerals are characterfeatures of this third version of such a map ized. The Susuman and Mal'dyak meteorcompleted in 1960 by the author and V. N. ites are compared and found not of the same Sokolov. Evolution of structures is studied fall as hitherto presumed. The Susuman is for the Neogene-Quaternary period. Mobile octahedrite. DLC. and platformic areas are distinguished and characterized according to the intensity of 80057. KIRUSENKO, T. S. Stratigrafia recent tectonic movements. Their amplitude sinilskikh i kembrilskikh otlozhenil pravois outlined. Part of the map is at a larger berezh'ia r. Aldana, severnee 60-1 parallels. scale and takes in northern Krasnoyarsk (In: Mezhvedomstvennoe soveshchanie .. . DLC. Trudy 1959, p. 23-27.) In Russian. Title Province and Yakut ASSR. tr.: Stratigraphy of Sinian and Cambrian 80054. KIRNARSKII, fÜ. M. Apatit i deposits on the right bank of Aldan River sfen v porodakh massive, "Kholodnoe." north of the 60th parallel. (Materialy po mineralogii Kol'skogo poDescribes deposits distributed in the luostrova 1962, no. 3, p. 188-99, tables, Allakh-Yun', Kerbi, Belays and other baillus.) 12 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: sins. The Sinian are divided into three Apatite and sphene in rocks of Kholodnoye stratigraphic units, series and subseries. massif. Lower, Middle and Upper Cambrian depoReports a 1958 mineralogic and geochem- sits are also briefly characterized. ICRL.

537

80058. KIRWAN, L. P. The white road, a survey of polar exploration. London, Hollis & Carter 1959. 374 p. maps, illus. Refs. Also issued in New York by Norton as A history of polar exploration; and in French translation. Discusses historical and social aspects of polar exploration; particularly the motivating factors in the main expeditions to the Arctic and Antarctic, e.g.: adventure, commerce, exploration, strategy, research, etc. Ascendancy of different nations at different times is dealt with. Conquest of the poles, the opening of new eras after the Franklin search and after World War I, are considered. A final chapter takes up the scientific discoveries of the post-World War II period DGS. and the IGY. 80059. KISELEV, A. I. Kokkolity izvestkovykh vodoroslel s naledi r. Dogdo. (Vsesofaznoe mineralogicheskoe o-vo. Zapiski 1963. ser. 2, v. 92, no. 1, p. 94-95, table, illus.) 2 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Coccoliths of the calcareous algae from a naled of the Dogdo River. Describes an icing mound 2.5-3.0 km.' in area on this river in northeastern Yakutia. It has a white, earthy surface layer, from which powder was chemically studied. The results indicate it to be from coccoliths DLC. of calcareous algae. 80060. KISELEV, it. G. Glubinno-geologicheskoe stroenie Ust'-EniseTskoT vpadiny i ee obramlenie. v svete novykh geofizicheskikh dannykh. (Leningrad. N: issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Trudy 1962. v. 132, Geofizicheskie metody razvedki v Arktike, no. 4, p. 61-74, map.) 25 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Depth-geology structure of the Ust-Yenisey depression and its framing in the light of new geophysical data. Reports recent gravimetric, aerial magnetic and seismic investigations to detect deep structures of this and adjacent areas. A new tectonic map is presented and an interpretation is given. In the central part of the lower Yenisey depression, the Paleozoic basement is absent, therefore structures favorable for oil and gas search are to be found. This depression is characterized by development of block-clump tectonics. Arch and bending folds should have priority in DLC. further studies. 80061. KISELEV, ff?. G. Izuchenie glubinnogo stroeniiä zemnoT kory severo-zapadnol okrainy Sibirskol platformy putem registra{sii promyshlennykh vzryvov Noril'skogo kombinata. (Leningrad. N: issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Trudy 1962. v. 132, Geofiziche-

538

kie metody razvedki v Arktike, no. 4, p. 200-203.) 4 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Study of the deep structure of the earth's crust on the northwest fringe of the Siberian platform from the registration of industrial explosions of the Noril'sk combine. Describes development of the method, use of the apparatus, the blasting preparations and the procedures for registering seismic data to elucidate geologic structure. When the Noril'sk mines were blasting, seismic observations were made at the Val'k, Dudinka and Krestakh stations. The data are being worked up. DLC. 80062. KISELEV, fÜ. G. Opytnye issledovanifa po registral ii mikrozemletrfåsenil s trassirovanifa zon glubinykh razlomov na severnom sklone Sibirskol platformy. (Leningrad. N: issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Trudy 1961. v. 125, sbornik statel po geologii i neftegazonosnosti Arktiki, no. 17, p. 113-25, graphs, map, illus.) 9 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Attempt at investigation of earth tremor registration to locate deep faults in the northern slope of the Siberian platform. Reports microseismic observations made in 1956-1957 by the Institute of Geology of the Arctic to clarify seismic-tectonic conditions of these deep faults. The study was preliminary in character, to work out methods, design instruments of sufficient sensitivity, clarify effects of permafrost and other conditions. Seismicity was recorded in 1956 in the Khatanga region where the Khatanga and Popigay faults come together, and in 1957 in the Ozhidaniya Bay region on the north side of Lake Taymyr, where the great Taymyr fault is. It was found that permafrost and magnetic variations did not interfere with the observations. Only tremors resulting in small vertical dislocations were registered. The Taymyr fault was found DLC. deep-seated. 80063. KISELEV, lb. G. SeTsmicheskie issledovanifå s 1/p "Ermak" v vysokikh shirota.kh. (Leningrad. N: issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Trudy 1962. v. 132, Geofizicheskie metody razvedki v Arktike, no. 4, p. 192-99, table, map, illus.) 10 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Seismic investigations with the icebreaker Ermak in high latitudes. Reports 1960 work, the first such by the USSR in the shelf seas of the Arctic Basin. It aimed to investigate the deep geologic structure of the sea floor and adjacent continental areas. Ten soundings by reflected wave method were made in the Laptev, Barents and Kara Seas from a moving vessel at 2.3 knots average speed, and 60 seismo-

grams were obtained. Interpretations are given for the northern Barents and southeastern Kara Seas. Composition of various (150-1700 m.) depths is described. DLC. 80064. KISELEV, M. F. Moroznoe puchenie i meroprifatifa po umen'shenifii deformafsff fundamentov na puchinistykh gruntakh. (Akademifa stroitel'stva i arkhitektury SSSR. Institut osnovanil i podzemnykh sooruzhenil. Sbomik 1963, no. 52, p. 5-41, tables, illus.) 33 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Frost heaving and methods for reducing the deformation of foundations on heaving ground. Reviews the study of frost heaving and summarizes research on the effect of granulometric composition of ground, its freewater content, and the dynamics of heat flow, which determine the speed of freezing, and the heaving. A classification based on heaving capacity for different granulometric composition, density, structure, its chemical and mineralogical composition, etc. is proposed. Among methods of preventing frozen ground from heaving is the drainage of the ground in the active zone and 3-4 m. below it, a correct estimate of the depth of building foundations, and their construction (piles, padding, etc.). Thermal insulation of ground beneath and adjacent to the buildings, and use of cooking salt (sodium chloride) to lower the freezing point of ground moisture DLC. are discussed. 80065. KISELEN, M. F. Opredelenie srednel temperatury vechnomerzlogo grunta, okruzhafffshchego snalnyl fundament. (Osnovena, fundamenty i mekhanika gruntov 1961. v. 3, no. 4, p. 30, graphs.) In Russian. Title tr.: Determination of the mean temperature of the permafrost ground surrounding a pile foundation. Explains a method of calculating of temperature around piles 8-10 m. deep. It is based on monthly mean temperature variation in permafrost of the locality as a function of depth for not less than one year; a graph of the permafrost mean temperature is plotted taking maximum values of the monthly mean. An elementary discussion on the application of the method is given with examples for Noril'sk, etc. DLC. 80066. KISELEV, M. F. Vlifånie moroznogo puchenifa gruntov na ustolchivost' zdanil i sooruzhenil. (Akademißa stroitel'stva i arkhitektury SSSR. Inst. osnovanff i podzemnykh sooruzhenff. Trudy 1959, no. 38, p. 9-24, tables.) 21 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Effect of frost heaving of the ground on the stability of buildings and constructions.

Reviews theories of formation of ice inclusions and water migration in freezing ground. Unbound water is converted entirely into ice; water bound by weak molecular forces freezes partially or completely, depending on the degree of negative temperature; firmly bound water may remain liquid even at —30° C. Granulometrically, frost heaving is greatest in ground composed of dust and particles less than 0.5 mm. in size. Effects of individual factors in the process of ice accumulation in various kinds of ground, and the mechanism of frost heaving of foundations are discussed. Practical recommendations for preventing deformation of buildings and constructions built on frozen loam or clay include drainage of foundation ground, thermoinsulation of frozen ground to prevent seasonal thawing and freezing; the load on the foundation piles should exceed the forces of frost heaving applied to them. DLC. 80067. KISELEV, O. N. Ispol'zovanie sovetskikh gidrostatov dlfü nablfiIdenifa za promyslovymi rybami. (Akademifa nauk SSSR. Okeanograficheskafa komissifa. Trudy 1962. v. 14, p. 123-26, illus.) Ref. In Russian. Title tr.: Utilization of Soviet hydrostats for observation of commercial fish. Describes a recent model (GG-57) of this diving apparatus; its operations in the Barents, Norwegian and Greenland Seas; observations on redfish, cod, haddock, plaice, eta., suggestions for improved models. DLC. 80068. KISELEN, O. N. Podvodnye nabladenifa za povedeniem ryb v 22-m rense e/s "Tunefs." (Murmansk. Polfamyl n: issl. inst. morskogo rybnogo khozralstva i okeanografii. Nauchno-tekhnicheskff balleten' 1962, no. 1 (19), p. 23-24, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: Under-water observations on behavior of fishes made during the 22nd cruise of the expeditionary vessel Tunets. Notes midsummer 1961 observations made from a hydrostat to a depth of 500 m. in the Barents and Norwegian Seas and in Icelandic waters. Cod, herring and haddock were watched as to their reactions to light and nets, their schooling, feeding, etc. DLC. KISELEN, O. N., see also Nos. 78849, 78850. 80069. KISEL'MAN, E. N. Mikrofaunisticheskie Sony gan'kinskol svity ZapadnoSibirskol nizmennosti. (Sibirskii n: issl.

539

inst. geologii, geofiziki i mineral'nogo syr'få. Trudy 1960. no. 8, p. 176-88, tables, illus.) 5 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Microfaunal zones of the Gan'kino layer of the West Siberian lowland. Reports study of foraminiferal fauna in this layer of Upper Cretaceous deposits uncovered by about 30 drillings, around Berezovo, Leushi, Khanty-Mansiysk, Tyumen and elsewhere. Three microfaunal zones are distinguished according to forams in the Gan'kino layer: Gandryina rugosa var. spinulosa; Spiroplectammina kasanzevi, and AnØlina praeacuta. Forams of each zone are characterized. DLC. KISELOVA, M. V., see No. 79037. 80070. KISLIAKOV, A. G., and L. I. BOROVAfA. Hydrological conditions in the Barents Sea in 1961. (International Council for the Exploration of the Sea. Annales biologiques 1961 pub. 1963. v. 18, p. 29-33, graphs, table, maps, illus.) Account of regular observations along standard sections, cutting the main branches of the currents. Temperature, salinity and position of ice edge are considered, as well as horizontal distribution at the surface and bottom. Some parameters are compared with those of preceding and of earlier years. DSI. 80071. KISLIAKOV, A. G. Hydrological conditions in the north-eastern part of the Norwegian Sea and the adjacent area, April-July 1961. (International Council for the Exploration of the Sea. Annales biologiques 1961 pub. 1963. v. 18, p. 26-29, tables, maps, illus.) Reports temperature and salinity at 0 and 50 m. levels and along over a dozen sections, with comparative data on conditions and fluctuations since 1959. Dynamic charts of 0-200 decibars are also presented and the effect on the transport of eggs and larvae from the coast, noted. DSI. 80072. KISLIAKOV, A. G. Hydrographic conditions in the Norwegian Current and the North Cape Current in the spring of 1960. (International Council for the Exploration of the Sea. Annales biologigues 1960 pub. 1962. v. 17, p. 24-25, table, maps.) Study of April-July temperature conditions in the area 67°30'-73°50' N. 5°-33°30' E. with comparison to the preceding year. The high salinity of the waters (not described) indicates an additional influx of Atlantic water, above that of 1959. DSI.

540

KISLIAKOV, V. N., see Nos. 77988, 78925. 80073. KISLfAKOVA, T. E. Fotosintez i dykhanie kartofelfii v uslovifØ Kralnego Severa. (Akademiß nauk SSSR. Lab. evolfffisionnol i ekologicheskol fiziologii. Trudy 1962. v. 4, p. 39-76, tables, graph.) Approx. 125 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Photosynthesis and respiration of the potato under conditions of the far North. Reports on experimental study made in the Apatity region of Kola Peninsula in 1954-57 and 1959, and partly in Moscow. Diurnal course and duration of photosynthesis, its intensity and productivity, and finally respiration were considered. Some conclusions: photosynthesis was highly dependent upon light and did not cease even at midnight of cloudy arctic-midsummer days; light saturation- and compensation-points were rather low, and so was intensity of photosynthesis; the latter however, was compensated by the long duration of light. Owing to that long duration, crops were relatively high. DLC. 80074. KITAEV, V. A. Stratigrafii mezozolskikh otlozhenil kl rebta Pekul'nel. (In: Mezhvedomstvennoe soveshchanie .. . Trudy 1959, p. 306-307.) In Russian. Title tr.: Stratigraphy of the Mesozoic deposits of the Pekul'ney Range. Describes the Upper JurassicValanginia.n, Aptian-Albian, Turonian and Cenomanian deposits, noting their distribution, composition, thickness and paleontologic characteristics. ICRL. 80075. KITAINIK, A. U., comp. Novosibirsk. Novosibirsk, Novosibirskoe knizhnoe izd-vo 1961. 182 p. illus. In Russian. Includes, p. 120-33, account of Akademgorodok, the Siberian center of the Academy of Sciences: description of the town, its educational, housing and recreational facilities, scientific goals, etc.; double-spread photo shows general view of the scientific buildings. DLC. 80076. KITCHENER, L. D. Flag over the North, the story of the Northern Commercial Company. Seattle, Superior Publishing Co. 1954. 349 p. illus. Traces from primary sources the history of this Alaskan trading firm, known as the Russian-American Co. from 1776 till 1867, then as the Alaska Commercial Co. to 1901. The Russian company's activities are outlined; as are the American company's operations: sealing in the Pribilof Islands, 1870-89; Yukon River shipping and fur

trade from St. Michael; gold-camp outfitting at Circle, the Klondike, Nome, etc.; the company's coaling station at Unalaska; its Fairbanks stage line; its modern department store at Anchorage, etc. are reviewed. Company relationships with the Alaskan natives are discussed, notable employees, e.g. Jack McQuesten, sketched. Trading conditions in various areas are dealt with: the Aleutians, lower Yukon, the Kuskokwim, Yukon Territory, Nome, Interior Alaska, and Anchorage. DI. 80077. HITLER, I. N., and It. A. LINER. Nefeliny, kompleksnoe syr'e alfi minievol promyshlennosti. Moskva, Metallurgizdat 1962. 238 p. tables, graphs, illus. Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Nephelines, raw materials for alumina production. Outlines the composition, properties, classification, age, and geologic position of nepheline rocks with major resources in Kola Peninsula, Krasnoyarsk Province, Siberia, and other areas. Nepheline and apatite-nepheline ore dressing is outlined, the caking process treated in detail. Obtaining of alumina, cement, soda potash, and other useful minerals is described. DLC. KITZINGER, C., see Nos. 77404, 77406. KIVAGM), see No. 82818. 80078. KIVRIN, V. Enisel pokoren. (Sovetkil sofas 1963, no. 5 (159), p. 6-9, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: The Yenisey subdued. Photosketch of the 130 m. high dam for the Krasnoyarsk power station near Divnogorsk. The station is to have a 5 million kwt. potential; four of its ten turbines to start operating by 1965. DLC. KIZENKOV, V. E., see No. 81836. 80079. KJAERUM, F. En praestestrid i sølv. (Grønland 1963, no. 8, p. 302-306, illus.) 4 refs. In Danish. Title tr.: A clergymen's controversy in silver. Discusses an incident during Hans Egede's sojourn in the north Norwegian parish of Vågen, approx. 68°15' N. 14°30' E. about 1714. The priest in a neighboring parish claimed his parishioners were drawn away by Egede for their tithes; the parishioners in sympathy presented Egede with a silver tankard. The controversy is considered a factor in Egede's decision to go to Green-. CaMAI. land. 80080. HLAIN, G. J., and D. A. VAUGHAN. Alterations of protein metab-

olism during cold-acclimation. (Federation proceedings 1963. v. 22, no. 3, pt. 1, p. 862-67, tables.) 35 refs. Review of earlier work in this field, followed by report of own investigations on rats exposed to 7° C. for 3-4 wks. The results indicate that a moderate cold-stress effectively corrects amino-acid imbalances. Furthermore cold-exposed animals can utilize an imbalanced diet for the formation of tissue protein. DLC. 80081. HLAIN, G. J., and D. A. VAUGHAN. Alterations of protein metabolism during cold acclimation. Fort Wainwright, Alaska 1963. 15 p. tables. (U.S. Arctic Aeromedical Lab. TDR-6260.) 35 refs. Reviews earlier studies and reports own recent work. This has demonstrated that moderate cold is effective in correcting and overcoming amino-acid imbalances in the rat. Both cold-induced and substrateinduced enzymatic changes take place CaMAI. during acclimation. 80082. KLAIN, G. J. Alterations of rat tissue cytochrome C levels by a chronic cold exposure. Fort Wainwright, Alaska 1963. 4 p. table. (U.S. Arctic Aeromedical Lab. TDR-63-6.) 13 refs. At the end of four weeks' exposure to 5° C. the cytochrome-C levels of the heart, kidney, liver, lung, skeletal muscle and the spleen were increased by 43.7, 29.4, 131.6, 61.8, 140.6, and 61.2%, respectively, over the controls. The levels remained increased throughout the five-month experiment. CaMAI. 80083. KLAIN, G. I., and others. Effect of protein intake and cold exposure on selected liver enzymes associated with amino acid metabolism. Fort Wainwright, Alaska 1963. 7 p. table. (U.S. Arctic Aeromedical Lab. TDR-62-61.) 24 refs. Other authors: D. A. Vaughan and L. N. Vaughan. The activity of five liver enzymes involved in amino acid metabolism was markedly increased in rats exposed to 7° C. The activity of tryptophane pyrrolase and tyrosine alpha ketoglutamic tranØinase was heightened by cold per se; that of the other three by higher protein intake due to CaMAI. cold. 80084. HLAIN, G. J., and others. Effect of protein intake and cold exposure on selected liver enzymes associated with (Journal of amino acid metabolism. nutrition 1963. v. 80, no. 1, p. 106-110,

541

tables.) 23 refs. Other authors: D. A. Vaughan and L. N. Vaughan. Account of two experiments, with limited and complete protein intake. After four weeks, the activities of five liver enzymes involved in amino acid metabolism were increased in all cold-exposed rats. However, the activities of arginase, glutamic-oxalacetic and glutamic-pyruvic transaminase increased only due to cold-induced higher protein intake, while tryptophane pyrrolase and tyrosine-a-ketoglutamic transaminase DLC. increased due to cold per se. 80085. KLAIN, G. J., and others. Interrelationships of cold exposure and amino acid imbalances. Fort Wainwright, Alaska 1963. 9 p. tables. U.S. Arctic Aeromedical Lab. TDR-62-62.) 16 refs. Other authors: D. A. Vaughan and L. N. Vaughan. Rats kept at 7° C. tolerated an aminoacid imbalanced diet while animals kept at 25° C. suffered a severe metabolic disorder. The activity of glutamic-oxalacetic and glutamic-pyruvic transaminase increased CaMAI. during cold exposure. 80086. KLAIN, G. J., and R. L. WINDERS. Metabolic studies of an amino acid imbalance in cold exposed rats. Fort Wainwright, Alaska 1963. 11 p. tables, graphs. (U.S. Arctic Aeromedical Lab. TDR-63--33.) 14 refs. Young rata fed a specified imbalanced diet and exposed to 7° C. did not show an increase in liver arginine synthetase or arginase and in levels of several plasma amino acids, as did controls at room temperature. They also eatabolized excessive methionine and phenylalanine, which conProtein-depleted, coldtrols did not. stressed rats readily consumed the imbalanced diet, while the food intake at room temperature fell off sharply 18 hr. after the CaMAI. meal. KLAIN, G. J., see also Nos. 84034, 84038. KLASSEN, I. P., see No. 80904. 80087. KLATKA, T. Problemes des sots striCs de la partie septentrionale de la presqu'ile de Sörkapp, Spitsbergen. (Biuletyn peryglacjalny 1961. no. 10, p. 291-320, graph, maps, illus.) 27 refs. In French. Polish and Russian summaries. Title tr.: Problems of the striated ground in the northern part of Sørkapp Peninsula, Spitsbergen. Reports study of patterned ground in the Hornsund area while with the Polish Spitsbergen expedition, 1957. The most char-

acteristic relief forms, stone stripes, are described and illus.; several varieties are distinguished: band-bar of detritus, miniature stripes, two kinds of stone ledge. Granulometric properties of the detrital material are analyzed. Genesis of this patterned ground is discussed and the micro- and macro-congelifiuction processes responsible for their origin are characterized. DLC. 80088. KLEBESADEL, L. J. Lawn weeds in Alaska. Palmer, Alaska 1963. 32 p. tables, illus.) (Alaska. Agricultural Experiment Station. Bulletin 34.) Suggests cultural and chemical methods of controlling weeds, and describes with illus. a dozen of the more troublesome ones encountered in Alaska. Reproduction, habitat, and growing habits are noted for each, also effective herbicides. DA. KLEBESADEL, L. J., see also Nos. 77722, 80543. 80089. KLEEMOLA, A. Spiders from the northernmost part of Enontekiö. (Suomalainen eläin- ja kasvitieteellinen seura Vanamo. Tiedonannot: Archivum 1961. v. 16, no. 2, p. 128-35, table, illus.) 14 refs. Reports on material collected in the northwesternmost part of Finnish Lapland, during July 9-27, 1960, with introductory description of area and methods of collection. Forty species are described, 12 of them new for Finland. Notes refer to location and substrate, vertical and geographic distribution, habitats, synonyms, etc. DLC. 80090. KLEIBER, M. Trophic responses to cold. (Federation proceedings 1963. v. 22, no. 3, pt. 1, p. 772-74.) 13 refs. Theoretical analysis of the influence of cold on the size of the body and its parts. Trophic effects considered include absolute and relative hypertrophy, change in relative organ weight and weight regression. Significance of anatomical structure for heat balance is also discussed. DLC. KLEIN, M., see No. 78733. 80091. KLENOVA, M. V. Osadki Arkticheskogo bassetna po materialam drelfa 1/p "G. Sedov." Moskva, Izd-vo Akademii nauk SSSB 1962. 104 p. tables, graphs, charts, illus.) 71 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Sediments of the Arctic Basin according to materials from the drift of the icebreaker G. Sedov. Presents (for first time) data report from

this noted drift (cf. No. 903). In the region 82°05'-86°38' N. 108°20'-5°06' E. in 1939, 30 bottom samples were collected at 20904975 m. depth. Bottom relief is described from the 38 measurements made; depths, angles of slopes and topography are characterized. The mode of sampling, etc. are described. Mechanical and mineral analyses of the bottom sediments, and the organic remains are reported. Benthonic forms of foraminifers are given. Chemical processes in the sediments are treated, and their colloidal fractions analyzed. In appendix, G. F. Shnelder describes two species of ostraeods: Cytheropteron sedowi sp. n. and Krithe producla Brady. DLC. 80092. KLENOVA, M. V. Sovremennoe osadkoobrazovanie v Barenfsovom more. (In: Soveshchanie po sovremennym morskim osadkam 1960. Trudy pub. 1961, p. 419-36, graphs, maps.) 29 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Present sediment formation in the Barents Sea. Reviews the geologic structure and physical-geographic conditions of this sea in respect to formation of sediments. Detrital facies predominate in bottom sediments and mechanical differentiation is the leading process in deposit formation. Residual, allothogenic, syngenetic, and other types are distinguished and their Grain size, distribution is described. mineral and chemical composition of the bottom sediments are reported. DLC. 80093. KLESOVA, E. V. Sever zovet. Magadan, Magadanskoe knizhnoe izd-vo 1956. 79 p. ills. In Russian. Title tr.: Call of the North. Sketches the birth and growth of the Young Communist League (komsomol) in Magadan Province from the cells set up at Ola in 1923, and Uelen 1928. Komsomol participation in exploration, settlement and the Dal'strol project of 1928-1940 is described, as are the war effort of youth groups of National District, komsomol contributions to postwar development, training of minority groups, etc. DLC. 80094. KLIAGINA-KONDRAT'EVA, M. I., and S. A. KONDRAT'EV. Komi Moskva, Sovetskil narodnafa pesnia. kompozitor 1959. 144 p. 22 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Komi folksongs. Sketches the folkloristic roots of traditional Zyryan songs and analyzes their structure, rhythms, harmony, melodies, and modulations. The 42 songs recorded in 1946 in the Syktyvkar region are arranged by type and topic: narrative poems, ballads, dance

songs, lullabies, dirges, etc. Lyrics are given in Zyryan and Russian, musical scores are included; aboriginal woodwind and string instruments are described. DLC. 80095. KLfASHTORIN, L. B. Diatomovye obrastanifå kitov dal'nevostochnykh morel. (Akademifa nauk SSSR. Institut okeanologii. Trudy 1962. v. 58, p. 314-21, tables, illus.) 10 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Diatom overgrowth on whales of the Far-Eastern Seas. Reports a study and comparison with antarctic conditions. The only species common in both hemispheres is Cocconeis ceticola Nelson. A new diatom, C. orcii sp. nov. from the killer whale, is described. DLC. 80096. KLfATIS, B. D. Sof ialisticheskoe okhotnich'e khozfålstvo na uroven' sovremennykh zadach. (Irkutsk. Sel'skokhozfalstvennyl inst. Izvestifa 1960. v. 18, p. 25-37.) In Russian. Title tr.: Raise the socialist hunting industry to the level of present-day standards. Criticizes the inequitable remuneration of kolkhoz fur hunters, primarily northern aborigines. According to the kolkhoz statute, 27% of the hunting team (artel) proceeds reverts to communal kolkhoz funds. Thus the member of a collective gets less for his catch than does the independent hunter or sportsman. Examples are cited of incomes from furs in 1950 at the Stalin kolkhoz in Taymyr National District. Corrective measures are suggested: increasing from 8 to 20% the government bonus for fur products from northern kolkhozes, also increasing the regulation of private hunting. Kolkhoz and independent hunting organizations should participate in the fur procurement and sale process on the same basis as, and be paid at the same rate as the Consumers' Cooperation outfits. Thus kolkhoz revenues and kolkhoz hunters' incomes would rise as would funds allotted to wolf control, supplementary fox feed, etc. DLC. 80097. KLIGE, R. K., and others. Neka torye osobennosti ruslovykh proisessov v srednem i chastichno nizhnem techenii r. Angary. (Moskva. Univ. Geograficheskil fakul'tet. Voprosy erozii i stoke 1962. p. 117-32, tables, illus.) 3 refs. In Russian. Other authors:. G. Simonov, and K. G. Tikho(skil. Title tr.: Some features of river bed processes on the middle and part of the lower course of the Angara River. Reviews the geomorphic features of the river channel, the substantial bend of the

543

longitudinal profile, the bed alternately widening and narrowing, the channel breaking up into branches, etc. Erosion and deposition patterns, varying rock resistance, the load carried, regulation of runoff, microrelief forms, and other aspects DLC. are characterized. KLIMENKOV, A. F., see No. 83296. 80098. KLIMOVA, I. G. Ammonity valanzhina Zapadno-Sibirskor nizmennasti. (Sibirskil n: issl. inst. geologii, geofiziki i mineral'nogo syr'få. Trudy 1960. no. 8, p. 163-75, table, maps, illus.) 12 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Valanginian ammonites of the West Siberian lowland. Describes Lower Cretaceous ammonites collected in wells 54°-69° N. including those of Salekhard and Turukhansk. Stratigraphy of the Valanginian is described. Ammonites of gen. Subcraspediles, Tollia, Temnoptychites, Polyptychites, and DichtomiØ, are systematically treated; and Tollia sibirixs DLC. identified as a new species. 80099. KLIMOVA, I. G., and T. F. ZAFf EVA. Novye nakhodki ammonitov Speetoniceras v Zapadnol Sibiri. (Sibirskil n: issl. inst. geologii, geofiziki i mineral'nogo syr'fit. Trudy 1962. no. 23, p. 108-113, table, map, illus.) 7 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: New finds of Speetoniceras ammonites in Western Siberia. Reports Cretaceous-Hauterivian ammonites found in the Berezovo, Turukhansk and other areas: in 13 drilled wells, some thirty representatives of gen. Speetoniceras in fam. Simbirskitidae. The genus is systematically described and illus. DLC. 80100. KLIMOVA, I. G., and A. S. TURBINA. Sistematicheskii analiz fauny molltüskov mezozofå ZapadnoSibirskol nizmennosti i nekotorye paleogeograficheskie i paleoekologicheskie vyvody. (In: MezhvedoØtvennoe soveshchanie po dorabotke .. . 1961, p. 147-61, tables.) 6 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Systematic analysis of the Mesozoic molluscan fauna of the West Siberian lowland and some paleogeographic and paleoecologic conclusions. Reviews the pelecypod, cephalopod and other fauna found in cores at Berezovo, Malyy Atlym, Yeloguy, Turukhansk, etc. From the Bajocian to the Maestrichtian, it is analyzed noting type of seas in which the forms had lived. Paleogeography of Tyumen and Krasnoyarsk provinces is DLC. briefly characterized. 80101. KLIMOVICH, V. 544

M.

Pronikno-

venie solnechnol radiaaii v more: na primers Eniserskogo saliva. (Problemy Arktiki i Antarktiki 1963, no. 13, p. 105108, graphs, tables.) 2 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Penetration of solar radiation into the sea, as exemplified in Yenisey Bay. Reports results of five-eight times daily observations in 1958-1959 using a photopyranometer, 170 determinations altogether: at the surface, 1-3 cm. beneath it, and at 0.5 m. intervals to 2-3 m. depth. Beneath the surface in Vega Strait it was: 58-60% the above-surface value, at 0.5 m. depth 14-25%, at 1 m. 2-14%, at 2 m. 2-4%, and 2% at 3 m.; in the Cape Sopochnaya Karga region, the values were 50-54%, 15-21%, 8-11%, 2%, and not detectable at 3 m. depth or below. The radiation absorption in southern Yenisey Bay was 1.5 times higher than in the northern part, a difference attributed to the greater amount of suspended particles in the DLC. south. 80102. KLIMOVICH, V. M. Teplovol balans poverkhnosti l'da v period tafaniia.. (Problemy Arktiki i Antarktiki 1963, no. 12, p. 85-90, graphs, tables.) 2 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Heat balance of the ice surface in the melting period. Reports observations of May 20-June 22, 1958 or 1959 in the eastern channel of the Yenisey estuary: data on radiation balance, turbulent heat exchange, heat consumed or released by evaporation or condensation, heat flow through the undersurface, and heat of melting. The melting period is found to have two stages, with meteorological factors having the main role in the first and the action of the water in the second. DLC. 80103. KLIMOVSKII, I. V. Gruntovye zhily v delfl i vial'no-soliflfill&ionnykh otlozhenifØ. (In: Akademifa nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Inst. merzlotovedenifa. Uslovifå ... 1963, p. 69-71, profile.) 4 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Ground veins in talus-solifluction deposits. Gives cross-section and describes form, dimensions, composing material, and some other features of such veins found in permafrost of the lower Lena region. They are considered pseudomorphs of ice veins. DLC. 80104. KLIMOVSKII, I. V., and Z. G. USTINOVA. Ob osobennostßakh temperaturnogo rezhima mnogoletnemerzlykh porod ralona kimberlitovol trubki Udachnafå. (In: Akademifii nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe

otd-ie. Inst. merzlotovedenifå. Mnogoletnemerzlye . 1962, p. 96-106, tables, graphs.) 12 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Temperature regime features of permafrost in the Udachnaya kimberlite pipe region. Reports temperature measurements in the Daldyn-Alakit area of Yakutia. Permafrost is possibly 500-550 m. thick in the kimberlite pipe and 330 m. thick in the enclosing rocks in Sytykan valley. The lowest permafrost temperatures are —7.8° C. in the pipe and —5° C. in the enclosing rocks. Temperature variation factors, endogenic DLC. and exogenic, are characterized. KLIMUSHIN, A. M., see No. 80246. 80105. KLf)GE, G. A. Mshanki severnykh morel SSSR. Moskva-Leningrad 1962. 584 p. tables, illus. (Akademi& nauk SSSR. Zoologicheskif institut. Opredeliteli po faune SSSR, no. 76.) Over 300 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Bryozoans from the northern seas of the USSR. Comprehensive but posthumous study of these moss-animalcules of the arctic seas, result of author's work over a fifty-year period. Some 340 forms are described and the majority illus. An introductory part (p. 16-61) deals with the general morphology and anatomy, reproduction and development, asexual reproduction, life cycle, ecology, variability, etc. and includes tables of geographic distribution of the forms considered. The special part (p. 74-571) contains keys and descriptions of taxa and forms. Each form is treated as to synonyms, morphology of colonies and individuals, substrate(s), vertical and geographical distribution, etc. An alphabetic list of the scientific names is appended. DLC. 80106. KLfi7KIN, N. K. Ispol'zovanie metodov kompleksnof klimatologii pri opredelenii rezhima rabochego vremeni v kholodnoe polugodie; na primers severovostochnykh ralonov SSSR. (Soveshchanie po voprosam teoreticheskogo i prikladnogo ispol'zovanifa metodov kompleksnof klimatologii 1960. Voprosy kompleksnol klimatologii Ø. 1963, p. 190-96, tables, map, illus.) 7 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Use of climate-complex methods for determination of work-time standard in the cold halfyear; as exemplified in the northeastern regions of the USSR. Reports the adoption since 1957 in Magadan Province of standards for outsidework feasibility based on a combination of cold-weather factors. Work is suspended, except in case of emergency, when the air

temperature drops below —50° C., or when the wind is stronger than 15 m./sec. and air temperature is below freezing, or when the air temperature is —36° C. and wind more than 7 m./sec. Standards are also set for a work feasibility requirement of 10 or 15 min. break each hour. A combination of climatic factors is found a good basis for solution of similar problems. DLC. 80107. KLfIKIN, N. K. K itogam rabot po programme Mezhdunarodnogo geofizicheskogo goda, mezhdunarodnogo geofizicheskogo sotrudnichestva na Severo-Vostoke SSSR. (Magadan. Oblastnol kraevedcheskif muzef. Kraevedcheskie zapiski 1960. no. 3, p. 109-117, tables, illus.) 8 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: On results of work in the IGY and IGC program in northeastern USSR. Summarizes activities of the Kolyma Hydrometeorological Survey: systematic observations of luminous clouds, auroras, instrumental determination of the lower limit of clouds; also snow-cover studies, and activities of the Suntar-Khayata high latitude station. MH. 80108. KLfUKIN, N. K. Kratkif klimaticheskif ocherk Kralnego Severo-Vostoka SSSR. (Magadan. Oblastnol kraevedcheskif muzef. Kraevedcheskie zapiski 1959. no. 2, p. 57-77, illus.) 24 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Short climatic outline of the far Northeast of the USSR. Characterizes the climate of the Kolyma, Indigirka, Anadyr basins, Chukotsk Peninsula and adjacent areas of Yakutia and Magadan Province. Atmospheric circulation and radiation balance are reviewed. Three climatic zones are distinguished and described: arctic desert and arctic tundra, tundra and forest tundra, coniferous forest. Climatic elements such as air temperature, precipitation, snow cover, etc. are analyzed and some data given. MH. 80109. KLIUKIN, N. K. Nekotorye nauchnye i metodicheskie rezul'taty meteorologicheskikh nablfllldenif Kolymskogo UGMS v period MGG. (USSR. Glavnoe upr. gidrometeorologicheskol sluzhby. Materialy konferenf ,i1 po itogam MGG 1960.. . pub. 1961, p. 147-52, chart, table.) In Russian. Title tr.: Some scientific and methodical results of meteorological observations of the Kolyma Hydrometeorological Survey in the IGY period. Reviews the observations on luminous clouds, aurora, cloud height, snow cover, and others at 11 stations in Yakutia. The snow cover is charted in terms of its poten-

Cal meltwater in mm. At high altitude stations Suntar-Khayata (1063 m.) and Nizhnyaya Baza (1350 m.), various instrumental observations were conducted; these are briefly summarized noting precipitation amount, air temperature, wind and other DLC. elements. 80110. KLIOKIN, N. K. Nekotorye voprosy meliorafsii klimata putem vozdeisstvifa na snezhnyl pokrov. (Problemy Severa 1963, no. 7, p. 65-84, graphs, tables, maps, illus.) 82 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Some problems of improving climate by action on snow cover. Reviews work on snow cover since Voelkov in 1889 stressed its influence on climate. Various ways of modifying the snow cover are outlined: by snow accumulation in fall, its retention, or acceleration of its melting process in spring, by draining or retarding the meltwater, etc. Their effect on humidity and temperature of soils is exemplified from various parts of USSR, and their applicability in the Northeast, i.e. Magadan Province and northeastern Yakutia, is discussed. Climatic zones and their distribution in this area are shown on maps. DLC. 80111. KLfUKIN, N. K. 0 snezhnykh lavinakh Severo-Vostoka SSSR. (Akademiß. nauk SSSR. Izvestifå 1962. ser. geog. no. 1, p. 80-83, table.) 7 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: On snow avalanches in northeastern USSR. Notes as erroneous statements that this region receives little snow. Numerous areas of it have more than 100 mm. precipitation during the cold season, and some more than 300 mm. Most snow falls are observed on the upper Kolyma and Indigirka, in the mountains of the Okhotsk coastal areas, on the eastern slopes of Koryak upland and southeastern slopes of Chukotka. In these areas, the average of snow cover is up to 70-90 cm. and avalanches occur; twelve are cited, with place, date, type, and other factors; and the conditions under which they occur are characterized. DLC. 80112. KLIIKIN, N. K. Snezhnye laviny on Severo-Vostoke SSSR. (Magadan. Oblastnol kraevedcheskil muzel. Kraevelcheskie zapiski 1962. no. 4, p. 147-55, illus.) 17 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Snow avalanches in northeastern USSR. Reviews precipitation, thickness and structure of the snow cover of a broad area mostly in Magadan Province. In mountainous regions with 15°-55° slopes, favorable 546

conditions for avalanche development persist. Some avalanches on the right bank of the upper Kolyma, in Agayakan valley, Tauyskaya Bay and elsewhere are described. They occur mostly in March-April when snow accumulation is highest. Their types, and advance warning possibilities are MII. briefly discussed. KLONTZ, G. W., see Nos 82445, 82446. KLOPPING, I. C., see No. 82486. 80113. KLUMOV, S. K. Gladkie (aponskie) kity Tikhogo okeana. (Akademi1 nauk SSSR. Institut okeanologii. Trudy 1962. v. 58, p. 202-297, tables, maps, illus.) Approx. 60 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: The right (Japanese) whales of the Pacific Ocean. Presents a comprehensive study of ten North Pacific Eubalaena glacialis sieboldii (Gray) supplemented by data from whalers on distribution. These data suggest the presence of two non-mingling populations, an American and an Asiatic. The latter consists of two independent stocks, the Okhotsk and the Pacific. Following analysis of distribution, and estimate of numbers, behavior in the right whale, its food, endo- and ectoparasites, growth, development and reproduction are considered. Morphometry is treated in great detail; external morphology and color, head excrescences, weight of different organs and body parts, including blubber, are reported. DLC. 80114. KLUMOV, S. K. Pitanie i gel'mintofauna kitov, Mystacoceti, v osnovnykh promyslovykh ralonakh Mirovogo okeana. (Akademifii nauk SSSR. Inst. okeanologii. Trudy 1963. no. 71, p. 94-194, tables, maps, illus.) Approx. 125 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Food and helminth fauna of whalebone whales, Mystacoceti, from the main whaling areas of the World Ocean. Comprehensive study including arctic and antarctic areas, based on extensive sources and own work in the North Pacific in 1951-1956. These whales are dealt with species by species (or genus). Each is discussed as to: distribution and whaling areas; its food, tabulated according to species and higher taxa; main elements of diet and their geographic distribution; differences in diet in different areas; its helminth fauna, frequency of the components and geographic variations; quantitative aspects of diet, food competition, etc. A summary is provided for each species

(genus). An hypothesis concerning the center, and subsequent geographic spread in the past, is proposed for some common whales. DLC. KLUMOV, S. K., see also No. 81058. KLUSHIN, I. G., see No. 84216. 80115. KLYZHKO, K. F., and others. 0 graniae indskogo i olenekskogo farusov v Verkhoian'e. (Leningrad. N:Ø1. inst. geologii Arktiki. Uchenye zapiski 1963, no. 1, p. 26-34, profiles.) 6 refs. In Russian. Other authors: A. N. Naumov and ID. N. Popov. Title tr.: On the limits of the Indskiy and Olenek stages in the Verkhoyansk region. Considers the stratigraphic division of the Lower Triassic in these two stages as decided by the Interdepartmental Committee in 1958. Sections in the Lepiske and Syncha River basins axe described in detail and correlated, and the ammonoid complexes are analyzed. The zone with Parano rites is found to be included in the Olenek stage, lower than previously concluded, hence the border between the Indskiy and Olenek stages should be reexamined. DLC. 80116. KNABEN, G. On the evolution of the radicalum-group of the Scapiflora papavers as studied in 70 and 56 chromosome species; part B, experimental studies. Stockholm, Almqvist & Wiksell 1959. 96 p. tables, illus. (Opera botanica, v. 3, no. 3.) 50 refs. In sequence to No. 59237. Reports crossing experiments and studies of various species from Scandinavia, Vestspitsbergen, Greenland, northeastern Canada, and Alaska. Chromosome pairing in intra- and interracial, intra- and interspecific crosses are analyzed, also fertility of the crosses. Differences in self-sterility and self-fertility among the species are described, also measurements of certain characteristics in various races of P. radicalum. Results are considered in light of the evolution of the Scapiflora species. Phytogeography, also effects of Quaternary glaciations on the Scandinavian races, are DLC. discussed. KNAPP, D. G., see No. 79605. 80117. KNIAZEV, S. Kanadskie samorazgruzhafashchiesfå lesovoznye barzhi. (Rechnot transport 1962. v. 21, no. 1, p. 52-53.) Ref. In Russian. Title tr.: Canadian timber barges with unloading facilities. Notes Canadian-built barges on the Alaska-Oregon run, equipped with cranes

for loading. They are capable of 45° heeling, fill the heeling tanks with water to unload the timber. DLC. 80118. KA'IÅZEV, S. A. Mikrofaunisticheskil kompleks izvestnfåkov s Liorhynchus ursus Nal. grfidy Chernysheva. (Akademifå nauk SSSR. Doklady 1963. v. 150, no. 5, p. 1112-15, tables.) 6 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Microfauna complex of limestones with Liorhynchus ursus Nal. in the Chernysheva Ridge. Reports study of Upper DevonianFamenian deposits in several areas of this ridge in northern Komi ASSR. The layers, 150-170 m. thick, with the most L. ursus Nal. are in the Zaostrennaya River basin. Their foraminifers and brachiopods are reported and two strata distinguished. In the Chernysheva Ridge, possibly also in the Chernova uplift, Pay-Khoy, and Vaygach many-chambered forams appeared considerably earlier than in the western slope of Southern Ural and eastern part of the Russian platform. The boundary between Devonian and Carboniferous is also discussed and new criteria for it suggested. DLC. 80119. KNIAZEV, S. A. Srednil devon grfådy Chernysheva i podnfåtifå Chernova. (USSR. Gos. geologicheskil komitet. Materialy po regional'noT stratigrafii SSSR 1963, p. 102-107, map.) 7 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The Middle Devonian of Chernysheva Ridge and Chernova uplift. Reports a study of these deposits along the river valleys and in drill cores. Crosssections are described noting lithologic properties, the brachiopod, coral and other fauna, also spore and pollen analyses. Eifelian and Givetian stages are recognized in these Middle Devonian deposits. DLC. 80120. KNIAZEVA, V. I. K voprosu ob inversifikh temperatury v arkticheskikh iklonakh. (Leningrad. Arkticheskil i antarkticheskil n: issl. inst. Trudy 1962. v. 239, p. 121-27, tables, maps.) 7 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Temperature inversion in arctic cyclones. Analyzes statistical characteristics of inversions in different parts of cyclones moving over the western sector of the Arctic. Recurrence (%), mean vertical extent, intensity of inversion, and mean wind velocity, in northern, southern, eastern, and western parts of the cyclone are given for each month of 1951-1957. A vertical profile of the upper boundary of inversions in the cyclone is plotted from the drifting station North Pole-4 data for

547

Jan. 30—Feb. 4, 1956. The profile has a funnel-like form, the orfice under the center of the cyclone. This shape of inversion profile was obtained also from radiosonde data recorded at Bukhta Tikhaya, Vize Island, Cape Zhelaniya, Cape Chelyuskin, Malyye Karmakuly, Khatanga, and Igarka on Jan. 4, 1957 when the cyclone was over DLC. these stations.

several organizations, among them the Institute of Polar Agriculture, have been experimenting with domestication again and systematic work was started in 1946 by the Pechora-Ilych Preserve. Data from these efforts are presented, their biological and agricultural aspects noted, and comparisons made with results achieved by Krott in Finland. Success of the work in DLC. the Preserve is stressed.

KNf ZHINSKII, L., see No. 78847. 80121. KNIGGE, K. M. Thyroid function and plasma binding during cold exposure of the hamster. (Federation proceedings 1963. v. 22, no. 3, pt. 1, p. 755-60, tables, graphs.) 58 refs. Hamsters kept at 5-7° C. for up to 60 days, in conditions not favoring hibernation showed indications of accelerated production and release of thyroid hormone and an increase of thyroxin stored in the gland. Both endogenous and exogenously added thyroxin associated only with the albumin fraction in plasma of normal and coldDLC. exposed hamsters. 80122. KNIPOVICH, It. N., and others. 0 stepanovite i novom minerale zhemchuzhnikovite. (Leningrad. Vses. geologicheskil inst. Trudy 1963. v. 96, p. 131-35, tables, illus.) 2 refs. In Russian. Other authors: A. I. Komkov and E. I. Nefedov. Title tr.: On stepanovite and the new mineral zhemchuzhnikovite. Describes the first in the Tyllakh lignite deposits, and the second in the ChayTumus hard coal deposits, both deposits in the lower Lena region, and zhemchuzhni konite though discovered earlier is described for the first time. Both minerals are of oxalate type. The formula of stepanovite is NaMg [Fein (C,O4)21-8-9 H20; zhemchuzhnikovite NaMg [(Al, Fe"') (C2 04),) 8-9 H2O. Physical and optical properties, chemical analyses and crystals are reported. DLC. KNOPOFF, L., see No. 79399. 80123. KNORRE, E. P. Itogi i perspektivy (Pechoro-Ilychskil odomashnenifå losfa. gosudarstvennyl zapovednik. Trudy 1961. no. 9, p. 5-113, tables, graphs, illus.) 44 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Results and prospects of elk domestication. Reviews the history of elk domestication known from the Neolithic to the iron age in Siberia, noting the rock paintings on the Lena, Angara and Yenisey Rivers. Later the elk was replaced by horse and reindeer however, and its use lapsed. Since 1930,

548

80124. KNOX, J. Jens Munk, Danish explorer of the Canadian North. (Canadian geographical journal 1962. v. 65, no. 1, p. 14-19, map, illus.) Describes Munk's expedition* in 1619 to search for the Northwest Passage. The party wintered on the coast of Hudson Bay and all but three of its 65 members died of scurvy. A memorial plaque and cairn mark the site at Churchill and an island in Foxe DGS. Basin is named after Munk. 80125. KNUDSEN, J. Litt om lynnedslag og sprengningsulykker. (Naturen 1963. v. 87, no. 7, p. 387-406, tables, illus.) In Norwegian. Title tr.: Note on lightning strikes and accidental explosions. Notes the disastrous explosion in NyÅlesund coal mine on Vestspitsbergen in winter 1962-63, and the incidence of explosions that occur when the charge, lines, etc. are being laid for use. Possible meteorological and geological factors in the unplanned detonation are considered. Research and explanation of the geoelectric potential in locally different geologic and hydrologic situations are analyzed, as are the atmospheric conditions which create lightning and thunderstorms, and the electric conduits sometimes provided by man in DGS. industrial and mining activities. 80126. KNUTH, E. Singajuk's family saga. (Folk 1963. v. 5, p. 209-218, tables, illus.) Refs. Discusses fact and fiction in the sixgeneration family legend narrated by the Greenlander Hendrik, as recorded in Godthåb in 1867, and pub. in the 1871 supplement to H. J. Rink's Eskimoiske eventyr og sagn (No. 14597). Genealogies according to Hendrik's tale and the parish records are DLC. tabulated. 80127. KOBAYASHI, K. Larvae and young of the quill-fish, Ptilichthys goodei Bean, from the Okhotsk Sea. (Hokkaido safuak's account of hb voyage is in the Hakluyt Society's Publication, no. 97, pub. 1897. cf. Toronto Public Library: Bibliography of Canadian, 1934. no. 21, 170 n., 706 n.

Univ. Faculty of Fisheries. Bulletin 1861. v. 12, no. 1, p. 5-8, map, illus.) 6 refs. In Japanese. English summary. Reports study of about 30 specimens, some from North Kuril waters. Their size range was 47-163.5 mm. and five stages in the range 47-144.6 mm. are described, illus., and dates with location of capture noted. DA. 80128. KOBAYASHI, K. Young of the wolf fish Anarhichas orientalis Pallas. (Hokkaido Univ. Faculty of Fisheries. Bulletin 1961. v. 12, no. 1, p. 1-4, illus.) 8 refs. In Japanese. English summary. Describes two specimens 40 and 116 mm. long, including dentition and color. SynDA. onyms and distribution are noted. KOBELIAßKII, I. A., see No. 82561. 80129. KOCH, B. E. Fossil plants from the Lower Paleocene of the Agatdalen (Angmhrtussut) area, central Nügssuaq Peninsula, northwest Greenland. København, Reitzel 1963. 175 p. maps, illus. (Meddelelser om Grønland, v. 172, no. 5.) 150 refs. Describes, with illus., leaf impressions collected in seven localities between 1949 and 1956. Marine evidence and geological investigations show the fossils, mostly angiosperms, are of Early Paleocene age. Their state of preservation and mode of fossilization, taxonomic position, frequency and phytogeographic relations, paleoclimatological and local stratigraphic evidence are discussed. The flora, designated a Maoclintockia - Metasequoia - Cercidiphyllum Thanatocoenosis, is equivalent to the classic Upper Atanikerdluk A and B floras of southeastern Nngsuuaq Peninsula in composition and age, and represents the ArctoTertiary flora. It gives evidence of a warm(?), temperate climate at time of deposition, and contains an East Asiatic element also relic genera from the Cretaceous. DGS. 80130. KOCH, J. W., and H. E. PETRIE. Fading characteristics observed on a highfrequency auroral radio path. (U.S. National Bureau of Standards. Journal of research 1962. v. 66D, no. 2, p. 159-66, graphs, map.) 11 refs. Reports a statistical study of fading of 9.9475, 14.688, and 19.247 Mc/sec radio signal passing through the auroral zone on the 4,470 km. Great Circle path from Boulder, Colorado to Point Barrow, Alaska. Fading rates of the order of 20 c/s were observed for short periods at all three frequencies, and were generally higher on

magnetically disturbed days, increasing trom Oct. 1959 to Jan. 1960. Only the minor diurnal trend with maximum usually in early morning hours was noticed in each of the three carrier frequencies. A Rayleigh distribution of carrier envelope amplitude was observed when fading rate was low. Most of the time, fading depth was reduced during periods of rapid fading, and the amplitudes departed considerably from a Rayleigh distribution. DLC. 80131. KOCH, J. W., and W. M. BEERY. Observations of radio wave phase characteristics on a high-frequency auroral path. (U.S. National Bureau of Standards. Journal of research 1962. v. 66D, no. 3, p. 29196, graphs, map.) 8 refs. Reports on HF radio signals over a path from Pt. Barrow to Boulder Dec. 1959—June 1960. A HF radio signal propagated by the ionosphere over this 4,470 km. Great Circle path reaches the receiver at a different time than does the same signal by different paths. Interference between the multipath signal and irregularities in the ionosphere results in phase and amplitude perturbations of the received signal, and is observed as a fast "flutter"-type fading of the signal. Such a fading is enhanced when the carrier path crosses the auroral zone. The statistical information provides data for perturbations occurring within a few milliseconds for continuous wave and pulse signals on a DLC. fairly long auroral path. 80132. KOCH, L. Greenland's morphological and geological features and their problems. (Experientia 1963. v. 19, no. 6, p. 273-81, maps.) 27 refs. German summary. Reviews studies in which the author has been active since 1913, his Danish East Greenland expeditions of 1926-1958, changes in logistic techniques, etc. Results are summarized for work in physiography, configuration, tectonics, mountain-forming processes and other features of Greenland. New bathymetric investigations, those in geology and geochronology of the GreenDLC. land Precambrian are evaluated. 80133. KOCHAR, G. Planirovka i zastrolka zhilykh kvartalov v ralonakh Kralnego Severe. (Arkhitektura SSSR 1962, no. 6, p. 21-26, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: Planning and building residential blocks in regions of the far North. Discusses architecture and layout of housing developments for Vorkuta, Noril'sk, Dudinka, and other cities. The block units are planned to include apartment

549

houses, day nurseries, schools and winter gardens, interconnected by enclosed passageways with windows, for convenient access regardless of weather. Project plans include also a gymnasium and other health and recreational facilities. Architectural drawin in plan and perspective are given. DLC.

fishing, also dairy- and truck-farming The evolution of recently introduced. collectivization is sketched from the simplest form of producers' cooperative to the Initial present consolidated kolkhoz. difficulties in procuring usable lumber and competent labor for construction work, efforts to attain objectives set in successive MH. five-year plans, etc. are discussed.

KOCHEMASOV, G. G., see No. 82781. 80134. KOCHEROV, A. A. Iz istorii osnovanifil Magadana; vospominania starozhila. (Magadan. Oblastnol kraevedKraevedcheskie zapiski cheskil muzel. 1959. no. 2, p. 106-109.) In Russian. Title tr.: Historical notes on the founding of Magadan; recollections of an old-timer. The Lamut Tungus fishing camp at the Magadanka River mouth was selected by the Committee of the North for developing an East•Eveny cultural base in the Nagayeva Bay area. Its first houses were built in 1929. Within three years it was the administrative center of the OkhotskEveny National District. Its harbor and the Kolyma highway were started in Feb. 1932 as part of the Dal'strol Project. Stone houses with plumbing and central heating appeared in 1936. MH. 80135. KOCHEROV, A. A. Iz vospominanil. (Magadan. Oblastnol kraevedcbeskil mum!. Kraevedcheskie zapiski 1957. no. 1, p. 59-74.) In Russian. Title tr.: Memoirs. The 1924-1926 chairman of the Ola District Revolutionary Committee describes the founding of Ola, Yamsk, and Tauysk by Lamuts, Koryaks and Yakuts respectively, their rise as trading posts in the 19— early 20th century, and their current socio-economic and cultural vitality. Regional events in the Revolution, Soviet administrative changes, collectivization, benefits from the Dal'strol project, etc. are recapitulated. MH. 80136. KOCHEROV, A. A. Kolkhoznoe stroitel'stvo v 30-501ch godakh; vospominanifa delegata II s'ezda Sovetov SeveroEvenskogo ralona. (Magadan. Oblastnol kraevedchNkil muzel. Kraevedcheskie zapiski 1960. no. 3, p. 49-59, tables.) In Russian. Title tr.: Development of collective farms in the 1930-1950's; reminiscences of a delegate to the Second Congress of the North-Eveny District councils. Describes the economic growth of this Lamut-Tungus National District based on Evensk in Magadan Province, with data on reindeer herds, fur and sea-mammal hunting,

550

80137. KOCHETKOV, 0. S. S geologii devona poluostrova Kanin. (Akademia nauk SSSR. Doklady 1963. v. 149, no. 4, p. 931-34, illus.) 9 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Geology of the Kanin Peninsula Devonian. Describes its distribution, fish fauna, vegetation prints and spores from material collected in 1959; and lithologic-stratigraphic core is presented. The Devonian deposits of Kanin are of the lower Frasnian stage. DLC. 80138. KOCHETKOVA, A. D. Skhema stratigrafii tretichnykh otlozhenil vostochnogo poberezh'fa Penzhinskol guby ot mysa Astronomicheskogo do mysa Kafdgyt'kanan. (In: Mezhvedomstvennoe soveshchanie .. . Trudy 1959, p. 416-22.) In Russian. Title tr.: Stratigraphic scheme of the Tertiary deposits on the east coast of Penzhina Bay from Cape Astronomicheskiy to Cape Kayagyt'kanan. Reports study of these deposits and their separation into: Eocene, Oligocene, Miocene, Upper Miocene-Middle Pliocene, and Upper Pliocene-Pleistocene. They are divided into local series and subseries, their lithologie properties, flora and fauna noted. ICRL. 80139. KOCHETOV, A. Zdorov'e cheloveka v fentre vnimania partilnol organizaisii Karelii. (Okhrana truda i sofsial'noe strakhovanie 1960, no. 8, p. 15-19.) In Russian. Title tr.: Public health is of vital concern to the party organization of Karelia. Describes the local party and trade union organizations' health and safety control efforts: hospitals, sanitoria, physical education centers, sanitation installations, etc. Infringements of health and safety at the Segezhales logging camps, and by the timber-floating concern at Kern' are cited. DLC. 80140. KOCHNEV, I., and I. ISHMAEV. V uslovißakh Severe. (Pozharnoe delo 1962. v. 8, no. 9, p. 25, diagr.) In Russian. Title tr.: For northern conditions. Describes a newly developed electric

device designed to maintain the radiator system of a fire engine at 60-80° C.; construction material, installation, insulation, etc. are noted. DLC. 80141. KODAMA, A. M., and N. PACE. Cold-dependent changes in tissue fat composition. (Federation proceedings 1963. v. 22, no. 3, pt. 1, p. 761-65, graphs.) 12 refs. Account of experiments with hamsters exposed to 6° C. or 27° C. after 2-4 wks. in the cold, weight-loss stabilized, as does presumably the total body fat content and composition. The new steady-state composition of the fatty acids in the depots is more unsaturated and of smaller quantity. DLC. KODAMA, M., see No. 79604. 80142. KODOLANYI, J. Antal Reguly. (In: Di6szegi, V. ed. Glaubenswelt ...1963, p. 17-28, map, illus.) 3 refs. In German. Tribute to this Hungarian philologist and ethnographer, 1819-1858, noting his study trips to Lapland and the lower Ob region, particularly his field work in Vogul, Ostyak and Samoyed languages, way of life, religion, and folklore pub. posthumously DLC. by P. Hunfalvy, J. Budenz, etc. 80143. KODOLANYI, J. Speicher der Chanten, Ostjaken, für Opfergegenstände. (In: Di6szegi, V. ed. Glaubenswelt ...1963, p. 111-14, illus.) 2 refs. In German. Title tr.: Storehouses for sacrificial objects of the Khanty Ostyaks. Presents excerpts from the journal of J. Jank6 on a trip to the Ob, Irtysh, and Yugan River region in 1898, describing one of these structures, a small 2 m. high cabin on stilts with door and window. The animal remains, etc. within and the milieu suggest a sacrificial place, an interpretation confirmed by the secretive attitude of local Ostyaks. It was probably used for religious practices of a clandestine cult persecuted by the Russians, a view corroborated by F. K. Karjalainen who saw such cabins DLC. during 1898-1901.

(16 of 23 rooms) has Eskimo objects in main ethnic groups: Asiatic, North and South Alaskan, Canadian tribal groups, Polar, West, and East Greenlandic. Momentos of Knud Rasmussen's expeditions are also displayed. DLC. 80145. KOEMAN, C. Kwantitative beschouwingen over de kaartering van der (Nederlandseh aardrijkskundig aarde. genootschap. Tijdschrift 1963. 2nd ser., v. 80, no. 4, p. 556-69, maps.) 26 refs. In Dutch. Title tr.: Quantitative consideration of world mapping. Surveys the status of topographic, hydrographic, geologic, soils, and vegetation mapping throughout the world. In topographic mapping, Alaska is covered mostly at scales of 1:75,000 to 1:250,000; northern Canada, partly at scales larger than 1:75,000, partly (Mackenzie Dist. and southern Labrador) from 1:75,000 to 1:250,000, and partly (Keewatin, Franklin, northern Quebec) smaller than 1:250,000; coastal Greenland at 1:75,000 to 1:250,900; northern Norway at larger than 1:75,000; northern Sweden, Finland and USSR at 1:75,000 to 1:250,000. Hydrographie charts on a scale larger than 1:75,000 are available for most arctic coastal waters. Smaller scale charts are available for the Point Barrow-Barter Island area, the northern Canadian Arctic Islands and northern Greenland. Only the USSR has complete soil map coverage, as follows: 100% at 1:2M million to 1:4 million; 60% at 1:200,000 to 1:1 million; 20% at 1:50,000 to 1:200,000; and 10% at 1:50,000. Vegetation map coverage is available for Finland at scales of 1:250,000 to 1:1 million; for European USSR, Sweden, and Manitoba Province at 1:1 million to 1:5 million; other arctic areas are covered at scales smaller than 1:5 million (Canada, 1:10 million). Geological map coverage of North America is available at 1:500,000. In the USSR, geologically important areas are covered at 1:200,000; the entire country at 1:1 million; a general map of Russian geology DGS. was pub. in 1959. HÖRNER, K., see No. 79389.

80144. KØBENHAVN. Natsionalmuseet. Etnografiske samling. Polarfolk og indianerne. KØbenhavn 1960. 121 p. illus. In Danish. Title tr.: Arctic peoples and Indians. Guide to the Museum's ethnographic collections on Lapps, Samoyeds, Ostyaks, Yakuts, Tungus, Paleosiberians, Eskaleuts, and Indians including Northwest Pacific and north Canadian tribes. The major part

80146. KOERNER, R. M., and others. The Devon Island Expedition 1960-64. (Arctic 1963. v. 16, no. 1, p. 57-76, maps, illus.) Refs. Contains six preliminary field reports on the two seasons following No. 69832. Winter 1961-1962 studies on glacier, sea, and Iake ice are reported by R. M. Koerner; radiation, wind, temperature, snowfall,

851

etc. by A. Gill; and the cycle of biological, chemical, and physical oceanographic events in Jones Sound by S. Apollonio. Summer 1962 work is reported on geo-electric measurements by J. P. Greenhouse; gravity surveys of the Devon Island icecap and Sverdrup Glacier by R. D. Hyndman; mass balance of the icecap and runoff of the DGS. glacier by R. M. Koerner. KOVER, A., see No. 78112. KOGAN, I. L., see No. 78599. 80147. KOKT, H. Draumen um Nordland. (Tromsø. Museum. Skrifter 1928. v. 2, p. 98-100.) In Norwegian. Title tr.: The dream about Nordland. Discusses this northern province of Norway as featured in literature since the late 18th century by various well known writers, and by its expatriates. DLC. KOHUTE, H., see No. 78748. 80148. KOIRANSKII, B. B., and M. V. DMITRIEV. K voprosu o mikroklimate shakht Zapolßr'a. (In: Litvinov, N. N., ed. Zdorov'e cheloveka ... 1963, p. 210-16, tables.) In Russian. Title tr.: The microclimate in arctic mines. Describes conditions in a Vorkuta coal mine during March and April 1959, with data on location, thickness of permafrost (135 m.) and its temperature (-2° C.), climate, air ionization, etc. The mine was in most respects far below permissible bPnith standards, including content of dust, free silicous acid, methane. Temperature, despite heating was low (about 7° C.), humidity high, and water seepage profuse. Body temperatures, pulse, etc. of the miners were badly affected, respiratory diseases four times above normal, injuries DNLM. frequent. KOKAREV, G., see No. 82166. 80149. KOKHANOVA, N. A. Skrytoe vremf . reflektornykh reaktail kak pokazatel' (In: termoreguli3.ionnykh protsessov. Nauchnaa konferenfsifå po fiziologii .. . 1963, p. 185-86.) In Russian. Title tr.: Latent time of reflex responses as indicator of thermoregulatory processes. Reports study on the effects of high and low (+2 to -2° C.) environmental temperature on this indicator, with 18-22° C. as norm. Cold produced a significant lengthening of latent time of response to DLC. thermal contact stimuli.

552

HOKIN, G. A., see No. 80011. KOKOVIKHIN, M. F., see No. 76934. 80150. KOLDOMASOV, L. I. Klimat Zapadnol Sibiri. Novosibirsk, Novosibgiz 1947. 57 p. tables, maps. 23 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Climate of Western Siberia. Presents a short outline of the solar radiation, air temperature, moisture, precipitation, snow cover, wind and other climatic features of this area. It is divided into climatic regions, by distinguishing the climatic zones of tundra, taiga, deciduous forest, steppe, and the Altay mountain region. DLC. KOLDOVSK$, 0., see No. 79215. 80151. KOLEGOVA, N. A. 0 nekotorykh voprosakh istorii komi pis'mennosti. (Ietoriko-filologicheskil ebornik 1956. no. 3, p. 48-56.) Ref. In Russian. Title tr.: Some questions concerning the development of Komi writing. Notes abortive efforts of the 18-19th centuries and describes the successful reduction of Zyryan to writing under the Soviets. Adaptation of the Cyrillic alphabet was completed in 1938, dialect studies made, and the Syktyvkar vernacular selected as basis for the written language. Its morphology, phonetics, vocabulary, orthography, etc. are discussed. Some thirty 19-20th century linguistic works and dictionaries are evaluated. DLC. 80152. KOLESNIKOV, L. D. Analiz uslovil shtormovykh vetrov na itigo-vostoke Bareneva mora. (Sbornik rabot po sinoptike 1958. no. 2, p. 59-65, tables.) In Russian. Title tr.: Analysis of storm wind conditions in the southeastern Barents Sea. Reports study of synoptic conditions of winds of 6 and more force in the Beaufort scale, based on observations at 12 coastal stations during 1939-1953, also some ship stations, and maps of barie topography for 1947-1953. Direction, force, duration and recurrence are analyzed, as are trajectories of cyclones, the main cause of strong winds. According to synoptic processes, storm winds are divided into three types and several groups, and each type is characterized. Synoptic conditions for forecasting these winds are outlined. DLC. 80153. KOLESNIKOVA, A. M. Tufobrekchievye dalki Neblogorskogo mestorozhdenifa muskovita. (In: Akademia

nauk SSSR. Kol'skil filial. Voprosy .. . 1962, p. 126-28, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: Tuff-breccia dikes in Neblo Mountain muscovite deposits. Describes these dikes 5 km. south of Kanda Bay, Kola Peninsula; they extend 10-80 m. and are 0.1-2.5 m. thick. Their deposition, composition and varieties are described. Three varieties of breccia are recognized and briefly characterized. Origin of the dikes is discussed tentatively without solving the problem. DLC. KOLESNIKOVA, M. A., see No. 83063. 80154. KOLØA, V. Industrial'nafå baza stroitel'stva v Zapolfår'e. (Na strolkakh Rossii 1962, no. 10, p. 17.) In Russian. Title tr.: Industrial base for construction in the Arctic. Describes a complex of factories and mines producing building material, semiproducts and products for the Noril'sk region, including the metal-mining and manufacturing combine. One plant makes wall materials from bricks to prefabricated and prefmished walls. A cement plant produces also lime, mineral wool, liquid Building glass, stone mouldings, etc. components, such as doors, windows, partitions, also furniture, wooden boxes, casks, mine stanchions, etc. are fabricated. Gypsum, siltstone and limestone are obtained 12-15 km. from the plants. A quota of 35,000 m.' of prefabricated structural panels is required from the Noril'sk industry for 1963. DLC. 80155. KOLfADA, V., and N. FINOGENOVA. Ispol'zovanie zol TAT-8 v stroitel'atve. (Na stroTkakh Rossii 1963, no. 3, p. 28, table, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: Utilization of T] TS ashes in construction. Describes the manufacturing process for series 1-464 M prefabricated wall panels used in domestic construction. They are made of concrete with ash filler, the latter being waste from the central thermoelectric station (TATS) at Noril'sk. Comparative data are given on components, process, and properties of the concrete as produced at Noril'sk, Vorkuta and Angarsk; the three plants using similar materials but the latter two a different method from Noril'sk. DLC. 80156. KOL'MAN, 0. V. Okeanograficheskie ekspediGii gidrogeograficheskogo upravlenifit VMF S ShA v Arktike v 1961. (Okeanologifå 1963. v. 3, no. 3, p. 564.) In Russian. Title tr.: Oceanographic expeditions of the U.S. Navy Hydrographit Office in the Arctic in 1961.

Notes the oceanography and bathymetric surveys in Denmark Strait, Baffin Bay, Davis Strait and Labrador Sea by the Adisto; work of the Northwind, Burton Island, and Staten Island in the Bering, Beaufort and Chukchi Seas; 262 stations, 235 bottom samples, and 14,400 mi. bathymetric measurements were made. DLC. 80157. KOL'MAN, O. V. Okeanograficheskie issledovanifå v Arkticheskom basseine a amerikanskikh atomnykh podvodnykh lodok. (Okeanologifå 1963. v. 3, no. 2, p. 356-62, map, illus.) 48 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Oceanographic investigations in the Arctic Basin by American atomic submarines. Reviews cruises of the Nautilus, Skate, Sargo and Seadragon in 1957-1962. The construction of these vessels, their routes, instruments and other features are described. Their scientific work and results obtained are summarized. DLC. KOLMEN, S. N., see No. 79798. 80158. KOLOBOVA, L. V., and A. V. SKROZNIKOVA. Kharakteristika sal'monelleznykh kul'tur, vydelennykh v Arkhangel'ske v 1957-1958 gg. (Arkhangelsk. N: issl. inst. 6pidemiologii, mikrobiologii i gigieny. Sbornik nauchnykh rabot 1960. no. 4, p. 11-18, tables.) 9 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Character of Salmonella cultures isolated in Arkhangel'sk during 1957-1958. Two different types of 4 serological groups were isolated. The most common ones were of the mouse-typhus and Brandenburg types. Tests on mice showed that all mouse-typhus cultures were pathogenic. No relationship was found between the pathogenicity of the cultures and the severity or clinical form of the disease. DLC. 80159. KOLOBOVA, L. V., and others. Pishchevafå toksikoinfekfsi1 , vyzvannafå (Arkhangel'sk. sal'monellami Gertnera. N: issl. inst. epidemiologii, mikrobiologii i gigieny. Sbornik nauchnykh rabot 1960. no. 4, p. 19-20.) In Russian. Other authors: T. N. Shurakova, N. G. Zykova and P. A. Novikova. Title tr.: Infection from food, caused by Gårtner's salmonellas. Reports gastro-intestinal outbreak affecting 53 subjects, all except one, adults. The source was traced to consumption of raw milk from a dairy with gross unsanitary conditions. DLC. KOLOBOVA, L. V., see also No. 79988.

553

80160. KOLOKOL'NIKOV, B. V. Rol' geologov v osvoenii Severo-Vostoka SSSR. (Razvedka i okhrana nedr 1962. v. 28, no. 10, p. 6-9.) In Russian. Title tr.: Role of geologists in the conquest of Northeast of the USSR. Reviews geologic explorations in present Magadan Province since 1925, by S. V. Obruchev, Bilibin, rnaregradskil, Shatalov, Rakovskil, Matveenko, Shilo, and others. Discovery of the gold placers of Srednikan, Kolyma, and Chukotka, the Omsukchan tin deposits, and the Arkagala coal is noted; as is the setting up of the Dal'strol state trust in 1931, its reorganization and expansion in 1938. Establishment in 1948 of the Magadan Institute for Gold and Rare Metals, mapping, development of the gold placer industry, main publications, etc. are summarized. DLC. 80161. KOLOKOL'1 EVA, E. P. 0 priznakakh regional'nol fosforitonosnosti verkhnemelovykh otlozhenff Ust'-Enisetsko! vpadiny. (Leningrad. N: issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Informaf ionnyl bfülleten' 1961, no. 25, p. 62-63.) In Russian. Title tr.: On signs of regional phosphorite of Upper Cretaceous deposits in Ust'-Yenisey depression. Reports phosphorite occurrence in three areas. It is in three horizons, and its properties are described. Further studies are suggested especially in Tanama River region. DLC. 80162. KOLOMEEß, E. V., and G. A. SERGEEVA. Issledovanie effekta malykh solnechnykh vspyshek v intensivnosti ne!tronno! komponenty kosmicheskikh luchel. (Akademifä nauk SSSR. Mezhduvedomstvennyl komitet po provedeniIü Mezhdunarodnogo geofizicheskogo goda, VII razdel programmy MGG: kosmicheskie luchi. Sbornik state! 1961. no. 4, p. 132-37, table, graphs.) 14 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Investigation of the effect of small solar flares on the intensity of the neutron component of cosmic rays. Analyzes data from eight neutron monitors, one in the Arctic the other in the sub-Arctic. It was found that during small flares, the sun emits a stream of nucleons with energies up to 14 Bev. DLC. 80163. KOLOMEEf, E. V. Otnositel'no prirody effekta solnechnykh vapyshek v ionizufushchei komponente kosmicheskikh luchel. (Akademifå nauk SSSR. Mezhduvedomatvennyl geofizicheskil komitet, VII razdel programmy MGG: kosmicheskie luchi. Sbornik state! 1963. no. 5, p. 121-

554

25, table, graphs.) 21 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: On the nature of the solar flare effect in the ionizing component of cosmic rays. Discusses this effect on the neutron and hard components of cosmic rays. Tabulated data are presented on the July 17, 1959, May 4, 1960, and July 18, 1961 flares, indicating that the neutron and hard component effects may vary by a factor 2 to 50, thus rendering the explanation of the effect of the "small" solar flares on the hard component of cosmic rays incompatible with observations. DLC. 80164. KOLOMEE'FS, E. V., and others. Uvelichenie intensivnosti kosmicheskikh luchel v minimume effekta Forbusha. (Akademiß. nauk SSSR. Mezhduvedomstvennyl geofizicheskil komitet, VII razdel programmy MGG: kosmicheskie luchi. Sbornik state! 1963. no. 5, p. 103-115, tables, graphs.) 5 refs. In Russian. English summary. Other authors: V. T. Pivneva and G. A. Sergeeva. Title tr.: An intensity increase of cosmic rays during the minimum of the Forbush effect. Considers the event of a considerable increase in cosmic-ray intensity during Oct. 21-25, 1958 at the minimum Forbush effect, simultaneous with the main phase of the magnetic storm. The data derived from 39 stations, seven of them arctic or subarctic. The theoretically anticipated effects of the change in the hardness threshold are considered to have caused this intensity increase. Comparison is made with other cosmic ray events. DLC. 80165. KOLOMEEß, E. V. Vspyshki intensivnosti kosmicheskikh luchel 18 i 20 iiillfå 1961 g. (Akademifa nauk SSSR. Mezhduvedomstvennyl geofizicheskil komitet, VII razdel programmy MGG: kosmicheskie luchi. Sbornik state! 1963. no. 5, p. 116-21, tables, graphs.) 10 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: The bursts in cosmic ray intensity on July 18 and 20, 1961. Analyzes the two bursts and their correlation with the solar chromospheric flares on July 12, 13, 18, and 20, using data on the neutron component of cosmic rays at nine stations, Resolute Bay and Churchill included. The spectrum of cosmic rays was shown to become harder if their energy increases. DLC. 80166. KOLOMIE, V. Uspekh gornfilkov Zapolfår'fk. (Sovetski! shakhter 1963. v. 12, no. 9, p. 10-11, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: Success of miners above the Arctic Circle.

Outlines achievements of the 84-man team in Vorkuta pit no. 27, working with a Ural-2m. cutting-loading machine: production averages 1,547 t./day or 13.35 t./man, and 40,215 t. in 26 days; average monthly wages are 686 rubles/man, costs reduced by 3,306 rubles in 26 days, etc. Methods of cutting, loading, hauling and timbering DLC. are described in detail. KOLOMIIØEVA, L. M., see No. 78821. 80167. KOLOMYfS, E. G. Nekotorye nablfildenia nad formirovaniem konechnykh moren v uslovifakh sovremennogo pokrovnogo oledenenifa Novo' ZemlL (Geograficheskoe obshchestvo SSSR. Izvestifä 1963. v. 95, no. 2, p. 115-25, cross-sections, table, illus.) 5 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Some observations on the formation of terminal moraines under the present glaciation conditions of Novaya Zemlya. Reports own 1957-1958 glaciological and geomorphic studies in the Russkaya Gavan' region: Shokal'skogo Glacier and adjacent accumulation areas. A transversal hypsometric profile is presented, and the landscape in front of Shokal'skogo Glacier is described. Accumulation processes, structure and forms of glacial deposits, formation of terminal moraines, terraces, hills, outwash plains, and other glacial forms are DLC. analyzed. 80168. KOLOMYßS, E. G. Prilednikovye landahafty sovremennogo pokrovnogo oledeneni1 Novo! Zemli. (In: Markov, K. K., ed. PeriglfaGnal'nye fåvlenifå ... 1960, p. 142-75, table, maps, illus.) 17 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Present periglacial landscapes of Novaya Zemlya. Reports study in the northwestern part of the northern island, a region including Litke and Shmidta Peninsulas, Shokal'skogo and Chayeva glaciers and some other massifs. Most typical morphologic landscapes are glacial relief forms with rolling topography and solifluction and mudstream terraces, periglacial lakes with a system of lakeshore terraces, valley sandrs, and areas of dead ice. Each of these types is described and illus. Periglacial relief and climate are analyzed. Climate influence on relief formation is noted, as is shrinkage of DLC. glaciers. 80169. KOLOSOV, A. M., and others. Biologifå promyslovykh zverel SSSR. Moskva, Gos. izd-vo "Vyashaf . shkola" 1961. 380 p. tables, maps, illus. Approx. 220 refs. In Russian. Other authors: N. P. Lavrov and S. P. Naumov. Title tr.: The biology of fur animals of the USSR.

Textbook for zootechnicians with introduction on plan of the work, Russian specialists in the field, etc. The main part of the book (p. 10-303) contains descriptions of the fur-bearers within a taxonomic framework, including appearance, size and weight, habitat and geographic distribution, biology, migrations, food, reproduction, enemies, etc., and the fur itself. Species of northern range treated include the seals, whales, walrus, sea lion, bears, reindeer, wolf, fox, marmot, wolverine, otter, sea otter, muskrat, beaver, hare, mink, ermine, squirrel, etc. DLC. KOLOSON, D. M., see No. 79989. 80170. KOLOSOY, G. N. 0 sostofinii zdravookhranenifa v Murmankol oblasti. (Zdravookhranenie Rossilskol Federal ii 1962. v. 6, no. 9, p. 42-43.) In Russian. Title tr.: Status of public health protection in Murmansk Province. Concise review, noting the hospitals, polyclinics, etc. built in the past two years, number of doctors, health services in industrial establishments, laboratories, child health protection, pharmacies, universities. Insufficiencies are also considered in detail. DLC. KOLPACHNIKOVA, O. G., see Nos. 78554, 79520. 80171. KOLPAKOVA, N. P. Novye zapisi bylin na Pechore. (Russka fol'klor, materialy i issledovanifil 1957, t. 2, p. 25172.) 2 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: New recordings of epic poems on the Pechora River. Presents text and music of five Russian ballads recorded in 1955 by the expedition of the Sector of Folk Art, Institute of Russian Literature, Academy of Sciences, USSR in the Ust'-Tsil'ma District, middle DLC. Pechora basin. 80172. KOL'SKII KRAI V LITERATURE. Murmansk, Murmanskoe knizhnoe izd-vo 1962. 311 p. In Russian. Title tr.: The Kola region in literature. Presents 85 selections from prose and poetry of the mid-19th century to 1961, with biographical notes on the authors. Three sample stories by Scandinavian writers are included. A dozen or more are listed; they are books of 1959-1962 by local writers and pub. in Murmansk. DLC. 80173. KOLTHOFF, N. 7., and others. Isotopic determinations of blood volume in intact and regenerated rat adrenals during

555

cold stress. (Endocrinology 1963. v. 73, no. 1, p. 27-32, table, illus.) 18 refs. Other authors: I. A. Macchi and L. C. Wyman. Reports experiments with rats exposed to 4° C. for 1 or 4 hr. using the P's-serum albumin and Cr"-red blood cell dilution methods. The results suggest that regenerated mesenteric autografts, though responding to the pituitary stimulation during cold stress, cannot release formed corticoids normally due to circulatory failure. DLC. KOMÄN, E., see No. 78614. KOMAR, V. A., see No. 82792. 80174. KOMARENKO, L. E. Plankton levykh pritokov Vilifilfå, Markha i Tiling. (Akademiß. nauk SSSR. flkutskil filial. Inst. biologii. Trudy 1962, no. 8, p. 136-63, tables, map, illus.) Over 50 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Plankton of the Markha and Tyung, left tributaries of the Vilyuy. Describes these two streams, their basic chemistry and vegetation, and presents a detailed list of their plankton: 200 of the plant realm and 34 faunal. They are tabulated according to larger taxa: the Latin name, notes on main characteristics and frequency in these rivers. A good portion of the plants are illus. by black and white drawings. DLC. KOMAROV, A. A., see No. 76934. 80175. KOMAROV, A. G., and A. G. KONDIAIN. Primenenie paleomagnitnogo metoda dl@ opredelenifä primemogo vozrasta nemykh krasnoisvetnykh tolshch Severnogo Urala. (Leningrad. Vses. geologicheskil inst. Materialy 1960, n. ser. no. 39, p. 47-55, tables, maps, profile.) 6 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Use of the paleomagnetic method for determining the approximate age of paleontologically unsubstantiated red strata of the Northern Ural. Reports a study of the natural residual magnetization of paleozoic rocks in the upper Pechora region of Komi ASSR. Its vector value and direction is determined and compared with the position of the magnetic pole in the Paleozoic period. The paleomagnetic measurements reveal that the strata without fossil evidences are of DLC. Ordovician age. 80176. KOMAROV, V. L., and others. Flora SSSR. Moskva, Izd-vo Akademii nauk 1960-1963. v. 26-30. In Russian. In sequence to No. 59271, continuing fam. Compositae:

556

v. 26 pub. 1961, 939 p. v. 27 pub. 1962, 758 p. v. 28 pub. 1963, 653 p. v. 29 pub. 1964, 794 p. v. 30 pub. 1960, gen. Heraclum compiled by A. IA. fUksip, 732 p. About ten percent of the forms are new and are described in Latin at the end of each volume with notes on occurrence, habitat, type, etc. These volumes edited by B. K. Shishkin, E. G. Bobrov, and S. K. Cherepanov, complete the comprehensive study initiated by Komarov some thirty years earlier, cf. No. 9058. An index to the entire work (262 p. pub. 1964) has been issued which lists the taxa by Russian and Latin names and the scientists designated in the latter. DLC. 80177. KOMI ASSR. lentral'nyi gosudarstvennyf arkhiv. Komitety bednoty v Komi krae. Syktyvkar, Komi knizhnoe izd-vo 1958. 308 p. tables. Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Committees of the poor in Komi Territory. Collection of documents on the operation of these rural committees set up in the summer of 1918 and dispersed at end of that year by the spread of Civil War to Komi. Their purpose was to secure foodstuffs for the famine-stricken Russian cities, spread communism among both poor and in-between peasants and win their support to break the well-to-do farmers' (kulak) control of local grain trade. DLC. 80178. KOMI RESPUBLIKANSKII S"EZD ZHENSHCHIN, ist, 1960. Nashi sovremennifsy. Syktyvkar, Komi knizhnoe izd-vo 1960. 120 p. In Russian. Title, etc. tr.: Komi Republic Congress of Women. Our fellow-women. Contains about a score of progress reports by rank-and-file women-workers, and a statistical survey of women's contributions to the growth of Komi ASSR in the opening and closing statements by the secretary of the party committee in Komi. DLC. 80179. KOMISSAROV, N. Zdanifä s sovmeshchennymi prokrytifimi v 'Sentral'nof iAkutii. (Zhilishchnoe stroitel'stvo 1963, no. 4, p. 19.) In Russian. Title tr.: Buildings with integrated roofing in Central Yakutia. Describes a protective topping for domestic and public buildings: several layers of moisture-repellant and thermal insulating materials laid directly above the ceiling of the top story, strengthened on top by cement 2 cm. thick surfaced with bitumen

and tar paper. This so-called integrated roofing was found to save on metal and lumber, as well as 50% in labor, because of the shorter construction time. DLC. 80180. KOMISSIfA PO RYBOKHOØISTVENNOMU ISSLEDOVANIf11 ZAPADNOI CHASTI TIKHOGO OKEANA. Sbomik dokladov. Moskva, Pishchepromizdat 1962. 304 p. map, illus. Refs. In Russian. Title etc. tr.: Commission for Fisheries Investigation in the West Pacific. Collected papers. Presents text of 33 papers delivered at the second plenum of the Commission held in Moscow in 1957. In addition to the USSR, the Commission represents China, Vietminh and North Korea. The papers generally are of interest to scientists, also to fisheries experts and administrators. They cover both marine and fresh-water areas. Nine papers pertaining to the Arctic are abstracted in this Bibliography under their authors' names, viz: P. L. Bezrukov, V. G. Bogorov, A. D. Dobrovol'skil, A. I. Isaev, G. U. Lindberg, P. A. Moiseev, G. K. Petrushevskil, G. B. Udinfsev, DLC. and P. V. Ushakov. KOMKOV, A. I., see No. 80122. 80181. KOMMUNISTIUHESKAfA PARTIfA SOVETSKOGO SOfi7ZA. Murmanskii oblastnol Kornitet. Pariifny! arkhiv. Bor'ba za ustanovlenie i uprochenie sovetskol vlasti na Murmane; sbornik dokumentov i materialov. Murmansk, Murmanskoe knizhnoe izd-vo 1960. xviii, 494 p. illus. Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Struggle for the establishment and consolidation of Soviet power in the Murmansk Province; collection of documents and materials. Comp. by R. D. Anfsiferov and others. Presents texts of 388 documents on events of March 1917—May 1920. A concise account of the Revolution and Allied Intervention on Kola Peninsula is given in preface and a personalia index with over 600 names is appended. A second volume (not seen) is to contain eye-witness accounts of happenings in 1917-1920. DLC. 80182. KOMOGOR'nEV, I. I. Iz istorii chernol metallurgii Vostochnol Sibiri v xvii—xviii vv. (In: AkadennI nauk SSSIt. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Sibir' periods feodalizma 1... 1962, p. 97-120.) Approx. 40 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Ferrous metal industry in East Siberia in the 17-18th centuries. Includes a description of iron trade in late

pre-contact Yakutia and its development in post-contact times: discovery of iron ore near Yakutsk in 1689 and 150 km. up the Lena in the 1730's, iron production by local Yakut and Russian smelteries and craft shops, ore prospecting, illegal mining and smelting, etc. The Tamginskil iron works on the Tamga River 30 km. from Yakutsk is sketched; in operation 17321744, damaged by flood in 1746 and 1748, reconstructed in 1751, etc., it produced the iron parts required for vessels of the Great Northern Expedition. Ore prospectors and iron-ware peddlers considerably aided Russian colonial expansion. DLC. 80183. KOMULAINEN, A. A., and E. P. LAVEINENKO. Vlirinie ponizhennol ternperatury pochvy na fotosintez i dykhanie rastenil. (Akademifå nauk SSSR. Karel'skii filial. Trudy 1960. no. 28, p. 18-24, table, graphs.) 18 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The effect of lowered soil temperature upon photosynthesis and respiration of plants. Reports on experiments with corn, barley and oats grown on soils of 6-10° (or 10-12° C.) temperature with controls at 15-20° C. The lower temperatures did not alter the course of photosynthesis during diurnal cycles or ontogenesis. Lowered photosynthesis however, was coincident with slower growth caused by overabundance of dissolved hydrocarbons in the organs. The respiration curve of the leaves corresponded to that of photosynthesis during DLC. ontogenesis. KOMULAINEN, A. A., see also No. 78379. 80184. HONDA, S. Dialectical evolution of freedom of the sea. (Fishing news international 1963. v. 2, no. 4, p. 442, -F.) Refs. Discusses fisheries problems, especially in the northeast Pacific, in light of the trend, fostered by technological advances, toward limiting freedom of the sea in accord with a universal (biological) rule. The rule of abstention in the 1953 fisheries treaty between Canada, Japan, and the U.S. represents discrimination by nationality, thus cannot claim a biological reason, e.g. maximum sustained catch, as justification. The procedure, as distinguished from rule, of abstention might be justified however, by a proposed new rule of "minimum universal restraint." This means application of the least possible restraint and only for reasons consistent with DL benefit to all states.

557

80185. KONDAKOV, N. N. Golovonogie molllüski, Cephalopoda, dal'nevostochnykh

more/ SSSR. (Issledovanifii dal'nevostochnykh morel 1041. v. 1, p. 216-55, tables, illus.) 44 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Cephalopod molluscs, Cephalopoda, from the Far-Eastern Seas of the USSR. Describes the species, including those from the Bering and Okhotsk Seas. Location of finds, earlier record, morphology, morphometry, and geographic distribution are noted. An identification key is appended. DLC.

noyarsk. Sel'skhozfålstvennyl inst. Trudy 1961. v. 8, p. 4-17, tables, graphs.) 11 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Formation of the yield structure in spring wheat under conditions of Krasnoyarskiy Kray. Theoretical analysis of factors which determine the weight of the grain-yield per unit area, based on data of the past 20 years. Climate, variety of wheat, number of productive stalks per area, number of kernels per ear, etc. are among the determinants considered. The taiga-subtaiga zone is included in the study. DLC. KONDRAT'EV, S. A., see No. 80094.

Renkklimatizafifa sobolfa v Magadanskol oblasti; nekotorye dannye o proshlom rasprostranenii sobolfa na territorii oblasti. (Magadan. Oblastnol kraevedcheski/ muse!. Kraevedcheskie zapiski 1959-1960. no. 2, p. 100-105; no. 3, p. 118-25, illus.) 5 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Re-acclimatization of sable in Magadan Province; some data on past distribution of sable on the territory of the Province. Outlines its former spread throughout the forest zone and causes of its disappearance, almost total by the mid-19th century. Conservation measures were started in the 1930's; and new stock have been released in selected areas. Several thousand brought from Kamchatka and Khabarovsk Provinces in 1951-1958 have acclimatized well. Procedures in transportation, timing, and release of sables are described. Results on stock growth, spread, etc. are given for MH. each release area. 80186. KONDAUROV, N. I.

KONDIAIN, A. G., see No. 80175.

80189. KONDRAT'EVA, K. A. 0 vlifanii rel'efa na formirovanie temperaturnogo rezhima porod pri nalichii temperaturnot inversii v ratone Vilfutskol GAS. (Merzlotnye issledovania 1963, no. 3, p. 73-82, map, graphs.) Ref. In Russian. Title tr.: Effects of relief on formation of the temperature regime of rocks in the presence of temperature inversion in the Vilyuy hydro-

electric station region. Reviews the climatic and geologic conditions of the area. Permafrost temperature measurements in drillings on both sides of the Vilyuy valley are reported and compared. The temperature of frozen rocks is found to be lowest in the lower levels of the valley, and it rises with the elevation. Slopes of northern and northeastern exposures have lower temperatures than those of southern and southwestern exposures. North- and northeast-facing slopes have lower temperature than those facing south and southwest. Air temperature inversion in winter has an important role in the temperature regime of permafrost. DGS.

KONDORSKAIA, N. V., see No. 79605. 80187. KONDRAT'EV, G. K. Pervye

nakhodki pyl'Esy tips pokrytosemennykh v verkhnem paleozoe Tungusskogo basselna. (Geologifå i geofizika 1963. no. 12, p. 63-73, illus.) 6 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: First finds of angiosperm-type pollen in the Upper Paleozoic of the Tungusskiy basin. Describes these pollen from Middle and Upper Carboniferous and Lower Permian deposits in the Podkamennaya Tunguska basin: 18 in the Listvyazhinskaya, 13 in the Burguklinskaya series. Gen. Tetraporina predominates, and most of the species DLC. are new. 80188. KONDRAT'EV, R. Formirovanie struktury urozhaa farovol pshenifsy v uslovifakh Krasnofiirskogo krafä. (Kras-

558

80190. KONDRAT'EVA, K. A., and G. G. LAZUKOVA. Rol' rastitel'nogo prokrova kak odnogo iz priznakov vydelenifa mikroralonov v £selfakh merzlotnogo krupno-

masshtabnogo kartirovanifa. (Merzlotnye issledovanifä 1963, no. 3, p. 63-72, table.) 2 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Role of the vegetation cover as one of signs for separation of microregions for large-scale cryogenic mapping. Reports their 1959-1960 geobotanic mapping at 1:10,000 scale in the 25 km.' area around the Vilyuy hydro-electric station. It had homogeneous forest, mixed forest

and forest-free areas. These types of vegetation indicate diverse geomorphic elements of relief, respectively: watersheds, original slopes of the Vilyuy, and large ravines. Each of these relief elements is characterized, the cryogenic features pointed

out, and the importance of geobotanic survey for permafrost mapping is noted. DGS. KONDRAT'EVA, K. A., see also No. 80395. 80191. KONDRATfUK, S. I., and R. G. PANCHUGIN. Intensivnost' isiklonov i antif iklonov v Arkticheskom basselne v navigat ionnyl period. (Leningrad. Arkticheskil i antarkticheskil n: issl. inst. Trudy 1963. v. 255, p. 129-42, tables, graphs.) 5 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Cyclone and anticyclone intensity in the Arctic Basin in the navigation period. Reports study of May-Nov. data for 1954-1960 from drifting stations North Pole 3-9 and some polar stations. The observations are grouped for 83-90° N.: the polar region, and for 75-83° N.: the eastern region. They show 761 days with cyclones and 658 days with anticyclones. Their occurrence with meridional, eastern and western forms of circulation is analyzed. In the polar region under various forms of circulation, the intensity of anticyclones is 1020-1030 mb, characteristic especially of May-Sept. and Nov. Intensity of cyclones in both regions is also outlined. The anticyclones in the polar region come from Canada, Baffin Bay and Greenland. The cyclones in the eastern region come DLC. mostly from Yakutia. 80192. KONDRATOVICH, M. A. 0 reflektornoT regulfaGii sosudistogo tonusa pri izolirovannom okhlazhdenii golovnogo mozga. (Bfulleten' eksperimental'noT biologii i mediiny 1962. v. 53, no. 1, p. 7-11, illus.) 7 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Reflectory regulation of vascular tonus through isolated cooling of the brain. Cooling the brain of the dog to 24-26° C. produced no significant depression of the vascular tonus control. Depression of the vascular reflexes was observed only when the brain temperature was depressed to DLC. 20° C. and below. 80193. KONFERENT-STA po akklimatizaisii zhivotnykh v SSSR, Frunze 1963. Akklimatizatsifa zhivotnykh v SSSR; mateAlma-Ata, Izd-vo rialy konferenf ii. Akademii nauk Kazakhskol SSR 1963. 370 p. In Russian. Title, etc. tr.: Conference on the acclimatization of animals in the USSR, Frunze 1963... Materials of the Conference. This conference, the first of its kind in the Soviet Union, dealt, in addition to general problems, with the acclimatization of

mammals, birds, fishes and aquatic invertebrates, and insects. Problems of parasitology connected with introduction of new species were also considered. The 180 or so papers given are presented in summary form. Those pertinent to the northern regions are abstracted in this Bibliography under their authors' names, viz (titles tr.): AZBELEV, V. V., & S. S. SURKOV. Experiment in acclimatization of pink salmon in the Barents and White Sea basins. DAVYDOV, M. M. Acclimatization of the muskrat in Yakutia. IOGANZEN, B. G. Scientific fundamentals of animal acclimatization. KORSAKOV, G. K. Acclimatization results with the muskrat in the USSR. MAKSIMOV, A. A. Ecologic-epizootic connections of the muskrat and water rat. MARAKOV, S. V. Present condition of the sea otter population, and prospects for artificial expansion of its habitation area. NASIMOVICH, A. A. Theoretical fundamentals in acclimatization of terrestrial mammals. NUMEROV, K. D. Acclimatization of the Barguzin sables in Krasnoyarskiy Kray and problems of improving their fur. PERSOV, G. M. Tasks and some ways of promoting the process of fish acclimatization, as exemplified in the acclimatization of pink salmon in the Barents and White Seas. SEMENOV, B. T. Acclimatization results with fur-animals in Arkhangel'sk Province and prospects of utilizing their stocks. USPENSKIT, S. M. Expediency and prospects of reacclimatization of the white goose on the continental tundras of Siberia. VERSHININ, A. A., and others. Changes in the fur-fauna of Kamchatka, effected by natural and human agents. DLC. 80194. KONFERENfI1A po mikroelementam v pochvakh, rastitel'nykh i zhivotnykh organizmakh Vostochnol Sibiri i Dal'nego Vostoka, 1st., 1960. Trudy. Ulan-Ude 1961. 275 p. tables, illus. (Akademifa nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otdelenie.) Refs. In Russian. Title, etc. tr.: First Conference on Microelements in the Soils, Plants and Animals of Eastern Siberia and the Far East, 1960. Transactions. Contains 29 papers, of which the three dealing with arctic areas are described under their author's names, viz: A. D. Egorov and E. P. Polonskafa, N. S. Simakov and G. E. Zolotukhin, N. M. MaTboroda and N. A. TokovoT, q.q.v. DLC.

559

80195. KONNOVA, O. S. Osobennosti kristalloobrazovanifa segregaf ionnogo l'da v promerzaftshchikh dispersnykh gornykh porodakh i rol' obmennykh kationov v etom profsesse. (la: Akademifå nauk SSSR. Inst. merzlotovedenifa. Fiziko-khimicheskie* ... 1961, p. 47-56.) 35 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Features of the crystal formation of segregated ice in freezing dispersed rock and the role of exchange cations in this process. *No. 69568. Attention is given to factors influencing the form and dimensions of real ice crystals, the association of particles in crystallization, the effect of impurities, the effect of surface energy of mineral particles on the rate of growth, and the inception of crystallization centers. The role of exchange cations in this process in soils of different mineralogical composition is analyzed. They have a substantial effect on the intensity of crystallization, the nature of crystal growth and on the structure of ice and frozen texture of the soil. DLC. KONONOV, D. G., see No. 80422. 80196. KONONOV, V. iAkutskol ASSR 40 let. (Pozharnoe delo 1962. v. 8, no. 7, p. 15.) In Russian. Title tr.: Yakut ASSR is 40 years old. Sketches economic and social progress noting growth of fire control. Wood is most commonly used for industrial, farm, and domestic construction. Fire-proof building materials are scarce especially in remote Fire inspection on farms is districts. increased in summer and fall preparatory to winter maintenance of stables, repair shops, DLC. power installations, etc. 80197. KONONOVA, N. K. Izmenenie structury fsirkulfafaionnykh sezonov v Vostochnol Sibiri v pervol polovine XX veka. (Akademifa nauk SSSR. Izvestißa 1963, ser. geog. no. 4, p. 60-67, tables, maps.) 5 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Changes in the structure of circulation seasons in Eastern Siberia during the first half of the 20th century. Gives comparative characteristics for two epochs, the decades 1906-1915 and 19441953. Average seasonal duration of zonalwestern, meridional-northern, and disturbed zonality circulation is calculated for six seasons, viz: early spring, spring, summer, fall, early winter, and winter. The structure of each circulation season is described for both epochs and changes in circulation are noted. In the first epoch arctic intrusions prevailed; in the second, western zonal transfer. In the interval

560

between the first epoch and the second, the duration and distribution of cyclonic activity increased, and the stability of the anticyclonic regime in Polar Basin and in south of Siberia decreased. DLC. 80198. KONONOVA, N. K. Izmenenie temperatury i osadkov v Vostochnol Sibiri v pervol polovine XX veka; v svfazi a izmeneniem kharaktera isirkulfåfsii atmosfery. (Geograficheskoe obshchestvo SSSR. Izvestifa 1963. v. 95, no. 2, p. 164-68, tables, graphs.) 4 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Temperature and precipitation changes in Eastern Siberia in the first half of 20th century in relation to changes in the character of atmosphere circulation. Reports calculation of recurrence of zonal and meridional atmospheric circulation at eight stations, including Yakutsk, Verkhoyansk, Vilyuysk, Ust'-Maya, etc. Two periods, 1906-1915 and 1944-1953, are distinguished, the former with meridional, and the latter with zonal circulation prevailing. In the later period an average yearly temperature and precipitation is observed to increase. Deflection from "norms" of temperature and precipitation is explained by changes of atmospheric circulation. DLC. 80199. KONOVALOV, I. Komande severnogo poselka. (Pozharnoe delo 1960. v. 6, no. 8, p. 16.) In Russian. Title tr.: Brigade of a northern settlement. Sketches the industrial town Pokrovsk on the Lena, a river port with brick, lime, and cement plants, a lumber mill, units of the agricultural institute, etc. It has an efficient fire protection program: no fires in three years. DLC. 80200. KONOVALOV, I. Na polflise kholoda. (Pozharnoe delo 1962. v. 8, no. 3, p. 13.) In Russian. Titte tr.: At the cold pole. Sketches fire control measures at Ust'Nera, the Indigirka gold miners' town and administrative center of Oymyakon District. Fire hazard from heating and lighting appliances is at its peak in winter with temperatures down to -70° C. DLC. 80201. KONOVALOV, S. M., and K. A. SAVVAITOVA. Nekotorye dannye o gel'mintofaune vnutrividovykh form ark-. ticheskogo gol'tsa, Salvelinus alpinus L., Kamchatki. (Nauchnye doklady vysshel shkoly. Biologicheskie nauki 1963, no. 2, p. 32-35, table.) 16 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Some data on the helminths of

intraspecific forms of SaIvelinus alpinus L. of Kamchatka. Reports on helminths of this char, from Lake Dal'neye. Thirteen parasites are tabulated with degrees of infection in each of its forms studied, viz: the migratory, river, and lake-river forms, of which the habitat(s), morphology, growth, etc. are DLC. also indicated. KONSTANDINIDIS, K., see No. 81018. 80202. KONSTANTINOV, K. G. Preimushchestvo krupnofiichelnogo trala pri oblove rovnol i krupnoi ryby. (Materialy rybokhozfillstvennykh issledovanil Severnogo basselna. Sbornik 1963, no. 1, p. 25-26, graph.) In Russian. Title tr.: Advantages of large-meshed trawl in catching even-sized, large fish. Reports an experiment in the Barents Sea by two trawlers identical except for mesh-size of their nets. The boat with larger mesh size caught 10-15% less cod, but of larger average, and more uniform size. Similar results were obtained when DLC. fishing for haddock. 80203. KONSTANTINOV, K. G. Serafii trigla u beregov Murmana. (Priroda 1963. v. 52, no. 3, p. 112-13.) In Russian. Title tr.: The gray gurnard on the Murman coast. Reports the catch in 1962 of a mature female of this warm-water fish, not sighted on that coast since 1905. Its capacity to crawl along the bottom is noted. DLC. KONSTANTINOV, V. A., see No. 80990. 80204. KONSTANTINOVA, G. S. 0 kriogennykh obrazovanifakh v ralone Bol'shogo Khantalskogo poroga. (In: Akademifå nauk SSSR. Inst. merzlotovedeniiå. . 1963, p. Mnogoletnemerzlye gornye 112-20, profile.) 12 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: On cryogenic phenomena in the region of Bol'shoy Khantayskiy Rapids. Describes in some detail the frost mounds, thermokarst forms of relief, solifluction, frost cracks, and polygons. Peat mounds and mineral mounds are distinguished. Their formation conditions, age and other features are analyzed. The most prevalent forms of relief are connected with thermoDLC. kamt and solifluction. 80205. KONSTANTINOVA, G. S. Vliiånie snezhnogo pokrova na dinamiku sezonnoi mnogoletnemerzlykh porod; na primere (Akademiiå nauk SSSR. Inst. Igarki. merzlotovedeniiå. Trudy 1961. v. 17, p.

46-52, tables, graphs, illus.) 5 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Influence of snow cover on the dynamics of seasonally frozen and permafrost rocks as exemplified in Igarka. Reports results of systematic observations of snow cover and ground temperature during 1957-1959 at the Igarka permafrost station. Accumulation of snow cover has immense effects on the freezing processes of soils and ground and on their temperature regime. Snow cover decreases the thickness of the permafrost as well as the seasonal layer. In view of the relationship between geocryological conditions and snow cover, it appears possible to regulate permafrost and the active layer by the snow cover, for purposes of construction and agriculture. DLC. 80206. KONT, K. Substantiivide atributiivsest seosest soome-ugri keeltes. (Eesti NSV Teaduste Akadeemia. Keefe ja kirjanduse instituut. Uurimused 1956. v. 1, p. 105-126.) Refs. In Estonian. Russian and German summary. Title tr.: Attributive use of nouns in Finno-Ugric languages. Study of grammatical structure including Lappish, Zyryan, Ostyak, and Vogul. DLC. 80207. KONTOROVICH, A. E., and G. E. PROZOROVICH. Novye dannye po litologii i geokhimii mezozolskikh otlozhenil Zapadno-Sibirskol nizmennosti v svfåzi s paleogeografel. (Geologifa i geofizika 1963, no. 3, p. 73-81, maps, illus.) 15 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: New data on the Ethology and geochemistry of Mesozoic deposits of the West Siberian lowland in connection with paleogeography. Reports a three-year investigation of Jurassic and Cretaceous deposits including the Turukhan, Pur and other basins. It is concluded that during Jurassic-Neocomian time a washout area existed in the Pur basin which supplied clastic material to adjacent regions and caused some changes in rock composition and their facies. This ancient land should be taken into account in the search for oil and natural gas. DLC. 80208. KONTOROVICH, A. E., and others. Rasprostranenie nekotorykh khimicheskikh elementov v poverkhnostnykh i gruntovykh vodakh severo zapada Sibirskol platformy. (Akademifa nauk SSSR. Doklady 1963. v. 149, no. 1, p. 179-80, table.) 3 refs. In Russian. Other authors: M. A. Sadikov and S. L. Svarisev. Title tr.: Distribution of some chemical elements in

561

surface and ground waters in the northwest of the Siberian platform. Reports geochemical studies of 1960-1961 in the Turukhan-Khantayka folded zone, where the permafrost is 100-350 m. thick. About 25 elements were determined and their average content, coefficient of migration, number of analyses, etc. are given. Physical-geographic conditions and rock composition are the main factors in element distribution. The hydrochemical method is found of value for mineral search under DLC. permafrost conditions. KOPELOV, fD. S., see No. 77408. 80209. KOPONEN, T. Some observations on the cold resistance of Corydalis solida L., Sw. (Suomalainen eliiin- ja kasvitieteellinen seura Vanamo. Tiedonannot: Archivum 1962. v. 17, no. 1, p. 44 16, graph.) 7 refs. Reports a stand of this herb at the Botanical Garden of Helsinki Univ. withstanding a month-long cold period with temperatures as low as —8° C., and three snow covers. Some indications are that survival is achieved by concentrating the DLC. cell sap. KOPONEN, T., see also No. 77123. 80210. KOPOSOV, G. "fi?riT Gagarin" ukhodit v more. (Ogonek 1961. v. 39, no. 20, p. 12-13, illua.) In Russian. Title tr.: The vrii Gagarin puts out to sea. Sketches the Kamchatka-based trawler Kul'tushnyl, renamed for the first Soviet astronaut. DLC. 80211. KOPOSOV, G. V serdfie Arktiki. (Sovetskoe foto 1962. v. 22, no. 1, p. 1015, illus. Sr insert at p. 24-25.) In Russian. Title tr.: In the heart of the Arctic. Photo correspondent for Ogonek depicts the setting up of the North Pole-10 drifting station by the nuclear icebreaker Lenin. Information is given on color and blackand-white photo technique. DLC. KOPROWSKI, H., see No. 77883. 80212. KOPTEV, A. P., and A. I. VOSKRESENSKII. K voprosu o radiaüsionnykh svo!stvakh oblaØosti. (Leningrad. Arkticheskil i antarkticheskil n: issl. inst. Trudy 1962. v. 239, p. 39-47, tables.) 8 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Radiation properties of cloudiness. Discusses the weakening of radiation and its penetration through clouds in the

582

Arctic. Coefficients of total, and insidethe-cloud radiation weakening due .o different degree of cloudiness are derived. Vertical distribution of albedo under, in, and above the clouds over sea and icefield surfaces is given. The radiation absorption, which depends on water content of clouds, and their form, was found on the average, to be 0.22% of the total radiation. A formula is derived for determining percentage radiation expended in heating the cloud. The mean value of radiation heating of clouds is 0.04 degree/hr., energies of interphase transformation and radiation out disregarded. DLC. 80213. KOPTEV, A. P. Metodika aktinometricheskikh nablfddenfl s samoleta v Arktike. (Leningrad. Arkticheskil i antarkticheski! n: issl. inst. Trudy 1962. v. 239, p. 134-38, illus.) 2 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Methods of actinometric observations from an airplane in the Arctic. Describes installation of slightly improved Yanishevskii pyranometers and albedometers, and GSA-1 galvanometers on the so-called flying observatory planes in the Arctic in 1959-1960. The pyranometer and albedometer specially designed for this purpose, were tested. Four sources of observation error were analyzed: error due to change in galvanometer temperature, due to vibrations of its pointer, due to atmospheric pressure variation, and due to a partial screening of the measured flux of radiant energy by the base of the bell jar when the airplane tilts. The first three errors were found negligible, and the fourth probably less than 5%. DLC. 80214. KOPTEV, K. N. Zoloto vo l'dakb. Magadan, Magadanskoe knizhnoe izd-vo 1961. 142 p. illus. In Russian. Title tr.: Ice-locked gold. Describes, from own journal, a sojourn gold prospecting in the Kolyma basin in 1933-1935. The voyage (from Khabarovsk?) via Petropavlovsk-on-Kamchatka, Provideniya, and Uelen, to Ambarcbik, thence by barge up the Kolyma to Seymchan, contacts with local Chukchis, Eskimos, Yakuts, Yukaghirs, Russian old-timers, Soviet geologists and technicians, etc. Navigation hazards, ice and weather conditions, and difficulties of mining in permafrost ground, are depicted. Town life in Nizhne- , Sredne- and Verkone-Kolymsk is sketched. Local health problems are noted, e.g. leprosy with 15 patients in a leprosaritun near Sredne-Kolymsk, hysteria and other psychoses among natives and new-comers, scurvy rare, etc. DLC.

KOPYTOV, V. I., see No. 78629. 80215. KORANDA, J. J. The jaeger, pirate bird of the North. (Alaska sportsman 1963. v. 29, no. 2, p. 16-18, illus.) Alaska Wildlife Library no. 33. Describes these inhabitants of coastal tundras: their predatory habits, physical characteristics, nesting, diet, place in the tundra ecosystem, etc. Pomarine, longtailed and parasitic jaegers are all present DI. in Alaska. 80216. KORCHAGINA, N. I. Opyt vyrashchivania efemerov Srednel Azii v Khibinakh. (Botanicheskll zhurnal 1963. v. 48, no. 4, p. 570-78, tables, illus.) 15 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Experiments in growing Central-Asian annuals in the Khibiny. Reports on experiments made in 1960 and 1961, with 30 species, including eight grasses, seven crucifers, four poppies, etc., and controls raised in Central Asia (Ashkhabad). Growth and growth phases on Khibiny soils, and role of its climate, polar day, night frosts, etc., are analyzed and discussed. In general, the plants behaved differently in the two, climatically different, DLC. years. 80217. KORCHAGINA, O. A. Vlifanie klimaticheskikh faktorov na uglevodnyi sostav list'ev pshenifsy v Zapolßr'e. (Akademifa nauk SSSR. Lab. evolf t ionnoi i ekologicheskol fiziologii. Trudy 1962. v. 4, p. 163-81, tables, graphs.) 38 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The influence of climatic factors upon the carbohydrate composition of wheat leaves in the Arctic. Reports experiments with two varieties of wheat, one acclimatized, on the Kola Peninsula and near Moscow. Changes, diurnal and seasonal, in monosaccharides, easily hydrolyzed saccharides, starch, hemicelluloses and other alcohol soluble oligosaccharides were studied. The effects of low temperature and soil nutrients, especialDLC. ly P, are also considered. KORCHAGINA, O. A., see also No. 81360. 80218. KORDIKOV, A. A. Mineralogicheska1. kharakteristika melkovodnykh osadkov Barenfsova more i prolivov arkhipelaga Zemli Franisa-Iosifa. (Akademiaå nauk SSSR. Komissifa po osadochnym porodam. Deltovye i melkovodno-morskie otlozhenia 1963. p. 22-26, tables.) 2 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Mineralogie characteristic of the shallow-water deposits of

Barents Sea and straits of Franz Joseph Land archipelago. Reports a 1956 collection of marine silts in this sea and on the southeastern perifery of Franz Joseph Land. Data on their grain size, and mineralogic composition, chemical analyses, also microscopic, X-ray, and other studies are reported. In these shallowwater deposits, the main rock-forming mineral is quartz and monoclinic pyroxene predominates among the accessory minerals. AØ found are plagioclases, acid plagioclase, potash and feldspar; among the accessories: epidote, garnet, pyrite, and others. Organic DLC. matter ranges 0.2-1.4%. 80219. KOREISHA, M. M. 0 sootnoshenii sovremennogo oledenenifå i tarynov, naledel, khrebta Suntar-Khafaty. (Akademifa nauk SSSR. Mezhduvedomstvennyl komitet po provedenifü Mezhdunarodnogo geofizicheskogo goda. IX razdel programmy MGG: glfafsiologifå. Sbornik state! 1960, no. 5, p. 124-30, table, map.) 9 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: On the relationship of present glaciation and taryns, naleds in the Suntar-Khayata Range. Reports a study made in connection with the IGY program. Various types of glacier: valley, corrie, hanging, basin, etc. at 1800-2100 m. elevation are described as are taryns and/or naleds developed at 1100-1700 m. The glaciers and taryns are usually 20-40 km. apart. The former have a total area of some 246 km2; and the latter in winter time 250-300 km.2 The glaciers show retreat for 150-200 years and taryns a tendency to grow. Glacier melt water feeds the ground water and so fosters taryn and naled development. A converse relationship is also noted: these ice sills and/or icings have a climatic effect upon DLC. present glaciation. 80220. KOREISHA, M. M. Snezhniki v khrebte Suntar-Kha1 ta. (Sibirskil geograficheski1 sbornik 1962. no. 1, p. 177-83, illus.) 8 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Neva in the Suntar-Khayata Range. Describes snow one or more summers old consisting of ice and covered by firn. The snow line in the northern part of SuntarKhayata is at 2350 m. on the average. The greatest accumulation of nave is at 18002000 in., the fields range in length and width from tens to a hundred meters. Their form, accumulation, and other features are described. The main characteristics and distribution of avalanche neve are also considered. Buried neve too is noted. DLC.

563

80221. KOREISHA, M. M. Sovremennoe oledenenie khrebta Suntar-Khafäta. (Akademifå nauk SSSR. Mezhduvedomstvennyl geofizicheskil komitet, IX razdel programmy MGG: gliäfsiologiIa. Sbornik stater 1963. no. 11, 170 p. tables, graphs, maps, illus.) 69 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Present glaciation of the Suntar-Khayata Range. Reports investigations of 1956-1959 in the IGY program. The Range extends 500 km. northwest-southeast forming the watershed of the Yudoma and Indigirka Rivers. At 1,900-2,900 m. altitude, it has 200 or more glaciers, their total area about 206 km2. Physical-geographic features of the region, glacier morphology, the alimentation, ablation and balance of the glaciers, their movement and other features are analyzed. Glacier no. 31, the base for the glaciological studies and near the highest mountain station, is treated in detail, its morphology, thickness, snow cover and other features are reported. A catalog of the glaciers is included, giving for each, its number, name, and description, its morphologic type, height of snow line, measurements, and some other data. During the last 150-200 years, the Suntar-Khayata glaciers have been slowly receding. DLC. 80222. KOREKOV1 EV, N. Sooruzhenie glavnogo korpusa Chernogorskogo kombinata. (Na strolkakh Rossii 1962. v. 3, no. 4, p. 21-22, diagrs.)-In Russian. Title tr.: Installation of the main frame of the Chernogorsk combine. Describes the design of the production building of the worsted cloth factory. The main features are rectangular columns, prestrained girders of type FPS-18-4 and 18 m. span, pre-strained 12 x 3 m. plates of type PKZbN-5, pre-strained 12 m. beams, and the plates for the engineering lofts above the production area. DLC. KORENEVA, E. V., see No. 78975. 80223. KORENNOV, B. I. Opredelenie moshchnosti mnogoletnemerzlykh gornykh porod radiovolnovymi metodami elektrorazvedki. (In: Akademifä nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Inst. merzlotovedenifä. Teplo ... 1963, p. 80-88, h us.) 10 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Determination of permafrost thickness by radio-wave methods of electrical prospecting. Discusses methods of determining the lower limit of permafrost layers and groundwater horizons, those in the Yakut ASSR in particular. Permafrost over 500 m. thick is found somewhat south of Zhigansk,

564

and 400 m. or less in northern parts of the republic where the electric conductivity of the permafrost is low because of its low (-5° C. or less) temperature. Thus the high frequency radio-wave method is recommended. For central and southern Yakutia, electric prospecting by constant and low-frequency alternating currents is considered more effective. Translucency, radio-ray reflection, radar, radio-comparison, and interference methods of electric prospecting are discussed. DLC. 80224. KORFF, S. A., and R. C. HAYMES. Cosmic ray fluctuations observed in Alaska. (In: IUGG. Symposium ... cosmic rays 1961. p. 30-32, graph.) 9 refs. Describes and discusses observations of cosmic ray intensity carried out by a New York University neutron monitor at College, Alaska during 1959-1960. The large increase of May 4, 1960, and decreases on May 8 and 9 are noted, as are differences between Alaskan and other high latitude observations. Different direction of emission of energy from the solar flares is suggested as a possible cause of difference in intensity. Das. KORFF, S. A., see also No. 79604. KORfÄKIN, V. S., see No. 84676. KORKINA, E. I., see No. 76793. KORMILIfSYN, V. S., see No. 84148. KORMUSHKINA, L. A., see No. 77556. KORNAKOV, ID. N., see No. 81585. 80225. KORNFELD, J. A. Arctic oil search gains momentum. (World oil 1963. v. 157, no. 6, p. 95-106, maps, illus.) 6 refs. Surveys exploration activity in six arctic areas: Bathurst and Cornwallis Islands, where three deep wells are being drilled within the Franklinian miogeosyncline; Borden and Mackenzie Islands, where 2 million acres were farmed out to Petropar Canada, 90% French-owned; Brooks Range province of northern Alaska, where Sinclair and British Petroleum are studying their new concession; two offshore possibilities near Khatanga and Ust' Yansk, USSR; and in Barentsøya, Edgeøya and Vestspitsbergen, in the Svalbard group, where Russians and Americans are competing for exploration permits. Special arctic techniques proposed or tested include submarine tanker transport; diesel fuel for all rig, ground-transport and camp operations; special guys and a

portable cementing unit; deep-set foundations in permafrost; ice-strengthened ships or icebreakers; and portable exploration DLC. equipment. 80226. KORNILOV, N. A. 1Årozit s Kol'skogo poluostrova. (Materialy po miners logii Kol'skogo poluostrova 1959. no. 1, p. 121-26, tables, graph, illus.) 10 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Jarosite from Kola Peninsula. Describes this mineral from northwest Kola in a region of phyllite development of the Pechenga series. It is bright yellow and its hardness ranges between 4 and 6. Microscopic investigations, heat tests, optical properties and chemical analyses are reported. The name ammonium natrojarosite is proposed for the variety of jarosite thus DLC. described. 80227. KORNILOV, N. A. K voprosu o sul'fidno-silikatnol likvafsii v prirode. (Materialy po mineralogii Kol'skogo poluostrova 1962, no. 3, p. 100-106, illus.) 16 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Sulfidesilicateliquation in nature. Discusses theoretical considerations concerning this process in forming copper-nickel deposits. Nickel intrusions of the Allarechenskiy region of Kola Peninsula are studied, and other copper-nickel deposits of Kola, the Noril'sk region, and Norway are compared. Evidence is presented supporting sulfide-silicate liquation in nature. Further studies in this direction are suggested. DLC. 80228. KORNILOV, N. A. Khlority iz medno-nikelevogo mestorozhdenia v Pechengskom ralone. (Materialy po mineralogii Kol'skogo poluostrova 1959. no. 1, p. 39-48, tables, graphs, illus.) 14 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Chlorites from coppernickel deposits in the Pechenga region. Reports chemical, thermal, X-ray and optical analyses of four chlorites, two belong to the ferruginous group and two to the ferruginous-magnesium group. They differ from chlorites of other magmatic deposits by the absence of gallium, zirconium, and zinc. These chlorites resemble typical hyDLC. drothermal deposits. 80229. KORNILOV, N. A. Kollomorfnye nerudnye mineraly Pechengskikh sul'fidnykh medno-nikelevykh mestorozhdenir i ikh otnoshenie k profsessu kristallizafsii rod. (Materialy po mineralogii Kol'skogo poluostrova 1959. no. 1, p. 30-38, tables, illus.) 14 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Colloform non-metallic minerals of the Pechenga sulfide copper-nickel deposits and

their relationship to the process of ore crystallization. Describes chlorite, carbonate, serpentine and other non-metallic minerals from sulfide veins and from metasomatic mineralized serpentinites of Kammikivi, Zapadnoye Ortoayvi, Souker, Kaula, and other parts of the Pechenga region in Kola Peninsula. Crystallization of these minerals proceeded from periphery to center. Their genesis is discussed: they originated from the crystallization of viscous colloid. DLC. 80230. KORNILOV, N. A. Novyl vid mineralogicheskikh urovnel v medno-nikelevykh sul'fidnykh mestorozhdenif .kh. (Materialy po mineralogii Kol'skogo poluostrova 1962. no. 2, p. 152-58, illus.) 9 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: A new aspect of mineralogic levels in copper-nickel sulfide deposits. Discusses gravity sorting of minerals in aggregates and hydrothermal veins as evidenced in the Noril'sk region. Comparison is made with the Pechenga copper-nickel deposits, which are described. They are disseminated in three layers: the uppermost formed of aggregates of serpentine, chlorite and magnetite; the intermediate predominantly chalcopyrite and pyrrhotite; and the lowest, pyrrhotite etc. Evidence in support of gravity sorting in these layers is presented. DLC. 80231. HORNILOV, N. A. 0 pereotlozhenii vkraplennykh sul'fidov v profsesse formirovanifå sul'fidnykh medno-nikelevykh mestorozhdenir. (Akademira nauk SSSR. Doklady 1963. v. 152, no. 2, p. 396-99, illus.) 11 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Redeposition of impregnated sulfides in the process of formation of sulfide copper-nickel deposits. Reports study of the Pechenga and Allarecheskiy nickel-bearing regions of Kola Peninsula. In both, copper-nickel mineralization of epigenetic type is at intersections of sheet-like ultrabasite intrusives. An hypothesis of the redeposition of impregnated sulfides is discussed and evidence is summarized in support of it. It is possibly linked with progressive stages of metamorphism. DLC. 80232. KOROBOV, M. N. Novye trilobity iz nizhnego kembrifa Kharaulakhskikh gor. (Paleontologicheskil zhurnal 1963. no. 4, p. 64-75, illus.) 7 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: New trilobites from the Lower Cambrian of the Kharaulakh Mts. Presents a systematic description of six species belonging to four genera of the Poly-

565

mara order of Jaekel, 1909. One of these genera, Uktaspie, is new; the others are Protolenus Matthew, Aldonaiaa Lermontova, and Judomia Lermontova. J. cylindrica, J. rasskazovae, J. polarka, U. granulata, A. pokrovskayae and P. borealis n. spp. are illus. as well as described. DLC. 80233. KOROLEVA, N. Sovremennoe, narodnoe. (Sluzhba byta 1963. v. 1, no. 7, p. 30-31, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: Contemporary, popular. Describes old Zyryan handicrafts still practiced in Komi ASSR: knitting, weaving, wood carving and painting, furniture and fur garment production. Rug weaving, a new industry, should use traditional patterns and colors not imitate the oriental. DLC. 80234. KOROMPAY, B. Die Bogenfalle bei den Finnougriern auf dem Wege aus Sibirien nach Europa und in den südlichen Verbreitungsgebieten. (Acta ethnographica, Budapest 1953. v. 3, no. 1-4, p. 23-90, map, Mus.) Approx. 100 refs. In German. Russian summary. Title tr.: The diffusion of the Finno-Ugric bow trap from Siberia to Europe and in southern areas. Comparative study of the Siberian, European and South Sea bow traps. While not necessarily the inventors of the Siberian spring bow, the Finno-Ugrians, specifically the Zyryans of the Northern Ural, are considered the originators of the solid- or closed-stock variant of this Siberian slingshot trap and its propagators to the west. An open-work stock bow trap is typical east of the Ob River. The solid-stock spring bow was the standard ermine trap of the Ostyaks, Voguls, and to a lesser degree of the Nenets Samoyeds. The open-stock variant may have arisen in eastern Siberia, possibly among the Amur River tribes under the influence of southeast Asian bow traps. DLC. 80235. KOROSTOVT-SEVA, N. V. Vlifanie trenirovki na ustolchivost' okhlazhdennykh krys k anemii golovnogo mozga. (Bfülleten eksperimental'nol biologii i medif my 1963. v. 56, no. 8, p. 44-45.) 3 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Effect of exposure upon the resistance of cooled rats to cerebral anemia. Circulatory occlusion was fatal to rats in 3-5 min. Hypothermia of 13 to 15° C. and occlusion of 30-50 min. resulted in a survival of ca. 50%. Repeated exposure to hypercapnia, hypoxia or cold produced survival in hypothermic animals, with cerebral circulation arrested for 1-1.5 hrs. DLC.

566

80236. KOROTKEVICH, E. S. Nekotorye cherty skhodstva i razlichiß. prirody Arktiki i Antarktiki. (Problemy Severe 1963. no. 7, p. 199-210, maps.) In Russian. Title tr.: Some similarities and dissimilarities of the nature in the Arctic and Antarctic. The Arctic Basin, approx. 14 million km.' around the North Pole, is surrounded by land masses; the Antarctic, a continent of approx. 14 million km.' around the South Pole, is surrounded by oceans. This basic geomorphic difference results in far-reaching dissimilarities in various aspects of nature. Climate, temperature, radiation, wind, precipitation, humidity, inland ice, glaciers, sea ice, and icebergs and their extent in cold and warm seasons, flora, tree line, birds, fishes, and mammals are considered in turn, stressing their like and unlike features in the two regions. Eight maps depict the arctic region superimposed on the Antarctic, arctic Jan. and antarctic July surface temperature isolines, ice extent, arctic July and antarctic Jan. +10° C. isolines, tree lines, avifauna. DLC. 80237. KOROTKEVICH, L. S. Ptilidium californicum (Aust.) Underw. et Cook vo flore pechenochnykh mkhov SSSR. (Akan demi1 . nauk SSSR. Botanicheskil inst. Otd. sporovykh rastenil. Botanicheskie materialy 1963. v. 16, p. 173-78, table, map, illus.) 10 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Ptilidium californicum (Aust.) Underw. et Cook in the hepatic flora of the USSR. Describes the general appearance and morphology of this liverwort, its distribution: coastal boreal and arctic Pacific, in the USSR the southern tip of Kamchatka, its DLC. geographic variations. 80238. KOROTKEVICH, V. D. Palinologi cheskatä kharakteristika morskikh i3rskikh i nizhnemelovykh otlozhenil, vskrytykh skvazhinami na Tfiim1 tinskom i UlakhanlUrfakhakom uchastkakh, Leno-Olenekskil ralon. (Leningrad. N: issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Sbornik statel po paleontologii i biostratigrafii 1963. no. 32, p. 24-36, tables, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: Palynological characteristics of marine Jurassic and Lower Cretaceous deposits, exposed by drillings in the Tyumyati and Ulakhan-Yuryakh areas of the Lena-Olenek region. Describes spore-pollen complexes of the middle and upper Liassic, Aalenian-Bathonian, Bathonian and lower Callovian, and Valanginian. The predominant spores and pollen are listed with their percentage, and DLC. illus.

80239. KOROTKEVICH, V. D. Sporovopy1'fsevye kompleksy iz nizhne- i srednetriasovykh otlozhenil, vskrytykh skvazhinami Ulakhan-fUrfåkhskogo i Tfümfi,tinskogo uchastkov. (Leningrad. N: issl. inst. geologil Arktiki. Trudy 1961, no. 124, p. 70-83, table, illus.) 4 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Spore-pollen complexes from Lower and Middle Triassic deposits, uncovered by drillings in the Ulakhan-Yuryakh and Tyumyati areas. Reports palynological characteristics of the Indskff and Olenekskil stages of Lower, and the Anizilskff stage of Middle Triassic deposits. Percentage composition of spore and pollen of Calamitaceae (?), Cyatheaceae, Cordaitales, Coniferae, and other plants as well as their variations according to drillings and to stages of deposits are DGS. described. 80240. KOROVIAKOV, I. A., and others. Proiskhozhdenie Noril'skikh trappovykh intruzil, nesushchikh sul'fidnye medno-nikelevye rudy. Moskva, Gosgeoltekhizdat 1963. 102 p. tables, cross-sections, maps, illus. (Moskva. Vses. n: issl. inst. mineral'nogo syr'få. Trudy n. ser. no. 9.) 70 refs. In Russian. Other authors: A. E. Nelmbin, Z. A. Ralkova and L. K. Khortova. Title tr.: Origin of the Noril'sk trap intrusions, bearing sulfide copper-nickel ores. Reviews the ore-bearing intrusions of the region, their geologic and tectonic position. The Noril'sk I, Noril'sk II, Mt. Chernaya, Mt. Zub, Imangda, Nokokhoz, Khyukta and Morongo, are considered in turn. Their petrography is analyzed. They are of various degrees of differentiation and of various scales of sulfide copper-nickel mineralization. But all, regardless of their thickness, stratigraphic position, and composition of enclosing rocks, are built according to one and the same plan. Structure of each is outlined in detail. Their origin is caused by gravitational-kinetic differentiation. DLC. 80241. KOROVIN, A. I., and others. K voprosu o zaglublenii kornel i intensivnosti kushchenifa rastenil na Severe. (Akademifå nauk SSSR. Karel'skil filial. Trudy 1960. no. 28, p. 108-112, tables.) 9 refs. In Russian. Other authors: I. V. Il'ina and M. M.1Syba. Title tr.: The problem of root penetration and intensity of tillering of plants in the North. Reviews ideas on the causes of poor depthpenetration of roots in the North, and reports experiments with cereals and clover grown on different soils under controlled conditions. Poor root-penetration was found to be the main cause of the plants' weakness

in putting out shoots (tillers). Acidity of the deep, untilled soil, low temperature, and insufficient nutrients were the factors DLC. limiting root penetration. 80242. KOROVIN, A. I. Nekotorye itogi raboty sektora fiziologii i ekologii rastenil i zadachi dal'nelshego razvitifi, fiziologicheskikh issledovanil v Karelii. (Akademifff nauk SSSR. Karel'skil filial. Trudy 1960. no. 28, p. 3-17, tables, illus.) 28 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Review of activities in the Plant Physiology and Ecology Section and the aims in further development of physiological research in Karelia. Discusses the beginning (1946), and early work and workers in plant physiology in this section of Academy of Sciences' Karelian Branch. Research has been carried on to determine the effects of temperature upon cultivated plants, the effects of cold soil on the physiology, biochemistry and growth of such plants. Plant nutrition under local conditions, and effects of air temperature, including nightfrost are studied, as is DLC. the utilization of light. 80243. KOROVIN, A. I. Vlißnie temperatury pochvy na urozhal i fiziologicheskie proGessy rastenil v uslovifåkh Severa. (Akademifil nauk SSSR. Lab. @volfil£sionnol i ikologicheskol fiziologii. Trudy 1962. v. 4, p. 112-36, tables, illus.) 23 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The effect of soiltemperature upon the yield and physiological processes of plants in the Arctic. Account of laboratory and field experiments conducted during a three-year period with potatoes, tomatoes, beans, etc. Low temperature of the soil produced late sprouting, slow growth and maturation, and low yields. These effects were mitigated when the upper 5-7 cm. of the soil was periodically warmed above 10-12° C., and when the plants had their early growth in warm environment. The influence of low soil temperature upon the uptake of water and nutrients from the soil, and upon some enzyme contents is also reported. DLC. KOROVIN, V. A., see No. 80407. 80244. KORSAK, V. K. Sredstva nazemnogo bezdoroahnogo transports, na Kralnem Severe. (Problemy Severe 1963, no. 5, p. 107-129, tables.) 26 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Cross-country transport in the Far North. Reviews the means of cross-country travel in roadless areas of tundra, forest-tundra, and northern taiga, the early experiments at Dudinka-Norilsk in 1925, and the Vaygach

587

Island and Amderma mines in 1930, and the wider use of such transport in many areas from 1933-34. Four types of halftrack and 11 full-track vehicles made in the USSR are described, their main features tabulated, performance noted. Foreign over-snow and muskeg vehicles (16) are also dealt with (p. 114-22). Basic requireDLC. ments are discussed. 80245. KORSAKOY, G. K. Rezul'taty akklimatizafsii ondatry v SSSR. (In: Konferenfsifa po akklimatizafsii zhivotnykh ... 1963, p. 111-14.) In Russian. Title tr.: Acclimatization results with the muskrat in the USSR. Notes the animals introduced since 1928 (170,000), and yields since 1935; that in 1956 was about 6,000,000. Areas of optimal population growth, conditions in the taiga and drop of output since 1950 due to diseases are stated. Changes in ecology, and hunting are outlined, as are directions for improveDLC. ment.

discussed for making constructions stable enough to resist the pressure to which they are subjected. DLC. 80248. KORZHUEV, S. S. Merzlotnyt karst Srednego Prilen'få i nekotorye osobennosti ego profavlenifii. (Nauchnoe soveshchanie po izucheniftl karsta 3d 1956. Regional'noe karstovedenie Ø. 1961, p. 207220, map, illus.) 15 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Cryogenic karst in the middle Lena region and some features of its occurrence. Reports a study between Pokrovsk and Vitim along the Lena valley. The natural conditions are characterized and morphology of the karat phenomena is analyzed. Its main manifestations are: conical depressions, caves, niches, karst springs, kamt lakes, abrupt slopes, clay karat. Each of these forms is characterized. Surface and underground karat are distinguished, as are specific conditions under which cryogenic karst develops. Permafrost is shown not to preclude DLC. karst development.

KORSHOVER, J., see No. 77038. 80246. KORTUNOV, A. K., and others. Gazovafa magistrat' Kanady; stroitel'stvo i ekspluatafsifå. Moskva, Gostoptekhizdat 1960. 260 p. illus., tables, drawings. In Russian. Other authors: V. I. Gorodefskil, G. V. Zhdanovich, F. A. Zasko, and A. M. Klimushin. Title tr.: The gas line of Canada; construction and exploitation. The pipeline connecting the natural gas fields of Alberta with the large eastern cities, Toronto and Montreal, is described by Russian engineers, invited to visit this construction by the Trans-Canada Pipe Lines Ltd. Organization, machinery, transportar tion and other aspects of the undertaking DLC. are presented in detail. KORDNOVA, V. V., see No. 83405. 80247. KORZHAVIN, K. N. Vozdelstvie l'da na inzhenernye sooruzhenifa. Novosibirsk, Izd-vo Sibirskogo otd. Akademi1 nauk SSSR 1962. 204 p. tables, graphs, illus. 209 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Influence of ice on engineering constructions. Presents a monographic account of riverice effects on dams, hydroelectric stations, bridges, and other installations, based on own studies in Siberia during 1934-1961 and on literature data. Physical-mechanical properties of river ice, pressure of ice on structures and its calculation discussed. Siberian rivers are divided into three groups according to the size of their spring jams and force of the debacle. Methods are

568

80249. KORZHUEV, S. S. Morfostruktura i neotektonika Severo-Vostoka SSSR. (Akademifa nauk SSSR. Izvestifa 1963, ser. geog. no. 3, p. 3-15, map.) 15 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Morphostructures and recent tectonics in northeastern USSR. Outlines the main large elements of orography and morphostructures: the Verkhoyansk Cherskogo, and Polusnyy chains, the Yana-Indigirka upland, Alazeya and Yukaghir plateau and Yana-Kolyma plain. Each morphostructure is analyzed, as are recent tectonic movements responsible for the present relief formation. Reconstruction of the river net, regions of uplift and subsidence, young morphostructures and other features are delineated. DLC. 80250. KOSHELEV, V. A., and V. I. FRUMSON. V poiskakh "cherta" ozera Labynkyr. (Priroda 1963. v. 52, no. 3, p. 83-90, illus.) 2 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: In search of the Lake Labynkyr "monster." Describes an expedition to this lake in eastern Yakutia in response to reports of the presence in it of gigantic animals, Tertiary mosses and a cemetery with human skulls. A thorough ichthyological, geological and diving investigation of this and neighboring lakes disclosed nothing of this kind. An exchange of opinions on this subject follows the article (p. 89-90.) DLC.

ft.

80251. KOSHEL'KOV, P. Nekotorye primery termicheskol transformaaii voz-

dukha v nizhnel troposfere Arktiki. C'fentral'nafa aerologicheskafä observatories, Leningrad. Trudy 1962. no. 41, p. 38-46, tables, maps.) 5 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Certain examples of thermal transformation of the air in the lower troposphere of the Arctic. Investigates daily variations in air temperature in the troposphere regions north of 70° N. With the aid of trajectories made on the maps of bark topography, the periods June 7-12, 1957, and Jan. 14-23, 1958 are considered. The average values of nonadvective temperature variations during intensive latitude exchange are found to be 3° C. per day, this value decreasing somewhat with altitude. The cooling and warming regions are found to correlate with the regions of advection of warm and cold air masses respectively. Observations over Alaska, Canadian Archipelago, and Greenland show that besides the entropic factors (radiation, exchange by turbulence, etc.) vertical movements of air take part in the air transformation in the Arctic. DLC. 80252. KOSHKINA, T. V., and A. S. KHALANSKII. 0 norakh i ubezhishchakh norvezhskogo lemminga. (Moskovskoe obshchestvo ispytatele! prirody. Otdel biol. Biülleten' 1963. n. ser. v. 68, no. 1, p. 16-24, tables.) 7 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The burrows and refuges of the Norwegian lemming. Study of conditions in the forest zone of the Kola Peninsula, particularly along the Kolvitsa River and Bay. Types of forests and soils are described. Locations of lemming burrows and hideouts are classified and tabulated according to biotopes (forest, tundra, etc.) and to site (beneath roots, stones, moss, etc.) Seasonal changes in the habitat DLC. are also considered. KOSHKINA, T. V., see also No. 79857. 80253. KOSIBA, A. Changes in the Werenskiold Glacier and Hans Glacier in SW Spitsbergen. (International Association of Scientific Hydrology. Bulletin 1963. v. 8, no. 1, p. 24-35, graphs, tables.) Outlines results of glaciological and climatological investigations by the Polish IGY and IGC expeditions, 1957-1960. The first glacier terminates on land, 1.4 km. from Isbjornhamna, and only 20-30 m. above sea level; its hydrological, climatological, and orographic conditions are different from those of Hans Glacier, 3/4 of which terminates in Hornsund. Changes in these two glaciers are illus. by tables and graphs of surface movement, thickness, area, etc. Maps compiled or in progress are noted. The

intense ablation of 1850-1940 in the lower portions has diminished; increased accumulation has resulted in an advance of the DGS. Hans Glacier front. 80254. KOSIBA, A. Some remarks on the last climate fluctuation in the arctic regions and in central Europe. (Rome Symposium on Changes of Climate 1961. Proceedings 1963. Arid Zone research ser, no. 20, p. 271-74, tables.) Refs. French summary. Results of glaciological and meteorological studies in Vestspitsbergen during 1957-1960 by the Polish IGY Spitsbergen Expedition confirm the cooling trend of recent years; Hans Glacier shows distinct advance, Werenskiold Glacier increased accumulation and movement (as reported in No. 65862). Significant yearly variations of climate occurred in 1957-1960. Intensive ablation has resulted from climatic warming as well as from large amounts of dust blown off the DWB. nunataks. 80255. KOSMACHEV, K. P. 0 "khozfiiYstvennykh tipakh sel'skogo rasselenißa". (In: Akademifa nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otdie ... Geografifa ... 1962, p. 144-55, table, maps.) 11 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The "economic types of rural population distribution." Offers critical remarks on V. S. Valov's Obzornafa karta sel'skogo rasselenifå SSSR (Review map of rural pop. distrib. in the USSR) 1959 as it relates to the Northeast, stressing its inaccuracies. Kosmachev groups the rural population of Yakutia into five occupational types: reindeer raising and hunting, hunting and reindeer raising, livestock raising and hunting, livestock and agriculture, agriculture and livestock. Their distribution (map) and statistical characteDLC. ristics are shown. 80256. KOSMACHEV, K. P., and A. A. NEDESHEV. 0 nekotorykh osobennostß.kh formirovanilk seti gornopromyshlennykh poselenil. (In: Akademifå nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie ... Geografifä ... 1962, p. 118-25, table, map.) 5 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Some features of developing the network of mining towns. Includes notes on Mirnyy with a group of other settlements in the diamond fields, Drazhnyy, Novyy on the Malaya Botuobuya River, Chernyshevskiy on the Vilyuy, also several workmen's villages along the Mukhtuya-Mirnyy road; and on Batagay center of the Yana mining area with its 23 satellite communities. DLC. 80257. KOSMINSKAfA, I. P. Izuchenie zemnol kory v SSSR v period MGG. (Aka-

569

demifä nauk SSSR. Mezhduvedomatvennyl geofizicheskil komitet, XII razdel programmy MGG: selsmologicheskie issledovanifa 1963, no. 5, p. 86-123, tables, graphs, maps.) 54 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Study of the earth's crust in the USSR during the IGY period. Reports deep seismic sounding (DSS) in, among other areas, the Sea of Okhotsk, Kuril Islands arc, and Magadan-Kolyma profile, 400 km. long with five blast points. Sounding methods and correlation of observed seismic waves are discussed. A number of DSS profiles, total length about 8,000 km., were made in the Sea of Okhotsk, and on both sides of Kuril arc. The data on this ocean-continent transition zone indicate a different position of the Mohorovie6 zone, and different seismic velocity characteristics and structure in the crust of the region. DLC. 80258. KOSMINSKAIA, I. P., and others. Osnovnye cherty stroenifå zemnol kory Okhotskogo morid i Kurilo-Kamchatskol zony Tikhogo okeana po dannym glubinnogo seismicheskogo zondirovaniS. (Akademifå nauk SSSR. Izvestifå 1963, ser. geofizicheskafå, no. 1, p. 20-41, maps, diagrs.) 20 refs. In Russian. Other authors: S. M. Zverev, P. S. Ve1fsman, f[?. V. Tulina and R. M. Krakshina. Title tr.: Basic features of the crustal structure of the Sea of Okhotsk and the Kuril-Kamchatka zone of the Pacific Ocean from deep seismic sounding data. Gives deep seismic data of the crustal structure of this region also material from a mainland profile: Magadan-Kolyma and the Commander Islands. Results are presented as maps and composite sections from processing of the seismic materials along profiles. Depth maps of the consolidated crust and of sedimentary strata are given and interpreted. A complete record of deep seismic soundings made in connection with the IGY is in preparation. DLC. KOSMINSKAIA, I. P., see also No. 77150, 79605. 80259. KOSOLAPOV, A. I. Rezul'taty geokhimicheskikh Øledovana prirodnykh vod i gazov ZapadnoT fÅkutii. (Geologifå i geofizika 1963, no. 3, p. 55-72, tables, illus.) 10 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Results of geochemical investigations of natural waters and gases of western Yakutia. Reports work of 1956-1961 in the Chona, Markha, Olenek, Arga-Sala, and other basins. Chemical composition of the water and gases is outlined and data tabulated. Petro-

570

leum and natural gas possibilities of various geologic complexes are discussed. Western Yakutia is considered prospective for oil and gas, and the Ust'-Vilyuy gas deposits of productive value. DLC. 80260. KOSOLAPOVA, M.N. Mikrokomponenty v prirodnykh vodakh basseTna r. Olenek. (Akademifå nauk SSSR. f Z kutski! filial. Trudy 1963. ser. geol. no. 16, p. 56-74, tables, map, illus.) 6 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Microconstituents of the natural waters of the Olenek River basin. Reviews the natural conditions of this basin in northwest Yakutia, and the distribution of permafrost up to 500-800 m. thick. A hydrochemical study was made of the river system along the Kenelekan-ArgaSala-Olenek-Laptev Sea. The surface waters of the basin mostly freshwater, have little mineralization, not exceeding 100-200 mg./1. The zinc, lead, copper, molybdenum, etc. concentrations are tabulated. Zinc is found to be a good indicator for distribution of kimberlite pipes. Hydrochemical methods are concluded to be useful in searching for such resources in areas of continuous perDLC. mafrost. 80261. KOSOV, B. F. Zametki ob ovrazhnoT hrozii v tundre, lesnoT zone, lesostepi i v pustyne. (Moskva. Univ. Geograficheskil fakul'tet. Voprosy erozii i stoke 1962, p. 191-208.) 12 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Notes on gully erosion in tundra, forest zone, forest-steppe and desert. Reports observations of this process under natural conditions and under influence of man's activity in the Vorkuta region (tundra), Severnaya Dvina (forest zone), near Kursk in the steppe zone and in the desert of Ustyurt. Gully erosion in each area is characterized, noting its extent, form, and the mode and places of occurrence. It is found in various stages of development and in all the areas studied and its greatest expansion is in the forest steppe and steppe DLC. zones. 80262. KOSOV, B. M. Rezul'taty i zadachi geologorazvedochnykh rabot v Sibiri. (R.azvedka i okhrana nedr 1963. v. 29, no. 1, p. 1-8.) In Russian. Title tr.: Results and tasks of geologic prospecting in Siberia. Reviews the prospecting in the seven-year (1958-1965) plan: search for oil and gas in Western and Eastern Siberia and the Verkhoyansk-Vilyuy province, discovery of the (14) Berezovo gas, the Shaim oil, and Ust'Vilyuy gas deposits; also the Angara-Pit magnetite, copper-nickel deposits of Siberian platform, the diamonds of Yakutia, and DLC. others.

80263. KOSSINSKAØ, I. S. 0 merakh preduprezhdenifa fafsidioza lesnykh kul'tur sosny v taezhnol zone. (Lesnoe khozf dstvo 1963, v. 16, no. 6, p. 39-41.) In Russian. Title tr.: Means for controlling Phacidium infestans Kamt. in pine forests of the taiga zone. This fungus infests needles of young pine when snow-covered and occurs chiefly in the northern taiga. Its damage in Karelia is outlined, with recommendation that infested areas be checked and trees with the fungus burned. DLC. 80264. KOSSOVOI, L. S., and N. G. PASHKEVICH. Sporovo-pyl'£evye kompleksy verkhnego devona vostochnogo eklona Severnogo Timana i ikh biostratigra(Akademifa nauk ficheskoe znachenie. SSSR: Doklady 1963. v. 153, no. 6, p. 1404-1406.) 4 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Spore-pollen complexes of the Upper Devonian in the eastern slope of northern Timan and their biostratigraphic importance. Reports study of deposits uncovered by drilling in Indigs, and Vyucheyskoye regions of Komi ASSR. For the first time, sporepollen complexes of these deposits are determined. Various series of Frasnian deposits are described, and their prevailing fossil plants noted; on comparison they are found most analogous with Frasnian of the Russian DLC. platform. 80265. KOSSOVSKAIA, A. G., and others. K istorii trioktaedricheskikh slf ld v osadochnykh porodakh. (Litologiia i poleznye iskopaemye 1963, no. 2, p. 178-96, tables, graphs.) 30 refs. In Russian. Other authors: V. A. Drifs and V. A. Aleksandrova. Title tr.: On history of trioctahedral micas in sedimentary rocks. Reports on Mesozoic deposits of the Siberian platform and Verkhoyansk-Kolyma geosyncline. Rocks of platformic and geosyncline sections, and various facies were analyzed, and literature data studied. The main aim was to determine the history of biotite in sedimentary rocks at various stages of its formation. Its alteration by weathering, its vermiculitization, and behavior in diagenesis and epigenesis are described. Biotite is concluded to be a very unstable mineral. DLC. 80266. KOSSOVSKAØ, A. G. Litologopetrograficheskoe obosnovanie skhemy raschlenenifå verkhnetriasovykh, fürskikh i melovykh otlozhenil zapadnogo sklona Verkhofanskogo khrebta i VilfüIskoT vpadiny. (In: Mezhvedomstvennoe soveshchanie .. . Trudy 1959, p. 274-80, table.) In Russian.

Title tr.: Lithologie-petrographic substantiation of the scheme for separating Upper Triassic, Jurassic and Cretaceous deposits in the western slope of Verkhoyansk Range and Vilyuy depression. Distinguishes three types of sections in the Mesozoic frame of this range and depression: platformic, transitional between platformic and geosynclinal, and geosynclinal. These types differ in thickness of sedimentary rocks, structure of section, type of interbedding, facies of rocks, association of authigenous minerals, and degree of diagenesis and epigenesis. Four formations or complexes of rock are distinguished and their stratigraphy is outlined using local stratigraphic units. ICRL. 80267. KOSSOVSKAfI, A. G. Mineralogifå terrigennogo mezozoiskogo kompleksa VilfülskoT vpadiny i Zapadnogo Verkhofiin'l ; o formirovanii mineral'nogo sostava terrigennykh porod. Moskva, Izdvo Akademii nauk SSSR 1962. 204 p. tables, illus. (Akademifl nauk SSSR. Geologicheskil inst. Trudy no. 63.) Approx. 240 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Mineralogy of the terrigenous Mesozoic complex of the Vilyuy depression and the western Verkhoyansk region; formation of the mineral composition of terrigenous rocks. Outlines the geology of this region in the transition area of two large structural zones, viz: the Siberian platform's eastern edge and the Verkhoyansk-Kolyma geosyncline. The main elastic minerals of sedimentary rocks such as quartz, feldspars, micas, eta are analyzed noting their secondary alteration and authigenic modification. The principal authigenic minerals and clay minerals are also described in detail. Mineral associations and their formation are considered and various associations described. Formation of terrigenous rocks in geosynclinal and platformic provinces is reported and comparisons are made. Zones of regional epigenesis and metagenesis are DLC. analyzed. KOSSOVSKALA, A. G., see also No. 78374. 80268. KOSTIAEV, A. G. Bibliografii rabov sovetakikh avtorov po voprosam periglffilsienol morfologii za pfät'let 19551959 gg. (In: Markov, K. K., ed. Periglfafsial'nye fåvlenilh ... 1960, p. 276-80.) In Russian. Title tr.: Bibliography of Soviet works on periglacial morphology for five years, 1955-1959. Lists with annotations, about 250 papers and monographs, grouped according to various aspects of the subject, e g. macro-

571

structural and microstructural polygonal formations, thermokarst, solifluction, loess, etc. An important part of this literature is DLC. concerned with the arctic regions.

study explained. These foundations were built on pillars down to bedrock, or on cinder padding, and they were found to be in satisfactory condition. DLC.

80269. KOSTfXEV, A. G. Periglfåisial'nye otlozhenifii i struktury nizkikh terras valdalskogo vozrasta v doline Severnol Dviny. (In: Markov, K. K., ed. Periglfaf ial'nye favlenia ... 1960, p. 188-200, illus.) 17 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Periglacial deposits and structure of low terraces of Valday age in the valley of the Severnaya Dvina. Outlines the geologic and geomorphic development of the Severnaya Dvina during the Quaternary period. Dnepr and Moscow glaciations are briefly noted. Main effects were those of the Valday glaciation: two groups of terraces at the 22-25 m. and 14-16 m. levels are recognized and described, as are various deposits. Effects of permafrost DLC. in terrace development are noted.

80272. KOSTINENKO, G. I. Stroitel'stvo na vechnol merzlote za rubezhom; Alaska, Kanada, Grenlandifä. Moskva, Gosstrolizdat 1962. 59 p. tables, map, illus. 45 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Construction on permafrost abroad; Alaska, Canada, Greenland. Reviews work in these countries mainly from the literature of the 1950's. Examples of successful and faulty solutions of such engineering problems as anchoring of piles, erection of tower foundation, ground substitution, etc. are given, and in most cases, application of the construction experience to building on permafrost in the USSR is pointed out. Work reviewed includes study of permafrost parameters, thermoinsulation, adhesion of frozen ground to piles and foundations, permafrost drilling for samples and construction, etc.; design of foundations, treatment of permafrost ground for foundations and temporary buildings, water and heat supply, and sanitation, etc.; organization, equipment, and different methods of construction on permafrost, etc. Canadian and American organizations engaged in studies of permafrost are noted. DLC.

80270. KOSTIN, A. P., and K. G. SUKHOMLIN. Reakf ifä krovenosnykh sosudov kozhi krupnogo rogatogo skota na teplo i kholod. (Fiziologicheskil zhurnal SSSR 1961. v. 47, no. 3, p. 329-35, tables, illus.) 14 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Response of dermal blood vessels of cattle to heat and cold. Newborn calves showed pronounced vascular reaction in the first days of life. The temperature of skin at all points measured fell noticeably, reaching a fixed level at the age of 24 hrs. Local cooling produces in calves a temperature drop in the skin from 34° to 16° C., but it returns to normal within 8 minutes after cooling. In fully grown animals rewarming was quicker than in DLC. calves. 80271. KOSTINENKO, G. I. Meropri►åtifa protiv moroznogo vypuchivanifå fundamentov. Moskva, Gosstrolizdat 1962. 31 p. tables, illus. (Akademilk stroitel'stva i arkhitektury SSSR. N. -issl. inst. osnovanil i podzemnykh sooruzhenil.) 42 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Measures against frost heaving of foundations. Discusses laying foundations in ground subject to frost heave, the principal measures used to avoid their heaving, and methods of increasing their stability. Foundation systems, and anti-heaving measures used for the buildings built in 19351940 under different engineering-geology conditions on permafrost in nine different localities of Chita and Amur Provinces were examined. Climatic and geological conditions are given for each, and the methods of

572

80273. KOSTINENKO, G. I. Stroitel'stvo svaTnykli fundamentov na vechnomerzlykh gruntakh Kanady i Alfaski. (Osnovanifa, fundamenty i mekhanika gruntov 1963. v. 5, no. 1, p. 26-29, tables, graph, illus.) 15 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Building of pile foundations on permafrost of Canada and Alaska. Discusses (from published sources of 1950-1962) the engineering-geological conditions and such problems as: keeping the substrate permanently frozen, designing pile foundations, sinking the piles, and freezing them into the ground. General characteristics of pile foundations, materials used, testing, etc., also steam thawing the ground or drilling holes for the piles, and the method of freezing them in are briefly DLC. considered. KOSTRMKOV, M. S., see No. 82279. 80274. KOSVEN, M. O. Timofel Ivanovich Shmalev, istorik-kraeved dal'nevostochnol Sibiri i ego literaturnoe nasledstvo. Inst. istorii. (Akademifä nauk SSSR. Problemy istochnikovedenifä 1963. v. 11, p. 196-208.) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: T. L Shmalev, student of regional history

and geography of the Siberian Far East, and his literary heritage. Discusses some 25 reports by this 18thcentury Russian officer who served in Kamchatka and the Anadyr region. Of particular value are his ethnographic notes on the Chukchis and Koryaks and his counsel to the Russian military and civilians on proper handling of aborigines. DLC. 80275. KOSYGIN, G. M. Osobennosti zimnego pitanifa tetereva i vorona v Lenskom ralone fAkutii. (Ornitologifå 1962, no. 5, p. 147-48.) In Russian. Title tr.: Nature of winter food of the black-grouse and raven, in the Lena region of Yakutia. Notes on habitats of Lyrurus tetria and Corms corax and their food in November— DLC. December. 80276. KOSYGIN, ID'. A., and I. V. LUCHIØKII. Struktury organiehenifå Sibirskol platformy. (In: Akademifa nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie ... Tektonika Sibiri, v. 2, 1963, p. 9-12, map.) 5 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The structures bordering the Siberian platform. Discusses the structures which constitute its western border. Pericratonic subsidences such as the Yenisey Ridge and Turukhansk uplift, marginal geosutures (zones of dislocation with a break in continuity) and foredeeps are described and mapped. DLC.

80279. KOTLIAKOV, V. M. Dva nauchnoorganizaf ionnykh soveshchanifa po izuchenifi snezhnogo pokrova i lednikov. (Akademifa nauk SSSR. Izvestifa 1962. ser. geog. no. 3, p. 141-44.) In Russian. Title tr.: Two conferences of scientific organizations on snow-cover and glacier investigations. Reports the Feb. 26-28, 1962 meeting in the Academy of Sciences' Institute of Geography with some fifty representatives of a score of organizations present. Rational utilization of snow was discussed and the main papers are reviewed. On Mar. 15-17, 1962, a meeting of glaciologists was held at the same institute with 40 persons present from 15 organizations; the cataloging of glaciers, their mapping, and study methods were discussed. DLC. 80280. KOTLIAR, S. G. Dokembril Uochatskogo massiva. (In: Mezhvedomstvennoe soveshchanie ... Trudy 1959, p. 43-47.) In Russian. Title tr.: Precambrian of the Uochat massif. Describes these deposits in the basin of the Urul'tun, right tributary of the Omulevka in northeast Yakutia. They are divided into four subseries and each is characterized noting lithologic properties, mineralogic composition, thickness, and sources of ICRL. material. KOTOVA, Z. N., see No. 82122.

80277. KOTIKOV, S. V dalekol !Akutü. (Khudozhestvennafasamodefatel'nost' 1959. v. 2, no. 7, p. 38-39.) In Russian. Titre tr.: In distant Yakutia. Reminisces about his exile in Yakutsk in 1906 and the local amateur theatricals. DLC. 80278. KOTfUKII, A. NablfiiIdenie za ekhosignalami oto l'da s pomoshch'li RLS. (Morskol flot 1963, no. 5, p. 17-19.) In Russian. Title tr.: Study of the echo signal from ice with the aid of a radar station. Discusses the technique and effectiveness of determining the quantity and form of floating sea ice from the differences in the radio-echo, as reflected from different forms, surfaces, and mass of ice. Atmospheric conditions are analyzed as they affect the radar images of ice fields, icebergs, fresh snow, etc. in the Arctic and North Atlantic. Visual observations are compared with such by radar. Warning is given that similarities are possible in the radio-echo from low shores, islands, and over-surface rocks, and that from ice. DLC.

KOTT, E., see No. 77530. 80281. KOVACH, M. G. The Russian Orthodox Church in Russian America. Pittsburgh, Pa. 1957. 295 p. tables, maps. Over 100 refs. Ph.D. dissertation to Univ. of Pittsburgh. Describes the beneficial aspects of Russian colonization and missionary work in Alaska and the Aleutians from the mid-18th century till after the sale of Alaska to the United States. Exploration by trading parties and their role in spreading Christianity among the aborigines, the establishment of a mission on Kodiak Island by Shelekhov, the growth and expansion of the Orthodox Church under the auspices of the RussianAmerican Co., etc. are recounted. Missionary and educational activities of Bishop Ioasaf, the monk German, Archibishop Veniaminov and others are discussed. Eskimos and Aleuts on the whole were willing converts, Tlingits and Athabaskan tribes of the interior mostly hostile. Aboriginal religions, beliefs and social conditions are depicted as background to the Russian

573

acculturative problems. A chronology of events 1741-1879 is appended. DLC. 80282. KOVALEV, A. Osnovnye prinfsipy vybora tipov sudov dlfå smeshannogo morereka plavanifs. (Rechnol transport 1963, no. 1, p. 5-8.) 2 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Main principles of selection of vessel types for combined sea-river navigation. Reviews transportation with dual-purpose craft, and the construction of ships and river-boats for regional service. The 2000and 1000-ton wooden transport barges built from 1934 for the White Sea—Baltic Canal traffic were superseded in 1955 by dualpurpose metal barges, and these are used throughout the Baltic, Leningrad, Karelia, Murmansk, and Arkhangel'sk administrative-economic regions. In 1962, these 2000and 1,000-ton barges were towed to Mezen and loaded with timber which they carried across the White Sea, via the canal system to Baltic ports without reloading or accident. A 2000-ton diesel-engine vessel (the Mendeleev) designed for the Black-Caspian Seas, the Amur River-Sea of Okhotsk, and the White-Baltic Seas routes is analyzed. A dry cargo 2,700 t. diesel ship for transporting apatite concentrate from Kandalaksha to the Volga and Don basins, and iron to Cherepovefs, has proved satisfactory in performance. This combined sea-river transportation can effect economies to 40 DLC. million rubles/year. 80283. KOVALEV, R. V. 0 konferen£sii pochvovedov Sibiri i Dal'nego Vostoka. (Pochvovedenie 1963, no. 6, p. 107-110.) In Russian. Title tr.: Conference of pedologists of Siberia and the Far East. Reviews the meeting of Dec. 3-8, 1962 in Novosibirsk, at which some 250 pedologists and agrochemists were present representing 60 institutions. Of the 25 papers presented and discussed, many concerned Siberian and arctic regions; some are briefly reviewed, and the conference conclusions are reported. DLC. 80284. BOVALEVA, N. E. Vlifsnie ternperatury na pishchevaritel'nufii funktsifii infuzori Paramecium caudalum, obluchennykh rentgenovskimi luchami. (Akademifa nauk SSSR. Inst. £itologii. Sbornik rabot 1963, no. 3, p. 133-44, tables, graphs.) 18 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Effect of temperature on the digestive function of Xirradiated infusoria, Paramecium caudalum. Account of experiments with clones cultured at 20-22° C. and 4-5° C., irradiated with identical doses of X-rays. Some functions remained unchanged in both groups,

574

but in the "cold" group phagocytic activity was less suppressed, prior to and following the first post-irradiation division. The "cold" recovered its digestive function about twice as quickly as the control group. DLC. 80285. KOVALEVSKAIA, N. P. Zabolevaemost' pnevmoniel detel v Murmanskom Zapolfår'e. (In: Litvinov, N. N., ed. Zdorov'e cheloveka ... 1963, p. 120-23, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: Morbidity of pneumonia in children of the Murmansk Arctic. Presents data on its morbidity (34-47% of all diseases), seasonal frequency (maximum in winter, minimum in July—August), incidence according to age, types of pneumonia, course, and lethality. DNLM. 80286. HOVA.LEVSKIY, V. P. Ekskursifä po severnol Skandinavii. (Naføional'nyl komitet sovetskikh geografov. 19 Mezhdunarodnyl geograficheskil kongress . 1961, p. 428-35, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: Excursion in northern Scandinavia. Describes the post-conference field trip of the 1960 International Geographical Congress. The itinerary: Stockholm—KirunaNarvik—Tromsø—Honningsvåg—Nordkapp—Ivalo—Helsinki, the natural conditions, economic activities, etc. are briefly described. DLC. KOVALHIN, I. D., see No. 79040. 80287. KOVAL'SKII, V. V. Kimberlitovye porody tAkutii i osnovnye printsipy ikh petrogeneticheskol klassifikaf li. Moskva, Izd-vo Akademii nauk SSSR 1963. 184 p. tables, graphs, illus. Approx. 165 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Kimberlite rocks of Yakutia and main principles of their petrogenetic classification. Reports 1957-1960 investigations in the upper Muna, Chomurdakh, Kuoyka, Merchimden, and Daldyn-Alakit regions. Geologic structure of the Yakutia diamond province is outlined. Distribution and geologic-structural features of kimberlite bodies are analyzed. Petrography of kimberlite rocks is treated in detail. Their classification is discussed, classifications of foreign and Russian scientists are evaluated and a new one is offered. Intrusive kimberlites and explosive kimberlite breccias are the main genetic types, which are further divided into different varieties. The relationship between intrusive kimberlites and volcanic pipes is discussed. DLC. 80288. KOVROVA, A. M. Kharakteristika turbulentnosti svobodnol atmosfery v za-

padnom sektore Sovetskol Arktiki. (Leningrad. Arkticheskil i antarkticheskil n. inst. Trudy 1963. v. 253, p. 172-77, tables, graphs.) 4 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Characteristics of turbulence in the free atmosphere in the western sector of the Soviet Arctic. Reports a study of increased turbulence from temperature-wind soundings to the 12 km. level made at the Kheysa (Franz Joseph Land), Dikson, and Vize Island polar stations. For Jan Mayen during 1958-1960 and for April, June and Oct. during 19581959, some 1400 soundings were checked for each km. level. Calculations were made according to the Richardson number. The results show that turbulence in lower part of the atmosphere in Jan. and April is defined by dynamic factors, and in July and Aug. by thermal factors. Two maxima and one minimum are established, one maximum near the surface, the other below the DLC. tropopause. 80289. KOVROVA, A. M., and N. V. SHIPOSH. Stroenie tumanov v ralone Tadibe-fAga. (Leningrad. Arkticheskil i antarkticheskil n. -issl. inst. Trudy 1962. v. 239, p. 104-110, tables, graphs, maps.) 3 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Fog structure in the Tadibe-Yaga region. Reports on observations of July 25-Aug. 4, 1957, approx. 70°20' N. on the east coast of Ob Bay. A small aerostat, an aerologic kite, and a pilot-balloon were used. Weather conditions and the synoptic situation are described. Daily mean values of air temperature, and relative and absolute humidity at 2-500 m. height are tabulated. Occurrence of fog as determined by statistical analysis, is tabulated by months for 1951-1957. Fogs form over southern Kam Sea as result of the confluence of warm Ob River water with cold sea water. They are a 150-160 m. thick layer in the unstable atmospheric strata under the inversion. DLC. KOVTUN, A. S., see No. 78294. KOYANAGI, T., see No. 81767. 80290. KOZHARA, V. L. Nckotorye osobennosti vodnol migraGii khimicheskikh elementov v ralonakh mnogoletnel merzloty v svfazi s gidrokhimicheskimi poiskami. (Akademif t nauk SSSR. Inst. geologii rudnykh mestorozhdenil, petrografii, mineralogii i geokhimii. Trudy 1963. no. 99, p. 122-35, tables, maps.) 14 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Some features of the water migration of chemical elements in regions of

permafrost in connection with hydrochemical prospecting. Discusses the possible use of hydrochemical prospecting in permafrost regions. Results are reported from one case in the mountain-taiga region of East Siberia, noting distribution of P1, Zn, Cu and other elements, as well as chemical analyses of ground and river waters. All known hydrochemical methods are concluded applicable in dissected landscape. Permafrost reduces the depth of such prospecting. DLC. 80291. KOZHEØKA, N. N. 0 vysokol vyrovnennol poverkhnosti £aentral'nol chasti sredinnogo Kamchatskogo khrebta. (Akademißa nauk SSSR. Izvestia 1963, ser. geog. no. 4, p. 53-60.) 5 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The high planation surface in the central part of Sredinnyy Ridge of Kamchatka. Reports study of the genesis and extent of this planation surface in 1961-1962 in the Uksichan volcano, upper Kryuki and Tigil' regions. Its elevation ranges from 900 to 1,300 m., but a single planation surface is represented and that was caused mainly by volcanic-product accumulation processes. It is important from the stratigraphie viewpoint. DLC. 80292. KOZHEVNIKOV, S. Ensel, brat okeana. (Oktfåbr' 1961. v. 38, no. 2, p. 158-67.) In Russian. Title tr.: Yenisey, brother of the ocean. Describes a trip on a freighter from Krasnoyarsk to the town of Dikson with a stop-over in Igarka and a side trip by train from Dudinka to Noril'sk. The Dikson District has 37 one-two family winter sealing stations from 270 km. south to 560 km. north of the town. DLC. 80293. KOZHINA, T. K. Geologo-mineralogicheskaf' kharakteristika etalonnol proby dlf' metodicheskikh issledovanil, svfa.zannykh s opredeleniem absoliIltnogo vozrasta. (Akademia nauk SSSR. Komissifr po opredelenifil absolldtnogo vozrasta geologicheskikh forma(ii. Bfulleten' 1961, no. 4, p. 8-19, tables, graphs, illus.) 6 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Geologic-mineralogic characteristics of standard samples for methodical investigations connected with absolute-age determination. Describes pegmatite vein no. 9 of the Loukhovskiy region of northern Karelia: its geologic position is characterized, the mineralogical composition analyzed according to microcline, muscovite and biotite samples; and of the latter, two chemical analyses are given. DLC.

575

80294. KOZLOV, E. K., and others. Unikal'nyl rudnyl gabbro-noritovyT pegmatit gory Nittis v Monche-tundre. (Materialy po mineralogii, Kol'skogo poluostrova 1962, no. 3, p. 86-99, tables, sections, illus.) 10 refs. In Russian. Other authors: V. S. Dokuchaeva and I. S. Bogdanov. Title tr.: Unique ore gabbro-norite pegmatite of Mt. Nittis in Monche Tundra. Describes the geologic structure, petrographic features and mineral composition of this pegmatite. Petrography of the enclosing rocks is also analyzed. Characteristics of the sulfide copper-nickel ores are given. Genesis of gabbro-norite pegmatite is discussed, and the genetic connection of this pegmatite with the enclosing rocks is established. The nature of the Monche Tundra sulfide vein and time of its formaDLC. tion are also considered. 80295. KOZLOV, I. G., and others. Khanty-Mansitskafa opornaia skvazhina. Leningrad, Gostoptekhizdat 1961. 76 p. (Leningrad. tables, cross-section, map. Vses. neftf?noT n. -issl. geologorazvedochnyT inst. Trudy, v. 176.) 15 refs. In Russian. Other authors: T. A. strebova, S. I. Purtova and Z. D. Serebrf?kova. Title tr.: Khanty-Mansiysk key well. Presents a detailed description of this 2180 m. well started in 1951 and completed in 1952. Main geologic-technical data, lithologic and mineralogic properties of the rocks uncovered, their physical and reservoir properties and distribution of micro- and macrofauna are given. Stratigraphy of the Cretaceous, Tertiary and Quaternary deposits, and the hydrogeologic characteristics of the Khanty-Mansiysk region are outlined. Oil and gas were not DLC. detected.

a

relation between the beak and other parts of the cranium, analyzed. DLC. 80297. KOZLOVA-PUSHKAREVA, E. V. Charadriiformes, suborder Alcae. Jerusalem, Israel Program for Scientific Translations 1961. 140 p. maps, illus. Translation of No. 52457. DLC. 80298. KOZLOVSKAØ, S. F., and I. I. KRASNOV. Sushchestvufilt li poverkhnosti vyravnivanif? na Sredne-Sibirskom ploskogor'e? (Akademifa nauk SSSR. Izvestifa 1962. ser. geog. no. 2, p. 8-17, illus.) 13 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Are pediplanation surfaces present in the Middle-Siberian upland? Considers the validity of the hypothesis advanced by W. Penck, L. C. King, and others, that the old plainlands and plateaus of the earth reveal similarities in age and elevation to surfaces produced by pediplanation. The geomorphology of the Siberian platform is analyzed including the Putorana Mts., Tungusskiy syneclise, Anabar anticlise, Vilyuy depression, and other regions; and nothing is found to substantiate the hypothesis. Three relief surfaces are recognized in the Siberian platform; their height, origin and age are characterized. DLC. KOZLOWSKI, K., see No. 78713. 80299. KOZMINA, S. Piåtaik kraevaf?. (Khudozhestvennaiåsamodefatel'nost' 1963. v. 6, no. 8, p. 27, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: Fifth regional. Notes this art show at Krasnoyarsk; two pen drawings by A. Lmidak, an aboriginal of Tur in Taymyr National District, are DLC. hus.

KOZLOV, M. T., see No. 76765.

KOZMINSKAß, I. F., see No. 82122.

80296. KOZLOVA, E. V. Napravlenie evoh3tsionnogo pro£sessa u kulikov semelstva rzhankovykh, Charadriidae, na materialakh stroeniiå cherepa. (Akademita nauk SSSR. Zoologicheskil inst. Trudy 1961, no. 29, p. 183-212, illus.) 11 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Trends of evolution in shore birds of the plover family Charadriidae as deduced from skull structure. Reports a study of heads from 59 species, including such of arctic occurrence, with introductory outline of earlier investigations. The study is largely osteological, with muscles and other organs considered in some cases. The anatomy of the beak is discussed in connection with the food and feeding habits of the bird(s), and the cor-

80300. KOZUBOV, G. M. 0 roste sosny uzkokronnol formy. (Lesnoe khozis1stvo 1963. v. 16, no. 10, p. 23-25, tables, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: The growth of narrow-crown pine. The pyramidal, narrow-crown, common pine is considered a valuable variety. A 1960-62 study disclosed its occurrence in all pine forests, especially in the North. Comparative growth data are tabulated for narrow-crown and ordinary pine in Kalevala districts of northern Karelia; superiority of the narrow-crown pine in timber yield is noted. DLC.

576

80301. KOZUPEEVA, T. A. Komnatnye rasØifa dlf? Kralnego Severa. (In:

Poliitrno-al'pilskil botanicheskil sad. Dekorativnye rastenifit ... 1962, p. 60-74, illus.) 9 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: House plants for the far North. Descr bes some 25 kinds found suitable for arctic conditions, from over a hundred tried. Origin, appearance, bloom and reproduction are stated, as are temperature, water and DLC. other requirements, and care. 80302. KOZUPEEVA, T. A. Vlifanio gibberellina na rost i razvitie nekotorykh (In: Polfarnooranzherelnykh rastenil. al'pilskil botanicheskil sad. Voprosy .. . 1962, p. 209-211, table.) 4 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The effect of gibberellin on growth and development of some greenhouse plants. Reports on experiments during summer 1959 in the Polar Alpine Botanical Garden in Khibiny. The effect was usually evident in growth, occasionally in morphological changes of the vegetative organs. In some of the ten species tested, acceleration of flowering occurred. Some plants did not respond to this growth substance. DLC. KOZUPEEVA, T. A., see No. 77159. 80303. KOZYREVA, L. V. Elementy primesi v Khibinskom nefeline. (Materialy po mineralogii Kol'skogo poluostrova 1962, no. 3, p. 126-39, tables, profiles.) 4 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Element admixtures in Khibiny nepheline. Reports study of several elements in this nepheline: strontium and barium, gallium, iron and magnesium. Samples of apatitenepheline rocks and their enclosing ijolites, urtites and rischorrites from Kuel'por, Poachvumchorr, eastern Rasvumchorr mountains and elsewhere are examined and the element-admixtures are described and compared. Iron and magnesium are found in all varieties of nepheline. According to gallium content, all nephelines differ only slightly from each other. Behavior of barium and strontium is also reported. DLC. 80304. KOZYREVA, L. V., and G. A. IL'INSKII. K mineralogii dolomito-kal'f itovykh karbonatitov massive VuorilArvi. (Materialy po mineralogii Kol'skogo poluostrova 1959, no. 1, p. 69-76, tables, illus.) 6 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Mineralogy of dolomitic-calcareous carbonatites of the Vuori-Yarvi massif. Reports study of carbonatites in veins of 1-2 cm. to 0.5 m. thickness. Predominant minerals are calcite and dolomite, but ankerite, breunnerite, aragonite, siderite, barite, etc. are also found. All are described.

Dolomitic-calcareous carbonatites are of hydrothermal genesis and formed by a low temperate stage. DLC. 80305. KOZYREVA, L. V. K voprosu o sostave Khibinskikh shpreushtelnov. (Materialy po mineralogii Kol'skogo poluostrova 1962. no. 2, p. 114-22, tables, graphs.) 13 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Composition of Khibiny spreusteins. Some 25 minerals are called spreusteins by various scientists. Chemical analyses are made of the Khibiny spreusteins and three groups are established: natrium, calcium, and potash spreusteins. X-ray and thermal analyses are also made. According to mineralogic properties, three groups are recognized: natrolite, clay-hydromica and calcium spreusteins. DLC. 80306. KOZYREVA, L. V. Nakhodka allofana v Khibinakh. (Materialy po mineralogii Kol'skogo poluostrova 1962, no. 3, p. 160-61, graph.) 2 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Finding of allophane in the Khibiny. Reports this gel found in the Lyavayok River region, Kuel'por, Suoluayv, Rasvumchorr and other areas of this tundra. Physical properties, chemical composition, X-ray analyses, heat tests, and other features are described. Allophane is formed under solution of nepheline by surface water and is widely distributed in supergene minerals of the Khibiny. DLC. KRADER, L., see No. 82922. KRAEV, A. G., see No. 78973. 80307. KRAEVSKII, B. P. Shkola v Moskva, Izd-vo "Znanie" Zapol1 r'e. 1963. 40 p. (Novoe v zhizni, nauke, tekhnike ser. 11, pedagogika no. 18.) In Russian. Title tr.: A school beyond the Arctic Circle. Describes extra-curricular and pioneer youth activities, ahopwork, etc. in an unnamed boarding school on Kola Peninsula. DLC. 80308. KRAINOV, D. A. K 60-letifii Otto (SovetskaG arNikolaevicha Badera. kheologia 1963. v. 7, no. 4, p. 126-28, port.) In Russian. Title tr.: Sixtieth birthday of Otto Nikolaevich Bader. Biographical sketch noting his survey of paleolithic cave sites in the Urals and ethnographic study of Zyryans among DLC. other activities. KRAKSHINA, P. M., see No. 77150.

577

KRAKSHINA, R. M., see No. 80258. 80309. KRAMSKY, J. Über den Ursprung and die Funktion der Vokalharmonie in den ural-altaischen Sprachen. (Deutsche Morgenländische Gesellschaft. Zeitschrift 1956. v. 106, n. ser. v. 31, no. 1, p. 117-34.) Refs. In German. Title tr.: Origin and function of vowel harmony in Ural-Altaic languages. Phonological study including ancestral and modern Lappish, Samoyed, Ostyak, DLC. and Vogul. 80310. KRANCK, S. H., and G. W. SINCLAIR. Clearwater Lake, New Quebec. Ottawa, Queen's Printer 1963. ix, 25 p. (Canada. maps, section, tables, illus. Geological Survey. Bulletin 100.) 15 refs. German and Russian summary. Describes two circular depressions of 19 and 16 mi. diam. on a highland of Precambrian granitic gneiss at 56° N. 74°30' W. The lake is of volcanic-tectonic origin, formed by collapse of the earth's crust along circular fractures. The larger basin contains a ring of islands; they represent volcanoes formed by extrusion of lava along a circular fracture probably concurrent with the Collapse occurred caldera breakdown. when this part of the Shield was covered with Paleozoic limestone, probably in Tertiary time. A meteoric origin proposed by others is questioned; volcano-tectonic processes, the more likely origin, are indiDGS. cated on a schematic section. 80311. KRAPIVINA, I. Raboty tobol'skikh kostorezov. (Dekorativnoe iskusstvo SSSR 1963, no. 2, p. 31, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: Tobol'sk bone carvers' work. Describes stylistic innovations and aboriginal elements in the portrayal of Nenets Samoyeds by Russian ivory-carvers of DLC. Tobol'sk. KRASHENINNIKOV, E. M. 80312. Zimnfafa ekspluataf ifa lesovoznykh traktorov i avtomobilel. Petrozavodak, Gos. izd-vo Karel'skol ASSR 1960. 110 p. graphs, tables, illus. 20 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Winter use of tractors and trucks in the lumbering industry. Discusses the winterization of these vehicles: the effect of low temperature on starting the motors, the specifics of automotive timber transport in winter periods, the devices for pre-start warming of the DLC. motors, etc. 80313. KRASIL'NIKOV, D. D. Apparatura dlfa registrafsii vremennykh variatsil

578

ehnctoty shirokikh atmosfernykh livneT a datchikami iz schetchikov Gelgera-MIi llera. (Akademifä nauk SSSR. fAkutskil filial. Trudy 1960. ser. fiz. no. 3, p. 22-39, tables, graphs, illus.) 24 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Apparatus for recording timevariation of broad atmospheric showers, equipped with pickups from Geiger-Müller counters. Describes the apparatus and its installatinn at Yakutsk for the IGY assignment. The purpose of the investigation, begun in 1954, is to establish the occurrence frequency of widely spread cosmic ray showers caused by cosmic particles of energies 10" ev or more. Direct observation of such ultra-high energies is impractical because of very low density of their fluxes: one particle of energy >10" ev falls on a cm.2 area of the atmosphere boundary every 28 days; the frequency of such occurrence is 1/240 yr. for particles with energies >1015 ev, and one per seven-eight hundred thousand years for particles with energies >1017 ev. The showers produced by such particles spread in the atmosphere to a several km.2 area. By recording the occurrence of such showers it was found possible to determine experimentally the quantity of ultra-high energy cosmic particles arriving at the earth from space. The apparatus recorded approx. 107 showers in 1958. DLC. 80314. KRASIL'NIKOV, D. D. Barometricheskil effekt shirokikh atmosfernykh livnet. (Akademißa nauk SSSR. flkutskil filial. Trudy 1960. ser. fiz. no. 3, p. 65-73, table, illus.) 24 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Barometric effect of broad atmospheric showers. Reports the results of determination of the barometric coefficient, ah, of cosmic rays, carried out at Yakutsk in 1958, taking into consideration the power index, x, of the shower spectrum produced by different number, N, of particles in the shower. The possible effect of K value on ah when N increases is evaluated. A substantial disagreement was found between the experimental and calculated values of barometric coefficients ah for an average number N. This indicates that the absorption of particles in showers with the absorption coefficient, jtN = 180 cm.2/gm., increases with N. DLC. KRASIL'NIKOV, D. D., see also No. 80456. KRASIL'SHCHIKOV, A. A., see No. 84125. 80315. KRASNOPEEV, I. I. Nekotorye materialy mediko-geograficheskol kharak-

teristi Aliaski. (Geograficheskoe obshchestvo SSSR. GeograficheskiT sbornik 1961. no. 14, p. 118-29, tables, map.) 19 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Some materials on the medical-geographic characteristics of Alaska. Outlines the climate, hydrography and animal life of Alaska in relation to health conditions. Animal-borne diseases from reindeer, elk, mice, voles (Microtus oecon mus) and others are described. Socialeconomic conditions, population movement, life of Eskimos, Aleuts and Indians are outlined. Administrative arrangements, public health problems, medical personnel are characterized. Morbidity is analyzed and the main diseases, tuberculosis, heart ailments, etc. are noted, as are also the DLC. infectious diseases.

Title tr.: Main features of the geologic structure of the northwestern part of the Pacific ore belt. Reviews general problems of its structure and development history. The MongoloOkhotsk, Verkhoyansk-Kolyma, Chukotka, and Kamchatka zones are analyzed, as are other, smaller structures such as the Kolyma medial massif, Omolon massif, Okhotsk massif, etc. Mesozoic activization, development of faults and other features are outlined. Further investigations required are summarized, as current work on this part of the Pacific belt is considered inadequate. DLC. KRASNYI, L. I., see also Nos. 84148, 84154. KRAT$, K. 0., see No. 77488.

80316. KRASNOSHTANOV, S. Sibir' Dal'nil Vostok v po@zii I. V. FedorovaOmulevskogo. (Dal'nil Vostok 1963, no. 2, p. 167-70.) 6 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Siberia and the Far East in the poetry of I. V. Fedorov-Omulevskil. Outlines work of Innokentil Vasil'evich Fedorov-Omulevskil, 1836-1883, born in DLC. Petropavlovsk-in-Kamchatka. 80317. KRASNOV, I. I., and V. A. MARTYNOV. Skhema stratigrafii chetvertichnykh (antropogenovykh) otlozhenil Zapadno-Sibirskol nizmennosti. (In: Mezhvedomstvennoe soveshchanie po dorabotke . 1961, p. 67-73.) In Russian. Title tr.: Stratigraphic scheme of Quaternary (Anthropogene) deposits of the West Siberian lowland. Explains the new stratigraphic division adopted at this 1960 Novosibirsk conference, which changes the division of 1956 (cf. 60197, 60199). By the new division, Quaternary deposits are divided into Pleistocene and Neocene, Pleistocene into three stages, Eo-, Meso-, and Neopleistocene. Eleven horizons are distinguished and each is briefly characterized. For northern regions of the West Siberian lowland, the Yamal series is established comprising marine and DLC. partly glacial-marine deposits. KRASNOV, I. I., see also No. 80298. 80318. KRASNYI, L. I., and others. Osnovnye cherty geologicheskogo stroenifå severo-zapadnol chasti Tikhookeanskogo rudnogo pofasa. (In: Akademia' nauk SSSR. Dal'nevostochnyT filial. Geologicheskil inst. Geologifa i metallogenif.... 1963, p. 36-48.) In Russian. Other authors: P. N. Kropotkin and G. P. Volarovich.

80319. KRATT$, K. O. GeologiT. karelid Karelii. Moskva, Izd-vo Akademii nauk SSSR 1963. 210 p. tables, maps, profiles. Laboratorifä (Akademi[. nauk SSSR. geologii dokembrif3.. Trudy no. 16.) 143 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Geology of the Karelids of Karelia. Presents an extensive synthesis of results of recent studies of Karelian formations. Stratigraphy and tectonics are treated in detail. Magmatism and metamorphism processes are also analyzed. Age and correlation of the Karelian Proterozoic are outlined; 93 samples of absolute age determination are included. DLC. KRAUS, D., see No. 83736. KRAVCHENKO-BEREZHNOI, R. A., see No. 78396. 80320. KRAVCHUK, V. A. Korfüshka aziatskaf. (zubatka, ogurechnik) Osmerus eperlanus denies Steindachner. (Leningrad. Gos. n. -issl. inst. ozernogo i rechnogo rybnogo khozfa!stva. Izvestif. 1958. v. 44, p. 197-202, tables.) 5 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The Asiatic smelt Ormerus eperlanus denies Steindachner. Describes morphology of this subspecies; distribution in the lower Yenisey and its estuary, spawning and other migrations, its food, development and growth; catches and their composition, etc. DLC. 80321. KRAVCHUK, V. A. Poharnafa treska, saTka, Boreogadus saida Lepechin. (Leningrad. Gos. n. -issl. inst. ozernogo i rechnogo rybnogo khozfiüstva. Izvestif. 1958. v. 44, p. 207-214, tables.) 12 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Arctic cod, Boreogadus saida Lepechin.

579

Account based on collections made in Yenisey Bay during the summers of 1948 and 1950. General appearance and morphometry, distribution (circumpolar), and habitats are described. Growth is reported from size, weight and age determinations; food, migrations and maturation are conDLC. sidered. 80322. KRAV'1ßOV, A. G. Rannedevonskie chetyrekhluchevye korally s reki Tarei, f8entral'nyl Talmyr. (Leningrad. N. -issl. inst. geologli Arktiki. Uchenye zapiski 1963, no. 3, p. 5-49, tables, map, illus.) 26 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Early Devonian tetracorals from the Tareya River area, central Taymyr. Describes the Tareya series consisting of seven beds, noting lithologic properties and fauna. In six families, nine genera, 18 species are described, 12 of them for first time. DGS. KRAVßOV, Ø. M., see No. 78993. KRAVßOVA, L. I., see No. 84112. 80323. KRAVfi-SOVA, N. V detskom sadu na Chukotka. (Doshkol'noe vospitanie 1963. v. 36, no. 5, p. 32-33.) In Russian. Title tr.: In a kindergarten on Chukotka. Describes flower and vegetable growing at a nursery school in Pevek. The plants were started from seed indoors, except the hardier potatoes, onions, beets, etc. An apple tree grew well but the fruit did not develop beyond cranberry-size, nor ripen. DLC. 80324. KREBS, C. J., and I. McT. COWAN. Growth studies of reindeer fawns. (Canadian journal of zoology 1962. v. 40, no. 5, p. 863-69, tables, graph.) 6 refs. Reports on four animals in the Mackenzie Delta kept with their mothers within a fence which was moved as the vegetation was eaten. Three phases of growth were discernible in the first two months of life. Observations made on weight of young and adult animals indicate a growth pattern in the Mackenzie Delta similar to that of DLC. Russian reindeer. 80325. KREBS, C. J. The land of the lemming. (Eskimo 1963. v. 65, p. 7-9, illus.) Describes these rodents as studied in the Baker Lake area of Keewatin District, their physical characteristics, food habits, species, etc. also individual movements onto lake and sea ice in spring. Their three—four year population fluctuations are considered; predators, disease, food shortage and others are 580

eliminated as causes of the still unexplained CaMAI. cycles. 80326. KREBS, C. J. Lemming cycle at Baker Lake, Canada, during 1959-62. (Science 1963. v. 140, no. 3567, p. 674-76, tables.) 11 refs. Reports on study of brown and varying lemmings which showed, in addition to population fluctuation, changes in reproduction, mortality and the properties of the individuals. These changes were not due to malnutrition, starvation, or stress and may have been associated with changes of DLC. behavior. vv KRECEK, J., see No. 79215. 80327. KRECHMAR, A. V. 0 landshaftnom raspredelenü ptiis fiigo-zapadnogo Talmyra. (Ornitologifa 1962. no. 4, p. 2939, map, illus.) 5 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Distribution of birds in southwestern Taymyr, according to landscape. Account based on 1958 and 1959 field work in the area of the Noril'sk lakes, 68°20' —69°30' N. and the Khantayka River. The physiography, vegetation and landscape are described. Types of taiga encountered are distinguished and the bird species found in them are enumerated, as are the tundra and its avian population, also the lakes and DLC. rivers and their birds. 80328. KRECHMAR, A. V. 0 sezonnykh fivlenifåkh v zhizni ptiG ralona Noril'skikh ozer. (Ornitologifå 1963. no. 6, p. 37-48, tables, illus.) Ref. In Russian. Title tr.: Seasonal phenomena in avian life of the Noril'sk lake area. Reports on observations from several trips made at different seasons of 1957-1959 into the basins of the Rybnaya and Khantayka Rivers. Dates of arrival and departure of birds, and phenological data on weather, ice, vegetation and fauna are given. Migrations, hatching of some species, swarming, etc. are also tabulated and discussed. DLC. 80329. KREFFT, G. Rare fish. (International Council for the Exploration of the Sea. Annales biologiques 1961, pub. 1963. v. 18, p. 82-83.) Lists the more remarkable fish found mainly in the stomachs of cod during 1961: 16 species taken approx. 63°30'-65°30' N., four of them first records for East GreenDSI. land waters. 80330. KREFFT, G. Rare fish, Germany. (International Council for the Exploration

of the Sea. Annales biologiques 1960 pub. 1962. v. 17, p. 98.) Lists nine species of fish caught in approx. 60°-64°30' N., with data on sex, length, depth and method of catch, etc. Specimens were obtained by institutions in Hamburg DSI. and Bremerhaven.

i geofizika 1961, no. 9, p. 129-30.) In Russian. Title tr.: The first scientific meeting in Kamchatka. Reports meeting of June 1-5, 1961 in Petropavlovsk; it dealt with results of 1959-1960 investigations in geology, geophysics, geography, agriculture, forestry and others. Over 160 were present; 49 papers were presented. Some of the papers are

80331. KREØA, N. A. Pochvy nizov'ev reki Pechory. (In: Akademifå nauk SSSR. Komi filial. Materialy po pochvam ...1962, p. 73-86, tables.) 7 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Soils of the lower Pechora River. Reports summer 1954 and 1955 study in the flood plain of the Pechora, 67°-68° N. Geologic history and vegetation of the area are characterized. Three subtypes of soils are distinguished: soddy-alluvial, soddy-gley flood plain, and soddy-humous-gley flood plain. Each type, its sections, distribution, mechanical and chemical properties are described. Three microlandscapes of the flood plain are recognized: near river channel, central, and near terraces. They differ in respect to flood, mechanical composition of rocks, surface of ground water, and vegetation cover. Best soils are the soddyhumous-gley flood plain soils. DLC.

80335. KRENKE, A. N. Ralonirovanie lednikov Arktiki v svf zi s isirkuliüisiel atmosfery. (Akademifå nauk SSSR. Meshduvedomstvennyl geofizicheskil komitet, IX razdel programmy MGG: glra iologifa.. Sbornik state! 1963. no. 9, p. 57-71, table, graph, map.) 71 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: A regional division of glaciers in the Arctic according to atmospheric circulation. Proposes four glacier regions on the basis of location within the baric troughs of the

80332. KREMS, A. Ø. Komi ASSR. (In: Vasil'ov, V. G., ed. Gazovye mestorozhdenifa SSSR 1961, p. 457-85, tables, maps.) In Russian. Title tr.: Komi ASSR. Outlines the geologic structure, tectonic arrangement and distribution of gas deposits in Komi ASSR. Potential reserves are estimated at 720 billion m.', of which 570 billion m.3 are Devonian. The principal deposits are described, Voy-Vozh, Nibel', Verkhne-Omrinskoye, Nizhne-Omrinskoye, Sed'-Iol'skoye, Roz'dinskoye, Nyamedskoye, Kush-Kodzhskoye, Dzhebol'skoye, etc., their location, geologic position, depth, yield, reserves, gas properties and other features stated. DLC.

Ranges, and the DeLong Islands; the Pacific-American (Alaska-Aleutian baric

80333. KREMS, A. IA. Neft' na Ukhte i pervyl nefteperegonnyl zavod. (Izvesta, vysshikh uchebnykh zavedenil. (Neft' i gaz 1963, no. 9, p. 92, -1-.) 4 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Oil in Ukhta and the first oil refinery.

Traces the search for oil in this central Komi ASSR region since the end of the 16th century. Expeditions of 1843 and 1889, and the first well bored in 1870 are noted, as is an oil refinery built in 1745, said to be the first such in the world. Its location, owners, etc. are discussed. Other historical data are evaluated. DLC.

briefly noted and a summary plan for further studies is given. DLC.

predominant paths of cyclonic air transport. The Atlantic-European region includes Iceland, Scandinavia, Spitsbergen, Ostrow Viktoriya, Zemlya Frantsa-losifa, Ostrov Ushakova, Severnaya Zemlya, possibly East Greenland; the Atlantic-American (Baffin) region includes the glaciers of the Canadian Archipelago and West Greenland; the Pacific-Asiatic (Kamchatka-Koryak) region takes in Kamchatka, the Koryak also possibly the Suntar-Khayata, and Brooks trough) region includes the glaciers of the windward slopes of the Alaskan cordillera. DLC. KRINSLEY, D. B., see No. 83841. KRISHTOFOVICH, L. V., see No. 78480. 80336. KRISTOFFERSSON, It. Urea level in blood and tissues of hibernating and non-hibernating hedgehogs. (Nature Jan. 26, 1963. v. 197, p. 402-403, table.) 9 refs.

Urea levels, normally high in this species, showed a marked increase in blood, serum, and tissue urea levels during hibernation. This is assumed to be an indirect result of the hypothermic state. DLC. 80337. KRISTVIK, E. Den nordnorske laeraren, Vilkår for og krav til skulearbeidet i nord-Norge. (Tromsø. Museum. Skrif ter 1928. v. 2, p. 101-112.) In Norwegian.

Title tr.: The north-Norwegian school80334. KRENDELEV, F. P. Pervafä nauØafä sessife. na Kamchatke. (Geologi1

teacher, schoolwork conditions and need in north Norway.

581

Discusses education practices and goals. The TromsØ teacher training school and percentage of north-Norwegians among its graduates during 1825-1925 are reviewed, and a second such school opened at Lesna in 1918 is noted. About 10% of the local teachers however, lack sufficient training. Need is stressed for the teacher to understand the normal social and economic life in remote areas, the late personality development in children, the abnormal seasonal life of fishing centers, and the generally short school year. Classrooms commonly include more than one grade or have more than the optimum number of pupils. Instruction and learning in a language different from the mother-tongue present difficulties for both teacher and pupil, especially in day schools. Teaching aids, including books are often few. Travel distances are long unless boarding schools are established. Classes are often held in crowded private quarters, lighting required for winter work is often poor, hygienic standards low. For teachers, the school work as well as traveling and living conditions is physically demanding, relationships with parents, participation in community activities, lack of leisure time and cultural opportunities, salary, school policies, etc. are factors in recruitment of teachers. The influence of Qvigstad as rector of the Tromsø teacher training school DLC. is noted. KRIti CHKOV, B. N., see No. 77528. 80338. KRfi7CHKOV, V. V. Faktory, (Akadenaiill formirufushchie lesotundru. nauk SSSR. Izvestifsi 1962. ser. geog. no. 5, p. 105-110.) 21 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Factors, formative of forest tundra. Discusses this zone in Kola Peninsula, the European North, and Siberia. Forest tundra is differently interpreted by different scientists as its precise definition and distribution limits are lacking. Forest tundra should be the term for the transition zone between taiga and typical tundra, and it should include tundra with scrubby growth, islands of forest and single trees. The occurrence of forest tundra is determined by the harsh climatic conditions in areas of sufficient warmth for tree growth, by edaphic and microclimatic variety in the area and by the heat conditions. The widest zone of forest-tundra is in those regions of Eurasia which were covered by glaciers in the Quaternary. The entire zone of forest tundra has potentialities for afforestation. DLC. 80339. KRfUCHKOV, V. V. Nekotorye dannye o temperature pochv v razlichnykh

582

rastitel'nykh soobshchestvakh Murmanskol oblasti. (In: Polfårno-al'pilskiT hotanicheskil sad. Voprosy ... 1962, p. 159-65, tables, graphs.) 14 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Some data on soil temperatures of different plant associations in Murmansk Province. Reports on air, and soil (at 5 and 20 cm. depth) temperatures as recorded in summer 1958 in seven different localities. Soil and air were found to be very close in temperature irrespective of the plant cover; temperature conditions were also very similar in the bare and the forest tundra, in the Khibiny Mountain forests and the dwarf-birch forests. DLC. 80340. KR. ICHKOV, V. V. Nekotorye teoreticheskie i prakticheskie predposylki preodolenfä bezles'fa tundry. (Geograficheskoe obshchestvo SSSR. Izvestifa 1963. v. 95, no. 1, p. 50-60, map, illus.) 83 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Some theoretical and practical prerequisites for overcoming the treelessness of tundra. Continues discussion of woodless tundra started approx. 150 years ago. The extensive literature is evaluated and causative factors in treeless tundras are reviewed: lack of warmth, water regime, wind, evaporation, dryness of soil, moss cover, activity of man (mostly), etc. From various sources a map is compiled, delineating the 10° C. average July isotherm, the northern limit of forests and the southern limit of the brush tundra subzone. These data are compared. The treeless tundra is found to extend farther south than the temperature limit for tree growth. Therefore afforestation could extend the tree line farther north. DLC. 80341. KRfÜCHKOV, V. V. 0 vozmozhnosti oblesenifä füzhnykh kustarnichkovykh tundr. (Problemy Severs 1963, no. 7, p. 90-105, map, illus.) 65 refs. In Russian, Title tr.: Possibility of afforestation of the southern scrub tundra. Reviews studies of the northern limit of forest in Kola Peninsula (No. 8324), Timan Tundra (No. 32374), tundra along the Pechora Railroad (No. 45680), etc. Factors which limit the extension of the forest are considered: winter transpiration of the trees, excessive soil moisture, thick moss cover, lack of good seed, etc. The July 10° C. isoline almost coincides with the northern limit of scrub tundra and is 80-250 km. farther north than the forest limit in the USSR (map). The forest seems to be advancing and the afforestation of the entire scrub-tundra area is a real possibility. DLC.

80342. KRfUCHKOV, V. V. O vozmozhnosti oblesenift Kol'skol tundry. (Moskva. Univ. Vestnik 1963. ser. 5, geografifa, no. 1, p. 61-66, illus.) 16 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: On the pssibility of afforestation of the Kola tundra. Notes the main trees of the tundra areas of Kola Peninsula, Betula tortuosa, Picea obovata, P. fennica, and some shrubs: Vaccinium myrtillus, V. uliginosum, llhodococcum vitis-idaea etc. Their heat requirement is analyzed, as are the air and soil temperature conditions in tundra areas. Some experimental afforestation is reported from which the coastal tundra zone was found favorable for growing some trees and shrubs. There is evidence that the Kola tundras were far more tree-covered twothree thousand years ago, than they are at present. Climatic, edaphic and human factors responsible for destruction of the trees are discussed. Partial afforestation at DLC. least is suggested. 80343. KRfbKOV, S. M., and D. V. LEVIN. Uchet variafsil magnitnogo poly po trem stanaifam. (Leningrad. N: issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Trudy 1962. v. 132, Geofizicheskil metody razvedki v Arktike, no. 4, p. 163-65, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: Calculation of magnetic field variation according to three stations. Notes that the amplitude and phases of diurnal variations vary substantially above the Arctic Circle, even at points not far (150-200 km.) apart. Hence in making an accurate aeromagnetic survey, it is better if magnetic variations are checked not at one base station, but at least three stations. Use of a triangle of three stations is explained and this procedure is recommended for polar and temperate latitude regions. DLC. KRfI?KOV, S. M., see also Nos. 79881, 80657. 80344. KRfÜKOVA, I. A. IÄkutskoe iskusstvo. (In: Narodnoe dekorativnoe .. . 1957, p. 226-28.) 5 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Yakut art. Religious tabus on human representations made geometric patterns and allegorical figures dominant in 17-18th century design. Engraved and open-work bone objects became popular in the 19th century, and recently bone carving of portrait medallions DLC. with geometric or figured border. 80345. KRIVOLU' SKAfA, G. O. Osinovafå minirufushchafä mol', Lithocolletis apparella H.-S., v lesakh Zapadnol Sibiri.

(Akademifå nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Biologicheskil inst. Trudy 1962. no. 8, p. 180-88, tables, illus.) 4 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The aspen miner moth, Lithocolletis apparella H.-S. in the forests of western Siberia. Describes this leaf miner of the aspen tree showing recent mass development in Western Siberia, including areas of Krasnoyarskiy Kray. Eggs, larval stages, pupae and imagines are dealt with. Phenology, growth, number of generations per year (one) and insect parasites (six) are also considered. DLC. KRIVOSHAPKIN, P. A., see No. 80455. 80346. KRIVOSHEENKO, G. K. Obespechenie rabotosposobnosti maskin v ral(Stroitel'stvo onakh vechnol merzloty. truboprovodov 1963. v. 8, no. 9, p. 27-29, tables.) In Russian. Title tr.: Keeping engines in working condition in permafrost regions. Discusses maintenance trouble with internal combustion engines where air temperature is below 0° C. for more than 300 days a year. Suggestions are given to prevent radiators being burst by freezing water. In the far North, where hot-water supply stations are not accessible, periodic running of engines is recommended for heating the radiator water. Viscous lubricants should be heated to 30°-40° C. by exhaust gases, or diluted by gasoline. Special anti-freezes for radiators may be used for ambient temperatures to —60° C., as these liquids expand when heated, the radiators should be filled 6-9 mm. below capacity. DLC. 80347. KRIVOSHEIN, V. Ryby vo l'du. (Nauka i religifå 1963. v. 4, no. 2, p. 19, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: Fish in ice. Sketches Chukchi tales and derides former superstitions and shamanistic rites connected with the alleged ability of the small blackfish Dallia, to survive freezing in ice. It occurs in the lakes and rivers of the Chukchi Peninsula, wintering in a frozen state in bottom silt and reviving with the spring thaw. DLC. 80348. KROG, H. A contribution to the lichen flora of Alaska. (Arkiv för botanik 1963. v. 4, no. 16, p. 489-513, illus.) 21 refs. Lists 140 species, including three new to North America: Cetraria andrejevii Oxner, C. kamczatica Savicz, and C. laerigala Ram. For each, the locality, collector, and details of substrate, morphology, etc. are noted as available; nine collections having been turned over to Dr. Krog for identification. DGS.

583

KROG, J., see No. 78729. 80349. KROHN, K. "Auch die Lappenkinder singen." (Tromsø. Museum. Skrifter 1928. v. 2, p. 113-17.) Refs. In German. Title tr.: "Even the Lappish children sing." Discusses a Finnish song known in local variants from north Ingermanland, northern Karelia, and Arkhangel'sk Province. It probably originated among itinerant students of the Middle Ages, and it compares Finns (unfavorably) with Lapps who sing and make merry despite hardship and DSI. poverty. KROKHIN, I. P., see No. 78830. 80350. KROLLAU, E. K. Tiamenskafå oblastnafå kartinnafli. galeref i. (Tyumen'. Tfrmenskil oblastnol kraevedcheskil muse!. Ezhegodnik 1960, no. 1, p. 151-59, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: Art gallery of Tyumen' Province. Gullines the activities and holdings of this gallery, founded in 1957 in the city of Tyumen, growth of its collection from 369 to nearly a thousand in 1959. The more valuable paintings by notable Russian and foreign painters, Repin, Vasnef ov, Korovin, Kustodiev, Murillo, etc. are mentioned, as are sculptors and carvers of the northern part of the province and their works on display. Activities of the Tyumen' Branch of the Union of Painters in the USSR (Sofüz khudozhnikov SSSR) are noted also. DLC. KROMPECHER, S., see No. 77409. 80351. KRONASSER, H. Zur Verwandtschaft zwischen Finnisch-Ugrisch und Indogermanisch. (In: Brandenstein, W. Frühgeschichte und Sprachwissenschaft. Wien 1948, p. 162-85, table.) Refs. In German. Title tr.: Relationship between FinnoUgric and Indo-European. Comparative linguistic study including Lappish, Zyryan, Ostyak and Vogul. Phonetic and morphological similarities are considered coincidental parallelisms furnishing no indication of ancestral kinship. DLC.

1, no. 2.) 63 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The history of geologic and geographic exploration of the Okhotsk-Kolyma region and the upper Indigirka River, 1890-1934. Reviews these explorations in three periods: 1890-1917, 1917-1930 and 1930-1935, the last mainly carried on by Dal'stro!. The upper Kolyma, northern Okhotsk coast, and Omolon-Gizhiga regions, Penzhina Bay, upper Indigirka and lower Kolyma basins are among the areas included. Work in their geology, geomorphology, tectonics, etc. is summarized. DLC. 80353. KROPOTKIN, P. N., and E. T. SHATALOV. Ocherk geologii SeveroVostoka SSSR. Moskva, Ob"edinennoe nauchno-tekhn. izd-vo 1936. 148 p. tables, maps. (Dal'stroT. Materialy po izuchenifd Okhotsko-Kolymskogo krafa. ser. 1, no. 3,) 86 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Outline of the geology of northeastern USSR. Reviews results to 1935 of tectonic and stratigraphic investigations as well as volcanism and geologic development of the region from the Lena and Aldan east to Chukotka. The Verkhoyansk-Chukotka geosynclinal zone is outlined and its history interpreted. Metallogeny of the region is analyzed as connected with three groups of igneous rocks: acid and basic intrusions, acid intrusions of alpine cycle, and basic intrusions and dikes of Paleozoic, Mesozoic and Cenozoic age. Coal occurrences of the Zyryanka basin and other areas are also noted. DLC. KROPOTKIN, P. N., see also No. 80318. 80354. KROSHKIN, V. I. 0 geograficheskoT izmenchivosti gumennika. (Ornitologifa 1962. no. 4, p. 449-52, map, table.) 8 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Geographic variability of the bean goose. Report based on a morphometric study of bills, wings and tarso-metatarsals from 79 birds of four representative areas of the Russian Arctic. A clinal increase in size of birds from west to east was established, and the entire Russian tundra is claimed to be inhabited by a single subspecies of this goose, Anser fabalis. DLC.

KRONBERG, J., see No. 78230. 80352. KROPOTKIN, P. N. Istorifii. geologicheskogo i geograficheskogo issledovanifii. Okhotsko-Kolymskogo kraal, i verkhov'ev r. Indigirki, 1890-1934. Moskva. Ob"edinennoe nauchno-tekhn. izd-vo 1936. 39 p. map. (Dal'strol. Materialy po izucheniitt Okhotsko-Kolymskogo kraiå. ser.

584

80355. KROTOV, V. A. hkonomicheskafå geografifil. Sibiri i Dal'nego Vostoka na sovremennom titape. (Akademifis. nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Inst. geografii Sibiri i Dal'nego Vostoka. Doklady 1963. no. 4, p. 33-41.) In Russian. Title tr.: Economic geography of Siberia and Far East at the present stage.

Reviews problems and achievements in economic geography during the three years since first conference of Siberian geographers was held. Plans are reviewed, new discoveries in mineral resources and recent publications noted, as are economic planning, fulfillment of plans, organization of scientific institutions, and other matters of general concern including Krasnoyarsk DLC. Province and Yakut ASSR. 80356. KROTOV, V. A. Izmeneniiå v geograficheskom razmeshchenii proizvoditel'nykh sil Vostochnol Sibiri. (Sibirskil geograficheskil sbornik 1962. no. 1, p. 40-53.) 11 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Changes in the geographic distribution of the productive power of Eastern Siberia. The area discussed includes Krasnoyarsk, Irkutsk, Chita and Khakass provinces and Yakut, Buryat and Tuva autonomous republics. Geographic and economic changes which occurred during the Soviet period are outlined, the immense growth of industry, population, communications, etc. Reserves of coal, forests, electric power, iron ore and other resources are reviewed as is the growth of various industries. The Northern Sea Route, and the coppernickel industry of Noril'sk, are among the developments noted in the arctic part of DLC. the area. 80357. KROTOV, V. A. Novye ekonomicheskie ralony Vostochnol Sibiri. (Naf'sional'nyl komitet sovetskikh geografov. 19 Mezhdunarodnyl geograficheskil kongress ... 1961, p. 261-64.) 4 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: New economic regions of Eastern Siberia. Reviews development of the area during the last forty years, giving some data on coal mining, forest industry, water power, etc. The Angara.-Yenisey, Transbaykal and Yakut economic regions are distinguished and characterized, hydroelectric power construction, and growth of industrial centers DLC. indicated. 80358. KROTT, P. Ways of the wolverine. (Natural history 1960. v. 69, no. 2, p. 16-29, illus.) Well illus. account of this elusive animal by a "fancier" who studied them in northern Europe and tamed some. Taxonomy, geographic distribution, morphology, fur, coloration, food and habits and their seasonal changes are described. Reproduction and growing-up, behavior in captivity and in the wild also are considered. DLC. 80359. KRUCHININ,

fir.

A. Fiziko-

geograficheskie nablfMenie na o. Kotel'nom. (Leningrad. Arkticheskil i antarkticheskil n. -i. inst. Trudy 1963. v. 224, p. 143-65, tables, graphs, illus.) 10 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Physical geographic observations on Kotel'nyy Island. Reports summer 1956 work in the Temp Bay area of this largest of the New Siberian Islands. Eight sites along an 8.1 km. route were selected as typical of floodplain terrace, coastal plain, slopes of the plateau, and plateau itself. Their air temperature and moisture and soil temperature as measured at different heights and depths are tabulated. Their vegetation, microrclief and microclimate are described in detail, soil analyses, thaw depths reported. Vertical zonality is found clearly expressed on Kotel'nyy despite its low elevation: about 150 m. above sea level. DLC. 80360. KRUEGER, J. R., ed. The Turkic peoples. Bloomington, Ind. 1963. vi, 4-40 p. maps, tables, illus. (Indiana. Univ. Uralic and Altaic ser. v. 32.) Refs. In Russian. Photo reproduction of selected articles pub. in the Bol'shata sovelskafa entsiklopedifa (Great Soviet Encyclopedia) 50 v. 1950-1957. Included, p. 420-31, are those on Yakut ASSR, Yakuts, and Yakut language, omitting archeological and physical anthropological data; also, in (Russian) alphabetic order, a few ethnographic terms pertinent to northern peoples, e.g. furta, fasak. DLC. 80361. KRUEGER, J. R. Yakut manual. Bloomington, Ind. 1962. 389 p. maps. (Indiana Univ. Uralic and Altaic ser. v. 21.) 43 refs. Textbook for the study of the Yakut language containing a 120-page outline of the grammar, a graded reader with English translations, a Yakut-English glossary of over 2,000 words and a gazetteer of some 2,000 geographical names. A concise sketch of the geography, climate, natural resources, etc. of Yakutia and an outline of the material and spiritual culture of the Yakuts past and present are included. Appended is a vocabulary of sixty words collected by Philip von Strahlenberg in the 18th century (No. 48222), together with modern spelling, English translation and commentary. DLC. 80362. KRUGER, H. B., and A. A. BOUCAUD. Meteorology of Goose airport, Labrador. Toronto 1963. 34 p. maps, graphs, tables. (Canada. Meteorological Branch. Circular 3859.) 19 refs. Expands and revises the 1961 forecast

585

study by J. G. Potter (No. 21112) to include recent data from the expanded observation network, use of computers and other improvements in forecasting. This airport has operational weather much of the time. For extremely poor weather, northerly surface winds, icing conditions in Dec.-Feb., frontal passage, etc. are critical factors. Despite additional data and improved techniques, prediction of non-operational conditions remains difficult. DWB. 80363. KRUGLIKOV, N. M. Formirovanie gazovykh zalezhel Berezovskogo ralona. (Leningrad. Vses. neitfanol n: issl. geologorazvedochnyl inst. Trudy 1963, no. 225, p. 256-80, graphs, maps.) 19 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Formation of gas deposits of the Berezovo region. Analyzes the concentration, pressure, temperature, depths, reservoir rocks, gas migration, and other features of these deposits. It is established that lateral jet migration in water-soluble conditions played the main role in the gas accumulation. Water squeezed out of clayey strata of the Jurassic and Valanginian caused gas migration. 1600-1700 m. and below are the best depths for its formation and accumulation. ProsDLC. pects are analyzed. 80364. KRUGLIKOV, N. M. Nekotorye voprosy gidrogeologii Zapadno-Sibirskogo artezianskogo basselna v svfazi a ofsenkol perspektiv ego neftegazonosnosti. (Leningrad. Vses. neftanoT n.-issl. geologorazveMaterialy po sovetskol dochnyl inst. neftfiinol geologii 1963, p. 106-127, illus.) 21 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Some problems of West Siberian artesian basin hydrogeology in connection with appraisal of its oil and gas prospects. Reviews the main hydrogeologic stages of this basin during the Mesozoic and Cenozoic; seven are distinguished and characterized. The role of sediment waters in formation of oil and gas deposits is discussed, as are ground water dynamics in West Siberia. Elasticity of soluble hydrocarbon gases is examined and examples are given in the Berezovo gas, Shaim oil and other deposits. The Yermakovo region near Ust'-Port is considered prospective for DLC. gas accumulation. 80365. KRUGLIKOV, N. M., and others. O poiskakh nefti i gaza v mezozolskikh otlozhenifikh Zapadno-Sibirskol nizmennosti v svazi s osobennostßmi neftegazonosnosti epigerfsinskikh plit. (In: Akademia nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Problemy .. . 1963, p. 11-28, illus.) 16 refs. In Russian.

586

Other authors: V. D. Nalivkin and G. P. Sverchkov. Title tr.: Search for oil and gas in Mesozoic deposits of the West Siberian lowland in connection with oil and gas features of epihercynian platforms. Reviews oil and gas manifestations of the Turan and Scythian platforms as compared with the West Siberian platform. Predominant patterns are established, such as the presence of oil and gas connected with Jurassic terrigenous strata, etc. Three main regions of the West Siberian lowland are evaluated: eastern Ural with the ShaimBerezovo-Poluy areas, Ob-Irtyah, and TazPur; all considered to have large potential resources of gas and oil. DLC. 80366. KRUSHANOV, A. I. Pervyl revkom Chukotki. (Akademia nauk SSSR. Dal'nevostochnylfilial. Soobshchenif'a,1963. no. 18, p. 139-43.) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The first Revolutionary Committee of Chukotka. Critical analyses of the political and economic errors made by the Anadyr Committee during its two-month existence, Dec. 1919-Jan. 1920. Civil war events in Chukotka are reviewed and the participation of Chukchi] in defense of the Revolution noted. DLC. 80367. KRÜTOIARSKIL M. A. O raGional'nom metode sostavlenif 1 shlikhovykh kart. (Akademiaa nauk SSSR. fAkutskil filial. Trudy 1963. ser. geol. no. 9, p. 155-61, table, map.) 2 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: A rational method for compiling heavy mineral concentrate maps. Presents a method of searching for diamonds, diamond placers and other mineral resources; it was worked out by the Institute of Geology of the Arctic to clarify the distribution of minerals in friable surface deposits. Concentrations of heavy fraction of minerals (klg./m.3) are calculated and data incorporated by special symbols into maps. Such maps of mineral associations are of great value, and those at 1:200,000 scale best, for further prospecting. DLC. KRUTOIIRSKII, M. A., see also No. 81269. 80368. KRUFSKIKH, B. A. Kompleksnyl metod prognoza agonno-nagonnykh kolebanil urovmå more. (Leningrad. Arkticheskil i antarkticheskil n.-issl. inst. Trudy 1963. v. 264, p. 18-30, tables.) 5 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Complex forecasting method for wind-driven fluctuations of the sea level. Re-ports search for a method of making one-month forecasts of changes of level

caused by wind in Ambarchik Bay of the Eastern Siberian Sea. Sea-level observation data for 1952-1960 were used, and the qualitative analysis and quantitative calculation are described. During July—Sept. of these years, 52 periods with average position of sea level are distinguished, having changes of 1-22 days and of 4.5 days average duration. Synoptic processes are analyzed, as a basis for this method. Equations are derived and explained. Possibilities for 2-4,7-10 day or longer forecasts are outlined, including that for a month. DLC. 80369. KRYLOV, A. Vospitanie molodogo pokolenifå glavnoe poruchenie komsomolu of partii. (Molodol kommunist 1957. v. 15, no. 5, p. 34-36.) In Russian. Title tr.: Education of the young generation is the prime duty entrusted to the Young Communist League by the party. Criticizes weaknesses of political instruction and party propaganda training in Murmansk Province. Examples of juvenile delinquency and aversion to manual work, etc. are cited and ways of coping with such problems suggested. DLC. 80370. KRYLOV, A. IA., and others. Absolfütnyl vonrost porod Anabarskogo shchita. (Geokhimifä 1963, no. 12, p. 114044, tables, map.) 5 refs. In Russian. English summary. Other authors: A. N. Vishnevskil, fÜ. I. Silin, L. IA. Atrashenok, and G. V. Avdzelko. Title tr.: Absolute age of rocks of the Anabar shield. Reports determinations of 22 samples from the Anabar crystalline shield and three samples from the Olenek uplift. Two groups of rocks are distinguished: 2300-2500 million years which corresponds to the upper Archean and probably reflects the time of regional metamorphism, and 1800-2200 m. y. which possibly represents the stage of migmatization and granitization. Precambrian rocks of the Olenek uplift belong to DLC. the second group. KRYLOV, G. V., see No. 76744. 80371. KRYLOV, S. S. Chuvstvitel'nost' khimiorefseptorov karotidnogo klubochka pri razlichnol temperature. (Fiziologicheskil zhurnal SSSR 1962. v. 48, no. 9, p. 1071-77, illus.) 17 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Sensitivity of the carotid-body chemoreceptors at different temperatures. Study of sensitivity in isolated preparations, to acetylcholine, nicotine, 2.4-dinitrophenol, lactic acid, etc. at 36-39°, 19-21° and 10-12° C. Action potentials of the

sinus nerve served as indicators of sensitivity. The different substances acted in different ways, some stimulating action potentials even at 11-13° C. The experiments support the view of chemoreceptors present in the carotid body. • DLC. 80372. KRYLOVA, A. K. Stratigrafifii i brakhiopody devona Sibirskol platformy. Leningrad, Gostoptekhizdat 1962. 108 p. tables, cross-sections, tables, illus. (Leningrad. Vses. neftfanol n.-issl. geologorazvedochnyl inst. Trudy no. 200.) Approx. 150 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Devonian stratigraphy and brachiopods of the Siberian platform. Reviews studies in the Podkamennaya Tunguska, Bakhta, Kureyka, Noril'sk, Kotuy, Lena, and other areas. Various sections are analyzed and a stratigraphic division is offered. For substantiation of this division, a monographic account of brachiopods is presented, with 52 forms (representing 12 families, 28 genera and 49 species) systematically described and illus., two genera, seven species and five varieties newly distinguished. Brachiopods are mostly found in the Middle and Upper Devonian. A comparative analysis is made. DLC. 80373. KRYLOVA, M. D. Etiologifa kishechnykh zabolevanil u detel rannego vozrasta v Noril'ske. (In: Moskva. N.-issl. inst. sanitarii i gigieny. Gigienicheskie .. . 1961, p. 134-41, tables.) In Russian. Title tr.: Etiology of intestinal diseases among young children in Noril'sk. Discusses incidence of, and mortality from intestinal diseases among children up to the age of two years; incidence in Noril'sk during June—July 1957; types of disorders and of pathogens; cause of high lethality; suggestions for anti-epidemic measures. DLC. 80374. KRYLOVA, M. D. Kharakteristika enteropatogennykh serologicheskikh tipov E. coli, vydelennykh pri kishechnykh zabolevanifiikh detel rannego vozrasta v Noril'ske. (Zhurnal mikrobiologii, epidemiologii i immunobiologii 1961. v. 32, no. 2, p. 11415.) In Russian. Title tr.: Characteristics of enteropathogenic serological types of E. coli isolated in young children with intestinal diseases in Noril'sk. Reports 15 of 75 sick children up to 2 years old, showed type 0111B4 bacteria, and one showed type 408. Of 60 controls, five showed type 0111B4. Agglutinine and staining tests, biochemical properties, etc. DLC. are also noted. 587

KRYLOVSKII, K. A., see No. 77612. 80375. KRYMGOL'F9, G. IL, and N. N. TAZIKRIN. Ammonity Suntara i nekotorye voprosy stratigrafii iürskikh otlozheniT VilfdTsko1 sineklizy. (Leningrad. Vses. neftfanoT n.-issl. Geologorazvedochny! inst. Trudy 1963. v. 220, p. 205-221, tables, illus.) 25 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Suntar ammonites and some problems of the stratigraphy of Jurassic deposits in the Vilyuy syneclise. Offers critical observations on the boundary of marine Jurassic deposits and others, and gives a systematic description of some ammonites collected in this region of Yakutia. Dactylioceras suntarense, gen. Osperleioceras, and 0. viluiense are described DLC. as new. 80376. KRYMGOL'Ø, G. IA. Verkhnelelasovyl belemnit s r. Kolymy. (Dal'stroT. Materialy po izuchenifu OkhotskoKolymskogo krafil 1937. ser. 1, no. 5, p. 4143, illus.) 10 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Upper Lias belemnite from the Kolyma River region. Gives a systematic description of this Jurassic belemnite identified as Cuspiteuthis cf. tubularis, Young et Bird. The age of the enclosing rocks is defined as Toarcian. DLC. 80377. KRYMOV, V. G., and 1:A. P. MISANS. Novye dannye po stratigrafii paleozofå pravoberezh'fa r. Omolon. (In: Mezhvedomstvennoe soveschanie ... Trudy 1959, p. 52-55.) In Russian. Title tr.: New data on the Paleozoic stratigraphy on the right bank of the Omolon River. Describes marine-carbonate deposits of the Upper Devonian, sedimentary-volcanic stratum of the Upper Devonian-Lower Carboniferous, and terrigenous deposits of the Lower and Upper Permian. Distribution, lithologic properties and some faunal characteristics are given. ICRL. KRYMSKII, G. F., see No. 80455. 80378. KUC, M. Bryophytes from the northeast of SØrkapp Land, Vestspitsbergen. (Norway. Norsk Polarinstitutt. Årbok 1962 pub. 1963, p. 140-45, maps.) 6 refs. Reports determinations of a collection of five liverworts and 26 mosses made by K. Birkenmajer in 1962. DLC. 80379. KUCHINA, E. S. Ikhtiofauna pritokov r. Usy. (In: Akademifå nauk SSSR. Komi filial. Ryby ... 1962, p. 176211, tables, map, graph, illus.) 137 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The fish fauna of the Usa River tributaries.

588

Reports the species making up this fauna and their utilization, and offers an extensive, comparative study of fishes from two tributaries, the Kos'yu and Kol'va. Each species is dealt with as to occurrence and habitat, migration, spawning, growth, and food; and comparative morphometric analyses are made of the fish in the two rivers. Common species are also compared with those in other Siberian rivers. Fish food is analyzed and compared in a scope similar to that apparent in morphometry. Comparative growth and age records conclude the study. DA. KUCHINA, E. S., see also No. 84729. 80380. KUDERSKII, L. A. Donnoe soobshchestvo "Modiolus modiolus" Onezhskogo zaliva Belogo morfä. (Akademifä nauk SSSR. Karel'skil filial. Trudy 1962, no. 33, p. 67-81, tables, graph.) 14 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Bottom biocenosis "Modiolus modiolus" of Onega Bay of the White Sea. Study of one of the main groupings in the benthos of this area based on over a hundred bottom samples collected in 1950 and 1951. Forms composing this association and their percentage, their biomass and zoogeographic origin, leading forms, total biomass in these associations, etc. are DLC. considered. 80381. KUDERSKII, L. A. Golubaf"a fselina Karelii. (Na rubezhe 1963, no. 4, p. 84-90, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: Blue virgin land in Karelia. Outlines plans for fish hatcheries, utilizing the small natural lakes common throughout Karelia. Carp and Coregonus pelea, feeding chiefly on benthos and plankton, are the best combination to stock these lakes; means of first cleaning out the native fishes are discussed. Annual growth data are given on the stock proposed; annual production 50-200 kg. of fish/hectare seems DLC. possible. 80382. KUDERSKII, L. A. 0 baltilskikh reliktakh v fauna i flore Belogo morfå. (Okeanologifå 1963. v. 3, no. 2, p. 297-307.) 104 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: On Baltic relics in fauna and flora of the White Sea. Notes twenty or more species of invertebrates and plants considered Baltic Sea relics recorded in the literature. The White and Baltic Seas are similar in their fauna and flora, however. This is demonstrated in some detail, various possibilities are considered in accounting for it. There are insufficient grounds to separate Baltic relics or to determine a White-Baltic com-

plex of flora and fauna. These fauna and flora possibly originated from the Eurasia continent. DLC. 80383. HUDERSHII, L. A., and A. M. ANUKHINA. 0 godovykh razlichifskh v pitanii navagiEleginus navaga Pallas, Belogo morfa. (Voprosy ikhtiologii 1963. v. 3, no. 3 (28), p. 522-35, tables, illus.) 34 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Annual differences in the diet of the saffron cod Eleginus navaga Pallas, in the White Sea. Reports on the quantitative and qualitative changes in the food of this cod from May 1961 till March 1962. Month-tomonth changes, conditions preceding spawning and at different stages of sexual maturity are also considered. The main forms serving as food are tabulated and the degree of their being consumed noted. Conditions are compared with those of a decade ago. DLC.

trappy srednego techenifa Nizhne! Tunguski. (Akademi& nauk SSSR. Inst. geologii rudnykh mestorozhdeniT, petrografii, mineralogii i geokhimii. Trudy 1962. no. 77, Osnovnye porody i problemy ikh genezisa, p. 35-64, tables, maps, illus.) 16 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Intrusive traps on the middle Nizhnyaya Tunguska. Reports study of intrusive traps developed between tufaceous and effusive rocks. Four groups of intrusions varying in age are distinguished and characterized as to form, effect on enclosing rocks, and stratigraphic position. According to petrographic characteristics, the intrusions are divided into three groups: diabases, diabase-porphyrite and basalts; porphyraceous anorthitic diabases; and olivine dolerites. Each group is described in detail, noting rocks and rockforming minerals, chemical composition, and DLC. other features.

80384. KUDINOVA, E. A. 0 drevneT kore vyvetrivanifå i perspektivakh boksitonosnosti v predelakh severo-vostochnol chasti SibirskoT platformy. (Moskovskoe obshchestvo ispytatele! prirody. Billlleten' 1963. Otd. geol., v. 38, no. 2, p. 90-107, tables, graphs, map.) 27 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: On cold crustal weathering and the prospects for bauxite-bearing properties in the northeastern part of Siberian platform. Reports geologic investigations in the Malaya Botuobuya and Alakit River basins and elsewhere in Yakutia. Lower Paleozoic weathering of sedimentary rocks, and weathering of traps and kaoline-like rocks of flint-clay type are outlined, noting weathering layer and products. Prospects for detecting bauxites in Paleozoic and Mesozoic-Cenozoic deposits are discussed as DLC. are the further studies required.

80387. KUDRØSHOVA, V. I. Zhelezistyl saponit i seladonit iz sharovykh lav sibirskikh trappov. (Akademiß. nauk SSSR. Mineralogicheskil muzeT. Trudy 1962, no. 13, p. 210-18, tables, graphs, illus.) 22 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Ferruginous saponite and celadonite from globular lavas of Siberian traps. Reports a study of brown clays, samples no. 169 and 551 from the middle Nizhnyaya Tunguska. Results of chemical, X-ray, microscopic and spectrum analyses are reported. A clayey mineral, Fe-saponite was found and its chemical composition, heat tests and other properties are analyzed. The ferruginous clay-like, soft green, earthy mineral, celadonite, also is reported briefly and according to literature data. Both these are considered hydrothermal, low temperature magnesian minerals. DLC.

KIJDRENKOV, L. L, see No. 79048.

KUDRIASHOVA, V. I., see also No. 77374.

HUDRØSHOV, L. V., see No. 76936.

80388. KUDRIAVAIA, H. I. Nekotorye itogi eksperimental'nogo izuchenifa koeffitsientov dreif a 1'da. (Leningrad. Gidrometeorologicheskil inst. Trudy 1961. v. 10, no. 1, p. 112-20, tables, maps.) Ref. In Russian. Title tr.: Some results of experimental investigation of the coefficients of ice drift. Reports results of air reconnaissance and photography, together with observations on speed and direction of marked-ice drifting in the White Sea. The coefficients of drift are calculated for the various regions of the sea. Effects of shore features, wind speed and direction are characterized. Problems of ice-drift forecasting for this sea are DLC. discussed.

80385. KUDRØSHOVA, V. I. Gidrotermal'nyT piroksen iz trappov reki Nizhnel Tunguski. (Akademiiå nauk SSSR. Mineralogicheski! muse!. Trudy 1963, no. 14, p. 238-42, tables, illus.) 8 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Hydrothermal pyroxene from traps of the Nizhnyaya Tunguska. Describes crystals, powder tests, X-ray and chemical analyses, optical constants and other features of pyroxene. Spectrum analysis reveals presence of V, Ni, Cr, Co, Zr, Sr, Ga, Sc, and Be. Comparison is made between clinopyroxene and hydrothermal pyroxene. DLC. 80386. KUDRIASHOVA, V. I. Intruzivnye

589

80389. HUDRIAVI$EV, V. A., and V. G. MELAMED. Formula rascheta glubiny sezonnogo promerzanifa, gruntov, v sluchae neravnykh teplofizicheskikh kharakteristik talogo i merzlogo gruntov. (Merzlotnye issledovanifa 1963, no. 3, p. 3-9, table.) 3 Ws. In Russian. Title tr.: Formula for calculating the depth of seasonal freezing in case the thermophysical characteristics in thawed and frozen soil are not uniform. Demonstrates an empirical formula, explained in No. 73187. It takes into account the following parameters: upper boundary conditions represented by temperature amplitude and mean annual temperature, coefficient of heat transfer, period of fluctuation, depth of seasonal freezing, and some others. The results are checked for accuracy, and the formula is found suitable for calculating maximal depth of seasonal DGS. freezing.

80391. HUDRIAV JEV, V. A. 0 poten(ial'nom sezonnom promerzanii i protaivanii gornykh porod. (Merzlotnye issledovanifå 1963, no. 3, p. 10-17, table, illus.) 2 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: On the seasonal freezing and thawing potential of rock. Investigates the freeze-thaw phenomenon of the upper horizon of permafrost; its "potential" connotes utilization of the heat exchange economy fully under positive, and partially under negative temperatures. Formulas for calculating the potential are derived, and results for the yearly mean temperatures of the ground ranging from 0 to ± 15° C. are given for the temperature amplitude 7.5-30° on the ground surface. These formulas may be useful in theoretical investigations of dynamics of permafrost and thermokarst, in estimating the thermal economy of various kinds of ground and in DGS. winter excavation.

80390. KUDRfAVffEV, V. A. 0 normakh glubiny zalozhenifa fundamentov v svfazi s vozmozhnost'i3 puchenifa gruntov pri promerzanii, po NiTU 127-55. (Merzlotnye issledovanifå 1963, no. 3, p. 267-75, tables.) 12 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Standard depths for laying foundations in relation to the possibility of frost heaving, according to Ni TU127-55. Presents criticism of certain standards in this manual (Standards and technical conditions for designing foundations of buildings and industrial constructions). Author's objections are as follows: The depth of the foundation base in undisturbed ground is determined according to a consistency index obtained from disturbed ground; standard depths of ground freezing are calculated by a primitive formula, without taking account of the correlation between the freezing depth, and moisture, composition, properties, and ambient conditions; the map of standard freezing depth of the ground is for a very limited area of the USSR and is long out of date. These formulas and map proved to be misleading in the Ob, Lena, Amur, and Angara valleys and other regions. Criteria used in NiTU are reviewed and revised. A new formula is proposed for calculating frost heaving properties of deluvial-eluvial and alluvial deposits for ground of different granulometric composition, plasticity, moisture content, and other frozen ground parameters for depths from 0.5-3.5 m. Detailed values of these parameters are given in a table. A geocryological survey is necessary to find a dependable method of determining the depth to lay a DGS. foundation.

80392. HUDRIAVfEV, V. A. Osnovnye iskhodnye polozhenifå teorii razvitifä merzlykh tolshch gornykh porod. (In: International Conference on Permafrost. Doklady ... 1963, p. 24-30.) Ref. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Main issues in the theory of frozen rock development. Restates Sumgin's permafrost degradation theory also the contrary opinions of P. I. Koloskov, S. G. Parkhomenko, and N. P. Kapterev. Their differences are shown resolved in respect to the fundamentals of permafrost development. A general theory is suggested taking into account that in the development process, the temperature changes of different periods and phases combine and compensate or augment each other. From this results the complex and multiple character of permafrost degradation and aggradation in the given place and time interval, and at a given point depending upon the depth of the frozen rock layer. DLC.

590

80393. KUDRØVßEV, V. A. Res redelenie niobifa v kimberlitakh l utii. (Akademifå nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Inst. geokhimii. Geokhirnia redkikh elementov v izverzhennykh gornykh porodakh 1964, p. 142-46, tables, graphs.) 2 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Niobium distribution in kimberlites of Yakutia. Reports a comparative study in the Aldan, Daldyn, Alakit, Kuoyka, and other regions. The rocks are divided according to formation conditions into basaltic kimberlites, and kimberlite breccia including eruptive breccia and tuffs. The magmatic origin of niobium is recognized. The role of carbon-

ization and chloritization in the concentration is discussed. Data on average niobium distribution are given according to kimDLC. berlite regions. 80394. KUDR1AVEV, V. A. Teorifä degradafsii mnogoletnol merzloty M. I. Sumgina v svete sovremennykh predstavlenil o razvitii merzlykh tolshch. (Soveshchanie po podzemnym vodam i inzhenernot geologii Vostochnol Sibiri. Trudy 1959, no. 2, p. 16-23.) In Russian. Title tr.: The M. I. Sumgin theory of permafrost degradation in the light of the present concept on frozen strata development. Critique of Sumgin who considers Pleistocene glaciation to have established the conditions for extensive development of permafrost, and the warming climate since the postglacial period to have started its degradation which still obtains. Kudrfav(äev however considers that permanently frozen ground develops as a result of heat exchange between lithosphere and atmosphere and is governed by heat physics. Heat exchange at the same time and place can differ at different depths, as demonstrated. Thus permafrost may be in process of degradation at one depth and at another, in the opposite -process of aggradation. The Sumgin theory is suggested as being one-sided and as DLC. needing further working out. 80395. KUDRGVØEV, V. A., and others. Zakonomemosti sezonnogo promerzanifå i protaivanifä gruntov. (In: International Conference on Permafrost. Doklady .. . 1963, p. 211-17.) 3 refs. In Russian. Other authors: K. A. Kondrat'eva and V. G. Melamed. Title tr.: Regularities of seasonal freezing and thawing of the ground. Analyzes basic principles of seasonal freeze-thaw, and the techniques of permafrost investigation and mapping where freeze-thaw phenomena are clearly represented. Thermophysical interaction between the atmosphere and lithosphere is outlined, as are geologic and geographic conditions affecting seasonal freeze-thaw. Classification of these processes is presented. Content and arrangement of permafrost mapping are DLC. treated in some detail. KUDRf!V'F$EV, V. A., see also No. 77246. 80396. KUCHLER, J. Bergwirtschaft und (Geographische Industrie in Labrador. Rundschau 1963. v. 15, no. 2, p. 45-54, tables, maps.) 9 refs. In German. Title tr.: Mining and industry in Labrador. Reviews the geologic structure, climate

and vegetation of the Peninsula. The Labrador trough is characterized, exploration and development of iron ores and other minerals since 1936 are outlined. Seven mines are currently in operation, four in Quebec- and three in Newfoundland-Labrador. Activities of the Iron Ore Co. of Canada, Quebec Iron and Titanium Corp., and Canadian British Aluminium Co. are sketched and production data given. Reserves and prospects of the industry are evaluated. DLC. KONG, K., see No. 84273. KUHLMAN, N., see No. 78733. KUI VSKAß, It. P., see No. 79032. KUINDZHI, N. N., see No. 78298. KUITUNEN-EKBAUM, E., see No. 77706. 80397. NUKES, V. G., and M. I. VLASOVA. Nekotorye dannye po izuchenifü soderzhanifa kholesterina v ayvorotke krovi i vitamina C v plazrne krovi u korennykh zhitelel Magadanskol oblasti. (Problemy Severs 1962, no. 6, p. 130-33, graphs, tables.) In Russian. Title tr.: Some data to the study of serum cholesterol and plasma vitamin-C contents of the natives in the Magadan Province. Report on study of some 1200 coastal inhabitants (Chukchis, Eskimos, Koryaks, etc.) aged 15 years and over, conducted in 1958-1960 in 16 settlements. The serum or plasma content of these two substances was found to depend on the (sea mammal, etc.) diet which was briefly analyzed. DLC. 80398. KUKHARENKO, A. A. K geokhimii issirkonifft, i gafnifä v shchelochno-ul'traosnovnykh magmaticheskikh kompleksakh. (Voprosy magmatizma i metamorfizma 1963. v. 1, p. 108-124, tables, diagrs.) 20 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: On the geochemistry of zirconium and hafnium in alkali-ultrabasic magmatic complexes. Analyzes abundance ratio and forms of occurrence of Zr and Hf in alkaline-ultrabasic rocks of platformic type in the Afrikanda, Vuori-Yarvi, and Kovdor massifs of Kola Peninsula. Three rock series are recognized: ultrabasites, alkalines and carbonaceous. Their Zr and Hf content and Zr :13f ratio are reported and compared. The geochemical history of these elements in the three massifs is discussed and diagrammed. DLC. 80399. KUKHARENKO, A. A., and E. A. BAGDASAROV. Perovakity ul'traosnovnykh-shchelochnykh porod Kol'skogo polu-

591

ostrova. (Leningrad. Vses. geologicheskil inst. Materialy 1961. no. 45, p. 37-66, tables, graphs, illus.) 25 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Perovskites in ultrabasic-alkaline rocks of Kola Peninsula. Describes the paragenetic association of perovskites in olivinites, pyroxenites, alkaline pegmatites, metasomatic melilites, carbonatites, etc. Mode of occurrence, specific weight, chemical composition, crystallization and other features are analyzed. Concentration of rare earths in this mineral, evolution of the chemical composition, effects on specific weight, crystal chemical DOS. changes, etc. are also reported. 80400. KUKKAMÄKI, T. J. Suomen geodeettisen tutkimuksen tehtävät. (Terra 1963. v. 75, no. 2, p. 134-50, maps, graphs, illus.) In Finnish. English summary. Title tr.: The task of geodetic research in Finland. The first order triangulation net is early completed (map); gaps in the network are Electronic (tellurometer) to be filled. measurement is the most economical; stellar triangulation (three-dimensional) has been tried at 150 km. distance; the use of rockets and satellites enables crossing large water bodies. Standard base lines have been measured with the Väisälä light-interference comparator in Argentina and Holland; similar measurements are planned for Portugal and the United States. The second levelling is complete to 67° N. Lat. Land uplift is determined by comparing the second levelling with the first, done 43 years ago. Maps shows uplift in mm./yr. The world-wide system of gravity measurements is noted. DOS. 80401. KULACHKOVA, V. G. K voprosu o biologii lichinochnykh stadil opasnogo para.zits gagi Paramonostomum alveatum (Mehlis, 1846) Lühe, 1909, Trematodes. (Akademifa nauk SSSR. Karel'skil filial. Trudy 1961. no. 30, p. 90-91, table.) 2 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Biology of the larval stages of the lethal parasite of eiders, Paramonoslomum alveatum (Mehlis, 1846) Lühe, 1909. Trematodes. Outlines of the biology of this flatworm imperiling young birds, based on field and experimental studies on the north shore of Kandalaksha Bay. DLC. KULAGINA, L. A., see No. 77372. KULAKHMETOV, N. KH., see Nos. 77184, 77186. 80402. KULAKOV, ID. N. Opyt razrabotki

592

strukturro-tektonicheskogo metoda sostavlenifa neotektonicheskol karty ZapadnoSibirskol nizmennosti. (Leningrad. inst. geologii Arktiki. Trudy 1962. v. 130, Sbornik state! po geologii i neftegazonosnosti Arktiki, no. 19, p. 99-107, tables, graphs.) 3 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: An attempt to work out a structuraltectonic method for the compilation of a recent tectonic map of the West Siberian plain. Discusses the importance of recent tectonics and compilation of recent tectonic maps. Morphostructural maps and those of recent tectonic movements are distinguished. Possibilities of calculating such movements in West Siberia are considered, especially with reference to the Malaya Kheta anticline. Roof, bottom, and thickness of beds, angle of dip, and amplitude of recent tea tonic movements are discussed; geometric formulas are proposed for calculating amplitude of movements, and for expressing it on a map. DLC. KULAKOV, 84533.

M. N., see also Nos. 84532,

KUL'CHIßKAØ, E. A., see No. 79057. 80403. KULIKOV, D., and V. ERMAKOV. Tanki idut v ogon'. (Pozharnoe delo 1963. v. 9, no. 10, p. 18-19, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: Tanks assault the fire. Describes tests conducted at Arkhangel'sk and on the Yenisey near Krasnoyarsk, to combat conflagrations in lumber yards. Fire engines mounted on chassis of T-34 tanks showed superior maneuverability and speed on bad roads. Fire foci were localized within 8-10 min. Best results were obtained with foam spraying. Wetting agents penetrated deeper into stock piles, but did not control combustion on the leeward side; water was least effective. DLC. 80404. KULLKOV, K. A. Dvizhenie polfilsov zemli. Moskva, Izd. Akademii nauk SSSR 1962. 86 p. tables, graphs, illua. 26 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Movement of the earth's poles. 2d ed. Revised and enlarged edition of No. 46158, incorporating recent data. DLC. 80405. KULIKOV, M. I. Kharakter ekonomicheskikh (proizvodstvennykh) otnoshenil v chukotskikh stolbishchakh tips "galmyschyl'yn" (bogatykh); konet xixnachalo xx vv. (Magadan. Oblastnol kraevedcheskil muzeL Kraevedcheskie zapiski 1957. no. 1, p. 31-58, table.) 10 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Character of

economic (production) relations in Chukchi reindeer communes of the gailmyschyl'yn i.e. rich type; late 19th- early 20th century. The economic and social processes evolving from individual property control by wealthy herd owners are compared with the parallel development of collective cooperation in poor and middling communes. Data are given on herd size and rate of increase, income from reindeer, its distribution, etc. The two systems are analyzed, and collectivization claimed to have preserved the main advantages of both, i.e. the large-herd management of the well-to-do, and the communal profit-sharing principle of the poor and middling types. The social and economic disparity between members of these three former commune types, development of a serf-like herder class, and influence of technological innovations on the traditional social pattern are discussed, as is the change in the use of reindeer from "object of labor" to "labor tool", etc. Reindeer domestication among the Chukchis began in the 3rd-5th century A.D., but not till the 18th did herding on the range reach full development. A controversial paper MH. criticized by Korovin No. 65846. 80406. KULIKOV, M. I. Novoe vstupaet v zhizn'; opyt mekhanizafsii olenevodstva. (Magadan. Oblastnol kraevedcheskil muzel. Kraevedcheskie zapiski 1959. no. 2, p. 9499.) In Russian. Title tr.: Something new comes to life; an experiment in the mechanization of reindeer raising. Reports a tractor-drawn wanigan and sledge with supplies and electric station tried out (successfully) in Dec. 1958 at the Lenin reindeer kolkhoz in Chukchi National District. Fears that tractors would not operate on tundra terrain and would frighten reindeer proved groundless. Their use reduces cost and extends range of the herding team; enables increase in size of herds, and rise in production. MH. 80407. KULIKOV, M. I. Otvet V. A. Korovinu. (Magadan. Oblastnol kraevedcheskil muzel. Kraevedcheskie zapiski 1959. no. 2, p. 119-24.) 4 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Reply to V. A. Korovin. Defends his views on Chukchi reindeer domestication criticized by Korovin in No. 65846. Whether the reindeer is an "object of labor" or a "means of labor" as defined by Karl Marx, is discussed, Korovin's criticisms are refuted, his misquotations from the original paper deprecated, MH. and own views reiterated. KULLKOV, M. fn., see No. 84565.

80408. KULLKOV, N. N. Osadkoobrazovanie v Karskom more. (In: Soveshchanic po sovremennym morskim osadkam Moskva 1960. Trudy pub. 1961, p. 437-47.) 3 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Sediment formation in the Kara Sea. Reviews the bottom morphology and the hydrologic regime. Currents, river discharge and ice are characterized as factors in bottom sediment formation. Terrigenous deposits are the most abundant; their main features are described, vertical and horizontal distribution analyzed. Mineralogie composition of sandy-aleurite deposits is given. Content and distribution of chemical elements such as iron, manganese, calcium carbonate, phosphorus and organic matter are reported. DLC. 80409. KULL, D. M. Number of children increase on welfare AFDC rolls in 1963. (Alaska's health and welfare 1963. v. 20, p. 5-6.) Notes a rise from 932 to 983 in Jan.-Mar. 1963, and considers various causes for such increase. Area with largest number of derelict children is Anchorage; Juneau, Fairbanks, Seward and Nome follow in that order. DLC. 80410. KULLANDER, S., and B. SUNDEN. On the survival and metabolism of normal and hypothermic pre-viable human foetuses. (Journal of endocrinology 1961. v. 23, no. 1, p. 69-77, tables, illus.) 20 refs. Study of fetuses weighing 40-400 gm. in an anoxic state at various temperatures. Survival time at 37° C. was about 3 hr.; cooling to 4° C. for 0.5-6 hr. and rewarming increased survival time by 1-2 hr. Blood sugar, liver glycogen, non-protein N, adrenal function, etc. were also studied under hypothermic and normal conditions. DNLM. HULLING, 0., see No. 80983. KUMAI, M., see No. 79605. KUNDU ROY, S. K., see No. 81423. 80411. KUNIEVSKAfA, ft?. S. Nekotorye osobennosti rasprostranenifa i techeniiå revmatizma u detel v g. Pechore. (In: Litvinov, N. N., ed. Zdomv'e cheloveka .. . 1963, p. 180-82.) Ref. In Russian. Title tr.: Some characteristics in the distribution and course of children's rheumatism in the town of Pechora. Notes from hospital cases on incidence during 1950-1960, seasonal fluctuations, number of bouts, forms and degrees, lethality, and comparison with conditions DNLM. in Moscow.

593

80412. KUNI'fYN, L. F. Fiziko-geograficheskoe ralonirovanie Kamchatki. (Moskovskoe obshchestvo ispytatelel prirody. BIllleten' 1963. Otd. geol. v. 38, no. 2, p. 164.) In Russian. Title tr.: Physicalgeographic zoning of Kamchatka. Divides the Peninsula into five natural provinces: the tundra-forests and swamps of the west coast, the mountain province of the Sredinnyy Range, the eastern mountainvolcano, the central Kamchatka depression, and the eastern maritime provinces. These five are subdivided into 16 natural districts DLC. and 48 natural regions. 80413. KUNIØYN, L. F. Problemy fizicheskol geografii Urala. (Akademißa nauk SSSR. Izvestia 1963. ser. geog. no. 5, p. 150-51.) In Russian. Title tr.: Problems of physical geography of the Ural. Reports a conference in Moscow, May 3-4, 1963; division into regions, relief, radiation and heat balance, water balance, etc. were discussed ; northern parts of the Ural chain DLC. were included. 80414. KUNOV, V. Atomokhod "Lenin." (Sovetskoe foto 1963. v. 23, no. 8, p. 7, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: Nuclear ship Lenin. Photo of this icebreaker opening a lead; it was awarded third prize at the 2nd International contest "For socialist photographic art," and was taken by the TASS photo correspondent V. Kunov on the Lenin's first trip to the Arctic. DLC.

Western Siberia in relation to the economic development of the territory. Presents data on nine river basins, the Shchuch'ya, Sob', Poluy, Sev. Sos'va, Taz, Lyamin, Pur, Tym, Nazym, Bol'shoy Yugan, Tavda, Vakh and Konda, viz: their precipitation, runoff (total, surface and underground), evaporation, and total moisture. Changes to be expected from draining marshes, building hydroelectric power stations, etc. are analyzed with conclusion that DLC. they are not formidable. 80417. KUPRIIANOVA, E. I. Zonal'nye osobennosti formirovanifI vodnogo balansa Zapadno-Sibirskol nizmennosti. (Akademifä nauk SSSR. Izvestifa 1962. ser. geog. no. 1, p. 48-56, tables, charts, illus.) 11 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Zonal characteristics of the water balance formation in the West Siberian lowland. Analyzes the precipitation, surface and ground water and evaporation of this region including arctic areas between the Urals and the Yenisey. The tundra, northern taiga, taiga, forest-steppe and other types of water balance are distinguished; each characterized and its data are given. The taiga type is evident between 60° and 65.5° N. North of this zone the tundra type water balance prevails. DLC. KUPRIIANOVA, L. A., see No. 79582.

80415. KUPEfSKII, V. N. K istorii otkrytia Severnol Zemli. (Geograficheskoe obshchestvo SSSR. Izvestifa. 1963. v. 95, no. 6, p. 528-30.) 8 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: On the history of the discovery of Severnaya Zemlya. Notes that autumn 1963 marks the 50th anniversary of the discovery of this archipelago by the Taimyr and Va1gach under Boris Vil'kitskil. Some details of the event are analyzed from the ships' records. Actual time of the landfall and the individuals who made it are discussed. DLC.

80418. HUPRINA, N. P., and L. A. SHIBA. Novye dannye o flore i rastitel'nosti sinikh diatomovykh glin 1entral'nol Kamchatskol depressii. (Akademifk nauk SSSR. Doklady 1963. v. 148, no. 4, p. 904-905, table.) 2 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: New data on the flora and vegetation of blue diatom clays of the central Kamchatka depression. Reports study of diatoms and sporepollen in blue clays in the Kirganik and Kamchatka River basins and elsewhere. 24 genera of freshwater, freshwater-brackish and brackish diatom algae are distinguished. Spore-pollen spectra are analyzed and identified vegetation reported. Deciduous forest prevailed at the time of these clays' formation. They are considered Quaternary DLC. deposits.

KUPRIIANOV, A. B., see No. 76770.

KUPRINA, N. P., see also No. 76950.

80416. KUPRIfANOVA, E. I. Vodnyl balans severnykh ralonov Zapadnol Sibiri i ego izmenenie v svfåzi s khozfalstvennym osvoeniem territorii. (Problemy Severs 1963, no. 7, p. 162-71, tables, maps.) 9 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The water balance and its changes in northern areas of

80419. KURBATSKII, N. P. Iz opyta opredelenifa pozharnol opasnosti v lesu po mestnym shkalam. (Lesnoe khozfålstvo 1963. v. 16, no. 8, p. 38-42, tables.) In Russian. Title tr.: Attempt at estimating the forest-fire hazard according to local scales.

HUNS, M. L., see No. 82370.

594

Reviews methods of estimating fire probability for various types of forest in middle Siberia, including the Tunguska and Angara regions. Numerical scales are worked out for each season, taking tree flammability, soil, vegetation, precipitation, etc. into account. DLC. KURDENKOV, L. I., see No. 82616. KURENKOV, L. I., see No. 79049. 80420. KURENf, OV, A. I. Entomological fauna of Kamchatka and the Bering Are problem in zoogeography. (In: Gressitt, J. L. ed. Pacific Basin biogeography 1963, p. 113-19.) 38 refs. Describes five ecologically geographic groups of insects, observed in 1958-1960, and considers their historical connections with adjacent faunas, especially that of Beringia. The present distribution of these groups in, also north and south of Kamchatka, indicates that insects native to Belula ermanni forests, mountain grasslands and subalpine bushes developed in Beringian mountains which extended far south in preglacial times; those of the arctic-alpine zone originated in Beringia; and those of the deciduous valley floor forests and the sprucefir taiga are remnants of southern faunas from preglacial times. The deciduous forest insects also represent a present northDSI. eastern expansion. 80421. KURENf OV, A. I. K zoogeografii Kamchatki. (Akademiß nauk SSSR. Dal'nevostochnyl filial. Soobshchenifil 1963. no. 18, p. 97-100.) 6 refs. In Russian. Tit le tr.: Contributions to the zoogeography of Kamchatka. Kamchatkan fauna is considered of Beringian origin. Its evolution through the climatic variations since the Neocene and recent ecological processes are discussed. The peninsula may be divided into nine zoogeographic zones at present: the coniferous belt of the Kamchatka River basin, central and north Kamchatka, west and east coastal, alpine Kamchatka, plains and alpine Koryak, and Penzhina basin. Fauna in the first five is of the Okhotsk-Kamchatka type and includes, except for the east coastal region, arctic and arctic-alpine species. Alpine Kamchatka and alpine Koryak together with the alpine Chukotka and Anadyr regions may be considered one northeast-Siberian mountain zoogeographic province. The fauna of the Koryak plains and Penzhina basin belong mainly to east Siberian types. DLC.

80422. KURENf8OV, A. L, and D. G. KONONOV. Koroedy, Coleoptera, Ipidae, poluostrova Kamchatki. (Entomologicheskoe obozrenie 1961. v. 40, no. 3, p. 595-601.) 6 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Bark beetles, Coleoptera, Ipidae, of the Kamchatka Peninsula. Lists 17 species according to habitat, origin (five imported with forest products), distribution, economic significance, etc. This general part is followed by notes on the individual species, including their Russian names, occurrence, seasonal DLC. development, host(s), etc. 80423. KURENN1OV, A. I. Problems Beringii v zoogeografii. (Akademifil nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Izvestifa 1963, no. 8, p. 3-13, maps.) 29 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The Beringia problem in zoogeography. Study of mammals, birds and insects in the Northeast and Far East confirms the hypothesis of a former continent Beringia between 45° N. and the Chukchi Sea shelf and between the Okhotsk coast—Kolyma Ridge and Alaska, as a genetic center of certain fauna. A division of Beringia in several provinces is discussed, the types of fauna endemic to each are briefly outlined; genetic connections of present-day fauna with that of Beringia are stressed. DLC. KUREØ, V. K., see No. 78379. KURfACHIN, A. N., see No. 82616. 80424. KURILfi)K, A., and V. ItN. Olen'e moloko, Gennyl produkt. (Sel'skokhozfiilstvennoe proizvodstvo Sibiri i Dal'nego Vostoka 1963, no. 6, p. 74-75, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: Reindeer milk a valuable product. Reindeer milk is an important factor in diet in Yakutia, Evenki National District and other reindeer-raising areas. On Tompon state farm the daily yield is 126.3 gm. milk per reindeer cow, its fat content 20.3%. Children are fed whole milk, adults take it with tea. Milking methods are discussed: one milking a day taking not more than 100-120 gm. is recommended as not affecting the growth of the calf. DLC. KURILOVA, fi7. V., see No. 80011. 80425. KUROCHKIN, E. N. Raspredelenie nekotorykh vidov morskikh ptiis v severnol chasti Tikhogo okeana. (Zoologicheskd zhurnal 1963. v. 42, no. 8, p. 122331, tables.) 19 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Distribution of some marine birds in the North Pacific.

595

Reports on a study made during Aug.Nov. 1961, including the Bering Sea and the western part of the Gulf of Alaska. Altogether 47 species were recorded, inclusive of dates, frequency, aggregations, etc. Amount of available food was the main factor governing distribution. DLC. 80426. KURSANOVA, I. A., and M. S. ROMASHINA. Rezhim i sinopticheskie uslovifa sil'nykh vetrov na poberezh'1 kh Kamchatki. (Vladivostok. Dal'nevostochnyl n: issl. gidrometeorologicheskiil inst. Trudy 1963. no. 15, p. 31-55, tables, maps.) 3 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The regime and synoptic conditions of strong winds in the coastal areas of Kamchatka. Presents characteristics of the winds of 6-12 Beaufort force on both sides of Kamchatka from 1952-1956 observations. Their prevailing direction, recurrence and duration are reported, and comparisons made between coastal areas and the open sea. Synoptic conditions of such winds are analyzed, and cyclones found to have much greater influence on their development than

anticyclones. Conditions of cyclone transfer and trajectories are described, and some conclusions offered to aid forecasting these DLC. winds.

kovye fafsii arednefranskogo basselna Timano-Pechorskol provinfil (Izvestifå vysshikh uchebnykh zavedenil. Geologilä i razvedka 1963, no. 3, p. 46-55, map.) 13 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Domanik facies of the middle Frasnian basin of Timan-Pechora province. Describes distribution, composing rocks, thickness, and facies of the Domanik and Lyaiol'skiy horizons of these Upper Devonian deposits. The extent and conditions of the basin in which these deposits were formed, are described. DLC. KUSHNEREVSKII, f[7. V., see No. 83988. 80430. KUSHNEROVSKAØ, G. Iskusstvo shagaet za 68-iü parallel'. (Khudozhnik 1961. v. 4, no. 12, p. 12-16, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: Art marches beyond

the 68th parallel. Some 200 works by 42 Zyryan painters and sculptors were shown in 1961 at the 14th Art Exhibit in Syktyvkar. Their diversity of style and composition, artistic means, choice of subject, etc. are discussed. The growth of talent in Komi ASSR is noted: in the 1945 exhibit, only ten artists DLC. exhibited. 80431. KUSUNOKI, K. On the drift of

80427. KUSAKIN, O. G. K faune Janiridae (Isopoda, Asellota) morel SSSR. (Akademifa nauk SSSR. Zoologicheskil inst. Trudy 1962. v. 30, p. 17-65, illus.) 33 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: On the Janiridae fauna (Isopoda, Asellota) from the seas of USSR. Describes with keys, 17 species, ten of them claimed to be new, and 12 of arctic, largely far-eastern distribution. Both males and females are dealt with in detail, including morphometry, differential diagnosis, color, state of development, etc. DLC. 80428. KUSAKIN, O. G. K faune Munnidae (Isopoda, Asellota) dal'nevostochnykh morel SSSR. (Akademifå nauk SSSR. Zoologicheskil inst. Trudy 1962. v. 30, p. 66-109, illus.) 25 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: On the Munnidae fauna (Isopoda, Asellota) of the Far-Eastern seas of the USSR. Study of material collected mainly in the Okhotsk Sea with some from the Commander Islands area of Bering Sea: 17 species are described, ten of them as new; identification keys, synonyms, morphometry, sexual dimorphism, locality, depth, etc. are given. DLC. 80429.

598

KUSHNAREVA, T. I. Domani-

ice islands in the Arctic Ocean. (Teion Kagaku 1963. ser. A, no. 21, p. 159-71, maps, graphs, tables.) 9 refs. In Japanese. English summary. Analysis of drift data of ice islands T-1 Aug. 1946-Apr. 1952, T-2 July 1950Aug. 1951, and T-3 Apr. 1947-Dec. 1951, indicates that their average speed ranged 0.5-4.5 cm./sec. during three-month periods, as they drifted clockwise on the edge of the Beaufort Eddy. Drift angles, drift speeds, and wind factors affecting T-3 were obtained for 69 two-to-ten-day periods between Apr. 1952 and Apr. 1953. Wind factor changed from 0.02 in summer to 0.01 in winter, high summer values being caused by the loosely-packed sea ice surrounding T-3. Plots of wind factors and angle of deviation in relation to the surface wind speed exhibited considerable scatter. Present

evidence from T-3 suggests a permanent southeast-trending current of about 1.2 cm./sec. in the region north of 87.5° N. between 70° and 170° W. DGS. KUSUNOKI, K., see also No. 78236. 80432. KUTEINIKOV, E. S., and L. M. NATAPOV. Deshifrirovanie razlomov na cherno-belykh aerofotosnimkakh; na primere severo-vostochnol okrainy paleozol-

skogo poll& Sibirskol platformy. (Vses. aerogeologicheskil trest. Trudy 1962. no. 8, p. 130-36, photos.) 3 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Interpretation of fractures on black-and-white air photographs, as exemplified from the northeastern margin of the Paleozoic field of the Siberian platform. Reports a geologic study in the Markha basin and adjacent areas, where numerous fractures of 2-50 km. and more in length have been distinguished. Traces are visible on aerial photographs, and the interpretation and mapping techniques are discussed. Various features and fractures and lineaments are characterized. They are most easily recognized when the 1:25,000 and 1:60,000 scales are used. DOS. 80433. KUTEINIKOV, E. S., and L. M. NATAPOV. Klasticheskie dh1ki v otlozhenifaakh sinilskogo kompleksa na r. Olenek. (Vses. aerogeologicheskil treat. Trudy 1962. no. 8, p. 78-79, illus.) Ref. In Russian. Title tr.: Clastic dikes in Sinian complex deposits on the Olenek River. Describes sandstone dikes injected in Sinian dolomites as observed in 1960 on the left bank of the Olenek. These dikes range 0.1-4 m. in size, vary in form, and occur in rock fractures. The role of water in their development is discussed. DGS. 80434. KUTEINIKOV, E. S., and L. M. NATAPOV. Novye dannye o tektonicheskom stroenii severo-vostochnol okrainy Sibirskol platformy. (Akademifil nauk SSSR. Doklady 1963. v. 149, no. 6, p. 1405-1408, map.) Ref. In Russian. Title tr.: New data on the tectonic structure of northeastern margin of the Siberian platform. Presents a structural map of OlenekMolodo River region. Three tectonic structures, the Olenek and Kuoyka-Daldyn uplifts and the Kyuyutingde (Kyutingde) trough, are described noting their composing rocks and structural features. DLC. 80435. KUTEINIKOV, E. S., and V. V. ISTRATOV. Novye dannye o tektonike Kfütingdinskogo poperechnogo progiba; severo-vostok Sibirskol platformy. (Akademifa nauk SSSR. Doklady 1963. v. 148, no. 2, p. 414-17, map.) 7 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: New data on the tectonics of the Kyutingde transverse trough in the northeast of the Siberian platform. Presents a tectonic map based on recent geologic and geophysical studies, and describes this trough between the Olenek and Kuoyka-Daldyn uplifts. Its development

history from the Lower Carboniferous is analyzed. It is considered a graben-syncline under Mesozoic deposits of the Verkhoyansk trough, and its area probably has favorable conditions for oil and gas accumulation. DLC. 80436. KUTEINIKOV, E. S., and N. A. SfAGAEV. Tektonicheskoe stroenie i istorifü razvitifit Kfiltingdinskogo poperechnogo progiba. (Leningrad. N: issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Trudy 1962. v. 130, Sbornik stater po geologii i neftegazonosnosti Arktiki, no. 19, p. 83-90, maps.) 6 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Tectonic structure and development history of Kyutingde transversal trough. This trough about 100 km. long and 40-50 km. wide is bordered on the northeast by the Olenek uplift, and on the southeast by the Daldyn uplift. The tectonic structure is characterized. The trough is considered graben-synclinal, representing large transversal structure. It was formed in the Lower and Middle Paleozoic, or possibly, Sinian. Development history of the structure is briefly summarized. DLC. 80437. KUTEINIKOV, E. S., and L.M. NATAPOV. Tektonicheskoe stroenie kralnel severo-vostochnol chasti Sibirskol platformy. (Vses. aerogeologicheskil treat. Trudy 1962. no. 8, p. 66-72, map.) 3 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Tectonic structure of the northeastern extremity of the Siberian platform. Presents a structural map and outlines tectonic structure of the Lena-Olenek interfluve from study in 1958-1960. Three main structural elements are distinguished: Olenek uplift, Kuoyka-Daldyn uplift, and between them the Kyutyungde (Kyutingde) trough; and each is characterized. Numerous faults of northeastern strike, play an important role in the structure of this DGS. region. KUTNIAKOY, M. M., see No. 81879. 80438. KUTSCHALE, H. W., and W. R. FARRAND. Geophysical investigation of arctic ice pack; final report. Bedford, Mass. 1963. viii, 60 p. maps, graphs, table. Also issued as AFCRL 63-693. 60 refs. Summarizes work done Sept. 1960—May 1963, including reduction and analysis of data obtained by Columbia Univ. personnel on drifting stations Alpha, Bravo (T-3), and Charlie. Shallow-water sound propagations were studied on the continental shelf; current measurements at station Alpha show a clockwise spiral; ice oscillations, tides and

597

storm surges, show the Arctic Ocean wave spectrum to be lacking a peak due to sea and swell. Arctic submarine structure seems to have a crustal thickness between six and 15 km. Measurements of the total magnetic intensity commonly show daily fluctuations of several hundred gammas amplitude, thus magnetic storms observed at lower latitudes could not be clearly resolved. Ice-ages studies, reported by junior author, show that postglacial rebound in the Great Lakes region and in arctic Canada has slowed rapidly since the time of local deglaciation, but is proceeding relatively rapidly near the former ice center, probably over Hudson Bay. A map shows maximum northern hemisphere glaciation, last glaciation, and the ice border of 11,700 yrs. ago. This and present-day ice thickness data allow calculation of Pleistocene ice volumes; a resultant sea level lowering of 137-159 m. took place during the maximum glaciation, 105-123 m. during the last glaciation. It appears that about half of the ice had melted and sea level had recovered about half its loss, before any significant warming occurred. This apparent anomaly is examined in light DWB. of other ice age theories. KUTSCHALE, H. W., see also No. 79605. 80439. KUVAEV, V. B. K geobotanicheskol kharakteristike Pripolfärnogo Urala. (Akademifä nask SSSR. Ural'skil filial. Inst. biologii. Trudy 1962. no. 28, p. 39-43.) 10 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Geobotanical character of the Subarctic Ural. Reviews the area 64°-65°40' N. which forms part of the northern taiga. Its geology, climate, snow conditions and dominant plants at different altitude zones are described. Tundra areas, common in DLC. the valleys, are also discussed. 80440. KUVALDINA, 0. A., and G. G. ALEKSEEVA. K voprosu ob infarktakh miokarda v usloviiakh Kralnego Severs. (In: Litvinov, N. N., ed. Zdorov'e cheloveka ...1963, p. 164-68, table.) In Russian. Title tr.: The problem of myocardial infarcts in the Far North. Report based on case histories of 19561960 at the Murmansk Provincial Hospital, and some other sources. Age and sex incidence, survival and mortality are considered. Over half of the cases were persons resident over 20 years in the area; incidence is greater at the beginning of winter, and among intellectuals. ECG's, blood picture, duration, course, etc. are also noted. DNLM.

598

80441. KUVALDINA, O. A., and G. G. ALEKSEEVA. K voprosu ob infarktakh miokarda v uslovifakh Kralnego Severe. (Sovetskafii medi(ina 1962. v. 26, no. 9, p. 96-100, tables.) In Russian. Title tr.: The problem of myocardial infarcts in the Far North. Reports a study of cases in the District Hospital at Murmansk covering the years 1956-1960. Incidence was found to be only slightly higher than in other Russian towns. Etiology is attributable to adaptation in the first months' sojourn in the North and cumulative effects of the severe climate. Prevalence during the cold season is also peculiar to the Arctic. DNLM. 80442. KUYT, E. A record of a tree nesting gyrfalcon. (Condor 1962. v. 64, no. 6, p. 508-510, illus.) Notes earlier records of nest locations of Falco rusticolus followed by description of tree-nesting birds in the Thelon River valley of central Keewatin. Tree, nest with young and food remains are noted; possible cause of tree-nesting is set forth. DLC. 80443. KUZAKOV, K. G. Aleuts of the Komandorski Islands. (Beaver, summer 1963. no. 294, p. 38-41, map, illus.) Describes the approx. 347 Aleut inhabitants of the Commander Islands in western Bering Sea: their historical background, present economy of fur seal hunting and fox fur farming, living conditions, etc. DI. 80444. KUZAKOV, K. G. Sovetskil Sever. (ICul'tura i zhizn' 1960. v. 4, no. 9, p. 8-11, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: Soviet North. Sketches its economic and industrial growth, urban development, reindeer husbandry, fur trade, etc.; cultural progress of aborigines, health and educational facilities. DLC. 80445. KUZAKOV, K. G. Stranif a istorii. (Magadan. Oblastnol kraevedcheskil muzel. Kraevedcheskie zapiski 1959. no. 2, p. 115-18.) 2 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: A page from history. Recounts the story, as heard in Ola, of the 500 reindeer sold to two Americans by a local Tungus for 5,500 rubles some fifty years ago: half the animals perished aboard ship on the way to Alaska; what became of the others is not known; this abortive attempt at reindeer raising collapsed in Alaska because of capitalistic interests monopolizing the industry. For the U.S. reports, see No. 18277. MH.

80446. KUZAKOVA, E. V shkolakh Chukotki idut zanfåtifti. (Narodnoe obrazovanie 1963, no. 5, p. 18-21, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: Work goes on in the schools of Chukotka. Reviews the 38 elementary, 18 8-grade, two 10-grade, and eight 11-grade schools of the district. They have 2055 Chukehis and Eskimos among the pupils; 36 are residential schools with 1371 aboriginal pupils and there are 75 kindergarten-nurseries; 494 preschool children are given full board and lodging. Most of the schools Have electricity, and about half have central heating; one of the residential schools is also a sanitarium. Vocational training classes have 130 9-11th grade pupils. Drop-outs are numerous; few pupils complete the required eight grades; 6-7% repeat at least one grade. Nevertheless results generally are considered encouraging. Author is inspector for the RSFSR Ministry of Education. DLC. 80447. KUZENEVA, O. I. 0 "Flore Murmanskol oblasti." (Botanicheskil zhurnal 1963. v. 48, no. 8, p. 1215-16.) In Russian. Title tr.: On the "Flora of the Murman Area." Reviews the floristic study of the Kola Peninsula as from the 18th century. Plant collections and their collectors, botanical gardens and reservations, expeditions and the genesis, participants and scope of the flora enterprise are outlined. The geology and vegetative zones of the area, number of forms, etc. are also noted. DLC. 80448. KUZßKIN, A. P., and P. P. VTOROV. K landshaftnol ornitogeografii Okhotskol talgi. (Ornitologifii 1963. no. 6, p. 184-94, tables, map.) 11 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Landscape ornithogeography of the Okhotsk taiga. Reports a study of bird populations in the main landscapes of the Okhotsk coast, made during June 13—Aug. 31, 1961. Seven different landscapes of the Nikolayevsk, Ayan and Okhotsk areas were surveyed, and the results are tabulated as to total of birds observed, number per km. z, weight of single bird, biomass, etc. Several forms are discussed as to their geographic distribution, DLC. nesting, etc. 80449. KUZfAKIN, A. P. Pereponchatopalyl pesochnik na vostoke Chukotskogo poluostrova. (Ornitologifä 1959. v. 2, p. 130-34.) 6 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The semipalmated sandpiper in the eastern Chukotsk Peninsula. Reports a field study of Ereunetes pusillus L. made in midsummer 1957, with informa-

tion on habitat (coastal tundra and marshes), density of population, nests, appearance and number of eggs, appearance of young and adults, behavior, taxonomy, etc. DLC. 80450. KUZIN, I. L. Geomorfologicheskie urovni severs Zapadnol Sibiri. (Leningrad. Vses. neftfänol n: issl. geologorazvedochnyl inst. Trudy 1963, no. 225, p. 330-39, maps, cross-section.) 6 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Geomorphic surfaces in northern West Siberia. Analyzes relief formation between the Ural and Taz Peninsula. The main factors are the sea and rivers; the area had no glaciation. Marine and river terraces are described. A map of the morphologic surfaces is included and explained. History of the relief formation is summarized noting marine transgressions, fluctuation of sea DLC, level, and other features. 80451. KUZIN, I. L., and others. 0 nekotorykh metodakh vyfavlenifå novelshikh tektonicheskikh dvizhenil neftenosnykh platformennykh oblastel. (Leningrad. Vses. neftfänol n: issl. geologorazvedochnyl inst. Trudy 1963, no. 225, p. 192-205, graphs, maps.) 10 refs. In Russian. Other authors: I. M. Pasumanskil, N. N. Perugin and N. G. Chochia. Title tr.: Some methods of making apparent the recent tectonic movements in oil-bearing platformic areas. Reports the preparation of certain maps to establish the connection between the present relief of the West Siberian lowland and its recent tectonics. Pre-Quaternary relief for the Ob, Polity, Nadym, Pur, and other river basins is shown and interpreted. The amplitudes of Neogene-Quaternary tectonic movements are also mapped. A morphometric analysis is made of the territory, and a map is presented showing the relief, in excess of that in the pre-Quaternary. The connection between elements of relief and elements of tectonics is established DLC. and demonstrated. 80452. KUZIN, I. L. 0 pliofsenovom vozraste chetvertichnykh otolozhenil severnykh ralonov Zapadno-Sibirskol nizmennosti i Russkol ravniny. (Leningrad. Vses. nef tfänol n: issl. geologorazvedochnyl inst. Trudy 1963. v. 220, p. 80-92, table.) 26 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: On the Pliocene age of Quaternary deposits in the northern regions of the West Siberian lowland and Russian plain. Reviews recent studies in Tyumen Province and the Pay-Khoy, Timan, and Pechora regions. Absence of relief of glacial origin is noted; the age of their relief

599

is analyzed with attention to the marine and river terraces. The 200 m. marine terrace is considered Pliocene. Quaternary stratigraphy in these northern regions is correlated, and found contemporary with Pleistocene deposits of more southerly, DLC. "non-glaciated" regions. KUZIN, I. P., see No. 78641. 80453. KUZIVANOVA, A. V. K izucheniii pochv i effektivnosti poverkhnostnogo vnesenifå udobrenil v polme reki Kos'iü. (In: Akademifä nauk SSSR. Komi filial. Materialy po pochvam ... 1962, p. 87-92, tables.) In Russian. Title tr.: Study of soils and the effectiveness of top dressing in. the Kos'yu River flood plain. Reports an experiment fertilizing meadows on a flood plain of gley-soddy soils. On 100 m.2 plots, nitrogen, phosphorus, potassium lime, and mixtures of them were applied: N18, N38, NaePeo, N36K,0, NseCaO, NaePcoK,o, the numbers representing strength of application in kg of fertilizer per hectare of meadow. Results are tabulated. Use of nitrogen, especially with phosphorus and potassium substantially increased the harvest of grasses. Acid fertilizers had a negative influence. DLC. 80454. KUZ'KOKOVA, N. N. Aleksandr Aleksandrovich Chernov, 1877-1963. (Geograficheskoe o-vo SSSR. Komi filial. Izvesthå 1963. no. 8, p. 96-99, illus.) In Russian. Describes the life and scientific activity of this well known Russian geologist, explorer of the Pechora coal region, Northern Ural, Komi ASSR, Novaya Zemlya, and other regions. Most of his work was devoted to Komi ASSR and his main published results • DLC. are listed. 80455. KUZ'MIN, A. I., and others. Energeticheski! spektr sutochnykh varia ail kosmicheskikh luchel i sutochnye kolebanifä temperatury na vysote 20-40 km. (Geomagnetizm i aeronomifå 1963. v. 3, no. 5, p. 830-34, tables, graphs.) 9 refs. In Russian. Other authors: G. V. Skripin, P. A. Krivoshapkin and G. F. Krymskil. Title tr.: Energy spectrum of daily variations of cosmic rays and daily changes in temperature at 30-110 km. altitude. Reports on the underground measurements carried out continuously at Yakutsk at depths of 0, 7, 20, and 60 meters of water equivalent. The records of cosmic rays from the vertical direction, and under azimuths of 30° and 60° south and north enabled the atmospheric components of diurnal vari-

800

ations to be separated from the components originating outside the atmosphere. The extraterrestrial component is determined to be produced by corpuscles of energy E5 7 ± 2 Bev, and to have the exponential energy spectrum with the exponent —0.5 ± 1.0. The daily temperature variations at 20-40 km. were found to have an amplitude of 3-4° and maximum temperature at 3DLC. 4.5 hr. local time. 80456. KUZ'MIN, A. I., and others. Issledovanie vremennykh variafsil razlichnykh komponent kosmicheskikh luchel po nabliadenifam v odnom punkte. (Akademifå nauk SSSR. Mezhduvedomstvennyl geofizicheskil komitet, VII razdel programmy MGG: kosmicheskie luchi. Sbornik state! 1961. no. 3, p. 64-79, tables, graphs.) 28 refs. In Russian. English summary. Other authors: N. N. Efimov, D. D. Krasil'nikov, G. V. Skripin, V. D. Sokolov, G. V. Shafer, and 1t. G. Shafer. Title tr.: Investigation of time variations of different components of cosmic rays from observations at a single point. Describes the apparatus installed at the Cosmic Ray Laboratory in Yakutsk for recording cosmic rays in a broad energy range of primary particles. The components at 0, 7, 20, and 60 m. of water equivalent were measured. Barometric effect of the components, their 27-day and diurnal variations, magnetic storm effect on cosmic rays, and determination of the energy spectrum of the variations are discussed. The neutron and a meson components were also measured on balloons in the stratosphere over Yakutsk. DLC. 80457. KUZ'MIN, A. I., and others. Nekotorye rezul'taty issledovanifå variafs kosmicheskikh luchel fAkutsko! gruppe!. (In: Akademifå nauk SSSR. Sibirskil inst. zemnogo magnetizma, ionosfery i rasprostranenifä radiovoln. Issledovanifa ... 1963, p. 115-25, graphs.) 9 refs. In Russian. Other authors: G. F. Krymskil, G. V. Skripin, N. P. Chirkov, G. V. Shafer and fÜ. G. Shafer. Title tr.: Some results of the investigation of cosmic-ray variations by the Yakutsk team. Presents the main results of meteorological, magnetic, and solar effects on the intensity of cosmic rays, and their diurnal and secular variations, as observed at the Yakutsk laboratory. Further progress in understanding the nature of cosmic rays, it is concluded, requires a systematic study of the sun's radial magnetic field, and its disturbances by solar corpuscular streams. DLC.

80458. KIJZ'MIN, A. I., and A. A. DANILOV. 0 meteorologicheskikh effektakh kosmicheskikh luchel pod zemlel na glubine men'she 100 m. v.e. (Akademilå nauk SSSR. ilkutskil filial. Trudy 1960. ser. fiz. no. 3, p. 58-64, table, graphs.) 13 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: On meteorological effects of cosmic rays less than 100 m. W.e. underground. Reports on effects of barometric pressure and atmospheric temperature on the intensity and quality of cosmic radiation at the depths of 7, 20, and 60 m. W.e. (water equivalent), as studied experimentally at Yakutsk Dee. 1 1957—Oct. 30 1958. The absorption to in-meson decay ratio in the cosmic rays was found to increase with observation depth, being about 1/3 at sea level, and 10 at the depth of 60 m. W.e. Seasonal variations of intensity are smaller at 60 m. W.e. than on the surface. DLC. 80459. KUZ'MIN, A. I., and others. O 27dnevnykh varia£siiakh intensivnosti kosmicheskikh luchel. (Akademifa nauk SSSR. Øutskil filial. Trudy 1960. ser. fiz. no. 3, p. 111-15, tables, graphs.) 16 refs. In Russian. Other authors: V. D. Sokolov and G. V. Shafer. Title tr.: On 27-day intensity variation of cosmic rays. Discusses results of synchronous measurements by the Yakutsk cosmic ray observatory, of intensity at the earth's surface, and at different levels underground. Differential curves of the variation July 1957—May 1958 are given, atmospheric pressure and temperature taken into account in plotting the neutron and hard component intensities. An attempt to explain the 27-day variation by variation of temperature in the ozonosphere and upper atmosphere was unsuccessful, because the observed cosmic ray variations were considerably greater than can be expected from temperature difference of 20-30° C. It is to be assumed therefore, that the variations investigated originate outside the atmosphere. DLC. 80460. KUZ'MIN, A. I., and G. V. SKRIPIN. Ob effekte ponizhenifil intensivnosti kosmicheskikh luchelvovremfamagnitnykh bur'. (Akademifå nauk SSSR. iAkutskil filial. Trudy 1960. ser. fiz. no. 3, p. 121-39, tables, graphs.) 17 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Intensity reduction effect of cosmic rays during magnetic storms. Analyzes cosmic ray intensity data in the energy interval 20-400 billion ev, as obtained at Yakutsk before the beginning of IGY. With continuous records during Nov. 1957—Sept. 1958 at the surface, and at 7, 20, and 60 m. water equivalent underground,

new correlation coefficients are derived for the magnetic storm-cosmic ray intensity relationship. The new coefficients enable a new determination of the upper boundary and character of the energy spectrum of primary particles influenced by magnetic storms. Intensity variation in cosmic rays is found to be produced by two mechanisms: one magnetic and the other electric in nature. Results of the analysis support the view that geomagnetic storms are produced when the earth enters a stream of solar particles. Changes in the atmosphere during a geomagnetic storm are found to reduce significantly the p.-meson component intensity of cosmic rays. DLC. 80461. KUZ'MIN, A. I. Ob osnovnykh svolstvakh solnechno-sutochnykh variafaü komicheskikh luchel. (Akademifå nauk SSSR. IAkutskil filial. Trudy 1960. ser. fiz. no. 3, p. 99-110, tables, graphs.) 25 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: On the main characteristics of solar diurnal variations of cosmic rays. Reports the reduced data on synchronous measurement of cosmic ray intensity in the energy range of 2 x 109-200 x 109 ev, obtained at Yakutsk in 1957-1958. Daily variation of the neutron and the hard components is given for "thin" and "thick" shielding of cosmic ray telescopes, corrected for barometric effect only, and for barometric and temperature effects jointly. Analysis indicates that the solar-diurnal variation of the hard component is obscured substantially by temperature variations of the atmosphere. No disagreement was found between the determined parameters of these variations, and the concept of cosmic ray modulation by the solar corpuscular streams, carrying a frozen magnetic field of DLC. 5 x 10' cm. gauss. KUZ'MIN, A. I., see also No. 79605. 80462. KUZ'MIN, V. Issledovateli Arktiki. (Grazhdanskafa aviaf ifa 1963, no. 5, p. 26.) In Russian. Title tr.: Arctic explorers. Reviews various work of fliers in Chukotka, Yakutia, Kolyma, etc.: the fifteenth air expedition to the North Pole, monitoring reindeer herds, supplying the reindeer farms, ice survey in the central and eastern Arctic, the Okhotsk, Bering, and Japan Seas; maintaining liaison with polar station personnel, etc. DLC. 80463. KUZ'MINA, L. M. Nekotorye priemy ukhoda za georginami, uskorfafüshchie ikh zafsvetanie. (In: Polfarno-al'pilskii

601

botanicheskil sad. Dekorativnye rastenifa . 1962, p. 179-81, tables, illus.) 4 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Some methods of dahlia care and of accelerating their blooming. Discusses flowering periods and lateral growth of dahlias, normally conditioned to short days, and results of a few years' experiments in Polar-Alpine Botanical Garden hothouses with half-a-dozen varieties. These showed that pinching off the sideshoots and cutting the polar day to 12 hrs. stimulate the development of up to 25 DLC. blooms per plant. 80464. KUZ'MINA, L. M. Vygonka lukovichnykh rastenil v uslovifakh Kralnego Severa. (In: Polfüno-al'pilskiibotanicheskil sad. Dekorativnye rastenifå ... 1962, p. 7578.) 4 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Forced raising of bulb plants under arctic conditions. Deals with potted lilies, tulips and narcissus for indoor use in the North. Selection of proper bulbs, planting times, depth and mode of planting, temperature, and care are discussed. DLC. KUZ'MINA, L. M., see also No. 77159. KUZ'MINA, T. F., see No. 78854. 80465. KUZNE'1 OV, A. Ekonomicheskil effekt, desfiitki millionov rublei. (Na strolkakh Rossii 1962. v. 3, no. 7, p. 3-5. diagrs., table, map.) In Russian. Title tr.: Economic effect, tens of millions rubles. Presents data on the lumbering, woodworking, and building industry in the northwestern economic region. Of 201.6 million rubles appropriated for the building industry during 1962-1966, 39.9 and 15.4 million are assigned to Arkhangel'sk and Murmansk provinces respectively, 21.5 and 25.1 million to the Karelian and to Komi ASSR. Production and transportation of prefabricated reinforced concrete units and semi-units for assembly and rock products are described. DLC. 80466. KUZNEߧOV, A. P. Fauna donnykh bespozvonochnykh prikamchatskikh vod Tikhogo okeana i severnykh Kuril'skikh ostrovov. Moskva, Izd-vo Akademii nauk SSSR 1963. 271 p. tables, graphs, maps. Approx. 300 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: The invertebrate bottom fauna of the Pacific waters of Kamchatka and of the northern Kuril Islands. Comprehensive monograph with introductory review of the history of this research, the physiography of the area,

602

material, and methods. Quantitative distribution within the fauna of the area as a whole, and of its parts is outlined p. 25-66. The different bottom biocoenoses (16) are analyzed p. 67-196, including one of the deep sea; the distribution and biotic condition of each, its components, their percentage and mutual relations, ecology and zoogeography, feeding groups, etc. are described and discussed in detail. The ecological zonation of this area is reviewed and mapped p. 197-217; and the last two chapters deal with its zoogeographical character, and value as a feeding resource for commercial flsh03: An appendix lists the species making up the various biocoenoses, in a systematic order. DLC. 80467. KUZNEßSOV, A. S. Urovennyl rezhim rek Severo-Vostoka SSSR. (Magadan. Oblastnol kraevedcheskil muzel. Kraevedcheskie zapiski 1962. no. 4, p. 175-89, tables, graphs, map.) In Russian. Title tr.: The river level regime in northeastern USSR. Discusses mountain relief and climatic factors effecting variation in river level according to the seasons. Five physicalgeographic regions are recognized and characterized in which the river-level regimes differ; mountainous areas of the Yana, Indigirka and Kolyma basins; lowland areas of these basins; Chukotka and the mountainous part of the Anadyr basin; the lowlands of that basin; and the northern MII. Okhotsk coastal areas. 80468. KUZNEfgOV, A. V., and others. Frontal'nye razdely v Arkticheskom basseine i ikh svfäz' s tipami sinopticheskikh profsessov. (Leningrad. Arkticheskil i antarkticheski! n: issl. inst. Trudy 1963. v. 255, p. 192-212, tables, graphs, maps.) 11 refs. In Russian. Other authors: I. F. Nifasheva, L. A. Gavrilova, and V. M. Danilova. Title tr.: Fronts in the Arctic Basin and their connection with types of synoptic processes. Analyzes cold, warm, occluded, and secondary cold fronts which occurred in January and July during 1954-1960; in all 235 fronts are analyzed and their types and distribution outlined in central polar region above 83° N. and in the eastern region 75°83° N. 140° E.-160° W. In summer the heights of fronts in the two regions are similar. In winter time the polar region shows more fronts than does the eastern. Form of atmospheric circulation and groups of synoptic processes under which fronts occur are noted. Forecasting of fronts is discussed. DLC.

KUZNEØOV, I. M., see No. 80043. 80469. KUZNEßOV, it. A. Eniselskl krfazin. (In: Stratigrafifa SSSR v. 1 ... 1963, p. 145-51.) In Russian. Title tr.: The Yenisey Ridge. Outlines the Archean and Lower Paleozoic stratigraphy of the ridge between the Kan and Podkamennaya Tunguska Rivers. The Archean deposits consist of the Kansk metamorphic complex and the Tarakskaya granite intrusion. In Lower Proterozoic rocks, the Teyskaya series is distinguished DLC. and described. KUZNE'OV, V., see No. 77166. 80470. KUZNE'OV, V. I. Obzor dvukh grupp palearkticheskikh listovertok roda Pammene HB., Lepidoptera, Tortricidae. (Entomologicheskoe obozrenie 1961. v. 40, no. 4, p. 887-99, illus.) 25 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Review of two groups of palearctic leaf rollers of the genus Pammene HB., Lepidoptera, Tortricidae. Deals with nine species of these little studied moths, two of them of arctic distribution. Earlier work, synonyms, morphology and anatomy, development, food, geographic distribution, etc. are outlined. DLC. 80471. KUZNEfi30V, V. V., and E. N. AI.F.KSANDROVA. Prisposoblenie molodi sigovykh reki Leny. (Priroda 1963. v. 52, no. 11, p. 106-108.) In Russian. Title tr.: Adaptation of young whitefish of the Lena River. Discusses distribution and common species of this group, spawning (fall), ice formation, and breakup; appearance of first larvae at the end of May, their development, food, habitats, behavior; adaptation to isolated water bodies and to their extreme conditions; fate during the summer floods. DLC. 80472. KUZNESOVA, A. I. Opyty po agrotekhnike lesovosstanovitel'nykh meroprifåtil va sosnovykh lesakh SevernoT Karelii. (Akademifii nauk SSSR. Karel'skil filial. Trudy 1959, no. 16, p. 82-93, tables.) In Russian. Title tr.: Agrotechnical forest regeneration experiments in pine forests of northern Karelia. Reports on work at the Kalevala forestry farm in 1953-1957. Data are given on soil moisture, and the quantity and quality of seedlings grown in soil prepared in various ways in cutting areas of various types of pine. Best results were achieved by stripping the vegetation cover, removing the top

layer of the substrate, and planting seed 5-10 cm. deep in meter-long furrows about 25 m. wide. Mixing the upper and lower layers of soil, and harrowing gave inferior yield, though better than that from sowing without any preparation of soil. DLC. KUZNEfSOVA, L. I., see No. 78575. 80473. KUZNE1'SOVA, T. P. Merzlotnoy_eologicheskafå kharakteristika ostrova Itirok. (Akademifil nauk SSSR. Inst. merzlotovedenifa. Severno-Vostochnoe otdie. Trudy 1958. no. 1, p. 153-66, table, map, illus.) 2 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: A cryologic-geologic characteristic of Yarok Island. Describes the geomorphology, relief, vegetation cover, lakes, channels and other features of this island in Yana Bay. It is in an area of continuous distribution of permafrost, and temperature data are given to 17 m. depth in the permafrost. The formation of polygonal microrelief is described. The melting of buried ice and formation of thermokarst lakes is noted. This island is used for fishing purposes. DLC. KYMN, 0., see No. 79313. 80474. LABELLE, L. Aux avant-postes du Canada sous le signe du bison. Montreal, Editions Beauchemin 1962. 252 p. maps. Refs. In French. Title tr.: In the outposts of Canada under the sign of the bison. Biography of Mina Sicotte Starnes, 18661951, especially experiences while with her husband on tours of RCMP duty at Dawson, Yukon Territory, 1898-1902, during the Klondike gold rush; and Churchill, ManiDLC. toba 1910-1912. 80475. LABORIT, H., and others. Etudes experimentales sur l'hypothermie profonde: hypothermie profonde avec conservation de la vigilance. (Agressologie 1962. v. 2, no. 6, p. 653-63, graphs, illus.) 6 refs. In French. English summary. Other authors: J. Bertha and F. Brue. Title tr.: Experimental studies of deep hypothermia: deep hypothermia with wakefulness preserved. Reviews varied experiments with over 200 rabbits, aimed at extending non-injurious hypothermia both in time and to lower temperatures. Of the different types of cooling tried, one employing 4-hydroxybutyrate of Na, alone or better combined with neuroplegia produced deeper hypothermia, wakefulness at 20-18° and continuation for four days at 25-20° C. The method proved applicable to dogs and DNLM. humans.

803

80476. LABRADOR MINING AND EXPLORATION CO. LTD. Annual report covering operations for the year 1950. St. John's 1951. 10 p. map, illus. Contains the directors' report, balance sheet, and general manager's report of this company operating on the Labrador side of the border in the Schefferville, Quebec, iron mining region, its indicated ore reserves: 136,685,000 long tons. Included is a proposal to this company and Hollinger North Shore Exploration Co. from Iron Ore Co. of Canada (IOC), in which this company holds 1/15 of the common shares; it proposes IOC be given permission to increase its capital investment, extend its right to explore and select acreage for sublease to include the entire concession, increase the tonnages to be included in subleases, and postpone shipments of iron ore via Quebec, North Shore, & Labrador railroad till the latter can transport ten million tons iron ore/yr. CaMAI. 80477. LABUTIN, it. V. Kronshnepmalfütka v Verkho1 n'e. (Ornitologifa 1959. v. 2, p. 111-14, table, illus.) 3 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The lesser Eskimo curlew in the Verkhoyansk area. Discusses occurrence of Numenius borealis minutes Gould, in the area, its nesting periods, eggs, brooding and hatching times. The young and their development, food, time of leaving the area are also noted. DLC.

other types of contraction-crack polygons such as columnar basalt joints and mud DGS. cracks. 80479. LACHENBRUCH, A. H., and others. Temperatures in permafrost. (American Inst. of Physics. Temperature, its measurement and control ... v. 3. 1962-63, pt. 1, p. 791-803, maps, graphs, illus.) 41 refs. Other authors: M. C. Brewer, G. W. Greene, and B. V. Marshall. Defines permafrost as earth material whose temperature is perennially below 0° C., irrespective of the state of any moisture present, and describes it in general. Thermistors and their use in measuring temperatures in permafrost are depicted; and conductivity measurements made on cores from Cape Thompson, Alaska in the Project Chariot program are noted. Characteristics of the active layer and the zone of annual temperature variation are exemplified by data from Barrow, Alaska, and thermal effects of lakes, ponds, and other nearby surface water are discussed. Temperatures at depth are dealt with from nine years of borehole data to 3000 ft. at South Barrow well no. 3; a mean annual surface warming of about 4° C. over the last century is indicated. Review of these data affirms the accuracy and dependability of thermistors for geothermal studies. DWB. LACHIVER, F., see No. 78731.

LaCHANCE, P. A., see No. 78243.

LADYSHKINA, T. E., see No. 84237.

80478. LACHENBRUCH, A. H. Mechanics of thermal contraction cracks and icewedge polygons in permafrost. New York 1962. 69 p. graphs, tables, illus. (Geological Society of America. Special papers no. 70.) 49 refs. Examines Leffingwell's contraction-crack theory of ice-wedge polygons in permafrost (cf. No. 9837) from background of observations in Alaska 1946-1961. A non-linear viscoelastic model of thermal stress in permafrost was tested by temperature measurements in the tundra near Point Barrow; results confirmed the theory. Cracks evidently are caused by rapid cooling as well as low temperature; size of polygons is related to the stress-perturbation caused by a single crack and to the distribution of mechanical flaws; polygon patterns may be classified as intersecting at right angles or not; the orthogonal polygons evolve by progressive subdivision, it is suggested, nonorthogonal ones by rapid, successive branching of cracks. Results may apply also to

80480. LAEVASTU, T. Energy exchange in the North Pacific; its relations to weather and its oceanographic consequences. Honolulu 1963. 3 pt.: 15, 10, 21 1., maps, graphs. (Hawaii. Univ. Ilawaii Institute of Geophysics. Report no. 29, 30, 31 rev.). Refs. Components of the heat exchange between the air and the sea are computed for eight days in 1956-57, over the North Pacific, including Okhotsk and Bering Seas and the Gulf of Alaska, by 5° squares. Accuracy is found to depend greatly on the meteorological data. Most of the energy exchange patterns appear to be significant, large in scale, and relatively longlived. North Pacific lows tend to dissipate over areas where no sharp Qa (energy exchange) gradients exist; conversely the formation of "heat exchange centers" precedes the birth of cyclones; air temperature seems to respond fairly rapidly to the temperature of the underlying sea surface. Formulas, nomograms and procedures of computation are given in pt. 1-2 -DWB. of this preliminary report.

604

80481. LAGERCRANTZ, E. Gesangmotive aus Nesseby. (Tromsø. Museum. Skrifter 1928. v. 2, p. 118-31.) Refs. In German. Title tr.: Song themes from Nesseby. Analyzes the subject matter of lyric and epic songs in the Sea-Lappish dialect recorded in 1920 at Nesseby on Varangerfjord. Hymns, incantations, ballads, magic and genre songs are given with German translation. The Lapps' songs are considered more realistic, vivid, and humorous than their prose and they enable a better understanding of Lappish character. DSI. 80482. LAGERCRANTZ, E. Lappische Volksdichtung, Bd. 6, Texte aus den see-, nord-, west- and siidlappischen Dialekten. Helsinki 1963. 222 p. illus. (Suomalaisugrilainen seura. Toimituksia v. 126.) In German. Title tr.: Lappish folktales v. 6; texts in the Sea-, North-, West-, and South-Lappish dialects. In sequence to No. 73275. Presents 36 tales with German translation and pertinent data on the informants. Appended is an index of folkloristic motifs and their variants in texts of v. 1-6; also an analysis of Lappish mythological symDSI. bolism, stylistic art and language. 80483. LAGUNOV, I. I. 30 let nauchnykh rybokhozfalstvennykh issledovanil na Kamchatke. (Rybnoe khozfalstvo 1963. v. 39, no. 2, p. 10-13, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: 30 years of scientific fishery investigations on Kamchatka. Outlines activity of the Pacific (TINRO) and the Polar (PINRO) Institutes of Fisheries and Oceanography, citing the main investigators. Problems and projects of salmon and salmon fisheries, conservation and amelioration, marine fishes and mammals are covered, as well as technological DLC. problems, etc. LAGUNOY, I.

I., see also No. 77169.

80484. LAIDLAW, A. F. Co-operatives in Canada's northland; a report based on the first Conference of Arctic Co-operatives, held at Frobisher Bay, N.W.T., March 1218, 1963. Ottawa, Co-operative Union of Canada 1963. 23 p. Notes members of this conference: the author, several Dept. of Northern Affairs and National Resources officials, and the (mostly Eskimo) delegates from 16 arctic cooperatives; and reviews the four years' progress since coop production began, also present activities in fish marketing, logging, production and marketing of handicrafts and graphic arts, consumer supplies, housing,

fur manufacturing, and credit and tourist services. The economic, social, industrial, and cultural aspects of the coops are discussed; they were set up under government auspices; help is sought now from other, established Canadian coops. The background and progress of each coop as reported by its delegate is given. CaONA. 80485. LAIDLAW, A. F. Co-operatives in the Canadian northland. (North 1963. v. 10, no. 6, p. 11-14.) Discusses Eskimo cooperatives and their potential aid to economic and social development of the Eskimo people. Some 16-17 initiated by the Dept. of Northern Affairs during the past five years, are engaged in a variety of business operations. CaMAI. 80486. LAØVICH, S. S., and others. Opyt primenenia avtomaticheskikh elevatorov v Noril'skol ekspedifsii. (Moskva. Vses. n: issl. inst. mineral'nogo syr'ia. Bitilleten' nauchno-tekhnicheskol informs, £ ii 1960, no. 1 (25), p. 51-55 tables, illus.) In Russian. Other authors: ~. A. Batutin and N. V. Chalov. Title tr.: Use of automatic lifts on the Noril'sk expedition. Describes the technique of lifting and sinking drill pipes (stands) using Kadochnikov and Shilov lifts, and shows imperfections in the construction and faulty operation of the lifts. These imperfections were eliminated and the lift operation improved by a five-man team of Chernogorsk geological exploration party of the Noril'sk expedition. Use of the automatic lifts resulted in a 25.5 second economy of time, compared with that required for manual screwing and unscrewing of drill pipes used in drilling for oil; and reduced the number of lifters from 3 to 2 in a shift. The cost of drilling is reduced by 2.8% in boreholes up to 300 m. deep and by 4.6% in holes of 300-1,000 m., giving an annual economy of 90,600 rubles and 100,800 rubles per drilling brigade of 1,000 DLC. borehole-shifts. LATHER, ID. A., see No. 80077. 80487. LAIRD, M. A lack of avian and mammalian haematozoa in the Antarctic and Canadian Arctic. (Canadian journal of zoology 1961. v. 39, no. 2, p. 209-213, table.) 16 refs. Blood smears from 29 species of birds and mammals on Prince of Wales Island NWT (as well as for a penguin and an antarctic seal) were all negative for haematozoa. The condition is due not to lack of susceptibility in these fauna, but to the absence of vectors in the areas they inhabit. DLC.

805

80488. LAIRD, M. and E. MEEROVITCH. Parasites from northern Canada 1; entozoa of Fort Chimo Eskimos. (Canadian journal of zoology 1961. v. 39, no. 1, p. 63-67, table.) 13 refs. Reports on examinations of fecal concentrates from 46 subjects of all age groups: 46% harbored entozoa of one or more species. The most common forms were Diphyllobothrium sp. (28%), Entamoeba coli (26%), and Giardia lamblia (11%). Highest incidence and variety of parasites were DLC. found in the 5-9 year age group. 80489. LAIRD, M. Parasites from northern Canada 2; haematozoa of fishes. (Canadian journal of zoology 1961. v. 39, no. 4, p. 541-48, table, illus.) 26 refs. Of 188 fishes belonging to 11 species collected in the Northwest Territories and northern Quebec, only six showed blood parasites in smears. A new coccidian Haemogregarian irkalukpiki n. ap. from two arctic chars is described in detail. DLC. 80490. LAITAKARI, A. V. Summary of the history of the Geological Society of Finland 1936-1961. (Finland. Geologinen Tutkimuslaitos. Bulletin de la Commission geologique de Finlande 1961. no. 196, p. 550.) Refs. In Finnish and English. Also issued as: Comptes rendus de la Societe Geologigee de Finlande 33. Memoires du 75e anniversaire. Reviews activities during this 25-year period; presents by-laws; lists 371 members and 32 vols. of publications. The scientific nature of this Society is noted in contrast to the economic interests of the Union of Geologists (Geologilitto) and the special interests of the Mineralogical Society of Finland and the Society of Mining EngiDLC. neers. 80491. LAK, G. ß. Diatomovye vodorosli ozernykh otlozhenil Kareli. (Akademifå nauk SSSR. Doklady 1963. v. 148, no. 1, p. 170-71.) 3 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Diatom algae in lacustrine deposits of Karelia. Distinguishes three complexes of freshwater littoral diatoms. Each complex is characterized noting prevailing species: Melosira granulate, M. ambigua, Tabellaria fenestrata, Fragi aria brevistriata, and others. These diatoms reveal the youthfulness of the Karelian small lakes, which were DLC. formed in the late Holocene. 80492. LAKE, I. C. Irish Nellie, angel of the Cassiar. (Alaska sportsman 1963. v. 29, no. 10, p. 19, +, illus.) Biographical sketch of Nellie Cashman,

608

known for her charity to miners. She took part in several gold rushes, the Klondike of 1898 and others; operated a restaurant and grocery stores in Dawson and Fairbanks until 1907, then went mining in the upper DLC. Koyukuk River area. 80493. LAKE, G. Pol Hunfalvy. (Acta linguistica 1961. v. 11, no. 1-2, p. 5-7, port.) In German. Tribute to this Hungarian philologist and ethnographer on the 150th anniversary of his birth; with comment upon his publications on the Ostyaks and Voguls. DLC. 80494. LAKE, G. "Ober die Frage der anlautenden stimmhaf ten Verschlusslaute in der finnisch-ugrischen Grundsprache. (Acta linguistica 1962. v. 12, no. 3-4, p. 225-46.) Refs. In German. Russian summary. Title tr.: Concerning the question of sonant explosives in the first syllable of the Finno-Ugric parent-language. Comparative phonetic study including Zyryan. DLC. 80495. LAKTIONOV, A. F. Akademik Otto ar1'evich Shmidt; k 70-letifil so dniå rozhdenif6,. (Akademifå nauk SSSR. Izvestifå 1962. ser. geog. no. 2, p. 95-103.) 10 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Academician Otto Et1'evich Shmidt; on his 70th anniversary. Reviews the scientific, and other activities of this noted explorer and organizer of arctic expeditions. His work in fields of mathematics, geophysics and geography is described. From 1929 he was active in arctic work, headed the Arctic Institute and in 1932-1938 the Main Administration of the Northern Sea Route. He led expeditions on the icebreakers Sedov, Sibir1 kov and Cheliilshkin among others, and organized the first ice-floe drifting station. DLC. 80496. LAKTIONOV, A. F. Muzel Arktiki i Antarktiki, k 25-letifü so dnfå otkrytifa. (Problemy Arktiki i Antarktiki 1963, no. 12, p. 119-26, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: The Arctic and Antarctic Museum, its 25th anniversary. Outlines the foundation, purpose and development of the arctic museum opened in Leningrad Jan. 8, 1937 and expanded in 1956 to include the Antarctic. It has some six thousand exhibits on: nature, arctic exploration and the Northern Sea Route, national economy and cultural development, the Antarctic; and it has 100-120 thousand visitors a year. Its other activities, organizing exhibitions elsewhere in the USSR and abroad, lectures in schools and clubs, etc. DLC. are noted.

80497. LAKTIONOV, A. F., and Z. S. Obzor literatury po ROMANOVICH. morskim gidrologicheskim i ledovym prognozam. (Problemy Arktiki i Antarktiki 1963, no. 13, p. 137-44.) 34 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Survey of the literature on marine hydrological and ice forecasting. Lists 34 papers and monographs pub. 1959-1961, with summary of their content; several deal with the arctic and northern DLC. seas. 80498. LAKTIONOV, A. F. R. L. Samollovich, vydaiushchiisfil arkticheskil issledovatel'. (Vsesoi3znoe geograficheskoe obshchestvo. Izvestiiå 1962. v. 6, p. 490-95, port.) 9 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: R. L. Samollovich, outstanding arctic explorer. Reviews his life and scientific activities on the occasion of his 80th birthday. Born in Azov in 1881, he studied at Odessa University and Bergakademie at Freiberg, Germany. By 1910 he was resident in Arkhangel'sk and secretary of Association for Investigation of the Russian North. He went to Spitsbergen in 3.912 with Rusanov's expedition on the Ger./ages, and continued studies there in 1913, 1914 and 1915. He headed the Northern scientific-trade expedition in 1920 and others subsequently which are reviewed; in all he took part in 21 polar expeditions and published about seventy works on the Arctic. His organizational work has been a major contribution to the exploration of the Soviet Arctic. DLC. LaLANNE, J. J., see No. 78800. LaLIBERTE, J., see No. 77883. 80499. LAMB, H. H. Observations on two sub-arctic flights. (Weather 1963. v. 18, no. 3, p. 67-72, maps, illus.) Describes cloud cover and sea ice as observed on London-New York flight June 14-15, 1962, over southern Greenland; also on the Seattle-London June 25-26 return flight via Frobisher Bay, as observed over Hudson Bay, Baffin Bay-Davis Strait, southern Greenland, and Denmark Strait. Possibility of distinguishing sea ice from cloud at flight elevation of 5.6-6.2 mi. is improved by such observations. DWB. 80500. LAMB, H. H. The weather, past and future. (Meteorological magazine 1963. v. 92, no. 1094, p. 269-72, illus.) BBC broadcast pub. in the Listener, May 9, 1963. Describes a trend, since 1937, toward climatic cooling as evidenced by more severe winters in England and extension of

the arctic pack ice. Similar periods of deterioration since the mid-16th century are noted, and the situation related to a decline in the prevailing westerlies and an accompanying (possibly resultant) southward trend in the Atlantic depressions. These, with their mild air and storminess had previously restricted sea ice growth. DLC. 80501. LAMB, I. M. Two new species of Stereocaulon occurring in Scandinavia. (Botaniska notiser 1961. v. 114, no. 3, p. 265-75, illus.) 5 refs. Presents systematic description of lichens in several widely distributed locations: Stereocaulon coniophyllum M. Lamb n. sp. found in the Enontekiö region of Finnish Lapland, on Baffin Island and elsewhere in the Northwest Territories, and in several locations in Alaska; S. symphycheilum M. Lamb n. sp. found in Finnish and Swedish Lapland, and in Alaska. DLC. 80502. LAMBERT, P. H. Liberation de l'histamine endogene par exposition au froid. (Revue francaise d'e tudes cliniques et biologiques 1962. v. 7, no. 7, p. 756-59, graphs, table.) 9 refs. In French. English summary. Title tr.: Liberation of free histamine by exposure to cold. Immersion of hand and forearm in 0° C. water by ten subjects resulted in pronounced gastric acidity in seven and a mild one in two of them. This is thought to result from release of endogenous histamine. DNLM. 80503. LAMMERS, Mrs. J. How to make a Yukon parka. (Alaska sportsman 1963. v. 29, no. 1, p. 10-13, -I-, illus.) Gives pattern, measurements and directions for making an outer garment of lightweight cotton tenting. It is zipperless, and is found windproof, waterproof, and desirable for winter use in the Yukon. DI. 80504. LAMPERT, F. F., and M. G. MAKEEVA. Voprosy gigieny zhilishchnogo stroitel'stva na Kralnem Severe. (In: Litvinov, N. N., ed. Zdorov'e cheloveka .1963, p. 68-75, table.) 15 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Problems of hygiene in domestic construction in the Far North. Discusses the chief requirements in building in the North: protection against cold, supply of good air, and sufficient insolation. Various materials used for construction of the walls and floors are evaluated as to their capacity to protect against cold. Types of ventilation and range of indoor temperatures are noted and the problem of orienting the houses so as to insure maximal benefit

607

from sunlight, is discussed. Based in part on study of domestic construction in Vorkuta in 1959-1960. A review of earlier work introduces this discussion. Similar paper by same author pub. in Problemy Severn 1962, no. 6, p. 77-82 (copy in DLC). DNLM. 80505. LANCASTER, M. J. Mineral resources and industries of the northwestern Canadian Shield. Ann Arbor, Mich., University Microfilms 1963. 278 p. tables, maps, 91 refs. Ph.D. thesis, Columbia Univ. 1962. Describes and analyzes the economic geography of the 450,000 sq. mi. region north of 590 N. from Hudson Bay to eastern Mackenzie District. The harsh climate, permafrost soils, scanty vegetation, rough topography underlain by Precambrian rocks, and inaccessibility preclude economic activity other than mining. Three mining efforts are studied: Port Radium, an old mining community on Great Bear Lake; Yellowknife, a middle-aged gold mining community on Great Slave Lake; and North Rankin, a new nickel mining town in Keewatin District on Hudson Bay, which ceased production in 1962. From these case studies, the patterns and problems of northern development are defined: problems of inadequate and expensive transportation, excessive heating and warehousing costs, difficulties of construction and maintenance, long periods of isolation and special inducements required to attract personnel. All are discussed in detail. Conclusion is that mining will dominate the economy of the area; profitability will depend on world markets. CaOG. 80506. LANDAU, B. R., and A. R. DAWE. Observations on a colony of captive ground squirrels throughout the year. (Harvard Univ. Museum of Comparative Zoology. Bulletin 1960. v. 124, International Symposium ...Hibernation 1959. Proceedings, p. 173-91, table, illus.) 19 refs. Reports observations on behavior and responses of over a hundred animals kept in pairs or singly in cages. Body weight, gonadal cycle and sexual activity, general activity, depth of hibernation, are described, as are the effect of ambient temperature, barometric pressure, season and stimuli upon the number of hibernating animals. Notes on conference discussion are inDLC. cluded. LANDAUER, J. K., see No. 77795. 80507. LANDMARK, B. Ferdinand the

608

rocket. (Norseman 1962. no. 6, p. 14-16, illus.) Describes a joint Danish-Norwegian rocket project for geophysical research from a base on AndØya in northern Norway. The program, inaugurated in 1962, includes radiation and ionospheric physics and auroral studies. Facilities are noted. DLC. 80508. LANDMARK, B. The influence of polar blackouts on VLF circuits. (In: NATO. The effect of disturbances . . 1963, p. 65-77, maps, graphs, tables.) Presents partial results of a 1959-1960 study of the behavior of long distance vlf circuits during polar radio blackout conditions, as compared with quiet conditions. Auroral type blackouts have little effect on the vlf circuits, whereas the polar cap type blackouts cause a significant reduction in vlf signal strength. Recordings were made of the field strength and noise level of available U.S. Naval transmitters, also panoramic frequency sweep recordings of the strength of the stations recorded in the frequency band 10-20 Kc./s. Recording stations were set up by the Norwegian Defence Research Establishment at Varhaug and Both. Discussion suggested use of directional antennas at the receiving sites. DLC. LANDMARK, B., see also Nos. 77270, 78728, 79427, 79428. LANG, H. C., see No. 78213. 80509. LING, J. The identical structure of the kinship systems of certain UralAltaic and Indian peoples. (Acta ethnographica, Budapest 1962. v. 11, no. 1-2, p. 205-212.) 11 refs. Comparative study of kinship terminology of the Ostyaks, Voguls, Yakuts, Tungus and five American tribes including the Haida. Names applied by the speaker (ego) to the different generations of agnate and cognate family members and the extension of such terms to collateral kindred by age groups are discussed. DSI. 80510. LANGE, 0. K. Podzemnye vody SSSR; chest' II, podzemnye vody Sibiri i Sredneil Azii. Moskva, Izd-vo Moskovekogo universiteta 1963. 284 p. maps, cross-. sections. Approx. 100 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Ground waters of the USSR; part 2, ground waters of Siberia and Middle Asia. Handbook including ground waters in permafrost regions, which comprise more than 47% of the USSR. Climatic conditions

are noted and the zonal distribution of permafrost is characterized. Supra-permafrost, intra-permafrost, and sub-permafrost waters are described. The West Siberian lowland and Eastern Siberia ground waters are outlined. Tungusskiy, Yakut, AngaraLena artesian basins are treated. Waterbearing properties of various rocks are DLC. dealt with. 80511. LANGELYTH, J. Greenlandie fisheries. (Fishing news international 1962. v. 1, no. 4, p. 16-19, illus.) Describes operations based on the international harbor at Faeringehavn, West Greenland, and carried on mostly in Davis Strait, by the Faeroese, Danes and others, especially British and Norwegians, and by the Greenlanders. Government policy of aiding the fishing and processing enterprises of the Greenlanders and restricting those of the Danes is discussed; a new company owned and operated by Greenlanders is noted. Cod is the main catch in Greenland waters; shrimp production is growing. DI. 80512. LANGER, G., and others. Organic crystals as icing nuclei. (Journal of the atmospheric sciences 1963. v. 20, no. 6, p. 557-62, table, illus.) 11 refs. Other authors: J. Rosinski, and S. Bernsen. Describes systematic study since 1961, of a variety of (32) organic compounds, with promising materials to be adapted for field use, as cloud-seeding agents. Complete nucleation was obtained from: phloroglucinol at —2° C., trichlorobenzene at —12° C., Raffinose at —14° C., trimesic acid at —15° C., and melamine at —15° C. Tests were conducted in a deep-freeze cloud chamber (diagr.), and a Bigg-Warner chamber for reference. Field tests by the Univ. of Chicago confirmed the activity of phloroglucinol. Experiments indicate that organic compounds which exhibit ice-nucleating properties should belong to a higher crystallographic class than ice (3 m, DWB. Hermann-Manguin notation). 80513. LANGFORD, R. E. The Cambridge Arctic Canada Expedition, 1961, to Cumberland Peninsula, Baffin Island. (Alpine journal 1962. v. 67, no. 304, p. 97110, map, illus.) Ref. Recounts experiences of a six-man party June—Sept. 1961, climbing Mt. Fleming, Midgard, "Turf", Battle, and Friga, and attempting, with forced retreat, Mt. Asgard and Anawakaluk near Pangnirtung Pass. Earlier exploration by P. D. Baird's party DGS. is noted in No. 27932.

80514. LANGFORD, R. E. Cambridge mountaineers in Baffin Island. (Geographical magazine 1963. v. 35, no. 10, p. 598-610, illus.) Describes experiences during the 1961 Cambridge Univ. expedition to Cumberland Peninsula, the mountains climbed, several for the first time, climbing conditions, survey of Rundle Glacier; also physiological observations to show the relation between human microclimate and environmental climate. DLC. 80515. LANGLEBEN, M. P., and E. R. POUNDER. Elastic parameters of sea ice. (In: Kingery, W. D. Ice and snow ... 1963. p. 69-78, graphs, table.) 4 refs. Reviews results obtained by the Ice Research Project of McGill Univ. Dept. of Physics, from data collected on field trips to Barrow Strait in May 1959, Thule Mar. 1961, Isachsen Apr.—May 1961, and McClure Strait Aug. 1961. Measurements were made on sections of ice cores extracted with a three-in. SIPRE coring auger. Density profile was measured several times, with a possible error of 0.5-1%; average values were 0.94 ± 0.02 gm./cm-' for permanent polar ice at Barrow Strait; 0.912 for annual ice and 0.910 for permanent polar ice at Isachsen. Ten sections were analyzed by both pulse velocity and resonance techniques. Results of 300 observations support a linear relation between Young's modulus and brine content for cold, annual ice. Warm, polar ice follows a different curve, showing that Young's modulus may be related to temperature as well as brine content. Differences in crystal size and orientation appear to explain more reasonably the differences between cold annual and warm polar ice. DLC. LANGLEBEN, M. P., see also No. 79106. 80516. LANGWAY, C. C., Jr. Sampling for extra-terrestrial dust on the Greenland ice sheet. (In: Int. Assoc. of Scientific Hydrology. General Assembly 1963. Pub. 61, p. 189-98, graphs, tables, illus.) 32 refs. Investigates the black spherule component of this dust obtained from cores and other snow samples collected at Site 2 and Camp Century, Greenland in 1956-57 and 1961. Only the Camp Century samples are discussed as the study is in progress. Procedures of collection and analysis are outlined; two adjacent 1.5 m. profiles are examined, representing 2.4 yrs. net accumulation of snow which fell about 10 yrs. ago. Collections were also made in the water wells and water storage tanks.

609

Laboratory studies show the size distribution ranging 5-1606 diam. with a peak at about 20g. Camp Century profiles give an average deposit of 1.17 black spherules/cm-2 /yr.-1, representing a deposit of 9.15 x 105 metric tons/yr.-1 for the entire earth. Results suggest a correlation between the number of black spherules >5it and the seasonal deposits of snow. Most spherules are either Fe- or Si-rich. DWB.

Reports investigation of alkaline rocks of this massif in western Kola Peninsula. Their heterogenetic origin is established and two genetic groups distinguished. Nephelinization of pyroxenites leads to formation of a series of nepheline-pyroxenite rocks in the peripheral zone of the massif. A group of veined nepheline-pyroxenites and feldsparnepheline-pyroxenites is of intrusive magmatic origin. DLC.

LANGWAY, C. C., Jr., see also No. 79605.

80520. LAPIN, A. V. 0 pro(esse melilitizafsii v Kovdorskom massive ul'traosnovnykhshchelochnykh porod. (Akademii . nauk SSSR. Inst. mineralogii, geokhimii i kristallokhimii redkikh elementov. Trudy 1962. no. 9, p. 207-223, illus.) 14 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Crystalliration of melilites in the Kovdor massif of ultrabasic-alkaline rocks. Discusses the petrography and genesis of rocks containing (at least 40-60%) this mineral, from evaluation of literature. The Kovdor massif in Kola Peninsula, consisting of ultrabasic-alkaline (nepheline-pyroxene) rocks was studied and the origin and crystallization of melilite rocks are analyzed mainly from microscope data. The melilite rocks are concluded to have been formed in a metasomatic manner with a long and complicated process of alkaline metasomatosis of ultrabasie rocks and immediate nephelinization of pyroxenite. DLC.

80517. LANINA, L. B. Opyt izuchenia pastbishch losfå v Pechoro-Ilychskom zapovednike. (Pechoro-Ilychskil zapovednik. Trudy 1959, no. 7, p. 182-212, tables.) 14 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Study of elk pastures in the Pechora-Ilych Preserve. Outlines the land forms, vegetation, types of elk pasture and their utilization, based chiefly from own study in 1954-1958. The problem of the elks' browsing on the young leaves and twigs of trees and shrubs is considered, and the effects upon growth of the trees is discussed. DLC. 80518. LANTIS, M., and R. J. ANDERSON. Some demographic, social and economic factors of the polar regions. 55 (In: WHO Conference on p. tables. medicine ... 1962.) 58 refs. Outlines characteristics and changes in these areas, especially Alaska, Greenland and northern Scandinavia, and their implications for health services. Successive sections deal with similarities between the polar areas, recent developments, including integration into the national life, population changes and movements, urbanization, government aid in development and health, exploitation of mineral resources, economic growth and diversification: mineral extraction, fishery industries, handicraft, tourism, etc. Potential value of the polar areas as sources of raw materials and as hubs of communication and transportation is noted. CaONA. LANTIS, M., see also No. 84468.

80521. LAPIN, B. N. 0 trappakh nizhnego techenia r. PodkamennoT Tunguski. (Akademilå nauk SSSR. Zapadno-Sibirski! filial. Gomo-geologicheskil inst. Trudy 1956. no. 17, p. 157-67, table, illus.) 11 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: On traps of the lower course of Podkamennaya Tunguska River. Reports a geologic, petrographic and mineralogic study based on 1952-1953 field work on traps occurring as intrusive bodies; effusive and tuff a traps were not found. According to petrographic composition, the traps consist mostly of olivine diabases. The main rock-forming minerals are plagioclase, pyroxene and olivine. These skam limestones are of practical interest. DLC.

LANTSOV, A. E., see No. 77408. 80519. LAPIN, A. V. Nefelinizaf iiå piroksenitov i zhil'nye ifolity v Kovdorskom massive ul'traosnovnykh shchelochnykh porod. (Akademiiå nauk SSSR. Izvestil 1963, ser. geol. no. 5, p. 9-22, illus.) 9 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Nephelinization of pyroxenites and veined ijolite in the Kovdor massif of ultrabasic and alkaline rocks.

610

80522. LAPIN, It. E. 0 vozraste i dinemike chislennosti tikhookeanskol gorbushi, Oncorhynchus gorbusha, Weib. (Voprosy ikhtiologii 1963. v. 3, no. 2 (27), p. 243-55, tables, illus.) 17 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Age and population dynamics of Pacific pink salmon, Oncorhynchus gorbuscha, Walb. Presents a study of population cycles and the factor(s) affecting them. Age at sexual

maturity, as determined from scales; growth rate in both sexes, and a scheme of population dynamics are outlined. The concept that this fish matures only at the age of two, though holding for the majority, is disproved: a considerable proportion matures at three. These findings also qualify the idea of a two-year cycle in the size of catches. DLC.

metric pressure was used. Monthly, yearly, and three-year period values of intensity were calculated. The results reveal no significant seasonal variations in the barometer coefficients, and no year-to-year variation. The seasonal fluctuations of the nucleon coefficient however, follow those of meson. A small latitude effect seems to be present. • DLC.

80523. LAPINA, N. N., and N. A. BELOV. Osobennosti proEsessa osadkoobrazovanifa v Severnom Ledovitom okeane. (In: Soveshchanie po sovremennym morskim osadkam 1960. Trudy pub. 1961, p. 86-97, table, charts.) 9 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Features of the sedimentation process in the Arctic Ocean. Charaes the main features of the ocean affecting bottom sediment formation: relative youthfulness, complicated geologic structure, presence of permafrost in the source areas, hydrological regime, stratification of water masses, etc. Distribution of bottom sediments, their grain size, mineralogical and chemical composition, microfauna, thickness, rate of sedimentation, etc. are outlined. Age of the sediments and climatic changes also are discussed. DLC.

80526. LAPPO S. D. Vlifanie atmosfernol fsirkulfäaii na vodoobmen v okrainnykh arkticheskikh morfakh. (Voprosy geografii. Sbornik 1963, no. 62, p. 136-45, tables, graphs.) 11 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Effects of atmospheric circulation on water exchange in marginal arctic seas. Analyzes water exchange in the Kara, Laptev, East Siberian and Chukchi Seas. The amount of water flowing into them from rivers is estimated and discussed as a factor. Wind-driven water circulation however, plays the most important role in water exchange. Driven-on winds come from the west and north, driven-off winds from the south and east. The wind effects differ in each sea depending upon local hydrologic conditions and the atmospheric circulation regime. Water exchange is evidenced by differences in salinity. DLC.

80524. LAPINA, N. N. Stratigrafifil nizhnekamennougol'nykh otlozhenil Sibirskol platformy. (Akademifä nauk SSSR. Doklady 1963. v. 148, no. 5, p. 1168-71, table.) 3 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Stratigraphy of Lower Carboniferous deposits of the Siberian platform. Presents a stratigraphic division of these deposits distributed in the Noril'sk region, Kureyka, Bakhta, Olenek, Vilyuy and other river basins, based on analyses of facies and fauna. Tournaisian, Visean and Namurian stages are distinguished, and some divided DLC. into substages and horizons.

80527. LAPTIUI, L. Stikhi. (Druzhba narodov 1963, no. 3, p. 153-55.) In Russian. Title tr.: Verses. Five poems by this Nenets Samoyed on the contemporary life of reindeer herders, hunters, and fishers; translated into Russian by N. Grudinina. DLC.

LAPINA, N. N., see also No. 77377. 80525. LAPOINTE, S. M., and D. C. ROSE. A statistical analysis of the barometer coefficients for cosmic-ray intensities. (Canadian journal of physics 1962. v. 40, no. 6, p. 687-97, table, graphs.) 4 refs. Analyzes data of July 1957-1960 from the four Canadian cosmic-ray stations, Resolute Bay, Ft. Churchill, Sulphur Mountain and Ottawa. The barometer coefficients for triple and double coincidences in the international cubical telescope, and for the nucleon intensity in the standard neutron monitor were derived. A single correlation between cosmic-ray intensity and baro-

LARIN, I. V., see No. 79582. 80528. LARIONOV, V. F. Perechen' ptitä Tfümenskogo okruga. (Tomsk. Univ. Izvestifit 1926. v. 77, no. 3, p. 185-96, table, map.) 4 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: List of birds of the Tyumen District. Summary report on 203 species observed since 1917 in the Tobol basin 56°-58° N. 63°-68° E.: those year-round, nesting, transient, wintering, and occasional visitors in the area are distinguished. Crows, ducks, geese, buntings, sandpipers, pipits, shrikes and snowy owls are among the more common. Ecological conditions at some hundred observation points are noted. Addenda pub. later by A. D. Sharonov, q.v. DLC. 80529. LARIONOV, V. F. Sootnoshenie vremeni prileta i razmnozhenifa kria.kvy. (Ornitologifa 1959. v. 2, p. 32-34, table.) 5 refs. In Russian. Tittle tr.: Correlation of arrival- and reproduction-time in the mallard.

611

Notes that the time interval between arrival and nesting becomes shorter the farther north the birds breed. Specifically 30-20 days at 50-60° N. shortens to ten days in the Arctic. The consistency of the phenomenon is documented by data from different areas and sources. DLC. LARIONOVA, E. M., see No. 80598. 80530. LAR'KIN, V. G. Udegeltsy. Vladivostok 1958. 36 p. table, map, illus. 20 refs. In Russian. Ethnographic sketch of this southern Tungus people from mid-19th century to the present. Their traditional culture, material and spiritual, is described and contrasted with their current economic and social progress, educational and health facilities, etc. In the kolkhoz economy, their hunting and fishing have expanded, and they begin truck and fur farming, stockbreeding, agriculture. Alcoholism, opium smoking, epidemics, periodic famines which used to decimate or debilitate entire tribes are things of the past. DLC. LARKINS, H., see No. 79482. 80531. LARMOUR, W. T. The government and the walrus. (North 1963. v. 10, no. 3, p. 32-33, illus.) Describes the Canadian government regulations on walrus protection since 1931, and other measures to conserve the stock, including efforts to foster more efficient hunting methods to reduce unnecessary slaughter. Importance of the walrus in the CaMAI. Eskimos economy is noted. 80532. LARSEN, H. E. Birket-Smith and the Arctic. (Folk 1963. v. 5, p. 1-10.) 15 refs. Tribute to this Danish ethnographer, reviewing his work with the Fifth Thule Expedition 1921-1924, his studies of Eskimos and Northwest Coast Indians. DLC. LARSEN, T., see No. 77226. LARSON, A. M., see Nos. 79256, 84033. 80533. LARSON, C. B. Tuberculosis of bones and joints. (Alaska medicine 1963. v. 5, no. 2, p. 32-33.) Discusses 19th century treatment and hospital care of the disease; early attempts at surgery; preventive measures of public authorities (milk control, etc.); antibiotic treatment; early diagnosis, prevention and CaMAI. treatment. 80534. LARSSON, P. The distribution of

612

albedo over arctic surfaces. (Geographical review 1963. v. 53, no. 4, p. 572-79, 12 stereograms.) 17 refs. Also issued as: McGill Univ. Arctic Meteorology Research Group. pub. in Meteorology no. 54, 1962. Describes methods used in mapping monthly mean albedo, in tabulation of albedo data in 5% classes for each 5° belt of latitude, and in construction of a stereogram for each month for direct-radiation albedo, to show major seasonal and latitudinal changes of this surface parameter. The Jan= May or winter pattern is characterized by very high and low albedos; June—Sept. pattern shows the disappearance of snow cover from the land and of ice from the water in lower latitudes and the progressive reduction of albedo values in higher latitudes with greater homogeneity of natural surfaces. The complicated distributions of Sept.—Oct. change rapidly to the "blackand-white" winter pattern which becomes apparent in the Nov.—Dec. stereograms. DGS. 80535. LASHUK, L. P. Ocherk etnichesko1 istorii Pechorskogo kraß,; opyt istorikoetnograficheskogo issledovania. Syktyvkar, Komi knizhnoe izd-vo 1958. 200 p. maps, illus. Approx. 200 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Outline of ethnic developments in the Pechora region; an historical and ethnographic study. Discusses ethnic and cultural changes in the Bol'shezemel'skaya Tundra and Pechora basin. Tribes of Paleosiberian (PaleoYukaghir?) origin moving from the lower Ob region crossed the Urals in the 3rdearly 2nd millennium B.C. They are identified by a distinctive pottery ornamentation pattern and a neolithic sea-mammal and reindeer hunting culture which remained unchanged almost to the turn of the Christian era. Paleoasiatic linguistic elements traceable in modern Nenets Samoyed are attributed to the Siirti, descendants of this aboriginal population. The Siirti were assimilated by the Nenets who penetrated the Bol'shezemel'skaya Tundra in the 10th century A.D. At about the same time Vogul tribes settled the upper Pechora River. Colonization of the lower and upper Pechora region since the 12th century by Russians and later by Zyryans is described. Ethnic, linguistic, cultural, and economic processes are discussed through the early 20th century. Beneficial aspects of the Soviet policy on these peoples are noted in DLC. contrast with the past. 80536. LASHUK, L. P. Proiskhozhdenie naroda komi. Syktyvkar, Komi knizhnoe

izd-vo 1961. 40 p. tables. In Russian. Title tr.: Origin of the Komi people. Ethnogenetic and historical study of the Zyryans: their linguistic classification (Finno-Ugric), and roots in the Anan'ino culture of the first millennium B.C. on the middle and upper Kama River; their northward movement to the Vychegda basin under pressure of Turkic tribes in the first millennium A.D., and subsequent spread northwest and northeast, mingling with Russians, Samoyeds, and Ob-Ugrians. The cultural, economic, and political development since DLC. the 15th century is sketched. 80537. LASSEN, K. Geographical distribution and temporal variations of polar aurorae. Charlottenlund 1963. 79 p. 53 diagrs. & graphs. (Denmark. Meteorologiske Inst. Meddelelser no. 16.) 72 refs. Danish summary. Discusses the diurnal variation of auroral frequency, from the First International Polar Year observations, those of 1883-1957, and those from the Danish IGY stations in Greenland. The form of the daily variation is found to vary systematically with latitude; auroral frequency (graphs) is concentrated in characteristic groups; graphs for magnetic activity show the same characteristic configurations, indicating that both represent the distribution of incident charged particles. At very high latitudes, the auroras are not accompanied by magnetic activity; greatest frequency of occurrence was on international quiet days, with a morning and afternoon maximum. The sunspot-maximum auroral zone (near 63° N.) appears to be related to dumping electrons from the outer radiation belt. Explanations are given for the presence of several similar auroral zones, at Julianehåb, Angmagssalik, etc. Arctic (15) and antarctic (9) station observations from the early 20th century reveal identical variations of high-latitude auroral frequency, though the maximum occurred near the sunspot max. in 1906-1907. This apparent contradiction of recent observation results may be due to the equatorward displacement of the so-called "area of confusion" (about 71-78° lat.) to which auroras observed before 1940 are believed to have belonged; recent observations deal with auroras from the high-latitude morning group situated a few degrees nearer the pole. DLC. 80538. LASTOCHKINA, N. N. Metodika postroeniß. strukturnykh skhem glubinnogo stroenia Ust'-Eniselskogo ralona po aeromagnitnym dannym. (Leningrad. N.

-issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Trudy 1962. Geofizicheskie metody razvedki v Arktike, no. 4, p. 187-91, graphs.) In Russian. Title tr.: Methods of constructing structural schemes of the deep stratigraphy of the Ust'-Yenisey region according to airborne magnetic data. Discusses the method of mathematical analysis used in determining the profile of the deep three-layer structure in this prospective oil-and-gas region. Aeromagnetic data were used in determination of magnetically active deposits, and subsequent differentiation of the deep structural geology of the region. The recorded magnetic field is interpreted by Paleozoic intrusions which penetrate the entire Paleozoic layer, by the erosion shear of the crystalline basement and its inner inhomogeneities, and by older rocks, the Proterozoic and Archean strata, and the basaltic layer of the earth's crust. DLC. LATTIMORE, 0., see No. 83254. 80539. LATUS, T. J. Developments in western Canada in 1962. (American Association of Petroleum Geologists. Bulletin 1963. v. 47, no. 6, p. 1176-89, maps, tables.) 23 refs. Includes summary of activity in the North, p. 1187-88: wildcat drilling in the Yukon and Northwest Territories declined; Dom et at Winter Harbour no. 1, on southern Melville I. was abandoned at 12,543 ft. A large area of oil saturated sands was discovered in the Maria Bay area of western Melville, the two exposures observed similar to the McMurray oil sands of northern Alberta, estimated recoverable reserves 40DGS. 60 million bbls./sq. mi., etc. 80540. LAUGHLIN, W. M. Bromegrass response to rate and source of nitrogen applied in fall and spring in Alaska. (Agronomy journal 1963. v. 55, no. 1, p. 60-62, tables.) 17 refs. Reports fertilizer experiments of 19521960 on this forage crop at the agricultural experiment station at Palmer. Ammonium nitrate, ammonium sulfate, and calcium nitrate were equally effective as nitrogen sources, urea less so, and other carriers, inferior. No difference in yield was indicated between split and single applications of the fertilizers, but spring applications DA. were superior to those in fall. 80541. LAUGHLIN, W. M., and C. H. DEARBORN. Correction of leaf necrosis of potatoes with foliar and soil applications

613

of potassium. (American potato journal 1960. v. 37, no. 1, p. 1-12, tables, illus.) 6 refs. Reports efforts of the agricultural experiment station at Palmer to correct this condition damaging potatoes in interior Alaska during the 1950's. Leaf drying and tuber lesions were found result of potassium deficiency, aggravated by certain weather and growing conditions. Different methods of K application at various soil potash levels were tried, and effects on foliage breakdown, tuber yield and quality studied. Necrosis was markedly reduced by soil and spray DA. applications of muriate of potash. 80542. LAUGHLIN, W. M. Fertilizer practices for bromegrass. Palmer, Alaska 1962. 15 p. tables. (Alaska. Agricultural Experiment Station. Bulletin 32.) 16 refs. Reports response of this forage crop to various nitrogen carriers and to fall and spring applications of different rates of nitrogen, phosphorus, and potassium, as investigated in the Matanuska valley 19521960. Ammonium nitrate, ammonium sulfate, and calcium nitrate were found equally effective in supplying nitrogen, other sources inferior. The bromegrass responded to applications of N up to 200 lb./acre and of P and K up to 80 lbs. Response was best to spring applications of N, and essentially the same to spring or fall DA. applications of the other two. 80543. LAUGHLIN, W. M., and others. Fertilizers for Alaska; general recommendations. College 1961. 8 p. (Alaska. Univ. Extension Service. Circular 513 rev.) Other authors: R. L. Taylor, L. J. Klebesadel, and C. H. Dearborn. Revises No. 52678 on the fertilizer selection and application, with estimated costs based on 1961 prices in central Alaska. CaMAI. 80544. LAUGHLIN, W. M. Influence of soil and spray applications of phosphorus on potato yield, dry matter content, and chemical composition. (American potato journal 1962. v. 39, no. 9, p. 343-47, tables, illus.) 6 refs. Compares the effects of soil applications of treblesuperphosphate and spray applications of monobasic sodium phosphate on potatoes growing in the Matanuska valley, investigated in 1959 and 1960 by the Alaska Agricultural Experiment Station. The soil applications increased early growth, tuber yield, dry matter and phosphorus content, and decreased the potassium, nitrogen, and magnesium content. The spray treatments

614

produced varying results, but tended to increase early growth, dry matter and phosphorus content and decrease the nitrogen. DA. 80545. LAUGHLIN, W. M. Soil and foliar applications of nutrients affect potato yields, dry matter, and foliar necrosis. (American potato journal 1962. v. 39, no. 4, p. 125-34, tables.) 11 refs. Compares the effects of different nutrients and methods of application on potatoes in the Matanuska valley. Soil applications of nitrogen and lime, soil and spray applications of potassium (both muriate and sulfate of potash), and sprays of sodium chloride, calcium chloride, and sodium phosphate were tested by the Alaska Agricultural Experiment Station in 1958-1960. Tuber yields were increased by both nitrogen and potassium, foliar breakdown increased by the former and decreased by the latter. Tuber dry content was consistently reduced by muriate of potash. Potassium content was increased and nitrogen decreased by both soil and spray potassium applications. DA. 80546. LAUGHLIN, W. M. Spray concentrations of potassium chloride and potassium sulfate affect potato growth, yields, and chemical composition. (American potato journal 1962. v. 39, no. 3, p. 100106, tables, illus.) 7 refs. Compares the effects of different potassium sources and concentrations, investigated by the Alaska Agricultural Experiment Station at Palmer in 1959-1960. Both K carriers increased tuber yields and decreased weight of tubers showing brown sunken lesions. At high concentrations, K Cl reduced tuber yields and specific gravity and burned the leaves. Tubers from plants receiving K CI contained more K and Mg as did tubers receiving higher spray concentrations. DA. 80547. LAUGHLIN, W. S. Bering Strait to Puget Sound: dichotomy and affinity between Eskimo-Aleuts and American Indians. (Arctic Inst. of North America. Technical paper 1962. no. 11, p. 113-25, illus.) Refs. The Kachemak-Kodiak-Umnak-Kuskokwim quadrangle is considered the area where Eskaleuts divided into Eskimo and Aleuts 4-6,000 years ago and where adjacent Indian groups acquired similar traits which they carried south. There may have been contiguity between proto-Eskaleuts and protoWaskashan Indians. A south Alaskan residence of the proto-Eskimo-Aleut stock

is supported by linguistic, biological, and archeological evidence. Faunal and physiographic features of the Alaska Peninsula may have contributed to the separation of Eskimos and Aleuts who reached Umnak Island prior to 1,000 B.C. Invention of the kayak took place in southern Alaska prior to division of the Eskaleuts; it was not known to the Asiatic Mongoloids when crossing Kamchatka on their circum-Bering Sea route, thus a maritime settlement of the Aleutian Islands is improbable. CaMAI. 80548. LAUGHLIN, W. S. The earliest Aleuts. (Alaska. Univ. Anthrop. papers 1963. v. 10, no. 2, p. 73-91, table, illus.) Refs. Characterizes the physiographic and ecological aspects of the Aleutian chain and describes artifacts and skeletal remains recovered in 1962, mainly from the lower (approx. 1,700 B.C.) levels of the Chaluka village midden on Umnak Island. The Aleuts are considered of Alaskan origin with no direct Asiatic contact and with an Eskimo type technology and material culture. Earliest skeletons have Mongoloid physical traits rather than central or eastern Eskimo, but with certain affinities to the Paleo-Konyags and Ipiutak people. Appended is a report (received in April 1963) on the 1962 excavations at Anangula Island: an occupation horizon (approx. 6,000 B.C.) yielded burin spells similar to late preceramic stages of Japan and northeast Asia and unlike the Arctic Small Tool Tradition which is probably younger. Despite the considerable time gap, a cultural continuity is seen between the Anangula site and the DSI. lowest strata of Chaluka. 80549. LAUGHLIN, W. S. Eskimos and Aleuts: their origins and evolution. (Science 1963. v. 142, p. 633-45, tables, maps, illus.) 60 refs. A many-sided review indicating a considerably greater affinity (physical, historical and cultural) of the Eskimos and Aleuts with the Mongoloids of northeast Asia, than with the American Indians. The emerging picture of the Eskimo-Aleut origin is that of a Bering platform, inhabited by contiguous isolates, and stretching from Hokkaido to Umnak Island. As the platform became inundated, the populations withdrew to northeast Asia and northwest America. Developments in the latter, eastward migration and that around Greenland, possible place of middle-Pleistocene Sinanthropus in the Mongoloid ancestry, etc. are l)LC. also discussed.

80550. LAUGHLIN, W. S. Generic problems and new evidence in the anthropology of the Eskimo-Aleut stock. (Arctic Inst. of North America. Technical paper 1962. no. 11, p. 100-112.) Refs. Evaluates recent Soviet and Western studies of craniological, anthropometric, blood group, glottochronological, and other data. A common Asiatic Mongoloid ancestry dating back to 4,000 B.C. is postulated for Paleosiberians and Eskaleuts; a fission of the latter into Eskimos and Aleuts occurred about 2,600 B.C. Asiatic Eskimos are probably the result of a return migration from Alaska to Siberia. Indians entered the New World before 20,000 B.C. and may be of pre-Mongoloid origin. Adaptation to ecological conditions, parallel technological development, population density, contiguous settlement pattern, ethnic mixing, etc. complicate generic problems. The formation and development of American Eskimo cultures, diffusion from southwest Alaska to Greenland, linguistic and physical diversity, etc. are discussed. CaMAI. LAUGHLIN, W. S., see also Nos. 79755, 82230, 83211. LaVILLE, C., see No. 81027. 80551. LAVRENT'EV, M. A., and E. F. SAVARENSKII. On the results of investigations of tsunamis in the USSR. (IUGG Proceedings of the tsunami meetings ... Aug.—Sept. 1961. Monographie no. 24, July 1963. p. 36-38.) Outlines development of the tsunami warning system since 1956, based on seismic observations at Petropavlovsk in Kamchatka, and stations on Iturup and Sakhalin Islands. Two sets of seismological equipment were installed, one with small, the other with medium magnification. First criterion of tsunami danger during a KurilKamchatka earthquake is the magnitude M, determined by the maximum amplitudes of surface or S waves. On working graphs, the X-axis shows epicentral distance and direction, the Y-axis maximum ground displacement. Results of studies of the wave guide (anomalously small damping) and the focussing (growth of a converging wave) principles are outlined. DWB. 80552. LAVRENT'EV, M. A. Sibirski! eksperiment. (Sovetskil soiitz 1963. no. 12 (166), p. 11-17, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: Siberian experiment. Describes the study programs and educational aims of the mathematical and physical institutes of the Academy of

615

Sciences' Siberian Division. A residential school for these sciences has been opened in Akademgorodok for 14-17 year old students, male and female, selected by competitive examinations. Current enrollment is 320; teaching is provided by the University staff. Photos of the town, DLC. scientists, students. 80553. LAVRENT'EV, M. M. 0 sostofånii zapasov Kamchatskogo kraba u zapadnogo (Rybnoe khopoberezh'fa Kamchatki. zfålstvo 1963. v. 39, no. 2, p. 19-25, tables, illus.) 3 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Condition of the king crab stock on the west coast of Kamchatka. Study based on annual research trawlings of 1957-1962, 53°-57°50' N. Size of standard catches of males served as basis for estimating the stock and for its utilization. A continuous decline was found in size of crabs caught in all areas examined. Several conservation measures are proposed, such as size limits, closed areas and quotas for DLC. catches. 80554. LAVRENT'EV, V. Khorosho potrudilis' volehatniki. (Okhota i okhotnich'e khozfilstvo 1963. v. 9, no. 6, p. 11-12, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: The wolf hunters have done well. In Magadan Province, seven-eight thousand reindeer were lost annually to wolves prior to 1956, when a systematic campaign against the predators was initiated. The number shot or poisoned increased from 126 in 1956 to 227 in 1958, and their depredations decreased 3-4 fold. A soporific and fluoracetate of barum were used. DLC. LAVRINENKO, E. P., see No. 80183. 80555. LAVROV, I. P. Chukotsko-eskimosskoe iskusstvo. (In: Narodnoe dekorativnoe ... 1957, p. 235-38, illus.) 5 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Chukchi and Eskimo art. Describes the traditional bone and ivory carving, wood and hide painting by men and the figured fur appliqué and reindeer hair embroideries by women. The carved and colored bone objects produced at the Uelen shop are discussed with mention of work of the better known artists. DLC. 80556. LAVROV, I. P. Uelenskaiii kostoreznaiå masterskaii. (Magadan. Oblastno! kaevedcheske muse!. Kraevedcheskie zapiski 1957. no. 1, p. 75-78, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: Uelen bone-carving shop. This shop of Chukchi and Eskimo crafts-

616

men founded in 1931 had a large output during 1933-1936 and again in 1945-1947; but when the Uelen industrial combine closed in 1947, working conditions at the shop deteriorated as did the quality and quantity of the carvings. Rehabilitation measures introduced in 1955 are discussed; more up-to-date implements, better working conditions, wages and prices, an apprenticeship program of ten governmentsupported students per year, etc. Traditional motifs, innovations, carving techniques, etc. are discussed. MR. 80557. LAVROV, N. P., and S. P. NAUMOV. Biologifå promyslovykh zverel i ptii s SSSR. Moskva, Izd-vo tsentrosoiüza 1960. 237 p. tables, illus. 34 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Biology of game animals and birds of the USSR. Textbook for technical schools. Pt. 1 (p. 5-22) deals with earlier studies in this field, general taxonomy, geographic distribution, ecology, and population dynamics. Pt. 2 (p. 23-167) covers the game animals (mammals) of the Soviet Union including subarctic and arctic forms, both terrestrial and marine. Each species is dealt with as to appearance, color, size and weight, dentition, distribution, ecology, reproduction, numbers, behavior, moult, etc. Scientific names are given together with Russian. In pt. 3 (p. 168-223) birds are treated along similar lines. Last part deals with geographic game zones, their climate, vegetation, fauna, etc.; the tundra, mountains, and forest zone, are included. DLC. LAVROV, N. P., see also No. 80169. 80558. LAVROVICH, N. S. Amderminskoe mestorozhdenie. (Moskva. Vses. n.-issl. inst. mineral'nogo syr'iå. Trudy 1937. v. 119, p. 120-22.) In Russian. Title tr.: Amderma deposits. Reports discovery of fluorite deposits in Yugorskiy Peninsula near the Amderma River mouth in 1932. Their stratigraphic and geologic position, mode of occurrence and mineralogic composition of the fluorite are outlined. Two varieties are found, one almost pure in lenses and nests, the other in single fine inclusions. According to CaF, content there are also two varieties. Reserves are calculated at 1,032,000 tons. Genesis is metasomatic, age possibly Variscan. DLC. 80559. LAVRUKHIN, V. A. Stratigrafißa terrigennykh otlozhenil Adycha-Charkynskogo mezhdurech'få. (In: Mezhvedomstvennoe soveshchanie ... Trudy 1959, p.

208-211.) In Russian. Title tr.: Stratigraphy of terrigenous deposits of the Adycha-Charky interfiuve. Describes cross-sections of Carnian and Norian deposits of this region noting lithologic properties, thickness and fauna. Above the Norian lies a thick stratum of sandstones without fauna. It is considered transitional between Upper Triassic and Lower Jurassic. It is divided into five ICRL. layers. 80560. LAVRUSHIN, f1 i . A. Allfavil ravninnykh rek subarkticheskogo poiasa i periglii ial'nykh oblastel materikovykh oledenil. Moskva. Izd-vo Akademii nauk SSSR 1963. 266 p. tables, cross-sections, map, illus.) Akademii nauk SSSR. Geologicheskil inst. Trudy no. 87.) 279 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Alluvium of flatland rivers of the subarctic belt and periglacial areas of continental glaciation. Presents an extensive study on the structure and formation of alluvium, the first part dealing with the present areas of subarctic climate, the second with periglacial areas. It is based on author's work since 1957 in the Yenisey, Indigirka, Volga and other river basins. Main features of the structure of Pleistocene alluvium deposits in Yana-Indigirka plain are described in detail, p. 119-80. Their formation in lowland rivers under conditions of free melt water withdrawal from glacier sheets is DLC. analyzed. 80561. LAVRUSHIN, lt. A. 0 proiskhozhdenii tak nazyvaemykh "merzlotnykh struktur oblekanifa" v chetvertichnykh otlozheniakh i 11 h stratigraficheskom znar chenii. (In: Markov, K. K., ed. PeriglfaGial'nye iåvlenifå ... 1960, p. 130-41, illus.) 3 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The origin of so-called "enveloping permafrost structures" in Quaternary deposits and their stratigraphic importance. Discusses these structures first described by N. N. Romanovskil (No. 67812) as trench-like hollows of V and U form, 2-4 m. wide and 1-3 m. deep. They are described in detail as studied in the Indigirka River region and Romanovskil's explanation of their origin is found inadequate and a new interpretation is given. The structures are considered pseudomorphs of ice wedges which were formed in lake depressions under subaqueous conditions. The term enveloping permafrost structures is also questioned and pseudomorphs of ice wedges suggested DLC. to replace it. 80562. LAVRUSHIN, if). A. Tipy chet-

vertichnogo alluvia nizhnego Enisef. Moskva, Izd-vo Akademii nauk SSSR 1961. 96 p. map, illus. (Akademia nauk SSSR. Geologicheskil inst. Trudy no. 47.) 51 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Types of Quaternary alluvium of the lower Yenisey. Reports study made in the Yenisey valley between the Podkamennaya Tunguska and Turukhan Rivers. Structure, genesis and stratigraphy of the alluvium are analyzed. That of the intensely meandering rivers of the plain is distinguished from the alluvium of intensely branching rivers, and both kinds are described. Alluvial, lacustrine and alluvial-lacustrine deposits in the periglacial zone of the Zyryanka glaciation are analyzed. Climate, vegetation, and other physiogeographic conditions, also tectonic features are characterized in regard to alluvium formation. DLC. 80563. LAW, L. H., and others. Investigations during 1962 of the Alert anomaly in geomagnetic variations. (Canadian journal of physics 1963. v. 41, no. 11, p. 1868-82, table, graphs, map.) 8 refs. Other authors: J. DeLaurier, F. Andersen and K. Whitham. Analyzes the magnetic variations measured at three stations across the strike of the anomaly of electrical conductivity of the earth's mantle near Alert, northern Ellesmere Island. The anomalous internal contributions to the magnetic variation vector show striking confinement consistent with an underground current, northeast-southwest at 50-70 km. depth a few km. southeast of Alert. Preliminary earth potential measurements show the electric field variations abnormally low. The significance of the thermal anomaly thought responsible for the electrical conductivity anomaly is discussed. The high temperature inferred might be related to the problem of separation of Greenland and Ellesmere Island in geologic time. DLC. 80564. LAW, P. The selection of men for antarctic expeditions. 7 p. (In: WHO Conference on medicine ... 1962.) Describes life at a small station, its difficulties and stresses, physical and emotional. Difficulties in selection with few applicants, little choice, value of compromise, ways of assessment, etc. are discussed, with comment on method, selection used in Australia, psychological examinations. CaONA. 80565. LAWRENCE, R. D. Diamond drilling 12-inch core in permafrost at the asbestos project, Quebec. (Colorado School of Mines. Quarterly 1963. v. 58, no. 4, p. 215-23, tables.)

617

Describes equipment, technique (believed new), results, and costs of the 1961 and 1962 programs carried out by Asbestos Corp. Ltd. at Asbestos Hill, 40 mi. southeast of Deception Bay on Hudson Strait, and 60 mi. from Sugluk. The orebody was developed 1958-1961 by Murray Mining Corp.; 11,500,000 tons of asbestos ore was indicated with a grade of about $18 per ton. A bulk sample (approx. 18 tons ore for shipment south in two DC-4 loads) is to be obtained by drilling a 12-in. core at 120 lb./ ft. A total of 391 ft. was drilled in 31 days in 1961 to obtain 319 ft. of 12-in. core. The coat was $41,495, or $107/ft., compared with $21,450 and $55/ft. in northern Ontario. Drilling continued: 200 ft. of 12 in. core DGS. in 1962.

Most were collected in the Anabar and DLC. Olenek River basins. 80569. LAZARENKO, N. P. Srednekembrilskie trilobity roda Kounamkites Lermontova. (Leningrad. N.-issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Trudy 1961, no. 124, p. 9-32, table, illus.) 2 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Middle Cambrian trilobites of genus Kounamkites Lermontov. Reports on seven species found in the Anabar, Olenek, and Udzha River basins and other areas of the northern Siberian platform. Kounamkites insuetus, K. levis, K. aciferus, and K. quodratus n. spp. are described for the first time. DOS. LAZARENKO, N. P., see also No. 77626.

80566. LAWRENCE, R. D., and J. A. PIHLAINEN. Permafrost and terrain fac-

LAZAREV, A. IA., see No. 83734.

tors in a tundra mine feasibility study. (National Research Council of Canada. Technical memorandum 1963. no. 76, p. 207-214.) Describes the Asbestos Hill project of Murray Mining Corp. 60 mi. east of Sugluk on Ungava Peninsula. A dock, harbor facilities, 42—mile road, mine, mill, townsite, airstrip, etc. are planned. Geology, climate, vegetation, and permafrost are outlined, also techniques proposed for dealing with the DGS. problems they pose.

80570. LAZAREV, G. I., and others.

80567. LAZARENKO, N. P. Nekotorye novye verkhnekembrilskie trilobity severozapada Sibirskol platformy. (Leningrad. N: issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Sbornik state! po paleontologii i biostratigrafii 1960, no. 20, p. 12-44, illus.) 20 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Some new Upper Cambrian trilobites from the northwest of the Siberian platform. Presents a systematic description of ten new species collected in Kulyumbe and Khantayka regions. Two belong to new genera. DLC.

Padezhi khantylskogo fiizyka sootnositel'no s padezhami russkogo fåzyka. (Leningrad. Gos. pedagogicheskil inst. Uehenye zapiski 1959. v. 169, p. 135-43.) 14 refs. In Russian. Other authors: G. S. Raishev and I. A. Mr'eva. Title tr.: Cases in the Ostyak language in relation to Russian cases. Comparative study of the Ostyak declension system and the grammatical function of its three cases: the uninflected stem is used for nominative, accusative, and genitive; the dative-allative and the locativeinstrumental correspond to the Russian instrumental and prepositional-instrumental cases. DLC. 80571. LAZAREVA, A. P. 0 glubinakh arkticheskikh zemletriasenil. (Akademifå nauk SSSR. Mezhduvedomstvennyl geofizicheskil komitet, XII razdel programmy MGG: selsmologicheskie issledovanifit. Sbornik state! 1963, no. 5, p. 27-30, graph,

ki. Sbornik state! po paleontologii i biostratigrafii 1962. no. 29, p. 29-78, tables, illus.) 25 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: New Lower Cambrian trilobites of the Soviet Arctic. Reviews the biostratigraphie division of the Lower Cambrian deposits, and analyzes the Aldan and Lena stages. The 65 species of trilobites determined from 26 collections

map.) 8 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: On the depth of arctic earthquakes. Analyzes seismographs from Pulkovo, Tiksi Bay, Kheysa Island, and Apatity, for 102 of 246 earthquakes that occurred during 1934-1959, within Ø _ 58-90° N. for longitude X = 120-155° E., and Ø = 65-90° for all other longitudes. The analysis confirms the view that arctic earthquakes are of the shallow category: 7-23 km. at magnitude 4% to 7. Their prevailing depth is 10 km. and 70% are less than 5% magnitude. DLC.

belong to 32 genera and 14 families. Systematic description is given of Judomiela, Charaulapsis, Chorbusulina, Erkelina, and

80572. LAZAREVSKAIA, N. M., and L. K. POPENKO. Ozera basselna r. Kamennol:

Usumunaspis n. gen., and of 26 new species.

Kamennoe, Luvozero, Kimasozero i Nfük.

80568. LAZARENKO, N. P. Novye nizhnekembrilskie trilobity Sovetskol Arktiki. (Leningrad. N: issl. inst. geol. Arkti-

618

(Akademi& nauk SSSR. Karel'skil filial. Trudy 1958, no. 18, p. 66-113, graphs, tables, maps.) 18 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Lakes of the Kamennaya River basin: Kamennoye, Luvozero, Kimasozero and Nyuk. Reports a study of this basin made in connection with construction of the WestKarelian railroad. The Kamennaya (64°04' N. 33°53' E.), a tributary of Kem', is formed by a chain of lakes, the largest of which are the Nyuk 220 km.2, Kamennoye 105 km.2, Luvozero 13 km.2, and Kimasozero 38 km.2 Climate, precipitation, other lakes of the system, and 16 tributaries of the Kamennaya are outlined. The larger lakes are treated in detail as to hydrology, freezing and opening, temperature, physical and chemical properties, transparency, color of water, etc. Possibilities of utilizing the river for transportation are discussed, also the building of five hydroelectric stations with a total capacity of 8-10,000 kw. DLC. 80573. LAZUKOV, G. I. 0 filzhnol graniise f mal'skot transgressii. (Izvestifa vysshikh uchebnykh zavedenil. Geologifii i razvedka 1962, no. 11, p. 149-51, map.) 5 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: On the southern limit of the Yamal transgression. Discusses the distribution of Quaternary marine deposits of the Yamal series which accumulated during the lower and end of the middle Pleistocene. It is divided into the Poluy, Kazym and Salekhard subseries. The southern limit of the Salekhard deposits (max. extent of the Yamal transgression) is described and mapped. It is further south than the limit described by V. N. Saks. The area covered by this transgression is also DLC. described and demonstrated. 80574. LAZUKOV, G. I., and I. V. REININ. Stratigrafifa chetvertichnykh otlozhenil Obsko-Purovskogo mezhdurech'få. (In: Mezhvedomstvennoe soveshchanie po dorabotke ... 1961, p. 389-99, cross-sections.) 4 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Stratigraphy of Quaternary deposits of the Ob-Pur interfluve. Reviews lithologic-stratigraphic sections noting their thickness, composition and paleontologic characteristics. Marine and moraine-like deposits are treated in detail. Quaternary deposits are represented in this region mostly by the Yamal series of marine Glacial deposits proper and deposits. glacial-accumulative forms of relief are absent, except for the glacial deposits and glacial-accumulative forms in the Salemal Peninsula. DLC.

LAZUKOV, G.

see also Nos. 7880, 82412.

LAZUKOVA, G. G., see No. 80190. 80575. LAZURKIN, V. M. Verkhnil paleozol i trias Kharaulakhskikh gor. (In: Mezhvedomstvennoe soveshchanie ... Trudy 1959, p. 166-69.) In Russian. Title tr.: Upper Paleozoic and Triassic of the Kharaulakh Mts. Reports on study of this range, including geologic mapping at 1:1 million. The Upper Paleozoic deposits (Carboniferous and Permian) are divided into four layers, and each is briefly characterized. Lower, Middle, and Upper Triassic deposits are distinguished and some brachiopod, pelecypod and ammonite fauna mentioned. ICRL. 80576. LAZUTKINA, O. F. Nakhodka mshanki paleozolskogo roda Batostomella v trinse. (Paleontologicheskil zhurnal 1963, no. 4, p. 126-28, illus.) 4 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Find of a Paleozoic bryozoan of gen. Batostomella in the Triassic. Presents a systematic description and illus. of B. jakutica n. sp. found in the Lower Triassic of the Dulgalakh basin, left tributary of the Yana in Yakutia. DLC. 80577. LEACH, H. G. Fridjof Nansen. (American-Scandinavian review 1961. v. 49, no. 4, p. 360-67, illus.) Sketch of his arctic explorations and humanitarian work. DLC. LEARMONTH, L. A., see Nos. 77012, 83965. 80578. LEBEAU, J. B., and M. W. CORMACK. Development and nature of snow mold damage in Western Canada. (In: International Botanical Congress 1959. Recent advances ... 1961, v. 1, p. 541 19, table.) 18 refs. Discusses plant pathogens in the area including northwestern Canada and Alaska, especially an unidentified low-temperature basidiomycete responsible for most damage. Studies were made of this organism to determine: factors influencing disease development, effect of pH and temperature on growth, nutritional requirements, mechanism of parasitism, disease cycle, and resistance of various plants. The basidiomycete synthesizes hydrogen cyanide in plant tissues causing damage in proportion to conDLC. centration of the gas. LEBEAU, J. B., see also No. 79582. 80579. LEBEDEV, A. A. K voprosu o mnogletneT izmenchivosti termicheskogo

619

rezhima vod i ledovykh usloviY v Severnol Allantike. (Materialy rybokhozfalstvennykh issledovanil Severnogo basselna. Sbornik 1963, no. 1, p. 62-63, graphs.) In Russian. Title tr.: Long-term variability in the thermal regimen of waters and in ice conditions of the North Atlantic. Using as a basis the Sm-index, which indicates the maximal area of spots on the northern hemisphere of the sun, and data for the past half century on ice conditions, temperature anomalies, type of atmospheric circulation in Davis Strait and south of Greenland, author projects a forecast of these conditions for the next half of the 20th century. DLC. 80580. LEBEDEV, A. A. and V. T. ZHEVNOVATYI. Metod prognoza temperatury vody v Barenfsevam more an kholodnogo vremeni goda. (Murmansk. Poliiirnyl n. issl. inst. morskogo rybnogo khozfiilstva i okeanografii. Nauchno-technicheskil bIülletin' 1962, no. 4 (22), p. 29-30, tables, map.) In Russian. Title tr.: A method of forecasting the water temperature of the Barents Sea in the cold season. Presents a method of forecast, based on the interdependence between the water temperature, air circulation over the North Atlantic and the difference between water and air temperature on the Barents Sea coast. The principles were drawn from 12 years' observations in the area. Recent forecasts showed a 90 and 94% accuracy. DLC. 80581. LEBEDEV, A. A. 0 shchelochnosti i differen£sia1ii kimberlitovol magmy. (Akademifa nauk SSSR. LAlcutskil filial. Trudy 1963. ser. geol. no. 9, p. 88-98, table, illus.) 15 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: On the alkalinity and differentiation of kimberlite magma. Discusses the heterogeneity and differentiation of kimberlite magma as exemplified in Yakutia and South Africa. Increased content of alkali and alumina is analyzed. Inclusions are characterized. All kimberlite rocks are concluded to be results of reaction which took place in considerable depth. Various physical conditions of the magma lead to formation of various rocks. Tectonic conditions played an important role. Crystallization of kimberlite magma is described. DLC. 80582. LEBEDEV, A. A., and G. I. SMIRNOV. Serpentiniza£siaå v kimberlitakh. (Akademifa nauk SSSR. fikutskil filial. Trudy 1963. ser. geol. no. 9, p. 103-105.) 11 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Serpentinization in kimberlites.

620

Reviews secondary processes in kimberlite bodies of Yakutia and elsewhere. Replacement of olivine by serpentine is outlined noting the process to take place at considerable depth; the mode is described. DLC. LEBEDEV, A. A., see also No. 79559. 80583. LEBEDEV, A. P., and E. D. NADEZHDINA. kontaktnogo i prikontaktnogo metamorfizma v svi zi s trappami, nizov'fai. Podkamennol Tunguski. (Akademifai nauk SSSR. Inst. geologii rudnykh mestorozhdenil, petrografii, mineralogii i geokhimii. Trudy 1962, no. 77, Osnovnye porody i problemy ikh genezisa, p. 257-91, tables, map, illus.) 27 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Phenomena of contact and near-contact metamorphism in connection with traps; lower Podkamennaya Tunguska. Describes products of contact metamorphism caused by trap intrusions on enclosing sedimentary rocks. The differentiated and nondifferentiated trap intrusions are distinguished according to petrographic composition. High, middle and low temperature stages of contact metamorphism are distinguished, and hornfels and other contact metamorphic rocks of each stage are described. DLC. 80584. LEBEDEV, A. P. 0 kislykh differentsiatakh devonskikh diabazov s r. Bol'shol Sos'vy, Severnyl Ural. (Akademifa nauk SSSR. Voprosy petrografii i mineralogii 1953, v. 1, p. 382-89, tables, graph.) 5 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: On acid differentiates of Devonian diabases from the Bol'shaya Sos'va River, Northern Ural. Reports a petrographic study of diabases and their differentiates occurring as intrusive bodies eastern slope of Northern Ural. Geologic characteristics of four such intrusions are given. Diabases of normal type, leucodiabases, essexite-diabases and diabasemonzonites are analyzed and their mineralogic composition given. Causes and conditions of differentiation processes are discussed. DLC. 80585. LEBEDEV, M. I. Ekho veka; k 50letiiu Lenskikh sobytil. (Sovetskie profsoi1 zy 1962. v. 18, no. 7, p. 21-22, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: Voices from the past; on the 50th anniversary of the Lena events. A labor leader during the 1912 Lena gold miners' strike describes its socio-economic causes, national repercussions, etc. and compares work and living conditions then and now. DLC.

80586. LEBEDEV, V. kveny Momskogo ralona Øutskol ASSR. (Leningrad. Gos. pedagogicheskil inst. Uchenye zapiski 1959. v. 169, p. 153-77.) In Russian. Title tr.: Evens of the Momskiy District, Yakut ASSR. Depicts the present way of life, acculturative progress, and kolkhoz economy of reindeer-herding Lamuts (Tungus) of the middle Indigirka River region. Traditional songs and folklore are discussed and two tales given. Recreational activities are noted and a dance in June 1955 at Suordakhe described. DLC. 80587. LEBEDEV, V. D., and V. R. FILIN. Ornitologicheskie nabhüdenifa v Zapadnol Chukotke. (OrnitologiIå 1959. v. 2, p. 122-29). In Russian. Title tr.: Ornithological observations in western Chukotka. Account of some observations made in the summer of 1958 by a paleontological party, with a prefatory description of the area. Some 47 forms are considered with respect to frequency and location of occurrence, nesting, sexual development, eggs, etc. DLC. LEBEDEV, V. I., see No. 83446. 80588. LEBEDEVA, M. Gusi s gollandskimi kol'f ami. (Okhota i okhotnich'e khozfalstvo 1963. v. 9, no. 3, p. 20-21.) In Russian. Title tr.: Geese with Dutch rings. Notes the 1961 and 1962 recoveries in various parts of the USSR, of geese ringed in Holland. They were observed in great numbers on the lower Severnaya Dvina River, shores of Mezen' Bay, Kanin Peninsula, Timanskaya Tundra, the Nar'yan-Mar area and lower Ob basin. Their spring and fall migration routes are discussed. The Dutch rings indicate that these flocks winter, at least partly, in Holland. DLC. LEBEDEVA, M., see also No. 78218. 80589. LEBEDINSKAIA, G. V. Proffsess vosstanovlenilå golovy po cherepu iz Ust'Bel'skogo mogil'nika. (Anadyr'. Chukotskil kraevedcheskil muzel. Zapiski 1961. no. 2, p. 18-21, illus.) Ref. In Russian. Title tr.: Process of reconstruction of a head from the skull of the Ust'-Bel'skiy burial. The cranium described by I. I. Gokhman (q.v.) was restored at the Ethnographic Institute laboratory, and a plastic reconstruction made of head and face. Anthropometric and racial features are discussed

and the typological similarities to presentday reindeer Chukchis are noted. DLC (microfilm). 80590. LeBLANC, J. A. Histamine and cold adaptation. (Society for Experimental Biology and Medicine 1963. v. 112, no. 1, p. 25-26, table, illus.) 9 refs. Rats exposed to 6° C. for a month showed a sustained and very rapid rise in urine histamine, resulting in a certain tolerance to histamine aerosols. The possible significance of these changes is noted. DLC. 80591. LeBLANC, J. A. Peripheral tissue adaptation to cold. (Federation proceedings 1963. v. 22, no. 3, pt. 1, p. 937-39, graphs, illus.) 16 refs. Describes changes in the mast-cells of the skin produced by acute or chronic exposure to cold. Histamine and heparine excreted by these cells is viewed in the framework of local and general cold-adaptation. DLC. 80592. LeBLANC, J. A. Responses to adrenaline and noradrenaline during cold adaptation. U.S. Army Medical Research Lab. Report 1961, no. 474, p. 97-104, graphs, tables.) 12 refs. Reports on experiments with rats adapted to 10° C. for six months and controls kept at 25° C. Effects of adrenaline and noradrenaline on blood pressure of both groups and of chlorpromazine on the treated rats, is dealt with in the major part of the paper. Urinary excretion of these amines in acclimatized DNLM. rats is also discussed. 80593. LeBLANC, J. A. Secretion and activity of histamine and serotonin during cold adaptation. (American journal of physiology 1963. v. 204, no. 3, p. 520-22, illus.) 17 refs. Reports on experiments with rats exposed to 6° C. for 0.5-12 months. Excretion of histamine increased sevenfold in the first month, dropping slowly to normal after a year, with a similar fall in sensitivity to injected histamine. Mast cells in the abdominal skin increased in number after two months of exposure, but returned to normal by the fourth month. Excretion of serotonin increased rapidly but did not return to normal within the year. DLC. LeBLANC, J. A., see also No. 82237. 80594. LeBOURDAIS, D. M. Canada: the unfinished country. (Saturday night 1962. v. 77, no. 9, p. 15-20, map, illus.) Discusses the importance of economic integration of northern and southern Canada

621

and recommends a National Economic Council for the task. Mineral, forest, and hydro-electric power resources of northern Quebec, Ontario, Manitoba, Labrador, Yukon Territory and Northwest Territories are discussed with brief reference to such major development sites as Twin Falls in Labrador, Thompson in Manitoba, LabraCaOCU. dor Trough, etc. 80595. LeBOURDAIS, D. M. North West River. (Beaver 1963. no. 293, p. 14-21, map, illus.) Describes this community of 750 persons on Lake Melville, Labrador; its history, the Hudson's Bay Co. post established in 1836, the Grenfell Mission hospital founded by Dr. H. L. Paddon in 1912, etc. Donald Smith, later Lord Strathcona, was manager of the fur trade post in the mid-19th century. Mineral, hydro power, and timber DI. resources are found in the region. 80596. LeBOURDAIS, D. M. Stefansson, Montreal, ambassador of the North. Harvest House 1963. 204 p., fold map. Outlines Stefansson's career, with emphasis on R. M. Anderson's "feud" with him and its effects. The disagreement arose out of a question of authority on the Canadian Arctic Expedition 1913-1918, and development of the Canadian North was held back thereafter, author considers for nearly 40 years. All of Stefansson's expeditions are covered, as is his work as lecturer and counselor after 1918. CaOGB. 80597. LECHLER, E., and G. D. PENICK. Blood clotting defect in hibernating ground squirrels Citellus tridecemlineatus. (American journal of physiology 1963. v. 205, no. 5, p. 985-88, table.) 31 refs. Study of impairment of blood clotting in hibernating (body temperature 6.9-8.6° C.) and non-hibernating animals. Significant differences were found between them in: blood clotting and partial thromboplastin times, prothrombin times, platelet concentration and factors VIII and IX. No differences were noted in prothrombin times, fibrinogen, or factors V, VII, X, XI, XII. DLC. 80598. LEDEN'1 OV, ft. K., and E. M. LARIONOVA. Izmenenie soderzhanifå nekotorykh aminokislot v krovi i moche pri delstvii nizkol temperatury i ioniziruii shchikh izluchenil. (Bfiuleten' eksperimentsl'noI biologii i medifsiny 1963. v. 56, no. 8, p. 60-64, tables, illus.) 10 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Changes in the content of some amino-acids of blood

622

and urine as effected by low temperature and ionizing radiation. Low temperature produced in rats increased amino-acid excretion through the urine. Cold and radiation caused a rise of all amino-acids in the blood; in the urine the level of alanine rose, that of leucine fell. DLC. 80599. LEDERMAN, J. M., and others. Arteriosclerosis and neoplasms in Canadian Eskimos 1. (U.S. Army Medical Research Lab. Report 1961, no. 474, p. 115-22, graph, tables.) Other authors: A. C. Wallace and J. A. Hildes. Reports on 94 autopsies performed on Eskimos who died in hospital with some additional data from another source. Both diseases occurred in the material studied; but the material is insufficient for determining whether incidence or severity differs in the Eskimos from whites, or whether environmental factors play any part in them. DNLM. 80600 LEDINGHAM, G. F. Chromosome numbers in Astragalus and Oxytropis. (In: International Botanical Congress 1959. Recent advances ... 1961, v. 1, p. 870-74, table.) 9 refs. Relates the chromosome numbers of some species of these legumes to their geographical distribution to elucidate their origin and evolution in North America. Two groups are differentiated: Old World Astragalus and Oxytropis with a basic chromosome number of eight and New World Astragalus with 11 or 12 chromosomes. The former apparently migrated into Alaska and northwestern Canada from Eurasia in recent times. The New World species occur mostly in southwestern United States, but A. tenellus ranges north to the Yukon and Alaska and small relic populations of two other species are found in these areas. It is proposed that the New World group be removed from the Astragalus-Oxytropis complex and raised to full genus status. DLC. LEDINGHAM, G. F., see also No. 79582. 80601. LEDNEVA, V. P. Daska subshchelochnykh trappov na r. Chune. (Leningrad. Vses. geologicheskil inst. Trudy 1962. n. ser. v. 73, Petrograficheskil sbornik no. 4, p. 195-200, table, illus.) 7 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Dike of subalkaline traps on the Chunya River. Gives a petrographic description of this dike which breaks through tuffaceous deposits. It is 30 m. thick, the central part consists of medium-grained subalkaline

dolerites, and the marginal part microdolerites. Among the subalkaline dolerites, schlieren of teschenite-dolerite are observed. Chemical analyses are reported. The genesis of subalkaline rocks in the traps is discussed and they are considered products of crystallization of alkaline melt of early stage trap magma differentiation. DLC. LEDOKHOVICH, A. A., see Nos. 84546, 84547. 80602. LEE, A. Hydrographie conditions in the Barents Sea and Greenland Sea during the IGY compared with those in previous years. (International Council for the Exploration of the Sea. Rapports et procesverbaux des rbunions 1961. v. 149, Contributions to Special IGY Meeting 1959. p. 40-43, table, map, illus.) Ref. During the IGY the volume transport of the West Spitsbergen Current and temperatures on the Kola meridian were generally below normal. This appears to have been due to abnormal development of the polar high pressure system and the winds proDI. duced by it. 80603. LEE, N. Klondike cattle drive; the journal of Norman Lee. Vancouver, Can., Mitchell Press 1960. 58 p. fold. map, illus. Records an attempt to drive some two hundred head of beef cattle from British Columbia to Dawson, Yukon Territory, during the 1898 gold rush. The project ended unsuccessfully at Teslin Lake near the B.C.Yukon border. The journal was prepared for publication by G. Elliott, with a foreDLC. word by E. Laurie. LEE, O. S., see Nos. 84344, 84345. 80604. LEECHMAN, J. D. Folk-lore of the Vanta-Kutchin. (Canada. National Museum. Bulletin 1952, no. 126. Annual rept 1950-51, p. 76-93.) Presents twelve texts collected in 1946 at Old Crow village (cf. No. 35840). Omen and dream interpretations, magic, etc. are DLC. discussed. 80605. LEFEBVRE, G. R. A comparative and annotated glossary of the East Hudson Bay Eskimo dialect. Montreal 1956. 74 p. Mimeo. 34 refs. Lists some 1800 expressions, the local Eskimo version of English words as used on the Belcher Islands in Hudson Bay, at Fort George, Old Factory, Port Harrison and Great Whale River along the Quebec side of the Bay, in Labrador, and the Godthåb District of West Greenland. The terms are

grouped in several categories, as follows: parts of the body 112 terms, health and illness 25, kinship 45; orientation in time and space 129, numbers and colors 25, names for persons 143, animals 166, plants in the Belcher Islands as collected in summer 1955 55, man and men's activities 230, general conversation 245, place names on Belcher Islands 135, hunting and fishing techniques 125, dwelling, foods, clothes, arts and crafts 226, mental activities 91, folklore and games 38. CaONA. 80606. LEFFINGWELL, E. de K. My polar explorations 1901-14. (Explorers journal 1961. v. 39, no. 3, p. 2-14, maps, illus.) Recounts experiences during the BaldwinZiegler Polar Expedition of 1901-1902 to reach the North Pole via Franz Joseph Land; the Anglo-American Polar Expedition of 1906-1907 to northern Alaska; and individual geological investigations in northern Alaska between 1908 and 1914. Scientific results of the work in Alaska, reported in No. 9835, are noted. DGS. 80607. LeGEAR, C. E. A list of geographical atlases in the Library of Congress. Washington, D.C., U.S. Govt. Print. Office 1963. A continuation of four volumes by Philip Lee Phillips, v. 6, titles 7624-10254; with bibliographical notes; lxxii, 681 p. Second supplementary volume to Phillips' compilations, pub. 1909-1920. It includes about ten items primarily on the Arctic or sub-Arctic, also numerous entries on Finland, Norway, Sweden, and the USSR. An author list precedes, and an index follows the main list. Vol. 5, the first supplementary volume, pub. 1958, describes 2326 world atlases received in the Library of Congress between 1920 and 1955. Vol. 7, in preparation, is to describe atlases of the Western Hemisphere and of North and South American countries. The eighth and final volume is to comprise an integrated author list and index. DLC. LEGENDRE, V., see No. 78796. 80608. LEGEN'KOV, A. P. 0 prilivnykh razrezhenifakh, splochenißakh i szhatifåkh l'da. (Leningrad. Arkticheskil i antarkticheskil n.-issl. inst. Trudy 1963. v. 248, p. 52-61, illus.) 13 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Tidal thinning, cohesion and compression of ice. Describes the effects of incoming and outgoing tides upon drift ice in arctic seas as observed by Nansen on the Fram, Sverdrup on the Maud, Vize on the Malygin, Maksi-

623

mov on the icebreaker Severnyl Polies, and others. Theoretical explanations offered by Nansen, Maksimov and Zubov are briefly DLC. outlined and commented upon.

LEGEZIN, N. E., see No. 77121. 80609. LEGKOVA, V. G. K stratigrafii chetvertichnykh otlozhenil basselna nizhnego teelmifa r. Severnol Dviny. (Leningrad. Vses. geologicheskil inst. Materialy 1961. n. ser. no. 42, p. 91-103, cross-section.) 6 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Stratigraphy of Quaternary deposits in the lower Severnaya Dvina River basin. Outlines their stratigraphy from study of exposures, drill cores and sound drillings. The section is described noting the mineralogical and mechanical composition of moraines, spore-pollen analyses, fauna, and other features. The glacial boulders are analyzed noting their size, orientation and mineralogic composition. Glacial and other types of deposits are described. Signs are found of three glaciations in the Severnaya Dvina region. Moraines of the first two are separated by a marine boreal stratum. DLC.

LEHNER, L., see No. 83976. 80610. LEHTISALO, T. V. Juraksamojedisches Wörterbuch. Helsinki 1956. cix, 601 p. (Suomalais-ugrilainen seura. Lexica societatis fenno-ugricae, v. 13.) Refs. In German. Title tr.: Yurak-Samoyed die-

t ionary. Lists some five thousand Nenets words, etc. with German equivalent, including grammatical forms, derivatives, idiomatic phrases and dialectal variants. In the lengthy preface, author's 1911-1914 field trips to the lower Ob and Pechora basins are described in diary-form, his impressions en route, sojourn among Ostyaks, Voguls, Samoyeds, and Zyryans, linguistic and ethnographic studies, etc. DLC.

80611. LEHTISALO, T. V.

Uhler ein samojedisches Wort für "Mehl". (In: Suomalais-ugrilainen seura. Toimituksia 1962. v. 125, Commentationes . . . p. 281-83.) Refs. In German. Title tr.: Samoyed word for flour. Comparative etymological analysis of words denoting flour, gruel, and bread in Samoyed languages. A Zyryan, possibly erstwhile Russian, origin is preferred to a derivation from Iranian, due to the historically recent introduction of grain products to Samoyed territory. DSI.

624

80612. LEINBACH, H. Interpretations of the time variations of polar cap absorption associated with solar cosmic ray bombardments. College, Alaska 1962. 2 pt. 230 p. graphs, tables. (Alaska. Univ. Geophysical Inst. Scientific report no. 3). 96 refs. Systematic study of 20 PCA events of 1958-1961, based on simultaneous riometer

data from Thule, Barrow, Fort Yukon, College, Kap Farvel, King Salmon, and Unalaska. Most PCA events observed at high magnetic latitudes are of two distinct classes: SC-max events, usually large, reaching maximum absorption immediately following the associated SC magnetic storm; and pre-SC-max. events, generally weak, with maximum absorption and onset of recovery recorded long before the associated magnetic storm. The riometer data are compared with balloon and satellite measurements; the Sept. 28, 1961 event showed the absorption characteristics to depend initially on the flux of high energy protons, and later on the flux of stored low energy protons. Regarding the influence of the earth's magnetic field on the bombarding solar particles, four phenomena were observed: uniformity of absorption over the polar cap, recovery of absorption near the polar region boundary during the initial phase of magnetic storms, expansion of the polar cap region during the main phase of a magnetic storm, midday recovery of absorption near the southern boundary of the polar cap region. This work was primarily experimental, fitting observations into the framework of existing theories. DGS.

80613. LEINBACH, H., and IL P. BASLER. Ionospheric absorption of cosmic radio noise at magnetically conjugate auroral zone stations. (Journal of geophysical research 1963. v. 68, no. 11, p. 3375-82, tables, graphs.) 13 refs. Reports on riometer records obtained in the northern and southern auroral zones, the former at College, Ft. Yukon, and Kotzebue, Alaska. A high correlation between the two was demonstrated: in the periods of absorption, and the magnitude and the structure of the events during Jan., Feb., and early March 1962. The results are sufficient to show that there are magnetically conjugate areas of a narrower dimension in latitude than in longitude, but not to indicate definitely the reason for occasional breakdown of the conjugacy observed. DLC.

80614. LEINBACH, H.

The polar cap absorption events of July 11-20, 1961. College, Alaska 1962. 15 1., table, graph. (Alaska. Univ. Geophysical Inst. Geophysi-

cal research report UAG—R 126.) 12 refs. Discusses results of riometer observations of 27.6 mc/s. cosmic noise at College. Polar cap absorption events beginning July 12 and 18, 1961, were of major magnitude, the former classed as an SC-max event with absorption of over 15db, the latter classed as a pre-SC-max event with absorption of about 12 db. Recently available data from the satellite Injun I indicate agreement of the characteristics of the two events with the magnitudes of the flux of protons below 15 Mev relative to the total flux above 40 Mev; the July 12 PCA event was a low energy event. It appears that: the low energy component of proton flux is stored in or just ahead of the advancing corpuscular front, also the effective cutoff energy at College during the July PCA events was far below the dipole cutoff value of 120 Mev. DGS. LEINBACH, H., see also No. 77288. 80615. LEiFf IG, A. V. Geologicheskoe stroenie zapadnol chasti Kelinskol vpadiny. (Akademia. nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otdelenie. fAkutskil filial. Nauchnye soobshchenii . 1959. no. 2, p. 3-9, map.) In Russian. Title tr.: Geologic structure of the western part of the Kele depression. Reports a 1957 study of Kele River depression, east of Sangar and northeast of the mouth of the Aldan. It is built of Mesozoic and Cenozoic deposits, and their thickness and composition are characterized. A geologic map of the area is presented and the structure and tectonics are interpreted. Anticline folds of the Kele depression are outlined. The nature of the Verkhoyansk DLC. foredeep is also interpreted. 80616. LEIPßIG, A. V., and V. V. PANOV. Tektonicheskoe stroenie i osnovnye etapy formirovanifå Priverkhofånskogo progiba. (In: AkademiI . nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie ... Tektonika Sibiri, v. 1, 1962, p. 181-88, map.) 11 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Tectonic structure and main formation stages of the Verkhoyansk downwarp. Characterizes the formation of the Verkhoyansk geosynclinal province and downwarp from recent studies. Stratigraphy of Devonian, Carboniferous, Permian, Triassic, Jurassic and Cretaceous systems is briefly reviewed. A tectonic map of the great Verkhoyansk depression has been constructed at 1:1 million and a sketch of it is included. Structures of the first order (eastern slope of the Anabar massif, northern slope of Aldan shield, Verkhoyansk geosyn-

clinal zone, and Yana synclinal zone) and second order are characterized. DLC. 80617. LEITH, M. A student's-eye view. (North 1963. v. 10, no. 5, p. 7-11, illus.) Recounts summer 1961 experiences and impressions on Broughton Island in the Eastern Arctic, while a student volunteer sponsored by the Indian-Eskimo Association of Canada. Duties included helping the school teacher in Eskimo children's classes. instructing the women in cooking, sewing, etc. CaMAL 80618. LEIZEROVICH, KH. A., and N. I. fANDOVSKAIÄ. Vyrashchivanie segoletkov semgi na razlichnykh kormosmesi.kh. (Rybnoe khozfslstvo 1963. v. 39, no. 10, p. 19-21.) In Russian. Title tr.: Rearing of yearling salmon on different food mixtures. Reports experiments conducted on several northern farms, including that of Kandalaksha, during 1957-1962. Fingerlings 75-85 days old were used as a start and fed different diets, with controls and under standard conditions, during the summer months. The value of various additions, like yeast, is also evaluated. DLC. 80619. LEKANDER, B. Om granbarkborren och dess bekämpning. (Svensk faunistisk revy 1952. v. 14, no. 4, p. 102-108, maps, illus.) In Swedish. Title tr.: On the spruce bark borer and its control. Discusses the nature and distribution of Ips typographus L. depredations in Sweden. Damage to spruce is noted to 70°N. Measures to combat this pest are discussed, a successful method is to girdle a living tree and apply a paste of osmotic zincsiliciumfluoride beneath tarpaper, after three days the contaminated tree is felled to serve as a trap; effects on the beetles are reported. DLC. 80620. LE MER, L. Deep in Eskimo country. (Eskimo 1963. v. 64, p. 9-11.) Obituary of Oblate Father Lucien Delalande, recounting his experiences during a caribou hunting expedition with the Copper Eskimos of Mackenzie District in 1934. CaMAI. LEMKOVA, B. A., see No. 77619. 80621. LEMON, R. R. H., and R. G. BLACKADAR. Admiralty Inlet area, Baffin Island, District of Franklin. Ottawa, Queen's Printer 1963. ix, 84 p. map, sections-profiles, tables, illus. (Canada. Geological Survey. Memoir 328.) 30 refs.

625

This region 71°30'-73°30' N. 83°-87° W. has nearly flat-lying sedimentary and volcanic rocks overlying Archean granitic and gneissic rocks, exposed in towering, manycolored cliffs along Admiralty Inlet and its tributary water bodies on the east side. Detailed examination of the geology near Arctic Bay village was made in May-Aug. 1954. Three lithologic-stratigraphic groups were recognized and mapped on a scale of 1 in.: 8 mi. The lower two, the Eqalulik and Uluksan, are considered to be of Proterozoic or lowermost Paleozoic age; the upper, Admiralty Group contains typical "Arctic Ordovician" fossils and is probably Upper Ordovician. No precious metal deposits were located, though an extensive pyritegalena-sphalerite deposit of possible economic value was outlined on the south shore of Strathcona Sound. Similarity of sedimentation trends in late Precambrian and/or early Paleozoic time between Admiralty Inlet and northwest Greenland is indicated, though no new evidence is presented as to exact age of the "Arctic Ordovician" fauna. Nine columnar sections and two panoramic profiles are included. Senior author's Ph.D. thesis to the Univ. of Toronto is based on DI. certain aspects of the atratigraphy. ØICKI, E., see No. 81239. 80622. LENARTOWICZ, E. The effect of low temperature upon phosphorus metabolism in Galleries mellonella larvae. (Acta biochimica polonica 1961. v. 8, no. 1, p. 14-23, tables, illus.) 20 refs. Cooling the larvae of this moth to 4, 0, and —6° C. produced a drop in the content of alpha-glycerophosphate and a corresponding increase in orthophosphate. Other soluble P-compounds remained unchanged. After return to optimal temperature (30° C.) conditions change to normal. DNLM. 80623. LENINA, I. S. Refragirovannye volny v izuchenii skorostnogo razreza Pechengskogo ralona. (Leningrad. Gornyl inst. Zapiski 1963. v. 46, no. 2., p. 17-21, graphs.) 3 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Refracted waves in the study of velocity profile of Pechenga region. In 1960-1961 seismic sounding, the method of direct, primarily longitudinal, refracted waves was used. Velocity profiles for various types of rock were found to be close to or over 6,000 m./sec. Variation of these velocities with depth is given graphically to 900 m. depth. DLC. 80624. LENINGRAD. Arkticheskil i antarkticheskit nauchno-issiedovalel'skii institut. Aerologicheskie nablfiidenifa polfiirnykh 628

stamsil s i fnnvarfa po 30 ifilniß 1958 g; kniga vtorafa. Leningrad, Izd-vo "Morskol transport" 1963. 1260 p. tables. (Its: Trudy v. 258.) In Russian. Title tr.: Aerological observations at polar stations, Jan. 1-June 30 1958; book 2. I. M. Dolgin editor. In sequence to No. 73401. Presents tabulated results of observations similar to those of the preceding six-month period, (No. 73401), with two stations added, ten omitted, and eight the same as Book I. DLC. 80625. LENINGRAD. Arklicheskil i antarkticheskif nauchno- ssledovatel'skil institut. Materialy nabhüdenil nauchno-issledovatel'skikh drelfufilshchikh stamsil "Severnyl pohØ", "Severnyl polibs-7" 1958/59 goda. Leningrad, Izd-vo "Morskol transport" 1963. 710 p. tables. (Its: Trudy, v. 251.) In Russian. Title tr.: Observational data from the scientific drifting stations North Pole-6, and -7, 1958/59. K. A. Sychev, editor. Presents meteorological results from these stations drifting as stated in No. 80626, viz: monthly and annual values of air and snowsurface temperatures, atmospheric humidity and pressure, wind speed and direction, cloudiness, precipitation, snow cover, visibility, and such phenomena as solar halos, coronas, rime, etc. Instrumentation and methods of observations are mainly as in 1956/1957 (cf. No. 66220) and their changes only are given. Actinometric observations were carried out for direct solar radiation on a perpendicular (8) and horizontal (8') surface, diffuse (D), total (Q), and reflected (Rk) radiation, albedo (A%), long-wave effective radiation (Ed and Eu), total effective radiation (E), radiation balance intensity with (B), and without (B-B') direct radiation. Actiometrie instrumentation is given. DLC. 80626. LENINGRAD. Arkticheskif i antarkticheskii nauchno-issledovatel'skii institut. Materialy nabifüdenil nauchno-issledovatel'skikh drelfufüshehikh stanail "Severnyl polfØ", "Severnyl pohlis-7" 1958/59 goda i "Sevemyl polis-5" 1956 goda. Leningrad, Izd-vo "Morskol transport" 1963. 910 p. tables. (Its: Trudy, v. 250.) In Russian. Title tr.: Observational data from the scientific drifting stations North Pole-6 and -7, 1958/59 and North Pole-5, 1956. A. P. Nikol'skil, editor. North Pole-6 was in drift Apr. 1958Sept. 1959 in the region 80°56'-82°11' N. 150°02'-03°57' E.; North Pole-7 Apr. 1958-Mar. 1959, 85°58'-87°43' N. 209°13'325°54' E., i.e. 150°47'-34°06' W. The two

stations were engaged in vertical sounding of the ionosphere, No. 6 headed by S. T. Serlapov, No. 7 by N. A. Belov. Monthly tables of hourly values of the following parameters are given: fo F2, F2413000, h'F2, foFl, Fl-M3000, h F, f oE, foEs, fbEs, h'Es, Es, /min. types of Es, and f min. For each month of drift, the extreme coordinate values according to Moscow time (45° E.) are given. The difference between Moscow and local time for the monthly mean position of the drifting station is shown in tables 1 and 2. From North Pole-5 in the region 86°20'.7 N. 89°11'.3 E.-86°56'.6 N. 65°46'.5 E., magnetic and astronomical observations carried out Apr. 16-Sept. 28, 1956 are given. They consist mainly of determination of the station's coordinates, astronomical coordinates of the surveying stake, absolute values of magnetic declination (I)), the horizontal (H) and vertical (Z) components, and a continuous recording of variations of magnetic elements. The reduced data on D, H, and Z are given in DLC. tables. 80627. LENINGRAD. Arkticheskil i antarklicheskil nauchno-issledovatel'skil institut. Materialy nablfildenil nauchno-issledovatel'skikh drelfufilshchikh stantsil "Severnyl Polius-6" i "Severnyl Pohils-8" 1959-60 goda. Pod reaktsiel N. A. Milfåeva. Leningrad, Izd-vo "Morskol transport" 1963. 203 p. tables, map. (Its: Trudy, v. 265.) In Russian. Title tr.: Observational data from the scientific drifting stations North Pole-6 and North Pole-8 in 1959-60. N. A. Milfaev, editor. Contains geomagnetic observations made by V. S. Shneer on North Pole-6 Apr. 11Sept. 10, 1959, drifting from 86°18' N. 39°27' E. to 82°11' N. 3°57' E., and by G. V. Letnikov on North Pole-8 Apr. 16, 1959Apr. 1, 1960, from 75°32' N. 197°13' E. to 79°06' N. 179°23' E. Hourly values of D, H and Z, and of H (amplitude of the horizontal component) are tabulated, as are observed values of D, H, Z. Appended (p. 156-203) are tables of ionospheric observations by drifting station North Pole6 in May and Aug. 1959, completing data of No. 80626. Instruments used by the two stations and scheme of their drift are noted DLC. in introduction. 80628. LENINGRAD. Arkticheskil i antarkticheskii nanchno-issledovatel'skil institut. Materialy nablfla denil nauchno-issledovatel'skol drelfufilshchel stamsir "Severnyl polfils-8" 1959/60 goda. Leningrad, Izd-vo "Morskor transport" 1963. 294 p. tables.

(Its: Trudy, v. 270.) In Russian. Title tr.: Observational materials of the scientific drifting station North Pole-8 in 1959-1960. K. A. Sychev, ed. This station established Apr. 27, 1959 at 76°11' N. 164°24° W., drifted (for 342 days) till Apr. 3, 1960 at 79°07' N. 179°29' E.: 2590 km. with average speed 7.6 km. a day, its point-to-point distance 574 km. 684 radiosondes were made and observational methods are stated. Tables show geographic coordinates of the station and results of each temperature-wind sounding with data on atmospheric pressure, moisture and density, lower limit of the tropopause, limits of cloud, and the wind regime. Detailed meteorological data are given (p. 37-294) for standard heights (to 33 km.): and showing air pressure, temperature, wind direction and speed, and specific humidity. DLC. 80629. LENINGRAD. Arkticheskil i antarkticheskii nauchno-issledovatel'skil institut. Novosibirakie ostrova. Leningrad, Izd-vo "Morskor transport" 1963. 233 p. tables, illus. (Its: Trudy v. 224.) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: New Siberian Islands. G. L. Rutilevskil and R. K. Sisko, editors. Presents 16 papers on the physical geography, the plant and animal life in present and geologic time. They are results of the Arctic Institute's field work in 1956 and 1958 on Bol'shoy Lyakhovskiy, Stolbovoy, Faddeyevskiy, Kotel'nyy, Bennet and Novaya Sibir' Islands. All the papers are abstracted under their authors' names, viz: I. I. Abramov, V. D. Aleksandrova (2 papers), Zh. M. Belorusova, N. A. Doronina, V. M. Kartushin (2 papers), f. A. Kruchinin, I. S. Mikhallov, V. P. Nekhalchik, N. N. Romanovskil, G. L. Rutilevskil (2 papers), R. K. Sisko, S. M. Uspenskil, E. DLC. A. Vangengelm, q.q.v. 80630. LENINGRAD. Arkticheskii i antarkileheskil nauchno-issledovatel'skii institut. Rezul'taty nauchno-issledovatel'skikh rabot drelfufushchikh stan{,sil "Severnyl Polros-4" i Severnyl Polfila-5" 1955-56 goda; v. 6. Pod obshchel redaktsiel N. A. Volkova. Leningrad, Izd-vo "Morskol transport" 1961. 235 p. tables, maps, illus. In Russian. Title tr.: Results of the scientific work of drifting stations North Pole-4 and North Pole-5 in 1955-1956. v. 6. In sequence to No. 66225. Vol. 6 is devoted to ice studies. The introductory part summarizes the course of North Pole-4 and -5, program and organization of the stations, leaders and personnel, methods of observations, etc. The following observations were made and data obtained are reported in tables p. 27-

627

235: measurements of ice thickness, accumulation and thawing of snow and ice, temperature in snow and ice strata, determination of physical and chemical properties of snow and ice, complex observation of heat exchange between ocean and atmosphere through the snow-ice cover, and aerial observations of ice conditions and the areas of the drifts. From mid-April 1955 to Apr. 16, 1956 North Pole-4 drifted from 80°511.2 N. 176°29'.3 W. to 87°22'.7 N. 176°54'.4 W. approx. 2,500 km. actual drift, 770 km. point-to-point, at mean speed 2.07 km./day. North Pole-5 started its drift Apr. 21 1955 at 82°10' N. 156°51' E., and by Apr. 20 1956 was at 86°18' N. and 88°57' E. Actual drift was 2,500 km., and point-to-point drift about 800 km. at mean speed 2.2 km./ day. The drifts of the two stations were almost parallel, including the zig-zags and DLC. loops. 80631. LENINGRAD. Arkticheskii i antarkticheskii nauchno-issledavalel'skit institut. Vf cheslav Vasil'evich Frolov, zhizn' i deflitel'nost'. (Its: Trudy 1963. v. 253, p. 5-20, illus.) 7 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Vetcheslav Vasil'evich Frolov, his life and activity. Tribute to the director of Arctic and Antarctic Institute from 1950 till his death Aug. 22, 1960. Born in 1907, he graduated in 1932 at Kazan University as geophysicistmeteorologist. During 1937-1940 he was head of the Dikson Island polar station under the Main Administration of the Northern Sea Route and made an important contribution to dynamic climatology in his study of synoptic conditions of the Kara Sea. Subsequently at the Arctic Institute he was instrumental in organizing the drifting stations, expeditions, ICY work, etc. His activities and some of his publications are DLC. summarized. 80632. LENINGRAD. Arkticheskii i antarkticheskil nauchno-issledovatel'skii institut. Voprosy fiziki oblakov i tumanov, no. 2. Leningrad. Izd-vo "Morskol transport" 1962. 143 p. tables, maps, illus. (Its: Trudy v. 239.) In Russian. Title tr.: Problems in the physics of clouds and fog. In sequence to No. 59687. Contains 14 papers reporting results achieved by the Institute in this field and based on work of the so-called flying observatory (Letafshchafa observatoriiå) expeditions in 1957-1959. The papers are abstracted in this Bibliography under their authors' names, viz: A. M. Baranov (2 papers), L. P. Burova and A. I. Voskresenskit, I. M. Dolgin, G. U. Karimova, V. I.

628

Knfizova, A. P. Koptev, A. P. Koptev and A. I. VoskresenskiT, A. M. Kovrova and N. V. Shiposh, A. I. Voskresenskil (2 papers), G. M. Zabrodskil, V. A. Za!£sev and A. A. Ledokhovich (2 papers). DLC. 80633. LENINGRAD. Arkticheskii i antarkticheskii nauchno-issledovatel'skit institut. Zhizn' i nauchna1. defiitel'nost' G. Vangengeima. (Its: Trudy 1963. v. 255, p. 6-15, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: The life and scientific activity of G. IA. VangengeTm. Describes this outstanding meteorologist who developed own school of long-range forecasting at the Arctic and Antarctic Institute. Born 1896, he worked during 1926-1939 at the Main Geophysical Observatory, participated in expeditions on the icebreakers Malygin and Krasin in 1928 and 1929, and prepared several studies on the Kara and Barents Seas and FranzJoseph Land. His last 16 years were at the Arctic Institute as chief of the long-range meteorological forecasting dept.; 24 of his 67 works are listed with comment on some. DLC.

a.

80634. LENINGRAD. Gosudarstvennyf gidrologicheskil institut. Gidrologicheskie raschety pri osushenii bolot i zabolochennykh zemel'. Leningrad, Gimiz 1963. 447 p. tables, graphs, 45 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Hydrological calculations for the drainage of marshland and stagnant ground. K. E. Ivanov editor. Handbook on methods and practical calculations for evaporating and draining massive swamps and marshy areas in northern and northwestern European USSR, including Murmansk and Arkhangelsk Provinces, Karelian and Komi ASSR, and some parts of West Siberia. Hydrologic characteristics of these regions are given according to weather and hydrographic station records. Methods of calculating yearly evaporation and runoff, maximal runoff of spring floods, runoff from precipitation, and other elements of the water balance are outlined. Hydrological calculations are also given for the drainage of such areas. Appended are data on rivers flowing DLC. into the White and Kara Seas. 80635. LENINGRAD. Nauchno-issledovatel'skii institut. Geologifa Korfakskogo nagor'iå. Moskva, Gosgortekhizdat 1963. 212 p. illus., tables, maps. Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Geology of the Koryak highlands. Contains 15 papers dealing with the stratigraphy, tectonics and magmatism of this region, and some questions on the geology of

northeast Asia and Alaska including the Pacific belt. All the papers are abstracted in this Bibliography under their authors' names, viz: B. M. Chikov and V. K. Ivanov, fe. P. Degtfarenko, A. V. Ditmar and A. N. Uspenskil, 0. P. Dundo and A. I. Zhamolda, B. Kh. Egiazarov, B. Kh. Egiazarov and others, B. V. Lopatin and others, I. M. Migovich, A. G. Po ozhev and others, S. M. Til'man, I. P. Vasefskil, N. D. Vasilevskafa, A. P. Vas'kovskil, V. N. Vereshchagin, G. A. Zakrzhevskil, q.q.v. DLC. 80636. LENINGRAD. Universitet. Slovo v narodnykh govorakh russkogo Severa. Leningrad, Izd-vo Leningradskogo universiteta, 1962. 137 p. Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Popular speech of the Russian North. Collection of 12 linguistic and lexicographic papers, including one on the semantics of White Sea dialects by A. I. Fedorov, p. 49-56; and a comparative analysis of kinship terminology and nicknames in Arkhangel'sk Province by V. N. Elina, p. 68-85; two papers (by E. Z. Vasil'eva, G. F. Nefedov, p. 98-128) deal with A. 0. Podvysotskil's dictionary of the ArkhanDLC. gel'sk dialect. LENNOX, C. S., see No. 77700. LENSEN, G. J., see No. 79399. LENSINK, C. J., see No. 76853. 80637. LENZ, A. C. Stratigraphy and palaeontology of the lower Mackenzie valley. Princeton, N.J. 1959. 154 p. tables, maps, illus. Reports results of summer 1954, 1955, and 1957 field work as part of the regional geology studies of the California Standard Co. of Calgary, and laboratory work. Stratigraphic units of the 5500 ft. thick sediments of the lower Mackenzie valley Devonian, part of the extensive North American mid-continent platform sequence, are discussed in ascending order. Five middle Devonian and three late Devonian faunal zones are recognized and correlated with the stratigraphic units. The 17 brachiopod species discussed and illus. include three new ones; the 18 rugose coral species include one new genus and species. Appended is a list of stromatoporoids and an CaOG. extensive bibliography. LENZ, A. C., see also No. 78224. LEONG, G. F., see No. 77127. 80638. LEONOV, B. N., and B. I. PROKOPCHUK. K voprosu o vozraste kimberlitov na severo-vostoke Sibirskol plat-

formy. (Vses. acrogeologieheskil trest. Trudy 1962. no. 8, p. 80-84, map.) 15 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: On the age of kimberlites in the northeast of the Siberian platform. Reviews data on kimberlites of the Alakit, Daldyn, Muna, Olenek, Merchimden and Kuoyka regions. The age varies: prePermian, Triassic—Lower Triassic, Upper Jurassic and post-Upper Jurassic. To the pre-Permian belong the Alakit kimberlite pipes and possibly some in the Daldyn region. Pipes of the Olenek region are of Triassic—Lower Jurassic age without doubt; and probably to this group belong those of the Merchimden, Muna and some of the Daldyn region; the Kuoyka are Upper Jurassic and post-Upper Jurassic. Maximal manifestation of kimberlite volcanism occurred in the Triassic, possibly at the beginning of the Jurassic. DGS. 80639. LEONOV, B. N. Opyt ispol'zovanifä aerometodov pri geologicheskikh issledovaniakh v vostochnol chasti Sibirskol platformy. (Vses. aerogeologicheskil trent. Trudy 1962. no. 8, p. 123-30, photos.) In Russian. Title tr.: Attempt at using aerial methods for geologic investigations in the eastern part of the Siberian platform. Outlines the use of air photographs for study and mapping in the Vilyuy depression, Anabar and Aldan massifs and Verkhoyansk foredeep. The relief forms, outcropping rocks, river net, vegetation and other surface elements are characterized. Air photography is found very effective for the geologic interpretation; 1:15,000 and 1:20,000 are the most suitable scales and the best time of year July and August. Air photographs are also of great value in mineral DGS. search. 80640. LEONOV, B. N. Osnovnye cherty geologii severo-vostoka Sibirskol platformy. (Vses. aerogeologicheskil trest. Trudy 1962. no. 8, p. 5-16.) 6 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Main features of the geology in the northeast of the Siberian platform. Reports geologic study and diamond, oil and coal searches in the region of the left tributaries of the Lena: the Vilyuy, Markha, Tyung, Linde, Muna, Molodo River basins. Six large stages in geologic development are distinguished: pre-Sinian, Sinian and Lower Paleozoic, Middle- and Upper Paleozoic, Lower Mesozoic, Mesozoic and Cenozoic. Each stage is characterized noting prevailing rocks, their distribution and thickness, tectonic activity and manifestations of useDGS. ful minerals. 629

LEONOV, B. N., see also Nos. 79005, 79721, 82279. 80641. LEONOV, G. Opyt proizvodstva detalel krupnopanel'nykh domov serii 1335. (Na strolkakh Rossii 1962. v. 3, no. 4, p. 25-26, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: Production of series 1-335 components for large-panel buildings. Describes operations of plant no. 1 at It fabricates outer wall Krasnoyarsk. panels, columns, cornices, base blocks, etc., of reinforced concrete and wood. It produces components for two 80-apartment structures monthly; and plans to supply three a month DLC. in 1963. 80642. LEONOVA, V. A., and V. A. GALIBIN. 0 sootnoshenii fsirkonifd i gafnifå v £ irkonakh iz pegmatitov i vmeshchait shchikh ikh gnelsov Belomor'1.. (Akademiiå nauk SSSR. Doklady 1963. v. 153, no. 5, p. 1168-71, tables, graph.) 4 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: On the relation of zirconium and hafnium in zircons from pegmatites and enclosing gneisses of the White Sea area. Presents tables showing the Zr02/Hf02 relation established in zircons from gneisses and migmatites and in cyrtolites from pegmatites. These minerals were taken from the Chupa region of northern Karelia in various series of the White Sea complex. DLC. 80643. LEONT'EV, F. S. Analiz ekspozifsii prirodnykh resursov v kraevedcheskikh muzefåkh. (Moskva. N.-issl. inst. muzeevedeniis>. Trudy 1963. no. 10, p. 342-409.) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Analysis of natural resource exhibits in regional studies museums. Methodological study of the presentation of rock, plant, and zoological, etc. specimens including such exemplifying arctic and subarctic resources. Museums of Siberia and the Far East are dealt with among others. DLC. 80644. LEONT'EV, F. S. Pod solnCssem Severe. Moskva, Gos. izd-vo geograf. lit-ry 1962. 231 p. map, illus. In Russian. Title tr.: Under the sun of the North. Continues the study reported in No. 46316, describing the second trip of the botanical party of the Kolyma Expedition of 19371938. From Ostrovnoye in Jan. 1938 they traveled by dog-sled to Panteleikha (68°36' N. 161°40' E.) wintering place of expedition; and left on May 13 to explore the edge of the northernmost tundra. They traveled by reindeer sled eastward along slopes of the

630

Severnyy Anyuyskiy Range to Bol'shaya Baranikha (Rauchuvan) River, northward to its mouth, and by boat westward along the East Siberian Sea coast, making landings and trips in the coastal tundra. On reaching the Kolyma, they went up that river and the Panteleikha to their starting point, reached in September. Vegetation of studied area is described in detail with phenological notes, and list (Russian and Latin names) of the 279 plant species. The question of the northernmost limit of forest is discussed. Living conditions of the Russian and native (Chukchi, Yukaghir, etc.) inhabitants of the area, the state of their reindeer husbandry are noted, as are the birds and animals observed. The itineraries of both 1937 and 1938 are shown on map. DLC. LEONT'EV, V. G.,

see No. 77778.

80645. LEONT'EV, V. V. V Chukotskom more. Magadan, Magadanskoe knizhnoe izd-vo 1961. 62 p. illus. In Russian. Title tr.: In Chukchi Sea. Recounts experience of a Russian in Chukotka where he went with his parents as a seven-year-old boy, and learned Chukchi as a second language. After an unsuccessful attempt at schooling, he became a professional hunter. In brief sketches, he depicts the life of the Chukchi hunter, its hardships and hazards, the sea and land mammals: seals, walruses, whales, sea lions, polar bears, arctic foxes, martens, etc.; the birds, etc. Ice types and conditions, fast ice, shore-polynyas and drift ice, eta are noted as occupational hazards. Clothing, implements and equipment of the Chukchi hunter are briefly described, p. 14-17. DLC. LEONT'EVA, V. V., see No. 78300. 80646. LEOTARD, J., and P. ISSALENE. Les explorateurs et le P81e Nord. (Marseille. Societe de Geographie. Bulletin 1961. v. 72, n.s., p. 45-52.) In French. Title tr.: The explorers and the North Pole. Reviews several polar expeditions, mainly those of Amundsen to the South Pole, through the Northeast Passage in the Maud, by the dirigible Norge with Ellsworth, etc., with conclusion that results of polar explorer tion are worth the hardship and effort involved. DLC. LEPAGE, E., see No. 78425. LERFALD, G. M., see No. 81945. LESAGE, A. M., see No. 82742.

80647. LESAGE, J. Education of Eskimos. (Canadian education 1957. v. 12, no. 3, p. 44-48.) Discusses the importance of education to prepare Eskimos for future jobs in the North. Of 3,131 school-age children, about a thousand attend the twelve day, four residential, and twenty part-time schools administered by the Educational Division of Dept. of Northern Affairs and National Resources of which the author is minister. Vocational training is provided to some adult Eskimos at schools outside the Northwest Territories at present, and such schools are planned for Yellowknife, Aklavik, and Frobisher Bay. Government schools in the North as established since 1947 and plans for future educational faciliCaONL. ties are discussed. 80648. LESHCHIKOV, F. N. Merzlotnye uslovifå territorii, prilegaftlshchel k Bratskomu vodokhraniishchu. (Geologifa i geofizika 1963, no. 7, p. 64-74, tables, graphs, map.) 6 refs. In Russian. English Title tr.: Frozen ground summary. conditions of the territory adjacent to the Bratsk reservoir. Reports 1955-1960 field studies where permafrost occurrence is in isolated islands. Climatic conditions, freezing and thawing of rocks, their moisture and thermal regime are analyzed. Special attention is given to the seasonal freezing of rock: 12 types of seasonal ground freezing are distinguished, depths, temperature conditions, rock type, and situation of the area are described. A map of seasonal freezing is compiled based on a method worked out by V. A. KudrfavDLC. £sev. 80649. LESHCHINSBAIA, A. S. Zooplankton i bentos Obskol guby kak kormovela baza dlf. ryb. Sverdlovsk 1962. 76 p. tables, graph, maps. (Akademifå nauk Salekhardskil SSSR. Ural'skil filial. staf ionar. Trudy no. 2.) 70 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The zooplankton and benthos of Ob Bay as sources of fish food. Study consists of sections on zooplankton (p. 3-26), benthos (p. 27-40), and an appendix (p. 41-75) with tabulated data for these two sections. The Bay's fisheries are dealt with, and followed by information on its physical aspects, hydrology (in 19581959), O r content, species making up the zooplankton. Biomass in different areas, years and seasons, and utilization of sooplankton by the fishes are reported. The second part covers species composition of the benthos and distribution over the area, biomass, feeding grounds, and utilization DLC. of benthos by the fishes.

80650. LESLIE, R. J. Foraminiferal study of a cross-section of Hudson Bay, Canada. 34, 44, and 54. Ottawa, Queen's Printer 1963. iii, 28 p. maps, graphs, table. (Canada. Geological Survey. Paper 63-16.) 15 refs. Represents the initial work on 70 sediment samples taken throughout the Bay in Aug.— Sept. 1961, identifying a total of 62 species from eight east-west stations, Port Harrison to Churchill. Previous work on arctic foraminifera is summarized, and methods used at the Univ. of Southern California's Allan Hancock Foundation are indicated. Depths in Hudson Bay range 100-200 m., shoaling off gradually from the western shore and increasing rapidly but irregularly off the eastern. The section crossed a central rise less than 50 m. below the surface and a basin to the east more than 200 m. deep. Water circulation is counter-clockwise. Planktonic foraminifera, found at only three stations, comprised less than one percent of the total. Three distinct foram. faunas are described: near shore, dominated by Eggerella advena; central basins, with high percentages of Teztularia torgtØ; and central shoal, with abundance of Cassidulina norcross-4 Bulimina exilic, and AstrononioH gallowayi. Ice rafting has had little effect upon foram distribution. Sediment size is closely related to bottom topography and current direction. Ostracods occur only at the western end; diatoms, present in all samples, are most abundant on the western side of the Bay. No radiolarians were found. DGS. 80651. LESLIE, R. J. Sedimentology of Hudson Bay, District of Keewatin. Dartmouth, Nova Scotia 1963. 20 1. maps. (Canada. Bedford Inst. of Oceanography. Report B.I.O. 63-4.) 44 refs. Part of M.S. thesis to Univ. of Southern California. Reports on the marine geologic phase of a Marine Sciences Branch—Geological Survey study initiated in 1961. Regional geology and geomorphology of the coastal areas of the Bay are briefly outlined. Bottom topography consists of an irregularly shaped basin in its central and northern parts with depths exceeding 200 m. and a deep trough extending toward Hudson Strait; a prominent shoal area less than 50 m. deep in the center of the Bay; smooth bottom in the southwest, and uneven, island-studded bottom in the eastern part. Water circulation is counterclockwise; tidal range is 3.5-6 m. on the western side; decreasing to 1 m. on the east. Ice begins to form in Oct.—early Nov., the entire Bay freezes over during winter, and is mostly ice-free by July. Ice-

ß31

rafted sediment is most prevalent in shallow regions around Southampton, Coats, and Mansel Islands and off the southwest coast; two areas of clay bottom are north and south of the Ottawa Islands in the eastern part; the western side has coarse sediments except in the submarine extensions of river valleys, where silts accumulate. Sediment distribution and color range in silts, sands and clay are outlined; calcium carbonate and organic carbon content noted. Recent marine sediment varies in thickness from none on the west coast tidal flats to a few meters thick in the central basin. Bottom samples from 85 stations were analyzed; DN-HO. results are tabulated. 80652. LESTEV, A. V. Vozmozhnosti promyslovogo osvoenifa 300-700-metrovykh glubin Beringova mortä. (Rybnoe khozialstvo 1963. v. 39, no. 11, p. 54-58, tables.) In Russian. Title tr.: Possibilities of fisheries at 300-700 m. depths in the Bering Sea. Technical review of prospects in different areas of this sea, specifically the types of boats recommended, shoals and periods of their occurrence, bottoms, areas. Quantities and kinds of fish hitherto caught and the ecology of the more common species are reported. Processing facilities required are DLC. stated. LETUNOV, P. A., see No. 79699. 80653. LEVCHENKO, S. V. 0 strukturnometallogenicheskom ralonirovanii Vostochnol Sibiri i Severo-Vostoka SSSR. (In: Akademifii nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie .. . Tektonika Sibiri. v. 2, 1963, p. 316-27.) 14 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Structuralmetallogenic zoning of Eastern Siberia and the Northeast of the USSR. Distinguishes the structural-metallogenic regions of the Siberian platform, the Northeast, and the Altay-Sayan folded area. In the Siberian platform, several ore regions are characterized: the Aldan, Anabar, Sayan— Baykal, Tungusskiy, Lena-Vilyuy and Khatanga—Pyasina; in the Northeast: the Kolyma—Omolon, Kolyma medial massif, Kolyma—Indigirka, Okhotsk—Kolyma, and others. Ore occurrences are briefly noted in DLC. each. 80654. LEVCHENKO, S. V., and D. L. MOZESON. Zolotafå Kolyma; iz istorii otkrytifå i osvoenifä Severo-Vostoka SSSR. Moskva, Izd-vo Akademii nauk SSSR 1963. 95 p. maps, illus. In Russian. Title tr.: Golden Kolyma; history of the discovery and economic development of northeastern USSR.

832

Popular sketch of the geography, geology, and mineral wealth of eastern Yakutia, Magadan and Kamchatka Provinces. The structure and mining potential of the 14 principal ore-bearing districts are discussed. Expeditionary history, exploration in the Soviet era, survey work under auspices of Dal'strol, current industrial development and future research are outlined. Present distribution of the aboriginal and Russian population is mapped; the settlement pattern, economy, and living conditions of the Yakuts, Tungus, Chukchis, Yukaghirs, Koryaks, etc. are depicted. DLC. 80655. LEVCHENKO, V. A. Geologicheskie rezul'taty geofizicheskikh rabot v Timano-Pechorskom neftegazonosnom basselne za 1954-1958 gg. (Nauchno-tekhnicheskafa geofizicheskaiå konferen£siki, Moskva 1959. Sostofanie perspektivy razvitifa geofizicheskikh metodov poiskov i razvedki poleznykh iskopaemykh. 14laterialy konferenfsii pub. 1961, p. 67-73, map.) 4 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Geologic results of geophysical work in the Timan— Pechora oil-gas-bearing basin in 1954-1958. Reviews the aerial magnetic, gravimetric, seismic and electric studies and presents a tectonic map of the basin. Eight tectonic regions are distinguished and characterized: that of the Caledonian Russian platform, Timan trough, Timan anteclise, IzhmaPechora syneclise, Pechora structural bench, Ural Trough and Pechora—Usa synclinorium. During 1954-1958, 37 structures were clarified and prospects for oil and gas accumulation determined. Appraisal is given for Devonian deposits where oil and gas searches should be carried on. DLC. LEVEAUK, V. M., see No. 78400. 80656. LEVESQUE, G. R. The North. Edmonton 1962. 127 p. map, illus. Describes Yukon Territory and the Northwest Territories to guide tourists, also for general information and reference purposes. The role of the federal government in administration and development is discussed. The Eskimos and Indians, their background, present problems, and plans for their future are outlined; major settlements: Yellowknife, Hay River, Fort Smith, Frobisher Bay and Inuvik, with predominantly white population are described, as are missions. The weather pattern in the Mackenzie valley and Great Slave Lake area is outlined. Transportation and accommodations for tourists are limited but the facilities are expected to expand as the trade increases. Scientific research, mineral exploration, and

radar defense installations are discussed. Farming is dealt with in some detail, including the Dept. of Agriculture experimental stations' work on problems, the short growing season, lack of developed soil, and permafrost. Appended are lists of Eskimo handicrafts, accommodations and facilities along the Alaska Highway, hunting and fishing regulations, etc. CaONA. 80657. LEVIN, D. V., and S. M. KRIDKOV. VekovoT khod magnitnykh elementov na nekotorykh punktakh tsentral'nol chasti Sovetskogo severe. (Leningrad. Inst. geologii Arktiki. InformaGionnyT sbornik 1962. no. 32, p. 32-37, tables.) 2 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Secular variation of magnetic elements at certain points in the central part of the Soviet North. Presents the variations at Khatanga, Yessey, Kosistyy, Vorontsovo, on the upper Gorbita River, and at Ust'-Tareya in the Taymyr lowland and Middle Siberian plateau. Observations of magnetic elements at these stations were repeated after a 1 to 5 yr. period and showed an exceptionally large secular variation observed nowhere else in the USSR. The anomalous magnitude of the variation suggests that it may have a certain relation with the Asiatic magnetic DLC. maximum. LEVIN, D. V., see also Nos. 79881, 80343. 80658. LEVIN, G. M. Polenika. (Priroda, June 1961. god 50, no. 6, p. 114-15, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: The arctic bramble. Notes distribution and habitats of Rubus arcticus L., a dwarf raspberry, morphology, taste and chemistry of fruit, propagation, etc. Its potential value as a cultivated berry for the Arctic is considered. DLC. 80659. LEVIN, M. G. Antropologicheskie raboty K. M. Bera. (Sovetskatä etnografiiå, 1954, no. 1, p. 107-131.) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Anthropological work of Karl Ernst von Baer. Biography of this noted 19th century Russo-German scientist, noting his contributions to study of the aborigines of Russian America and support of the field work of Castrdn, Shrenk, and Middendorff. DLC. 80660. LEVIN, M. G. Ethnic origins of the peoples of northeastern Asia. Toronto, Univ. of Toronto Press 1963. 355 p. tables, maps, illus. (Arctic Inst. of North America. Anthropology of the North, translations from Russian sources, no. 3.) Approx. 600 refs.

Translation of No. 52785 edited by Henry N. Michael with all original illustrative material and literature references. A biographical sketch of the late author is given CaMAI. in editor's preface. 80661. LEVIN, M. G. L'ethnographie et l'anthropologie comme source des etudes historiques; sur la methodologie de l'€tude historique des peuples n'ayant pas d'histoire ticrite. (International Congress of Anthropological and Ethnological Sciences 1960. Comptes rendus v. 2, Ethnologie pt. 1, pub. 1963, p. 171-77.) 14 refs. In French. Title tr.: Ethnography and anthropology as source material for the study of history; the methodology of the study of peoples having no recorded history. Describes the basic Soviet theory which postulates that primitive peoples on a similar socio-economic level living under comparable climatic and geographic conditions develop an analogous type of culture and economy. Current study of north Siberian peoples is cited to illustrate the functional DSI. application of this theory. 80662. LEVIN, M. G. 0 nekotorykh voprosakh etnicheskol antropologii severnol Sibiri. (Voprosy antropologii, 1962. no. 12, p. 112-21.) 17 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Some problems of ethnic anthropology in northern Siberia. Discusses the physical characteristics of the west- or Katanga-Tungus type and the facts differentiating it from the east-Tungus or Baykal type. Origin, formative and component elements, geographic diffusion, etc. are dealt with. Views of M. G. Rychkov (No. 75293) are supported with reservation. DLC. 80663. LEVIN, M. G. On the ethnogenesis of the Tungus. (Arctic anthropology 1963. v. 1, no. 2, p. 70-74.) 20 refs. Translation of No. 66256 with explanatory DSI. footnotes, etc. LEVIN, M. G., see also No. 77122. LEVIN, S. M., see No. 83989. LEVINA, E. S., see No. 78950. 80664. LEVINA, F. M. Palinologicheskafä kharakteristika chetvertichnykh otlozhenit ralona Obskol i Tazovskol guby. (Leningrad. N. -issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Trudy 1961. no. 124, p. 162-76, profiles.) 19 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Palynologic characteristics of Quaternary deposits of the Ob and Taz Bay region.

633

Reports layer-by-layer investigation based on 120 samples from drilling cores from the Novyy Port, Antipayuta and Cape Trekhbugornyy areas. Spore-pollen complexes for Middle, Upper, Recent Quaternary deposits are determined and described. Vegetation development in the Quaternary is analyzed. DOS. Stratigrapby is discussed. 80665. LEVINA, V. I. 0 rasprostranenii kompleksa s Recurvoides scherkalyensie v otlozhenißakh verkhnel fury severo-zapada Zapadno-Sibirskol nizmennosti. (Sibirskil n. -issl. inst. geologii, geofiziki i mineral'nogo syr'fa. Trudy 1962. no. 23, p. 80-87, illus. tables.) Ref. In Russian. Title tr.: Distribution of foraminifer complex with Recurvoides scherkelyensis in Upper Jurassic deposits in the northwest of West Siberian lowland. Reports on forams found in Callovian deposits uncovered by eight test wells, mostly in Tyumen Province. They are listed with distribution in various wells indicated. The predominant form is identified as Recurvoides scherkalyensis n. sp. and DLC. systematically described. 80666. LEVINA, V. I. 0 vozraste produktivnol tolshchi v Berezovskom gazonosnom ralone. (Sibirskil n. -issl. inst. geologii, geofiziki i mineral'nogo syr'fa. Trudy, ser. neftflinafå geol. 1962. no. 26, Materialy po geologii, gidrogeologli, geofizike i poleznym iskopaemym Zapadnol Sibiri, p. 29-33, table.) 2 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: On the age of the productive stratum of Berezovo gas-bearing region. Reviews its paleontologic characteristics by analyzing data from various drillings. Pelecypod, belemnite, ammonite and foraminifer fauna are reported and interpreted. This stratum has two independent beds, the lower Callovian, the upper of age not yet established, possibly one of the stages of Upper Jurassic. DLC. 80667. LEVINA, V. I. Vlifanie opada na formirovanie pochvennogo profilfå v raznykh tipakh sosnovykh lesov na Kol'skom poluostrove. (In: Polfürno-al'pilskil botanicheskil sad. Voprosy ... 1962, p. 182-91, tables.) 7 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The influence of fall upon the formation of the soil profile in various pine forests of the Kola Peninsula. Reports study of two plots, one with a ground cover of Pineturn cladinosum the other of P. hylocomiosum. Although fall differs in the two areas, in both quality and quantity, the similar process of its decomposition and transformation results in humus

634

of a related composition and in a single way DLC. of soil formation. 80668. LEVITT, J. The hardiness of plants. New York, Academic Press 1956. viii, 278 p., graphs, tables, illus. Agronomy, series of monographs under auspices of American Society of Agronomy, no. 6.) Approx. 875 refs. Comprehensive study of the effects of extreme temperatures and of drought upon plants. The section on low-temperature hardiness (p. 5-137) deals with the limits of this hardiness; temperatures of plants exposed to freezing; ice formation in plants; chilling and frost injuries; measurement and meaning of frost hardiness; its variations with environment; cold hardiness as related to growth and development; morphology and hardiness; total and bound water, cell sap concentration and sugars and their relation to cold hardiness. The role of other factors, protoplasmic and non-protoplasmic factors in frost resistence are considered, as is the mechanism of cold injury and hardiness. Author not only brings together the known facts on the problem but also presents hypotheses, to stimulate further research. DLC. 80669. LEVITT, L. Temperature effects in plants. (American Inst. of Physics. Temperature, its measurement and control ... v. 3. 1962-63. pt. 3, p. 131-34, tables.) 10 refs. Discusses temperature zones of growth and development, and in greater detail that of cold injury. Lower limits of plant life, freezing injury and factors determining it, chilling injury, and changes produced in plants by hardening temperatures, are considered. DLC. LEVKOVSKAIA, G. M., see No. 82412. LEVSHUNOVA, S. P., see No. 76846. LEWIS, B. M., see No. 83297. LEWIS, D., see No. 77215. LEWIS, E. L., see Nos. 77086, 81286. LEWIS, F. J., see No. 79426. 80670. LEWIS, H. E., and J. P. MASTERTON. Nutritional problems of a polar expedition. (New scientist 1958. v. 3, no. 68, p. 14-16, table, illus.) Reviews principles in provisioning base camps and field parties. Caloric intake of the latter was anticipated as 4200 cal./man/

day; actually it is approx. 5000 cal. Rations and improvements in packaging, especially as to weight are discussed on the basis of recent arctic and antarctic experience. DLC. 80671. LEWIS, H. E., and J. P. MASTERTON. Polar physiology, its development in Britain. (Lancet 1963. no. 7289, p. 1009-14, graphs, illus.) 37 refs. Discusses exploration, doctors on polar expeditions, medical research in Greenland since 1952, acclimatization, body weight and skinfold thickness, caloric intake and energy expenditure, peripheral circulation, biological rhythms, cold diuresis, etc., other studies. Micrometeorology, and subjective DNLM. feeling are dealt with at end.

80675. LEY, W., and others. The poles. New York, Time Inc. 1962. 192 p. maps, table, illus.) 67 refs. Other authors: editors of Life. Popular survey of the polar regions, with photo illus. many in color. Unique aspects, similarities and differences of North and South are outlined, episodes in their exploration recounted. Animal and plant life, Eskimo and Lapp ways of life, and current scientific projects are dealt with. DLC. LEZHOEV, V. H., see Nos. 78386, 84244.

80672. LEWIS, M., and others. Inheritance of blood group antigens in a largely Eskimo population sample. (American journal of human genetics 1963. v. 15, no. 2, p. 203208, tables, illus.) 5 refs. Other authors: B. Chown and H. Kaita. Study of population sample, predominantly Eskimo, from the Alaskan mainland and islands. More than seven blood group antigens are considered. The inheritance pattern, it is concluded, does not differ from that of Caucasians. So-called silent genes DLC. were not demonstrable.

80676. LI, G. S. Elektroenergetika SeveroVostoka akutskol ASSR. (In: Akademifä nauk SSSR. Øutskii filial. Voprosy ekonomiki ... 1962, p. 77-84, tables, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: Electric power in northeastern Yakut ASSR. The northern part of Yakutia east of the Lena River covers 1,188,000 km.=, has 86,000 population, and five tin, coal, or goldmining centers. Its first small electricpower station was set up in 1935, and by 1960 there were 122 stations with an annual production of over 66 million kw-h. The types of station (diesel, steam-turbine, locomobile) and efficiency, cost, etc. data are given. Their inadequacy to supply DLC. present-day needs is noted.

LEWIS, M., see also No. 77997.

LI, G. S., see also No. 78011.

80673. LEWIS, P.R., and M. C. LOBBAN. Pattern of electrolyte excretion in human subjects during a prolonged period of life on a 22-hour day. (Journal of physiology 1956, v. 133, no. 3, p. 670-80, illus.) 6 refs. Reports a six-week study of eight young subjects living on a 22-hr. day during the Cambridge Physiological Expedition to Vestspitsbergen in summer 1953. Electrolyte excretion in several subjects showed clear evidence of the persistence of the 24-hr. rhythm. In one subject it persisted over DLC. five weeks. 80674. LEWIS, P. R., and others. Patterns of urine flow in human subjects during a prolonged period of life on a 22-hour day. (Journal of physiology 1956. v. 133, no. 3, p. 659-69, tables, illus.) 9 refs. Other authors: M. C. Lobban and T. I. Shaw. Account of a six-week study of eight young subjects living on a 22 hr. day in midsummer 1953 on Vestspitsbergen. With one exception excretory behavior tended to maintain the inherent 24 hr. rhythm. The exceptional subject showed signs of progressive adaptation to the 22 hr. rhythm. DLC.

80677. LIADSKII, M. 3000 kilometrov po Kolyme. (Khudozhestvennafä samodefåtel'nost' 1963. v. 6, no. 3, p. 26, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: Three thousand kilometers down the Kolyma River. Describes performances of the Magadan Folk theater in sovkhozes, kolkhozes, and mining communities of the middle Kolyma. DLC. 80678. LfAKH, N. N. Na trasse Severnogo polfüsa. (Sibirskie ogni 1963. v. 42, no. 11, p. 128-53; no. 12, p. 143-59.) In Russian. Title tr.: Route to the North Pole. In sequence to No. 66275. Recounts his experiences in 1936-1937 setting up and maintaining the base on Novaya Zemlya at Blagopoluchiya Bay for O. fü Shmidt's air support of drifting station North Pole-1. The station and its six-man team, the radio equipment, meteorological work, coast mapping, hunting and local wildlife (incl. tamed polar bear cub) are described. Previous expeditions and discoveries are mentioned throughout. The outward trip aboard the Arkos and return to Arkhangel'sk on the Voronezh, with stopovers at various polar stations are reported. DLC.

635

80679. LIAKH, N. N. Zapiski poliarnika; literaturnaIä obrabotka E. F. Ivanova. Novosibirsk. Novosibirskoe knizhnoe izd-vo 1961. 220 p. map, illus. In Russian. Title tr.: Notes of a polar worker; as prepared for publication by E. F. Ivanov. Recounts experience setting up the polar station at Cape Kigilyakh (73°21' N. 139°52' E.) on Bol'shoy Lyakhovskiy Island (map) in 1934 and the first year's work of its fourman team. Training in the Northern Sea Route Administration, the journey from Moscow via Irkutsk, Yakutsk and Tiksi, loss of equipment in shipwreck, and arrival at the Cape in Sept. 1934 are sketched. Building the base hut from driftwood, difficulties in establishing radio contact with the mainland, beginning of activities in December and the hardships of wintering are outlined. Phenological observations were made during the spring on birds (arctic bunting, ptarmigan, geese, snow owls, etc.), mammals, and vegetation, but the weather station work was exacting during the 1935 navigation period. The party was relieved and returned via Tiksi, Bulun and Yakutsk to Moscow in Jan. 1936. Included, p. 17995, is account of the establishment and work of the polar station at Blagopoluchiya Bay (75°35' N. 63°42' E.) on Novaya Zemlya, also headed by the author in DLC. 1936-37. 80680. LfAPUNOVA, R. G. Muzelnye materialy po aleutam; orudifa okhoty aleutov. (Akademitå nauk SSSR. Muzel antropologii i etnografii. Sbornik 1963. v. 21, p. 149-71, illus. incl. col.) 8 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Museum holdings of Aleut artifacts; huting implements of the Aleuts. First of a planned series of papers on some five hundred objects collected in the late 18th - early 19th centuries by Russian travelers and explorers. The sea- and landhunting techniques of the Aleuts, division of take, etc. are discussed. The 199 implements and weapons are described and illus. in turn: harpoons including toggle harpoons, spears, bird darts, throwing boards, bows and arrows, etc. Ornamental patterns on projectile shafts are reproduced in blackDLC. and-white and color. 80681. LIÄSHED'KO, M., and I. NOSOV. Na lesobirzhakh Arkhangel'skol oblasti. (Pozharnoe delo 1958. v. 4, no. 11, p. 13-14, diagrs.) In Russian. Title tr.: In Arkhangel'sk Province lumber yards. Describes the method and equipment used for extinguishing fires in lumber yards, also the organization and administration of firefighting service. Automotive timber

636

carriers are remodeled to bring the hose nozzle and the water jet to a higher level. The heavy planks used to roof the lumber piles are about to be replaced by tar paper for easier removal when fire in the stack is fought from the top. A 2 m. long perforated elliptical pipe of 50 mm. minor axis, sealed at one end and screwed on the hose, is inserted into an interstice in the lumber pile to spray water crosswise. Foam is used to protect lumber adjacent to fire. DLC. 80682. LfASIIED'KO, M. Pervye opyty. (Pozharnoe delo 1960. v. 6, no. 4, p. 13-15, illus. In Russian. Title tr.: First tests. Describes the fall 1959 tests by the Arkhangel'sk Province fire department, setting standard lumber stacks ablaze for study purposes. Rate of fire spread, temperature, secondary blazes, cause of fire storms, combustion through radiated heat., etc. were observed. Space between lumber piles for safety, effectiveness of various water and foam extinguishers, their number and the time required to control conflagration, etc. are appraised. Further tests in July 1960 are described ibid, v. 6, no. 11, p. 20-21. DLC. LfASHED'KO, M., see also No. 77135. 80683. LIBBY, D. Some reflections on cultural relationships between Paleo-Asiatic and Uralic-Altaic peoples. (Indiana Univ. publications. Uralic and Altaic ser. 1963, v. 23, p. 219-25.) Refs. Sketches their common traits and those borrowed from each other as exemplified by dwellings, cultural and musical expression, dress and ornament. Recent Soviet and Western studies on the effect of historical association are outlined. DLC. LICHKO, A., see No. 78410. 80684. LICHTMAN, S. W., and E. J. ANDERSEN. Ionospheric effects of nuclear detonations in the atmosphere. (In: International Conference on the Ionosphere .. . 1962. Proceedings pub. 1963, p. 135-42, graphs.) 10 refs. Widespread disturbances were propagated at sound velocity in the F2 region following detonation of multimegaton nuclear devices in the low atmosphere (4 km.) over Novaya Zemlya. Propagation was radial from the source with no evidence of a magnetic meridian preference. For the Oct. 23, 1961 test, the change in foF2 attributable to the explosion was estimated at more than three times the quiet day standard deviation v of this quantity at distances less than 2300 km. (Sodankylå, Kiruna, TromsØ, Nurmi-

jarvi) and was greater than 2 o at observatories beyond 4300 km. DLC. 80685. LID, N. Light-mother and earthmother. Oslo, H. Aschehoug & Co. 1946. 20 p. (Studia Norvegica, no. 4.) Refs. Study of ancient Scandinavian designations for midwife. Linguistic and functional connections with the Lappish cult of the child-birth goddesses-Madderakka and SarDLC. akka are discussed. 80686. LID, N. Vegetasjonsgudinne og vilrplantar. (Tromsø. Museum. Skrifter 1928. v. 2, p. 132-46.) Ref. In Norwegian. Title tr.: Vegetation godesses and spring plants. Discusses the personification of the growth power of crops, and the practice of making figurines of straw from one harvest as "mother" for growth of the next season. Examples are given from the Kola Peninsula Lapps and Norwegian and Swedish Lapps. Also noted are personifications associated with Archangelica officinalis and Angelica archangelica, plants used ceremonially, medicinally, and as food by Lapps and as food by East Greenland Eskimos. The making of the straw goddess has been related to the Feb.Mar. moon in northern Sweden and Norway. Other similar practices in Iceland and FinDLC. land are noted. 80687. LIDEGAARD, M. Højskolen i Grønland. (Grønland 1963, no. 1, p. 1-11, illus.) In Danish. Title tr.: The folk high school in Greenland. Outlines establishment of Knud Rasmussens Højskole opened in 1962 at Holsteinsborg, West Greenland. It aims at giving general-education courses, and takes 30 pupils. It is a private school and fees are charged but generous scholarships are CaMAI. available. 80688. LIDEGAARD, M. Tanker om et kursus. (Grønland 1963, no. 3, p. 111-16.) In Danish. Title tr.: Thoughts about a course. Comments on orientation courses started by Ministeriet for Grønland in Copenhagen for personnel assigned to Greenland. In 1962 more than 200 attended the ten oneweek courses held. The latter included general background on Greenland history, culture, language, etc. and practical information on present-day life there. CaMAI. 80689. LIDEN, K., and others. De norskandinaviska radioaktivitetsproblemen. (Samefolket 1962, no. 11-12, p. 173-75, graphs, illus.) In Swedish. Other authors: Y. Naver-

sten and G. Bengtsson. Title tr.: Radioactivity problems in north Scandinavia. Further Cs137 measurements in the Jokkmokk region in April 1962 showed higher levels: adult Lapps 15%, adult Swedes 200300% higher than in Sept. 1961 (infra). This is attributed to greater consumption of reindeer meat during the winter. The Cs137 secretion rate was found exceptionally high in both humans and reindeer. SPRI. 80690. LIDEN, K. Radioaktivitetsmiitningar av personer från Jokkmokktrakten. (Samefolket 1962, no. 1, p. 3-5, illus.) In Swedish. Title tr.: R ad ioactivity measurements on persons in the Jokkmokk area. Contains account of Cs-137 measurements on 81 Lapps and 79 other subjects in north Sweden in Sept. 1961. The highest levels were found in reindeer herders and others who consumed large amounts of reindeer meat. All subjects however, were well SPRI. within the security margin. LIDEN, K., see also No. 81240. 80691. LIDER, V. A. 0 verkhneT vozrastnoT grani{se fiirskikh uglenosnykh otlozheniT zapadnoT chasti Zapadno-Sibirskol nizmen(In: Mezhvedomstvennoe sovenosti. shchanie po dorabotke ... 1961, p. 128-30). 5 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: On the upper age limit of Jurassic coal-bearing deposits in the western part of West Siberian lowland. Evaluates paleontologic and geologic data concerning these deposits in the Severnaya Sos'va basin, Salekhard region, and elsewhere, with conclusion that they started in the Middle Jurassic and ended their sedimentation: in the areas of tectonic subsidence in the Callovian, and in the areas of DLC. tectonic uplift in the Oxfordian. 80692. LIDINA, P. V., and L. I. PESTOVA. Epidemiologifa i etiologifit grippa v (Arkhangel'sk. N. -issl. Arkhangel'ske. inst. öpidemiologii, mikrobiologii i gigieny. Sbornik nauchnykh rabot 1960. no. 4, p. 57-65, tables, graphs.) 5 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Epidemiology and etiology of grippe in Arkhangel'sk. Study revealed two waves in the pandemic of 1957: one in June the other in October. Virus A2 was the main agent of the disease. Morbidity in 1958 was low with a high in October-November. Main agent was virus A. DLC. LIED, F., see No. 79427. 80693. LIESTØL, K. Eit par nordnorske folkevisor. (Tromsø. Museum. Skrifter

637

1928. v. 2, p. 147-49.) In Norwegian and Danish. Title tr.: A pair of north-Norwegian folk ballads. Presents text of two ballads, one printed in Troms in 1917, the other in Danish from the Faroe Islands, with north-Norwegian subject, is 18th century or earlier, its origin unknown. Other examples of the spread of DLC. ballads are cited. 80694. LIESTØL, O. Talus terraces in arctic regions. (Norway. Norsk Polarinstitutt. Arbok 1961 Ø. 1962. p. 102-105, map, illus.) Describes talus formations at the foot of steep slopes, as observed in Spitsbergen. They are built of ice and rock debris brought down the slope by avalanches. Their typical flow structure and resemblance to rock DLC. glaciers are noted. 80695. LIFSHIß, M. Dramaturg i gosudaretvennyl defatel'. (Teatr 1963. v. 24, no. 5, p. 130, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: Playwright and statesman. Biographical sketch of the Yakut writer Vasilil Andreevich Protod'fikonov (V. Kulauta!), noting his works and his career in DLC. the Yakut government. LIGETI, L., see No. 79841. 80696. LIGGETT, R. P. Experience with Labrador ore for blast furnace use. (Mining Symposium 18th, 1957. p. 43-46, tables.) Describes the ores produced by the Ruth Lake, Gagnon, French, and Gill mines in Labrador for the Republic Steel Corp. (25%) and the Iron Ore Co. of Canada (75%). Labrador ore structure resembles average Mesabi ore, and the bessemer grade of both is finer than the non-bessemer. Most of the non-bessemer ore is found satisfactory for direct use; less than 10% of it is sintered at Republic Steel Corp. plants. Ore cargoes are graded chiefly to silica rather than to iron content, because the silica on Labrador ore analyses has a greater spread than on lake ores. Experience with Labrador ore is favorable, despite occasional car-unloading difficulties due to wetting of cargo. DGS. 80697. LIIMOLA, M. E. Etymologische Bemerkungen. (Finnisch-ugrische Forschungen 1951. v. 30, p. 273-78.) Refs. In German. Title tr.: Etymological notes. Comparative linguistic analysis of one CtY. Zyryan and five Vogul words. 80698. LIIMOLA, M. E. Wogulische Ableitungssuffixe. (Finnisch-ugrische Forschungen 1951, v. 30, p. 248-72.) Refs. In

638

German. Title tr.: Vogul derivative suffixes. Comparative etymological, semantic, and phonetic analysis of verbal and nominal CtY. suffixes in Vogul dialects. 80699. LIIMOLA, M. E. Zur historishen Formenlehre des Wogulischen; 1, Flexion der Nomina. Helsinki 1962. 247 p. (Suomalais-ugrilainen seura. Toimituksia, v. 127.) Approx. 70 refs. In German. Title tr.: Contributions to the historical morphology of Vogul; 1, inflection of nouns. Analysis of the nine-case system, singular, dual and plural forms, and nominal possessive suffixes of some 20 dialects, based primarily on studies of Artturi Kannisto. DSI. LIIMOLA, M. E., see also No. 79863. 80700. LIHHAREV, I. M., and E. S. RAMMEL'MEIER. Terrestrial mollusks of the fauna of the USSR. Nazemnye mollfulski fauny SSSR. Jerusalem, Israel program for scientific translations 1962. 574 p. tables, illus. Translation of No. 23849. DLC. 80701. LIKHTER, IA. I., and others. Izmerenie atmosfernykh radiopomekh v SSSR vo vremßa MGG. (Akademia nauk SSSR. Mezhduvedomstvennyl geofizicheskil komitet, V razdel programmy MGG: ionosfernye issledovanifa. Sbornik state! 1962. no. 10, p. 102-115, tables, graphs, illus.) 8 refs. In Russian. English summary. Other authors: A. G. Naliva!ko, V. I. Rozin, G. I. Terina, and D. S. Shevchenko. Title tr.: Measurement of atmospheric static in the USSR during the IGY. Describes the apparatus used in 1958-1959 at ten stations of the USSR to determine geographic and temporal distribution of atmospheric radio-noise, separately from the internal radio-noise of the apparatus. Ten radio frequencies were used at Murmansk. Measurement methods and preliminary processing of data are explained. DLC. LILLEGRAVEN, A., see No. 79494. 80702. LILLY, J. E. Geodetic operations in Canada January 1, 1960 to December 31, 1962. Ottawa, Queen's Printer 1963. 32 p. map, tables. Includes triangulation connection from the mainland to the Arctic Islands; tellurometers used in north of Great Slave Lake; shoran results checked for some 13 stations absorbed into the triangulation network. Map of horizontal geodetic control 1960-

1962 shows considerable extension of shoran fixation, and establishment of 13 baselines, seven of them in the North, with triangulation extension in Labrador, Northern Quebec, also the Mackenzie and Keewatin Districts. DLC.

fishing map of the Murman. Areas, types of charts, innovations, etc. also are treated in chronological order. The value of different types of charts for specific purposes is noted. DLC.

LIN, W. C., see No. 76842.

80706. LINDBERGH, A. M. Flying around the North Atlantic. (National geographic magazine 1934. v. 66, no. 3, p. 259-337, maps, illus.) Recounts experiences during a reconnaissance of transoceanic routes and potential air bases with her husband in 1933. About half of the account deals with the Labrador coast and Greenland including crossings of the icecap, mountains sighted to the southwest of Scoresby Sund, impressions of the Greenlanders, landscapes, settlements, and climate. DLC.

LINCOLN, J. V., see No. 79226.

LINDBERGH, A. M., see also No. 81515.

80704. LIND, E. A. Verhalten der Mehlschwalbe Delichon u. urbica (L.) zu ihren Feinden. Helsinki 1962. 38 p. map, graphs, illus. (Suomalainen elfin- ja kasvitieteellinen seura Vanamo. Eläintieteellisiä julkaisuja. Annales zoologici v. 23, no. 5.) 120 refs. In German. English and Finnish summary. Title tr.: The reaction of the house martin Delichon u. urbica (L.) to its enemies. Discusses observations made on colonies of these birds in selected locations in Finland, including Enontekiö in Lapland. Next to man, its worst enemy is the house sparrow Passer domesticus, which occupies and damages its nests, and attacks adults, eggs and young. Its nests are suitable to several other species, and their destruction is a factor limiting rate of martin reproduction. In northern Finland the house sparrow is scarce or absent; other notable enemies are the magpie, crow, and birds of prey. The martin's warning call for predator is sometimes ascribed to atmospheric change preceding thunderstorm. Based partly on No. DLC. 66306.

80707. LINDEBERG, G. Finns det möjlighet att förbättra renbetet? (Samefolket 1963, no. 1, p. 3-5, table, illus.) In Swedish. Title tr.: Are there any possibilities of improving the reindeer pastures? Describes own 1961-1962 experiments sowing and fertilizing grass around Ransaren, a regulated lake 65°14' N. 14°59' E., in Åsele lappmark, North Sweden. The experiments provided no significant addition to the fodder but phosphate and nitrogen fertilizer was found worthwhile near breeding areas where vegetation is abundant and snow melts early. Supplementary fodder during the breeding period is recommended however, rather than efforts to improve SPRI. pastures.

80703. LIMBAUGH, C. Observations on the California sea otter. (Journal of mainmalogy 1961. v. 42, no. 2, p. 271-73.) 2 refs. Notes on the behavior of Enhydra lutris as observed off the California coast mainly in Sept. 1953: kinds of food, ways of getting and eating it; ways of swimming, diving, resting; parental care, social manners, enemies, etc. DLC. LIMPERIS, L., see No. 84508.

LIND, E. A., see also No. 81475. LIND, J., see No. 79121. 80705. LINDBERG, G. U. Biookeanograficheskafå osnova rybopoiskovol karty. (In: Komissifa po rybokhozialstvennomu issled ... 1962, p. 82-92.) 41 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Bio-oceanographic basis for a fish-reconnaissance chart. Discusses definitions, aims, and such charts proper since Breltfus* published the *Promyslovaß karta Murmana 1:500,000 1903. Iad Gidrograficheskogo upravlenifü, 1903.

80708. LINDEBERG, J., Jr. Fitzgerald's lost patrol. (Alaska sportsman 1963. v. 29, no. 6, p. 17-18, -I-, illus.) Account of a Royal Northwest Mounted Police patrol, lost between Fort McPherson in Mackenzie District and Dawson in Yukon Territory in the winter of 1910-1911. DI. 80709. LINDEMANN, K. Turist i Grønland. (Grønland 1963, no. 1, p. 25-34, illus.) In Danish. Title tr.: Tourist in Greenland. Advocates development of tourism for which Greenland is well suited, and which would be stable source of income for the CaMAI. community. 80710. LINDEN, N. A. Izuchenie selsmichnosti Arktiki. (Akademiiå nauk SSSR. Mezhduvedomstvennyl geofizicheskil komitet, XII randel programmy MGG: selsmologicheskie issledovanifil. Sbornik state! 1963, no. 5, p. 7-26, tables.) 40 refs.

6313,

In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Study of seismicity in the Arctic. Surveys investigations in the USSR and other countries prior to and during the IGY 1957-1959; 62 earthquakes internationally recorded are presented in a table with date, time of the day at hypocenter, epicenter coordinates, and magnitude (range: 4M63/1). Parameters determined for these earthquakes were of B-class accuracy, and depth normal. Also tabulated are quakes and tremors below magnitude 4, as recorded at four seismic stations, 123 at Tiksi, 87 Apatity, 14 Magadan and two at Kheysa DLC. Island in Franz Joseph Land. LINDNER, T., see Nos. 83709, 83710. 80711. LINDROTH, C. H. The Aleutian Islands as a route for dispersal across the North Pacific. (In: Gressitt, J. L. ed. Pacific Basin biogeography 1963, p. 121-31, maps, graphs, tables, illus.) 12 refs. Considers the distribution of plants, earabid beetles and other soil-bound fauna, and mammals in the Aleutian area to determine its significance as a migration route between Asia and America. The evidence indicates that plants dispersed in both directions with a slight favoring of the American element, but that animals encountered barriers between the Aleutians and Commander Islands and, less effective, between Unimak and Unalaska where land connections did not exist during the Pleistocene. The plants, being more adapted to long-range dispersal DSI. were less affected by the barriers. 80712. LINDROTH, C. H. The problem of late land connections in the North Atlantic area. (In: Å. and D. Löve, ed. North American biota ... 1963, p. 73-85, tables, graph, maps.) 28 refs. Study of originally amphi-Atlantic species, and probable factors in their distribution. European biota are found to predominate in Iceland, they reach Greenland but are blocked by Davis Strait. A former land connection between Europe and Greenland is therefore postulated. The fauna appears to be historically young and is thought to have immigrated in one of the interglacials and survived one or more glaciations on coastal refugia of Iceland, Greenland, and probably the Faroes. DLC. 80713. LINDSEY, C. C. Status of the whitefish species Coregonus nelsonii Bean, and designation of a new type. (Copeia 1963, no. 1, p. 173-74.) Reexamination of earlier descriptions, records and specimens, and author's examin-

640

ation of 14 fish from the original type locality (Nulato on the Yukon) exonerates the original description of this form by Bean. A neotype C. nelsonii Bean is DSI. designated. 80714. LINDSTROM, T. Life history of whitefish young, Coregonus, in two lake reservoirs. Drottningholm. Statens undersöknings- och försöksanstalt för sötvattensfisket. Reports 1962. no. 44, p. 113-44, tables, graphs, maps.) 45 refs. A study of the first year of life in two connected lakes of Swedish Lapland; Storavan regulated within the amplitude of natural fluctuations, and Uddjaur slightly affected by that regulation. Spawning place and time, ecology of hatching period, first weeks of life, food, habitats and habits, growth, effects of lake regulation, etc. are considered. No difference in growth was observed between the two lakes. DLC. 80715. LING, J. K., and D. G. NICHOLLS. Immobilization of elephant seals using succinylcholine chloride. (Nature, Dec. 7, 1963. v. 200, p. 1021-22.) 6 refs. Description of instruments used, reliable doses and tolerance for animals up to 4.5 m. long and approx. 2500 kg. weight. The method is applied in scientific research. DLC. 80716. LINK, E. G. Agricultural soils of the Kenai Lowlands in Alaska. (Journal of soil and water conservation 1963. v. 18, no. 4, p. 136-38, map, illus., tables.) 9 refs. Describes the properties and qualities of the main soil types in this part of the Kenai Peninsula; then discusses their agricultural possibilities, stressing such factors as limitations and capabilities of soils under Alaskan conditions, adequate financial resources, and labor requirements. Many potential farmers abandon their farm sites: the market for locally grown products is limited, because foodstuffs from other areas can be shipped in more economically. With a firm State policy giving high preference to home-grown products, 50,000-75,000 acres of cropland could support the present population of 225,000. In 1957 however, only 15,700 acres of cropland were harvested. DGS. 80717. LINSLEY, E. G. Bering Arc relationships of Cerambycidae and their host plants. (In: Gressitt, J. L. ed. Pacific Basin biogeography 1963, p. 150-78, maps.) 40 refs. Considers the evidence from fossil cerambycids associated with the Arcto-Tertiary geoflora and from present distribution of

these beetles and their host plants. Affinities of faunas associated with temperate forest derivatives of the Arcto-Tertiary geoflora in western and eastern North America, eastern Asia, and Europe are examined; and several disjunct distributions are shown. The Vancouver= fauna of western North America has closer affinities to European and eastern Asian than to the Alleghenian of eastern North America, and the latter is closer to the eastern Asia fauna. Cerambycids associated with Boreal derivatives of the Arcto-Tertiary geoflora are about equally represented in northern forests and in mountains of Europe, Asia, and North America, where their distribution reflects postglacial dispersal. At least seven species have a Boreal-Holarctic distribution, and close affinities are found between faunas of DSI. Fennoscandia and eastern Siberia. 80718. LINTON, D. L. The treelessness of the tundra. (Geography 1963. v. 48, no. 1, p. 80-81.) Summarizes from No. 76141 the status of the forest/tundra boundary, apparently expanding; and some reasons for absence of trees on the tundra, mostly factors inhibiting growth of seedlings. DGS. 80719. LIPERT, C. Ruch lodowcöw na Spitsbergenie. (Problemy 1960. v. 16, no. 2, p. 147-51, maps, illus.) 3 refs. In Polish. Title tr.: Movement of glaciers in Spitsbergen. Reports on work of the Polish expedition of 1957-1959 on Vestspitsbergen, the photogrammetric and cartographic studies of the Werenskiold, Hans, Horn, Penck, Torell and other glaciers which are characterized. A remarkable retreat is noted in comparison with data of 1936. Photogrammetry is considered a good method for such studies. DLC. 80719A. LIPMAN, R. KH. Itogi izuchenifå pozdnemelovykh i paleogenovykh radiolfäril Zapadno-Sibirskol nizmennosti, Russkot platformy i Srednel Azii. (In; Wes. paleontologicheskoe o-vo. Sorok let ... Trudy 4 sessii 1958 pub. 1961. p. 41-46.) In Russian. Title tr.: Results of investigation of Late Cretaceous and Paleogene radiolarians of the West Siberian lowland, Russian platform and Middle Asia. Reports study of radiolarians in Tyumen', Berezovo, Khanty-Mansiysk, and other bore holes. Complexes are analyzed, and the Santonian, Campanian and Maestrichtian stages of the Upper Cretaceous found to have their own specific complexes. Many forms are enumerated and correlated with

the Russian platform, Middle Asia, and other regions. DLC. LIPMAN, R. KH., see alse No. 84621. 80720. LIPOVKA, A. Opyt faksimil'nykh peredach sinopticheskikh i ledovykh kart po obsluzhivaniM morekol navigaf ii v zapadnom sektore Arktiki. (Morskol flot 1963, no. 7, p. 16-17.) In Russian. Title tr.: Facsimile transmission of synoptic and ice maps serving marine navigation in the western sector of the Arctic. Describes the method of facsimile transmission of arctic maps (FTAK) from station to ship. FTAK transmitters are installed on Dikson Island, Tikai Bay, and Cape Shmidta and transmit four basic synoptic charts, five charts of bans topography, the tropopause map, and other facsimiles. The stations transmit 3-, 8-, and 10-day weather forecasts, and 10-day ice conditions charts as well. The equipping of arctic-going vessels with facsimile radio receivers should be expedited. DLC. LIPPOLD, O. C. J., see No. 77470. 80721. LIPSKAfA-VAL'ROND, N. A. Bono bit'khö; pervafii, gramota. Khabarovsk, Izd. Dal'kralono 1928. 168 p. map, illus. Text in Golds Title tr.: First reader. Picture primer for the first grades of Gold (Tongue) elementary schools for children and adults, published by the Far Eastern Dept. of the Ministry of Education. DSI. 80722. LIPSKA/1-VAL'ROND, N. A. Materialy k etnografii gol'dov. (Sibirskafå zhivafa starina 1925. no. 3-4, p. 145-60.) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Contributions to the ethnography of the Golds. Study of the menstrual cycle, pregnancy, childbirth, and post-natal care, based on the author's field work in the Tunguska basin (left tributary to the Amur) in 1917-1918. Physiological aspects, customs, rituals, taboos, shamanistic practices, etc. are discussed. The Golds' beliefs in a plurality of souls are described: the life-soul's (omf ) existence in bird-shape on the tribal treeof-life; fetal and natal acquirement of eternal and mortal souls, the life-soul's. departure resulting in miscarriage and stillbirth; migration of souls, reincarnation, etc. DSI. 80723. LIPTAK, P. Materialy po kraniologii khantov. (Acts. ethnographica, Budapest 1950. v. 1, no. 1-4, p. 197-230, illus.). 13 refs. In Russian. French summary. Title tr.: Contributions to Ostyak craniology. 641:

Anthropometric study of 28 skulls and a skeleton collected in the Ob-Yugan region in 1898 by the Hungarian anthropologist J. Janko and placed in the National History Museum at Budapest. Cranial indices of these Ostyak male and female skulls (tabulated) show a basic homogeneity representative of the Ural-Altaic (Ugrian) type. Affinities are noted between the latter and the ancestral, proto-Uralian, type of DLC. the Hungarian population. 80724. LISIßYN, A. P. Morskie ledovye otlozhenif t sovremennykh polf?rnykh oblastel i epokh oledenenifa i ikh znachenie dhå paleogeografii. (Nal.'sional'nyl komitet sovetskikh geografov. 19 Mezhdunarodnyl geograficheskil kongress ... 1961, p. 33-42, maps.) 13 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Sea ice deposits in present-day polar regions and epochs of glaciation and their importance for paleogeography. Discusses bottom sediments caused by drift ice, bergs, fast ice, etc. from recent studies in the northeast Pacific, Indian Ocean and Antarctic. Concentration and migration of ice-drifted material in the Okhotsk and Bering Seas are outlined noting the roundness of its components, grain size, mechanical composition, petrographic provinces and other features. Southern limit of distribution of ice deposits during period of maximal glaciation is drawn and the concurrence of glaciations in Southern and Northern Hemispheres is discussed. DLC. 80725. LISIßYN, A. P. Protsessy sovremennogo osadkoobrazovanifa v Beringovom more. (In: Soveshchanie po sovremennym morskim osadkam 1960. Trudy pub. 1961, p.317-67, tables, graphs, maps.) 35 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Processes of the present sediment formation in the Bering Sea. Outlines the geologic, climatic, chemical, biologic, volcanic and other factors in these processes. Main types of bottom sediments are described: outcrops of bedrocks, boulder deposits, coarse gravel, sands, aleurites, muds, clayey muds, etc. Terrigenous, biogenous, and volcanic sediments are treated in detail, their grain size and composition analyzed. Map in colors shows bottom sediments of the area. DLC. 80726. LISInYN, A. P. Zakonomernosti ledovogo raznosa grubooblomochnogo materiala. (In: Soveshchanie po sovremennym morskim osadkam 1960. Trudy pub. 1961, p. 23284, tables, maps, graphs, illus.) 56 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Laws of ice transport of coarse waste material.

642

Outlines ice as a geologic agent and former of ice-borne deposits. River, sea, and glacier ice are analyzed in respect to their transport of sedimentary material, with attention particularly to the Arctic Basin and Antarctic. Types of bottom sediments connected with ice activity are described. Distribution of sea ice in the antarctic, arctic, Bering and Okhotsk seas is estimated. Marine ice deposits in the Okhotsk and Bering Seas are described. Transportation of debris by icebergs is discussed and their deposits are characterized. Submarine moraines and old ice deposits are also described. DLC. LISIßSYN, A. P., see also Nos. 77453, 77458. 80727. LISOVSKIT, K. Sobolinyl kral. (Sibirskie ogni 1963. v. 42, no. 1, p. 154-50.) In Russian. Title tr.: Land of sables. Describes changes in the Evenki National District revisited after ten years. Despite the general cultural evolution, economic progress is slow. It is hampered by Soviet legislation, over-protective toward minorities of the far North, and by the latter's dependence on subsidies. Tungus secondaryschool graduates abandon traditional occupations for better paid jobs outside. The resulting shortage of local labor weakens the fur-hunting, fur-farming and fishing industries, all on the decline. Remedial measures including reforms of the kolkhoz and sovhoz administrations are suggested: mandatory school training in traditional trades, increased farm mechanization, reorganization of antiquated fur-farming methods, more reliance on local food resources, less on imported canned goods, etc. DLC. LISTER, A., see No. 83254. 80728. LISTER, H., and P. F. TAYLOR. Heat balance and ablation on an arctic glacier. København, Reitzel 1961. 54 p. maps, graphs, tables, illus. (Meddelelser om Grønland v. 158, no. 7.) 38 refs. Reports a study, by the British North Greenland Expedition, of heat balance at the surface of the Britannia Gletscher in Dronning Louises Land during the 1953 ablation. Micrometeorological observations in a 4 m. air layer bounded by the glacier surface show radiation, convection, and condensation supply respectively 69%, 29%, and 2% of the total heat. It is used: 54% in melting, 34% in evaporation, and 12% in conduction into the ice. Comparisons are made with values on other glaciers. A statistical analysis is made of profiles of

wind speed and temperature above the glacier surface. Summer ablation measurements did not agree with values calculated from meteorological instrument data recorded 30 cm. above the ice surface. DGS. LISTER, H., see also No. 77810. 80729. LITERATURA 0 KOMI ASSR. Syktyvkar, Komi knizhnoe izd-vo 1959. 123 p. (Its: no. 2.) In Russian. Title tr.: Literature about Komi ASSR. In sequence to No. 65783. Lists some 1600 titles, in Russian and Zyryan, pub. in 1957; arranged like No. 65783; approx. 75% are newspaper articles. DLC. 80730. LITINSKAIA, K. D. Urovni vody ozer-vodokhranilishch Karelii. (Akademifii. nauk SSSR. Karel'skil filial. Trudy 1961, no. 31, p. 18-75, tables, graphs, maps.) 17 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Water levels in lake reservoirs of Karelia. Study of lakes including such near the Arctic Circle (Kovdozero) or in the central, subarcticpartof Karelia (Vygozero). Earlier studies, purpose and methods are reviewed as introduction. Conditions in "natural", non-regulated lakes are dealt with, p. 23-51, then lakes with regulated water level. Location, area, seasonal and long-term fluctuations in water levels, area drained by the lake, ice conditions, etc. are analyzed in lakes of both kinds. In the second category, conditions before and after regulation are analyzed also. Numerous graphs, maps and formulas elucidate the study. DLC. 80731. LITINSKII, G. Potomu i narodnye. (Sovetskafa zhenshchina 1963, no. 11, p. 2829, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: That's why they stand for folk art. Describes performances in Moscow by, among others, the Tattinskil National Theater of Yakut ASSR, with illus. of scenes from the play Lookut and N'fdrgusun based DLC. on a Yakut folk tale. 80732. LITINSKII, V. A. 0 primenenii metallometricheskol s"emki i kappametrii dlfä poiskov kimberlitovykh tel. (Sovetskafi. geologifa 1963, no. 2, p. 58-71, table, illus.) 22 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Use of metallometric survey and the x -metric method for prospecting kimberlite bodies. Reports a 1957-1958 study in the OlenekAnabar interfluve by the Birektinskaya expedition of the Institute of the Geology of the Arctic. Besides the geochemical, spectral, heavy concentrate, etc. methods hitherto used, new methods were tested to

detect dispersion halos of kimberlites. The so-called x metric method (x = 1.10-6 CGSM) is based on measuring the magnetic susceptibility of ferromagnetic minerals. Magnetic susceptibility in kimberlites as up to 1000.10-6 CGSM. For investigation of secondary dispersion halos, a metallometric survey was tried, and with heavy concentrate and magnetic survey, it helped determine the dispersion halos of nickel, chrome, titanium and niobium. These new methods, described in some detail, are recommended as of considerable use in study of kimberlites DLC. and other mineral resources. 80733. LITINSKII, V. A. Oreoly i potoki rassefiiniIå produktov razrushenifa kimberlitovykh tel. (Leningrad. N: issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Trudy 1962. v. 132, Geofizicheskie metody razvedki v Arktike, no. 4, p. 103-124, tables, graphs, illus.) 37 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Aureoles and the dispersion flow of disintegration products of kimberlite bodies. Reports investigations on diamond deposits in the Anabar-Olenek interfluve by the Institute of Geology of the Arctic. Their dispersion halos are treated in detail. For detection of these areas around the deposits, the disintegration components of kimberlites are established as the mineral-paragenetic satellites of diamonds: pyrope, pikroilmenite, chrome-diopside, olivine, etc.; the ferro-magnetic minerals: magnetite and titano-magnetite; the typomorphic elements of kimberlites: nickel, chrome, titanium, niobium, etc. Dispersion halos of the disintegration products of kimberlites, the geologic characteristics of the aureoles or contact zones, dispersion halos of magnetite, effects of solifluction dispersion halos, etc. are reported. The heavy concentrate method was mainly used, but it does not solve all Magnetic susceptibility and problems. metallometric methods are recommended DLC. for such studies. 80734. LITINSKII, V. A. Vysokotochnafa magnitnafa s"emka v uslovifilkh Arktiki. (Leningrad. N: issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Trudy 1962. v. 132, Geofizicheskie metody razvedki v Arktike, no. 4, p. 21-34, graphs, illus.) 4 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Highprecision magnetic survey in arctic conditions. Reports a magnetic survey carried out by the Institute of Geology of the Arctic in the northeastern part of the Siberian platform for study of the physical properties of kimberlite bodies. Magnetic work has been done since 1956 with an M-2 magnetometer giving ± 3y accuracy. The instruments

643

are described. Corrections for magnetic variations, base-correction, terrain effects etc. are reported. Technical and methodical procedures and preparation of results are also described. These methods have been found of great accuracy and applicable to other purposes. DLC. 80735. LITKENS, V. A., and others. Neka torye osobennosti gigienicheskikh uslovil truda na proizvodstve medi i nikelfa v Noril'ske. (In: Moskva. N: issl. inst. sanitaril i gigieny. Gigienicheskie ... 1961, p. 209-231, tables.) 13 refs. In Russian. Other authors: L. V. Popova, V. D. Kedrov and L. D. Pestova. Title tr.: Some characteristics of labor hygiene in copper and nickel production at Noril'sk. Discusses the general stresses of work in metallurgical plants, and the specifically local ones, viz: the low temperature and intensive heat radiation (from furnaces, etc.) result in sharp temperature fluctuations; and the high content of dust and sulfur gases in the air. Adoption of different methods of production and introduction of means of isolating the injurious fumes, dust, etc. are recommended. DLC. LIEFKEVICH, V. H., see No. 78918. 80736. LITTLE, A. D., Inc. Report to the State of Alaska. C-62998. Cambridge, Mass. 1961-1962. 3 v.: 19, 65, 117 p. tables, graphs, maps. Reports on potentialities for industrial development in agriculture, forests, and energy. Vol. 1 (19 p.) on agriculture discusses the demand (increasing) for local food products and factors limiting development, viz: remoteness, climate, high production costs, credit shortage, lack of marketing and processing facilities, etc. Major commodities are examined in turn: milk, potatoes, vegetables, grain, poultry, reindeer, beef, sheep, hogs, fur farming, musk oxen, and specialty crops; and for each the 1959 production, demand, problems, potential expansion, and possible industrial use are considered. Increased production of all the commodities is anticipated; a few processing industries are considered, e.g. potatochip factory, brewery, tannery, freezing and cold storage facilities; but milk production for manufacturing purposes is not feasible because of high costs of dairying, summarized for 15 Matanuska valley farms. Vol. 2, Alaska's forest resources as a base for industrial development, (65 p.) evaluates pulp and lumber industries based on coastal and interior forests. Timber resources, 1960

644

utilization, advantages, problems and marketing prospects are examined. Resources utilized by 1970 (1060 million bd. ft. annual cut of the coastal forest and estimated 1.5 billion bd. ft. of the interior) could support four pulp mills, three large sawmills, and a plywood plant in addition to the present mills and wood-treating plant. Capacities and annual timber requirements are estimated. Appraisals are made for four possible mills to produce kraft paper, and pulp. Markets, expansion of existing and establishment of new mills and plants are outlined with estimates of capital investment, output, etc. Vol. 3, Potential for use of Alaska's energy resources, (117 p.) considers development possibilities of petroleum, natural gas, coal, and electric power. Market demand, prices and potential use are surveyed. Four projects are recommended mostly on Kenai Peninsula: a skimming refinery to supply approx. 17,500 bbl. oil/day; liquefaction of 100 million cu. ft./day methane for shipment to Japan; export of Bering River and Chickaloon coking coals; and generation of low cost electric power from gas. Investment data, costs, etc. are estimated for each, and transport factors examined. Pipelines for Arctic Slope oil or for small volumes of natural gas are not feasible; neither are manufacture of methane-based petrochemicals and export of Matanuska, Nenana, or Beluga steam coals. DLC. 80737. LITTLE, C. G. Radio properties of auroras. (In: Int. Sci. Radio Union. Monograph ... 1962. p. 143-53.) 36 refs. French summary. Reviews the present status of knowledge of the radio effects of auroras. The properties: absorption, scatter, and emission of radio waves are discussed, on the basis of the cosmic noise technique in which the ionospheric opacity in Scandinavia, Alaska, and Canada was measured using radio waves from sources in the constellation of Cygnus, Cassiopea, and other celestial objects. New suggestions on the mechanisms responsible for the emission of radio waves by auroras DLC. are presented. LITTLE, C. G., see also Nos. 76913, 81945. 80738. LITTLE, D. M. Hypothermia. (Anesthesiology 1959. v. 20, no. 6, pt. 1, p. 842-.77.) 428 refs. Comprehensive review of the field from its earliest times, covering the physiology (initial response, metabolism, respiration, circulation, blood, nervous system, en-

docrine system, etc.); techniques, including external and internal cooling, cooling of blood, local cooling, etc. The final sections deal with medical applications of hypothermia; complications, and current status of experimental and applied hypothermia. DNLM. 80739. LITTLEWOOD, W. U. Surface water temperature distribution of the world. Washington, D.C. 1955. 61. tables. (U.S. Hydrographic Office. Informal oceanographic manuscript no. 16-60.) Ref. Shows in tables the number of sq. nautical miles of ocean having a certain surface temperature in 5° F. intervals (30°-35° F., etc.) and the percent of the total area represented by each interval, for Feb. and Aug. Areas were planimetered from H. O. Pub. no. 225, World atlas of sea surface temperatures 1955. Arctic Ocean (above the Arctic Circle and Bering Strait) contains 94% of its 3,868,750 sq. nautical mi. in Feb. and 77% in Aug., between 30°-35° F. In Feb. 3% of the area is 35°40° and another 3% is 40°-45°. In Aug. 8% of the area is 40°45° and other intervals range down to 1% at 55°-60°. DN-HO. 80740. LITVIN, E. Poezia skazki i poezifa delstvitel'nosti. (Na rubezhe 1963, no. 5, p. 119-22.) In Russian. Title tr.: Poetry of the tale and poetry of reality. Appraisal of the work of Irina Valerianovna Karnaukhova, an outstanding folklorist and writer. Her "Tales and legends of the North Country" and her novel Of-Kho about a Samoyed boy are noted. Influence of northern folklore and northern conditions of life upon her later work is stressed. DLC. 80741. LITVIN, V. M. Geomorfologila dna Norvezhskogo mods. (Akademiß. nauk SSSR. Okeanograficheskaa komissifå. Trudy 1962. v. 10, no. 3, p. 79-86, map.) 10 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Bottom morphology of the Norwegian Sea. Reports depth measurements by Russian vessels since 1954 especially deep echosoundings by the Sevastopol'. Bathymetric maps were made of the Faeroes-Iceland and Mohn ridges. Continental and island shelves, sills, ridges, and deep trenches are characterized. Further studies needed are noted. DLC. 80742. LITVINENKO, I. V., and K. A. NEKRASOVA. Differenfaiafsifå kristallicheskikh gornykh porod po uprugim svolstvam na primere Severnol Karelii. (Leningrad. Gornyl inst. Zapiski 1963. v. 46, no. 2, p. 22-27, graphs.) 4 refs. In

Russian. Title tr.: Differentiation of crystalline rocks according to elastic properties as exemplified in North Karelia. Describes the apparatus, method and technique of seismic sounding carried out along the 192.5 km. Kem'.Ukhta profile in 1958. From the traveltime curves constructed from the sounding data, horizontal velocity variations were detected and calculated. Mean velocities of longitudinal elastic waves determined for eight groups of rocks of similar elastic parameters are given: microclinal, plagiomicroclinal, and granophyric granites 5.2 km./sec.; plagiomicroclinal and plagioclase granites, gneissgranites and their migmatiØ, granodiorites, syenites, and syenite-diorites 5.4 km./sec,; etc. They demonstrate the feasibility of velocity differentiation by parametric seismic sounding. DLC. 80743. LITVINENKO, I. V. Novye selsmicheskie dannye o stroenii zemnol kory Baltilskogo shchita. (Akademia nauk SSSR. Doklady 1963. v. 149, no. 6, p. 1409-1411, illus.) 5 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: New seismic data on the structure of the earth crust of the Baltic shield. Reports deep seismic soundings of 19581959 in northern Karelia in connection with the IGY, and of 1960-1961 in the Pechenga River region of Kola Peninsula. In both regions layering of the earth's crust according to elasticity is recognized. The great thickness of the basalt layer is established and Baltic shield considered a basalt dome. The seismic wave velocity and depth of various layers are discussed. Preliminary results in the Pechenga region are to be used in seismic investigations planned for 1962. DLC. 80744. LITVINOV, A. A. V kraiü ognedyshashchikh gor. (Ural 1963, no. 7, p. 135-54; no. 8, p. 154-78; no. 9, p. 154-74, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: In the land of arespitting mountains. Presents concluding sections of the journal (No. 52866) written in 1929, describing trips by dog team to interior Kamchatka and the Koryak National District, sojourns in Koryak and Lamut settlements, filming their day-to-day life and customs. DLC.

a.

80745. LITVINOV, A. Sledy drevnikh kriogennykh pro£sessov i favlenii v okrestnostt .kh g. Krasno1 rska. (Akademifa nauk SSSR. Inst. merzlotvcdenifå. Trudy 1962. v. 18, p. 47-62, illus.) 32 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Traces of old cryogenic processes and phenomena in the vicinity of the town of Krasnoyarsk.

645

Reports the finding of cavities in trenches and excavations made in 1956 in the fourth (150 m.) terrace of the Yenisey. From geocryologic investigations in 1958, these cavities, texture of material, and other features are described in detail. Relic thermokarst formations are identified which occurred as result of the thawing of a polygonal system of ice veins. Changes of climate and other conditions are discussed under which these old cryogenic processes took DLC. place. 80746. LITVINOV, N. I. K rasprostranenifü serol krysy. (Irkutsk. Sel'skokhozfiilstvennyl inst. Izvestifd. 1960. v. 18, p. 205.) 2 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Territorial distribution of the gray rat. Notes the spread of the Rattus noroegicus to Magadan Province, probably introduced by ships: numerous specimens have been reported in Pevek and Provideniya. DLC. 80747. LITVINOV, N. N. Gigienicheskie voprosy akklimatiza%sii na Severe. (In: Litvinov, N. N., ed. Zdorov'e cheloveka .. . 1963, p. 5-12, tables.) In Russian. Title tr.: Problems of acclimatization hygiene in the North. Discusses (as editor of work infra) the fundamental meaning of acclimatization; the aim of the Conference; Soviet arctic resources and population, recent health research in Russia and its trends; morbidity in relation to length of arctic residence; acclimatization, and main lines of hygiene DNLM. in the Arctic. 80748. LITVINOV, N. N., Editor. Zdorov'e cheloveka na Kralnem Severe. Trudy nauchnol sessii Akademii medifsinskikh nauk SSSR i Ministerstva Zdravookhranenifa RSFSR v Murmanske 22-24 ii1lnfå 1961 g. Moskva, Gos-izdat. med. lit-ry 1963. 223 p. tables, graphs, maps, illus. Refs. (Akademißa medif'sinskikh nauk SSSR). Title tr.: Man's health in the Far North. Proceedings of the science sessions of the Academy of Medical Sciences USSR and of the Ministry of Health Protection RSFSR, held in Murmansk June 22-24, 1961. Collection of 28 papers covering approximately the last ten years' work of the two sponsoring institutions. The area dealt with is mainly northern European Russia, with some papers treating also arctic areas in Siberia. The individual papers are abstracted in this Bibliography under the authors' names, viz (titles tr.): LITVINOV, N. N. Problems of acclimatization hygiene in the North.

646

KANDROR, I. S. Physiological changes of the human organism during acclimatization in the Far North. CHEKIN, V. IA. Features of acclimatization of the population on Kola Peninsula. ARNOL'DI, A. I. Characteristics of work hygiene in the leading branches of the national economy in the Far North. MURAV'EVA, G. I., and T. S. VERSHININA. Basic requirements of hygiene in planning living quarters under arctic conditions. LAMPERT, F. F., and M. G. MAKEEVA. Problems of hygiene in house building in the Far North. ZABALUEVA, A. P., and I. K. TALANOVA. Hygienic efficiency of ultraviolet irradiation in child institutions of the North. EFREMOV, V. V. Early diagnosis, therapy and prophylaxis of vitamin deficiencies found in the North. GERSHKOVICH, S. M. Rickets among breast-fed babies in the Arctic. SMIRNOVA, N. A., and Z. G. FEDIAKOVA. Salt content of waters of open reservoirs in Murmansk used in homes and for drinking. KAIKOV, N. M. Fluorine in natural waters and springs used for water supply on the Kola Peninsula. MOLCHANOV, N. S. Clinical and therapeutic aspects of pneumonia in conditions of the North. BYLINKINA, Z. N. Chronic, nonspecific pneumonia, its frequency, cause and outcome according to materials of the Murmansk Provincial Hospital. KOVALEVSKAØ, N. P. Morbidity of pneumonia in children of the Murman Arctic. MASSINO, S. V. Tuberculosis under conditions of the North. BOGDANE'S, L. ID., and L. A. KORMUSHKINA. Infectivity and morbidity of tuberculosis among the native population of Murmansk Oblast'. MAZINA, E. G. Tuberculosis in children and juveniles of the Yakut Republic. SHVAIGERT, I. K. Pulmonary tuberculosis morbidity among the native population of far northern Tyumen' Province. DANISHEVSKII, G. M. Problems of cardiovascular pathology in the North. KUVALDINA, 0. A., and G. G. ALEKSEEVA. The problem of myocardial infarcts in the North. SOKOLOVA-PONOMAROVA, 0. D. Main problems of children's rheumatism. VENßLAVOVICH, B. V., and ft. F. MEN'SHIKOV. Variants in clinical symptoms of rheumatism in the North.

KUNIEVSKAfA, f[?. S. Some characteristics of distribution and course of children's rheumatism in the town of Pechora. MILOSERDOVA, R. I. Management of pregnancy and delivery in cases with heart diseases in Murmansk. RUDNEV, G. P. Clinical course and therapy of infectious hepatitis. MIRONOV, I. P., and fi7. A. SHTAKEL'BERG. Clinical course and therapy of infectious hepatitis under arctic conditions. KOTRANSKIT, B. B., and M. V. DMITRIEV. The microclimate in arctic mines. ORLOV, V. A., and A. P. T$1KINA. Occupational neuro-vascular diseases caused DNLM. by cold and humidity. 80749. LfÜBIMOVA, T. G. Osnovnye cherty biologil i raspredelenifa tikhookeanskogo morskogo okunfiy Sebastodes alutus Gilbert, v zalive Altaska. (Moskva. Vses. n: issl. inst. morskogo rybnogo khoz. i okeanografii. Trudy 1963. v. 48, p. 293303, maps, graphs.) 22 refs. Title tr.: Outline of biology and distribution of the Pacific ocean perch, Sebastodes atulus Gilbert, in the Gulf of Alaska. Reports a 1960-1962 investigation with a view to commercial exploitation of this important fish. Spawning period and areas, plankton and feeding, periods and depth of optimal catches (trawling), composition of catches, migrations, development and growth, trawling efficiency, etc. are conDLC. sidered in turn. 80750. LftBOMIROV, B. N. Paleogidrogeologicheskie uslovia formirovanitit neftful.nykh i gazovykh zalezhel Timano-Pechorskol provinGii. (Sovetskafa geologifii 1963, no. 11, p. 89-99, illus.) 13 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Paleo-hydrogeologic conditions for formation of oil and gas traps in the Timan-Pechora province. Discusses conditions for oil and gas occurrences, primary and secondary migration, gravitational compaction of clays and other related problems. The decrease in porosity of clayey rocks with increase in depths of their depositions is shown graphically. Hydrogeologic conditions and possible oil and gas trap formation are characterized for Devonian, Carboniferous, Permian, Triassic, Jurassic and Cretaceous deposits. Sources and reservoir rocks arc treated. Development history of the Timan-Pechora region is reviewed. Examples are cited to show where favorable conditions exist for DLC. formation of oil and gas traps.

80751. LfYBOVØEV, V. I. Za rekol KhatangoT. Moskva, gos. izd-vo polit. lit-ry, 1962. 109 p. In Russian. Title tr.: Beyond the Khatanga River. Account of Dolgan acculturation in the village of Popigay, Taymyr National District, brought about through efforts of the Russian chairman of the local kolkhoz. The past and present way of life of these people, their hunting and reindeer breeding economy, improved cultural and social conditions, etc. are described. DLC. 80752. L$7B'ßOV, V. V., and A. P. AFANAS'EV. 0 vozmozhnostakh primenenifä elektronnoT mikroskopii this vyfilyleniiå mikroskopicheskikh organicheskikh ostatkov v tverdykh osadochnykh porodakh. (Voprosy geologii i mineralogii Kol'skogo poluostrova 1963, no. 4, p. 87-90, illus.) 2 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: On the feasibility of using electron microscopy for identification of microscopic organic remains in hard sedimentary rocks. Reports methods and results of experiments in Kola Peninsula with diatomites: diatom algae such as Pennales, Protophyta, Cocconeis, Cyanophyta were identified, and the electron microscope considered of great help in such paleontologic study. DLC. 80753. Lf0BßOV, V. V. Organicheskie ostatki drevneLshikh osadochno-metamorficheskikh tolshch Kol'skogo poluostrova. (Akademifa nauk SSSR. Izvestifä, ser. geologicheskaIå 1962, no. 10, p. 69-72, table, maps, illus.) 5 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Organic remains of the oldest sedimentary-metamorphic strata of Kola Peninsula. Reports a 1958-1960 study of Proterozoic deposits of the Pechenga-Kuchin and Imandra-Varzuga series in various parts of the peninsula. Organic remains found are considered in two groups: those most numerous in carbonate rocks are rounded or oval in form, from 2-3 mm. to 1.0 cm. in diameter, and are thought to be yellow algae of fam. Dasycladaceae. The other group consists of nautiloids and coral-like organisms. The intensive development of organic life in these strata is noted. DLC. 80754. LMTKEVICH, E. M., and 0. V. LOBANOVA. PeleGipody permi Sovetskogo sektors Arktiki. Leningrad, Gostoptekhizdat 1960. 294 p. tables, illus. (Leningrad. Vses. neftlunol n.-issl. geologorazvedochnyT inst. Trudy no. 149.) Approx. 300 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Permian pelecypods of the Soviet sector of the Arctic.

647

Presents an extensive monograph based on collections from the Taymyr, Novaya Zemlya, Pay-Khoy, Siberian platform, Verkhoyansk region and other parts of the Soviet Arctic. About 150 species are systematically described, noting material collected, diagnosis, comparison, distribution, and other features. Some forty of them are identified as new. Pelecypod fauna reveals the wide distribution of Upper Permian deposits of Kazanian and Tartarian ,stages. A stratigraphic interpretation of pelecypods---is offered and comparison made with the Kuzbass, Russian platform, China, India, DLC. and'other countries. 80755. L1ITKEVICH, E. M., and O. V. LOBANOVA. Rezul'taty mnogoletnego izuchenifa pelef,eipod uglenosnykh i morpermi Sibiri, ukazyvafashchie na skikh znachitel'noe razvitie verkhnepermskikh otlozhenil. (In: Mezhvedomstvennoe soveshchanie ... Trudy 1959, p. 124-31.) In Russian. Title tr.: Results of long-term investigation of pelecypods in coal-bearing and marine facies of the Siberian Permian, indicating significant development of Upper Permian deposits. Reporte study in western Taymyr, Novaya Zemlya, Pay-Khoy, western Verkhoyansk region, Noril'sk, and other areas. Pelecypod fauna is used to define the border between Lower and Upper Permian as well as for more detailed stratigraphic division of Upper Permian deposits for entire Soviet ICRL. Arctic. 80756. LftTOV, A. Novyl gidrant. (Pozharnoe delo 1963. v. 9, no. 1, p. 5-6, diagr.) In Russian. Title tr.: New hydrant. Describes a fire hydrant for low-temperature areas. It has a chamber over the valve in the metal housing filled with water which does not freeze because of heat exchange along the walls of the housing, and consequent convection in the water; the valve is sealed by using rubber diaphragm, instead of stuffing box; the stand pipe is empty of water when the valve is shut. Installed at Noril'sk, the new hydrant showed a satisfactory performance, and better head than DLC. the Moscow type hydrant. 80757. LIVERSIDGE, D. The third front, the strange story of the secret war in the Arctic. London Souvenir Press 1960. 219 p. illus. Describes the Allied struggle for control of the meteorological stations in Svalbard and Greenland after the German occupation of Norway and Denmark during World

648

War II. The Danish Sledge Patrol and United States Coast Guard vessels were responsible for East Greenland waters, the British and Norwegians for Jan Mayen and Svalbard and the Russians for Franz Joseph Land. Physical and meteorological conditions in these important source areas for Atlantic and European weather are discussed as is the background of discovery and exploration. The seesaw struggles for several of the small stations are described in some detail. SPRI. 80758. LIVINGSTONE, D. A. Alaska, Yukon, Northwest Territories, and Greenland. (Frey, D. G., ed. Limnology in North America 1963. p. 559-74, tables, graphs, map, illus.) 70 refs. Account of the geology and geography of this vast area, lakes and lake-forming agencies, earlier investigations, recent and current chemical limnology, physical limnology, including ice and permafrost problems; freshwater flora, fauna and biology; outlook. DLC. 80759. L1VSHIN, fl, I. K istorii zolotopromyshlennogo Crests "Lenzoto." (Istoricheskil arkhiv 1962. v. 8, no. 4, p. 123-43.) Ref. In Russian. Title tr.: Addenda to the history of the Lenzoto gold mining trust. Presents text of a 4,000-word memorandum of July 1912 by A. N. Dlitinskil, a government official investigating causes of the April uprising in the Lena gold mines. He shows in new light, some technological aspects, working conditions, the organization and monopolistic tendency of Lenzoto, its financial control by Russian and foreign capital, relationship with the Lena Goldfields Corp. of London, etc. DLC. 80760. LIVSHY, M. G. Prichiny mase"vol gibeli semgi v reke Varzuge v 1960 godu. (Murmansk. PolfärnyT n.-issl. inst. morskogo rybnogo khozf1stva i okeanografii. Nauclmo-tekhnicheskil bfdlleten' 1962, no. 4 (22), p. 47-48, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: Causes of mass mortality of salmon in the Varzuga River during 1960. Reports a study of anadromus salmon at this river mouth in Kola Peninsula, where early low temperature and formation of sludge ice combined with a heavy run, caused the death of several thousand. fish. Comparison is made with the similar, though less devastating conditions of 1936. DLC. 80761. LIVSHI'FS, M. G., and R. P. NEFEDOVA. Vlifänie izmenenifå godovogo

khoda temperatury vody na inkubafsifil ikry i zhiznesposobnost' lichinok semgi. (Materialy rybokhozIalstvennykh issledovanil Severnogo basselna. Sbornik 1963, no. 1, p. 40-43, table, graphs.) In Russian. Title tr.: Effect of seasonal changes in water temperature upon egg incubation and vitality of salmon larvae. Account of observations in four rivers and a hatchery releasing the fry into the Kola River. The study concentrates on the abnormal year 1961-62 which serves as "control" to the preceding twenty normal years. Embryological development, hatching, larval development, food and artificial feeding are considered, and causes of low DLC. survival noted. LIVSHIg, N. S., see No. 80011. 80762. LLIBOUTRY, L. Regime thermique et deformation de la base des calottes polaires. (Annales de geophysique 1963. v. 19, no. 2, p. 149-56, graph, tables.) 7 refs. In French. English and Russian summary. Title tr.: Thermal regime and deformation of the base of polar icecaps. Derives a formula showing the importance of the geothermal gradient on the mass budget of an ice sheet, approx. 0 =00—k yzl2 Z ! where Go is the temperature at the base, k is a constant, 0.25, 7 is a gradient factor and Z is the distance from bed rock. Theoretical results are compared with those obtained by the International Glaciological Expedition to Greenland, Expeditions polakes franeaises, SIPRE, and others. Mechanical properties of the neve in the inland ice and the surveying of the central zone are of slight scientific interest; such studies are of more value near the icecap border. Also pub. in Int. Assoc. of Scientific Hydrology. DWB. Pub. 61, p. 232-41. LLIBOUTRY, L., see also No. 70605. 80763. LLOYD, T. The influence of permafrost on northern development. (National Research Council of Canada. Technical memorandum 1963. no. 76, p. 1-17, illus.) 17 refs. General discussion of problems caused by permafrost; its influence on transportation, mining, construction, etc.; progress toward solving problems in Alaska, Canada, and DGS. USSR; current needs. LLOYD, T., see also Nos. 83254, 83349. 80764. LOBACH, K. Dusha propagandy (Grazhdanskalå aviaisifa sama zhizn'.

Mar. 1961. v. 18, no. 3, p. 9-10.) In Russian. Title tr.: The essence of propaganda is life itself. Discusses the role of propagandists and political agitators, in maintaining morale among aviators operating in the far North, particularly thorough educational programs: political seminars, night schools of MarxismLeninism, lectures on regional economic and industrial development, etc. Author is political deputy-commander of the Magadan air group. DLC. 80765. LOBANOV, A. Trudovye budni lesopil'shchikov. (Okhrana truda i soGial'noe strakhovanie 1961, v. 4, no. 9, p. 8-9.) In Russian. Title tr.: Sawyers' work routine. Describes the (good) labor, health, and safety measures, working conditions, and recreational activities at the Krasnyl Oktiabr' lumber mill in Arkhangelsk. The mill is also the test plant of the Central Research Institute of Wood Working. DLC. 80766. LOBANOV, M. F. Metallogenifa zapadnol chasti Verkhofånsko-Chukotskol mezozolskol skladchatol oblasti. (Sovetskafå geologiiå 1963, no. 10, p. 12-23, map.) 6 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Metallogeny in the western part of Verkhoyansk-Chukotka Mesozoic folded province. Distinguishes and characterizes seven structural stages in formation of this region: Proterozoic, Sinian, Lower-Middle Paleozoic, Upper Paleozoic-Lower Mesozoic, Mesozoic, Mesozoic-Cenozoic, and Cenozoic. Three structural-metallogenic zones are recognized: Verkhoyansk, Kular, and Chekurdakh, the Verkhoyansk characterized by polymetallic, quartz-crystal, copper and other mineralization, the Kular by rare metal and gold mineralization, and the Chekurdakh ore zone is characterized by rare metal (tin, tungsten, antimony) mineralization. Each zone is treated in detail. DLC. 80767. LOBANOV, M. F. Tretichnye uglenosnye otlozhenifå Severnogo Verkhofiin'fa i Novosibirskikh ostrovov. (In: Mezhvedomstvennoe soveshchanie ... Trudy 1959, p. 406-411.) In Russian. Title tr.: Tertiary coal-bearing deposits of the northern Verkhoyansk region and New Siberian Islands. Describes Tertiary deposits in the Sogo River basin of the Tikai Bay region, Bykov skaya channel in the Lena delta, the Kengdöy and Omoloy river basins, and Novaya Sibir' Island. The Tertiary deposit flora is analyzed and age determined. In

849

northern Verkhoyansk region and New Siberian Islands, four local subseries are distinguished: Novaya Sibir', Bykovskaya, Sogo, and Omoloy. ICRL. LOBANOVA, O. V., see Nos. 80754, 80755. 80768. LOBANOVSKII, L. Eniseiskii kapitan. (Enisel 1962, no. 3 (35), p. 112-13.) In Russian. Title tr.: Yenisey River captain. Biographical sketch of M. A. Chechkin, captain-instructor of the Yenisey fleet; he taught tugboat and freighter personnel how to navigate the Nizbnyaya Tunguska and Yenisey without the aid of pilots. DLC. LOBBAN, M. C., see Nos. 80673, 80674. 80769. LOBKO-LOBANOVSKII, M. I., and A. F. ZHILIN. K biologii razmnozhenifa kamchatskogo kamennogo glukharfa. (OrnitologiØ 1962, no. 5, p. 164-65.) In Russian. Title tr.: Reproduction biology of the Kamchatka capercaillie. Notes on distribution of Tetrad urogalloides kamtschaticus on the Peninsula, biotopes of nests, eggs and period of oviposition, DLC. hatching. LOBOVIKOV, L. N., see No. 84179. LOCKETT, M. F., see No. 77461. 80770. LOCKWOOD, J. A., and H. RAZDAN. Asymmetries in the Forbush decreases of the cosmic radiation, 1-2. (Journal of geophysical research 1963. v. 68, no. 6, p. 1581-1604, tables, graphs.) 42 refs. Reports on study of the onset times of Forbush events observed by neutron monitors at 34 IGY stations including College, Resolute, Churchill, Thule, Uppsala, Murchison Bay, and Yakutsk. The onset of the Forbush decrease was found always earlier from west of the earth-sun line, regardless of the location on the sun flare, which was the source of the plasma cloud causing the decrease. The onset differences recorded from the directions of cosmic rays west and east of the earth-sun line varied from the order of minutes to a few hours. These results are explained in terms of the configuration of the solar plasma cloud proposed by the authors. Assuming the proposed configuration, the plasma velocity near the earth is estimated to be 300-700 km./sec. and the average magnetic field strength in the cloud to be of the order of 30y. In the second part of the paper, the authors consider the cosmic-ray intensity

650

increases or decreases superimposed on the general pattern of cosmic-ray intensity during a Forbush event, and having variable amplitudes and times of occurrence at the monitoring stations. Attempts are made to explain the relationship between the Forbush decrease mechanism and that causing the superimposed variations in intensity by the configuration of the solar plasma clouds proposed in first part of the paper. DLC. 80771. LÖFSTRÖM, B. Induced hypothermia and intravascular aggregation. (Acta anaesthesiologica scandinavica 1959. Supplementum 3, p. 2-19, tables, illus.) 50 refs. Reports studies on rabbits cooled to 20° C. Occurrence of intravascular aggregations of erythrocytes, prevention of aggregation, possible causes and mechanism of aggregate formation during hypothermia, and the significance of the accompanying hematological changes are described and discussed. DNLM. WHEN, 0., see No. 80932. 80772. LØNØ, O. Fra Svalbards dyreverden 4, eggfangst pft Bjørnøya. (Norway. Norsk Polarinstitutt. Årbok 1962 pub. 1963, p. 127-31, table, illus.) In Norwegian. English summary. Title tr.: Notes on the fauna of Svalbard 4, egg-collecting on Bjørnøya. Notes common and thick-billed murre eggs protected since 1925 when Norway acquired sovereignty over Svalbard. Regulations of 1938 protected birds and eggs June 10—Aug. 15, and allowed egg collection for local use before June 10, also some concessions for export. During 1953-1961 export ranged 25,000-70,000 eggs/yr., but the species is considered not threatened. DLC. 80773. LOVE, Å., and D. LOVE. Chromosome numbers of central and northwestern European plant species. Stockholm, Almqvist & Wiksell 1961. 581 p. (Opera botanica v. 5.) Refs. Critical cytotaxonomic catalog of higher plants, including those from Karelia, Kola Peninsula, northern Finland and Scandinavia, Svalbard, Bjørnøya, and Jan Mayen, Diploid (2 n) chromosome numbers are given for 5490 species and 1360 subspecies in 1246 genera of 204 families of Pteridophytes and Spermatophytes; literature sources are cited, those from unpub. reports in the appendix. An extensive bibliography is included, p. 374-570, also index of families and genera. DLC.

80774. LOVE, Å., and D. LOVE, ed. North American biota and their history. New York, Macmillan Press 1963. xii, 430 p. tables, maps, illus. Contains 26 papers delivered at a symposium held at the University of Iceland, Reykjavik, July 12-25, 1962. They present the status of knowledge on the distribution and history of plants and animals, and the trends in biogeographical and geological investigations; 21 of the papers, bearing on arctic problems, are abstracted in this Bibliography under their authors' names: T. W. Böcher, Z. Cernohorskf', E. Dahl, E. Einarsson, T. Einarsson, K. Faegri, O. Gjaerevoll, E. Hada6, B. C. Heezen and M. Tharp, G. Hoppe, E. Hulten, J. D. Ives, C. H. Lindroth, D. Löve, J. A. Nannfeldt, R. Nordhagen, O. I. Winning, M. Schwarzbach, H. Sjörs, S. Steindörsson, and H. W. Walden, q.q.v. DLC. 80775. LOVE, Å., and D. LOVE. Some nomenclatural changes in the European flora, I; species and supraspecific categories. (Botaniska notiser 1961. v. 114, no. 1, p. 33-47.) 65 refs. Presents revisions for higher plants of northwestern and central Europe. Of some 6800 taxa, only a few were found in need of name change, and 54 species, genera, etc. are cited with proposed revision. Among these are the circumpolar genera: Huperzia, Puccinellia, Ranunculus, Euphorbia, Gentiana, Myosotis, and Leueanthemum. DLC.

80776. LOVE, Å., and D. LOVE. Some nomenclatural changes in the European flora, II; subspecific categories. (Botaniska notiser 1961. v. 114, no. 1, p. 48-56.) 7 refs. Cites changes for subspecies previously named as varieties or species on the basis of morphological-geographical concept and nomina provisoria where knowledge is too scant for formal transfer. Transfer of subsp. from one species to another is also suggested. Of some hundred forms listed, about 10% are found in arctic locations. DLC. 80777. LOVE, Å. Typification of Papaver radicatum, a nomenclatural detective story. (Botaniska notiser 1962. v. 115, no. 2, p. 113-36, illus.) Approx. 56 refs. Reports the original material used by Rottböll in 1770 describing Papaver radicaturn n. sp. rediscovered: the holotype is a plant in the Botanical Museum at Copenhagen in the Herbarium Vivum collected by Paul Egede in 1739, probably at Christianshåb, West Greenland. It belongs to the 56-chromosome circumpolar complex. The two 70-chromosome species of the

group are correctly named Papaver Dahlianum and P. Nordhagenianum, the 84chromosome taxon from high-arctic America however is to be named P. cornwallisense. DLC. 80778. LOVE, D. Dispersal and survival of plants. (In: Å., and D. Live, ed. North American biota ... 1963, p. 189-205, tables.) 55 refs. Discusses seed dispersal by plants and through animals, especially shore and waterbirds; shortest distances between North Atlantic land masses; flight distances and survival of seeds eaten by birds; dispersal by water and wind. Considering plant dispersal in this area by animals, water or wind as insignificant, and in view of other indications, author assumes that the North Atlantic flora is old, well established, originating before the Pleistocene ice age or its latest phases. DLC. LOVE, D., see also Nos. 80773, 80774, 80775, 80776. 80779. LØVENSKIOLD, II. L. Avifauna Svalbardensis, with a discussion on the geographical distribution of the birds in Spitsbergen and adjacent islands. Oslo 1963. 460 p. maps, graph, tables, illus. (Norway. Norsk Polarinstitutt. Skrifter no. 129.) 655 refs. Basic source book, result of own field work 1948-1960 and study of the literature 15961958. The physical geography and avian ecology of this island group are described. An increased number of breeding birds since the 1920's is noted as a result of climatic amelioration, also four species nearly extinct. Geographical distribution and biological data are given for the nearly 100 species recorded, 45 of them breeders. Bjørnøya, the southernmost island, has only 17 commonly breeding species whereas the ledges and cliffs of Vestspitsbergen teem with seabed. Common breeders are the snow bunting among the passerines, the pink-footed, barnacle, and brent goose, long-tailed duck, common and king eider among anserines, fulmar, arctic tern, glaucous gull, kittiwake, and arctic skua; no resident birds of prey are known. Appended in chronological list of the literature some unpub. with brief annotations and author index; also 33 smallscale species distribution maps with a 1 in.: 30 mi. index map. Selected species are illus. some in color. DGS. 80780. LOFIØKII, V. N. Zimnie zemlianye raboty v gidroenergeticheskom stroitel'stve. Moskva-Leningrad, Gosenergoizdat 1961. 172 p. tables, graphs, map, illus.

651

50 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Winter excavation work in hydroelectric power plant construction. Considers the labor-saving factors and greater efficiency of dry excavation work in building large and medium size power stations. Methods are discussed for preventing ground freezing by changing the water content, for preventing frost-adhesion of soil to buckets and scoops, and in the truck box. The best way to avoid difficulties in winter excavation is to prevent the ground from freezing by melioration, soft-snow accumulations, and addition of calcium chloride. Larger and more powerful excavators, and bigger trucks are recommended as less liable to frost-adhesion of soil. Good results are obtained by warming the truck box with exhaust gas from the motor or by moistening it with a calcium chloride solution of concentration according to the ambient temperDLC. ature. LOFTHOUSE, J., see No. 84580. 80781. LOGINOV, G. A., and others. Variaf ii intensivnosti svechenifå polfärnykh sir= iligeomagnitnyevozmushchenifå. (Geomagnetism i aeronomifå 1963. v. 3, no. 1, p. 59-62, graphs.) 21 refs. In Russian. Other authors: M. I. Pudovkin and R. G. Skrynnikov. Title tr.: Variations in the brightness intensity of auroras and geomagnetic disturbances. Analyzes the relationship between the integral brightness of auroras and geomagnetic disturbances of bay type and irregular oscillations. Disturbances of these types are found to have a common cause: the variation in ionization of the upper atmosphere by density of the ionospheric wind, but not by energy change of the wind particles. DLC. 80782. LOGINOV, V. P. 0 sozdanii spefsial'nol gornol tekhniki dlf? ralonov Severa. (Problemy Severe 1963, no. 5, p. 47-55.) 7 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Construction of special mining machinery for areas of the North. Northern areas of the Soviet Union have rich mineral resources, leading in many fields of the mining industry. Their development however, is hampered by severe climatic conditions, permafrost, lack of transportation, and high labor cost. Production can be furthered only by improving the techMining machinery, bulldozers, nology. dredges, scrapers, trucks, etc. supplied to the North are, as a rule, the same as those in central and southern areas of the country. Under conditions in the North they wear

652

out quickly, and require capital repair, which, if done locally costs more than new machines. Capital repair, e.g. of a 8-80 tractor in Magadan costs 8-9,000 rubles; a new tractor, f.o.b. Magadan costs only 4,700 rubles. Construction of machinery specially adapted to the northern conditions is required, as has been done in Canada and Alaska. DLC. LOGINOV, V. P., see also Nos. 78013, 84558. 80783. LOGINOVA, N. Sibir' molodezhnafå. (Komsomol'skai shim', 1963, no. 21, p. 1-10.) In Russian. Title tr.: Siberian youth. Reviews a recent communist youth jamboree of "pioneer" builders of Siberia and the Far East; and progress reports from Chukotstrol the Chukotka . mining and electrification project, the Talnakh ore mine near Noril'sk, the Akademgorodok urban development administration, and the Bratsk power plant, among others. DLC. 80784. LOGSDON, C. E. Antibiotics and potato ring rot in Alaska. (American potato journal 1961. v. 38, no. 1, p. 1-5, table.) 13 refs. Reports 1955-57 tests at the Agricultural Experiment Station at Palmer to control infection from Corynebacterium sepedonicum. Ring rot was reduced with Agri-mycin 100 and Terramycin, but control was obtained only with the former and at uneconomically high rates. Other antibiotics tested were ineffective. DA. LOH, L. T., see No. 84368. 80785. LOHMEYER, S. Vom Bergbau auf Spitzbergen. (Glückauf, Essen 1961. v. 97, no. 5, p. 253-56, map, illus.) In German. Title tr.: On the mining in Spitsbergen. Surveys the mining industry of Vestspitsbergen from data of 1958 and information of leading Norwegian geologists. The two Norwegian coal mining companies: Store Norske Spitsbergen kulkompani A/S, and Kings Bay Kull Compani A/S, besides the Russian mines at Barentsburg, Pyramiden and Grumantbyen, are the largest producers. Analysis shows the coal to be unsuitable for coking, but good for electric power. Housing and living conditions are described. DGS. 80786. LOKKEN, J. E., and others. A note on the classification of geomagnetic signals below 30 cycles per second. (Canadian journal of physics 1962. v. 40, no. 8, p. 1000-

1009, graphs, maps.) 7 refs. Other authors: J. A. Shand and C. S. Wright. Shows fundamental differences which exist in naturally occurring geomagnetic background signals: micropulsations (0.0033 c.p.s.) and e.l.f. signals (3-30 c.p.s.). From simultaneous observations at Ft. Churchill, Great Whale and other widely spaced stations, two general micropulsation classes are identified: impulsive and regular, as well as an adjacent but independent extremely low frequency (e.l.f.) background. It is implied that the impulsive activity results from precipitation of solar particles trapped in the earth's magnetic field, and that regular pulsations are sustained by a more continuous, and perhaps more spread, transfer of energy which is associated with the ionosphere. An even more continuous source of energy sustains the e.l.f. background radio signal. The signal bandwidth and the dependence on geomagnetic latitude and longitude serve to DLC. distinguish the classes. 80787. LOKKEN, J. E., and others. Some characteristics of electromagnetic background signals in the vicinity of one cycle per second. (Journal of geophysical research 1963. v. 68, no. 3, p. 789-94, graphs.) 6 refs. Other authors: J. A. Shand and C. S. Wright. Near 1 c.p.s. the natural radio-noise background consists of comparatively steady, low-level "white" spectrum continuum relieved occasionally by intrusion of regular or impulsive geomagnetic signals, as well as normal spherics. The amplitude and frequency of the intrusions were found to depend on latitude. Experimental observations were carried out near Ralston, Alberta in June 1960, and at Great Whale River and Churchill in Canada and Byrd Station in Antarctica Jan.-Feb. 1961 on the characteristic, regularly repeating signal-reinforcement patterns. The radio-noise continuum in the region of 1 c.p.s. and 2 c.p.s. was found due mostly to distant worldwide lightnings, and the patterns displaced in time at conjugate points in boreal and austral regions by one-half of their repetitive DLC. period. 80788. LOMACHENKOV, V. S. K voprosu o pitanii morel Sovetakol Arktiki osadochnym materialom na primere issledovanifa del'ty reki Indigirki. (In: Soveshchanie po sovremennym morskim osadkam 1960. Trudy Ø. 1961, p. 58-64, tables, map.) 2 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: On the feeding of Soviet arctic seas with sedimentary material, as exemplified in the investigation of the Indigirka River delta. Reports the 1958-1959 geologic, geo-

morphic and hydrologic investigations in this delta to determine the morphology and dynamics of the river banks, composition and balance of its load of deposits, erosion, and other features. The banks, mapped to establish the amount of drift, are of five types which are characterized as to their rate of destruction. The banks of the delta in all some 790 km. in length have 354 km. of erosion, 436 km. of accumulation. The load of debris in the delta amounts to 12.6 million tons. Composition of these sediments is also reported. DLC. 80789. LOMAGIN, F. E., and others. Puti povyshenia izvlechenifa metallov iz sul'fidnykh medno-nikelevykh rud. (f vetnye metally, July 1962. v. 35, no. 7, p. 21-28, tables.) 9 refs. In Russian. Other authors: V. K. Piotrovskil and A. I. Lysfsov. Title tr.: Ways for improving recovery of metals from sulfide copper-nickel ores. Includes discussion of methods at the Severonikel' plant on Kola Peninsula: their defects, possibility of improvement, etc. DLC. Cobalt recovery is stressed. LOMBARD, G. F., see Nos. 77181, 81076. LONDON, J., see Nos. 79578, 83512. 80790. LONDON UNIVERSITY. Imperial College. University of London Jan Mayen expedition 1959. Final report by the Imperial College section. London 1960. 121 p. maps, graphs, illus. 13 refs. Typescript. Reports work of an eight-man party of geologists and glaciologists led by Dr. Dollar. Techniques used in measurements of ablation, surface movement, and temperature on Sørbreen are discussed. Ablation was found effective on 10.5.3 days during May 1—Oct. 10. The ice edge which had retreated and re-advanced since 1949 was plotted. Sea temperature for 1877-1955 is tabulated. The glacial system of Jan Mayen is discussed; glaciers are listed with 1959 and previous observations compared. The island was apparently not covered by Pleistocene ice. The ascent of Haakon VII peak is described, and a magnetic traverse on storm beach Titelbukta is diagrammed. History, topography, and weather are outlined, and max. and min. temperatures for July 24— Aug. 31, 1959 are plotted. Equipment, rations, and photographic equipment are listed and evaluated; itemized budget of £2325 and sources of support are stated. CaMAI. 80791. LONEY, R. A., and others. Geology of the Freshwater Bay area, Chichagof

653

Island, Alaska. Washington, D.C., U.S. Govt. Print. Office 1963. p. Cl—054. maps, sections, tables. (U.S. Geological Survey. Bulletin 1108-C.) 24 refs. Other authors: W. H. Condon, and J. T. Dutro. Detailed stratigraphic and structural study of a 140-sq. mi. area approx. 57°55' N. 135°05' W., to aid reconnaissance mapping of Southeast Alaska. This area was selected because it contains a relatively complete and undisturbed stratigraphic section of the Paleozoic rocks of the larger region. During 1956 and 1957, field mapping was done on a scale of 1 in.: 1 mi., with helicopter transport. Petrologic and mineralogic analyses were carried out. A 24,000 ft. thick sequence is divided into five formations, four of them newly named; type sections of each are described, and three unconformities are noted. Five deep-seated plutonic bodies intrude the Paleozoic sequence, probably post-Late Mississippian to pre-Quaternary in age. Two of the plutons are at least four sq. mi. in area and are quartz monzonitic to granitic in composition; the others are smaller than one sq. mi. and are dioritic to quartz dioritic. Major folding, after deposition of the Mississippian Iyoukeen formation, formed alarge southeastward-plunging syncline; an igneous intrusion and faulting followed. Folded map and sections on a scale of 1 in.:1 mi., also correlated composite stratigraphic sections are included. DGS. 80792. LONEY, R. A., and others. Reconnaissance geologic map of Chichagof Island and northwestern Baranof Island, Alaska. Washington, D.C. 1963. map sheet 41 x 31 in. (U.S. Geological Survey. Miscellaneous geologic investigations, map I-388.) 5 refs. Other authors: H. C. Berg, J. S. Pomeroy, and D. A. Brew. Covers the area roughly 57°-58°15' N. 135°-136°30' W. on a scale of 1 in.:4 mi., the mapping carried out mainly 1959-1963. Bedded and intrusive rocks are shown in some detail, structural features are indicated; composition of 37 major plutons, and X-ray spectroscopic data on 40 sulfide and oxide mineral-bearing samples are tabulated. The oldest rocks are Silurian? and Devonian? argillite, graywacke, and limestone; others range from Devonian to Quaternary. Many intrusive rocks are of unknown age. Devonian rocks are most common on eastern Chichagof, Mesozoic on western Chichagof and Baranof Islands. Folding and faulting are widespread. DGS. 80793. LONG, J. B. Report on the model 843 Tucker Sno-Cat traverse vehicle. Madison, Wise. 1962. 40 p. graph, tables,

654

illus. (Wisconsin. Univ. Geophysical and Polar Research Center, Research report no. 62-5.) Describes construction, operation during 1960-1961 antarctic tests, also repairs and modifications during three years' use. In the two vehicles tested, track wear was a problem on the return 300 mi. of a traverse at —40° C. The Cummins diesel engine gave superior performance, greater towing capacity, and more comfort. Comparisons are made of operation and maintenance features between the 743 AN and 843 models. DGS. 80794. LONGLEY, R. W. Winds and visibility at Resolute, Northwest Territories. Toronto 1958. 8 p. graph, tables. (Canada. Meteorological Branch. Circular 3039.) Ref. Poor visibility in winter is usually caused by blowing snow, or by fog or sea smoke. Visibility appears to be a function of wind direction, best conditions occurring with N to ENE winds, worst with E through S to WNW winds. Wind speed is also a factor, but conclusions are not clear-cut. DWB. 80795. LONGMUIR, I. S. The effect of hypothermia on the affinity of tissues for oxygen. (Life sciences 1962. v. 1, no. 7, p. 297-300, graphs.) 7 refs. Study of oxygen affinity of rat liver slices at different temperatures, as compared with the 02-affinity of hemoglobin. The two are found to increase at about the same rate with temperature. Thus, when tissues and blood are cooled together there should be no imbalance leading to tissue hypoxia except perhaps at 20-30° C. DNLM. 80796. LOOMER, E. I., and H. WHITHAM. On certain characteristics of irregular magnetic activity observed at Canadian magnetic observatories during 1960. Ottawa, Queen's Printer 1963. p. 75-81, graphs, tables. (Canada. Dominion Observatory. Publications v. 27, no. 2.) 9 refs. Summarizes hourly range data in three orthogonal components for 1960 for five magnetic observatories including Churchill, Baker Lake, and Resolute Bay. The times of maxima of the two major patterns of high-latitude corpuscular precipitation are clearly defined for these locations with one year's data; the third pattern, afternoon max. of disturbance in auroral zone, postulated by Russian scientists is found weak, scarcely identifiable. The diurnal plots for different components are similar at high latitudes, whereas the latitudinal variation of the mean levels of activity differs significantly for each component. Varying con-

tributions from induction account for part of this difference and reasonable estimates of the magnitude of the induced terms can be made assuming a random source model. DGS. 80797. LOOMER, E. I. Record of observations at Fort Churchill magnetic variometer station 1957-1958. Ottawa, Queen's Printer 1963. p. 87-166, tables. (Canada. Dominion Observatories. Publications. v. 27, no. 3.) Describes the building, equipment installed in May 1957, absolute observations of baseline values, and methods of reduction. Tables of values of X, Y, and Z components, also their diurnal inequalities, and hourly ranges of component X are given. DLC. 80798. LOOMER, E. I. Record of observations at Resolute Bay magnetic observatory for 1959. Ottawa. Queen's Printer 1963. p. 337-76, tables. (Canada. Dominion Observatories. Publications v. 27, no. 7.) Ref. Tabulates hourly values of the X, Y, and Z components; also hourly, daily and monthly means. The mean hourly values of the three components are summarized by month, season, and year. A proton precession magnetometer has been the primary standard of total intensity (F) since May 1959. DGS. LOOMER, E. I., see also Nos. 78191, 79605. 80799. LOORITS, O. Hauptzüge and Entwicklungswege der uralischen Religion. (Folklore studies, Tokyo 1958. v. 17, p. 13740.) In German. Title tr.: Main traits and development of Uralic religion. Discusses the mesolithic origins and aspects of development (since the neolithic) of religious beliefs among the Ostyaks, Voguls, Samoyeds, Zyryans, Lapps, etc. Animism and toteØm, plurality and transmutation of souls, ancestor and animal worship, collection of game-animal bones, anthropomorphism, cosmology, shamanism and magic are considered. Changes in aboriginal beliefs brought about by cultural contacts with Indo-European and Altaic tribes are noted. DLC. 80800. LOPATIN, B. G. 0 siniTskikh otlozhenifakh fiigo-vostochnogo i vostochnogo sklonov Anabarskogo podnfatifa. (Leningrad. Inst. geologii Arktiki. Informaf ionnyl sbornik 1962. no. 32, p. 21-28, crosssections, map.) 3 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: On Sinian deposits in the southeastern and eastern slopes of the Anabar uplift. Outlines Sinian lithology, stratigraphy and correlation, from own and others' (previous)

studies. The deposits are divided into three series and two subseries and each unit is described in detail. Sinian deposits were deposited under platformic conditions and some stratigraphic unconformities are noted. DLC. LOPATIN, B. G., see also Nos. 78406, 83403. 80801. LOPATIN, B. V., and others. Stratigrafifä melovykh otlozhenil levoberezh'fä r. Pal'matkiny, basselna r. LnychalvaCma i pravoberezh'få r. Vivnika. (In: Leningrad. N. -issl. inst. geol. Arktiki. Geologifå Kori,kskogo nagor'få 1963, p. 97-105, map, illus.) In Russian. Other authors: T. V. Tarasenko and L. A. Ånkudinov. Title tr.: Stratigraphy of Cretaceous deposits of the left bank of the Pal'matkina River, Enychayveyem basin, and the right bank of the Vivnik River. Describes these deposits noting distribution, lithologic properties and faunal characteristics. The Upper Cretaceous are divided according to lithologic features, stratigraphy and fauna into six subseries, and each is described. DLC. 80802. LOPATIN, I. A. The cult of the dead among the natives of the Amur Basin. The Hague, Mouton & Co. 1960. 211 p. map, illus. (Central Asiatic studies no. 6.) Approx. 90 refs. Comparative study of mortuary beliefs among nine Tungus-Manchu groups including the Evenkis, Ulchis, Udegeets, Negidalets, Golds, the Paleosiberian Gilyaks, and three Mongol tribes. Attitudes toward the death phenomenon and afterlife, plurality of souls, reincarnation and resurrection, burial customs and funeral rites, deification, effigies and commemorations of the dead, shamanistic practices, etc. are described. Affinities to other Siberian, to American Indian, and Eskimo creeds, and to extraneous influences (Russian, Chinese) are discussed. Author's abstract appeared in Anthropos 1962, v. 57, no. 1-2, p. 212-13. DLC. 80803. LOPATIN, V. D. Fiziko-geograficheskie uslovifä severnoT Karelii kak baza sushchestvovanifii severnogo oleniIh. (In: Akademifä nauk SSSR. Karel'skil filial. Severnyl olen' ... 1962, p. 7-20, tables, illus.) Li Russian. Title tr.: Physicogeographical conditions of northern Karelia as a factor in the life of reindeer. Discusses agro-climatic zones of Karelia and the limits of the northern zone; weather, snow cover, and ice cover of the ground are

855

reviewed, as are the geology, soil, forests, and forest types, lichens, swamps, and forestry. Conditions are found to be very DA. favorable for raising reindeer. 80804. LOPATIN, V. D. Pastbishchnye vozmozhnosti olenevodstva v Karel ä. (In: Akademif nauk SSSR. Karel'skil filiaL Severnyl olen' ... 1962, p. 166-72, map.) In Russian. Title tr.: Grazing possibilities for reindeer farming in Karelia. Discusses the general character of northern Karelia, earlier estimates of grazing potential and own estimates based on geobotanical and forest surveys of 1951-1955. Eleven sectors of the republic are described in turn, their areas, pasture areas and DA. potential. LOPP, R. J., see No. 81138. 80805. LOPYREV, N. Sovremennyl uroven' mekhanizafsii sudoremontnogo proizvodstva. (Rechnol transport 1962. v. 21, no. 8, p. 21-23, tables.) In Russian. Title tr.: Present level of mechanization in the ship-repairing industry. Discusses a mechanization and automation index made for each of the industrial shops and yards of the Ministry of River Fleet (MRF) as of Jana 1, 1961. Those of the Northwestern fleet were found to have an index of 26.3, those of the Yenisey fleet 28.2, Ob 24.5, Kolyma-Indigirka 25.6, and the Lena, 19.8. The index was calculated by the formula (a-b)/a; a representing manhours required to do a job manually, and b the man-hours required for the same job when mechanized and/or automation introDLC. duced. 80806. LORANGE, C. Fluga i vildmark. Stockholm, Saxon & Lindström 1959. 74 p. maps, illus. In Swedish. Title tr.: Flies in the wilderness. Describes and illus. landscapes encountered on a three-week fishing expedition starting from Stenbacken station west of Abisko, northern Sweden. Weather is reported. Quality of vegetation is related to soil type and climate, as is that of fish. Fishing conditions in several streams and lakes are noted, and both wet- and dry-fly trials are discussed. The effects of increased tourist traffic and excessive fishing are DLC. criticized. 80807. LORENTZEN, F. S. Prisene på elektrisk strøm i Nord-Norge. Bodø, Nordland boktrykkeri 1957. 81 p. tables. (Studieselskapet for nord-norsk naeringsliv. no. 19.) In Norwegian. Title tr.: Electric power prices in North Norway.

656

Compares cost to consumer at 47 hydroelectric power stations and a few others, which together supply 96% of the electric power in Nordland, Troms, and Finnmark. The post-World War II reconstruction program in this industry is reviewed in some detail. SPRI. LORENTZEN, F. V., see No. 77003. 80808. LORENZEN, H. Die Naturwissenschaftliche Station in Abisko, SchwedischLappland. (Naturwissenschaftliche Rundschau 1960. v. 13, no. 3, p. 107-108, illus.) Refs. In German. Title tr.: The natural science station at Abisko, Swedish-Lapland. Describes the station at 68°22' N. 18°49' E., where studies of the fauna and vegetation, work in meteorology, geology, geophysics, glaciology, limnology, ecology, etc. have been carried on since 1912. The station has belonged to the Swedish Academy of Sciences since 1935 with Dr. Gustav Sandberg as director since 1948. Published results number about a thousand so far. Several by noted scientists are cited. DLC. 80809. LORSON, G. Igloo restaurant. (Eskimo 1963. v. 65, p. 16-17, illus.) Describes how Eskimos prepare caribou head, liver, dried fish, etc. CaMAL 80810. LOSEV, K. S. Nekotorye obshchie zakonomernosti rezhima lavin v gornykh ralonakh SSSR. (Akademia nauk SSSR. Inst. nauchnol informaIii. Geograficheskil sbornik 1963, p. 101-104, map.) 2 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Some general patterns of avalanche regime in mountain regions of the USSR. Reports the avalanche distribution, causes, features, and snow cover thickness in such regions from about 150 returns to questionnaires. The Khibiny, Franz-Joseph Land, Novaya Zemlya, the Ural, northeast Siberia, and Kamchatka are briefly reported among other regions. • DLC. 80811. LOSEVA, R. I. K stratigrafii chetvertichnykh otlozhenil verkhnel Mezeni. (Geograficheskoe o-vo SSSR. Komi filial. Izvestia 1963. no. 8, p. 15-22, map, illus.) 8 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Stratigraphy of Quaternary deposits in the upper Mezen' River region. Reports a 1959-1960 study in adjacent areas of Komi ASSR and Arkhangel'sk Province. Middle Quaternary, Upper Quaternary, and Holocene deposits are recognized and described as to their composition, distribution, horizons and other features. Traces of two glaciations are identified. DLC.

80812. LOSHCHAKOV, A. I. 0 geologicheskol interpretarsii regional'nogo magnitnogo polfä AT v almazonosnykh ralonakh Zapadnol fAkutii. (Geologif . i geofizika 1963, no. 11, p. 122-27, table, graphs, map.) 6 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: On geologic interpretation of .AT regional magnetic field in the diamondbearing regions of western Yakutia. Reports an aerial magnetic survey in the Daldyn region. T magnetic anomalies are analyzed and geologic structure of the crystalline basement is interpreted. A fault system in a northeasterly direction is established and characterized. Kimberlite bodies are grouped in the contact areas of slightly magnetized blocks. DLC. 80813. LOSKUTOV, A. B. Zhidkie i mnogofaznye vklfüchenifii v natrolite. (Materialy po mineralogii Kol'skogo poluostrova 1962, no. 2, p. 84-95, illus.) 5 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Liquid and multiphase inclusions in natrolite. Reports study of the natrolite vein in Eveslogehorr mountain, in the Khibiny region of Kola Peninsula. Crystals of natrolite, rhombic prisms, pinacoids, and others are described. Three types of inclusions are distinguished: small tubular, flattened forms, and isometric. Primary and secondary inclusions are treated. Behavior of the liquid and gas phase of inclusions under temperature and air moisture is analyzed. Composition and content of light soluble salts are reported. Crystallization conditions of natrolite are analyzed. DLC. 80814. LOSKUTOV, A. V. K mineralogii gidrotermal'nykh zhil massive Soustova na (Materialy po Kol'skom poluostrove. mineralogii Kol'skogo poluostrova 1962, no. 3, p. 168-87, tables, graphs.) 7 refs.. In Russian. Title tr.: Ou the mineralogy of hydrothermal veins of the Soustov massif in Kola Peninsula. Reviews the geologic structure and alkaline syenites of this massif in the southern Khibiny region. Hydrothermal veins are found in several varieties of alkaline rock. They are confined to zones of granulation and crushing of rock. Five types of vein are established according to their mineral composition, . and the main minerals are described, such as analcime, cancrinite, albite, fluorite, biotite, grossularite and ortite. DLC. 80815. LOT-FALCK, E. Å propos d'un tambour de chaman toungouse. (L'homme 1961. v. 1, no. 2, p. 23-50, illus.) 35 refs.

In French. Title tr.: A Tungus shamanistic drum. Describes a ritual drum with drumsticks acquired in the 1880's in the Trans-BaykalYakut border region, now at the Musee de l'Homme, Paris, its shape (ovate), structure, ornamentation, etc. The symbolism of the painted reindeer border on the drum-head, use of the drum in shamanistic performances, and its mutilation (killing) at the death of its owner are discussed. DSI. 80816. LOT-FALCK, E. L'animation du tambour. (Journal asiatique 1961. v. 249, no. 2, p. 213-39.) 16 refs. In French. Title tr.: Animation of the drum. Presents a close translation with notes, of a Yakut incantation song in a folklore collection pub. by A. A. Popov (No. 13729). The spiritual essence of the drum, seat of the shaman's ancestral animal spirits, is discussed, as is the drum-head in resurrection rites, and comparisons are made with rites of the Tungus, Samoyed, and Altayan tribes. DLC. 80817. LOT-FALCK, E. La lune chez les peuples sibtiriens et Eskimo. (In: La lune; mythes et rites. Paris 1962. p. 339-67, map.) In French. Title tr.: The moon among Siberian peoples and Eskimos. Study of lunar mythology among UralAltaic peoples, Paleosiberians, and Eskimos: its relations with other celestial bodies and with humans. Fecundity and mortuary implications, shamanistic rites, cult objects, hunting divinity aspects, the moon calendar, etc. are described. Moon worship was secondary to the sun's except among seaoriented peoples: Chukchis and Eskimos. DLC. 80818. LOT-FALCK, E. Le mammouth auxiliaire chamanique. (L'homme 1963. v. 3, no. 2, p. 113-22, illus.) 14 refs. In French. Title tr.: The mammoth as shaman helper. Deals with a Tungus kheli type iron pendant, probably of Cis-Baykal origin, now at the Musee de l'Homme, Paris. It is a stylized representation of the legendary fish-mammoth with attached bird figurines. The role of the mammoth in Tungus mythology, its importance as the shaman's guide to the netherworld, portrayal in fancy fish, reindeer, and bear shape, etc. are discussed. DSI. 80819. LOT-FALCK, E. La notion de propridtd et les esprits-mattres en Siberie. (Revue de l'histoire des religions 1953. v. 144, no. 2, p. 172-97.) 14 refs. In French. Title tr.: The notion of proprietorship and the master-spirits in Siberia.

857

Study of religious beliefs in supernatural rulers of nature and guardian spirits of the animal world: their territorial domain, sphere of action, magic powers, rituals (especially the bear cult) and shamanistic rites connected with their worship, etymology of individual names of major divinities and helping spirits, etc. This belief is thought to have originated in Central Asia on the basis of Turko-Mongol feudalistic approach to the universe. It was carried north by the Yakuts to Finno-Ugric and Tungus tribes, Yeniseians, Gilyaks, and Yukaghirs; it is also found, though to a lesser degree, among Kamchadals, Koryaks, DLC. and Chukchis. LOTH, D., see No. 78776. 80820. LOTZ, J. It. Canada's far northern coast. (North 1963. v. 10, no. 2, p. 10-16, illus.) Describes the hundred-mile north coast of Ellesmere Island: its physical setting, exploration by Aldrich 1876 and Peary 1906, scientific studies of the Ward Hunt Ice Shelf 1953-1960, strategic importance. The ice shelf is the source of the floating ice islands in the Arctic Ocean. DLC. 80821. LOTZ, J. R. A general introduction to Whitehorse, Yukon Territory. Ottawa 1961. 271. maps, tables. (Canada. Dept. of Northern Affairs and National Resources. Industrial Division. Report.) Refs. Describes the site, physical geography, history and economy of the capital of the Territory on the west bank of the Yukon River at 60°43' N. 135°03' W. The townsite is on a gravel flat between a 200-ft.-high escarpment and the river 10-20 ft. below the fiat. It has a subarctic climate of long dry winters and short dry summers, the average frost-free period June 21-Aug. 9 at the airport, June 10-Aug. 27 in town; it has no permafrost. Founded in the late 1890's at the head of Yukon River navigation, the city draws electric power from the plant at Whitehorse Rapids. It has a narrow-gauge railway connection with tidewater at Skagway, Alaska, 110 mi. south. Population boomed during the Gold Rush and during World War II, declined with economic recession, and since incorporation as a city in 1950, steadied to five-six thousand in 1961. Whitehorse is a service center for military camps, Takhini and others; as such its economic viability is considered questionable, and the tourist industry is being given importance as more stable. Maps show the Whitehorse area and the mineral and road development of the CaMAI. Territory.

658

80822. LOTZ, J. R. ed. Government research and surveys in the Canadian North 1956-61. Ottawa 1963. 90 p. (Canada. Northern Co-ordination and Research Centre, 63-1.) Summarizes data (reported in detail in No. 70516, 63739, 57217, and the previous unpub. reports) on the scientific research, survey and mapping projects, by about a. score of federal agencies in the area north of 60° N., also Northern Quebec, Churchill, Moosonee, and Wood Buffalo Park. Précis are given of work in geophysics, geology, geography, entomology, ornithology, mammalogy, also town planning, low temperature effects on metals, etc., oceanography, permafrost, cold environment physiology, glaciology, archeology, anthropology of Eskimos and northern Indians, meteorology and mineralogy. The magnetic, hydrographic, aerial photographic, geodetic, economic, etc. surveys are noted, as are ice observations in northern waters. The Polar Continental Shelf Project in the Canadian Arctic Islands and waters is CaMAI. reviewed. LOTZ, J. It., see also Nos. 78107, 83943. 80823. LOUIS-MARIE, Pere. Dutilliana I-IV, graØees, cyperackes, saules, et composes de la flore am5ricaine arctico-boreale. La Trappe, P.Q., Institut d'Oka 1961. 46 p., map. (Contributions de 1'Institut d'Oka, Universitk de Montreal, no. 14.; extrait de la Revue d'Oka, v. 34, no. 6, p. 141-51; v. 35, p. 13-20, 45-59, 72-80, 1961.) In French. Title tr.: Dutilliana I-IV; Gramineae, Cyperaceae, Salicaceae, and Compositae of arctic-boreal American flora. Describes work of the botanist Arthbme A. Dutilly, O.M.I., listing itineraries of his 26 scientific trips during 1933-1960 to northern areas in Canada, Alaska, Greenland, his associates: Hugh O'Neill, Maximilian Duman, Ernest Lepage, Gerard Gardner, Janvier Leclair, the extensive plant collections made, main localities (map), and ten new taxa established. Dutilliana I (p. 10-13) lists with localities where collected, 56 species of willow identified by Carlton Ball. In pt. 2 (p. 13-20) Dutilly's botanical itineraries in Canada are given and approx. 140 boreal and arctic grasses identified by J. Swallen are listed with localities. Pt. 3 (p. 21-38) deals with sedges, etc. listing with localities 173 species of Cares, 11 Eleocharis, 10 Eriophorum, 11 Scirpus, 1 Rhynchospora, 3 Kobresia, and noting other collections also. The last section lists about forty genera and two hundred species of flowering herbs and weeds of fam. Com-

positae, and for most some localities are CaOF. mentioned. 80824. LOUIS-MARIE, Pere. Floremanuel de la province de Quebec, Canada. 3 ed. Montreal, Centre de psychologie et pedagogie 1959. 321 p. maps, illus. Refs. In French. Title tr.: Flora manual of the Province of Quebec, Canada. Textbook. Plants found in Quebec are described and illus. in color, p. 41-265. French, English, and scientific names, habitats, time of flowering are given; occurrence is indicated by sections including two north of 48° N., one west, the other east of 70° W. Keys to the principal genera and indexes to DLC. the plant names are included. 80825. LOVE, A. H. G., and R. A. WOMERSLEY. Accidental hypothermia. (Ulster medical journal 1959. v. 28, no. 2, p. 193-96, illus.) 10 refs. Case report of a man, age 59, diabetic, stabilized on insulin, found unconscious but not exposed to cold, rectal temperature 12 hrs. after hospital admission 85° F. Other parameters, laboratory findings, therapy, and post-mortems are recorded. DNLM. 80826. LOVENBURY, H. Üksfjordjökulen 1961. (Exploration review 1962, no. 3, p. 18-22, 30, illus.) Describes a July boat expedition by four students of Imperial College to the Oksfjordjøkulen icecap on Bergsfjord Peninsula between Tromsø and Hammerfest in northern Norway. Purpose was to determine for Norsk Polarinstitutt the present size of the icecap by providing ground controls for a set of aerial photographs flown in 1945, and to prepare a map of the ice edge for publication at 1:25,000 scale. The present controls serve as ordnance data for measurement of future changes. Thirty-five species DLC. of lichen were also collected. 80827. LOWDON, J. A., and others. Age determinations and geological studies, including isotopic ages, report 3. Ottawa, Queen's Printer 1963. 140 p. map, tables. (Canada. Geological Survey. Paper 62-17.) 41 refs. Other authors: C. H. Stockwell, H. W. Tipper, and R. K. Wanless. Third annual release of potassium-argon ages determined in the Geological Survey of Canada laboratories, in sequence to No. 73611. Includes comparison of ages of 23 biotitemuscovite pairs, some from Yukon Territory, Alaska, Northwest Territories, etc.; 14 pairs agree, 9 show age differences of up to 32%. Additional potassium-argon dates obtained during 1961 substantiate the sub-

divisions of the Canadian Shield proposed in No. 73610. Six main structural provinces and several subprovinces are identified in Three main Precambrian the Shield. orogenic periods are distinguished: the Kenoran, Hudsonian and Grenville; their peaks occurred at about 2,500, 1,700, and 950 million years B.P., terminating the Archean, the Lower and Middle Proterozoic, and Upper Proterozoic ending with the beginning of Cambrian time. The Churchill Province may be extended farther north on the mainland, and apparently covers most of Baffin and part of Ellesmere Island. The eastward extension of the Grenville Province boundary remains doubtful. Potassiumargon ages and structural provinces of the Shield are mapped on a scale of 1 in.:150 mi. A tabular summary of K-Ar ages on DGS. micas of the shield is provided. 80828. LOWE, A. B. Weathermen of early Canada. (Weather 1963. v. 18, no. 12, p. 354-59, table.) 7 refs. Sketches the experiences and observational methods of explorers and fur traders: Jens Munk at Churchill 1619, Peter Fidler at York Factory 1794-95, William Falconer at Severn House and Thomas Hutchins at York Factory 1771. Records, mostly a year or less, for 30 Hudson's Bay Co. posts have been found for the period 1760-1820. Temperatures were read from three-five times daily; snowfalls and total snow on the ground were usually recorded; rainfall was not measured. Comparison with 1921-1950 mean temperatures shows the early mean January readings colder and July much the same at York Factory, Nottingham House, Cumberland House, and Slave Lake House. DWB. LOWTHER, J. S., see No. 79582. 80829. LOZHEIN, A. V. Istorifa razvitifå rel'efa i vozrast aWüvial'nykh otlozhenil basselna ruch'fa Promezhutochnogo ; sistema reki Indigirki. (Akademifa nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Severo-Vostochnyl kompleksnyl n. -issl. inst. Trudy 1963. no. 3, p. 37-52, tables, map, illus.) 16 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: History of relief development and age of alluvial deposits of Promezhutochnyy Creek basin, Indigirka River system. Reports geomorphic and pollen studies made in this area of the El'gi River basin in Yakut ASSIt. They show that a small tectonic basin was formed in the Lower Pleistocene. Spore-pollen spectra indicate warmth-loving Nippon-Cordilleran flora followed directly by a less warmth-loving

659

Hudson-Siberian flora. Deposits with periglacial spore-pollen spectra not only overlie those with spectra, of Hudson-Siberian flora. but also compose an interstratified layer. DLC. 80830. LOZHKIN, A. V. Novye palinologicheskie dannye o razvitii rastitel'nosti severo-vostoka SSSR v antropogene. (Akademifa nauk SSSR. Doklady 1963. v. 152, no. 4, p. 949-52, illus.) 8 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Recent palynological data on vegetation development in northeastern USSR in the Quaternary. Reports spore-pollen diagrams of Quaternary deposits on Promezhutochnyy Creek in the upper.Indigirka. The deposits are described, prevailing plants reported, and climate conditions interpreted. Comparisons are made with the upper Nera depression. The stratigraphie position of these deposits is discussed. The present stratigraphic division of the Quaternary in the Northeast is found imperfect and further DLC. studies are suggested. 80831. LOZINA-LOZINSKII, L. K. Reakfsifä nasekomykh na glubokoe okhlazhdenie. (Akademifa nauk SSSR. Inst. fsitologii. Sbornik rabot 1963, no. 4, p. 34-53, tables.) 35 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Response of insects to extreme cooling. Account of experiments with larvae of Pyrausta nubilalis. Cold resistance was highest during diapause, with ambient temperature playing an additional role: after incubation at 22° C. few survived exposure to —78° C., but incubation at 0° was followed by 100% survival after a —78° stress. Such insects developed normally even when kept for months at 0° C. To protect larvae against cold of —196° a 30-60 min. incubation at —30° C. was necessary. DLC. 80832. LOZINA-LOZINSKII, L. K. Ustolchivost' nekotorykh nasekomykh k temperature zhidkogo gelife (-269° C.) pri vnutrikletochnom zamerzanii v otsustrii antifrizov. (!itologia 1963. v. 5, no. 2, p. 220-21.) 4 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Resistance of some insects to temperature of liquid helium (-269°C.) with intracellular freezing in absence of antifreezes. Hibernating larvae of Pyrausta nubilalis transferred by stages into liquid He and kept in it over 6 hr. showed a 55% survival. The survivors died within several days. Liquid N produced higher and longer surDNLD1. vival rates.

660

LUBAN, S., see No. 78646. 80833. LUBINSKI, G. Metadinium caudaturn sp. n., a rumen ciliate of muskox from northern Canada. (Canadian journal of zoology 1963. v. 41, no. 1, p. 29-32, tables, illus.) 5 refs. Describes this new protozoan noting similarities and differences of the closely related M. magnum, Dogiel. It is the only species of this genus provided with caudal armature. DSI. LUCAS, H., see No. 79578. 80834. LUCHINEßKII, E. Po sledam razvedchikov. (In: Iokhimovich, D. I. Mofa Sibir', 1960, p. 58-99.) In Russian. Title tr.: Treading in the prospectors' tracks. Popular account of oil and gas search by field parties of the so-called Berezovo general geological prospecting expedition in the lower Ob region since 1952. Test drilling and discovery of natural gas at Berezovo and Igrim on the Severnaya Sos'va River and at Ustrem on the Malaya Ob are described. Leading field personnel are mentioned and the urban development of Berezovo sketched. DLC. SKII. I_ V., see No. 80276. LUCHI'i 80835. LUCIA, E. Klondike Kate. N. Y., Hastings 1962. 305 p. illus. 35 refs. Biography of Kathleen Eloisa Rockwell, 1876?-1957, including her years around the turn of the century as an entertainer and dance-hall girl in Dawson, Yukon Territory. DLC. LUDWIG, G. H., see No. 79575. 80836. LÜKO, G. A jtivoresillag-mitosz åbråzolåsa as Urål videki sziklarajzokon. (Ethnographia, Budapest 1962. v. 73, no. 3, p. 432-47, illus.) Approx. 30 refs. In Hungarian. German and Russian summaries. Title tr.: Representation of the elk star myth in Ural cliff drawings. Disputes V.N. Cherneaov's (No. 63897) attribution of cosmological and totemic pictographs in the central Urals to ancestral Ob-Ugrians_ The absence of similar cliff paintings in the northern Ural homeland of Ostyaks and Voguls, and the presence of an elk star myth among ancestral Hungarians suggest a Hungarian origin of the pictoDLC. graphs. 80837. LCTZEN, J. The reproductive cycle and larval anatomy of the ascidian

Styela rustica L. (Dansk naturhistorisk forening. Videnskabelige meddelelser 1961. v. 123, p. 227-36, illus.) 8 refs. Describes the gross and microscopical anatomy of the gonads of this arctic species and of its larva. In western Sweden where it was investigated, it breeds in winter and its development is slow. DLC.

tr.: Materials to the biology and fisheries of coregonids of the Khatanga River basin. Reports investigation of four species of these fish from local catches. Their movements, and growth are described. The fishery, catches, their composition and fluctuations since 1942, and desired protective measures, are discussed. DLC.

80838. LUGOV, S. F. Genticheskie tipy olovo-vol'framovogo orudenenifa Chukotki ikh promyshlennoe znachenie. (Sovetskafa geologifil 1963, no. 4, p. 85-98, tables.) 11 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Genetic types of tin and tungsten mineralization in Chukotka and their economic importance. Distinguishes according to geologic-geochemical and structural factors, six formations and series of types and subtypes of tin and tun.... ten mineralization. Each formation is analyzed. Tin occurrence of industrial importance is associated with cassiteritesilicate and cassiterite-quartz-sulfide formation, and tin-tungsten mineralization with cassiterite-quartz formation. DLC.

80842. LUK'fANOV, V. S., and N. N. PUSHKINA. Gipovitaminozy sredi prishlogo i korennogo naselenifå nekotorykh raTonov Zapolfitr'fa. (Problemy Severe 1962, no. 6, p. 115-19, tables.) In Russian. Title tr.: Hypovitaminosis among newcomers and native population in several areas of the Arctic. Outlines results of a study for the Erisman Moscow Institute of Hygiene, in Noril'sk and Taymyr Peninsula (378 persons), Murmansk and Kola Peninsula (175), and in Yamal-Nentsy National District (50). These individuals were mine or construction workers, fishermen; 84.7% were in good health; the majority of the others were affected by vitamin C deficiency. Symptoms and vitamin C content in blood and urine are discussed. The better health of natives in comparison with newcomers is explained by features of their living conditions and diet. DLC.

80839. LUKANIN, A. Chto pokazal smotr. (Na stroTkakh Rossii 1962. v. 3, no. 1, p. 17-20, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: Results of the review. Discusses the 1960 awards for architecture and construction in the RSFSR. Among the twenty buildings honored, are two schools in Kola Peninsula, one for 60 pupils at a kolkhoz, the other for 520 students. Another school, at Severomorsk (69° N.) is cited for its excessive labor requirement in construction: 1.52 man-days/m.3 instead of the DLC. standard 0.70-0.90. 80840. LUKANIN, A. Itogi smotra luchshikh ob"ektov zhilishchno-grazhdanskogo stroitel'stva 1961 g. (Na atrolkakh Rossii 1962, no. 10, p. 32-35, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: Results of inspecting the best examples of domestic and public building construction in 1961. Reports on the annual awards for construction and architecture in the RSFSR: 66 buildings were considered. A 5-story apartment house in Noril'sk was among those selected, and the builders awarded a thirddegree diploma for construction under the geological conditions of the Arctic. DLC. LUKAS, E., see No. 79582. 80841. LUK'fANCHIKOV, F. V. Materialy po biologii i promyslu sigovykh ryb basselna reki Khatangi. (Nåuchnye doklady vysshel shkoly. Biologicheskie nauki, 1963, no. 2, p. 36-40, tables. In Russian. Title

80843. LUK'fANOV, V. S., and N. N. PUSHKINA. Klinicheskie i biokhimicheskie profiivlenifå gipovitaminozov u zhitelel Zapolfar'fi. (In: Moskva. N.-issl. inst. sanitarii i gigieny. Gigienicheskie ... 1961, p. 123-30, tables.) 4 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Clinical and biochemical manifestations of hypovitaminoses in arctic residents. Reports a study of 553 persons of Noril'sk and the Taymyr Peninsula, Murmansk and the Kola Peninsula. Hypovitaminosis-C was found in 80% of the cases, including pregnant and parturient women. The vitamin level was also low in mothers' milk. Norms and preventive measures are suggested. DLC. 80844. LUK'fANOV, V. S. Raschet glubiny promerzanifa protaivanifa gruntov. (In: International Conference on Permafrost. Doklady ... 1963, p. 81-91, graphs, illus.) 11 refs. In Russian. English summary, Title tr.: Calculation of the depth of ground freezing and thawing. Discusses freezing and thawing as part of the problem of calculating the soil thermal regime. The method of hydraulic analogies using integrators, as developed by the author, presents means for solving compli-

661

cated problems of computing the thermal regime in soils, foundations and structures. Simplified methods for calculating depths of freezing and thawing are also available using formulas and nomograms. More complicated studies of the thermal processes in soils are conveniently made by use of hydraulic integrators, for this method is simDLC. ple, clear and flexible. 80845. LUK'ßNOV, V. V. Issledovanie vysotnykh baricheskikh obrazovanil nad severnol chast'fü Tikhogo okeana. (Akademiß nauk SSSR. Inst. okeanologii. Trudy 1963. no. 72, p. 78-93, tables, maps.) 8 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Investigation of high bane formations in the northern part of the Pacific Ocean. Attempt is made to distinguish main types of high baric formations (mostly cyclones and anticyclones) in the entire North Pacific including arctic areas. The 500 mb. surface is taken as best revealing transfer of air masses and long period average charts of bane fields for January, April, July and October are demonstrated and characterized. From daily 500 mb charts for Jan. and July 1949-1961, eight types of high baric formations, showing distribution of baric centers, are distinguished. Each type is characterized and charted; their recurrence and stability noted. DLC. 80846. LUK'IANOV, V. V., and V. D. BURMISTROVA. 0 skorosti peremeshchenifä tsiklonov i antiisiklonov nad severnol chast'iil Tikhogo okeana. (Akademifa nauk SSSR. Inst. okeanologii. Trudy 1963. no. 72, p. 72-77, tables, graphs.) 4 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: On the speed of cyclone and anticyclone transfer in the North Pacific. Reports speed and direction of cyclones and anticyclones, based on analyses of synoptic charts for the 1949-1959 period, and determinations for 2697 anticyclones and 11,836 cyclones. According to cyclonic activity, seven regions are distinguished in the area, including northern Bering and western Okhotsk Seas. Average speed of cyclones in km./hrs. is tabulated for January, April, July, October and the year according to regions. Anticyclone transfer is similarly analyzed, data compared, and cyclone average speed found the greater. Yearly, monthly and regional transfer is briefly characterized for both. DLC. 80847. LUK'G1NOV, V. V., and fit. A. ROMANOV. Polozhenie klimaticheskikh frontov nad severnol chast'fil Tikhogo okeana. (Akademifa nauk SSSR. Mezhdu-

682

vedomstvennyl geofizicheskil komitet, X razdel programmy MGG: okeanologifa. Sbomik statel 1963. no. 9, p. 5-20, maps.) 36 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Location of climatic fronts over the northern part of the Pacific Ocean. Based on the tracks and frequencies of cyclones, charts of divergence of resultant wind speed, and on IGY data, mean seasonal frontal positions are mapped and discussed. Some corrections and supplements are made in the structure and location in the arctic, polar and trade frontal zones, by comparison with earlier estimates. Intertropical conDLC. vergence is also dealt with. 80848. LUK'ßNOV, V. V. fSiklonicheskafa defatel'nost' v severnol chasti Tikhogo okeana. (Akademifa nauk SSSR. Inst. okeanologii. Trudy 1962. v. 57, p. 50-75, charts, tables.) 9 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Cyclonic activity in the northern part of the Pacific Ocean. Outlines centers of origin and distribution of cyclones based on a study of synoptic maps for summer periods of 1949-1959. Their formation and trajectories are mapped for January, April, July, October, and seven regions of cyclonic activity are distinguished in the North Pacific: a high latitude region including the northern Bering Sea, Okhotsk Sea area, mid-temperate-latitude, northeastern, and others. Cyclonic activity is also treated according to seasons. Position of the main climatic fronts is outlined and mapped; their seasonal and monthly variations are characterized. DLC. 80849. LUKICHEVA, A. N. Rastitel'nost verkhov'ev r. Muny, severo-zapadnafå fAkutifit, i vlfanie na nee novelshel tektonild. (Botanicheskil zhurnal, 1963, v. 48, no. 3, p. 328-40, illus.) 17 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Vegetation of the upper Muna River, northwestern Yakutia, as influenced by recent tectonics. Reports field study made in 1958 with introductory data on the physiography, permafrost, and recent geology of the area. The vegetation and its main components are described, beginning with the banks of the Muna and proceeding toward, and including the interfluve. The connection between the character of this flora and the tectonic uplift finds expression in the scarcity of swamp vegetation, predominance of rock and stone formations, and a general tendency to DLC. renewal. 80850. LUKEN, E. I. Pifävki basselna r. Usy i ikh znachenie v pitanii ryb. (In: Akademifa nauk SSSR. Komi filial. Ryby

. 1962, p. 225-30.) 10 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Leeches of the Usa River basin and their significance as fish food. Account of 11 species found in the waters of this area in northern Komi ASSR, with notes on dates and locations of finds, taxonomy, coloration, etc. Five samples of leeches from the digestive tract of fishes are also determined and their forms recorded. DA. 80851. LUKIN, I. I. Promyshlennost' mestnykh stroitel'nykh materialov. (In: Akademifa nauk SSSR. Sovet po izuchenifü proizvoditel'nykh sil. Problemy ... Magadanskol oblasti 1961, p. 154-66, tables, map.) In Russian. Title tr.: The local construction materials industry. Reviews the status of the brick, lime, ferroconcrete, concrete, sand, gravel, glass, and similar industries in Magadan Province. Some production data are given for 1959: 30.5 million brick, 12,000 tons of lime, 1000 t. gypsum, 13,000 m.2 ferroconcrete and concrete, 79,000 m.3 sand, 200,000 m.2 glass, etc. The expansion of this type of industry is treated in some detail as to demand (rising), production costs, transportation, DLC. distribution, etc. 80852. LUND, J. W. G. The periodicity of Melosira islandica O. Müll. in Great Slave Lake. (Canada. Fisheries Research Board. Journal 1962. v. 19, no. 3, p. 501-504, illus.) 3 refs. Reports on incomplete observations, indicating a large crop of this common planktonic alga soon after the disappearance of the ice cover and a small increase in the fall. An intimate connection of the seasonal cycle with the distribution of water density, and DLC. thus of turbulence, is suggested. 80853. LUND, J. W. G. Phytoplankton from some lakes in northern Saskatchewan and from Great Slave Lake. (Canadian journal of botany 1962. v. 40, no. 11, p. 1499-1514, tables, illus.) 43 refs. Presents records of algae from net plankton, and, in view of the great discrepancies among specialists, quotes the authority followed in identifying species or groups. The examined material and the papers of D. S. Rawson, indicate that the more oligotrophic lakes are dominated by diatoms, the more eutrophic by these and Cyanophyta. DLC. 80854. LUND, K. B. Planerne for den kommende laereruddannelse i Godthåb. (Grønland 1963, no 4, p. 147-50, illus.) In Danish. Title tr.: Plans for the future training of teachers at Godthåb.

Outlines plans to establish a four-year training course equivalent to that given in Denmark, and to offer the pupils alternative specialized courses. The training college at Godthåb was established about 1845, and 429 teachers and catechists had qualified CaMAI. there by 1962. 80855. LUND, K. B. Rom-traktaten og de grønlandske love og ordninger. (Grønland 1963, no. 7, p. 258-72.) In Danish. Title tr.: The treaty of Rome and the laws and regulations of Greenland. Examines point by point the treaty among participants in the Common Market, and shows what the consequences of Denmark's joining would be for Greenland. They are considered to present insurmountable diffiCaMAI. culties. LUND, R. J., see No. 83766. 80856. LUND-DROSVAD, A. Hvalernes fine hØrelse. (Atuagagdliutit: GrØnlandsposten 1963. v. 102, no. 18, p. 16-17.) In Danish. Title tr.: The good sense of hearing in whales. Offers observations from 30 years' beluga hunting out of Prøven in West Greenland; the whales aware of the presence of the catcher boats at great distances, detecting the approach of killer whales before they DLC. were visible, etc. 80857. LUND-DROSVAD, A. Lille Jonas. (Grønland 1963, no. 3, p. 81-91, illus.) In Danish. Title tr.: Little Jonas. Sketch of the well-known West Greenland hunter Jonas Kristiansen of Prøven, who died in 1931; his everyday life, friendship with Rasmussen and Freuchen, help to them with supplies, hospitality, etc. CaMAI. 80858. LUNDBAK, A. Arctic tidal problems with special regard to NortheastGreenland. Kobenhavn 1962. 37 p. maps, (Meddelelser om tables, graphs, illus. Grønland. v. 126, no. 5.) 33 refs. Russian summary. Treats of the astronomical tide in the "deep-sea area north of Europe, Asia, and America." Tidal data are tabulated from 65 coastal localities including Jørgen BrØnlunds Fjord and Kap Holbaek (Danmarks Fjord) where observations, not previously reported, were made in 1949 and 1955 respectively. Static and dynamic conditions are considered. It is concluded that the tide in the Arctic Ocean is narrowly connected with and influenced by the rather well developed tide east of Greenland, and is also influenced by an internally developed tide. The fact

663

that the diurnal tides are less developed in most places than the semi-diurnal may be explained by a grand-scale oscillation taking place in the main and deeper part of the Ocean. Daily readings from the two northeast Greenland localities are appended. DGS.

80861. LUNDE, T. Sea ice in the Svalbard region 1957-62. (Norway. Norsk Polarinstitutt. Årbok 1962 pub. 1963, p. 24-34, maps, tables.) 7 refs. Reports on position of the ice edge in June, July and Aug. of these years and analyzes the determining agents. The broad features of ice distribution may be elucidated by winter air temperature, winter precipitation and air pressure gradient. Using Lebedev's formula (No. 9797) for ice accretion and Zubov's (No. 27623) for the wind drift of ice, the calculated thickness of ice and the ice transport east of Spitsbergen are found in good agreement with the actual ice conditions on the east, south and west coasts. DLC.

80859. LUNDBERG, A. Spänningen kring Lule älv. (Svenska turistföreningen. Årsskrift 1963, p. 232-52, map, illus.) In Swedish. Title tr.: Electrification in the Lule River region. Describes power facilities and landscape changes in this region of northern Sweden, which provides a tenth (4,140 million kwh/yr.) of the country's electric power. The despoiled scenic features and fish habitats, aid. the general commercialization of the region are noted however. The anticipated advantages of the regional development, more employment opportunities and higher living standards are little evident. Changes are noted in such established vacation sites as Stora Sjöfallet, Porjus, Jokkmokk, and Laxede. The small power community of Vuollerim at the confluence of the Stora Lule and Lilla Lule Rivers is briefly described. DGS.

80862. LUNDMAN, B. Ein paar kleine Bemerkungen über die Anthropologie der Bering völker. (Folk 1963. v. 5, p. 233-34, maps.) Refs. In German. Title tr.: Afew small observations on the physical anthropology of the Bering Strait peoples. Considers the extreme narrowness of nasal orifices of Eskaleuts, especially Polar Eskimos, and of Paleosiberians to be an ecological (climatic) adaptation, not a racial trait. DLC.

80860. LUNDBERG, A. S. Lapplands järnmahn. (Svenska turistföreningen. Årsskrift 1963, p. 197-202.) In Swedish. Title tr.: Lapland iron ore. Discusses the mining complex centered at Kiruna, the world's largest iron mine: nature and amount of ore, technical, economic and legal aspects, and division of labor force. The ore is high in phosphorus, for which technical correctives are available in the refining process. It is shipped via railway to the Norwegian port of Narvik, thence to European markets. There are few Swedes in Norway and few Norwegians in Sweden, but the railway is a strong economic tie, and the Swedish port dues a substantial source of Norwegian income. There is no comparable economic bond with Finland, though Finnish-speaking Swedes and Finnish citizens are numerous in the mining force. Miners are fewer than service help and technical specialists in the labor force. The mining company's data-processing installation, study of the . industry by television, and other facilities are noted, as is the new port being completed at Lulea. Population increase, immigration, and some unemployment in Norrbotten are indicated; despite massive ore reserves, new industry is required eventually and should be under DGS. consideration.

80863. LUNDQVIST, G. Beskrivning till karta över landisons aysmaltning och högsta kustlinjen i Sverige. Stockholm, Kungl. boktr. 1961. 148 p. maps, graphs, illus. (Sweden. Geologiska undersökning ser. Ba, Översiktakartor med Beskrivningar, no. 18.) 244 refs. In Swedish. English summary. Title tr.: Description accompanying the map of deglaciation and the highest shoreline in Sweden. Outlines deglaciation in general and deals especially with those processes shown on the map (No. 76044), disregarding such other aspects as plant and animal migration, more recent Quaternary events, etc. Deposits of only two of the four European glaciations are known in Sweden; these two are separated by a very old (30,000-40,0007B.P.) organic stratum between moraine beds. Inorganic stratifications also exist between these moraine beds, but are not clearly interglacial. The complicated chronology is rearranged stratigraphically into Older deposits of the Old Baltic ice stream, and Interstadial or interglacial, then five younger deposits of the Meridian ice stream which graded into the Northeast Ice and the Young Baltic Ice. The ice edge probably was inside the present Norrbotten shore line about 6800 B.C., and at Gallivare about 6000 B.C. Final ice movements were increasingly irregular in the Sarek-Kebnekaiae

864

Mts. Evidence is given of two ice streams trending northeast and southeast from a special ice shed in northernmost Sweden. There deglaciation was different: the ice sheet probably disintegrated into long remnants or became ice-dammed lakes. Age data for the north are few, though pine stumps in the mountains above the present timber line tend to a lower age (4,000-5,000 B.C.) than in the south (5,000-6,000 B.C.) Highest shoreline is better developed in the north than elsewhere in Sweden; three main region-types were above sea-level: the forests between shoreline and ice shed, the high mountains, and the district north of 67° N. Author suggests an earlier disappearance of ice in northern Lapland than the 6500 B.C. noted in the 1953 Atlas över Sverige. DLC. 80864. LØQVIST, .I. Flora och vegetation vid några sydvåxtberg i Pite Lappmark. (Botaniska notiser 1961. v. 114, no. 2, p. 153 75, map, tables, illus.) 23 refs. In Swedish. English summary. Title tr.: Flora and vegetation on some hills with southern plants in Pite Lappmark. Describes the distribution of vegetation on south-facing mountain slopes in the Skellefte and Lais valleys just below the Arctic Circle. Comparisons are made between plants on different soil and scree locations, and with different amounts of moisture, tree shade and shelter, and of light reflection from higher cliff and lower water surfaces, also slight differences in soil ecology, Soil pH ranges 5.3-6.3 in some cases due to calcium from the substrate and aspen litter. Many southern floral elements otherwise foreign to the area are present on these slopes. Systematic square counts of species population are tabulated for some locations. DLC. LUNDSTEEN, P. H., see No. 82351. 80865. LUNEVA, 0. I. Dokembrilskie konglomeraty Kol'skogo poluostrova. (Akademii . nauk SSSR. Doklady 1963. v. 152, no. 4, p. 953-55, map.) 5 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Precambrian conglomerates of Kola Peninsula. Reports a 1956-1962 study in the Voron'ya, Kolmozero, Ponoy, Pechenga, and other regions of Kola Peninsula. Precambrian conglomerates belonging to Tundra, Keyvy, Imandra-Varzuga and Pechenge series were examined with special attention to the material composition of pebble and binding cement. Three large groups of conglomerates are distinguished and characterized. Such study has stratigraphic value and clarifies the paleogeographic conditions of DLC. the formation of conglomerates.

80866. LUNEVA, 0. I. Sostav i istochniki oblomochnogo materials konglomeratov is metamorflcheskikh tolshch dokembrifå Kol'skogo poluostrova. (Sovetskafå geologifä 1963, no. 12, p. 68-88, tables, illus.) 7 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Composition and sources of the clastic material of conglomerates from Precambrian metamorphic strata of Kola Peninsula. Reports the types of conglomerates, their stratigraphic position, composition, form, roundness of pebbles and other features, as studied since 1956 with more than 5000 pebbles examined. The conglomerates belong to six stratigraphic complexes which are described in turn. Sources of the clastic material were the surrounding rocks and Archean granitic-gneiss basement. Direction of the source was different for each complex. Lithologic study of the conglomerates elucidates development of the Precambrian. DLC.

LUNT, A. Ø., and E. P. SAL'DAU. Gentgel'vin iz pegmatitov na Kol'-

80867.

skom poluostrove. (Vsesofiiznoe mineralogicheskoe o-vo. Zapiski 1963, ser. 2, v. 92, no. 1, p. 81-84, tables, illus.) 4 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Genthelvite from pegmatites of Kola Peninsula. Describes this rare mineral as found in 1957, giving chemical and X-ray analysis. Comparisons are made with the genthelvite known in the Lovozero massif, Colorado and Nigeria. Mode of occurrence, physical properties, and other features are charDLC. acterized. 80868, LUR'E, M. L. Rabochee soveshchanie po raschlenenifiü potod trappovol fornma£åii Sibirskol platformy dlfå• t elel geologicheskogo kartirovanifa. (Sovetskafa geologifa 1963, no. 2, p. 160-64.) In Russian. Title tr.: Working conference on subdivision of the Siberian platform trap formation rocks for geologic mapping. Describes a conference in Mar. 1963 in Leningrad, with some 140 participants and 31 papers presented. Its decision on how to deal with this trap formation is stated. DLC. 80869, LUSHCHIßKAR, M. A. Radikal'nag. nekrektomifå pri otmorozhenifäkh, kombinirovannykh a luchevol bolezn'fu. (Voenno-medil inskil zhurnal 1962, no. 1, p. 43-46, table.) Refs. in text. In Russian. Title tr.: Radical necreotomy after frostbite combined with radiation sickness. Discusses therapy of radiation sickness and of frostbite and describes experiments with 187 rabbits exposed to both. Severe

frostbite combined with radiation injury results in acerbation of both, but frostbite shows a course of dry necrosis. Radical, early necrectomy, combined with skin grafting and antibiotic treatment reduces mortalDNLM. ity and duration of sicknesss. 80870. LUTTA, A. S. Lesa Karelii mesta vyploda i obitanie slepnel. (Akademie nauk SSSR. Barel'skil filial. Trudy 1961. no. 30, p. 161-85, tables, illus.) 13 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Karelian forests as areas of reproduction and habitation of horseflies. Discusses these forests, their kinds, trees and undergrowth, and main forms of horseflies found in them. The major part of the paper, as from p. 164, deals in detail with these flies in different zones, including northern Karelia, and in different kinds of forest (pine, birch, etc.) and on cut-over areas. The forests and clearings of northern Karelia showed fewer species and smaller numbers than the central and southern DLC. parts. 80871. LUTTA, A. S. 0 parazitologicheskikh issledovanititkh v Karelii. (Akademifä nauk SSSR. Karel'skil filial. Trudy 1961, no. 30, p. 3-23.) Approx. 285 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Parasitology investigations in Karelia. Outlines organized study which began in 1950 with the establishment of a parasitology laboratory at the Academy of Sciences' Karelian Branch. Its early work was concerned with the parasitology of White Sea and local freshwater fishes. A great deal of research was devoted to the biology of Diphyllobothrium and to the pathology and prophylaxis of diphyllobothriasis and other helminthoses. Also considered were insect and arachnid carriers. About 300 publications covering all phases of the work reDLC. viewed, are listed. 80872. LUTE, B. G., and K. N. NIKISHOV. K voprosu o svtåzi sostava granatov s ikh genezisom. (Akademifil nauk SSSR. fAkutskil filial. Trudy 1963. ser. geol. no. 9, p. 99-102, tables, graphs.) 4 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: On the connection between the composition of garnets and their genesis. Reports statistically on chemical analyses of garnet from own collection and from literature data on various regions of the world. Garnets of the pyralspite series and of amphibole, granulite and eclogite facies are dealt with, particularly as to the thermodynamic conditions of their formation. Chemical and mineralogical analyses estab-

668

lish that the garnets of the Lyungyde River alluvial deposits in Yakutia are of granulite facies of metamorphism. A method is claimed to be found for determining garnet composition according to the content of the main components: almandine, pyrope, and grossularite, and so to establish the genetic DLC. group. 80873. LUTZ, H. J. Early forest conditions in the Alaska interior, an historical account with original sources. Juneau, Northern Forest Experiment Station, Forest Service, U. S. Dept. of Agriculture 1963. 76 p. map. Refs. Describes the "original" forest from observations recorded by some 140 explorers and others over a century since 1802. The citations are grouped according to geographic areas, mostly river basins from the Copper north to the Koyukuk. Abundance, size, distribution, and species of timber, also altitude of the timber line, and fire damage are inferred for each locality and the forest as a whole. Comparisons are made with the present forest which has less white spruce, more treeless expanses, and young stands as a result of logging and forest fires. DA. 80874. LUTZ, H. J. History of Sitka spruce planted in 1805 at Unalaska Island by the Russians. Juneau, Northern Forest Experiment Station. Forest Service, U.S. Dept. of Agriculture 1963. 25 p. map, illus. Refs. Cites some thirty references of 1821-1948 to spruce planted on this treeless Aleutian Island noting the circumstances under which they were planted, their growth and condition at various times. Of an unknown number of two—three year old spruce planted in 1805, ten were standing in 1958; the measurements and condition of each are stated. Of two later plantings, probably due to Veniaminov's inference, six and 53 trees remain. Various opinions on the causes of treelessness in the Aleutians are also cited. DA. LUTZ, H. J., see also No. 83832. 80875. LUYET, B. J. A method for increasing the cooling rate in refrigeration by immersion in liquid nitrogen or in other boiling baths. (Biodynamica 1961. v. 8, no. 171, p. 331-52, graphs.) 5 refs. Exploratory study preceded by account of the basic principles of the method and their application. Out of some hundred coating substances tried, the most efficient were, in the rough-surface group: ashes, kieselguhr, silicon-oxide, absorbent paper, etc.; in the

smooth-surface group: soap foams and a fluorocarbon compound. Cooling velocity with some coolings was increased over twentyfold. DLC. LUYET, B. J., see also Nos. 81198, 82345. 80876. LUZHKOV, A. D. Ekologo-parazitologicheskoe issledovanie belogo pesfsa, Alopex lagopus L. na poluostrove fAmal. (Zoologicheskil zhurnal 1963. v. 42, no. 6, p. 964-66, table.) 10 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Ecologicparasitological investigation of the polar fox Alopex lagopus I,. on Yamal Peninsula. Reports examinations of 118 animals during 1957-1959 which revealed five species of parasites and 12 helminths. Incidence, percentage and degree of infection with the latter are tabulated. Small rodents eaten by these foxes are the main source of inDLC. fection. LUZOV, A. A., see No. 82812. 80877. L'VOV, M. Arkhangel'skil oblastnol. (Khudozhestvennafa samodeli tel'nost' 1963. v. 0, no. 6, p. 17, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: Arkhangel'sk regional show. Describes the performing arts festival held at Arkhangel'sk. Among others, a group from Nar'yan-Mar presented a choreographic arrangement of a Nenets hunters' dance (illus. also itrid. no. 4, p. 25). DLC. 80878. LYKOV, M. Na golubykh dorogakh. (In: Iokhimovich, D. I. Mora Sibir' 1960, p. 228-34.) In Russian. Title tr.: Along blue roads. Sketches the planned (1965) expansion of river transportation in Siberia, including the Ob, Yenisey, and Lena: freight turnover, passenger traffic, river fleet, harbor construction. DLC. 80879. LYMAN, C. P., and R. C. O'BRIEN. Autonomic control of circulation during the hibernating cycle in ground squirrels. (Journal of physiology 1963. v. 168, no. 3, p. 477-99, graphs.) 21 refs. Reports a study of undisturbed squirrels (C. lridecemlineatus and C. lateralis) during all phases of hibernation, by infusing drugs into the blood stream and monitoring the pulse pressure. The results indicate that the parasympathetic system has a regulatory but not essential effect on heart rate during entrance into hibernation. Decline of sympathetic influence contributes to cardiac slowdown during entrance, but sympathetic action is essential in vasoconstriction during hibernation and for vascular changes during arousal. DLC.

80880. LYMAN, C. P., and R. C. O'BRIEN. Circulatory changes in the thirteen-lined ground squirrel during the hibernating cycle. (Harvard Univ. Museum of Comparative Zoology. Bulletin 1960. v. 124, International Symposium ... Hibernation 1959. Proceedings, p. 353-72, illus.) 11 refs. Heart rate and blood pressure decreased on entrance into hibernation, but before any decrease in body temperature. Mean blood pressure remained high, due to increased peripheral resistance and pulse pressure, even with a heart rate of 3-4 beats/min. With arousal, there is a rapid rise in heart rate and decrease in peripheral resistance. Shortly afterwards, the heart begins to warm, and later the posterior of the animal. Electrical depolarization of the heart during hibernation is also explained. Notes on conference discussion are appended. DLC. 80881. LYMAN, C. P. Effect of low temperature on the isolated hearts of Cilellus leucurus and C. mohais. Fort Wainwright, Alaska 1963. 5 p. graph. (U.S. Arctic Aeromedical Lab. TDR-63-4). 8 refs. Heart rate of preparations exposed to 25°-0° C. did not differ in the two species, although the first one hibernates and aestivates and the second does neither. C. leucurus lives in hot arid regions and has a high critical and lethal temperature, and yet its heart is able to tolerate low temperature. CaMAI. 80882. LYMAN, C. P. Hibernation in mammals and birds. Fort Wainwright, Alaska 1963. 13 p. graphs, illus. (U.S. Arctic Aeromedical Lab. TDR-63-3.) 10 refs. General discussion, dealing with occurrence of hibernation, factors precipitating it, and its different forms. Physiology, including neurology and hematology is considered, as are homeostasis and response to external conditions (cold, etc.). Depth and continuity of hibernation, arousal, its progress and physiology are discussed, as are control of hibernation, and hibernation in relation CaMAI. to growth and reproduction. 80883. LYMAN, C. P. Homeostasis in hibernation. (American Inst. of Physics. Temperature, its measurement and control ... v. 3. 1962-63. pt. 3, p. 453-57.) 20 refs. Broad review of hibernation and its three phases. External factors causing or triggering it such as cold and food, species and individual differences, duration and rhythms are considered, as are the physiology of hibernation proper, and behavior. Arousal, its causes, progress, speed, polarity and

667

steps are also treated. Comparisons with DLC, hypothermia are made. 80884. LYON, W. K. Ocean and sea-ice research in the Arctic Ocean via submarine. (New York Academy of Sciences. Transactions 1961. v. 23, no. 8, p. 662-74, illus.) 7 refs. Ordlines under-ice dives since 1947, and tells how a submarine operates under sea ice and how it can be used as a research tool for the study of ocean cryology. Specifically the use of the sonar system in under-ice cruising, maneuvering, and surfacing is explained. Possibilities for oceanographic reDLC. search are noted. 80885, LYON, W. K. The submarine and the Arctic Ocean. (Polar record 1963. v. 11, no. 75, p. 699-705, map, profiles, illus.) 6 refs. Reviews U.S, Navy contributions since 1946 to under-ice submarine cruises. A sonar system adapted to under-ice piloting by the Navy Electronics Laboratory is described and diagrammed, as is the Arctic Experimental Pool in the Submarine Research Facility at San Diego, Calif., where sea ice is grown and studied under various controlled conditions. Data obtained on the breaking and impact strength of the ice are essential for submarine surfacings through it. A mathematical (perforated plate) model to represent sea ice is being developed. Arctic cruises of 1957-1962 under the ice are mapped, and oceanographic observations DGS. noted. 80886. LYONS, J. B., and L. E. PERSSON. Some physical and chemical measurements on ice with reference to the Ward Hunt cores; final report. Hanover, N.H. 1962. 35 p. tables, illus. Refs. Also issued as: AFCRL 62-1067. Reports analyses of cores collected in 1960 to help determine the mode of origin and the history of this ice shelf off northern Ellesmere I. But 02 and gas pressure data failed to show predicted relationships between petrologically determined ice types and gas compositions. Expected correlation between ice strength and the parameters of density, salinity, texture, etc. also failed to appear from shear tests at uniform loading rates and at fixed temperatures. Experiments on polycrystalline ice resulted in such high activation for diffusion as to suggest abnormal diffusion characteristics. DLC. LYSAK, S. V., see No. 76816. 80887. LYSENKO, T. I., and A. I. VASINA. Dokumenty o Frit'ofe Nansene.

668

(Akademifor nauk SSSR. Vestnik, Mar. 1962. v. 32, no. 3, p. 79-83, facsim.) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Documents about Fridtjof Nansen. Notes archival materials on Nansen's relations with the Russian Academy of Sciences and Russian explorers, with E. V. Toll during the Fram 1893-1896 and Zara 1900-1903 expeditions, etc., with the Academy å propos his election as an honorary member in 1898. DLC. 80888. LYSENKO, T. I., and A. I. VASINA. Nauchnye svfazi polfarnogo Øledovatelfå Frit'ofa Nansena s russkimi uchenymi. (Voprosy arkhivovedenia 1963. v. 8, no. 1, p. 111-15.) 13 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Scientific ties between the polar explorer Fridtjof Nansen and Russian scientists. Discusses the assistance of Russian institutions and individuals to the Fram expedition of 1893-1896, the correspondence of Nansen with E. Toll and suggestions when the Russian Polar Expedition of 1900-1903 was being organized. DLC. LYSØOV, A. I., see No. 80789. 80889. LYTKIN, V. I. K voprosu o pribaltilsko-finskikh zaimstvovaniRakh v komizyrfå.nskikh dialektakh. (Akademia nauk SSSR. Karel'skil filial. Trudy 1963. no. 39, p. 3-11.) 25 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Concerning Balto-Finnish borrowings in Komi-Zyryan dialects. Suggests that Karelian-Veps words in north Zyryan dialects date from ethnic contacts along the Severnaya Dvina River in the 11-16th centuries. Toponymic data support this thesis. Twelve loanwords recently come to light in ancient Komi mss. are analyzed. They bring to two score or more such borrowings known. DLC. 80890. LYTKIN, V. I. Syrjäänin nib sanan akuperästä. (Virittäjä 1963, no. 1, p. 58-61.) 15 refs. In Finnish. French summary. Title tr.: Origin of the Zyryan word stebeg. Etymological and phonetic study of this Zyryan word for book and of its variants in Ostyak and Vogul. It appears first in 15th century ms. and is probably a proto-Permian loan from an Iranian vernacular. DLO. 80891. LYTKIN, V. I. Über die Geschichte der syrjänischen Literatur. (Ural-altaische Jahrbucher 1962. v. 34, no. 3-4, p. 214-22.) 15 refs. In German. Title tr.: History of Zyryan literature. Reviews the religious and secular works

since the 14th century, with biographical notes on some of the poets and prose writers. Some twenty recent literary collections and linguistic studies are briefly described. DLC. 80892. McALLISTER, D. E. Fishes of the 1960 "Salvelinus" program from western arctic Canada. (Canada. National Museum. Bulletin 1963. no. 185, Contributions to zoology 1962, p. 17-39, maps, illus.) 26 refs. French summary. Reports, with descriptive and taxonomic comments, on 30 species collected by the M/V ,Salvelinus from the Herschel Island area and 14 from the Mackenzie River system near Aklavik, with first records of Artediellus staber, Lycodes jugoricus, and L. rossi from arctic Canada and Aspidophoroides olrikii from the Beaufort Sea. The Herschel Island fish are considered part of a low arctic fauna, termed Innuit, which extends westward from Boothia Peninsula, along the Eurasian coast to Barents Sea. DLC. 80893. McALLISTER, D. E. A revision of the smelt family, Osmeridae. Ottawa 1963. 53 p. maps, tables, illus. (Canada. National Museum. Bulletin no. 191.) 135 refs. Study of 13 forms including three subspecies of these fishes, with keys to subfamilies, genera, species and subspecies. Account of each form includes synonymy, morphology and differential diagnosis, sexual dimorphism, biology and ecology, geographic distribution (with maps). Common Russian and Japanese names are supplied. A new species Hypomesus t. transpacifccus is named and the evolution of the Osmeridae reconstructed. Several of the species are of northern distribution. Earlier work on these fishes is noted in the introduction. DI. 80894. McALLISTER, D. E. Systematic notes on the sculpin genera Artediellus, Icelus, and Triglops on arctic and Atlantic coasts of Canada. (Canada. National Museum. Bulletin 1963. no. 185, Contributions to zoology 1962, p. 50-59, tables, illus.) 17 refs. French summary. Diagnostic characters and meristic counts are given on the basis of recent work, also keys to species of the three genera. Distribution of A. uncinatus and A. atlanticus is clarified; new distinguishing characters are proposed for I. spatula and I. bicornis; T. murrayi is reported from the Atlantic coast and distinguished from the more northerly T. pingelii, which occupies the same area as T.m. and with T. nybelini in Ungava Bay — Labrador waters. DLC.

McALLISTER, D. E., see also No. 77637. 80895. MacALPINE, I. The deadly journey of Henri Meriguet. (Maclean's magazine 1963. v. 76, no. 10, p. 24, + , map, illus. ) Describes the journey of this college student, grandson of a Yukon sourdough, from his native France to Dawson City, Yukon Territory, in summer 1962. He was last seen at Swift River Lodge, mile 733 of the Alaska Highway on Aug. 30, and is believed CaOCU. to have been murdered. 80896. McARTHUR, G. The Eskimos of Canada. (Zeitschrift für Wirtschaftsgeographie 1962. v. 6, no. 6, p. 165-69). Describes the approx. 11,000 Canadian Eskimos: their contacts with whites mostly since 1821, administration under the Dept. of Northern Affairs, housing, health and medical care, employment, and education. DLC. 80897. MacBRIDE, W. D. Robert Campbell trail-blazer of the Yukon. (Alaska sportsman 1962. v. 28, no. 7, p. 20-21, + ; no. 8, p. 12-13, + ; port. illus.) Sketches the activities of this Hudson's Bay Co. trader in 1840-52: he explored the Pelly River to its junction with the Yukon, there established Fort Selkirk as first trading post in Yukon Territory; he explored the Yukon downstream to the Porcupine, discovering the Stewart River. The Chilkat Indians, trading rivals, forced him to abandon Fort Selkirk and his experiences with them and friendly local Indians as recounted in 1956 by Chief J. Campbell of the DI. Fort Selkirk Indians, are included. 80898. MacBRIDE, W. D. The Yukon's worst disaster. (Alaska sportsman 1963. v. 29, no. 8, p. 14-16, -i- , illus.) Account of an explosion aboard the Upper Yukon River steamer Columbian in autumn 1906, vessel wrecked, six men killed, efforts of survivors obtaining aid and rescue. DI. MacBRIDE, W. D., see also No. 77192. McCAMBRIDGE, W. F., see No. 83832. 80899. McCANCE, R. A. Thermal stability in the newly born. (International Bioclimatological Congress 1960. Proceedings pub. 1962, p. 339-48.) 26 refs. French and German summary. Discusses the relative insecurity of thermal stability in the newborn and its causes; the possible thermogenic role of noradrenaline; response of the newborn to below-neu-

689

tral temperatures (hypoxia, hypothermia); application of this knowledge to the newborn DLC. child.

mass of the Isfall Glacier to facilitate studies of the University of Stockholm. Equipment and methods are noted. DGS.

80900. MacCANON, D. M., and J. RESNIK. Effect of oxygen inhalation on cold thresholds. (Journal of applied physiology 1963. v. 18, no 6, p. 1057-60, table.) 16 refs. Reports a study of cutaneous thresholds for cold-sensation in eleven nude adults with 50 cm.' of the chest exposed to a radiant cold source. Oxygen breathing produced a similar increase in cold thresholds, both when the environment was cool (22.4°26.5° C.) and when it was warm (36.6°DLC. 39.3° C.)

80904. McCONNELL, J. B., and others. Roasting and smelting practice at the Thompson plant of the International Nickel Company of Canada, Limited. (Canadian mining and metallurgical bulletin 1963. v. 56, no. 616, p. 615-23, sections, tables, illus.) Also pub. in the Canadian Inst. of Mining and Metallurgy Transactions 1963, v. 66, p. 285-93. Other authors: I. P. Klassen, and S. A. Berkovich. This plant has an integrated operation, complete from mine to finished product (refined nickel). Unique features in design of the smelter are described: fluid bed roasters which treat nickel concentrate filter cake from the mill as well as the flux, to achieve partial desulfurization; the use of electric furnaces to smelt the partially desulfurized, preheated roaster product; and slag disposal by water granulation and slag slurry pumping. Each of the roasters feeds an 18,000 kva. electric furnace. Successive steps are outlined and diagrammed on a flowsheet. A smelter plan and a section show various components as do a roaster section and tuyere detail, also electric furnace sections. Roasting and furnace DGS. operating data are tabulated.

McCARTNEY, R. L., see No. 83297. MACCHI, I. A., see No. 80173. MacCLARENCE, J., see No. 83386. 80901. McCLAUGHRY, R. I. Difficulties in epidemiological studies of the relationship of cold to human infections. (In: Symposia on arctic biology and medicine. Proceedings 1963, p. 11-23.) 3 refs. Outlines difficulties encountered in an attempt to utilize Veterans Administration hospital records to determine the influence of cold on infectious disease. Similarly, a study of the problem from the Korean War was abortive. Author believes that a study planned in advance, rather than in retrospect, is more promising. Appended is account of the lengthy discussion which CaMAI. followed. McCLOUGHAN, C., see No. 80932. 80902. McCOMISKEY, D. M., and J. R. BEATON. A note on metabolic effects of hypothermia in adrenalectomized rats. (Canadian journal of biochemistry and physiology 1963. v. 41, no. 9, p. 2038-41, graph.) 14 refa. Pronounced hyperglycemia noted in fed, hypothermic rats was largely prevented by adrenalectomy or by an adrenergic blocking agent. Adrenal activity, probably epinephrine release, thus appears to be a factor in DSI. the hyperglycemia of cold. McCOMISKEY, D. M., see also No. 81147. 80903. McCONNEL, R. W. Glacial secrets revealed by tunnel in Sweden. (Canadian geographical journal 1963. v. 67, no. 4, p. 124-27, illus.) Describes a 1962 project in the Tarfala valley: a 230 ft. tunnel was cut into the ice

670

80905. McCOOK, J. Mosquitoed into eloquence. (Beaver 1963. no. 294, p. 26-29, illus.) Quotes several explorers, traders, and others' descriptions of their encounters with mosquito hordes in northern Canada. DI. 80906. McCRACKEN, E. M. The tides are its timetable; the Yakutat & Southern Railroad. (Alaska sportsman 1963. v. 29, no. 5, p. 16-18, -1-.) Describes this 11-mi. Southeast Alaska railroad, built in 1903 to haul salmon from the Situk River to a cannery in Yakutat. Its rolling stock receives the cargo of a DI fishing scow at high tide. • 80907. McCRACKEN, H. The beast that walks like man. N.Y., Hanover House 1955. 319 p. Account of the American grizzly bear, including (p. 201-250) observations of them on the western Alaska Peninsula in 1916 and for several months at close range in 1922. Appended is a list, with distinguishing characteristics and geographic range, of the species and subspecies of gen. Urns, about 40 are in Alaska and northern Canada. Bibliographic notes and subject index are included. DLC.

80908. McCRACKEN, H. The biggest bear on earth. Phila., Stokes 1943. 114 p. illus. Fictional account of the Alaska brown bears, based on a naturalist's observations during several months on the western DLC. Alaska Peninsula. 80909. McCRACKEN, H. Caribou traveler. Phila., Lippincott 1949. 204 p. map, illus. Describes the barren ground caribou of northern Canada, their long migrations, Eskimo and Indian hunters, role of the rifle DLC. in depletion of the herds. 80910. McCRACKEN, H. Hunters of the stormy sea. N.Y., Doubleday 1957. 312 p. maps. Traces the sea-otter hunting and trade in the Aleutian Islands and along the northwest American coast from the mid-18th century. Russian voyages and discoveries, subjugation of the Aleuts, Shelekhov's establishment of the Kodiak Island colony, beginnings and expansion of the Russian American Co. under Baranov, trading and territorial rivalries between Russians English, Spanish, and Yankees, etc. are outlined. The sea otters and methods of hunting them from skin boats are described, as are the Russian traders, and natives, the Russian settlements and massacres at Yakutat and Sitka, etc. Survival of a few otters and American efforts in rehabilitation are noted. Bibliographic notes and a subject DLC. index are included. 80911. McCRACKEN, H. The last of the sea otters. Phila., Stokes 1942. 99 p. illus. Story of this nearly extinct species from observations during two years in the Aleutian Islands and Alaska Peninsula. DLC. 80912. McCRACKEN, H. Sentinel of the snow peaks. Phila., Lippincott 1945. 151 p. map, illus.) Fictional account of the white mountain sheep, based on a naturalist's observations in the Malaspina Glacier area of the St. DLC. Elias Mts. in Southeast Alaska. 80913. McCRACKEN, H. Son of the walrus king. Phila., Lippincott 1944. 129 p. illus. Nature story of walrus traveling with the pack ice through Bering Strait and the Arctic Ocean and of their Eskimo hunters DLC. from Little Diomede Ishnd. 80914. McCRACKEN, H. The story of Alaska. N.Y., Garden City Books 1956. 57 p. illus.

History for younger readers, describing the Russian era, Sheldon Jackson's reindeer project, gold rushes, etc. DLC. 80915. McCRACKEN, H. Toughy bulldog in the Arctic. Phila., Lippincott 1948. 202 p. illus. Popular account of the Stoll-McCracken Arctic Expedition of the American Museum of Natural History in 1928, including the experiences of a pet dog and the reactions to him of Aleuts, Eskimos, and sled dogs. The party aboard the Morrissey, Capt. Bob Bartlett, collected deer, etc. on Chichagof Island; excavated a prehistoric site and hunted Alaska brown bear on western Alaska Peninsula; found prehistoric mummies in the Aleutians; observed Eskimo life, including a medicine man, on Little Diomede Island; and hunted walrus in the Arctic Ocean. DLC. 80916. McCRACKEN, H., and H. VAN CLEVE. Trapping. N.Y., Barnes 1947. 196 p. illus. Describes several North American furbearing animals and suggests methods for trapping them. Of northern interest are the muskrat, beaver, mink, weasel, otter, lynx, fox, wolf, marten, and wolverine. The varieties of each are listed, with distinguishing characteristics and geographic range. DLC. McCRACKEN, K. G., see Nos. 79604, 82343. 80917. McCRIMMON, H., and J. BRAY. Observations on the isopod Mesidotea entomon in the Western Canadian Arctic Ocean. (Canada. Fisheries Research Board. Journal 1962. v. 19, no. 3, p. 489-96, tables, graphs, map, illus.) 3 refs. Study of a great number of this crustacean from the Beaufort Sea. It was found to be most numerous on muddy bottoms where temperatures ranged between —1.3 and +10° C.; no specimens were found in depths greater than 24 fathoms. Sexual dimorphism, age and maturation are also considered. DLC. 80918. MacDONALD, S. D., and A. H. MacPHERSON. Breeding places of the ivory gull in arctic Canada. (Canada. National Museum. Bulletin 1962. no. 183, Contributions to zoology 1960-61, p. 11117, illus.) 30 refs. Reviews records and observations, including Eskimos', etc. on the nesting of Pagophila eburnea. The range extends from Prince Patrick, Polynia, Meighen Islands,

671

possibly the Beaufort seacoast, to Brodeur Peninsula on northern Baffin Island. The birds breed on low beaches, shoals, debriscovered ice islands (photo of nesting colony June 1960), and probably on cliffs of the DLC. east coast of Ellesmere Island. 80919. MacDONALD, T. H. Average annual solar radiation per day over northern North America. (U.S. Weather Bureau. Monthly weather review 1963. v. 91, no. 10-12, map.) 5 refs. Covers Greenland, Canada and United States including Alaska. Distribution of solar radiation is mapped in langleys (gm.cal./m.2) per day. Radiation observing DO S. stations are indicated. McDUFFIE, R. E., see No. 84485. 80920. McEWAN, E. H. Seasonal annuli in the cementum of the teeth of Barren Ground caribou. (Canadian journal of zoology 1963. v. 41, no. 1, p. 111-13, illus.) 8 refs. Microscopic examination of incisor teeth showed alternating light and dark zones in the cementum. The dark zones represent the winter seasons. Since cement is not deposited until the fawn is about eight months in age, one year must be added in determining the ago of a caribou from its DSI. teeth. 80921. McFARLANE, H. G. The bare facts about Bear Island. (North 1963. v. 10, no. 3, p. 22-23, illus.) Submits a humorous account, by Bell Telephone Co. employee Ivan Hutton, of this island in Hudson Bay: weather, landscape, plant and animal life. CaMAI. 80922. MacFARLANE, I. C. The engineering characteristics of peat. (National Research Council of Canada. Technical memorandum 1963. no. 77, p. 45-50.) Ref. Discusses problems of access to off-road sites, road and railway construction, drainage, etc. in muskeg areas, caused by the unpredictability, high water table, low shearing resistance, low bearing capacity, and extreme compressibility of the terrain and material, Current research in several countries is noted, in classification, water, organic and inorganic content, bulk density and specific gravity, acidity reaction, void ratio, permeability, strength and deformation characteristics, etc. DOS. MacFARLANE, M. A., see No. 80925. 80923. McGEE, J. T. Cultural stability and change among the Montagnais Indians

872

of the Lake Melville region of Labrador. Washington, D.C. 1981. 159 p. tables, map, illus. (Catholic Univ. of America. Anthropologicalsor. no. 19.) 20 refs. Ph.D. dissertation. Based on field work in 1942-1943 and 1951-1953 among the Northwest River band. The area, its history, missionary influence, present aboriginal and EuroCanadian population are outlined, the Indians' seasonal activities and ecological adaptation described. The economic, social, and religious factors influencing cultural stability are discussed. Acculturation is hampered by the Montagnais preference for traditional ways, and a deliberate selective acceptance of alien cultural elements. Catholic in religion and a minority, they mistrust the English-speaking Protestant whites; and their language barrier endures through their reluctance to learn English and send children to English (Protestant) schools. Favorably reviewed by E. Leacock, American anthropologist, 1963. v. 65, no. 4, p. 942-43. DSI. 80924. McGILL, P. C. Silurian Ostracoda from Northwest Territories, Canada. (Journal of paleontology 1963. v. 37, no. 6, p. 1284-88, illus.) 7 refs. Describes: Beyrichia henningsmoeni, Haploprimitia delormensis and Meneeindina meneleyi n. spp. collected in the Delorme Range, 62°48' N. 125°21' W. This new species of Beyrichia McCoy 1846 represents the second recorded occurrence in North America. The possibility of a Silurian sea from Europe to northern Canada is sugDLC. gested. 80925. McGILL UNIVERSITY. Arctic Meteorology Research Group. An atlas of stratospheric circulation, June 1960-September 1961. Ottawa 1963. n.p. maps, graph, tables. (Its: Publication in meteorology no. 56; also issued as: Canada. Defence Research Board. D. Phys. R. (G), Misc. G13.) Completes a three-year period, 1959-1961, of stratospheric charts of most of the Northern Hemisphere: the 25-mb circumpolar charts given in terms of the first nine Fourier harmonics, show the hemispheric circulation of the middle stratosphere. Plotted data are included to show the basis for each analysis. Extrapolation is required over eastern Europe and many parts of Asia. Seasonal mean charts are prepared for the three-year atlas period. The synoptic charts, are given at a five-day interval for Oct.Mar.; the remaining six months are represented by charts at a 10- or 20-day interval. Analyses and specifications were carried out

by B. W. Boville and M. A. MacFarlane. The course of 25-mb temperatures at Alert for June 1960-Sept. 1061 is compared with that of June 1959—May 1960 and that of the DWB. early 1959 warming period. 80926. McGILL UNIVERSITY. Dept. of Geography. A report of physiographic conditions of central Baffin Island and adjacent areas, Northwest Territories, Canada. Santa Monica, Calif. 1963. xv, 270 p. tables, maps, (U.S. Air Force Project Rand. illus. Memorandum RM-2837-1-PR.) About 250 refs. Seventh and last of a series initiated in 1955 by the Rand Corporation, and carried out by Dept. of Geography personnel from McGill Univ. Deals with Baffin Island north of 68° N. and east of 80° W., together with Bylot Island and the islands in northern Foxe Basin. The terrain is described from airphoto interpretation supplemented by field observations and from the literature. Little of the interior of Baffin has been traversed, but preliminary exploration of the coast was completed about 1950. Its conditions of difficult access by sea, few resources, and small native population, do not foster development of trading posts. Two eastcoast settlements, Pond Inlet and Clyde, supply the needs of about 500 natives. The climate is characterized by short, cloudy, Øl summers and long, cold winters, with significant local variations in the fiords and on the larger glaciers. Glacier ice covers about 15% of the land area; permafrost is found everywhere, but its potential effect on construction is variable, being least significant in some limestone lowlands. Precambrian crystalline rocks of the Canadian Shield form the basement, overlain in places by younger sedimentary rocks. The three physiographic provinces of southern Baffin Island (cf. No. 63431) continue northward into this area. The Barnes Icecap, rising to 3700 ft., Iies upon the central Baffin uplands, while a fourth physiographic province, a belt of plateaus, hills and drift-covered lowlands, is found near the east coast. This coast is open to shipping from late July or early August until October. Navigation along the Foxe Basin coasts is more difficult, because of pack ice and shallow water. Potential construction sites abound in the central uplands, though access overland is difficult. Considering both terrain and accessibility, the most suitable sites are located within the hills and plateaus of the east coast, and very locally DGS. near Foxe Basin. 80927. McGILL UNIVERSITY. Dept of Geography. A report of physiographic con-

ditions of eastern Victoria Island and adjacent areas, Northwest Territories, Canada. Santa Monica, Calif. 1963. xv, 200 p. tables, maps, illus. (U.S. Air Force Project Rand. Memorandum RM-2707-1PR). About 150 refs. Sixth in this series. Deals, with the environment, terrain and accessibility of 170,000 sq. mi. of land and contiguous waters including two-thirds of Victoria Island, Prince of Wales and King William Islands, and the nearby mainland, 68°-74° N. 96°-110° W. The small, unevenly distributed population includes about 300 Eskimos and two permanent settlements. Cambridge Bay, the larger, is one of the principal communities in the Western Canadian Arctic. Access generally is by the western sea routes and by air via Yellowknife or Edmonton. The area is mainly a vast lowland developed in basins of Paleozoic sedimentary rocks, separated by arches of geologically older sediments. Construction sites are widespread except in some drift areas; the most suitable terrain areas are difficult of access by sea because of shallow coastal waters and ice conditions. DGS. 80928. McGILL UNIVERSITY. Dept. of Geography. A report of the physical environment of northern Baffin Island and adjacent areas, Northwest Territories, Canada. Santa Monica, Calif. 1963. xvii, 303 p. maps, graph, tables, illus.) (U.S. Air Force Project Rand. Memorandum RM-2706-1PR.) About 190 refs. Fifth in this series, of which No. 63431 is the fourth. Deals with an area of about 140,000 sq. mi., approx. 68°-74° N. 80°-96° W. including northwest Baffin, Somerset Island, Boothia, Simpson and Melville Peninsulas. To the south lies the Quoich River area, described in the first report in this series. Somerset Island-Boothia Peninsula divides the East ern and Western Canadian Arctic because of the obstacle it presents to east-west through navigation. The report is based on air-photo interpretation amplified and checked by field study in the two leastknown areas: Baffin Island north of Fury and Hecla Strait, and parts of Somerset Island and Brodeur Peninsula. Lack of resources, isolation, a population of about 1500, severe climate, and permafrost are factors tending to limit development. Twelve significant terrain types are recognized in the two main physiographic divisions; the Boothia-Somerset, and the Melville-Brodeur-Borden Peninsula. The properties and permafrost characteristics of these terrain types are discussed and illus.; each physiographic region is analyzed for its

673

relief, permafrost, and terrain conditions. Most suitable sites for construction purposes are in northern Somerset Island and along the Lancaster Sound coast of Baffin Island. Deteriorating ice conditions, absence of natural harbors, cuffed coasts, and rugged terrain tend to increase operating costs in the central and southern parts of the map area. Surface deposits are mapped on a scale of about 1 in.:28 mi. Annotations are included facing 41 of the oblique aerial DGS. photographs. 80929. McGILL UNIVERSITY. Dept. of Geography. A report on the physical environment of the Great Bear River area, Northwest Territories, Canada. Santa Monica, Cal. 1963. xiii, 326 p. tables, maps, illus. (U.S. Air Force Project Rand. Memorandum RM-2122-1-PR.) About 120 refs. Third in this series. Deals with terrain characteristics, accessibility, and climate of this 90,000 sq. mi. area (64°-68° N. 112°-122° W.), named for the river that drains Great Bear Lake to the west. Environmental factors that influence the location of settlement sites are pointed out and evaluated; in some inaccessible areas, particularly on the Barren Grounds, problems of movement and site location are similar to those encountered in the first two reports of this series. Proximity to the Mackenzie River transport system gives the Great Bear area a distinct advantage in accessibility, however; the Mackenzie Lowlands region is also most favored for construction purposes. Least desirable for construction materials and sites are the granite upland and sedimentary upland of the Canadian Shield. DGS. 80930. McGILL UNIVERSITY. Dept. of Geography. A report on the physical environment of the Quoich River area, Northwest Territories, Canada. Santa Monica, Calif., Rand Corp. 1963. xii, 284 p. tables, maps, illus. (U.S. Air Force Project Rand. Memorandum RM-1997-1-PR.) About 150 refs. First of a series on selected areas of the Northwest Territories. The studies were initiated in 1955 by the Rand Corporation, carried out by McGill Dept. of Geography personnel, and the results revised for general public use in 1963. Describes a 150,000 sq. mi. area between Hudson Bay and Foxe Basin on the east, the Barren Grounds on the west, and entirely north of the tree line (about 65° N.). Most of the area lies in the Canadian Shield; small portions are overlain by limestone. Three main regions are delineated: Melville

674

Peninsula, Southampton Island, and the mainland. There are three settlements: Coral Harbour, Repulse Bay, Baker Lake, and nearly one-third of the native Eskimo population of 550 live around Coral Harbour. The area is within both the Canadian Eastern and Western Arctic, accessible from Montreal or other Atlantic coast ports, also from west coast ports, Alaska or the Mackenzie River; but natural harbors are few, no artificial harbors have been built and lighters are required for unloading. Ice conditions are generally unfavorable to shipping; Chantrey Inlet and Committee Bay coasts are virtually inaØible, but unescorted ships can operate in Roes Welcome Sound and South Bay from early Aug. until late Sept. Overland transport from southern Canada is not feasible at present; there are no navigable rivers and the nearest railhead is over 750 mi. away. The area has a cold windy climate, in contrast to the quiet winters of the Mackenzie valley and central Alaska; survival is a practical problem to inhabitants and transients. The surface is barren tundra, typical terrain is shown in numerous illus. and accompanying diagrams. DWB. 80931. McGILL UNIVERSITY. Dept. of Geography. A report on the physical environment of the Thelon River area, Northwest Territories, Canada. Santa Monica, Cal. 1963. xv, 307 p. tables, maps, illus. (U.S. Air Force Project Rand. Memorandum RM-1903-1-PR.) About 140 refs. Second in a series of seven studies of selected areas in northern Canada, made available to the general public in revised form. This inaccessible, undeveloped area (64°68° N. 96°-112° W.) in Keewatin and Mackenzie Districts is oriented geographically as well as politically eastward to Hudson Bay and northwestward to the Mackenzie River and Beaufort Sea. Part of the Canadian Shield, it has a variety of landforms: broken, hilly country in the east; broad open lowlands in the center; rolling uplands in the west; and basaltic scarps in the northwest. Distribution of 10 main terrain types, their characteristics, groupings, and subdivisions, are described and illus. Effects of ice and climatic conditions on transport and general development are also considered. Three physiographic divisions comprising 51 physiographic regions are analyzed for terrain, relief, and permafrost conditions. These are summarized in a table, p. 285-91. Greatest difficulties for movement, construction, and exploitation are found in the eastern upland; broad areas containing excellent construction sites are found in. the

central plains and to some extent in the western uplands. DLC. 80932. McGILL UNIVERSITY. SubArctic Research Laboratory. Annual report 1958-59, field research in Labrador-Ungava. Montreal 1960. 113 p. maps, graphs, tables. (McGill sub-arctic research papers no. 9.) Refs. In sequence to No. 59956. Outlines meteorological and field research programs during the academic year, directed by J. D. Ives; reports the independent scientific undertakings and laboratory activities; and presents research reports, including summer 1959 field work, by staff members and visiting scientists: R. G. Barry presents weather data for Labrador Nov. 1956-Feb. 1958 and discusses them with reference to a classification of airflow pattern types, p. 19-31. J. D. Ives outlines a permafrost investigation to be undertaken at Iron Ore Co. of Canada mines in the Knob Lake area and describes installation of thermocouples and meteorological instruments, p. 32-44; also records 1955-1959 data on semi-permanent snow beds in Labrador-Ungava, p. 44-55. R. P. Kirby outlines the late deglaciation of the Schefferville area as interpreted from depositional evidence and till fabric analysis, p. 55-61. O. Lßken reports studies in glacial geomorphology in the Torngat Mts. of northeast Labrador, p. 62-74; also glacial geomorphology studies in the Ramah Bay area, 15 mi. south of Nachvak Fiord on the Labrador coast, p. 75-89, J. Welsted describes the physiography of the Natashquan sand terrace at the mouth of this river on the north shore of the Gulf of St. Lawrence, p. 90-98. P. J. Williams and L. W. Gold report progress on solifluction and snow cover research at Schefferville, p. 99-101. Appendices include: climatological summary for. Schefferville 1959 by C. McCloughan. CaOGB. 80933. McGILL UNIVERSITY. SubArctic Research Laboratory. Geographical studies in Labrador-Ungava. Montreal 1963. viii, 146 p. maps, graphs, tables, illus. (Its: Research paper no. 15.) Prepared by W. G. Mattox. Contains preliminary reports on the research projects and routine work at the Laboratory during the academic year 196162 and summer field season of 1962, lists of recent library accessions, and laboratory publications. Each report is abstracted in this Bibliography under the author's name: TOUT, D. G. A report on eight years',

1955-1962, meteorological observations at Knob Lake. HARRISON, D. A. The tilt of the abandoned lake shorelines in the WabushShabogamo Lake area, Labrador. BARNETT, D. M. Former pro-glacial lake shorelines as indicators of the pattern of deglaciation in the Labrador-Ungava peninsula. SHAW, J. B. Ice survey Knob Lake 1961-62: a critical re-evaluation of main environmental factors of lake ice growth. HARRISON, D. A. The snow survey in the Schefferville vale, winter 1961-1962. BARNETT, D. M. Snow depth and distribution in relation to frozen ground in the Ferriman mine and Denault Lake areas, Schefferville. ANNERSTEN, L. Permafrost investigations in the Ferriman area, Schefferville, P.Q. TOUT, D. G. An analysis of bad aviation weather at Knob Lake airport. HODGSON, J. H. The Dominion Observatory seismograph station at Schefferville. PETERSON, J. A. Bedstead II, preliminary report on an instrument designed for the study of frost-heave in the sub-arctic. SHAW, J. B. Climatological summary for 1962, Schefferville, Knob Lake, P.Q. CaMAI. 80934. McGLYNN, J. C., and J. V. ROSS. Arseno Lake map-area, District of Mackenzie 86 B/12. Ottawa, Queen's Printer 1963. 7 p. map 41-1963. (Canada. Geological Survey. Paper 63-26.) 2 refs. Describes the geologic features as mapped on a scale of 1 in.:1 mi. in this remote area about 140 mi. north-northwest of Yellowknife. Rocks of the Archean Yellowknife Group are cut by two masses of granitic rocks and are overlain unconformably by rocks of the Proterozoic Snare Group. Metamorphism took place twice in the Yellowknife Group; the intensity of the Snare Group metamorphism increases to the north and to the west where granitic rocks are exposed. Structure is complex in the Yellowknife Group; intense folding and shearing took place, whereas the folding and faulting in the Snare Group was gentle to moderate. Gold has been found in volcanic rocks of the Yellowknife Group, and several metallic minerals are indicated in explored veins. A small anomaly in the southeast corner of the recently pub. aeromagnetic map of this area corresponds with the magnetite-hematite occurrence DGS. shown on the geologic map. McGLYNN, J. C., see also No. 82535.

875

80935. MacGOWAN, M. The hard road to Klondike. London, Routledge & Kegan Paul 1962. 150 p. maps, illus. Translated from the Irish by Valentin Iremonger. Recounts author's adventures including gold-mining in Yukon Territory during the Klondike gold rush (p. 77-137): the 32-day steamer trip from Seattle to St. Michael, arriving in mid-September 1898, thence by sternwheeler up the Yukon River to Fort Yukon, and 300 miles by foot, small boat, and sled to Dawson City at Christmas. The author spent three years digging gold (profitably); methods are described in detail. Gold was dug from earth thawed by fires in winter; in spring it was sluiced, then CaONA. dried.

MACHTA, L., see No. 79578. 80938. McILWAIN, C. E. Direct measurement of radiation associated with visible aurorae. (IGY World Data Center A: rockets and satellites. Report series 1958, no. 1, p. 164-68, graphs, illus.) Presented at the 5th General Assembly of CSAGI, Moscow 1958. Russian translation pub. in Ivanov-Kholodnyl, G. S., Issledovanifa .. . 1961, q. v. Announces that electrons and ions present during visible auroras have been detected by rocket-borne equipment at Ft. Churchill. The instrumentation flown by a Cajun rocket with a Nike booster launched Feb. 21, 1958 to a peak altitude 120 km. is described and illus. The lower edge of the electron region is estimated roughly at about 80 km. There were no great numbers of 2 key electrons; and the detector seemed to be sensitive only to a high-energy tail of the ions actually present. DLC.

80936. McGRAW, J. Y. Influence des vitamines A et C sur la resistance capillaire du cobaye exposé, ou non, au froid. (Societe de Biologie, Paris. Comptes rendus 1961. v. 155, no. 9, p. 2061-69, graph, illus.) 12 refs. In French. Title tr.: Influence of vitamins A and C on the capillary resistance of guinea pigs exposed, or not, to cold. Reports experiments with animals exposed to 14° or 24° C. It is confirmed that vitamin A beneficially influences capillary resistance affected by cold. Cold was found to modify the effects of treatment with vitamins A, C or A+C. The second part of the paper reports experiments which demonstrate that vitamin A favors the retention of vitamin C, and thus supports its action in DNLM. cold environments.

80939. McILWRAITH, T. F. Bibliography of Canadian anthropology for 1959, 1960. (Canada. National Museum. Bulletin 1961, 1963. no. 173, 190. Anthropological ser. no. 50, 60. Contributions to anthropology 1959, p. 230-48; 1960, pt. 2, p. 240Ø.) In sequence to No. 66464. Lists with brief annotation the publications of 1957-1960; in all about 175, over half of them on the northern aborigines of America and Siberia, including their archeology. DSI.

McGREGOR, D. C., see No. 79582.

McINTOSH, D., see No. 77654.

80937. McGREGOR, R. C. Small mammal studies on a Southeast Alaska cutover area. (Juneau 1958. 9 p. tables, illus. (U. S. Forest Service. Alaska Forest Research Center. Station paper no. 8.) 2 refs. Reports studies during 1956 of mammal abundance and control in the Maybeso Experimental Forest clear cutting on Prince of Wales Island. White-footed mice, shrews, and meadow voles were found, mostly in valley bottom sites and (shrews) recently logged sidehills. Animal density was up to six per acre in favorable habitats. Attempts to reduce the population by use of poison baits were not successful because the poisoned areas were quickly reoccupied. DA.

80940. McINTYRE, G. A. Yukon flower show. (North 1962. v. 9, no. 5, p. 17-21, 16 illus.) Photos with descriptive captions, of wild CaMAI. flowers from the Mayo area.

McGREGOR, R. C., see also No. 83834. McGUINNFSS, C. L., see No. 83842. MACHLER, N. L., see No. 83557.

676

80941. MacKAY, A. A. An easy method of trapping small taiga mammals in winter. (Journal of mammalogy 1962. v. 43, no. 4, p. 556-57.) Describes method of small-scale trapping of animals living under the snow cover. Air pockets underbrush, windfalls, etc. are very suitable for the purpose. DLC. 80942. MACKAY, J. R. The Mackenzie Delta area, N.W.T. Ottawa, Queen's Printer 1963. 202 p. maps, graphs, tables, illus. (Canada. Dept. of Mines and Technical Surveys. Geographic Branch. Memoir 8.) 190 refs. Reports on the physical geography of the delta area 68°-70° N. as investigated 1954—

1960: Pleistocene deposits of probable interglacial age, glaciation at least Wisconsin in age, postglacial changes in sea level, coastal recession. Oriented lakes are described as to shape, origin, equilibrium, wind effectiveness; ground ice, tundra polygons, solifluction, etc. are treated in turn. Large pingos up to thousands of yrs. old in the Pleistocene deposits and smaller younger ones in the modern Mackenzie Delta are studied as to distribution, site characteristics, shape, sediment thickness and types, ice-cores, age, and origin as result of permafrost penetration into unconsolidated lake bottom sediments. Ten physiographic regions are described, with detailed analysis of the delta per se, its drainage areas, the channels and their types, geometry, crosssections, junctions, and shifting, the floodplains, and lakes. Exploration in the area since 1789, the climate including breakup and freeze-up, vegetation, settlements, etc. are outlined. The distribution and/or configuration of glacial, topographic, solifluction, etc. features are mapped, as are inferred positions of glacial ice fronts, concentrations of lakes and of spruce, flow distances and direction of Mackenzie water, river channel junction density, heights of levees above water level, channel shifts, etc. Subject index is added. DGS. 80943. MACKAY, J. R. Notes on the shoreline recession along the coast of the Yukon Territory. (Arctic 1963. v. 16, no. 3, p. 195-97, map, graph.) 10 refs. Presents historical and geomorphic evidence, from the Herschel Island-Mackenzie Delta area, of coastal retreat in the Western Arctic. Changes at King Point since the Gjda expedition occupance in 1905-1906, and at Sabine and Kay Points since Franklin's survey in 1826 are cited, also the author's observations of the seaward growth of a river delta and of the wave-cut bluff at Herschel Island. Retreat is most rapid (over 1 m./yr.) in silty to clayey bluffs with a high ice content. DI. 80944. MACKAY, J. R., and J. TERASMAE. Pollen diagrams in the Mackenzie Delta area, N.W.T. (Arctic 1963. v. 16, no. 4, p. 228-38, map, illus.) 17 refs. Considers postglacial climatic changes in northern Mackenzie District, from palynological and other evidence. Peat from exposures in two areas, also alluvial sediments from a drill hole were analyzed; pollen diagrams with radiocarbon control are presented for the peat. From these investigations and geomorphic interpretation of the exposures, fossil evidence, etc.,

a tentative climatic sequence is proposed; deglaciation about 12,000 yrs. ago, a cooldry climate 8500-7500 S.P., a warmer and drier period, and increased moisture and cooling climate in late postglacial time. The last changes are indicated by increases in alder and Ericaceae and formation of pingos. DGS. 80945. MACKAY, J. R. Progress of breakup and freeze-up along the Mackenzie River. (Geographical bulletin 1963. no. 19, p. 103-116, map, graphs, table.) 7 refs. Reports a study of earlier records and 1961-1962 air photographs of this major Canadian river, from Great Slave Lake to Beaufort Sea, for the progress of ice formation and disintegration, the effects of breakup on flooding in the delta, and for the influence of flow travel time on breakup and freeze-up dates. The river was found to open first at the outlet from Great Slave Lake and where major tributaries enter; breakup is nearly simultaneous between Fort Simpson and Fort Good Hope, but there is a few days' delay between Fort Providence and Fort Simpson. Breakup in the delta is complicated by the early opening of Peel River and mountain streams. Freeze-up is more orderly than breakup: it progresses upstream from the mouth to Great Slave Lake. Variable channel breakup and numerous ice jams caused flooding in May—June 1961; 95% of the delta was estimated to be under water. Open season flow travel time between Great Slave Lake and Beaufort Sea, about 15-20 days, has no relation to the progress of breakup, nor has water temperatures or flow travel time to the progress of freeze-up. Similarity of this river to the Angara, in length, in northward flow through permafrost areas, and in draining large lakes, is noted. DGS. 80946. MACKAY, J. R. A study of freezeup and break-up at Fort Good Hope, N.W.T. (Thought from the learned societies of Canada 1960. v. 1, p. 65-71, map, graphs, tables.) 6 refs. Investigates dates of freeze-up and breakup on the Mackenzie River 1876-1955, their relations to air temperature, and to dates at other stations on the river. Long-term and statistically significant variations are found in dates at Fort Good Hope freeze-up having greater variability in date than breakup. Freeze-up takes five—six weeks to progress upstream from the Mackenzie Delta to Great Slave Lake. Breakup however, is almost synchronous, along the river, and the day it occurs at Fort Good

677

Hope can be estimated from air temperaDLC. tures upstream at Fort Simpson. MACKAY, J. R., see also No. 81521. 80947. McKEAND, D. L. The Eastern Arctic Patrol, an address to the Empire Club of Canada 1940. 17 p. Officer-in-charge reviews work of the Patrol, then (1940) a unit in the Lands, Parks, and Forest Branch of the Canadian Dept. of Mines and Resources. It was inaugurated in 1922 to supervise administration of the Arctic Archipelago. The Hudson Bay Co. ship NasØie was used from 1933 for the annual trip carrying mail and supplies from Montreal up the Labrador coast to Hudson Bay, Ellesmere Island, and through Lancaster Sound to meet the Western Arctic Patrol at Fort Ross. The 22 ports of call, natives and whites of the area, the vessel, cargo, etc. are described. CaONA. McKELLAR, I. C., see No. 79016. 80948. MacKEVETT, E. M., Jr. Geology and ore deposits of the Bokan Mountain uranium-thorium area, Southeastern Alaska. Washington, D.C., U.S. Govt. Print. Office 1963. vi, 126 p. maps, tables, illus. (U.S. Geological Survey. Bulletin 1154.) 57 refs. Describes and maps on a scale of 1 in.:0.37 mi., the geology and uranium-thorium deposits of this 71 sq. mi. area on southeastern Prince of Wales Island; seven months' field work 1956-1958 and laboratory investigations supplied the data for this and previous reports, No. 59968, 59969. Most of the area is underlain by plutonic rocks. Metamorphosed Devonian volcanic and sedimentary rocks border the plutonics to the north and west; the Devonian rocks are bordered on the north by older Paleozoic rocks of the Wales group. The Bokan uranium-thorium area is underlain largely by a complex assemblage of plutonic rocks, probably Cretaceous, ranging in composition from pyroxenite to syenite and peralkaline granite. Pegmatite and aplite dikes are common in and near a granite boss of 3 sq. mi. and fine-grained mafic dikes are abundant throughout the area. The rocks are cut by numerous faults and joints. Most of the uranium-thorium deposits are genetically related to the peralkaline granite and occur either in or near the boss. Four modes of occurrence are noted: concentrations in the granite, veins or local replacements in or near fractures (dominant occurrence), disseminated primary minerals in dikes, and uraniumthorium minerals of hydrothermal origin

678

occupying interstices in clastic metasedimentary rocks. Uranium production as of March 1959 consisted of about 15,000 tons of high-grade ore mined from the RossAdams deposit in 1957. Copper, gold, and iron deposits are noted. Detailed maps are included of the Ross-Adams deposit, as are large-scale maps of uranium-thorium, copper and gold prospects. DGS. 80949. MacKEVETT, E. M., Jr., and M. C. BLAKE, Jr. Geology of the North Bradfield River iron prospect, Southeastern Alaska. Washington, D.C., U.S. Govt. Print. Office 1963. iii, p. D1—D21, maps, tables. (U.S. Geological Survey. Bulletin 1108-D.) 9 refs. Describes and maps on a scale of 1 in.: 1,000 ft. this magnetite-rich prospect in rugged terrain about 8 mi. southwest of the Canadian border and 40 mi. southeast of Wrangell. The eleven ore bodies known are of pyrometasomatic origin and occur locally in skarn. Dominant rocks of the area are gneiss, granulite, schist, and marble. The ore, almost entirely magnetite, contains small amounts of hematite, hydrous iron sesquioxides, etc. The ore bodies are crudely stratiform and apparently discontinuous; the largest one exposed is about 350 ft. along its strike and averages 25 ft. in thickness. An accurate appraisal of the economic potential of the prospect was precluded by poor outcrops, local snow cover, and inadequate subsurface data. DGS. 80950. MacKEVETT, E. M., Jr. Preliminary geologic map of the MacCarthy C-5 quadrangle, Alaska. Washington, D.C. 1963. map sheet 30 x 24 in. (U.S. Geological Survey. Miscellaneous geologic investigations, map I-406.) Ref. Delineates on a scale of i in.:1 mi. the surface distribution of some 20 rock types, ranging from Permian metamorphics to unconsolidated Quaternary deposits, and mostly Mesozoic in age. Area covered is 61°30'-61°45' N. 142°30'-142°52'30" W. in the St. Elias Range. Age assignments of the McCarthy Shale and the Nikolai Greenstone are revised, the McCarthy Shale is renamed the McCarthy Formation, considered Late and Early Jurassic. The Nikolai Greenstone is considered to be late Middle or early Late Triassic. Structural features including numerous faults are shown, as are glaciers and glacial deposits, and the alluvium of the Nizina River valley. DGS. 80951. MacKICHAN, H. A. and J. C. KAMMERER. Estimated use of water in

the United States, 1960. Washington, D.C. 1961. 44 p. maps, graphs, tables. (U.S. Geological Survey. Circular 456.) 67 refs. Includes statistical data for Alaska on water used for public supplies, rural purposes, irrigation, self-supplied industrial water, public utility generation, air conditioning, water power. DGS. 80952. McKNIGHT, D. E., and I. O. BUSS. Evidence of breeding in yearling female lesser scaup. (Journal of wildlife management 1962. v. 26, no. 3, p. 328-29, table.) 3 refs. Notes on banding of scaup in the TetlinNorthway region of Alaska, their molt, nesting, weight, ovulation data (from 16 birds) etc. It is indicated that a large proportion of the females are physiologically capable of breeding in their first year. DLC. 80953. McKORTEL, T. A. The reproduction of the Thompson Glacier map. (Canadian surveyor 1963. v. 17, no. 2, p. 93-95.) Describes the cartographic and printing techniques used by the National Research Council of Canada and the Army Survey Establishment in producing the Thompson Glacier Region map for the Jacobsen-McGill Arctic Research Expedition to Axel Heiberg Island. It is in 1:50,000 scale, multicolor, with relief shading and rock drawings. Preparation of the six color plates is described; the nine negatives and one positive produced are listed. Difficulty with registration and maintenance of contrast in printing the tints is discussed; practical DGS. suggestions are made.

of fast ice are differentiated (that within a mile of shore and surrounded by further ice, that within one mile of shore but exposed to open water on its seaward edge, and that more than one mile from land) and estimated to support 35, 10, and 5 seals/sq. mi. respectively at spring basking season. According to ice areas measured from maps, one million seals are estimated in the waters from about Lancaster Sound south to Ungava, Hudson, and James Bays. Ratio of bearded to ringed seals is estimated by shipboard census and extrapolation to similar coastlines. Availability indices are calculated from the theoretical numbers and the water or ice areas in which the populations are dispersed; and these data may be converted empirically to catches per unit of effort for expectation from a day's hunt in a region. Preliminary economic analysis of a region can thus be formulated, in terms of maximum sustainable yield of meat or other product per native inhabitant, also secondly in terms of availability, to reflect the economic effort required; 7-10% of the seal population is considered an optimum harvest. DLC. 80955. McLAUGHLIN, P. A., and J. F. HEBARD. Stomach contents of the Bering Sea king crab. (International North Pacific Fisheries Commission. Bulletin 1961. no. 5, p. 5-8, tables, map, illus.) 4 refs. Reports on investigation of crabs from the southeastern part of this sea. The major food items were found to be molluscs and echinoderms. The latter are claimed by Russian sources a minor component of the diet in Kamchatka waters. DLC.

MacLAREN, A. S., see No. 78401. McLAREN, D. J., see No. 78738. 80954. McLAREN, I. A. Population dynamics and exploitation of seals in the Eastern Canadian Arctic. (In: LeCren, E. D., and M. H. Holdgate, The exploitation of natural animal populations, Oxford 1962, p. 168-83, maps, illus.) Also pub. as FRB no. 765 by Fisheries Research Board of Canada 1963. Discusses factors controlling population size and potential exploitation of ringed and bearded seals Phoca hispida and Erignathus barbatus, the species of economic importance in the area. Their food, reproductive habits and other pertinent aspects of the life history are given as background to bionomical considerations. Author's method of making a seal census is discussed: equal areas of the same type of fast ice are assumed to contain equal numbers of animal% Three categories

80956. MCLEAN, C. Phlyctenulosis in the Eskimos of the Canadian Eastern Arctic. (Canadian Medical Association. Journal 1963. v. 89, no. 24, p. 1212-13, tables, illus.) 10 refs. Ophthalmic survey of 780 Eskimos made in 1962 showed 217 having stigmata of phlyctenular keratoconjunctivitis. This allergic disorder claimed to be due to tubercle bacillus, gonococcus, etc. is assumed by the author to be in response to pediculosis capitis, very common in this region. DNLM. 80957. MACLEAN'S MAGAZINE. Eskimo life in Ghana. (Maclean's mag. 1963. v. 70, no. 2, p. 1.) Reports a trip to Ghana by Mary Panegoosho, an Eskimo from Pond Inlet in the linguistic service of the Dept. of Northern Affairs and National Resources Welfare Division. Her mission was to depict life in a cold climate to Ghanaian children, and to

679

open, an Accra, an exhibit of 100 Eskimo carvings and prints. CaOCU. 80958. MACLEAN'S MAGAZINE. Success story from the far North: Eskimo cooperatives. (Maclean's magazine 1961. v. 74, no. 19, p. 75.) Describes the co-op started in 1959 at Cape Dorset, Baffin Island and the ten others which followed in northern Canada. The thousand Eskimo members earn $400,000 in 1961, most of it to go back into producing handicrafts, fish, lumber, and fur clothing. Northern Affairs officers provide initial technical assistance, then the Eskimos run CaOCU. the cooperatives themselves.

and fuels are given by geographic area for 1961 and preliminary 1962. Gold, silver, and copper decreased from 1961 in both territories, also nickel in NWT and lead in the Yukon; zinc increased in the Yukon, oil and gas in NWT, and iron ore in Quebec. Data are tabulated by geographic area on expenditure for metal prospecting 1961 and 1962, tonnage of ore mined and rock quarried, 1957-1961; and drilling operations in DGS. metal mines 1960 and 1961. McMILLAN, N. J., see No. 78738. McMURRAY, W. M., see No. 83113. McNAMARA, A. G., see No. 79605.

80959. MACLEAN'S MAGAZINE. Why some Eskimos with everything commit suicide. (Maclean's magazine 1961. v. 74, no. 16, p. 53.) Notes evidence gathered by the anthropologist Asen Balickci, that 50 of 210 Netsilik Eskimos on Pelly Bay, Keewatin District, attempted suicide in the last 50 years and 35 succeeded. Reasons given were old age, illness, marital problems, and mostly, a desire to follow a recently deceased relative into the other world. CaOCU. 80960. MacLENNAN, J. H. The high and mighty Mackenzie. (Maclean's magazine 1959, v. 72, no. 8, p. 18-21, + , illus.) Recounts experience of a barge trip down the Mackenzie River in summer 1958. Methods used in barge freighting, the crews, navigation hazards, and scenery are decribed; illus. from paintings by Franklin Arbuckle. CaOCU. 80961. MacLENNAN, J. H. The rivers of Canada: the Mackenzie, the St. Lawrence, the Ottawa, the Red, the Saskatchewan, the Fraser, the St. John. New York, Scribner 1962. 170 p. maps. Pub. in Toronto by MacMillan 1961 under title Seven rivers of Canada. Includes an account, p. 34-64, of a trip by barge tow down the Mackenzie River system from Bell Rock to Tuktoyaktuk. Landscape, insect pests, etc. are described; Mackenzie's exploration of the river in 1793 is reviewed, and future settlement of the DLC. valley considered. 80962. McLEOD, H. 1962 mineral production jumps 10 per cent. (Canadian mining journal 1963. v. 84, no. 2, p. 68-78, tables, graphs.) Reviews production in Canada, including the Yukon (increased) and NWT (declined). Volume and value of the various minerals

680

McNEIL, W. J., see No. 79080. 80963. MacNEISH, J. IL, and D. DAMAS. The contact-traditional all-native community of the Canadian North: the upper Mackenzie "bush" Athapaskans and the Igluligmiut. (Anthropologica 1963. n. ser. v. 5, no. 1, p. 9-21) Ref. French summary. Comparative study in acculturation of Slave and Dogrib Indians and Iglulik Eskimos, based on recent fieldwork. A stabilized trade-plus-subsistence economy has been carried on for several generations by the Athapaskan groups of the SimpsonProvidence-Rae region. The Igluliks are in an early phase of expansion from contact with whites' technology. Despite such observable differences in cultural background, also in activities and coordination, the two societies show a common pattern of social affiliation: localized kin-community DSI. and kinship loyalties. 80964. MacNEISH, J. H., and others. Variations in personality and ego identification within a Slave Indian kin-community. (Canada. National Museum. Bulletin 1963. no. 190, Anthrop. ser. no. 60, Contributions to anthropology 1960, pt. 2, p. 94-138, tables.) 13 refs. Other authors: G. A. DeVos and T. Carterette. Study of modal personality variations determined by family and other primary group considerations, based on observation and evaluation of Rorschach and Murray Thematic Appreciation Test (TAT) protocols made at Lynx Point in the 1950's (No. 73724). Behavioral analyses of 16 individuals (three families) revealed strong ego identification: constraint in interpersonal relations tending toward isolation, repression of own hostile impulses, high valuation of personal autonomy, withdrawal from sources of anxiety. The examination of the

records for psycho-sexual stresses showed undisguised oral, negligible anal concern. DSI. 80965. MacNEISH, R. S. The early peopling of the New World, as seen from the (Alaska. Univ. southwestern Yukon. Anthrop. papers 1963. v. 10, no. 2, p. 93106, tables.) Refs. Presents a preliminary report on artifacts excavated in the Burwash-Carcross-MayoDawson area, roughly 60°-64° N. 135°-139° W. Seven cultural complexes or phases are recognized, five in sequence from before 7,000 B.C. to the turn of the Christian era: Kluane, Champagne, Little Arm, Gladstone, and Taye Lake. Early Northwest American complexes and derived traditions are characterized; their roots, cultural affinities, and basic economies are sketched; and comparisons are made with the Yukon and Old World sequences. A steady flow of peoples and ideas back and forth across Bering Strait developing cultural tradition in adjustment to new environmental condition is considered responsible for the rise of American autochthonous culture traits, a process termed Adaptive Complex Hypothesis of DSI. the peopling of the New World.

gical sequence and overlapping traditions, intrusive elements, etc. of the pre-Eskimo and Eskimo complexes are characterized and correlated. CaMAI. 80968. MacPHEE, A. W. The effect of low temperatures on some predacious phytoseiid mites, and on the brown mite Bryobia arborea M. & A. (Canadian entomologist 1963. v. 95, no. 1, p. 41-44, table, illus.) 5 refs. The main freezing point of five species of Typhlodromus varied between —20° and —24.5° F. Doubling of exposure duration between 0.5-8 hr. at —10° F. or below, increased mortality by 12-15%. The brown mite had a mean freezing point of —26° F. and mortality at —24° F. increased 8-10% with each doubling of exposure from 0.25 to 16 hr. DLC. MacPHERSON, A. H., see No. 80918. 80969. MADILL, R. G., and J. F. CLARK. Magnetic results, 1038-1947. Ottawa, Queen's Printer 1963. p. 1-16, tables. (Canada. Dominion Observatories. Publications, v. 28, no. 1.) Refs. Summarizes the results obtained throughout Canada at approx. 285 stations, 60 of them in the North; their location, period of occupation, etc. are stated. Observations are summarized for each, giving geographic coordinates, date of commencement, declination, inclination, and horizontal force. Instrumental equipment is listed; observing and reducing methods are outlined; system of station selection is noted. DLC.

80966. MacNEISH, R. S. The Great Lakes to the Barren Lands. (Arctic Inst. of North America. Technical paper 1962. no. 11, p. 140-42.) Refs. Discusses relationships between the Barren Grounds including Great Bear Lake and the Great Lakes region including southern Manitoba. The artifacts of some five sequential traditions held in common about 7,000-1,000 B.C. are described and their diffusion foci discussed. No evidence is found for the Copper Eskimos acquiring copper techniques from the Old Copper Indians (as postulated by Quimby, q.v.), nor for the hypothesis of so-called Indian elements in Dorset coming from the Barren Grounds; their spread northeast from the Archaic or Woodland cultures are equally CaMAI. possible.

80970. MADSEN, H. Om trikiner i Grønland. (Grønland 1961, no. 3, p. 81-92, map, table.) In Danish. Title tr.: On trichinae in Greenland. Contains a short survey of trichinosis: incidence among dogs and wild animals, etc., as treated more fully in No. 73735. CaMAI.

80967. MacNEISH, R. S. Recent finds in the Yukon Territory of Canada. (Arctic Inst. of North America. Technical paper 1962. no. 11, p. 20-26.) Refs. Deals with the National Museum of Canada's archeological fieldwork at the stratified sites in southwest Yukon near Kluane Lake, and Engigstciak on the coast. Faunal remains and artifacts (stone, bone, horn, pottery) are described by site and culture phase. Asiatic and American ties, typology and evolution of artifact shapes, chronolo-

80971. MAEDA, H. Daily variations of the electrical conductivity of the upper atmosphere as deduced from the daily variations of geomagnetism, part 2; non-equatorial regions. (Japan. Science Council. Report of ionosphere research in Japan 1956. v. 10, no. 2, p. 49-68, tables, graphs, illus.) 17 refs. Studies and interprets the variations throughout all latitudes, except equatorial. The variations are considered to be caused by an isotropy of ionospheric conductivity, according to the formula proposed. A re-

MADSEN, A. J., see No. 82026.

881

lationship is established between the abnormality of the variations in the auroral zone and the ionospheric Inlayer which appears during magnetic disturbances and auroras. Data from 15 arctic and sub-arctic magnetic and nine ionospheric stations were DLC. used in the study. 80972. MAEDA, H. World-wide pattern of ionization drifts in the ionospheric F region as deduced from geomagnetic variations. (In: International Conference on the Ionosphere 1962. Proceedings pub. 1983, p. 187-90, graphs.) 10 refs. Air movement in the ionosphere induces electric currents by dynamo action. Such currents flow mainly in the E region and set up an electrostatic field which seems to be communicated to the F region along highly conducting lines of geomagnetic force. The resulting electrostatic field in the F region gives rise to ionization drifta, of which the east-west component is very large on and near the geomagnetic equator, and the horizontal component very large in high latitudes on magnetically disturbed days. These large high latitude horizontal drifts may play an important part in the distortion of the F layer, in addition to the vertical drifts. The data obtained are to be compared with IGY and IGC data when the DLC. study is completed. MAEDA, H., see also Nos. 82927, 82928. 80973. MAEDA, H. Acoustic heating of the polar night mesosphere. Washington, D.C. 1963. 24 p. graphs. (U.S. National Aeronautics and Space Administration. NASA technical note D-1912.) 34 refs. Reinvestigates the acoustic heating of the upper air, particularly the warming of the polar night mesosphere, with the polar night jet stream in the stratosphere as the source, and with the thermal structure of the polar upper atmosphere taking part in propagation and absorption. Because of the relatively small transmissivity of the thermosphere for long period sound waves, most acoustic heating takes place below 100 km. or around the mesopause. Also, although the acoustic output power from the polar jet stream is more than 105 times larger in winter than in summer, acoustic heating is not sufficient to compensate for the cooling rate around the mesopause in winter, unless the velocity of the polar night jet stream continually exceeds 200 m./sec. The increase of kinetic energy in the upper stratosphere in winter, due mainly to the development of the polar night jet stream, is illus. graphically by Fort Churchill data 1957-1958 at 30 mb and 50 mb. DWB.

682

80974. MAEDA, H. Auroral dissociation of molecular oxygen in the polar mesosphere. (Journal of geophysical research 1983. v. 88, no. 1, p. 185-97, graphs.) 40 refs. Considers the exothermic association of atomic oxygen intensified by the large-scale subsidence of the upper polar atmosphere in winter as an effective mechanism for heating the polar mesosphere during polar night. Assuming a certain atmospheric composition, the contribution of auroral particles to the dissociation of molecular oxygen is estimated, photo-dissociation during winter being disregarded. The height of maximum dissociation is shown to be around 90 km. The rate of corpuscular dissociation of oxygen molecules in the upper mesosphere during strong auroral activities is comparable with that of photo-dissociations produced by solar ultraviolet radiation (1,4001,750 Å); the rate coefficient of O= dissociation being 10-8 cm.3 sec. at the maximum. DLC. 80975. MAEDA, K., and Y. L. PATEL. Seasonal variations of cosmic ray intensity in polar regions. (In: IUGG. Symposium... cosmic rays 1961. p. 33-38, graphs, tables.) 10 refs. Discusses cosmic ray muon' intensities recorded during 1958 at Thule, Greenland, and Wilkes, Antarctica. The seasonal variation can be accounted for almost entirely by atmospheric causes; unusually large values for the air temperature effects were found at these stations; these large values were said to result from the low altitude of the effective muon-producing level, the predominance of low-energy muons at production, and the high air density around the muon-producing level. Largest seasonal variations are expected in the polar regions, and a peculiar variation near the magnetic poles due to a focussing effect on extraDGS. terrestrial forces. MAEDA, K., see also No. 79604. 80976. MAEHLUM, B., Ed. Electron density profiles in the ionosphere and exosphere. Proceedings. New York, MacMillan 1962. 418 p. tables, graphs. (NATO conference series, v. 2.) Refs. Contains some 43 papers presented Apr. 17-26, 1961, at a NATO Advanced Study Institute arranged by the Norwegian Defence Research Establishment; five pertinent to arctic areas are abstracted in this Bibliography under their authors' names, viz: R.E. *Mu-meson of 207 electron moseos in cosmic radiation.

Barrington and others, 0. Holt, 0. Holt and others, J. A. Kane, W. Stoffregen, q.q.v. DLC. 80977. MAEHLUM, B. Small scale structure and drift in the sporadic E layer as observed in the auroral zone. Oslo 1962. 19 p. map, graphs, table. (Norske videnskaps-akademi i Oslo. Geofysiske publikasjoner, v. 23, no. 2.) 41 refs. Describes the fading pattern of the Es echo in the auroral zone, from 1958-1959 observations at Troms¢. The amplitude pattern was determined from analysis of 40 samples using the so-called Cambridge method. The early evening fading rate is about 1.5 cycles per sec. and decreases towards midnight. Irregularities in fading form an elongated east-west pattern; mean meridional extent of the irregularities is 250 m. They drift towards the east or the southwest, at velocities as high as 1450 m./sec.-'; velocities are higher during magnetic storms than in quiet conditions. The Cambridge method for deducing correlation properties of the amplitude pattern of the ionosphere echoes is DGS. described p. 16-18. 80978. MAEHLUM, B. The sporadic E auroral zone. Oslo 1962. 32 p. map, graphs, tables. (Norske videnskaps-akademi i Oslo. Geofysiske publikasjoner, v. 23, no. 1.) 45 refs. Describes the occurrence of night-time Es ionization, from observations of 1957-1960 at six Scandinavian stations, including Longyearbyen, Tromsø, and Kiruna. Current knowledge is briefly reviewed. Most of the report deals with the close relationships between the visual auroral zone, the geomagnetic auroral zone or zone of maximum storminess, and the sporadic E auroral zone or zone of maximum Es ionization during the night. These relationships suggest that the three phenomena are caused by the same sources of ionization. The sporadic E auroral zone macrostructure was studied intensively at Tromsø and two nearby stations in Sept. 1959, and results indicate that this zone moves north- and southwards in phase with the geomagnetic storm current system and that the electrons in the sporadic E layer are part of this storm current. DOS. 80979. MAEHLUM, B., and B. J. O'BRIEN. Study of energetic electrons and their relationship to auroral absorption of radio waves. (Journal of geophysical research 1963. v. 68, no. 4, p. 997-1010, tables, graphs.) 28 refs. Studies the high-latitude boundary (LN) of energetic electrons (E 40 key) quasi-

trapped at an altitude of 1,000 km., as observed with the satellite Injun t over North America in 1961. The boundary was found to be very sharp during magnetically disturbed periods, and to move further from pole during larger disturbances. Throughout two magnetic storms in Oct. and Dec. the boundary (LN) coincided with the boundary of auroral absorption of radio waves. Ionospheric observations were carried out at Anchorage, College, Fort Churchill, Point Barrow, Thule, and other stations, and spatial correlation of electron fluxes and auroral absorption studied. No auroras have been observed (so far) north of LN. DLC. 80980. MAGADANSKAYA OBLAST'. Statisticheskoe Upravlenie. Narodnoe khozfslstvo Magadanskof oblasti, statisticheskil sbornik. Magadan, 1960. 110 p. tables. In Russian. Title tr.: National economy of Magadan Province, statistical handbook. Presents general statistical data to 195960, together with those of industry, agriculture and livestock, capital investment for housing and urban development, transportation and communication, labor and personnel training, commercial turnover, education and health service. The province set, up Dec. 3, 1953, covers 1,199,100 km.', and has 235,600 inhabitants as of Jan. 15, 1959. Industrial growth is reported in percent above the starting point, except for coal 1,126,000 t. in 1959, timber 560,000 m.' in 1953 and 297,000 m.' in 1959, fish and sea mammal landings 323,000 cwt. in 1959, and consumer goods production. The area under cultivation in 1959 was 5258 hectares. Reindeer in 1946, 1949, and 1960, numbered 512, 494, and 559 thousands. The province had 204 schools for general education with 24,718 students in 1959-60, and 202 libraries with 1,329,400 books. DLC. 80981. MAGAK'fAN, I. G. Geologicheskafii ekskursifti v rudnye ralony Shvedskol Laplandii. (Naisional'nyl komitet geologov Sovetskogo Sofüza. Problemy geologii na 21 sessii Mezhdunarodnogo geologicheskogo kongressa 1963, p. 343-45.) In Russian. Title tr.: Geologic excursion in the ore regions of Swedish Lapland. Describes this excursion via Adak, Boliden, etc. to Kiruna. The Kiruna iron ore deposits are described, their composition, DLC. exploitation, and other features. 80982. MAGIDOVICH, I. P. Istorifä otkrytifa i issledovanifii Severnol Ameriki. Moskva, Gos. izd-vo geograf. lit-ry. 1962. 467 p. maps, illus.) 142 refs. In Russian.

683

Title tr.: History of the discovery and exploration of North America. Comprehensive work covering all parts of North America, from discovery of Greenland by Norsemen in 981 to the traverse of the Northwest Passage by the Canadian icebreaker Labrador in 1954. The 48 chapters are grouped into five sections: Discovery of North America before Columbus; From Cabot to Dezhnev; Second half of the 17th and the 18th century; Discoveries and explorations in 19th century, except Arctic; American Arctic in the 19th and 20th centuries. Arctic and subarctic areas are treated in all the sections: the chronicle of early discovery of Greenland and the northeast coast of the continent by Norsemen, Portuguese, Poles, Swedes and Danes is included in pt. 1; in pt. 2, beginning of the search for a Northwest Passage to China and India by Cabot, Frobisher, Davis, Hudson and others, discovery of the strait dividing Asia from America. by Dezhnev, and other Russian explorations in areas adjacent to Northwest America. In pt. 3 are reports of Russian discoveries in Northwest America, English explorations of northern and arctic Canada and Danish explorations of Greenland. Russian 19th-century explorations in Alaska are included in pt. 4; continuation of the search for the Northwest Passage and exploration in arctic areas by John Ross, Parry, Franklin, Nares, Sverdrup, Amundsen and others are outlined in pt. 5. Indexes of geographic names, ships, and persons, and a list of selected monographic literature are appended. DLC. MAGNUSON, M. D., see No. 77643. 80983. MAGNUSSON, N. H., and others. Beskrivning till karta Cover Sveriges berggrund; med en karta i tre separata blad i skalan 1:1,000,000. Stockholm 1962. 290 p. maps, sections, tables, illus. (Sweden. Geologiska undersökning, ser. Ba, Oversikskartor med beskrivningar, no. 16.) About 650 refs. Other authors: P. Thorslund, F. Brotzen, B. H. V. Asklund, and O. Kuling. Title tr.: Description to accompany the map of the pre-Quaternary rocks of Sweden; with one map in three separate sheets in the scale 1:1 million. Swedish version of No. 66491. DGS. 80984. MAHER, W. J., and N. J. WILIMOVSKY. Annual catch of bowhead whales by Eskimos at Point Barrow, Alaska, 1928-1960. (Journal of mammalogy 1963. v. 44, no. 1, p. 16-20, tables.) 15 refs. Reviews earlier investigations, occurrence and spring migration of Balaena mysticetus

684

in this area. Average catch is 5.8 whales per year; dates of capture since 1954 are given: most animals were taken in mid-May; 80% were under 40 ft. in length, one was a calf, DLC. one, a record 61 ft. long. 80985. MAHER, W. J. Another record of the Baikal teal in northwestern Alaska. (Condor 1960. v. 62, no. 2, p. 138-39). A pair was observed at Cape Sabine on May 28, 1959. Six earlier records are noted as from 1921. The present record, 68°50' N. is 200 miles north of previously recorded DLC. pairs. 80986. MAHER, W. J., and R. T. HOLMES. Observations of musk oxen on Banks Island, Northwest Territories, Canada. (Arctic 1963. v. 16, no. 4, p. 275-76, map.) Ref. Notes summer 1963 observations of Ovibos moschatus. On a reconnaissance flight over the northern third of the island on Aug. 2 nearly sixty were seen, indicating greater abundance than hitherto supposed. Only two were seen south of the reconnaissance area during a two-month period; apparently they concentrate in the northern part at least DI. during the summer. 80987. MAIBORODA, N. M., and N. A. TOKOVOI. Primenenie molibdenovykh (In: udobrenil v Krasnofarskom krae. Konferenfsira po mikroelementam ... Trudy pub. 1961, p. 174-81, tables.) 18 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Application of molybdenum fertilizers in Krasnoyarskiy Kray. Discusses the importance of Mo to plants and its content in cultivated species, its compounds, and content in Krasnoyarsk soils; molybdenum fertilizers; results of amelioration experiments with molybdenum. DLC. MAICSEL, R. P., see No. 78952. 80988. MAIER, E. M. Novye vidy foraminifer melkovodkil Kandalakshskogo zaliva. (Moskva. Univ. Belomorskafa biologicheskafa stan{sifa. Trudy 1962. v. 1, p. 7087, illus.) 16 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: New species of foraminifers from the shallows of Kandalaksha Bay. Reports on material collected during summers of 1956-1957. Some seven new forms are described in detail; 76 others are listed with notes on distribution in Onega Bay. DLC. 80989. MAIR, A. .1. CN pushes 435-mi. railway into North. (Engineering and contract record 1963. v. 76, no. 5, p. 58-60, map, illus.)

Outlines construction on the Canadian National Railway's line from the town of Roma on the Northern Alberta Railway to Hay River on the south shore of Great Slave Lake, with a 53-mi. branch to the Consolidated Mining and Smelting Co. leadzinc deposits on Pine Point. The nine bridges are noted, particularly the 2128-ft. one over the Meikle River. Completion of the railway is to be coordinated with that of the Pine Point mine, probably in 1966. DLC. 80990. MAISTRAKH, E. V., and others. Kiberneticheskoe regulirovanie profsessa obratimol gipotermii. (Akademifa nauk SSSR. Doklady 1963. v. 151, no. 3, p. 71417, tables, illus.) In Russian. Other authors: I. V. Eremenko, G. I. Il'f ltkin and V. A. Konstantinov. Title tr.: Cybernetic regulation of the process of reversible hypothermia. Describes a device which permits to induce automatically a deep, reversible hypothermia in a living organism. Special pickups which measure the deviations of the physiological functions of the hypothermized animal from their optimal numerical values, are transformed into electric impulses proportional to the parameters measured. The latter were: rectal temperature +22° C. (designated X) to +26° C. (X2), skin temperature +3° C. to +14° C. (X,—X4), respiration depth not lower than 1/10 of the initial depth (X6), respiration frequency 6 to 60 times a minute (X6), arterial pressure not lower than 1/5 normal (X2), and the absence of motor activity (X6). Within these limits, there are no pathologic consequences for the experimental animals, and its physiological functions are depressed to a sufficient degree. The apparatus signals if any of the seven X values exceeds the limit specified, and it introduces corrections to keep the parameters at optimal values. The recirculatory circuit contains a rheostat pickup for motor activity and blood pressure. In 46 experiments, 16 dogs kept for 3-5 hours under 22-25° C., regained consciousness a few minutes after narcosis ceased, returned to normal on the third day following, and had remained so two years DLC. later. 80991. MAISTRAKH, E. V. Patogenez ostrogo okhlazhdenia (zamerzaniiå) i mekhanizmy kholodovol smerti. (Voenno-medii inskil zhurnal 1962, no. 1, p. 31-37, table.) 129 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Pathogenesis of severe cooling (freezing) and the mechanisms of death from cold. Reviews these problems largely from the

post-war literature. Pathogenesis of early phases of cooling, exhaustion of energy sources and hypoxia are dealt with, as in turn, are the "biological zero" and disintegration of vital functions in deep hypothermia, and peculiarities of death from cold. DNLM. 80992. MAITINSKALI, K. E. Prinisipy sostavlenia opisatel'nykh grammatik finnougorskikh fitzykov. (Akademia nauk SSSR. Inst. azykoznania. Voprosy sostavlenifå opisatel'nykh grammatik. Moskva, 1961, p. 37-54.) Approx. 70 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Guiding principles in the compilation of descriptive grammars for Finno-Ugric languages. Methodological study of problems involved in the preparing comprehensive textbooks on grammatical structure, morphology and syntax of western FinnoA Ugric languages including Zyryan. unification of existing terminology and its adaptation to the specific needs of FinnoUgric linguistics are considered of prime DLC. importance. MAIZEL', L. A., see No. 84664. MAKARENKO, F. A., see No. 76816. 80993. MAKAROV, A. Kral nesmetnykh bogatstv. (Ogonök, Aug. 1961. v. 39, no. 34, p. 1, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: The country of countless treasures. Notes the economic development of Komi ASSR, its industrial production having DLC. increased 109 times since 1913. 80994. MAKAROV, G. Nad prostorami (Grazhdanskaa aviaaia, Kamchatki. July 1961. v. 18, no. 7, p. 16-17, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: Over the open spaces of Kamchatka. Illus. of flight personnel, noting their activities in freight and passenger service, fulfillment of operation quotas, etc. DLC. 80995. MAKAROV, S. V. Nekotorye raschety schetchikovykh teleskopov; svetosila vertikal'nogo teleskopa. (Akademia nauk SSSR. iAkutskil filial. Trudy 1960. ser. fiz. no. 3, p. 46-49, illus.) 3 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Some design calculations for counting telescopes; the "speed" of the vertical telescope. Determines theoretically how many particles can be recorded per unit time by a vertical cosmic-ray telescope of given parameters, and given angular distribution of the total ionizing component of the A formula is cosmic rays measured.

685

derived for a quantity, L, which is analogous to the aperture ratio in photographic camera, the lens speed. A description is given of the counting telescope installed 20 m. underground at Yakutsk, and the intensity of cosmic rays received from given zenith and azimuth angles is diagrammed. The work was done as a part of the IGY program. DLC. 80996. MAKAROV, V. V. Anomura. Jerusalem, Israel Program for Scientific Translations 1962. 283 p. illus. Translation by F. D. Por of Fauna SSSR, Crustacea v. DLC. 10, no. 3, cf. No. 30634. Refs. 80997. MAKAROV, V. V. Fauna Decapoda Beringova i Chukotskogo morel. (Issledovanifå dal'nevostochnykh more!, 1941. v. 1, p. 111-63, tables, map, illus.) 101 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: The decapod fauna of the Bering and Chukchi Seas. Study, based on several collections, comprising 70 species of 24 genera. Following an introduction on earlier work, the individual species are recorded, with notes on location(s), depth, and geographic range. A general part (p. 144-57) deals with the character of the decapods of the two seas, distribution over particular areas, routes of spread, etc. From the character of its Decapoda, the Bering Sea is considered a boreal region. DLC. 80998. MAKAROV, V. V. 0 zimovke i vesennem prolete obyknovennol gagi v gorlo Belogo moriå. (Ornitologifa 1962, no. 5, p. 28-30.) Ref. In Russian. Title tr.: Wintering, and spring flight of the common eider, over the White Sea narrows. Quotes earlier observations on winter and spring flights, dead birds upon the ice, etc. and reports own observations from Sosnovets Island, during Apr. 13-May 17, 1960. Numbers of birds in flights, also direction, time and height of the flights are noted, as are the weather, total number (4653), sex, etc. DLC. 80999. MAKAROVA, A. R. Issledovanifa fiziologii losel. (Opyt izuchenifå regulfatsi! fiziologicheskikh funktsil 1963. v. 6, p. 158-62, tables.) 4 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Investigations of elk physiology. Reports a study made in Apr.-May 1958 among the domesticated animals in the Pechora-Ilych Preserve. Basal metabolism, body temperature, pulse and respiratory frequency were higher in the daytime than at night. These parameters, except body temperature, were higher after feeding and

886

when the elk were exposed to the sun. In deep snow less time was lost in eating, walking and resting, than on snowless DLC. ground. MAKAROVA, A. R., see also No. 79682. 81000. MAKAROVA, R. V. Iz istorii dal'nevostochnol politiki Rossii vo vtorol (Moskva. Gos. polovine xviii veka. istoriko-arkhivnyl inst. Trudy 1960. v. 14, p. 322-48.) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Russian policy in the Far East in the second half of the 18th century. Discusses Russian competition with England, France, and Spain in the exploration and colonization of the American North Pacific coast. Organization of the Second Kamchatka and other official expeditions under Catherine II, encouragement of private mercantile voyages by stateapproved loans and reduced tax on fur goods from the Aleutians and Alaska, fluctuations in expeditionary support due to changes in Russian foreign politics, etc. are dealt with. The voyages of Shelekhov and Golikov under auspices of the Russian North-East Co., establishment of colonies and trading posts on the Alaskan coast, Kodiak and other islands are described. Merger of the Shelekhov-Golikov and the Irkutsk trading firms into the United American Co., renamed Russian-American Co. and its confirmation by Paul I in Dec. 1797 as administrative agency for Alaska with a fur-trade monopoly as are its mercantile, colonial, and missionary activDLC. ities. 81001. MAKEEV, 0. V., and N. A. NOG1NA. Klassifikafsifå i diagnostika pochv Srednel i Vostochnol Sibiri. (UlanUde. Burfatskil kompleksnyl n: issl. inst. Kratkie soobshchenifå 1962, no. 3, p. 6572.) In Russian. Title tr.: Classification and diagnostics of the soils of Middle and Eastern Siberia. Divides soils into two main groups: unfrozen and frozen. The unfrozen are classified as podsolic, soddy-podsolic, soddyforest, grey-forest, and chernozem soils. Six kinds of frozen soils are distinguished: frozen-field, -taiga, -humus-calcareous, -meadow-forest, -meadow-chernozem, and -meadow. Each of these 11 types is briefly characterized and divided into subtypes DLC. and groups. MAKEEVA, M. G., see No. 80504. 81002. MAKHLAEV, L. V., and N. P. SURINA. Malmecha-Kotulskafå pro-

vin('sie. ul'traosnovnykh i shchelochnykh porod, novyl ralon kimberlitovogo magmatizma. (Akademf1 . nauk SSSR. Dokiady 1963. v. 153, no. 5, p. 1172-74, maps.) 7 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The Maymecba-Kotuy province of ultrabasic and alkaline rocks, a new region of kimberlite magmatism. Reports discovery of some kimberlite pipes and ten or more dikes in this section of northeastern Krasnoyarskiy Kray. Two pipes (Krasnoyarskaya and Krokhotulya) are treated in some detail with petrographic description, chemical analyses, etc. Olivine, phlogopite, pyrope and chromdiopside are present, and diamond is found in the De1'kan River region. The important problem is to determine interrelation of kimberlite and alkaline-ultrabasic magDLC. matism. 81003. MAKHLAEV, L. V. Sopostavlenie metasomaticheskikh i intruzivnykh porfirovidnykh granitov Talmyra. (Leningradskoe obshchestvo estestvoispytatelel. Trudy 1963. v. 74, no. 1, p. 30-32.) In Russian. Title tr.: Correlation of the metasomatic and intrusive porphyraceous granites of Taymyr. Divides synorogenic granites of northern Taymyr Peninsula into two groups: the porphyroblastic granite gneisses confined to megmatite fields, and the porphyritic granites developed in a phyllite rock complex. Petrographic characteristics, inner structure and possible formation conditions are outlined. The first group of rocks is metssomatic and selective melting is evident in the formation processes; the second group is intrusive in nature. A scheme is presented and interpreted regarding the most likely formation of these rocks. DLC. 81004. MAKIEVSKII, S. I., and K. A. NIKOLAEVA. Nekotorye zamechani1 . o stratigrafii i tektonike kol'skogo gnelsovogo kompleksa i ego vzaimootnoshenifåkh s belomorskim gnelsovym kompleksom. (In: Akademifå nauk SSSR. Kol'skil filial. Voprosy ... 1962, p. 100-103, map.) 3 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Some notes on the stratigraphy and tectonics of the Kola gneiss complex and its interrelations with the White Sea gneiss complex. Petrographic composition, inner structure and general position of the tectonic structure of Kola Peninsula indicate that rocks at present related to White Sea and Kola Peninsula gneiss complex do not differ essentially from each other and should be included in a single Archean gneiss complex

of northern Karelia and Kola Peninsula. Geologic maps and natural resource searches should be carried on with this in mind. DLC. 81005. MAKIEVSKII, S. I. 0 podtipe grebenchatykh pegmatitovykh tel. (Materialy po mineralogii Kol'skogo poluostrova 1959. no. 1, p. 5-13, illus.) 3 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Subtype of pectinate pegmatite bodies. Reports geologic and petrographic study of pegmatites in the Yena and Strel'ninskiy regions of Kola Peninsula. Their morphology and formation are analyzed. A subtype of pectinate pegmatites occurs as result of the filling of exfoliation fractures. Tubular and pectinate pegmatites are of the same DLC. genetic series. 81006. MAKIEVSKII, S. I., and K. A. NIKOLAEVA. 0 stratigraficheskikh vzai mootnosheniekh osadochno-metamorficheskikh porod dokembrie na severo-zapade Kol'skogo poluostrova. (Voprosy geologii i mineralogii Kol'skogo poluostrova 1963, no. 4, p. 34-40, tables, profiles.) 9 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Stratigraphic interrelation of sedimentary-metamorphic Precambrian rocks in northwest Kola Peninsula. The Kola series of gneisses, like the White Sea series, consists of three sedimentary-metamorphic subseries: lower, middle and upper. The two series are compared, and, similarities established, they are found to be one and the same, and named the Kola-White Sea Archean series. Acid granulites, the Pechenga series and the Rybachiy Peninsula layer are also stratigDLC. raphically discussed. 81007. MAKIEVSKII, S. I. Ob otlichifakh v mineral'nom sostave soglasnykh i sekushchikh slfüdonosnykh pegmatitov. (Materialy po mineralogii Kol'skogo poluostrova 1962, no. 3, p. 57-64.) 8 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: On differences in mineral composition of concordant and intersecting mica-bearing pegmatites. Distinguishes these two forms of pegmatites in northern Karelia and southern Kola Peninsula. Their rock-forming and accessory minerals are analyzed. Concordant pegmatites have mostly plagioclase or microcline-plagioclase composition. Intersecting pegmatites have less muscovite and it is connected not with plagioclase, but with biotite. Other differences in mineral composition of the two forms are outlined, and causes of their differences discussed. The mode of metasomatic alteration is found to be different. DLC.

687

MAKIHATA, K., see No. 84512. 81008. MAKOVE'fSKII, I. V. Arkhitekture russkogo narodnogo zhilizhche; Sever i Verkhnee Povolzh'e. Moskva, Izd-vo Akademii nauk SSSR, 1962. 338 p. maps, illus. 62 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Traditional Russian architecture; the North and the upper Volga region. Monographic study based on literary sources and recent field work, cf. No. 46567. Rural and urban buildings of the 16-20th century in Kern', Belomorsk, Arkhangel'sk, Onega, Pinega, Mezen', Ust' Tsil'ma, and Nar'yan-Mar are included. Town and village planning, typology of log and plank houses (mapped), barns, and windmills are treated in turn. Architectural details and decorative features of roofs, chimneys, porches, fences, gates, etc. are described, and illus. among the some three hundred drawings and photos. The great number (about three hundred) of house types in the North is noted; they are mostly variants of the traditional log cabin, and their diversity is attributed to economic and environmental conditions, and ethnic factors, as well as to the historical evolution of basic features. DLC. 81009. MAKRIDIN, V. P. 0 putfakh i srokakh vesennel migraisii dikikh severnykh olenel v Verkhoiånskom i Bulunskom ralonakh akutskol ASSR. (Zoologicheskil zhurnal 1963. v. 42, no. 5, p. 782-85, table, map.) 2 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Paths and times of spring migration of wild reindeer in the Verkhoyansk and Bulun districts of the Yakut ASSR. Reports on air observations of Mar. 22— Apr. 27, 1962. Size and number of herds in the Chekanovskogo Kryazh on Apr. 9 are tabulated. Their total population is estimated at 20-25 thousand head. DLC. 81010. MAKSIMOV, A. A. Ekologopizooticheskie svfiizi ondatry i vodfilnol krysy. (In: Konferenfsifa po akklimatizafsü zhivotnykh ... 1963, p. 351-54.) In Russian. Title tr.: Ecologic-epizootic connections of the muskrat and water rat. Compares habitats and habits of Arvicola terrestris and the newly introduced Ondaira zibetica, both living in stagnant waters and marshes. The numerical relationship, tularemia among the vole, and its possible effects on the muskrat, are considered. DLC. 81011. MAKSIMOV, A. A., and A. S. NIKOLAEV. Opyt zonal'nol kharakteristiki

688

polmy r. Obi po vesenne-letnim razlivam; srednee i nizhnee techenie. (Akademifå nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Izvestifå 1963, no. 8, p. 68-78, tables, diagrs.) 4 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Zonal characteristic of the Ob River flood plain in the spring and summer overflows, middle and lower reaches. Presents data on the extent and duration of floods in Apr.—Sept. at Surgut, Kondinskoye, Muzhi and Salekhard, 1936-1957. DLC. 81012. MAKSIMOV, G. N. Primenenie nezapolnennykh obolochek i ustanovka sval a zamorazhivaniem talikov v ralonakh vechnomerzlykh gruntov. (Akademifå stroitel'stva i arkhitektury SSSR. Inst. osnovanil i podzemnykhsooruzhenil. Trudy 1961, no. 45, p. 33-52, tables, graphs, illus.) 13 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Use of unfilled casings for piles and installation by freezing them into thaw pockets in permafrost regions. Describes, and formulates mathematically and technologically, the installation of hollow piles by immersing them into naturally or artificially thawed permafrost ground, and freezing them in place by refrigeration or natural negative temperature. This method was tried at Yakutsk, Noril'sk, Salekhard, and Aklavik (Canada), and it proved suitable for foundations of sagprone constructions. Hollow casings or pipes can be inserted easily into thawedpermafrost mud, yet have high bearing capacity as piles when the mud freezes and adheres to their inner and outer sides. DLC. 81013. MAKSIMOV, I. V. K izuchenifil prirody dlinnykh baricheskØ vole v Arktike i Antarktike. (Problemy Arktiki i Antarktiki 1963, no. 13, p. 5-12, graphs, tables.) 9 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The nature of long pressure waves in the Arctic and Antarctic. Presents data on pressure waves as observed by drifting stations North Pole-2 and -4 in 1950-51 and 1954-55, the Tikhaya Bay polar station in Franz Joseph Land in 1930-1954, also four antarctic stations. The data available are concluded not sufficient to prove the existence of long range atmospheric tidal waves, though it may be regarded as probable. DLC. 81014. MAKSIMOV, I. V. 0 kharaktere astronomicheskikh variaf it okeanskikh techen!. (Okeanologifi 1963. v. 3, no. 2, p. 193-99, graphs, maps.) 6 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: On the character of

astronomical variation in oceanic currents. Discusses moon and sun effects on development of long-period oceanic waves. The semi-monthly variations in the Gulf Stream are noted. Semi-monthly variations in the speed of drift ice in the Arctic Basin were disclosed in the North Pole 1-2-3-4 drifting station observations by the harmonic method. Half-yearly variations in the Arctic Basin and elsewhere are also considered, their speed and other features briefly characterized. Astronomical variations in general are discussed as well. DLC.

no. 4, p. 453-58, graphs.) 11 refs. Other authors: S. Moulopoulos, K. Konstandinidis, E. Panayotopoulos and E. Paraschou. Reports on studies of 60 dogs surfacecooled to 16° C. core temperature. Earlier observations concerning an association between low pH values and appearance of fibrillation are confirmed. The blood pH is not considered the major causes of ventricular fibrillation, but some unknown metabolic disorders in the myocardium itself. DNLM.

MAKSIMOV, S. N., see No. 84214.

81019. MALANCHEV, L. Nad severnol tselinol. (Grazhdanskafä aviatsiiii, Aug. 1961. v. 18, no. 8, p. 11.) In Russian. Title tr.: Over northern virgin soil. Describes the An-2 aircraft used in agricultural work; successful trials at Dukcha sovkhoz near Magadan in mineral fertilization with lime and super-phosphates, oat sowing, harrowing, top-dressing, chemical weed control, etc. DLC.

81015. MAKSIMOV, V. Kamchatskie dobrovol'(y. (Pozharnoe delo 1962. v. 8, no. 11, p. 5.) In Russian. Title tr.: Kamchatka volunteers. Notes the expansion of volunteer firefighting organizations: five district committees were set up in 1960-1961, including one in Yelizovo. Over 80 units operate throughout the peninsula. Special forest fire control boards have been formed at DLC. logging enterprises. 81016. , MAKSIMOVA, M. P., and V. G. DAßKO. Orientirovochnyl balans organicheskogo veshchestva v vodakh Belogo moriå. (Akademifa nauk SSSR. Karel'skil filial. Trudy 1961, no. 31, p. 126-31, tables.) 13 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Tentative balance of organic matter in the waters of the White Sea. Reports a comprehensive study made in 1956-1958. The main characteristics of this water-body were found to be: high specific weight of the allochthonous organic matter, relatively low primary production, weak mineralization and a strong transfer of organic matter into the Barents Sea. DLC. MAKURINA, G. A., see No. 84123. 81017. MALAISE, R. E. New oriental saw-flies, Hymen. Tenthr. (Entomologisk tidskrift 1961. v. 82, no. 3-4, p. 231-60, illus.) Presents description and discussion of 20 genera of oriental saw-flies, three of which are new. Heptamelus magnocularis Malaise 1931 was found at Yelizovo on the Avacha River in Kamchatka and at DLC. Petropavlovsk. 81018. MALAMOS, B., and others. Blood pH changes and ventricular fibrillation in deep hypothermia. (Journal of thoracic and cardiovascular surgery 1962. v. 43,

MALAN, A., see No. 79936.

MALDONADO-KOERDELL, M., see No. 79576. 81020. MALEEV, E. F. Ignimbrites of southern Kamchatka. (IUGG. Association of Volcanology. Bulletin volcanologique 1963. v. 25, p. 39-45, illus.) Summarizes petrologic and mineralogic features of these unusual rocks, distinguishing them from breccia and clastolavas (tufolavas) both of which are effusive, while ignimbrites are pyroclastic. Detailed description is given of their occurrence near Ozernaya (Ozernovskiy) in southern Kamchatka. Chemical and optical features indicate the pyroclastic nature, and special features in the texture, structure, and composition of ignimbrites suggest a possible source of material and the type of Their formation is volcanic activity. usually associated with the last stage of geosynclinal development, especially the final phases of volcanism, marked by violent explosions and the formation of calderas. Considerable areas are usually covered, and the relief is levelled off. DGS. 81021. MALICH, N. S. Genizis struktur basselnov rr. Podkamennol Tunguski i Bakhty. (Leningrad. Vses. geologicheskil inst. Materialy 1960. n. ser. no. 44, p. 47-60, profiles.) 18 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Genesis of structures of the Podkamennaya Tunguska and Bakhta River basins. Outlines the genesis of arches and troughs

689

of the Yenisey foredeep. Lineally extended arches and troughs, called structures of second order, such as the Yengida, Vel'mo, Bakhta arches and the Gur'yevskaya and Kuz'movka troughs, are described. They were formed as result of oscillating moveDLC. ments. 81022. MALICH, N. S. Tektonika basselna rek Bakhty i Uchami. (In: Akademifa nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie ... Tektonika Sibiri. v. 2, 1963, p. 97-107, map.) 16 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Tectonics of the Bakhta and Uchami River basins. Describes the tectonic arches and numerous domes of this region in Krasnoyarekiy Kray. The arches 50-250 km. in length and 20-60 km. wide are considered second order structures and the domes third order. Faults of Uchami and Bakhta are also described and divided into four regions. In trap intrusions, ore manifestation of DLC. iron and sulfides is noted. 81023. MALMT1NA, A. A. S. Ol'khon i ego proizvedenifå dlfå detel. (Yeniseysk. Gos. pedagogicheskil inst. Uchenye zapiski 1959. no. 3, p. 161-212.) 33 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: A. S. Ol'khon and his books for children. Reviews the literary activities of Anatolil Sergeevich Pesttitkhin-Ol'khon (1903-1950): Russian poet, writer and foremost translator from Yakut and Evenki-Tungus. His original writings on north Siberian peoples, adaptation and translation of Yakut folklore and modern literature, collection of tales for children, etc. are discussed and his 52 publications listed. DLC.

81026. MALLOY, S. Cold effects in rat: plasma and adipose tissue free fatty acids and adipose lipase. (American journal of physiology 1963. v. 204, no. 1, p. 157-64, tables, illus.) 26 refs. Plasma of animals exposed to 2-3° C. for 1-24 hr. without food, had higher free fatty acid (FFA) than controls kept at Epididymal tissue room temperature. sections from cold animals had higher FFA concentrations, released greater quantities of it, and showed greater lipase activity than controls. Tissue homogenates did not manifest increased activity after cold exposure. The probable mechanism of all these phenomena is discussed. DLC. MALMEJAC, C., see No. 81027. 81027. MALMgJAC, J., and others. Action cardiaque de l'adrinaline en hypothermie profonde. (Soci6te de Biologie, Paris. Comptes rendus 1963. v. 157, no. 5, p. 956-60, illus.) 9 refs. In French. Other authors: C. Malmdjac, C. Laville and J. Margarit. Title tr.: Cardiac action of adrenaline during deep hypothermia. Reports experiments with dogs cooled to about 20° C. Intravenous administration of physiological doses of adrenaline produced a moderate acceleration of heartbeat and sinus activity remained predominant. High doses of epinephrine produced a series of anomalous reactions, discussed. DNLM.

81024. MALKIN, A. Stroim vmeste. (Sovetskl sofilz 1963, no. 6, (160) p. 19-21, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: Joint venture. Photo of the initial construction stage of the Finno-Soviet Verkhne-Tulomskaya power station on the upper Tuloma River, Kola Peninsula. The largest in the far North, the station is to have a power potential of 225 thousand kwt., its water reservoir a 4 billion m.a capacity. DLC.

81028. MALMEJAC, .1., and others. Action de l'adrdnaline sur le coeur de lapin en hypothermie profonde. (Journal de physiologie 1963. v. 55, no. 2, p. 292-93.) 5 refs. In French. Other authors: R. Distel, M. Schlotterer and G. Eliot. Title tr.: The action of adrenaline upon the heart of rabbits in deep hypothermia. The rabbit heart under the influence of hypothermia and adrenaline is more resistant than that of the dog, especially in preventing collapse without risk of fibrillation. Adrenaline is also tolerated by the rabbit in high doses and its action continues until a critical temperature of 14°-15° C. is reached. DNLM.

81025. MALLON, S. T. Navy League Cadet Corps no. 60 "Nanuq." (North 1962. v. 9, no. 4, p. 19-21, illus.) Describes a Sea Cadets unit, organized in Jan. 1961 for Eskimo boys at Povungnituk on Ungava Peninsula; their training in boat handling etc., in habits of precision and leadership. Letters by five of the cadets are reproduced with photo-illus. CaMAI.

81029. MALMEJAC, J. Hypothermie profonde sans circulation extra-corport ale. (Annales de chirurgie 1962. v. 16, no. 7-8, p. 461-68, graphs, illus.) 38 refs. In French. Title tr.: Deep hypothermia without extracorporeal circulation. Review and bibliography of work conducted mainly by author and associates since 1956. Cardiac responses and fibrillation, rewarming and resuscitation, effects

690

on the nervous system, and the role of adrenaline are considered. DNLM. 81030. MALMEJAC, J., and others. Role de l'allongement de la pdriode rdfractaire postganglionnaire dans le declenchement de l'action synaptolytique du refroidissement. (Societe de Biologie, Paris. Comptes rendus 1961. v. 155, no. 6, p. 1278-80, illus.) 2 refs. In French. Other authors: G. Chardon and D. Bonnet. Title tr.: The effect of extending the postganglionic refractory period in releasing the synaptolytic action due to cold. Reports experiments with dogs cooled to 22° and 17° C. Prolongation of the postganglionic refractory period produced by deep hypothermia proved to be an efficient factor in the release of synaptolythic action, at core temperatures below DNLM. 20° C. 81031. MALMEJAC, J., and others. Rythme d'adaptation cardiaque en hypothermie profonde. (Societe de Biologie, Paris. Comptes rendus 1961. v. 155, no. 12, p. 2317-19.) 12 refs. In French. Other authors: D. Bonnet, M. Rognon and J. Syreigeol. Title tr.: Rhythm of cardiac adaptation during deep hypothermia. Review and discussion of previous studies of the senior author on this problem, specifically heartbeat below 20° C. core temperature, the effects upon it of adrenaline in physiological doses, the effects of DNLM. vagus section, and of atropine. 81032. MALMEJAC, J., and others. Sur les effets respiratoires de l'hypothermie. (Societe de Biologie, Paris. Comptes rendus 1961. v. 155, no. 11, p. 2158-61, table, illus.) 9 refs. In French. Other authors: D. Bonnet and M. Rognon. Title tr.: Respiratory effects of hypothermia. Reports experiments with dogs and monkeys cooled to 20°-18° C. With decreasing core temperature, respiratory amplitude decreased and rhythm generally increased; apnea appeared at 20° C. HCO: and pH decreased consistently with inDNLM. creasing hypothermia. 81033. MALMEJAC, J., and others. Sur les mecanismes de production de l'effet synaptolytique du refroidissement; modifications de l'excitabilite postganglionnaire (Societe de Biologie, å l'acdtylcholine. Paris. Comptes rendus 1961. v. 155, no. 3, p. 485-86.) 9 refs. In French. Other authors: G. Neverre, D. Bonnet and M. Rognon. Title tr.: The mechanism of

the synaptolytic effect of cooling; changes in postganglionic excitability from acetylcholine. Cooling of ganglia below 20° C. reduced postganglionic excitability produced by irrigation with acetylcholine. Rewarming caused return to normal. DNLM. 81034. MAL'ßEV, 0., and I. OL'GIN. Ot shpifsbergena do Nakhodki. (Klub 1963. v. 12, no. 1, p. 9-10, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: From Spitsbergen to Nakhodka. Sketches activities at the Piramida miners' club on Vestspitsbergen, and concerts on Okhotsk and Bering Sea fishing boats by singers from Nakhodka in Primorskiy Kray. DLC. MALI-NEVA, N. F., see No. 79605. 81035. MALYGIN, A. M. Izmenenie Olektrokardiogrammy v usilennykh odnopolfilsnykh otvedenifakh of konechnostet pri kranio-Iserebral'noT gipotermii. (Nauchnye doklady visshelshkoly. Biologicheskie nauki, 1963, no. 2, p. 77-82, table, illus.) 7 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Change in the electrocardiogram with amplified, monopolar leads from limbs, during craniocerebral hypothermia. Discusses the advantages of hypothermia induced by cerebro-cranial cooling and describes in detail ECGs in dogs during cooling and rewarming by this method. Special consideration is given to the distribution and height of waves according to the electric position of the heart and variation in leads. DLC. 81036. MALYSHEV, V. I. Rukopisnye knigi Syktyvkarskogo respublikanskogo muzefå Komi ASSR. (Arkheograficheskil ezhegodnik. 1962. v. 6, p. 403-408.) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Hand-written books of the Syktyvkar Republic Museum of Komi ASSR. Describes and lists 69 secular and religious mss. of the 17-19th century, including DLC. a few on Zyryans. 81037. MALYSHEVSHII, R. I. Eshche o letnel ornitofaune Terskogo berega Belogo moria. (Ornitologifa 1963. no. 6, p. 475.) In Russian. Title tr.: More on the summer bird fauna of the Terskiy coast, White Sea. Notes from observations of May 28—July 11, 1961, 17 species not previously recorded: size of flock, date of observation, nests, eggs, etc.; also a few previously recorded DLC. forms.

691

81038. MALYSHEVSKII, R. I. Letnie nablfudenifa ned ptiaami Terakogo berega Belogo morfå. (Ornitologife 1962, no. 5, p. 13-27, illus.) 5 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Summer observations on the birds of the Terskiy coast of the White Sea. Reports on over 70 species as observed in 1958 and 1959 mostly around the mouth of the Pyalitsa River. Occurrence, nests, young, weight, etc. are noted. Some data are given on the frequency of these birds and on the weather during the two seasons DLC. of field study.

elements in fir and pine forests of the Kola Peninsula. Reports study of the mineral uptake by the plant cover of the northern taiga, including a physical and chemical investigation of its soils. The mineral content of ashes from species of underbrush, mosses, grasses, etc. is determined. It shows a higher content of manganese as compared with more southerly material. Plowingunder or burning of this mineral-rich flora is apt to supply the soil with nutritive DLC. matter.

81039. MAMAY, S. H. Occurrence of Pseudobornia Nathorst in Alaska. (Palaeobotanist 1962 pub. 1963. v. 11, no. 1-2, p. 19-22, illus.) 7 refs. Describes this fossil plant of undetermined affinity, named in 1894 from an Upper Devonian occurrence on Bjørnøya. It was identified in a black shale collection from approx. 68°15' N. 144°08' W. in northeast Alaska, its first record in the Western Hemisphere, also the first one verifiable since the original. Additional discoveries are expected because of the wide separation of these two. DGS.

MANDAT, A., see No. 81239.

81040. MAMEN, C. Mining practices, improvements and changes in 1962. (Canadian mining journal 1963. v. 84, no. 2, p. 130-45, illus.) Reviews technical developments including some at northern mines: construction of a 40-mi. snow road for hauling gold ore at consolidated Discovery Yellowknife Mines in Mackenzie District; use of an automatic railroad system and of the jet piercing process for blasting at the Carol Lake iron ore project in Labrador; and studies of blasting with metallized slurries, computer applications, and improved haulage units at Schefferville, northern Quebec. DGS. 81041. MAMIN, N. I. Vittazi studenogo morfii. (Enisel 1962, no. 3 (35), p. 5-54, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: Heroes of the icy sea. Short story on exploits of Northern Fleet torpedo boat crews operating out of Murmansk in World War II. DLC. 81042. MANAKOV, K. N. 0 roli rastitel'nogo pokrova v akkumulfslfaii mineral'nykh elementov v elovom i sosnovom lesakh Kol'skogo poluostrova. (In: Polt rnoal'pilskiT botanicheskil sad. Voprosy .. . 1962, p. 172-82, tables.) 18 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The role of plant cover in the accumulation of mineral

692

81043. MØOKI, P. Asiatische Sternamen. (In: Di6szegi, V. ed. Glaubenswelt 1963, p. 519-32, illus.) Approx. 50 refs. In German. Title tr.: Asiatic names of stars. Semantic study of descriptive terminology used for heavenly bodies, including Yakut and Tungus names for the planet Venus. DLC.

.. .

MANHARD, A. H., see No. 81125. 81044. MANKER, E. M. The Noaidde art. (Folk 1963. v. 5, p. 235-44, illus.) Refs. Study of figured and non-figurative Lappish shaman (noaidde) drum painting and sculpture. The animation of nature and the elements is described, as are local deities, and the life, sickness and death spirits. Relationship of the shaman to these forces, their control by the magic powers of the painted drum figures, and the role of the idol are discussed. DLC. 81045. MANKER, E. M. People of eight seasons. New York, Viking Press 1963, 1964. 231 p. map, illus. 60 refs. Translated into English by K. McFarlane. Studio Book edition. Presents a handsomely illus. work for the general reader: drawings, rubbings, and photos, some in color, show many aspects of Lappish art and life. The text reviews early accounts of the Lapps, migration theories, history and folklore. Seasonal movements and daily routine, reindeer economy, fishing, hunting, environment, plants and animals of Lapland are described. Housing, handicrafts, clothing, implements, sleds, skis, reindeer harness, etc. are discussed: their design and style, techniques of making them, their use, etc. DLC. 81046. MANKER, E. M. Seite-Kult und Trommelmagie der Lappen. (In: Didszegi,

V. ed. Glaubenswelt ... 1963, p. 29-43, illus.) In German. Title tr.: Seite-cult and drum magic of the Lapps. Study of Lappish religious beliefs and rites: use of the troll drum to induce trance or exaltation in the notid or shaman for communication with spirits, and for divination purposes; worship of seite-stones and idols, altars to major gods set up near unusual rock formations, etc. Christian missionaries' efforts to root out these rites and beliefs are discussed, but their survival till the late 19th century is noted. Traces of shamanistic ecstasy are still evident in fanatic aspects of Laestadian Christianity DLC. in Torne-Lappmark. MANKER, E. M., see also No. 84225. 81047. MAN'KOVSKII, G. I., and O. A. DOLGOV. Kontrol' prof essa zamorazhivanifa gornykh porod pri sooruzhenii shakhtnykh stvolov. (In: International Conference on Permafrost. Doklady... 1963, p. 253-56.) In Russian. Title tr.: Control of rock-freezing for construction of mine shafts. Outlines artificial rock freezing as a temporary protection against penetration of ground waters during shaft construction. Ultrasonic waves were used for linear measurement of rock formations. A new method is presented to control the temperature fields around the freeze holes, based on a system of temperature measurements in the freeze holes and in separate thermal observation holes. This method widely used in the USSR can be used with some modifications also in permafrost areas. DLC.

Royal Geographical Society, IGY, Scott Polar Research Institute, etc. is cited. DLC. 81050. MANNI, E., and others. Reversible cooling of cerebellum in awake unrestrained rats. (Journal of applied physiology 1963. v. 18, no. 3, p. 597-99, table, illus.) 4 refs. Other authors: L. W. Mills and R. S. Dow. Describes this cooling technique and changes in the subcortical temperature following its application. The temperature 2-6 mm. below the cooled surface fell 10° C. in 4-5 min. DLC. 81051. MANNING, R. V. The Hudson (Canadian Strait Expedition 1927-8. geographical journal 1961. v. 62, no. 2, p. 40-53. map, illus.) 10 refs. Reviews this Canadian expedition (cf. No. 7519) to investigate, by aerial reconnaissance and photography, the weather and ice conditions affecting navigation through the Strait. Flying operations and problems, expedition logistics and results, and operations at the Port Burwell, Wakeham Bay, and Nottingham Island bases are described. During Sept. 30, 1927—Aug. 18, 1928, 277 patrols were flown, and 2285 photographs taken; the Strait's practicability as a shipping route was established. DGS.

81048. MANLEY, G. Glaciology in the last twenty-five years. (Geographical magazine 1963. v. 35, no. 12, p. 729-38, illus.) Reviews research, especially British, since 1936: studies of extent and distribution of the world's ice, cause and rate of changes in extent, physical characteristics and behavior of glacial ice. Some northern references are included; unsolved problems are noted. DLC.

81052. MANSFIELD, A. W. Seals of (Canada. arctic and eastern Canada. Fisheries Research Board. Bulletin 1963. no. 137, 30 p. table, maps, illus.) Presents an introductory survey of the morphology, swimming adaptations to aquatic life, reproduction and development of these mammals, their food and feeding, and their value to man. Seven seals and the walrus are described (and aptly illus. in black-and-white drawings) including sexual and age differences in fur and color, behavior, reproduction and lactation, food, economic value, etc. Distribution off Labrador and West Greenland, also in Hudson Bay, the Canadian Arctic Islands waters, and Beaufort Sea is mapped, with migration routes, relative abundance, breeding areas indicated. In addition to Latin names, the local English, French and DSI. Eskimo are supplied.

81049. MANLEY, G. James Mann Wordie, 1889-1962. (Journal of glaciology 1962. v. 4, no. 32, p. 242-43, port.) Obituary noting his expeditions in both polar regions, his leadership and organization of field parties, his interest in polar research, and contribution to science as administrator. His role in the IUGG,

81053. MANTEIFEL', B. P. Sostafiinie i perspektivy razvitifa podvodnykh morskikh (Akademifå nauk SSSR. issledovanil. Trudy Okeanograficheskafä komissifå. 1962. v. 14, p. 7-12.) In Russian. Title tr.: The status and development prospects of marine underwater investigations. Reviews attempts of Soviet scientists

693

since 1927 to study directly underwater life, including that on the Murman coast, Barents, and Norwegian Seas; similar work abroad; Beebe, Picard, their apparatus and achievements; the research submarine Severfanka and its work; physical and DLC. geological aspects; prospects.

coast of the United States, and the specimen temporarily stranded near Ocean City, Md. This species of pygmy sperm whale is reported from the Bering Sea, also the New Zealand area. DLC.

81054. MANUILOV, P. Pod severnym (Okhota i okhotnich'e khoaifäniem. zfålstvo, Sept. 1962. v. 8, no. 9, p. 8-9, illus., port.) In Russian. Title tr.: Under the light of auroras. Sketches the life and work of N. S. Kolesov, an outstanding Yakut hunter, and member of Supreme Soviet of USSR; he lives at Yukagir, a tundra village in DLC. northern Yakutia.

MAR, J., see No. 84311.

81055. MANUM, S. Notes on the Cretaceous-Tertiary boundary in Basilikaen, Vestspitsbergen, and a new record of Ginkgo from the Spitsbergen Tertiary. (Norway. Norsk Polarinstitutt. Arbok 1962 pub. 1963. p. 149-52, illus.) 5 refs. Discusses plant-bearing beds discovered in the basal part of Basilikaen, during a 1962 paleobotanical survey at Van Keulenfjorden, as support to the theory that the Cretaceous-Tertiary boundary in the mountain lies near its base. Typical representatives of the flora known from the Spitsbergen Tertiary were recovered, such as branchlets of Metasequoia occidentalis and leaf compressions of Cercidiphyllum arcticum. In the lowest stratum Ginkgo leaves were found in abundance; the species occurs sparsely and only at the base of the Tertiary in Spitsbergen. The Basilikaen leaves are the only ones found in Spitsbergen with cuticles preserved. DLC. 81056. MANUM, S. Some new species of Deflandrea and their probable affinity with Peridinium. (Norway. Norsk Polarinstitutt. Arbok 1962 pub. 1963, p. 55-67, graph, illus.) 12 refs. Describes four new species, D. granulifera, D. scheu, D. sverdrupiana and D. verrucosa, collected from the Cretaceous of Graham Island in the Canadian Arctic during the second Fram expedition of 1898-1902. Characteristics which indicate a relationship with dinoflagellate gen. Peridinium DLC. are discussed. 81057. MANVILLE, R. H., and R. P. SHANAHAN. Kogia stranded in Maryland. (Journal of mammalogy 1961. v. 42, no. 2, p. 269-70.) Notes occurrences of the rare, cosmopolitan Kogia breviceps along the Atlantic

694

MANYAK, T. C., see No. 76904.

81058. MARAKOV, S. V., and S. K. KLUMOV. Pamfåtnik prirody ili promyslovyl vid? Sud'ba Komandorskogo kalana. (Priroda 1963. v. 52, no. 11, p. 79-84, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: A relic of nature or a commercial species? The fate of the Commander Islands sea otter. Reviews the discovery, exploitation and near extinction of this valuable fur bearer. The Commanders population and its recent enemies, man and oil, are discussed. The sea otter's responses to man, its diseases, prospects of exploitation, unknown biological aspects, etc. are considered, and some very instructive photographs are included. Junior author furnishes data on conditions of the Kuril Islands population, its size (2000 head), etc. DLC. 81059. MARAKOV, S. V. Redkie i novye ptifay Komandorskikh ostrovov. (Ornitologifa. 1962, no. 5, p. 166-67). In Russian. Title tr.: Birds rare and new to the Commander Islands. Adds three to the 180 species recorded there to 1934, viz: Gallinula chloropus L., Limnodromus grisseus Gm. and Nycticorax L. Exceptional meteorological events are suggested to account for their appearance far off their habitat. Six rare forms are also recorded. DLC. 81060. MARAKOV, S. V. Sovremennoe sostofänie populfafsii kalana i perspektiva iskusstvennogo rasshirenifä ego areala. (In: Konferenfsifä po akklimatizaf ii zhivotnykh ... 1963, p. 125-27.) In Russian. Title tr.: Present condition of the sea otter population and prospects for artificial expansion of its habitation area. Notes the attachment of these animals to a chosen habitat as cause of slow geographic spreading; the need for their introduction into new areas; their ecological requirements, and suitable areas in the Soviet Union; methods of capture and release. DLC. 81061. MARAMZIN, A. V. Burene skvazhin v mnogoletnel merzlote, metodicheskoe rukovodstvo. Leningrad, Gostoptekhizdat 1963. 287 p. tables, graphs, map,

illus. 237 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The drilling of wells in permafrost, a handbook on methods. Outlines the methods and technology of drilling in permafrost as developed in the USSR during 1934-1939, 1940-1946, and from 1947 to the present time. Factual information from experience of the last 10-15 years in Krasnoyarskiy Kray, Yakut ASSR, and other areas is reviewed and characteristics of permafrost found critical factors in these operations are outlined. Theoretical and experimental investigations, required instruments and techniques are analyzed. Two main lines of development in drilling practice are noted: one flushing with liquid (water), the other air flush, the former predominant. Organization and procedure at drill sites, transportation, and other problems are discussed. An appraisal is given of drilling operations in the lower Yenisey, Nordvik, Noril'sk, Ural regions, DLC. and elsewhere. 81062. MARCHENKO, A. I. Izuchenie osnovnykh pochvennykh raznovidnostel na territori Karelo-Finskol SSR. (Petrozavodsk. Universitet. Uchenye zapiski 1954 pub. 1955. v. 6, no. 3, p. 88-130, tables.) 21 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Investigation of the main soil varieties in the KareloFinnish SSR territory. Outlines the soil-forming rocks, climate, and geographic distribution of soils. An extensive classification is presented and each soil type described as to chemical and physical characteristics. According to soil formation, in which bioclimatic factors are the most important., this territory divides into two parts at approx. 63° N. The northern part is not very suitable for raising DLC. cereal crops. 81063. MARCHESANI, J. A. Hypothermia. (Washington, D.C. Children's Hospital. Clinical proceedings 1962. v. 18, no. 8, p. 214-23.) 37 refs. Review of essentials beginning with Hippocrates' and Boyle's (1645) observations, and including the physiology and methods of introducing hypothermia, comDNLM. plications, and clinical use. 81064. MARCINKIEWICZ, A. Die zahlenmässige Erfassung des Gletscherrückganges während der Periode 1936-1958 an 2 Westspizbergen-Gletschern. (Polska Akademia Nauk. Bulletin 1961. v. 9, no. 4, Ser. des sciences geologiques et geographiques, p. 233-37, tables, map.) 7 refs. In German. Russian summary. Title tr.: Numerical calculation of glacier retreat during the

1936-1958 period as exemplified by two Vestspitsbergen glaciers. Reports a study made in the southern Bellsund area and Van Keulenfjord while participating in the Polish Spitsbergen Expedition in 1958. From analyses of the 1936 hypsometric map at 1:100,000 and that of 1958 at 1:50,000, changes in volume of Antoniabreen and the western part of Penckbreen are calculated by the method worked out by R. Finsterwald for Alps glaciers. The measurements reveal that below the line of equilibrium between alimentation and ablation, the glaciers are in remarkable retreat; above this line increase DLC. in volume is noted. 81065. MARCUS, S., and others. Effect of acclimatization to 2° C. on host susceptibility to Klebsietla pneumoniae challenge. Fort Wainwright, Alaska 1963. 8 p. table. (U.S. Arctic Aeromedical Lab. TDR-63-9.) 11 refs. Other authors: F. Miya and L. J. Phelps. Mice exposed to 2° C. up to five days and then challenged with 1 LD,0 of KØsiella pneumoniae showed no different mortality from controls. Longer cold exposure however, produced enhanced host resistance. No deaths occurred in specifically imCaMAI. munized animals. 81066. MARCUS, S., and others. The effect of acute exposure to 2° C. on host resistance to Ehrlich ascites tumor. Fort Wainwright, Alaska 1963. 5 p. graphs. (U.S. Arctic Aeromedical Lab. TDR-63-10). 5 refs. Other authors: F. Miya and L. J. Phelps. Mice challenged intraperitoneally or subcutaneously with Ehrlich ascites tumor, and kept at 2° C. showed higher mortality ratios for any given time period, compared to 21° C. controls. Final mortality ratios however CaMAI. were identical. 81067. MARCUS, S., and others. The effect of cold ambient temperature upon the adrenal weight of mice. Fort Wainwright, Alaska 1963. 16 p. tables, illus. (U.S. Arctic Aeromedical Lab. TDR-62-58.) 7 refs. Other authors: F. Miya and L. J. Phelps. Mice exposed to 2° C. for 4-45 days showed a general increase in adrenal weight, the first rapid increase taking place on the 15th day, in males, the second on the 45th day, in females. The significance of these time intervals is discussed. The thymus glands of the exposed animals showed no CaMAI. change. 81068. MARCUS, S., and others. The effect of zymosan and endotoxin treatment on ex-

perimentai Coxsackie B virus infection. Fort Wainwright, Alaska 1963. 6 p. table. (U.S. Arctic Aeromedical Lab. TDR-63-11.) 20 refs. Other authors: F. Miya and L. J. Phelps. Cold acclimatized and non-acclimatized mice were given various doses of zymosan or endotoxin 48 hr. prior to challenge with 20x 10' plaque-forming units of Coxsackie B-1 virus. Neither agent increased host resistance and in some cases appeared to lower it. CaMAI.

81072. MAREK, V. 0 dåvnj'ch nåbofenskych pfedstavåch Laponcü. (Ceskoslovenskå etnografie 1955. v. 3, no. 4, p. 352-74.) Approx. 35 refs. In Czech. Russian summary. Title tr.: Old religious concepts of the Lapps. Study of religious evolution from hunting magic to fetishism and animism, based on an analysis of Lappish folktales, proverbs, weather lore, etc. DLC.

MARCUS, S., see also No. 81327.

81073. MARES, V. Obydli a stavby u Laponcü. (Ceskoslovensk$ etnografie 1954. v. 2, no. 2, p. 176-99, illus.) Approx. 30 refs. In Czech. German summary. Title tr.: Dwellings and structures of the Lapps. Comparative study of various types of tents (kåta) and storage structures on piles (suonger) used by nomadic reindeer-herding mountain Lapps of Sweden and Norway. Construction materials and techniques, typological diversities, ground plan, roof shapes, etc. are discussed. The traditional kåta had two doors: a front entrance and a small rear door considered sacred and used only by males, it was adjacent to the sacred rear corner of the tent forbidden by custom to women. DLC.

81070. MAREK, V. K of tzce pfetitkü totemistickych pfedstav u Laponcü. (Ceskoslovenskå etnografie 1956. v. 4, no. 1, p. 38-54.) Approx. 40 refs. In Czech. Russian summary. Title tr.: Vestiges of totemic beliefs among the Lapps. Discusses the development of simple hunting magic into animal worship and totemic beliefs on the basis of ethnographic and folkloristic literature and recent field work. Traces of a fully developed totemism are found mainly in eastern Lapland, while elements of rudimentary totemic stages exist throughout the Lappish area. DLC.

81074. MAREK, V. Age saivü, Jabmeaimo a nåzory dåvnych Laponcü o Iivot5 a smrti. (Ceskoslovenskå etnografie 1959. v. 7, no. 4, p. 389-99.) Approx. 45 refs. In Czech. Russian summary. Title tr.: The realm of the saivo, Jabmeaimo, and ancient Lappish concepts of life and death. Etymological analysis of terms used in connection with netherworld spirits (salvo), the realm of the dead (Jabmeaimo), sacred stones (seite) and mountains, etc. The location and religious purpose of sacrificial sites, mortuary rites, ancestor worship, seite and saivo cults, etc. are discussed. DLC.

81071. MAREK, V. Laponsk6 pohådky a povtsti a jejich zhodnocenf pro vseobechou folkloristiku. (Ceskoslovenskå etnografie 1961. v. 9, no. 2, p. 177-91.) 15 refs. In Czech. Title tr.: Lappish tales and legends and their value for general folklore study. Considers thematic and stylistic analyses of folktales afford insufficient criteria for appraising cultural phenomena within an ethnic group. Three kinds or stages of Lappish folktales are distinguished: the fairytale common to all northern peoples, the national heroic epos, and the legend reflecting class inequity. The last is a euphoric tale combining elements of the epic and fairy tale with a promise of a future moral reward. Its function is to instill hope in the downtrodden. DLC.

81075. MAREK, V. 2ena v davnem lapouskem nåboienstvf. (Ceskoslovenskå etnografie 1959. v. 7, no. 3, p. 262-74.) Approx. 55 refs. In Czech. Title tr.: Women in the ancient Lappish religion. Discusses the relegation of female deities from supreme nature goddess to mere protectress of women in the restricted sphere of childbirth, care of infants, etc. With the advent of patriarchal society the position of man became dominant and male gods rose above female divinities; the once-high status of the latter however, can be recognized in mythological tales and old magic practices. DLC.

81069. MARCUS, S., and others. Influence of low ambient temperature on resistance of mice to experimental Coxsackie virus infection. Fort Wainwright, Alaska 1963. 16 p. (U.S. Arctic Aeromedical Lab. tables. TDR-62-56.) 35 refs. Other authors: F. Miya, L. J. Phelps and L. Spencer. Unacclimatized mice exposed to 2° C. showed lowered resistance to type B-1 Coxsackie virus, though specific immunization remained effective. Mice acclimatized to 2° C. showed increased resistance to this virus, independent of specific immunization. CaMAI.

696

81076. MARGAGLIA, F., and others. Ipotermia cerebrale selettiva sperimentale

mediante perfrigorazione del sangue carotido. (Minerva anestesiologica 1963. v. 29, no. 5, p. 155-63, tables, graphs, illus.) 27 refs. In Italian. Other authors: G. F. Baggio G. F. Lombard, R. Patton and G. Orione. Title tr.: Selective experimental brainhypothermia by cooling the carotid blood. Account of observations on dogs with the temperature of one hemisphere lowered to 20-15° C. Concurrent temperatures of the other hemisphere, of the esophagus and rectum and of blood in different regions are studied; also: arterial and venous pressure, cerebral circulation, and the 02-content, pH, PCO2, HCO8 of the blood. DNLM. MARGAGLIA, F., see also Nos. 77181, 78316. MARGARIT, J., see No. 81027. 81077. MARGOLIS, I. Lampritrema nipponicum Yamaguti, Trematoda, from new hosts in the North Pacific Ocean, the relationship of Distomum miescheri Zschokke, and the status of the family Lampritrematidae. (Canadian journal of zoology 1962. v. 40, no. 5, p. 941-50, table, illus.) 16 refs. L. nipponicum is recorded from three new hosts (fishes), all except one in a zone 52°-53° 25' N. D. miescheri is transferred, becoming L. miescheri, possibly identical with L. nipponicum. DLC. 81078. MARGULIS, R. IA. Biologifa razmnozhenifa vidov roda Gammarus v Velikol Salme. (Moskva. Univ. Belomorskafa biologicheskafa stanfsifä. Trudy 1962. v. 1, p. 231-47, tables, graphs.) 9 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Reproduction biology of Gammarus species in Velikaya Selma. Describes a study of six species of this genus of amphipods during June-Aug. 1956. Distribution on the littoral, reproduction during the summer, numerical relationship of sexes, fertility, and reproduction under laboratory conditions are reported. DLC. 81079. MARGULIS, R. Ø. Novye dlfa fauny Belogo morfä vidy bokoplavov. (Moskva. Univ. Belomorskafa biologicheskafa stan£sifa. Trudy 1962. v. 1, p. 14345.) 11 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Amphipod species new to the White Sea fauna. Reviews earlier studies and lists eight species of these crustaceans from Velikaya Selma not hitherto reported for the area. Local frequency and geographic distribution DLC. are noted. 81080. MARIANI, F. Evidence for the effect of corpuscular radiation on the iono-

sphere. (Journal of the atmospheric sciences 1963. v. 20, no. 6, p. 479-91, graphs, table.) 10 refs. Investigates the correlation of maximum electron density in the F region at noon with solar activity for both long-term and monthto-month variations, using 1937-1957 data from 73 observatories, 12 in the Arctic. Existence of an ionizing effect, strongly dependent on solar activity and peaked at latitudes 55°-65°, is shown. The latitudinal variation suggests a corpuscular origin of the effect; the possible source of a corpuscular flux is discussed. The energy of the ionizing particles is in the range of key or tens of key. Quantitative evidence is given that Van Allen belts could be an important source of the corpuscular flux. DWB. 81081. MARIANI, F. The south face of Mount McKinley. (Alpine journal 1963. v. 68, no. 306, p. 108-115, illus.) Excerpts from an account by R. Cassin, leader of the 1961 nine-man Italian party up this unclimbed route to the McKinley summit. Weather conditions for the ascent July 19, snowfall, frostbite, etc. on the descent are noted. DGS. 81082. MAR'IN, E. M. LesokhozfaJstvennoe znachenie nedorubov, ostavlfaemykh pri sploshnykh kon%sentrirovannykh rubkakh v uslovifakh Karelii. (Akademifa nauk SSSR. Karel'skiT filial. Trudy 1957, no. 7, p. 26-45, tables.) 32 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The residue after clear cutting in Karelia, and its importance to the forest industry. Reports study of 26 test lots in southern Karelian spruce forests and 21 in northern pine (Kem' and Belomorsk forestries p. 3742). Quantitative data are given on growth left in the forest, in 1954 up to 35.7% of the cutting area, and on its classification according to substrate: boggy, dry valley, and stony soil. Some silvicultural advantages to leaving a considerable residue are noted, but the far greater economic disadvantages stressed. DLC. 81083. MARINE ENGINEERINGJLOG. MV Malaspina first of three superferries for State of Alaska. (Its: Apr. 1963 issue. v. 68, no. 4, p. 43-49, plans, tables, illus.) Summarized in: Dee. 1963 issue, v. 68, no. 13, p. 70-71, -I- . Describes the 3,500-ton, 18-knot liners, to operate over the 500-mi. Marine Highway between Prince Rupert, B.C. and Haines, Alaska. The Malaspina (delivered in Jan. 1963), Taku and Matanuska, can carry 500 passengers, 109 automobiles and 51 trailers.

697

They are single-ended, twin-screw, twinrudder, and diesel propelled. Principal characteristics are given, deck plans, main features are illua., equipment and suppliers listed. A fourth, smaller vessel is to operate between Haines, Kodiak and Seward in the Gulf of Alaska. DLC. 81084. MARINERS WEATHER LOG. U.S. Naval Oceanographic Office. (Its: Nov. 1962. v. 6, no. 6, p. 208.) Notes U.S. Navy Hydrographie Office changes to U.S. Naval Oceanographic Office on Aug. 11, 1962, to denote expanded activities. Changes of name are reported since the 1830's when it was Depot of Charts and DWB. Instruments. 81085. MARINI, M. L'uomo e l'Artide: 1'Alaska. (Universo, Nov.—Dec. 1961. v. 41, no. 6, p. 1109-1136, illus., table.) 3 refs. In Italian. Title tr.: Man and the Arctic: Alaska. Sketches the 17-19th century polar expeditions, especially the discovery and exploration of Alaska. Physical geography, climate, fauna and flora are dealt with and current economic developments depicted: fur trade, fishing, lumbering, mining, agriculture. The industrial potential of the region and its military importance are discussed. The expansion of air, rail, highway, and communication systems, population growth of 1940-1960, etc. are described and the main towns, industrial centers, and military DLC. installations noted. 81086. MARININ, Z. Dal'nevostochnye zametki. (Sovetskafii. muzyka 1962. v. 26, no. 5, 112-16, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: Far East notes. Includes a sketch of musical life at Petropavlovsk-in-Kamchatka. A school of music opened in 1961; its student orchestra regularly tours outlying rural settlements, fishing DLC. villages, etc. 81087. MARK, J. Zur lappischen Wortkunde. (Tromso. Museum. Skrifter 1928. v. 2, p. 150-53.) Refs. In German. Title tr.: Contribution to Lappish etymology. Comparative analysis of two word stems DSI. and their derivatives. MARKELOV, G. D., see No. 81409. 81088. MARKEVICH, V. P. Osobennosti geologicheskogo razvitifil i perspektivy neftegazonosnosti Zapadno-Sibirskol nizmennosti. (In: Akademifå nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otdie. Problemy ... 1963, p. 29-45, maps, profiles.) 20 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Features of geologic development and pros-

698

pects for oil and gas in the West Siberian lowland. Considers some local structures such as the Berezovo, Shaim, Nazino, and others. Fractures of various orders in the sedimentary mantle are indicated, and on this basis active edges of the West Siberian platform are distinguished. The oil- and gasbearing layer may be extended at the expense of Paleozoic formations. DLC. 81089. MARKEVICH, V. P., and M. I. KALININA. Osobennosti geologicheskogo stroenia Berezovskogo gazonosnogo ralona. (Sibirskil n.-Øl. inst. geologii, geofiziki i mineral'nogo syr'fii. Trudy 1962. no. 27, p. 35-41, chart, profiles.) In Russian. Title tr.: Features of the geologic structure of the Berezovo gas-bearing region. Notes three local uplifts and characterizes the formation of the gas-bearing horizon. Distinguishes tectonic activity in Lower Mesozoic time, manifested in the Berezovo region by rupture dislocations. The role of these dislocations in the migration of hydrocarbons and the accumulation and distribution of gas is discussed. DLC. 81090. MARKGREN, M. Detaljmorfologiska studier i fast berg och blockmaterial, II. Redisuala blockfiilt och talus samt polygena blockfült. (Svensk geografisk årsbok 1963. v. 39, p. 52-100, table, illus.) In Swedish. 229 refs. and English summary which apply also to pt. I, No. 73816. Title tr.: Detailed morphological studies of rocks and block material 2, residual block fields and talus and polygenetic block fields. Reports no large monogenetic fields found in the Scandinavian Caledonides, in the Pre-Caledonian rocks of the Varanger peninsula or in other parts of north Fennoscandia. Weathering products may predominate but glacial erratics indicate a complicated origin of the block fields. The small fields of monogenetic rock waste are mainly results of postglacial disintegration. Postglacial surface weathering was estimated by comparing preserved glacial surfaces with those adjacent without traces of glacial action. Account is given also of polygenetic block accumulations with some weathering products, viz scree slopes and top fields of glaciated Caledonides, accumulations on certain canyon bottoms, and shore boulder fields with autochthonous material. The regions studied include northern Norway and Finland and part of Norrbotten in DLC. northern Sweden. 81091. MARKHAM, W. E. A preliminary study of ice conditions in Barrow Strait and

Lancaster Sound during June, July, and August 1963. Toronto, 1963. 6 p. (Canada. Meteorological Branch. Circular 3900.) Examines causes for the ice congestion which hampered the resupply of Resolute Bay till Aug. 21. The approaches are normally clear by Aug. 15; records for Aug. 16-23 show the Bay with open water in ten years, scattered ice in four, and close ice in 1948, 1955 and 1963. The delayed 1963 clearing is attributed to: prevalence of northeast winds in the winter 1962 which caused abnormal ridging in Lancaster Sound; infrequent transitory lows during the early summer and their track which prevented development of northwesterly winds causing closely-packed sea ice and slight melting; and the persistent low pressure area northwest of Mould Bay which gave moderate to fresh southwest winds in the Resolute area maintaining close pack ice along the south coast of Cornwallis Island. DWB. 81092. MARKHAM, W. E., and R. H. W. HILL. Sea ice distribution in Canadian arctic waters summer 1962. Toronto, 1963. 12 + 20 p. maps. (Canada. Meteorological Branch. Circular 3823) 14 refs. Presents nine fortnightly charts of ice distribution in these waters mid-June — midOct. 1962, together with appropriate mean sea level pressure patterns and maps showing departures of monthly mean temperature from normal. July was the warmest on record at Resolute. The 1962 breakup was the most extensive in the last ten years, the greatest ever observed in the Queen Elizabeth Islands and Parry Channel, providing opportunity to study currents. It is suggested that north-south currents in the Queen Elizabeth Islands are the main source of the west-east transport through Lancaster Sound; a steady southward drift along the east coast of Ellesmere Island forms the chief source of the Baffin Coast Current. The arctic pack in Beaufort Sea retreated over 100 mi. from shore, as in 1954, 1958, and 1960, but offshore displacement in Alaskan waters was greater in those years than in 1962. Next summer's breakup is expected to provide good navigation in channels in the Queen Elizabeth Islands, but above-average number of polar floes in Baffin Bay and on the Labrador coast. DWB. 81093. MARKHAM, W. E. Summer breakup patterns in the Canadian Arctic. Toronto, Jan. 4, 1962. 8 p. map. (Canada. Meteorological Branch. Circular 3586.) 4 refs. Describes the extent and time of sea-ice

breakup, from a study of temperature and wind patterns during 1953-1962. The arctic coast — Herschel Island to Shepherd Bay region has several variable factors; the Parry Channel and Queen Elizabeth Islands region has close ice all year in the northwest, clearing in the southeast; Baffin Bay and Davis Strait: straightforward breakup pattern; south Baffin coast—Cape Dyer to Resolution Island: chief variation is time of clearing; Foxe Basin: clearing seems controlled by early summer winds, little variation in time; Hudson Bay and Strait: winds control clearing, variations at Churchill appear to be caused by water movement. DWB. MARKHAM, W. E., see also No. 82251. 81094. MARKHININ, E. K., and others. Izverzhenie vulkana Bezymfanny1 vesnofil 1961 g. (Akademiiå nauk SSSR. Vulkanologicheskafå stan(ifå. Bfllleten' t 1963, no. 34, p. 12-35, tables, map, illus.) 6 refs. In Russian. Other authors: P. I. Tokarev, V. B. Pugach, and fÜ. M. Dubik. Title tr.: Eruption of Bezymyannyy Volcano in spring 1961. Bezymyannyy long regarded as extinct, has become the most active volcano in Kamchatka with explosions in 1955-1956, three eruptions each in 1957 and 1958, two each in 1959 and 1960, and one in 1960. Data on its activity Jan. 1—Apr. 10, 1961, from the Klyuchi, Apakhonchich and Kozyrevsk seismic stations are tabulated, and the Mar. 25-27 eruption is described in detail, the ejected ash estimated at 1,750,000 t., its distribution shown on map, its composition and physical properties analyzed. The force of ejection ranged 55-1012 atm. DLC. 81095. MARKHININ, E. K., . and V. B. PUGACH. 0 magnitnol vospriimchivosti vulkanicheskikh porod Kamchatki i Kuril'skikh ostrovov. (Akademiiå nauk SSSR. Vulkanologicheskafa stanf ifå. Balleten' 1962, no. 33, p. 44-46, graphs, table, illus.) Ref. In Russian. Title tr.: The magnetic susceptibility of volcanic rocks in Kamchatka and the Kuril Islands. Presents determinations on 53 rock samples (basalt, andesite-basalt, andesite, andesitedacite, dacite-rhyolite and rhyolite), with conclusion that their magnetic properties are determined by occurrence of magnetite. DLC. 81096. MARKHININ, E. K., and others. Ob estestvennol namagnichennosti peplovykh sloev ralona KlIi chevskol gruppy vulkanov. (Akademifs nauk SSSR. Vulkanolo699

gicheskafa stanf ifa. Bfülleten' 1962, no. 33, p. 47-56, graphs, tables, illus.) 5 refs. In Russian. Other authors: V. B. Pugach and S. N. I'1arkhinina. Title tr.: Natural magnetism of ash layers in the area of the Klyuchevskaya group of volcanoes. Reports on excavations 10-12 m. deep in the vicinity of the Klyuchi volcanological station: 39 strata mostly 1-10 cm. thick were disclosed, including two layers of ash formed by eruption of Bezymyannyy and seven layers of white ash from eruptions of Sheveluch Volcano. The intensity and orientation of natural residual magnetism in these layers were studied; data are tabulated and comparison is made with ash layers elsewhere in the area,with conclusion that such studies may elucidate geological problems of ash origin and distinguish magnetic folds from cover folds. DLC. 81097. MARKHININ, E. K. On the possibility of estimating the amount of juvenile water participating in volcanic explosions. (International Volcanological Association. Bulletin volcanologique 1962. v. 24, p. 18791, graph, table.) 2 refs. Derives the formula: E = 108 v . X (2X°•$-1) were E = energy of a volcanic explosion in ergs, v = volume of juvenile pyroclastic material formed in cm.3, X = the amount of juvenile gas emitted during the explosion in weighted percents. By substituting for v the factor m, which is the mass of juvenile pyroclastic material ejected by the explosion, the formula becomes E = 4.107 m X(2x°•3-1). Data from the Mar. 30, 1956 eruption of Bezymyannaya volcano on Kamchatka are used to solve the problem. The water content of the magma before the eruption was calculated as about 27% of the total. This method may be used for more precise determinations of the amount of gaseous components in other DGS. volcanic explosions. 81098. MARKHININ, E. K. Voskhozhdenie na Klfüchevskil vulkan v period izverzheniIå, 1961 g. (Akademifii nauk SSSR. Vulkanologicheskaiå stanaifii. Biülleten' 1963. no. 34, p. 3-7, table, illus.) Ref. In Russian. Title tr.: Ascent of Klyuchevskiy Volcano in the period of its 1961 eruption. Notes the increased activity of Klyuchevskiy from Oct. 1960, and the trip by an eight-man group on Aug. 14, 1961 to the edge of the crater. They observed lava emitting vapor, and two slaggy cones occasionally ejecting volcanic bombs; the latter rose 300 m. at an initial velocity of 64 m./sec. under pressure of 41.3 atm. DLC. MARKHININA, S. N., see No. 81096.

700

81099. MARKIN, A. B. Energetika. (Sovetskil sofüz, 1961, no. 12 (142), p. 22-23, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: Energetics. Sketches the water resources of the Yenisey with its annual discharge of 575 billion m7. The hydroelectric stations of the so-called Yenisey cascade are expected to produce 30 million kwt. power. A 5-6 million kwt. station is under construction near Krasnoyarsk. DLC. 81100. MARKIN, K. F. K raschetu osnovanil zdanil, vozvodimykh na vechnomerzlykh gruntakh. (Osnovanifii, fundamenty i mekhanika gruntov 1961. v. 3, no. 2, p. 22-23, graphs, tables.) 5 refs. In Russian Title tr.: Foundation estimates for buildings erected on permafrost ground. Discusses estimates based on the longterm strength of the frozen ground rather than its deformations, a new approach. A theoretical study of the rheological properties of frozen ground, and experiments of the Institute of Geocrylogy, and the Noril'sk Metallurgical Combine confirm the validity DLC. of the method recommended. 81101. MARKIN, V. A., and V. L. SUKHODROVSKII. Nekotorye novye dannye o sovremennom oledenenii Zemli Frani;salosifa. (Akademifå nauk SSSR. Doklady 1963. v. 148, no. 3, p. 658-60.) 5 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Some new data on present glaciation of Franz Joseph Land. Reports glaciological and geomorphic investigations of 1961 in Aleksandra Land and Greem-Bell' Island. The ice cover, mostly as ice domes, is described noting thickness, distribution, etc. Development of glaciers, the climate, winds, and precipitation west and east of the archipelago are discussed and comparison made. Decrease in glaciation is more evident on the east than on the west of Franz Joseph Land. Glacial domes on the east are of considered relic nature. DLC. 81102. MARKIN, V. A. Osnovyne cherty radia£sionnogo rezhima lednikovykh pokrovov Zemli Fran£sa-Iosifa. (Meteorologifa i gidrologifå 1962, no. 2, p. 23-27, table, graph.) 5 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Main features of the radiation regime of the Franz Joseph Land glacier cover. Discusses the causes of the peculiarly low radiation balance on the archipelago. A very great reflection of radiant energy (albedo 75-96% on the glaciers) results in a negative radiation balance, causing 15-20 k cal yearly loss of radiation heat per cm.7 of the entire surface. This amount of heat accumulated by the surface would double the present rate of glacier ablation. The negative radiation

balance is considered the main cause of the archipelago's ice cover. The IGY data (1957-1959) on albedo and radiation balance at the Franz Joseph Land stations and data from the drifting stations North Pole-4 (80-84° N. 1955), and North Pole-5 (8486° N. 1956) are compared, and the Churlyanisa ice dome on Gukera Island is seen to have the lowest radiation balance in the world. The amount of radiation heat absorbed per year in the Antarctic was reported to be 25 kcal/cm.2, in the central polar basin about 20 kcal/cm.2, in the Canadian Arctic Islands and North Greenland 30Ø kcal, while the Churlyanisa ice dome absorbs only 13 kcal/cm.2, 77% of it during DLC. May, June, and July. 81103. MARKIN, V. A. V strane led1 nykh kupolov. Moskva, Izd-vo Akademii nauk SSSR 1963. 183 p. maps, illus. 11 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: In the land of ice domes. Presents popular description of the life and work of the glaciological party in Franz Joseph Land in connection with the IGY program. The author, a. participant in the studies, reviews the history of glaciology, formation of glaciers, and previous work in Franz Joseph Land, especially on its glaciers. Kheysa and Gukera Islands, Tikhaya Bay, Churlyanisa ice dome and other features are described in some detail. Results of the glaciological studies are reviewed, and a summary given of the further studies DLC. in 1961. 81104. MARKIN, V. V. Ordovik zapadnogo sklona Pripolf .rnogo Urala. (AkademiI . nauk SSSR. Geologicheskil muzel. Trudy 1960. no. 2, p. 136-48.) 15 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Ordovician of the western slope of Subpolar Ural. Presents stratigraphic description and separation of Lower, Middle and Upper Ordovician deposits especially studied in Kos'yu and Kozhim River basin of Komi ASSR. Tabulata, brachiopod, trilobite and other fauna are examined and used for DLC. stratigraphic substantiation. 81105. MARKIZOV, L. P. Opyt ustroistva zdanil na podsypkakh v Zapolfar'e. (Osnovanifå fundamenty i mekhanika gruntov 1963. v. 5, no. 2, p. 24-27, illus.) 7 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Installation of buildings upon fill in the Arctic. Discusses the building foundations laid on fill: pads of road metal sand from local quarries or from the burned waste pile of a mine. Vorkuta has entire city blocks of one-

or two-story wooden and single-story stone buildings, most of them occupied for several years, without showing any deformation. The few which do, are on negligently made foundation pads without proper ramming in the unfrozen state. A well laid pad 80 cm. or more thick was found to serve as a good footing for light domestic construction in regions with permafrost. DLC. 81106. MARKLUND, E. Ovre Norrland i litteraturen, en bibliografi över Norrbottens och Västerbottens län. Umeå 1963. 698 p. (Umeå. Vetenskapliga biblioteket. Skrifter 6.) In Swedish. Title tr.: Upper Norrland in literature, a bibliography of Norrbotten and Västerbotten counties. Edited by Gösta Engstrom. Contains a systematic list of works concerned with this north Swedish region, pub. to and through 1950; also some comprehensive works pub. in book form subsequently. Subjects covered are bibliography, religion, education, language, art, history, biography, ethnography, topography, travel, maps, social questions, economy and natural science. An index is in preparation. SPRI. 81107. MARKOV, F. G. StratiYYrrafifå paleozolskikh otlozhenil Severa tral'nol (In: Mezhvedomstvennoe soveSibiri. shchanie ... Trudy 1959, p. 88-97.) In Russian. Title tr.: Stratigraphy of the Paleozoic deposits of north-central Siberia. Reviews Sinian, Cambrian, Ordovician, Silurian, Devonian, Carboniferous and Permian deposits of the Siberian platform, Taymyr Peninsula and Severnaya Zemlya. Their distribution, lithologic properties, fauna and stratigraphic division are characterized. ICRL. 81108. MARKOV, I. S. Ordens Trudovogo Krasnogo Znameni zapolfårnyl sovkhoz "Industrifå. " Moskva, Sel'khozgiz 195.5. 230 p. tables, illus. In Russian. Title tr.: Red Badge of Labor Industriya polar state farm. Reports activities of 1930-1954 in livestock, agriculture, dairying, etc. The 7,747 hectare sovkhoz near Apatity, Kola Peninsula has over half its area in (mostly feed) crops. Climatic conditions, natural vegetation, soils (hummocky sphagnum and acid bogs), are sketched. Problems of soil drainage, clearance, improvement, and cultivation are discussed, as are development and care of livestock for meat and milk (yield ranged 3000-6000 kg./cow for 300 days in 1951, fat content averaged 3.4%); electric lighting of stables counteracted adverse effects of darkness. Work with pigs, poultry

701

and vegetables is reported with some production data. Farm personnel, publications, etc. are noted. DLC. 81109. MARKOV, K. K. Perigli fsial'nafa komissifa Na&ional'nogo Komiteta sovetskikh geografov. (In: Markov, K. K. ed. Periglfå%sial'nye fåvlenifå ... 1960, p. 7-9.) Ref. In Russian. Title tr.: The Periglacial Commission of the National Committee of Soviet Geographers. Reports composition and activities of this commission during 1958-1960, including its compilation of two maps at 1:ten million covering present and Pleistocene periglacial phenomena. DLC. 81110. MARKOV, K. K., ed. Periglfafsial'nye fåvlenifå na territorii SSSR, sbornik state!. Moskva, Izd-vo Moskovskogo universiteta 1960. 290 p. maps, illus. Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Periglacial phenomena in USSR territory, a collection of papers. Contains 15 articles and a bibliography dealing with the geography and geology of these phenomena; 13 concern arctic areas and are abstracted in this Bibliography under their authors' names, viz (titles tr.): MARKOV, K. K. The Periglacial Cornmission of the National Committee of Soviet Geographers. POPOV, A. I. Periglacial formations of northern Eurasia and their genetic types. DOSTOVALOV, B. N. Development patterns of tetragonal systems of ice and soil veins in dispersed rocks. GRICHUK, M. P., and V. P. GRICHUK. Periglacial vegetation on USSR territory. KAPLINA, T. N., and N. N. ROMANOVSKIT. Pseudomorphoses of polygonal-. veined ice. LAVRUSHIN, tÜ. A. The origin of socalled veneering frost structures in Quaternary deposits and their stratigraphic importance. KOLOMY'få, E. G. Present periglacial Iandscapes of Novaya Zemlya. SEMENOV, I. V. Some geomorphic features of periglacial regions in the northwestern part of southern island of Novaya Zemlya. KOSTIAEV, A. G. Periglacial deposits and the structure of low terraces of Valday age in Severnaya Dvina valley. BAULIN, V. V. Traces of the existence of permafrost in upper Quaternary time in the Labytnangi village region. BAULIN, V. V., and others. Traces of old permafrost processes in middle Quaternary deposits in the lower Ob region. ARKHIPOV, S. A., and Z. V. ALESHINSKAli. Moraine-like deposits of the

702

Yenisey alluvium in connection with some stratigraphi problems of the Quaternary deposits of Yenisey Siberia. KOSTØV, A. G. Bibliography of Soviet works on periglacial morphology, 19551959. DLC. 81111. MARKOV, K. K. Polfårnafa asimmetrifå geograficheskoT obolochki. (Geograficheskoe obshchestvo SSSR. Izvestifä 1963. v. 95, no. 1, p. 3-8.) 19 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Polar asymmetry of the geographic mantle. Stresses the importance of the asymmetry or antisymmetry between Northern and Southern Hemispheres. Polar asymmetry is evident not only in distribution of oceans, but in climate, relief and the organic world also. Concepts of C. Troll and others are analyzed; geobotanical, zoogeographic and other evidences are presented. Polar asymmetry is not only of the present time but also of geologic history. DLC. 81112. MARKOV, K. K. Problemy razvitifa prirody territorii SSSR v chetvertichnom periode; lednikovom periode-antropogene. (Akademifå nauk SSSR. Komissia po izucheniftl chetvertichnogo perioda. Trudy 1962. v. 19, p. 3-41, tables.) 123 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Problems of nature development on Soviet Union territory in the Quaternary period, the glacial period — anthropogene. Analyzes such debatable questions as the number of glaciations, stratigraphy and synchrony of Quaternary deposits. The direction and rhythmicity of natural changes, local and general changes are considered. The lower limit of the Quaternary, tectonic movements, changes of position of the poles. Quaternary fauna and flora, etc. are discussed with many references to the arctic regions. Problems which need further study, such as absolute dating of Quaternary deposits, ocean bottoms, paleoclimatology, and others are also noted. DLC. 81113. MARKOV, K. K. Sur les phenomines periglaciaires du Pleistocene dans le territoire de PURRS. (Biuletyn peryglacjalny 1961. no. 10, p. 75-85, table, map, illus.) In French. Polish and Russian summaries. Title tr.: Periglacial phenomena of the Pleistocene on the USSR territory. Offers additional explanation and introduction to the map compiled by A. I. Popov, q.v. Attention is given to the distribution of loess and loess-like deposits, distribution of parabolic dunes, periglacial DLC. flora and fauna.

81114. MAKKOV, S. I. Pis'mo o "strane Sebur." (Sibirskie ogni 1962. v. 41, no. 8, p. 119.) Ref. in text. In Russian. Title tr.: Letter on "Sebur land." Discusses an epistle written in 1320 by friar Iohanca, a Hungarian Franciscan missionary to the Golden Horde in Bashkiria. It mentions Sibur or Sybur, a land surrounded by northern seas, whose inhabitants use dogs to pull sledges. Markov identifies it as the domains extending to the Arctic Ocean presented by Batu Khan to his brothers Orda-Ichen and Shaiban, leaders of the White Horde. Text and facsimile of the epistle in Latin was pub. by L. Bendefy in Archivium Europae centro-orientalis, 1937, t. 3, fast. 1-3 (Copy in DLC.) DLC. 81115. MARKOV, V. I. Zimovka vodoplavatäshchikh ptifa na Kamchatke. (Ornitologifa 1963. no. 6, p. 376-83, tables.) 12 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Wintering of aquatic birds in Kamchatka. Accounts of investigations during the winters of 1959-1961 on the eastern, volcanic part of the Peninsula; 15 species were observed mainly in the river estuaries (which do not freeze) and in spots upstream where the ice is kept open by warm springs. Frequency, habitats, size of flocks, ages, etc. are considered. DLC. MARKOVA, G. A., see No. 79010. 81116. MARKOVA, L. G., and A. V. SKURATENKO. Sporovo-pyl'isevye kornpleksy otlozhenil nizhnego mela Turukhanskol opornol skvazhiny. (Sibirskil n: issl. inst. geologii, geofiziki i mineral'nogo syr'fa,. Trudy 1960. no. 8, p. 189-95, table.) 4 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Spore-pollen complexes of Lower Cretaceous deposits of the Turukhansk test well. Reports the material from 99 core samples. Spore and pollen of the Valanginian, Hauterivian-Barremian (?) and Aptian-Albian (7) are described; spectra are compared with those of the Yenisey mouth and found very similar. DLC. MARKOVIe-GIAJA, L., see No. 78944. 81117. MARKS, G. W. Geometric calibration of antennae by photogrammetry. (Photogrammetric engineering 1963. v. 29, no. 4, p. 589-93, plans, graphs, illus.) 4 refs. Discusses from experience on the 1960 geodetic survey, some problems involved in checking the 120-ft. reflector surface at the DEW Line's eastern extension on the east coast of Greenland, viz: size, hour, length of time, and allowable tolerances. Method

adopted consisted of checking the measured distances of the various points from the focal-center of the antenna against the computed distances. Author proposes a photogrammetric method as more accurate and economic than the ground survey, and describes the equipment, camera station design, and expected results, for a 120-ft. diam. parabolic dish antenna. DGS. 81118. MARLOWE, 3. I., and G. VILKS Marine geology, eastern part of Prince Gustaf Adolf Sea, District of Frsnklin. Polar Continental Shelf Project. Ottawa, Queen's Printer 1963. 23 p. maps, tables. (Canada. Geological Survey. Paper 63-22). 18 refs. Reports on 1962 field work and bottom sediment samples collected in the interisland channels 77°-79° N. 100°-108° W. from near-shore areas and stream beds. Sampling was done by 13 traverses to a maximum of 2 miles from shore, coring operations by a two-man helicopter party; 16 stream beds were sampled from source to mouth. Low average temperature, variable stream flow, wave and ice action, and currents are shown to affect sedimentation, as do coastal and submarine topography. Deltaic-type sediments show a decrease in grain size with distance from shore; non-deltaic types have slight variation in texture. Offshore-area bottom sediments are mud, sand, or mixtures of them, with granules and fine pebbles scattered throughout, the erratic pebble distribution probably due to icerafting. Most of the inshore fauna consists of foraminifera, the three major species common also in the Russian Arctic; distribution is compared with that in Chukchi and Beaufort Seas, at Point Barrow, and the Arctic Basin regions of T-3 drift. Fauna laid down in the deep water of the Arctic Ocean are markedly different from the shallow-water DGS. fauna of this study. 81119. MARMORSHTEIN, L. M. Vlifanie gornogo davlenifit na fizicheskie svolstva porod. (Leningrad. N: issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Trudy 1962. v. 132, Geofizicheskie metody razvedki v Arktike, no. 4, p. 15262, graphs, table.) 8 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Influence of rock pressure on the physical properties of rocks. Reports laboratory investigations of 19581960 to determine effects of rock compression up to 600 atm. upon electric resistance and the coefficient of rock porosity. Results are tabulated and graphed for various rocks at various depths from wells in the NordvikKhatanga region. Electric resistance varies on a large scale (average 200-300%) and

703

depends upon the type of cementing matter. A relationship is established between rock pressure and the porosity coefficient. This type of study is considered useful for study of reservoir rocks. DLC. MARMORSHTEIN, L. M., see also No. 79042. MARSDEN, M., see No. 79310. MARSH, C. F., see No. 78886. 81120. MARSH, D. P. Observations relating to the distance scale for motions of electrojet-electron precipitation regions in the auroral zone. (Journal of geophysical research 1963. v. 68, no. 14, p. 4167-74, graphs.) 7 refs. Shows this scale to be smaller than previously considered. X-ray, ionospheric absorption, and geomagnetic observations from a balloon flight to 12 nib level, launched from College, Alaska, during an intense electron precipitation event in the auroral zone May 31—June 2, 1961, are compared. The results require a revision of the correction factors for current induced in the earth by ionospheric current system. DLC. MARSH, H. W., see No. 81175. 81121. MARSH, R. E. Norway hosts 10th Northern Forest Congress. (American forests 1963, v. 69 no. 5, p. 24-27, + , map, illus.) Describes this conference of foresters from Denmark, Finland, Norway and Sweden, held in Norway, July 2-6, 1962. 31 excursions were held, and those to Telemark, Hedmark, and Troms Counties are discussed. Troms, on the west coast at 69°-70° N., is 7M% forest covered, below the 900 ft. tree line on valley bottoms and benches. Natural forest cover is 89% white birch, with the rest scotch pine, and in reforestation, the birch areas are to be converted to spruce, pine, and larch. Most forests are owned in small plots by farmers. Government pays 75% of reforestation cost on private lands. The primary factor in the establishment of forests in northern latitudes is the supply of plant food elements in the soil. CaOF. MARSHALL, B. V., see No. 80479. 81122. MARSHALL, G. Olaus Murie and the quality of wilderness. (Sierra Club bulletin 1963. v. 48, no. 10, p. 94-98.) 9 refs. Tribute to this field biologist for the U.S.

704

Biological Survey 1920-1951, who carried out studies in Labrador, Hudson Bay, the Alaska and Brooks Ranges, the Yukon, the Aleutian Islands, etc. His basic studies of caribou and North American elk are DGS. noted. 81123. MARSHALL, 3. S. Meteorology at McGill. (Physics in Canada 1962. v. 18, no. 2, p. 9-16.) Reviews development of the Dept. of Meteorology at McGill University from 1856, its Arctic Meteorology Research Group from about 1955, work of the climatology and stratosphere sections, the Jacobsen-McGill expedition to Axel Heiberg Island 1959— , and other activities. DLC. 81124. MARTHINUSSEN, M. C,4datings referring to shore lines, transgressions, and glacial substages in Northern Norway. (Norway. Geologiske undersøkelse. Årbok 1961 Ø. as Skrifter 1962. no. 215, p. 37-66, illus.) 46 refs. In English. Norwegian summary. Reports preliminary datings of wood, peat, and seashells from a score of locations. Discusses their significance in interpreting the oscillations in shore levels during the past 13,000 years. Evidence of changed shorelines is described and the nature of the C-14 materials and their dates considered for each locality. Related changes in climate are noted. The data are referred to a standard chronology. Correlations are verified with other parts of Scandinavia, with recognized inland glacial substages of northern Norway, and with other parts of Scandinavia and western Europe. Variations in glacial maxima, thickness of the ice, and direction of its flow are also conDGS. sidered. 81125. MARTIN, F. L., and others. Statistical prediction methods for North American anticyclones. (Journal of applied meteorology 1963. v. 2, no. 4, p. 508-516, map, graphs, tables.) 9 refs. Other authors: J. R. Borsting, F. J. Steckbeck, and A. H. Manhard, Jr. Develops such methods of forecasting the 24-hr. movement and change of central pressure of North American winter anticyclones, using multiple linear regression analysis. Dependent data consist of observations of 150 anticyclones selected from the area 30°-60° N. 60°-110° W., and from the period Oct.—Mar. 1953-1957, excluding 1955. A moving coordinate system is employed; the predictor information is measured at certain predetermined

grid points relative to the system center rather than at fixed geographical positions. Meteorological parameters selected for the input data include surface pressure and temperature, 500-mb. height, and their 24-hr. changes. Several different sets of regression equations are obtained for each predictand by slight modifications in the predictor-selection criteria. These regression equations are tested on a sample of 50 independent equations, and the percent reductions of variance resulting from each D WB. method are compared. 81126. MARTIN, L. J. Tectonics of northern Cordillera in Canada. (American Association of Petroleum Geologists. Memoir 1963. no. 2, p. 243-51, maps, sections, illus.) 9 refs. Outlines the structural geology of the mountains in the Yukon and Mackenzie Territories lying east of the Rocky Mountain trench or Tintina valley. These mountains were mainly produced in the Laramide orogeny (Tertiary), though evidence of late Precambrian, Caledonian, Hercynian, and Nevadan orogenies has been observed. Two sub-regions can be distinguished on the basis of structural type and history: in the southeast the Selwyn, Mackenzie, and Franklin Mts. have numerous reverse faults and intrusive bodies toward the west with generally simple folds toward the east, mostly caused by Cretaceous or Tertiary movements; the northwestern portion including the Richardson, Barn, British, Keele, and Ogilvie Mts., is marked by a complex structural history and a variety of structural types. Mackenzie and Yukon Mts. have undergone greater structural activity, are broader in general and in extent of late Precambrian sedimentary rocks, than the Canadian Rookies to the south; they also contain a great quantity of intrusive rocks in the interior ranges. Physiography and structural trends are shown on small-scale maps; one preLaramide and three recent cross sections are included, also a diagram of structural DGS. activity. MARTIN, M., see No. 84429. MARTINEK, J., see No. 79215. 81127. MARTINSON, G. G. Mezozoiskie i -kalnozoiskie mollfuski kontinental'nykh otlozhenil SibirskoT platformy, Zabalkal'1 i Mongolii. Moskva, Izd-vo Akademii nauk SSSR- 1961. 332 p. tables, maps, illus. Balkal'skal (Akademifå nauk SSSR. limnologicheska(a stan£ifä, Trudy no. 19.)

Approx. 210 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Mesozoic and Cenozoic molluscs of continental deposits of the Siberian platform, Transbaykal and Mongolia. Presents an extensive monograph on freshwater molluscs of an area including Eastern Siberia and Vilyuy syncline, the Far East, northern Asia, and other regions. In three parts, the work reviews development of continental deposits and distribution of freshwater fauna in space and time; the second part gives description of the molluscs; and the third analyzes their life conditions. DLC. MARTYNOV, V. A., see No. 80317. 81128. MARTYNOVA, G. I. Interpreta1 ilk polfå Vzzz v Ust -Eniselskom ralone, Malokhetskafa antiklinal'. (Leningrad. N: issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Trudy 1962. v. 132, Geofizicheskie metody razvedki v Arktike, no. 4, p. 75-102, tables, graphs, maps.) 7 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Interpretation of the gravity field in the lower Yenisey region, the Malaya Kheta anticline. Uses the second vertical derivative method of interpreting gravity data for locating some types of geologic anomalies of importance in oil and mineral reconnaissance. A three-dimensional case, derived from T. A. Elkins' theory and formulas is taken and called the anomalous gravity field (Vzzz). Quantitative and qualitative interpretation of this gravity field is given for the left and right banks of the Yenisey. Development of saline dome tectonics is recognized and described noting some salt domes, their direction, depths and thickness. Further gravity measurements and deep drillings are recommended. - DLC. 81129. MASHKANßEVA,: K. D. Engozero. (Akademifa nauk SSSR. Karel'skil filial. Trudy 1958, no. 18, p. 114-25, tables, maps.) 3 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Lake Engozero. Located in northern Karelia, 65°41'65°48' N. 33°01'-33°49' E., Lake Engozero covers 136.1 km', its basin 1389 km2. From studies in 1951, geomorphology of its five islands, depth (mean 4.5 m., max. 18 m.), shore and bottom structure, water. level, temperature, chemistry and -transparency are reported. Fish stock is low because of over-fishing during the war. DLC.81130. MASLIEV, I. T. Nauchno-prakticheskie rekomendat ii po pti£sevodstvu na Kralnem Severe. (Problemy Severa 1962,

705

no. 6, p. 218-21, table.) In Russian. Title tr.: Practical recommendations for poultry raising in the Far North. Outlines the problems from poultryraising experiments in the Mezen', Onega and Nar'yan-Mar districts of Arkhangel'sk Province. Yield of eggs, types of poultry run, feed, and vitamin requirements are noted, as are the difficulties of providing grain and possible use of animal byproducts DLC. as feed.

resistance of respiration to amytal in this group than in controls. This confirms an uncoupling of respiration from phosphorylation, in acclimated animals. DLC. MASLOV, S. P., see also No. 83067. MASLOVA, G. M., see No. 83067. MASON, R. B., see No. 78677. MASON, R. W., see No. 81852.

81131. MASLOV, G. D. Tektonika Igarsko-Noril'skogo ralona i rudokontro(In: Akademif s lirufllshchie struktury. nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie ... Tektonika Sibiri. v. 2, 1963, p. 336-50, maps.) In Russian. Title tr.: Tectonics of the Igarka-Norilsk region and ore-controlling structures. Distinguishes four tectonic stages in the region: Cambrian-Ordovician; SilurianLower Carboniferous, Carboniferous-Tertiary, and Jurassic-Cretaceous. Each is characterized. Plicative and disjunctive structures are analyzed. Intrusive and effusive forms of magmatism are outlined. Stratigraphic and tectonic criteria for ore occurrence are discussed. Copper-nickel deposits are linked. Deep faults, which control ore occurrences, are briefly noted. DLC. 81132. MASLOV, N. A. Verofåtnoe sostofanie syr'evol hazy i zapasov donnykh ryb Barenfseva morfa v 1963 godu. (Murmansk. Polfarnyl n: issl. inst. morskogo rybnogo khozfalstva i okeanografii. Nauchno-tekhnicheskil bfülleten' 1962, no. 4 (22), p. 3-6, tables.) In Russian. Title tr.: Probable condition of bottom fish resources and reserves of the Barents Sea in 1963. Presents an assessment based on a preliminary prognosis made in Feb. and perfected in June 1962. Cod and haddock are considered. A somewhat larger catch per boat than in 1962 is expected, but this may be offset by losses through the enlarged DLC. mesh-size in the corners, etc. 81133. MASLOV, S. P., and I. N. IVASHKINA. Ustoichivost' adaptirovannykh k kholodu zhivotnykh k amitalu i nekotorye cherty mekhanizma ego narkoticheskogo delstviia. (Bfillleten' eksperimental'nol biologii i mediL my 1963. v. 55, no. 6, p. 72-75, tables.) 22 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Resistance to amytal in cold-adapted animals, and some outlines of its narcotic activity. Reports on experiments with mice adapted to —15° C. The results indicate a greater

706

81134. MASORO, E. J. Role of lipogenesis in nonshivering thermogenesis. (Federation proceedings 1963. v. 22, no. 3, pt. 1, p. 868-73, tables, graphs, illus.) 36 refs. Account of experiments with acclimated and normal rats. It was found that on normal eating of balanced food, fatty acid synthesis is a minor pathway of dietary carbohydrate metabolism. Most of the carbohydrate is either catabolized or stored in a chemical form other than fat. DLC. 81135. MASSINO, S. V. Tuberkulez v uslovifikh Severa. (In: Litvinov, N.N., ed. Zdorov'e cheloveka ... 1963, p. 123-30.) In Russian. Title tr.: Tuberculosis under conditions of the North. Discusses incidence of TB among Eskimos, Aleuts and Greenlanders; studies in Russia since 1925; differences in incidence between different parts of the Russian North, and between cities and villages; causes of high incidence in the latter; TB in Yakutia; therapy, and hospitalization. DNLM. MASTERTON, J. P., see Nos. 80670, 80671. MATEER, C. L., see No. 79578. MATHER, J. R., see No. 77806. 81136. MATHER, K. B., and E. M. WESCOTT. Conjugate point relationships at high latitudes. (In: International Conference on the Ionosphere 1962. Proceedings pub. 1963, p. 210-16, graphs.) 9 refs. Discusses the close correspondence in their magnetic variations, telluric currents, auroras, and ionospheric absorption shown by arctic and antarctic stations linked by the same magnetic field line, as obtained at Cold Bay, Farewell, and Kotzebue in Alaska, and their conjugate points Oamaru in New Zealand, Campbell Island, and Macquarie Island. Auroral conjugaty was also studied on the conjugate pair

Reykjavik in Iceland and Showa in Antarctica. Magnetic variations correlate well for the Cold Bay and Kotzebue pairs; telluric currents correlate very well for the Cold Bay pair, not so well for Kotzebue. Auroras show similar onset times and corresponding stages of development at the Farewell pair. Ionospheric absorption shows good correlation for the Farewell and Kotzebue pairs. The relationship appears to exist between conjugate areas rather than points, though studies of auroral forms may lead to a more precise relationship. DLC. MATHER, K. B., see also No. 79605. 81137. MATHEWS, W. H. Glaciology in Canada; 1962. (Canadian alpine journal 1963. v. 46, p. 124-27.) 13 refs. Summarizes the year's investigations, including: Icefield Ranges Research Project in the St. Elias Range, Yukon Territory measuring snow properties, accumulation, snow temperature, etc.; Dept. of Mines and Technical Surveys expeditions to Penny and Barnes Ice Caps, Baffin Island, Arctic Institute of North America's Devon Island Expedition, Polar Continental Shelf Project on Melville Island, and on the Meighen Island icecap; the Jacobsen-McGill Arctic Research Expedition in its fourth and final year on Axel Heiberg Island. Publications (13) pertaining to Canadian glaciers in DGS. 1962 are listed. 81138. MATHISEN, 0. A., and others. Breeding habits, growth and stomach contents of the Stellar sea lion in Alaska. (Journal of mammalogy 1962. v. 43, no. 4, p. 469-77, tables, illus.) 8 refs. Other authors: R. T. Baade and R. J. Lopp. Account . of observations made from May to July. Size and boundaries of harems (unstable), copulation (May 31July 10) and parturition (May 24-June 27) periods, and nursing are considered. Length of pups, yearlings, cows, and bulls are summarized. Food consisted predominantly of invertebrates and non-commercial fishes. DLC. 81139. MATHISEN, 0. A. Issledovanifä biologii krasnol Oncorhynchus nerka Walb. v Bristol'skom zalive, Allaska. (Voprosy ikhtiologii 1963. v. 3, no. 1 (26), p. 51-66, illus.) 17 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Investigations into the biology of sockeye salmon Oncorhynchus nerka Walb. in Bristol Bay, Alaska. Reviews recent research, its organization and results. Consecutive sections deal with

composition of catches since 1947, migration, artificial reproduction, winter observations, life and growth in lakes. DLC. MATHUR, S. P., see No. 84289. 81140. MATIAS, V. V. 0 nakhodke bavenita v pegmatitakh Kol'skogo poluostrova. (Materialy po mineralogii Kol'skogo poluostrova 1959. no. 1, p. 130-34, tables, illus.) 8 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Find of bavenite in the pegmatites of Kola Peninsula. Reports on this mineral in Oleniy Ridge and Bol'shoy Lapot' pegmatites. Mode of occurrence, optical properties, spectral and chemical analyses are given. Its main components are Ca, Be, Si, and Al. The Kola bavenite is compared with that found elsewhere. Genesis is discussed. It is considered a secondary mineral formed by disintegration of beryllium, or possibly by hydrothermal solutions. DLC. 81141. MA'FSEPURO, VL. Razvedchik nauki. (Grazhdanskafå aviafsifå, Nov. 1961. v. 18, no. 11, p. 4-5, col. port. or cover.) In Russian. Title tr.: Science scout. Interviews the geologist Dmitril Ivanovich Shcherbakov and the polar flyer Boris Semenovich Osipov, both involved in antarctic projects; their activities in north DLC. polar regions also are mentioned. 81142. MA'FSKO, S. N. Uslovnosti v oteenke sposobnosti zhivykh organizmov i ikh tkanel perenosit' okhlazhdenie. (Moskovskoe obshchestvo ispytatelel prirody. Otd. biol. Bfillleten' 1963. n. ser. v. 68, no. 3, p. 119-24.) 45 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Conditionality in estimating the ability of organisms and their tissues to withstand cooling. Review of extrinsic factors contributing or determining cold resistance. Rate and duration of cooling, ways of rewarming, role of medicine (for tissues or cells), etc. The various criteria are considered. applied in determining survival are discussed in detail. DLC. MATSUDA, T., see No. 84164. MATSUMOTO, C., see No. 82446. MATSUMOTO, K., see No. 83627. 81143. MATSUMOTO, T. Cretaceous ammonites from the upper Chitina valley, Alaska. Fukuoka, Japan 1959. p. 49-90, plates 12-29, 83-88, map, sections, tables.

707

(Kyushu daigaku. Faculty of Science. Memoirs, ser. D, Geology v. 8, no. 3). 57 refs. Describes and illus. 17 species (four new), including interesting examples of Marshallitinae, one of which represents a new genus Maccarthyites nov. Specimens were collected from six localities, two near the head of the Nizina River (61°35' N. 142°25' W.), four near the upper Chitistone (61°30' N. 142°20' W.). Close correlation is found between the faunule represented at four localities and Japanese Cenomanian ammonites. The other two localities may include the Upper Albian. These aminonites were obtained from a small part of the great thickness of Cretaceous strata in the area. General comments on the Cretaceous stratigraphy of the Chitina valley DGS. are appended. MATTHEWS, B., see No. 81148. MATTOM, W. G., see No. 80933. 81144. MATVEENKO, V. T. Osnovnye cherty endogennol metallogenii SeveroVostoka SSSR. (In: Akademifit nauk SSSR. Geologicheskil Dal'nevostochnyl filial. inst. Geologifå i metallogennå...1963, p. 269-77.) In Russian. Title tr.: Main features of the endogenic metallogeny of northeastern USSR. Outlines the Verkhoyansk-Chukotka Mesozoic and the Koryak-Kamchatka Cenozoic folded provinces, which differ in tectonic-magmatic features and metallogeny. Each is treated as to tectonic structures, magmatic complexes, and metallogenic zoning. In the Mesozoic, 32 structuralmetallogenic zones are recognized, in the Cenozoic, four. Structural and magmatic control for ore occurrence is characterized. DLC.

structures. The main tin belts and zones such as the Polousnyy-Kolyma, Seymchan, Chauna, Koryak-Kamchatka, OkhotakChukotka, and others are characterized and mapped. Recommendations are given DLC. for further prospecting. MATVEENKO, V. T., see also No. 84148. MATVEEV, L. T., see No. 79940. 81146. MATVEEV, N. P. Dinamika i vozrast osypel i kamennykh potokov gol'Isovol zony Severnogo Urala na primere massive Denezhkin Kamen'. (Problemy Severs 1963, no. 7, p. 211-216.) 6 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Dynamics and age of slope debris and stone streams of the bare mountain zone of the Northern Ural, as exemplified in the Denezhkin Kamen' massif. Presents theoretical and mathematical treatment of the movement of crumbling debris due to falling boulders, freezing and thawing of water, temperature changes, precipitation, avalanches, solifiuction, etc. The correlation between stone stream velocity and its age is stressed. In the forest belt of the Denezhkin Kamen (60°25' N. 59°32' E.) the stone debris is estimated to move at 2.5-3 cm./yr. and above the tree line at 7-10 cm./yr. DLC. MATVEEVA, G. V., see Nos. 77071, 82126. MATVEEVA, N. M., see No 82652. MATVEEVA, O. V., see No. 78975. MATVIENKO, N. G., see No. 78562. MATZKO, J. J., see No. 83839.

81147. MAUR, J. M., and others. Carbo81145. MATVEENKO, V. T., and E. T. hydrate metabolism in hypothermic rats SHATALOV. Osnovnye zakonomemosti and hamsters. (Canadian journal of razmeshchenifa olovfannogo orudenenifå na biochemistry and physiology 1962. v. 40, Severo-Vostoke. (Geologifå rudnykh mestp- no. 10, p. 1427-38, graphs, tables.) 20 rozhdenil 1963. v. 5, no. 2, p. 46-61, m1113.) refs. Other authors: D. M. McComiskey, 42 refs. In Russian. Title tr.f Basic' J. W. Haynes and J. R. Beaton. Reports experiments with female, nondistribution patterns of tin mineralization in the Northeast. ventilated animals. The results indicate Reviews previous studies and certain that the impaired glucose utilization during disagreements concerning the geologic and hypothermia is probably due to decreased structural position of tin deposits in the oxidative metabolism of carbohydrate, no Yana-Kolyma and Chukotka folded areas. apparent decrease in the formation of Some features of tectonic-magmatic develop- lactic acid via pyruvic acid having been ment of the Verkoyansk-Chukotka Mesozoic noted. Experiments with insulin- and folded zone and the Koryak-Kamchatka alloxan- treated rats show that in these Cenozoic folded zones are analyzed. Tin cases hypothermia modifies metabolism deposits are closely linked with tectonic only in degree. DLC.

708

MAUR, J. M., see also No. 79318. MAVRIßKII, B. F., see No. 76816.

temperatures. An experiment is described which contradicts the rate-of-living theory, suggested by R. Pearl in 1928, and supports the threshold theory. DLC.

MAXWELL, M. S., see Nos. 77012, 83965. 81148. MAYCOCK, P. F. Plant records of the Ungava Peninsula, new to Quebec. (Canadian journal of botany 1963. v. 41, no. 8, p. 1277-79.) Notes a collection made by B. Matthews in summer 1962, while engaged in an ecological study on Ungava Peninsula, 55 mi. southeast of Sugluk, a hitherto uncollected area. The more important range extensions are stated, and six species discussed as to location, habitat, date collected, and nearest previously known localities. DSI. MAYCOCK, P. F., see also No. 83183. 81149. MAYER, W. V. Histological changes during the hibernating cycle in the arctic ground squirrel. (Harvard Univ. Museum of Comparative Zoology. Bulletin 1960. v. 124, International Symposium... Hibernation 1959. Proceedings, p. 131-54, illus.) 18 refs. Reports body temperatures of active, wild or captive animals at various ambient temperatures, similar temperatures of animals hibernating in different temperatures and the course of body temperature at the beginning and end of a hibernation cycle. Histological and histochemical changes during hibernation, as compared to the active stage, are described for the digestive tract, teeth, liver and muscle. Summary of conference discussion is included. DLC. MAYHIEW, W. W., see No. 77905. 81150. MAYNARD, J. E. Infectious hepatitis at Fort Yukon, Alaska. (American journal of public health 1963. v. 53, no. 1, p. 31-39, tables, graphs.) 2 refs. Reports an outbreak during mid-July 1960 and mid-Mar. 1961, affecting 168 of the 608 persons in this village. An unusually high attack rate was found in young Indian children, indicating particular susceptibility of this group; severe liver involvement was DLC. also found in the group. 81151. MAYNARD SMITH, J. Temperature and the rate of ageing in poikilotherms. (Nature, July 27, 1963. v. 199, p. 400402, illus.) 4 refs. Analyzes the rate-of-living and the threshold theory, both put forward to explain the fact that poikilothermous animals live longer at low, than at high

81152. MAYO, L., and T. L. PEWS. Ablation and net total radiation, Gulkana Glacier, Alaska. (In: Kingery, W. D. Ice and snow ... 1963. p. 633-43, map, graph, tables.) 31 refs. Outlines results of one aspect of the Univ.. of Alaska expedition 1961-62, to this valley glacier, 4 km. long, on the south side of the Alaska Range at 63°13' N. 145°27' W. Weather conditions are summarized: long, cold winters and short, cool summers, both with moderate precipitation. Heat transfer by absorption of radiation at the glacier surface is considered. Radiation received in 1961 (8,335 Lys.) is equal to 79.8% of the energy required (10,448 Lys.) to melt the ice and snow (130.6 cm.). Radiation received on the snow surface was apparently equal to 88.6% of that required to ablate the snow, though on 21 of the 53 days more heat from radiation was received on the glacier surface than required for the snow or ice ablation. These anomalous days are explained as due to heat flow from the glacier surface by evaporation of the water film on the ice surface, or to heat conduction to the atmosphere on nights with below 0° C. temperature. Thus radiation was the most important energy exchange process to melt the snow and glacial ice. DLC. 81153. MAZAEV, A. N. Chetyre fakutslcie narodnye pesni. Moskva, Sovetskil kompozitor 1957. 22 p. In Russian. Title tr.: Four Yakut folksongs. Music for voice and piano by this Yakut woman composer, and lyrics by P. Tulasynov, A. Abaginskil, and Z. Urastyrov in Yakut with Russian translation. DLC. 81154. MAZINA, E. G. Tuberkulez u detel i podrostkov v IAkutskol Respubliki. (In: Litvinov, N. N., ed. Zdorov'e cheloveka...1963, p. 135-40.) In Russian. Title tr.: Tuberculosis in children and juveniles of the Yakut Republic. Notes high incidence of TB among these children as late as 1951-1954 (22.3% mortality); its causes: poor housing, nutrition, diet, etc.; forms of TB, anti-TB measures, prophylaxis, chemotherapy, postmortem findings; epidemiology; remaining DNLM. inadequacies in anti-TB work. 81155. MAZUR, P. Manifestations of injury in yeast Ø exposed to subzero

709

temperatures, 1; morphological changes in freeze-substituted and in "frozen-thawed" cells. (Journal of bacteriology 1961. v. 82, no. 5, p. 662-72, tables, illus.) 34 refs. Cells of S. cerevisiae cooled rapidly to —300 C. or below, showed less than 0.01% survival, but when cooled slowly had a 50% survival. Microscopic appearance showed a loss of the central vacuole and of cell volume as main cold injuries; it also suggested that intracellular ice formation is more extensive in the rapidly cooled group and ultimately responsible for the DNLM. high mortality. 81156. MAZUR, P. Manifestations of injury in yeast cells exposed to subzero temperatures, 2; changes in specific gravity and in the concentration and quantity of cell solids. (Journal of bacteriology 1961. v. 82, no. 5, p. 673-84, tables, illus.) 24 refs. This further study suggests that decrease in cell volume observed in cold-injured cells is due to loss of solution from the cells, a solution containing 11-16% solids. Most or all these solids had a molecular DNLM. weight below 600. 81157. MAZUROV, M. K. Voprosy razvitiI. i razmeshcheniiå gornodobyvaiüshchel i pererabatyvafi shchel promyshlennosti na bate' Kol'skogo mineral'(Probjemy Severa 1963, nogo syr'få. no. 5, p. 56-67.) In Russian. Title tr.: Development and distribution of the mining and processing industry based on Kola Peninsula mineral resources. Kola mining and ore dressing despite its brief development, provides many valuable products: nickel, cobalt, copper, aluminum, apatite, nepheline and iron concentrates, etc. 80% of the phosphatic fertilizers of the Soviet Union are based on Khibiny apatite concentrate. Nevertheless, mining and processing represent only 25% of the industrial production of Murmansk Province, far behind the fisheries and fishprocessing industry. Greater utilization of mineral resources by improvement of mining and ore-dressing technology is discussed; ways are recommended for overcoming the lack of salt, coal and limestone, e.g. by utilizing resources of adjacent DLC. areas. 81158. MEAD, M., ed. Cooperation and competition among primitive peoples; enl. ed. Boston, Beacon Press 1961. 544 p. diagrs. Refs. Collection of thirteen papers including The Eskimo of Greenland by Jeanette 710

Mirsky, p. 51-86, 2 refs.: A sociological study of the Angmagssalik Eskimos based on 23 case histories collected in 1884 by QlstgrØnlandske expeditioner and pub. in No. 2731 and 17543. Eskimo psychology is discussed among others in the editor's summarizing chapter, Interpretative statement, p. 458-515. DLC. 81159. MEAD, M. People and places. Cleveland, Ohio, World Pub. Co. 1959. 318 p. illus. Refs. Book for juveniles on primitive peoples: habitat, daily life, material and spiritual culture. A sketch of the Eskimos is included, p. 97-125, 12 refs. DLC. 81160. MEAD, W. R., and C. WADEL. Scandinavia and the Scandinavians in the annals of the Royal Geographical Society 1830-1914. (Norsk geografisk tidsskrift 1961-62. v. 18, no. 3-4, p. 99-143.) Refs. This society in London established contact with Scandinavian countries in the first forty years of this period by creating honorary members, assembling geographical publications, maps, and charts. Some officers of the society, Sir Roderick Murchison, Norton Shaw and Sir Clements Markham, had a special interest in Scandinavia; but its first real impact on the society was in the late 19- early 20th century when A. E. Nordenskiöld, Nansen, Otto Sverdrup, and Amundsen contributed lectures and papers. Amundsen's South Pole expedition, common interests in geology, hydrography, botany, and anthropology are mentioned. DLC. MEADOWS, E. B., see Nos. 79771, 83643. 81161. MECHEV, A. Avtoisterna d11å severnykh ra%nov. (Pozharnoe delo 1960. v. 6, no. 2, p. 21-22, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: Fire truck for northern regions. Describes a pilot automotive fire-fighting tank designed for use in the northern regions. It has a 2150 1. water tank and 150 1. foam tank, a 104 h.p. motor and speed up to 85 km./hr.; it weighs 10,300 kg. Heating system of the tank and driver's cabin, and cooling of the radiator are discussed in detail, as are the construction and operation of the truck and the cutoff vacuum valve. DLC. MEDIANfißEV, A. I., see No. 76950. MEDVEDEV, L. N., see No. 79156. 81162. MEDVEDEV, P. M., and P. D. BUKHARIN. Kormovye travy dlf mine-

ral'nykh pochv MurmanskoT oblasti. (In: Polfårno-al'pilski botanicheskil sad. Voprosy ... 1962, p. 5-16, tables.) 11 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Feed grasses for mineral soils of Murmansk Oblast'. Account of experiments and chemical analyses made with some 700 samples of grasses and legumes during 1952-1957. Temperatures and precipitation are tabulated, together with origin, height and yields of the plants studied, and the chemical composition of some. Six of the most suitable, cultivated plants are recommended for introduction and over a dozen wild DLC. ones. 81163. MEDVEDEV, P. M. 0 prichinakh inversil gorno-dolinnol rastitel'nosti. (In: Polfarno-al'pilskil botanicheskil sad. Voprosy ... 1962, p. 16-23, map.) 26 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Causes of inversion in mountain-valley vegetation. Discusses this phenomenon as exemplified in the Malyy Vud"yavr Lake valley in the Khibiny Mta. There, forests occupy the slopes, and the bottom is largely tundra. This is attributed (by author) to poor drainage which turns the valley bottom into swamp. Other opinions and conditions in some other valleys are also discussed. DLC. 81164. MEDVEDEV, P. M. Vlifanie gibberellina na mnogoletnie travi nistye dikorastushchie rastenifä Murmanskol oblasti. (In: Polfärno-al'pilskii botanicheskil sad. Voprosy ... 1962. p. 202-204, graphs.) In Russian. Title tr.: The influence of gibberellin upon perennial wild grasses of Murmansk Province. Spraying with 0.001% solutions of gibberellin caused in some of these plants, an excessive growth in length in their second year of life. The plants however had an unhealthy pale-green appearance. DLC. 81165. MEDVEDIfSYNA, A. V. Materialy po severnomu odnoperomu terpugu, Pleurogrammus monoØygius, Pallas. (Akademi nauk SSSR. Inst. okeanologii. Trudy 1962." V. 59, p. 101-103, table.) In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Materials on Pleurogrammus monoplerygius Pallas. Describes experimental fishing for Atka mackerel off southeastern Kamchatka 19511954. Periods of shoal appearance, development and growth of the fish are reported. This species is also common in Aleutian waters and around the Commander Islands. DLC. 81166. MEE, T. R., Jr., and W. J. EADIE. An investigation of specialized whiteout

seeding procedures. Hanover, N. H. 1963. iv, 11 p. graphs, illus. (U.S. Army. Cold Regions Research and Engineering Laboratory. Research report 124.) 19 refs. Describes the second phase (cf. No. 72557) of the Cornell Aeronautical Laboratory program to develop field techniques and equipment to dissipate arctic whiteouts. Several types of seeding vehicles were examined in the laboratory, including drone aircraft, mortar shells, rockets and conventional aircraft. The various physical processes which take place during seeding were also investigated. The distance a dry-ice pellet falls before complete sublimation, and the number of ice crystals it produces were determined, according to pellet size and ambient temperature. Falling at terminal velocity, it produces fewer ice-crystals at temperatures warmer than about —5° C., but when moving slowly, its productivity is little affected by warming. An emergency-seeding device for converting liquid CO2 into dry-ice pellets was developed, it is suitable for use in aircraft, and valuable in unexpected encounters with whiteouts in remote regions. DLC. MEE, T. R., Jr., see also No. 78440. 81167. MEEHAN, W. R., and J. S. VANIA. An external characteristic to differentiate between king and silver salmon juveniles in Alaska. Juneau 1961. 6 p. illus. (Alaska. Dept. of Fish and Game. Informational leaflet no. 1.) Discusses methods used to distinguish kings from silvers during downstreammigrant sampling on the Taku River, Southeast Alaska. Pigmentation of the adipose fin is the most useful distinguishing characteristic: always completely mottled in silvers but not in kings. DLC. MEEHAN, W. R., see also No. 82897. MEEN, V. B., see No. 81515. MEEROVITCH, E., see No. 80488. MEFFERD, R. B., Jr., see No. 79228. MENES, J., see No. 83396. MEI, V., see No. 83946. 81168. MEIEN, S. V. Mkhi v paleozoe Angaridy. (Priroda, 1963. v. 52, no. 5, p. 73-76, illus.) Ref. In Russian. Title tr.: Mosses from paleozoic Angaraland. Describes leafy mosses and their micro-

711

scopic structure from Soviet coal-bearing basins including the Pechora and Tunguska basins. Similarities, differences, and relay tions to living forms are discussed. DLC. 81169. MEIEN, S. V. Ob anatomii i nomenklature list'ev angarskikh kordaitov. (Paleontologicheskil 'zhurnal 1963, no. 3, p. 96-107, illus.) 34 refs: In Russian. Title tr.: On the anatomy and nomenclature of leaves of Angara Cordaites. Discusses the systematics of these leaves. One type of Angara Cordaites leaf, with so-called dorsal furrows is analyzed in detail and illus.; an anatomical interpretation and systematic conclusions are offered. Ruftoria n.gen. is distinguished, R. typica n. sp. is identified and systematically described. Of Upper Permian age, it is found in the Nizhnyaya Tunguska basin. DLC. MEISTER, L. A., see No. 83695. MELÆMED, V. G., see Nos. 80389, 80395. 81170. MELAND, S. M. Marine alginatedecomposing bacteria from North Norway. (Nytt magasin for botanikk 1963. v. 10, p. 53-80, tables, map.) 16 refs. Reports a study in waters off TromsØ to a distance of 600 m. and to a depth of 75 m. All satnples showed alginate decomposition; 57 strains of these bacteria were isolated, nbne of them actinomycetes or fungi. All strains are morphologically similar and must be closely related taxonomically. At present they are placed tentatively in gen. Alginovibrio, fam. Spirillaceae. Within the genus eight groups and three "collective" species are described. Drought resistance (high), salinity and temperature tolerance are also considered. DLC. 81171. MELDGAARD, J. On the formative period of the Dorset culture. (Arctic Inst. of North America. Technical paper 1962. no. 11, p. 92-95, map, illus.) Refs. Discusses new traits erupting about 800 B. C. in the Igloolik area, Northwest Territories, from 1954-1957 fieldwork (No. 66668-66669) mainly at the Kapuivik site on Jens Munk Island. Typology of the artifacts is described, their origin, expansion, etc. discussed. An essential number of early Dorset elements have no counterparts in the pre-Dorset Sarqaq suggesting 'migration or cultural diffusion. A northward spread of early Dorset at about 1,000 B.C. from its formative territory, roughly between the Great Lakes, James Bay, and Newfoundland, is considered likely. DLC.

712

81172. MELIK-STEPANOV, IÜ. G., and others. K voprosu ob otsadke rud, soderzhashchikh £sennye mineraly ud. v 3 - 4. (Akademiß nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otdelenie. CÅkutakil filial. Nauchnye soobshcheniß 1960. no. 3, p. 47-49, graph.) In Russian. Other authors: f1 L . M. Sokhin and G. N. Trofimov. Title tr.: On jigging ore containing valuable minerals of 3=4 specific gravity. Discusses problems in separation of eluvial material from dense ores. The necessity of having the crushed pulp fed into a jig for thorough classification as to grain size is questioned. Experience indicates no such thorough classification essential for successful ore jigging if the average speed of the grains falling through the stream of water is equal or less than critical speed. Experiments at the Yakut Branch of the Academy of Sciences confirmed that at 370 oscillations/min. and 4 mm. stroke, and the water discharge ratio 1:1 and 1:2 of the overgrid and undergrid streams, 100% expected enrichment was attained for the initial material of class 4, instead of class 2 of the same material used for jigging DLC. on the production level. MELIK-STEPANOV, fß. G., see also No. 81320. 81173. MEL'KUEEV, M. N. Mestnye geograficheskie terminy Vestochnoy Sibiri. (Irkutsk. Univ. Trudy 1958, v..24, p. 67-97.) 17 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Local geographic terminology of eastern

Siberia.

Interprets some 200 words used in Russian for geographic and topographic features in Yakutia, Magadan and Kamchatka Provinces among other areas. Most of the terms are of Siberian origin, e.g. approx. 10% Yakut. DLC. 81174. MELLBIN, T. The children of Swedish nomad Lapps: a study of their health, growth and development. (Actor paediatrica 1962. v. 51, Suppl. 131, p. 397, tables, maps, illus.) About 90 refs. Reports a 1957-1961 study of 450 children aged 7-14 from six nomad schools in Norrbotten, with comparisons to conditions among the southern Lapps and Swedes. Consecutive sections deal with the Lapps, their country and life; material and methods; family size and child mortality (both large); genetic and physical characteristics; growth and development of the studied group; congenital deformations (clubfoot and hip dislocation); health. Results of early rickets are very common, with hearing or vision

impairments; worm infections are less so. Stature is lower than in the southern Lapps or Swedes. Puberty in both boys and girls developed earlier in the southern schools. DNLM. 81175. MELLEN, R. H., and H. W. MARSH. Underwater sound reverberation in the Arctic Ocean. (Acoustical Society of America. Journal 1963. v. 35, no. 10, p. 1645-48, graphs, tables.) 4 refs. Interprets results of experimental studies of sound reverberation from drifting station Alpha in 1958, T-3 in 1959, and ARLIS II in 1962. Ice causes reverberation levels as much as 40 db greater than those encountered from the ice-free sea surface. Shot data on 12 explosions are tabulated. Quantitative results are given; theoretical considerations are used in interpretation of the data. DLC. 81176. MELLING, J. Reflections on IEA's first anniversary. (Food for thought 1961. v. 21, no. 6, p. 250-55.) Director of the Indian Eskimo Association (IEA), reviews progress of this nongovernment group to promote the advancement of these peoples in Canada. The Board of Directors (54) represents all the races; six standing committees, three subcommittees and 50 organizational members from the rest of the association. The annual budget of $33,000 is supplemented by CaONA. volunteer service. 81177. MELLOR, M. Oversnow transport. Hanover, N.H. 1963. iv, 58, 37 p. graphs, tables, illus. (U.S. Army. Cold Regions Research and Engineering Laboratory. Cold Regions Science and Engineering, Part II, Section A4.) 32 refs. Reviews work on this problem: different transport capabilities are required for the main two types of snow terrain, viz: the seasonal snow covers to approx. 30 in. depth in the subarctic and the arctic barrens; the deep permanent icecap-type snowfields of Greenland, Antarctica, etc. The chief problems in oversnow transport are concerned with trafficability, severe weather, crevasses, thin river or lake ice, navigation requirements, and distance to supply and support facilities. On trafficability, current theory is inadequate and most commercial oversnow vehicle design has empirical basis. Vehicle evaluation is made from the simple field test results, with drawbar pull as the main indicator. Elementary trafficability prediction is made possible however, by relating specific vehicle performances to the penetration

resistance of the snow. Vehicle types suitable for the major kinds of snow terrain are indicated in a table, as are experimental values for eight snow parameters (cohesion, frictional coefficient, density, etc.). Vehicles are appraised to distinguish the successful from less so. Seven features (low basic ground pressure, even pressure distribution, long narrow tracks, etc.) tend to improve tractive performance in deep snow. Trailmarking techniques and crevasse detection methods are outlined. Appended are data sheets for 58 oversnow vehicles: 32 American, 16 Canadian, eight Russian, one Swedish and one British; similar data for nine sleds and trailers; also data on four American and four British air cushion vehicles or hovercraft as potential oversnow CaMAI. vehicles. 81177A. MELLOR, M. Oversnow travel: flying. (Polar notes 1963. no. 5, p. 36-51, illus.) Reviews flights over snow in airships and airplanes since 1895, and considers some present problems of snow, cold, and high latitudes. Advantages of ski and wheel landing gear are compared. The latter requires highly compacted snow for support in landing; but artificial methods of compaction, discussed, are not yet adequate. Problems of landing in whiteout and drifting snow, and takeoff on high icecap or mountain areas of low air density are considered; as are engine starting in cold air and navigational difficulties near the poles. CaMAI. 81178. MELLOR, M. Polar snow, a. summary of engineering properties. (In: Kingery, W. D. Ice and snow ... 1963. p. 528-59, graphs, tables.) 33 refs. Reviews literature on: the general characteristics of icecap snow (Greenland and Antarctica); snow's response to brief and sustained, low- and high-stress loading; elastic properties and ultimate strength; visco-plastic, thermal, and electrical (dielectric or conductive) properties; frictional properties, including various coefficients, which tend to increase as the grain size of snow decreases, and sliding friction, which decreases as temperature increases. DLC. 81179. MELLOR, M. Promoting the decay of sea-ice. (Arctic 1963. v. 16, no. 2, p. 142.) Proposes a method for hastening the spring melting by hosing the ice with sea water. This would raise the salinity of the surface from approx. 50/00 in the Arctic, to 20 or 300/00, resulting in increased absorption of solar radiation, greater surface

713

heat, etc., which in turn would weaken the ice. This method, utilizing submersible pumps, should be relatively inexpensive. DI. 81180. MEL'NIKOV, P. I. 0 izmenenifäkh temperatury gornykh porod za vekovol period v shakhte Shergina v g. Øutske i prodolzhitel'nosti teplovykh profsessov pri vostanovlenii narushennykh temperatur merzlykh gornykh porod. (In: Akademifa nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Inst. merzlotovedenifi. Mnogoletnemerzlye ... 1962, p. 54-67, tables, graphs.) 6 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Change of the temperature of rocks over a century in the Shergina shaft in the town of Yakutsk, and the continuation of heat processes during recovery of disturbed temperature of frozen rocks. Discusses temperature measurements in this 116 m. deep shaft by Middendorf in 1844-1846. Subsequent measurements there, in nearby drillings and elsewhere are reported and evaluated. Cooling in the upper horizon, air convection in the shaft, disturbance of the natural temperature of permafrost during drilling, etc. are discussed. The recovery of disturbed temperature proceeds very slowly. An hypothesis has been advanced that long and short term fluctuation of climate may have had effects; but this is considered not substantiated. DLC. 81181. MEL'NIKOV, P. I. Ob osobennostfakh proektirovanifa zhelezobetonnykh fundamentov, zakladyvaemykh v mnogoletnemerzlye grunty. (Akademifå nauk SSSR. Inst. merzlotovedenifä Severo-Vostochnoe otd-ie. Trudy 1958. no. 1, p. 13-20, tables, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: Design features of reinforced concrete foundations laid in permafrost. Analyzes the interaction between permafrost and the foundation, and shows that concrete reinforcement standards used in Yakutsk are 1.5-3 times higher than required. This excess is exemplified by a concrete pile for a 75 ton load, reinforced by an armature of 19 cm.2 cross-section according to existing standards, while only 3.7 cm.2 of armature reinforcement is needed for a concrete pile supporting the same load. The steel cross-section in foundations of six buildings was estimated for 50, 100, and 150 ton loads. 1.5-2.0 kg./cm.' shear strength was used for frost adhesion of concrete to permafrost. As result, one or two stories were added to the existing buildings without ill effect on the foundations. DLC.

714

81182. MEL'NIKOV, P. I. Razvitie issledovanil merzlykh zon zemnol kory na territorii fAkutii. (Akademifi nauk SSSR. Inst. merzlotovedenifa. Severo-Vostochnoe otd-ie. Trudy 1958, no. 1, p. 5-12.) 2 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Development of investigation of the frozen zones of the earth's crust in Yakut Territory. Reviews permafrost investigations in Yakutia since 1752: work of Gmelin, Vrangel', Middendorf, Bunge, Toll', and others mentioned. Establishment of the Aldan and Yakutsk permafrost stations, and various expeditions are reported. Specific tasks and the broader problems of geocryology are summarized, such as the thermal-physical properties of frozen ground, heat exchange, engineering questions, foundation construction, etc. Program of investigation in the Suntar-Khayata Range is outlined. Studies of the Northeastern Branch of Institute of Cryology are summarized. DLC. 81183. MEL'NIKOV, P. I., and others. Svalnye fundamenty na mnogoletnemerzlykh gruntakh. (In: International Conference on Permafrost. Doklady ... 1963, p. 198-210, tables, graphs, illus.) 4 refs. In Russian. English summary. Other authors: S. S. Vfalov, O. V. Snezhko and G. F. Shishkanov. Title tr.: Pile foundations in permafrost. Discusses estimates and practice in laying pile foundations as exemplified in various installations in the USSR. Three main methods are considered: one includes preliminary steaming of the frozen ground; one has holes drilled and primed with ground solution, the holes with a diameter greater than the section of pile; by the third method, the piles are driven into boreholes of small diameter or directly into the frozen stratum. Formulas acceptable by the construction standards are given for calculating the bearing capacity of a pile and the design characteristics of soils. Problems are raised which still need better clarification. DLC. 81184. MEL'NIKOV, V. G., and G. G. EGOROV. Osobennosti formirovanifa i ispol'zovanifä trudovykh resursov v gornodobyvafüshchel promyshlennosti fAkutii. (In: Akademifå nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie ... Geografifa ... 1962, p. 56-62, table.) In Russian. Title tr.: Features of building up and utilizing labor resources in the mining industry of Yakutia. Industrial production per inhabitant increased 31-fold during 1913-1958 in Yakutia, which now may be regarded as an

industrial area. A further 2.6-fold increase in production is part of the seven-year plan, hence the labor supply must be increased. The main source of labor is immigrants from other parts of the Soviet Union, e.g. 90% of the workers in the Aldan mining area are immigrants. This makes for instability; the number of newcomers is offset by the number leaving, e.g. in 1959, over 50% of the labor force in the mining industry had to be re-recruited with newcomers. To solve this problem of high turnover, living conditions must be improved, efficiency increased by mechanization, automation and better organization. Recommendations are made. DLC. 81185. MEL'NIKOV, V. G., and G. G. EGOROV. Voprosy kompleksno! mekhanizaisii na predprifåtifåkh gornodobyvafli shchel promyshlennosti iAkutii. (In: Akademifå nauk SSSR. frlkutskil filial. Voprosy ekonomiki ... 1962, p. 3-11, tables.) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Problems in the full mechanization of mining operations in Yakutia. Outlines the status, achievements, and shortcomings of mechanization at three main mining concerns, the fÅkutalmaz and fAkutzoloto trusts and Aldanslfttda combine. Data are tabulated for each organization on its mechanized equipment (borers, scrapers, bulldozers, electric locomotives, loading machines, winches, etc.) and their actual utilization by the end of 1960. fAkutalmaz and Aldanslflda do not make sufficient use of machinery; means for increasing it are discussed, among others, increasing the power supply by construction of the Chul'man and Vilyuy electric DLC. stations. 81186. MEL'NIKOVA, T. V. 0 metodike snegomernykh nablfüdeniT v usloviIi kh Severo-Vostoka SSSR. (Vsesofiiznoe nauchnoe meteorologicheskoe soveshchanie. Trudy 1962. v. 4, p. 357-66, graphs, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: Methods of snow measurement under conditions of the northeastern USSR. Notes that the snow cover remains for 200-265 days from south to north in Magadan Province, i.e. 7-9 months of the year. Because of the irregular relief, strong wind, and sparse forest it is very uneven in spread and depth, especially in the coastal regions and high mountains of the interior. The present system of measurement is reviewed; it is done mostly near meteorological stations on small (0.5 km.2) plots and three gages are used. Measurements in the Taskan and Malyy Anyuy

basins are reported and best results are found obtained when measurements are made along routes to cover large areas. In coastal mountain regions they should be made every 50-100 m. for 3-5 km. Density measurements should be made every 30 days inland, 10 days in coastal areas. Other recommendations are included. DLC. 81187. MEL'TS, M. IA. Voprosy istorii fol'klora. (Russkil fol'klor. Materialy i issledovanilå 1961. v. 6, p. 377-89.) In Russian. Title tr.: Problems of folklore history. Lists with annotations 148 publications of 1951-1960, including 13 on northern DLC. peoples. 81188. MENAGER, F. M. The kingdom of the seal. Chicago, Loyola Univ. Press 1962. 203 p. map, illus. Recounts experiences as a Jesuit missionary among the Eskimos in the Hooper Bay area of western Alaska 1927-1953. Daily work and travels by boat, dog sled, and airplane are described, as are the Eskimos' language, dwellings, community houses (kazgaa), dances, medicine men, salmon fishing, etc. DLC. 81189. MENGES, K. H. The function and origin of the Tungus tense in -ra. (Language 1943. v. 19, no. 3, p. 237-51.) Refs. Comparative study of the origin and syntactic use of the aorist in Evenki Tungus DLC. dialects. MENGES, K. H., see also No. 82075. 81190. MENNER, V. V. K istorii devonskogo osadkonakoplenifa v severo-zapadnykh ralonakh SibirskoT platformy. (Izvestifa vysshikh uchebnykh zavedenii. Geologifit i razvedka 1962, no. 12, p. 3-15, table, maps.) 11 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: On the history of Devonian sedimentation in the northwestern regions of the Siberian platform. Outlines the regional stratigraphic scheme of the Noril'sk, Kureyka, Turukhan, Bakhta, Kotuy, Vilyuy, etc. Devonian deposits divided into horizons. Lower, Middle, and Upper Devonian sedimentation is analyzed. Various sedimentary formations are recognized, and the main role in their development history is concluded to have been played by the terrigenous formation of arid plains. DLC. 81191. MENNER, V. V. Novye dannye o stratigrafii devonskikh otlozhenil severo715

zapadno! chasti Sibirako! platformy. (Iavestifå vysshikh uchebnykh zavedenil. Geologifå. i razvedka 1958, no. 5, p. 3-15, cross-sections, map.) 12 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: New data on the stratigraphy of Devonian deposits in northeastern part of the Siberian platform. From a 1954-1956 study in the Yenisey area and evaluation of the literature, a stratigraphic division of the Lower, Middle and Upper Devonian is given and sections are correlated. Sections are more complete in this northern part of the Siberian platform and better characterized by paleontologic remains. The Lower and Middle Devonian are divided in various series. DLC. 81192. MENNER, V. V. Stratigrafifå devonskikh otlozhenil severe Tungusskol sineklizy. (Leningrad. N.-issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Trudy 1961. v. 125, Sbornik state! po geologii i neftegazonosnosti Arktiki, no. 17, p. 3-19, cross-sections, map.) 20 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Stratigraphy of Devonian deposits of the northern Tungusskiy syneclise. Outlines stratigraphy of these deposits of the northwestern flange of the Tungusskiy syneclise, from recent data. Lower, Middle and Upper Devonian are distinguished, their paleontologic characteristics, Ethology and facies described. The sections are thicker and more complete in the Noril'sk region; toward the Anabar anticlise and Yenisey Range their thickness diminishes and some horizons peter out. The Devonian deposits are divided into stages and some series; correlation is made with the northeastern flange of Tungusskiy syneclise. DLC. 81193. MENOVSHCHIKOV, G. Grammatika fäzyka aziatskikh eskimossov, chast' 1: fonetika, morfologifå imennykh chaste! rechi. Leningrad, Izd-vo Akademii nauk SSSR 1962. 300 p. tables. Over 100 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Grammar of the Asiatic Eskimo language, pt. 1: phonetics, morphology of the nominal parts of speech. Comparative study, based on field work of 1932-1961, of the Chaplino, Naukan, and Sireniki dialects, as spoken by some 1100 in the USSR. Main works, Russian and foreign, on the Eskimo language, are reviewed. Pt. 2 of this study is to deal with DLC. verbs, connectives, etc. 81194. MENOVSHCHIKOV, G. A. Paleoeskimosskie toponimy severo-vostochnol Sibiri. (Voprosy fszykoznanifa 1963. v. 12, no. 6, p. 121-25.) 7 refs. In Russian. 716

Title tr.: Paleo-Eskimo toponymics in northeastern Siberia. Discusses morphological rules of their formation and analyzes 45 place names, 26 in areas occupied by Asiatic Eskimos, 13 in coastal Chukchi, and 6 in Kamchatka Koryak areas. Many seemingly Chukchi or Koryak geographic names. are. of Eskimo origin, confirming Vdovin's. theory (No.. 76360) of a paleo-Eskimo Old Bering . Sea culture substrate along the Bering Sea coast of Chukotka and Kamchatka prior to the advent of Paleosiberian inland hunting tribes. DLC. 81195. MENOVSHCHIKOV, G. A. Wissen, religiöse Vorstellungen and Riten der asiatischen Eskimos. (In: Di6szegi, V. ed. Glaubenswelt ... 1963, p. 463-81.) 23 refs. In German. Title tr.: Knowledge, religious beliefs, and rites of the Asiatic Eskimos. Comparative study of spiritual culture based on fieldwork in Chukotka. Aboriginal knowledge derived from observations of nature and personal experience is considered, also terminology of animal life, topography, technology, and anatomy. The effort to explain baffling phenomena gave rise to an animistic religion, shamanism, and the belief in malevolent and benevolent spirits. Religious rites and tabus, cosmology, fetishism, soul concepts, hunting magic, therapeutic and mortuary practices, etc. are discussed, mostly as evidenced in Eskimo mythology, but in some few cases from present-day survivals. DLC. 81196. MENOVSHCHIKOV, G. A. Zapiska Allana Krauforda. (Magadan. Oblastno! kraevedcheski! muse!. Kraevedcheskie zapiski 1962. no. 4, p. 99-101.) In Russian. Title tr.: Note by Allan Crawford. Discusses a note written by A. R. Crawford while on Vrangelya. Island in 1922 (cf. No. 16774). It states some ; of his movements seeking a route to the north shore. Preserved in a bottle it was found in ' 1940 by Aleksandr Dal'gren while on a geodetic survey of the island. CanadianAmerican efforts to occupy the. island, Crawford's death there in Feb. 1923, removal of the last foreigners by the Soviet gunboat Krasny! Okttabr' in 1924 are recounted. After Dal'gren's death in 1948, the note was given to the author who placed ' MH. it in the Magadan museum. MEN'SHIKOV, ft. F., see No. 84067. 81197. MEN'SHIKOV, P. N. Primenenie geofizicheskikh metodov pri poiskakh almaz.

nykh mestorozhdenil. (NauØo-technieheskafa geofizicheskafit konferenfsifå, Moskva 1959. Sostoanie i perspektivy razvitifa geofizicheskikh metodov poiskov i razvedki poleznykh iskopaemykh. Materialy konferenfsü, pub. 1961, p. 201-202.) In Russian. Title tr.: Use of geophysical methods in searches for diamond deposits. Presents the main points of No. 53235. DLC. 81198. MENZ, L. J., and B. J. LUYET. An electron microscope study of the distribution of ice in single muscle fibers frozen rapidly. (Biodynamica 1961. v. 8, no. 168, p. 261-94, h us.) 28 refs. Reports study of frog material frozen to —60° or —150° C. and variously treated for observation with this microscope for the size, shapes and distribution of cavities left by sublimed ice particles. The cytological structure of the fibers as preserved or distorted by different freezing and treatDLC. ment is also described. 81199. MENZIES, D., ed. The Alaska Highway, a saga of the North. Edmonton, Douglas 1943. 48 p. map, illus. Rev. ed. Discusses the background and building of this 1600 mi. highway from Dawson Creek, B.C., through Whitehorse in Yukon Territory, to Fairbanks in Alaska. Some 10,000 U.S. Army Corps of Engineers personnel, and 6,000 Canadian and American civilians with 55 companies under contract to the U.S. Public Roads Administration were engaged in the construction. The 24 ft. wide gravel road started in March 1942, was opened on Nov. 20, 1942 as a strategic defense route during the Pacific operations of World War II. Despite severe weather and engineering difficulties, 8 mi. of road were built per day and 200 streams bridged. The remarkable scenery is described. CaMAI. MENZIES, R. J., see No. 77086. MERBS, C. F., see No. 77012. 81200. MEREDITH, L. H., and others. Rocket auroral investigations. (IGY World Data Center A: rockets and satellites. Report series 1958, no. 1, p. 169-78. table, graphs, illus.) 3 refs. Other authors: L. R. Davis, J. P. Heppner and O. E. Berg. Presented at the 5th General Assembly of CSAGI, Moscow, 1958. Russian translation pub. in Ivanov-Kholodnyl, G. S., Issledovanifå ... 1961, q.v. Describes and discusses the flight of three Aerobee-Hi rockets from Ft. Churchill,

instrumented to determine the nature of the high altitude electric currents associated with visible auroras, and the radiation incident on the upper atmosphere responsible for the production of auroras. The auroral conditions recorded at Ft. Churchill by an all-sky camera during the rocket flight are diagrammatically shown and discussed. Ground-based magnetic field measurements showed that electric currents associated with auroras flowed in the upper atmosphere, and a counting of the auroral particles by rocket instruments indicated that at least some high-altitude currents are related directly to the presence of auroras. Both the auroral rays and diffuse forms penetrated during the flight indicate that auroral luminosity was primarily due to energetic electrons incident on the upper atmosphere. DLC. 81201. MERENKOV, N. D. Ob ustolchivosti opor kontaktnol seti v ralonakh vechnol merzloty. (Transportnoe stroitel'stvo 1963, no. 8, p. 54-55.) In Russian. Title tr.: On the stability of supports of the contact network in permafrost regions. Discusses setting up power lines for railroad electrification in the North and the Far East of the USSR. From field investigations of 1958-1961, the residual heaving and lateral deviation of supports seemed first capable of control according to the VSN-74-62 and -2360 building standards manuals. But the instruction data on ground type and conditions do not allow for changes in physical-mechanical properties in the freezing and thawing process. Hence more detailed investigation is required to control the deformations adequately. DLC. MERKULOV, A. I., see No. 78247. MERKUR'EVA, R. V., see No. 83266. 81202. MERRELL, T. R., Jr. Sea lions create havoc. (Pacific fisherman 1963. v. 61, no. 12, p. 13-15.) Notes predation by Eumetopias jubata as observed in June 1961 while tagging salmon in the Gulf of Alaska south of Unimak Island: - With the fishing fleet present and the animals dispersed among the boats, the damage was moderate, but with the research seiner fishing alone, harassment was severe. Commercial hunting and utilization of sea lions is suggested to reduce depredations. DI. 81203. MERRIAM, H. Immobilization technique for Sitka black-tail deer in

717

Southeast Alaska. Juneau, Sept. 10, 1962. 8 p. graphs, table. (Alaska. Dept. of Fish and Game. Informational leaflet no. 18.) 11 refs. Presented at the Alaska Science Conference 13th, Juneau 1962. Discusses the effectiveness of various methods, tested in Feb.—Mar. 1962, of immobilizing these animals for use in biological studies. The use of succinylcholine chloride as an immobilizing drug, delivered in a syringe mounted upon an arrow, and shot from a crossbow, was found to be efficient, inexpensive, and particularly applicable in Southeast Alaska. DLC. 81204. MERRIFIELD, R., and C. G. KAMMER. Oceanographic results of data recorded by SODDS in the Norwegian Sea aboard the USS Redfin, SS-272. Washington, D.C. 1963. 87 p. maps, graphs, tables. (U.S. Hydrographic Office. Informal oceanographic manuscript report no. 0-3263. ) Presents results of the first sea trial of Submarine Oceanographic Digital Data System (SODDS), made during summer 1960 by this submarine in the GreenlandNorwegian Sea. Fifty stations were made, about 10 of them north of the Arctic Circle. The digital data system used included sensors for measuring temperature, sound velocity, and depth. Errors in temperature data were revealed by preliminary analysis and comparison with data from other cruises; intensive analysis was made of the sound velocity records because the temperature error appeared to be caused by improper calibration and electronic fluctuation. The entire system could be operated by one person if he inspected the data as taken. The temperature sensor required frequent calibration and inspection, other instruments were dependable. Sound velocity profiles, gradients, and layer depths are presented in graphs and maps. DI. Station data are tabulated. MERRILL, E. D., see No. 84282. 81205. MERRITT, R. P. The NASA data acquisition facility at Gilmore Creek. (In: Alaskan Science Conference ... 1962. Proceedings pub. 1963, p. 169-71.) Describes the Gilmore Creek Space Data Acquisition Facility for receiving data from scientific satellites launched in polar orbits; its equipment, activities, and planned reception from the Nimbus meteorological satellite. The facility, located in Alaska at 65° N., is managed by the Geophysical Institute of the Univ. of Alaska for the

718

National Aeronautics and Space AdministraCaMAI. tion. 81206. MESCHAKS, P., and M. NORDKVIST. On the sexual cycle in the reindeer male. (Lappviisendet. Renforskningen. Meddelande 1963, no. 7, 12 p. table, illus.) 17 refs. Reprinted from: Acta veterinaria scandinavica 1962. v. 3, no. 2, p. 151-62. German and Swedish summary. Reports a two-year study of stags in a corral in a pine forest in north Sweden, the does at least five km. distant. Animals under natural conditions are also considered. The cyclic changes are found to occur with great regularity: the activity low in Jan.— Feb., Mar.—July a period of reactivation, and in Aug.—Dec. shedding of the velvet followed by full spermatogenesis and the rutting period. There are indications that the Zimmerman chromogen level in the urine of the males is an expression of the endocrine state, marking the sexual cycle SPRI. and metabolic events. 81207. MESEZHNIKOV, M. S. Ammonity Gravesia na Pripolfnrnom Urale. (Leningrad. Vses. neftflnol n: issl. geologorazvedochnyl inst. Trudy 1963. v. 820, p. 120-35, tables, illus.) 25 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Gravesia ammonites in the Subpolar Ural. Discusses this genus found in the Yatriya and Tol'ya River basins on the eastern slope of the Subpolar Ural. Its importance for establishing the boundary between the Kimmeridgian and lower Volga stages is considered. Gravesia(?) triplicata n. sp. systematically described is of the lower Volga stage. DLC. 81208. MESEZHNIKOV, M. S., and N. I. SHUL'GINA. Stratigrafifa fr3rskikh i nizhnemelovykh otlozhenil severnol chasti Zapadno-Sibirskol nizmennosti. (In: Mezhvedomstvennoe soveshchanie po dorabotke . 1961, p. 108-124.) 13 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Stratigraphy of Jurassic and Lower Cretaceous deposits in the northern part of the West Siberian lowland. These deposits are found north of 62° N. in the Subpolar Ural, Ust'-Yenisey depression, Severnaya Sos'va basin, Berezovo and Salekhard regions, and elsewhere. They are mostly represented by marine strata and contain numerous ammonite, belemnite, pelecypod and foraminifer fauna. Lower, Middle and Upper Jurassic deposits are stratigraphically described, correlated, and divided into stages and smaller stratigraphic units. Lower Cretaceous deposits DLC. are also described.

81209. MESHCHERIAKOV, lb. A. Morfostruktura Zapadno-Sibirskol ravniny. (Akademifil nauk SSSR. Izvestifå 1962. ser. geog. no. 3, p. 3-15, maps.) 19 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Morphostructure of the West Siberian plain. Analyzes the geomorphology of West Siberia, including arctic areas between the Urals and the Yenisey. Main features of the orography are described and orographic divisions indicated. The northern Yams!, Gydan, Pur, and Kheta plains are characterized, as are the southern Yamal, Nadym and other hills. The connection between tectonics and relief is analyzed and a structural-geomorphic division of the region DLC. is offered. 81210. MESHKOVSKArA, L. V., and N. I. Energeticheskoe khozfiilstvo. TITOVA. (In: Akademifil nauk SSSR. Sovet po izuchenitil proizvoditel'nykh sil. Problemy Magadanskol oblasti 1961, p. 116-37, tables, maps.) In Russian. Title tr.: The power economy. Outlines in detail the growth, distribution and use of electric power in Magadan Province since 1933, when the first generating station of 672 kw. capacity was built. The growth of generating stations, transmission lines (2000 km. in 1957) and requirements are described. 82% of the electric power developed in the province is used for industrial purposes. Types of station, costs, and various problems are discussed. A seven-year plan for electric power development is presented for the central, Magadan, Iul'tin, Chauna, and Anyuy regions. The present status and the possibilities for electric power, also nuclear power development for the Chukotka DLC. area are considered. 81211. MESSERSCHMIDT, D. Stakeout. (Alaska sportsman 1963. v. 29, no. 4, p. 16-17, -{-, illus.) Describes summer 1961 experiences patrolling salmon spawning streams in Southeast Alaska, to surprise and prevent illegal fishing under regulations administered by DI. the State Dept. of Fish and Game. 81212. MESTROYIC. D, The men of the Igman Mountains. (Gt. Britain. Army. Royal Army Medical Corps. Journal 1961. v. 107, no. 4, p. 208-210.) Account of a Yugoslav doctor, about 178 frostbite casualties of the Peoples Liberation Army in these mountains towards the end of Jan. 1942. Hospital and patient conditions (very poor) and therapy-surgery without anesthesia, submitted to voluntarily, are described. DNLM.

81213. MESTYÅN, G., and others. Oxygen consumption of hyper and hypothermic premature infants. (Archives of diseases of childhood 1962. v. 37, no. 195, p. 466-69, graphs.) Other authors: F. Varga, E. Fohl and T. Heim. In hypothermic, premature infants, 1-18 days old, raising the body temperature by 2-7° C. had no effect on minimal heat production. In a few infants, however, basal metabolic rate increased rapidly as body temperature rose and remained thereaf ter at the higher level. DNLM. MESTYÅN, G., see also No. 78188. 81214. METALLOVA, V. V., and F. S. FAINBERG. Issledovania magnitnykh svolstv trappov füzhnol chasti Sibirskol platformy. (Leningrad. Univ. Vestnik 1963, no. 18, p. 46-52, graphs.) 9 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Investigation of the magnetic properties of traps in the southern part of the Siberian platform. Reports work on two magnetic groups of traps found in the Angara and Chuna River regions. Those of one group have positive magnetization, its direction coinciding with that of the earth's magnetic field. The other group has negative magnetization and the azimuth of direction is 290-300°. The traps of these two groups differ in chemical and mineralogic composition. DLC. 81215. METAYER, M. The iridescent Arctic. (Maclean's magazine 1957. v. 70, no. 9, p. 26-31, illus.) Presents colored photographs showing the variety of landscape in different localities. Author, a priest stationed at Tuktuk in the Mackenzie Delta, was in 1957 chaplain to 18 radar stations on the DEW line. CaOCU. 81216. METCALF, T. G. The influence of cold on virus infectivity. (In: Symposia on arctic biology and medicine. Proceedings 1963, p. 343-67, illus.) 17 refs. Study on the influence of A, virus, isolated from fatal human cases, upon mice, mouse and chick, and cell cultures from various animals. Cold per se had no effect on the virus. The latter showed an enzymatic potential, apt to produce damage of host cells, believed to involve their mucoprotein structures. Cold is shown to be closely related to a host-induced effect. CaMAI. 81217. METCALF, T. G., and J. P. SCHMIDT. The influence of hibernation

719

upon experimental infections in the Alaskan ground squirrel. Fort Wainwright, Alaska 1963. 5 p. graph. (U.S. Arctic Aeromedical Lab. TDR-63-25.) 8 refs. Oral administration of Coxsackie virus was followed by extension of the virus into the tissues. In the active animal, the virus was rapidly eliminated, but during hibernation it was retained in the tissue for a long time. The question is posed whether these rodents could serve as microbial reservoirs. CaMAI. 81218. METCALF, T. G. Relationship of cold upon the biological properties peculiar to influenza virus and its capacity for invasiveness and multiplication. Fort Wainwright, Alaska 1963. 6 p. tables. (U.S. Arctic Aeromedical Lab. TN-62-12.) Feces from 25 Alaskan ground squirrels examined were negative for bacterial viruses reactive against five strains of E. coli; 24 animals' feces did not show animal viruses causing cytopathogenic effects in HeLa, Human Amnion and the LLMKS strain of monkey kidney monolayers. The amount of neuraminic acid from the substrate by enzyme action was lower at 25° C. than at 37° C. CaMAI. METCALF, T. G., see also Nos. 82713, 82714, 82716. METCALF, W. G., see No. 77086. 81219. MEYER, A. Cod, Arcto-Norwegian stock; German investigations 1960. (International Council for the Exploration of the Sea. Annales biologiques 1960 pub. 1962. v. 17, p. 141-42, tables, graph.) Includes notes on fishing off the Finnmark coast and the BjØrnØya region (very poor), size of fish (small), predominant age classes, DSI. etc. 81220. MEYER, A. Cod, Arcto-Norwegian stock; German investigations 1961. (International Council for the Exploration of the Sea. Annales biologiques 1961 pub. 1963. v. 18, p. 126-27, tables, graph.) Reviews German cod fisheries and landings from this stock since 1934; length and age composition of cod landed during Jan. 19—Apr. 28, 1961, condition of stock (low), yield per unit of fishing effort during 19341961. DSI. 81221. MEYER, A. Cod, Greenland stock, (InterGerman investigations 1960. national Council for the Exploration of the Sea. Annales biologiques 1960 pub. 1962. v. 17, p. 136-39, tables, map.) 720

Sample analysis of 1960 landis :+:, the highest ever from East, South and West Greenland. Length and age composition of cod from different fishing grounds are tabulated, and compared with 1959. Maturity and spawning seasons are determined, and tagging results summarized. DSI. 81222. MEYER, A. Cod, Greenland stock; German investigations in 1961. (International Council for the Exploration of the Sea. Annales biologiques 1961 pub. 1963. v. 18, p. 114-18, tables.) Reviews German cod fisheries and their yield in the past ten years, length and age composition of 1961 catches off West and South Greenland, year classes of these catches, corresponding data for East Greenland. Tagging experiments are also DSI. reported. 81223. MEYER, A. Cod, Icelandic stock, German investigations 1960. (International Council for the Exploration of the Sea. Annales biologiques 1960 pub. 1962. v. 17, p. 140-41, tables.) Notes on total German catches in these waters and percentage of cod in them; length and age composition of trawled fish (Mar.—Aug.); recapture of tagged individuals. DSI. 81224. MEYER, A. Cod, IØand stock; German investigations in 1961. (International Council for the Exploration of the Sea. Annales biologiques 1961 pub. 1963. v. 18, p. 122-23, table.) Reports German fishing activities including northwest waters, length and age composition of fish caught, year classes, tagging experiments. DSI. 81225. MEYER, A. German investigations on Arcto-Norwegian cod and haddock. (International Council for the Exploration of the Sea. Annales biologiques 1960 pub. 1962. v. 17, p. 124, tables.) Notes on activities in the waters off BjØrnØya at the end of November. Depth of trawling, age group (0-III) composition and length of age groups of both species are tabulated. DSI. 81226. MEYER, A. Haddock, Greenland stock, German investigations 1960. (International Council for the Exploration of the Sea. Annales biologiques 1960 pub. 1962. v. 17, p. 144, tables.) Notes earlier sporadic catches of large fish and present more frequent catches of small specimens, their size range, age (mostly 2-yr. olds), etc. DSI.

81227. MEYER, A. Haddock, Iceland stock; German investigations 1961. (International Council for the Exploration of the Sea. Annales biologiques 1961 pub. 1963. v. 18, p. 130, table.) Notes on German haddock fishery southwest and northwest of Iceland (negligible) and tabulated data on length and age of haddock caught in these areas in 1961. DSI. 81228. MEYER, A. U., and H. ROETHLISBERGER. Electrical d-c resistivity measurements on glacier ice near Thule, Greenland. Hanover, N.H. 1962. v, 34 p. graphs, tables. (U.S. Army. Cold Regions Research and Engineering Laboratory. Technical report 87.) 11 refs. One of a series of reports on its elastic and visco-elastic properties of snow and ice project. Electrical resistivity method was used as a possible alternative to seismic sounding methods and to sonic or ultrasonic techniques for detecting failure in ice tunnels. Main investigation was carried out in the summer 1958 on the TUTO ramp and in the ice tunnel, followed by spot checks elsewhere in Greenland in summer 1960. Firn resistivities varied with depth between 100 and 500 kilo-ohm/m., the variation being reasonably related to temperature and density conditions; much higher values were previously reported for temperate glaciers. IIigher resistivities found in the ice of a long valley glacier (Moltke Gl.) and close to the bottom of thin glaciers with little movement cannot be explained by temperature variations and may be due to impurities originally dispersed in the precipitation. This higher resistivity found in the cold valley glacier (0.5-1.5 megohm/m.) may indicate a process of metamorphism, especially recrystallization, in strongly deformed cold ice. Results indicate little value for this method as a general sounding tool on glaciers, because of heterogeneity of the ice and ambiguity of the results under many conditions. Combined with other sounding methods, resistivity measurements • arc of glaciological interest; the most striking finding thus far being the very low resistivity in some cold glaciers compared to temperature types. CaMAI. 81229. MEYER, M. P., and P. MORRISON. Tissue respiration and hibernation in the thirteen-lined ground squirrel, Spermophilus tridecemlinealus. - (Harvard Univ. Museum of Comparative Zoology. Bulletin 1960. v. 124, International Sym-

posium ... Hibernation 1959. Proceedings, p. 405-420. tables, illus.) 19 refs. Study of respiratory rate and Q,o values of various tissues from hibernating and active animals. Only the liver showed transient increased metabolism at the beginning and end of hibernation and in stress situations. Muscle tissues showed reduced temperature coefficients in the non-hibernating animals, which rose to standard values during hibernation; stress produced increased metabolic rate. DLC. MEYERHOFF, A. A., see No. 81705. 81230. MEZEN'EV, V. S. Balans estestvennogo uvlazhnenifa Zapadno-Sibirskol ravniny i problema nizhnel Obi. (Akademifå nauk SSSR. Izvestifå 1963, ser. geog. no. 5, p. 45-50, tables, maps.) Ref. In Russian. Title tr.: The natural moisture balance of the West Siberian plain and the problem of the lower Ob. Reports a study of the area 50°-65° N. 62°-85° E., divided into five hydroclimatic zones. Areas of optimal, excessive, and deficient moisture are discussed. The lower Ob is an excessive moisture area and construction of a hydroelectric power project will open a water reservoir of more than 80,000 km2. This will make the moisture balance even. worse, it will affect the heat balance, and have other undesirable side effects., Detailed study is urged. DLC. 81231. MEZHVEDOMSTVENNOE SOVESHCHANIE po dorabotke i utochneniCu unifi1. iruvannoi i korreliaØnnol stratigraficheskikh skhem zapadno-sibirskol nizmennosli, Novosibirsk, 1960. Reshenifå i trudy soveshchanifå. Leningrad, Gostoptekhizdai 1961: 465 p. maps, cross-sections, tables, illus. In Russian. Title etc. tr.: Interdepartmental conference on the working out and specification of a unified and correlated stratigraphic division of the West Siberian lowland, Novosibirsk, 1960. Decisions and proceedings of the conference. Reports the scope, participants, and activities of this conference, Feb. 15-23, 1960, which continued work of the Leningrad 1956 conference (cf. No. 60197, 60199). Decisions of the conference and the interdepartmental stratigraphic committee concerning the stratigraphic division of Mesozoic and Cenozoic deposits are given in the first section. The second contains the papers delivered and some sent afterwards. The last section summarizes the conference discussions. About 25% of the papers deal substantially with arctic areas and these are abstracted in this.

721

Bibliography under their authors' names, viz (titles tr.): KRASNOV, I. I., and V. A. MARTYNOV. Stratigraphy scheme of Quaternary deposits of the West Siberian lowland. MESEZIINIKOV, M. S., and N. I. SHUL'GINA. Stratigraphy of Jurassic and Lower Cretaceous deposits in the northern part of the West Siberian lowland. BIÅLUKHIN, G. I., and others. Age of the Jurassic coal-bearing stratum in the eastern slope of the Subpolar Ural. LIDER, V. A. On the upper age limit of Jurassic coal-bearing deposits in the western part of West Siberian lowland. PROZOROVICH, G. E. Stratigraphy of the Jurassic and Lower Cretaceous in the Turukhansk key well region. KLIMOVA, I. G., and A. S. TURBINA. Systematic analysis of the Mesozoic molluscan fauna of the West Siberian lowland and some paleogeographic and paleoecologic conclusions. SHAROVSKAIÄ, N.V., and V.A. BASOV. Key horizon with Haplophragmoides emeljanzevi and numerous ammonodiscus and its position in a section of Mesozoic deposits. NESTEROV, I. I. Eocene and Oligocene deposits of the Samarovo and Oktyabr'skoye regions of West Siberian lowland. RUBINA, N. V., and M. A. DROZNES. Eocene deposits of the lower Ob region. DOBRUfSKAIÄ, N. A. Stratigraphy of continental Tertiary deposits of the lower Ob region. MIZEROV, B. V. Materials for correlation of Quaternary deposits in glaciated and non-glaciated zones in the eastern part of the West Siberian lowland. LAZUKOV, G. I., and I. V. REININ. Stratigraphy of Quaternary deposits of the Ob-Pur interfiuve. ALIÅVDIN, F. A., and others. Separate opinion on problems of the stratigraphy of Quaternary deposits of the West Siberian lowland. ZAGORSKAIA, N. G., and others. Stratigraphy of marine Quaternary deposits in the northern part of West Siberian DLC. lowland. 81232. MEZHVEDOMSTVENNOE SOVESHCHANIE Ø razrabotke unifil'sirovannykk stratigraficheskikh ahem severo-vostoka SSSR, Magadan, 1957. Trudy. Magadan, Magadanskoe knizhnoe izd-vo 1959. 483 p. tables, maps, illus. In Russian. Title, etc. tr.: Interdepartmental Conference to work out a unified scheme of stratigraphic divisions of the Northeast of the USSR. Transactions.

722

Basic work representing the results of the last thirty years' research, and containing 97 of 110 papers presented at the Conference with a three-page progress review by N.P. Anikeev of the Northeastern Geological Administration. The papers deal with the stratigraphy of Precambrian, Paleozoic, Mesozoic, and Cenozoic deposits in Magadan Province, Yakut ASSR, and adjacent areas. All but two are abstracted under their authors' names q.q.v.: A. A. NIKOLAEV: on the Precambrian, Lower & Middle Paleozoic of the Northeast, T. S. KIRUSENKO: Sinian & Cambrian Aldan, L. K. DUBOVIKOV & V. K. LEZHOEV: Paleozoic & Mesozoic Tas-Khayakhtakh, K. K. DEMOKIDOV: Lower & Middle Paleozoic Lena, L. N. POPOV: Paleozoic Indigirka, A. A. NIKOLAEV: Lower & Middle Paleozoic, Omulevka Mts, S. G. KOTLIAAR: Precambrian Uochat massif, B. V. PEPELIÄ AEV: Precambrian, L&M Paleozoic Kolyma, V. G. KRYMOV & IA. P. MISANS: Paleozoic Omolon R, A. F. MIKHATLOV: Paleozoic & L. Mesozoic Penzhinskiy, I. M. RUSAKOV & B. KH. EGIAZAROY: Pre-Paleozoic & Paleozoic Koryak, f11. IA. PETROVICH: Precambrian & Paleozoic Chukotka, D. S. SOROKOV: Pre-Quaternary New Siberian I, 0. I. NIKIFOROVA: Ordovician & Silurian correlation. E. A. MODZALEVSKAIA: Middle Paleozoic NE, M. S. ZHIZHINA: Ordovician & Silurian Taymyr, F. G. MARKOV: Paleozoic Siberia, A. V. ZIMKIN: Permian Northeast, A. S. KASHIRf EV: Biostratigraphy Permian NE, M. N. POPOV: Ammonites Permian NE, A. D. MIKLUKHO-MAKLAI: Carboniferous & Permian NE, D. L. STEPANOV: Permian Arctic, E. M. LIÜTKEVICH & 0. V. LOBANOVA: Siberian Permian, V. I. USTRIKIT & N. A. SHVEDOV: Permian Siberia, B. A. SNfÅTKOV: Verkhoyansk megageanticline, B. S. ABRAMOV: Carboniferous & Permian Sette-Daban, S. V. DOMOKHOTOV: U Paleozoic Sr Mesozoic Verkhoyansk, V. D. SHUTOV: Permian & L Triassic Verkhoyansk,

A. V. VIKHERT: Verkhoyansk complex, V. M. LAZURKIN: U Paleozoic & Triassic Kharaulakh Mts, KH. I. KALUGIN: Permian OkhotskKolyma. M. S. DICHEK: Alazeya plateau, D. F. EGOROV: Permian (?) & Triassic Anyuy, V. M. ZAVODOVSKII: Permian Omolon-Gizhiga, I. S. GRAMBERG: Geochemical methods IV. N. POPOV: Triassic Northeast, I. V. POLUBOTKO: U Permian, Triassic, Jurassic Bytantay & Echiy R, V. N. ANDRIANOV: Triassic W Verkhoyansk, V. A. VINOGRADOV: Triassic Kharaulakh Mts, V. Z. VOZIN: Triassic Bezymyannyy Derbeke, V. A. LAVRUKHIN: Terrigenous deposits Adycha-Charky, L. A. MUSALITIN: Triassic Sr Jurassic Adycha R., KH. I. KALUGIN: Triassic Kulu River, B. I. AKULOV: U Triassic El'gi River, A. S. SIMAKOV: Triassic Buyunda-Bokhapcha R, V. V. SAGLO: Triassic Kupka River, A. P. SHPETNYI: Triassic & Jurassic Omolon, fi7. N. SIMONOV: U Permian & Triassic Balygychan R, S. I. FILATOV: Viliga & Sugoy basins, TEL M. BYCHKOV: Triassic Chaun, M. E. GORODINSKII: Mesozoic W Chaun, I. I. TUCHKOV: U Triassic & Jurassic NE. V. N. SAKS: Jurassic & Cretaceous Siberia & Arctic, E. N. KARA-MURZA: Palynological complexes Mesozoic, V. A. VAKHRAMEEV & V. A. SAMYLINA: U Jurassic & L Cretaceous Vilyuy & Verkhoyansk, A. G. KOSSOVSKAIA: U Triassic, Jurassic & Cretaceous Verkhoyansk & Vilyuy, I. R. aKUSHEV: Mesozoic Tauyskaya B, G. F. GURIN: Jurassic Taskan-Lyglykhtakh, S. I. GAVRIKOV: L-M Jurassic In'yaliNera, I. R. LAKUSHEV: U Jurassic Zyryanka, G. G. KAIGORODT—SEV: Mesozoic Anadyr, G. A. KIBANOV: Mesozoic E Anadyr, V. A. KITAEV: Mesozoic Pekul'ney Range,

I. M. RUSAKOV & B. KH. EGIAZA ROV: Mesozoic Koryak, G. G. POPOV: L Cretaceous Northeast, A. F. EFIMOVA: U Cretaceous NE, S. L. KHAIKINA: U Cretaceous & Tertiary NE, V. N. VERESHCHAGIN: Cretaceous Pacific, N. D. VASILEVSKAIA: Lena coal basin, S. I. FEDOTOV: Cretaceous & L Tertiary Okhotsk, M. N. ZAKHAROV: U Cretaceous & Tertiary Gedan R, A. I. TUMAKOV: Coal-bearing deposits Arkagala, G. G. POPOV: L Cretaceous Zyryanka coal-bearing area, S. M. TIL'MAN: Cretaceous Anyuy, V. A. TITOV:.Cretaceous Koryak, M. A. PERGAMENT: Cretaceous NW Kamchatka, V. F. BELYT: Volcanic Chaun-Chukotka, G. A. ZHUKOV, Mesozoic-Cenozoic Chukotka, V. ZHEGALOV: U Cretaceous & Tertiary Kamchatka, A. G. POGOZHEV & A. I. SEMEIKIN: Tertiary NE, G. V. BARKHATOV: Tertiary Aldan, M. F. LOBANOV: Tertiary coal-bearing Verkhoyansk & New Siberian I, I. P. TRIBUNSKII: Tertiary Okhotsk, N. T. MOSKOVCHENKO: Tertiary Tauyskaya B, I. F. MOROZ: Tertiary Podkagernaya B, A. D. KOCHETKOVA: Tertiary E Penzhina B, A. F. MIKHAILOV: Tertiary effusives E Penzhina B, G. M. VLASOV: Tertiary Kamchatka, R. A. BASKOVICH: Quaternary Northeast, N. A. SHILO: Quaternary Kolyma goldbearing regions, M. D. EL'ØOV: Quaternary Kolyma & Indigirka, A. I. GUSEV: Quaternary Lena-Indigirka, S. A. STRELKOV: Quaternary Laptev & E Siberian Seas, 0. M. PETROV: Quaternary Chukotka, V. S. IAKUPOV: Unconsolidated deposits NE. ICRL. 81233. MICHAEL, H. N., Ed. Studies in Siberian shamanism. Toronto, Univ. of Toronto Press 1963. 229 p. illus. (Arctic Inst. of North America. Anthropology of the North; translations from Russian sources, no. 4.) Refs. Presents English translation of five informative papers on the spiritual life and

723

early religious concepts of Paleosiberian and Ural-Altaic peoples, viz: Chemeisov, V. N. Concepts of the soul among the Ob Ugrians, No. 57345. Vasilevich, G. M. Early concepts about the universe among the Evenks, No. 62390. Anisimov, A. F. The shaman's tent of the Evenks and the origin of the shamanistic rite, Nå. 20231. Prokof'eva, E. D. The costume of an Enets shaman, No. 25296. Anisimov, A. F. Cosmological concepts of the peoples of the North, No. 56532. Editor's introduction includes notes on the Russian authors. CaMAI. MICHAEL, H. N., see also No. 80660.

Yakutia. Reindeer should be reestablished in Kola Peninsula, Karelia, Komi and Arkhangel'sk Province; measures are discussed. DLC. MIDDENDORF, A. F., see No. 81180. 81237. MIDDLETON, D. The lady pioneers HI, Kate Marsden 1859-1931. (Geographical magazine 1962. v. 34, no .11, p. 651-57, map, illus.) Biographical sketch of an English nurse who traveled in 1890-91, to the Vilyuy area of Yakut ASSR to visit a leper colony; cf. No. 10964. DLC. MIDDLETON, J. T., see Nos. 77311, 79582.

MICHAELS, J. V., see No. 82262. MICHAELSON, N. E., see No. 77722. 81234. MICHEA, J. P. Les Chitra-gottinckc; essai de monographie d'un groups Athapascan des montagnes Rocheuses. (Canada. National Museum. Bulletin 1963. no. 190, p. 49-93, fold. map, illus.) 9 refs. In French. Title tr.: The Chitra-Gottineke; monographic sketch of an Athapaskan group from the Rocky Mts. Reprint of No. 60201, with considerably DSI. expanded illustrative material. 81235. MICHURIN, L. N. 0 porazhenii dikogo severnogo olenfa lichinkami.kozhnogo ovoda Oedamagena tarandi L. na Talmyrskom poluostrove. (Zoologicheskil zhurnal 1963. v. 42, no. 1, p. 149-51,.table.) 8 refs. In Russian. English summary: Title tr.: Infestation of wild reindeer on Taymyr Peninsula with larvae of the warble fly Oedamagena tarandi L. Reports on investigations conducted .during springs of 1957-1961. Over 160 animals were examined and nearly all were infested, least of them adult females. One calf was infested with larvae of Cephenomyia trompe. DLC. 81236. MICHURIN, L. N. Vernut' severnogo olenfä v nashi less. (Okhota i okhotnich'e khozfillstvo 1963. v. 9, no. 2, p. 27-28, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: The wild reindeer must be brought back into our forests. Wild reindeer occurred throughout most northern and arctic areas of the Soviet Union till recent decades, when unrestricted hunting has almost eliminated them from European Russia and they survive in only some parts of Siberia: an estimated 100,000 in Taymyr Peninsula, and 20,000 in arctic

724

81238. MIERS, B. T., and N. J. BEYERS. Rocketsonde wind and temperature measurements between 30 and 70 km. for selected stations. White Sands Missile Range, N. M. 1963. 32 p. map, graphs, tables. (U.S. Army Electronics Research and Development Activity. ERDA-70.) 12 refs. Statistical study of over 1100 wind measurements and some 200 temperature soundings, based on National Meteorological Rocket Network data through Aug. 1962 and a few 1957-1958 soundings prior to the NMRN. Data from Fort Churchill, Man., and Fort Greely, Alaska are included among those of the ten stations. The wind data presented generally support previously constructed cross sections of the wind .regime over North America. Seasonal changes of temperature are much more pronounced in the subpolar stratosphere than in the subtropical stratosphere. DWB. 81239. MIF{TKIEWSKI, E., and others. 0 wplwie sztucznej hibernacji na aktywno66 transaminaz surowi6y u szczurdw w warunkach prawidlowych i podczas wstrzesu urazowego. (Acta physiologica polonica 1963. v. 14, no. 1, p. 45-54, tables, graphs.) 14 refs. In Polish. English summary. Other authors: L. Staniszewski, E. Lempicki, and A. Mandat. Title tr.: Effect of artificial hibernation on serum transaminase activity of rats in normal conditions and in traumatic shock. Account of experiments with animals kept hypothermic at 19° C. for six hours, with the aid of a lytic cocktail. GPT and GOT transaminase activity was increased exceeding 100% of normal values after 6 hr. of cooling. It returned to normal only after several days. Hypothermia did not affect transaminase activity in shock. DNLM:

81240. MIETTINEN, J. H., and others. "'Cs and potassium in people and diet, a study of Finnish Lapps. Helsinki 1961. 46 p. tables, graphs, map. (Suomalainen tiedeakatemia. Toimituksia ser. A II: Chemica no. 120.) Refs. Other authors: A. Jokelainen, P. Roine, K. Liden and Y. Naversten. Discusses Oct. 1961 field study of the cesium and potassium content in the diet and bodies of 190 Lapps and other inhabitants of Inari county, northern Finland. The data on diet were determined by interview, analysis of representative food samples, and calculation of the subject elements. Reindeer meat, pike, and milk contributed 98-99% of the total dietary intake of radioactive cesium. Chief sources of Cs 137 for reindeer and milk cows are reindeer lichens and vegetation from poorly drained ground, and for pike the surface prey on lakes and streams. The body burden of cesium averaged highest in reindeer herding Lapp males of the several groups tested and is directly attributable to high intake of reindeer meat. Cesium content is much higher in the meat of winter-slaughtered than fall-slaughtered beasts because of pasturage differences. Comparisons are made with other groups from eight localities in Inari county and with Swedish Lapps, previously investigated. Significant figures for intake and body content of potassium in the different occupational groups was also determined. DLC. MIETTINEN, J. K., see also Nos. 81887, 82646. 81241. MIGOVICH, I. M. Paleozolskie, ranee- i srednemezozotskie otlozhenifa Penzhinskogo krfazha. (In: Leningrad. N: issl. inst. geol. Arktiki. Geologia Korfäkskogo nagor'fa 1963, p. 38-49, map.) 9 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Paleozoic, early and Middle Mesozoic deposits of the Penzhina Ridge. Describes stratigraphy and distribution of Ordovician-Silurian, Middle Devonian, Lower Carboniferous, Lower Permian, Upper Permian, . Triassic, Triassic-Jurassic, Lower Jurassic, Middle Jurassic, and Upper Jurassic deposits. DLC. 81242. MIKAELIAN, SH. S. Opredelenie koeffifåientov gazo- i vodonasyshchennosti produktivnogo gorizonta Berezovskogo gar zonosnogo ralona po dannym promyslovol geofiziki. (Sibirskil n: issl. inst. geologii, geofiziki i mineral'nogo syr'fä. Trudy 1961. ser. neftfanafa geologifa, no. 18, p. 40-49, tables, graph.) 3 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Determination of gas and water satura-

tion coefficients of the producing horizon of the Berezovo gas-bearing region from geophysical exploration data. Calculates the values of the gas saturation coefficient Kg, using the relationship between the porosity coefficient K,• and the coefficient of relative resistivity, R = p w-p/w determined from the resistivity, p w-p = 0.28 ohm, of the mineralized water. contained in the producing layer, and the value of p w•p (the resistivity of the same, layer when fully saturated with water). The coefficients obtained are compared with those from the laboratory. The gas content in the producing layer determined by this geophysical method differs by only a few per cent from the laboratory results. DLC. 81243. MIKAELfAN, SH. S., and N. A. IRBE. Zavisimost' debita gaza of poriatosti i plastovogo davlenifå. (Sibirskil n: issl. inst. geologii, geofiziki i mineral'nogo syr'ia. Trudy 1961. ser. neftiånafå geologifa, no. 18, p. 50-53, tables, graph.) 4 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Dependence of gas yield on porosity and stratal pressure. Discusses the problem of an empirical relationship between gas debit, and porosity and stratal pressure in the producing layer of the Berezovo region. A method for an evaluation of collector properties of the producing horizon is proposed. The open porosity K, of the collector is determined empirically from seven boreholes. A fun, tional relationship is established by the equation, q = SK 2, where q is the absolute free delivery of gas through a single shooting, and S is the coefficient depending on stratal pressure. The value of the absolute free delivery of gas can be found when the open porosity and the effective depth of the shooting are known. DLC: 81244. MIKHAILOV, A. A. Sever v literature. Arkhangel'sk, Arkhangel'skoe knizhnoe izd-vo 1961. 173 p. Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The North in literature. Reviews the use of northern themes by Russian writers in this century: A. S. Serafimovich, a political exile to Mezen', and I. N. Men'shikov on the Nenets Samoyeds; M. R. Golubkova and N. P. Leont'ev's trilogy on the Pechora River; works of Arkhangel'sk novelists and poets based on local folklore, etc. DLC. 81245, ,MIKHAILOV, A. F. Geologo-petrologiche$kafa kharakteristika giperbazitov i giperbazitovykh brekchil fügo-zapadnol chasti Penzhinskogo krfäzha. (Leningrad. Vses. geologicheskil inst. Trudy 1962. n. ser. v. 73, Petrograficheskil sbornik no. 4, p. 111-

725

32, tables, map, illus.) 20 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Geologic-petrologic characteristics of ultrabasites and ultrabasite breccias in the southwestern part of the Penzhinskiy Ridge. Presents and interprets a tectonic map of the region. Four areas of ultrabasite development are recognized: Pontoneyskiye and Talovskiye mountains, Mametchinskiy Peninsula and Valizhgen upheaval. Each area is treated in turn, noting petrographic features of rocks, their distribution and chemical characteristics. The origin of ultrabasites and ultrabasite breccias is analyzed, and the age of these rocks is disDLC. cussed. 81246. MIKHAILOV, A. F. Paleozolskie i nizhnemezozolskie otlozhenifa Penzhinskogo krfåzha. (In: Mezhvedomstvennoe soveshchanie ... Trudy 1959, p. 55-58.) In Russian. Title tr.: Paleozoic and Lower Mesozoic deposits of Penzhinskiy Ridge. Describes Middle Devonian, Carboniferous, Permian, and Triassic deposits. Distribution, lithologic properties and faunal characteristics are given. Local stratigraphic ICRL. division is offered. 81247. MIKHAILOV, A. F. Tretichnye effuzivy vostochnogo berega Penzhinskol guby. (In: Mezhvedomstvennoe soveshchanie ... Trudy 1959, p. 422-26, table.) In Russian. Title tr.: Tertiary effusives of the eastern coast of Penzhina Bay. Reports three fields, northern, southern and eastern, of Tertiary effusives, and describes each, noting its composition and structure. Volcanic glass of Tertiary continental deposits is also reported as studied. Age of effusive rocks is discussed. The most intensive eruptions probably occurred in ICRL. Middle Miocene time. MIRHAILOV, A. F., aee also No. 84621. 81248. MIKHAILOV, I. S. EvolfiGifå pochv i rastitel'nogo pokrova v severovostochnol chasti o. Faddeevskogo. (Leningrad. Arkticheskil i antarkticheskil n.-i. inst. Trudy 1963. v. 224, p. 121-32, map, illus.) 4 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Evolution of soils and vegetation cover in the northeastern part of Faddeyevskiy Island. The shoals of this island, central in the New Siberian group, are described and divided into three zones. Soils of various relief forms are described in cross-section, such as shoal with Puccinellia, grass-moss, wet tetragonal, and drained tetragonal tundra, etc. Their vegetation is analyzed and a soil-vegetation map presented and

726

interpreted. Appended is a list of the 43 plants collected. DLC. 81249. MIKHAILOV, I. S. Pochvy severovostochnol chasti o. Faddeevskogo. (Problemy Arktiki i Antarktiki 1963, no. 14, p. 75-82, tables.) 7 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Soils of the northeastern part of Faddeyevskiy Island. Outlines the geomorphic structure of this region of the central island of the New Siberian archipelago, and describes its two soil types: arctic tundra base-saturated soils on hilltops and slopes beneath scrub-moss polygons, and tundra gley soil on the more favorable sites, river-valley terraces with southern exposure. Samples are described in detail with tabulated data on mechanical, physical and chemical properties and humus content. DLC. 81250. MIKHAILOV, N. A. Puchiny na zheleznodorozhnykh linifdkh i bor'ba s nimi. (Transportnoe stroitel'stvo 1962, no. 1, p. 35-37, diagrs.) In Russian. Title tr.: Frost heaving on railroads, and their control. Examines 88 heavings on railroads in the Arctic and classifies their causes as manmade, because of faulty track design, natural from neglect of local geological and hydrological factors, and as result of poor maintenance. Control measures for heaving due to ground water opened in excavation and to surface water, are drainage, thermoinsulation of the heaving ground and its replacement by non-heaving fill, treatment with calcium chloride, cementing, etc. For heaving due to water from rock crevices, and from precipitation, electro-osmotic drying, and fire treatment of the ground are recommended in addition. DLC. 81251. MIKIIAILOV, S. V. Rybnafü promyshlennost'. (In: Akademifil nauk SSSR. Sovet po izuchenifü proizvoditel'nykh sil. Problemy ... Magadanskol oblasti 1961, p. 81-99, tables, map.) 4 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The fishing industry. Outlines a major industry of Magadan Province, concentrated in Tauy and Gizhiga Bays (salmon and herring) in the south and Anadyr and Mechigmen Bays (seal and walrus) in the north. The former represents 75-80% and the latter 20-25% of the fish harvest of Magadan. Annual catch for 1951-1959 is given according to fish combines. Economic problems of the industry such as net returns on labor and capital investment, fishing craft, etc. are considered. The limited fishing resources, short season, poor materials and working conditions are discussed. Development of this industry

will not be as rapid in this as in other parts of the Soviet Union. DLC. MIKHALEV, G. P., see No. 82560. 81252. MIKHALEV, ft. V. Osobennosti ekologii reliktovol ledovitomorskol rogatki iz presnovodnogo ozera Keta, basseln r. Pasiny. (Voprosy ekologii 1962. v. 5, p. 137-38.) In Russian. Title tr.: Ecological peculiarities of a relict, Arctic Ocean sculpin from the freshwaters of Lake Keta, Pyasina River basin. States the location of this lake (68° N. 87° E.), its dimensions, area, and temperatures. The distribution of Myoxocephal-us quadricornis L. is discussed as circumpolar, marine or lacustrine; its morphology, sexual dimorphism, food, etc. are dealt with. DLC. 81253. MIKHEEV, G. I., and K. V. IABLOKOV. 0 tektonike ralona pologikh dislokafsil v ago-zapadnykh otrogakh khrebta Polousnogo na Severo-Vostoke SSSR. (Akademiiå nauk SSSR. Izvestifa 1963, ser. geol. no. 2, p. 30-38, maps, illus.) 5 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Tectonics of the region of gentle dislocations in southwestern spurs of Polousnyy Range in northeastern USSR. Reports a 1961 study of the Irgichyan River region between the Tuostakh anticlinorium and Polousnyy synclinorium. This region of gentle bedding of the Verkhoyansk complex consists of individual blocks, well defined by flexure bends, dislocations with a break in continuity, zones of intensive folding, dikes and other structures, which are characterized. DLC. 81254. MIKHEEV, V. I., and others. Rentgenometricheskoe issledovanie platiny Noril'skogo mestorozhdenifil. (Leningrad. Gornyl inst. Zapiski 1961. v. 38, no. 2, p. 99106, tables, graphs.) 4 refs. In Russian. Other authors: A. I. Kalinin and E. P. Sal'dau. Title tr.: X-ray investigations of platinum of the Noril'sk deposits. Reports application of the powder method in X-ray crystallography of platinum heavy concentrate taken from a differentiated intrusion of gabbro-diabase. The concentrate was divided into three fractions: electromagnetic, magnetic, and high-magnetic; each is analyzed and the mineral composition determined. In the electromagnetic fraction, besides Pt, Sn (stannoplatynite), ferroplatinum also some chalcopyrite are present; the other fractions are also deDLC. scribed. 81255. MIKHNEVA, N. E. Dvigatel'nye uslovnye reakfsii sobaki na svetu i tetunote

pri trudnykh nervnykh zadachakh. (Zhurnal vysshel nervnol defatel'nosti 1962. v. 12, no. 2, p. 302-305, table.) 13 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Motor conditioned reactions of a dog in light and darkness during difficult nervous tasks. A dog with such reactions easily bore functional loads in the light but showed disturbance of conditioned activity when in the darkness, even showing neurotic symptoms. The latter disappeared when the light was switched on. The failure in the darkness is attributed to a drop in "working capacity" of the cerebral cortex. DLC. 81256. MIKHNEVA, N. E. 0 vli1 nie osveshchenifå na uslovnye refleksy sobak raznykh tipov vysshel nervnol defatel'nosti. (Zhurnal vysshel nervnol defatel'nosti 1962. v. 12, no. 3, p. 517-20, graphs.) 12 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Effect of light on conditioned reflexes of dogs with various types of higher nervous activity. Reports on experiments (with dark-controls) showing that in light, cortical processes are more, intense than in darkness. While these differences vanish in dogs with strong, equilibrated nerve system as experiments proceed, dogs with weak systems DLC. may show neurotic symptoms. MIKHOTA, G. G., see No. 77150. 81257. MIKKELSEN, E. Mit første møde med Østgrønlands eskimoer. (Atuagagdliutit: Grönlandsposten 1961. Ukiut 101-iat, no. 1, p. 36-37, ports, illus.) In Danish and Eskimo. Title tr.: My first encounter with the East Greenland Eskimos. Recounts an episode in autumn of 1900 during Amdrup's East Greenland expedition: the discovery of an encampment with about forty corpses at N(igßlik (67°15' N. 33°25' W.) and the first meeting with inhabitants of a settlement further south. CaMAI. MIKKELSEN, E., see also No. 81433. 81258. MIKKELSEN, O. I. Kan tiddannelsen følge med industrialiseringen i Grønland? (Grønland 1963, no. 12, p. 45256.) In Danish. Title tr.: Can education keep pace with industrialization in Greenland ? Stresses importance of expanding educational facilities; specifically vocational training and training of foremen, teachers and CaMAI. administrators. 727

MIKKOLA, E., see No. 78678. MIKLUKHO-MAKLAI, A. D., see No.

78477.

81259. MIKOLA, P. U. Luontaisen uudistamisen ja metsänviljelyn suhde tulevaisuuden metsänhoidossa Lapissa. (Lapin tutkimusseura. Vuosikirja 1963. v. 4, p. 5-14, tables.) In Finnish. English summary. Title tr.: Artificial and natural regeneration in future silviculture in Lapland: Natural reproduction has been considered the normal method in Finland, but the ratio of artificial to natural regeneration now proposed for Finnish Lapland is 75:25. The forests are in poor condition, . e.g. extensive over-mature spruce occupies sites where pine would give higher yield. The two methods and their applicability to different types of forest site are reviewed. CaMAI. 81260. MIKULIN, B. P. Perspektivy stroitel'stva rel'sovykh estakadnykh dorog na Severe. (Akademifå stroitel'stva i arkhitektury SSSR. Izvestiia 1963, no. 1, p. 114-16, illus.) 4 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Prospects for building elevated railroads in the North. Stales the advantages of elevated over surface lines for construction and maintenance in regions of permafrost, harsh climate with blizzard, low temperature, etc.: no need for excavation, fill, grading, for measures against. permafrost degradation, snow drift, etc. For the elevated railroad, the gantries and other construction parts can be prefabricated on a mass-production basis, an important factor for economical and efficient construction under conditions of the far North. DLC. 81261. MIKUSHEV, A. K. NeispravimyT vesel'chak. (Teatr 1963. v. 24, no. 7, p. 5354, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: Incorrigible merry-maker. Reviews a new comedy by the Zyryan poet Gennadir Anatol'evich filshkov, as performed at the .Komi Theater for Music and Drama, in Syktyvkar. DLC. 81262. MIKUSHEV, A. K. Tvorch'eskil put' S. Popova. (Istoriko-filologicheskil sbornik 1956. no. 3, p. 87-97.) 3 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Literary output of S. Popov. Stylistic analysis of the works of this Zyryan poet, born 1912. DLC. 81263. MIKU'ICSKII, S. P.,''and V. U. PETRAKOV. K stratigrafii silurirskikh 728

otlozhenil SibirskoT platformy. (Materialy po geologii Zapadnol Sibiri 1962. v. 63, p. 94-102, map.) 4 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Stratigraphy of the Silurian deposits of Siberian platform. Describes Silurian deposits, distributed along the Yenisey from the Podkamennaya Tunguska north to the Khantayka. They consist of carbonate and clayey-carbonate rocks ranging 350 m.-750 m. thick from south to north. Lower Silurian deposits are divided into Llandoverian and Wenlockian stages, Upper Silurian are represented by the Ludlovian stage. The brachiopod, coral, tabulata and other fauna are noted. DLC. 81264. M1XUKII, S. P. 0 perspektivakh neftegazonosnosti severo-zapadnoT chasti SibirskoT platformy. (In: Akademifå nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Problemy . ". . 1963, p. 100-107.) 26 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Prospects of oil and gas in northwestern part of the Siberian platform. Outlines the geologic structure of the Yenisey part. of Siberian platform composed of late Precambrian and Paleozoic systems. The Turukhan-Khantayka meganticlinorium, Noril'sk trough and other tectonic structures are characterized. Signs of oil and gas are reported. Middle Paleozoic deposits east of the Turukhansk horst, Noril'sk region, are considered the most promising. Geologic prospecting as hitherto conducted is inadequate and deep drillings and geophysical methods are suggested. DLC. 81265. MILAN, F. A., and others. Temperature regulation of Eskimos, Indians• and Caucasians in a bath calorimeter. (Journal of applied physiology 1963. v. 18, no. 2, p. 378-82, tables, illus.) 28 refs. Other authors: J. P. Hannon and E. Evonuk. Study of heat production and loss at bath temperatures of 35, 33, and 30.5° C. At all of them, heat production and loss was highest in the Eskimos, and lowest in the Caucasians. Basal metabolic rates were of a similar order. Eskimos had the lowest tissue insulation, followed as before by Indians and whites. These, and insulation studies, indicate that the Eskimos have smaller "cores" and larger "shells" than either the DLC. Indians or Caucasians. 81266. MILAN, F. A., and others. Thermal and metabolic responses of men in the Antarctic to a standard cold stress. (Journal of applied physiology 1961. v. 16, no. 3, p. 401-404, tables, illus.) 16 refs. Other authors: R. W. Elsner and K. Rodahl. Study of eight subjects exposed nude for two hours to 17 ± 1° C. Mean body

temperature, average skin and foot temperatures, and metabolic responses increased after three months sojourn. Rectal and finger temperatures and basal metabolism remained unchanged. DLC. 81267. MILANO, V. R. Notes on icebreaker design. (American Society of Naval Engineers. Journal 1962. v. 74, no. 1, p. 43-51, graphs, table.) 15 refs. Condensed from M.Sc. thesis to Webb Inst. of Naval Architecture. Discusses properties of sea ice related to icebreaking, and problems when ice is to be overcome by a ship form, particularly the effect of variations in vessel characteristics on icebreaking effectiveness. Relation of propulsion machinery, propellers and thrust predictions, theoretical predictions of stresses in an ice field, and icebreaking force are considered in turn, as are vessel advance due to impact, total vessel advance (vertical forefoot), ability to retract if beset, and ability to break ice without ramming; factors peculiar to icebreakers are pointed out. DLC. 81268. MILANO, V. R. Preliminary vessel estimates in icebreaker design. (American Society of Naval Engineers. Journal 1982. v. 74, no. 3, p. 505-514, graphs, tables.) 6 refs. Condensed from M.Sc. thesis, 1960, to Webb Institute of Naval Architecture. Outlines a method for making estimates of proportions for twin stern screw polar icebreakers. Design principles are developed and illustrated mathematically. Factors of ice mechanics, effects of hull form on the icebreaking process, and requirements for effective ice-breaking for a given vessel displacement and installed power, are considered. Estimates are given for an icebreaker to be built primarily for Antarctic operation with possible summer deployment to the Arctic, limited to 30-ft. draft and likely to encounter ice not thicker than 15 ft., viz: length 384 ft., beam 85 ft. 5 in., propeller diam. 18 ft. 5 in., propeller thrust 196 tons, shaft horsepower 27,600, shaft RPM 150, design speed 19.2 knots, displacement 15,300 tons, etc. DLC. 81269. MILASHEV, V. A., and others. Kimberlitovye porody i pikritovye porfiry severo-vostochnol chasti Sibirskol platformy. Moskva, Gosgeoltekhizdat 1963. 216 p. tables, map, illus. (Leningrad. N: issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Trudy, v. 126.) Approx. 120 refs. In Russian. Other authors: M. A. Krutofårskil, M. I. Rabkin and E. N. Erlikh. Title tr.: Kimberlite rocks and picrite porphyry in

the northwestern part of the Siberian platform. Reviews the discovery of kimberlite rocks, and summarizes the geologic structure and tectonics of the Anabar-Olenek region. The geology of kimberlites is outlined: their morphology, structure, properties, age, and other features. Petrographic description is presented of kimberlite rocks, picrite porphyry and xenoliths. Mineralogy of kimberlites and picrite porphyry is analyzed. Genesis of kimberlite is discussed. The Anabar-Olenek rocks are compared with those of the Daldyn-Alakit and Vilyuy regions. Classification of Siberian kimberlites is given. Chemical, spectral and X-ray analyses of minerals and rocks are included. DLC. 81270. MILASHEV, V. A., and M. I. RABKIN. Kimberlity Anabaro-Olenekskol provinf ii i voprosy ikh genezisa. (Akademifå nauk SSSR. 1Akutskil filial. Trudy 1963. ser. geol. no. 9, p. 45-53, illus.) 19 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Kimberlites of the Anabar-Olenek province and problems of their genesis. Two types of kimberlite bodies are distinguished: explosive and hypabyssal. Their petrographic and mineralogic composition is analyzed. The kimberlite-origin problem is discussed. Three main phases in formation are recognized: intrusive, exploEach is sive, and autometamorphic. characterized. Serpentinization and carbonitization of kimberlites are described. DLC. 81271. MILASHEV, V. A. Parageneticheskie assoisisii vtorichnykh porodoobrazufilshchikh mineralov v kimberlitovykh porodakh. (Geokhimifa 1963, no. 6, p. 557-65, illus.) 7 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Paragenetic associations of secondary rock-forming minerals in kimberlite rocks. Reports petrographic investigations of kimberlite rocks of Yakutia of which main secondary minerals are: serpentine, calcite, dolomite, chloride, talc, hydrogrossular and quartz. The change in composition of their parageneses is determined by the increase of chemical potentials of carbon dioxide and water. Behavior of these minerals during the changes of metasomatic processes is DLC. characterized. Termin 81272. MILASHEV, V. A. "kimberlit" i klassifikaf ifs kimberlitovykh porod. (Geologies i geofizika 1963, no. 4, p. 42-52.) 34 refs. In Russian. English

729

summary. Title tr.: The term kimberlite and classification of kimberlite rocks. Reviews the existing definitions of kimberlite and its position in the classification of igneous rocks. A classification of kimberlite rocks for Yakutia is offered. They are considered rocks of specific facies of which diamond and pyrope are the main minerals. DLC. 81273. MILEIHOVSHII, S. A. Pelagicheskis lichinki Gastropods ralona Belomorskol stanfsii MGU. (Moskva. Univ. Belomorskalli biologicheskafå stanisifii. Trudy 1962. v. 1, p. 171-200, tables, illus.) Approx. 30 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Pelagic gastropod larvae from the area of the Moscow State University White Sea Station. Reports on material collected in the summers of 1956 and 1957: 22 species found in the plankton are listed. Growth and developmental stages are followed with dates and temperatures noted. An identiDLC. fication key is appended. 81274. MILES, C. Indian and Eskimo artifacts of North America. Chicago, H. Regnery Co. 1963. xii, 244 p. illus. 54 refs. Picture book including some col. illus. of prehistoric to recent fishing and hunting gear, gathering implements, household utensils, clothing and ornaments, ceremonial, cult and art objects, musical instruments, games, toys, etc. Manufacturing techniques and craftsmanship, use of harvesting tools and accessories are described. About a quarter of some 1200 objects photographed are of Alaskan and North Canadian origin. The Asian background of Eskimo and Indian cultures, archeological sequences, and linguistic groupings are sketched in the preface. DLC. 81275. MILIAEV, N. A. 0 srednem urov^'Sennie magnitnol vozmushchennosti v T tral'nol Arktike. (Problemy Arktiki i Antarktiki 1963, no. 12, p. 91-97, tables, graphs, map.) 14 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Mean level of magnetic disturbances in the Central Arctic. Geomagnetic observations of the drifting stations, also Tiksi and other observatories in 1954/55 and 1958/59 disclose the range of magnetic disturbances on quiet, and disturbed days in the arctic area 160-220° E. Data are presented on disturbances r for geomag. lat. 60°.5, 63°.0, 66°.0, 69°.0, 71°.5, 75°.0, 78°.5, 81°.0 in summer, fall, winter and spring, and their relations to the frequency of auroras are discussed: dia-

730

turbances in the central Arctic are stronger than in the maximum auroral zone, etc. DLC. 81276. MILLAR, R. H. The structure and systematic position of the ascidian Distomum vitreum Sars. (Annals and magazine of natural history 1963. v. 6, no. 67, p. 385-88, table, illus.) 8 refs. Reports on specimens from the north Norwegian coast and northwest Atlantic, and on reexamined type specimens earlier described by Sars from the Lofotens. The species is found to have three rows of stigmata, not four as previously considered, which brings it into agreement with the DGS. genus Eudistoma. 81277. MILLARD, W. W. Effects of acetylsalicylic acid on man's skin temperature in the cold. Fort Wainwright, Alaska 1963. 10 p. tables, illus. (U.S. Arctic Aeromedical Lab. TDR-63-14.) 7 refs. Acetylsalicylic acid (aspirin) administered in usual dosage to subjects exposed to 4° C. had no effect on skin and rectal temperature, indicators of cold-defense in man. There was a psychogenic response to aspirin and placebos. CaMAI. MILLARD, W. W., see also No. 84048. 81278. MILLER, F. Ahdoolol the biography of Matthew A. Henson. New York, E.P. Dutton 1963. 221 p. map, illus. Relates the life-story of this companion to R. E. Peary on his march to the North Pole in 1909. Henson's long association with Peary, his mastery of the Eskimo language, discovery of several survival techniques, a 250-mi. dog sledge journey to obtain surgery for Peary, etc. "Ahdoolo!" a term used by Henson to incite greater effort in the Eskimos, became an Eskimo expression for encouragement. DLC. 81279. MILLER, G. S. Two new genera of murine rodents. (Smithsonian Institution. Miscellaneous collections 1909 pub. 1910. v. 52, no. 4, p. 497-98, illus.) Proposes generic status to the two species Lemma echisticolor and Cricetulus bedfordiae, based largely on the anatomy of the feet. Generic names of Myopia and Phodopus are suggested with the first species renamed Myodes schisticolor Lilljeborg. DLC. 81280. MILLER, J. F. Probable maximum precipitation and rainfall-frequency data for Alaska, for areas to 400 square

miles, durations to 24 hours and return periods from 1 to 100 years. Washington, D.C., U.S. Govt. Print. Office 1963. 69 p. 15 x 10 in. maps, graphs, tables. (U.S. Weather Bureau. Technical paper no. 47.) 12 refs. Contains more than sixty maps, also text description, which give generalized estimates of these two weather factors, based on data from 234 Alaskan and 33 Canadian stations. Most heavy stormprecipitation amounts along the south coast of Alaska are the result of general fall and winter storms, whereas in the interior and arctic regions heavy rainfalls occur in late spring and summer, generally as showers. The frequency analysis was based on five or more years' data from 51 Alaskan and 6 Canadian stations. An empirical factor of 1.13 was derived for converting observational-day and clockhour data into two maximum 1440- and 60-minute rainfalls; tested for several Alaskan stations, it was found to be valid. Isopluvial maps for various rainfall frequencies were compiled, and seasonal variations for four distinctive regions are graphically shown. Prepared for the U.S. Soil Conservation Service in connection with its Watershed Protection and Flood DWB. Prevention Program.

York 1948. 83 1. maps, graph, illus. M. A. thesis to Columbia Univ. Refs. Reports three months' observations of 109 glaciers along 1500 mi. of coast in 1946 and results from 350 aerial photographs taken in July 1947 of the largest coastal glaciers between Le Conte Bay, 57° 30' N. 133° W., and Anchorage. The 33 glaciers in the Malaspina district had their termini in the zone of perennial wastage; all but two were receding; each is described with a photographic record of the retreat. Various glaciers' advances and rapid recession during 100-150 yrs. are discussed. The slow, persistent re-advance of I-Iubbard Glacier during the past 50 yrs. indicates a possible change in accumulation conditions in the St. Elias Mts. and a possible termination of the regional recession. DGS. 81284. MILLER, M. M. The Vaughan Lewis Glacier, Juneau Icefield, Alaska. (Journal of glaciology 1963. v. 4, no. 36, p. 666-67, map, photo.) Notes a glacier identified at 58°50' N. 134°17' W. at the head of a great canyon, and named for a visiting professor to the Glaciological Institute on the icefield. DLC. MILLS, C. A., see No. 79294. MILLS, L. W., see No. 81050.

MILLER, L. H., see No. 78542. 81281. MILLER, L. K., and L. IRVING. Alteration of peripheral nerve function in the rat after prolonged outdoor cold expo(American journal of physiology sure. 1963. v. 204, no. 2, p. 359-62, tables, illus.) 11 refs. Study into electrical characteristics of in vitro preparations from outdoor and indoor rats. Conduction velocity showed the greatest changes with cold exposure; excitability changes were demonstrable only with stimuli of less than .1 Øc. duration; no differences in absolute refractory period were noted between the two DLC. groups. 81282. MILLER, M. M. Glaciological Institute in Alaska. (Explorers journal 1962. v. 40, no. 2, p. 55-57, illus.) Notes a course in glaciology presented in summer 1961, sponsored in part by Michigan State Univ. Dept. of Geology and integrated with the 17-yr. old Juneau Icefield Research Program. DLC. 81283. MILLER, M. M. Observations on the regimen of the glaciers of Icy Bay and Yakutat Bay, Alaska, 1946-1947. New

81285. MILLS, W. J., Jr., and others. Frostbite: experience with rapid rewarming and ultrasonic therapy, 3. (Alaska medicine 1961. v. 3, no. 2, p. 28-36, illus.) 5 refs. In sequence to Nos. 66758, 66759. Other authors: R. Whaley and W. Fish. Discussion on frostbite incidence and prevention, and cold resistance of Eskimos, Indians and whites. Thawing methods, general management, use of whirlpool, physiotherapy and ultrasound, debridement, infection, amputation, complications, and research (isotopes, enzymes) are covered in detail, on the basis of over 50 cases, treated. Rapid rewarming produced the best DNLM. results. MILLS, W. J., Jr., see also No. 79973. 81286. MILNE, A. R., and E. L. LEWIS. Field trials of Ice Pack III arctic clothing. Esquimalt, B.C. 1963. 9 p. tables, illus. (Canada. Defence Research Board. Pacific Naval Laboratory. Technical memorandum 63-7.) 10 refs. Describes and illus. environmental clothing constructed for use in the arctic winter specifically as required for Operation Ice Pack III, a Pacific Naval Laboratory

731

underwater sound experiment beneath packice near Ellef Ringnes Island in Jan.—Feb. 1963. Two main features of the clothing were a convertible hood with three modes of use and a Ventile fabric windproof shell. Criticisms from field performance and suggestions for improvements are given. CaMAI. MILNE, A. R., see also No. 77086. 81287. MILNE, W. G., and W. E. T. SMITH. Canadian earthquakes 1962. Ottawa, Queen's Printer 1963. 25 p. maps, tables. (Canada. Seismological Service. Seismological series of the Dominion Observatory 1962-2.) Eighty-five disturbances, none major, were recorded in the area north of 60° N. The increase in number recorded and the large proportion of epicenters located result from the operation of the new stations at Mould Bay and Alert; another is being established at Coppermine. Map shows 29 epicenters located instrumentally. Three other, more southerly areas, are also reported. DLC. 81288. MILOSERDOVA, R. I. Vedenie beremennosti i rodov pri porokakh serdtsa v Murmanske. (In: Litvinov, N. N., ed. Zdorov'e cheloveka ... 1963, p. 182-85.) In Russian. Title tr.: Management of pregnancy and delivery in cases with heart diseases in Murmansk. Discusses the usual strain, risks and mortality in such cases; steps to be taken to reduce them during and after parturition. Cardiac cases in two maternity homes of Murmansk during 1953-1959 are reported: their types, age of women, kinds of delivery and terms. The role of vitamin C is considered, as are complications, and sequelae. DNLM. 81289. MILOVANßEV, V. Splay lesa po NizhneT Angare. (Lesnafå promyshlennost' 1963. v. 41, no. 5, p. 9-10, map.) In Russian. Title tr.: Floating timber on the lower Angara. Most of the timber from the Angara for Maklakovo and Igarka comes from Taseyeva basin which produces up to 2.5 million m.3/yr. The logs are sorted and rafted at the mouth of the Taseyeva, a left tributary of the Angara, 68 km. above the latter's confluence with the Yenisey. Construction of the dam for the Bratsk hydroelectric station will lower the downstream Angara too much to float rafted logs. So author suggests to float the logs to the mouth of the Angara, sort and raft them at Ust'-Angarsk

732

for their trip down the Yenisey. Details of transferring operations from the Taseyeva mouth are discussed and advantages noted. DLC. 81290. MIL'SHTEIN, V. E. Problematicheskie obrazovanifii kolosovskoT svity sinifä Vostochnogo i 'l entral'nogo Talmyra. (Leningrad. N: issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Sbornik state! po paleontologii i biostratigrafii 1963. no. 32, p. 37-59, tables, illus.) 10 refs. In Russian. Title. tr.: Problematic formations in the Kolosovo series of the Sinian in eastern and central Taymyr. Describes problematic features, possibly products of organisms of various biocenoses, which are of vegetative and bacterial origin. Two types of these features are distinguished: Oncoliti and Catagraphia. Some new species of these possible plants are systematically described and illus. such as Osagia argillosa, 0. torte, 0. ferrugina, and others. DLC. MIL'SHTEIN, V. E., see also No. 83135. 81291. MINAEV, A. N. Krupnye gidrolakkolity v Zapadno-Sibirsko! nizmennosti. (In: Akademifå nauk SSSR. Inst. merzlotovedenifa. Mnogoletnemerzlye gornye .. . 1963, p. 160-65, illus.) 3 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Large hydrolaccoliths in the West Siberian lowland. Reports cryopedologic studies in Yarudey River basin in Tyumen Province. A pingo 30 m. in height and 200 m. diam. is described noting its position, composition, enclosing rock, and other features. It is of cryogenic origin, having been built by pressure of subpermafrost water. DLC. 81292. MINAEVA, ID. I., and R. A. BIDZHIEV. 0 srednepaleozolskol kore vyvetrivanifa severo-vostoka Sibirskol platformy. (Vses. aerogeologicheskil trest.. Trudy 1962. no. 8, p. 21-24, map, table.) 5 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: On middle Paleozoic crustal weathering in the northeast of the Siberian platform. Reports Devonian-Carboniferous weathering in the Molodo-Syungyuyude interfluve in the Lower Lena basin. A compiled section is described and thickness of the weathered layer, parent rocks, residual soils and other features are indicated. "Rust-brown" clays are studied in greater detail, chemical composition, heat tests, and other properties reported. They are believed to have developed under hot and dry climatic conditions. DGS:

MINAEVA, ). L, see also No. 77467. MINAKOV, M. A., see No. 84545. 81293. MINEVICH, A. Ø. Issledovanie poverkhnostnykh techenil v Chukotskom i Beringovom morfåkh. (Okeanologifa 1963. v. 3, no. 5, p. 940-42, charts.) Ref. In Russian. Title tr.: Investigation of the surface currents in Chukchi and Bering Seas. Notes oceanographic investigation of the Univ. of Washington—U.S. Atomic Energy Commission, July—Aug. 1960 in southeastern Chukchi, and northern Bering Seas. Preliminary results are summarized. DLC. 81294. MINfAEV, N. A. Struktura rastitel'nykh assorsiaf'sil; po materialam issledovaniftt chernichno-voronichnol serii assofsiafsil v Khibinskom gornom massive. Moskva-Leningrad, Izd-vo Akademii nauk SSSR 1963. 262 p. tables, plans, illus. (Akademifå nauk SSSR. Botanicheskil inst. Rastitel'nost' Kralnego Severe SSSR i ee osvoenie, no. 4) 224 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Structure of plant associations; based on investigation of bilberry—black crowberry series in the Khibiny mountain massif. Presents results of a detailed study of vegetation on the slopes of Vud"yavrchorr Mt. (67°37' N. 33°37' E.) and adjacent Vud"yavr valley, made while working for Polar Alpine Botanical Garden in 19341937. The report, originally prepared for publication as the first transactions of the Academy of Sciences Kola Base, was destroyed in press, together with mss and photographs, at the outbreak of the war, and is reprinted as above from proofs preserved by the author. In the studied area, five landscapes are represented; valley tundra 310 m. above the sea level; taiga forest chiefly spruce and pine, at 338 m.; mountain birch (Betula nano) tundra at 430 m.; and mountainous shrub tundra at the 548 m. summit. Thirty types of plant association are described; they are composed of 144 species including trees, mosses and lichens, and are united in a single series by occurrence in each of the bilberry—black crowberry (Vaccinium myrtillus—Empetrum nigruenn) synusia. Detailed notes are given on the geomorphic features of the area, its soils, the climatic conditions and their variations, also on the physiological and ecological aspects of plant growth, and the stability of their associations. The concepts of plant association, biocenosis, and synusia are discussed comprehensively with references to the Russian and foreign literature;

and the significance of synusiae as the simplest and basic form of plant coexistence, is stressed. Special attention is given to the upper and lower limits of forest and to their relation to the northern forest limit, p. 198-243. Appended are an extensive bibliography of 224 items (168 Russian), a list of Latin names of the 144 plants mentioned in the paper (but without references to the text), and an index of descriptions of 30 plant associations observed by the author. DLC. M1NINA, L. S., see also No. 77297. 81295. MINING JOURNAL. Diamond production in Yakutia. (Its: v. 255, 1960, no. 6523, p. 231-32.) 3 refs. Surveys developments in kimberlite pipes and placers between the Lena and Vilyuy Rivers, in five. areas between 58°-70° N. 110°-124° E. Exploitation of the Mir pipe began in 1957; the 1965 objective is 16 times the 1958 output; power supply, transportation and communication, personnel, housing and food supply are major problems. Some facilities are completed at the Mir site, and the nearby settlement of Mirnyy has about 10,000 people. Climate and terrain are described briefly, as are the main features of the Mir pipe. Ore grade in the main pipes ranges 0.05-4 carats/ton; diamonds from Mir, Udachnaya, and Zarnitsa average respectively 10, 6.7, and 7.2 mg. in weight; fewer small and more large diamonds are found in Mir than in the DGS. other two. 81296. MINING MAGAZINE. Scheelite from the Canadian North-West. (Its: v. 108, 1963. no. 2, p. 116-17.) Describes operations at the new tungsten ore mine and concentrator in the upper Flat River valley in the Mackenzie Mts., about 130 mi. north of Watson Lake. Reserves are estimated at more than 1.2 million tons averaging 2.47% WO,, nearly one million tons can be mined open pit. Two primary grades of scheelite are being produced; estimated output is 300 tons ore/day. Plans for plant and town site are outlined. DGS. MINIOTAS, V., see No. 77491. MINISTERSTVO ZDRAVOOKHRANENØ RSFSR, see No. 80748. 81297. MINKINA, A. L. Organicheskil azot i fosfor v vodnykh massakh Barenfseva morf,. (Akademifä nauk SSSR. Mezhduvedomstvennyl geofizicheskil komitet, X raz733

del programmy MGG: okeanologira. Sbornik statel 1961. no. 3, p. 162-71, tables, graphs, map.) 16 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Organic nitrogen and phosphorus in the water masses of the Barents Sea. Reports on conditions in 1957-1958. The amount of organic P is like that of the Norwegian Sea, i.e. approx. 33 mkg P/I; it increases from spring to fall, remaining constant in the winter. Organic N diminishes from spring to winter. The amounts of the two elements indicate that the Barents Sea waters have abundance of organic matter DLC. and high productivity. 81298. MIRAGLIA, G. J., and L. J. BERRY. Possible source of secondary invading staphylococci in mice exposed to acute cold. (Journal of bacteriology 1963. v. 85, no. 2, p. 34518, tables.) 5 refs. Report of investigation aiming to elucidate the origin of staphylococci known to invade deep organs (liver, heart, etc.) in mice exposed to 5° C. Experiments in elimination of the staphylococcus from the digestive tract and others suggest that the respiratory tract may be the source of infection DLC. during cold stress. 81299. MIRAGLIA, G. J., and L. J. BERRY. The role of low environmental temperatures in predisposing mice to secondary bacterial infection. (In: Symposia on arctic biology and medicine. Proceedings 1963, p. 271-99, tables, illus.) 22 refs. Study of possible differences in the course of salmonellosis in mice kept at 25° or 5° C. A highly virulent and a relatively avirulent strain of S. typhimurium were used and the mice were kept singly or in groups, shaved or unshaved. Reaction of natural carriers of salmonellosis was also studied and seconCaMAI. dary invasions followed. 81300. MIRAGLIA, G. J., and L. J. BERRY. Virulence as a factor in salmonella infection in mice maintained in the cold. Fort Wainwright, Alaska 1962. 3, 15 p. tables. (U.S. Air Force. Arctic Aeromedical Laboratory. Technical documentary report 62-7.) 20 refs. Mice injected with S. typhimurium and C. showed considerably lower kept at resistance than controls kept at 25° C. Blocking the reticulo-endothelial system had a similar effect. The incidence of staphylococci in tissues of the cold-stressed mice was proportional to the number of salmonellae injected; it was low in the controls and independent of the dose injected. CaMAI.

734

MIRKIN, G. R., see No. 79008. 81301. MIRKINA, S. L., and A. D. ISKANDEROVA. Ob absolfütnom vozraste nekotorykh pegmatitov Severnol Karelii. (Leningrad. Vses. n.-issl. geologicheskil inst. Informatsionnyl sbornik 1962, no. 54, p. 117-26, tables.) 12 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Absolute age of some pegmatites of north Karelia. Reports results of absolute age determination by lead and argon methods of nine accessory minerals from pegmatites of the Alakurti and Kayta Tundra veins. Data are given on uraninite, monazite, ratite, muscovite, etc. and comparison made with other studies. DLC. MIRKINA, S. L., see also No. 82968. 81302. MIRONCHEV, lfb. P. Svodnafä kharakteristika lokal'nykh podnfatil Sibirskol platformy. (Geolognå nefti i gaza 1963. v. 7, no. 7, p. 17-22, tables.) 7 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Combined characteristics of local uplifts of the Siberian platform. By geologic survey, seismic investigations, and drillings, 556 local structures had been clarified in the Siberian platform as of Jan. 1, 1962. These structural elevations are characterized as to orientation of the main axes, dimensions, and age of the rocks. They are distributed in Lena-Anabar trough, Vilyuy synecline, Olenek-Anabar anticline, Tungusskiy syncline, and other areas. According to size, four categories of these uplifts are distinguished and their value is discussed for oil and gas search. DLC. 81303. MMONOV, I. P., and (U. A. SHTAKEL'BERG. Klinika i lechenie bolezni Botkina v uslovifakh Zapolfar'ra. (In: Litvinov, N. N., ed. Zdorov'e cheloveka 1963, p. 203-209, table.) In Russian. Title tr.: Clinical course and therapy of infectious hepatitis under arctic conditions. Reports study of the disease in 210 mostly young men, with comparisons to the illness in moderate climate. Seasonal fluctuations, phases, and clinical course, early and later symptoms, and complications are considered, as are hematological and laboratory findings, etc. Therapy, with special local requirements (vitamin C), recovery and mortality are also discussed. The main clinical aspects and course were found to be more severe in arctic than in milder climates. DNLM. MIRONOV, ftl. K., see No. 77582. 81304. MIRONOV, S. A., and E. KH. BULGAKOV. Betonirovanie fundamentov

na vechnomerzlykh gruntakh. (Osnovani1 , fundamenty i mekhanika gruntov 1962. v. 4, no. 3, p. 8-10, diagrs.) 5 refs. In Title tr.: Laying concrete Russian. foundations in permafrost grounds. Describes the factors which affect concrete work in the far North: low air temperature (to —65° C.), ground-thaw hazard to be forestalled by using pads of sand-andgravel or of wood beneath the concrete, and the subsidence of buildings erected on permafrost to be prevented by specific foundation construction requirements. The use of square and circular cross-section piles of reinforced concrete in Magadan Province, Noril'sk, and Yakutsk is discussed. Thermo-pads made of concrete with calcium and sodium chloride added are suggested for the regions of the far North where wood is not readily available. DLC. 81305. MIRONOVA, M. G. Brakhiopody mergelistogo gorizonta reki Vorkuty, Pechorskil basseln. (Leningrad. N: issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Sbornik statel po paleontologii i biostratigrafii 1960, no. 22, p. 31-62, tables, illus.) 32 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Brachiopods of the marly horizon of the Vorkuta River, Pechora basin. Presents a systematic description of 25 species from this horizon; its stratigraphic position is not clearly established, but Assel-Sakmarian — Lower Permian is suggested. These brachiopods belong to 17 genera and are characterized by small size. DLC. 81306. MIRONOVA, M. G. Brakhiopody nizhne kamennougol'nykh otlozhenil Prikolym'fa. (Leningrad. n: issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Sbornik statel po paleontologii i biostratigrafii 1963. no. 31, p. 5-51, map, illus.) 26 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Lower Carboniferous brachiopods of the Kolyma region. Describes 41 species collected in 1956-1958 in the basins of the Yasachnaya and Popovka, left tributaries to the middle Kolyma. Some species are new. DLC. 81307. MIROSHNIKOV, L. D. Mineral'nye kisloty v Zapohår'e. (Priroda 1963. v. 52, no. 3, p. 76-77.) In Russian. Title tr.: Mineral acids beyond the Polar Circle. Reports natural acid found in the permafrost zone in as high concentration as strong industrial acids. It appears in mineral aggregates bearing light soluble minerals which fill rock fissures and cavities, and it remains as a liquid residue when minerals dissolve. Mineral acid solutions evaporating in summer sometimes build white solonchak

which remains on the surface until the next rain. DLC. 81308. MIROSHNIKOV, L. D. 0 khondritakh, fukoidak'h. (Leningrad. Universitet. Vestnik 1962. no. 24, p. 48-56, illus.) 12 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: On chondrites, fucoids. Reports peculiar paleontological remains found in Silurian deposits of the Noril'sk, Kureyka, Nizhnyaya Tunguska, and other areas. These plant-like remains resemble algae of the order Fucales, and are sometimes called fucoids. The origin of chondrites is still undetermined: they are held to be algae, canals of worms, chambers of unidentified fauna, etc.; but they are considered probably traces of worms. DLC. MIROV, N. T., see No. 79582. 81309. MIRSKAfA, D. D., and S. N. SUSLOVA. Tufolavy pechengskol serii, Kol'skil poluostrov. (Voprosy geologii i mineralogii Kol'skogo poluostrova 1963, no. 4, p. 49-62, illus.) 19 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Welded tuffs of the Pechenga series, Kola Peninsula. Describes for first time in Kola Peninsula, these rocks which constitute a transition between lava and volcanic tuffs. They are spatially and genetically associated with albitophyres and leucocratic effusives. Their deposition, texture and other features are characterized. Petrography and chemical composition are analyzed. The origin of welded tuffs is discussed: it is a still unsettled problem. DLC. 81310. MIRSKAfA, D. D., and S. N. SUSLOVA. Vzaimootnoshenifii osadochnykh i vulkanogennykh porod vnutri pechengskol serii. (Voprosy geologii i mineralogii Kol'skogo poluostrova 1963, no. 4, p. 3-23, map, illus.) 11 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Relationship between sedimentary and volcanic rocks within the Pechenga series. Reports 1957-1960 field studies of this possibly Proterozoic series in Kola Peninsula. Presence of rhythmic alteration of sedimentary and volcanic rocks is confirmed. Four large rhythms are distinguished and characterized. Contacts between sedimentary and volcanic rocks are described. Stratigraphy is discussed. DLC. 81311. MIRSKY, A. The Ohio State University Institute of Polar Studies. (U.S. Antarctic projects officer. Bulletin 1963. v. 4, no. 5, p. 2-7.) Organized in Feb. 1960 as outgrowth of the IGY-IGC data reduction center in 735

Columbus, the Institute is directed by R. P. Goldthwait. Personnel (approx. 40), research (mostly connected with Antarctic) and publication program are noted. Arctic studies in progress in 1962 were on glacial geology and glaciology in the Glacier Bay area of Southeast Alaska; soil movement in a permafrost area of northwest Alaska; delta sedimentation on a glacially-fed stream in southwest Yukon Territory; and reconnaissance for a five-year integrated study of the Sukkertoppen icecap in the Søndre Strømfjord area of southwest Greenland. CaMAI. MIRSKY, d., see No. 81158. 81312. MIRZOEV, G. G. Nekotorye voprosy epidemiologi dizenterii na Kralnem Severe. (Zhurnal mikrobiologii, epidemiologii i immunobiologii 1962. v. 33, no. 6, p. 32-37, graph, tables.) 5 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Some problems of dysentery epidemiology in the Far North. Study of conditions in an area of Komi ASSR between 65° and 67° N. The prevailing low temperatures were found to preserve the dysentery bacteria for long periods, and the nomadic life favors spread and incidence. Infection spreads through water, with flies playing a minor role. In the Arctic, incidence was highest in the winter, in the Subarctic in the warm months. DLC. 81313. MØZOEV, V. G. Prisoedinenie i osvoenie Sibiri v istoricheskol literature XVII veka. Moskva, Izd-vo soisial'no-ekonomicheskol lit-ry, 1960. 187 p. illus., diagr. Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Annexation and colonization of Siberia in the historical literature of the 17th century. Historiographic study of source materials: 11-16th century chronicles, 17th century records, 19-20th century compilations. Discovery, settlement, military and mercantile expeditions, the fur trade, etc. are discussed, including the conquest of Yugriya, i.e. lower Ob region. The main access routes to Siberia are noted: via the Kama River, around the northern Urals, through Yugorskiy Shar Strait and Kara Sea then across Yamal Peninsula to Ob Bay. DLC. MISANS,IA. P., see No. 80377. 81314. MISHIN, V. M., and I. A. ZHULIN. Nekotorye voprosy geomagnitnol aktivnosti, I. (Geomagnetizm i aeronomii 1962. v. 2, no. 3, p. 502-509, graphs.) 18 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Some problems of geomagnetic activity, I. 736

Reviews briefly regularities of spatialtemporal distribution of geomagnetic activity, and discusses existing variants of physical interpretation of certain regularities in non-conformant geomagnetic disturbances, Di. A critique is offered of A. P. Nikol'skil's concept of the validity of Störmer's theory in interpreting geomagnetic activity data. Attempt is made to explain the diurnal solar variation, Da, by an electric current system that includes current jets in the auroral zones, and current loops at the adjacent latitudes. A possibility of some correlation between geomagnetic activity, and the square root of the cosine of the zenith angle of the sun is suggested. The statistical regularities in Di are considered to indicate a correlation of geomagnetic activity with auroras, ionospheric disturbances, and rates of diurnal, annual, cyclic (11 years), and latitudinal variations in geomagnetic activity. DLC. 81314A. MISHIN, V. M. Nekotorye voprosy magnitnol aktivnosti, II. (Geomagnetizm i aeronomifl 1963. v. 3, no. 6, p. 107378, table.) 9 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Some problems in magnetic activity, II. Answers Nikol'skil and 01' q.v.: if their criticism of the harmonic analysis were correct, Nikol'skiI's scheme of isochronous spirals, and his derivation of the second, near-polar zone of enhanced magnetic activity should be wrong, which is not the case. The results of harmonic analysis contain information on the position of the neutral point of the magnetosphere, on the energy spectrum of soft corpuscular radiation, and on the variations of the type Ri = Vcos zz, where Z is the zenith angle of the sun. Data from nine polar stations were used in the investigation. Nikol'skil and it). V. Nikolaev in the same issue of this journal, p. 1139-41, take the auto-correlational function of the sequence of irregular magnetic variations used by Mishin in his harmonic analysis to show that the diurnal variation treated by DLC. Mishin has no physical reality. 81314B. MISHIN, V. M., and A. D. SHEVNIN. 0 strukture i prirode godovogo khoda magnitnol aktivnosti. (In: Akademifa nauk SSSR. Sibirskil inst. zemnogo magnetizma, ionosfery i rasprostranenifa radiovole. Issledovaniia . . . 1963, p. 31-52, tables, graphs.) 23 refs. In Russian. Title, tr.: On the structure and the nature of the annual magnetic activity. Reviews the literature, and studies qualitatively the harmonic analysis of K-index data recorded at 72 magnetic stations throughout the world, about 25% of them

in the Arctic and sub-Arctic. The geomagnetic variation was found to consist of an annual and a double wave, the structure and the origin of which are discussed. DLC. 81315. MISHUSTINA, I. E., and I. N. MIf KEVICH. Rasprostranenie geterotrofnykh mikroorganizmov v Grenlandskom more. (Akademiiä nauk SSSR. Izvestifi, ser. biol. 1963. no. 6, p. 914-21, tables, map, illus.) 7 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: The distribution of heterotrophic microorganisms in the Greenland Sea. Study of conditions in the area 77°-82° N. and down to 3,000 m. depth. The development of the microflora in the surface waters was found to be linked to the phytoplankton; at 300-400 m., 1000 m. and below, it is affected by hydrological factors. DLC. 81316. MISLAVSKII, I. Aktivisty otpravilla' v poisk. (Sovetskie profsofüzy, 1963. v. 19, no. 7, p. 18-19.) In Russian. Title tr.: Organizers at work. Describes work of trade-union committees at the Arkhangel'sk Industrial and the Arkhangel'sk and Severodvinsk Construction trusts; production, labor efficiency under northern winter conditions, heating of work shops and public facilities, supply and maintenance problems, etc. were dealt DLC. with. 81317. MITCHELL, J. M., Jr. On the world-wide pattern of secular temperature change. (Rome Symposium on changes of climate 1961. Proceedings 1963. Arid zone research ser. no. 20, p. 161-81, maps, graphs, tables.) 5 refs. French summary. Reviews recent evidence of fluctuations of global mean temperature within the present century, primarily the warming of the early decades and a cooling trend since about 1940 which appears to have not only halted but reversed the warming in most latitudes. Zonally integrated trends show the greatest changes to have been the arctic warming 1900-1940, also the cooling in northern Siberia, West Greenland, and Southeast Alaska since 1940. Maps show the geographical pattern of change for the 20-yr. periods in 1900-1959; tabular data summarize mean temperature for 5-yr. periods, expressed as departures in °F. from the 1955-1959 pentad, for each 10°-latitude DWB. band from 80° N. to 60° S.

81318. MITLfANSKAIA, T. Iskusstvo russkikh kosterezov. (Dekorativnoe iskusstvo, Feb. 1959, no. 2 (15), p. 21-26, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: The art of Russian bone carvers. Describes a recent exhibit at the Museum of Folk Art, Moscow, particularly the modern bone carvings and engravings of the Khohnogory school, which is traced from the 18th century. Style, quality, ornamental pattern, open-work technique, etc. are discussed. Objects from the Kholmogory and Lomonosovo workshops of Arkhangel'sk Province are described also in Mestnaia promyshlennosi i khØzhestvennye promysly, Oct. 1960, p. 12-13. DLC. 81319. MITRA, R. K., and M. K. DASGUPTA. E8 occurrences in relation to solar activity. (Journal of atmospheric and terrestrial physics 1963. v. 25, no. 8, p. 415-27, tables, graphs.) 21 refs. Examines the percentage occurrence data of midday E, in relation to solar activity for 1953-1959 at 33 stations including Tromsø, Kiruna, Anchorage, Churchill, Point Barrow, Fairbanks, and Resolute Bay. In general, a well-defined parabolic relationship is found to exist between the two phenomena. The high sunspot activity of the present solar cycle seems to be responsible for this nonlinear relationship. DLC. 81320. MITROFANOV, S. I., and others. 0 novom primenenii podvizhnykh tiåzhelykh Bred dliå konfsentraf ii mineralov udel'nogo vesa bol'she trekh. (Akadempå nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otdelenie. fAkutskil filial. Nauchnye soobshchenifä, 1960. no. 3, p. 5061, illus., tables.) In Russian. Other authors: M. G. Melik-Stepanov, ft?. M. Sokhin, and V. V. Borisov. Title tr.: On a new application of heavy moving media for concentration of minerals of specific weight more than three. Discusses granulated minerals as a freeflowing medium to be used instead of water streams in ore enrichment by the jigger method. The VZh-2 (vibrozhelob) jigging machine, constructed at Yakutia Branch of the Academy of Sciences and its laboratory performance are described and analyzed. Magnesite-ilmenite production siftings of 4.75 specific gravity are recommended for the floating medium. A pilot VZh-3 jigger built and tested at Yakutsk is described. It can separate minerals of 3, 4, and higher specific weights in the enrichment process proposed. DLC.

MITCHELL, W. L., see No. 81449. MITIN, V., see No. 83562.

81321. MITROFANOVA, V. V., and S. N. AZBELEV. Fol'klornafä ekspediGiia Push-

737

kinskogo goma v 1961 g. (Sovetskaa etnografifü 1963, no. 1, p. 134-38.) 3 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The Pushkin House folkloristic expedition in 1961. Reports work in June 1961 of a threeman party of the Academy of Sciences' Institute of Russian Literature (Pushkin House), in 19 Russian villages on the middle Mezen River, approx. 64 — 65° N. 47 — 48° 30' E. Northern variants of Russian legends, local folklore and musical scores were collected. Traditional elements in dress, housing, and furnishings were also studied. DLC. 81322. MITROFANOVA, V. V., and L. F. FEDOROVA. Fol'klornye ekspediaii po Severnol Dvine. (Sovetskafå etnografifü. 1963, no. 5, p. 109-113.) In Russian. Title tr.: Folkloristic expeditions along the Severnaya Dvina River. Describes local soma, ballads, and tales collected during three field trips in 19601962 headed by the junior author and sponsored by the Arkhangel'sk Pedagogical Institute and the Academy of Sciences' Institute of Russian Literature. Areas surveyed include the Kholmogory District, and along the river near Arkhengel'sk. DLC. 81323. MITROFANOVA, V. V. Mezenskafå bylinnafii tradi1 ifs v nashi dni. (Russkil fol'klor, materialy i issledovanifa 1961. v. 6, p. 94-109.) 6 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Present-day folk tale traditions of Mezen. Discusses local variants of ten legends and ballads recorded in 1958 in the lower Mezen basin Half-a-dozen themes have disappeared since the Grigor'ev and Astakhov survey in 1928. DLC. 81324. MITROFANOVA, V. V. Mezenskafå ekspedifsifå. 1958 goda. (Russkil fol'klor, materialy i issledovanifä 1959. v. 4, p. 422-23.) In Russian. Title tr.: Expedition to Mezen in 1958. Reports on the field work of the Sector of folk art, collecting Russian folkloristic materials in the Mezen and Leshukanskiy Districts of Arkhangelsk Province in JulyAug. 1958. Five hundred songs were taped and over 2,000 texts recorded: epic poems, ballads, songs, tales, etc. DLC. 81325. MITROPOL'SKII, O. V. Nabh idenifil nad proletom sukhoputnykh ptifs v Severnol Atlantike. (Ornitologifå 1962, no. 5, p. 330-32, map.) In Russian. Title tr.: Observations on flights of land birds over the North Atlantic.

738

Reports on birds seen Sept. 15-Oct. 7, 1960 during a trip from the Murman coast to the area between Iceland and Scotland, and back. Location, date and time of observation are noted, as are the number, sex and DLC. condition of the bird(s). MIfSKEVICH, I. N., see No. 81315. 81326. MITT, K. L. 0 delfilvial'nom snose v periglfåfsial'nykh usloviakh. (In: Akademifå nauk SSSR. Inst. merzlotovedenifå. Voprosy kriologli ...1962, p. 88-102, tables, profiles, illus.) 11 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: On removal of talus deposits in periglacial conditions. Reports 1957-1960 field work in the tundra area of the Anabar-Olenek iriterfiuve. Process of hillside waste in permafrost conditions is analyzed. Frost cracking, formation of talus cones and slopes, lamination of talus deposits, solifluction and other features are described. Relief formation is characDLC. terized. 81327. MIYA, F., and others. Effect of low ambient temperatures on specific and nonspecific resistance. (In: Symposia on arctic biology and medicine. Proceedings 1963, p. 155-214, tables, illus.) 46 refs. Other authors: S. Marcus and L. J. Phelps. Reports on experiments with immunized mice, exposed to acute or chronic temperatures of 2° C. and challenged with Klebsiella pneumoniae or Staphylococcus aurens. The results indicate that specific immunization offers under these conditions significant protection, as compared with nonspecific immunization. The latter produced better results in cold-exposed animals than in controls, and chronic exposure was superior to acute. Group caging offered better protection than individual caging, due apparently to psychological factors. CaMAI. MIYA, F., see also Nos. 81065, 81066, 81067, 81068, 81069. MIYAHARA, T., see No. 84337. 81328. MIZEROV, B. V. K materialarv po sopostavlenifil chetvertichnykh otlozhenil lednikovol i vnelednikovol zon vostochnol cha-sti Zapadno-Sibirskol nizmennosti. (In: illezhvedomstvennoe soveshchanie po dorabotke ... 1961, p. 352-68, illus.) 33 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Material for correlation of Quaternary deposits in glaciated and non-glaciated zones of the eastern part of the West Siberian lowland. Analyzes facies and genetic types of such deposits between the Ob and Yenisey.

Rhythms of sedimentation are compared with climatic cycles disclosed by spore-pollen analyses. Lower, middle and upper Quaternary epochs of sedimentation are characterized and divided into ages. Deposits of each age are described in glaciated and non-glaciated areas. DLC. 81329. MIZEROVSKAIÄ, A. Na Kralnem Severe. (Okhrana truda i sofsial'noe strakhovanie, Nov. 1962. v. 5, no. 11, p. 14-15, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: In the far North. Stresses the therapeutic value of mud baths, packs, etc. at the Murmashi sanatorium on the Tuloma River, Kola Peninsula. Designed primarily for seamen and workers in the Murmansk fishing industry, this yearround spa receives patients also from southerly areas, and that policy is criticized. Such arctic environmental factors as climate, polar night, etc. are claimed to have detrimental effects on unacclimatized patients, particularly those with respiratory, nervous or cardiac disorders. Also, the influx of patients from distant parts crowds accommodations needed for northerners, whose sole local health-resort facility this is. DLC. 81330. MIZINOV, N. Mumifå tritona. (Ural'skil sledopyt 1961, no. 8, p. 16-17, map, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: Mummified triton. Describes the find in 1957 of a 10-12 cm. newt skin in a Miocene-Pliocene sand layer near Moim village in Khanty-Mansi National District. Its state of preservation (in dry sand) indicates a hot dry climate, some 20-25 million years ago, in a region now bordering on the permafrost zone. DLC. MOATS, H. L., see No. 83816. 81331. MOCHALOV, V. Rybaki Murmana izuchafilt ekonomicheskuiü teorifil. (Politicheskoe samoobrazovanie 1963. v. 7, no. 6, p. 66-69.) In Russian. Title tr.: Murmansk fishermen study economic theory. Describes seminars recently introduced to raise production and efficiency in the trawling fleet and fish processing industry of Murmansk Province. DLC. 81332. MOCK, S. J., and R. H. RAGLE. Elevations on the ice sheet of southern Greenland. Hanover, N. H. 1963. vi, 9 p., map, tables. (U.S. Army. Cold Regions Research and Engineering Laboratory. Technical report 124.) 6 refs. Contains partial results of a small research expedition (Project 36, structure of the

upper snow layers of the Greenland Ice Cap) operating south of 66° N. during the summers of 1959 and 1960. Detailed barometric altimetry was carried out on each traverse. Theoretical relationships are expressed by Laplace's formula, with corrections for temperature, relative humidity, gravity, and for cyclonic-induced pressure changes. Equipment and methods are described for the 600-mi. 1959 traverse and the 321-mi. 1960 traverse. Coordinates and elevations are tabulated for over 200 points. Elevations determined by Expeditions Polaires Frangaises in the same region are also tabulated; the considerable discrepancy between the two sets is attributed to the uncertainty of the 700 and 800 mb elevation determinations. CRREL determinations are thought to be within 50 ft. of the true elevation. DLC. 81333. MOCK, S. J. Tellurometer traverse for a surface movement survey in N. Greenland. (In: Int. Assoc. of Scientific Hydrology. General Assembly 1963. Pub. 61, p. 147-53, map, illus.) 3 refs. Describes a surface movement study over a 130-mi. profile, carried out in June July of 1962 on the Thule Peninsula lobe of the Greenland Inland ice, by U.S. Army Cold Regions Research and Engineering Laboratory. Main trail stations were established by traverse survey techniques, using Wild T-3 theodolites for angles and MRA-2 tellurometers for distances. Out stations were located by triangulation or by traverse from main line stations. The program, including associated snow studies, was completed in 16 working days during a 36-day period. Accuracy of the survey is to be determined by tying-in base points to existing control and by adjustment, in 1965 and at 2- or 3DWB. yr. intervals thereafter. MOCK, S. J., see also No. 79605. 81334. MODfANOV, V. Bol'she vnimanifa lesovosstanovlenifü v Komi ASSR. (Lesnoe khozfalstvo 1963. v. 16, no. 1, p. 78.) In Russian. Title tr.: More attention to reforestation in Komi ASSR. Outlines measures to foster natural renewal as well as reforestation by competition in the lumbering industry, seeding, planting, etc. The best logging outfits manage to preserve 60-65% of the young growth on the DLC. cutting areas. 81335. MODLIBOWSKA, I., and W. S. ROGERS. Frost damage to plant tissues, including a study by cinematography. (In: International Botanical Congress. 8th, Paris

739

1954. Rapporte et communications ... sect. 11 pub. 1954, p. 268-69.) Ref. Describes microscopic freezing processes as seen in cells of single rows or in sheets, and freezing of moss leaves. Problems of intraand inter-cellular freezing, supercooling, ice DLC. inoculation, etc. are elucidated. 81336. MODZALEVSKAIÅ, E. A. Sopostavlenie otlozhenil i analiz fanny srednego paleozofå territoril, smezhnykh s SeveroVostokom. (In: Mezhvedomstvennoe soveshchanie ... Trudy 1959, p. 76-81.) In Russian. Title tr.: Correlation of deposits and analysis of fauna of the Middle Paleozoic in territories adjacent to the Northeast. Correlates Ordovician, Silurian and Devonian deposits of the Far East and the Mongolian-Okhotsk geosynclinal province with those of northeastern USSR. Correlation of fauna in Silurian deposits of TransBaykal, the Far East and Northeast shows the Amur and Zeya-Salemdzha interfluve to have close similarities with Mongolia and Tuva; the Northeast fauna has no features of the Mongolian and Tuva. Also Devonian fauna of the Northeast differs from the Mongolia-Okhotsk geosynclinal province. ICRL. 81337. MOE, A. Med kongefamilien på Grønland. A royal visit. København, Illustrationsforlaget 1960. 15 p., plates, map. In Danish and English. Title tr.: With the Royal Family in Greenland. Presents about a hundred photographs, some in color, with descriptive captions. From Søndre Stromfjord, the royal party sailed about 2500 mi. along the west coast visiting 15 places between Julianehåb and Upernavik, then flew to the Thule area. Salient features of landscape, settlements, population, etc. are illus. Text by B. Nielsen deals also with various aspects of the Greenlanders' transition to modem culture. English translation is by N. Haislund; ed. by P. II. Carlsen. DLC. MOEDE, A., see No. 83932. 81338. MØNSTED, P. D. Centraliseret eksport, grundlaget for markedsføringen of de grønlandske produkter. (Grønland 1963, no. 6, p. 215-25, illus.) In Danish. Title tr.: Centralized exports, the foundation for marketing Greenland products. Centralization effects economies in transport, sales organization and costs, and enables a coordinated marketing program. The Royal Greenland Trading Co. should continue in charge of marketing exports because it owns most of the production plant and has

740

the prestige of an official and well-known organization. CaMAI. 81339. MOEV, V. Sp-12; Arktika, most ili propast' mezhdu vostokom i zapadom? (Sovetskil sofli z 1963, no. 7 (161), p. 12-14, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: North Pole12; the Arctic, bridge or gulf between East and West? Notes the high-latitude air operations of Sever-15: evaluation of the North Pole-11 drifting station at 81°09' N. 139°13' W. and setting up of North Pole-12 headed by L. Beliakov. Peaceful development, economic progress, urban growth in the Arctic are stressed as Soviet aims. The industrial (oil, gas, coal) potential of circumpolar regions is sketched and possibilities of the Arctic Basin noted for air and submarine freighting. DLC. MOHR, J. L., see No. 77086. MOIR, D. R., see No. 79582. 81340. MOISEEV, A. S. Itinakie brakhiopody fügo-vostochnol fsepi khrebta Cherskogo. Leningrad, Gonti 1938. 17 p. illus. (Dal'stroL Materialy po izuchenifd Kolymsko-Indigirskogo krafis. Ser. 2, no. 14.) Ref. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Jurassic brachiopods in the southeastern chain of the Cherskogo Range. Presents systematic description of 12 species collected in the Zyryanka basin and its tributaries. All belong to gen. Terebratula and most are new species. Their ecology is discussed and they are considered to have lived on a slimy and clayish sea bottom. A resemblance is seen with brachiopods of England, and a connection is suggested between the East Siberian Jurassic sea and northern Europe through the Arctic Basin. DLC. 81341. MOISEEV, I. V. K voprosu o profresse formirovanifa Lovozerskogo shchelochnogo massive. (Akademifå nauk SSSR. Inst. mineralogii, geokhimii i kristallokhimii redkikh elementov. Trudy 1962. no. 9, p. 240-47, map, illus.) 11 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The formation process of the Lovozero alkaline massif. Reviews various hypotheses on its formation, and from own field observations in 1946-1960, a new interpretation is offered. It is based on the massif's relationship with the enclosing Archean and Paleozoic rocks, tectonic disturbances, behavior of banding, crystallization and differentiation of magma, and other features. In general, it agrees

with the explanation offered by K. A. Vlasov DLC. and others (No. 62491). 81342. MOISEEV, P. A. Nekotorye nauchnye predposylki dlf. organiza♦'sii berin ovomorskol nauchno-promyslovol ekspeditsii. (Moskva. Vses. n.-issl. inst. morskogo rybnogo khoz. i okeanografii. Trudy 1963. v. 48, p. 7-12.) 45 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Some scientific prerequisites for the organization of a Bering Sea fisheries research expedition. Reviews, in detail, earlier research activities in the Bering and adjacent seas: currents, temperature conditions and three water masses, seasonal changes in temperature, and bottom relief. Some suggestions DLC. for further research are made. 81343. MOISEEV, P. A. 0 biologicheskikh osnovakh rybnogo khozfalstva v zapadnol chasti Tikhogo okeana. (In: Komissifa po rybokhozfalstvennomu issled ... 1962, p. 524.) 44 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Biological bases of fisheries in the West Pacific. Discusses the economic aspects of fisheries in this area, its physiography, oceanography and weather. Individual fish groups and species are dealt with according to their geographic location and place in fisheries. Included are arctic forms, viz: herring, plaice, cod, salmon and giant crab. Number of fished species in each group, distribution, yields, fishery biology, etc. are considered. DLC. 81344. MOISEEV, V. My vyshli v otkrytoe more. (Kydozhestvennafa samodefatel'nost' 1961. v. 8, no. 11, p. 40.) In Russian. Title tr.: We sailed into the open sea. Describes concerts for the North Atlantic fishing fleet (47 in 41 days) given by musicians of the Murmansk Palace of Culture aboard the mother ship. The Severodvinsk has an auditorium for a hunDLC. dred. 81345. MOISEEVA, E. N. Biokhimicheskie svolstva lishalnikov i ikh prakticheskoe znachenie. Moskva, Izd-vo Akademii nauk SSSR 1961. 82 p. tables, graphs, illus. 132 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Biochemical properties of lichens, and their practical role. Comprehensive study with emphasis on ferments, their influence on the substrate and vice versa and some biological products of these plants. The biology and physiology of lichens, their ferments, fermentative activities in various species and their dependence on substrate and environment,

biochemical tests, etc. are dealt with in turn (p. 13-42). Specific substances obtained from lichens are considered (p. 43-52), including usnic acid, evernic acid, atranorin, etc. and their application (p. 53-62) in perfumery, medicine, etc. Illus., a high proportion in color, explain the biochemical reactions and good photographs represent these plants, many of them having an arctic distribution. DLC. 81346. MOKIEVSKII, O. B. Sektsi1 podvodnykh issledovanil Okeanograficheskol komiss i AN SSSR i ee zadachi. (Akademia nauk SSSR. Okeanograficheskafa komiasifa. Trudy 1962. t. 14, p. 5-6.) In Russian. Title tr.: The Underwater Investigations Section of the Oceanographic Commission, Academy of Sciences SSSR, and its tasks. Reviews functions of the Section founded on Apr. 14, 1960: to develop and coordinate underwater research in the USSR, specifically that using divers, diving bells and similar apparatus; bathyscaphes, submarines, hydrostats, etc., photographic and moving picture apparatus; and, auxiliary equipment connected with all enumerated activities. Spheres of activity excluded from the Commission are also discussed. DLC. 81347. MOKSHANfSEV, K. B., and I. S. ROZHKOV. Geotektonicheskoe ralonirovanie fAkutakol ASSR v svete novykh dannykh. (Geologifa i geofizika 1963, no. 3, p. 3-17, map.) 58 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Geotectonic zoning of Yakut ASSR in the light of new data. Presents a tectonic map and outlines main structures of Yakutia. The eastern part of the Siberian platform is characterized, the Anabar and Aldan anteclises, Tungusskiy and Vilyuy syneclises and other structures. The Lena-Anabar, Verkhoyansk, and Baykal foredeeps are discussed. The Verkhoyansk-Chukotka Mesozoic folded zone with its Kolyma, Omolon and other massifs is reviewed. The Verkhoyansk-Kolyma folded system is described. DLC. 81348. MOKSHANßSEV, K. B., and V. V. ELOVSKIKH. Osnovnye cherty tektoniki mezozolskikh i kalnozolskikh otlozhenil (In: Akademifå nauk SSSR. fAkutii. Sibirskoe otd-ie ... Tektonika Sibiri, v. 1, 1962, p. 169-80, map.) 25 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Main features of the tectonics of the Mesozoic and Cenozoic deposits of Yakutia. Characterizes their structure, development history, and other features, summarizing them on map. The main structures are the Tungusskiy and Vilyuy syneclises, the

741

Vilyuy—Angara, Lena—Yenisey and Verkhoyansk downwarps, the VerkhoyanskChukotka province of Mesozoic folding, etc. They are all insufficiently explored. DLC.

for sowing conifer seeds in mineralized furDLC. rows of forest soil.

MOKSHANØEV, K. B., see also No. 82561.

81353. MOLIN, V. A. 0 rastitel'nosti i klimate permi poluostrova Kanin po dannym sporovo-pyl'fsevogo analiza. (Geograficheskoe o-vo SSSR. Komi filial. Izvestifa 1963. no. 8, p. 72-76.) 9 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Permian vegetation and climate of the Kanin Peninsula according to data of spore-pollen analysis. Reviews the Kungurian, Kazanian and Tartarian stages of the Permian. Four stages in vegetation development are recognized and characterized. In the first, which encompassed Kungurian, lower and upper Kazanian time, the climate was hot and dry, and became drier in the upper Kazanian. Two other stages also are characterized. DLC.

81349. MOLCHANOV, N. S. Osobennosti kliniki i lechenifa pnevmonii v uslovifia.kh Severn. (In: Litvinov, N. N., ed. Zdorov'e cheloveka ... 1963, p. 105-112, tables.) In Russian. Title tr.: Clinical and therapeutic aspects of pneumonia in conditions of the North. Account based on own experience, on study of over 7000 cases including 1935 from northern hospitals, and on 539 arctic cases of F. A. Kolesnik. Incidence according to type of pneumonia, age, season and weather; bacteriology, clinical course in the North (with case histories), X-ray findings, therapy, bacterial response to antibiotics, and sequelae are the main aspects discussed. DNLM. 81350. MOLCHANOV, V. Na dalekol fiikutskoT zemle. (Sibirskie egni, 1963, v. 42, no. 12, p. 74-97.) In Russian. Title t r.: In far-off Yakutia. Describes a fall 1961 flight stopping at the Ynykchan gold-mining center on the Aldan and the Emel'dzhak and Katalakh micaphlogopite mines, and the Tyuktyur kolkhoz on the Lena. Living conditions, industrial progress, educational and recreational facilities, urban development, etc. are sketched. DLC. 81351. MOLCHANOVA, O. P. Fiziologicheskie normy pitania cut . zhitelel Kralnego Severe. (Problemy Severe 1962, no. 6, p. 63-65.) In Russian. Title tr.: Physiological standards of nutrition for inhabitants of the far North. Notes four general categories: adults occupied in mental work require nearly 3,000 calories daily; those in mechanized work 3,500 cal., partly mechanized work 4,000 cal, and manual workers 4,500-5000 cal. In the far North, 500 cal. daily should be added to each. Proteins and fats are discussed, and importance of dairy products in DLC. the diet stressed. 81352. MOLCHIN, V. Vysevafilshchil apparat. (Master lesa 1963, no. 6, p. 23, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: Seed-sowing apparatus. Describes the VAIA sower developed by the Karelian Lumbering Research Institute

742

MOLEVA, V. A., aee No. 77049.

81354. MOLIN, V. A. Palinologicheskafa kharakteristika srednefürskikh otlozhenil poluostrova Kanin. (Leningrad. N: issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Trudy 1961, no. 124, p. 84-86.) 4 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Palynologic characteristics of Middle Jurassic deposits of the Kanin Peninsula. Distinguishes three beds and analyzes their spore and pollen. Two complexes are distinguished, the older with Gymnospermae and gen. Picea predominant, the younger complex with Trileten smooth spores prevailing, mostly Coniopteris. DGS. MOLIN, V. A., see also No. 77731. 81355. MOLITVIN, P. V. Metodika gidrologicheskikh issledovanil v karstovykh ralonakah Severnogo i ITIzhnogo Urals i Onego-Severodvinskogo vodorazdela. (Nauchnoe soveshchanie po izuchenif0 karate; 3d 1956. Spetaial'nye voprosy karstovedenifå Ø. 1962, p. 7-17, table.) In Russian. Title tr.: Methods of hydrologic investigation in karst regions of the Northern and Southern Urals and the Onega-Severnaya Dvina watershed. Reports 1941-1948 investigations in the basin of the Sos'va River and its tributaries the Vagran, Kal'ya, Shegul'tan, and others. Karat formation is found in the limestone stratum in various forms: ravines, sinks, sinkholes, caves, etc. They substantially affect ground water movement and river runoff. Four types of streams are distinguished. Studies were made also in the Yemtsa basin, tributary to the Severnaya Dvina, where the bedrocks are limestones

and dolomites of Carboniferous age, and the karst formation similar to the other regions. The effects of runoff are characDLC. terized and some data given. MOLL, T. A., see No. 84480. 81356. MOLNAR, G. W. The cooling effects of wind in a cold climate. (U.S. Army Medical Research Lab. Report 1961, no. 474, p. 32-50, graphs.) 11 refs. Presenter a theoretical, mathematical evaluation of the effects of air temperature and movement (wind) on the heat loss of the body, naked or clothed in different kinds of garments. The problem is also analyzed on inanimate models. DNLM. 81357. MOLTKE, E. En grønlandsk runeindskrift fra Erik den Rødes tid, narssaqpinden. (Grønland 1961. no. 11, p. 401-410, illus.) In Danish. Title tr.: A Greenland rune inscription from Erik the Red's time, the Narssaq stick. Describes a stick found in 1953 on an old Norse site near Narssaq at the mouth of Tunugdliarfik Fjord, southwest Greenland. It has the only inscription in the NorwegianSwedish Viking-age alphabet (with some slight deviations) found in Greenland. It is thought to date from the period immediately following the first settlement, probably 985-1025. The inscription includes a series of magic runes for which a tentative interpretation is given. The carver was DLC. probably from Norway. MOLYNEUX, L., see also No. 77810. 81358. MONAGHAN, B. M. Muskeg and the Quebec North Shore and Labrador Railway. (Engineering journal 1963. v. 46, no. 3, p. 35-40, maps, illus.) 4 refs. Describes the climate and terrain of the region crossed by the railway and the muskeg types encountered in surveying the route. With large tonnages, and a singletrack system, the 360-mi. track is occupied by nine loaded and nine empty trains at one time; thus high-standard construction Field and maintenance are required. surveys, drainage improvement, etc. are described. Some work (fill, etc.) was completed after track had been laid, and maintenance was extensive for the first year or two; differential settlement and frost damage were the main difficulties. DOS. 81359. MONAHAN, G. J. Addison's (Canadian Medical Services. disease. Journal 1962. v. 19, no. 8, p. 647-52, graph.) 4 refs.

Reports on three cases, discovered at Churchill in 1961-1962: an Eskimo male 39 yrs. old, an Eskimo woman of 50, and an Indian woman of 51. History, laboratory findings and therapy are included. DLC. 81360. MONAKHOV, F. I., and 0. A. KORCHAGINA. Usloviiå obrazovania i rasprostranenia mikroselsm v severo-zapadnot chasti Tikhogo okeana. (Akademia nauk SSSR. Mezhduvedomstvennyl geofizicheskil komitet, XII razdel prografnmy MGG: selsmologicheskie issledovania. Sbornik state! 1963, no. 5, p. 39-51, tables, graphs, maps.) 10 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Conditions of formation and propagation of microseisms in the northwestern part of the Pacific Ocean. Analyzes microseismic observations during IGY at the special tripartite stations Petropavlovsk-Kamchatskiy, YuzhnoSakhalinsk and Vladivostok, and at regular seismic stations Bukhta Tiksi, Magadan, and Uglegorsk, to determine the relationship between microseisms and cyclonic activity in the Okhotsk and Japanese Seas, and the northwest Pacific. Although the observed directions of arrival appeared to follow the motion of the cyclone, the bearings on the microseism's origin in many cases pointed to a location behind the center of the cyclone, in some cases differing by an angle of 180° from the center. A tentative conclusion is drawn that microseisms are produced by surf at the sea shore. No increase in microseismic intensity was recorded by the Far East stations during cyclonic activities in the northwest Pacific. DLC. 81361. MONAKHOV, M. P. 0 pervoT nakhodke fosforitov v arktichesko! chasti Zapadno-Sibirskol nizmennosti. (Akademia nauk SSSR. Doklady 1963. v. 150, no. 2, p. 369-71, map.) In Russian. Title tr.: First find of phosphorites in the arctic part of the West Siberian lowland. Reports the 1959 geologic survey in the Malaya Kheta and Yenisey interfiuve and the find of concretionary phosphorites in Upper Cretaceous deposits. These deposits in outcrops on the Bol'ehaya Layda are described and divided into stages. The phosphorites are found in the Maestrichtian stage. Their occurrence, chemical analyses and paleontologic characteristics are described. Further studies are recommended in hope of detecting phosphorites of industrial value. DLC.

743

81362. MONAKHOVICH, L. S. Voprosy mezhralonnykh i vnutriralonnykh ekonomicheskikh svfazel Karel'skol ASSR. (Problemy Severe 1963, no. 5, p. 66-83, tables, map.) 13 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Inter-regional and intra-regional economic relations of Karelian ASSR. Lumbering, mining (mica-pegmatite, quartz), quarrying (building stone), and fisheries are the basic industries of Karelia. Distribution of their output between other provinces of USSR, the foreign market and local use is outlined, with detailed data The eight tabulated for 1959-1960. lumbering regions (map) include three, Northern, Kern', Segezh-Belomorsk, in northern Karelia. DLC. MONAKHOVICH, L. S., see also No. 78761. 81363. MONDON, C. E. Glucose tolerance in mildly and moderately diabetic rats exposed to cold. (Society for Experimental Biology and Medicine. Proceedings 1963. v. 113, no. 4, p. 805-809, table, illus.) 10 refs. In contrast to severely alloxan diabetic rats, mild to moderately diabetic animals survived at 5° C., up to three months, and even showed improvement in diabetes when compared to controls kept at 23° C. This is attributed to increased sensitivity to endogenous insulin, produced by cold. DLC. MONSINGER, M. N., see Nos. 77080, 77081. 81364. MONTBRIAND, L. E., and A. VALLANCE JONES. Studies of auroral hydrogen emissions in west-central Canada; I, time and geographical variations. (Canadian journal of physics 1962. v. 40, no. 10, p. 1401-1410, table, illus.) 8 refs. Compares the appearance of the hydrogen lines and other features of auroral spectra from 1709 IGY patrol spectrograms, and from high time resolution spectra obtained during the winter of 1959-60 at Ft. Churchill and Saskatoon. At Saskatoon hydrogen emissions are more frequently seen before midnight in auroral displays south of the auroral zone; at Ft. Churchill the reverse is the case. The hydrogen emission decreased to a vanishing point during intense auroral storms at Ft. Churchill, whereas at Saskatoon strong hydrogen emissions were frequently associated with such displays. The observations show that there is a wide zone of hydrogen emission which is always present, becoming brighter and

744

displaced to the south during periods of magnetic disturbance. DLC. MONTBRIAND, L. E., see also No. 79300. 81365. MONTELL, G. Siberian exhibition. (Ethnos, 1961. v. 26, no. 1-2, p. 5-11, illus.) Describes an exhibit of original artifacts, reconstructions, and drawings belonging to the Ethnographical Museum of Sweden. Most of the artifacts are of Samoyed and Chukchi origin and derive from N. A. E. Nordenskiöld's Vega expedition of 18781880. Also included are drawings by Vega personnel, and objects of Ostyak, Tungus, Gold, and Kamchadal workmanship collected by various scientists about the turn of the century. DLC. MONTEMURRO, D. G., see No. 77429. MONTES de OCA, see No. 78568. 81366. MONTGOMERY, M. The murder of missionary Thornton. (Pacific northwest quarterly 1963. v. 54, no. 4, p. 16773, illus.) 64 refs. Outlines the career of Harrison Robertson Thornton, Protestant missionary at Cape Prince of Wales, Alaska 1890-1893; noting his achievements and failures, his death at the hands of three young Eskimos, and their execution by their own people. The case is well-documented; it elucidates the character of the Kinugumiut, some 500 in number, and their concept of community self-preservation. It also indicates the extensive primary sources for study of Alaskan native culture in the U.S. National Archives and in records of the Presbyterian, Congregational, Moravian, and Episcopalian churches. DLC. MOONEY, A. R., see No. 78236. 81367. MOORE, J. C., and E. CLARK. Discovery of right whales in the Gulf of Mexico. (Science 1963. v. 141, no. 3577, p. 269.) 6 refs. From descriptions given to one of the authors within 22 hours of close observations of two whales, it is concluded that these animals were right whales, Eubalaena glacialis. This species has a temperate to subarctic distribution. The animals were observed on Mar. 10, 1963. DLC. 81368. MOORE, J. C. Recognizing certain species of beaked whales of the Pacific Ocean. (American midland natura-

list 1963. v. 70, no. 2, p. 396-428, tables, map, illus.) 38 refs. Comprehensive craniometric study of gen. Mesoplodon including material from the Bering Sea of the Gulf of Alaska. Morphologically and geographically the skulls sorted into: a subarctic or boreal lot properly bearing the species name M. stejnegeri True 188,5, a north temperate sample representing a new species M. carlhubbsi, and a south temperate specimen bearing the name M. bowdoini Andrews DLC. 1908.

81372. MORENUS, R. Alaska sourdough. New York, Rand McNally 1956. 278 p. Describes the life and activities of "Slim" Williams, noted dogsled driver who hauled mail and freight throughout interior Alaska, also hunted and trapped mostly in the Chitina valley area, during 1900-1933. His trips north along the coast to Barrow and south from Alaska to Chicago are recounted, as are his experiences breeding and training wolf-dog teams. Gold prospectors at Valdez, Eskimos at Barrow, and Chitina valley Indians are also described. DLC.

MOORE, R. E., see No. 79892.

81373. MORE'KII, V. N. Utsolchivost' zimnego gidrologicheskogo rezhima Karskogo moral,. (Leningrad. Arkticheskil i antarkticheskil n: issl. inst. Trudy 1963. v. 264, p. 39-43, graphs, map.) 5 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Stability of the winter hydrological regime of the Kara Sea. Discusses methods of making 4-6 month forecasts of ice conditions and hydrologic processes prior to the navigation period. Heat loss values of water beneath the ice during the winter period are calculated for all the Kara Sea polar stations and for 1942-1961. An inertial period or stability of hydrological processes during the winter months (Dec.-May) is established. This stability makes it feasible to forecast single elements of the hydrological regime. DLC.

81369. MOORHOUSE, W. W., and N. SHEPHERD. Hypersthene and cummingtonite from Payne Bay, New Quebec. (Canadian mineralogist 1963. v. 7, pt. 3, p. 527-32, tables.) 4 refs. Based on data from junior author's M.Sc. thesis and senior author's optical measurements. Presents optical and chemical data for an iron-rich hypersthene (eulite) and for a. cummingtonite (near grunerite) from metamorphosed iron formations located on the northern extension of the Labrador Trough, near Payne Bay. Partial analysis gives for the hypersthene 90.7% (FeMn) SiO3 and 9.3% MgSiOz by weight, or 84.6% and 15.4%, respectively, in molecular proportions. The cummingtonite contains in molecular proportions 58.1% of the iron, 3.2% of the manganese, and 38.7% of the DGS. magnesium components. 81370. MOPPETT, G. S., and W. V. BLACKIE. A new Polaris card. (Canadian surveyor 1963. v. 17, no. 4, p. 367-69, illus.) Ref. Describes a prototype (copy shown) to the star cards pub. by the Surveyor General in Ottawa, and gives instructions for its use. Diagrams and correction tables are provided to find the Pole star and compute its precise azimuth throughout the year. DLC. MORALES, L., see No. 84044. 81371. MORDOSOV, I. Deshevye vitaminnye korma dlfa zveroferm. (Sel'skokhozfillstvennoe proizvodstvo Sibiri i Dal'nego Vostoka 1963, no. 9, p. 86.) In Russian. Title tr.: Cheap vitamin-bearing fodder for fur farms. Reports successful experiments in Yakutia, using grain germinated by hydroponics, which increases the amount of protein, mineral substances and vitamins A, B, and B complex. Germination takes 8-9 days; 10-20 gm. per animal is given daily. DLC.

MOREVA, V. A., see No. 79887. MORGAN, A. H., see No. 84329. 81374. MORGAN, M. J. Eleven hundred miles by canoe. (North 1962. v. 9, no. 2, p. 35-36, illus.) Trip of a six-man party from Uranium City, Saskatchewan to Coppermine, MacCaMAI. kenzie District in 65 days. MORGANS, W. R., see No. 79599. 81375. MORKOVKINA, V. F. Metasomaticheskie preobrazovanifå giperbazitov Poliarnogo Urals. (Akademifa nauk SSSR. Inst. geologii rudnykh mestorozhdenil, petrografii, mineralogii i geokhimii. Trudy 1962. no. 77, Osnovnye porody i problemy ikh genezisa, p. 130-224, tables, map, illus.) 33 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Metasomatic transformation of ultrabasites of the Polar Ural. Reports a geologic-petrographic study on the eastern slope of the Polar Ural from the Bol'shaya Kharamata-Lou River south to the Voykar. A gabbro-peridotite formation was studied with special attention on ultrabasites. Geologic structure of the

745

region is outlined. Petrographic and chemical characteristics of the ultrabasites are analyzed, and various metamorphic processes in them outlined such as: serpentization, amphibolization, zoisitization, etc. Metasomatic processes are of such an extent that the ultrabasites were transformed into new metamorphic associations with development of gabbroidal rocks, DLC. pyroxenites, plagioclasites, etc. 81376. MOROKOV, E. U ostrove ZedMove. (Dal'niI Vostok 1963, no. 2, p. 191, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: On Zav'yalove. Island. Notes this island in northeastern Okhotsk Sea, known for its bird colonies, ermine, and the herring schools in its waters. DLC. 81377. MOROZ, I. F. Stratigrafifil tretichnykh otlozhenil ralona bukhty PodkagernoY. (In: Mezhvedomstvennoe soveshchanie ... Trudy 1959, p. 413-16.) In Russian. Title tr.: Stratigraphy of Tertiary deposits in the Podkagernaya Bay region. Divides these deposits into six subseries and describes each as to distribution, lithologic properties, and flora and fauna, if found. Total thickness is about 7000-8000 ICRL. m. 81378. MOROZOV, A., and others. V poselke Tiksi. (Khudozhastvennafå samodel tel'nost, 1961. v. 4, no. 2, p. 11-12, port.) In Russian. Title tr.: In Tiksi village. Describes the activities of the local amateur song and dance group, and its tours around the reindeer herders and hunters' camps, fishing and mining settleDLC. ments of the region. 81379. MOROZOV, I. Tvorfsy slavnykh del. (Sovetskil shakhter 1963. v. 12, no. 6, p. 15-16, hlus.) In Russian. Title tr.: Achievers of famous deeds. Notes the Inta coal miners' output of coal in the last four years surpassed the plan by 650,000 t.; efficiency increased 30%; pit no. 9 had a production of 65.5 t./ man/month. Team Ieaders are listed, DLC. living conditions praised. 81380. MOROZOV, V. M. Psevdotektonicheskie narushenifa zaleganif'a paleozolskikh porod v doline r. Markhi. (Leningrad. Vses. geologicheskil inst. Trudy 1961, no. 66, p. 175-77, map, illus.) 2 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Pseudotectonic deformation of Paleozoic rocks in the Markha River valley.

746

Reports a study along 400 km. of the Markha valley where 99 exposures were examined, deformation analyzed and inclination angle measured; with conclusion that frost heaving rather than tectonic movements, caused these deformations. DLC.

MOROZOVA, A. S., see No. 82689. 81381. MOROZOVA, I. P. Fenestraliidae, novoe semelstvo fenestelloidel. (Paleontologicheskü zhurnal 1963, no. 3, p. 78-83, illus.) 4 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Fenestraliidae, a new family of Fenestelloidea. Presents systematic description of some Permian bryozoans collected in the Russian platform, including the Kuloy River basin of Arkhangel'sk Province. The new family Fenestraliidae is represented by two new genera Parafenestralia and Triznella, of which some species are described. 7'. forØa n. sp. is identified. DLC. MORRILL, P. A., see No. 83790. 81382. MORRISON, A. Landform studies in the middle Hamilton River area, Labrador. (Arctic 1963. v. 16, no. 4, p. 272-75.) Ref. Describes 1961-1962 investigations mainly to determine the events responsible for a system of canyons in the Grand Falls area. Directions of ice movement, orientation and composition of till-fabric, and patterned ground were examined; samples from peat bogs were analyzed and radiocarbon-dated. It is tentatively concluded that: the landforms were shaped by ice movements from the southwest and later the northwest; and most of the canyon formation occurred before deglaciation (about 5700 yrs. ago) while the level of the ice surface and the water table within the ice were falling, and the ratio of water to ice increasing. DGS. MORRISON, A., see also Nos. 79274, 79275. MORRISON, P., see Nos. 79946, 81229. MORROW, E., see No. 77276. 81383. MORSE, E. W. Notes on a trip in 16-foot canoes from Artillery Lake to Baker Lake by way of the Hanbury and Thelon Rivers, 1962. (Arctic circular 1962 pub. 1963. v. 15, no. 3, p. 47-51.) Reviews experience in summer 1962 to assist others traveling in small craft through the Keewatin Barrens; and offers suggestions on use of maps and air photographs, fired

wood, firearms, fishing, running rapids, portaging, and navigating the more dangerous places. A travel schedule is included. CaMAI. 81384. MORSE, E. W. Voyageurs' Highway. (Canadian geographical journal 1961. v. 62, no. 5, p. 148-61; v. 63, no. 1, p. 2-17; no. 2, p. 64-75, maps, illus.) Reviews the geography and logistics of the Canadian fur trade, facilitated by an interconnecting system of inland waterways including a main east-west trunk mute. The water routes of the North West Company from Montreal (Voyageurs' Highway) and of the Hudson's Bay Company from York Factory, Northern Manitoba, are mapped and described. In Northern Manitoba, the Hayes River was found more navigable than the Nelson. Fur trade distribution and communication methods are described, also the way of life, food supply, etc. of the voyageurs. DGS. MORSE, R. M., see No. 83790. 81385. MORSHTYN, M. I. Nekotorye fizicheskie svofstva zhira iz podkozhnogo sala grenlandskogo tfillenfa. (Rybnoe khozfaTstvo 1963. v. 39, no. 12, p. 63-64, table, graph.) In Russian. Title tr.: Some physical properties of the subcutaneous fat from the Greenland seal. Reports study on viscosity and specific gravity at temperatures of 0-100° C., of the oil from this fat. Change in volume at these temperatures is also formulated. DLC. 81386. MORSKOT FLOT. Na ledovot trasse. (Its: v. 23, 1963, no. 12, p. 47.) In Russian. Title tr.: Along the ice route. Notes 1963 as a difficult arctic navigation season; hazards along the Taymyr coast because of ice congestion, and in the East Siberian and Chukchi Seas where pack ice several meters thick was blown inshore by unfavorable wind. Freight transported by sea was twice that of 1953. Icebreaker DLC. escorts are listed. 81387. MORTLOCK, B. H. His first. (North 1962. v. 9, no. 5, p. 35-36, port.) Describes experiences of a 15-yr. old Eskimo Boy Scout, during a trip from Frobisher Bay, Baffin Island, to southern Canada and the United States in July CaMAI. 1962. 81388. MOSBY, H. Fridtjof Nansen som oseanograf. (Naturen 1961. v. 85, no. 7-8, p. 462-75, illus.) In Norwegian.

Title tr.: Fridtjof Nansen as an oceanographer. Discusses his early studies of the layering of arctic sea water according to salinity and temperature, techniques of collecting samples from moving vessels, and development of equipment for oceanographic research. On the basis of water sampling, he predicted the submarine ridge between Greenland and Spitsbergen. From his observations of drifting ice and submarine currents came data used in theoretical considerations of the relationships between atmospheric and hydrospheric circulation. DGS. 81389. MOSBY, H. Minnetale over Professor Bjørn Helland-Hansen. (Norske videnskaps-akademi, Oslo. Årbok 1958 pub. 1959, p. 37-43, illus.) In Norwegian. Title tr.: Memorial lecture on Professor Bjørn Helland-Hansen. Summarizes the scientific activities and achievements of one of Norway's pioneers in physical oceanography. A student of Kristian Birkeland, he began in 1900 his association with Fridtjof Nansen that resulted in their joint publication The Norwegian Sea (No. 6923). He taught physical oceanography at the Bergen Museum, and directed its biological station. He was active in establishment of the Geophysical Institute in Bergen, the Geophysical Commission, and the Chr. Michelsen Institute. His role in international organizations also is noted. DLC. 81390. MOSBY, H. Professor H. U. Sverdrup. (Norway. Norsk Polarinstitutt. Årbok 1961 pub. 1962, p. 156-62, illus.) Contains text of broadcast on the life and activities of this Norwegian geophysicist 1888-1957, prominent in oceanography and polar meteorology. Details are given on his work as scientific leader of Amundsen's Maud expedition, his teaching at the geophysical institute in Bergen, his work at the Scripps Institution of Oceanography at La Jolla, etc. In 1948 he became the head of Norsk Polarinstitutt and professor DLC. at the Univ. of Oslo. MOSBY, H., see also No. 77086. 81391. MOSER, E. H., Jr., Navy coldprocessing snow-compaction techniques. (In: Kingery, W. D. Ice and snow ...1963. p. 459-84, graphs, illus.) 20 refs. Outlines methods used by the U.S. Naval Civil Engineering Laboratory, which in 1953-1954 produced snow capable of

747

supporting C47 and P2V aircraft on deep perennial snow fields on the Greenland Inland Ice. Successful application of the techniques requires an understanding of the metamorphism of snow into ice, and knowledge of the variables influencing the hardness or strength of compacted snow. These variables include: location of the compaction area, season, type and condition of the snow, air and snow temperatures, and length of the age-hardening period. Actual use is the only conclusive method of testing compacted snow at present. Methods and instruments for rapid testing of its bearing capacity and trafficability are DLC. needed. 81392. MOSHCHANSKII, V. A. K voprosu ob inzhenerno-geologicheskom rashchlenenii salemal'skol tolshchi ralona Salekharda. (Moskva. Vses. proektnoizyskatel'skil i n: issl. inst. Gidroproekt. Trudy 1960. no. 3, p. 149-62, illus., tables.) 13 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The engineering-geological separation of the Salemal stratum in the Salekhard region. Reports study of this Upper Quaternary sandy-clayey stratum in lower Ob region. Its lithological characteristics, mineral composition, extracted waters, texture, and other properties are analyzed. From broad study of the physical-mechanical properties, three groups of facies are distinguished in the stratum, and briefly characterized. DLC. 81393. MOSHINSKAØ, V. I. "Ober einige alte anthropomorphe Darstellungen aus Westsibirien. (In: Diöszegi, V. ed. Glaubenswelt... 1963, p. 101-110, illus.) 21 refs. In German. Title tr.: Some ancient anthropomorphic representations from West Siberia. Discusses the origin and meaning of embossed bronze masks and stone or metal heads found in the middle and lower Ob basin. They are ancestor portraits intended to provide the soul of a clan progenitor or chieftain with a new abode, the skull being regarded as the seat of the soul. The worship of anthropomorphic ancestor figures reached its maximum among Ostyaks and Voguls in the late first millennium B.C. i.e. early iron age, but it may have originated in the bronze age. DLC. 81394. MOSHINSKII, L. G., and V. A. SHCHELHANOV. Podzemnaiä razrabotka zhelezorudnykh mestorozhdenll Urals. Moskva. Gosgortekhizdat 1962. 140 p. tables, cross-sections. 18 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Underground mining of iron ores of the Ural deposits.

748

Describes its current status including deposits of the Northern Ural which supply raw material for the Serov metallurgical plant. The Pokrovsk, Auerbakhovsk and Vorontsovsk plants are also mentioned, and 1960 ore production data are given. Geologic characteristics of ore deposits are summarized, reserves estimated, and physical properties of ores and enclosing rocks are reported. The Kapital'naya, Novaya, and Pervomayskaya mines' operations are described. Various mining systems used during 1955-1960 are noted. Some technological and economic features of the mining work DLC. are reported. 81395. MOSHKOV, B. S. Znachenie iskusstvennogo sveta dØ rastenievodstva zashchishchennogo grunta. (Problemy Severs 1962, no. 6, p. 178-82.) In Russian. Title tr.: Importance of artificial light for plants growing in protected ground. Reports successful growing of tomato in irradiated ground in 60 days with a 600 gm. yield. 36 tomato plants grown on one m.2 of ground yield 20 kg., and may yield 36 kg. Six crops a year would yield 216 kg./m.$ DLC. 81396. MOSKALENKO, B. K. Materialy k biologii sigovykh ryb ObskoT guby. - (Leningrad. Gos. n: issl. inst. ozernogo i rechnogo rybnogo khozalstva. Izvestifa 1958. v. 44, p. 74-95, tables.) 19 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Materials to the biology of whitefish of the Ob Bay. Reports on a study in 1951-1952, aimed primarily at outlining the areas of distribution, seasonal changes and movements of the different species, and location of races. Coregonus autumnalis, C. sardinella and C. muksun are the species included. Food, composition of catch, the size, age and weight of fish, growth rate, etc. serve to elucidate the main problems. DLC. 81397. MOSKALENKO, B. K. 0 malopozvonkovol sel'di Karskogo moria. (Voprosy ikhtiologii 1963. v. 3, no. 3 (28), p. 441-46, tables.) 11 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The oligovertebral herring of the Kara Sea. Discusses earlier work and concepts concerning this herring and own survey based on material collected in 1952. Occurrence (rare), vertebral number, size and age, sexual development, food, etc. are considered. It is concluded from comparison with Barents Sea herring that those in the Kara Sea are migrants of the former. DLC. 81398. MOSKALEV, I. Shkola v Magadane. (Pozharnoe delo 1963. v. 9, no. 10,

p. 32.) In Russian. Title tr.: School in Magadan. Notes the technical and practical courses offered by a training school for fire chiefs set up by the Magadan Economic Council in 1958; its graduates serve with various fire sections in Chukotka and the Kolyma region. This school as well as a nine-month training school for junior supervisory personnel were mentioned also by V. Venin, ibid. 1961, no. 7, p. 32. DLC. 81399. MOSKOVCHENKO, N. T. Tretichnye otlozhenifa poberezh'fa Taulskol guby. (In: Mezhvedomstvennoe soveshchanie ... Trudy 1959, p. 412-13.) In Russian. Title tr.: Tertiary deposits of the Tauyskaya Bay coast. Describes old crust weathering and conglomerate and sandy-clayey deposits of this region near Magadan. Tertiary flora is reported. The deposits probably developed ICRL. from Eocene to Pleistocene time. 81400. MOSKOVSKII, P. T. Soveshchanie aktiva mediasinskikh rabotnikov TIümenskol oblasti. (Zdravookhranenie Rossllskol Federaf U 1963. v. 7, no. 5, p. 46-47.) In Russian. Title tr.: Conference of the medical staff of Tyumen Province. Reports a meeting at Tyumen Feb. 11-13, 1963. In addition to organizational and professional subjects discussed, public health advances of the past four years are noted, viz: the increase in number of hospitals, beds, doctors and other medical workers. Morbidity and mortality in population, diphtheria, and sanitation are also reviewed. DLC. 81401. MOSKVA. GosØrstvennyl okeanograficheski'l institut. Osnovnye cherty gidrologii Atlanticheskogo okeana. Moskva, Gimiz 1963. 2 v.: 888, 182 p. tables, graphs, maps, cross-sections. Approx. 300 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Main features of the hydrology of the Atlantic Ocean. Presents a collective study on the area, including the Greenland Sea, Denmark and Davis Straits, etc. Investigations and methods are reviewed. Temperature, salinity, density, and oxygen distribution are outlined for the period 1749-1960. A classification of the waters is given including the Labrador, East Greenland, and others. Tables show temperature, salinity, density, and oxygen content according to quadrants and various vertical horizons. The supplementary volume is an atlas of vertical sections of temperature, salinity, density, absolute and relative content of oxygen, illustrating observations of 1872-1960. Exten-

sive literature and field reports of various countries are listed. DLC. 81402. MOSKVA. Nauchno-issledovatel'skii institut sanitarii i gigieny. Gigienicheskie voprosy akklimatizaf'sii naseleniiå na Kralnem Severe. Moskva, Medgiz, 1961. 263 p. tables, illus.) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Problems in acclimatization hygiene of the population of the far North. Objective and informative study of effects of the arctic environment upon man in his daily life and work as exemplified in the mining industry center, Noril'sk. The 19 papers as listed below with brief translated titles are abstracted under their authors' names, q.q.v. Problems in acclimatization hygiene .. . by I. A. ARNOL'DI. Problems of hygiene in ... living quarters, by M. K. KHARAKHINOV. Appraisal of microclimate hygiene in domestic building ... by L. F. TIULa.KOVA and I. L. VINOKUR. Radiation conditions ... by B. V. RIKHTER. Ultraviolet radiation as acclimatization Z. NEYSHTADT and factor ... By III. D. ZHILOV. Air pollution ... industrial discharge, by F. I. DUBROVSKAa and others. Sanitary hygiene appraisal of the water supply ... by K. A. IVANOV and S. D. ZAMYSLOVA. Assessment of hygiene . . . schools, by E. M. BELOSTOTSKAfA and others. • . Health ... school children, by E. M. BELOSTOP KAfA and others. Problems of dietary hygiene ... by N. P. DOBRONRAVOVA. Materials ... health condition ... population, by M. S. KATENEL'BAUM. • . Hypovitaminoses in arctic residents, by V. S. LUK'IANOV and N. N. PUSHKINA. Endemic goitre ... by M. E. SKATKOV. ... Intestinal diseases ... children, by M. D. KRYLOVA. Labor hygiene ... miners ... by I. A. ARNOL'DI and others. • Labor hygiene in copper and nickel production, by V. A. LITKENS and others. Diseases of the neuro-muscular system among workers of the ore-mining industry ... by A. M. VIALOV. • . Pneumoconiosis and tuberculosis .. . miners, by K. I. CHUMAK. • . Pathogenic activity ... dust ... mines, by V. I. TUGARINOVA and others. DLC.

a.

81403. MOSKVA. Nauchno-issledovatel'skil instant sel'skogo stroitel'stva. Posobie po

749

proisvodstvu stroitel'no-montazhnykh rabot v sel'skikh ralonakh v zimnee vremfa. Moskva, Gosstrolizdat 1963. 248 p. tables, illus. 20 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: A manual for construction and assembly work in rural regions during winter time. Presents methods of excavating for masonry, concrete, and reinforced concrete work, of roofing, finishing, sanitary engineering, welding, asphalting, and of thermaland moisture insulation. The environmental conditions assumed make the manual pertinent for arctic and subarctic regions. Characteristics of frozen ground, and building materials used are considered. DLC. 81404. MOSKVA. Vsesofvznyt nauchnoissledoØl'skil institut gidrogeologii i inzhenernof geologii. Obvodnennost' i uslovifa åkspluata{ ii mestorozhdenil ugol'nykh ralonov. Moskva, Gosgortekhizdat 1962. 244 p. tables, cross-sections, map. 56 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Flooding and exploitation conditions in coal-deposit regions. Discusses the hydrogeology and engineering-geology conditions with special attention to ground water of coal deposits, problems of its control, possible means of exploitation, etc. All the coal-mining areas are reviewed in turn, the Pechora (p. 48-55), Taymyr, Ust'-Yenisey, Tungusskiy coal basin (p. 128-42), the Lena (p. 162-69), and Zyryanka, Arkagala, Gizhiga, and other coal regions of the Northeast. DLC. 81405. MOSKVA. Vsesotüznyl nauchnoissledoaatel'skit institut mineral'nogo syr'åa. Trebovanifa promyshlennosti k kachestvu mineral'nogo syr'fä. Moskva, GosgeoItekhizdat, 1959. 44 p. tables. (Its: Spravochnik dlf. geologov no. 19.) 36 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Industrial specifications for raw minerals. Describes apatites and phosphorites, their chemical and mineral composition, types and locations of deposits, specifications to meet technical and industrial requirements. The economics and dynamics of mining these minerals are discussed generally, and for the Kola Peninsula and the Khibiny in particular. The Khibiny apatites form massive lenses of apatite-nepheline deposits bordering an ijolite intrusion and irregularly grained nepheline syenites. DLC. 81406. MOSTAKHOV, S. E. Raschetnye klimaticheskie kharakteristika dlfä proektirovanifa zdanil i sooruzhenil na territorii flkutskol ASSR. (In: Akademifil nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Inst. merzlotovedenifå.. Teplo ... 1963, p. 137-47, tables,

750

graphs, map.) 7 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Climate characteristics used in estimates of building and construction projects within the Yakut ASSR. Describes the main climatic factors, such as air temperature and humidity, duration of winter period, wind, solar radiation, snow, cover and drift, to be known for designing roofs of buildings, heating and ventilation, and for determining wind and snow pressure, etc. Heating periods in days/year, monthly average air temperature, the temperature to be used in estimates for building design, and yearly mean temperatures are tabulated for 64 localities in Yakutia. A linear relationship is established between the winter temperatures estimated for construction purposes, and the average temperature of the coldest month. Conditions (air temperature and wind velocity) are given for suspending outside work, the intervals for outside workers to warm themselves in heated buildings. DLC. MOULOPOULOS, S., see No. 81018. 81407. MOUNTAIN, S. News from Nulato. (Alaska sportsman 1963. v. 29, no. 8, p. 40-41, illus.) Account, by a resident of this Athapaskan Indian village in interior Alaska, of the inaugural ceremonies and first meeting of the City council on May 1, 1963. Nulato was incorporated in April as a fourth-class city. DL MOVCHAN, O. T., see No. 83922. 81408. MOWAT, F. M. The two ordeals of Kikik. (Maclean's magazine 1959. v. 72, no. 3, p. 12-15, -F, illus.) Discusses case of an Eskimo woman from Ennadai Lake in Keewatin District, acquitted of murder in 1958 by the Territorial Court at Rankin Inlet. Circumstances of the crime are outlined; destitution of this Caribou Eskimo group is stressed. CaOCU. MOZESON, D. L., see No. 80654. 81409. MUDROV, G. I., and G. D. MARKELOV. Udarniki stroitel'nykh ploshchadok. Murmansk, Murmanskoe knizhnoe izd-vo 1962. 15 p. In Russian. Title tr.: Construction shock-workers. Describes records set by individual building crews in Murmansk, and the cost and time economies achieved. The advantages of large pre-fabricated cement blocks over old-fashioned brick-laying in house construction are discussed. Some labor-

saving devices and techniques are noted: pneumatic hammers to drive in pins, a plane-like implement to scrape off excess cement, use of slagwool filler to prevent adfreezing of seams of inner and outer wall panels, etc. DLC. MÜHLEMANN, C., see No. 82420. 81410. MULLER, F. An arctic research expedition and its reliance on large-scale maps. (Canadian surveyor 1963. v. 17, no. 2, p. 96-112, maps, graph, tables, illus.) 9 refs. Outlines the general geography of Axel Heiberg Island, also the main features of the Jacobsen-McGill Arctic Research Expedition field program 1959-1962. Preliminary aerial photo-mosaics and .provisional maps provided valuable basic material for the work in 1961. Cartographic needs of the various sciences are discussed, especially glaciology; the problems inherent in each type of field work are intensified by location, transportation, weather, etc. Examples of geological, geomorphic, vegetation, and glaciological mapping are shown. DGS. 81411. MÜLLER, F. Englacial temperature measurements on Axel Heiberg Island, Canadian Arctic Archipelago. (In: Iut. Assoc. of Scientific Hydrology. General Assembly 1963. Pub. 61, p. 168-80, maps, graphs, tables.) 3 refs. Describes the two areas on White Glacier and McGill Ice Cap selected for the Jacobsen-McGill Arctic Research Expedition of 1959-1962. Temperatures were recorded by thermistors, with frequent checking by platinum resistance elements; near-surface temperatures in the White Glacier ablation zone were measured by copper-constantan thermocouples. Depth of observations ranged 0.4-37.2 m. Seasonal and annual ice temperature fluctuations are compared to the thermal regime of the accumulation and ablation zones and the equilibrium line of the White Glacier. Percolating meltwater exerts great thermal influence in the accumulation zone. The mean annual ice surface temperature in the ablation zone (-13° C.) was found to be 8.5° C. warmer than the expected value. Extrapolation downwards of the steep negative temperature profile for the tongue of White Glacier showed that the bottom half of the glacier consisted of ice close to the melting point. DWB. 81412. MÜLLER, F., and others. Jacobsen-

McGill Arctic Research Expedition 19591962, preliminary report 1961-1962. Montreal 1963. xiv, 241 p. maps, graphs, tables, illus. & 6 fold maps in suppl. (McGill Univ. Axel Heiberg Island research reports:) Approx. 100 refs. In sequence to No. 74143. Summarizes the last two years' activities and results of this inter-discipline, international expedition with base camp at the head of Expedition Fiord in western Axel Heiberg. Organization and operations are outlined by F. Müller, who also summarizes work on accumulation, an ice shaft in the accumulation area of the McGill Ice Cap, and ablation measurements, p. 1-46, glacier mass budget and climate, glacier movement and macs changes and englacial temperature measurements p. 57-90, depth sounding p. 103-108, radiocarbon dates etc. p. 169-72. Measurements of ablation and runoff in 1961 are reported by W. P. Adams p. 47-56, seismic work on arctic glaciers with lightweight equipment by G. A. May p. 91-96, gravity investigations by A. Becker p. 97-102, geomagnetic activity by D. Fraser p. 109-110, climatological and glacial-meteorological studies in 1961 by M. Diem p. 111-116. The 1962 meteorological program is outlined by J. M. Havens p. 117-26, geological work by P. E. Fricker p. 127-32, tectonics of evaporite diapirs by E. H. Kranck p. 133-38, geomorphological processes in a cold semi-arid region by S. Rudberg p. 139-50, marginal drainage and glacierdammed lakes by H. U. Maag p. 151-60, terrace formation by D. Hull p. 161, geomorphological history by II. Boesch p. 163-68, mycological studies in 1961 by J. A. Parmelee p. 173-82, sulphur springs at Gypsum Hill by R. E. Beschel p. 183-88, growth ring studies on arctic willows by R. E. Beschel and D. Webb p. 189-98, geobotanical studies in 1962 by R. E. Beschel p. 199-215, palynological studies of a peat deposit in front of the Thompson Glacier by O. Hegg p. 217-19, faunal notes 1960 and 1961 by A. H. Macpherson p. 221-30, frost table and near-surface soil temperatures, by P. E. Fricker p. 231-34, photogrammetric work by D. Haumann p. 237. 120 new geographic names (listed) were proposed and most accepted by the Canadian Permanent Committee on Geographical Names. The supplement contains six large-scale maps showing the expedition area and its geology, Thompson Glacier region and snout, White Glacier, and central western Axel Heiberg Island. The 32 reports and papers pub. or in preparation pertaining to McGill Univ. activities on Axel Heiberg Island are listed. CaMAI.

751

MÜLLER, P., see also Nos. 79$10, 79605, 82150. 81413. MULLER, K. Investigations on the organic drift in North Swedish streams. (Drottningholm. Sweden. Statens undersöknings- och försöksanstalt for sötvattensfisket. Report 1954. no. 35, p. 133-48, tables, graphs, map.) 7 refs. Reports on conditions in some streams of the Lule basin, approx. 66°04' N. 21°30' E. A drift of organisms of the benthos was noted during the whole period of study, May-Oct. 1953. In addition to biological factors, mechanical ones were involved, viz: spring floods, breaking up of the ice, and the highly variable water levels. Forms mostly affected by drift are listed. DLC. 81414. MULLER, K. LimnologischFischereibiologische Untersuchungen in regulierten Gewässern Schwedisch-Lapplands. (Oikos 1962. v. 13, no. 1, p. 125-54, tables, maps, illus.) 14 refs. In German. English summery Title tr.: Limnological and fishery-biological investigations in regulated waters of Swedish Lapland. A comparative study of the Stora Lule River regulated since 1927, and the natural river system of the Lilla Lule. The regulated river shows normal freeze, with profound influences upon the river bottom, and its flora and fauna. Damming up of snow and glacier melt water produces also temperature anomalies, detrimental to the river organisms and to fisheries. DLC. 81415. MULLER, K. Produktionsbiologische Untersuchungen in Nordschwedisehen Fliessgewässern, Teil 1. (Drottningholm. Sweden. Statens undersöknings- och försöksanstalt för sötvattensfisket. Report 1953. no. 34, p. 90-121, tables, graphs, map.) 9 refs. In German. Title tr.: Investigations into the production biology of North Swedish flowing waters, pt. 1. Outlines the physiography of the area of some right tributaries of the Lule around 66°04' N. 21°30' E., and reports study of the effects of river regulation for timber floating upon the quantitative and qualitative composition of the bottom fauna. It is concluded that stream regulation results in a considerable increase of some forms with a (temporary) decrease in the number of others. In general, an increased productivity of these waters was one result of their regulation. DLC. 81416. MULLER, K. Produktionsbiologische Untersuchungen in Nordschwe-

752

dischen Pliessgewitssern, Teil 2. (Drottningholm. Sweden. Statens undersökningsoch försöksanstalt för sötvattensfisket. Report 1954. no. 35, p. 149-83, tables, map, illus.) 15 refs. In German. Title tr.: Investigations into the production biology of North Swedish flowing waters, pt. 2. Study of distribution, population density, food, and growth of fresh-water fishes in the Lule basin area. Excepting the smallest watercourses, there was little zonation in the composition of the fish fauna or in growth, the dominant forms being Sarno trutta and Thymallus vulgaris with pike and perch. The lakes showed overpopulation with Leuciscus rutilus and Perca iuviatilis. Three typical brooks showed a stock of 95, 82, and 26 kg. fish per hectare. DLC. 81417. MÜLLER, K. Produktionsbiologische Untersuchungen in Nordschwedisehen Fliessgewässern, Teil 3. (Drottningholm. Sweden. Statens undersöknings- och försöksanstalt för sötvattensfisket. Report 1955. no. 36, p. 148-62, tables, maps.) 9 refs. In German. English summary. Title tr.: Investigations into the production biology of North Swedish flowing waters, pt. 3. Reports a study of the value of lakes and still-water zones for the productivity of running waters in the Lule River area. The effects of river regulation and of drift are also considered. The amount of benthos below lakes depends on the plankton carried out of the lake, and is much richer than in stretches without lakes. The biocenoses of the outflows of lakes are considerably affected by lake or river regulation. DLC. MÜLLER, K., see also No. 78737. MUENCH, H. S., see No. 83764. 81418. MÜNZING, .1. The evolution of variation and distributional patterns in European populations of the three-spined stickleback, Gasterosteus aus. (Evolution 1963. v. 17, no. 3, p. 320-32, map, tables.) 17 refs. Discusses geographic variations in the bony armature of these fish in Europe. Three types of armature are distinguished: trachurus found in northern coastal waters; leiurus in freshwater of the south and landlocked freshwater in the north; and semiarmatus in the transition area. This distribution is the result of a postglacial spreading in which the different types of armature participated according to their respective ecological requirements. The

northern leiurus are possible relicts of the DL postglacial warmth maximum. 81419. MUGURUMA, J., and K. HIGUCHI. Glaciological studies on ice island T-3. (Journal of glaciology 1963. v. 4, no. 36, p. 709-730, graphs, maps, illus.) 10 refs. French and German summaries. The nature of candle ice, stratified ice, and ice of radial structure was investigated. Crystallographic examination, and viscoelastic and chlorinity measurements were made along cores drilled at two sites. Results indicate that the ice body of T-3 is composed of three strata; one above a heavy dirt layer is composed of iced firn which shows a granular nature; that below the dirt layer is "basement ice"; and the bottom stratum is sea-ice 1.8 m. thick. Petrographic studies of dirt samples show it to be dust of Precambrian granite or gneiss, the prevailing rocks in Ellesmere DLC. Island. 81420. MUGURUMA, J., and K. KIKUCHI. Lake ice investigation at Peters Lake, Alaska. (Journal of glaciology 1963. v. 4, no. 36, p. 689-708, graphs, maps, illus.) 9 refs. French and German summary. Reports study on the crystallographic nature and impurity in crystal grain boundaries. The ice structure was quite uniform in appearance over the entire lake in Mar.—Apr. 1962. It showed predominantly horizontal c-axes, and no other type of ice could be found. The ice type is explained as caused by wind action. A correlation between the grain-size and the depth of ice is demonstrated. A linear relationship between the thickness of ice and the depth of snow cover was obtained. Impurity in grain boundaries, measured as specific electrical conductivity, was hard to detect in pure lake ice. Supplementary data from Lake Nukabira, Hokkaido, are summarized and compared with the data from DLC. Peters Lake. 81421. MUKHACHEV, B. I. Bor'ba s inostrannol ekspansiel na territorii Maga,danskol oblasti v gody grazhdanskol volny, (Magadan. Oblastnol 1918-1923 gg. Kraevedcheskie kraevedcheskil muse!. zapiski 1962. no. 4, p. 44-93, tables.) 20 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Fight against foreign expansion on Magadan Province territory during the Civil War years, 1918-1923. Documented account of American and Japanese activities in Chukotka and the northern Okhotsk coastal region: unscrupulous exploitation of natural resources,

predatory trade, demoralization of aborigines, support of Russian white-guardists, etc. Countermeasures by the Anadyr' and other revolutionary committees are also MH. described. 81422. MUKHACHEV, B. I. Moroprifatifå kommunisticheskol partii i sovetskogo pravitel'stva po bor'be s inostrannol ekspansiel na Kamcbatke, 1920-1921 gg. (In: Nauchnafa konferen(ifit ... Materialy 1963, p. 90-96.) 12 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Measures used by the Communist party and the Soviet government to combat foreign expansion to Kamchatka, 1920-1921. Describes events and parleys preceding the White Russian and Japanese occupaDLC. tion, Oct. 1921. 81423. MUKHERJEE, S. R., and others. Effect of hypothermia on insulin or acytylcholine induced gastric secretion. (Journal of experimental medical sciences 1959. v. 3, no. 3, p. 81-91, tables.) 13 refs. Other authors: S. K. Kundu Roy, and A. K. Sen. In pylorus ligated rats, insulin-caused changes in gastric secretion become progressively less marked with hypothermia, the volume of total secretion reaching zero. Blood sugar is not reduced to the same level. Acetylcholine produced changes were similar in hypothermia as in normothermia. DNLM. 81424. MUKHIN, A. A. fArkafa stranii;sa letopisi rabochego dvizhenifå v Rossii; k pfå,tidesfåtiletifiu lenskikh sobytil. (Angara 1962, no. 2, p. 104-112.) 7 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Bright page in the annals of the workers' movement in Russia; on the fiftieth anniversary of the Lena events. Describes the 1912 strikes in the Lena gold fields: miners' demands for better wages, housing and food, operators' use of prison labor, suppression of uprising, arrest and execution of strikers, etc. Repercussions elsewhere in Siberia are outlined: support of the strikers by underground Bolshevist groups, political exiles, etc. DLC. 81425. MUKHIN, N. I. K voprosu o roli morozobolnogo treshchinoobrazovanifä v formirovanii sovremennogo rel'efa Bol'shezemel'skol tundry. (Akademifa nauk SSSR. Inst. merzlotovedenifii. Trudy 1962. v. 18, p. 39-46.) 22 refs. In Russian. Titte tr.: The role of frost cracking in formation of the present relief of Bol'shezemel'skaya Tundra. Evaluates frost-cracking phenomena in relation to polygons, thermokarst and

753

other relief forms in the Yana-Indigirka plain, Kolyma lowland, Pechora depression, Bol'shezemel'skaya Tundra, and other northern areas of the USSR. Larger forms can develop from frost cracking only where ice veins are present in the ground, otherwise frost cracking can form only microrelief forms. A. I. Popov is criticized for overestimating the role of frost cracking without presence of ice veins. DLC. 81426. MUKHIN, N. I., and A. N. TOLSTOV. Nekotorye dannye po gidrologii r. Eloni. (Akademifå nauk SSSR. Inst. merzlotovedenifå. Trudy 1961. v. 17, p. 76-77.) In Russian. Title tr.: Some data on the hydrology of the Yelon (Berelekh) River. Reports on Apr. 22-25,1953 study of the freezing of this stream in northeast Yakutia, and of the water beneath the ice cover. Two drillings were made; ice thickness, water properties, and other data are briefly stated. Freezing takes place as usual from the surface downward. Fishes die off, or remain alive only in deep and unfrozen spots. The water, thus polluted, is not potable in winter, and local inhabitants DLC. use the river ice instead. 81427. MUKLUKHO-MAKLAI, A. D. O znachenii foraminifer dhå stratigrafii karbona i permi Severo-Vostochnol Sibiri. (In: Mezhvedomstvennoe soveshchanie .. . Trudy 1959, p. 113-16, tables.) In Russian. Title tr.: On the importance of foraminifers in the Carboniferous and Permian stratigraphy of northeast Siberia. Reports study in the Koryak Range, Omolon massif and other areas. Forams are distinguished and used for stratigraphic division, the Lower Permian into three and Upper Permian into two zones. The Siberian zoogeographic province is correlated with the Caucasus. ICRL. MULLANY, J. S., see No. 77673. 81428. MULLEN, B. A. Stranded with Sekawtee. (North 1963. v. 10, no. 3, p. 39-42.) Recounts experiences of a white couple four days at a Caribou Eskimo encampment at Yathkyed Lake in southern Keewatin District. Communication with the nonEnglish-speaking Eskimo, camp equipment, living conditions, etc. are noted. CaMAI. 81429. MULLIGAN, R. Geology of Teslin map-area, Yukon Territory (105C).

754

Ottawa, Queen's Printer 1963. x, 96 p. tables, map, illus. (Canada. Geological Survey. Memoir 326.) 29 refs. German and Russian summary. Supplements the preliminary report, No. 41500, on the 1950-1953 geologic mapping in this virtually unknown area athwart the Alaska Highway, also across major geologic elements of the northwestern Cordillera. Subdued mountains and broadly rolling uplands are separated by the Wolf, Nisutlin and Teslin river valleys. Pleistocene glaciation, preceded and followed by alpine glaciation, left widespread deposits in valleys and on the uplands. A trough of late Paleozoic and Mesozoic stratified rocks lies to the southwest and a broad area of mainly early Paleozoic and Proterozoic (2) rocks underlies the eastern part of the Cordillera, separated by the main geological boundary about four mi. northeast of Teslin valley. A gold-placer deposit on Iron Creek approx. 60°55' N. 133°20' W. was worked during the early 1930's. A few minor base-metal occurrences are known and scattered veins of chrysotile asbestos occur. Map 1125A depicts geologic features on a scale of 1 in.:4 mi. DGS. 81430. MULVEY, R. H. Soil-inhabiting and plant-parasitic nematodes of the Lake Hazen area, Ellesmere Island, 1962. (Arctic circular 1962 pub. 1963. v. 15, no. 3, p. 51-52.) Notes a collection of microscopic =segmented worms from this Canadian High Arctic area, 81°49' N.: 30 described and several undescribed genera represented by about 60 species; two of the genera are DLC. damaging to vegetation. 81431. MULVEY, R. H. Some soilinhabiting, freshwater, and plant-parasitic nematodes from the Canadian Arctic and Alaska. (Arctic 1963. v. 16, no. 3, p. 202-204.) Ref. Canada. Dept. of Agriculture. Entomology Research Institute. Studies on arctic insects. Paper no. 3. Lista nematode genera (and the number of species in each) collected on the Canadian Arctic Expedition in 1915-1916, and at Lake Hazen, Ellesmere Island, in 1962. The former collection, identified by N. A. Cobb, but not hitherto reported (cf. No. 2817 pt. F), comprises 22 genera containing 47 species, about half of which are cosmopolitan. The Lake Hazen collection is the first from the High Arctic; it contains at least 30 described and several undescribed genera, comprising 60 or more species. Gen. Plectus is abundant in both collecDI. tions.

81432. MUNCH, J. S. Avlsteiner av kleber. (Ottar 1962, no. 34, p. 20-23, illus.) In Norwegian. Title tr.: Soapstone forge stones. Describes two such stones of the 9-10th century from Langøy, North Norway, now in Tromsø Museum. These stones were used where the air passed from the bellows into the forge; 15 of them are known in DLC. Norway, six from the north. 81433. MUNCK, E. Strejftog i Nord. København, Gyldendal 1959. 179 p. map, illus. In Danish. Title tr.: Sorties in the North. Recounts his participation in several expeditions: Scoresby Sunds koloniseringsekspedition 1924-25, Anglo-Danish Expedition to East Greenland 1935, Dansk Nordøstgrønlands ekspedition 1938-39, Dansk Pearyland-ekspedition 1947-1950. Sketches from personal impressions of E. Mikkelsen, J. Cheroot, H. Courtauld and other explorers are included. Introduction SPRI. by E. Mikkelsen. 81434. MUNCK, K. B. Vardøhus, verdens nordligaste festning. (Nordkalotten 1962, v. 2, p. 13, -j-, illus.) In Norwegian. Title tr.: Vardøhus, the northernmost fortress in the world. Contains a note on this stronghold in Finnmark, originally built about 1300 A.D., and the present buildings started in 1734. It was used also for deported criminals. A museum was opened there in CaMAI. 1959. 81435. MUNKACSI, B., and B. KÅLMAN. Manysi, Vogul, nepköltksi gyüjtemeny. Budapest, Akademiai Kiadö 1952, 1963. 2 v.: 436, 314 p. maps. In Hungarian. Title tr.: Thesaurus of Mansi, Vogul, folk poetry: v. 3, pt. 2; v. 4, pt. 2. Commentaries, explanatory texts, linguistic and ethnological notes by Kblmsin to v. 3 (bear cult songs) and v. 4 (texts of a less ceremonial nature, animal tales, riddles, etc.) of Munkåcsi's fundamental 4-volume work pub. 1892-1896 (copies in Intl). Commentaries, notes, etc. to v. 1 (cosmological myths and songs) and v. 2 (epic songs, myths, and conjuring formulas) were pub. in v. 1, pt. 2, 1902, and v. 2, pt. 2 and 3, 1910-1921, by Munkåcsi. His explanatory texts to v. 3 and 4 were used by Kalman in this posthumous publication. DLC. 81436. MUNN, H. T. Prairie trails and arctic by-ways. London, Hurst & Blackett, 1932. 288 p. illus.

Autobiographical account of an Englishman's life in Canada from 1886 to the 1920's, including a boat journey from Edmonton to Great Slave Lake, and winter hunting with Indians in the area, 1894-95; a sojourn in Dawson City, Yukon Territory, working in a bank during the Klondike Gold Rush of 1898. A solo canoe trip from Dawson City 1600 mi. down the Yukon River to St. Michael, Alaska, and the natives he met are described. In 1912 he accompanied a party to Baffin Island in vain search for gold in the Pond Inlet area. His experiences as an independent trader on Baffin during 1914-1923 are recorded; he had posts at Pond Inlet and Cumberland Sound, trading also on Southampton Island, and gives observations on Eskimo life. CaONA. 81437. MUNN, R. E. The micrometeorological tower at Resolute, N.W.T. (Arctic 1963 .v. 16, no. 3, p. 198-200, graph, illus.) Descn7oes this tower in the Canadian Arctic Islands, and summarizes data, obtained Aug. 1957—Feb. 1961, on vertical profiles of temperature. Average hourly and monthly differences in temperature at 100 and 6.4 ft. are presented. These show a temperature drop with increased height in daylight, and a rise with height during darkness, also an unexplained inversion in DI. mid-afternoons, Apr.—June. 81438. MUNTIAN, S. P. Rezul'taty estestvennogo razmnozhenifa gorbushi Oncorhy:whus gorbuscha Walb. na Kol'skom poluostrove. (Voprosy ikhtiologii 1963. v. 3, no. 4 (29), p. 675-87, tables, illus.) 30 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Results of natural reproduction of pink salmon 0. gorbuscha Walb. on the Kola Peninsula. Reports on two years' observations on the Muchka River, right tributary to the Teriberka, with account of its water and bottom conditions, and of the methods Spawning mounds and their applied. content, size of ovaries and eggs, temperatures and development are described; as is the migration. The 1960/61 season, the first spawning season of these introduced fish was cold causing high mortality of the spawn; the 1961/62 season was warm and favorable. DLC. 81439. MUNYAN, A. C., Ed. Polar wandering and continental drift. Tulsa, Okla. 1963. v, 169 p. maps, graphs, tables. (Society of Economic Paleontologists and Mineralogists. Special publication no. 10.) Approx. 500 refs. Symposium held at the 1960 meeting of

755

the Society, with nine papers presented; four discuss arctic regions or related topics in some detail, and these are abstracted under the authors' names q.q.v. DEUTSCH, E. R. Polar wandering and continental drift, an evaluation of recent evidence. RUNCORN, S. K. Palaeomagnetic methods of investigating polar wandering and continental drift. EWING, M., and W. L. DONN. Polar wandering and climate. BAIN, G. W. Climatic zones throughout the ages. Another paper, Metastasy by W. C. Gussow, postulates that crustal movement, continental drift, etc. have resulted from horizontal movement of considerable speed and magnitude, caused by erosion. This may explain past existence of continental glaciation in present-day equatorial regions and subtropical fossil flora in Greenland and the Canadian Arctic. DGS. 81440. MURAGIN, F. P., and E. 1. FUTTER. Effektivnost' sel'dfanogo flota na tralovom promysle donnykh ryb v vesenne-letnil period. (Rybnoe khozalstvo 1963. v. 39, no. 1, p. 83-86, tables.) In Russian. Title tr.: Efficiency of the herring fleet in trawling for bottom fish during the spring-summer period. Progress report for the years 1959-1961 covering Atlantic and arctic fishing grounds. Number of vessels, catches per year and boat, catch of drifters as compared with trawlers; that of various fishing fleets, including the Murmansk fleet; profitability; etc. DLC. MURAI, S., see No. 78800. 81441. MURAVENKO, V. Bogatyri taezhnoT Kondy. (Master lesa 1963, no. 8, p. 26-27, port.) In Russian. Title tr.: The heroes of the Konda River taiga. Sketches development of lumbering in this virgin taiga of west-central Tyumen Province, the Ivdel'-Ob' railroad under construction and its influence, new settlements under development, outstanding work gangs, etc. DLC. 81442. MURAV'EV, A. Sovershenstvovat' perevoski gruzov v sudakh smesbannogo plavanifå. (Rechnol transport 1962. v. 21, no. 1, p. 8-9, table.) In Russian. Title tr.: To improve cargo transportation on doubleduty vessels. Proposes to increase the number of riverand-sea-going vessels by changing 100-ton freighters to 900-ton diesel ships. At

756

present, sea-going vessels with icebreaker escort take cargo from east and west to the Yana, Lena, Indigirka, Kolyma, and other estuaries. The proposed double-duty vessels could transport the cargo in shorter time, without trans-shipment at the river mouth. The economy of such an operation is exemplified for the Tiksi-Pevek run, between interior Yakutia and Magadan Province. DLC. 81443. MURAV'EV, B. V., and T. V. RIMSKAP-KORSAKOVA. Gradostroitel'stvo i akklimatizafsifa naselenifå na KraTnem Severe. (Problemy Severn 1962, no. 6, p. 83-91, illus.) Ref. In Russian. Title tr.: Town building and acclimatization of inhabitants of the Far North. Outlines recent work of the Leningrad Branch of the Academy of Construction and Architecture, stressing the different requirements in a temperate climate (plenty of space) and the North (protection against weather and permafrost). Towns are planned with the domestic buildings high and rounded, a central sheltered recreation hall, and truck-garden areas on the outDLC. skirts. 81444. MURAV'EV, I. S. 0 paleostrukturnykh osobennostfakh oblasti Pechorekogo Prirual'iå v svfazi s problemol neftegazonosnosta kamennougol'nykh otlozhenil. (Izvestifa vysshikh uchebnykh zavedenil. Geologifit i razvedka 1963, no. 8, p. 129-31, map, illus.) 5 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Paleostructural features of the Pechora Ural in connection with the problem of oil-gas properties of Carboniferous deposits. Attempts to reconstruct the distribution of Carboniferous deposits in the Pechora region before they were covered by Permian transgression and outwash. Carboniferous deposits are considered to have good prospects for gas and oil accumulation, and the structures are noted which should be DLC. studied and prospected. 81445. MURAV'EVA, G. I. Gigienicheskie polozhenifa k planirovke naselennykh mest na Kraanem Severe. (Problemy Severn 1962, no. 6, p. 71-76.) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Hygienic principles for town planning in the Far North. A northern community should cover as small an area as possible. It should have high-rise apartment houses on the side of the prevailing wind. Town-planning and building standards for the Far North and Northeast of USSR were published by the Leningrad Branch of the Academy of Construction and Architecture. But they are seldom used as layout and construction

in Vorkuta, Murmansk, Yakutsk and other towns reveal. DLC. 81446. MURAV'EVA, G. I. K voprosu o gigienicheskol of enke mikroklimata zhilykh kvartalov naselennykh mest Severs v kholodnoe vremfii. goda. (Gigiena i sanitarifä 1963. v. 28, no. 11, p. 22-28, tables, illus.) 8 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Assessment of the hygiene of microclimate in residential quarters of northern settlements during the cold season. Presents a study of wind conditions in residential blocks of various design and orientation. Wind-temperature relationships and their effects on man are dealt with as well. The study was conducted in Vorkuta, Murmansk and Dikson. Recommendations are made as to the best building plans in relation to wind velocities. DLC. 81447. MURAV'EVA, G. I., and T. S. VERSHININA. Osnovnye gigienicheskie trebovanifa k planirovke zhil'nykh kvartalov v uslovifØ Severe. (In: Litvinov, N.N., ed. Zdorov'e cheloveka ... 1963, p. 52-68, tables, graphs, illus.) 6 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Basic requirements of hygiene in planning living quarters under arctic conditions. Account of investigations at Vorkuta (1960) and Murmansk (1961) on weather, especially wind and sunshine, and their bearing on direction and disposition of apartment houses; effects of the location of the apartment or room; desirable location for children's rooms and for day nurseries. Distance between buildings was also one of DNLM. the problems studied. MURAVPJI'KAf1, G. N., see No. 82013. 81448. MURAYAMA, N. Pressure waves produced by the large nuclear explosions in 1961-1962. (Journal of meteorological research, Tokyo 1963. v. 15, no. 3, p. 173-86, & suppl. in no. 5, p. 361-65, graphs, tables.) Refs. In Japanese. English summary. Discusses microbarograph records made at nine Japanese stations following nuclear tests on Novaya Zemlya in Oct. 1961, Aug., Sept. and Oct. 1962. Direct waves, antipodal waves, and return of the direct waves after a complete global paste, are noted. Effects of wind upon pressure-wave propagation are described, assuming correct location and time data. A rough estimate of explosion magnitude is given, and a statistical relation between maximum period and

maximum amplitude of the oscillations on the microbarograms is expressed. The supplement notes that maximum amplitude of the waves occurred after the largest, Oct. DWB. 30, 1961, explosion. MURCRAY, W. B., see No. 76913. 81449. MURDAUGH, H. V., Jr., and others. Electrocardiogram of the diving seal. (Circulation research 1961. v. 9, no. 2, p. 358-61, illus.) 16 refs. Other authors: J. C. Seabury and W. L. Mitchell. Reports a study of four young harbor seals. During normal dive, they have a reflex bradycardia, details of which are described, together with accompanying cardiac phenomena. This bradycardia is apparently mediated through vagal stimulation. ECG during voluntary diving is different from that in a forced submersion. DLC. MURDAUGH, H. V., Jr., see also No. 82462. 81450. MURDOCK, G. P. Outline of World cultures. New Haven, Human Relations Area Files, Inc. 1963. xi, 222 p. DSI. 3rd rev. ed. of No. 66896. 81451. MURDOCK, G. P. World ethnographic sample. (American anthropologist 1957. v. 59, no. 4, p. 66487, tables.) 4 refs. Presents a quantitative classification code for cultural traits among mankind arranged alphabetically within geographical regions. Some 600 selected cultures are tabulated according to fifteen standard ethnographic categories: economy, settlement pattern, social organization, kinship terminology, etc. Within arctic Asia, are the Chukchis, Gilyaks, Golds, Ket-Yeniseians, Koryaks, Ostyaks, Samoyeds, Yakuts and Yukaghirs. Within arctic America. and Northwest Coast are the Aleuts, three Eskimo and ten Indian groups. Supplements were pub. in Ethnology, q.v. DSI. MURGA, E., see No. 76979. 81452. MURIE, A. Mammals on Mount McKinley National Park, Alaska; sketches by O. Murie, photos by C. J. Ott. Mount McKinley Natural History Association, in cooperation with the National Park Service, 1962. 56 p. illus. Outlines the idea and use of national parks, Mt. McKinley National Park, its establishment, borders, animals seen along the road, the vegetation and landscape,

757

permafrost, etc. Thirty-seven mammals are found in the Park; the main ones: bears, moose, caribou, etc. are described in detail, their food, behavior, mating; the young and their development; dens, wintering, geographic distribution, enemies and parasites, etc. DLC. 81453. MURIE, A. A naturalist in Alaska. Illus. by 0. J. Murie, photos by the author and C. J. Ott. New York, Devin-Adair 1961. xi, 302 p. illus. Narrative of a field biologist's observations on the behavior and biology of numerous animals from 1922, mainly in Mount McKinley National Park. Included are the lynx, grizzly bear, moose, wolverine, wolf, fox, Dall sheep, caribou, etc., and several birds. Also described are the ecologic and such other relationships as that of bears to squirrels, bears and man, gulls and mice, DLC. wolves and caribou, etc. 81454. MURIE, M. E. Two in the far North. N.Y., Knopf 1962. 438 p. map, illus. Recounts experiences in Alaska from 1911 to recent times: childhood in Fairbanks, travels with husband, Olaus J. Murie the biologist, by dogsled in the Koyukuk valley in 1924, by boat along the Porcupine and Old Crow Rivers into Yukon Territory in 1926, and in the Shenjek valley on the south flank of the Brooks Range in 1956. This last trip was to explore part of the proposed Arctic Wildlife Range; access was by plane. The plants, birds, and animals of these various areas are described, also topography, weather, travel conditions, settlements, the Koyukuk miners, Indians, etc. Sketches of landscape and wildlife by 0. J. Marie are included. DI. 81455. MURIE, 0. J. Mount McKinley: wilderness park of the north country. (National parks magazine 1963. v. 37, no. 187, p. 4-7, illus.) Describes this national park in interior Alaska, and warns of road construction and other development projects detrimental to scenery and wildlife. DI. 81456. MURMANSK. Fotoal'bom. Murmansk, Murmanskoe knizhnoe izd-vo. 1961. Unpaged. In Russian. Title tr.: Photo-album. Contains 60 photographs showing various parts and aspects of the city and port of Murmansk. With 221,900 inhabitants, it is the administrative, economic and cultural center of Kola Peninsula New domestic

758

construction is noted. Introduction and captions accompany the photos. DLC. MUROMnEV, A. I., sec No. 83098. 81457. MUROM'FßEV, A. M. The principal hydrological features of the Pacific Ocean. (Osnovnye cherty gidrologii Tikhogo okeana). Translated from Russian by A. Birron and Z. S. Cole. Jerusalem, Published for the National Science Foundation, Washington, by the Israel Program for Scientific Translations; available from the Office of Technical Services, U.S. Dept. of Commerce 1963.* 417 p. charts, tables, illus. Reviews study of the Pacific, from earliest times to 1957, methods and types of observations, etc. Conditions of temperature, salinity, density, and oxygen are described in turn, with some mapped data for Aleutian waters, Gulf of Alaska, and Bering Sea. Various water types are characterized, including Kuril-Aleutian and Gulf of Alaska surface water, Kuril and North Pacific subsurface water, and KurilAlaskan intermediate water. Various currents are identified by qualitative methods at 15 depth-horizons ranging from 0 to 3500 m. Surface circulation and the elements are dealt with, including the Kuril, North Pacific, and Alaska Currents. Some Pacific deep water flows into Bering and Okhotsk Seas through the deepest straits, most of it rises to the 800-1000 m. horizons, causing pronounced inversions off the Alaskan continental slope and the submarine Aleutian range. The Pacific-arctic water exchange through Bering Strait is insignificant, whereas the role of the Okhotsk and Bering Seas in sucking up deep waters and ejecting surface waters is important. Relationship between the Okhotsk and Bering Sea ice conditions and the open ocean temperature remains an unsolved problem. Appended p. 297-417, is an atlas of vertical sections of temperature, salinity, density and oxygen, also small scale charts of the first three parameters based on 1873-1954 observations. DLC. 81458. MURPHY, D. L. Preliminary report on the Carheil and Le Gentilhomme Lakes area, Saguenay Electoral District. Quebec 1960. 10 p. map. (Quebec. Dept. of Mines. Geological Surveys Branch, P.R. no. 412.) Ref. *The original Russian work pub. in 1958 under auspices of Main Administration of the Hydrometeorological Service of the Council of Ministers USSR, State Oceanographic Institute, has not been

seen.

Outlines and maps at 1 in.:1 mi. the lithology, structure, and economic geology of this 310 sq. mi. area, 52°30-45' N. 66°45'-67°15' W. southeast of Mt. Wright, investigated in 1959. Fluvio-glacial deposits cover about 60% of the surface; and six Precambrian units, including an ironformation sequence, occupy the rest. A large, complex syncline occurs in the west, and an anticline in the south center. Oxide-type ironstone, mineralized sulfides, and graphite are present. DGS. 81459. MURPHY, E., and P. J. FAUL. Accidental hypothermia of the elderly. (Irish Medical Association. Journal 1963. v. 53, no. 313, p. 4-8, graphs.) 12 refs. Records of eight cases, including laboratory findings and management. Mortality rate was 62.5%. None of the patients with a temperature below 85° F. recovered. It is suggested, that hypothermia is a common cause of obscure deaths of old people in DNLM. the winter.

geology are described and mapped; the distribution of beaver lodges and concentrations of trapping pressure are also mapped. DI. MURRAY, .1. E., see No. 83790. MURRAY, J. P., see No. 79803. 81462. MURSKII, L. I. Sostofsnie fiziologicheskikh funkfil pri kranio-fserebral'nol gipotermii v eksperimente i klinike. (Nauchnye doklady vysshel shkoly. Biologicheskie nauki 1963, no. 2, p. 72-76, illus.) 4 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: State of the physiological functions during cranio-cerebral hypothermia under experimental and clinical conditions. Reports experiments in hypothermia applied to the head, without or with surgery of the heart or intestine. Dogs were used as experimental material, and one clinical case is included. Temperature of several brain and body regions, pulse, blood pressure, and circulatory rate are noted. DLC.

81460. MURPHY, H. Labour's role in the development of northern resources. (In: Northern Resources Conference ... 1963. 3 P.) Representative of the Mine Mill & Smelter Workers' Union discusses union membership for mine workers. The community depends upon these wage earners, and the business and service industries should support them to keep wealth in Yukon Territory. The Union favors provincial status for the Yukon, as it does a special subsidy (through reduced income tax) for those living in the North. CaOGB.

81463. MURZAEV, E. M. Dmitril Ivanovich Shcherbakov geograf. (Akademite nauk SSSR. Izvestifa 1963, ser. geog. no. 1, p. 3-9, port.) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The geographer Dmitril Ivanovich Shcherbakov. Reviews the scientific activities of this outstanding academician in connection with his 70th birthday: his expeditions in Middle Asia, the Pamir, Kola Peninsula, the Caucasus, his publications (major ones listed), etc. His interest in the arctic regions, relief of the Arctic Ocean, and related problems DLC. is noted.

81461. MURRAY, D. F. Some factors affecting the production and harvest of beaver in the upper Tanana River valley, Alaska. College, Alaska 1961. vii, 103 I. maps, profiles, graphs, tables, illus. 28 refs. MS. thesis to Univ. of Alaska. Describes results of a 1959-1960 study near the Alaska-Yukon boundary. Biological aspects, numbers and distribution, were studied by means of aerial counts of the lodges and by ground and aerial surveys of vegetation and water. Harvest data were obtained from trappers etc. Beaver distribution was found dependent upon quality of habitat, and the concentrated trapping around Tanacross, Tetlin, and Northway has not reduced the population. Increase of catch limit to 20 per trapper and extension of the season are recommended, as are more efficient trapping techniques and pelt care. Drainage, terrain, vegetation and

81464. MURZAEV, E. M., and others. Vladimir Afanas'evich Obruchev, zhizn' i defåtel'nost'. Moskva, Izd-vo Akademii nauk SSSR 1959. 302 p. maps, illus. 37 refs. In Russian. Other authors: V. V. Obruchev and G. E. Rfabukhin. Title tr.: Vladimir Afanas'evich Obruchev, life and activity. Biography of this noted Russian geologist, explorer and teacher. His youth, travels in Siberia and Middle Asia, his main fields of study such as the origin of loess, glaciation of Siberia, recent tectonics, and others are described in detail. Appended are records of the important events of his life, the geographic and geologic features connected with his name; his principal works, and DLC. literature about him. 81465. MUSACCHIA, X. J., and others. Effects of X-irradiation during hibernation

759

on tissue catecholamine contents. (Experientia 1963. v. 19, no. 8, p. 418-19, illus.) 9 refs. Other authors: M. Jellinek and T. Cooper. Reports experiments with ground squirrels Citellus tridecemlineatus. Twenty hours after irradiation with lethal (2000 r) doses of X-rays, a reduced concentration of catecholamines was found in liver and kidneys. Considering the changes in water content of the tissue, myocardial catecholamine DLC. remained unchanged. 81466. MUSAELIAN, SH. A. PIanetarnye orograficheskie volny v zapadnom potoke. (Akademifa nauk SSSR. Inst. prikladno! geofiziki. Voprosy dinamicheskol meteorologii 1960, p. 21-54, tables, profiles, maps.) 48 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Global orographic waves in the western ciruclation. Analyzes atmospheric movements as consisting of zonal circulation proper with disturbances generated by rugged terrain of the earth superimposed upon the circulation. From extensive mathematical treatment isohypse charts are derived for air streams in the Northern Hemisphere. Two types of such chart are presented: one with contour lines undisturbed by the orographic relief, the other showing influence of the relief. Conclusion is offered that the July bark low over eastern North America cannot be explained by temperature factors if no consideration is given to the earth's relief. The influence of Greenland as an orographic barrier results in formation of new or an intensification of existing cyclones on its leeward side. The January crest oriented towards Taymyr, and the broad July trough directed towards Eurasia have no thermal explanation, but can arise from DLC. surface relief of the areas. 81467. MUSALITIN, L. A. Stratigraficheskii ocherk otlozhenil verkhnego paleozofa i mezozofa v basselne srednego i verkh(Leningrad. nego techeniits reki Øy. N: issl. inst. geol. Arktiki. Sbornik state! po paleontologii i biostratigrafii 1962. no. 29, p. 5-28.) 2 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Stratigraphic outline of Upper Paleozoic and Mesozoic deposits in the middle and upper Yana River basin. Carboniferous, Permian, Triassic, and Jurassic deposits of the area are reviewed from recent studies. They show discontinuity in sedimentation on the border between Permian and Triassic systems, and no phase of Alpidian tectogenesis on the border between the Triassic and Jurassic. DLC.

760

81468. MUSALITIN, L. A. Stratigraficheski! razrez ordovikskikh i nizhnesilurilskikh otlozhenil na levoberezh'e rechki Sakyndzhi; Selenniakhskil kriåzh. (Leningrad. N.-issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Sbornik state! po paleontologii i biostratigrafii 1962, no. 28, p. 23-37, cross-sections. 3 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Stratigraphic section of Ordovician and Lower Silurian deposits in the left bank of Sakyndzha River, Selennyakhskiy Ridge. Describes these deposits more than 5400 m. thick; Middle and Upper Ordovician are identified, their fauna and lithology outlined; the Middle Ordovician are divided into five horizons. These deposits are correlated and found identical with similar ones of other areas. Formation conditions are analyzed. DLC. 81469. MUSALITIN, L. A. Stratigrafifå triasovykh i itlrskikh otlozhenil levoberezh'fa r. Adycha. (In: Mezhvedomstvennoe soveshchanie ... Trudy 1959, p. 21113.) In Russian. Title tr.: Stratigraphy of Triassic and Jurassic deposits on the left bank of Adycha River. Describes sedimentary deposits of the Middle Triassic to Middle Jurassic. They are divided into stages and smaller stratigraphic units according to pelecypod, braICRL. chiopod and other fauna. 81470. MUSIENKO, L. N. Ikhtioplankton Beringova mora.. (Moskva. Vses. n: issl. inst. morskogo rybnogo khoz. i okeanografii. Trudy 1963. v. 48, p. 239-69, tables, maps.) 12 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Fish plankton of the Bering Sea. Study of eggs, larvae and fingerlings collected by the TINRO and VNIRO cruises of 1958-1959. Six families of commercial fish, the same number of noncommercial ones, and three families of deep-sea fish are included. The products of each species are described as to length at date of collection, and water temperature, morphology and anatomy, development, etc.; and areas and depth of occurrence are mapped. Spawning periods and areas of Theragia chalcogramma and LimauDLC. da aspera are noted. 81471. MUSTAFIN, N. V. Metod predskazanifa urovnfa v prolive Sannikova. (Leningrad. Arkticheskil i antarkticheskil n: issl. inst. Trudy 1963. v. 248, p. 67-70, table.) In Russian. Title tr.: A method of forecasting sea level in Sannikova Strait. Analyzes sea level observations at the Zemlya Bunge, Kigilyakh Peninsula and Cape Shalaurova stations in Aug.—Sept.

1958-1961, also synoptic charts for the same stations and period. Equations are derived and a calculation method offered for one-day forecasts of non-periodic windDLC. driven sea level position. 81472. MUSTAFIN, N. V. Metod predvychisleniI . urovnfa v prolive Dm. Lapteva. (Leningrad. Arkticheskil i antarkticheskil n.-issl. inst. Trudy 1963. v. 253, p. 215-18, table.) In Russian. Title tr.: A method of advance calculation of the level in Dmitriya Lapteva Strait. Presents six equations for working out changes of level to take place in this coastwise strait between the Laptev and East Siberian Seas. They are based on observations during the navigation seasons of 1951-1959 at the Cape Shalaurova, Cape Kigilyakh, Tiksi Bay and Yuyedey Bay stations and on synoptic charts for the same period. Special attention is given to forecast of wind and air pressure as the main factors in sea level fluctuation. These equations are suitable for one-day forecast of sea level. DLC. 81473. MUSTAFIN, N. V. Prognosticheskil raschet sgonno-nagonnykh kolebaniT urovmå na bare r. Indigirki. (Leningrad. Arkticheskil in antarkticheskil n: issl. inst. Trudy 1963. v. 248, p. 71-78, tables, graphs, maps.) In Russian. Title tr.: Forecast calculation of wind-driven fluctuation of sea level on the bar of the Indigirka River. Analyzes sea level observations in the navigation periods of 1956-1960, also synoptic charts, and other material. The wind-blown fluctuations of level result largely from atmospheric pressure and wind; transfer of cyclones and anticyclones is also an important factor. Equations are derived for calculating the fluctuation rate from the 30 preceding days' average at the Nemkov and Yuyedey (71°31' N. 136°25' E.) stations. Regular measurements of greater precision at the bar are suggested as means of improving the accuracy of the forecasts. DLC. MYERS, R. D., see No. 78645. 81474. MYHRE, R. J. A study of errors inherent in tagging data on Pacific halibut, Hippoglossus stenolepis. (International Commission for the Northwest Atlantic Fisheries. Special publication 1963, no. 4, p. 42-49, tables, graphs, map.) 22 refs. To reconcile the differences between mortality rates obtained from age and from tagging studies, author proposes geardensity estimates as being proportionate to

the fishing mortality rates. Further evaluation of the method is recommended. CaMAI. 81475. MYLLYMÄHI, A., and others. Behaviour and daily activity of the Norwegian lemming Lemmas lemmas (L.) during autumn migration. Helsinki 1962. 31 p. maps, graphs, illus. (Suomalainen eläin- ja kasvitieteellinen seura Vanamo. Eläintieteellisiä julkaisuja. Annales zoologici v. 24, no. 2.) 27 refs. Finnish summary. Other authors: J. Aho, E. A. Lind and J. Tast. Summarizes field observations near Karigasniemi at 69°20' N. 26° E. and Kilpisjärvi at 69° N. 20°50' E. in northwest Finnish Lapland, mostly in the upper forest zone as lemmings moved along paths and crossed waterways. They moved as individuals rather than en masse as generally believed, though the migration was not devoid of social features, and averaged 3.6 km./hr. The trail generally was an even surface with a bank of earth or vegetation on at least one side, and the animals' movements kept within the certain limits in the direction of the migration. Autumn migration takes place by night, outward from a migration center, and with a primary direction independent of topography. Both mature and immature lemmings were observed, as were their patterns of aggressiveness and Accumulations of enemy recognition. excreta at intervals along the route are considered scent posts to serve as trail markers for later migrants. The lemmings crossed water only when necessary, and by walking, not diving into it, and swimming almost exclusively with the hind legs; they took about ten minutes to cover 200 m.; in calm water they could probably swim DLC. several km. 81476. MYRBERGET, S. Systematic position of Fratercula arclica from a north (Nytt magasin for Norwegian colony. zoologi 1963. v. 11, p. 74-84, tables, graph.) 30 refs. Description of 249 puffins and 77 of their eggs collected at Lovunden 66°20' N. 12°20' E. during the summers of 1955 and 1956. Body weight, size of wings, beak, and tarsus were determined for both sexes DLC. and different year classes. MYREEVA, A. N., see No. 82501. 81477. N., T. Skoglig aktivitet i Jämtland. (Skogsägaren 1961. v. 37, no. 8, p. 242-43, illus.) In Swedish. Title tr.: Forestry activities in Jämtland. The Norrland Fair at Üstersund, in June

761

1961, and Expo Norr, the annual local fair held there in July, both centered around forestry. The Norrland Fair offered lectures on forestry economics, modernization and labor questions; Expo Norr demonstrated a new forest tractor and a new uniform for forest workers. Both are described. DA. 81478. NA RUBEZHE. Istochnik radosti i vdokhnovenifil; a iv s"ezda pisatele! Karelii. (Its: no. 2, 1963, p. 87-95, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: Source of joy and inspiration; the 4th Karelian writers' conference. Reports the meeting of Feb. 14-15, 1963 in Petrozavodsk, the main addresses outlining purposes of writers' creativity, the DLC. guests, officers, etc. 81479. NA STROIKAKH ROSSII. Mekhanizaf ifs rabot i ispol'zovanie mashin v stroitel'stve Rossilskol Federafaii za 1961 g. (Its: v. 3, 1962, no. 4, p. 32-33, also no. 6, p. 33, tables.) In Russian. Title tr.: Mechanization of work and utilization of machinery in the building industry of the Russian Federation for 1961. Reviews the levels of mechanization in the main types of construction, with data on production and time consumption. The 57 Councils of National Economy of the RSFSR are covered, including the eight in the North and Northeast. Data for Jan.-Mar. 1962 are given in no. 6 of this DLC. journal. Die 81480. NAARTGEBOREN, C. Entwicklungsgeschichte der Haut des Finnwals, Balaeno ptera physalus L. (Zoologischer Anzeiger 1960. v. 165, no. 5-6, p. 159-67, table, illus.) 9 refs. In German. Title tr.: Ontogeny of the skin of the finwbale, Balaenoptera physalus L. Comparative histological outline of the skin development in fetuses 0.6-5.7 m. long, approx. 3.5-10 months old. Differentiation begins at 0.75 m. length, i.e. 4 mo. and is completed at 2 m. length, i.e. 6 mo.; it is more advanced at the cranial than caudal end. Similarities with mammalian and human developments are noted. DLC. 81481. NABOKO, S. I. Recent hydrothermal processes. (International Volcanological Association. Bulletin volcanologique 1962. v. 24, p. 141-48, tables.) Characteristics, composition, enrichment, and development of hydrothermae in areas of active volcanicity are described, and exemplified from the Pauzhetka deposits on Kamchatka, where heating and enrichment of ground waters by mineral and

762

gaseous components (tables) are taking place. In most cases, hydrothermal processes develop during the final phase of volcanic activity; the four stages are: early strongly-acid, weakly-acid, late alkaline, and late acid. Discharge areas of abyssal hydrothermae are often distant from their sources, thus the series of hydrothermallyaltered volcanic rocks can also be located far from the volcanic structure. Great thicknesses of such rocks are formed where the abyssal basins of hydrothermae are associated with trough-like depressions, filled during a long period (e.g. since the Tertiary at Pauzhetka) by a thick mass of volcanic clastic material. DGS. 81482. NABOKO, S. I., and B. I. PIiP. Sovremennyl vulkanizm Kamchatki i mine(In: Akademifa nauk raloobrazovanie. SSSR. Dal'nevostochnyl filial. Geologicheskif inst. Geologifa i metallogenifa .. . 1963, p. 566-68.) In Russian. Title tr.: Present volcanism of Kamchatka and mineral formation. Summarizes type, distribution, and petrochemical characteristics of Kamchatka volcanoes. Mineral formation and metamorphism of volcanic rocks are outlined. Two types of hydrothermal metamorphism are recognized, one confined to volcanic foci, the other: discharge placers of deep hydrothermal basins. Formation of sulfides, alunites, etc. is briefly noted. DLC. 81483. NABOKO, S. I., and E. P. R.aBICHKINA. Uslovifå argillizafeii v ralonakh shchelochnykh termal'nykh vod vulkanicheskikh oblastel. (Akademilä nauk SSSR. Vulkanicheskafa stan£sifå. Bfülleten' 1962, no. 33, p. 57-60, tables.) 5 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Conditions of argillization in areas of alkaline thermal waters in volcanic regions. Reports analysis of the argillaceous coatings over the mouths of hot springs along the Pauzhetka River and in the Valley of Geysers in Kamchatka. Data on its chemical composition and that of the water are tabulated; and the argillization process in water compounds is outlined. DLC. NABOBO, S. I., see also Nos. 79605, 84157, 84158. 81484. NADEZHDIN, V. Kogda pisatelfil pfat'desfåt. (Dal'nil Vostok, Nov.-Dec. 1961. v. 29, no. 6, p. 164-66, port.) In Russian. Title tr.: A writer at fifty. Sketches the life and work of Nikolai Ivanovich Maksimov, a teacher, who left

Sverdlovsk in 1939 for Chukotka. There he worked for six years as teacher, newspaper editor and eventually as a writer. His novels about life in the North and the Far East, where he settled after his stay in Chukotka, are noted. DLC. 81485. NADEZHDINA, E. D., and others. Akf essorny1 sfen iz metasomaticheski izmenennykh trappov SibirskoT platformy, ralon reki Bol'shol Botuobii. (Akademifa nauk SSSR. Mineralogicheski! muzel. Trudy 1963, no. 14, p. 243-49, tables, illus.) 5 refs. In Russian. Other authors: V. V. füdina and N. I. Zabavnikova. Title tr.: Accessory sphene from metasomatic altered traps of the Siberian platform, the Bol'shaya Botuobiya River region. Describes crystals, physical and optical properties, chemical analyses and some other features of sphene found in metasomatic dolerite rocks. This calcium silicotitanite shows admixtures of Fe, Al, Mr, etc. as well as rare earths TR, Zr, Sr. DLC. 81486. NADEZHDINA, E. D., and others. Zonal'nyl fassait iz metasomaticheski izmenennogo trappa srednego techenifa Vilfilfa. (Akademifa nauk SSSR. Inst. geologii rudnykh mestorozhdenil, petrografii, mineralogii i geokhimii. Trudy 1962. no. 77, Osnovnye porody i problemy ikh genezisa, p. 307-318, tables, map, illus.) 7 refs. In Russian. Other authors: V. V. Edina and T. A. fAkovlevskafå. Title tr.: Zonal fassaite from metasomatic altered trap on the middle Vilyuy. Describes the mode of occurrence of the monomineral fassaite rock there. Fassaite is found in single crystals and crystal aggregates, and the crystals are described. Optical characteristics, chemical composition, X-ray analyses and other features of this mineral are analyzed, and physicalchemical conditions are noted under which it was formed. DLC. NADEZHDINA, E. D., see also No. 80583. 81487. NADEZHIN, V. M. Znachenie techenil v zhizni belomorskol sel'di. (Voprosy ikhtiologii 1963. v. 3, no. 4 (29), p. 618-24, table, maps, illus.) 7 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Role of currents in the life of White Sea herring. Discusses the role of currents in the (passive) movement of the young and ultimately in the fluctuation of their numbers from year to year. The stable, runoff currents converging towards the center of the White Sea carries the young not only from bay to bay, but also beyond

the limits of that sea. In years when southern winds predominate, currents produced by them carry the fry out of the Onega and Dvinskiy Bay, with beneficial effects DLC. for their development. 81488. NADUBOVICH, fü. A. Vliianie beregovogo effekta na geograficheskoe raspredelenie dug i polos sifiinil po nablIi denifam russkol poliarnoT ekspedifåii 19001902 gg. (Geomagnetizm i aeronomiT 1963. v. 3, no. 3, p. 502-513, tables,graphs, maps.) 18 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The influence of the coast-line effect on the geographic distribution of auroral arcs and bands according to the observations of the Russian polar expedition of 1900-1902. Analyzes the data of visual observations of von Toll's party along the north Siberian coast. The complicated character of the geographical distribution of auroras is illus. on a chart of isochasms of auroral arcs and bands. A coast-line effect is suggested in a 10% higher frequency of occurrence over that region. The patterns in positions of auroras show a correlation with configuration of the coast. This effect may be expected to be more evident on the north Siberian littoral in years of maximum solar activity. An anomalous distribution of auroras not explained by the coast-line effect was observed in the Laptev Sea region. These analytic deductions are corroborated by the photoinstrumental observations during the IGY. DLC. NADUBOVICH, fil. A., see also Nos. 79605, 84719. 81488A. NADZHAR'fAN, ZH. R., and V. G. BRYNDIN. Obzhig nikelevogo konf entrata, poluchaemogo pri razdelenii falnshtehna flotaisiel v pechi kipfilshchego slofa.. ('f vetnye metally 1961. v. 34, no. 3, p. 52-55, graph, table.) In Russian. Title tr.: Roasting of nickel concentrate obtained in feinstein separation by flotation in the roast of the boiling layer. Describes this newly introduced (Nov. 1958) process applied to concentrate of 68-69% nickel, 3.5-4% copper, 1% cobalt, 22% silicon, and 3-3.5% iron. The roasting kiln, with 19.5 m.$ effective area, is started with 35 tons of cool cinder, which is heated to 700° C. The concentrate is loaded when the cinder boils, and the boiling layer is brought to 950°-1,000° C., the temperature regulated by the quantity of concentrate. Cinder discharge is done when the kiln tank is full. The new process produces almost 76% higher content of +0.208 mm.

763

cinder, than the process in multiple hearth kilns. The losses in reduction of the nickel lower oxide in smelting the nickel cinder to anode metal, are reduced, as is the sulfur content in the metal (from 1.8 to 1.2%). There is less refractory material, and coke oven gas than in the old process, and the general efficiency is considerably improved. The new process is further described in No. 76948. DLC. 81489. NÄSLUND, M. Från västerfjåll till Munksund, resa längs Pite älv med skog och skogsindustri i blickfånget. (Svenska turistföreningen. Årsskrift 1963, p. 211-31, map, illus.) In Swedish. Title tr.: From the western mountains to Munksund, a trip along the Pite River with the forest and forest industry under observation. Describes this river system from its sources in two lakes, Peskehaure at 67° N. and 578 m. above the Baltic Sea level, and Mavasjaure at 542 m. The upland portion of the basin is known as Sweden's wasteland, and there are no important settlements above the coastal lowland. Of the four million hectares of forest land in Norrbotten (55% crown land), 640,000 ha. are in the Pite basin. Much of this forest is at relatively high elevation, the conifers are 80% pine, and the tree line is cultural. A protected area is at Storförsen and a Swedish air force research and testing station at Alvsbyn. Problems of the lumbering industry, modernization, old legalities, DGS. and land division are noted. NAGAREVSKII, O. R., see No. 77443. 81490. NAGARUK, L. The white whale comes with spring. (Alaska sportsman 1963. v. 29, no. 2, p. 24-25, map, illus. Eskimo describes a beluga hunt in DI. Norton Sound, western Alaska. 81491. NAGATA, T., and E. KANEDA. An inter-relation between auroral luminosity and simultaneous geomagnetic disScience Council. turbances. (Japan. Report, of ionosphere and space research in Japan 1962. v. 16, no. 4, p. 410-14, graphs.) 8 refs. Shows quantitative relationship between the luminosity J of zenithal aurora, and magnitude of horizontal disturbance vector AH of a simultaneous geomagnetic elementary storm. Using ASCA-PA (all-sky auroral camera-photo electric analyzer), J 5.6 x 10-8 IAH12, J = 3.2 x 10-8 IAH1=, and J = 0.4 x 10-3 16,H12 were determined for College, Point Barrow, and Little

764

America stations respectively. Auroral green line 5577 was used in the determination. DLC. 81492. NAGATA, T. On the auroral zone current. (Japan. Science Council. Report of ionosphere research in Japan 1950. v. 4, no. 2, p. 87-101, tables, graphs.) 23 refs. Analyzes eleven examples of hourly mean values of the auroral zone disturbance in the Second Polar Year 1932-1933, separating the disturbance into external and internal origin. Simultaneous changes in the geomagnetic field, ionosphere, and auroral luminosity are considered to be caused by the same agent, probably a marked increase in ionization of some part of the ionosphere in the auroral zone. Data of nine European stations within mag. 74°.1-50°.6 N. 130°.7-98°.5, including Sveagruvan, Bjørnøya, and Tromsø, are used in the analysis aimed at determining probable height of the auroral zone current, southward shifting of the auroral zone, width and distribution of the current, and its intensity and corresponding ionization. The width of the auroral zone current was found to be about 4-7° in latitude angle, and its maximum intensity 400-800 amp./ km. This led to the conclusion that electron density in E- and D-layers of the ionosphere increases tenfold during magnetic storm, and results in a marked absorption of radio waves passing through the auroral zone. DLC. NAGATA, T., see also No. 78801. 81493. NAGIBINA, M. S. Ob izuchenii geologii Sibiri v posleobruchevskil period. (In: Ocherki po istorii geologicheskikh znanil 1963. no. 12, p. 116-23, illus.) Ref. In Russian. Title tr.: Study of geology of Siberia during the post-Obruchev period. Summarizes work from approx. 1946, noting the tectonic maps of the USSR at 1:4 million and 1:5 million, studies of the Mongolo-Okhotsk belt, Kamchatka, Koryak Range and other areas. The program of studies laid out in 1946 by V. A. Obruchev is almost completed. DLC. 81494. NAGISHKIN, D. Khrabiyf Azmun. Moskva, Detgiz, 1949. 231 p. illus. In Russian. Title tr.: Brave Azmun. Collection of thirty Amur Tungus tales for children: Gilyak, Gold, Udegeets, Dichi, and Orochi. DLC. NAGY, K., see No. 83548. 81495. NAHODIL, O. Mutterkult in Sibirien. (In: Didszegi, V. ed. Glaubens-

welt... 1963, p. 491-511.) 90 refs. In Title tr.: Mother cults in German. Siberia. Totemism and mother cult are expressions of a common matriarchal ancestor cult. Originally a parthenogenetic cult, it preceded and infiltrated shamanism. The ancestral mother figure became the goddess of the homestead, symbol of clan unity, also the giver of life and as such the guardian of animals. Survivals in Siberian mythology and religious beliefs are described in turn for the Ostyaks, Voguls, Samoyeds, Yakuts, Dolgans, Tungus, Golds, Gilyaks, Koryaks, Chukchis, and Sayan-Allay peoples. Traces of an ancient matriarchal clan organization antedating agriculture and stock breeding were present among the Yakuts in the 17th century. DLC. 81496. NAHODIL, O. Pielitky totemismu u tunguzo-mandzuskjrch nårodnostf. (ceskoslovenskå etnografie 1953. v. 1, no. 1, p. 27-58.) Approx. 70 refs. In Czech. Russian summary. Title tr.: Survivals of totemism among Tungus-Manchu peoples. Totemic beliefs evolved in the matriarchal era and survived in hunting and shamanistic practices to the early 20th century. Vestigial remains are discernible in some Evenki Tungus clans named after totemic animals, in certain hunting customs derived from ancient totemic rites, and in folklore. DLC. 81497. NAHODIL, O. Überreste des Totemismus bei den tungusisch-mandschurischen Völkerschaften. (Acta ethnographica, Budapest 1958. v. 7, no. 1-2, p. 137-53.) Approx. 50 refs. In German. Russian summary. Title tr.: Vestiges of totemism among the Tungus-Manchu tribes. Traces totemistic beliefs to the matriarchal development stage, a social structure which persisted till relatively recent times among the Golds, Lamuts, Udegeets, Negidalets, Orochis, Orokis, and Ul'chis. Vestiges of totemism appear in clan legends on women-ancestors' intercourse with animals, in clan surnames derived from the names of the totem, also in animistic traits of Tungus-Manchu shamanism, and in hunting rites especially the bear cult. Kinship terminology, marriage customs (levirate, group marriage), and cosmology preserve features inherent both in totemism and matriarchate. DLC. 81498. NAIMARK, A. A. K istorii ehetvertichnogo oledenenifä v Severnom Prio(Izvestifå vysshikh uchebnykh khot'e. zavedenil. Geologif t i razvedka 1962. no. 9, p. 16-24, maps, illus.) 4 refs. In Russian.

Title tr.: History of Quaternary glaciation in the region north of the Okhotsk Sea. Reports a geologic-morphologic study in 1957-1958, in the Kava, Arman', Yama, Ola and other river basins, the KolymaOkhotsk watershed, and coastal areas north of Okhotsk. The distribution of cirque, glacial trough, moraines and other glacial relief forms is outlined. The last glaciation is considered to have been Upper Quaternary. No traces of early Quaternary DLC. glaciation were found. 81499. NAIMARK, A. A., and others. NoveTshafä tektonika severnogo Priokhot'fa. (Moskovskoe obshchestvo ispytatelel prirody. Bfillleten' 1963. Otd. geologicheskil, v. 38, no. 4, p. 42-57, maps, illus.) 23 refs. In Russian. Other authors: I. A. Rezanov and N. N. Zahudnyl. Title tr.: Recent tectonics of northern Okhotsk region. Reports a 1956-1958 investigation from the Inya River east to Shelikhova Bay. The geologic structure is characterized and the region described according to relief, i.e. the mountainous area of the OkhotskKolyma watershed and the coastal areas of Okhotsk Sea. Division of the NeogeneQuaternary deposits is outlined, and the main stages of its history are characterized. Recent tectonic structures are treated. History of the Okhotsk Sea is analyzed and DLC. coast line development discussed. 81500. NAIMUSHIN, I. Pervye agregaty Bratskol GAS nakanune puska. (Na strolkakh Rossii 1961, no. 10, p. 4-7, tables, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: The first units of the Bratsk hydro-electric station on the eve of starting up. Announces the completion of two units, electric dynamos of 225,000 kw. each. Construction progress is reported, and characteristics of the station are described. In Sept. 1961, water-discharge through the dam was cut off and the 179 billion cu. m. reservoir began to fill with Angara River water. DLC. NAISMITH, R., see No. 77074. NALIVAIKO, A. G., see No. 80701. 81501. NALIVKIN, D. V. Srednepaleozolskie fauny verkhov'ev rek Kolymy i Khandygi. (Dal'strol. Materialy po izuchenifil Okhotsko-Kolymskogo krafs 1936. ser. 1, no. 4, p. 3-28, illus.) 3 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Middle Paleozoic fauna on the upper Kolyma and Khandyga Rivers. Describes fauna from the Seymchan, left

765

tributary of the Kolyma, and the Khandyga, right tributary to the Aldan. Upper and Middle Devonian fauna are divided into three layers and each is briefly described. Silurian fauna is more widely distributed than the Devonian. Lists of both faunas as given, include brachiopods, corals, molluscs, etc. The Devonian is similar to that of Novaya Zemlya, the Ural, Timan, Alaska. Silurian fauna of the Kolyma is more usual and its age more difficult to establish. Two new species of brachiopods of gen. Atrypa are described: A. kolymensis and A. taskaDLC. nensis.

of well studied subarctic and arctic plants of the Scandinavian mountains, author denies any "direct genealogical connections" between them and the early populations of south Scandinavia. He postulates the existence of "closer floristic connections of the Scandes with Iceland and Scotland than with the Alps and other central and south European mountains." DLC.

81505. NARI BSKI, W. Petrochemical characteristics of amphibolitic rocks of the lower Skålfjellet series, Hecla Hoek succession Wedel-Jarlsberg Land, Vestspitsbergen. (Polska Akademia Nauk. Bulletin 81502. NALIVKIN, V. D. Tektonicheskoe 1960. v. 8, no. 3, ser. des sciences geolostroenie platformennogo chekhla Zapadno- gigues et gr ographiques, p. 173-79, tables.) Sibirskol plity. (Leningrad. Vses. neftfno! 6 refs. Russian summary. Presents chemical analysis of these rocks n: issl. geologorazvedochnyl inst. Materialy po sovetskol neftfånol geologü 1963, p. and gives their interpretation. The Skå81-105, tables, map.) 22 refs. In Russian. fjellet series is probably of magmatic origin, Title tr.: Tectonic structure of the plat- when metasomatic changes are also conform mantle of the West Siberian paltform. siderable. The contents of plagioclases, Analyzes the structures of West Siberia, alkali feldspars, feldspathoids and quartz including the lower Yenisey, Nadym, are calculated and plotted in a special Khanty-Mansiysk depressions, and others diagram. Behavior of Al, Fe, Mg and in Tyumen and Krasnoyarsk Provinces. other elements is characterized. The First and second order structures are quantitative mineral composition of the described, their measurements, forms, types, rocks is also outlined. The entire Skåfjellet and other features. Local uplifts and series belongs to albite-epidote-amphibolite DLC. fractures are characterized. Oil occurrence facies. is discussed in respect to its dependence upon type of structure and tectonic distur- NAR1 BSKI, W., see also No. 77473. bances, and some recommendations for oil and gas search are made and exemplified 81506. NARODNOE DEKORATIVNOE from the Berezovo gas deposits and Malaya ISSKUSSTVO RSFSR. Moskva, Vses. DLC. kooperativnoe izd-vo 1957. 378 p. illus. Kheta structure, etc. Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Decorative folk art of the RSFSR. NALIVKIN, V. D., see also No. 80365. Collection of papers well illus. on tradi81503. NALITnISHIN, B. N. K voprosu tional arts and crafts: symbolism and o stratigrafii permskikh otlozhenil fügo- realism of ornamentation; techniques of vostoØol chasti Noril'skogo plato. (Lenin- making household objects and ornaments, grad. N: issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Sbomik textiles and clothing, etc. The use of state! po paleontologii i biostratigrafii 1960, native designs in modern textile, etc. no. 20, p. 7-9, map.) In Russian. Title tr.: industries is also discussed. A few of the Stratigraphy of the Permian deposits in papers concern northern peoples and are abstracted under their authors' names, viz: southeastern part of Noril'sk plateau. Reports a 1959 study in the region of the V. N. Beli£åer, A. L. Gorbunkov, A. I. Mogotka (Tukolonda) River, tributary to Krfilkova, B. I. Brodskil, and I. P. Lavrov, DLC. the Khantayka. Lower and Upper Permian q.q.v. deposits are distinguished according to DLC. 81507. NARODNOE OBRAZOVANIE. flora and lithologic properties. IAmalo-Nene&kil nafsional'ny! okrug. (Its: 81504. NANNFELDT, J. A. Taxonomic no. 2, Oct. 1962, 4-p. insert at p. 16-17, differentiation as an indicator of the migra- illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: Yamaltory history of the North Atlantic flora, Nenets National District. with especial regard to the Standes. (In: Photosketch of scholastic and shop Å. and D. Löve, ed. North American biota activities at the secondary and the forestsanitarium schools of Salekhard, a secon. 1963, p. 87-97, maps.) 18 refs. Reviewing the distribution, differentia- dary school in Yar-Sale, and boarding school tion, associations, and chromosome number in Nyda: Samoyed children at work and

766

play, their net-weaving, fur- and leatherDLC. craft activities, etc. are illus. 81508. NARR, K. 7. Bärenzeremoniell and Schamanismus in der Älteren Steinzeit Europas. Saeculum 1959. v. 1, no. 3, p. 233-72, illus.) Refs. In German. Title tr.: Bear ceremonial and shamanism in the old stone age of Europe. Broad account, with some parallels to similar rites in circumpolar stone age cultures and traces still observed among Lapps, Samoyeds, Yakuts, Tungus, etc. DLC. NARVER, D. W., see No. 82440. 81509. NASH, T. The bactericidal properties of compounds which protect living cells against freezing damage. (Journal of hygiene 1962. v. 60, no. 3, p. 353-58, table.) 17 refs. Study showing that air disinfectants active at low relative humidity also protect cells against death from freezing and These disinfectants are (in thawing. addition to the already known simple glycols) the weaker Lewis bases. Their probable modes of action are suggested. DNLM. 81510. NASHA NEZNAKOMAIA PLANETA; itogi Mezhdunarodnogo geofizicheskogo gods. Moskva, Izd-vo Akademii nauk SSSR 1962. 276 p. maps, illus. Approx. 100 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Our unknown planet; results of the International Geophysical Year. Presents a collective account, popular in form but informative withal, by B. I. Sins and two others on the organization and explorations by the IGY. The first and second International Polar Years are reviewed, and IGY studies in the Arctic and Antarctic are described, including Russian and American work on the drifting stations. Meteorological, oceanographic, glaciological, seismological, gravimetric and geodetic work is outlined. The Sun-Earth problem is also treated and work on aurora, ionosphere, meteors, cosmic rays is reported. The scientific collaboration among the various countries is emphasized. A colored folded map is included showing IGY stations and expeditions during the 1957-1959 DLC. period. 81511. NASIMOVICH, A. A. Teoreticheskie osnovy akklimatizafsii nazemn kh mlekopitafüshchikh. (In: KonferenLifii po akklimatizafsii zhivotnykh ... 1963, p. 24-27.) In Russian. Title tr.: Theoretical

fundamentals in acclimatization of terrestrial mammals. Presents a series of basic conclusions drawn from experience: acclimatization is easier in holarctic and palearctic forms, than in those of warm climes; it is easy in: synanthropic forms and those with a wide distribution; in similar environments, with few competitors; in non-specialized, highly fertile forms; in aquatic forms. Guidelines for successful transplant are also given. DLC. NASLEDOVA, N. I., see also No. 79682. 81512. NASU, K. Oceanographic investigation in the Chukchi Sea during the summer of 1958. (Tokyo. Whales Research Inst. Scientific reports 1960. no. 15, p. 143-57, maps, illus.) 13 refs. Account of an oceanographic and whalesighting survey carried out during Aug. 16-20. Horizontal and vertical distribution of temperature, the salinity, density, 01, and pH of surface, the water color and transparency were studied, as were radioactivity, and bottom sediments. 80 whales were sighted, 82 of them gray whales. DLC. NATAPOV, L. M., see Nos. 80432, 80433, 80434, 80437. 81513. NATAROV, V. V. 0 vodnykh massakh i techenifåkh Beringova more'. (Moskva. Vses. n.-issl. inst. morskogo rybnogo khoz. i okeanografii. Trudy 1963. v. 48, p. 111-33, graphs, maps.) 9 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Water masses and currents of the Bering Sea. Comprehensive study based on material of numerous surveys, especially those of 1959-1961, emphasizing the shallow eastern part with a fisheries potential. Surface dynamics, currents and their rates, temperature and salinity at different horizons and at the bottom, layer of minimal temperature, and convection currents and their extent for different seasons and years were established at numerous stations and projected for the whole area. The year-to-year and seasonal variability of the surface currents and relative stability in deeper layers is emphasized. Hydrographie features favoring fisheries and whaling are pointed out. DLC. 81514. NATIONAL GEOGRAPHIC SOCIETY. Atlas of the world. Washington, D.C. 1963. 300 p. col. maps. Contains maps 25 x 19 in. and at various scales, including several of the Arctic Basin and adjacent land and sea areas, Labrador

767

and the southern James Bay region in Canada at 1 in.: 45 mi., Scandinavia and Finland at 1 in.: 48 mi., and Alaska at 1 in.: 65 mi. Populated places, natural and cultural features are shown in some detail, including glaciers, tree lines, tundras, limits of drift and polar ice, ocean currents, submarine topography, major volcanoes, etc. Descriptive and statistical summaries and place-name index are included. DLC.

freezing and thawing concrete in water, by H. K. Cook, describes the construction and operation of a device of 25-specimen capacity, for testing standard concrete specimens, employing a cycle of rapid freezing and thawing in water. Details of construction, operating and maintenance installations, and a list of component parts, are appended. Four years' operating experience and typical test results are discussed. DLC.

81515. NATIONAL GEOGRAPHIC SOCIETY. Great adventures with National Geographic. Washington, D.C. 1963. 504 p. maps, illus. M. Severy, ed. Contains accounts and illus. condensed, re-edited from the National geographic magazine of expeditions sponsored by the Society, together with lists of Society expeditions since 1890, of awards since 1906, and a subject index. Several of the accounts deal with northern areas. viz: Dash to the Pole, by R. E. Peary, p. 16-33. Wings over the Poles, by R. E. Byrd, p. 34-45. cf. No. 2592-2593 of Arctic Bibliog-

81517. NATIONAL RESEARCH COUNCIL. Committee on oceanography. Oceanography 1960 to 1970; chapter 11, a history of oceanography: a brief account of the development of oceanography in the United States. Washington, D.C. 1962. v, 28 p. Refs. Reviews its spasmodic growth from the work of M. F. Maury in mid-19th century to the rapid expansion during and after World War II. Selected publications (51) and about 125 oceanographic laboratories DI. (including six in Alaska) are listed.

raphy.

Pioneer flight round the North Atlantic, by A. M. Lindbergh (q.v.), p. 124-33. Into the Valley of Ten Thousand Smokes, by R. F. Griggs, p. 242-51. cf. No. 62086210. The mystery of Chubb Crater, by V. B. Meen, p. 252-55. cf. No. 30745. Operation Eclipse, by W. A. Kinney (q.v.) p. 256-61. Mount St. Elias: the Society's first expedition, by I. C. Russell, p. 336-43. cf. No. 15025. Mapping the roof of North America, by H. B. Washburn, p. 344-53. cf. No. 32848. DNG. 81516. NATIONAL RESEARCH COUNCIL. Automatic equipment for freezingand-thawing tests. Washington, D.C. 1960. 27 p. tables, graphs, illus. (Its: Highway Research Board. Bulletin no. 259.) Refs. Contains two papers: Automatic freezingand thawing equipment for a small laboratory,

by W. A. Cordon, who describes in detail the construction of this comparatively inexpensive equipment as developed by the Engineering Experiment Station of Utah State University. It produces up to nine cycles of freezing and thawing in each 24-hr. period. Typical test results obtained with the development model are presented, using different types of concrete. Results indicate the equipment is satisfactory for durability Automatic equipment for rapid tests.

768

81518. NATIONAL RESEARCH COUNCIL. Committee on Polar Research. Science in the Arctic Ocean Basin. Washington, D.C. 1963. vi, 52 p. maps, tables. (Its: Publication 1086.) Refs. Discusses the status of U.S. research in this and some adjacent basin areas, also research opportunities present and future. General and specific objectives are stated for various fields. Biological investigations are limited to the north polar sea proper. Marine botany (esp. algae), invertebrates, ichthyology (esp. of the arctic-subarctic mixing zone), ornithology (esp. migratory waterfowl), mammalogy (esp. Pacific and Atlantic walrus, and the polar bear), and entomology (esp. circumpolar species), are considered in turn, as are microbiology, physiology, medicine (esp. thermal), and ecology (esp. energy sources). Implementation of these objectives and recommendations for specific projects are outlined. Part 2 deals with the physical sciences. A. P. Crary discusses the Arctic Basin in relation to other ocean basins, notes its basic research problems, also recent advances in solving logistical problems. F. I. Badgley assesses current knowledge of the heat and water budget, in terms of its meteorological and oceanographic factors; notes facilities, e.g. drifting stations, and eight steps to carry out studies. J. E. Oliver deals similarly with geophysics, noting value of the Arctic Basin for precise measurement of the gravitational constant. Geodetic and cartographic aspects are surveyed by R. H. Lyddan; upper atmosphere research (aero-

nomy in the Arctic) is summarized by D. K.

Quinn, W. F., and E. F. Lobacz. Frost penetration beneath concrete slabs maintained free of snow and ice, with and without insulation. p. 98-115. Reasonable agreement was found between actual and predicted depths of frost penetration for the

Bailey and H. W. Wells, emphasizing phenomena caused by the earth's magnetic field. Twenty-five U.S. and cooperative stations in arctic regions, also conjugate points of 14 selected Alaskan stations, are tabulated. American institutions (53) active in arctic research are listed, a geographic locator chart and chart of major drifts are

uninsulated slabs; a solution is suggested for frost penetration problems in a multilayer profile of concrete, insulation, and soil.

DI.

DLC.

81519. NATIONAL RESEARCH COUNCIL. Highway Research Board. Soil be-

NATIONAL RESEARCH COUNCIL OF CANADA, see No. 77823.

appended.

havior associated with freezing. Washington, D.C. 1962. 115 p., diagrs., graphs, tables, illus. (Its: Bulletin 331, NRC publication 1013.) Refs. Contains seven papers presented at the 41st annual meeting of the Board in Jan. 1962, all dealing indirectly with arctic conditions or construction, viz: Kaplar, C. W. Laboratory evaluation of frost heave characteristics of a slag-fly ashlime base course mixture, p. 1-20. Ovencured specimens heaved insignificantly even after 10 cycles of slow freezing; "non-cured" specimens heaved about 15% during a single freezing. Most moist-cured and soaked specimens were classified as negligibly frost susceptible. Jumikis, A. R. Experimental study on soil moisture transfer in the film phase upon freezing, p. 21-27. The dry side of the standard compaction test (viz. porosity) seems to be the best condition for minimum amount of soil moisture transferred and minimum frost penetration depth attained. Jumikis, A. R. Vapor diffusion in freezing soil systems of very large porosities, p. 28-45. Experimental studies verify the assumptions that the upward flow of soil moisture from the ground-water towards the cold front in a frost susceptible soil takes place virtually

NATIONAL RESEARCH COUNCIL OF CANADA. Associate Committee on Soil and Snow Mechanics. Muskeg Research Conference, 8th, Saskatoon, Sask., 1962, see No. 81358. 81520. NATIONAL RESEARCH COUNCIL OF CANADA. Associate Committee

on Soil and Snow Mechanics. Proceedings, Atlantic provinces regional seminars on organic terrain problems, 15, 17 and 19 October 1962. Ottawa 1963. 75 p. maps, illus. (Its: Technical memorandum no. 77.) 44 refs.

Contains text and discussion of eight papers presented and lists of participants in seminars held at Fredericton, N.B., Halifax, N.S., and St. Johns, Nfld. The general papers given at all three are abstracted in this Bibliography under the author's name, viz: RADFORTH, N. W. A classification system for organic terrain, and its application. MacFARLANE, I. C. The engineering characteristics of peat. HARWOOD, T. A. Trafficability and mobility in muskeg. DGS.

without vapor diffusion; this finding may be a basis for moisture migration studies

81521. NATIONAL RESEARCH COUNCIL OF CANADA. Associate Committee on

in freezing soil systems. Corte, A. E. The frost behavior of soils, H, horizontal sorting, p. 46-66. (No. 70832.) Csathy, T.I., and D. L. Townsend. Pore size and field frost performance of soils, p. 67-80. Frost behavior of 126 Ontario

Soil and Snow Mechanics. Proceedings of the First Canadian Conference on Permafrost, 17 and 18 April, 1962. Ottawa 1963. 240 p. maps, graphs, tables, illus. (Its:

highway subsoils was tested for seven criteria; pore-size distribution appears to be

the most reliable criterion of frost susceptibility. Haas, W. M. Frost action theories compared with field observations, p. 81-97.

Technical memorandum no. 76.) About 125 refs. Prepared by R. J. E. Brown.

Contains the conference record, list of some 150 participants, maps of permafrost distribution in Canada, USSR, and the Northern Hemisphere, and text or summary of the papers presented. Most of the

Agreement of observed behavior at Keweenaw, Mich, with theoretically predicted behavior seems to depend on the magnitude and rate of natural air temperature fluctu-

papers* are abstracted this Bibliography under their authors' names. *LLOYD, T. The influence of permafrost on northern development. *THOMPSON, H. A. Freezing and

ations, although data are limited.

thawing indices in northern Canada. 769

*DAY, J. H. Pedogenic studies on soils containing permafrost in the Mackenzie River basin. •BFSCHEL, R. E. Observations on the time factor in interactions of permafrost and vegetation. •RADFORTH, N. W. The ice factor in muskeg. *MACKAY, J. R. Origin of the pingos of the Pleistocene Mackenzie delta area, cf. No. 73708. *YONG, R. Research on fundamental properties and characteristics of frozen soils. *WILLIAMS, P. J. Specific heats and unfrozen water content of frozen soils. Cook, F. A. Permafrost as a geomorphic process. *BRANDON, L. V. Ground water in the permafrost regions of the Yukon, northern Cordillera and Mackenzie District. *GOODMAN, K. S., and R. M. HARDY. Permafrost occurrence and associated problems at Thompson, Manitoba. *THORLEY, A. Review of a recent arctic soil investigation. Pihlainen, J. A., and G. H. Johnston. Field description of permafrost, summary of the authors' Guide q.v. •HARDING, R. Foundation problems at Fort McPherson, N.W.T. •SEBASTYAN, G. Y. Department of Transport procedures for the design of pavement facilities ... in permafrost subgrade soil areas. *LAWRENCE, R. D., and J. A. PIHLAINEN. Permafrost and terrain factors in a tundra mine feasibility study. " ANNERSTEN, L. Ground temperature measurements in the Schefferville area, P.Q. cf. No. 69809. *JOHNSTON, G. H., and R. J. E. BROWN. Effect of a lake on distribution of permafrost in the Mackenzie River delta. *BROWN, W. G. Simple graphical methods for estimating the location of permafrost under shallow lakes and rivers. DGS. 81522. NATIONAL RESEARCH COUNCIL OF CANADA. Associate Committee on Soil and Snow Mechanics. Symposium on the heat exchange at snow and ice surfaces, 26 October 1962. Ottawa 1963. 84 p. graphs, tables. (Its: Technical memorandum no. 78.) 34 refs. Contains text or summary of the eight papers presented and ensuing discussion. Three of four general papers deal in part with arctic or subarctic conditions, viz: Energy exchange at glacier surfaces by S. Orvig, p. 1-9; Energy exchange through an annual sea ice cover by P. Schwerdtfeger

770

and E. R. Pounder, p. 10-13; and A study of ice growth rates related to energy exchange by G. P. Williams, p. 14-26. Four papers on instruments and methods dealt with wintertime though not arctic conditions. DWB. NAßIONAL'NYI KOMITET SOVETSKIKH GEOGRAFOV, see No. 79589. 81523. NATVIG, L. R. Minnetale over Professor Fridtjof Økland. (Norske Videnskaps-akademi, Oslo. Årbok 1958 pub. 1959, p. 75-79, illus.) In Norwegian. Title tr.: Memorial lecture on Professor Fridtjof Qlkland. Tribute to the Norwegian zoologist Fridthjof Johannes Qlkland, 1893-1957, noting his teaching, research, writings, and editorship of scientific journals; he was a member of the Norwegian Expedition to Novaya Zemlya in 1921. DLC. 81524. NAUCHNAIA KONFERENTSIIA PO FIZIOLOGII TRUDA. Materialy. Leningrad, Izd-vo Leningradskogo Universiteta 1963. 373 p. In Russian. Title, etc. tr.: Scientific Conference on the Physiology of Labor. Reports. Contains over 200 reports presented at the fourth such conference, by physiologists, physicians, psychologists, sociologists, economists, etc. They deal with factors influencing brain and body functions, work capacity, methodological problems, etc. Three of the papers bear directly on northern conditions and are abstracted under their authors' names, viz: L. A. Isaakfan and others, V. P. Kamchatnov, N. A. Kokhanova DLC. q.q.v. 81525. NAUCHNAIA KONFERENf 1 i PO ISTORII, arkheologii i etnografii dal'nego vostoka. Materialy. Vladivostok 1963. 160 p. (Voprosy istorii sovetskogo Dal'nego Vostoka, v. 1.) Refs. In Russian. Title, etc. tr.: Scientific conference on the history, archeology, and ethnography of the Far East. Materials. This (the third) conference held by the Academy of Sciences' Siberian Division in Vladivostok Oct. 1962, heard 16 papers on Allied intervention and the early postRevolution years. Three, dealing with problems of the North, are abstracted under their author's names: A. P. Fetisov, I. S. Garusov, B. I. Mukhachev, q.q.v. Appended is a list of some 500 books and papers pub. 1957-1962, about 75 of them of northern interest. New aims in ethnographic research set by the 22nd Communist Party Congress are reviewed (p. 24-33) by A. M.

Sem, including work on Tungus, Golds, Paleosiberians among others, interest in socio-economic trends in native kolkhozes is DLC. stressed. 81526. NAUCHNOE SOVESHCHANIE PO PROBLEMAM akklimatizalsii i pilanis naseleniia na severe, 1960. Trudy. Moskva, Izd-vo Akademii nauk SSSR 1962. 268 p. tables, graphs, maps, illus. (Problemy Severs no. 6.) Refs. In Russian. Title, etc. tr.: Scientific Conference on problems of acclimatization and nutrition of the population of the North. Transactions. The conference was held in Moscow Nov. 27—Dec. 1, 1960; a review of the proceedings and text of adopted resolutions are given, p. 234-66. The 34 papers presented deal with the main problems of establishing and maintaining population in the North: housing and health, standards of nutrition, the fresh food supply. They are abstracted tinder their authors' names, viz (housing, health, etc.) S. V. Slavin, N. I. Shishkin, G. M. Danishevskil, I. S. Kandror, I. A. Arnol'di, L. A. Chubukov, 0. P. Molchanova, A. I. Ilskova &c., G. M. Murav'eva, F. F. Lampert &c., B. V. Murav'ev &c., V. N. Beklemishev, A. F. Ioffe, G. A. Agranat; (nutrition) V. V. Efremov, N. P. Dobron ravova &c., V. S. Luk'iånov &c., V. IA. Chekin, V. G. Kukes &c., I. M. Karkalitskil, N. N. Plotnikov &c.; (fresh food supply) G. M. Danishevskil, A. I. Ivanovskil, G. V. Artem'ev, Z. I. Zhurbitskil, B. S. Moshkov, A. A. Novoselov, B. A. Tikhomirov, A. B. Nikolaev, B. N. Norin, B. N. Golovkin, I. T. Masiliev, P.L. Pirozhnikov, V. N. Andreev. DLC. 81527. NAUMOV, A. D., and N. A. SHCHUHINA. 0 sopnüzhennosti napravleniT tektonicheskikh treshchin i dolin v Univ. basseTne r. Vihüfii. (Saratov. Uchenye zapiski 1960. v. 74, p. 197-200, illus.) 9 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: On the conjunction of the direction of the tectonic fractures and of the valleys in the Vilyuy River basin. Reports on aerial geologic study on the upper Vilyuy and middle Markha. Three types of tectonic fractures are distinguished. Rose-diagrams of their direction and that of river valleys are compared. Tectonic joints are mostly NE-SW. The same direction is characteristic of the valleys. In most cases the rivers have selected tectonic fractures for their valleys. I)LC. 81528. NAUMOV, A. N. 0 kharaktere sochleneniia Verkhofänskol skladchatol sistemy i Priverkhofånskogo peredovogo pro-

giba v ralone zapadnogo sklona khrebta Orulgan. (Leningrad. N: issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Trudy 1962. v. 130, sbornik stater po geologii i neftegazonosnosti Arktiki, no. 19, p. 91-98, map, crosssection.) 8 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: On the character of jointing of the Verkhoyansk folded system and the Verkhoyansk foredeep in the region of the western slope of the Orulgan Range. Presents structural-geologic map of the Atyrkan-Dzhardzhan interfluve, a joint zone between the Verkhoyansk folded system and the Verkhoyansk foredeep. The folded system consists mainly of Carboniferous deposits and foredeep Lower Stratigraphic and tectonic Cretaceous. contacts are analyzed. The joint zone is characterized by the presence of large faults, of which the origin is not yet clear. Morphologic connection of the Orulgan thrust with the folded region is described. Mineral resources of the cupreous sandDLC. stones are briefly noted. NAUMOV, A. N., see No. 80115. 81529. NAUMOV, E. M., and A. A. ANDREEVA. Pochvy ostepnennykh sklonov lAnsko-Indigirskogo nagor'ß.; taezhnostepnye pochvy ekstrakontinental'nykh oblastel Severo-Vostoka SSSR. (Pochvovedenie 1963, no. 3, p. 62-70, tables.) 21 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Soils of the slopes under steppe vegetation in the Yana-Indigirka upland; taigasteppe soils of extra-continental provinces of the Soviet Northeast. Reports field study of the mountain slopes with a southern exposure and steppe vegetation from Khandyga eastward to Magadan, viz: slopes in the Verkhoyansk, Oymyakon and Nera Ranges. Climatic conditions such as air temperature, precipitation, relative humidity of the area are Vegetation, soil temperature, reported. soil sections and composition are analyzed. Physical-chemical analyses of the soils are presented and interpreted. The southern slope soils are termed taiga-steppe soils of an extra-continental regime. DLC. 81530. NAUMOV, G. V. Ob uporfådochenii transkriplsii geograficheskikh nazvanil na topograficheskikh kartakh tAkutii. (Geodezifii i kartografifä 1963, no. 6, p. 56-58.) In Russian. Title tr.: On regulating the transcription of geographic names on topographic maps of Yakutia. Discusses difficulties of transcribing local or native toponyms, and of getting archaic, long or hyphenated names on maps. The

771

river Toyn-uyalakhtakh-tardar-uryakh is cited as example. Author recommends that the first unit only of such names be given on the map. New regulations should be worked out to simplify transcription. DLC. 81531. NAUMOV, G. V. Zapadnafå fAkutifi, ekonomiko-geograficheskafä kharakteristika. Moskva, Izd-vo Akademii nauk SSSR 1962. 142 p. tables, maps, illus.) 61 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Western Yakutia, economic-geographic outline. Western Yakutia is made up of seven administrative districts: Lena, Suntar, Nyurba, Verkhne-Vilyuysk, Vilyuysk, Olenek, and Zhigansk. Its territory, geology, mineral resources, climate, rivers and lakes, soil and vegetation, fur animals, birds, fishes and injurious insects are described in chap. 1 (p. 13-58). Growth of population and economic reclamation are sketched, as are the general character of the economy, mining of diamonds and salt, forest and wood industry, power engineering, farming and hunting, transportation and the building industry, ch. 2-3, p. 59-119. Development prospects are discussed in the last chapter. Importance of the diamonds in Western Siberia to all USSR is stressed. Distribution of industrial, farming and hunting production in the five main parts of Yakutia (Aldan, Yana-Indigirka, Central, Northern and Western) is tabulated and DLC. discussed in introduction. NAUMOV, S. P., see No. 80557. 81532. NAVERSTEN, Y. Undersökning av radioaktivitet i Finland. (Samefolket 1963, no. 3-4, p. 58.) In Swedish. Title tr.: Investigation of radioactivity in Finland. Notes the Finnish-Swedish investigations of Oct. 1961 in Finnish Lapland, as reported by J. S. Miettinen and others, q.v. SPRI. NAVERSTEN, Y., see also Nos. 80689, 81240. 81533. NAVROT, M. I. Okladnafa kniga Sibiri 1697 g. (Akademifå nauk SSSR. Inst. istorii. Problemy istoØikovedenifa 1956. v. 5, p. 184-209, tables, illus.) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Siberian tax-book for 1697. Discusses this 198-leaf manuscript for its data on 17th century colonization of Siberia: the social status of settlers, population distribution, income, settlement pattern, tax-paying aborigines, etc. Among

772

others are tabulated taxes assessed and actually paid by the Voguls, Ostyaks, Nenets-Samoyeds, Evenki-Tungus, Yakuts, and Yukaghirs resident in the town districts of Verkhotur'ye, Tobol'sk, Tomsk, Berezov, Surgut, Narym, Yeniseysk, Mangazeya, Øk, Yakutsk, Irkutsk, and Ner. DLC. 81534. NAYLER, W. G., and J. E. WRIGHT. Effect of epinephrine on the mechanical and phosphorylase activity of normo- and hypothermic hearts. (Circulation research 1963. v. 13, no. 3, p. 199-206, tables, illus.) 16 refs. Reports on experiments with isolated, perfused hearts of rats and toads. Cold per se produced bradycardia in rat hearts, reduced amplitude of contraction and phosphorylase enzyme in the a form. Mechanical activity ceased at 100 C. Response of toad hearts was different, showing in general, a greater resistance to low temperature. DLC. NAZARENKO, fÜ. I., see No. 79507. 81535. NAZAROV, V. S. Solichestvo 1'dov Mirovogo okeana i ikh izmeneniiå. (Okeanologifa 1963. v. 3, no. 2, p. 243-49, tables, graphs.) 6 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Quantity of ice in the World Ocean and its variation. Discusses accumulation and thawing of sea ice in waters of Southern and Northern Hemispheres, especially in polar regions. Snow cover, winds and other factors affecting its formation and distribution are discussed. A method for calculating areas of ice and its volume is outlined. Seasonal variation is dealt with. Ice balance of World Ocean is estimated. Sara Sea ice conditions are briefly noted. DLC. 81536. NAZINfEV, ITI. L. 0 roli teplovykh proCssessov v tafånii 1'da i preobrazovanii rel'efa mnogoletnikh polel v aentral'noI Arktike. (Problemy Arktiki i Antarktiki, no. 12, 1963, p. 69-75, graphs, tables.) 2 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Role of thermal processes in ice melting and in modification of the relief of polar-ice floes in the Central Arctic. Presents data on average and extreme amounts of melting snow and ice, growth of infiltration ice (ice formed from meltwater-soaked snow), and of ice ablation; based on drifting station observations, North Pole 2 and 4-7. The role of each of these processes in producing the relief DLC. forms of the ice surface is noted.

81537. NEAL, H. E., and R. M. SMITH. Magnetic roasting of Knob Lake lean ores. (Mining symposium, 23rd 1962. p. 13-24, graphs, tables, illus.) These ores contain 50-55% iron and/or 10-20% silicon by dry analysis. They are compared with the richer direct ores and the poorer ores which are stockpiled. The roasting was done in a 54 in. ID 6-hearth Nichols Herreshoff furnace; operations are described, including production of reducing gas, drying and crushing of the feed, and the wide range of conditions tested. Cooling operations, and use of dry and wet separators for concentration are also described. Results show considerable variation in the Lean blue ore magnetic concentrate. requires longer roasting time but after regrinding gives concentrate of higher grade than do earthy lean yellow and the red ores. Lean yellow ore is more easily reduced and produces a higher grade concentrate than the lean red ore which contains more DGS. alumina. 81538. NEATBY, L. H. The Greely ordeal. (Beaver 1961. no. 292, p. 4-11, map, illus.) Describes hardships of the Greely Expedition at Cape Sabine, off Ellesmere Island, during winter 1883-84. Of the 25-man party, seven survivors were picked up by a DI. relief expedition on June 22.

Describes Commonwealth Drilling Co. operations on Bathurst Island; transport of equipment and supplies on the Thora Dan despite severe ice conditions; problem of water supply and installation of a 5,000-bbl. insulated tank, initial drilling DLC_ slow and difficult, etc. NEF, E. S., see No. 83254. NEFEDOV, E. I., see No. 80122. NEFEDOV, G. F., see No. 80636. 81542. NEFEDOV, V. A. Uchet ortodromicheskoT popravki pri plavanii v vysokikh shirotakh. (Problemy Arktiki i Antarktiki 1963, no. 14, p. 86-88, table, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: Orthodrome corrections for navigation in high latitudes. In using Mercator maps in low latitudes, orthodromes or great circle routes may be regarded as equivalent to loxodromes or thumb lines, but in high latitudes correction must be made. The mean square errors in determining the location of a ship with two fixed reference points are tabulated for angles 30, 60 and 90°, and for distances, 5, 10, 15 and 20 mi.; table shows the greater the distance and smaller the angle, the greater is the error, ranging from 0.288 to 0.035 mi. DLC. NEFEDOVA, R. P., see No. 80761.

81539. NEATBY, L. H. Mr. Back of the expedition. (Beaver 1963. no. 294, p. 13-21, port, illus.) Biographical sketch of Sir George Back. His achievements in the Canadian Arctic, in particular on the Franklin expedition of 1819-1822, his overland expedition of 1833-1835, and Back River explorations are evaluated, as are his controversial personal characteristics. Ten sketches by DI. Back are shown. 81540. NECHAEV, A. Volshebnyl utes. (Dal'nil Vostok, Jan.—Feb. 1961. v. 29, no. 1, p. 191, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: The enchanted cliff. Describes a cliff of castle-like aspect with towers, porticos, bridges, etc. on the coast of Belichiy in the Shantar Islands. DLC. NEDESHEV, A. A., see No. 80256. NEDZVEDSKII, B. S., see No. 77366. 81541. NEESHAM, R. Too cold for Eskimos but not for drillers. (Oilweek 1963. v. 14, no. 36, p. 18-22, illus.)

NEGREANU, S., see No. 79611. 81543. NEGROSA, V. Z. Opyt facsial'nogo izuchenifåroterozolskikh (fatulilskikh) otlozhenil TSentral'noT Karelii. (Sovetskafä geologifa 1963. no. 7, p. 52-76, cross-sections, illus.) 23 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Facies of Proterozoic-Jatulian deposits of central Karelia. Reports a four-year study of the Ethology and facies of Proterozoic deposits from Kuolayarvi (67° N.) south to Koykary. Bedding of the deposits, form, roundness and composition of gravel, etc. were systematically investigated, with two hundred or more sections analyzed. Lithology, stratigraphy and facies are described. Paleogeography of Karelia in Jatulian DLC. time is characterized. 81544. NEILAND, K. A. Preliminary observations on philonemiasis and crepidostomiasis in Alaskan fresh-water fish. Juneau 1962. 5 p. tables, illus. (Alaska. Dept. of Fish and Game. Informational leaflet no. 16.) 10 refs. Reports June 1961 studies of eight species

773

of parasites in rainbow trout of the Tebay Lake system, Wrangell Mts. Most significant were body cavity roundworms, Philonema sp. (7) and intestinal flukes, Crepidostomum sp. (T). The former, reported for the first time from Alaskan fish, could inhibit reproduction and the latter, growth. No detrimental effects are apparent, however. DLC. 81545. NEILSON, J. M. Lake Albanel iron range, Northern Quebec. (Canadian Inst. of Mining and Metallurgy. Transactions 1963. v. 66, p. 21-27, maps, graph, table.) 10 refs. Describes results of 1956-1959 exploration and evaluation of concentrating-type ore deposits. Minimum reserve of 200,000,000 tons of concentrates containing 66.5% iron is located between Lake Albanel and Temiscamie River, approx. 51° N. 73° W. Although apparently isolated, these deposits may be a southwestern extension of the Labrador Trough-Wabush-Mt. Reed zone. The iron-bearing sequence, called the "Temiscamie iron formation", is a typical cherty iron carbonate; the average thickness is about 450 ft.; six ferruginous members are recognized, and dated at approx. 1.3 billion yrs. Exploration and development procedures followed by ClevelandCliffs Iron Co. subsidiaries are in three phases, involving reconnaissance surveys, mapping, sampling, testing, and drilling in the first; detailed geological mapping, geophysics, additional drilling and bulk sampling comprise phase 2; the third is further detailed mapping, and drilling of orebodies Eight to establish grade control etc. years' field work have completed exploration, and, in selected claims, part of phase 2. Substantial tonnages of beneficiatingtype iron ore are indicated. A link with the Canadian National Railroad ChibougamauSt. Felicien line is to provide a 275-mi. connection to deep-water ports on the DGS. Saguenay River. 81546. NEIMAN, A. A. Kolichestvennoe raspredelenie bentosa na shel'fe i verkhnikh gorizontakh sklona vostochnol chasti Beringova morel.. (Moskva. Vses. n: issl. inst. morskogo rybnogo khoz. i okeanografii. Trudy 1963. v. 48, p. 145-205, tables, graphs, maps.) 163 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Quantitative distribution of the benthos on the continental shelf and upper slopes of the eastern part of the Bering Sea. Comprehensive study with sections on earlier investigations, region, materials and methods of study, and list of the "main"

774

benthonic forms of the area; biocenoses, including trophic and geographic complexes, according to the literature and own study. Zoogeographic character of this benthos, trophic groupings of the bottom fauna and its distribution, quantitative distribution, reserves, and nutritive value to fish are considered in turn. On the continental shelf and upper slope (20-500 m.), 40 biocenoses were separated with a total biomass of 178 million tons, 64 millions of them of food value for fish. Feeding material increases in quantity from southeast to northwest. Zoogeographically, the forms are pan-arctic, arcto-boreal, low-arctoboreal, and subarctic boreal in that order of prevalence, with a few species of wide distribution. DLC. 81547. NEIMAN, A. A. Nekotorye zakonomernosti raspredelenifi bentosa na shel'fe Beringova morf.. (Voprosy bkologii 1962. v. 5, p. 145-47.) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Some regularities in benthos distribution on the shelf of the Bering Sea. Discusses the effect of food distribution on the composition of the benthos; its vertical distribution in the Kuril Trench as affected by the sediments. Bottom relief is considered in relation to the benthos of the Bering Sea shelf; zonation on this shelf and changes in it are dealt with. DLC. NEIMAN, A. A., see also No. 78663. NEIMAN, E. A., see No. 79108. 81548. NEIMAN, S. Ekspluata(ifa zamerzaitishchikh portov. (RechnoT transport 1962. v. 21, no. 11, p. 59-60.) In Russian. Title tr.: Opening up frozen ports. Reporls on some problems discussed at the Ottawa symposium on air bubbling, No. 74231: extending the navigation season at Thule, Churchill, Tuktoyaktuk, etc., by compressed air pumped into a line of pipes laid along the channel into port: bubbles of air seeping out and upward from holes in the pipes produce a vertical current of the warmer more saline bottom water thus preventing ice crust forming on the surface. DLC.

a.

Z., and ft.. D. 81549. NEISHTADT, ZHILOV. Ul'trafioletovoe obluchenie kak faktor akklimatizai;sii na KraTnem Severe. (In: Moskva. N.-issl. inst. sanitarii i gigieny. Gigienicheskie ... 1961, p. 50-61, tables, illus.) 7 refs. In Russian. Title

tr.: Ultraviolet radiation as an acclimatization factor in the far North. Discusses the physiological and hygienic aspects of these rays, "light hunger" in arctic regions; supplementary UV irradiation of children, adults, dosage, etc. DLC. 81550. NEISHTADT, M. I. Istorifa lesov i paleogeografifa SSSR v goloisene. Moskva, Izd-vo Akademii nauk SSSR 1957. 404 p. tables, graph, maps. Approx. 350 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: History of the forests and paleogeography of the USSR in the Holocene. Discusses the stmtigraphie division of the Holocene-Recent and the characteristics and age of these deposits divided into geobotanic zones. Pollen analysis is mostly used. All parts of the USSR are considered, including the arctic tundra zone, Bering scrub forest tundra, Kola province, the taiga regions, etc. History of vegetation in the Holocene is analyzed, and the paleogeography of its old, early, middle and late DLC. periods is outlined. NEISS, H., see No. 83877. 81551. NEKHAICHIK, V. P., and G. P. SMIRNOV. Reki o. Bol'shogo Liiikhovskogo. (Leningrad. Arkticheskil i antarkticheskil n.-i. inst. Trudy 1963. v. 224, p. In 67-72, tables, map, graph, illos.) Russian. Title tr.: The rivers of Bol'shoy Lyakhovskiy Island. Outlines the distribution of the river basins and gives some morphometric characteristics of the principal streams: Bludnaya, Bol'shoy Eterikan, Orto-Yuryakh, Khaastye and Nerpalakh. Hydrologic investigations are reported on Orto-Yuryakh in the east, and Nerpalakh, Dymnaya, Khorokhon in the southern part of this large island in the strait between Laptev and East Siberian Seas. River nourishment, runoff, spring flood and other features are described. All the streams freeze solid in winter. Water and air temperatures, ice, cross-sections, and a transverse profile of the Orto-Yuryakh are presented and briefly interpreted. DLC. 81552. NEKHAMKIN, I. S podlinnym verno. (Sovetskil sofilz, 1962, no. 6 (148), p. 30-33, illus. incl. color.) In Russian. Title tr.: True to copy. Describes picture telegraphy, its use in navigation. The atomic icebreaker Lenin on trial cruise in the Baltic for high-latitude voyages received televised ice charts plotted DLC. by ice scouting aircraft patrols.

81553. NEKRASOV, A. V. Predvaritel'nye karty glavnoT polusutochnoT i glavnol sutochnol voln priliva v Norvezhskom i Grenlandskom morfakh. (Leningrad. Gidrometeorologicheskil inst. Trudy 1961. v. 10, no. 1, p. 81-87, maps.) 7 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Preliminary charts of the main diurnal and main semi-diurnal tidal waves in the Norwegian and Greenland Seas. Discusses the tidal charts computed for the North Atlantic and arctic seas by A. Defant and others, and presents own charts of M2 and K1 tides for these seas constructed by an isallohypse method using harmonic constants at various points. Behavior of M, and K1 tides and their amplitudes are reported. These preliminary charts are of value for more exact calculation of tidal phenomena of these seas. DLC. 81554. NEKRASOV, I. A. K voprosu o klassifikaisii talikov. (Geograficheskoe obshchestvo SSSR. Izvestifå 1963. v. 95, no. 2, p. 143-53.) 34 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Classification of taliks. Discusses talik as understood by Russian scientists, and its terminology as used in the Russian literature. The term "tabetisol" is also discussed. Talik is considered to be a stratum (layer, massif, vein, lenses) of unfrozen rocks distributed in the areas of permafrost. Existing classifications of taliks worked out by M. I. Sumgin (No. 17189), IÜ. A. Bilibin (No. 44023), and others are reviewed, and a new one presented. It consists of three types (endogenic, exogenic and polygenic), seven species, and numerous varieties. DLC. 81555. NEKRASOV, I. A. 0 proiskhozhdenii i istorii kotloviny ozera El'gygytgyn. (Geologiiä i geofizika 1963, no. 1, p. 47-59, map, illus.) 24 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: On the origin and history of El'gygytgyn Lake basin. Reports a geologic study of this lake in Chukotka in 1955. Structure and tectonics disclose that the basin is not, as hitherto thought, of volcanic but of tectonic origin, and that it represents a ring cataclasis. The distribution of diatoms in bottom sediments of the lake and in shore terraces, the petrographic composition of deposits, the basin morphology and orography indicate that the lake basin is of Holocene time. DLC. 81556. NEKRASOV, I. A. 0 proiskhozhdenii nekotorykh geografichcskikh nazvanil na karte Chukotki. (Anadyr'. Chukotskil kraevedcheskil muzel. Zapiski 1961. no. 2, p. 77-83.) 15 refs. In Russian. Title tr.:

775

The origin of some geographical names on the map of Chukotka. Discusses about 85 names of features, called after explorers, saints, etc. or descriptive in nature; all of non-indigenous origin. DLC (microfilm). 81557. NEKRASOV, I. A. Osobennosti stroenißa slofå sezonnogo promerzanifä v predelakh polmennykh talikov. (In: Akademifi nauk SSSR. Inst. merzlotovedenifa. Mnogoletnemerzlye gornye ... 1963, p. 7174, cross-section.) Ref. In Russian. Title tr.: Structural features of the seasonally freezing layer in floodplain taliks. Reports geocryologic investigations in the river valleys of the Anadyr' basin in 19531958. An unusual relationship between the permafrost layer and the winter-summer freeze-thaw layers was found in floodplain taliks. A case is described and illus. In such taliks farthest from the river bed, the lower surface of the freeze-thaw layer can be located under the lower surface of permaDLC. frost layer. 81558. NEKRASOV, I. A. Polyn'i na rekakh Chukotki. (Meteorologifä i gidrologi& 1962, no. 8, p. 35-38) 8 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Polynyas on the rivers of the Chukotka. Discusses this phenomenon in the Chukotsk-Koryak region 60-69° N.: the polynyas occur over the sand and pebble banks not on a reach of the river. Observations of the ground water regime in the Khatyrka, Anadyr', Maya, Enmyvaam, and Belaya basins indicate that the river reaches are warmed with the artesian waters which collect through the summer beneath the floodplains, and flow slowly into the river DLC. valley. 81559. NEKRASOV, I. IA. Metallogenicheskafa spelsializaisiß mezozolskikh magmaticheskikh kompleksov; na primere severo-vostochnol akutü. (In: Akademifa nauk SSSR. Dal'nevostochnyl filial. Geologicheskil inst. Geologiis i metallogeniin .. . 1963, p. 117-29, tables.) 10 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Metallogenic specialization of Mesozoic magmatic complexes, as exemplified in northeastern Yakutia. Reports results of mineralogic and geochemical investigation of effusive and intrusive rocks to determine distribution of tin, tungsten, cobalt, molybdenum, and other deposits. About 400 samples were analyzed for mineralogic and 2500 for chemical studies. Four magmatic complexes were distinguished, Upper Triassic-Middle Jurassic, Upper Jurassic, Upper Jurassic778

Lower Cretaceous, and Upper CretaceousTertiary. Distribution of accessory minerals is reported in each, as is the distribution of element-admixtures such as Ti, V, Co, Ni, etc. DLC.

r., and K. S. PAKHOMOVA. 0 rasprostranenii renifå v porodakh i molibdenitakh skarnovykh i gidrotermal'nykh mestorozhdenil severoVostochnoT fAkutii. (Akademififf nauk SSSR. fAkutskil filial. Trudy 1963. ser. geol. no. 16, p. 49-55, tables, illus.) 19 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Rhenium distribution in rocks and in molybdenite skarns and hydrothermal deposits in northeastern Yakutia. Reports geochemical investigation of the distribution patterns of this rare element in igneous and contact-metamorphic rocks in the Omchikandinskiy, Ulakhan-Tas, KharaSis, Kandidatskiy and other intrusives. Its content was also analyzed in molybdenites of various genetic types. Favorable conditions for occurrence of rhenium in rocks and molybdenites are summarized. DLC.

81560. NEKRASOV, I.

81561. NEKRASOV, I. Ø. Pervichnafii zonal'nost' v rudn kh mestorozhdenifäkh Severo-Vostochnol akutii i ee znacbenie dliii poiskov skrytykh rudnykh tel. (In: USSR. Ges. geologicheskil komitet. Voprosy izucheni& i metody poiskov skrytogo orudenenifä, Moskva 1963. p. 314-34, tables, graphs, maps.) 22 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Primary zoning in ore deposits of northeastern Yakutia and its importance for the search for covered ore bodies. Reports study of endogenic deposits of tin, tungsten, molybdenum, lead and zinc of the Yana-Adycha, Kolyma and other areas. According to spatial distribution of various mineral complexes, three morphologic types of zoning are recognized: concentric, horizontal and vertical, and the first two treated in considerable detail. Utilization of data on the zonal structure of ore fields and bodies can contribute to effective search for non-ferrous metals and rare elements in these areas, also for covered ore bodies with unconsolidated deposits. DLC.

rA., and M. A. TIMOFEEVA. Rtut' v porodakh i mineralakh severo-vostochno! fAkutii. (Akademi& nauk SSSR. fAkutskil filial. Trudy 1963. ser. geol. no. 16, p. 23-38, tables, map, illus.) 20 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Mercury in rocks and minerals of northeastern Yakutia. Reports geochemical analyses of mercury distribution in the Selennyakh, Tas-Kha81562. NEKRASOV, I.

yakhtakh and Cherskogo Ranges, from 219 samples, sedimentary, effusive, intrusive and contact-metamorphic, of various composition and age. Mercury distribution in minerals of pegmatites, skarns and hydrothermal veins was also studied, and its average content for the entire VerkhoyanskChukotka folded region found to be L9 • 10-8%x. Its variation in different rocks and minerals is given. Evidence is noted of the paragenetic connection of mercury mineralDLC. ization with granitoids. NEKRASOV, I. Ø., see also No. 82561. 81563. NEKRASOV, M.D. Nekotorye ekonomicheskie pokazateli lesokhozfålstvennoT defåtel'nosti lespromkhozov Karelii. (Lesnoe khozfaxstvo 1963. v. 16, no. 4, p. 54-57, tables.) In Russian. Title tr.: Some economic indicators of the silvicultural activities of lumbering concerns in Karelia. Prior to 1959, forest conservation and lumbering were carried on by two different types of organization: "leskhozy" and "lespromkhozy". Since 1959, the former in general have been eliminated and their silvicultural functions transferred to the latter, lumbering concerns. Data are given to show the increase in conservation efforts including the Ukhta district in northern Karelia, and the advantages of this new arrangement are stressed. DLC. 81564. NEKRASOV, N. N. Osnovnye zadachi razmeshchenifå proizvoditel'nykh sil Sibiri i Dal'nego Vostoka. (Akademifa nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Izvestifa 1963, no. 1, p. 12-21.) 8 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Basic problems of the distribution of the productive sources of Siberia and Far East. General discussion of the proposition that Siberia with its electric power resources can become a great and economical industrial area. Among others, plans are sketched for a Great Ob industrial system between the Urals and the Yenisey, based on oil, natural gas, peat, timber, fisheries, etc. DLC. NEKRASOVA, K. A., see No. 80742. NEKRASOVA, V. M., see No. 78967. NELWBIN, A. E., see No. 80240. 81565. NELLEMANN, G. De asiatiske eskimoer og den nye tid. (Grønland 1963, no. 4, p. 139-42, illus.) In Danish. Title tr.: The Asiatic Eskimo and modern times. Surveys developments in Chukotka since the Soviet government gained control of the

region in 1923: organization of schooling and further education with the first school built in 1925 and attendance compulsory from 1937; an Eskimo written language introduced in 1932. Fisheries, hunting and reindeer-raising have been collectivized. The Eskimos constitute a minority in the region and will probably prove unable to retain their native culture. CaMAI. 81566. NELLEMANN, G. The gelding of dogs in Greenland. (Folk 1963. v. 5, p. 245-48.) 6 refs. Presents informants' reports on castration in West Greenland, to reduce savagery and rivalry over bitches and produce hardier driving dogs. The practice seems unknown to Eskimos outside West Greenland, though familiar to arctic peoples of Eurasia, e.g. the dog- and reindeer-breeding Chukchis and Koryaks. Its introduction into West Greenland by Danish and Norwegian colonists appears unlikely. DLC. 81567. NELLEMANN, G. Opbygning og udvikling blandt Sovjetunionens polarfolk. (GrØnland 1963, no. 3, p. 99-108, illus.) In Danish. Title tr.: Administration and development among the polar peoples of the Soviet Union. Outlines from official sources the administrative system, education, including ambulatory units, the so-called cultural bases, collectivization of fisheries, reindeer husbandry, etc. CaMAI. NELLEMANN, G., see also No. 78230. 81568. NELMS, J. D. Functional anatomy of skin related to temperature regulation. (Federation proceedings 1963. v. 22, no. 3, pt. 1, p. 933-36, illus.) 10 refs. Description of structures concerned in thermoregulation and acclimatization, with some notes on their function. Included are: sensory innervation of the skin, arteriovenous anastomoses, sweat glands, and blood vessels of the skin. DLC. 81569. NELSON, H. Johan Gunnar Andersson 3/7 1874 — 5/11 1960, in memoriam. (Svensk geografisk årsbok 1961. v. 37, p. 158-62, port.) In Swedish. Summary in English. Title tr.: Johan Gunnar Andersson July 3, 1874 — Nov. 5, 1960, * in memoriam. Obituary of this Swedish geologist who took part in Nathorat's expedition to Kong Karls Land, Svalbard, in 1898 and led an expedition to Bjørnøya the following year. He gained distinction for his work on soli*Collected to Oct. 29, 1960, in Ymer no. 2, 1961.

777

fluction, showing its importance as a morphological agent in arctic and subarctic regions. Andersson was head of the Swedish SPRI. Geological Survey in 1906-1916. 81570. NELSON, K., and C. FORD. Daughter of the gold rush. New York, Random House 1958. 173 p. illus. Recounts experiences in Alaska 1902-1935, as daughter of a gold miner and wife of wildlife investigator Frank Dufresne. Childhood in mining camps in the Council area and in Nome, trips, especially in the DLC. Yukon River area, etc. NELSON, M., see No. 78021. 81571. NELSON, P. D. Human adaptation to antarctic station life. 9 p. table. (In: WHO Conference on medicine .. . 1962.) 9 refs. Discusses antarctic station ecology, including number of people at the station and their age composition; criteria of adaptation, its correlates. Adaptation is considered CaONA. in its psychological aspect. NELSON, P. D., see also No. 84468. NELSON, P. R., see No. 79113. 81572. NELSON, S. J. Ordovician paleontology of the northern Hudson Bay Lowland. New York 1963. ix, 152 p., maps, graph, table, illus . (Geological Society of America. Memoir 90.) 88 refs. Describes Ordovician fossils collected in 1950-1951 on the Nelson, Churchill, South and North Knife Rivers, in northern Manitoba. Stratigraphy is outlined briefly as two formations of the Bad Cache Rapids Group, the two-part Churchill River Group, and the Red Head Rapids Formation. The fauna, consisting of three stromatoporoid species, 41 coral, eight gastropod, 56 cephalopod, and one graptolite, was obtained from these five formations of fossiliferous dolomitic limestone 300-400 ft. thick. The brachiopods are listed and the other species described and illus. Close temporal relationship is indicated between the Bad Cache Rapids and the Churchill River Groups. A Late Ordovician age is suggested for the former and for the coeval Red River Formation of DLC. southern Manitoba. 81573. NEMCHINOV, A. G. V komissii po okhrane prirody fAkutskogo filiala SO AN SSSR. (Okhrana prirody Sibiri i Dal'nego Vostoka 1962, no. 1, p. 237-38.) In Russian. Title tr.: In the Commission on

778

Nature Conservation of the Yakut Branch of the Siberian Division of the Academy of Sciences, USSR. Reports activities of the Commission founded in 1959: cooperation with other conservation agencies; publicizing principles of nature conservation in Yakutsk University, schools, and in the press; organization of a conference in Yakutsk, 1960; study of Yana River pollution by waste from the Bataga ore concentration plant; study of fish resources; etc. DLC. 81574. NEMIROVSKAfA, V. N., and V. V. KRUGOV'YKH. Tret'e koordinaf ionnoe soveshchanie po sostavlenifil litologo-paleogeograficheskikh kart Sibiri. (Materialy po geologii i poleznym iskopaemym Krasnorarskogo krafis 1962. no. 3, p. 261-63.) In Russian. Title tr.: The third coordinated conference on compiling lithologic-paleogeographic maps of Siberia. Reviews this conference in Krasnoyarsk April 6-10, 1962. Among the papers noted is that by I. S. Gramberg on paleohydrochemistry of the Polar Basin in the Upper Paleozoic and Mesozoic, based on paleohydrochemical analysis of clayey deposits; more than 2000 samples of clayey rocks of the Permian, Triassic and Jurassic periods were analyzed; this method was extensively discussed and found significant. DLC. 81575. NEMTUSHKIN, A. Pesnfa devushki. (Enisel 1961, no. 3, p. 67.) In Russian. Title tr.: Girl's song. Love poem by this Evenki Tungus rendered in Russian. DLC. 81576. NENASHEV, N. I. Voprosy magmatizma i rudoobrazovaniså na SeveroVostoke !Äkutii v svete dannykh absolii tnogo vozrasta. (Akademifa nauk SSSR. Izvestifa 1963, ser. geol. no. 9, p. 6-17, tables, graphs, map.) 21 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Magmatism and ore formation of northeastern Yakutia in the light of absolute age data. Outlines the petrographic and chemical characteristics of granitoids of the Kolyma and Omsukchan complexes. Their absolute age is determined by the potassium-argon method. Mesozoic-Cenozoic granitoid magmatism is found to have lasted 111 m.y. without interruption, beginning in the Middle Jurassic and ending in the Paleogene, the maximum in the Lower Cretaceous. Of ore deposits in the region, iron-magnesian skarns of the Polousnyy Range have 145 m.y., gold-bearing deposits of the upper Indigirka 137-117 m.y., Polousnyy tin deDLC. posits 122-115 m.y., etc.

NENASHEV, N. I., see also Nos. 77052, 79140. NEPOKLONOV, M. A., see No. 77597. 81577. NERLICH, G. Sibirien. Leipzig, Brockhaus Verlag 1961. 163 p. illus. In German. Title tr.: Siberia. Contains about 160 photos, over half of them of northern Krasnoyarsk Province and Yakutia, including Noril'sk, Yakutsk, Oymyakon. The 27-page introduction describes author's flight, the landscape, towns, cultural and industrial features, living conditions among Yakuts, Russians, etc. DLC. 81578. NERONOVA, N. A., and N. B. BELOV. Kristallicheskafa struktura el'pidita Na, Zr [Sis O16] • 3H60. Dimorfizm dimetasilikatnykh radikalov [Sis 016]. (Akademifa nauk SSSR. Doklady 1963. v. 150, no. 3, p. 642-45, tables, illus.) 13 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The crystal structure of elpidite Na,Zr [Sis016] • 3 1:120. The dimorphism of dimetasilicate radicals [Si, Old. Reports X-ray study of elpidite, a mineral found first in pegmatite in Greenland and in 1949 in the Lovozero massif, Kola Peninsula. Its hardness is 5, specific weight 2.615. The structure, coordinates of atoms, balance of valence, and other properties are described. DLC. 81579. NERSESOVA, Z. A., and N. A. ßYTOVICH. Nezamerzshafü voda v merzlykh gruntakh. (In: International Conference on Permafrost. Doklady .. . 1963, p. 62-70, tables, graphs.) 37 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Unfrozen water in frozen soils. Considers the types of water and constants in its quantitative alteration in freezing and frozen ground, depending upon external influence and nature of the mineral frame: soil dispersibility, mineralogical composition, and physico-chemical properties. Three temperature ranges of phase transition are distinguished. Data are given on the liquid water content in typical non-saline soils (sands, sandy barns, foams, clays) according to temperature. Its role in solution of problems in frozen ground research is sumDLC. marized. 81580. NESHATAEV, M. N. Pikhta sibirskafa na zapadnol granit;se svoego areala. (Botanicheskil zhurnal 1963. v. 48, no. 1, p. 96-98, map.) 9 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Siberian fir on the western limit of its distribution area. Discusses earlier work on Abie,s sibirØ

Ldb and its distribution; favorable and unfavorable traits and conditions of its westward spread. Its westernmost extent is in Arkhangel'skaya Oblast'; the soil, vegetation and prospects of this area are noted. DLC. 81581. NESHATAEVA, N. Po reke Kern'. (Na rubezhe 1963, no. 3, p. 67-83, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: Along the Kem River. Describes work of a party of hydrologists sponsored by the Leningrad planning institute, who explored the river bed for 300 km. from the mouth, a reconnaissance for building hydroelectric stations. DLC. 81582. NESHEIM, A. Minnetale over Professor Dr. Konrad Nielsen. (Norske Videnskaps-akademi, Oslo. Årbok 1954, pub. 1955. p. 55-62, port.) In Norwegian. Title tr.: Memorial lecture on Professor Dr. Konrad Nielsen. Reviews the life and professional interests of Konrad Hartvig Isak Rosenvinge Nielsen, Norwegian philologist, specialist in Lappish and Finnish languages. He was a pupil of Qvigstad in Norway and Setälä in Finland, and a member of the Reindeer Pasturage Commission. Several of his publications are briefly reviewed. DLC. 81583. NESHEIM, A. Trends in the development of Lapp culture in Scandinavia. (International Congress of Anthropological and Ethnological Sciences 1960. Comptes rendus, v. 2, Ethnologie pt. 1, pub. 1963, p. 213-14). Traces the change from semi-nomadism of the ancient hunting and fishing civilization, to nomadic reindeer keeping, and to a seasonal nomadism based on a fixed farm community. Current economic and cultural developments, occupational diversification, loosening of ethnic ties, etc. are outlined. Efforts to clarify Lapps' legal rights, particularly in connection with river regulation in pasturing areas are noted. DSI. NESS, A. G., see No. 83304. 81584. NESS, M. Glasses for Eskimos. (Saturday night 1952. v. 67, no. 13, p. 33, illus.) Reports that on the 1951 Eastern Arctic Patrol, eye examinations were made on Eskimos for the Prevention of Blindness and Eye Service Dept. of the Canadian National Institute for the Blind. The eyes were found to be about average; fitting for glasses was difficult due to high position of the ears and lack of nose bridges. CaOCU.

779

81585. NESTERENKO, G. V., and f17. N. KORNAKOV. Subshchelochnye trappy reki Vilfüfå kak produkt metasomatoza. (Akademifil nauk SSSR. Doklady 1963. v. 153, no. 5, p. 1175-77, table.) 9 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Subalkaline traps of the Vilyuy River as product of metasomatosis. Reports petrographic study of differentiated intrusions on the middle Vilyuy. Metasomatic formation of teschenite-dolerites is established and described. They are compared with the metasomatic rocks of Bol'shaya Botuobuya and deposits of Iceland spar. Similarity of the rocks is noted according to their mineral composition and character of the alteration of gabbro-dolerites. DLC. 81586. NESTEROV, I. I. Eofsenovye i oligofaenovye otlozhenifa Samorovskogo i Oktfabr'skogo ralonov Zapadno-Sibirskol (In: Mezhvedomstvennoe nizmennosti. soveshchanie po dorabotke ... 1961, p. 25359, cross-sections.) 7 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Eocene and Oligocene deposits of the Samarovo and Oktyabr'skoye regions of the West Siberian lowland. Reports study of these deposits along the Ob valley, between Khanty-Mansiysk and Igrim. They were uncovered by 70 core drillings to 400-500 m. depth. They are divided lithologically into Lyulinvorskaya, Cheganskaya, and Atlymskaya series, which are described noting also spore-pollen complexes, complexes of diatom algae, and DLC. microfauna. 81587. NESTOROV, I. I. Nekotorye voprosy formirovanifii gazovykh mestorozhdenil Berezovskogo ralona ZapadnoSibirskol nizmennosti. (Sibirskil n.-Ø. inst. geologii, geofiziki i mineral'nogo syrift. Trudy, ser. neftfanafå geol. 1962. no. 26, Materialy po geologii, gidrogeologii, geofizike i poleznym iskopaemym Zapadnol Sibiri, p. 151-59.) 9 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Some problems of gas-deposit formation in the Berezovo region of the West Siberian plain. Notes twelve gas deposits found in the region since 1953, confined to the basal horizon of the marine Upper Jurassic — Valanginian depression. Reservoirs of gas are basal coastal-marine sandstones. The reservoir rock is characterized as to porosity, permeability and other properties. Rock pressure, gas yield, structure of deposits, etc. are treated. Tectonic, hydrogeologic and other factors affecting formation of gas deposits are analyzed. Sources of gas and its migration are discussed. DLC. 780

NESTOROV, V. P., see No. 77778. NEUMANN, G., see No. 77530. 81588. NEUMANN, K. Canadian — Soviet northern development; how far does Canada lag behind? (Canadian business 1959, v. 32, no. 11, p. 28-32, + , illus.) Compares the Canadian and Russian North and attributes greater advances in the latter to a more favorable climate and productive soil, more and better transportation routes, and to population pressure in the south. Canadian development depends on economic forces which do not yet require full use of the North. Russian development has taken place at great economic and human cost, as planned government policy. Regional comparisons are made between Kola Peninsula–Karelian ASSR and Yukon Territory–northern British Columbia; the White Sea–Ural Mts. area and the Mackenzie River area; the region east of the Urals, and the Canadian Eastern Arctic. CaOCU. NEUMANN, P., see No. 84455. NEVERRE, G., see No. 81033. 81589. NEVINSKII, M. M. Materialy po uchetu molodi treski, pikshi i morskogo okun1. v ralonakh severo-zapadnol Atlantiki vdekabre-marte 1961-1962 gg. (Murmansk. Polfärnyl n.-issl. inst. morskogo rybnogo khozfalstva i okeanografii. Nauchno-tekhnicheskil biülleten 1962, no. 4 (22), p. 4345, table, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: Materials on estimates of young cod, haddock and redfish in the northwest Atlantic during December–March 1961-1962. Reports on a survey made by the E/V Pobeda in Labrador, Newfoundland and Nova Scotia waters. Quantitative distribution of young cod down to 400 m. depth and size distribution of catch, also similar aspects of haddock and redfish, are considered. The investigation was limited to fishing banks. DLC. NEVITT, H., see No. 84580. 81590. NEWBERT, C. B. Wilderness hospital. (Alaska sportsman 1963. v. 29, no. 11, p. 19-21, illus.) Recounts experiences while employed at the Hudson Stuck Memorial Hospital in Fort Yukon, Alaska, 1947-1952. The hospital, whose patients were mostly tubercular Indians, was built in 1915 as part of the Episcopal mission; it closed in 1957. DI. 81591. NEWELL, H. E., Jr. The first year of U.S.-IGY rocket program. (IGY World

Data Center A: rockets and satellites. Report series 1958, no. 1, p. 1-10, tables.) Presented at the 5th General Assembly of CSAGI, Moscow, 1958. Summarizes the U.S. contribution with 116 upper air sounding rockets launched, including 21 Aerobee, and 20 Nike-Cajun from Fort Churchill in Canada, and 16 Rockoon from shipboard in the Arctic. They recorded: atmospheric pressure, temperature and density, wind, high altitude photography (for horizon studies), chemical composition of the high atmosphere, including ozone and water vapor measurements, ion composition of the high atmosphere, ionospheric charge density measurements, solar ultraviolet and X-ray radiation measurements (including observations during solar flares), airglow, auroral Lyman alpha and air fluorescence, auroral particle studies, cosmic rays, earth's magnetic field, and rocket astronomy. Results obtained are concisely given. 41 more firings of Aerobees, NikeCajuns, and Spaerobees are noted as scheduled over Fort Churchill during the DLC. IGY. 81592. NEWELL, R. E. Preliminary study of quasi-horizontal eddy fluxes from meteorological rocket network data. (Journal of the atmospheric sciences 1963. v. 20, no. 3, p. 213-25, graphs, tables.) 71 refs. Computes the meridional transport of relative angular momentum by transient eddies, from 1960-1962 data for the 25-60 km. region of the Northern Hemisphere. Nine stations reported, including Fort Greely in Alaska, and Fort Churchill, Man. The northward winter transport is apparently large enough to account for the formation of the winter polar vortex. Formation of the eddies is believed to result from differential heating within the region produced by radiational effects. Importance of eddy structures as compared with mean meridional motions appears to be similar to the earlier findings for the troposphere and lower stratosphere. The 26-60 km. region may be independent of tropospheric energy, generating its own kinetic energy in situ in winter. An alternative explanation for the high temperature of the winter polar mesosphere (>62 km.) based upon considerations concerning the eddies is put forward. DWB. 81593. NEWELL, R. E. Transfer through the tropopause and within the stratosphere. (Royal Meteorological Society. Quarterly journal 1963. v. 89, no. 380, p. 167-204, graphs, tables.) Approx. 110 refs. Surveys the evidence for mass exchange between the troposphere and the strato-

sphere, based in part on tracer studies of radioactivity, on ozone distribution, on tests of radioactive tungsten, and on other meteorological evidence. The radioactivity studies extended north to Thule; the 32 ozone stations included four arctic; tungsten tests were not held in arctic regions. Northward-moving parcels tend to sink, southward moving ones to rise in the middlelatitude lower stratosphere (to 60° N.). Transient eddies also seem of importance up DWB. to 60 km. altitude. NEWELL, R. E., see also No. 79605. 81594. NEWMAN, P. C. Canada's next big boom. (Maclean's magazine 1963. v. 76, no. 22, p. 15-17, + , map, illus.) Discusses briefly the British Newfoundland Corp. (BRINCO) project under Robert Winters' direction, which is to develop hydroelectric power at Hamilton Falls on the Hamilton River, Labrador. The seven-year construction program is to begin in spring 1964; six million h.p. potential is to be incorporated into the power grid of Hydro Quebec, with surplus being sold in the CaOCU. United States. 81595. NEWMAN, P. C. Flame of power, intimate profiles of Canada's greatest businessmen. Toronto, Longman Green, 1959. 264 p. illus. Includes chapters on Donald Alexander Smith, Lord Strathcona (p. 47-72), a Hudson's Bay Co. employee from 1838, 50 yrs. later its governor, and during 18471860 a trader in Labrador; and on Gilbert LaBine (p. 149-68). LaBine, a prospector, in 1930 discovered pitchblende, the mother ore of radium and uranium at Port Radium on Echo Bay of Great Bear Lake in Mackenzie District where copper, silver, bismuth, and cobalt were also found. The discovery and mining of radium are described, also production of uranium, a by-product of the radium refinery at Port Hope, Ontario. Government expropriation in 1944 of LaBine's company, Eldorado Gold Mines, is noted; it was re-named Eldorado Mining and Refining (1944) Ltd. with LaBine remaining as president. CaONA. 81596. NGUYEN-IIAI. Propagation des ondes longitudinales dans le noyau terrestre. (Annales de geophysique 1963. v. 19, no. 4, p. 285-346, graphs, tables.) 90 refs. In French. English and Russian summary. Title tr.: Propagation of longitudinal waves through the earth's core. Presents results of a study of six deep focus earthquakes, centered in the South Pacific in 1958-1959; epicenters were de-

781

termined; positions of focal and surface points of the PKP propagation-curve were determined; and the velocity of longitudinal waves in the earth's core was calculated, based on observations from about 50 seismological stations including: Petropavlovsk, College, Nord, Resolute, Sodankylä, Kiruna, Scoresbysund. Interpretation of five new phases of the propagation curve is offered, and an hypothesis on the layered structure of the core is presented, including selective dispersion in three internal and two external DGS. core layers. 81597. NIBLETT, E. R., and P. A. FORSYTH. Canadian national report on geomagnetism and aeronomy. Ottawa, Queen's Printer 1963. p. 23-43, maps. (Canada. Dominion Observatory. Publications v. 28, no. 2.) 290 refs. Summarizes activity in these two fields since spring 1960 (except commercial explorations etc.). In geomagnetism senior author notes a special magnetic survey of the north magnetic dip pole in 1962 by Dawson and Loomer, q.v.; airborne surveys over the Polar Continental Shelf in 1962; magnetic observations established at Alert on northern Ellesmere and Mould Bay on Prince Patrick Island; also publication IGY results for six observatories; etc. In aeronomy, spectrographic and photometric studies are dealt with, also investigations of the aurora, noctilucent clouds, meteors, the ionosphere, sun-earth relationships such as polar-cap absorption events, rocket and satellite experiments from Fort Churchill, DGS. cosmic rays, etc. NICHOLLS, D. G., see No. 80715. NICHOLS, C. T., see No. 77754. 81598. NICHOLS, D. R. and L. A. YEHLE. Highway construction and maintenance problems in permafrost regions. (Tennessee. Univ. Engineering Experiment Station 1961, Bulletin no. 24, p. 19-29, illus.) 27 refs. Presented at the Twelfth Annual Symposium on Geology as applied to Highway Engineering, Knoxville, Tenn., Feb. 10-11, 1961. Frost heave, landslides, icings, etc. are intensified where construction is on poorly drained, fine-grained soils, perennially frozen a few feet below the surface. Solifluction, and differential heave and settlement also threaten stability of road surfaces in permafrost areas. Pioneer-road construction across virgin terrain requires advance permafrost and engineering-geological studies, planning for good drainage. Sites underlain

782

by coarse-grained foundation materials should be favored, excavation in frozen ground avoided, degradation of permafrost reduced, controlled, or eliminated before construction. Roads built in side-hill or V-shaped cuts are hard to maintain. DGS. 81599. NICHOLS, J. P. Alaska, a history of its administration, exploitation, and industrial development during its first half century under the rule of the United States. New York, Russell & Russell 1963. 465 p., maps. Reissue without change of No. 12242. DLC. NICHOLS, M. H., see No. 84368. 81600. NICHOLSON, R. Eyed folds and interference patterns in the Sokumfjell Marble Group, northern Norway. (Geological magazine 1963. v. 100, no. 1, p. 5968, maps, illus.) 15 refs. Describes complex fold patterns of these strongly deformed rocks at Glomfjord in northwest Norway. The patterns are analyzed in terms of fold superposition. One set of closed folds presents difficulties to such an explanation, however, and an alternative possibility is discussed: noncylindroidal deformation of the marbles and differential movement within and along the axial plane of folds. DGS. 81601. NICHOLSON, R. A note on the relation of rock fracture and fjord direction. (Geografiska annaler 1963. v. 45, no. 4, p. 303-304, map.) 8 refs. Takes issue with B.A.O. Randall's conclusion (No. 75034), that evidence from Lyngen indicates a structural control over valley direction, and disagrees with his restatement of Gregory's generalization that all fjord-valleys were arranged along fracture lines or networks, and that they were preglacial in origin. Norwegian maps of Tysfjord and Hellemobotn are cited as examples of an opposite interpretation; the virtual absence of fractures, faults, etc. is described in the Glomfjord region, where fjords cut across the concordant contacts between granite-gneisses and metasediments as well as the small-scale structures of each. Lithology and structure have therefore incidental, if sometimes important, roles in fjord orientation. Fractures are not a necessary prerequisite to fjords, and the Lyngen evidence is of only local significance. DGS. 81602. NICHOLSON, R., and B. J. WALTON. The structural geology of the Navervatn-Storglomvatn area, Glomfjord,

northern Norway. (Norsk geologisk tidsskrift 1963. v. 43, no. 1, p. 1-58, maps, sections, illus.) 31 refs. Describes results of part of a detailed University College, London, survey of a large area about 67° N. 14° E., begun in 1953. This particular part covers an area just north of Svartisen, and at the junction of three metasedimentary groups: the Melöy, which encloses the so-called Caledonian intrusives or gneisses; the Sokumfjell Marble group, which forms a southward closing fold between the Melöy and the Vegdal; the Vegdal overlies the Sokumfjell and the Melöy groups. The junction, traceable for 100 km. north and south of Storglomvatn, thus separates two major stratigraphic-structural units, comprising the granitic gneisses, Melöy Group and Sokumfjell Marble Group to the west; and the Vegdal Group to the east. All three groups and the gneisses represent part of the Rödingsfjäll Nappe of Swedish geologists. The folds of the Melöy and Sokumfjell Marble groups are usually very irregular; this feature, and the uncertain development of the folds and schistosity, make correlation difficult. Two or three phases of folding nevertheless can be recognized. Regional metamorphism probably reached its climax after the earliest phase but before the other episodes. DGS. Lunar 81603. NICHOLSON, T. D. shadow on Alaska. (Natural history 1963. v. 72, no. 6, p. 10-17, map, illus.) Discusses the significance of Alaska's admission as a state; geographical and astronomical pecularities; the sun over Alaska; the eclipse of July 20, 1963, its path, duration and character; the eclipse in the rest of the United States. The article is aptly illus. by Helmut Wimmer. DLC. 81604. NICKEL, E. H. Eudidymite from Seal Lake, Labrador, Newfoundland. (Canadian mineralogist 1963. v. 7, no. 4, p. 643-49, tables.) 11 refs. Identifies and describes this rare mineral, reported in alkaline syenites from only four other places in the world. At Seal Lake, where recently discovered, it occurs as an accessory mineral in the soda-rich paragneiss. Chemical composition is: Na,O 12.20%, K,O 0.39%, BeO 10.15%, SiO, 73.56%, and H2O 3.62%; total 09.92%. Minor differences in physical and optical properties are noted from those of the Norwegian specimen. The Seal Lake mineral contains BeO and SiO, close to the theoretical values; its specific gravity (2.578) is substantially higher than that of

the Norwegian mineral (2.553). Observed variations in physical and optical properties are explained by partial substitution of beryllium and hydroxyl for silicon and oxygen. DGS. 81605. NICKELS, N. Polar weathermen make changes at the top. (Aircraft 1963. v. 25, no. 5, p. 26-27, illus.) Describes a new system of fuel oil supply to the joint Canada-United States weather stations on the Queen Elizabeth Islands. Twelve storage tanks at Resolute on Cornwallis Island holding 150,000 gal. are filled in August from tanker vessels anchored offshore. Turbo prop freighter aircraft with portable pipelines and tanks reload and transship the oil in 4,000 gal. loads to Mould Bay on Prince Patrick Island, and Isachsen on Ellef Ringnes. About 18 two-hour round trips are planned for each station. Eureka on western Ellesmere Island is served directly by tanker ship and sea pipeline; and Alert on northern Ellesmere by airlift from Thule, Greenland. In a later issue of the same journal (Its: v. 25, 1963. no. 9, p. 20, illus.) the collapsible four-ply butyl rubber tanks are described. Five of 800-gal. capacity are fitted into the hold of RCAF Hercules; they replace drums formerly used. Reduction of loading and discharge time, and number of trips, as well as saving on drums make the new system a DLC. major economy. 81606. NICKLE, S. C., Jr. Athabasca or Arctic Islands, which will be first? (Oil in Canada 1962. v. 15, no. 9, p. 15.) Discusses the possibility of sizeable oil production in the Canadian Arctic in sixto-ten yrs. Conditions favorable for oil accumulation, drilling operations, transportation problems, markets and prices are Author's independent touched upon. company, Noreen Oils Ltd. of Calgary is to participate in exploration. DGS. 81607. NICKUL, K. V. Les Lapons de Finlande. (Revue de psychologie des peuples 1963. v. 18, no. 3, p. 305-313.) In French. Title tr.: Lapps of Finland. Study of Finnish influences on the life pattern and economy of Lapps. Finns' encroachment pushed the Lapps some 500 km. north to 68° N., within 300 years. The decrease of wild reindeer and introduction of Finnish animal husbandry techniques changed the Lapps' traditional reindeerhunting to a reindeer-raising economy regulated by Finnish livestock-farming laws. Though nomadism or semi-nomadism has survived among the Scandinavian

783

Lapps, those in Finland have become settled. In contrast to Sweden, Finland has intervened little in Lappish affairs, yet Finnish Lapps participate more in administrative activities and communal life than do those in Sweden and Norway. There is greater dialectal diversity among the Finnish than the Scandinavian Lapps. Creation of a common written language has been hampered by the great differences between the three major tongues: Mountain Lappish spoken by the majority, Inari, and Skolt Lappish. The cultural, economic, demographic, etc. aims of the Lappish Council created in 1956 are discussed. DLC. 81608. NICKUL, K. V. De lapeka och finska ortnamnen på nordkalottens kartor. (Terra 1963. v. 75, no. 2, p. 151-55.) In Swedish. English summary. Title tr.: The Lappish and Finnish place names on maps of northern Fennoscandia. Considers the difficulties of map making in this multilingual area. Lappish and Finnish place names abound throughout northern Finland, Norway, and Sweden, A irrespective of political boundaries. conference in Luleå, Sweden, in May 1962, favored Finnish spelling for Finnish names, even in Sweden. For Lappish names, however, with letters and symbols not used in the other languages, adherence to the Leading cartovernacular is difficult. graphic institutions should collaborate and call in language experts. There should be common orthography on all maps of Lapland, and it should recognize the ancient DGS. culture of the region. 81609. NICOL, J. Sub-arctic seasoning. (Canadian forum 1949, v. 28-29, no. 337344.) Presents commentary on life and conditions in the Canadian North, as experienced at a weather station north of Churchill, in eight successive issues of this journal, viz: no. 337, p. 252-53, on daily life at the station in winter, its isolation, monotony and boredom, heightened rather than diminished by arrival of an occasional supply plane; no. 338, p. 275-76, on Eskimo dances, and Eskimo education in the mission school and at home; no. 339, p. 10-11, on the role of the Hudson's Bay Co. and the Eskimos as its economic slaves; no. 340, p. 36-37, on the cold weather, dog sledding, weather station operations, criticism of the station network; no. 341, p. 58-59, on the half-track, half-ski snowmobile used for winter transport, Eskimo adaptation to winter, their dog races; no. 342, p. 79-S0, on recreational activities

784

at the weather station; no. 343, p. 107108, on Eskimo polar-bear hunting with .22 rifle and dogs, and some bear stories; no. 344, p. 128, on the romance and realities of life in the North. CaOCU. 81610. NICOLAISEN, J. The anthropology of Kaj Birket-Smith. (Folk 1963. v. 5, p. 11-19.) 14 refs. Tribute to this Danish Eskimologist and appraisal of his contributions to the sociology and ethnology of primitive societies. DLC. 81611. NIELSEN, B., and M. NIELSEN. Body temperature during work at different environmental temperatures. (Acta physiologica scandinavica 1962. v. 56, no. 2, p. 120-29, tables, illus.) 11 refs. A varied study of temperatures at different levels of the esophagus and rectum; effect of leg work and of arm work on these temperatures; effect of watersaturated air, etc. During work, both rectal and esophageal temperatures were practically independent of ambient temperatures between 5 and 30° C. DNLM. NIELSEN, B., see also No. 81337. 81612. NIELSEN, E. T. Hvad spiser myg? (Naturen 1963. v. 87, no. 7, p. 430-38, illus.) In Norwegian. Title tr.: What do gnats eat? Discusses food and eating habits of various biting flies under different conditions in laboratory and in nature. Plant juices are the most important food source. The female sucks human blood, its protein important for the eggs. Feeding is confined mainly to the early morning and late evening. In Greenland, where willow is the principal source of food, feeding is done whenever the weather is still and warm. DGS. 81613. NIELSEN, E. T. Myg i Grønland. (Grønland 1963, no. 8, p. 295-301, illus.) In Danish. Title tr.: Mosquitoes in Greenland. Reports summer 1961 observations of Aedes nigripes at Narssarssuaq and Godhavn. Swarming was found dependent on temperature and wind rather than light, the cocoon stage shorter than at the same temperature in regions of temperate climate. The mosquitoes are not much more abundant than in Denmark, but their wide distribution, the time of day when they develop maximal activity, and their slowmode of attack make them more troublesome. Use of a repellant is the best method

of protection. Extermination with poison has disastrous effects on other species as well, and presence of mosquitoes is necessary CaMAI. for some bird species. 81614. NIELSEN, F. Nekrolog: Overkirurg, dr. med. Olaf Povlsen. (Grønland 1963, no. 11, p. 439-40, illus.) In Danish. Title tr.: Obituary: Senior surgeon, Dr. Olaf Povlsen. Tribute to Dr. Povlsen, noting his development and modernization of the surgical department at Dronning Ingrids Hospital in Godthåb, West Greenland, since 1957; prior to that he was for three years district medical officer at Thule. CaMAI. 81615. NIELSEN, J. Comparison between different types of tags used on cod, char and salmon in Subarea 1. (International Commission for the Northwest Atlantic Fisheries. Special publication 1963, no. 4, p. 17-21, tables, graph.) Preliminary report on evaluation study made by the Greenland Fisheries Investigation in which a number of fish were tagged at the same time and locality with different types of tags. Considering total return rate, red plastic tags attached with steel wire to the base of the anterior edge of the first dorsal fin, gave the best results. CaMAI. 81616. NIELSEN, J. I Scoresbysund er der ingen problemer. (Grønland 1963, no. 8, p. 281-94, illus.) In Danish. Title tr.: At Scoresbysund there are no problems. Impressions of a Danish doctor who spent the years 1957-1959 at Scoresbysund in CaMAI. East Greenland.

dialect differences in vocal quality and quantity, consonant quality and quantity, variational types, grammatical details, etc. The second is discussed in relation to the partitive in Finnmark-Lappish; to cases: 7-8 or 9-10 in Lappish, 15 in Finnish; and to differences between these languages in usage, with examples also from Kola, Inari, and Lule Lappish. Norwegian loan words in Lappish reindeer husbandry are considered: of 60 in a common dictionary, about ten concern it exclusively, and denote reindeer use, markings (brands), bell, hide preparation, etc.; 20-30 words concern milk, and the rest concern other aspects common also to other animals, etc. DLC. 81619. NIELSEN, L. E. A glaciological reconnaissance of the Columbia GIacier, Alaska. (Arctic 1963. v. 16, no. 2, p. 134-42, maps, tables, graph, illus.) 11 refs. Reports 1955 and 1957 investigations of this glacier in the Chugach Mts. near Valdez. Snow depths (less than expected), accumulation, and ablation (greatest on warm, windy days) were studied at 31809500 ft. on the main and east branches. Variations in snow depth with altitude and location on the glacier were also examined. Accumulation-ablation ratios, compared for the various parts of Columbia and for some other Alaskan glaciers, indicate that the main branch is gaining and the east branch losing strength. The beginning of a new crevasse, also a large ice avalanche were seen in 1957. DI. NIELSEN, M., see No. 81611. NIEMELÄ, L., see No. 79456.

81617. NIELSEN, J. Kupåja, den onde and i Scoresbysund. (Grønland 1963, no. 3, p. 109-110, illus.) In Danish. Title tr.: Kupåja, the evil spirit at Scoresbysund. An East Greenlandie legend. CaMAI.

NIEMIOJA, T., see Nos. 84270, 84271.

81618. NIELSEN, K. Et tredelt bidrag. (Tromsø. Museum. Skrifter 1928. v. 2, p. 154-83.) Approx. 15 refs. In Norwegian aud Lappish. Title tr.: A three-fold contribution. Discusses Qvigstad's assistance to other students of the Lapps and his unpublished materials in three fields: Norse loanwords in Lappish, relations between Lappish and Finnish, and the peculiarities and reciprocal relationships of Lappish dialects. The last is exemplified in results of a study of dialect material on reindeer husbandry and its terminology in Varanger, clarifying

81620. NIINI, AA. M. Maapallon nykyisten pintamuodostumien syntyminen. (Terra 1963. v. 75, no. 2, p. 156-89, maps, section.) Refs. In Finnish. English summary. Title tr.: The origin of the present features of the earth's surface. Discusses a new theory on the origin of the moon proposed in his book, Maapallon kasvot, pub. Helsinki 1961. Earth's attraction of the moon about 50-70 million years ago, was accompanied by a great eruption in the area of the Pacific; the erupted material forms the present surface of the moon. Further remarks are offered on the

NIFASIIEVA, I. F., see No. 80468. NIGEON-DUREUIL, M., see No. 82339.

785

origin of earth surface features, e.g. the circumpacific alpine range at the time of the eruption and at present; Wegener's continental drift theory brought up to date by means of maps of the Carboniferous, Eocene, and early Quaternary. A similar map with the continents arranged within the circumpacific alpine range also bears out Wegener's theory. Earth features remaining after the upheaval included: the east coast of Asia, island arcs (Aleutian), and mountain ranges (Kamchatka); also Bering Strait, Alaska, and North American mountains. Northward movement of the Fenno-scandian block is shown by a map of present arrangement and a diagram of its pre-upheaval position. DGS. 81621. NIKANOROV, N. G. Vozmozhnosti deshifrirovanifå aerofotosnØov pri poiskakh kimberlitovykh trubok. (Vses. aerogeologicheskil trent. Trudy 1962. no. 8, p. 144-50, illus.) 2 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Possibilities of air-photo interpretation in kimberlite pipe prospecting. Describes the effectiveness of aerial photography in search for kimberlite pipes, from recent studies in the Merchimden (tributary to the Olenek), Olenek, and Ukukit basins and elsewhere. Almost all kimberlite pipes can be traced on air photographs by various indicators and most of them by differences between the vegetation cover of the surface of kimberlites and that of nearby areas. The air photos disclose the position of kimberlite in the relief, size of the kimberlite body, its material composition and composition of the enclosing rocks. Techniques to be used, scale, type of film, timing, focus, distance, etc. also are described. DGS. 81622. NIKIFOROV, A. I. Severnorusskie skazki. Moskva, Izd-vo Akademii nauk SSSR, 1961. 386 p. Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: North Russian folk tales. Presents the texts of 131 and brief summaries of some additional 150 animal, fairy, and genre tales collected in the 1920's in the Onega, Pinega, and Mezen districts of Arkhangel'sk Province. The introductory biographical sketch includes, p. 16-17, a discussion of the author's studies of Chukchi folklore, cf. No. 24667 and 30990. DLC. NIKIFOROV, E. G., see No. 79162. 81623. NIKIFOROV, I. A. Sovremennye trebovanifå k kachestvy rulonnykh krovel'nykh materialov. (Stroitel'nye materialy 1962. v. 8, no. 4, p. 6-8, illus.) In Russian.

786

Title tr.: Present-day specifications of the roll roofing materials. Discusses the quality of sheet-roofing impregnated with bitumens of various kinds and fabricated in rolls. The present standard roofing lasts 10-20 years, then is replaced. Author proposes that a glass-net fabric SST be used as a base for roofing. It has 3-4 fibers/cm., withstands temperatures in the +70 to -40° C. range, and is estimated to last fifty years. DLC. 81624. NIKIFOROVA, O. I. Tipy osadkov ordovikakikh i silurilskikh otlozhenil SSSR, ikh osobennosti i korrelfåf iß. (In: Mezhvedomstvennoe soveshchanie . Trudy 1959, p. 70-76, tables.) In Russian. Title tr.: Types of sediments of Ordovician and Silurian deposits of the USSR, their features and correlation. The Ordovician and Silurian systems, recently separated in the USSR, are represented by two types of deposits: marine platformic and marine geosynclinal, the former known in the Russian and Siberian platforms, the latter in Novaya Zemlya, Vaygach, Taymyr, Severnaya Zemlya and elsewhere. Ordovician deposits of the Siberian platform are correlated with those of North America and Western Europe, and complete correspondence found between the Siberian and American series. For correlation according to stages, material is still lacking. ICRL. 81625. NIKISHIN, V., and L. RUVINSKII. lAsnost' i £seleustremlennost'. (Sovetskil shakhter 1963. v. 12, no. 7, p. 18-19, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: Lucidity and purposefulness. Outlines work in pit no. 9 of the Inta coal-mining enterprise: output was increased 25% in four years and the number of workers reduced; production is 60 t. per man month; twice the output set for 1962, etc. Mechanization, automation and briefing the workers on technical problems contributed to these results; the pit leads all arctic coal mines. DLC. NIKISHOV, K. N., see No. 80872. NIKITIN, M. M., see No. 78219. 81626. NIKITIN, V. N. Zimnie seismorazvedochnye raboty v ruslakh rek. (Razvedochnafä i promyslovafå geofizika 1959, no. 31, p. 22-29, graphs.) 4 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Winter seismic exploration work in river beds. Describes the methods and some results of explorations in 1956/57 at air tempera-

tures of —25° to —40° C. on a large but unidentified riverbed in Siberia. The work done by the method of correlated refracted waves for depths of 5 to 1,200 m. produced seismograms of good quality. The seismograph fixed firmly on the 1.5-2 m. thick ice crust of the river differentiated clearly between the high frequency direct wave in the ice, and the head wave from the investigated strata of diabase when the blasts were made deep in the river. The prevailing frequency spectrum and damping of the ice wave are expected to increase with lower temperature of the air and the ice. DLC. 81627. NIKITIN, V. P. Nekotorye novye vidy roda Potamogeton L. (Materialy po geologii Zapadnol Sibiri 1962. v. 63, p. 208-216, tables, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: Some new species of genus Potamogeton L. Presents systematic description of eight new species of this Paleogene and Neogene flora collected in the Ob, Irtysh, Tym basins and other areas of West Siberia. Potamogelon carinatus, P. decipiens, P. erosus, P. tymensis, P. auriculatus, P. palaealpinus, P. laceratus, and P. corlicosus are described. Their stratigraphic position is established. DLC. NIKITINA, I. B., see No. 77613. 81628. NIKITINA, N. A. Rezul'taty mechen'fa melkikh mlekopitaiüshchikh v Komi ASSR. (Moskovskoe obshchestvo ispytatelel prirody, otdel biologicheskil. Bfülleten' 1961. t. 66, no. 2, p. 15-25, illus., tables.) 21 refs. In Russian. Summary in English. Title tr.: Results of tagging small mammals in Komi ASSR. Account of tagging three species of voles on a 3.5 hectare area at the margin of a spruce-birch massif. Species frequency, distances of movements (determined by nature of food), migration in midsummer, areas of plots occupied, and overlapping or separation of these plots are determined and discussed. DLC. NIKODIJEVIC, 0., see No. 78952. 81629. NIKOLAEV, A. A. Severo-Vostok SSSR. (In: Stratigrafia SSSR. v. 1... 1963, p. 330-38.) In Russian. Title tr.: Northeastern USSR. Outlines the Archean and Proterozoic stratigraphy. Archean deposits are found in the Omolon and Okhotsk massifs and Taygonos Peninsula; Proterozoic deposits in the Kolyma uplift, Omulevka, Tas-

Khayakhtakh and Polousnyy mountains, DLC. Chukotka, and other areas. 81630. NIKOLAEV, A. A. Skhema stratigrafii dokembrifå, nizhnego i srednego (In: paleozofå Severo-Vostoka SSSR. Mezhvedomstvennoe soveshchanie .. . Trudy 1959, p. 8-19, maps.) In Russian. Title tr.: Stratigraphie scheme of the Precambrian Lower and Middle Paleozoic in northeastern USSR. Reviews the distribution and stratigraphy of Archean, Proterozoic, Sinian, Cambrian, Ordovician, Silurian and Devonian deposits of the region from the Lena and Aldan east to the Bering Sea. Silurian also Middle and Upper Devonian are described in some detail. Tectonic structure is briefly characterized, some mineral resources mentioned, paleogeography discussed and charted. ICRL. Skhema 81631. NIKOLAEV, A. A. stratigrafii nizhnego i srednego paleozofä Omulevskikh gor. (In: Mezhvedomstvennoe soveshchanie ... Trudy 1959, p. 38-43.) Title tr.: Stratigraphie In Russian. scheme of the Lower and Middle Paleozoic in the Omulevka Mts. Describes the Ordovician, Silurian and Devonian deposits, the latter two better investigated and stratigraphically separated. Lithologic composition, thickness and faunal ICRL. characteristics are outlined. 81632. NIKOLAEV, A. B. lAgel'nye korma. (Priroda, May 1962. v. 51, no. 5, p. 109-111, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: Lichens as food. Discusses lichens as reindeer food, especially in the winter; their nutritive value; winter feeding on plant remnants; lichens as secondary, though dietetically essential summer food; food requirements in the DLC. tundra and taiga. 81633. NIKOLAEV, A. B. K voprosu o prakticheskom ispol'zovanii vodoroslel, obi taiiishchikh v vodoemakh Magadanskol oblasti. (Magadan. Oblastnol kraevedcheski! muse!. Kraevedcheskie zapiski 1957. no. 1, p. 94-101.) Ref. In Russian. Title tr.: The utilization of algae indigenous to to the waters of the Magadan Province. Discusses the nature and kinds of algae, including seaweeds; useful and nuisance aspects of some; seaweeds of economic value, their morphology, distribution, yields, MI3. uses, etc., utilization abroad. 81634. NIKOLAEV, A. B. K voprosu ob ispol'zovanii dikorastushchikh lekarstven-

787

nykh, pishchevykh, kormovykh i prochikh khozØtvenno fsennykb rastenil Krainego Severe 1962, no. 6, p. 195-206.) In Russian. Title tr.: Utilization of wild medicinal, edible, fodder, and other economically valuable plants in the Far North of the USSR. Presents notes on distribution, value and utilization of Iceland moss (Cetraria islandiva. (Z), sea kale (Laminaria), white peat moss, Siberian pine, Dahurian larch, blueberry, mountain cranberry, bilberry, cloudberry, dwarf raspberry (Rebus arcticus L.), prickly rose (Rosa acicularis Lindl.), common chokecherry (Padua racernosa Gilib.), mountain ash (Serbia), edible honeysuckle (Lonicera edulis Turcz.), mountain sorrel, scurvy grass. Some other plants are noted, as is the possibility of utilizing logging waste and conifer needles. DLC. NIKOLAEV, A. S., see No. 81011. 81635. NIKOLAEV, RI. V. K voprosu o taianii l'dov v razvod'fikb. (Problemy Arktiki i Antarktiki 1963. no. 12, p. 33-37, graphs, table.) 2 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Melting of ice in pools of open water. In evaluation of ice conditions for several days ahead, melting should be considered as well as drift. Some data are available on melting at the upper surface, but not at the sides and the under surface of the ice. The problem is analyzed, a formula derived for computing lateral and bottom melting, taking into account the water temperature, turbulence, heat exchange, ice thickness, lower level of the active sea layer, and distance between center of the pool and DLC. that of the ice floe. 81636. NIKOLAEV, fÜ. V. 0 termicheskol inerfåii vodnykh mass v melkovodnykh chasti kh more!. (Leningrad. Arkticheskil i antarkticheskii n.-issl. inst. Trudy 1963. v. 248, p. 5-7, graph, illus.) 3 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: On thermal inertia of water masses in shallow parts of the sea. Notes the general rule that when water temperature is above normal in summer, in autumn also it is higher and ice forms later than normal. Thermal inertia of arctic seas is shown to be small however, and can easily obscure this general rule. Equations are presented for calculating thermal inertia, but its destruction should be kept in mind when forecasting ice formation in the shallow arctic seas. DLC. 81637. NIKOLAEV, V. Na udarnol komsomol'skot (Master lern, Mar. 1961.

788

no. 3, p. 16-17, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: Young communist shock-workers. Sketches a lumber mill under construction on the Angara River at Bratsk, to begin DLC. operations in 1962. NIKOLAEV, V. A., see No. 76744. 81638. NIKOLAEV, V. D., and L. POCHIVALOV. U dvukh polfüsov. Moskva, Izd-vo "Pravda" 1962. 80 p. (Biblioteka In "Komsomol'skol pravdy" no. 5.) Russian. Title tr.: At two Poles. Journalists' sketches of air exploits, etc. in Arctic and Antarctic. Six by the senior author concern the North: air support of drifting stations and recollections of A. P. Gordienko; V. A. Troiiskii's hydrographic party on Komsomol'skaya Pravda Island; a Russian doctor's experiences in a Yakut hunting-fishing kolkhoz on Kotel'nyy Island; installing DARMS (automatic radiometeorological drifting stations), life on drifting stations North Pole 8 and 9; evacuation of North Pole-8 personnel by DLC. air. 81639. NIKOLAEVA, A. G., and V. I. SARANKIN. Sil'nee l'dov. Moskva, Izdvo "Morskol transport" 1963. 200 p. maps, illus. 48 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Stronger than ice. Biographies of Mikhail Vasil'evich Nikolaev and his son, Nikolai Mikhallovich Nikolaev, both navigators in the Arctic. Their more important voyages are described, the father on the first expedition of the icebreaker Ermak under Makarov in 189899, his heading of the first Kam Sea Expedition in 1920, his command of the icebreaker Lenin (renamed Vladimir Il'ich), aboard which he died on Apr. 17, 1926. His son's voyages as captain of icebreaker Lithe in 1929-34, on the Øko in 1935, his participation in the convoy of military craft through the Northern Sea Route in 1936, etc.; and his teaching activities in the Higher Arctic Marine School 1946-till his death in 1958. DLC. 81640. NIKOLAEVA, A. fÄ. Ob ispol'zovanii dannykh o vetre pri sostavlenii baricheskikh kart. (Problemy Arktiki i Antarktiki 1963, no. 12, p. 55-58, graphs, tables, maps.) 2 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Use of wind data in compiling barometric charts. Only prevailing wind data have been considered hitherto in compiling atmospheric pressure charts. But weather maps for 1958-61 indicate that the amount of prevailing wind does not strictly reflect the

bade field, while that of resulting wind is closely connected with the pressure gradient. The problem was studied using northeastern Kara Sea data collected by the Domashniy Island, Cape Zhelaniya, Cape Sterlegova and Uyedineniya Island polar stations. The resulting gradient of atmospheric pressure was graphically determined and compared with prevailing and resulting wind of the area, with conclusion that resulting wind reflects atmospheric pressure changes more accurately than does prevailing wind. DLC. NIKOLAEVA, H. A., see Nos. 81004, 81006. 81641. NIKOLAEVA, T. L. Ezhovikovye griby. Moskva-Leningrad, Izd-vo Akademii nauk SSSR, 1961. 433 p. maps, illus. (Flora sporovykh rasteni!, t. 6. Griby, 2.) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The tooth fungi (Hydnaceae.) Contains in its general part (p. 11-61) sections on the ecology and geography of these fungi parasitizing living or dead wood; their morphology, developmental cycles and reproduction, taxonomy and phylogeny, etc. The special part (p. 62-339) contains keys and descriptions of taxa. Each form is described as to macroscopic appearance and microstructure, host, frequency and distribution, etc. None of these fungi is recorded from the high Arctic, but a series of forms has been described from the Khibiny and Karelian forests. Alphabetic lists of Russian and scientific names are DLC. appended. 81642. NIKOLAEVA, T. V. Verkhnesilurilskie korally Kolymskogo ralona. (Dal'strol. Materialy po izuchenifii OkhotskoKolymskogo kran 1936. ser. 1, no. 4, p. 49-56, illus.) 17 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Upper Silurian corals of the Kolyma region. Describes nine species found in the Seymchan and Taskan river basins in Magadan Province, Neocystiphyllum kolyDLC. mensis n. sp. in greater detail. 81643. NIKOL'SKAIÅ, M. N. The chalcid fauna of the USSR. Khal'aidy fauny SSSR, Chalcidoidea. Jerusalem, Israel Program for Scientific Translations 1963. 593 p. illus. Trans. by A. Birron and Z. S. DLC. Cole of No. 24675. 81644. NIKOL'SKII, A. M. Amphibians. Zemnovodnya. Jerusalem, Israel Program for Scientific Translations 1962. 225 p. illus. English translation of No. 30993. DLC.

81645. NIKOL'SKII, A. P. 0 geograficheskom raspredelenii magnitnykh vozmushcheniY, pogloshchenifa radiovoln i radarnykh otrazhenil of polfarnykh sianil v vysokykh shirotakh. (Geomagnetizm i abronomia 1963. v. 3, no. 3, p. 514-19, table, graph.) 20 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: On the geographic distribution of magnetic variations, radio-wave absorption, and reflections of radar signals from auroras at high latitudes. Analyzes observational data of cosmic radio-noise, and radar reflections from auroras at Medvezhiy Island, and magnetic variations at Cape Chelyuskin, Oct.-July 1958-1959. Three maxima were established for the frequency of blackouts, radar reflections, and magnetic activity in 65-72° geomag. lat. These disturbances may be explained by intrusions of solar corpuscles to the Stormer precipitation zones. Comparison is made with results at other polar stations. DLC. 81646. NIKOL'SKII, A. P. 0 geograficheskom raspredelenii magnitnykh vozmushchenil v okolopol lsnot oblasti Arktiki. (Akademia nauk SSSR. Doklady 1956. v. 109, no. 5, p. 939-42, illus.) 10 refs. In Russian English translation (with comments) by E. R. Hope issued as Canada. Defence Research Board. Directorate of Scientific Information Service. Translations, T232R, Feb. 1957. 7 p. Copy at CaMAI. Title tr.: Geographic distribution of magnetic disturbance in the circumpolar region of the Arctic. Data on morning disturbances from 28 stations (1882-1951) north of 60° N. are analyzed and found in agreement with the theory of Birkeland and Stormer; solar corpuscles penetrating into the atmosphere are the primary cause of irregularities in the terrestrial magnetic field. DLC. 81647. NIKOL'SKII, A. P. Osobennosti sutochnogo raspredelenia neregulfarnykh magnitnykh vozmushchenif mezhdu geomagnitnym i geograficheskim polfusami v Arktike. (Geomagnetizm i a@ronomia 1963. t. 3, no. 1, p. 104-112, tables, graphs.) 13 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Peculiarities of the diurnal distribution of irregular magnetic disturbances between geomagnetic and geographic poles in the Arctic. Reports study based on the hourly records of two drifting stations while in this region: North Pole-3 for ten months of 1954-1955 and North Pole-7 for seven months in 1958-1959. The horizontal component of the magnetic disturbance vector was found to have four maxima, at

789

9.3, 3.8, 20.6, and 14.0 hours with a spread ± 1.0 hour, in agreement with StØrmer's maxima of particles precipitation on his spirals at 9.0, 2.8, 20.0, and 13.6 hours geomagnetic time. An analogous distribution of geomagnetic activity was found for the two drifting stations and Alert and Ft. Conger on Ellesmere. The diurnal variations studied may be considered results of intrusions of streams of solar particles of 107-10° cm./sec. speed if the interpretation is based on the StØrmer theory. DLC. 81647A. NIKOL'SKIi, A. P., and A. I. OL'. Zamechanifå k stat'e V. M. Mishina i I. A. Zhulina "Nekotorye voprosy magnitnot aktivnosti, I." (Geomagnetizm i aeronomiia 1963. v. 3, no. 2, p. 370-73, graphs.) 12 refs. Title tr.: Remarks on V. M. Mishin and I. A. Zhulin's paper, "Certain problems of magnetic activity, I." Discusses the methods used by these authors (q.v.) in their statistical investigations of magnetic disturbances, and their studies of magnetic diurnal variation, Sa. According to these methods, the values of Sa from a number of magnetic stations are subjected to harmonic analysis, the phases and the amplitudes of the first two harmonies are found, and used in subsequent studies of their dependence on latitude, season, etc. Nikol'skil and 01' consider Mishin's method to have no basis, inasmuch as the latitude-dependent phases and amplitudes of the first two harmonics in the trigonometric series of Sa have no physical meaning. DLC. NIKOL'SKII, A. P., see also Nos. 79605, 80626. 81648. NIKOL'SKIl, G. V. The ecology of fishes. London, New York, Academic Press 1963. 352 p. graphs, maps, illus. Trans. by L. Birkett of No. 74357. DLC. 81649. NIKOL'SKII, I. V. Vtoroe nauchnoe soveshchanie geografov Sibiri i Dal'nego Vostoka. (Moskva. Univ. Vestnik 1963. ser. 5, geografi►å, no. 1, p. 70-71.) In Russian. Title tr.: Second scientific conference of the geographers of Siberia and the Far East. Reviews the meeting in Vladivostok, Sept. 5-13, 1962, with some 400 present and 160 papers delivered in the general sessions, three symposia and six sections. Mapping problems, division into economic regions, physical geography, and other problems were discussed. DLC. 81650. NIKOL'SKIi, L. S. K voprosu o metodike i praktike ekonomicheskogo ana-

790

liza raboty promyslovogo flota v Severnom basselne. (Materialy rybokhozfØtvennykh issledovanil Severnogo basselna. Sbornik 1963, no. 1, p. 54-56, table.) In Russian. Title tr.: Method and practice in economic analysis of work of the fishing fleet in the Northern Basin. Statement of general principles and guidelines in estimating long-term economics of fisheries in seas adjacent to the Arctic Basin. A systematic grouping according to areas, catch in time periods (good, poor), method, and kind of fish is the paramount requirement for obtaining the elements for an analysis. Technical-organizational problems (listed) form the next step in the process. DLC. 81651. NIKOL'SKIi, N. N. 0 poliarnykh sit nifåkh. (USSR. Gidrograficheskoe upr. Zapiski po gidrografii 1925. v. 50, p. 293-305, tables, graphs.) In Russian. Title tr.: Auroras. Discusses their forms, yearly maxima, and periodicity as observed in northern USSR during 1858-1924. Auroral frequencies by months are given for a few localities and correlation is noted between annual variation in frequency and geographic latitude. DLC. 81652. NIKONOV, A. A. Kraevye obrazovanifa i kharakter sokrashchenifå poslednego lednikovogo pokrova na severo-zapade Kol'skogo poluostrova. (Akademifa nauk SSSR. Komissifa go izuchenA chetvertichnogo perioda. Trudy 1963. v. 21, p. 5-14, illus.) 13 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Marginal formations and character of the shrinking of the last glacial cover in northwestern Kola Peninsula. Discusses the form, structure, composition and origin of marginal formations of this ice cover. The territory studied is divided into the subaqueous, i.e. that covered by marine transgression after glaciation, and the supraaqueous, i.e. the territory not reached by marine transgression. In the former, the main marginal glacial features are terminal moraines and fluvioglacial deltas; the supraaqueous territory has no terminal moraines, and is characterized by undulatingly ridged moraine relief. DLC. 81653. NIKONOV, A. A., and G. D. PANASENKO. 0 svGzi novelshel i sovremennol tektoniki i selsmichnosti severovostoka Fennoskandii. (Sovremennye dvizhenifa zemnol kory. Sbornik state 1963. no. 1, p. 193-201, map.) 38 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: On the connection of recent and present

tectonics with seismicity in northeastern Fennoscandia. Reviews epeirogenetic, differential-block movements and seismicity in the area including Kola Peninsula, northern Karelia, Finland and northern Scandinavia. They are evidenced by dome-like uplifts of the earth's crust, block movements, and earthquakes. Comparison of data on recent and present tectonics with seismic activities discloses a close relationship. The main tectonic zones along the Murman and the Kandalaksha coast, in the Khibiny and elsewhere are associated with ancient disjunctive structures of the crystalline DLC. basement. NIKONOV, A. A., see No. 77101. 81654. NIKONOV, G. I. Tugun basselna

Obi. (Leningrad. Gos. n.-issl. inst. ozernogo i rechnogo rybnogo khoz%lstva. Izvestiiä 1958. v. 44, p. 66-73, tables.) 4 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Coregonus tugun of the Ob' basin. Discusses the distribution of this whitefish which includes tundra rivulets, and the Taz, Pur, etc.; its migrations, growth, size and weight. Catches in different areas and years, and their composition are reported. Food of the species is noted, and some protective and improvement measures DLC. are outlined. Konsonantnye sochetanifå. (Russkil fåzyk v na£sional'nol shkole 1962, no. 3, p. 24-29, tables.) Refs. Title tr.: Consonantal In Russian. arrangements. Comparative phonetic analysis of consonant clusters typical for the Russian, Finno-Ugric, and Turkic languages. Zyryan is included; r combinations peculiar to it DLC. are noted. 81655. NIKONOV, V.

NIKONOV, V. F., see No. 77581. 81656. NIKOTIN, N. N., and A. D. OTSING. Zapylennost' i bakterial'nafå

zagrfaznennost' atmosfernogo vozdukha Arkhangel'ska. (Arkhangel'sk. N.-issl. inst. öpidemiologii, mikrobiologi.i i gigieny. Sbornik nauchnykh rabot 1960. no. 4, p. 77-88, tables.) 18 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Dust and bacterial pollution of the air in Arkhangel'sk. Reports on a study made in 1958 at various points in the city. Contamination with dust and bacteria was medium. It was higher during the summer and fall due to lack of paving, greenery, etc. It was highest in the harbor area largely due to DLC. smoke from ships.

81657. NILSSON, A. Djurlivet i några områden vifster om Sjaunja. (Fauna och flora 1961. v. 56, no. 5, p. 179-216, map, illus.) 15 refs. In Swedish. Title tr.:

The fauna in some areas west of Sjaunja. Presents a faunistic survey of an area north of Lake Satisjaure (approx. 67°30' N. 18°45' E.) from sojourns during June-July 1957-1960. Natural conditions are described in some detail, and the wildlife listed: 14 mammals, 103 birds, 2 batrachians and reptiles, 6 fishes. DLC. 81658. NILSSON, A. Fåglar vid Satisjaure.

(Fauna och flora 1963, no. 4, p. 150-56, illus.) 4 refs. In Swedish. Title tr.: Birds on Satisjaure. Reports several 1961-1962 observations

approx. 67°30' N. 18°45' E. north of this lake in Lule Lappmark. The more interesting (30) species are listed. In all (cf. supra), 106 species are now known in this region. DLC. 81659. NILSSON, B. För många elever från skogsbruksskolorna liimnar skogsyrket, ar det fål pa undervisningen? (SkogsNorrland 1962. nr. 3, p. 21-24, illus.) In Swedish. Title tr.: Too many forestry-

school students leave the vocation, is the educational program at fault? Opening address to a forestry education conference in Norrbotten. The basic oneyear course is for theoretical and practical training of lumbermen and owners. But 50% of the graduates want to be rangers, go on to higher schools, or leave lumbering because of poor pay and seasonal employment. Cooperation by employers, proper recruitment, and training "forest mechanics" are suggested. Teachers have not kept up with modem methods and machinery, it is stressed. Theoretical subjects are better taught than formerly, but not the DA. practical work. 81660. NILSSON, F. Nordisk samarbeide inom trådgårdsforskningen. (Nordisk jordbrugsforskning, Suppl. 1, 1960, p. 258-65.) In Swedish. Title tr.: Nordic cooperation in gardening research. Discusses such research, both accomplished and proposed, on vegetable and fruit cultivation and breeding. Finnish contribu-

tions on plant hardiness are stressed. A special committee should be appointed in the Association of Nordic Agricultural Research to concern itself with gardening research in the northern tip of the peninsula. DA.

NILSSON, I. M., see No. 77471.

791

81661. NILSSON, N. A. On the food competition between two species of Coregun= in a North-Swedish lake. (Drottningholm, Sweden. Statens undersöknings- och försöksanstalt för sötvattensfisket. Report 1958, no. 39, p. 146-61, tables, illus.) 31 refs. Study of correlation between the number of gill rakers, growth rate and feeding habits of C. pidschian and C. peled in Vojmsjön, a lake in Lapland. Feeding habits varied with the size of fish, the season, and year. Differences in food habits were found between the two species, the smaller, C. peled with numerous gill rakes feeding mainly on Enlomoslraca. Such differences were also noted when fish were considered according to size groups. DLC. 81662. NILSSON, N. A. Studies on the feeding habits of trout and char in North Swedish lakes. (Drottningholm, Sweden. Statens undersöknings- och försöksanstalt for sötvattensfisket. Report 1955, no. 36, p. 163-225, tables, graphs, map.) 87 refs. Study based on examinations of 2,400 trout and char from three subarctic, mountain lakes, including food conditions and ecological niches. The characteristic seasonal variations in feeding habits of the two forms was found to depend on similar variations in food objects, and to result in seasonal differences in the condition of the fish. Habitats, food habits and niches are different in the two species, except at times of superabundance when limits of food niches are broken down. The lakes studied were Blilsjön (mostly) approx. 64°50' N., Korsvattnet to the south and Ransaren to DLC. the north. NILSSON, 0., see No. 81682. 81663. NISHIWAKI, M. Aerial photographs show sperm whales' interesting habits. (Norsk hvalfangst-tidende 1962. v. 51, no. 10, p. 395-98, illus.) Presents six photos of sperm whales swimming, resting and playing in Japanese waters. Their behavior is described when the largest individual in a herd of 20-30 was shot: all the others formed a circle round him, made no attempt to escape, DLC. and thus all were killed. Ryukyuan 81664. NISHIWAKI, M. (Tokyo. humpback whaling in 1960. Whales Research Inst. Scientific reports 1960. no. 15, p. 1-15, tables, illus.) 5 refs. Biological study of 167 humpbacks caught during a period of four months from midDecember 1959. General character of the

792

season and catch distribution according to the lunar and solar calendar are reported. Size and sex distribution, sexual conditions, stomach contents, parasites, color, blood types, etc. are considered. Conclusions are presented as to the migration, decline of stock; relations to Aleutian and Californian conditions, etc. DLC. 81665. NISHIYAMA, T. External characteristics of the brain of "hime-masu", Ørhynchus nerka var. nerka, Walbaum. (Hokkaido Univ. Faculty of Fisheries. Bulletin 1962, v. 13, no. 3, p. 117-22, illus.) 11 refs. Reports a gross-anatomical study of the external structure of 3-4 yr.-old, adult red salmon, with photo-illus. DA. 81666. NISSEN, K. Kjaere rektor Qvigstad. (Tromso. Museum. Skrifter 1928. v. 2, p. v-xvi.) In Norwegian. Title tr.: Beloved President Qvigstad. Outlines the life and activities of this Norwegian scholar of Lappish culture and linguistics, as introduction to a festschrift honoring his 75th birthday. Some eighty of his publications of 1881-1927 are listed. DSI. 81667. NISSEN, K. Nogen lappiske offerplasser i det indre av Finnmarken. (Tromso. Museum. Skrifter 1928. v. 2, p. 184-87, illus.) In Norwegian. Title tr.: Some Lappish offering places in central Finnmark. Presents a supplement to Qvigstad's report (No. 31512), with brief descriptions and six photos of reported sacrificial sites. DLC. 81668. NISSEN, K. Samer i polarforskningen. (Sameliv 1961-63, p. 48-80, illus.) In Norwegian. Title tr.: Lapps in polar investigations. Account of the part played by Lapps in some expeditions, including Nordenskiöld's to West Greenland in 1883 when two Swedish Lapps from Jokkmokk did reconnaissance on the ice sheet and penetrated considerably further than the main party. Two Norwegian Lapps, Balto and Ravna from Karasjok were with Nansen crossing Greenland in 1888. Rayne also visited Greenland with Knud Rasmussen in 1905 to investigate the possibilities for reindeer SPRI. husbandry. 81669. NIZOVfSEV, G. P., and V. S. PROKHOROV. Nerest molvy v 1962 g. (Murmansk. Polfärnyl n.-issl. inst. morskogo rybnogo khozfaIstva i okeanograffii.

NauØo-tekhnicheski! btdlleten' 1962, no. 4 (22), p. 22-23, table, map.) In Russian. Title tr.: Spawning of capelin in 1962. Reports on the spawning area and its large fluctuations; Russian and Norwegian catches 1953-1962; eastward movement of capelin and its catches during 1961-1962; DLC. spawning areas in 1962. 81670. NIZOVT-SEV, G. P., and others. Novye dannye o barenfsovomorskikh predstavitelfØ roda Liparis. (Zoologicbeskil zhurnal 1963. v. 42, no. 8, p. 1415-18, tables, illus.) Ref. In Russian. English summary. Other authors: V. P. Ponomarenko and R. A. Shashlova. Title tr.: New data on representatives of the genus Liparis from the Barents Sea. Notes on the northern seasnail L. liparis concerning occurrence, seasonal and geographic, growth and maturation, and morphometry of L. koefoedi with differential DLC. morphology.

NOGINA, N. A., see No. 81001. 81673. NOHA, Z., and S. OBORSHT. Vsude byla tajga. Praha, Ståtut nakladetelstvf politickd lit-ry, 1961. 322 p. maps, illus. In Czech. Title tr.: This used to be the taiga. Describes a journalist's trip in 1959 to Yakutsk, the Aldan gold mines, Verkhoyansk, Suntar-Khayata, Mirnyy diamond center, Bratsk power station, Lake Baykal, and the Amur region. Encounters with Russians and aborigines, their way of life, economic and industrial progress, the harsh climatic and ecological conditions, etc. are depicted. A Russian translation by V. Petrova was pub. in 1962, with the extensive illus. somewhat reduced. DLC. 81674. NOONAN, D A Alaska, the land of plenty. New York, Pageant Press 1960. 163 p. Contains some sixty poems about Alaska; appended, p. 152-63, miscellaneous data on Alaskan cities, population, history, etc. DLC.

81671. NIZOVfEV, G. P. Novye dannye o rasprostranenii polosatot, Anarhichas lupus Linne, i pfåtnistoT, Anarhichas minor Olafsen, zubatok i kambalyersha, 81675. NORDBERG, W., and W. SMITH. Hippoglossoides platessoides limandoides Grenade and sodium rocket experiments at Bloch, u severnykh beregov Shpil'sbergena. Wallops Island, Virginia. (In: International (Akademifå nauk SSSR. Doklady, Mar. 21, Symposium on Rocket and Satellite Mete1963. v. 149, no. 3, p. 735-37, maps.) 11 orology. Proceedings 1963. p. 119-34, refs. In Russian. Title tr.: New data on graphs, table.) 18 refs. the distribution of the striped and spotted Presents preliminary results from ten of 17 wolffish, Anarhichas lupus Linne, A. minor rocket grenade experiments in 1960-1962 Olafsen, and the rough dab, Hippoglossoides for the layers above 40 km., in conjunction platessoides limandoides Bloch, along the with sodium release (above 80 km.) and northern coast of Spitsbergen. small meteorological rocket (below 50 km.) Reports on trawling of Sept. 22-25, 1961 experiments. Temperature structure at with data on water temperatures, distribu- Wallops Island indicates the same mesotion (mainly of young fishes), sizes, occur- spheric heating in winter as previously obDLC. served at Fort Churchill; when the summerrence in other areas. time easterly circulation becomes disturbed, the temperature profile at Wallops Island NOBLE, W. M., see No. 77451. changes to one similar to previously observed 81672. NOERENBERG, W. A. Salmon summer profiles at Fort Churchill. DLC. forecast studies on 1963 runs in Prince William Sound. Juneau 1963. 29 1. map, NORDBERG, W., see also Nos. 79605, tables, graphs. (Alaska. Dept. of Fish 83319. and Game. Informational leaflet 21.) 6 refs. Forecasts the 1963 pink salmon run in this 81676. NORDENG, H. On the biology of area from abundance indices of adult char (Salmo alpinos L.) in Salangen, North escapement in 1961, and preemergent and Norway; I, age and spawning frequency estuarine fry in spring 1962. Possible chum determined from scales and otoliths. (Nytt and red salmon runs also are considered magasin for zoologi 1961. v. 10, p. 67-123, from recent escapement data. Figures used tables, graphs, map, illus.) 39 refs. in the calculations are given, and weekly Comprehensive study of otoliths and counts of each species by major stream in scales of fishes from the Salang River sysDLC. tem, including 916 char, 411 sea trout and 78 summer 1961 are appended. salmon. Three types of spawning char were NOERENBERG, W. A., see also Nos. found: sea char, small, and large stationary char. Scale and otolith zones are analyzed 79080, 82898. 793

for their value in determination of growth, age, and frequency of spawning. It is concluded that in the waters studied char spawns every year. Salangselva flows into DLC. the sea at 68°52' N. 17°51' E. NORDERHAUG, M., see No. 77226. 81677. NORDHAGEN, R. Om Crepis multiØUlis (Led.) og dens utbredelse i Norge, arktisk Russland og Asia. (Blyttia 1963. v. 21, no. 1, p. 1-42, maps, illus.) 55 refs. In Norwegian. English summary. Title tr.: Crepis multicatdis (Led.) and its distribution in Norway, arctic Russia and Asia. Reviews the finding of this variety of hawks'-beard on the north side of Varangerfjord from 1851 till its recent disappearance. Its chromosome count is 2n =10. Its nearest known habitat is east of the White Sea, 900 km. distant. Comparison is made with the history of the fern Dryopteris fragans (L.), found at Utsjoki in Finland, and again on the east side of the Urals north of the Arctic Circle. Ecological and phytogeographic problems are considered. C. multicaulis could not have survived the glacial period at its site in Norway, which was glaciated. The possibility of ice-free refuges in this region is raised again and some other rare plant species associated with it are DLC. noted and mapped. 81678. NORDHAGEN, R. Recent discoveries in the south Norwegian flora and their significance for the understanding of the history of the Scandinavian mountain flora during and after the last glaciation. (In: Å. and D. Löve, ed. North American biota... 1963, p. 241-60, maps, illus.) 33 refs. Reviews the origin and development of ideas on survival of Norwegian mountain plants throughout the last ice age, and on refugia; the four distributional modes of Scandinavian flora; bicentric distribution and its interpretation; coastal refugia and DLC. the spread of their floras inland. 81679. NORDISK KONTAKT. Ny fiskerigrenseavtal mellom Norge og Sovjet; felles regler for fiske og om begrenset gjensidig inspeksjon. (Its: no. 6, 1962, p. 342-43.) In Norwegian. Title tr.: New fishery limit discussion between Norway and the USSR; equal regulations for fishing and on limited mutual inspection. Reports on the Norwegian-Soviet fishery commission discussion recently concluded in Moscow and the tentative agreement on fishery regulations to Oct. 31, 1970. Russian

794

fishing vessels may operate between 6 and 12 miles off the Norwegian coast; around Jan Mayen the limit is 4 miles. Norwegian ships are to have similar rights in Russian waters in Varanger Fjord to the Cape NemetskiyKibergnes line. Beyond that line eastward, the limits are 8-12 miles off the coast to the Cape Nemetskiy (69°58' N. 31°58' E.) meridian. Ratification of the agreement is DLC. pending. 81680. NORDISK KONTAKT. Padjelanta blir nationalpark; 1950 kvkm mellan Sarek och norska gränsen aysättes. (Its: no. 7, 1962, p. 424.) In Swedish. Title tr.: Padjelanta becomes a national park; 1950 km2. between Sarek and the Norwegian boundary is reserved. Describes briefly this region between lakes Virihaure and Vastenjaure, Sarek Mts., and the Norwegian border in northern Sweden. The bedrock is lime rich; it is lightly weathered mountain country with a rich flora. Its use by the Jokkmokk Lapps as reindeer range and for fishing is not to be restricted, but stream regulation for power plants etc. is prohibited. Other nearby DLC. reserves are noted. 81681. NORDKALOTTEN, Pohjois-kalotti, Nuor'ta-kalot'ta. Üvertorneå, Tornedalsförbundet, Tornedalens folkhögskola, 1961in progress. New periodical to be pub. yearly in about 24-40 p. with articles in Swedish, Finnish and Lappish, on various aspects of life in northernmost Scandinavia. The first issue is devoted maintly to the Lapland revivalist Lars Levi Laestadius, 1800-1861, his life, development of the movement in north Sweden, Norway, Finland and the United States, his activity among the Lapps, his botanical research, works by and about him. CaMAI. 81682. NORDKVIST, M., and others. Fortsatta undersökningar Over cerebrospinal nematodiasis hos ren, orsakad av Elaphostrongylus rangiferi. (Lappväsendet. Renforskningen. Meddelande 1963, no. 7, 7 p. tables, graph.) 3 refs. In Swedish. English summary. Reprinted from: Nordiske veterinaermøde 9th, Kgbenhavn 1962. sect. B, no. 4. Other authors: 0. Roneus and O. Nilsson. Title tr.: Continued investigation of cerebrospinal nematodiasis in reindeer caused byE. rangiferi. Presents autopsy findings on slaughtered reindeer and some killed by trains: the pathological-anatomical conditions typical of cerebrospinal nematodiasis and modes of transmission are discussed. Elaphos-

trongylus rangiferi was present in the subarachnoid space of the brain in 50% of a group of slaughter calves. Incidence is highest among calves and among animals from reSPRI. stricted ranges. NORDKVIST, M., see also Nos. 81206,

82513, 83526. 81683. NORDMANN, V. En rejse til vestkysten of Grønland for et halvt hundrede år siden. (Grønland 1961, no. 5, p. 177-92, illus.) In Danish. Title tr.: A journey to the west coast of Greenland half a century ago. Recounts experience of a zoological trip. by author, wife and some Greenlanders to Nordre Strømfjord in 1911. Bottom samples, temperature and depth measurements (max. 535 m.) were taken in the fjord. Investigations were also carried out in Gieseckes Sø, a coastal lake formerly a CaMAI. marine fjord. 81684. NORDNES, K. Fugl i Saltdal. (Stavanger, Norway. Museet. Sterna 1962, v. 5, no. 1, p. 24-25.) In Norwegian. English summary. Title tr.: Birds in Saltdal. Reports on seven species nesting in this central Nordland county area of Norway, during the 1961 season. Northward extension of the breeding range is noted for the owlButeo buØ to 67° N., and for the pigeon Columba palumbus, and buzzard Asia otus, DLC. to 66°57' N. 81685. NORDSTROM, F., and others. De fennoskandiska svårmarnas och spinnarnas utbredning, Sphinges, Bombycimorpha, etc. Lund, Gleerup 1961. 92 p. 182 maps, illus. (Lund. Univ. Årsskrift. N.S. sect. 2. v. 57, no. 4.) 580 refs. Other authors: M. Opheim and O. Sotavalta. Also issued as: Fysiografiska stillskapet, Lund. Handlingar 1960. N.S. v. 72, no. 4. In Swedish. Title tr.: Distribution of Fennoscandian swarming and spinning insects, Sphinges, Bombycimorpha, etc. Summarizes the ecology and geographic distribution of 181 species of these insects in Fennoscandia including Karelia and Kola Peninsula. Each species is reported and mapped in turn, and references are given. A register of species and a map showing 98 natural provinces in the area are added. DLC. NORFORD, B., see No. 78412. 81686. NORGES AUTOMOBILFORBUND. øst-Finnmark og Sør-Varanger

avdelinger, 25 års jubileum, 23. september

1954. Vadsø 1954. 36 p. maps, illus. In Norwegian. Title etc. tr.: East Finnmark and South Varanger Branches of the Norwegian Automobile Association; 25th anniversary Sept. 23, 1954. Summarizes (p. 1-8) activities of these northernmost branches with membership of over four hundred. They provide information on roads and traffic, also various road, ferry and garage services, etc. Appended are short accounts of the South Varanger Branch with 160 members; the Finnmark Highway Dept. 1929-1954, and its road network; use of automobiles in North Norway, with traffic data; the Finnmark Motor Vehicle Office, with data on registrations; and the East Finnmark bus service, which grew from three automobiles in 1921 (Polarbil A/S) to nine buses and two snowmobiles in 1954. These accounts were prepared by Th. Sylten, B. Irgens, L. Hauge, Bj. Amundsen, and O. Hollum. DLC. 81687. NORIN, B. N. Lesotundra i prichiny bezlesifa tundr. (Botanicheskff zhurnal 1963. v. 48, no. 7, p. 1060-64.) About 50 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The forest tundra and the causes of treelessness of the tundra. Stresses the view, shared by himself and other scientists, that numerous factors limit the northern distribution of trees; author criticized the claims of V. V. Krfüchkov (q.v.) that temperature alone is the decisive factor. He also points out Krllchkov's nebulousness and inconsistencies about the forest-tundra, and is highly critical of his claim that by afforestation the treeline can be pushed further north. DLC. 81688. NORIN, B. N. 0 kompleksnom i mozaichnosti rastitel'nogo pokrova lesotundry. (Problemy botaniki 1962. no. 6, p. 161-71, illus.) 14 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The complex and mosaic nature of the plant cover in the forest tundra. Discusses earlier studies and concepts on this vegetation and describes several kinds of thin forests in European Russia, and the plants covering their ground. Their associations under various environments are outlined, and the complexity and discontinuity of these associations are emphasized in numerous sketches. DLC. 81689. NORIN, B. N., and A. T. RAKHMANINA. Vzaimosvfaz' mikroklimata i struktury rastitel'nogo pokrova v lesotundre. (Botanicheskil zhurnal 1963. v. 48, no. 10, p. 1409-1423, illus., tables.) 3 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Interrelationship between the microclimate

795

and the structure of the plant cover in the forest-tundra. Offers a preliminary review of investigations conducted in northeastern Komi ASSR during 1960-1962. Throughout the vegetative period, the surface of the soil on mounds was found to be considerably warmer than in depressions. Great differences in the temperature of slopes facing different directions of the horizon, were also recorded. This heterogeneity results in intricate micro-complexes and in a mosaic DLC. structure of the plant cover. 81690. NORIN, B. N. Znacbenie estestvennykh lesov i iskusstvennykh lesnykh nasazhdenil dlfa akklimatizaf ii cheloveka na Severe. (Problemy Severe 1962, no. 6, p. 207-213, tables, map.) 8 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Importance of natural forests and of forestation for the acclimatization of people of the North. The role of trees in meliorating climate and reducing the force of wind is noted. Hence the present-day tendency of forests to advance northward should be fostered. Several stations of the Research Institute of Agriculture in the Far North have been planting trees in unforested tundras with considerable success. The northern limit of agriculture in 1916, 1936 and at present is shown on map, as are the present extent of forest-tundra and the forest limit during the thermal maximum in post-glacial period. DLC. 81691. NORRBOTTEN. Skolbarn som "hembygdsforskare", ur två skoltidningar. (Its: Årbok 1963, p. 201-214, illus.) In Swedish. Title tr.: School children as local historians; from two school magazines. Notes the magazines pub. at Kangos, 67° 29' N. 22°40' E. and Tärendö, 67°10' N. 22°39' E., as containing much local lore and information on old customs. Text of some SP RI. articles is included. NORRIS, A. W., see No. 78738. 81692. NORRIS, D. K. Light helicopter reconnaissance, Operation Porcupine 1962. (Canadian mining journal 1963. v. 84, no. 11, p. 45-50, maps, graphs, tables, illus.) 2 refs. Describes a Geological Survey project in Yukon Territory and Mackenzie District north and west of 65° N. 132° W. Approx. 80,000 sq. mi. of mountains and plains were mapped by a 20-man party May 20—Sept. 3, at a cost of $2.62/sq. mi. Air support was provided by two Hiller 12E helicopters, a float-equipped De Haviland Beaver, etc.

796

flying a total of 1390 hrs. The helicopters were serviceable and flying conditions satisfactory approx. 82% of the time, with weather deteriorating after Aug. 15. Costs and flying data compare favorably with those of five previous helicopter-supported surveys. DGS. NORRIS, D. K., see also No. 78360. 81693. NORRLANDS SKOGSVÅRDSFORBUND. Norrländska skogsfrågor. (Skogen Oct. 13, 1961. v. 48, no. 20, p. 357-58.) In Swedish. Title tr.: Norrlaud forest problems. Summarizes the background of neglected forests in Västerbotten and Norrbotten Lappmarks, tracing the forest regulations from 1825; despite provisions for development, their application has been poor and DA. the subsidies low. 81694. NORSK HVALFANGST-TIDENDE. Småhvalfangsten 1962. The small whale fisheries 1962. (Its: v. 52, 1963. no. 3, p. 57-70, map, tables.) In Norwegian and English. Surveys the Norwegian catch: 1,573 in the coastal districts, 41.7% of the total catch; in Barents Sea and the Spitsbergen, Bjørnøya, Shetlands, Iceland, and Jan Mayen areas, 2,201 or 58.3%. Details are given on production and yield; total catch was worth approx. 9.5 million Norw. kroner; marketing conditions were normal. Comparison with previous years is included. DLC. 81695. NORSK POLARINSTITUTT. Professor dr. Werner Werenskiold. (Its: Årbok 1961 pub. 1962, p. 153-55, illus.) Obituary of this Norwegian geographer, 1883-1961, professor at Oslo Univ. 19251953. His participation in the Spitsbergen expeditions 1917-1924, and his contributions to the survey and geological work in the area are noted, as are his interest, field work, theoretical studies in glaciology. A list of his works dealing with glaciology and Svalbard is appended. Tribute to Werenskiold by H. W. Ahlmann was pub. in Norske Videnskaps-akademi, Oslo, Årbok 1962, p. 41-44. DLC. 81696. NORTH. Handicrafts from the North. (Its: v. 10, no. 1, 1963. p. 13-16, illus.) Photos of work from the Yellowknife area Mackenzie District. CaMAI. 81697. NORTH. Introducing the new Minister, the new Deputy Minister. (Its: v. 10, 1963. no. 4, p. 2-3, ports.)

Sketches of A. Laing and E. A. Cote of the Canadian Dept. of Northern Affairs and National Resources. A sketch of B. G. Sivertz new Commissioner of NWT was CaMAI. pub. ibid. 1963 no. 5, p. 2. 81698. NORTH ATLANTIC TREATY ORGANIZATION. Advisory Group for Aeronautical Research and Development. Avionics Panel. Ionospheric Research Committee. The effect of disturbances of solar origin on communications. Oxford, Pergamon Press 1963. x, 349 p. tables, graphs, maps, illus. (AGARDograph 59.) Refs. In French and English. G. J. Gassmann, ed. Contains 27 papers, some followed by discussion, and three general summaries, presented at the symposium of the Ionospheric Research Committee held in Naples, May 1961. Ten papers having direct or indirect bearing on arctic problems are abstracted in this Bibliography under their authors' names, viz: D. K. Bailey and J. M. Harrington, S. C. Coroniti and others, R. D. Egan, A. Egeland and others, K. Folkestad and B. Landmark, B. Landmark, T. Obayashi, J. Ortner, L. Owren (2 papers), q.q.v. DLC. 81699. NORTH PACIFIC FUR SEAL COMMISSION. Glossary of terms used in fur seal research and management. (U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service. Fishery leaflet 1963, no. 546, p. 1-9, illus.) 29 refs. Lists about 70 terms, some with special meaning in seal work, others carried over from human or veterinary anatomy. Aim is to promote consistent international use of words and phrases, also to assist the typist DI. or illustrator. NORTHCOTE, T. G., see No. 81893. NORTHERN CANADA POWER COMMISSION, see No. 77823. 81700. NORTHERN MINER. Experts in ocean transports in arctic waters. (Its: v. 49, 1963. no. 18, p. 18, illus.) . Lists 21 heavily reinforced polar vessels of the J. Lauritzen Lines of Copenhagen, giving for each ship its displacement in metric tons, cargo space in cu. ft., and lift boom capacity in metric tons. Largest are the Thora Dan and Helga Dan of 5050 dwt., smallest is the Kista Dan of 1265 tons. DGS. 81701. NORTHERN MINER. Town of Mattagami to be opened up this coming fall. (Northern miner 1961. v. 47, no. 28, p. 13, -I-• )

Outlines plans for this new mining community about 150 mi. north of Val d'Or, being established by the Quebec Dept. of Natural Resources to serve the three area mines: Mattagami Lake, Orchan, and New Hosco; also as a base for exploration. A 100-mi., all-weather highway connects the town with the railroad at Amos; a branch rail line is to be finished in 1962, and a seaplane base is to be established. The town site for a population of five thousand is on the Bell River which flows into Mattagami Lake. DGS. 81702. NORTHERN RESOURCES CONFERENCE, Whitehorse, Yukon Territory, Mar. 20-22, 1963. Some of the papers presented were pub. in journals, some issued separately by the Whitehorse Board of Trade. They are abstracted in this Bibliography under the authors' names, q.q.v. CAMPBELL, W. G. Drilling in the Yukon. DAHLSTROM, C. D. A. Crest iron ore development, pub. as Snake River iron deposit. FRISK, K. F. Tourism, the Yukon and Alaska. HAMILTON, W. G. Transportation in the Yukon. HESTER, B. The future of placer mining in the Yukon. HUNT, A. D. Oil and gas prospects of the Yukon Territory. MURPHY, H. Labour's role in development of northern resources. PIKE, A. E. The effect of mining in the economy of the Territory. RAMSDEN, H. T. Potential hydropower resources of the Yukon. RYAN, I. E. The Rampart Project. SMITHERINGALE, W. V. Minerals of the Yukon. WADSWORTH, J. P. R. Financing northern development. WHITEHORSE. Board of Trade_ National parks, their implications to Canada and the Yukon. CaOGB. 81703. NORTHEY, W. T. Qualitative and quantitative aspects of the immune response under conditions of cold exposure. (In: Symposia on arctic biology and medicine. Proceedings 1963, p. 109-133, tables, illus.) 20 refs. A study of qualitative and quantitative immune response to protein antigens in cold-adapted and "normal" rabbits. Antigen-antibody systems of high reactivity were used. Nonetheless, qualitative or quantitative differences found, were in-

797

sufficient to indicate any role of cold per se, CaMAI. in the immune response. 81704. NORTHEY, W. T. Studies on the interrelationship of cold environment, immunity and resistance to infection, I; qualitative and quantitative studies on the immune response. Fort Wainwright, Alaska 1963. 26 p. tables, illus. (U.S. Arctic Aeromedical Lab. TDR-62-48.) 19 refs. Account of immunochemical studies on sera or rabbits shaved and exposed to 4° C. as compared to non-exposed controls. Differences, qualitative or quantitative, attributable to cold, were of insignificant magniCaMAI. tude. 81705. NORTHROP, J. W., and A. A. MEYERHOFF. Validity of polar and continental movement hypotheses based on paleomagnetic studies. (American Association of Petroleum Geologists. Bulletin 1963. v. 47, no. 4, p. 575-85, maps, table.) 57 refs. Reviews the main continental drift and polar wandering hypotheses and examines their basic assumptions. One involves two corollary assumptions: the geomagnetic and rotational poles have always coincided approximately, and the dynamo theory applies to all geological history. "Contouring" of the geomagnetic polar positions suggests that the present axial dipole field did not become dominant before late Mesozoic time. Hence the dynamo theory does not apply prior to late Mesozoic. If this conclusion is correct, complex polar and continental movement hypotheses may be unnecessary; a new earth model would be needed to explain: the behavior of the earth's magnetic field prior to late Mesozoic time, and the mechanism of growth of the present axial dipole field. Summary table shows main features and principal defects of DLC. each hypothesis. 81706. NORTHWEST TERRITORIES. Commissioner. Annual report fiscal year 1961-1962, 1962-1963. Ottawa, Queen's Printer 1962, 1963. 2 v.: 32, 36 p. graphs, tables. Reports as in No. 74411 on legislation, resources, construction, game conservation, health, education, municipal affairs, etc. Of special interest during the period ending Mar. 31, 1962 are the visits of the Governor General and Prime I1inister, decision to divide NWT into two parts in 1964, drilling of the first oil well in the Canadian Arctic Islands, plans to increase the public health program, the 1962-67 financial agreement with federal government., and inauguration of a landline system to provide communica798

tions facilities to Mackenzie settlements. Significant events in 1962-63 include extension of voting rights to all residents, Nunassiaq selected as name of the planned eastern territory, new constituencies created, and villages to be established as intermediate level of municipal government, discovery of iron ore in the Snake River area, planned financial assistance to university students, growth of tourism, outbreak of anthrax among buffalos near Fort Smith, etc. The Rankin Inlet nickel mine closed during 1962-63 and mineral production decreased from the previous year; commercial fishery yields increased, as did school enrollments, territorial revenues and expenditures. CaMAI. 81707. NORTHWEST TERRITORIES. Council. Votes and proceedings, sessional papers. 24th session, Ottawa, Ont., January 14-24, 1963. Ottawa, Queen's Printer 1963. 314 p. maps, tables. Records discussion and votes on eight bills passed, discussions of 16 sessional papers appended, etc. The bills deal with cooperative associations, fitness and amateur sport, insurance, housing, motor vehicles, telephones, and appropriations. The sessional papers, etc. are on water and sewer programs, hospital insurance, municipal government, also higher education, public utilities, territorial jail and correction service, and others. CaONA. NORTHWEST TERRITORIES. Council, see also No. 77823. 81708. NORTHWEST TERRITORIES. Laws, statutes, etc. Game laws, Northwest Territories, Canada. Office Consolidation, January 1, 1963. Ottawa, Queen's Printer 1963. 92 p. tables. Presents an ordinance respecting the preservation of game, designed to provide for the conservation and systematic development of the wildlife resources: restrictions to protect Eskimo and Indian needs are stated; sport hunting is restricted to residents (four years' minimum) of the Territory; trapping areas, preserves and sanctuaries are defined, as are mode of administration, enforcement, etc. An ordinance respecting the exportation of furs, and an act to control the export of game are also included. CaONA. 81709. NORTHWEST TERRITORIES. Tourist Office. Angling to the Arctic, 1962 guide to sport fishing. Ottawa 1962. 23 p. map, illus. Describes this sport in the Northwest

Territories, and five major fish species; notes licenses, regulations, equipment, clothing, CaMAI. outfitters. 81710. NORTHWEST TERRITORIES. Tourist Office. Hunting the far North, 1962 guide to sport hunting. Ottawa 1962. 23 p. maps, illus. Describes the sport, six game species, clothing, equipment, states licence fees, regulations, outfitters, and hunting seasons. CaMAI. 81711. NORTHWEST TERRITORIES. Tourist Office. Inn and igloo, 1962 accommodation guide. Ottawa 1962. 11 p. illus. Lists hotels, sport fishing and hunting camps, etc. in Mackenzie and Keewatin Districts and on Baffin Island; facilities, CaMAI. services, rates, etc. 81712. NORTHWEST TERRITORIES. Tourist Office. Travel north to Canada's Northwest Territories. Ottawa 1962. 22 p. maps, illus. Describes tourist attractions: scenery, people, industries, communities, sport hunting and fishing, etc., also accommodation CaMAI. and transportation. 81713. NOSOV, I. Esli zagorelos' sudno. (Pozharnoe delo 1961. v. 7, no. 9, p. 16-17, diagr.) In Russian. Title tr.: When a ship is on fire. Describes fire-fighting equipment and procedures in Arkhangel'sk harbor, protection of lumber yards, towing of burning vessel to a safety zone, etc.; recent cases of fire aboard freighters in port are noted. Vessels should have sprinklers or steam and chemical foam dispensers convenient to prevent spread of fire, which usually originates in the boiler room. Oxygen inhalators and gas masks should be mandatory equipment for ships' crews and harbor fire squads. DLC. 81714. NOSOV, I. Liüdi surovogo krafå. (Pozharnoe delo 1961. v. 7, p. 16, 19, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: Men of a harsh land. Sketches fire-fighting operations at —40° C. in Amderma on the Knra Sea coast. The town has seven volunteer squads including Nenets, Samoyeds, besides the regular firemen. Special fire control techniques and equipment are required because of strong wind, heavy snowdrifts, water freezing, etc. DLC. 81715. NOSOV, I. V starom Arkhangel'ske. (Pozharnoe delo 1959. v. 5, no. 5, p. 28.) In Russian. Title tr.: In old Arkhangel'sk. Chronicles major fires since the founding

of this city in 1584 on Pur-Navolok Point, right bank of the Severnaya Dvina River. DLC. NOSOV, I., see also No. 80681. 81716. NOUR-ELDIN, F. Hypothermia and blood coagulation. (Acta haematologica 1963. v. 29, no. 4, p. 218-25, tables.) 16 refs. Reports venous-blood clotting in vitro at 29, 14, and 5° C. The early stages of coagulation up to and including production of thromboplastin were not affected by these low temperatures. The following stages were slowed down or completely inhibited. DNLM. 81717. NOVGORODOV, A. I. Obrazovanie Øutskol Avtonomno! Sovetskol SoCsialisticheskol Respubliki. (Akademii . nauk SSSR. YÅkutskil filial. Institut filzyka, literatury i istorii. Sbornik state! go istorii akutii sovetskogo perioda, 1955. no. 1, p. 30-43.) 10 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Formation of the Yakut Autonomous Soviet Socialist Republic. Outlines the political and administrative conflicts culminating in the creation of an autonomous Yakut republic in April 1922. Measures to revive national economy disrupted by the civil war, problems of party and organizational work, etc. are discussed. DLC. 81718. NOVGORODOV, A. I. Pervye meroprifiitifå Sovetskol vlasti v fAkutii v 1918 godu. (Moskva. Moskovski! oblastnol pedagogicheski! inst. Uchenye zapiski 1958, v. 70, p. 125-39.) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: First enactments of the Soviets in Yakutia in 1918. Describes the legislative and administrative measures decreed during the 35-day Soviet interim in summer 1918. DLC. 81719. NOVICHKOVA-IVANOVA, L. N. Smeny sinuzil pochvennykh vodoroslel Zemli Franisa-Iosifa. (Botanicheskil zhurnal 1963. v. 48, no. 1, p. 42-53, tables, illus.) About 50 refs. Text in Russian. Title tr.: Synusial changes in the soil algae of Franz Joseph Land. Reports on the material and data collected at the end of summer 1959 by V. D. Aleksandrova on Aleksandra Land, in the extreme northwest of the archipelago. Following a review of earlier work, over 80 forms of algae are tabulated, with their habitat(s). The common forms in different soils and synusia (units of major ecological communities) are discussed, their frequency, successions, vertical distribution, etc. described. DLC.

799

81720. NOVIKOV, N. P. 0 chislennosti belokorogo paltusa Hippoglossus h. stenolepis Schm. v Beringovom more. (Zoologicheskil zhurnal 1963. v. 42, no. 8, p. 1183-86, map.) 4 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: The population of the Pacific halibut Hippoglossus h. stenolepis Schm. in the Bering Sea. Russian investigations and experimental trawlings of 1957-1961 indicate considerable stocks of this fish in the Bering Sea, contrary to the negative statements of foreign scientists. Hydrological conditions appear to be especially favorable for it in the DLC. southeastern part of the sea. 81721. NOVIKOV, N. P. Sluchai napadenifä trekhzubnol minogi, Entosphenus tridentalus Gairdner, na paltusov i drugikh ryb Beringova morfå. (Voprosy ikhtiologii 1963. v. 3, no. 3 (28), p. 567-69, illus.) 7 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Cases of attack of the lamprey Enlosphenus tridentatus Gairdner, on halibut and other fishes of the Bering Sea. Presents records collected during five years of fishing in that sea. Affected species include: Reinhardlius hippoglossoides, Atheresthes stomias, A. evermanni, H. hippogloms and others. Notes on the biology and distribution of this lamprey, are included. DLC. 81722. NOVIKOV, P. I. 0 migra£snåkh hemsko! semgi, Salmo salar. (Akademif. nauk SSSR. Karel'skil filial. Trudy 1956, no. 5, p. 141-47, tables, graphs.) 7 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Migration of the Kern salmon Salmo solar. Study of diurnal migrations made in 19511953 on this stream in the western White Sea region, with review of similar studies in other areas. The fish after gathering at the lower rapids, migrated upstream, usually during the second half of the 24 hr. period, though with frequent changes of this "schedule". Marine migrations of these fish, as determined by tagging are also DLC. considered. 81723. NOVIKOV, S. V., and P. I. SKORNfAKOV. Dokembril i paleozol OkhotskoKolymskogo krafs. Moskva, Ob"edinennoe nauchno-tekhn. izd-vo 1936. 54 p. tables, profiles. (Dal'strol. Materialy po izucheniiii Okhotsko-Kolymskogo krafs. ser. 1, no. 6.) 42 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: The Precambrian and Paleozoic of the Okhotsk-Kolyma region. Reports 1931-1934 studies conducted mostly by Dal'strol in the Gizhiga, Taygonos Peninsula, Taskan, Seymchan, Sudar and other areas of Magadan Province. Pre-

800

cambrian, Silurian, Devonian and 'Upper Paleozoic deposits are described and their stratigraphy and tectonics discussed. Volcanic activity and mineral resources are also briefly characterized. DLC. 81724. NOVIKOV, V. D. Pokorenie Arktiki. Moskva, Izd-vo Akademii nauk SSSR 1962. 156 p. illus. Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Conquest of the Arctic. Popular sketch of Soviet expansion, exploration, and resource development in the Arctic, presented in three sections; one on the industrialization of Kola Peninsula, the Barents and White Sea fisheries, and shipping to the Ob and Yenisey Rivers. Development of the Northern Sea Route with its network of polar stations is dealt with. The last and largest section is on the oceanographic, meteorological and geophysical work in the Arctic Basin by the drifting stations (1-10), icebreakers including the atomic Lenin, the high latitude aerial expeditions (Sever), and automatic drifting weather stations. Outstanding explorers are noted, as are activities of the Arctic and DLC. Antarctic Institute. 81725. NOVIKOVA, E. M. 0 primenenii radiolokafsii dlfEt nabliüdenil nad drelfom l'da v gorle Belogo morfa. (Okeanologifä 1963. v. 3, no. 4, p. 730-39, tables, graphs, map, illus.) 5 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Use of radar in ice drift observation in the White Sea narrows. Discusses the method, and the treatment of data obtained using a Lot-type radar with observational range up to 5 mi. on the sea surface. Observations during Feb.-Apr. 1961 provided more data than all prior work in this region. The ice drift in the narrows was found to depend mostly on the ebb and flow of tide and to a lesser degree on wind. Harmonic parameters of the tide influence are evaluated and presented in tabular and graphical form. The radar method enables ice drift observations of greater range and longer duration than is possible otherwise and it can be improved by passive radio DLC. reflectors installed in the ice floes. 81726. NOVIKOVA, K. A. 0 rasselenii, chislennosti i rodo-plemennykh nazvaniåkh evenov fAkutskol ASSR. (Magadan. Oblastnol kraevedcheskil muzel. Kraevedcheskie zapiski 1962. no. 4, p. 102-118, map, table.) 6 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Distribution, number, clan and tribal names of Evens of Yakut ASSR. Describes their current status partly from 1953 field work. The majority of the Lamut Tungus (Evens) live in eleven

districts on the Lena, Yana, Indigirka, and Kolyma Rivers: they constitute about 20% of the regional population. Their self designation and that of others hostile to them, family descent, dialects, tribal divisions and probable migration routes, etc. are discussed for each district. Besides their vernacular, most Lamuts speak Yakut; few except the very young know Russian. They are in occupations connected with reindeer, even in kolkhozes where reindeer are the minor industry. Least acculturated are the uncollectivized groups of Sredne-Kolymsk District who persist in their traditional way of life and subsistence economy. MH. 81727. NOVIKOVA, N. S. 0 polevom analize pitanilit treski i pikshi. (Materialy rybokhoziålstvennykh issledovanil Severnogo basselna. Sbornik 1963, no. 1, p. 26-30, tables, graphs.) In Russian. Title tr.: Field analysis of cod and haddock food. Discusses methods, results and value of this kind of investigation; results of a three-season investigation of some 5,000 stomachs from the same fishing area; diurnal fluctuation in feeding of fishes 35-45 cm. long, evaluation of methods. DLC.

Occurrence, hosts and parts affected, periods of appearance, etc. are noted. DLC. NOVITSKII, G., see No. 79066. 81730. NOVOSELOV, A. A. 0 vvedenii v semelnyl obikhod zhitelel Kralnego Severs prostelshikh metodov vyrashchivanifa ovoshchel. (Problemy Severs 1962, no. 6, p. 183-88, illus.) Ref. In Russian. Title tr.: Introduction of the simplest methods of vegetable growing for the family in the Far North. Outlines window-sill culture of cucumber and tomato by hydroponics. The plants are grown without soil, in pure nutrient solution or in moist gravel, sand, etc. Various compositions of the nutrient solution are discussed. DLC. 81731. NOVOSELOV, B. A. 0 sposobakh otlova sornykh i khishchnykh ryb v r. Severnol Sos've. (Leningrad. Gos. n.-issl. inst. ozernogo i rechnogo rybnogo khozfalstva. Izvestitä 1958. v. 44, p. 61-65, tables, map.) In Russian. Title tr.: Catching methods of useless and predatory fish in the Severnaya Sosva. Describes locations, and nets used in the catch of these fish; composition and size of catches; methods for different seasons and areas. DLC.

NOVIKOVA, P. A., see No. 80159. 81728. NOVI'SKA1fA, ft). E. Vodnyl rezhim rastenil v zavisimosti of temperatury pochvy. (Akademifa nauk SSSR. Karel'skit filial. Trudy 1960. no. 28, p. 40-51, tables, graphs.) 19 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Water regimen in plants as affected by soil temperature. Lowering the soil temperature to 6-8° C. had no substantial effect on the water exchange in leaves of potatoes, barley and oats, indicating continuation of normal physiological processes in these plants. In corn however, cold soil lowered transpiration, free-water content and yields, but raised the bound-water content. DLC.

81732. NOVOSELOV, V. I. Ozarennye meridiany. Moskva, Gospolitizdat 1962. 176 p. illus. In Russian. Title tr.: Illuminated latitudes. Popular sketch of colonization and development in the Nenets, Yamal-Nenets, and Khanty-Mansi National Districts of northern Komi ASSR. The lumber, coal, oil, and natural gas industries, fisheries, fur trade, railroad construction, hydrological projects, etc. are described. Social work among the Samoyeds, Zyryans, Ostyaks and Voguls and their acculturative progress since the Revolution are discussed, urban and rural life depicted. DLC. NOVOZHILOV, G. F., see No. 83146.

NOVIßKAIA, ftt. E., see also Nos. 77271, 78379. 81729. NOVIßKAIA, L. A. Obzor vreditelel dekorativnykh rastenil Murmanskol oblasti. (In: Polfarno-al'pilskil hot.anicheskil sad. Dekorativnye rasteniiå .. . 1962, p. 182-86.) 6 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Review of pests affecting decorative plants in Murmansk Province. Lists, in taxonomic order, 28 insects and seven mites injurious to these plants.

81733. NOVYSH, V. V., and G. A. FONAREV. 0 teIluricheskikh tokakh v Severnom Ledovitom okeane. (Geomagnetizm i af.ronomiiå 1963. v. 3, no. 6, p. 1141-42, diagrs.) In Russian. Title tr.: Telluric currents in the Arctic Ocean. Discusses the results of continuous recording of earth currents on North Pole-10 drifting in the region 76°58'-78° N. 160°51'-154°11' E. during April—May 1962. The procedure and recording instruments

801

are described. Variation records of 1-10 min. period of mutually perpendicular components of electric and magnetic fields of the earth were noticed to be almost identical in form. The additional magnetic field produced by the observed earth current has value of 11-14% at 130 m. depth, 16-19% at 240 m. in the shallow East Siberian Sea, and probably much greater effect at deeper parts of the Arctic Ocean. DLC. 81734. NOWELL, N. W., and D. C. WHITE. Seasonal variation of magnesium and calcium in serum of the hypothermic rat. (Journal of applied physiology 1963. v. 18, no. 5, p. 967-69, table, illus.) 19 refs. Account of experiments with rats cooled to 15° C. with artificial respiration to prevent CO2 accumulation. In the winter months, a mean 24% rise in serum magnesium was found, and in summer an insignificant drop. No change in calcium levels was noted. DLC. 81735. NOWICKI, C. Spitsbergen 1960; reportaz specjalnego wyslannika "Problemow." (Problemy 1960. v. 16, no. 11, p. 767-73, illus.) In Polish. Title tr.: Spitsbergen in 1960; reports of a special correspondent to Problemy. Descnöes the post-conference field trip to the Hornsund area, organized in connection with the International Geographical Congress in Stockholm and that of the geologists at Copenhagen. The voyage aboard the Jantar, course of the trip, participating members, geological, glaciological, meteorological, faunal, and other studies are briefly noted. A group of geographers and geologists from these congresses were guests of Polish scientists, and a special film was made. DLC. NOWLAN, D. M., see No. 83026. 81736. NOWOSAD, F. S. Growing vegetables on permafrost. (North 1963. v. 10, no. 4, p. 42-45, illus.) Reports successful garden crops on soils underlain by permafrost at agricultural stations at Inuvik in Mackenzie District and False River near Fort Chimo in northern Quebec. Methods, including use of plasticcovered greenhouses for starting the seeds and plastic mulch for raising garden soil CaMAI. temperatures, are described. 81737. NOKON, .1. F. Observation of daytime aurora. (Journal of atmospheric and terrestrial physics 1963. v. 25, no. 11, p. 637-45, graphs.) 3 refs.

802

Studies daytime auroras detected from the ground by use of a spectral scanning polarimeter. Observations made at Ft. Churchill during Dec. 1962 revealed intensities for the green (5577Å) and red (6300Å) lines of oxygen of up to 30 kR on a magnetically disturbed day, and less than 2 kR during subsequent observations on quiet days. The daytime auroras were not accompanied by radar echoes. DLC. NUCLEAR INFORMATION. 81738. Project Chariot. (Its: v. 3, 1961. no. 4-7, p. 1-20, maps, graphs, tables, illus.) 50 refs. Surveys some possible effects, mostly adverse, of the U.S. Atomic Energy Commission's proposed nuclear explosion at Cape Thompson, northwest Alaska. The explosion would provide data on the feasibility of large scale nuclear excavation; but the resultant radioactivity might endanger human, animal, and plant life in the Ogotoruk Creek region. Topography, climate, and wildlife of the area are outlined, as are the AEC investigations of the mammals by W. O. Pruitt, plants by L. A. Viereck, and economy of the Point Hope and Kivalina Eskimos by D. C. Foote. The amount of fallout from the explosion, possibly up to 500 millicuries/sq. mi., is calculated by M. W. Friedlander; and the subsequent movement of strontium 90 through the local lichen-caribou-Eskimo food chain is considered by B. Commoner. The Cape Thompson region has a rich biota including some rare and/or nearly extinct species of plants, birds, and mammals; it is a winter range for caribou, and a major food-gathering area and transport route for Eskimos. Due to the lichens' unusual absorption of fallout, the caribou and people in the area already have higher Sr 90 levels than other groups; and because of the high vitamin D content in their diet, Eskimos' absorption of Sr 90 may be unusually efficient. Except for the articles by Friedlander and Commoner, much of this material is reprinted from the Alaska Conservation Society Bulletin of Mar. DLC. 1961. 81739. NUNLIST, H. Spitzbergen, Gipfel über dem nördlichen Eismeer; Erlebnisse und Ergebnisse der Schweizer SpitzbergenExpedition 1962. Zürich, Orell Füssli Verlag 1963. 199 p. maps, illus. Refs. In German. Title tr.: Spitsbergen, summit above the arctic sea; experiences and results of the Swiss Spitsbergen Expedition in 1962. Describes the trip of an eight-man mountaineering party from Narvik via

TromsØ, and Bjørnøya to the Isfjord, Ny Their Alesund and Krossfjord areas. activities in the Monaco, Koller, Karl and other glacier areas are treated in detail. About fifty ascents were made, 25 for the first time. The return journey via Lofoten, TromsØ and Drontheim is also described. Good photos and maps are included. DLC. 81740. NUMEROV, K. D. Akklimatizaf ifå barguzinskogo sobolfä v Krasnofnrskom krae i voprosy uluchshenifa mekhovykh kachestv mestnykh sobolel. (In: Konferenf ifs po akklimatizafsii zhivotIn nykh ... 1963, p. 130-31, tables.) Russian. Title tr.: Acclimatization of the Barguzin sables in Krasnoyarskiy Kray and problems of improving the fur of the local sables. Record of the sables from this Lake Baykal area released during 1949-1962 near Turukhansk and elsewhere; and the results. Color classes killed in 1955-1962 showed deterioration in quality of the introduced animals, and their lack of DLC. effect upon the local race. 81741. NUMEROV, K. D. Novye edinye (Sel'skokhozl Istvennoe teeny sobolfa. proizvodstvo Sibiri i Dal'nego Vostoka 1963, no. 4, p. 87.) In Russian. Title tr.: New, uniform prices for sables. Reviews prices for sable in the Soviet Union prior to 1939 and subsequently, present need of revision, etc. Standard prices according to provinces, e.g. Krasnoyarskiy Kray, Yakutia, etc. with some leeway allowed for color of the skin are DLC. recommended. 81742. NUMEROV, K. D. Proshloe i nastofåshchee sobolfå severs Eniselskol Sibiri. (Zoologicheskil zhurnal 1963. v. 42, no. 7, p. 1088-98, table, maps.) 30 In Russian. English summary. refs. Title tr.: The past and present of Sable in the Yenisey North, Siberia. Presents an historical outline of the catch and estimated population of this preciousfur bearer. In 1636 some 82 thousand were killed, an all-time record. Its population at that time in the northern part of the present Krasnoyarsk Kray is estimated at 170,000 head. Sable stocks at the beginning of the 1962-63 hunting season are estimated at 132,000 head, thus approaching peak level. DLC. NUNGESTER, W. J., see No. 83391. 81743. NUSSER, F. Neue Forschungsergebnisse fiber das Nordpolarmeer. (Na-

turwissenschaftliche Rundschau 1960. v. 13, no. 7, p. 260-64, maps.) 3 refs. In German. Title tr.: New scientific results on the Arctic Ocean. Reviews recent investigations mostly those by the drifting stations North Pole 1-8, T-3, Anis and Bravo. Bottom formation and drift of ice, causes of drift, currents, wind, and other features are summarized. DLC. 81744. NUTRITION REVIEWS. Amino acid imbalance in cold-exposed rats. (Its: v. 21, 1963. no. 4, p. 122-24. Review of papers dealing with the effects of diets with amino-acid imbalance, on rats kept at room or low temperatures. The effects of the imbalance were uniformly less severe in the cold environment. An explanation of this phenomenon is suggested. DNLM, 81745. NUTRITION REVIEWS. Nitrogen metabolism in the extreme cold. (Its: v. 21, 1963. no. 3, p. 78-80.) Refs. Review of experiments, with subjects lightly clothed at ambient temperatures of about 8° C., maintained at restricted protein and/or caloric diets. The effect of cold on N-balance was greater than accounted for by increased caloric expenditure. DNLM. 81746. NUTT, D. C. Fjords and marine basins of Labrador. (Polar notes 1963. no. 5, p. 9-24, maps, graphs, table.) 12 refs. Examines three inlets with marine basins which have distinct oceanographic regimes, according to 1949-1954 data of the Blue Dolphin Labrador Expeditions. In Hebron Fiord, isothermal and isohaline conditions exist in winter with temperatures of —1.7° C. to 1.8° C.; this arctic marine environment is effectively maintained in the fiord basin during summer by stratification. In Nain Bay winter conditions resemble those in Hebron Fiord, though turbulence, caused by tidal currents passing over uneven bottom and a restricted approach channel, tends to break down the stratification of summer, and basin temperatures as high as 4.0° C. are known. The Hamilton InletLake Melville estuary is a 125-mi. series of sills and basins. Freshwater discharge from major rivers maintains stratification throughout the year, and a warm water wedge remains in the inner basins during winter. Regular renewal of the basin water occurs in each, though the oceanographic regims differ in the three basins considered. Controlling factors appear to be the nature of the transition between the basin and the marine source water, and the nature of the CaMAI. freshwater inflow.

803

81746A. NUTT, D. C., and L. K. COACHMAN. A note on ice island WH-5. (Arctic 1963. v. 16, no. 3, p. 204-206.) Notes the drift through the Eastern Arctic and breakup, also studies in connection with this approx. 20 x 9 km. island which calved from the Ward Hunt Ice Shell in winter 1961-1962. For several months it was lodged across Kennedy Channel, preventing the southward drift of arctic pack ice. This resulted in open water in Kane Basin and Smith Sound where oceanographic studies were made by the U.S. Coast Guard. Alter resuming its drift, the island began to break up; its three largest pieces were instrumented and marked in Aug. 1963 to permit further tracking and identification, possibly off DI. Labrador. NUTT, D. C., see also No. 83254. 81747. NUTTALL, C. J., Jr., and J. G. THOMSON. Musk-Ox licks muskeg. (SAE journal 1961. v. 69, no. 1, p. 66-68, plan, illus.) Describes in some detail this trackedtractor, power-tracked-trailer combination, steered by controlled-joint articulation, and capable of carrying a payload of 20 tons at 10-15 m.p.h. Developed by Wilson, Nuttall, Raimond Engineers Inc. in 1958-1959 for Imperial Oil Ltd. of Canada, the Musk-Ox has traveled 3000 miles despite time out of service for repairs and rebuilding. Initial cost of such special muskeg vehicles is DI. 54000-6000 per ton of capacity. NUZHNOV, S. V., see No. 82792. 81748. NYHLEN, E. Petrus Laestadius, vandringsman, apostel och författare. (Skidoch friluftsfrämjandet. Årsbok 1962, p. 129-36.) In Swedish. Title tr.: Petrus Laestadius, traveler, apostle and writer. Sketches the life and activity of this Swedish priest, 1802-1841, brother of the evangelist Lars Levi Laestadius and himself missionary among the Lapps. He publicized in his journals (cf. No. 34776) the hardships of these people and the impositions of priests and officials. He abandoned missionary work because of poor health, became a teacher and finally SPRI. rector of a parish. NYHOLM, P., see No. 82667. 81749. NYKVIST, G. Round the world by primitive craft. (Ethnos 1961. v. 26, no. 1-2, p. 86-106, illus.) Describes the new maritime hall of the

804

Ethnographical Museum of Sweden. The display of marine craft and equipment includes Chukchi, Eskimo, and Aleut kayaks, a Greenlandic umiak, Ostyak paddles, an Eskimo seal-gut coat (amorak), fishing and hunting equipment, etc.; also scale models and drawings. Use, size, and provenience of the specimens are noted. DLC. 81750. NYMAN, P. O. Taxonomic studies within the subgenus Blindiadelphus Lindb. of the moss genus Seligeria Br. Eur. (Svensk botanisk tidskritt 1961. v. 55, no. 4, p. 591-98, illus.) 11 refs. Metric studies of the sporophytes of Blindiadelphus material showed this subgenus to consist of two taxonomic entities: Seligiria polaris and S. subimmersa. The first is distributed over Spitsbergen, Greenland and arctic America; the second over Fennoscandia and Alaska. DLC. 81751. OANCIA, D. Why private capital avoids the north. (Saturday night 1957. v. 72, no. 2, p. 21-22, illus.) Discusses reasons for lack of private investment in the Canadian North: the history of "boom and bust" at Klondike, Norman Wells, Port Radium, etc.; the lack of transportation; and (primarily) the lack of government aid to reduce high initial development costs. CaOCU. 81752. OBAYASHI, T. Anomalous changes in the ionosphere related to severe magnetic storm Oct. 28, 1951. (Japan. Radio Research Laboratories. Journal 1958. v. 5, no. 21, p. 213-25, tables, graphs.) 13 refs. Investigates this storm using worldwide simultaneous geomagnetic and ionospheric data from nine geomagnetic stations, including Baker Lake, College and Sitka, and 17 ionospheric stations, including Point Barrow, College, Anchorage, Resolute Bay, Baker Lake, Ft. Churchill, Ft. Chimo, and Narsarssuak. An outstanding electrojet stream, comparatively short lived, appeared near the southern edge of the arctic auroral zone at the end of the main phase of the storm. The ionospheric disturbance associated with this electrojet was anomalous. The electron density of the F2 ionospheric layer above the electrojet stream increased suddenly to more than 106 electrons(cm.a, then dropped below normal after the current stream disappeared. Two theories are suggested which could explain the close interrelation of ionospheric changes with the electrojet stream. One is the effect of the incoming corpuscular precipita-

tion into the ionosphere, and consequently the formation of a new F2 layer, due to increased ionization. The other is the vertical drift of electrons produced by the interaction of the geomagnetic field with the currents in the F2 region returning from the main electrojet formed in the E-region. No preference is given either theory; possibly both mechanisms participate in the phenomenon. DLC. 81753. OBAYASHI, T. F2 layer deduced from the "frequency spectrum" of radio propagation Q figures at long distance routes. (Japan. Radio Research Laboratories. Journal 1958. v. 5, no. 21, p. 227-34, table, graphs, map.) 2 refs. Proposes a method for estimating the critical frequency foF2 layer of the ionosphere. By using the data of standard radio wave propagation from Washington to Baker Lake, Ft. Chimo, Prince Rupert and other ionospheric stations in Canada, the maximum usable frequency (MUF) of arriving waves is calculated from the frequency spectrum of the field strength of radio waves for a certain fixed-distance propagation. Thus the main mode of arriving waves can be identified by comparing the estimated value of MUF with the observed foF2 value at the apex, then using these data in a simple theory of ionospheric radio propagation. Conversely, the f o F2 value for the vertical incidence at the reflecting point can be estimated if the mode of propagation is known or assumed. This method may be useful when the DLC. ionosphere is disturbed. 81754. OBAYASHI, T. Geomagnetic storms and ionospheric disturbances. (Japan. Radio Research Laboratories. Journal 1959. v. 6, no. 26, p. 375-514, tables, graphs, maps.) Approx. 320 refs. Presents a comprehensive review (in three parts) of the subjects of aeronomy: sudden commencement of geomagnetic storms, ionospheric disturbances, dynamo theory of the storms, and geomagnetic storms and the earth's outer atmosphere. Anomalous characteristics of polar storms are treated (p. 432-44) from records of high latitude ionospheric stations in the Northern Hemisphere, including College, Sitka, Baker Lake, and Ft. Chimo. Abnormal ionization in the E-region during magnetic storms, and polar F2 disturbances associated with the severe magnetic storm of Oct. 28, 1951 at 11 h. 54 m. are discussed. Latitude effect of polar blackouts in Sept. 1957 with respect to universal time, the worldwide patterns of minimum ionospheric

frequency for various stages of the Oct. 1951 storm, and records of the H, D, and Z components of the geomagnetic field at College during the storm are illus. by graphs. DLC. 81755. OBAYASHI, T. Geomagnetic storms and the earth's outer atmosphere. (Japan. Science Council. Report of ionosphere research in Japan 1958. v. 12, no. 3, p. 301-335, tables, graphs.) 42 refs. Considers hydromagnetic oscillations of the ionized outer atmosphere beyond the ionosphere. A model of the earth's outer atmosphere, based on whistlers, geomagnetic disturbances, cosmic rays, and zodiacal lights, is proposed. Toroidal-type oscillations characteristic of geomagnetic pulsations in high latitudes are examined from the data of eight stations, including Tromsø, College, and Sitka. The model was found consistent with those obtained by other methods of investigation. DLC. 81756. OBAYASHI, T. Ionospheric polar blackouts and radio communication disturbances. (In: NATO. The effect of disturbances ... 1963, p. 37-45, graphs.) 19 refs. Defines and describes the two types of polar blackouts: those produced by low energy solar cosmic rays ejected from an intense solar flare, and those produced by auroral particles. The former, called the polar cap blackout, extends over the entire polar region to geomag. lat. of 60°-65°; the latter occurs mainly along the auroral zone. Polar blackouts of Nov. 4-5, 1950 and Sept. 11-14, 1957 are examined, and general features of radio disturbances are discussed in relation to communication problems. Discussion agreed on difficulty of pinpointing location of attenuation from DLC. oblique circuit observations. 81757. OBAYASHI, T. Propagation of solar corpuscles and interplanetary magnetic fields. (Journal of geophysical research 1962. v. 67, no. 5, p. 1717-24, graphs, tables.) 27 refs. Proposes a model of interplanetary magnetic fields to account for various characteristics of solar particles which produce solar-geophysical phenomena, including polar-cap absorption, and geoAn magnetic and cosmic-ray storms. explanation of polar-cap absorption is offered, based on riometric observations of major solar-geophysical events of Apr. 27— May 1, 1960 at Thule, College, and Kiruna. The extremely long delay in its onset is attributed to trapping of the solar protons

805

in the plasma cloud that causes subsequent geomagnetic disturbance. This explanation is challenged by C. S. Warwick, q.v. DLC. OBAYASHI, T., see also Nos. 79604, 79605. 81758. O'BERTOS, E., and D. E. JACKSON. Age of the Whittaker formation, Northwest Territories. (Bulletin of Canadian petroleum geology 1963. v. 11, no. 1, p. 27-32, illus.) 2 refs. Contains a detailed lithology of two sections of this formation in the Manetoe (62°13' N. 125°02' W.) and Whittaker (62°35' N. 124°50' W.) Ranges, also paleontological findings, which supplement the original work of R. J. W. Douglas and D. K. Norris (No. 71093). The three-fold division of the formation is observed in both sections, viz: a lower unit of darkgrey limestones of Middle or Upper Ordovician age, a middle unit of Upper Ordovician dolomites, and an upper unit of Silurian shales and limestones. Graptolite faunas collected by senior author extend the age of the upper unit to include late Lower through early Upper Silurian fossils. Stratigraphic correlation of the two sections DGS. is graphically shown. 81759. OBIDIN, N. I. Rezul'taty izuchenifa podzemnykh vod Noril'skogo ralona v 1958-1960 gg. (Leningrad. N: issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Trudy 1962. v. 130, sbornik statel po geologii i neftegazonosnosti Arktiki, no. 19, p. 140-47, tables.) In Russian. Title tr.: Results of groundwater investigations in the Noril'sk region in 1958-1960. Characterizes the ground waters uncovered by wells and shafts. According to geologic structure, enclosing rocks, mineralization, and salt content, some five main waterbearing complexes are distinguished: Quaternary, Permian-Triassic, Tungusskiy series complex, Carboniferous-Devonian-Silurian, Ordovician-Cambrian. Each is characterized in turn, noting type, mineralization, yield, depths and other properties. Chemical analyses of some complexes of water and DLC. gases are also given. OBORSKY, S., see No. 81675.

Atomic Energy Commission. A prime design requirement was that the plants be transportable by C-130A aircraft. A PM-3A taken to the U.S. Navy station at McMurdo in Antarctica supplies 1500 kw. of electric power and approx. 250,000 Btu/hr. for snow-melting operations. General plant arrangements are similar in the two types and the PM-3A flow diagram is shown. Analysis of PM-1 operation indicates a considerable possible increase in the output of similar plants. Nuclear power plants can compete with conventional fossil fueled or oil fired power plants at certain isolated military installations. A PM-2A was set up at Camp Century, Greenland. DLC. O'BRIEN, R. C., see Nos. 80879, 80880. 81761. OBRUCHEV, S. V. Plavanifa russkikh na Shpifsbergen v xv veke. (Doklady na ezhegodnykh chtenifåkh pamfati V. A. Obrucheva 1956-60, Ø. 1961, p. 74-89, map.) 35 refs. In Russian. Presents a Russian translation with comments on the Latin and Portuguese texts of a letter written on July 14, 1493 by a German physician, Hieronymus Münzer to King John II of Portugal. The Portuguese text mentions the discovery of a "large island Gruland" by Russians "a few years ago." "Gruland" is taken to mean not Greenland but Spitsbergen, which was called "Gruland" or "Grumant" by Russian seafarers; and study of names on 16th century maps is said to confirm this interpretation. Other sources also are discussed, from which Russian discovery of, and voyages to Spitsbergen in the 15th century or earlier can be inferred. DLC. 81762. OBRUCHEV, S. V. Vazhnelshie itogi izuchenifa sibirskogo dokembrifa. (In: Stratigrafifa SSSR. v. 1 ... 1963, p. 33965, tables.) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Main results of investigation of the Precambrian of Siberia. Summarizes recent studies of the Archean and Proterozoic deposits including Taymyr Peninsula, Anabar and Aldan shields, Yenisey Ridge, etc. Correlations and absolute age determinations are given. DLC.

O'BRIEN, B. J., see No. 80979. 81760. O'BRIEN, J. F. Portable nuclear power systems. (Military engineer 1963. v. 55, no. 364, p. 110-13, illus.) 2 refs. Describes the PM-1 and PM-3A types of medium power range systems, developed and built by the Martin Co. for the U.S.

806

81763. OBRUCHEV, V. A. Moi puteshestvifå po Sibiri. Moskva, Izd-vo Akademii nauk SSSR, 1963. 288 p. maps, illus. In Russian. Title tr.: My travels across Siberia. Revised edition of No. 12682, with list of Obruchev's 33 publications. I *LC.

81764. OBRUCHEV, V. A. Uspekhi geologicheskogo izuchenifa Sibiri v techenie poslednikh 50 let i nekotorye ocherednye zadachi blizhoTshego budushchego. (In: Ocherki po istorii geologicheskikh znanil 1963. no. 12, p. 100-115, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: Progress of the geological study of Siberia during the last 50 years and some tasks for the immediate future. Reviews work of 1895-1945 (the paper was written in 1946): by Tomsk Polytechnical Institute and other institutions, areas and types of studies, scientists who particDLC. ipated. OBRUCHEV, V. V., see No. 81464. 81765. OCHERKI po ieiorii geologicheskikh znanil. K 100-letifü so dnfa rozhdenifa Vladimira Afanas'evicha Obrucheva. Moskva, Izd-vo Akademii nauk SSSR 1963. 215 p. illus. (Its: no. 12.) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Centenary of the birth of Vladimir Afanas'evich Obruchev. Presents a collection of papers in honor of this eminent Russian geologist and geographer. A few connected with the Arctic are abstracted under their authors' names viz (titles tr.): OBRUCHEV, V. A. Progress of the geological study of Siberia during the last 50 years and some tasks for the immediate future. NAGIBINA, M. S. Study of the geology of Siberia during the post-Obruchev period. KACHURIN, S. P. Geologic riddles of the Arctic and the question of its artificial DLC. warming. 81766. O'CONNOR, R. High jinks on the Klondike. Indianapolis, Bobbs-Merrill 1954. 284 p. 60 refs. Reviews the social aspects of the Dawson and Nome gold rushes of the 1890's-early 1900's, especially diversion, entertainment, racketeering, etc. The Soapy Smith gang at Skagway, female Klondikers, whiteIndian romances, the theaters and music halls, saloons, gambling houses, prostitutes are dealt with. Law enforcement, friendships among the gold-seekers, the Nome claim-stealing scandal, etc. are described. Outstanding and notorious individuals are depicted, and various writers London, Beach, Service, Miller, castigated for their portrayals of the gold rush. Indexed. DLC. 81767. ODAGIRI, S., and T. KOYANAGI. Studies on the relation between vitamin A and metabolism of adrenal cortex hormones in cold-exposed rats. (Journal of vitamin-

ology 1961. v. 7, no. 2, p. 86-91, tables.) 17 refs. Account of experiments, with animals exposed 1 hr. 21 days to near-freezing temperatures. Ascorbic acid in the adrenal increased to a maximum at 6 hrs. exposure, then gradually returned to normal. It showed a sharper drop with a vitamin Adeficient diet and rose again with the supplement of vitamin A. DNLM. ODELRAM, H., see No. 78729. 81768. ODINTSOVA, M. M. Materialy k korrelfaGai razrezov farskikh otlozhenil Csentral'noT i severo-vostochnol chaste! SibirskoT platformy. (Akademifa nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Inst. zemnol kory. Trudy 1963, no. 15, p. 58-76, tables.) 37 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Materials on the correlation of Jurassic deposit sections in the central and northeastern parts of Siberian platform. Presents a correlation of Jurassic deposits of the Angara, Him, Nizhnyaya Tunguska, Vilyuy, and Verkhoyansk foredeep according to an internationally accepted geochronologic table of time-rock units, from the Hettangian to Kimmeridgian stages. It is based primarily on spore-pollen analyses. DLC. 81769. ODINT—SOVA, M. M., and O. K. SMIRNOVA. Paleogeograficheskie uslovifa obrazovanifa almaznykh kontinental'nykh i morskikh fIlrskikh rossypel v Csentral'nol i severo-vostochnol chastfåkh Sibirskol platformy. (Akademiiå nauk SSSR. fAkutskil filial. Trudy 1963. ser. geol. no. 9, p. 142-48.) 6 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Paleogeographic conditions for formation of continental and marine Jurassic diamond placers in central and northeastern parts of the Siberian platform. Analyzes the stratigraphy, composing rocks, and sedimentation conditions of Lower Jurassic deposits of the Malaya Botuobuya region. The Irelyakh diamondbearing stratum and Ukugut diamond-less stratum are compared, their paleogeographic conditions are discussed, and the climatic conditions considered to have been different in the sedimentation of the two strata. Sources for diamond placers are indicated near the Mir kimberlite pipe. Migration and distribution of placers are discussed. The lacustrine-marine deposits of the Vilyuy and Lena-Olenek region are also characterized and found favorable for diamond accumulation. DLC. ODNER, K., see No. 83025.

81770. ØKLAND, J. Pilblad (Sagiltaria sagittifolia L.) funnet i Pasvik, samt litt om vassdragsreguleringer. (Blyttia 1962. v. 20, no. 4, p. 168-71, illus.) 2 refs. In Norwegian. English summary. Title tr.: A find of arrowleaf (Sagitlaria sagitlifolia L.) in Pasvik, with comments on drainage basin regulation. Reports on 1960 investigations of freshwater flora and fauna in a valley where marine clay deposits and relatively warm temperatures foster immigration of unusual species into eastern Finnmark. Site of the find is a shallow strandline of a lake (Vaggatern) with southeast exposure and water to one-half meter depth, its temperature, electrolytic capacity, lime content, and pH unusually high, and the partically enclosed bay eutrophic in character. This water system is to be regulated to provide more electric power and further investigations should be made before 1964 when the lake level will be affected. The importance of routine investigations of flora and fauna in water-courses about to be exploited is stressed, with particular reference to shore and bottom flora and invertebrate fauna. DLC. 81771. ÖRTENGREN, J. H. Envar sitt eget turisthotell. (Till fjälls 1960-61. v. 32-33, p. 46-55, illus.) In Swedish. Title tr.: Everybody his own tourist hotel. Describes trips to Slilkastugan in Tjäktjavagge, 25 km. northwest of Kebnekaise mountain station in northern Sweden, with details on equipment, provisions and climbing routes. SPRI. 81772. ÖRVIK, N. Europe's Northern Cap and the Soviet Union. Cambridge, Mass. 1963. 64 p. maps. (Harvard Univ. Center for International Affairs. Occasional papers no. 6.) Refs. Examines the strategic significance of the area comprising mainland, islands, and waters from 66° N. to the North Pole, between the Norwegian and White Seas. Possible Russian expansion into Norwegian territory to obtain more ports for growing naval and fishing fleets, or to establish deeper defense against Polaris missiles, etc. is considered. Procedures of USSR, Norway, NATO, in case of such encroachment are discussed. Norwegian defense policy, discussed at some length, needs revision. DLC.

81773. ÖSTREM, G. Comparative crystallographic studies on ice from icecored moraines, snow-banks and glaciers. (Geografiska annaler 1963. v. 45, no. 4, p. 210-40, maps, sections, tables, illus.) 35 refs. Describes in some detail, results of crystal size and orientation measurements carried out 1959-1963 on ice from the Jotunheimen area in southern Norway, Kebnekaise in northern Sweden, and edge of the Barnes Ice Cap on Baffin Island, Canada. Sampling methods, thin section preparation, photographic procedures, and crystal measurement techniques, are outlined. Buried ice as sampled from ice-cored moraines consists of small crystals, except below dirt bands or near boulders; that found at Isfallsglaciären is not old glacier ice, but appears to have originated from massive snow-bank ice. Moraine ice seems to have a single preferred crystal orientation; it is perpendicular to dirt bands where present, various in snow-bank ice layers and superimposed ice. DGS. 81774. ÖSTREM, G. Litt om breene i Storsteinsfjell-området. (Norsk geografisk tidsskrift 1961-62. v. 18, no. 5-6, p. 23945, maps, illus.) 9 refs. In Norwegian. English summary. Title tr.: Note on the Storsteinsfjell area glaciers. Presents a new glacier map of this region in north Norway based on air photos of 1960. A marked retreat is noted since the topographic maps of 1904 and 1919. DLC. 81775. ØSTVEDT, O. J. Investigations around Iceland in 1961. (International Council for the Exploration of the Sea. Annales biologiques 1961 pub. 1963. v. 18, p. 147-48.) General outline of activities on the east, north and west coast, reconnaissance for commercial fishing, dominant classes, tagging. DSI.

OESCHGER, H., see Nos. 79605, 82420.

81776. ØSTVEDT, O. J. Norwegian winter herring 1960. (International Council for the Exploration of the Sea. Annales biologiques 1960 pub. 1962. v. 17, p. 16768, graph, tables.) Reports on condition of this fishery for the period 1946-1960. Catch (total, per vessel, and unit effort) is tabulated, and a steady decline in yields since 1956 noted, the 1960 season being the poorest peacetime period since 1934. Length and age-class composition of the 1960 catch is considered in detail. DSI.

OESTERREICH, N., see Nos. 79274, 79275.

ØSTVEDT, O. J., see also Nos. 78250, 78251.

808

81777. O'FARRELL, T. P., and A. M. SHEETS. Birds observed wintering on Middleton Island, Alaska. (Condor 1962. v. 64, no. 5, p. 440-41.) 2 refs. Lists seven species seen during Feb. 24-26, 1961, on this island in Gulf of Alaska, with notes on numbers, habitat, flight, etc. DLC. 81778. OFENGEIM, G. Bol'sha1 Kondopoga. (Na strolkakh Rossii 1961, no. 10, p. 17-18, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: Great Kondopoga. Describes the development of the Kondopoga (62°12' N. 32°17' E.) cellulose-paper combine to raise production in Karelia to 315,000 tons/yr. Construction work and expansion of the plant facilities are discussed. DLC. OFFICER, J. E., see No. 83859. 81779. OFFMAN, P. E. Proiskhozhdenie Timana. Moskva, Izd-vo Akademii nauk SSSR, 1961. 140 p. tables, maps, illus. (Akademi& nauk SSSR. Geologicheskil institut. Trudy no. 58.) 117 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The origin of the Timan. Presents an extensive geologic outline of Timan Range based on the author's and his students' field work in 1944-1946 and 1958. Timan orohydrography is briefly reviewed and views on the origin of the mountains are summarized. The complex of Riphean (Upper Proterozoic-Middle Ordovician) and of Lower and Middle Paleozoic deposits is treated in detail. Special attention is given to the tectonics of the Timan-Pechora province, those of the Pechora syncline and other structures axe analyzed. Search for oil should be concentrated on domes, which are numerous in this province. DLC. 81780. OGDEN, M. The battle of North Cape. London, William Kimber 1962. 207 p. map, illus. Describes this naval engagement on Dec. 26, 1943, in which the German battle cruiser Scharnhoret attempting to intercept an Allied convoy bound for Murmansk, was sunk off Nordkap at 72°16' N. 28°41' E. Diary record precedes each chapter. Background to the battle, leaders on both sides, etc. are discussed. The British and Norwegian vessels are listed with particulars of battleships and cruisers. DLC. 81781. OGILVIE, W. Early days on the Yukon & the story of its gold finds. London & New York, John Lane 1913; Toronto, Bell & Cockburn 1913. 306 p. plates.

Recounts observations and experiences as a surveyor of the Alaska-Canada boundary and of miners' claims in Yukon Territory from 1887 till 1898. White settlement of the area by traders and miners is reviewed. Gold discoveries culminating in the Klondike discovery of Aug. 1896 are discussed. Mining methods used, daily life of the miners, and administration of law in the mining camps are described. DLC. OGILVIE, W., see also No. 83512. 81782. OGNEV, N. Økutskatå veterinarnafa laboratorifå. (Sel'skokhozfalstvennoe proizvodstvo Sibiri i Dal'nego Vostoka 1963, no. 9, p. 91-92.) In Russian. Title tr.: Yakut veterinary laboratory. Reviews history of this laboratory founded in 1907 as the first veterinary institution in Yakutia, and its current work on epizootics control. DLC. 81783. OGNEV, S. I. Zveri Vostochnol Evropy i Severnol Azii. Moskva, Izd-vo Akademii nauk SSSR, 1928-1957. 9 v. tables, illus. In Russian. Title tr.: Animals of Eastern Europe and Northern Asia. Some volumes have title, Zveri SSSR i prilezhashchikh stran, Animals of the USSR and adjacent countries. Encyclopedic work on the mammals, 30-40 years in preparation by Ognev (1886-1951), latterly, after volume 7, with V. G. Geptner as editor, who outlines the course of preparation in his foreword to v. 9. Ognev notes in his introduction (v. 1) the only two comprehensive works in the field (both early 19th century) and recent developments in various parts of it. In v. 1, 631 p. pub. 1928, Insectivore and Chiroptera, he deals with the moles, hedgehogs, shrews; and the bats. Vol. 2, 776 p. pub. 1931, Carnivore (Fissipedia) deals with the bears including the brown, Yenisey, Kolyma, Kamchatka and polar bears; the canines including several northern wolves, foxes, otters (incl. sea otters), sables, martens, minks. Vol. 3, 742 p. pub. 1935, Carnivore, Fissipedia and Pinnipedia covers the ermines, weasels, wolverines; the cats; the walrus and in extenso the seals. Vol. 4, 615 p. pub. 1940, Rodentia, deals with the pikes, hares, squirrels, and flying squirrels. Vol. 5, 809 p. pub. 1947, Rodentia treats the susliks, marmots, beavers, dormice, mole rats. Vol. 6, 559 p. pub. 1948, Rodentia, covers mice, jerboas, lemmings, muskrats.

809

Vol. 7, 706 p. pub. 1950 Rodentia, is devoted to the voles. Vol. 8, Rodentia sub-fam. Murinae in preparation at the time of Ognev's death in 1951, is not yet pub. Vol. 9, 756 p. pub. 1957, Cetacea. was prepared by A. G. Tomilin, q.v. Ungulata, evidently part of Ognev's original plan, are not as yet covered. In all the volumes, the descriptions of the fauna are preceded by general characterizations and keys to higher taxa. Each species is dealt with (if pertinent) as to synonyms, local names and main illustrations; morphology and anatomy; geographic variants; type localities, distribution and migrations; life and behavior; reproduction and young; development and growth; sexual dimorphism; seasonal activities, including changes in appearance, hibernation; ecology; diet and relations to man. English translation of most of the volumes (v. 2-3, 5-7 available 1965) by A. Birron and Z. S. Cole, in the Israel Program of Scientific Translations in Jerusalem, for the Smithsonian Institution and the National Science Foundation, may be ordered from the Office of Technical Services, Dept. of Commerce, Washington DLC. 25, D.C.

Describes the system by which water is brought from the Lena River, instead of pumped from the sub-permafrost using a borehole near the center of the city. The water conduit, 300 mm. in diameter is made of drawn steel pipe 12 mm. thick. It was assembled in 1956, the air temperature ranging —30° to 49° C. Water pumped from the river was warmed by air heated to 40-42° C. at two stations, one close to the river and the other 5,700 m. along the conduit. The system began to operate Dec. 20, 1956 with water at approx. +1° C.; semi-monthly temperature measurements during Jan.-Mar. 1957, showed it to range between +2.2° and +4.8° C., when the air temperature was between —20.4 DLC. and —48° C.

81784. OGORODOV, N. V., and V. I. BELOUSOV. Nekotorye novye dannye o vulkanakh Kharchinskom i Zarechnom. (Akademifa nauk SSSR. Vulkanologicheskaf stanGifa.. Biålleten' 1961. no. 31, p. 46-51, plan.) 10 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Some new data on the Kharchinskiy and Zarechnyy Volcanoes. Presents a geomorphic, geological and petrographic description of two small extinct volcanoes in the Kamchatka valley opposite the Klyuchi volcanological station; their origin is estimated as pre-glacial early Quaternary for Kharchinskiy (56°26' N. 160°51' E.) and inter-glacial period for Zarechnyy (approx. 56°15' N. 160°52' E.). The volcanic structure of both covers approx. 200 km2. The study is based on published material supplemented by authors' geological investigations in 1958. DLC.

81786. OHSUMI, S. Biologisk materiale som japanske ekspedisjoner har fått fra Biological material merkede finnhval. obtained by Japanese expeditions from marked fin whales. (Norsk hvalf angsttidende 1962. v. 51, no. 5, p. 192-98, tables.) In Norwegian and English. Reports on some 85 marked fin whale recoveries during the 1954-1961 in the northern North Pacific; sex, dates marked and recovered, length at both times, ear plug laminations, ovulations, weight of larger testes, and pregnancies are stated. DLC.

O'GRADY, G., see No. 84164. 81785. OGURfOVA, V. A., and A. A. PAUL'SON. Opyt puska vodovoda v g. tÄkutske v zimnee vremfa. (Akademifä Hauk SSSR. Inst. merzlotovedenifa. Severo . Vostochnoe otd-ie. Trudy 1958, no. 1, p: 4651, tables, illus.) In Russian. Title trar Putting the water-supply system into operation at Yakutsk in winter time.

810

OGUTI, T., see No. 78801. O'HAGAN, R. M., see No. 83790. OHGA, A., see No. 77016. OHL, A. I., see Nos. 79604, 79605. OHRING, G., see No. 83764.

81787. OHSUMI, S. Relative growth of the fin whale Balaenoptera physalus Linn. (Tokyo. Whales Research Inst. Scientific reports 1960. no. 15, p. 17-84, tables, illus.) 32 refs. Presents a comprehensive analysis of fetal growth in North Pacific and antarctic whales based on 25 accepted measurements. Nearly 250 specimens measuring 10-550 cm. are included. Comparisons are made between material from the two regions on relative growth, and the relation between biological aspects (appearance of coloration, development of baleen, flukes, etc.) and growth (size) is outlined. Conditions in the related species are also considered. DLC.

51788. OETAKE, T. Hemispheric investigation of warm rain by radiosonde data. (Journal of applied meteorology 1963. v. 2, no. 5, p. 594 607, maps, graphs, tables.) 10 refs. Examination of data from 62 Northern Hemisphere stations (about 12 arctic) for a one-year period disclosed that warm rain fell more frequently than expected. Even in coastal Alaska, warm rain fell from layer clouds in summer, though it was seldom observed inland at any latitude. It sometimes fell supercooled in cold regions, even when the temperature was below freezing. Nearly all warm rain was accompanied by wind from the sea; at Cold Bay in Alaska it occurred 39 times, cold rain 232, at Nar'yan-Mar in Arkhangel'skaya Oblast', the proportion was 1:101, and at Skattøra near Tromsø in Norway, it was 1:152. Examples cited include warm drizzle at Nome, Alaska, July 5, 1957, and Goose Bay, Labrador, Feb. 18, 1958, with temperature near and below freezing, respectively. DWB. OIL AND GAS JOURNAL. 81789. Alaska: best oil-finding year yet. (Its: 1961. v. 59, no. 5, p. 148-49, map.) Reports developments during 1960: Swanson River field a major reserve, Soldotna Creek field opened, promising gas reserves tapped at Kenai field, and Michel T. Halbouty field gas found six mi. south of DGS. Soldotna. OIL AND GAS JOURNAL. 81790. Alaskan gas line is finished. (Its: 1961. v. 59, no. 37, p. 78, illus.) Notes completion of the 1234-inch gas line from the Kenai Peninsula to the Anchorage distribution system. Construction begun in 1960, was suspended during the winter because of tides up to 25 ft. in Turnagain DGS. Arm. 81791. OIL AND GAS JOURNAL. Wild well could be money maker. (Its: v. 61, 1963. no. 4, p. 121, map.) Pan American Petroleum Corp. royalty (tax) has been reduced from the standard 12% to 5% on oil obtained from its 5,106acre lease on Cook Inlet, Alaska. The wild well, No. 1 Middle Ground Shoals, was adjudged a discovery i.e. a new structure; its location on state (not federal) Iand made it eligible for a ten-yr. royalty cut, in effect DI. until June 1972. 81792. OIL IN CANADA. Arctic growth demands better aircraft. (Its: 1962. v. 14, no. 50, p. 25, illus.)

Reports use of' DC-6B type plane by Pacific Western Airlines on the main western route from Edmonton to Inuvik. PWA took over operation of the Mackenzie air routes from Canadian Pacific Airlines in July 1959; the DC-6B carries 50 passengers and 10,000 lbs. of freight; air freight rates are down to 23 cents/lb. from 60 cents in 1959. DGS. 81793. OILWEEK. Competition from Alaska looming over Puget Sound. (Its: 1961. v. 12, no. 14, p. 45, 48, map.) Notes first tanker shipments of crude oil from the Alaskan Swanson River field reaching the Shell Oil Anacortes, Wash., refinery. Alaskan reserves are expected to provide an export capacity of 60,000 barrels/day by 1962, and transportation costs to be 30-40 cents lower than such from Alberta, whose crude may be in a competitive market at Puget Sound. DGS. 81794. OKAKOK, G. A. Inupiat paitot. (Indian affairs 1962. no. 46, p. 3-4, +, Title tr.: Eskimo rights and port.) heritage. Address in English by a North Alaskan Eskimo at the annual meeting of the Association on American Indian Affairs in New York City, May 1962. Land, mineral and hunting rights are discussed. Establishment is suggested of an Inupiat National Monument for Arctic Culture and Ecology north of the Brooks Range from Barter Island to Noatak. The land with some outlying Eskimo villages should be held in trust by the U.S.; and the monument administered jointly by Eskimos, state and federal government representatives, guided by a committee of specialists in conservation, economic development, etc. DSI. 81795. OKEANOLOGI/A. Sozdanie sek£sii podvodnykh issledovanil. (Its: 1961. v. 1, no. 1, p. 178.) In Russian. Title tr.: An Underwater Investigations Section created. Reports this research unit headed by B. P. Mantelfel', set up in April 1960 by the Oceanographic Commission of the Academy of Sciences of USSR; its functions are to coordinate and instruct in scientific work by submarines, aqualung, etc. DLC. 81796. OKHRANA TRUDA I SOFSIAL'NOE STRAKHOVANIE. Vinovniki nakazany. (Its: v. 4, 1961, no. 1, p. 43.) In Russian. Title tr.: Offenders are punished. Notes neglect of workers' compensation claims for injuries received at the Chaun-

811

Chukotka ore mining concern; and the reprimand administered. DLC. 81797. OKLADNIKOV, A. P. Dalekoe proshloe Primor'a. Vladivostok, Primorskoe knizhnoe izd-vo, 1959. 292 p. maps, illus. Approx. 150 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Distant past of the Maritime Province. Exhaustive study of the Soviet Far East prior to the advent of the Russians in the 17th century. The area has great interest as the locale of the migration route of ancient populations, cultural and ethnic contact between ancestral Tungus tribes and Paleosiberians, Amerindians, Eskimos. Possible trait diffusion routes are sketched. DLC. 81798. OKLADNIKOV, A. P. Drevnee poselenie na poluostrove Peschanom u Vladivostoka. Moskva-Leningrad, Izd-vo Akademii nauk SSSR, 1963. 354 p. crosssections, maps, illus. (Akademia nauk SSSR. Institut arkheologii. Materialy i issledovania po arkheologii SSSR, no. 112.) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Ancient settlement on Peschanyy Peninsula near Vladivostok. Exhaustive description of the inventory of this late bronze and early iron age site (late second to early first millennium A.D.); based on 1956 and 1960 fieldwork by the Far East archeological expedition of the Institute of Archeology. The early appearance of iron in the so-called shell mound culture of the Maritime Province and its diffusion north is considered responsible for the surprisingly early introduction of iron to Chukotka: an iron graver and a bone artifact of the Uelen-Okvik stage worked with an iron tool technique were discovered at the Uelen burial complex. The Maritime region is also the probable source for the original iron age culture of the middle Lena basin, which developed independently from the Cis-Baykal and Yenisey foci. DLC. 81799. OKLADNIKOV, A. P. The history of fishery in North-Asia. (Folk 1963. v. 5, p. 256-68, illus.) Describes the discovery in 1961 of several unusual jade artifacts in a neolithic site on the middle Amur River: narrow fluted plates or blades with a rounded keen edge and a perforation on the end opposite the point. Identified as spoon-baits, they are similar to the metal spoon-baits still in local use. Two kinds of fish lures are now recognized for the neolithic cultures of northeast Asia: fish-shaped in East Siberia (Lake Baykal) and spoon-bait in the DLC. Amur region.

812

81800. OKLADNIKOV, A. P. The intro duction of iron in the Soviet Arctic and the Far East. (Folk 1963. v. 5, p. 249-55, illus.) 10 refs. Iron reached the Maritime Province, probably from China, early in the first millennium B.C. From there or the Amur basin it spread north along the Okhotsk and Bering Seas to Bering Strait. An iron harpoon point of the late first millennium A.D. found at Atargan by R. V. Vasil'ev skit q.v. is noted, as are iron implements of the early second millennium A.D. excavated on Cape Baranov, east of the Kolyma mouth. A pre-Yakut iron age culture, not connected with Turkic or Mongolian steppe tribes and as yet undated, extended along the middle Lena from the Mukhtuya site to the confluence of a little stream called Sikteekh about 71° N. DLC. 81801. OKLADNIKOV, A. P. Le neolithique dans les territoires de la Sibcrie et des provinces extr@me-orientales de l'U.R.S.S. (Cahiers d'histoire mondiale 1961. v. 6, no. 3, p. 476-502, map.) 17 refs. In French. Title tr.: The neolithic of Siberia and the Soviet Far East. Sketches ecological conditions and reconstructs the economy and successive culture stages of land and sea-mammal hunters and fishers, on the basis of recent field work in the Lake Baykal and Lena regions, Yakutia, Chukotka, the Amur basin, and Sakhalin Island. The probable migration routes of ancestral Ob-Ugrians, Tungus, Paleosiberians, Yukaghirs, and Eskimos to their present areas of occupation are discussed. A diffusion in the 2nd-1st millenia B.C. of nomadic reindeer hunters and fishers from interior Chukotka to Alaska is thought to have preceded the migration of Eskimo sea-mammal hunters. The Eskimos proper are considered of Sakhalin (Tonchi-Eskimoid) origin with some Paleosiberian DLC. admixture. 81802. OKLADNIKOV, A. P. Znachenie rabot L. IA. Sbternberga dla arkheologii Dal'nego Vostoka. (Akademia nauk SSSR. Inst. etnografii. Trudy 1963. n. ser. v. 85, p. 259-67.) 8 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The significance of L. Ø. Shtemberg's studies for the archeology of the Far East. Evaluates his ethnographic work among the Gilyaks, Golds, and Tungus of the Amur region at the turn of the 19th century. Most of his findings have been substantiated by subsequent research; his keen observation and detailed descriptions of cultural features now disappeared, provide a valuable source for archeological reconstructions. DSI.

OKLADNIKOV, A. P., see also No. 78326. 81803. OKSMAN, .1. Studies on the auroral sporadic E ionization at Sodankylä. Helsinki 1963. 58 p. graphs, tables, illus. (Suomalainen tiedeakatemia. Toimituksia, ser A, VI: Physica 127.) 17 refs. Summarizes auroral, geomagnetic and ionospheric interconnections according to Sodankylä data for 1958-1960, with emphasis on the cycle of the auroras in the E-layer. Auroras generally occur in late evening, with decreased activity by midThe number and intensity of night. storms are generally greatest in spring and fall. The auroral display starts before the reversal time of the geomagnetic storm, and breaks up around the reversal time. The starting time and breakup seem to coincide with the diurnal maximum in occurrence of one type of E ionization, but precede that of another type. These are described as characteristic appearances on the ionograms. The first phase of visual auroras usually cannot be recorded because of disturbing daylight. Auroras occur most frequently in equinoctial months when the geomagnetic field is most disturbed. Of ionospheric E reflections, only one has a clear seasonal variation. The process of locating ionospheric currents is briefly described and geomagnetic time distinguishDLC. ed from solar time. 81804. OL', A. I. Dolgoperiodicheskie gigantskie pul'sa£sii geomagnitnogo polfü. (Geomagnetizm i aeronomifa 1963. t. 3, no. 1, p. 113-20, tables, graphs.) 21 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Long-period gigantic pulsations of the geomagnetic field. Reports on the statistical study of the pulsations (Pgl) as a type of Pg of remarkable regularity, of long (200-600 sec.) period, reaching amplitudes of several Magnetograms of hundred gammas. Bukhta Tikhaya, Mys Chelyuskin, Matochkin Shar, Ostrov Dikson, Tiksi, and Helen are examined, and the frequency of appearance of Pgl in each of the geomagnetic time hours, their periods, polarization of their oscillations, and their correlation to geomagnetic disturbances are discussed. No Pgl were found south of the arctic zone or at very high geomagnetic latitudes. The Pgl phenomenon is interpreted as due to magnetohydrodynamic waves originated DLC. at the boundary of exosphere.

OL', A. I., see also Nos. 81647A, 84649. 81805. OLDAK, P. G. Metodologicheskie voprosy analiza regional'nykh razlichil v

urovne zhizni naseleniI .. (Akademilii nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Izvestifå 1963, no. 9, p. 37-44, table.) 6 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Methodological problems in analyzing regional differences in living standards. Discusses differences in consumption, leisure, spiritual and physical condition of people in various provinces of Siberia; includes data on average longevity in 1958-59: 66 years in Krasnoyarsk Province, 65 in Tyumen, 64 in Kamchatka and Magadan Province, and 63 in Yakut ASSR, as compared with the national average of DLC. 69. 81806. OLDENDOW, K. Bogtrykkerkunsten i Grønland og maendene bag den; en boghistorisk oversigt. København 1957. 235 p. fascims, ports, illus. Refs. In Danish. Title tr.: Printing in Greenland and the people behind it; a survey of book history. Basic work containing a comprehensive and detailed study of the development of printing, mainly in Greenlandic, from 1857 when H. Rink established the first permanent printing house at Godthåb. Several notable works are described in detail with excerpts and facsim. illus. of title page and text. Rink's precurser, Jespers Brodersen, who set up a small press as early as 1793, is noted, also early Greenlandic printing done in Denmark from Hans Egede's primer of 1739. Men prominent in the development of the industry are sketched. An appendix of explanatory notes includes also some references to literature on Greenlandic printing and publications. DLC. 81807. OLDENDOW, K. Den Grønlandske avis fylder hundrede år. (Grønland 1961, no. 1, p. 1-14, illus.) In Danish. Title tr.: The Greenlandie newspaper celebrates its centenary. Presents a history and appraisal of Atuagagdliulit, started by Hinrich Rink Jan. 1, 1861. Its editor almost from the beginning until 1922 was the Greenlander Lars Møller, who also printed and distributed the paper, and wrote numerous articles for it, many of them illustrated by himself. It was the first newspaper in the world to carry regular illustrations in the text. It appeared sporadically at first, but from 1874 there were twelve issues a year. Circulation rose from a few hundred to two thousand in 1922. Atuagagdliulit was amalgamated in 1953 with Grønlandsposten, a Danish-language paper started in 1942 to help war-stranded Danes in Greenland keep in touch, and to serve as a semi-

813

official news organ. The joint paper is bilingual, 26 issues are published annually. The importance of Atuagagdliutit in the development of Greenlanders is stressed. CaMAI. 81808. OLDENDOW, K. Lars Møller: (Americanpioneer Greenland editor. Scandinavian review 1962. v. 50, no. 4, p. 402-416, illus.) Describes the activities from 1857 to 1922 of this Greenlandic printer, author and illustrator, who lived 1842-1926. He worked on Greenland's first printing press founded near Godthåb by H. Rink; he was editor of the periodical Atuagagdliutit. The importance of his work to Greenlandic unity and culture is noted. DLC. 81809. OLDENDOW, K. Nekrolog. Kolonibestyrer Christian Simony. *15. august 1881 t 14. maj 1961. (GrØnland 1961 nr. 8, p. 318-19, port.) In Danish. Title tr.: Obituary, Factor Christian Simony, Aug. 15, 1881-May 14, 1961. Reviews his activities with the Royal Greenland Trading Co. 1904-1933 in the towns of south Greenland. He was secretary to the Greenland Commission of 1920-21 and attached to Grønlands Styrelse after his return to Denmark. His contribution to economic development in Greenland and to the training of Greenlanders in different DLC. spheres, is stressed. 81810. OLEINIKOV, B. V. Rol' magniiå v kontaktovo-metasomaticheskom proIesse, svfåzannom s trappovym vulkanizmom. (Geologifa i geofizika 1963, no. 3, p. 137-42, table, illus.) 10 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Role of magnesium in the contact metasomatic process connected with trap volcaanism. Reviews the behavior of magnesium in the exocontact zone of intrusive bodies, with the examples given for traps of the Siberian platform including Kureyka, Gorbiyachin, Del'tula and other regions. During the metasomatic process, various minerals are formed and the leading role is played by magnesium. Its source and conditions DLC. of its occurrence are discussed. OLENEV, A. M., see No. 82275. OLENIN, V. B., see No. 77687. OL'GIN, I., see No. 81034. 81811. OL'GOVICH, S. I. Iz nablfiidenil nad foneticheskimi izmenenißmi pri zaimstvovanii inofåzychnykh slov v akafishchikh 814

govorakh Sibiri. (Tomsk. Gos. pedagogicheskil inst. Uchenye zapiski, 1962. v. 20, no. 2, p. 49-61.) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Some observations on phonetic changes in loanwords in the Russian speech in Siberia. Borrowings from Zyryan, Ostyak, Vogul and Lappish are discussed among others in these local "dialects" of Siberian Russians. The latter are mostly of people of north Russian origin, though they have the a-sounding o (akafilshchil) of more southerly Russians, and their Finno-Ugric loanwords were acquired partly before, partly after DLC. their settlement in Siberia. 81812. OLIVER, D. R. Entomological studies in the Lake Hazen area, Ellesmere Island, including lists of species of Arachnida, Collembola, and Insecta. (Arctic 1963. v. 16, no. 3, p. 175-80.) Canada. Dept. of Agriculture. Entomology Research Institute. Studies on arctic insects. Paper no. 1. Notes investigations in 1961 and 1962 at Camp Hazen and lists the species collected in 1961: 11 arachnid, 14 collembole, and 189 insect species; 25 others were collected in 1962. Species previously recorded in the Queen Elizabeth Islands are indicated; and a second list is given of those (15 arachnids, 17 collembole, and 39 insects) recorded on the Islands but not taken at Camp DI. Hazen. 81813. OLIVER, D. R. A review of the subfamily Orthocladiinae, Chironomidae, Diptera, of Bear Island. (Astarte 1962, no. 20, p. 1-19, table, illus.) 30 refs. Study of males (as the females are too little known for identification to species) of these midges collected in 1957, with key. Of the 19 species described, seven are new for the area. Synonyms, morphology, locations and dates of finds are included. DA. 81814. OLIVER, T. K., and P. KARLBERG. Gaseous metabolism in newly born (American journal of human infants. diseases of children 1963. v. 105, no. 5, p. 427-35, graphs, tables.) 24 refs. Dressed infants breathing cool air showed increased 02-consumption; this was abolished when breathing 15% oxygen. Naked babies in a neutral environment showed minimal 02-consumption, which remained unchanged when breathing 15% 02. DNLM. OLIVER, T. K., see also No. 79892. OLIVER, W. A., Jr., see No. 83841. OL'KHON, A., see No. 78544.

81815. OLLI, I. A., and R. S. RODIN. Osadochnye serii mezozoffi Lenskol vpadiny i raspredelenie v nikh porod-kollektorov. (In: Akademifå nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Problemy ... 1963, p. 108-114, graphs.) 11 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The Mesozoic sedimentary series of the Lena depression and distribution of reservoir rocks within the series. Reports a study of Mesozoic sedimentation based on data of Bakhany (Bakhynay) and Chekurovka key wells. Possible reservoir rocks occupy quite definite horizons of the sedimentary series. On the lower Lena, the rock with best porosity is found in the Dogger and Valanginian series. Sedimentary series of the Lena depression is synchronous with Mesozoic series of the DLC. West Siberian lowland. OLØNSKAØ, R. P., see also Nos. 79623, 79624. 81816. OLSEN, I. Den farlige Grønlandsis. (Atuagagdliutit: Grønlandsposten 1961. v. 101, p. 22.) In Danish and Eskimo. Title tr.: The dangerous Greenland ice. Cites observations of icebergs made aboard ships in North Atlantic during 1810-1828. Two wrecks are described. Many of the vessels lost probably hit icebergs. CaMAI. 81817. OLSEN, I. Et grønlandsk tidsbillede. (Atuagagdliutit: Grønlandsposten 1961. v. 101, no. 26, p. 34-35, 44.) In Danish and Eskimo. Title tr.: A Greenland period picture. Contains a note on hunting and fishing in West Greenland in 1803-1806, with some trading statistics, and comment on the effect of the varying conditions upon living conditions of the local Eskimos. CaMAI.

in Greenland 1739-1751, with the Moravian Brethren mission. He was a rival of Hans Egede in his work at Godthåb, and apart from Egede, was the missionary who worked longest in Greenland during the early period. His contribution to the Greenlanders' welfare is noted, as are his two later periods as missionary in Labrador, CaMAI. where he died. 81820. OLSEN, I. Grønlandsmissionaeren R. F. Lassen. (Atuagagdliutit: Grønlandsposten 1960. v. 100, no. 14, p. 21, 23.) In Danish and Eskimo. Title tr.: The Greenland missionary R. F. Lassen. Biographical sketch of Rudolph Friderich Lassen, 1760-1811, born in Norway, educated in Denmark and Iceland. He was active at Upernavik 1787-1789 and Godhavn; from 1792, when missionary work in Greenland was curtailed, he covered the entire Disko Bugt area, stationed alternately at Egedesminde and at Jakobshavn. He was successful in his work but returned to Denmark in 1797 because of poor health. DLC. 81821. OLSEN, I. Herrnhuternes missionsvirksomhed blandt Grønlands befolkning. (Atuagagdliutit: Grønlandsposten 1962. v. 102, no. 18, p. 4-5, illus.) In Danish. Title tr.: The Moravian Brethren's missionary work among the Greenlanders. The West Greenland mission started in 1733 was independent of the Danish and controversies developed early, mostly because of ritual differences and because the mission demanded that the Greenlanders live close by, disregarding their economic interests. The Brethren were comparatively successful however; they amalgamated with the Danish mission in 1900. DLC.

81818. OLSEN, I. Grønlandsforskeren Lauge Koch, 33 somre og seks vintre i Grønland. (Atuagagdliutit: Grønlandsposten 1962. v. 102, no. 13, p. 20, 23.) In Danish and Eskimo. Title tr.: The Greenland explorer Lauge Koch, 33 summers and six winters in Greenland. Biographical note on this Danish geologist, his expeditions since 1913, the scientific results filling 42 volumes of Meddelelser om Grønland. DLC.

81822. OLSEN, I. Inspektør N. R. Bull in memoriam. (Atuagagdliutit: Grønlandsposten 1960: v. 100, no. 20, p. 17.) In Danish and Eskimo. Title tr.: Inspector N. R. Bull, in memoriam. Contains biographical notes on Niels Rosing Bull, 1760-1841; he was a government official in south Greenland 1797-1802. DLC.

81819. OLSEN, I. Grønlandsmissionaeren Christian Drachardt. (Atuagagdliutit: Grønlandsposten 1961. v. 101, no. 13, p. 17.) In Danish and Eskimo. Title tr.: The Greenland missionary Christian Drachardt. Sketches his life, 1711-1778, and activities

81823. OLSEN, I. Jørgen Brønluids aidste refse. (Atuagagdliutit: Grønlandsposten 1961. v. 101, no. 7, p. 18, 23, port., map.) In Danish. Title tr.: Jørgen Brønlund's last journey. Reviews briefly the Danmark expedition of 1906-1908 under Mylius Erichsen, on which he, Høeg-Hagen and the Greenlander

815

Jørgen Brønlund lost their lives. Brønlund was found in Lamberts Land by J. P. Koch on a rescue trip, and Einar Mikkelsen visited his burial-place during the Alabama expedition in 1909, but no one is known to have been there subsequently. The Danish East Greenland military sledging patrols are to locate the grave, and a memorial is to be set up there. A biographical note on Brønland is given. CaMAI. 81824. OLSEN, I. Jordomflyvningen i 1924. (Atuagagdliutit: Grønlandsposten 1962. v. 102, no. 9, p. 17-18.) In Danish and Eskimo. Title tr.: The round-theworld flight in 1924. Describes assistance rendered two United States Douglas flying boats by the Danish vessel Islands Falk at Frederiksdal near Kap Farvel: meteorological observations were radioed to Reykjavik and to ships along the route, and the pilots guided by smoke DLC. signals when fog developed. 81825. OLSEN, I. Kongelige skibe til Grønland. (Atuagagdliutit: Grønlandsposten 1961. v. 101, no. 26, p. 28, 32.) In Danish and Eskimo. Title tr.: Royal ships to Greenland. Lists Danish naval expeditions to Greenland during 1475-1615, and mentions also four private expeditions in 1636, 1652, 1653 CaMAI. and 1654. 81826. OLSEN, I. Mineralogen K. L. Giesecke. (Atuagagdliutit: Grønlandsposten 1961. v. 101, no. 10, p. 21.) In Danish. Title tr.: The mineralogist K. L. Giesecke. Sketches the life of this German mineralogist, 1761-1833, who discovered the cryolite deposits at Ivigtut in southwest Greenland. During 1806-1813, he investigated the entire colonized area and found about 30 new minerals in all. A large part of his collection is at Mineralogisk Museum in Copenhagen. CaMAI. 81827. OL'SHANSKAIA, O. L. Dva ekotipa rfåpushki Noril'skikh ozer, bassefn r. Piasiny, i itch znachenie v promysle. (Voprosy ekologii 1962, v. 5, p. 153-54.) In Russian. Title tr.: Two ecotypes of the least herring in the Noril'sk lakes, Pyasina River basin, and their place in fisheries. Describes a "large" and "small" ecotype of Coregonus albula, in one case, both living in the same lake. Their length and weight., life span, spanning areas, periods of hatching, egg size and fertility are reported. Economic value also is considered. DLC. 81828. OLSHEWSKA, M. J., and B. RODKIEWICZ. L'effet de la basse tern-

816

perature sur l'ineorporation de precurseurs des acides nucleiques et des proteins dans les cellules du meristeme radiculaire de Vicia faba. (Experientia 1963. v. 19, no. 4, p. 184-85, table, illus.) 10 refs. In French. Title tr.: The effect of low temperature upon the uptake of nucleic-acid precursors and of proteins by the root meristem cells of Vicia faba. The uptake of labelled RNA and protein precursors at 4° C. was less depressed in the nuclei than in the cytoplasm. The reversion seems to indicate an inhibition of RNA transfer from nucleus to cytoplasm in the cold. DLC. 81829. OLSON, R. L. Tlingit shamanism and sorcery. (Kroeber Anthropological Society. Papers 1961. no. 25, p. 207-220.) Cites four tales on shamanism and several on sorcery, as gathered incidentally to field studies on Tlingit social structure in 19331934 and 1954. Shamanism has disappeared, but black magic including necromancy and necrophilia still occurs. The social implications of sorcery are discussed, e.g. stigma attached to children of practioners or suspects. DSI. 81830. OLSSON, I., and W. BLAKE, Jr. Problems of radiocarbon dating of raised beaches, based on experience in Spitsbergen. (Norsk geografisk tidsskrift 1961. v. 18, no. 1-2, p. 47-64, map, tables, illus.) 20 refs. Reprinted as: Norway. Norsk Polarinstitutt. Meddelelser no. 89, 1962; also Ohio. State Univ. Inst. of Polar Studies, Contribution no. 7, 1961. Deals with 22 samples of driftwood, whale bones, and shells, collected by Blake on the Swedish Glaciological Expedition to Nordaustlandet in 1957-1958, and dated by Olsson at the C14 laboratory in Uppsala, Sweden. Raised beaches are very well developed in the narrow, ice-free coastal zone of Nordaustlandet, those in the Murchisonfjorden—Lady Franklinfjorden area rising without interruption to more than 100 m. above sea level. General geology is outlined; problems of sample collection and of calculating land uplift are noted, laboratory procedures described; preliminary results are graphically summarized for the period back to 10,000 BP. Five driftwood samples gave ages between 6200 ± 100 and 6900 ± 110 BP, suggesting that this beach on 11 Murchinsonfjorden was forming at that time; the six shell samples collected at various elevations all lived at about the same time, 9540 ± 130 to 9830 ± 130 B.P. DLC.

OLSSON-BLAKE, I., see No. 79442. 81831. OMURA, H. En forbedret metode for innsamling av Øreplugger fra bardehval. An improved method for collection of ear plugs from baleen whales. (Norsk hvalfangst-tidende 1963. v. 52, no. 10, p. 279-83, illus.) 2 refs. In Norwegian and English. Describes a new method of cutting up the head which enables easier extraction of ear plugs. It has been used on Japanese factory ships since the 1959-60 season, and nearly 10,000 ear plugs have been collected each subsequent antarctic season; only about 15% were too badly damaged for use. DLC. 81832. ONOKHIN, F. M. Skladchatye struktury Khibinskikh mestorozhdenil apatita. (Sovetskafe geologiiti 1963, no. 9, p. 118-25, cross-sections, map, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: Folded structures in the Khibiny apatite deposits. Analyzes the intra-ore tectonics, of which plicated forms of dislocations are the most characteristic feature. Plicated dislocations of ore-rich and ore-poor zones are treated and their forming discussed. Two groups of drag fold are determined: conformable and nonconformable. The study reveals variability of folding in apatite-nepheline deposits. DLC. OPHEIM, M., see No. 81685. O'PRAY, J. A., see No. 83789. 81833. ORADOVSKII, S. G. Ozero Imandra. (Priroda 1963. v. 52, no. 3, p. 63-66.) In Russian. Title tr.: Lake Imandra. Notes its parts, area and maximal depth. The lake's economic value (fishes), and the threat from hydroelectric projects and industrial water pollution are discussed; DLC. some remedies are suggested. 81834. OREGON. Dept. of Education. A resource unit on Alaska, our 49th State. Salem 1961. 50 p. maps incl. fold. illus. Refs. Prepared by G. Arnold. Presents material to use in teaching fifth-grade pupils about Alaska: the cities and towns, time zones, glaciers, aviation, salmon, tides, native dwellings, state symbols, notable historical events, etc. References to further material, maps, and approx. 40 films and filmstrips are included. Edited by M. Burcham. DLC. ORIONE, G., see Nos. 77181, 78316, 81076.

81835. ORLfANKIN, V. N. Deshifrirovanie aerofotosnimkov pri izuchenii rossypnykh mestorozhdenil. (Vses. aerogeologicheskil treat. Trudy 1962. no. 8, p. 150-54.) In Russian. Title tr.: Air-photo interpretation in study of placer deposits. Reports investigations in 1960 on the rivers of the Siberian platform to determine the applicability of air photography to search for channel-lag and bar placers. Detailed lithologic study of channel-lag alluvium and dynamics of river flow were made on the ground and by air photos and some distribution patterns of heavy placer minerals were detected. Air photographs are of value in study of river-channel history, character of flood plains and terraces, formation of river islands, development of slopes, also for the detection of those places where placers of diamonds, gold or other may have the best concentration. Examples are described, noting favorably the applicability of air photos to the search DGS. for placers. 81836. ORLOV, F. B., and V. E. KIZENKOV. Rezul'taty opytnogo aeroseva v Arkhangel'skol oblasti. (Lesnoe khozfålstvo 1963. v. 16, no. 2, p. 48-51, tables, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: Results of an attempt at aerial seeding in Arkhangel'sk Province. In summer 1952, 1,333 kg. of seed, 60% pine, 40% spruce, was distributed by aircraft in the Mekhren'ga basin, at 1.7 kg./ha. Data are given on the young growth in 1961, including the percentage of pine, spruce, birch, etc. and the results of aerial DLC. seeding found inconclusive. 81837. ORLOV, G. A., and A. P. Tfi?KINA. Professional'nye nervno-sosudistye zabolevanifii, voznikafishchie pod vliianiem kholoda i vlagi. (In: Litvinov, N. N., ed. Zdorov'e cheloveka ... 1963, p. 217-21.) Title tr.: Occupational In Russian. neurovascular diseases caused by cold and humidity. Discusses studies on effects of protracted exposure to coolness and humidity; developmental stages of "wet foot"; observations from study of over 500 miners, seamen, fishermen, etc. including cases of vascular syndromes culminating in obliterative endarteritis. Morbidity rose with duration of employment in the so-called water unions. DNLM. 81838. ORLOV, I. M. Serovodorodnye istochniki Malozemel'skol tundry. (Leningrad. Inst. geologii Arktiki. Informafsionnyl sbornik 1962. no. 31, p. 54-61, tables, map.)

817

6 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Hydrogen sulfide springs of Malozemel'skaya Tundra. Reports a 1958-1960 study of ground waters. Hydrogen sulfide, saline, and other mineral springs are analyzed and their These chemical properties tabulated. waters are connected with Devonian deposits, some possibly saline-anhydrite and bituminous rocks; their discharge from depths to the surface is through tectonic DLC. fractures. 81889. ORLOV, M. I. K voprosu ob akklimatizaisii kamehatakogo i sinego krabov v Barenisevom more. (Materialy rybokhozfilstvennykh issledovanil Severnogo basselva. Sbomik 1963. no. 1, p. 46-47.) In Russian. Title tr.: Acclimatization of the Kamchatka and the blue crab in the Barents Sea. Cases of acclimatization of marine crustaceans in new areas are cited, as are various authorities supporting transplantation of these two crabs into the Barents Sea. The opposing view (of M. I. Galkin) is also quoted and the arguments against Galkin and his ideas on this operation are DLC. set forth. 81840. ORLOV, M. I., and L. V. POLIHASHIN. Metod sbora, transportirovki i doinkubai sii ikry odnoperogo terpuga. (Akademifå nauk SSSR. Institut okeanologii. Trudy 1962. v. 59, p. 183-90, illus., table.) 2 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Methods of collection, transportation and incubation of Atka mackerel eggs. Reports on the large-scale activities of 1957-1958, connected with the planned introduction of Bering Sea Pleurogrammus monopterygius Pallas into the Barents Sea. Temperature, humidity and vessels of transportation; water temperature and apparatus of incubation are described, and the most appropriate ones recommended. DLC. 81841. ORLOV, M. L. Restvorenie i korroziS. kristallov almaza v prof else formirovanifå i avtometamorfizma almazonosnykh porod. (Akademifå nauk SSSR. Mineralogicheskil muzel. Trudy 1962. no. 13, p. 62-78, illus.) 39 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Dissolution and corrosion of diamond crystals in the process of formation and autometamorphism of diamondbearing rocks. Discusses the morphology of diamond crystals from study of the Ural and Siberian diamonds and those of other countries. Special attention is given to rounded 818

crystals and to their genesis. Two opposing theories are considered: one that rounded crystals are the mode of growth, the other that they represent a stage of dissolution. Various forms are analyzed and illus. with the conclusion that rounded crystals are formed in the process of dissolution. Etching and corrosion also are discussed. DLC. 81842. ORLOV, N. Mekhaniza£sifå rezanifs merzlogo grunts. (Na strolkakh Rossii 1962, no. 10, p. 22-23, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: Mechanization of cutting frozen ground. Describes a coupling of a mining cutter and an S-80 or S-100 tractor to cut trenches in frozen ground. The 2.8 m. long cutting bar of the KMP-type machine is adapted to the tractor and operated by the tractor's power. The bar cuts two parallel narrow slots for the sides of the trench, and the ground between them is removed in blocks by an excavator. An editorial note suggests to removing cut blocks of ground with an autocrane, as done in Komi ASSR. DLC. 81843. ORLOV, V. I. Zapadnafä Sibir' ; ocherki o prirode i khozØtve; posobie dlfa uchitelfå. Moskva, Gos. uchebnopedagogicheskoe izd-vo, 1961. 192 p. map, illus. 90 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Western Siberia; an outline of its nature and economy; a manual for teachers. Surveys the population, geology, mineral resources, relief, climate, waters, soils, vegetation, fauna, natural zones, and the distribution of industry and agriculture in this area which includes Tyumen Province. Economic conditions and development prospects are considered, and the YamalNenets and Khanty-Mansi National Districts discussed on p. 181-84. Drainage of marshy areas and utilization of the almost untouched forest resources are stressed as the paramount tasks. The railroad to Labytnangi and that under construction to Narykary, also the oil and gas discoveries in northern Tyumen are cited as important. Schematic text maps show (p. 14, 32, 46, 133) respectively the ethnic distribution of population, location of mineral resources, geomorphic zoning, and natural climatic zoning. DLC. 81844. ORLOVA, G. A. Issledovanifa beregov okeanov i morel. (Akademifa nauk SSSR. Izvestifå 1963, ser. geog. no. 6, p. 134-36.) In Russian. Title tr.: Investigation of sea and ocean coasts. Reports a conference in Baku, May 1963, with some 200 present representing 70 organizations. Of more than 40 papers

delivered, some dealt with the Kara, Laptev, East Siberian, and other arctic DLC. seacoasts. 81845. ORLOVA, M. P., and others. K mineralogii redkometal'nykh karbonatitov Sallanlatvinskogo massive, Severnafa Karelia. (Leningrad. Vses. geologicheskil inst. Trudy 1963. v. 96, p. 3-20, tables, graphs, illus.) 26 refs. In Russian. Other authors: fÜ. P. Rozhdestvenskil and E. N. Baranova. Title tr.: On the mineralogy of rare metal carbonatites of the Sallanlatvinskiy massif, northern Karelia. Reports on investigation of three varieties: calcite carbonatites with natrolite, calcite carbonatites with phlogopite, and dolomitesiderite carbonatites. They differ from each other in mineralogic composition and textural and structural features. Their minerals such as calcite, siderite, barite, zircon, pyrochlore, ancylite, etc. are analyzed. Two stages are recognized in formation of carbonatites, zirconium-niobium mineralization connected with the earlier and rare-earth DLC. mineralization with the later. 81846. ORLOVA, M. P. Nekotorye voprosy petrokhimii i petrologii kaledonskogo kompleksa shchelochno-ul'traosnovnykh porod Kol'skogo poluostrova. (Leningrad. Vses. geologicheskil inst. Trudy 1963. v. 96, p. 65-103, tables, graphs, map.) 47 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Some problems of petrochemistry and petrology of the Caledonian complex of alkaline-ultrabasic rocks of Kola Peninsula. Reports a study of the Caledonian magmatic complex in 15 massifs such as Kovdorskiy, Vuori-Yarvi, Sebl'-yavr, Lesnaya varaka, Ozemaya verraka, Sallanlatvi, Pesochnaya, etc. Olivinites, pyroxenites, olivinepyroxenites, melteigites-ijolites-urtites and other rocks are examined and their chemical and spectral analysis reported. Formation and genesis of the alkaline and ultrabasic DLC. rocks are interpreted. 81847. ORLOVA, V. V. Formirovanie klimata Zapadno-Sibirskol ravniny. (Vsesofiiznoe nauchnoe meteorologicheskoe soveshchanie. Trudy 1962. v. 4, p. 286-93, graphs, maps.) 24 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Formation of climate in the West Siberian plain. Characterizes factors affecting the climate of this great plain: its own relief, the Atlantic Ocean, Asiatic continent, and other, local factors. Their influence affects the circulation regime, humidity and temperature regime. The West Siberia plain is open toward the Arctic Ocean, and the stream of

cold and dry arctic air flows into the continent causing meridional air circulation. Radiation balance, turbulent heat exchange and some other climatic features are briefly outlined. DLC. 81848. ORLOVA, Z. V. Fafial'noe stroenie, litologicheskie osobennosti i vozrast allhüvial'nykh otlozhenil basselna reki Ichuveema. (Akademifå nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Severo-Vostochnyl kompleksnyl n: issl. inst. Trudy 1963, no. 3, p. 11-36, tables, graphs, illus.) 12 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Facies, lithologic features and age of alluvial deposits in the Ichuveyem River basin. Reports results of study of grain size, petrographic-mineralogic composition, and spore-pollen analysis of alluvial deposits of the flood plains and lower terraces of this river and its tributaries in northern Magadan. Bottom, channel, flood plain and other facie s are distinguished from each other by sedimentation environments, hydrodynamic regime of the stream, climatic conditions, etc. According to spore-pollen data, these deposits date from the Upper Pleistocene interglacial to Holocene including glaciation and postglacial optimum. DLC. ORLOVA, Z. V., see also No. 79904. 81849. ORLOVSKII, B. Planirovka novykh mikroralonov Vorkuty. (Arkhitektura SSSR 1962, no. 6, p. 27-29, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: Planning of new microregions in Vorkuta. Discusses the domestic construction in semi-self-sustaining units, microregions, of 4- and 5-story apartment houses adjoining the service-cultural-shopping-facilities center of the microregion. The initial project of 1956 has been reevaluated. The new project is for building three microregions in the central part of the city, on sites with rocky substrate for firm foundations, and the prevailing winter wind considered in the orientation and arrangement of the buildings. Architectural drawings in plan and in perspective are given. DLC. 81850. ORME, T., and J. R. BEATON. Haematologic changes caused by hypothermia in hamsters and rats. (Canadian journal of biochemistry and physiology 1962. v. 40, no. 5, p. 591-95, tables.) 11 refs. Hypothermia of 15° C. produced in both animals increased redcell fragility and blood clotting time, decreased prothrombin time, and a marked leukopenia. The hematocrit determining mechanisms were different in the two species. Alterations in the relative

819

numbers of lymphocytes and neutrophils were found only in the rat. DLC.

ORVIG, S., see also Nos. 77086, 81522, 84243.

ORME, T., see also No. 77324.

81853. ORWIG, H. Cold weather diesel starting. (Construction world 1961. v. 17, no. 2, p. 34-35, illus.) Offers advice for easier start by means of glow plug, ether injection, utility starters, etc. DLC.

81851. ORTNER, J. Influence of solar flares on transarctic HF propagation. (In: NATO. The effect of disturbances ... 1963, p. 101-107, table, graphs, map.) 9 refs. Reports results of transpolar high-frequency radio wave propagation, as observed in 1958-1960 between College, Alaska and Kiruna, Sweden on frequencies of 12 and 18 Mc/s; the 5,200 km. radio path consisted of two links. The purpose was to determine the best receiving conditions for 18 Mc/s frequency. The 1,400 km. Thule-Kiruna radiotransmission line was also observed for auroral zone effect on hf radio waves. Sudden ionosphere disturbances were observed only in summer, accompanying solar flares of 3 and 3+ importance; solar flares emitting relativistic protons were followed by absorption commencing a few hours after the flares and lasting for several days; the correlation of polar cap and auroral zone absorption with geomagnetic activity appeared to be fairly good for reception of 18 Mc/s at DLC. Kiruna. ORTNER, J., see also Nos. 78474, 81880. 81852. ORYIG, S., and R. W. MASON. Ice temperatures and heat flux, McCall Glacier, Alaska. (In: Int. Assoc. of Scientific Hydrology. General Assembly 1963. Pub. 61, p. 181-88, graphs, tables.) 2 refs. Deals with the ice heat transfer component in a study of the energy exchanges between the glacier and its environment. Synoptic and micrometeorological observations were made and ice temperatures taken in the accumulation zone of this small valley glacier in the Brooks Range during the IGY. Ten thermocouples measured ice temperatures in a 91.5 m. deep hole in the highest cirque during July 1957-July 1958: temperatures were also obtained at ten depths in a 3 m. hole Mar.-June 1958. Frequent measurements during the 11-month period showed a very small temperature gradient between 14 m. (-0.9° C.) and 91 m. (-1.1° C. ) In the shallow hole, the 0° C. isothermal layer had descended below 3 m. by June 24. Heat transfer through the glacier surface was computed for 11 periods Oct. 26-July 7. The heat flux, in cal/cm2, was compared to the measured net radiation flux above the surface for periods of melting. Enough heat was available by radiation alone (672 lys.) to melt 0.6 cm. of firn per day June 9-July 7. DWB.

820

81854. OSADCHAØ, G. Lalki v Evenkii. (Okhota i okhotnich'e khozia!stvo 1963. v. 9, no. 6, p. 32-33.) In Russian. Title tr.: Hunting dogs in the Evenki country. Reports on the work of a party which studied the hunting dogs in 13 settlements of Evenki National District. Of 935 examined, three were rated of excellent, 30 very good, 278 good and 222 of satisfactory quality. Mistakes made in raising dogs are noted, and services of an expert recommended. DLC. OSADCHUK, M. I., see No. 84655. 81855. OSAULENKO, P. L., and others. Opyt burenifä vosstafiishchikh skvazhin na apatitovem rudnike im. Kirova. (Gornyl zhurnal 1963. no. 7, p. 29-31, tables, illus.) 2 refs. In Russian. Other authors: B. L. Rosinoer and V. M. Sukhodrev. Title tr.: Overhead drilling in the Kirov apatite mine. Reports successful results since 1958 with rotary drilling of overhead blast holes. Data on drilling at various angles and rotation of bit are tabulated and analyzed. Drilling speed ranged 65-110 mm./min.; 3,867 m. of overhead holes were drilled in 1960-1961. DLC. 81856. OSAULENKO, P. L., and others. Opyt zarfadki vosstafiishchikh skvazhin na apatitovom rudnike im. Kirova. (Gornyl zhurnal 1963, no. 3, p. 63-64, table, illus.) In Russian. Other authors: B. L. Rosinoer, R. A. Abakumov and A. V. Papkov. Title tr.: Charging the overhead hole at the Kirov apatite mine. Describes the method introduced in the Apatit Combine in Kola Peninsula in 1959; since then over 6,500 m. of overhead holes have been drilled and charged. Technical details are noted. DLC. 81857. OSBORNE, A., and G. OSBORNE. When its whaling time at Barrow. (Alaska sportsman 1963. v. 29, no. 11, p. 25-29.) Photo reportage of the butchering and celebration (nalukatak) with blanket toss after a successful whale hunt in May 1963. The shoulder and darting guns used by the Eskimo hunters are depicted by C. J. Keim and W. W. Bacon III in the same issue of this journal, p. 24-25, + . DI.

OSGOOD, C., see No. 78947. 81858. OSGOOD, P. F., and W. R. BREWSTER, Jr. Effect of temperature and continuous stimulation on gastrocnemius of the frog. (American journal of physiology 1963. v. 205, no. 6, p. 1299-1303, tables, illus.) 18 refs. Report on gastrocnemius muscles of winter frogs stimulated directly at temperatures of 5*-30° C. Results showed that at all temperatures, with developed tension constant, duration of contraction remained relatively unchanged, while that of relaxaDLC. tion progressively increased. 81859. OSIPOVA, G. N. Rol' assimilfåisii v obrazovanii intruzii Ulakhan-Sis. (Leningrad. N.-issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Trudy 1962. v. 130, Sbornik statel po geologii i neftegazonosnosti Arktiki, no. 19, p. 108126, tables, map, illus.) 5 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Role of assimilation in formation of the Ulakhan-Sis intrusion. Reports the geologic structure and petrographic composition of the intrusion in the central part of the Ulakhan-Sis Range extending from the lower Indigirka to the Alazeya River. It is about 180 km. long and 10-25 km. wide. It had two stages; in the first, main stage, granites and granodiorites were injected, in the second phase, aplitic magmas. Crystallization of the intrusion occurred under hypabyssal conditions. Metasomatic rocks of endogenic and exogenic contacts are treated in greater detail. Chemistry of the Ulakhan-Sis intrusion is also characterized. Genetically connected with this intrusion are skam deposits showing mineralization of cobalt and tungsten. DLC. OSIPOVA, Z. V., see No. 83497. OSLER, J. C., see No. 83525. 81860. OSMOLOVSKII, A. K. Ledovye podkreplenifil lesovozov tipa "Sevan." (Leningrad. rtSentral'nyl n.-issl. inst. morskogo Kota. Informatsionnyl sbornik 1961. no. 59, p. 45-49, table, diagr.) 6 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Ice reinforcement of the Sevan type timber carrier. Describes this type steamship as 85.7 m. in length, 13.06 m. beam, 6.5 m. depth, 5.88 m. draught, 4,966 t. displacement, 1,000 hp engine; it makes 10 knots. It has the standard "L" type ice reinforcement, which is considered inadequate, and the heavier, "UL" type is recommended. Damage to ten of these timber carriers (the Sevan, Sivash, Elton, Khasan, Imandra, Mogilev, Brest,

Voroshilovograd, Armavir, and Vygozero) in the Gulf of Finland, Sea of Okhotsk, etc. is analyzed and attributed to ice pressure on the hull. Fortifying ribs, stringers, etc. up to 34 additional tons are required for safe navigation. DLC. 81861. OSNOVANIIA, fundamenty i mekhanika gruntov. Progressivnye metody fundamentostroenitii, v praktike stroitel'stva na vechnomerzlykh gruntakh. (Its: v. 3, no 2, 1961. p. 1-2.) In Russian. Title tr.: Progressive methods of foundation building to be used in construction on permafrost. Notes that 40% of the investment in the national economy is assigned to development in the North and Northeast. The estimated construction cost of foundations and utilities is expected to reach one billion rubles (in new prices) during the current seven-year plan. The improvements in method and design of foundation construction at Yakutsk, Noril'sk, Vorkuta, Magadan and in the Trans-Baykal region are mentioned, but more are needed. A thorough study is required of interactions of the foundation and the construction it supports • with the substrate of the foundation. General recommendations are made. DLC. 81862. OSNOVANI12, fundamenly i mekhanika gruntov. Tekhnicheskie rekomendatsii na izyskanifå, proektirovanie, stroitel'stvo i ekspluatafsifii zdanil i sooruzhenil v Vorkutskom ralone. (Its: v. 5, no. 1, 1963, p. 29-30.) In Russian. Title tr.: Technical recommendations on research, design, building, and use of buildings and constructions in the Vorkuta region. Presents the gist of three reviews of the "Technical recommendations..." submitted by L. P. Markizov, B. S. Pavlov, and A. M. Chekotillo. Markizov notes the paucity of information on pile foundations, on construction upon filled pads, and on working mine shafts in frozen ground. Pavlov objects to the lack of information on ground water below frozen ground of different morphology, etc. Chekotillo calls for more data on thermotechnical estimates of sewage network, and instructions for preventing naleds, etc. DLC. 81863. OSNOVANIrA, fundamenty i mekhanika gruntov. Uchebnyl kinofil'm "Osobennosti stroitel'stva na vechnomerzlykh gruntakh." (Its: v. 4, no. 4, 1962, p. 33.) In Russian. Title tr.: Educational film "Specific features in construction on permafrost." Describes a film made mostly at Noril'sk, Yakutsk, and Vorkuta. It depicts the physi

821

cal-geographic conditiosi; tlie characteristics of permafrost and their change in thaw. Preparation of the ground by electric thawing of its ice and elimination of melt-water by electroosmosis, and construction of foundations in trenches and on piles are shown. The practice of laying the water-supply, heating, and sewage lines, and the electric cables within the same reinforced concrete conduit is demonstrated. The maintenance service in buildings built on permafrost is shown in DLC. conclusion. Ob izmenenii plotnosti snezhnogo pokrova s vysotol v gornykh ralonakh SSSR. (Geograficheskoe o-vo SSSR. Zabalkal'skil otd. Zapiski 1962. no. 18, p. 66-78, tables.) 25 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Changes in snow cover density with height in mountainous regions of the USSR. Analyzes density of the snow cover at various elevations in the Caucasus, SikhoteAlin' coastal areas of the Okhotsk Sea, Transbaykal, Suntar-Khayata, Polar Ural, and elsewhere. Observational data are given. In mountains of the Caucasus and maritime areas of the Far East, the snow cover is found to decrease in density with the height of the mountain; whereas in the continental mountains of Siberia (Suntar-Khayata, and in the Ural, snow cover density increases 81864. OSOKIN, I. M.

with height. Other features of snow density DLC.

variation are briefly noted.

81865. OSTANIN, V. E., and others. Krupnyl grad v Komi ASSR. (Moskva. Univ. Vestnik 1963. ser 5, geografiß,, no. 4, p. 72-73, illus.) In Russian. Other authors: V. A. Frolov and M. V. Votinov. Title tr.:

Large hail in Komi ASSR. Notes the July 9, 1962 fall of hailstones in the Pechora basin. They were of ice and compact snow, mostly 20-35 mm. in diam.; their form and other features are mentioned. DLC. 81866. OSTAPENKO, G. V doline reki Tyl'mykchan. (Dal'nyl Vostok 1963, no. 2, p. 157-60.) In Russian. Title tr.: In the valley of the Tyl'mykchan River. Describes her visit to Talaya reindeer state

farm in Magadan Province, the herd at pasture in the valley, the herders, progress in the industry, living conditions. DLC.

study of blood inpatients made hypother✓ mic to 33-30° C. with a lythic mixture, prior (control), during and 24 hrs. after opera, tions. Respiratory levels remained stable and were unaffected by the operational trauma; they rose however during rewarming. Hematocrit and lactic acid were also determined. DNLM. 81868. OSTASHKOV, K. V. Obmen labil'nykh fosfatov mozga pri gipotermicheskikh sostoß.nifakh. (Voprosy medifsinskol khimii 1961. v. 7, no. 5, p. 470-75, graphs.) 28 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.:

Metabolism of labile cerebral phosphates in hypothermia. Study of deeply anesthetized rats under chemically induced hypothermia. Cooling to 31-23° C. produced a sharp decrease in phosphates' turnover, with a prevalence of their synthesis over decomposition. At 2319° C. increased catabolism of "macroergio phosphate compounds" was noted. DNLM. 81869. OSTENSO, N. A. Aeromagnetic survey of the Arctic Ocean basin. (In: Alaskan Science Conference ... 1962. Proceedings pub. 1963, p. 115-18, maps, graphs.) 35 refs. Also issued as Contribution no. 78 of Wisconsin Univ. Geophysical and Polar Research Center. Reports a May—June 1961 survey using a Varian proton precession magnetometer to measure the earth's total magnetic field; flight lines (totalling 49,500 km.) are mapped. From the data obtained, profiles were computed and magnetic depths determined from anomalies of shallow (to 5% km.) and deep (to 32 km.) origin. Findings are outlined for the Franklin Geosyncline, Sverdrup Basin, Canadian Arctic Archipelago, Gakkel's Staircase Region (cf. No. 58738 & chart in No. 51049), Chukchi Shelf, Alpha and Lomonosov Ridges, Makarov Deep, Nansen Basin, and North Greenland; in general, quiescence on the European side of the Lomonosov Ridge, intense magnetic activity, except for the Franklin Geosyncline, on the American Siberian side. Anomalies originating from deep sources are considered in relation to crustal thickness. Isodynamic contours obtained from the survey are charted: the highest value is 58,750 y in the North Magnetic Pole region; a local distortion occurs over Robeson Channel. CaMAI.

81867. OSTASIIKOV, K. V., and others.

Gazovyl analiz krovi pri iskusstvennol gipotermii. (Khirurgifa 1962. v. 38, no. 9, p. 37-44, tables.) 16 refs. In Russian. English summary. Other authors: N. N. Rasstrigin and L. P. Chepkil. Title tr.: Blood gases in artificial hypothermia.

822

81870. OSTENSO, N. A. Physiography of the Arctic Ocean basin. (In: Alaskan Science Conference ... Proceedings pub. 1963, p. 92-114, maps.) 33 refs. Also issued as Contribution no. 77 of Wisconsin Univ. Geophysical and Polar Research Center.

Discusses the bathymetry and main phyBiographic features of this complex ocean basin. Some U.S. and Russian bathymetric charts since 1949 are described and shown, including one compiled by the author (sources noted). The features, also mapped, include: the Continental Margin, Chukchi Cap, the Canada, Makarov, Eurasia, and Fram Deeps, the Alpha, Lomonosov, and Mid-Ocean Ridges. Their areal extent, relief, crustal structures, and minor features are outlined. Physiographic evidence indicates that the basin contains elements salient to both oceans and continents; it might represent a transitional phase between them. CaMAI. OSTENSO, N. A., see also No. 77086. OSTROUMOV, E. A., see No. 82024. 81871. OSTRYI, G. B., and V. A. SHEKHODANOV. 0 III sessii sekisii nauchnogo soveta Gosudarstvennogo komiteta po koordinaisii nauchno-issledovatel'skikh rabot po probleme zakonomernosti razmeshchenifa neftfanykh i gazovykh mestorozhdenil na territorii RSFSR. (Materialy po geologii i poleznym iskopaemym Krasnofårskogo krafa 1962. no. 3, p. 263-66.) In Russian. Title tr.: On the third session of the section of the scientific council of governmental committee on coordination of research on the distribution of oil and gas deposits in RSFSR territory. Reviews the meeting of Apr. 17-21, 1962 in Tyumen with 150 attending. Oil and gas prospecting in Siberia, the Far East and the Northeast are reviewed, noting four oil deposits newly discovered in the West Siberian lowland, four natural gas deposits in Tyumen Province, studies in Yakutia, Kamchatka, etc. DLC. 81872. OSWALT, W. H. Ethnographic notes upon the Caribou Eskimos. (Southwestern lore 1961. v. 27, no. 2, p. 17-22, map.) 7 refs. Study based primarily on field data collected in 1959 at Eskimo Point on Hudson Bay. Settlement patterns, seasonal and annual movements, individual life cycle, religious beliefs and food taboos, etc. are sketched. The recent decline in number of this people is attributed mainly to their economy geared almost exclusively to the caribou hunt; insufficient kill has resulted in intermittent famine during the 1940DSI. 1950's. 81873. OSWALT, W. H. Historical populations in western Alaska and migration

theory. (Alaska. Univ. Anthrop. papers 1962. v. 11, no. 1, p. 1-14, maps.) 23 refs_ Attributes the cultural diversity in the Kuskokwim River drainage area not to diffusion of traits but to migrations. The geography and subsistence conditions of the river system are analyzed. Tribal boundaries: of the Kuskowagmiut Eskimos and the Ingalik, Tanana, and Tanaina Athapaskans: are reconstructed from early contact times,. 1830-1960. All the groups are considered'. intrusive off-shoots of larger peoples with Their probable identifiable homelands. migration routes, economic orientation at the time, and subsequent adaptation to local ecological conditions are described. The unusually harmonious relations between Eskimo and Ingalik Indian groups and their inter-tribal social and cultural exchange are pointed out, as are the initially disruptive, later favorable effects of contacts with outsiders in both Russian and American periods. The cultural extinction of the Georgetown Ingalik is ascribed to their change, on disappearance of the caribou, to salmon fishery, an Eskimo-oriented economy which fostered closer collaboration and intermarriage with DLC. the Kuskowagmiut. 81874. OSWALT, W. H. Napaskiak, an Alaskan Eskimo community. Tucson, Univ. of Arizona Press 1963. xii, 178 p. maps, illus. 60 refs. Study of village life in 1956 (cf. No. 74573) focused upon a hypothetical family: the household, winter and summer activities, etc. Community, social life, culture, physical environment, and extraneous contacts are dealt with. Anthropological problems of culture and society classification are discussed; information is appended on field methods and techniques, village selection, DLC. etc. 81875. OSWALT, W. H., and J. W. VANSTONE. Partially acculturated communities: Canadian Athapaskans and West Alaskan Eskimos. (Anthropologica 1963. n. ser. v. 5, no. 1, p. 23-31.) French summary. Comparative study based on recent fieldwork at Napaskiak, an Eskimo settlement on the Kuskokwim River, and Snowdrift, a Chipewyan village on the eastern end of the Great Slave Lake. Differences are noted in familial orientation, relations with administration officials, and in the native leadership pattern. Identification with the community is greater among the sedentary Napaskiak Eskimos and they are more receptive to ideas (from outside) on formal organization. A strong individualism arriving from social structure along family lines and an only

823

recently abandoned nomadism slow the acculturative change among the Snowdrift Athapaskans. DSI. OSWALT, W. H., see No. 82381. 81876. OTAKAR, N. Matefske kulty. (Ceskoslovenskå etnografie 1959-1960. v. 7—S.) Refs. In Czech. Title tr.: Mother cults. Study of worldwide mother-goddess beliefs from the matriarchal society of the late paleolithic, pub. in parts in seven of the eight issues of this quarterly journal in 19591960. In v. 7, no. 4, p. 351-65, north Asiatic peoples are considered, ethnographic data given on totemic worship of ancestral clan mothers; Ostyak, Vogul, Samoyed, Yakut, Tungus, Gold, Chukchi, and Koryak folklore are dealt with in turn. Survivals of this worship in Eskimo mythology are discussed in v. 8, no. 1, p. 3-17. Its roots are traced to ancient Siberian mother cults implied by DLC. paleolithic female statuettes. OTSUKI, T., see No. 79223. OTTERMAN, J., see No. 83319. 81877. OUGH, J. P. Sport fishing near the (Canadian geographical Arctic Circle. journal 1961. v. 63, no. 2, p. 52-57, map, illus.) Describes fishing conditions and game fish, mostly Salmonidae, in lakes and streams across northern Canada. Speckled trout are found along the Labrador coast, arctic char on Baffin Island, lake trout and arctic grayling in the Rankin Inlet area, lake trout across the Barren Grounds, and lake trout, pike, arctic grayling and "speckleds" (possibly a landlocked arctic char) in the mounDGS. tains of Yukon Territory. 81878. OVCHININSKII, N. V., and A. V. TURKIN. Zheleznorudnafa baza chernol metallurgii Severo-Zapada SSSR. (Problemy Severa 1963, no. 5, p. 146-52, tables.) 13 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The iron ore base of ferrous metallurgy in northwestern USSR. Outlines the iron ore resources of the Olenegorsk, Eno-Kovdora, Kirovogorsk deposits in Kola Peninsula, and Kostamuksha in northern Karelia, estimated altogether at 1,292 million tons of ore with 31% iron content. Each deposit is treated in turn, with data on ore, iron content in ore and concentrate, production cost, annual output., DLC. capital investment. 81879. OVCHINNIKOV, V. F., and M. M. KUTNIAKOV. Issledovanie lova semgi

824

metodam perekrytiß Pechory. (Rybnoe khozialstvo 1963. v. 39, no. 2, p. 54-58, illus.) Ref. In Russian. Title tr.: Investigation of salmon fishing in the Pechora by the "fencing" method. Describes this method, which uses a fence of nets across the river, and which was prohibited. Its recent modifications are discussed. Experiments with the fencing method and with controls are analyzed as to efficiency and absolute and relative size of catch. Improvements in the method are suggested. DLC. 81880. OWREN, L., and others. Arctic propagation studies at ionospheric modes of propagation. College, Alaska 1963. ix, 93,41 1. maps, graphs, tables. (Alaska. Univ. Geophysical Inst. Geophysical research report UAG-R141. Other authors: J. Ortner, K. Folkestad, and R. Hunsucker. Presents results of hf propagation studies over arctic paths during 1959-1962, based mainly on transpolar pulse transmissions at 12, 18 and 24 Mc/s from College in Alaska, to Kiruna in Sweden, and Kjeller in Norway, together with reception at College and Kjeller of 12, 18, and 30 Me/s pulse transmissions from Thule, Greenland; ionospheric absorption measurements were also used. Analysis of the solar-terrestrial events of Aug. 1959 shows that the auroral zone and subauroral circuits responded to disturbances induced by solar particle bombardment in the expected manner, but the 18 Mc/s transaretic circuit was found more sensitive to auroral zone absorption events than to polar cap absorption. Unconventional propagation modes are indicated, including a non-great circle path which is laterally deviated in the auroral zone. The signal behavior on the College-Kjeller and Thule-Kjeller circuits during Jan. 1961— June 1962 is discussed by means of record samples, summary graphs, and plots of seasonal variations during selected quiet days. Circuit behavior during disturbed periods is studied in detail and related to absorption measurements and magnetic K-indices. Good correlation is found between strong polar-cap absorption events and signal blackout on 12 and 18 Mc/s; auroral zone absorption affected the ThuleCollege 18 Me/s circuit systematically. Results generally support the idea that much of the propagation is by one-hop greatcircle and laterally deviated modes. DOS. 81881. OWREN, L. High latitude phenomena. (In: NATO. The effect of disturbances ... 1963, p. 338-40.) Ionospheric absorption rather than lack

of supporting ionization is the controlling factor in high-latitude radio circuits. Three recognized types of absorption events are: 1, sudden ionospheric absorption: SIA (also known as a sudden ionospheric disturbance: SID, or short wave fadeout: SWF, or sudden cosmic noise absorption: SCNA); £, auroral zone absorption: AZA; and 3, polar cap absorption: PCA. Effects of the three types of absorption events are considered separately, as are the three main frequency bands: vhf, hf, and if—vlf PCA events cause complete blackout on transarctic hf paths. Most difficult situation in high latitude radio communication at hf occurs with combined PCA and AZA starting some 20-40 hrs. after the solar cosmic ray flare, and causing widespread radio blackout in the polar cap as well as auroral and subauroral regions. In general, If—vlf circuits are the most reliable available for any latitude and under any conditions. DLC. 81882. OWREN, L. High-latitude radio aurora. (In: Int. Sei. Radio Union. Monograph ... 1962, p. 160-76, graphs.) 20 refs. French summary. Surveys observations at College, Alaska. Visual and radio aurora in high latitudes are described, the theory of scattering in field-aligned irregularities, and high latitude observations of radio aurora are discussed. Summary and discussion of radio frequencies 12-800 Mc/s at College are presented, and followed by auroral fading rates and the radio auroral zone position in Alaska. Distortion of the magnetic field at times of major auroral activities, the refraction and the auroral E-layer electron densities, and volume scattering from auroral arcs are given in an appendix. DLC. 81883. OWREN, L. Influence of solar particle radiations on arctic HF propagation. (In: NATO. The effect of disturbances ... 1963, p. 25-36, maps, graphs, table.) 13 refs. Discusses the response of transarctic and transauroral hf circuits to solar particle impacts. Experimental results are based on continuous 12 and 18 Mc/s pulse transmissions from College in Alaska over a 5200 km. arctic path to Kiruna in Sweden, over a 5300 km. auroral zone path to Boston, Mass., and over a 3500 km. subauroral path to Stanford, Cal., together with ionospheric absorption measurements from a chain of riometers. The auroral zone and subauroral circuits showed the expected response to the solar particle induced disturbances. The 12 Mc/s transarctic

circuit was found to be sensitive to polar cap absorption caused by high energy solar particles, but was insensitive to a severe magnetic storm Aug. 16-17, 1959 which caused prolonged radio blackouts on other circuits. On the other hand, the 18 Mc/s transarctic circuit was very sensitive to the magnetic and auroral activity but not to the PCA. This behavior together with other unusual features suggest some unconventional mode of propagation; three possible types are noted. Most promising method of study includes oblique, synchronized step-frequency soundings. Discussion noted several ionospheric mechanisms that could channelize a radio ray and propagate it for considerable distances. DLC. 81884. OWREN, L. Multiple scattering in the auroral ionosphere. (In: International Conference on the Ionosphere 1962. Proceedings pub. 1963, p. 277-84, graphs, table.) 13 refs. Solution is given of the equation of radiative transfer for a thick, planeparallel ionosphere containing weak, anisotropic scatterers. In addition, the conditions by which radio interferometer recordings of discrete sources show zero visibility are stated analytically. Several years' observational data from Ithaca, N.Y. and College, Alaska on visibility fades of radio star signals traversing the auroral ionosphere are summarized and indicate that the multiple scattering region is at 400-900 km. altitude, upper F layer. A 1961-62 satellite observation from College also indicated simultaneous occurrence of strong backscatter. No evidence is available to indicate that the auroral E layer contributes to the process even under disturbed conditions. Description of the irregularities by a Gaussian autocorrelation function provides a reasonable first-order theory for the forward scatter field but fails to account for backscatter. DLC. OWREN, L., see also Nos. 76913, 79476. OYANGUREN, H., see also No. 84044. 81885. OZERE'nKOVSKAIA, N. N., and S. M. USPENSKII. Gruppovoe zarazhenie trikhinellezom of mfåsa belogo medvedfa v Sovetskol Arktike. (Medi1inskafa parazitologifa i parazitarnye bolezni 1957. v. 26, no. 2, p. 152-59, graphs, illus.) Approx. 26 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Group infection with trichinellosis from polar-bear meat, in the Soviet Arctic. Reviews reports since 1947, and describes

825

three cases from a six-man field party on Bennet Island in Aug.—Sept. 1956. They occurred after prolonged dietary use of bear meat. Clinical course, laboratory findings and therapy are presented. Borne by migrant carnivores, the disease cannot be isolated. Its natural focality is the DLC. Arctic. 81885A. OZMIDOVA, I. V. Fagof itarnyl indeks kak pokazatel' osobennostel reak{ ii sensibilizirovannykh sobak na gipotermiIü. (Zhurnal mikrobiologii epidemiologii i immunobiologii 1961. v. 32, no. 1, p. 99-104, table, graphs.) Approx. 20 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: The phagocytic index as reaction-test of dogs sensitized to hypothermia. Hypothermia of 27-28° C. combined with ether-morphine narcosis produced in normal dogs a considerable reduction of phagocytosis, which lasted several days after cooling. Hypothermia of the same degree in sensitized dogs resulted in sharply increased leucocytic phagocytosis, with post-hypothermic fluctuations lasting 2-3 DLC. weeks. 81886. OZOLIN, L. T. Vnedrenie novogo oborudovanifa i usovershenstvovanie tekhnologii obogashchenifa rud na OIenegorskol fabrike. (Gornyl zhurnal 1963, no. 8, p. 53-57, table, illus.) 6 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Installation of new equipment and technological improvements in ore concentration at the Olenegorsk plant. The new scheme of iron ore concentration is diagrammed, it increases output of concentrate (61% iron) 8% over the plan. Main elements of plant work are analyzed, and ways to increase efficiency are disDLC. cussed. 81887. PAAKKOLA, 0., and J. K. MIETTINEN. Strontium-90 and caesium-137 in plants and animals in Finnish Lapland during 1960. Helsinki 1963. 15 p. tables, graph, map. (Suomalainen tiedeakatemia Toimituksia ser. A II; Chemica no. 125.) 16 refs. Reports results of analyses of these elements in vegetation, meat, and milk in Inari county. Several species of lichens ranked higher in radioactive nuclides than sedges, grasses, and potatoes. Reindeer meat carried higher amounts than native beef, soft tissues from reindeer, or cow's milk, especially in winter when lichens are the main reindeer food. Due to the high activity levels, the arctic bioenvironment seems to form a large-scale "tracer experiment" from which information about the

826

metabolism of radionuclides can be obtained. A point of interest is that the fallout in winter reaches the waterways in spring before the ground has melted. DLC. PACE, N., see No. 80141. 81888. PACHOMOV, N. The effects of posterior and anterior hypothalamus lesions on the maintenance of body temperature in the rat. (Journal of neuropathology and experimental neurology 1962. v. 21, no. 3, p. 450-60, tables, illus.) 14 refs. Rats with lesions in the posterior hypothalamus, showed anomalies of behavior and inability to regulate body temperature in normal and cold environment. Lesions in the anterior hypothalamus produced slight rise in body temperature, excitation, etc. DNLM. 81889. PACIFIC FISHERMAN. Halibut. (Its: v. 61, 1963, no. 10, p. 4-39, maps, tables, graphs, illus.) Reviews this U.S.-Canadian fishery in the Gulf of Alaska, Aleutian waters, and Bering Sea as background to the International North Pacific Fisheries Commission 1963 decision to open eastern Bering Sea grounds to the Japanese. Conservation efforts since 1913, including research and management by the International Pacific Halibut Commission, are reviewed. 1910-1962 data on catches and units of gear, catch quotas since 1932, and length of seasons since 1924 indicate increased catches with less fishing effort, due to successful Commission management. Halibut characteristics and distribution, fishermen, longline gear, vessels since 1888 and marketing are dealt with in turn. Asian and Norwegian production are treated by J. J. Helland. Size of the fleets for 1930-1962 is tabulated, and the 1963 fleet listed by vessel, with tonnage, owner/master, and address. Possible effects of Japanese participation in the fishery are considered, as are those of Japanese and Soviet bottomfishing. American reaction to Japanese participation is also discussed in the Mar. 1963 Pacific fisherman, p. 11-17. DI. 81890. PACIFIC FISHERMAN. Japan offers agreed-management treaty for North Pacific fishing. (Its: v. 61, 1963. no. 8, p. 5-6.) Describes the June 1963 negotiations on the international North Pacific fisheries treaty (q.v.) in Washington, D.C. Positions of the United States, Canada, and Japan, also viewpoints of the fishing industry are noted in the May, July, Aug., Sept., and

Nov. issues of Pacific fisherman; and in Apr. and Oct., statements of President Kennedy in favor of the abstention principle and of continuing the treaty; a second conference in Tokyo in Sept.-Oct. 1963 is also described. DI. 81891. PACIFIC FISHERMAN. Notes of northern interest in 1963. (Its: v. 61, no. 1-13.) include: Sharper focus for salmon research (no. 2, p. 11); Pacific InterAgency Council steers salmon research work (no. 6, p. 32) describes a council set up in Jan. 1963 to appraise and coordinate salmon research and management on the North Pacific coast, including Alaska. Shishaldin heads north with room for 15,000 crabs. (no. 2, p. 15-16, illus.) describes a vessel converted for king crab fishing in Aleutian waters, new features to facilitate loading and unloading the catch. Fiberglass gillnetter has air-cooled diesel (no. 3, p. 23) describes a 32-ft. boat for salmon fishing in Bristol Bay, Alaska. Do king crabs swim Mr. Rusk? (no. 5, p. 31) considers the classification of crabs as crawlers or swimmers and its jurisdictional implications, especially for Alaska. Under a proposed international treaty, crawlers are considered resources of the continental shelf under jurisdiction of the coastal state. Japanese opinion is given in no. 11, p. 7. Six new seinem for SE Alaska villages (no. 9, p. 10-12, illus.) describes salmon fishing vessels, delivered in 1963 to the organized Indian communities of Hydaburg, Kake, Angoon, and Klawock. Hydraulic salmon cannery drive is pioneered at Kake (no. 12, p. 29-30, illus.) describes the conversion from steam to hydraulic power during the 1963 season at the Whiz Fish Products Co. cannery in Southeast Alaska. Fascinating Alaska fish tax facts (no. 13, p. 29-30, graphs) discusses inequities in Alaskan taxation of canned salmon compared to other kinds of fish, frozen or smoked salmon, and other industries. DI. 81892. PACIFIC FISHERMAN. Yearbook number, January 25, 1963. Portland, Oregon 1963. 178 p. tables, illus. (Its: v. 61, no. 2.) Reviews production and activities of the U.S. and Canadian West Coast fish industries (as in No. 74613-74616, 75342). 1962 data are given on Alaska salmon p. 29-40, crab, halibut, shrimp, frozen fish, mildcured salmon, and clams p. 143-72. Developments during 1962 and prospects for improved fishing methods, boats, equip-

ment, etc. are considered p. 21-25. Opef' tions of Japanese and Russian fishermen in Bering Sea, Aleutian waters and the Gulf of Alaska are described, p. 101-107, 113-114. A directory of Pacific fisheries organizations, with addresses and officers, is included, p. 93-99. DI. PACIFIC SCIENCE CONGRESS. 9th, Bangkok, Thailand, 1957, see No. 77230. 81893. PACIFIC SCIENCE CONGRESS. 10th, Honolulu, Hawaii 1961. Proceedings. Honolulu. Bishop Museum Press 1963. 464 p. L. D. Tuthill, ed. Contains general information on the Congress, speeches during the plenary sessions, resolutions adopted, the Congress program with listing of the papers presented, and committee reports. In the reports, some references are made to northern areas. Progress in Alaskan limnology is outlined, p. 269-70, by T. G. Northcote. The Gulf of Alaska, Aleutian waters, Bering and Okhotsk Seas are included in accounts of research since 1920 in fisheries biology by the U.S. and Canada in the eastern Pacific (V. E. Brock, p. 304-311) and by the Russians in the northwestern Pacific (D. E. Bevan, p. 311-12), also of oceanography in the Pacific (K. IIidaka, p. 327-39.) DI. 81894. PACIFIC SCIENCE CONGRESS. 10th, Honolulu, Hawaii 1961. United States scientific geographical exploration of the Pacific Basin 1783-1899. Washington, D.C. 1961. 26 p. (U.S. National Archives. Publication no. 62-2.) Guide to an exhibit arranged for the Congress by H. R. Friis. The material including photocopied maps, charts, ships' logs and journals, correspondence, expedition reports, etc. is arranged under nine phases of exploration, each outlined briefly. Alaska and the northern Pacific are included, e.g. on a chart compiled by the Blunts for whalers and sealers in 1824, a track chart of vessels of the North Pacific Exploring Expedition in 1853-1856, U.S. Coast Survey work from 1867, U.S. Army and Navy maps of Alaska 1871-1884, etc. Library sources of all items are indicated. DI. PACIFIC SCIENCE CONGRESS, 10th, Honolulu, Hawaii, 1961, see also Nos. 77997, 79119, 82241, 82700. PADVA, G. A., see No. 79070. PAETZOLD, H. K., see Nos. 79578, 79605.

827

PAGAVA, T. S., see No. 79912. PAIGE, R. A., see No. 82062. 81895. PAINT, H. M. Iron ore and the North Shore. (Canadian banker 1960. v. 67, no. 1, p. 71-82, tables, illus.) Discusses industrial expansion on the Lower St. Lawrence River and Gulf area, from Tadoussac to the Strait of Belle Isle. It derives partly from pulp mills processing the black and white spruce from 50°-54° N. in Quebec; but mainly from exploitation of iron ore in Northern Quebec-Labrador and the attendant hydroelectric power developments; these are discussed briefly. The need for year-round navigation on the St. CaONL. Lawrence River is reiterated. PAKHOMOV, A. S., see Nos. 82621, 82622. 81896. PAKHOMOVA, K. S., and T. A. VYSOT SKAfA. Opredelenie zolota pri kompleksnykh geokhimicheskikh issledovanifakh. (Akademifli nauk SSSR. fAkutskil filial. Trudy 1963. ser. geol. no. 16, p. 75-80, tables, illus.) 3 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Gold determination by a complex geochemical investigation. Describes a new variant of a geochemical method for determining gold traces in ores, rocks, soils, plant ash, animal and other substances which have a quite negligible gold content. This method, which has a sensitivity of 0.2 to 0.3 microgram, involves extractive titration using dithizone in chloroform solution. The apparatus, preparation of reagent, and other features are described. Some 350 samples have been DLC. tested with this method. PAKHOMOVA, K. S., see also No. 81560. 81897. PAKHORUKOV, V. I., and others. Sovetskie okeanograficheskie issledovanifa v Norvezhskom i Grenlandskom morfakh v ifüne 1962 g. (Murmansk. Poliarnye n: issl. inst. morskogo rybnogo khozialstva i okeanografii. Nauchno-tekhnicheskil biulleten' 1962, no. 4 (22), p. 4113, map.) In Russian. Other authors: L. R. Shmerina and V. V. Penin. Title tr.: Soviet oceanographic investigations in the Norwegian and Greenland Seas in June 1962. Reports on a study by five Russian vessels during June 1-18, concerning temperature, salinity, dissolved oxygen and nitrates. Temperature distribution along standard profiles and sections gave an indication of currents and changes in them. DLC.

828

81898. PAKHTUSOVA, N. A. 0 granifse kazanskikh i tatarskikh otlozhenil i o raschlenenii nizhneust'inskol svity na severe Russkol platformy. (Akademifä nauk SSSR. Doklady 1963. v. 152, no. 6, p. 1432-35.) 9 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: On the boundary of Kazanian and Tartarian deposits and division of the lower Ust'ya series in the northern part of the Russian platform. Reports his 1959-1962 study of Permian deposits in the Severnaya Dvina and Mezen basins. The upper Kimzha layer is divided between Kazanian and Tartarian stages; the lower Ust'ya series is divided into three layers. DLC. 81899. PALES, L. Les perforations posthumes naturelles des cranes Eskimo du (Socibtd d'anthropologie de Groenland. Paris. Bulletins 1952. v. 3, ser. 10, no. 5-6, p. 229-37, illus.) 6 refs. In French. Title tr.: Posthumous natural perforations of Eskimo skulls from Greenland. Reports on six skulls in Mus6e de l'Homme including one found at Angmagssalik by P. E. Victor in 1936, and three brought from Godthåb by the Reine Hortense party in 1856. Descriptions are given of location, size and shape of the holes found in these skulls. Their probable origin is analyzed and discussed. It is concluded that they are due to physico-chemical action at the areas of contact with the soil. Photo-illus. of all the skulls are appended. DLC. 81900. PALMAI, G. Psychological aspects of transient populations in the sub-Antarctic. 17 p. tables. (In: WHO Conference on medicine... 1962.) 42 refs. Discusses the main psychological stresses at an antarctic base; the sexual problem, interpersonal relations, analysis of conversation topics, social-emotional responses, selection of personnel, psychosomatic maniCaONA. festations, insomnia. 81901. PALMAI, G. Thermal comfort and acclimatization to cold in a subantarctic environment. (Medical journal of Australia 1962. v. 49, no. 1, p. 9-12, graphs, tables.) 8 refs. Reports study of 15 males 24 17 yrs. old, over a year's period. Indoors the subjects felt comfortable at nearly all times, as they dressed in accordance with temperature, without regard to social convention. Outdoors, clothing did not fully compensate for climatic stress. After about six months in the area, the subjects required much less clothing for comfort, which indicates DNLM. acclimatization to cold.

PALMAI, G., see No. 84468.

able section (p. 116-63) treats of known DLC. hybrids.

PALMEIRA, R. A. R., see No. 79604. PALOSUO, E., see No. 78447. 81902. PALMER, E. L. The snow blanket. (Natural history 1961. v. 70, no. 1, p. 36-45, table, illus.) Account of man's subjective relation to snow; formation of snow; its effects on agriculture, wildlife and city dwellers; snow sports. A four-page table presents various aspects of snow: melting, etc., followed by description, factors involved, role of wildlife, control and management of snow, economics. DLC. 81903. PALMER, H. E., and R. W. PERKINS. Cesium-134 in Alaskan Eskimos and in fallout. (Science, Oct. 4, 1963. v. 142, p. 66-67, graph.) 7 refs. Whole-body counts, reported in a preceding paper (infra) revealed also the presence of cesium-134 in Alaskan Eskimos; it was found in reindeer and caribou meat as well. It was also found on air filters at Richland, Washington and its appearance seems to be worldwide. DLC. 81904. PALMER, H. E., and others. Cesium-137 in Alaskan Eskimos. (Science, Oct. 4, 1963. v. 142, p. 64-66, table.) 7 refs. Other authors: W. C. Hanson, B. I. Griffin and W. C. Hoesch. Describes a summer 1962 study of 700 persons in four villages north of the Arctic Circle. It showed averages for body burden with cesium-137 much higher than in the rest of the United States. The people at Anaktuvuk Pass showed the highest burden, with a maximum of 790 nanocuries. DLC. 81905. PALMER, P. Life in cold climates. (World health, Jan. 1963, p. 20-25, illus.) Notes the main problems considered at the conference sponsored by the World DLC. Health Organization, q.v. 81906. PALMGREN, A. Carex-gruppen Fulvellae Fr. i Fennoskandien. Helsinki, 1959- 165 p. illus. (Societas pro Fauna et Flora Fennica. Flora Fennica, 2.) In Swedish. Title tr.: Carex-groups Fulvellae Fr. in Fennoscandia. Contains an introduction (p. 10-16) on the earlier taxonomic studies of these sedges and account (p. 17-34) of the field work, material, sources, etc. of the present monograph. Its main, special part deals with a score or more individual forms: synonyms and references, morphology, differential diagnosis, distribution in Fennoscandia etc. and photo-illus. are appended. A consider-

81907. PANASENKO, G. D. Naklonomernye nabladenifa na selsmicheskol stantsii "Apatity" v 1959-1960 gg. (Sovremennye dvizhenia zemnol kory. Sbornik statel 1963. no. 1, p. 202-210, table, graphs.) Ref. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Tiltmeter observations at Apatity seismic station in 1959-1960. Reports results of the observations in a series of vector-diagrams of the mean daily tilts of the country rock in S to N, SE 60° to NW 60°, and NW 60° to NE 60° directions. Three tiltmeters were installed in a special basement upon a 1.5 x 1.5 x 1.6 m3. rubble-cement block firmly established on the country rock. They adjusted to the natural oscillation of the pendulum (period 20 sec.), and are sensitive to tilts of 0.07 sec of are per mm of tape record. Ambient temperature was 5-10° C. with annual variation ± 2.0° C., and no daily variation of instrumentally observable magnitude was recorded. The purpose of the observations was to determine "secular" movement of the Baltic shield at the Apatity station; it was not achieved in the 12-month (insufficient) observation period, but the results are suggestive of the tendency for secular DLC. movement of the shield. 81908. PANASENKO, G. D. 0 moshchnosti zemnol kory na Kol'skom poluostrove. (Voprosy geologii i mineralogii Kol'skogo poluostrova 1963, no. 4, p. 98-103, table, map, profile.) 5 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Thickness of the earth's crust in Kola Peninsula. Notes a teleseismic method applied in analysis of 48 earthquakes of 1956-1958 to determine crustal thickness. It was established as 51 ± 3 km. in central Kola, the granite layer 16-17 km. DLC. 81909. PANASENKO, G. D. Opredelenie provodimosti obraztsov gornykh porod sposobom sravnenifas etalonnol zhidkost'fü. (In: Akademia nauk SSSIt. Kol'skil filial. Voprosy ... 1962, p. 141-47, illus.) 2 refs. Title tr.: Conductivity In Russian. determination of rock samples by the method of comparison with a standard electrolyte. Proposes a method for determining specific conductivity of non-fractured rocks of low porosity. A uniform electric field of low frequency is produced in a rectangular tank with an electrolyte of pre-selected

829

specific conductivity pc and the electrode plates. A rectangular or cylindrical sample is introduced into the electrolyte. The field changes if its conductivity differs from that of the electrolyte. The sample's specific conductivity p is determined from the change of the field. The physical background of the method is discussed. The selection of the correlation between p and pe, and the parameters of the sample and the tank are described. A circuit diagram of the apparatus is given, and its probable error estimated. The range of measurement is considered to be practically unlimited. DLC. PANASENKO, G. D., see also No. 81653. PANAYOTOPOULOS, E., see No. 81018. PANCHUGIN, R. G., see No. 80191. 81910. PANEGOOSHO, M. An Eskimo's opinion. (Eskimo 1963. v. 66, p. 15-17, illus.) Reproduces a letter to the Northern star of Fort Chimo in northern Quebec in reply to an article on education of Eskimos in its Nov. 3, 1962 issue. Author cites from own experience advantages of learning the Eskimo language in school, recommends that it be taught, preferably by Eskimo teachers in northern Canada. Author is CaMAI. editor of No. 58853. 81911. PANFILOV, D. F. Proverka prochnosti ledfanogo pokrova pri opuskanil truboprovodov so l'da. (Stroitel'stvo truboprovodov 1963. v. 8, no. 8, p. 10-12, graphs, illus.) 5 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Testing the strength of the ice cover for laying pipelines from ice. Analyzes the stress and strain from a load of pipe-line and auxiliary construction equipment near the edge of a semi-infinite field of ice. A formula is developed for the minimum thickness of ice of given characteristics under given ambient temperature. Bearing strength of 6-8 kg.lcm2 is recommended for calculating the maximum load along the edge of a trench in the ice parallel to the pipe line. The trench allows the problem of maximum load to be treated by applying to the ice crust a differential equation of a load on a semi-infinite plate DLC. supported by an elastic base. 81912. PANFILOV, V. Z. Grammatika nivkhskogo fäzyka; chast' 1. MoskvaLeningrad, Izd-vo Akademii nauk SSSR, 1962. 262 p. tables. Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Grammar of the Gilyak language, pt. 1.

830

Deals with phonetics and morphology of the nominal parts of speech of the Amur dialect. It is spoken by the majority of the Gilyaks and used in selection of their literary language. Based on fieldwork in the 1950's. DLC. 81913. PANFILOV, V. Z. 0 proiskhozhdenii sklonenifå v nivkhskom azyke. (Voprosy fazykoznanifa 1963. v. 12, no. 3, p. 74-82, table.) 14 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Origin of declension in Gilyak. Etymological analysis of the verbal origin, development of suffix, case forms, etc. in Gilyak, an agglutinative language displaying also inflectional characteristics. DLC. 81914. PANFILOV, V. Z. Pis'mo v redakaifü. (Voprosy fazykoznanifa 1963. v. 12, no. 6, p. 156-57.) 3 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Letter to the editor. Comments on the phonetic analysis of L. V. Bondarko and L. R. Zinder (No. 70319) to test linguistic incorporation in Gilyak: it is inconclusive, and scientifically dangerous, apt to confuse the distinction between word coupling and incorporation. DLC. 81915. PANFILOV, V. Z. ilber die Eigennamen, Anthroponyma, in der Sprache der Nivchen, Giljaken. (In: Diöszegi, V. ed. Glaubenswelt ... 1963, p. 453-61.) 4 refs. In German. Title tr.: Personal names, anthroponyma, in the language of the Nivkhi Gilyaks. Morphological and etymological study of masculine and feminine given names including nicknames. They are descriptive in character and usually made by adding one or two formative suffixes to a verbal or nominal root word. DLC. 81916. PANINA, K. I. Nefti kembrilskikh otlozheniT flkutii. (Leningrad. Vses. nef tfänoT n.-issl. geologorazvedochnyl inst. Trudy 1963. v. 212, Geokhimicheskil sbornik no. 8, p. 193-201, tables.) 3 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Oils in Cambrian deposits of Yakutia. Reports physical-chemical characteristics and other properties of oils in a core from the Udachnaya kimberlite pipe and in natural exposure near the Kenelekan River of the Olenek basin. The Udachnaya oils are divided into asphaltenes and benzine resin and spirit-benzine resin. The Olenek oils are sulfurous, resinous and with paraffin content slight. All the Cambrian oils of Yakutia are of metane type. The Udachnaya oils do not differ from those from sedimentary rocks. DLC.

81917. PANKRATOV, S. A. Ritm zadaet more. (Na rubezhe 1963, no. 5, p. 108-112.) In Russian. Title tr.: Rhythm from the sea. Sketches work of several writers and poets in Murmansk who are familiar with the sea, with quotations from their most popular poems. DLC. 81918. PANOV, D. G. Morfologifa dna mirovogo okeana. Moskva-Leningrad, Izd-vo Akademii nauk SSSR, 1963. 228 p. maps, illus. (Geograficheskoe obshchestvo SSSR. Zapiski, new ser. v. 23.) Approx. 700 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Bottom morphology of the World Ocean. Presents a monograph in chapters on the nature of sea and ocean bottom, tasks and methods in marine bottom morphology, oceans and seas in morphology of the earth, geologic structure of seas and ocean bottoms, development history and morphotectonics of oceans, origin of continents, oceans, and seas; classification of bottom relief; seabottom shelf, continental slope and oceanic basin bottom morphology. The Arctic Ocean and its seas of the Arctic Basin are treated: p. 47-51, p. 58-59, p. 83-86, etc.; as are p. 113-23, p. 171-75, etc. the Barents, Kara, Laptev, White and other seas. DLC. 81919. PANOV, D. G. 0 prichinakh razlichnogo raspredelenifå sushi v Arktike i Antarktike. (Sovetskafa antarkticheskafa Informatsionnyl bfulleten' ekspedi£siiü. 1959, no. 9, p. 5-8.) 15 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: On the causes of different land distribution in the Arctic and Antarctic. Among the causes discussed is the irregular rotation of the earth ellipsoid, with resultant vertical shifting of the earth's crust in polar regions. Crustal thickness differs in the Arctic and Antarctic: in the central Arctic Basin, it is 2-15 km., in the Antarctic it reaches 25-35 km. Neoteetonic movements and possible submersion are noted in the Arctic in contrast to land DLC. uplift in the Antarctic. 81920. PANOV, V. V. Metodika prognoza solenosti vody poverkhnostnogo sloiå Karskogo morfii. (Leningrad. Arkticheskil i antarkticheskil n: issl. inst. Trudy 1963. v. 264, p. 15-17, map.) 2 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Method of forecasting salinity in the surface layer of the Kara Sea. Salinity changes in sea water are brought about by evaporation, precipitation, thawing of ice, inflow of river water and other factors which in turn depend upon atmospheric processes, especially those inducing changes in the pressure field. An attempt

was made to work out a forecasting method for ten-day and monthly average salinity in the upper layer of the Kara Sea. Monthly pressure data of 1937-1960 and 1939-1959 ten-day data were selected, the Chebysheva polynomial applied in deriving a special formula; a Ural-1 electronic computer was used. This method is considered simple and practical. DLC. 81921. PANOV, V. V. Nekotorye zakonomernosti krupnomasshtabnol gorizontal'no! turbulentnosti v vodakh Severnogo Ledovitogo okeana. (Leningrad. ArkticheskiT i antarkticheskil n: issl. inst. Trudy 1963. v. 264, p. 61-66, tables.) 13 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Some patterns of large-scale horizontal turbulence in the waters of the Arctic Ocean. Explains statistical methods and equations used in calculating some characteristics of turbulence. Besides theoretical considerations, data from drifting stations North Pole-2 and 4 were used in determining turbulent horizontal velocities, pressure gradients, depths of horizons, etc. It is established that turbulence in the horizontal plane is anisotropic, is most developed in the 25-250 m. layer, and reaches its maxiDLC. mum at 75 m. depth. 81922. PANOV, V. V. Ob analize formirovanifa temperatury defatel'nogo Bloat morfä v fügo-zapadnol chasti Karskogo more metodom priblizhennogo rascheta. (Leningrad. Arkticheskil i antarkticheskil n: issl. inst. Trudy 1963. v. 248, p. 8-24, table, graphs, maps, illus.) 6 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Analysis of the temperature formation of the active layer in the southwestern part of the Kara Sea by approximate-calculation method. Outlines this method first worked out by L. A. Zhukov, q.v. and the equations and formulas used. Heat exchange through the water surface of the Atlantic Ocean, Barents Sea, and rivers, as well as through horizontal and vertical turbulence was calculated and the results reported for summer and winter periods. This method gives only ± 0°.11 error as compared with observational data, and it enables the role of the processes of turbulent heat exchange and heat of the currents to he determined. DLC. 81923. PANOV, V. V., and A. O. SHPAIKHER. Rol' atlanticheskikh vad v formirovanii gidrometeorologicheskogo rezhima arkticheskikh morel. (Leningrad. ArkticheskiT i antarkticheskil n.-issl. inst. Trudy 1963. v. 264, p. 10-14, tables, graphs.) 11 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The role of

831

Atlantic waters in formation of the hydrometeorological regime of the arctic seas. Reports study of the 1962 water temperature in Kara, Laptev, East Siberian and Chukchi Seas as predicted in 1961. Air temperature of the central Arctic and atmospheric circulation are also reported. It is established that the heat brought in by Atlantic water exerts considerable influence upon ice and hydrological processes of these seas, especially Kara and Laptev in winter and summer time. Changes of heat content from one year to the next, with Atlantic water into Arctic Basin are quite evident in the water temperature during winter and the ice thickness and distribution in the first half of the navigation period in the Kara and Laptev Seas. Atlantic water also affects forms of atmoDLC. spheric circulation. 81924. PANOV, V. V., and A. O. SHPAIKHER. Vlifanie atlanticheskikh vod na nekotorye cherty gidrologicheskogo rezhima Arkticheskogo basselna i sopredel'nykh morel. (Okeanologifå 1963. v. 3, no. 4, p. 579-90, charts, tables.) 21 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Influence of the Atlantic water upon some features of the hydrological regime of the Arctic Basin and adjacent seas. Outlines the quantitative influence of the heat brought by Atlantic water upon the changes throughout the year in the hydrological regime of Arctic Basin and its adjacent seas. Atlantic water as here understood, has temperature above 0° C. and salinity about 35%. Its heat loss in the Basin and adjacent seas is calculated according to a derived formula for November—June, June—October, and for the year, and the data are tabulated. Total heat loss for the year is 276115.10" kcal., which is in good agreement with others' results. The influence of the heat of Atlantic water on thickness of sea ice is also treated. DLC. PANOV, V. V., see also No. 80616. 81925. PAN'SHIN, S. D. Sostofinie i perspektivy promyshlennogo ispol'zovaniIÅ lesov v ralonakh olovodobyvaiushchel promyshlennosti na Severo-Vostoke Cikutskol ASSR. (In: Akademilå nauk SSSR. IAkutskil filial. Voprosy ekonomiki .. . 1962, p. 85-102, tables, map.) Refs. Iii Title tr.: Conditions and Russian. prospects for the industrial utilization of forests in tin-mining areas in northeastern Yakut ASSR. Describes the belt of forests along the

832

Yana basin from the southern border of Verkhoyansk District to the tundra zone, 20 million hectares, chiefly in Daurian larch. There is 276 million m.3 of timber including 93 million m.3 of commercial quality, mainly in the upper Yana and Dulgalakh and Sartang River areas. These forests supply 40,000 m.3 of timber a year, as well as 262,000 m.3 of firewood for Ege-Khaya and Deputasky tin-mining centers; and some 30,000 m.3 of lumber is imported. Detailed data are given on timber and fuel distribution. The possibility of increasing the use of local resources, setting up a 300,000 m.3 a year lumber industry, building forest roads, organizing timber-floating, etc. are DLC. discussed. 81926. PANTELEEV, P. A. 0 kolichestvennol kharakteristike fanny pti£s fUzhnogo Øala. (Tyumen'. Tfümenskil oblastnol kraevedcheskil muzel. Ezhegodnik 1960, no. 1, p. 117-23, tables.) 13 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: A quantitative outline of the avifauna in southern Yamal. Presents results of July—Aug. 1951 field observations on the lower Ob River and its tributary, the Shchuch'ya. Five types of landscape are distinguished: open mosslow shrub by tundra, shore vegetation by lakes and rivers, flooded valleys and lakes, tundra lakes, the Shchuch'ya River. The birds encountered, represented about a hundred species, 90% and 9% by only 11 and 18 species (listed). Comparison is made with data of others; seasonal and annual variations are noted. DLC. PANTELI6, D., see No. 83936. 81927. PANUSKA, J. A., and V. POPOVIt. Learning in hypothermic rats. (Journal of applied physiology 1963. v. 18, no. 5, p. 1016-18, illus.) 11 refs. Rats made hypothermic to 18.5° C., rewarmed, with body temperature leveled at 29° C. were given the opportunity to activate a lever supplying heat. Of 14 inexperienced rats, 12 learned the technique and survived. This indicates that learning is possible at a low body temperature. DLC. 81928. PAPADAHIS, J. Climatic tables for the world. Buenos Aires 1961. viii, 175 p. maps, graphs, tables. 87 refs. Discusses methods and applications of research in evapotranspiration, also its relation to humidity and temperature. A new classification of world climates is proposed, based on five humidity regimes and 12 temperature regimes, including

polar and alpine. Definitions of temperature regimes are tabulated, and classification methods given. Evapotranspiration data and classification indexes are tabulated: annual humidity, normal leaching rainfall, maximum leaching rainfall, humid season, dry season, winter severity and summer heat, humidity regime and temperature regime, also climatic classification. Of the 2400 stations, 125 are in the Arctic; they are mapped by continents and keyed to a classification table. Taiga, tundra, subglacial desert and icecap are exemplified. Correlation is made with other climatic classifications. Vegetation types, zonal soils and land use are also correlated, as are five vegetation classifications and six soil classifications. DGS. PAPAHAGI, A., see No. 79611. PAPKOV, A. V., see No. 81856. PAPP, J., see No. 83396. 81929. PAPPILA, F. Med marknadsrajd från Jukkasj .rvi. (Norrbotten 1962, p. 205-208.) In Swedish. Title tr.: By reindeer caravan from Jukkasjärvi to the fair. Describes such journeys important in trade in earlier times. The distance from Jukkasjärvi in northern Sweden to the nearest fair was 180 km. and thorough preparations were required. Reindeer products, fish, game, hides, butter, etc. were taken along for barter; flour, salt, coffee, sugar, etc. were brought home. SPRI. 81930. PARAKEfSOV, I. A. 0 biologii Sebastodes alutus Beringova morfa. (Moskva. Vses. n: issl. inst. morskogo rybnogo khoz. i okeanografii. Trudy 1963. v. 48, p. 305-312, graphs, map.) 9 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The biology of Sebaslodes alutus in the Bering Sea. Reports a study of some 10,000 Pacific ocean perch collected by trawling in 19581960. Migrations and accumulations, seasonal distribution, and composition of catches are given. Size, weight and growth of the fish, its development, maturation, and reproduction, its food, and reserves are discussed. DLC. 81931. PARAKE1 OV, K. V. Chetvertichnye otlozhenifå ralona Chaunskol guhy. (Anadyr'. Chukotskil kraevedcheskii muzel. Zapiski 1961. no. 2, p. 45-59, maps, cross sections.) 14 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Quaternary deposits in the Chaun Bay region.

Reviews previous investigations and own studies in 1956-1957, stratigraphy of these deposits is outlined and non-separated Middle and Upper Quaternary marine deposits of Ayon Island are described. The lacustrine-fluvial of Karchyk Peninsula and other areas is treated, noting composition of diatom algae and mammal remains. Fluvial deposits of the Rauchau-Chauna lowland are also characterized. Unseparated upper Quaternary-Recent deposits are dealt with noting their distribution, thickness and floral and faunal characteristics. Main features of geomorphology of the area and paleogeography of Quaternary time are DLC (microfilm). recorded. PARASCHOU, E., see No. 81018. 81932. PARFENT'EVA, N. S. 0 polozhenii Alnovykh ostrovov Barenfeva morfå v skheme geobotanicheskogo ralonirovanifa Kol'skogo poluostrova. (Nauchnye doklady vysshel shkoly. Biologicheskie nauki, 1963, no. 2, p. 141-43.) 5 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: On the position of the Aynov Islands of the Barents Sea in the scheme of geobotanical divisions of the Kola Peninsula. Discusses the location of these two tiny islands (69°50' N. 31°35' E.) and earlier studies of their vegetation. Author's own observations indicate a gap between their vegetation and that of the adjacent continent, with southern forms prevailing on the Aynovs. DLC. 81933. PARIS. UNIVERSITE. Objet du Centre d'I+`tudes Aretiques. Paris 1963. 4 p. In French. Summarizes the organization and purpose of this center directed by J. N. Malaurie in the Ecole pratique des hautes etudes. It is directed primarily to research in sociology, ecology, and geography; its publications, and cooperation with foreign research CaMAI. centers are noted. 81934. PARK, F. Realm of cold. (American Society of Naval Engineers. Journal, Feb. 1962. v. 74, no. 1, p. 121-28, table.) Reprinted from prototype issue of International science and technology. Describes low-temperature phenomena, methods used to approach absolute zero, peculiar behavior of helium and other gases, and frozen free radicals, discovered by accident in 1951. Cryologists know how to generate, store, and identify free radicals; also probable limits of properties and reactions, and may attain a maximum stable concentration of free radicals of

833

0.7%. Potential uses of very low temperatures are noted. A chronology of events in achieving absolute zero is included. DLC. PARKER, A., see No. 84475. Yellowknife's PARKER, H. 81935. Museum of the North. (North 1963. v. 10, no. 6, p. 31-34, illus.) Describes the museum opened on July 6, 1963 at Yellowknife in Mackenzie District. Preparations by the Museum Society since 1952, the opening ceremony, the building and Canadian Handicrafts Guild shop, exhibits, and future plans are noted. Principal interest is the human history of CaMAI. Northwest Territories. PARKER, S., see No. 82380. 81936. PARKER, V. J. The planned nonOttawa 1963. permanent community. 106 p. map. (Canada. Northern Co-ordination and Research Centre, 63-5.) Refs. M.Sc. thesis to Univ. of British Columbia 1960. Presents a community-planning concept, especially applicable to new mining towns in Characteristics and northern Canada. problems of mining communities, also provincial and territorial legislation for them are outlined; some approaches to planning are discussed. Settlements with no prospect of economic diversification have no prospect of permanency. They should be planned and set up as non-permanent, with requisite urban amenities provided and provision for mobility by use of house trailers and/or demountable houses. These and other mobile community structures can be transferred elsewhere when the local resources are worked out. Technological, social, etc. problems of this approach are considered. In foreword, I. M. Robinson discusses problems in planning for Canadian resource towns, stressing need for research. CaMAI. 81937. PARMELEE, D. F., and R. H. SCHMIDT. Christmas-tree birds. (Beaver 1961. no. 292, p. 18-21, illus.) Describes nesting habits of common and hoary redpolls, observed during summer 1960 at Cambridge Bay on Victoria Island, in the Canadian Arctic. Three nests were found, each with five eggs, and all in abandoned or remnant Christmas trees DI. evidently preferred to native shrubs. 81938. PARMUZIN, it. P. Dannye o karate severa Sredne-Sibirskogo ploskogor'få. (Nauchnoe sovesbchanie po izuchenifil

834

karsta 3d, 1956. Regional'noe karstovedenie pub. 1961, p. 199-202.) In Russian. Title tr.: Data on karst in the north of the Middle Siberian upland. Summarizes the literature and own observations on karst development in permafrost areas: the Tungusskiy synclinorium, LenaVilyuy depression, Putorana Mts., AnabarOlenek region, Yenisey Ridge, etc. Its forms such as holes, depressions, caves, karst lakes, etc. are noted. Rocks affected by karst phenomena are described. Its stratigraphic distribution is characterized. Formation of karst in permafrost regions is intense. DLC. 81939. PARNIKOVA, A. S. 0 rasselenie fikutov v xvii-xviii vv. (Akademifa nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Sibir' perioda feodalizma 1 ... 1962, p. 247-56.) 14 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Expansion of Yakuts in the 17-18th centuries. Discusses the spread of the Yakuts from the upper Yana-Aldan-middle Lena region into areas richer in game and fish and sparsely occupied by Evenki Tungus, Lamuts, and Yukaghirs. In this radial migration they moved northwest to the lower Olenek, Anabar, and Khatanga Rivera, north and east to the lower Lena and Yana, Indigirka, Kolyma Rivers, the Okhotsk and Cis-Amur districts. The smallpox epidemic of 16.50/51 drove a large number from the middle Lena and Vilyuy area to Olekminsk. Periodic famines, social and population pressures, lure of the fur trade and, in the 19th century, gold prospecting were the principle causes of Yakut expansion, which took place despite Russian administrative restrictions on change in living locality. DLC. 81940. PAROVSHCHIKOV, V. IA. Na severnykh prostorakh; zapiski naturalists. Arkhangel'sk, Arkhangel'skoe knizhnoe izdvo 1962. 70 p. illus. In Russian. Title tr.: On northern spaces; notes of a naturalist. Presents a popular description of life from season to season in northern Arkhangel'sk Province and Franz-Joseph Land, with emphasis on the birds, mammals and insects. It is based on recollections of numerous journeys over the area by a variety of means of transportation. Common or interesting forms of wildlife are described, and their behavior, food, habitat, migrations, reproduction, etc. noted. DLC. 81941. PAROVSHCHIKOV, V. lA. Novye dannye po vorob'inym pti(sam Arkhangel'skogo severa. (Ornitologifii. 1959. v. 2, p. 102-103.) In Russian. Title tr.: New

data on passerine birds of the Arkhangel'sk North. Notes his observations since 1930,40 km. south of Arkhangel'sk. New records of birds are indicated as due to human penetration, due to migratory flights into the Kola mountains, or such from Siberia to the DLC. west.

lr .

O 81942. PAROVSHCHIKOV, V. novykh ptitsakh Zemli Aleksandry. (Ornitologifii 1963. no. 6, p. 481.) In Russian. Title tr.: New birds from Alexandra Land. Records seven species new to the area, including dates of observation (mainly by P. V. Spiisyn in 1961-1962), number seen, habitat, nests, migration, etc. The birds were redpolls, whitears, golden plovers, northern phalaropes, arctic terns, horned larks, and swifts. The area is the large westerly island in the Franz Joseph archiDLC. pelago. 81943. PAROVSHCHIKOV, V. 11. 0 ptiisakh Zemli Aleksandry. (Ornitologifii. 1962. no. 4, p. 7-10.) 5 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Birds of Aleksandra Land. Describes this island and the entire Franz Joseph archipelago; results of earlier and own observations of spring 1960 (26 species, listed) with notes on nesting, habitat, occurDLC. rence, etc.

rology and magnetism, friendly relations with the Eskimos, and his methods for maintaining mental and physical health among crews during the arctic winter. CaMAI. PARSONS, G. F., see No. 82073. 81945. PARTHASARATHY, R., and others. Derivation of electron-density profiles in the lower ionosphere using radio absorption measurements at multiple frequencies. (Journal of geophysical research 1963. v. 68, no. 12, p. 3581-88, graphs.) 5 refs. Other authors: G. M. Lerfald and C. G. Little. Develops a new method on the basis of simultaneous measurement of ionospheric absorption on several frequencies, and an assumed model of the variation of electron collision frequency with height. In April 1961, observations were begun at College, Alaska of the cosmic-noise intensity on four effective frequencies, 10—, 10+, 30, and 50 Ms/sec. In Nov. 1961 four more channels, 5—, 5+, 20—, and 20+ Ms/sec. were added. Electron-density profiles best capable of producing the observed absorption values were computed. The use of the method is illustrated by means of representative electron density profiles derived from polar cap absorption events of July 1961. Some limitations of the method are discussed. DLC. PARTHASARATHY, R., see also No. 77993.

81944. PARRY, A. Parry of the Arctic, the life story of Admiral Sir Edward Parry 1790-1855. London, Chatto and Windus 1963. 240 p. maps, illus. Refs. Biography by his great-great-granddaughter with extensive excerpts from his letters. Parry's early life, explorations, and later government service are outlined. His five northern expeditions are treated in detail: that of 1818 with Capt. John Ross into Davis Strait and Baffin Bay in search of the Northwest Passage; that he commanded in 1819-1820 with the Hecla and Griper through Davis Strait and Lancaster Sound, wintering on Melville Island; that he commanded in 1821-23 with Hecla and Fury into Foxe Basin, spending the first winter at Winter Island and the second at Igloolik Island. After his fourth expedition, in 18241825, to Prince Regent Inlet during which Fury was abandoned, Parry gave up search for the Northwest Passage; and in 1827 made an attempt to reach the North Pole from Spitsbergen using two boats equipped with sledge runners, but turned back at 82°45' N. His contributions to arctic exploration are appraised: his discovery of several water bodies and islands in the Canadian Arctic Archipelago, observations in meteo-

81946. PARTIINYI KONTROL'V DEISTVII. Murmansk, Murmanskoe knizhnoe izd-vo 1961. 61 p. In Russian. Title tr.: Party control in action. Eight papers lauding Communist party organs for improvements in management, output, etc. of industrial concerns of Murmansk Province: fisheries, mining combines, chemical plants, etc. DLC. 81947. PARULKAR, G. B., and others. Selective cerebral hypothermia, a preliminary report of experimental study. (Indian journal of medical research 1962. v. 50, no. 3, p. 415-27, graphs, table, illus.) 7 refs. Other authors: A. J. Dhruha, P. M. Javeri and P. K. Sen. Description of a method for selective cooling of the dog's brain, enabling lowering of its temperature to 15° C. without irreversible cerebral damage. Protection against anoxia of 30 min. at 20° C., or 45 min. at 15° C. was possible. Changes in blood cells, electrolytes or pH were insignificant. DNLM. 81948. PASEØKII, V. M. Vydafashchiisil issledovatel' Severa. (Morskol flot, Sept.

835

1962. v. 22, no. 9, p. 39-40, port.) In Russian. Title tr.: A prominent explorer of the North. Reviews work of F. P. Litke in the Kara, Barents and Bering Seas, 1821-1828. DLC. PASHINKIN, A. S., see No. 84539.

development. In Yukon and Northwest Territories production decreased from 1961; in the Yukon explorations northwest of Watson Lake were disappointing; principal producers, including United Keno Hill Mines are listed with mill capacity, type of ore mined, silver content and 1961 production. DGS.

PASHKEVICH, N. G., see No. 80264. 81949. PASSAR, A. Okhotnik iz stolbishcha Bira. (Dal'niI Vostok 1963, no. 3, p. 191.) In Russian. Title tr.: Hunter from Bira. Sketches Seneki KfillfilnzMga from this Udegeets settlement on the Anyuy, and his achievements including some 4000 sable and other fur animals, 250 mink taken alive last year for acclimatization elsewhere, etc. DLC. PASUMANSKII, I. M., see Nos. 77988, 80451. PATEL, V. L., see No. 79604. 81950. PATRUNOY, D. K. K voprosu o proiskhozhdenii prirodnykh gazov Noril'skogo ralona. (Leningrad. Inst. geologii Arktiki. Informafsionny1 sbornik 1962. no. 31, p. 67-76, tables.) 6 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Origin of natural gases of the Norilsk region. Reviews the geologic structure and natural gas occurrences of this region. Various rocks are analyzed for gas saturation and gas permeability. The composition of various gases is presented. Possible migration of gases is treated. Formation of free hydrogen is discussed. Conclusions as to possible oiland gas-bearing properties cannot be drawn from the materials assembled however, more DLC. precise studies are required. 81951. PATTERSON, J. W. Lead and zinc. (Canadian mining journal 1963. v. 84, no. 2, p. 106-110, tables, graphs.) Reviews 1962 production and developments by areas, including Yukon and Northwest Territories. In the Yukon, lead production decreased from 1961, zinc increased; a promising lead-zinc-silver discovery was made north of Watson Lake; 1961 production of United Keno Hill Mines in the Mayo district is tabulated with mill capacity and ore analysis. In Mackenzie District, 215,000 tons/yr. concentrate shipments are planned after completion of the railway to Pine DGS. Point, scheduled for 1966. 81952. PATTERSON, J. W. Silver. (Canadian mining journal 1963. v. 84, no. 2, p. 104-106, tables, graphs.) Reviews 1962 production, exploration and

836

81953. PATTERSON, J. W. Silver in Canada. Ottawa, Queen's Printer 1963. vi, 110 p. maps, graphs, tables, illus. (Canada. Dept. of Mines and Technical Surveys. Mineral Resources Div. Mineral survey 3.) 52 refs. Comprehensive survey of the industry; its history is traced including that of the Keno silver-lead-zinc mines in the Mayo district of Yukon Territory; geology and distribution of the deposits, reserves, methods, production are outlined; silver's part in the economy, and world market are reviewed. Nearly all Yukon Territory production comes from United Keno Hill's Calumet, Elsa, and Hector mines, about 290 mi. north of Whitehorse. The ore is concentrated at a 500-ton mill by flotation supplemented occasionally by cyanidation. 1961 production (7,231,908 oz. silver) and ore reserves (514,369 tons averaging 6.78% lead, 4.95% zinc, 38.47 oz./ton silver) are given. The Flin Flon, Schist Lake, Coronation, and Chisel Lake mines of Hudson Bay Mining and Smelting Co. in northern Manitoba in 1961 produced 1,638,316 oz. All the ore is concentrated at the 6,000-ton mill at Flin Flon. Silver in the blister copper produced at the Flin Flon smelter is recovered during copper refining in Montreal; 1,291,410 oz. was recovered in 1961. Most silverbearing rocks are of Precambrian age; about 80% of Canada's recent production has been obtained from ores of lead, zinc, copper, and nickel; 18% comes from silver-cobalt ores, while two percent comes as a by-product of gold mining. A map of the Mayo-Elsa-Keno area of Yukon Territory, also plans, sections, and a flowsheet of the Hector-Calumet DLC. mines, are included. PATTERSON, J. W., see also No. 78755. PATTONO, R., see Nos. 77181, 81076. PATTULLO, J. G., see No. 79605. 81954. PAULAHARJU, S. Lemminjoki (Lakselv); kuvaus suomalaisesta asutuksesta. (Tromsø. Museum. Skrifter 1928. v. 2, p. 198-205, illus.) Refs. In Finnish. Title tr.: Lemminjoki (Lakselv); picture of a Finnish settlement.

Describes this village near the head of Porsanger Fjord settled in the late 18th century by Finns in an area otherwise occupied by Lapps. These immigrants' and their descendants' intermarriage with Lappish women, their trade relations with Swedes, Norwegians, and Russians, etc. are discussed, as is their current way of life based on dairy farming and sheep raising. DSI. 81955. PAULIK, G. J. Exponential rates of decline and type (1) losses for populations of tagged pink salmon. (International Commission for the Northwest Atlantic Fisheries. Special publication 1963, no. 4, p. 23037, table, graphs.) 38 refs. Reexamination of tagging experiments conducted in 1950 in Southeast Alaska waters with 13,000 fish, leads the author to formulate an exponential model for the decline in tagged populations of Oneorhynchus gorbuscha. The value of the model's elements, especially the element of losses due to hyperactivity of tagged fish, are determined, and checked against actual CaMAL field conditions. PAIJL'SON, A. A., see No. 81785. 81956. PAULSON, I. Ahnenkult der per-. mischen and wolga-finnischen Völker. (Paideuma 1963. v. 9, no. 2, p. 92-121.) 45 refs. In German. Title tr.: Ancestor worship of Permiak and Volga-Finnish peoples. Comparative study of this religious phenomenon and its social implications in pagan and Christian times. Zyryans are included as being slightly concerned in it. DLC. 81957. PAULSON, I. Die Hausgeister and ihre Idole in Nordeurasian. (Tribus 1963. v. 12, p. 123-58, illus.) 75 refs. In German. Title tr.: Domestic spirits and their idols in north Eurasia. Discusses the formative elements of homeand clan-guardian concepts of Finno-Ugrian and Paleosiberian peoples: ancestor and animal worship, animism, i.e. endowment of house parts and (among agrarian tribes) family plots with a soul, fire and fertility cults. Habitual dwelling places, functions, worship, etc. of spirits protecting the male and female family members are discussed. Anthropomorphic representations are conceived either as habitat (container) of the guardian spirit or are identified with him. Theriomorphic idols derive from animal cults, though `lords of animals" are often DSI. portrayed in human shape. 81958. PAULSON, I. Der Mensch im Volksglauben der finnischen Völker. (Zeit-

schrift für Ethnologie 1963. v. 88, no. 1, p. 49-65.) Approx. 30 refs. In German. Title tr.: Man in the folk belief of Finnish peoples. Comparative study of soul concepts and death creeds, including Zyryans: soul plurality, after-life, etc. DLC._ 81959. PAULSON, I. Weltbild and Natur in der Religion der nordsibirischen Völker. (Ural-altaische Jahrbücher 1962. v. 34, no. 1-2, p. 113-24.) 37 refs. In German. Title tr.: World concept and nature in the religion of north Siberian peoples. Discusses the cosmologic, cosmogonic, and eschatologic myths of Samoyeds, Ob-. Ugrians, Yeniseians, Yakuts, Tungus, and Paleosiberians. Eschatologie or world destruction tales are less numerous than legends on creation: the world usually thought to have been raised from a primordial ocean through the struggle of two antagonistic forces, god and devil. DLC. 81960. PAULSON, I. Welt- and Himmelsgottheiten der nordasiatischen Völker. (Ethnos 1962 pub. 1963. v. 27, no. 1-4, p. 49-83.) Approx. 55 refs. In German. Title tr.: World- and sky-divinities of the north Asiatic peoples. Comparative study of the cosmology and conception of a supreme deity among the Tungus, Yeniseians, Yukaghirs, Chukchis, Kamchadals, Koryaks, Ainus, Samoyeds, Ostyaks and Voguls. A belief in celestial (uranic) and atmospheric gods, i.e. personifications of the upper sky or universe and lower sky or natural phenomena, existed in the religions of all north Asiatic tribes. This pantheon culminated in the image of one supreme deity conceived and venerated by each tribe, except the Chukchis, as disposer of world order and protector of the universe. In the latter capacity, these supreme world- and sky-deities are also guardians and helpers of man, acting usually through intermediate spirits, animal and nature divinities, etc. The special position, powers, and cult of these supreme gods and myths associated with them are discussed. DLC. 81961. PAULSON, I. Zur Aufbewahrung der Tierknochen im Jagdritual der nordeurasischen Völker. (In: Diöszegi, V. ed. Glaubenswelt ... 1963, p. 483-90.) 21 refs. In German. Title tr.: Preservation of animal bones in the hunting ritual of north Eurasian peoples. Describes various modes of burial and cremation of bones, pelts, and occasionally the entire carcass of fur and game animals, as

837

practiced by Lapps, Ostyaks, Voguls, Gilyaks, Yakuts, Yukaghirs, etc. The custom is intended to assure perpetuation of the species rather than re-animation of the kill. A sacrificial connotation is rejected. A symbolic relationship exists between the preserved body (or its parts) and the survival of the soul or guardian spirit of the animal or its species. Animal worship and the cult of the dead are important factors in hunting magic and hunting religious rites; together they express the mystic kinship which the primitive hunter felt with the DLC. animal world. 81962. PAULY, H. "Ikaite", a new mineral from Greenland. (Arctic 1963. v. 16, no. 4, p. 263-64.) 3 refs. Describes a calcium hexahydrate found in Ika Fjord, south of Ivigtut Peninsula. Samples collected from the bottom of a akerry in Aug. 1962 were examined; optical data and chemical determinations are given. The new mineral, to be called ikaite, is apparently formed through the action of bicarbonate-carrying springs at the bottom of the fjord. It may occur widely in cold DGS. waters. PAUSESCO, P., see No. 79611. 81963. PAVLININ, V. N., and S. S. SHVARß-S. Perspektivnoe planirovanie akklimatizal ionnykh meroprifatil. Sverdlovsk, 1961. 43 p. tables. (Akademifa nauk SSSR. Ural'skil filial. Inst. biologii. Trudy, no. 24.) 54 refs. Text in Russian. Title tr.: Prospective planning- of acclimatization measures. Study based on experience in the Urals, with an introduction on the nature and aims of acclimatization. Successive sections deal with principles of assessing the results of new introductions; results of introducing the muskrat, beaver, mink, muskox, sable, maral, and others into the Urals, including their northern and arctic sections. Prospects are considered for acclimatization of the muskrat, beaver, mink, desman, sable, and squirrel; and the scientific basis of planned acclimatization is discussed. DLC. 81964. PAVLOV, B. S. Inzhenernogeologicheskie uslovifä Noril'skogo gornopromyshlennogo ralona. (Voprosy gidrogeologii i inzhenernol geologii 1962, sbornik 20, p. 52-65, tables, graphs.) In Russian. Title tr.: Engineering-geology conditions of the Noril'sk mining region. Reviews physical-geographic characteristics of the region: rivers, climate, snow cover, etc. Geologic structure is analyzed, noting

838

various existing deposits. Thermal conditions are reported, noting active layer, permafrost and taliks. Ground water and ground ice are described. The rocks are analyzed from viewpoint of engineering geology, their classification, genetic types, age, lithologic composition, and physical properties. Classification of rocks is given, noting petrographic composition, cryogenic texture, compressibility, volume, weight, subsidence and other DLC. properties. 81965. PAVLOV, N. I. Uslovifa regeneraisii £siklonov v ralone Karskogo morfa v naviga£sionnyl period. (Problemy Arktiki i Antarktiki 1963, no. 13, p. 125-28, tables.) In Russian. Title tr.: Conditions for regeneration of cyclones in the Kara Sea region in the navigation period. Analyzes 35 cases of cyclone regeneration recorded by synoptic and bane charts for July-Oct. 1950-1959. No regeneration was recorded in July; maximum (16) in September and 9-10 in August and in September. Most of the cases occurred in the southern and central parts of Kara Sea with daily intensity of regeneration ranging between 5 and 20 mb. Signs of regeneration are listed and illus. by the merger of two cyclones Oct. 17-18, 1954. DLC. 81966. PAVLOV, N. V. Magnomagnetitovye mestorozhdeniiå ralona Tungusskiy sineklizy Sibirskol platformy. Moskva, Izd-vo Akademii nauk SSSR 1961. 224 p. tables, maps, profiles, illus. (AkademiIf nauk SSSR. Inst. geologii rudnykh mestorozhdenil, petrografii, mineralogii i geokhimii Trudy no. 52.) Approx. 150 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Magnesioferrite deposits of the Tungusskiy synclinorium region of the Siberian platform. Reports a 1949-1958 study of these deposits in the Angara-Ilim region, Kureyka, Severnaya, Letnyaya, Bakhta, Podkamennaya Tunguska, and other areas. Main features of geologic structure, stratigraphy, tectonics, and volcanic activity are outlined. Attention is given to the genesis of the deposits. An hypothesis for the formation of magnesioferrite deposits is explained, noting transfer of iron by chlorides. These deposits are considered of hydrothermal origin. DLC. 81967. PAVLOV, P. N. Vyvoz pushniny is Sibiri v xvii v. (In: Akademii nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Sibir' periods feodalizma 1...1962, p. 121-38, tables.) Approx. 40 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Siberian fur export in the 17th century. Statistical survey of fur production expressed in terms of sable, the standard unit

of the time. Quantity of furs exported by trappers and traders (in absolute figures and percentage), deliveries for fur tax (fisak), assessed duties and tithe payments are tabulated for the Yeniseysk, Mangazeya, and Yakutsk Districts. Russian trappers rather than aborigines brought the furs to the trading post, and private merchants made the principal profits. As the fur reserves diminished, trappers became settlers and furthered agricultural development of DLC. eastern and northern Siberia. 81968. PAVLOV, V. Po Enisefil i Talmyru. (Pozharnoe delo 1963. v. 9, no. 11, p. 15-16, iillus. on inserts.) In Russian. Title tr.: Along the Yenisey and in Taymyr. Sketch of Dudinka, the river port and rail terminal for Noril'sk ; activities of the town's fire department and of the brigade from the Noril'sk Mining and Metallurgical Combine which patrols the port installations. A brush fire in the forest tundra is depicted DLC. with illus. 81969. PAVLOV, V. Stolif a tundry. (Pozharnoe delo 1963. no. 12, p. 17-18, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: Capital of the tundra. Describes fire-control measures in Noril'sk where wind of gale force over 100 days/year increases the hazard. Illus. show burning of condemned barracks, a city street of 5-story DLC. stone buildings, etc. 81970. PAVLOV, V. V. and L. L. POPOVA. Palinologicheskafa kharakteristika verkhnemezozolskikh osadkov olenekskol serii v Olenekskom ralone. (Leningrad. N: issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Trudy 1961, no. 124, p. 87-96, table.) 4 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Palynologic characteristics of Upper Mesozoic deposits of the Olenek series in the Olenek region. The Olenek Cretaceous series is divided into Lukumay, Uka, Meng-Yuryakh and Charchyk subseries, and palynological characteristics are given for each. Correlation of spore-pollen complexes is made with complexes of same-age depösits of other regions DGS. of the Lena coal basin. 81971. PAVLOV, V. V. Primenenie komplekenogo metoda pri paleobotanicheskol kharakteristike verkhnemezozolskikh otlozhenil nekotorykh ralonov Lenskogo basselna. (Leningrad. N.-issl. inst. geologii Arktiki Sbornik state! po paleontologii i biostratigrafii 1963. no. 32, p. 68-78, table.) 12 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Use of a combination of methods for the paleobotanic characteristics of the Upper Mesozoic deposits of some regions of Lena basin.

Reviews the paleobotanic studies of these deposits noting the discrepancies which appear in results from either palynological analysis or the study of leaf-prints. Suggestion is made that both methods be used at the same time to control such discrepancies. DLC. PAVLOV, V. V., see also No. 84007. PAVLOVA, M. V., see No. 77769.

r.

81972. PAVLOVA, T. Izmenenie uslovnoreflektornol defåtel'nosti u sobak, ozhivlennykh posle klinicheskol smerti of krovopoteri v uslovifakh gipotermii. (Zhurnal vysshel nervnol defiitel'nost 1961. v. 11, no. 2, p. 312-17, table, illus.) 7 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Changes in conditioned reflex activity of dogs, resuscitated after clinical death from blood loss under conditions of hypothermia. In the first days after resuscitation from 30 min. of clinical death, considerable disturbance in higher nervous activity, and working capacity and exhaustion of nerve cells were noted. These disturbances gradually, in 3-4 months, disappeared. DLC. 81973. PAVLOVA, T. la. 0 vosstanovlenii narushennykh funkieiT vysshikh otdelov tsentral'nol nervnol sistemy u sobak posle povtornogo ozhivlenifa v uslovifåkh gipotermii. (Zhurnal vyssheT nervnol defåtel'nosti 1962. v. 12, no. 5, p. 896-903, graphs, table.) 16 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Restoration of disturbed central nervous functions following repeated arousal from hypothermia. Dogs repeatedly made clinically dead by hypothermia showed considerable disturbances of the conditioned reflex stereotype. However, complete normalization set in within 9-12 months. DLC. 81974. PAVLOVIC-HOURNAC, M., and R. K. ANDJUS. Survie en milieu froid, des rats thyroidectomis6s porteurs de greffes intraoculaires de thyroides. (Societ6 de Biologie. Paris. Comptes rendus 1963. v. 157, no. 6, p. 1201-1203, tables.) In French. Title tr.: Survival in cold environment of thyroidectomized rats bearing intra-ocular thyroid grafts. Results indicate that the grafts helped by their activity in survival of cold-stress. This activity however was not detectable in the basal metabolism, prior to cold-exposure. DNLM. 81975. PAVLOVSHAI^A, A. A. Poteplenie v stratosfere nad ArktikoT v Panvare 1958 g. (USSR. Glavnoe upr. gidrometeorlogi-

839

cheskoT aluzhby. Materialy konfereniaü po itogam MGG, 1960... Ø. 1961, p. 39-47, charts, table.) 7 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Warming up of the stratosphere over the Arctic in January 1958. Discusses phenomena of air temperature increased to 10-20' C. and more for several days in the stratosphere. The intensive warming of Jan. 1958 is analyzed and various explanations of such an event offered by Russian and American scientists (cf. No. 55393) are considered. Advection and dynamic causes are analyzed. Two charts are compiled showing air stratification in the 15-30 mb layer in December and January. Advection means are analyzed. The main cause of the Jan. 1958 warming is concluded to be intensive interlatitudinal changes of air masses in the area of the meridional baroDLC. clinic zone. 81976. PAVSHTIKS, E. A. Soviet plankton investigations in the Norwegian Sea, 1960. (International Council for the Exploration of the Sea. Annales biologiques 1960 pub. 1962. v . 17, p. 80-81.) Brief report on activities during Mar: Oct. 1960 with emphasis on forms serving as herring food (Catenus finmarchicus and C. hyperboreus). Herring movements and fatness as related to their food, are also noted. DSI. PAVSHTIKS, E. A., see also No. 78205. 81977, PAVSKII, E. I. fi kspluatafsionnye raskhody po soderzhaniiü linelnykh ledokolov i metod ikh opredelenif (Problemy Arktiki i Antarktiki 1963, no. 14, p. 33-39, tables.) 2 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Maintenance cost for icebreakers for the line and the method of estimating it. • Presents cost data on major overhaul, •current maintenance during navigation, and (icebreaker Sibir') idling in winter. Cost of major overhaul every four years is given in percentage of construction cost, ranging 6.5-32.0% for icebreakers 6-50 yrs. old. DLC. 81978. PAYNE, M. M. 75 years exploring earth, sea, and sky. (National geographic magazine 1963. v. 123, no. 1, p. 1-43, map, illus.) Reviews expeditions and research sponsored by the National Geographic Society since 1888. Some 201 projects are listed, with date, area, purpose, important discoveries, etc.; about 30 are in northern regions. DGS. PAYNE, T. G., see No. 77923.

840

81979. PCHELINØEV, A. M. Genezis ledfinykh vklfüØnll v merzlykh gornykh porodakh. (Akademiß nauk SSSR. Inst. merzlotovedenifå. Trudy 1962. v. 18, p. 8588, illus.) 6 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Genesis of ice inclusions in frozen rocks. Characterizes the genetic features of these inclusions. Four genetic groups of ground ice are recognized and described: segregated ice, fracture ice, injection ice and cave-vein ice. DLC. 81980. PCHELINØEV, A. M. Stroenie merzlykh poehv i podpochv. (In: Sibirskafa konferen£sifa pochvovedov 1961. Trudy Ø. 1962, p. 402-410, illus.) 3 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Structure of frozen soils and subsoils. Frozen soils are characterized by the inclusion of different ice groups: segregated ice, ice of head and capillary water, injected ice, and honeycomb-vein ice. Such soils, said to be of cryogenic structure, were studied on four plots of the Igarka permafrost station. From the cores taken, the structure is illus. and described according to section. Three types, stratified, reticulate and massive structure, are distinguished and their formation conditions are briefly interpreted. DLC. PCHELINßEV, A. M. see also No. 83891. 81981. PEACOCK, D. Why 7,045 Canadian citizens will not get the vote. (Maclean's magazine 1962. v. 75, no. 2, p. 1, map.) Reports 5,290 Eskimos and 1,755 whites not included in Canada Elections Act electoral districts; they are in Keewatin and Franklin Districts, the latter comprising Baffin, Ellesmere and the Arctic Islands. Reasons given are that the Eskimos are unprepared for political responsibility; there are physical problems of setting up polls; they cannot vote by mail. CaOCU. 81982. PEARSON, O. P. Torpidity in birds. (Harvard Univ. Museum of Comparative Zoology. Bulletin 1960. v. 124, International Symposium ... Hibernation 1959. Proceedings, p. 93-103, illus.) 22 refs. Pointing out the similarity of `obligate" homeothermy in mammals and birds, author discusses the little known "stubborn" and "indifferent" homeotherms among the latter. Limited hypothermia in young and adult swifts during spells of cool weather and starvation, similar conditions in whippoorwills and nighthawks, and hypothermia during rest or sleep are described as examples. DLC. PEARY, ROBERT EDWIN, 1856-1920, see No. 81515.

81983. PEt, K. K strukture Kurilo-Kamchatskol oblasti i nekotorykh arkticheskikh oblastel po nablfildenifilm voln Lg. (Studia geophysica et geodaetica 1962. v. 6, no. 3, p. 281-85, table, map.) 4 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: On the structure of the Kuril-Kamchatka region and some arctic regions according to Lg wave observations. Studies the structure of the earth's crust under the Sea of Okhotsk from the phase of the seismic surface wave Lg propagated from Kamchatka and North Kuril foci to Prague. The path of the Lg wave across Eurasia is divided by the line g into northern and southern traverses. The Lg of the southern traverse was found to originate from the group of foci in the southern Kamchatkanorthern Kuril arc region. This group of foci recorded at Prague, is quite distinct from the earthquake foci north of the g line in Kamchatka, the Lg from the latter group of foci having never been recorded at Prague. These observations indicate that the floor of the Sea of Okhotsk has a continental structure, a conclusion corroborated by deep seismic soundings made in recent years. DLC. 81984. PECHERSKII, D. M. Dannye o magnitnol stabil'nosti granitoidnykh porod Severo-Vostoka. (Geologifä i geofizika 1963, no. 4, p. 3-23, tables, graphs, illus.) 16 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Data on the magnetic stability of granitoid rock of northeastern USSR. Reports study of magnetic properties of granitoids from the Yana-Kolyma folded zone, Okhotsk-Chukotka volcanic belt, Aldan shield and other areas of Magadan Province and Yakut ASSR. Granitoid rocks of various composition and tectonic position are found magnetically unstable in the main due mostly to the low temperature of crystallization of ferromagnetic minerals. Granitoid rocks especially from the central part of intrusions are found unsuitable for paleoDLC. magnetic investigations. 81985. PECHERSKIC, D. M. Statisticheskil analiz prichin razlichnol namagnichennosti granitoidov Verkhofiino-Chukotskol skladchatol oblasti i Okhotsko-Chukotskogo vulkanogennogo pofasa. (Akademifa nauk SSSR. Izvestif l 1963, ser. geol. no. 11, p. 5165, tables, graphs, map.) 7 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Statistical analysis of causes of different granitoid magnetization in the Verkhoyansk-Chukotka folded zone and in the Okhotsk-Chukotka volcanic belt. Reports study of the magnetization of granitoid intrusions. Magnetic, non-mag-

netic and slightly magnetic intrusions are distinguished. Their magnetization depends upon tectonic position, depths of the formation, petrographic composition, and enclosing rocks, and these relationships are analyzed. Some geochemical and metallogenic features of magnetic and non-magnetic intrusions are treated. Physical-chemical conditions of intrusion formation are the main cause of their magnetization. DLC. 81986. PECK, D. Northwest adventure; gas exploration. (Western business and industry 1962. v. 36, no. 6, p. 20-23, map,

illus.)

Describes drilling operations, by Peter Bawden Drilling Ltd. for Pan American Petroleum Corp., to determine whether natural gas, south in British Columbia, extends 13 mi. north into the Kotaneelee River basin, Mackenzie District. If so, the area may have 20% of Canada's known reserves. Landscape, crew life, difficulty of drilling, etc. are described. A shale mantle lies over the dead coral reef where gas may CaONL. be. PECK, EDMUND JAMES, 1850-1924, see No. 84580. 81987. PECORA, A. Il Finnmark, Norvegia: osservazioni geografiche. (Rivista geografica italiana 1962. v. 69, no. 4, p. 313-55, maps, illus.) Approx. 30 refs. In Italian. English summary. Title tr.: Finnmark, Norway: geographical observations. Reviews changes in its demographic and economic structure in the last 50 years. The population (70,428 in 1958) ranges in density 5-350/km.2 according to land productivity and climatic conditions; 53.5% are urban, 80% live near the sea, the rural population in settlements and individual farms on the coast and interior valleys. Fishing, the main industry, employs 27.1% of the population, agriculture 15.3%, though only 0.24% of the area is in arable and timber. Mining (slate, limestone, iron), construction, tmnsportation, trade, etc. are increasing. Immigration from southern Norway and Finland has restricted the mobility of the Lapps and accelerated their assimilation. Most do farming, river fishing and lumbering; their traditional reindeer raising has become a DLC. subsidiary occupation. PED', D. A., see No. 84012. 81988. PEDASHENKO, A. I. 0 genezise i paragenezise rud Utinskogo zolotorudnogo mestorozhdenif t. (Dal'strol. Materialy po izuchenifü Okhotsko-Kolymskogo krai

841

1936. ser. 1, no. 9, p. 75-102, illus.) 9 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Genesis and paragenesis of ores of the Utinaya gold-ore deposits. Reviews geology of this region of the upper Kolyma in Magadan Province. Sedimentary rocks of Upper Triassic and Lower Jurassic age are described. The gold mineralization is connected with dikes of albite porphyry. 27 dikes and 14 intrusions are identified. One vein is described in detail as to petrographic and mineralogic composition, secondary minerals, etc. Paragenetic associations of minerals and temperature regime of the formation of the deposits are discussed. Four phases are recognized, of which the third, mesothermal phase, is considered the DLC. most important. 81989. PEDDER, A. E. H. Alaiophyllutn mackenziense sp. nov., a Devonian tetracoral from Canada. (Palaeontology 1963. v. 6, no. 1, p. 132-35, plate.) 10 refs. Reviews the literature on the fauna of the Kee Scarp formation at the type locality near Norman Wells, Mackenzie District; concludes from study of this coral collected in 1959 that the formation is Givetian to early Frasnian in age. Systematic descripDGS. tion is given.

81993. PEDERSEN, E. S. Transpolar jet navigation. (Canadian aeronautics and space journal 1962. v. 8, no. 4, p. 71-77, map, graphs, illus.) Basic method of navigation has remained unchanged since the first commercial transpolar flight by a Scandinavian Airlines System DC-6B, Oslo — Thule, Anchorage and Shemya — Tokyo in 1953, though greater speed and higher fuel consumption have necessitated new procedures. In the future, the primary navigation system will be an Astro-Doppler-Inertial integrated system, monitored by an experienced navigator; air traffic across the Arctic may be of four types, ranging from the express with long range supersonic jet planes, to the economy passenger or air freight type with surplus DC7C's. DLC. 81994. PEGUY, C. P. Le developpement actuel des etudes glaciologiques dans le monde. (Revue de geographie alpine 1962. t. 50, no. 2, p. 213-27.) 57 refs. In French. Title tr.: Current progress in glaciological studies throughout the world. Includes note of new methods of measuring glacial features, and discussion on decision of the Sub-commission on Glacier Variations to give a broad interpretation to the term "mountain glacier." DLC.

PEDDER, A. E. IL, see also No. 79455. 81990. PEDERSEN, A. I Danmark-ekspeditionens gamle vinterhus. (Grønland 1961, no. 3, p. 103-111, illus.) In Danish. Title tr.: In the old wintering hut of the Danmark expedition. Reports wildlife observations in autumn 1938 during a stay in the hut at Danmarkshavn used by Mylius Erichsen's Danmark expedition in 1906-1908. Hare, musk ox, ermine, glaucous gull, polar bear particularCaMAI. ly, fox, etc. were studied. 81991. PEDERSEN, A. Polar animals. London, Harrap 1962. 188 p. Translation of the French edition of No. CaONA. 13255. 81992. PEDERSEN, A. Polarulven i Grønland. (Grønland 1963, no. 5, p. 195200, illus.) In Danish. Title tr.: Polar wolf in Greenland. Describes this predator seen first in Greenland in 1869, and from 1899 occasionally on the north and northeast coasts. About 40 have been shot or caught, and last were seen in the Scoresbysund region in 1935-36. Their small number is attributed to poor nutrition. Encounters with them are cited. CaMAI.

81995. PEHRSON, R. N. North Lappish kinship terminology in relation to working organization. (International Congress of Anthropological and Ethnological Sciences 4th, 1952. Actes v. 3 pub. 1956, Ethnologica pt. 2, v. 81-86, illus.) 2 refs. Full text of paper previously pub. in abstract form under different title, cf. No. 41827. DLC. PEKARSKAIA, N. K., see Nos. 84099, 84100. 81996. PELGONEN, I. M. K voprosu o biologii razlichnykh sortov fliblon' v uslovifiikh Karelii. (Akademifli nauk SSSR. Karel'skil filial. Trudy 1960. no. 28, p. 14250, tables.) 2 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Biological problems of different kinds of apple trees under Karelian conditions. Reports observations on over forty varieties during 1953-1958, with outline of temperature conditions during that period. Some 14, mainly small-fruit varieties were found suitable for local conditions. The best prospects are the summer varieties ripening during the first half of September. DLC. 81997. PELIPEICHENKO, M. V. Po rekam i ozeram Kol'skogo poluostrova.

Murmansk, Murmanskoe knizhnoe izd-vo 1960. 102 p. illus. In Russian. Title tr.: Along the rivers and lakes of Kola Peninsula. Zoologist at the Murmansk sanitary epidemiological station since 1955, describes his field work, travels and country traversed, studying animal disease and epizootics, especially in lemmings. He covered over 1000 km. by foot, boat, horseback, sled, etc. in the tundras and forests of Iokan'ga, Ponoy, Umba, Voron'ya, Tuloma, and Varzuga River basins, and in the Lovozero, Notozero and other lake regions. Encounters with bears, elks, wolverines, foxes, wild reindeer, otter are noted, also many species of birds observed, including swans, geese and arctic terns. Camps, settlements and villages visited are described, with tribute to DLC. their inhabitants. 81998. PENGELLEY, E. T., and K. C. FISHER. Rhythmical arousal from hibernation in the golden-mantled ground squirrel Citellus lateralis tescorum. (Canadian journal of zoology 1961. v. 39, no. 1, p. 105-120, tables, illus.) 17 refs. Daily observations of a hundred or more animals showed that none remains in the hibernating state longer than 16 days (at 0° C. ambient temperature). Arousals were least frequent at the middle of the hibernating period, with adult males awakening more frequently than females or the young. Urination took place at each arousal, but food and water intake, or defecation did not. DLC. PENICK, G. D., see No. 80597. PENIN, V. V., see No. 81897. PENINSKII, D. D., see No. 79989. PENNDORF, R. B., see Nos. 78081, 78082. 81999. PENTTILÄ, S. The deglaciation of the Laanila area, Finnish Lapland. Helsinki 1963. 71 p. graphs, maps, illus. (Finland. Geologinen tutkimuslaitos. Bulletin no. 203.) 60 refs. Contains an analysis of late-glacial formations in a 20 x 20 kin. area, part of the fells (Finnish tunturit) known as Raututunturit, near the Inari-Sodankyla border where gold prospecting was active. Central Lapland differs from other parts of Finland in that the ice divide crossed it, thus the erosion and transport of the continental ice sheet were weaker than elsewhere; also, the region lies mostly above the highest Quaternary sea level. The marginal zone of the wasting ice sheet became thin and sloped northeastward

at 1: to 4:100. Average vertical distance between the numerous lateral drainage channels eroded into the hillsides is 1.6 m., which probably corresponds to the annual wastage of the ice. Annual retreat of the ice margin averaged about 70 m. Subglacial flow of meltwaters was slight, and the late-glacial deposits are small. The regime of the ice sheet remained continuously negative in spite of the cold climate and light precipitation. DLC. 82000. PEPELIIEV, B. V. Skhema stratigrafii dokembrie, nizhnego i srednego paleozofa Prikolym'f . (In: Mezhvedomstvennoe soveshchanie ... Trudy 1959, p. 47-52.) In Russian. Title tr.: Stratigraphic scheme of the Precambrian, Lower and Middle Paleozoic of the Kolyma region. Describes the Proterozoic, Sinian, Cambrian, Ordovician, Silurian, Devonian and Carboniferous deposits. Distribution, thickness, lithologic properties and some faunal ICRL. characteristics are given. PERCHENOK, F. F., see No. 76976. 82001. PERCHUK, L. L. Magmaticheskoe zameshchenie karbonatnykh tolshch s obrazovaniem nefelinovykh sienitov i drugikh shchelochnykh porod na primere Dezhnevskogo massiva. (Akademifa nauk SSSR. Inst. geologii rudnykh mestorozhdeniT, petrografii, mineralogii i geokhimii. Fizikokhimicheskie problemy formirovani1 gornykh porod i rud 1963. no. 2, p. 160-81, tables, graphs, illus.) 16 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Magmatic replacement of carbonate strata with formation of nepheline syenites and other alkaline rocks as exemplified in the Dezhneva massif. Outlines the geology and petrography of this massif on Cape Dezhneva in Magadan Province. It is a rare example of the formation of nepheline syenites and other alkaline rocks by an interaction of a granitic magma and carbonate rocks. The massif occurs in The Lower Carboniferous limestones. central part of the intrusion consists of granites. Towards the contacts, granites gradually give place to quartz syenites, followed by zones of syenites and nepheline syenites. A change in zones from granites to nepheline syenites is determined by an increase in the chemical potential of alkalis. DLC. 82002. PEREL'MAN, A. I. Geokhimif landshafta. Moskva, Gos. izd-vo geograficheskol lit-ry 1961. 496 p. illus., tables, diagis. Approx. 200 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Geochemistry of the landscape.

843

Discusses a type of geochemical geography or the geography of geochemical landscapes, as a new branch of science. Two general chapters are followed by consideration of the main landscape types, historical aspects and single elements in the landscape. Included are the taiga-permafrost landscapes (p. 291-95) and the tundra group (p. 348-65) covering large areas of Eurasia, and North America. Their biochemical processes are reported. Tundra landscapes with acidgleyey and with acid class of water migration, and others are characterized, their DLC. geochemical features noted. 82003. PEREL'MAN, A. I. Razmeshchenie geokhimicheskikh tipov kory vyvetrivaniiil i kontinental'nykh otlozhenil na territorii SSSR. (Kora vyvetrivanifå 1963. no. 5, p. 127-37, tables, maps.) 19 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Distribution of geochemical types of crust weathering and continental deposits in the USSR territory. Distinguishes main geochemical types of crust weathering: sulfate, acid, carbonate, saliferous, acid-gley, and others. Their distribution in the Soviet Union is discussed and mapped. In the arctic-permafrost regions, the acid-gley type prevails. DLC. 82004. PERESTENKO, L. P. Vodorosli, novye dhå Murmana. (Akademifå nauk SSSR. Botanicheskil inst. Otd. sporovykh rastenil. Botanicheskie materialy 1963. v.16, p. 69-72, illus.) 11 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Algae new to the Murman. Records 12 species found in the summer of 1960 in the littoral. Morphology, size (mostly microscopic), substrate or habitat are noted. Most species are boreal. DLC. PERETOLCHIN, P. V., see No. 83063. 82005. PEREVERZEV, V. N. Vlifinie okul'turivaniiii na izmenenie khimicheskogo sostava i agrokhimicheskikh svolstv bolotnykh pochv v Murmanskol oblasti. (Pochvovedenie 1963, no. 5, p. 41-52, tables, graphs.) 16 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Effect of cultivation upon changes of chemical composition and agro-chemical properties of the boggy soils of Murmansk Province. Reports a 1958-1959 study of low, transition and high boggy soils. Changes of ash content occurred only after prolonged cultivation. The amount of nitrogen and phosphorus can increase with cultivation, and the latter can be unfavorable to certain soil properties, such as increasing acidity, decreasing base content. Liming is considered of great importance for boggy-type soils. DLC.

844

82006. PEREVERZEV, V. N. Vlifiinie okul' turivania na izmenenie nekotorykh vodno-fizicheskikh svolstv bolotnykh pochv v uslovi%.kh Murmanskol oblasti. (In: Polf rno-al'pilskil botanicheskil sad. Voprosy ... 1962, p. 166-72, tables.) 8 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Effect of cultivation upon some hydro-physical traits of boggy soils in Murmansk Province. Reports a study of two areas in 1958. Drainage and cultivation reduced humidity and raised aeration of the soil; these in turn hastened decomposition of organic matter and compaction of peat layers, thus lowering their water-retaining capacity. All this makes the local bogs suitable for agriculture. DLC. 82007. PERFIL'EV, I. A. Karlikovafå berezka arkhangel'skikh tundr. (Botanicheskil zhurnal 1963. v. 48, no. 8, p. 113850, maps, illus.) 11 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: The dwarf birch of the Arkhangel'sk tundras. Reports a study of the birches which occupy the most northerly part of western Russia: Kanin Peninsula, Novaya Zemlya, Malozemel'skaya and Bol'shezemel'skaya Tundras, etc. They are concluded to represent a distinct species Betide tundrarurn Perf., sp.n. and not a form of B. nana as hitherto considered. A detailed morphology, differential diagnostic signs, synonymy, geographic distribution, etc. are presented. DLC. 82008. PERGAMENT, M. A. Melovye otlozhenifå Severo-Zapadnol Kamchatki i ikh sopostavlenie s okruzhafilshchimi territoriflmi. (In: Mezhvedomstvennoe soveshchanie ... Trudy 1959, p. 372-78, table.) In Russian. Title tr.: Cretaceous deposits in northwestern Kamchatka and their correlation with adjacent territories. Describes deposits of the area between the Talovka River and Penzhina Bay. Lower and Upper Cretaceous deposits are described in detail, divided into local subseries, and correlations made with those of the Anadyr, Sakhalin, Japan and Alaska. ICRL. PERGAMENT, M. A., see also No. 78384. PERIANES, I., see No. 76979. PERKINS, R. W., see No. 81903. 82009. PERMANENT INTERNATIONAL ALTAISTIC CONFERENCE, 5th, 1962. Aspects of Altaic civilization; proceedings. D. Sinor, ed. Bloomington, Ind. 1963. ix,

263 p. illus. (Indiana Univ. publications. Uralic and Altaic series, v. 23.) In English, German or French. Presents 25 selected papers, three pertinent to northern peoples, are abstracted under: M. Esztergür, U. Johansen, D. Libby (qqv.) DLC. PERMØKOV, R. S., see No. 77273. 82010. PERRAULT, M. J., and L. P. DUGAL. Effect of severe cold (-5° C.) on the endocrine function of the testis in the albino rat. (Canadian journal of biochemistry and physiology 1962. v. 40, no. 12, p. 1717-24, tables, illus.) 13 refs. French summary. Study of morphology, weight and histology of testes and main sexual accessories in rats submitted to cold and surgical cryptorchism, separately or in combination. Cold per se was found to produce a regression of the prostate and seminal vesicles to a nearcastrate level; cryptorchism produced by cold is not responsible for the inhibition of the androgenic function of the testes. DLC. PERRY, M., see No. 82881. PERSHUTEIN, M. B., see No. 79070. PERSON, R. A., see No. 83518. 82011. PERSON, G. M. Analiz izmenenifii plodovitosti u ryb na primere gorbushi, akklimatiziruemol v basselnakh Belogo i Bareniseva morel. (Voprosy ekologii 1962. v. 5, p. 160.) In Russian. Title tr.: Analysis of change in fertility as exemplified by pink salmon acclimatizing in the White and Barents Sea basins. Notes on elimination of sexual cells as regulating absolute fertility; potential and actual fertility; higher absolute fertility in Kola than in Sakhalin females; egg and DLC. ovary size in both. 82012. PERSOV, G. M. "Poten .sial'nafå" i konechnaf t" plodovitost' ryb na primere gorbushi Oncorhynchus gorbuscha Walb., akklimatiziruemol v basselnakh Belogo i (Voprosy ikhtiologii Baren%eva morel. 1963. v. 3, no. 3 (28), p. 490-96, table illus.) 20 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Potential and actual fertility of fish as exemplified by the pink salmon Oncorhynchus gorbuscha, Walb. acclimatizing in the White and Barents Sea basins. Analyzes conditions in the introduced fish, which show an increased absolute fertility but reduced ovarial and egg weight, when compared with parameters at their origin

(Sakhalin). Rate of degeneration of oocytes between the period of potential fertility (at the descent to the sea) and the time of actual fertility (at the ascent) is considered paramount in producing these differences. DLC. 82013. PERSOV, G. M. Zadachi i nekotorye puti sodelstviß proaessu akklimatizatsü ryb, na primere gorbushi, akklimatiziruemol v basselnakh Barencsova i Belogo morel. (In: Konferenrsa po akklimatizafsii zhivotnykh ... 1963, p. 29-31.) In Russian. Title tr.: Tasks and some ways of promoting the process of fish acclimatization, as exemplified in the acclimatization of pink salmon in the Barents and White Seas. Discusses successive phases in acclimatization; methods of transplantation in this case; success or lack of it in different phases; changes in periods of anadromous migrations and in maturity. DLC. 82014. PERSSON, A. Mire and spring vegetation in an area north of Lake Tornetrask, Torne Lappmark, Sweden. Stockholm, Almqvist & Wiksell 1961-1962. 2 v.: 187, 100 p. maps, tables, illus. (Opera botanica, v. 6, no. 1, 3.) Refs. Reports on vegetation and ecology of this mountain area (described) as investigated 1949-1959. In pt. 1, species associations in nine mire and three spring vegetation groups are distinguished, with frequency and degree of cover calculated for each species and related vegetation in other parts of Scandinavia noted for each association. Species of ligneous and graminaceous plants, herbs, mosses, and hepatica are listed with remarks on their occurrence in different vegetation types, distribution, and ecology. Directions of variation in the vegetation according to expanse or marginal location, wetness of habitat, richness or minerotrophy, altitude, etc. are discussed. Various habitat conditions possibly underlying these vegetation differences are examined in pt. 2. Peat depth, subsoil water level, oxygen content and temperatures of spring and fen water, redox potentials in the peat, and amounts of nitrate in water and peat are measured, and chemical analyses made of the acid-base status and other properties of several water and peat samples. Correlations are found between these conditions and the directions of variation within the vegetation; more nitrate and colder water in springs than in fens, occurrence of "lawn" species in localities of high water level, higher pH DA. values in richer vegetation, etc. 82015. PERSSON, H., and H. M. SJÖRS. Some bryophytes from the Hudson Bay

845

lowland of Ontario. (Svensk botanisk tidskrift 1960. v. 45, no. 1, p. 247-68, map.) About 100 refs. A study of the bog and fen vegetation of this area, with a brief introduction on the climate, soils and water, general character of vegetation, etc. Lists of liverworts, sphagna and other mosses collected in the summer of 1957 are presented; location and substrate, geographic distribution, earlier records, DLC. taxonomy, etc. are noted. PERSSON, H., see also No. 77108. PERSSON, L. E., see Nos. 80886, 82330. 82016. PERSSON, P. O. Plesiosaurians from Spitsbergen. (Norway. Norsk Polarinstitutt. Årbok 1961 pub. 1962, p. 62-68, illus.) 13 refs. Describes two specimens from the Upper Jurassic in Sassenfjorden region. One comprising posterior parts is made the holotype of a new species, Trideidus svalbardensis; its most prominent characteristic is the broad and widely separated ischia with almost straight posterior border; it is referred to gen. Tricidus mainly because of the shape of the proximal bones in its hind limbs. The other specimen consisting of various fragments is referred to Plesiosauridae, gen. et sp. indet. DLC. 82017. PERSSON, S. Försöksutfodring av renhjorden inom Ståkke skogslappby vintern och våren 1962. (Samefolket 1962, no. 11-12, p. 163-69, tables, illus.) In Swedish. Title tr.: Experimental feeding of the reindeer herd in the forest-Lapp village of Ståkke during the winter and spring of 1962. Describes experiments near Jokkmokk, north Sweden, with reindeer kept in grazing enclosures provided with feeding pens, and on some days herded in the open. Ten different fodder mixtures were tried, mainly combinations of oats, barley, straw or hay and certain minerals. Some proved satisfactory as supplementary fodder, particularly for the cows and calves. Supplementary feeding is concluded to be successful if the animals are allowed a period of adjustment and some access to natural fodder. SPRI. 82018. PERß$OV, N. A. Belomorskafa biologicheskafa stanisifa MGU. (Moskva. Univ. Belomorskafa biologicheskafa stantsifL Trudy 1962. v. 1, p. 7-21, maps, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: The White Sea Biological Station of Moscow State University. Discusses the need for, and founding of the station in 1938 near Cape Kindo in Kanda-

846

laksha Bay; physiographical conditions of the area; buildings and equipment, including boats; organization of research and teaching; stages of building-up the station and DLC. plans for the future. 82019. PERCIOVA, N. M. Sostav i dinamika biomassy zooplanktona proliva Velikafä Salma Belogo morfa. (Moskva. Univ. Belomorskafii biologicheskafa stan£ ifa. Trudy 1962. v. 1, p. 35-50, tables, graphs, map.) 2 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Composition and changes of the zooplankton biomass in the Velikaya Selma Strait, White Sea. Outlines the physiography and hydrography of this area near the head of Kandalaksha Bay in 1959, and lists the zooplankton forms (64) found. Seasonal changes in the composition and biomass including vertical and horizontal distribution of common forms are reported. DLC. PERUGIN, N. N., see No. 80451. 82020. PERVOZVANSKII, I. V. Ocherki po razvitnü lesnogo khozistva i lesnol promyshlennosti Karelii. (Akademifil nauk SSSR. Karel'skil filial. Trudy 1959. no. 19, p. 5-75, tables.) 5 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Development of forestry and the wood industry in Karelia. Reviews the Karelian timber production which rose from 884,000 m.a in 1921-22, to 4,054,000 m.3 in 1927-28 and 16 million m.3 in 1957, the northern area included. The period prior to the October Revolution, 1918-1929, three five-year plans, World War II, the post-war period, and 1950-1957 are dealt with in turn. The White Sea— Baltic Canal and the White Sea-Baltic Combine organized in 1933 are considered as major factors in the industry. Its losses due to the war, are estimated at 537 million rubles. DLC. 82021. PESCHANSKII, I. S. Ledovedenie i ledotekhnika. Leningrad, Izd-vo "Morskol transport" 1963. 345 p. tables, graphs, illus. 50 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Ice engineering and ice technology. Text book on sea ice for students of oceanography, hydrography, navigators, and specialists in marine transportation. Physical properties of ice, its classification, structure and texture, salinity, density and thermal conditions, strength, elasticity, etc.; the ice cover, its formation and growth, and mechanical properties of ice and ice cover; and methods of their investigation are treated in turn. An engineering study is given of the ice cover under load, its bearing

capacity; and ice bridging constructions are considered. Final chapter deals with methods of preventing ice formation, and of its destruction, including heat, radiation and ice-breaking methods. Two types of icecutting vessels are described: one cuts the ice cover into blocks up to 20-25 cm. thick and throws them to either side of the channel opened; the other type, recommended for northern and arctic bays and straits, cuts the ice by supersonic jets of water into blocks 1.5-2.0 m. thick, and shoves them beneath the ice cover on either DLC. side of the channel. 82022. PESONEN, N. The organization of health services in arctic areas. 23 p. tables, (In: WHO Conference on medicine... 1962.) Preliminary study dealing with the peculiar difficulties of arctic living: climate, food, water supply and sewage disposal, etc. Age structure of the population and mortality are discussed. Public health services and special requirements in doctors, nurses, midwives, etc. are considered, as are health education, institutional medical care and other types of health services, mental health, laboratories, and research. Examples are drawn mostly from Finland and the Scandinavian CaONA. countries. PESONEN, N., see No. 84468. 82023. PESONEN, U. Geodetic and cartographic activities in Finland. (World cartography 1962. v. 7, p. 25-34, maps, graph.) Report to the United Nations. Reviews the first Finnish geodetic operation, Maupertuis' degree measurement in 1736-1737; he measured a chain of triangles from Tornio 65°50'52") to Kittisvaara (66°48'29" N.); his determinations were checked in 1928 by the Geodetic Institute of Finland, and deflections of the vertical, unknown in the 18th century, were revealed as the cause of his calculating too small a curvature of the meridional arc. Primary triangulation in 1959 included networks extending northward to lat. 69°-70° in eastern and western Lapland, linked by two short transverse nets at 66° and 68° N. Gravity measurements were connected with those of Sweden and Norway across the northern boundary. Basic mapping is completed for northern Finland on a scale of DGS. 1:100,000 or larger. PESTOVA, L. D., see No. 80735. PESTOVA, L. I., see No. 80692. 82024. PETELIN, V. P., and E. A. OSTROUMOV. Geokhimifil donnykh osadkov Okhotskogo moria. (In: Soveshchanie po

sovremennym morskim osadkam 1960. Trudy pub. 1961, p. 380-403, table, charts.) 48 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Geochemistry of the bottom sediments of the Okhotsk Sea. Reports distribution of chemical elements and their compounds in these sediments, based on analyses of samples collected by the VitThz' in 1949-1953. Distribution is analyzed and mapped for iron, titanium, vanadium, tungsten, manganese, molybdenum, phosphorus, calcium carbonate, authigenic silica, organic carbon, sulfide sulfur, and others. Factors affecting content and distribution of these elements are characterized. DLC. 82025. PETELIN, V. P. Granulometritii i raznos terrigennykh mineralov v Okhotskom more. (In: Soveshchanie po sovremennym morskim osadkam 1960... Trudy pub. 1961, p. 368-79, tables.) 11 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Grain size and dispersion of terrigenous minerals in the Okhotsk Sea. Reports a mineralogic investigation of the sandy-aleurite fraction of bottom sediments, based on 279 samples collected by the Vitiaz' in 1949-1953. Composition of the coarse aleurite fraction is given for the northwestern, southeastern and central parts of the sea. The first two differ in terrigenous minerals. This is attributed to difference in geologic structures of the areas and to presence of contemporary and Quaternary volcanism in the southeastern part of the DLC sea. PETELIN, V. P., see also Nos. 77453, 79605. 82026. PETER, E. T., and others. Effect of profound gastric hypothermia (gastric freezing) upon various phases of gastric secretion. (Surgical forum 1962. v. 13, p. 269-71.) Ref. Other authors: E. F. Bernstein, A. I. Walder, A. J. Madsen, H. Sosin, and 0. H. Wangensteen. Heindenhain and Pavlov pouches of dogs frozen with air of —20° C. showed suppressed gastric secretion. Gastric release has been inhibited in a frozen antral pouch. DLC. PETER, E. T., see also No. 76967. 82027. PETERSEN, B. Nlgot om artbildning och faunahistoria i norm IIolarktis. (Svensk faunistisk revy 1954. v. 16, no. 4, p. 112-19, map, illus.) 5 refs. In Swedish. Title tr.: Notes on speciation and faunal history in the northern Holarctic. Summarizes questions on speciation among sibling butterflies for which no fossil finds are

847

available for historical study. Holarctic species, and their points of similarity and difference with respect to mire and complementary species are noted from Scandinavia, Siberia, and North America. Ecology, food of larvae, and range of species in Glacial and Recent times are considered. DLC. 82028. PETERSEN, H. C. Hverdag på Knud Rasmussens Højskole. (Grønland 1963, no. 9, p. 344-48, illus.) In Danish. Title tr.: Everyday life at the Knud Rasmussen folk high school. Describes the curricular and recreational activities at this school opened in 1962 at Holsteinsborg, West Greenland. CaMAI. 82029. PETERSEN, H. C. Saeljagt på Newfoundlandsfeltet. (Søens verden 19601961. v. 2, no. 7, p. 193-206, illus.) In Danish. Title tr.: Sealing on the Newfoundland grounds. Describes a season's (1951) sealing with the Norwegian vessel Polaris. AlKøbenhavn. 82030. PETERSEN, J. Vikingetidens redskaper. Oslo 1951. 536 p. maps, illus. (Norske videnskaps-akademi, Historisk-filosofisk klasse. Skrifter v. 2, no. 4.) Refs. In Norwegian. English summary. Title tr.: The implements of the Viking period. Presents inventory of younger iron age burial sites in Norway: equestrian, blacksmith, agricultural, carpenter, fishing, and textile equipment; household goods, chests, personal effects. The artifacts are of wood, whalebone, bone, horn, stone, clay, glass, tin, bronze, and iron. Each is identified, location and references to earlier descriptions are included. Of the 6,232 finds, many are from northern sites, though more from Nordland than Troms, few from Finnmark. DLC. 82031. PETERSEN, R. Family ownership and right of disposition in Sukkertoppen District, West Greenland. (Folk 1963. v. 5, p. 269-81, map.) 18 refs. Study of traditional territorial ownership rights in four Eskimo communities, 64°45'65°50' N.: Kangåmiut, Sukkertoppen, Napassoq, and Atangmik. Cycles of winter and summer camp occupation are described, as are community and family hunting and fishing territory boundaries, etc. Two conflicting principles co-exist: family privilege based on habitual use of a territory, and the right of all to hunt where they please. Inheritance rules apply to priority use of fixed summer camps, not to factual owner-

848

ship. Different forms of territorial priority rights regulating seal and reindeer hunting, fishing, and gathering are discussed. DLC. 82032. PETERSEN, T. Biskop Gunnerus's runebomme. (Tromsø. Museum. Skrifter 1928. v. 2, p. 206-210, illus.) 16 refs. In Norwegian. Title tr.: Bishop Gunnerus's Lappish drum. Discusses activities of 18th century missionaries who proselytized the Lapps as also destroying or dispersing their heathen altars, sacrificial sites, instruments, etc. A ceremonial drum sent from Tromsø to Bishop Gunnerus at Trondhjem is noted; it has now disappeared, though its horn hammer remains. Some drums earlier ascribed to the Lapps may be of Eskimo origin. DLC. 82033. PETERSIL'E, I. A. r azovafa sostavlfåtüshchafä i rassefånnye bitumy gornykh porod Khibinskogo massiva. (Materialy po mineralogii Kol'skogo poluostrova 1962. no. 2, p. 74-79, tables, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: The gas component and dispersed bitumin of Khibiny massif rocks. Reports his 1958-1959 investigation: hydrocarbon gases found in pores of the alkaline rocks averaged 28.50 cm.'/kg. rock and the max. was 250.2 cm.3 The composition of gases in various minerals is determined, as is the chemical composition of the mineral and the mother liquor showing influence on the content of gas. Bitumen and organic carbon were also studied and the results are reported. Non-organic synthesis of hydrocarbons and bitumen is noted. DLC. 82034. PETERSIL'E, I. A., and V. A. PRIPACHKIN. Gazy gornykh porod Olenegorskogo zhelezorodnogo mestorozh(In: Akademifit nauk SSSR. denifa. Kol'skil filial. Voprosy ... 1962, p. 129-35, tables, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: Gases in rocks of the Olenegorsk iron-ore deposits. Reports a 1060 study of gases in metamorphic deposits. In gneisses, ferruginous quartzites, vein quartz and other rocks, the presence of H2, CO, CH., heavy hydrocarbons, and other gases is reported in cm.2/kg. In ferruginous quartzites, the gas content is significantly less than in gneisses; it is higher in vein quartz than in the other rocks. Uniformity of gas phases is observed for gneisses of all central Kola Peninsula. DLC. 82035. PETERSON, J. A. Bedstead II, preliminary report on an instrument designed for the study of frost-heave in the

Sub-Arctic. (McGill Univ. Sub-Arctic Research Laboratory. Research paper no. 15, 1963. p. 129-36, illus.) 11 refs. Describes installation, recording and tabulation procedures, etc. of this specially designed instrument, also the close correlation between frost-heave, ground temperature, and snow depth measuring programs. Soil moisture content should also be measured while the ground is unfrozen. CaMAI. 82036. PETERSON, J. W. Atmospheric temperature measurements by aerodynamic and sound propagation techniques. (American Inst. of Physics. Temperature, its measurement and control ... v. 3. 1962-63. pt. 1, p. 811-18, graphs, illus.) 15 refs. Includes detailed description of the rocket grenade and the falling sphere systems of high altitude temperature measurement, also results of some ten rocket flights 19571958, and eight sphere flights 1958, from Fort Churchill, Man. The Jan. 1958 stratospheric warming is graphically shown by DWB. both methods. PETERSON, J. W., see also No. 79788. PETERSON, R. S., see No. 79618. PETITOT, EMILE FORTUNE STANISLAV JOSEPH, 1838-1917, see No. 79412. 82037. PETRAKOV, V. U. Novye dannye po stratigrafii nizhnego paleozofil Turukhanskogo ralona. (Akademifil nauk SSSR. Doklady 1963. v. 152, no. 6, p. 1436-38, cross-section, map.) 6 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: New data on the stratigraphy of the Lower Paleozoic of the Turukhansk region. Reports study of Cambrian and Ordovician deposits. The Lena stage is distinguished for the Lower, and the Amga for the Middle Cambrian. Key sections of these deposits are analyzed and correlated and a new stratigraphic division is offered based mainly on trilobite fauna. DLC. PETRAKOV, V. U., see also No. 81263. 82038. PETRENKO, E. S. Biologicheskie i @kologicheskie osobennosti nasekomykhvreditelel semfiln daurskol listvennitsy v TSentral'nol IAkutii. (In: Akademiß nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ic. Inst. lesa i drevesiny. Zashchita lesov Sibiri ot nasekomykhvreditelel, Moskva 1963. p. 96-117, tables, map, illus.) 26 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Biological and ecological characteristics of insects injurious to seeds of the Daurian larch in Central Yakutia.

Reports on 1959-1961 field and laboratory studies on four seed pests. Earlier studies are reviewed, phenology, development and growth, ways and degrees of injury to seeds, etc. are dealt with. Ways of protection against these insects are intimated. DLC. 82039. PETRENKO, V. M. Nekotorye vazhnye nakhodki rannetriasovol fanny na ostrove Shpi(sbergen. (Leningrad. N.-issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Uchenye zapiski 1963, no. 3, p. 50-54, illus.) 8 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Some important finds of early Triassic fauna on Spitsbergen Island. Reports find of Oloceras sp. indet and Posidonia aranea Tozer in the Sassenfjord area of Vestspitsbergen. Stratigraphic importance and distribution of the fauna are discussed. DOS. 82040. PETRI/EV, E. D. Mikhail Alekseevich Sergeev. (Sibirskie ogni 1963. v. 42, no. 4, p. 165-69, port.) 2 refs. In Russian. Biographical sketch honoring the 75th birthday of this Soviet economist and ethnographer. His studies of northern minorities and the economic geography of national districts are outlined. His lectures at the Leningrad Institute of the Peoples of the North, etc. and his major publications are discussed. Many of his three hundred or more works, mostly on the far North and far East are still unpublished. DLC. 82041. PETRIAEV, E. D. Neutomimyl iskatel'. (Sibirskie ogni, Jan. 1961, no. 1, p. 169-73, port.) 2 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Indefatigable searcher. Biographical sketch of the physician Nikolai Vasil'evich Kirilov, 1860-1921, who spent 40 years in Siberia and the Far East. His studies of diseases of the aborigines, local health resources, etc. are noted also his publications (over 130, but not listed). In 1904 he was appointed general practitioner to the Anadyr District; his trip from Petersburg via England; America, Alaska, and the Bering Strait to Markovo on the DLC. Anadyr, is mentioned. PETRIE, H. E., see No. 80130. 82042. PETRIE, L. E. Top-side spread echoes. (Canadian journal of physics 1963. v. 41, no. 1, p. 194-95, illus.) 2 refs. Examines the ionograms for spread F echoes obtained from Alouette satellite Sept. 29—Oct. 4, 1962, covering the geographic area 25°-70° N. 50°-105° W. A rapid increase in spread was found above about

849

60° N. Three representative spread F ionograms recorded from the top side downward for 53.4° N. 83.5° W., 63.1° N. 78.0° W., and 69.3° N. 71.5° W. show that spread at the satellite height is observed 70% of the time 65°-72° N., and rarely DLC. occurs below 55° N. 82043. PETRIE, W. Keoeeit, the story of the aurora borealis. New York, Pergamon Press 1963. xii, 134 p. graphs, illus. 130 refs. Comprehensive account, for the nonscientist, dealing with the various auroral forms (illus. in color), height, latitudinal zones, inclination to the magnetic meridian, variations in time and space, motions, color, The auroral spectrum is sound, etc. examined, including the information it yields on physics of the upper atmosphere. Atmospheric disturbance is traced from emission of particles from the sun to formation of the aurora, and the latter's cause considered. Related phenomena, as changes in the ionosphere and the earth's magnetic field, are outlined. Instruments and observatories for auroral study are noted, and a DLC. useful index added. 82044. PETROV, I. G. Vypuchivanie ledfånogo pokrova, vyzvannoe neravnomernym tafitniem. (Problemy Arktiki i Antarktiki 1963, no. 13, p. 59-66, graphs, tables.) In Russian. Title tr.: Buckling of ice due to uneven melting. Reviews the spring 1959 ice-melt studies in Yenisey Bay; part of the ice surface was painted to accelerate melting, and a channel 500 m. long and 10-15 m. wide opened through the ice cover. Data are given on the speed of natural ice melting, that of the painted ice and of ice with snow cover removed. The natural ice melted 3.68-3.5 cm./day during June 15-30, and painted ice 6.35-5.0 cm./day. Surface level measurements disclosed that the painted-ice area gradually rose in relation to the natural ice, this buckling amounted to 56.5 cm. by the end of the melting period. The phenomenon is explained by irregular melting of DLC. the undersurface. 82045. PETROV, K. A. I v Zapohår'e zhizn' b'et klfilchom. (Khudozhestvennaf samodefätel'nost', 1961. v. 4, no. 1, p. 10-11, port.) In Russian. Title tr.: Life is in full swing in the Arctic, too. Director of the Noril'sk miners' theater describes its activities. A philharmonic DLC. society is to be formed in 1961. 82046. PETROV, L. S. Nekotorye osobennosti termicheskogo rezhima zapadnogo

850

sectora Sovetskol Arktiki. (Leningrad. Univ. Uchenye zapiski 1959. v. 269, ser. geograficheskikh nauk no. 13, p. 85-95, tables, graph.) 14 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Some features of the thermal regime in the western sector of the Soviet Arctic. Discusses a winter temperature anomaly observed by various scientists, investigators and authors, marked by the phenomenon of the January and February average temperature means being higher than those of December and March. Data from 18 stations in the Barents and Kara Seas area were analyzed, and the results showed that 70-80% of the winters in this region have a secondary maximum of air temperature, not occasionally but as a characteristic feature of the climate. In 90% of the cases, this second winter maximum occurs in the January—February period. The air temperature anomaly is due mainly to heat gain from the sea. DLC. PETROV, N. E., see No. 79521. 82047. PETROV, O. M. Stratigraficheskafå skhema chetvertichnykh otlozhenil Chukotskogo p-ova. (In: Mezhvedomstvennoe soveshchanie ... Trudy 1959, p. 47275.) In Russian. Title tr.: Stratigrapcic scheme of the Quaternary deposits of the Chukotsk Peninsula. Describes the stratigraphy for the first time, from recent studies: Lower, Middle, Upper and Recent Quaternary deposits are distinguished and characterized. Sea molluscs, flora remains and spore-pollen analyses were used for substantiation. ICRL. 82048. PETROV, P. U. 0 razgrome filkutskikh burzhuazno-nafsionalisticheskikh band v 1921-1922 gg. (Akademi1 nauk SSSR. fAkutskil filial. Institut fszyka, literatury i istorii. Sbornik state! po istorii fAkutii sovetskogo perioda, 1955. no. 1, p. 5-29.) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Routing of Yakut bourgeois-nationalistic gangs in 1921-1922. Describes repeated changes of power during the civil war, culminating in defeat of the separatist movement of Yakut nationalists by the Red Army and local pro-Soviet partisans. DLC. 82049. PETROVA, E. A. Vstrechaemost' pyl' shirokolistvennykh drevesnykh porod v sporovo-pyl'tsevykh spektrakh goloGsenovykh torffanikov severa Zapadnol Sibiri na shirote g. Salekharda. (Moskovskoe obshchestvo ispytatelel prirody. Bfulleten' 1963. Otdel. geologichcskil, v. 38,

no. 3, p. 147.) In Russian. Title tr.: A broad-leaved arboreal pollen find in sporepollen spectra of Holocene peat-bogs in West Siberia at the latitude of Salekhard. Reports on 233 samples from six sphagnum bogs in the Polity-Nadym interfluve in Tyumen Province. In 53 samples from five bogs, single grains of Betula alba, Tilla, Ulmus, and Quercus appeared. Origin and preservation of these remains are DLC. briefly noted. 82050. PETROVA, L. R. Obshchie cherty mega- i mikrosporogeneza pshenifsy, vyrashchennof pri okhlazhdenii i bez okhlazh(Akademifå denifä kornevol sistemy. nauk SSSR. Karel'ski! filial. Trudy 1960. no. 28, p. 52-69, illus.) 23 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Main lines of mega- and micro-. sporogenesis in wheat grown with the root system cooled or not cooled. Account of experiments with the soil kept at 8-10° C. and 15-20° C. Low soil temperature showed some inhibitory effect on the development of the microsporophylls, microsporangia and microspores. Cell size and number of mitoses were also affected DLC. by soil temperature. 82051. PETROVA, L. R., and S. N. Vlifsnie zamorozkov na DROZDOV. formirovanie reproduktivnykh organov frovol pshenifsy. (Botanicheskil zhurnal 1963. v. 48, no. 8, p. 1097-1107, illus., table.) 13 refs. English summary. In Russian. Title tr.: The influence of night frosts on the formation of reproductive organs in spring wheat. Stresses the importance of the problem for northern agriculture, and describes experiments conducted under natural and artificial conditions with the "Diamant" variety. It was found that frost-resistance of the reproductive organs changes during development. The least resistant are early stages of pollen and of spermia in the pollen, and early embryogenesis. The most sensitive organs are the anthers and stamens. DLC. PETROVIC, A., see No. 79937. 82052. PETROVICH, f u. IA. Skhema stratigrafii dokembrifä i paleozofå vostochnol chasti Chukotskogo poluostrova. (In: Mezhvedomstvennoe soveshchanie ... Trudy 1959, p. 63-65.) In Russian. Title tr.: Stratigraphic scheme of the Precambrian and Paleozoic in the eastern part of the Chukchi Peninsula. Describes Proterozoic, Silurian, Devonian and Carboniferous deposits, noting their distribution, thickness and some faunal

characteristics; where possible they are ICRL. also divided into stages. 82053. PETROVSKII, A. D., and others. Opyt primenenifå metoda radiovolnovogo prosvechivania. pri razvedke sul'fidnykh mestorozhdenii; na primere medno-nikelevykh mestorozhdeni! Moncha-Tundry. (Vses. soveshchanie po metodike razvedki poleznykh iskopaemykh 1960. Trudy pub. 1962, p. 58-65, illus.) In Russian. Other authors: S. M. Rutshteln and F. L Svifiizheninov. Title tr.: Attempt at applying the radio-wave propagation method to prospecting sulfide deposits, as exemplied in the Monche Tundra copper-nickel deposits. Describes the structural-geologic characteristics of this region in Kola Peninsula. Evident difference of the electric resistivity of the enclosing rocks and veins allows the radio wave propagation method to be applied. 1957-1958 tests of this method between wells and shafts and between wells and the surface are reported. It is found of great value especially for deep-seated vein ores in determining the extent of veins, DLC. their position and other features. 82054. PETROVSKII, A. D. Opyt radiovolnovogo prosvechivanifd iz burovykh skvazhin na poverkhnost' na odnom iz mestorozhdenil Zapolfar'fa. (Prikladna1 geofizika. Sbornik state! 1961, no. 29, p. 187-201, graphs.) 12 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: A radioscopic investigation by radio-wave from boreholes to the surface at a certain deposit in the Arctic. Describes the apparatus, and its use for investigating geologic structure and composition: radio-waves of 4.4, 4.8, or 8.2 frequency are sent from one borehole or mine shaft to another in the region under study. The strength of the transmitted signal increases according to the electric resistivity of the rock it penetrates, suggesting a low-conductivity, usually nonmetallic medium. Under certain conditions common in arctic regions, only one-tenth the usual number of boreholes need be drilled, for geophysical exploration of the area. Application of method and apparatus at an unidentified location is discussed from experience, and examples are given of interpreting the rock radioscopy results. DLC. 82055. PETROVSKII, D. V., and ft?. K. GONCHARUK. Ekspluatafsia automobile! na Kralnem Severe. Moskva, Avtotransizdat, 1960. 56 p. tables, illus. In Russian. Title tr.: Use of automobiles in the far North. 851

Discusses the features peculiar to use of automotive vehicles under conditions of low temperature, high wind, and frequent winter snow storm. Changes in properties of fuel and lubricants at low temperatures are outlined. Gasoline of low boiling point, such as A-74, and lubricants of high viscosity when hot, and low viscosity at low temperatures, such as AKZp-10, AKZp-6, and Dp-8, are recommended. For driving and parking in the North, a network of auto-roads, and good maintenance are required or else motor vehicles specially constructed with warmed-up cabin, and electrically heated motor for parking times. DLC. 82056. PETROVSKII, V. V. Kompleksnye asso@iaf ii v rastitel'nom pokrove tundry i lesotundry. (Problemy botaniki 1962. no. 6, p. 172-81.) 47 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Complex associations in the plant cover of the tundra and forest-tundra. Distinguishes and briefly describes five types of these plant associations and their main components; the synusiae in coenotic populations and in complex coenoses; and the complex associations and their place in the plant cover of the tundra and forest DLC. tundra. 82057. PETRUSHEVSBII, G. B. Nekotorye itogi izuchenifå rasprostranenifa parazitofauny ryb v Sovetskom Son'lze. (In: Komissifä po rybokhozfaistvennomu issled ... 1962, p. 232-35, table.) 6 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Some results of the study of distribution of fish parasites in the Soviet Union. Notes Russian early achievements and scientists in this field; area explored, freshwater and marine, including arctic; groups and numbers of parasites studied; present conditions and suggestions for the future. DLC. 82058. PETSCHEK, R., and P. S. TIMIRAS. Electroshock seizures and brain chemistry after acute exposure to moderate cold. (American journal of physiology 1963. v. 205, no. 6, p. 1163-66, tables.) 22 refs. Exposure to 2.5° C. for 60 hr. lowered seizure threshold in rats but did not affect the pattern of maximal seizures. Biochemical changes of the brain include a relative stability in water and electrolyte content, with a significant increase in extracellular sodium in the cortex. Conditions in other tissues and organs are also noted. DLC. 82059. PETTERSSON, O. Tirmes-Dierbmes-IIoragalles-Thor; a marginal note on

852

the problem of the relation between Lappish and Scandinavian ideas of the thunder-god. (Värld och vetande. Knut Lundmark and man's march into space, Göteborg 1961, p. 123-34.) Approx. 50 refs. Comparative study of the Teutonic and Lappish thunder-god cult and mythology. The Lappish cult is considered of indigenous north-Eurasiatic origin and contains no elements that can be conclusively traced DLC. to Scandinavian sources. 82060. PETUKHOV, P. Z. Novyl tekhnologicheskil profess ekskavafsii merzlogo i tverdogo grunta posredstvom vibroudarnogo obrushenifa. (Sverdlovsk. Ural'akil politekhnicheskil inst. Trudy 1963. no. 128, p. 5-14, illus.) 3 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: A new technological process for excavating frozen and hard ground by vibropercussive collapsing. Discusses advantages and construction principles of machines for excavating frozen ground and rock by mechanically hammering a hard steel wedge into it, and collapsing the cut-off piece for removal by another machine. Fundamental characteristics of these vibro-hammering excavators are a large specific cutting force (up to several thousand kg./cm. of cutting edge), and localization of the strain, produced by this force, in the cutting wedge (knife) only, without transferring the strain to other parts of the excavator. The estimated cost of collapsing frozen ground by this method is 0.2-0.3 rubles/m.3, as against the excavation cost of 1.0-4.5 rubles/m.8 by the methods DLC. currently in use. PETUBHOVA, O. S., see No. 82100. PETUNINA, A., see No. 83452. 82061. PEVZNER, M. E. Mnogoletnfåfa merzlota Noril'skogo ralona i ee vlifanie na ustolehivost' bortov kar'erov. (Moskva. Inst. radioelektroniki i gornol elektromekhaniki. Nauchnye trudy 1962. no. 40, p. 75-84, illus.) 6 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The permafrost of the Norilsk region and its effects on the stability of open pit edges. Discusses the temperature regime, ice fissure occurrences, stability of rocks and their physical and mechanical properties in the Noril'sk sulfide deposita, divided into three layers: active, accumulative, and layer with stable temperature. Three schemes are demonstrated for calculating effects of permafrost on pit edges. No serious effects are established; but the permafrost in some degree predetermines the stability of individual bench; and ice-

filled fractures of more than 31-34° angle of dip, may cause local deformation in edges during a warming period. DLC. 82062. PEWS, T. L., and R. A. PAIGE. Frost heaving of piles with an example from Fairbanks, Alaska. Washington, D.C., U.S. Govt. Print. Office 1963. p. 333-407, tables, maps, graphs, illus. (U.S. Geological Survey. Bulletin 111—I, Contributions to general geology.) 126 refs. Final text of authors' 1959 paper of the same title, abstracted as No. 60865. A few new references are included; a folded, colored geologic map on a scale of 1 in.:1 mi., of about 110 sq. mi. in the Fairbanks area; and a folded diagram showing lithology, moisture, and temperature data from drill holes at three Alaska Railroad bridge sites near Fairbanks, are also included. Railroad bridges used in frost action studies and subsurface-temperature recording site are shown on the map, as are areas of permafrost. DLC. 82063. PEWS, T. L. Geomorphology of the Fairbanks area, Alaska. Ann Arbor, Mich., Univ. Microfilms 1962. vii, 220 1. maps, sections, graphs, tables, illus. Reprint of Ph.D. thesis to Stanford Univ. 1952. 180 refs. Describes its various types of unconsolidated sediments from summers 1946-1951 field work and literature survey. Characteristics, distribution and origin of the permafrost are discussed, and history of the past 20,000 years is traced from creek gravels and silts of the Yukon-Tanana upland. At least three periods of gold concentration are recorded in the auriferour gravels. The widespread upland silt deposits are of eolian origin, and represent two or more periods of loess deposition; these periods are correlated with Wisconsin glacial advances in the Alaska Range near Big Delta. Glacial recession was followed by reduced deposition of loess and downcutting of streams. Coldstream muck, an organio-rich silt, was deposited in valleys carved in the Fairbanks loess; it contains a great concentration of fossil remains, some extinct, and some modern groups, radiocarbon dated as 12,500-13,600 yrs. old. The ground became perennially frozen commencing about 10,000-12,000 yrs. ago, and freezing progressed downward to 200300 ft. depth. Most of the water was converted into interstitial ice and small clearice segregations; later, large foliated ice masses, mainly wedges and other crosscutting bodies, grew in contraction cracks. In this permafrost-forming period, deposi-

tion of Gold Hill loess and glacial advance from the Alaska Range took place. Glaciers receded and a short erosional period followed. Thin Engineer muck was deposited on the Coldstream muck in creek valley bottoms 3,000-6,000 yrs. ago. It froze but contains no large ice masses; permafrost is forming at present in fine-grained sediments. Geology is mapped on a scale of 1 in.:3 mi.; landforms are mapped on a scale of 1 in.:60 mi. DOS. 82064. PEWE, T. L. University of Alaska Gulkana Glacier project, 1962. (Arctic 1963. v. 16, no. 1, p. 46-47.) Notes studies of glaciology and glacial geology in the central Alaska Range. The re-formation of foliation at the base of the Gulkana and East Gulkana were especially considered. Recent moraines, dated by lichenometry, indicate minor advances in the mid-18th and mid-19th centuries. For the 1960-61 investigations, see No. 74769. DGS. PEWE, T. L., see also No. 81152. 82065. PEYTON, H. R. Some mechanical properties of sea ice. (In: Kingery, W. D. Ice and snow ... 1963. p. 107-113, graphs.) Catalogs the sea ice strength against several significant parameters: associated stress-strain relationships, rate of loading, ice forms or structures, and temperature. Most tests were with near-shore, first-year ice around Barrow, Alaska; one sample was polar ice obtained in 1961 near drifting station ARLIS 2. Incomplete results suggest that grain size and chlorinity change with depth. Techniques used are simple enough to provide a standard laboratory method for study of the mechanical propDLC. erties. 82066. PEYTON, L. J. Nesting and occurrence of white wagtails in Alaska. (Condor 1963. v. 65, no. 3, p. 232-35, maps, illus.) 7 refs. Discusses records on Motacilla alba from northwestern America as from 1887; own records from several localities on Seward Peninsula, with description of nest, eggs, DLC. and female. PEYTON, L. J., see also Nos. 79618, 84419. PEYTON, L. J., see No. 84420. PFORR, B. L., see No. 83204. PHELPS, L. J., see Nos. 81065, 81066, 81067, 81068, 81069, 81327.

853

82067. PHILIPSON, B. Utanför Kungsleden. (Till fjälls 1960-61. v. 32-33, p. 68-71, illus.) In Swedish. Title tr.: Off Kungsleden. Describes a ski trip in north Swedish mountains from Kaitum, approx. 67°30' N. 20° E., to Sitasjaurestugan, 68° N. 17°20' E., and on to Gauteli across the Norwegian SPRI. border. 82068. PHILLIPS, A. Canada, my country. (National geographic 1961. v. 120, no. 6, p. 769-819, illus.) Includes descriptions and photographs of northern areas with comments on northern DGS. development. 82069. PHILLIPS, A. The checkered career of an arctic priest. (Maclean's magazine 1957. v. 70, no. 1, p. 16-21, +, illus.) Describes the activities of Father Bernard Brown, based at Aklavik and Inuvik, Mackenzie District. His work is mainly among Indians; he is a versatile craftsman, publishes the monthly Aklavik journal; his colored photos illus. the article. CaOCU. 82070. PHILLIPS, L. S. Preliminary report on Peppier Lake area (east half) Saguenay Electoral District. Quebec 1959. 10 p. map. (Quebec. Dept. of Mines. Geological Surveys Branch. PR no. 401.) Ref. Outlines and maps at 1 in.:1 mi. the geology of this 180 sq. mi. area, 52°15'-30' N. 67°30'-45' W. between Mt. Reed and Mt. Wright, investigated in 1958. The area is underlain mostly by metamorphosed sedimentary rocks containing iron formation and cut by intrusives. Structure is complex and tightly folded. Three occurrences of iron formation, held by Quebec Cartier and Julibee Iron, are described and mapped at 1 in.:2000 ft. Other exposures of the formation are noted, also possible DGS. sources of silica and feldspar. 82071. PHILLIPS, R. A. J. The administration of northern Canada. Ottawa 1963. 7 p. Outlines government agencies responsible for the administration and development of the Yukon and Northwest Territories, the Eskimos, and the Indians. Differences in the Yukon and Northwest Territorial governments are discussed, the former being farther advanced toward provincial status. Chief federal administrative agency is the Northern Administration Branch of Dept. of Northern Affairs and National Resources; it has seven divisions: Resources, Territorial,

854

Industrial, Education, Welfare, Administration, and Engineering, and their functions are discussed; other agencies of the same dept. concerned are the Northern Co-ordination and Research Centre, and the Canadian Wildlife Service. Others with northern responsibilities are the RCMP, the Depts. of National Health and Welfare, Transport, National Defence, Agriculture, and Fisheries, the National Research Council's Building Research Division, etc. Missionaries and Hudson's Bay Co. employees are still CaMAI. active in northern work. 82072. PHILLIPS, R. A. J. The Eskimo: Canada's great opportunity. (Saturday night 1960. v. 75, no. 5, p. 7-9, illus.) Discusses Denmark's policy toward the Eskimos of Greenland and compares their progress with the Canadian Eskimos; the latter are at an earlier stage of development but are advancing in education and job training; they must be given more opporCaOCU. tunity. 82073. PHILLIPS, R. A. J., and G. F. PARSONS. This is the Arctic. Ottawa Dept. of Northern Affairs and 1960. National Resources, Northern Administration Lands Branch. 54 p. illus. Popular booklet for the new resident or tourist in arctic and subarctic Canada. Climate, history, population, government, administration, law, resources, mining, and transportation are briefly discussed, and advice for leisure time is given. Appended (p. 42-51) are territorial regulations conCaMAI. cerning liquor and wildlife. 82074. PHILLIPS, W. E. J. Low-temperature environmental stress and the metabolism of vitamin A in the rat. (Canadian journal of biochemistry and physiology 1962. v. 40, no. 4, p. 491-99, tables.) 9 refs. Animals maintained at 2° C. showed a greater utilization of carotene than controls kept at 22° C. The difference appeared within three days. Hepatic storage, and rate of metabolism of administered vitamin A were unaffected by environmental temperature. DLC. 82075. PHILOLOGIAE TURCICAE FUNDAMENTA, tomus primus. Wiesbaden, Aquis Mattiacis, Fr. Steiner Verlag 1959. 813 p. map. Refs. Title tr.: Fundamentals of Turkic philology, v. 1; edited by J. Deny and others. Collection of papers including two on classification by J. Benzing and K. H. Menges (in English, p. 1-10, approx. 70

refs.) and one on Yakut and Dolgan phonology and morphology by N. N. Poppe (in German, p. 671-84, approx. 35 refs.) Benzing divides Turkic languages into five groups, including a northern with two sub-groups: the Aral (i.e. Altay?)Sayan and the north Siberian with Yakut, Dolgan and the 7-8th century language of the Orkhon and Yenisey inscriptions. Menges recognizes six groups and isolates Yakut and the Dolgan dialects into a separate northeast or east-Siberian group. Both schemes are based primarily on comparative linguistics and on the glottochronological analysis by S. A. Serebrennikov (No. 75482); they are criticized by N. A. Baskakov in Voprosy I5zykoznaniCa 1963, no. 2, p. 72-80, refs. (in Russian); despite certain shortcomings, Menges' classification is considered more accurate than Benzing's or Serebrennikov's. DLC.

golo1ena. (Akademifa nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Izvestifå 1963, no. 8, p. 25-33, graphs.) 15 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: On methods of interpreting of spore-pollen spectra of the Holocene. Reviews the use of spore-pollen analyses for geobotanic and paleogeographic investigations of the Quaternary period by giving examples from Arkhangel'sk Province, Podkamennaya Tunguska and other arctic regions. It is emphasized that this method should not be overestimated, and it should be correlated with others. Suggestions are offered in regard to interpretation of analyses, such as to give attention to the different pollen productivity in various plants, possible transport and preservation; not to try classifying variation of plants by climatic causes alone, but keep in mind that variation of soils and other local factors may cause DLC. changes as well.

82076. PHINNEY, L. H. A museum for Yellowknife. (North 1961. v. 8, no. 4, p. 3-4, illus.) Describes plans since 1952, for a facility to display objects of historical interest, and natural history specimens from the Arctic, also Indian and Eskimo artifacts. The building of a museum at Yellowknife in Mackenzie District began in 1960. DLC.

82080. P'IAVCHENKO, N. I. Ne zatoplfat', a osushat' zemli Zapadnol Sibiri. (Sibirskie ogni 1963. v. 42, no. 7, p. 174-75.) In Russian. Title tr.: Don't flood, drain the plains of West Siberia. Inveighs against flooding the Ob valley by building a reservoir for the power plant at Salekhard. About a million hectares of peat and sphagnum bog would be inundated, and adjacent forests, pasture and agricultural lands destroyed by rising ground water. Draining the bogs, some 40% of the West Siberian territory, and using their peat for power stations, chemical, wood and other industrial plants would be more profitable and a sounder project. Author is deputy director of the Wood and Forestry Institute of the Academy of Sciences' Siberian departDLC. ment.

82077. Pt4SKOVSKII, R. V. 0 mnogoletnikh izmenenifilkh solenosti glubinnykh vod Belogo moria. (OkeanologiIa 1963. v. 3, no. 1, p. 44-48, table, graphs.) 5 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: On the long-term variations in the salinity of the White Sea depths. Reviews salinity of the 100-200 m. layer for 1931-1958 from various, mainly summer, observations. Maximum was in 1945-1946. Cycles in variation are briefly noted, and comparison is made with the Baltic Sea. Causes of salinity variation are cited. DLC. 82078. PIATEßKII, G. E. Proizvoditel'nest' osushennykh bolot Karelii. (Lesnoe khozfiillstvo 1963. v. 16, no. 5, p. 9-13, tables, illus.) In RiØian. Title tr.: Productivity of drained marshes in Karelia. Marshes cover 3.53 million hectares or 20% of the entire area of Karelia. Those drained during 1909-1913 and 1925-35 were studied and data are tabulated on the quality of standing pine in southern, central and northern (64°30'-67° N.) localities. It is found below normal in the early years, achieving standard quality only 20-40 DLC. years later.

82081. P'IAVCHENKO, N. I. Osushenie bolot kak meroprifatie po preobrazovanifil prirody i osvoenif0 lesnykh bogatstv Sibirskogo Severa. (Problemy Severs 1963, no. 7, p. 55-64, tables, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: Bog drainage as a means for natural regeneration and utilization of forest resources in the Siberian North. An estimated 110,517,000 hectares are covered by bogs, swamps and marshes, including 38 million ha. of industrial peat. Types of bog in the arctic tundra, foresttundra, and northern taiga are outlined. Methods of utilizing the peat deposits should be worked out taking advantage of experience of European USSR and abroad, DLC. especially Finland.

82079. P'IÄVCHENKO, N. I. K metodike interpretaf ii sporovo-pyl'isevykh spektrov

82082. P'IÅVCHENKO, N. I. Tipy bolotoobrazovanifå v Ob'-Eniselskom mezhdu-

855

rech'e. (In: Sibirskafä konferenGsila pochvovedov 1961. Trudy pub. 1962, p. 265-73, map, illus.) 17 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Types of bog formation in the Ob-Yenisey interfluve. Reviews studies of the marshes which occupy 23% of this area. Their zonal distribution is noted, and the following zones are distinguished: arctic swamp, flat hummocky, large hummocky peat bog, upwarped oligotrophic peat bogs, eutrophic and oligotrophic pine-sphagnum peat bogs, and plain eutrophic peat bogs. Morphology, water regime, vegetation cover, and other features of each DLC. zone are briefly characterized. 82083. PICHENET, R. En "jet" au-delsus du pAle. (Connaissance du monde 1960. n. ser. no. 15, p. 21-28, map, illus.) In French. Title tr.: By jet over the Pole. Describes a Boeing 707 Air France flight Paris—Tokyo with a stop at Anchorage. DLC. 82084. PICHKOV, A. I. NeneGkie zagadki. (Leningrad. Gos. pedagogicheski! inst. Uchenye zapiski, 1959. v. 169, p. 145-52.) In Russian. Title tr.: Neneta riddles. Cries 94 folk riddles collected from his Nenets-Samoyed fellow-students at the Leningrad Pedagogical Institute and from his countrymen in the Kanin-Timan tundra. DLC. PICHIJGINA, G. K., see No. 78480. PICKERSGILL, D. N., see No. 79782. 82085. PIDDINGTON, J. H. An ionospheric drift theory of aurora and airglow. (Geophysical journal 1963. v. 7, no. 4, p. 415-30, graphs.) 24 refs. Extends an earlier theory of polar geomagnetic storms to determine the drifts of neutral ionization, due to electrons and positive ions moving with the same velocity in the direction perpendicular to that of the ionospheric electric current flow; auroral zone drifts are invoked to explain some ionospheric winds. These drifts are found to have notable divergences and may lead to dense, localized accumulations of ionization, particularly in the auroral zone, the drift pattern extending down to the Equator, where it may be relevant to air glow, sporadic E, and other ionospheric phenomena. Localized concentrations of ionization in the auroral zone may cause precipitation of magnetically trapped fast ions, may accentuate the morning polar current cell, and post-midnight auroral activity, and may form ionospheric winds. Comparison of the theory with obserDLC. vations is given.

856

82086. PIHLAINEN, .1. A., and G. H. JOHNSTON. Guide to a field description of permafrost for engineering purposes. Ottawa, Oct. 1963. 23 p. tables, illus. (National Research Council of Canada. Associate Committee on Soil and Snow Mechanics. Technical memorandum 79.) Pocket guide for observing surface and subsurface features that indicate presence of permafrost. Surface indicators: vegetation, snow cover, relief and drainage are characterized, as are other indicators: depth of thaw, and subsurface materials (soil or ice). Ice descriptions are tabulated and a glossary of terms is included. Sample forms for permafrost field records are appended. Such records are particularly important in zones of discontinuous permafrost. DGS. 82087. PIHLAINEN, J. A. Inuvik, NWT engineering site information. Ottawa, Aug. 1963. 36 p. maps, graphs, table, illus. (National Research Council of Canada. Div. of Building Research. Technical paper no. 135.) 3 refs. Summarizes results of extensive studies carried out in 1954 in the Mackenzie River delta, prior to moving Aklavik to another site. Terrain features and site conditions, including soil and permafrost, depth of thaw, ground temperatures, etc. at East Three are described, as they were before and after its selection as the townsite for Inuvik in Aug. 1954. DLC. 82088. PIHLAINEN, 3. A. A review of muskeg and its associated engineering problems. Hanover, N. H. 1963. iv, 56 p. tables, appendix 4 p. (U.S. Army Cold Regions Research and Engineering Laboratory. Technical report 97.) About 200 refs. Appraises the problems of muskeg, from field experience and study of the literature, most of which is botanical. Muskeg is organic terrain, and the organic material (non-living portion) of such terrain is peat. A theory of muskeg origin is given, considering climatic, biotic, and geologic factors from the engineers' viewpoint. Research is reviewed with emphasis on Canadian studies, and discussion of the Radforth muskeg classification system. Empirical data on the engineering properties of peat are described: its index properties for identification; its strength and deformation, thermal, and geophysical properties. Engineering problems, construction equipment, cost considerations, and frozen muskeg and permafrost problems are fully discussed. The status of research is evaluated: Radforth's definition is adequate; a comprehensive theory of origin is needed; the extent of muskeg in

North America is not completely outlined, nor its relation to engineering problems fully known, a more quantitative description of peat is needed, etc. CaMAI. PIHLAINEN, J. A., see also Nos. 80566, 81521. 82089. PIP, B. I. Kronotzk ignimbrites in Kamchatka. (International Volcanological Association. Bulletin volcanologique 1963. v. 25, p. 31-32.) Describes the main features and stratigraphic sequence of these fused pyroclastic rocks, widely distributed near Kronotskaya Sopka in eastern Kamchatka. Author suggests a possible process of caldera-forming eruption, associated with the origin of these ignimbrites; confirms Fenner's (No. 4886), Marshall's, and Zavarifskll's deductions on the formation of ignimbrites from incandescent, semi-molten gas clouds. DGS. PfiP, B. I., see also Nos. 81482, 84157, 84158. 82090. PIKAMÄE, A. Tüveline astmevaheldus liiiinemeresoome keeltes ja lapi .keeles. Tartu, 1957. 50 p. (Tartu. Ulikool. Toimetised, v. 50.) In Estonian. Summary in Russian, p. 43-50. Title tr.: Consonant shift gradation in Balto-Finnish and Lappish word stems. Comparative analysis of qualitative and quantitative shifts in single and geminated explosive consonants. Quantitative shifts DLC. predominate in Lappish. 82091. PIKE, A. E. The effect of mining in the Yukon economy. (Western miner and oil review 1963. v. 36, no. 5, p. 31-33, illus.) Paper presented at the Northern Development Conference, Whitehorse 1963. Discusses benefits from mineral explorations and development to the Territory, northern Canada generally, and to Government. They are exemplified from United Keno Hill Mines: its 1961-1962 outlay for wages and salaries, power, transportation, direct taxes ($1,124,000) etc. are listed. Since 1947, this operation spent approx. $34 Ølion in payrolls and paid over $8% million DGS. to shareholders. 82092. PIKULEVICH, L. D. 0 stadilnosti profsessov promerzanifa i izmenenifa vlazhnosti v sezonnoproinerzafüshchikh gruntakh. (Merzlotnye issledovania 1963, no. 3, p. 158-68, tables, graphs.) 17 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: On stages in freezing processes and moisture variation in seasonally freezing ground.

Presents results of field observations on time-moisture dynamics in freezing ground at the Bratsk Hydroelectric station in 19561960, and establishes consecutive stages of moisture variation during the process of freezing. The physical-mechanical properties, and moisture indexes of the ground at the experimental sites are given. The process of freezing and moisture migration are depicted in four stages: a rapid increase of freezing depth, a slow increase, an apparent equilibrium, and a thawing stage. The main purpose of the study was to develop a method for determining ice saturation of frozen ground, and take measures to prevent the ground from frost heaving. DGS. 82093. PIKULEVICH, L. D. Puchenie gruntov v ralone stroitel'stva Bratskol GES. (Merzlotnye issledovanifii 1963, no. 3, p. 131-57, tables, graphs, illus.) 4 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Heaving of ground in the Bratsk hydroelectric station construction area. Reports study of frost heaving during 1956-1960. The six test sites, characteristics of the various types of ground involved, and effects of heaving on foundations of various buildings and bridges along the TayshetBratsk railroad line are reported. The frostheaving process begins at the end of November and lasts till Feb.—March. Deformation occurs mostly in basements in wet deluvial loams. Moisture accumulation in the ground, duration of frost heaving and its extent at each site are described. Areas with the most intensive heaving are characterized as are those where heaving is absent, and suggestions are given for construction purDGS. poses. 82094. PILLSBURY, H. W. Gardens in Alaska. College 1962. 18 p. illus. (Alaska. Univ. Cooperative Extension Service. Bulletin 451 rev.) Refs. Revises No. 43548, on the planting and care of home gardens; gives directions for 32 vegetables, including some greenhouse crops, also for transplants and starter solutions. CaMAI. 82095. PILLSBURY, H. W. A key to flower use in Alaska. College 1960. 28 p. illus. (Alaska. Univ. Cooperative Extension Service. Bulletin 400.) 13 refs. Revises No. 60885, on 85 annuals and 80 perennials for various localities, and adds information on easily cultivated varieties, CaMAI. and transplanting. 82096. PILLSBURY, H. W. Shrubs for your yard. College 1960. 7 p. hus. (Alaska.

857

Univ. Cooperative Extension Service. Circular 438.) Describes ten ornamental shrubs suitable for Alaska: their appearance and size, growing habits, preferred habitat, care and uses. CaMAI. PIMENOV, M. G., see No. 83547. 82097. PINART, A. L. Catalogue des collections rapportees de l'Am4rique russe, Paris, aujourd'hui territoire d'Aliaska. Imprimerie J. Claye, 1872. 30 p. In French. Title tr.: Catalog of collections brought back from Russian America, now the Territory of Alaska. Describes, stating place of origin, the human and animal skulls, fossils, rock specimens, and over 200 artifacts exhibited at the Museum of Natural History, Paris. A special entry under No. 217 bis discusses numerous Aleut objects, antedating the Russian occupation, discovered in the Aknanh cave on Unga Island of the Shumagin group: skeletal remains, painted wooden hunting and fishing implements, masks DSI. bearing tattoo marks, etc. 82098. PINGS, C. J. Heat flux distribution near a crevasse. (Journal of glaciology 1963. v. 4, no. 34, p. 461-65, graphs.) 6 refs. French and German summary. Previously reported experimental temperature data were used to compute the two components of the heat flux vector in the ice body adjacent to a glacier crevasse in the North Greenland ice sheet. Graphical differentiation techniques were used. The computed components were used to synthesize values of the heat flux vector, including magnitude and direction. Greater accuracy was obtained than that by the technique of sketching heat flow lines orthogonal to the DLC. isotherms (infra).

shtammov, vydelennykh of olenel. (Zhurnal mikrobiologii, bpidemiologii i immunologii 1962. v. 33, no. 3, p. 76-81, tables.) 8 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Characteristics of Brucella strains isolated from reindeer. Study of 41 strains isolated during 19551960 in different arctic areas leads to a suggestion that a separate reindeer type exists, i.e. Brucella rangiferis. The claim is supported by biological, epizootic, epidemiological and other indications. DLC. 82101. PIN'KOVSKII, S. I. Tipy rechnykh rusel Srednel i füzhnol Sibiri. (Leningrad. Gos. gidrologicheskil inst. Trudy 1962. no. 94, p. 87-114, tables, map.) 32 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Types of river channels in middle and southern Siberia. Gives general characteristics of stream meandering, structure of floodplain, microrelief and other features of river channel development. The distribution of types of river channels in the Byrranga upland, northern Siberian plain, Lena-Vilyuy depression, Lena-Aldan plateau, and other regions is analyzed, and the largest rivers such as the Lena, Yenisey, Olenek, Vilyuy, Angara, Podkamennaya and Nizhnyaya Tunguska are described in some detail. A map showing river channel types is included. DLC. 82102. PINNEY, R. Vanishing wildlife. N. Y., Dodd, Mead 1963. 193 p. illus. 19 refs. Discusses wildlife conservation and describes some vanished and vanishing North American species. Of northern interest are the barren-ground caribou, muskox, whooping crane, Eskimo curlew, Labrador duck, DI. etc. Subject index. PINSON, W. H., see No. 77315.

82099. PINGS, C. J. Temperature distribution near a crevasse. (Journal of glaciology 1961. v. 3, no. 30, p. 985-96, graphs, tables.) 3 refs. French and German summary. During the summer of 1955, 53 thermocouples were installed in the ice mass near a crevasse in a glacier in the ice sheet of North Greenland. Temperatures were observed in 1955 and 1956. The accumulated data were sufficient to prepare a description of the transient thermal behavior of the ice body adjacent to the crevasse. Isotherm maps provide a base for computation of heat flux DLC. vectors. 82100. PINIGIN, A. F., and O. S. PETUKHOVA. Kharakteristika bruiselleznykh

858

PINUS, A. A., see No. 83699. PIN'ZHAKOV, V., see No. 82211. PIOTROVSKII, V. K., see No. 80789. 82103. PIRA, A. On bone deposits in the cave "Stora Förvar" on the Isle of Stora Karlsö, Sweden, a contribution to the knowledge of prehistoric animals. On the seals in the Baltic during the stone age of Sweden. (Acta zoologica, 1926. v. 7, no. 1, p. 123-217, tables.) Refs. Describes and tabulates, p. 126-34, skeletal remains of Halichoerus grypus, Phoca hispida, and Ph. groenlandica found in different layers of the cave. Ph. vitulina,

now present in the Baltic, was not found. Salinity and faunal characteristics of the stone-age Littorina Sea are discussed and compared with present-day conditions of the Baltic. DLC. 82104. PIRIE, M. C. Canada's first citizens. (Canadian banker 1952, v. 59, no. 3, p. 52-66, illus.) Reviews the theory that Eskimo and Indian ancestors entered North America via Bering Strait 30,000 years ago. An estimated 221,000 natives lived in Canada at the time of the first white contact: the northern groups are described, among others. CaOCU. 82105. PIRLET, K. Das thermoregulatorische Verhalten nach Wärmeentzug im kalten Bad. (Pflügers Archiv für die gesamte Physiologie 1961. v. 274, no. 1, p. 7980.) Ref. In German. Title tr.: Thermoregulatory behavior following heat loss in the cold bath. Reports women, exposed to a standard cooling, showed essentially the same responses as men, except that at equal thickness of subcutaneous fat, their core temperature dropped lower. Their smaller weight, including the "core" is considered reDLC. sponsible for this difference. 82106. PIROZHNIKOV, L. P. Ostatki pterigotusa is karbona basselna reki Kele. (Leningrad. N: issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Trudy 1961, no. 124, p. 36-37, illus.) 2 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Remains of Pterygotus, from the Carboniferous in Kele River basin. Describes the telson of Pterygotus dzharanensis n. sp., a carboniferous crustacean found in the Dzharan River region of the Kele (tributary to the Aldan) basin. DOS. 82107. PIROZHNIKOV, P. L. Promyslovye ryby krupnykh rek Sibirskogo Severa, sostofanie zapasov i vozmozhnye ulovy. (Problemy Severe 1962, no. 6, p. 222-28, tables.) 16 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Commercial fishes in the big rivers of Siberia, state of the resources and catch outlook. Discusses composition (water, protein, ash) of the 14 most valuable species for 1951-1958 in the Ob, Yenisey, Khatanga, Lena and Kolyma. The catch ranged from a high of 403,000 Ø. from the Ob River in 1958 to a low of 15,000 cwt., Kolyma 1955. The Ob catch is to be increased to 700,000 cwt. by 1965 and 1,100,000 cwt. DLC. in 1975.

PIRUMOVA, L. G., see No. 76958. PISAREVSKII, ft.

S., see No. 78600.

82108. PISATELI KOMI ASSR. Syktyvkar, Komi knizhnoe izd-vo 1961. 151 p. port. In Russian. Title tr.: Writers of Komi ASSR. Compiled by G. I. Torlopov. Presents biographical sketches of 43 Zyryan writers and poets, with critical reviews of their work. Appended is a chronicle of main events in Komi press and literary life since 1918, also a list of some 250 books pub. during 1921-1960. DLC. 82109. PIS'MENNYI, N. R. Nekotorye itogi lesovosstanovitel'nykh rabot. (Lesnoe khortalstvo 1963. v. 16, no. 2, p. 32-38, table.) 4 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Some results of reforestation. Surveys status of this work throughout the Soviet Union including northern areas, and some recent publications. Some 147,000 hectares cut over in the northwest, 55,000 in Komi, 36,000 in Krasnoyarsk Province require reforestation on 82,000, 10,000 and 11,000 hectares respectively; such work is in progress. DLC. PIVKOVA, A., see No. 79061. PIVNEVA, V. T., see No. 80164. 82110. PIVOVAROVA, Z. I., and T. T. PLESHKOVA. Mesfachnye i godovye summy sostovlfäfäshchikh radiarsionnogo bahnsan a territorii SSSR v period MGG. (USSR. Glavnoe upravlenie gidrometeorologicheskol sluzhby. Materialy konferenisil: po itogam MGG (1960) i meteorologicheskogo izucheni1 , Antarktidy (1959), pub. 1961, p. 80-90, charts, tables, illus.) 9 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Monthly and yearly sums of radiation balance components on the territory of the USSR for the IGY period. Reports actinometric observations in 1957-1959 at 24 stations of the Hydrometeorological Service, the net of stations including Arkhangel'sk, Turukhansk, Olenek, Yakutsk, Verkhoyansk and Oymyakon. Direct, dispersed, reflected and total radiation and radiation balance are measured or calculated and the data reported. Albedo of the snow cover is also reported. Total radiation and radiation balance are diagrammed for each station. Yearly variation of the radiation balance is characterized. DLC. PLAFKER, G., see No. 83839. 82111. PLAKHOTNIK, A. F. Severo-vostochnafä chest' Tikhogo okeana. (Morskol

859

sbornik 1963. v. 46, no. 4, p. 29-36, maps.) 4 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The northeastern part of Pacific Ocean. Reports investigations of 1958-1959 by the Vial , and 1960-1962 by the PerueneU, Orlik, Pelamida, Ametist, and others. Special attention is given to Gulf of Alaska and adjacent areas. Physical-geographic features are characterized, noting bottom topography and bathymetry. Continental slope, Patton and Gilbert submarine elevations, and the Aleutian trench are described. The main features of climate such as precipitation, evaporation, atmospheric pressure, and wind are summarized. The hydrologic regime is dealt with, noting existing currents, DLC. water temperature, salinity, etc. PLATONENKOV, A. N., see No. 79198. PLATT, A. W., see No. 77406. 82112. PLAYFORD, G. Lower Carboniferous microfioras of Spitsbergen, part II. (Palaeontology 1963. v. 5, no. 4, p. 619-78, tables, illus. Concludes the study abstracted as No. DGS. 74819. 82113. PLAYFORD, G., and M. S. BARSS. Upper Mississippian microflora from Axel Heiberg Island, District of Franklin. Ottawa, Queen's Printer 1963. 5 p. table. (Canada. Geological Survey. Paper 62-36.) 11 refs. Records and discusses the discovery, identification, and correlation of a spore assemblage found in a black, micaceous, shaly siltstone at Svartevaeg on the northern extremity of Axel Heiberg Island. The sampled horizon is in the lowermost part of the Sverdrup Basin sequence, considered by previous workers to be of Middle Pennsylvanian, not Mississippian age. Identification of four plants as Mississippian, as well as correlation of ten from the score of identified spore species in sample with Spitsbergen, USSR, and other Canadian occurrences, indicate a Visdan age, closely related to the Aurita assemblage in Spitsbergen, and the Chester formations elsewhere in Canada. DLC. PLAYFORD, G., see also No. 78245. 82114. PLEKHANOY, G. F., and others. Nekotorye itogi izuchenifit problemy Tungusskogo meteorita. (Geologifii i geofizika 1963, no. 1, p. 111-23, map.) 46 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Some results of investigation of the Tunguska meteorite problem. Reports on the field and other studies of

860

an independent multi-purpose expedition, 1959-1961: destruction in the observation on the area of the meteorite fall, the search for remains of a cosmic body, the geophysical materials of 1908, etc. The possible nature of this meteorite is discussed. The cosmic hypothesis on it worked out by V. G. Fesenkov (cf. Nos. 71383, 71384) is analyzed and some objections are raised. Another hypothesis, that of a cosmic dust cloud is DLC. presented. PLESHKOYA, T. T., see No. 82110. 82115. PLESOVSKIT, F. V. K voprosu o razvitii pesen komi i udmurtov. (Istorikofilologicheskil sbornik 1962. no. 7, p. 105120.) Approx. 20 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Evolution of Komi and Udmurt songs. Comparative study of some ballads of Zyryan-Udmurt ancestry and their development after the two peoples separated about the 11th century A.D. DLC. 82116. PLET, F. C. Q-indices of magnetic activity at Resolute Bay, Baker Lake, and Yellowknife magnetic observatories for selected days of the International Geophysical Year. Ottawa, Queen's Printer 1963. p. 171-208, graphs, tables. (Canada. Dominion Observatory. Publications v. 27, no. 4.) 2 refs. Contains quarter-hourly measurements of the total deviation of the more disturbed horizontal field component from its predetermined normal curve, for 109 selected days of the IGY. Q-indices based separately on the two horizontal field components, Qx and Qy, are listed for Resolute Bay and Baker Lake. A final tabulation of Q showing the selection of the more disturbed horizontal component index for each quarter-hour interval is given for each of the three observatories. Data for Yellowknife are available only to July 1958. Selected days included 25 with great storms, 34 with remarkable activity of short duration preceded by very quiet interval, and 50 of considerable geomagnetic activity. DGS. 82117. PLETNEVA, N. I., and others. Akfsessornyl redkozemel'nyl silikat-apatit iz pegmatitov. (Materialy po mineralogii Kol'skogo poluostrova 1962. no. 2, p. 12332, tables, illus.) 8 refs. In Russian. Other authors: N. A. Elina, A. P. Denisov, and A. P. Gavrilov. Title tr.: Accessory rare earth silicate-apatite from pegmatites. Reports chemical, X-ray, spectrum and other studies of this rare mineral containing the rare earth elements yttrium and cerium, and found in pegmatites of Kola Peninsula.

According to crystallochemical and optical properties, this mineral is intermediate between britholite and abukumalite. It is cerium-yttrium silicate-apatite. Its origin DLC. is discussed. 82118. PLIASHKEVICH, L. N. Nekotorye dannye o sostave i strukture zheleznogo meteorita El'ga. (Meteoritika 1962. no. 22, p. 51-60, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: Some data on composition and structure of the El'ga iron meteorite. Describes the texture and structure of this meteorite found in 1959 in the upper Indigirka basin, Yakut ASSR. Its metallic part, kamacite, taenite, plessite, schreibersite and troilite are recognized and these minerals are briefly described. Chemical analyses are given noting presence of 89.40% iron. DLC. PLOTKIN, S. A., see No. 77883. 82119. PLOTNIKOV, L. M. 0 mekhanizme gorstoobrazovanifa v Tungusskol (In: Akademifor nauk SSSR. sineklize. Sibirskoe otd-ie ... Tektonika Sibiri. v. 2, 1963, p. 108-111, cross-sections.) 4 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Mechanism of horst formation in the Tungusskiy synclinorium. Describes and illus. three horsts in the Ilimpeya River basin. The Upper Paleozoic sandstones have been uplifted in lower Triassic tuffs along the faults. The largest horst is 200 m. wide, the others 6 m. and 8-10 m. Their structure and origin are discussed. DLC. 82120. PLOTNIKOV, L. M. Tektonicheskie uslovifii obrazovanifa trappovykh intruzi! Sibirskol platformy. (Sovetskafa geologifa 1963, no. 1, p. 129-34, diagrs.) 8 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Tectonic conditions in formation of trap intrusions of Siberian platform. Reports a 1958 field study in the Tychany River region. Three stages in the sedimentary-volcanic cover are recognized, Lower Paleozoic, Upper Paleozoic and Lower Triassic. Each is characterized. Intrusive sheets of traps and their morphologic varieties are described. Open joints which were filled with trap magma are recognized. Tectonics and mechanism of the formation of trap intrusions are discussed. DLC. 82121. PLOTNIKOV, N. I., and others. Rezul'taty razvedochnykh rabot na Pauzhetskom mestorozhdenii. (Razvedka i okhrana nedr 1963. v. 29, no. 8, p. 39-46, tables, map, illus.) In Russian. Other

authors: A. S. Cha1'fiin, I. I. Sobolev, and N. P. Volyne€. Title tr.: Results of prospecting work on the Pauzhetka deposits. Reports various hydrogeologic investigations in this valley of Kamchatka, with a view to utilizing its hot springs for heating purposes and building a geothermal electric station. Geologic mapping at scales 1:100; 000 and 1:25,000, electric logging and magnetometry, thermometric survey, drillings and other prospecting work are outlined and results summarized. Discharge, temperature, depths and other features of the hot springs are characterized. Kamchatka and the Kuril Islands comprise a large province of highly thermal waters which can be used for industrial and domestic purposes. DLC. 82122. PLOTNIKOV, N. N., and others. Gel'mintozy naselenifa raTonov Krainego Severs. (Problemy Severs 1962, no. 6, p. 141-49.) 33 refs. In Russian. Other authors: N. 0. Anan'ina, I. F. Kozminskafa and Z. N. Kotova. Title tr.: Helminthoses among the population of the Far North. Authors discuss earlier observations and views on these infections in Russia, especially diphyllobotriasis; arctic fish infected with tapeworm larvae; anemia due to tapeworm infection; opisthorchosis and the epidemiological life cycle of Opisthorchis felines: echinococcosis. Areas and incidence of human infections, therapy, prophylaxis, DLC. etc. are also considered. 82123. PLOTNIKOVA, L. Nezasluzhenno zabytoe. (Dekorativnoe iskusstvo 1961, no. 12, p. 31-32, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: Wrongly forgotten. Describes traditional Yakut arts and crafts as reaching their culmination in the 19th century. Ornamented utensils and furniture of wood and birch bark are particularly noted, and their suitability for contemporary home furnishing indicated. DLC. 82124. PLOTNIKOVA, M. I., and others. Paleogeografifa mezhdurech'fa Markhi i Titinga v ka!nozoe i svfazi s istoriel formirovanifa almazonosnykh rossypeL (Leningrad. Vses. n: issl. geologicheskil inst. Trudy 1963, n. ser. v. 90. Materialy po chetvertichnol geologii i geomorfologii, no. 5, p. 81-96, charts.) 5 refs. In Russian. Other authors: 0. I. Kardopol'fseva, 0. G. Saltykov, and V. N. UmaneG. Title tr.: Paleogeography of the Markha-Tyung inter Huve in the Cenozoic in relation to the formation history of diamond-bearing placers. Reports a study of diamond-bearing

sal

"watershed pebbles" of the middle MarkhaTyung. Five groups are distinguished according to age and genesis: Upper Cretaceous, Paleogene, Neogene, Pliocene-Lower Quaternary of the sixth Markha terrace, and Lower Quaternary of the fifth Markha terrace. Each group of these deposits and the gravel is analyzed, noting mineralogic composition, size of pebbles, distribution, and other features. Paleogeographic conditions of the Paleogene, Neogene, PlioceneLower Quaternary and Middle Quaternary DLC. are characterized. 82125. PLOTNIKOVA, M. I., and others. Stratigrafifa i litologifii "vodorazdel'nykh galechnikov" Markhino-Tfüngskogo meshdurech'iii. i paleogeografl i vremeni ikh nakoplenifa v sviazi s istoriel formirovanifa almazonosnykh rossypel basselna srednego techeniII r. Markhi. (Akademifa nauk SSSR. fAkutskil filial. Trudy 1963. ser. geol. no. 9, p. 12311, maps.) 5 refs. In Russian. Other authors: 0. I. Kardopol'tseva, O. G. Saltykov, V. N. Umane£s, and I. B. Glushkovskil. Title tr.: The stratigraphy and lithology of "watershed pebbles" of the Markha-Tyung interfluve and paleogeography at the time of their accumulation in connection with the formation history of diamond-bearing placers of the basin of the middle course of Markha River. Reports a lithologic, geomorphic and palynologic study of such pebbles distributed in the Vilyuy, Markha, and Tyung basins. They are connected with diamond placers and their age and origin have been interpreted variously. Their age and genetic groups are recognized as Upper CretaceousPaleogene, Paleogene, Neogene, Pliocene, and Lower Pleistocene. Each group is described noting the mineralogic composition, palynologic analysis, and other features. Paleogeography is outlined for each in turn and possible sources of diamond placers are DLC. considered. 82126. PLOTNIKOVA, M. I., and G. V. Veshchestvennyl sostav MATVEEVA. chetvertichnykh otlozhenil Srednego Timana v svfazi s perspektivami almazonosnosti. Vses. geologicheskil inst. (Leningrad. Materialy 1961. n. ser. no. 42, p. 105-114, tables, illus.) 2 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The material composition of the Middle Timan Quaternary deposits in connection with their diamond-bearing properties. Reports on the grain sizing, and quantitative-petrographic composition of boulder and gravel, and heavy concentrates of these deposits, collected in the Tsil'ma, Pechorskaya Pizhma, and Mezenskaya Pizhma

862

River basins. Results show that alluvial deposits are not prospective for diamonds. The Pre-Quaternary rocks associated with occurrence of diamonds are very little disintegrated. DLC. PLOTNIKOVA, M. I., see also Nos. 77071, 79887. 82127. PLOVGAARD, K. Da Grønland fik sit første bispesaede, glimt fra Nordboriget i det 12. århundrede. (Grønland 1963, no. 12, p. 463-69, illus.) In Danish. Title tr.: When Greenland got its first episcopal seat, glimpses of Norse settlement in the 12th century. Recounts from Icelandic sagas some events leading to and following the arrival of Bishop Arnald from Norway in 1126; he remained in Greenland till 1152. CaMAI. 82128. PLOVGAARD, K. Fra nordborigets sidste fase. (Grønland 1963, no. 2, p. 65-72, illus.) In Danish. Title tr.: The last phase of the Norse settlement. Lists probable causes for the 14th-century decline of the Norse civilization in Greenland: change in climate, deterioration of health through undernourishment and intermarriage, the plague introduced from Europe, break in communication with the outside world, and attacks by the Eskimos. CaMAI. PLUSH, R. W., see No. 84329. POCHVY VIL(UISKOGO BASSEINA, see No. 84691. 82129. POD"fACHIKH, P. G. NaseIenie SSSR. Moskva, Gospolitizdat 1961. 191 p. tables, maps, graphs. In Russian. Title tr.: The population of the USSR. Presents data based on the 1959 census, including the northern administrative and economic provinces, national districts, aborigines (number and percentage using native language), education level, urban growth, etc., similar to No. 68893. The small peoples of the North constitute 0.06% of the total for USSR, the Yokota 0.11%, Zyryans and Permiaks 0.21%; population of Siberia and the Far East is 80-85% Russian. Education data show about 20% of the natives in the Khanty-Mansi, Yamal-Nenets, and Evenki National Districts graduated from secondary schools, DLC. 1.3% with a higher education. 82130. PODLESNYI, A. V. Lososevye rek Enisefa, Pfisiny, Khatangi, dinamika ikh zapasov i perspektivy ispol'zovanifå. (Voprosy ekologii 1962. v. 5, p. 169-71, table.)

In Russian. Title tr.: Salmonids of the Yenisey, Pyasina and Khatanga, dynamics of their stocks and prospects of utilization. Discusses the main species, fishing areas, and catches since 1935. Over-fishing during World War II is noted, and reserves in each of the three systems are reported, they are largest in the Yenisey. Organization of the fishery is uneconomic, ruinous catches are made of young fish, etc. Regulations are suggested concerning gear, seasons and fish size. DLC. 82131. PODLESNYI, A. V. Ryby Eniseia, uslovifit ikh obitanifii i ispol'zovanie. (Leningrad. Gos. n. -issl. inst. ozernogo i rechnogo rybnogo khozialstva. Izvestitä 1958. v. 44, p. 97-178, tables.) About 90 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Fishes of the Yenisey, their life conditions and their utilization. Review, based on investigations in 19461949, with an introduction on earlier work as from the last quarter of the 18th century. Natural conditions of the Yenisey are outlined: rheological, chemical and generalbiological. Its ichthyofauna is treated in detail, and for 42 species, their taxonomic and zoogeographic position, synonyms, morphology, size and weight, food, habitat, distribution, migration, etc. are given. Biological characteristics of importance to fisheries are considered; such as growth, fertility, reproduction, food, size, enemies, etc. Migrations are described, and distribution is analyzed according to habitat and sectors of the river. The fishery is dealt with from its recorded beginnings, but with emphasis on the present century. Catches are tabulated as to quantity and species DLC. composition. 82132. PODOBINA, V. M. Novye svedenifå o senonskikh kompleksakh foraminifer vostochnykh ralonov Zapadno-Sibirskol nizmennosti. (Geologifii i geofizika 1963, no. 7, p. 40-49, table, map.) 27 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: New data on Senonian foraminifer complexes in the eastern regions of the West Siberian lowland. Reports study of Upper Cretaceous forams in the Turukhansk, Ust'-Yeniseysk, Tym River and other regions. From it Senonian deposits are divided into Coniacian, Santonian and Campanian stages and smaller stratigraphic units. In the lower Yenisey region, macrofauna confirm the dating by forams. DLC. 82133. PODOLIIK, F. Vermikulit v ograzhdafi shchikh konstruktsiixkh. (Na

strolkakh Rossii 1962. v. 3, no. 1, p. 29, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: Vermiculite in barrier construction. Discusses production and use of this mineral, a thermal and sound insulation material very light in weight. Among deposits under development is one in Yakutia, and one in the Kovdozero region of Kola Peninsula; at the latter, a pilot concentration plant of 7.5 tons/yr. production is being built. DLC. 82134. PODOROVA, A. I. Chastitsy v komi ß.zyke. (Istoriko-filologicheskil sbornik 1956, no. 3, p. 119-30.) 3 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Particles in the Komi language. Morphological analysis of Zyryan. DLC. PODVYSO'KIf, A. 0., see No. 80636. 82135. POE, R. H., and others. Alloxandiabetic rats during acclimation to cold. (American journal of physiology 1963. v. 205, no. 1, p. 184-88, table, illus.) 22 refs. Other authors: J. W. White and T. R. A. Davis. Reports survival rate of such rats at 5° C. very low in the first two weeks and related to the pre-exposure level of the blood sugar. The first two weeks also showed a significant drop in muscle glycogen and the highest weight loss. Once acclimatized, all rats survived. A quantitative relationship between cold-survival and available insulin, is suggested. DLC. POE, R. H., see also No. 79801. POGODINA, T. N., see No. 77740. 82136. POGORELOV, B. S. Fundament Berezovskogo gazonosnogo ralona. (Leningrad. Vses. neftEmol n: issl. geologorazvedochnyl inst. Trudy 1963. no. 225, p. 167-83, map.) 6 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Basement of the Berezovo gas-bearing region. Describes the stratigraphy and tectonics of the Berezovo basement uncovered by more than 200 wells and studied by geophysical methods. Stratigraphy of the Proterozoic, Cambrian, Ordovician, Silurian, Devonian and other deposits are reported. Structural units of the first order are analyzed. DLC. 82137. POGORELOV, V. I. 0 svolstvakh potokov korpuskuli irnogo izluchenifa v zonakh poliarnykh siiinil. (Geomagnetizm i aeronomifai 1963. v. 3, no. 4, p. 764-65.) 3 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: On the

863

properties of the streams of corpuscular emission in auroral zones. Transforms the approximate formulas derived earlier (cf. No. 74841, 74843) for an evaluation of the maximum density of corpuscular streams which produce auroras. The new formulas are similar to the original, but give an accurate mathematical description of the process of aurora formation in the earth's atmosphere. DLC. 82138. POGOZHEV, A. G., and others. Stratigrafifå paleogenovykh i neogenovykh otlozhenil vostochnogo poberezh'iä Penzhinskol guby. (In: Leningrad. N.-issl. inst. geol. Arktiki. Geologifor Korfåkskogo nagor'få 1963, p. 122-32, map.) 10 refs. In Russian. Other authors: V. I. Golakov and A. S. Arsanov. Title tr.: Stratigraphy of Paleogene and Neogene deposits on the east coast of Penzhina Bay. Reports own 1958-1959 study and use of previous work. The Tigel series of Eocene is described and divided into three subseries. Oligocene deposits, effusive-pyroclastic and coal-bearing, also have three subseries. Lower-middle Miocene and upper MiocenePliocene are described and divided in smaller stratigraphic units. DLC. 82139. POGOZHEV, A. G., and A. I. SEMEIKIN. Tretichnye otlozhenifä Severo-Vostoka SSSR. (In: Mezhvedomstvennoe soveshchanie... Trudy 1959, p. 390403.) In Russian. Title tr.: Tertiary deposits of northeastern USSR. Notes it impossible at present to work out a single stratigraphic scheme for this entire area, but description is given according to regions. Paleogene deposits are described: on the east coast of Penzhina Bay, from Podkagernaya Bay to Cape Astronomicheskiy; the Olyutorka region, southeast part of Koryak Range and Bering Sea coastal areas; northeast part of the Koryak Range, Taygonos Peninsula; Anadyr, Penzhina, Kolyma, Indigirka and Lena basins. Neogene deposits are described for: Penzhina Bay, Olyutorka region, Bering Sea coast, Koryak Range, Anadyr and Lena basins. Flora and fauna are characterized. ICRL. 82140. POGREBI JKII, ft?. E. Dokembrilskil fundament Talmyra i ego deformafsii v period obrazovaniIb. skladchatol oblasti. (In: Akademifor nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie ...Tektonika Sibiri. v. 2, 1963, p. 294-301.) 9 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Precambrian basement of the Taymyr and its deformations in the period of folded zone formation.

864

Outlines its tectonics and distinguishes three stages of structures. Late Paleozoic and Mesozoic dislocations are identified which affected not only the sedimentary cover but structures of the basement also. DLC.

flit.

82141. POGREBIØKII, E. Nekotorye cherty dokembrilskogo fundamenta Talmyra i ego deformaaii v period obrazovanifor skladchatol oblasti. (Leningrad. N. -issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Informa{'sionnyl biulleten' 1961, no. 25, p. 34-35, maps.) 5 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Some features of the Taymyr Precambrian basement and its deformation in the period of formation of the folded province. Analyzes tectonics of the Precambrian basement, and recognizes three structural stages: lower, middle and upper. Each is characterized, noting its extent and main events. In the period of tectonic activity, deformation embraced not only rocks of the cover but also the old structures of the basement. First and second order structures are briefly reviewed. DLC. 82142. POHJAKALLIO, 0., and others. The wintering of cultivated grasses at the experimental farms Viik 60°10' N. and Muddusniemi 69°5' N. (Ada agriculturae scandinavica 1963. v. 13, no. 2, p. 109-130, tables, graph, illus.) 40 refs. Other authors: A. Salonen and S. Antila. Muddusniemi in Lapland west of Lake Inari, has fine sandy soil (pH 5.3-5.5) containing practically no humus, and grass trials were sown without nurse crop. During 1959-1961, winter survival and changes in health of grasses under the snow cover were observed: frost heaving was negligible, damage due mainly to freezing, to surface water and ice, and to low-temperature parasitic fungi, principally late winter effects of Sclerotinia borealis, for which treatment is discussed. Fungus damage was of no importance at Viik near Helsinki. Seed of 11 species of Phleum, Festuca, Lolium, Dactylis, Bromus, Alopecurus, and Poa was obtained from various sources, and the most winter-resistant found to be Poa alpigena and Alopecurus geniculatus, which are wild species. DLC. 82143. POHL, F. J. Atlantic crossings before Columbus. New York, Norton 1961. 315 p. illus. 107 refs. Includes probable voyages to Greenland by St. Brendan of Ireland in the 5-6th centuries; N6rse settlement of Greenland and voyages to Vinland in the 10-11th centuries. DLC.

82144. POINT BARROW CONFERENCE ON NATIVE RIGHTS, Barrow, Alaska, Nov. 1961. Inupiat paitot. (Indian affairs Dec. 1961. no. 44, p. 1-2, illus.) Title tr.: Eskimo rights and heritage. Statement, in English, of policy and program adopted by Eskimos from northern and western Alaska at this conference, sponsored by the Association on American Indian Affairs. The Eskimos claim aboriginal land and hunting rights, also the rights to minerals on their claimed land. Education, housing, employment, roads, health, etc. are also considered. An Eskimo organization and news bulletin are suggested. DSI. 82145. POKAZAN'EVA, I. F. Rastitel'nyl mir MagadanskoT oblasti. (Magadan. OblastnoT kraevedcheskil muzel. Kraevedcheskie zapiski 1957. no. 1, p. 79-91.) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Vegetation of Magadan Province. Describes the physiography of the area, general character of vegetation and dominant forms, pasture plants, bushes and berries with vitamin content of some. Oil and aromatic plants, seaweeds and their potential uses, poisonous plants, cultivated plants and their potential, also decorative plants are treated in turn. A review of earlier work MII. introduces the account. 82146. POKROVSKAifA, G. F., and V. I. VESELOV. 0 biokhimicheskom sostave i kalorilnosti nekotorykh zhivotnykh kormov Økutii. (Akademifa nauk SSSR. iAkutskiT filial. Doklady 1957. v. 8, p. 235-37, table.) 3 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Biochemical composition and caloric value of some animal foods of Yakutia. Protein, fat, ash, and water content as well as caloric value of common mammals and fish are presented in tabular form. Included are reindeer, elk, squirrel, cattle, DLC. horse, etc. and a dozen fishes. 82147. POKROVSKAIA, G. F. Opyty po kormlenif l serebristo-chernykh lisits primenitel'no k mestnym kormam fAkutii. (Akademifil nauk SSSR. IAkutskil filial. Doklady 1957. v. 8, p. 222-33, tables.) 8 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Experiments in feeding silver foxes, adapted to indigenous feed-stuffs of Yakutia. Criticizes the accepted feeding methods as developed in temperate climates, and reports experiments utilizing fish as main source of protein and local wild plants as source of carbohydrates. A varied fish diet supplemented with milk and its products proved a suitable substitute for meat from

warm-blooded animals. Local berries, mushrooms and grasses successfully replaced grain and vegetables. DLC. 82148. POKROVSKAIA, I. M. Nakazy of gorodov Sibiri v ulozhennult komissifil 1767 goda kak istoricheskil istochnik. (Arkheograficheskil ezhegodnik 1961. v. 5, p. 82-98, tables.) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Instructions by Siberian townships to the legislative commission of 1767, as an historical source. Discusses documents relating to the election of deputies (including those from Yakutsk), also legislative and administrative proposals, etc. sent to the codification committee set up in 'Moscow. These materials are important for the study of social and economic conditions of the 18th century. DLC. 82149. POKROVSKII, B. PaketnyT sposob izgotovleniI . konstrukGiY. (Na stro! kakh Rossii 1962. v. 3, no. 4, p. 24, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: The package method of construction production. Describes the making of prefabricated construction units of reinforced concrete. Girders of 18 m. span and 4.4 t. weight made of M-300 concrete reinforced with steel bar armature are processed in pairs, load tested, and used in industrial construction in Krasnoyarskiy Kray. A seven-man team produces 24 girders per normal work month. Smaller 12 m. span, 2.3 t. under-truss girders are also produced. DLC. 82150. POLAR RECORD. Field work. (Its: v. 11, 1963. no. 73-75.) Summary account is given of the following: Cambridge Spitsbergen Expedition 1962 continued geological and geophysical work of previous years; investigations by eight parties based at Longyearbyen and on the Biskayerhuken peninsula are summarized by expedition leader, W. B. Harland (no. 73, p. 435-38) ; Leicester University East Greenland Expeditions 1961 and 1962 studied botany, geology, and zoology in the Kong Oscars Fjord region, summarized by G. Halliday (no. 74, p. 593-95); Scottish Spitsbergen Expedition 1962 studied geology of the Hatten-Diabasodden area and in southwest Sassenfjorden, noted by H. G. Wright (no. 74, p. 596); Imperial College Hornsund Expedition 1962 studied glaciology and botany in Vestspitsbergen, noted by R. C. Schroter (no. 74, p. 596); Oxford University Expedition to East Greenland 1962 studied geomorphology, glaciology, zoology, and botany in the

865

Schuchert River valley and the coastal area at the mouth of Nordvestfjord, summarized from Oxford University Exploration Club Bulletin, no. 12 (no. 74, p. 596-97); Danish archeological expedition to Greenland in 1962 worked in the Julianehåb district, mainly excavating Viking ruins (no. 73, p. 438); Danish field work in Greenland 1961 in anthropology, archeology, biology, geodesy, and geology, summarized from No. 69863 (no. 74, p. 592-93); Soviet institutes' recent work in geology, geophysics, biology, permafrost, glaciology, soils, oceanography, etc. summarized from Problemy Severa, no. 4 (no. 73, p. 438-40); Atomic icebreaker Lenin's 1961 voyage, from No. 73758 (no. 75, p .719); Northern Sea Route 1962: ice conditions, ships employed, length of season, etc. (no. 75, p. 719-20); Soviet drifting stations North Pole-10, -11, and -12 in the Arctic Ocean during 1962 and 1963 and the annual relief expedition "Sever-15" led by N. I. Blinov (no. 75, p. 722-23); U.S.-Canadian Project TIREC 1962, to obtain ice information from satellite photographs, summarized from a report by the Defence Research Board of Canada, q.v. (no. 75, p. 721-22); Permafrost measurements to 2000 ft. on Melville Island in the Canadian Arctic by the Jacobsen-McGill Arctic Research Expedition in 1962, by G. Jacobsen (no. 74, p. 595-96); Operation Prince of Wales 1962 by the Geological Survey of Canada on Boothia Peninsula and Somerset, Prince of Wales, and King William Islands, by R. G. Blackadar (no. 74, p. 597-98) ; Jacobsen-McGill Arctic Research Expedition to Axel Heiberg Island, its 1962 investigations in meteorology, botany, geomorphology, and glaciology, summarized by F. Muller (no. 74, p. 598-600); Ice islands calved from Ward Hunt Ice Shelf, northern Ellesmere Island, tracked until July 1963, noted by G. F. HattersleySmith (no. 75, p. 723); International Commission for the Northwest Atlantic Fisheries' survey, "Norwestlant 1-3", of distribution and drift of cod eggs and larvae and redfish larvae in Greenland waters 1963, its program of biological and hydrographic observations (no. 75, p. 723-24); Comparative tests of glacier sounding techniques on the icecap near TUTO, north Greenland, by American, French, and British scientists 1963, by S. Evans (no. 75, p. 725-26). DLC. 866

82151. POLAR RECORD. Notes. (Its: v. 11, 1963. no. 73-75.) Events and other news of arctic interest, except expeditions and obituaries, supra, infra, are summarized as follows: Institute of Permafrost Studies (Institut merzlotovedenifil) to be created at Yakutsk, USSR, noted from No. 62902 (no. 73, p. 469); Soviet publications on permafrost studies, listed (no. 73, p. 469-70); Norwegian-Soviet fishing agreement of 1962 on operations in the Barents Sea, summarized (no. 73, p. 470) ; U.S. National Oceanographic Data Center opened in Washington, D.C. in Jan. 1961, its objects stated (no. 73, p. 471); Rock drilling through floating ice and water to deepen the approach canal at the port of Luleå, northern Sweden, method described (no. 73, p. 471-72); Bedford Institute of Oceanography, opened in Nova Scotia in Oct. 1962 as eastern headquarters for Canadian federal agencies concerned with oceanography (no. 74, p. 611); Use of polyurethane foam and fiber-glass resin laminate to make insulated, lightweight panels for U.S. Army buildings in Greenland, described, partly from a paper by S. B. Swenson and J. MacClarence, q.v. (no. 74, p. 611-12); North Pacific Fur Seal Commission, recommendations on optimum sealing methods for obtaining the maximum sustainable yield (no. 75, p. 727-28); First Canadian Conference on Permafrost held in Ottawa, Apr. 1962, No. 81521, papers listed (no. 75, p. 728-29); Geographical names in Greenland committee (Det grØnlandske Stednavneudvalg) noted (no. 74, p. 729); Building construction and town planning in the Soviet Arctic, summarized from Nos. 56388 and 73237, also landscape gardening and northern plant selection from two publication Nos. 60940, 82160. (no. 75, p. 730-31); New Russian applications of air photography in sea ice studies, noted from papers pub. in 1961 by V. V. Betin and K. P. Shirokov and by V. I. Avgevich q.v. (no. 75, p. 731-32); A. N. Zavaritskil Institute of Volcanology (Institut vulkanologii imeni A. N. Zavariiskogo) set up at Petropavlovsk, its replacement of other research stations, its functions, noted from V. I. Vlodavefs, and others, q.v. (no. 75, p. 732); Tidal power stations on the shores of the White and Barents Seas planned by the

Russians, noted from No. 70172 (no. 75, p. 733); Arctic Research Laboratory, Point Barrow, Alaska, its 1962 activities including projects on ice islands Arlis II and T-3, by J. F. Schlinder (no. 75, p. 733-35); Quest, a Norwegian sealer used in Arctic and Antarctic expeditions, lost off Labrador DLC. in May 1962 (no. 75, p. 735). 82152. POLAR RECORD. Obituaries. (Its: v. 11, 1963. no. 73-75.) Included are items on: Father Bernard Rosecrans Hubbard, died 1962, American scientist with diverse interests and long experience in Alaska (no. 73, p. 512); Ukichiro Nakaya, 1900-1962, Japanese authority on snow and ice crystals (no. 73, p. 512); Robert Pommier, 1921-1962, French author-photographer, who participated in expeditions to Vestspitsbergen in 1946 and Greenland 1952 (no. 73, p. 512-13); Share/ Kumar Rork, died Apr. 1962, American geologist who accompanied the Rawson-Macmillan Expedition to Labrador and Baffin Land 1927-1929 (no. 73, p. 513); Vilhjalmur Stefansson, 1879-1962, American of Icelandic origin who took part in or led several expeditions in the North American Arctic, assembled a phenomenal library and studied and publicized arctic problems throughout his life (no. 73, p. 513-14, port.) Carl Robert Eklund, 1909-1962, American biologist who worked in both polar areas, chief of the Polar and Arctic Branch of the U.S. Army Research Office from 1958 (no. 74, p. 629)' Georgic tAkovievich Vangengelm, died at 65 in Aug. 1961, Russian meteorologist who developed a weather forecasting method used by the Arkticheskil i antarkticheskil nauchno issledovatel'skil Institut, for shipping on the Northern Sea Route (no. 74, DLC. p. 629). 82153. POLETAEV, B. D., and It. A. BOSYKH. Geologicheskafa effektivnost' gravirazvedki v Pechorskom ugol'nom basseine i smezhnykh ralonakh. (Geofizicheskafa razvedka 1962. no. 10, p. 34-44, cross-sections, maps.) 7 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Geological effectiveness of gravimetric prospecting in the Pechora coal basin and adjacent regions. Reviews briefly the geophysical explorations carried out during 1954-1958 by electric profiling to map individual formations of Permian deposits, and to trace positive structural elements of the basin. The yES (vertical electric sounding) method was used to determine the depth (from

surface) to the roof of carbonaceous deposits. The land magnetic survey method was used for mapping the marker beds of basalts deposited between the productive Pechora series and the non-productive (coal) sediments of the Kheyyaga series. These explorations helped to determine limits of coal-productive areas, and to enlarge prospects of the basin. Gravimetric exploration was carried out in 1956 along several regional profiles intersecting the basic structural elements of the basin: the Korotaykhanskiy synclinorium, Chernov uplift, and Chernysheva fold. The 2-milligal gravimetric survey by the Pechora Geophysical Expedition in 1958 helped to establish more accurate data on the tectonic structure of the region, and to discover a number of new structural elements clearly reflected in the anomalies of the gravity field. DLC. 82154. POLETAEV, B. D. Karts S2g/8zs cilia pechorskogo ugol'nogo basselna i semzhnykh ralonov. (Geofizicheskafa razvedka 1963. no. 14, p. 74-80, maps.) 3 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: A &2g/8z2 map for the Pechora coal basin and adjacent regions. Discusses the feasibility of gravity prospecting for coal, presenting and analyzing a map of second vertical derivatives of gravity in these regions. The suggestion that such an analysis could reveal coal deposits was found untenable for data of the two milligal survey discussed by Poletaev and Bosykh, supra. DLC. 82155. POLEVOI, B. P. Nakhodka podlinnykh dokumentov S. I. Dezhneva o ego istoricheskom pokhode 1648 g. (Leningrad. Univ. Vestnik 1962. no. 6, p. 145-52, facsim.) 10 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Find of original S. I. Dezhnev documents on his historic expedition of 1648. Describes some Dezhnev mss in the Central State Archives of Ancient Deeds, demonstrating that the copies made in 1736 for G. F. Müller and subsequently published several times contained various inaccuracies. These inaccuracies are discussed. Among others, is mentioned "Bol'shoy kamennyy nos" by which, it is clear from the original ms. Dezhnev meant the entire Chukotka Peninsula. DLC. POLIAKOV, A. I., see No. 84187. 82156. POLIÄKOV, E. A. 0 metodike vybora optimal'nogo vida sukhoputnogo transports dlfä ralonov Severo-Vostoka SSSR. (Problemy Severa 1963. no. 5, p. 84-106, tables, illus.) Refs. In Russian.

867

Title tr.: Methods of choosing the best type of land transportation for regions of northeast USSR. Detailed comparative study of the efficiency and economic aspects for the area, of: automobile roads, narrow-gauge and standard (i.e. wide) -gauge railroads, taking into account construction cost and auxiliary structures, types of vehicle, maintenance and operating costs, distances, and amount of freight. The narrow-gauge railways are found economically applicable for any distance if freight is 125,000-420,000 t./yr. For distances up to 65-90 km., automotive transport has no competitors. Railroads of standard gauge are worth consideration if the distance is over 110 km., if over 350-400 km. however, freight carried must be at least 200-300,000 t./yr. Estimated and actual costs are tabulated for transport by narrow-gauge railway between Magadan and Palatka, Tuskan-El'gen, DudinkaNoril'sk 1957, and Khoronor-Dosatuy 1958. DLC. 82157. POLßXOV, E. A. Transportnye problemy Magadanskol oblasti. (Voprosy geografii 1963, Sbornik 61, p. 143-52, graph.) In Russian. Title tr.: Transport problems of Magadan Province. Discusses transportation in relation to growing industry in this area. Attempt is made to select an optimal type of transport by comparing costs of construction, exploitation, movement of goods by highway, wide-gauge, and narrow-gauge railroad. Railways are found more advantageous than the present system of roads. Possible changeover from motor-road to railroad transport is discussed and some practical DLC. suggestions are given. 82158. POLIAKOV, E. A. Vybor vida sukhoputnogo transporta na Severo-Vostoke SSSR. (Geografifå i khort Xstvo 1963, no. 12, p. 49-54, table, graph.) In Russian. Title tr.: Selection of types of overland transportation in the Northeast of the USSR. Outlines the main factors in and criteria of selection: road transport is auxiliary to maritime and river shipping in Magadan and Yakutia; it links remote centers of consumption and production with the ports. Distances are great, payloads small, population sparse, road construction and maintenance costly. The economic advantage of auto road and railroad is analyzed and compared. Road transport is more economical for any distance if the freight does not exceed 100,000 tons a year, also for up to 175 km. with 300,000 t./yr. and 75 km. with a million tons a year. A narrow-gauge railroad is best for over 170 km. with 200-

868

300,000 t./yr.; and a wide gauge railroad favored for distances over 500 km. if the freight amounts to 450-500,000 tons a year. DLC. POLfAKOVA, N. D., see Nos. 78554, 79520. POLfANIVHBO,

IA. I., see No. 76810.

82159. POLfANSKII, ft. I. Zavisimost' soderzhanifa glikogena i zhira v $sitoplazme Paramecium caudatum of temperatury. (Akademitå nauk SSSR. Inst. fsitologü. Sbornik rabot 1963, no. 3, p. 102-110, tables, graph, illus.) 8 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Temperature dependence of cytoplasmic glycogen and fat content in Paramecium caudatum. Study of paramecia raised at 4, 14 and 28° C. and of such transferred from 4° C. to 28° C. Low temperature favored deposition of fat and glycogen droplets in the cytoplasm. At high temperature, these substances were minimal. The accumulation of fat and glycogen in the cold is believed to be due to a shift towards anoxybiosis. DLC. 82160. POLfARNO-AL'PIISKII BOTANICHESKII SAD. Dekorativnye rastenifa i ozelenenie KraTnego Severn SSSR. Leningrad, Izd-vo Akademii nauk SSSR 1962. 204 p. tables, map, illus. Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Decorative plants and foliage plantings in the Far North. N. A. Avrorin ed. Presents continuation of studies reported in No. 60940, experiments in acclimatization by the Polar-Alpine Botanical Garden, located in the Khibiny mountain tundra of Kola Peninsula. The papers are abstracted in this Bibliography under their authors' names, viz (Titles tr.) GORIUNOVA, L. N. Shade trees for Murmansk Province. TAMBERG, T. G. Lawn grasses for Murmansk Province, their biology and cultivation. KOZUPEEVA, T. A. House plants for the Far North. KUZ'MINA, L. M. Forced raising of bulb plants, under arctic conditions. ANDREEV, G. N., and V. N. GOLOVKIN. New decorative perennials for Murmansk Province. AVRORIN, N. A., and others. A reliable assortment of plants suggested for park nurseries and hothouses of the Far North. GORIINOVA, L. N. Biological principles of transplantation of adult trees in Murmansk Province. KACHURINA, L. I. Propagation of shrubs by softwood cuttings under conditions of Murmansk Province.

SHIMANOVSKAIÅ, Z. F. Use of natural stands in tree plantings in Murmansk Province. SHIMANOVSKAIA, Z. F. Composition of decorative plantings in the gardens and parks of Murmansk Province. KUZ'MINA, L. M. Some methods of dahlia care and of accelerating their blooming. NOVIT KALI, L. A. Review of pests affecting decorative plants in Murmansk Province. Appended p. 187-203, is summary of the First Conference on Landscaping in Towns and Settlements of the Far North, held at Kirovsk in Murmansk Province, July 17-21, 1956. It comprises precis of the reports presented on the areas, numbers of trees and shrubs planted, lawns prepared, etc. in Murmansk Province, and in towns of Arkhangel'sk Province and Komi ASSR, and in the cities of Noril'sk and Yakutsk. DLC. 82161. POLIARNO-AL'PIISKII BOTANICHESKII SAD. Voprosy botaniki i pochvovedenifä v Murmanskol oblasti. Leningrad, Izd-vo Akademii nauk SSSR, 1962. 212 p. tables, graphs, illus. Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Problems in botany and pedology of Murmansk Province. Comprehensive collection of 26 reports covering the many-sided activities of the Polar Alpine Botanical Garden, located in the Khibiny Mts. (67°30' N. 33°39' E.). The papers deal in the first instance with acclimatization of cultivated or cultivable plants, their physiology and biochemistry, and selection of the kinds best adapted for this arctic area. Local ecology, plant diseases, and storage are also considered and the problems of soil improvement, soil chemistry and bacteriology, amply discussed. The final papers deal with the problem of local utilization of the newly discovered growth-promoting substances, the gibberellins. All the papers are abstracted in this Bibliography under their authors' names, viz: N. M. Aleksandrova and L. N. Gorfünova, P. D. Bukharin, E. N. Ezrukh (2 papers), T. A. Kozupeeva, V. V. Krfüchkov, V. I. Levina, K N. Manakov, P. M. Medvedev (3 papers), V. N. Pereverzev, M. B. Rolzin, L. A. Shavrov (3 papers), Z. F. Shimanovskafa, E. V. Shlfakova, I. D. Shmatok (3 papers), T. G. Tamberg, S. M. Vartapetfan, P. G. Zhukova, R. A. Zhukova, and I. V. Zhulkova. DLC. 82162. POLIKARPOV, V. A. 0 nekotorykb zabolevaniiåkh severnykh oleneel

Tomponskogo ralona. (Akademia nauk SSSR. fAkutskil filial. Doklady, 1957. v. 8, p. 263-69.) 3 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: On some diseases of reindeer in the Tompo District. Reports on two syndromes, claimed to be hitherto unrecorded: paratuberculous enSymptoms, teritis, fibrocytic bursitis. pathology, course of disease, laboratory and biopsy findings, etc. are described. Tompo is in the Aldan basin in northeastern DLC. Yakutia. POLIKASHIN, L. V., see No. 81840. 82163. POL'KIN, IA. I. Istorifü razvitifa struktury severo-zapadnol chasti Sibirskol platformy. (In: Akademifä nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie ... Tektonika Sibiri, v. 2, 1963, p. 13-20, maps.) 11 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Development history of structures in the northwestern part of the Siberian platform. Distinguishes seven stages in tectonic development of the region north of the Arctic Circle and west of the Anabar shield. Archean and Proterozoic stages are signified by the geosynclinal regime, and the Sinian, Lower-Middle Paleozoic, Upper Paleozoic. Early Mesozoic, Mesozoic and Cenozoic are signified by the platformic regime. East stage is briefly characterized, noting main DLC. structures. 82164. POLLOCK, G. D. Exploration possibilities in the Kisseynew gneisses of Manitoba. (Canadian mining journal 1963. v. 84, no. 4, p. 81-85, map, table.) 14 refs. Discusses the geology of this rock complex about 54°30'-56°30' N. 99°-104° W., and the apparent relation between known deposits and certain geologic features. The complex consists of an intricately folded and lithologically varied sequence of amphibolite to granulite facies metamorphic rocks. Copper-zinc deposits examined in the Sherridon area are associated with a horizon which is characterized by the presence of marble and amphibolite; this horizon occurs along the contact between paragneisses of greywacke shale composition and of more quartzose lithofacies. Also, most of the copper-zinc deposits are associated with pegmatite bodies. Gold, nickel, and rare element pegmatites may be present in the complex. Discoveries of major new deposits DI. are probable. 82165. POLLOG, C. H. Untersuchung von jährlichen Temperaturkurven zur Charakteristik und Definition des Polarklimas. (Geographische Gesellschaft in München. 869

Mitteilungen 1924. v. 17, no. 2-3, p. 165253, tables, illus.) 157 refs. In German. Title tr.: Investigation of annual temperature curves for the characteristics and definition of polar climate. Presents a definition and characteristic of polar (arctic and antarctic) climate based evaluation of the temperature regime. Two of the four main chapters deal with inversion and "nucleus-free" winter. The temperature influence of ice, snow and water are specially treated. Means are given for the Novaya Zemlya, Franz Joseph Land, Svalbard, Greenland, Baffin Island, Alaska, Hudson Bay, and the Antarctic, from various expeditions and other sources. Polar maritime and continental climates are DLC. characterized. 82166. POLOKA, 1., and G. KOKAREV. Bogatstva raskhodovat' razumno. (Master lesa 1963, v. 7, no. 2, p. 8-9.) In Russian. Title tr.: The resources must be used intelligently. Discusses mistakes and failures in floating and storing timber, cutting and stacking lumber, and utilizing wood waste in northern Arkhangel'sk Province and in Karelia; the resulting low percentage of commercial grade (in Arkhangel'sk 60.9% in 1958, 59.0% in 1960) is noted; means for improvement are recommended. DLC. POLONSKAIA, E. P., see No. 78482. 82167. POLOSUKHIN, V. M. Nekotorye voprosy kompleksno! organizaf ii truda v rybnol promyshlennosti Kamchatki. (Rybnoe khozfa%stvo 1963. v. 39, no. 10, p. 81-84.) In Russian. Title tr.: Some problems of work organization in the fisheries industry of Kamchatka. Reviews conditions in one of the larger enterprises, the Petropavlovsk Fisheries Combine, where a work team system was introduced in 1958. The organization of the teams, their productivity and pay (on a share-alike basis) are discussed. Weaknesses of the system are also considered, pay was readjusted on individual performance basis in 1963. DLC. 82168. POLOZHII, A. V. K istorii formirovanifå arkticheskol flory Srednel Sibiri. (Akademia nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Izvestia 1963, no. 4, p. 6-14, table, illus.) 8 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Contribution to the history of the origin of the arctic flora in middle Siberia. Discusses 14 legumes of the lower Yenisey and Taymyr: eight species of Oxytropis, five Astregalus and Hedysarum arcticum, 870

their distribution and origin. They are found genetically connected with an alpine group of Leguminosae in southern Siberia. Genetic ties between the arctic legumes in middle Siberia and America are noted. DLC. 82169. POLOZOVA, L. G. Kolebaniiii klimata v ralone Severn! Atlantiki. (Akademi1a nauk SSSR. Izvestifa 1963, ser. geog. no. 2, p. 79-87, graphs.) 13 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Climate fluctuation in North Atlantic region. Analyzes climatic changes in 18°-71° N. from the air temperature data of 26 stations for 1881-1960 and from the ice conditions of Barents Sea for 1900-1960. Two areas of the North Atlantic are distinguished: Greenland and the Canada-United States coastal area. The culmination of the climatic warming trend was in the decade 1927-1938 and it was especially evident in the Arctic. Climatic changes in various parts of the Atlantic in ten- and five-year periods are shown in graphs. Effects of Barents Sea ice conditions upon climatic fluctuation are characterized. DLC. 82170. POLTEV, N. F. Granulometricheski! i mikroagregatnyl sostav gruntov slofä sezonnogo ottaivannå i ikh plyvunnost'. (Merzlotnye issledovaniß 1963, no. 3, p. 289-306, tables.) 25 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Granulometric and microaggregate composition of ground in the seasonal thaw layer and its fluid properties. Studies processes of chemical weathering of soils in Chukotka, Bol'shezemel'skaya Tundra, Anadyr', Salekhard and other regions, with regard to formation of quick earth from structurally firm ground. In the regions where permafrost thaws in the summer, physical weathering processes take place in the thawed layer. This leads to formation of primary dust particles in the layer, and subsequent singular but intensive physical-chemical, chemical, and microbiological processes. The gleying processes and resulting peptization of microaggregates are accompanied by a considerable amount of hydrophilic, organic and mineral colloids, which foster thixotropy in ground with excessive moisture. When the thixotropic ground is disturbed, it becomes fluid. DGS. 82171. POLTEV, N. F., and N. N. RO• MANOVSKII. 0 s"emke i kartirovanii merzlykh gornykh porod. (In: International Conference on Permafrost. Doklady .. . 1963, p. 218-22.) 9 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Survey and mapping of frozen rocks.

Outlines the content of such a survey: physical properties, temperature, geologic and geographic conditions, etc. of the rock. The work is done in four stages: areas showing homogeneous natural conditions are selected; the seasonal frozen layer and permafrost layer are studied as to their thickness, dynamics, and physical-geologic phenomena; the general and specific dependence of the frozen rock upon climate, vegetation, snow cover, ground water, etc. are established; and the mapping is carried out in accordance with its purpose, at scales 1:200,000 to 1:500,000; 1:10,000 to 1:50,000, etc. These procedures are summarized. DLC. 82172. POLTEV, N. F. Osnovy merzlotnol s"emki. Moskva, Izd-vo Moskovskogo Univ. 1963. 99 p. tables, graphs, 29 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Fundamentals of cryogenic survey. Handbook on methods, etc. Kinds of cryogenic prospecting, mapping, choice of scale, and field observations are outlined. Study of seasonal freeze-thaw layers is treated in detail: temperature measurements, thawing and freezing depths, effects of vegetation and snow cover, exposure of Frost heaving, cracking, slopes, etc. thermokarst, naleds and other cryogenic phenomena are demonstrated. Permafrost study methods similarly are outlined. DLC. 82173. POLUBELOV, V., and N. SHEBEKO. Opyt ekspluatafsii pozharnykh mashin v kkutii. (Pozharnoe delo 1958. v. 4, no. 2, p. 19-20, graphs.) In Russian. Title tr.: Experience in fire truck upkeep in Yakutia. Describes various maintenance and operation techniques used in areas with annual temperature range of +30 to —60° C.: tires, radiator, windshield, water tank, pump, hoses, etc. Best lubrication results were obtained with a mixture of 75-80% standard nigrol and 25-20% low-viscosity winter diesel fuel with a solidification point of —45° C. DLC. 82174. POLUBOTKO, I. V. Stratigraficheskil razrez verkhnel permi triasa i iüry v basselne rek Bytantafa i Echifa. (In: Mezhvedomstvennoe soveshchanie ... Trudy 1959, p. 195-97.) In Russian. Title tr.: Stratigraphic section of Upper Permian, Triassic and Jurassic in the Bytantay and Echiy River basin. Describes this section, 6,500 m. thick with deposits from the upper part of the Lower Permian to the upper Lies inclusive. They are divided into local stratigraphic units and

each is described, noting lithologic properties and faunal characteristics. ICRL. POLUBOTKO, I. V., see also No. 77798. 82175. POLUIKO, I. Z. Rai ional'noe ispol'zovanie zapasov drevesiny v lesakh Kemskogo basselna Karel'skol ASSR. (Akademia nauk SSSR. Karel'skil filial. Trudy 1959, no. 19, p. 76-152, tables, maps.) 6 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Efficient utilization of the timber resources in the forests of the Kern basin, Karelian ASSR. Study of principles for planning lumbering in the basin of the Kern and adjacent streams emptying in the White Sea. Forest lands of the area, forest types, timber resources, methods of estimating annual yield are dealt with. Organizational problems in logging, transportation and floating are outlined. Distribution of lumbering operations is given. Timber production, 1,600,000 m.3 in 1955, is expected to rise to 2,310,000 by 1965 and 2,600,000 m.' by 1970. A plan is outlined for developing a large local wood-products industry. DLC. 82176. POLUKHIN, ID., and lb. SBITNEV. Chelovek na strolke; dnevnik odnol poezdki. (Druzhba narodov 1962, no. 1, p. 23-70.) In Russian. Title tr.: Man on a building project; a travel journal. Describes a visit to the diamond center Mirnyy: construction, supply, and transportation difficulties; organization and development of the diamond mining and subsidiary enterprises; new building projects, opening of research institute branches, etc. Engineering problems are discussed: blasting of kimberlite pipes disturbs the frozen ground and buildings are damaged. DLC. 82177. POLUNINA, L. A., and M. A. AFANAS'EVA. Trappy nizhnego techenifa r. Nizhnel Tunguski. (Leningrad. Vses. geologicheskil inst. Materialy 1960, n. ser. no. 44, p. 69-97, table, illus.) 21 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Traps on the lower course of Nizhnyaya Tunguska River. Describes the geologic structure of the region from a 1957 study between the tributaries, Degali and Severnaya. Eleven intrusive complexes of traps are identified as developed in four intrusive phases. Petrographic characteristics are analyzed for each complex of rocks, and petrochemical features reported for some from 200 chemical analyses. All the various rocks can be explained by magmatic differentiation. DLC.

871

POLYSALOVA, N. F., see No. 77608. 82178. POMERAN'FSEVA, N. G. 0 voloknistom sfene Khibinskikh tundr. (Materialy po mineralogii Kol'skogo poluostrove 1962, no. 3, p. 151-55, tables, graphs.) 4 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Fibrous sphene of Khibiny Tundra. Describes physical properties, chemical composition, X-ray analyses and other specific features of fibrous sphene, found in the Rasvumchorr mountain. It is compared with tabular sphene of the Khibiny, and found to differ only in the conditions of its DLC. crystallization. 82179. POMERANTZ, M. A., and S. P. DUGGAL. Anisotropy in solar particles incident on polar regions during July 1961. (Franklin Institute. Journal 1962. v. 273, no. 3, p. 242-48, graphs, tables.) 10 refs. Contains data recorded at Thule and at McMurdo during cosmic ray intensity enhancements July 18 and 20, 1961. These stations operated by the Bartol Research Foundation of the Franklin Institute, were closest to the north (88°) and south (79°) geomagnetic poles. Pressure-corrected neutron monitor data for the two events are tabulated; pressure-corrected hourly proton counting rates are graphed, as are deviations from pre-flare levels and nucleonic intensity at several stations with similar equipment. The solar injection on July 20 apparently differed from the 12 earlier events recorded by ground-based instruments in that, for the first time, the increase was not detected DGS. in the north polar regions. POMERANTZ, M. A., see also No. 78404. POMEROY, J. S., see No. 80792. POMEROY, P. W., see No. 83365. 82180. POMPEEV, IL L . ljnost' nasha, Zapolfxr'e. (Komsomol'skafa zhizn', 1963, no. 20, p. 7-9.) In Russian. Title tr.: We spend our youth in the Arctic. Komsomol group leader at the Apatit Trust in the Khibiny tundra of Kola Peninsula, lauds activities of the Young Communist League members. The settlement, founded five years ago, urban planning, plant construction, recreational and cultural facilities, etc. are sketched. Housing shortage is acute. DLC. 82181. POMUS, M. I. Puti khozfilstvennogo ispol'zovanifa. prirodnykh resursov Sibiri. (Sibirskil geograficheskil sbornik 1962. no. 1, p. 19-39.) 5 refs. In Russian. Title

872

tr.: The ways of economic utilization of the natural resources of Siberia. Reviews the resources of Tyumen and Krasnoyarsk provinces, Yakut ASSR and the rest of Siberia. Power development and construction of stations on the Angara, Yenisey, Lena, Ob, Khantayka, Kureyka and other rivers are discussed, as is the utilization of coal, oil, natural gas, peat, bauxites, copper-nickel deposits (Noril'sk), iron ores, forest resources, and others. The fish-industry potential of the lower Ob, Irtysh, Yenisey and Lena is considered. Estimates are made of further industry development in Siberia. DLC. PONOMARENKO, B., see No. 78182. 82182. PONOMARENKO, V. P. Cod, arcto-Norwegian stock; results of Soviet tagging experiments in the Barents Sea. (International Council for Exploration of the Sea. Angles biologiques 1961 pub. 1963. v. 18, p. 123-26, tables, maps.) Account of tagging of 15,000 fish and some recoveries in 1961; also recoveries of cod since 1959, including foreign tags. Lines of migration of cod in 1961 and of those tagged earlier are reconstructed and mapped. Size, distances covered and number of days at liberty are tabulated. DSI. PONOMARENKO, V. P., see also No. 81670. 82183. PONOMAREV, A. D. Lesnol fond SSSR. (Lesnoe khozis!stvo 1963. v. 16, no. 6, p. 48-55, tables.) In Russian. Title tr.: Forest resources in USSR. State forests had 910 million hectares area by Jan. 1961, with 738 million hectares well forested and 172 million ha. not, because of logging or fire. Distribution data are given for economic areas of RSFSR, including the Northwest 37.5 million ha, Komi 27.7, Murmansk 4.5, Middle Ural with Tyumen' Province 116.3, Krasnoyarsk 160.4, the Northwest i.e., Yakutia and Magadan Province 135.6, and the Far East with Kamchatka 66.6 ha. Age of forest and timber resources are tabulated and discussed. DLC. 82184. PONOMAREV, E. A., and E. F. VERSHININ. Ob ul'tranizkochastotnom izluchenii polfarnykh sifänii. (Geomagnetizm i aeronomifa 1963. v. 3, no. 3, p. 48495, tables, graphs.) 17 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: On the ultra-low frequency of auroras. Considers a rough model representation of auroral phenomenon as a gas discharge in

the upper atmosphere. The hypothesis does not contradict the data on properties of ultra-low frequency radio emission, and the hiss observed during visual auroral displays at the Tiksi Bay station may originate in such a discharge. DLC. 82185. PONOMAREY, V. M., and N. I. TOLSTIKHIN. Ground water in permafrost areas, chap. X of General geocryology, pt. I of Principles of geocryology. Ottawa 1964. 98 p. maps. (National Research Council, Technical translation 1138). English translation by C. DeLeuchtenCaOGB. berg of No. 60958. 82186. PONOMAREVA, L. A. K izuchenifü eufauziid severnol chasti Tikhogo okeana. (Akademifå nauk SSSR. Inst. okeanologii. Trudy 1962. v. 58, p. 135-56, maps, illus.) 33 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Study of euphausiids of the North Pacific. Reports on these planktonic crustaceans collected at intervals by the R/V Vitiaz' during 1954-1959. The area investigated includes the Gulf of Alaska. Some 44 species are recorded, with notes on size (in both sexes), depth of occurrence and geographic distribution. Geographic origins, general zoogeographic aspects and zones DLC. are discussed. 82187. POPE, J. H. A high-latitude investigation of the natural very-low-frequency electromagnetic radiation known as chorus. (Journal of geophysical research 1963. v. 68, no. 1, p. 83-99, tables, graphs, maps.) 28 refs. Analyzes data from College, Kotzebue, Barrow, Anchorage and Unalaska in Alaska, Knob Lake and Frobisher Bay in Canada, Godhavn in Greenland, and 21 other stations throughout the world; chorus generally consists of a multitude of rising whistles resembling the sounds of birds at dawn. These data permit a number of statistical investigations, especially of latitudinal variation of the phenomenon. Maximum occurrence lies at 60-70° geomagnetic latitude, College having the highest incidence of chorus. Seasonal variations at individual stations depend intricately on latitude. The diurnal maximum below (but not above) the auroral zone depends on an "eccentric geomagnetic latitude," which is the coangle of the angular distance from the eccentric geomagnetic poles located at 81.0° N. 84.7° W. and 75.0° S. 120.4° E. Chorus correlates also with geomagnetic activity, the correlation varying seasonally and diurnally. Correlations of chorus indices

with K, auroral, and micropulsation indices are noted. Correlations between stations show a diurnal behavior consistent with the possibility of the existence of isoehronic lines for chorus. Temporal variations in the highest frequency (kc./s.) of chorus for each sample show a diurnal minimum near noon and seasonal peaks near equinoxes; temporal variations in the rate of change of chorus frequency show similar patterns. It seems possible that chorus activity peaks during local summer at low latitudes, and during local winter at high latitudes. DLC. POPE, J. IL, see also No. 76913. 82188. POPENKO, L. K. Ozero Tikshozero. (Akademifi nauk SSSR. Karel'skil filial. Trudy 1958, no. 18, p. 46-65, graphs, tables, maps.) 9 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Lake Tikshozero. Describes this lake, at 66°15' N. 31°50' E., its 232.4 km.2 surface and 1,055.8 km.2 basin with 14 lakes and nine rivers. The climate, main islands of the lake, bottom sediments, changes of level, temperature at the surface and lower levels to 22 m., inflow of river water, annual precipitation, etc. are considered. DLC. POPENKO, L. K., see also No. 80572. POPHAM, R. W., see also Nos. 84306, 84307. 82189. POPLAVSKAfA, L. N., and others. SeTsmichnost' Dal'nego Vostoka za 1961 g. (Geologia i geofizika 1963, no. 11, p. 106113, tables, graphs, map.) 11 refs. In Russian. English summary. Other authors: L. F. Volkova and F. D. Zhuk. Title tr.: Seismicity of the Far East for the year 1961. Reports instrumental and macroseismic data for earthquakes of the region including Kamchatka, Commander Islands and adjacent areas of the Pacific. Methods are described for determining their seismic focus, location and time of their beginning. Intensity, depths, and number (1648) are reported; 51 strong earthquakes were registered during the year and some are described in detail. DLC. POPLAVSKIT, N. N., see also Nos. 77184, 77186. 82190. POPOV, A. Solnechnafa radial iiit v Krasnofi%rskom krae v period vegeta♦^sii. (Krasnoyarsk. Sel'skokhozi Sstvennyl inst. Trudy 1961. v. 8, p. 264-68, tables.) In Russian. Title tr.: Solar radiation in Krasnoyarskiy Kray during the vegetative period.

873

Reports on observations made during 1957-1959 at five stations, including one at Turukhansk (65°47' N. 87°54' E.). Both total and dispersed radiation for May—Sept. (vegetative period) are considered. Except for one station, dispersed radiation amounted to 50% of total radiation; the latter decreased (on monthly averages) in a DLC. northerly direction. 82191. POPOV, A. A. The "kuoika," guardian spirits of family and clan among the Nganasan. (Arctic anthropology 1963. v. 1, no. 2, p. 122-30, illus.) 2 refs. Translation of No. 74891 by L. L. Sample. DSI. 82192. POPOV, A. A. Wie Sereptie D'aruoskin zum Schamanen erwählt wurde; aus dem ethnographischen Material der Nganasanen, Tawgi-Samojeden. (In: Di6szegi, V. ed. Glaubenswelt ... 1963, p. 14959.) Ref. In German. Title tr.: How Sereptie D'aruoskin received the shaman call; from the ethnographic collection on the Nganasans, Tawgi-Samoyeds. Presents a Samoyed shaman's own account of his call: his voyage to the spirit world experienced in a prophetic dream, as related about 1936-1938 to Popov, who discusses shamanistic visions and trance, supernatural powers exercised by means of helper-spirits, inherited shamanistic gift and "call to shamanize" received in trance DLC. or dream, etc. 82193. POPOV, A. I. Cartes des formations periglaciaires actuelles et pleistocknes en territoire de l'URSS. (Biuletyn peryglacjalny 1961. no. 10, p. 87-96, maps.) In French. Polish and Russian summary. Title tr.: Maps of present and Pleistocene periglacial formations on the USSR territory. Presents, with explanation, two colored maps (in pocket) which include the arctic regions. Frost processes and polygonal relief forms have particular attention. Regions with prevailing denudation, those with prevailing accumulation, and regions with the two approx. in balance, are distinguished and demonstrated, noting the more typical relief forms. Additional explanation is given by K. K. Markov, q.v. DLC. 82194. POPOV, A. I. IstoriQ vechnol merzloty v SSSR v chetvertichnyl period. (Moskva. Univ. ser. biologii, pochvovedenifa, geologii, geografii 1959, no. 3, p. 4962.) 20 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: History of permafrost in the USSR during the Quaternary period.

874

Divides the period into preglacial, glacial, and postglacial stages, and discusses the physical geographic conditions of each. Development of permafrost is treated; the substantially different conditions for it in the European and Asiatic parts of the USSR; effects of glaciation upon it; regional DLC. patterns. 82196. POPOV, A. I., and others. Osobennosti razvitifå merzlotnogo rel'efa v Severnol Evrazii. (In: International Conference on Permafrost. Doklady ... 1963, p. 31-40, map.) In Russian. English summary. Other authors: S. P. Kachurin and N. A. Grave. Title tr.: Characteristics of cryogenic relief development in northern Eurasia. Divides the forms of frost action topography into three morphogenetic groups: macrostructural, microstructural (predetermined respectively by frost crack formation and desiccation cracks), and nonstructural. Characteristic features of frost action forms are considered in relation to their development in stable areas, those of predominant sediment deposition, and those of predominant denudation. According to cryogenic relief forms, five provinces are distinguished: western arctic and subarctic, one south of the western subarctic, and eastern arctic-subarctic, northeast Siberia, and eastern Siberia and the Far East. Frost action topography is plotted on the accompanying map. DLC. 82196. POPOV, A. I. Periglfåfaial'nye obrazovanifä severnol Evrazii i ikh geneticheskie tipy. (In: Markov, K. K., ed. Periglfifsial'nye favlenifa ...1960, p. 10-36, map, illus.) 21 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Periglacial formations of northern Eurasia and their genetic types. Describes and systemizes geologic and geomorphic formations in areas adjacent to glaciers, mostly originated by frost action. Three groups, macrostructural, microstructural, non-structural, are recognized, represented respectively by large polygons, medallion microrelief, and mounds of heaving. According to frost action and sediments, periglacial zones of prevailing denudation, prevailing accumulation, and stability are distinguished and described. According to periglacial phenomena, Eurasia is divided into five provinces: western Arctic and Subarctic (tundra zone from Kola to Taymyr), south of the western Subarctic (northern taiga from Kola Peninsula to central part of Central Siberian plateau), eastern Arctic and Subarctic (tundra zone from Anabar-Olenek to Chukotka), northeast Siberia (northern taiga from the

Central Siberian plateau to the Kolyma mountain system), and Eastern Siberia and the Far East. DLC. POPOV, A. I., see also No. 78357. 82197. POPOV, G. Olenevodam, legkoe i udobnoe zhilishche. (Sel'skokhozfiilstvennoe proizvodstvo Sibiri i Dal'nego Vostoka 1963, no. 7, p. 81.) In Russian. Title tr.: Light and comfortable dwelling for reindeer herders. Notes need for a movable shelter, no more than 250 kg. in weight with electric light, heating, radio, for men tending reindeer on remote ranges. Various types of shelter in use are mentioned: the Evenki District tent, the Taymyr District log hut on sleds, Popov's wanigan in Nentsy District, the Chukotka tent, etc. The Institute of Agriculture of the Far North is working DLC. on the problem. 82198. POPOV, G. G. Stratigrafifft nizhnego mela Severo-Vostoka SSSR. (In: Mezhvedomstvennoe soveshchanie Trudy 1959, p. 312-18, table, map.) In Russian. Title tr.: Stratigraphy of the Lower Cretaceous in northeastern USSR. Describes marine and continental deposits, the former distributed in the Koryak-Kamchatka folded areas and on the lower Lena, the latter in the Kolyma, Indigirka, Lena and other river basins. Valanginian, Hauterivian, Barremian, Aptian and Albian deposits are distinguished, analyzed, and divided into local units. Comparisons are made. ICRL. 82199. POPOV, G. G. Stratigrafifa nizhnemelovykh otlozhenil Zyrfånskoi uglenosnoi ploshchadi. (In: Mezhvedomstvennoe soveshchanie ... Trudy 1959, p. 349-52.) In Russian. Title tr.: Stratigraphy of Lower Cretaceous deposits of the Zyryanka coal-bearing area. Describes Valanginian-Aptian deposits of the Zyryanka series divided into four local subseries; for each, the lithologic properties and flora are noted. The Zyryanka series is some 6,000 m. thick. Above the Lower Cretaceous lie continental Danian deposits, ICRL. then Tertiary. 82200. POPOV, I. V. Primenenie morfologicheskogo analiza k ofsenke obshchikh ruslovykh deformafsil r. Obi. (Leningrad. Gos. gidrologicheskil inst. Trudy 1962. no. 94, p. 22-86, tables, graphs, maps.) 9 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Use of morphologic analysis in appraisal of general river-bed deformations of the Ob River.

Topographic, geologic and geomorphic maps, meteorological data, air photos, etc. should be utilized in studying the morphology of river-bed and floodplain deformations. With such aids, the natural conditions of the entire Ob drainage system are analyzed, especially those areas where stream regulation or power station construction is anticipated. Yearly and seasonal runoff, river drift and turbidity data are characterized, and balance of drift is estimated. Bed deformation processes in morphologically similar parts of the river are described. Changes to be expected in bed and floodplains from regulating the Ob and from building the Ob-Kamen' power station DLC. and dams are outlined. 82201. POPOV, fit. N. Ammonity i pelefipody permskikh otlozhenii SeveroVostoka SSSR i ikh stratigraficheskoe znachenie. (In: Mezhvedomstvennoe soveshchanie ... Trudy 1959, p. 109-113.) In Russian. Title tr.: Ammonites and pelecypods of Permian deposits in the northeastern USSR and their stratigraphic importance. Reviews the differences and disagreements in establishing Permian stratigraphy of the Northeast, based upon brachiopod fauna. Pelecypods have also been tried but with poor results. It is suggested that for these Permian deposits ammonite fauna ought to be used as a better aid, and correlation made not with the Russian platform but with Permian deposits of the Himalayas ICRL. and Timor Island. 82202. POPOV, W. N. Arctotirolites novoe nazvanie dlfå roda Pseudotirolites Popow, 1962, non Sun, 1939. (Leningrad. N.-issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Uchenye zapiski 1963, no. 1, p. 1112.) In Russian. Title tr.: Ardotirolites a new name for genus PseuØ tirolites Popow 1962, non Sun 1939. Notes changes to No. 74894 for the Lower Triassic ammonoid distinguished in Verkhoyansk region and Lena-Olenek interfluve. DLC. 82203. POPOV, fi7. N. Novoe rodovoe nazvanie Arctotirolites Popow, nom. nov. (Paleontologicheskil zhurnal, 1963, no. 2, p. 137.) In Russian. Title tr.: ArclotirotiØ Popow, nom. nov., a new generic name. Reports change of name of this Tertiary ammonoid from the Lena-Olenek interfluve; its former generic Pseudotirolites was abanDLC. doned because of repetition. 82204. POPOV, ft. N. Regional'nye Øledovanifit metodom telluricheskikh tokov na severo-zapade Zapadnol Sibiri. (Razvedoch-

875

mitt i promyalovafa geofizika 1959, no. 31, p. 38-45, table, maps.) In Russian. Title tr.: Regional investigations by the telluric current method in the northwest of Western Siberia. Discusses a small-scale telluric current (TT) survey carried out in the fall of 1956 and summer 1957 along the Ob, Severnaya Sos'va and Kazym Rivers, and on the interfluve area of the Berezovo gas deposits. The network of reference points is described and discussed with the mean intensity of the TT field parameter K at Berezovo taken as 1.00. The maps of the K parameter, and of variation in the depth of the marker electric horizon (which practically coincides with the crystalline basement) were found to be accurate within 3%. An application of TT method is recommended for outlining the geologic structures of the first order, and locating the structures of the second order in the region investigated. DLC. 82205. POPOV, fil. N. Stratigrafifii i paleontologicheskafå kharakteristika triasa Severo-Vostoka SSSR. (In: Mezhvedomstvennoe soveshchanie ... Trudy 1959, p. 191-95, table.) In Russian. Title tr.: Stratigraphy and paleontologic characteristics of the Triassic in northeastern USSR. Notes wide distribution of Triassic deposits in the Verkhoyansk-Kolyma geosynclinal zone and other areas of Northeast: the Lena-Khatanga depression, Kharaulakh Mts., Yana basin, northern coastal areas of the Okhotsk Sea, and elsewhere. Lower, Middle, and Upper Triassic deposits are described and correlated with the Triassic of North America, Himalaya Mts., Timor Island, Greenland and the Alps. ICRL.

techenifå r. Indigirki. (In: Mezhvedomstvennoe soveshchanie ... Trudy 1959, p. 3638.) In Russian. Title tr.: Stratigraphy of the Paleozoic deposits of the upper Indigirka River basin. Describes Cambrian-Precambrian, Silurian, Devonian, and possible PermianCarboniferous deposits. The Silurian and Devonian are treated in some detail as to distribution, thickness, litbologic properties and some faunal characteristics. The total thickness of the Paleozoic deposits is 6,500 ICRL. m. 82209. POPOV, M. V. Økaa zoologicheskafii ekspedif ifå. (In: Sovetskie ekspedifsii 1959 goda, 1962, p. 128-42, map, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: The Yana zoological expedition. Describes (partly in diary form) the work of a seven-man party from the Academy of Sciences' Yakut Branch: the flight from Yakutsk to Batagay at the end of April 1959, then southeast by car to the Adycha and up-river on the ice to the confluence of the Nel'gese. Two boats were built and phenological observations made of the onset of spring. The party started down the Adycha on June 27, lost one of the boats in rapids, reached the Yana Aug. 4, on to Nizhne-Yansk, to Tiksi, thence by air to Yakutsk (in September). Observations, collecting (birds, mammals, worms), and visits to settlements en route are noted. Sketch map of the itinerary indicates also the occurrence of various common species. DLC. POPOV, O. A., see No. 76948. POPOV, R. A., see No. 78011.

POPOV, ft. N., see also No. 80115. 82206. POPOV, L. A. Mechenye tfuleni. (Priroda, 1963. v. 52, no. 10, p. 105-106.) In Russian. Title tr.: Tagging of seals. Notes distribution of the Greenland seal Pagophoca groenlandica Erxl, the three main herds and their traits. Norwegian taggings in the Greenland Sea confirm the distinctness of these herds, though occasional exchange between the herds is noted. DLC. 82207. POPOV, L. A. Smirnyl chelovek. (Sibirskie ogni, May 1961. v. 40, no. 5, p. 46, port.) In Russian. Title tr.: A humble man. Poem by this prominent Yakut poet, translated by N. Glazkov. DLC. 82208. POPOV, L. N. Stratigrafifa paleozolskikh otlozhenil basselna verkhnego

876

82210. POPOV, S. A. Severnye zvezdy. Moskva, Sov. pisatel', 1958. 108 p. In Russian. Title tr.: Northern stars. Collection of poems by this Zyryan poet: translated. DLC. POPOV, V. A., see No. 77343. 82211. POPOV, VL. A., Comp. Narody Severnogo Urals. Sverdlovsk, Sverdlovskoe oblastnoe gos. izd-vo, 1937. 231 p. illus. (Ural'skafa biblioteka zanimatel'nogo kraevedenifit.) In Russian. Title tr.: Peoples of the Northern Ural. Collection of popular sketches, short stories, and folkloristic tales; seven of them dealing with the past and present of the Voguls, six the Ostyaks, four each the Nenets-Samoyeds, and the Komi-Permiaks. The earlier oppression of these minorities

and their national rebirth under the Soviets, political administration, economic, social, and cultural conditions are outlined by V. DLC. Pin'zhakov as introduction. 82212. POPOV-VVEDENSKII, A. IA. 0 preobrazovanii del'ty Severnol Dviny. (Rechnol transport 1962. v. 21, no. 5, p. 50.) Ref. In Russian. Title tr.: On the transformation of the estuary of Severnaya Dvina. Criticizes E. Popov's paper of this title (No. 74892), in regard to the hydrological regime of the estuary; e.g. closing Korabel'nyy Channel in the delta may result in floods; building a dam at Mud'yugskiy Island would result in river detritus forming a bar at the dam, and impeding navigation, DLC. etc. 82213. POPOVA, E. I. Materialy k faune presnovodnykh molluilskov basselna r. Usy. (In: Akademifa nauk SSSR. Komi filial. Ryby ... 1962, p. 231-42, table.) 27 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Materials to the fauna of freshwater molluscs of the Usa River basin. Describes material collected in 1952, 1953, and 1955-1957, including 17 forms of snails and 15 mussels. Frequency and location of finds, biotopes, occurrence in fish stomachs etc. are noted. Frequency in different waters and general character of the fauna DA. are considered. 82214. POPOVA, E. I. Rezul'taty gidrobiologicbeskikh issledovanil v sisteme pritokov r. Usy. (In: Akademifå nauk SSSR. Komi filial. Ryby ... 1962. p. 136-75, tables, graph.) 33 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Results of hydrobiological investigations in the tributary system of the Usa River. Noting the paucity of earlier investigations, author presents his own study during July-Sept. 1955 and 1956. The geographical, hydrological and thermal conditions of these tributaries are outlined, as are hydrobiological aspects of each, right and left, in turn. Temperature, turbidity, 02, CO2, pH, mineralization, etc. are considered. Detailed accounts are given of plankton and benthos composition, and the biomass of these two biota are determined. Conditions in the lakes of the Usa basin were also studied. Differences between the right and left, and between the individual tributaries are discussed, especially from the viewpoint of DA. their value as fish food. POPOVA, L. L., see No. 81970.

POPOVA, L. V., see No. 80735. 82215. POPOVA, T. G., and A. V. KUMINOVA. Nauchno-koordinaf ionnoe soveshchanie po izuchenifil rastitel'nogo pokrova Sibiri i Dal'nego Vostoka. (Akademi1 nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Izvestifa 1963, no. 8, p. 136-39.) In Russian. Title tr.: Scientific coordinating conference for study of the plant cover in Siberia and the Far East. Reports the Dec. 10-13, 1962 meeting in Novosibirsk, with 120 present and 68 papers delivered; the main ones are cited with comment. Large areas of Siberia and Far East have not been sufficiently studied, systematic planning is needed. DLC. 82216. POPOVA, U. G. 0 narodnostfiikh Magadanskol oblasti. (Magadan. Oblastnot kraevedcheskil muzel. Kraevedcheskie zapiski 1957. no. 1, p. 12-30, illus.) 29 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Aborigines of Magadan Province. The Chukchis are 4.7% of its population, Lamuts 1.3%, Koryaks 0.3%, Chuvanets, a metisized Yukaghir group 0.2%, Yukaghirs 0.1%. Their past and present distribution, traditional economy, social organization, housing, clothing, spiritual culture, etc. are described. Eskimos and a local Koryak group known as Kerekis are included but without vital statistics. The Russified Yakuts (0.4%) are not dealt with. MH. 82217. POPOVN, P., and V. POPOVN. Survival of newborn ground squirrels after supercooling and freezing. (American journal of physiology 1963. v. 204, no. 4, p. 949-52, illus.) 13 refs. Six out of seven, two-day old animals survived without injury 11 hours supercooling to body temperatures of —3° to —4° C. Longer exposure was fatal. Freezing in a —35° C. liquid for 2 min. was also tolerated, though esophageal temperature was DLC. —10° to —15° C. 82218. POPOVI, V. Endocrines in hibernation. (Harvard Univ. Museum of Comparative Zoology. Bulletin 1960. v. 124, International Symposium ... Hibernation 1959. Proceedings, p. 105-130, illus.) About 150 refs. Reviews recent, including own, studies in this field, after introductory survey of earlier work. Specifically, the anterior hypophysis, thyroid and parathyroid, pancreas, gonads, the adrenals and the hibernating gland are considered. The few positive results of half-century study indicate that endocrines have the same function in

877

hibernators and non-hibernators as far as temperature regulation is concerned; that they involute prior to hibernation and resume function before arousal. There are some exceptions to these generalizations. DLC. Notes on discussion are included. POPOVIC, V., see also Nos. 81927, 82217. POPPE, N. N., see No. 82075. 82219. PORFIR'EV, M. M., and G. V. PORKHAEV. Inzhenernye seti v ralonakh rasprostranenifa mnogoletnemerzlykh grun(In: International Conference on tov. Permafrost. Doklady ... 1963, p. 180-87.) 3 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Engineering networks in permafrost regions. Outlines experience in construction and maintenance of water-supply and sewage lines, centralized heating systems, electric communications, etc. in permafrost areas. Frost action conditions affecting the choice of system, its actual design and method of The main installation are discussed. features of their operation, and control are DLC. also considered. 82220. PORKHAEV, G. V. Metodika teplotelchnicheskikh raschetov teplovogo vzaimode!stvia nefte- i gazoprovodov s promerzardshchimi i protaivaülshchimi gruntami. (Materialy k osnovam uchenifa o merzlykh zonakh zemnol kory 1962. no. 8, p. 75-112, tables, graphs, diagrs.) 8 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Methods of thermotechnical estimates of the thermal interaction of oil and gas pipe lines in freezing and thawing ground. Simplifies the problem of heat exchange between pipe and ground of varying (with season and depth) temperature. Using data of Igarka, Noril'sk and other frozen ground stations, and taking into consideration the thermal regimes in oil and gas ducts laid in permafrost, practical formulas are derived for calculating heat exchange between transported oil and gas, and the ground. Detailed examples for calculating the effects of such an exchange are given for oil and DLC. gas separately. 82221. PORKHAEV, G. V. Temperaturnye polfa osnovanil sooruzhenil. (In: International Conference on Permafrost. Doklady ... 1963, p. 92-104, graphs.) 10 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Temperature fields in construction foundations. Describes a method for determining the dimensions of the thawing basin under

878

structures with respect to time during which the foundation soil is thawed. Twoand three-dimensional cases are considered, the heat conductance coefficients of soil in thawed and frozen conditions are assumed to be different, and the frozen soil temperature to differ from 0°. A method is proposed to determine the maximum temperatures of the soil in the structure foundation, when the foundation is kept in a frozen state. DLC. PORKHAEV, G. V., see also Nos. 79605, 82219. 82222 POROMBKA, W. Kein Schweigen am Nordpol; Reportage über eine Reise in die Arktis. Berlin, Verlag Kultur and Fortschritt 1963. 128 p. map, illus. In German. Title tr.: No silence at the North Pole; report of a journey to the Arctic. Describes a trip in 1958 to drifting station North Pole-7: the flight from Moscow via Arkhangelsk — Mezen — Anderma — Igarka — Dudinka—Dikson—Franz Joseph Land to the station at 86° N. 116° W. and return over Severnaya Zemlya and Cape Chelyuskin. Main attention is given to Igarka, Dudinka, Dikson and North Pole-7. The mode of life, people, economic conditions, and other features are sketched, and the drifting station treated in greater detail. Author is a journalist. DLC. 82223. PORSJLD, A. E. Stellaria longipes Goldie and its allies in North America. (Canada. National Museum. Bulletin 1963. no. 186, p. 1-35, maps, illus.) 20 refs. Taxonomic and range revision of this plant complex, based on field work and study of over 800 herbarium specimens and type material. Eight taxa of more or less well-defined geographical ranges are recognized as native to North America. Among them are one arctic, three arctic-boreal, two boreal, and two western prairie and foothill species, one, perhaps two, circumpolar. Illus. range maps, and a key are included. DI. 82224. PORSILD, A. E. The vascular flora of an alpine valley in the Mackenzie Mountains, N.W.T. (Canada. National Museum. Bulletin 1961. no. 171, p. 116-30. illus.) 10 refs. Describes a collection of vascular plants made by E. W. Arnold in 1960. The valley (61°57' N. 127°13' W.) is approx. 4,000 ft. above sea level and contains hot springs. The plants, comprising 105 taxa, are listed with notes of the sites where collected

including elevation, and known distribution. Several are new to Mackenzie District, and a new subspecies, nahanniensis, of Arctagrostis lalifolia is described. The collection is compared with one made by Raup (No. DI. 14258) in a similar area nearby.

POSLEDOV, F. F., see No. 78950. 82228. POSPELOV, G. L. Novosibirskil Akademgorodok, osen' 1963 g. (Nash sovremennik 1963, no. 6, p. 170-72.) In Russian. Title tr.: Akademgorodok near Novosibirsk, fall of 1963. Describes growth of this research center of the Academy of Sciences' Siberian Division: housing developments, and community health, shopping and recreational facilities. A residential secondary school for physics and mathematics has been opened as part of the school system, first of its kind in Siberia. The Institute of Nuclear Physics is the largest building in town. The scientific sector is ready for use except the House of Scientists and the Institute of Economics, both under construction. The general town plan, street names, etc. are noted. DLC.

82225. PORSILD, A. E., and H. A. CRUM. The vascular flora of Liard Hotsprings, B.C., with notes on some bryophytes. (Canada. National Museum. Bulletin 1961. no. 171, p. 131-97, map, illus.) 40 refs. Lists with annotations, the plants collected in June 1960 or known to occur within a two-mile radius of these hot springs at 59°10' N. 126° W. The geographic ranges of the boreal forest species (165) are examined to elucidate the history and age of this forest in northwestern North America. Included are 50 circumboreal species that supposedly migrated back and forth across a tundra-covered Bering Strait land bridge in Pleistocene time, and 115 North American species. The latter consist of 50 that extend west through interior Yukon and Alaska, 35 not yet to Alaska, 30 only to southeastern Yukon, and some found only in thermally favored habitats of central Yukon and Alaska. The first group of 50, it is suggested, arrived from the east after the land bridge was drowned, the others being still DI. more recent arrivals.

82229. POSPELOV, G. L. Sibir'. (Nash sovremennik, 1957, no. 1, p. 3-35.) In Russian. Title tr.: Siberia. Popular account of industrial and economic growth, with northern areas, the Yenisey, Ob, and Angara River systems included. Transportation and shipping, logs and lumber moving by river, snow road, and railway, are noted. Planned branch lines include one linking Salekhard with the Pechora Railroad, and another the Angara DLC. with the Lena.

82226. PORTENKO, L. A. The ornithogeography of the Koryak Highlands, USSR. (International Ornithological Congress 13th. Proceedings 1962 pub. 1963, v. 2, p. 114046, illus.) Account of field work conducted in 1959 and 1960 with description of the area and its vegetation. The birds of the different mountain levels and habitats are noted and their zoogeography discussed. The local avifauna is found to be chiefly eastern Siberian with some forms derived from DLC. Kamchatka.

82230. POSPISIL, L., and W. S. LAUGHLIN. Kinship terminology and kindred among the Nunamiut Eskimo. (Ethnology 1963. v. 2, no. 2, p. 180-89.) 11 refs. Study of this band, 85 individuals in 1957, in the Anaktuvuk Pass area of the Brooks Range, based on the second author's research in 1955 and Pospisil's 1957 survey. Terminology, its semantic features, limited extension to consaguinal ascending and descending generations, stress on nuclear family (parents and children) rather than DSI. brothers, etc. are analyzed.

82227. PORTER, M. Weekend on Baffin Island. (Maclean's magazine 1960. v. 73, no. 24, p. 24-25, +.) Describes a week's sojourn at Telek near Cape Dorset, a tourist resort owned and operated by Eskimos; the 6% hr. flight by Nordair, Montreal-Frobisher Bay, and 300 mi. flight by Canso to Telek, its spectacular scenery, seal hunting, char fishing and good CaOCU. accommodations; cost 81,000.

POST, L. A., see No. 78236.

PORTET, IL, see Nos. 77973, 77974. PORTNOVA, M. I., see No. 78892.

82231. POSTGATE, J. R., and J. R. HUNTER. On the survival of frozen bacteria. (Journal of general microbiology 1961. v. 26, no. 3, p. 367-78, tables, illus.) 39 refs. Organisms of Aerobacter aerogenes were largely killed by slow freezing in buffer or by freeze-drying. Complete survival was obtained by dropping suspensions in 10% aqueous glycerol into liquid N, and thawing. Several other solutions protected equally well. But storage life at —20° C. depended

879

on the protective agent used; only glycerol permitted long storage. The findings are incompatible with some current views on DNLM. the lethal effects of freezing. 82232. POTAPOV, L. P. Nekotorye itogi i zadachi etnograficheskogo izuchenifa sotsialisticheskol kul'tury i byta narodov SSSR. (In: Akademifor nauk SSSR. Inst. istorii. Istoriografifå so£sialisticheskogo i kommunisticheskogo stroitel'stva v SSSR. Moskva 1962, p. 203-220.) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Some results and goals of the ethnographic study of the socialist culture and folkways of the peoples of the USSR. Includes a review of about a dozen basic publications on the so-called small peoples of the North and conditions in national districts. Work of the Academy of Sciences' branch agencies and regional research instiDLC. tutions is discussed. 82233. POTAPOVA, N. I. 0 E, na sredneshirotnol i pripoliarnol stan{'sifalch. (Akademifii nauk SSSIt. Mezhduvedomstvennyl geofizicheskil komitet, V razdel programmy MGG: ionosfernye issledovanilå. Sbornik state! 1962. no. 10, p. 34-47, tables, graphs.) 8 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: On E, at middle latitude and subarctic stations. Compares the relative frequency of occurrence of the sporadic ionospheric layer, E,, using IGY data recorded at Sverdlovsk and Salekhard during 1957-1959. Seasonal and diurnal variations of the relative frequency of occurrence of this layer at the two stations are compared. DLC. POTELOV, V. A., see No. 80007. 82234. POTTER, L. Roadside flowers of Alaska. Thetford Center, Vt. 1962. 610 p. illus. 10 refs. Presents 250 varieties seen near roads in central Alaska, with for each the scientific and common names, description of flower, stem, and leaves, a sketch of the plant by E. Melady, also dates and areas (36) seen. A color key, lists of flowers by area, geographical and name indexes are provided. DLC. 82235. POTTER, L. A study of a frontier town in Alaska; Wasilla to 1959. Hanover, N. H., R. E. Burt Lithographer 1963. 104 p. map, tables, illus. 48 refs. Historical, geographical, and economic study of this village in the Matanuska valley about 11 mi. west of Palmer, where author dwelt for six years, 1953-1959, as a

880

teacher. Wasilla was founded in 1917 as a station on the Alaska Railroad, and drew some of its first settlers from the nearby village of Knik because of the rail connection to Anchorage. Brief account is given of the development of Knik, gold mining, freighting, etc. prior to 1917; early years 19171934 of the Alaska Railroad and Wasilla; the Matanuska valley development project in 1935 and its impact on Wasilla to 1941; post-war homesteading, Alaska statehood in 1959. Main features of local geography are outlined, and the inhabitants described, the Indians, Russians, recent newcomers. Educational facilities and problems are noted; economic conditions and community life are discussed. The numerous illus. include many photos taken by the author as well as some from 1901. DLC. 82236. POTVIN, D. E`crivains nordiques. (Revue de l'Universite Laval 1960. v. 25, no. 2, p. 155-65.) In French. Title tr.: Northern writers. Discusses authors of literature about the Canadian North and criticizes some of their works: J. O. Curwood, S. E. White, Jack London, Louis-Frederic Rouquette, Marie Le Franc, Maurice Constantin-Weyer, Louis Hdmon, Francisque Parme. CaONL. 82237. POULIOT, M., and J. LeBLANC. Effete de la reserpine guanetidine et alphamethyl-dopa sur la resistance au froid. (Archives internationales de physiologie et de biochimie 1963. v. 71, no. 1, p. 73-82, graphs.) 20 refs. In French. English summary. Title tr.: Effects of reserpine, guanetidine and alpha-methyl-dopa upon resistance to cold. Account of experiments with rats adapted to 5° C. for a month, then exposed to —20° C. Of the substances tested, only guanetidine chronically injected during acclimatization increased resistance to very low temperature. This confirms the importance of catecholamine in cold-resistance and adaptation. DNLM. 82238. POULTER, T. C. Sonar signals of the sea lion. (Science 1963. v. 139, no. 3556, p. 753-55, illus.) 4 refs. Tape recordings of captive sea lions showed that when approaching bits of fish, thrown into the water, they emit trains of sound signals, like those of bats or porpoises. Analysis showed that they meet the criteria of a pulse modulated sonar system and amazing sophistication in echo ranging. DLC. 82239. POUNDER, E. R. The physics of

sea ice. (Physics in Canada 1962. v. 18, no. 4, p. 9-16, graphs.) Discusses properties of sea ice from Barrow Strait, Thule, and badmen samples. The relative tensile strength is given for temperatures 0 to —50° C. showing greatly increased strength below —23° C. The freezing point and temperature of maximum density as they depend on the salinity is given, its Young's modulus for different samples, and its specific heat for temperatures from 0 to —14° C. are discussed and presented graphically. Some peculiar features are cited on the thermal behavior of sea ice: its thermal conductivity and specific heat may change by a factor of two throughout the winter; it melts at a quite different temperature from that at which it freezes; sea ice has no definite latent heat, its freezing and melting are continuous processes through the entire temperature range DLC. in which it exists in nature. POUNDER, E. R., see also Nos. 79605, 80515, 81522, 82732. POWELL, G. C., see No. 76853. POWELL, J. M., see No. 79582. 82240. POWELL, R. L., and others. Lowtemperature thermocouples. (American Inst. of Physics. Temperature, its measurement and control ... v. 3. 1962-63, pt. 2, p. 65-77, graphs, tables.) 2 refs. Other authors: L. P. Caywood, Jr., and M. D. Bunch. Presents calibration tables, and outlines experimental results of several years' research by the U.S. National Bureau of Standards. Three general considerations in the design and feasibility of thermocouple systems are temperature range, need for calibration curves, and sources of error; each is discussed for six thermocouple systems. Constantan vs. iron and Alumel vs. Chrome] thermocouples are not suitable for use at low temperatures, though gold-cobalt and constantan have sufficient thermoelectric power against copper or "normal" silver to allow their use at temperatures down to 4° K. DLC. 82241. POWERS, H. A. The emerged shoreline at 2-3 meters in the Aleutian Islands. (Zeitschrift für Geomorphologie. Suppl. no. 3, 1961, p. 36-38.) 8 refs. Paper presented at a symposium, Pacific Island terraces: eustatic? during the 10th Pacific Science Congress, Honolulu, 1961. Describes shoreline features observed from the Fox through the Four Mountains,

Andreanof, and Rat groups to the Near Islands, 165° W.-175° E. Two general kinds of cliffed profiles are recognized, differing in the resistance to erosion of the formations which make up the islands. Both kinds of formation are described. Features of the emerged shoreline generally appear 2-3 m. higher than their counterparts in the shoreline of the present sea level. Eustatic lowering of sea level 2-3 m. since the time of last glaciation is considered possible. DLC. 82242. POZDNEV, A. Eniselskie budni. (Rechnol transport 1963, no. 4, p. 7, 18, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: The Yenisey run. Notes achievements of various river boats, a refrigerator vessel, two diesel tugs, etc., traffic between Krasnoyarsk, the Angara region and Dudinka in the 1962 navigation DLC. season. 82243. POZDNiAKOV, L. K. Less. verkhnego techenifä Øy. (Akademifil nauk Inst. biologii. SSSR. I kutskil filial. Trudy 1961, v. 7, p. 162-242, tables, illus.) 42 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Forests of the upper reaches of the Yana River. Presents a comprehensive description of forests of the mountainous area of the lower Sartan (Sartang) and Dulgalak and the upper Yana, approx. 66-69° N. 131-135° E., based on investigations in 1940-1946. Soils, their moisture and temperature in various parts of the area are characterized, peculiarities of the Dahurian larch (Larix dahurica Turcz.) growth are noted. Types of forest are outlined for the river valleys, ancient terraces, lower or middle slopes, hill tops and mountain ranges. Damage by fire is noted, and guide lines to planning cutting are discussed for various types of forests DLC. and regeneration requirements. 82244. POZDNI KOV, L. K. 0 vlißnii rastenil zhivogo pokrova na prorastanie semilin i razvitie vskhodov daurskol listvenniisy. (Problemy botaniki 1962. no. 6, p. 308-317, tables, illus.) 4 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Influence of the plant cover upon seed germination and shoot development of the Dahurian larch. Based on observations in the forests of Yakutia, author conducted a series of experiments in which larch seeds were irrigated with water containing leaf and fall extracts of other plants and with water of different pH. The seeds were also grown on sand and on soils surrounding the roots of various plants. The effect of these parameters on rate of germination and shoot growth are evaluated and discussed. DLC.

881

POZDNIAKOVA, L. E., see No. 78838. POZDNIAKOVA, V. A., see No. 84550. PRATT, A. W., see No. 77404. PRATT, I., see No. 84495. 82245. PRAVOTOROVA, E. P. 0 ralonakh nagula gizhiginsko-kamchatskol sel'di. (Rybnoe khozfiilstvo 1963. v. 39, no. 12, p. 14-17, tables, map.) In Russian. Title tr.: Feeding areas of the Gizhiginskaya Kamchatka herd of herring. Reports on tagging commenced in 1958 in Gizhiginskaya Bay and recoveries on western Kamchatka and the northern Kurils. The results indicate that the fish of the entire area belong to one herd. Coastal catches, age composition of catches and their size as well as aerial reconnaissance complete the picture as to shoals and their movements. DLC. 82246. PRECAMBRIAN. Arctic diamond drilling project Canada's share in International Upper Mantle Project. (Its: v. 36, 1963. no. 11, p. 17.) Inspiration Mining and Development Co. has contract to drill two 5,000-ft. holes in the Muskox Intrusion 50 mi. south of Coppermine in Mackenzie Dist. Heavy equipment was moved from North Bay by rail and highway to Yellowknife, then by air to the drill sites. Drilling started May 15, is to be completed in five months. Also reported in Northern miner 1963, v. 49, no. 34, p. 19. DGS. 82247. PRECAMBRIAN. By helicopter, five years' work in one. (Its: v. 35, 1962. no. 4, p. 8-9, illus.) Describes the role of the single Hiller 12E light utility helicopter in transporting a nineman party and supplies during 3%z-month 15,000 sq. mi. survey in the Ogilvie Mts. of Yukon Territory. Previous surveys of equal scope in such terrain required five to seven years. Operation Ogilvie had its first camp established by a Beaver aircraft; subsequent transport was by helicopter, which was utilized also in the three methods of geological mapping: over 40,000 mi. 580 hrs. airborne travel. DGS. 82248. PRECAMBRIAN. Hudson Bay Mining and Smelting, a fully integrated mining operation. (Its: v. 31, 1958, no. 9, p. 10-17, map, illus.) Outlines the growth of this 31-year old zinc-copper mining company; describes its plants near Flin Flon, Man., also its methods

882

of prospecting, development, concentration, smelting, refining, etc. of the two principal metals, as well as recovery of gold, silver, selenium and tellurium. The original mine, metallurgical plant, and hydro-electric plants cost $20.5 million, and additions $30 million. The payroll of $12 million, operating costs of $8 million, and taxes and royalties of $11 million annually form an important part in the Canadian economy. A plan of the Flin Flon plant at 1 in: 200 ft. scale, and a flowsheet are included. DGS. 82249. PRECAMBRIAN. Infra-red thawing of iron ore. (Its: v. 32, 1959. no. 7, p. 9-13, illus.) Describes, with photos, the new Schwank gas infra-red generator, developed in Germany in 1952, tested successfully in Toledo, Ohio, in Jan. 1956, and capable of thawing frozen iron ore in 10-15 min. for 2 in. of frost, up to 65-75 min. for 10 in. of frost. Full-scale installation would involve a 900ft.-long building outfitted to thaw at least 36 70-ton ore cars on a single track. Advantages of the system are low operating cost, short thawing time, large capacity, cleanliness, and slight accident hazard. Initial investment is high and tighter dumping and ship loading schedules are required since the heat retention properties are much less than DGS. with steam-heated ore. 82250. PRECAMBRIAN. Precambrian features air transportation. (Its: v. 32, 1959, no. 5, p. 11, -F , illus.) Contains several short articles on the role of air transport in northern mining, mapping, etc. One traces the history of northern flying in Canada from early aerial photography to the present air freighting, use of helicopters, etc. The Quebec Cartier Mining Co. surveys carried out by Canadian Aero Service, use of aircraft in northern development generally, in the Quebec North Shore and Labrador Railway, DEW Line sites, federal government mapping programs, etc. are dealt with. A directory of about 85 air carriers is included, with 17 operating from northern DGS. bases. 82251. PRECAMBRIAN. Ungava. (Its: v. 35, 1962, no. 3, p. 11-30, maps, illus.) 25 refs. Development of the Chibougarnau camp, iron ore industry of the Labrador Trough, activity in a 150-million-ton deposit of titaniferous magnetite, the Mattagami area, an asbestos area in the Cape Smith-Wakeham Bay belt, copper showings near Fort Chimo, etc. are reviewed, as are problems of climate and distance, townsite development,

power supply and transportation. Geologically, the area consists essentially of Archean gneissic terrain, in which are two broad bands of less metamorphosed Proterozoic rocks, the Cape Smith-Wakeham Bay belt and the Labrador Trough or geosyncline. High-frequency radio-telephone communication established in June 1961 links remote areas with the telephone network at Alma, Que., and Fort Chimo, Port Harrison, Povungnituk, Fort George, Rupert House, Paint Hills, and Cartwright, Labrador have direct voice contact with the outside world. The Alma base station is described as is the tropospheric scatter system between Seven Islands, Schefferville, and Goose Bay. Climate is characterized, noting influence of Hudson Bay, prevailing westerlies, proximity of Ungava Bay, ice formation and breakup. L. Gilinas and R. Bergeron, R. P. Erskine, H. A. Thompson, and W. E. Markham contributed successive sections of this DGS. review. 82252. PRECAMBRIAN. Wabush iron mines, Labrador; $235 million iron ore project gets definite go ahead. (Its: v. 35, 1962. no. 10, p. 10-12, illus.) Describes participating companies, financial arrangements, construction, history, and plans. The project is to produce about five million gross tons of concentrate a year, beginning in 1965. It consists of iron ore mining and processing installations, with housing and service facilities at Wabush Lake, and harbor and dock facilities supported by ore storage and service installations at Pointe Noire in Sept Iles Bay on Gulf of St. Lawrence. It has a hydro-electric power source near the Hamilton River and rail connections between Wabush Lake and Pointe Noire. Preliminary investigation began in 1957, construction in 1961; total expenditures and commitments 1957-1962 are close to $100 million. The deposit contains over one billion tons of crude ore, with 36% iron and 42.5% silica. The concentrate is to contain 66% iron and 2.24% silica. DGS. 82253. PREDYBAILO, A. Stopfiitiletnil okhotnik. (Ogonek 1961. v. 39, no. 27, p. 8, port.) In Russian. Title tr.: A 105-yearold hunter. Sketch of Petr Sofronovich Zakharov, a Yakut hunter in the Ust'-Mayskiy District of Yakutia who still takes 500-600 squirrels, 50 ermines, several bears and many hares each year; he lives the year round in his tent. DLC. 82254. PREDYBAILO, A. T. Kral ozer,

lesov i rek. Moskva, Gos. izd-vo "Fizkul'tura i sport" 1960. 56 p. illus. In Russian. Title tr.: Country of lakes, forests and rivers. Describes a summer 1959 tourist trip by a party of four from Moscow to Karelia and Kola Peninsula, with notes on the travel facilities, places visited, including Petroza. vodsk and environs, Medvezh'yegorsk, northern Karelia, Kandalaksha and its nature preserve, Kirovsk, Monchegorsk, Olenegorsk, Lovozero and Tundra collective farm, Murmansk, etc. DLC. 82255. PREOBRAZHENSEAØ, V. B., and O. P. USHAKOV. Nakhodka dioritov i sienito-dioritov, proryvafüshchikh permskie otlozhenifii fÜgorskogo poberezh'ia Baldaragikol guby. (Leningrad. Inst. geologii Arktiki. Informa£sionnyl sbornik 1962. no. 32, p. 5-8, maps.) In Russian. Title tr.: Find of diorites and syenite-diorites, breaking through Permian deposits on the Yugorskiy coast of Baydaratskaya Bay. Describes the sites and form of occurrence of these diorites on Torosovey Bay, east of the town of Kara. Their mineralogic composition, structure and texture are characterized. Manifestation of diorite intrusion in Permian deposits reveals the tectonic structure of the region. A map of the magnetic DLC. field is included. 82256. PREOBRAZHENSKII, A. A. Burzhuazifit EniselskoT gubernii o torgovle po Severnomu morskomu puti v konfse xixnachale xx veka. (Arkheograficheskil ezhegodnik 1961, Ø. 1962, p. 439-52.) 6 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Attitude of the Yenisey Province bourgeoisie to trade via the Northern Sea Route in the late 19thearly 20th centuries. Discusses conflicting interests of various commercial groups which hampered largescale exploitation of the duty-free sea route for foreign trade. Its main opponents were merchants with exclusive rights as middlemen for various types of goods shipped by the Trans-Siberian Railroad. Five documents of 1877-1913 illustrate major points DLC. of the controversy. 82257. PREOBRAZHENSKII, S. Na dvukh polfüsakh. (Sovetskoe foto, 1963. v. 23, no. 1, p. 20-23, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: On two poles. Describes his experiences as photo-correspondent for the TASS news agency in the Arctic and Antarctic: visit to the North Pole-8 drifting station. Some data on photo DLC. technique, flash, and filters.

883

PREOBRAZHENSKII, V. A., see No. 77073. ENSKII, V. S. Sovre82258. PREOBRAZHE mennoe oledenenie gor severo-vostoka Azii. (Naf ional'nyl komitet sovetskikh geografov. 19 MezhdunarodnyI geograficheskil kongress ... 1961, p. 118-22, table, map.) 14 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Present-day glaciation of the mountains of northeast Asia. Outlines the distribution of over nine hundred glaciers with a total area of 1500 km.2 north of 51° N. and east of Lake Baykal in the Suntar-Khayata and Koryak Mts., Kamchatka, and other areas. Glacier types, firn line, alimentation, and movement, climatic regime and some other features of DLC. glaciation in the area are noted. 82259. PRESCOTT, G. W. Ecology of Alaskan freshwater algae, 2; introduction: general considerations. (American Microscopical Society. Transactions 1963. v. 82, no. 1, p. 83-98, graphs.) 11 refs. In sequence to No. 31476. Reports on investigations conducted in 1951-1952 and 1959-1961, covering lakes near Point Barrow, DEW line sites, in the tundra, Brooks Range, etc. Biological limits of the Arctic, general aspects of algal ecology and distribution in the Arctic are discussed. The relationship between light, water temperature and ice cover in some of the lakes is considered; as are their ecological aspects and effects upon seasonal qualitative and DLC. quantitative fluctuations. 82260. PRESCOTT, G. W. Ecology of Alaskan freshwater algae, 3-4. (American Microscopical Society. Transactions 1963. v. 82, no. 2, p. 137-43, tables, graph, illus.) 3 refs. Discusses categories of lakes studied, according to their size, morphometry and location, physico-chemical conditions. Two near Barrow are compared, with ice thickness, alkalinity, hardness, pH, O$ and Cl, considered. General and nutritive conditions of adjacent soils and of local arctic soils are outlined. Additional notes and a transfer of Pseudendoclonium arctice to gen. HeterococDLC. cue, conclude the paper. 82261. PRESCOTT, G. W. Ecology of freshwater algae in the Arctic. (In: International Botanical Congress 1959. Recent advances ... 1961, v. 1, p. 201-207, graphs.) 12 refs. Deals with the relationship of selected ecological factors to the distribution and composition of these algae. Light intensity,

884

duration and periodicity, also temperature, chemistry and pH are considered in turn. Preponderance or paucity of certain forms or physiological stages (e.g. spores) is also discussed. Based on collections made in the Barrow region, northern Alaska and on DLC. published records. PRESCOTT, G. W., see also No. 79582. 82262. PRESS, H., and J. V. MICHAELS. Nimbus spacecraft development. (Astronautics and aeronautics 1963. v. 1, no. 3, p. 42-45, graph, tables, illus.) 2 refs. Outlines the objectives, configuration, testing, etc. of this earth-stabilized satellite in a near-polar orbit; its preliminary design was completed in 1960, modified in late 1961. Its 1963 capabilities are tabulated and main features as shape, weight, orbit, coverage, etc. are compared with those of TIROS. The polar orbit allows reading of data from all orbits by two ground stations, to be located at Fairbanks, Alaska, and in eastern Canada. DWB. 82263. PRESSMAN, A. E. Comparison of aerial photographic terrain analysis with field investigation in arctic Canada. (Photogrammetric engineering 1963. v. 29, no. 2, p. 245-52, maps, graph, illus.) 12 refs. Compares the terrain analysis as interpreted by photogeologic methods with a field report on a potential emergency landing site at Niagara Glacier 81°30' N. 75°05' W. on Ellesmere Island. The initial phase of the program, i.e. photogeologic interpretation supported by literature search, was completed in 1961; and the 50 most favorable sites were described (No. 74950). Close agreement was found between field and aerial methods in regard to runway dimensions and slope, soil properties, and approaches at Niagara Glacier. The one significant discrepancy revealed by the field studies was the presence of microrelief features up to three ft. in height, not detectable on the 1:60,000 scale aerial photographs. Initial survey of the site from the air showed landing on the proposed airstrip too hazardous; a flat sandy area approx. 1,000 ft. DGS. southeast of it was selected. 82264. PREST, V. K. Red Lake — Lansdowne House area, northwestern Ontario, surficial geology. Ottawa, Queen's Printer 1963. 23 p. table, maps. (Canada. Geological Survey. Paper 63-6.) 32 refs. Contains report and preliminary maps on bedrock-drift distribution, and on surficial geology of this area 51°-53° N. 86°-94° W., mapped in the field 1960 and 1061, and by

aerial photointerpretation in 1962, on a scale of 1 in.: 8 mi. Areas of abundant, scattered, and little or no rock outcrop are shown on map 4-1963, which includes the upper Attawapiskat and Winisk Rivers. Map 51963 shows surficial features in complicated pattern reflecting influence of the Labradorean and Hudson Bay ice lobes and the confluent ice between them. Deglacial events in this area are outlined; they consist of a succession of advances, retreats, and one ice-free period; a final retreat was followed by a marine invasion more than 7800 yrs. ago. Various types of deposits are described: moraines, glacio-fluvial and glaciolacustrine deposits, including a typical varved-clay section at Northwind Lake (52°48° N. 93°23' W.). DGS. PRESTON-THOMAS, H., see No. 78157. 82265. PREVITE, J. J., and L. J. BERRY. Studies on the potentiation of endotoxin in mice by exposure to cold. Fort Wainwright, Alaska 1963. 17 p. tables. (U.S. Arctic Aeromedical Lab. TDR-62-63.) 41 refs. Mice exposed to 5° C. showed a drop in body temperature with a concomitant increased sensitivity to bacterial lipopolysaccharide (LPS). Injection of 5 mg. cortisone acetate protects against this lethal effect, while 8 units, but not 2 units, of ACTH enhance it. These, and other supporting data suggest that adrenocortical exhaustion from cold is partly responsible for the increased CaMAI. sensitivity to LPS. 82266. PREVITE, J. J., and L. J. BERRY. Virulence as a factor in host response to bacterial infection at low environmental temperature. (In: Symposia on arctic biology and medicine. Proceedings 1963, p. 21538, tables.) 23 refs. Mice infected with avirulent Salmonella typhimurium or Staphylococcus aureus are more susceptible when kept at 5° C. than at 15 or 25° C. No such differences were noted when virulent strains were used. Effects of cold-warm and warm-cold exposures, of exogenous cortisone acetate or ACTH, etc. CaMAI. are also considered. PRICE, W. A., see No. 77889. PRICE, W. M., see No. 83323. 82267. PRIIATKINA, L. A. 0 neravnovesnykh mineral'nykh assotsiaf ifilkh v granato-biotitovykh gneisakh Kol'skogo poluostrove. (Leningrad. Univ. Vestnik 1962. no. 24, p. 150-52, tables, illus.) Ref. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: On

unbalanced mineral associations of garnetbiotite gneisses of Kola Peninsula. Deals with gneisses from the Porosozero and Lyavozero area. Microscopic and chemical studies are briefly reported and the process of the replacement of biotite by garnet is described. DLC. 82268. PRIKHOD'HO, ft. N. Nabh3denifå nad usadkol ugelel i peschano-glinistykh porod na Intinskom kamennougol'nom mestorozhdenii. (Akademifå nauk SSSR. Izvestifil 1963, ser. geol. no. 2, p. 99-105, illus.) 4 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Observations on shrinkage of coal and sandyargillaceous rocks in the Inta carbonaceous deposits. Reports observations of coal seams and enclosing rocks in mine no. 9 of the Inta coal field, and an attempt to define the shrinkage coefficient. The latter is understood as the relationship of the normal thickness of a layer when covered with overlying deposits to its normal thickness at present. For argillites, aleurites, and fine-grained sandstones, the shrinkage coefficient is 1.48; for long-burning and high-ash coals, it is 5.9. DLC. 82269. PRIKLONSKII, S. G., and others. Materialy po proletu ptia v del'te Indigirki. (Migratsii zhivotnykh 1962, no. 3, p. 145-59, tables.) 10 refs. In Russian. Other authors: R. L. Beme and S. M. Uspenskil. Title tr.: Materials on bird flights over the Indigirka delta. Reports on observations made in the spring and summer of 1960 from two points and from aircraft. General characteristics, such as number of species and birds, diurnal fluctuations in flight intensity are dealt with. Individual species (or groups) are considered in turn, including snipe, gulls, geese, DLC. ducks, predatory birds, etc. PRIKLONSKII, S. G., see also No. 83910. 82270. PRINADA, V. D. Materialy k poznanii3 mezozolskol flory basselna r. Kolymy. Leningrad, Gonti 1938. 68 p. tables, illus. (Dal'stroi. Materialy po izuchenifil Kolymsko-Indigirskogo krafii. ser. 2, no. 13.) Approx. 98 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Contribution to knowledge of the Mesozoic flora of the Kolyma River basin. Presents a systematic description of specimens collected in 1933-1935 in coal-bearing deposits mostly in basins of the Ozhogina and Zyryanka, left tributaries to the Kolyma. Some 47 species are described representing ferns, cycadophytes, ginkgophytes,

885

ginkgoales(?) and conifers. Origin of this flora and its connection with that of Greenland, Alaska, Franz Joseph Land and other DLC. arctic areas are outlined. 82271. PRINGLE, G. A. Tragedy on the Chilkoot Trail. (Alaska sportsman 1962. v. 28, no. 5, p. 30-32, illus.) Describes a snowslide on the Alaskan side of the border on Apr. 1, 1898 as recounted by an RCMP officer stationed at Chilkoot Pass. Some 64 people en route to the Klondike DI. gold fields were killed. 82272. PRINTZ, H. Phenological studies of marine algae along the Norwegian coast I, Ascophyllum nodosum (L) le Jol; II, Fueus vesiculoaus L. Oslo, Aschehoug 1959. 28 p. tables. (Norske videnskaps-akademi, Oslo. Matematisk-naturvidenskapelig klasse. Avhandlinger no. 4.) 16 refs. Discusses features of seaweeds which should be known for practical purposes and presents tabulated results of a study along the Norwegian coast where physical conditions are almost uniform; three arctic stations are represented. Various phases of the fertile period are distinguished, dates given, differences with latitude shown. Ascophyllum development begins earlier in the winter in the south but by July this species is at the same stage all along the coast. In late summer and early autumn, growth in northern districts is more advanced, but this gain is also lost as southern growth tapers off more slowly in fall. Except for a longer fertile period, the Focus species has a similar seasonal rhythm. Biological differences between DGS. the two genera are discussed. PRIPACHKIN, V. A., see No. 82034. 82273. PRITSAK, O. Die Oberstufenzählung im Tungusischen und Jakutischen. (Deutsche Morgenländische Gesellschaft. Zeitschrift 1955. v. 105, n. ser. v. 30, no. 1, p. 184-91.) Refs. In German. Title tr.: Upper scale numerals in Tungus and Yakut. Discusses the additive and subtractive methods used for forming numerals above ten. DLC. 82274. PRITULA, f11. A. Perspektivy neftegazonosnosti Vostochnol Sibiri. (Leningrad. Vses. neftaanol n.-issl. geologorazvedochnyl inst. Materialy po Sovetskol neftfånol geologii 1963, p. 149-63.) 9 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Prospects for oil and gas in Eastern Siberia. Summarizes oil and gas searches in the area including Krasnoyark Province and Yakut ASSR. Paleozoic structures of the

886

Siberian platform such as the Angara syneclise, Anabar-Olenek uplift, and Tungusskiy syneclise are analyzed in respect to their gas-oil-bearing properties. Mesozoic-Cenozoic structures such as the Vilyuy syneclise, Khatanga and Anabar-Lena trough and others are also discussed. Gas and oil occurrences in the Nordvik, lower Yenisey and Olenek regions, and elsewhere are demonstrated, and great possibilities found for oil and gas accumulation. Deep wells, geophysical and seismic methods however, are essential for discoveries of productive value. DLC. PROBLEMY SEVERA no. 6, 1962. See under Nauchnoe soveshchanie po problemam akklimatizatsii ... (Scientific Conference on problems of acclimatization ...) 82275. PROKAEV, V. I., and A. M. OLENEV. Fiziko-geograficheskoe ralonirovanie Sverdlovskol oblasti v svfazi s ralonirovaniem Urals i Zapadnol Sibiri. (Sibirskil geograficheskil sbornik 1962. no. 1, p. 96118, maps.) 37 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The division of Sverdlovsk Province into physical-geographic regions in relation to division of the Ural and Western Siberia. Discusses the principles and methods of such division, and presents the Ural in 15 provinces, including the Polar Ural. West Siberia as far as the Yenisey is also divided: tundra zone, sparse forest — forest tundra, taiga, forest-steppe, and steppe zones are distinguished and briefly characterized. DLC. 82276. PROKHOROV, K. V. 0 komagmatichnosti tretichnykh granitoidov i effuzivov Kamchakki. (Akademifa. nauk SSSR. Izvestifå, ser. geologicheskafa 1962, no. 10, p. 20-32, tables, map. illus.) 20 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: On comagmatic Tertiary granitoids and effusives of Kamchatka. Discusses the spatial and age conjugation of Tertiary effusives and granitoids, their structural position, petrographic and geochemical relationship and other features. A paragenetic connection is established between lower Miocene granitoids and effusives, which are considered comagmatic DLC. rocks. 82277. PROKHOROV, V. S. Vozrast i temp rosta molvy, Mallotus v. villosus Muller, Baren seva moria. (Voprosy ikhtiologii 1963. v. 3, no. 2 (27), p. 405-408, tables, illus.) 12 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Age and growth rate of the Barents Sea capelin Mailotus v. Wit/sus, Muller. Reviews earlier work and presents popula-

tion analysis of this important food of cod, the age being determined from the otolitbs. Most of the fish were found to become sexually mature in the third year, with only a small fraction in the second. DLC. PROKHOROV, V. S., ace also No. 81669. 82278. PROKHOROVA, K. Zhizn' trebuet. (So£ial'noe obespechenie, 1963. v. 24, no. 3, p. 55.) In Russian. Title tr.: Vital need. Prosthetic and orthopedic aids are used by some 170 individuals in Noril'sk. A mobile supply and repair shop based on Krasnoyarsk should be flown in at least once a year to satisfy local demand. DLC. 82279. PROKOPCHUK, B. I., and others. Almazonosnost' Prilenskogo ralona. (Akanauk SSSR. flkutskil filial. Trudy 1963. ser. geol. no. 9, p. 115-22.) In Russian. Other authors: L. M. Izrailev, P. A. Il'in, B. N. Leonov, M. V. Susov and M. S. KostrIükov. Title tr.: The diamond-bearing region west of the Lena. Reports first find of diamond placers in the Syungyude River basin in 1957. The new diamond province is on the left bank of the lower Lena and in the lower Muna, Motorchuna, Syungyude, Molodo and Buor-Eyekitt basins. Geographic location and geologic structure of the region are outlined. Upper Jurassic and Quaternary diamond placers, mineralogic composition, types, and other features are described. DLC. 82280. PROKOPCHUK, B. I. Neotektonika Leno-OIenekskogo mezhdurech'fii i ee vlßnie na razmeshchenie i obogashchenie allfüvial'nykh rossypel almazov. (Izvestifa vysshikh uchebnykh zavedenil. Geologi& i razvedka 1962, no. 12, p. 49-54, map.) 10 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Recent tectonics of the Lena-Olenek interfiuve and their influence on the distribution and enrichment of alluvial diamond placers. Reports analyses of longitudinal profiles of rivers, flood-plains and terraces in this region in order to clarify recent tectonic movement. Recent tectonic structures are described. Their influence on the distribution of diamond placers is examined, with the conclusion that in the Anabar area, recent structure troughs, and in the Verkhoyansk structure uplifts, are most favorDLC. able for diamond placers. PROKOPCHUK, B. I., see also Nos. 80638, 82998. PROKOPENKO, V. I., see No. 77581.

PRONINA, T. V., see No. 84253. 82281. PROPP, M. V. Podvodnye nabliüdenifa v sublitorali Barenfseva morfä.. (Akademifå nauk SSSR. Okeanograficheskafn komissifä. Trudy, 1962. v. 14, p. 73-75.) In Russian. Title tr.: Underwater observations on the Barents Sea sublittoral. Discusses diving suit required, water temperatures and transparency, bottoms, biocenoses, collecting, photographing, etc. DLC. PROTCHENKO, I. F., see No. 78241. 82282. PROTOZANOV, A. Trud i byt neotdelimy. (Sluzhba byta 1963. v. 1, no. 6, p. 3-4.) In Russian. Title tr.: Labor and living standard are indivisible. Critical report on the industrial and consumer goods production in Tyumen Province including the Khanty-Mansi and YamalNenets National Districts. Author is the first secretary for economic affairs of the provincial party committee. A merger of small independent shops into large central production plants with local outlets is planned for 1964-1965. The Tyumenles forestry combine is reprimanded for the inadequate living and working conditions DLC. of its labor force. 82283. PROZOROVICH, G. E. Stratigrafifå fury i nizhnego mela ralona Turukhanskol opornol skvazhiny. (In: Mezhvedomstvennoe soveshchanie po dorabotke . 1961, p. 143-46.) 3 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Stratigraphy of the Jurassic and Lower Cretaceous in the Turukhansk key well region. Reports the lithologic-minerologic composition, and paleontologic characteristics of these deposits. The Tyumen, Tebiss, Vantovskaya and Pokur series are described and compared with similar deposits elsewhere. In the Turukhansk key well, the complexes of deposits are separated the same as in DLC. other areas of West Siberia. 82284. PROZOROVICH, G. E., and T. F. ANTONOVA. Terrigennye saprolity, produkty razryva kor vyvetrivanifa trappov. (Akademifa nauk SSSR. Doklady 1963. v. 150, no. 6, p. 1336-39, tables, graphs, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: Terrigenous saprolites, products of crustal rupture in weathering traps. Reports study of Mesozoic deposits in the West Siberian lowland, uncovered by drillings along the Turukhan and Nizhnyaya Baikha Rivers. Peculiar rocks were found, products of erosion and weathering, and

887

mostly resembling terrigenous saprolites. Heat tests, X-ray and chemical analyses are given. Processes, character depths, and age of weathering of the traps are briefly sumDLC. marized.

92 m.; the reservoir is to be 2,500 km.2 in area. The station, with a power potential equal to Bratsk, to produce 4.5 million kwt., is the third of six planned on the Angara. DLC.

PROZOROVICH, G.E., see also No. 80207.

82289. PUBLIC WORKS. Steel sewer line serves Alaskan community. (Its: June 1963 issue. v. 94, no. 6, p. 115-16, illus.) Describes design, methods, and equipment used in the sanitary sewer system completed in Sept. 1962 for the Anchorage suburb of Spenard. Designed for a total flow of about 21.6 mgd, most of the line required 36-in. pipe because of long runs with flat slopes. Treatment was not provided for, because the discharge went into Knik Arm, where tidal action is sufficient to prevent pollution. A total of 10,600 ft. of 30- and 36-in. asbestos-bonded steel pipe and 1450 ft. of paved invert pipe of 18- and 21-in. diam. was used, in addition to two 60-in, steel tunnels to carry the line under the Alaska Railroad. Total cost was about $2.5 million. DGS.

82285. PRUITT, W. O. Arctic trail. (Harper's magazine 1963. v. 226, no. 1357, p. 44-50, illus.) Recounts experiences during a winter trip by dog team, with an Eskimo companion, The winter in northwestern Alaska. countryside, travel and camping on the trail, and a hunt for caribou are described, also some problems of the Eskimos from DI. encroaching white civilization. 82286. PRUITT, W. O. Lichen, caribou and high radiation in Eskimos. (Audubon magazine 1963. v. 65, no. 5, p. 284-87, illus.) 3 refs. Discusses contamination of the food chain in northern areas with strontium 90 and cesium 137, and its application especially to Alaskan Eskimos. Their contamination is not at the level considered dangerous in the U.S. Radiation Protection Guides; but the RPG concept should be reappraised in this case for ecologic and ethnologic reasons. The caribou are contaminated beyond the DI. RPG danger level for humans. PRUITT, W. 0., see also Nos. 77278, 78736, 78750, 81738. 82287. PRUTER, A. T., and D. L. ALVERSON. Abundance, distribution, and growth of flounders in the southeastern Chukchi Sea. (International Council for the Exploration of the Sea. Journal du conseil 1962. v. 27, no. 1, p. 81-99, tables, illus.) 13 refs. Reports an Aug. 5-31, 1959 investigation: six species of flounders were caught in the area, two of them, Pleuronecles quadrituberculatus and Atheresthes stomias, first records north of the Bering Strait. All species showed low abundance and small size, the latter indicating slow growth, which was DLC. more pronounced in males. PRYCHODKO, E., see No. 78736. 82288. PTI'YN, A. Sibirskoe sozvezdie. (Sovetskil sotüz 1963, no. 4 (158), p. 6-11, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: Siberian constellation. Describes with photos the preliminary construction for the Ust'-Ilim power station based on Bratsk. A dam near the mouth of the Lim is to raise the level of the Angara

888

82290. PUCHOL, J. R., and A. CARBALLIDO. Activit6 transaminasique du rat aprhs exposition aiguc au froid. (Medicina experimentnlis 1962. v. 6, no. 3, p. 158-64, graph, tables.) 7 refs. In French. English summary. Title tr.: Transaminase activity of the rat following acute cold-exposure. Rats exposed to 4° C. or 7° C. for 2.572 hr. showed a rapid diminution of transaminase activity in muscles, with a low at 6, and recovery at 72 hr. Liver, kidney and adrenal showed a maximum at 24, and a DNLM. normal at 72 hr. PUDOVKIN, M. I., see Nos. 79605, 80781. PUDOVKINA, Z. V., see No. 84618. PUGACH, V. B., see Nos. 81094, 81095, 81096. 82291. PUGH, L. G. C. E., and F. A. CHRENKO. Observations on the effects of solar radiation on the thermal environment inside tents in Antarctica. (Annals of occupational hygiene 1962. v. 5, no. 1, p. 1-5, graph, tables.) 3 refs. Heat gained in Antarctica at the height of summer by men in the open was found to be double that in the desert. Solar radiation transmitted by a single-walled yellow tent made it very much warmer and more comfortable than a double-walled black tent. Air temperatures were similar DNLM. in both tents. 82292. PUGH, L. G. C. E. Tolerance to

extreme cold at altitude in a Nepalese pilgrim. (Journal of applied physiology 1963. v. 18, no. 6, p. 1234-38, tables, graphs.) 17 refs. Reports on two weeks' observations of a man who survived four days' exposure to midwinter temperatures at an altitude of 15,000-17,000 ft., wearing light clothing, no shoes or gloves. His resistance was found to depend on elevation of metabolism, and was not related to subcutaneous fat thickness. He slept soundly in the open. At 0° C. (clothed), his rectal and skin temperatures showed only minor changes; hand and foot temperatures did not fall below 10-13° C. DLC. 82293. PURHOV, I. V. llkutskiT geroicheskff epos olonkho, osnovnye obrazy. Moskva, Izd-vo Akademii nauk SSSR, 1962. 256 p. Over 100 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The Yakut heroic epos, olonkho, basic characters. Exhaustive study of these traditional ballads celebrating the combat of legendary (Yakut) heroes with evil beings (often Tungus). Some 400 rhymed tales, 2,50020,000 lines in length, were recorded in an incomplete survey by the Yakut Research Institute of Language, Literature, and History in 1941-1946. The olonkho legends are connected with the national Yakut ysyakh festival; they probably originated before the 13th century A.D., while the Yakuts still dwelt in their southern homeland bordering Turkic-Mongolian territory; and their accretions reflect changes in social structure and cultural developments. Composition, language, leading characters, themes, folkloristic and ethnographic elements, etc. are discussed. Some seventy ballads were used for this study, and they DLC. are listed with brief notes at end. PULVERTAFT, T. C. R., see No. 79292. PURTOVA, S. I., see No. 80295. 82294. PURVES, P. E. Locomotion of whales. (Nature 1963. v. 197, p. 334-37, illus.) 16 refs. Analyzes the structure of the cetacean and dogfish skin surface to discover the mechanism which enables under-water swimming at 15 knots or more, overcoming the drag on the body unless water flow around it is completely laminar. Such a laminar streamlining can be accomplished through acceleration, by action of the caudal flukes, of water particles in the boundary layer. The dolphin was observed to achieve a powerful acceleration of water over the

dorsal aspect of the flukes because of its well developed dermal ridges. Microscopic examination of the stratum corneum of a complete dolphin skin disclosed that almost its entire system of dermal ridges is in line with the direction of water flow over the body when swimming. The energy-absorbing eddies thus eliminated, the dolphin can swim at observed speed. DLC. 82295. PURVIS, O. N. The effect of vernalisation applied at various stages of development in winter rye. (In: International Botanical Congress 1959. Recent advances ... 1961, v. 2, p. 1202-1205, table.) 15 refs. Discusses interspecific and age differences in response to vernalization, and describes own studies on the effects of light and age upon this process. The effect of time of vernalization upon leaf formation and other processes is also considered. DLC. PURVIS, O. N., see also No. 79582. 82296. PUSHCHAROVSHII, ftr. M. Nekotorye osobennosti tektoniki severnol chasti Tikhookeanskogo rudnogo pofasa. (In: Akademia nauk SSSR. Dal'nevostochnyl filial. Geologicheskil inst. Geologic i metallogenil ... 1963, p. 51-54.) In Russian. Title tr.: Some features of the tectonics of the northern part of the Pacific ore belt. Reviews his 1959 tectonic map of the Arctic at 1:7,000,000 scale (No. 67598), and characterizes folded areas such as Verkhoyansk-Chukotka and Brooks Range. Two old platforms are distinguished in Arctic Basin areas, aud other features briefly DLC. noted. 82297. PUSHCHAROVSHII, ID. M. Ocherk stroenia i razvitia Aleutsko-Alfaskinskol tektonicheskol zony. (Akademiß nauk SSSR. Geologicheskil inst. Trudy 1963. no. 89, p. 28-54, maps, profiles.) 39 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Outline of the structure and development of the Aleutian-Alaska tectonic zone. Describes the main tectonic units: Aleutian Islands arch, Southern Alaska and Aleutian deep sea trench. Geologic formation, structural forms and other features of these areas are analyzed. Cenozoic tectonic history of the Copper River depression, Cook Bay and Yakataga trough is outlined. Tectonic history of the Aleutian-Alaska zone is characterized. Aleutian trench, Aleutian Island arch and Southern Alaska present a single tectonic system of recent tectonic development. Aleutian trench is a

889

geosytclinal formation, Aleutian Islands arch is considered a geoanticlinal uplift and Southern Alaska an active tectonic zone. DGS. 82298. PUSHIE, G. F. Maidens in the mist; the legend and discovery of Hamilton Falls. (Atlantic advocate 1961. v. 52, no. 1, p. 37, -}-, illus.) Describes Grand Falls on the Hamilton River, Labrador, a 245 ft. waterfall. British Newfoundland Corp. plans to divert its waters for a hydro-electric power project. The Indian legend of maidens caught in the whirlpool, discovery of the falls in 1839 by John McLean, parties visiting the area CaONL. subsequently are noted. 82299. PUSHKIN, N. N. Chasovye severnykh more!. Murmansk, Murmanskoe knishnoe izd-vo, 1960. 76 p. In Russian. Title tr.: Sentries of northern seas. Collection of short stories about exploits in World War II. Biographical sketch of the author, a reporter for a Northern Fleet newspaper, is included. DLC. 82300. PUSHKINA, N. N. Vitaminy na Severe. Moskva, Medgiz 1961. 128 p. tables, graphs, illus. About 175 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Vitamins in the North. Concise study of vitamins C, B1, B2, PP, A, D, K, with special emphasis on their role in acclimatization. Each is described as to its chemistry and occurrence in nature, physiological significance and action, as are the body content, requirement and metabolism, seasonal, age and sex differences, hypovitaminosis and its clinical aspects, place and role in arctic diet and health. A final chapter (p. 92-116) deals with the vitamin content in arctic diets, products, and wild plants, and with prophylaxis of deficiencies in all the vitamins studied. Ways of preparation or conservation of food to insure minimal destruction of vitamins are also discussed, and so is artificial vitaDNLM. minization. PUSHKINA, N. N., see also Nos. 80842, 80843. 82301. PUTEVOD1TEL'-SPRAVOCHNIK po Irtyshu i nizhne! Obi. Omsk, Omskoe knizhnoe izd-vo 1960. 158 p. map, illus. In Russian. Title tr.: Guide and reference book on the Irtysh and lower Ob Rivers. Contains two introductory chapters by V. V. Degtfårev on the Ob-Irtysh waterway, the Irtysh River fleet and navigation conditions, p. 5-28; and the guide itself by M. E. Budarie. The latter gives a brief geographic

890

and hydrographic outline of the navigable part of this river system including Ob Bay, a history of its shipping from pre-Revolutionary times, with some details on the types of steamer now in operation. The waterway is described section by section, including. Tobol'sk - Khanty-Mansiysk, Khanty-Mansiysk - Salekhard, and Ob Bay, p. 110-43, with notes on the Konda River, KhantyMansiysk, Surgut, Vakh River, Berezovo, Severnaya Sos'va River, Salekhard, YamalNentsy National District, the Bay fisheries, and the fishing settlements of Novyy Port, Aksarka, Puyko, Nyda, Kharsaim, Salemal, Yar-Sale, Shuga, the Taz Bay and River with its settlements of Tazovskoye, TarkoSale, Krasnosel'skupsk and Ratta. Appended are passenger traffic regulations, time and distance tables between ports, and a fold. map, at 1:12,000,000 scale. DLC. 82302. PUTNINS, P. H., and W. L. SCHALLERT Studies on the meteorology of Greenland; second interim report, June 15, 1962 to March 15, 1963. Washington, D.C. 1963. xi, 114 p. graphs, tables. (U.S. Weather Bureau. Dept. of the Army Project no. 3A99-27-005.) Reports on part of a program of synoptic climatological and theoretical research for forecasting the most frequent, unusual, severe, etc. conditions. In three parts: The propagation of pressure changes, and the problem of the contribution of the troposphere and the stratosphere to surface pressure changes, by P. Putnins, p. 1-51. Results of computations of Greenland, Alaska, and other data showed that in the majority of cases the contribution of the troposphere, assumed to be 10 km. thick, was over 50 per cent of the surface pressure changes. Harmonic components of the monthly mean diurnal variation of surface wind speed, by W. L. Schallert, p. 52-74. During May 1960-Apr. 1961, the first harmonic contributed most to the variance in 29 of the 34 station months included in the study based on data from five Inland Ice stations east of Thule. No ordered relationship was found between amplitudes, percent of variance or phases of any of the harmonics and station elevations or seasons. Phases of the major components of pressure, temperature, and wind speed are compared; wide variations of phase suggest a random origin of the responsible oscillations. An outlook on some problems of the atmospheric circulation around the southern part of Greenland, by P. Putnins, p. 75-113. Attempts to compute the zonal index of circulation for southern Greenland 600--700

N., east and west of 50° W., also for the region south of Greenland, 50°-60° N. east and west of 40° W. The mean monthly values of zonal indices for these regions were computed for about 13 yrs. of data; such values are different for the two zones, 60°70° N. and 50°-60° N. East of Greenland, the annual variation of the zonal index is predominant; the semi-annual variation prevails to the west,. Correlation of the meridional temperature gradient at the 500 mb. level with the zonal index was also attempted. Only those correlation coefficients which were computed for cases with a time lag between the temperature gradient value and the zonal index value were statistically significant. DWB. 82303. PUTRIA, F. S. K stratigrafii produktivnol tolshchi Berezovskogo gazonosnogo ralona Zapadnol Sibiri. (Sibirakir n. -issl. inst. geologii, geofiziki i mineraPnogo syr'fa. Trudy, ser. neftfänafå geologifå 1962. no. 26, Materialy po geologii, gidrogeologii, geofizike i poleznym iskopaemym Zapadnol Sibiri, p. 5-19, table.) 14 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: On the stratigraphy of the productive stratum of the Berezovo gas-bearing region of Western Siberia. Reviews the stratigraphy of the Jurassic deposits, the lower bed of the productive stratum Callovian, the upper OxfordianKimmeridgian. Vertical distribution of foraminifers of the Upper Jurassic and Valanginian is listed and interpreted. For more detailed division of the productive stratum detailed study of the microfauna is DLC. needed. 82304. PUTRU, F. S. Lentikuliny verkhnego mela i paleogena Zapadno-Sibirsko! nizmennosti. (Leningrad. N. -issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Uchenye zapiski 1963, no. 1, p. 35-78, tables, map, illus.) 32 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Upper Cretaceous and Paleogene lenticulinas of the West Siberian lowland. Presents systematic description of 20 species of foraminifers including Tyumen Province: 12 species of gen. Lenticulina, three of Planularia and five of Robulus. DLC. Most are described as new. 82305. PUTRIA, F. S. Nonionidy verkhnemelovykh i paleogenovykh otlozhenil Zapadno-Sibirskol nizmennosti. (Sibirskil n. -issl. inst. geologii, geofiziki i mineral'nogo syr'fä. Trudy 1962. no. 23, p. 26-51, tables, illus.) 23 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Nonionidae of the Upper Cretaceous and Paleogene deposits of the West Siberian lowland.

Reports on this family as found in drilling cores in Tyumen Province and adjacent areas. Some 15 species of gen. Nonion, Nonionella and Florilus are described; 12 as new. DLC. 82306. PUTRfA, F. S. Novye predstaviteli miliolid iz verkhnefürskikh i nizhnemelovykh otlozhenil Zapadnol Sibiri. (Geologifå i geofizika 1963, no. 4, p. 100-108, illus.) 12 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: New representatives of miliolids from the Upper Jurassic and Lower Cretaceous deposits of West Siberia. Presents a systematic description of five new species of these foraminifers of Tyumen Province: Quinqueloculina taborica, Q. thumenica, Q. massiliniformis, Q. berjosovica, and Q. planulata: material of the find, main features, measurements, comparison and distribution are indicated. The first three are Upper Jurassic, the last two Valanginian. DLC. 82307. PUTRIA, F. S. Pozdnemelovye pulleniidy Zapadno-Sibirskol nizmennosti. (Paleontologicheskil zhurnal 1963, no. 1, p. 35-41, illus.) 17 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Late Cretaceous Pulleniidae of the West Siberian lowland. Discusses the systematic position of Pullenia, a genus of foraminifers identified and described by Parker et Jones in 1862. A new family Pulleniidae is established, with gen. Pullenia, Allomorphinella and Cribropullenia. Four species of Pullenia are described, two of them as new, P. DLC. dainae and P. costata. 82308. PUTROV, T. K novym rubezham. (RechnoT transport 1963, no. 3, p. 10-11.) In Russian. Title tr.: New achievements. Reviews operations of the Pechora steamship transport organization, its achievements and failures in the past years. Further improvements are required for the river traffic between the seaport of Nar'yan-Mar and points up the Pechora basin. DLC. 82309. PUZANOV, E. Vospitatel' kollektiv. (Sofsial'noe obespechenie 1963. v. 24, no. 12, p. 42-43.) In Russian. Title tr.: The collective as mentor. Notes improved behavior and decline of misdemeanors at the Ukhta home for the aged and disabled. Educational efforts of fellow inmates and self-imposed work discipline brought these good results. DLC. PUZANOVA, V. F., see No. 76770. PUZYREV, fü., see No. 78162.

891

82310. PUZYREV, N. N., and others. Seismicheskie zondirovanifå prelomlennymi volnami dlfa regional'nykh geologicheskikh issledovanil. (Geologifå i geofizika 1963, no. 8, p. 55-67, graphs, illus.) 11 refs. In Russian. English summary. Other authors: S. V. Krylov, S. V. Potap'ev, and T. A. Treskova. Title tr.: Seismic sounding by refracted waves for regional geologic investigations. Outlines the principles of seismic sounding by the refracted wave method. Its techniques, accuracy and other features are described. Field tests in the TurukhanYenisey interfluve and elsewhere proved its great economy and its geologic effectiveness. It is also of value for deep seismic soundings. DLC. PYBUS, E. J., see No. 77701. 82311. PYEFINCH, K. A. Capture of pink salmon on the Scottish coast. (International Council for the Exploration of the Sea. Annales biologiques 1960 pub. 1962. v. 17, p. 238.) Record of a 52 cm. long male, caught on July 16, 1960 some three miles south of Aberdeen. Several other unconfirmed DSI. catches are noted. 82312. PYLE, It. L., and S. F. SINGER. An analysis of CDA station effectiveness in relation to satellite orbit. Washington, D.C. 1963. iv, 27 p. graphs, tables. (U.S. Weather Bureau. Meteorological Satellite Laboratory. Report no. 18.) Examines the geometric relationships of various geographic locations to determine the dependence of station "effectiveness" (effective acquisition range) on satellite altitude and orbital inclination. A Command and Data Acquisition station must be above 69° lat. to acquire data from every daily pass of an orbit with sun-synchronous inclination, regardless of satellite altitude. A station at 65° lat. (Fairbanks, Alaska) can acquire data from every pass of a (nonsun-synchronous) 90°-polar orbit at all altitudes above 550 naut. mi. For any station the percentage acquisition, average elevation angle, and length of acquisition time increase with increasing altitude; and at any altitude these parameters have maximum values for a 90°-polar orbit. DWB. PYRON, W., see No. 82462. 82313. PYTLfAKOV, G. A., and A. V. BELfAEVA. Arkheologicheskie raboty na Okhotskom poberezh'e. (Magadan. Oblast-

892

noT kraevedcheskil muse!. Kraevedcheskie zapiski 1957. no. 1, p. 5-11, map, illus.) Title tr.: Archeological In Russian. fieldwork on the Okhotsk seacoast. Describes the stone, whalebone, and pottery artifacts recovered in 1955 and 1956 (cf. No. 56818) in house and burial sites near Bogurchan, Sivuch, and along Astronomicheskaya Bay. They represent a primitive hunting-fishing-gathering economy. Reindeer, seal, fish, and mollusk remains are dominant in kitchen refuse. Pollen analysis shows a vegetation similar to the present. The dwellings, probably hemispherical in shape, had a whale rib and wooden pole frame, central hearth and smoke hole; also numerous storage and smoke pits nearby. They originated within the current millennium. Koryaks are associated with the sites by local legend and archeological evidence, but craniological studies suggest typological closeness to MH. Yukaghirs and Lamuts. QALALAK, M., see No. 78391. 82314. QUAY, W. B. Reduction of mammalian pineal weight and lipid during continuous light. (General and comparative endocrinology 1961. v. 1, no. 3, p. 211-17, table, illus.) 9 refs. Rats and hamsters continuously illuminated for four weeks showed reduction of weight (dry and wet) and of lipids, as compared to controls with 14 hrs. of light. Adrenalectomy or increased dietary NaCl or KC1, had no effect, but transsection of the optic tract blocked the reduction of DNLM. weight and lipids. 82315. QUEBEC. Dept. of Mines. Annotated list of publications, 1883-1960. Quebec 1960, 1963. 116, 11 p. (Its: Special publication S-52.) Lists, in chronological order, annual reports, maps, etc. on mining operations and geology in the Province; final and preliminary geological reports and special publications are also listed in turn. Several deal with northern Quebec. An author-subject index is included. Appended is an 11-page supplemental list of pub. to Oct. 1963. DGS. 82316. QUEBEC. Dept. of Natural Resources. Provincial Meteorological Branch. Bulletin mt tdorologique, v. 1, no. 1. Quebec, Jan. 1962— in progress. In French and English. Continues the publication issued since Jan. 1932 by the Dept. of Trade and Commerce. Monthly tabulation in 15-28 pages, of

data from Quebec stations, including 12 in the Ungava region as well as Schefferville and other northern points. Temperature (monthly mean, mean and absolute max. and min.), precipitation (rain, snow, number of days with light and heavy precipitation), cloudiness (mean, number of days clear and overcast), and wind (mean speed and prevailing direction, max. speed, direction, and date) are reported; as are day dates of hail or glaze, duration and percentage of solar radiation, and relative humidity at 7 a.m. For May—Sept., relative humidity at 2 p.m., number of days with low and high humidity, and total evaporation during the month are added. Completeness of coverage varies among stations. DLC. 82317. QUENSEL, P. Minerals of the Varutriisk pegmatite XXXIX, a fourth variety of montebrasite. (Geologiska Foreningen, Stockholm, Förhandlingar 1962. v. 84, no. 3 (510) p. 318-26, tables, illus.) 16 refs. Identifies a new member of the montebrasite-amblygonite series in the phosphate complex of the Varutriisk pegmatite of northern Sweden. It is characterized by multiple lamellar twinning. The optical value of 2VNa = 64°30' varies according to the proportions of montebrasite and amblygonite molecules in the tested specimen. Indices of the mineral range as ny 1.625 ± 0.005, na = 1.615 ± 0.005 and nß = 1.62 ± 0.005. No chemical analysis has been possible because of the limited amount of the mineral found only in thin sections. DGS. QUERCI, M., see No. 78316. 82318. QUINSY, G. I. The Old Copper culture and the Copper Eskimos, an hypothesis. (Arctic Inst. of North America. Technical paper 1962. no. 11, p. 76-79.) Refs. Considers the copper industry of the Eskimos of the Coppermine River—Coronation Gulf area, the product of a postglacial northward diffusion of the Old Copper Indian culture which flourished in the upper Great Lakes region about 4,000-1,500 B.C. As the Indians migrated west- and northward, their Old Copper traits disappeared (about 1,000 B.C.) from the upper Great Lakes. They persisted with the migrants however, and were borrowed by Eskimos who appeared in the Coronation Gulf region around 1,000 A.D. Typological similarities between Old Copper Indian and Copper Eskimo artifacts support this thesis. CaMAI.

QUINCY, C., see No. 78240. QUON, S. IL, see No. 79328. 82319. QVALE, F. Svovel og pyritt. (Tidsskrift for kjemi, bergvesen og metallurgi 1962. v. 22, no. 7, p. 152-57, maps, tables.) In Norwegian. English summary. Title tr.: Sulfur and pyrite. Discusses need of sulfur-bearing materials in the growing chemical industry, the declining price trend for sulfur ores and increasing labor and social costs. About onethird of the world's sulfur is produced from pyrite, some of which comes from the Bjørkaasen, Sulitjelma, and BleikvassliMofjellet mineral areas of northern Norway. Production would be greater and more important to the national economy if Norway could establish its own chemical processing industry. DLC. QVIGSTAD, JUST KNUD, 1853-1957, see Nos. 81618, 81667. 82320. RABINOVICH, F. K. Verkhtretichnye otlozhenifa nemelovye i Moskva. Okhotsko-Kolymskogo krafå. Ob"edinennoe nauchno-tekhn. izd-vo 1938. (Dal'strol. 72 p. tables, profiles, illus. Materialy po izuchenifö Okhotsko-Kolymskogo kraft. ser. 1, no. 7.) 67 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: The Upper Cretaceous and Tertiary of the Okhotsk-Kolyma region. Discusses stratigraphy, petrography and tectonics of Upper Cretaceous and Tertiary deposits of the region 59°-64° N. 148°-156° E., including the northern Okhotsk coastal areas, the upper Kolyma and Gizhiga River basins, and the western coast of Kamchatka between Podkagernaya and Penzhina Bays. Besides the sedimentary rocks, effusives and tuffs and activity of volcanism are DLC. described in detail. 82321. RABKIN, M. I. Anabarskil shchit. (In: Stratigrafifå SSSR. v. 1, nizhnil dokembriT ... 1963, p. 170-80, table, map.) In Russian. Title tr.: Anabar shield. Reviews studies of this shield since 1905. It is 62,650 km.2 in area, and consists of an Archean metamorphic complex of gneisses, crystalline schists and migmatites. Archean stratigraphy is outlined in detail noting the various series and subseries. Metamorphism and primary composition of the rocks DLC. are characterized. RABKIN, M. I., see also Nos. 81269, 81270. 82322. RADANOVICS, K. The origin of

893

the people's name Chanti. (Acta linguistica 1961. v. 11, no. 1-2, p. 157-61.) Refs. Russian summary. Etymological analysis of this Ostyak word, adjectival in form, it denotes the state of belonging to one's own ethnic comDLC. munity or extended family. 82323. RADFORTH, N. W. Classification system for organic terrain, its application in aerial interpretation and in ground survey. (National Research Council of Canada. Technical memorandum 1962. no. 77, p. 37-44, map.) 4 refs. Outlines the various kinds of muskeg, stressing the variability in each type. The predominance of certain characteristic admixtures of plant cover in some parts of Canada is noted, and the 16 categories of peat present across the country are mapped. Micro-fossil assemblages in peat comprise the best classification indicators. Value of aerial interpretation in terms of access, resources development, etc. is also noted. DGS. 82324. RADFORTH, N. W. The ice factor in muskeg. (National Research Council of Canada. Technical memorandum 1963. no. 76, p. 57-78, maps, tables, illus.) 7 refs. Reassesses information on the ice factor, dealing especially with the seasonal variations in muskeg. Geomorphology and vegetal cover are more important than climate in ice occurrence and behavior in muskeg. Coarse, woody peat contains much pure ice generally distributed; finer, woody peat contains smaller, numerous ice masses; associated woody and non-woody fibrous components form thin perforated ice sheets between the ice-free laminae; in frozen granular pests, peat and ice are inseparable. Active (seasonal) and climafrost (annual) ice are more prevalent and overlie most permafrost, keeping most foundations unstable. Long into the summer, the ice factor keeps most of Canada's 500,000 sq.-mi. of organic terrain in subtle day-to-day motion. DGS. RADIKEVICH, V. M., see No. 82820. 82325. RADUGIN, K. V. 0 rannikh formakh arkheoisiat. (Materialy po geologii Zapadnol Sibiri 1962. v. 63, p. 7-10, illus.) 7 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: On early forms of archaeocyathids. Presents a systematic description of gen. Vologdinophyllum considered new, and V. chachlovi n. sp. found by the author near Krasnoyarsk in 1936. Its stratigraphic position and age are not definitely estab-

894

lished, though considered to be late PreDLC. cambrian. RADZIKHOVSKAØ, M. A., see No. 78300. 82326. RÄNK, G. The symbolic bow in the birth rites of north Eurasian peoples. (History of religions 1962. v. 1, no. 2, p. 281-90, illus.) 24 refs. Discusses the magic and protective powers attributed to the miniature bow-and-arrow hung on a boy's cradle by, among others, Lapps, Samoyeds, Ostyaks, Yakuts, Gilyaks, DLC. and Golds. 82327. RÄNK, G. Uudin. (Virittäjä 1961, no. 1, p. 40-47.) 20 refs. In Finnish. German summary. Comparative etymological study of this Balto-Finnish word for mosquito net or sleeping tent, and of its variants in Zyryan, Ostyak, Vogul, etc. The bed canopy is described and its diffusion to Far East tribes (Golds, Ul'chi, Tungus, Yukaghirs) traced. Possible cultural and ethnic implications are considered. DLC. 82328. RASANEN, M. Altaisch and Uralisch im "Russischen etymologischen Wörterbuch" von Max Vasmer. (Berlin. Freie Univ. Osteuropa Institut. Veröffentlichungen der Abteilung für slavische Sprachen and Literatur 1956. v. 9, Festschrift für Max Vasmer, p. 420-23.) In German. Title tr.: Altaic and Uralic in Max Vasmer's Russian etymological dictionary. Presents some 25 etymologies, including Zyryan and Ob-Ugric words, amplifying or modifying the explanations provided by Vasmer, q.v. DLC. 82329. RAESTAD, A. Lappeskatten og lappenes rettigheter i Norge for 1751. (Tromsø. Museum. Skrifter 1928. v. 2, p. 226-42.) 7 refs. In Norwegian. Title tr.: The Lapp tax and Lappish rights in Norway before 1751. Reviews Norwegian levies and taxes of various types on Lapps prior to 1751 when the so-called Lappish codicil outlined legal rights of both Norwegian and Swedish Lapps in Norway. More of the upland was privately owned in Norway than in Sweden, and Lapp rights could be more precisely defined. In Sweden, the Norwegian Lappa had rights equal to those of landless Swedish Lapps. DLC. 82330. RAGLE, R. H., and others. Ice core studies of Ward Hunt Ice Shelf. (Journal of glaciology 1964. v. 5, no. 37, p. 39-59, map, sections, graphs, tables, illus.) 15

refs. Olher authors: R. G. Blair, and L. E. Persson. Outlines the structural and stratigraphic history of this shelf off northern Ellesmere, and its relationship to the marine and glacial environment by laboratory analysis of four cores. The northern edge of the shelf borders the Arctic Ocean at about 83°12' N.; the eastern and western extremes are at approx. 72° and 78°30' W. The cores were obtained by a four-man party in 1960, from the three main physiographic features: the floating shelf, grounded ice rises, and Markham Bay re-entrant. Approx. 130 m. of a 7.5-cm. diam. core was studied at the Dartmouth College Polar Studies Cold Laboratory. Initial results showed the cores composed of glacier-, lake-, sea-, and transition ice. Chlorinity, sulfate, and density profiles aided in plotting stratigraphic changes in ice type. Most common structural feature was bubbles, which ranged in size from microscopic in glacier and sea ice to more than 10 cm. long in lake ice. Glacier ice bubbles were commonly spherical and occurred frequently in clusters; sea-ice bubbles were usually tear-drop shaped. Dirt layers were recognized in the ridge, trough and ice-rise cores, though no stratigraphic correlations have been obtained. Thin sections of each ice type at several depths DGS. are illus. RAGLE, R. H., see also No. 81332. 82331. RAGOZIN, A. I., and K. I. CHUKANIN. Preobladaftishchie traektorii fsiklonov i antifsiklonov pri tipovykh sinopticheskikh profsessakh v Arktike. (Leningrad. Arkticheskil i antarkticheskil n: issl. inst. Trudy 1963. v. 255, p. 143-57, table, graphs, maps.) 3 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Prevailing trajectories of cyclones and anticyclones under typical synoptic processes in the Arctic. Presents some twenty charts of cyclone and anticyclone trajectories under western, eastern and meridional circulation and typical for arctic synoptic processes, based on analyses of the May-Nov. 1948-1954 daily synoptic charts. Seasonal variation of the trajectories is characterized. Directions of the anticyclone trajectories over Greenland, Barents and Kara Seas are oriented from the north and northwest, over the East Siberian Sea from the west and southwest. Main features of cyclone trajectories are also characterized. DLC. 82332. RAGOZIN, L. A. Znachenie pelefsipod dliå stratigrafii uglenosnykh otlozheniT Tungusskogo basseTna. (Materialy po

geologii i poleznym iskopaemym Krasnofitrskogo krafil 1962. no. 3, p. 57-64, table.) 37 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The importance of pelecypods for the stratigraphy of coal-bearing deposits of the Tungusskiy basin. Reviews the pelecypod fauna found in 12 localities and belonging to various stratigraphic levels. All the places are described, noting their predominant species and stratigraphy. 36 pelecypod species are listed, with information on their stratigraphic position and the locality, e.g. Noril'sk, Nizhnyaya Tunguska, etc. DLC. 82333. RAGOZINA, V. S. Osobennosti sinopticheskikh profsessov, obuslovlivatili shchie krupnye anomalii temperatury vozdukha v oktfiibre v Chukotskom more. (Leningrad. Arkticheskil i antarkticheskil n: issl. inst. Trudy 1963. v. 253, p. 77-84, graphs, maps.) 3 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Features of synoptic processes causing large air temperature anomalies in October in the Chukchi Sea. Reports study of synoptic and Nixie topography charts of the Northern Hemisphere, also charts of monthly means of average temperature and air pressure anomalice and other data for 1931-1958. Only temperature anomalies of ± 2°C. or higher were selected. Twenty anomalous Octobers were found, ten with positive temperature anomalies, ten with negative; the positive caused by processes of the eastern form of atmospheric circulation, the negative by western form. Prevailing synoptic processes for both groups are characterized and DLC. demonstrated on charts. 82334. RAGOZINA, V. S. Osobennosti sinopticheskikh profsessov v periody, predshestvuldshchie anomal'nym sezonam oseni na vostoke Arktiki. (Leningrad. Arkticheskil i antarkticheskii n: issl. inst. Trudy 1963. v. 255, p. 108-118, tables, graphs, maps.) 3 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Features of synoptic processes in periods preceding anomalous autumn seasons in the Eastern Arctic. Analyzes for 1931-1958, synoptic processes of the May-August periods preceding large positive (+ 2° C. and higher) and negative (-2° C. and lower) temperature anomalies in the fall in the area 50°-70° N. 170°-220° E. In the case of positive temperature anomalies, the meridional form of circulation is found to have prevailed in May-July, and eastern in August. The process is characterized by development of arctic anticyclone. In the period preceding

895

the negative temperature anomaly, the western form of circulation prevailed in May-July and western-eastern in August. DLC. RAIKIN, L., see No. 78549. RAIKOVA, Z. A., see No. 80240. RAISHEV, G. S., see No. 80570. 82335. RAITHEL, H. Alaska-Kundfahrt 1962 der Jungmannschaft der Sektion Bayerland. (Deutscher Alpenverein. Jahrbuch 1963, no. 88, p. 132-44, map.) 3 refs. In German. Title tr.: The 1962 Alaska trip by the Bayerland section youth party. Describes preparations and the geographic, meteorologic and geologic character of the Mt. McKinley area. The party's May 12June 15 1962 climbing activities are reported, Mt. Hunter, Mt. Forsker and some DGS. other ascents in detail. 82336. RAITHEL, H. The first ascent of Mount Russell. (American alpine journal 1963. v. 13, no. 2, p. 390-95, illus.) Brief account of ascent of this 11,670-ft. peak on the southwestern corner of Mt. McKinley National Park by three of a sixman party of Germans and Americans, DGS. May 28, 1962. RAKHMANINA, A. T., see No. 81689. 82337. RAKIPOVA, L. P. Izmenenie klimata pri vozdelstvii na l'dy Arkticheskogo basselna. (Meteorologifit i gidrologifii 1962, no. 9, p. 28-30.) 2 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Modification of climate through action on the ice of the Arctic basin. Estimates effects to be expected should the ice cover be melted. The theory of zonal distribution of temperature developed by the Main Geophysical Observatory of the USSR is applied to the estimate. Fundamental physical factors which determine the thermic field of the atmosphere are taken into account, and the numerical values of the parameters used in the estimate are confirmed experimentally. Melting of the ice cover would change the albedo of the earth-atmosphere system, evaporation, and precipitation. The albedo would drop from 58% to 42%. The considerable amount of heat added to the earth-atmosphere system in high latitudes during the summer would increase the Oct.-March mean air temperature of the polar region by 6.8° C. This added heat, absorbed and stored in deeper layers of the ocean in summer, and released into the atmosphere during the winter,

896

would raise the air temperature to 0° C. throughout the year. This in turn would effect changes in the general atmospheric circulation, reducing the annual circulation index to the value of 15-20 conditional DLC. units. 82338. RAKITA, S. A. O£senka velichiny i roll perenosa snega v formirovanii snezhnogo pokrova na territorii severo-vostoka SSSR. (Sibirskil geograficheskil sbornik 1963, no. 2, p. 60-68, maps.) 6 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Estimate of the amount and role of snow transfer in formation of the snow cover in northeastern USSR. Notes the economic importance of preventing snowdrift in areas east of the Aldan and Yana. Intensity of drifting is depicted on a 1:5 million map by isolines of 100 m.3 on the linear m. Nine zones are distinguished. Areas of intensive and little snow drifting are described. Comparison is made with snow thickness as mapped for the same areas in the winter season, and the areas of low snow cover are seen to correspond with areas with minimal drifting. Dependence of thickness and density of snow cover upon the amount of winter precipitation and the regime of wind drift is established. Different conditions of snow cover formation are exemplified in a characterization of three regions: a maritime, a continental, and the mountainous areas of the Northeast. DLC. 82339. RAKOTO-RATSIMAMANGA, A., and others. Influence de la cyanocobalamine sur la resistance au froid et a l'inanition du jeune rat måle surrenalectomis6. (Societe de Biologie, Paris. Comptes rendus 1961. v. 155, no. 12, p. 2301-2303, table.) Ref. In French. Other authors: G. Costes-Sodigne and M. Nigeon-Dureuil. Title tr.: Effect of vitamin B,3 on cold resistance and inanition of the young male adrenalectomized rate. Subcutaneous administration of 0.04-0.40 micrograms of this vitamin protected the rats from cold effects and inanition. These small doses showed an action equivalent to extract from 0.5 gm. of fresh adrenal, or 5 micrograms of cortisone-type steroids. DNLM. R.AKOVSKIi, S. D., see No. 79671. RAMME_L'MEIER, E. S., see No. 80700. 82340. RAMSAY, D. M., and B. A. STURT. A study of fold styles, their associations and symmetry relationships, from SØrØy, north Norway. (Norsk geologisk

tidsskrift 1963. v. 43, no. 4, p. 411-30, maps, section, illus.) 20 refs. Describes some unusual fold styles observed in the Sandøfjord area in northeastern Sørøy during a survey begun in 1959. Sørøy lies in the main belt of the West Finnmark Eo-Cambrian succession some 50 km. northwest of the Caledonian Front. The island's Eo-Cambrian rocks have undergone repeated folding and metamorphism during the Caledonian orogeny; during the second phase, large open folds were formed in the Sandøfjord area, as were minor, symmetric and asymmetric folds connected with the deformation, most of which show an anomalous attitude compared to that of the larger structures. Lithological control of the second-phase folding is evident in the weakness of folding in certain psammites and mica-schists. Excellent exposures, particularly the continuous shore-sections, enable relative dating DGS. of the Sørøy structures. 82341. RAMSDEN, H. T. Potential hydro(In: power resources of the Yukon. Northern Resources Conference ... 1963. 31 p. tables, maps.) Presents possibilities for the development of hydropower in the 330,000 sq. mi. Yukon River basin. Studies in the past 15 years are outlined: those of small sites by mining and power companies; schemes to divert Yukon headwaters to the Taiya River in Alaska or the Taku River in British Columbia, for power generation at the Pacific coast; an inventory by the Dept. of Northern Affairs and National Resources' Water Resources Branch to determine the magnitude of hydropotential in Canada. This inventory forms the basis for selecting 17 sites which could be developed as an integrated power system utilizing the entire fall (1,290 ft.) of the Yukon to the International Boundary. This so-called Major System for an installed capacity of 6 million kw. would represent a capital cost of $2.5 billion with a main load center at Whitehorse, and $2.8 billion with a center at Tulsequah, B.C. The 17 sites are listed with notes on location, dam dimensions, storage capacity, installed capacity, ete. A so-called Modified System would divert the headwaters and reduce by 30% the amount of flow at the International Boundary; ten of the 17 sites would be developed to an installed capacity of 3.5 million kw. and capital cost as far as WhitePhysical horse would be 81.6 billion. characteristics of the basin are described, and supporting data for the studies are CaOG. tabulated and mapped.

RANDALL, B. A. 0., see No. 81601. 82342. RANKE, W. Die Bäreninsel. (Geographische Rundschau 1963. v. 15, no. 9, p. 384-85, map.) 3 refs. In German. Title tr.: Bjørnøya. Describes the geographic location, relief, climate and vegetation of the island. Its abundance of birds is noted, as are whaling in earlier times, coal exploration, etc. The island's importance for fisheries and communications is stressed. DLC. 82343. RAO, U. R., and others. Asymptotic cones of acceptance and their use in the study of daily variation of cosmic radiation. (Journal of geophysical research 1963. v. 68, no. 2, p. 345-69, tables, graphs.) 26 refs. Other authors: K. G. McCracken and D. Venkatesan. Discusses the dependence of the counting rate of a cosmic ray detector on the asymptotic directions of approach of primary cosmic radiation. Theoretical studies indicate that more than five hours' difference in time variations in the counting rate of the cosmic ray detector could arise between the diurnal phases at two different places, from the known geomagnetic configuration. A study of the time-averaged diurnal component of the daily variation observed during the IGY reveals a good agreement with the theoretical calculations; data were from 22 stations: Churchill, Murchison Bay, College, Yakutsk, Resolute, Thule, and others. DLC. 82344. RAO, U. R. The separation of world-wide changes of isotropic intensity from the daily variation of cosmic rays. (Journal of geophysical research 1963. v. 68, no. 7, p. 2049-52, table, graph.) 10 refs. Discusses the systematic error involved in methods of separation, and compares two such methods. In one, a distortion in the daily variation is corrected by evaluating the moving averages of 24 successive hourly values, and the daily variation curve is obtained by subtracting the moving averages centered at each hour from the observed value of cosmic ray intensity at that hour. In the other method, the world-wide changes at any particular universal time are obtained by averaging the percent changes of cosmic ray intensity observed at a number (n) of stations on the same geomagnetic latitude, and spaced (360/11)' apart in geographic longitude; the correct daily variation is obtained by subtracting this universal time variation from the variations at each station. The latter method is analyzed for six stations including

897

Yakutsk, and found to yield sufficiently accurate correction for the cases when all the stations are located at the same altitude, and have the same degree of cut-off rigidity. A narrow cone of cosmic ray acceptance, having similar dependence on asymptotic DLC. latitude is recommended. RAO, U. R., see also No. 79604. 82345. RAPATZ, G. L., and B. J. LUYET. Electron microscope study of erythrocytes in rapidly frozen frogs' blood. (Biodynamica 1961. v. 8, no. 169, p. 295-315, illus.) 10 refs. Study of variously thick layers of this blood frozen to —30° to —150° C. Slowly frozen erythrocytes showed no evidence of intracellular ice; those cooled rapidly showed cavities from intracellular ice, those in the nucleus being smaller and more numerous than those in the cytoplasm. Conditions following thawing or drying are also disDLC. cussed. 82346. RAPISARDA, C., and others. Effetti della ipotermia locale sulle riposte elettriche evocate della corteccia cerebellare di gatte. (Societå italiana di biologia sperimentale. Bolletino 1963. v. 39, no. 23, p. 1484-85.) 3 refs. In Italian. Other authors; R. Rizzo and A. Urban. Title tr.: Effects of local hypothermia on electric responses produced in the cerebellar cortex of the cat. Reports on experiments with electric responses produced by stimulating the ischiatic nerve. Duration and amplitude of the responses were determined when the cerebellar cortex was cooled to 28, 23, and 20° C. They were found to be similar to DNLM. those in general hypothermia. 82347. RAPOPORT, O. Uspekhi zverovodov Purovskogo sovkhoza. (Sel'skokhozfiTstvennoe proizvodstvo Sibiri i Dal'nego Vostoka 1963, no. 1, p. 83.) In Russian. Title tr.: Progress of the fur farmers of Pura Sovkhoz. Reviews the introduction of blue fox from Kola Peninsula in 1955 to this state farm at 73°05' N. 86°40' E. in Yamal-Nentsy National District. Waste from the fishcanning plant and reindeer by-products proved sources of cheap food, and the foxes became the main interest of the farm. In 1961 it had some 400 vixens which averaged nine clubs to the litter; its skins were appraised at 93.6% of the top price. DLC. 82348. RASMUSSEN, B. Laks og laksefiske. (Naturen 1963. v. 87, no. 5, p. 296–

898

302.) In Norwegian. Title tr.: Salmon and salmon fishing. Discusses Magnus Berg's article of this title, q.v., taking exception to his remarks on this fishing off the north Norwegian coast. In the Baltic, salmon fishing is an organized activity based on the assumption that fish growth to maturity represents diminishing returns and that regulated catch of the larger immature fish yields the best returns and leaves sufficient adults for spawning; thus competition for food by fish not needed to maintain both breeding stock and commercial supply is reduced. DGS. 82349. RASMUSSEN, B. Sea temperatures and cod fishery. (International Council for the Exploration of the Sea. Annales biologiques 1951 pub. 1952. v. 8, p. 30-32, graphs.) Describes the Irminger and East Greenland Polar Currents, the water-temperature changes in West Greenland waters during the fishing season and how they influence the cod fisheries. Author concludes that this fishery becomes unprofitable when water temperature drops below 2° C. This is confirmed by British experiments on the Bjørnøya Bank. DLC. RASMUSSEN, F., see No. 78232. 82350. RASMUSSEN, H. W. Gletschernes og indlandsisens bevaegelse. (Naturens verden, Dec. 1963. p. 353-60, graphs, illus.) In Danish. Title tr.: Movement of glaciers and inland ice. Reviews theories and experimental studies of ice motion. An ice stream, like water, moves faster in the center than on its sides, on the outer side of bends, where slope is steeper, and wherever the valley narrows. However, the physical law governing movement of a liquid is not applicable to ice motion. Recent measurements illustrating effects of tension, pressure, and temperature in ice are cited from several regions, including both East and West Greenland. Work at Thule is noted. DLC. 82351. RASMUSSEN, K. J. Y., and LUNDSTEEN, P. H. The bear in the ice hole, by K. Rasmussen. Greenland and its people, by P. H. Lundsteen. Copenhagen, Royal Danish Alinistry of Foreign Affairs 1962. 39 p. illus. Presents a short biographical sketch of Rasmussen followed by his account (p. 5-22) of a polar bear hunt with an Eskimo companion in Melville Bugt. Lundsteen,

governor of Greenland 1950-1960, describes (p. 23-39) its physical geography, settlement in the western, northern, and southern divisions, and, mainly, the economic and social reforms undertaken since 1950 to develop a modern, competitive economy to replace the Royal Greenland Trade monopoly. Private trace currently based on the fishing industry, extension of self-government among the population (33,000), and the improvement and expansion of education are briefly discussed. CaOGB. 82352. RASMUSSEN, K. J. V. Beyond the high hills; a book of Eskimo poems. Cleveland, World Pub. Co. 1961. 32 p. illus. Contains English text of songs, etc. collected among the Iglulik Eskimos of the Hudson Bay region and the Copper Eskimos on the northern coast of the Canadian mainland, which appeared in volumes seven and nine (No. 14211, 14210) of Rasmussen's report of the Fifth Thule Expedition, 1921-1924. The songs are accompanied by some 16 photographs in color by Father CaONA. Guy Mary Rousselii re. 82353. RASMUSSEN, K. J. V. Knud Rasmussen og Thule. (Grønland 1961, no. 1, p. 24-26.) In Danish. Title tr.: Knud Rasmussen and Thule. Contains draft of Rasmussen's first report from the trading station at Thule in northwest Greenland, outlining principles for his CaMAI. work there. RASMUSSEN, K. .1. V., see also No. 77590. 82354. RASMUSSEN, S. E. Sognebesøg pr. hundeslaede, en nordgrønlandsk skitse. (Grønland 1962. no. 4, p. 151-57, illus.) In Danish. Title tr.: Parish visiting by dog sledge, a sketch from northern Greenland. Describes trip to Tuperssuartå in northernmost Umanak parish, and everyday life there, a small settlement now abandoned. DLC. 82355. RASNØYN, A. P. Nabliildenia nod zamorozhivaniem nasekomykh. (Zoologicheskii zhumal 1963. v. 42, no. 7, p. 1104-1105.) 2 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Observations on freezing of insects. Pre-pupae of the hymenopter Perithous divinator exposed to —20 to —25° outdoors were cooled to —79° C. and kept two days at —196° C. Their subsequent pupation was normal and imagines developed. DLC.

82356. RASS, T. S. Glubokovodnye ryby dolgokhvosty, Pisces, Macruridae, Okhotskogo more.. (Akademia nauk SSSR. Inst. okeanologii. Trudy 1963. v. 62, p. 211-23, tables, illus.) 28 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Deep-sea grenadier fishes, Macruridae, Pisces, of the Okhotsk Sea. Describes the four species recorded from that sea. Synonyms, morphology, and morphometry, occurrence, incl. depth and temperature of water, and geographic distribution, are considered. One species M. angustifrons is considered autochthonous to the Okhotsk Sea. DLC. 82357. RASS, T. S. Terpugovye ryby, Hexagrammidae, Pisces, i ikh introdukaia v severnye morfå SSSR. (Akademifii nauk SSSR. Inst. okeanologii. Trudy 1962. v. 59, p. 191-203, maps.) About 70 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Greenlings, Hexagrammidae, Pisces and their introduction into the northern seas of the USSR. Discusses the distribution of these fishes: from the Bering south to the China Sea and east to California waters. Their habitat, size, life cycle, and economic value are described. Biological aspects and oceanographic conditions in the present and prospective new habitat in the Barents Sea are considered, as is transport of stock, etc. Pleurogrammus monopterygius (the Atka mackerel) was found most suitable for acclimatization, and one million eggs were transferred to the Murmansk Marine Biological Institute in Dal'ne-Zelentskaya, where they were hatched and the young released into the Sea during September 1958. DLC. 82358. RASSKAZOVA, E. S. Iskopaema1 flora katskol svity Tungusskogo basselna. Moskva, 1962. 56 p. tables, maps, illus. (Akademifå nauk SSSR. Geologicheskil inst. Trudy no. 67.) Approx. 120 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Fossil flora of the Kata formation of the Tungusskiy basin. Outlines Middle-Upper Carboniferous flora as studied in 1950-1960 in the Nizhnyaya and Podkamennaya Tunguska, the Kata, Kureyka and other river basins. It consists of ferns, cycadofilicales, cordaitales and others; 31 species are described, some of Two flora complexes are them new. established and correlated with the Kuznetskiy basin. The Kate formation is the oldest part of Tungusskiy series. DLC. 82359. RASSKAZOVA, E. S. K stratigrafii tungusskoT serii r. Gorbifachina. (Moskov-

899

skoe obshchestvo ispytatelel prirody. Biülleten' 1963. Otd. geol. v. 38, no. 2, p. 46-55, tables, map.) In Russian. Title tr.: Stratigraphy of the Tungusskiy series of the Gorbiachin River. Presents a stratigraphie division of the Upper Paleozoic Tungusskiy series, based on paleobotanic investigations. Kata, Burgukli and Pelyatka successions are distinguished and the predominant fossil flora species are listed. Sections of these deposits are correlated with the Tungusskiy and Noril'sk DLC. basins. 82360. RASSKAZOVA, E. S. Khvolnye v permi Tungusskogo basselna. (Leningrad. N.-issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Sbornik state! po paleontologii i biostratigrafii 1963. no. 31, p. 72-78, illus.) 10 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Permian conifers of the Tungusskiy basin. Describes systematically two forms: Ullmannia bugarichlensis, Radczenko and Stenophyllum (?) linearis n. sp. Diagnoses, description, comparison, age and location for each are given. Both are found in DLC. Nizhnyaya Tunguska basin. 82361. RASSKAZOVA, E. S. Nekotorye paporotnikovidnye is permskikh otlozhenif Tungusskogo basselna. (Leningrad. N.-issl. inst. geologii Arktiki, sbornik state! po paleontologii i biostratigrafii 1962. no. 30, p. 73-103, illus., tables.) 29 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Some Permian Pteridospermae from the Tungusskiy basin. Presents a systematic description of 14 species of Cycadoficiales from the Nizhnyaya Tunguska and Kureyka basins, the Noril'sk and other areas. Several of the species are new: Zamiopteris sublanceolata, Z. chapcoctensis, Z. subrotundra, Z. princeps, Comic rwrilskiensis, etc. The stratigraphie significance of these plants is discussed. DLC. 82362. RASSKAZOVA, E. S. Novyl predstavitel' roda Comic iz Noril'skogo ralona. (Leningrad. N: issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Uchenye zapiski 1963, no. 3, p. 63-73, tables, illus.) 12 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: A new representative of genus Comic from the Noril'sk region. Describes: Comic dentifolia n. sp. an Upper Permian fern-like genus, first described from the Pechora region by M. D. Zalesski! in 1934 (No. 27534). Stratigraphic distribution of Comic sp. in the territory of the old Angara continent is discussed. DGS.

winterschlafenden and hypothermischen Hamsters, Cricetus cricetus L. (Zeitschrift für Biologie 1962. v. 113, no. 3, p. 173-204, tables, illus.) About 70 refs. In German. English summary. Title tr.: On the sodium, potassium and calcium in the serum of the hibernating and hypothermic hamster Cricetus cricetus L. Comprehensive and varied study of these serum electrolytes in active animals during the seasons, as well as during hypothermia and hibernation and whilst entering and awakening from these two states. The effects of Evipan-narcosis and adrenal insufficiency combined with hypothermia were also followed. Quantitative and qualitative differences are indicated and those between hibernation and hypothermia DNLM. stressed. 82364. RATHS, P. 'Ober das Verhalten des Blutzuckers in Winterschlaf and Hypothermie beim Hamster Cricetus cricetus L. (Zeitschrift für Biologie 1961. v. 112, no. 4, p. 282-99, tables, illus.) 73 refs. In German. English summary. Title tr.: The behavior of blood-sugar during hibernation and hypothermia of the hamster Cricetus cricetus, L. Reports a composite study of 200 hamsters, including mild, deep, and Evipan hypothermia, and adrenalectomy. Changes in the leucocytes and blood-sugar as effected by body temperature and season, hibernation and arousal, or during cooling in barbiturate narcosis, are followed and the effect of adrenalectomy observed. The serum magnesium was also studied in hibernation or hypothermia (unchanged in both). DNLM. 82365. RAUN, A. A survey of Uralic publications from various countries. (Lingua 1961. v. 10, no. 3, p. 297-301.) Discusses over a dozen monographs and collective works on North Uralic languages, pub. 1950-1960. DLC. RAUS, L. K., see No. 84081.

RASSTRIGIN, N. N., see No. 81867.

82366. RAUSCH, R. L. Distribution and specificity of helminths in microtine rodents: evolutionary implications. (Evolution 1957. v. 11, no. 3, p. 361-68, table.) 25 refs. Reviews the tapeworms of subfam. Anoplocephalinae from northern microtine rodents, and their taxonomic status. Their zoogeographic and evolutionary past is suggested on the basis of the host occurrence and migrations. DLC.

82363. RATHS, P. 'Ober das SerumNatrium, -Kalium und -Kalzium des

82367. RAUSCH, R. L. Geographic variation in size in North American brown

900

bears, Ursus arclos L., as indicated by

condylobasal length. (Canadian journal of zoology 1963. v. 41, no. 1, p. 33-45, tables, maps.) 22 refs. Reports study of over 350 skulls of adult (class 9-10) males from 26 regions of North America. Variation in the mean parameter chosen is clinal, with a gradient along the coast from British Columbia to the end of the Alaska Peninsula, and another one along the arctic coast, beginning in the region of Coronation Gulf. In the western Yukon Territory, size increases towards the southeast and the northwest. Problems of classification on the subspecies level are discussed in the light of these findings. DSI. 82368. RAUSCH, R. L. A review of the distribution of Holarctic Recent mammals. (In: Gressitt, J. L. ed. Pacific Basin biogeography 1963, p. 29-43, maps, tables.) 55 refs. Discusses the distribution patterns of probable Holarctic species in light of Bering Arc relationships. The ranges in North America (mapped) of eight species indicate post-Pleistocene invasion of the continent. It is hypothesized that these originally Palearctic mammals were isolated in the eastern part of an amphiberingian refugium by drowning of the BeringChukchi platform and subsequently extended their ranges east or south. Their number decreases with distance from the Bering area, only one species reaching Greenland and Ungava; but 13 and possibly four others have extensive distribution on both continents. Mammals isolated on various arctic islands are apparently not yet DSI. specifically distinct. 82369. RAUSCH, R. L. A review of zoonotic diseases of special importance in subarctic and arctic regions. 10 p. (In: WHO Conference on medicine ... 1962.) About 50 refs. Deals with both helminthic and nonhelminthic diseases in the North American as well as Eurasian Arctic. Emphasis is on incidence in man, and areas of occurrence. Source(s) of infection, final hosts, and carriers are noted. The dog is singled out as important source of human morbidity. CaONA. 82370. RAUSCH, R. L., and M. L. HUNS. Studies on some North American shrew cestodes. (Journal of parasitology 1950. v. 36, no. 5, p. 433-38, illus.) 4 refs. Account of these tapeworms with detailed descriptions of four new species of gen. Hymenolepis. One of the new forms is DA. recorded from Alaska.

RAUSCH, R. L., see also Nos. 83571, 84165, 84166. RAUSCH, S., see No. 78399. 82371. RAUTENBERG, W., and others. Die Bedeutung der Kerntemperatur für die chemische Temperaturregulation beim Hund in leichter Narkose. 1, Isolierte Senkung der Rumpfkerntemperatur; 2, Isolierte Senkung der Hirntemperatur. (Pflügers Archiv für die gesamte Physiologie 1963. v. 278, no. 4, p. 337-49; 350-60; tables, graphs.) 30, 18 refs. In German. English summary. Other authors: E. Simon and R. Thauer. Title tr.: The significance of core temperature in chemical temperature regulation of the lightly narcotized dog. 1, isolated lowering of the trunk-core temperature; 2, isolated lowering of the brain temperature. Cooling the deep trunk-tissues with brain and skin temperatures normal or elevated, elicited shivering and increased oxygen consumption. This is quoted as further evidence for the existence of coldsensitive structures in extra-cerebral, deep body tissues. Pt. 2 of the study reports that cooling the brain to 36°-30° C. elicited shivering and increased 02 -consumption in four of twelve dogs. The factors responsible for different results under the same experimental conditions are discussed. For pt. 3 of the study, see under E. Simon, and DLC. others. 82372. RAUTENBERG, W., and others. Kältezittern unter äusserer und innerer Kältebelastung beim Hund in leichter Narkose. (Pflügers Archiv für die gesamte Physiologie 1963. v. 277, no. 2, p. 214-30, tables, graphs.) 10 refs. In German. English summary. Other authors: E. Simon and R. Thauer. Title tr.: Shivering due to external and internal cold-stress in dogs under mild narcosis. Increased Orconsumption of dogs exposed to 3*-18° C. was further increased by cooling with a thermode placed in the esophagus. The amount of this additional heat production was determined by the degree of internal cooling but independent of the extent of the external cold stress. This indicates the existence of cold sensitive structures deep DLC. in the body. 82373. RAUTENBERG, W., and others. Die Wirkung lokaler Kühlung im Wirbelkanal auf die Wärmeproduktion. (Pflügers Archiv für die gesamte Physiologie 1963. v. 278, no. 1, p. 57-58.) In German. Other authors: E. Simon, M. Iriki and R. Thauer. 901

Title tr.: Effect of local cooling in the vertebral canal upon heat production. Local cooling, with environmental temperature 270-30° C., consistently produced shivering and increased Orconsumption. Core temperatures (with exception of peridural area) rose, and paw temperatures dropped due to vasoconstriction. The presence of cold-sensitive structures in the vertebral canal is postulated. DLC. RAUTENBERG, W., see also No. 83017. 82374. RAVDONIKAS, O. V. Osnovnye itogi gidrogeologicheskikh issledovanil neftenosnykh ralonov severe Zapadnol Sibiri. Moskva, Gosgeoltekhizdat, 1962. 194 p. tables, illus. Sr maps incl. fold. (Leningrad. N: issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Trudy, v. 129.) 73 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Main results of hydrogeologic investigation of the oilbearing regions in northern West Siberia. Reviews oil-gas-bearing regions between the Ob and the Yenisey, with special attention to the lower Yenisey. Ground water and natural gas found in various drillings are analyzed in detail and mainly hydrogeologic criteria used for the prognosis of oil and gas in the Ust'-Yenisey depression. Oil possibilities in Paleozoic and Mesozoic deposits are appraised. Upper Jurassic and lower Valanginian deposits are considered favorable. Migration of oil and movement of ground water are discussed. Conclusions are considered tentative and further investiDLC. gations are suggested. 82375. RAVICH, M. G. Talmyr i Severnaya Zemlfä. (In: Stratigrafifa SSSR. v. 1 . . 1963, p. 152-69, cross-sections, map.) In Russian. Title tr.: Taymyr and Severnaya Zemlya. OutliØ the stratigraphy of the Proterozoic deposits in the mountainous part of northern Taymyr and the southern part of Severnaya Zemlya archipelago. Lower and Middle Proterozoic are distinguished and described, and the deposits divided according to character of metamorphism into three formations: gneisses, green schists, and phyllites. Magmatic complexes are also described. Absolute age determinations of Taymyr granitoids by potassium-argon DLC. method are reported. 82376. RAVIKOVICH, D. A. Muzei mestnogo krafä vo vtorol polovine xixnachale xx veka, 1861-1917. (Moskva. N: issl. inst. muzeevedenifa. Trudy 1960. no. 2, p. 145-223, tables.) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Local museums in the second half of the 19th- early 20th century; 18611917. 902

Describes their organization by district councils, science clubs, etc. and particularly the Russian Geographic Society and its Siberian and Far Eastern branches; the assembling of collections from expeditions and individual donors, exhibits, administration, fund raising, etc. Mentioned among others are four museums set up in Arkhangel'sk, two in 1852, the others in 1859 and 1911, also one in Tyumen 1879, Yakutsk 1891, Salekhard 1902, Syktyvkar 1911. DLC. 82377. RAVILA, P. I. tUno Harva, *31.8.1882 t13.8.1949. (Finnisch-ugrische Forschungen 1951. v. 30, p. 289-91.) In German. Obituary of this prominent Finnish ethnologist. His publications on the religion and mythology of Finno-Ugric and Altaic CtY. peoples are noted. 82378. RAWER, K. F2 layer ionization. (NATO Advance Study Institute, Corfu 1960. Advances in upper atmosphere research 1963. p. 159-207, graphs, maps.) Presents a three-chapter discussion of the theory of F2-layer ionization, and the disturbances in the layer, including large-scale disturbances. Four zones of geomagnetic latitude are distinguished: auroral, subauroral, zone in the worldwide aspect, and the low-latitude zone. Ionization of the layer at a rather low altitude, and the blackout conditions are emphasized for the auroral zone. F2-layer in this zone is nearly destroyed during an ionospheric storm, but when this occurs, and what are the intermediate forms of the layer are not known. The typical development of an ionospheric storm in the sub-auroral zone is described, for the cases when the critical frequency f o F2 are at least 20%. DLC. RAWSON, E. G., see No. 79481. 82379. RAY, C. Locomotion in pinnipeds. (Natural history 1963. v. 72, no. 3, p. 1121, illus.) Discusses general characteristics of this group; differences, anatomical and other, between seals and other pinnipeds; seals on display. Walruses also are dealt with, their distribution and habits, details of their locomotion and that of seals. This last aspect is illus. by numerous photos. DLC. 82380. RAY, C. K., and others. Alaskan native secondary school dropouts. College, Univ. of Alaska 1962. 411 p. tables, illus. Refs. Other authors: J. Ryan and S. Parker. Research report in the University's Alaskan Native Education Project.

Records of dropouts and graduates from high schools with 50% or more native enrollment are analyzed for the period 1949/50-1959/60, as are results from questionnaires and interviews with pupils and parents; possible cultural reasons for dropout also are discussed, as studied in June— Aug. 1961 at the Tlingit Indian village of Hoonah and Eskimo villages of Alakanuk and Kotzebue. These communities are described as to subsistence patterns, social organization, and education. The motivation for education in each village is considered, as are the values placed on individualism, outstanding achievement, integrity of the individual, abstract thinking, temporal orientation, and fatalism. Comparisons are made between the three villages, which represent different stages of contact with whites, also between the Eskimos and the Tlingits. Personal, community, home, and school-related factors in dropout are discussed, and dropouts and graduates. compared. Only 34% of the high school age natives were enrolled. Shortage of schools, large classes, poor health, etc. are found partly responsible, as are such cultural problems as differences in native-white values, white teachers' poor understanding of the natives, etc.; also the education offered may be inapplicable to the students' needs and environment. Several recomDLC. mendations are made. 82381. RAY, D. J. Artists of the tundra and the sea. Seattle, Univ. of Washington Press 1961. 170 p. table, map, illus. 42 refs. Study of Alaskan Eskimo ivory carving, from the Old Bering Sea stage to the present, based on museum collection and field work of the 1950's at Nome and on King and St. Lawrence Islands. Tools, techniques, styles, concepts of realism, artistic standards, traditional motifs and innovations are discussed, as are ornamental engraving and sculpturing in the round, the contemporary arts and crafts industry, etc. The artist's indifference to recognition by non-Eskimos results not from self-effacement but from his identification with the Eskimo world. Carving forms an integral part of the Eskimo-oriented island culture but it may be lost to mainland youth attracted to inReviewed dustrial and business jobs. critically by W. H. Oswalt in Anthropologica 1963, v. 5, no. 1, p. 82-84, with author's DLC. rejoinder ibid. no. 2, p. 241-42. 82382. RAY, D. J. The Eskimo and the land: ownership and utilization. (In: Alaskan Science Conference ... 1962. Proceedings Ø. 1963, p. 19-27.) 16 refs.

Reconstructs, from archival evidence, the political and economic development of Alaskan Eskimos on Seward Peninsula. Accounts of 19th century explorers, etc. establish that three groups, the Kingegamiut, Kaviagmiut, and Malemiut, occupied specific, mutually-exclusive territories which they utilized in accordance with their differing patterns of subsistence. Also, the Eskimos recognized their tribal identifications and chieftains, territorial boundaries, and relations with foreign groups. Intertribal trading festivals were held. Potential use of such material in connection with present-day Eskimo land claims is noted. Full text, from which this conference paper is condensed, is at CaMAI. CaMAI. 82383. RAY, D. J. The Eskimo raincoat. (Alaska sportsman 1959. v. 25, no. 11, p. 13, +, illus.) Describes waterproof parkas made of animal intestines, preferably seal and walrus, and decorated with animal hairs, bird feathers, etc. The garments were worn when hunting in kayaks and to protect fur parkas during storms. They were also used by the angakoks in various ceremonies and by other Eskimos as protection from harmful spirits. DLC. 82384. RAY, D. J. The ivory carvers. (Alaska sportsman 1959. v. 25, no. 6, p. 26-29, +, illus.) Describes Alaskan Eskimo art, especially engraving and sculpture in walrus ivory. Some archeological finds are noted; historical and contemporary styles, subjects, ornamentation, etc. are dealt with, as are regional specialties, and various innovations resulting from white influence. The art of the Bering Strait region is characterized by ivory and realistic scenes, and that of the southwest by greater use of wood, ornamentation, and mythological subjects. Some directions are given for carving. DLC. 82385. RAY, D. J. Legends of the northern lights. (Alaska sportsman 1958. v. 24, no. 4, p. 20-21, +, illus.) Discusses various beliefs about the aurora borealis. Some Alaskans contend that the lights make noises, come close to the earth, and can be maneuvered by humans. North American Eskimos and Indians credited strange powers to auroras and had many explanations of them: fire, spirits of the dead, etc. DLC. 82386. RAY, D. J. The mystery of the billiken. (Alaska sportsman 1960. v. 26, no. 9, p. 36-37, +, illus.)

903

Describes and explains the origin of these figures, caricatures of a Buddha. A patent for the design was obtained by an American woman in Kansas City in 1909, and the hillikins produced were popular for a short time in the United States. Subsequently they were taken to Alaska and copied by the Eskimo ivory carvers of Nome for the souvenir trade. A similar figure is included in a Soviet ivory carving program for DI. Siberian Eskimos. 82387. RAY, D. J. Skins against the weather. (Alaska sportsman 1960. v. 26, no. 1, p. 26-27, -1-, illus.) Describes fur parkas, trousers, and boots made by Alaskan Eskimo women: their patterns, materials, ornament, and modern innovations, also production for sale to DLC. non-Eskimos. RAY, D. J., see also No. 84333. 82388. RAYMONT, J. E. G. Plankton and productivity in the oceans. Oxford, New York, Pergamon Press 1963. viii, 660 p. graphs, tables, maps, illus. (International series of monographs on pure and applied biology. Zoology v. 18.) Approx. 750 refs. Discusses factors critical to life in the Arctic as temperature (chap. 1), light and temperature (chap. 8), and deals extensively with the Arctic (and Antarctic) in the section on geographic distribution (chap. 13). Numerous smaller sections and references on the Arctic appear throughout the text, including chemistry (nitrate, phosphate), primary production, plankton cycles, DLC. etc. RAZDAN, H., see No. 80770. 82389. RAZGON, A. M. Etnograficheskie muzei v Rossii, 1861-1917 gg. (Moskva. N: issl. inst. muzeevedenifä. Trudy 1961. no. 3, p. 231-68. Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Ethnographic museums of Russia, 1861-1917. Describes their foundation, organization, and collections including materials on northern Eurasian tribes derived from expeditions and individual donors. The anthropological and ethnographic exhibits of the Geographical Society, Academy of Sciences, Society of Naturalists, the Rumfänf ev, Russian, and Moscow museums, etc. are dealt with in turn. DLC. 82390. RAZIN, L. V., and I. S. ROZHKOV. K geokhimii zolota v kore vyvetrivanifa i biosfere provinl ii mnogoletnel merzloty na (Akademiiå nauk Aldanskom shchite.

904

SSSR. Økutskil filial. Trudy 1963. ser. geol. no. 16, p. 5-22, tables, illus.) 15 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Geochemistry of gold in the weathering crust and biosphere of the permafrost region of the Aldan shield. Reports study of gold distribution in soils, plants, mine and waters of the Kuranakh gold-ore deposits in the Aldan basin. Results are tabulated. Plants, soils and mine waters are shown to be significantly enriched by gold element. Natural waters are its main distribution agent in a permafrost region. Migration of gold is discussed. Geochemical methods are recommended for auxiliary use in gold deposit searches. DLC. RAZINA, I. S., see No. 82778. 82391. RAZNIßYN, V. A. Drevnie etapy razvitifa i strukturnye sv1.zi Timana. (Izvestifa vysshikh uchebnykh zavedenil. Geologifa i razvedka 1962, no. 11, p. 52-69, table, map.) 50 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Ancient stages of development and structural connections in relation to the Timan. Reports studies of 1956-1960, and presents a new tectonic scheme of the northern part of the Russian platform. Pre-Riphean (Archean and Proterozoic) and RipheanPaleozoic folded structures are distinguished and characterized. There were four stages in the early development of the Timan and each is described in turn. Its connection with the Ural, arctic, and other regions is analyzed. DLC. 82392. RAZNIfSYN, V. A. K obosnovanifil glavnogo napravlenifa poiskovorazvedochnykh rabot na neft' i gaz v Komi ASSR. (Geograficheskoe o-vo SSSR. Komi filial. Izvestifil 1963. no. 8, p. 68-72, map.) 7 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Grounds for the main direction of soil and gas searches in prospecting work in Komi ASSR. Discusses origin of oil, its occurrence, conditions and possible migration. On the hypothesis of oil and gas occurrences in Komi, a prospective map is presented and interpreted. The more promising regions are suggested to be in the western slopes of the Ural and the Ural downwarp. DLC. 82393. RAZNI'FSYN, V. A. Rifelskie otlozhenifå Timana. (Leningrad. N: issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Trudy 1962. v. 130, Sbornik state( po geologii i neftegazonosnosti Arktiki, no. 19, p. 37-57, crosssections, map, illus.) 31 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Riphean deposits of the Timan. Reviews previous studies concerning the upper Proterozoic-Middle Ordovician complex of rocks distributed in this range. A

new stratigraphie division is offered, dividing the deposits in four series: pre- OchParma, Och-Parma, Chetlasskiy kamen and Anyuyskaya. These are further divided into subseries. Correlation is made with similar deposits in Greenland, Fennoscandia, and DLC. other regions. 82394. RAZUMOVSKAfA, E. E. Geologicheskaiå i litologo-fafaial'nafå kharakteristika solfitnykh tolshch Sibirskol platformy. (Leningrad. Vses. geologicheskil inst. Trudy 1961, no. 66, p. 5-20, table.) 28 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Geologic and lithologic-facies characteristics of salt strata of the Siberian platform. Reviews the structural arrangement of the area from the Yenisey east to the LenaAldan. Stratigraphy of the Lower Paleozoic (Cambrian, Ordovician and Silurian) deposits is outlined according to characteristics of fauna and salt horizons. The age of the Nordvik-Khatanga salt basin and other basins is discussed. Occurrence and distribution of salt deposits are considered, as is DLC. salt tectonics. 82395. RAZUMOVSKAI'A, E. E. Perspektivy kalienosnosti Sibirskol platformy. (Leningrad. Vses. geologicheskil inst. Materialy 1960, n. ser, no. 44, p. 111-28, tables, maps.) 20 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Prospects for potash salt in the Siberian platform. Reviews the search for potash and other soluble salts of this platform including the Olenek, Lena, Nizhnyaya Tunguska and other arctic areas. Some analyses are given of the potash and bromine content in ground waters. A prognosis map according to data of Jan. 1, 1956, is offered and explained, with conclusions for further explorations. A list of 50 drillings and sources is appended, noting rate of mineraliDLC. zation and content of K and Br. RAZUMOVSKAfA, L. M., see No. 76816. 82396. REA, K. J. The problem of economic development in the Canadian Arctic; draft of a paper to be delivered at Laval University, June 8, 1963. 12 p. 15 refs. Discusses economic development of arctic and subarctic Canada, particularly the Yukon and Northwest Territories. Relative value of the historically important fur trade has declined, mineral resources account for 80% of commodity production; commercial fishing is increasing. Production data are given on agricultural land: 8,600 acres cultivated in 1961, forest products: 2-6 million cu. ft., hydro-electric power:

60,440 hp. in 1960, oil: 500,000 bbl. in 1961, coal: approx. 7,000 T. in 1963; several small manufacturing establishments service the export trades. Net value of all production in 1955 was 836 million, 0.2% of net value in Canada. Use of federal government funds for economic development instead of welfare payments in the North is suggested. Common ownership by public or private firms would be advantageous to over-all development. CaMAI. 82397. READ, A. E., and others. Pancreatitis and accidental hypothermia. (Lancet 1961. no. 7214, p. 1219-21, tables, illus.) 8 refs. Other authors: D. Emslie-Smith, K. R. Gough, and 11. Holmes. Case reports on two patients aged 86 and 51, hypothermic due to cold dwelling. Biochemical evidence of pancreatic dysfunction was found in both and one of them, who died, showed histological evidence of pancreatitis. The occurrence of the latter in hypothermia is noted. DNLM. REBRISTAfA, O. V., see No. 83609. 82398. RECKENDORF, F., and K. M. HUSSEY. An unusual case of stream piracy. (Iowa Academy of Sciences. Proceedings 1962. v. 69, p. 322-26, section, illus.) Ref. Presents evidence obtained in connection with a 1961 summer field study near Franklin Bluffs, Northern Alaska, of a piracy incident that could have occurred only in a permafrost region. These bluffs rise as much as 500 ft. above the eastern side of the Sagavanirktok River; a small drainage basin divides the bluffs into a southern and a northern section, breaking through near the former junction of Hawk Creek with the Sagavanirktok. Rapid erosion of the divide between these two parallel streams took place in the recent past, then thawing of the gravels in the formation separating them continued until the higher flowing Hawk Creek burst through to join the Sagavanirktok about one-half mile upstream from its former junction. Evidence of an earlier piracy has been largely removed, just as the record of this one is being destroyed, by the eastward migration of the Sagavanirktok. Chief points are shown on an annotated aerial DI. photo. 82399. REDEI, K. Juraksamojedische Lehnwörter in der syrjiinischen Sprache. (Acta linguistica, Budapest 1963. v. 13, no. 3-4, p. 275-310.) Refs. In German. Russian summary. Title tr.: Yurak Samoyed loanwords in Zyryan.

905

Etymological analysis of 85 Nenets words used in the Izhma, Uda, Pechora, and Ob dialects of Zyryan. Phonetics, cultural implications, diffusion, and chronology of borrowings are discussed. Eleven additional words included in a paper* by V. A. Sorvaeheva are treated in appendix: a different interpretation is offered for seven and a Nenets origin of four is challenged. DLC. REDFEARN, J. W. T., see No. 77470. 82400. REDHEAD, H. W. Winter on the Valdez Trail. (Alaska sportsman 1963. v. 29, no. 12, p. 22-23, -h, illus.) Describes the Ed. S. Orr Stage Co. run between Valdez and Fairbanks in the early 1900's, as recalled by driver J. G. Busby. On the 364-mi. eight-day trip, the open horse-drawn sleighs carried both freight and passengers, and made meal- and overnight stops at about forty roadhouses en route. DLC. 82401. REDIKORfEV, V. V. Asfsidii dal'nevostochnykh morel SSSR. (Issledovanifii dal'nevostochnykh morel 1941. v. 1, p. 164-215, table, map, illus.) 91 refs. In Russian. German summary. Title tr.: Ascidians from the Far-Eastern seas of the USSR. Review of the suborders Stolido- and Phlebobranchiata from the Bering, Okhotsk, and Japan Seas, including 44 species, seven of them new. Location, depth and substrate, earlier descriptions, morphology and anatomy, habitat(s), geographic distribution, etc. are considered. General aspects on origin and distribution, ecology and biology, are outlined in an introductory section. DLC. 82402. RED'KIN, M. Sever, füg, sever. (Sovetskoe foto 1960. v. 20, no. 9, p. 4-8, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: North, south, north. Includes pictures taken by this TASS photographer during the first arctic voyage of the atomic icebreaker Lenin: crew, turbines, radiation experts, etc. Another view of the Lenin on the Newt River by A. Denisin, p. 24. DLC. 82403. RED'KIN, V. K. Zazemlenifå i zashchitnye otklfüehenifü pri podzemnol razrabotke mnogoletnemerzlykh rossypel. (Magadan. Vsesoiüznyl nauchno-issl. inst. zolota i redkikh metallov. Trudy 1962. no. 40, Gornoe dele, p. 1-26, graphs, table.) 33 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Grounding and protection cut-off in underground work on permafrost placers. *Not yet aeon.

908

Evaluates the feasibility of grounding resistance, R, 5 40 ohms, as recommended by PUE (Electrical installations construction regulations), for underground work in placers of the Kolyma basin. Specific conditions in the valleys are analyzed, and the PUE equation for the upper limit of 113 shown not to conform to the actual conditions of the region. The temporary regulations of Gosgortekhnadzor of the USSR 1957 which direct inclusion of a leakagerelay into the electrical network of the installation, are also analyzed; in accordance with these, an Rs value of several hundred ohms was permitted in installations of the Magadan area. In conclusion, a detailed discussion and analysis are given of the new All-Union Research Institute (VNII) instructions on grounding protection by a selective cut-off from circuit leakage and earth faults in workings in permafrost. DLC. REED, C. A., see No. 77043. REED, D., see No. 79080. 82404. REED, I. M. Frank Yasuda, pioneer in the Chandalar. (Alaska sportsman 1963. v. 29, no. 6, p. 14-15, -1-, illus.) Sketches the activities of this Japanese trader in Alaska: in the 1906 gold discovery in the Chandalar River region south of the Brooks Range, in the founding of Beaver in 1911, etc. This village in good hunting and trapping country on the north bank of the Yukon, was for resettling Eskimos from Barrow on the decline of arctic whaling. DI. REED, R. J., see No. 83857. REFS, I. S., see No. 82656. 82405. REES, M. H. A method for determining the height and geographical position of an auroral arc from one observing station. (Journal of geophysical research 1963. v. 68, no. 1, p. 175-83, tables, graphs.) 7 refs. Derives equations to determine graphically the height and geographic position of auroral arcs from observation of the azimuths at several zenith angles as obtainable by surveying the sky photometrically or photographically. The arc must lie along a small circle of the spherical earth and its height remain constant along the path of the observations. The method was tested on the night of Nov. 13-14, 1958 at College, Alaska and the same night in 1960 at Fritz Park, Colorado; and was found particularly useful for middle-latitude subvisual red arcs. Observational data on nine

such arcs suggest a relationship between their height and geomagnetic latitude. DLC. 82406. REESE, G. Karyotype and plant geography. (In: International Botanical Congress 1959. Recent advances ... 1961, v. 1, p. 895-900.) 3 refs. Discusses some relationships between plant distribution and chromosomal characteristics, especially the northward increase of polyploidy in Europe. Though environmental factors, e.g. cold, are not rejected, the increase is attributed mostly to the greater species variability of the polyploids. This was an advantage in colonizing virgin ground exposed after melting of the glacial ice. DLC. REGISTER, U. D., see No. 83297. REGULY, A., see No. 84714. 82407. REID, G. C. Polar cap absorption. (NATO Advance Study Institute, Corfu, 1960. Advances in upper atmosphere research 1963, p. 309-316, graphs.) 13 refs. Discusses the theory of radio signal absorption in the ionosphere. It is considered due to solar particles, in particular protons, which penetrate the atmosphere and, dissipating their energy, cause an increase in ionization, giving rise to enhanced radio wave absorption. The interruptions of high frequency radio communication, occasionally of several days duration, that affect the auroral areas, often extend to very high latitudes, and are generally known as "polar blackouts." These events are of two distinct types: auroral absorption, and polar cap absorption (PCA). Absorption of 30 Me/sec. radio signals of cosmic noise, manifested in the PCA event of Aug. 22-25, 1958 was recorded by a riometer at Ft. Churchill, and compared with three-hourly indices of magnetic activity at the Meanook magnetic observatory. The particles flux during these events was found to consist largely of protons. This proton flux initiated by a solar flare (a transient phenomenon of several minutes duration) lasted for days after the flare, a fact which remains unexplained. DLC. REID, G. C., see also Nos. 76913, 77163. 82408. REID, J. R., and L. CLAYTON. Observations of rapid water-level fluctuations in ice sink-hole lakes, Martin River Glacier, Alaska. (Journal of glaciology 1963. v. 4, no. 35, p. 650-52, profiles, map, illus.)

Reports a series of such fluctuations during the summer of 1962 on the Charlotte Lobe of this glacier in the Chugach Mts. of southern Alaska. The elevation, depths, drainage and refilling and other features of the two lakes studied are briefly noted. Such water level fluctuations are common in the area, possibly an annual event. DLC. REID, W. M., see No. 79316. 82409. REINHARD, K. R. The ecology of enteroviruses in Alaska. (In: Symposia on arctic biology and medicine. Proceedings 1963, p. 47-79, tables, illus.) 45 refs. Reviews the nature of the enteroviruses, the effects upon them of physical and chemical environments, and the mechanism of enteroviral infections. The carrier state in convalescent and immune subjects and in Alaskan ethnic and social groups is discussed. The ecology of the enteroviruses is further reconstructed from fragmentary data of virology of water and sewage treatment, from epidemiological episodes, the effects of cold on hygiene and sanitation, morbidity and mortality rates, etc. CaMAI. 82410. REINHARD, K. R. Ecology of enteroviruses in the western American Arctic. (Acta pathologica et microbiologica scandinavica 1962. Suppl. 154, p. 332-33.) Brief review on sero-ecological conditions in northern and western Alaska, including presence of polio-antibodies, types and areas of prevalence, seasonal incidence of virus infections among children in 1955DNLM. 1959. 82411. REINHARD, K. R. Ecology of enterovirus in the Western Arctic. (American Medical Association. Journal 1963. v. 183, no. 6, p. 410-18, tables, map, illus.) 15 refs. Reviews a variety of studies indicating that enteroviruses are of wide occurrence in this area and that polioviruses have been endemic. Enteroviruses are of varying prevalence in different regions and unassociated with frank epidemics but associated with clinical cases, some serious or even fatal. Prophylactic measures are suggested. DLC. 82412. REININ, I. V., and others. Itogi izuchenifå chetvertichnykh otlozhenil severa Zapadno-Sibirskol neftegazonosnol provin£sii. (Leningrad. Vses. neftfanol n: issl. geologorazvedochnyl inst. Trudy 1963, no. 225, p. 102-120, profile.) 8 refs. In Russian. Other authors: G. I. Lazukov and G. M. Levkovskafil. Title tr.: Results of investi

907

gation of Quaternary deposits in the northern West Siberian oil-gas-bearing province. Reports geologic-geomorphic investigations in 1956-1962 about 64-70° N. from the Ural east to the Pur River. Lower, Middle and Upper Pleistocene and Holocene deposits are described, noting their stratigraphic division, lithologic properties, sporepollen analyses, foraminifer and other fauna. Glaciation did not take place in this part of the West Siberian lowland, but during the Quaternary there was widespread longlasting marine transgression. Paleontologic data reveal that sharp variations of climate during Quaternary period are not established. DLC.

of photo interpretation are also set forth extensively. Various forms of sea ice are analyzed and signs of their appearance in airphotos are given. Interpretation of ice hummocks and calculation of their height DLC. and thickness are also reported.

REITENBAKH, G. R., see No. 77528.

82415. REKHTZAMER, G. R. Opredelenie drelfa l'dov aerometodami. (Leningrad. Gidrometeorologicheskil inst. Trudy 1961. v. 10, no. 1, p. 142-56, tables, illus.) 5 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Determination of ice drift by aerial methods. Reports experiments in the White Sea to determine speed and direction of ice drift by A photogrammetric air photography. method by triangulation is described which gives good results for drift measurements at 1:50,000 scale up to 100 km. from shore. The weakness of this method is its relatively high cost, also its dependence upon weather DLC. conditions.

82413. REITER, E. R. A case study of radioactive fallout. (Journal of applied meteorology 1963. v. 2, no. 6, p. 691-705, maps, graphs, tables.) 19 refs. Nine high-altitude balloon ascents were made in Sept. 1961 from Flin Flon, Man., carrying scintillation counters sensitive to gamma radiation. Results indicate the existence of shallow stable atmospheric layers containing radioactive debris, presumably from the Russian test series of that month, nine on Novaya Zemlya. Particular study was made of the Sept. 14 and 15 debris layers, both from Novaya Zemlya tests. On the 14th, the debris at 650 mb had descended sharply from a region to the north just beneath the tropopause, entering the middle troposphere through the so-called jet-stream front. Sept. 13 and 14 synoptic conditions are mapped, and temperature and dew point soundings graphed for six northern Canada stations. DWB.

82416. REMICK, J. H., and others. Geology of Rupert Bay—Missisicabi River area, Abitibi and Mistassini territories. Quebec 1963. 20 p. maps, tables. (Quebec. Dept. of Natural Resources. Geological Surveys Branch. Prelim. report. no. 498.) 9 refs. Other autlwrs: P. R. Gillain and C. J. Durden. Reports investigations in 1961 of this area south of James Bay 50°30'-51°40' N. between 78°30' W. and the OntarioQuebec boundary; the part south of 51° N. is mapped at 1 in.:1 mi. and the rest, where outcrops are scarce at 1 in.:8 mi. Precambrian, Paleozoic (Silurian), and possible Mesozoic formations and structures, also the Pleistocene and Recent sediments, are described. Gold was discovered in 1962 in quartz in a volcanic zone in the southeast; corundum-beryl-bearing pegmatites were found along the Harricanaw River in the southwest; other mineralization and possible oil in the Paleozoic rocks are noted. DGS.

REITLINGER, E. A., see No. 83979.

82417. REMICK, J. H. New zones of volcanic, sedimentary, and basic intrusive rocks, southeast of James Bay, Quebec. (Canadian mining journal 1963. v. 84, no. 6, p. 39-42, map, illus.) 8 refs. Describes and maps four zones in the area 50°-52° N. 75°50'-80° W. with sufficient rock exposures to warrant ground prospecting. Rock and mineralization types are indicated for each zone, also access and previous prospecting as pertinent. Chalcopyrite and pyrrhotite in or near basic intrusive rock is the most promising type of mineralization present, contains copper and nickel, some silver and gold. A metagabbro

REININ, I. V., see also Nos. 78830, 78925, 80574.

82414. REKHTZAMER, G. R. Metodika aerofotos"emki i deshifrirovanifa aerosnimkov morskikh l'dov. (Leningrad. Gidrometeorologicheskil inst. Trudy 1961. v. 10, no. 1, p. 121-41, tables, illus.) 4 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Methods of air photography and of sea-ice airphoto interpretation. Describes use of air photography for study of ice in the White Sea during 1956-1958. Type of aircraft, flight speed and height, camera, and films are reported. The photographic scale is treated in detail according to subjects and their optimal scale. Methods

908

between Chaboulli6 and Colomb Lakes near the center of the area, is especially promising. DGS. 82418. REMOY, S. Over-icing in arctic waters. (Fishing news international 1962. v. 1, no. 5, p. 23-25, illus.) Discusses the problem of fishing trawlers capsizing due to accumulation of ice from sea spray. Recent investigations by the British Shipbuilding Research Association show that a ship which accumulates 140 tons of ice when head to wind, accumulates only 90 tons when stern to wind; for a given weight of ice the ship's stability is reduced only half as much when the weather is taken astern; about one third of the ice weight accumulates on masts and rigging, radar and other halyards and tackle. Various suggestions to prevent or minimize icing are made; use of storm sails, sea anchors, and tripod masts; plastic covering on stays, halyards, and radio antennae; design of hull and superstructure, etc. DI. REMPEL', G. G., see No. 84185. 82419. RENAUD, A. Education of the Eskimo. (Eskimo 1963. v. 66, p. 3-4.) Expresses the views of an Oblate missionary and educator, advocating schools based on Eskimo traditions and needs, and criticizing government's policy as attempting to reproduce southern education in the CaMAI. North. 82420. RENAUD, A., and others. Tritium variations in Greenland ice. (Journal of geophysical research 1963. v. 68, no. 13, p. 3783.) Other authors: E. Schumacher, B. Hughes, H. Oeschger and C. Mühlemann. Reports on tritium (T) content as measured in a hundred or more samples from four cores taken during the International Glaciological Expedition in summer 1959, 69-72° N. 32-48° W., from a depth to 1,500 cm. water equivalent. The measurements indicate that T deposition during periods of low solar activity is higher by about a factor of 2 than during periods of high solar activity. About 10% variation in the mean accumulation rate of ice was derived from the T content deviation from an exponential DLC. decrease with depth. 82421. RENNIE, D. W. Comparison of nonacclimatized Americans and Alaskan Eskimos. (Federation proceedings 1963. v. 22, no. 3, pt. 1, p. 828-30, table, graphs.) 8 refs. A study of gross adjustments to cold in peripheral circulation, metabolism and

sweating. No differences in these aspects of thermoregulation were found between the two groups, except for non-shivering metabolism, which was 30-40% greater in the Eskimos. DLC. 82422. RENSUND, L. Namn på renbetesland. (Samefolket 1962. no. 1, p. 12-15, illus.) In Swedish. Title tr.: Reindeer pasture terminology. Lists name of 44 different types of reindeer pasture in Arjeplog Lappish dialect, with Swedish translation. SPRI. 82423. REPIN, I. S. 0 znachenii preopticheskoT zony mozga v khimicheskoT teploregulfaüsii a krolika. (Fiziologicheski! zhurnal SSSR 1963. v. 49, no. 1, p. 49-54, illus.) 24 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The significance of the preoptic zone of the brain in the chemical thermoregulation of rabbits. Electrical stimulation of the preoptic zone caused a considerable weakening and disappearance of thermoregulation through muscle tonus and shivering, in chilled rabbits. Stimulation of deep layers of the motor area, of the corpus callosum, septum, hippocampus and of nonspecific thalamic nuclei did not reduce thermoregulatory DLC. muscle activity. 82424. REPNEVSKII, V. V. Estestvennoe vozobnovlenie v sosnflikakh Murmanskol oblasti. (Lesnoe khozfalstvo 1963. v. 16, no. 9, p. 11-16, tables, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: Natural renewal of pine forests in Murmansk Province. Data are tabulated, diagrammed and discussed for various types of pine in Kola Peninsula. Effects of forest fires before and after cutting are considered; means of fostering natural renewal are briefly out lined. DLC. RESHETKIN, V. V., see No. 77236. 82425. RESHETNIKOV, M. S. Izmenchivost' i mnogoobrazie form sigov v svfazi s osobennostiåmi ikh pitanifil v vodoemakh severs. (Akademifil nauk SSSR. Doklady 1963. v. 152, no. 6, p. 1465-66.) 10 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Variability and polymorphism of whitefish as related to their feeding habits in northern waters. From his work on the Kola Peninsula, author claims that the great variability of these fish is conditioned by the variety of food. Specifically the density of the gill rakes determines whether the fish's food uptake is largely planktonic or benthic. This variety of food in turn is supposed to affect other morphological variants. DLC.

909

82426. RESHETNIKOV, It). S. Ob izmen(Zoologicheskil zhurnal chivosti sigov. 1963. v. 42, no. 8, p. 1187-99, tables.) 31 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Variability of whitefish. Study of intraspecific variations of Coregonus lavarelus in the waters of the Imandra basin, Kola Peninsula. Even within this small area considerable differences in size, between males and females, between different lakes or areas of the same lake were found. A division of the Scandinavian population into two morphologically and partly ecologically defined groups, is sugDLC. gested. RESNIK, J., see No. 80900. RETVEDT, K., see No. 82766. Från 82427. REUTERSKIÖLD, E. guldhornen till lapptrumman. (Tromsø. Museum. Skrifter 1928. v. 2, p. 211-21, illus.) In Swedish. Title tr.: From the golden horn to the Lappish drum. Discusses ornamentation on Lappish ceremonial drums, its placement, and theories regarding the significance and origin of various figures. Friis' statements (No. 5393) based upon pre-17th century material are questioned, and the uses and implications of later materials discussed: Norwegian and Finnish influences, use of the drum related to reindeer husbandry and hunting, and to man's welfare, the rat as a harmful element, etc. Certain drums in Friis' work are considered in detail. Comparisons are made between drum ornamentations representing supposed deities and those on other ceremonial pieces including a golden horn. DLC. 82428. REUTT, A. T. Nekotorye svedenifå o sornflikakh Kralnego Severo-Vostoka SSSR. (Magadan. Oblastnol kraevedcheskil muzel. Kraevedcheskie zapiski 1962. no. 4, p. 190-99.) In Russian. Title tr.: Some information on weeds of the Far Northeast of the USSR. Following an introduction on earlier studies (few), author records 70 species with their Latin names. Geographic distribution, frequency of occurrence, habitats, MH. etc. are noted. 82429. REVENTLOW, A. Grønlandske dyr i Zoologisk Have. (Grønlandske selskab. Årsskrift 1949, p. 116-22, illus.) In Danish. Title tr.: Greenland animals in the Zoological Garden. Reviews the arctic fauna exhibited in the Copenhagen Zoo from 1900 when a young muskox brought from Greenland by the

910

Amdrup expedition was acquired. Walrus and polar bears, Eskimo dogs, blue and white arctic fox, Swedish reindeer, sea eagles, Greenland falcon, snow sparrows, eider ducks, and several species of geese have been kept successfully, but no Greenland reindeer, polar wolves, hares or lemmings. Young polar bears have been reared in the Zoo. Finding out and providing suitable diet for the captives were early DLC. problems. 82430. REVENTLOW, A. Isbjørne i Zoologisk Have. (Grønlandske selskab. Årsskrift 1951, p. 104-108, illus.) In Danish. Title tr.: Polar bears in the Zoological Garden. Describes earlier and recently built quarters in the Copenhagen Zoo, for its bears, several of which have been in captivity more than a quarter century. The new bear grotto is 222 m.2 in area, and has 80 m.2 of pool. The acquisition, care, and rearing of bears from the Greenland area is a principal feature of this Zoo. DLC. 82431. REVERDATTO, V. V. Petrologifa Anakitskogo differenfairovannogo trappovogo massive i ego struktura. (Geologifa i geofizika 1963, no. 10, p. 79-92, tables, maps, illus.) 16 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Petrology of the Anakit differentiated trap massif and its structure. Reports a 1960-1961 study of the Anakit intrusive, in the Nizhnyaya Tunguska region. Its thickness is not less than 100 m., and the intense differentiation varies from troctolite dolerites to granophyres. Petrologic characteristics are given. Crystallization differentiation had a special role in the formation of the rocks of this massif. Magmatic melt crystallized under closedsystem conditions. DLC. 82432. REVET, L. A preliminary study of the migration and growth of the Dolly Varden char in Kitoi Bay, Alaska. Juneau 1962. 6 p. maps, tables. (Alaska. Dept. of Fish and Game. Informational leaflet no. 17.) Ref. Also pub. in Alaska Science Conference ... 1962. Proceedings pub. 1963, p. 81-85. Reports 1961-1962 investigations of Salvelinus malmer (Walbaum) in Little Kitoi Lake, Afognak Island. Relatively few of the dollies which migrated seaward from the lake returned: 115 of 548 in 1961, 223 of 519 in 1962. The growth rates of the fish, while at sea, were high: average increases in length and weight of returnees and their time at sea are given. A poor homing tendency among the species is noted. DLC.

REYNAFARJE, B., see No. 77904. 82433. REZANOV, I. A., and N. N. ZARUDNYI. Istorilå kolebatel'nykh tektonicheskikh dvizhenil Severo-Vostoka SSSR. Moskva, Izd-vo Akademii nauk SSSR 1962. 174 p. maps, profiles. Approx. 225 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: History of oscillating tectonic movements in northeastern USSR. Reports geologic investigations of 19561959 in connection with the IGY, on the structure of the earth's crust in the transition zone between the Eurasian continent and the Pacific, history of the region, etc. Main stages of tectonic movements are recognized and outlined: Riphean, LowerMiddle Paleozoic, Upper Paleozoic-Mesozoic and Upper Cretaceous-Cenozoic. DLC. REZANOV, I. A., see also No. 81499. REZNIKOV, A. A., see No. 77286. RIABICHKINA, E. P., see No. 81483. 82434. RIABININ, V. N. 0 paleozofskikh stromatoporoidefakh ralona reki Kolymy. (Dal'strol. Materialy po izuchenifd Okhotsko-Kolymakogo hall 1936. ser. 1, no. 4, p. 29-38, table, illus.) 12 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Paleozoic stromatoporoids from the Kolyma River region. Describes eleven forms from Upper Silurian and Middle Devonian deposits; most of the former are cosmopolitan species distributed throughout all northern regions. Gen. Amphipora is much more restricted. DLC. 82435. RIABOSHTAN, N. I. Na tekh zhe ploshchadiakkh bol'she zhelezubetona. Murmansk, Murmanskoe knizhnoe izd-vo 1962. 19 p. illus. In Russian. Title tr.: More reinforced concrete from the same manufacturing areas. The thermal treatment process for reinforced concrete plates and other assembly parts is expedited by pre-heating the inert material (sand and rubble) of concrete mixture to 60-70° C. instead of the 5°-10° C. recommended during winter period. This innovation brought the plates to standard strength in 7.5-8 hrs. instead of 16-18 as Technology of the process formerly. remains essentially the same, the necessary alterations cost only 150 rubles. The new method tested at the Monchegorsk reinforced-concrete parts plant on Kola Peninsula showed considerable advantages in the product and economy in its preparation. DLC.

82436. RIABOV, IÜ. Tobolefs pomogaet Nansehu. (Ural'skil sledopyt 1963, no. 10, p. 70-71, port.) In Russian. Title tr.: Tobol'sk resident helps Nansen. Documented account of Aleksandr Ivanovich Trontgelm, a Tobol'sk burgher of Norwegian origin, who purchased and delivered 33 sled dogs and 5,000 kg. feed to Khabarovo on the Yugorskiy Sher strait for the Fram in 1893. DLC. RIABUKHIN, G. E., see No. 81464. 82437. RIASHIN, K. Sredstvam mekhanizaisii, odnogo khozfi ina. (Na strolkakh Rossii 1962. v. 3, no. 4, p. 18-19.) In Russian. Title tr.: Means of mechanization, a single master. Demonstrates results (favorable) of mechanization and automation in the building industry in Krasnoyarskiy Kray under the central management of "Strolmekhanizaf'sifå" (Building mechanization) organized by the Krasnoyarsk Council of National Economy (S NKh) in 1957. Construction assemblage increased 77% by 1961. Advances are cited also in mechanized operations: excavating, loading-unloading, and rock-product mining (respectively 93, 25, 17% increase), and equipment: bucket excavators increased from 95 to 151, bulldozers 155 to 356, tower cranes 255 to 512. The organization of "Strolmekhanizaisifa", and its management are discussed. DLC. 82438. RICE, D. W. Pacific coast whaling and whale research. (North American Wildlife and Natural Resources Conference 28th. Transactions 1963, p. 327-35, tables, graphs.) 2 refs. Reports on U.S. commercial whaling conducted from three (California) shore stations: numbers taken during 1956-1962 of the six common species (total 1808), methods of catch and utilization, products 19561962. Whale occurrence, behavior, food, size, etc. are included, as are research of life history, size of stock and geographic distribution of exploited species. Some references to the more northerly waters are DLC. included. 82439. RICHARDS, W. R. The Aphididae of the Canadian Arctic, Homoptera. (Canadian entomologist 1963. v. 95, no. 5, p. 449-64, map, illus.) 13 refs. Records of 18 species, eight of them new and described in detail. Most of the species were collected in the southern Arctic, but two came from the extreme northeast of Ellesmere Island. Twelve species belong to holarctic groups, five to palearctic and one DLC. is nearctic.

911

RICHARDSON, M., see No. 79414.

RICKS, M. B., see No. 76870,

82440. RICHARDSON, T. H., and D. W. NARVER. Forecast of Chignik Bay red salmon run in 1962, 1963. Juneau 1962, 1963. 2 v.: 2, 4 p. tables. (Alaska. Dept. of Fish and Game. Informational leaflet no. 13, 24.) Annual forecasts of this fishery in the Alaska Peninsula area, issued jointly by the Dept. and the Fisheries Research Institute. Predictions are based on the ocean age composition of the adult fish, and the age and return relationships observed since 1955. Age composition is determined from the ratio, relatively consistent, between returns of fish which spend two winters in the ocean and those three (most). Runs average approx. 800,000 salmon/yr. DLC.

RICO, T., see No. 78946.

RICHMOND, C. R., see No. 78805. 82441. RICHTER, S. Bibliografi over H. U. Sverdrups arbeider. (Norske Videnskapsakademi, Oslo. Arbok 1958, pub. 1959. p. 59-73.) In Norwegian. Title tr.: Bibliography of H. U. Sverdrup's works. Lists more than two hundred publications in meteorology, oceanography, etc., as in DLC. No. 61179. 82442. RICHTER, S. Fridtjof Nansen som polarforsker. (Naturen 1961. v. 85, no. 7-8, p. 422-46, maps, illus.) In Norwegian. Title tr.: Fridtjof Nansen as a polar explorer. Discusses his several expeditions, their immediate results, and the development of polar science. Planning and execution of the Greenland icecap traverse in 1888, and the Fram drift of 1893-1895 are summarized, and Nansen's other arctic journeys noted: to East Greenland in 1882, the 1912 Veslem¢y oceanographic expedition to Spitsbergen, and the voyage on the Korrekt to the Yenisey region in 1914. Nansen's ability as an artist is noted and illus. DGS. RICKARD, T. A., see No. 83512. 82443. RICKEY, R., and W. L. SHERIDAN. Length-width relationships of carapace measurements of the king crab, Paralithodes camtschatica). Juneau 1961. 5 p. tables, graphs. (Alaska. Dept. of Fish and Game. Informational leaflet no. 2.) 2 refs. Presents and explains a length-width conversion developed from analysis of male king crab length-width data obtained from Chiniak Bay (Kodiak Island) in 1958, southern Bering Sea in 1949 and Kachemak DLC. Bay (Cook Inlet) in 1960.

912

82444. RIDDELL, J. A. Preventive maintenance of mine haulage locomotives at United Keno. (Precambrian 1962. v. 35, no. 4, p. 21-22, graph, table.) Ref. Outlines a schedule initiated late in 1958 for the Hector and Calumet producing mines and for development work at the Jock mine. Previously maintenance on locomotives and batteries was intermittent; increased haulage and rising costs were expected with lateral expansion of the mines. Haulage equipment is described; two 3.5-ton Mancha battery locomotives on the main level pulling six four-ton cars, on the other levels 14 1.5-ton locomotives pulling six-eight 1.5-ton cars. Every locomotive is checked twice-amonth, every battery examined and given an equalizing charge once a month; each locomotive and battery is brought to the surface, inspected, cleaned, checked, recharged, etc. as required. Locomotive breakdowns have diminished, repair costs declined, annual battery outlay is reduced 50% or more, and the locomotive spare parts inventory becomes smaller. DGS. 82445. RIDGWAY, G. J., and G. W. KLONTZ. Blood types in Pacific salmon. (International North Pacific Fisheries Commission. Bulletin 1961. no. 5, p. 49-55, tables.) 30 refs. Reports an investigation indicating intraspecific differences in blood types of four Pacific salmon species. Differences in type frequency in some cases indicate differences between geographic races. The possibilities for practical utilization of the findings are suggested. DLC. 82446. RIDGWAY, G. J., and others. Intraspecific differences in serum antigens of red salmon demonstrated by immunochemical methods. (International North Pacific Fisheries Commission. Bulletin 1962. no. 8, p. 1-13, tables, illus.) 46 refs. Other authors: G. W. Klontz and C. Matsumoto. A study of sera from American, high-sea, and Asian red salmon Oncorhynchus nerka Walbaum. At least 14 antigenic components were found in Alaskan salmon. Two of time components (antigen I, II) were missing in 116 out of 126 Asian blood samples, but only in 31 out of 905 American samples. Intermediate frequencies were found in the blood of fish from the central North Pacific and Bering Sea, all these findings indicating a mixing of American and Asian red salmon in this area. DLC.

82447. RIEDESEL, M. L. The internal environment during hibernation. (Harvard Univ. Museum of Comparative Zoology. Bulletin 1960. v. 124, International Symposium ... Hibernation 1959. Proceedings, p. 421-35, tables, illus.) 34 refs. Reviews the problem, including serum electrolytes (with emphasis on magnesium), hemoconcentration, blood-pH, -p02, -pCO2i -sugar, etc. The role of magnesium in hibernation and other theories of hibernation are discussed, and the conference discussion is summarized. DLC.

these rocks are forsterke, apatite, magnetite, calcite and phlogopite. According to abundance ratio of these minerals and to geologic position, six series of rocks are distinguished, viz: the apatite-forsterite, forsterite, and phlogopite-apatite-forsterite rocks; the essentially magnetite rocks; those essentially apatite; the calcite carbonatites; the dolomitic carbonatites, and the magnetites with francolite. Each series is described in turn. Genesis of the Kovdor deposits is analyzed, noting tectonic conditions, stages of formation and crystallization of various minerals. DLC.

RUKONEN, A. N., see No. 83494. 82448. RIKHTER, B. V. Radiat ionnyl rezhim Noril'ska. (In: Moskva. N: issl. inst. sanitarii i gigieny. Gigienicheskie .. . 1961. p. 37-49, tables, graphs.) 7 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Radiation conditions in Noril'sk. Account of the many-sided actinometric observations conducted from mid-May 1957 to mid-Aug. 1958. The town showed marked lack of insolation due not only to its position at high latitude but also due to air pollution. The fact that the new housing development of apartment buildings is located north of the industrial area aggravates the sunlight conditions. UV radiation is physiologically sufficient. DLC. 82449. RIKHTER, G. D. Sneg kak ekologicheskil faktor zhizni rastenil i zhivotnykh na Severe. (Problemy Severn 1963, no. 7, p. 85-89, table.) 16 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Snow as an ecological factor in the life of plants and animals in the North. The flora, and to lesser extent the fauna are deeply affected by snow: it protects the plants from frost and wind, and, as a rule, the height of plants in the Far North does not exceed the thickness of winter snow cover. Various aspects of the relation of plants to snow cover are outlined with references to Soviet publications. Need for a monograph summarizing the results of DLC. study of this problem is noted. 82450. RIMSKAPA-KORSAKOVA, 0. M. K voprosu o genezise Kovdorskogo zhelezorudnogo mestorozhdenii s, Kol'skil poluostrov. (Voprosy magmatizma i metamorfizma 1963. v. 1, p. 125-43, tables, maps, illus.) 18 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Genesis of the Kovdor iron-ore deposits, Kola Peninsula. Describes the petrology and mineralogy of iron-ore deposits genetically connected with the Kovdor massif of ultrabasic and alkaline rocks. The main components of

82451. RIMSKAPA-KORSAKOVA, 0. M. Kristallograficheskoe izuchenie forsterita iz karbonatitov i magnetitovykh rud Kovdorskogo massive. (Materialy po mineralogii Kol'skogo poluostrova 1959. no. 1, p. 77-83, tables, illus.) 5 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Crystallographic investigation of forsterite from carbonatites and magnetite ores of the Kovdor massif. Describes forsterite crystals of 1-8 mm.; 20 crystallographic forms are identified. Diode of occurrence, physical properties, composition and other features of forsterite are briefly characterized. DLC. 82452. RIMSKAPA-KORSAKOVA, 0. M., and others. Lueshit iz karbonatitov Kovdorskogo massive. (Vsesofüznoe mineralogicheskoe o-vo. Zapiski 1963. ser. 2, v. 92, no. 2, p. 173-83, illus., tables.) 14 refs. In Russian. Other authors: T. A. Burova and Title tr.: V. A. Frank-Kameneeskil. Lueshite from carbonatites of Kovdor massif. Discusses this mineral, (NA Nb 0,), first described in 1959 from the Congo, Africa by A. Safiannikoff, and later found in Kola Peninsula. Its mode of occurrence and association with other minerals are reviewed. Its physical properties, chemical analyses and X-ray study are reported. Lueshite has cubic system crystals up to DLC. 0.6 mm. RIMSKAPA-KORSAKOVA, T. V., see No. 81443. RINFRET, A. P., see No. 78315. RINK, H. J., see No. 81806. 82453. RIPINEN, V. I. Novyl l'dobur dl~å vnutrennikh vodoemov. (ltybnoe khozfälstvo 1963. v. 39, no. 12, p. 43-45, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: A new ice drill for inland waters. Describes a light inexpensive drill for

913

under-ice fishing. The simple, easily transportable device is capable of drilling a 320 mm. diameter hole to a depth of 90 cm., at a rate of 60 cm./min. It is driven by a 3.5 HP gasoline motor. DLC. RITCHIE, J. C., see No. 79582. 82454. RITCHIE, W. A. Northeastern crossties with the Arctic. (Arctic Inst. of North America. Technical paper 1962. no. 11, p. 96-99, illus.) Refs. Questions the likelihood of major Eskimo-to-Indian exchanges in Dorset and pre-Dorset times. Archaic Indian sites in the northeast containing rubbed slate artifacts of supposed Eskimo derivation predate the Dorset culture by at least 1,500 years. Though the source of this industry among the Archaic Indians is obscure, it may well have diffused from the Old Copper culture of the Great Lakes dating back to CaMAI. 3,000 B.C. RIVERS, R. J., see No. 77261. 82455. RIVOLIER, J. Measures for the prevention of the propagation of new diseases in the Arctic and Antarctic. 7 p. (In: WHO Conference on medicine... 1962.) 21 refs. Discusses differences between Arctic and Antarctic with respect to population and animal vectors, introduction of new diseases and its prevention, health problems of the native population, chronic diseases. CaONA. 82456. RIVOLIER, J. Some psychological aspects of the problems of adaptation to wintering in stations. 14 p. (In: WHO Conference on medicine ... 1962.) 17 refs. Discusses the effects of cold wind (especially) and air dryness; indoor and outdoor sojourns; isolation, and responses to it; inter-personal relations; sexual problems; sublimation and escape; selection of personnel for polar duty. CaONA. 82457. RIVOSH, L. A. 0 tektonike Kamchatskogo poluostrova i dna prilegafüshchikh k nemu morskikh ralonov, po geofizicheskim dannym. (Geologifil i geofizika 1963, no. 6, p. 30-48, maps.) 25 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: On the tectonics of Kamchatka Peninsula and the sea bottom of adjacent regions, according to geophysical data. Analyzes results of aerial magnetic survey over the entire peninsula and gravimetric work in individual regions. The existing links between magnetic anomalies and the

914

main volcanic zones are established. PreQuaternary volcanic zones and tectonic structures are examined. A common pattern for development is recognized for Upper Cretaceous and Tertiary structures. PreQuaternary folding exerted influence on the distribution of early Quaternary and Recent volcanic zones. New tectonics maps for DLC. Kamchatka are included. 82458. RIWKIN-BRICK, A., and E. JANNES. Elle Kari. Stockholm, Rab6n & Sjögren 1959. 44 unnumb. p. of illus. Translated from Swedish into English. Pictorial account of a Lappish reindeerherder's household and activities from the viewpoint of the three-year old girl, Elle Kari: chores in the winter hut (kåta) and summer tent, nomadic cycle, care of reindeer and pets, pastimes, etc. DLC. 82459. RIWKIN-BRICK, A. Nomads of the North. Stockholm, Rabbn & Sjögren 1961. 86 unnumb. p. of illus. 2nd rev. ed. of No. 20893. DLC. RIZZO, R., see No. 82346. ROBBINS, L. L., see No. 78890. 82460. ROBERTS, B. B., compiler. Universal Decimal Classification for use in polar libraries. 2nd. ed. rev. Cambridge, Eng., Scott Polar Research Inst. 1963. 185 p. (SPRI occasional paper no. 2; F6d6ration internationale de documentation no. 348.) 5 refs. Issued in cooperation with the British Standards Institution, London. Supersedes No. 25592 and 47608 of Arctic Bibliography, incorporating their supplements. Describes the classification system and presents the systematic tables, p. 8-86; and specially adapted place numbers for polar regions, p. 87-97. Subject and regional indexes are appended. The classification is under continuous revision and supplements are to be issued. H. King and B. B. Roberts offer practical suggestions in a 17-page publication, Hints on the use of the Universal Decimal Classification in polar libraries, issued by the Scott Polar Research Inst. CaMAI. Jan. 1, 1963. ROBERTS, J. B., see No. 79271. ROBERTS, M., see No. 76915. 82461. ROBERTSON, T. How they've mastered the iceberg menace. (Maclean's magazine 1960, v. 73, no. 7, p. 20-21, +, illus.)

Outlines function of the Newfoundlandbased International Ice Observation and Ice Patrol Service formed in 1914 to report iceberg hazards in the North Atlantic. The course of a typical berg is traced from the time its calving off the Greenland icecap to its destruction two years later off Labrador or Newfoundland. CaOCU. 82462. ROBIN, E. D., and others. Adaptations to diving in the harbor seal, gas exchange and ventilatory response to CO2. (American journal of physiology 1963. v. 205, no. 6, p. 1175-77, table, illus.) 8 refs. Other authors: H. V. Murdaugh, Jr., W. Pyron, E. Weiss and P. Soteres. Reports investigations on six young females which showed a mean PAco: higher and a mean PAo2 lower than in man. Ventilatory response to CO2 was depressed, an adaptation permitting prolonged diving. DLC. 82463. ROBIN, G. De Q. Ocean waves and pack ice. (Polar record 1963. v. 11, no. 73, p. 389-93.) 8 refs. Discusses wave propagation in pack ice as elucidated by some recent instrumental studies, especially own work in the Antarctic and Hunkins' (No. 72268) in the Arctic. Author investigated changes in wave energy in relation to changing ice conditions in loosely floating pack ice. Penetration of waves was found to increase rapidly with wave length and decrease rapidly with increasing ice thickness; and energy of waves of 40 and 28 sec. in period seem not affected unless ice thickness exceeds five m. or two m. respectively. Hunkins' analyses of wave spectra from floating ice and other observations indicate a monotonic increase in displacement amplitude with increase in the wave periods. Lower wave amplitudes in the Arctic than in the Antarctic may be due to less exposure to swell from other oceans. DGS. 82464. ROBINSON, A. H. The circle of best fit. (Geographical review 1963. v. 53, no. 1, p. 139-41, map.) 2 refs. Proposes this mathematical-cartographic process as a potential geographic tool. An example is given by plotting as points on a stereographic projection, the intersections of every tenth meridian and the southern margin of the non-Cordilleran, last (Wisconsin) glaciation. A rectangular grid is superimposed and the positions of the points read in reference to the arbitrary X and Y axes. Analysis gives the circle shown on the map, its geographical center approx. 72°54' N. 45°30' W., within 200 mi. of the highest

section of the Greenland Inland ice. The symmetry of the present Antarctic icecap around the current position of the South Pole sustains the speculation that presentday arctic glacial areas may be merely the central remnants of a Pleistocene icecap that spread outward from a North Pole then located in Greenland. Example given shows the possibility of this process in geographic research. DLC. 82465. ROBINSON, I. M. New industrial towns on Canada's resource frontier. Chicago 1962. 190 p. maps, tables, illus. Chicago Univ. Dept. of Geography. Research paper no. 73.) 190 refs. Deals with the characteristics and planning problems of communities developing since World War II beyond settled areas and based upon a single resource. Four are considered specifically, one of them Schefferville, the Iron Ore Co. of Canada town in northern Quebec. Background and regional setting, administration, physical growth and development, population characteristics, social life, and economic problems are treated in turn. Some recommendations are offered for planning future towns, such as establishment of a regional center as residential community from which workers commute, use of portable mobile homes and facilities, development of town designs specially adapted to the Subarctic, greater responsibility assumed by the provincial government, etc. Schefferville has a physically confined town site, a high labor turnover and a high proportion of French Canadians: its new role as a transportation DI. and service center is described. ROBINSON, I. M., see also No. 81936. 82466. ROBINSON, J. D., and R. M. BRADLEY. Cholinesterase and glutamic decarboxylase levels in the brain of the hibernating hamster. (Nature 1963. v. 197. p. 389-90, table.) 19 refs. Reports study of golden hamsters hibernating at 5° C. with controls, which never hibernated kept at 21° C. Cholinesterase activity was depressed in the hibernating brain by 14%, while that of glutamic carboxylase was 30% higher. The correlation of the findings with the electrical activity of the cortex, is noted. DLC. 82467. ROBINSON, W. G. The Grenville of New Quebec. (Royal Society of Canada, The Grenville problem 1956. Special publications no. 1, p. 14-21, maps.) 24 refs. Presented at a symposium at the Society's 1955 meeting in Toronto. J. E. Thomson, ed.

915

Deals with the geology of the Seal Lake, Labrador area, mapped by the Geological Survey of Canada (1952) and by Frobisher Ltd., which held a mining concession there. This area is in line with the projected extension of the Grenville province's northern edge into Northern Quebec-Labrador; mapping near Lake Mistassini, Indicator Lake, and in the Labrador Trough is noted also. The northeastward trend of Grenville formations continues generally past Seal Lake to near Cape Makkovie on the Labrador coast. The Mistassini-Seal Lake-Cape Makkovic line probably marks the northern edge of the Grenville province. North of it and east of the Labrador Trough, the common metasediments and intrusives, marked by truncated trend lines and different in age, evidently belong to a geological province intermediate between the Grenville and DOS. the Superior in age. 82468. ROBONEN, V. I. Stratigrafitå proterozofå ral'ona Shombozera, Severnatå Karelifa. (Akademilå nauk SSSR. Karel'ski! filial. Trudy 1960. no. 26, p. 16-28, table, maps.) 7 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Proterozoic stratigraphy in the Shombozero region, northern Karelia. Presents a new stratigraphic scheme and new interpretation of structures from 1956 field study. The Upper Karelian age of quartzite-sandstones is established as are three structural stages: Archean, Lower and Middle Proterozoic. These results allow critical approach to the 1:1 million map of the USSR. DLC. 82469. ROBSAHM, C. M. Att planera och packs for rena 1827. (Norrbotten. Årskok 1963, p. 129-34.) In Swedish. Title tr.: To plan and pack for a journey in 1827. Describes clothing and equipment for traveling in north Sweden at that time. SPRI. ROCHE, G., see No. 78076. ROCHEV, N. N., ed., see No. 83187. 82470. RODAHL, K., and G. BANG. Endemic goiter in Alaska. (Archives of environmental health 1962. v. 4, no. 1, p. 17-27, tables, graph, map.) 7 refs. Describes a study of Nunamiut Eskimos at Anaktuvuk Pass and Athapaskan Indians at Arctic Village made during 1955-1956. The experimental results involving mainly I131 turnover were associated with a high incidence of thyroid enlargement and apparently low iodine intakes. DLC.

916

82471. RODAHL, K. The last of the few. New York, Harper & Row 1963. 208 p. map, illus. Recounts experiences while conducting physiological studies of Eskimos during the 1950's. Their acclimatization to cold, found to be acquired rather than inborn, was investigated at Kaktovik on Barter Island, Anaktuvuk Pass in the Brooks Range, Kotzebue on the northwest coast, and at St. Lawrence Island settlements. The four areas differ in physical environment and the communities in degree of acculturation to white society. They are described, as are their inhabitants' health, diet, clothing, housing, sanitation, hunting methods, customs, etc. A sojourn in the Pribilofs observing fur seals on St. Paul Island is also reported. Drawings by D. Robinson and a DLC. subject index are included. 82472. RODAHL, K. Nutritional requirements in the polar regions. 22 p. tables, illus. (In: WHO Conference on medicine ... 1962.) About 50 refs. Reviews current knowledge concerning requirements of caloric intake and of specific nutrients (protein, fat, carbohydrates) and vitamins. The problem of acclimatization is also reviewed; being insignificant in man, it shows no evidence of change in food or vitamin requirements, in contrast to conditions in other mammals CaONA. studied. RODAHL, K., see also Nos. 81266, 84468. 82473. RODEN, G. I. On statistical estimation of monthly extreme sea-surface temperatures along the west coast of the United States. (Journal of marine research 1963. v. 21, no. 3, p. 172-90, map, graphs, tables.) 17 refs. Deals particularly with: the magnitudes of annual and non-periodic oscillations, the departure of the probability distributions from normal, the relation between extreme sea and air temperatures, the areal coherence of the extremes, and the estimation of future extremes. The root mean square amplitudes of the annual oscillations are about 2° C. in southern California, 1° C. in northern California, and 4° C. in southeastern Alaska; those of the non-annual oscillations are largely independent of latitude. At most stations there is a significant and direct relationship between non-annual oscillations of sea-surface and air temperatures, at low frequencies. The most probable largest extreme increases when the return period is increased. Estimates of the expected largest departure from the mean

monthly extremes for given return periods (T = 0.5 to 200 yrs.) are tabulated for 13 stations, including Ketchikan, Sitka, and Yakutat. This paper presents some of the results of the Marine Life Research Program sponsored by the Scripps Institution DGS. of Oceanography. 82474. RODIN, A. F. Na rodine M. V. (Moskva. Univ. Vestnik Lomonosova. ser. 5, geografifå, Sept.—Oct. 1961, no. 5, p. 68-69.) In Russian. Title tr.: In the native place of M. V. Lomonosov. Describes the history and development of the famous 18th century scientist's birthplace, a village formerly called Denisovka, now known as Lomonosovo (64°14' N. 41°43' E.) It is on Kurostrov Island, between the forks of the Severnaya Dvina River in Arkhangel'sk Province. Since 1940 this village has had a museum in honor of DLC. Lomonosov. RODIN, R. S., see No. 81815. 82475. RODIONOV, V. M., and S. I. GAVRIKOV. Lentochnye gliny doliny r. Tobychana kak svidetel'stvo razvitifii oledeneniiå khrebta Cherskogo. (USSR. Gos. Materialy po geologicheskil komitet. regional'not stratigrafii SSSR, 1963, p. 297302, cross-sections.) 4 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Varved clays of Tobychan River valley as evidence of glaciation development in the Cherskogo Range. Reports study of clays considered to be lacustrine-glacial deposits connected with second valley glaciation in the El'ga basin. They are possibly mid-Quaternary in age, and 30 m. thick. These varved clays are good for brick production, and the reserves DLC. are 20 million ma. RODKIEWICZ, B., see No. 81828. 82476. RODNIANSKAfA, E, E. Kharakter vzaimosvfiizi komponentov v polmennom landshafte. (Leningrad. Univ. Uchenye zapiski 1962. no. 317, ser. geograficheskikh rank, no. 8, p. 144-57, tables, ilhus.) 4 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Character of the interrelationship of components in a floodplain landscape. Reports a physical-geographic study of the Ob floodplain, made around Berezovo, Surgut and Samarovo in summers of 1954, 1955, 1957 and 1958. Interrelation of climate and the hydrologic regime of the river, and that of climate and vegetation cover are considered; the river regime is discussed in relation to floodplain relief and to the vegetation cover. Hydrologic regime of the

river is shown to be the main factor in floodplain landscape formation. DLC. RODRIGUEZ, R., see No. 82719. 82477. ROE, J. Food imports are problem of Canada's Northwest. (Saturday night 1949. v. 64, no. 40, p. 23.) Discusses the necessity of importing nearly all food. The Northwest Territories may achieve partial self-sufficiency in fruits and vegetables, but climate, labor costs, and difficulty of clearing land restricts development. The white population (14,000) will not become a stable society so long as the food has to be brought in. CaOCU. 82478. ROMER, H. S. de. Sur la geologie de la zone de contact oriental de la fosse du Labrador, 1. la Ouest-Sud-Ouest de Fort Chimo, Nouveau-Quebec, Canada. (Societe Geologique de France. Bulletin 1962. ser. 7, v. 4, no. 6, p. 800-805, maps, sections.) 22 refs. In French. Title tr.: On the geology of the eastern contact zone of the Labrador Trough, west-southwest of Fort Chimo, New Quebec, Canada. See also No. 78237. Outlines studies sponsored by the Quebec Dept. of Natural Resources, on this 70 km.2 area near 58° N. and about 50 km. from Fort Chimo. The Labrador Trough lies between the Keewatin orogenic province to the west and the Labradorean province to the east, and is bordered on the south by the Grenville province; the Trough forms a geosynclinal zone 60 km. wide and 1,000 km. long consisting of a Proterozoic series of folded and faulted rocks. The Lac Renia area is part of a fracture zone separating the meta-sediments of the Trough to the west from the para- and orthogneiss to the east. The contact near the lake forms a major unconformity, whether caused by displacement or by erosion is not determined. Most of the gneisses are believed to be the metamorphosed and granitized equivalents of the metasediments of the Trough. DGS. 82479. ROEN, U. Nogle udbredelsestyper i den grønlandske ferskvandsfauna. (Grønland 1963, no. 10, p. 361-73, maps, illus.) 6 refs. In Danish. English summary. Title tr.: Some distribution types in the Greenland fresh-water fauna. Distinguishes four types: one distributed throughout Greenland, one mainly in the north, one mainly in the south, and the fourth type comprising species emanating from salt or brackish water. The first group probably survived the glaciation; Chydorus sphaericus is typical and Macrothrix hirsuli-

917

cornis and Culex nigripea are other important species in this group. The northern-distribution group is of American origin, and some species e.g. Cyclops magnus, have reached only the northwestern part, but others e.g. Daphnia puler, have spread farther. Origin of the southern group is uncertain but few of its species derive from Europe; the length of the ice-free period is considered the decisive factor in its northern limit; a few species e.g. Diaptomus castor and D. minutus are found only on the west coast but most e.g. Colymbetes dolabratus groenlandicus, Simocephalus vetulus and some molluscs are CaMAI. found on both coasts. 82480. RÖNN, G. Sameland. Stockholm, Saxon & Lindströms Förlag 1960. 110 unnumb. p., map, illus. In Swedish. Title tr.: Lapland. Picture book recording impressions of nature and daily activities among the reindeer-raising mountain Lapps of Sweden and Norway. Translated into English as The land of the Lappa, Stockholm 1961, by I. Broström and H. Bergesen. DLC. 82481. RÖNNING, O. I. Phytogeographical problems in Svalbard. (In: Å. and D. Löve, ed. North American biota ... 1963, p. 99-107, maps.) 14 refs. Of some 160 species known from the area, about 120 are found in northern Scandinavia, the rest have a pronounced high-arctic distribution, extending west to East Greenland and east to Novaya Zemlya. Several endemic forms and three isolated species are discussed in detail. The historicalgeological aspects of the present distribution over the area, are discussed. DLC. ROESCH, W. C., see No. 81904. 82482. RÖTHLISBERGER, H. Ultrasonic measurements of deformation around a rectangular ice tunnel. (In: Kingery, W. D., Ice and snow ... 1963. p. 187-211, sections, graphs, tables, illus.) 8 refs. Preliminary report on small-scale use of the ultrasonic method to measure deformations around the research room, 67 x 10.8 x 4.5 m. high, in the TUTO tunnel system near Thule, Greenland. Instrumentation is described; the ultrasonic pulses were produced and transit time was measured by a commercial unit, the soniscope. Two types of transducers were developed and connected by coaxial cable to the soniscope. Data processing consisted of finding the cell positions, then the vector of motion for each cell; results from 1959 and 1960 data showed variable accuracy, those of May

918

1961 greater accuracy: the error of the velocity vectors estimated at approx. 1 cm./yr. The flow pattern is mainly the superposition of a shear motion and a more or less radial motion toward the room. The shear motion is caused by the glacier flow, the asymmetric radial motion by the walls being pushed into their bases. DLC. RÖTHLISBERGER, H., see also No. 81228. 82483. ROGACHEVA, E. V. Chislennost' i razmeshchenie ptif nizhnego Elogufå, prieniselskafa taiga. (Ornitologifå 1962, no. 5, p. 118-34, tables.) 3 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Number and distribution of birds on the lower Yeloguy, Yenisey taiga. Reports on field observations during the second half of July 1958, about 150 km. from this river mouth. The landscape: taiga, open swamps and the river valley, are described. The number of birds recorded during marches over the different sections and variants of these landscapes is recorded, and their approx. number per area, estimated and tabulated. Both in quantity and composition, the studied avifauna shows a predominantly northerntaiga character. DLC. 82484. ROGERS, E. S. Notes on lodge plans in the Lake Indicator area of southcentral Quebec. (Arctic 1963. v. 16, no. 4, p. 219-27, maps, illus.) 16 refs. Reports on Cree Indian lodges as observed in an area northeast of Lake Mistassini in 1953. Remains of an earth-covered conical lodge, four house pits, and a log cabin are described, also an occupied cabin. The dwellings span a 50-75 yr. period; their locations in relation to the lake, floor excavation, etc. indicate they were used during the early winter. According to informants, the area was visited at approx. 10-yr. intervals, each site occupied once and only one at a time. Transition from earth-covered conical lodges to Europeanstyle cabins is noted, also distribution of the conical lodge in the Eastern Canadian Subarctic. DGS. 82485. ROGERS, G. W. The future of Alaska, economic consequences of statehood. Baltimore, Johns Hopkins Press 1962. 311 p. tables, graphs, illus. Refs. In sequence to No. 67784 as part of a longrange study. Describes the physical environment, natural resources, and three development patterns: traditional native subsistence, the colonial exploitation of gold, salmon, and

fur, and the recent military activity and construction. Economic and social conditions of the 1950's, stemming from the

intact animal and in isolated muscle with regard to exchange rate of Mg's were similar, the Q'o in each case being 1.7. Frog muscle

interaction and diminution of these patterns are reviewed; population, employment, income, and regional trends are detailed. Development of federal, territorial, and (from 1959) state administrative structures

showed a Qio of 1-8 for Mg28 - influx, and 1.2 for concurrent efflux. These data indicate that the rise in serum magnesium during hypothermia, is in part, due to inhibition of the normal, active transport of Mg. CaMAI.

and functions is traced; and mental attitudes towards statehood, including the belief that it would automatically ensure economic growth, are analyzed. Also considered, are the state's fiscal and other policies and programs during its first three years; economic expectations from military strategy, natural resources, tourism, and international trade; the special interest groups and lack of an articulated general public interest. The sequel to the present economy of consolidation, further diminution of military activities, employment and population, factors in a new development pattern, natural resources not fully known, markets uncertain, etc. and effects upon statehood are considered. By providing institutional flexibility statehood may benefit the new development, but government

services limited by the present economy, special interest groups, and stress on political structure rather than purpose may hinder it. Public goals and purposes in Alaska should be formulated from realistic appraisal of the physical and human resources and needs. DI. ROGERS, G. W., see also No. 83766. 82486. ROGERS, T. A., and others. The caloric cost and fluid and electrolyte balance in simulated subarctic survival situations. Fort Wainwright, Alaska 1963. 48 p. tables, graphs, illus. (U.S. Arctic Aeromedical Lab. TDR-63-16.) 22 refs. Other authors: J. A. Setliff and J. C. Klopping. Study of physiological impact of arctic stress and starvation. Results indicate an increase of caloric expenditure of 2,300 kcal/M2/24 hrs., as expected, but also severe dehydration accompanied by a loss of electrolytes, primarily sodium. This isotonic dehydration causes the severe malaise and apathy typical of starvation in the cold. The integrating Motor Pneumotachograph and its use in measuring caloric expenditure are also described. CaMAI. 82487. ROGERS, T. A. Temperature effects on magnesium metabolism in vivo and in vitro. Fort Wainwright, Alaska 1963. 24 p. tables, illus. (U.S. Arctic Aeromedical Lab. TDR-62-41.) 14 refs. Low temperature (20° C.) effects in the

ROGERS, W. S., see No. 81335. 82488. ROGINSKAfA, I. S. Golozhabernye molliuski Belogo morf. ralona Belomorskol biologicheskol stanisii MGU. (Moskva. Univ. Belomorskafå biologicheskafa stan fsifä. Trudy 1962. v. 1, p. 88-108, illus.) 17 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Nudibranch molluscs of the White Sea area of the Moscow State University White

Sea Biological Station. Account of investigation carried on during summers of 1955-1958 in the shallows (5-20 m.) of the Velikaya Selma Strait area. Fourteen species are recorded or described with notes on habitat, depthand geographic-distribution, food, etc. A DLC. key for these forms is appended. 82489. ROGINSKAIA, I. S. Kladki golo-

zhabernykh mollflskov Belogo mori . (Moskva. Univ. Belomorskafa biologicheskaß. stanfsifa. Trudy 1962. v. 1, p. 201-214, illus.) 5 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The egg masses of nudibranch molluscs of the White Sea. Laboratory study of 12 species conducted in June-Sept. of 1955-1958. Period of oviposition, morphology of egg deposits

and eggs, egg development, number of ovipositions and of eggs in each cluster, water temperatures, etc. are considered. An identification key of egg masses is DLC. appended. ROGNON, M., see Nos. 81031, 81032, 81033. 82490. ROGOV, V. Nivkh znachit chelovek. (Kul'tura i zhizn' 1963. v. 7, no. 9, p. 23-24, port.) In Russian. Title tr.: Nivkh means man.

Sketch of the young Gilyak poet, Vladimir Sangi and his work, based in part on Gilyak folklore.

DLC.

82491. ROGOZOV, 1Ü. G. Novye dannye o rode Melanophyllum Gorsky. (Leningrad. N.-issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Trudy 1961, no. 124, p. 33-35, illus.) Ref. In Russian. Title tr.: New data on Gorsky genus

Melanophyllum.

919

Reports new material found in Subpolar Ural allows a more detailed description of this Carboniferous coral, first described from Novaya Zemlya. Septum, vesicular tissue, tabula and other features of this coral are described. M. keyserlingophylloides is a typical species. Otogenesis of this DGS. coral is described. 82492. ROGUSZKA, D. D. An experiment in arctic housing. (Alaska sportsman 1963. v. 29, no. 10, p. 12-14, illus.) Describes a dwelling built in 1958 at Kotzebue by the Arctic Health Research Center of the U.S. Public Health Service. The three-room house occupied by Eskimos is 24' x 16', with corrugated aluminum siding and roofing, a plywood floor, styrofoam and glass wool insulation. It has a leveling device between the foundation piling and floor joists to permit adjustment to heaving from permafrost thawing. At a total cost of $3,252.43, it is the least expensive of five house types tested by the DLC. Center for northern use. 82493. ROHAN-CSERMAK, G. de. Sturgeon hooks of Eurasia. New York, WennerGren Foundation 1963. 155 p. maps, illus. (Viking Fund. Publications in anthropology no. 35.) Approx. 150 refs. Includes, p. 75-100, a morphological analysis of prehistoric to recent tackle used in northern Eurasia and Alaska: shapes, materials, structure, fishing technique, distribution, etc. The hooks, one-piece and composite, for use with bait and without (samolov-type), with and without floats, are described; they are from the Lapps, Samoyeds, Ostyaks, Voguls, Gilyaks, Amur region Tungus, and Alaskan Eskimos. DSI. ROINE, P., see No. 81240. 82494. ROITER, L., and I. EPSHTEIN. Promyshlennoe stroitel'stvo v Noril'ske. (Na stroikakh Rossii 1962, no. 10, p. 16-17, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: Industrial construction at Noril'sk. Describes metallurgical plant units, underground and open mines, concentration plant, building industry enterprises, a railroad, ports, central thermoelectric station, state farms, etc. Measures developed for overcoming construction difficulties under harsh climatic conditions, and irregular permafrost distribution are discussed. Orientation of buildings and roads with respect to wind, and road construction on embankment 1.5-2 m. high are suggested for preventing snow-drift hazard. Construction

920

on rock outcrops is recommended for metallurgical plants, power plants, and ore-mines because their by-products, water and heat, would affect the foundations built on permafrost substratum. Prefabricated panels are preferred to brick work in domesDLC. tic construction. 82495. ROIZIN, M. B. Vlifanie gibberellinovol kisloty na nitraginizirovannye bo(In: Polfarno-al'pitskil bovye rastenifå. botanicheskil sad. Voprosy ... 1962, p. 196-202, tables, graphs, illus.) 7 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The influence of gibberellic acid upon "nitrogenated" legumes. Reports on investigation of the effect of this acid upon nodule formation, growth, and development of these plants during the arctic summer. Spraying of vetch and clover with aqueous solutions of the acid lowered the effect of nitrogenization. It stimulated DLC. growth in length however. 82496. ROMANIKHIN, A. M. Vlifänie temperaturnogo faktorer na gazovufil sostavlfafüshchufll nekotorykh gornykh porod Kol'skogo poluostrova. (Voprosy geologii i mineralogii Kol'skogo poluostrova 1963, no. 4, p. 91-97, tables, illus.) 6 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Effects of the temperature factor on gas components in some rocks of Kola Peninsula. Reports quantitative determination of CO2, 112, CO, CHa, C2H6, C,H,, and C4H10 and other gas components in ijolites, gneisses, peridotites, etc. of Khibiny and Monche Tundras. The rocks were baked at 200-1,200° C. and the separation of gases at various temperature is reported. Both the gases naturally present prior to, and those formed during the baking are sepaDLC. rated from the rocks. 82497. ROMANIKKH, A. M. Sluchal blagoprifatnogo iskhoda poste dlitel'nogo pereokhlozhdeniiå. (Voenno-medifsinskil zhurnal 1962. no. 1, p. 71-72.) In Russian. Title tr.: A case of favorable outcome after extended hypothermia. Describes a case in a man, who, feeling tired, sat down to rest after midnight, at an environmental temperature of —30° C. and was discovered 4.5 hrs. later. Symptoms, axillary temperature (24° C.), first aid and DNLM. therapy are outlined. 82498. ROMANKEVICH, E. A. Chetvertichnye glubokovodnye otlozhenifå severo-zapadnol chasti Tikhogo okeana i ikh znacbenie dlfa paleogeografii. (Akademiiå nauk SSSR. Izvestifa 1963, ser. geog. no. 6, p. 35-49, tables, graphs, map.) 25 refs.

In Russian. Title tr.: Quaternary deepwater sediments in the northwestern part of the Pacific and their signifunce for paleogeography. Reports results of the lithologic and micropaleontologic study of five cores, taken in the Kuril-Kamchatka and Aleutian Trenches and elsewhere. Data are given on grain size, content of organic C, bitumen, CaCO,, SiO2am and composition of diatom algae. Stratigraphy of these sediments is analyzed and correlated with the Quaternary stratigraphy of Europe and United States. Climatic conditions changed several times during the Quaternary, and this is reflected in the terrigenous and biogenous sedimentation. DLC.

Akademii nauk SSSR, 1962. 107 p. tables, illus. (Dialektolo icheskie materialy po govoram evenkov lAkutskol ASSR, no. 1.) 20 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Outlines of the Tokkinskiy and Tommotskiy speech. Edited by G. V. Vasilevich. Contains two papers on local Evenki dialects, the senior author dealing (p. 8-49) with the Olekma District, and the junior (p. 50-104) with the Aldan, both based on field work in 1958. Phonetics, morphology, syntax, Yakut influence, etc. are analyzed and comparisons drawn with other Evenki dialects. DLC.

ROMANKEVICH, E. A., see also No. 77456.

82502. ROMANOVICH, I. Mys Zhelanifå, ostrov Dikson. (Khudozhestvennafä samode►åtel'nost', 1962. v. 5, no. 12, p. 27-29.) In Russian. Title tr.: Cape Zhelaniya, Dikson Island. Describes the icebreaker Leningrad's music and drama group, and a play it put on during a convoy trip to Dikson and Igarka. DLC.

ROMANOV, F. I., see No. 77581. ROMANOV, f17. A., see No. 80847. 82499. ROMANOV, N. N., and I. A. ROMANOVA. Opyt primenenifa vysokotochnol gravirazvedki pri izuchenii korennykh mestorozhdenil almazov v uslovifilkh razvitifii trappov. (Razvedocln►afä i promyslovaiä geofizika 1961, no. 42, p. 55-61, graphs, maps.) 3 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Use of high precision gravity prospecting in the study of primary diamond deposits in areas of trap distribution. Reports on a 1958 gravimetric survey of 0.1 mgl precision, complemented by magnetic survey. It disclosed a low intensity local anomaly and located a kimberlite pipe which broke through the Ordovician limestone, and was covered by sills of a varied thickness; its presence was confirmed by DLC. boreholes.

ROMANOVA, I. A., see No. 82499. ROMANOVA, V. I., see No. 77462.

ROMANOVICH, Z. S., see No. 80497.

82500. ROMANOV, P. Zhirnomolochnost' fakutskikh korov. (Sel'skokhoziålstvennoe proizvodstvo Sibiri i Dal'nego Vostoka 1963, no. 6, p. 50-52.) In Russian. Title tr.: Fat content of cows' milk in Yakutia. Average fat content in 1929-1951 ranged 4.62-5.06%, in northern areas of Yakutia 5.0-5.6% (Verkhoyansk District: 5.24-5.63, Sredne-Kolymsk District 5.45-5.68%). The rise in fat content with higher latitude is explained by increase in content of nitrous substances in the fodder. Work of the Yakut Institute of Agriculture to improve dairy cattle by crossing the Yakut with Kholmogory and other strains is noted. DLC.

82503. ROMANOVSKII, N. N. K voprosu o formakh razrushenifit beregov o. Bol'shogo Lf?akhovskogo. (Leningrad. Arkticheskil i antarkticheskil n.-i. inst. Trudy 1963. v. 224, p. 54-66, illus.) 4 refs. L► Russian. Title tr.: On forms of coast disintegration on Bol'shoy Lyakhovskiy Island. Geologic structure, lithologic composition, and the cryogenic texture and structure of rocks are the determining conditions in the development of various forms of coast. Four groups of rocks are distinguished: intrusive and metamorphic Mesozoic rocks, marine gravelly-shingle deposits, lacustrinealluvial and alluvial looms and sands, and thick alluvial-floodplain syngenetic ice veins. The abrasive action of the sea is exercised through three main agents, viz its waves, thermal effects of its water upon frozen rock, and dynamic effects of its floating ice. Interaction between these forces and the various kinds of rock is analyzed. Processes of abrasion are described. Action of erosion and thermokarst is characterized. Coastal disintegration and its forms, development of wave-cut niches, of terraces separating ice cliff from sea, etc. are summarized. DLC.

82501. ROMANOVA, A. V., and A. N. MYREEVA. Ocherki tokkinskogo i tornLeningrad, Izd-vo motskogo govorov.

82504. ROMANOVSKII, N. N. 0 novom metode sozdanifå merzlotnykh pofiisov dlfa bor'by s naledfirmi pri pomoshchi navesov.

921

(Merzlotnye issledovania 1963, no. 3, p. 127-30, illus.) Ref. In Russian. Title tr.: A new method of forming frozen belts to combat naleds, by means of sheds. Proposes building snowsheds above underground streams. Without snow cover the ground freezes to greater depth, the waterbearing layer is barred by a dike of frozen ground, and groundwater prevented from reaching building foundations, roadbeds, etc. and forming naleds there. In the summer season, the shed protects the dike from direct solar heat, keeps seasonal thawing shallow, so the dike freezes again at the beginning of the cold season, before naleds DGS. Ø form. ROMANOVSKII, N. N., see also Nos. 79875, 82171. ROMASHINA, M. S., see No. 80426. 82505. ROMBANDEEVA, E. I. Einige Sitten and Bräuche der Mansen, Vogulen, bei der Geburt der Kinder. (In: Di6szegi, V. ed. Glaubenswelt ... 1963, p. 85-92.) Ref. In German. Title tr.: Some Mansi Vogul mores and customs connected with childbirth. Discusses ancient tabus and ritual practices connected with menstruation, pregnancy, childbirth and stillbirth, the postnatal period, etc. The belief in transmigration of one or several souls from one or several deceased to the newborn is also considered. Vestiges of these traditions are noted as they were observed in 1956-1958 fieldwork in the Severnaya Sos'va and DLC. Lyapin River regions. 82506. ROMICK, G. J. Catalogue of Huet auroral spectra 1957-1959. College, Alaska, 1961. 8 1. graph, table, + 18 1. illus. (Alaska. Univ. Geophysical Inst. Geophysical research report UAG-R114.) Describes the prism dispersion (Huet) spectrograph operated since 1957 by the Geophysical Institute, the catalog format, and the activity index table which summarizes the data. The catalog covers the auroral observing seasons within the IGY and the IOC, Sept. 1957-Apr. 1959. DGS. 82507. ROMICK, G. J. Catalogue of Huet auroral spectra 1957-1963. College, Alaska 1963. 6 1. text, + tables, graph, 50 1. spectra. (Alaska. Univ. Geophysical Inst. Geophysical research report UAG-R142.) Contains the zenith auroral spectra recorded by the Huet (prises dispersion) spectrograph at College, Alaska, Sept. 1957-Apr. 1963, assembled into catalog form

922

with a table of daily activity index numbers (1-9) for each of six observing periods. Monthly averages of these index numbers are plotted for the entire period and compared with various indices of solar and geomagnetic activity. An anomalous increase in the fall of 1962 is noted in the otherwise perfect correlation of the auroral activity with the decline in the sunspot cycle. DGS. 82508. ROMIG, J. H. Medical practice in (Alaska western Alaska around 1900. medicine 1962. v. 4, no. 4, p. 85-87, illus.) Notes on the size of the white population prior to 1896: approx. 300, the shamans, the first hospital in western Alaska, first patient at the Bethel Mission, hard ways in getting to patients, etc. Government health services are outlined and comparisons drawn between the earlier and present-day conditions. DLC. 82509. ROMM, R. D. Tri ftkutskie pesni. Moskva, Gos. muzykaI'noe izd-vo 1951. 14 p. In Russian. Title tr.: Three Yakut songs. Original compositions, musical score and lyrics (in Russian translation) arranged for DLC. voice and piano. 82510. RONAYNE, M. Review of Canada's fisheries in 1962. (Canadian fisherman 1963. v. 50, no. 6, p. 50-53, +.) Summarizes activities in Atlantic, Pacific, and inland waters, with pertinent statistics. Landings from Great Slave and adjacent lakes in Mackenzie District totalled 1.77 million lbs. during winter 1961-62 and 3.9 million in summer 1962. Resurgence of the Labrador floater cod-fishery, with 31 vessels DI. participating is noted. 82511. RONDIERE, P. D6mesur6e et fabuleuse Sib6rie. Paris, Hachette 1962. 298 p. maps. In French. Title tr.: Enormous and fabulous Siberia. Describes the area for tourists and armchair travelers, stressing its pioneering aspects, including the far North and Far East: past and present exploration, geologic survey, economic and industrial development, problems of settlement and urban DLC. construction, etc. 82512. RONDIERE, P. Zigzags en Sib6rie. (Connaissance du monde 1961. n. ser. no. 28, p. 49-59; no. 29, p. 51-63, illus.) In French. Title tr.: Zigzag trip through Siberia. Photo-reportage on a Tu-104 flight from Moscow to Novosibirsk and AkademgoroDLC. dok, amenities of town life, etc,

82513. RONEUS, 0., and M. NORDKVIST. Cerebrospinal and muscular nematodiasis (Elaphostrongylus rangiferi) in Swedish reindeer. (Lappväsendet. Renforskningen. Meddelande 1963. no. 7, 25 p. table, illus.) 30 refs. German and Swedish summary. Reprinted from: Acta veterinaria scandinavica 1962. v. 3, no. 3, p. 201-225. Contains autopsy findings (1961) from twenty reindeer, mostly 8-12 months old, with symptoms of ataxia, posterior paresis or general weakness, and inanition at death. Elaphostrongylus rangiferi larvae and eggs were found. This nematode caused meningitis associated with degenerative changes in the spinal nerve roots. Inflammatory and degenerative changes were also observed in the proximal portions of the sciatic nerves. This form of cerebrospinal nematodiasis is common among Swedish reindeer. SPRI. RONEUS, 0., see also No. 81682. 82514. RONGE, H. Special disease problems in northern Sweden. 4 p. (In: WHO Conference on medicine .. . 1962.) 7 refs. Notes rickets (among Lapp children) and nephropatia epidemics, a rare disease; zoonoses among wild animals, reindeer, and CaONA. dogs. 82515. RONIS, U. Roditeli-obshchestvenniki v shkolakh Magadana. (Sem'a i shkola, 1963. v. 18, no. 12, p. 41.) In Russian. Title tr.: Civic-minded parents in the schools of Magadan. Describes the progressive work of parentteacher associations in this provincial capital, also several outlying settlements: educational and political training conferences, remedial instruction, extra-curricular activities, etc. DLC. RONKINA, Z. Z., see No. 82641. 82516. RONKONEN, N. I. Bolotnye meliorativnye fondy ralonov rasprostranenia ozernykh i flavioghå£sial'nykh otlozhenil b. Rugozerskogo ralona. (Akademifa nauk SSSR. Karel'skil filial. Trudy 1959, no. 15, p. 73-83, tables,. illus.) 7 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Marshes suitable for melioration in an area of lacustrine and fluvio-glacial deposits in the former Hugozero District. Describes several extensive marshes in northern Karelia, the Tiksha, Minnoye, Ondozerskoye, of 556, 510, and 167 hectares respectively. Data are tabulated on their geomorphology, hydrology, soil and vegetation, and stratigraphic cross-sections, etc.

given. Their drainage and development for agricultural purposes is said to be feasible. DLC. 82517. RONNE, F. Spitsbergen-arctic outpost. (Explorers journal 1963. v. 41, no. 2, p. 20-25, illus.) Recounts experiences during a summer 1962 trip to Svalbard; describes landscape, Norwegian settlements of Ny-Ålesund and Longyearbyen, Russian hospitality at Barentsburg, etc. DGS. 82518. BOOTH, A. B. The raven and the carcass; an investigation of a motif in the deluge myth in Europe, Asia, and North America. Helsinki, Suomalainen Tiedeakatemia 1962. 268 p. tables, illus. (Folklore fellows. Communications no. 186.) Over 300 refs. Comparative study of the carrion-eating raven motif in the Earth-diver creation myths of North American Indians and in the bird-release stories of Eurasian flood tales. This motif is of Near-Eastern probably Sumerian, origin. It was carried by the Graeco-Roman and Judaeo-Christian traditions to Europe and the Orient. Christian missionaries brought it to the American Indians who adapted and incorporated it into their indigenous mythology. The spread of the Earth-diver and the ravenand-carcass myths in North America, including northern Canada, is mapped. DSI. ROOTS, E. F., see Nos. 78738, 79310. 82519. ROSANDER, G. Hjortfänge i lappmarken. (Skytteanska samfundet. Handlingar 1963, no. 2, p. 113-34, maps, illus.) 34 refs. In Swedish. English summary. Title tr.: Deer hunting in the lappmarks. Describes the hunting and occurrence of red deer in north Sweden in former times. An arc-shaped trap system consisting of 12 pits, investigated in 1961 in Jokkmokk parish was used for deer hunting until about 1860 according to local report. Other pittraps also are found in the neighborhood and in other parts of Lapland. Deer do not occur normally in north Sweden and they probably strayed thither from Norway where they were known to 68°N. in the early 18th century. DLC. 82520. ROSANDER, G. Säsongarbetsvandringar i bure Norrland. (Skytteanska samfundet. Handlingar 1963, no. 2, p. 87112, map, illus.) 32 refs. In Swedish. English summary. Title tr.: Seasonal-work migration in upper Norrland.

923

Seasonal work reached its peak in north Sweden during 1890-1920, later than the rest of the country. It has been adversely affected by transition to permanent employment, migration to employment centers, increased population in sparsely settled lumbering regions, and by the extension of communications. Formerly the majority of seasonal workers came from the more densely populated coastal districts, particularly so in Norrbotten. Seasonal employment was indispensable for small tenant farmers and those without property or land. Seasonal work was mainly in forestry, the timber industry, fisheries, mining and hydroDLC. electric power projects.

82523. ROSEN, H. v. Zur I 150. Geographically the prognosis has the highest accuracy for middle and high latitudes in the Northern Hemisphere and its accuracy decreases with the growth of solar activity. DLC. 84198. VOLOZHANINA, P. P. Fuzulinidy verkhnego karbona Timano-PechorskoT oblasti. (Voprosy mikropaleontologii 1962. no. 6, p. 116-46, tables, plates.) 35 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Upper Carboniferous fusulinids in the Tinian-Pechora region. Discusses the boundary between Carboniferous and Permian deposits and the stratigraphy of the Upper Carboniferous. The Tastuba horizon is considered the most suitable demarcation between the two systems. Upper Carboniferous is divided into two stages. Systematic account is given of Upper Carboniferous foraminifers of fam. Fusulinidae and Schwagerinidae. About 35 species are described, most of DLC. them new. VOLYNET-S, N. P., see No. 82121. 84199. VOLYNE'f, 0. N., and others. Ob evolfütsii tretichnogo magmatizma Sredinnogo khrebta Kamchatki. (Geologiß i geofizika 1963, no. 5, p. 103-107, tables, map.) In Russian. Other authors: G. B. Flerov, D. I. Frikh-Khar, and N. L. Shilin. Title tr.: The evolution of Tertiary magmatism in the Sredinnyy Range of Kamchatka. Distinguishes two stages of magmatism: Upper Cretaceous-Paleogene and pre-middle Miocene. Each stage is described noting deposited rocks, their occurrence, petrographic properties, chemical composition and ore manifestation. Geologic map of the Kirganik region is presented and interpreted. Dikes of the diorite massif are DLC. analyzed. 84200. VOOUS, B. IL Summering arctic and subarctic waders in the Caribbean Islands of Curacao and Bonaire. (Condor 1963. v. 65, no. 3, p. 244.) Reports the presence, during June 18July 12, 1961, of small numbers of such birds in this tropical region. They are considered birds which probably had remained in their wintering area. Eleven species are listed. Numbers seen, observaDLC. tions of plumage, etc. are noted. 84201. VOPROSY IKIITIOLOGIL Itogi i perspektivy akklimatizal ii ryb i bespozvonnochnykh v vodoemakh SSSR. (Its:

1195

v. 3, no. 2 (27), 1963. p. 209-221, tables.) In Russian. Title tr.: Results and prospects of acclimatization of fishes and invertebrates in Soviet waters. Presents a broad survey including general data. The material value of acclimatization, its early phases abroad and in Russia, etc. are reviewed, then successive sections deal with: the current work in the USSR, theoretical basis of acclimatization, and prospects in this field in the sea and in fresh waters. Future work, and research are outlined. Activities in the Barents Sea are DLC. included. 84202. VOROB'EV, I. V. Staaionarnye mekhanizmy dlfa obrezki such'ev. (Lesnafa promyshlennost' 1963. v. 41, no. 2, p. 5-8, tables, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: Stationary devices for cutting oft branches. Describes five types of limber, the apparatus for stripping felled timber of limbs and branches, one of them the SevNIIP, developed by the Northern Industrial Research Institute in Arkhangelsk. Basic data are given on their capacity, efficiency, etc. as established by tests. DLC. 84203. VOROB'EV, K. A. Ptifsy 1Äkutii. Moskva, Izd-vo Akademii nauk SSSR 1963. 336 p. tables, maps, illus. Approx. 270 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The birds of Yakutia. Comprehensive monograph based on seven years' study and extensive travels as well as museum work. Summary of earlier studies in the area introduces the systematic account of some 250 species, stating for each, its occurrence, habitat and geographic distribution, nesting areas and periods, migrations, eggs and reproduction, care of the young, food, economic value, etc. A precis is given of the physiography of Yakutia, followed (p. 256-80) by a general review of the avifauna and its zoogeographic aspects extensively illus. with drawings in color and numerous maps. Final sections of the study are: lists of local birds, presented in taxonomic order, with notes on nesting, frequency, etc.; dates of spring arrival of birds; Yakut names; and 63 charts of distribution of some 200 species. DLC. 84204. VOROB'EV, K. A. Rezul'taty ornitologicheskikh issledovanil khrebta Cherskogo. (Ornitologifa 1959. v. 2, p. 115-21, illus.) 5 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Results of ornithological investigations in the Cherskogo Mts. Reports summer 1958 work in this hard-ofaccess and little explored mountain range of Yakutia. Route, vegetation, general charao1196

ter of the avifauna and its zonation are outlined. Of more than 60 nesting forms observed, 16 are dealt with in detail, including dates and locations of observation (s), nests and nesting, eggs, food, etc. DLC. 84205. VOROB'EV, K. A. Zoo eograutii. ficheskie osobennosti ornitofauny (Ornitologifå 1963. no. 6, p. 49-57.) In Russian. Title tr.: Zoogeographic features of the Yakut avifauna. General discussion based on recent field work of author and others. Some 250 species are known in the area, 232 of them nesting and seven doubtful. Birds common in the tundra, taiga and mountains are discussed. Taxonomic classification of Yakut birds is given, as are geographic and regional classiDLC. fications. 84206. VOROB'EV, V. V. Izmenenitä v razmeshchenii naselenifå Vostochnol Sibiri za 1939-1959 gg. (In: Akademifa nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie ... Geografii 1962, p. 7-20, tables.) 3 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Changes of population distribution in Eastern Siberia in 1939-1959. Presents demographic data for all parts of the area including northern Krasnoyarsk Province and Yakutia. Growth of population from 3.6 million in 1926 to 5.2 million in 1939, to 7 million in 1959 is noted. The considerable influx from other parts of the USSR, the high natural increase and urbanization of rural population are features peculiar to E. Siberia. Development of new towns, including Noril'sk with 109,000 inhabitants, Mirnyy, Ust'-Kut and 140 new settlements set up after the World War II are noted. Breakdowns are given by national origin: Russians over 80%, Buryats 248,000, Yakuts 232,000, etc., and by occupation. DLC.

.. .

84207. VOROB'EV, V. V. 0 nauchno-issledovatel'skikh rabotakh po geografii Sibiri i Dal'nego Vostoka. (Sibirskil geograficheskil sbornik 1962. no. 1, p. 231-38.) In Russian. Title tr.: On research work in the geography of Siberia and the Far East. Reviews the published and planned investigations of various institutions in Krasnoyarsk Province, Yakut ASSR, and Magadan Province among the areas. Physical-, economic-, and biographic work, climatic, geomorphic, and other studies are reported noting the sponsoring institutions. DLC. 84208. VOROB'EV, V. V., and others. Vtoroe nauchnoe soveshchanie geografov Sibiri i Dal'nego Vostoka. (Geograficheskoe

o-vo SSSR. Izvestifa 1963. v. 95, no. 2, p. 195-200. In Russian. Other authors: B. V. Vershinskil, T. P. Mikhallov, and A. P. Title tr.: Second scientific Shvedov. conference of geographers of Siberia and Far East. Reviews the conference of Sept. 5-13, 1962 in Vladivostok, with 400 participants and 160 papers presented. Cartography of nature and agriculture, population, bio-, economic-, and medical geography, were considered. Also reviewed by N. V. Fadeeva and B. S. Khorev in Akad. nauk SSSR. Izvestifii 1063, ser. geog. no. 1, p. 148-53. The third conference is to be in Western Siberia in 1965. DLC.

(Dal'stroT. Materialy po izuchenifd Kolymsko-Indigirakogo krafä. ser. 2, no. 12.) 39 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Upper Jurassic fauna of the upper Kolyma region. Presents systematic description of the pelecypod, brachiopod, and worm fauna collected in various regions of the upper Kolyma basin. Some forty species are identified, of which 25 are new or substantially different from known forms. Upper Jurassic fauna are divided into Callovian, Callovian-Oxfordian and Oxfordian stages. New forms are described in greater detail. DLC.

84209. VOROB'EVA, E. I. 0 kisteperykh rybakh roda Porolepis iz devona SSSR. (Paleontologicheskil zhurnal 1963, no. 2, p. 83-92, illus.) 17 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: On crossopterygian fishes of Porolepis genus from the Devonian of the USSR. Presents systematic description of two new species found in the Kureyka and Tareya basins of Taymyr Peninsula: P. kureikensis and P. taimyrica, the genus having been identified by Kade in 1858. Diagnosis, correlation, geologic and geographic distribution and other features are DLC. given.

84213. VORONEfS, N. S. Nakhodka furskoT fauny v Okhotsko-Kolymskom krae. (Dal'strol. Materialy po izuchenif l Okhotsko-Kolymskogo krafs 1937. ser. 1, no. 5, p. 44-50, illus.) 11 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Find of a Jurassic fauna of the Okhotsk-Kolyma region. Describes Upper Lies fauna of the Ola River which drains into Okhotsk Sea just east of Magadan; they consist almost exclusively of Inoceramus remains. Pholadomya cingulata Agassiz, I. ussuriensis Voronetz, I. ussuriensis Voronetz, var. nov., I. sp. indet., and I. cf. vetustus Sowerby are described DLC. and illus.

84210. VOROBIEVSKII, M. Industrial'nomu stroitel'stvu, vysokie tempy. (Na strolkakh Rossii 1962. v. 3, no. 4, p. 16-18, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: Industrialization of construction at high tempo. Summarizes progress in the building industry of Krasnoyarsk Kray during 1961: increased production of prefabricated reinforced concrete (11.8%), common cement, sand and gravel, etc.; advances in mechanization: use of bulldozers, excavators, tower cranes, etc. Greater use and production of prefabricated materials is stressed, and several plants briefly described. DLC. 84211. VOROBIEVSKII, M. Novoe, progressivnoe, v promyshlennoe stroitel'stvo. (Na strolkakh Rossii 1961. no. 2, p. 3-6, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: New progressive, industrial construction. Describes the 5.25 billion ruble development planned for Krasnoyarskiy Kray in 1959-1965. The projected industrial, utilities and domestic construction is outlined, and the organizational phase discussed. DLC.

84212. VORONE'S, N. S. Fauna verkhneuilrskikh otlozhenil Verkhnekolymskogo kraIä. Leningrad, Gonti 1938. 32 p. illus.

84214. VORONKEVICH, S. D., and others. Osnovnye polozhenifå inzhenerno-geologicheskogo ralonirovanifa territorii Krasnofirska. (Moskva. Univ. Geologicheskil fakul'tet. Voprosy inzhenernol geologii i gruntovedenifa 1963, p. 41-48, tables, map.) 4 refs. In Russian. Other authors: A. S. Gerasimova and S. N. Maksimov. Title tr.: Main aspects of the engineeringgeology zoning of the Krasnoyarsk area. Reports the 1960-1961 geologic and engineering-geology studies made in and around the town of Krasnoyarsk to determine the best sites for urban construction and provide data for planning. Areas for industrial and state buildings are graded into four categories, as completely suitable, satisfactory, conditionally suitable, and not at all so. Each category is characterized, noting the geomorphic and lithologic characteristics, ground-water depth, present physical and geologic processes, and other DLC. features. 84215. VORONKIN, M. S. Esselskie filkuty. (Akademi1 . nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Øutskil filial. Nauchnye soobshchenifä 1961. no. 6, p. 3-8.) 23 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The Yessey Yakuts. Discusses the history and present-day

1197

conditions of a Yakut colony of 555, descendants of 18th century migrants to Lake Yessey in northern Evenki National District, Krasnoyarsk Province. They compose the Put' Lenina, the only Yakut collective in this district. Reindeer herding and wild reindeer hunting, fur hunting, and fishing are the basis of their economy. Fur farming was introduced in 1958, and recently stock breeding and dairy farming which seem to be successful. Social and cultural facilities are noted at Yessey, the main farm settlement, which also has weather and radio stations, communication bureau, veterinary center, hospital, boarding school, stores, etc. Regular air service connects the district center Tura with Noril'sk. DLC. 84216. VORONOV, P. S., and I. G. KLUSHIN. 0 probleme aselsmichnosti Antarktidy i Grenlandii. (Problemy Arktiki i Antarktiki 1963, no. 12, p. 5-13, tables, graphs, maps.) 25 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Aseismicity of the antarctic continent and Greenland. Notes seven seismic stations active in the Antarctic and Subantarctic during the IGY, and many earthquake epicenters recorded in the Subantarctic, but none on the antarctic continent. Similarly, none was recorded on Greenland, but many in adjacent areas. As both the antarctic continent and Greenland are covered by thick ice, explanation of their seismicity is to be sought in the physical, mechanical and thermic features peculiar to ice as compared with rock. DLC. 84217. VORONOV, P. S. 0 rotatsionnykh tangenLial'nykh napriiizhenitiikh litosfery Zemli; na primere morfostrukturnykh zakonomernostel Arktiki i Antarktiki. (Leningrad. N: issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Informatsionnyl sbornik 1962. no. 28, p. 5-16, maps, diagrs.) 20 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: On rotational tangential stresses in the Earth's lithosphere; as exemplified by the morphostructural laws of the Arctic and Antarctic. The entire crust of the earth is covered by a net of fractures of rotational genesis which greatly affects the tectonic structure and relief of the planet. Tangential stresses and distribution of land and sea between 700 lat. and the pole in Arctic and Antarctic are examined and symmetric sections of macrorelief are distinguished and described. The regmatic shear pattern common to the entire outer crust of the earth is especially evident in the Arctic and Antarctic, where it is manifested by the large wrench faults. DGS. 1198

84218. VORONOV, P. S., and E. N. ERLIKH. 0 sdvigovykh deforma£sifiikh v severo-vostochnol chasti Sibirskol platfonny. (Leningrad. N: issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Informa£sionnyl sbornik 1962. no. 28, p. 17-28, map, diagrs.) 11 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: On shift deformations in the northeastern part of the Siberian platform. Reports field studies in the AnabarOlenek interfluve. Various types of shift deformation discovered in this part of the Siberian platform are characterized. "Embryonal" wrench faults detected are interpreted. Diatremes and other types of kimberlite bodies possibly may be connected with them. The role of tangential stress is DGS. examined. 84219. VORONOV, P. S., and others. 0 vozmozhnom vliiånii rotaisionnykh sil zemli na morfostruktury Arktiki. i Antarktiki. (Problemy Arktiki i Antarktiki. Sbornik statel 1962. no. 10, p. 17-26, maps.) 22 refs. In Russian. Other authors: a. IA. Gakkel' and A. D. Sytinskil. Title tr.: On the possible influence of the earth's rotational forces on the morphological structure of the Arctic and Antarctic. Notes three kinds of change in the rate of the earth's rotation: secular decrease, irregular fluctuations, and seasonal, periodical fluctuations with max. in August and min. March. Each change of speed releases a certain amount of energy in the earth's crust, e.g. the seasonal changes: 1.17 X 1027 ergs/yr. Study of the effects of these forces on morphological structure of earth's surface is termed astrogeology. Three kinds of deformation of a rotating body centered at the poles of rotation are cited as radial disruptions, concentric disruptions, and the vertical movements of blocks, formed by disruptions; the first two are illus. in the system of faults around the North Pole. DLC. 84220. VORONOV, P. S. 0 zavisimosti morfostrukturnogo plana Arktiki i Antarktiki ot rotaf ionnykh sil Zemli. (Geograficheskoe o-vo SSSR. Geograficheskil sbornik 1962. no. 15, astrogeologifå, p. 138-50, charts.) 22 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Dependence of morpho-structural design of the Arctic and Antarctic upon rotation forces of the earth. Reviews ruptures and faults of meridional and latitudinal orientation in the two regions. Arrangement of relief and geologic structure of the Arctic Basin and adjacent areas is characterized. The system of radial and concentric faults around North and

South Poles is considered caused by tectonic stress in the stable mantle of the planet. Speed and irregularity of the earth's rotation are discussed. Two geocratic and two thalassocratic sectors are recognized in the Arctic and described. Rotation of the earth is stressed as affecting structural arrangement in the mantle. Further studies are considered necessary. DLC. 84221. VORONOV, P. S. Stratigrafifii, litologifa i perspektivy neftenosnosti idgovostochnogo poberezh'1. Khatangskogo zaliva. Leningrad, Gostoptekhizdat 1961. 204 p. tables, maps, graphs, illus. (Leningrad. N.-issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Trudy, no. 116.) 52 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Stratigraphy, lithology and oil prospects of the southeast coast of Khatanga Bay. Gives a detailed monographic account of the structural-stratigraphic well (201-11) bored in the Syndasko Bay (73°15' N. 108°15' E.) region to 2700 m. depth, searching for oil in Permian deposits. The material obtained was thoroughly studied by many scientists who are listed. Microfauna and macrofauna, spore-pollen, mineralogic, chemical, X-ray, luminiscence and other types of analyses are reported. The lithologic-stratigraphic, geochemical, and geophysical characteristics of the Paleozoic and Mesozoic deposits are outlined in detail from 3300 samples examined in some twenty kinds of investigation. All factors relating to oil accumulation are reviewed. Reservoir rocks and other conditions are favorable, but the oil manifestations found are quantitatively insignificant. The causes are discussed and recommendations for further DLC. studies are summarized. 84222. VORONßSOV, N. N. Ekologicheskie i nekotorye morfologicheskie osobennosti ryzhikh polevok, Clethrionomys Tilesius, evropelskogo severo-vostoka. (Akademifå nauk SSSR. Zoologicheskil inst. Trudy 1961. no. 29, p. 101-136, tables, graphs, illus.) 58 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Ecological and some morphological characteristics of red-backed voles, Clethrionornas Tilesius, of the European Northeast. Reviews earlier studies and outlines distribution of the biota, food of the three species of this genus, its seasonal and geographic variations, diet of the young, runways and vertical mobility, reproduction, including geographic differences in fertility. The section on morphology (p. 123 ff.) deals with the chewing apparatus and the digestive system, and the locomotor organs including the tail (length) and the auditory apparatus. The emphasis in this section is on interspecific differences. DLC.

84223. VORREN, Ø. Akkj'ia, nok en pulk. (Ottar 1962. no. 31, 1962, no. 1, p. 26-28, illus.) In Norwegian. Title tr.: Akkj'ia, another sleigh. Describes the horse-drawn sleigh used by the Norwegian farming population in northern Rana district till the turn of the century. It is an adaptation of the Lappish pulk, though larger and stronger. DI. 84224. VORREN, Ø. Finnmarksamenes nomadisme. Oslo, Universitetsforlaget 1962. 2 v.: 14, 263 p. tables, 50 maps, illus. (Tromsø. Museum. Skrifter v. 9, no. 1 & 2.) In Norwegian. Map legends also in English. Title tr.: The nomadism of Finnmark Lapps. Presents in v. 1, 48 topographic and an index map showing migration routes, areas of occupation, dwelling places, campsites, corrals, fenced or restricted areas, etc. of the reindeer Lapps of the northernmost province of Norway, in 1953-1957. The area concerned is approx. 68°30'-71°30' N. 21°30'-31° E. excluding the Sør-Varanger region treated earlier in No. 27184. Vol. 2 outlines its geology, topography, administration and reindeer husbandry. Four geologic regions are characterized: the sandstone peneplain; the irregular alternating hard and softer bedrock complex of the hyolithus zone, the low mountain plateau with smallscale dissection in the basement rock region, and the irregular mountainous landscape of the mixed metamorphic and crystalline complex. Two main river systems, Tana and Kautokeino, drain the area. Pastures are limited by terrain, settlements, and reserves, and administered under a 1933 inclusive law. Summer pasturage is divided into 41 locally administered districts, 31 in Finnmark and 10 in Troms, 20 for Norwegian and 21 for Swedish reindeer; Finnish herds and freshwater fishing requirements are arranged for. The various owners' herds go to the same pastures every year. 89,500 adult reindeer were in the area in 1958, about half winter in the Kautokeino district, and 12% of these belong to settled Lapps whose reindeer husbandry is one of two occupations. Over a quarter of the 89,500 winter in Karasjok and the remainder on Polmak and Varanger district pastures. Average family ownership figures are given for the four winter districts; a family of five with herding the sole livelihood require about 200 head to maintain minimum existence. Dissolution of traditional forms is evident in reindeer nomadism, with change from intensive to extensive herding, and from barter to price. The intensive form was characterized by self-sufficiency of the owners, size of herd

1199

determined by rational use of its products, i.e. fewer reindeer and constant family care; the herd was thus strongly controlled and most activities had standard forms. In this century the reindeer owner has become more dependent on commercial supplies, therefore on sales. As living standards change, a greater number of animals is desirable, family dwelling places tend to be farther from the pasturage areas, and the entire family labor capacity is not utilized for herding. Thus extensive reindeer husbandry is characterized by larger herds and less DLC. control. 84225. VORREN, 0., and E. M. MANKER. Lapp life and customs. London, Oxford Univ. Press 1962. 183 p. map, illus. 38 refs. Translation of No. 69149, with omission of some illus. material and all bibliographic references, except those to English language publications. DLC. 84226. VORREN, Ø. Pulk. (Ottar 1962. no. 31, 1962, no. 1, p. 22-26, illus.) In Norwegian. Title tr.: Lapp sleighs. Describes various types used by the Lapps in north Norway throughout the ages. The sleighs are usually built like a boat with keel and ribs or are made of hollowed-out tree trunks. Various theories of their development are discussed. According to one, they originated in the tree-trunk type when the people dwelt in forests; another has the prototype of reindeer hides sewn together and pulled by the hunter to transport game, its shape was later improved, and wood used, the sleigh still sewn, until, when reindeer-drawn, it had to be reinforced with DI. nails. 84227. VORREN, Ø. Savio. (Ottar 1963, no. 1 (35), p. 24-27, illus.) In Norwegian. Sketches the life and work of the Lapp artist John Andreas Savio, 1902-1938, who studied in Oslo but is identified mostly with north Norway; he specialized in woodcuts, some of which are in Nasjonalgalleriet in Oslo. DLC. 84228. VOSKOBOINIKOV, M. G. Ivan Istomin pevefs amnia i ego novaiå kniga. (Baikal 1963. v. 9, no. 5, p. 148-49.) In Russian. Title tr.: Ivan Istomin, the bard of Yamal, and his recent book. Biographical sketch of this Nenets Samoyed writer of Zyryan origin and review of his short stories depicting current life of Yamal Peninsula aborigines. The stories, translated into Russian by Istomin, were pub. in 1962 under the title Shchastlioald sud'ba (Happy fate). DLC.

1200

84229. VOSKOBOINIKOV, M. G. Nekotorye dannye po etnografii evenkov Burfatii. (Etnograficheskil sbornik, Ulan-Ude, 1961. no. 2, p. 29-12.) 24 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Some ethnographic data on the Evenki of Buryat ASSR. Study of Tungus splinter-groups in the Baunt, Barguzin, and north Baykal regions; though living among Buryats, they have preserved their linguistic and ethnic entity. Their past and present mode of life and surviving religious traditions, bear cult, childbirth rituals, mortuary and hunting rites are described. Social, cultural, and educational progress since the 1930's is noted, folklore and current trends in literature discussed. The kolkhoz economy is sketched with selected statistics for the 1950's: fur hunting, fishing, and transportreindeer raising are main sources of income; recently introduced cattle breeding, field husbandry, and truck farming show promising results. DLC. VOSKOBOINIKOV, M. G., see also No. 77800. 84230. VOSKOBOINIKOV, V. I. K istorii proiskhozhdeniiå geograficheskikh nazvanil na Kamchatke. (Vses. geograficheskoe o-vo. Izvestifi, Jan.-Feb. 1962. v. 94, no. 1, p. 55-61, map.) 9 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Historical origin of geographical names in Kamchatka. Etymological study of aboriginal and Russian toponymics and their geographical distribution: predominantly Koryak in the Koryak National District, but Chukchi in the northernmost section; Lamut in the Bystrinskiy National District of central Kamchatka, Kamchadal in the south and southeast., Ainu in the southwestern tip, and Russian along the coasts, the Yelizovo District and the Kamchatka valley. The meaning of aboriginal geographic names, preserving ancient economic, cultural and mythological factors, their Russificntion and corruption since contact times, new descriptive and commemorative names given by Russian explorers and colonizers, Pomor names coined by settlers from the White Sea region, and recent Soviet nomenclature are discussed. Several interpretations of the word Kamchatka are presented. DLC. VOSKRESENSKAIA, N. A., see No. 83548. 84231. VOSKRESENSKII, A. I. fAdra kondensatsii i kontsentrai-snå oblachnykh kapel' v oblakakh Arktiki. (Leningrad. Arkticheskil i antarkticheskil n.-issl. inst. Trudy 1962. v. 239, p. 64-74, tables,

graphs.) 14 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Condensation nuclei and concentration of cloud droplets in clouds of the Arctic. Analyzes the data obtained by the flying observatory in Aug.-Sept. of 1950 and 1960 over the Laptev Sea and adjacent region of the Central Arctic. Concentration of the atmospheric nuclei-of-condensation in the arctic air layer 10-3,000 m. high was found to be 100 nuclei/cm.3 on the average. This number of nuclei increases toward lower latitudes in the layer from the earth's surface upwards, reaching a maximum at 500 m., and at 1,500 m. and above remaining practically constant for the arctic and lower latitudes. The number of nuclei under the inversion layer is always greater than over it, for both the arctic and lower latitudes. Droplet concentration in stratus clouds is 30/cm.3, and stratocumulus clouds DLC. 23/cm.3 on the average. 84232. VOSKR.ESENSKII, A. I. Vodnost' oblakov Arktiki. (Leningrad. Arkticheskil i antarkticheskil n: issl. inst. Trudy 1962. v. 239, p. 11-38, tables, graphs.) 30 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Liquid water content of clouds. Analyzes data collected in the Arctic during summer-fall seasons of 1953-1959 within the temperature range +10 to —10°. 2,137 measurements of liquid water content (l.w.c.) are given by year and by cloud type. Average and maximum values of l.w.c. are given for stratus and stratocumulus clouds in the East Siberian, Barents, Kam, and Laptev Seas, and the Central Arctic. The recurrence of 1.w.c. values for stratus, strato-, alto-, and nimbo-cumulus, fractostratus, and fractonimbus clouds is tabulated. Stratocumulus have always a greater l.w.c. value than stratus clouds (0.10-0.19 gm./m.3 and 0.07-0.11 gm./m. 3 Altitude distribution of respectively). l.w.c. for different cloud types, and the relationship of l.w.c. to temperature of cloud are discussed. No correlation exists between cloud temperature and l.w.c. The Arctic may be considered a specific region of low l.w.c. of clouds, with microregional DLC. variations. VOSKRESENSKII, A. I., see also Nos. 77777, 80212. 84233. VOSKRESENSKII. S. S. Drevnil vulkanizm i erozionnye proisessy na SredneSibirskom ploskogor'e. (Moskva. Univ. Geograficheskil fakul'tet. Voprosy erozii i stoka 1962, p. 133-44, tables.) 8 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Old volcanism and erosion processes on the Middle Siberian highland.

Reviews magmatic activity on the Siberian platform which began in the lower Permian, expanded particularly in the Triassic, and manifested itself even in the Jurassic. The magmatic rocks, here called traps, consist mostly of plagioclase and monoclinic pyroxene. Influence of traps on formation of river valleys is outlined and exemplified in the Angara, Hove, and Modysheva. Trap influence on the forms of interfluves also is characterized and some data are given. The zonation of relief forms formed by old volcanism is briefly noted. DLC. 84234. VOSTOKOVA, V. A. Kamennougol'nye gastmpody Sette-Dabana. (Leningrad. N.-issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Uchenye zapiski 1963, no. 1, p. 79-111, tables, ilhus.) 19 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Carboniferous gastropods of Sette-Daban. Describes 25 forms collected 1956-1961 in various parts of the southern Verkhoyansk region; 15 forms are determined down to species including Mourlonia scalena n. ap., the others as far as genera. Their stratigraphic position is outlined. DLC. 84235. VOSTOKOVA, V. A. Kembrilskie gastropody SibirskoI platformy i Talmyra. (Leningrad. N.-issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Sbornik state! po paleontologii i biostratigrafii 1962. no. 28, p. 51-74, plate, tables.) 13 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Cambrian gastropods of the Siberian platform and Taymyr. Describes collections from the Olenek, Aldan, Anabar basins and Taymyr Peninsula. Of 18 forms described, 12 are determined to species, the others to genera. Five genera (Oelandiella, Anabarella, Aldanella, Philoxenella, and Pseudopollicina) are found to be new. Also five new species are identified. The stratigraphic distribution of these gastropods is analyzed. Most are in the Aldan stage Cambrian deposits. DLC. 84236. VOSTOKOVA, V. A. Ordovikskie i sil urilskie gastropody Sibirskol platformy. Moskva, Gosgeoltekhizdat 1962. 46 p. tables, plates. (Leningrad. Vses. n: issl. geologicheskil inst. Trudy, n. ser. v. 75, Biostratigrafiuä paleozofit sibirskol platformy; ordovik i silur, no. 4.) 23 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Ordovician and Silurian gastropods of the Siberian platform. Presents systematic description of 33 forms belonging to 24 genera and ten families. The collection was made in the Kotuy, Podkamennaya Tunguska, Vilyuy, Lena, and other river basins. Stratigraphie distribution of the gastropods is given; some Cambrian are included. DLC.

1201

84237. VOSTRUKHINA, T. M., and T. E. LADYSHKINA. Sporovo-pyl'Csevye spektry i diatomovafa flora ozerno-lednikovykh l zhnoI chasti Kol'skogo poluootlozhenil fl strova. (Akademifa nauk SSSR. Doklady 1962. v. 145, no. 5, p. 1107-1109, diagr.) 2 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Spore-pollen spectra and diatom flora of the glaciallacustrine deposits in the southern part of Kola Peninsula. Reports on the composition of samples from three sections of these deposits in the Strel'na valley, among the Keyvy hills. Birch predominates in the woody-shrub pollen, and Ephedra, Artentisia and CØ podiaceae in that of the herbaceous and grassy plants. The diatoms, mostly freshwater, are the cold-loving Melosira distans, Tetrecycles lacustris, and others. The stratigraphic position of these, late glacial depoDLC. sits is discussed. 84238. VOTAKH, O. A., and V. M. CHAIKA. 0 ritmicheskol smene form stromatolitov v drevnem Turukhanskom komplekse. (Akadernifå nauk SSSR. Doklady 1962. v. 145, no. 1, p. 154-56, plate.) 25 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Rhythmic succession of stromatolite forms in the ancient Turukhan complex. Reports a 1960-1961 field study of the Precambrian Turukhan complex. Five morphologic groups of stromatolites are distinguished. Their vertical distribution and rhythmic change of form are described. DLC. 84239. VOTAKH, O. A., and A. N. DMITRIEV. Sootnoshenie dokembrilskikh svit Igarskogo i Turukhanskogo ralonov po dannym absohatnogo vozrasta. (Geologifa i geofizika 1963, no. 7, p. 82-83, table.) 5 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Correlation of the Precambrian series of the Igarka and Turukhansk regions according to absolute age data. Reports absolute age of Precambrian sedimentary and igneous rocks of these regions according to the argon method: Igarka rocks on the average 675 m.y. and Turukhansk 584 m.y. Their tectonic conditions during Precambrian time are considered to have been in transition between platform and geosynclinal. DLC. 84240. VOTßA.KOV, I. N. Fiziko-mekhanicheskie svolstva mnogoletnemerzlykh gruntov Tlientral'noI fAkutii. Moskva 1961. 62 p. graphs, map, illus. (Akademifå nauk SSSR. Inst. merzlotovedenifä.) 29 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Physical and mechanical properties of permafrost in central Yakutia.

1202

Presents brief information on its territorial distribution and (in general) its moisture, weight by volume, and porosity. Properties of permafrost, as studied for ten years in the Lena-Amga interfiuve and the middleLena River region, are outlined, as are the results of theoretical and experimental work. The strength of permafrost of various composition and physical properties is determined. Its consolidation and settling after thaw are treated in some detail. An empirical formula is derived for the value of its loaddependent subsidence according to its various composition and temperature in central Yakutia. DLC. 84241. VOTIAKOV, I. N. Laboratornye issledovanifa sil smerzanifå gruntov s betonom. (Akademifii, nauk SSSR. Inst. merzlotovedeniiå. Severo-Vostochnoe otd-ie. Trudy 1958. no. 1, p. 29-34, tables, graph, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: Laboratory investigations of frost adhesion forces between ground and concrete. Reports results of experiments at Yakutsk in 1954, to determine the adhesion strength of frozen ground to the side surface of concrete foundation piles. The method used in the experiment with frozen sand and loam of different granulometric composition, moisture (%), and temperature of the sample described. This ground sample with a model concrete pile frozen into it was kept under gradually increasing load (up to 15 days) till the pile began to slide through the frozen ground. Under the long-time pressure, the adhesion force between sand and concrete increased from 1.8 to 8-8.5 kg./cm.2 when temperature was lowered from —0.8° to —6° C., and for loam there was increase from 1.2 to 3.5 kg./cm.a when temperature was lowered from —0.6° to —4.5° C. DLC. VOTIAKOV, I. N., see also No. 84174. VOTINOV, M. V., see No. 81865. VOVKI, A. S., see No. 78950. 84242. VOWINCKEL, E. Ice transport between Greenland and Spitsbergen, and its causes. Montreal 1963. v, 23 p. graphs, tables. (McGill Univ. Arctic Meteorology Research Group. Pub. in meteorology no. 59.) 19 refs. In sequence to No. 76444, and seventh in a series of reports on the heat balance of the Arctic. Gives details on ice transport in the Greenland Sea; re-examines earlier estimates of ice export from the Arctic Ocean, and calculates the wind-caused ice drift for each

month, at 80° N. and 65° N. Ice export by current was determined by subtracting wind-caused export from the total amount transported southward from 80° N. The wind export is about one-half of the current export and one-third of the total ice export. Total found for the year (950,000-1,000,000 km.') is about 5% below Gordienko and Karelin's estimate (cf. No. 68742) of 1,036; 000 km.', based on independent calculations, and for a different observational period. Variations in annual ice export were calculated; mean deviation of the wind-caused ice export at 80° N. amounts to 16% of the average value, same for the current export: 15.6%. Current and wind components seem equally unstable, thus the transported water masses probably fluctuate proportionally, and the overall heat gain for the Arctic Ocean may fluctuate with a mean deviation of 4.7%. If water import (Atlantic inflow) fluctuates similarly, the mean deviation of the overall heat gain might increase to 10% of the total value. Short-term fluctuations of 15-20% in the heat gain from ice and DOS. currents are likely. 84243. VOWINCKEL, E., and S. ORVIG. Long wave radiation and total radiation balance at the surface in the Arctic. Montreal 1963. 52 p. maps, graphs, tables. (McGill Univ. Arctic Meteorology Research Group. Pub. in meteorology no. 62.) 22 refs. Eighth in the heat-balance series noted supra. Short wave radiation was calculated for the Arctic in No. 76442; the long wave components are obtained (by the application of radiation laws to the known state of the atmosphere) then all components combined to obtain the radiation balance. Long wave radiation emitted from, and received at the ground was determined; values are tabulated in an appendix. Three distinct types of radiation regime are distinguished: Norwegian Sea, continental, and pack ice types. These are discussed in turn, and the radiation balance for the Arctic is presented in sections along 65° N., 0.° E. and 120° E. as well as in 12 monthly maps. Finally, estimates are obtained of the non-radiative transfer values; both the conduction below the surface and the turbulence above are much smaller than the radiation comDWB. ponents. VOWINCKEL, E., see also No. 77086. 84244. VOZIN, V. F., and V. K. LEZHOEV. 0 stratigraficheskol priurochennosti nekotorykh vidov plastinchatozhabemykh norilskogo firusa v basselne r.

Adychi. (Akademifit nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Ukutskil filial. Nauchnye soobshchenifa 1959. no. 2, p. 24-28, diagr.) 10 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: On the stratigraphic importance of some Norian stage pelecypods species in the Adycha River basin. Reports the collection and study of some Triassic pelecypods during 1946-1957: Claraia zabaikalica, Kipar., Monotis yakulice, Tell., M. aff. ocholika (keys) and others. Their distribution in Norian and Carnian stages is analyzed and correlated. Their phylogeny is also discussed. DLC. 84245. VOZIN, V. F. Stratigrafifd mezozoTskikh otlozhenil basselna r. any. Moskva, Izd-vo Akademii nauk SSSR 1962. 120 p. tables, cross-sections, maps, illus. (Akademifä nauk SSSR. Akutskil filial. Trudy, ser. geol., sbornik no. 15.) 77 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Stratigraphy of Mesozoic deposits of the Yana River basin. Outlines the stratigraphy of the Triassic and Jurassic deposits from own studies since 1956 and from literature data. The Yana basin in the Verkhoyansk folded zone, is divided into three geostructural elements: western Verkhoyansk anticlinorium, Yana synclinorium, and Tas-Khayakhtakh horstsynclinorium. Lower, Middle, and Upper Triassic deposits are described, noting their paleontologic characteristics. Stratigraphy of the Jurassic is not yet so well worked out. These deposits are described in four regions. Development history of the area in the Mesozoic period is summarized. Prevailing paleogeographic conditions during the sedimentation period are interpreted. DLC. 84246. VOZIN, V. F. Stratigrafifa triasovykh otlozhenil okrestnostel Bezymfannogo intruziva na Derbeke-Nel'gelchinskom mezhdurech'e. (In: Mezhvedomstvennoe soveshchanie ... Trudy 1959, p. 205-208.) In Russian. Title tr.: Stratigraphy of Triassic deposits of the Bezymyannyy intrusive area in the Derbeke-Nel'gekhe interfiuve. Describes these deposits divided into Aniziyskiy, Ladinskiy, Carnian and Norian stages. Thickness, lithologic properties and faunal characteristics of each stage are reported. ICRL. VOZZHINSKAIÄ, V. B., see No. 84678. 84247. VRANGEL', F. P. Obitateli sfevero-zapadnykh beregov Ameriki. (Syn otechestva 1839. v. 7, pt. 3, p. 51-82.) In Russian. Title tr.: Inhabitants of the Northwest coast of America. Original Russian text of part (p. 96-136)

1203

of chapt. 4 of No. 19003 on the aborigines of the Yukon Delta-Yakutat Bay region, including Kodiak and Aleutian Islands. Numbers and distribution of Indians and Eskimos, are noted; their mode of life, fishing, hunting, trade, etc. are described. Religious beliefs, mythology and mortuary customs, medical lore, social structure, kinship grouping, position of women, etc. are dealt with. Sample vocabularies (some 40 words) are given and the etymology of tribal DLC. names discussed. 84248. VROMAN, H. E., and J. R. C. BROWN. Effect of temperature on the activity of succinic dehydrogenase from the livers of rats and frogs. (Journal of cellular and comparative physiology 1963. v. 61, no. 2, p. 129-31, illus.) 10 refs. Reports on assays of this enzyme, from rats and cold-adapted frogs, performed at 7° to 37° C. Arrhenius plots of the reaction rates are presented. The energy of activation for the enzyme is calculated and found to be about three times larger in the rat. DLC. 84249. VRONSKII, B. I. 0 nakhodke zheleznogo meteorite El'ga. (Meteoritika 1962. no. 22, p. 47-50, map, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: The find of the El'ga iron meteorite. Describes the site, circumstances of find, depth (20 m.) and other features of this meteorite discovered Aug. 28, 1959 in the Razvedchik mine in the basin of the El'ga (El'gi), left tributary to the upper Indigirka, Yakut ASSR. Form, color and texture of this 28.8 kg. meteorite is described. The Iocality, site and time of fall are discussed from own observations in the winter of 1961. Another meteorite found in 1950 in DLC. the Indigirka mine is noted also. 84250. VRONSKII, B. I. Po taezhnym tropam; zapiski geologa. Magadan, Magadanskoe knizhnoe izd-vo 1960. 127 p. illus. In Russian. Title tr.: Taiga tracks; a geologist's notebook. Vivid account of the hardships of poorly equipped and badly supplied geological survey parties in the upper Kolyma wilderness in the early 1930's. Author worked there as geologist for Dal'strol and he describes the discovery in 1935 of rich coal deposits on the Arkagala and gold on the Myaundzha, both tributaries to the Kolyma. An autobiographical sketch is appended. DLC. 84251. VSEKHSVfATSKII, S. K. Nekotorye osobennosti strukturnykh form polfarnykh sand po nablfüdenifdm v bukhte

1204

Tiksi. (Kiyev. Univ. Sbornik rabot po mezhdunarodnomu geofizicheskomu godu 1961. no. 1, p. 52-57, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: Some specific features of the structural forms of auroras according to observations at Tiksi Bay. Describes and discusses the development and succession of auroral forms at the Tiksi polar station Oct. 1947-1960, in connection with the IGY. A pair of S-180 all-sky cameras were used, one at Tiksi, the other 40 km. east on Mostakh Island, for determination of auroral heights. SP-48 and SP-49 spectrographs were used to photograph spectral regions from 3000 to 7000 Å. From 200 spectrograms obtained, the structure of arc and ray elements, doublets in ray systems, the "swept" auroral sky areas, and the velocity of changes in various forms of ray coronas of auroras; DLC. were studied. VSEKHSVfATSKII, S. K., see also No. 79605. 84252. VSESOIUZNOE NAUCHNOE METEOROLOGICHESKOE SOVESHCHANIE, 1961. Trudy v. 1, obshchie svedenifa reshenifa i plenarnye doklady. Pod Leningrad, redakf iel M. I. Budyke. Gimiz 1962. 187 p., table, graphs, maps. Refs. Text in Russian. Title, etc., tr.: All-Union Meteorological Research Conference, 1961. Transactions v. 1., general information, resolutions and plenary proceedings. M. I. Budyko, editor. Presents the first of a planned series of nine volumes of papers from this conference held in Leningrad, June 21-29, 1961 to commemorate the 40th anniversary of the Meteorological Survey. It had sessions on dynamic and synoptic meteorology, climatology, physics of the free atmosphere, actinometry and atmospheric optics, physics of the near surface layer, agricultural meteorology, and instruments and methods. Vol. 1 covers the plenary session, conference, conclusions, etc., and lists the 277 organizations represented. It includes a paper on results of meteorological investigations in the Arctic and Antarctic by I. M. Dolgin and others, No. 71064. DLC. 84253. VSESOf IZNOE PALEONTOLOGICHESKOE OBSHCHESTVO. Sorok let sovetskol paleontologii 1917-1957, Trudy IV sessii Vsesofüznogo palentontologicheskogo obshchestva. Moskva, Gosgeoltekhizdat 1961. 211 p. Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Forty years of Soviet paleontology 1917-1957, proceedings of the 4th session of All-Union Paleontological Society.

Reports the Jan. 24-29, 1958 meeting in Leningrad, with 21 of the 42 papers presented. They deal with general problems and various regions; a few are of northern interest: Uspekhi paleontologicheskikh issledovanil v Zapadnol Sibiri za 40 let (Achievements of 40 years paleontological investigations in Western Siberia), p. 109-115, by V. A. Khakhlov, who reviews the paleobotanical and paleozoological work, spore-pollen analyses, study of stromatolites, etc. during 1917-1957 in the Tungusskiy basin, Noril'sk region, Yenisey basin, etc.; individual scientists are noted, also type of studies conducted. Nekotorye rezul'taty paleontologicheskikh rabot Ural'skogo geologicheskogo upravlenifå Ministerstva geologii i okhrany neck SSSR (Some results of paleontologic investigations of the Ural Geologic Administration of Ministry of Geology and Conservation of Mineral Resources), p. 142-46, by T.V. Pronina, who summarizes the work started by this agency 15 years ago and now carried on by specialists; investigation of Paleozoic microfauna, Silurian and Devonian corals and brachiopods, Mesozoic and Cenozoic microfauna and microflora are reviewed; northern parts of the Ural are included. Also papers by R. KH. LIPMAN (on radiolarians) and V. M. ZAVODOVSKIT (on the Omolon massif), q.q.v. DLC. 84254. VSESOIUZNYI AEROGEOLOGICHESKII TREST. Materialy po regional'nol geologii; Sibirskafå platforma i ee Moskva, fdgo-vostochnoe obramlenie. 158 p. maps, Gosgeoltekhizdat 1962. cross-sections, illus. (Its: Trudy no. 8.) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Materials on regional geology, the Siberian platform and its southeastern framework. Presents a collection of 29 papers, based on the Vilyuy, Evenki, Aldan and other expeditions. They deal with the geology of the northeastern part of the Siberian platform, the Vilyuy depression, Tungusskiy syneclise, Aldan shield and Stanovoy Mts. Application of aerial methods to geologic mapping and prospecting is also discussed. Nineteen of the papers have arctic material and are abstracted in this Bibliography under their authors' names, viz (titles tr.): LEONOV, B. N. Main features of the geology in the northeast of the Siberian platform. GOGINA, N. I., and others. New data on the character of the boundary between

Middle and Upper Cambrian deposits in the northeast of the Siberian platform. MINAEVA, I) t . I., and R. A. BIDZHIEV. On middle Paleozoic crust weathering in northeast of the Siberian platform. BELOZEROV, V. P., and G. N. SADOVNIKOV. Stratigraphy of the Korvunchana series in the lower Nizhnyaya Tunguska River basin. BIDZHIEV, R. A., and ft. I. MINAEVA. Sources of dispersal in the formation period of Jurassic deposits in the north of Verkhoyansk foredeep and the adjacent area of the Vilyuy syneclise. GARKUSHA, S. A. On the find of Tertiary diatoms in the Khan'ya, Tyung and Tyungkeen River basins. GALABALA, R. 0. Origin and age of the Eyk deposits. GARKUSHA, S. A. Paleoecologic analysis of the diatom flora of the Eyk deposits. BOBRINSKII, N. N. On the eolianalluvial deposits in the lower Lena basin. KUTEINIKOV, E. S., and L. M. NATAPOV. Tectonic structure of the northeastern extremity of the Siberian platform. GALABALA, R. 0. On the tectonics of the Verkhoyansk foredeep. BITERMAN, I. M., and E. R. GORSHKOVA. On plicated dislocations in the Jurassic deposits on the eastern margin of the Siberian platform. KUTEINIKOV, E. S., and L. M. NATAPOV. Clastic dikes in deposits of the Sinian complex on the Olenek River. LEONOV, B. N., and B. I. PROKOPCHUK. On the age of kimberlites in the northeast of the Siberian platform. LEONOV, B. N. Attempt at using aerial methods for geologic investigations in the eastern part of the Siberian platform. KUTEINIKOV, E. S., and L. M. NATAPOV. Interpretation of fractures on black-and-white air photographs, as exemplified from the northeastern margin of Paleozoic field of the Siberian platform. IZRAILEV, L. M., and B. N. LEONOV. Method of structural interpretation of air photographs and results of their field checking. NIKANOROV, N. G. Possibilities of air-photo interpretation in kimberlite pipe prospecting. ORLIANKIN, V. N. Air-photo interpretation in study of placer deposits. DOS. 84255. VTfURIN, B. I. K istorii drevnego oledenenula i razvitifå mnogoletnemerzlykh porod v doline reki Kanchalan. (Anadyr'. Chukotskil kraevedcheskil muzel. Zapiski

1205

1961. no. 2, p. 62-65, map.) In Russian. Title tr.: On the history of old glaciation and development of permafrost in KanchaIan River valley. Reports a 1959 study of the area and presents map of glacial and aqueous-glacial deposits of the last glaciation. These and alluvial deposits, distribution of moraines, petrographic composition of deposits, and other features are characterized. Permafrost began to develop after the retreat of glaciers and can be dated as Middle-Upper DLC (microfilm). Pleistocene time. 84256. VTffRIN, B. I., and SH. SH. GASANOV. K istorii formirovanifa mnogoletnemerzlykh porod Nizhne-Anadyrskol nizmennosti. (Akademifä nauk SSSR. Inst. merzlotovedenifa. Trudy 1962. v. 18, p. 72-84, table, illus.) 11 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: On the history of permafrost development in the lower Anadyr lowland. Reports geocryologic investigations of 1959-1960, analyzing the history of the Quaternary deposits and outlining permafrost development. A new stratigraphic scheme is presented including the Lower, Middle, Upper and Present Quaternary. Each stage and horizon is characterized, noting the Ethology of the deposits, climate, fauna, flora, and the geocryologic processes. DLC. 84257. VTfi)RIN, B. I. I Iaterialy issledovanifa in"ekfsionnykh l'dov. (In: Akademifä nauk SSSR. Inst. merzlotovedenifå. Mnogoletnemerzlye gornye ... 1963, p. 12343, profiles, illus.) 18 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Material from injected ice investigations. Reviews this phenomenon as studied in the Yakutsk and Ust'-Yansk areas, Chukotka, and elsewhere. It has wide distribution and an important role in permafrost structure. It occurs not only in frost mound as ice nucleus, but also in form of large sheet deposits. Its formation is connected with deep epigenetic freezing of large areas of the earth's crust. Structural features of injected ice are analyzed such as grain size of ice, admixtures, etc. Further studies are needed to explain its formation mechanism. DLC. 84258. VTIÜRIN, B. I., and SH. SH. GASANOV. Merzlotno-fa('sial'nyl metod i ego znachenie. (Akademifa nauk SSSR. Inst. merzlotovedenifå. Trudy 1962. v. 18, p. 103-107.) 7 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The cryogenic-facies method and its importance. Discusses the method initiated by E. M.

1206

Katasonov and used in permafrost studies by analyzing cryogenic texture and relationship of ice and mineral particles. This method is based on the assumption that each lithologic variety of frozen rock is characterized by its own cryogenic texture. The method is considered important but it should not be overestimated, and the classification of cryogenic texture is open DLC. to criticism. 84259. VTIÜRIN, B. I. Osobennosti kriogennogo stroenifa rykhlykh otlozhenil v basselne r. Tumary. (Akademißs nauk SSSR. Inst. merzlotovedenia. Trudy 1961. v. 17, p. 34-38, illus.) 3 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Features of the cryogenic structure of unconsolidated deposits in the Tumara River basin. Describes cross-section of the deluvial, aqueo-glacial, morainic alluvial, and other unconsolidated deposits in the valley of this tributary to the Aldan. The presence in them of syngenetic ice veins, lenses of buried ice, mammal bones, vegetation remains, etc. is noted. Postglacial history of this part of the western Verkhoyansk region is interpreted and formation of deposits, permafrost, relief forms, ice inclusions are characterized. DLC. VTfDRIN, B. I., see also No. 82970. 84260. VTfüRINA, E. A. Osnovnye zakonomernosti formirovanifå kriogennol tekstury porod sezonnoprotaivafushchego slofä i kriotekaturnyl metod opredelenifa ego moshchnosti. (In: Akademifa nauk SSSR. Inst. merzlotovedenifä. Mnogoletnemerzlye gornye ... 1963, p. 8-30, table, graphs, illus.) 10 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Main patterns of the formation of the cryogenic texture of rock of the seasonally thawing layer and the cryotextural method for determination of its thickness. Criticizes A. M. Pchelin ev's (No. 74690) so-called textural method for determining thickness of the seasonal thawing layer, and terms it cryotextural method. Own studies of 1960-1961 in Chukotka are reported and interpreted. Formation of cryogenic texture is described in detail. Freezing takes place in two directions from above and from beneath the layer. Temperature of frozen ground and other conditions are discussed under which the cryotextural method is applicable. In peat deposits, this method can be applied only in rare cases. DLC. 84261. VT$URINA, E. A. Struktura segregaisionnogo l'da v merzlykh porodakh v ralone poselka Anadyr'. (In: Akademifa

nauk SSSR. Inst. merzlotovedeniiä. Mnogoletnemerzlye gornye ... 1963, p. 144-54, table, illus.) 2 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Structure of segregated ice in frozen rocks in the region of Anadyr settlement. Reports a microscopic study of the structure and texture of such ice in the Volch'ya basin of Chukotka. Its crystal form, size and orientation of optical axes are analyzed. Its texture is described. The cryogenic texture of the rocks is found to differ from the structure of segregated ice in various horizons of the seasonally thawing layer. In the permafrost stratum, its structure was also studied somewhat, DLC. and is characterized. 84262. VTOROV, P. P. Osennil prolet ptiis na Okhotskom poberezh'e. (Ornitologitä 1063. no. 6, p. 321-24, tables.) In Russian. Title tr.: Autumn flights of birds on the Okhotsk coast. Reports on observations made in the summer and fall of 1961, in the Ayan area. Birds of freshwater shallows and meadows as well as coastal birds are tabulated according to numbers per area, total noted, DLC. etc. VTOROV, P. P., see also No. 80448. VVEDENSKAIÄ, A. V., see No. 79399. 84263. VYSHEMIRSKII, V. S. Geologicheskd vozrost r. Leny. (Saratov. Univ. Uchenye zapiski 1960. v. 74, p. 277-79.) 4 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Geologic age of the Lena River. Notes that the Lena was in existence throughout the Quaternary period but is younger than Lower Cretaceous. Investigations made between Yakutsk and Zhigansk and the mouth areas of the Aldan, Vilyuy, and Amga, indicate the Lena to be Upper Cretaceous in age. Lithologie study of Upper Cretaceous deposits, structure and terraces of the valley, and geologic history of the region support the Upper Cretaceous DLC. age of the river. 84264. VYSHEMIRSKII, V. S. Geomorfologicheskie priznaki tektonicheskikh struktur vS`entral'nol IÄkutii. (Saratov. Univ. Ucheny zapiski 1959. v. 65, p. 175-88.) 7 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Geomorphic signs of tectonic structures in central Yakutia. Reports aerial geologic mapping of 19501955 at 1:1 million scale in the Lena, Vilyuy, Aldan basins. When such geomorphic features as distribution and height of denuda-

tion and accumulation plains, river valleys, river basin asymmetry, etc. are analyzed, they reveal Tertiary and Quaternary tectonic movements and structures. Tectonic structures of the first, second and third order are recognized and briefly characterDLC. ized. VYSOTF$KAf1, T. A., see No. 81896. 84265. VYVYAN, C. C. (ROGERS), LADY. Arctic adventure. London, P. Owen 1961. 172 p. plates, map. Recounts the journey of two English ladies to western Canada and Alaska during summer 1926. They traveled by steamer down the Mackenzie to Aklavik, and by canoe up the Rat River to the Continental Divide, thence down the Bell and Porcupine Rivers to Fort Yukon, Alaska. They went down the Yukon River by steamer and via the Inside Passage, to Seattle. Observations and impressions are given of the countryside (especially along the 6tØmi. canoe route), DLC. the settlements, and the people. VZNUZDAEV, N. A., see No. 79894. 84266. W., J. H. Danskt jätteföretag på haven, Det Forenede Dampskibs-Sclskab Aktieselskab. (Jorden runt 1961. v. 33, no. 1, p. 57-59, map, illus.) In Swedish. Title tr.: A giant Danish undertaking at sea, Det Forenede Dampskibs-Selskab Aktieselskab. Summarizes the fleet and work of this century-old shipping company, which has 67 or more vessels, including those in regular service to West Greenland ports. DLC. W. B. SAUNDERS & CO., Washington, D. C., see No. 83766. 84267. WAAGSTEIN, P. A doctor in the Arctic Circle. (Ciba symposium 1962. v. 10, no. 4, p. 187-94, illus.) Describes voyage from Denmark to Jakobshavn, West Greenland, and impressions of the town: the hospital and its equipment, area of activity, transportation, etc. Fishing and sealing of the local population, landscape and seasons; doctor's outdoor work in summer and winter are also DNLM. described. WADA, J., see No. 82636. WADDINGTON, C. J., see Nos. 77492, 79196. WADE, H..1 , see No. 83859.

1207

84268. WADE, M. D. Flood potential (In: Alaskan from glacier held lakes. Science Conference ... 1962. Proceedings pub. 1963, p. 70-76.) Describes two types of trapped lakes in Alaska and considers flood danger from each. Lake George annually overtops Knik Glacier, but the occurrence is predictable, hence damage can be kept to a minimum. Summit Lake in Southeast Alaska normally escapes in an unnatural direction away from Salmon Glacier and is not considered dangerous. In Dec. 1961 however, it tunnelled through the glacier and within three days emptied into the Salmon River. Only a heavy snow cover prevented serious damage to the nearby town of Hyder. CaMAI. 84269. WADSWORTH, J. P. R. Financing northern development. (Western miner and oil review 1963. v. 36, no. 5, p. 26-30, illus.) Paper presented at the Northern Development Conference, Whitehorse 1963. Discusses types and sources of capital available for mining, oil and gas developments in Canada north of 60° N. Financing during the exploration and development stages is usually from risk capital, with bank credit extended after the project comes into operation. Bank financing of oil and gas developments may be more liberal however, as credit can be extended against proven hydrocarbon reserves. DGS. 84270. WÄRE, M., and T. NIEMIOJA. Household water supplies in northern Finland. 4 p. tables. (In: WHO Conference on medicine... 1962.) Gives an introductory sketch of the area, population and water resources of Lapland, and reports a study of household water supplies. Kinds of supply, nature and condition of wells and chemical analysis of CaONA. water are presented. 84271. WÄRE, M., and T. NIEMIOJA. Research needs in sanitation in northern Finland. 4 p. (In: WHO Conference on medicine ... 1962.) 2 refs. Authors visualize hydroelectric and industrial development of this area with concomitant problems of water and air pollution, water supply for industrial settlements, waste disposal, housing, heating, etc. Research in these fields is necessary and it CaONA. is outlined. 84272. WAGER, W. Camp Century, city under the ice. (Philadelphia, Chilton 1962. viii, 143 p. illus.

1208

Popular account of this military-scientific project in the Greenland Inland Ice, roughly 100 mi. from the Thule-Tuto area, hence the name. Essentially a scientific research base, it was built by the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers in 1959--1960 and is powered by a nuclear power plant. Historical background, problems of planning, construction, maintenance, etc. are presented and exemplified from experiences of personnel. Their daily routine is described also that of the skeleton maintenance crew on Sunday duty. Final chapter summarizes the lessons learned and problems still unsolved. DGS. WAGNER, F. J. E., see No. 78094. 84273. WAGNER, G., and others. Die Vogelinseln von Röst, Lofoten; Bericht über die ornithologische Berner Expedition im Sommer 1956. (Naturforschende Gesellschaft in Bern. Mitteilungen 1957. n. ser. v. 15, p. 59-92, map, graphs, illus.) 16 refs. In German. Title tr.: The bird islands of Røst, Lofoten; report on the Bern Ornithological Expedition of the summer of 1956. Other authors: B. Tschanz and K. Kling. Presents in some detail observations made by the three-man party in this small group of islands (67°30' N. 12° E.), about 30 km, southwest of the main Lofoten. Ecology and nesting habits were studied in 45 species, including 15 song birds, 3 falcons, 11 plovers, etc., and 16 sea-birds; murres and auks, kittiwakes and puffins were present in tens and hundreds of thousands respectively. Collections were made for the Natural History Museum in Bern. Banding results are given; nine recoveries were made 110 km. ESE - 640 km. SSW, Nov. 1956—Mar. 1957. Main observations of the starling Sturnus v. vulgaris indicate a small number present nesting on the houses, daily activity of adults from 2 or 3 a.m. till midnight at the start of the nesting period, and till 6 p.m. at its close. Feeding maximum is on the 15th day of the nesting period. Development of the young from birth to flight takes 21-22 days, as in central Europe. Observations on the murres (Uria aalge) show the adaptability of the young and non-recognition of own young by the adults. DGS. 84274. WAHLBERG, E. Birkarlar och birkarlasläkter i Tornedalen. (Tornedalica 1962. v. 1, p. 78-104.) In Swedish. Title tr.: Bircarls and bircarl families in Tomedalen. Traces the history of the so-called bircarls, traders and tax collectors, in north Sweden.

They first appear in records of 1328, their rights were confirmed in 1358 and in 1498. North of Urne lappmark their power was almost absolute; the Lapps by law paid tax to them; further south however, taxes were paid direct to the crown, and after 1554 the bircarls merely collected for the crown, but they retained trading rights until 1621. There were fifty on the first list of bircarls, 1553. Those in the various villages during the 16-early 17th century are noted with SPRI. details on their property. 84275. WAHLBERG, E. Finska och lapska ortnamn. (Nordkalotten 1962. v. 2, p. 12, +, illus.) In Swedish. Title tr.: Finnish and Lappish place-names. Lists 25 Finnish and Lappish words which are elements of toponyms in northernmost Scandinavia, with their Norwegian or CaMAI. Swedish equivalents. 84276. WAHLBERG, E. Finska ortnamn i norra Sverige, förberedande studier med introduktion till utforskningen av ortnamnen i Tome älvdal med angränsande oØåden. Luleå 1963. 282 p. (Tornedalica, v. 2). About 260 refs. In Swedish. English summary. Title tr.: Finnish place-names in north Sweden, preliminary studies and introduction to the investigation of the place names in the Tome River valley and adjacent regions. Outlines development of the sounds in Finnish dialects in this area and formation of place names. Toponyms reflect earlier ways of life and types of occupation; names of persons and farms incorporated into toponyms throw light on old laws of possession and rights of use. Names of settlements generally are based on personal names, mostly Finnish names of Christian saints. Simple suffixes were used to create new stem variants, to indicate locality, or to indicate origin or membership of a family, a special group or organization. Prior Lapp habitation is evident in the Finnish-speaking region and toponyms of Lapp origin occur. In the Swedish-speaking areas, some place names suggest earlier DLC. Finnish-speaking settlement. 84277. WAHLBERG, E. Tornedalska familje- och släktnamn. (Norrbotten 1962. p. 109-120, illus.) 7 refs. In Swedish. Title tr.: Family names in Tornedalen. Reports on origins and formation of Finnish family names in northern Sweden along the Finnish boundary, approx. 65°45'69° N. Such names were usually those of the farm, the latter often the primary name. Some farm names date from the Middle

Ages, others are less than a hundred years old, and the formation of new names from natural phenomena was still in progress at the end of the 19th century. The more common nature terms and suffixes which form part of the family names are listed, as are plant, animal, and Christian names from which family names SPRI. have been derived. WAHLBERG, E., see also No. 79754. 84278. WAHLSTEDT, J. Fågelnytt fan Norrbottens län 1955-61. (Fauna och flora 1962, no. 1-2, p. 47-58.) 11 refs. In Title tr.: Bird news from Swedish. Norrbottens 1ån 1955-61. Reports observations of 19 species in the mountain region and 11 in the coastal area of this northernmost Swedish county; mostly birds with a normally more southerly DA. distribution. WAKEMAN, J. S., see No. 77758. 84279. WALDEN, H. W. Eucotyle clangulae n. sp., a new digenetic trematode from the kidney of Clangula hyemalfs L. (Arkiv för zoologi 1961. v. 12, no. 5-6, p. 571-75, tables, illus.) 7 refs. Describes a quite rare parasite of the long-tailed duck from Sweden. Location: mainly intrarenal branches of the ureters. No gross pathological changes in the kidney are observed. Type specimen: Naturhistoriska Riksmuseum, Stockholm. DLC. 84280. WALDEN, H. W. Historical and taxonomical aspects of the land Gastropoda in the North Atlantic region. (In: Å. and D. Löve, ed. North American biota ... 1963, p. 153-71, tables, illus.) 34 refs. Reviews the North American and European faunas of land snails, their development and their pre-Quarternary and Recent dispersal between Europe and North America. Concludes that the old idea (based on shell resemblances) that the recent American gastropod fauna has much in common with the early European "has nowadays been radically demolished." DLC. WALDER, A. I., see No. 82026. 84281. WALKER, D. L. Effect of environmental temperature on viral infection. (In: Symposia on arctic biology and medicine. Proceedings 1963, p. 319-41, tables, illus.) 21 refs. Author's work on Coxsackie infections

1.209

in mice and studies of others on myxoma virus infections in rabbits and influenza virus infections in swine shows them to be highly aggravated by exposure to low temperatures. It is suggested that similarly in man, cold can aggravate a mild or inapparent viral infection, worsen an apparent one or activate a latent one. CaMAI. 84282. WALKER, E. H. A bibliography of eastern Asiatic botany, supplement 1. Washington, D.C., American Inst. of Biological Sciences 1960. 552 p. Sequel to a major work by Merrill and Walker pub. in 1938 which dealt mainly with the more southerly regions. The supplement covers the literature through 1958, and extends the areal coverage to include botanical literature of northeastern USSR and westward to the Angara basin in Krasnoyaiskiy Kray. Titles are cited in their original language and in English, with brief note on content; subject and geographic indexes are added. About 2000 serials are represented, 1200 as in the 1938 publication and 800 new ones.* DLC. 84283. WALKER, E. R. Intermonthly precipitation changes in Canada. Toronto 1963. 3 p. 12 maps. (Canada. Meteorological Branch. Circular 3807, TEC-458.) 4 refs. Shows on small scale maps, the monthto-month changes in normal precipitation (1921-1950), based on data for about a hundred Canadian weather stations, including some thirty in the North. There is a decrease around Hudson Bay in Dec.—Jan., increases over the interior in Apr.—May with marked increases in May—June. Increases also occurred over eastern Alaska, the Arctic Islands, and around Hudson Bay in June—July and July—Aug. There is a local increase over Hudson Strait in Sept. when elsewhere precipitation is declining; it continues to decline through the remaining months, except for local increases in the southeast Yukon from Oct.—Nov. Formula used in computing changes is defined; isopleths therefore represent relative, not actual, changes in precipitation. DWB. WALKER, J. K., see No. 79481. 84284. WALKER, T. J. Whale primer, with special attention to the California gray whale. San Diego, Calif., Cabrillo Historical Association 1962. 58 p. illus. *The late Vladimir C. Asmous contributed to this work, as he did to volumes 1-10 of Arctic BiblioØØv

1210

Concise but comprehensive account based on numerous sources, with information on California whale migration routes and sojourn, feeding, evolution and kinds of whales. The physiological roles of the blubber development, senses, habits, intelligence, parasites and enemies, are dealt with. The California gray whale, Eschristius glaucus, its distribution, habits, migration, etc., whaling and its control, are outlined. Appended is list of all North American cetaceans with their common and scientific DLC. names, size and distribution. WALLACE, A. C., see No. 80599. 84285. WALLACE, J. J. Road construction for transitional permafrost zones as typified by the Hay River area of the Northwest Territories. (In: National Research Council of Canada ... Proceedings of the Seventh Muskeg Research Conference ... 1961. p. 155-64, map.) Describes the peculiar physical conditions near Great Slave Lake and construction techniques used there during the past five years by the Canadian Dept. of Public Works building development roads and related structures. Standards are set for each project individually, but in general, these roads are built to carry a light density of very heavy loads. Ground conditions are determined by aerial photography, by close observation, and by digging test holes. A major problem is the stability of the permafrost; mats (metal pads to bear bulldozers, etc.) are laid on the permafrost and on low, wet, muskeg areas as well. Drainage problems and ditch-digging methods are also discussed. Some general suggestions are made for minimum disturbance of natural conditions, distribution of pressure over the natural soils, use of locally available materials, etc. Diagrams showing special clearing mats, ditch construction, and permafrost levels, are included. Transitional character of permafrost is shown mainly by problems encountered in rebuilding the northern 80 mi. of the Mackenzie Highway from the provincial border to Hay River. DLC. 84286. WALLACE, M. Christmas in the Yukon villages. (Alaska sportsman 1961. v. 27, no. 12, p. 30-31.) Describes celebrations and customs of the Athapaskan Indians of interior Alaska. DLC. 84287. WALLACE, M. Sled dog racing, the North American. (Alaska sportsman 1963. v. 29, no. 12, p. 26-27, +, illus.)

Account of the North American Championship Sled Dog Derby, held at Fairbanks, Alaska, since 1927. DLC. 84288. WALLER, R. M., and D. A. TOLEN. Data on ground-water exploration and development in Southeastern Alaska. Juneau 1962. 15 1. maps, tables. (Alaska. Dept. of Health and Welfare. Hydrological data ser. no. 19.) 4 refs. Exploratory well drilling at Angoon, Craig, Hoonah, Kake, Chilkoot, and Wrangell during 1956-1960, led to development of ground-water supplies in some of these communities, notably in Iloonah, Chilkoot, and near Wrangell, where wells in unconsolidated material produced several tens of gals. per min. Most wells in hard bedrock developed less than 5 gpm. Water obtained was of good quality in most. Well logs (15) and chemical analyses (10) are given. DLC. 84289. WALLER, R. M., and S. P. MATRUR. Data on water supplies at Nome, Alaska. Juneau 1962. 12 1. maps, tables. (Alaska. Dept. of health and Welfare. Hydrological data ser, no. 17.) 5 refs. Contains data compiled by the U.S. Geological Survey in cooperation with the Alaska Dept. of Health and Welfare during 1952-1962, as part of a program to evaluate the ground-water potential. Supplies are available near Nome in this permafrost region; records are given of 26 wells or test holes and one spring, including depth, yield, water level, and type of rock or aquifer. Chemical analyses (14) of well and spring water are also presented. Yields up to 300 gal. per min. are reported from alluvium; only a few gpm. from bedrock. Quality is generally good, but a few wells encounter brackish water. Moonlight Springs (3 mi. north of Nome) produced 300-380 gpm. from openings in bedded DLC. limestone. 84290. WALLER, R. M., and D. A. TOLEN. Data on wells along the Alaska Highway (State 2), Alaska. Juneau 1962. 261. maps, tables. (Alaska. Dept. of Health and Welfare. I-lydrological data ser. no. 18.) 3 refs. The Alaska portion of this highway extends from the Canadian border down the Tanana valley to Delta Junction (mile 1426). For seventy wells along it, data are tabulated on the location, topography, depth and diameter, water levels, and use of each; chemical analyses (8) and well logs (3.5) are given. The wells are generally success-

ful at depths of 42-550 it.; especially those drilled into sand and gravel beneath frozen Water is usually of good sediments. quality, except for iron and, in the eastern Tanana valley, for organic material. Permafrost conditions are present throughout the area, though unfrozen ground is usually encountered in the first few hundred feet DLC. below the surface. 84291. WALLER, R. M., and L. F. SELKREGG. Data on wells and springs along the Glenn Highway (State 1), Alaska. Juneau 1962. 233 1. maps, tables. (Alaska. Dept. of Health and Welfare. Hydrological data report no. 15.) 4 refs. Contains records from about 70 wells and test holes along this road between Sutton near milepost 50, and Tok Junction where it joins the Alaska Highway; the records were collected by U.S. Geological Survey personnel during 1951-1961. Data are tabulated on location, depth, type, water level and use, with remarks added. Drillers' logs of 25 wells are given indicating the formations, thickness, and depth. Chemical analyses of water from 25 selected wells and springs are given. Location of all wells, etc. is shown on map, scale about 1 in.:20 mi., with three large-scale insets. Permafrost is encountered north of the Matanuska Glacier, milepost 100, to a known depth of 350 ft. in some places. These data are considered most useful for predicting conditions likely to be encountered in drilling a new well, and in rehabilitating or in planning DLC. greater use of existing wells. 84292. WALLER, R. M., and D. A. TOLEN. Data on wells and springs along the Richardson Highway (State 4), Alaska. Juneau 1962. 32 p. maps, tables. (Alaska. Dept. of Health and Welfare. Basic data report, hydrological data no. 16.) 7 refs. Prepared by U.S. Geological Survey as part of an evaluation of the ground-water potential of Alaska. Richardson Highway extends 364 mi. from the moist Gulf of Alaska coast at Valdez through the drier Copper River basin and Tanana River valley to Fairbanks. Data on depth and diameter of wells, water levels, and use of ground water are given in a tabulation of 110 wells, test holes and springs, surveyed during 1951-1961. Thirty well logs and 20 chemical analyses of well and spring water are also included. Permafrost may be encountered north of Thompson Pass in the Chugach Mts. Abundance and quality of ground water are noted for Valdez; the Copper River basin, and the Tanana River flats. DLC.

1211

84293. WALLER, R. M., and others. Data on wells in the Anchorage area, Alaska. Juneau 1961. 36 1. tables, maps. (Alaska. Dept. of Health and Welfare. Hydrological data report no. 14.) 6 refs. Other authors: D. J. Cederstrom, and F. W. Trainer. Presents selected records of about 650 wells, and logs of about 180 representative ones based on a U.S. Geological Survey investigation during 1950-1956. Well locations in the Anchorage area are indicated on map at approx. 1 in.:1 mi.; and those in the suburb of Spenard, on another at larger scale. Data recorded include: location keyed to map, driller, altitude, type, water level, yield, use and remarks. These data are considered mostly useful in indicating conditions to be expected in drilling a new DLC. well. 84294. WAILER, R. M. Data on wells in the Homer area, Alaska. Juneau 1963. 24 I. maps, tables. (Alaska. Dept. of Health and Welfare). Hydrological data ser. no. 23.) 3 refs. First of two reports on ground-water conditions to be followed by an interpretive report. This area at the southern end of the Kenai Peninsula includes Homer, Kachemak, and the surrounding agricultural region, with a total population of about 1600. From records collected during a 1961-62 survey, information is tabulated on: types, use, water-bearing material, water level, and yield for 129 wells, logs of 18, and chemical analyses of 23. Information is supplied on poor quality water noted earlier, and on water in Tertiary rocks, not previously studied in Alaska. DGS. 84295. WALLER, R. M. Ground-water reconnaissance of Koyuk and Shaktolik villages, Alaska. Juneau 1958. 11 1. map, table. (Alaska. Dept. of Health and Welfare. Hydrological data ser. no. 7.) Refs. Fourth in a series of brief groundwater investigations in Eskimo villages, these two on the eastern shore of Norton Sound were visited on June 7, 1957. Both Koyuk (pop. 125) and Shaktolik depend mainly on streams and ice for their water supply. The physical setting, geological features, permafrost conditions, and water supply possibilities are noted. Ground water is probably available at shallow depths at Koyuk, and lignite was reported in the vicinity in 1919. At Shaktolik, potable ground water can be obtained easily, but salt water at depth or salt water intrusion

1212

from storm tidewater, etc. is possible. Results of chemical analyses of a spring at Koyuk and a well at Shaktolik are tabulatDGS. ed. WALLER, R. M., see also No. 83842. 84296. WALLIS, R. H. South Greenland notes. (Alpine journal 1963. v. 68, no. 307, p. 307-313, map, illus.) Ref. Summarizes experiences and ascents of three British mountaineering parties in a 5,000 sq. mi. area north of Cape Farvel. The 1957 Cape Farewell Expedition led by G. J. Sutton was based on Nanortalik and spent two weeks near Tasermiut Fjord. The 1960 St. Andrews Univ. South Greenland Expedition, an eight-man party under J. D. Pitts, was based on Tasermiut Fjord and climbed three peaks over 4750 ft. The 1961 South Greenland Expedition of three men led by the author spent eleven weeks near Tasermiut Fjord studying botany, geology, glaciology, and meteorology. Details of peaks climbed are listed; summits climbed or attempted are shown on a 1:200,000-scale map. DGS. 84297. WALSH, B. Floating freezer operation in Labrador will supply electronic thawing plant. (Canadian fisherman 1962. v. 49, no. 11, p. 12-14, illus.) Describes establishment, by Fishery Products Ltd., of two floating freezers in the Labrador fishery, and two on shore at Grady and Emily Harbour. The operation, starting summer 1963, is expected to supply over eight million lbs. of frozen fish a year DI. to a plant on Newfoundland. 84298. WALTERS, C. F., and D. J. BAUMGARTNER. Waste disposal system for small groups at remote USAF sites in the Arctic. Fort Wainwright, Maska 1963. 7 p. illus. (U.S. Arctic Aeromedical Lab. TDR-62-46.) Describes a system incorporating a marine toilet, chlorinator, and storage tank (for ultimate disposal.) It provides recirculating liquid for toilet flushing thus eliminating the need for fresh water. Other desirable characteristics are discusCaMAI. sed. 84299. WALTERS, C. F., and .1. A. ANDEREGG. Water conservation through reuse of flushing fluid in an aerobic sewage treatment project. Fort Wainwright, Alaska 1962. 14 p. illus. (U.S. Arctic Aeromedical Laboratory. Technical documentary report 62-9.) 4 refs. Describes briefly two earlier installations

of this kind in Alaska, and gives a detailed account of one installed in 1958 outside Anchorage, and used by eight men. No odors were detected in a two-year period and no complaints were registered by the users. Chemical and physical changes in the flushing fluid, aeration (and settling) CaMAI. chambers are recorded. 84300. WALTERS, K. L. Geologic reconnaissance and test-well drilling, Cordova, Alaska. Washington, D.C., U.S. Govt. Print. Off. 1963. 11 p. maps, tables. (U.S. Geological Survey. Water-supply paper 1779-A.) 2 refs. Describes results of ground-water investigation in this south Alaska area Sept.—Oct. 1961, by the U.S. Geological Survey in cooperation with the Alaska Dept. of Health and Welfare and the Cordova Public Utilities. Two test wells were drilled in a glaciated valley between Eyak Lake and Orel Inlet; one entered bedrock at 120 ft. depth and produced a small amount of water when pumped; the other, drilled to 142 ft. in unconsolidated material, was pumped at a rate of 130 gpm. with a moderate amount of drawdown. Chemical analyses indicate ground water of good quality and there is little likelihood of sea water being drawn into wells after prolonged pumping. Chloride content of water from greater depths than the deeper test DGS. well should be considered.

liquid transporters were found more efficient than the conventional 10- and 20-ton sleds previously used in the Arctic and Antarctic. Advantages of helicopters in rigorous field conditions were also demonstrated. DLC. 84302. WAMBERG, K. Rabies i Grønland. (Nordisk veterinaermedicin 1960. v. 12, no. 12, p. 769-96, illus.) 11 refs. In Danish. English summary. Title tr.: Rabies in Greenland. Account based on a four-year study of contagious diseases among sled dogs. Though known in Greenland, for over a hundred years, rabies was not reliably diagnosed till 1959 by laboratory tests on heads of dogs and foxes. The first human case, in 1960, is described. It concerns a four-year old girl from Egedesminde, bitten 3% months before symptoms were noticed. The girl subsequently died in a Copenhagen hospital and laboratory examinations confirmed the diagnosis of rabies. DNLM. 84303. WANDAU, A., von. Kletterfahrten (Deutscher Alpenverein. in Norwegen. Jahrbuch 1963. no. 88, p. 78-89, maps.) In German. Title tr.: Climbing routes in Norway. Describes the mountains and mountaineering including Lofoten ridges and Lyngen Peninsula, various peaks, nature of the landscape, climbing possibilities, and author's experiences. Maps, transportation, DGS. etc. are briefly reviewed.

WALTON, B. J., see No. 81602. 84301. WALTON, J. A. Lead Dog 60. (Military review 1962. v. 42, no. 4, p. 61-65, map, illus.) Describes this combined air-surface expedition from Camp Tuto across the Inland Ice to Nyeboe Land, Peary Land, and other areas of North and East Greenland. Preliminary trail-marking swings were sent out in 1958 and 1959 by the Transportation Environmental Operations Group, U.S. Army. The 1960 expedition left Camp Tuto on May 18 and traveled 24 hrs. a day, making glaciological, meteorological, gravimetric and altimetrie observations on the icecap. Mile 664 marked the terminus of the main traverse; from this point combined surface and helicopter exploration and investigation of ice-free land areas were carried out. On the return trip, the swing turned north from Mile 480 to Peary Land, making studies en route, with helicopters reaching Station Nord, Cape Morris Jesup, etc. Both surface and aerial parties left Peary Land on July 12 to return to Tuto. The 10-ton trailers and 1,000-gal. rolling

WANGENSTEEN, O. H., see Nos. 76967, 82026. WANGENSTEEN, S. L., see No. 77715. WANLESS, R. K., see Nos. 79605, 80827. WAREING, P. F., see No. 78752. 84304. WARFIELD, R. S. Investigation of a subbituminous coal deposit suitable for opencut mining, Beluga River coalfield, Alaska. Washington, D.C. 1963. 100 p. map, tables, illus. (U.S. Bureau of Mines. Report of investigations 6238.) Ref. Reports investigations in 1959-1961, of an area near Beluga Lake to determine the sufficiency of minable coal reserves for onsite production of low-cost thermo-electric power for the Anchorage area. Diamond core drilling and sampling delimited a structure with estimated reserves of 20,900,000 tons of subbituminous coal in a seam over 50 ft. thick that could be mined by opencut methods. Washability studies indicated mechanical cleaning of 1.213

the coal of doubtful value. Analyses of coal cores and detailed logs of drill holes DGS. are appended. 84305. WARFIELD, R. S. Some nonmetallic mineral resources for Alaska's construction industry. Washington, D.C. 1962. 25 p. maps, graphs, tables, illus. (U.S. Bureau of Mines. Report of investigations 6002.) Refs. Reports successful testing, since 1953, of shale and limestone deposits in the Alaska Railbelt for use in the production of lightweight aggregate, mineral wool, and cement. Location of the deposits, several near Cantwell, is indicated, and detailed test DGS. results presented. WARING, G. A., see No. 84384. 84306. WARK, D. Q., and R. W. POPHAM. The development of satellite ice surveillance techniques. (In: International Symposium on Rocket and Satellite Meteorology. Proceedings 1963. p. 415-18, illus.) 3 refs. Discusses the capabilities and limitations of a program using meteorological satellites, e.g. TIROS I, H, III, to observe sea ice. The joint U.S: Canadian Project TIREC 1962, used TIROS IV photography of the Gulf of St. Lawrence, Okhotsk Sea, etc. in an effort to distinguish between ice and DLC. clouds. 84307. WARE, D. Q., and others. Ice observations by the TIROS II satellite and by aircraft. (Arctic 1962. v. 15, no. 1, p. 9-26, maps, illus.) 2 refs. Other authors: R. W. Popham, W. A. Dotson, and K. S. Colaw. Discusses selected TIROS II photography in connection with simultaneous visual and photographic aerial coverage of Gulf of St. Lawrence ice conditions in Jan. and Mar. 1961. The narrow-angle camera and the 48° inclination of the orbit tended to limit the reconnaissance to the southern fringe of winter sea-ice, though results suggest the feasibility of satellite photography for ice DLC. reconnaissance in the Arctic. WARKENTIN, B. P., see No. 84509. 84308. WARNER, I. A museum for Dawson City. (North 1963. v. 10, no. 4, p. 13-16, illus.) Describes its organization in preparation for the 1962 Gold Rush Festival, exhibits assembled: momentos of the Klondike Gold Rush of 1898, rock specimens, etc. CaMAI.

1214

84309. WARNER, J. P. Development of the mineral resources of northern Canada. Edmonton, Alberta 1960. 145, 15 p. tables, graphs. 40 refs. Thesis to Univ. of Alberta. Typescript. Examines market factors that affect the timing of metallic mineral resource development in relatively inaccessible regions of the Yukon, Northwest Territories, and Ungava Peninsula. The role of minerals in the Canadian economy, the state of northern development, and the relationship between development of an economy and its metal consumption are considered. The future position of iron ore, copper, lead, zinc, nickel, and aluminum, is discussed, and for each metal the competitive position of northern deposits is dealt with, with conclusion that Canada can compete on the world market only if transportation facilities are improved. Statistical, etc. data are appended. CaAU. 84310. WARREN, E. S. Sweep-frequency radio soundings of top side of the ionosphere. (Canadian journal of physics 1962. v. 40, no. 11, p. 1692, illus.) 2 refs. Presents an ionogram showing data from the first sweep-frequency sounder, part of the Alouette satellite launched on Sept. 29, 1962. The ionogram, taken at 69.1° N. and 52.8° W. to explore the auroral and F region processes, shows ordinary and extraordinary rough radio wave reflections, typical at high latitudes. DLC. 84311. WARREN, H. R., and J. MAR. Structural and thermal design of the topside sounder satellite. (Canadian aeronautics and space journal 1962. v. 8, no. 7, p. 161-69, graphs, tables, illus.) 17 refs. Reviews the various factors to be considered in designing near-earth satellites, including booster vibration, suitable materials, space environment of solar radiation and vacuum, and importance of environmental testing. Examples are presented from this 320-lb. Canadian ionospheric sounding satellite, scheduled for a 625 stat. mi. circular 80° polar orbit in the fall of 1962. DLC. 84312. WARWICK, C. S. Delay time of polar-cap blackout and its relation to delay time of geomagnetic disturbance. (Journal of geophysical research 1963. v. 68, no. 5, p. 1561-62, graph.) 2 refs. Criticizes the Obayashi (q.v.) explanation of long delay time, and offers his own, viz: that the specific flare-burst event actually occurs later than the selected flare assigned to the polar cap; a formula is derived which

shows that the delay time of 20-30 hours is possible in onset of polar-cap blackout. DLC. 84313. WASHBURN, A. L., and others. A convenient nomenclature for poorly sorted sediments. (Journal of sedimentary petrology 1963. v. 33, no. 3, p. 478-80, graph.) 11 refs. Other authors: J. E. Sanders and R. F. Flint. Suggests use of the major component for the principal name, with the lesser components applied as modifiers in order of increasing importance, e.g. a clayey,osandy2o-gravelly3o-silt►o. Histogram and cumulative grain-size curve of a diamicton (poorly sorted sediment) from the Mesters Vig district, East Greenland, illustrate the proposed classification. DLC. 84314. WASHBURN, A. L. Instrumental observations of frost creep and solifluction in a permafrost environment. (Eastern Snow Conference, 19th. Proceedings 1962. v. 7, p. 142.) Ref. Abstract; also pub. in Geological Society of America, Special paper 68, 1962. Eight conclusions are given, based on theodolite observations of lines of targets at Mesters Vig, East Greenland. Three of them are believed to have more than local application, though most findings reflect conditions on stony loam at the actual DOS. sites. 84315. WASHBURN, H. B. Frostbite. (Polar record 1963. v. 11, no. 75, p. 67798, illus.) 18 refs. Discusses the causes, effects, treatment (rapid rewarming in water of 4T-44° C., dry rewarming for a longer period, etc.), and prevention of frostbite. DGS. 84316. WASHBURN, H. B. Frostbite, what it is, how to prevent it, emergency treatment. (New England journal of medicine 1962. v. 266, no. 9, p. 974-89, illus.) 20 refs. Account of frostbite in mountain expeditions and high-altitude flying, written with assistance of medical authorities, and well illus. with photographs, some in color. Value of proper clothing and diet is discussed. Patho-physiology of frostbite, coldadaptation, degrees of frostbite, therapy, prevention are outlined. DNLM. 84317. WASHBURN, H. B. Mount McKinley, proposed East Buttress routes. (American alpine journal 1963. v. 13, no. 2, p. 453-60, map, illus.) 6 refs. Delineates in text, map and photos, the

four basic approaches to this difficult route. Advance base, camp sites, snow and climbing conditions, etc. are indicated. Several possible variations of these approaches are compared for difficulty and practicality. DOS. WASHBURN, H. B., see also No. 81515. 84318. WASHBURN, R. H. Beekeeping in the land of the midnight. sun. (Gleanings in bee culture 1961. v. 89, no. 12, p. 720-23, +, illus.) 3 refs. Describes apiculture in Alaska: its history since 1809, potentialities, and author's observations of bees kept at the Agricultural Experiment Station Farms at Palmer and College. Pollen and nectar sources in Central and Southeast Alaska are listed, and chemical analyses given of extracted honey from the Palmer area: it is less acid and lower in sucrose than most honeys, but higher in maltose and the more complex sugars. Bees have almost unlimited pasturage in Alaska, but rainy summer weather restricts their harvesting activity. Commercial enterprise on a large scale is not anticipated. DA. WASHINGTON (STATE) UNIVERSITY. Fisheries Research Institute, see No. 76863. WASSHAUSEN, D., see No. 78651. 84319. WASYLIK, K. Desmidiaceen der Moore in der Umgebung von Korvanen in Sodankylä, Finnisch-Lappland. Helsinki 1961. 46 p. text map, tables, 2 plates. (Finska vetenskaps-societeten. Commentationes biologicae. v. 23, no. 10.) 58 refs. In German. Title tr.: DesmidiaØ of moors in the environs of Korvanen in Sodankylä, Finnish Lapland. Presents an inventory of desmids collected in July 1959: 273 species, 39 varieties, and four additional forms, each identified with site location; for many, abundance, moor type, associations, selective occurrence, and other pertinent data are added. A water analysis was made for each of the 112 samples collected, and local flora noted. Four moor types are established on the basis of pH. Relationships between desmids and the region of investigation, the moor types, pH, and dissolved nutrients are summarized. DGS. 84320. WATANABE, K. On the theory and technique of an easy method of wide range photogrammetry for the observations of sea ice distribution. (Oceanographical magazine, Tokyo 1961, v. 12, no. 2, p. 77121, maps, graphs, tables, illus.) 20 refs.

1215

Describes a photogrammetric method used in aerial sea-ice reconnaissance of the southwestern Okhotsk Sea since 1957. Theory and technique are demonstrated in use of oblique aerial photography for observation of widespread sea-surface phenomena, as waves, current rips, slicks, in addition to sea ice. Distributions of sea ice and cloud in this area are mapped from TIROS-I weather satellite photographs. DWB. WATANABE, T., see No. 79928. 84321. WATER POWER. Unsigned items. (Its: v. 12-15, 1960-1963.) Joint proposals for northern Scandinavia (1960, no. 2, p. 70-71, map) describes three schemes proposed in 1958 to develop the Torne-Kalix river system in Lapland. The most feasible scheme would divert the headwaters of the system to Lake TornetrØk whence they would be discharged into Narvik Fjord through an underground power station. The Rampart project (1902, no. 11, p. 455-56, map) describes this potential hydroelectric development on the Yukon River northwest of Fairbanks, Alaska: its construction, problems, possible economic effects, also investigations of the project. The Twin Falls scheme (1963, no. 1, p. 8-13, maps, illus. 2 refs.) describes this single-station project initiated in 1962 on a tributary of the Hamilton River in central Labrador: its layout, structures, and stages to reach 300,000 h.p. installed capacity. The Bratsk 230 MW turbines. (1963, no. 8, p. 324-25) describes, with diagrammatic section and specifications, these motors installed at the power station on the Angara River in Siberia. DGS. 84322. WATERHOUSE, R. W., and others. Camp Century movement record. Hanover, N. H. 1963. iii, var. paging, sections, graphs, tables, illus. (U.S. Army. Cold Regions Research and Engineering Laboratory. Technical report 121.) Refs. Other authors: W. N. Tobiasson and B. G. Scott. Presents results of measurements made to establish the "useful life" of under-snow facilities. Initial measurement of a typical trench cross-section was made in Aug. 1959. Since that time, 18 additional crosssection measurement, stations and 29 movement-recording helipots (helical potentiometers) have been installed, a camp bench mark system established, and other snow deformation studies initiated. The various helipot installations are diagrammed and the relative movements recorded are

1216

graphed. The 19 tunnel cross sections being studied are also diagrammed and rates of closure graphed. Variation with time of the bench mark elevations is also graphed. DLC. 84323. WATERHOUSE, R. W. On the permeability of snow in the accumulation zone of polar regions. (In: Kingery, W. D. Ice and snow ... 1963. p. 576-85, graphs.) Thermal metamorphism is a specific influence on permeability as important as densification. Its multiple mechanisms tend to smooth and enlarge both the grain structure and the voids, resulting in an increase in permeability. Separation of the effects of thermal metamorphism and densification is attempted, using a 30-m. profile from Site 2, Greenland Inland Ice (1954). A tentative equation for the densification effect curve is procured in the most direct manner. The solution, Ky 1.67 x 10'e-R6.87, is of the same form as the term for the thermal metamorphism effects. Together they define the mean permeability for the specific profile, K = 1.67 x 106e -26.6y +130 he-16.2y. DLC. 84324. WATERHOUSE, R. W. Plastic distortions of undersnow cavities and excavations. (In: Kingery, W. D. Ice and snow ... 1963. p. 619-29, graphs, illus.) Describes in some detail techniques in use to determine such distortions; laboratory studies; work of SIPRE in Greenland which resulted in information on the creep of snow in situ. Undersnow cavities and excavations made at Site 2 and Camp Century in 1954 and subsequently, were measured periodically. Results are summarized in text and graphs. Typical effects of time on a wall cavity at Site 2, established eight ft. below the 1956 surface are shown in 1957 and 1958 photos. Some preliminary deductions are offered with a view to the ultimate alignment of the physical data with the principles of the behavior of solids. DLC. WATKINS, E., see No. 77261. 84325. WATKINS, F. W. Taxes 16701960. (Canadian tax journal 1960, v. 8, no. 3, p. 162-70.) Reviews the remarkably few taxation disputes of the Hudson's Bay Co. during 1670-1869 with the British government, after 1869 four important cases with the Canadian government. All are recounted briefly, with extract from archives of the company, of which author is controller, Canadian committee. CaOCU.

84326. WATSON, A. Bird numbers on tundra in Baffin Island. (Arctic 1963. v. 16, no. 2, p. 101-108, tables, illus.) 12 refs. Reports a survey in a mountain valley at 67° N. on eastern Baffin during the 1953 Arctic Institute expedition. Some 389 adult birds of eight species were counted in a square-mile study area in mid-June; density varied with habitat, being greatest on wet grassy and sedgy flats; comparisons are made with three other arctic bird counts. Breeding success, 60% for passerine birds, was estimated by counting nests and DI. fledged broods in July. 84327. WATSON, A. Notes on birds in arctic Norway. (Stavanger. Museet. Sterna 1957. v. 2, no. 3 (no. 28), p. 65-99, illus.) 37 refs. Reports on observations during summers 1951-1955, in northern Norway and adjacent Finland and Sweden. The six main areas described include the large sea, cliff colonies on VedØy in the Lofoten and Syltefjord in the Varanger region. Land birds were usually found in nesting pairs, their frequency is stated for some locations. About ninety species are identified, with brief notes on habitats. DLC. 84328. WATSON, G. E. A second record of the palearctic red-throated pipit from St. Lawrence Island, Bering Sea. (Condor 1963. v. 65, no. 5, p. 447.) This bird Anthus ceruinus inhabiting an area from Scandinavia to easternmost Siberia, has been recorded earlier only four times from North America, as specified in the note. The present specimen was collected in 1938, but remained unstudied DSI. since. 84329. WATT, A. D., and others. Worldwide VLF standard frequency and time signal broadcasting. (U.S. National Bureau of Standards. Journal of research 1961. v. 65D, no. 6, p. 617-27, tables, graphs.) 33 refs. Other authors: R. W. Plush, W. W. Brown and A. H. Morgan. Analyzes recent studies and measurements of the phase stability of the radio signals in the very low frequency range. Anticipated reception capabilities, 100 kw at 20 kc/s, are given for 17 standard VLF broadcast stations, including Thule. It was established that the phase stability in radiocommunication on VLF waves is very much higher than in the HF (high frequency) range. Basic limitations in stability of the received signals are discussed, including path phase distortion, carrier-to-noise and en-

velope delay variations as related to precise synchronization of clocks, and highly accurate frequency calibrations. VLF radiocommunication is recommended for the wide distribution of standard frequencies and time reference. The present services of standard frequency and time signal stations throughout the world at HF, LF, and VLF are discussed. DLC. 84330. WATTS, J. E. A flying prospector. (Aircraft 1961. v. 23, no. 6, p. 18-20, illus.) Describes aerial prospecting in northern Quebec and Ontario, by geologists and geophysicists of Canadian Aero Mineral Surveys Ltd. Characteristics and equipment of the de Havilland Otter are discussed, and work of the geophysicist and three-man crew is outlined. Four phases in aerial prospecting are noted: preliminary review of maps and photos, aerial survey, expert analysis, and (if evaluation warrants) diamond drilling. DLC. 84331. WAY, E. L., and H. W. ELLIOTT. Alterations in effects of morphine on the cold-acclimatized animal. Fort Wainwright 1961. 16 p. table, illus. (U.S. Air Force. Arctic Aeromedical Laboratory. Technical note 60-26.) Ref. Notes on experiments for determining whether cold adaptation alters the effects of morphine on the minute volume and OZconsumption in the rat and on the median effective analgetic and median lethal doses of morphine in mice. The results are tabulated and graphically presented (p. 5-16.) CaMAI. 84332. WAY, E. L., and H. W. ELLIOTT. Effect of cold exposure on the action of morphine in rats and mice. Fort Wainwright, Alaska 1963. 24 p. tables, graphs. (U.S. Arctic Aeromedical Lab. TDR-62-50.) 3 refs. Account of experiments with animals exposed for 28 days to 3-7° C. The results indicate that cold-adaptation reduces the depressant effects of morphine on respiratory minute volume, O2-consumption and analgesia, but enhances the toxicity of morphine. Experiments aimed at elucidating the differences between acclimatized and control CaMAI. groups were unsuccessful. 84333. WEBB, G. L. Kobuk diary, from 1898 to 1900. (Alaska sportsman 1961, 1962. v. 27, no. 8-9, 11-12; v. 28, no. 1-5, maps, illus.) Presents the story, in nine installments, of his experiences prospecting for gold in Alaska, on the Kobuk and Noatak Rivers and

1217

their tributaries. The journal entries were made almost daily, the occasional gaps of a week or two, between Apr. 1898 and June 1900. They describe the voyage to Kotzebue, daily life, the weather, mosquitoes, meetings and trading with other prospectors and Eskimos, rumors of gold strikes, etc. The account is presented as written, with an introduction and explanatory notes by DLC. D. J. Ray. WEBB, L. M., see No. 84433. 84334. WEBB, W. L., and K. R. JENKINS. Sonic structure of the mesosphere. (Acoustical Society of America. Journal 1962. v. 34, no. 2, p. 193-211, map, graphs, tables.) 44 refs. Contains temperature and wind data up to 200,000 ft. obtained with Areas and Loki meteorological rockets at nine locations, including Fort Greely, Alaska and Fort Churchill, Man., during 1959-1960. Seasonal and geographical variations of the atmosphere's acoustical structure are illus. Thermal sonic structure during these two autumns and winters, is shown graphically, including Fort Churchill and Fort Greely data. These indicate a strong winter circulation at Fort Churchill, compared to relatively quiet conditions at Fort Greely. DLC. 84335. WEBBER, A., and R. WEBBER. The Naskapi child. (Beaver 1963. no. 294, p. 14-17, illus.) Describes the life of the Indian child in Labrador, and compares Naskapi and white child-rearing methods: the former shares experience rather than imposes training on the DI. child. 84336. WEBBER, W. R. The motionof low rigidity cosmic rays in the earth's magnetic field and the effects of external fields. (Journal of geophysical research 1963. v. 68, no. 10, p. 3065-85, tables, graphs.) 42 refs. Proposes a method of investigation based on the Alfvbn regime under which the magnetic moment of the moving particle remains constant, and the StØrmer regime under which the particles move in a family of trajectories passing near the nullbahnen of the dipole. The motion of low-rigidity cosmic-ray particles in a dipole and the earth's magnetic field is analyzed from data of 34 magnetic stations in the two hemispheres. Data from Thule, Resolute Bay, Godhavu• Murchison Bay, Kheysa Island, Ft. Churchill, Ft.. Chimo, Point Barrow, Kiruna, College (Alaska), Tiksi Bay, and Yakutsk among others, are correlated with

1218

data from Southern Hemisphere stations. Effects of external fields on the motion of these particles near the earth, and the asymptotic direction of cosmic rays' arrival at altitudes above the earth are correlated with the arrival at the earth's surface. DLC. 84337. WEBER, D. D., and T. MIYAHARA. Growth of the adult male king crab Paralithodes camtschatica Tilesius. (U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service. Fishery bulletin 1962. v. 62, no. 200, p. 53-75, tables, graphs, maps, illus.) 11 refs. Description of growth rate in smaller adult males, based on data of size frequency distribution in the southeastern Bering Sea, for five years 1955-1959. Growth of larger adults was estimated from tagged individuals. The results show that male crabs 80 mm. in (carapace) length grow to an average length of 168 mm. in 8 yrs. DLC. WEBER, J. R., see No. 77086. WEBER, S. J., see No. 78571. 84338. WEBER, W. A. Some features of the distribution of arctic relicts at their austral limits. (In: International Botanical Congress 1959. Recent advances ... 1961, v. 1, p. 912-14.) Discusses the distribution of northern plants at their southern limits, especially in the Colorado Rocky Mts. Ranges of most species are continuous in high mountain tundras from north to south; others are bipolar or widely disjunct.. The rarest disjuncts appear to require especially stable mesic sites found, characteristically, in eastwest running massifs between north-south ranges. Studies of these plants by the Univ. of Colorado Institute of Arctic and Alpine Research, noted, could solve important phytogeographic problems. DLC. WEBER, W. A., see also No. 79582. 84339. WEEDEN, J. S., and R. B. WEEDEN. Winter record of a tree sparrow in central Alaska. (Condor 1961. v. 63, no. 6, p. 509.) Reports a second such record: a single Spizella arborea visited ninny times a feeding station near College, during mild weather between Jan. 21 and Apr. 20, 1961. DLC. 84340. WEEDEN, R. B. Alaska's grouse. (Alaska sportsman 1961. v. 27, no. 11, p. 16-18, illus.) Alaska wildlife library no. 19. Describes the spruce, sharp-tailed, ruffled, and blue grouse: their plumage, distribution in Alaska, habitats, food, courtship displays,

and nesting. The blue grouse is the largest, the spruce is the most common, and the sharp-tails the most gregarious. DLC. 84341. WEEDEN, R. B. Outer primaries as indicators of age among rock ptarmigan. (Journal of wildlife management 1961. v. 25, no. 3, p. 337-39, tables.) Report of test on 250 young and 39 adult birds collected during the autumn in interior Alaska. The results indicate that the shape and pigmentation of this bird are unDLC. satisfactory as age criteria. WEEDEN, R. B., see also No. 84339. 84342. WEEKEND MAGAZINE. Eskimo carvings of Eskimo killings. (Its: v. 13, 1963. no. 14, p. 38, +, illus.) Describes soapstone sculptures which reconstruct the acts, mainly knife deaths, for which Eskimos faced trial. They are in the collection of Mr. Justice J. H. Sissons of the Territorial Court based in Whitehorse with jurisdiction over the entire area west of CaONA. Hudson Bay. 84343. WEEKS, W. F., and W. L. HAMILTON. Petrographic characteristics of young sea ice, Point Barrow, Alaska. Hanover, N.II. 1962. iv, 11 p. photomicrograph, graphs, tables. (U.S. Army. Cold Regions Research and Engineering Laboratory. Research report 101.) 17 refs. Interim report in conjunction with CRREL tasks Structure of salt ice, and Mechanics of ice. Describes results of a pilot study of interrelations between structural features readily observed in horizontal thin sections of sea ice under low magnification. A core 31.4 cm. long was collected from Elson Lagoon, Point Barrow, on Oct. 26, 1960, 26 days after ice had stabilized into a pan agglomerate. An equation, Z =1.20 (S + E 0)0.60 is derived to describe the growth of the ice sheet; Z _ ice thickness in cm., 2 0 is the accumulated degree days, and S a fictitious number of degree days assigned to the initial conglomeration of slush ice. A systematic increase in crystal size with depth and a fairly constant 2:1 ratio between the length and width of the ice crystals are established. From comparisons with recent observations on crystal growth in metals, packings of sea ice sub-plates were found similar to those obCaMAI. served in zinc. 84344. WEEKS, W. F., and O. S. LEE. The salinity distribution in young sea-ice. (Arctic 1982. v. 15, no. 2, p. 92-108, maps, graphs, tables, illus.) 21 refs. Reports a study of the lateral and vertical salinity variations in sheet- and pancake-ice

in North Star Bay off Thule, northwest Greenland, in Oct.-Nov, 1956. The study, part of a joint U.S. Air Force — Navy — Army sea ice research project, was undertaken to determine whether the large scatter in values of bulk properties of sea ice (as= cribed to changes in the brine content) could be reduced by improved sampling procedures. Methods and results are described. It was concluded that the standard deviation of the lateral variation of the salinity values best represents the salinity of the specific volume of ice tested. A large proportion of the scatter observed in studying the strength properties of sea ice is accounted for by the standard deviation of approx. ± 4-6% of the total brine volume in the sheet ice and ± 11-19% of the total brine volume in the pancake-ice. DL 84345. WEEKS, W. F., and O. S. LEE. The salinity distribution in young sea ice. Hanover, N.H. 1962. iv, 15 p. map, graphs, tables, illus. Appendix. (U.S. Army. Cold Regions Research and Engineering Laboratory, Research report no. 98) 21 refs. Describes two areas of a young sea ice sheet studied in North Star Bay, Thule, Greenland, in Oct.-Nov. 1956; one apparently homogeneous sheet ice, the other heterogeneous pancake ice. In the sheet ice, a standard deviation of salinity values from closely spaced cored samples is at least t 0.3°Jo0. In the pancake ice, the standard deviation is usually ± 1.00/,,. This uncertainty will produce a standard deviation of approx. ± 4-6% of the total brine volume in the sheet ice and ± 11-19% in pancake ice, which accounts for much of the scatter observed in the strength properties of sea ice. CaMAI. 84346. WEEKS, W. F., and A. ASSUR. Structural control of the vertical variation of the strength of sea and salt ice. (In: Kingery, W. D. Ice and snow ... 1963. p. 258-76, photomicrograph, graphs, tables, illus.) 16 refs. Distribution of brine in single crystals of sea ice is controlled mainly by the plate width, or the distance between successive brine layers. Variations in plate width with the distance below the upper surface of the ice sheet may account for change in vertical strength. Salt ice data were used, and the techniques used in growing, sampling, and testing it are described infra. Plate width measurements on natural sea ice at Hopedale and Resolute Bay agree closely with these data, and can be considered a unique function of depth. Theoretical and data analysis demonstrate that this systematic

1219

increase in the plate width with depth produces significant changes in the ring tensile strength of the ice. For study of similar conditions in natural sea ice, thick oneyear-old sheets of unraf ted pack ice would DLC. be ideal. 84347. WEEKS, W. F. Studies of salt ice, 1: the tensile strength of NaCI ice. Hanover, N.H. 1961. v, 30, 23 p. graphs, tables. (U.S. Army. Corps of Engineers. Cold Regions Research and Engineering Laboratory, ,Research report 80.) 26 refs. Interim report on laboratory experiments on ice structurally similar to lake and sea ice. Phase and density relations were computed for salinities ranging 1-22°/00 in the temperature range 0° to —35° C.; determination was made of the dependence of ringtensile strength of the ice samples on temperature, brine volume, NaC1 • 2H2O volume, and thermal history. Results indicate the ring-tensile strength of freshwater ice is essentially temperature-independent in the range —10° to —30° C., and decreases slightly at —5° C. Average strength of pure ice at —10° C. is considered to be 29.6 ± 8.5 kg./ cm.2, a value comparable to recent ringtensile results from glacier ice (No. 57194). General conclusions as to the strength variation of NaC1 ice are graphically summarized on p. 26. Its relative tensile strength is obtained by dividing the actual strength by 24.7 kg/cm=, the basic strength of salt ice. The strength of salt ice between —5° C. and the eutectic point (-21.2° C.) decreases with increased volume of brine in the ice and can be considered a unique function of the brine volume, independent of the individual termperature and salinity values. The strength of fresh water ice is to be considered a limit which is approached but not exceeded CaMAI. by salt ice. WEEKS, W. F., see also Nos. 77131, 79605. 84348. WEERTMAN, J. Equilibrium profile of ice caps. Hanover, N.H. 1961. iv, 12 p. profiles. (U.S. Army. Corps of Engineers, Cold Regions Research and Engineering Laboratory, Research report 84.) 13 refs. Modifies Nye's theory of the equilibrium surface profile of a two-dimensional ice sheet lying on a horizontal bed (No. 60600) to include the effect of a longitudinal stress. Sample profile calculations, from the Greenland Inland Ice at about. 78° N. and from the Barnes Ice Cap on Baffin Island, show that for a large icecap, Nye's theory is satisfactory; for a small icecap the modification to the theoretical profile is valid over an appreciable part (about 7 of 33 km.) of its width. A simple extension of this analysis

1220

allows for the effect of isostatic sinking of the bedrock surface under a large icecap. Theoretical and measured profiles for the two samples are plotted; theoretical profiles of the central part of a small icecap are compared to show effect of author's modification. The sliding velocity thus depends on the longitudinal stress as well as the shear stress acting at the bottom of the ice mass. DOS. 84349. WEERTMAN, J. Profile and heat balance at the bottom surface of an ice sheet fringed by mountain ranges. (In: Int. Assoc. of Scientific Hydrology. General Assembly 1963. Pub. 61, p. 245-52, profile, illus.) 10 refs. A circular and an elongated ice sheet are considered, and profiles calculated of an outlet glacier, the drainage basin on the ice sheet at the head of each outlet glacier, and the ice sheet from its center to these drainage basins. Encircling mountains as in Greenland and Antarctica appear to have little influence on an ice sheet profile, provided mature outlet glaciers drain the ice sheet through the mountains. As in the Øe of ice sheets, it is uncertain whether or not the bottom of a mature outlet glacier is at the melting point, though immature outlet glaciers should ordinarily have melting temperatures at the bottom, thus enabling such glaciers to erode their beds. DWB. 84350. WEERTMAN, J. Stability of iceage ice caps. Hanover, N.H. 1962. iv, 12 p. graphs. (U.S. Army. Corps of Engineers, Cold Regions Research and Engineering Laboratory, Research report 97.) 10 refs. Considers the stability of large icecaps on the basis of the current theory of ice flow in glaciers and ice sheets. Author concludes that a small arctic icecap could become unstable and expand into a large ice-age ice sheet as a result of moderate changes in its regime. If the icecap width exceeds a critical size (about that of existing icecaps in the Arctic, 30 km., when the snowline is 100400 m. above sea level) it might follow this pattern of growth. If less than this critical size, it should disappear completely. Persistence of existing icecaps is explained by such examples as Antarctica or Greenland, or by local weather peculiarities. A large continental icecap also could become unstable and shrink to nothing if snow accumulation were reduced or the ablation rate increased. Results obtained agree with the EwingDonn theory of ice ages (No. 44828). It is also possible that the inherent instability of ice-age ice sheets is in itself sufficient to explain both the formation and the disappearance of these ice sheets. CaMAI.

WEERTMAN, J., see also No. 79605. WEGELIUS, C., see also No. 79121. 84351. WEGENER, A. L. Tagebuch eines Abenteuers mit Pferdeschlitten quer durch Grönland. Wiesbaden, Brockhaus 1961. 157 p. maps, illus. In German. Title tr.: Diary of an adventure; with a horse-sled across Greenland. Excerpts from Wegener's journal June 7, 1912 - July 17, 1913, pub. posthumously by his widow, describing the wintering and the summer traverse of the inland ice with I. P. Koch (No. 8928). An almost day-byday account is given of the four-man party's life, hardships, mishaps, scientific work, care and use of ponies as pack, riding, and draft animals, etc. The 1,200 km. march was from Stormkap at the entrance to Dove Bugt, 76°45' N. west across the inland ice to Proven, 72°45' N. DLC. 84352. WEICHART, G. Apparatur zur kontinuierlichen quantitativen Analyse von Meerwasser. (Deutsche hydrographische `Leitschrift 1963. v. 16, no. 6, p. 272-81, maps, graphs, illus.) 5 refs. In German. French and English summary. Title tr.: Apparatus for continuous quantitative analysis of sea water. Describes apparatus designed for continuous determination of inorganic phosphate dissolved in surface water; it was successfully tested at seven stations in Denmark Strait in May-June 1963. DWB. 84353. WEIDICK, A. Glacial variations in West Greenland in postglacial time. (International Association of Scientific Hydrology. Bulletin 1963. v. 8, no. 1, p. 75-82, map.) 15 refs. Surveys variations of glaciers on the coast between Julianehåb and Upernivik Ø in prehistoric and historical time. Prehistoric glacial stages closely resemble the present ice-margin; this similarity suggests an overall uniform response of most of the icemargin to post-glacial climatic changes. In historical time, 50 years of records exist on most West Greenland glaciers; for about 320, pictures, maps and photos have been collected; 55 are dealt with in No. 62616. Variations of 21 selected glaciers are listed; time of maximum extent is shown on a smallscale map. Generalizations are not attempted, because of numerous exceptions, but an overall picture of the 1700-1960 trends is suggested. DGS. 84354. WEIDICK, A. Ice margin features in the Julianehåb district, South Greenland.

København, C. A. Reitze11963. 133 p. maps, profiles, graph, tables, illus. (Meddelelser om Grønland 1963. v. 165, no. 3.) 75 refs. Supplements No. 62616 (based on historical material) with results of the geological investigations of 1957-1960, the 1960 work concentrated in the Narssaq and Narssarssuaq regions, where presumed interglacial deposits were found. A Holocene chronology for the ice margin deposits is tentatively established, based on their association with raised marine shore lines in addition to the fluctuations of individual glacial stages in Holocene times. Detailed study of the Narssarssuaq region resulted in a relative chronology for the ice margin deposits there, and tentative incorporation of the remaining deposits into that chronological scheme. Four post-Wisconsin "stages" are identified which seem to have produced ice deposits: the earliest, Niagornakasik (older Dryas?); then Tunugdliarfik (probably younger Dryas); Narssarssuak (probably Roman time); and the maximum extent of the ice in historical times (approx. 1750-1900 A.D.). Superficial conditions of the ice cover, i.e. height, shrinkage, etc. above about 1700 m. altitude, seem not to have altered much since the Tunugdliarfik stage. Deposits from former ice-dammed lakes in the Narssarssuaq region show that all these lakes at the glacier front had a maximum water depth of 120-150 m. This bears out J. W. Glen's theory of subglacial outbursts of ice-dammed lakes. Map on scale of 1 in.: 13 km. and two at 1 in.: 38 km. show glacial features and geomorDGS. phology. 84355. WEINSTEIN, K. Some aspects of cold weather testing and operation of aircraft. (Canadian aeronautics and space journal 1963. v. 9, no. 2, p. 4116, graphs.) Discusses the object of cold-weather testing as carried out by the RCAF for some 17 yrs., viz: can the aircraft be started and flown, and can it be operated satisfactorily in its design function, after having been cold soaked? Typical problems are noted: starting, failures in live testing despite good cold chamber results, etc. Current requirements and common defects of heating systems and defrosters are pointed out. Recommendations are made as to size of access hatches and type of latches in view of current methods of protection against snow and cold. Instrumentation for cold-weather testing an aircraft should be simple and not susceptible to cold weather problems of its own. Operating temperatures and fuel consumption of a modern piston engine are investigated; as soon as any cylinders started running at cylinder head temp.

1221

below 100° C., the engine began to run DLC. roughly. 84356. WEINTRAUB, W. The obsessions of Albert Faille. (Maclean's magazine 1962. v. 75, no. 20, p. 32, + , illus.) Describes a trip by this 74-year-old prospector from Fort Simpson, Mackenzie District, up the Liard and South Nahanni Rivers, in a 20 ft. boat, in summer 1962. National Film Board personnel making the motion picture "Nahanni" followed Faille. His life history is recounted, as are some tales of ill-fated gold prospectors in Headless (i.e. Deadmen) Valley on the South CaOCU. Nahanni. 84357. WEISCHET, W. Zum Problem der Stabilitåt der Klimabedingungen in Westsibirien während der Glaziale and Interglaziale. (Eiszeitalter and Gegenwart 1960. v. 11, p. 77-87, graph.) 22 refs. In German. English summary. Title tr.: On the problem of the stability of climatic conditions in West Siberia during the glacial and interglacial periods. The depression values of summer temperature and of the mean annual temperature in Western Siberia during the last glaciation, were calculated from the different position of the boreal boundaries of the tundra and the continental deciduous forest during the ice age and at present. Accordingly the depressions of summer temperature were found to be 5°-8° C. near the Arctic Circle and 2°-4° C. in the latitude of 50° N., as compared with the 10°-12° C. depression in Central Europe. The relative stability of climatic conditions in Western Siberia during the Quaternary is explained by the change from the meridional-circulation prevailing during the glacial periods, and reinforced zonal-circulation during the interglacial and postglacial periods. DLC. WEISGERBER, J. E., see No. 83832. WEISS, B., see No. 84503. WEISS, E., see No. 82462. WEISS, H. S., see No. 79138. 84358. WEISS, L. Sensitivity of hypothermic mammals to X-irradiation. (British medical bulletin 1961. v. 17, no. 1, p. 70-73, illus.) 48 refs. Reviews recent work on the effect of hypothermia upon the radiosensitivity of whole animals and their tissues and cells. Hibernating mammals as well as such made hypothermic to 1° or 15° C. are considered. Possible clinical applications are discussed. DNLM.

1222

84359. WEISSINGER, M. Ethnographic notes and amateur archaeology on Adak, Aleutian Islands. (Southwestern lore 1962. v. 27, no. 4, p. 57-66.) 8 refs. Popular sketch of this island and its aborigines: fauna and flora, climatic conditions, traditional Aleut material and spiritual culture during Russian administration, etc. Some amateur excavations were made at Shagak and Kulak Bays; a pre-Aleutian occupation is suggested for the latter. DSI. 84360. WELANDER, E. Kungsleden tur och retur. (Skid och friluftsfriimjandet. Årsbok 1961. p. 45-57, map, illus.) In Swedish. Title tr.: Kungsleden and return. Sketches his walking trips and flights on air photography assignments in north Swedish mountains. SPRI. 84361. WELCH, H. F., and others. Action de l'hypothermie sur I'ammoniemie. (Lyon cbirurgical 1962. v. 58, no. 2, p. 237-41, tables.) 13 refs. In French. English summary. Other authors: R. Affifi and C. L. Rosano. Title tr.: The action of hypothermia upon blood ammonia. Blood from the inferior mesenteric vein of dogs cooled to 30° C. showed a reduction redaction of 58% in ammonia. Peripheral venous and arterial ammonia increased, but not significantly. DNLM. 84362. WELL, D. E., and N. L. SLOVER. Ice runway investigations on the Ellesmere ice shelf. Port Hueneme, Calif. 1962. 48 p. graphs, illus. (U.S. Naval Civil Engineering Laboratory. Technical report R-207.) 12 refs. Reports study of ice on natural freshwater ice islands on this shelf; the main types were moat, rise, and shelf ice. Flooded ice plots were constructed on the shelf in fall 1959; observations connected with aircraft runway construction were made on the flooded plots and on the adjacent natural ice in summer 1960. Each major ice type was studied, and small test plots were used to investigate controlled melting by increasing the effective solar energy absorption in the ice sheet. Constructed ice melted more uniformly during thaw than did natural ice, though total ablation was about the same in both cases. Ice runway construction appeared feasible on either an ice rise or an ice ridge, but not on an ice moat. Development of a runway conforming to military standards would require considerable ice removal and ice fill, 2% transverse slopes, etc., to prevent ponding, channelling, and detrimental ablation of the surface during thaw. DN-HO.

84363. WELLENDORF, M. Composition of spermaceti. (Nature June 15, 1963. v. 198, p. 1086-87.) 3 refs. Reports chemical analysis of a "very fine sample" of this substance; the results indicate it a much more complex mixture than DLC. accepted even by authorities. WELSTED, J., see No. 80932. WELTS, J., see No. 79418. 84364. WENDEL, O. W. Serum glutamic oxalacetic transaminase activity following hypothermia. (Anaesthesia 1961. v. 16, no. 1, p. 24-31, tables.) 21 refs. Twelve hours, but not one or six hrs. of hypothermia with supported respiration, produced significant changes in SCOT activity beginning 12 hrs. after rewarming and returning to normal 36 hrs. later. With respiration unsupported, SOOT activity, after 6-12 hrs. hypothermia, reached a peak DNLM. 16-20 hrs. following rewarming. 84365. WENK, E., and others. Labradorit aus Plateaubasalt von Ostgrönland. (Schweizerische mineralogische and petrographische Mitteilungen 1961. v. 41, no. 1, p. 53-63, graph, tables.) 16 refs. Other authors: 0. Griltter and H. Schwander. In German. Title tr.: Labradorite from the plateau basalt of East Greenland. Describes the results of mineralogical, optical, and chemical analyses of an olivinebearing basalt, collected near Scoresby Sund by senior author with the 1958 Danish Expedition to East Greenland under Lauge Koch. Large, weakly zoned, labradorite phenocrysts were found to contain 51.9% silica, 13.1% A120,, and 10.0% CaO. Orientation of the indicatrix is defined by the following Euler angles: Ø 50°, 1G 24°, 0 25°, and by 2Vu 81°; apparently low-temperature CaMAI. optics. 84366. WENK, E. On the crystalline basement and the basal part of the Pre-Cambrian Eleonore Bay group in the southwestern part of Scoresby Sund. KØbenhavn, C. A. Reitzel 1961. 54 p. plates, maps, sections, illus. (Meddelelser om Grønland, v. 168, no. 1.) 18 refs. Presents results of aerial reconnaissance in July-Aug. 1958, by a six-man party of L. Koch's East Greenland Expeditions, in the lake districts between innermost Vestfjord and Gaasefjord near the southwest corner of Scoresby Sund. The crystalline basement of pre-Groenlandian age (Archean), its derived to partly derived Groenlandian sedimentary cover, the Caledonian crystalline rocks thrust westward over the basement

and its sediments are described, with map at scale 1:150,000, and section. The Tertiary plateau basalts overlying all the other formations as horizontal sheets also are dealt with. An angular unconformity of preGroenlandian age is overlain by a psephitic series which represents the base of the Eleonore Bay group. Detailed study indicates that this series consists of glacial sediments deposited in water. Possible correlation with the type sections of the Petermann region also indicates these sediments to be the base of the Eleonore Bay group, which thus starts and ends with glacial deposits. An age determination of mica in a sample taken on Paul Stern Land, as 1890 m.y., (cf. No. 71960) checks author's findings on the Eleonore Bay group. Appended is a brief glossary of the term "Groenlandian," its stratigraphic groups and its tectonic significance. DOS. 84367. WENZ, G. M. Acoustic ambient noise in the ocean: spectra and sources. (Acoustical Society of America. Journal 1962. v. 34, no. 12, p. 1936-56, graphs, table.) 81 refs. Includes note on sea-ice movements, causing intermittent noise in a wide range of frequencies and at a high spectrum level. Composite graph shows for sea ice a frequency range from 10 to 104 c.p.s. and a sound pressure spectrum level of 100 dB. DLC. 84368. WENZEL, E. A., and others. The measurement of diffusive separation in the upper atmosphere. (IGY World Data Center A: rockets and satellites. Report series 1958, no. 1, p. 91-106, tables, graphs, illus.) 10 refs. Other authors: L. T. Loh, M. H. Nichols, and L. M. Jones. Presented at 5th General Assembly of CSAGI, Moscow 1958. Summarizes the high-altitude atmospheric sampling program, two flights made in Aug. 1956, using Aerobees. The rocket equipment, analysis of samples, and post-analysis tests are described. The results are compared with those reported by Mitrov and those obtained by J. W. Towns and E. B. Meadows for the argon-nitrogen ratio over Ft. Churchill on Nov. 20, 1956 (No. 55497). The ambient pressure predicted from sample bottle data, and the compared values of argon-nitrogen ratios as a function of altitude obtained by the three independent experiments are shown graphically. DLC. 84369. WERNER, S. Aeromagnetic mapping by the Geological Survey of Sweden; methods and general considerations. (Geoexploration 1963. no. 2, p. 21-31, tables, illus.)

Descnåes methods used in making the flight traverses carried out in northern Sweden since 1960 and planned to continue with 300-400 hrs./yr. flying by one Dornier 27 aircraft; also described are the measuring equipment and routine. Preliminary maps are prepared at 1:50,000 scale from the analog records; the final maps are made at end of the field season from the digital DOS. records. 84370. WERTH, E. Die erste Besiedlung Amerikas und die Herkunft der amerikanischen Urkulturen. (Naturwissenschaftlicher Verein für Schwaben. Abhandlungen 1957. v. 12, p. 5-21, map, illus.) 5 refs. In German. Title tr.: Initial settling of America and the origin of ancestral American cultures. Considers the Indians' ancestors to have been Polynesians who traveled the equatorial west-east current to the Panama Zone region. The Eskimos, a branch of primitive Mongolians of northeast Asia, migrated across the Bering land bridge and were stopped in their southward movement by the Indians' expansion to the north. Polynesian-Indian parallels in artifacts are offered in support of this racial thesis. DLC. 84371. WERTH, E. Zur Verbreitung und Entstehung des Ilirtennomadentums. (Forschungsdienst 1950-1952. no. 2, p. 3-5; no. 3, p. 8-9; no. 4, p. 6-7; no. 5, p. 14-15, map.) 30 refs. In German. Title tr.: Development and origin of pastoral nomadism. Includes the herding and trading movements of north Eurasian reindeer raisers, the Lapps, Samoyeds, Tungus, Yakuts, and Chukchis. Nomadic herding is considered an offshoot of pastoral agriculture which evolved under specific climatic conditions. DLC. 84372. WERTHEIMER, P., and others. Donn4es experimentales relatives a l'hypothermie profonde selective du cerveau. (Lyon chirurgical 1961. v. 57, no. 2, p. 222-27, illus.) 3 refs. In French. English summary. Other authors: J. de Rougemont, J. Descotes, P. George, and M. Gerin. Title tr.: Experimental data on deep selective hypothermia of the brain. Reports on conditions in dogs with the brain made hypothermic to 15-10° C. by carotie perfusion with cooled blood. The fall of blood temperature was moderate and cardiac fibrillation was avoided. Below 20° C., a pronounced depression in the vasometer and respiratory confers was DNLM. noted.

1224

WESCOTT, E. M., see No. 79605, 81136' WESOLOWSKI, S. A., see No. 79012. 84373. WESSEL, A. B. Befolkningen i SørVaranger efter 1870. (Tromsø. Museum. Skrif ter 1928. v. 2, p. 304-313, tables, illus.) In Norwegian. Title tr.: The population in Sør-Varanger after 1870. Reports on growth of a north Norwegian parish of which the earlier period had been reported by Qvigstad, No. 14039. In 18701901 the population doubled, and changed to primarily industrial workers, and a money economy superseded subsistence living. Races and nationalities represented are described. Race blending, public school, military service, and public use of the Norwegian language fostered homogeneity. Census data are presented to illustrate gradual changes and the 1920 figures analyzed in detail. Location, age, sex, occupation, housing, numbers of children, and racial statistics are provided. DLC. 84374. WEST, F. H. Leaf-shaped points in the western Arctic. (Alaska. Univ. Anthrop. papers 1963. v. 10, no. 2, p. 51-62, maps, illus.) Refs. Describes eight Lerma-type points discovered since 1950 in the Tangle Lakes Fairbanks - Eagle - upper Koyukuk River area. Comparison is made with similar finds in other Alaskan sites, Canada, Chukotka, Trans-Baykal, and Hokkaido. An Old World origin of American leaf-shaped (North Lerma) points is considered unlikely. Such points appeared about 10,000 B.C. in the Pacific Northwest probably autochthonously. A later American cultural diffusion may be responsible for the Lerma-type specimens at Lake El'gytkhyn in Chukotka. DSI. 84375. WEST, P. I remember Nome. (Alaska sportsman 1962. v. 28, no. 4, p. 11-13, -(- , no. 5, p. 26-27, + ; no. 6, p. 27-28, + ; illus.) Recounts experiences in Nome, Alaska, in the mid-1920's: the journey from Seattle, work as a practical nurse at the Maynard Columbus Hospital, and as a Sunday school teacher of Eskimo women at the Methodist Mission. Several contemporary photographs are included. DLC. 84376. WESTERMANN, H. De grønlandske bibliotekers historie. København, Bibliotekscentralen 1963. 51 p. illus. In Danish. (Biblioteker og laesning, 5.) 10 refs. Title tr.: The history of the libraries in Greenland.

The libraries founded at Godhavn, Godthåb and Julianehåb in the early 19th century were for the Danish population. Library service was reorganized in 1925; a reference library for Godthåb and 16 circulating libraries were set up in 1927 and in 1933 libraries for Julianehåb, Godthåb, Egedesminde and Umanak. They declined during the war, and a reorganization took place during the 1950's. Det Grønlandske Landsbibliotek at Godthåb functions as a central library; it has a valuable Grønlandica reference collection, and there are 16 other town libraries, all with books in Eskimo. The 15 children's libraries in schools have special attention. Circulating libraries were set up in 25 IU. settlements in 1962-63. 84377. WESTERN CONSTRUCTION. (Its: Sky-hook of heavy construction. v. 36, 1961, no. 10, p. 57-62, illus.) Surveys the role of helicopter in construction. Hiller, Bell, Vertol, and Sikorsky produce nearly all American civilian machines. Twenty models are available: light 3- or 4-place ships by Hiller and Bell, and larger models by Sikorsky and Vertol. In construction work, most helicopter transport is done by charter service operators, of which 265 are listed in the U.S. and Canada. One Vertol air-lifted two 60-man crews daily to a pipe-laying barge on Turnagain Arm near Anchorage, during summer 1961. The four small helicopters originally planned would have required two hrs. per day per man; the Vertol accomplished each shift DLC. change in 30 min.

tater. (Norske videnskaps-akademi, Oslo. Årbok 1957 pub. 1958. p. 29-31.) In Norwegian. Title tr.: Radiologic 0-14 dating, methodology and some dating results. Reviews methods and achievements in C-14 dating, its use in Norwegian archeology and geology. Among sites analyzed are a mid-moraine deposit in the Tromsø-Lyngen area and a charcoal find from a settlement site in northern Norway. DLC. WEXLER, H., see No. 79603. WEYER, E. M., Jr., see No. 83349. WHALE, H. A., see No. 79861. 84380. WHALEY, H. S. Poisonings, accidental and otherwise. (Alaska medicine 1963. v. 5, no. 3, p. 68.) States plan to report case histories, etc. of poisonings in the forthcoming issues of this journal; and notes the two official Poison Centers in Alaska, a recent case of poisoning with a "bug killer" in a girl of 6 yrs. and first aid in such cases. CaMAI. WHALEY, R., see No. 81285.

84378. WESTIN, G., and P. U. ÅGREN. Folkmåls- och Folkminnesundersökningen i Övre Norrland (FFÖN) 1954-1963. (Skytteanska Samfundet. Handlingar 1963. no. 2, p. 173-87.) In Swedish. English summary. Title tr.: The Organization for Dialect and Ethnological Research in Upper Norrland (FFÖN), 1954-1963. Reviews the first ten years' activities of this research organization in north Sweden. Five were devoted to recording dialects and traditions in areas threatened by hydroelectric projects; registration of placenames was an important part of the inventory. During the next five years, the work continued and included Finnish and Lappish areas. The FFÖN archives contain nu►nerour mss., a word index, and a collection of place-names, as well as 800 gramophone records and 600 tapes. DLC.

84381. WHALLEY, G. The legend of John Hornby. Toronto, Macmillan 1062. 367 p. maps, illus. Presents documented account of Hornby's life in Canada 1904-1927; he is characterized as a restless adventurer, traveler, and trapper. Living off the land, 1908-1914 on Great Bear Lake in Mackenzie District, he trapped and helped set up an Oblate mission; during 1919-1923 he was in the Great Slave Lake area; 1924-1925 he traveled with J. C. Critchell-Bullock on Artillery Lake, Thelon River, to Baker Lake, and wintered in an esker cave on the Barren Grounds of Keewatin District. His last journey, 1926-1927, with Edgar Christian and Harold Adlard, and death of all three from starvation on the north bank of the Thelon River, 60 mi. below its junction with the Hanbury is treated in some detail. The country Hornby traveled, natives and whites with whom he came in contact are described. Appended, p. 33757, are his "Caribou notes," his journal 1920-1921, place names of the area, Eskimo statements on the murder of Frs. Rouvibre and LeRoux, O.M.I,, discussion of CritchellBullock as Hornby's biographer (cf. No. 19071) and (p. 357-67) an index. CaONA.

84379. WESTIN, S. Radiologisk C-14 datering, metodikk og noen dateringsresul-

84382. WHAT'S HAPPENING IN ALASKA. Juneau, Dept. of Commerce,

1225

Reports the sequence of exploration and development of this property 1958-1960, with added information on improved transportation during 1961 and provision of complete mining, milling and ancillary facilities during 1962. Flat River is near the Yukon—Mackenzie District boundary, WHEDON, G. D., see Nos. 77783, 77784. 135 air-mi. northeast of Watson Lake. Regional geology is outlined; the scheelite deposits are found in skarn zones where WHEELER, J. 0., see No. 77838. granite intrusions have caused recrystalliza84383. WHITBREAD, D. H. The Eskimo tion of Paleozoic limestones. Drilling underviolin. (Canadian forum 1953. v. 33, no. taken in 1959 and 1960 indicated a main orebody of 1.32 million tons, grading 2.51 390, p. 82-83.) Describes an improvised instrument made units per ton, or, allowing a 10% dilution from a food can, driftwood, hardwood, factor, approx. 3.3 million short-ton units sinew and thread; and discusses the Eski- of tungsten trioxide (WO2). During 1962, mos' musical appreciation and talent as a 300 ton/day concentrator was brought in observed while an Anglican missionary at to test production, and shipments of premium-grade concentrates were initiated. Port Harrison, Quebec, 1951-1953. CaOCU. Mining and milling operations were suspended, according to note in Sept. 1963 issue of this journal, p. 747. Proven reserves WHITE, D. C., see No. 81734. are estimated at 1,110,000 tons containing 84384. WHITE, D. E., and G. A. 2.47% WO,. For photos of this property, DGS. WARING. Volcanic emanations. Washing- see No. 69230. ton, D.C., U.S. Govt. Print. Off. 1963. 29 p. graphs. (U.S. Geological Survey. Profes- WHITE, M. G., see No. 83839. sional paper 440-K.) 106 refs. Contains a tabulation and discussion of WHITE, R. J., see No. 78331. about 300 chemical analyses of volcanic gases, volcanic sublimates, incrustations, 84387. WHITEHORSE. Board of Trade. reaction products, also gases driven from National parks, their implications to igneous rocks by heating. Systematic Canada and the Yukon. (In: Northern work in these fields includes Allen and Resources Conference ... 1963. 6 p. 10 Zies's 1923 report on Katmai (No. 292) refs.) Yukon Territory is expected to be within and Basharina's (No. 56771) and Naboko's (No. 60395) reviews of the work on Klyu- the popular holiday-travel range from main chevskaya and Shiveluch on Kamchatka. population centers in the near future; by Content of 002, H_, HCI, H2S, and SO2 in 1980 tourist expenditure in the Yukon is "active" gases, relative to temperature, is expected to increase tenfold to $40 million graphed; data are included from the a year. A suitable area for a national park Kamchatkan and Alaska among other there should be reserved now. CaOGB. DGS. volcanoes. WHITEHORSE. Board of Trade, sec also No. 81702. WHITE, F. E., see No. 84053.

Division of Tourism and Economic Develop-. ment 1962, in progress. Issued quarterly in 10-15 pages to promote the travel and tourist industry: special events, availability of fish, game, DLC. etc.

84385. WHITE, H. A. What's cookin' in Alaska; recipes for Alaskan fish and game. Anchorage 1961. 51 p. illus. Includes approx. 140 recipes for salmon, king crab, ptarmigan, caribou, bear, etc.; for food on the trail; for gravies, sauces, etc. DLC. WHITE, J. W., see No. 82135. 84386. WHITE, L. G. The Canada Tungsten property, Flat River area, Northwest Territories. (Canadian mining and metallurgical bulletin 1963. v. 56, no. 613, p. 390-93, sections, table.)

1226

84388. WHITELEY, W. H. The records of the Moravian mission in Labrador. (American archivist 1961. v. 24, no. 4, p. 425-30.) Describes records transferred from Nain, Hopedale, Hebron, and other stations to the Moravian Archives in Bethlehem, Penna. in 1959, microfilm deposited in the Public Archives, Ottawa. They comprise church books of vital statistics, etc., correspondence, station diaries, and conference proceedings. Their scope and importance are stressed, as providing detailed information from 1771 on hunting, fishing, status of game, trade, travel,

weather, native population, etc. as well as the organization and activity of these CaMAI. versatile missions themselves. 84389. WHITELY, G. Pomiuk the Eskimo boy. (Atlantic advocate 1958. v. 48, no. 8, p. 93-96, illus.) Describes the founding of the International Grenfell Association which supports health and other aids of Labrador and CaOCU. Newfoundland. 84390. WHITHAM, H. An anomaly in geomagnetic variations at Mould Bay in the Arctic Archipelago of Canada. (Geophysical journal 1963. v. 8, no. 1, p. 26-43, graphs, map.) 10 refs. Investigates the absence of vertical magnetic field variations on standard-run magnetograms from a joint seismic and magnetic station established on Prince Patrick Island in 1961. It was estimated from the frequency dependence of the vertical field power spectrum, that a deep layer of 20 k. thick sheet of 10-11 e.m.u. conductivity could explain the anomaly. An ambient temperature of some 1,400° C. is required to produce such a conductivity in olivine by ionic semi-conduction. Neither seismic nor crustal heat flow measurements have DLC. been made in the area. WHITHAM, K., see also Nos. 79605, 80563, 80796. 84391. WHYARD, F. The Mackenzie gets a vote but will share a member. (Saturday night 1949. v. 64, no. 36, p. 10-11.) Reports Indian and white (but not Fskimo) residents of Mackenzie District to vote for the first time in a Federal election on June 27,' 1949; this District and Yukon Territory together to be represented in Parliament by one member. Organization of the election, setting up polls, etc. in remote settlements are described. No practical reason is seen for combining Mackenzie with approx. 5,000 voters and the Yukon in a single electoral district. CaOCU. 84392. WICHMANN, Y. Etymologisches. (TromsØ. Museum. Skrifter 1928. v. 2, p. 314-15.) In German. Title tr.: Etymological notes. Comparative semantic analysis of four DSI. Lappish words. 84393. WICKS, E. O. Alaska Department of Health news. (Alaska medicine 1963. v. 5, no. 1, p. 24; no. 3, p. 69-70.) Reports (in no. 1) on medical self-help

courses given in major communities, medical aspects of disaster-recoil, courses in bacteriology, TB seminar, eyeglasses service, sanitation control in big and small communities. In no. 3, discusses scientific and technical exhibits at medical conventions, public health appropriations, 16 mm. health films for general use, TB control, mussel poisoning, medical education in Alaska, prospects for a state unit of radiological health, water supply and waste disposal CaMAI. needs. 84394, WICKS, E. 0. Mechanisms for provision of health services in Alaska. 5 p. table. (In: WHO Conference on medicine ... 1962.) Describes both Federal and State health services and their organization; Alaskan population: native races, military personnel, others; their geographic loci; private and military responsibilities, aid, etc. CaONA. 84395. WICKS, E. 0. Preventable disease deaths remain too high. (Alaska's health and welfare 1962. v. 19, p. 4-5, map, illus.) Discusses the high rate of deaths from preventable diseases in 1949 in Alaska, especially in the Bethel—Kanakanak area; its causes (mainly TB), and the considerable decline since. The aim is to bring the rate down to that of the other states of the DLC. United States. W LEDERMAN, J., see No. 78777. 84396. WIEGMAN, E. J., and R. G. HADFIELD. Suggested airway networks based on minimum time track considerations. (Navigation 1963. v. 10, no. 2, p. 103-118, maps, graphs.) 3 refs. Includes suggested routes between San Francisco and London for subsonic (500 kn. airspeed, 30,000 ft. alt.) and supersonic (1720 kn., 53,000 ft.) jet aircraft. Both routes traverse a mean low pressure trough near Hudson Bay; subsonic jets eastbound may find stronger tailwinds by diversions to the south of the great circle route; westbound they can reduce the headwind component by diversions north of the great circle track. For supersonic jet aircraft, the entire range of minimum time track envelope at the midpoint of the route is only about 240 mi. (approx. 67°-63° N.), indicating the rather invariant flight path followed by an aircraft at this altitude and speed. Various route designs, based on meteorological considerations, to reduce flight time penalties are presented. DLC.

19.97

84397. WIGGINS, I. L., and J. H. THOMAS. A flora of the Alaskan Arctic Slope. Univ. of Toronto Press 1962. 425 p. tables, maps, illus. (Arctic Institute of North America. Special publication no. 4.) About 100 refs. Following a preface on earlier work and the genesis and course of the present study, begun in 1950, authors describe the area: the entire coastal plain, foothills and north slopes of the Brooks Range; its physiography, biological factors and habitats. The flora is presented (p. 32-356) in taxonomic order, with emphasis on the morphology and ecology of its components. Both Pteridophyta and Spermatophyta are included, with a total of 435 species belonging to 153 genera and 57 families. Location(s) of specimens examined and geographic distribution are noted. Appended is a gazetteer of the 101 collecting localities, maps of distribution, a glossary, and index DLC. of scientific names. 84398. WIGGLESWORTH, V. B. How insects survive extreme conditions. (Discovery 1963. v. 24, no. 12, p. 43-47, graphs, illus.) Discusses such adaptations as conservation of water, water-proofing waxes, temporary lifelessness, and resistance to cold. The blood of some insects freezes at —20° to —40° C., but the cells are partially dehydrated and do not freeze. The majority of insects resist freezing by supercooling and blood changes such as production of glycerol. CaOG. 84399. WIIALA, A. Jordproblem i norska (Svensk lantmäteritidskrift finnmarken. 1962. v. 54, no. 5, p. 369-77, map.) 7 refs. In Swedish. Title tr.: The land problem in Norwegian Finnmark. Summarizes the economy of this northern province which has one-sixth of the area and one-fiftieth of the population of all Norway, with attention particularly to administrative management and use of the land, which is 99% state owned. Ten percent is under forest and agricultural cultivation. Timothy hay is the chief crop, and a recent increase in dairying is noted. The various kinds of terms under which state land is rented are discussed. DLC. 84400. WIJNBLADH, M. Skytteanska Samfundet. (Skytteanska Samfundet. Handlingar 1961, no. 1, p. 4-11, illus.) In Swedish. English summary. Title tr.: Skytteanska Samfundet. States aims, etc. of this society founded in 1956 at Umeå, to foster cultural institu-

1228

tions and research in the region. It was named after Johan Skytte 1577-1645, tutor of King Gustavus Adolphus, who founded a school for Lapps at Tärna in 1631, and furthered the cultural development of north Sweden generally. DLC. 84401. WIKLUND, K. B. Das lappische Verbaladverbium and einige andere Kasus des Verbalstammes. (Tromsø. Museum. Skrifter 1928. v. 2, p. 316-53.) Refs. In German. Title tr.: The Lappish verbal adverb and some other case forms of the verbal stem. Comparative study of these forms in seven dialects: Russian- , Inari- , Kalfjord- , Lille- , Pite- , Urne- , and South-Lappish. Basic linguistic publications are evaluated. DSI. WILBY, G. V., see No. 78035. 84402. WILCE, R. T. Studies in the genus Laminaria, II; Laminaria groenlandica L. K. Rosenv. (Botaniska notiser 1960. v. 113, no. 2, p. 203-209.) 17 refs. Presents a systematic description and reviews the habitat of this kelp, found on the shores of Greenland, arctic Canada and Labrador, and on the Shantar Islands of the Okhotsk Sea. The identity of L. cuneifolia with L. groenlandica is demonstrated. Field determination of Laminaria on the basis of external morphological features alone, should be avoided. DLC. 84403. WILCOX, R. E. Igneous rocks of the Near Islands, Aleutian Islands, Alaska. (In: International Geological Congress, 20th, Mexico City 1956. Trabajos ... sec. 11A ... Ø. 1959. p. 365-78, maps.) 6 refs. Describes the general geology, also petrology and mineralogy of the igneous rocks, of these westernmost of the Aleutian Islands. Although composed chiefly of extrusive rocks and their derivatives, the Near Islands, unlike the other Aleutians, have no recently active volcanoes nor constructional volcanic land forms. Igneous rocks of this group are largely mafic and intermediate lavas and pyroclastics, with subordinate intrusions of diabase, albite granite, andesitic and dacitic porphyries of Cretaceous and Tertiary age. The early rocks may have had various origins; the younger andesitic rocks commonly contain both pyroxene and oxyhornblende phenocrysts in the same rock, as well as two varieties of strongly zoned plagioclase phenocrysts, one of higher and one of lower anorthite content. The rock sequence

indicates a broad similarity to that of some other island arcs, with additional evidence possible in submerged formations. DGS.

84407. WILLIAMS, G. The British search for the Northwest Passage in the eighteenth century. London, Longmans 1962. 306 p. maps, illus. (Royal Commonwealth Society. Imperial studies no. 24.) Refs. Analyzes the revival, in the 18th century, of the search for a short trade route to the Pacific through or north of the North The influence of American continent. speculative geographers and the exploratory voyages of Knight, Middleton, Moor, Hudson's Bay Co. sloops, Hearne, Cook, Duncan, Vancouver, and Pickersgill are discussed in detail, documented by a bibliography (p. 283-94.) CaONA.

84404. WILHELM, F. Beobachtungen über Geschwindigkeitsänderungen and Bewegungstypen beim Eismassentransport ark(In: Int. Assoc. of tischer Gletscher. Scientific Hydrology. General Assembly 1963. Pub. 61, p. 261-71, graphs.) 8 refs. In German. Title tr.: Observations on changes in velocity of glacier flow and types of ice mass movement on arctic glaciers. Summary in English and French. Examines these glacier flow features on the Freemanbreen, Hübnerbreen, and Reymondbreen on BarentsØya, Svalbard, as 84408. WILLIAMS, G. Captain Coats and part of the German Spitsbergen Expedition exploration along the East Main. (Beaver 1959-1960; also considers some results 1963. no. 294, p. 4-13, maps, illus.) from the Section Amberg, Deutschen AlpenAccount of explorations by Hudson's Bay verein expedition to northwest Spitsbergen Co. men on the east side of the Bay in the 1960, which measured some transverse- 1740's: Mitchell and Longland in 1744 profile velocities on Kollerbreen and Mayer- charted northward to Richmond Gulf; breen, northeast of Ny-Ålesund. Three Coats in 1749 surveyed southward from types of change in glacier movement are Cape Digges to Great Whale River; two of noted: on transverse profiles, on longitudinal Coats' maps, hitherto unpublished, are DI. profiles, and with time. Transverse profiles reproduced. show viscous or flowing movement and movement en bloc. Longitudinal profiles 84409. WILLIAMS, G. A remarkable map. shows a distinction between glaciers termi- (Beaver 1962. no. 293, p. 30-36, maps.) Describes copies, in the Hudson's Bay Co. nating in the sea and those ending on land. The velocity of a glacier ending in the sea is archives, of a map engraved (and possibly also related to the duration of the sea-ice drawn) by R. W. Seale in 1748. It embodies DWB. most of the erroneous geographic notions cover. of the time, especially in the northern Pacific WILHELM, F., see also No. 79605. and northwest coast of America. The Company's intended use of the map, WILIMOVSKY, N. J., see Nos. 77086, probably with a pamphlet by J. Sharpe 80984. stating the case against Dobbs, is discussed. DL 84405. WILKE, F., and C. H. FISCUS. Gray whale observations. (Journal of mammalogy 1961. v. 42, no. 1, p. 108-109.) 84410. WILLIAMS, G. P. Probability Notes from observations on migration off charts for predicting ice thickness. (EngiState of Washington and Alaska, including neering journal 1963. v. 46, no. 6, p. 31-35, dates and exact locations, size of herds, map, graphs, tables.) 10 refs. Analysis of ice-thickness observations on behavior, direction of migration, death, DLC. a regional basis indicates the usefulness of etc. probability charts for estimating ice-growth 84406. WILLGOHS, J. F. HavØrnen i rate and thickness at any site in Canada. Norge. (Naturen 1963. v. 87, no. 2, p. Average growth rates shown on such charts 67-102, maps, illus.) Ref. In Norwegian. can be used to relate maximum thickness to Title tr.: The white-tailed eagle in Norway. the length of the growth period. Growth Discusses: Haliaelvs albicilla albicilla rates also can be converted into average (Linné), inhabiting coastal Norway north heat loss from the ice cover to provide of 620 N. and often confused with Aquila information on that rate for different chrysaelos. It remains in the same location regions. Probability of occurrence of a throughout adult life; there is some wander- given heat loss through freshwater ice is ing of immature birds. Nesting, eggs, and tabulated. Depth of its snow cover has a young are described. Though known as a marked effect on the rate of ice growth predator, it lives mainly on fish and sea which averages with a 6 in. or more cover, birds. Its protection March-Sept. is one-third to one-half the rate beneath a less DGS. than 2 in. cover. With appropriate measurerecommended.

1229

meats for a number of years, ice thicknesses can be estimated just as air temperature is now estimated from climatological records. In absence of such records however, ice probability charts are useful in setting limits on the growth rate and max. thickness to be expected. DGS. 84411. WILLIAMS, G. P., and L. W. GOLD. The use of dust to advance the break-up of ice on lakes and rivers. (Eastern Snow Conference. 20th, Feb. 14-15, 1963: Proceedings, v. 8, p. 31-60, maps, graphs, tables.) 38 refs. Describes results of first part of a study by the National Research Council of Canada, based on the literature. Feasibility of this method is discussed. Breakup can be advanced by about two weeks in southern Canada and four in the North, though actual advance may vary from year to year with variations in air temperature, ice thickness, and incoming short-wave radiation. Practicability of dusting at a given site depends on cost; cost data are needed, the meteorological information is adequate. In discussion p. 57-60, C. E. Deslauriers notes limitations of the method and cites a 1963 experiment on specific spots of the ice cover. Maps show average dates of breakup, estimated average maximum ice thickness, and average daily insolation during the month when air temp. is approx. 32° F. Frequency of breakup occurrence is shown graphically for Coral Harbour, Coppermine River, Fort Good Hope, and DWB. four sites in southern Canada. WILLIAMS, G. P., see also No. 81522. 84412. WILLIAMS, H. Chisel Lake, west of principal meridian, Manitoba. Ottawa 1960. Fold. map sheet 30 x 24 in. (Canada. Geological Survey, Surveys and Mapping Branch. Preliminary series, map 27-1960, sheet 6318 (part of).) Ref. Shows, on a scale of 1 in.:/,000-ft., geologic features, the Chisel Lake zinc mine, roads, railroads, and power lines in this area 54°49'-54°52' N. 100°05'-100°l0' W., about 5 mi. southwest of Snow Lake. Descriptive notes are appended on 12 types of Precambrian metamorphosed rocks of the Canadian Shield in this area, and on the Hudson Bay Mining and Smelting Co. property at the southern end of Chisel Lake which has been drained sufficiently to expose the lake bottom sediments above the ore zone, though up to 10 ft. of water remains in the northern part of the lake. Orebody is covered by about 100 ft. of 1230

glacial drift, grading upwards through coarse boulder till, sand, clay, and finally mud. DGS. 84413. WILLIAMS, J. R. Geologic reconnaissance of the Yukon Flats Cenozoic basin, Alaska. Washington, D.C. 1963. 211. map. (U.S. Geological Survey. Reports, open file series no. 728.) 10 refs. Paper to symposium at 14th Alaskan Science Conference. Condensed version of author's report infra, together with comments on the proposed dam in the Rampart Canyon of the Yukon River. It would create a reservoir of about 10,700 sq. mi., 90% in the Yukon Flats Cenozoic basin; when filled, the reservoir would have a volume of 1,300,000,000 acre-feet. If the entire average annual flow of the Yukon at Rampart, 80,650,000 acre-feet, were impounded by the dam, almost 16 yrs. would be required to fill the reservoir; seven villages also smaller settlements containing about 1500 people would be flooded. Generalized geology, also approx. reservoir shoreline are mapped on a scale of 1 in.:25 mi. DGS. 84414. WILLIAMS, J. R. Geologic reconnaissance of the Yukon Flats district, Alaska. Washington, U.S. Govt. Print. Off. 1963. p. 289-331, maps, section, tables, illus. (U.S. Geological Survey. Bulletin 1111-H.) 58 refs. Describes and maps the geological features of this 13,700 sq. mi. region in northeastern Alaska, based in ground surveys in 1948 and 1949 and aerial photointerpretation of 1941-1955, as well as a survey of the literature. The Yukon Flats proper is an alluvial lowland along the Yukon River and its tributaries; a dissected to rolling marginal upland separates this lowland from the bordering plateaus and highlands. The district corresponds to the Yukon Flats Cenozoic basin; Paleozoic rocks of the bordering highlands extend into the Flats as far as the marginal escarpment, between the marginal upland and the alluvial lowland. Early Tertiary and older rocks of this marginal upland are covered by highlevel alluvium of late Tertiary or early Quaternary age, largely mantled by eolian sand and loess of the Quaternary. The Yukon Flats is underlain by more than 290 ft. of quiet-water silt and silty sand, late Tertiary to early Quaternary, which probably extends below present sea level. These deposits are overlain by various Pleistocene to Recent alluvial deposits, some of them deposited during Pleistocene

glaciation of the southern Brooks Range. Four glaciations are represented by drift and moraines. Flood-plains, low-terraces, and some alluvial fans are of Recent age. Colored map at 1 in.:8 mi. shows geologic DGS. features. WILLIAMS, J. S., see No. 79358. 84415. WILLIAMS, M. Y. The age of the Mount Kindle Formation of the Franklin Mountains. (Bulletin of Canadian petroleum geology 1963. v. 11, no. 3, p. 228-37, map, tables.) 28 refs. Reports re-examination of fossils collected from this formation in 1921-1922. Its middle Silurian age at its type locality on Kindle Mountain, 63°25' N. 123°16' W. and at Mt. Charles on Great Bear River is confirmed. The formation was recently considered Upper Ordovician by W. A. DGS. Bell (No. 56829) and Borden. 84416. WILLIAMS, N. P. A method of analysis of surface geostrophic winds in mountainous regions. Seattle, Wash. 1959. vii, 47 p. maps, graphs, tables. (Washington. Univ. Dept. of Meteorology and Climatology, Scientific report no. 6, AF Contract 19 (604)-3063.) 7 refs. Also issued as: U.S. Air Force, Cambridge Research Center, AFCRC: TN-59-413. Constant pressure charts were analyzed at 50-mb intervals between 950 mb and 750 mb, the height contours being terminated where they intersected solid ground. At the intersections, geostrophic winds were measured, plotted on a base map, and analyzed by means of streamlines and isotachs, to give the "true" surface geostrophic wind field. An example of a large fictitious gradient over the mountains of western Canada and Alaska, indicated this "true" field to be very different from the geostrophic wind field corresponding to the sea-level isobars. An attempt was made to combine routine analyses in a way to yield equivalent result. The combination of the surface and 850-mb charts for Feb. 20, 1956 was found to give a satisfactory representation in most areas, except that the 700-mb chart was required in the St. Elias Range area. Apparently for certain types of geostrophic flow, the barrier effect extends well above the mean height of DWB. the topography. 84417. WILLIAMS, P. J. Specific heats and unfrozen water content of frozen soils. (National Research Council of Canada. Technical memorandum 1963. no. 76, p. 109-126, graphs.) 16 refs.

Describes results of calorimetric investigations to determine the proportion of ice and unfrozen water in samples of Niagara silt and Leda clay as well as the specific heat of the two soils during freezing and thawing. For many sub-zero temperatures occurring in the field, a significant proportion of the soil water is unfrozen; the amount of unfrozen water is greater with finegrained than with coarse-grained soils, and also depends upon whether the soil is freezing or thawing. DOS. WILLIAMS, P. J., see also No. 80932. 84418. WILLIAMS, R. W. The immature stages of Culicoides triatriatulus Hoffman, Diptera, Heleidae. (Entomological Society of America. Annals 1951. v. 44, no. 3, p. 430-40, illus.) 12 refs. Describes the egg, larva and pupa of this midge, reported from the west coast of North America including Alaska. Comparisons are made with illustrations of immature stages of related forms in order to determine morphological differences. DLC. 84419. WILLIAMSON, F. S. I.., and L. J. PEYTON. Faunal relationships of birds in the Iliamna Lake area, Alaska. Anchorage 1962. 73 p. tables, maps, illus. (Alaska. Univ. Biological papers no. 5.) 40 refs. Reports a study in May and June of 1958 and 1959 (with introductory notes on earlier work) of the physiography and climate of this area west of Cook Inlet. Its general ecological conditions and the plant-ecological formations (12) are outlined. Birds found in these formations are treated in detail: of the 103 species (listed), 81 were observed by the authors; and notes are given on frequency, habitat, reproduction, etc. Local races are considered, also faunal affinities of the local birds. 38 of the species were found to be Hudsonian, 20 Eskimoan, and 5 Sitkan; 19 species were of a wide distribution. CaMAI. 84420. WILLIAMSON, F. S. L., and L. J. PEYTON. Interbreeding of glaucouswinged and herring gulls in the Cook Inlet region, Alaska. (Condor 1963. v. 65, no. 1, p. 24-28, table, map, illus.) 8 refs. Reports a study of color of wings, soft parts, irises, etc. and of the sexual condition of both males and females; with conclusion that interbreeding between Lama glaucescens and L. argentatus is common and widespread in this region. DLC. 84421. WILLIAMSON, F. S. L. Interspecific relations between goshhawks and ravens. (Condor 1956. v. 58, no. 2, p. 165.)

1231

Notes encounters between Accipiter gentilis and Corvus corax as observed in early October in the Copper River area of Alaska. The encounters may have been connected with competition for food. DLC.

discussed. Seasonal variations in the thermodynamic speed of sound are considered with reference to the U.S. 1962 standard atmosphere thermodynamic speed of sound. DLC.

WILLIAMSON, F. S. L., see also No. 78618.

84426. WILLIS, J. S. Disease and death in Canada's North. 30 p. tables, map. (In: WHO Conference on medicine... 1962.) 21 refs. Describes the Canadian North and its environment and presents vital statistics of Indians, Eskimos and whites with comparisons to all Canada. Data are given on mortality, by age- and ethnic-groups and its causes, diseases and their incidence, hospitalization, epidemics. Public health services are outlined, their cost, government and other hospitals, clinics, etc. are reportCaONA. ed.

84422. WILLIAMSON, G. R. Common porpoise from stomach of a Greenland shark. (Canada. Fisheries Research Board. Journal 1963. v. 20, no. 4, p. 1085-86.) 3 refs. Describes an almost intact, young Ph. phocoena found in the stomach of a 4.15 m. long female Somniosus microcephalus caught off Newfoundland. Data are quoted on the breeding and occurrence of the common porpoise in the North Atlantic. DLC. 84423. WILLIAMSON, G. R. Observasjon om vinteren av en knølhval som dier sin unge på Grand Bank, Newfoundland. Winter sighting of a humpback suckling its calf on the Grand Bank of Newfoundland. (Norsk hvalfangst-tidende 1961. v. 50, no. 8, p. 335-41, map, table, illus.) 11 refs. In Norwegian and English. Reports observations on Mar. 8, 1961, at 42°53' N. 50°50' W. from the RIV A. T. Cameron. DI. 84424. WILLIAMSON, G. R. The Soviet fishery in the ICNAF area. (Canadian fisherman 1963. v. 50, no. 7, p. 17-22, -F, map, illus.) Describes the vessels, equipment, and methods, from observations aboard Russian ships coming into Newfoundland 1961-1963 from the Grand Banks and the Labrador fishing grounds. Among those described are three from the Murmansk fleet: the stern trawler Mir, mothership Severodvinsk, and scouting trawler Rossiia. DI. 84425. WILLIAMSON, L. E. The subpolar atmospheric acoustic structure in the autumn. (Journal of geophysical research 1963. v. 68, no. 23, p. 6267-72, graphs.) 10 refs. Analyzes the wind and temperature data available since the advent of the Meteorological Rocket Network. Data for altitudes up to 60 km. over Fort Greely, Alaska are used in preparing mean speed-of-sound profiles of north, south, east, and west components for subpolar Northern Hemisphere latitudes, and mean profiles of north-south and east-west winds. The sonic inversions produced by strong wind in altitudes up to 15 km., and by temperature inversion in the stratosphere are

1232

8